383 files changed, 150132 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/CXCompilationDatabase.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/CXCompilationDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff1ec63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/CXCompilationDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*===-- clang-c/CXCompilationDatabase.h - Compilation database  ---*- C -*-===*\
+|*                                                                            *|
+|*                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure                       *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|* This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source      *|
+|* License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.                                      *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|* This header provides a public inferface to use CompilationDatabase without *|
+|* the full Clang C++ API.                                                    *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+\*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
+
+#ifndef CLANG_CXCOMPILATIONDATABASE_H
+#define CLANG_CXCOMPILATIONDATABASE_H
+
+#include "clang-c/Platform.h"
+#include "clang-c/CXString.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** \defgroup COMPILATIONDB CompilationDatabase functions
+ * \ingroup CINDEX
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * A compilation database holds all information used to compile files in a
+ * project. For each file in the database, it can be queried for the working
+ * directory or the command line used for the compiler invocation.
+ *
+ * Must be freed by \c clang_CompilationDatabase_dispose
+ */
+typedef void * CXCompilationDatabase;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Contains the results of a search in the compilation database
+ *
+ * When searching for the compile command for a file, the compilation db can
+ * return several commands, as the file may have been compiled with
+ * different options in different places of the project. This choice of compile
+ * commands is wrapped in this opaque data structure. It must be freed by
+ * \c clang_CompileCommands_dispose.
+ */
+typedef void * CXCompileCommands;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Represents the command line invocation to compile a specific file.
+ */
+typedef void * CXCompileCommand;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Error codes for Compilation Database
+ */
+typedef enum  {
+  /*
+   * \brief No error occured
+   */
+  CXCompilationDatabase_NoError = 0,
+
+  /*
+   * \brief Database can not be loaded
+   */
+  CXCompilationDatabase_CanNotLoadDatabase = 1
+
+} CXCompilationDatabase_Error;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Creates a compilation database from the database found in directory
+ * buildDir. For example, CMake can output a compile_commands.json which can
+ * be used to build the database.
+ *
+ * It must be freed by \c clang_CompilationDatabase_dispose.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompilationDatabase
+clang_CompilationDatabase_fromDirectory(const char *BuildDir,
+                                        CXCompilationDatabase_Error *ErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the given compilation database
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void
+clang_CompilationDatabase_dispose(CXCompilationDatabase);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Find the compile commands used for a file. The compile commands
+ * must be freed by \c clang_CompileCommands_dispose.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompileCommands
+clang_CompilationDatabase_getCompileCommands(CXCompilationDatabase,
+                                             const char *CompleteFileName);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get all the compile commands in the given compilation database.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompileCommands
+clang_CompilationDatabase_getAllCompileCommands(CXCompilationDatabase);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the given CompileCommands
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CompileCommands_dispose(CXCompileCommands);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the number of CompileCommand we have for a file
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
+clang_CompileCommands_getSize(CXCompileCommands);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the I'th CompileCommand for a file
+ *
+ * Note : 0 <= i < clang_CompileCommands_getSize(CXCompileCommands)
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompileCommand
+clang_CompileCommands_getCommand(CXCompileCommands, unsigned I);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the working directory where the CompileCommand was executed from
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
+clang_CompileCommand_getDirectory(CXCompileCommand);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the number of arguments in the compiler invocation.
+ *
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
+clang_CompileCommand_getNumArgs(CXCompileCommand);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the I'th argument value in the compiler invocations
+ *
+ * Invariant :
+ *  - argument 0 is the compiler executable
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
+clang_CompileCommand_getArg(CXCompileCommand, unsigned I);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/CXString.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/CXString.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34cab5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/CXString.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*===-- clang-c/CXString.h - C Index strings  --------------------*- C -*-===*\
+|*                                                                            *|
+|*                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure                       *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|* This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source      *|
+|* License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.                                      *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|* This header provides the interface to C Index strings.                     *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+\*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
+
+#ifndef CLANG_CXSTRING_H
+#define CLANG_CXSTRING_H
+
+#include "clang-c/Platform.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_STRING String manipulation routines
+ * \ingroup CINDEX
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief A character string.
+ *
+ * The \c CXString type is used to return strings from the interface when
+ * the ownership of that string might different from one call to the next.
+ * Use \c clang_getCString() to retrieve the string data and, once finished
+ * with the string data, call \c clang_disposeString() to free the string.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  const void *data;
+  unsigned private_flags;
+} CXString;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the character data associated with the given string.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE const char *clang_getCString(CXString string);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the given string,
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeString(CXString string);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/Index.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/Index.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..787c44a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/Index.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5641 @@
+/*===-- clang-c/Index.h - Indexing Public C Interface -------------*- C -*-===*\
+|*                                                                            *|
+|*                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure                       *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|* This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source      *|
+|* License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.                                      *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|* This header provides a public inferface to a Clang library for extracting  *|
+|* high-level symbol information from source files without exposing the full  *|
+|* Clang C++ API.                                                             *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+\*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
+
+#ifndef CLANG_C_INDEX_H
+#define CLANG_C_INDEX_H
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "clang-c/Platform.h"
+#include "clang-c/CXString.h"
+
+/**
+ * \brief The version constants for the libclang API.
+ * CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR should increase when there are API additions.
+ * CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is intended for "major" source/ABI breaking changes.
+ *
+ * The policy about the libclang API was always to keep it source and ABI
+ * compatible, thus CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is expected to remain stable.
+ */
+#define CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR 0
+#define CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR 15
+
+#define CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor) ( \
+      ((major) * 10000)                       \
+    + ((minor) *     1))
+
+#define CINDEX_VERSION CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE( \
+    CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR,                     \
+    CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR )
+
+#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)   \
+    #major"."#minor
+#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE(major, minor)    \
+    CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)
+
+#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRING CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE( \
+    CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR,                               \
+    CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** \defgroup CINDEX libclang: C Interface to Clang
+ *
+ * The C Interface to Clang provides a relatively small API that exposes
+ * facilities for parsing source code into an abstract syntax tree (AST),
+ * loading already-parsed ASTs, traversing the AST, associating
+ * physical source locations with elements within the AST, and other
+ * facilities that support Clang-based development tools.
+ *
+ * This C interface to Clang will never provide all of the information
+ * representation stored in Clang's C++ AST, nor should it: the intent is to
+ * maintain an API that is relatively stable from one release to the next,
+ * providing only the basic functionality needed to support development tools.
+ *
+ * To avoid namespace pollution, data types are prefixed with "CX" and
+ * functions are prefixed with "clang_".
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief An "index" that consists of a set of translation units that would
+ * typically be linked together into an executable or library.
+ */
+typedef void *CXIndex;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A single translation unit, which resides in an index.
+ */
+typedef struct CXTranslationUnitImpl *CXTranslationUnit;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Opaque pointer representing client data that will be passed through
+ * to various callbacks and visitors.
+ */
+typedef void *CXClientData;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Provides the contents of a file that has not yet been saved to disk.
+ *
+ * Each CXUnsavedFile instance provides the name of a file on the
+ * system along with the current contents of that file that have not
+ * yet been saved to disk.
+ */
+struct CXUnsavedFile {
+  /**
+   * \brief The file whose contents have not yet been saved.
+   *
+   * This file must already exist in the file system.
+   */
+  const char *Filename;
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A buffer containing the unsaved contents of this file.
+   */
+  const char *Contents;
+
+  /**
+   * \brief The length of the unsaved contents of this buffer.
+   */
+  unsigned long Length;
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes the availability of a particular entity, which indicates
+ * whether the use of this entity will result in a warning or error due to
+ * it being deprecated or unavailable.
+ */
+enum CXAvailabilityKind {
+  /**
+   * \brief The entity is available.
+   */
+  CXAvailability_Available,
+  /**
+   * \brief The entity is available, but has been deprecated (and its use is
+   * not recommended).
+   */
+  CXAvailability_Deprecated,
+  /**
+   * \brief The entity is not available; any use of it will be an error.
+   */
+  CXAvailability_NotAvailable,
+  /**
+   * \brief The entity is available, but not accessible; any use of it will be
+   * an error.
+   */
+  CXAvailability_NotAccessible
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes a version number of the form major.minor.subminor.
+ */
+typedef struct CXVersion {
+  /**
+   * \brief The major version number, e.g., the '10' in '10.7.3'. A negative
+   * value indicates that there is no version number at all.
+   */
+  int Major;
+  /**
+   * \brief The minor version number, e.g., the '7' in '10.7.3'. This value
+   * will be negative if no minor version number was provided, e.g., for 
+   * version '10'.
+   */
+  int Minor;
+  /**
+   * \brief The subminor version number, e.g., the '3' in '10.7.3'. This value
+   * will be negative if no minor or subminor version number was provided,
+   * e.g., in version '10' or '10.7'.
+   */
+  int Subminor;
+} CXVersion;
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
+ *
+ * It provides two options:
+ *
+ * - excludeDeclarationsFromPCH: When non-zero, allows enumeration of "local"
+ * declarations (when loading any new translation units). A "local" declaration
+ * is one that belongs in the translation unit itself and not in a precompiled
+ * header that was used by the translation unit. If zero, all declarations
+ * will be enumerated.
+ *
+ * Here is an example:
+ *
+ * \code
+ *   // excludeDeclsFromPCH = 1, displayDiagnostics=1
+ *   Idx = clang_createIndex(1, 1);
+ *
+ *   // IndexTest.pch was produced with the following command:
+ *   // "clang -x c IndexTest.h -emit-ast -o IndexTest.pch"
+ *   TU = clang_createTranslationUnit(Idx, "IndexTest.pch");
+ *
+ *   // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.pch'
+ *   clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
+ *                       TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
+ *   clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
+ *
+ *   // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.c', excluding symbols
+ *   // from 'IndexTest.pch'.
+ *   char *args[] = { "-Xclang", "-include-pch=IndexTest.pch" };
+ *   TU = clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(Idx, "IndexTest.c", 2, args,
+ *                                                  0, 0);
+ *   clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
+ *                       TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
+ *   clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This process of creating the 'pch', loading it separately, and using it (via
+ * -include-pch) allows 'excludeDeclsFromPCH' to remove redundant callbacks
+ * (which gives the indexer the same performance benefit as the compiler).
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
+                                         int displayDiagnostics);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Destroy the given index.
+ *
+ * The index must not be destroyed until all of the translation units created
+ * within that index have been destroyed.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex index);
+
+typedef enum {
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that no special CXIndex options are needed.
+   */
+  CXGlobalOpt_None = 0x0,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for indexing
+   * purposes should use background priority.
+   *
+   * Affects #clang_indexSourceFile, #clang_indexTranslationUnit,
+   * #clang_parseTranslationUnit, #clang_saveTranslationUnit.
+   */
+  CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing = 0x1,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for editing
+   * purposes should use background priority.
+   *
+   * Affects #clang_reparseTranslationUnit, #clang_codeCompleteAt,
+   * #clang_annotateTokens
+   */
+  CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing = 0x2,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that all threads that libclang creates should use
+   * background priority.
+   */
+  CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForAll =
+      CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing |
+      CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing
+
+} CXGlobalOptFlags;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sets general options associated with a CXIndex.
+ *
+ * For example:
+ * \code
+ * CXIndex idx = ...;
+ * clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(idx,
+ *     clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(idx) |
+ *     CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \param options A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex, unsigned options);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Gets the general options associated with a CXIndex.
+ *
+ * \returns A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags that
+ * are associated with the given CXIndex object.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex);
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_FILES File manipulation routines
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief A particular source file that is part of a translation unit.
+ */
+typedef void *CXFile;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the complete file and path name of the given file.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the last modification time of the given file.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Uniquely identifies a CXFile, that refers to the same underlying file,
+ * across an indexing session.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned long long data[3];
+} CXFileUniqueID;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the unique ID for the given \c file.
+ *
+ * \param file the file to get the ID for.
+ * \param outID stores the returned CXFileUniqueID.
+ * \returns If there was a failure getting the unique ID, returns non-zero,
+ * otherwise returns 0.
+*/
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFileUniqueID(CXFile file, CXFileUniqueID *outID);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether the given header is guarded against
+ * multiple inclusions, either with the conventional
+ * \#ifndef/\#define/\#endif macro guards or with \#pragma once.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned 
+clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a file handle within the given translation unit.
+ *
+ * \param tu the translation unit
+ *
+ * \param file_name the name of the file.
+ *
+ * \returns the file handle for the named file in the translation unit \p tu,
+ * or a NULL file handle if the file was not a part of this translation unit.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu,
+                                    const char *file_name);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_LOCATIONS Physical source locations
+ *
+ * Clang represents physical source locations in its abstract syntax tree in
+ * great detail, with file, line, and column information for the majority of
+ * the tokens parsed in the source code. These data types and functions are
+ * used to represent source location information, either for a particular
+ * point in the program or for a range of points in the program, and extract
+ * specific location information from those data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Identifies a specific source location within a translation
+ * unit.
+ *
+ * Use clang_getExpansionLocation() or clang_getSpellingLocation()
+ * to map a source location to a particular file, line, and column.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  const void *ptr_data[2];
+  unsigned int_data;
+} CXSourceLocation;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Identifies a half-open character range in the source code.
+ *
+ * Use clang_getRangeStart() and clang_getRangeEnd() to retrieve the
+ * starting and end locations from a source range, respectively.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  const void *ptr_data[2];
+  unsigned begin_int_data;
+  unsigned end_int_data;
+} CXSourceRange;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source location.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getNullLocation(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether two source locations, which must refer into
+ * the same translation unit, refer to exactly the same point in the source
+ * code.
+ *
+ * \returns non-zero if the source locations refer to the same location, zero
+ * if they refer to different locations.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalLocations(CXSourceLocation loc1,
+                                             CXSourceLocation loc2);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieves the source location associated with a given file/line/column
+ * in a particular translation unit.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocation(CXTranslationUnit tu,
+                                                  CXFile file,
+                                                  unsigned line,
+                                                  unsigned column);
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieves the source location associated with a given character offset
+ * in a particular translation unit.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocationForOffset(CXTranslationUnit tu,
+                                                           CXFile file,
+                                                           unsigned offset);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source range.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getNullRange(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a source range given the beginning and ending source
+ * locations.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getRange(CXSourceLocation begin,
+                                            CXSourceLocation end);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether two ranges are equivalent.
+ *
+ * \returns non-zero if the ranges are the same, zero if they differ.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalRanges(CXSourceRange range1,
+                                          CXSourceRange range2);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns non-zero if \p range is null.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Range_isNull(CXSourceRange range);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
+ * the given source location.
+ *
+ * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
+ * location of the macro expansion.
+ *
+ * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
+ * into its parts.
+ *
+ * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
+ * source location points.
+ *
+ * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
+ * source location points.
+ *
+ * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
+ * source location points.
+ *
+ * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
+ * buffer to which the given source location points.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getExpansionLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
+                                               CXFile *file,
+                                               unsigned *line,
+                                               unsigned *column,
+                                               unsigned *offset);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
+ * the given source location, as specified in a # line directive.
+ *
+ * Example: given the following source code in a file somefile.c
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #123 "dummy.c" 1
+ *
+ * static int func(void)
+ * {
+ *     return 0;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * the location information returned by this function would be
+ *
+ * File: dummy.c Line: 124 Column: 12
+ *
+ * whereas clang_getExpansionLocation would have returned
+ *
+ * File: somefile.c Line: 3 Column: 12
+ *
+ * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
+ * into its parts.
+ *
+ * \param filename [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the filename of the
+ * source location. Note that filenames returned will be for "virtual" files,
+ * which don't necessarily exist on the machine running clang - e.g. when
+ * parsing preprocessed output obtained from a different environment. If
+ * a non-NULL value is passed in, remember to dispose of the returned value
+ * using \c clang_disposeString() once you've finished with it. For an invalid
+ * source location, an empty string is returned.
+ *
+ * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line number of the
+ * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
+ *
+ * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column number of the
+ * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getPresumedLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
+                                              CXString *filename,
+                                              unsigned *line,
+                                              unsigned *column);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Legacy API to retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented
+ * by the given source location.
+ *
+ * This interface has been replaced by the newer interface
+ * #clang_getExpansionLocation(). See that interface's documentation for
+ * details.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInstantiationLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
+                                                   CXFile *file,
+                                                   unsigned *line,
+                                                   unsigned *column,
+                                                   unsigned *offset);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
+ * the given source location.
+ *
+ * If the location refers into a macro instantiation, return where the
+ * location was originally spelled in the source file.
+ *
+ * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
+ * into its parts.
+ *
+ * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
+ * source location points.
+ *
+ * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
+ * source location points.
+ *
+ * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
+ * source location points.
+ *
+ * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
+ * buffer to which the given source location points.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getSpellingLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
+                                              CXFile *file,
+                                              unsigned *line,
+                                              unsigned *column,
+                                              unsigned *offset);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
+ * the given source location.
+ *
+ * If the location refers into a macro expansion, return where the macro was
+ * expanded or where the macro argument was written, if the location points at
+ * a macro argument.
+ *
+ * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
+ * into its parts.
+ *
+ * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
+ * source location points.
+ *
+ * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
+ * source location points.
+ *
+ * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
+ * source location points.
+ *
+ * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
+ * buffer to which the given source location points.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getFileLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
+                                          CXFile *file,
+                                          unsigned *line,
+                                          unsigned *column,
+                                          unsigned *offset);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a source location representing the first character within a
+ * source range.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeStart(CXSourceRange range);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a source location representing the last character within a
+ * source range.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeEnd(CXSourceRange range);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_DIAG Diagnostic reporting
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes the severity of a particular diagnostic.
+ */
+enum CXDiagnosticSeverity {
+  /**
+   * \brief A diagnostic that has been suppressed, e.g., by a command-line
+   * option.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_Ignored = 0,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief This diagnostic is a note that should be attached to the
+   * previous (non-note) diagnostic.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_Note    = 1,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief This diagnostic indicates suspicious code that may not be
+   * wrong.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_Warning = 2,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_Error   = 3,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed such
+   * that future parser recovery is unlikely to produce useful
+   * results.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_Fatal   = 4
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief A single diagnostic, containing the diagnostic's severity,
+ * location, text, source ranges, and fix-it hints.
+ */
+typedef void *CXDiagnostic;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A group of CXDiagnostics.
+ */
+typedef void *CXDiagnosticSet;
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the number of diagnostics in a CXDiagnosticSet.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnosticsInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given CXDiagnosticSet.
+ *
+ * \param Diags the CXDiagnosticSet to query.
+ * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
+ *
+ * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
+ * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnosticInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags,
+                                                     unsigned Index);  
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
+ * \c clang_loadDiagnostics.
+ */
+enum CXLoadDiag_Error {
+  /**
+   * \brief Indicates that no error occurred.
+   */
+  CXLoadDiag_None = 0,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to
+   * deserialize diagnostics.
+   */
+  CXLoadDiag_Unknown = 1,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Indicates that the file containing the serialized diagnostics
+   * could not be opened.
+   */
+  CXLoadDiag_CannotLoad = 2,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Indicates that the serialized diagnostics file is invalid or
+   * corrupt.
+   */
+  CXLoadDiag_InvalidFile = 3
+};
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Deserialize a set of diagnostics from a Clang diagnostics bitcode
+ * file.
+ *
+ * \param file The name of the file to deserialize.
+ * \param error A pointer to a enum value recording if there was a problem
+ *        deserializing the diagnostics.
+ * \param errorString A pointer to a CXString for recording the error string
+ *        if the file was not successfully loaded.
+ *
+ * \returns A loaded CXDiagnosticSet if successful, and NULL otherwise.  These
+ * diagnostics should be released using clang_disposeDiagnosticSet().
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_loadDiagnostics(const char *file,
+                                                  enum CXLoadDiag_Error *error,
+                                                  CXString *errorString);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Release a CXDiagnosticSet and all of its contained diagnostics.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnosticSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the child diagnostics of a CXDiagnostic. 
+ *
+ * This CXDiagnosticSet does not need to be released by
+ * clang_diposeDiagnosticSet.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_getChildDiagnostics(CXDiagnostic D);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the number of diagnostics produced for the given
+ * translation unit.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnostics(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given translation unit.
+ *
+ * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
+ * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
+ *
+ * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
+ * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnostic(CXTranslationUnit Unit,
+                                                unsigned Index);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the complete set of diagnostics associated with a
+ *        translation unit.
+ *
+ * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet
+  clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU(CXTranslationUnit Unit);  
+
+/**
+ * \brief Destroy a diagnostic.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Options to control the display of diagnostics.
+ *
+ * The values in this enum are meant to be combined to customize the
+ * behavior of \c clang_displayDiagnostic().
+ */
+enum CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions {
+  /**
+   * \brief Display the source-location information where the
+   * diagnostic was located.
+   *
+   * When set, diagnostics will be prefixed by the file, line, and
+   * (optionally) column to which the diagnostic refers. For example,
+   *
+   * \code
+   * test.c:28: warning: extra tokens at end of #endif directive
+   * \endcode
+   *
+   * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-source-location.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceLocation = 0x01,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief If displaying the source-location information of the
+   * diagnostic, also include the column number.
+   *
+   * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-column.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_DisplayColumn = 0x02,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief If displaying the source-location information of the
+   * diagnostic, also include information about source ranges in a
+   * machine-parsable format.
+   *
+   * This option corresponds to the clang flag
+   * \c -fdiagnostics-print-source-range-info.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceRanges = 0x04,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Display the option name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
+   *
+   * The option name displayed (e.g., -Wconversion) will be placed in brackets
+   * after the diagnostic text. This option corresponds to the clang flag
+   * \c -fdiagnostics-show-option.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_DisplayOption = 0x08,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Display the category number associated with this diagnostic, if any.
+   *
+   * The category number is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
+   * This option corresponds to the clang flag 
+   * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=id.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryId = 0x10,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Display the category name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
+   *
+   * The category name is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
+   * This option corresponds to the clang flag 
+   * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=name.
+   */
+  CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryName = 0x20
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Format the given diagnostic in a manner that is suitable for display.
+ *
+ * This routine will format the given diagnostic to a string, rendering
+ * the diagnostic according to the various options given. The
+ * \c clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions() function returns the set of
+ * options that most closely mimics the behavior of the clang compiler.
+ *
+ * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic to print.
+ *
+ * \param Options A set of options that control the diagnostic display,
+ * created by combining \c CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions values.
+ *
+ * \returns A new string containing for formatted diagnostic.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_formatDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
+                                               unsigned Options);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the set of display options most similar to the
+ * default behavior of the clang compiler.
+ *
+ * \returns A set of display options suitable for use with \c
+ * clang_displayDiagnostic().
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the severity of the given diagnostic.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXDiagnosticSeverity
+clang_getDiagnosticSeverity(CXDiagnostic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the source location of the given diagnostic.
+ *
+ * This location is where Clang would print the caret ('^') when
+ * displaying the diagnostic on the command line.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getDiagnosticLocation(CXDiagnostic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the text of the given diagnostic.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticSpelling(CXDiagnostic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the name of the command-line option that enabled this
+ * diagnostic.
+ *
+ * \param Diag The diagnostic to be queried.
+ *
+ * \param Disable If non-NULL, will be set to the option that disables this
+ * diagnostic (if any).
+ *
+ * \returns A string that contains the command-line option used to enable this
+ * warning, such as "-Wconversion" or "-pedantic". 
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticOption(CXDiagnostic Diag,
+                                                  CXString *Disable);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the category number for this diagnostic.
+ *
+ * Diagnostics can be categorized into groups along with other, related
+ * diagnostics (e.g., diagnostics under the same warning flag). This routine 
+ * retrieves the category number for the given diagnostic.
+ *
+ * \returns The number of the category that contains this diagnostic, or zero
+ * if this diagnostic is uncategorized.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticCategory(CXDiagnostic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the name of a particular diagnostic category.  This
+ *  is now deprecated.  Use clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText()
+ *  instead.
+ *
+ * \param Category A diagnostic category number, as returned by 
+ * \c clang_getDiagnosticCategory().
+ *
+ * \returns The name of the given diagnostic category.
+ */
+CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryName(unsigned Category);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the diagnostic category text for a given diagnostic.
+ *
+ * \returns The text of the given diagnostic category.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText(CXDiagnostic);
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the number of source ranges associated with the given
+ * diagnostic.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumRanges(CXDiagnostic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a source range associated with the diagnostic.
+ *
+ * A diagnostic's source ranges highlight important elements in the source
+ * code. On the command line, Clang displays source ranges by
+ * underlining them with '~' characters.
+ *
+ * \param Diagnostic the diagnostic whose range is being extracted.
+ *
+ * \param Range the zero-based index specifying which range to
+ *
+ * \returns the requested source range.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getDiagnosticRange(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
+                                                      unsigned Range);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the number of fix-it hints associated with the
+ * given diagnostic.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumFixIts(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the replacement information for a given fix-it.
+ *
+ * Fix-its are described in terms of a source range whose contents
+ * should be replaced by a string. This approach generalizes over
+ * three kinds of operations: removal of source code (the range covers
+ * the code to be removed and the replacement string is empty),
+ * replacement of source code (the range covers the code to be
+ * replaced and the replacement string provides the new code), and
+ * insertion (both the start and end of the range point at the
+ * insertion location, and the replacement string provides the text to
+ * insert).
+ *
+ * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic whose fix-its are being queried.
+ *
+ * \param FixIt The zero-based index of the fix-it.
+ *
+ * \param ReplacementRange The source range whose contents will be
+ * replaced with the returned replacement string. Note that source
+ * ranges are half-open ranges [a, b), so the source code should be
+ * replaced from a and up to (but not including) b.
+ *
+ * \returns A string containing text that should be replace the source
+ * code indicated by the \c ReplacementRange.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticFixIt(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
+                                                 unsigned FixIt,
+                                               CXSourceRange *ReplacementRange);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_TRANSLATION_UNIT Translation unit manipulation
+ *
+ * The routines in this group provide the ability to create and destroy
+ * translation units from files, either by parsing the contents of the files or
+ * by reading in a serialized representation of a translation unit.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the original translation unit source file name.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
+clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the CXTranslationUnit for a given source file and the provided
+ * command line arguments one would pass to the compiler.
+ *
+ * Note: The 'source_filename' argument is optional.  If the caller provides a
+ * NULL pointer, the name of the source file is expected to reside in the
+ * specified command line arguments.
+ *
+ * Note: When encountered in 'clang_command_line_args', the following options
+ * are ignored:
+ *
+ *   '-c'
+ *   '-emit-ast'
+ *   '-fsyntax-only'
+ *   '-o \<output file>'  (both '-o' and '\<output file>' are ignored)
+ *
+ * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
+ * associated.
+ *
+ * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
+ * source file is included in \p clang_command_line_args.
+ *
+ * \param num_clang_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
+ * \p clang_command_line_args.
+ *
+ * \param clang_command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
+ * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
+ * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
+ * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
+ * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
+ *
+ * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
+ * unsaved_files.
+ *
+ * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
+ * but may be required for code completion, including the contents of
+ * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
+ * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
+ * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(
+                                         CXIndex CIdx,
+                                         const char *source_filename,
+                                         int num_clang_command_line_args,
+                                   const char * const *clang_command_line_args,
+                                         unsigned num_unsaved_files,
+                                         struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a translation unit from an AST file (-emit-ast).
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(CXIndex,
+                                             const char *ast_filename);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Flags that control the creation of translation units.
+ *
+ * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
+ * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
+ * constructing the translation unit.
+ */
+enum CXTranslationUnit_Flags {
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that no special translation-unit options are
+   * needed.
+   */
+  CXTranslationUnit_None = 0x0,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that the parser should construct a "detailed"
+   * preprocessing record, including all macro definitions and instantiations.
+   *
+   * Constructing a detailed preprocessing record requires more memory
+   * and time to parse, since the information contained in the record
+   * is usually not retained. However, it can be useful for
+   * applications that require more detailed information about the
+   * behavior of the preprocessor.
+   */
+  CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord = 0x01,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit is incomplete.
+   *
+   * When a translation unit is considered "incomplete", semantic
+   * analysis that is typically performed at the end of the
+   * translation unit will be suppressed. For example, this suppresses
+   * the completion of tentative declarations in C and of
+   * instantiation of implicitly-instantiation function templates in
+   * C++. This option is typically used when parsing a header with the
+   * intent of producing a precompiled header.
+   */
+  CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete = 0x02,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit should be built with an 
+   * implicit precompiled header for the preamble.
+   *
+   * An implicit precompiled header is used as an optimization when a
+   * particular translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times
+   * when the sources aren't changing that often. In this case, an
+   * implicit precompiled header will be built containing all of the
+   * initial includes at the top of the main file (what we refer to as
+   * the "preamble" of the file). In subsequent parses, if the
+   * preamble or the files in it have not changed, \c
+   * clang_reparseTranslationUnit() will re-use the implicit
+   * precompiled header to improve parsing performance.
+   */
+  CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble = 0x04,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit should cache some
+   * code-completion results with each reparse of the source file.
+   *
+   * Caching of code-completion results is a performance optimization that
+   * introduces some overhead to reparsing but improves the performance of
+   * code-completion operations.
+   */
+  CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults = 0x08,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit will be serialized with
+   * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit.
+   *
+   * This option is typically used when parsing a header with the intent of
+   * producing a precompiled header.
+   */
+  CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization = 0x10,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief DEPRECATED: Enabled chained precompiled preambles in C++.
+   *
+   * Note: this is a *temporary* option that is available only while
+   * we are testing C++ precompiled preamble support. It is deprecated.
+   */
+  CXTranslationUnit_CXXChainedPCH = 0x20,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that function/method bodies should be skipped while
+   * parsing.
+   *
+   * This option can be used to search for declarations/definitions while
+   * ignoring the usages.
+   */
+  CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies = 0x40,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that brief documentation comments should be
+   * included into the set of code completions returned from this translation
+   * unit.
+   */
+  CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = 0x80
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the set of flags that is suitable for parsing a translation
+ * unit that is being edited.
+ *
+ * The set of flags returned provide options for \c clang_parseTranslationUnit()
+ * to indicate that the translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times,
+ * either explicitly (via \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit()) or implicitly
+ * (e.g., by code completion (\c clang_codeCompletionAt())). The returned flag
+ * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations (e.g., the precompiled 
+ * preamble) geared toward improving the performance of these routines. The
+ * set of optimizations enabled may change from one version to the next.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions(void);
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Parse the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
+ * to that file.
+ *
+ * This routine is the main entry point for the Clang C API, providing the
+ * ability to parse a source file into a translation unit that can then be
+ * queried by other functions in the API. This routine accepts a set of
+ * command-line arguments so that the compilation can be configured in the same
+ * way that the compiler is configured on the command line.
+ *
+ * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be 
+ * associated.
+ *
+ * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
+ * source file is included in \p command_line_args.
+ *
+ * \param command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
+ * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
+ * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
+ * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c', 
+ * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
+ *
+ * \param num_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
+ * \p command_line_args.
+ *
+ * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
+ * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
+ * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
+ * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
+ * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
+ *
+ * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
+ * unsaved_files.
+ *
+ * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
+ * is managed but not its compilation. This should be a bitwise OR of the
+ * CXTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
+ *
+ * \returns A new translation unit describing the parsed code and containing
+ * any diagnostics produced by the compiler. If there is a failure from which
+ * the compiler cannot recover, returns NULL.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
+                                                    const char *source_filename,
+                                         const char * const *command_line_args,
+                                                      int num_command_line_args,
+                                            struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
+                                                     unsigned num_unsaved_files,
+                                                            unsigned options);
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Flags that control how translation units are saved.
+ *
+ * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
+ * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
+ * saving the translation unit.
+ */
+enum CXSaveTranslationUnit_Flags {
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that no special saving options are needed.
+   */
+  CXSaveTranslationUnit_None = 0x0
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the set of flags that is suitable for saving a translation
+ * unit.
+ *
+ * The set of flags returned provide options for
+ * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
+ * set contains an unspecified set of options that save translation units with
+ * the most commonly-requested data.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
+ * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit().
+ */
+enum CXSaveError {
+  /**
+   * \brief Indicates that no error occurred while saving a translation unit.
+   */
+  CXSaveError_None = 0,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to save
+   * the file.
+   *
+   * This error typically indicates that file I/O failed when attempting to 
+   * write the file.
+   */
+  CXSaveError_Unknown = 1,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Indicates that errors during translation prevented this attempt
+   * to save the translation unit.
+   * 
+   * Errors that prevent the translation unit from being saved can be
+   * extracted using \c clang_getNumDiagnostics() and \c clang_getDiagnostic().
+   */
+  CXSaveError_TranslationErrors = 2,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Indicates that the translation unit to be saved was somehow
+   * invalid (e.g., NULL).
+   */
+  CXSaveError_InvalidTU = 3
+};
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Saves a translation unit into a serialized representation of
+ * that translation unit on disk.
+ *
+ * Any translation unit that was parsed without error can be saved
+ * into a file. The translation unit can then be deserialized into a
+ * new \c CXTranslationUnit with \c clang_createTranslationUnit() or,
+ * if it is an incomplete translation unit that corresponds to a
+ * header, used as a precompiled header when parsing other translation
+ * units.
+ *
+ * \param TU The translation unit to save.
+ *
+ * \param FileName The file to which the translation unit will be saved.
+ *
+ * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
+ * is saved. This should be a bitwise OR of the
+ * CXSaveTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
+ *
+ * \returns A value that will match one of the enumerators of the CXSaveError
+ * enumeration. Zero (CXSaveError_None) indicates that the translation unit was 
+ * saved successfully, while a non-zero value indicates that a problem occurred.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
+                                             const char *FileName,
+                                             unsigned options);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Destroy the specified CXTranslationUnit object.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Flags that control the reparsing of translation units.
+ *
+ * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
+ * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
+ * reparsing the translation unit.
+ */
+enum CXReparse_Flags {
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that no special reparsing options are needed.
+   */
+  CXReparse_None = 0x0
+};
+ 
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the set of flags that is suitable for reparsing a translation
+ * unit.
+ *
+ * The set of flags returned provide options for
+ * \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
+ * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations geared toward common uses
+ * of reparsing. The set of optimizations enabled may change from one version 
+ * to the next.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Reparse the source files that produced this translation unit.
+ *
+ * This routine can be used to re-parse the source files that originally
+ * created the given translation unit, for example because those source files
+ * have changed (either on disk or as passed via \p unsaved_files). The
+ * source code will be reparsed with the same command-line options as it
+ * was originally parsed. 
+ *
+ * Reparsing a translation unit invalidates all cursors and source locations
+ * that refer into that translation unit. This makes reparsing a translation
+ * unit semantically equivalent to destroying the translation unit and then
+ * creating a new translation unit with the same command-line arguments.
+ * However, it may be more efficient to reparse a translation 
+ * unit using this routine.
+ *
+ * \param TU The translation unit whose contents will be re-parsed. The
+ * translation unit must originally have been built with 
+ * \c clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile().
+ *
+ * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
+ * unsaved_files.
+ *
+ * \param unsaved_files The files that have not yet been saved to disk
+ * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
+ * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
+ * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
+ * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
+ * 
+ * \param options A bitset of options composed of the flags in CXReparse_Flags.
+ * The function \c clang_defaultReparseOptions() produces a default set of
+ * options recommended for most uses, based on the translation unit.
+ *
+ * \returns 0 if the sources could be reparsed. A non-zero value will be
+ * returned if reparsing was impossible, such that the translation unit is
+ * invalid. In such cases, the only valid call for \p TU is 
+ * \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU).
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
+                                                unsigned num_unsaved_files,
+                                          struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
+                                                unsigned options);
+
+/**
+  * \brief Categorizes how memory is being used by a translation unit.
+  */
+enum CXTUResourceUsageKind {
+  CXTUResourceUsage_AST = 1,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers = 2,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors = 3,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults = 4,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache = 5,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables = 6,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc = 7,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap = 8,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc = 9, 
+  CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap = 10, 
+  CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor = 11,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord = 12,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures = 13,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch = 14,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_BEGIN = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_END =
+    CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
+
+  CXTUResourceUsage_First = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
+  CXTUResourceUsage_Last = CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch
+};
+
+/**
+  * \brief Returns the human-readable null-terminated C string that represents
+  *  the name of the memory category.  This string should never be freed.
+  */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind);
+
+typedef struct CXTUResourceUsageEntry {
+  /* \brief The memory usage category. */
+  enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind;  
+  /* \brief Amount of resources used. 
+      The units will depend on the resource kind. */
+  unsigned long amount;
+} CXTUResourceUsageEntry;
+
+/**
+  * \brief The memory usage of a CXTranslationUnit, broken into categories.
+  */
+typedef struct CXTUResourceUsage {
+  /* \brief Private data member, used for queries. */
+  void *data;
+
+  /* \brief The number of entries in the 'entries' array. */
+  unsigned numEntries;
+
+  /* \brief An array of key-value pairs, representing the breakdown of memory
+            usage. */
+  CXTUResourceUsageEntry *entries;
+
+} CXTUResourceUsage;
+
+/**
+  * \brief Return the memory usage of a translation unit.  This object
+  *  should be released with clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage().
+  */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU);
+
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes the kind of entity that a cursor refers to.
+ */
+enum CXCursorKind {
+  /* Declarations */
+  /**
+   * \brief A declaration whose specific kind is not exposed via this
+   * interface.
+   *
+   * Unexposed declarations have the same operations as any other kind
+   * of declaration; one can extract their location information,
+   * spelling, find their definitions, etc. However, the specific kind
+   * of the declaration is not reported.
+   */
+  CXCursor_UnexposedDecl                 = 1,
+  /** \brief A C or C++ struct. */
+  CXCursor_StructDecl                    = 2,
+  /** \brief A C or C++ union. */
+  CXCursor_UnionDecl                     = 3,
+  /** \brief A C++ class. */
+  CXCursor_ClassDecl                     = 4,
+  /** \brief An enumeration. */
+  CXCursor_EnumDecl                      = 5,
+  /**
+   * \brief A field (in C) or non-static data member (in C++) in a
+   * struct, union, or C++ class.
+   */
+  CXCursor_FieldDecl                     = 6,
+  /** \brief An enumerator constant. */
+  CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl              = 7,
+  /** \brief A function. */
+  CXCursor_FunctionDecl                  = 8,
+  /** \brief A variable. */
+  CXCursor_VarDecl                       = 9,
+  /** \brief A function or method parameter. */
+  CXCursor_ParmDecl                      = 10,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@interface. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl             = 11,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@interface for a category. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl              = 12,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@protocol declaration. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl              = 13,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@property declaration. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl              = 14,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C instance variable. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl                  = 15,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C instance method. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl        = 16,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C class method. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl           = 17,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@implementation. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl        = 18,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@implementation for a category. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl          = 19,
+  /** \brief A typedef */
+  CXCursor_TypedefDecl                   = 20,
+  /** \brief A C++ class method. */
+  CXCursor_CXXMethod                     = 21,
+  /** \brief A C++ namespace. */
+  CXCursor_Namespace                     = 22,
+  /** \brief A linkage specification, e.g. 'extern "C"'. */
+  CXCursor_LinkageSpec                   = 23,
+  /** \brief A C++ constructor. */
+  CXCursor_Constructor                   = 24,
+  /** \brief A C++ destructor. */
+  CXCursor_Destructor                    = 25,
+  /** \brief A C++ conversion function. */
+  CXCursor_ConversionFunction            = 26,
+  /** \brief A C++ template type parameter. */
+  CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter         = 27,
+  /** \brief A C++ non-type template parameter. */
+  CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter      = 28,
+  /** \brief A C++ template template parameter. */
+  CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter     = 29,
+  /** \brief A C++ function template. */
+  CXCursor_FunctionTemplate              = 30,
+  /** \brief A C++ class template. */
+  CXCursor_ClassTemplate                 = 31,
+  /** \brief A C++ class template partial specialization. */
+  CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization = 32,
+  /** \brief A C++ namespace alias declaration. */
+  CXCursor_NamespaceAlias                = 33,
+  /** \brief A C++ using directive. */
+  CXCursor_UsingDirective                = 34,
+  /** \brief A C++ using declaration. */
+  CXCursor_UsingDeclaration              = 35,
+  /** \brief A C++ alias declaration */
+  CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl                 = 36,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@synthesize definition. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl            = 37,
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@dynamic definition. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl               = 38,
+  /** \brief An access specifier. */
+  CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier            = 39,
+
+  CXCursor_FirstDecl                     = CXCursor_UnexposedDecl,
+  CXCursor_LastDecl                      = CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier,
+
+  /* References */
+  CXCursor_FirstRef                      = 40, /* Decl references */
+  CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef             = 40,
+  CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef               = 41,
+  CXCursor_ObjCClassRef                  = 42,
+  /**
+   * \brief A reference to a type declaration.
+   *
+   * A type reference occurs anywhere where a type is named but not
+   * declared. For example, given:
+   *
+   * \code
+   * typedef unsigned size_type;
+   * size_type size;
+   * \endcode
+   *
+   * The typedef is a declaration of size_type (CXCursor_TypedefDecl),
+   * while the type of the variable "size" is referenced. The cursor
+   * referenced by the type of size is the typedef for size_type.
+   */
+  CXCursor_TypeRef                       = 43,
+  CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier              = 44,
+  /** 
+   * \brief A reference to a class template, function template, template
+   * template parameter, or class template partial specialization.
+   */
+  CXCursor_TemplateRef                   = 45,
+  /**
+   * \brief A reference to a namespace or namespace alias.
+   */
+  CXCursor_NamespaceRef                  = 46,
+  /**
+   * \brief A reference to a member of a struct, union, or class that occurs in 
+   * some non-expression context, e.g., a designated initializer.
+   */
+  CXCursor_MemberRef                     = 47,
+  /**
+   * \brief A reference to a labeled statement.
+   *
+   * This cursor kind is used to describe the jump to "start_over" in the 
+   * goto statement in the following example:
+   *
+   * \code
+   *   start_over:
+   *     ++counter;
+   *
+   *     goto start_over;
+   * \endcode
+   *
+   * A label reference cursor refers to a label statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_LabelRef                      = 48,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief A reference to a set of overloaded functions or function templates
+   * that has not yet been resolved to a specific function or function template.
+   *
+   * An overloaded declaration reference cursor occurs in C++ templates where
+   * a dependent name refers to a function. For example:
+   *
+   * \code
+   * template<typename T> void swap(T&, T&);
+   *
+   * struct X { ... };
+   * void swap(X&, X&);
+   *
+   * template<typename T>
+   * void reverse(T* first, T* last) {
+   *   while (first < last - 1) {
+   *     swap(*first, *--last);
+   *     ++first;
+   *   }
+   * }
+   *
+   * struct Y { };
+   * void swap(Y&, Y&);
+   * \endcode
+   *
+   * Here, the identifier "swap" is associated with an overloaded declaration
+   * reference. In the template definition, "swap" refers to either of the two
+   * "swap" functions declared above, so both results will be available. At
+   * instantiation time, "swap" may also refer to other functions found via
+   * argument-dependent lookup (e.g., the "swap" function at the end of the
+   * example).
+   *
+   * The functions \c clang_getNumOverloadedDecls() and 
+   * \c clang_getOverloadedDecl() can be used to retrieve the definitions
+   * referenced by this cursor.
+   */
+  CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef             = 49,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief A reference to a variable that occurs in some non-expression 
+   * context, e.g., a C++ lambda capture list.
+   */
+  CXCursor_VariableRef                   = 50,
+  
+  CXCursor_LastRef                       = CXCursor_VariableRef,
+
+  /* Error conditions */
+  CXCursor_FirstInvalid                  = 70,
+  CXCursor_InvalidFile                   = 70,
+  CXCursor_NoDeclFound                   = 71,
+  CXCursor_NotImplemented                = 72,
+  CXCursor_InvalidCode                   = 73,
+  CXCursor_LastInvalid                   = CXCursor_InvalidCode,
+
+  /* Expressions */
+  CXCursor_FirstExpr                     = 100,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief An expression whose specific kind is not exposed via this
+   * interface.
+   *
+   * Unexposed expressions have the same operations as any other kind
+   * of expression; one can extract their location information,
+   * spelling, children, etc. However, the specific kind of the
+   * expression is not reported.
+   */
+  CXCursor_UnexposedExpr                 = 100,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief An expression that refers to some value declaration, such
+   * as a function, varible, or enumerator.
+   */
+  CXCursor_DeclRefExpr                   = 101,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief An expression that refers to a member of a struct, union,
+   * class, Objective-C class, etc.
+   */
+  CXCursor_MemberRefExpr                 = 102,
+
+  /** \brief An expression that calls a function. */
+  CXCursor_CallExpr                      = 103,
+
+  /** \brief An expression that sends a message to an Objective-C
+   object or class. */
+  CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr               = 104,
+
+  /** \brief An expression that represents a block literal. */
+  CXCursor_BlockExpr                     = 105,
+
+  /** \brief An integer literal.
+   */
+  CXCursor_IntegerLiteral                = 106,
+
+  /** \brief A floating point number literal.
+   */
+  CXCursor_FloatingLiteral               = 107,
+
+  /** \brief An imaginary number literal.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral              = 108,
+
+  /** \brief A string literal.
+   */
+  CXCursor_StringLiteral                 = 109,
+
+  /** \brief A character literal.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CharacterLiteral              = 110,
+
+  /** \brief A parenthesized expression, e.g. "(1)".
+   *
+   * This AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ParenExpr                     = 111,
+
+  /** \brief This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
+   * alignof).
+   */
+  CXCursor_UnaryOperator                 = 112,
+
+  /** \brief [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr            = 113,
+
+  /** \brief A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or
+   * "x <= y".
+   */
+  CXCursor_BinaryOperator                = 114,
+
+  /** \brief Compound assignment such as "+=".
+   */
+  CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator        = 115,
+
+  /** \brief The ?: ternary operator.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ConditionalOperator           = 116,
+
+  /** \brief An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style cast in C++
+   * (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax (Type)expr.
+   *
+   * For example: (int)f.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr                = 117,
+
+  /** \brief [C99 6.5.2.5]
+   */
+  CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr           = 118,
+
+  /** \brief Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
+   */
+  CXCursor_InitListExpr                  = 119,
+
+  /** \brief The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
+   */
+  CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr                 = 120,
+
+  /** \brief This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;})
+   */
+  CXCursor_StmtExpr                      = 121,
+
+  /** \brief Represents a C11 generic selection.
+   */
+  CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr          = 122,
+
+  /** \brief Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null
+   * pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or long) and is the same
+   * size and alignment as a pointer.
+   *
+   * The __null extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
+   * NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer that may not
+   * match the size of a pointer).
+   */
+  CXCursor_GNUNullExpr                   = 123,
+
+  /** \brief C++'s static_cast<> expression.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr             = 124,
+
+  /** \brief C++'s dynamic_cast<> expression.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr            = 125,
+
+  /** \brief C++'s reinterpret_cast<> expression.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr        = 126,
+
+  /** \brief C++'s const_cast<> expression.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr              = 127,
+
+  /** \brief Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional"
+   * notion (C++ [expr.type.conv]).
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * \code
+   *   x = int(0.5);
+   * \endcode
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr         = 128,
+
+  /** \brief A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]).
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr                 = 129,
+
+  /** \brief [C++ 2.13.5] C++ Boolean Literal.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr            = 130,
+
+  /** \brief [C++0x 2.14.7] C++ Pointer Literal.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr         = 131,
+
+  /** \brief Represents the "this" expression in C++
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXThisExpr                   = 132,
+
+  /** \brief [C++ 15] C++ Throw Expression.
+   *
+   * This handles 'throw' and 'throw' assignment-expression. When
+   * assignment-expression isn't present, Op will be null.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr                  = 133,
+
+  /** \brief A new expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g:
+   * "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXNewExpr                    = 134,
+
+  /** \brief A delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls,
+   * e.g. "delete[] pArray".
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr                 = 135,
+
+  /** \brief A unary expression.
+   */
+  CXCursor_UnaryExpr                     = 136,
+
+  /** \brief An Objective-C string literal i.e. @"foo".
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral             = 137,
+
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@encode expression.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr                = 138,
+
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@selector expression.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr              = 139,
+
+  /** \brief An Objective-C \@protocol expression.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr              = 140,
+
+  /** \brief An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
+   * Objective-C pointers and C pointers, transferring ownership in the process.
+   *
+   * \code
+   *   NSString *str = (__bridge_transfer NSString *)CFCreateString();
+   * \endcode
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr           = 141,
+
+  /** \brief Represents a C++0x pack expansion that produces a sequence of
+   * expressions.
+   *
+   * A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an
+   * expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example:
+   *
+   * \code
+   * template<typename F, typename ...Types>
+   * void forward(F f, Types &&...args) {
+   *  f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
+   * }
+   * \endcode
+   */
+  CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr             = 142,
+
+  /** \brief Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter
+   * pack.
+   *
+   * \code
+   * template<typename ...Types>
+   * struct count {
+   *   static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types);
+   * };
+   * \endcode
+   */
+  CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr                = 143,
+
+  /* \brief Represents a C++ lambda expression that produces a local function
+   * object.
+   *
+   * \code
+   * void abssort(float *x, unsigned N) {
+   *   std::sort(x, x + N,
+   *             [](float a, float b) {
+   *               return std::abs(a) < std::abs(b);
+   *             });
+   * }
+   * \endcode
+   */
+  CXCursor_LambdaExpr                    = 144,
+  
+  /** \brief Objective-c Boolean Literal.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr           = 145,
+
+  CXCursor_LastExpr                      = CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr,
+
+  /* Statements */
+  CXCursor_FirstStmt                     = 200,
+  /**
+   * \brief A statement whose specific kind is not exposed via this
+   * interface.
+   *
+   * Unexposed statements have the same operations as any other kind of
+   * statement; one can extract their location information, spelling,
+   * children, etc. However, the specific kind of the statement is not
+   * reported.
+   */
+  CXCursor_UnexposedStmt                 = 200,
+  
+  /** \brief A labelled statement in a function. 
+   *
+   * This cursor kind is used to describe the "start_over:" label statement in 
+   * the following example:
+   *
+   * \code
+   *   start_over:
+   *     ++counter;
+   * \endcode
+   *
+   */
+  CXCursor_LabelStmt                     = 201,
+
+  /** \brief A group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
+   *
+   * This cursor kind is used to describe compound statements, e.g. function
+   * bodies.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CompoundStmt                  = 202,
+
+  /** \brief A case statment.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CaseStmt                      = 203,
+
+  /** \brief A default statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_DefaultStmt                   = 204,
+
+  /** \brief An if statement
+   */
+  CXCursor_IfStmt                        = 205,
+
+  /** \brief A switch statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_SwitchStmt                    = 206,
+
+  /** \brief A while statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_WhileStmt                     = 207,
+
+  /** \brief A do statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_DoStmt                        = 208,
+
+  /** \brief A for statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ForStmt                       = 209,
+
+  /** \brief A goto statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_GotoStmt                      = 210,
+
+  /** \brief An indirect goto statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt              = 211,
+
+  /** \brief A continue statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ContinueStmt                  = 212,
+
+  /** \brief A break statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_BreakStmt                     = 213,
+
+  /** \brief A return statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ReturnStmt                    = 214,
+
+  /** \brief A GCC inline assembly statement extension.
+   */
+  CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt                    = 215,
+  CXCursor_AsmStmt                       = CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt,
+
+  /** \brief Objective-C's overall \@try-\@catch-\@finally statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt                 = 216,
+
+  /** \brief Objective-C's \@catch statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt               = 217,
+
+  /** \brief Objective-C's \@finally statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt             = 218,
+
+  /** \brief Objective-C's \@throw statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt               = 219,
+
+  /** \brief Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt        = 220,
+
+  /** \brief Objective-C's autorelease pool statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt       = 221,
+
+  /** \brief Objective-C's collection statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt         = 222,
+
+  /** \brief C++'s catch statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt                  = 223,
+
+  /** \brief C++'s try statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXTryStmt                    = 224,
+
+  /** \brief C++'s for (* : *) statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt               = 225,
+
+  /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's try statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_SEHTryStmt                    = 226,
+
+  /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's except statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt                 = 227,
+
+  /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's finally statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt                = 228,
+
+  /** \brief A MS inline assembly statement extension.
+   */
+  CXCursor_MSAsmStmt                     = 229,
+
+  /** \brief The null satement ";": C99 6.8.3p3.
+   *
+   * This cursor kind is used to describe the null statement.
+   */
+  CXCursor_NullStmt                      = 230,
+
+  /** \brief Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and
+   * expressions.
+   */
+  CXCursor_DeclStmt                      = 231,
+
+  CXCursor_LastStmt                      = CXCursor_DeclStmt,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Cursor that represents the translation unit itself.
+   *
+   * The translation unit cursor exists primarily to act as the root
+   * cursor for traversing the contents of a translation unit.
+   */
+  CXCursor_TranslationUnit               = 300,
+
+  /* Attributes */
+  CXCursor_FirstAttr                     = 400,
+  /**
+   * \brief An attribute whose specific kind is not exposed via this
+   * interface.
+   */
+  CXCursor_UnexposedAttr                 = 400,
+
+  CXCursor_IBActionAttr                  = 401,
+  CXCursor_IBOutletAttr                  = 402,
+  CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr        = 403,
+  CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr                  = 404,
+  CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr               = 405,
+  CXCursor_AnnotateAttr                  = 406,
+  CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr                  = 407,
+  CXCursor_LastAttr                      = CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr,
+     
+  /* Preprocessing */
+  CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective        = 500,
+  CXCursor_MacroDefinition               = 501,
+  CXCursor_MacroExpansion                = 502,
+  CXCursor_MacroInstantiation            = CXCursor_MacroExpansion,
+  CXCursor_InclusionDirective            = 503,
+  CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing            = CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective,
+  CXCursor_LastPreprocessing             = CXCursor_InclusionDirective,
+
+  /* Extra Declarations */
+  /**
+   * \brief A module import declaration.
+   */
+  CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl              = 600,
+  CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl                = CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
+  CXCursor_LastExtraDecl                 = CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief A cursor representing some element in the abstract syntax tree for
+ * a translation unit.
+ *
+ * The cursor abstraction unifies the different kinds of entities in a
+ * program--declaration, statements, expressions, references to declarations,
+ * etc.--under a single "cursor" abstraction with a common set of operations.
+ * Common operation for a cursor include: getting the physical location in
+ * a source file where the cursor points, getting the name associated with a
+ * cursor, and retrieving cursors for any child nodes of a particular cursor.
+ *
+ * Cursors can be produced in two specific ways.
+ * clang_getTranslationUnitCursor() produces a cursor for a translation unit,
+ * from which one can use clang_visitChildren() to explore the rest of the
+ * translation unit. clang_getCursor() maps from a physical source location
+ * to the entity that resides at that location, allowing one to map from the
+ * source code into the AST.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  enum CXCursorKind kind;
+  int xdata;
+  const void *data[3];
+} CXCursor;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A comment AST node.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  const void *ASTNode;
+  CXTranslationUnit TranslationUnit;
+} CXComment;
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_MANIP Cursor manipulations
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the NULL cursor, which represents no entity.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the cursor that represents the given translation unit.
+ *
+ * The translation unit cursor can be used to start traversing the
+ * various declarations within the given translation unit.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether two cursors are equivalent.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor, CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns non-zero if \p cursor is null.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isNull(CXCursor cursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Compute a hash value for the given cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor);
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the kind of the given cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a declaration.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a simple
+ * reference.
+ *
+ * Note that other kinds of cursors (such as expressions) can also refer to
+ * other cursors. Use clang_getCursorReferenced() to determine whether a
+ * particular cursor refers to another entity.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an expression.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a statement.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an attribute.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an invalid
+ * cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a translation
+ * unit.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind);
+
+/***
+ * \brief Determine whether the given cursor represents a preprocessing
+ * element, such as a preprocessor directive or macro instantiation.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind);
+  
+/***
+ * \brief Determine whether the given cursor represents a currently
+ *  unexposed piece of the AST (e.g., CXCursor_UnexposedStmt).
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describe the linkage of the entity referred to by a cursor.
+ */
+enum CXLinkageKind {
+  /** \brief This value indicates that no linkage information is available
+   * for a provided CXCursor. */
+  CXLinkage_Invalid,
+  /**
+   * \brief This is the linkage for variables, parameters, and so on that
+   *  have automatic storage.  This covers normal (non-extern) local variables.
+   */
+  CXLinkage_NoLinkage,
+  /** \brief This is the linkage for static variables and static functions. */
+  CXLinkage_Internal,
+  /** \brief This is the linkage for entities with external linkage that live
+   * in C++ anonymous namespaces.*/
+  CXLinkage_UniqueExternal,
+  /** \brief This is the linkage for entities with true, external linkage. */
+  CXLinkage_External
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the linkage of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to,
+ * taking the current target platform into account.
+ *
+ * \param cursor The cursor to query.
+ *
+ * \returns The availability of the cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind 
+clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor);
+
+/**
+ * Describes the availability of a given entity on a particular platform, e.g.,
+ * a particular class might only be available on Mac OS 10.7 or newer.
+ */
+typedef struct CXPlatformAvailability {
+  /**
+   * \brief A string that describes the platform for which this structure
+   * provides availability information.
+   *
+   * Possible values are "ios" or "macosx".
+   */
+  CXString Platform;
+  /**
+   * \brief The version number in which this entity was introduced.
+   */
+  CXVersion Introduced;
+  /**
+   * \brief The version number in which this entity was deprecated (but is
+   * still available).
+   */
+  CXVersion Deprecated;
+  /**
+   * \brief The version number in which this entity was obsoleted, and therefore
+   * is no longer available.
+   */
+  CXVersion Obsoleted;
+  /**
+   * \brief Whether the entity is unconditionally unavailable on this platform.
+   */
+  int Unavailable;
+  /**
+   * \brief An optional message to provide to a user of this API, e.g., to
+   * suggest replacement APIs.
+   */
+  CXString Message;
+} CXPlatformAvailability;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to
+ * on any platforms for which availability information is known.
+ *
+ * \param cursor The cursor to query.
+ *
+ * \param always_deprecated If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the 
+ * entity is deprecated on all platforms.
+ *
+ * \param deprecated_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text 
+ * provided along with the unconditional deprecation of this entity. The client
+ * is responsible for deallocating this string.
+ *
+ * \param always_unavailable If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
+ * entity is unavailable on all platforms.
+ *
+ * \param unavailable_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
+ * provided along with the unconditional unavailability of this entity. The 
+ * client is responsible for deallocating this string.
+ *
+ * \param availability If non-NULL, an array of CXPlatformAvailability instances
+ * that will be populated with platform availability information, up to either
+ * the number of platforms for which availability information is available (as
+ * returned by this function) or \c availability_size, whichever is smaller.
+ *
+ * \param availability_size The number of elements available in the 
+ * \c availability array.
+ *
+ * \returns The number of platforms (N) for which availability information is
+ * available (which is unrelated to \c availability_size).
+ *
+ * Note that the client is responsible for calling 
+ * \c clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability to free each of the 
+ * platform-availability structures returned. There are 
+ * \c min(N, availability_size) such structures.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int
+clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor,
+                                    int *always_deprecated,
+                                    CXString *deprecated_message,
+                                    int *always_unavailable,
+                                    CXString *unavailable_message,
+                                    CXPlatformAvailability *availability,
+                                    int availability_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the memory associated with a \c CXPlatformAvailability structure.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void
+clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability);
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Describe the "language" of the entity referred to by a cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLanguageKind {
+  CXLanguage_Invalid = 0,
+  CXLanguage_C,
+  CXLanguage_ObjC,
+  CXLanguage_CPlusPlus
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the "language" of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the translation unit that a cursor originated from.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_Cursor_getTranslationUnit(CXCursor);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief A fast container representing a set of CXCursors.
+ */
+typedef struct CXCursorSetImpl *CXCursorSet;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Creates an empty CXCursorSet.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursorSet clang_createCXCursorSet(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Disposes a CXCursorSet and releases its associated memory.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXCursorSet(CXCursorSet cset);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Queries a CXCursorSet to see if it contains a specific CXCursor.
+ *
+ * \returns non-zero if the set contains the specified cursor.
+*/
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_contains(CXCursorSet cset,
+                                                   CXCursor cursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Inserts a CXCursor into a CXCursorSet.
+ *
+ * \returns zero if the CXCursor was already in the set, and non-zero otherwise.
+*/
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_insert(CXCursorSet cset,
+                                                 CXCursor cursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the semantic parent of the given cursor.
+ *
+ * The semantic parent of a cursor is the cursor that semantically contains
+ * the given \p cursor. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
+ * are equivalent (the lexical parent is returned by 
+ * \c clang_getCursorLexicalParent()). They diverge when declarations or
+ * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * class C {
+ *  void f();
+ * };
+ *
+ * void C::f() { }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is the 
+ * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
+ * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
+ * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the 
+ * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
+ * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
+ * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
+ * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
+ * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
+ *
+ * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
+ * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
+ * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
+ *
+ * For global declarations, the semantic parent is the translation unit.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the lexical parent of the given cursor.
+ *
+ * The lexical parent of a cursor is the cursor in which the given \p cursor
+ * was actually written. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
+ * are equivalent (the semantic parent is returned by 
+ * \c clang_getCursorSemanticParent()). They diverge when declarations or
+ * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * class C {
+ *  void f();
+ * };
+ *
+ * void C::f() { }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is the 
+ * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
+ * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
+ * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the 
+ * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
+ * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
+ * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
+ * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
+ * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
+ *
+ * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
+ * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
+ * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
+ *
+ * For declarations written in the global scope, the lexical parent is
+ * the translation unit.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the set of methods that are overridden by the given
+ * method.
+ *
+ * In both Objective-C and C++, a method (aka virtual member function,
+ * in C++) can override a virtual method in a base class. For
+ * Objective-C, a method is said to override any method in the class's
+ * base class, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has the same
+ * selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
+ * If no such method exists, the search continues to the class's superclass,
+ * its protocols, and its categories, and so on. A method from an Objective-C
+ * implementation is considered to override the same methods as its
+ * corresponding method in the interface.
+ *
+ * For C++, a virtual member function overrides any virtual member
+ * function with the same signature that occurs in its base
+ * classes. With multiple inheritance, a virtual member function can
+ * override several virtual member functions coming from different
+ * base classes.
+ *
+ * In all cases, this function determines the immediate overridden
+ * method, rather than all of the overridden methods. For example, if
+ * a method is originally declared in a class A, then overridden in B
+ * (which in inherits from A) and also in C (which inherited from B),
+ * then the only overridden method returned from this function when
+ * invoked on C's method will be B's method. The client may then
+ * invoke this function again, given the previously-found overridden
+ * methods, to map out the complete method-override set.
+ *
+ * \param cursor A cursor representing an Objective-C or C++
+ * method. This routine will compute the set of methods that this
+ * method overrides.
+ * 
+ * \param overridden A pointer whose pointee will be replaced with a
+ * pointer to an array of cursors, representing the set of overridden
+ * methods. If there are no overridden methods, the pointee will be
+ * set to NULL. The pointee must be freed via a call to 
+ * \c clang_disposeOverriddenCursors().
+ *
+ * \param num_overridden A pointer to the number of overridden
+ * functions, will be set to the number of overridden functions in the
+ * array pointed to by \p overridden.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getOverriddenCursors(CXCursor cursor, 
+                                               CXCursor **overridden,
+                                               unsigned *num_overridden);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the set of overridden cursors returned by \c
+ * clang_getOverriddenCursors().
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeOverriddenCursors(CXCursor *overridden);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the file that is included by the given inclusion directive
+ * cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor);
+  
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_SOURCE Mapping between cursors and source code
+ *
+ * Cursors represent a location within the Abstract Syntax Tree (AST). These
+ * routines help map between cursors and the physical locations where the
+ * described entities occur in the source code. The mapping is provided in
+ * both directions, so one can map from source code to the AST and back.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Map a source location to the cursor that describes the entity at that
+ * location in the source code.
+ *
+ * clang_getCursor() maps an arbitrary source location within a translation
+ * unit down to the most specific cursor that describes the entity at that
+ * location. For example, given an expression \c x + y, invoking
+ * clang_getCursor() with a source location pointing to "x" will return the
+ * cursor for "x"; similarly for "y". If the cursor points anywhere between
+ * "x" or "y" (e.g., on the + or the whitespace around it), clang_getCursor()
+ * will return a cursor referring to the "+" expression.
+ *
+ * \returns a cursor representing the entity at the given source location, or
+ * a NULL cursor if no such entity can be found.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit, CXSourceLocation);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the physical location of the source constructor referenced
+ * by the given cursor.
+ *
+ * The location of a declaration is typically the location of the name of that
+ * declaration, where the name of that declaration would occur if it is
+ * unnamed, or some keyword that introduces that particular declaration.
+ * The location of a reference is where that reference occurs within the
+ * source code.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the physical extent of the source construct referenced by
+ * the given cursor.
+ *
+ * The extent of a cursor starts with the file/line/column pointing at the
+ * first character within the source construct that the cursor refers to and
+ * ends with the last character withinin that source construct. For a
+ * declaration, the extent covers the declaration itself. For a reference,
+ * the extent covers the location of the reference (e.g., where the referenced
+ * entity was actually used).
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+    
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_TYPES Type information for CXCursors
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes the kind of type
+ */
+enum CXTypeKind {
+  /**
+   * \brief Reprents an invalid type (e.g., where no type is available).
+   */
+  CXType_Invalid = 0,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A type whose specific kind is not exposed via this
+   * interface.
+   */
+  CXType_Unexposed = 1,
+
+  /* Builtin types */
+  CXType_Void = 2,
+  CXType_Bool = 3,
+  CXType_Char_U = 4,
+  CXType_UChar = 5,
+  CXType_Char16 = 6,
+  CXType_Char32 = 7,
+  CXType_UShort = 8,
+  CXType_UInt = 9,
+  CXType_ULong = 10,
+  CXType_ULongLong = 11,
+  CXType_UInt128 = 12,
+  CXType_Char_S = 13,
+  CXType_SChar = 14,
+  CXType_WChar = 15,
+  CXType_Short = 16,
+  CXType_Int = 17,
+  CXType_Long = 18,
+  CXType_LongLong = 19,
+  CXType_Int128 = 20,
+  CXType_Float = 21,
+  CXType_Double = 22,
+  CXType_LongDouble = 23,
+  CXType_NullPtr = 24,
+  CXType_Overload = 25,
+  CXType_Dependent = 26,
+  CXType_ObjCId = 27,
+  CXType_ObjCClass = 28,
+  CXType_ObjCSel = 29,
+  CXType_FirstBuiltin = CXType_Void,
+  CXType_LastBuiltin  = CXType_ObjCSel,
+
+  CXType_Complex = 100,
+  CXType_Pointer = 101,
+  CXType_BlockPointer = 102,
+  CXType_LValueReference = 103,
+  CXType_RValueReference = 104,
+  CXType_Record = 105,
+  CXType_Enum = 106,
+  CXType_Typedef = 107,
+  CXType_ObjCInterface = 108,
+  CXType_ObjCObjectPointer = 109,
+  CXType_FunctionNoProto = 110,
+  CXType_FunctionProto = 111,
+  CXType_ConstantArray = 112,
+  CXType_Vector = 113
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes the calling convention of a function type
+ */
+enum CXCallingConv {
+  CXCallingConv_Default = 0,
+  CXCallingConv_C = 1,
+  CXCallingConv_X86StdCall = 2,
+  CXCallingConv_X86FastCall = 3,
+  CXCallingConv_X86ThisCall = 4,
+  CXCallingConv_X86Pascal = 5,
+  CXCallingConv_AAPCS = 6,
+  CXCallingConv_AAPCS_VFP = 7,
+  CXCallingConv_PnaclCall = 8,
+  CXCallingConv_IntelOclBicc = 9,
+
+  CXCallingConv_Invalid = 100,
+  CXCallingConv_Unexposed = 200
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief The type of an element in the abstract syntax tree.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  enum CXTypeKind kind;
+  void *data[2];
+} CXType;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the type of a CXCursor (if any).
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorType(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Pretty-print the underlying type using the rules of the
+ * language of the translation unit from which it came.
+ *
+ * If the type is invalid, an empty string is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeSpelling(CXType CT);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the underlying type of a typedef declaration.
+ *
+ * If the cursor does not reference a typedef declaration, an invalid type is
+ * returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getTypedefDeclUnderlyingType(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the integer type of an enum declaration.
+ *
+ * If the cursor does not reference an enum declaration, an invalid type is
+ * returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getEnumDeclIntegerType(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as a signed
+ *  long long.
+ *
+ * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, LLONG_MIN is returned.
+ * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
+ * must be verified before calling this function.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclValue(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as an unsigned
+ *  long long.
+ *
+ * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, ULLONG_MAX is returned.
+ * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
+ * must be verified before calling this function.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclUnsignedValue(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the bit width of a bit field declaration as an integer.
+ *
+ * If a cursor that is not a bit field declaration is passed in, -1 is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFieldDeclBitWidth(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the number of non-variadic arguments associated with a given
+ * cursor.
+ *
+ * The number of arguments can be determined for calls as well as for
+ * declarations of functions or methods. For other cursors -1 is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumArguments(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the argument cursor of a function or method.
+ *
+ * The argument cursor can be determined for calls as well as for declarations
+ * of functions or methods. For other cursors and for invalid indices, an
+ * invalid cursor is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Cursor_getArgument(CXCursor C, unsigned i);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether two CXTypes represent the same type.
+ *
+ * \returns non-zero if the CXTypes represent the same type and
+ *          zero otherwise.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalTypes(CXType A, CXType B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the canonical type for a CXType.
+ *
+ * Clang's type system explicitly models typedefs and all the ways
+ * a specific type can be represented.  The canonical type is the underlying
+ * type with all the "sugar" removed.  For example, if 'T' is a typedef
+ * for 'int', the canonical type for 'T' would be 'int'.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCanonicalType(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether a CXType has the "const" qualifier set,
+ * without looking through typedefs that may have added "const" at a
+ * different level.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isConstQualifiedType(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether a CXType has the "volatile" qualifier set,
+ * without looking through typedefs that may have added "volatile" at
+ * a different level.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVolatileQualifiedType(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether a CXType has the "restrict" qualifier set,
+ * without looking through typedefs that may have added "restrict" at a
+ * different level.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isRestrictQualifiedType(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief For pointer types, returns the type of the pointee.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getPointeeType(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the cursor for the declaration of the given type.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTypeDeclaration(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified declaration.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDeclObjCTypeEncoding(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the spelling of a given CXTypeKind.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeKindSpelling(enum CXTypeKind K);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the calling convention associated with a function type.
+ *
+ * If a non-function type is passed in, CXCallingConv_Invalid is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCallingConv clang_getFunctionTypeCallingConv(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the result type associated with a function type.
+ *
+ * If a non-function type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getResultType(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the number of non-variadic arguments associated with a
+ * function type.
+ *
+ * If a non-function type is passed in, -1 is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getNumArgTypes(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the type of an argument of a function type.
+ *
+ * If a non-function type is passed in or the function does not have enough
+ * parameters, an invalid type is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArgType(CXType T, unsigned i);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return 1 if the CXType is a variadic function type, and 0 otherwise.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isFunctionTypeVariadic(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the result type associated with a given cursor.
+ *
+ * This only returns a valid type if the cursor refers to a function or method.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorResultType(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return 1 if the CXType is a POD (plain old data) type, and 0
+ *  otherwise.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPODType(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the element type of an array, complex, or vector type.
+ *
+ * If a type is passed in that is not an array, complex, or vector type,
+ * an invalid type is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getElementType(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the number of elements of an array or vector type.
+ *
+ * If a type is passed in that is not an array or vector type,
+ * -1 is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getNumElements(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the element type of an array type.
+ *
+ * If a non-array type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArrayElementType(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the array size of a constant array.
+ *
+ * If a non-array type is passed in, -1 is returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getArraySize(CXType T);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns 1 if the base class specified by the cursor with kind
+ *   CX_CXXBaseSpecifier is virtual.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVirtualBase(CXCursor);
+    
+/**
+ * \brief Represents the C++ access control level to a base class for a
+ * cursor with kind CX_CXXBaseSpecifier.
+ */
+enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier {
+  CX_CXXInvalidAccessSpecifier,
+  CX_CXXPublic,
+  CX_CXXProtected,
+  CX_CXXPrivate
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the access control level for the C++ base specifier
+ * represented by a cursor with kind CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier or
+ * CXCursor_AccessSpecifier.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier clang_getCXXAccessSpecifier(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the number of overloaded declarations referenced by a 
+ * \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
+ *
+ * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
+ *
+ * \returns The number of overloaded declarations referenced by \c cursor. If it
+ * is not a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor, returns 0.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor cursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a cursor for one of the overloaded declarations referenced
+ * by a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
+ *
+ * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
+ *
+ * \param index The zero-based index into the set of overloaded declarations in
+ * the cursor.
+ *
+ * \returns A cursor representing the declaration referenced by the given 
+ * \c cursor at the specified \c index. If the cursor does not have an 
+ * associated set of overloaded declarations, or if the index is out of bounds,
+ * returns \c clang_getNullCursor();
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor, 
+                                                unsigned index);
+  
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+  
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_ATTRIBUTES Information for attributes
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief For cursors representing an iboutletcollection attribute,
+ *  this function returns the collection element type.
+ *
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_TRAVERSAL Traversing the AST with cursors
+ *
+ * These routines provide the ability to traverse the abstract syntax tree
+ * using cursors.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes how the traversal of the children of a particular
+ * cursor should proceed after visiting a particular child cursor.
+ *
+ * A value of this enumeration type should be returned by each
+ * \c CXCursorVisitor to indicate how clang_visitChildren() proceed.
+ */
+enum CXChildVisitResult {
+  /**
+   * \brief Terminates the cursor traversal.
+   */
+  CXChildVisit_Break,
+  /**
+   * \brief Continues the cursor traversal with the next sibling of
+   * the cursor just visited, without visiting its children.
+   */
+  CXChildVisit_Continue,
+  /**
+   * \brief Recursively traverse the children of this cursor, using
+   * the same visitor and client data.
+   */
+  CXChildVisit_Recurse
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
+ *
+ * This visitor function will be invoked for each cursor found by
+ * clang_visitCursorChildren(). Its first argument is the cursor being
+ * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor,
+ * and its third argument is the client data provided to
+ * clang_visitCursorChildren().
+ *
+ * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
+ * to direct clang_visitCursorChildren().
+ */
+typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (*CXCursorVisitor)(CXCursor cursor,
+                                                   CXCursor parent,
+                                                   CXClientData client_data);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Visit the children of a particular cursor.
+ *
+ * This function visits all the direct children of the given cursor,
+ * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
+ * visited child. The traversal may be recursive, if the visitor returns
+ * \c CXChildVisit_Recurse. The traversal may also be ended prematurely, if
+ * the visitor returns \c CXChildVisit_Break.
+ *
+ * \param parent the cursor whose child may be visited. All kinds of
+ * cursors can be visited, including invalid cursors (which, by
+ * definition, have no children).
+ *
+ * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
+ * child of \p parent.
+ *
+ * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
+ * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
+ *
+ * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
+ * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXChildVisit_Break.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
+                                            CXCursorVisitor visitor,
+                                            CXClientData client_data);
+#ifdef __has_feature
+#  if __has_feature(blocks)
+/**
+ * \brief Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
+ *
+ * This visitor block will be invoked for each cursor found by
+ * clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(). Its first argument is the cursor being
+ * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor.
+ *
+ * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
+ * to direct clang_visitChildrenWithBlock().
+ */
+typedef enum CXChildVisitResult 
+     (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
+
+/**
+ * Visits the children of a cursor using the specified block.  Behaves
+ * identically to clang_visitChildren() in all other respects.
+ */
+unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent,
+                                      CXCursorVisitorBlock block);
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_XREF Cross-referencing in the AST
+ *
+ * These routines provide the ability to determine references within and
+ * across translation units, by providing the names of the entities referenced
+ * by cursors, follow reference cursors to the declarations they reference,
+ * and associate declarations with their definitions.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) for the entity referenced
+ * by the given cursor.
+ *
+ * A Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) is a string that identifies a particular
+ * entity (function, class, variable, etc.) within a program. USRs can be
+ * compared across translation units to determine, e.g., when references in
+ * one translation refer to an entity defined in another translation unit.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorUSR(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C class.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCClass(const char *class_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C category.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
+  clang_constructUSR_ObjCCategory(const char *class_name,
+                                 const char *category_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C protocol.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
+  clang_constructUSR_ObjCProtocol(const char *protocol_name);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C instance variable and
+ *   the USR for its containing class.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCIvar(const char *name,
+                                                    CXString classUSR);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C method and
+ *   the USR for its containing class.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCMethod(const char *name,
+                                                      unsigned isInstanceMethod,
+                                                      CXString classUSR);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C property and the USR
+ *  for its containing class.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCProperty(const char *property,
+                                                        CXString classUSR);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a range for a piece that forms the cursors spelling name.
+ * Most of the times there is only one range for the complete spelling but for
+ * objc methods and objc message expressions, there are multiple pieces for each
+ * selector identifier.
+ * 
+ * \param pieceIndex the index of the spelling name piece. If this is greater
+ * than the actual number of pieces, it will return a NULL (invalid) range.
+ *  
+ * \param options Reserved.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor,
+                                                          unsigned pieceIndex,
+                                                          unsigned options);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the display name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
+ *
+ * The display name contains extra information that helps identify the cursor,
+ * such as the parameters of a function or template or the arguments of a 
+ * class template specialization.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor);
+  
+/** \brief For a cursor that is a reference, retrieve a cursor representing the
+ * entity that it references.
+ *
+ * Reference cursors refer to other entities in the AST. For example, an
+ * Objective-C superclass reference cursor refers to an Objective-C class.
+ * This function produces the cursor for the Objective-C class from the
+ * cursor for the superclass reference. If the input cursor is a declaration or
+ * definition, it returns that declaration or definition unchanged.
+ * Otherwise, returns the NULL cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ *  \brief For a cursor that is either a reference to or a declaration
+ *  of some entity, retrieve a cursor that describes the definition of
+ *  that entity.
+ *
+ *  Some entities can be declared multiple times within a translation
+ *  unit, but only one of those declarations can also be a
+ *  definition. For example, given:
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  int f(int, int);
+ *  int g(int x, int y) { return f(x, y); }
+ *  int f(int a, int b) { return a + b; }
+ *  int f(int, int);
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  there are three declarations of the function "f", but only the
+ *  second one is a definition. The clang_getCursorDefinition()
+ *  function will take any cursor pointing to a declaration of "f"
+ *  (the first or fourth lines of the example) or a cursor referenced
+ *  that uses "f" (the call to "f' inside "g") and will return a
+ *  declaration cursor pointing to the definition (the second "f"
+ *  declaration).
+ *
+ *  If given a cursor for which there is no corresponding definition,
+ *  e.g., because there is no definition of that entity within this
+ *  translation unit, returns a NULL cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether the declaration pointed to by this cursor
+ * is also a definition of that entity.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the canonical cursor corresponding to the given cursor.
+ *
+ * In the C family of languages, many kinds of entities can be declared several
+ * times within a single translation unit. For example, a structure type can
+ * be forward-declared (possibly multiple times) and later defined:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * struct X;
+ * struct X;
+ * struct X {
+ *   int member;
+ * };
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * The declarations and the definition of \c X are represented by three 
+ * different cursors, all of which are declarations of the same underlying 
+ * entity. One of these cursor is considered the "canonical" cursor, which
+ * is effectively the representative for the underlying entity. One can 
+ * determine if two cursors are declarations of the same underlying entity by
+ * comparing their canonical cursors.
+ *
+ * \returns The canonical cursor for the entity referred to by the given cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief If the cursor points to a selector identifier in a objc method or
+ * message expression, this returns the selector index.
+ *
+ * After getting a cursor with #clang_getCursor, this can be called to
+ * determine if the location points to a selector identifier.
+ *
+ * \returns The selector index if the cursor is an objc method or message
+ * expression and the cursor is pointing to a selector identifier, or -1
+ * otherwise.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Given a cursor pointing to a C++ method call or an ObjC message,
+ * returns non-zero if the method/message is "dynamic", meaning:
+ * 
+ * For a C++ method: the call is virtual.
+ * For an ObjC message: the receiver is an object instance, not 'super' or a
+ * specific class.
+ * 
+ * If the method/message is "static" or the cursor does not point to a
+ * method/message, it will return zero.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isDynamicCall(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Given a cursor pointing to an ObjC message, returns the CXType of the
+ * receiver.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getReceiverType(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
+ * comment's source range.  The range may include multiple consecutive comments
+ * with whitespace in between.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
+ * comment text, including comment markers.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
+ * declaration), return the associated \\brief paragraph; otherwise return the
+ * first paragraph.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
+ * declaration), return the associated parsed comment as a
+ * \c CXComment_FullComment AST node.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXComment clang_Cursor_getParsedComment(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_MODULE Module introspection
+ *
+ * The functions in this group provide access to information about modules.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef void *CXModule;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Given a CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl cursor, return the associated module.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \param Module a module object.
+ *
+ * \returns the parent of a sub-module or NULL if the given module is top-level,
+ * e.g. for 'std.vector' it will return the 'std' module.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule Module);
+
+/**
+ * \param Module a module object.
+ *
+ * \returns the name of the module, e.g. for the 'std.vector' sub-module it
+ * will return "vector".
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule Module);
+
+/**
+ * \param Module a module object.
+ *
+ * \returns the full name of the module, e.g. "std.vector".
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule Module);
+
+/**
+ * \param Module a module object.
+ *
+ * \returns the number of top level headers associated with this module.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXTranslationUnit,
+                                                           CXModule Module);
+
+/**
+ * \param Module a module object.
+ *
+ * \param Index top level header index (zero-based).
+ *
+ * \returns the specified top level header associated with the module.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXTranslationUnit,
+                                      CXModule Module, unsigned Index);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_COMMENT Comment AST introspection
+ *
+ * The routines in this group provide access to information in the
+ * documentation comment ASTs.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes the type of the comment AST node (\c CXComment).  A comment
+ * node can be considered block content (e. g., paragraph), inline content
+ * (plain text) or neither (the root AST node).
+ */
+enum CXCommentKind {
+  /**
+   * \brief Null comment.  No AST node is constructed at the requested location
+   * because there is no text or a syntax error.
+   */
+  CXComment_Null = 0,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Plain text.  Inline content.
+   */
+  CXComment_Text = 1,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A command with word-like arguments that is considered inline content.
+   *
+   * For example: \\c command.
+   */
+  CXComment_InlineCommand = 2,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief HTML start tag with attributes (name-value pairs).  Considered
+   * inline content.
+   *
+   * For example:
+   * \verbatim
+   * <br> <br /> <a href="http://example.org/">
+   * \endverbatim
+   */
+  CXComment_HTMLStartTag = 3,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief HTML end tag.  Considered inline content.
+   *
+   * For example:
+   * \verbatim
+   * </a>
+   * \endverbatim
+   */
+  CXComment_HTMLEndTag = 4,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A paragraph, contains inline comment.  The paragraph itself is
+   * block content.
+   */
+  CXComment_Paragraph = 5,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A command that has zero or more word-like arguments (number of
+   * word-like arguments depends on command name) and a paragraph as an
+   * argument.  Block command is block content.
+   *
+   * Paragraph argument is also a child of the block command.
+   *
+   * For example: \\brief has 0 word-like arguments and a paragraph argument.
+   *
+   * AST nodes of special kinds that parser knows about (e. g., \\param
+   * command) have their own node kinds.
+   */
+  CXComment_BlockCommand = 6,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A \\param or \\arg command that describes the function parameter
+   * (name, passing direction, description).
+   *
+   * For example: \\param [in] ParamName description.
+   */
+  CXComment_ParamCommand = 7,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A \\tparam command that describes a template parameter (name and
+   * description).
+   *
+   * For example: \\tparam T description.
+   */
+  CXComment_TParamCommand = 8,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A verbatim block command (e. g., preformatted code).  Verbatim
+   * block has an opening and a closing command and contains multiple lines of
+   * text (\c CXComment_VerbatimBlockLine child nodes).
+   *
+   * For example:
+   * \\verbatim
+   * aaa
+   * \\endverbatim
+   */
+  CXComment_VerbatimBlockCommand = 9,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A line of text that is contained within a
+   * CXComment_VerbatimBlockCommand node.
+   */
+  CXComment_VerbatimBlockLine = 10,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A verbatim line command.  Verbatim line has an opening command,
+   * a single line of text (up to the newline after the opening command) and
+   * has no closing command.
+   */
+  CXComment_VerbatimLine = 11,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A full comment attached to a declaration, contains block content.
+   */
+  CXComment_FullComment = 12
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief The most appropriate rendering mode for an inline command, chosen on
+ * command semantics in Doxygen.
+ */
+enum CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind {
+  /**
+   * \brief Command argument should be rendered in a normal font.
+   */
+  CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind_Normal,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Command argument should be rendered in a bold font.
+   */
+  CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind_Bold,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Command argument should be rendered in a monospaced font.
+   */
+  CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind_Monospaced,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Command argument should be rendered emphasized (typically italic
+   * font).
+   */
+  CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind_Emphasized
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes parameter passing direction for \\param or \\arg command.
+ */
+enum CXCommentParamPassDirection {
+  /**
+   * \brief The parameter is an input parameter.
+   */
+  CXCommentParamPassDirection_In,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief The parameter is an output parameter.
+   */
+  CXCommentParamPassDirection_Out,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief The parameter is an input and output parameter.
+   */
+  CXCommentParamPassDirection_InOut
+};
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment AST node of any kind.
+ *
+ * \returns the type of the AST node.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCommentKind clang_Comment_getKind(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment AST node of any kind.
+ *
+ * \returns number of children of the AST node.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Comment_getNumChildren(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment AST node of any kind.
+ *
+ * \param ChildIdx child index (zero-based).
+ *
+ * \returns the specified child of the AST node.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXComment clang_Comment_getChild(CXComment Comment, unsigned ChildIdx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A \c CXComment_Paragraph node is considered whitespace if it contains
+ * only \c CXComment_Text nodes that are empty or whitespace.
+ *
+ * Other AST nodes (except \c CXComment_Paragraph and \c CXComment_Text) are
+ * never considered whitespace.
+ *
+ * \returns non-zero if \c Comment is whitespace.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Comment_isWhitespace(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \returns non-zero if \c Comment is inline content and has a newline
+ * immediately following it in the comment text.  Newlines between paragraphs
+ * do not count.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_InlineContentComment_hasTrailingNewline(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_Text AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns text contained in the AST node.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_TextComment_getText(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_InlineCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns name of the inline command.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_InlineCommandComment_getCommandName(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_InlineCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns the most appropriate rendering mode, chosen on command
+ * semantics in Doxygen.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind
+clang_InlineCommandComment_getRenderKind(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_InlineCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns number of command arguments.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_InlineCommandComment_getNumArgs(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_InlineCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \param ArgIdx argument index (zero-based).
+ *
+ * \returns text of the specified argument.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_InlineCommandComment_getArgText(CXComment Comment,
+                                               unsigned ArgIdx);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_HTMLStartTag or \c CXComment_HTMLEndTag AST
+ * node.
+ *
+ * \returns HTML tag name.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_HTMLTagComment_getTagName(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_HTMLStartTag AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns non-zero if tag is self-closing (for example, &lt;br /&gt;).
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_HTMLStartTagComment_isSelfClosing(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_HTMLStartTag AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns number of attributes (name-value pairs) attached to the start tag.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_HTMLStartTag_getNumAttrs(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_HTMLStartTag AST node.
+ *
+ * \param AttrIdx attribute index (zero-based).
+ *
+ * \returns name of the specified attribute.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_HTMLStartTag_getAttrName(CXComment Comment, unsigned AttrIdx);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_HTMLStartTag AST node.
+ *
+ * \param AttrIdx attribute index (zero-based).
+ *
+ * \returns value of the specified attribute.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_HTMLStartTag_getAttrValue(CXComment Comment, unsigned AttrIdx);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_BlockCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns name of the block command.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_BlockCommandComment_getCommandName(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_BlockCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns number of word-like arguments.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_BlockCommandComment_getNumArgs(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_BlockCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \param ArgIdx argument index (zero-based).
+ *
+ * \returns text of the specified word-like argument.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_BlockCommandComment_getArgText(CXComment Comment,
+                                              unsigned ArgIdx);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_BlockCommand or
+ * \c CXComment_VerbatimBlockCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns paragraph argument of the block command.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXComment clang_BlockCommandComment_getParagraph(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_ParamCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns parameter name.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_ParamCommandComment_getParamName(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_ParamCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns non-zero if the parameter that this AST node represents was found
+ * in the function prototype and \c clang_ParamCommandComment_getParamIndex
+ * function will return a meaningful value.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_ParamCommandComment_isParamIndexValid(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_ParamCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns zero-based parameter index in function prototype.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_ParamCommandComment_getParamIndex(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_ParamCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns non-zero if parameter passing direction was specified explicitly in
+ * the comment.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_ParamCommandComment_isDirectionExplicit(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_ParamCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns parameter passing direction.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+enum CXCommentParamPassDirection clang_ParamCommandComment_getDirection(
+                                                            CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_TParamCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns template parameter name.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_TParamCommandComment_getParamName(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_TParamCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns non-zero if the parameter that this AST node represents was found
+ * in the template parameter list and
+ * \c clang_TParamCommandComment_getDepth and
+ * \c clang_TParamCommandComment_getIndex functions will return a meaningful
+ * value.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_TParamCommandComment_isParamPositionValid(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_TParamCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns zero-based nesting depth of this parameter in the template parameter list.
+ *
+ * For example,
+ * \verbatim
+ *     template<typename C, template<typename T> class TT>
+ *     void test(TT<int> aaa);
+ * \endverbatim
+ * for C and TT nesting depth is 0,
+ * for T nesting depth is 1.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_TParamCommandComment_getDepth(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_TParamCommand AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns zero-based parameter index in the template parameter list at a
+ * given nesting depth.
+ *
+ * For example,
+ * \verbatim
+ *     template<typename C, template<typename T> class TT>
+ *     void test(TT<int> aaa);
+ * \endverbatim
+ * for C and TT nesting depth is 0, so we can ask for index at depth 0:
+ * at depth 0 C's index is 0, TT's index is 1.
+ *
+ * For T nesting depth is 1, so we can ask for index at depth 0 and 1:
+ * at depth 0 T's index is 1 (same as TT's),
+ * at depth 1 T's index is 0.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_TParamCommandComment_getIndex(CXComment Comment, unsigned Depth);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_VerbatimBlockLine AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns text contained in the AST node.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_VerbatimBlockLineComment_getText(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_VerbatimLine AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns text contained in the AST node.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_VerbatimLineComment_getText(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Convert an HTML tag AST node to string.
+ *
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_HTMLStartTag or \c CXComment_HTMLEndTag AST
+ * node.
+ *
+ * \returns string containing an HTML tag.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_HTMLTagComment_getAsString(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Convert a given full parsed comment to an HTML fragment.
+ *
+ * Specific details of HTML layout are subject to change.  Don't try to parse
+ * this HTML back into an AST, use other APIs instead.
+ *
+ * Currently the following CSS classes are used:
+ * \li "para-brief" for \\brief paragraph and equivalent commands;
+ * \li "para-returns" for \\returns paragraph and equivalent commands;
+ * \li "word-returns" for the "Returns" word in \\returns paragraph.
+ *
+ * Function argument documentation is rendered as a \<dl\> list with arguments
+ * sorted in function prototype order.  CSS classes used:
+ * \li "param-name-index-NUMBER" for parameter name (\<dt\>);
+ * \li "param-descr-index-NUMBER" for parameter description (\<dd\>);
+ * \li "param-name-index-invalid" and "param-descr-index-invalid" are used if
+ * parameter index is invalid.
+ *
+ * Template parameter documentation is rendered as a \<dl\> list with
+ * parameters sorted in template parameter list order.  CSS classes used:
+ * \li "tparam-name-index-NUMBER" for parameter name (\<dt\>);
+ * \li "tparam-descr-index-NUMBER" for parameter description (\<dd\>);
+ * \li "tparam-name-index-other" and "tparam-descr-index-other" are used for
+ * names inside template template parameters;
+ * \li "tparam-name-index-invalid" and "tparam-descr-index-invalid" are used if
+ * parameter position is invalid.
+ *
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_FullComment AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns string containing an HTML fragment.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_FullComment_getAsHTML(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Convert a given full parsed comment to an XML document.
+ *
+ * A Relax NG schema for the XML can be found in comment-xml-schema.rng file
+ * inside clang source tree.
+ *
+ * \param Comment a \c CXComment_FullComment AST node.
+ *
+ * \returns string containing an XML document.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_FullComment_getAsXML(CXComment Comment);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_CPP C++ AST introspection
+ *
+ * The routines in this group provide access information in the ASTs specific
+ * to C++ language features.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is 
+ * declared 'static'.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
+ * explicitly declared 'virtual' or if it overrides a virtual method from
+ * one of the base classes.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Given a cursor that represents a template, determine
+ * the cursor kind of the specializations would be generated by instantiating
+ * the template.
+ *
+ * This routine can be used to determine what flavor of function template,
+ * class template, or class template partial specialization is stored in the
+ * cursor. For example, it can describe whether a class template cursor is
+ * declared with "struct", "class" or "union".
+ *
+ * \param C The cursor to query. This cursor should represent a template
+ * declaration.
+ *
+ * \returns The cursor kind of the specializations that would be generated
+ * by instantiating the template \p C. If \p C is not a template, returns
+ * \c CXCursor_NoDeclFound.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getTemplateCursorKind(CXCursor C);
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Given a cursor that may represent a specialization or instantiation
+ * of a template, retrieve the cursor that represents the template that it
+ * specializes or from which it was instantiated.
+ *
+ * This routine determines the template involved both for explicit 
+ * specializations of templates and for implicit instantiations of the template,
+ * both of which are referred to as "specializations". For a class template
+ * specialization (e.g., \c std::vector<bool>), this routine will return 
+ * either the primary template (\c std::vector) or, if the specialization was
+ * instantiated from a class template partial specialization, the class template
+ * partial specialization. For a class template partial specialization and a
+ * function template specialization (including instantiations), this
+ * this routine will return the specialized template.
+ *
+ * For members of a class template (e.g., member functions, member classes, or
+ * static data members), returns the specialized or instantiated member. 
+ * Although not strictly "templates" in the C++ language, members of class
+ * templates have the same notions of specializations and instantiations that
+ * templates do, so this routine treats them similarly.
+ *
+ * \param C A cursor that may be a specialization of a template or a member
+ * of a template.
+ *
+ * \returns If the given cursor is a specialization or instantiation of a 
+ * template or a member thereof, the template or member that it specializes or
+ * from which it was instantiated. Otherwise, returns a NULL cursor.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getSpecializedCursorTemplate(CXCursor C);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Given a cursor that references something else, return the source range
+ * covering that reference.
+ *
+ * \param C A cursor pointing to a member reference, a declaration reference, or
+ * an operator call.
+ * \param NameFlags A bitset with three independent flags: 
+ * CXNameRange_WantQualifier, CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs, and
+ * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
+ * \param PieceIndex For contiguous names or when passing the flag 
+ * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece, only one piece with index 0 is 
+ * available. When the CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece flag is not passed for a
+ * non-contiguous names, this index can be used to retrieve the individual
+ * pieces of the name. See also CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
+ *
+ * \returns The piece of the name pointed to by the given cursor. If there is no
+ * name, or if the PieceIndex is out-of-range, a null-cursor will be returned.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C,
+                                                unsigned NameFlags, 
+                                                unsigned PieceIndex);
+
+enum CXNameRefFlags {
+  /**
+   * \brief Include the nested-name-specifier, e.g. Foo:: in x.Foo::y, in the
+   * range.
+   */
+  CXNameRange_WantQualifier = 0x1,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Include the explicit template arguments, e.g. \<int> in x.f<int>,
+   * in the range.
+   */
+  CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs = 0x2,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief If the name is non-contiguous, return the full spanning range.
+   *
+   * Non-contiguous names occur in Objective-C when a selector with two or more
+   * parameters is used, or in C++ when using an operator:
+   * \code
+   * [object doSomething:here withValue:there]; // ObjC
+   * return some_vector[1]; // C++
+   * \endcode
+   */
+  CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece = 0x4
+};
+  
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_LEX Token extraction and manipulation
+ *
+ * The routines in this group provide access to the tokens within a
+ * translation unit, along with a semantic mapping of those tokens to
+ * their corresponding cursors.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes a kind of token.
+ */
+typedef enum CXTokenKind {
+  /**
+   * \brief A token that contains some kind of punctuation.
+   */
+  CXToken_Punctuation,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A language keyword.
+   */
+  CXToken_Keyword,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief An identifier (that is not a keyword).
+   */
+  CXToken_Identifier,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A numeric, string, or character literal.
+   */
+  CXToken_Literal,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief A comment.
+   */
+  CXToken_Comment
+} CXTokenKind;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes a single preprocessing token.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned int_data[4];
+  void *ptr_data;
+} CXToken;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the kind of the given token.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the spelling of the given token.
+ *
+ * The spelling of a token is the textual representation of that token, e.g.,
+ * the text of an identifier or keyword.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the source location of the given token.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit,
+                                                       CXToken);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a source range that covers the given token.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Tokenize the source code described by the given range into raw
+ * lexical tokens.
+ *
+ * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
+ *
+ * \param Range the source range in which text should be tokenized. All of the
+ * tokens produced by tokenization will fall within this source range,
+ *
+ * \param Tokens this pointer will be set to point to the array of tokens
+ * that occur within the given source range. The returned pointer must be
+ * freed with clang_disposeTokens() before the translation unit is destroyed.
+ *
+ * \param NumTokens will be set to the number of tokens in the \c *Tokens
+ * array.
+ *
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
+                                   CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Annotate the given set of tokens by providing cursors for each token
+ * that can be mapped to a specific entity within the abstract syntax tree.
+ *
+ * This token-annotation routine is equivalent to invoking
+ * clang_getCursor() for the source locations of each of the
+ * tokens. The cursors provided are filtered, so that only those
+ * cursors that have a direct correspondence to the token are
+ * accepted. For example, given a function call \c f(x),
+ * clang_getCursor() would provide the following cursors:
+ *
+ *   * when the cursor is over the 'f', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'f'.
+ *   * when the cursor is over the '(' or the ')', a CallExpr referring to 'f'.
+ *   * when the cursor is over the 'x', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'x'.
+ *
+ * Only the first and last of these cursors will occur within the
+ * annotate, since the tokens "f" and "x' directly refer to a function
+ * and a variable, respectively, but the parentheses are just a small
+ * part of the full syntax of the function call expression, which is
+ * not provided as an annotation.
+ *
+ * \param TU the translation unit that owns the given tokens.
+ *
+ * \param Tokens the set of tokens to annotate.
+ *
+ * \param NumTokens the number of tokens in \p Tokens.
+ *
+ * \param Cursors an array of \p NumTokens cursors, whose contents will be
+ * replaced with the cursors corresponding to each token.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
+                                         CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
+                                         CXCursor *Cursors);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the given set of tokens.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
+                                        CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_DEBUG Debugging facilities
+ *
+ * These routines are used for testing and debugging, only, and should not
+ * be relied upon.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* for debug/testing */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind);
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor,
+                                          const char **startBuf,
+                                          const char **endBuf,
+                                          unsigned *startLine,
+                                          unsigned *startColumn,
+                                          unsigned *endLine,
+                                          unsigned *endColumn);
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_enableStackTraces(void);
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data,
+                                          unsigned stack_size);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_CODE_COMPLET Code completion
+ *
+ * Code completion involves taking an (incomplete) source file, along with
+ * knowledge of where the user is actively editing that file, and suggesting
+ * syntactically- and semantically-valid constructs that the user might want to
+ * use at that particular point in the source code. These data structures and
+ * routines provide support for code completion.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief A semantic string that describes a code-completion result.
+ *
+ * A semantic string that describes the formatting of a code-completion
+ * result as a single "template" of text that should be inserted into the
+ * source buffer when a particular code-completion result is selected.
+ * Each semantic string is made up of some number of "chunks", each of which
+ * contains some text along with a description of what that text means, e.g.,
+ * the name of the entity being referenced, whether the text chunk is part of
+ * the template, or whether it is a "placeholder" that the user should replace
+ * with actual code,of a specific kind. See \c CXCompletionChunkKind for a
+ * description of the different kinds of chunks.
+ */
+typedef void *CXCompletionString;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A single result of code completion.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  /**
+   * \brief The kind of entity that this completion refers to.
+   *
+   * The cursor kind will be a macro, keyword, or a declaration (one of the
+   * *Decl cursor kinds), describing the entity that the completion is
+   * referring to.
+   *
+   * \todo In the future, we would like to provide a full cursor, to allow
+   * the client to extract additional information from declaration.
+   */
+  enum CXCursorKind CursorKind;
+
+  /**
+   * \brief The code-completion string that describes how to insert this
+   * code-completion result into the editing buffer.
+   */
+  CXCompletionString CompletionString;
+} CXCompletionResult;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Describes a single piece of text within a code-completion string.
+ *
+ * Each "chunk" within a code-completion string (\c CXCompletionString) is
+ * either a piece of text with a specific "kind" that describes how that text
+ * should be interpreted by the client or is another completion string.
+ */
+enum CXCompletionChunkKind {
+  /**
+   * \brief A code-completion string that describes "optional" text that
+   * could be a part of the template (but is not required).
+   *
+   * The Optional chunk is the only kind of chunk that has a code-completion
+   * string for its representation, which is accessible via
+   * \c clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(). The code-completion string
+   * describes an additional part of the template that is completely optional.
+   * For example, optional chunks can be used to describe the placeholders for
+   * arguments that match up with defaulted function parameters, e.g. given:
+   *
+   * \code
+   * void f(int x, float y = 3.14, double z = 2.71828);
+   * \endcode
+   *
+   * The code-completion string for this function would contain:
+   *   - a TypedText chunk for "f".
+   *   - a LeftParen chunk for "(".
+   *   - a Placeholder chunk for "int x"
+   *   - an Optional chunk containing the remaining defaulted arguments, e.g.,
+   *       - a Comma chunk for ","
+   *       - a Placeholder chunk for "float y"
+   *       - an Optional chunk containing the last defaulted argument:
+   *           - a Comma chunk for ","
+   *           - a Placeholder chunk for "double z"
+   *   - a RightParen chunk for ")"
+   *
+   * There are many ways to handle Optional chunks. Two simple approaches are:
+   *   - Completely ignore optional chunks, in which case the template for the
+   *     function "f" would only include the first parameter ("int x").
+   *   - Fully expand all optional chunks, in which case the template for the
+   *     function "f" would have all of the parameters.
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_Optional,
+  /**
+   * \brief Text that a user would be expected to type to get this
+   * code-completion result.
+   *
+   * There will be exactly one "typed text" chunk in a semantic string, which
+   * will typically provide the spelling of a keyword or the name of a
+   * declaration that could be used at the current code point. Clients are
+   * expected to filter the code-completion results based on the text in this
+   * chunk.
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_TypedText,
+  /**
+   * \brief Text that should be inserted as part of a code-completion result.
+   *
+   * A "text" chunk represents text that is part of the template to be
+   * inserted into user code should this particular code-completion result
+   * be selected.
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_Text,
+  /**
+   * \brief Placeholder text that should be replaced by the user.
+   *
+   * A "placeholder" chunk marks a place where the user should insert text
+   * into the code-completion template. For example, placeholders might mark
+   * the function parameters for a function declaration, to indicate that the
+   * user should provide arguments for each of those parameters. The actual
+   * text in a placeholder is a suggestion for the text to display before
+   * the user replaces the placeholder with real code.
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_Placeholder,
+  /**
+   * \brief Informative text that should be displayed but never inserted as
+   * part of the template.
+   *
+   * An "informative" chunk contains annotations that can be displayed to
+   * help the user decide whether a particular code-completion result is the
+   * right option, but which is not part of the actual template to be inserted
+   * by code completion.
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_Informative,
+  /**
+   * \brief Text that describes the current parameter when code-completion is
+   * referring to function call, message send, or template specialization.
+   *
+   * A "current parameter" chunk occurs when code-completion is providing
+   * information about a parameter corresponding to the argument at the
+   * code-completion point. For example, given a function
+   *
+   * \code
+   * int add(int x, int y);
+   * \endcode
+   *
+   * and the source code \c add(, where the code-completion point is after the
+   * "(", the code-completion string will contain a "current parameter" chunk
+   * for "int x", indicating that the current argument will initialize that
+   * parameter. After typing further, to \c add(17, (where the code-completion
+   * point is after the ","), the code-completion string will contain a
+   * "current paremeter" chunk to "int y".
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_CurrentParameter,
+  /**
+   * \brief A left parenthesis ('('), used to initiate a function call or
+   * signal the beginning of a function parameter list.
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_LeftParen,
+  /**
+   * \brief A right parenthesis (')'), used to finish a function call or
+   * signal the end of a function parameter list.
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_RightParen,
+  /**
+   * \brief A left bracket ('[').
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_LeftBracket,
+  /**
+   * \brief A right bracket (']').
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_RightBracket,
+  /**
+   * \brief A left brace ('{').
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_LeftBrace,
+  /**
+   * \brief A right brace ('}').
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_RightBrace,
+  /**
+   * \brief A left angle bracket ('<').
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_LeftAngle,
+  /**
+   * \brief A right angle bracket ('>').
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_RightAngle,
+  /**
+   * \brief A comma separator (',').
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_Comma,
+  /**
+   * \brief Text that specifies the result type of a given result.
+   *
+   * This special kind of informative chunk is not meant to be inserted into
+   * the text buffer. Rather, it is meant to illustrate the type that an
+   * expression using the given completion string would have.
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_ResultType,
+  /**
+   * \brief A colon (':').
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_Colon,
+  /**
+   * \brief A semicolon (';').
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_SemiColon,
+  /**
+   * \brief An '=' sign.
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_Equal,
+  /**
+   * Horizontal space (' ').
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_HorizontalSpace,
+  /**
+   * Vertical space ('\n'), after which it is generally a good idea to
+   * perform indentation.
+   */
+  CXCompletionChunk_VerticalSpace
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the kind of a particular chunk within a completion string.
+ *
+ * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
+ *
+ * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
+ *
+ * \returns the kind of the chunk at the index \c chunk_number.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCompletionChunkKind
+clang_getCompletionChunkKind(CXCompletionString completion_string,
+                             unsigned chunk_number);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the text associated with a particular chunk within a
+ * completion string.
+ *
+ * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
+ *
+ * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
+ *
+ * \returns the text associated with the chunk at index \c chunk_number.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
+clang_getCompletionChunkText(CXCompletionString completion_string,
+                             unsigned chunk_number);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the completion string associated with a particular chunk
+ * within a completion string.
+ *
+ * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
+ *
+ * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
+ *
+ * \returns the completion string associated with the chunk at index
+ * \c chunk_number.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
+clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(CXCompletionString completion_string,
+                                         unsigned chunk_number);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the number of chunks in the given code-completion string.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
+clang_getNumCompletionChunks(CXCompletionString completion_string);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the priority of this code completion.
+ *
+ * The priority of a code completion indicates how likely it is that this 
+ * particular completion is the completion that the user will select. The
+ * priority is selected by various internal heuristics.
+ *
+ * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
+ *
+ * \returns The priority of this completion string. Smaller values indicate
+ * higher-priority (more likely) completions.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
+clang_getCompletionPriority(CXCompletionString completion_string);
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the availability of the entity that this code-completion
+ * string refers to.
+ *
+ * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
+ *
+ * \returns The availability of the completion string.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind 
+clang_getCompletionAvailability(CXCompletionString completion_string);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the number of annotations associated with the given
+ * completion string.
+ *
+ * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
+ *
+ * \returns the number of annotations associated with the given completion
+ * string.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
+clang_getCompletionNumAnnotations(CXCompletionString completion_string);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the annotation associated with the given completion string.
+ *
+ * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
+ *
+ * \param annotation_number the 0-based index of the annotation of the
+ * completion string.
+ *
+ * \returns annotation string associated with the completion at index
+ * \c annotation_number, or a NULL string if that annotation is not available.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
+clang_getCompletionAnnotation(CXCompletionString completion_string,
+                              unsigned annotation_number);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the parent context of the given completion string.
+ *
+ * The parent context of a completion string is the semantic parent of 
+ * the declaration (if any) that the code completion represents. For example,
+ * a code completion for an Objective-C method would have the method's class
+ * or protocol as its context.
+ *
+ * \param completion_string The code completion string whose parent is
+ * being queried.
+ *
+ * \param kind DEPRECATED: always set to CXCursor_NotImplemented if non-NULL.
+ *
+ * \returns The name of the completion parent, e.g., "NSObject" if
+ * the completion string represents a method in the NSObject class.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
+clang_getCompletionParent(CXCompletionString completion_string,
+                          enum CXCursorKind *kind);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the brief documentation comment attached to the declaration
+ * that corresponds to the given completion string.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
+clang_getCompletionBriefComment(CXCompletionString completion_string);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a completion string for an arbitrary declaration or macro
+ * definition cursor.
+ *
+ * \param cursor The cursor to query.
+ *
+ * \returns A non-context-sensitive completion string for declaration and macro
+ * definition cursors, or NULL for other kinds of cursors.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
+clang_getCursorCompletionString(CXCursor cursor);
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Contains the results of code-completion.
+ *
+ * This data structure contains the results of code completion, as
+ * produced by \c clang_codeCompleteAt(). Its contents must be freed by
+ * \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  /**
+   * \brief The code-completion results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionResult *Results;
+
+  /**
+   * \brief The number of code-completion results stored in the
+   * \c Results array.
+   */
+  unsigned NumResults;
+} CXCodeCompleteResults;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Flags that can be passed to \c clang_codeCompleteAt() to
+ * modify its behavior.
+ *
+ * The enumerators in this enumeration can be bitwise-OR'd together to
+ * provide multiple options to \c clang_codeCompleteAt().
+ */
+enum CXCodeComplete_Flags {
+  /**
+   * \brief Whether to include macros within the set of code
+   * completions returned.
+   */
+  CXCodeComplete_IncludeMacros = 0x01,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Whether to include code patterns for language constructs
+   * within the set of code completions, e.g., for loops.
+   */
+  CXCodeComplete_IncludeCodePatterns = 0x02,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Whether to include brief documentation within the set of code
+   * completions returned.
+   */
+  CXCodeComplete_IncludeBriefComments = 0x04
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Bits that represent the context under which completion is occurring.
+ *
+ * The enumerators in this enumeration may be bitwise-OR'd together if multiple
+ * contexts are occurring simultaneously.
+ */
+enum CXCompletionContext {
+  /**
+   * \brief The context for completions is unexposed, as only Clang results
+   * should be included. (This is equivalent to having no context bits set.)
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_Unexposed = 0,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for any possible type should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_AnyType = 1 << 0,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for any possible value (variables, function calls, etc.)
+   * should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_AnyValue = 1 << 1,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C object should
+   * be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ObjCObjectValue = 1 << 2,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C selector
+   * should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorValue = 1 << 3,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for values that resolve to a C++ class type should be
+   * included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_CXXClassTypeValue = 1 << 4,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the dot
+   * operator should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_DotMemberAccess = 1 << 5,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the arrow
+   * operator should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ArrowMemberAccess = 1 << 6,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for properties of the Objective-C object being accessed
+   * using the dot operator should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ObjCPropertyAccess = 1 << 7,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for enum tags should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_EnumTag = 1 << 8,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for union tags should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_UnionTag = 1 << 9,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for struct tags should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_StructTag = 1 << 10,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for C++ class names should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ClassTag = 1 << 11,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for C++ namespaces and namespace aliases should be
+   * included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_Namespace = 1 << 12,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for C++ nested name specifiers should be included in
+   * the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_NestedNameSpecifier = 1 << 13,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for Objective-C interfaces (classes) should be included
+   * in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ObjCInterface = 1 << 14,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for Objective-C protocols should be included in
+   * the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ObjCProtocol = 1 << 15,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for Objective-C categories should be included in
+   * the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ObjCCategory = 1 << 16,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for Objective-C instance messages should be included
+   * in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage = 1 << 17,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for Objective-C class messages should be included in
+   * the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage = 1 << 18,
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for Objective-C selector names should be included in
+   * the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorName = 1 << 19,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Completions for preprocessor macro names should be included in
+   * the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_MacroName = 1 << 20,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Natural language completions should be included in the results.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_NaturalLanguage = 1 << 21,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief The current context is unknown, so set all contexts.
+   */
+  CXCompletionContext_Unknown = ((1 << 22) - 1)
+};
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Returns a default set of code-completion options that can be
+ * passed to\c clang_codeCompleteAt(). 
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform code completion at a given location in a translation unit.
+ *
+ * This function performs code completion at a particular file, line, and
+ * column within source code, providing results that suggest potential
+ * code snippets based on the context of the completion. The basic model
+ * for code completion is that Clang will parse a complete source file,
+ * performing syntax checking up to the location where code-completion has
+ * been requested. At that point, a special code-completion token is passed
+ * to the parser, which recognizes this token and determines, based on the
+ * current location in the C/Objective-C/C++ grammar and the state of
+ * semantic analysis, what completions to provide. These completions are
+ * returned via a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure.
+ *
+ * Code completion itself is meant to be triggered by the client when the
+ * user types punctuation characters or whitespace, at which point the
+ * code-completion location will coincide with the cursor. For example, if \c p
+ * is a pointer, code-completion might be triggered after the "-" and then
+ * after the ">" in \c p->. When the code-completion location is afer the ">",
+ * the completion results will provide, e.g., the members of the struct that
+ * "p" points to. The client is responsible for placing the cursor at the
+ * beginning of the token currently being typed, then filtering the results
+ * based on the contents of the token. For example, when code-completing for
+ * the expression \c p->get, the client should provide the location just after
+ * the ">" (e.g., pointing at the "g") to this code-completion hook. Then, the
+ * client can filter the results based on the current token text ("get"), only
+ * showing those results that start with "get". The intent of this interface
+ * is to separate the relatively high-latency acquisition of code-completion
+ * results from the filtering of results on a per-character basis, which must
+ * have a lower latency.
+ *
+ * \param TU The translation unit in which code-completion should
+ * occur. The source files for this translation unit need not be
+ * completely up-to-date (and the contents of those source files may
+ * be overridden via \p unsaved_files). Cursors referring into the
+ * translation unit may be invalidated by this invocation.
+ *
+ * \param complete_filename The name of the source file where code
+ * completion should be performed. This filename may be any file
+ * included in the translation unit.
+ *
+ * \param complete_line The line at which code-completion should occur.
+ *
+ * \param complete_column The column at which code-completion should occur.
+ * Note that the column should point just after the syntactic construct that
+ * initiated code completion, and not in the middle of a lexical token.
+ *
+ * \param unsaved_files the Tiles that have not yet been saved to disk
+ * but may be required for parsing or code completion, including the
+ * contents of those files.  The contents and name of these files (as
+ * specified by CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the
+ * client only needs to guarantee their validity until the call to
+ * this function returns.
+ *
+ * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
+ * unsaved_files.
+ *
+ * \param options Extra options that control the behavior of code
+ * completion, expressed as a bitwise OR of the enumerators of the
+ * CXCodeComplete_Flags enumeration. The 
+ * \c clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions() function returns a default set
+ * of code-completion options.
+ *
+ * \returns If successful, a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure
+ * containing code-completion results, which should eventually be
+ * freed with \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(). If code
+ * completion fails, returns NULL.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXCodeCompleteResults *clang_codeCompleteAt(CXTranslationUnit TU,
+                                            const char *complete_filename,
+                                            unsigned complete_line,
+                                            unsigned complete_column,
+                                            struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
+                                            unsigned num_unsaved_files,
+                                            unsigned options);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sort the code-completion results in case-insensitive alphabetical 
+ * order.
+ *
+ * \param Results The set of results to sort.
+ * \param NumResults The number of results in \p Results.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+void clang_sortCodeCompletionResults(CXCompletionResult *Results,
+                                     unsigned NumResults);
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Free the given set of code-completion results.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+void clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the number of diagnostics produced prior to the
+ * location where code completion was performed.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned clang_codeCompleteGetNumDiagnostics(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given code completion.
+ *
+ * \param Results the code completion results to query.
+ * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
+ *
+ * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
+ * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXDiagnostic clang_codeCompleteGetDiagnostic(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
+                                             unsigned Index);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determines what compeltions are appropriate for the context
+ * the given code completion.
+ * 
+ * \param Results the code completion results to query
+ *
+ * \returns the kinds of completions that are appropriate for use
+ * along with the given code completion results.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+unsigned long long clang_codeCompleteGetContexts(
+                                                CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the cursor kind for the container for the current code
+ * completion context. The container is only guaranteed to be set for
+ * contexts where a container exists (i.e. member accesses or Objective-C
+ * message sends); if there is not a container, this function will return
+ * CXCursor_InvalidCode.
+ *
+ * \param Results the code completion results to query
+ *
+ * \param IsIncomplete on return, this value will be false if Clang has complete
+ * information about the container. If Clang does not have complete
+ * information, this value will be true.
+ *
+ * \returns the container kind, or CXCursor_InvalidCode if there is not a
+ * container
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+enum CXCursorKind clang_codeCompleteGetContainerKind(
+                                                 CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
+                                                     unsigned *IsIncomplete);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the USR for the container for the current code completion
+ * context. If there is not a container for the current context, this
+ * function will return the empty string.
+ *
+ * \param Results the code completion results to query
+ *
+ * \returns the USR for the container
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_codeCompleteGetContainerUSR(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
+  
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the currently-entered selector for an Objective-C message
+ * send, formatted like "initWithFoo:bar:". Only guaranteed to return a
+ * non-empty string for CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage and
+ * CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage.
+ *
+ * \param Results the code completion results to query
+ *
+ * \returns the selector (or partial selector) that has been entered thus far
+ * for an Objective-C message send.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXString clang_codeCompleteGetObjCSelector(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
+  
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup CINDEX_MISC Miscellaneous utility functions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return a version string, suitable for showing to a user, but not
+ *        intended to be parsed (the format is not guaranteed to be stable).
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getClangVersion(void);
+
+  
+/**
+ * \brief Enable/disable crash recovery.
+ *
+ * \param isEnabled Flag to indicate if crash recovery is enabled.  A non-zero
+ *        value enables crash recovery, while 0 disables it.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled);
+  
+ /**
+  * \brief Visitor invoked for each file in a translation unit
+  *        (used with clang_getInclusions()).
+  *
+  * This visitor function will be invoked by clang_getInclusions() for each
+  * file included (either at the top-level or by \#include directives) within
+  * a translation unit.  The first argument is the file being included, and
+  * the second and third arguments provide the inclusion stack.  The
+  * array is sorted in order of immediate inclusion.  For example,
+  * the first element refers to the location that included 'included_file'.
+  */
+typedef void (*CXInclusionVisitor)(CXFile included_file,
+                                   CXSourceLocation* inclusion_stack,
+                                   unsigned include_len,
+                                   CXClientData client_data);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Visit the set of preprocessor inclusions in a translation unit.
+ *   The visitor function is called with the provided data for every included
+ *   file.  This does not include headers included by the PCH file (unless one
+ *   is inspecting the inclusions in the PCH file itself).
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInclusions(CXTranslationUnit tu,
+                                        CXInclusionVisitor visitor,
+                                        CXClientData client_data);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup CINDEX_REMAPPING Remapping functions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief A remapping of original source files and their translated files.
+ */
+typedef void *CXRemapping;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a remapping.
+ *
+ * \param path the path that contains metadata about remappings.
+ *
+ * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
+ * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXRemapping clang_getRemappings(const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a remapping.
+ *
+ * \param filePaths pointer to an array of file paths containing remapping info.
+ *
+ * \param numFiles number of file paths.
+ *
+ * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
+ * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXRemapping clang_getRemappingsFromFileList(const char **filePaths,
+                                            unsigned numFiles);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine the number of remappings.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_remap_getNumFiles(CXRemapping);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the original and the associated filename from the remapping.
+ * 
+ * \param original If non-NULL, will be set to the original filename.
+ *
+ * \param transformed If non-NULL, will be set to the filename that the original
+ * is associated with.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_getFilenames(CXRemapping, unsigned index,
+                                     CXString *original, CXString *transformed);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Dispose the remapping.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_dispose(CXRemapping);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup CINDEX_HIGH Higher level API functions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum CXVisitorResult {
+  CXVisit_Break,
+  CXVisit_Continue
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+  void *context;
+  enum CXVisitorResult (*visit)(void *context, CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
+} CXCursorAndRangeVisitor;
+
+typedef enum {
+  /**
+   * \brief Function returned successfully.
+   */
+  CXResult_Success = 0,
+  /**
+   * \brief One of the parameters was invalid for the function.
+   */
+  CXResult_Invalid = 1,
+  /**
+   * \brief The function was terminated by a callback (e.g. it returned
+   * CXVisit_Break)
+   */
+  CXResult_VisitBreak = 2
+
+} CXResult;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Find references of a declaration in a specific file.
+ * 
+ * \param cursor pointing to a declaration or a reference of one.
+ *
+ * \param file to search for references.
+ *
+ * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
+ * each reference found.
+ * The CXSourceRange will point inside the file; if the reference is inside
+ * a macro (and not a macro argument) the CXSourceRange will be invalid.
+ *
+ * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findReferencesInFile(CXCursor cursor, CXFile file,
+                                               CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Find #import/#include directives in a specific file.
+ *
+ * \param TU translation unit containing the file to query.
+ *
+ * \param file to search for #import/#include directives.
+ *
+ * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
+ * each directive found.
+ *
+ * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findIncludesInFile(CXTranslationUnit TU,
+                                                 CXFile file,
+                                              CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
+
+#ifdef __has_feature
+#  if __has_feature(blocks)
+
+typedef enum CXVisitorResult
+    (^CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock)(CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
+
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXResult clang_findReferencesInFileWithBlock(CXCursor, CXFile,
+                                             CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
+
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXResult clang_findIncludesInFileWithBlock(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile,
+                                           CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
+
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief The client's data object that is associated with a CXFile.
+ */
+typedef void *CXIdxClientFile;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The client's data object that is associated with a semantic entity.
+ */
+typedef void *CXIdxClientEntity;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The client's data object that is associated with a semantic container
+ * of entities.
+ */
+typedef void *CXIdxClientContainer;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The client's data object that is associated with an AST file (PCH
+ * or module).
+ */
+typedef void *CXIdxClientASTFile;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Source location passed to index callbacks.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  void *ptr_data[2];
+  unsigned int_data;
+} CXIdxLoc;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Data for ppIncludedFile callback.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  /**
+   * \brief Location of '#' in the \#include/\#import directive.
+   */
+  CXIdxLoc hashLoc;
+  /**
+   * \brief Filename as written in the \#include/\#import directive.
+   */
+  const char *filename;
+  /**
+   * \brief The actual file that the \#include/\#import directive resolved to.
+   */
+  CXFile file;
+  int isImport;
+  int isAngled;
+  /**
+   * \brief Non-zero if the directive was automatically turned into a module
+   * import.
+   */
+  int isModuleImport;
+} CXIdxIncludedFileInfo;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Data for IndexerCallbacks#importedASTFile.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  /**
+   * \brief Top level AST file containing the imported PCH, module or submodule.
+   */
+  CXFile file;
+  /**
+   * \brief The imported module or NULL if the AST file is a PCH.
+   */
+  CXModule module;
+  /**
+   * \brief Location where the file is imported. Applicable only for modules.
+   */
+  CXIdxLoc loc;
+  /**
+   * \brief Non-zero if an inclusion directive was automatically turned into
+   * a module import. Applicable only for modules.
+   */
+  int isImplicit;
+
+} CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo;
+
+typedef enum {
+  CXIdxEntity_Unexposed     = 0,
+  CXIdxEntity_Typedef       = 1,
+  CXIdxEntity_Function      = 2,
+  CXIdxEntity_Variable      = 3,
+  CXIdxEntity_Field         = 4,
+  CXIdxEntity_EnumConstant  = 5,
+
+  CXIdxEntity_ObjCClass     = 6,
+  CXIdxEntity_ObjCProtocol  = 7,
+  CXIdxEntity_ObjCCategory  = 8,
+
+  CXIdxEntity_ObjCInstanceMethod = 9,
+  CXIdxEntity_ObjCClassMethod    = 10,
+  CXIdxEntity_ObjCProperty  = 11,
+  CXIdxEntity_ObjCIvar      = 12,
+
+  CXIdxEntity_Enum          = 13,
+  CXIdxEntity_Struct        = 14,
+  CXIdxEntity_Union         = 15,
+
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXClass              = 16,
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespace          = 17,
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespaceAlias     = 18,
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticVariable     = 19,
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod       = 20,
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod     = 21,
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor        = 22,
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXDestructor         = 23,
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction = 24,
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias          = 25,
+  CXIdxEntity_CXXInterface          = 26
+
+} CXIdxEntityKind;
+
+typedef enum {
+  CXIdxEntityLang_None = 0,
+  CXIdxEntityLang_C    = 1,
+  CXIdxEntityLang_ObjC = 2,
+  CXIdxEntityLang_CXX  = 3
+} CXIdxEntityLanguage;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Extra C++ template information for an entity. This can apply to:
+ * CXIdxEntity_Function
+ * CXIdxEntity_CXXClass
+ * CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod
+ * CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod
+ * CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor
+ * CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction
+ * CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias
+ */
+typedef enum {
+  CXIdxEntity_NonTemplate   = 0,
+  CXIdxEntity_Template      = 1,
+  CXIdxEntity_TemplatePartialSpecialization = 2,
+  CXIdxEntity_TemplateSpecialization = 3
+} CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind;
+
+typedef enum {
+  CXIdxAttr_Unexposed     = 0,
+  CXIdxAttr_IBAction      = 1,
+  CXIdxAttr_IBOutlet      = 2,
+  CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection = 3
+} CXIdxAttrKind;
+
+typedef struct {
+  CXIdxAttrKind kind;
+  CXCursor cursor;
+  CXIdxLoc loc;
+} CXIdxAttrInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+  CXIdxEntityKind kind;
+  CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind templateKind;
+  CXIdxEntityLanguage lang;
+  const char *name;
+  const char *USR;
+  CXCursor cursor;
+  const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
+  unsigned numAttributes;
+} CXIdxEntityInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+  CXCursor cursor;
+} CXIdxContainerInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+  const CXIdxAttrInfo *attrInfo;
+  const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
+  CXCursor classCursor;
+  CXIdxLoc classLoc;
+} CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo;
+
+typedef enum {
+  CXIdxDeclFlag_Skipped = 0x1
+} CXIdxDeclInfoFlags;
+
+typedef struct {
+  const CXIdxEntityInfo *entityInfo;
+  CXCursor cursor;
+  CXIdxLoc loc;
+  const CXIdxContainerInfo *semanticContainer;
+  /**
+   * \brief Generally same as #semanticContainer but can be different in
+   * cases like out-of-line C++ member functions.
+   */
+  const CXIdxContainerInfo *lexicalContainer;
+  int isRedeclaration;
+  int isDefinition;
+  int isContainer;
+  const CXIdxContainerInfo *declAsContainer;
+  /**
+   * \brief Whether the declaration exists in code or was created implicitly
+   * by the compiler, e.g. implicit objc methods for properties.
+   */
+  int isImplicit;
+  const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
+  unsigned numAttributes;
+
+  unsigned flags;
+
+} CXIdxDeclInfo;
+
+typedef enum {
+  CXIdxObjCContainer_ForwardRef = 0,
+  CXIdxObjCContainer_Interface = 1,
+  CXIdxObjCContainer_Implementation = 2
+} CXIdxObjCContainerKind;
+
+typedef struct {
+  const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
+  CXIdxObjCContainerKind kind;
+} CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+  const CXIdxEntityInfo *base;
+  CXCursor cursor;
+  CXIdxLoc loc;
+} CXIdxBaseClassInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+  const CXIdxEntityInfo *protocol;
+  CXCursor cursor;
+  CXIdxLoc loc;
+} CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+  const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo *const *protocols;
+  unsigned numProtocols;
+} CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+  const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
+  const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *superInfo;
+  const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
+} CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+  const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
+  const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
+  CXCursor classCursor;
+  CXIdxLoc classLoc;
+  const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
+} CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+  const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
+  const CXIdxEntityInfo *getter;
+  const CXIdxEntityInfo *setter;
+} CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+  const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
+  const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *const *bases;
+  unsigned numBases;
+} CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+  /**
+   * \brief The entity is referenced directly in user's code.
+   */
+  CXIdxEntityRef_Direct = 1,
+  /**
+   * \brief An implicit reference, e.g. a reference of an ObjC method via the
+   * dot syntax.
+   */
+  CXIdxEntityRef_Implicit = 2
+} CXIdxEntityRefKind;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  CXIdxEntityRefKind kind;
+  /**
+   * \brief Reference cursor.
+   */
+  CXCursor cursor;
+  CXIdxLoc loc;
+  /**
+   * \brief The entity that gets referenced.
+   */
+  const CXIdxEntityInfo *referencedEntity;
+  /**
+   * \brief Immediate "parent" of the reference. For example:
+   * 
+   * \code
+   * Foo *var;
+   * \endcode
+   * 
+   * The parent of reference of type 'Foo' is the variable 'var'.
+   * For references inside statement bodies of functions/methods,
+   * the parentEntity will be the function/method.
+   */
+  const CXIdxEntityInfo *parentEntity;
+  /**
+   * \brief Lexical container context of the reference.
+   */
+  const CXIdxContainerInfo *container;
+} CXIdxEntityRefInfo;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A group of callbacks used by #clang_indexSourceFile and
+ * #clang_indexTranslationUnit.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  /**
+   * \brief Called periodically to check whether indexing should be aborted.
+   * Should return 0 to continue, and non-zero to abort.
+   */
+  int (*abortQuery)(CXClientData client_data, void *reserved);
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Called at the end of indexing; passes the complete diagnostic set.
+   */
+  void (*diagnostic)(CXClientData client_data,
+                     CXDiagnosticSet, void *reserved);
+
+  CXIdxClientFile (*enteredMainFile)(CXClientData client_data,
+                                     CXFile mainFile, void *reserved);
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Called when a file gets \#included/\#imported.
+   */
+  CXIdxClientFile (*ppIncludedFile)(CXClientData client_data,
+                                    const CXIdxIncludedFileInfo *);
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Called when a AST file (PCH or module) gets imported.
+   * 
+   * AST files will not get indexed (there will not be callbacks to index all
+   * the entities in an AST file). The recommended action is that, if the AST
+   * file is not already indexed, to initiate a new indexing job specific to
+   * the AST file.
+   */
+  CXIdxClientASTFile (*importedASTFile)(CXClientData client_data,
+                                        const CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo *);
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Called at the beginning of indexing a translation unit.
+   */
+  CXIdxClientContainer (*startedTranslationUnit)(CXClientData client_data,
+                                                 void *reserved);
+
+  void (*indexDeclaration)(CXClientData client_data,
+                           const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Called to index a reference of an entity.
+   */
+  void (*indexEntityReference)(CXClientData client_data,
+                               const CXIdxEntityRefInfo *);
+
+} IndexerCallbacks;
+
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_index_isEntityObjCContainerKind(CXIdxEntityKind);
+CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *
+clang_index_getObjCContainerDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
+
+CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo *
+clang_index_getObjCInterfaceDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
+
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+const CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo *
+clang_index_getObjCCategoryDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
+
+CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *
+clang_index_getObjCProtocolRefListInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
+
+CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo *
+clang_index_getObjCPropertyDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
+
+CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo *
+clang_index_getIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo(const CXIdxAttrInfo *);
+
+CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo *
+clang_index_getCXXClassDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
+
+/**
+ * \brief For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
+ * container.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientContainer
+clang_index_getClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *);
+
+/**
+ * \brief For setting a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
+ * container.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void
+clang_index_setClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *,CXIdxClientContainer);
+
+/**
+ * \brief For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientEntity
+clang_index_getClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *);
+
+/**
+ * \brief For setting a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void
+clang_index_setClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *, CXIdxClientEntity);
+
+/**
+ * \brief An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
+ * translation units.
+ */
+typedef void *CXIndexAction;
+
+/**
+ * \brief An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
+ * translation units.
+ *
+ * \param CIdx The index object with which the index action will be associated.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndexAction clang_IndexAction_create(CXIndex CIdx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Destroy the given index action.
+ *
+ * The index action must not be destroyed until all of the translation units
+ * created within that index action have been destroyed.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_IndexAction_dispose(CXIndexAction);
+
+typedef enum {
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that no special indexing options are needed.
+   */
+  CXIndexOpt_None = 0x0,
+  
+  /**
+   * \brief Used to indicate that IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference should
+   * be invoked for only one reference of an entity per source file that does
+   * not also include a declaration/definition of the entity.
+   */
+  CXIndexOpt_SuppressRedundantRefs = 0x1,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Function-local symbols should be indexed. If this is not set
+   * function-local symbols will be ignored.
+   */
+  CXIndexOpt_IndexFunctionLocalSymbols = 0x2,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Implicit function/class template instantiations should be indexed.
+   * If this is not set, implicit instantiations will be ignored.
+   */
+  CXIndexOpt_IndexImplicitTemplateInstantiations = 0x4,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Suppress all compiler warnings when parsing for indexing.
+   */
+  CXIndexOpt_SuppressWarnings = 0x8,
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Skip a function/method body that was already parsed during an
+   * indexing session assosiated with a \c CXIndexAction object.
+   * Bodies in system headers are always skipped.
+   */
+  CXIndexOpt_SkipParsedBodiesInSession = 0x10
+
+} CXIndexOptFlags;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Index the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
+ * to that file via callbacks implemented through #IndexerCallbacks.
+ *
+ * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
+ * be passed to the invoked callbacks.
+ *
+ * \param index_callbacks Pointer to indexing callbacks that the client
+ * implements.
+ *
+ * \param index_callbacks_size Size of #IndexerCallbacks structure that gets
+ * passed in index_callbacks.
+ *
+ * \param index_options A bitmask of options that affects how indexing is
+ * performed. This should be a bitwise OR of the CXIndexOpt_XXX flags.
+ *
+ * \param out_TU [out] pointer to store a CXTranslationUnit that can be reused
+ * after indexing is finished. Set to NULL if you do not require it.
+ *
+ * \returns If there is a failure from which the there is no recovery, returns
+ * non-zero, otherwise returns 0.
+ *
+ * The rest of the parameters are the same as #clang_parseTranslationUnit.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFile(CXIndexAction,
+                                         CXClientData client_data,
+                                         IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
+                                         unsigned index_callbacks_size,
+                                         unsigned index_options,
+                                         const char *source_filename,
+                                         const char * const *command_line_args,
+                                         int num_command_line_args,
+                                         struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
+                                         unsigned num_unsaved_files,
+                                         CXTranslationUnit *out_TU,
+                                         unsigned TU_options);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Index the given translation unit via callbacks implemented through
+ * #IndexerCallbacks.
+ * 
+ * The order of callback invocations is not guaranteed to be the same as
+ * when indexing a source file. The high level order will be:
+ * 
+ *   -Preprocessor callbacks invocations
+ *   -Declaration/reference callbacks invocations
+ *   -Diagnostic callback invocations
+ *
+ * The parameters are the same as #clang_indexSourceFile.
+ * 
+ * \returns If there is a failure from which the there is no recovery, returns
+ * non-zero, otherwise returns 0.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexTranslationUnit(CXIndexAction,
+                                              CXClientData client_data,
+                                              IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
+                                              unsigned index_callbacks_size,
+                                              unsigned index_options,
+                                              CXTranslationUnit);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the CXIdxFile, file, line, column, and offset represented by
+ * the given CXIdxLoc.
+ *
+ * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
+ * location of the macro expansion and if it refers into a macro argument
+ * retrieves the location of the argument.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_indexLoc_getFileLocation(CXIdxLoc loc,
+                                                   CXIdxClientFile *indexFile,
+                                                   CXFile *file,
+                                                   unsigned *line,
+                                                   unsigned *column,
+                                                   unsigned *offset);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the CXSourceLocation represented by the given CXIdxLoc.
+ */
+CINDEX_LINKAGE
+CXSourceLocation clang_indexLoc_getCXSourceLocation(CXIdxLoc loc);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/Platform.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/Platform.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f866c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang-c/Platform.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*===-- clang-c/Platform.h - C Index platform decls   -------------*- C -*-===*\
+|*                                                                            *|
+|*                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure                       *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|* This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source      *|
+|* License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.                                      *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
+|*                                                                            *|
+|* This header provides platform specific macros (dllimport, deprecated, ...) *|
+|*                                                                            *|
+\*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
+
+#ifndef CLANG_C_PLATFORM_H
+#define CLANG_C_PLATFORM_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* MSVC DLL import/export. */
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+  #ifdef _CINDEX_LIB_
+    #define CINDEX_LINKAGE __declspec(dllexport)
+  #else
+    #define CINDEX_LINKAGE __declspec(dllimport)
+  #endif
+#else
+  #define CINDEX_LINKAGE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+  #define CINDEX_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
+#else
+  #ifdef _MSC_VER
+    #define CINDEX_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
+  #else
+    #define CINDEX_DEPRECATED
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ARCMigrate/ARCMT.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ARCMigrate/ARCMT.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c167d3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ARCMigrate/ARCMT.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+//===-- ARCMT.h - ARC Migration Rewriter ------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ARCMIGRATE_ARCMT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ARCMIGRATE_ARCMT_H
+
+#include "clang/ARCMigrate/FileRemapper.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class DiagnosticConsumer;
+
+namespace arcmt {
+  class MigrationPass;
+
+/// \brief Creates an AST with the provided CompilerInvocation but with these
+/// changes:
+///   -if a PCH/PTH is set, the original header is used instead
+///   -Automatic Reference Counting mode is enabled
+///
+/// It then checks the AST and produces errors/warning for ARC migration issues
+/// that the user needs to handle manually.
+///
+/// \param emitPremigrationARCErrors if true all ARC errors will get emitted
+/// even if the migrator can fix them, but the function will still return false
+/// if all ARC errors can be fixed.
+///
+/// \param plistOut if non-empty, it is the file path to store the plist with
+/// the pre-migration ARC diagnostics.
+///
+/// \returns false if no error is produced, true otherwise.
+bool checkForManualIssues(CompilerInvocation &CI,
+                          const FrontendInputFile &Input,
+                          DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient,
+                          bool emitPremigrationARCErrors = false,
+                          StringRef plistOut = StringRef());
+
+/// \brief Works similar to checkForManualIssues but instead of checking, it
+/// applies automatic modifications to source files to conform to ARC.
+///
+/// \returns false if no error is produced, true otherwise.
+bool applyTransformations(CompilerInvocation &origCI,
+                          const FrontendInputFile &Input,
+                          DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient);
+
+/// \brief Applies automatic modifications and produces temporary files
+/// and metadata into the \p outputDir path.
+///
+/// \param emitPremigrationARCErrors if true all ARC errors will get emitted
+/// even if the migrator can fix them, but the function will still return false
+/// if all ARC errors can be fixed.
+///
+/// \param plistOut if non-empty, it is the file path to store the plist with
+/// the pre-migration ARC diagnostics.
+///
+/// \returns false if no error is produced, true otherwise.
+bool migrateWithTemporaryFiles(CompilerInvocation &origCI,
+                               const FrontendInputFile &Input,
+                               DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient,
+                               StringRef outputDir,
+                               bool emitPremigrationARCErrors,
+                               StringRef plistOut);
+
+/// \brief Get the set of file remappings from the \p outputDir path that
+/// migrateWithTemporaryFiles produced.
+///
+/// \returns false if no error is produced, true otherwise.
+bool getFileRemappings(std::vector<std::pair<std::string,std::string> > &remap,
+                       StringRef outputDir,
+                       DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient);
+
+/// \brief Get the set of file remappings from a list of files with remapping
+/// info.
+///
+/// \returns false if no error is produced, true otherwise.
+bool getFileRemappingsFromFileList(
+                        std::vector<std::pair<std::string,std::string> > &remap,
+                        ArrayRef<StringRef> remapFiles,
+                        DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient);
+
+typedef void (*TransformFn)(MigrationPass &pass);
+
+std::vector<TransformFn> getAllTransformations(LangOptions::GCMode OrigGCMode,
+                                               bool NoFinalizeRemoval);
+
+class MigrationProcess {
+  CompilerInvocation OrigCI;
+  DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient;
+  FileRemapper Remapper;
+
+public:
+  MigrationProcess(const CompilerInvocation &CI, DiagnosticConsumer *diagClient,
+                   StringRef outputDir = StringRef());
+
+  class RewriteListener {
+  public:
+    virtual ~RewriteListener();
+
+    virtual void start(ASTContext &Ctx) { }
+    virtual void finish() { }
+
+    virtual void insert(SourceLocation loc, StringRef text) { }
+    virtual void remove(CharSourceRange range) { }
+  };
+
+  bool applyTransform(TransformFn trans, RewriteListener *listener = 0);
+
+  FileRemapper &getRemapper() { return Remapper; }
+};
+
+} // end namespace arcmt
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ARCMigrate/ARCMTActions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ARCMigrate/ARCMTActions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2daaf73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ARCMigrate/ARCMTActions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+//===--- ARCMTActions.h - ARC Migrate Tool Frontend Actions -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ARCMIGRATE_ARCMT_ACTION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ARCMIGRATE_ARCMT_ACTION_H
+
+#include "clang/ARCMigrate/FileRemapper.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace arcmt {
+
+class CheckAction : public WrapperFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual bool BeginInvocation(CompilerInstance &CI);
+
+public:
+  CheckAction(FrontendAction *WrappedAction);
+};
+
+class ModifyAction : public WrapperFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual bool BeginInvocation(CompilerInstance &CI);
+
+public:
+  ModifyAction(FrontendAction *WrappedAction);
+};
+
+class MigrateSourceAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+  FileRemapper Remapper;
+protected:
+  virtual bool BeginInvocation(CompilerInstance &CI);
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+};
+
+class MigrateAction : public WrapperFrontendAction {
+  std::string MigrateDir;
+  std::string PlistOut;
+  bool EmitPremigrationARCErros;
+protected:
+  virtual bool BeginInvocation(CompilerInstance &CI);
+
+public:
+  MigrateAction(FrontendAction *WrappedAction, StringRef migrateDir,
+                StringRef plistOut,
+                bool emitPremigrationARCErrors);
+};
+
+/// \brief Migrates to modern ObjC syntax.
+class ObjCMigrateAction : public WrapperFrontendAction {
+  std::string MigrateDir;
+  bool MigrateLiterals;
+  bool MigrateSubscripting;
+  FileRemapper Remapper;
+  CompilerInstance *CompInst;
+public:
+  ObjCMigrateAction(FrontendAction *WrappedAction, StringRef migrateDir,
+                    bool migrateLiterals,
+                    bool migrateSubscripting);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,StringRef InFile);
+  virtual bool BeginInvocation(CompilerInstance &CI);
+};
+
+}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ARCMigrate/FileRemapper.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ARCMigrate/FileRemapper.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94c9e8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ARCMigrate/FileRemapper.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+//===-- FileRemapper.h - File Remapping Helper ------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ARCMIGRATE_FILEREMAPPER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ARCMIGRATE_FILEREMAPPER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class MemoryBuffer;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class FileManager;
+  class FileEntry;
+  class DiagnosticsEngine;
+  class PreprocessorOptions;
+
+namespace arcmt {
+
+class FileRemapper {
+  // FIXME: Reuse the same FileManager for multiple ASTContexts.
+  OwningPtr<FileManager> FileMgr;
+
+  typedef llvm::PointerUnion<const FileEntry *, llvm::MemoryBuffer *> Target;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry *, Target> MappingsTy;
+  MappingsTy FromToMappings;
+
+  llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry *, const FileEntry *> ToFromMappings;
+
+public:
+  FileRemapper();
+  ~FileRemapper();
+  
+  bool initFromDisk(StringRef outputDir, DiagnosticsEngine &Diag,
+                    bool ignoreIfFilesChanged);
+  bool initFromFile(StringRef filePath, DiagnosticsEngine &Diag,
+                    bool ignoreIfFilesChanged);
+  bool flushToDisk(StringRef outputDir, DiagnosticsEngine &Diag);
+  bool flushToFile(StringRef outputPath, DiagnosticsEngine &Diag);
+
+  bool overwriteOriginal(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag,
+                         StringRef outputDir = StringRef());
+
+  void remap(StringRef filePath, llvm::MemoryBuffer *memBuf);
+  void remap(StringRef filePath, StringRef newPath);
+
+  void applyMappings(PreprocessorOptions &PPOpts) const;
+
+  void transferMappingsAndClear(PreprocessorOptions &PPOpts);
+
+  void clear(StringRef outputDir = StringRef());
+
+private:
+  void remap(const FileEntry *file, llvm::MemoryBuffer *memBuf);
+  void remap(const FileEntry *file, const FileEntry *newfile);
+
+  const FileEntry *getOriginalFile(StringRef filePath);
+  void resetTarget(Target &targ);
+
+  bool report(const Twine &err, DiagnosticsEngine &Diag);
+
+  std::string getRemapInfoFile(StringRef outputDir);
+};
+
+} // end namespace arcmt
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/APValue.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/APValue.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec8faa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/APValue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+//===--- APValue.h - Union class for APFloat/APSInt/Complex -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the APValue class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_APVALUE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_APVALUE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class AddrLabelExpr;
+  class ASTContext;
+  class CharUnits;
+  class DiagnosticBuilder;
+  class Expr;
+  class FieldDecl;
+  class Decl;
+  class ValueDecl;
+  class CXXRecordDecl;
+  class QualType;
+
+/// APValue - This class implements a discriminated union of [uninitialized]
+/// [APSInt] [APFloat], [Complex APSInt] [Complex APFloat], [Expr + Offset],
+/// [Vector: N * APValue], [Array: N * APValue]
+class APValue {
+  typedef llvm::APSInt APSInt;
+  typedef llvm::APFloat APFloat;
+public:
+  enum ValueKind {
+    Uninitialized,
+    Int,
+    Float,
+    ComplexInt,
+    ComplexFloat,
+    LValue,
+    Vector,
+    Array,
+    Struct,
+    Union,
+    MemberPointer,
+    AddrLabelDiff
+  };
+  typedef llvm::PointerUnion<const ValueDecl *, const Expr *> LValueBase;
+  typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<const Decl *, 1, bool> BaseOrMemberType;
+  union LValuePathEntry {
+    /// BaseOrMember - The FieldDecl or CXXRecordDecl indicating the next item
+    /// in the path. An opaque value of type BaseOrMemberType.
+    void *BaseOrMember;
+    /// ArrayIndex - The array index of the next item in the path.
+    uint64_t ArrayIndex;
+  };
+  struct NoLValuePath {};
+  struct UninitArray {};
+  struct UninitStruct {};
+private:
+  ValueKind Kind;
+
+  struct ComplexAPSInt {
+    APSInt Real, Imag;
+    ComplexAPSInt() : Real(1), Imag(1) {}
+  };
+  struct ComplexAPFloat {
+    APFloat Real, Imag;
+    ComplexAPFloat() : Real(0.0), Imag(0.0) {}
+  };
+  struct LV;
+  struct Vec {
+    APValue *Elts;
+    unsigned NumElts;
+    Vec() : Elts(0), NumElts(0) {}
+    ~Vec() { delete[] Elts; }
+  };
+  struct Arr {
+    APValue *Elts;
+    unsigned NumElts, ArrSize;
+    Arr(unsigned NumElts, unsigned ArrSize);
+    ~Arr();
+  };
+  struct StructData {
+    APValue *Elts;
+    unsigned NumBases;
+    unsigned NumFields;
+    StructData(unsigned NumBases, unsigned NumFields);
+    ~StructData();
+  };
+  struct UnionData {
+    const FieldDecl *Field;
+    APValue *Value;
+    UnionData();
+    ~UnionData();
+  };
+  struct AddrLabelDiffData {
+    const AddrLabelExpr* LHSExpr;
+    const AddrLabelExpr* RHSExpr;
+  };
+  struct MemberPointerData;
+
+  enum {
+    MaxSize = (sizeof(ComplexAPSInt) > sizeof(ComplexAPFloat) ?
+               sizeof(ComplexAPSInt) : sizeof(ComplexAPFloat))
+  };
+
+  union {
+    void *Aligner;
+    char Data[MaxSize];
+  };
+
+public:
+  APValue() : Kind(Uninitialized) {}
+  explicit APValue(const APSInt &I) : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeInt(); setInt(I);
+  }
+  explicit APValue(const APFloat &F) : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeFloat(); setFloat(F);
+  }
+  explicit APValue(const APValue *E, unsigned N) : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeVector(); setVector(E, N);
+  }
+  APValue(const APSInt &R, const APSInt &I) : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeComplexInt(); setComplexInt(R, I);
+  }
+  APValue(const APFloat &R, const APFloat &I) : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeComplexFloat(); setComplexFloat(R, I);
+  }
+  APValue(const APValue &RHS);
+  APValue(LValueBase B, const CharUnits &O, NoLValuePath N, unsigned CallIndex)
+      : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeLValue(); setLValue(B, O, N, CallIndex);
+  }
+  APValue(LValueBase B, const CharUnits &O, ArrayRef<LValuePathEntry> Path,
+          bool OnePastTheEnd, unsigned CallIndex)
+      : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeLValue(); setLValue(B, O, Path, OnePastTheEnd, CallIndex);
+  }
+  APValue(UninitArray, unsigned InitElts, unsigned Size) : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeArray(InitElts, Size);
+  }
+  APValue(UninitStruct, unsigned B, unsigned M) : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeStruct(B, M);
+  }
+  explicit APValue(const FieldDecl *D, const APValue &V = APValue())
+      : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeUnion(); setUnion(D, V);
+  }
+  APValue(const ValueDecl *Member, bool IsDerivedMember,
+          ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl*> Path) : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeMemberPointer(Member, IsDerivedMember, Path);
+  }
+  APValue(const AddrLabelExpr* LHSExpr, const AddrLabelExpr* RHSExpr)
+      : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+    MakeAddrLabelDiff(); setAddrLabelDiff(LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
+  }
+
+  ~APValue() {
+    MakeUninit();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Swaps the contents of this and the given APValue.
+  void swap(APValue &RHS);
+
+  ValueKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+  bool isUninit() const { return Kind == Uninitialized; }
+  bool isInt() const { return Kind == Int; }
+  bool isFloat() const { return Kind == Float; }
+  bool isComplexInt() const { return Kind == ComplexInt; }
+  bool isComplexFloat() const { return Kind == ComplexFloat; }
+  bool isLValue() const { return Kind == LValue; }
+  bool isVector() const { return Kind == Vector; }
+  bool isArray() const { return Kind == Array; }
+  bool isStruct() const { return Kind == Struct; }
+  bool isUnion() const { return Kind == Union; }
+  bool isMemberPointer() const { return Kind == MemberPointer; }
+  bool isAddrLabelDiff() const { return Kind == AddrLabelDiff; }
+
+  void dump() const;
+  void dump(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+
+  void printPretty(raw_ostream &OS, ASTContext &Ctx, QualType Ty) const;
+  std::string getAsString(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType Ty) const;
+
+  APSInt &getInt() {
+    assert(isInt() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return *(APSInt*)(char*)Data;
+  }
+  const APSInt &getInt() const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getInt();
+  }
+
+  APFloat &getFloat() {
+    assert(isFloat() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return *(APFloat*)(char*)Data;
+  }
+  const APFloat &getFloat() const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getFloat();
+  }
+
+  APSInt &getComplexIntReal() {
+    assert(isComplexInt() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((ComplexAPSInt*)(char*)Data)->Real;
+  }
+  const APSInt &getComplexIntReal() const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getComplexIntReal();
+  }
+
+  APSInt &getComplexIntImag() {
+    assert(isComplexInt() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((ComplexAPSInt*)(char*)Data)->Imag;
+  }
+  const APSInt &getComplexIntImag() const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getComplexIntImag();
+  }
+
+  APFloat &getComplexFloatReal() {
+    assert(isComplexFloat() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((ComplexAPFloat*)(char*)Data)->Real;
+  }
+  const APFloat &getComplexFloatReal() const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getComplexFloatReal();
+  }
+
+  APFloat &getComplexFloatImag() {
+    assert(isComplexFloat() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((ComplexAPFloat*)(char*)Data)->Imag;
+  }
+  const APFloat &getComplexFloatImag() const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getComplexFloatImag();
+  }
+
+  const LValueBase getLValueBase() const;
+  CharUnits &getLValueOffset();
+  const CharUnits &getLValueOffset() const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getLValueOffset();
+  }
+  bool isLValueOnePastTheEnd() const;
+  bool hasLValuePath() const;
+  ArrayRef<LValuePathEntry> getLValuePath() const;
+  unsigned getLValueCallIndex() const;
+
+  APValue &getVectorElt(unsigned I) {
+    assert(isVector() && "Invalid accessor");
+    assert(I < getVectorLength() && "Index out of range");
+    return ((Vec*)(char*)Data)->Elts[I];
+  }
+  const APValue &getVectorElt(unsigned I) const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getVectorElt(I);
+  }
+  unsigned getVectorLength() const {
+    assert(isVector() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((const Vec*)(const void *)Data)->NumElts;
+  }
+
+  APValue &getArrayInitializedElt(unsigned I) {
+    assert(isArray() && "Invalid accessor");
+    assert(I < getArrayInitializedElts() && "Index out of range");
+    return ((Arr*)(char*)Data)->Elts[I];
+  }
+  const APValue &getArrayInitializedElt(unsigned I) const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getArrayInitializedElt(I);
+  }
+  bool hasArrayFiller() const {
+    return getArrayInitializedElts() != getArraySize();
+  }
+  APValue &getArrayFiller() {
+    assert(isArray() && "Invalid accessor");
+    assert(hasArrayFiller() && "No array filler");
+    return ((Arr*)(char*)Data)->Elts[getArrayInitializedElts()];
+  }
+  const APValue &getArrayFiller() const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getArrayFiller();
+  }
+  unsigned getArrayInitializedElts() const {
+    assert(isArray() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((const Arr*)(const void *)Data)->NumElts;
+  }
+  unsigned getArraySize() const {
+    assert(isArray() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((const Arr*)(const void *)Data)->ArrSize;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getStructNumBases() const {
+    assert(isStruct() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((const StructData*)(const char*)Data)->NumBases;
+  }
+  unsigned getStructNumFields() const {
+    assert(isStruct() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((const StructData*)(const char*)Data)->NumFields;
+  }
+  APValue &getStructBase(unsigned i) {
+    assert(isStruct() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((StructData*)(char*)Data)->Elts[i];
+  }
+  APValue &getStructField(unsigned i) {
+    assert(isStruct() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((StructData*)(char*)Data)->Elts[getStructNumBases() + i];
+  }
+  const APValue &getStructBase(unsigned i) const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getStructBase(i);
+  }
+  const APValue &getStructField(unsigned i) const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getStructField(i);
+  }
+
+  const FieldDecl *getUnionField() const {
+    assert(isUnion() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((const UnionData*)(const char*)Data)->Field;
+  }
+  APValue &getUnionValue() {
+    assert(isUnion() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return *((UnionData*)(char*)Data)->Value;
+  }
+  const APValue &getUnionValue() const {
+    return const_cast<APValue*>(this)->getUnionValue();
+  }
+
+  const ValueDecl *getMemberPointerDecl() const;
+  bool isMemberPointerToDerivedMember() const;
+  ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl*> getMemberPointerPath() const;
+
+  const AddrLabelExpr* getAddrLabelDiffLHS() const {
+    assert(isAddrLabelDiff() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((const AddrLabelDiffData*)(const char*)Data)->LHSExpr;
+  }
+  const AddrLabelExpr* getAddrLabelDiffRHS() const {
+    assert(isAddrLabelDiff() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ((const AddrLabelDiffData*)(const char*)Data)->RHSExpr;
+  }
+
+  void setInt(const APSInt &I) {
+    assert(isInt() && "Invalid accessor");
+    *(APSInt*)(char*)Data = I;
+  }
+  void setFloat(const APFloat &F) {
+    assert(isFloat() && "Invalid accessor");
+    *(APFloat*)(char*)Data = F;
+  }
+  void setVector(const APValue *E, unsigned N) {
+    assert(isVector() && "Invalid accessor");
+    ((Vec*)(char*)Data)->Elts = new APValue[N];
+    ((Vec*)(char*)Data)->NumElts = N;
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i != N; ++i)
+      ((Vec*)(char*)Data)->Elts[i] = E[i];
+  }
+  void setComplexInt(const APSInt &R, const APSInt &I) {
+    assert(R.getBitWidth() == I.getBitWidth() &&
+           "Invalid complex int (type mismatch).");
+    assert(isComplexInt() && "Invalid accessor");
+    ((ComplexAPSInt*)(char*)Data)->Real = R;
+    ((ComplexAPSInt*)(char*)Data)->Imag = I;
+  }
+  void setComplexFloat(const APFloat &R, const APFloat &I) {
+    assert(&R.getSemantics() == &I.getSemantics() &&
+           "Invalid complex float (type mismatch).");
+    assert(isComplexFloat() && "Invalid accessor");
+    ((ComplexAPFloat*)(char*)Data)->Real = R;
+    ((ComplexAPFloat*)(char*)Data)->Imag = I;
+  }
+  void setLValue(LValueBase B, const CharUnits &O, NoLValuePath,
+                 unsigned CallIndex);
+  void setLValue(LValueBase B, const CharUnits &O,
+                 ArrayRef<LValuePathEntry> Path, bool OnePastTheEnd,
+                 unsigned CallIndex);
+  void setUnion(const FieldDecl *Field, const APValue &Value) {
+    assert(isUnion() && "Invalid accessor");
+    ((UnionData*)(char*)Data)->Field = Field;
+    *((UnionData*)(char*)Data)->Value = Value;
+  }
+  void setAddrLabelDiff(const AddrLabelExpr* LHSExpr,
+                        const AddrLabelExpr* RHSExpr) {
+    ((AddrLabelDiffData*)(char*)Data)->LHSExpr = LHSExpr;
+    ((AddrLabelDiffData*)(char*)Data)->RHSExpr = RHSExpr;
+  }
+
+  /// Assign by swapping from a copy of the RHS.
+  APValue &operator=(APValue RHS) {
+    swap(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+private:
+  void DestroyDataAndMakeUninit();
+  void MakeUninit() {
+    if (Kind != Uninitialized)
+      DestroyDataAndMakeUninit();
+  }
+  void MakeInt() {
+    assert(isUninit() && "Bad state change");
+    new ((void*)Data) APSInt(1);
+    Kind = Int;
+  }
+  void MakeFloat() {
+    assert(isUninit() && "Bad state change");
+    new ((void*)(char*)Data) APFloat(0.0);
+    Kind = Float;
+  }
+  void MakeVector() {
+    assert(isUninit() && "Bad state change");
+    new ((void*)(char*)Data) Vec();
+    Kind = Vector;
+  }
+  void MakeComplexInt() {
+    assert(isUninit() && "Bad state change");
+    new ((void*)(char*)Data) ComplexAPSInt();
+    Kind = ComplexInt;
+  }
+  void MakeComplexFloat() {
+    assert(isUninit() && "Bad state change");
+    new ((void*)(char*)Data) ComplexAPFloat();
+    Kind = ComplexFloat;
+  }
+  void MakeLValue();
+  void MakeArray(unsigned InitElts, unsigned Size);
+  void MakeStruct(unsigned B, unsigned M) {
+    assert(isUninit() && "Bad state change");
+    new ((void*)(char*)Data) StructData(B, M);
+    Kind = Struct;
+  }
+  void MakeUnion() {
+    assert(isUninit() && "Bad state change");
+    new ((void*)(char*)Data) UnionData();
+    Kind = Union;
+  }
+  void MakeMemberPointer(const ValueDecl *Member, bool IsDerivedMember,
+                         ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl*> Path);
+  void MakeAddrLabelDiff() {
+    assert(isUninit() && "Bad state change");
+    new ((void*)(char*)Data) AddrLabelDiffData();
+    Kind = AddrLabelDiff;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang.
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/AST.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/AST.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6db351d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/AST.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+//===--- AST.h - "Umbrella" header for AST library --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the interface to the AST classes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_AST_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_AST_H
+
+// This header exports all AST interfaces.
+#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae77943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+//===--- ASTConsumer.h - Abstract interface for reading ASTs ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ASTConsumer class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTCONSUMER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTCONSUMER_H
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class CXXRecordDecl;
+  class Decl;
+  class DeclGroupRef;
+  class HandleTagDeclDefinition;
+  class ASTMutationListener;
+  class ASTDeserializationListener; // layering violation because void* is ugly
+  class SemaConsumer; // layering violation required for safe SemaConsumer
+  class TagDecl;
+  class VarDecl;
+  class FunctionDecl;
+  class ImportDecl;
+
+/// ASTConsumer - This is an abstract interface that should be implemented by
+/// clients that read ASTs.  This abstraction layer allows the client to be
+/// independent of the AST producer (e.g. parser vs AST dump file reader, etc).
+class ASTConsumer {
+  /// \brief Whether this AST consumer also requires information about
+  /// semantic analysis.
+  bool SemaConsumer;
+
+  friend class SemaConsumer;
+
+public:
+  ASTConsumer() : SemaConsumer(false) { }
+
+  virtual ~ASTConsumer() {}
+
+  /// Initialize - This is called to initialize the consumer, providing the
+  /// ASTContext.
+  virtual void Initialize(ASTContext &Context) {}
+
+  /// HandleTopLevelDecl - Handle the specified top-level declaration.  This is
+  /// called by the parser to process every top-level Decl*. Note that D can be
+  /// the head of a chain of Decls (e.g. for `int a, b` the chain will have two
+  /// elements). Use Decl::getNextDeclarator() to walk the chain.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true to continue parsing, or false to abort parsing.
+  virtual bool HandleTopLevelDecl(DeclGroupRef D);
+
+  /// HandleInterestingDecl - Handle the specified interesting declaration. This
+  /// is called by the AST reader when deserializing things that might interest
+  /// the consumer. The default implementation forwards to HandleTopLevelDecl.
+  virtual void HandleInterestingDecl(DeclGroupRef D);
+
+  /// HandleTranslationUnit - This method is called when the ASTs for entire
+  /// translation unit have been parsed.
+  virtual void HandleTranslationUnit(ASTContext &Ctx) {}
+
+  /// HandleTagDeclDefinition - This callback is invoked each time a TagDecl
+  /// (e.g. struct, union, enum, class) is completed.  This allows the client to
+  /// hack on the type, which can occur at any point in the file (because these
+  /// can be defined in declspecs).
+  virtual void HandleTagDeclDefinition(TagDecl *D) {}
+
+  /// \brief Invoked when a function is implicitly instantiated.
+  /// Note that at this point point it does not have a body, its body is
+  /// instantiated at the end of the translation unit and passed to
+  /// HandleTopLevelDecl.
+  virtual void HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(FunctionDecl *D) {}
+
+  /// \brief Handle the specified top-level declaration that occurred inside
+  /// and ObjC container.
+  /// The default implementation ignored them.
+  virtual void HandleTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(DeclGroupRef D);
+
+  /// \brief Handle an ImportDecl that was implicitly created due to an
+  /// inclusion directive.
+  /// The default implementation passes it to HandleTopLevelDecl.
+  virtual void HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportDecl *D);
+
+  /// CompleteTentativeDefinition - Callback invoked at the end of a translation
+  /// unit to notify the consumer that the given tentative definition should be
+  /// completed.
+  ///
+  /// The variable declaration itself will be a tentative
+  /// definition. If it had an incomplete array type, its type will
+  /// have already been changed to an array of size 1. However, the
+  /// declaration remains a tentative definition and has not been
+  /// modified by the introduction of an implicit zero initializer.
+  virtual void CompleteTentativeDefinition(VarDecl *D) {}
+
+  /// HandleCXXStaticMemberVarInstantiation - Tell the consumer that this
+  // variable has been instantiated.
+  virtual void HandleCXXStaticMemberVarInstantiation(VarDecl *D) {}
+
+  /// \brief Callback involved at the end of a translation unit to
+  /// notify the consumer that a vtable for the given C++ class is
+  /// required.
+  ///
+  /// \param RD The class whose vtable was used.
+  ///
+  /// \param DefinitionRequired Whether a definition of this vtable is
+  /// required in this translation unit; otherwise, it is only needed if
+  /// it was actually used.
+  virtual void HandleVTable(CXXRecordDecl *RD, bool DefinitionRequired) {}
+
+  /// \brief If the consumer is interested in entities getting modified after
+  /// their initial creation, it should return a pointer to
+  /// an ASTMutationListener here.
+  virtual ASTMutationListener *GetASTMutationListener() { return 0; }
+
+  /// \brief If the consumer is interested in entities being deserialized from
+  /// AST files, it should return a pointer to a ASTDeserializationListener here
+  virtual ASTDeserializationListener *GetASTDeserializationListener() {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// PrintStats - If desired, print any statistics.
+  virtual void PrintStats() {}
+
+  /// \brief This callback is called for each function if the Parser was
+  /// initialized with \c SkipFunctionBodies set to \c true.
+  ///
+  /// \return \c true if the function's body should be skipped. The function
+  /// body may be parsed anyway if it is needed (for instance, if it contains
+  /// the code completion point or is constexpr).
+  virtual bool shouldSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { return true; }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang.
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTContext.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTContext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4878a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTContext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2363 @@
+//===--- ASTContext.h - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::ASTContext interface.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTCONTEXT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTCONTEXT_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTTypeTraits.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CanonicalType.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
+#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
+#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
+#include "clang/AST/RawCommentList.h"
+#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/VersionTuple.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  struct fltSemantics;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class FileManager;
+  class ASTRecordLayout;
+  class BlockExpr;
+  class CharUnits;
+  class DiagnosticsEngine;
+  class Expr;
+  class ExternalASTSource;
+  class ASTMutationListener;
+  class IdentifierTable;
+  class SelectorTable;
+  class TargetInfo;
+  class CXXABI;
+  // Decls
+  class MangleContext;
+  class ObjCIvarDecl;
+  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
+  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
+  class UsingDecl;
+  class UsingShadowDecl;
+
+  namespace Builtin { class Context; }
+
+  namespace comments {
+    class FullComment;
+  }
+
+/// \brief Holds long-lived AST nodes (such as types and decls) that can be
+/// referred to throughout the semantic analysis of a file.
+class ASTContext : public RefCountedBase<ASTContext> {
+  ASTContext &this_() { return *this; }
+
+  mutable SmallVector<Type *, 0> Types;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals> ExtQualNodes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<ComplexType> ComplexTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<PointerType> PointerTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<BlockPointerType> BlockPointerTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<LValueReferenceType> LValueReferenceTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<RValueReferenceType> RValueReferenceTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<MemberPointerType> MemberPointerTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<ConstantArrayType> ConstantArrayTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<IncompleteArrayType> IncompleteArrayTypes;
+  mutable std::vector<VariableArrayType*> VariableArrayTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<DependentSizedArrayType> DependentSizedArrayTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<DependentSizedExtVectorType>
+    DependentSizedExtVectorTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<VectorType> VectorTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<FunctionNoProtoType> FunctionNoProtoTypes;
+  mutable llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<FunctionProtoType, ASTContext&>
+    FunctionProtoTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<DependentTypeOfExprType> DependentTypeOfExprTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<DependentDecltypeType> DependentDecltypeTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<TemplateTypeParmType> TemplateTypeParmTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>
+    SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType>
+    SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes;
+  mutable llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<TemplateSpecializationType, ASTContext&>
+    TemplateSpecializationTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<ParenType> ParenTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<ElaboratedType> ElaboratedTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<DependentNameType> DependentNameTypes;
+  mutable llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<DependentTemplateSpecializationType,
+                                     ASTContext&>
+    DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes;
+  llvm::FoldingSet<PackExpansionType> PackExpansionTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<ObjCObjectTypeImpl> ObjCObjectTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<ObjCObjectPointerType> ObjCObjectPointerTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<AutoType> AutoTypes;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<AtomicType> AtomicTypes;
+  llvm::FoldingSet<AttributedType> AttributedTypes;
+
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<QualifiedTemplateName> QualifiedTemplateNames;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<DependentTemplateName> DependentTemplateNames;
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage> 
+    SubstTemplateTemplateParms;
+  mutable llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage,
+                                     ASTContext&> 
+    SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks;
+  
+  /// \brief The set of nested name specifiers.
+  ///
+  /// This set is managed by the NestedNameSpecifier class.
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier> NestedNameSpecifiers;
+  mutable NestedNameSpecifier *GlobalNestedNameSpecifier;
+  friend class NestedNameSpecifier;
+
+  /// \brief A cache mapping from RecordDecls to ASTRecordLayouts.
+  ///
+  /// This is lazily created.  This is intentionally not serialized.
+  mutable llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>
+    ASTRecordLayouts;
+  mutable llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>
+    ObjCLayouts;
+
+  /// \brief A cache from types to size and alignment information.
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const Type*,
+                         std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> > TypeInfoMap;
+  mutable TypeInfoMap MemoizedTypeInfo;
+
+  /// \brief A cache mapping from CXXRecordDecls to key functions.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*> KeyFunctions;
+  
+  /// \brief Mapping from ObjCContainers to their ObjCImplementations.
+  llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*> ObjCImpls;
+  
+  /// \brief Mapping from ObjCMethod to its duplicate declaration in the same
+  /// interface.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCMethodDecl*,const ObjCMethodDecl*> ObjCMethodRedecls;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from __block VarDecls to their copy initialization expr.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*> BlockVarCopyInits;
+    
+  /// \brief Mapping from class scope functions specialization to their
+  /// template patterns.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl*>
+    ClassScopeSpecializationPattern;
+
+  /// \brief Representation of a "canonical" template template parameter that
+  /// is used in canonical template names.
+  class CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+    TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm;
+    
+  public:
+    CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) 
+      : Parm(Parm) { }
+    
+    TemplateTemplateParmDecl *getParam() const { return Parm; }
+    
+    void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { Profile(ID, Parm); }
+    
+    static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 
+                        TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm);
+  };
+  mutable llvm::FoldingSet<CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm>
+    CanonTemplateTemplateParms;
+  
+  TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
+    getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const;
+
+  /// \brief The typedef for the __int128_t type.
+  mutable TypedefDecl *Int128Decl;
+
+  /// \brief The typedef for the __uint128_t type.
+  mutable TypedefDecl *UInt128Decl;
+  
+  /// \brief The typedef for the target specific predefined
+  /// __builtin_va_list type.
+  mutable TypedefDecl *BuiltinVaListDecl;
+
+  /// \brief The typedef for the predefined \c id type.
+  mutable TypedefDecl *ObjCIdDecl;
+  
+  /// \brief The typedef for the predefined \c SEL type.
+  mutable TypedefDecl *ObjCSelDecl;
+
+  /// \brief The typedef for the predefined \c Class type.
+  mutable TypedefDecl *ObjCClassDecl;
+
+  /// \brief The typedef for the predefined \c Protocol class in Objective-C.
+  mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
+  
+  /// \brief The typedef for the predefined 'BOOL' type.
+  mutable TypedefDecl *BOOLDecl;
+
+  // Typedefs which may be provided defining the structure of Objective-C
+  // pseudo-builtins
+  QualType ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
+  QualType ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
+  QualType ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
+
+  QualType ObjCConstantStringType;
+  mutable RecordDecl *CFConstantStringTypeDecl;
+  
+  mutable QualType ObjCSuperType;
+  
+  QualType ObjCNSStringType;
+
+  /// \brief The typedef declaration for the Objective-C "instancetype" type.
+  TypedefDecl *ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
+  
+  /// \brief The type for the C FILE type.
+  TypeDecl *FILEDecl;
+
+  /// \brief The type for the C jmp_buf type.
+  TypeDecl *jmp_bufDecl;
+
+  /// \brief The type for the C sigjmp_buf type.
+  TypeDecl *sigjmp_bufDecl;
+
+  /// \brief The type for the C ucontext_t type.
+  TypeDecl *ucontext_tDecl;
+
+  /// \brief Type for the Block descriptor for Blocks CodeGen.
+  ///
+  /// Since this is only used for generation of debug info, it is not
+  /// serialized.
+  mutable RecordDecl *BlockDescriptorType;
+
+  /// \brief Type for the Block descriptor for Blocks CodeGen.
+  ///
+  /// Since this is only used for generation of debug info, it is not
+  /// serialized.
+  mutable RecordDecl *BlockDescriptorExtendedType;
+
+  /// \brief Declaration for the CUDA cudaConfigureCall function.
+  FunctionDecl *cudaConfigureCallDecl;
+
+  TypeSourceInfo NullTypeSourceInfo;
+
+  /// \brief Keeps track of all declaration attributes.
+  ///
+  /// Since so few decls have attrs, we keep them in a hash map instead of
+  /// wasting space in the Decl class.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*> DeclAttrs;
+
+  /// \brief Keeps track of the static data member templates from which
+  /// static data members of class template specializations were instantiated.
+  ///
+  /// This data structure stores the mapping from instantiations of static
+  /// data members to the static data member representations within the
+  /// class template from which they were instantiated along with the kind
+  /// of instantiation or specialization (a TemplateSpecializationKind - 1).
+  ///
+  /// Given the following example:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// struct X {
+  ///   static T value;
+  /// };
+  ///
+  /// template<typename T>
+  ///   T X<T>::value = T(17);
+  ///
+  /// int *x = &X<int>::value;
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// This mapping will contain an entry that maps from the VarDecl for
+  /// X<int>::value to the corresponding VarDecl for X<T>::value (within the
+  /// class template X) and will be marked TSK_ImplicitInstantiation.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *> 
+    InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember;
+
+  /// \brief Keeps track of the declaration from which a UsingDecl was
+  /// created during instantiation.
+  ///
+  /// The source declaration is always a UsingDecl, an UnresolvedUsingValueDecl,
+  /// or an UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl.
+  ///
+  /// For example:
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// struct A {
+  ///   void f();
+  /// };
+  ///
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// struct B : A<T> {
+  ///   using A<T>::f;
+  /// };
+  ///
+  /// template struct B<int>;
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// This mapping will contain an entry that maps from the UsingDecl in
+  /// B<int> to the UnresolvedUsingDecl in B<T>.
+  llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *> InstantiatedFromUsingDecl;
+
+  llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>
+    InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl;
+
+  llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *> InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping that stores the methods overridden by a given C++
+  /// member function.
+  ///
+  /// Since most C++ member functions aren't virtual and therefore
+  /// don't override anything, we store the overridden functions in
+  /// this map on the side rather than within the CXXMethodDecl structure.
+  typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<const CXXMethodDecl*> CXXMethodVector;
+  llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector> OverriddenMethods;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from each declaration context to its corresponding lambda 
+  /// mangling context.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangleContexts;
+
+  llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned> UnnamedMangleContexts;
+  llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned> UnnamedMangleNumbers;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping that stores parameterIndex values for ParmVarDecls when
+  /// that value exceeds the bitfield size of ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex.
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, unsigned> ParameterIndexTable;
+  ParameterIndexTable ParamIndices;  
+  
+  ImportDecl *FirstLocalImport;
+  ImportDecl *LastLocalImport;
+  
+  TranslationUnitDecl *TUDecl;
+
+  /// \brief The associated SourceManager object.a
+  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+
+  /// \brief The language options used to create the AST associated with
+  ///  this ASTContext object.
+  LangOptions &LangOpts;
+
+  /// \brief The allocator used to create AST objects.
+  ///
+  /// AST objects are never destructed; rather, all memory associated with the
+  /// AST objects will be released when the ASTContext itself is destroyed.
+  mutable llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
+
+  /// \brief Allocator for partial diagnostics.
+  PartialDiagnostic::StorageAllocator DiagAllocator;
+
+  /// \brief The current C++ ABI.
+  OwningPtr<CXXABI> ABI;
+  CXXABI *createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T);
+
+  /// \brief The logical -> physical address space map.
+  const LangAS::Map *AddrSpaceMap;
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTWriter;
+  friend class CXXRecordDecl;
+
+  const TargetInfo *Target;
+  clang::PrintingPolicy PrintingPolicy;
+  
+public:
+  IdentifierTable &Idents;
+  SelectorTable &Selectors;
+  Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo;
+  mutable DeclarationNameTable DeclarationNames;
+  OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> ExternalSource;
+  ASTMutationListener *Listener;
+
+  /// \brief Contains parents of a node.
+  typedef llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 1> ParentVector;
+
+  /// \brief Maps from a node to its parents.
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const void *, ParentVector> ParentMap;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the parents of the given node.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this will lazily compute the parents of all nodes
+  /// and store them for later retrieval. Thus, the first call is O(n)
+  /// in the number of AST nodes.
+  ///
+  /// Caveats and FIXMEs:
+  /// Calculating the parent map over all AST nodes will need to load the
+  /// full AST. This can be undesirable in the case where the full AST is
+  /// expensive to create (for example, when using precompiled header
+  /// preambles). Thus, there are good opportunities for optimization here.
+  /// One idea is to walk the given node downwards, looking for references
+  /// to declaration contexts - once a declaration context is found, compute
+  /// the parent map for the declaration context; if that can satisfy the
+  /// request, loading the whole AST can be avoided. Note that this is made
+  /// more complex by statements in templates having multiple parents - those
+  /// problems can be solved by building closure over the templated parts of
+  /// the AST, which also avoids touching large parts of the AST.
+  /// Additionally, we will want to add an interface to already give a hint
+  /// where to search for the parents, for example when looking at a statement
+  /// inside a certain function.
+  ///
+  /// 'NodeT' can be one of Decl, Stmt, Type, TypeLoc,
+  /// NestedNameSpecifier or NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
+  template <typename NodeT>
+  ParentVector getParents(const NodeT &Node) {
+    return getParents(ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node));
+  }
+
+  ParentVector getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) {
+    assert(Node.getMemoizationData() &&
+           "Invariant broken: only nodes that support memoization may be "
+           "used in the parent map.");
+    if (!AllParents) {
+      // We always need to run over the whole translation unit, as
+      // hasAncestor can escape any subtree.
+      AllParents.reset(
+          ParentMapASTVisitor::buildMap(*getTranslationUnitDecl()));
+    }
+    ParentMap::const_iterator I = AllParents->find(Node.getMemoizationData());
+    if (I == AllParents->end()) {
+      return ParentVector();
+    }
+    return I->second;
+  }
+
+  const clang::PrintingPolicy &getPrintingPolicy() const {
+    return PrintingPolicy;
+  }
+
+  void setPrintingPolicy(const clang::PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
+    PrintingPolicy = Policy;
+  }
+  
+  SourceManager& getSourceManager() { return SourceMgr; }
+  const SourceManager& getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
+
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &getAllocator() const {
+    return BumpAlloc;
+  }
+
+  void *Allocate(unsigned Size, unsigned Align = 8) const {
+    return BumpAlloc.Allocate(Size, Align);
+  }
+  void Deallocate(void *Ptr) const { }
+  
+  /// Return the total amount of physical memory allocated for representing
+  /// AST nodes and type information.
+  size_t getASTAllocatedMemory() const {
+    return BumpAlloc.getTotalMemory();
+  }
+  /// Return the total memory used for various side tables.
+  size_t getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const;
+  
+  PartialDiagnostic::StorageAllocator &getDiagAllocator() {
+    return DiagAllocator;
+  }
+
+  const TargetInfo &getTargetInfo() const { return *Target; }
+  
+  const LangOptions& getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
+
+  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const;
+
+  FullSourceLoc getFullLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    return FullSourceLoc(Loc,SourceMgr);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief All comments in this translation unit.
+  RawCommentList Comments;
+
+  /// \brief True if comments are already loaded from ExternalASTSource.
+  mutable bool CommentsLoaded;
+
+  class RawCommentAndCacheFlags {
+  public:
+    enum Kind {
+      /// We searched for a comment attached to the particular declaration, but
+      /// didn't find any.
+      ///
+      /// getRaw() == 0.
+      NoCommentInDecl = 0,
+
+      /// We have found a comment attached to this particular declaration.
+      ///
+      /// getRaw() != 0.
+      FromDecl,
+
+      /// This declaration does not have an attached comment, and we have
+      /// searched the redeclaration chain.
+      ///
+      /// If getRaw() == 0, the whole redeclaration chain does not have any
+      /// comments.
+      ///
+      /// If getRaw() != 0, it is a comment propagated from other
+      /// redeclaration.
+      FromRedecl
+    };
+
+    Kind getKind() const LLVM_READONLY {
+      return Data.getInt();
+    }
+
+    void setKind(Kind K) {
+      Data.setInt(K);
+    }
+
+    const RawComment *getRaw() const LLVM_READONLY {
+      return Data.getPointer();
+    }
+
+    void setRaw(const RawComment *RC) {
+      Data.setPointer(RC);
+    }
+
+    const Decl *getOriginalDecl() const LLVM_READONLY {
+      return OriginalDecl;
+    }
+
+    void setOriginalDecl(const Decl *Orig) {
+      OriginalDecl = Orig;
+    }
+
+  private:
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<const RawComment *, 2, Kind> Data;
+    const Decl *OriginalDecl;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from declarations to comments attached to any
+  /// redeclaration.
+  ///
+  /// Raw comments are owned by Comments list.  This mapping is populated
+  /// lazily.
+  mutable llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags> RedeclComments;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from declarations to parsed comments attached to any
+  /// redeclaration.
+  mutable llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *> ParsedComments;
+
+  /// \brief Return the documentation comment attached to a given declaration,
+  /// without looking into cache.
+  RawComment *getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const;
+
+public:
+  RawCommentList &getRawCommentList() {
+    return Comments;
+  }
+
+  void addComment(const RawComment &RC) {
+    assert(LangOpts.RetainCommentsFromSystemHeaders ||
+           !SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RC.getSourceRange().getBegin()));
+    Comments.addComment(RC, BumpAlloc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the documentation comment attached to a given declaration.
+  /// Returns NULL if no comment is attached.
+  ///
+  /// \param OriginalDecl if not NULL, is set to declaration AST node that had
+  /// the comment, if the comment we found comes from a redeclaration.
+  const RawComment *getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(
+                                      const Decl *D,
+                                      const Decl **OriginalDecl = NULL) const;
+
+  /// Return parsed documentation comment attached to a given declaration.
+  /// Returns NULL if no comment is attached.
+  ///
+  /// \param PP the Preprocessor used with this TU.  Could be NULL if
+  /// preprocessor is not available.
+  comments::FullComment *getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D,
+                                           const Preprocessor *PP) const;
+  
+  comments::FullComment *cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC,
+                                         const Decl *D) const;
+
+private:
+  mutable comments::CommandTraits CommentCommandTraits;
+
+public:
+  comments::CommandTraits &getCommentCommandTraits() const {
+    return CommentCommandTraits;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the attributes for the given declaration.
+  AttrVec& getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
+  void eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D);
+
+  /// \brief If this variable is an instantiated static data member of a
+  /// class template specialization, returns the templated static data member
+  /// from which it was instantiated.
+  MemberSpecializationInfo *getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(
+                                                           const VarDecl *Var);
+
+  FunctionDecl *getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(const FunctionDecl *FD);
+
+  void setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
+                                          FunctionDecl *Pattern);
+
+  /// \brief Note that the static data member \p Inst is an instantiation of
+  /// the static data member template \p Tmpl of a class template.
+  void setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
+                                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
+                        SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation());
+
+  /// \brief If the given using decl \p Inst is an instantiation of a
+  /// (possibly unresolved) using decl from a template instantiation,
+  /// return it.
+  NamedDecl *getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst);
+
+  /// \brief Remember that the using decl \p Inst is an instantiation
+  /// of the using decl \p Pattern of a class template.
+  void setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern);
+
+  void setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
+                                          UsingShadowDecl *Pattern);
+  UsingShadowDecl *getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst);
+
+  FieldDecl *getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field);
+
+  void setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, FieldDecl *Tmpl);
+  
+  /// \brief Return \c true if \p FD is a zero-length bitfield which follows
+  /// the non-bitfield \p LastFD.
+  bool ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 
+                                      const FieldDecl *LastFD) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return \c true if \p FD is a zero-length bitfield which follows
+  /// the bitfield \p LastFD.
+  bool ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
+                                   const FieldDecl *LastFD) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Return \c true if \p FD is a bitfield which follows the bitfield
+  /// \p LastFD.
+  bool BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
+                               const FieldDecl *LastFD) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Return \c true if \p FD is not a bitfield which follows the
+  /// bitfield \p LastFD.
+  bool NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
+                                  const FieldDecl *LastFD) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Return \c true if \p FD is a bitfield which follows the
+  /// non-bitfield \p LastFD.
+  bool BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
+                                  const FieldDecl *LastFD) const;
+
+  // Access to the set of methods overridden by the given C++ method.
+  typedef CXXMethodVector::const_iterator overridden_cxx_method_iterator;
+  overridden_cxx_method_iterator
+  overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const;
+
+  overridden_cxx_method_iterator
+  overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const;
+
+  unsigned overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const;
+
+  /// \brief Note that the given C++ \p Method overrides the given \p
+  /// Overridden method.
+  void addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 
+                           const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden);
+
+  /// \brief Return C++ or ObjC overridden methods for the given \p Method.
+  ///
+  /// An ObjC method is considered to override any method in the class's
+  /// base classes, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has
+  /// the same selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
+  /// A method in an implementation is not considered as overriding the same
+  /// method in the interface or its categories.
+  void getOverriddenMethods(
+                        const NamedDecl *Method,
+                        SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Notify the AST context that a new import declaration has been
+  /// parsed or implicitly created within this translation unit.
+  void addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import);
+
+  static ImportDecl *getNextLocalImport(ImportDecl *Import) {
+    return Import->NextLocalImport;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Iterator that visits import declarations.
+  class import_iterator {
+    ImportDecl *Import;
+    
+  public:
+    typedef ImportDecl               *value_type;
+    typedef ImportDecl               *reference;
+    typedef ImportDecl               *pointer;
+    typedef int                       difference_type;
+    typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+    
+    import_iterator() : Import() { }
+    explicit import_iterator(ImportDecl *Import) : Import(Import) { }
+    
+    reference operator*() const { return Import; }
+    pointer operator->() const { return Import; }
+    
+    import_iterator &operator++() {
+      Import = ASTContext::getNextLocalImport(Import);
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    import_iterator operator++(int) {
+      import_iterator Other(*this);
+      ++(*this);
+      return Other;
+    }
+    
+    friend bool operator==(import_iterator X, import_iterator Y) {
+      return X.Import == Y.Import;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator!=(import_iterator X, import_iterator Y) {
+      return X.Import != Y.Import;
+    }
+  };
+  
+  import_iterator local_import_begin() const { 
+    return import_iterator(FirstLocalImport); 
+  }
+  import_iterator local_import_end() const { return import_iterator(); }
+  
+  TranslationUnitDecl *getTranslationUnitDecl() const { return TUDecl; }
+
+
+  // Builtin Types.
+  CanQualType VoidTy;
+  CanQualType BoolTy;
+  CanQualType CharTy;
+  CanQualType WCharTy;  // [C++ 3.9.1p5], integer type in C99.
+  CanQualType WIntTy;   // [C99 7.24.1], integer type unchanged by default promotions.
+  CanQualType Char16Ty; // [C++0x 3.9.1p5], integer type in C99.
+  CanQualType Char32Ty; // [C++0x 3.9.1p5], integer type in C99.
+  CanQualType SignedCharTy, ShortTy, IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, Int128Ty;
+  CanQualType UnsignedCharTy, UnsignedShortTy, UnsignedIntTy, UnsignedLongTy;
+  CanQualType UnsignedLongLongTy, UnsignedInt128Ty;
+  CanQualType FloatTy, DoubleTy, LongDoubleTy;
+  CanQualType HalfTy; // [OpenCL 6.1.1.1], ARM NEON
+  CanQualType FloatComplexTy, DoubleComplexTy, LongDoubleComplexTy;
+  CanQualType VoidPtrTy, NullPtrTy;
+  CanQualType DependentTy, OverloadTy, BoundMemberTy, UnknownAnyTy;
+  CanQualType BuiltinFnTy;
+  CanQualType PseudoObjectTy, ARCUnbridgedCastTy;
+  CanQualType ObjCBuiltinIdTy, ObjCBuiltinClassTy, ObjCBuiltinSelTy;
+  CanQualType ObjCBuiltinBoolTy;
+  CanQualType OCLImage1dTy, OCLImage1dArrayTy, OCLImage1dBufferTy;
+  CanQualType OCLImage2dTy, OCLImage2dArrayTy;
+  CanQualType OCLImage3dTy;
+  CanQualType OCLSamplerTy, OCLEventTy;
+
+  // Types for deductions in C++0x [stmt.ranged]'s desugaring. Built on demand.
+  mutable QualType AutoDeductTy;     // Deduction against 'auto'.
+  mutable QualType AutoRRefDeductTy; // Deduction against 'auto &&'.
+
+  // Type used to help define __builtin_va_list for some targets.
+  // The type is built when constructing 'BuiltinVaListDecl'.
+  mutable QualType VaListTagTy;
+
+  ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, const TargetInfo *t,
+             IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
+             Builtin::Context &builtins,
+             unsigned size_reserve,
+             bool DelayInitialization = false);
+
+  ~ASTContext();
+
+  /// \brief Attach an external AST source to the AST context.
+  ///
+  /// The external AST source provides the ability to load parts of
+  /// the abstract syntax tree as needed from some external storage,
+  /// e.g., a precompiled header.
+  void setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a pointer to the external AST source associated
+  /// with this AST context, if any.
+  ExternalASTSource *getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource.get(); }
+
+  /// \brief Attach an AST mutation listener to the AST context.
+  ///
+  /// The AST mutation listener provides the ability to track modifications to
+  /// the abstract syntax tree entities committed after they were initially
+  /// created.
+  void setASTMutationListener(ASTMutationListener *Listener) {
+    this->Listener = Listener;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a pointer to the AST mutation listener associated
+  /// with this AST context, if any.
+  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const { return Listener; }
+
+  void PrintStats() const;
+  const SmallVectorImpl<Type *>& getTypes() const { return Types; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the declaration for the 128-bit signed integer type.
+  TypedefDecl *getInt128Decl() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the declaration for the 128-bit unsigned integer type.
+  TypedefDecl *getUInt128Decl() const;
+  
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                           Type Constructors
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Return a type with extended qualifiers.
+  QualType getExtQualType(const Type *Base, Qualifiers Quals) const;
+
+  QualType getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for an address space
+  /// qualified type with the specified type and address space.
+  ///
+  /// The resulting type has a union of the qualifiers from T and the address
+  /// space. If T already has an address space specifier, it is silently
+  /// replaced.
+  QualType getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for an Objective-C
+  /// gc-qualified type.
+  ///
+  /// The retulting type has a union of the qualifiers from T and the gc
+  /// attribute.
+  QualType getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, Qualifiers::GC gcAttr) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for a \c restrict
+  /// qualified type.
+  ///
+  /// The resulting type has a union of the qualifiers from \p T and
+  /// \c restrict.
+  QualType getRestrictType(QualType T) const {
+    return T.withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for a \c volatile
+  /// qualified type.
+  ///
+  /// The resulting type has a union of the qualifiers from \p T and
+  /// \c volatile.
+  QualType getVolatileType(QualType T) const {
+    return T.withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for a \c const
+  /// qualified type.
+  ///
+  /// The resulting type has a union of the qualifiers from \p T and \c const.
+  ///
+  /// It can be reasonably expected that this will always be equivalent to
+  /// calling T.withConst().
+  QualType getConstType(QualType T) const { return T.withConst(); }
+
+  /// \brief Change the ExtInfo on a function type.
+  const FunctionType *adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *Fn,
+                                         FunctionType::ExtInfo EInfo);
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
+  /// number with the specified element type.
+  QualType getComplexType(QualType T) const;
+  CanQualType getComplexType(CanQualType T) const {
+    return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getComplexType((QualType) T));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
+  /// the specified type.
+  QualType getPointerType(QualType T) const;
+  CanQualType getPointerType(CanQualType T) const {
+    return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getPointerType((QualType) T));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for the specified
+  /// type.
+  QualType getAtomicType(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for a block of the
+  /// specified type.
+  QualType getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// Gets the struct used to keep track of the descriptor for pointer to
+  /// blocks.
+  QualType getBlockDescriptorType() const;
+
+  /// Gets the struct used to keep track of the extended descriptor for
+  /// pointer to blocks.
+  QualType getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const;
+
+  void setcudaConfigureCallDecl(FunctionDecl *FD) {
+    cudaConfigureCallDecl = FD;
+  }
+  FunctionDecl *getcudaConfigureCallDecl() {
+    return cudaConfigureCallDecl;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true iff we need copy/dispose helpers for the given type.
+  bool BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, const VarDecl *D);
+  
+  
+  /// Returns true, if given type has a known lifetime. HasByrefExtendedLayout is set
+  /// to false in this case. If HasByrefExtendedLayout returns true, byref variable
+  /// has extended lifetime. 
+  bool getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty,
+                        Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &Lifetime,
+                        bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for an lvalue reference
+  /// to the specified type.
+  QualType getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue = true)
+    const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for an rvalue reference
+  /// to the specified type.
+  QualType getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued reference to the type for a member pointer to
+  /// the specified type in the specified class.
+  ///
+  /// The class \p Cls is a \c Type because it could be a dependent name.
+  QualType getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return a non-unique reference to the type for a variable array of
+  /// the specified element type.
+  QualType getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, Expr *NumElts,
+                                ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
+                                unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
+                                SourceRange Brackets) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return a non-unique reference to the type for a dependently-sized
+  /// array of the specified element type.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: We will need these to be uniqued, or at least comparable, at some
+  /// point.
+  QualType getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy, Expr *NumElts,
+                                      ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
+                                      unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
+                                      SourceRange Brackets) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return a unique reference to the type for an incomplete array of
+  /// the specified element type.
+  QualType getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
+                                  ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
+                                  unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique reference to the type for a constant array of
+  /// the specified element type.
+  QualType getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, const llvm::APInt &ArySize,
+                                ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
+                                unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Returns a vla type where known sizes are replaced with [*].
+  QualType getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique reference to a vector type of the specified
+  /// element type and size.
+  ///
+  /// \pre \p VectorType must be a built-in type.
+  QualType getVectorType(QualType VectorType, unsigned NumElts,
+                         VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique reference to an extended vector type
+  /// of the specified element type and size.
+  ///
+  /// \pre \p VectorType must be a built-in type.
+  QualType getExtVectorType(QualType VectorType, unsigned NumElts) const;
+
+  /// \pre Return a non-unique reference to the type for a dependently-sized
+  /// vector of the specified element type.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: We will need these to be uniqued, or at least comparable, at some
+  /// point.
+  QualType getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType VectorType,
+                                          Expr *SizeExpr,
+                                          SourceLocation AttrLoc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
+  QualType getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
+                                  const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const;
+
+  QualType getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy) const {
+    return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, FunctionType::ExtInfo());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a normal function type with a typed argument list.
+  QualType getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> Args,
+                           const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique reference to the type for the specified type
+  /// declaration.
+  QualType getTypeDeclType(const TypeDecl *Decl,
+                           const TypeDecl *PrevDecl = 0) const {
+    assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
+    if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
+
+    if (PrevDecl) {
+      assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
+      Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
+      return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
+    }
+
+    return getTypeDeclTypeSlow(Decl);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique reference to the type for the specified
+  /// typedef-name decl.
+  QualType getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
+                          QualType Canon = QualType()) const;
+
+  QualType getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const;
+
+  QualType getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const;
+
+  QualType getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, QualType TST) const;
+
+  QualType getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
+                             QualType modifiedType,
+                             QualType equivalentType);
+
+  QualType getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
+                                        QualType Replacement) const;
+  QualType getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
+                                          const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
+                                            const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);
+
+  QualType getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
+                                   bool ParameterPack,
+                                   TemplateTypeParmDecl *ParmDecl = 0) const;
+
+  QualType getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
+                                         const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                         unsigned NumArgs,
+                                         QualType Canon = QualType()) const;
+
+  QualType getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
+                                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                                  unsigned NumArgs) const;
+
+  QualType getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
+                                         const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
+                                         QualType Canon = QualType()) const;
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *
+  getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName T, SourceLocation TLoc,
+                                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
+                                    QualType Canon = QualType()) const;
+
+  QualType getParenType(QualType NamedType) const;
+
+  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
+                             NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                             QualType NamedType) const;
+  QualType getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
+                                NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                                const IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                                QualType Canon = QualType()) const;
+
+  QualType getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
+                                                  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                                                  const IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const;
+  QualType getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
+                                                  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                                                  const IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                                                  unsigned NumArgs,
+                                            const TemplateArgument *Args) const;
+
+  QualType getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
+                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
+
+  QualType getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
+                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl = 0) const;
+
+  QualType getObjCObjectType(QualType Base,
+                             ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
+                             unsigned NumProtocols) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for the given ObjCObjectType.
+  QualType getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType OIT) const;
+
+  /// \brief GCC extension.
+  QualType getTypeOfExprType(Expr *e) const;
+  QualType getTypeOfType(QualType t) const;
+
+  /// \brief C++11 decltype.
+  QualType getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const;
+
+  /// \brief Unary type transforms
+  QualType getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, QualType UnderlyingType,
+                                 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind) const;
+
+  /// \brief C++11 deduced auto type.
+  QualType getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const;
+
+  /// \brief C++11 deduction pattern for 'auto' type.
+  QualType getAutoDeductType() const;
+
+  /// \brief C++11 deduction pattern for 'auto &&' type.
+  QualType getAutoRRefDeductType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique reference to the type for the specified TagDecl
+  /// (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
+  QualType getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), defined in
+  /// <stddef.h>.
+  ///
+  /// The sizeof operator requires this (C99 6.5.3.4p4).
+  CanQualType getSizeType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5), defined in
+  /// <stdint.h>.
+  CanQualType getIntMaxType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5), defined in
+  /// <stdint.h>.
+  CanQualType getUIntMaxType() const;
+
+  /// \brief In C++, this returns the unique wchar_t type.  In C99, this
+  /// returns a type compatible with the type defined in <stddef.h> as defined
+  /// by the target.
+  QualType getWCharType() const { return WCharTy; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
+  ///
+  /// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
+  QualType getSignedWCharType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
+  ///
+  /// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
+  QualType getUnsignedWCharType() const;
+
+  /// \brief In C99, this returns a type compatible with the type
+  /// defined in <stddef.h> as defined by the target.
+  QualType getWIntType() const { return WIntTy; }
+
+  /// \brief Return a type compatible with "intptr_t" (C99 7.18.1.4),
+  /// as defined by the target.
+  QualType getIntPtrType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return a type compatible with "uintptr_t" (C99 7.18.1.4),
+  /// as defined by the target.
+  QualType getUIntPtrType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) defined in
+  /// <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
+  QualType getPointerDiffType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in
+  /// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork().
+  QualType getProcessIDType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the C structure type used to represent constant CFStrings.
+  QualType getCFConstantStringType() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Returns the C struct type for objc_super
+  QualType getObjCSuperType() const;
+  void setObjCSuperType(QualType ST) { ObjCSuperType = ST; }
+  
+  /// Get the structure type used to representation CFStrings, or NULL
+  /// if it hasn't yet been built.
+  QualType getRawCFConstantStringType() const {
+    if (CFConstantStringTypeDecl)
+      return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
+    return QualType();
+  }
+  void setCFConstantStringType(QualType T);
+
+  // This setter/getter represents the ObjC type for an NSConstantString.
+  void setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl);
+  QualType getObjCConstantStringInterface() const {
+    return ObjCConstantStringType;
+  }
+
+  QualType getObjCNSStringType() const {
+    return ObjCNSStringType;
+  }
+  
+  void setObjCNSStringType(QualType T) {
+    ObjCNSStringType = T;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type that \c id has been defined to, which may be
+  /// different from the built-in \c id if \c id has been typedef'd.
+  QualType getObjCIdRedefinitionType() const {
+    if (ObjCIdRedefinitionType.isNull())
+      return getObjCIdType();
+    return ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Set the user-written type that redefines \c id.
+  void setObjCIdRedefinitionType(QualType RedefType) {
+    ObjCIdRedefinitionType = RedefType;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type that \c Class has been defined to, which may be
+  /// different from the built-in \c Class if \c Class has been typedef'd.
+  QualType getObjCClassRedefinitionType() const {
+    if (ObjCClassRedefinitionType.isNull())
+      return getObjCClassType();
+    return ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Set the user-written type that redefines 'SEL'.
+  void setObjCClassRedefinitionType(QualType RedefType) {
+    ObjCClassRedefinitionType = RedefType;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type that 'SEL' has been defined to, which may be
+  /// different from the built-in 'SEL' if 'SEL' has been typedef'd.
+  QualType getObjCSelRedefinitionType() const {
+    if (ObjCSelRedefinitionType.isNull())
+      return getObjCSelType();
+    return ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
+  }
+
+  
+  /// \brief Set the user-written type that redefines 'SEL'.
+  void setObjCSelRedefinitionType(QualType RedefType) {
+    ObjCSelRedefinitionType = RedefType;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the Objective-C "instancetype" type, if already known;
+  /// otherwise, returns a NULL type;
+  QualType getObjCInstanceType() {
+    return getTypeDeclType(getObjCInstanceTypeDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the typedef declaration corresponding to the Objective-C
+  /// "instancetype" type.
+  TypedefDecl *getObjCInstanceTypeDecl();
+  
+  /// \brief Set the type for the C FILE type.
+  void setFILEDecl(TypeDecl *FILEDecl) { this->FILEDecl = FILEDecl; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the C FILE type.
+  QualType getFILEType() const {
+    if (FILEDecl)
+      return getTypeDeclType(FILEDecl);
+    return QualType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the type for the C jmp_buf type.
+  void setjmp_bufDecl(TypeDecl *jmp_bufDecl) {
+    this->jmp_bufDecl = jmp_bufDecl;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the C jmp_buf type.
+  QualType getjmp_bufType() const {
+    if (jmp_bufDecl)
+      return getTypeDeclType(jmp_bufDecl);
+    return QualType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the type for the C sigjmp_buf type.
+  void setsigjmp_bufDecl(TypeDecl *sigjmp_bufDecl) {
+    this->sigjmp_bufDecl = sigjmp_bufDecl;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the C sigjmp_buf type.
+  QualType getsigjmp_bufType() const {
+    if (sigjmp_bufDecl)
+      return getTypeDeclType(sigjmp_bufDecl);
+    return QualType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the type for the C ucontext_t type.
+  void setucontext_tDecl(TypeDecl *ucontext_tDecl) {
+    this->ucontext_tDecl = ucontext_tDecl;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the C ucontext_t type.
+  QualType getucontext_tType() const {
+    if (ucontext_tDecl)
+      return getTypeDeclType(ucontext_tDecl);
+    return QualType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The result type of logical operations, '<', '>', '!=', etc.
+  QualType getLogicalOperationType() const {
+    return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? BoolTy : IntTy;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Emit the Objective-CC type encoding for the given type \p T into
+  /// \p S.
+  ///
+  /// If \p Field is specified then record field names are also encoded.
+  void getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string &S,
+                              const FieldDecl *Field=0) const;
+
+  void getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(QualType &t) const;
+
+  /// \brief Put the string version of the type qualifiers \p QT into \p S.
+  void getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
+                                       std::string &S) const;
+
+  /// \brief Emit the encoded type for the function \p Decl into \p S.
+  ///
+  /// This is in the same format as Objective-C method encodings.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because one of the parameter
+  /// types is incomplete), false otherwise.
+  bool getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, std::string& S);
+
+  /// \brief Emit the encoded type for the method declaration \p Decl into
+  /// \p S.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because one of the parameter
+  /// types is incomplete), false otherwise.
+  bool getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, std::string &S,
+                                    bool Extended = false)
+    const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the encoded type for this block declaration.
+  std::string getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *blockExpr) const;
+  
+  /// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for
+  /// this method declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either
+  /// an ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should
+  /// only be NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
+  void getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
+                                      const Decl *Container,
+                                      std::string &S) const;
+
+  bool ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
+                                      ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the size of type \p T for Objective-C encoding purpose,
+  /// in characters.
+  CharUnits getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the typedef corresponding to the predefined \c id type
+  /// in Objective-C.
+  TypedefDecl *getObjCIdDecl() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Represents the Objective-CC \c id type.
+  ///
+  /// This is set up lazily, by Sema.  \c id is always a (typedef for a)
+  /// pointer type, a pointer to a struct.
+  QualType getObjCIdType() const {
+    return getTypeDeclType(getObjCIdDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the typedef corresponding to the predefined 'SEL' type
+  /// in Objective-C.
+  TypedefDecl *getObjCSelDecl() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type that corresponds to the predefined Objective-C
+  /// 'SEL' type.
+  QualType getObjCSelType() const { 
+    return getTypeDeclType(getObjCSelDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the typedef declaration corresponding to the predefined
+  /// Objective-C 'Class' type.
+  TypedefDecl *getObjCClassDecl() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Represents the Objective-C \c Class type.
+  ///
+  /// This is set up lazily, by Sema.  \c Class is always a (typedef for a)
+  /// pointer type, a pointer to a struct.
+  QualType getObjCClassType() const { 
+    return getTypeDeclType(getObjCClassDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the Objective-C class declaration corresponding to 
+  /// the predefined \c Protocol class.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCProtocolDecl() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve declaration of 'BOOL' typedef
+  TypedefDecl *getBOOLDecl() const {
+    return BOOLDecl;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Save declaration of 'BOOL' typedef
+  void setBOOLDecl(TypedefDecl *TD) {
+    BOOLDecl = TD;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief type of 'BOOL' type.
+  QualType getBOOLType() const {
+    return getTypeDeclType(getBOOLDecl());
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type of the Objective-C \c Protocol class.
+  QualType getObjCProtoType() const {
+    return getObjCInterfaceType(getObjCProtocolDecl());
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the C type declaration corresponding to the predefined
+  /// \c __builtin_va_list type.
+  TypedefDecl *getBuiltinVaListDecl() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type of the \c __builtin_va_list type.
+  QualType getBuiltinVaListType() const {
+    return getTypeDeclType(getBuiltinVaListDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the C type declaration corresponding to the predefined
+  /// \c __va_list_tag type used to help define the \c __builtin_va_list type
+  /// for some targets.
+  QualType getVaListTagType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return a type with additional \c const, \c volatile, or
+  /// \c restrict qualifiers.
+  QualType getCVRQualifiedType(QualType T, unsigned CVR) const {
+    return getQualifiedType(T, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Un-split a SplitQualType.
+  QualType getQualifiedType(SplitQualType split) const {
+    return getQualifiedType(split.Ty, split.Quals);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a type with additional qualifiers.
+  QualType getQualifiedType(QualType T, Qualifiers Qs) const {
+    if (!Qs.hasNonFastQualifiers())
+      return T.withFastQualifiers(Qs.getFastQualifiers());
+    QualifierCollector Qc(Qs);
+    const Type *Ptr = Qc.strip(T);
+    return getExtQualType(Ptr, Qc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a type with additional qualifiers.
+  QualType getQualifiedType(const Type *T, Qualifiers Qs) const {
+    if (!Qs.hasNonFastQualifiers())
+      return QualType(T, Qs.getFastQualifiers());
+    return getExtQualType(T, Qs);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a type with the given lifetime qualifier.
+  ///
+  /// \pre Neither type.ObjCLifetime() nor \p lifetime may be \c OCL_None.
+  QualType getLifetimeQualifiedType(QualType type,
+                                    Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime) {
+    assert(type.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None);
+    assert(lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_None);
+
+    Qualifiers qs;
+    qs.addObjCLifetime(lifetime);
+    return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
+  }
+
+  DeclarationNameInfo getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
+                                         SourceLocation NameLoc) const;
+
+  TemplateName getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
+                                         UnresolvedSetIterator End) const;
+
+  TemplateName getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                                        bool TemplateKeyword,
+                                        TemplateDecl *Template) const;
+
+  TemplateName getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                                        const IdentifierInfo *Name) const;
+  TemplateName getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                                        OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const;
+  TemplateName getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
+                                            TemplateName replacement) const;
+  TemplateName getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
+                                        const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const;
+  
+  enum GetBuiltinTypeError {
+    GE_None,              ///< No error
+    GE_Missing_stdio,     ///< Missing a type from <stdio.h>
+    GE_Missing_setjmp,    ///< Missing a type from <setjmp.h>
+    GE_Missing_ucontext   ///< Missing a type from <ucontext.h>
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Return the type for the specified builtin.
+  ///
+  /// If \p IntegerConstantArgs is non-null, it is filled in with a bitmask of
+  /// arguments to the builtin that are required to be integer constant
+  /// expressions.
+  QualType GetBuiltinType(unsigned ID, GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
+                          unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs = 0) const;
+
+private:
+  CanQualType getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const;
+  std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const;
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                         Type Predicates.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Return one of the GCNone, Weak or Strong Objective-C garbage
+  /// collection attributes.
+  Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return true if the given vector types are of the same unqualified
+  /// type or if they are equivalent to the same GCC vector type.
+  ///
+  /// \note This ignores whether they are target-specific (AltiVec or Neon)
+  /// types.
+  bool areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, QualType SecondVec);
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this is an \c NSObject object with its \c NSObject
+  /// attribute set.
+  static bool isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) {
+    return Ty->isObjCNSObjectType();
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                         Type Sizing and Analysis
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified scalar floating
+  /// point type.
+  const llvm::fltSemantics &getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the size and alignment of the specified complete type in bits.
+  std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const;
+  std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> getTypeInfo(QualType T) const {
+    return getTypeInfo(T.getTypePtr());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the size of the specified (complete) type \p T, in bits.
+  uint64_t getTypeSize(QualType T) const {
+    return getTypeInfo(T).first;
+  }
+  uint64_t getTypeSize(const Type *T) const {
+    return getTypeInfo(T).first;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the size of the character type, in bits.
+  uint64_t getCharWidth() const {
+    return getTypeSize(CharTy);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
+  CharUnits toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const;
+
+  /// \brief Convert a size in characters to a size in bits.
+  int64_t toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the size of the specified (complete) type \p T, in
+  /// characters.
+  CharUnits getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const;
+  CharUnits getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the ABI-specified alignment of a (complete) type \p T, in
+  /// bits.
+  unsigned getTypeAlign(QualType T) const {
+    return getTypeInfo(T).second;
+  }
+  unsigned getTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
+    return getTypeInfo(T).second;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the ABI-specified alignment of a (complete) type \p T, in 
+  /// characters.
+  CharUnits getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const;
+  CharUnits getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const;
+  
+  // getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in chars. If the
+  // type is a record, its data size is returned.
+  std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const;
+
+  std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const;
+  std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified type \p T for
+  /// the current target, in bits.
+  ///
+  /// This can be different than the ABI alignment in cases where it is
+  /// beneficial for performance to overalign a data type.
+  unsigned getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the specified
+  /// decl \p D.
+  ///
+  /// \pre \p D must not be a bitfield type, as bitfields do not have a valid
+  /// alignment.
+  ///
+  /// If \p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
+  /// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
+  CharUnits getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee = false) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get or compute information about the layout of the specified
+  /// record (struct/union/class) \p D, which indicates its size and field
+  /// position information.
+  const ASTRecordLayout &getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get or compute information about the layout of the specified
+  /// Objective-C interface.
+  const ASTRecordLayout &getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D)
+    const;
+
+  void DumpRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *RD, raw_ostream &OS,
+                        bool Simple = false) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get or compute information about the layout of the specified
+  /// Objective-C implementation.
+  ///
+  /// This may differ from the interface if synthesized ivars are present.
+  const ASTRecordLayout &
+  getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get our current best idea for the key function of the
+  /// given record decl, or NULL if there isn't one.
+  ///
+  /// The key function is, according to the Itanium C++ ABI section 5.2.3:
+  ///   ...the first non-pure virtual function that is not inline at the
+  ///   point of class definition.
+  ///
+  /// Other ABIs use the same idea.  However, the ARM C++ ABI ignores
+  /// virtual functions that are defined 'inline', which means that
+  /// the result of this computation can change.
+  const CXXMethodDecl *getCurrentKeyFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
+
+  /// \brief Observe that the given method cannot be a key function.
+  /// Checks the key-function cache for the method's class and clears it
+  /// if matches the given declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This is used in ABIs where out-of-line definitions marked
+  /// inline are not considered to be key functions.
+  ///
+  /// \param method should be the declaration from the class definition
+  void setNonKeyFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *method);
+
+  /// Get the offset of a FieldDecl or IndirectFieldDecl, in bits.
+  uint64_t getFieldOffset(const ValueDecl *FD) const;
+
+  bool isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const;
+
+  MangleContext *createMangleContext();
+  
+  void DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, bool leafClass,
+                            SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const;
+  
+  unsigned CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const;
+  void CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
+                          llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                            Type Operators
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to the
+  /// specified potentially non-canonical type \p T.
+  ///
+  /// The non-canonical version of a type may have many "decorated" versions of
+  /// types.  Decorators can include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The
+  /// returned type is guaranteed to be free of any of these, allowing two
+  /// canonical types to be compared for exact equality with a simple pointer
+  /// comparison.
+  CanQualType getCanonicalType(QualType T) const {
+    return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(T.getCanonicalType());
+  }
+
+  const Type *getCanonicalType(const Type *T) const {
+    return T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the canonical parameter type corresponding to the specific
+  /// potentially non-canonical one.
+  ///
+  /// Qualifiers are stripped off, functions are turned into function
+  /// pointers, and arrays decay one level into pointers.
+  CanQualType getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given types \p T1 and \p T2 are equivalent.
+  bool hasSameType(QualType T1, QualType T2) const {
+    return getCanonicalType(T1) == getCanonicalType(T2);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return this type as a completely-unqualified array type,
+  /// capturing the qualifiers in \p Quals.
+  ///
+  /// This will remove the minimal amount of sugaring from the types, similar
+  /// to the behavior of QualType::getUnqualifiedType().
+  ///
+  /// \param T is the qualified type, which may be an ArrayType
+  ///
+  /// \param Quals will receive the full set of qualifiers that were
+  /// applied to the array.
+  ///
+  /// \returns if this is an array type, the completely unqualified array type
+  /// that corresponds to it. Otherwise, returns T.getUnqualifiedType().
+  QualType getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T, Qualifiers &Quals);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given types are equivalent after
+  /// cvr-qualifiers have been removed.
+  bool hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType T1, QualType T2) const {
+    return getCanonicalType(T1).getTypePtr() ==
+           getCanonicalType(T2).getTypePtr();
+  }
+
+  bool UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2);
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieves the "canonical" nested name specifier for a
+  /// given nested name specifier.
+  ///
+  /// The canonical nested name specifier is a nested name specifier
+  /// that uniquely identifies a type or namespace within the type
+  /// system. For example, given:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// namespace N {
+  ///   struct S {
+  ///     template<typename T> struct X { typename T* type; };
+  ///   };
+  /// }
+  ///
+  /// template<typename T> struct Y {
+  ///   typename N::S::X<T>::type member;
+  /// };
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// Here, the nested-name-specifier for N::S::X<T>:: will be
+  /// S::X<template-param-0-0>, since 'S' and 'X' are uniquely defined
+  /// by declarations in the type system and the canonical type for
+  /// the template type parameter 'T' is template-param-0-0.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *
+  getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the default calling convention to use for
+  /// C++ instance methods.
+  CallingConv getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the canonical representation of the given
+  /// calling convention.
+  CallingConv getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether two calling conventions name the same
+  /// calling convention.
+  bool isSameCallConv(CallingConv lcc, CallingConv rcc) {
+    return (getCanonicalCallConv(lcc) == getCanonicalCallConv(rcc));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the "canonical" template name that refers to a
+  /// given template.
+  ///
+  /// The canonical template name is the simplest expression that can
+  /// be used to refer to a given template. For most templates, this
+  /// expression is just the template declaration itself. For example,
+  /// the template std::vector can be referred to via a variety of
+  /// names---std::vector, \::std::vector, vector (if vector is in
+  /// scope), etc.---but all of these names map down to the same
+  /// TemplateDecl, which is used to form the canonical template name.
+  ///
+  /// Dependent template names are more interesting. Here, the
+  /// template name could be something like T::template apply or
+  /// std::allocator<T>::template rebind, where the nested name
+  /// specifier itself is dependent. In this case, the canonical
+  /// template name uses the shortest form of the dependent
+  /// nested-name-specifier, which itself contains all canonical
+  /// types, values, and templates.
+  TemplateName getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given template names refer to the same
+  /// template.
+  bool hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y);
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the "canonical" template argument.
+  ///
+  /// The canonical template argument is the simplest template argument
+  /// (which may be a type, value, expression, or declaration) that
+  /// expresses the value of the argument.
+  TemplateArgument getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg)
+    const;
+
+  /// Type Query functions.  If the type is an instance of the specified class,
+  /// return the Type pointer for the underlying maximally pretty type.  This
+  /// is a member of ASTContext because this may need to do some amount of
+  /// canonicalization, e.g. to move type qualifiers into the element type.
+  const ArrayType *getAsArrayType(QualType T) const;
+  const ConstantArrayType *getAsConstantArrayType(QualType T) const {
+    return dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(getAsArrayType(T));
+  }
+  const VariableArrayType *getAsVariableArrayType(QualType T) const {
+    return dyn_cast_or_null<VariableArrayType>(getAsArrayType(T));
+  }
+  const IncompleteArrayType *getAsIncompleteArrayType(QualType T) const {
+    return dyn_cast_or_null<IncompleteArrayType>(getAsArrayType(T));
+  }
+  const DependentSizedArrayType *getAsDependentSizedArrayType(QualType T)
+    const {
+    return dyn_cast_or_null<DependentSizedArrayType>(getAsArrayType(T));
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Return the innermost element type of an array type.
+  ///
+  /// For example, will return "int" for int[m][n]
+  QualType getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *VAT) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the innermost element type of a type (which needn't
+  /// actually be an array type).
+  QualType getBaseElementType(QualType QT) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return number of constant array elements.
+  uint64_t getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const;
+
+  /// \brief Perform adjustment on the parameter type of a function.
+  ///
+  /// This routine adjusts the given parameter type @p T to the actual
+  /// parameter type used by semantic analysis (C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8],
+  /// C++ [dcl.fct]p3). The adjusted parameter type is returned.
+  QualType getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the parameter type as adjusted for use in the signature
+  /// of a function, decaying array and function types and removing top-level
+  /// cv-qualifiers.
+  QualType getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Return the properly qualified result of decaying the specified
+  /// array type to a pointer.
+  ///
+  /// This operation is non-trivial when handling typedefs etc.  The canonical
+  /// type of \p T must be an array type, this returns a pointer to a properly
+  /// qualified element of the array.
+  ///
+  /// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
+  QualType getArrayDecayedType(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the type that \p PromotableType will promote to: C99
+  /// 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that \p PromotableType is a promotable integer type.
+  QualType getPromotedIntegerType(QualType PromotableType) const;
+
+  /// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an Objective-C
+  /// retainable type and returns its ownership.
+  Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
+  /// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
+  ///
+  /// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
+  /// promotion occurs.
+  QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the highest ranked integer type, see C99 6.3.1.8p1. 
+  ///
+  /// If \p LHS > \p RHS, returns 1.  If \p LHS == \p RHS, returns 0.  If
+  /// \p LHS < \p RHS, return -1.
+  int getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const;
+
+  /// \brief Compare the rank of the two specified floating point types,
+  /// ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == '_Complex double').
+  ///
+  /// If \p LHS > \p RHS, returns 1.  If \p LHS == \p RHS, returns 0.  If
+  /// \p LHS < \p RHS, return -1.
+  int getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return a real floating point or a complex type (based on
+  /// \p typeDomain/\p typeSize).
+  ///
+  /// \param typeDomain a real floating point or complex type.
+  /// \param typeSize a real floating point or complex type.
+  QualType getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType typeSize,
+                                             QualType typeDomain) const;
+
+  unsigned getTargetAddressSpace(QualType T) const {
+    return getTargetAddressSpace(T.getQualifiers());
+  }
+
+  unsigned getTargetAddressSpace(Qualifiers Q) const {
+    return getTargetAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace());
+  }
+
+  unsigned getTargetAddressSpace(unsigned AS) const {
+    if (AS < LangAS::Offset || AS >= LangAS::Offset + LangAS::Count)
+      return AS;
+    else
+      return (*AddrSpaceMap)[AS - LangAS::Offset];
+  }
+
+private:
+  // Helper for integer ordering
+  unsigned getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const;
+
+public:
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                    Type Compatibility Predicates
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// Compatibility predicates used to check assignment expressions.
+  bool typesAreCompatible(QualType T1, QualType T2, 
+                          bool CompareUnqualified = false); // C99 6.2.7p1
+
+  bool propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType, QualType); 
+  bool typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType, QualType); 
+
+  bool isObjCIdType(QualType T) const {
+    return T == getObjCIdType();
+  }
+  bool isObjCClassType(QualType T) const {
+    return T == getObjCClassType();
+  }
+  bool isObjCSelType(QualType T) const {
+    return T == getObjCSelType();
+  }
+  bool QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType LHS, QualType RHS);
+  bool ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
+                                         bool ForCompare);
+
+  bool ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS);
+  
+  // Check the safety of assignment from LHS to RHS
+  bool canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
+                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT);
+  bool canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
+                               const ObjCObjectType *RHS);
+  bool canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
+                                          const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
+                                          const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
+                                          bool BlockReturnType);
+  bool areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS);
+  QualType areCommonBaseCompatible(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
+                                   const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT);
+  bool canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From);
+
+  // Functions for calculating composite types
+  QualType mergeTypes(QualType, QualType, bool OfBlockPointer=false,
+                      bool Unqualified = false, bool BlockReturnType = false);
+  QualType mergeFunctionTypes(QualType, QualType, bool OfBlockPointer=false,
+                              bool Unqualified = false);
+  QualType mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType, QualType,
+                                      bool OfBlockPointer=false,
+                                      bool Unqualified = false);
+  QualType mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType, QualType,
+                                     bool OfBlockPointer=false,
+                                     bool Unqualified = false);
+  
+  QualType mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType, QualType);
+    
+  bool FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(
+         const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType,
+         const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType);
+
+  void ResetObjCLayout(const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) {
+    ObjCLayouts[CD] = 0;
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                    Integer Predicates
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  // The width of an integer, as defined in C99 6.2.6.2. This is the number
+  // of bits in an integer type excluding any padding bits.
+  unsigned getIntWidth(QualType T) const;
+
+  // Per C99 6.2.5p6, for every signed integer type, there is a corresponding
+  // unsigned integer type.  This method takes a signed type, and returns the
+  // corresponding unsigned integer type.
+  QualType getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const;
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                    Type Iterators.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<Type *>::iterator       type_iterator;
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<Type *>::const_iterator const_type_iterator;
+
+  type_iterator types_begin() { return Types.begin(); }
+  type_iterator types_end() { return Types.end(); }
+  const_type_iterator types_begin() const { return Types.begin(); }
+  const_type_iterator types_end() const { return Types.end(); }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                    Integer Values
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Make an APSInt of the appropriate width and signedness for the
+  /// given \p Value and integer \p Type.
+  llvm::APSInt MakeIntValue(uint64_t Value, QualType Type) const {
+    llvm::APSInt Res(getIntWidth(Type), 
+                     !Type->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
+    Res = Value;
+    return Res;
+  }
+
+  bool isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E);
+
+  /// \brief Get the implementation of the ObjCInterfaceDecl \p D, or NULL if
+  /// none exists.
+  ObjCImplementationDecl *getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D);
+  /// \brief Get the implementation of the ObjCCategoryDecl \p D, or NULL if
+  /// none exists.
+  ObjCCategoryImplDecl   *getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Return true if there is at least one \@implementation in the TU.
+  bool AnyObjCImplementation() {
+    return !ObjCImpls.empty();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
+  void setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
+                             ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
+  /// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
+  void setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
+                             ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD);
+
+  /// \brief Get the duplicate declaration of a ObjCMethod in the same
+  /// interface, or null if none exists.
+  const ObjCMethodDecl *getObjCMethodRedeclaration(
+                                               const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) const {
+    return ObjCMethodRedecls.lookup(MD);
+  }
+
+  void setObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
+                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *Redecl) {
+    assert(!getObjCMethodRedeclaration(MD) && "MD already has a redeclaration");
+    ObjCMethodRedecls[MD] = Redecl;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the Objective-C interface that \p ND belongs to if it is
+  /// an Objective-C method/property/ivar etc. that is part of an interface,
+  /// otherwise returns null.
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjContainingInterface(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
+  void setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init);
+  /// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of the VarDecl \p VD, or
+  /// NULL if none exists.
+  Expr *getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl* VD);
+
+  /// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
+  ///
+  /// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
+  /// the TypeLoc wrappers.
+  ///
+  /// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
+  /// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
+  /// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
+  ///
+  /// \param Size the size of the type info to create, or 0 if the size
+  /// should be calculated based on the type.
+  TypeSourceInfo *CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, unsigned Size = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief Allocate a TypeSourceInfo where all locations have been
+  /// initialized to a given location, which defaults to the empty
+  /// location.
+  TypeSourceInfo *
+  getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 
+                           SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()) const;
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getNullTypeSourceInfo() { return &NullTypeSourceInfo; }
+
+  /// \brief Add a deallocation callback that will be invoked when the 
+  /// ASTContext is destroyed.
+  ///
+  /// \param Callback A callback function that will be invoked on destruction.
+  ///
+  /// \param Data Pointer data that will be provided to the callback function
+  /// when it is called.
+  void AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data);
+
+  GVALinkage GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD);
+  GVALinkage GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD);
+
+  /// \brief Determines if the decl can be CodeGen'ed or deserialized from PCH
+  /// lazily, only when used; this is only relevant for function or file scoped
+  /// var definitions.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the function/var must be CodeGen'ed/deserialized even if
+  /// it is not used.
+  bool DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D);
+
+  void addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag);
+  int getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the lambda mangling number for a lambda expression.
+  unsigned getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
+  
+  /// \brief Used by ParmVarDecl to store on the side the
+  /// index of the parameter when it exceeds the size of the normal bitfield.
+  void setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned index);
+
+  /// \brief Used by ParmVarDecl to retrieve on the side the
+  /// index of the parameter when it exceeds the size of the normal bitfield.
+  unsigned getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const;
+  
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                    Statistics
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared default constructors.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
+  
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared default constructors for 
+  /// which declarations were built.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
+
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared copy constructors.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
+  
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared copy constructors for 
+  /// which declarations were built.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
+
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared move constructors.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
+
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared move constructors for
+  /// which declarations were built.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
+
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared copy assignment operators.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
+  
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared copy assignment operators for 
+  /// which declarations were built.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
+
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared move assignment operators.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
+  
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared move assignment operators for 
+  /// which declarations were built.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
+
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared destructors.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitDestructors;
+  
+  /// \brief The number of implicitly-declared destructors for which 
+  /// declarations were built.
+  static unsigned NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
+  
+private:
+  ASTContext(const ASTContext &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const ASTContext &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Initialize built-in types.
+  ///
+  /// This routine may only be invoked once for a given ASTContext object.
+  /// It is normally invoked by the ASTContext constructor. However, the
+  /// constructor can be asked to delay initialization, which places the burden
+  /// of calling this function on the user of that object.
+  ///
+  /// \param Target The target 
+  void InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target);
+  
+private:
+  void InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K);
+
+  // Return the Objective-C type encoding for a given type.
+  void getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType t, std::string &S,
+                                  bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
+                                  bool ExpandStructures,
+                                  const FieldDecl *Field,
+                                  bool OutermostType = false,
+                                  bool EncodingProperty = false,
+                                  bool StructField = false,
+                                  bool EncodeBlockParameters = false,
+                                  bool EncodeClassNames = false,
+                                  bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef = false) const;
+
+  // Adds the encoding of the structure's members.
+  void getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RD, std::string &S,
+                                       const FieldDecl *Field,
+                                       bool includeVBases = true) const;
+
+  // Adds the encoding of a method parameter or return type.
+  void getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
+                                         QualType T, std::string& S,
+                                         bool Extended) const;
+
+  const ASTRecordLayout &
+  getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
+                const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) const;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief A set of deallocations that should be performed when the 
+  /// ASTContext is destroyed.
+  SmallVector<std::pair<void (*)(void*), void *>, 16> Deallocations;
+                                       
+  // FIXME: This currently contains the set of StoredDeclMaps used
+  // by DeclContext objects.  This probably should not be in ASTContext,
+  // but we include it here so that ASTContext can quickly deallocate them.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<StoredDeclsMap*,1> LastSDM;
+
+  /// \brief A counter used to uniquely identify "blocks".
+  mutable unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID;
+  
+  friend class DeclContext;
+  friend class DeclarationNameTable;
+  void ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
+
+  /// \brief A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their
+  /// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor.
+  ///
+  /// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST
+  /// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context)
+  /// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes.
+  class ParentMapASTVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> {
+  public:
+    /// \brief Builds and returns the translation unit's parent map.
+    ///
+    ///  The caller takes ownership of the returned \c ParentMap.
+    static ParentMap *buildMap(TranslationUnitDecl &TU) {
+      ParentMapASTVisitor Visitor(new ParentMap);
+      Visitor.TraverseDecl(&TU);
+      return Visitor.Parents;
+    }
+
+  private:
+    typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> VisitorBase;
+
+    ParentMapASTVisitor(ParentMap *Parents) : Parents(Parents) {
+    }
+
+    bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const {
+      return true;
+    }
+    bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const {
+      return true;
+    }
+    // Disables data recursion. We intercept Traverse* methods in the RAV, which
+    // are not triggered during data recursion.
+    bool shouldUseDataRecursionFor(clang::Stmt *S) const {
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    template <typename T>
+    bool TraverseNode(T *Node, bool(VisitorBase:: *traverse) (T *)) {
+      if (Node == NULL)
+        return true;
+      if (ParentStack.size() > 0)
+        // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, for example
+        // when we visit all subexpressions of template instantiations; this is
+        // suboptimal, bug benign: the only way to visit those is with
+        // hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create new matches.
+        // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash
+        // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions /
+        // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that
+        // do not have pointer identity.
+        (*Parents)[Node].push_back(ParentStack.back());
+      ParentStack.push_back(ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node));
+      bool Result = (this ->* traverse) (Node);
+      ParentStack.pop_back();
+      return Result;
+    }
+
+    bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) {
+      return TraverseNode(DeclNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseDecl);
+    }
+
+    bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) {
+      return TraverseNode(StmtNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseStmt);
+    }
+
+    ParentMap *Parents;
+    llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 16> ParentStack;
+
+    friend class RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor>;
+  };
+
+  llvm::OwningPtr<ParentMap> AllParents;
+};
+
+/// \brief Utility function for constructing a nullary selector.
+static inline Selector GetNullarySelector(StringRef name, ASTContext& Ctx) {
+  IdentifierInfo* II = &Ctx.Idents.get(name);
+  return Ctx.Selectors.getSelector(0, &II);
+}
+
+/// \brief Utility function for constructing an unary selector.
+static inline Selector GetUnarySelector(StringRef name, ASTContext& Ctx) {
+  IdentifierInfo* II = &Ctx.Idents.get(name);
+  return Ctx.Selectors.getSelector(1, &II);
+}
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+// operator new and delete aren't allowed inside namespaces.
+
+/// @brief Placement new for using the ASTContext's allocator.
+///
+/// This placement form of operator new uses the ASTContext's allocator for
+/// obtaining memory.
+///
+/// IMPORTANT: These are also declared in clang/AST/AttrIterator.h! Any changes
+/// here need to also be made there.
+///
+/// We intentionally avoid using a nothrow specification here so that the calls
+/// to this operator will not perform a null check on the result -- the
+/// underlying allocator never returns null pointers.
+///
+/// Usage looks like this (assuming there's an ASTContext 'Context' in scope):
+/// @code
+/// // Default alignment (8)
+/// IntegerLiteral *Ex = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(arguments);
+/// // Specific alignment
+/// IntegerLiteral *Ex2 = new (Context, 4) IntegerLiteral(arguments);
+/// @endcode
+/// Please note that you cannot use delete on the pointer; it must be
+/// deallocated using an explicit destructor call followed by
+/// @c Context.Deallocate(Ptr).
+///
+/// @param Bytes The number of bytes to allocate. Calculated by the compiler.
+/// @param C The ASTContext that provides the allocator.
+/// @param Alignment The alignment of the allocated memory (if the underlying
+///                  allocator supports it).
+/// @return The allocated memory. Could be NULL.
+inline void *operator new(size_t Bytes, const clang::ASTContext &C,
+                          size_t Alignment) {
+  return C.Allocate(Bytes, Alignment);
+}
+/// @brief Placement delete companion to the new above.
+///
+/// This operator is just a companion to the new above. There is no way of
+/// invoking it directly; see the new operator for more details. This operator
+/// is called implicitly by the compiler if a placement new expression using
+/// the ASTContext throws in the object constructor.
+inline void operator delete(void *Ptr, const clang::ASTContext &C, size_t) {
+  C.Deallocate(Ptr);
+}
+
+/// This placement form of operator new[] uses the ASTContext's allocator for
+/// obtaining memory.
+///
+/// We intentionally avoid using a nothrow specification here so that the calls
+/// to this operator will not perform a null check on the result -- the
+/// underlying allocator never returns null pointers.
+///
+/// Usage looks like this (assuming there's an ASTContext 'Context' in scope):
+/// @code
+/// // Default alignment (8)
+/// char *data = new (Context) char[10];
+/// // Specific alignment
+/// char *data = new (Context, 4) char[10];
+/// @endcode
+/// Please note that you cannot use delete on the pointer; it must be
+/// deallocated using an explicit destructor call followed by
+/// @c Context.Deallocate(Ptr).
+///
+/// @param Bytes The number of bytes to allocate. Calculated by the compiler.
+/// @param C The ASTContext that provides the allocator.
+/// @param Alignment The alignment of the allocated memory (if the underlying
+///                  allocator supports it).
+/// @return The allocated memory. Could be NULL.
+inline void *operator new[](size_t Bytes, const clang::ASTContext& C,
+                            size_t Alignment = 8) {
+  return C.Allocate(Bytes, Alignment);
+}
+
+/// @brief Placement delete[] companion to the new[] above.
+///
+/// This operator is just a companion to the new[] above. There is no way of
+/// invoking it directly; see the new[] operator for more details. This operator
+/// is called implicitly by the compiler if a placement new[] expression using
+/// the ASTContext throws in the object constructor.
+inline void operator delete[](void *Ptr, const clang::ASTContext &C, size_t) {
+  C.Deallocate(Ptr);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64e955e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+//===--- ASTDiagnostic.h - Diagnostics for the AST library ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICAST_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICAST_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace diag {
+    enum {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,FLAGS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,\
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER,CATEGORY) ENUM,
+#define ASTSTART
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticASTKinds.inc"
+#undef DIAG
+      NUM_BUILTIN_AST_DIAGNOSTICS
+    };
+  }  // end namespace diag
+  
+  /// \brief DiagnosticsEngine argument formatting function for diagnostics that
+  /// involve AST nodes.
+  ///
+  /// This function formats diagnostic arguments for various AST nodes, 
+  /// including types, declaration names, nested name specifiers, and
+  /// declaration contexts, into strings that can be printed as part of
+  /// diagnostics. It is meant to be used as the argument to
+  /// \c DiagnosticsEngine::SetArgToStringFn(), where the cookie is an \c
+  /// ASTContext pointer.
+  void FormatASTNodeDiagnosticArgument(
+      DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind Kind,
+      intptr_t Val,
+      const char *Modifier,
+      unsigned ModLen,
+      const char *Argument,
+      unsigned ArgLen,
+      const DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentValue *PrevArgs,
+      unsigned NumPrevArgs,
+      SmallVectorImpl<char> &Output,
+      void *Cookie,
+      ArrayRef<intptr_t> QualTypeVals);
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTImporter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTImporter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1672ab2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTImporter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+//===--- ASTImporter.h - Importing ASTs from other Contexts -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ASTImporter class which imports AST nodes from one
+//  context into another context.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTIMPORTER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTIMPORTER_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class Decl;
+  class DeclContext;
+  class DiagnosticsEngine;
+  class Expr;
+  class FileManager;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class NestedNameSpecifier;
+  class Stmt;
+  class TypeSourceInfo;
+  
+  /// \brief Imports selected nodes from one AST context into another context,
+  /// merging AST nodes where appropriate.
+  class ASTImporter {
+  public:
+    typedef llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, Decl *> > NonEquivalentDeclSet;
+    
+  private:
+    /// \brief The contexts we're importing to and from.
+    ASTContext &ToContext, &FromContext;
+    
+    /// \brief The file managers we're importing to and from.
+    FileManager &ToFileManager, &FromFileManager;
+
+    /// \brief Whether to perform a minimal import.
+    bool Minimal;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the last diagnostic came from the "from" context.
+    bool LastDiagFromFrom;
+    
+    /// \brief Mapping from the already-imported types in the "from" context
+    /// to the corresponding types in the "to" context.
+    llvm::DenseMap<const Type *, const Type *> ImportedTypes;
+    
+    /// \brief Mapping from the already-imported declarations in the "from"
+    /// context to the corresponding declarations in the "to" context.
+    llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, Decl *> ImportedDecls;
+
+    /// \brief Mapping from the already-imported statements in the "from"
+    /// context to the corresponding statements in the "to" context.
+    llvm::DenseMap<Stmt *, Stmt *> ImportedStmts;
+
+    /// \brief Mapping from the already-imported FileIDs in the "from" source
+    /// manager to the corresponding FileIDs in the "to" source manager.
+    llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileID> ImportedFileIDs;
+    
+    /// \brief Imported, anonymous tag declarations that are missing their 
+    /// corresponding typedefs.
+    SmallVector<TagDecl *, 4> AnonTagsWithPendingTypedefs;
+    
+    /// \brief Declaration (from, to) pairs that are known not to be equivalent
+    /// (which we have already complained about).
+    NonEquivalentDeclSet NonEquivalentDecls;
+    
+  public:
+    /// \brief Create a new AST importer.
+    ///
+    /// \param ToContext The context we'll be importing into.
+    ///
+    /// \param ToFileManager The file manager we'll be importing into.
+    ///
+    /// \param FromContext The context we'll be importing from.
+    ///
+    /// \param FromFileManager The file manager we'll be importing into.
+    ///
+    /// \param MinimalImport If true, the importer will attempt to import
+    /// as little as it can, e.g., by importing declarations as forward
+    /// declarations that can be completed at a later point.
+    ASTImporter(ASTContext &ToContext, FileManager &ToFileManager,
+                ASTContext &FromContext, FileManager &FromFileManager,
+                bool MinimalImport);
+    
+    virtual ~ASTImporter();
+    
+    /// \brief Whether the importer will perform a minimal import, creating
+    /// to-be-completed forward declarations when possible.
+    bool isMinimalImport() const { return Minimal; }
+    
+    /// \brief Import the given type from the "from" context into the "to"
+    /// context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent type in the "to" context, or a NULL type if
+    /// an error occurred.
+    QualType Import(QualType FromT);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given type source information from the
+    /// "from" context into the "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent type source information in the "to"
+    /// context, or NULL if an error occurred.
+    TypeSourceInfo *Import(TypeSourceInfo *FromTSI);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given declaration from the "from" context into the 
+    /// "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent declaration in the "to" context, or a NULL type 
+    /// if an error occurred.
+    Decl *Import(Decl *FromD);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given declaration context from the "from"
+    /// AST context into the "to" AST context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent declaration context in the "to"
+    /// context, or a NULL type if an error occurred.
+    DeclContext *ImportContext(DeclContext *FromDC);
+    
+    /// \brief Import the given expression from the "from" context into the
+    /// "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent expression in the "to" context, or NULL if
+    /// an error occurred.
+    Expr *Import(Expr *FromE);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given statement from the "from" context into the
+    /// "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent statement in the "to" context, or NULL if
+    /// an error occurred.
+    Stmt *Import(Stmt *FromS);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given nested-name-specifier from the "from"
+    /// context into the "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent nested-name-specifier in the "to"
+    /// context, or NULL if an error occurred.
+    NestedNameSpecifier *Import(NestedNameSpecifier *FromNNS);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given nested-name-specifier from the "from"
+    /// context into the "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent nested-name-specifier in the "to"
+    /// context.
+    NestedNameSpecifierLoc Import(NestedNameSpecifierLoc FromNNS);
+
+    /// \brief Import the goven template name from the "from" context into the
+    /// "to" context.
+    TemplateName Import(TemplateName From);
+    
+    /// \brief Import the given source location from the "from" context into
+    /// the "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent source location in the "to" context, or an
+    /// invalid source location if an error occurred.
+    SourceLocation Import(SourceLocation FromLoc);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given source range from the "from" context into
+    /// the "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent source range in the "to" context, or an
+    /// invalid source location if an error occurred.
+    SourceRange Import(SourceRange FromRange);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given declaration name from the "from"
+    /// context into the "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent declaration name in the "to" context,
+    /// or an empty declaration name if an error occurred.
+    DeclarationName Import(DeclarationName FromName);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given identifier from the "from" context
+    /// into the "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent identifier in the "to" context.
+    IdentifierInfo *Import(const IdentifierInfo *FromId);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given Objective-C selector from the "from"
+    /// context into the "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent selector in the "to" context.
+    Selector Import(Selector FromSel);
+
+    /// \brief Import the given file ID from the "from" context into the 
+    /// "to" context.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the equivalent file ID in the source manager of the "to"
+    /// context.
+    FileID Import(FileID);
+    
+    /// \brief Import the definition of the given declaration, including all of
+    /// the declarations it contains.
+    ///
+    /// This routine is intended to be used 
+    void ImportDefinition(Decl *From);
+
+    /// \brief Cope with a name conflict when importing a declaration into the
+    /// given context.
+    ///
+    /// This routine is invoked whenever there is a name conflict while 
+    /// importing a declaration. The returned name will become the name of the
+    /// imported declaration. By default, the returned name is the same as the
+    /// original name, leaving the conflict unresolve such that name lookup
+    /// for this name is likely to find an ambiguity later.
+    ///
+    /// Subclasses may override this routine to resolve the conflict, e.g., by
+    /// renaming the declaration being imported.
+    ///
+    /// \param Name the name of the declaration being imported, which conflicts
+    /// with other declarations.
+    ///
+    /// \param DC the declaration context (in the "to" AST context) in which 
+    /// the name is being imported.
+    ///
+    /// \param IDNS the identifier namespace in which the name will be found.
+    ///
+    /// \param Decls the set of declarations with the same name as the
+    /// declaration being imported.
+    ///
+    /// \param NumDecls the number of conflicting declarations in \p Decls.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the name that the newly-imported declaration should have.
+    virtual DeclarationName HandleNameConflict(DeclarationName Name,
+                                               DeclContext *DC,
+                                               unsigned IDNS,
+                                               NamedDecl **Decls,
+                                               unsigned NumDecls);
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the context that AST nodes are being imported into.
+    ASTContext &getToContext() const { return ToContext; }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the context that AST nodes are being imported from.
+    ASTContext &getFromContext() const { return FromContext; }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the file manager that AST nodes are being imported into.
+    FileManager &getToFileManager() const { return ToFileManager; }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the file manager that AST nodes are being imported from.
+    FileManager &getFromFileManager() const { return FromFileManager; }
+    
+    /// \brief Report a diagnostic in the "to" context.
+    DiagnosticBuilder ToDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
+    
+    /// \brief Report a diagnostic in the "from" context.
+    DiagnosticBuilder FromDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
+    
+    /// \brief Return the set of declarations that we know are not equivalent.
+    NonEquivalentDeclSet &getNonEquivalentDecls() { return NonEquivalentDecls; }
+
+    /// \brief Called for ObjCInterfaceDecl, ObjCProtocolDecl, and TagDecl.
+    /// Mark the Decl as complete, filling it in as much as possible.
+    ///
+    /// \param D A declaration in the "to" context.
+    virtual void CompleteDecl(Decl* D);
+    
+    /// \brief Note that we have imported the "from" declaration by mapping it
+    /// to the (potentially-newly-created) "to" declaration.
+    ///
+    /// Subclasses can override this function to observe all of the \c From ->
+    /// \c To declaration mappings as they are imported.
+    virtual Decl *Imported(Decl *From, Decl *To);
+    
+    /// \brief Determine whether the given types are structurally
+    /// equivalent.
+    bool IsStructurallyEquivalent(QualType From, QualType To,
+                                  bool Complain = true);
+  };
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTIMPORTER_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b70285
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+//===--- ASTMutationListener.h - AST Mutation Interface --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ASTMutationListener interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTMUTATIONLISTENER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTMUTATIONLISTENER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class CXXRecordDecl;
+  class ClassTemplateDecl;
+  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
+  class Decl;
+  class DeclContext;
+  class FunctionDecl;
+  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
+  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
+  class ObjCContainerDecl;
+  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
+  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
+  class TagDecl;
+  class VarDecl;
+
+/// \brief An abstract interface that should be implemented by listeners
+/// that want to be notified when an AST entity gets modified after its
+/// initial creation.
+class ASTMutationListener {
+public:
+  virtual ~ASTMutationListener();
+
+  /// \brief A new TagDecl definition was completed.
+  virtual void CompletedTagDefinition(const TagDecl *D) { }
+
+  /// \brief A new declaration with name has been added to a DeclContext.
+  virtual void AddedVisibleDecl(const DeclContext *DC, const Decl *D) {}
+
+  /// \brief An implicit member was added after the definition was completed.
+  virtual void AddedCXXImplicitMember(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, const Decl *D) {}
+
+  /// \brief A template specialization (or partial one) was added to the
+  /// template declaration.
+  virtual void AddedCXXTemplateSpecialization(const ClassTemplateDecl *TD,
+                                    const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) {}
+
+  /// \brief A template specialization (or partial one) was added to the
+  /// template declaration.
+  virtual void AddedCXXTemplateSpecialization(const FunctionTemplateDecl *TD,
+                                              const FunctionDecl *D) {}
+
+  /// \brief An implicit member got a definition.
+  virtual void CompletedImplicitDefinition(const FunctionDecl *D) {}
+
+  /// \brief A static data member was implicitly instantiated.
+  virtual void StaticDataMemberInstantiated(const VarDecl *D) {}
+
+  /// \brief A new objc category class was added for an interface.
+  virtual void AddedObjCCategoryToInterface(const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
+                                            const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD) {}
+
+  /// \brief A objc class extension redeclared or introduced a property.
+  ///
+  /// \param Prop the property in the class extension
+  ///
+  /// \param OrigProp the property from the original interface that was declared
+  /// or null if the property was introduced.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassExt the class extension.
+  virtual void AddedObjCPropertyInClassExtension(const ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop,
+                                            const ObjCPropertyDecl *OrigProp,
+                                            const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClassExt) {}
+
+  // NOTE: If new methods are added they should also be added to
+  // MultiplexASTMutationListener.
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTTypeTraits.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTTypeTraits.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4688b12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTTypeTraits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+//===--- ASTTypeTraits.h ----------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  Provides a dynamically typed node container that can be used to store
+//  an AST base node at runtime in the same storage in a type safe way.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_AST_TYPE_TRAITS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_AST_TYPE_TRAITS_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/AlignOf.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ast_type_traits {
+
+/// \brief A dynamically typed AST node container.
+///
+/// Stores an AST node in a type safe way. This allows writing code that
+/// works with different kinds of AST nodes, despite the fact that they don't
+/// have a common base class.
+///
+/// Use \c create(Node) to create a \c DynTypedNode from an AST node,
+/// and \c get<T>() to retrieve the node as type T if the types match.
+///
+/// See \c NodeTypeTag for which node base types are currently supported;
+/// You can create DynTypedNodes for all nodes in the inheritance hierarchy of
+/// the supported base types.
+class DynTypedNode {
+public:
+  /// \brief Creates a \c DynTypedNode from \c Node.
+  template <typename T>
+  static DynTypedNode create(const T &Node) {
+    return BaseConverter<T>::create(Node);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the stored node as type \c T.
+  ///
+  /// Returns NULL if the stored node does not have a type that is
+  /// convertible to \c T.
+  ///
+  /// For types that have identity via their pointer in the AST
+  /// (like \c Stmt and \c Decl) the returned pointer points to the
+  /// referenced AST node.
+  /// For other types (like \c QualType) the value is stored directly
+  /// in the \c DynTypedNode, and the returned pointer points at
+  /// the storage inside DynTypedNode. For those nodes, do not
+  /// use the pointer outside the scope of the DynTypedNode.
+  template <typename T>
+  const T *get() const {
+    return BaseConverter<T>::get(Tag, Storage.buffer);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns a pointer that identifies the stored AST node.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this is not supported by all AST nodes. For AST nodes
+  /// that don't have a pointer-defined identity inside the AST, this
+  /// method returns NULL.
+  const void *getMemoizationData() const;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Takes care of converting from and to \c T.
+  template <typename T, typename EnablerT = void> struct BaseConverter;
+
+  /// \brief Supported base node types.
+  enum NodeTypeTag {
+    NT_Decl,
+    NT_Stmt,
+    NT_NestedNameSpecifier,
+    NT_NestedNameSpecifierLoc,
+    NT_QualType,
+    NT_Type,
+    NT_TypeLoc
+  } Tag;
+
+  /// \brief Stores the data of the node.
+  ///
+  /// Note that we can store \c Decls and \c Stmts by pointer as they are
+  /// guaranteed to be unique pointers pointing to dedicated storage in the
+  /// AST. \c QualTypes on the other hand do not have storage or unique
+  /// pointers and thus need to be stored by value.
+  llvm::AlignedCharArrayUnion<Decl *, Stmt *, NestedNameSpecifier,
+                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc, QualType, Type,
+                              TypeLoc> Storage;
+};
+
+// FIXME: Pull out abstraction for the following.
+template<typename T> struct DynTypedNode::BaseConverter<T,
+    typename llvm::enable_if<llvm::is_base_of<Decl, T> >::type> {
+  static const T *get(NodeTypeTag Tag, const char Storage[]) {
+    if (Tag == NT_Decl)
+      return dyn_cast<T>(*reinterpret_cast<Decl*const*>(Storage));
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  static DynTypedNode create(const Decl &Node) {
+    DynTypedNode Result;
+    Result.Tag = NT_Decl;
+    new (Result.Storage.buffer) const Decl*(&Node);
+    return Result;
+  }
+};
+template<typename T> struct DynTypedNode::BaseConverter<T,
+    typename llvm::enable_if<llvm::is_base_of<Stmt, T> >::type> {
+  static const T *get(NodeTypeTag Tag, const char Storage[]) {
+    if (Tag == NT_Stmt)
+      return dyn_cast<T>(*reinterpret_cast<Stmt*const*>(Storage));
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  static DynTypedNode create(const Stmt &Node) {
+    DynTypedNode Result;
+    Result.Tag = NT_Stmt;
+    new (Result.Storage.buffer) const Stmt*(&Node);
+    return Result;
+  }
+};
+template<typename T> struct DynTypedNode::BaseConverter<T,
+    typename llvm::enable_if<llvm::is_base_of<Type, T> >::type> {
+  static const T *get(NodeTypeTag Tag, const char Storage[]) {
+    if (Tag == NT_Type)
+      return dyn_cast<T>(*reinterpret_cast<Type*const*>(Storage));
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  static DynTypedNode create(const Type &Node) {
+    DynTypedNode Result;
+    Result.Tag = NT_Type;
+    new (Result.Storage.buffer) const Type*(&Node);
+    return Result;
+  }
+};
+template<> struct DynTypedNode::BaseConverter<NestedNameSpecifier, void> {
+  static const NestedNameSpecifier *get(NodeTypeTag Tag, const char Storage[]) {
+    if (Tag == NT_NestedNameSpecifier)
+      return *reinterpret_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*const*>(Storage);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  static DynTypedNode create(const NestedNameSpecifier &Node) {
+    DynTypedNode Result;
+    Result.Tag = NT_NestedNameSpecifier;
+    new (Result.Storage.buffer) const NestedNameSpecifier*(&Node);
+    return Result;
+  }
+};
+template<> struct DynTypedNode::BaseConverter<NestedNameSpecifierLoc, void> {
+  static const NestedNameSpecifierLoc *get(NodeTypeTag Tag,
+                                           const char Storage[]) {
+    if (Tag == NT_NestedNameSpecifierLoc)
+      return reinterpret_cast<const NestedNameSpecifierLoc*>(Storage);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  static DynTypedNode create(const NestedNameSpecifierLoc &Node) {
+    DynTypedNode Result;
+    Result.Tag = NT_NestedNameSpecifierLoc;
+    new (Result.Storage.buffer) NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Node);
+    return Result;
+  }
+};
+template<> struct DynTypedNode::BaseConverter<QualType, void> {
+  static const QualType *get(NodeTypeTag Tag, const char Storage[]) {
+    if (Tag == NT_QualType)
+      return reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(Storage);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  static DynTypedNode create(const QualType &Node) {
+    DynTypedNode Result;
+    Result.Tag = NT_QualType;
+    new (Result.Storage.buffer) QualType(Node);
+    return Result;
+  }
+};
+template<> struct DynTypedNode::BaseConverter<TypeLoc, void> {
+  static const TypeLoc *get(NodeTypeTag Tag, const char Storage[]) {
+    if (Tag == NT_TypeLoc)
+      return reinterpret_cast<const TypeLoc*>(Storage);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  static DynTypedNode create(const TypeLoc &Node) {
+    DynTypedNode Result;
+    Result.Tag = NT_TypeLoc;
+    new (Result.Storage.buffer) TypeLoc(Node);
+    return Result;
+  }
+};
+// The only operation we allow on unsupported types is \c get.
+// This allows to conveniently use \c DynTypedNode when having an arbitrary
+// AST node that is not supported, but prevents misuse - a user cannot create
+// a DynTypedNode from arbitrary types.
+template <typename T, typename EnablerT> struct DynTypedNode::BaseConverter {
+  static const T *get(NodeTypeTag Tag, const char Storage[]) { return NULL; }
+};
+
+inline const void *DynTypedNode::getMemoizationData() const {
+  switch (Tag) {
+    case NT_Decl: return BaseConverter<Decl>::get(Tag, Storage.buffer);
+    case NT_Stmt: return BaseConverter<Stmt>::get(Tag, Storage.buffer);
+    default: return NULL;
+  };
+}
+
+} // end namespace ast_type_traits
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_AST_TYPE_TRAITS_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTUnresolvedSet.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTUnresolvedSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c709895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTUnresolvedSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+//===-- ASTUnresolvedSet.h - Unresolved sets of declarations  ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file provides an UnresolvedSet-like class, whose contents are
+//  allocated using the allocator associated with an ASTContext.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTUNRESOLVEDSET_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_ASTUNRESOLVEDSET_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTVector.h"
+#include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief An UnresolvedSet-like class which uses the ASTContext's allocator.
+class ASTUnresolvedSet {
+  typedef ASTVector<DeclAccessPair> DeclsTy;
+  DeclsTy Decls;
+
+  ASTUnresolvedSet(const ASTUnresolvedSet &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const ASTUnresolvedSet &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+public:
+  ASTUnresolvedSet() {}
+  ASTUnresolvedSet(ASTContext &C, unsigned N) : Decls(C, N) {}
+
+  typedef UnresolvedSetIterator iterator;
+  typedef UnresolvedSetIterator const_iterator;
+
+  iterator begin() { return iterator(Decls.begin()); }
+  iterator end() { return iterator(Decls.end()); }
+
+  const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(Decls.begin()); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(Decls.end()); }
+
+  void addDecl(ASTContext &C, NamedDecl *D) {
+    addDecl(C, D, AS_none);
+  }
+
+  void addDecl(ASTContext &C, NamedDecl *D, AccessSpecifier AS) {
+    Decls.push_back(DeclAccessPair::make(D, AS), C);
+  }
+
+  /// Replaces the given declaration with the new one, once.
+  ///
+  /// \return true if the set changed
+  bool replace(const NamedDecl* Old, NamedDecl *New) {
+    for (DeclsTy::iterator I = Decls.begin(), E = Decls.end(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (I->getDecl() == Old)
+        return (I->setDecl(New), true);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  void erase(unsigned I) {
+    Decls[I] = Decls.back();
+    Decls.pop_back();
+  }
+
+  void clear() { Decls.clear(); }
+
+  bool empty() const { return Decls.empty(); }
+  unsigned size() const { return Decls.size(); }
+
+  void reserve(ASTContext &C, unsigned N) {
+    Decls.reserve(C, N);
+  }
+
+  void append(ASTContext &C, iterator I, iterator E) {
+    Decls.append(C, I.ir, E.ir);
+  }
+
+  DeclAccessPair &operator[](unsigned I) { return Decls[I]; }
+  const DeclAccessPair &operator[](unsigned I) const { return Decls[I]; }
+};
+  
+} // namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTVector.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..669e50d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ASTVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+//===- ASTVector.h - Vector that uses ASTContext for allocation  --*- C++ -*-=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file provides ASTVector, a vector  ADT whose contents are
+//  allocated using the allocator associated with an ASTContext..
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// FIXME: Most of this is copy-and-paste from BumpVector.h and SmallVector.h.
+// We can refactor this core logic into something common.
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_VECTOR
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_VECTOR
+
+#include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <memory>
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+namespace std {
+#if _MSC_VER <= 1310
+  // Work around flawed VC++ implementation of std::uninitialized_copy.  Define
+  // additional overloads so that elements with pointer types are recognized as
+  // scalars and not objects, causing bizarre type conversion errors.
+  template<class T1, class T2>
+  inline _Scalar_ptr_iterator_tag _Ptr_cat(T1 **, T2 **) {
+    _Scalar_ptr_iterator_tag _Cat;
+    return _Cat;
+  }
+
+  template<class T1, class T2>
+  inline _Scalar_ptr_iterator_tag _Ptr_cat(T1* const *, T2 **) {
+    _Scalar_ptr_iterator_tag _Cat;
+    return _Cat;
+  }
+#else
+  // FIXME: It is not clear if the problem is fixed in VS 2005.  What is clear
+  // is that the above hack won't work if it wasn't fixed.
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+
+template<typename T>
+class ASTVector {
+  T *Begin, *End, *Capacity;
+
+  void setEnd(T *P) { this->End = P; }
+
+public:
+  // Default ctor - Initialize to empty.
+  ASTVector() : Begin(NULL), End(NULL), Capacity(NULL) { }
+
+  ASTVector(ASTContext &C, unsigned N)
+  : Begin(NULL), End(NULL), Capacity(NULL) {
+    reserve(C, N);
+  }
+
+  ~ASTVector() {
+    if (llvm::is_class<T>::value) {
+      // Destroy the constructed elements in the vector.
+      destroy_range(Begin, End);
+    }
+  }
+
+  typedef size_t size_type;
+  typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
+  typedef T value_type;
+  typedef T* iterator;
+  typedef const T* const_iterator;
+
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<const_iterator>  const_reverse_iterator;
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<iterator>  reverse_iterator;
+
+  typedef T& reference;
+  typedef const T& const_reference;
+  typedef T* pointer;
+  typedef const T* const_pointer;
+
+  // forward iterator creation methods.
+  iterator begin() { return Begin; }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Begin; }
+  iterator end() { return End; }
+  const_iterator end() const { return End; }
+
+  // reverse iterator creation methods.
+  reverse_iterator rbegin()            { return reverse_iterator(end()); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const{ return const_reverse_iterator(end()); }
+  reverse_iterator rend()              { return reverse_iterator(begin()); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return const_reverse_iterator(begin());}
+
+  bool empty() const { return Begin == End; }
+  size_type size() const { return End-Begin; }
+
+  reference operator[](unsigned idx) {
+    assert(Begin + idx < End);
+    return Begin[idx];
+  }
+  const_reference operator[](unsigned idx) const {
+    assert(Begin + idx < End);
+    return Begin[idx];
+  }
+
+  reference front() {
+    return begin()[0];
+  }
+  const_reference front() const {
+    return begin()[0];
+  }
+
+  reference back() {
+    return end()[-1];
+  }
+  const_reference back() const {
+    return end()[-1];
+  }
+
+  void pop_back() {
+    --End;
+    End->~T();
+  }
+
+  T pop_back_val() {
+    T Result = back();
+    pop_back();
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  void clear() {
+    if (llvm::is_class<T>::value) {
+      destroy_range(Begin, End);
+    }
+    End = Begin;
+  }
+
+  /// data - Return a pointer to the vector's buffer, even if empty().
+  pointer data() {
+    return pointer(Begin);
+  }
+
+  /// data - Return a pointer to the vector's buffer, even if empty().
+  const_pointer data() const {
+    return const_pointer(Begin);
+  }
+
+  void push_back(const_reference Elt, ASTContext &C) {
+    if (End < Capacity) {
+    Retry:
+      new (End) T(Elt);
+      ++End;
+      return;
+    }
+    grow(C);
+    goto Retry;
+  }
+
+  void reserve(ASTContext &C, unsigned N) {
+    if (unsigned(Capacity-Begin) < N)
+      grow(C, N);
+  }
+
+  /// capacity - Return the total number of elements in the currently allocated
+  /// buffer.
+  size_t capacity() const { return Capacity - Begin; }
+
+  /// append - Add the specified range to the end of the SmallVector.
+  ///
+  template<typename in_iter>
+  void append(ASTContext &C, in_iter in_start, in_iter in_end) {
+    size_type NumInputs = std::distance(in_start, in_end);
+
+    if (NumInputs == 0)
+      return;
+
+    // Grow allocated space if needed.
+    if (NumInputs > size_type(this->capacity_ptr()-this->end()))
+      this->grow(C, this->size()+NumInputs);
+
+    // Copy the new elements over.
+    // TODO: NEED To compile time dispatch on whether in_iter is a random access
+    // iterator to use the fast uninitialized_copy.
+    std::uninitialized_copy(in_start, in_end, this->end());
+    this->setEnd(this->end() + NumInputs);
+  }
+
+  /// append - Add the specified range to the end of the SmallVector.
+  ///
+  void append(ASTContext &C, size_type NumInputs, const T &Elt) {
+    // Grow allocated space if needed.
+    if (NumInputs > size_type(this->capacity_ptr()-this->end()))
+      this->grow(C, this->size()+NumInputs);
+
+    // Copy the new elements over.
+    std::uninitialized_fill_n(this->end(), NumInputs, Elt);
+    this->setEnd(this->end() + NumInputs);
+  }
+
+  /// uninitialized_copy - Copy the range [I, E) onto the uninitialized memory
+  /// starting with "Dest", constructing elements into it as needed.
+  template<typename It1, typename It2>
+  static void uninitialized_copy(It1 I, It1 E, It2 Dest) {
+    std::uninitialized_copy(I, E, Dest);
+  }
+
+  iterator insert(ASTContext &C, iterator I, const T &Elt) {
+    if (I == this->end()) {  // Important special case for empty vector.
+      push_back(Elt);
+      return this->end()-1;
+    }
+
+    if (this->EndX < this->CapacityX) {
+    Retry:
+      new (this->end()) T(this->back());
+      this->setEnd(this->end()+1);
+      // Push everything else over.
+      std::copy_backward(I, this->end()-1, this->end());
+      *I = Elt;
+      return I;
+    }
+    size_t EltNo = I-this->begin();
+    this->grow(C);
+    I = this->begin()+EltNo;
+    goto Retry;
+  }
+
+  iterator insert(ASTContext &C, iterator I, size_type NumToInsert,
+                  const T &Elt) {
+    if (I == this->end()) {  // Important special case for empty vector.
+      append(C, NumToInsert, Elt);
+      return this->end()-1;
+    }
+
+    // Convert iterator to elt# to avoid invalidating iterator when we reserve()
+    size_t InsertElt = I - this->begin();
+
+    // Ensure there is enough space.
+    reserve(C, static_cast<unsigned>(this->size() + NumToInsert));
+
+    // Uninvalidate the iterator.
+    I = this->begin()+InsertElt;
+
+    // If there are more elements between the insertion point and the end of the
+    // range than there are being inserted, we can use a simple approach to
+    // insertion.  Since we already reserved space, we know that this won't
+    // reallocate the vector.
+    if (size_t(this->end()-I) >= NumToInsert) {
+      T *OldEnd = this->end();
+      append(C, this->end()-NumToInsert, this->end());
+
+      // Copy the existing elements that get replaced.
+      std::copy_backward(I, OldEnd-NumToInsert, OldEnd);
+
+      std::fill_n(I, NumToInsert, Elt);
+      return I;
+    }
+
+    // Otherwise, we're inserting more elements than exist already, and we're
+    // not inserting at the end.
+
+    // Copy over the elements that we're about to overwrite.
+    T *OldEnd = this->end();
+    this->setEnd(this->end() + NumToInsert);
+    size_t NumOverwritten = OldEnd-I;
+    this->uninitialized_copy(I, OldEnd, this->end()-NumOverwritten);
+
+    // Replace the overwritten part.
+    std::fill_n(I, NumOverwritten, Elt);
+
+    // Insert the non-overwritten middle part.
+    std::uninitialized_fill_n(OldEnd, NumToInsert-NumOverwritten, Elt);
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  template<typename ItTy>
+  iterator insert(ASTContext &C, iterator I, ItTy From, ItTy To) {
+    if (I == this->end()) {  // Important special case for empty vector.
+      append(C, From, To);
+      return this->end()-1;
+    }
+
+    size_t NumToInsert = std::distance(From, To);
+    // Convert iterator to elt# to avoid invalidating iterator when we reserve()
+    size_t InsertElt = I - this->begin();
+
+    // Ensure there is enough space.
+    reserve(C, static_cast<unsigned>(this->size() + NumToInsert));
+
+    // Uninvalidate the iterator.
+    I = this->begin()+InsertElt;
+
+    // If there are more elements between the insertion point and the end of the
+    // range than there are being inserted, we can use a simple approach to
+    // insertion.  Since we already reserved space, we know that this won't
+    // reallocate the vector.
+    if (size_t(this->end()-I) >= NumToInsert) {
+      T *OldEnd = this->end();
+      append(C, this->end()-NumToInsert, this->end());
+
+      // Copy the existing elements that get replaced.
+      std::copy_backward(I, OldEnd-NumToInsert, OldEnd);
+
+      std::copy(From, To, I);
+      return I;
+    }
+
+    // Otherwise, we're inserting more elements than exist already, and we're
+    // not inserting at the end.
+
+    // Copy over the elements that we're about to overwrite.
+    T *OldEnd = this->end();
+    this->setEnd(this->end() + NumToInsert);
+    size_t NumOverwritten = OldEnd-I;
+    this->uninitialized_copy(I, OldEnd, this->end()-NumOverwritten);
+
+    // Replace the overwritten part.
+    for (; NumOverwritten > 0; --NumOverwritten) {
+      *I = *From;
+      ++I; ++From;
+    }
+
+    // Insert the non-overwritten middle part.
+    this->uninitialized_copy(From, To, OldEnd);
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  void resize(ASTContext &C, unsigned N, const T &NV) {
+    if (N < this->size()) {
+      this->destroy_range(this->begin()+N, this->end());
+      this->setEnd(this->begin()+N);
+    } else if (N > this->size()) {
+      if (this->capacity() < N)
+        this->grow(C, N);
+      construct_range(this->end(), this->begin()+N, NV);
+      this->setEnd(this->begin()+N);
+    }
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// grow - double the size of the allocated memory, guaranteeing space for at
+  /// least one more element or MinSize if specified.
+  void grow(ASTContext &C, size_type MinSize = 1);
+
+  void construct_range(T *S, T *E, const T &Elt) {
+    for (; S != E; ++S)
+      new (S) T(Elt);
+  }
+
+  void destroy_range(T *S, T *E) {
+    while (S != E) {
+      --E;
+      E->~T();
+    }
+  }
+
+protected:
+  iterator capacity_ptr() { return (iterator)this->Capacity; }
+};
+
+// Define this out-of-line to dissuade the C++ compiler from inlining it.
+template <typename T>
+void ASTVector<T>::grow(ASTContext &C, size_t MinSize) {
+  size_t CurCapacity = Capacity-Begin;
+  size_t CurSize = size();
+  size_t NewCapacity = 2*CurCapacity;
+  if (NewCapacity < MinSize)
+    NewCapacity = MinSize;
+
+  // Allocate the memory from the ASTContext.
+  T *NewElts = new (C, llvm::alignOf<T>()) T[NewCapacity];
+
+  // Copy the elements over.
+  if (llvm::is_class<T>::value) {
+    std::uninitialized_copy(Begin, End, NewElts);
+    // Destroy the original elements.
+    destroy_range(Begin, End);
+  }
+  else {
+    // Use memcpy for PODs (std::uninitialized_copy optimizes to memmove).
+    memcpy(NewElts, Begin, CurSize * sizeof(T));
+  }
+
+  // ASTContext never frees any memory.
+  Begin = NewElts;
+  End = NewElts+CurSize;
+  Capacity = Begin+NewCapacity;
+}
+
+} // end: clang namespace
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Attr.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Attr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27dcef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Attr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+//===--- Attr.h - Classes for representing attributes ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Attr interface and subclasses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_ATTR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_ATTR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/VersionTuple.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstring>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
+  class Expr;
+  class QualType;
+  class FunctionDecl;
+  class TypeSourceInfo;
+
+/// Attr - This represents one attribute.
+class Attr {
+private:
+  SourceRange Range;
+  unsigned AttrKind : 16;
+
+protected:
+  /// An index into the spelling list of an
+  /// attribute defined in Attr.td file.
+  unsigned SpellingListIndex : 4;
+
+  bool Inherited : 1;
+
+  bool IsPackExpansion : 1;
+
+  virtual ~Attr();
+
+  void* operator new(size_t bytes) throw() {
+    llvm_unreachable("Attrs cannot be allocated with regular 'new'.");
+  }
+  void operator delete(void* data) throw() {
+    llvm_unreachable("Attrs cannot be released with regular 'delete'.");
+  }
+
+public:
+  // Forward so that the regular new and delete do not hide global ones.
+  void* operator new(size_t Bytes, ASTContext &C,
+                     size_t Alignment = 16) throw() {
+    return ::operator new(Bytes, C, Alignment);
+  }
+  void operator delete(void *Ptr, ASTContext &C,
+                       size_t Alignment) throw() {
+    return ::operator delete(Ptr, C, Alignment);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  Attr(attr::Kind AK, SourceRange R, unsigned SpellingListIndex = 0)
+    : Range(R), AttrKind(AK), SpellingListIndex(SpellingListIndex),
+      Inherited(false), IsPackExpansion(false) {}
+
+public:
+
+  attr::Kind getKind() const {
+    return static_cast<attr::Kind>(AttrKind);
+  }
+  
+  unsigned getSpellingListIndex() const { return SpellingListIndex; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceRange getRange() const { return Range; }
+  void setRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; }
+
+  bool isInherited() const { return Inherited; }
+
+  void setPackExpansion(bool PE) { IsPackExpansion = PE; }
+  bool isPackExpansion() const { return IsPackExpansion; }
+
+  // Clone this attribute.
+  virtual Attr *clone(ASTContext &C) const = 0;
+
+  virtual bool isLateParsed() const { return false; }
+
+  // Pretty print this attribute.
+  virtual void printPretty(raw_ostream &OS,
+                           const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const = 0;
+};
+
+class InheritableAttr : public Attr {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  InheritableAttr(attr::Kind AK, SourceRange R, unsigned SpellingListIndex = 0)
+    : Attr(AK, R, SpellingListIndex) {}
+
+public:
+  void setInherited(bool I) { Inherited = I; }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Attr *A) {
+    return A->getKind() <= attr::LAST_INHERITABLE;
+  }
+};
+
+class InheritableParamAttr : public InheritableAttr {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  InheritableParamAttr(attr::Kind AK, SourceRange R,
+                       unsigned SpellingListIndex = 0)
+    : InheritableAttr(AK, R, SpellingListIndex) {}
+
+public:
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Attr *A) {
+    // Relies on relative order of enum emission with respect to MS inheritance
+    // attrs.
+    return A->getKind() <= attr::LAST_INHERITABLE_PARAM;
+  }
+};
+
+class MSInheritanceAttr : public InheritableAttr {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  MSInheritanceAttr(attr::Kind AK, SourceRange R, unsigned SpellingListIndex = 0)
+    : InheritableAttr(AK, R, SpellingListIndex) {}
+
+public:
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Attr *A) {
+    // Relies on relative order of enum emission with respect to param attrs.
+    return (A->getKind() <= attr::LAST_MS_INHERITABLE &&
+            A->getKind() > attr::LAST_INHERITABLE_PARAM);
+  }
+};
+
+#include "clang/AST/Attrs.inc"
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/AttrIterator.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/AttrIterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bd8fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/AttrIterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+//===--- AttrIterator.h - Classes for attribute iteration -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Attr vector and specific_attr_iterator interfaces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_ATTRITERATOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_ATTRITERATOR_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include <iterator>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class Attr;
+}
+
+// Defined in ASTContext.h
+void *operator new(size_t Bytes, const clang::ASTContext &C,
+                   size_t Alignment = 16);
+// FIXME: Being forced to not have a default argument here due to redeclaration
+//        rules on default arguments sucks
+void *operator new[](size_t Bytes, const clang::ASTContext &C,
+                     size_t Alignment);
+
+// It is good practice to pair new/delete operators.  Also, MSVC gives many
+// warnings if a matching delete overload is not declared, even though the
+// throw() spec guarantees it will not be implicitly called.
+void operator delete(void *Ptr, const clang::ASTContext &C, size_t);
+void operator delete[](void *Ptr, const clang::ASTContext &C, size_t);
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// AttrVec - A vector of Attr, which is how they are stored on the AST.
+typedef SmallVector<Attr*, 2> AttrVec;
+typedef SmallVector<const Attr*, 2> ConstAttrVec;
+
+/// specific_attr_iterator - Iterates over a subrange of an AttrVec, only
+/// providing attributes that are of a specifc type.
+template <typename SpecificAttr, typename Container = AttrVec>
+class specific_attr_iterator {
+  typedef typename Container::const_iterator Iterator;
+
+  /// Current - The current, underlying iterator.
+  /// In order to ensure we don't dereference an invalid iterator unless
+  /// specifically requested, we don't necessarily advance this all the
+  /// way. Instead, we advance it when an operation is requested; if the
+  /// operation is acting on what should be a past-the-end iterator,
+  /// then we offer no guarantees, but this way we do not dererence a
+  /// past-the-end iterator when we move to a past-the-end position.
+  mutable Iterator Current;
+
+  void AdvanceToNext() const {
+    while (!isa<SpecificAttr>(*Current))
+      ++Current;
+  }
+
+  void AdvanceToNext(Iterator I) const {
+    while (Current != I && !isa<SpecificAttr>(*Current))
+      ++Current;
+  }
+
+public:
+  typedef SpecificAttr*             value_type;
+  typedef SpecificAttr*             reference;
+  typedef SpecificAttr*             pointer;
+  typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+  typedef std::ptrdiff_t            difference_type;
+
+  specific_attr_iterator() : Current() { }
+  explicit specific_attr_iterator(Iterator i) : Current(i) { }
+
+  reference operator*() const {
+    AdvanceToNext();
+    return cast<SpecificAttr>(*Current);
+  }
+  pointer operator->() const {
+    AdvanceToNext();
+    return cast<SpecificAttr>(*Current);
+  }
+
+  specific_attr_iterator& operator++() {
+    ++Current;
+    return *this;
+  }
+  specific_attr_iterator operator++(int) {
+    specific_attr_iterator Tmp(*this);
+    ++(*this);
+    return Tmp;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator==(specific_attr_iterator Left,
+                         specific_attr_iterator Right) {
+    assert((Left.Current == 0) == (Right.Current == 0));
+    if (Left.Current < Right.Current)
+      Left.AdvanceToNext(Right.Current); 
+    else
+      Right.AdvanceToNext(Left.Current);
+    return Left.Current == Right.Current;
+  }
+  friend bool operator!=(specific_attr_iterator Left,
+                         specific_attr_iterator Right) {
+    return !(Left == Right);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename SpecificAttr, typename Container>
+inline specific_attr_iterator<SpecificAttr, Container>
+          specific_attr_begin(const Container& container) {
+  return specific_attr_iterator<SpecificAttr, Container>(container.begin());
+}
+template <typename SpecificAttr, typename Container>
+inline specific_attr_iterator<SpecificAttr, Container>
+          specific_attr_end(const Container& container) {
+  return specific_attr_iterator<SpecificAttr, Container>(container.end());
+}
+
+template <typename SpecificAttr, typename Container>
+inline bool hasSpecificAttr(const Container& container) {
+  return specific_attr_begin<SpecificAttr>(container) !=
+          specific_attr_end<SpecificAttr>(container);
+}
+template <typename SpecificAttr, typename Container>
+inline SpecificAttr *getSpecificAttr(const Container& container) {
+  specific_attr_iterator<SpecificAttr, Container> i =
+      specific_attr_begin<SpecificAttr>(container);
+  if (i != specific_attr_end<SpecificAttr>(container))
+    return *i;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/BaseSubobject.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/BaseSubobject.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da538e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/BaseSubobject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+//===--- BaseSubobject.h - BaseSubobject class ----------------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file provides a definition of the BaseSubobject class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_BASESUBOBJECT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_BASESUBOBJECT_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class CXXRecordDecl;
+
+// BaseSubobject - Uniquely identifies a direct or indirect base class. 
+// Stores both the base class decl and the offset from the most derived class to
+// the base class. Used for vtable and VTT generation.
+class BaseSubobject {
+  /// Base - The base class declaration.
+  const CXXRecordDecl *Base;
+  
+  /// BaseOffset - The offset from the most derived class to the base class.
+  CharUnits BaseOffset;
+  
+public:
+  BaseSubobject() { }
+  BaseSubobject(const CXXRecordDecl *Base, CharUnits BaseOffset)
+    : Base(Base), BaseOffset(BaseOffset) { }
+  
+  /// getBase - Returns the base class declaration.
+  const CXXRecordDecl *getBase() const { return Base; }
+
+  /// getBaseOffset - Returns the base class offset.
+  CharUnits getBaseOffset() const { return BaseOffset; }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const BaseSubobject &LHS, const BaseSubobject &RHS) {
+    return LHS.Base == RHS.Base && LHS.BaseOffset == RHS.BaseOffset;
+ }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template<> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::BaseSubobject> {
+  static clang::BaseSubobject getEmptyKey() {
+    return clang::BaseSubobject(
+      DenseMapInfo<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *>::getEmptyKey(),
+      clang::CharUnits::fromQuantity(DenseMapInfo<int64_t>::getEmptyKey()));
+  }
+
+  static clang::BaseSubobject getTombstoneKey() {
+    return clang::BaseSubobject(
+      DenseMapInfo<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *>::getTombstoneKey(),
+      clang::CharUnits::fromQuantity(DenseMapInfo<int64_t>::getTombstoneKey()));
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const clang::BaseSubobject &Base) {
+    typedef std::pair<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> PairTy;
+    return DenseMapInfo<PairTy>::getHashValue(PairTy(Base.getBase(),
+                                                     Base.getBaseOffset()));
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const clang::BaseSubobject &LHS, 
+                      const clang::BaseSubobject &RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+// It's OK to treat BaseSubobject as a POD type.
+template <> struct isPodLike<clang::BaseSubobject> {
+  static const bool value = true;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..488cace
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+//===-- BuiltinTypeNodes.def - Metadata about BuiltinTypes ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the database about various builtin singleton types.
+//
+//  BuiltinType::Id is the enumerator defining the type.
+//
+//  Context.SingletonId is the global singleton of this type.  Some global
+//  singletons are shared by multiple types.
+//
+//    BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) - A builtin type that has not been
+//    covered by any other #define.  Defining this macro covers all
+//    the builtins.
+//
+//    SIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) - A signed integral type.
+//
+//    UNSIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) - An unsigned integral type.
+//
+//    FLOATING_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) - A floating-point type.
+//
+//    PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) - A placeholder type.  Placeholder
+//    types are used to perform context-sensitive checking of specific
+//    forms of expression.
+//
+//    SHARED_SINGLETON_TYPE(Expansion) - The given expansion corresponds
+//    to a builtin which uses a shared singleton type.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef SIGNED_TYPE
+#define SIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UNSIGNED_TYPE
+#define UNSIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FLOATING_TYPE
+#define FLOATING_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PLACEHOLDER_TYPE
+#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SHARED_SINGLETON_TYPE
+#define SHARED_SINGLETON_TYPE(Expansion) Expansion
+#endif
+
+//===- Builtin Types ------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// void
+BUILTIN_TYPE(Void, VoidTy)
+
+//===- Unsigned Types -----------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// 'bool' in C++, '_Bool' in C99
+UNSIGNED_TYPE(Bool, BoolTy)
+
+// 'char' for targets where it's unsigned
+SHARED_SINGLETON_TYPE(UNSIGNED_TYPE(Char_U, CharTy))
+
+// 'unsigned char', explicitly qualified
+UNSIGNED_TYPE(UChar, UnsignedCharTy)
+
+// 'wchar_t' for targets where it's unsigned
+SHARED_SINGLETON_TYPE(UNSIGNED_TYPE(WChar_U, WCharTy))
+
+// 'char16_t' in C++
+UNSIGNED_TYPE(Char16, Char16Ty)
+
+// 'char32_t' in C++
+UNSIGNED_TYPE(Char32, Char32Ty)
+
+// 'unsigned short'
+UNSIGNED_TYPE(UShort, UnsignedShortTy)
+
+// 'unsigned int'
+UNSIGNED_TYPE(UInt, UnsignedIntTy)
+
+// 'unsigned long'
+UNSIGNED_TYPE(ULong, UnsignedLongTy)
+
+// 'unsigned long long'
+UNSIGNED_TYPE(ULongLong, UnsignedLongLongTy)
+
+// '__uint128_t'
+UNSIGNED_TYPE(UInt128, UnsignedInt128Ty)
+
+//===- Signed Types -------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// 'char' for targets where it's signed
+SHARED_SINGLETON_TYPE(SIGNED_TYPE(Char_S, CharTy))
+
+// 'signed char', explicitly qualified
+SIGNED_TYPE(SChar, SignedCharTy)
+
+// 'wchar_t' for targets where it's signed
+SHARED_SINGLETON_TYPE(SIGNED_TYPE(WChar_S, WCharTy))
+
+// 'short' or 'signed short'
+SIGNED_TYPE(Short, ShortTy)
+
+// 'int' or 'signed int'
+SIGNED_TYPE(Int, IntTy)
+
+// 'long' or 'signed long'
+SIGNED_TYPE(Long, LongTy)
+
+// 'long long' or 'signed long long'
+SIGNED_TYPE(LongLong, LongLongTy)
+
+// '__int128_t'
+SIGNED_TYPE(Int128, Int128Ty)
+
+//===- Floating point types -----------------------------------------------===//
+
+// 'half' in OpenCL, '__fp16' in ARM NEON.
+FLOATING_TYPE(Half, HalfTy)
+
+// 'float'
+FLOATING_TYPE(Float, FloatTy)
+
+// 'double'
+FLOATING_TYPE(Double, DoubleTy)
+
+// 'long double'
+FLOATING_TYPE(LongDouble, LongDoubleTy)
+
+//===- Language-specific types --------------------------------------------===//
+
+// This is the type of C++0x 'nullptr'.
+BUILTIN_TYPE(NullPtr, NullPtrTy)
+
+// The primitive Objective C 'id' type.  The user-visible 'id'
+// type is a typedef of an ObjCObjectPointerType to an
+// ObjCObjectType with this as its base.  In fact, this only ever
+// shows up in an AST as the base type of an ObjCObjectType.
+BUILTIN_TYPE(ObjCId, ObjCBuiltinIdTy)
+
+// The primitive Objective C 'Class' type.  The user-visible
+// 'Class' type is a typedef of an ObjCObjectPointerType to an
+// ObjCObjectType with this as its base.  In fact, this only ever
+// shows up in an AST as the base type of an ObjCObjectType.
+BUILTIN_TYPE(ObjCClass, ObjCBuiltinClassTy)
+
+// The primitive Objective C 'SEL' type.  The user-visible 'SEL'
+// type is a typedef of a PointerType to this.
+BUILTIN_TYPE(ObjCSel, ObjCBuiltinSelTy)
+
+// OpenCL image types.
+BUILTIN_TYPE(OCLImage1d, OCLImage1dTy)
+BUILTIN_TYPE(OCLImage1dArray, OCLImage1dArrayTy)
+BUILTIN_TYPE(OCLImage1dBuffer, OCLImage1dBufferTy)
+BUILTIN_TYPE(OCLImage2d, OCLImage2dTy)
+BUILTIN_TYPE(OCLImage2dArray, OCLImage2dArrayTy)
+BUILTIN_TYPE(OCLImage3d, OCLImage3dTy)
+
+// OpenCL sampler_t.
+BUILTIN_TYPE(OCLSampler, OCLSamplerTy)
+
+// OpenCL event_t.
+BUILTIN_TYPE(OCLEvent, OCLEventTy)
+
+// This represents the type of an expression whose type is
+// totally unknown, e.g. 'T::foo'.  It is permitted for this to
+// appear in situations where the structure of the type is
+// theoretically deducible.
+BUILTIN_TYPE(Dependent, DependentTy)
+
+// The type of an unresolved overload set.  A placeholder type.
+// Expressions with this type have one of the following basic
+// forms, with parentheses generally permitted:
+//   foo          # possibly qualified, not if an implicit access
+//   foo          # possibly qualified, not if an implicit access
+//   &foo         # possibly qualified, not if an implicit access
+//   x->foo       # only if might be a static member function
+//   &x->foo      # only if might be a static member function
+//   &Class::foo  # when a pointer-to-member; sub-expr also has this type
+// OverloadExpr::find can be used to analyze the expression.
+//
+// Overload should be the first placeholder type, or else change
+// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()
+PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Overload, OverloadTy)
+
+// The type of a bound C++ non-static member function.
+// A placeholder type.  Expressions with this type have one of the
+// following basic forms:
+//   foo          # if an implicit access
+//   x->foo       # if only contains non-static members
+PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(BoundMember, BoundMemberTy)
+
+// The type of an expression which refers to a pseudo-object,
+// such as those introduced by Objective C's @property or
+// VS.NET's __property declarations.  A placeholder type.  The
+// pseudo-object is actually accessed by emitting a call to
+// some sort of function or method;  typically there is a pair
+// of a setter and a getter, with the setter used if the
+// pseudo-object reference is used syntactically as the
+// left-hand-side of an assignment operator.
+//
+// A pseudo-object reference naming an Objective-C @property is
+// always a dot access with a base of object-pointer type,
+// e.g. 'x.foo'.
+//
+// In VS.NET, a __property declaration creates an implicit
+// member with an associated name, which can then be named
+// in any of the normal ways an ordinary member could be.
+PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(PseudoObject, PseudoObjectTy)
+
+// __builtin_any_type.  A placeholder type.  Useful for clients
+// like debuggers that don't know what type to give something.
+// Only a small number of operations are valid on expressions of
+// unknown type, most notably explicit casts.
+PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(UnknownAny, UnknownAnyTy)
+
+PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(BuiltinFn, BuiltinFnTy)
+
+// The type of a cast which, in ARC, would normally require a
+// __bridge, but which might be okay depending on the immediate
+// context.
+PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ARCUnbridgedCast, ARCUnbridgedCastTy)
+
+#ifdef LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE
+LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(ARCUnbridgedCast)
+#undef LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE
+#endif
+
+#undef SHARED_SINGLETON_TYPE
+#undef PLACEHOLDER_TYPE
+#undef FLOATING_TYPE
+#undef SIGNED_TYPE
+#undef UNSIGNED_TYPE
+#undef BUILTIN_TYPE
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2983e04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+//===------ CXXInheritance.h - C++ Inheritance ------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file provides routines that help analyzing C++ inheritance hierarchies.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_CXXINHERITANCE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_CXXINHERITANCE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <list>
+#include <map>
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+class CXXBaseSpecifier;
+class CXXMethodDecl;
+class CXXRecordDecl;
+class NamedDecl;
+  
+/// \brief Represents an element in a path from a derived class to a
+/// base class. 
+/// 
+/// Each step in the path references the link from a
+/// derived class to one of its direct base classes, along with a
+/// base "number" that identifies which base subobject of the
+/// original derived class we are referencing.
+struct CXXBasePathElement {
+  /// \brief The base specifier that states the link from a derived
+  /// class to a base class, which will be followed by this base
+  /// path element.
+  const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base;
+  
+  /// \brief The record decl of the class that the base is a base of.
+  const CXXRecordDecl *Class;
+  
+  /// \brief Identifies which base class subobject (of type
+  /// \c Base->getType()) this base path element refers to. 
+  ///
+  /// This value is only valid if \c !Base->isVirtual(), because there
+  /// is no base numbering for the zero or one virtual bases of a
+  /// given type.
+  int SubobjectNumber;
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a path from a specific derived class
+/// (which is not represented as part of the path) to a particular
+/// (direct or indirect) base class subobject.
+///
+/// Individual elements in the path are described by the \c CXXBasePathElement 
+/// structure, which captures both the link from a derived class to one of its
+/// direct bases and identification describing which base class
+/// subobject is being used.
+class CXXBasePath : public SmallVector<CXXBasePathElement, 4> {
+public:
+  CXXBasePath() : Access(AS_public) {}
+
+  /// \brief The access along this inheritance path.  This is only
+  /// calculated when recording paths.  AS_none is a special value
+  /// used to indicate a path which permits no legal access.
+  AccessSpecifier Access;
+
+  /// \brief The set of declarations found inside this base class
+  /// subobject.
+  DeclContext::lookup_result Decls;
+
+  void clear() {
+    SmallVectorImpl<CXXBasePathElement>::clear();
+    Access = AS_public;
+  }
+};
+
+/// BasePaths - Represents the set of paths from a derived class to
+/// one of its (direct or indirect) bases. For example, given the
+/// following class hierarchy:
+///
+/// @code
+/// class A { };
+/// class B : public A { };
+/// class C : public A { };
+/// class D : public B, public C{ };
+/// @endcode
+///
+/// There are two potential BasePaths to represent paths from D to a
+/// base subobject of type A. One path is (D,0) -> (B,0) -> (A,0)
+/// and another is (D,0)->(C,0)->(A,1). These two paths actually
+/// refer to two different base class subobjects of the same type,
+/// so the BasePaths object refers to an ambiguous path. On the
+/// other hand, consider the following class hierarchy:
+///
+/// @code
+/// class A { };
+/// class B : public virtual A { };
+/// class C : public virtual A { };
+/// class D : public B, public C{ };
+/// @endcode
+///
+/// Here, there are two potential BasePaths again, (D, 0) -> (B, 0)
+/// -> (A,v) and (D, 0) -> (C, 0) -> (A, v), but since both of them
+/// refer to the same base class subobject of type A (the virtual
+/// one), there is no ambiguity.
+class CXXBasePaths {
+  /// \brief The type from which this search originated.
+  CXXRecordDecl *Origin;
+  
+  /// Paths - The actual set of paths that can be taken from the
+  /// derived class to the same base class.
+  std::list<CXXBasePath> Paths;
+  
+  /// ClassSubobjects - Records the class subobjects for each class
+  /// type that we've seen. The first element in the pair says
+  /// whether we found a path to a virtual base for that class type,
+  /// while the element contains the number of non-virtual base
+  /// class subobjects for that class type. The key of the map is
+  /// the cv-unqualified canonical type of the base class subobject.
+  llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, std::pair<bool, unsigned>, 8> ClassSubobjects;
+  
+  /// FindAmbiguities - Whether Sema::IsDerivedFrom should try find
+  /// ambiguous paths while it is looking for a path from a derived
+  /// type to a base type.
+  bool FindAmbiguities;
+  
+  /// RecordPaths - Whether Sema::IsDerivedFrom should record paths
+  /// while it is determining whether there are paths from a derived
+  /// type to a base type.
+  bool RecordPaths;
+  
+  /// DetectVirtual - Whether Sema::IsDerivedFrom should abort the search
+  /// if it finds a path that goes across a virtual base. The virtual class
+  /// is also recorded.
+  bool DetectVirtual;
+  
+  /// ScratchPath - A BasePath that is used by Sema::lookupInBases
+  /// to help build the set of paths.
+  CXXBasePath ScratchPath;
+
+  /// DetectedVirtual - The base class that is virtual.
+  const RecordType *DetectedVirtual;
+  
+  /// \brief Array of the declarations that have been found. This
+  /// array is constructed only if needed, e.g., to iterate over the
+  /// results within LookupResult.
+  NamedDecl **DeclsFound;
+  unsigned NumDeclsFound;
+  
+  friend class CXXRecordDecl;
+  
+  void ComputeDeclsFound();
+
+  bool lookupInBases(ASTContext &Context, 
+                     const CXXRecordDecl *Record,
+                     CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback *BaseMatches, 
+                     void *UserData);
+public:
+  typedef std::list<CXXBasePath>::iterator paths_iterator;
+  typedef std::list<CXXBasePath>::const_iterator const_paths_iterator;
+  typedef NamedDecl **decl_iterator;
+  
+  /// BasePaths - Construct a new BasePaths structure to record the
+  /// paths for a derived-to-base search.
+  explicit CXXBasePaths(bool FindAmbiguities = true,
+                        bool RecordPaths = true,
+                        bool DetectVirtual = true)
+    : FindAmbiguities(FindAmbiguities), RecordPaths(RecordPaths),
+      DetectVirtual(DetectVirtual), DetectedVirtual(0), DeclsFound(0),
+      NumDeclsFound(0) { }
+  
+  ~CXXBasePaths() { delete [] DeclsFound; }
+  
+  paths_iterator begin() { return Paths.begin(); }
+  paths_iterator end()   { return Paths.end(); }
+  const_paths_iterator begin() const { return Paths.begin(); }
+  const_paths_iterator end()   const { return Paths.end(); }
+  
+  CXXBasePath&       front()       { return Paths.front(); }
+  const CXXBasePath& front() const { return Paths.front(); }
+  
+  decl_iterator found_decls_begin();
+  decl_iterator found_decls_end();
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether the path from the most-derived type to the
+  /// given base type is ambiguous (i.e., it refers to multiple subobjects of
+  /// the same base type).
+  bool isAmbiguous(CanQualType BaseType);
+  
+  /// \brief Whether we are finding multiple paths to detect ambiguities.
+  bool isFindingAmbiguities() const { return FindAmbiguities; }
+  
+  /// \brief Whether we are recording paths.
+  bool isRecordingPaths() const { return RecordPaths; }
+  
+  /// \brief Specify whether we should be recording paths or not.
+  void setRecordingPaths(bool RP) { RecordPaths = RP; }
+  
+  /// \brief Whether we are detecting virtual bases.
+  bool isDetectingVirtual() const { return DetectVirtual; }
+  
+  /// \brief The virtual base discovered on the path (if we are merely
+  /// detecting virtuals).
+  const RecordType* getDetectedVirtual() const {
+    return DetectedVirtual;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type from which this base-paths search
+  /// began
+  CXXRecordDecl *getOrigin() const { return Origin; }
+  void setOrigin(CXXRecordDecl *Rec) { Origin = Rec; }
+  
+  /// \brief Clear the base-paths results.
+  void clear();
+  
+  /// \brief Swap this data structure's contents with another CXXBasePaths 
+  /// object.
+  void swap(CXXBasePaths &Other);
+};
+
+/// \brief Uniquely identifies a virtual method within a class
+/// hierarchy by the method itself and a class subobject number.
+struct UniqueVirtualMethod {
+  UniqueVirtualMethod() : Method(0), Subobject(0), InVirtualSubobject(0) { }
+
+  UniqueVirtualMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, unsigned Subobject,
+                      const CXXRecordDecl *InVirtualSubobject)
+    : Method(Method), Subobject(Subobject), 
+      InVirtualSubobject(InVirtualSubobject) { }
+
+  /// \brief The overriding virtual method.
+  CXXMethodDecl *Method;
+
+  /// \brief The subobject in which the overriding virtual method
+  /// resides.
+  unsigned Subobject;
+
+  /// \brief The virtual base class subobject of which this overridden
+  /// virtual method is a part. Note that this records the closest
+  /// derived virtual base class subobject.
+  const CXXRecordDecl *InVirtualSubobject;
+
+  friend bool operator==(const UniqueVirtualMethod &X,
+                         const UniqueVirtualMethod &Y) {
+    return X.Method == Y.Method && X.Subobject == Y.Subobject &&
+      X.InVirtualSubobject == Y.InVirtualSubobject;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator!=(const UniqueVirtualMethod &X,
+                         const UniqueVirtualMethod &Y) {
+    return !(X == Y);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief The set of methods that override a given virtual method in
+/// each subobject where it occurs.
+///
+/// The first part of the pair is the subobject in which the
+/// overridden virtual function occurs, while the second part of the
+/// pair is the virtual method that overrides it (including the
+/// subobject in which that virtual function occurs).
+class OverridingMethods {
+  typedef SmallVector<UniqueVirtualMethod, 4> ValuesT;
+  typedef llvm::MapVector<unsigned, ValuesT> MapType;
+  MapType Overrides;
+
+public:
+  // Iterate over the set of subobjects that have overriding methods.
+  typedef MapType::iterator iterator;
+  typedef MapType::const_iterator const_iterator;
+  iterator begin() { return Overrides.begin(); }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Overrides.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return Overrides.end(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return Overrides.end(); }
+  unsigned size() const { return Overrides.size(); }
+
+  // Iterate over the set of overriding virtual methods in a given
+  // subobject.
+  typedef SmallVector<UniqueVirtualMethod, 4>::iterator 
+    overriding_iterator;
+  typedef SmallVector<UniqueVirtualMethod, 4>::const_iterator
+    overriding_const_iterator;
+
+  // Add a new overriding method for a particular subobject.
+  void add(unsigned OverriddenSubobject, UniqueVirtualMethod Overriding);
+
+  // Add all of the overriding methods from "other" into overrides for
+  // this method. Used when merging the overrides from multiple base
+  // class subobjects.
+  void add(const OverridingMethods &Other);
+
+  // Replace all overriding virtual methods in all subobjects with the
+  // given virtual method.
+  void replaceAll(UniqueVirtualMethod Overriding);
+};
+
+/// \brief A mapping from each virtual member function to its set of
+/// final overriders.
+///
+/// Within a class hierarchy for a given derived class, each virtual
+/// member function in that hierarchy has one or more "final
+/// overriders" (C++ [class.virtual]p2). A final overrider for a
+/// virtual function "f" is the virtual function that will actually be
+/// invoked when dispatching a call to "f" through the
+/// vtable. Well-formed classes have a single final overrider for each
+/// virtual function; in abstract classes, the final overrider for at
+/// least one virtual function is a pure virtual function. Due to
+/// multiple, virtual inheritance, it is possible for a class to have
+/// more than one final overrider. Athough this is an error (per C++
+/// [class.virtual]p2), it is not considered an error here: the final
+/// overrider map can represent multiple final overriders for a
+/// method, and it is up to the client to determine whether they are
+/// problem. For example, the following class \c D has two final
+/// overriders for the virtual function \c A::f(), one in \c C and one
+/// in \c D:
+///
+/// \code
+///   struct A { virtual void f(); };
+///   struct B : virtual A { virtual void f(); };
+///   struct C : virtual A { virtual void f(); };
+///   struct D : B, C { };
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// This data structure contaings a mapping from every virtual
+/// function *that does not override an existing virtual function* and
+/// in every subobject where that virtual function occurs to the set
+/// of virtual functions that override it. Thus, the same virtual
+/// function \c A::f can actually occur in multiple subobjects of type
+/// \c A due to multiple inheritance, and may be overriden by
+/// different virtual functions in each, as in the following example:
+///
+/// \code
+///   struct A { virtual void f(); };
+///   struct B : A { virtual void f(); };
+///   struct C : A { virtual void f(); };
+///   struct D : B, C { };
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Unlike in the previous example, where the virtual functions \c
+/// B::f and \c C::f both overrode \c A::f in the same subobject of
+/// type \c A, in this example the two virtual functions both override
+/// \c A::f but in *different* subobjects of type A. This is
+/// represented by numbering the subobjects in which the overridden
+/// and the overriding virtual member functions are located. Subobject
+/// 0 represents the virtua base class subobject of that type, while
+/// subobject numbers greater than 0 refer to non-virtual base class
+/// subobjects of that type.
+class CXXFinalOverriderMap
+  : public llvm::MapVector<const CXXMethodDecl *, OverridingMethods> { };
+
+/// \brief A set of all the primary bases for a class.
+class CXXIndirectPrimaryBaseSet
+  : public llvm::SmallSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 32> { };
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CanonicalType.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CanonicalType.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9460757
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CanonicalType.h
@@ -0,0 +1,740 @@
+//===-- CanonicalType.h - C Language Family Type Representation -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the CanQual class template, which provides access to
+//  canonical types.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_CANONICAL_TYPE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_CANONICAL_TYPE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <iterator>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+template<typename T> class CanProxy;
+template<typename T> struct CanProxyAdaptor;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
+// Canonical, qualified type template
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
+
+/// \brief Represents a canonical, potentially-qualified type.
+///
+/// The CanQual template is a lightweight smart pointer that provides access
+/// to the canonical representation of a type, where all typedefs and other
+/// syntactic sugar has been eliminated. A CanQualType may also have various
+/// qualifiers (const, volatile, restrict) attached to it.
+///
+/// The template type parameter @p T is one of the Type classes (PointerType,
+/// BuiltinType, etc.). The type stored within @c CanQual<T> will be of that
+/// type (or some subclass of that type). The typedef @c CanQualType is just
+/// a shorthand for @c CanQual<Type>.
+///
+/// An instance of @c CanQual<T> can be implicitly converted to a
+/// @c CanQual<U> when T is derived from U, which essentially provides an
+/// implicit upcast. For example, @c CanQual<LValueReferenceType> can be
+/// converted to @c CanQual<ReferenceType>. Note that any @c CanQual type can
+/// be implicitly converted to a QualType, but the reverse operation requires
+/// a call to ASTContext::getCanonicalType().
+///
+///
+template<typename T = Type>
+class CanQual {
+  /// \brief The actual, canonical type.
+  QualType Stored;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Constructs a NULL canonical type.
+  CanQual() : Stored() { }
+
+  /// \brief Converting constructor that permits implicit upcasting of
+  /// canonical type pointers.
+  template<typename U>
+  CanQual(const CanQual<U>& Other,
+          typename llvm::enable_if<llvm::is_base_of<T, U>, int>::type = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying type pointer, which refers to a
+  /// canonical type.
+  ///
+  /// The underlying pointer must not be NULL.
+  const T *getTypePtr() const { return cast<T>(Stored.getTypePtr()); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying type pointer, which refers to a
+  /// canonical type, or NULL.
+  ///
+  const T *getTypePtrOrNull() const { 
+    return cast_or_null<T>(Stored.getTypePtrOrNull()); 
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Implicit conversion to a qualified type.
+  operator QualType() const { return Stored; }
+
+  /// \brief Implicit conversion to bool.
+  operator bool() const { return !isNull(); }
+  
+  bool isNull() const {
+    return Stored.isNull();
+  }
+
+  SplitQualType split() const { return Stored.split(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a canonical type pointer with a different static type,
+  /// upcasting or downcasting as needed.
+  ///
+  /// The getAs() function is typically used to try to downcast to a
+  /// more specific (canonical) type in the type system. For example:
+  ///
+  /// @code
+  /// void f(CanQual<Type> T) {
+  ///   if (CanQual<PointerType> Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
+  ///     // look at Ptr's pointee type
+  ///   }
+  /// }
+  /// @endcode
+  ///
+  /// \returns A proxy pointer to the same type, but with the specified
+  /// static type (@p U). If the dynamic type is not the specified static type
+  /// or a derived class thereof, a NULL canonical type.
+  template<typename U> CanProxy<U> getAs() const;
+
+  template<typename U> CanProxy<U> castAs() const;
+
+  /// \brief Overloaded arrow operator that produces a canonical type
+  /// proxy.
+  CanProxy<T> operator->() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve all qualifiers.
+  Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Stored.getLocalQualifiers(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
+  unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Stored.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this type has any qualifiers
+  bool hasQualifiers() const { return Stored.hasLocalQualifiers(); }
+
+  bool isConstQualified() const {
+    return Stored.isLocalConstQualified();
+  }
+  bool isVolatileQualified() const {
+    return Stored.isLocalVolatileQualified();
+  }
+  bool isRestrictQualified() const {
+    return Stored.isLocalRestrictQualified();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines if this canonical type is furthermore
+  /// canonical as a parameter.  The parameter-canonicalization
+  /// process decays arrays to pointers and drops top-level qualifiers.
+  bool isCanonicalAsParam() const {
+    return Stored.isCanonicalAsParam();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the unqualified form of this type.
+  CanQual<T> getUnqualifiedType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves a version of this type with const applied.
+  /// Note that this does not always yield a canonical type.
+  QualType withConst() const {
+    return Stored.withConst();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this canonical type is more qualified than
+  /// the @p Other canonical type.
+  bool isMoreQualifiedThan(CanQual<T> Other) const {
+    return Stored.isMoreQualifiedThan(Other.Stored);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this canonical type is at least as qualified as
+  /// the @p Other canonical type.
+  bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CanQual<T> Other) const {
+    return Stored.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(Other.Stored);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If the canonical type is a reference type, returns the type that
+  /// it refers to; otherwise, returns the type itself.
+  CanQual<Type> getNonReferenceType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the internal representation of this canonical type.
+  void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Stored.getAsOpaquePtr(); }
+
+  /// \brief Construct a canonical type from its internal representation.
+  static CanQual<T> getFromOpaquePtr(void *Ptr);
+
+  /// \brief Builds a canonical type from a QualType.
+  ///
+  /// This routine is inherently unsafe, because it requires the user to
+  /// ensure that the given type is a canonical type with the correct
+  // (dynamic) type.
+  static CanQual<T> CreateUnsafe(QualType Other);
+
+  void dump() const { Stored.dump(); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+};
+
+template<typename T, typename U>
+inline bool operator==(CanQual<T> x, CanQual<U> y) {
+  return x.getAsOpaquePtr() == y.getAsOpaquePtr();
+}
+
+template<typename T, typename U>
+inline bool operator!=(CanQual<T> x, CanQual<U> y) {
+  return x.getAsOpaquePtr() != y.getAsOpaquePtr();
+}
+
+/// \brief Represents a canonical, potentially-qualified type.
+typedef CanQual<Type> CanQualType;
+
+inline CanQualType Type::getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const {
+  return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
+}
+
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           CanQualType T) {
+  DB << static_cast<QualType>(T);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
+// Internal proxy classes used by canonical types
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
+
+#define LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(Accessor)                    \
+CanQualType Accessor() const {                                           \
+return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(this->getTypePtr()->Accessor());      \
+}
+
+#define LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(Type, Accessor)             \
+Type Accessor() const { return this->getTypePtr()->Accessor(); }
+
+/// \brief Base class of all canonical proxy types, which is responsible for
+/// storing the underlying canonical type and providing basic conversions.
+template<typename T>
+class CanProxyBase {
+protected:
+  CanQual<T> Stored;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Retrieve the pointer to the underlying Type
+  const T *getTypePtr() const { return Stored.getTypePtr(); }
+
+  /// \brief Implicit conversion to the underlying pointer.
+  ///
+  /// Also provides the ability to use canonical type proxies in a Boolean
+  // context,e.g.,
+  /// @code
+  ///   if (CanQual<PointerType> Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { ... }
+  /// @endcode
+  operator const T*() const { return this->Stored.getTypePtrOrNull(); }
+
+  /// \brief Try to convert the given canonical type to a specific structural
+  /// type.
+  template<typename U> CanProxy<U> getAs() const {
+    return this->Stored.template getAs<U>();
+  }
+
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(Type::TypeClass, getTypeClass)
+
+  // Type predicates
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isObjectType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isIncompleteType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isIncompleteOrObjectType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isVariablyModifiedType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isIntegerType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isEnumeralType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isBooleanType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isCharType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isWideCharType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isIntegralType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isIntegralOrEnumerationType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isRealFloatingType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isComplexType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isAnyComplexType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isFloatingType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isRealType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isArithmeticType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isVoidType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isDerivedType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isScalarType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isAggregateType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isAnyPointerType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isVoidPointerType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isFunctionPointerType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isMemberFunctionPointerType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isClassType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isStructureType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isInterfaceType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isStructureOrClassType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isUnionType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isComplexIntegerType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isNullPtrType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isDependentType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isOverloadableType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isArrayType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, hasPointerRepresentation)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, hasObjCPointerRepresentation)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, hasIntegerRepresentation)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, hasSignedIntegerRepresentation)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, hasFloatingRepresentation)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isPromotableIntegerType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isSignedIntegerType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isUnsignedIntegerType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isConstantSizeType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isSpecifierType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(CXXRecordDecl*, getAsCXXRecordDecl)
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the proxy-adaptor type.
+  ///
+  /// This arrow operator is used when CanProxyAdaptor has been specialized
+  /// for the given type T. In that case, we reference members of the
+  /// CanProxyAdaptor specialization. Otherwise, this operator will be hidden
+  /// by the arrow operator in the primary CanProxyAdaptor template.
+  const CanProxyAdaptor<T> *operator->() const {
+    return static_cast<const CanProxyAdaptor<T> *>(this);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Replacable canonical proxy adaptor class that provides the link
+/// between a canonical type and the accessors of the type.
+///
+/// The CanProxyAdaptor is a replaceable class template that is instantiated
+/// as part of each canonical proxy type. The primary template merely provides
+/// redirection to the underlying type (T), e.g., @c PointerType. One can
+/// provide specializations of this class template for each underlying type
+/// that provide accessors returning canonical types (@c CanQualType) rather
+/// than the more typical @c QualType, to propagate the notion of "canonical"
+/// through the system.
+template<typename T>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor : CanProxyBase<T> { };
+
+/// \brief Canonical proxy type returned when retrieving the members of a
+/// canonical type or as the result of the @c CanQual<T>::getAs member
+/// function.
+///
+/// The CanProxy type mainly exists as a proxy through which operator-> will
+/// look to either map down to a raw T* (e.g., PointerType*) or to a proxy
+/// type that provides canonical-type access to the fields of the type.
+template<typename T>
+class CanProxy : public CanProxyAdaptor<T> {
+public:
+  /// \brief Build a NULL proxy.
+  CanProxy() { }
+
+  /// \brief Build a proxy to the given canonical type.
+  CanProxy(CanQual<T> Stored) { this->Stored = Stored; }
+
+  /// \brief Implicit conversion to the stored canonical type.
+  operator CanQual<T>() const { return this->Stored; }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Implement simplify_type for CanQual<T>, so that we can dyn_cast from
+/// CanQual<T> to a specific Type class. We're prefer isa/dyn_cast/cast/etc.
+/// to return smart pointer (proxies?).
+template<typename T>
+struct simplify_type< ::clang::CanQual<T> > {
+  typedef const T *SimpleType;
+  static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::CanQual<T> Val) {
+    return Val.getTypePtr();
+  }
+};
+
+// Teach SmallPtrSet that CanQual<T> is "basically a pointer".
+template<typename T>
+class PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::CanQual<T> > {
+public:
+  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::CanQual<T> P) {
+    return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
+  }
+  static inline clang::CanQual<T> getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+    return clang::CanQual<T>::getFromOpaquePtr(P);
+  }
+  // qualifier information is encoded in the low bits.
+  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+namespace clang {
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
+// Canonical proxy adaptors for canonical type nodes.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
+
+/// \brief Iterator adaptor that turns an iterator over canonical QualTypes
+/// into an iterator over CanQualTypes.
+template<typename InputIterator>
+class CanTypeIterator {
+  InputIterator Iter;
+
+public:
+  typedef CanQualType    value_type;
+  typedef value_type     reference;
+  typedef CanProxy<Type> pointer;
+  typedef typename std::iterator_traits<InputIterator>::difference_type
+    difference_type;
+  typedef typename std::iterator_traits<InputIterator>::iterator_category
+    iterator_category;
+
+  CanTypeIterator() : Iter() { }
+  explicit CanTypeIterator(InputIterator Iter) : Iter(Iter) { }
+
+  // Input iterator
+  reference operator*() const {
+    return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(*Iter);
+  }
+
+  pointer operator->() const;
+
+  CanTypeIterator &operator++() {
+    ++Iter;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  CanTypeIterator operator++(int) {
+    CanTypeIterator Tmp(*this);
+    ++Iter;
+    return Tmp;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const CanTypeIterator& X, const CanTypeIterator &Y) {
+    return X.Iter == Y.Iter;
+  }
+  friend bool operator!=(const CanTypeIterator& X, const CanTypeIterator &Y) {
+    return X.Iter != Y.Iter;
+  }
+
+  // Bidirectional iterator
+  CanTypeIterator &operator--() {
+    --Iter;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  CanTypeIterator operator--(int) {
+    CanTypeIterator Tmp(*this);
+    --Iter;
+    return Tmp;
+  }
+
+  // Random access iterator
+  reference operator[](difference_type n) const {
+    return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Iter[n]);
+  }
+
+  CanTypeIterator &operator+=(difference_type n) {
+    Iter += n;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  CanTypeIterator &operator-=(difference_type n) {
+    Iter -= n;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  friend CanTypeIterator operator+(CanTypeIterator X, difference_type n) {
+    X += n;
+    return X;
+  }
+
+  friend CanTypeIterator operator+(difference_type n, CanTypeIterator X) {
+    X += n;
+    return X;
+  }
+
+  friend CanTypeIterator operator-(CanTypeIterator X, difference_type n) {
+    X -= n;
+    return X;
+  }
+
+  friend difference_type operator-(const CanTypeIterator &X,
+                                   const CanTypeIterator &Y) {
+    return X - Y;
+  }
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<ComplexType> : public CanProxyBase<ComplexType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getElementType)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<PointerType> : public CanProxyBase<PointerType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getPointeeType)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<BlockPointerType>
+  : public CanProxyBase<BlockPointerType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getPointeeType)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<ReferenceType> : public CanProxyBase<ReferenceType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getPointeeType)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<LValueReferenceType>
+  : public CanProxyBase<LValueReferenceType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getPointeeType)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<RValueReferenceType>
+  : public CanProxyBase<RValueReferenceType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getPointeeType)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<MemberPointerType>
+  : public CanProxyBase<MemberPointerType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getPointeeType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(const Type *, getClass)
+};
+
+// CanProxyAdaptors for arrays are intentionally unimplemented because
+// they are not safe.
+template<> struct CanProxyAdaptor<ArrayType>;
+template<> struct CanProxyAdaptor<ConstantArrayType>;
+template<> struct CanProxyAdaptor<IncompleteArrayType>;
+template<> struct CanProxyAdaptor<VariableArrayType>;
+template<> struct CanProxyAdaptor<DependentSizedArrayType>;
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<DependentSizedExtVectorType>
+  : public CanProxyBase<DependentSizedExtVectorType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getElementType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(const Expr *, getSizeExpr)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(SourceLocation, getAttributeLoc)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<VectorType> : public CanProxyBase<VectorType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getElementType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(unsigned, getNumElements)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<ExtVectorType> : public CanProxyBase<ExtVectorType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getElementType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(unsigned, getNumElements)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<FunctionType> : public CanProxyBase<FunctionType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getResultType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(FunctionType::ExtInfo, getExtInfo)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<FunctionNoProtoType>
+  : public CanProxyBase<FunctionNoProtoType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getResultType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(FunctionType::ExtInfo, getExtInfo)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<FunctionProtoType>
+  : public CanProxyBase<FunctionProtoType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getResultType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(FunctionType::ExtInfo, getExtInfo)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(unsigned, getNumArgs)
+  CanQualType getArgType(unsigned i) const {
+    return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(this->getTypePtr()->getArgType(i));
+  }
+
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isVariadic)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(unsigned, getTypeQuals)
+
+  typedef CanTypeIterator<FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator>
+    arg_type_iterator;
+
+  arg_type_iterator arg_type_begin() const {
+    return arg_type_iterator(this->getTypePtr()->arg_type_begin());
+  }
+
+  arg_type_iterator arg_type_end() const {
+    return arg_type_iterator(this->getTypePtr()->arg_type_end());
+  }
+
+  // Note: canonical function types never have exception specifications
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<TypeOfType> : public CanProxyBase<TypeOfType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getUnderlyingType)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<DecltypeType> : public CanProxyBase<DecltypeType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(Expr *, getUnderlyingExpr)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getUnderlyingType)
+};
+
+template <>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<UnaryTransformType>
+    : public CanProxyBase<UnaryTransformType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getBaseType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getUnderlyingType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(UnaryTransformType::UTTKind, getUTTKind)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<TagType> : public CanProxyBase<TagType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(TagDecl *, getDecl)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isBeingDefined)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<RecordType> : public CanProxyBase<RecordType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(RecordDecl *, getDecl)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isBeingDefined)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, hasConstFields)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<EnumType> : public CanProxyBase<EnumType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(EnumDecl *, getDecl)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isBeingDefined)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<TemplateTypeParmType>
+  : public CanProxyBase<TemplateTypeParmType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(unsigned, getDepth)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(unsigned, getIndex)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isParameterPack)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(TemplateTypeParmDecl *, getDecl)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(IdentifierInfo *, getIdentifier)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<ObjCObjectType>
+  : public CanProxyBase<ObjCObjectType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getBaseType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *,
+                                      getInterface)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isObjCUnqualifiedId)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isObjCUnqualifiedClass)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isObjCQualifiedId)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isObjCQualifiedClass)
+
+  typedef ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator qual_iterator;
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(qual_iterator, qual_begin)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(qual_iterator, qual_end)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, qual_empty)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(unsigned, getNumProtocols)
+};
+
+template<>
+struct CanProxyAdaptor<ObjCObjectPointerType>
+  : public CanProxyBase<ObjCObjectPointerType> {
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_TYPE_ACCESSOR(getPointeeType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(const ObjCInterfaceType *,
+                                      getInterfaceType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isObjCIdType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isObjCClassType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isObjCQualifiedIdType)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isObjCQualifiedClassType)
+
+  typedef ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator qual_iterator;
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(qual_iterator, qual_begin)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(qual_iterator, qual_end)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, qual_empty)
+  LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(unsigned, getNumProtocols)
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
+// Method and function definitions
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
+template<typename T>
+inline CanQual<T> CanQual<T>::getUnqualifiedType() const {
+  return CanQual<T>::CreateUnsafe(Stored.getLocalUnqualifiedType());
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+inline CanQual<Type> CanQual<T>::getNonReferenceType() const {
+  if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RefType = getAs<ReferenceType>())
+    return RefType->getPointeeType();
+  else
+    return *this;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+CanQual<T> CanQual<T>::getFromOpaquePtr(void *Ptr) {
+  CanQual<T> Result;
+  Result.Stored = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ptr);
+  assert((!Result || Result.Stored.getAsOpaquePtr() == (void*)-1 ||
+          Result.Stored.isCanonical()) && "Type is not canonical!");
+  return Result;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+CanQual<T> CanQual<T>::CreateUnsafe(QualType Other) {
+  assert((Other.isNull() || Other.isCanonical()) && "Type is not canonical!");
+  assert((Other.isNull() || isa<T>(Other.getTypePtr())) &&
+         "Dynamic type does not meet the static type's requires");
+  CanQual<T> Result;
+  Result.Stored = Other;
+  return Result;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+template<typename U>
+CanProxy<U> CanQual<T>::getAs() const {
+  ArrayType_cannot_be_used_with_getAs<U> at;
+  (void)at;
+
+  if (Stored.isNull())
+    return CanProxy<U>();
+
+  if (isa<U>(Stored.getTypePtr()))
+    return CanQual<U>::CreateUnsafe(Stored);
+
+  return CanProxy<U>();
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+template<typename U>
+CanProxy<U> CanQual<T>::castAs() const {
+  ArrayType_cannot_be_used_with_getAs<U> at;
+  (void)at;
+
+  assert(!Stored.isNull() && isa<U>(Stored.getTypePtr()));
+  return CanQual<U>::CreateUnsafe(Stored);
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+CanProxy<T> CanQual<T>::operator->() const {
+  return CanProxy<T>(*this);
+}
+
+template<typename InputIterator>
+typename CanTypeIterator<InputIterator>::pointer
+CanTypeIterator<InputIterator>::operator->() const {
+  return CanProxy<Type>(*this);
+}
+
+}
+
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_CANONICAL_TYPE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CharUnits.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CharUnits.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..082c672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CharUnits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+//===--- CharUnits.h - Character units for sizes and offsets ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the CharUnits class
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_CHARUNITS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_CHARUNITS_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+  /// CharUnits - This is an opaque type for sizes expressed in character units.
+  /// Instances of this type represent a quantity as a multiple of the size 
+  /// of the standard C type, char, on the target architecture. As an opaque
+  /// type, CharUnits protects you from accidentally combining operations on
+  /// quantities in bit units and character units. 
+  ///
+  /// It should be noted that characters and bytes are distinct concepts. Bytes
+  /// refer to addressable units of data storage on the target machine, and
+  /// characters are members of a set of elements used for the organization,
+  /// control, or representation of data. According to C99, bytes are allowed
+  /// to exceed characters in size, although currently, clang only supports
+  /// architectures where the two are the same size.
+  /// 
+  /// For portability, never assume that a target character is 8 bits wide. Use 
+  /// CharUnit values wherever you calculate sizes, offsets, or alignments
+  /// in character units.
+  class CharUnits {
+    public:
+      typedef int64_t QuantityType;
+
+    private:
+      QuantityType Quantity;
+
+      explicit CharUnits(QuantityType C) : Quantity(C) {}
+
+    public:
+
+      /// CharUnits - A default constructor.
+      CharUnits() : Quantity(0) {}
+
+      /// Zero - Construct a CharUnits quantity of zero.
+      static CharUnits Zero() {
+        return CharUnits(0);
+      }
+
+      /// One - Construct a CharUnits quantity of one.
+      static CharUnits One() {
+        return CharUnits(1);
+      }
+
+      /// fromQuantity - Construct a CharUnits quantity from a raw integer type.
+      static CharUnits fromQuantity(QuantityType Quantity) {
+        return CharUnits(Quantity); 
+      }
+
+      // Compound assignment.
+      CharUnits& operator+= (const CharUnits &Other) {
+        Quantity += Other.Quantity;
+        return *this;
+      }
+      CharUnits& operator++ () {
+        ++Quantity;
+        return *this;
+      }
+      CharUnits operator++ (int) {
+        return CharUnits(Quantity++);
+      }
+      CharUnits& operator-= (const CharUnits &Other) {
+        Quantity -= Other.Quantity;
+        return *this;
+      }
+      CharUnits& operator-- () {
+        --Quantity;
+        return *this;
+      }
+      CharUnits operator-- (int) {
+        return CharUnits(Quantity--);
+      }
+       
+      // Comparison operators.
+      bool operator== (const CharUnits &Other) const {
+        return Quantity == Other.Quantity;
+      }
+      bool operator!= (const CharUnits &Other) const {
+        return Quantity != Other.Quantity;
+      }
+
+      // Relational operators.
+      bool operator<  (const CharUnits &Other) const { 
+        return Quantity <  Other.Quantity; 
+      }
+      bool operator<= (const CharUnits &Other) const { 
+        return Quantity <= Other.Quantity;
+      }
+      bool operator>  (const CharUnits &Other) const { 
+        return Quantity >  Other.Quantity; 
+      }
+      bool operator>= (const CharUnits &Other) const { 
+        return Quantity >= Other.Quantity; 
+      }
+
+      // Other predicates.
+      
+      /// isZero - Test whether the quantity equals zero.
+      bool isZero() const     { return Quantity == 0; }
+
+      /// isOne - Test whether the quantity equals one.
+      bool isOne() const      { return Quantity == 1; }
+
+      /// isPositive - Test whether the quantity is greater than zero.
+      bool isPositive() const { return Quantity  > 0; }
+
+      /// isNegative - Test whether the quantity is less than zero.
+      bool isNegative() const { return Quantity  < 0; }
+
+      /// isPowerOfTwo - Test whether the quantity is a power of two.
+      /// Zero is not a power of two.
+      bool isPowerOfTwo() const {
+        return (Quantity & -Quantity) == Quantity;
+      }
+
+      // Arithmetic operators.
+      CharUnits operator* (QuantityType N) const {
+        return CharUnits(Quantity * N);
+      }
+      CharUnits operator/ (QuantityType N) const {
+        return CharUnits(Quantity / N);
+      }
+      QuantityType operator/ (const CharUnits &Other) const {
+        return Quantity / Other.Quantity;
+      }
+      CharUnits operator% (QuantityType N) const {
+        return CharUnits(Quantity % N);
+      }
+      QuantityType operator% (const CharUnits &Other) const {
+        return Quantity % Other.Quantity;
+      }
+      CharUnits operator+ (const CharUnits &Other) const {
+        return CharUnits(Quantity + Other.Quantity);
+      }
+      CharUnits operator- (const CharUnits &Other) const {
+        return CharUnits(Quantity - Other.Quantity);
+      }
+      CharUnits operator- () const {
+        return CharUnits(-Quantity);
+      }
+
+      
+      // Conversions.
+
+      /// getQuantity - Get the raw integer representation of this quantity.
+      QuantityType getQuantity() const { return Quantity; }
+
+      /// RoundUpToAlignment - Returns the next integer (mod 2**64) that is
+      /// greater than or equal to this quantity and is a multiple of \p Align.
+      /// Align must be non-zero.
+      CharUnits RoundUpToAlignment(const CharUnits &Align) {
+        return CharUnits(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Quantity, 
+                                                  Align.Quantity));
+      }
+
+      /// Given that this is a non-zero alignment value, what is the
+      /// alignment at the given offset?
+      CharUnits alignmentAtOffset(CharUnits offset) {
+        // alignment: 0010000
+        // offset:    1011100
+        // lowBits:   0001011
+        // result:    0000100
+        QuantityType lowBits = (Quantity-1) & (offset.Quantity-1);
+        return CharUnits((lowBits + 1) & ~lowBits);
+      }
+
+
+  }; // class CharUnit
+} // namespace clang
+
+inline clang::CharUnits operator* (clang::CharUnits::QuantityType Scale, 
+                                   const clang::CharUnits &CU) {
+  return CU * Scale;
+}
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template<> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::CharUnits> {
+  static clang::CharUnits getEmptyKey() {
+    clang::CharUnits::QuantityType Quantity =
+      DenseMapInfo<clang::CharUnits::QuantityType>::getEmptyKey();
+
+    return clang::CharUnits::fromQuantity(Quantity);
+  }
+
+  static clang::CharUnits getTombstoneKey() {
+    clang::CharUnits::QuantityType Quantity =
+      DenseMapInfo<clang::CharUnits::QuantityType>::getTombstoneKey();
+    
+    return clang::CharUnits::fromQuantity(Quantity);    
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const clang::CharUnits &CU) {
+    clang::CharUnits::QuantityType Quantity = CU.getQuantity();
+    return DenseMapInfo<clang::CharUnits::QuantityType>::getHashValue(Quantity);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const clang::CharUnits &LHS, 
+                      const clang::CharUnits &RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+template <> struct isPodLike<clang::CharUnits> {
+  static const bool value = true;
+};
+  
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_CHARUNITS_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Comment.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Comment.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c02a82f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Comment.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1111 @@
+//===--- Comment.h - Comment AST nodes --------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines comment AST nodes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENT_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class Decl;
+class ParmVarDecl;
+class TemplateParameterList;
+
+namespace comments {
+class FullComment;
+
+/// Describes the syntax that was used in a documentation command.
+///
+/// Exact values of this enumeration are important because they used to select
+/// parts of diagnostic messages.  Audit diagnostics before changing or adding
+/// a new value.
+enum CommandMarkerKind {
+  /// Command started with a backslash character:
+  /// \code
+  ///   \foo
+  /// \endcode
+  CMK_Backslash = 0,
+
+  /// Command started with an 'at' character:
+  /// \code
+  ///   @foo
+  /// \endcode
+  CMK_At = 1
+};
+
+/// Any part of the comment.
+/// Abstract class.
+class Comment {
+protected:
+  /// Preferred location to show caret.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// Source range of this AST node.
+  SourceRange Range;
+
+  class CommentBitfields {
+    friend class Comment;
+
+    /// Type of this AST node.
+    unsigned Kind : 8;
+  };
+  enum { NumCommentBits = 8 };
+
+  class InlineContentCommentBitfields {
+    friend class InlineContentComment;
+
+    unsigned : NumCommentBits;
+
+    /// True if there is a newline after this inline content node.
+    /// (There is no separate AST node for a newline.)
+    unsigned HasTrailingNewline : 1;
+  };
+  enum { NumInlineContentCommentBits = NumCommentBits + 1 };
+
+  class TextCommentBitfields {
+    friend class TextComment;
+
+    unsigned : NumInlineContentCommentBits;
+
+    /// True if \c IsWhitespace field contains a valid value.
+    mutable unsigned IsWhitespaceValid : 1;
+
+    /// True if this comment AST node contains only whitespace.
+    mutable unsigned IsWhitespace : 1;
+  };
+  enum { NumTextCommentBits = NumInlineContentCommentBits + 2 };
+
+  class InlineCommandCommentBitfields {
+    friend class InlineCommandComment;
+
+    unsigned : NumInlineContentCommentBits;
+
+    unsigned RenderKind : 2;
+    unsigned CommandID : 8;
+  };
+  enum { NumInlineCommandCommentBits = NumInlineContentCommentBits + 10 };
+
+  class HTMLStartTagCommentBitfields {
+    friend class HTMLStartTagComment;
+
+    unsigned : NumInlineContentCommentBits;
+
+    /// True if this tag is self-closing (e. g., <br />).  This is based on tag
+    /// spelling in comment (plain <br> would not set this flag).
+    unsigned IsSelfClosing : 1;
+  };
+  enum { NumHTMLStartTagCommentBits = NumInlineContentCommentBits + 1 };
+
+  class ParagraphCommentBitfields {
+    friend class ParagraphComment;
+
+    unsigned : NumCommentBits;
+
+    /// True if \c IsWhitespace field contains a valid value.
+    mutable unsigned IsWhitespaceValid : 1;
+
+    /// True if this comment AST node contains only whitespace.
+    mutable unsigned IsWhitespace : 1;
+  };
+  enum { NumParagraphCommentBits = NumCommentBits + 2 };
+
+  class BlockCommandCommentBitfields {
+    friend class BlockCommandComment;
+
+    unsigned : NumCommentBits;
+
+    unsigned CommandID : 8;
+
+    /// Describes the syntax that was used in a documentation command.
+    /// Contains values from CommandMarkerKind enum.
+    unsigned CommandMarker : 1;
+  };
+  enum { NumBlockCommandCommentBits = NumCommentBits + 9 };
+
+  class ParamCommandCommentBitfields {
+    friend class ParamCommandComment;
+
+    unsigned : NumBlockCommandCommentBits;
+
+    /// Parameter passing direction, see ParamCommandComment::PassDirection.
+    unsigned Direction : 2;
+
+    /// True if direction was specified explicitly in the comment.
+    unsigned IsDirectionExplicit : 1;
+  };
+  enum { NumParamCommandCommentBits = NumBlockCommandCommentBits + 3 };
+
+  union {
+    CommentBitfields CommentBits;
+    InlineContentCommentBitfields InlineContentCommentBits;
+    TextCommentBitfields TextCommentBits;
+    InlineCommandCommentBitfields InlineCommandCommentBits;
+    HTMLStartTagCommentBitfields HTMLStartTagCommentBits;
+    ParagraphCommentBitfields ParagraphCommentBits;
+    BlockCommandCommentBitfields BlockCommandCommentBits;
+    ParamCommandCommentBitfields ParamCommandCommentBits;
+  };
+
+  void setSourceRange(SourceRange SR) {
+    Range = SR;
+  }
+
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) {
+    Loc = L;
+  }
+
+public:
+  enum CommentKind {
+    NoCommentKind = 0,
+#define COMMENT(CLASS, PARENT) CLASS##Kind,
+#define COMMENT_RANGE(BASE, FIRST, LAST) \
+    First##BASE##Constant=FIRST##Kind, Last##BASE##Constant=LAST##Kind,
+#define LAST_COMMENT_RANGE(BASE, FIRST, LAST) \
+    First##BASE##Constant=FIRST##Kind, Last##BASE##Constant=LAST##Kind
+#define ABSTRACT_COMMENT(COMMENT)
+#include "clang/AST/CommentNodes.inc"
+  };
+
+  Comment(CommentKind K,
+          SourceLocation LocBegin,
+          SourceLocation LocEnd) :
+      Loc(LocBegin), Range(SourceRange(LocBegin, LocEnd)) {
+    CommentBits.Kind = K;
+  }
+
+  CommentKind getCommentKind() const {
+    return static_cast<CommentKind>(CommentBits.Kind);
+  }
+
+  const char *getCommentKindName() const;
+
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dump() const;
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dumpColor() const;
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dump(const ASTContext &Context) const;
+  void dump(raw_ostream &OS, const CommandTraits *Traits,
+            const SourceManager *SM) const;
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Range.getBegin();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Range.getEnd();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  typedef Comment * const *child_iterator;
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const;
+  child_iterator child_end() const;
+
+  // TODO: const child iterator
+
+  unsigned child_count() const {
+    return child_end() - child_begin();
+  }
+};
+
+/// Inline content (contained within a block).
+/// Abstract class.
+class InlineContentComment : public Comment {
+protected:
+  InlineContentComment(CommentKind K,
+                       SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                       SourceLocation LocEnd) :
+      Comment(K, LocBegin, LocEnd) {
+    InlineContentCommentBits.HasTrailingNewline = 0;
+  }
+
+public:
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() >= FirstInlineContentCommentConstant &&
+           C->getCommentKind() <= LastInlineContentCommentConstant;
+  }
+
+  void addTrailingNewline() {
+    InlineContentCommentBits.HasTrailingNewline = 1;
+  }
+
+  bool hasTrailingNewline() const {
+    return InlineContentCommentBits.HasTrailingNewline;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Plain text.
+class TextComment : public InlineContentComment {
+  StringRef Text;
+
+public:
+  TextComment(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+              SourceLocation LocEnd,
+              StringRef Text) :
+      InlineContentComment(TextCommentKind, LocBegin, LocEnd),
+      Text(Text) {
+    TextCommentBits.IsWhitespaceValid = false;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == TextCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const { return NULL; }
+
+  child_iterator child_end() const { return NULL; }
+
+  StringRef getText() const LLVM_READONLY { return Text; }
+
+  bool isWhitespace() const {
+    if (TextCommentBits.IsWhitespaceValid)
+      return TextCommentBits.IsWhitespace;
+
+    TextCommentBits.IsWhitespace = isWhitespaceNoCache();
+    TextCommentBits.IsWhitespaceValid = true;
+    return TextCommentBits.IsWhitespace;
+  }
+
+private:
+  bool isWhitespaceNoCache() const;
+};
+
+/// A command with word-like arguments that is considered inline content.
+class InlineCommandComment : public InlineContentComment {
+public:
+  struct Argument {
+    SourceRange Range;
+    StringRef Text;
+
+    Argument(SourceRange Range, StringRef Text) : Range(Range), Text(Text) { }
+  };
+
+  /// The most appropriate rendering mode for this command, chosen on command
+  /// semantics in Doxygen.
+  enum RenderKind {
+    RenderNormal,
+    RenderBold,
+    RenderMonospaced,
+    RenderEmphasized
+  };
+
+protected:
+  /// Command arguments.
+  ArrayRef<Argument> Args;
+
+public:
+  InlineCommandComment(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                       SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                       unsigned CommandID,
+                       RenderKind RK,
+                       ArrayRef<Argument> Args) :
+      InlineContentComment(InlineCommandCommentKind, LocBegin, LocEnd),
+      Args(Args) {
+    InlineCommandCommentBits.RenderKind = RK;
+    InlineCommandCommentBits.CommandID = CommandID;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == InlineCommandCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const { return NULL; }
+
+  child_iterator child_end() const { return NULL; }
+
+  unsigned getCommandID() const {
+    return InlineCommandCommentBits.CommandID;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getCommandName(const CommandTraits &Traits) const {
+    return Traits.getCommandInfo(getCommandID())->Name;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getCommandNameRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLocStart().getLocWithOffset(-1),
+                       getLocEnd());
+  }
+
+  RenderKind getRenderKind() const {
+    return static_cast<RenderKind>(InlineCommandCommentBits.RenderKind);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const {
+    return Args.size();
+  }
+
+  StringRef getArgText(unsigned Idx) const {
+    return Args[Idx].Text;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getArgRange(unsigned Idx) const {
+    return Args[Idx].Range;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Abstract class for opening and closing HTML tags.  HTML tags are always
+/// treated as inline content (regardless HTML semantics); opening and closing
+/// tags are not matched.
+class HTMLTagComment : public InlineContentComment {
+protected:
+  StringRef TagName;
+  SourceRange TagNameRange;
+
+  HTMLTagComment(CommentKind K,
+                 SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                 SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                 StringRef TagName,
+                 SourceLocation TagNameBegin,
+                 SourceLocation TagNameEnd) :
+      InlineContentComment(K, LocBegin, LocEnd),
+      TagName(TagName),
+      TagNameRange(TagNameBegin, TagNameEnd) {
+    setLocation(TagNameBegin);
+  }
+
+public:
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() >= FirstHTMLTagCommentConstant &&
+           C->getCommentKind() <= LastHTMLTagCommentConstant;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getTagName() const LLVM_READONLY { return TagName; }
+
+  SourceRange getTagNameSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    SourceLocation L = getLocation();
+    return SourceRange(L.getLocWithOffset(1),
+                       L.getLocWithOffset(1 + TagName.size()));
+  }
+};
+
+/// An opening HTML tag with attributes.
+class HTMLStartTagComment : public HTMLTagComment {
+public:
+  class Attribute {
+  public:
+    SourceLocation NameLocBegin;
+    StringRef Name;
+
+    SourceLocation EqualsLoc;
+
+    SourceRange ValueRange;
+    StringRef Value;
+
+    Attribute() { }
+
+    Attribute(SourceLocation NameLocBegin, StringRef Name) :
+        NameLocBegin(NameLocBegin), Name(Name),
+        EqualsLoc(SourceLocation()),
+        ValueRange(SourceRange()), Value(StringRef())
+    { }
+
+    Attribute(SourceLocation NameLocBegin, StringRef Name,
+              SourceLocation EqualsLoc,
+              SourceRange ValueRange, StringRef Value) :
+        NameLocBegin(NameLocBegin), Name(Name),
+        EqualsLoc(EqualsLoc),
+        ValueRange(ValueRange), Value(Value)
+    { }
+
+    SourceLocation getNameLocEnd() const {
+      return NameLocBegin.getLocWithOffset(Name.size());
+    }
+
+    SourceRange getNameRange() const {
+      return SourceRange(NameLocBegin, getNameLocEnd());
+    }
+  };
+
+private:
+  ArrayRef<Attribute> Attributes;
+
+public:
+  HTMLStartTagComment(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                      StringRef TagName) :
+      HTMLTagComment(HTMLStartTagCommentKind,
+                     LocBegin, LocBegin.getLocWithOffset(1 + TagName.size()),
+                     TagName,
+                     LocBegin.getLocWithOffset(1),
+                     LocBegin.getLocWithOffset(1 + TagName.size())) {
+    HTMLStartTagCommentBits.IsSelfClosing = false;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == HTMLStartTagCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const { return NULL; }
+
+  child_iterator child_end() const { return NULL; }
+
+  unsigned getNumAttrs() const {
+    return Attributes.size();
+  }
+
+  const Attribute &getAttr(unsigned Idx) const {
+    return Attributes[Idx];
+  }
+
+  void setAttrs(ArrayRef<Attribute> Attrs) {
+    Attributes = Attrs;
+    if (!Attrs.empty()) {
+      const Attribute &Attr = Attrs.back();
+      SourceLocation L = Attr.ValueRange.getEnd();
+      if (L.isValid())
+        Range.setEnd(L);
+      else {
+        Range.setEnd(Attr.getNameLocEnd());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  void setGreaterLoc(SourceLocation GreaterLoc) {
+    Range.setEnd(GreaterLoc);
+  }
+
+  bool isSelfClosing() const {
+    return HTMLStartTagCommentBits.IsSelfClosing;
+  }
+
+  void setSelfClosing() {
+    HTMLStartTagCommentBits.IsSelfClosing = true;
+  }
+};
+
+/// A closing HTML tag.
+class HTMLEndTagComment : public HTMLTagComment {
+public:
+  HTMLEndTagComment(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                    SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                    StringRef TagName) :
+      HTMLTagComment(HTMLEndTagCommentKind,
+                     LocBegin, LocEnd,
+                     TagName,
+                     LocBegin.getLocWithOffset(2),
+                     LocBegin.getLocWithOffset(2 + TagName.size()))
+  { }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == HTMLEndTagCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const { return NULL; }
+
+  child_iterator child_end() const { return NULL; }
+};
+
+/// Block content (contains inline content).
+/// Abstract class.
+class BlockContentComment : public Comment {
+protected:
+  BlockContentComment(CommentKind K,
+                      SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                      SourceLocation LocEnd) :
+      Comment(K, LocBegin, LocEnd)
+  { }
+
+public:
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() >= FirstBlockContentCommentConstant &&
+           C->getCommentKind() <= LastBlockContentCommentConstant;
+  }
+};
+
+/// A single paragraph that contains inline content.
+class ParagraphComment : public BlockContentComment {
+  ArrayRef<InlineContentComment *> Content;
+
+public:
+  ParagraphComment(ArrayRef<InlineContentComment *> Content) :
+      BlockContentComment(ParagraphCommentKind,
+                          SourceLocation(),
+                          SourceLocation()),
+      Content(Content) {
+    if (Content.empty()) {
+      ParagraphCommentBits.IsWhitespace = true;
+      ParagraphCommentBits.IsWhitespaceValid = true;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    ParagraphCommentBits.IsWhitespaceValid = false;
+
+    setSourceRange(SourceRange(Content.front()->getLocStart(),
+                               Content.back()->getLocEnd()));
+    setLocation(Content.front()->getLocStart());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == ParagraphCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<child_iterator>(Content.begin());
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_end() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<child_iterator>(Content.end());
+  }
+
+  bool isWhitespace() const {
+    if (ParagraphCommentBits.IsWhitespaceValid)
+      return ParagraphCommentBits.IsWhitespace;
+
+    ParagraphCommentBits.IsWhitespace = isWhitespaceNoCache();
+    ParagraphCommentBits.IsWhitespaceValid = true;
+    return ParagraphCommentBits.IsWhitespace;
+  }
+
+private:
+  bool isWhitespaceNoCache() const;
+};
+
+/// A command that has zero or more word-like arguments (number of word-like
+/// arguments depends on command name) and a paragraph as an argument
+/// (e. g., \\brief).
+class BlockCommandComment : public BlockContentComment {
+public:
+  struct Argument {
+    SourceRange Range;
+    StringRef Text;
+
+    Argument() { }
+    Argument(SourceRange Range, StringRef Text) : Range(Range), Text(Text) { }
+  };
+
+protected:
+  /// Word-like arguments.
+  ArrayRef<Argument> Args;
+
+  /// Paragraph argument.
+  ParagraphComment *Paragraph;
+
+  BlockCommandComment(CommentKind K,
+                      SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                      SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                      unsigned CommandID,
+                      CommandMarkerKind CommandMarker) :
+      BlockContentComment(K, LocBegin, LocEnd),
+      Paragraph(NULL) {
+    setLocation(getCommandNameBeginLoc());
+    BlockCommandCommentBits.CommandID = CommandID;
+    BlockCommandCommentBits.CommandMarker = CommandMarker;
+  }
+
+public:
+  BlockCommandComment(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                      SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                      unsigned CommandID,
+                      CommandMarkerKind CommandMarker) :
+      BlockContentComment(BlockCommandCommentKind, LocBegin, LocEnd),
+      Paragraph(NULL) {
+    setLocation(getCommandNameBeginLoc());
+    BlockCommandCommentBits.CommandID = CommandID;
+    BlockCommandCommentBits.CommandMarker = CommandMarker;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() >= FirstBlockCommandCommentConstant &&
+           C->getCommentKind() <= LastBlockCommandCommentConstant;
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<child_iterator>(&Paragraph);
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_end() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<child_iterator>(&Paragraph + 1);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getCommandID() const {
+    return BlockCommandCommentBits.CommandID;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getCommandName(const CommandTraits &Traits) const {
+    return Traits.getCommandInfo(getCommandID())->Name;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getCommandNameBeginLoc() const {
+    return getLocStart().getLocWithOffset(1);
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getCommandNameRange(const CommandTraits &Traits) const {
+    StringRef Name = getCommandName(Traits);
+    return SourceRange(getCommandNameBeginLoc(),
+                       getLocStart().getLocWithOffset(1 + Name.size()));
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const {
+    return Args.size();
+  }
+
+  StringRef getArgText(unsigned Idx) const {
+    return Args[Idx].Text;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getArgRange(unsigned Idx) const {
+    return Args[Idx].Range;
+  }
+
+  void setArgs(ArrayRef<Argument> A) {
+    Args = A;
+    if (Args.size() > 0) {
+      SourceLocation NewLocEnd = Args.back().Range.getEnd();
+      if (NewLocEnd.isValid())
+        setSourceRange(SourceRange(getLocStart(), NewLocEnd));
+    }
+  }
+
+  ParagraphComment *getParagraph() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Paragraph;
+  }
+
+  bool hasNonWhitespaceParagraph() const {
+    return Paragraph && !Paragraph->isWhitespace();
+  }
+
+  void setParagraph(ParagraphComment *PC) {
+    Paragraph = PC;
+    SourceLocation NewLocEnd = PC->getLocEnd();
+    if (NewLocEnd.isValid())
+      setSourceRange(SourceRange(getLocStart(), NewLocEnd));
+  }
+
+  CommandMarkerKind getCommandMarker() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return static_cast<CommandMarkerKind>(
+        BlockCommandCommentBits.CommandMarker);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Doxygen \\param command.
+class ParamCommandComment : public BlockCommandComment {
+private:
+  /// Parameter index in the function declaration.
+  unsigned ParamIndex;
+
+public:
+  enum { InvalidParamIndex = ~0U };
+
+  ParamCommandComment(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                      SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                      unsigned CommandID,
+                      CommandMarkerKind CommandMarker) :
+      BlockCommandComment(ParamCommandCommentKind, LocBegin, LocEnd,
+                          CommandID, CommandMarker),
+      ParamIndex(InvalidParamIndex) {
+    ParamCommandCommentBits.Direction = In;
+    ParamCommandCommentBits.IsDirectionExplicit = false;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == ParamCommandCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  enum PassDirection {
+    In,
+    Out,
+    InOut
+  };
+
+  static const char *getDirectionAsString(PassDirection D);
+
+  PassDirection getDirection() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return static_cast<PassDirection>(ParamCommandCommentBits.Direction);
+  }
+
+  bool isDirectionExplicit() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return ParamCommandCommentBits.IsDirectionExplicit;
+  }
+
+  void setDirection(PassDirection Direction, bool Explicit) {
+    ParamCommandCommentBits.Direction = Direction;
+    ParamCommandCommentBits.IsDirectionExplicit = Explicit;
+  }
+
+  bool hasParamName() const {
+    return getNumArgs() > 0;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getParamName(const FullComment *FC) const;
+
+  StringRef getParamNameAsWritten() const {
+    return Args[0].Text;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getParamNameRange() const {
+    return Args[0].Range;
+  }
+
+  bool isParamIndexValid() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return ParamIndex != InvalidParamIndex;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getParamIndex() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(isParamIndexValid());
+    return ParamIndex;
+  }
+
+  void setParamIndex(unsigned Index) {
+    ParamIndex = Index;
+    assert(isParamIndexValid());
+  }
+};
+
+/// Doxygen \\tparam command, describes a template parameter.
+class TParamCommandComment : public BlockCommandComment {
+private:
+  /// If this template parameter name was resolved (found in template parameter
+  /// list), then this stores a list of position indexes in all template
+  /// parameter lists.
+  ///
+  /// For example:
+  /// \verbatim
+  ///     template<typename C, template<typename T> class TT>
+  ///     void test(TT<int> aaa);
+  /// \endverbatim
+  /// For C:  Position = { 0 }
+  /// For TT: Position = { 1 }
+  /// For T:  Position = { 1, 0 }
+  ArrayRef<unsigned> Position;
+
+public:
+  TParamCommandComment(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                       SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                       unsigned CommandID,
+                       CommandMarkerKind CommandMarker) :
+      BlockCommandComment(TParamCommandCommentKind, LocBegin, LocEnd, CommandID,
+                          CommandMarker)
+  { }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == TParamCommandCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  bool hasParamName() const {
+    return getNumArgs() > 0;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getParamName(const FullComment *FC) const;
+
+  StringRef getParamNameAsWritten() const {
+    return Args[0].Text;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getParamNameRange() const {
+    return Args[0].Range;
+  }
+
+  bool isPositionValid() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return !Position.empty();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getDepth() const {
+    assert(isPositionValid());
+    return Position.size();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getIndex(unsigned Depth) const {
+    assert(isPositionValid());
+    return Position[Depth];
+  }
+
+  void setPosition(ArrayRef<unsigned> NewPosition) {
+    Position = NewPosition;
+    assert(isPositionValid());
+  }
+};
+
+/// A line of text contained in a verbatim block.
+class VerbatimBlockLineComment : public Comment {
+  StringRef Text;
+
+public:
+  VerbatimBlockLineComment(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                           StringRef Text) :
+      Comment(VerbatimBlockLineCommentKind,
+              LocBegin,
+              LocBegin.getLocWithOffset(Text.size())),
+      Text(Text)
+  { }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == VerbatimBlockLineCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const { return NULL; }
+
+  child_iterator child_end() const { return NULL; }
+
+  StringRef getText() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Text;
+  }
+};
+
+/// A verbatim block command (e. g., preformatted code).  Verbatim block has an
+/// opening and a closing command and contains multiple lines of text
+/// (VerbatimBlockLineComment nodes).
+class VerbatimBlockComment : public BlockCommandComment {
+protected:
+  StringRef CloseName;
+  SourceLocation CloseNameLocBegin;
+  ArrayRef<VerbatimBlockLineComment *> Lines;
+
+public:
+  VerbatimBlockComment(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                       SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                       unsigned CommandID) :
+      BlockCommandComment(VerbatimBlockCommentKind,
+                          LocBegin, LocEnd, CommandID,
+                          CMK_At) // FIXME: improve source fidelity.
+  { }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == VerbatimBlockCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<child_iterator>(Lines.begin());
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_end() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<child_iterator>(Lines.end());
+  }
+
+  void setCloseName(StringRef Name, SourceLocation LocBegin) {
+    CloseName = Name;
+    CloseNameLocBegin = LocBegin;
+  }
+
+  void setLines(ArrayRef<VerbatimBlockLineComment *> L) {
+    Lines = L;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getCloseName() const {
+    return CloseName;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumLines() const {
+    return Lines.size();
+  }
+
+  StringRef getText(unsigned LineIdx) const {
+    return Lines[LineIdx]->getText();
+  }
+};
+
+/// A verbatim line command.  Verbatim line has an opening command, a single
+/// line of text (up to the newline after the opening command) and has no
+/// closing command.
+class VerbatimLineComment : public BlockCommandComment {
+protected:
+  StringRef Text;
+  SourceLocation TextBegin;
+
+public:
+  VerbatimLineComment(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                      SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                      unsigned CommandID,
+                      SourceLocation TextBegin,
+                      StringRef Text) :
+      BlockCommandComment(VerbatimLineCommentKind,
+                          LocBegin, LocEnd,
+                          CommandID,
+                          CMK_At), // FIXME: improve source fidelity.
+      Text(Text),
+      TextBegin(TextBegin)
+  { }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == VerbatimLineCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const { return NULL; }
+
+  child_iterator child_end() const { return NULL; }
+
+  StringRef getText() const {
+    return Text;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getTextRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(TextBegin, getLocEnd());
+  }
+};
+
+/// Information about the declaration, useful to clients of FullComment.
+struct DeclInfo {
+  /// Declaration the comment is actually attached to (in the source).
+  /// Should not be NULL.
+  const Decl *CommentDecl;
+  
+  /// CurrentDecl is the declaration with which the FullComment is associated.
+  ///
+  /// It can be different from \c CommentDecl.  It happens when we we decide
+  /// that the comment originally attached to \c CommentDecl is fine for
+  /// \c CurrentDecl too (for example, for a redeclaration or an overrider of
+  /// \c CommentDecl).
+  ///
+  /// The information in the DeclInfo corresponds to CurrentDecl.
+  const Decl *CurrentDecl;
+  
+  /// Parameters that can be referenced by \\param if \c CommentDecl is something
+  /// that we consider a "function".
+  ArrayRef<const ParmVarDecl *> ParamVars;
+
+  /// Function result type if \c CommentDecl is something that we consider
+  /// a "function".
+  QualType ResultType;
+
+  /// Template parameters that can be referenced by \\tparam if \c CommentDecl is
+  /// a template (\c IsTemplateDecl or \c IsTemplatePartialSpecialization is
+  /// true).
+  const TemplateParameterList *TemplateParameters;
+
+  /// A simplified description of \c CommentDecl kind that should be good enough
+  /// for documentation rendering purposes.
+  enum DeclKind {
+    /// Everything else not explicitly mentioned below.
+    OtherKind,
+
+    /// Something that we consider a "function":
+    /// \li function,
+    /// \li function template,
+    /// \li function template specialization,
+    /// \li member function,
+    /// \li member function template,
+    /// \li member function template specialization,
+    /// \li ObjC method,
+    /// \li a typedef for a function pointer, member function pointer,
+    ///     ObjC block.
+    FunctionKind,
+
+    /// Something that we consider a "class":
+    /// \li class/struct,
+    /// \li class template,
+    /// \li class template (partial) specialization.
+    ClassKind,
+
+    /// Something that we consider a "variable":
+    /// \li namespace scope variables;
+    /// \li static and non-static class data members;
+    /// \li enumerators.
+    VariableKind,
+
+    /// A C++ namespace.
+    NamespaceKind,
+
+    /// A C++ typedef-name (a 'typedef' decl specifier or alias-declaration),
+    /// see \c TypedefNameDecl.
+    TypedefKind,
+
+    /// An enumeration or scoped enumeration.
+    EnumKind
+  };
+
+  /// What kind of template specialization \c CommentDecl is.
+  enum TemplateDeclKind {
+    NotTemplate,
+    Template,
+    TemplateSpecialization,
+    TemplatePartialSpecialization
+  };
+
+  /// If false, only \c CommentDecl is valid.
+  unsigned IsFilled : 1;
+
+  /// Simplified kind of \c CommentDecl, see \c DeclKind enum.
+  unsigned Kind : 3;
+
+  /// Is \c CommentDecl a template declaration.
+  unsigned TemplateKind : 2;
+
+  /// Is \c CommentDecl an ObjCMethodDecl.
+  unsigned IsObjCMethod : 1;
+
+  /// Is \c CommentDecl a non-static member function of C++ class or
+  /// instance method of ObjC class.
+  /// Can be true only if \c IsFunctionDecl is true.
+  unsigned IsInstanceMethod : 1;
+
+  /// Is \c CommentDecl a static member function of C++ class or
+  /// class method of ObjC class.
+  /// Can be true only if \c IsFunctionDecl is true.
+  unsigned IsClassMethod : 1;
+
+  void fill();
+
+  DeclKind getKind() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return static_cast<DeclKind>(Kind);
+  }
+
+  TemplateDeclKind getTemplateKind() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return static_cast<TemplateDeclKind>(TemplateKind);
+  }
+};
+
+/// A full comment attached to a declaration, contains block content.
+class FullComment : public Comment {
+  ArrayRef<BlockContentComment *> Blocks;
+  DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo;
+
+public:
+  FullComment(ArrayRef<BlockContentComment *> Blocks, DeclInfo *D) :
+      Comment(FullCommentKind, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation()),
+      Blocks(Blocks), ThisDeclInfo(D) {
+    if (Blocks.empty())
+      return;
+
+    setSourceRange(SourceRange(Blocks.front()->getLocStart(),
+                               Blocks.back()->getLocEnd()));
+    setLocation(Blocks.front()->getLocStart());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Comment *C) {
+    return C->getCommentKind() == FullCommentKind;
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<child_iterator>(Blocks.begin());
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_end() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<child_iterator>(Blocks.end()); 
+  }
+
+  const Decl *getDecl() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl;
+  }
+  
+  const DeclInfo *getDeclInfo() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (!ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled)
+      ThisDeclInfo->fill();
+    return ThisDeclInfo;
+  }
+  
+  DeclInfo *getThisDeclInfo() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return ThisDeclInfo;
+  }
+  
+  ArrayRef<BlockContentComment *> getBlocks() const { return Blocks; }
+  
+};
+} // end namespace comments
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentBriefParser.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentBriefParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d50886
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentBriefParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+//===--- CommentBriefParser.h - Dumb comment parser -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines a very simple Doxygen comment parser.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_BRIEF_COMMENT_PARSER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_BRIEF_COMMENT_PARSER_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/CommentLexer.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace comments {
+
+/// A very simple comment parser that extracts "a brief description".
+///
+/// Due to a variety of comment styles, it considers the following as "a brief
+/// description", in order of priority:
+/// \li a \\brief or \\short command,
+/// \li the first paragraph,
+/// \li a \\result or \\return or \\returns paragraph.
+class BriefParser {
+  Lexer &L;
+
+  const CommandTraits &Traits;
+
+  /// Current lookahead token.
+  Token Tok;
+
+  SourceLocation ConsumeToken() {
+    SourceLocation Loc = Tok.getLocation();
+    L.lex(Tok);
+    return Loc;
+  }
+
+public:
+  BriefParser(Lexer &L, const CommandTraits &Traits);
+
+  /// Return the best "brief description" we can find.
+  std::string Parse();
+};
+
+} // end namespace comments
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1f5209
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+//===--- CommentCommandTraits.h - Comment command properties ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the class that provides information about comment
+//  commands.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENT_COMMAND_TRAITS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENT_COMMAND_TRAITS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/CommentOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace comments {
+
+/// \brief Information about a single command.
+///
+/// When reordering, adding or removing members please update the corresponding
+/// TableGen backend.
+struct CommandInfo {
+  unsigned getID() const {
+    return ID;
+  }
+
+  const char *Name;
+
+  /// Name of the command that ends the verbatim block.
+  const char *EndCommandName;
+
+  unsigned ID : 8;
+
+  /// Number of word-like arguments for a given block command, except for
+  /// \\param and \\tparam commands -- these have special argument parsers.
+  unsigned NumArgs : 4;
+
+  /// True if this command is a inline command (of any kind).
+  unsigned IsInlineCommand : 1;
+
+  /// True if this command is a block command (of any kind).
+  unsigned IsBlockCommand : 1;
+
+  /// True if this command is introducing a brief documentation
+  /// paragraph (\\brief or an alias).
+  unsigned IsBriefCommand : 1;
+
+  /// True if this command is \\returns or an alias.
+  unsigned IsReturnsCommand : 1;
+
+  /// True if this command is introducing documentation for a function
+  /// parameter (\\param or an alias).
+  unsigned IsParamCommand : 1;
+
+  /// True if this command is introducing documentation for
+  /// a template parameter (\\tparam or an alias).
+  unsigned IsTParamCommand : 1;
+
+  /// True if this command is \\deprecated or an alias.
+  unsigned IsDeprecatedCommand : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this is a \\headerfile-like command.
+  unsigned IsHeaderfileCommand : 1;
+
+  /// True if we don't want to warn about this command being passed an empty
+  /// paragraph.  Meaningful only for block commands.
+  unsigned IsEmptyParagraphAllowed : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this command is a verbatim-like block command.
+  ///
+  /// A verbatim-like block command eats every character (except line starting
+  /// decorations) until matching end command is seen or comment end is hit.
+  unsigned IsVerbatimBlockCommand : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this command is an end command for a verbatim-like block.
+  unsigned IsVerbatimBlockEndCommand : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this command is a verbatim line command.
+  ///
+  /// A verbatim-like line command eats everything until a newline is seen or
+  /// comment end is hit.
+  unsigned IsVerbatimLineCommand : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this command contains a declaration for the entity being
+  /// documented.
+  ///
+  /// For example:
+  /// \code
+  ///   \fn void f(int a);
+  /// \endcode
+  unsigned IsDeclarationCommand : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief True if verbatim-like line command is a function declaration.
+  unsigned IsFunctionDeclarationCommand : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if block command is further describing a container API; such
+  /// as \@coclass, \@classdesign, etc.
+  unsigned IsRecordLikeDetailCommand : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief True if block command is a container API; such as \@interface.
+  unsigned IsRecordLikeDeclarationCommand : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief True if this command is unknown.  This \c CommandInfo object was
+  /// created during parsing.
+  unsigned IsUnknownCommand : 1;
+};
+
+/// This class provides information about commands that can be used
+/// in comments.
+class CommandTraits {
+public:
+  enum KnownCommandIDs {
+#define COMMENT_COMMAND(NAME) KCI_##NAME,
+#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandList.inc"
+#undef COMMENT_COMMAND
+    KCI_Last
+  };
+
+  CommandTraits(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator,
+                const CommentOptions &CommentOptions);
+
+  void registerCommentOptions(const CommentOptions &CommentOptions);
+
+  /// \returns a CommandInfo object for a given command name or
+  /// NULL if no CommandInfo object exists for this command.
+  const CommandInfo *getCommandInfoOrNULL(StringRef Name) const;
+
+  const CommandInfo *getCommandInfo(StringRef Name) const {
+    if (const CommandInfo *Info = getCommandInfoOrNULL(Name))
+      return Info;
+    llvm_unreachable("the command should be known");
+  }
+
+  const CommandInfo *getCommandInfo(unsigned CommandID) const;
+
+  const CommandInfo *registerUnknownCommand(StringRef CommandName);
+
+  const CommandInfo *registerBlockCommand(StringRef CommandName);
+
+  /// \returns a CommandInfo object for a given command name or
+  /// NULL if \c Name is not a builtin command.
+  static const CommandInfo *getBuiltinCommandInfo(StringRef Name);
+
+  /// \returns a CommandInfo object for a given command ID or
+  /// NULL if \c CommandID is not a builtin command.
+  static const CommandInfo *getBuiltinCommandInfo(unsigned CommandID);
+
+private:
+  CommandTraits(const CommandTraits &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const CommandTraits &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  const CommandInfo *getRegisteredCommandInfo(StringRef Name) const;
+  const CommandInfo *getRegisteredCommandInfo(unsigned CommandID) const;
+
+  CommandInfo *createCommandInfoWithName(StringRef CommandName);
+
+  unsigned NextID;
+
+  /// Allocator for CommandInfo objects.
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator;
+
+  SmallVector<CommandInfo *, 4> RegisteredCommands;
+};
+
+} // end namespace comments
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentCommands.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentCommands.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9587ace
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentCommands.td
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Define command classes.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class Command<string name> {
+  string Name = name;
+  string EndCommandName = "";
+
+  int NumArgs = 0;
+
+  bit IsInlineCommand = 0;
+
+  bit IsBlockCommand = 0;
+  bit IsBriefCommand = 0;
+  bit IsReturnsCommand = 0;
+  bit IsParamCommand = 0;
+  bit IsTParamCommand = 0;
+  bit IsDeprecatedCommand = 0;
+  bit IsHeaderfileCommand = 0;
+
+  bit IsEmptyParagraphAllowed = 0;
+
+  bit IsVerbatimBlockCommand = 0;
+  bit IsVerbatimBlockEndCommand = 0;
+  bit IsVerbatimLineCommand = 0;
+  bit IsDeclarationCommand = 0;
+  bit IsFunctionDeclarationCommand = 0;
+  bit IsRecordLikeDetailCommand = 0;
+  bit IsRecordLikeDeclarationCommand = 0;
+}
+
+class InlineCommand<string name> : Command<name> {
+  let IsInlineCommand = 1;
+}
+
+class BlockCommand<string name> : Command<name> {
+  let IsBlockCommand = 1;
+}
+
+class RecordLikeDetailCommand<string name> : BlockCommand<name> {
+  let IsRecordLikeDetailCommand = 1;
+}
+
+class VerbatimBlockCommand<string name> : Command<name> {
+  let EndCommandName = name;
+  let IsVerbatimBlockCommand = 1;
+}
+
+multiclass VerbatimBlockCommand<string name, string endCommandName> {
+  def Begin : Command<name> {
+    let EndCommandName = endCommandName;
+    let IsVerbatimBlockCommand = 1;
+  }
+
+  def End : Command<endCommandName> {
+    let IsVerbatimBlockEndCommand = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+class VerbatimLineCommand<string name> : Command<name> {
+  let IsVerbatimLineCommand = 1;
+}
+
+class DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<string name> :
+      VerbatimLineCommand<name> {
+  let IsDeclarationCommand = 1;
+}
+
+class FunctionDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<string name> :
+      VerbatimLineCommand<name> {
+  let IsDeclarationCommand = 1;
+  let IsFunctionDeclarationCommand = 1;
+}
+
+class RecordLikeDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<string name> :
+      VerbatimLineCommand<name> {
+  let IsDeclarationCommand = 1;
+  let IsRecordLikeDeclarationCommand = 1;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// InlineCommand
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def B  : InlineCommand<"b">;
+def C  : InlineCommand<"c">;
+def P  : InlineCommand<"p">;
+def A  : InlineCommand<"a">;
+def E  : InlineCommand<"e">;
+def Em : InlineCommand<"em">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// BlockCommand
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def Brief : BlockCommand<"brief"> { let IsBriefCommand = 1; }
+def Short : BlockCommand<"short"> { let IsBriefCommand = 1; }
+
+// Opposite of \brief, it is the default in our implementation.
+def Details : BlockCommand<"details">;
+
+def Returns : BlockCommand<"returns"> { let IsReturnsCommand = 1; }
+def Return  : BlockCommand<"return"> { let IsReturnsCommand = 1; }
+def Result  : BlockCommand<"result"> { let IsReturnsCommand = 1; }
+
+def Param : BlockCommand<"param"> { let IsParamCommand = 1; }
+
+// Doxygen command for template parameter documentation.
+def Tparam : BlockCommand<"tparam"> { let IsTParamCommand = 1; }
+
+// HeaderDoc command for template parameter documentation.
+def Templatefield : BlockCommand<"templatefield"> { let IsTParamCommand = 1; }
+
+def Deprecated : BlockCommand<"deprecated"> {
+  let IsEmptyParagraphAllowed = 1;
+  let IsDeprecatedCommand = 1;
+}
+
+def Headerfile : BlockCommand<"headerfile"> { let IsHeaderfileCommand = 1; }
+
+// We don't do any additional semantic analysis for the following
+// BlockCommands.  It might be a good idea to do something extra for them, but
+// for now we model them as plain BlockCommands.
+def Attention  : BlockCommand<"attention">;
+def Author     : BlockCommand<"author">;
+def Authors    : BlockCommand<"authors">;
+def Bug        : BlockCommand<"bug">;
+def Copyright  : BlockCommand<"copyright">;
+def Date       : BlockCommand<"date">;
+def Invariant  : BlockCommand<"invariant">;
+def Note       : BlockCommand<"note">;
+def Post       : BlockCommand<"post">;
+def Pre        : BlockCommand<"pre">;
+def Remark     : BlockCommand<"remark">;
+def Remarks    : BlockCommand<"remarks">;
+def Sa         : BlockCommand<"sa">;
+def See        : BlockCommand<"see">;
+def Since      : BlockCommand<"since">;
+def Todo       : BlockCommand<"todo">;
+def Version    : BlockCommand<"version">;
+def Warning    : BlockCommand<"warning">;
+// HeaderDoc commands
+def ClassDesign   : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"classdesign">;
+def CoClass       : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"coclass">;
+def Dependency    : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"dependency">;
+def Helper        : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"helper">;
+def HelperClass   : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"helperclass">;
+def Helps         : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"helps">;
+def InstanceSize  : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"instancesize">;
+def Ownership     : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"ownership">;
+def Performance   : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"performance">;
+def Security      : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"security">;
+def SuperClass    : RecordLikeDetailCommand<"superclass">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// VerbatimBlockCommand
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+defm Code      : VerbatimBlockCommand<"code", "endcode">;
+defm Verbatim  : VerbatimBlockCommand<"verbatim", "endverbatim">;
+defm Htmlonly  : VerbatimBlockCommand<"htmlonly", "endhtmlonly">;
+defm Latexonly : VerbatimBlockCommand<"latexonly", "endlatexonly">;
+defm Xmlonly   : VerbatimBlockCommand<"xmlonly", "endxmlonly">;
+defm Manonly   : VerbatimBlockCommand<"manonly", "endmanonly">;
+defm Rtfonly   : VerbatimBlockCommand<"rtfonly", "endrtfonly">;
+
+defm Dot : VerbatimBlockCommand<"dot", "enddot">;
+defm Msc : VerbatimBlockCommand<"msc", "endmsc">;
+
+// These three commands have special support in CommentLexer to recognize their
+// names.
+def  FDollar  : VerbatimBlockCommand<"f$">; // Inline LaTeX formula
+defm FBracket : VerbatimBlockCommand<"f[", "f]">; // Displayed LaTeX formula
+defm FBrace   : VerbatimBlockCommand<"f{", "f}">; // LaTeX environment
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// VerbatimLineCommand
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def Defgroup   : VerbatimLineCommand<"defgroup">;
+def Ingroup    : VerbatimLineCommand<"ingroup">;
+def Addtogroup : VerbatimLineCommand<"addtogroup">;
+def Weakgroup  : VerbatimLineCommand<"weakgroup">;
+def Name       : VerbatimLineCommand<"name">;
+
+def Section       : VerbatimLineCommand<"section">;
+def Subsection    : VerbatimLineCommand<"subsection">;
+def Subsubsection : VerbatimLineCommand<"subsubsection">;
+def Paragraph     : VerbatimLineCommand<"paragraph">;
+
+def Mainpage : VerbatimLineCommand<"mainpage">;
+def Subpage  : VerbatimLineCommand<"subpage">;
+def Ref      : VerbatimLineCommand<"ref">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// Doxygen commands.
+def Fn        : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"fn">;
+def Namespace : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"namespace">;
+def Overload  : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"overload">;
+def Property  : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"property">;
+def Typedef   : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"typedef">;
+def Var       : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"var">;
+
+// HeaderDoc commands.
+def Class     : RecordLikeDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"class">;
+def Interface : RecordLikeDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"interface">;
+def Protocol  : RecordLikeDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"protocol">;
+def Struct    : RecordLikeDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"struct">;
+def Union     : RecordLikeDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"union">;
+def Category  : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"category">;
+def Template  : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"template">;
+def Function  : FunctionDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"function">;
+def FunctionGroup  : FunctionDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"functiongroup">;
+def Method    : FunctionDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"method">;
+def MethodGroup    : FunctionDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"methodgroup">;
+def Callback  : FunctionDeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"callback">;
+def Const     : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"const">;
+def Constant  : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"constant">;
+def Enum      : DeclarationVerbatimLineCommand<"enum">;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e89410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+//===--- CommentDiagnostic.h - Diagnostics for the AST library --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_COMMENTDIAGNOSTIC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_COMMENTDIAGNOSTIC_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace diag {
+    enum {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,FLAGS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,\
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER,CATEGORY) ENUM,
+#define COMMENTSTART
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticCommentKinds.inc"
+#undef DIAG
+      NUM_BUILTIN_COMMENT_DIAGNOSTICS
+    };
+  }  // end namespace diag
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentHTMLNamedCharacterReferences.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentHTMLNamedCharacterReferences.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4493108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentHTMLNamedCharacterReferences.td
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+// HTML Named Character Reference
+class NCR<string spelling, int codePoint> {
+  string Spelling = spelling;
+  int CodePoint = codePoint;
+}
+
+// The list below includes named character references supported by Doxygen:
+// http://www.stack.nl/~dimitri/doxygen/manual/htmlcmds.html
+//
+// It does not include all HTML 5 named character references.
+//
+// Corresponding code point values can be found here:
+// http://www.w3.org/TR/2011/WD-html5-20110113/named-character-references.html
+
+def : NCR<"copy",  0x000A9>;
+def : NCR<"COPY",  0x000A9>;
+def : NCR<"trade", 0x02122>;
+def : NCR<"TRADE", 0x02122>;
+def : NCR<"reg",   0x000AE>;
+def : NCR<"REG",   0x000AE>;
+def : NCR<"lt",    0x0003C>;
+def : NCR<"Lt",    0x0003C>;
+def : NCR<"LT",    0x0003C>;
+def : NCR<"gt",    0x0003E>;
+def : NCR<"Gt",    0x0003E>;
+def : NCR<"GT",    0x0003E>;
+def : NCR<"amp",   0x00026>;
+def : NCR<"AMP",   0x00026>;
+def : NCR<"apos",  0x00027>;
+def : NCR<"quot",  0x00022>;
+def : NCR<"QUOT",  0x00022>;
+def : NCR<"lsquo", 0x02018>;
+def : NCR<"rsquo", 0x02019>;
+def : NCR<"ldquo", 0x0201C>;
+def : NCR<"rdquo", 0x0201D>;
+def : NCR<"ndash", 0x02013>;
+def : NCR<"mdash", 0x02014>;
+
+def : NCR<"Auml", 0x000C4>;
+def : NCR<"Euml", 0x000CB>;
+def : NCR<"Iuml", 0x000CF>;
+def : NCR<"Ouml", 0x000D6>;
+def : NCR<"Uuml", 0x000DC>;
+def : NCR<"Yuml", 0x00178>;
+def : NCR<"auml", 0x000E4>;
+def : NCR<"euml", 0x000EB>;
+def : NCR<"iuml", 0x000EF>;
+def : NCR<"ouml", 0x000F6>;
+def : NCR<"uuml", 0x000FC>;
+def : NCR<"yuml", 0x000FF>;
+
+def : NCR<"Aacute", 0x000C1>;
+def : NCR<"Eacute", 0x000C9>;
+def : NCR<"Iacute", 0x000CD>;
+def : NCR<"Oacute", 0x000D3>;
+def : NCR<"Uacute", 0x000DA>;
+def : NCR<"Yacute", 0x000DD>;
+def : NCR<"aacute", 0x000E1>;
+def : NCR<"eacute", 0x000E9>;
+def : NCR<"iacute", 0x000ED>;
+def : NCR<"oacute", 0x000F3>;
+def : NCR<"uacute", 0x000FA>;
+def : NCR<"yacute", 0x000FD>;
+
+def : NCR<"Agrave", 0x000C0>;
+def : NCR<"Egrave", 0x000C8>;
+def : NCR<"Igrave", 0x000CC>;
+def : NCR<"Ograve", 0x000D2>;
+def : NCR<"Ugrave", 0x000D9>;
+// def : NCR<"Ygrave", 0x01EF2>; // Defined neither in Doxygen, nor in HTML5.
+def : NCR<"agrave", 0x000E0>;
+def : NCR<"egrave", 0x000E8>;
+def : NCR<"igrave", 0x000EC>;
+def : NCR<"ograve", 0x000F2>;
+def : NCR<"ugrave", 0x000F9>;
+def : NCR<"ygrave", 0x01EF3>; // Defined in Doxygen, not defined in HTML5.
+
+def : NCR<"Acirc", 0x000C2>;
+def : NCR<"Ecirc", 0x000CA>;
+def : NCR<"Icirc", 0x000CE>;
+def : NCR<"Ocirc", 0x000D4>;
+def : NCR<"Ucirc", 0x000DB>;
+def : NCR<"Ycirc", 0x00176>; // Not defined in Doxygen, defined in HTML5.
+def : NCR<"acirc", 0x000E2>;
+def : NCR<"ecirc", 0x000EA>;
+def : NCR<"icirc", 0x000EE>;
+def : NCR<"ocirc", 0x000F4>;
+def : NCR<"ucirc", 0x000FB>;
+def : NCR<"ycirc", 0x00177>;
+
+def : NCR<"Atilde", 0x000C3>;
+def : NCR<"Ntilde", 0x000D1>;
+def : NCR<"Otilde", 0x000D5>;
+def : NCR<"atilde", 0x000E3>;
+def : NCR<"ntilde", 0x000F1>;
+def : NCR<"otilde", 0x000F5>;
+
+def : NCR<"szlig", 0x000DF>;
+
+def : NCR<"ccedil", 0x000E7>;
+def : NCR<"Ccedil", 0x000C7>;
+
+def : NCR<"aring", 0x000E5>;
+def : NCR<"Aring", 0x000C5>;
+
+def : NCR<"nbsp", 0x000A0>;
+
+def : NCR<"Gamma",   0x00393>;
+def : NCR<"Delta",   0x00394>;
+def : NCR<"Theta",   0x00398>;
+def : NCR<"Lambda",  0x0039B>;
+def : NCR<"Xi",      0x0039E>;
+def : NCR<"Pi",      0x003A0>;
+def : NCR<"Sigma",   0x003A3>;
+def : NCR<"Upsilon", 0x003A5>;
+def : NCR<"Phi",     0x003A6>;
+def : NCR<"Psi",     0x003A8>;
+def : NCR<"Omega",   0x003A9>;
+
+def : NCR<"alpha",   0x003B1>;
+def : NCR<"beta",    0x003B2>;
+def : NCR<"gamma",   0x003B3>;
+def : NCR<"delta",   0x003B4>;
+def : NCR<"epsilon", 0x003B5>;
+def : NCR<"zeta",    0x003B6>;
+def : NCR<"eta",     0x003B7>;
+def : NCR<"theta",   0x003B8>;
+def : NCR<"iota",    0x003B9>;
+def : NCR<"kappa",   0x003BA>;
+def : NCR<"lambda",  0x003BB>;
+def : NCR<"mu",      0x003BC>;
+def : NCR<"nu",      0x003BD>;
+def : NCR<"xi",      0x003BE>;
+def : NCR<"pi",      0x003C0>;
+def : NCR<"rho",     0x003C1>;
+def : NCR<"sigma",   0x003C3>;
+def : NCR<"tau",     0x003C4>;
+def : NCR<"upsilon", 0x003C5>;
+def : NCR<"phi",     0x003C6>;
+def : NCR<"chi",     0x003C7>;
+def : NCR<"psi",     0x003C8>;
+def : NCR<"omega",   0x003C9>;
+def : NCR<"sigmaf",  0x003C2>;
+
+def : NCR<"sect",   0x000A7>;
+def : NCR<"deg",    0x000B0>;
+def : NCR<"prime",  0x02032>;
+def : NCR<"Prime",  0x02033>;
+def : NCR<"infin",  0x0221E>;
+def : NCR<"empty",  0x02205>;
+def : NCR<"plusmn", 0x000B1>;
+def : NCR<"times",  0x000D7>;
+def : NCR<"minus",  0x02212>;
+def : NCR<"sdot",   0x022C5>;
+def : NCR<"part",   0x02202>;
+def : NCR<"nabla",  0x02207>;
+def : NCR<"radic",  0x0221A>;
+def : NCR<"perp",   0x022A5>;
+def : NCR<"sum",    0x02211>;
+def : NCR<"int",    0x0222B>;
+def : NCR<"prod",   0x0220F>;
+def : NCR<"sim",    0x0223C>;
+def : NCR<"asymp",  0x02248>;
+def : NCR<"ne",     0x02260>;
+def : NCR<"equiv",  0x02261>;
+def : NCR<"prop",   0x0221D>;
+def : NCR<"le",     0x02264>;
+def : NCR<"ge",     0x02265>;
+def : NCR<"larr",   0x02190>;
+def : NCR<"rarr",   0x02192>;
+def : NCR<"isin",   0x02208>;
+def : NCR<"notin",  0x02209>;
+def : NCR<"lceil",  0x02308>;
+def : NCR<"rceil",  0x02309>;
+def : NCR<"lfloor", 0x0230A>;
+def : NCR<"rfloor", 0x0230B>;
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentHTMLTags.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentHTMLTags.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f98e32d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentHTMLTags.td
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+class Tag<string spelling> {
+  string Spelling = spelling;
+  bit EndTagOptional = 0;
+  bit EndTagForbidden = 0;
+}
+
+def Em      : Tag<"em">;
+def Strong  : Tag<"strong">;
+def Tt      : Tag<"tt">;
+def I       : Tag<"i">;
+def B       : Tag<"b">;
+def Big     : Tag<"big">;
+def Small   : Tag<"small">;
+def Strike  : Tag<"strike">;
+def S       : Tag<"s">;
+def U       : Tag<"u">;
+def Font    : Tag<"font">;
+def A       : Tag<"a">;
+def Hr      : Tag<"hr"> { let EndTagForbidden = 1; }
+def Div     : Tag<"div">;
+def Span    : Tag<"span">;
+def H1      : Tag<"h1">;
+def H2      : Tag<"h2">;
+def H3      : Tag<"h3">;
+def H4      : Tag<"h4">;
+def H5      : Tag<"h5">;
+def H6      : Tag<"h6">;
+def Code    : Tag<"code">;
+def Blockquote : Tag<"blockquote">;
+def Sub     : Tag<"sub">;
+def Sup     : Tag<"sup">;
+def Img     : Tag<"img"> { let EndTagForbidden = 1; }
+def P       : Tag<"p"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+def Br      : Tag<"br"> { let EndTagForbidden = 1; }
+def Pre     : Tag<"pre">;
+def Ins     : Tag<"ins">;
+def Del     : Tag<"del">;
+def Ul      : Tag<"ul">;
+def Ol      : Tag<"ol">;
+def Li      : Tag<"li"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+def Dl      : Tag<"dl">;
+def Dt      : Tag<"dt"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+def Dd      : Tag<"dd"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+def Table   : Tag<"table">;
+def Caption : Tag<"caption">;
+def Thead   : Tag<"thead"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+def Tfoot   : Tag<"tfoot"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+def Tbody   : Tag<"tbody"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+def Colgroup : Tag<"colgroup"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+def Col     : Tag<"col"> { let EndTagForbidden = 1; }
+def Tr      : Tag<"tr"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+def Th      : Tag<"th"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+def Td      : Tag<"td"> { let EndTagOptional = 1; }
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentLexer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentLexer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4179f45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentLexer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+//===--- CommentLexer.h - Lexer for structured comments ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines lexer for structured comments and supporting token class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENT_LEXER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENT_LEXER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace comments {
+
+class Lexer;
+class TextTokenRetokenizer;
+struct CommandInfo;
+class CommandTraits;
+
+namespace tok {
+enum TokenKind {
+  eof,
+  newline,
+  text,
+  unknown_command,   // Command that does not have an ID.
+  backslash_command, // Command with an ID, that used backslash marker.
+  at_command,        // Command with an ID, that used 'at' marker.
+  verbatim_block_begin,
+  verbatim_block_line,
+  verbatim_block_end,
+  verbatim_line_name,
+  verbatim_line_text,
+  html_start_tag,     // <tag
+  html_ident,         // attr
+  html_equals,        // =
+  html_quoted_string, // "blah\"blah" or 'blah\'blah'
+  html_greater,       // >
+  html_slash_greater, // />
+  html_end_tag        // </tag
+};
+} // end namespace tok
+
+/// \brief Comment token.
+class Token {
+  friend class Lexer;
+  friend class TextTokenRetokenizer;
+
+  /// The location of the token.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// The actual kind of the token.
+  tok::TokenKind Kind;
+
+  /// Length of the token spelling in comment.  Can be 0 for synthenized
+  /// tokens.
+  unsigned Length;
+
+  /// Contains text value associated with a token.
+  const char *TextPtr;
+
+  /// Integer value associated with a token.
+  ///
+  /// If the token is a konwn command, contains command ID and TextPtr is
+  /// unused (command spelling can be found with CommandTraits).  Otherwise,
+  /// contains the length of the string that starts at TextPtr.
+  unsigned IntVal;
+  
+public:
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation SL) { Loc = SL; }
+
+  SourceLocation getEndLocation() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (Length == 0 || Length == 1)
+      return Loc;
+    return Loc.getLocWithOffset(Length - 1);
+  }
+
+  tok::TokenKind getKind() const LLVM_READONLY { return Kind; }
+  void setKind(tok::TokenKind K) { Kind = K; }
+
+  bool is(tok::TokenKind K) const LLVM_READONLY { return Kind == K; }
+  bool isNot(tok::TokenKind K) const LLVM_READONLY { return Kind != K; }
+
+  unsigned getLength() const LLVM_READONLY { return Length; }
+  void setLength(unsigned L) { Length = L; }
+
+  StringRef getText() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::text));
+    return StringRef(TextPtr, IntVal);
+  }
+
+  void setText(StringRef Text) {
+    assert(is(tok::text));
+    TextPtr = Text.data();
+    IntVal = Text.size();
+  }
+
+  StringRef getUnknownCommandName() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::unknown_command));
+    return StringRef(TextPtr, IntVal);
+  }
+
+  void setUnknownCommandName(StringRef Name) {
+    assert(is(tok::unknown_command));
+    TextPtr = Name.data();
+    IntVal = Name.size();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getCommandID() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::backslash_command) || is(tok::at_command));
+    return IntVal;
+  }
+
+  void setCommandID(unsigned ID) {
+    assert(is(tok::backslash_command) || is(tok::at_command));
+    IntVal = ID;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getVerbatimBlockID() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::verbatim_block_begin) || is(tok::verbatim_block_end));
+    return IntVal;
+  }
+
+  void setVerbatimBlockID(unsigned ID) {
+    assert(is(tok::verbatim_block_begin) || is(tok::verbatim_block_end));
+    IntVal = ID;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getVerbatimBlockText() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::verbatim_block_line));
+    return StringRef(TextPtr, IntVal);
+  }
+
+  void setVerbatimBlockText(StringRef Text) {
+    assert(is(tok::verbatim_block_line));
+    TextPtr = Text.data();
+    IntVal = Text.size();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getVerbatimLineID() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::verbatim_line_name));
+    return IntVal;
+  }
+
+  void setVerbatimLineID(unsigned ID) {
+    assert(is(tok::verbatim_line_name));
+    IntVal = ID;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getVerbatimLineText() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::verbatim_line_text));
+    return StringRef(TextPtr, IntVal);
+  }
+
+  void setVerbatimLineText(StringRef Text) {
+    assert(is(tok::verbatim_line_text));
+    TextPtr = Text.data();
+    IntVal = Text.size();
+  }
+
+  StringRef getHTMLTagStartName() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::html_start_tag));
+    return StringRef(TextPtr, IntVal);
+  }
+
+  void setHTMLTagStartName(StringRef Name) {
+    assert(is(tok::html_start_tag));
+    TextPtr = Name.data();
+    IntVal = Name.size();
+  }
+
+  StringRef getHTMLIdent() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::html_ident));
+    return StringRef(TextPtr, IntVal);
+  }
+
+  void setHTMLIdent(StringRef Name) {
+    assert(is(tok::html_ident));
+    TextPtr = Name.data();
+    IntVal = Name.size();
+  }
+
+  StringRef getHTMLQuotedString() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::html_quoted_string));
+    return StringRef(TextPtr, IntVal);
+  }
+
+  void setHTMLQuotedString(StringRef Str) {
+    assert(is(tok::html_quoted_string));
+    TextPtr = Str.data();
+    IntVal = Str.size();
+  }
+
+  StringRef getHTMLTagEndName() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(is(tok::html_end_tag));
+    return StringRef(TextPtr, IntVal);
+  }
+
+  void setHTMLTagEndName(StringRef Name) {
+    assert(is(tok::html_end_tag));
+    TextPtr = Name.data();
+    IntVal = Name.size();
+  }
+
+  void dump(const Lexer &L, const SourceManager &SM) const;
+};
+
+/// \brief Comment lexer.
+class Lexer {
+private:
+  Lexer(const Lexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const Lexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  /// Allocator for strings that are semantic values of tokens and have to be
+  /// computed (for example, resolved decimal character references).
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator;
+
+  const CommandTraits &Traits;
+
+  const char *const BufferStart;
+  const char *const BufferEnd;
+  SourceLocation FileLoc;
+
+  const char *BufferPtr;
+
+  /// One past end pointer for the current comment.  For BCPL comments points
+  /// to newline or BufferEnd, for C comments points to star in '*/'.
+  const char *CommentEnd;
+
+  enum LexerCommentState {
+    LCS_BeforeComment,
+    LCS_InsideBCPLComment,
+    LCS_InsideCComment,
+    LCS_BetweenComments
+  };
+
+  /// Low-level lexer state, track if we are inside or outside of comment.
+  LexerCommentState CommentState;
+
+  enum LexerState {
+    /// Lexing normal comment text
+    LS_Normal,
+
+    /// Finished lexing verbatim block beginning command, will lex first body
+    /// line.
+    LS_VerbatimBlockFirstLine,
+
+    /// Lexing verbatim block body line-by-line, skipping line-starting
+    /// decorations.
+    LS_VerbatimBlockBody,
+
+    /// Finished lexing verbatim line beginning command, will lex text (one
+    /// line).
+    LS_VerbatimLineText,
+
+    /// Finished lexing \verbatim <TAG \endverbatim part, lexing tag attributes.
+    LS_HTMLStartTag,
+
+    /// Finished lexing \verbatim </TAG \endverbatim part, lexing '>'.
+    LS_HTMLEndTag
+  };
+
+  /// Current lexing mode.
+  LexerState State;
+
+  /// If State is LS_VerbatimBlock, contains the name of verbatim end
+  /// command, including command marker.
+  SmallString<16> VerbatimBlockEndCommandName;
+
+  /// Given a character reference name (e.g., "lt"), return the character that
+  /// it stands for (e.g., "<").
+  StringRef resolveHTMLNamedCharacterReference(StringRef Name) const;
+
+  /// Given a Unicode codepoint as base-10 integer, return the character.
+  StringRef resolveHTMLDecimalCharacterReference(StringRef Name) const;
+
+  /// Given a Unicode codepoint as base-16 integer, return the character.
+  StringRef resolveHTMLHexCharacterReference(StringRef Name) const;
+
+  void formTokenWithChars(Token &Result, const char *TokEnd,
+                          tok::TokenKind Kind) {
+    const unsigned TokLen = TokEnd - BufferPtr;
+    Result.setLocation(getSourceLocation(BufferPtr));
+    Result.setKind(Kind);
+    Result.setLength(TokLen);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    Result.TextPtr = "<UNSET>";
+    Result.IntVal = 7;
+#endif
+    BufferPtr = TokEnd;
+  }
+
+  void formTextToken(Token &Result, const char *TokEnd) {
+    StringRef Text(BufferPtr, TokEnd - BufferPtr);
+    formTokenWithChars(Result, TokEnd, tok::text);
+    Result.setText(Text);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getSourceLocation(const char *Loc) const {
+    assert(Loc >= BufferStart && Loc <= BufferEnd &&
+           "Location out of range for this buffer!");
+
+    const unsigned CharNo = Loc - BufferStart;
+    return FileLoc.getLocWithOffset(CharNo);
+  }
+
+  /// Eat string matching regexp \code \s*\* \endcode.
+  void skipLineStartingDecorations();
+
+  /// Lex stuff inside comments.  CommentEnd should be set correctly.
+  void lexCommentText(Token &T);
+
+  void setupAndLexVerbatimBlock(Token &T,
+                                const char *TextBegin,
+                                char Marker, const CommandInfo *Info);
+
+  void lexVerbatimBlockFirstLine(Token &T);
+
+  void lexVerbatimBlockBody(Token &T);
+
+  void setupAndLexVerbatimLine(Token &T, const char *TextBegin,
+                               const CommandInfo *Info);
+
+  void lexVerbatimLineText(Token &T);
+
+  void lexHTMLCharacterReference(Token &T);
+
+  void setupAndLexHTMLStartTag(Token &T);
+
+  void lexHTMLStartTag(Token &T);
+
+  void setupAndLexHTMLEndTag(Token &T);
+
+  void lexHTMLEndTag(Token &T);
+
+public:
+  Lexer(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator, const CommandTraits &Traits,
+        SourceLocation FileLoc,
+        const char *BufferStart, const char *BufferEnd);
+
+  void lex(Token &T);
+
+  StringRef getSpelling(const Token &Tok,
+                        const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
+                        bool *Invalid = NULL) const;
+};
+
+} // end namespace comments
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentParser.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6a1072
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+//===--- CommentParser.h - Doxygen comment parser ---------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Doxygen comment parser.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENT_PARSER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENT_PARSER_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CommentLexer.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CommentSema.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class SourceManager;
+
+namespace comments {
+class CommandTraits;
+
+/// Doxygen comment parser.
+class Parser {
+  Parser(const Parser &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const Parser &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  friend class TextTokenRetokenizer;
+
+  Lexer &L;
+
+  Sema &S;
+
+  /// Allocator for anything that goes into AST nodes.
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator;
+
+  /// Source manager for the comment being parsed.
+  const SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
+
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
+    return Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
+  }
+
+  const CommandTraits &Traits;
+
+  /// Current lookahead token.  We can safely assume that all tokens are from
+  /// a single source file.
+  Token Tok;
+
+  /// A stack of additional lookahead tokens.
+  SmallVector<Token, 8> MoreLATokens;
+
+  void consumeToken() {
+    if (MoreLATokens.empty())
+      L.lex(Tok);
+    else {
+      Tok = MoreLATokens.back();
+      MoreLATokens.pop_back();
+    }
+  }
+
+  void putBack(const Token &OldTok) {
+    MoreLATokens.push_back(Tok);
+    Tok = OldTok;
+  }
+
+  void putBack(ArrayRef<Token> Toks) {
+    if (Toks.empty())
+      return;
+
+    MoreLATokens.push_back(Tok);
+    for (const Token *I = &Toks.back(),
+         *B = &Toks.front();
+         I != B; --I) {
+      MoreLATokens.push_back(*I);
+    }
+
+    Tok = Toks[0];
+  }
+
+  bool isTokBlockCommand() {
+    return (Tok.is(tok::backslash_command) || Tok.is(tok::at_command)) &&
+           Traits.getCommandInfo(Tok.getCommandID())->IsBlockCommand;
+  }
+
+public:
+  Parser(Lexer &L, Sema &S, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator,
+         const SourceManager &SourceMgr, DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
+         const CommandTraits &Traits);
+
+  /// Parse arguments for \\param command.
+  void parseParamCommandArgs(ParamCommandComment *PC,
+                             TextTokenRetokenizer &Retokenizer);
+
+  /// Parse arguments for \\tparam command.
+  void parseTParamCommandArgs(TParamCommandComment *TPC,
+                              TextTokenRetokenizer &Retokenizer);
+
+  void parseBlockCommandArgs(BlockCommandComment *BC,
+                             TextTokenRetokenizer &Retokenizer,
+                             unsigned NumArgs);
+
+  BlockCommandComment *parseBlockCommand();
+  InlineCommandComment *parseInlineCommand();
+
+  HTMLStartTagComment *parseHTMLStartTag();
+  HTMLEndTagComment *parseHTMLEndTag();
+
+  BlockContentComment *parseParagraphOrBlockCommand();
+
+  VerbatimBlockComment *parseVerbatimBlock();
+  VerbatimLineComment *parseVerbatimLine();
+  BlockContentComment *parseBlockContent();
+  FullComment *parseFullComment();
+};
+
+} // end namespace comments
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentSema.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentSema.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15e454d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentSema.h
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+//===--- CommentSema.h - Doxygen comment semantic analysis ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the semantic analysis class for Doxygen comments.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENT_SEMA_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENT_SEMA_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class Decl;
+class SourceMgr;
+class Preprocessor;
+
+namespace comments {
+class CommandTraits;
+
+class Sema {
+  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  /// Allocator for AST nodes.
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator;
+
+  /// Source manager for the comment being parsed.
+  const SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
+
+  CommandTraits &Traits;
+
+  const Preprocessor *PP;
+
+  /// Information about the declaration this comment is attached to.
+  DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo;
+
+  /// Comment AST nodes that correspond to parameter names in
+  /// \c TemplateParameters.
+  ///
+  /// Contains a valid value if \c DeclInfo->IsFilled is true.
+  llvm::StringMap<TParamCommandComment *> TemplateParameterDocs;
+
+  /// AST node for the \\brief command and its aliases.
+  const BlockCommandComment *BriefCommand;
+
+  /// AST node for the \\returns command and its aliases.
+  const BlockCommandComment *ReturnsCommand;
+  
+  /// AST node for the \\headerfile command.
+  const BlockCommandComment *HeaderfileCommand;
+
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
+    return Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
+  }
+
+  /// A stack of HTML tags that are currently open (not matched with closing
+  /// tags).
+  SmallVector<HTMLStartTagComment *, 8> HTMLOpenTags;
+
+public:
+  Sema(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator, const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
+       DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, CommandTraits &Traits,
+       const Preprocessor *PP);
+
+  void setDecl(const Decl *D);
+
+  /// Returns a copy of array, owned by Sema's allocator.
+  template<typename T>
+  ArrayRef<T> copyArray(ArrayRef<T> Source) {
+    size_t Size = Source.size();
+    if (Size != 0) {
+      T *Mem = Allocator.Allocate<T>(Size);
+      std::uninitialized_copy(Source.begin(), Source.end(), Mem);
+      return llvm::makeArrayRef(Mem, Size);
+    } else
+      return llvm::makeArrayRef(static_cast<T *>(NULL), 0);
+  }
+
+  ParagraphComment *actOnParagraphComment(
+      ArrayRef<InlineContentComment *> Content);
+
+  BlockCommandComment *actOnBlockCommandStart(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                                              SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                                              unsigned CommandID,
+                                              CommandMarkerKind CommandMarker);
+
+  void actOnBlockCommandArgs(BlockCommandComment *Command,
+                             ArrayRef<BlockCommandComment::Argument> Args);
+
+  void actOnBlockCommandFinish(BlockCommandComment *Command,
+                               ParagraphComment *Paragraph);
+
+  ParamCommandComment *actOnParamCommandStart(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                                              SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                                              unsigned CommandID,
+                                              CommandMarkerKind CommandMarker);
+
+  void actOnParamCommandDirectionArg(ParamCommandComment *Command,
+                                     SourceLocation ArgLocBegin,
+                                     SourceLocation ArgLocEnd,
+                                     StringRef Arg);
+
+  void actOnParamCommandParamNameArg(ParamCommandComment *Command,
+                                     SourceLocation ArgLocBegin,
+                                     SourceLocation ArgLocEnd,
+                                     StringRef Arg);
+
+  void actOnParamCommandFinish(ParamCommandComment *Command,
+                               ParagraphComment *Paragraph);
+
+  TParamCommandComment *actOnTParamCommandStart(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                                                SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                                                unsigned CommandID,
+                                                CommandMarkerKind CommandMarker);
+
+  void actOnTParamCommandParamNameArg(TParamCommandComment *Command,
+                                      SourceLocation ArgLocBegin,
+                                      SourceLocation ArgLocEnd,
+                                      StringRef Arg);
+
+  void actOnTParamCommandFinish(TParamCommandComment *Command,
+                                ParagraphComment *Paragraph);
+
+  InlineCommandComment *actOnInlineCommand(SourceLocation CommandLocBegin,
+                                           SourceLocation CommandLocEnd,
+                                           unsigned CommandID);
+
+  InlineCommandComment *actOnInlineCommand(SourceLocation CommandLocBegin,
+                                           SourceLocation CommandLocEnd,
+                                           unsigned CommandID,
+                                           SourceLocation ArgLocBegin,
+                                           SourceLocation ArgLocEnd,
+                                           StringRef Arg);
+
+  InlineContentComment *actOnUnknownCommand(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                                            SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                                            StringRef CommandName);
+
+  InlineContentComment *actOnUnknownCommand(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                                            SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                                            unsigned CommandID);
+
+  TextComment *actOnText(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                         SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                         StringRef Text);
+
+  VerbatimBlockComment *actOnVerbatimBlockStart(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                unsigned CommandID);
+
+  VerbatimBlockLineComment *actOnVerbatimBlockLine(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                   StringRef Text);
+
+  void actOnVerbatimBlockFinish(VerbatimBlockComment *Block,
+                                SourceLocation CloseNameLocBegin,
+                                StringRef CloseName,
+                                ArrayRef<VerbatimBlockLineComment *> Lines);
+
+  VerbatimLineComment *actOnVerbatimLine(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                                         unsigned CommandID,
+                                         SourceLocation TextBegin,
+                                         StringRef Text);
+
+  HTMLStartTagComment *actOnHTMLStartTagStart(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                                              StringRef TagName);
+
+  void actOnHTMLStartTagFinish(HTMLStartTagComment *Tag,
+                               ArrayRef<HTMLStartTagComment::Attribute> Attrs,
+                               SourceLocation GreaterLoc,
+                               bool IsSelfClosing);
+
+  HTMLEndTagComment *actOnHTMLEndTag(SourceLocation LocBegin,
+                                     SourceLocation LocEnd,
+                                     StringRef TagName);
+
+  FullComment *actOnFullComment(ArrayRef<BlockContentComment *> Blocks);
+
+  void checkBlockCommandEmptyParagraph(BlockCommandComment *Command);
+
+  void checkReturnsCommand(const BlockCommandComment *Command);
+
+  /// Emit diagnostics about duplicate block commands that should be
+  /// used only once per comment, e.g., \\brief and \\returns.
+  void checkBlockCommandDuplicate(const BlockCommandComment *Command);
+
+  void checkDeprecatedCommand(const BlockCommandComment *Comment);
+  
+  void checkFunctionDeclVerbatimLine(const BlockCommandComment *Comment);
+  
+  void checkContainerDeclVerbatimLine(const BlockCommandComment *Comment);
+  
+  void checkContainerDecl(const BlockCommandComment *Comment);
+
+  /// Resolve parameter names to parameter indexes in function declaration.
+  /// Emit diagnostics about unknown parametrs.
+  void resolveParamCommandIndexes(const FullComment *FC);
+
+  bool isFunctionDecl();
+  bool isAnyFunctionDecl();
+  bool isFunctionPointerVarDecl();
+  bool isObjCMethodDecl();
+  bool isObjCPropertyDecl();
+  bool isTemplateOrSpecialization();
+  bool isRecordLikeDecl();
+  bool isClassOrStructDecl();
+  bool isUnionDecl();
+  bool isObjCInterfaceDecl();
+  bool isObjCProtocolDecl();
+
+  ArrayRef<const ParmVarDecl *> getParamVars();
+
+  /// Extract all important semantic information from
+  /// \c ThisDeclInfo->ThisDecl into \c ThisDeclInfo members.
+  void inspectThisDecl();
+
+  /// Returns index of a function parameter with a given name.
+  unsigned resolveParmVarReference(StringRef Name,
+                                   ArrayRef<const ParmVarDecl *> ParamVars);
+
+  /// Returns index of a function parameter with the name closest to a given
+  /// typo.
+  unsigned correctTypoInParmVarReference(StringRef Typo,
+                                         ArrayRef<const ParmVarDecl *> ParamVars);
+
+  bool resolveTParamReference(StringRef Name,
+                              const TemplateParameterList *TemplateParameters,
+                              SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> *Position);
+
+  StringRef correctTypoInTParamReference(
+                              StringRef Typo,
+                              const TemplateParameterList *TemplateParameters);
+
+  InlineCommandComment::RenderKind
+  getInlineCommandRenderKind(StringRef Name) const;
+};
+
+} // end namespace comments
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21641bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/CommentVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+//===--- CommentVisitor.h - Visitor for Comment subclasses ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENTVISITOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_COMMENTVISITOR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace comments {
+
+template <typename T> struct make_ptr       { typedef       T *type; };
+template <typename T> struct make_const_ptr { typedef const T *type; };
+
+template<template <typename> class Ptr, typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class CommentVisitorBase {
+public:
+#define PTR(CLASS) typename Ptr<CLASS>::type
+#define DISPATCH(NAME, CLASS) \
+ return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->visit ## NAME(static_cast<PTR(CLASS)>(C))
+
+  RetTy visit(PTR(Comment) C) {
+    if (!C)
+      return RetTy();
+
+    switch (C->getCommentKind()) {
+    default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown comment kind!");
+#define ABSTRACT_COMMENT(COMMENT)
+#define COMMENT(CLASS, PARENT) \
+    case Comment::CLASS##Kind: DISPATCH(CLASS, CLASS);
+#include "clang/AST/CommentNodes.inc"
+#undef ABSTRACT_COMMENT
+#undef COMMENT
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If the derived class does not implement a certain Visit* method, fall back
+  // on Visit* method for the superclass.
+#define ABSTRACT_COMMENT(COMMENT) COMMENT
+#define COMMENT(CLASS, PARENT) \
+  RetTy visit ## CLASS(PTR(CLASS) C) { DISPATCH(PARENT, PARENT); }
+#include "clang/AST/CommentNodes.inc"
+#undef ABSTRACT_COMMENT
+#undef COMMENT
+
+  RetTy visitComment(PTR(Comment) C) { return RetTy(); }
+
+#undef PTR
+#undef DISPATCH
+};
+
+template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class CommentVisitor :
+    public CommentVisitorBase<make_ptr, ImplClass, RetTy> {};
+
+template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class ConstCommentVisitor :
+    public CommentVisitorBase<make_const_ptr, ImplClass, RetTy> {};
+
+} // end namespace comments
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7927279
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3308 @@
+//===--- Decl.h - Classes for representing declarations ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Decl subclasses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Redeclarable.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+struct ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo;
+class CXXTemporary;
+class CompoundStmt;
+class DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo;
+class Expr;
+class FunctionTemplateDecl;
+class FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo;
+class LabelStmt;
+class MemberSpecializationInfo;
+class Module;
+class NestedNameSpecifier;
+class Stmt;
+class StringLiteral;
+class TemplateArgumentList;
+class TemplateParameterList;
+class TypeLoc;
+class UnresolvedSetImpl;
+
+/// \brief A container of type source information.
+///
+/// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g:
+/// @code
+/// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc();
+/// if (PointerLoc *PL = dyn_cast<PointerLoc>(&TL))
+///   PL->getStarLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr);
+/// @endcode
+///
+class TypeSourceInfo {
+  QualType Ty;
+  // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information,
+  // allocated by ASTContext.
+  friend class ASTContext;
+  TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) { }
+public:
+  /// \brief Return the type wrapped by this type source info.
+  QualType getType() const { return Ty; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info.
+  TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h
+};
+
+/// TranslationUnitDecl - The top declaration context.
+class TranslationUnitDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  ASTContext &Ctx;
+
+  /// The (most recently entered) anonymous namespace for this
+  /// translation unit, if one has been created.
+  NamespaceDecl *AnonymousNamespace;
+
+  explicit TranslationUnitDecl(ASTContext &ctx)
+    : Decl(TranslationUnit, 0, SourceLocation()),
+      DeclContext(TranslationUnit),
+      Ctx(ctx), AnonymousNamespace(0) {}
+public:
+  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Ctx; }
+
+  NamespaceDecl *getAnonymousNamespace() const { return AnonymousNamespace; }
+  void setAnonymousNamespace(NamespaceDecl *D) { AnonymousNamespace = D; }
+
+  static TranslationUnitDecl *Create(ASTContext &C);
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TranslationUnit; }
+  static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const TranslationUnitDecl *D) {
+    return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<TranslationUnitDecl*>(D));
+  }
+  static TranslationUnitDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
+    return static_cast<TranslationUnitDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC));
+  }
+};
+
+/// NamedDecl - This represents a decl with a name.  Many decls have names such
+/// as ObjCMethodDecl, but not \@class, etc.
+class NamedDecl : public Decl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// Name - The name of this declaration, which is typically a normal
+  /// identifier but may also be a special kind of name (C++
+  /// constructor, Objective-C selector, etc.)
+  DeclarationName Name;
+
+private:
+  NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDeclImpl();
+  void verifyLinkage() const;
+
+protected:
+  NamedDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N)
+    : Decl(DK, DC, L), Name(N) { }
+
+public:
+  /// getIdentifier - Get the identifier that names this declaration,
+  /// if there is one. This will return NULL if this declaration has
+  /// no name (e.g., for an unnamed class) or if the name is a special
+  /// name (C++ constructor, Objective-C selector, etc.).
+  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); }
+
+  /// getName - Get the name of identifier for this declaration as a StringRef.
+  /// This requires that the declaration have a name and that it be a simple
+  /// identifier.
+  StringRef getName() const {
+    assert(Name.isIdentifier() && "Name is not a simple identifier");
+    return getIdentifier() ? getIdentifier()->getName() : "";
+  }
+
+  /// getNameAsString - Get a human-readable name for the declaration, even if
+  /// it is one of the special kinds of names (C++ constructor, Objective-C
+  /// selector, etc).  Creating this name requires expensive string
+  /// manipulation, so it should be called only when performance doesn't matter.
+  /// For simple declarations, getNameAsCString() should suffice.
+  //
+  // FIXME: This function should be renamed to indicate that it is not just an
+  // alternate form of getName(), and clients should move as appropriate.
+  //
+  // FIXME: Deprecated, move clients to getName().
+  std::string getNameAsString() const { return Name.getAsString(); }
+
+  void printName(raw_ostream &os) const { return Name.printName(os); }
+
+  /// getDeclName - Get the actual, stored name of the declaration,
+  /// which may be a special name.
+  DeclarationName getDeclName() const { return Name; }
+
+  /// \brief Set the name of this declaration.
+  void setDeclName(DeclarationName N) { Name = N; }
+
+  /// printQualifiedName - Returns human-readable qualified name for
+  /// declaration, like A::B::i, for i being member of namespace A::B.
+  /// If declaration is not member of context which can be named (record,
+  /// namespace), it will return same result as printName().
+  /// Creating this name is expensive, so it should be called only when
+  /// performance doesn't matter.
+  void printQualifiedName(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+  void printQualifiedName(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
+
+  // FIXME: Remove string versions.
+  std::string getQualifiedNameAsString() const;
+  std::string getQualifiedNameAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
+
+  /// getNameForDiagnostic - Appends a human-readable name for this
+  /// declaration into the given stream.
+  ///
+  /// This is the method invoked by Sema when displaying a NamedDecl
+  /// in a diagnostic.  It does not necessarily produce the same
+  /// result as printName(); for example, class template
+  /// specializations are printed with their template arguments.
+  virtual void getNameForDiagnostic(raw_ostream &OS,
+                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+                                    bool Qualified) const;
+
+  /// declarationReplaces - Determine whether this declaration, if
+  /// known to be well-formed within its context, will replace the
+  /// declaration OldD if introduced into scope. A declaration will
+  /// replace another declaration if, for example, it is a
+  /// redeclaration of the same variable or function, but not if it is
+  /// a declaration of a different kind (function vs. class) or an
+  /// overloaded function.
+  bool declarationReplaces(NamedDecl *OldD) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration has linkage.
+  bool hasLinkage() const;
+
+  using Decl::isModulePrivate;
+  using Decl::setModulePrivate;
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration is hidden from name lookup.
+  bool isHidden() const { return Hidden; }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration is a C++ class member.
+  bool isCXXClassMember() const {
+    const DeclContext *DC = getDeclContext();
+
+    // C++0x [class.mem]p1:
+    //   The enumerators of an unscoped enumeration defined in
+    //   the class are members of the class.
+    // FIXME: support C++0x scoped enumerations.
+    if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC))
+      DC = DC->getParent();
+
+    return DC->isRecord();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is an instance member of
+  /// a C++ class.
+  bool isCXXInstanceMember() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine what kind of linkage this entity has.
+  Linkage getLinkage() const;
+
+  /// \brief True if this decl has external linkage.
+  bool hasExternalLinkage() const {
+    return getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief True if this decl has external linkage. Don't cache the linkage,
+  /// because we are not finished setting up the redecl chain for the decl.
+  bool hasExternalLinkageUncached() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines the visibility of this entity.
+  Visibility getVisibility() const {
+    return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines the linkage and visibility of this entity.
+  LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const;
+
+  /// Kinds of explicit visibility.
+  enum ExplicitVisibilityKind {
+    VisibilityForType,
+    VisibilityForValue
+  };
+
+  /// \brief If visibility was explicitly specified for this
+  /// declaration, return that visibility.
+  Optional<Visibility>
+  getExplicitVisibility(ExplicitVisibilityKind kind) const;
+
+  /// \brief True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency
+  /// checking. Should always return true.
+  bool isLinkageValid() const;
+
+  /// \brief Looks through UsingDecls and ObjCCompatibleAliasDecls for
+  /// the underlying named decl.
+  NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDecl() {
+    // Fast-path the common case.
+    if (this->getKind() != UsingShadow &&
+        this->getKind() != ObjCCompatibleAlias)
+      return this;
+
+    return getUnderlyingDeclImpl();
+  }
+  const NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDecl() const {
+    return const_cast<NamedDecl*>(this)->getUnderlyingDecl();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstNamed && K <= lastNamed; }
+};
+
+inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const NamedDecl &ND) {
+  ND.printName(OS);
+  return OS;
+}
+
+/// LabelDecl - Represents the declaration of a label.  Labels also have a
+/// corresponding LabelStmt, which indicates the position that the label was
+/// defined at.  For normal labels, the location of the decl is the same as the
+/// location of the statement.  For GNU local labels (__label__), the decl
+/// location is where the __label__ is.
+class LabelDecl : public NamedDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  LabelStmt *TheStmt;
+  /// LocStart - For normal labels, this is the same as the main declaration
+  /// label, i.e., the location of the identifier; for GNU local labels,
+  /// this is the location of the __label__ keyword.
+  SourceLocation LocStart;
+
+  LabelDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II,
+            LabelStmt *S, SourceLocation StartL)
+    : NamedDecl(Label, DC, IdentL, II), TheStmt(S), LocStart(StartL) {}
+
+public:
+  static LabelDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                           SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II);
+  static LabelDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                           SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II,
+                           SourceLocation GnuLabelL);
+  static LabelDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  LabelStmt *getStmt() const { return TheStmt; }
+  void setStmt(LabelStmt *T) { TheStmt = T; }
+
+  bool isGnuLocal() const { return LocStart != getLocation(); }
+  void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(LocStart, getLocation());
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Label; }
+};
+
+/// NamespaceDecl - Represent a C++ namespace.
+class NamespaceDecl : public NamedDecl, public DeclContext, 
+                      public Redeclarable<NamespaceDecl> 
+{
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// LocStart - The starting location of the source range, pointing
+  /// to either the namespace or the inline keyword.
+  SourceLocation LocStart;
+  /// RBraceLoc - The ending location of the source range.
+  SourceLocation RBraceLoc;
+
+  /// \brief A pointer to either the anonymous namespace that lives just inside
+  /// this namespace or to the first namespace in the chain (the latter case
+  /// only when this is not the first in the chain), along with a 
+  /// boolean value indicating whether this is an inline namespace.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<NamespaceDecl *, 1, bool> AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline;
+
+  NamespaceDecl(DeclContext *DC, bool Inline, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                NamespaceDecl *PrevDecl);
+  
+  typedef Redeclarable<NamespaceDecl> redeclarable_base;
+  virtual NamespaceDecl *getNextRedeclaration() {
+    return RedeclLink.getNext();
+  }
+  virtual NamespaceDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() {
+    return getPreviousDecl();
+  }
+  virtual NamespaceDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() {
+    return getMostRecentDecl();
+  }
+  
+public:
+  static NamespaceDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                               bool Inline, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                               NamespaceDecl *PrevDecl);
+
+  static NamespaceDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  typedef redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator redecl_iterator;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_end;
+  using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl;
+  using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this is an anonymous namespace declaration.
+  ///
+  /// For example:
+  /// \code
+  ///   namespace {
+  ///     ...
+  ///   };
+  /// \endcode
+  /// q.v. C++ [namespace.unnamed]
+  bool isAnonymousNamespace() const {
+    return !getIdentifier();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this is an inline namespace declaration.
+  bool isInline() const {
+    return AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.getInt();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set whether this is an inline namespace declaration.
+  void setInline(bool Inline) {
+    AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.setInt(Inline);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the original (first) namespace declaration.
+  NamespaceDecl *getOriginalNamespace() {
+    if (isFirstDeclaration())
+      return this;
+
+    return AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the original (first) namespace declaration.
+  const NamespaceDecl *getOriginalNamespace() const {
+    if (isFirstDeclaration())
+      return this;
+
+    return AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this declaration is an original (first) declaration
+  /// of the namespace. This is false for non-original (subsequent) namespace
+  /// declarations and anonymous namespaces.
+  bool isOriginalNamespace() const {
+    return isFirstDeclaration();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the anonymous namespace nested inside this namespace,
+  /// if any.
+  NamespaceDecl *getAnonymousNamespace() const {
+    return getOriginalNamespace()->AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  void setAnonymousNamespace(NamespaceDecl *D) {
+    getOriginalNamespace()->AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.setPointer(D);
+  }
+
+  /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this namespace.
+  NamespaceDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return getOriginalNamespace();
+  }
+  const NamespaceDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return getOriginalNamespace();
+  }
+  
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(LocStart, RBraceLoc);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return LocStart; }
+  SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; }
+  void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; }
+  void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBraceLoc = L; }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Namespace; }
+  static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const NamespaceDecl *D) {
+    return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<NamespaceDecl*>(D));
+  }
+  static NamespaceDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
+    return static_cast<NamespaceDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC));
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// ValueDecl - Represent the declaration of a variable (in which case it is
+/// an lvalue) a function (in which case it is a function designator) or
+/// an enum constant.
+class ValueDecl : public NamedDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  QualType DeclType;
+
+protected:
+  ValueDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L,
+            DeclarationName N, QualType T)
+    : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, N), DeclType(T) {}
+public:
+  QualType getType() const { return DeclType; }
+  void setType(QualType newType) { DeclType = newType; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this symbol is weakly-imported,
+  ///        or declared with the weak or weak-ref attr.
+  bool isWeak() const;
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstValue && K <= lastValue; }
+};
+
+/// QualifierInfo - A struct with extended info about a syntactic
+/// name qualifier, to be used for the case of out-of-line declarations.
+struct QualifierInfo {
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+  /// NumTemplParamLists - The number of "outer" template parameter lists.
+  /// The count includes all of the template parameter lists that were matched
+  /// against the template-ids occurring into the NNS and possibly (in the
+  /// case of an explicit specialization) a final "template <>".
+  unsigned NumTemplParamLists;
+
+  /// TemplParamLists - A new-allocated array of size NumTemplParamLists,
+  /// containing pointers to the "outer" template parameter lists.
+  /// It includes all of the template parameter lists that were matched
+  /// against the template-ids occurring into the NNS and possibly (in the
+  /// case of an explicit specialization) a final "template <>".
+  TemplateParameterList** TemplParamLists;
+
+  /// Default constructor.
+  QualifierInfo() : QualifierLoc(), NumTemplParamLists(0), TemplParamLists(0) {}
+
+  /// setTemplateParameterListsInfo - Sets info about "outer" template
+  /// parameter lists.
+  void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context,
+                                     unsigned NumTPLists,
+                                     TemplateParameterList **TPLists);
+
+private:
+  // Copy constructor and copy assignment are disabled.
+  QualifierInfo(const QualifierInfo&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  QualifierInfo& operator=(const QualifierInfo&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a ValueDecl that came out of a declarator.
+/// Contains type source information through TypeSourceInfo.
+class DeclaratorDecl : public ValueDecl {
+  // A struct representing both a TInfo and a syntactic qualifier,
+  // to be used for the (uncommon) case of out-of-line declarations.
+  struct ExtInfo : public QualifierInfo {
+    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
+  };
+
+  llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo*, ExtInfo*> DeclInfo;
+
+  /// InnerLocStart - The start of the source range for this declaration,
+  /// ignoring outer template declarations.
+  SourceLocation InnerLocStart;
+
+  bool hasExtInfo() const { return DeclInfo.is<ExtInfo*>(); }
+  ExtInfo *getExtInfo() { return DeclInfo.get<ExtInfo*>(); }
+  const ExtInfo *getExtInfo() const { return DeclInfo.get<ExtInfo*>(); }
+
+protected:
+  DeclaratorDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L,
+                 DeclarationName N, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                 SourceLocation StartL)
+    : ValueDecl(DK, DC, L, N, T), DeclInfo(TInfo), InnerLocStart(StartL) {
+  }
+
+public:
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    return hasExtInfo()
+      ? getExtInfo()->TInfo
+      : DeclInfo.get<TypeSourceInfo*>();
+  }
+  void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
+    if (hasExtInfo())
+      getExtInfo()->TInfo = TI;
+    else
+      DeclInfo = TI;
+  }
+
+  /// getInnerLocStart - Return SourceLocation representing start of source
+  /// range ignoring outer template declarations.
+  SourceLocation getInnerLocStart() const { return InnerLocStart; }
+  void setInnerLocStart(SourceLocation L) { InnerLocStart = L; }
+
+  /// getOuterLocStart - Return SourceLocation representing start of source
+  /// range taking into account any outer template declarations.
+  SourceLocation getOuterLocStart() const;
+
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getOuterLocStart();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name of this
+  /// declaration, if it was present in the source.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()
+                        : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier (with source-location
+  /// information) that qualifies the name of this declaration, if it was
+  /// present in the source.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const {
+    return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc
+                        : NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
+  }
+
+  void setQualifierInfo(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc);
+
+  unsigned getNumTemplateParameterLists() const {
+    return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->NumTemplParamLists : 0;
+  }
+  TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList(unsigned index) const {
+    assert(index < getNumTemplateParameterLists());
+    return getExtInfo()->TemplParamLists[index];
+  }
+  void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, unsigned NumTPLists,
+                                     TemplateParameterList **TPLists);
+
+  SourceLocation getTypeSpecStartLoc() const;
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstDeclarator && K <= lastDeclarator;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief Structure used to store a statement, the constant value to
+/// which it was evaluated (if any), and whether or not the statement
+/// is an integral constant expression (if known).
+struct EvaluatedStmt {
+  EvaluatedStmt() : WasEvaluated(false), IsEvaluating(false), CheckedICE(false),
+                    CheckingICE(false), IsICE(false) { }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this statement was already evaluated.
+  bool WasEvaluated : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this statement is being evaluated.
+  bool IsEvaluating : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we already checked whether this statement was an
+  /// integral constant expression.
+  bool CheckedICE : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we are checking whether this statement is an
+  /// integral constant expression.
+  bool CheckingICE : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this statement is an integral constant expression,
+  /// or in C++11, whether the statement is a constant expression. Only
+  /// valid if CheckedICE is true.
+  bool IsICE : 1;
+
+  Stmt *Value;
+  APValue Evaluated;
+};
+
+/// VarDecl - An instance of this class is created to represent a variable
+/// declaration or definition.
+class VarDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public Redeclarable<VarDecl> {
+public:
+  typedef clang::StorageClass StorageClass;
+
+  /// getStorageClassSpecifierString - Return the string used to
+  /// specify the storage class \p SC.
+  ///
+  /// It is illegal to call this function with SC == None.
+  static const char *getStorageClassSpecifierString(StorageClass SC);
+
+  /// \brief Initialization styles.
+  enum InitializationStyle {
+    CInit,    ///< C-style initialization with assignment
+    CallInit, ///< Call-style initialization (C++98)
+    ListInit  ///< Direct list-initialization (C++11)
+  };
+
+protected:
+  /// \brief Placeholder type used in Init to denote an unparsed C++ default
+  /// argument.
+  struct UnparsedDefaultArgument;
+
+  /// \brief Placeholder type used in Init to denote an uninstantiated C++
+  /// default argument.
+  struct UninstantiatedDefaultArgument;
+
+  typedef llvm::PointerUnion4<Stmt *, EvaluatedStmt *,
+                              UnparsedDefaultArgument *,
+                              UninstantiatedDefaultArgument *> InitType;
+
+  /// \brief The initializer for this variable or, for a ParmVarDecl, the
+  /// C++ default argument.
+  mutable InitType Init;
+
+private:
+  class VarDeclBitfields {
+    friend class VarDecl;
+    friend class ASTDeclReader;
+
+    unsigned SClass : 3;
+    unsigned ThreadSpecified : 1;
+    unsigned InitStyle : 2;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this variable is the exception variable in a C++ catch
+    /// or an Objective-C @catch statement.
+    unsigned ExceptionVar : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this local variable could be allocated in the return
+    /// slot of its function, enabling the named return value optimization
+    /// (NRVO).
+    unsigned NRVOVariable : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this variable is the for-range-declaration in a C++0x
+    /// for-range statement.
+    unsigned CXXForRangeDecl : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this variable is an ARC pseudo-__strong
+    /// variable;  see isARCPseudoStrong() for details.
+    unsigned ARCPseudoStrong : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this variable is (C++0x) constexpr.
+    unsigned IsConstexpr : 1;
+  };
+  enum { NumVarDeclBits = 14 };
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
+
+protected:
+  enum { NumParameterIndexBits = 8 };
+
+  class ParmVarDeclBitfields {
+    friend class ParmVarDecl;
+    friend class ASTDeclReader;
+
+    unsigned : NumVarDeclBits;
+
+    /// Whether this parameter inherits a default argument from a
+    /// prior declaration.
+    unsigned HasInheritedDefaultArg : 1;
+
+    /// Whether this parameter undergoes K&R argument promotion.
+    unsigned IsKNRPromoted : 1;
+
+    /// Whether this parameter is an ObjC method parameter or not.
+    unsigned IsObjCMethodParam : 1;
+
+    /// If IsObjCMethodParam, a Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier.
+    /// Otherwise, the number of function parameter scopes enclosing
+    /// the function parameter scope in which this parameter was
+    /// declared.
+    unsigned ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals : 7;
+
+    /// The number of parameters preceding this parameter in the
+    /// function parameter scope in which it was declared.
+    unsigned ParameterIndex : NumParameterIndexBits;
+  };
+
+  union {
+    unsigned AllBits;
+    VarDeclBitfields VarDeclBits;
+    ParmVarDeclBitfields ParmVarDeclBits;
+  };
+
+  VarDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+          QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC)
+    : DeclaratorDecl(DK, DC, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, StartLoc), Init() {
+    assert(sizeof(VarDeclBitfields) <= sizeof(unsigned));
+    assert(sizeof(ParmVarDeclBitfields) <= sizeof(unsigned));
+    AllBits = 0;
+    VarDeclBits.SClass = SC;
+    // Everything else is implicitly initialized to false.
+  }
+
+  typedef Redeclarable<VarDecl> redeclarable_base;
+  virtual VarDecl *getNextRedeclaration() { return RedeclLink.getNext(); }
+  virtual VarDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() {
+    return getPreviousDecl();
+  }
+  virtual VarDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() {
+    return getMostRecentDecl();
+  }
+
+public:
+  typedef redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator redecl_iterator;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_end;
+  using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl;
+  using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl;
+
+  static VarDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                         SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                         IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                         StorageClass S);
+
+  static VarDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the storage class as written in the source. For the
+  /// computed linkage of symbol, see getLinkage.
+  StorageClass getStorageClass() const {
+    return (StorageClass) VarDeclBits.SClass;
+  }
+  void setStorageClass(StorageClass SC);
+
+  void setThreadSpecified(bool T) { VarDeclBits.ThreadSpecified = T; }
+  bool isThreadSpecified() const {
+    return VarDeclBits.ThreadSpecified;
+  }
+
+  /// hasLocalStorage - Returns true if a variable with function scope
+  ///  is a non-static local variable.
+  bool hasLocalStorage() const {
+    if (getStorageClass() == SC_None)
+      return !isFileVarDecl();
+
+    // Return true for:  Auto, Register.
+    // Return false for: Extern, Static, PrivateExtern, OpenCLWorkGroupLocal.
+
+    return getStorageClass() >= SC_Auto;
+  }
+
+  /// isStaticLocal - Returns true if a variable with function scope is a
+  /// static local variable.
+  bool isStaticLocal() const {
+    return getStorageClass() == SC_Static && !isFileVarDecl();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if a variable has extern or __private_extern__
+  /// storage.
+  bool hasExternalStorage() const {
+    return getStorageClass() == SC_Extern ||
+           getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern;
+  }
+
+  /// hasGlobalStorage - Returns true for all variables that do not
+  ///  have local storage.  This includs all global variables as well
+  ///  as static variables declared within a function.
+  bool hasGlobalStorage() const { return !hasLocalStorage(); }
+
+  /// Compute the language linkage.
+  LanguageLinkage getLanguageLinkage() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this variable is a variable with
+  /// external, C linkage.
+  bool isExternC() const;
+
+  /// isLocalVarDecl - Returns true for local variable declarations
+  /// other than parameters.  Note that this includes static variables
+  /// inside of functions. It also includes variables inside blocks.
+  ///
+  ///   void foo() { int x; static int y; extern int z; }
+  ///
+  bool isLocalVarDecl() const {
+    if (getKind() != Decl::Var)
+      return false;
+    if (const DeclContext *DC = getDeclContext())
+      return DC->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// isFunctionOrMethodVarDecl - Similar to isLocalVarDecl, but
+  /// excludes variables declared in blocks.
+  bool isFunctionOrMethodVarDecl() const {
+    if (getKind() != Decl::Var)
+      return false;
+    const DeclContext *DC = getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
+    return DC->isFunctionOrMethod() && DC->getDeclKind() != Decl::Block;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this is a static data member.
+  ///
+  /// This will only be true in C++, and applies to, e.g., the
+  /// variable 'x' in:
+  /// \code
+  /// struct S {
+  ///   static int x;
+  /// };
+  /// \endcode
+  bool isStaticDataMember() const {
+    // If it wasn't static, it would be a FieldDecl.
+    return getKind() != Decl::ParmVar && getDeclContext()->isRecord();
+  }
+
+  virtual VarDecl *getCanonicalDecl();
+  const VarDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
+  }
+
+  enum DefinitionKind {
+    DeclarationOnly,      ///< This declaration is only a declaration.
+    TentativeDefinition,  ///< This declaration is a tentative definition.
+    Definition            ///< This declaration is definitely a definition.
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Check whether this declaration is a definition. If this could be
+  /// a tentative definition (in C), don't check whether there's an overriding
+  /// definition.
+  DefinitionKind isThisDeclarationADefinition(ASTContext &) const;
+  DefinitionKind isThisDeclarationADefinition() const {
+    return isThisDeclarationADefinition(getASTContext());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Check whether this variable is defined in this
+  /// translation unit.
+  DefinitionKind hasDefinition(ASTContext &) const;
+  DefinitionKind hasDefinition() const {
+    return hasDefinition(getASTContext());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the tentative definition that acts as the real definition in
+  /// a TU. Returns null if there is a proper definition available.
+  VarDecl *getActingDefinition();
+  const VarDecl *getActingDefinition() const {
+    return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getActingDefinition();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a tentative definition of a
+  /// variable in C.
+  bool isTentativeDefinitionNow() const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the real (not just tentative) definition for this declaration.
+  VarDecl *getDefinition(ASTContext &);
+  const VarDecl *getDefinition(ASTContext &C) const {
+    return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getDefinition(C);
+  }
+  VarDecl *getDefinition() {
+    return getDefinition(getASTContext());
+  }
+  const VarDecl *getDefinition() const {
+    return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getDefinition();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is or was instantiated from an out-of-line
+  /// definition of a static data member.
+  virtual bool isOutOfLine() const;
+
+  /// \brief If this is a static data member, find its out-of-line definition.
+  VarDecl *getOutOfLineDefinition();
+
+  /// isFileVarDecl - Returns true for file scoped variable declaration.
+  bool isFileVarDecl() const {
+    if (getKind() != Decl::Var)
+      return false;
+
+    if (getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext())
+      return true;
+
+    if (isStaticDataMember())
+      return true;
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// getAnyInitializer - Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which
+  /// declaration it is attached to.
+  const Expr *getAnyInitializer() const {
+    const VarDecl *D;
+    return getAnyInitializer(D);
+  }
+
+  /// getAnyInitializer - Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which
+  /// declaration it is attached to. Also get that declaration.
+  const Expr *getAnyInitializer(const VarDecl *&D) const;
+
+  bool hasInit() const {
+    return !Init.isNull() && (Init.is<Stmt *>() || Init.is<EvaluatedStmt *>());
+  }
+  const Expr *getInit() const {
+    if (Init.isNull())
+      return 0;
+
+    const Stmt *S = Init.dyn_cast<Stmt *>();
+    if (!S) {
+      if (EvaluatedStmt *ES = Init.dyn_cast<EvaluatedStmt*>())
+        S = ES->Value;
+    }
+    return (const Expr*) S;
+  }
+  Expr *getInit() {
+    if (Init.isNull())
+      return 0;
+
+    Stmt *S = Init.dyn_cast<Stmt *>();
+    if (!S) {
+      if (EvaluatedStmt *ES = Init.dyn_cast<EvaluatedStmt*>())
+        S = ES->Value;
+    }
+
+    return (Expr*) S;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the address of the initializer expression.
+  Stmt **getInitAddress() {
+    if (EvaluatedStmt *ES = Init.dyn_cast<EvaluatedStmt*>())
+      return &ES->Value;
+
+    // This union hack tip-toes around strict-aliasing rules.
+    union {
+      InitType *InitPtr;
+      Stmt **StmtPtr;
+    };
+
+    InitPtr = &Init;
+    return StmtPtr;
+  }
+
+  void setInit(Expr *I);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this variable is a reference that
+  /// extends the lifetime of its temporary initializer.
+  ///
+  /// A reference extends the lifetime of its temporary initializer if
+  /// it's initializer is an rvalue that would normally go out of scope
+  /// at the end of the initializer (a full expression). In such cases,
+  /// the reference itself takes ownership of the temporary, which will
+  /// be destroyed when the reference goes out of scope. For example:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// const int &r = 1.0; // creates a temporary of type 'int'
+  /// \endcode
+  bool extendsLifetimeOfTemporary() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this variable's value can be used in a
+  /// constant expression, according to the relevant language standard.
+  /// This only checks properties of the declaration, and does not check
+  /// whether the initializer is in fact a constant expression.
+  bool isUsableInConstantExpressions(ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  EvaluatedStmt *ensureEvaluatedStmt() const;
+
+  /// \brief Attempt to evaluate the value of the initializer attached to this
+  /// declaration, and produce notes explaining why it cannot be evaluated or is
+  /// not a constant expression. Returns a pointer to the value if evaluation
+  /// succeeded, 0 otherwise.
+  APValue *evaluateValue() const;
+  APValue *evaluateValue(SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the already-evaluated value of this variable's
+  /// initializer, or NULL if the value is not yet known. Returns pointer
+  /// to untyped APValue if the value could not be evaluated.
+  APValue *getEvaluatedValue() const {
+    if (EvaluatedStmt *Eval = Init.dyn_cast<EvaluatedStmt *>())
+      if (Eval->WasEvaluated)
+        return &Eval->Evaluated;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether it is already known whether the
+  /// initializer is an integral constant expression or not.
+  bool isInitKnownICE() const {
+    if (EvaluatedStmt *Eval = Init.dyn_cast<EvaluatedStmt *>())
+      return Eval->CheckedICE;
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether the initializer is an integral constant
+  /// expression, or in C++11, whether the initializer is a constant
+  /// expression.
+  ///
+  /// \pre isInitKnownICE()
+  bool isInitICE() const {
+    assert(isInitKnownICE() &&
+           "Check whether we already know that the initializer is an ICE");
+    return Init.get<EvaluatedStmt *>()->IsICE;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the value of the initializer attached to this
+  /// declaration is an integral constant expression.
+  bool checkInitIsICE() const;
+
+  void setInitStyle(InitializationStyle Style) {
+    VarDeclBits.InitStyle = Style;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The style of initialization for this declaration.
+  ///
+  /// C-style initialization is "int x = 1;". Call-style initialization is
+  /// a C++98 direct-initializer, e.g. "int x(1);". The Init expression will be
+  /// the expression inside the parens or a "ClassType(a,b,c)" class constructor
+  /// expression for class types. List-style initialization is C++11 syntax,
+  /// e.g. "int x{1};". Clients can distinguish between different forms of
+  /// initialization by checking this value. In particular, "int x = {1};" is
+  /// C-style, "int x({1})" is call-style, and "int x{1};" is list-style; the
+  /// Init expression in all three cases is an InitListExpr.
+  InitializationStyle getInitStyle() const {
+    return static_cast<InitializationStyle>(VarDeclBits.InitStyle);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether the initializer is a direct-initializer (list or call).
+  bool isDirectInit() const {
+    return getInitStyle() != CInit;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this variable is the exception variable in a
+  /// C++ catch statememt or an Objective-C \@catch statement.
+  bool isExceptionVariable() const {
+    return VarDeclBits.ExceptionVar;
+  }
+  void setExceptionVariable(bool EV) { VarDeclBits.ExceptionVar = EV; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this local variable can be used with the named
+  /// return value optimization (NRVO).
+  ///
+  /// The named return value optimization (NRVO) works by marking certain
+  /// non-volatile local variables of class type as NRVO objects. These
+  /// locals can be allocated within the return slot of their containing
+  /// function, in which case there is no need to copy the object to the
+  /// return slot when returning from the function. Within the function body,
+  /// each return that returns the NRVO object will have this variable as its
+  /// NRVO candidate.
+  bool isNRVOVariable() const { return VarDeclBits.NRVOVariable; }
+  void setNRVOVariable(bool NRVO) { VarDeclBits.NRVOVariable = NRVO; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this variable is the for-range-declaration in
+  /// a C++0x for-range statement.
+  bool isCXXForRangeDecl() const { return VarDeclBits.CXXForRangeDecl; }
+  void setCXXForRangeDecl(bool FRD) { VarDeclBits.CXXForRangeDecl = FRD; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this variable is an ARC pseudo-__strong
+  /// variable.  A pseudo-__strong variable has a __strong-qualified
+  /// type but does not actually retain the object written into it.
+  /// Generally such variables are also 'const' for safety.
+  bool isARCPseudoStrong() const { return VarDeclBits.ARCPseudoStrong; }
+  void setARCPseudoStrong(bool ps) { VarDeclBits.ARCPseudoStrong = ps; }
+
+  /// Whether this variable is (C++11) constexpr.
+  bool isConstexpr() const { return VarDeclBits.IsConstexpr; }
+  void setConstexpr(bool IC) { VarDeclBits.IsConstexpr = IC; }
+
+  /// \brief If this variable is an instantiated static data member of a
+  /// class template specialization, returns the templated static data member
+  /// from which it was instantiated.
+  VarDecl *getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember() const;
+
+  /// \brief If this variable is a static data member, determine what kind of
+  /// template specialization or instantiation this is.
+  TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const;
+
+  /// \brief If this variable is an instantiation of a static data member of a
+  /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization
+  /// information.
+  MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const;
+
+  /// \brief For a static data member that was instantiated from a static
+  /// data member of a class template, set the template specialiation kind.
+  void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
+                        SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation());
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstVar && K <= lastVar; }
+};
+
+class ImplicitParamDecl : public VarDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  static ImplicitParamDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                   SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                   QualType T);
+
+  static ImplicitParamDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  ImplicitParamDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                    IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType Type)
+    : VarDecl(ImplicitParam, DC, IdLoc, IdLoc, Id, Type,
+              /*tinfo*/ 0, SC_None) {
+    setImplicit();
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ImplicitParam; }
+};
+
+/// ParmVarDecl - Represents a parameter to a function.
+class ParmVarDecl : public VarDecl {
+public:
+  enum { MaxFunctionScopeDepth = 255 };
+  enum { MaxFunctionScopeIndex = 255 };
+
+protected:
+  ParmVarDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+              SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+              StorageClass S, Expr *DefArg)
+    : VarDecl(DK, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, S) {
+    assert(ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg == false);
+    assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted == false);
+    assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam == false);
+    setDefaultArg(DefArg);
+  }
+
+public:
+  static ParmVarDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                             SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                             SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                             QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                             StorageClass S, Expr *DefArg);
+
+  static ParmVarDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  void setObjCMethodScopeInfo(unsigned parameterIndex) {
+    ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam = true;
+    setParameterIndex(parameterIndex);
+  }
+
+  void setScopeInfo(unsigned scopeDepth, unsigned parameterIndex) {
+    assert(!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam);
+
+    ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals = scopeDepth;
+    assert(ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth
+           && "truncation!");
+
+    setParameterIndex(parameterIndex);
+  }
+
+  bool isObjCMethodParameter() const {
+    return ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getFunctionScopeDepth() const {
+    if (ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) return 0;
+    return ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the index of this parameter in its prototype or method scope.
+  unsigned getFunctionScopeIndex() const {
+    return getParameterIndex();
+  }
+
+  ObjCDeclQualifier getObjCDeclQualifier() const {
+    if (!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) return OBJC_TQ_None;
+    return ObjCDeclQualifier(ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals);
+  }
+  void setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier QTVal) {
+    assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam);
+    ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals = QTVal;
+  }
+
+  /// True if the value passed to this parameter must undergo
+  /// K&R-style default argument promotion:
+  ///
+  /// C99 6.5.2.2.
+  ///   If the expression that denotes the called function has a type
+  ///   that does not include a prototype, the integer promotions are
+  ///   performed on each argument, and arguments that have type float
+  ///   are promoted to double.
+  bool isKNRPromoted() const {
+    return ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted;
+  }
+  void setKNRPromoted(bool promoted) {
+    ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted = promoted;
+  }
+
+  Expr *getDefaultArg();
+  const Expr *getDefaultArg() const {
+    return const_cast<ParmVarDecl *>(this)->getDefaultArg();
+  }
+
+  void setDefaultArg(Expr *defarg) {
+    Init = reinterpret_cast<Stmt *>(defarg);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the source range that covers the entire default
+  /// argument.
+  SourceRange getDefaultArgRange() const;
+  void setUninstantiatedDefaultArg(Expr *arg) {
+    Init = reinterpret_cast<UninstantiatedDefaultArgument *>(arg);
+  }
+  Expr *getUninstantiatedDefaultArg() {
+    return (Expr *)Init.get<UninstantiatedDefaultArgument *>();
+  }
+  const Expr *getUninstantiatedDefaultArg() const {
+    return (const Expr *)Init.get<UninstantiatedDefaultArgument *>();
+  }
+
+  /// hasDefaultArg - Determines whether this parameter has a default argument,
+  /// either parsed or not.
+  bool hasDefaultArg() const {
+    return getInit() || hasUnparsedDefaultArg() ||
+      hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
+  }
+
+  /// hasUnparsedDefaultArg - Determines whether this parameter has a
+  /// default argument that has not yet been parsed. This will occur
+  /// during the processing of a C++ class whose member functions have
+  /// default arguments, e.g.,
+  /// @code
+  ///   class X {
+  ///   public:
+  ///     void f(int x = 17); // x has an unparsed default argument now
+  ///   }; // x has a regular default argument now
+  /// @endcode
+  bool hasUnparsedDefaultArg() const {
+    return Init.is<UnparsedDefaultArgument*>();
+  }
+
+  bool hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg() const {
+    return Init.is<UninstantiatedDefaultArgument*>();
+  }
+
+  /// setUnparsedDefaultArg - Specify that this parameter has an
+  /// unparsed default argument. The argument will be replaced with a
+  /// real default argument via setDefaultArg when the class
+  /// definition enclosing the function declaration that owns this
+  /// default argument is completed.
+  void setUnparsedDefaultArg() {
+    Init = (UnparsedDefaultArgument *)0;
+  }
+
+  bool hasInheritedDefaultArg() const {
+    return ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg;
+  }
+
+  void setHasInheritedDefaultArg(bool I = true) {
+    ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg = I;
+  }
+
+  QualType getOriginalType() const {
+    if (getTypeSourceInfo())
+      return getTypeSourceInfo()->getType();
+    return getType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this parameter is actually a function
+  /// parameter pack.
+  bool isParameterPack() const;
+
+  /// setOwningFunction - Sets the function declaration that owns this
+  /// ParmVarDecl. Since ParmVarDecls are often created before the
+  /// FunctionDecls that own them, this routine is required to update
+  /// the DeclContext appropriately.
+  void setOwningFunction(DeclContext *FD) { setDeclContext(FD); }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ParmVar; }
+
+private:
+  enum { ParameterIndexSentinel = (1 << NumParameterIndexBits) - 1 };
+
+  void setParameterIndex(unsigned parameterIndex) {
+    if (parameterIndex >= ParameterIndexSentinel) {
+      setParameterIndexLarge(parameterIndex);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex = parameterIndex;
+    assert(ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex == parameterIndex && "truncation!");
+  }
+  unsigned getParameterIndex() const {
+    unsigned d = ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex;
+    return d == ParameterIndexSentinel ? getParameterIndexLarge() : d;
+  }
+
+  void setParameterIndexLarge(unsigned parameterIndex);
+  unsigned getParameterIndexLarge() const;
+};
+
+/// FunctionDecl - An instance of this class is created to represent a
+/// function declaration or definition.
+///
+/// Since a given function can be declared several times in a program,
+/// there may be several FunctionDecls that correspond to that
+/// function. Only one of those FunctionDecls will be found when
+/// traversing the list of declarations in the context of the
+/// FunctionDecl (e.g., the translation unit); this FunctionDecl
+/// contains all of the information known about the function. Other,
+/// previous declarations of the function are available via the
+/// getPreviousDecl() chain.
+class FunctionDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public DeclContext,
+                     public Redeclarable<FunctionDecl> {
+public:
+  typedef clang::StorageClass StorageClass;
+
+  /// \brief The kind of templated function a FunctionDecl can be.
+  enum TemplatedKind {
+    TK_NonTemplate,
+    TK_FunctionTemplate,
+    TK_MemberSpecialization,
+    TK_FunctionTemplateSpecialization,
+    TK_DependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// ParamInfo - new[]'d array of pointers to VarDecls for the formal
+  /// parameters of this function.  This is null if a prototype or if there are
+  /// no formals.
+  ParmVarDecl **ParamInfo;
+
+  /// DeclsInPrototypeScope - Array of pointers to NamedDecls for
+  /// decls defined in the function prototype that are not parameters. E.g.
+  /// 'enum Y' in 'void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}'.
+  ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
+
+  LazyDeclStmtPtr Body;
+
+  // FIXME: This can be packed into the bitfields in Decl.
+  // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using the StorageClass enum
+  unsigned SClass : 2;
+  bool IsInline : 1;
+  bool IsInlineSpecified : 1;
+  bool IsVirtualAsWritten : 1;
+  bool IsPure : 1;
+  bool HasInheritedPrototype : 1;
+  bool HasWrittenPrototype : 1;
+  bool IsDeleted : 1;
+  bool IsTrivial : 1; // sunk from CXXMethodDecl
+  bool IsDefaulted : 1; // sunk from CXXMethoDecl
+  bool IsExplicitlyDefaulted : 1; //sunk from CXXMethodDecl
+  bool HasImplicitReturnZero : 1;
+  bool IsLateTemplateParsed : 1;
+  bool IsConstexpr : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Indicates if the function was a definition but its body was
+  /// skipped.
+  unsigned HasSkippedBody : 1;
+
+  /// \brief End part of this FunctionDecl's source range.
+  ///
+  /// We could compute the full range in getSourceRange(). However, when we're
+  /// dealing with a function definition deserialized from a PCH/AST file,
+  /// we can only compute the full range once the function body has been
+  /// de-serialized, so it's far better to have the (sometimes-redundant)
+  /// EndRangeLoc.
+  SourceLocation EndRangeLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The template or declaration that this declaration
+  /// describes or was instantiated from, respectively.
+  ///
+  /// For non-templates, this value will be NULL. For function
+  /// declarations that describe a function template, this will be a
+  /// pointer to a FunctionTemplateDecl. For member functions
+  /// of class template specializations, this will be a MemberSpecializationInfo
+  /// pointer containing information about the specialization.
+  /// For function template specializations, this will be a
+  /// FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo, which contains information about
+  /// the template being specialized and the template arguments involved in
+  /// that specialization.
+  llvm::PointerUnion4<FunctionTemplateDecl *,
+                      MemberSpecializationInfo *,
+                      FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *,
+                      DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *>
+    TemplateOrSpecialization;
+
+  /// DNLoc - Provides source/type location info for the
+  /// declaration name embedded in the DeclaratorDecl base class.
+  DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
+
+  /// \brief Specify that this function declaration is actually a function
+  /// template specialization.
+  ///
+  /// \param C the ASTContext.
+  ///
+  /// \param Template the function template that this function template
+  /// specialization specializes.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateArgs the template arguments that produced this
+  /// function template specialization from the template.
+  ///
+  /// \param InsertPos If non-NULL, the position in the function template
+  /// specialization set where the function template specialization data will
+  /// be inserted.
+  ///
+  /// \param TSK the kind of template specialization this is.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateArgsAsWritten location info of template arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \param PointOfInstantiation point at which the function template
+  /// specialization was first instantiated.
+  void setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(ASTContext &C,
+                                         FunctionTemplateDecl *Template,
+                                       const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs,
+                                         void *InsertPos,
+                                         TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
+                          const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten,
+                                         SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation);
+
+  /// \brief Specify that this record is an instantiation of the
+  /// member function FD.
+  void setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(ASTContext &C, FunctionDecl *FD,
+                                        TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
+
+  void setParams(ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo);
+
+protected:
+  FunctionDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+               QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+               StorageClass S, bool isInlineSpecified,
+               bool isConstexprSpecified)
+    : DeclaratorDecl(DK, DC, NameInfo.getLoc(), NameInfo.getName(), T, TInfo,
+                     StartLoc),
+      DeclContext(DK),
+      ParamInfo(0), Body(),
+      SClass(S),
+      IsInline(isInlineSpecified), IsInlineSpecified(isInlineSpecified),
+      IsVirtualAsWritten(false), IsPure(false), HasInheritedPrototype(false),
+      HasWrittenPrototype(true), IsDeleted(false), IsTrivial(false),
+      IsDefaulted(false), IsExplicitlyDefaulted(false),
+      HasImplicitReturnZero(false), IsLateTemplateParsed(false),
+      IsConstexpr(isConstexprSpecified), HasSkippedBody(false),
+      EndRangeLoc(NameInfo.getEndLoc()),
+      TemplateOrSpecialization(),
+      DNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()) {}
+
+  typedef Redeclarable<FunctionDecl> redeclarable_base;
+  virtual FunctionDecl *getNextRedeclaration() { return RedeclLink.getNext(); }
+  virtual FunctionDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() {
+    return getPreviousDecl();
+  }
+  virtual FunctionDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() {
+    return getMostRecentDecl();
+  }
+
+public:
+  typedef redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator redecl_iterator;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_end;
+  using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl;
+  using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl;
+
+  static FunctionDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                              SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation NLoc,
+                              DeclarationName N, QualType T,
+                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                              StorageClass SC,
+                              bool isInlineSpecified = false,
+                              bool hasWrittenPrototype = true,
+                              bool isConstexprSpecified = false) {
+    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(N, NLoc);
+    return FunctionDecl::Create(C, DC, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo,
+                                SC,
+                                isInlineSpecified, hasWrittenPrototype,
+                                isConstexprSpecified);
+  }
+
+  static FunctionDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                              SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                              StorageClass SC,
+                              bool isInlineSpecified,
+                              bool hasWrittenPrototype,
+                              bool isConstexprSpecified = false);
+
+  static FunctionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+                       
+  DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const {
+    return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc);
+  }
+
+  virtual void getNameForDiagnostic(raw_ostream &OS,
+                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+                                    bool Qualified) const;
+
+  void setRangeEnd(SourceLocation E) { EndRangeLoc = E; }
+
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the function has a body (definition). The
+  /// function body might be in any of the (re-)declarations of this
+  /// function. The variant that accepts a FunctionDecl pointer will
+  /// set that function declaration to the actual declaration
+  /// containing the body (if there is one).
+  bool hasBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const;
+
+  virtual bool hasBody() const {
+    const FunctionDecl* Definition;
+    return hasBody(Definition);
+  }
+
+  /// hasTrivialBody - Returns whether the function has a trivial body that does
+  /// not require any specific codegen.
+  bool hasTrivialBody() const;
+
+  /// isDefined - Returns true if the function is defined at all, including
+  /// a deleted definition. Except for the behavior when the function is
+  /// deleted, behaves like hasBody.
+  bool isDefined(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const;
+
+  virtual bool isDefined() const {
+    const FunctionDecl* Definition;
+    return isDefined(Definition);
+  }
+
+  /// getBody - Retrieve the body (definition) of the function. The
+  /// function body might be in any of the (re-)declarations of this
+  /// function. The variant that accepts a FunctionDecl pointer will
+  /// set that function declaration to the actual declaration
+  /// containing the body (if there is one).
+  /// NOTE: For checking if there is a body, use hasBody() instead, to avoid
+  /// unnecessary AST de-serialization of the body.
+  Stmt *getBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const;
+
+  virtual Stmt *getBody() const {
+    const FunctionDecl* Definition;
+    return getBody(Definition);
+  }
+
+  /// isThisDeclarationADefinition - Returns whether this specific
+  /// declaration of the function is also a definition. This does not
+  /// determine whether the function has been defined (e.g., in a
+  /// previous definition); for that information, use isDefined. Note
+  /// that this returns false for a defaulted function unless that function
+  /// has been implicitly defined (possibly as deleted).
+  bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const {
+    return IsDeleted || Body || IsLateTemplateParsed;
+  }
+
+  /// doesThisDeclarationHaveABody - Returns whether this specific
+  /// declaration of the function has a body - that is, if it is a non-
+  /// deleted definition.
+  bool doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() const {
+    return Body || IsLateTemplateParsed;
+  }
+
+  void setBody(Stmt *B);
+  void setLazyBody(uint64_t Offset) { Body = Offset; }
+
+  /// Whether this function is variadic.
+  bool isVariadic() const;
+
+  /// Whether this function is marked as virtual explicitly.
+  bool isVirtualAsWritten() const { return IsVirtualAsWritten; }
+  void setVirtualAsWritten(bool V) { IsVirtualAsWritten = V; }
+
+  /// Whether this virtual function is pure, i.e. makes the containing class
+  /// abstract.
+  bool isPure() const { return IsPure; }
+  void setPure(bool P = true);
+
+  /// Whether this templated function will be late parsed.
+  bool isLateTemplateParsed() const { return IsLateTemplateParsed; }
+  void setLateTemplateParsed(bool ILT = true) { IsLateTemplateParsed = ILT; }
+
+  /// Whether this function is "trivial" in some specialized C++ senses.
+  /// Can only be true for default constructors, copy constructors,
+  /// copy assignment operators, and destructors.  Not meaningful until
+  /// the class has been fully built by Sema.
+  bool isTrivial() const { return IsTrivial; }
+  void setTrivial(bool IT) { IsTrivial = IT; }
+
+  /// Whether this function is defaulted per C++0x. Only valid for
+  /// special member functions.
+  bool isDefaulted() const { return IsDefaulted; }
+  void setDefaulted(bool D = true) { IsDefaulted = D; }
+
+  /// Whether this function is explicitly defaulted per C++0x. Only valid
+  /// for special member functions.
+  bool isExplicitlyDefaulted() const { return IsExplicitlyDefaulted; }
+  void setExplicitlyDefaulted(bool ED = true) { IsExplicitlyDefaulted = ED; }
+
+  /// Whether falling off this function implicitly returns null/zero.
+  /// If a more specific implicit return value is required, front-ends
+  /// should synthesize the appropriate return statements.
+  bool hasImplicitReturnZero() const { return HasImplicitReturnZero; }
+  void setHasImplicitReturnZero(bool IRZ) { HasImplicitReturnZero = IRZ; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this function has a prototype, either because one
+  /// was explicitly written or because it was "inherited" by merging
+  /// a declaration without a prototype with a declaration that has a
+  /// prototype.
+  bool hasPrototype() const {
+    return HasWrittenPrototype || HasInheritedPrototype;
+  }
+
+  bool hasWrittenPrototype() const { return HasWrittenPrototype; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this function inherited its prototype from a
+  /// previous declaration.
+  bool hasInheritedPrototype() const { return HasInheritedPrototype; }
+  void setHasInheritedPrototype(bool P = true) { HasInheritedPrototype = P; }
+
+  /// Whether this is a (C++11) constexpr function or constexpr constructor.
+  bool isConstexpr() const { return IsConstexpr; }
+  void setConstexpr(bool IC) { IsConstexpr = IC; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this function has been deleted.
+  ///
+  /// A function that is "deleted" (via the C++0x "= delete" syntax)
+  /// acts like a normal function, except that it cannot actually be
+  /// called or have its address taken. Deleted functions are
+  /// typically used in C++ overload resolution to attract arguments
+  /// whose type or lvalue/rvalue-ness would permit the use of a
+  /// different overload that would behave incorrectly. For example,
+  /// one might use deleted functions to ban implicit conversion from
+  /// a floating-point number to an Integer type:
+  ///
+  /// @code
+  /// struct Integer {
+  ///   Integer(long); // construct from a long
+  ///   Integer(double) = delete; // no construction from float or double
+  ///   Integer(long double) = delete; // no construction from long double
+  /// };
+  /// @endcode
+  // If a function is deleted, its first declaration must be.
+  bool isDeleted() const { return getCanonicalDecl()->IsDeleted; }
+  bool isDeletedAsWritten() const { return IsDeleted && !IsDefaulted; }
+  void setDeletedAsWritten(bool D = true) { IsDeleted = D; }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this function is "main", which is the
+  /// entry point into an executable program.
+  bool isMain() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this operator new or delete is one
+  /// of the reserved global placement operators:
+  ///    void *operator new(size_t, void *);
+  ///    void *operator new[](size_t, void *);
+  ///    void operator delete(void *, void *);
+  ///    void operator delete[](void *, void *);
+  /// These functions have special behavior under [new.delete.placement]:
+  ///    These functions are reserved, a C++ program may not define
+  ///    functions that displace the versions in the Standard C++ library.
+  ///    The provisions of [basic.stc.dynamic] do not apply to these
+  ///    reserved placement forms of operator new and operator delete.
+  ///
+  /// This function must be an allocation or deallocation function.
+  bool isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator() const;
+
+  /// Compute the language linkage.
+  LanguageLinkage getLanguageLinkage() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this function is a function with
+  /// external, C linkage.
+  bool isExternC() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this is a global function.
+  bool isGlobal() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this function is known to be 'noreturn', through
+  /// an attribute on its declaration or its type.
+  bool isNoReturn() const;
+
+  /// \brief True if the function was a definition but its body was skipped.
+  bool hasSkippedBody() const { return HasSkippedBody; }
+  void setHasSkippedBody(bool Skipped = true) { HasSkippedBody = Skipped; }
+
+  void setPreviousDeclaration(FunctionDecl * PrevDecl);
+
+  virtual const FunctionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const;
+  virtual FunctionDecl *getCanonicalDecl();
+
+  unsigned getBuiltinID() const;
+
+  // Iterator access to formal parameters.
+  unsigned param_size() const { return getNumParams(); }
+  typedef ParmVarDecl **param_iterator;
+  typedef ParmVarDecl * const *param_const_iterator;
+
+  param_iterator param_begin() { return ParamInfo; }
+  param_iterator param_end()   { return ParamInfo+param_size(); }
+
+  param_const_iterator param_begin() const { return ParamInfo; }
+  param_const_iterator param_end() const   { return ParamInfo+param_size(); }
+
+  /// getNumParams - Return the number of parameters this function must have
+  /// based on its FunctionType.  This is the length of the ParamInfo array
+  /// after it has been created.
+  unsigned getNumParams() const;
+
+  const ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #");
+    return ParamInfo[i];
+  }
+  ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) {
+    assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #");
+    return ParamInfo[i];
+  }
+  void setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo) {
+    setParams(getASTContext(), NewParamInfo);
+  }
+
+  const ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> &getDeclsInPrototypeScope() const {
+    return DeclsInPrototypeScope;
+  }
+  void setDeclsInPrototypeScope(ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> NewDecls);
+
+  /// getMinRequiredArguments - Returns the minimum number of arguments
+  /// needed to call this function. This may be fewer than the number of
+  /// function parameters, if some of the parameters have default
+  /// arguments (in C++).
+  unsigned getMinRequiredArguments() const;
+
+  QualType getResultType() const {
+    return getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the type of an expression that calls this function.
+  QualType getCallResultType() const {
+    return getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallResultType(getASTContext());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the storage class as written in the source. For the
+  /// computed linkage of symbol, see getLinkage.
+  StorageClass getStorageClass() const { return StorageClass(SClass); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the "inline" keyword was specified for this
+  /// function.
+  bool isInlineSpecified() const { return IsInlineSpecified; }
+
+  /// Set whether the "inline" keyword was specified for this function.
+  void setInlineSpecified(bool I) {
+    IsInlineSpecified = I;
+    IsInline = I;
+  }
+
+  /// Flag that this function is implicitly inline.
+  void setImplicitlyInline() {
+    IsInline = true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this function should be inlined, because it is
+  /// either marked "inline" or "constexpr" or is a member function of a class
+  /// that was defined in the class body.
+  bool isInlined() const { return IsInline; }
+
+  bool isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible() const;
+
+  bool doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition() const;
+
+  /// isOverloadedOperator - Whether this function declaration
+  /// represents an C++ overloaded operator, e.g., "operator+".
+  bool isOverloadedOperator() const {
+    return getOverloadedOperator() != OO_None;
+  }
+
+  OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator() const;
+
+  const IdentifierInfo *getLiteralIdentifier() const;
+
+  /// \brief If this function is an instantiation of a member function
+  /// of a class template specialization, retrieves the function from
+  /// which it was instantiated.
+  ///
+  /// This routine will return non-NULL for (non-templated) member
+  /// functions of class templates and for instantiations of function
+  /// templates. For example, given:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// struct X {
+  ///   void f(T);
+  /// };
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// The declaration for X<int>::f is a (non-templated) FunctionDecl
+  /// whose parent is the class template specialization X<int>. For
+  /// this declaration, getInstantiatedFromFunction() will return
+  /// the FunctionDecl X<T>::A. When a complete definition of
+  /// X<int>::A is required, it will be instantiated from the
+  /// declaration returned by getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction().
+  FunctionDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() const;
+
+  /// \brief What kind of templated function this is.
+  TemplatedKind getTemplatedKind() const;
+
+  /// \brief If this function is an instantiation of a member function of a
+  /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization
+  /// information.
+  MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const {
+    return TemplateOrSpecialization.dyn_cast<MemberSpecializationInfo*>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Specify that this record is an instantiation of the
+  /// member function FD.
+  void setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(FunctionDecl *FD,
+                                        TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
+    setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(getASTContext(), FD, TSK);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the function template that is described by this
+  /// function declaration.
+  ///
+  /// Every function template is represented as a FunctionTemplateDecl
+  /// and a FunctionDecl (or something derived from FunctionDecl). The
+  /// former contains template properties (such as the template
+  /// parameter lists) while the latter contains the actual
+  /// description of the template's
+  /// contents. FunctionTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the
+  /// FunctionDecl that describes the function template,
+  /// getDescribedFunctionTemplate() retrieves the
+  /// FunctionTemplateDecl from a FunctionDecl.
+  FunctionTemplateDecl *getDescribedFunctionTemplate() const {
+    return TemplateOrSpecialization.dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl*>();
+  }
+
+  void setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *Template) {
+    TemplateOrSpecialization = Template;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this function is a function template
+  /// specialization.
+  bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() const {
+    return getPrimaryTemplate() != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the class scope template pattern that this function
+  ///  template specialization is instantiated from.
+  FunctionDecl *getClassScopeSpecializationPattern() const;
+
+  /// \brief If this function is actually a function template specialization,
+  /// retrieve information about this function template specialization.
+  /// Otherwise, returns NULL.
+  FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *getTemplateSpecializationInfo() const {
+    return TemplateOrSpecialization.
+             dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo*>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this function is a function template
+  /// specialization or a member of a class template specialization that can
+  /// be implicitly instantiated.
+  bool isImplicitlyInstantiable() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines if the given function was instantiated from a
+  /// function template.
+  bool isTemplateInstantiation() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the function declaration from which this function could
+  /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template
+  /// or a specialization, for example).
+  FunctionDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the primary template that this function template
+  /// specialization either specializes or was instantiated from.
+  ///
+  /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization,
+  /// returns NULL.
+  FunctionTemplateDecl *getPrimaryTemplate() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments used to produce this function
+  /// template specialization from the primary template.
+  ///
+  /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization,
+  /// returns NULL.
+  const TemplateArgumentList *getTemplateSpecializationArgs() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument list as written in the sources,
+  /// if any.
+  ///
+  /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization
+  /// or if it had no explicit template argument list, returns NULL.
+  /// Note that it an explicit template argument list may be written empty,
+  /// e.g., template<> void foo<>(char* s);
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo*
+  getTemplateSpecializationArgsAsWritten() const;
+
+  /// \brief Specify that this function declaration is actually a function
+  /// template specialization.
+  ///
+  /// \param Template the function template that this function template
+  /// specialization specializes.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateArgs the template arguments that produced this
+  /// function template specialization from the template.
+  ///
+  /// \param InsertPos If non-NULL, the position in the function template
+  /// specialization set where the function template specialization data will
+  /// be inserted.
+  ///
+  /// \param TSK the kind of template specialization this is.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateArgsAsWritten location info of template arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \param PointOfInstantiation point at which the function template
+  /// specialization was first instantiated.
+  void setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionTemplateDecl *Template,
+                                      const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs,
+                                         void *InsertPos,
+                    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_ImplicitInstantiation,
+                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten = 0,
+                    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()) {
+    setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(getASTContext(), Template, TemplateArgs,
+                                      InsertPos, TSK, TemplateArgsAsWritten,
+                                      PointOfInstantiation);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Specifies that this function declaration is actually a
+  /// dependent function template specialization.
+  void setDependentTemplateSpecialization(ASTContext &Context,
+                             const UnresolvedSetImpl &Templates,
+                      const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
+
+  DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *
+  getDependentSpecializationInfo() const {
+    return TemplateOrSpecialization.
+             dyn_cast<DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo*>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine what kind of template instantiation this function
+  /// represents.
+  TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine what kind of template instantiation this function
+  /// represents.
+  void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
+                        SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation());
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the (first) point of instantiation of a function template
+  /// specialization or a member of a class template specialization.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the first point of instantiation, if this function was
+  /// instantiated from a template; otherwise, returns an invalid source
+  /// location.
+  SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is or was instantiated from an out-of-line
+  /// definition of a member function.
+  virtual bool isOutOfLine() const;
+
+  /// \brief Identify a memory copying or setting function.
+  /// If the given function is a memory copy or setting function, returns
+  /// the corresponding Builtin ID. If the function is not a memory function,
+  /// returns 0.
+  unsigned getMemoryFunctionKind() const;
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstFunction && K <= lastFunction;
+  }
+  static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const FunctionDecl *D) {
+    return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(D));
+  }
+  static FunctionDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
+    return static_cast<FunctionDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC));
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+
+/// FieldDecl - An instance of this class is created by Sema::ActOnField to
+/// represent a member of a struct/union/class.
+class FieldDecl : public DeclaratorDecl {
+  // FIXME: This can be packed into the bitfields in Decl.
+  bool Mutable : 1;
+  mutable unsigned CachedFieldIndex : 31;
+
+  /// \brief An InClassInitStyle value, and either a bit width expression (if
+  /// the InClassInitStyle value is ICIS_NoInit), or a pointer to the in-class
+  /// initializer for this field (otherwise).
+  ///
+  /// We can safely combine these two because in-class initializers are not
+  /// permitted for bit-fields.
+  ///
+  /// If the InClassInitStyle is not ICIS_NoInit and the initializer is null,
+  /// then this field has an in-class initializer which has not yet been parsed
+  /// and attached.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 2, unsigned> InitializerOrBitWidth;
+protected:
+  FieldDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+            SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+            QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *BW, bool Mutable,
+            InClassInitStyle InitStyle)
+    : DeclaratorDecl(DK, DC, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, StartLoc),
+      Mutable(Mutable), CachedFieldIndex(0),
+      InitializerOrBitWidth(BW, InitStyle) {
+    assert((!BW || InitStyle == ICIS_NoInit) && "got initializer for bitfield");
+  }
+
+public:
+  static FieldDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                           SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                           IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T,
+                           TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *BW, bool Mutable,
+                           InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
+
+  static FieldDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  /// getFieldIndex - Returns the index of this field within its record,
+  /// as appropriate for passing to ASTRecordLayout::getFieldOffset.
+  unsigned getFieldIndex() const;
+
+  /// isMutable - Determines whether this field is mutable (C++ only).
+  bool isMutable() const { return Mutable; }
+
+  /// isBitfield - Determines whether this field is a bitfield.
+  bool isBitField() const {
+    return getInClassInitStyle() == ICIS_NoInit &&
+           InitializerOrBitWidth.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  /// @brief Determines whether this is an unnamed bitfield.
+  bool isUnnamedBitfield() const { return isBitField() && !getDeclName(); }
+
+  /// isAnonymousStructOrUnion - Determines whether this field is a
+  /// representative for an anonymous struct or union. Such fields are
+  /// unnamed and are implicitly generated by the implementation to
+  /// store the data for the anonymous union or struct.
+  bool isAnonymousStructOrUnion() const;
+
+  Expr *getBitWidth() const {
+    return isBitField() ? InitializerOrBitWidth.getPointer() : 0;
+  }
+  unsigned getBitWidthValue(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// setBitWidth - Set the bit-field width for this member.
+  // Note: used by some clients (i.e., do not remove it).
+  void setBitWidth(Expr *Width);
+  /// removeBitWidth - Remove the bit-field width from this member.
+  // Note: used by some clients (i.e., do not remove it).
+  void removeBitWidth() {
+    assert(isBitField() && "no bitfield width to remove");
+    InitializerOrBitWidth.setPointer(0);
+  }
+
+  /// getInClassInitStyle - Get the kind of (C++11) in-class initializer which
+  /// this field has.
+  InClassInitStyle getInClassInitStyle() const {
+    return static_cast<InClassInitStyle>(InitializerOrBitWidth.getInt());
+  }
+
+  /// hasInClassInitializer - Determine whether this member has a C++11 in-class
+  /// initializer.
+  bool hasInClassInitializer() const {
+    return getInClassInitStyle() != ICIS_NoInit;
+  }
+  /// getInClassInitializer - Get the C++11 in-class initializer for this
+  /// member, or null if one has not been set. If a valid declaration has an
+  /// in-class initializer, but this returns null, then we have not parsed and
+  /// attached it yet.
+  Expr *getInClassInitializer() const {
+    return hasInClassInitializer() ? InitializerOrBitWidth.getPointer() : 0;
+  }
+  /// setInClassInitializer - Set the C++11 in-class initializer for this
+  /// member.
+  void setInClassInitializer(Expr *Init);
+  /// removeInClassInitializer - Remove the C++11 in-class initializer from this
+  /// member.
+  void removeInClassInitializer() {
+    assert(hasInClassInitializer() && "no initializer to remove");
+    InitializerOrBitWidth.setPointer(0);
+    InitializerOrBitWidth.setInt(ICIS_NoInit);
+  }
+
+  /// getParent - Returns the parent of this field declaration, which
+  /// is the struct in which this method is defined.
+  const RecordDecl *getParent() const {
+    return cast<RecordDecl>(getDeclContext());
+  }
+
+  RecordDecl *getParent() {
+    return cast<RecordDecl>(getDeclContext());
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstField && K <= lastField; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// EnumConstantDecl - An instance of this object exists for each enum constant
+/// that is defined.  For example, in "enum X {a,b}", each of a/b are
+/// EnumConstantDecl's, X is an instance of EnumDecl, and the type of a/b is a
+/// TagType for the X EnumDecl.
+class EnumConstantDecl : public ValueDecl {
+  Stmt *Init; // an integer constant expression
+  llvm::APSInt Val; // The value.
+protected:
+  EnumConstantDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L,
+                   IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, Expr *E,
+                   const llvm::APSInt &V)
+    : ValueDecl(EnumConstant, DC, L, Id, T), Init((Stmt*)E), Val(V) {}
+
+public:
+
+  static EnumConstantDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *DC,
+                                  SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                  QualType T, Expr *E,
+                                  const llvm::APSInt &V);
+  static EnumConstantDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  const Expr *getInitExpr() const { return (const Expr*) Init; }
+  Expr *getInitExpr() { return (Expr*) Init; }
+  const llvm::APSInt &getInitVal() const { return Val; }
+
+  void setInitExpr(Expr *E) { Init = (Stmt*) E; }
+  void setInitVal(const llvm::APSInt &V) { Val = V; }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == EnumConstant; }
+
+  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
+};
+
+/// IndirectFieldDecl - An instance of this class is created to represent a
+/// field injected from an anonymous union/struct into the parent scope.
+/// IndirectFieldDecl are always implicit.
+class IndirectFieldDecl : public ValueDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  NamedDecl **Chaining;
+  unsigned ChainingSize;
+
+  IndirectFieldDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L,
+                    DeclarationName N, QualType T,
+                    NamedDecl **CH, unsigned CHS)
+    : ValueDecl(IndirectField, DC, L, N, T), Chaining(CH), ChainingSize(CHS) {}
+
+public:
+  static IndirectFieldDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                   SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                   QualType T, NamedDecl **CH, unsigned CHS);
+
+  static IndirectFieldDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  typedef NamedDecl * const *chain_iterator;
+  chain_iterator chain_begin() const { return Chaining; }
+  chain_iterator chain_end() const  { return Chaining+ChainingSize; }
+
+  unsigned getChainingSize() const { return ChainingSize; }
+
+  FieldDecl *getAnonField() const {
+    assert(ChainingSize >= 2);
+    return cast<FieldDecl>(Chaining[ChainingSize - 1]);
+  }
+
+  VarDecl *getVarDecl() const {
+    assert(ChainingSize >= 2);
+    return dyn_cast<VarDecl>(*chain_begin());
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == IndirectField; }
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+};
+
+/// TypeDecl - Represents a declaration of a type.
+///
+class TypeDecl : public NamedDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// TypeForDecl - This indicates the Type object that represents
+  /// this TypeDecl.  It is a cache maintained by
+  /// ASTContext::getTypedefType, ASTContext::getTagDeclType, and
+  /// ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType, and TemplateTypeParmDecl.
+  mutable const Type *TypeForDecl;
+  /// LocStart - The start of the source range for this declaration.
+  SourceLocation LocStart;
+  friend class ASTContext;
+  friend class DeclContext;
+  friend class TagDecl;
+  friend class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
+  friend class TagType;
+  friend class ASTReader;
+
+protected:
+  TypeDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+           SourceLocation StartL = SourceLocation())
+    : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, Id), TypeForDecl(0), LocStart(StartL) {}
+
+public:
+  // Low-level accessor. If you just want the type defined by this node,
+  // check out ASTContext::getTypeDeclType or one of
+  // ASTContext::getTypedefType, ASTContext::getRecordType, etc. if you
+  // already know the specific kind of node this is.
+  const Type *getTypeForDecl() const { return TypeForDecl; }
+  void setTypeForDecl(const Type *TD) { TypeForDecl = TD; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return LocStart; }
+  void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; }
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (LocStart.isValid())
+      return SourceRange(LocStart, getLocation());
+    else
+      return SourceRange(getLocation());
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstType && K <= lastType; }
+};
+
+
+/// Base class for declarations which introduce a typedef-name.
+class TypedefNameDecl : public TypeDecl, public Redeclarable<TypedefNameDecl> {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// UnderlyingType - This is the type the typedef is set to.
+  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
+
+protected:
+  TypedefNameDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo)
+    : TypeDecl(DK, DC, IdLoc, Id, StartLoc), TInfo(TInfo) {}
+
+  typedef Redeclarable<TypedefNameDecl> redeclarable_base;
+  virtual TypedefNameDecl *getNextRedeclaration() {
+    return RedeclLink.getNext();
+  }
+  virtual TypedefNameDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() {
+    return getPreviousDecl();
+  }
+  virtual TypedefNameDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() {
+    return getMostRecentDecl();
+  }
+
+public:
+  typedef redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator redecl_iterator;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_end;
+  using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl;
+  using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl;
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    return TInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this typedef-name.
+  TypedefNameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return getFirstDeclaration();
+  }
+  const TypedefNameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return getFirstDeclaration();
+  }
+
+  QualType getUnderlyingType() const {
+    return TInfo->getType();
+  }
+  void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *newType) {
+    TInfo = newType;
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstTypedefName && K <= lastTypedefName;
+  }
+};
+
+/// TypedefDecl - Represents the declaration of a typedef-name via the 'typedef'
+/// type specifier.
+class TypedefDecl : public TypedefNameDecl {
+  TypedefDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+              IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo)
+    : TypedefNameDecl(Typedef, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, TInfo) {}
+
+public:
+  static TypedefDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                             SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                             IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
+  static TypedefDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Typedef; }
+};
+
+/// TypeAliasDecl - Represents the declaration of a typedef-name via a C++0x
+/// alias-declaration.
+class TypeAliasDecl : public TypedefNameDecl {
+  TypeAliasDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo)
+    : TypedefNameDecl(TypeAlias, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, TInfo) {}
+
+public:
+  static TypeAliasDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                               SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                               IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
+  static TypeAliasDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TypeAlias; }
+};
+
+/// TagDecl - Represents the declaration of a struct/union/class/enum.
+class TagDecl
+  : public TypeDecl, public DeclContext, public Redeclarable<TagDecl> {
+public:
+  // This is really ugly.
+  typedef TagTypeKind TagKind;
+
+private:
+  // FIXME: This can be packed into the bitfields in Decl.
+  /// TagDeclKind - The TagKind enum.
+  unsigned TagDeclKind : 3;
+
+  /// IsCompleteDefinition - True if this is a definition ("struct foo
+  /// {};"), false if it is a declaration ("struct foo;").  It is not
+  /// a definition until the definition has been fully processed.
+  bool IsCompleteDefinition : 1;
+
+protected:
+  /// IsBeingDefined - True if this is currently being defined.
+  bool IsBeingDefined : 1;
+
+private:
+  /// IsEmbeddedInDeclarator - True if this tag declaration is
+  /// "embedded" (i.e., defined or declared for the very first time)
+  /// in the syntax of a declarator.
+  bool IsEmbeddedInDeclarator : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this tag is free standing, e.g. "struct foo;".
+  bool IsFreeStanding : 1;
+
+protected:
+  // These are used by (and only defined for) EnumDecl.
+  unsigned NumPositiveBits : 8;
+  unsigned NumNegativeBits : 8;
+
+  /// IsScoped - True if this tag declaration is a scoped enumeration. Only
+  /// possible in C++11 mode.
+  bool IsScoped : 1;
+  /// IsScopedUsingClassTag - If this tag declaration is a scoped enum,
+  /// then this is true if the scoped enum was declared using the class
+  /// tag, false if it was declared with the struct tag. No meaning is
+  /// associated if this tag declaration is not a scoped enum.
+  bool IsScopedUsingClassTag : 1;
+
+  /// IsFixed - True if this is an enumeration with fixed underlying type. Only
+  /// possible in C++11 or Microsoft extensions mode.
+  bool IsFixed : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Indicates whether it is possible for declarations of this kind
+  /// to have an out-of-date definition.
+  ///
+  /// This option is only enabled when modules are enabled.
+  bool MayHaveOutOfDateDef : 1;
+
+private:
+  SourceLocation RBraceLoc;
+
+  // A struct representing syntactic qualifier info,
+  // to be used for the (uncommon) case of out-of-line declarations.
+  typedef QualifierInfo ExtInfo;
+
+  /// TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier - If the (out-of-line) tag declaration name
+  /// is qualified, it points to the qualifier info (nns and range);
+  /// otherwise, if the tag declaration is anonymous and it is part of
+  /// a typedef or alias, it points to the TypedefNameDecl (used for mangling);
+  /// otherwise, it is a null (TypedefNameDecl) pointer.
+  llvm::PointerUnion<TypedefNameDecl*, ExtInfo*> TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier;
+
+  bool hasExtInfo() const { return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.is<ExtInfo*>(); }
+  ExtInfo *getExtInfo() { return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<ExtInfo*>(); }
+  const ExtInfo *getExtInfo() const {
+    return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<ExtInfo*>();
+  }
+
+protected:
+  TagDecl(Kind DK, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
+          SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+          TagDecl *PrevDecl, SourceLocation StartL)
+    : TypeDecl(DK, DC, L, Id, StartL), DeclContext(DK),
+      TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier((TypedefNameDecl*) 0) {
+    assert((DK != Enum || TK == TTK_Enum) &&
+           "EnumDecl not matched with TTK_Enum");
+    TagDeclKind = TK;
+    IsCompleteDefinition = false;
+    IsBeingDefined = false;
+    IsEmbeddedInDeclarator = false;
+    IsFreeStanding = false;
+    setPreviousDeclaration(PrevDecl);
+  }
+
+  typedef Redeclarable<TagDecl> redeclarable_base;
+  virtual TagDecl *getNextRedeclaration() { return RedeclLink.getNext(); }
+  virtual TagDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() {
+    return getPreviousDecl();
+  }
+  virtual TagDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() {
+    return getMostRecentDecl();
+  }
+
+  /// @brief Completes the definition of this tag declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This is a helper function for derived classes.
+  void completeDefinition();
+
+public:
+  typedef redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator redecl_iterator;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_end;
+  using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl;
+  using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl;
+
+  SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; }
+  void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBraceLoc = L; }
+
+  /// getInnerLocStart - Return SourceLocation representing start of source
+  /// range ignoring outer template declarations.
+  SourceLocation getInnerLocStart() const { return getLocStart(); }
+
+  /// getOuterLocStart - Return SourceLocation representing start of source
+  /// range taking into account any outer template declarations.
+  SourceLocation getOuterLocStart() const;
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  virtual TagDecl* getCanonicalDecl();
+  const TagDecl* getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return const_cast<TagDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
+  }
+
+  /// isThisDeclarationADefinition() - Return true if this declaration
+  /// is a completion definintion of the type.  Provided for consistency.
+  bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const {
+    return isCompleteDefinition();
+  }
+
+  /// isCompleteDefinition - Return true if this decl has its body
+  /// fully specified.
+  bool isCompleteDefinition() const {
+    return IsCompleteDefinition;
+  }
+
+  /// isBeingDefined - Return true if this decl is currently being defined.
+  bool isBeingDefined() const {
+    return IsBeingDefined;
+  }
+
+  bool isEmbeddedInDeclarator() const {
+    return IsEmbeddedInDeclarator;
+  }
+  void setEmbeddedInDeclarator(bool isInDeclarator) {
+    IsEmbeddedInDeclarator = isInDeclarator;
+  }
+
+  bool isFreeStanding() const { return IsFreeStanding; }
+  void setFreeStanding(bool isFreeStanding = true) {
+    IsFreeStanding = isFreeStanding;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration declares a type that is
+  /// dependent, i.e., a type that somehow depends on template
+  /// parameters.
+  bool isDependentType() const { return isDependentContext(); }
+
+  /// @brief Starts the definition of this tag declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This method should be invoked at the beginning of the definition
+  /// of this tag declaration. It will set the tag type into a state
+  /// where it is in the process of being defined.
+  void startDefinition();
+
+  /// getDefinition - Returns the TagDecl that actually defines this
+  ///  struct/union/class/enum.  When determining whether or not a
+  ///  struct/union/class/enum has a definition, one should use this
+  ///  method as opposed to 'isDefinition'.  'isDefinition' indicates
+  ///  whether or not a specific TagDecl is defining declaration, not
+  ///  whether or not the struct/union/class/enum type is defined.
+  ///  This method returns NULL if there is no TagDecl that defines
+  ///  the struct/union/class/enum.
+  TagDecl *getDefinition() const;
+
+  void setCompleteDefinition(bool V) { IsCompleteDefinition = V; }
+
+  // FIXME: Return StringRef;
+  const char *getKindName() const {
+    return TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(getTagKind());
+  }
+
+  TagKind getTagKind() const {
+    return TagKind(TagDeclKind);
+  }
+
+  void setTagKind(TagKind TK) { TagDeclKind = TK; }
+
+  bool isStruct() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Struct; }
+  bool isInterface() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Interface; }
+  bool isClass()  const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Class; }
+  bool isUnion()  const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Union; }
+  bool isEnum()   const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Enum; }
+
+  /// Is this tag type named, either directly or via being defined in
+  /// a typedef of this type?
+  ///
+  /// C++11 [basic.link]p8:
+  ///   A type is said to have linkage if and only if:
+  ///     - it is a class or enumeration type that is named (or has a
+  ///       name for linkage purposes) and the name has linkage; ...
+  /// C++11 [dcl.typedef]p9:
+  ///   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or enum),
+  ///   the first typedef-name declared by the declaration to be that
+  ///   class type (or enum type) is used to denote the class type (or
+  ///   enum type) for linkage purposes only.
+  ///
+  /// C does not have an analogous rule, but the same concept is
+  /// nonetheless useful in some places.
+  bool hasNameForLinkage() const {
+    return (getDeclName() || getTypedefNameForAnonDecl());
+  }
+
+  TypedefNameDecl *getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() const {
+    return hasExtInfo() ? 0 :
+           TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<TypedefNameDecl*>();
+  }
+
+  void setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(TypedefNameDecl *TDD);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name of this
+  /// declaration, if it was present in the source.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()
+                        : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier (with source-location
+  /// information) that qualifies the name of this declaration, if it was
+  /// present in the source.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const {
+    return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc
+                        : NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
+  }
+
+  void setQualifierInfo(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc);
+
+  unsigned getNumTemplateParameterLists() const {
+    return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->NumTemplParamLists : 0;
+  }
+  TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < getNumTemplateParameterLists());
+    return getExtInfo()->TemplParamLists[i];
+  }
+  void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, unsigned NumTPLists,
+                                     TemplateParameterList **TPLists);
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstTag && K <= lastTag; }
+
+  static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const TagDecl *D) {
+    return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<TagDecl*>(D));
+  }
+  static TagDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
+    return static_cast<TagDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC));
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// EnumDecl - Represents an enum.  In C++11, enums can be forward-declared
+/// with a fixed underlying type, and in C we allow them to be forward-declared
+/// with no underlying type as an extension.
+class EnumDecl : public TagDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// IntegerType - This represent the integer type that the enum corresponds
+  /// to for code generation purposes.  Note that the enumerator constants may
+  /// have a different type than this does.
+  ///
+  /// If the underlying integer type was explicitly stated in the source
+  /// code, this is a TypeSourceInfo* for that type. Otherwise this type
+  /// was automatically deduced somehow, and this is a Type*.
+  ///
+  /// Normally if IsFixed(), this would contain a TypeSourceInfo*, but in
+  /// some cases it won't.
+  ///
+  /// The underlying type of an enumeration never has any qualifiers, so
+  /// we can get away with just storing a raw Type*, and thus save an
+  /// extra pointer when TypeSourceInfo is needed.
+
+  llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> IntegerType;
+
+  /// PromotionType - The integer type that values of this type should
+  /// promote to.  In C, enumerators are generally of an integer type
+  /// directly, but gcc-style large enumerators (and all enumerators
+  /// in C++) are of the enum type instead.
+  QualType PromotionType;
+
+  /// \brief If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration
+  /// of a class template specialization, this is the member specialization
+  /// information.
+  MemberSpecializationInfo *SpecializationInfo;
+
+  EnumDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+           IdentifierInfo *Id, EnumDecl *PrevDecl,
+           bool Scoped, bool ScopedUsingClassTag, bool Fixed)
+    : TagDecl(Enum, TTK_Enum, DC, IdLoc, Id, PrevDecl, StartLoc),
+      SpecializationInfo(0) {
+    assert(Scoped || !ScopedUsingClassTag);
+    IntegerType = (const Type*)0;
+    NumNegativeBits = 0;
+    NumPositiveBits = 0;
+    IsScoped = Scoped;
+    IsScopedUsingClassTag = ScopedUsingClassTag;
+    IsFixed = Fixed;
+  }
+
+  void setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED,
+                                    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
+public:
+  EnumDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+  const EnumDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+
+  const EnumDecl *getPreviousDecl() const {
+    return cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+  EnumDecl *getPreviousDecl() {
+    return cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+
+  const EnumDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const {
+    return cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getMostRecentDecl());
+  }
+  EnumDecl *getMostRecentDecl() {
+    return cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getMostRecentDecl());
+  }
+
+  EnumDecl *getDefinition() const {
+    return cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getDefinition());
+  }
+
+  static EnumDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                          SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                          IdentifierInfo *Id, EnumDecl *PrevDecl,
+                          bool IsScoped, bool IsScopedUsingClassTag,
+                          bool IsFixed);
+  static EnumDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  /// completeDefinition - When created, the EnumDecl corresponds to a
+  /// forward-declared enum. This method is used to mark the
+  /// declaration as being defined; it's enumerators have already been
+  /// added (via DeclContext::addDecl). NewType is the new underlying
+  /// type of the enumeration type.
+  void completeDefinition(QualType NewType,
+                          QualType PromotionType,
+                          unsigned NumPositiveBits,
+                          unsigned NumNegativeBits);
+
+  // enumerator_iterator - Iterates through the enumerators of this
+  // enumeration.
+  typedef specific_decl_iterator<EnumConstantDecl> enumerator_iterator;
+
+  enumerator_iterator enumerator_begin() const {
+    const EnumDecl *E = getDefinition();
+    if (!E)
+      E = this;
+    return enumerator_iterator(E->decls_begin());
+  }
+
+  enumerator_iterator enumerator_end() const {
+    const EnumDecl *E = getDefinition();
+    if (!E)
+      E = this;
+    return enumerator_iterator(E->decls_end());
+  }
+
+  /// getPromotionType - Return the integer type that enumerators
+  /// should promote to.
+  QualType getPromotionType() const { return PromotionType; }
+
+  /// \brief Set the promotion type.
+  void setPromotionType(QualType T) { PromotionType = T; }
+
+  /// getIntegerType - Return the integer type this enum decl corresponds to.
+  /// This returns a null qualtype for an enum forward definition.
+  QualType getIntegerType() const {
+    if (!IntegerType)
+      return QualType();
+    if (const Type* T = IntegerType.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
+      return QualType(T, 0);
+    return IntegerType.get<TypeSourceInfo*>()->getType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the underlying integer type.
+  void setIntegerType(QualType T) { IntegerType = T.getTypePtrOrNull(); }
+
+  /// \brief Set the underlying integer type source info.
+  void setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo* TInfo) { IntegerType = TInfo; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the type source info for the underlying integer type,
+  /// if no type source info exists, return 0.
+  TypeSourceInfo* getIntegerTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    return IntegerType.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the width in bits required to store all the
+  /// non-negative enumerators of this enum.
+  unsigned getNumPositiveBits() const {
+    return NumPositiveBits;
+  }
+  void setNumPositiveBits(unsigned Num) {
+    NumPositiveBits = Num;
+    assert(NumPositiveBits == Num && "can't store this bitcount");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the width in bits required to store all the
+  /// negative enumerators of this enum.  These widths include
+  /// the rightmost leading 1;  that is:
+  ///
+  /// MOST NEGATIVE ENUMERATOR     PATTERN     NUM NEGATIVE BITS
+  /// ------------------------     -------     -----------------
+  ///                       -1     1111111                     1
+  ///                      -10     1110110                     5
+  ///                     -101     1001011                     8
+  unsigned getNumNegativeBits() const {
+    return NumNegativeBits;
+  }
+  void setNumNegativeBits(unsigned Num) {
+    NumNegativeBits = Num;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this is a C++0x scoped enumeration.
+  bool isScoped() const {
+    return IsScoped;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this is a C++0x scoped enumeration.
+  bool isScopedUsingClassTag() const {
+    return IsScopedUsingClassTag;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this is a C++0x enumeration with fixed underlying
+  /// type.
+  bool isFixed() const {
+    return IsFixed;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this can be considered a complete type.
+  bool isComplete() const {
+    return isCompleteDefinition() || isFixed();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the enumeration (declared within the template)
+  /// from which this enumeration type was instantiated, or NULL if
+  /// this enumeration was not instantiated from any template.
+  EnumDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum() const;
+
+  /// \brief If this enumeration is a member of a specialization of a
+  /// templated class, determine what kind of template specialization
+  /// or instantiation this is.
+  TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const;
+
+  /// \brief For an enumeration member that was instantiated from a member
+  /// enumeration of a templated class, set the template specialiation kind.
+  void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
+                        SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation());
+
+  /// \brief If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration of
+  /// a class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization
+  /// information.
+  MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const {
+    return SpecializationInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Specify that this enumeration is an instantiation of the
+  /// member enumeration ED.
+  void setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(EnumDecl *ED,
+                                    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
+    setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(getASTContext(), ED, TSK);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Enum; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+};
+
+
+/// RecordDecl - Represents a struct/union/class.  For example:
+///   struct X;                  // Forward declaration, no "body".
+///   union Y { int A, B; };     // Has body with members A and B (FieldDecls).
+/// This decl will be marked invalid if *any* members are invalid.
+///
+class RecordDecl : public TagDecl {
+  // FIXME: This can be packed into the bitfields in Decl.
+  /// HasFlexibleArrayMember - This is true if this struct ends with a flexible
+  /// array member (e.g. int X[]) or if this union contains a struct that does.
+  /// If so, this cannot be contained in arrays or other structs as a member.
+  bool HasFlexibleArrayMember : 1;
+
+  /// AnonymousStructOrUnion - Whether this is the type of an anonymous struct
+  /// or union.
+  bool AnonymousStructOrUnion : 1;
+
+  /// HasObjectMember - This is true if this struct has at least one member
+  /// containing an Objective-C object pointer type.
+  bool HasObjectMember : 1;
+  
+  /// HasVolatileMember - This is true if struct has at least one member of
+  /// 'volatile' type.
+  bool HasVolatileMember : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the field declarations of this record have been loaded
+  /// from external storage. To avoid unnecessary deserialization of
+  /// methods/nested types we allow deserialization of just the fields
+  /// when needed.
+  mutable bool LoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage : 1;
+  friend class DeclContext;
+
+protected:
+  RecordDecl(Kind DK, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
+             SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+             IdentifierInfo *Id, RecordDecl *PrevDecl);
+
+public:
+  static RecordDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
+                            SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                            IdentifierInfo *Id, RecordDecl* PrevDecl = 0);
+  static RecordDecl *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  const RecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() const {
+    return cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+  RecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() {
+    return cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+
+  const RecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const {
+    return cast<RecordDecl>(TagDecl::getMostRecentDecl());
+  }
+  RecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() {
+    return cast<RecordDecl>(TagDecl::getMostRecentDecl());
+  }
+
+  bool hasFlexibleArrayMember() const { return HasFlexibleArrayMember; }
+  void setHasFlexibleArrayMember(bool V) { HasFlexibleArrayMember = V; }
+
+  /// isAnonymousStructOrUnion - Whether this is an anonymous struct
+  /// or union. To be an anonymous struct or union, it must have been
+  /// declared without a name and there must be no objects of this
+  /// type declared, e.g.,
+  /// @code
+  ///   union { int i; float f; };
+  /// @endcode
+  /// is an anonymous union but neither of the following are:
+  /// @code
+  ///  union X { int i; float f; };
+  ///  union { int i; float f; } obj;
+  /// @endcode
+  bool isAnonymousStructOrUnion() const { return AnonymousStructOrUnion; }
+  void setAnonymousStructOrUnion(bool Anon) {
+    AnonymousStructOrUnion = Anon;
+  }
+
+  bool hasObjectMember() const { return HasObjectMember; }
+  void setHasObjectMember (bool val) { HasObjectMember = val; }
+
+  bool hasVolatileMember() const { return HasVolatileMember; }
+  void setHasVolatileMember (bool val) { HasVolatileMember = val; }
+  
+  /// \brief Determines whether this declaration represents the
+  /// injected class name.
+  ///
+  /// The injected class name in C++ is the name of the class that
+  /// appears inside the class itself. For example:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// struct C {
+  ///   // C is implicitly declared here as a synonym for the class name.
+  /// };
+  ///
+  /// C::C c; // same as "C c;"
+  /// \endcode
+  bool isInjectedClassName() const;
+
+  /// getDefinition - Returns the RecordDecl that actually defines
+  ///  this struct/union/class.  When determining whether or not a
+  ///  struct/union/class is completely defined, one should use this
+  ///  method as opposed to 'isCompleteDefinition'.
+  ///  'isCompleteDefinition' indicates whether or not a specific
+  ///  RecordDecl is a completed definition, not whether or not the
+  ///  record type is defined.  This method returns NULL if there is
+  ///  no RecordDecl that defines the struct/union/tag.
+  RecordDecl *getDefinition() const {
+    return cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagDecl::getDefinition());
+  }
+
+  // Iterator access to field members. The field iterator only visits
+  // the non-static data members of this class, ignoring any static
+  // data members, functions, constructors, destructors, etc.
+  typedef specific_decl_iterator<FieldDecl> field_iterator;
+
+  field_iterator field_begin() const;
+
+  field_iterator field_end() const {
+    return field_iterator(decl_iterator());
+  }
+
+  // field_empty - Whether there are any fields (non-static data
+  // members) in this record.
+  bool field_empty() const {
+    return field_begin() == field_end();
+  }
+
+  /// completeDefinition - Notes that the definition of this type is
+  /// now complete.
+  virtual void completeDefinition();
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstRecord && K <= lastRecord;
+  }
+
+  /// isMsStrust - Get whether or not this is an ms_struct which can
+  /// be turned on with an attribute, pragma, or -mms-bitfields
+  /// commandline option.
+  bool isMsStruct(const ASTContext &C) const;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Deserialize just the fields.
+  void LoadFieldsFromExternalStorage() const;
+};
+
+class FileScopeAsmDecl : public Decl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  StringLiteral *AsmString;
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+  FileScopeAsmDecl(DeclContext *DC, StringLiteral *asmstring,
+                   SourceLocation StartL, SourceLocation EndL)
+    : Decl(FileScopeAsm, DC, StartL), AsmString(asmstring), RParenLoc(EndL) {}
+public:
+  static FileScopeAsmDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                  StringLiteral *Str, SourceLocation AsmLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  static FileScopeAsmDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  SourceLocation getAsmLoc() const { return getLocation(); }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(getAsmLoc(), getRParenLoc());
+  }
+
+  const StringLiteral *getAsmString() const { return AsmString; }
+  StringLiteral *getAsmString() { return AsmString; }
+  void setAsmString(StringLiteral *Asm) { AsmString = Asm; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == FileScopeAsm; }
+};
+
+/// BlockDecl - This represents a block literal declaration, which is like an
+/// unnamed FunctionDecl.  For example:
+/// ^{ statement-body }   or   ^(int arg1, float arg2){ statement-body }
+///
+class BlockDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext {
+public:
+  /// A class which contains all the information about a particular
+  /// captured value.
+  class Capture {
+    enum {
+      flag_isByRef = 0x1,
+      flag_isNested = 0x2
+    };
+
+    /// The variable being captured.
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<VarDecl*, 2> VariableAndFlags;
+
+    /// The copy expression, expressed in terms of a DeclRef (or
+    /// BlockDeclRef) to the captured variable.  Only required if the
+    /// variable has a C++ class type.
+    Expr *CopyExpr;
+
+  public:
+    Capture(VarDecl *variable, bool byRef, bool nested, Expr *copy)
+      : VariableAndFlags(variable,
+                  (byRef ? flag_isByRef : 0) | (nested ? flag_isNested : 0)),
+        CopyExpr(copy) {}
+
+    /// The variable being captured.
+    VarDecl *getVariable() const { return VariableAndFlags.getPointer(); }
+
+    /// Whether this is a "by ref" capture, i.e. a capture of a __block
+    /// variable.
+    bool isByRef() const { return VariableAndFlags.getInt() & flag_isByRef; }
+
+    /// Whether this is a nested capture, i.e. the variable captured
+    /// is not from outside the immediately enclosing function/block.
+    bool isNested() const { return VariableAndFlags.getInt() & flag_isNested; }
+
+    bool hasCopyExpr() const { return CopyExpr != 0; }
+    Expr *getCopyExpr() const { return CopyExpr; }
+    void setCopyExpr(Expr *e) { CopyExpr = e; }
+  };
+
+private:
+  // FIXME: This can be packed into the bitfields in Decl.
+  bool IsVariadic : 1;
+  bool CapturesCXXThis : 1;
+  bool BlockMissingReturnType : 1;
+  bool IsConversionFromLambda : 1;
+  /// ParamInfo - new[]'d array of pointers to ParmVarDecls for the formal
+  /// parameters of this function.  This is null if a prototype or if there are
+  /// no formals.
+  ParmVarDecl **ParamInfo;
+  unsigned NumParams;
+
+  Stmt *Body;
+  TypeSourceInfo *SignatureAsWritten;
+
+  Capture *Captures;
+  unsigned NumCaptures;
+
+protected:
+  BlockDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation CaretLoc)
+    : Decl(Block, DC, CaretLoc), DeclContext(Block),
+      IsVariadic(false), CapturesCXXThis(false),
+      BlockMissingReturnType(true), IsConversionFromLambda(false),
+      ParamInfo(0), NumParams(0), Body(0),
+      SignatureAsWritten(0), Captures(0), NumCaptures(0) {}
+
+public:
+  static BlockDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L); 
+  static BlockDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  SourceLocation getCaretLocation() const { return getLocation(); }
+
+  bool isVariadic() const { return IsVariadic; }
+  void setIsVariadic(bool value) { IsVariadic = value; }
+
+  CompoundStmt *getCompoundBody() const { return (CompoundStmt*) Body; }
+  Stmt *getBody() const { return (Stmt*) Body; }
+  void setBody(CompoundStmt *B) { Body = (Stmt*) B; }
+
+  void setSignatureAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *Sig) { SignatureAsWritten = Sig; }
+  TypeSourceInfo *getSignatureAsWritten() const { return SignatureAsWritten; }
+
+  // Iterator access to formal parameters.
+  unsigned param_size() const { return getNumParams(); }
+  typedef ParmVarDecl **param_iterator;
+  typedef ParmVarDecl * const *param_const_iterator;
+
+  bool param_empty() const { return NumParams == 0; }
+  param_iterator param_begin()  { return ParamInfo; }
+  param_iterator param_end()   { return ParamInfo+param_size(); }
+
+  param_const_iterator param_begin() const { return ParamInfo; }
+  param_const_iterator param_end() const   { return ParamInfo+param_size(); }
+
+  unsigned getNumParams() const { return NumParams; }
+  const ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #");
+    return ParamInfo[i];
+  }
+  ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) {
+    assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #");
+    return ParamInfo[i];
+  }
+  void setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo);
+
+  /// hasCaptures - True if this block (or its nested blocks) captures
+  /// anything of local storage from its enclosing scopes.
+  bool hasCaptures() const { return NumCaptures != 0 || CapturesCXXThis; }
+
+  /// getNumCaptures - Returns the number of captured variables.
+  /// Does not include an entry for 'this'.
+  unsigned getNumCaptures() const { return NumCaptures; }
+
+  typedef const Capture *capture_iterator;
+  typedef const Capture *capture_const_iterator;
+  capture_iterator capture_begin() { return Captures; }
+  capture_iterator capture_end() { return Captures + NumCaptures; }
+  capture_const_iterator capture_begin() const { return Captures; }
+  capture_const_iterator capture_end() const { return Captures + NumCaptures; }
+
+  bool capturesCXXThis() const { return CapturesCXXThis; }
+  bool blockMissingReturnType() const { return BlockMissingReturnType; }
+  void setBlockMissingReturnType(bool val) { BlockMissingReturnType = val; }
+
+  bool isConversionFromLambda() const { return IsConversionFromLambda; }
+  void setIsConversionFromLambda(bool val) { IsConversionFromLambda = val; }
+
+  bool capturesVariable(const VarDecl *var) const;
+
+  void setCaptures(ASTContext &Context,
+                   const Capture *begin,
+                   const Capture *end,
+                   bool capturesCXXThis);
+
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Block; }
+  static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const BlockDecl *D) {
+    return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<BlockDecl*>(D));
+  }
+  static BlockDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
+    return static_cast<BlockDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC));
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Describes a module import declaration, which makes the contents
+/// of the named module visible in the current translation unit.
+///
+/// An import declaration imports the named module (or submodule). For example:
+/// \code
+///   @import std.vector;
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Import declarations can also be implicitly generated from
+/// \#include/\#import directives.
+class ImportDecl : public Decl {
+  /// \brief The imported module, along with a bit that indicates whether
+  /// we have source-location information for each identifier in the module
+  /// name. 
+  ///
+  /// When the bit is false, we only have a single source location for the
+  /// end of the import declaration.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<Module *, 1, bool> ImportedAndComplete;
+  
+  /// \brief The next import in the list of imports local to the translation
+  /// unit being parsed (not loaded from an AST file).
+  ImportDecl *NextLocalImport;
+  
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTContext;
+  
+  ImportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported,
+             ArrayRef<SourceLocation> IdentifierLocs);
+
+  ImportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported,
+             SourceLocation EndLoc);
+
+  ImportDecl(EmptyShell Empty) : Decl(Import, Empty), NextLocalImport() { }
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief Create a new module import declaration.
+  static ImportDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, 
+                            SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported,
+                            ArrayRef<SourceLocation> IdentifierLocs);
+  
+  /// \brief Create a new module import declaration for an implicitly-generated
+  /// import.
+  static ImportDecl *CreateImplicit(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, 
+                                    SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, 
+                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
+  
+  /// \brief Create a new, deserialized module import declaration.
+  static ImportDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, 
+                                        unsigned NumLocations);
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module that was imported by the import declaration.
+  Module *getImportedModule() const { return ImportedAndComplete.getPointer(); }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieves the locations of each of the identifiers that make up
+  /// the complete module name in the import declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This will return an empty array if the locations of the individual
+  /// identifiers aren't available.
+  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> getIdentifierLocs() const;
+  
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Import; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents an empty-declaration.
+class EmptyDecl : public Decl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  EmptyDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L)
+    : Decl(Empty, DC, L) { }
+
+public:
+  static EmptyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                           SourceLocation L);
+  static EmptyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Empty; }
+};
+
+/// Insertion operator for diagnostics.  This allows sending NamedDecl's
+/// into a diagnostic with <<.
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           const NamedDecl* ND) {
+  DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(ND),
+                  DiagnosticsEngine::ak_nameddecl);
+  return DB;
+}
+inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                           const NamedDecl* ND) {
+  PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(ND),
+                  DiagnosticsEngine::ak_nameddecl);
+  return PD;
+}
+
+template<typename decl_type>
+void Redeclarable<decl_type>::setPreviousDeclaration(decl_type *PrevDecl) {
+  // Note: This routine is implemented here because we need both NamedDecl
+  // and Redeclarable to be defined.
+
+  decl_type *First;
+
+  if (PrevDecl) {
+    // Point to previous. Make sure that this is actually the most recent
+    // redeclaration, or we can build invalid chains. If the most recent
+    // redeclaration is invalid, it won't be PrevDecl, but we want it anyway.
+    First = PrevDecl->getFirstDeclaration();
+    assert(First->RedeclLink.NextIsLatest() && "Expected first");
+    decl_type *MostRecent = First->RedeclLink.getNext();
+    RedeclLink = PreviousDeclLink(cast<decl_type>(MostRecent));
+  } else {
+    // Make this first.
+    First = static_cast<decl_type*>(this);
+  }
+
+  // First one will point to this one as latest.
+  First->RedeclLink = LatestDeclLink(static_cast<decl_type*>(this));
+  assert(!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)) ||
+         cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))->isLinkageValid());
+}
+
+// Inline function definitions.
+
+/// \brief Check if the given decl is complete.
+///
+/// We use this function to break a cycle between the inline definitions in
+/// Type.h and Decl.h.
+inline bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *ED) {
+  return ED->isComplete();
+}
+
+/// \brief Check if the given decl is scoped.
+///
+/// We use this function to break a cycle between the inline definitions in
+/// Type.h and Decl.h.
+inline bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *ED) {
+  return ED->isScoped();
+}
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5731308
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+//===--- DeclAccessPair.h - A decl bundled with its path access -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the DeclAccessPair class, which provides an
+//  efficient representation of a pair of a NamedDecl* and an
+//  AccessSpecifier.  Generally the access specifier gives the
+//  natural access of a declaration when named in a class, as
+//  defined in C++ [class.access.base]p1.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLACCESSPAIR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLACCESSPAIR_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class NamedDecl;
+
+/// A POD class for pairing a NamedDecl* with an access specifier.
+/// Can be put into unions.
+class DeclAccessPair {
+  NamedDecl *Ptr; // we'd use llvm::PointerUnion, but it isn't trivial
+
+  enum { Mask = 0x3 };
+
+public:
+  static DeclAccessPair make(NamedDecl *D, AccessSpecifier AS) {
+    DeclAccessPair p;
+    p.set(D, AS);
+    return p;
+  }
+
+  NamedDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return (NamedDecl*) (~Mask & (uintptr_t) Ptr);
+  }
+  AccessSpecifier getAccess() const {
+    return AccessSpecifier(Mask & (uintptr_t) Ptr);
+  }
+
+  void setDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
+    set(D, getAccess());
+  }
+  void setAccess(AccessSpecifier AS) {
+    set(getDecl(), AS);
+  }
+  void set(NamedDecl *D, AccessSpecifier AS) {
+    Ptr = reinterpret_cast<NamedDecl*>(uintptr_t(AS) |
+                                       reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(D));
+  }
+
+  operator NamedDecl*() const { return getDecl(); }
+  NamedDecl *operator->() const { return getDecl(); }
+};
+}
+
+// Take a moment to tell SmallVector that DeclAccessPair is POD.
+namespace llvm {
+template<typename> struct isPodLike;
+template<> struct isPodLike<clang::DeclAccessPair> {
+   static const bool value = true;
+};
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclBase.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclBase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..852bb9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclBase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1654 @@
+//===-- DeclBase.h - Base Classes for representing declarations -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Decl and DeclContext interfaces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLBASE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLBASE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class ASTMutationListener;
+class BlockDecl;
+class CXXRecordDecl;
+class CompoundStmt;
+class DeclContext;
+class DeclarationName;
+class DependentDiagnostic;
+class EnumDecl;
+class FunctionDecl;
+class LinkageSpecDecl;
+class Module;
+class NamedDecl;
+class NamespaceDecl;
+class ObjCCategoryDecl;
+class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
+class ObjCContainerDecl;
+class ObjCImplDecl;
+class ObjCImplementationDecl;
+class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
+class ObjCMethodDecl;
+class ObjCProtocolDecl;
+struct PrintingPolicy;
+class Stmt;
+class StoredDeclsMap;
+class TranslationUnitDecl;
+class UsingDirectiveDecl;
+}
+
+namespace llvm {
+// DeclContext* is only 4-byte aligned on 32-bit systems.
+template<>
+  class PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::DeclContext*> {
+  typedef clang::DeclContext* PT;
+public:
+  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(PT P) { return P; }
+  static inline PT getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+    return static_cast<PT>(P);
+  }
+  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 2 };
+};
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+  /// \brief Captures the result of checking the availability of a
+  /// declaration.
+  enum AvailabilityResult {
+    AR_Available = 0,
+    AR_NotYetIntroduced,
+    AR_Deprecated,
+    AR_Unavailable
+  };
+
+/// Decl - This represents one declaration (or definition), e.g. a variable,
+/// typedef, function, struct, etc.
+///
+class Decl {
+public:
+  /// \brief Lists the kind of concrete classes of Decl.
+  enum Kind {
+#define DECL(DERIVED, BASE) DERIVED,
+#define ABSTRACT_DECL(DECL)
+#define DECL_RANGE(BASE, START, END) \
+        first##BASE = START, last##BASE = END,
+#define LAST_DECL_RANGE(BASE, START, END) \
+        first##BASE = START, last##BASE = END
+#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
+  };
+
+  /// \brief A placeholder type used to construct an empty shell of a
+  /// decl-derived type that will be filled in later (e.g., by some
+  /// deserialization method).
+  struct EmptyShell { };
+
+  /// IdentifierNamespace - The different namespaces in which
+  /// declarations may appear.  According to C99 6.2.3, there are
+  /// four namespaces, labels, tags, members and ordinary
+  /// identifiers.  C++ describes lookup completely differently:
+  /// certain lookups merely "ignore" certain kinds of declarations,
+  /// usually based on whether the declaration is of a type, etc.
+  ///
+  /// These are meant as bitmasks, so that searches in
+  /// C++ can look into the "tag" namespace during ordinary lookup.
+  ///
+  /// Decl currently provides 15 bits of IDNS bits.
+  enum IdentifierNamespace {
+    /// Labels, declared with 'x:' and referenced with 'goto x'.
+    IDNS_Label               = 0x0001,
+
+    /// Tags, declared with 'struct foo;' and referenced with
+    /// 'struct foo'.  All tags are also types.  This is what
+    /// elaborated-type-specifiers look for in C.
+    IDNS_Tag                 = 0x0002,
+
+    /// Types, declared with 'struct foo', typedefs, etc.
+    /// This is what elaborated-type-specifiers look for in C++,
+    /// but note that it's ill-formed to find a non-tag.
+    IDNS_Type                = 0x0004,
+
+    /// Members, declared with object declarations within tag
+    /// definitions.  In C, these can only be found by "qualified"
+    /// lookup in member expressions.  In C++, they're found by
+    /// normal lookup.
+    IDNS_Member              = 0x0008,
+
+    /// Namespaces, declared with 'namespace foo {}'.
+    /// Lookup for nested-name-specifiers find these.
+    IDNS_Namespace           = 0x0010,
+
+    /// Ordinary names.  In C, everything that's not a label, tag,
+    /// or member ends up here.
+    IDNS_Ordinary            = 0x0020,
+
+    /// Objective C \@protocol.
+    IDNS_ObjCProtocol        = 0x0040,
+
+    /// This declaration is a friend function.  A friend function
+    /// declaration is always in this namespace but may also be in
+    /// IDNS_Ordinary if it was previously declared.
+    IDNS_OrdinaryFriend      = 0x0080,
+
+    /// This declaration is a friend class.  A friend class
+    /// declaration is always in this namespace but may also be in
+    /// IDNS_Tag|IDNS_Type if it was previously declared.
+    IDNS_TagFriend           = 0x0100,
+
+    /// This declaration is a using declaration.  A using declaration
+    /// *introduces* a number of other declarations into the current
+    /// scope, and those declarations use the IDNS of their targets,
+    /// but the actual using declarations go in this namespace.
+    IDNS_Using               = 0x0200,
+
+    /// This declaration is a C++ operator declared in a non-class
+    /// context.  All such operators are also in IDNS_Ordinary.
+    /// C++ lexical operator lookup looks for these.
+    IDNS_NonMemberOperator   = 0x0400
+  };
+
+  /// ObjCDeclQualifier - 'Qualifiers' written next to the return and
+  /// parameter types in method declarations.  Other than remembering
+  /// them and mangling them into the method's signature string, these
+  /// are ignored by the compiler; they are consumed by certain
+  /// remote-messaging frameworks.
+  ///
+  /// in, inout, and out are mutually exclusive and apply only to
+  /// method parameters.  bycopy and byref are mutually exclusive and
+  /// apply only to method parameters (?).  oneway applies only to
+  /// results.  All of these expect their corresponding parameter to
+  /// have a particular type.  None of this is currently enforced by
+  /// clang.
+  ///
+  /// This should be kept in sync with ObjCDeclSpec::ObjCDeclQualifier.
+  enum ObjCDeclQualifier {
+    OBJC_TQ_None = 0x0,
+    OBJC_TQ_In = 0x1,
+    OBJC_TQ_Inout = 0x2,
+    OBJC_TQ_Out = 0x4,
+    OBJC_TQ_Bycopy = 0x8,
+    OBJC_TQ_Byref = 0x10,
+    OBJC_TQ_Oneway = 0x20
+  };
+
+protected:
+  // Enumeration values used in the bits stored in NextInContextAndBits.
+  enum {
+    /// \brief Whether this declaration is a top-level declaration (function,
+    /// global variable, etc.) that is lexically inside an objc container
+    /// definition.
+    TopLevelDeclInObjCContainerFlag = 0x01,
+    
+    /// \brief Whether this declaration is private to the module in which it was
+    /// defined.
+    ModulePrivateFlag = 0x02
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief The next declaration within the same lexical
+  /// DeclContext. These pointers form the linked list that is
+  /// traversed via DeclContext's decls_begin()/decls_end().
+  ///
+  /// The extra two bits are used for the TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer and
+  /// ModulePrivate bits.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<Decl *, 2, unsigned> NextInContextAndBits;
+
+private:
+  friend class DeclContext;
+
+  struct MultipleDC {
+    DeclContext *SemanticDC;
+    DeclContext *LexicalDC;
+  };
+
+
+  /// DeclCtx - Holds either a DeclContext* or a MultipleDC*.
+  /// For declarations that don't contain C++ scope specifiers, it contains
+  /// the DeclContext where the Decl was declared.
+  /// For declarations with C++ scope specifiers, it contains a MultipleDC*
+  /// with the context where it semantically belongs (SemanticDC) and the
+  /// context where it was lexically declared (LexicalDC).
+  /// e.g.:
+  ///
+  ///   namespace A {
+  ///      void f(); // SemanticDC == LexicalDC == 'namespace A'
+  ///   }
+  ///   void A::f(); // SemanticDC == namespace 'A'
+  ///                // LexicalDC == global namespace
+  llvm::PointerUnion<DeclContext*, MultipleDC*> DeclCtx;
+
+  inline bool isInSemaDC() const    { return DeclCtx.is<DeclContext*>(); }
+  inline bool isOutOfSemaDC() const { return DeclCtx.is<MultipleDC*>(); }
+  inline MultipleDC *getMultipleDC() const {
+    return DeclCtx.get<MultipleDC*>();
+  }
+  inline DeclContext *getSemanticDC() const {
+    return DeclCtx.get<DeclContext*>();
+  }
+
+  /// Loc - The location of this decl.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// DeclKind - This indicates which class this is.
+  unsigned DeclKind : 8;
+
+  /// InvalidDecl - This indicates a semantic error occurred.
+  unsigned InvalidDecl :  1;
+
+  /// HasAttrs - This indicates whether the decl has attributes or not.
+  unsigned HasAttrs : 1;
+
+  /// Implicit - Whether this declaration was implicitly generated by
+  /// the implementation rather than explicitly written by the user.
+  unsigned Implicit : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration was "used", meaning that a definition is
+  /// required.
+  unsigned Used : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration was "referenced".
+  /// The difference with 'Used' is whether the reference appears in a
+  /// evaluated context or not, e.g. functions used in uninstantiated templates
+  /// are regarded as "referenced" but not "used".
+  unsigned Referenced : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether statistic collection is enabled.
+  static bool StatisticsEnabled;
+
+protected:
+  /// Access - Used by C++ decls for the access specifier.
+  // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using the AccessSpecifier enum
+  unsigned Access : 2;
+  friend class CXXClassMemberWrapper;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration was loaded from an AST file.
+  unsigned FromASTFile : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration is hidden from normal name lookup, e.g.,
+  /// because it is was loaded from an AST file is either module-private or
+  /// because its submodule has not been made visible.
+  unsigned Hidden : 1;
+  
+  /// IdentifierNamespace - This specifies what IDNS_* namespace this lives in.
+  unsigned IdentifierNamespace : 12;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the \c CachedLinkage field is active.
+  ///
+  /// This field is only valid for NamedDecls subclasses.
+  mutable unsigned HasCachedLinkage : 1;
+
+  /// \brief If \c HasCachedLinkage, the linkage of this declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This field is only valid for NamedDecls subclasses.
+  mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 2;
+
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTReader;
+
+private:
+  void CheckAccessDeclContext() const;
+
+protected:
+
+  Decl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L)
+    : NextInContextAndBits(), DeclCtx(DC),
+      Loc(L), DeclKind(DK), InvalidDecl(0),
+      HasAttrs(false), Implicit(false), Used(false), Referenced(false),
+      Access(AS_none), FromASTFile(0), Hidden(0),
+      IdentifierNamespace(getIdentifierNamespaceForKind(DK)),
+      HasCachedLinkage(0)
+  {
+    if (StatisticsEnabled) add(DK);
+  }
+
+  Decl(Kind DK, EmptyShell Empty)
+    : NextInContextAndBits(), DeclKind(DK), InvalidDecl(0),
+      HasAttrs(false), Implicit(false), Used(false), Referenced(false),
+      Access(AS_none), FromASTFile(0), Hidden(0),
+      IdentifierNamespace(getIdentifierNamespaceForKind(DK)),
+      HasCachedLinkage(0)
+  {
+    if (StatisticsEnabled) add(DK);
+  }
+
+  virtual ~Decl();
+
+  /// \brief Allocate memory for a deserialized declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This routine must be used to allocate memory for any declaration that is
+  /// deserialized from a module file.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The context in which we will allocate memory.
+  /// \param ID The global ID of the deserialized declaration.
+  /// \param Size The size of the allocated object.
+  static void *AllocateDeserializedDecl(const ASTContext &Context,
+                                        unsigned ID,
+                                        unsigned Size);
+
+  /// \brief Update a potentially out-of-date declaration.
+  void updateOutOfDate(IdentifierInfo &II) const;
+
+public:
+
+  /// \brief Source range that this declaration covers.
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(getLocation(), getLocation());
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSourceRange().getBegin();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSourceRange().getEnd();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(DeclKind); }
+  const char *getDeclKindName() const;
+
+  Decl *getNextDeclInContext() { return NextInContextAndBits.getPointer(); }
+  const Decl *getNextDeclInContext() const {return NextInContextAndBits.getPointer();}
+
+  DeclContext *getDeclContext() {
+    if (isInSemaDC())
+      return getSemanticDC();
+    return getMultipleDC()->SemanticDC;
+  }
+  const DeclContext *getDeclContext() const {
+    return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getDeclContext();
+  }
+
+  /// Finds the innermost non-closure context of this declaration.
+  /// That is, walk out the DeclContext chain, skipping any blocks.
+  DeclContext *getNonClosureContext();
+  const DeclContext *getNonClosureContext() const {
+    return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getNonClosureContext();
+  }
+
+  TranslationUnitDecl *getTranslationUnitDecl();
+  const TranslationUnitDecl *getTranslationUnitDecl() const {
+    return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getTranslationUnitDecl();
+  }
+
+  bool isInAnonymousNamespace() const;
+
+  ASTContext &getASTContext() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  void setAccess(AccessSpecifier AS) {
+    Access = AS;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    CheckAccessDeclContext();
+#endif
+  }
+
+  AccessSpecifier getAccess() const {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    CheckAccessDeclContext();
+#endif
+    return AccessSpecifier(Access);
+  }
+
+  bool hasAttrs() const { return HasAttrs; }
+  void setAttrs(const AttrVec& Attrs) {
+    return setAttrsImpl(Attrs, getASTContext());
+  }
+  AttrVec &getAttrs() {
+    return const_cast<AttrVec&>(const_cast<const Decl*>(this)->getAttrs());
+  }
+  const AttrVec &getAttrs() const;
+  void swapAttrs(Decl *D);
+  void dropAttrs();
+
+  void addAttr(Attr *A) {
+    if (hasAttrs())
+      getAttrs().push_back(A);
+    else
+      setAttrs(AttrVec(1, A));
+  }
+
+  typedef AttrVec::const_iterator attr_iterator;
+
+  // FIXME: Do not rely on iterators having comparable singular values.
+  //        Note that this should error out if they do not.
+  attr_iterator attr_begin() const {
+    return hasAttrs() ? getAttrs().begin() : 0;
+  }
+  attr_iterator attr_end() const {
+    return hasAttrs() ? getAttrs().end() : 0;
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  void dropAttr() {
+    if (!HasAttrs) return;
+
+    AttrVec &Vec = getAttrs();
+    Vec.erase(std::remove_if(Vec.begin(), Vec.end(), isa<T, Attr*>), Vec.end());
+
+    if (Vec.empty())
+      HasAttrs = false;
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  specific_attr_iterator<T> specific_attr_begin() const {
+    return specific_attr_iterator<T>(attr_begin());
+  }
+  template <typename T>
+  specific_attr_iterator<T> specific_attr_end() const {
+    return specific_attr_iterator<T>(attr_end());
+  }
+
+  template<typename T> T *getAttr() const {
+    return hasAttrs() ? getSpecificAttr<T>(getAttrs()) : 0;
+  }
+  template<typename T> bool hasAttr() const {
+    return hasAttrs() && hasSpecificAttr<T>(getAttrs());
+  }
+
+  /// getMaxAlignment - return the maximum alignment specified by attributes
+  /// on this decl, 0 if there are none.
+  unsigned getMaxAlignment() const;
+
+  /// setInvalidDecl - Indicates the Decl had a semantic error. This
+  /// allows for graceful error recovery.
+  void setInvalidDecl(bool Invalid = true);
+  bool isInvalidDecl() const { return (bool) InvalidDecl; }
+
+  /// isImplicit - Indicates whether the declaration was implicitly
+  /// generated by the implementation. If false, this declaration
+  /// was written explicitly in the source code.
+  bool isImplicit() const { return Implicit; }
+  void setImplicit(bool I = true) { Implicit = I; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration was used, meaning that a definition
+  /// is required.
+  ///
+  /// \param CheckUsedAttr When true, also consider the "used" attribute
+  /// (in addition to the "used" bit set by \c setUsed()) when determining
+  /// whether the function is used.
+  bool isUsed(bool CheckUsedAttr = true) const;
+
+  void setUsed(bool U = true) { Used = U; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration was referenced.
+  bool isReferenced() const;
+
+  void setReferenced(bool R = true) { Referenced = R; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration is a top-level declaration (function,
+  /// global variable, etc.) that is lexically inside an objc container
+  /// definition.
+  bool isTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer() const {
+    return NextInContextAndBits.getInt() & TopLevelDeclInObjCContainerFlag;
+  }
+
+  void setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(bool V = true) {
+    unsigned Bits = NextInContextAndBits.getInt();
+    if (V)
+      Bits |= TopLevelDeclInObjCContainerFlag;
+    else
+      Bits &= ~TopLevelDeclInObjCContainerFlag;
+    NextInContextAndBits.setInt(Bits);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration was marked as being private to the
+  /// module in which it was defined.
+  bool isModulePrivate() const { 
+    return NextInContextAndBits.getInt() & ModulePrivateFlag;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Specify whether this declaration was marked as being private
+  /// to the module in which it was defined.
+  void setModulePrivate(bool MP = true) {
+    unsigned Bits = NextInContextAndBits.getInt();
+    if (MP)
+      Bits |= ModulePrivateFlag;
+    else
+      Bits &= ~ModulePrivateFlag;
+    NextInContextAndBits.setInt(Bits);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the owning module ID.
+  void setOwningModuleID(unsigned ID) {
+    assert(isFromASTFile() && "Only works on a deserialized declaration");
+    *((unsigned*)this - 2) = ID;
+  }
+  
+public:
+  
+  /// \brief Determine the availability of the given declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This routine will determine the most restrictive availability of
+  /// the given declaration (e.g., preferring 'unavailable' to
+  /// 'deprecated').
+  ///
+  /// \param Message If non-NULL and the result is not \c
+  /// AR_Available, will be set to a (possibly empty) message
+  /// describing why the declaration has not been introduced, is
+  /// deprecated, or is unavailable.
+  AvailabilityResult getAvailability(std::string *Message = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration is marked 'deprecated'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Message If non-NULL and the declaration is deprecated,
+  /// this will be set to the message describing why the declaration
+  /// was deprecated (which may be empty).
+  bool isDeprecated(std::string *Message = 0) const {
+    return getAvailability(Message) == AR_Deprecated;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration is marked 'unavailable'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Message If non-NULL and the declaration is unavailable,
+  /// this will be set to the message describing why the declaration
+  /// was made unavailable (which may be empty).
+  bool isUnavailable(std::string *Message = 0) const {
+    return getAvailability(Message) == AR_Unavailable;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a weak-imported symbol.
+  ///
+  /// Weak-imported symbols are typically marked with the
+  /// 'weak_import' attribute, but may also be marked with an
+  /// 'availability' attribute where we're targing a platform prior to
+  /// the introduction of this feature.
+  bool isWeakImported() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this symbol can be weak-imported,
+  /// e.g., whether it would be well-formed to add the weak_import
+  /// attribute.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsDefinition Set to \c true to indicate that this
+  /// declaration cannot be weak-imported because it has a definition.
+  bool canBeWeakImported(bool &IsDefinition) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration came from an AST file (such as
+  /// a precompiled header or module) rather than having been parsed.
+  bool isFromASTFile() const { return FromASTFile; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the global declaration ID associated with this 
+  /// declaration, which specifies where in the 
+  unsigned getGlobalID() const { 
+    if (isFromASTFile())
+      return *((const unsigned*)this - 1);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the global ID of the module that owns this particular
+  /// declaration.
+  unsigned getOwningModuleID() const {
+    if (isFromASTFile())
+      return *((const unsigned*)this - 2);
+    
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+private:
+  Module *getOwningModuleSlow() const;
+
+public:
+  Module *getOwningModule() const {
+    if (!isFromASTFile())
+      return 0;
+
+    return getOwningModuleSlow();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getIdentifierNamespace() const {
+    return IdentifierNamespace;
+  }
+  bool isInIdentifierNamespace(unsigned NS) const {
+    return getIdentifierNamespace() & NS;
+  }
+  static unsigned getIdentifierNamespaceForKind(Kind DK);
+
+  bool hasTagIdentifierNamespace() const {
+    return isTagIdentifierNamespace(getIdentifierNamespace());
+  }
+  static bool isTagIdentifierNamespace(unsigned NS) {
+    // TagDecls have Tag and Type set and may also have TagFriend.
+    return (NS & ~IDNS_TagFriend) == (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Type);
+  }
+
+  /// getLexicalDeclContext - The declaration context where this Decl was
+  /// lexically declared (LexicalDC). May be different from
+  /// getDeclContext() (SemanticDC).
+  /// e.g.:
+  ///
+  ///   namespace A {
+  ///      void f(); // SemanticDC == LexicalDC == 'namespace A'
+  ///   }
+  ///   void A::f(); // SemanticDC == namespace 'A'
+  ///                // LexicalDC == global namespace
+  DeclContext *getLexicalDeclContext() {
+    if (isInSemaDC())
+      return getSemanticDC();
+    return getMultipleDC()->LexicalDC;
+  }
+  const DeclContext *getLexicalDeclContext() const {
+    return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getLexicalDeclContext();
+  }
+
+  virtual bool isOutOfLine() const {
+    return getLexicalDeclContext() != getDeclContext();
+  }
+
+  /// setDeclContext - Set both the semantic and lexical DeclContext
+  /// to DC.
+  void setDeclContext(DeclContext *DC);
+
+  void setLexicalDeclContext(DeclContext *DC);
+
+  /// isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod - This predicate returns true if this
+  /// scoped decl is defined outside the current function or method.  This is
+  /// roughly global variables and functions, but also handles enums (which
+  /// could be defined inside or outside a function etc).
+  bool isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod() const {
+    return getParentFunctionOrMethod() == 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If this decl is defined inside a function/method/block it returns
+  /// the corresponding DeclContext, otherwise it returns null.
+  const DeclContext *getParentFunctionOrMethod() const;
+  DeclContext *getParentFunctionOrMethod() {
+    return const_cast<DeclContext*>(
+                    const_cast<const Decl*>(this)->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the "canonical" declaration of the given declaration.
+  virtual Decl *getCanonicalDecl() { return this; }
+  const Decl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this particular Decl is a canonical one.
+  bool isCanonicalDecl() const { return getCanonicalDecl() == this; }
+  
+protected:
+  /// \brief Returns the next redeclaration or itself if this is the only decl.
+  ///
+  /// Decl subclasses that can be redeclared should override this method so that
+  /// Decl::redecl_iterator can iterate over them.
+  virtual Decl *getNextRedeclaration() { return this; }
+
+  /// \brief Implementation of getPreviousDecl(), to be overridden by any
+  /// subclass that has a redeclaration chain.
+  virtual Decl *getPreviousDeclImpl() { return 0; }
+  
+  /// \brief Implementation of getMostRecentDecl(), to be overridden by any
+  /// subclass that has a redeclaration chain.  
+  virtual Decl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() { return this; }
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief Iterates through all the redeclarations of the same decl.
+  class redecl_iterator {
+    /// Current - The current declaration.
+    Decl *Current;
+    Decl *Starter;
+
+  public:
+    typedef Decl *value_type;
+    typedef const value_type &reference;
+    typedef const value_type *pointer;
+    typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+    typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type;
+
+    redecl_iterator() : Current(0) { }
+    explicit redecl_iterator(Decl *C) : Current(C), Starter(C) { }
+
+    reference operator*() const { return Current; }
+    value_type operator->() const { return Current; }
+
+    redecl_iterator& operator++() {
+      assert(Current && "Advancing while iterator has reached end");
+      // Get either previous decl or latest decl.
+      Decl *Next = Current->getNextRedeclaration();
+      assert(Next && "Should return next redeclaration or itself, never null!");
+      Current = (Next != Starter ? Next : 0);
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    redecl_iterator operator++(int) {
+      redecl_iterator tmp(*this);
+      ++(*this);
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator==(redecl_iterator x, redecl_iterator y) {
+      return x.Current == y.Current;
+    }
+    friend bool operator!=(redecl_iterator x, redecl_iterator y) {
+      return x.Current != y.Current;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Returns iterator for all the redeclarations of the same decl.
+  /// It will iterate at least once (when this decl is the only one).
+  redecl_iterator redecls_begin() const {
+    return redecl_iterator(const_cast<Decl*>(this));
+  }
+  redecl_iterator redecls_end() const { return redecl_iterator(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the previous declaration that declares the same entity
+  /// as this declaration, or NULL if there is no previous declaration.
+  Decl *getPreviousDecl() { return getPreviousDeclImpl(); }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
+  /// as this declaration, or NULL if there is no previous declaration.
+  const Decl *getPreviousDecl() const { 
+    return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getPreviousDeclImpl();
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
+  /// as this declaration (which may be this declaration).
+  Decl *getMostRecentDecl() { return getMostRecentDeclImpl(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
+  /// as this declaration (which may be this declaration).
+  const Decl *getMostRecentDecl() const { 
+    return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getMostRecentDeclImpl();
+  }
+
+  /// getBody - If this Decl represents a declaration for a body of code,
+  ///  such as a function or method definition, this method returns the
+  ///  top-level Stmt* of that body.  Otherwise this method returns null.
+  virtual Stmt* getBody() const { return 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this Decl represents a declaration for a body of
+  /// code, such as a function or method definition.
+  virtual bool hasBody() const { return getBody() != 0; }
+
+  /// getBodyRBrace - Gets the right brace of the body, if a body exists.
+  /// This works whether the body is a CompoundStmt or a CXXTryStmt.
+  SourceLocation getBodyRBrace() const;
+
+  // global temp stats (until we have a per-module visitor)
+  static void add(Kind k);
+  static void EnableStatistics();
+  static void PrintStats();
+
+  /// isTemplateParameter - Determines whether this declaration is a
+  /// template parameter.
+  bool isTemplateParameter() const;
+
+  /// isTemplateParameter - Determines whether this declaration is a
+  /// template parameter pack.
+  bool isTemplateParameterPack() const;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration is a parameter pack.
+  bool isParameterPack() const;
+
+  /// \brief returns true if this declaration is a template
+  bool isTemplateDecl() const;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration is a function or function template.
+  bool isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() const;
+
+  /// \brief Changes the namespace of this declaration to reflect that it's
+  /// the object of a friend declaration.
+  ///
+  /// These declarations appear in the lexical context of the friending
+  /// class, but in the semantic context of the actual entity.  This property
+  /// applies only to a specific decl object;  other redeclarations of the
+  /// same entity may not (and probably don't) share this property.
+  void setObjectOfFriendDecl(bool PreviouslyDeclared) {
+    unsigned OldNS = IdentifierNamespace;
+    assert((OldNS & (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Ordinary |
+                     IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend)) &&
+           "namespace includes neither ordinary nor tag");
+    assert(!(OldNS & ~(IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Ordinary | IDNS_Type |
+                       IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend)) &&
+           "namespace includes other than ordinary or tag");
+
+    IdentifierNamespace = 0;
+    if (OldNS & (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_TagFriend)) {
+      IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_TagFriend;
+      if (PreviouslyDeclared) IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Type;
+    }
+
+    if (OldNS & (IDNS_Ordinary | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend)) {
+      IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
+      if (PreviouslyDeclared) IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_Ordinary;
+    }
+  }
+
+  enum FriendObjectKind {
+    FOK_None, // not a friend object
+    FOK_Declared, // a friend of a previously-declared entity
+    FOK_Undeclared // a friend of a previously-undeclared entity
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this declaration is the object of a
+  /// friend declaration and, if so, what kind.
+  ///
+  /// There is currently no direct way to find the associated FriendDecl.
+  FriendObjectKind getFriendObjectKind() const {
+    unsigned mask
+      = (IdentifierNamespace & (IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend));
+    if (!mask) return FOK_None;
+    return (IdentifierNamespace & (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Ordinary) ?
+              FOK_Declared : FOK_Undeclared);
+  }
+
+  /// Specifies that this declaration is a C++ overloaded non-member.
+  void setNonMemberOperator() {
+    assert(getKind() == Function || getKind() == FunctionTemplate);
+    assert((IdentifierNamespace & IDNS_Ordinary) &&
+           "visible non-member operators should be in ordinary namespace");
+    IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
+  }
+
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return true; }
+  static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const Decl *);
+  static Decl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *);
+
+  void print(raw_ostream &Out, unsigned Indentation = 0,
+             bool PrintInstantiation = false) const;
+  void print(raw_ostream &Out, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+             unsigned Indentation = 0, bool PrintInstantiation = false) const;
+  static void printGroup(Decl** Begin, unsigned NumDecls,
+                         raw_ostream &Out, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+                         unsigned Indentation = 0);
+  // Debuggers don't usually respect default arguments.
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dump() const;
+  // Same as dump(), but forces color printing.
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dumpColor() const;
+  void dump(raw_ostream &Out) const;
+  // Debuggers don't usually respect default arguments.
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dumpXML() const;
+  void dumpXML(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+
+private:
+  void setAttrsImpl(const AttrVec& Attrs, ASTContext &Ctx);
+  void setDeclContextsImpl(DeclContext *SemaDC, DeclContext *LexicalDC,
+                           ASTContext &Ctx);
+
+protected:
+  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
+};
+
+/// \brief Determine whether two declarations declare the same entity.
+inline bool declaresSameEntity(const Decl *D1, const Decl *D2) {
+  if (!D1 || !D2)
+    return false;
+  
+  if (D1 == D2)
+    return true;
+  
+  return D1->getCanonicalDecl() == D2->getCanonicalDecl();
+}
+  
+/// PrettyStackTraceDecl - If a crash occurs, indicate that it happened when
+/// doing something to a specific decl.
+class PrettyStackTraceDecl : public llvm::PrettyStackTraceEntry {
+  const Decl *TheDecl;
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  SourceManager &SM;
+  const char *Message;
+public:
+  PrettyStackTraceDecl(const Decl *theDecl, SourceLocation L,
+                       SourceManager &sm, const char *Msg)
+  : TheDecl(theDecl), Loc(L), SM(sm), Message(Msg) {}
+
+  virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+};
+
+typedef llvm::MutableArrayRef<NamedDecl*> DeclContextLookupResult;
+
+typedef ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> DeclContextLookupConstResult;
+
+/// DeclContext - This is used only as base class of specific decl types that
+/// can act as declaration contexts. These decls are (only the top classes
+/// that directly derive from DeclContext are mentioned, not their subclasses):
+///
+///   TranslationUnitDecl
+///   NamespaceDecl
+///   FunctionDecl
+///   TagDecl
+///   ObjCMethodDecl
+///   ObjCContainerDecl
+///   LinkageSpecDecl
+///   BlockDecl
+///
+class DeclContext {
+  /// DeclKind - This indicates which class this is.
+  unsigned DeclKind : 8;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration context also has some external
+  /// storage that contains additional declarations that are lexically
+  /// part of this context.
+  mutable bool ExternalLexicalStorage : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration context also has some external
+  /// storage that contains additional declarations that are visible
+  /// in this context.
+  mutable bool ExternalVisibleStorage : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration context has had external visible
+  /// storage added since the last lookup. In this case, \c LookupPtr's
+  /// invariant may not hold and needs to be fixed before we perform
+  /// another lookup.
+  mutable bool NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Pointer to the data structure used to lookup declarations
+  /// within this context (or a DependentStoredDeclsMap if this is a
+  /// dependent context), and a bool indicating whether we have lazily
+  /// omitted any declarations from the map. We maintain the invariant
+  /// that, if the map contains an entry for a DeclarationName (and we
+  /// haven't lazily omitted anything), then it contains all relevant
+  /// entries for that name.
+  mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<StoredDeclsMap*, 1, bool> LookupPtr;
+
+protected:
+  /// FirstDecl - The first declaration stored within this declaration
+  /// context.
+  mutable Decl *FirstDecl;
+
+  /// LastDecl - The last declaration stored within this declaration
+  /// context. FIXME: We could probably cache this value somewhere
+  /// outside of the DeclContext, to reduce the size of DeclContext by
+  /// another pointer.
+  mutable Decl *LastDecl;
+
+  friend class ExternalASTSource;
+  friend class ASTWriter;
+
+  /// \brief Build up a chain of declarations.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the first/last pair of declarations.
+  static std::pair<Decl *, Decl *>
+  BuildDeclChain(ArrayRef<Decl*> Decls, bool FieldsAlreadyLoaded);
+
+  DeclContext(Decl::Kind K)
+      : DeclKind(K), ExternalLexicalStorage(false),
+        ExternalVisibleStorage(false),
+        NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage(false), LookupPtr(0, false),
+        FirstDecl(0), LastDecl(0) {}
+
+public:
+  ~DeclContext();
+
+  Decl::Kind getDeclKind() const {
+    return static_cast<Decl::Kind>(DeclKind);
+  }
+  const char *getDeclKindName() const;
+
+  /// getParent - Returns the containing DeclContext.
+  DeclContext *getParent() {
+    return cast<Decl>(this)->getDeclContext();
+  }
+  const DeclContext *getParent() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getParent();
+  }
+
+  /// getLexicalParent - Returns the containing lexical DeclContext. May be
+  /// different from getParent, e.g.:
+  ///
+  ///   namespace A {
+  ///      struct S;
+  ///   }
+  ///   struct A::S {}; // getParent() == namespace 'A'
+  ///                   // getLexicalParent() == translation unit
+  ///
+  DeclContext *getLexicalParent() {
+    return cast<Decl>(this)->getLexicalDeclContext();
+  }
+  const DeclContext *getLexicalParent() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getLexicalParent();
+  }
+
+  DeclContext *getLookupParent();
+
+  const DeclContext *getLookupParent() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getLookupParent();
+  }
+
+  ASTContext &getParentASTContext() const {
+    return cast<Decl>(this)->getASTContext();
+  }
+
+  bool isClosure() const {
+    return DeclKind == Decl::Block;
+  }
+
+  bool isObjCContainer() const {
+    switch (DeclKind) {
+        case Decl::ObjCCategory:
+        case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
+        case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
+        case Decl::ObjCInterface:
+        case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
+            return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  bool isFunctionOrMethod() const {
+    switch (DeclKind) {
+    case Decl::Block:
+    case Decl::ObjCMethod:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return DeclKind >= Decl::firstFunction && DeclKind <= Decl::lastFunction;
+    }
+  }
+
+  bool isFileContext() const {
+    return DeclKind == Decl::TranslationUnit || DeclKind == Decl::Namespace;
+  }
+
+  bool isTranslationUnit() const {
+    return DeclKind == Decl::TranslationUnit;
+  }
+
+  bool isRecord() const {
+    return DeclKind >= Decl::firstRecord && DeclKind <= Decl::lastRecord;
+  }
+
+  bool isNamespace() const {
+    return DeclKind == Decl::Namespace;
+  }
+
+  bool isInlineNamespace() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this context is dependent on a
+  /// template parameter.
+  bool isDependentContext() const;
+
+  /// isTransparentContext - Determines whether this context is a
+  /// "transparent" context, meaning that the members declared in this
+  /// context are semantically declared in the nearest enclosing
+  /// non-transparent (opaque) context but are lexically declared in
+  /// this context. For example, consider the enumerators of an
+  /// enumeration type:
+  /// @code
+  /// enum E {
+  ///   Val1
+  /// };
+  /// @endcode
+  /// Here, E is a transparent context, so its enumerator (Val1) will
+  /// appear (semantically) that it is in the same context of E.
+  /// Examples of transparent contexts include: enumerations (except for
+  /// C++0x scoped enums), and C++ linkage specifications.
+  bool isTransparentContext() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this context is, or is nested within,
+  /// a C++ extern "C" linkage spec.
+  bool isExternCContext() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this context is, or is nested within,
+  /// a C++ extern "C++" linkage spec.
+  bool isExternCXXContext() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration context is equivalent
+  /// to the declaration context DC.
+  bool Equals(const DeclContext *DC) const {
+    return DC && this->getPrimaryContext() == DC->getPrimaryContext();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration context encloses the
+  /// declaration context DC.
+  bool Encloses(const DeclContext *DC) const;
+
+  /// \brief Find the nearest non-closure ancestor of this context,
+  /// i.e. the innermost semantic parent of this context which is not
+  /// a closure.  A context may be its own non-closure ancestor.
+  DeclContext *getNonClosureAncestor();
+  const DeclContext *getNonClosureAncestor() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getNonClosureAncestor();
+  }
+
+  /// getPrimaryContext - There may be many different
+  /// declarations of the same entity (including forward declarations
+  /// of classes, multiple definitions of namespaces, etc.), each with
+  /// a different set of declarations. This routine returns the
+  /// "primary" DeclContext structure, which will contain the
+  /// information needed to perform name lookup into this context.
+  DeclContext *getPrimaryContext();
+  const DeclContext *getPrimaryContext() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getPrimaryContext();
+  }
+
+  /// getRedeclContext - Retrieve the context in which an entity conflicts with
+  /// other entities of the same name, or where it is a redeclaration if the
+  /// two entities are compatible. This skips through transparent contexts.
+  DeclContext *getRedeclContext();
+  const DeclContext *getRedeclContext() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getRedeclContext();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nearest enclosing namespace context.
+  DeclContext *getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
+  const DeclContext *getEnclosingNamespaceContext() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Test if this context is part of the enclosing namespace set of
+  /// the context NS, as defined in C++0x [namespace.def]p9. If either context
+  /// isn't a namespace, this is equivalent to Equals().
+  ///
+  /// The enclosing namespace set of a namespace is the namespace and, if it is
+  /// inline, its enclosing namespace, recursively.
+  bool InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(const DeclContext *NS) const;
+
+  /// \brief Collects all of the declaration contexts that are semantically
+  /// connected to this declaration context.
+  ///
+  /// For declaration contexts that have multiple semantically connected but
+  /// syntactically distinct contexts, such as C++ namespaces, this routine 
+  /// retrieves the complete set of such declaration contexts in source order.
+  /// For example, given:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// namespace N {
+  ///   int x;
+  /// }
+  /// namespace N {
+  ///   int y;
+  /// }
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// The \c Contexts parameter will contain both definitions of N.
+  ///
+  /// \param Contexts Will be cleared and set to the set of declaration
+  /// contexts that are semanticaly connected to this declaration context,
+  /// in source order, including this context (which may be the only result,
+  /// for non-namespace contexts).
+  void collectAllContexts(SmallVectorImpl<DeclContext *> &Contexts);
+
+  /// decl_iterator - Iterates through the declarations stored
+  /// within this context.
+  class decl_iterator {
+    /// Current - The current declaration.
+    Decl *Current;
+
+  public:
+    typedef Decl *value_type;
+    typedef const value_type &reference;
+    typedef const value_type *pointer;
+    typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+    typedef std::ptrdiff_t            difference_type;
+
+    decl_iterator() : Current(0) { }
+    explicit decl_iterator(Decl *C) : Current(C) { }
+
+    reference operator*() const { return Current; }
+    // This doesn't meet the iterator requirements, but it's convenient
+    value_type operator->() const { return Current; }
+
+    decl_iterator& operator++() {
+      Current = Current->getNextDeclInContext();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    decl_iterator operator++(int) {
+      decl_iterator tmp(*this);
+      ++(*this);
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator==(decl_iterator x, decl_iterator y) {
+      return x.Current == y.Current;
+    }
+    friend bool operator!=(decl_iterator x, decl_iterator y) {
+      return x.Current != y.Current;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// decls_begin/decls_end - Iterate over the declarations stored in
+  /// this context.
+  decl_iterator decls_begin() const;
+  decl_iterator decls_end() const { return decl_iterator(); }
+  bool decls_empty() const;
+
+  /// noload_decls_begin/end - Iterate over the declarations stored in this
+  /// context that are currently loaded; don't attempt to retrieve anything
+  /// from an external source.
+  decl_iterator noload_decls_begin() const;
+  decl_iterator noload_decls_end() const { return decl_iterator(); }
+
+  /// specific_decl_iterator - Iterates over a subrange of
+  /// declarations stored in a DeclContext, providing only those that
+  /// are of type SpecificDecl (or a class derived from it). This
+  /// iterator is used, for example, to provide iteration over just
+  /// the fields within a RecordDecl (with SpecificDecl = FieldDecl).
+  template<typename SpecificDecl>
+  class specific_decl_iterator {
+    /// Current - The current, underlying declaration iterator, which
+    /// will either be NULL or will point to a declaration of
+    /// type SpecificDecl.
+    DeclContext::decl_iterator Current;
+
+    /// SkipToNextDecl - Advances the current position up to the next
+    /// declaration of type SpecificDecl that also meets the criteria
+    /// required by Acceptable.
+    void SkipToNextDecl() {
+      while (*Current && !isa<SpecificDecl>(*Current))
+        ++Current;
+    }
+
+  public:
+    typedef SpecificDecl *value_type;
+    // TODO: Add reference and pointer typedefs (with some appropriate proxy
+    // type) if we ever have a need for them.
+    typedef void reference;
+    typedef void pointer;
+    typedef std::iterator_traits<DeclContext::decl_iterator>::difference_type
+      difference_type;
+    typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+
+    specific_decl_iterator() : Current() { }
+
+    /// specific_decl_iterator - Construct a new iterator over a
+    /// subset of the declarations the range [C,
+    /// end-of-declarations). If A is non-NULL, it is a pointer to a
+    /// member function of SpecificDecl that should return true for
+    /// all of the SpecificDecl instances that will be in the subset
+    /// of iterators. For example, if you want Objective-C instance
+    /// methods, SpecificDecl will be ObjCMethodDecl and A will be
+    /// &ObjCMethodDecl::isInstanceMethod.
+    explicit specific_decl_iterator(DeclContext::decl_iterator C) : Current(C) {
+      SkipToNextDecl();
+    }
+
+    value_type operator*() const { return cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current); }
+    // This doesn't meet the iterator requirements, but it's convenient
+    value_type operator->() const { return **this; }
+
+    specific_decl_iterator& operator++() {
+      ++Current;
+      SkipToNextDecl();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    specific_decl_iterator operator++(int) {
+      specific_decl_iterator tmp(*this);
+      ++(*this);
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator==(const specific_decl_iterator& x,
+                           const specific_decl_iterator& y) {
+      return x.Current == y.Current;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator!=(const specific_decl_iterator& x,
+                           const specific_decl_iterator& y) {
+      return x.Current != y.Current;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Iterates over a filtered subrange of declarations stored
+  /// in a DeclContext.
+  ///
+  /// This iterator visits only those declarations that are of type
+  /// SpecificDecl (or a class derived from it) and that meet some
+  /// additional run-time criteria. This iterator is used, for
+  /// example, to provide access to the instance methods within an
+  /// Objective-C interface (with SpecificDecl = ObjCMethodDecl and
+  /// Acceptable = ObjCMethodDecl::isInstanceMethod).
+  template<typename SpecificDecl, bool (SpecificDecl::*Acceptable)() const>
+  class filtered_decl_iterator {
+    /// Current - The current, underlying declaration iterator, which
+    /// will either be NULL or will point to a declaration of
+    /// type SpecificDecl.
+    DeclContext::decl_iterator Current;
+
+    /// SkipToNextDecl - Advances the current position up to the next
+    /// declaration of type SpecificDecl that also meets the criteria
+    /// required by Acceptable.
+    void SkipToNextDecl() {
+      while (*Current &&
+             (!isa<SpecificDecl>(*Current) ||
+              (Acceptable && !(cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current)->*Acceptable)())))
+        ++Current;
+    }
+
+  public:
+    typedef SpecificDecl *value_type;
+    // TODO: Add reference and pointer typedefs (with some appropriate proxy
+    // type) if we ever have a need for them.
+    typedef void reference;
+    typedef void pointer;
+    typedef std::iterator_traits<DeclContext::decl_iterator>::difference_type
+      difference_type;
+    typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+
+    filtered_decl_iterator() : Current() { }
+
+    /// filtered_decl_iterator - Construct a new iterator over a
+    /// subset of the declarations the range [C,
+    /// end-of-declarations). If A is non-NULL, it is a pointer to a
+    /// member function of SpecificDecl that should return true for
+    /// all of the SpecificDecl instances that will be in the subset
+    /// of iterators. For example, if you want Objective-C instance
+    /// methods, SpecificDecl will be ObjCMethodDecl and A will be
+    /// &ObjCMethodDecl::isInstanceMethod.
+    explicit filtered_decl_iterator(DeclContext::decl_iterator C) : Current(C) {
+      SkipToNextDecl();
+    }
+
+    value_type operator*() const { return cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current); }
+    value_type operator->() const { return cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current); }
+
+    filtered_decl_iterator& operator++() {
+      ++Current;
+      SkipToNextDecl();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    filtered_decl_iterator operator++(int) {
+      filtered_decl_iterator tmp(*this);
+      ++(*this);
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator==(const filtered_decl_iterator& x,
+                           const filtered_decl_iterator& y) {
+      return x.Current == y.Current;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator!=(const filtered_decl_iterator& x,
+                           const filtered_decl_iterator& y) {
+      return x.Current != y.Current;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// @brief Add the declaration D into this context.
+  ///
+  /// This routine should be invoked when the declaration D has first
+  /// been declared, to place D into the context where it was
+  /// (lexically) defined. Every declaration must be added to one
+  /// (and only one!) context, where it can be visited via
+  /// [decls_begin(), decls_end()). Once a declaration has been added
+  /// to its lexical context, the corresponding DeclContext owns the
+  /// declaration.
+  ///
+  /// If D is also a NamedDecl, it will be made visible within its
+  /// semantic context via makeDeclVisibleInContext.
+  void addDecl(Decl *D);
+
+  /// @brief Add the declaration D into this context, but suppress
+  /// searches for external declarations with the same name.
+  ///
+  /// Although analogous in function to addDecl, this removes an
+  /// important check.  This is only useful if the Decl is being
+  /// added in response to an external search; in all other cases,
+  /// addDecl() is the right function to use.
+  /// See the ASTImporter for use cases.
+  void addDeclInternal(Decl *D);
+
+  /// @brief Add the declaration D to this context without modifying
+  /// any lookup tables.
+  ///
+  /// This is useful for some operations in dependent contexts where
+  /// the semantic context might not be dependent;  this basically
+  /// only happens with friends.
+  void addHiddenDecl(Decl *D);
+
+  /// @brief Removes a declaration from this context.
+  void removeDecl(Decl *D);
+
+  /// lookup_iterator - An iterator that provides access to the results
+  /// of looking up a name within this context.
+  typedef NamedDecl **lookup_iterator;
+
+  /// lookup_const_iterator - An iterator that provides non-mutable
+  /// access to the results of lookup up a name within this context.
+  typedef NamedDecl * const * lookup_const_iterator;
+
+  typedef DeclContextLookupResult lookup_result;
+  typedef DeclContextLookupConstResult lookup_const_result;
+
+  /// lookup - Find the declarations (if any) with the given Name in
+  /// this context. Returns a range of iterators that contains all of
+  /// the declarations with this name, with object, function, member,
+  /// and enumerator names preceding any tag name. Note that this
+  /// routine will not look into parent contexts.
+  lookup_result lookup(DeclarationName Name);
+  lookup_const_result lookup(DeclarationName Name) const {
+    return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->lookup(Name);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief A simplistic name lookup mechanism that performs name lookup
+  /// into this declaration context without consulting the external source.
+  ///
+  /// This function should almost never be used, because it subverts the
+  /// usual relationship between a DeclContext and the external source.
+  /// See the ASTImporter for the (few, but important) use cases.
+  void localUncachedLookup(DeclarationName Name,
+                           SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Results);
+
+  /// @brief Makes a declaration visible within this context.
+  ///
+  /// This routine makes the declaration D visible to name lookup
+  /// within this context and, if this is a transparent context,
+  /// within its parent contexts up to the first enclosing
+  /// non-transparent context. Making a declaration visible within a
+  /// context does not transfer ownership of a declaration, and a
+  /// declaration can be visible in many contexts that aren't its
+  /// lexical context.
+  ///
+  /// If D is a redeclaration of an existing declaration that is
+  /// visible from this context, as determined by
+  /// NamedDecl::declarationReplaces, the previous declaration will be
+  /// replaced with D.
+  void makeDeclVisibleInContext(NamedDecl *D);
+
+  /// all_lookups_iterator - An iterator that provides a view over the results
+  /// of looking up every possible name.
+  class all_lookups_iterator;
+
+  all_lookups_iterator lookups_begin() const;
+
+  all_lookups_iterator lookups_end() const;
+
+  /// udir_iterator - Iterates through the using-directives stored
+  /// within this context.
+  typedef UsingDirectiveDecl * const * udir_iterator;
+
+  typedef std::pair<udir_iterator, udir_iterator> udir_iterator_range;
+
+  udir_iterator_range getUsingDirectives() const;
+
+  udir_iterator using_directives_begin() const {
+    return getUsingDirectives().first;
+  }
+
+  udir_iterator using_directives_end() const {
+    return getUsingDirectives().second;
+  }
+
+  // These are all defined in DependentDiagnostic.h.
+  class ddiag_iterator;
+  inline ddiag_iterator ddiag_begin() const;
+  inline ddiag_iterator ddiag_end() const;
+
+  // Low-level accessors
+    
+  /// \brief Mark the lookup table as needing to be built.  This should be
+  /// used only if setHasExternalLexicalStorage() has been called on any
+  /// decl context for which this is the primary context.
+  void setMustBuildLookupTable() {
+    LookupPtr.setInt(true);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the internal representation of the lookup structure.
+  /// This may omit some names if we are lazily building the structure.
+  StoredDeclsMap *getLookupPtr() const { return LookupPtr.getPointer(); }
+
+  /// \brief Ensure the lookup structure is fully-built and return it.
+  StoredDeclsMap *buildLookup();
+
+  /// \brief Whether this DeclContext has external storage containing
+  /// additional declarations that are lexically in this context.
+  bool hasExternalLexicalStorage() const { return ExternalLexicalStorage; }
+
+  /// \brief State whether this DeclContext has external storage for
+  /// declarations lexically in this context.
+  void setHasExternalLexicalStorage(bool ES = true) {
+    ExternalLexicalStorage = ES;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this DeclContext has external storage containing
+  /// additional declarations that are visible in this context.
+  bool hasExternalVisibleStorage() const { return ExternalVisibleStorage; }
+
+  /// \brief State whether this DeclContext has external storage for
+  /// declarations visible in this context.
+  void setHasExternalVisibleStorage(bool ES = true) {
+    ExternalVisibleStorage = ES;
+    if (ES && LookupPtr.getPointer())
+      NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage = true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is stored in the list of
+  /// declarations lexically within this context.
+  bool isDeclInLexicalTraversal(const Decl *D) const {
+    return D && (D->NextInContextAndBits.getPointer() || D == FirstDecl || 
+                 D == LastDecl);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D);
+  static bool classof(const DeclContext *D) { return true; }
+
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dumpDeclContext() const;
+
+private:
+  void reconcileExternalVisibleStorage();
+  void LoadLexicalDeclsFromExternalStorage() const;
+
+  /// @brief Makes a declaration visible within this context, but
+  /// suppresses searches for external declarations with the same
+  /// name.
+  ///
+  /// Analogous to makeDeclVisibleInContext, but for the exclusive
+  /// use of addDeclInternal().
+  void makeDeclVisibleInContextInternal(NamedDecl *D);
+
+  friend class DependentDiagnostic;
+  StoredDeclsMap *CreateStoredDeclsMap(ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  void buildLookupImpl(DeclContext *DCtx);
+  void makeDeclVisibleInContextWithFlags(NamedDecl *D, bool Internal,
+                                         bool Rediscoverable);
+  void makeDeclVisibleInContextImpl(NamedDecl *D, bool Internal);
+};
+
+inline bool Decl::isTemplateParameter() const {
+  return getKind() == TemplateTypeParm || getKind() == NonTypeTemplateParm ||
+         getKind() == TemplateTemplateParm;
+}
+
+// Specialization selected when ToTy is not a known subclass of DeclContext.
+template <class ToTy,
+          bool IsKnownSubtype = ::llvm::is_base_of< DeclContext, ToTy>::value>
+struct cast_convert_decl_context {
+  static const ToTy *doit(const DeclContext *Val) {
+    return static_cast<const ToTy*>(Decl::castFromDeclContext(Val));
+  }
+
+  static ToTy *doit(DeclContext *Val) {
+    return static_cast<ToTy*>(Decl::castFromDeclContext(Val));
+  }
+};
+
+// Specialization selected when ToTy is a known subclass of DeclContext.
+template <class ToTy>
+struct cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy, true> {
+  static const ToTy *doit(const DeclContext *Val) {
+    return static_cast<const ToTy*>(Val);
+  }
+
+  static ToTy *doit(DeclContext *Val) {
+    return static_cast<ToTy*>(Val);
+  }
+};
+
+
+} // end clang.
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// isa<T>(DeclContext*)
+template <typename To>
+struct isa_impl<To, ::clang::DeclContext> {
+  static bool doit(const ::clang::DeclContext &Val) {
+    return To::classofKind(Val.getDeclKind());
+  }
+};
+
+/// cast<T>(DeclContext*)
+template<class ToTy>
+struct cast_convert_val<ToTy,
+                        const ::clang::DeclContext,const ::clang::DeclContext> {
+  static const ToTy &doit(const ::clang::DeclContext &Val) {
+    return *::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(&Val);
+  }
+};
+template<class ToTy>
+struct cast_convert_val<ToTy, ::clang::DeclContext, ::clang::DeclContext> {
+  static ToTy &doit(::clang::DeclContext &Val) {
+    return *::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(&Val);
+  }
+};
+template<class ToTy>
+struct cast_convert_val<ToTy,
+                     const ::clang::DeclContext*, const ::clang::DeclContext*> {
+  static const ToTy *doit(const ::clang::DeclContext *Val) {
+    return ::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(Val);
+  }
+};
+template<class ToTy>
+struct cast_convert_val<ToTy, ::clang::DeclContext*, ::clang::DeclContext*> {
+  static ToTy *doit(::clang::DeclContext *Val) {
+    return ::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(Val);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Implement cast_convert_val for Decl -> DeclContext conversions.
+template<class FromTy>
+struct cast_convert_val< ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy, FromTy> {
+  static ::clang::DeclContext &doit(const FromTy &Val) {
+    return *FromTy::castToDeclContext(&Val);
+  }
+};
+
+template<class FromTy>
+struct cast_convert_val< ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy*, FromTy*> {
+  static ::clang::DeclContext *doit(const FromTy *Val) {
+    return FromTy::castToDeclContext(Val);
+  }
+};
+
+template<class FromTy>
+struct cast_convert_val< const ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy, FromTy> {
+  static const ::clang::DeclContext &doit(const FromTy &Val) {
+    return *FromTy::castToDeclContext(&Val);
+  }
+};
+
+template<class FromTy>
+struct cast_convert_val< const ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy*, FromTy*> {
+  static const ::clang::DeclContext *doit(const FromTy *Val) {
+    return FromTy::castToDeclContext(Val);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05ff49c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2987 @@
+//===-- DeclCXX.h - Classes for representing C++ declarations -*- C++ -*-=====//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the C++ Decl subclasses, other than those for
+//  templates (in DeclTemplate.h) and friends (in DeclFriend.h).
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTUnresolvedSet.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ClassTemplateDecl;
+class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
+class CXXBasePath;
+class CXXBasePaths;
+class CXXConstructorDecl;
+class CXXConversionDecl;
+class CXXDestructorDecl;
+class CXXMethodDecl;
+class CXXRecordDecl;
+class CXXMemberLookupCriteria;
+class CXXFinalOverriderMap;
+class CXXIndirectPrimaryBaseSet;
+class FriendDecl;
+class LambdaExpr;
+class UsingDecl;
+
+/// \brief Represents any kind of function declaration, whether it is a
+/// concrete function or a function template.
+class AnyFunctionDecl {
+  NamedDecl *Function;
+
+  AnyFunctionDecl(NamedDecl *ND) : Function(ND) { }
+
+public:
+  AnyFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *FD) : Function(FD) { }
+  AnyFunctionDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD);
+
+  /// \brief Implicily converts any function or function template into a
+  /// named declaration.
+  operator NamedDecl *() const { return Function; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying function or function template.
+  NamedDecl *get() const { return Function; }
+
+  static AnyFunctionDecl getFromNamedDecl(NamedDecl *ND) {
+    return AnyFunctionDecl(ND);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+  // Provide PointerLikeTypeTraits for non-cvr pointers.
+  template<>
+  class PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::AnyFunctionDecl> {
+  public:
+    static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::AnyFunctionDecl F) {
+      return F.get();
+    }
+    static inline ::clang::AnyFunctionDecl getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+      return ::clang::AnyFunctionDecl::getFromNamedDecl(
+                                      static_cast< ::clang::NamedDecl*>(P));
+    }
+
+    enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 2 };
+  };
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// @brief Represents an access specifier followed by colon ':'.
+///
+/// An objects of this class represents sugar for the syntactic occurrence
+/// of an access specifier followed by a colon in the list of member
+/// specifiers of a C++ class definition.
+///
+/// Note that they do not represent other uses of access specifiers,
+/// such as those occurring in a list of base specifiers.
+/// Also note that this class has nothing to do with so-called
+/// "access declarations" (C++98 11.3 [class.access.dcl]).
+class AccessSpecDecl : public Decl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// \brief The location of the ':'.
+  SourceLocation ColonLoc;
+
+  AccessSpecDecl(AccessSpecifier AS, DeclContext *DC,
+                 SourceLocation ASLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc)
+    : Decl(AccessSpec, DC, ASLoc), ColonLoc(ColonLoc) {
+    setAccess(AS);
+  }
+  AccessSpecDecl(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Decl(AccessSpec, Empty) { }
+public:
+  /// \brief The location of the access specifier.
+  SourceLocation getAccessSpecifierLoc() const { return getLocation(); }
+  /// \brief Sets the location of the access specifier.
+  void setAccessSpecifierLoc(SourceLocation ASLoc) { setLocation(ASLoc); }
+
+  /// \brief The location of the colon following the access specifier.
+  SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; }
+  /// \brief Sets the location of the colon.
+  void setColonLoc(SourceLocation CLoc) { ColonLoc = CLoc; }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(getAccessSpecifierLoc(), getColonLoc());
+  }
+
+  static AccessSpecDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ASLoc,
+                                SourceLocation ColonLoc) {
+    return new (C) AccessSpecDecl(AS, DC, ASLoc, ColonLoc);
+  }
+  static AccessSpecDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == AccessSpec; }
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Represents a base class of a C++ class.
+///
+/// Each CXXBaseSpecifier represents a single, direct base class (or
+/// struct) of a C++ class (or struct). It specifies the type of that
+/// base class, whether it is a virtual or non-virtual base, and what
+/// level of access (public, protected, private) is used for the
+/// derivation. For example:
+///
+/// @code
+///   class A { };
+///   class B { };
+///   class C : public virtual A, protected B { };
+/// @endcode
+///
+/// In this code, C will have two CXXBaseSpecifiers, one for "public
+/// virtual A" and the other for "protected B".
+class CXXBaseSpecifier {
+  /// Range - The source code range that covers the full base
+  /// specifier, including the "virtual" (if present) and access
+  /// specifier (if present).
+  SourceRange Range;
+
+  /// \brief The source location of the ellipsis, if this is a pack
+  /// expansion.
+  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this is a virtual base class or not.
+  bool Virtual : 1;
+
+  /// BaseOfClass - Whether this is the base of a class (true) or of a
+  /// struct (false). This determines the mapping from the access
+  /// specifier as written in the source code to the access specifier
+  /// used for semantic analysis.
+  bool BaseOfClass : 1;
+
+  /// Access - Access specifier as written in the source code (which
+  /// may be AS_none). The actual type of data stored here is an
+  /// AccessSpecifier, but we use "unsigned" here to work around a
+  /// VC++ bug.
+  unsigned Access : 2;
+
+  /// InheritConstructors - Whether the class contains a using declaration
+  /// to inherit the named class's constructors.
+  bool InheritConstructors : 1;
+
+  /// BaseTypeInfo - The type of the base class. This will be a class or struct
+  /// (or a typedef of such). The source code range does not include the
+  /// "virtual" or access specifier.
+  TypeSourceInfo *BaseTypeInfo;
+
+public:
+  CXXBaseSpecifier() { }
+
+  CXXBaseSpecifier(SourceRange R, bool V, bool BC, AccessSpecifier A,
+                   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc)
+    : Range(R), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), Virtual(V), BaseOfClass(BC),
+      Access(A), InheritConstructors(false), BaseTypeInfo(TInfo) { }
+
+  /// getSourceRange - Retrieves the source range that contains the
+  /// entire base specifier.
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+
+  /// isVirtual - Determines whether the base class is a virtual base
+  /// class (or not).
+  bool isVirtual() const { return Virtual; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this base class is a base of a class declared
+  /// with the 'class' keyword (vs. one declared with the 'struct' keyword).
+  bool isBaseOfClass() const { return BaseOfClass; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this base specifier is a pack expansion.
+  bool isPackExpansion() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this base class's constructors get inherited.
+  bool getInheritConstructors() const { return InheritConstructors; }
+
+  /// \brief Set that this base class's constructors should be inherited.
+  void setInheritConstructors(bool Inherit = true) {
+    InheritConstructors = Inherit;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief For a pack expansion, determine the location of the ellipsis.
+  SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
+    return EllipsisLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// getAccessSpecifier - Returns the access specifier for this base
+  /// specifier. This is the actual base specifier as used for
+  /// semantic analysis, so the result can never be AS_none. To
+  /// retrieve the access specifier as written in the source code, use
+  /// getAccessSpecifierAsWritten().
+  AccessSpecifier getAccessSpecifier() const {
+    if ((AccessSpecifier)Access == AS_none)
+      return BaseOfClass? AS_private : AS_public;
+    else
+      return (AccessSpecifier)Access;
+  }
+
+  /// getAccessSpecifierAsWritten - Retrieves the access specifier as
+  /// written in the source code (which may mean that no access
+  /// specifier was explicitly written). Use getAccessSpecifier() to
+  /// retrieve the access specifier for use in semantic analysis.
+  AccessSpecifier getAccessSpecifierAsWritten() const {
+    return (AccessSpecifier)Access;
+  }
+
+  /// getType - Retrieves the type of the base class. This type will
+  /// always be an unqualified class type.
+  QualType getType() const { return BaseTypeInfo->getType(); }
+
+  /// getTypeLoc - Retrieves the type and source location of the base class.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return BaseTypeInfo; }
+};
+
+/// CXXRecordDecl - Represents a C++ struct/union/class.
+/// FIXME: This class will disappear once we've properly taught RecordDecl
+/// to deal with C++-specific things.
+class CXXRecordDecl : public RecordDecl {
+
+  friend void TagDecl::startDefinition();
+
+  /// Values used in DefinitionData fields to represent special members.
+  enum SpecialMemberFlags {
+    SMF_DefaultConstructor = 0x1,
+    SMF_CopyConstructor = 0x2,
+    SMF_MoveConstructor = 0x4,
+    SMF_CopyAssignment = 0x8,
+    SMF_MoveAssignment = 0x10,
+    SMF_Destructor = 0x20,
+    SMF_All = 0x3f
+  };
+
+  struct DefinitionData {
+    DefinitionData(CXXRecordDecl *D);
+
+    /// \brief True if this class has any user-declared constructors.
+    bool UserDeclaredConstructor : 1;
+
+    /// The user-declared special members which this class has.
+    unsigned UserDeclaredSpecialMembers : 6;
+
+    /// Aggregate - True when this class is an aggregate.
+    bool Aggregate : 1;
+
+    /// PlainOldData - True when this class is a POD-type.
+    bool PlainOldData : 1;
+
+    /// Empty - true when this class is empty for traits purposes,
+    /// i.e. has no data members other than 0-width bit-fields, has no
+    /// virtual function/base, and doesn't inherit from a non-empty
+    /// class. Doesn't take union-ness into account.
+    bool Empty : 1;
+
+    /// Polymorphic - True when this class is polymorphic, i.e. has at
+    /// least one virtual member or derives from a polymorphic class.
+    bool Polymorphic : 1;
+
+    /// Abstract - True when this class is abstract, i.e. has at least
+    /// one pure virtual function, (that can come from a base class).
+    bool Abstract : 1;
+
+    /// IsStandardLayout - True when this class has standard layout.
+    ///
+    /// C++0x [class]p7.  A standard-layout class is a class that:
+    /// * has no non-static data members of type non-standard-layout class (or
+    ///   array of such types) or reference,
+    /// * has no virtual functions (10.3) and no virtual base classes (10.1),
+    /// * has the same access control (Clause 11) for all non-static data
+    ///   members
+    /// * has no non-standard-layout base classes,
+    /// * either has no non-static data members in the most derived class and at
+    ///   most one base class with non-static data members, or has no base
+    ///   classes with non-static data members, and
+    /// * has no base classes of the same type as the first non-static data
+    ///   member.
+    bool IsStandardLayout : 1;
+
+    /// HasNoNonEmptyBases - True when there are no non-empty base classes.
+    ///
+    /// This is a helper bit of state used to implement IsStandardLayout more
+    /// efficiently.
+    bool HasNoNonEmptyBases : 1;
+
+    /// HasPrivateFields - True when there are private non-static data members.
+    bool HasPrivateFields : 1;
+
+    /// HasProtectedFields - True when there are protected non-static data
+    /// members.
+    bool HasProtectedFields : 1;
+
+    /// HasPublicFields - True when there are private non-static data members.
+    bool HasPublicFields : 1;
+
+    /// \brief True if this class (or any subobject) has mutable fields.
+    bool HasMutableFields : 1;
+
+    /// \brief True if there no non-field members declared by the user.
+    bool HasOnlyCMembers : 1;
+
+    /// \brief True if any field has an in-class initializer.
+    bool HasInClassInitializer : 1;
+
+    /// \brief True if any field is of reference type, and does not have an
+    /// in-class initializer. In this case, value-initialization of this class
+    /// is illegal in C++98 even if the class has a trivial default constructor.
+    bool HasUninitializedReferenceMember : 1;
+
+    /// \brief These flags are \c true if a defaulted corresponding special
+    /// member can't be fully analyzed without performing overload resolution.
+    /// @{
+    bool NeedOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor : 1;
+    bool NeedOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment : 1;
+    bool NeedOverloadResolutionForDestructor : 1;
+    /// @}
+
+    /// \brief These flags are \c true if an implicit defaulted corresponding
+    /// special member would be defined as deleted.
+    /// @{
+    bool DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted : 1;
+    bool DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted : 1;
+    bool DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted : 1;
+    /// @}
+
+    /// \brief The trivial special members which this class has, per
+    /// C++11 [class.ctor]p5, C++11 [class.copy]p12, C++11 [class.copy]p25,
+    /// C++11 [class.dtor]p5, or would have if the member were not suppressed.
+    ///
+    /// This excludes any user-declared but not user-provided special members
+    /// which have been declared but not yet defined.
+    unsigned HasTrivialSpecialMembers : 6;
+
+    /// \brief The declared special members of this class which are known to be
+    /// non-trivial.
+    ///
+    /// This excludes any user-declared but not user-provided special members
+    /// which have been declared but not yet defined, and any implicit special
+    /// members which have not yet been declared.
+    unsigned DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers : 6;
+
+    /// HasIrrelevantDestructor - True when this class has a destructor with no
+    /// semantic effect.
+    bool HasIrrelevantDestructor : 1;
+
+    /// HasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor - True when this class has at least
+    /// one user-declared constexpr constructor which is neither the copy nor
+    /// move constructor.
+    bool HasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor : 1;
+
+    /// DefaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr - True if a defaulted default
+    /// constructor for this class would be constexpr.
+    bool DefaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr : 1;
+
+    /// HasConstexprDefaultConstructor - True if this class has a constexpr
+    /// default constructor (either user-declared or implicitly declared).
+    bool HasConstexprDefaultConstructor : 1;
+
+    /// HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases - True when this class contains at least
+    /// one non-static data member or base class of non-literal or volatile
+    /// type.
+    bool HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases : 1;
+
+    /// ComputedVisibleConversions - True when visible conversion functions are
+    /// already computed and are available.
+    bool ComputedVisibleConversions : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether we have a C++11 user-provided default constructor (not
+    /// explicitly deleted or defaulted).
+    bool UserProvidedDefaultConstructor : 1;
+
+    /// \brief The special members which have been declared for this class,
+    /// either by the user or implicitly.
+    unsigned DeclaredSpecialMembers : 6;
+
+    /// \brief Whether an implicit copy constructor would have a const-qualified
+    /// parameter.
+    bool ImplicitCopyConstructorHasConstParam : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether an implicit copy assignment operator would have a
+    /// const-qualified parameter.
+    bool ImplicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether any declared copy constructor has a const-qualified
+    /// parameter.
+    bool HasDeclaredCopyConstructorWithConstParam : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether any declared copy assignment operator has either a
+    /// const-qualified reference parameter or a non-reference parameter.
+    bool HasDeclaredCopyAssignmentWithConstParam : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether an implicit move constructor was attempted to be declared
+    /// but would have been deleted.
+    bool FailedImplicitMoveConstructor : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether an implicit move assignment operator was attempted to be
+    /// declared but would have been deleted.
+    bool FailedImplicitMoveAssignment : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this class describes a C++ lambda.
+    bool IsLambda : 1;
+
+    /// NumBases - The number of base class specifiers in Bases.
+    unsigned NumBases;
+
+    /// NumVBases - The number of virtual base class specifiers in VBases.
+    unsigned NumVBases;
+
+    /// Bases - Base classes of this class.
+    /// FIXME: This is wasted space for a union.
+    LazyCXXBaseSpecifiersPtr Bases;
+
+    /// VBases - direct and indirect virtual base classes of this class.
+    LazyCXXBaseSpecifiersPtr VBases;
+
+    /// Conversions - Overload set containing the conversion functions
+    /// of this C++ class (but not its inherited conversion
+    /// functions). Each of the entries in this overload set is a
+    /// CXXConversionDecl.
+    ASTUnresolvedSet Conversions;
+
+    /// VisibleConversions - Overload set containing the conversion
+    /// functions of this C++ class and all those inherited conversion
+    /// functions that are visible in this class. Each of the entries
+    /// in this overload set is a CXXConversionDecl or a
+    /// FunctionTemplateDecl.
+    ASTUnresolvedSet VisibleConversions;
+
+    /// Definition - The declaration which defines this record.
+    CXXRecordDecl *Definition;
+
+    /// FirstFriend - The first friend declaration in this class, or
+    /// null if there aren't any.  This is actually currently stored
+    /// in reverse order.
+    FriendDecl *FirstFriend;
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the set of direct base classes.
+    CXXBaseSpecifier *getBases() const {
+      if (!Bases.isOffset())
+        return Bases.get(0);
+      return getBasesSlowCase();
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the set of virtual base classes.
+    CXXBaseSpecifier *getVBases() const {
+      if (!VBases.isOffset())
+        return VBases.get(0);
+      return getVBasesSlowCase();
+    }
+
+  private:
+    CXXBaseSpecifier *getBasesSlowCase() const;
+    CXXBaseSpecifier *getVBasesSlowCase() const;
+  } *DefinitionData;
+
+  /// \brief Describes a C++ closure type (generated by a lambda expression).
+  struct LambdaDefinitionData : public DefinitionData {
+    typedef LambdaExpr::Capture Capture;
+    
+    LambdaDefinitionData(CXXRecordDecl *D, TypeSourceInfo *Info, bool Dependent) 
+      : DefinitionData(D), Dependent(Dependent), NumCaptures(0), 
+        NumExplicitCaptures(0), ManglingNumber(0), ContextDecl(0), Captures(0),
+        MethodTyInfo(Info) 
+    {
+      IsLambda = true;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Whether this lambda is known to be dependent, even if its
+    /// context isn't dependent.
+    /// 
+    /// A lambda with a non-dependent context can be dependent if it occurs
+    /// within the default argument of a function template, because the
+    /// lambda will have been created with the enclosing context as its
+    /// declaration context, rather than function. This is an unfortunate
+    /// artifact of having to parse the default arguments before 
+    unsigned Dependent : 1;
+    
+    /// \brief The number of captures in this lambda.
+    unsigned NumCaptures : 16;
+
+    /// \brief The number of explicit captures in this lambda.
+    unsigned NumExplicitCaptures : 15;
+
+    /// \brief The number used to indicate this lambda expression for name 
+    /// mangling in the Itanium C++ ABI.
+    unsigned ManglingNumber;
+    
+    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for this lambda, if the
+    /// actual DeclContext does not suffice. This is used for lambdas that
+    /// occur within default arguments of function parameters within the class
+    /// or within a data member initializer.
+    Decl *ContextDecl;
+    
+    /// \brief The list of captures, both explicit and implicit, for this 
+    /// lambda.
+    Capture *Captures;
+
+    /// \brief The type of the call method.
+    TypeSourceInfo *MethodTyInfo;
+  };
+
+  struct DefinitionData &data() {
+    assert(DefinitionData && "queried property of class with no definition");
+    return *DefinitionData;
+  }
+
+  const struct DefinitionData &data() const {
+    assert(DefinitionData && "queried property of class with no definition");
+    return *DefinitionData;
+  }
+
+  struct LambdaDefinitionData &getLambdaData() const {
+    assert(DefinitionData && "queried property of lambda with no definition");
+    assert(DefinitionData->IsLambda && 
+           "queried lambda property of non-lambda class");
+    return static_cast<LambdaDefinitionData &>(*DefinitionData);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief The template or declaration that this declaration
+  /// describes or was instantiated from, respectively.
+  ///
+  /// For non-templates, this value will be NULL. For record
+  /// declarations that describe a class template, this will be a
+  /// pointer to a ClassTemplateDecl. For member
+  /// classes of class template specializations, this will be the
+  /// MemberSpecializationInfo referring to the member class that was
+  /// instantiated or specialized.
+  llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl*, MemberSpecializationInfo*>
+    TemplateOrInstantiation;
+
+  friend class DeclContext;
+  friend class LambdaExpr;
+
+  /// \brief Called from setBases and addedMember to notify the class that a
+  /// direct or virtual base class or a member of class type has been added.
+  void addedClassSubobject(CXXRecordDecl *Base);
+
+  /// \brief Notify the class that member has been added.
+  ///
+  /// This routine helps maintain information about the class based on which
+  /// members have been added. It will be invoked by DeclContext::addDecl()
+  /// whenever a member is added to this record.
+  void addedMember(Decl *D);
+
+  void markedVirtualFunctionPure();
+  friend void FunctionDecl::setPure(bool);
+
+  friend class ASTNodeImporter;
+
+protected:
+  CXXRecordDecl(Kind K, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
+                SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                IdentifierInfo *Id, CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl);
+
+public:
+  /// base_class_iterator - Iterator that traverses the base classes
+  /// of a class.
+  typedef CXXBaseSpecifier*       base_class_iterator;
+
+  /// base_class_const_iterator - Iterator that traverses the base
+  /// classes of a class.
+  typedef const CXXBaseSpecifier* base_class_const_iterator;
+
+  /// reverse_base_class_iterator = Iterator that traverses the base classes
+  /// of a class in reverse order.
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<base_class_iterator>
+    reverse_base_class_iterator;
+
+  /// reverse_base_class_iterator = Iterator that traverses the base classes
+  /// of a class in reverse order.
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<base_class_const_iterator>
+    reverse_base_class_const_iterator;
+
+  virtual CXXRecordDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+  virtual const CXXRecordDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+
+  const CXXRecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() const {
+    return cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+  CXXRecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() {
+    return cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+
+  const CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const {
+    return cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordDecl::getMostRecentDecl());
+  }
+  CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() {
+    return cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordDecl::getMostRecentDecl());
+  }
+
+  CXXRecordDecl *getDefinition() const {
+    if (!DefinitionData) return 0;
+    return data().Definition;
+  }
+
+  bool hasDefinition() const { return DefinitionData != 0; }
+
+  static CXXRecordDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
+                               SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                               IdentifierInfo *Id, CXXRecordDecl* PrevDecl=0,
+                               bool DelayTypeCreation = false);
+  static CXXRecordDecl *CreateLambda(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                     TypeSourceInfo *Info, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                     bool DependentLambda);
+  static CXXRecordDecl *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  bool isDynamicClass() const {
+    return data().Polymorphic || data().NumVBases != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// setBases - Sets the base classes of this struct or class.
+  void setBases(CXXBaseSpecifier const * const *Bases, unsigned NumBases);
+
+  /// getNumBases - Retrieves the number of base classes of this
+  /// class.
+  unsigned getNumBases() const { return data().NumBases; }
+
+  base_class_iterator bases_begin() { return data().getBases(); }
+  base_class_const_iterator bases_begin() const { return data().getBases(); }
+  base_class_iterator bases_end() { return bases_begin() + data().NumBases; }
+  base_class_const_iterator bases_end() const {
+    return bases_begin() + data().NumBases;
+  }
+  reverse_base_class_iterator       bases_rbegin() {
+    return reverse_base_class_iterator(bases_end());
+  }
+  reverse_base_class_const_iterator bases_rbegin() const {
+    return reverse_base_class_const_iterator(bases_end());
+  }
+  reverse_base_class_iterator bases_rend() {
+    return reverse_base_class_iterator(bases_begin());
+  }
+  reverse_base_class_const_iterator bases_rend() const {
+    return reverse_base_class_const_iterator(bases_begin());
+  }
+
+  /// getNumVBases - Retrieves the number of virtual base classes of this
+  /// class.
+  unsigned getNumVBases() const { return data().NumVBases; }
+
+  base_class_iterator vbases_begin() { return data().getVBases(); }
+  base_class_const_iterator vbases_begin() const { return data().getVBases(); }
+  base_class_iterator vbases_end() { return vbases_begin() + data().NumVBases; }
+  base_class_const_iterator vbases_end() const {
+    return vbases_begin() + data().NumVBases;
+  }
+  reverse_base_class_iterator vbases_rbegin() {
+    return reverse_base_class_iterator(vbases_end());
+  }
+  reverse_base_class_const_iterator vbases_rbegin() const {
+    return reverse_base_class_const_iterator(vbases_end());
+  }
+  reverse_base_class_iterator vbases_rend() {
+    return reverse_base_class_iterator(vbases_begin());
+  }
+  reverse_base_class_const_iterator vbases_rend() const {
+    return reverse_base_class_const_iterator(vbases_begin());
+ }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has any dependent base classes which
+  /// are not the current instantiation.
+  bool hasAnyDependentBases() const;
+
+  /// Iterator access to method members.  The method iterator visits
+  /// all method members of the class, including non-instance methods,
+  /// special methods, etc.
+  typedef specific_decl_iterator<CXXMethodDecl> method_iterator;
+
+  /// method_begin - Method begin iterator.  Iterates in the order the methods
+  /// were declared.
+  method_iterator method_begin() const {
+    return method_iterator(decls_begin());
+  }
+  /// method_end - Method end iterator.
+  method_iterator method_end() const {
+    return method_iterator(decls_end());
+  }
+
+  /// Iterator access to constructor members.
+  typedef specific_decl_iterator<CXXConstructorDecl> ctor_iterator;
+
+  ctor_iterator ctor_begin() const {
+    return ctor_iterator(decls_begin());
+  }
+  ctor_iterator ctor_end() const {
+    return ctor_iterator(decls_end());
+  }
+
+  /// An iterator over friend declarations.  All of these are defined
+  /// in DeclFriend.h.
+  class friend_iterator;
+  friend_iterator friend_begin() const;
+  friend_iterator friend_end() const;
+  void pushFriendDecl(FriendDecl *FD);
+
+  /// Determines whether this record has any friends.
+  bool hasFriends() const {
+    return data().FirstFriend != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single,
+  /// accessible, unambiguous move constructor that is not deleted.
+  bool hasSimpleMoveConstructor() const {
+    return !hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() && hasMoveConstructor();
+  }
+  /// \brief \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single,
+  /// accessible, unambiguous move assignment operator that is not deleted.
+  bool hasSimpleMoveAssignment() const {
+    return !hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() && hasMoveAssignment();
+  }
+  /// \brief \c true if we know for sure that this class has an accessible
+  /// destructor that is not deleted.
+  bool hasSimpleDestructor() const {
+    return !hasUserDeclaredDestructor() &&
+           !data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has any default constructors.
+  bool hasDefaultConstructor() const {
+    return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) ||
+           needsImplicitDefaultConstructor();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine if we need to declare a default constructor for
+  /// this class.
+  ///
+  /// This value is used for lazy creation of default constructors.
+  bool needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() const {
+    return !data().UserDeclaredConstructor &&
+           !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor);
+  }
+
+  /// hasUserDeclaredConstructor - Whether this class has any
+  /// user-declared constructors. When true, a default constructor
+  /// will not be implicitly declared.
+  bool hasUserDeclaredConstructor() const {
+    return data().UserDeclaredConstructor;
+  }
+
+  /// hasUserProvidedDefaultconstructor - Whether this class has a
+  /// user-provided default constructor per C++0x.
+  bool hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor() const {
+    return data().UserProvidedDefaultConstructor;
+  }
+
+  /// hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor - Whether this class has a
+  /// user-declared copy constructor. When false, a copy constructor
+  /// will be implicitly declared.
+  bool hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() const {
+    return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class needs an implicit copy
+  /// constructor to be lazily declared.
+  bool needsImplicitCopyConstructor() const {
+    return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted copy
+  /// constructor for this class.
+  bool needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() const {
+    return data().HasMutableFields;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether an implicit copy constructor for this type
+  /// would have a parameter with a const-qualified reference type.
+  bool implicitCopyConstructorHasConstParam() const {
+    return data().ImplicitCopyConstructorHasConstParam;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a copy constructor with
+  /// a parameter type which is a reference to a const-qualified type.
+  bool hasCopyConstructorWithConstParam() const {
+    return data().HasDeclaredCopyConstructorWithConstParam ||
+           (needsImplicitCopyConstructor() &&
+            implicitCopyConstructorHasConstParam());
+  }
+
+  /// hasUserDeclaredMoveOperation - Whether this class has a user-
+  /// declared move constructor or assignment operator. When false, a
+  /// move constructor and assignment operator may be implicitly declared.
+  bool hasUserDeclaredMoveOperation() const {
+    return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers &
+             (SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_MoveAssignment);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has had a move constructor
+  /// declared by the user.
+  bool hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() const {
+    return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a move constructor.
+  bool hasMoveConstructor() const {
+    return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) ||
+           needsImplicitMoveConstructor();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether implicit move constructor generation for this
+  /// class has failed before.
+  bool hasFailedImplicitMoveConstructor() const {
+    return data().FailedImplicitMoveConstructor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set whether implicit move constructor generation for this class
+  /// has failed before.
+  void setFailedImplicitMoveConstructor(bool Failed = true) {
+    data().FailedImplicitMoveConstructor = Failed;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class should get an implicit move
+  /// constructor or if any existing special member function inhibits this.
+  bool needsImplicitMoveConstructor() const {
+    return !hasFailedImplicitMoveConstructor() &&
+           !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) &&
+           !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() &&
+           !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() &&
+           !hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() &&
+           !hasUserDeclaredDestructor() &&
+           !data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted move
+  /// constructor for this class.
+  bool needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() const {
+    return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor;
+  }
+
+  /// hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment - Whether this class has a
+  /// user-declared copy assignment operator. When false, a copy
+  /// assigment operator will be implicitly declared.
+  bool hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() const {
+    return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class needs an implicit copy
+  /// assignment operator to be lazily declared.
+  bool needsImplicitCopyAssignment() const {
+    return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted copy
+  /// assignment operator for this class.
+  bool needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment() const {
+    return data().HasMutableFields;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether an implicit copy assignment operator for this
+  /// type would have a parameter with a const-qualified reference type.
+  bool implicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam() const {
+    return data().ImplicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a copy assignment operator with
+  /// a parameter type which is a reference to a const-qualified type or is not
+  /// a reference..
+  bool hasCopyAssignmentWithConstParam() const {
+    return data().HasDeclaredCopyAssignmentWithConstParam ||
+           (needsImplicitCopyAssignment() &&
+            implicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has had a move assignment
+  /// declared by the user.
+  bool hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() const {
+    return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a move assignment operator.
+  bool hasMoveAssignment() const {
+    return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) ||
+           needsImplicitMoveAssignment();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether implicit move assignment generation for this
+  /// class has failed before.
+  bool hasFailedImplicitMoveAssignment() const {
+    return data().FailedImplicitMoveAssignment;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set whether implicit move assignment generation for this class
+  /// has failed before.
+  void setFailedImplicitMoveAssignment(bool Failed = true) {
+    data().FailedImplicitMoveAssignment = Failed;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class should get an implicit move
+  /// assignment operator or if any existing special member function inhibits
+  /// this.
+  bool needsImplicitMoveAssignment() const {
+    return !hasFailedImplicitMoveAssignment() &&
+           !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) &&
+           !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() &&
+           !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() &&
+           !hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() &&
+           !hasUserDeclaredDestructor() &&
+           !data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a move assignment
+  /// operator for this class.
+  bool needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment() const {
+    return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment;
+  }
+
+  /// hasUserDeclaredDestructor - Whether this class has a
+  /// user-declared destructor. When false, a destructor will be
+  /// implicitly declared.
+  bool hasUserDeclaredDestructor() const {
+    return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class needs an implicit destructor to
+  /// be lazily declared.
+  bool needsImplicitDestructor() const {
+    return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a destructor for this
+  /// class.
+  bool needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() const {
+    return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForDestructor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class describes a lambda function object.
+  bool isLambda() const { return hasDefinition() && data().IsLambda; }
+
+  /// \brief For a closure type, retrieve the mapping from captured
+  /// variables and this to the non-static data members that store the
+  /// values or references of the captures.
+  ///
+  /// \param Captures Will be populated with the mapping from captured
+  /// variables to the corresponding fields.
+  ///
+  /// \param ThisCapture Will be set to the field declaration for the
+  /// 'this' capture.
+  void getCaptureFields(llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, FieldDecl *> &Captures,
+                        FieldDecl *&ThisCapture) const;
+
+  typedef const LambdaExpr::Capture* capture_const_iterator;
+  capture_const_iterator captures_begin() const {
+    return isLambda() ? getLambdaData().Captures : NULL;
+  }
+  capture_const_iterator captures_end() const {
+    return isLambda() ? captures_begin() + getLambdaData().NumCaptures : NULL;
+  }
+
+  typedef UnresolvedSetIterator conversion_iterator;
+  conversion_iterator conversion_begin() const {
+    return data().Conversions.begin();
+  }
+  conversion_iterator conversion_end() const {
+    return data().Conversions.end();
+  }
+
+  /// Removes a conversion function from this class.  The conversion
+  /// function must currently be a member of this class.  Furthermore,
+  /// this class must currently be in the process of being defined.
+  void removeConversion(const NamedDecl *Old);
+
+  /// getVisibleConversionFunctions - get all conversion functions visible
+  /// in current class; including conversion function templates.
+  std::pair<conversion_iterator, conversion_iterator>
+    getVisibleConversionFunctions();
+
+  /// isAggregate - Whether this class is an aggregate (C++
+  /// [dcl.init.aggr]), which is a class with no user-declared
+  /// constructors, no private or protected non-static data members,
+  /// no base classes, and no virtual functions (C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1).
+  bool isAggregate() const { return data().Aggregate; }
+
+  /// hasInClassInitializer - Whether this class has any in-class initializers
+  /// for non-static data members.
+  bool hasInClassInitializer() const { return data().HasInClassInitializer; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this class or any of its subobjects has any members of
+  /// reference type which would make value-initialization ill-formed, per
+  /// C++03 [dcl.init]p5:
+  ///  -- if T is a non-union class type without a user-declared constructor,
+  ///     then every non-static data member and base-class component of T is
+  ///     value-initialized
+  /// [...]
+  /// A program that calls for [...] value-initialization of an entity of
+  /// reference type is ill-formed.
+  bool hasUninitializedReferenceMember() const {
+    return !isUnion() && !hasUserDeclaredConstructor() &&
+           data().HasUninitializedReferenceMember;
+  }
+
+  /// isPOD - Whether this class is a POD-type (C++ [class]p4), which is a class
+  /// that is an aggregate that has no non-static non-POD data members, no
+  /// reference data members, no user-defined copy assignment operator and no
+  /// user-defined destructor.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this is the C++ TR1 definition of POD.
+  bool isPOD() const { return data().PlainOldData; }
+
+  /// \brief True if this class is C-like, without C++-specific features, e.g.
+  /// it contains only public fields, no bases, tag kind is not 'class', etc.
+  bool isCLike() const;
+
+  /// isEmpty - Whether this class is empty (C++0x [meta.unary.prop]), which
+  /// means it has a virtual function, virtual base, data member (other than
+  /// 0-width bit-field) or inherits from a non-empty class. Does NOT include
+  /// a check for union-ness.
+  bool isEmpty() const { return data().Empty; }
+
+  /// isPolymorphic - Whether this class is polymorphic (C++ [class.virtual]),
+  /// which means that the class contains or inherits a virtual function.
+  bool isPolymorphic() const { return data().Polymorphic; }
+
+  /// isAbstract - Whether this class is abstract (C++ [class.abstract]),
+  /// which means that the class contains or inherits a pure virtual function.
+  bool isAbstract() const { return data().Abstract; }
+
+  /// isStandardLayout - Whether this class has standard layout
+  /// (C++ [class]p7)
+  bool isStandardLayout() const { return data().IsStandardLayout; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this class, or any of its class subobjects, contains a
+  /// mutable field.
+  bool hasMutableFields() const { return data().HasMutableFields; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a trivial default constructor
+  /// (C++11 [class.ctor]p5).
+  bool hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() const {
+    return hasDefaultConstructor() &&
+           (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a non-trivial default constructor
+  /// (C++11 [class.ctor]p5).
+  bool hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor() const {
+    return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) ||
+           (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() &&
+            !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has at least one constexpr constructor
+  /// other than the copy or move constructors.
+  bool hasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor() const {
+    return data().HasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor ||
+           (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() &&
+            defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether a defaulted default constructor for this class
+  /// would be constexpr.
+  bool defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr() const {
+    return data().DefaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr &&
+           (!isUnion() || hasInClassInitializer());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a constexpr default constructor.
+  bool hasConstexprDefaultConstructor() const {
+    return data().HasConstexprDefaultConstructor ||
+           (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() &&
+            defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a trivial copy constructor
+  /// (C++ [class.copy]p6, C++11 [class.copy]p12)
+  bool hasTrivialCopyConstructor() const {
+    return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a non-trivial copy constructor
+  /// (C++ [class.copy]p6, C++11 [class.copy]p12)
+  bool hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() const {
+    return data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor ||
+           !hasTrivialCopyConstructor();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a trivial move constructor
+  /// (C++11 [class.copy]p12)
+  bool hasTrivialMoveConstructor() const {
+    return hasMoveConstructor() &&
+           (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a non-trivial move constructor
+  /// (C++11 [class.copy]p12)
+  bool hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() const {
+    return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) ||
+           (needsImplicitMoveConstructor() &&
+            !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a trivial copy assignment operator
+  /// (C++ [class.copy]p11, C++11 [class.copy]p25)
+  bool hasTrivialCopyAssignment() const {
+    return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a non-trivial copy assignment
+  /// operator (C++ [class.copy]p11, C++11 [class.copy]p25)
+  bool hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment() const {
+    return data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment ||
+           !hasTrivialCopyAssignment();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a trivial move assignment operator
+  /// (C++11 [class.copy]p25)
+  bool hasTrivialMoveAssignment() const {
+    return hasMoveAssignment() &&
+           (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a non-trivial move assignment
+  /// operator (C++11 [class.copy]p25)
+  bool hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment() const {
+    return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) ||
+           (needsImplicitMoveAssignment() &&
+            !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a trivial destructor
+  /// (C++ [class.dtor]p3)
+  bool hasTrivialDestructor() const {
+    return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has a non-trivial destructor
+  /// (C++ [class.dtor]p3)
+  bool hasNonTrivialDestructor() const {
+    return !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor);
+  }
+
+  // hasIrrelevantDestructor - Whether this class has a destructor which has no
+  // semantic effect. Any such destructor will be trivial, public, defaulted
+  // and not deleted, and will call only irrelevant destructors.
+  bool hasIrrelevantDestructor() const {
+    return data().HasIrrelevantDestructor;
+  }
+
+  // hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases - Whether this class has a non-literal or
+  // volatile type non-static data member or base class.
+  bool hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases() const {
+    return data().HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases;
+  }
+
+  // isTriviallyCopyable - Whether this class is considered trivially copyable
+  // (C++0x [class]p6).
+  bool isTriviallyCopyable() const;
+
+  // isTrivial - Whether this class is considered trivial
+  //
+  // C++0x [class]p6
+  //    A trivial class is a class that has a trivial default constructor and
+  //    is trivially copiable.
+  bool isTrivial() const {
+    return isTriviallyCopyable() && hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
+  }
+
+  // isLiteral - Whether this class is a literal type.
+  //
+  // C++11 [basic.types]p10
+  //   A class type that has all the following properties:
+  //     -- it has a trivial destructor
+  //     -- every constructor call and full-expression in the
+  //        brace-or-equal-intializers for non-static data members (if any) is
+  //        a constant expression.
+  //     -- it is an aggregate type or has at least one constexpr constructor or
+  //        constructor template that is not a copy or move constructor, and
+  //     -- all of its non-static data members and base classes are of literal
+  //        types
+  //
+  // We resolve DR1361 by ignoring the second bullet. We resolve DR1452 by
+  // treating types with trivial default constructors as literal types.
+  bool isLiteral() const {
+    return hasTrivialDestructor() &&
+           (isAggregate() || hasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor() ||
+            hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) &&
+           !hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If this record is an instantiation of a member class,
+  /// retrieves the member class from which it was instantiated.
+  ///
+  /// This routine will return non-NULL for (non-templated) member
+  /// classes of class templates. For example, given:
+  ///
+  /// @code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// struct X {
+  ///   struct A { };
+  /// };
+  /// @endcode
+  ///
+  /// The declaration for X<int>::A is a (non-templated) CXXRecordDecl
+  /// whose parent is the class template specialization X<int>. For
+  /// this declaration, getInstantiatedFromMemberClass() will return
+  /// the CXXRecordDecl X<T>::A. When a complete definition of
+  /// X<int>::A is required, it will be instantiated from the
+  /// declaration returned by getInstantiatedFromMemberClass().
+  CXXRecordDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberClass() const;
+
+  /// \brief If this class is an instantiation of a member class of a
+  /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization
+  /// information.
+  MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const {
+    return TemplateOrInstantiation.dyn_cast<MemberSpecializationInfo *>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Specify that this record is an instantiation of the
+  /// member class RD.
+  void setInstantiationOfMemberClass(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                                     TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the class template that is described by this
+  /// class declaration.
+  ///
+  /// Every class template is represented as a ClassTemplateDecl and a
+  /// CXXRecordDecl. The former contains template properties (such as
+  /// the template parameter lists) while the latter contains the
+  /// actual description of the template's
+  /// contents. ClassTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the
+  /// CXXRecordDecl that from a ClassTemplateDecl, while
+  /// getDescribedClassTemplate() retrieves the ClassTemplateDecl from
+  /// a CXXRecordDecl.
+  ClassTemplateDecl *getDescribedClassTemplate() const {
+    return TemplateOrInstantiation.dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl*>();
+  }
+
+  void setDescribedClassTemplate(ClassTemplateDecl *Template) {
+    TemplateOrInstantiation = Template;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this particular class is a specialization or
+  /// instantiation of a class template or member class of a class template,
+  /// and how it was instantiated or specialized.
+  TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const;
+
+  /// \brief Set the kind of specialization or template instantiation this is.
+  void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
+
+  /// getDestructor - Returns the destructor decl for this class.
+  CXXDestructorDecl *getDestructor() const;
+
+  /// isLocalClass - If the class is a local class [class.local], returns
+  /// the enclosing function declaration.
+  const FunctionDecl *isLocalClass() const {
+    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext()))
+      return RD->isLocalClass();
+
+    return dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(getDeclContext());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this dependent class is a current instantiation,
+  /// when viewed from within the given context.
+  bool isCurrentInstantiation(const DeclContext *CurContext) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class is derived from the class \p Base.
+  ///
+  /// This routine only determines whether this class is derived from \p Base,
+  /// but does not account for factors that may make a Derived -> Base class
+  /// ill-formed, such as private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous
+  /// base class subobjects.
+  ///
+  /// \param Base the base class we are searching for.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this class is derived from Base, false otherwise.
+  bool isDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class is derived from the type \p Base.
+  ///
+  /// This routine only determines whether this class is derived from \p Base,
+  /// but does not account for factors that may make a Derived -> Base class
+  /// ill-formed, such as private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous
+  /// base class subobjects.
+  ///
+  /// \param Base the base class we are searching for.
+  ///
+  /// \param Paths will contain the paths taken from the current class to the
+  /// given \p Base class.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this class is derived from Base, false otherwise.
+  ///
+  /// \todo add a separate paramaeter to configure IsDerivedFrom, rather than
+  /// tangling input and output in \p Paths
+  bool isDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class is virtually derived from
+  /// the class \p Base.
+  ///
+  /// This routine only determines whether this class is virtually
+  /// derived from \p Base, but does not account for factors that may
+  /// make a Derived -> Base class ill-formed, such as
+  /// private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous base class
+  /// subobjects.
+  ///
+  /// \param Base the base class we are searching for.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this class is virtually derived from Base,
+  /// false otherwise.
+  bool isVirtuallyDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class is provably not derived from
+  /// the type \p Base.
+  bool isProvablyNotDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const;
+
+  /// \brief Function type used by forallBases() as a callback.
+  ///
+  /// \param BaseDefinition the definition of the base class
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this base matched the search criteria
+  typedef bool ForallBasesCallback(const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDefinition,
+                                   void *UserData);
+
+  /// \brief Determines if the given callback holds for all the direct
+  /// or indirect base classes of this type.
+  ///
+  /// The class itself does not count as a base class.  This routine
+  /// returns false if the class has non-computable base classes.
+  ///
+  /// \param AllowShortCircuit if false, forces the callback to be called
+  /// for every base class, even if a dependent or non-matching base was
+  /// found.
+  bool forallBases(ForallBasesCallback *BaseMatches, void *UserData,
+                   bool AllowShortCircuit = true) const;
+
+  /// \brief Function type used by lookupInBases() to determine whether a
+  /// specific base class subobject matches the lookup criteria.
+  ///
+  /// \param Specifier the base-class specifier that describes the inheritance
+  /// from the base class we are trying to match.
+  ///
+  /// \param Path the current path, from the most-derived class down to the
+  /// base named by the \p Specifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param UserData a single pointer to user-specified data, provided to
+  /// lookupInBases().
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this base matched the search criteria, false otherwise.
+  typedef bool BaseMatchesCallback(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
+                                   CXXBasePath &Path,
+                                   void *UserData);
+
+  /// \brief Look for entities within the base classes of this C++ class,
+  /// transitively searching all base class subobjects.
+  ///
+  /// This routine uses the callback function \p BaseMatches to find base
+  /// classes meeting some search criteria, walking all base class subobjects
+  /// and populating the given \p Paths structure with the paths through the
+  /// inheritance hierarchy that resulted in a match. On a successful search,
+  /// the \p Paths structure can be queried to retrieve the matching paths and
+  /// to determine if there were any ambiguities.
+  ///
+  /// \param BaseMatches callback function used to determine whether a given
+  /// base matches the user-defined search criteria.
+  ///
+  /// \param UserData user data pointer that will be provided to \p BaseMatches.
+  ///
+  /// \param Paths used to record the paths from this class to its base class
+  /// subobjects that match the search criteria.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if there exists any path from this class to a base class
+  /// subobject that matches the search criteria.
+  bool lookupInBases(BaseMatchesCallback *BaseMatches, void *UserData,
+                     CXXBasePaths &Paths) const;
+
+  /// \brief Base-class lookup callback that determines whether the given
+  /// base class specifier refers to a specific class declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to determine whether
+  /// a given derived class has is a base class subobject of a particular type.
+  /// The user data pointer should refer to the canonical CXXRecordDecl of the
+  /// base class that we are searching for.
+  static bool FindBaseClass(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
+                            CXXBasePath &Path, void *BaseRecord);
+
+  /// \brief Base-class lookup callback that determines whether the
+  /// given base class specifier refers to a specific class
+  /// declaration and describes virtual derivation.
+  ///
+  /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to determine
+  /// whether a given derived class has is a virtual base class
+  /// subobject of a particular type.  The user data pointer should
+  /// refer to the canonical CXXRecordDecl of the base class that we
+  /// are searching for.
+  static bool FindVirtualBaseClass(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
+                                   CXXBasePath &Path, void *BaseRecord);
+
+  /// \brief Base-class lookup callback that determines whether there exists
+  /// a tag with the given name.
+  ///
+  /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to find tag members
+  /// of the given name within a C++ class hierarchy. The user data pointer
+  /// is an opaque \c DeclarationName pointer.
+  static bool FindTagMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
+                            CXXBasePath &Path, void *Name);
+
+  /// \brief Base-class lookup callback that determines whether there exists
+  /// a member with the given name.
+  ///
+  /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to find members
+  /// of the given name within a C++ class hierarchy. The user data pointer
+  /// is an opaque \c DeclarationName pointer.
+  static bool FindOrdinaryMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
+                                 CXXBasePath &Path, void *Name);
+
+  /// \brief Base-class lookup callback that determines whether there exists
+  /// a member with the given name that can be used in a nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to find membes of
+  /// the given name within a C++ class hierarchy that can occur within
+  /// nested-name-specifiers.
+  static bool FindNestedNameSpecifierMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
+                                            CXXBasePath &Path,
+                                            void *UserData);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the final overriders for each virtual member
+  /// function in the class hierarchy where this class is the
+  /// most-derived class in the class hierarchy.
+  void getFinalOverriders(CXXFinalOverriderMap &FinaOverriders) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the indirect primary bases for this class.
+  void getIndirectPrimaryBases(CXXIndirectPrimaryBaseSet& Bases) const;
+
+  /// viewInheritance - Renders and displays an inheritance diagram
+  /// for this C++ class and all of its base classes (transitively) using
+  /// GraphViz.
+  void viewInheritance(ASTContext& Context) const;
+
+  /// MergeAccess - Calculates the access of a decl that is reached
+  /// along a path.
+  static AccessSpecifier MergeAccess(AccessSpecifier PathAccess,
+                                     AccessSpecifier DeclAccess) {
+    assert(DeclAccess != AS_none);
+    if (DeclAccess == AS_private) return AS_none;
+    return (PathAccess > DeclAccess ? PathAccess : DeclAccess);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Indicates that the declaration of a defaulted or deleted special
+  /// member function is now complete.
+  void finishedDefaultedOrDeletedMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+
+  /// \brief Indicates that the definition of this class is now complete.
+  virtual void completeDefinition();
+
+  /// \brief Indicates that the definition of this class is now complete,
+  /// and provides a final overrider map to help determine
+  ///
+  /// \param FinalOverriders The final overrider map for this class, which can
+  /// be provided as an optimization for abstract-class checking. If NULL,
+  /// final overriders will be computed if they are needed to complete the
+  /// definition.
+  void completeDefinition(CXXFinalOverriderMap *FinalOverriders);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class may end up being abstract, even though
+  /// it is not yet known to be abstract.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this class is not known to be abstract but has any
+  /// base classes that are abstract. In this case, \c completeDefinition()
+  /// will need to compute final overriders to determine whether the class is
+  /// actually abstract.
+  bool mayBeAbstract() const;
+
+  /// \brief If this is the closure type of a lambda expression, retrieve the
+  /// number to be used for name mangling in the Itanium C++ ABI.
+  ///
+  /// Zero indicates that this closure type has internal linkage, so the 
+  /// mangling number does not matter, while a non-zero value indicates which
+  /// lambda expression this is in this particular context.
+  unsigned getLambdaManglingNumber() const {
+    assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!");
+    return getLambdaData().ManglingNumber;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the declaration that provides additional context for a 
+  /// lambda, when the normal declaration context is not specific enough.
+  ///
+  /// Certain contexts (default arguments of in-class function parameters and 
+  /// the initializers of data members) have separate name mangling rules for
+  /// lambdas within the Itanium C++ ABI. For these cases, this routine provides
+  /// the declaration in which the lambda occurs, e.g., the function parameter 
+  /// or the non-static data member. Otherwise, it returns NULL to imply that
+  /// the declaration context suffices.
+  Decl *getLambdaContextDecl() const {
+    assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!");
+    return getLambdaData().ContextDecl;    
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Set the mangling number and context declaration for a lambda
+  /// class.
+  void setLambdaMangling(unsigned ManglingNumber, Decl *ContextDecl) {
+    getLambdaData().ManglingNumber = ManglingNumber;
+    getLambdaData().ContextDecl = ContextDecl;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the inheritance model used for this record.
+  MSInheritanceModel getMSInheritanceModel() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this lambda expression was known to be dependent
+  /// at the time it was created, even if its context does not appear to be
+  /// dependent.
+  ///
+  /// This flag is a workaround for an issue with parsing, where default
+  /// arguments are parsed before their enclosing function declarations have
+  /// been created. This means that any lambda expressions within those
+  /// default arguments will have as their DeclContext the context enclosing
+  /// the function declaration, which may be non-dependent even when the
+  /// function declaration itself is dependent. This flag indicates when we
+  /// know that the lambda is dependent despite that.
+  bool isDependentLambda() const {
+    return isLambda() && getLambdaData().Dependent;
+  }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getLambdaTypeInfo() const {
+    return getLambdaData().MethodTyInfo;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstCXXRecord && K <= lastCXXRecord;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTWriter;
+};
+
+/// CXXMethodDecl - Represents a static or instance method of a
+/// struct/union/class.
+class CXXMethodDecl : public FunctionDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  CXXMethodDecl(Kind DK, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                StorageClass SC, bool isInline,
+                bool isConstexpr, SourceLocation EndLocation)
+    : FunctionDecl(DK, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo,
+                   SC, isInline, isConstexpr) {
+    if (EndLocation.isValid())
+      setRangeEnd(EndLocation);
+  }
+
+public:
+  static CXXMethodDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                               SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                               QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                               StorageClass SC,
+                               bool isInline,
+                               bool isConstexpr,
+                               SourceLocation EndLocation);
+
+  static CXXMethodDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  bool isStatic() const;
+  bool isInstance() const { return !isStatic(); }
+
+  bool isConst() const { return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->isConst(); }
+  bool isVolatile() const { return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->isVolatile(); }
+
+  bool isVirtual() const {
+    CXXMethodDecl *CD =
+      cast<CXXMethodDecl>(const_cast<CXXMethodDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl());
+
+    // Methods declared in interfaces are automatically (pure) virtual.
+    if (CD->isVirtualAsWritten() ||
+          (CD->getParent()->isInterface() && CD->isUserProvided()))
+      return true;
+
+    return (CD->begin_overridden_methods() != CD->end_overridden_methods());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a usual deallocation function
+  /// (C++ [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2), which is an overloaded
+  /// delete or delete[] operator with a particular signature.
+  bool isUsualDeallocationFunction() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a copy-assignment operator, regardless
+  /// of whether it was declared implicitly or explicitly.
+  bool isCopyAssignmentOperator() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a move assignment operator.
+  bool isMoveAssignmentOperator() const;
+
+  const CXXMethodDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+  CXXMethodDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// isUserProvided - True if this method is user-declared and was not
+  /// deleted or defaulted on its first declaration.
+  bool isUserProvided() const {
+    return !(isDeleted() || getCanonicalDecl()->isDefaulted());
+  }
+
+  ///
+  void addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+
+  typedef const CXXMethodDecl *const* method_iterator;
+
+  method_iterator begin_overridden_methods() const;
+  method_iterator end_overridden_methods() const;
+  unsigned size_overridden_methods() const;
+
+  /// getParent - Returns the parent of this method declaration, which
+  /// is the class in which this method is defined.
+  const CXXRecordDecl *getParent() const {
+    return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunctionDecl::getParent());
+  }
+
+  /// getParent - Returns the parent of this method declaration, which
+  /// is the class in which this method is defined.
+  CXXRecordDecl *getParent() {
+    return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(
+             cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunctionDecl::getParent()));
+  }
+
+  /// getThisType - Returns the type of 'this' pointer.
+  /// Should only be called for instance methods.
+  QualType getThisType(ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  unsigned getTypeQualifiers() const {
+    return getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this method.
+  ///
+  /// In the following example, \c f() has an lvalue ref-qualifier, \c g()
+  /// has an rvalue ref-qualifier, and \c h() has no ref-qualifier.
+  /// @code
+  /// struct X {
+  ///   void f() &;
+  ///   void g() &&;
+  ///   void h();
+  /// };
+  /// @endcode
+  RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const {
+    return getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getRefQualifier();
+  }
+
+  bool hasInlineBody() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a lambda closure type's static member
+  /// function that is used for the result of the lambda's conversion to
+  /// function pointer (for a lambda with no captures).
+  ///
+  /// The function itself, if used, will have a placeholder body that will be
+  /// supplied by IR generation to either forward to the function call operator
+  /// or clone the function call operator.
+  bool isLambdaStaticInvoker() const;
+
+  /// \brief Find the method in RD that corresponds to this one.
+  ///
+  /// Find if RD or one of the classes it inherits from override this method.
+  /// If so, return it. RD is assumed to be a subclass of the class defining
+  /// this method (or be the class itself), unless MayBeBase is set to true.
+  CXXMethodDecl *
+  getCorrespondingMethodInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                                bool MayBeBase = false);
+
+  const CXXMethodDecl *
+  getCorrespondingMethodInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                                bool MayBeBase = false) const {
+    return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(this)
+              ->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(RD, MayBeBase);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstCXXMethod && K <= lastCXXMethod;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CXXCtorInitializer - Represents a C++ base or member
+/// initializer, which is part of a constructor initializer that
+/// initializes one non-static member variable or one base class. For
+/// example, in the following, both 'A(a)' and 'f(3.14159)' are member
+/// initializers:
+///
+/// @code
+/// class A { };
+/// class B : public A {
+///   float f;
+/// public:
+///   B(A& a) : A(a), f(3.14159) { }
+/// };
+/// @endcode
+class CXXCtorInitializer {
+  /// \brief Either the base class name/delegating constructor type (stored as
+  /// a TypeSourceInfo*), an normal field (FieldDecl), or an anonymous field
+  /// (IndirectFieldDecl*) being initialized.
+  llvm::PointerUnion3<TypeSourceInfo *, FieldDecl *, IndirectFieldDecl *>
+    Initializee;
+
+  /// \brief The source location for the field name or, for a base initializer
+  /// pack expansion, the location of the ellipsis. In the case of a delegating
+  /// constructor, it will still include the type's source location as the
+  /// Initializee points to the CXXConstructorDecl (to allow loop detection).
+  SourceLocation MemberOrEllipsisLocation;
+
+  /// \brief The argument used to initialize the base or member, which may
+  /// end up constructing an object (when multiple arguments are involved).
+  /// If 0, this is a field initializer, and the in-class member initializer
+  /// will be used.
+  Stmt *Init;
+
+  /// LParenLoc - Location of the left paren of the ctor-initializer.
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc;
+
+  /// RParenLoc - Location of the right paren of the ctor-initializer.
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+
+  /// \brief If the initializee is a type, whether that type makes this
+  /// a delegating initialization.
+  bool IsDelegating : 1;
+
+  /// IsVirtual - If the initializer is a base initializer, this keeps track
+  /// of whether the base is virtual or not.
+  bool IsVirtual : 1;
+
+  /// IsWritten - Whether or not the initializer is explicitly written
+  /// in the sources.
+  bool IsWritten : 1;
+
+  /// SourceOrderOrNumArrayIndices - If IsWritten is true, then this
+  /// number keeps track of the textual order of this initializer in the
+  /// original sources, counting from 0; otherwise, if IsWritten is false,
+  /// it stores the number of array index variables stored after this
+  /// object in memory.
+  unsigned SourceOrderOrNumArrayIndices : 13;
+
+  CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, FieldDecl *Member,
+                     SourceLocation MemberLoc, SourceLocation L, Expr *Init,
+                     SourceLocation R, VarDecl **Indices, unsigned NumIndices);
+
+public:
+  /// CXXCtorInitializer - Creates a new base-class initializer.
+  explicit
+  CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, bool IsVirtual,
+                     SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, SourceLocation R,
+                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
+
+  /// CXXCtorInitializer - Creates a new member initializer.
+  explicit
+  CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, FieldDecl *Member,
+                     SourceLocation MemberLoc, SourceLocation L, Expr *Init,
+                     SourceLocation R);
+
+  /// CXXCtorInitializer - Creates a new anonymous field initializer.
+  explicit
+  CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, IndirectFieldDecl *Member,
+                     SourceLocation MemberLoc, SourceLocation L, Expr *Init,
+                     SourceLocation R);
+
+  /// CXXCtorInitializer - Creates a new delegating Initializer.
+  explicit
+  CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                     SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, SourceLocation R);
+
+  /// \brief Creates a new member initializer that optionally contains
+  /// array indices used to describe an elementwise initialization.
+  static CXXCtorInitializer *Create(ASTContext &Context, FieldDecl *Member,
+                                    SourceLocation MemberLoc, SourceLocation L,
+                                    Expr *Init, SourceLocation R,
+                                    VarDecl **Indices, unsigned NumIndices);
+
+  /// isBaseInitializer - Returns true when this initializer is
+  /// initializing a base class.
+  bool isBaseInitializer() const {
+    return Initializee.is<TypeSourceInfo*>() && !IsDelegating;
+  }
+
+  /// isMemberInitializer - Returns true when this initializer is
+  /// initializing a non-static data member.
+  bool isMemberInitializer() const { return Initializee.is<FieldDecl*>(); }
+
+  bool isAnyMemberInitializer() const {
+    return isMemberInitializer() || isIndirectMemberInitializer();
+  }
+
+  bool isIndirectMemberInitializer() const {
+    return Initializee.is<IndirectFieldDecl*>();
+  }
+
+  /// isInClassMemberInitializer - Returns true when this initializer is an
+  /// implicit ctor initializer generated for a field with an initializer
+  /// defined on the member declaration.
+  bool isInClassMemberInitializer() const {
+    return !Init;
+  }
+
+  /// isDelegatingInitializer - Returns true when this initializer is creating
+  /// a delegating constructor.
+  bool isDelegatingInitializer() const {
+    return Initializee.is<TypeSourceInfo*>() && IsDelegating;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this initializer is a pack expansion.
+  bool isPackExpansion() const {
+    return isBaseInitializer() && MemberOrEllipsisLocation.isValid();
+  }
+
+  // \brief For a pack expansion, returns the location of the ellipsis.
+  SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
+    assert(isPackExpansion() && "Initializer is not a pack expansion");
+    return MemberOrEllipsisLocation;
+  }
+
+  /// If this is a base class initializer, returns the type of the
+  /// base class with location information. Otherwise, returns an NULL
+  /// type location.
+  TypeLoc getBaseClassLoc() const;
+
+  /// If this is a base class initializer, returns the type of the base class.
+  /// Otherwise, returns NULL.
+  const Type *getBaseClass() const;
+
+  /// Returns whether the base is virtual or not.
+  bool isBaseVirtual() const {
+    assert(isBaseInitializer() && "Must call this on base initializer!");
+
+    return IsVirtual;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the declarator information for a base class or delegating
+  /// initializer.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    return Initializee.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>();
+  }
+
+  /// getMember - If this is a member initializer, returns the
+  /// declaration of the non-static data member being
+  /// initialized. Otherwise, returns NULL.
+  FieldDecl *getMember() const {
+    if (isMemberInitializer())
+      return Initializee.get<FieldDecl*>();
+    return 0;
+  }
+  FieldDecl *getAnyMember() const {
+    if (isMemberInitializer())
+      return Initializee.get<FieldDecl*>();
+    if (isIndirectMemberInitializer())
+      return Initializee.get<IndirectFieldDecl*>()->getAnonField();
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  IndirectFieldDecl *getIndirectMember() const {
+    if (isIndirectMemberInitializer())
+      return Initializee.get<IndirectFieldDecl*>();
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getMemberLocation() const {
+    return MemberOrEllipsisLocation;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the source location of the initializer.
+  SourceLocation getSourceLocation() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine the source range covering the entire initializer.
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// isWritten - Returns true if this initializer is explicitly written
+  /// in the source code.
+  bool isWritten() const { return IsWritten; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the source position of the initializer, counting from 0.
+  /// If the initializer was implicit, -1 is returned.
+  int getSourceOrder() const {
+    return IsWritten ? static_cast<int>(SourceOrderOrNumArrayIndices) : -1;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the source order of this initializer. This method can only
+  /// be called once for each initializer; it cannot be called on an
+  /// initializer having a positive number of (implicit) array indices.
+  void setSourceOrder(int pos) {
+    assert(!IsWritten &&
+           "calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer");
+    assert(SourceOrderOrNumArrayIndices == 0 &&
+           "setSourceOrder() used when there are implicit array indices");
+    assert(pos >= 0 &&
+           "setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit");
+    IsWritten = true;
+    SourceOrderOrNumArrayIndices = static_cast<unsigned>(pos);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the number of implicit array indices used while
+  /// described an array member initialization.
+  unsigned getNumArrayIndices() const {
+    return IsWritten ? 0 : SourceOrderOrNumArrayIndices;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a particular array index variable used to
+  /// describe an array member initialization.
+  VarDecl *getArrayIndex(unsigned I) {
+    assert(I < getNumArrayIndices() && "Out of bounds member array index");
+    return reinterpret_cast<VarDecl **>(this + 1)[I];
+  }
+  const VarDecl *getArrayIndex(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < getNumArrayIndices() && "Out of bounds member array index");
+    return reinterpret_cast<const VarDecl * const *>(this + 1)[I];
+  }
+  void setArrayIndex(unsigned I, VarDecl *Index) {
+    assert(I < getNumArrayIndices() && "Out of bounds member array index");
+    reinterpret_cast<VarDecl **>(this + 1)[I] = Index;
+  }
+  ArrayRef<VarDecl *> getArrayIndexes() {
+    assert(getNumArrayIndices() != 0 && "Getting indexes for non-array init");
+    return ArrayRef<VarDecl *>(reinterpret_cast<VarDecl **>(this + 1),
+                               getNumArrayIndices());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the initializer. This is 0 if this is an in-class initializer
+  /// for a non-static data member which has not yet been parsed.
+  Expr *getInit() const {
+    if (!Init)
+      return getAnyMember()->getInClassInitializer();
+
+    return static_cast<Expr*>(Init);
+  }
+};
+
+/// CXXConstructorDecl - Represents a C++ constructor within a
+/// class. For example:
+///
+/// @code
+/// class X {
+/// public:
+///   explicit X(int); // represented by a CXXConstructorDecl.
+/// };
+/// @endcode
+class CXXConstructorDecl : public CXXMethodDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// IsExplicitSpecified - Whether this constructor declaration has the
+  /// 'explicit' keyword specified.
+  bool IsExplicitSpecified : 1;
+
+  /// ImplicitlyDefined - Whether this constructor was implicitly
+  /// defined by the compiler. When false, the constructor was defined
+  /// by the user. In C++03, this flag will have the same value as
+  /// Implicit. In C++0x, however, a constructor that is
+  /// explicitly defaulted (i.e., defined with " = default") will have
+  /// @c !Implicit && ImplicitlyDefined.
+  bool ImplicitlyDefined : 1;
+
+  /// Support for base and member initializers.
+  /// CtorInitializers - The arguments used to initialize the base
+  /// or member.
+  CXXCtorInitializer **CtorInitializers;
+  unsigned NumCtorInitializers;
+
+  CXXConstructorDecl(CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                     const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                     QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                     bool isExplicitSpecified, bool isInline,
+                     bool isImplicitlyDeclared, bool isConstexpr)
+    : CXXMethodDecl(CXXConstructor, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo,
+                    SC_None, isInline, isConstexpr, SourceLocation()),
+      IsExplicitSpecified(isExplicitSpecified), ImplicitlyDefined(false),
+      CtorInitializers(0), NumCtorInitializers(0) {
+    setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared);
+  }
+
+public:
+  static CXXConstructorDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  static CXXConstructorDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                    QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                    bool isExplicit,
+                                    bool isInline, bool isImplicitlyDeclared,
+                                    bool isConstexpr);
+
+  /// isExplicitSpecified - Whether this constructor declaration has the
+  /// 'explicit' keyword specified.
+  bool isExplicitSpecified() const { return IsExplicitSpecified; }
+
+  /// isExplicit - Whether this constructor was marked "explicit" or not.
+  bool isExplicit() const {
+    return cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(getFirstDeclaration())
+      ->isExplicitSpecified();
+  }
+
+  /// isImplicitlyDefined - Whether this constructor was implicitly
+  /// defined. If false, then this constructor was defined by the
+  /// user. This operation can only be invoked if the constructor has
+  /// already been defined.
+  bool isImplicitlyDefined() const {
+    assert(isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
+           "Can only get the implicit-definition flag once the "
+           "constructor has been defined");
+    return ImplicitlyDefined;
+  }
+
+  /// setImplicitlyDefined - Set whether this constructor was
+  /// implicitly defined or not.
+  void setImplicitlyDefined(bool ID) {
+    assert(isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
+           "Can only set the implicit-definition flag once the constructor "
+           "has been defined");
+    ImplicitlyDefined = ID;
+  }
+
+  /// init_iterator - Iterates through the member/base initializer list.
+  typedef CXXCtorInitializer **init_iterator;
+
+  /// init_const_iterator - Iterates through the memberbase initializer list.
+  typedef CXXCtorInitializer * const * init_const_iterator;
+
+  /// init_begin() - Retrieve an iterator to the first initializer.
+  init_iterator       init_begin()       { return CtorInitializers; }
+  /// begin() - Retrieve an iterator to the first initializer.
+  init_const_iterator init_begin() const { return CtorInitializers; }
+
+  /// init_end() - Retrieve an iterator past the last initializer.
+  init_iterator       init_end()       {
+    return CtorInitializers + NumCtorInitializers;
+  }
+  /// end() - Retrieve an iterator past the last initializer.
+  init_const_iterator init_end() const {
+    return CtorInitializers + NumCtorInitializers;
+  }
+
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<init_iterator> init_reverse_iterator;
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<init_const_iterator>
+          init_const_reverse_iterator;
+
+  init_reverse_iterator init_rbegin() {
+    return init_reverse_iterator(init_end());
+  }
+  init_const_reverse_iterator init_rbegin() const {
+    return init_const_reverse_iterator(init_end());
+  }
+
+  init_reverse_iterator init_rend() {
+    return init_reverse_iterator(init_begin());
+  }
+  init_const_reverse_iterator init_rend() const {
+    return init_const_reverse_iterator(init_begin());
+  }
+
+  /// getNumArgs - Determine the number of arguments used to
+  /// initialize the member or base.
+  unsigned getNumCtorInitializers() const {
+      return NumCtorInitializers;
+  }
+
+  void setNumCtorInitializers(unsigned numCtorInitializers) {
+    NumCtorInitializers = numCtorInitializers;
+  }
+
+  void setCtorInitializers(CXXCtorInitializer ** initializers) {
+    CtorInitializers = initializers;
+  }
+
+  /// isDelegatingConstructor - Whether this constructor is a
+  /// delegating constructor
+  bool isDelegatingConstructor() const {
+    return (getNumCtorInitializers() == 1) &&
+      CtorInitializers[0]->isDelegatingInitializer();
+  }
+
+  /// getTargetConstructor - When this constructor delegates to
+  /// another, retrieve the target
+  CXXConstructorDecl *getTargetConstructor() const;
+
+  /// isDefaultConstructor - Whether this constructor is a default
+  /// constructor (C++ [class.ctor]p5), which can be used to
+  /// default-initialize a class of this type.
+  bool isDefaultConstructor() const;
+
+  /// isCopyConstructor - Whether this constructor is a copy
+  /// constructor (C++ [class.copy]p2, which can be used to copy the
+  /// class. @p TypeQuals will be set to the qualifiers on the
+  /// argument type. For example, @p TypeQuals would be set to @c
+  /// Qualifiers::Const for the following copy constructor:
+  ///
+  /// @code
+  /// class X {
+  /// public:
+  ///   X(const X&);
+  /// };
+  /// @endcode
+  bool isCopyConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const;
+
+  /// isCopyConstructor - Whether this constructor is a copy
+  /// constructor (C++ [class.copy]p2, which can be used to copy the
+  /// class.
+  bool isCopyConstructor() const {
+    unsigned TypeQuals = 0;
+    return isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this constructor is a move constructor
+  /// (C++0x [class.copy]p3), which can be used to move values of the class.
+  ///
+  /// \param TypeQuals If this constructor is a move constructor, will be set
+  /// to the type qualifiers on the referent of the first parameter's type.
+  bool isMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this constructor is a move constructor
+  /// (C++0x [class.copy]p3), which can be used to move values of the class.
+  bool isMoveConstructor() const {
+    unsigned TypeQuals = 0;
+    return isMoveConstructor(TypeQuals);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a copy or move constructor.
+  ///
+  /// \param TypeQuals Will be set to the type qualifiers on the reference
+  /// parameter, if in fact this is a copy or move constructor.
+  bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this a copy or move constructor.
+  bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor() const {
+    unsigned Quals;
+    return isCopyOrMoveConstructor(Quals);
+  }
+
+  /// isConvertingConstructor - Whether this constructor is a
+  /// converting constructor (C++ [class.conv.ctor]), which can be
+  /// used for user-defined conversions.
+  bool isConvertingConstructor(bool AllowExplicit) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a member template specialization that
+  /// would copy the object to itself. Such constructors are never used to copy
+  /// an object.
+  bool isSpecializationCopyingObject() const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the constructor that this inheriting constructor is based on.
+  const CXXConstructorDecl *getInheritedConstructor() const;
+
+  /// \brief Set the constructor that this inheriting constructor is based on.
+  void setInheritedConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor);
+
+  const CXXConstructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+  CXXConstructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXConstructor; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// CXXDestructorDecl - Represents a C++ destructor within a
+/// class. For example:
+///
+/// @code
+/// class X {
+/// public:
+///   ~X(); // represented by a CXXDestructorDecl.
+/// };
+/// @endcode
+class CXXDestructorDecl : public CXXMethodDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// ImplicitlyDefined - Whether this destructor was implicitly
+  /// defined by the compiler. When false, the destructor was defined
+  /// by the user. In C++03, this flag will have the same value as
+  /// Implicit. In C++0x, however, a destructor that is
+  /// explicitly defaulted (i.e., defined with " = default") will have
+  /// @c !Implicit && ImplicitlyDefined.
+  bool ImplicitlyDefined : 1;
+
+  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete;
+
+  CXXDestructorDecl(CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                    QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                    bool isInline, bool isImplicitlyDeclared)
+    : CXXMethodDecl(CXXDestructor, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo,
+                    SC_None, isInline, /*isConstexpr=*/false, SourceLocation()),
+      ImplicitlyDefined(false), OperatorDelete(0) {
+    setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared);
+  }
+
+public:
+  static CXXDestructorDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo* TInfo,
+                                   bool isInline,
+                                   bool isImplicitlyDeclared);
+  static CXXDestructorDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext & C, unsigned ID);
+
+  /// isImplicitlyDefined - Whether this destructor was implicitly
+  /// defined. If false, then this destructor was defined by the
+  /// user. This operation can only be invoked if the destructor has
+  /// already been defined.
+  bool isImplicitlyDefined() const {
+    assert(isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
+           "Can only get the implicit-definition flag once the destructor has "
+           "been defined");
+    return ImplicitlyDefined;
+  }
+
+  /// setImplicitlyDefined - Set whether this destructor was
+  /// implicitly defined or not.
+  void setImplicitlyDefined(bool ID) {
+    assert(isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
+           "Can only set the implicit-definition flag once the destructor has "
+           "been defined");
+    ImplicitlyDefined = ID;
+  }
+
+  void setOperatorDelete(FunctionDecl *OD) { OperatorDelete = OD; }
+  const FunctionDecl *getOperatorDelete() const { return OperatorDelete; }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXDestructor; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// CXXConversionDecl - Represents a C++ conversion function within a
+/// class. For example:
+///
+/// @code
+/// class X {
+/// public:
+///   operator bool();
+/// };
+/// @endcode
+class CXXConversionDecl : public CXXMethodDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// IsExplicitSpecified - Whether this conversion function declaration is
+  /// marked "explicit", meaning that it can only be applied when the user
+  /// explicitly wrote a cast. This is a C++0x feature.
+  bool IsExplicitSpecified : 1;
+
+  CXXConversionDecl(CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                    QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                    bool isInline, bool isExplicitSpecified,
+                    bool isConstexpr, SourceLocation EndLocation)
+    : CXXMethodDecl(CXXConversion, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo,
+                    SC_None, isInline, isConstexpr, EndLocation),
+      IsExplicitSpecified(isExplicitSpecified) { }
+
+public:
+  static CXXConversionDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                   bool isInline, bool isExplicit,
+                                   bool isConstexpr,
+                                   SourceLocation EndLocation);
+  static CXXConversionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  /// IsExplicitSpecified - Whether this conversion function declaration is
+  /// marked "explicit", meaning that it can only be applied when the user
+  /// explicitly wrote a cast. This is a C++0x feature.
+  bool isExplicitSpecified() const { return IsExplicitSpecified; }
+
+  /// isExplicit - Whether this is an explicit conversion operator
+  /// (C++0x only). Explicit conversion operators are only considered
+  /// when the user has explicitly written a cast.
+  bool isExplicit() const {
+    return cast<CXXConversionDecl>(getFirstDeclaration())
+      ->isExplicitSpecified();
+  }
+
+  /// getConversionType - Returns the type that this conversion
+  /// function is converting to.
+  QualType getConversionType() const {
+    return getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this conversion function is a conversion from
+  /// a lambda closure type to a block pointer.
+  bool isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion() const;
+  
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXConversion; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// LinkageSpecDecl - This represents a linkage specification.  For example:
+///   extern "C" void foo();
+///
+class LinkageSpecDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  /// LanguageIDs - Used to represent the language in a linkage
+  /// specification.  The values are part of the serialization abi for
+  /// ASTs and cannot be changed without altering that abi.  To help
+  /// ensure a stable abi for this, we choose the DW_LANG_ encodings
+  /// from the dwarf standard.
+  enum LanguageIDs {
+    lang_c = /* DW_LANG_C */ 0x0002,
+    lang_cxx = /* DW_LANG_C_plus_plus */ 0x0004
+  };
+private:
+  /// Language - The language for this linkage specification.
+  LanguageIDs Language;
+  /// ExternLoc - The source location for the extern keyword.
+  SourceLocation ExternLoc;
+  /// RBraceLoc - The source location for the right brace (if valid).
+  SourceLocation RBraceLoc;
+
+  LinkageSpecDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ExternLoc,
+                  SourceLocation LangLoc, LanguageIDs lang,
+                  SourceLocation RBLoc)
+    : Decl(LinkageSpec, DC, LangLoc), DeclContext(LinkageSpec),
+      Language(lang), ExternLoc(ExternLoc), RBraceLoc(RBLoc) { }
+
+public:
+  static LinkageSpecDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
+                                 SourceLocation LangLoc, LanguageIDs Lang,
+                                 SourceLocation RBraceLoc = SourceLocation());
+  static LinkageSpecDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  /// \brief Return the language specified by this linkage specification.
+  LanguageIDs getLanguage() const { return Language; }
+  /// \brief Set the language specified by this linkage specification.
+  void setLanguage(LanguageIDs L) { Language = L; }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this linkage specification had braces in
+  /// its syntactic form.
+  bool hasBraces() const { return RBraceLoc.isValid(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getExternLoc() const { return ExternLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; }
+  void setExternLoc(SourceLocation L) { ExternLoc = L; }
+  void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBraceLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (hasBraces())
+      return getRBraceLoc();
+    // No braces: get the end location of the (only) declaration in context
+    // (if present).
+    return decls_empty() ? getLocation() : decls_begin()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(ExternLoc, getLocEnd());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == LinkageSpec; }
+  static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const LinkageSpecDecl *D) {
+    return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<LinkageSpecDecl*>(D));
+  }
+  static LinkageSpecDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
+    return static_cast<LinkageSpecDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC));
+  }
+};
+
+/// UsingDirectiveDecl - Represents C++ using-directive. For example:
+///
+///    using namespace std;
+///
+// NB: UsingDirectiveDecl should be Decl not NamedDecl, but we provide
+// artificial names for all using-directives in order to store
+// them in DeclContext effectively.
+class UsingDirectiveDecl : public NamedDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// \brief The location of the "using" keyword.
+  SourceLocation UsingLoc;
+
+  /// SourceLocation - Location of 'namespace' token.
+  SourceLocation NamespaceLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that precedes the namespace.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+  /// NominatedNamespace - Namespace nominated by using-directive.
+  NamedDecl *NominatedNamespace;
+
+  /// Enclosing context containing both using-directive and nominated
+  /// namespace.
+  DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
+
+  /// getUsingDirectiveName - Returns special DeclarationName used by
+  /// using-directives. This is only used by DeclContext for storing
+  /// UsingDirectiveDecls in its lookup structure.
+  static DeclarationName getName() {
+    return DeclarationName::getUsingDirectiveName();
+  }
+
+  UsingDirectiveDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                     SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
+                     NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                     SourceLocation IdentLoc,
+                     NamedDecl *Nominated,
+                     DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
+    : NamedDecl(UsingDirective, DC, IdentLoc, getName()), UsingLoc(UsingLoc),
+      NamespaceLoc(NamespcLoc), QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc),
+      NominatedNamespace(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) { }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the
+  /// name of the namespace, with source-location information.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the
+  /// name of the namespace.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  NamedDecl *getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten() { return NominatedNamespace; }
+  const NamedDecl *getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten() const {
+    return NominatedNamespace;
+  }
+
+  /// getNominatedNamespace - Returns namespace nominated by using-directive.
+  NamespaceDecl *getNominatedNamespace();
+
+  const NamespaceDecl *getNominatedNamespace() const {
+    return const_cast<UsingDirectiveDecl*>(this)->getNominatedNamespace();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the common ancestor context of this using-directive and
+  /// its nominated namespace.
+  DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() { return CommonAncestor; }
+  const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const { return CommonAncestor; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the location of the "using" keyword.
+  SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLoc; }
+
+  // FIXME: Could omit 'Key' in name.
+  /// getNamespaceKeyLocation - Returns location of namespace keyword.
+  SourceLocation getNamespaceKeyLocation() const { return NamespaceLoc; }
+
+  /// getIdentLocation - Returns location of identifier.
+  SourceLocation getIdentLocation() const { return getLocation(); }
+
+  static UsingDirectiveDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                    SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                                    SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
+                                    NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                                    SourceLocation IdentLoc,
+                                    NamedDecl *Nominated,
+                                    DeclContext *CommonAncestor);
+  static UsingDirectiveDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(UsingLoc, getLocation());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UsingDirective; }
+
+  // Friend for getUsingDirectiveName.
+  friend class DeclContext;
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++ namespace alias.
+///
+/// For example:
+///
+/// @code
+/// namespace Foo = Bar;
+/// @endcode
+class NamespaceAliasDecl : public NamedDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// \brief The location of the "namespace" keyword.
+  SourceLocation NamespaceLoc;
+
+  /// IdentLoc - Location of namespace identifier. Accessed by TargetNameLoc.
+  SourceLocation IdentLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that precedes the namespace.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+  /// Namespace - The Decl that this alias points to. Can either be a
+  /// NamespaceDecl or a NamespaceAliasDecl.
+  NamedDecl *Namespace;
+
+  NamespaceAliasDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
+                     SourceLocation AliasLoc, IdentifierInfo *Alias,
+                     NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                     SourceLocation IdentLoc, NamedDecl *Namespace)
+    : NamedDecl(NamespaceAlias, DC, AliasLoc, Alias),
+      NamespaceLoc(NamespaceLoc), IdentLoc(IdentLoc),
+      QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), Namespace(Namespace) { }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the
+  /// name of the namespace, with source-location information.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the
+  /// name of the namespace.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the namespace declaration aliased by this directive.
+  NamespaceDecl *getNamespace() {
+    if (NamespaceAliasDecl *AD = dyn_cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(Namespace))
+      return AD->getNamespace();
+
+    return cast<NamespaceDecl>(Namespace);
+  }
+
+  const NamespaceDecl *getNamespace() const {
+    return const_cast<NamespaceAliasDecl*>(this)->getNamespace();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the location of the alias name, i.e. 'foo' in
+  /// "namespace foo = ns::bar;".
+  SourceLocation getAliasLoc() const { return getLocation(); }
+
+  /// Returns the location of the 'namespace' keyword.
+  SourceLocation getNamespaceLoc() const { return NamespaceLoc; }
+
+  /// Returns the location of the identifier in the named namespace.
+  SourceLocation getTargetNameLoc() const { return IdentLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the namespace that this alias refers to, which
+  /// may either be a NamespaceDecl or a NamespaceAliasDecl.
+  NamedDecl *getAliasedNamespace() const { return Namespace; }
+
+  static NamespaceAliasDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                    SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
+                                    SourceLocation AliasLoc,
+                                    IdentifierInfo *Alias,
+                                    NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                                    SourceLocation IdentLoc,
+                                    NamedDecl *Namespace);
+
+  static NamespaceAliasDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(NamespaceLoc, IdentLoc);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == NamespaceAlias; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a shadow declaration introduced into a scope by a
+/// (resolved) using declaration.
+///
+/// For example,
+/// @code
+/// namespace A {
+///   void foo();
+/// }
+/// namespace B {
+///   using A::foo; // <- a UsingDecl
+///                 // Also creates a UsingShadowDecl for A::foo() in B
+/// }
+/// @endcode
+class UsingShadowDecl : public NamedDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// The referenced declaration.
+  NamedDecl *Underlying;
+
+  /// \brief The using declaration which introduced this decl or the next using
+  /// shadow declaration contained in the aforementioned using declaration.
+  NamedDecl *UsingOrNextShadow;
+  friend class UsingDecl;
+
+  UsingShadowDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc, UsingDecl *Using,
+                  NamedDecl *Target)
+    : NamedDecl(UsingShadow, DC, Loc, DeclarationName()),
+      Underlying(Target),
+      UsingOrNextShadow(reinterpret_cast<NamedDecl *>(Using)) {
+    if (Target) {
+      setDeclName(Target->getDeclName());
+      IdentifierNamespace = Target->getIdentifierNamespace();
+    }
+    setImplicit();
+  }
+
+public:
+  static UsingShadowDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                 SourceLocation Loc, UsingDecl *Using,
+                                 NamedDecl *Target) {
+    return new (C) UsingShadowDecl(DC, Loc, Using, Target);
+  }
+
+  static UsingShadowDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  /// \brief Gets the underlying declaration which has been brought into the
+  /// local scope.
+  NamedDecl *getTargetDecl() const { return Underlying; }
+
+  /// \brief Sets the underlying declaration which has been brought into the
+  /// local scope.
+  void setTargetDecl(NamedDecl* ND) {
+    assert(ND && "Target decl is null!");
+    Underlying = ND;
+    IdentifierNamespace = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the using declaration to which this declaration is tied.
+  UsingDecl *getUsingDecl() const;
+
+  /// \brief The next using shadow declaration contained in the shadow decl
+  /// chain of the using declaration which introduced this decl.
+  UsingShadowDecl *getNextUsingShadowDecl() const {
+    return dyn_cast_or_null<UsingShadowDecl>(UsingOrNextShadow);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decl::UsingShadow; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++ using-declaration.
+///
+/// For example:
+/// @code
+///    using someNameSpace::someIdentifier;
+/// @endcode
+class UsingDecl : public NamedDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// \brief The source location of the "using" location itself.
+  SourceLocation UsingLocation;
+
+  /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+  /// DNLoc - Provides source/type location info for the
+  /// declaration name embedded in the ValueDecl base class.
+  DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The first shadow declaration of the shadow decl chain associated
+  /// with this using declaration.
+  ///
+  /// The bool member of the pair store whether this decl has the \c typename
+  /// keyword.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<UsingShadowDecl *, 1, bool> FirstUsingShadow;
+
+  UsingDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UL,
+            NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+            const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool IsTypeNameArg)
+    : NamedDecl(Using, DC, NameInfo.getLoc(), NameInfo.getName()),
+      UsingLocation(UL), QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc),
+      DNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()), FirstUsingShadow(0, IsTypeNameArg) {
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Returns the source location of the "using" keyword.
+  SourceLocation getUsingLocation() const { return UsingLocation; }
+
+  /// \brief Set the source location of the 'using' keyword.
+  void setUsingLocation(SourceLocation L) { UsingLocation = L; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name,
+  /// with source-location information.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const {
+    return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if the using declaration has 'typename'.
+  bool isTypeName() const { return FirstUsingShadow.getInt(); }
+
+  /// \brief Sets whether the using declaration has 'typename'.
+  void setTypeName(bool TN) { FirstUsingShadow.setInt(TN); }
+
+  /// \brief Iterates through the using shadow declarations assosiated with
+  /// this using declaration.
+  class shadow_iterator {
+    /// \brief The current using shadow declaration.
+    UsingShadowDecl *Current;
+
+  public:
+    typedef UsingShadowDecl*          value_type;
+    typedef UsingShadowDecl*          reference;
+    typedef UsingShadowDecl*          pointer;
+    typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+    typedef std::ptrdiff_t            difference_type;
+
+    shadow_iterator() : Current(0) { }
+    explicit shadow_iterator(UsingShadowDecl *C) : Current(C) { }
+
+    reference operator*() const { return Current; }
+    pointer operator->() const { return Current; }
+
+    shadow_iterator& operator++() {
+      Current = Current->getNextUsingShadowDecl();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    shadow_iterator operator++(int) {
+      shadow_iterator tmp(*this);
+      ++(*this);
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator==(shadow_iterator x, shadow_iterator y) {
+      return x.Current == y.Current;
+    }
+    friend bool operator!=(shadow_iterator x, shadow_iterator y) {
+      return x.Current != y.Current;
+    }
+  };
+
+  shadow_iterator shadow_begin() const {
+    return shadow_iterator(FirstUsingShadow.getPointer());
+  }
+  shadow_iterator shadow_end() const { return shadow_iterator(); }
+
+  /// \brief Return the number of shadowed declarations associated with this
+  /// using declaration.
+  unsigned shadow_size() const {
+    return std::distance(shadow_begin(), shadow_end());
+  }
+
+  void addShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *S);
+  void removeShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *S);
+
+  static UsingDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                           SourceLocation UsingL,
+                           NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                           bool IsTypeNameArg);
+
+  static UsingDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(UsingLocation, getNameInfo().getEndLoc());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Using; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a dependent using declaration which was not marked with
+/// \c typename.
+///
+/// Unlike non-dependent using declarations, these *only* bring through
+/// non-types; otherwise they would break two-phase lookup.
+///
+/// @code
+/// template \<class T> class A : public Base<T> {
+///   using Base<T>::foo;
+/// };
+/// @endcode
+class UnresolvedUsingValueDecl : public ValueDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// \brief The source location of the 'using' keyword
+  SourceLocation UsingLocation;
+
+  /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+  /// DNLoc - Provides source/type location info for the
+  /// declaration name embedded in the ValueDecl base class.
+  DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
+
+  UnresolvedUsingValueDecl(DeclContext *DC, QualType Ty,
+                           SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                           NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo)
+    : ValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValue, DC,
+                NameInfo.getLoc(), NameInfo.getName(), Ty),
+      UsingLocation(UsingLoc), QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc),
+      DNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo())
+  { }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Returns the source location of the 'using' keyword.
+  SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLocation; }
+
+  /// \brief Set the source location of the 'using' keyword.
+  void setUsingLoc(SourceLocation L) { UsingLocation = L; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name,
+  /// with source-location information.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const {
+    return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc);
+  }
+
+  static UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *
+    Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+           NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo);
+
+  static UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *
+  CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(UsingLocation, getNameInfo().getEndLoc());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UnresolvedUsingValue; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// @brief Represents a dependent using declaration which was marked with
+/// \c typename.
+///
+/// @code
+/// template \<class T> class A : public Base<T> {
+///   using typename Base<T>::foo;
+/// };
+/// @endcode
+///
+/// The type associated with an unresolved using typename decl is
+/// currently always a typename type.
+class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl : public TypeDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// \brief The source location of the 'using' keyword
+  SourceLocation UsingLocation;
+
+  /// \brief The source location of the 'typename' keyword
+  SourceLocation TypenameLocation;
+
+  /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+  UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
+                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                              SourceLocation TargetNameLoc,
+                              IdentifierInfo *TargetName)
+    : TypeDecl(UnresolvedUsingTypename, DC, TargetNameLoc, TargetName,
+               UsingLoc),
+      TypenameLocation(TypenameLoc), QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc) { }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Returns the source location of the 'using' keyword.
+  SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return getLocStart(); }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the source location of the 'typename' keyword.
+  SourceLocation getTypenameLoc() const { return TypenameLocation; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name,
+  /// with source-location information.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  static UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *
+    Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+           SourceLocation TypenameLoc, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+           SourceLocation TargetNameLoc, DeclarationName TargetName);
+
+  static UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *
+  CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UnresolvedUsingTypename; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++11 static_assert declaration.
+class StaticAssertDecl : public Decl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 1, bool> AssertExprAndFailed;
+  StringLiteral *Message;
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+
+  StaticAssertDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
+                   Expr *AssertExpr, StringLiteral *Message,
+                   SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool Failed)
+    : Decl(StaticAssert, DC, StaticAssertLoc),
+      AssertExprAndFailed(AssertExpr, Failed), Message(Message),
+      RParenLoc(RParenLoc) { }
+
+public:
+  static StaticAssertDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                  SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
+                                  Expr *AssertExpr, StringLiteral *Message,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool Failed);
+  static StaticAssertDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  Expr *getAssertExpr() { return AssertExprAndFailed.getPointer(); }
+  const Expr *getAssertExpr() const { return AssertExprAndFailed.getPointer(); }
+
+  StringLiteral *getMessage() { return Message; }
+  const StringLiteral *getMessage() const { return Message; }
+
+  bool isFailed() const { return AssertExprAndFailed.getInt(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(getLocation(), getRParenLoc());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == StaticAssert; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+};
+
+/// Insertion operator for diagnostics.  This allows sending an AccessSpecifier
+/// into a diagnostic with <<.
+const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                    AccessSpecifier AS);
+
+const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &DB,
+                                    AccessSpecifier AS);
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84f3698
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+//===-- DeclContextInternals.h - DeclContext Representation -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the data structures used in the implementation
+//  of DeclContext.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCONTEXTINTERNALS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCONTEXTINTERNALS_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class DependentDiagnostic;
+
+/// StoredDeclsList - This is an array of decls optimized a common case of only
+/// containing one entry.
+struct StoredDeclsList {
+
+  /// DeclsTy - When in vector form, this is what the Data pointer points to.
+  typedef SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> DeclsTy;
+
+  /// \brief The stored data, which will be either a pointer to a NamedDecl,
+  /// or a pointer to a vector.
+  llvm::PointerUnion<NamedDecl *, DeclsTy *> Data;
+
+public:
+  StoredDeclsList() {}
+
+  StoredDeclsList(const StoredDeclsList &RHS) : Data(RHS.Data) {
+    if (DeclsTy *RHSVec = RHS.getAsVector())
+      Data = new DeclsTy(*RHSVec);
+  }
+
+  ~StoredDeclsList() {
+    // If this is a vector-form, free the vector.
+    if (DeclsTy *Vector = getAsVector())
+      delete Vector;
+  }
+
+  StoredDeclsList &operator=(const StoredDeclsList &RHS) {
+    if (DeclsTy *Vector = getAsVector())
+      delete Vector;
+    Data = RHS.Data;
+    if (DeclsTy *RHSVec = RHS.getAsVector())
+      Data = new DeclsTy(*RHSVec);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  bool isNull() const { return Data.isNull(); }
+
+  NamedDecl *getAsDecl() const {
+    return Data.dyn_cast<NamedDecl *>();
+  }
+
+  DeclsTy *getAsVector() const {
+    return Data.dyn_cast<DeclsTy *>();
+  }
+
+  void setOnlyValue(NamedDecl *ND) {
+    assert(!getAsVector() && "Not inline");
+    Data = ND;
+    // Make sure that Data is a plain NamedDecl* so we can use its address
+    // at getLookupResult.
+    assert(*(NamedDecl **)&Data == ND &&
+           "PointerUnion mangles the NamedDecl pointer!");
+  }
+
+  void remove(NamedDecl *D) {
+    assert(!isNull() && "removing from empty list");
+    if (NamedDecl *Singleton = getAsDecl()) {
+      assert(Singleton == D && "list is different singleton");
+      (void)Singleton;
+      Data = (NamedDecl *)0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    DeclsTy &Vec = *getAsVector();
+    DeclsTy::iterator I = std::find(Vec.begin(), Vec.end(), D);
+    assert(I != Vec.end() && "list does not contain decl");
+    Vec.erase(I);
+
+    assert(std::find(Vec.begin(), Vec.end(), D)
+             == Vec.end() && "list still contains decl");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Remove any declarations which were imported from an external
+  /// AST source.
+  void removeExternalDecls() {
+    if (isNull()) {
+      // Nothing to do.
+    } else if (NamedDecl *Singleton = getAsDecl()) {
+      if (Singleton->isFromASTFile())
+        *this = StoredDeclsList();
+    } else {
+      DeclsTy &Vec = *getAsVector();
+      Vec.erase(std::remove_if(Vec.begin(), Vec.end(),
+                               std::mem_fun(&Decl::isFromASTFile)),
+                Vec.end());
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// getLookupResult - Return an array of all the decls that this list
+  /// represents.
+  DeclContext::lookup_result getLookupResult() {
+    if (isNull())
+      return DeclContext::lookup_result(DeclContext::lookup_iterator(0),
+                                        DeclContext::lookup_iterator(0));
+
+    // If we have a single NamedDecl, return it.
+    if (getAsDecl()) {
+      assert(!isNull() && "Empty list isn't allowed");
+
+      // Data is a raw pointer to a NamedDecl*, return it.
+      void *Ptr = &Data;
+      return DeclContext::lookup_result((NamedDecl**)Ptr, (NamedDecl**)Ptr+1);
+    }
+
+    assert(getAsVector() && "Must have a vector at this point");
+    DeclsTy &Vector = *getAsVector();
+
+    // Otherwise, we have a range result.
+    return DeclContext::lookup_result(Vector.begin(), Vector.end());
+  }
+
+  /// HandleRedeclaration - If this is a redeclaration of an existing decl,
+  /// replace the old one with D and return true.  Otherwise return false.
+  bool HandleRedeclaration(NamedDecl *D) {
+    // Most decls only have one entry in their list, special case it.
+    if (NamedDecl *OldD = getAsDecl()) {
+      if (!D->declarationReplaces(OldD))
+        return false;
+      setOnlyValue(D);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    // Determine if this declaration is actually a redeclaration.
+    DeclsTy &Vec = *getAsVector();
+    for (DeclsTy::iterator OD = Vec.begin(), ODEnd = Vec.end();
+         OD != ODEnd; ++OD) {
+      NamedDecl *OldD = *OD;
+      if (D->declarationReplaces(OldD)) {
+        *OD = D;
+        return true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// AddSubsequentDecl - This is called on the second and later decl when it is
+  /// not a redeclaration to merge it into the appropriate place in our list.
+  ///
+  void AddSubsequentDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
+    // If this is the second decl added to the list, convert this to vector
+    // form.
+    if (NamedDecl *OldD = getAsDecl()) {
+      DeclsTy *VT = new DeclsTy();
+      VT->push_back(OldD);
+      Data = VT;
+    }
+
+    DeclsTy &Vec = *getAsVector();
+
+    // Using directives end up in a special entry which contains only
+    // other using directives, so all this logic is wasted for them.
+    // But avoiding the logic wastes time in the far-more-common case
+    // that we're *not* adding a new using directive.
+
+    // Tag declarations always go at the end of the list so that an
+    // iterator which points at the first tag will start a span of
+    // decls that only contains tags.
+    if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace())
+      Vec.push_back(D);
+
+    // Resolved using declarations go at the front of the list so that
+    // they won't show up in other lookup results.  Unresolved using
+    // declarations (which are always in IDNS_Using | IDNS_Ordinary)
+    // follow that so that the using declarations will be contiguous.
+    else if (D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Using) {
+      DeclsTy::iterator I = Vec.begin();
+      if (D->getIdentifierNamespace() != Decl::IDNS_Using) {
+        while (I != Vec.end() &&
+               (*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() == Decl::IDNS_Using)
+          ++I;
+      }
+      Vec.insert(I, D);
+
+    // All other declarations go at the end of the list, but before any
+    // tag declarations.  But we can be clever about tag declarations
+    // because there can only ever be one in a scope.
+    } else if (!Vec.empty() && Vec.back()->hasTagIdentifierNamespace()) {
+      NamedDecl *TagD = Vec.back();
+      Vec.back() = D;
+      Vec.push_back(TagD);
+    } else
+      Vec.push_back(D);
+  }
+};
+
+class StoredDeclsMap
+  : public llvm::SmallDenseMap<DeclarationName, StoredDeclsList, 4> {
+
+public:
+  static void DestroyAll(StoredDeclsMap *Map, bool Dependent);
+
+private:
+  friend class ASTContext; // walks the chain deleting these
+  friend class DeclContext;
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<StoredDeclsMap*, 1> Previous;
+};
+
+class DependentStoredDeclsMap : public StoredDeclsMap {
+public:
+  DependentStoredDeclsMap() : FirstDiagnostic(0) {}
+
+private:
+  friend class DependentDiagnostic;
+  friend class DeclContext; // iterates over diagnostics
+
+  DependentDiagnostic *FirstDiagnostic;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclFriend.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclFriend.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..253c23c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclFriend.h
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+//===-- DeclFriend.h - Classes for C++ friend declarations -*- C++ -*------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the section of the AST representing C++ friend
+// declarations.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLFRIEND_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLFRIEND_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// FriendDecl - Represents the declaration of a friend entity,
+/// which can be a function, a type, or a templated function or type.
+//  For example:
+///
+/// @code
+/// template <typename T> class A {
+///   friend int foo(T);
+///   friend class B;
+///   friend T; // only in C++0x
+///   template <typename U> friend class C;
+///   template <typename U> friend A& operator+=(A&, const U&) { ... }
+/// };
+/// @endcode
+///
+/// The semantic context of a friend decl is its declaring class.
+class FriendDecl : public Decl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  typedef llvm::PointerUnion<NamedDecl*,TypeSourceInfo*> FriendUnion;
+
+private:
+  // The declaration that's a friend of this class.
+  FriendUnion Friend;
+
+  // A pointer to the next friend in the sequence.
+  LazyDeclPtr NextFriend;
+
+  // Location of the 'friend' specifier.
+  SourceLocation FriendLoc;
+
+  /// True if this 'friend' declaration is unsupported.  Eventually we
+  /// will support every possible friend declaration, but for now we
+  /// silently ignore some and set this flag to authorize all access.
+  bool UnsupportedFriend : 1;
+
+  // The number of "outer" template parameter lists in non-templatic
+  // (currently unsupported) friend type declarations, such as
+  //     template <class T> friend class A<T>::B;
+  unsigned NumTPLists : 31;
+
+  // The tail-allocated friend type template parameter lists (if any).
+  TemplateParameterList* const *getTPLists() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<TemplateParameterList* const *>(this + 1);
+  }
+  TemplateParameterList **getTPLists() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<TemplateParameterList**>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  friend class CXXRecordDecl::friend_iterator;
+  friend class CXXRecordDecl;
+
+  FriendDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, FriendUnion Friend,
+             SourceLocation FriendL,
+             ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList*> FriendTypeTPLists)
+    : Decl(Decl::Friend, DC, L),
+      Friend(Friend),
+      NextFriend(),
+      FriendLoc(FriendL),
+      UnsupportedFriend(false),
+      NumTPLists(FriendTypeTPLists.size()) {
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumTPLists; ++i)
+      getTPLists()[i] = FriendTypeTPLists[i];
+  }
+
+  FriendDecl(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumFriendTypeTPLists)
+    : Decl(Decl::Friend, Empty), NextFriend(),
+      NumTPLists(NumFriendTypeTPLists) { }
+
+  FriendDecl *getNextFriend() {
+    if (!NextFriend.isOffset())
+      return cast_or_null<FriendDecl>(NextFriend.get(0));
+    return getNextFriendSlowCase();
+  }
+  FriendDecl *getNextFriendSlowCase();
+
+public:
+  static FriendDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                            SourceLocation L, FriendUnion Friend_,
+                            SourceLocation FriendL,
+                            ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList*> FriendTypeTPLists
+                            = ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList*>());
+  static FriendDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID,
+                                        unsigned FriendTypeNumTPLists);
+
+  /// If this friend declaration names an (untemplated but possibly
+  /// dependent) type, return the type; otherwise return null.  This
+  /// is used for elaborated-type-specifiers and, in C++0x, for
+  /// arbitrary friend type declarations.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getFriendType() const {
+    return Friend.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>();
+  }
+  unsigned getFriendTypeNumTemplateParameterLists() const {
+    return NumTPLists;
+  }
+  TemplateParameterList *getFriendTypeTemplateParameterList(unsigned N) const {
+    assert(N < NumTPLists);
+    return getTPLists()[N];
+  }
+
+  /// If this friend declaration doesn't name a type, return the inner
+  /// declaration.
+  NamedDecl *getFriendDecl() const {
+    return Friend.dyn_cast<NamedDecl*>();
+  }
+
+  /// Retrieves the location of the 'friend' keyword.
+  SourceLocation getFriendLoc() const {
+    return FriendLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// Retrieves the source range for the friend declaration.
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (NamedDecl *ND = getFriendDecl()) {
+      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
+        return FTD->getSourceRange();
+      if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(ND)) {
+        if (DD->getOuterLocStart() != DD->getInnerLocStart())
+          return DD->getSourceRange();
+      }
+      return SourceRange(getFriendLoc(), ND->getLocEnd());
+    }
+    else if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getFriendType()) {
+      SourceLocation StartL = (NumTPLists == 0)
+        ? getFriendLoc()
+        : getTPLists()[0]->getTemplateLoc();
+      return SourceRange(StartL, TInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
+    }
+    else
+      return SourceRange(getFriendLoc(), getLocation());
+  }
+
+  /// Determines if this friend kind is unsupported.
+  bool isUnsupportedFriend() const {
+    return UnsupportedFriend;
+  }
+  void setUnsupportedFriend(bool Unsupported) {
+    UnsupportedFriend = Unsupported;
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decl::Friend; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// An iterator over the friend declarations of a class.
+class CXXRecordDecl::friend_iterator {
+  FriendDecl *Ptr;
+
+  friend class CXXRecordDecl;
+  explicit friend_iterator(FriendDecl *Ptr) : Ptr(Ptr) {}
+public:
+  friend_iterator() {}
+
+  typedef FriendDecl *value_type;
+  typedef FriendDecl *reference;
+  typedef FriendDecl *pointer;
+  typedef int difference_type;
+  typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+
+  reference operator*() const { return Ptr; }
+
+  friend_iterator &operator++() {
+    assert(Ptr && "attempt to increment past end of friend list");
+    Ptr = Ptr->getNextFriend();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  friend_iterator operator++(int) {
+    friend_iterator tmp = *this;
+    ++*this;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const friend_iterator &Other) const {
+    return Ptr == Other.Ptr;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const friend_iterator &Other) const {
+    return Ptr != Other.Ptr;
+  }
+
+  friend_iterator &operator+=(difference_type N) {
+    assert(N >= 0 && "cannot rewind a CXXRecordDecl::friend_iterator");
+    while (N--)
+      ++*this;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  friend_iterator operator+(difference_type N) const {
+    friend_iterator tmp = *this;
+    tmp += N;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+};
+
+inline CXXRecordDecl::friend_iterator CXXRecordDecl::friend_begin() const {
+  return friend_iterator(data().FirstFriend);
+}
+
+inline CXXRecordDecl::friend_iterator CXXRecordDecl::friend_end() const {
+  return friend_iterator(0);
+}
+
+inline void CXXRecordDecl::pushFriendDecl(FriendDecl *FD) {
+  assert(FD->NextFriend == 0 && "friend already has next friend?");
+  FD->NextFriend = data().FirstFriend;
+  data().FirstFriend = FD;
+}
+  
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclGroup.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclGroup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cda6ae5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclGroup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+//===--- DeclGroup.h - Classes for representing groups of Decls -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the DeclGroup, DeclGroupRef, and OwningDeclGroup classes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLGROUP_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLGROUP_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTContext;
+class Decl;
+class DeclGroup;
+class DeclGroupIterator;
+
+class DeclGroup {
+  // FIXME: Include a TypeSpecifier object.
+  union {
+    unsigned NumDecls;
+
+    Decl *Aligner;
+  };
+
+private:
+  DeclGroup() : NumDecls(0) {}
+  DeclGroup(unsigned numdecls, Decl** decls);
+
+public:
+  static DeclGroup *Create(ASTContext &C, Decl **Decls, unsigned NumDecls);
+
+  unsigned size() const { return NumDecls; }
+
+  Decl*& operator[](unsigned i) {
+    assert (i < NumDecls && "Out-of-bounds access.");
+    return ((Decl**) (this+1))[i];
+  }
+
+  Decl* const& operator[](unsigned i) const {
+    assert (i < NumDecls && "Out-of-bounds access.");
+    return ((Decl* const*) (this+1))[i];
+  }
+};
+
+class DeclGroupRef {
+  // Note this is not a PointerIntPair because we need the address of the
+  // non-group case to be valid as a Decl** for iteration.
+  enum Kind { SingleDeclKind=0x0, DeclGroupKind=0x1, Mask=0x1 };
+  Decl* D;
+
+  Kind getKind() const {
+    return (Kind) (reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(D) & Mask);
+  }
+
+public:
+  DeclGroupRef() : D(0) {}
+
+  explicit DeclGroupRef(Decl* d) : D(d) {}
+  explicit DeclGroupRef(DeclGroup* dg)
+    : D((Decl*) (reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(dg) | DeclGroupKind)) {}
+
+  static DeclGroupRef Create(ASTContext &C, Decl **Decls, unsigned NumDecls) {
+    if (NumDecls == 0)
+      return DeclGroupRef();
+    if (NumDecls == 1)
+      return DeclGroupRef(Decls[0]);
+    return DeclGroupRef(DeclGroup::Create(C, Decls, NumDecls));
+  }
+
+  typedef Decl** iterator;
+  typedef Decl* const * const_iterator;
+
+  bool isNull() const { return D == 0; }
+  bool isSingleDecl() const { return getKind() == SingleDeclKind; }
+  bool isDeclGroup() const { return getKind() == DeclGroupKind; }
+
+  Decl *getSingleDecl() {
+    assert(isSingleDecl() && "Isn't a declgroup");
+    return D;
+  }
+  const Decl *getSingleDecl() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclGroupRef*>(this)->getSingleDecl();
+  }
+
+  DeclGroup &getDeclGroup() {
+    assert(isDeclGroup() && "Isn't a declgroup");
+    return *((DeclGroup*)(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(D) & ~Mask));
+  }
+  const DeclGroup &getDeclGroup() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclGroupRef*>(this)->getDeclGroup();
+  }
+
+  iterator begin() {
+    if (isSingleDecl())
+      return D ? &D : 0;
+    return &getDeclGroup()[0];
+  }
+
+  iterator end() {
+    if (isSingleDecl())
+      return D ? &D+1 : 0;
+    DeclGroup &G = getDeclGroup();
+    return &G[0] + G.size();
+  }
+
+  const_iterator begin() const {
+    if (isSingleDecl())
+      return D ? &D : 0;
+    return &getDeclGroup()[0];
+  }
+
+  const_iterator end() const {
+    if (isSingleDecl())
+      return D ? &D+1 : 0;
+    const DeclGroup &G = getDeclGroup();
+    return &G[0] + G.size();
+  }
+
+  void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return D; }
+  static DeclGroupRef getFromOpaquePtr(void *Ptr) {
+    DeclGroupRef X;
+    X.D = static_cast<Decl*>(Ptr);
+    return X;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+namespace llvm {
+  // DeclGroupRef is "like a pointer", implement PointerLikeTypeTraits.
+  template <typename T>
+  class PointerLikeTypeTraits;
+  template <>
+  class PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::DeclGroupRef> {
+  public:
+    static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::DeclGroupRef P) {
+      return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
+    }
+    static inline clang::DeclGroupRef getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+      return clang::DeclGroupRef::getFromOpaquePtr(P);
+    }
+    enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
+  };
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclLookups.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclLookups.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4477c25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclLookups.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+//===-- DeclLookups.h - Low-level interface to all names in a DC-*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines DeclContext::all_lookups_iterator.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLLOOKUPS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLLOOKUPS_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// all_lookups_iterator - An iterator that provides a view over the results
+/// of looking up every possible name.
+class DeclContext::all_lookups_iterator {
+  StoredDeclsMap::iterator It, End;
+public:
+  typedef lookup_result             value_type;
+  typedef lookup_result             reference;
+  typedef lookup_result             pointer;
+  typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+  typedef std::ptrdiff_t            difference_type;
+
+  all_lookups_iterator() {}
+  all_lookups_iterator(StoredDeclsMap::iterator It,
+                       StoredDeclsMap::iterator End)
+      : It(It), End(End) {}
+
+  reference operator*() const { return It->second.getLookupResult(); }
+  pointer operator->() const { return It->second.getLookupResult(); }
+
+  all_lookups_iterator& operator++() {
+    // Filter out using directives. They don't belong as results from name
+    // lookup anyways, except as an implementation detail. Users of the API
+    // should not expect to get them (or worse, rely on it).
+    do {
+      ++It;
+    } while (It != End &&
+             It->first == DeclarationName::getUsingDirectiveName());
+             
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  all_lookups_iterator operator++(int) {
+    all_lookups_iterator tmp(*this);
+    ++(*this);
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator==(all_lookups_iterator x, all_lookups_iterator y) {
+    return x.It == y.It;
+  }
+  friend bool operator!=(all_lookups_iterator x, all_lookups_iterator y) {
+    return x.It != y.It;
+  }
+};
+
+DeclContext::all_lookups_iterator DeclContext::lookups_begin() const {
+  DeclContext *Primary = const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getPrimaryContext();
+  if (Primary->hasExternalVisibleStorage())
+    getParentASTContext().getExternalSource()->completeVisibleDeclsMap(Primary);
+  if (StoredDeclsMap *Map = Primary->buildLookup())
+    return all_lookups_iterator(Map->begin(), Map->end());
+  return all_lookups_iterator();
+}
+
+DeclContext::all_lookups_iterator DeclContext::lookups_end() const {
+  DeclContext *Primary = const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getPrimaryContext();
+  if (Primary->hasExternalVisibleStorage())
+    getParentASTContext().getExternalSource()->completeVisibleDeclsMap(Primary);
+  if (StoredDeclsMap *Map = Primary->buildLookup())
+    return all_lookups_iterator(Map->end(), Map->end());
+  return all_lookups_iterator();
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclObjC.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclObjC.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c294922
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclObjC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2276 @@
+//===--- DeclObjC.h - Classes for representing declarations -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the DeclObjC interface and subclasses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLOBJC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLOBJC_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/SelectorLocationsKind.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class Expr;
+class Stmt;
+class FunctionDecl;
+class RecordDecl;
+class ObjCIvarDecl;
+class ObjCMethodDecl;
+class ObjCProtocolDecl;
+class ObjCCategoryDecl;
+class ObjCPropertyDecl;
+class ObjCPropertyImplDecl;
+class CXXCtorInitializer;
+
+class ObjCListBase {
+  ObjCListBase(const ObjCListBase &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const ObjCListBase &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+protected:
+  /// List is an array of pointers to objects that are not owned by this object.
+  void **List;
+  unsigned NumElts;
+
+public:
+  ObjCListBase() : List(0), NumElts(0) {}
+  unsigned size() const { return NumElts; }
+  bool empty() const { return NumElts == 0; }
+
+protected:
+  void set(void *const* InList, unsigned Elts, ASTContext &Ctx);
+};
+
+
+/// ObjCList - This is a simple template class used to hold various lists of
+/// decls etc, which is heavily used by the ObjC front-end.  This only use case
+/// this supports is setting the list all at once and then reading elements out
+/// of it.
+template <typename T>
+class ObjCList : public ObjCListBase {
+public:
+  void set(T* const* InList, unsigned Elts, ASTContext &Ctx) {
+    ObjCListBase::set(reinterpret_cast<void*const*>(InList), Elts, Ctx);
+  }
+
+  typedef T* const * iterator;
+  iterator begin() const { return (iterator)List; }
+  iterator end() const { return (iterator)List+NumElts; }
+
+  T* operator[](unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(Idx < NumElts && "Invalid access");
+    return (T*)List[Idx];
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief A list of Objective-C protocols, along with the source
+/// locations at which they were referenced.
+class ObjCProtocolList : public ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> {
+  SourceLocation *Locations;
+
+  using ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::set;
+
+public:
+  ObjCProtocolList() : ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>(), Locations(0) { }
+
+  typedef const SourceLocation *loc_iterator;
+  loc_iterator loc_begin() const { return Locations; }
+  loc_iterator loc_end() const { return Locations + size(); }
+
+  void set(ObjCProtocolDecl* const* InList, unsigned Elts,
+           const SourceLocation *Locs, ASTContext &Ctx);
+};
+
+
+/// ObjCMethodDecl - Represents an instance or class method declaration.
+/// ObjC methods can be declared within 4 contexts: class interfaces,
+/// categories, protocols, and class implementations. While C++ member
+/// functions leverage C syntax, Objective-C method syntax is modeled after
+/// Smalltalk (using colons to specify argument types/expressions).
+/// Here are some brief examples:
+///
+/// Setter/getter instance methods:
+/// - (void)setMenu:(NSMenu *)menu;
+/// - (NSMenu *)menu;
+///
+/// Instance method that takes 2 NSView arguments:
+/// - (void)replaceSubview:(NSView *)oldView with:(NSView *)newView;
+///
+/// Getter class method:
+/// + (NSMenu *)defaultMenu;
+///
+/// A selector represents a unique name for a method. The selector names for
+/// the above methods are setMenu:, menu, replaceSubview:with:, and defaultMenu.
+///
+class ObjCMethodDecl : public NamedDecl, public DeclContext {
+public:
+  enum ImplementationControl { None, Required, Optional };
+private:
+  // The conventional meaning of this method; an ObjCMethodFamily.
+  // This is not serialized; instead, it is computed on demand and
+  // cached.
+  mutable unsigned Family : ObjCMethodFamilyBitWidth;
+
+  /// instance (true) or class (false) method.
+  unsigned IsInstance : 1;
+  unsigned IsVariadic : 1;
+
+  /// True if this method is the getter or setter for an explicit property.
+  unsigned IsPropertyAccessor : 1;
+
+  // Method has a definition.
+  unsigned IsDefined : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Method redeclaration in the same interface.
+  unsigned IsRedeclaration : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Is redeclared in the same interface.
+  mutable unsigned HasRedeclaration : 1;
+
+  // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using ImplementationControl enum
+  /// \@required/\@optional
+  unsigned DeclImplementation : 2;
+
+  // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using the ObjCDeclQualifier enum
+  /// in, inout, etc.
+  unsigned objcDeclQualifier : 6;
+
+  /// \brief Indicates whether this method has a related result type.
+  unsigned RelatedResultType : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the locations of the selector identifiers are in a
+  /// "standard" position, a enum SelectorLocationsKind.
+  unsigned SelLocsKind : 2;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this method overrides any other in the class hierarchy.
+  ///
+  /// A method is said to override any method in the class's
+  /// base classes, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has
+  /// the same selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
+  /// A method in an implementation is not considered as overriding the same
+  /// method in the interface or its categories.
+  unsigned IsOverriding : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Indicates if the method was a definition but its body was skipped.
+  unsigned HasSkippedBody : 1;
+
+  // Result type of this method.
+  QualType MethodDeclType;
+
+  // Type source information for the result type.
+  TypeSourceInfo *ResultTInfo;
+
+  /// \brief Array of ParmVarDecls for the formal parameters of this method
+  /// and optionally followed by selector locations.
+  void *ParamsAndSelLocs;
+  unsigned NumParams;
+
+  /// List of attributes for this method declaration.
+  SourceLocation DeclEndLoc; // the location of the ';' or '{'.
+
+  // The following are only used for method definitions, null otherwise.
+  LazyDeclStmtPtr Body;
+
+  /// SelfDecl - Decl for the implicit self parameter. This is lazily
+  /// constructed by createImplicitParams.
+  ImplicitParamDecl *SelfDecl;
+  /// CmdDecl - Decl for the implicit _cmd parameter. This is lazily
+  /// constructed by createImplicitParams.
+  ImplicitParamDecl *CmdDecl;
+
+  SelectorLocationsKind getSelLocsKind() const {
+    return (SelectorLocationsKind)SelLocsKind;
+  }
+  bool hasStandardSelLocs() const {
+    return getSelLocsKind() != SelLoc_NonStandard;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get a pointer to the stored selector identifiers locations array.
+  /// No locations will be stored if HasStandardSelLocs is true.
+  SourceLocation *getStoredSelLocs() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<SourceLocation*>(getParams() + NumParams);
+  }
+  const SourceLocation *getStoredSelLocs() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const SourceLocation*>(getParams() + NumParams);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get a pointer to the stored selector identifiers locations array.
+  /// No locations will be stored if HasStandardSelLocs is true.
+  ParmVarDecl **getParams() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<ParmVarDecl **>(ParamsAndSelLocs);
+  }
+  const ParmVarDecl *const *getParams() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const ParmVarDecl *const *>(ParamsAndSelLocs);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the number of stored selector identifiers locations.
+  /// No locations will be stored if HasStandardSelLocs is true.
+  unsigned getNumStoredSelLocs() const {
+    if (hasStandardSelLocs())
+      return 0;
+    return getNumSelectorLocs();
+  }
+
+  void setParamsAndSelLocs(ASTContext &C,
+                           ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> Params,
+                           ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs);
+
+  ObjCMethodDecl(SourceLocation beginLoc, SourceLocation endLoc,
+                 Selector SelInfo, QualType T,
+                 TypeSourceInfo *ResultTInfo,
+                 DeclContext *contextDecl,
+                 bool isInstance = true,
+                 bool isVariadic = false,
+                 bool isPropertyAccessor = false,
+                 bool isImplicitlyDeclared = false,
+                 bool isDefined = false,
+                 ImplementationControl impControl = None,
+                 bool HasRelatedResultType = false)
+  : NamedDecl(ObjCMethod, contextDecl, beginLoc, SelInfo),
+    DeclContext(ObjCMethod), Family(InvalidObjCMethodFamily),
+    IsInstance(isInstance), IsVariadic(isVariadic),
+    IsPropertyAccessor(isPropertyAccessor),
+    IsDefined(isDefined), IsRedeclaration(0), HasRedeclaration(0),
+    DeclImplementation(impControl), objcDeclQualifier(OBJC_TQ_None),
+    RelatedResultType(HasRelatedResultType),
+    SelLocsKind(SelLoc_StandardNoSpace), IsOverriding(0), HasSkippedBody(0),
+    MethodDeclType(T), ResultTInfo(ResultTInfo),
+    ParamsAndSelLocs(0), NumParams(0),
+    DeclEndLoc(endLoc), Body(), SelfDecl(0), CmdDecl(0) {
+    setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief A definition will return its interface declaration.
+  /// An interface declaration will return its definition.
+  /// Otherwise it will return itself.
+  virtual ObjCMethodDecl *getNextRedeclaration();
+
+public:
+  static ObjCMethodDecl *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                SourceLocation beginLoc,
+                                SourceLocation endLoc,
+                                Selector SelInfo,
+                                QualType T,
+                                TypeSourceInfo *ResultTInfo,
+                                DeclContext *contextDecl,
+                                bool isInstance = true,
+                                bool isVariadic = false,
+                                bool isPropertyAccessor = false,
+                                bool isImplicitlyDeclared = false,
+                                bool isDefined = false,
+                                ImplementationControl impControl = None,
+                                bool HasRelatedResultType = false);
+
+  static ObjCMethodDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  virtual ObjCMethodDecl *getCanonicalDecl();
+  const ObjCMethodDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return const_cast<ObjCMethodDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
+  }
+
+  ObjCDeclQualifier getObjCDeclQualifier() const {
+    return ObjCDeclQualifier(objcDeclQualifier);
+  }
+  void setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier QV) { objcDeclQualifier = QV; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this method has a result type that is related
+  /// to the message receiver's type.
+  bool hasRelatedResultType() const { return RelatedResultType; }
+
+  /// \brief Note whether this method has a related result type.
+  void SetRelatedResultType(bool RRT = true) { RelatedResultType = RRT; }
+
+  /// \brief True if this is a method redeclaration in the same interface.
+  bool isRedeclaration() const { return IsRedeclaration; }
+  void setAsRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the location where the declarator ends. It will be
+  /// the location of ';' for a method declaration and the location of '{'
+  /// for a method definition.
+  SourceLocation getDeclaratorEndLoc() const { return DeclEndLoc; }
+
+  // Location information, modeled after the Stmt API.
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getLocation(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(getLocation(), getLocEnd());
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getSelectorStartLoc() const {
+    if (isImplicit())
+      return getLocStart();
+    return getSelectorLoc(0);
+  }
+  SourceLocation getSelectorLoc(unsigned Index) const {
+    assert(Index < getNumSelectorLocs() && "Index out of range!");
+    if (hasStandardSelLocs())
+      return getStandardSelectorLoc(Index, getSelector(),
+                                   getSelLocsKind() == SelLoc_StandardWithSpace,
+                      llvm::makeArrayRef(const_cast<ParmVarDecl**>(getParams()),
+                                         NumParams),
+                                   DeclEndLoc);
+    return getStoredSelLocs()[Index];
+  }
+
+  void getSelectorLocs(SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &SelLocs) const;
+
+  unsigned getNumSelectorLocs() const {
+    if (isImplicit())
+      return 0;
+    Selector Sel = getSelector();
+    if (Sel.isUnarySelector())
+      return 1;
+    return Sel.getNumArgs();
+  }
+
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getClassInterface();
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getClassInterface() const {
+    return const_cast<ObjCMethodDecl*>(this)->getClassInterface();
+  }
+
+  Selector getSelector() const { return getDeclName().getObjCSelector(); }
+
+  QualType getResultType() const { return MethodDeclType; }
+  void setResultType(QualType T) { MethodDeclType = T; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the type of an expression that sends a message to this
+  /// function.
+  QualType getSendResultType() const {
+    return getResultType().getNonLValueExprType(getASTContext());
+  }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getResultTypeSourceInfo() const { return ResultTInfo; }
+  void setResultTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { ResultTInfo = TInfo; }
+
+  // Iterator access to formal parameters.
+  unsigned param_size() const { return NumParams; }
+  typedef const ParmVarDecl *const *param_const_iterator;
+  typedef ParmVarDecl *const *param_iterator;
+  param_const_iterator param_begin() const { return getParams(); }
+  param_const_iterator param_end() const { return getParams() + NumParams; }
+  param_iterator param_begin() { return getParams(); }
+  param_iterator param_end() { return getParams() + NumParams; }
+  // This method returns and of the parameters which are part of the selector
+  // name mangling requirements.
+  param_const_iterator sel_param_end() const {
+    return param_begin() + getSelector().getNumArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Sets the method's parameters and selector source locations.
+  /// If the method is implicit (not coming from source) \p SelLocs is
+  /// ignored.
+  void setMethodParams(ASTContext &C,
+                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> Params,
+                       ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs =
+                           ArrayRef<SourceLocation>());
+
+  // Iterator access to parameter types.
+  typedef std::const_mem_fun_t<QualType, ParmVarDecl> deref_fun;
+  typedef llvm::mapped_iterator<param_const_iterator, deref_fun>
+      arg_type_iterator;
+
+  arg_type_iterator arg_type_begin() const {
+    return llvm::map_iterator(param_begin(), deref_fun(&ParmVarDecl::getType));
+  }
+  arg_type_iterator arg_type_end() const {
+    return llvm::map_iterator(param_end(), deref_fun(&ParmVarDecl::getType));
+  }
+
+  /// createImplicitParams - Used to lazily create the self and cmd
+  /// implict parameters. This must be called prior to using getSelfDecl()
+  /// or getCmdDecl(). The call is ignored if the implicit paramters
+  /// have already been created.
+  void createImplicitParams(ASTContext &Context, const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
+
+  ImplicitParamDecl * getSelfDecl() const { return SelfDecl; }
+  void setSelfDecl(ImplicitParamDecl *SD) { SelfDecl = SD; }
+  ImplicitParamDecl * getCmdDecl() const { return CmdDecl; }
+  void setCmdDecl(ImplicitParamDecl *CD) { CmdDecl = CD; }
+
+  /// Determines the family of this method.
+  ObjCMethodFamily getMethodFamily() const;
+
+  bool isInstanceMethod() const { return IsInstance; }
+  void setInstanceMethod(bool isInst) { IsInstance = isInst; }
+  bool isVariadic() const { return IsVariadic; }
+  void setVariadic(bool isVar) { IsVariadic = isVar; }
+
+  bool isClassMethod() const { return !IsInstance; }
+
+  bool isPropertyAccessor() const { return IsPropertyAccessor; }
+  void setPropertyAccessor(bool isAccessor) { IsPropertyAccessor = isAccessor; }
+
+  bool isDefined() const { return IsDefined; }
+  void setDefined(bool isDefined) { IsDefined = isDefined; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this method overrides any other in the class hierarchy.
+  ///
+  /// A method is said to override any method in the class's
+  /// base classes, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has
+  /// the same selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
+  /// A method in an implementation is not considered as overriding the same
+  /// method in the interface or its categories.
+  bool isOverriding() const { return IsOverriding; }
+  void setOverriding(bool isOverriding) { IsOverriding = isOverriding; }
+
+  /// \brief Return overridden methods for the given \p Method.
+  ///
+  /// An ObjC method is considered to override any method in the class's
+  /// base classes (and base's categories), its protocols, or its categories'
+  /// protocols, that has
+  /// the same selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
+  /// A method in an implementation is not considered as overriding the same
+  /// method in the interface or its categories.
+  void getOverriddenMethods(
+                     SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCMethodDecl *> &Overridden) const;
+
+  /// \brief True if the method was a definition but its body was skipped.
+  bool hasSkippedBody() const { return HasSkippedBody; }
+  void setHasSkippedBody(bool Skipped = true) { HasSkippedBody = Skipped; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the property associated with this method's selector.
+  ///
+  /// Note that even if this particular method is not marked as a property
+  /// accessor, it is still possible for it to match a property declared in a
+  /// superclass. Pass \c false if you only want to check the current class.
+  const ObjCPropertyDecl *findPropertyDecl(bool CheckOverrides = true) const;
+
+  // Related to protocols declared in  \@protocol
+  void setDeclImplementation(ImplementationControl ic) {
+    DeclImplementation = ic;
+  }
+  ImplementationControl getImplementationControl() const {
+    return ImplementationControl(DeclImplementation);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this method has a body.
+  virtual bool hasBody() const { return Body; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the body of this method, if it has one.
+  virtual Stmt *getBody() const;
+
+  void setLazyBody(uint64_t Offset) { Body = Offset; }
+
+  CompoundStmt *getCompoundBody() { return (CompoundStmt*)getBody(); }
+  void setBody(Stmt *B) { Body = B; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this specific method is a definition.
+  bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { return Body; }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCMethod; }
+  static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const ObjCMethodDecl *D) {
+    return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<ObjCMethodDecl*>(D));
+  }
+  static ObjCMethodDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
+    return static_cast<ObjCMethodDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC));
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// ObjCContainerDecl - Represents a container for method declarations.
+/// Current sub-classes are ObjCInterfaceDecl, ObjCCategoryDecl,
+/// ObjCProtocolDecl, and ObjCImplDecl.
+///
+class ObjCContainerDecl : public NamedDecl, public DeclContext {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  SourceLocation AtStart;
+
+  // These two locations in the range mark the end of the method container.
+  // The first points to the '@' token, and the second to the 'end' token.
+  SourceRange AtEnd;
+public:
+
+  ObjCContainerDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC,
+                    IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation nameLoc,
+                    SourceLocation atStartLoc)
+    : NamedDecl(DK, DC, nameLoc, Id), DeclContext(DK), AtStart(atStartLoc) {}
+
+  // Iterator access to properties.
+  typedef specific_decl_iterator<ObjCPropertyDecl> prop_iterator;
+  prop_iterator prop_begin() const {
+    return prop_iterator(decls_begin());
+  }
+  prop_iterator prop_end() const {
+    return prop_iterator(decls_end());
+  }
+
+  // Iterator access to instance/class methods.
+  typedef specific_decl_iterator<ObjCMethodDecl> method_iterator;
+  method_iterator meth_begin() const {
+    return method_iterator(decls_begin());
+  }
+  method_iterator meth_end() const {
+    return method_iterator(decls_end());
+  }
+
+  typedef filtered_decl_iterator<ObjCMethodDecl,
+                                 &ObjCMethodDecl::isInstanceMethod>
+    instmeth_iterator;
+  instmeth_iterator instmeth_begin() const {
+    return instmeth_iterator(decls_begin());
+  }
+  instmeth_iterator instmeth_end() const {
+    return instmeth_iterator(decls_end());
+  }
+
+  typedef filtered_decl_iterator<ObjCMethodDecl,
+                                 &ObjCMethodDecl::isClassMethod>
+    classmeth_iterator;
+  classmeth_iterator classmeth_begin() const {
+    return classmeth_iterator(decls_begin());
+  }
+  classmeth_iterator classmeth_end() const {
+    return classmeth_iterator(decls_end());
+  }
+
+  // Get the local instance/class method declared in this interface.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getMethod(Selector Sel, bool isInstance,
+                            bool AllowHidden = false) const;
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getInstanceMethod(Selector Sel,
+                                    bool AllowHidden = false) const {
+    return getMethod(Sel, true/*isInstance*/, AllowHidden);
+  }
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getClassMethod(Selector Sel, bool AllowHidden = false) const {
+    return getMethod(Sel, false/*isInstance*/, AllowHidden);
+  }
+  bool HasUserDeclaredSetterMethod(const ObjCPropertyDecl *P) const;
+  ObjCIvarDecl *getIvarDecl(IdentifierInfo *Id) const;
+
+  ObjCPropertyDecl *FindPropertyDeclaration(IdentifierInfo *PropertyId) const;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, ObjCPropertyDecl*> PropertyMap;
+  
+  typedef llvm::SmallVector<ObjCPropertyDecl*, 8> PropertyDeclOrder;
+  
+  /// This routine collects list of properties to be implemented in the class.
+  /// This includes, class's and its conforming protocols' properties.
+  /// Note, the superclass's properties are not included in the list.
+  virtual void collectPropertiesToImplement(PropertyMap &PM,
+                                            PropertyDeclOrder &PO) const {}
+
+  SourceLocation getAtStartLoc() const { return AtStart; }
+  void setAtStartLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { AtStart = Loc; }
+
+  // Marks the end of the container.
+  SourceRange getAtEndRange() const {
+    return AtEnd;
+  }
+  void setAtEndRange(SourceRange atEnd) {
+    AtEnd = atEnd;
+  }
+
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(AtStart, getAtEndRange().getEnd());
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstObjCContainer &&
+           K <= lastObjCContainer;
+  }
+
+  static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const ObjCContainerDecl *D) {
+    return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<ObjCContainerDecl*>(D));
+  }
+  static ObjCContainerDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
+    return static_cast<ObjCContainerDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC));
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents an ObjC class declaration.
+///
+/// For example:
+///
+/// \code
+///   // MostPrimitive declares no super class (not particularly useful).
+///   \@interface MostPrimitive
+///     // no instance variables or methods.
+///   \@end
+///
+///   // NSResponder inherits from NSObject & implements NSCoding (a protocol).
+///   \@interface NSResponder : NSObject \<NSCoding>
+///   { // instance variables are represented by ObjCIvarDecl.
+///     id nextResponder; // nextResponder instance variable.
+///   }
+///   - (NSResponder *)nextResponder; // return a pointer to NSResponder.
+///   - (void)mouseMoved:(NSEvent *)theEvent; // return void, takes a pointer
+///   \@end                                    // to an NSEvent.
+/// \endcode
+///
+///   Unlike C/C++, forward class declarations are accomplished with \@class.
+///   Unlike C/C++, \@class allows for a list of classes to be forward declared.
+///   Unlike C++, ObjC is a single-rooted class model. In Cocoa, classes
+///   typically inherit from NSObject (an exception is NSProxy).
+///
+class ObjCInterfaceDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl
+                        , public Redeclarable<ObjCInterfaceDecl> {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// TypeForDecl - This indicates the Type object that represents this
+  /// TypeDecl.  It is a cache maintained by ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType
+  mutable const Type *TypeForDecl;
+  friend class ASTContext;
+  
+  struct DefinitionData {
+    /// \brief The definition of this class, for quick access from any 
+    /// declaration.
+    ObjCInterfaceDecl *Definition;
+    
+    /// Class's super class.
+    ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass;
+
+    /// Protocols referenced in the \@interface  declaration
+    ObjCProtocolList ReferencedProtocols;
+
+    /// Protocols reference in both the \@interface and class extensions.
+    ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> AllReferencedProtocols;
+
+    /// \brief List of categories and class extensions defined for this class.
+    ///
+    /// Categories are stored as a linked list in the AST, since the categories
+    /// and class extensions come long after the initial interface declaration,
+    /// and we avoid dynamically-resized arrays in the AST wherever possible.
+    ObjCCategoryDecl *CategoryList;
+
+    /// IvarList - List of all ivars defined by this class; including class
+    /// extensions and implementation. This list is built lazily.
+    ObjCIvarDecl *IvarList;
+
+    /// \brief Indicates that the contents of this Objective-C class will be
+    /// completed by the external AST source when required.
+    mutable bool ExternallyCompleted : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Indicates that the ivar cache does not yet include ivars
+    /// declared in the implementation.
+    mutable bool IvarListMissingImplementation : 1;
+
+    /// \brief The location of the superclass, if any.
+    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc;
+    
+    /// \brief The location of the last location in this declaration, before
+    /// the properties/methods. For example, this will be the '>', '}', or 
+    /// identifier, 
+    SourceLocation EndLoc; 
+
+    DefinitionData() : Definition(), SuperClass(), CategoryList(), IvarList(), 
+                       ExternallyCompleted(),
+                       IvarListMissingImplementation(true) { }
+  };
+
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation atLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                    SourceLocation CLoc, ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl,
+                    bool isInternal);
+
+  void LoadExternalDefinition() const;
+
+  /// \brief Contains a pointer to the data associated with this class,
+  /// which will be NULL if this class has not yet been defined.
+  ///
+  /// The bit indicates when we don't need to check for out-of-date
+  /// declarations. It will be set unless modules are enabled.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<DefinitionData *, 1, bool> Data;
+
+  DefinitionData &data() const {
+    assert(Data.getPointer() && "Declaration has no definition!");
+    return *Data.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Allocate the definition data for this class.
+  void allocateDefinitionData();
+  
+  typedef Redeclarable<ObjCInterfaceDecl> redeclarable_base;
+  virtual ObjCInterfaceDecl *getNextRedeclaration() { 
+    return RedeclLink.getNext();
+  }
+  virtual ObjCInterfaceDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() {
+    return getPreviousDecl();
+  }
+  virtual ObjCInterfaceDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() {
+    return getMostRecentDecl();
+  }
+
+public:
+  static ObjCInterfaceDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                   SourceLocation atLoc,
+                                   IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                   ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl,
+                                   SourceLocation ClassLoc = SourceLocation(),
+                                   bool isInternal = false);
+
+  static ObjCInterfaceDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+      return ObjCContainerDecl::getSourceRange();
+    
+    return SourceRange(getAtStartLoc(), getLocation());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Indicate that this Objective-C class is complete, but that
+  /// the external AST source will be responsible for filling in its contents
+  /// when a complete class is required.
+  void setExternallyCompleted();
+
+  const ObjCProtocolList &getReferencedProtocols() const {
+    assert(hasDefinition() && "Caller did not check for forward reference!");
+    if (data().ExternallyCompleted)
+      LoadExternalDefinition();
+
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols;
+  }
+
+  ObjCImplementationDecl *getImplementation() const;
+  void setImplementation(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
+
+  ObjCCategoryDecl *FindCategoryDeclaration(IdentifierInfo *CategoryId) const;
+
+  // Get the local instance/class method declared in a category.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getCategoryInstanceMethod(Selector Sel) const;
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getCategoryClassMethod(Selector Sel) const;
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getCategoryMethod(Selector Sel, bool isInstance) const {
+    return isInstance ? getInstanceMethod(Sel)
+                      : getClassMethod(Sel);
+  }
+
+  typedef ObjCProtocolList::iterator protocol_iterator;
+
+  protocol_iterator protocol_begin() const {
+    // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return protocol_iterator();
+    
+    if (data().ExternallyCompleted)
+      LoadExternalDefinition();
+
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols.begin();
+  }
+  protocol_iterator protocol_end() const {
+    // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return protocol_iterator();
+
+    if (data().ExternallyCompleted)
+      LoadExternalDefinition();
+
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols.end();
+  }
+
+  typedef ObjCProtocolList::loc_iterator protocol_loc_iterator;
+
+  protocol_loc_iterator protocol_loc_begin() const {
+    // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return protocol_loc_iterator();
+
+    if (data().ExternallyCompleted)
+      LoadExternalDefinition();
+
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols.loc_begin();
+  }
+
+  protocol_loc_iterator protocol_loc_end() const {
+    // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return protocol_loc_iterator();
+
+    if (data().ExternallyCompleted)
+      LoadExternalDefinition();
+
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols.loc_end();
+  }
+
+  typedef ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator all_protocol_iterator;
+
+  all_protocol_iterator all_referenced_protocol_begin() const {
+    // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return all_protocol_iterator();
+
+    if (data().ExternallyCompleted)
+      LoadExternalDefinition();
+
+    return data().AllReferencedProtocols.empty()  
+             ? protocol_begin()
+             : data().AllReferencedProtocols.begin();
+  }
+  all_protocol_iterator all_referenced_protocol_end() const {
+    // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return all_protocol_iterator();
+    
+    if (data().ExternallyCompleted)
+      LoadExternalDefinition();
+
+    return data().AllReferencedProtocols.empty() 
+             ? protocol_end()
+             : data().AllReferencedProtocols.end();
+  }
+
+  typedef specific_decl_iterator<ObjCIvarDecl> ivar_iterator;
+
+  ivar_iterator ivar_begin() const { 
+    if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = getDefinition())
+      return ivar_iterator(Def->decls_begin()); 
+    
+    // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
+    return ivar_iterator();
+  }
+  ivar_iterator ivar_end() const { 
+    if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = getDefinition())
+      return ivar_iterator(Def->decls_end()); 
+
+    // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
+    return ivar_iterator();
+  }
+
+  unsigned ivar_size() const {
+    return std::distance(ivar_begin(), ivar_end());
+  }
+
+  bool ivar_empty() const { return ivar_begin() == ivar_end(); }
+
+  ObjCIvarDecl *all_declared_ivar_begin();
+  const ObjCIvarDecl *all_declared_ivar_begin() const {
+    // Even though this modifies IvarList, it's conceptually const:
+    // the ivar chain is essentially a cached property of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
+    return const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(this)->all_declared_ivar_begin();
+  }
+  void setIvarList(ObjCIvarDecl *ivar) { data().IvarList = ivar; }
+
+  /// setProtocolList - Set the list of protocols that this interface
+  /// implements.
+  void setProtocolList(ObjCProtocolDecl *const* List, unsigned Num,
+                       const SourceLocation *Locs, ASTContext &C) {
+    data().ReferencedProtocols.set(List, Num, Locs, C);
+  }
+
+  /// mergeClassExtensionProtocolList - Merge class extension's protocol list
+  /// into the protocol list for this class.
+  void mergeClassExtensionProtocolList(ObjCProtocolDecl *const* List,
+                                       unsigned Num,
+                                       ASTContext &C);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this particular declaration of this class is
+  /// actually also a definition.
+  bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { 
+    return getDefinition() == this;
+  }
+                          
+  /// \brief Determine whether this class has been defined.
+  bool hasDefinition() const {
+    // If the name of this class is out-of-date, bring it up-to-date, which
+    // might bring in a definition.
+    // Note: a null value indicates that we don't have a definition and that
+    // modules are enabled.
+    if (!Data.getOpaqueValue()) {
+      if (IdentifierInfo *II = getIdentifier()) {
+        if (II->isOutOfDate()) {
+          updateOutOfDate(*II);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return Data.getPointer();
+  }
+                        
+  /// \brief Retrieve the definition of this class, or NULL if this class 
+  /// has been forward-declared (with \@class) but not yet defined (with 
+  /// \@interface).
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDefinition() {
+    return hasDefinition()? Data.getPointer()->Definition : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the definition of this class, or NULL if this class 
+  /// has been forward-declared (with \@class) but not yet defined (with 
+  /// \@interface).
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDefinition() const {
+    return hasDefinition()? Data.getPointer()->Definition : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Starts the definition of this Objective-C class, taking it from
+  /// a forward declaration (\@class) to a definition (\@interface).
+  void startDefinition();
+  
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getSuperClass() const {
+    // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return 0;
+    
+    if (data().ExternallyCompleted)
+      LoadExternalDefinition();
+
+    return data().SuperClass;
+  }
+
+  void setSuperClass(ObjCInterfaceDecl * superCls) { 
+    data().SuperClass = 
+      (superCls && superCls->hasDefinition()) ? superCls->getDefinition() 
+                                              : superCls; 
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Iterator that walks over the list of categories, filtering out
+  /// those that do not meet specific criteria.
+  ///
+  /// This class template is used for the various permutations of category
+  /// and extension iterators.
+  template<bool (*Filter)(ObjCCategoryDecl *)>
+  class filtered_category_iterator {
+    ObjCCategoryDecl *Current;
+
+    void findAcceptableCategory();
+    
+  public:
+    typedef ObjCCategoryDecl *      value_type;
+    typedef value_type              reference;
+    typedef value_type              pointer;
+    typedef std::ptrdiff_t          difference_type;
+    typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+
+    filtered_category_iterator() : Current(0) { }
+    explicit filtered_category_iterator(ObjCCategoryDecl *Current)
+      : Current(Current)
+    {
+      findAcceptableCategory();
+    }
+
+    reference operator*() const { return Current; }
+    pointer operator->() const { return Current; }
+
+    filtered_category_iterator &operator++();
+
+    filtered_category_iterator operator++(int) {
+      filtered_category_iterator Tmp = *this;
+      ++(*this);
+      return Tmp;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator==(filtered_category_iterator X,
+                           filtered_category_iterator Y) {
+      return X.Current == Y.Current;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator!=(filtered_category_iterator X,
+                           filtered_category_iterator Y) {
+      return X.Current != Y.Current;
+    }
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Test whether the given category is visible.
+  ///
+  /// Used in the \c visible_categories_iterator.
+  static bool isVisibleCategory(ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat);
+                        
+public:
+  /// \brief Iterator that walks over the list of categories and extensions
+  /// that are visible, i.e., not hidden in a non-imported submodule.
+  typedef filtered_category_iterator<isVisibleCategory>
+    visible_categories_iterator;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the visible-categories
+  /// list.
+  visible_categories_iterator visible_categories_begin() const {
+    return visible_categories_iterator(getCategoryListRaw());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the end of the visible-categories list.
+  visible_categories_iterator visible_categories_end() const {
+    return visible_categories_iterator();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the visible-categories list is empty.
+  bool visible_categories_empty() const {
+    return visible_categories_begin() == visible_categories_end();
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Test whether the given category... is a category.
+  ///
+  /// Used in the \c known_categories_iterator.
+  static bool isKnownCategory(ObjCCategoryDecl *) { return true; }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Iterator that walks over all of the known categories and
+  /// extensions, including those that are hidden.
+  typedef filtered_category_iterator<isKnownCategory> known_categories_iterator;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the known-categories
+  /// list.
+  known_categories_iterator known_categories_begin() const {
+    return known_categories_iterator(getCategoryListRaw());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the end of the known-categories list.
+  known_categories_iterator known_categories_end() const {
+    return known_categories_iterator();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the known-categories list is empty.
+  bool known_categories_empty() const {
+    return known_categories_begin() == known_categories_end();
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Test whether the given category is a visible extension.
+  ///
+  /// Used in the \c visible_extensions_iterator.
+  static bool isVisibleExtension(ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Iterator that walks over all of the visible extensions, skipping
+  /// any that are known but hidden.
+  typedef filtered_category_iterator<isVisibleExtension>
+    visible_extensions_iterator;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the visible-extensions
+  /// list.
+  visible_extensions_iterator visible_extensions_begin() const {
+    return visible_extensions_iterator(getCategoryListRaw());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the end of the visible-extensions list.
+  visible_extensions_iterator visible_extensions_end() const {
+    return visible_extensions_iterator();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the visible-extensions list is empty.
+  bool visible_extensions_empty() const {
+    return visible_extensions_begin() == visible_extensions_end();
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Test whether the given category is an extension.
+  ///
+  /// Used in the \c known_extensions_iterator.
+  static bool isKnownExtension(ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat);
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief Iterator that walks over all of the known extensions.
+  typedef filtered_category_iterator<isKnownExtension>
+    known_extensions_iterator;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the known-extensions
+  /// list.
+  known_extensions_iterator known_extensions_begin() const {
+    return known_extensions_iterator(getCategoryListRaw());
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the end of the known-extensions list.
+  known_extensions_iterator known_extensions_end() const {
+    return known_extensions_iterator();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the known-extensions list is empty.
+  bool known_extensions_empty() const {
+    return known_extensions_begin() == known_extensions_end();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the raw pointer to the start of the category/extension
+  /// list.
+  ObjCCategoryDecl* getCategoryListRaw() const {
+    // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return 0;
+    
+    if (data().ExternallyCompleted)
+      LoadExternalDefinition();
+
+    return data().CategoryList;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the raw pointer to the start of the category/extension
+  /// list.
+  void setCategoryListRaw(ObjCCategoryDecl *category) {
+    data().CategoryList = category;
+  }
+
+  ObjCPropertyDecl
+    *FindPropertyVisibleInPrimaryClass(IdentifierInfo *PropertyId) const;
+
+  virtual void collectPropertiesToImplement(PropertyMap &PM,
+                                            PropertyDeclOrder &PO) const;
+
+  /// isSuperClassOf - Return true if this class is the specified class or is a
+  /// super class of the specified interface class.
+  bool isSuperClassOf(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *I) const {
+    // If RHS is derived from LHS it is OK; else it is not OK.
+    while (I != NULL) {
+      if (declaresSameEntity(this, I))
+        return true;
+      
+      I = I->getSuperClass();
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// isArcWeakrefUnavailable - Checks for a class or one of its super classes
+  /// to be incompatible with __weak references. Returns true if it is.
+  bool isArcWeakrefUnavailable() const;
+
+  /// isObjCRequiresPropertyDefs - Checks that a class or one of its super 
+  /// classes must not be auto-synthesized. Returns class decl. if it must not
+  /// be; 0, otherwise.
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *isObjCRequiresPropertyDefs() const;
+
+  ObjCIvarDecl *lookupInstanceVariable(IdentifierInfo *IVarName,
+                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *&ClassDeclared);
+  ObjCIvarDecl *lookupInstanceVariable(IdentifierInfo *IVarName) {
+    ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
+    return lookupInstanceVariable(IVarName, ClassDeclared);
+  }
+
+  // Lookup a method. First, we search locally. If a method isn't
+  // found, we search referenced protocols and class categories.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *lookupMethod(Selector Sel, bool isInstance,
+                               bool shallowCategoryLookup= false) const;
+  ObjCMethodDecl *lookupInstanceMethod(Selector Sel,
+                            bool shallowCategoryLookup = false) const {
+    return lookupMethod(Sel, true/*isInstance*/, shallowCategoryLookup);
+  }
+  ObjCMethodDecl *lookupClassMethod(Selector Sel,
+                     bool shallowCategoryLookup = false) const {
+    return lookupMethod(Sel, false/*isInstance*/, shallowCategoryLookup);
+  }
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *lookupInheritedClass(const IdentifierInfo *ICName);
+
+  /// \brief Lookup a method in the classes implementation hierarchy.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *lookupPrivateMethod(const Selector &Sel,
+                                      bool Instance=true) const;
+
+  ObjCMethodDecl *lookupPrivateClassMethod(const Selector &Sel) {
+    return lookupPrivateMethod(Sel, false);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getEndOfDefinitionLoc() const { 
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return getLocation();
+    
+    return data().EndLoc; 
+  }
+                          
+  void setEndOfDefinitionLoc(SourceLocation LE) { data().EndLoc = LE; }
+
+  void setSuperClassLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { data().SuperClassLoc = Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getSuperClassLoc() const { return data().SuperClassLoc; }
+
+  /// isImplicitInterfaceDecl - check that this is an implicitly declared
+  /// ObjCInterfaceDecl node. This is for legacy objective-c \@implementation
+  /// declaration without an \@interface declaration.
+  bool isImplicitInterfaceDecl() const { 
+    return hasDefinition() ? data().Definition->isImplicit() : isImplicit();
+  }
+
+  /// ClassImplementsProtocol - Checks that 'lProto' protocol
+  /// has been implemented in IDecl class, its super class or categories (if
+  /// lookupCategory is true).
+  bool ClassImplementsProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
+                               bool lookupCategory,
+                               bool RHSIsQualifiedID = false);
+
+  typedef redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator redecl_iterator;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_end;
+  using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl;
+  using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl;
+
+  /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this Objective-C class.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return getFirstDeclaration();
+  }
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return getFirstDeclaration();
+  }
+
+  // Low-level accessor
+  const Type *getTypeForDecl() const { return TypeForDecl; }
+  void setTypeForDecl(const Type *TD) const { TypeForDecl = TD; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCInterface; }
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// ObjCIvarDecl - Represents an ObjC instance variable. In general, ObjC
+/// instance variables are identical to C. The only exception is Objective-C
+/// supports C++ style access control. For example:
+///
+///   \@interface IvarExample : NSObject
+///   {
+///     id defaultToProtected;
+///   \@public:
+///     id canBePublic; // same as C++.
+///   \@protected:
+///     id canBeProtected; // same as C++.
+///   \@package:
+///     id canBePackage; // framework visibility (not available in C++).
+///   }
+///
+class ObjCIvarDecl : public FieldDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+public:
+  enum AccessControl {
+    None, Private, Protected, Public, Package
+  };
+
+private:
+  ObjCIvarDecl(ObjCContainerDecl *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+               QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, AccessControl ac, Expr *BW,
+               bool synthesized)
+    : FieldDecl(ObjCIvar, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, BW,
+                /*Mutable=*/false, /*HasInit=*/ICIS_NoInit),
+      NextIvar(0), DeclAccess(ac), Synthesized(synthesized) {}
+
+public:
+  static ObjCIvarDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, ObjCContainerDecl *DC,
+                              SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                              IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T,
+                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                              AccessControl ac, Expr *BW = NULL,
+                              bool synthesized=false);
+
+  static ObjCIvarDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  /// \brief Return the class interface that this ivar is logically contained
+  /// in; this is either the interface where the ivar was declared, or the
+  /// interface the ivar is conceptually a part of in the case of synthesized
+  /// ivars.
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getContainingInterface() const;
+
+  ObjCIvarDecl *getNextIvar() { return NextIvar; }
+  const ObjCIvarDecl *getNextIvar() const { return NextIvar; }
+  void setNextIvar(ObjCIvarDecl *ivar) { NextIvar = ivar; }
+
+  void setAccessControl(AccessControl ac) { DeclAccess = ac; }
+
+  AccessControl getAccessControl() const { return AccessControl(DeclAccess); }
+
+  AccessControl getCanonicalAccessControl() const {
+    return DeclAccess == None ? Protected : AccessControl(DeclAccess);
+  }
+
+  void setSynthesize(bool synth) { Synthesized = synth; }
+  bool getSynthesize() const { return Synthesized; }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCIvar; }
+private:
+  /// NextIvar - Next Ivar in the list of ivars declared in class; class's
+  /// extensions and class's implementation
+  ObjCIvarDecl *NextIvar;
+
+  // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using the AccessControl enum
+  unsigned DeclAccess : 3;
+  unsigned Synthesized : 1;
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Represents a field declaration created by an \@defs(...).
+class ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl : public FieldDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                      SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                      QualType T, Expr *BW)
+    : FieldDecl(ObjCAtDefsField, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, T,
+                /*TInfo=*/0, // FIXME: Do ObjCAtDefs have declarators ?
+                BW, /*Mutable=*/false, /*HasInit=*/ICIS_NoInit) {}
+
+public:
+  static ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                     SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                     QualType T, Expr *BW);
+
+  static ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCAtDefsField; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents an Objective-C protocol declaration.
+///
+/// Objective-C protocols declare a pure abstract type (i.e., no instance
+/// variables are permitted).  Protocols originally drew inspiration from
+/// C++ pure virtual functions (a C++ feature with nice semantics and lousy
+/// syntax:-). Here is an example:
+///
+/// \code
+/// \@protocol NSDraggingInfo <refproto1, refproto2>
+/// - (NSWindow *)draggingDestinationWindow;
+/// - (NSImage *)draggedImage;
+/// \@end
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// This says that NSDraggingInfo requires two methods and requires everything
+/// that the two "referenced protocols" 'refproto1' and 'refproto2' require as
+/// well.
+///
+/// \code
+/// \@interface ImplementsNSDraggingInfo : NSObject \<NSDraggingInfo>
+/// \@end
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// ObjC protocols inspired Java interfaces. Unlike Java, ObjC classes and
+/// protocols are in distinct namespaces. For example, Cocoa defines both
+/// an NSObject protocol and class (which isn't allowed in Java). As a result,
+/// protocols are referenced using angle brackets as follows:
+///
+/// id \<NSDraggingInfo> anyObjectThatImplementsNSDraggingInfo;
+///
+class ObjCProtocolDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl,
+                         public Redeclarable<ObjCProtocolDecl> {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  struct DefinitionData {
+    // \brief The declaration that defines this protocol.
+    ObjCProtocolDecl *Definition;
+
+    /// \brief Referenced protocols
+    ObjCProtocolList ReferencedProtocols;    
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Contains a pointer to the data associated with this class,
+  /// which will be NULL if this class has not yet been defined.
+  ///
+  /// The bit indicates when we don't need to check for out-of-date
+  /// declarations. It will be set unless modules are enabled.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<DefinitionData *, 1, bool> Data;
+
+  DefinitionData &data() const {
+    assert(Data.getPointer() && "Objective-C protocol has no definition!");
+    return *Data.getPointer();
+  }
+  
+  ObjCProtocolDecl(DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                   SourceLocation nameLoc, SourceLocation atStartLoc,
+                   ObjCProtocolDecl *PrevDecl);
+
+  void allocateDefinitionData();
+
+  typedef Redeclarable<ObjCProtocolDecl> redeclarable_base;
+  virtual ObjCProtocolDecl *getNextRedeclaration() { 
+    return RedeclLink.getNext(); 
+  }
+  virtual ObjCProtocolDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() {
+    return getPreviousDecl();
+  }
+  virtual ObjCProtocolDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() {
+    return getMostRecentDecl();
+  }
+
+public:
+  static ObjCProtocolDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                  IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                  SourceLocation nameLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation atStartLoc,
+                                  ObjCProtocolDecl *PrevDecl);
+
+  static ObjCProtocolDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+                           
+  const ObjCProtocolList &getReferencedProtocols() const {
+    assert(hasDefinition() && "No definition available!");
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols;
+  }
+  typedef ObjCProtocolList::iterator protocol_iterator;
+  protocol_iterator protocol_begin() const {
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return protocol_iterator();
+    
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols.begin();
+  }
+  protocol_iterator protocol_end() const { 
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return protocol_iterator();
+    
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols.end(); 
+  }
+  typedef ObjCProtocolList::loc_iterator protocol_loc_iterator;
+  protocol_loc_iterator protocol_loc_begin() const {
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return protocol_loc_iterator();
+    
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols.loc_begin();
+  }
+  protocol_loc_iterator protocol_loc_end() const {
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return protocol_loc_iterator();
+    
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols.loc_end();
+  }
+  unsigned protocol_size() const { 
+    if (!hasDefinition())
+      return 0;
+    
+    return data().ReferencedProtocols.size(); 
+  }
+
+  /// setProtocolList - Set the list of protocols that this interface
+  /// implements.
+  void setProtocolList(ObjCProtocolDecl *const*List, unsigned Num,
+                       const SourceLocation *Locs, ASTContext &C) {
+    assert(hasDefinition() && "Protocol is not defined");
+    data().ReferencedProtocols.set(List, Num, Locs, C);
+  }
+
+  ObjCProtocolDecl *lookupProtocolNamed(IdentifierInfo *PName);
+
+  // Lookup a method. First, we search locally. If a method isn't
+  // found, we search referenced protocols and class categories.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *lookupMethod(Selector Sel, bool isInstance) const;
+  ObjCMethodDecl *lookupInstanceMethod(Selector Sel) const {
+    return lookupMethod(Sel, true/*isInstance*/);
+  }
+  ObjCMethodDecl *lookupClassMethod(Selector Sel) const {
+    return lookupMethod(Sel, false/*isInstance*/);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this protocol has a definition.
+  bool hasDefinition() const {
+    // If the name of this protocol is out-of-date, bring it up-to-date, which
+    // might bring in a definition.
+    // Note: a null value indicates that we don't have a definition and that
+    // modules are enabled.
+    if (!Data.getOpaqueValue()) {
+      if (IdentifierInfo *II = getIdentifier()) {
+        if (II->isOutOfDate()) {
+          updateOutOfDate(*II);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return Data.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the definition of this protocol, if any.
+  ObjCProtocolDecl *getDefinition() {
+    return hasDefinition()? Data.getPointer()->Definition : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the definition of this protocol, if any.
+  const ObjCProtocolDecl *getDefinition() const {
+    return hasDefinition()? Data.getPointer()->Definition : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this particular declaration is also the 
+  /// definition.
+  bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const {
+    return getDefinition() == this;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Starts the definition of this Objective-C protocol.
+  void startDefinition();
+
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+      return ObjCContainerDecl::getSourceRange();
+   
+    return SourceRange(getAtStartLoc(), getLocation());
+  }
+   
+  typedef redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator redecl_iterator;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_end;
+  using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl;
+  using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl;
+
+  /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this Objective-C protocol.
+  ObjCProtocolDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return getFirstDeclaration();
+  }
+  const ObjCProtocolDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return getFirstDeclaration();
+  }
+
+  virtual void collectPropertiesToImplement(PropertyMap &PM,
+                                            PropertyDeclOrder &PO) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCProtocol; }
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// ObjCCategoryDecl - Represents a category declaration. A category allows
+/// you to add methods to an existing class (without subclassing or modifying
+/// the original class interface or implementation:-). Categories don't allow
+/// you to add instance data. The following example adds "myMethod" to all
+/// NSView's within a process:
+///
+/// \@interface NSView (MyViewMethods)
+/// - myMethod;
+/// \@end
+///
+/// Categories also allow you to split the implementation of a class across
+/// several files (a feature more naturally supported in C++).
+///
+/// Categories were originally inspired by dynamic languages such as Common
+/// Lisp and Smalltalk.  More traditional class-based languages (C++, Java)
+/// don't support this level of dynamism, which is both powerful and dangerous.
+///
+class ObjCCategoryDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// Interface belonging to this category
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassInterface;
+
+  /// referenced protocols in this category.
+  ObjCProtocolList ReferencedProtocols;
+
+  /// Next category belonging to this class.
+  /// FIXME: this should not be a singly-linked list.  Move storage elsewhere.
+  ObjCCategoryDecl *NextClassCategory;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the category name in this declaration.
+  SourceLocation CategoryNameLoc;
+
+  /// class extension may have private ivars.
+  SourceLocation IvarLBraceLoc;
+  SourceLocation IvarRBraceLoc;
+  
+  ObjCCategoryDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, SourceLocation CategoryNameLoc,
+                   IdentifierInfo *Id, ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
+                   SourceLocation IvarLBraceLoc=SourceLocation(),
+                   SourceLocation IvarRBraceLoc=SourceLocation())
+    : ObjCContainerDecl(ObjCCategory, DC, Id, ClassNameLoc, AtLoc),
+      ClassInterface(IDecl), NextClassCategory(0),
+      CategoryNameLoc(CategoryNameLoc),
+      IvarLBraceLoc(IvarLBraceLoc), IvarRBraceLoc(IvarRBraceLoc) {
+  }
+
+public:
+
+  static ObjCCategoryDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                  SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation CategoryNameLoc,
+                                  IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                  ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
+                                  SourceLocation IvarLBraceLoc=SourceLocation(),
+                                  SourceLocation IvarRBraceLoc=SourceLocation());
+  static ObjCCategoryDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getClassInterface() { return ClassInterface; }
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getClassInterface() const { return ClassInterface; }
+
+  ObjCCategoryImplDecl *getImplementation() const;
+  void setImplementation(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD);
+
+  /// setProtocolList - Set the list of protocols that this interface
+  /// implements.
+  void setProtocolList(ObjCProtocolDecl *const*List, unsigned Num,
+                       const SourceLocation *Locs, ASTContext &C) {
+    ReferencedProtocols.set(List, Num, Locs, C);
+  }
+
+  const ObjCProtocolList &getReferencedProtocols() const {
+    return ReferencedProtocols;
+  }
+
+  typedef ObjCProtocolList::iterator protocol_iterator;
+  protocol_iterator protocol_begin() const {return ReferencedProtocols.begin();}
+  protocol_iterator protocol_end() const { return ReferencedProtocols.end(); }
+  unsigned protocol_size() const { return ReferencedProtocols.size(); }
+  typedef ObjCProtocolList::loc_iterator protocol_loc_iterator;
+  protocol_loc_iterator protocol_loc_begin() const {
+    return ReferencedProtocols.loc_begin();
+  }
+  protocol_loc_iterator protocol_loc_end() const {
+    return ReferencedProtocols.loc_end();
+  }
+
+  ObjCCategoryDecl *getNextClassCategory() const { return NextClassCategory; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the pointer to the next stored category (or extension),
+  /// which may be hidden.
+  ObjCCategoryDecl *getNextClassCategoryRaw() const {
+    return NextClassCategory;
+  }
+
+  bool IsClassExtension() const { return getIdentifier() == 0; }
+
+  typedef specific_decl_iterator<ObjCIvarDecl> ivar_iterator;
+  ivar_iterator ivar_begin() const {
+    return ivar_iterator(decls_begin());
+  }
+  ivar_iterator ivar_end() const {
+    return ivar_iterator(decls_end());
+  }
+  unsigned ivar_size() const {
+    return std::distance(ivar_begin(), ivar_end());
+  }
+  bool ivar_empty() const {
+    return ivar_begin() == ivar_end();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getCategoryNameLoc() const { return CategoryNameLoc; }
+  void setCategoryNameLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { CategoryNameLoc = Loc; }
+  
+  void setIvarLBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { IvarLBraceLoc = Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getIvarLBraceLoc() const { return IvarLBraceLoc; }
+  void setIvarRBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { IvarRBraceLoc = Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getIvarRBraceLoc() const { return IvarRBraceLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCCategory; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+class ObjCImplDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// Class interface for this class/category implementation
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassInterface;
+
+protected:
+  ObjCImplDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC,
+               ObjCInterfaceDecl *classInterface,
+               SourceLocation nameLoc, SourceLocation atStartLoc)
+    : ObjCContainerDecl(DK, DC,
+                        classInterface? classInterface->getIdentifier() : 0,
+                        nameLoc, atStartLoc),
+      ClassInterface(classInterface) {}
+
+public:
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getClassInterface() const { return ClassInterface; }
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getClassInterface() { return ClassInterface; }
+  void setClassInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace);
+
+  void addInstanceMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method) {
+    // FIXME: Context should be set correctly before we get here.
+    method->setLexicalDeclContext(this);
+    addDecl(method);
+  }
+  void addClassMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method) {
+    // FIXME: Context should be set correctly before we get here.
+    method->setLexicalDeclContext(this);
+    addDecl(method);
+  }
+
+  void addPropertyImplementation(ObjCPropertyImplDecl *property);
+
+  ObjCPropertyImplDecl *FindPropertyImplDecl(IdentifierInfo *propertyId) const;
+  ObjCPropertyImplDecl *FindPropertyImplIvarDecl(IdentifierInfo *ivarId) const;
+
+  // Iterator access to properties.
+  typedef specific_decl_iterator<ObjCPropertyImplDecl> propimpl_iterator;
+  propimpl_iterator propimpl_begin() const {
+    return propimpl_iterator(decls_begin());
+  }
+  propimpl_iterator propimpl_end() const {
+    return propimpl_iterator(decls_end());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstObjCImpl && K <= lastObjCImpl;
+  }
+};
+
+/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl - An object of this class encapsulates a category
+/// \@implementation declaration. If a category class has declaration of a
+/// property, its implementation must be specified in the category's
+/// \@implementation declaration. Example:
+/// \@interface I \@end
+/// \@interface I(CATEGORY)
+///    \@property int p1, d1;
+/// \@end
+/// \@implementation I(CATEGORY)
+///  \@dynamic p1,d1;
+/// \@end
+///
+/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl
+class ObjCCategoryImplDecl : public ObjCImplDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  // Category name
+  IdentifierInfo *Id;
+
+  // Category name location
+  SourceLocation CategoryNameLoc;
+
+  ObjCCategoryImplDecl(DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *classInterface,
+                       SourceLocation nameLoc, SourceLocation atStartLoc,
+                       SourceLocation CategoryNameLoc)
+    : ObjCImplDecl(ObjCCategoryImpl, DC, classInterface, nameLoc, atStartLoc),
+      Id(Id), CategoryNameLoc(CategoryNameLoc) {}
+public:
+  static ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                      ObjCInterfaceDecl *classInterface,
+                                      SourceLocation nameLoc,
+                                      SourceLocation atStartLoc,
+                                      SourceLocation CategoryNameLoc);
+  static ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  /// getIdentifier - Get the identifier that names the category
+  /// interface associated with this implementation.
+  /// FIXME: This is a bad API, we are overriding the NamedDecl::getIdentifier()
+  /// to mean something different. For example:
+  /// ((NamedDecl *)SomeCategoryImplDecl)->getIdentifier()
+  /// returns the class interface name, whereas
+  /// ((ObjCCategoryImplDecl *)SomeCategoryImplDecl)->getIdentifier()
+  /// returns the category name.
+  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
+    return Id;
+  }
+  void setIdentifier(IdentifierInfo *II) { Id = II; }
+
+  ObjCCategoryDecl *getCategoryDecl() const;
+
+  SourceLocation getCategoryNameLoc() const { return CategoryNameLoc; }
+
+  /// getName - Get the name of identifier for the class interface associated
+  /// with this implementation as a StringRef.
+  //
+  // FIXME: This is a bad API, we are overriding the NamedDecl::getName, to mean
+  // something different.
+  StringRef getName() const {
+    return Id ? Id->getNameStart() : "";
+  }
+
+  /// @brief Get the name of the class associated with this interface.
+  //
+  // FIXME: Deprecated, move clients to getName().
+  std::string getNameAsString() const {
+    return getName();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCCategoryImpl;}
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ObjCCategoryImplDecl &CID);
+
+/// ObjCImplementationDecl - Represents a class definition - this is where
+/// method definitions are specified. For example:
+///
+/// @code
+/// \@implementation MyClass
+/// - (void)myMethod { /* do something */ }
+/// \@end
+/// @endcode
+///
+/// Typically, instance variables are specified in the class interface,
+/// *not* in the implementation. Nevertheless (for legacy reasons), we
+/// allow instance variables to be specified in the implementation.  When
+/// specified, they need to be *identical* to the interface.
+///
+class ObjCImplementationDecl : public ObjCImplDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// Implementation Class's super class.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass;
+  /// \@implementation may have private ivars.
+  SourceLocation IvarLBraceLoc;
+  SourceLocation IvarRBraceLoc;
+  
+  /// Support for ivar initialization.
+  /// IvarInitializers - The arguments used to initialize the ivars
+  CXXCtorInitializer **IvarInitializers;
+  unsigned NumIvarInitializers;
+
+  /// Do the ivars of this class require initialization other than
+  /// zero-initialization?
+  bool HasNonZeroConstructors : 1;
+
+  /// Do the ivars of this class require non-trivial destruction?
+  bool HasDestructors : 1;
+
+  ObjCImplementationDecl(DeclContext *DC,
+                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *classInterface,
+                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *superDecl,
+                         SourceLocation nameLoc, SourceLocation atStartLoc,
+                         SourceLocation IvarLBraceLoc=SourceLocation(), 
+                         SourceLocation IvarRBraceLoc=SourceLocation())
+    : ObjCImplDecl(ObjCImplementation, DC, classInterface, nameLoc, atStartLoc),
+       SuperClass(superDecl), IvarLBraceLoc(IvarLBraceLoc), 
+       IvarRBraceLoc(IvarRBraceLoc),
+       IvarInitializers(0), NumIvarInitializers(0),
+       HasNonZeroConstructors(false), HasDestructors(false) {}
+public:
+  static ObjCImplementationDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *classInterface,
+                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *superDecl,
+                                        SourceLocation nameLoc,
+                                        SourceLocation atStartLoc,
+                                        SourceLocation IvarLBraceLoc=SourceLocation(), 
+                                        SourceLocation IvarRBraceLoc=SourceLocation());
+
+  static ObjCImplementationDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  /// init_iterator - Iterates through the ivar initializer list.
+  typedef CXXCtorInitializer **init_iterator;
+
+  /// init_const_iterator - Iterates through the ivar initializer list.
+  typedef CXXCtorInitializer * const * init_const_iterator;
+
+  /// init_begin() - Retrieve an iterator to the first initializer.
+  init_iterator       init_begin()       { return IvarInitializers; }
+  /// begin() - Retrieve an iterator to the first initializer.
+  init_const_iterator init_begin() const { return IvarInitializers; }
+
+  /// init_end() - Retrieve an iterator past the last initializer.
+  init_iterator       init_end()       {
+    return IvarInitializers + NumIvarInitializers;
+  }
+  /// end() - Retrieve an iterator past the last initializer.
+  init_const_iterator init_end() const {
+    return IvarInitializers + NumIvarInitializers;
+  }
+  /// getNumArgs - Number of ivars which must be initialized.
+  unsigned getNumIvarInitializers() const {
+    return NumIvarInitializers;
+  }
+
+  void setNumIvarInitializers(unsigned numNumIvarInitializers) {
+    NumIvarInitializers = numNumIvarInitializers;
+  }
+
+  void setIvarInitializers(ASTContext &C,
+                           CXXCtorInitializer ** initializers,
+                           unsigned numInitializers);
+
+  /// Do any of the ivars of this class (not counting its base classes)
+  /// require construction other than zero-initialization?
+  bool hasNonZeroConstructors() const { return HasNonZeroConstructors; }
+  void setHasNonZeroConstructors(bool val) { HasNonZeroConstructors = val; }
+
+  /// Do any of the ivars of this class (not counting its base classes)
+  /// require non-trivial destruction?
+  bool hasDestructors() const { return HasDestructors; }
+  void setHasDestructors(bool val) { HasDestructors = val; }
+
+  /// getIdentifier - Get the identifier that names the class
+  /// interface associated with this implementation.
+  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
+    return getClassInterface()->getIdentifier();
+  }
+
+  /// getName - Get the name of identifier for the class interface associated
+  /// with this implementation as a StringRef.
+  //
+  // FIXME: This is a bad API, we are overriding the NamedDecl::getName, to mean
+  // something different.
+  StringRef getName() const {
+    assert(getIdentifier() && "Name is not a simple identifier");
+    return getIdentifier()->getName();
+  }
+
+  /// @brief Get the name of the class associated with this interface.
+  //
+  // FIXME: Move to StringRef API.
+  std::string getNameAsString() const {
+    return getName();
+  }
+
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getSuperClass() const { return SuperClass; }
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getSuperClass() { return SuperClass; }
+
+  void setSuperClass(ObjCInterfaceDecl * superCls) { SuperClass = superCls; }
+
+  void setIvarLBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { IvarLBraceLoc = Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getIvarLBraceLoc() const { return IvarLBraceLoc; }
+  void setIvarRBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { IvarRBraceLoc = Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getIvarRBraceLoc() const { return IvarRBraceLoc; }
+  
+  typedef specific_decl_iterator<ObjCIvarDecl> ivar_iterator;
+  ivar_iterator ivar_begin() const {
+    return ivar_iterator(decls_begin());
+  }
+  ivar_iterator ivar_end() const {
+    return ivar_iterator(decls_end());
+  }
+  unsigned ivar_size() const {
+    return std::distance(ivar_begin(), ivar_end());
+  }
+  bool ivar_empty() const {
+    return ivar_begin() == ivar_end();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCImplementation; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ObjCImplementationDecl &ID);
+
+/// ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl - Represents alias of a class. This alias is
+/// declared as \@compatibility_alias alias class.
+class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl : public NamedDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// Class that this is an alias of.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *AliasedClass;
+
+  ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                          ObjCInterfaceDecl* aliasedClass)
+    : NamedDecl(ObjCCompatibleAlias, DC, L, Id), AliasedClass(aliasedClass) {}
+public:
+  static ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                         SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl* aliasedClass);
+
+  static ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, 
+                                                     unsigned ID);
+  
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getClassInterface() const { return AliasedClass; }
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getClassInterface() { return AliasedClass; }
+  void setClassInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { AliasedClass = D; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCCompatibleAlias; }
+
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents one property declaration in an Objective-C interface.
+///
+/// For example:
+/// \code{.mm}
+/// \@property (assign, readwrite) int MyProperty;
+/// \endcode
+class ObjCPropertyDecl : public NamedDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  enum PropertyAttributeKind {
+    OBJC_PR_noattr    = 0x00,
+    OBJC_PR_readonly  = 0x01,
+    OBJC_PR_getter    = 0x02,
+    OBJC_PR_assign    = 0x04,
+    OBJC_PR_readwrite = 0x08,
+    OBJC_PR_retain    = 0x10,
+    OBJC_PR_copy      = 0x20,
+    OBJC_PR_nonatomic = 0x40,
+    OBJC_PR_setter    = 0x80,
+    OBJC_PR_atomic    = 0x100,
+    OBJC_PR_weak      = 0x200,
+    OBJC_PR_strong    = 0x400,
+    OBJC_PR_unsafe_unretained = 0x800
+    // Adding a property should change NumPropertyAttrsBits
+  };
+
+  enum {
+    /// \brief Number of bits fitting all the property attributes.
+    NumPropertyAttrsBits = 12
+  };
+
+  enum SetterKind { Assign, Retain, Copy, Weak };
+  enum PropertyControl { None, Required, Optional };
+private:
+  SourceLocation AtLoc;   // location of \@property
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc; // location of '(' starting attribute list or null.
+  TypeSourceInfo *DeclType;
+  unsigned PropertyAttributes : NumPropertyAttrsBits;
+  unsigned PropertyAttributesAsWritten : NumPropertyAttrsBits;
+  // \@required/\@optional
+  unsigned PropertyImplementation : 2;
+
+  Selector GetterName;    // getter name of NULL if no getter
+  Selector SetterName;    // setter name of NULL if no setter
+
+  ObjCMethodDecl *GetterMethodDecl; // Declaration of getter instance method
+  ObjCMethodDecl *SetterMethodDecl; // Declaration of setter instance method
+  ObjCIvarDecl *PropertyIvarDecl;   // Synthesize ivar for this property
+
+  ObjCPropertyDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                   SourceLocation AtLocation,  SourceLocation LParenLocation,
+                   TypeSourceInfo *T)
+    : NamedDecl(ObjCProperty, DC, L, Id), AtLoc(AtLocation), 
+      LParenLoc(LParenLocation), DeclType(T),
+      PropertyAttributes(OBJC_PR_noattr),
+      PropertyAttributesAsWritten(OBJC_PR_noattr),
+      PropertyImplementation(None),
+      GetterName(Selector()),
+      SetterName(Selector()),
+      GetterMethodDecl(0), SetterMethodDecl(0) , PropertyIvarDecl(0) {}
+public:
+  static ObjCPropertyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                  SourceLocation L,
+                                  IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation AtLocation,
+                                  SourceLocation LParenLocation,
+                                  TypeSourceInfo *T,
+                                  PropertyControl propControl = None);
+  
+  static ObjCPropertyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  SourceLocation getAtLoc() const { return AtLoc; }
+  void setAtLoc(SourceLocation L) { AtLoc = L; }
+  
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return DeclType; }
+  QualType getType() const { return DeclType->getType(); }
+  void setType(TypeSourceInfo *T) { DeclType = T; }
+
+  PropertyAttributeKind getPropertyAttributes() const {
+    return PropertyAttributeKind(PropertyAttributes);
+  }
+  void setPropertyAttributes(PropertyAttributeKind PRVal) {
+    PropertyAttributes |= PRVal;
+  }
+
+  PropertyAttributeKind getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() const {
+    return PropertyAttributeKind(PropertyAttributesAsWritten);
+  }
+
+  bool hasWrittenStorageAttribute() const {
+    return PropertyAttributesAsWritten & (OBJC_PR_assign | OBJC_PR_copy |
+        OBJC_PR_unsafe_unretained | OBJC_PR_retain | OBJC_PR_strong |
+        OBJC_PR_weak);
+  }
+
+  void setPropertyAttributesAsWritten(PropertyAttributeKind PRVal) {
+    PropertyAttributesAsWritten = PRVal;
+  }
+
+ void makeitReadWriteAttribute() {
+    PropertyAttributes &= ~OBJC_PR_readonly;
+    PropertyAttributes |= OBJC_PR_readwrite;
+ }
+
+  // Helper methods for accessing attributes.
+
+  /// isReadOnly - Return true iff the property has a setter.
+  bool isReadOnly() const {
+    return (PropertyAttributes & OBJC_PR_readonly);
+  }
+
+  /// isAtomic - Return true if the property is atomic.
+  bool isAtomic() const {
+    return (PropertyAttributes & OBJC_PR_atomic);
+  }
+
+  /// isRetaining - Return true if the property retains its value.
+  bool isRetaining() const {
+    return (PropertyAttributes &
+            (OBJC_PR_retain | OBJC_PR_strong | OBJC_PR_copy));
+  }
+
+  /// getSetterKind - Return the method used for doing assignment in
+  /// the property setter. This is only valid if the property has been
+  /// defined to have a setter.
+  SetterKind getSetterKind() const {
+    if (PropertyAttributes & OBJC_PR_strong)
+      return getType()->isBlockPointerType() ? Copy : Retain;
+    if (PropertyAttributes & OBJC_PR_retain)
+      return Retain;
+    if (PropertyAttributes & OBJC_PR_copy)
+      return Copy;
+    if (PropertyAttributes & OBJC_PR_weak)
+      return Weak;
+    return Assign;
+  }
+
+  Selector getGetterName() const { return GetterName; }
+  void setGetterName(Selector Sel) { GetterName = Sel; }
+
+  Selector getSetterName() const { return SetterName; }
+  void setSetterName(Selector Sel) { SetterName = Sel; }
+
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getGetterMethodDecl() const { return GetterMethodDecl; }
+  void setGetterMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *gDecl) { GetterMethodDecl = gDecl; }
+
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getSetterMethodDecl() const { return SetterMethodDecl; }
+  void setSetterMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *gDecl) { SetterMethodDecl = gDecl; }
+
+  // Related to \@optional/\@required declared in \@protocol
+  void setPropertyImplementation(PropertyControl pc) {
+    PropertyImplementation = pc;
+  }
+  PropertyControl getPropertyImplementation() const {
+    return PropertyControl(PropertyImplementation);
+  }
+
+  void setPropertyIvarDecl(ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar) {
+    PropertyIvarDecl = Ivar;
+  }
+  ObjCIvarDecl *getPropertyIvarDecl() const {
+    return PropertyIvarDecl;
+  }
+
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(AtLoc, getLocation());
+  }
+  
+  /// Get the default name of the synthesized ivar.
+  IdentifierInfo *getDefaultSynthIvarName(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// Lookup a property by name in the specified DeclContext.
+  static ObjCPropertyDecl *findPropertyDecl(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                            IdentifierInfo *propertyID);
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCProperty; }
+};
+
+/// ObjCPropertyImplDecl - Represents implementation declaration of a property
+/// in a class or category implementation block. For example:
+/// \@synthesize prop1 = ivar1;
+///
+class ObjCPropertyImplDecl : public Decl {
+public:
+  enum Kind {
+    Synthesize,
+    Dynamic
+  };
+private:
+  SourceLocation AtLoc;   // location of \@synthesize or \@dynamic
+
+  /// \brief For \@synthesize, the location of the ivar, if it was written in
+  /// the source code.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// \@synthesize int a = b
+  /// \endcode
+  SourceLocation IvarLoc;
+
+  /// Property declaration being implemented
+  ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl;
+
+  /// Null for \@dynamic. Required for \@synthesize.
+  ObjCIvarDecl *PropertyIvarDecl;
+
+  /// Null for \@dynamic. Non-null if property must be copy-constructed in
+  /// getter.
+  Expr *GetterCXXConstructor;
+
+  /// Null for \@dynamic. Non-null if property has assignment operator to call
+  /// in Setter synthesis.
+  Expr *SetterCXXAssignment;
+
+  ObjCPropertyImplDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation atLoc, SourceLocation L,
+                       ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
+                       Kind PK,
+                       ObjCIvarDecl *ivarDecl,
+                       SourceLocation ivarLoc)
+    : Decl(ObjCPropertyImpl, DC, L), AtLoc(atLoc),
+      IvarLoc(ivarLoc), PropertyDecl(property), PropertyIvarDecl(ivarDecl),
+      GetterCXXConstructor(0), SetterCXXAssignment(0) {
+    assert (PK == Dynamic || PropertyIvarDecl);
+  }
+
+public:
+  static ObjCPropertyImplDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                      SourceLocation atLoc, SourceLocation L,
+                                      ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
+                                      Kind PK,
+                                      ObjCIvarDecl *ivarDecl,
+                                      SourceLocation ivarLoc);
+
+  static ObjCPropertyImplDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+  
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtLoc; }
+  void setAtLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { AtLoc = Loc; }
+
+  ObjCPropertyDecl *getPropertyDecl() const {
+    return PropertyDecl;
+  }
+  void setPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop) { PropertyDecl = Prop; }
+
+  Kind getPropertyImplementation() const {
+    return PropertyIvarDecl ? Synthesize : Dynamic;
+  }
+
+  ObjCIvarDecl *getPropertyIvarDecl() const {
+    return PropertyIvarDecl;
+  }
+  SourceLocation getPropertyIvarDeclLoc() const { return IvarLoc; }
+
+  void setPropertyIvarDecl(ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar,
+                           SourceLocation IvarLoc) {
+    PropertyIvarDecl = Ivar;
+    this->IvarLoc = IvarLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief For \@synthesize, returns true if an ivar name was explicitly
+  /// specified.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// \@synthesize int a = b; // true
+  /// \@synthesize int a; // false
+  /// \endcode
+  bool isIvarNameSpecified() const {
+    return IvarLoc.isValid() && IvarLoc != getLocation();
+  }
+
+  Expr *getGetterCXXConstructor() const {
+    return GetterCXXConstructor;
+  }
+  void setGetterCXXConstructor(Expr *getterCXXConstructor) {
+    GetterCXXConstructor = getterCXXConstructor;
+  }
+
+  Expr *getSetterCXXAssignment() const {
+    return SetterCXXAssignment;
+  }
+  void setSetterCXXAssignment(Expr *setterCXXAssignment) {
+    SetterCXXAssignment = setterCXXAssignment;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Decl::Kind K) { return K == ObjCPropertyImpl; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+};
+
+template<bool (*Filter)(ObjCCategoryDecl *)>
+void
+ObjCInterfaceDecl::filtered_category_iterator<Filter>::
+findAcceptableCategory() {
+  while (Current && !Filter(Current))
+    Current = Current->getNextClassCategoryRaw();
+}
+
+template<bool (*Filter)(ObjCCategoryDecl *)>
+inline ObjCInterfaceDecl::filtered_category_iterator<Filter> &
+ObjCInterfaceDecl::filtered_category_iterator<Filter>::operator++() {
+  Current = Current->getNextClassCategoryRaw();
+  findAcceptableCategory();
+  return *this;
+}
+
+inline bool ObjCInterfaceDecl::isVisibleCategory(ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat) {
+  return !Cat->isHidden();
+}
+
+inline bool ObjCInterfaceDecl::isVisibleExtension(ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat) {
+  return Cat->IsClassExtension() && !Cat->isHidden();
+}
+
+inline bool ObjCInterfaceDecl::isKnownExtension(ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat) {
+  return Cat->IsClassExtension();
+}
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca92040
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+//===--- OpenMP.h - Classes for representing OpenMP directives ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief This file defines OpenMP nodes.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_OPENMP_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_OPENMP_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class DeclRefExpr;
+
+/// \brief This represents '#pragma omp threadprivate ...' directive.
+/// For example, in the following, both 'a' and 'A::b' are threadprivate:
+///
+/// \code
+/// int a;
+/// #pragma omp threadprivate(a)
+/// struct A {
+///   static int b;
+/// #pragma omp threadprivate(b)
+/// };
+/// \endcode
+///
+class OMPThreadPrivateDecl : public Decl {
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  unsigned NumVars;
+
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  OMPThreadPrivateDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L) :
+    Decl(DK, DC, L), NumVars(0) { }
+
+  ArrayRef<const DeclRefExpr *> getVars() const {
+    return ArrayRef<const DeclRefExpr *>(
+                   reinterpret_cast<const DeclRefExpr * const *>(this + 1),
+                   NumVars);
+  }
+
+  llvm::MutableArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> getVars() {
+    return llvm::MutableArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *>(
+                                 reinterpret_cast<DeclRefExpr **>(this + 1),
+                                 NumVars);
+  }
+
+  void setVars(ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VL);
+
+public:
+  static OMPThreadPrivateDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                      SourceLocation L,
+                                      ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VL);
+  static OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C,
+                                                  unsigned ID, unsigned N);
+
+  typedef llvm::MutableArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *>::iterator varlist_iterator;
+  typedef ArrayRef<const DeclRefExpr *>::iterator varlist_const_iterator;
+
+  unsigned varlist_size() const { return NumVars; }
+  bool varlist_empty() const { return NumVars == 0; }
+  varlist_iterator varlist_begin() { return getVars().begin(); }
+  varlist_iterator varlist_end() { return getVars().end(); }
+  varlist_const_iterator varlist_begin() const { return getVars().begin(); }
+  varlist_const_iterator varlist_end() const { return getVars().end(); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == OMPThreadPrivate; }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..425a617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2244 @@
+//===-- DeclTemplate.h - Classes for representing C++ templates -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the C++ template declaration subclasses.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLTEMPLATE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLTEMPLATE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Redeclarable.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <limits>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class TemplateParameterList;
+class TemplateDecl;
+class RedeclarableTemplateDecl;
+class FunctionTemplateDecl;
+class ClassTemplateDecl;
+class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
+class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
+class NonTypeTemplateParmDecl;
+class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
+class TypeAliasTemplateDecl;
+
+/// \brief Stores a template parameter of any kind.
+typedef llvm::PointerUnion3<TemplateTypeParmDecl*, NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*,
+                            TemplateTemplateParmDecl*> TemplateParameter;
+
+/// \brief Stores a list of template parameters for a TemplateDecl and its
+/// derived classes.
+class TemplateParameterList {
+  /// The location of the 'template' keyword.
+  SourceLocation TemplateLoc;
+
+  /// The locations of the '<' and '>' angle brackets.
+  SourceLocation LAngleLoc, RAngleLoc;
+
+  /// The number of template parameters in this template
+  /// parameter list.
+  unsigned NumParams : 31;
+
+  /// Whether this template parameter list contains an unexpanded parameter
+  /// pack.
+  unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1;
+
+protected:
+  TemplateParameterList(SourceLocation TemplateLoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                        NamedDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
+                        SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
+
+public:
+  static TemplateParameterList *Create(const ASTContext &C,
+                                       SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                                       NamedDecl **Params,
+                                       unsigned NumParams,
+                                       SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Iterates through the template parameters in this list.
+  typedef NamedDecl** iterator;
+
+  /// \brief Iterates through the template parameters in this list.
+  typedef NamedDecl* const* const_iterator;
+
+  iterator begin() { return reinterpret_cast<NamedDecl **>(this + 1); }
+  const_iterator begin() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<NamedDecl * const *>(this + 1);
+  }
+  iterator end() { return begin() + NumParams; }
+  const_iterator end() const { return begin() + NumParams; }
+
+  unsigned size() const { return NumParams; }
+
+  llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*> asArray() {
+    return llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>(begin(), size());
+  }
+  llvm::ArrayRef<const NamedDecl*> asArray() const {
+    return llvm::ArrayRef<const NamedDecl*>(begin(), size());
+  }
+
+  NamedDecl* getParam(unsigned Idx) {
+    assert(Idx < size() && "Template parameter index out-of-range");
+    return begin()[Idx];
+  }
+
+  const NamedDecl* getParam(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(Idx < size() && "Template parameter index out-of-range");
+    return begin()[Idx];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the minimum number of arguments needed to form a
+  /// template specialization.
+  ///
+  /// This may be fewer than the number of template parameters, if some of
+  /// the parameters have default arguments or if there is a parameter pack.
+  unsigned getMinRequiredArguments() const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the depth of this template parameter list in the set of
+  /// template parameter lists.
+  ///
+  /// The first template parameter list in a declaration will have depth 0,
+  /// the second template parameter list will have depth 1, etc.
+  unsigned getDepth() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this template parameter list contains an
+  /// unexpanded parameter pack.
+  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const {
+    return ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getTemplateLoc() const { return TemplateLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { return LAngleLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { return RAngleLoc; }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(TemplateLoc, RAngleLoc);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Stores a list of template parameters for a TemplateDecl and its
+/// derived classes. Suitable for creating on the stack.
+template<size_t N>
+class FixedSizeTemplateParameterList : public TemplateParameterList {
+  NamedDecl *Params[N];
+
+public:
+  FixedSizeTemplateParameterList(SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                                 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                                 NamedDecl **Params, SourceLocation RAngleLoc) :
+    TemplateParameterList(TemplateLoc, LAngleLoc, Params, N, RAngleLoc) {
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief A template argument list.
+class TemplateArgumentList {
+  /// \brief The template argument list.
+  ///
+  /// The integer value will be non-zero to indicate that this
+  /// template argument list does own the pointer.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<const TemplateArgument *, 1> Arguments;
+
+  /// \brief The number of template arguments in this template
+  /// argument list.
+  unsigned NumArguments;
+
+  TemplateArgumentList(const TemplateArgumentList &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TemplateArgumentList &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  TemplateArgumentList(const TemplateArgument *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                       bool Owned)
+    : Arguments(Args, Owned), NumArguments(NumArgs) { }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Type used to indicate that the template argument list itself is a
+  /// stack object. It does not own its template arguments.
+  enum OnStackType { OnStack };
+
+  /// \brief Create a new template argument list that copies the given set of
+  /// template arguments.
+  static TemplateArgumentList *CreateCopy(ASTContext &Context,
+                                          const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                          unsigned NumArgs);
+
+  /// \brief Construct a new, temporary template argument list on the stack.
+  ///
+  /// The template argument list does not own the template arguments
+  /// provided.
+  explicit TemplateArgumentList(OnStackType,
+                                const TemplateArgument *Args, unsigned NumArgs)
+    : Arguments(Args, false), NumArguments(NumArgs) { }
+
+  /// \brief Produces a shallow copy of the given template argument list.
+  ///
+  /// This operation assumes that the input argument list outlives it.
+  /// This takes the list as a pointer to avoid looking like a copy
+  /// constructor, since this really really isn't safe to use that
+  /// way.
+  explicit TemplateArgumentList(const TemplateArgumentList *Other)
+    : Arguments(Other->data(), false), NumArguments(Other->size()) { }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument at a given index.
+  const TemplateArgument &get(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(Idx < NumArguments && "Invalid template argument index");
+    return data()[Idx];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument at a given index.
+  const TemplateArgument &operator[](unsigned Idx) const { return get(Idx); }
+
+  /// \brief Produce this as an array ref.
+  llvm::ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> asArray() const {
+    return llvm::ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>(data(), size());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of template arguments in this
+  /// template argument list.
+  unsigned size() const { return NumArguments; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a pointer to the template argument list.
+  const TemplateArgument *data() const {
+    return Arguments.getPointer();
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Kinds of Templates
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// \brief The base class of all kinds of template declarations (e.g.,
+/// class, function, etc.).
+///
+/// The TemplateDecl class stores the list of template parameters and a
+/// reference to the templated scoped declaration: the underlying AST node.
+class TemplateDecl : public NamedDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  // This is probably never used.
+  TemplateDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L,
+               DeclarationName Name)
+    : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, Name), TemplatedDecl(0), TemplateParams(0) { }
+
+  // Construct a template decl with the given name and parameters.
+  // Used when there is not templated element (tt-params, alias?).
+  TemplateDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L,
+               DeclarationName Name, TemplateParameterList *Params)
+    : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, Name), TemplatedDecl(0), TemplateParams(Params) { }
+
+  // Construct a template decl with name, parameters, and templated element.
+  TemplateDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L,
+               DeclarationName Name, TemplateParameterList *Params,
+               NamedDecl *Decl)
+    : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, Name), TemplatedDecl(Decl),
+      TemplateParams(Params) { }
+public:
+  /// Get the list of template parameters
+  TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameters() const {
+    return TemplateParams;
+  }
+
+  /// Get the underlying, templated declaration.
+  NamedDecl *getTemplatedDecl() const { return TemplatedDecl; }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstTemplate && K <= lastTemplate;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
+                       TemplatedDecl->getSourceRange().getEnd());
+  }
+
+protected:
+  NamedDecl *TemplatedDecl;
+  TemplateParameterList* TemplateParams;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Initialize the underlying templated declaration and
+  /// template parameters.
+  void init(NamedDecl *templatedDecl, TemplateParameterList* templateParams) {
+    assert(TemplatedDecl == 0 && "TemplatedDecl already set!");
+    assert(TemplateParams == 0 && "TemplateParams already set!");
+    TemplatedDecl = templatedDecl;
+    TemplateParams = templateParams;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Provides information about a function template specialization,
+/// which is a FunctionDecl that has been explicitly specialization or
+/// instantiated from a function template.
+class FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo(FunctionDecl *FD,
+                                     FunctionTemplateDecl *Template,
+                                     TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
+                                     const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs,
+                       const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten,
+                                     SourceLocation POI)
+  : Function(FD),
+    Template(Template, TSK - 1),
+    TemplateArguments(TemplateArgs),
+    TemplateArgumentsAsWritten(TemplateArgsAsWritten),
+    PointOfInstantiation(POI) { }
+
+public:
+  static FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *
+  Create(ASTContext &C, FunctionDecl *FD, FunctionTemplateDecl *Template,
+         TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
+         const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs,
+         const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten,
+         SourceLocation POI);
+
+  /// \brief The function template specialization that this structure
+  /// describes.
+  FunctionDecl *Function;
+
+  /// \brief The function template from which this function template
+  /// specialization was generated.
+  ///
+  /// The two bits are contain the top 4 values of TemplateSpecializationKind.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<FunctionTemplateDecl *, 2> Template;
+
+  /// \brief The template arguments used to produce the function template
+  /// specialization from the function template.
+  const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArguments;
+
+  /// \brief The template arguments as written in the sources, if provided.
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgumentsAsWritten;
+
+  /// \brief The point at which this function template specialization was
+  /// first instantiated.
+  SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template from which this function was specialized.
+  FunctionTemplateDecl *getTemplate() const { return Template.getPointer(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine what kind of template specialization this is.
+  TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const {
+    return (TemplateSpecializationKind)(Template.getInt() + 1);
+  }
+
+  bool isExplicitSpecialization() const {
+    return getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief True if this declaration is an explicit specialization,
+  /// explicit instantiation declaration, or explicit instantiation
+  /// definition.
+  bool isExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization() const {
+    switch (getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
+    case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
+    case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
+    case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
+      return true;
+
+    case TSK_Undeclared:
+    case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
+      return false;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad template specialization kind");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the template specialization kind.
+  void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
+    assert(TSK != TSK_Undeclared &&
+         "Cannot encode TSK_Undeclared for a function template specialization");
+    Template.setInt(TSK - 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the first point of instantiation of this function
+  /// template specialization.
+  ///
+  /// The point of instantiation may be an invalid source location if this
+  /// function has yet to be instantiated.
+  SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const {
+    return PointOfInstantiation;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the (first) point of instantiation of this function template
+  /// specialization.
+  void setPointOfInstantiation(SourceLocation POI) {
+    PointOfInstantiation = POI;
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, TemplateArguments->data(),
+            TemplateArguments->size(),
+            Function->getASTContext());
+  }
+
+  static void
+  Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs,
+          unsigned NumTemplateArgs, ASTContext &Context) {
+    ID.AddInteger(NumTemplateArgs);
+    for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg != NumTemplateArgs; ++Arg)
+      TemplateArgs[Arg].Profile(ID, Context);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Provides information a specialization of a member of a class
+/// template, which may be a member function, static data member,
+/// member class or member enumeration.
+class MemberSpecializationInfo {
+  // The member declaration from which this member was instantiated, and the
+  // manner in which the instantiation occurred (in the lower two bits).
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<NamedDecl *, 2> MemberAndTSK;
+
+  // The point at which this member was first instantiated.
+  SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
+
+public:
+  explicit
+  MemberSpecializationInfo(NamedDecl *IF, TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
+                           SourceLocation POI = SourceLocation())
+    : MemberAndTSK(IF, TSK - 1), PointOfInstantiation(POI) {
+    assert(TSK != TSK_Undeclared &&
+           "Cannot encode undeclared template specializations for members");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the member declaration from which this member was
+  /// instantiated.
+  NamedDecl *getInstantiatedFrom() const { return MemberAndTSK.getPointer(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine what kind of template specialization this is.
+  TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const {
+    return (TemplateSpecializationKind)(MemberAndTSK.getInt() + 1);
+  }
+
+  bool isExplicitSpecialization() const {
+    return getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the template specialization kind.
+  void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
+    assert(TSK != TSK_Undeclared &&
+           "Cannot encode undeclared template specializations for members");
+    MemberAndTSK.setInt(TSK - 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the first point of instantiation of this member.
+  /// If the point of instantiation is an invalid location, then this member
+  /// has not yet been instantiated.
+  SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const {
+    return PointOfInstantiation;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the first point of instantiation.
+  void setPointOfInstantiation(SourceLocation POI) {
+    PointOfInstantiation = POI;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Provides information about a dependent function-template
+/// specialization declaration.
+///
+/// Since explicit function template specialization and instantiation
+/// declarations can only appear in namespace scope, and you can only
+/// specialize a member of a fully-specialized class, the only way to
+/// get one of these is in a friend declaration like the following:
+///
+/// \code
+///   template \<class T> void foo(T);
+///   template \<class T> class A {
+///     friend void foo<>(T);
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+class DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo {
+  struct CA {
+    /// The number of potential template candidates.
+    unsigned NumTemplates;
+
+    /// The number of template arguments.
+    unsigned NumArgs;
+  };
+
+  union {
+    // Force sizeof to be a multiple of sizeof(void*) so that the
+    // trailing data is aligned.
+    void *Aligner;
+    struct CA d;
+  };
+
+  /// The locations of the left and right angle brackets.
+  SourceRange AngleLocs;
+
+  FunctionTemplateDecl * const *getTemplates() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl*const*>(this+1);
+  }
+
+public:
+  DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo(
+                                 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Templates,
+                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of function templates that this might
+  /// be a specialization of.
+  unsigned getNumTemplates() const {
+    return d.NumTemplates;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the i'th template candidate.
+  FunctionTemplateDecl *getTemplate(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < getNumTemplates() && "template index out of range");
+    return getTemplates()[I];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the explicit template arguments that were given.
+  const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgumentLoc*>(
+                                            &getTemplates()[getNumTemplates()]);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of explicit template arguments that were given.
+  unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const {
+    return d.NumArgs;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the nth template argument.
+  const TemplateArgumentLoc &getTemplateArg(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < getNumTemplateArgs() && "template arg index out of range");
+    return getTemplateArgs()[I];
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
+    return AngleLocs.getBegin();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
+    return AngleLocs.getEnd();
+  }
+};
+
+/// Declaration of a redeclarable template.
+class RedeclarableTemplateDecl : public TemplateDecl, 
+                                 public Redeclarable<RedeclarableTemplateDecl> 
+{
+  typedef Redeclarable<RedeclarableTemplateDecl> redeclarable_base;
+  virtual RedeclarableTemplateDecl *getNextRedeclaration() {
+    return RedeclLink.getNext();
+  }
+  virtual RedeclarableTemplateDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() {
+    return getPreviousDecl();
+  }
+  virtual RedeclarableTemplateDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() {
+    return getMostRecentDecl();
+  }
+
+protected:
+  template <typename EntryType> struct SpecEntryTraits {
+    typedef EntryType DeclType;
+
+    static DeclType *getMostRecentDecl(EntryType *D) {
+      return D->getMostRecentDecl();
+    }
+  };
+
+  template <typename EntryType,
+            typename _SETraits = SpecEntryTraits<EntryType>,
+            typename _DeclType = typename _SETraits::DeclType>
+  class SpecIterator : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag,
+                                            _DeclType*, ptrdiff_t,
+                                            _DeclType*, _DeclType*> {
+    typedef _SETraits SETraits;
+    typedef _DeclType DeclType;
+
+    typedef typename llvm::FoldingSetVector<EntryType>::iterator
+      SetIteratorType;
+
+    SetIteratorType SetIter;
+
+  public:
+    SpecIterator() : SetIter() {}
+    SpecIterator(SetIteratorType SetIter) : SetIter(SetIter) {}
+
+    DeclType *operator*() const {
+      return SETraits::getMostRecentDecl(&*SetIter);
+    }
+    DeclType *operator->() const { return **this; }
+
+    SpecIterator &operator++() { ++SetIter; return *this; }
+    SpecIterator operator++(int) {
+      SpecIterator tmp(*this);
+      ++(*this);
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(SpecIterator Other) const {
+      return SetIter == Other.SetIter;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(SpecIterator Other) const {
+      return SetIter != Other.SetIter;
+    }
+  };
+
+  template <typename EntryType>
+  static SpecIterator<EntryType>
+  makeSpecIterator(llvm::FoldingSetVector<EntryType> &Specs, bool isEnd) {
+    return SpecIterator<EntryType>(isEnd ? Specs.end() : Specs.begin());
+  }
+
+  template <class EntryType> typename SpecEntryTraits<EntryType>::DeclType*
+  findSpecializationImpl(llvm::FoldingSetVector<EntryType> &Specs,
+                         const TemplateArgument *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                         void *&InsertPos);
+
+  struct CommonBase {
+    CommonBase() : InstantiatedFromMember(0, false) { }
+
+    /// \brief The template from which this was most
+    /// directly instantiated (or null).
+    ///
+    /// The boolean value indicates whether this template
+    /// was explicitly specialized.
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<RedeclarableTemplateDecl*, 1, bool>
+      InstantiatedFromMember;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Pointer to the common data shared by all declarations of this
+  /// template.
+  mutable CommonBase *Common;
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieves the "common" pointer shared by all (re-)declarations of
+  /// the same template. Calling this routine may implicitly allocate memory
+  /// for the common pointer.
+  CommonBase *getCommonPtr() const;
+
+  virtual CommonBase *newCommon(ASTContext &C) const = 0;
+
+  // Construct a template decl with name, parameters, and templated element.
+  RedeclarableTemplateDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L,
+                           DeclarationName Name, TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                           NamedDecl *Decl)
+    : TemplateDecl(DK, DC, L, Name, Params, Decl), Common() { }
+
+public:
+  template <class decl_type> friend class RedeclarableTemplate;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the canonical declaration of this template.
+  RedeclarableTemplateDecl *getCanonicalDecl() { return getFirstDeclaration(); }
+  const RedeclarableTemplateDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { 
+    return getFirstDeclaration(); 
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this template was a specialization of a
+  /// member template.
+  ///
+  /// In the following example, the function template \c X<int>::f and the
+  /// member template \c X<int>::Inner are member specializations.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// struct X {
+  ///   template<typename U> void f(T, U);
+  ///   template<typename U> struct Inner;
+  /// };
+  ///
+  /// template<> template<typename T>
+  /// void X<int>::f(int, T);
+  /// template<> template<typename T>
+  /// struct X<int>::Inner { /* ... */ };
+  /// \endcode
+  bool isMemberSpecialization() const {
+    return getCommonPtr()->InstantiatedFromMember.getInt();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Note that this member template is a specialization.
+  void setMemberSpecialization() {
+    assert(getCommonPtr()->InstantiatedFromMember.getPointer() &&
+           "Only member templates can be member template specializations");
+    getCommonPtr()->InstantiatedFromMember.setInt(true);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the member template from which this template was
+  /// instantiated, or NULL if this template was not instantiated from a 
+  /// member template.
+  ///
+  /// A template is instantiated from a member template when the member 
+  /// template itself is part of a class template (or member thereof). For
+  /// example, given
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// struct X {
+  ///   template<typename U> void f(T, U);
+  /// };
+  ///
+  /// void test(X<int> x) {
+  ///   x.f(1, 'a');
+  /// };
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// \c X<int>::f is a FunctionTemplateDecl that describes the function
+  /// template
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename U> void X<int>::f(int, U);
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// which was itself created during the instantiation of \c X<int>. Calling
+  /// getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate() on this FunctionTemplateDecl will
+  /// retrieve the FunctionTemplateDecl for the original template \c f within
+  /// the class template \c X<T>, i.e.,
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// template<typename U>
+  /// void X<T>::f(T, U);
+  /// \endcode
+  RedeclarableTemplateDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate() const {
+    return getCommonPtr()->InstantiatedFromMember.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  void setInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate(RedeclarableTemplateDecl *TD) {
+    assert(!getCommonPtr()->InstantiatedFromMember.getPointer());
+    getCommonPtr()->InstantiatedFromMember.setPointer(TD);
+  }
+
+  typedef redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator redecl_iterator;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin;
+  using redeclarable_base::redecls_end;
+  using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl;
+  using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl;
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstRedeclarableTemplate && K <= lastRedeclarableTemplate;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+template <> struct RedeclarableTemplateDecl::
+SpecEntryTraits<FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo> {
+  typedef FunctionDecl DeclType;
+
+  static DeclType *
+  getMostRecentDecl(FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *I) {
+    return I->Function->getMostRecentDecl();
+  }
+};
+
+/// Declaration of a template function.
+class FunctionTemplateDecl : public RedeclarableTemplateDecl {
+  static void DeallocateCommon(void *Ptr);
+
+protected:
+  /// \brief Data that is common to all of the declarations of a given
+  /// function template.
+  struct Common : CommonBase {
+    Common() : InjectedArgs(0) { }
+
+    /// \brief The function template specializations for this function
+    /// template, including explicit specializations and instantiations.
+    llvm::FoldingSetVector<FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo> Specializations;
+
+    /// \brief The set of "injected" template arguments used within this
+    /// function template.
+    ///
+    /// This pointer refers to the template arguments (there are as
+    /// many template arguments as template parameaters) for the function
+    /// template, and is allocated lazily, since most function templates do not
+    /// require the use of this information.
+    TemplateArgument *InjectedArgs;
+  };
+
+  FunctionTemplateDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName Name,
+                       TemplateParameterList *Params, NamedDecl *Decl)
+    : RedeclarableTemplateDecl(FunctionTemplate, DC, L, Name, Params, Decl) { }
+
+  CommonBase *newCommon(ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  Common *getCommonPtr() const {
+    return static_cast<Common *>(RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getCommonPtr());
+  }
+
+  friend class FunctionDecl;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of function template specializations of this
+  /// function template.
+  llvm::FoldingSetVector<FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo> &
+  getSpecializations() const {
+    return getCommonPtr()->Specializations;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add a specialization of this function template.
+  ///
+  /// \param InsertPos Insert position in the FoldingSetVector, must have been
+  ///        retrieved by an earlier call to findSpecialization().
+  void addSpecialization(FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo* Info,
+                         void *InsertPos);
+
+public:
+  /// Get the underlying function declaration of the template.
+  FunctionDecl *getTemplatedDecl() const {
+    return static_cast<FunctionDecl*>(TemplatedDecl);
+  }
+
+  /// Returns whether this template declaration defines the primary
+  /// pattern.
+  bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const {
+    return getTemplatedDecl()->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the specialization with the provided arguments if it exists,
+  /// otherwise return the insertion point.
+  FunctionDecl *findSpecialization(const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                   unsigned NumArgs, void *&InsertPos);
+
+  FunctionTemplateDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+  const FunctionTemplateDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the previous declaration of this function template, or
+  /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
+  FunctionTemplateDecl *getPreviousDecl() {
+    return cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the previous declaration of this function template, or
+  /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
+  const FunctionTemplateDecl *getPreviousDecl() const {
+    return cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+
+  FunctionTemplateDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate() {
+    return cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate());
+  }
+
+  typedef SpecIterator<FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo> spec_iterator;
+
+  spec_iterator spec_begin() const {
+    return makeSpecIterator(getSpecializations(), false);
+  }
+
+  spec_iterator spec_end() const {
+    return makeSpecIterator(getSpecializations(), true);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the "injected" template arguments that correspond to the
+  /// template parameters of this function template.
+  ///
+  /// Although the C++ standard has no notion of the "injected" template
+  /// arguments for a function template, the notion is convenient when
+  /// we need to perform substitutions inside the definition of a function
+  /// template.
+  std::pair<const TemplateArgument *, unsigned> getInjectedTemplateArgs();
+
+  /// \brief Create a function template node.
+  static FunctionTemplateDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                      SourceLocation L,
+                                      DeclarationName Name,
+                                      TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                                      NamedDecl *Decl);
+
+  /// \brief Create an empty function template node.
+  static FunctionTemplateDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast support
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == FunctionTemplate; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Kinds of Template Parameters
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// \brief Defines the position of a template parameter within a template
+/// parameter list.
+///
+/// Because template parameter can be listed
+/// sequentially for out-of-line template members, each template parameter is
+/// given a Depth - the nesting of template parameter scopes - and a Position -
+/// the occurrence within the parameter list.
+/// This class is inheritedly privately by different kinds of template
+/// parameters and is not part of the Decl hierarchy. Just a facility.
+class TemplateParmPosition {
+protected:
+  // FIXME: This should probably never be called, but it's here as
+  TemplateParmPosition()
+    : Depth(0), Position(0)
+  { /* llvm_unreachable("Cannot create positionless template parameter"); */ }
+
+  TemplateParmPosition(unsigned D, unsigned P)
+    : Depth(D), Position(P)
+  { }
+
+  // FIXME: These probably don't need to be ints. int:5 for depth, int:8 for
+  // position? Maybe?
+  unsigned Depth;
+  unsigned Position;
+
+public:
+  /// Get the nesting depth of the template parameter.
+  unsigned getDepth() const { return Depth; }
+  void setDepth(unsigned D) { Depth = D; }
+
+  /// Get the position of the template parameter within its parameter list.
+  unsigned getPosition() const { return Position; }
+  void setPosition(unsigned P) { Position = P; }
+
+  /// Get the index of the template parameter within its parameter list.
+  unsigned getIndex() const { return Position; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Declaration of a template type parameter.
+///
+/// For example, "T" in
+/// \code
+/// template<typename T> class vector;
+/// \endcode
+class TemplateTypeParmDecl : public TypeDecl {
+  /// \brief Whether this template type parameter was declaration with
+  /// the 'typename' keyword.
+  ///
+  /// If false, it was declared with the 'class' keyword.
+  bool Typename : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this template type parameter inherited its
+  /// default argument.
+  bool InheritedDefault : 1;
+
+  /// \brief The default template argument, if any.
+  TypeSourceInfo *DefaultArgument;
+
+  TemplateTypeParmDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation KeyLoc,
+                       SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                       bool Typename)
+    : TypeDecl(TemplateTypeParm, DC, IdLoc, Id, KeyLoc), Typename(Typename),
+      InheritedDefault(false), DefaultArgument() { }
+
+  /// Sema creates these on the stack during auto type deduction.
+  friend class Sema;
+
+public:
+  static TemplateTypeParmDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                      SourceLocation KeyLoc,
+                                      SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                      unsigned D, unsigned P,
+                                      IdentifierInfo *Id, bool Typename,
+                                      bool ParameterPack);
+  static TemplateTypeParmDecl *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, 
+                                                  unsigned ID);
+
+  /// \brief Whether this template type parameter was declared with
+  /// the 'typename' keyword.
+  ///
+  /// If not, it was declared with the 'class' keyword.
+  bool wasDeclaredWithTypename() const { return Typename; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this template parameter has a default
+  /// argument.
+  bool hasDefaultArgument() const { return DefaultArgument != 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the default argument, if any.
+  QualType getDefaultArgument() const { return DefaultArgument->getType(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the default argument's source information, if any.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getDefaultArgumentInfo() const { return DefaultArgument; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the location of the default argument declaration.
+  SourceLocation getDefaultArgumentLoc() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether the default argument was inherited
+  /// from a previous declaration of this template.
+  bool defaultArgumentWasInherited() const { return InheritedDefault; }
+
+  /// \brief Set the default argument for this template parameter, and
+  /// whether that default argument was inherited from another
+  /// declaration.
+  void setDefaultArgument(TypeSourceInfo *DefArg, bool Inherited) {
+    DefaultArgument = DefArg;
+    InheritedDefault = Inherited;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Removes the default argument of this template parameter.
+  void removeDefaultArgument() {
+    DefaultArgument = 0;
+    InheritedDefault = false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set whether this template type parameter was declared with
+  /// the 'typename' or 'class' keyword.
+  void setDeclaredWithTypename(bool withTypename) { Typename = withTypename; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the depth of the template parameter.
+  unsigned getDepth() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the index of the template parameter.
+  unsigned getIndex() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this is a parameter pack.
+  bool isParameterPack() const;
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TemplateTypeParm; }
+};
+
+/// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl - Declares a non-type template parameter,
+/// e.g., "Size" in
+/// @code
+/// template<int Size> class array { };
+/// @endcode
+class NonTypeTemplateParmDecl
+  : public DeclaratorDecl, protected TemplateParmPosition {
+  /// \brief The default template argument, if any, and whether or not
+  /// it was inherited.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> DefaultArgumentAndInherited;
+
+  // FIXME: Collapse this into TemplateParamPosition; or, just move depth/index
+  // down here to save memory.
+
+  /// \brief Whether this non-type template parameter is a parameter pack.
+  bool ParameterPack;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this non-type template parameter is an "expanded"
+  /// parameter pack, meaning that its type is a pack expansion and we
+  /// already know the set of types that expansion expands to.
+  bool ExpandedParameterPack;
+
+  /// \brief The number of types in an expanded parameter pack.
+  unsigned NumExpandedTypes;
+
+  NonTypeTemplateParmDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                          SourceLocation IdLoc, unsigned D, unsigned P,
+                          IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T,
+                          bool ParameterPack, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo)
+    : DeclaratorDecl(NonTypeTemplateParm, DC, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, StartLoc),
+      TemplateParmPosition(D, P), DefaultArgumentAndInherited(0, false),
+      ParameterPack(ParameterPack), ExpandedParameterPack(false),
+      NumExpandedTypes(0)
+  { }
+
+  NonTypeTemplateParmDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                          SourceLocation IdLoc, unsigned D, unsigned P,
+                          IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T,
+                          TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                          const QualType *ExpandedTypes,
+                          unsigned NumExpandedTypes,
+                          TypeSourceInfo **ExpandedTInfos);
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+
+public:
+  static NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *
+  Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+         SourceLocation IdLoc, unsigned D, unsigned P, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+         QualType T, bool ParameterPack, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
+
+  static NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *
+  Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+         SourceLocation IdLoc, unsigned D, unsigned P, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+         QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+         const QualType *ExpandedTypes, unsigned NumExpandedTypes,
+         TypeSourceInfo **ExpandedTInfos);
+
+  static NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, 
+                                                     unsigned ID);
+  static NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, 
+                                                     unsigned ID,
+                                                     unsigned NumExpandedTypes);
+    
+  using TemplateParmPosition::getDepth;
+  using TemplateParmPosition::setDepth;
+  using TemplateParmPosition::getPosition;
+  using TemplateParmPosition::setPosition;
+  using TemplateParmPosition::getIndex;
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this template parameter has a default
+  /// argument.
+  bool hasDefaultArgument() const {
+    return DefaultArgumentAndInherited.getPointer() != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the default argument, if any.
+  Expr *getDefaultArgument() const {
+    return DefaultArgumentAndInherited.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the default argument, if any.
+  SourceLocation getDefaultArgumentLoc() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether the default argument was inherited
+  /// from a previous declaration of this template.
+  bool defaultArgumentWasInherited() const {
+    return DefaultArgumentAndInherited.getInt();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the default argument for this template parameter, and
+  /// whether that default argument was inherited from another
+  /// declaration.
+  void setDefaultArgument(Expr *DefArg, bool Inherited) {
+    DefaultArgumentAndInherited.setPointer(DefArg);
+    DefaultArgumentAndInherited.setInt(Inherited);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Removes the default argument of this template parameter.
+  void removeDefaultArgument() {
+    DefaultArgumentAndInherited.setPointer(0);
+    DefaultArgumentAndInherited.setInt(false);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this parameter is a non-type template parameter pack.
+  ///
+  /// If the parameter is a parameter pack, the type may be a
+  /// \c PackExpansionType. In the following example, the \c Dims parameter
+  /// is a parameter pack (whose type is 'unsigned').
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T, unsigned ...Dims> struct multi_array;
+  /// \endcode
+  bool isParameterPack() const { return ParameterPack; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this parameter pack is a pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// A non-type template parameter pack is a pack expansion if its type
+  /// contains an unexpanded parameter pack. In this case, we will have
+  /// built a PackExpansionType wrapping the type.
+  bool isPackExpansion() const {
+    return ParameterPack && getType()->getAs<PackExpansionType>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this parameter is a non-type template parameter pack
+  /// that has a known list of different types at different positions.
+  ///
+  /// A parameter pack is an expanded parameter pack when the original
+  /// parameter pack's type was itself a pack expansion, and that expansion
+  /// has already been expanded. For example, given:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename ...Types>
+  /// struct X {
+  ///   template<Types ...Values>
+  ///   struct Y { /* ... */ };
+  /// };
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// The parameter pack \c Values has a \c PackExpansionType as its type,
+  /// which expands \c Types. When \c Types is supplied with template arguments
+  /// by instantiating \c X, the instantiation of \c Values becomes an
+  /// expanded parameter pack. For example, instantiating
+  /// \c X<int, unsigned int> results in \c Values being an expanded parameter
+  /// pack with expansion types \c int and \c unsigned int.
+  ///
+  /// The \c getExpansionType() and \c getExpansionTypeSourceInfo() functions
+  /// return the expansion types.
+  bool isExpandedParameterPack() const { return ExpandedParameterPack; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the number of expansion types in an expanded parameter
+  /// pack.
+  unsigned getNumExpansionTypes() const {
+    assert(ExpandedParameterPack && "Not an expansion parameter pack");
+    return NumExpandedTypes;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a particular expansion type within an expanded parameter
+  /// pack.
+  QualType getExpansionType(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < NumExpandedTypes && "Out-of-range expansion type index");
+    void * const *TypesAndInfos = reinterpret_cast<void * const*>(this + 1);
+    return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TypesAndInfos[2*I]);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a particular expansion type source info within an
+  /// expanded parameter pack.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getExpansionTypeSourceInfo(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < NumExpandedTypes && "Out-of-range expansion type index");
+    void * const *TypesAndInfos = reinterpret_cast<void * const*>(this + 1);
+    return static_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>(TypesAndInfos[2*I+1]);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == NonTypeTemplateParm; }
+};
+
+/// TemplateTemplateParmDecl - Declares a template template parameter,
+/// e.g., "T" in
+/// @code
+/// template <template <typename> class T> class container { };
+/// @endcode
+/// A template template parameter is a TemplateDecl because it defines the
+/// name of a template and the template parameters allowable for substitution.
+class TemplateTemplateParmDecl : public TemplateDecl, 
+                                 protected TemplateParmPosition 
+{
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// DefaultArgument - The default template argument, if any.
+  TemplateArgumentLoc DefaultArgument;
+  /// Whether or not the default argument was inherited.
+  bool DefaultArgumentWasInherited;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this parameter is a parameter pack.
+  bool ParameterPack;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this template template parameter is an "expanded"
+  /// parameter pack, meaning that it is a pack expansion and we
+  /// already know the set of template parameters that expansion expands to.
+  bool ExpandedParameterPack;
+
+  /// \brief The number of parameters in an expanded parameter pack.
+  unsigned NumExpandedParams;
+
+  TemplateTemplateParmDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L,
+                           unsigned D, unsigned P, bool ParameterPack,
+                           IdentifierInfo *Id, TemplateParameterList *Params)
+    : TemplateDecl(TemplateTemplateParm, DC, L, Id, Params),
+      TemplateParmPosition(D, P), DefaultArgument(),
+      DefaultArgumentWasInherited(false), ParameterPack(ParameterPack),
+      ExpandedParameterPack(false), NumExpandedParams(0)
+    { }
+
+  TemplateTemplateParmDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L,
+                           unsigned D, unsigned P,
+                           IdentifierInfo *Id, TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                           unsigned NumExpansions,
+                           TemplateParameterList * const *Expansions);
+
+public:
+  static TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                          SourceLocation L, unsigned D,
+                                          unsigned P, bool ParameterPack,
+                                          IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                          TemplateParameterList *Params);
+  static TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                          SourceLocation L, unsigned D,
+                                          unsigned P,
+                                          IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                          TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                                 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> Expansions);
+
+  static TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C,
+                                                      unsigned ID);
+  static TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C,
+                                                      unsigned ID,
+                                                      unsigned NumExpansions);
+  
+  using TemplateParmPosition::getDepth;
+  using TemplateParmPosition::getPosition;
+  using TemplateParmPosition::getIndex;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this template template parameter is a template
+  /// parameter pack.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<template <class T> ...MetaFunctions> struct Apply;
+  /// \endcode
+  bool isParameterPack() const { return ParameterPack; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this parameter pack is a pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// A template template parameter pack is a pack expansion if its template
+  /// parameter list contains an unexpanded parameter pack.
+  bool isPackExpansion() const {
+    return ParameterPack &&
+           getTemplateParameters()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this parameter is a template template parameter pack that
+  /// has a known list of different template parameter lists at different
+  /// positions.
+  ///
+  /// A parameter pack is an expanded parameter pack when the original parameter
+  /// pack's template parameter list was itself a pack expansion, and that
+  /// expansion has already been expanded. For exampe, given:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename...Types> struct Outer {
+  ///   template<template<Types> class...Templates> struct Inner;
+  /// };
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// The parameter pack \c Templates is a pack expansion, which expands the
+  /// pack \c Types. When \c Types is supplied with template arguments by
+  /// instantiating \c Outer, the instantiation of \c Templates is an expanded
+  /// parameter pack.
+  bool isExpandedParameterPack() const { return ExpandedParameterPack; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the number of expansion template parameters in
+  /// an expanded parameter pack.
+  unsigned getNumExpansionTemplateParameters() const {
+    assert(ExpandedParameterPack && "Not an expansion parameter pack");
+    return NumExpandedParams;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a particular expansion type within an expanded parameter
+  /// pack.
+  TemplateParameterList *getExpansionTemplateParameters(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < NumExpandedParams && "Out-of-range expansion type index");
+    return reinterpret_cast<TemplateParameterList *const *>(this + 1)[I];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this template parameter has a default
+  /// argument.
+  bool hasDefaultArgument() const {
+    return !DefaultArgument.getArgument().isNull();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the default argument, if any.
+  const TemplateArgumentLoc &getDefaultArgument() const {
+    return DefaultArgument;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the default argument, if any.
+  SourceLocation getDefaultArgumentLoc() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether the default argument was inherited
+  /// from a previous declaration of this template.
+  bool defaultArgumentWasInherited() const {
+    return DefaultArgumentWasInherited;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the default argument for this template parameter, and
+  /// whether that default argument was inherited from another
+  /// declaration.
+  void setDefaultArgument(const TemplateArgumentLoc &DefArg, bool Inherited) {
+    DefaultArgument = DefArg;
+    DefaultArgumentWasInherited = Inherited;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Removes the default argument of this template parameter.
+  void removeDefaultArgument() {
+    DefaultArgument = TemplateArgumentLoc();
+    DefaultArgumentWasInherited = false;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    SourceLocation End = getLocation();
+    if (hasDefaultArgument() && !defaultArgumentWasInherited())
+      End = getDefaultArgument().getSourceRange().getEnd();
+    return SourceRange(getTemplateParameters()->getTemplateLoc(), End);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TemplateTemplateParm; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a class template specialization, which refers to
+/// a class template with a given set of template arguments.
+///
+/// Class template specializations represent both explicit
+/// specialization of class templates, as in the example below, and
+/// implicit instantiations of class templates.
+///
+/// \code
+/// template<typename T> class array;
+///
+/// template<>
+/// class array<bool> { }; // class template specialization array<bool>
+/// \endcode
+class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl
+  : public CXXRecordDecl, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+
+  /// \brief Structure that stores information about a class template
+  /// specialization that was instantiated from a class template partial
+  /// specialization.
+  struct SpecializedPartialSpecialization {
+    /// \brief The class template partial specialization from which this
+    /// class template specialization was instantiated.
+    ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpecialization;
+
+    /// \brief The template argument list deduced for the class template
+    /// partial specialization itself.
+    TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The template that this specialization specializes
+  llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, SpecializedPartialSpecialization *>
+    SpecializedTemplate;
+
+  /// \brief Further info for explicit template specialization/instantiation.
+  struct ExplicitSpecializationInfo {
+    /// \brief The type-as-written.
+    TypeSourceInfo *TypeAsWritten;
+    /// \brief The location of the extern keyword.
+    SourceLocation ExternLoc;
+    /// \brief The location of the template keyword.
+    SourceLocation TemplateKeywordLoc;
+
+    ExplicitSpecializationInfo()
+      : TypeAsWritten(0), ExternLoc(), TemplateKeywordLoc() {}
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Further info for explicit template specialization/instantiation.
+  /// Does not apply to implicit specializations.
+  ExplicitSpecializationInfo *ExplicitInfo;
+
+  /// \brief The template arguments used to describe this specialization.
+  TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs;
+
+  /// \brief The point where this template was instantiated (if any)
+  SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
+
+  /// \brief The kind of specialization this declaration refers to.
+  /// Really a value of type TemplateSpecializationKind.
+  unsigned SpecializationKind : 3;
+
+protected:
+  ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl(ASTContext &Context, Kind DK, TagKind TK,
+                                  DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                                  ClassTemplateDecl *SpecializedTemplate,
+                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                  unsigned NumArgs,
+                                  ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *PrevDecl);
+
+  explicit ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl(Kind DK);
+
+public:
+  static ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *
+  Create(ASTContext &Context, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
+         SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+         ClassTemplateDecl *SpecializedTemplate,
+         const TemplateArgument *Args,
+         unsigned NumArgs,
+         ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *PrevDecl);
+  static ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *
+  CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  virtual void getNameForDiagnostic(raw_ostream &OS,
+                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+                                    bool Qualified) const;
+
+  ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *getMostRecentDecl() {
+    CXXRecordDecl *Recent
+        = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CXXRecordDecl::getMostRecentDecl());
+    if (!isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Recent)) {
+      // FIXME: Does injected class name need to be in the redeclarations chain?
+      assert(Recent->isInjectedClassName() && Recent->getPreviousDecl());
+      Recent = Recent->getPreviousDecl();
+    }
+    return cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Recent);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template that this specialization specializes.
+  ClassTemplateDecl *getSpecializedTemplate() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments of the class template
+  /// specialization.
+  const TemplateArgumentList &getTemplateArgs() const {
+    return *TemplateArgs;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the kind of specialization that this
+  /// declaration represents.
+  TemplateSpecializationKind getSpecializationKind() const {
+    return static_cast<TemplateSpecializationKind>(SpecializationKind);
+  }
+
+  bool isExplicitSpecialization() const {
+    return getSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief True if this declaration is an explicit specialization,
+  /// explicit instantiation declaration, or explicit instantiation
+  /// definition.
+  bool isExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization() const {
+    switch (getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
+    case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
+    case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
+    case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
+      return true;
+
+    case TSK_Undeclared:
+    case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
+      return false;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad template specialization kind");
+  }
+
+  void setSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
+    SpecializationKind = TSK;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the point of instantiation (if any), or null if none.
+  SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const {
+    return PointOfInstantiation;
+  }
+
+  void setPointOfInstantiation(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    assert(Loc.isValid() && "point of instantiation must be valid!");
+    PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If this class template specialization is an instantiation of
+  /// a template (rather than an explicit specialization), return the
+  /// class template or class template partial specialization from which it
+  /// was instantiated.
+  llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
+                     ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
+  getInstantiatedFrom() const {
+    if (getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation &&
+        getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition &&
+        getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
+      return llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
+                                ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>();
+
+    if (SpecializedPartialSpecialization *PartialSpec
+          = SpecializedTemplate.dyn_cast<SpecializedPartialSpecialization*>())
+      return PartialSpec->PartialSpecialization;
+
+    return SpecializedTemplate.get<ClassTemplateDecl*>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the class template or class template partial
+  /// specialization which was specialized by this.
+  llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
+                     ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
+  getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial() const {
+    if (SpecializedPartialSpecialization *PartialSpec
+          = SpecializedTemplate.dyn_cast<SpecializedPartialSpecialization*>())
+      return PartialSpec->PartialSpecialization;
+
+    return SpecializedTemplate.get<ClassTemplateDecl*>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of template arguments that should be used
+  /// to instantiate members of the class template or class template partial
+  /// specialization from which this class template specialization was
+  /// instantiated.
+  ///
+  /// \returns For a class template specialization instantiated from the primary
+  /// template, this function will return the same template arguments as
+  /// getTemplateArgs(). For a class template specialization instantiated from
+  /// a class template partial specialization, this function will return the
+  /// deduced template arguments for the class template partial specialization
+  /// itself.
+  const TemplateArgumentList &getTemplateInstantiationArgs() const {
+    if (SpecializedPartialSpecialization *PartialSpec
+        = SpecializedTemplate.dyn_cast<SpecializedPartialSpecialization*>())
+      return *PartialSpec->TemplateArgs;
+
+    return getTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Note that this class template specialization is actually an
+  /// instantiation of the given class template partial specialization whose
+  /// template arguments have been deduced.
+  void setInstantiationOf(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
+                          TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs) {
+    assert(!SpecializedTemplate.is<SpecializedPartialSpecialization*>() &&
+           "Already set to a class template partial specialization!");
+    SpecializedPartialSpecialization *PS
+      = new (getASTContext()) SpecializedPartialSpecialization();
+    PS->PartialSpecialization = PartialSpec;
+    PS->TemplateArgs = TemplateArgs;
+    SpecializedTemplate = PS;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Note that this class template specialization is an instantiation
+  /// of the given class template.
+  void setInstantiationOf(ClassTemplateDecl *TemplDecl) {
+    assert(!SpecializedTemplate.is<SpecializedPartialSpecialization*>() &&
+           "Previously set to a class template partial specialization!");
+    SpecializedTemplate = TemplDecl;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Sets the type of this specialization as it was written by
+  /// the user. This will be a class template specialization type.
+  void setTypeAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *T) {
+    if (!ExplicitInfo)
+      ExplicitInfo = new (getASTContext()) ExplicitSpecializationInfo;
+    ExplicitInfo->TypeAsWritten = T;
+  }
+  /// \brief Gets the type of this specialization as it was written by
+  /// the user, if it was so written.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeAsWritten() const {
+    return ExplicitInfo ? ExplicitInfo->TypeAsWritten : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the location of the extern keyword, if present.
+  SourceLocation getExternLoc() const {
+    return ExplicitInfo ? ExplicitInfo->ExternLoc : SourceLocation();
+  }
+  /// \brief Sets the location of the extern keyword.
+  void setExternLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    if (!ExplicitInfo)
+      ExplicitInfo = new (getASTContext()) ExplicitSpecializationInfo;
+    ExplicitInfo->ExternLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Sets the location of the template keyword.
+  void setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    if (!ExplicitInfo)
+      ExplicitInfo = new (getASTContext()) ExplicitSpecializationInfo;
+    ExplicitInfo->TemplateKeywordLoc = Loc;
+  }
+  /// \brief Gets the location of the template keyword, if present.
+  SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
+    return ExplicitInfo ? ExplicitInfo->TemplateKeywordLoc : SourceLocation();
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    Profile(ID, TemplateArgs->data(), TemplateArgs->size(), getASTContext());
+  }
+
+  static void
+  Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs,
+          unsigned NumTemplateArgs, ASTContext &Context) {
+    ID.AddInteger(NumTemplateArgs);
+    for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg != NumTemplateArgs; ++Arg)
+      TemplateArgs[Arg].Profile(ID, Context);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= firstClassTemplateSpecialization &&
+           K <= lastClassTemplateSpecialization;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl
+  : public ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// \brief The list of template parameters
+  TemplateParameterList* TemplateParams;
+
+  /// \brief The source info for the template arguments as written.
+  /// FIXME: redundant with TypeAsWritten?
+  TemplateArgumentLoc *ArgsAsWritten;
+  unsigned NumArgsAsWritten;
+
+  /// \brief Sequence number indicating when this class template partial
+  /// specialization was added to the set of partial specializations for
+  /// its owning class template.
+  unsigned SequenceNumber;
+
+  /// \brief The class template partial specialization from which this
+  /// class template partial specialization was instantiated.
+  ///
+  /// The boolean value will be true to indicate that this class template
+  /// partial specialization was specialized at this level.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *, 1, bool>
+      InstantiatedFromMember;
+
+  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl(ASTContext &Context, TagKind TK,
+                                         DeclContext *DC,
+                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                                         TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                                         ClassTemplateDecl *SpecializedTemplate,
+                                         const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                         unsigned NumArgs,
+                                         TemplateArgumentLoc *ArgInfos,
+                                         unsigned NumArgInfos,
+                               ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PrevDecl,
+                                         unsigned SequenceNumber);
+
+  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl()
+    : ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl(ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization),
+      TemplateParams(0), ArgsAsWritten(0),
+      NumArgsAsWritten(0), SequenceNumber(0),
+      InstantiatedFromMember(0, false) { }
+
+public:
+  static ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
+  Create(ASTContext &Context, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
+         SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+         TemplateParameterList *Params,
+         ClassTemplateDecl *SpecializedTemplate,
+         const TemplateArgument *Args,
+         unsigned NumArgs,
+         const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ArgInfos,
+         QualType CanonInjectedType,
+         ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PrevDecl,
+         unsigned SequenceNumber);
+
+  static ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
+  CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMostRecentDecl() {
+    return cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(
+                   ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl::getMostRecentDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// Get the list of template parameters
+  TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameters() const {
+    return TemplateParams;
+  }
+
+  /// Get the template arguments as written.
+  TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgsAsWritten() const {
+    return ArgsAsWritten;
+  }
+
+  /// Get the number of template arguments as written.
+  unsigned getNumTemplateArgsAsWritten() const {
+    return NumArgsAsWritten;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the sequence number for this class template partial
+  /// specialization.
+  unsigned getSequenceNumber() const { return SequenceNumber; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the member class template partial specialization from
+  /// which this particular class template partial specialization was
+  /// instantiated.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// struct Outer {
+  ///   template<typename U> struct Inner;
+  ///   template<typename U> struct Inner<U*> { }; // #1
+  /// };
+  ///
+  /// Outer<float>::Inner<int*> ii;
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// In this example, the instantiation of \c Outer<float>::Inner<int*> will
+  /// end up instantiating the partial specialization
+  /// \c Outer<float>::Inner<U*>, which itself was instantiated from the class
+  /// template partial specialization \c Outer<T>::Inner<U*>. Given
+  /// \c Outer<float>::Inner<U*>, this function would return
+  /// \c Outer<T>::Inner<U*>.
+  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getInstantiatedFromMember() {
+    ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *First
+      = cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(getFirstDeclaration());
+    return First->InstantiatedFromMember.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  void setInstantiatedFromMember(
+                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec) {
+    ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *First
+      = cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(getFirstDeclaration());
+    First->InstantiatedFromMember.setPointer(PartialSpec);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this class template partial specialization
+  /// template was a specialization of a member partial specialization.
+  ///
+  /// In the following example, the member template partial specialization
+  /// \c X<int>::Inner<T*> is a member specialization.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// struct X {
+  ///   template<typename U> struct Inner;
+  ///   template<typename U> struct Inner<U*>;
+  /// };
+  ///
+  /// template<> template<typename T>
+  /// struct X<int>::Inner<T*> { /* ... */ };
+  /// \endcode
+  bool isMemberSpecialization() {
+    ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *First
+      = cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(getFirstDeclaration());
+    return First->InstantiatedFromMember.getInt();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Note that this member template is a specialization.
+  void setMemberSpecialization() {
+    ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *First
+      = cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(getFirstDeclaration());
+    assert(First->InstantiatedFromMember.getPointer() &&
+           "Only member templates can be member template specializations");
+    return First->InstantiatedFromMember.setInt(true);
+  }
+
+  /// Retrieves the injected specialization type for this partial
+  /// specialization.  This is not the same as the type-decl-type for
+  /// this partial specialization, which is an InjectedClassNameType.
+  QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const {
+    assert(getTypeForDecl() && "partial specialization has no type set!");
+    return cast<InjectedClassNameType>(getTypeForDecl())
+             ->getInjectedSpecializationType();
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: Add Profile support!
+
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K == ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// Declaration of a class template.
+class ClassTemplateDecl : public RedeclarableTemplateDecl {
+  static void DeallocateCommon(void *Ptr);
+
+protected:
+  /// \brief Data that is common to all of the declarations of a given
+  /// class template.
+  struct Common : CommonBase {
+    Common() : LazySpecializations() { }
+
+    /// \brief The class template specializations for this class
+    /// template, including explicit specializations and instantiations.
+    llvm::FoldingSetVector<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl> Specializations;
+
+    /// \brief The class template partial specializations for this class
+    /// template.
+    llvm::FoldingSetVector<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>
+      PartialSpecializations;
+
+    /// \brief The injected-class-name type for this class template.
+    QualType InjectedClassNameType;
+
+    /// \brief If non-null, points to an array of specializations (including
+    /// partial specializations) known ownly by their external declaration IDs.
+    ///
+    /// The first value in the array is the number of of specializations/
+    /// partial specializations that follow.
+    uint32_t *LazySpecializations;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Load any lazily-loaded specializations from the external source.
+  void LoadLazySpecializations() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of specializations of this class template.
+  llvm::FoldingSetVector<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl> &
+  getSpecializations() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of partial specializations of this class
+  /// template.
+  llvm::FoldingSetVector<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl> &
+  getPartialSpecializations();
+
+  ClassTemplateDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName Name,
+                    TemplateParameterList *Params, NamedDecl *Decl)
+    : RedeclarableTemplateDecl(ClassTemplate, DC, L, Name, Params, Decl) { }
+
+  ClassTemplateDecl(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : RedeclarableTemplateDecl(ClassTemplate, 0, SourceLocation(),
+                               DeclarationName(), 0, 0) { }
+
+  CommonBase *newCommon(ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  Common *getCommonPtr() const {
+    return static_cast<Common *>(RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getCommonPtr());
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Get the underlying class declarations of the template.
+  CXXRecordDecl *getTemplatedDecl() const {
+    return static_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(TemplatedDecl);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this template declaration defines the primary
+  /// class pattern.
+  bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const {
+    return getTemplatedDecl()->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create a class template node.
+  static ClassTemplateDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                   SourceLocation L,
+                                   DeclarationName Name,
+                                   TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                                   NamedDecl *Decl,
+                                   ClassTemplateDecl *PrevDecl);
+
+  /// \brief Create an empty class template node.
+  static ClassTemplateDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  /// \brief Return the specialization with the provided arguments if it exists,
+  /// otherwise return the insertion point.
+  ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *
+  findSpecialization(const TemplateArgument *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                     void *&InsertPos);
+
+  /// \brief Insert the specified specialization knowing that it is not already
+  /// in. InsertPos must be obtained from findSpecialization.
+  void AddSpecialization(ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D, void *InsertPos);
+
+  ClassTemplateDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+  const ClassTemplateDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the previous declaration of this class template, or
+  /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
+  ClassTemplateDecl *getPreviousDecl() {
+    return cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the previous declaration of this class template, or
+  /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
+  const ClassTemplateDecl *getPreviousDecl() const {
+    return cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+
+  ClassTemplateDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate() {
+    return cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the partial specialization with the provided arguments if it
+  /// exists, otherwise return the insertion point.
+  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
+  findPartialSpecialization(const TemplateArgument *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                            void *&InsertPos);
+
+  /// \brief Insert the specified partial specialization knowing that it is not
+  /// already in. InsertPos must be obtained from findPartialSpecialization.
+  void AddPartialSpecialization(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *D,
+                                void *InsertPos);
+
+  /// \brief Return the next partial specialization sequence number.
+  unsigned getNextPartialSpecSequenceNumber() {
+    return getPartialSpecializations().size();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the partial specializations as an ordered list.
+  void getPartialSpecializations(
+          SmallVectorImpl<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> &PS);
+
+  /// \brief Find a class template partial specialization with the given
+  /// type T.
+  ///
+  /// \param T a dependent type that names a specialization of this class
+  /// template.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the class template partial specialization that exactly matches
+  /// the type \p T, or NULL if no such partial specialization exists.
+  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *findPartialSpecialization(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Find a class template partial specialization which was instantiated
+  /// from the given member partial specialization.
+  ///
+  /// \param D a member class template partial specialization.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the class template partial specialization which was instantiated
+  /// from the given member partial specialization, or NULL if no such partial
+  /// specialization exists.
+  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
+  findPartialSpecInstantiatedFromMember(
+                                     ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template specialization type of the
+  /// injected-class-name for this class template.
+  ///
+  /// The injected-class-name for a class template \c X is \c
+  /// X<template-args>, where \c template-args is formed from the
+  /// template arguments that correspond to the template parameters of
+  /// \c X. For example:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T, int N>
+  /// struct array {
+  ///   typedef array this_type; // "array" is equivalent to "array<T, N>"
+  /// };
+  /// \endcode
+  QualType getInjectedClassNameSpecialization();
+
+  typedef SpecIterator<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl> spec_iterator;
+
+  spec_iterator spec_begin() const {
+    return makeSpecIterator(getSpecializations(), false);
+  }
+
+  spec_iterator spec_end() const {
+    return makeSpecIterator(getSpecializations(), true);
+  }
+
+  typedef SpecIterator<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>
+          partial_spec_iterator;
+
+  partial_spec_iterator partial_spec_begin() {
+    return makeSpecIterator(getPartialSpecializations(), false);
+  }
+
+  partial_spec_iterator partial_spec_end() {
+    return makeSpecIterator(getPartialSpecializations(), true);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast support
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ClassTemplate; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief Declaration of a friend template.
+///
+/// For example:
+/// \code
+/// template \<typename T> class A {
+///   friend class MyVector<T>; // not a friend template
+///   template \<typename U> friend class B; // not a friend template
+///   template \<typename U> friend class Foo<T>::Nested; // friend template
+/// };
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// \note This class is not currently in use.  All of the above
+/// will yield a FriendDecl, not a FriendTemplateDecl.
+class FriendTemplateDecl : public Decl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  typedef llvm::PointerUnion<NamedDecl*,TypeSourceInfo*> FriendUnion;
+
+private:
+  // The number of template parameters;  always non-zero.
+  unsigned NumParams;
+
+  // The parameter list.
+  TemplateParameterList **Params;
+
+  // The declaration that's a friend of this class.
+  FriendUnion Friend;
+
+  // Location of the 'friend' specifier.
+  SourceLocation FriendLoc;
+
+
+  FriendTemplateDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc,
+                     unsigned NParams,
+                     TemplateParameterList **Params,
+                     FriendUnion Friend,
+                     SourceLocation FriendLoc)
+    : Decl(Decl::FriendTemplate, DC, Loc),
+      NumParams(NParams),
+      Params(Params),
+      Friend(Friend),
+      FriendLoc(FriendLoc)
+  {}
+
+  FriendTemplateDecl(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Decl(Decl::FriendTemplate, Empty),
+      NumParams(0),
+      Params(0)
+  {}
+
+public:
+  static FriendTemplateDecl *Create(ASTContext &Context,
+                                    DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                    unsigned NParams,
+                                    TemplateParameterList **Params,
+                                    FriendUnion Friend,
+                                    SourceLocation FriendLoc);
+
+  static FriendTemplateDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  /// If this friend declaration names a templated type (or
+  /// a dependent member type of a templated type), return that
+  /// type;  otherwise return null.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getFriendType() const {
+    return Friend.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>();
+  }
+
+  /// If this friend declaration names a templated function (or
+  /// a member function of a templated type), return that type;
+  /// otherwise return null.
+  NamedDecl *getFriendDecl() const {
+    return Friend.dyn_cast<NamedDecl*>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the location of the 'friend' keyword.
+  SourceLocation getFriendLoc() const {
+    return FriendLoc;
+  }
+
+  TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i <= NumParams);
+    return Params[i];
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumTemplateParameters() const {
+    return NumParams;
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decl::FriendTemplate; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+};
+
+/// \brief Declaration of an alias template.
+///
+/// For example:
+/// \code
+/// template \<typename T> using V = std::map<T*, int, MyCompare<T>>;
+/// \endcode
+class TypeAliasTemplateDecl : public RedeclarableTemplateDecl {
+  static void DeallocateCommon(void *Ptr);
+
+protected:
+  typedef CommonBase Common;
+
+  TypeAliasTemplateDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName Name,
+                        TemplateParameterList *Params, NamedDecl *Decl)
+    : RedeclarableTemplateDecl(TypeAliasTemplate, DC, L, Name, Params, Decl) { }
+
+  CommonBase *newCommon(ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  Common *getCommonPtr() {
+    return static_cast<Common *>(RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getCommonPtr());
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// Get the underlying function declaration of the template.
+  TypeAliasDecl *getTemplatedDecl() const {
+    return static_cast<TypeAliasDecl*>(TemplatedDecl);
+  }
+
+
+  TypeAliasTemplateDecl *getCanonicalDecl() {
+    return cast<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+  const TypeAliasTemplateDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    return cast<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the previous declaration of this function template, or
+  /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
+  TypeAliasTemplateDecl *getPreviousDecl() {
+    return cast_or_null<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the previous declaration of this function template, or
+  /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
+  const TypeAliasTemplateDecl *getPreviousDecl() const {
+    return cast_or_null<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getPreviousDecl());
+  }
+
+  TypeAliasTemplateDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate() {
+    return cast_or_null<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(
+             RedeclarableTemplateDecl::getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate());
+  }
+
+
+  /// \brief Create a function template node.
+  static TypeAliasTemplateDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
+                                       SourceLocation L,
+                                       DeclarationName Name,
+                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                                       NamedDecl *Decl);
+
+  /// \brief Create an empty alias template node.
+  static TypeAliasTemplateDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast support
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TypeAliasTemplate; }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief Declaration of a function specialization at template class scope.
+///
+/// This is a non standard extension needed to support MSVC.
+///
+/// For example:
+/// \code
+/// template <class T>
+/// class A {
+///    template <class U> void foo(U a) { }
+///    template<> void foo(int a) { }
+/// }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// "template<> foo(int a)" will be saved in Specialization as a normal
+/// CXXMethodDecl. Then during an instantiation of class A, it will be
+/// transformed into an actual function specialization.
+class ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl : public Decl {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                       CXXMethodDecl *FD, bool Args,
+                                       TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplArgs)
+    : Decl(Decl::ClassScopeFunctionSpecialization, DC, Loc),
+      Specialization(FD), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(Args),
+      TemplateArgs(TemplArgs) {}
+
+  ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Decl(Decl::ClassScopeFunctionSpecialization, Empty) {}
+
+  CXXMethodDecl *Specialization;
+  bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs;
+  TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
+
+public:
+  CXXMethodDecl *getSpecialization() const { return Specialization; }
+  bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return HasExplicitTemplateArgs; }
+  const TemplateArgumentListInfo& templateArgs() const { return TemplateArgs; }
+
+  static ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                                      DeclContext *DC,
+                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                      CXXMethodDecl *FD,
+                                                   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                                        TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs) {
+    return new (C) ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl(DC , Loc, FD,
+                                                        HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                                                        TemplateArgs);
+  }
+
+  static ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *
+  CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &Context, unsigned ID);
+  
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
+  static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
+    return K == Decl::ClassScopeFunctionSpecialization;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+/// Implementation of inline functions that require the template declarations
+inline AnyFunctionDecl::AnyFunctionDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD)
+  : Function(FTD) { }
+
+} /* end of namespace clang */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4eaae35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+//===--- DeclVisitor.h - Visitor for Decl subclasses ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the DeclVisitor interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLVISITOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLVISITOR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclFriend.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace declvisitor {
+
+template <typename T> struct make_ptr       { typedef       T *type; };
+template <typename T> struct make_const_ptr { typedef const T *type; };
+
+/// \brief A simple visitor class that helps create declaration visitors.
+template<template <typename> class Ptr, typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class Base {
+public:
+
+#define PTR(CLASS) typename Ptr<CLASS>::type
+#define DISPATCH(NAME, CLASS) \
+  return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->Visit##NAME(static_cast<PTR(CLASS)>(D))
+
+  RetTy Visit(PTR(Decl) D) {
+    switch (D->getKind()) {
+#define DECL(DERIVED, BASE) \
+      case Decl::DERIVED: DISPATCH(DERIVED##Decl, DERIVED##Decl);
+#define ABSTRACT_DECL(DECL)
+#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("Decl that isn't part of DeclNodes.inc!");
+  }
+
+  // If the implementation chooses not to implement a certain visit
+  // method, fall back to the parent.
+#define DECL(DERIVED, BASE) \
+  RetTy Visit##DERIVED##Decl(PTR(DERIVED##Decl) D) { DISPATCH(BASE, BASE); }
+#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
+
+  RetTy VisitDecl(PTR(Decl) D) { return RetTy(); }
+
+#undef PTR
+#undef DISPATCH
+};
+
+} // end namespace declvisitor
+
+/// \brief A simple visitor class that helps create declaration visitors.
+///
+/// This class does not preserve constness of Decl pointers (see also
+/// ConstDeclVisitor).
+template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class DeclVisitor
+ : public declvisitor::Base<declvisitor::make_ptr, ImplClass, RetTy> {};
+
+/// \brief A simple visitor class that helps create declaration visitors.
+///
+/// This class preserves constness of Decl pointers (see also DeclVisitor).
+template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class ConstDeclVisitor
+ : public declvisitor::Base<declvisitor::make_const_ptr, ImplClass, RetTy> {};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLVISITOR_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f28882b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h
@@ -0,0 +1,592 @@
+//===-- DeclarationName.h - Representation of declaration names -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file declares the DeclarationName and DeclarationNameTable classes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLARATIONNAME_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLARATIONNAME_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template <typename T> struct DenseMapInfo;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class CXXLiteralOperatorIdName;
+  class CXXOperatorIdName;
+  class CXXSpecialName;
+  class DeclarationNameExtra;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class MultiKeywordSelector;
+  class QualType;
+  class Type;
+  class TypeSourceInfo;
+  class UsingDirectiveDecl;
+
+  template <typename> class CanQual;
+  typedef CanQual<Type> CanQualType;
+
+/// DeclarationName - The name of a declaration. In the common case,
+/// this just stores an IdentifierInfo pointer to a normal
+/// name. However, it also provides encodings for Objective-C
+/// selectors (optimizing zero- and one-argument selectors, which make
+/// up 78% percent of all selectors in Cocoa.h) and special C++ names
+/// for constructors, destructors, and conversion functions.
+class DeclarationName {
+public:
+  /// NameKind - The kind of name this object contains.
+  enum NameKind {
+    Identifier,
+    ObjCZeroArgSelector,
+    ObjCOneArgSelector,
+    ObjCMultiArgSelector,
+    CXXConstructorName,
+    CXXDestructorName,
+    CXXConversionFunctionName,
+    CXXOperatorName,
+    CXXLiteralOperatorName,
+    CXXUsingDirective
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// StoredNameKind - The kind of name that is actually stored in the
+  /// upper bits of the Ptr field. This is only used internally.
+  ///
+  /// Note: The entries here are synchronized with the entries in Selector,
+  /// for efficient translation between the two.
+  enum StoredNameKind {
+    StoredIdentifier = 0,
+    StoredObjCZeroArgSelector = 0x01,
+    StoredObjCOneArgSelector = 0x02,
+    StoredDeclarationNameExtra = 0x03,
+    PtrMask = 0x03
+  };
+
+  /// Ptr - The lowest two bits are used to express what kind of name
+  /// we're actually storing, using the values of NameKind. Depending
+  /// on the kind of name this is, the upper bits of Ptr may have one
+  /// of several different meanings:
+  ///
+  ///   StoredIdentifier - The name is a normal identifier, and Ptr is
+  ///   a normal IdentifierInfo pointer.
+  ///
+  ///   StoredObjCZeroArgSelector - The name is an Objective-C
+  ///   selector with zero arguments, and Ptr is an IdentifierInfo
+  ///   pointer pointing to the selector name.
+  ///
+  ///   StoredObjCOneArgSelector - The name is an Objective-C selector
+  ///   with one argument, and Ptr is an IdentifierInfo pointer
+  ///   pointing to the selector name.
+  ///
+  ///   StoredDeclarationNameExtra - Ptr is actually a pointer to a
+  ///   DeclarationNameExtra structure, whose first value will tell us
+  ///   whether this is an Objective-C selector, C++ operator-id name,
+  ///   or special C++ name.
+  uintptr_t Ptr;
+
+  /// getStoredNameKind - Return the kind of object that is stored in
+  /// Ptr.
+  StoredNameKind getStoredNameKind() const {
+    return static_cast<StoredNameKind>(Ptr & PtrMask);
+  }
+
+  /// getExtra - Get the "extra" information associated with this
+  /// multi-argument selector or C++ special name.
+  DeclarationNameExtra *getExtra() const {
+    assert(getStoredNameKind() == StoredDeclarationNameExtra &&
+           "Declaration name does not store an Extra structure");
+    return reinterpret_cast<DeclarationNameExtra *>(Ptr & ~PtrMask);
+  }
+
+  /// getAsCXXSpecialName - If the stored pointer is actually a
+  /// CXXSpecialName, returns a pointer to it. Otherwise, returns
+  /// a NULL pointer.
+  CXXSpecialName *getAsCXXSpecialName() const {
+    NameKind Kind = getNameKind();
+    if (Kind >= CXXConstructorName && Kind <= CXXConversionFunctionName)
+      return reinterpret_cast<CXXSpecialName *>(Ptr & ~PtrMask);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// getAsCXXOperatorIdName
+  CXXOperatorIdName *getAsCXXOperatorIdName() const {
+    if (getNameKind() == CXXOperatorName)
+      return reinterpret_cast<CXXOperatorIdName *>(Ptr & ~PtrMask);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  CXXLiteralOperatorIdName *getAsCXXLiteralOperatorIdName() const {
+    if (getNameKind() == CXXLiteralOperatorName)
+      return reinterpret_cast<CXXLiteralOperatorIdName *>(Ptr & ~PtrMask);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  // Construct a declaration name from the name of a C++ constructor,
+  // destructor, or conversion function.
+  DeclarationName(CXXSpecialName *Name)
+    : Ptr(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Name)) {
+    assert((Ptr & PtrMask) == 0 && "Improperly aligned CXXSpecialName");
+    Ptr |= StoredDeclarationNameExtra;
+  }
+
+  // Construct a declaration name from the name of a C++ overloaded
+  // operator.
+  DeclarationName(CXXOperatorIdName *Name)
+    : Ptr(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Name)) {
+    assert((Ptr & PtrMask) == 0 && "Improperly aligned CXXOperatorId");
+    Ptr |= StoredDeclarationNameExtra;
+  }
+
+  DeclarationName(CXXLiteralOperatorIdName *Name)
+    : Ptr(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Name)) {
+    assert((Ptr & PtrMask) == 0 && "Improperly aligned CXXLiteralOperatorId");
+    Ptr |= StoredDeclarationNameExtra;
+  }
+
+  /// Construct a declaration name from a raw pointer.
+  DeclarationName(uintptr_t Ptr) : Ptr(Ptr) { }
+
+  friend class DeclarationNameTable;
+  friend class NamedDecl;
+
+  /// getFETokenInfoAsVoidSlow - Retrieves the front end-specified pointer
+  /// for this name as a void pointer if it's not an identifier.
+  void *getFETokenInfoAsVoidSlow() const;
+
+public:
+  /// DeclarationName - Used to create an empty selector.
+  DeclarationName() : Ptr(0) { }
+
+  // Construct a declaration name from an IdentifierInfo *.
+  DeclarationName(const IdentifierInfo *II)
+    : Ptr(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(II)) {
+    assert((Ptr & PtrMask) == 0 && "Improperly aligned IdentifierInfo");
+  }
+
+  // Construct a declaration name from an Objective-C selector.
+  DeclarationName(Selector Sel) : Ptr(Sel.InfoPtr) { }
+
+  /// getUsingDirectiveName - Return name for all using-directives.
+  static DeclarationName getUsingDirectiveName();
+
+  // operator bool() - Evaluates true when this declaration name is
+  // non-empty.
+  operator bool() const {
+    return ((Ptr & PtrMask) != 0) ||
+           (reinterpret_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Ptr & ~PtrMask));
+  }
+
+  /// Predicate functions for querying what type of name this is.
+  bool isIdentifier() const { return getStoredNameKind() == StoredIdentifier; }
+  bool isObjCZeroArgSelector() const {
+    return getStoredNameKind() == StoredObjCZeroArgSelector;
+  }
+  bool isObjCOneArgSelector() const {
+    return getStoredNameKind() == StoredObjCOneArgSelector;
+  }
+
+  /// getNameKind - Determine what kind of name this is.
+  NameKind getNameKind() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether the name itself is dependent, e.g., because it 
+  /// involves a C++ type that is itself dependent.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this does not capture all of the notions of "dependent name",
+  /// because an identifier can be a dependent name if it is used as the 
+  /// callee in a call expression with dependent arguments.
+  bool isDependentName() const;
+  
+  /// getNameAsString - Retrieve the human-readable string for this name.
+  std::string getAsString() const;
+
+  /// printName - Print the human-readable name to a stream.
+  void printName(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+
+  /// getAsIdentifierInfo - Retrieve the IdentifierInfo * stored in
+  /// this declaration name, or NULL if this declaration name isn't a
+  /// simple identifier.
+  IdentifierInfo *getAsIdentifierInfo() const {
+    if (isIdentifier())
+      return reinterpret_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Ptr);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// getAsOpaqueInteger - Get the representation of this declaration
+  /// name as an opaque integer.
+  uintptr_t getAsOpaqueInteger() const { return Ptr; }
+
+  /// getAsOpaquePtr - Get the representation of this declaration name as
+  /// an opaque pointer.
+  void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return reinterpret_cast<void*>(Ptr); }
+
+  static DeclarationName getFromOpaquePtr(void *P) {
+    DeclarationName N;
+    N.Ptr = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t> (P);
+    return N;
+  }
+
+  static DeclarationName getFromOpaqueInteger(uintptr_t P) {
+    DeclarationName N;
+    N.Ptr = P;
+    return N;
+  }
+
+  /// getCXXNameType - If this name is one of the C++ names (of a
+  /// constructor, destructor, or conversion function), return the
+  /// type associated with that name.
+  QualType getCXXNameType() const;
+
+  /// getCXXOverloadedOperator - If this name is the name of an
+  /// overloadable operator in C++ (e.g., @c operator+), retrieve the
+  /// kind of overloaded operator.
+  OverloadedOperatorKind getCXXOverloadedOperator() const;
+
+  /// getCXXLiteralIdentifier - If this name is the name of a literal
+  /// operator, retrieve the identifier associated with it.
+  IdentifierInfo *getCXXLiteralIdentifier() const;
+
+  /// getObjCSelector - Get the Objective-C selector stored in this
+  /// declaration name.
+  Selector getObjCSelector() const {
+    assert((getNameKind() == ObjCZeroArgSelector ||
+            getNameKind() == ObjCOneArgSelector ||
+            getNameKind() == ObjCMultiArgSelector ||
+            Ptr == 0) && "Not a selector!");
+    return Selector(Ptr);
+  }
+
+  /// getFETokenInfo/setFETokenInfo - The language front-end is
+  /// allowed to associate arbitrary metadata with some kinds of
+  /// declaration names, including normal identifiers and C++
+  /// constructors, destructors, and conversion functions.
+  template<typename T>
+  T *getFETokenInfo() const {
+    if (const IdentifierInfo *Info = getAsIdentifierInfo())
+      return Info->getFETokenInfo<T>();
+    return static_cast<T*>(getFETokenInfoAsVoidSlow());
+  }
+
+  void setFETokenInfo(void *T);
+
+  /// operator== - Determine whether the specified names are identical..
+  friend bool operator==(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) {
+    return LHS.Ptr == RHS.Ptr;
+  }
+
+  /// operator!= - Determine whether the specified names are different.
+  friend bool operator!=(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) {
+    return LHS.Ptr != RHS.Ptr;
+  }
+
+  static DeclarationName getEmptyMarker() {
+    return DeclarationName(uintptr_t(-1));
+  }
+
+  static DeclarationName getTombstoneMarker() {
+    return DeclarationName(uintptr_t(-2));
+  }
+
+  static int compare(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS);
+  
+  void dump() const;
+};
+
+/// Ordering on two declaration names. If both names are identifiers,
+/// this provides a lexicographical ordering.
+inline bool operator<(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) {
+  return DeclarationName::compare(LHS, RHS) < 0;
+}
+
+/// Ordering on two declaration names. If both names are identifiers,
+/// this provides a lexicographical ordering.
+inline bool operator>(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) {
+  return DeclarationName::compare(LHS, RHS) > 0;
+}
+
+/// Ordering on two declaration names. If both names are identifiers,
+/// this provides a lexicographical ordering.
+inline bool operator<=(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) {
+  return DeclarationName::compare(LHS, RHS) <= 0;
+}
+
+/// Ordering on two declaration names. If both names are identifiers,
+/// this provides a lexicographical ordering.
+inline bool operator>=(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) {
+  return DeclarationName::compare(LHS, RHS) >= 0;
+}
+
+/// DeclarationNameTable - Used to store and retrieve DeclarationName
+/// instances for the various kinds of declaration names, e.g., normal
+/// identifiers, C++ constructor names, etc. This class contains
+/// uniqued versions of each of the C++ special names, which can be
+/// retrieved using its member functions (e.g.,
+/// getCXXConstructorName).
+class DeclarationNameTable {
+  const ASTContext &Ctx;
+  void *CXXSpecialNamesImpl; // Actually a FoldingSet<CXXSpecialName> *
+  CXXOperatorIdName *CXXOperatorNames; // Operator names
+  void *CXXLiteralOperatorNames; // Actually a CXXOperatorIdName*
+
+  DeclarationNameTable(const DeclarationNameTable&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const DeclarationNameTable&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+public:
+  DeclarationNameTable(const ASTContext &C);
+  ~DeclarationNameTable();
+
+  /// getIdentifier - Create a declaration name that is a simple
+  /// identifier.
+  DeclarationName getIdentifier(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
+    return DeclarationName(ID);
+  }
+
+  /// getCXXConstructorName - Returns the name of a C++ constructor
+  /// for the given Type.
+  DeclarationName getCXXConstructorName(CanQualType Ty);
+
+  /// getCXXDestructorName - Returns the name of a C++ destructor
+  /// for the given Type.
+  DeclarationName getCXXDestructorName(CanQualType Ty);
+
+  /// getCXXConversionFunctionName - Returns the name of a C++
+  /// conversion function for the given Type.
+  DeclarationName getCXXConversionFunctionName(CanQualType Ty);
+
+  /// getCXXSpecialName - Returns a declaration name for special kind
+  /// of C++ name, e.g., for a constructor, destructor, or conversion
+  /// function.
+  DeclarationName getCXXSpecialName(DeclarationName::NameKind Kind,
+                                    CanQualType Ty);
+
+  /// getCXXOperatorName - Get the name of the overloadable C++
+  /// operator corresponding to Op.
+  DeclarationName getCXXOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op);
+
+  /// getCXXLiteralOperatorName - Get the name of the literal operator function
+  /// with II as the identifier.
+  DeclarationName getCXXLiteralOperatorName(IdentifierInfo *II);
+};
+
+/// DeclarationNameLoc - Additional source/type location info
+/// for a declaration name. Needs a DeclarationName in order
+/// to be interpreted correctly.
+struct DeclarationNameLoc {
+  // The source location for identifier stored elsewhere.
+  // struct {} Identifier;
+
+  // Type info for constructors, destructors and conversion functions.
+  // Locations (if any) for the tilde (destructor) or operator keyword
+  // (conversion) are stored elsewhere.
+  struct NT {
+    TypeSourceInfo* TInfo;
+  };
+
+  // The location (if any) of the operator keyword is stored elsewhere.
+  struct CXXOpName {
+    unsigned BeginOpNameLoc;
+    unsigned EndOpNameLoc;
+  };
+
+  // The location (if any) of the operator keyword is stored elsewhere.
+  struct CXXLitOpName {
+    unsigned OpNameLoc;
+  };
+
+  // struct {} CXXUsingDirective;
+  // struct {} ObjCZeroArgSelector;
+  // struct {} ObjCOneArgSelector;
+  // struct {} ObjCMultiArgSelector;
+  union {
+    struct NT NamedType;
+    struct CXXOpName CXXOperatorName;
+    struct CXXLitOpName CXXLiteralOperatorName;
+  };
+
+  DeclarationNameLoc(DeclarationName Name);
+  // FIXME: this should go away once all DNLocs are properly initialized.
+  DeclarationNameLoc() { memset((void*) this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+}; // struct DeclarationNameLoc
+
+
+/// DeclarationNameInfo - A collector data type for bundling together
+/// a DeclarationName and the correspnding source/type location info.
+struct DeclarationNameInfo {
+private:
+  /// Name - The declaration name, also encoding name kind.
+  DeclarationName Name;
+  /// Loc - The main source location for the declaration name.
+  SourceLocation NameLoc;
+  /// Info - Further source/type location info for special kinds of names.
+  DeclarationNameLoc LocInfo;
+
+public:
+  // FIXME: remove it.
+  DeclarationNameInfo() {}
+
+  DeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc)
+    : Name(Name), NameLoc(NameLoc), LocInfo(Name) {}
+
+  DeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                      DeclarationNameLoc LocInfo)
+    : Name(Name), NameLoc(NameLoc), LocInfo(LocInfo) {}
+
+  /// getName - Returns the embedded declaration name.
+  DeclarationName getName() const { return Name; }
+  /// setName - Sets the embedded declaration name.
+  void setName(DeclarationName N) { Name = N; }
+
+  /// getLoc - Returns the main location of the declaration name.
+  SourceLocation getLoc() const { return NameLoc; }
+  /// setLoc - Sets the main location of the declaration name.
+  void setLoc(SourceLocation L) { NameLoc = L; }
+
+  const DeclarationNameLoc &getInfo() const { return LocInfo; }
+  DeclarationNameLoc &getInfo() { return LocInfo; }
+  void setInfo(const DeclarationNameLoc &Info) { LocInfo = Info; }
+
+  /// getNamedTypeInfo - Returns the source type info associated to
+  /// the name. Assumes it is a constructor, destructor or conversion.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getNamedTypeInfo() const {
+    assert(Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
+           Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName ||
+           Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName);
+    return LocInfo.NamedType.TInfo;
+  }
+  /// setNamedTypeInfo - Sets the source type info associated to
+  /// the name. Assumes it is a constructor, destructor or conversion.
+  void setNamedTypeInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
+    assert(Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
+           Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName ||
+           Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName);
+    LocInfo.NamedType.TInfo = TInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// getCXXOperatorNameRange - Gets the range of the operator name
+  /// (without the operator keyword). Assumes it is a (non-literal) operator.
+  SourceRange getCXXOperatorNameRange() const {
+    assert(Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName);
+    return SourceRange(
+     SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(LocInfo.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc),
+     SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(LocInfo.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc)
+                       );
+  }
+  /// setCXXOperatorNameRange - Sets the range of the operator name
+  /// (without the operator keyword). Assumes it is a C++ operator.
+  void setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange R) {
+    assert(Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName);
+    LocInfo.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = R.getBegin().getRawEncoding();
+    LocInfo.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = R.getEnd().getRawEncoding();
+  }
+
+  /// getCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc - Returns the location of the literal
+  /// operator name (not the operator keyword).
+  /// Assumes it is a literal operator.
+  SourceLocation getCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc() const {
+    assert(Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName);
+    return SourceLocation::
+      getFromRawEncoding(LocInfo.CXXLiteralOperatorName.OpNameLoc);
+  }
+  /// setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc - Sets the location of the literal
+  /// operator name (not the operator keyword).
+  /// Assumes it is a literal operator.
+  void setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    assert(Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName);
+    LocInfo.CXXLiteralOperatorName.OpNameLoc = Loc.getRawEncoding();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this name involves a template parameter.
+  bool isInstantiationDependent() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this name contains an unexpanded
+  /// parameter pack.
+  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const;
+
+  /// getAsString - Retrieve the human-readable string for this name.
+  std::string getAsString() const;
+
+  /// printName - Print the human-readable name to a stream.
+  void printName(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+
+  /// getBeginLoc - Retrieve the location of the first token.
+  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return NameLoc; }
+  /// getEndLoc - Retrieve the location of the last token.
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const;
+  /// getSourceRange - The range of the declaration name.
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(getLocStart(), getLocEnd());
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getBeginLoc();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    SourceLocation EndLoc = getEndLoc();
+    return EndLoc.isValid() ? EndLoc : getLocStart();
+  }
+};
+
+/// Insertion operator for diagnostics.  This allows sending DeclarationName's
+/// into a diagnostic with <<.
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           DeclarationName N) {
+  DB.AddTaggedVal(N.getAsOpaqueInteger(),
+                  DiagnosticsEngine::ak_declarationname);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics.  This allows binding
+/// DeclarationName's into a partial diagnostic with <<.
+inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                           DeclarationName N) {
+  PD.AddTaggedVal(N.getAsOpaqueInteger(),
+                  DiagnosticsEngine::ak_declarationname);
+  return PD;
+}
+
+inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
+                                     DeclarationNameInfo DNInfo) {
+  DNInfo.printName(OS);
+  return OS;
+}
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+/// Define DenseMapInfo so that DeclarationNames can be used as keys
+/// in DenseMap and DenseSets.
+template<>
+struct DenseMapInfo<clang::DeclarationName> {
+  static inline clang::DeclarationName getEmptyKey() {
+    return clang::DeclarationName::getEmptyMarker();
+  }
+
+  static inline clang::DeclarationName getTombstoneKey() {
+    return clang::DeclarationName::getTombstoneMarker();
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(clang::DeclarationName Name) {
+    return DenseMapInfo<void*>::getHashValue(Name.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  static inline bool
+  isEqual(clang::DeclarationName LHS, clang::DeclarationName RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+template <>
+struct isPodLike<clang::DeclarationName> { static const bool value = true; };
+
+}  // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DependentDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DependentDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..004b45d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/DependentDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+//===-- DependentDiagnostic.h - Dependently-generated diagnostics -*- C++ -*-=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines interfaces for diagnostics which may or may
+//  fire based on how a template is instantiated.
+//
+//  At the moment, the only consumer of this interface is access
+//  control.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DEPENDENT_DIAGNOSTIC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DEPENDENT_DIAGNOSTIC_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTContext;
+class CXXRecordDecl;
+class NamedDecl;
+
+/// A dependently-generated diagnostic.
+class DependentDiagnostic {
+public:
+  enum AccessNonce { Access = 0 };
+
+  static DependentDiagnostic *Create(ASTContext &Context,
+                                     DeclContext *Parent,
+                                     AccessNonce _,
+                                     SourceLocation Loc,
+                                     bool IsMemberAccess,
+                                     AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                     NamedDecl *TargetDecl,
+                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
+                                     QualType BaseObjectType,
+                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) {
+    DependentDiagnostic *DD = Create(Context, Parent, PDiag);
+    DD->AccessData.Loc = Loc.getRawEncoding();
+    DD->AccessData.IsMember = IsMemberAccess;
+    DD->AccessData.Access = AS;
+    DD->AccessData.TargetDecl = TargetDecl;
+    DD->AccessData.NamingClass = NamingClass;
+    DD->AccessData.BaseObjectType = BaseObjectType.getAsOpaquePtr();
+    return DD;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getKind() const {
+    return Access;
+  }
+
+  bool isAccessToMember() const {
+    assert(getKind() == Access);
+    return AccessData.IsMember;
+  }
+
+  AccessSpecifier getAccess() const {
+    assert(getKind() == Access);
+    return AccessSpecifier(AccessData.Access);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getAccessLoc() const {
+    assert(getKind() == Access);
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(AccessData.Loc);
+  }
+
+  NamedDecl *getAccessTarget() const {
+    assert(getKind() == Access);
+    return AccessData.TargetDecl;
+  }
+
+  NamedDecl *getAccessNamingClass() const {
+    assert(getKind() == Access);
+    return AccessData.NamingClass;
+  }
+
+  QualType getAccessBaseObjectType() const {
+    assert(getKind() == Access);
+    return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(AccessData.BaseObjectType);
+  }
+
+  const PartialDiagnostic &getDiagnostic() const {
+    return Diag;
+  }
+
+private:
+  DependentDiagnostic(const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
+                      PartialDiagnostic::Storage *Storage) 
+    : Diag(PDiag, Storage) {}
+  
+  static DependentDiagnostic *Create(ASTContext &Context,
+                                     DeclContext *Parent,
+                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
+
+  friend class DependentStoredDeclsMap;
+  friend class DeclContext::ddiag_iterator;
+  DependentDiagnostic *NextDiagnostic;
+
+  PartialDiagnostic Diag;
+
+  struct {
+    unsigned Loc;
+    unsigned Access : 2;
+    unsigned IsMember : 1;
+    NamedDecl *TargetDecl;
+    CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass;
+    void *BaseObjectType;
+  } AccessData;
+};
+
+/// 
+
+/// An iterator over the dependent diagnostics in a dependent context.
+class DeclContext::ddiag_iterator {
+public:
+  ddiag_iterator() : Ptr(0) {}
+  explicit ddiag_iterator(DependentDiagnostic *Ptr) : Ptr(Ptr) {}
+
+  typedef DependentDiagnostic *value_type;
+  typedef DependentDiagnostic *reference;
+  typedef DependentDiagnostic *pointer;
+  typedef int difference_type;
+  typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+
+  reference operator*() const { return Ptr; }
+
+  ddiag_iterator &operator++() {
+    assert(Ptr && "attempt to increment past end of diag list");
+    Ptr = Ptr->NextDiagnostic;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  ddiag_iterator operator++(int) {
+    ddiag_iterator tmp = *this;
+    ++*this;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(ddiag_iterator Other) const {
+    return Ptr == Other.Ptr;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(ddiag_iterator Other) const {
+    return Ptr != Other.Ptr;
+  }
+
+  ddiag_iterator &operator+=(difference_type N) {
+    assert(N >= 0 && "cannot rewind a DeclContext::ddiag_iterator");
+    while (N--)
+      ++*this;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  ddiag_iterator operator+(difference_type N) const {
+    ddiag_iterator tmp = *this;
+    tmp += N;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+private:
+  DependentDiagnostic *Ptr;
+};
+
+inline DeclContext::ddiag_iterator DeclContext::ddiag_begin() const {
+  assert(isDependentContext()
+         && "cannot iterate dependent diagnostics of non-dependent context");
+  const DependentStoredDeclsMap *Map
+    = static_cast<DependentStoredDeclsMap*>(getPrimaryContext()->getLookupPtr());
+
+  if (!Map) return ddiag_iterator();
+  return ddiag_iterator(Map->FirstDiagnostic);
+}
+
+inline DeclContext::ddiag_iterator DeclContext::ddiag_end() const {
+  return ddiag_iterator();
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb186c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+//===--- EvaluatedExprVisitor.h - Evaluated expression visitor --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the EvaluatedExprVisitor class template, which visits
+//  the potentially-evaluated subexpressions of a potentially-evaluated
+//  expression.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EVALUATEDEXPRVISITOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EVALUATEDEXPRVISITOR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+class ASTContext;
+  
+/// \brief Given a potentially-evaluated expression, this visitor visits all
+/// of its potentially-evaluated subexpressions, recursively.
+template<typename ImplClass>
+class EvaluatedExprVisitor : public StmtVisitor<ImplClass> {
+  ASTContext &Context;
+  
+public:
+  explicit EvaluatedExprVisitor(ASTContext &Context) : Context(Context) { }
+  
+  // Expressions that have no potentially-evaluated subexpressions (but may have
+  // other sub-expressions).
+  void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { }
+  void VisitOffsetOfExpr(OffsetOfExpr *E) { }
+  void VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) { }
+  void VisitExpressionTraitExpr(ExpressionTraitExpr *E) { }
+  void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { }
+  void VisitCXXUuidofExpr(CXXUuidofExpr *E) { }  
+  void VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(CXXNoexceptExpr *E) { }
+  
+  void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
+    // Only the base matters.
+    return this->Visit(E->getBase());
+  }
+  
+  void VisitChooseExpr(ChooseExpr *E) {
+    // Don't visit either child expression if the condition is dependent.
+    if (E->getCond()->isValueDependent())
+      return;
+    // Only the selected subexpression matters; the other one is not evaluated.
+    return this->Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr(Context));
+  }
+                 
+  void VisitDesignatedInitExpr(DesignatedInitExpr *E) {
+    // Only the actual initializer matters; the designators are all constant
+    // expressions.
+    return this->Visit(E->getInit());
+  }
+
+  void VisitCXXTypeidExpr(CXXTypeidExpr *E) {
+    if (E->isPotentiallyEvaluated())
+      return this->Visit(E->getExprOperand());
+  }
+
+  void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
+    if (!CE->isUnevaluatedBuiltinCall(Context))
+      return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->VisitExpr(CE);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The basis case walks all of the children of the statement or
+  /// expression, assuming they are all potentially evaluated.
+  void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
+    for (Stmt::child_range C = S->children(); C; ++C)
+      if (*C)
+        this->Visit(*C);
+  }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_EVALUATEDEXPRVISITOR_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Expr.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Expr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36d70d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Expr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4715 @@
+//===--- Expr.h - Classes for representing expressions ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Expr interface and subclasses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ASTVector.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h"
+#include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class APValue;
+  class ASTContext;
+  class BlockDecl;
+  class CXXBaseSpecifier;
+  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
+  class CXXOperatorCallExpr;
+  class CastExpr;
+  class Decl;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class MaterializeTemporaryExpr;
+  class NamedDecl;
+  class ObjCPropertyRefExpr;
+  class OpaqueValueExpr;
+  class ParmVarDecl;
+  class TargetInfo;
+  class ValueDecl;
+
+/// \brief A simple array of base specifiers.
+typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
+
+/// \brief An adjustment to be made to the temporary created when emitting a
+/// reference binding, which accesses a particular subobject of that temporary.
+struct SubobjectAdjustment {
+  enum {
+    DerivedToBaseAdjustment,
+    FieldAdjustment,
+    MemberPointerAdjustment
+  } Kind;
+
+
+  struct DTB {
+    const CastExpr *BasePath;
+    const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass;
+  };
+
+  struct P {
+    const MemberPointerType *MPT;
+    Expr *RHS;
+  };
+
+  union {
+    struct DTB DerivedToBase;
+    FieldDecl *Field;
+    struct P Ptr;
+  };
+
+  SubobjectAdjustment(const CastExpr *BasePath,
+                      const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass)
+    : Kind(DerivedToBaseAdjustment) {
+    DerivedToBase.BasePath = BasePath;
+    DerivedToBase.DerivedClass = DerivedClass;
+  }
+
+  SubobjectAdjustment(FieldDecl *Field)
+    : Kind(FieldAdjustment) {
+    this->Field = Field;
+  }
+
+  SubobjectAdjustment(const MemberPointerType *MPT, Expr *RHS)
+    : Kind(MemberPointerAdjustment) {
+    this->Ptr.MPT = MPT;
+    this->Ptr.RHS = RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Expr - This represents one expression.  Note that Expr's are subclasses of
+/// Stmt.  This allows an expression to be transparently used any place a Stmt
+/// is required.
+///
+class Expr : public Stmt {
+  QualType TR;
+
+protected:
+  Expr(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+       bool TD, bool VD, bool ID, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
+    : Stmt(SC)
+  {
+    ExprBits.TypeDependent = TD;
+    ExprBits.ValueDependent = VD;
+    ExprBits.InstantiationDependent = ID;
+    ExprBits.ValueKind = VK;
+    ExprBits.ObjectKind = OK;
+    ExprBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
+    setType(T);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty expression.
+  explicit Expr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell) : Stmt(SC) { }
+
+public:
+  QualType getType() const { return TR; }
+  void setType(QualType t) {
+    // In C++, the type of an expression is always adjusted so that it
+    // will not have reference type an expression will never have
+    // reference type (C++ [expr]p6). Use
+    // QualType::getNonReferenceType() to retrieve the non-reference
+    // type. Additionally, inspect Expr::isLvalue to determine whether
+    // an expression that is adjusted in this manner should be
+    // considered an lvalue.
+    assert((t.isNull() || !t->isReferenceType()) &&
+           "Expressions can't have reference type");
+
+    TR = t;
+  }
+
+  /// isValueDependent - Determines whether this expression is
+  /// value-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]). For example, the
+  /// array bound of "Chars" in the following example is
+  /// value-dependent.
+  /// @code
+  /// template<int Size, char (&Chars)[Size]> struct meta_string;
+  /// @endcode
+  bool isValueDependent() const { return ExprBits.ValueDependent; }
+
+  /// \brief Set whether this expression is value-dependent or not.
+  void setValueDependent(bool VD) {
+    ExprBits.ValueDependent = VD;
+    if (VD)
+      ExprBits.InstantiationDependent = true;
+  }
+
+  /// isTypeDependent - Determines whether this expression is
+  /// type-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]), which means that its type
+  /// could change from one template instantiation to the next. For
+  /// example, the expressions "x" and "x + y" are type-dependent in
+  /// the following code, but "y" is not type-dependent:
+  /// @code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// void add(T x, int y) {
+  ///   x + y;
+  /// }
+  /// @endcode
+  bool isTypeDependent() const { return ExprBits.TypeDependent; }
+
+  /// \brief Set whether this expression is type-dependent or not.
+  void setTypeDependent(bool TD) {
+    ExprBits.TypeDependent = TD;
+    if (TD)
+      ExprBits.InstantiationDependent = true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this expression is instantiation-dependent, meaning that
+  /// it depends in some way on a template parameter, even if neither its type
+  /// nor (constant) value can change due to the template instantiation.
+  ///
+  /// In the following example, the expression \c sizeof(sizeof(T() + T())) is
+  /// instantiation-dependent (since it involves a template parameter \c T), but
+  /// is neither type- nor value-dependent, since the type of the inner
+  /// \c sizeof is known (\c std::size_t) and therefore the size of the outer
+  /// \c sizeof is known.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// void f(T x, T y) {
+  ///   sizeof(sizeof(T() + T());
+  /// }
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  bool isInstantiationDependent() const {
+    return ExprBits.InstantiationDependent;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set whether this expression is instantiation-dependent or not.
+  void setInstantiationDependent(bool ID) {
+    ExprBits.InstantiationDependent = ID;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this expression contains an unexpanded parameter
+  /// pack (for C++11 variadic templates).
+  ///
+  /// Given the following function template:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename F, typename ...Types>
+  /// void forward(const F &f, Types &&...args) {
+  ///   f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
+  /// }
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// The expressions \c args and \c static_cast<Types&&>(args) both
+  /// contain parameter packs.
+  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const {
+    return ExprBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the bit that describes whether this expression
+  /// contains an unexpanded parameter pack.
+  void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) {
+    ExprBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP;
+  }
+
+  /// getExprLoc - Return the preferred location for the arrow when diagnosing
+  /// a problem with a generic expression.
+  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// isUnusedResultAWarning - Return true if this immediate expression should
+  /// be warned about if the result is unused.  If so, fill in expr, location,
+  /// and ranges with expr to warn on and source locations/ranges appropriate
+  /// for a warning.
+  bool isUnusedResultAWarning(const Expr *&WarnExpr, SourceLocation &Loc,
+                              SourceRange &R1, SourceRange &R2,
+                              ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to
+  /// the rules of the current language.  C and C++ give somewhat
+  /// different rules for this concept, but in general, the result of
+  /// an l-value expression identifies a specific object whereas the
+  /// result of an r-value expression is a value detached from any
+  /// specific storage.
+  ///
+  /// C++11 divides the concept of "r-value" into pure r-values
+  /// ("pr-values") and so-called expiring values ("x-values"), which
+  /// identify specific objects that can be safely cannibalized for
+  /// their resources.  This is an unfortunate abuse of terminology on
+  /// the part of the C++ committee.  In Clang, when we say "r-value",
+  /// we generally mean a pr-value.
+  bool isLValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_LValue; }
+  bool isRValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_RValue; }
+  bool isXValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_XValue; }
+  bool isGLValue() const { return getValueKind() != VK_RValue; }
+
+  enum LValueClassification {
+    LV_Valid,
+    LV_NotObjectType,
+    LV_IncompleteVoidType,
+    LV_DuplicateVectorComponents,
+    LV_InvalidExpression,
+    LV_InvalidMessageExpression,
+    LV_MemberFunction,
+    LV_SubObjCPropertySetting,
+    LV_ClassTemporary,
+    LV_ArrayTemporary
+  };
+  /// Reasons why an expression might not be an l-value.
+  LValueClassification ClassifyLValue(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  enum isModifiableLvalueResult {
+    MLV_Valid,
+    MLV_NotObjectType,
+    MLV_IncompleteVoidType,
+    MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents,
+    MLV_InvalidExpression,
+    MLV_LValueCast,           // Specialized form of MLV_InvalidExpression.
+    MLV_IncompleteType,
+    MLV_ConstQualified,
+    MLV_ArrayType,
+    MLV_ReadonlyProperty,
+    MLV_NoSetterProperty,
+    MLV_MemberFunction,
+    MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting,
+    MLV_InvalidMessageExpression,
+    MLV_ClassTemporary,
+    MLV_ArrayTemporary
+  };
+  /// isModifiableLvalue - C99 6.3.2.1: an lvalue that does not have array type,
+  /// does not have an incomplete type, does not have a const-qualified type,
+  /// and if it is a structure or union, does not have any member (including,
+  /// recursively, any member or element of all contained aggregates or unions)
+  /// with a const-qualified type.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc [in,out] - A source location which *may* be filled
+  /// in with the location of the expression making this a
+  /// non-modifiable lvalue, if specified.
+  isModifiableLvalueResult isModifiableLvalue(ASTContext &Ctx,
+                                              SourceLocation *Loc = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief The return type of classify(). Represents the C++11 expression
+  ///        taxonomy.
+  class Classification {
+  public:
+    /// \brief The various classification results. Most of these mean prvalue.
+    enum Kinds {
+      CL_LValue,
+      CL_XValue,
+      CL_Function, // Functions cannot be lvalues in C.
+      CL_Void, // Void cannot be an lvalue in C.
+      CL_AddressableVoid, // Void expression whose address can be taken in C.
+      CL_DuplicateVectorComponents, // A vector shuffle with dupes.
+      CL_MemberFunction, // An expression referring to a member function
+      CL_SubObjCPropertySetting,
+      CL_ClassTemporary, // A temporary of class type, or subobject thereof.
+      CL_ArrayTemporary, // A temporary of array type.
+      CL_ObjCMessageRValue, // ObjC message is an rvalue
+      CL_PRValue // A prvalue for any other reason, of any other type
+    };
+    /// \brief The results of modification testing.
+    enum ModifiableType {
+      CM_Untested, // testModifiable was false.
+      CM_Modifiable,
+      CM_RValue, // Not modifiable because it's an rvalue
+      CM_Function, // Not modifiable because it's a function; C++ only
+      CM_LValueCast, // Same as CM_RValue, but indicates GCC cast-as-lvalue ext
+      CM_NoSetterProperty,// Implicit assignment to ObjC property without setter
+      CM_ConstQualified,
+      CM_ArrayType,
+      CM_IncompleteType
+    };
+
+  private:
+    friend class Expr;
+
+    unsigned short Kind;
+    unsigned short Modifiable;
+
+    explicit Classification(Kinds k, ModifiableType m)
+      : Kind(k), Modifiable(m)
+    {}
+
+  public:
+    Classification() {}
+
+    Kinds getKind() const { return static_cast<Kinds>(Kind); }
+    ModifiableType getModifiable() const {
+      assert(Modifiable != CM_Untested && "Did not test for modifiability.");
+      return static_cast<ModifiableType>(Modifiable);
+    }
+    bool isLValue() const { return Kind == CL_LValue; }
+    bool isXValue() const { return Kind == CL_XValue; }
+    bool isGLValue() const { return Kind <= CL_XValue; }
+    bool isPRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_Function; }
+    bool isRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_XValue; }
+    bool isModifiable() const { return getModifiable() == CM_Modifiable; }
+
+    /// \brief Create a simple, modifiably lvalue
+    static Classification makeSimpleLValue() {
+      return Classification(CL_LValue, CM_Modifiable);
+    }
+
+  };
+  /// \brief Classify - Classify this expression according to the C++11
+  ///        expression taxonomy.
+  ///
+  /// C++11 defines ([basic.lval]) a new taxonomy of expressions to replace the
+  /// old lvalue vs rvalue. This function determines the type of expression this
+  /// is. There are three expression types:
+  /// - lvalues are classical lvalues as in C++03.
+  /// - prvalues are equivalent to rvalues in C++03.
+  /// - xvalues are expressions yielding unnamed rvalue references, e.g. a
+  ///   function returning an rvalue reference.
+  /// lvalues and xvalues are collectively referred to as glvalues, while
+  /// prvalues and xvalues together form rvalues.
+  Classification Classify(ASTContext &Ctx) const {
+    return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, 0);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief ClassifyModifiable - Classify this expression according to the
+  ///        C++11 expression taxonomy, and see if it is valid on the left side
+  ///        of an assignment.
+  ///
+  /// This function extends classify in that it also tests whether the
+  /// expression is modifiable (C99 6.3.2.1p1).
+  /// \param Loc A source location that might be filled with a relevant location
+  ///            if the expression is not modifiable.
+  Classification ClassifyModifiable(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation &Loc) const{
+    return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, &Loc);
+  }
+
+  /// getValueKindForType - Given a formal return or parameter type,
+  /// give its value kind.
+  static ExprValueKind getValueKindForType(QualType T) {
+    if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
+      return (isa<LValueReferenceType>(RT)
+                ? VK_LValue
+                : (RT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()
+                     ? VK_LValue : VK_XValue));
+    return VK_RValue;
+  }
+
+  /// getValueKind - The value kind that this expression produces.
+  ExprValueKind getValueKind() const {
+    return static_cast<ExprValueKind>(ExprBits.ValueKind);
+  }
+
+  /// getObjectKind - The object kind that this expression produces.
+  /// Object kinds are meaningful only for expressions that yield an
+  /// l-value or x-value.
+  ExprObjectKind getObjectKind() const {
+    return static_cast<ExprObjectKind>(ExprBits.ObjectKind);
+  }
+
+  bool isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() const {
+    ExprObjectKind OK = getObjectKind();
+    return (OK == OK_Ordinary || OK == OK_BitField);
+  }
+
+  /// setValueKind - Set the value kind produced by this expression.
+  void setValueKind(ExprValueKind Cat) { ExprBits.ValueKind = Cat; }
+
+  /// setObjectKind - Set the object kind produced by this expression.
+  void setObjectKind(ExprObjectKind Cat) { ExprBits.ObjectKind = Cat; }
+
+private:
+  Classification ClassifyImpl(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc) const;
+
+public:
+
+  /// \brief If this expression refers to a bit-field, retrieve the
+  /// declaration of that bit-field.
+  FieldDecl *getBitField();
+
+  const FieldDecl *getBitField() const {
+    return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getBitField();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If this expression is an l-value for an Objective C
+  /// property, find the underlying property reference expression.
+  const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *getObjCProperty() const;
+
+  /// \brief Check if this expression is the ObjC 'self' implicit parameter.
+  bool isObjCSelfExpr() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this expression refers to a vector element.
+  bool refersToVectorElement() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this expression has a placeholder type.
+  bool hasPlaceholderType() const {
+    return getType()->isPlaceholderType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this expression has a specific placeholder type.
+  bool hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::Kind K) const {
+    assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind(K));
+    if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getType()))
+      return BT->getKind() == K;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// isKnownToHaveBooleanValue - Return true if this is an integer expression
+  /// that is known to return 0 or 1.  This happens for _Bool/bool expressions
+  /// but also int expressions which are produced by things like comparisons in
+  /// C.
+  bool isKnownToHaveBooleanValue() const;
+
+  /// isIntegerConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is a valid integer
+  /// constant expression, and, if so, return its value in Result.  If not a
+  /// valid i-c-e, return false and fill in Loc (if specified) with the location
+  /// of the invalid expression.
+  ///
+  /// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11
+  /// [expr.const]p5.
+  bool isIntegerConstantExpr(llvm::APSInt &Result, ASTContext &Ctx,
+                             SourceLocation *Loc = 0,
+                             bool isEvaluated = true) const;
+  bool isIntegerConstantExpr(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc = 0) const;
+
+  /// isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is an
+  /// integral constant expression in C++98. Can only be used in C++.
+  bool isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// isCXX11ConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is a constant
+  /// expression in C++11. Can only be used in C++.
+  ///
+  /// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11
+  /// [expr.const]p5.
+  bool isCXX11ConstantExpr(ASTContext &Ctx, APValue *Result = 0,
+                           SourceLocation *Loc = 0) const;
+
+  /// isPotentialConstantExpr - Return true if this function's definition
+  /// might be usable in a constant expression in C++11, if it were marked
+  /// constexpr. Return false if the function can never produce a constant
+  /// expression, along with diagnostics describing why not.
+  static bool isPotentialConstantExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD,
+                                      SmallVectorImpl<
+                                        PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags);
+
+  /// isConstantInitializer - Returns true if this expression can be emitted to
+  /// IR as a constant, and thus can be used as a constant initializer in C.
+  bool isConstantInitializer(ASTContext &Ctx, bool ForRef) const;
+
+  /// EvalStatus is a struct with detailed info about an evaluation in progress.
+  struct EvalStatus {
+    /// HasSideEffects - Whether the evaluated expression has side effects.
+    /// For example, (f() && 0) can be folded, but it still has side effects.
+    bool HasSideEffects;
+
+    /// Diag - If this is non-null, it will be filled in with a stack of notes
+    /// indicating why evaluation failed (or why it failed to produce a constant
+    /// expression).
+    /// If the expression is unfoldable, the notes will indicate why it's not
+    /// foldable. If the expression is foldable, but not a constant expression,
+    /// the notes will describes why it isn't a constant expression. If the
+    /// expression *is* a constant expression, no notes will be produced.
+    SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag;
+
+    EvalStatus() : HasSideEffects(false), Diag(0) {}
+
+    // hasSideEffects - Return true if the evaluated expression has
+    // side effects.
+    bool hasSideEffects() const {
+      return HasSideEffects;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// EvalResult is a struct with detailed info about an evaluated expression.
+  struct EvalResult : EvalStatus {
+    /// Val - This is the value the expression can be folded to.
+    APValue Val;
+
+    // isGlobalLValue - Return true if the evaluated lvalue expression
+    // is global.
+    bool isGlobalLValue() const;
+  };
+
+  /// EvaluateAsRValue - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold to
+  /// an rvalue using any crazy technique (that has nothing to do with language
+  /// standards) that we want to, even if the expression has side-effects. If
+  /// this function returns true, it returns the folded constant in Result. If
+  /// the expression is a glvalue, an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion will be
+  /// applied.
+  bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// EvaluateAsBooleanCondition - Return true if this is a constant
+  /// which we we can fold and convert to a boolean condition using
+  /// any crazy technique that we want to, even if the expression has
+  /// side-effects.
+  bool EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(bool &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  enum SideEffectsKind { SE_NoSideEffects, SE_AllowSideEffects };
+
+  /// EvaluateAsInt - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and
+  /// convert to an integer, using any crazy technique that we want to.
+  bool EvaluateAsInt(llvm::APSInt &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
+                     SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects) const;
+
+  /// isEvaluatable - Call EvaluateAsRValue to see if this expression can be
+  /// constant folded without side-effects, but discard the result.
+  bool isEvaluatable(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// HasSideEffects - This routine returns true for all those expressions
+  /// which have any effect other than producing a value. Example is a function
+  /// call, volatile variable read, or throwing an exception.
+  bool HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this expression involves a call to any function
+  /// that is not trivial.
+  bool hasNonTrivialCall(ASTContext &Ctx);
+  
+  /// EvaluateKnownConstInt - Call EvaluateAsRValue and return the folded
+  /// integer. This must be called on an expression that constant folds to an
+  /// integer.
+  llvm::APSInt EvaluateKnownConstInt(const ASTContext &Ctx,
+                          SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag=0) const;
+  
+  void EvaluateForOverflow(const ASTContext &Ctx,
+                           SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag) const;
+
+  /// EvaluateAsLValue - Evaluate an expression to see if we can fold it to an
+  /// lvalue with link time known address, with no side-effects.
+  bool EvaluateAsLValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// EvaluateAsInitializer - Evaluate an expression as if it were the
+  /// initializer of the given declaration. Returns true if the initializer
+  /// can be folded to a constant, and produces any relevant notes. In C++11,
+  /// notes will be produced if the expression is not a constant expression.
+  bool EvaluateAsInitializer(APValue &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
+                             const VarDecl *VD,
+                             SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const;
+
+  /// \brief Enumeration used to describe the kind of Null pointer constant
+  /// returned from \c isNullPointerConstant().
+  enum NullPointerConstantKind {
+    /// \brief Expression is not a Null pointer constant.
+    NPCK_NotNull = 0,
+
+    /// \brief Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a zero integer
+    /// expression that is not a simple, possibly parenthesized, zero literal.
+    /// C++ Core Issue 903 will classify these expressions as "not pointers"
+    /// once it is adopted.
+    /// http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
+    NPCK_ZeroExpression,
+
+    /// \brief Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a literal zero.
+    NPCK_ZeroLiteral,
+
+    /// \brief Expression is a C++11 nullptr.
+    NPCK_CXX11_nullptr,
+
+    /// \brief Expression is a GNU-style __null constant.
+    NPCK_GNUNull
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Enumeration used to describe how \c isNullPointerConstant()
+  /// should cope with value-dependent expressions.
+  enum NullPointerConstantValueDependence {
+    /// \brief Specifies that the expression should never be value-dependent.
+    NPC_NeverValueDependent = 0,
+
+    /// \brief Specifies that a value-dependent expression of integral or
+    /// dependent type should be considered a null pointer constant.
+    NPC_ValueDependentIsNull,
+
+    /// \brief Specifies that a value-dependent expression should be considered
+    /// to never be a null pointer constant.
+    NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
+  };
+
+  /// isNullPointerConstant - C99 6.3.2.3p3 - Test if this reduces down to
+  /// a Null pointer constant. The return value can further distinguish the
+  /// kind of NULL pointer constant that was detected.
+  NullPointerConstantKind isNullPointerConstant(
+      ASTContext &Ctx,
+      NullPointerConstantValueDependence NPC) const;
+
+  /// isOBJCGCCandidate - Return true if this expression may be used in a read/
+  /// write barrier.
+  bool isOBJCGCCandidate(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this expression is a bound member function.
+  bool isBoundMemberFunction(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// \brief Given an expression of bound-member type, find the type
+  /// of the member.  Returns null if this is an *overloaded* bound
+  /// member expression.
+  static QualType findBoundMemberType(const Expr *expr);
+
+  /// IgnoreImpCasts - Skip past any implicit casts which might
+  /// surround this expression.  Only skips ImplicitCastExprs.
+  Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// IgnoreImplicit - Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might
+  /// surround this expression.
+  Expr *IgnoreImplicit() LLVM_READONLY {
+    return cast<Expr>(Stmt::IgnoreImplicit());
+  }
+
+  const Expr *IgnoreImplicit() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreImplicit();
+  }
+
+  /// IgnoreParens - Ignore parentheses.  If this Expr is a ParenExpr, return
+  ///  its subexpression.  If that subexpression is also a ParenExpr,
+  ///  then this method recursively returns its subexpression, and so forth.
+  ///  Otherwise, the method returns the current Expr.
+  Expr *IgnoreParens() LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// IgnoreParenCasts - Ignore parentheses and casts.  Strip off any ParenExpr
+  /// or CastExprs, returning their operand.
+  Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// IgnoreParenImpCasts - Ignore parentheses and implicit casts.  Strip off
+  /// any ParenExpr or ImplicitCastExprs, returning their operand.
+  Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// IgnoreConversionOperator - Ignore conversion operator. If this Expr is a
+  /// call to a conversion operator, return the argument.
+  Expr *IgnoreConversionOperator() LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  const Expr *IgnoreConversionOperator() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreConversionOperator();
+  }
+
+  const Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
+  }
+
+  /// Ignore parentheses and lvalue casts.  Strip off any ParenExpr and
+  /// CastExprs that represent lvalue casts, returning their operand.
+  Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  const Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreParenLValueCasts();
+  }
+
+  /// IgnoreParenNoopCasts - Ignore parentheses and casts that do not change the
+  /// value (including ptr->int casts of the same size).  Strip off any
+  /// ParenExpr or CastExprs, returning their operand.
+  Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(ASTContext &Ctx) LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// Ignore parentheses and derived-to-base casts.
+  Expr *ignoreParenBaseCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  const Expr *ignoreParenBaseCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->ignoreParenBaseCasts();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this expression is a default function argument.
+  ///
+  /// Default arguments are implicitly generated in the abstract syntax tree
+  /// by semantic analysis for function calls, object constructions, etc. in
+  /// C++. Default arguments are represented by \c CXXDefaultArgExpr nodes;
+  /// this routine also looks through any implicit casts to determine whether
+  /// the expression is a default argument.
+  bool isDefaultArgument() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the result of this expression is a
+  /// temporary object of the given class type.
+  bool isTemporaryObject(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *TempTy) const;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this expression is an implicit reference to 'this' in C++.
+  bool isImplicitCXXThis() const;
+
+  const Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreImpCasts();
+  }
+  const Expr *IgnoreParens() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreParens();
+  }
+  const Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreParenCasts();
+  }
+  const Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(ASTContext &Ctx) const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Ctx);
+  }
+
+  static bool hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
+
+  /// \brief For an expression of class type or pointer to class type,
+  /// return the most derived class decl the expression is known to refer to.
+  ///
+  /// If this expression is a cast, this method looks through it to find the
+  /// most derived decl that can be inferred from the expression.
+  /// This is valid because derived-to-base conversions have undefined
+  /// behavior if the object isn't dynamically of the derived type.
+  const CXXRecordDecl *getBestDynamicClassType() const;
+
+  /// Walk outwards from an expression we want to bind a reference to and
+  /// find the expression whose lifetime needs to be extended. Record
+  /// the adjustments needed along the path.
+  const Expr *
+  skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(
+                       SmallVectorImpl<SubobjectAdjustment> &Adjustments) const;
+
+  /// Skip irrelevant expressions to find what should be materialize for
+  /// binding with a reference.
+  const Expr *
+  findMaterializedTemporary(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *&MTE) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExprConstant &&
+           T->getStmtClass() <= lastExprConstant;
+  }
+};
+
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Primary Expressions.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a
+/// fixed type and value class.  These don't correspond to concrete
+/// syntax; instead they're used to express operations (usually copy
+/// operations) on values whose source is generally obvious from
+/// context.
+class OpaqueValueExpr : public Expr {
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  Expr *SourceExpr;
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+public:
+  OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
+                  ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary,
+                  Expr *SourceExpr = 0)
+    : Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, T, VK, OK,
+           T->isDependentType(), 
+           T->isDependentType() || 
+           (SourceExpr && SourceExpr->isValueDependent()),
+           T->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           false),
+      SourceExpr(SourceExpr), Loc(Loc) {
+  }
+
+  /// Given an expression which invokes a copy constructor --- i.e.  a
+  /// CXXConstructExpr, possibly wrapped in an ExprWithCleanups ---
+  /// find the OpaqueValueExpr that's the source of the construction.
+  static const OpaqueValueExpr *findInCopyConstruct(const Expr *expr);
+
+  explicit OpaqueValueExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of this expression.
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getLocStart() : Loc;
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getLocEnd() : Loc;
+  }
+  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (SourceExpr) return SourceExpr->getExprLoc();
+    return Loc;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  /// The source expression of an opaque value expression is the
+  /// expression which originally generated the value.  This is
+  /// provided as a convenience for analyses that don't wish to
+  /// precisely model the execution behavior of the program.
+  ///
+  /// The source expression is typically set when building the
+  /// expression which binds the opaque value expression in the first
+  /// place.
+  Expr *getSourceExpr() const { return SourceExpr; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == OpaqueValueExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc.
+/// [C99 6.5.1p2]
+///
+/// This encodes all the information about how a declaration is referenced
+/// within an expression.
+///
+/// There are several optional constructs attached to DeclRefExprs only when
+/// they apply in order to conserve memory. These are laid out past the end of
+/// the object, and flags in the DeclRefExprBitfield track whether they exist:
+///
+///   DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier:
+///       Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a C++
+///       nested-name-specifier.
+///   DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl:
+///       Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a record of
+///       a NamedDecl (different from the referenced ValueDecl) which was found
+///       during name lookup and/or overload resolution.
+///   DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo:
+///       Specifies when this declaration reference expression has an explicit
+///       C++ template keyword and/or template argument list.
+///   DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingLocal
+///       Specifies when this declaration reference expression (validly)
+///       refers to a local variable from a different function.
+class DeclRefExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The declaration that we are referencing.
+  ValueDecl *D;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the declaration name itself.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// \brief Provides source/type location info for the declaration name
+  /// embedded in D.
+  DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
+
+  /// \brief Helper to retrieve the optional NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc &getInternalQualifierLoc() {
+    assert(hasQualifier());
+    return *reinterpret_cast<NestedNameSpecifierLoc *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Helper to retrieve the optional NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
+  const NestedNameSpecifierLoc &getInternalQualifierLoc() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclRefExpr *>(this)->getInternalQualifierLoc();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Test whether there is a distinct FoundDecl attached to the end of
+  /// this DRE.
+  bool hasFoundDecl() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl; }
+
+  /// \brief Helper to retrieve the optional NamedDecl through which this
+  /// reference occured.
+  NamedDecl *&getInternalFoundDecl() {
+    assert(hasFoundDecl());
+    if (hasQualifier())
+      return *reinterpret_cast<NamedDecl **>(&getInternalQualifierLoc() + 1);
+    return *reinterpret_cast<NamedDecl **>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Helper to retrieve the optional NamedDecl through which this
+  /// reference occured.
+  NamedDecl *getInternalFoundDecl() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclRefExpr *>(this)->getInternalFoundDecl();
+  }
+
+  DeclRefExpr(ASTContext &Ctx,
+              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+              ValueDecl *D, bool refersToEnclosingLocal,
+              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+              NamedDecl *FoundD,
+              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
+              QualType T, ExprValueKind VK);
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty declaration reference expression.
+  explicit DeclRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(DeclRefExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// \brief Computes the type- and value-dependence flags for this
+  /// declaration reference expression.
+  void computeDependence(ASTContext &C);
+
+public:
+  DeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, bool refersToEnclosingLocal, QualType T,
+              ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation L,
+              const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc())
+    : Expr(DeclRefExprClass, T, VK, OK_Ordinary, false, false, false, false),
+      D(D), Loc(L), DNLoc(LocInfo) {
+    DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier = 0;
+    DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo = 0;
+    DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl = 0;
+    DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = 0;
+    DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingLocal = refersToEnclosingLocal;
+    computeDependence(D->getASTContext());
+  }
+
+  static DeclRefExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context,
+                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                             ValueDecl *D,
+                             bool isEnclosingLocal,
+                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                             QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
+                             NamedDecl *FoundD = 0,
+                             const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
+
+  static DeclRefExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context,
+                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                             ValueDecl *D,
+                             bool isEnclosingLocal,
+                             const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                             QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
+                             NamedDecl *FoundD = 0,
+                             const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty declaration reference expression.
+  static DeclRefExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context,
+                                  bool HasQualifier,
+                                  bool HasFoundDecl,
+                                  bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
+                                  unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
+
+  ValueDecl *getDecl() { return D; }
+  const ValueDecl *getDecl() const { return D; }
+  void setDecl(ValueDecl *NewD) { D = NewD; }
+
+  DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const {
+    return DeclarationNameInfo(getDecl()->getDeclName(), Loc, DNLoc);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration reference was preceded by a
+  /// C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., \c N::foo.
+  bool hasQualifier() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier; }
+
+  /// \brief If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier
+  /// that precedes the name. Otherwise, returns NULL.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    if (!hasQualifier())
+      return 0;
+
+    return getInternalQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier
+  /// that precedes the name, with source-location information.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const {
+    if (!hasQualifier())
+      return NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
+
+    return getInternalQualifierLoc();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occured.
+  ///
+  /// This Decl may be different from the ValueDecl actually referred to in the
+  /// presence of using declarations, etc. It always returns non-NULL, and may
+  /// simple return the ValueDecl when appropriate.
+  NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() {
+    return hasFoundDecl() ? getInternalFoundDecl() : D;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred.
+  /// See non-const variant.
+  const NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() const {
+    return hasFoundDecl() ? getInternalFoundDecl() : D;
+  }
+
+  bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const {
+    return DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the optional template keyword and arguments info.
+  ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() {
+    if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo())
+      return 0;
+
+    if (hasFoundDecl())
+      return reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *>(
+        &getInternalFoundDecl() + 1);
+
+    if (hasQualifier())
+      return reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *>(
+        &getInternalQualifierLoc() + 1);
+
+    return reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the optional template keyword and arguments info.
+  const ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclRefExpr*>(this)->getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding
+  /// this name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
+    if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->getTemplateKeywordLoc();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the
+  /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
+    if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->LAngleLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the
+  /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
+    if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->RAngleLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether the name in this declaration reference
+  /// was preceded by the template keyword.
+  bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this declaration reference was followed by an
+  /// explicit template argument list.
+  bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the explicit template argument list that followed the
+  /// member template name.
+  ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo &getExplicitTemplateArgs() {
+    assert(hasExplicitTemplateArgs());
+    return *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the explicit template argument list that followed the
+  /// member template name.
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo &getExplicitTemplateArgs() const {
+    return const_cast<DeclRefExpr *>(this)->getExplicitTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the optional explicit template arguments.
+  /// This points to the same data as getExplicitTemplateArgs(), but
+  /// returns null if there are no explicit template arguments.
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs() const {
+    if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) return 0;
+    return &getExplicitTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given
+  /// structure.
+  void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const {
+    if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
+      getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(List);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this
+  /// template-id.
+  const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const {
+    if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
+      return 0;
+
+    return getExplicitTemplateArgs().getTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this
+  /// template-id.
+  unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const {
+    if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
+      return 0;
+
+    return getExplicitTemplateArgs().NumTemplateArgs;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this expression refers to a function that
+  /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1.
+  bool hadMultipleCandidates() const {
+    return DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates;
+  }
+  /// \brief Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to
+  /// a function that was resolved from an overloaded set having size
+  /// greater than 1.
+  void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) {
+    DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V;
+  }
+
+  /// Does this DeclRefExpr refer to a local declaration from an
+  /// enclosing function scope?
+  bool refersToEnclosingLocal() const {
+    return DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingLocal;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == DeclRefExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// PredefinedExpr - [C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as __func__.
+class PredefinedExpr : public Expr {
+public:
+  enum IdentType {
+    Func,
+    Function,
+    LFunction,  // Same as Function, but as wide string.
+    PrettyFunction,
+    /// PrettyFunctionNoVirtual - The same as PrettyFunction, except that the
+    /// 'virtual' keyword is omitted for virtual member functions.
+    PrettyFunctionNoVirtual
+  };
+
+private:
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  IdentType Type;
+public:
+  PredefinedExpr(SourceLocation l, QualType type, IdentType IT)
+    : Expr(PredefinedExprClass, type, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           type->isDependentType(), type->isDependentType(),
+           type->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
+      Loc(l), Type(IT) {}
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty predefined expression.
+  explicit PredefinedExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(PredefinedExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  IdentType getIdentType() const { return Type; }
+  void setIdentType(IdentType IT) { Type = IT; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+
+  static std::string ComputeName(IdentType IT, const Decl *CurrentDecl);
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == PredefinedExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Used by IntegerLiteral/FloatingLiteral to store the numeric without
+/// leaking memory.
+///
+/// For large floats/integers, APFloat/APInt will allocate memory from the heap
+/// to represent these numbers.  Unfortunately, when we use a BumpPtrAllocator
+/// to allocate IntegerLiteral/FloatingLiteral nodes the memory associated with
+/// the APFloat/APInt values will never get freed. APNumericStorage uses
+/// ASTContext's allocator for memory allocation.
+class APNumericStorage {
+  union {
+    uint64_t VAL;    ///< Used to store the <= 64 bits integer value.
+    uint64_t *pVal;  ///< Used to store the >64 bits integer value.
+  };
+  unsigned BitWidth;
+
+  bool hasAllocation() const { return llvm::APInt::getNumWords(BitWidth) > 1; }
+
+  APNumericStorage(const APNumericStorage &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const APNumericStorage &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+protected:
+  APNumericStorage() : VAL(0), BitWidth(0) { }
+
+  llvm::APInt getIntValue() const {
+    unsigned NumWords = llvm::APInt::getNumWords(BitWidth);
+    if (NumWords > 1)
+      return llvm::APInt(BitWidth, NumWords, pVal);
+    else
+      return llvm::APInt(BitWidth, VAL);
+  }
+  void setIntValue(ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &Val);
+};
+
+class APIntStorage : private APNumericStorage {
+public:
+  llvm::APInt getValue() const { return getIntValue(); }
+  void setValue(ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &Val) { setIntValue(C, Val); }
+};
+
+class APFloatStorage : private APNumericStorage {
+public:
+  llvm::APFloat getValue(const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics) const {
+    return llvm::APFloat(Semantics, getIntValue());
+  }
+  void setValue(ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val) {
+    setIntValue(C, Val.bitcastToAPInt());
+  }
+};
+
+class IntegerLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage {
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty integer literal.
+  explicit IntegerLiteral(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(IntegerLiteralClass, Empty) { }
+
+public:
+  // type should be IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy, UnsignedLongTy,
+  // or UnsignedLongLongTy
+  IntegerLiteral(ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type,
+                 SourceLocation l);
+
+  /// \brief Returns a new integer literal with value 'V' and type 'type'.
+  /// \param type - either IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy,
+  /// UnsignedLongTy, or UnsignedLongLongTy which should match the size of V
+  /// \param V - the value that the returned integer literal contains.
+  static IntegerLiteral *Create(ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V,
+                                QualType type, SourceLocation l);
+  /// \brief Returns a new empty integer literal.
+  static IntegerLiteral *Create(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty);
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the literal.
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == IntegerLiteralClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+class CharacterLiteral : public Expr {
+public:
+  enum CharacterKind {
+    Ascii,
+    Wide,
+    UTF16,
+    UTF32
+  };
+
+private:
+  unsigned Value;
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+public:
+  // type should be IntTy
+  CharacterLiteral(unsigned value, CharacterKind kind, QualType type,
+                   SourceLocation l)
+    : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, type, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
+           false, false),
+      Value(value), Loc(l) {
+    CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = kind;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty character literal.
+  CharacterLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, Empty) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  CharacterKind getKind() const {
+    return static_cast<CharacterKind>(CharacterLiteralBits.Kind);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  unsigned getValue() const { return Value; }
+
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; }
+  void setKind(CharacterKind kind) { CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = kind; }
+  void setValue(unsigned Val) { Value = Val; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CharacterLiteralClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+class FloatingLiteral : public Expr, private APFloatStorage {
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  FloatingLiteral(ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V, bool isexact,
+                  QualType Type, SourceLocation L);
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty floating-point literal.
+  explicit FloatingLiteral(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty);
+
+public:
+  static FloatingLiteral *Create(ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V,
+                                 bool isexact, QualType Type, SourceLocation L);
+  static FloatingLiteral *Create(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty);
+
+  llvm::APFloat getValue() const {
+    return APFloatStorage::getValue(getSemantics());
+  }
+  void setValue(ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val) {
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &Val.getSemantics() && "Inconsistent semantics");
+    APFloatStorage::setValue(C, Val);
+  }
+
+  /// Get a raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of
+  /// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialisation.
+  APFloatSemantics getRawSemantics() const {
+    return static_cast<APFloatSemantics>(FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics);
+  }
+
+  /// Set the raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of
+  /// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialisation.
+  void setRawSemantics(APFloatSemantics Sem) {
+    FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics = Sem;
+  }
+
+  /// Return the APFloat semantics this literal uses.
+  const llvm::fltSemantics &getSemantics() const;
+
+  /// Set the APFloat semantics this literal uses.
+  void setSemantics(const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem);
+
+  bool isExact() const { return FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact; }
+  void setExact(bool E) { FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact = E; }
+
+  /// getValueAsApproximateDouble - This returns the value as an inaccurate
+  /// double.  Note that this may cause loss of precision, but is useful for
+  /// debugging dumps, etc.
+  double getValueAsApproximateDouble() const;
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == FloatingLiteralClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals,
+/// like "1.0i".  We represent these as a wrapper around FloatingLiteral and
+/// IntegerLiteral classes.  Instances of this class always have a Complex type
+/// whose element type matches the subexpression.
+///
+class ImaginaryLiteral : public Expr {
+  Stmt *Val;
+public:
+  ImaginaryLiteral(Expr *val, QualType Ty)
+    : Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
+           false, false),
+      Val(val) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty imaginary literal.
+  explicit ImaginaryLiteral(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
+  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
+  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Val->getLocStart(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Val->getLocEnd(); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ImaginaryLiteralClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
+};
+
+/// StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g. "foo"
+/// or L"bar" (wide strings).  The actual string is returned by getStrData()
+/// is NOT null-terminated, and the length of the string is determined by
+/// calling getByteLength().  The C type for a string is always a
+/// ConstantArrayType.  In C++, the char type is const qualified, in C it is
+/// not.
+///
+/// Note that strings in C can be formed by concatenation of multiple string
+/// literal pptokens in translation phase #6.  This keeps track of the locations
+/// of each of these pieces.
+///
+/// Strings in C can also be truncated and extended by assigning into arrays,
+/// e.g. with constructs like:
+///   char X[2] = "foobar";
+/// In this case, getByteLength() will return 6, but the string literal will
+/// have type "char[2]".
+class StringLiteral : public Expr {
+public:
+  enum StringKind {
+    Ascii,
+    Wide,
+    UTF8,
+    UTF16,
+    UTF32
+  };
+
+private:
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+  union {
+    const char *asChar;
+    const uint16_t *asUInt16;
+    const uint32_t *asUInt32;
+  } StrData;
+  unsigned Length;
+  unsigned CharByteWidth : 4;
+  unsigned Kind : 3;
+  unsigned IsPascal : 1;
+  unsigned NumConcatenated;
+  SourceLocation TokLocs[1];
+
+  StringLiteral(QualType Ty) :
+    Expr(StringLiteralClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false, false,
+         false) {}
+
+  static int mapCharByteWidth(TargetInfo const &target,StringKind k);
+
+public:
+  /// This is the "fully general" constructor that allows representation of
+  /// strings formed from multiple concatenated tokens.
+  static StringLiteral *Create(ASTContext &C, StringRef Str, StringKind Kind,
+                               bool Pascal, QualType Ty,
+                               const SourceLocation *Loc, unsigned NumStrs);
+
+  /// Simple constructor for string literals made from one token.
+  static StringLiteral *Create(ASTContext &C, StringRef Str, StringKind Kind,
+                               bool Pascal, QualType Ty,
+                               SourceLocation Loc) {
+    return Create(C, Str, Kind, Pascal, Ty, &Loc, 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty string literal.
+  static StringLiteral *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C, unsigned NumStrs);
+
+  StringRef getString() const {
+    assert(CharByteWidth==1
+           && "This function is used in places that assume strings use char");
+    return StringRef(StrData.asChar, getByteLength());
+  }
+
+  /// Allow access to clients that need the byte representation, such as
+  /// ASTWriterStmt::VisitStringLiteral().
+  StringRef getBytes() const {
+    // FIXME: StringRef may not be the right type to use as a result for this.
+    if (CharByteWidth == 1)
+      return StringRef(StrData.asChar, getByteLength());
+    if (CharByteWidth == 4)
+      return StringRef(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(StrData.asUInt32),
+                       getByteLength());
+    assert(CharByteWidth == 2 && "unsupported CharByteWidth");
+    return StringRef(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(StrData.asUInt16),
+                     getByteLength());
+  }
+
+  void outputString(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+
+  uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const {
+    assert(i < Length && "out of bounds access");
+    if (CharByteWidth == 1)
+      return static_cast<unsigned char>(StrData.asChar[i]);
+    if (CharByteWidth == 4)
+      return StrData.asUInt32[i];
+    assert(CharByteWidth == 2 && "unsupported CharByteWidth");
+    return StrData.asUInt16[i];
+  }
+
+  unsigned getByteLength() const { return CharByteWidth*Length; }
+  unsigned getLength() const { return Length; }
+  unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return CharByteWidth; }
+
+  /// \brief Sets the string data to the given string data.
+  void setString(ASTContext &C, StringRef Str,
+                 StringKind Kind, bool IsPascal);
+
+  StringKind getKind() const { return static_cast<StringKind>(Kind); }
+
+
+  bool isAscii() const { return Kind == Ascii; }
+  bool isWide() const { return Kind == Wide; }
+  bool isUTF8() const { return Kind == UTF8; }
+  bool isUTF16() const { return Kind == UTF16; }
+  bool isUTF32() const { return Kind == UTF32; }
+  bool isPascal() const { return IsPascal; }
+
+  bool containsNonAsciiOrNull() const {
+    StringRef Str = getString();
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Str.size(); i != e; ++i)
+      if (!isASCII(Str[i]) || !Str[i])
+        return true;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// getNumConcatenated - Get the number of string literal tokens that were
+  /// concatenated in translation phase #6 to form this string literal.
+  unsigned getNumConcatenated() const { return NumConcatenated; }
+
+  SourceLocation getStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum) const {
+    assert(TokNum < NumConcatenated && "Invalid tok number");
+    return TokLocs[TokNum];
+  }
+  void setStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum, SourceLocation L) {
+    assert(TokNum < NumConcatenated && "Invalid tok number");
+    TokLocs[TokNum] = L;
+  }
+
+  /// getLocationOfByte - Return a source location that points to the specified
+  /// byte of this string literal.
+  ///
+  /// Strings are amazingly complex.  They can be formed from multiple tokens
+  /// and can have escape sequences in them in addition to the usual trigraph
+  /// and escaped newline business.  This routine handles this complexity.
+  ///
+  SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM,
+                                   const LangOptions &Features,
+                                   const TargetInfo &Target) const;
+
+  typedef const SourceLocation *tokloc_iterator;
+  tokloc_iterator tokloc_begin() const { return TokLocs; }
+  tokloc_iterator tokloc_end() const { return TokLocs+NumConcatenated; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokLocs[0]; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return TokLocs[NumConcatenated - 1];
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == StringLiteralClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// ParenExpr - This represents a parethesized expression, e.g. "(1)".  This
+/// AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
+class ParenExpr : public Expr {
+  SourceLocation L, R;
+  Stmt *Val;
+public:
+  ParenExpr(SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r, Expr *val)
+    : Expr(ParenExprClass, val->getType(),
+           val->getValueKind(), val->getObjectKind(),
+           val->isTypeDependent(), val->isValueDependent(),
+           val->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           val->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      L(l), R(r), Val(val) {}
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty parenthesized expression.
+  explicit ParenExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ParenExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
+  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
+  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return L; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return R; }
+
+  /// \brief Get the location of the left parentheses '('.
+  SourceLocation getLParen() const { return L; }
+  void setLParen(SourceLocation Loc) { L = Loc; }
+
+  /// \brief Get the location of the right parentheses ')'.
+  SourceLocation getRParen() const { return R; }
+  void setRParen(SourceLocation Loc) { R = Loc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ParenExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
+};
+
+
+/// UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
+/// alignof), the postinc/postdec operators from postfix-expression, and various
+/// extensions.
+///
+/// Notes on various nodes:
+///
+/// Real/Imag - These return the real/imag part of a complex operand.  If
+///   applied to a non-complex value, the former returns its operand and the
+///   later returns zero in the type of the operand.
+///
+class UnaryOperator : public Expr {
+public:
+  typedef UnaryOperatorKind Opcode;
+
+private:
+  unsigned Opc : 5;
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  Stmt *Val;
+public:
+
+  UnaryOperator(Expr *input, Opcode opc, QualType type,
+                ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l)
+    : Expr(UnaryOperatorClass, type, VK, OK,
+           input->isTypeDependent() || type->isDependentType(),
+           input->isValueDependent(),
+           (input->isInstantiationDependent() ||
+            type->isInstantiationDependentType()),
+           input->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Opc(opc), Loc(l), Val(input) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty unary operator.
+  explicit UnaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(UnaryOperatorClass, Empty), Opc(UO_AddrOf) { }
+
+  Opcode getOpcode() const { return static_cast<Opcode>(Opc); }
+  void setOpcode(Opcode O) { Opc = O; }
+
+  Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
+  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
+
+  /// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator.
+  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return Loc; }
+  void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+
+  /// isPostfix - Return true if this is a postfix operation, like x++.
+  static bool isPostfix(Opcode Op) {
+    return Op == UO_PostInc || Op == UO_PostDec;
+  }
+
+  /// isPrefix - Return true if this is a prefix operation, like --x.
+  static bool isPrefix(Opcode Op) {
+    return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PreDec;
+  }
+
+  bool isPrefix() const { return isPrefix(getOpcode()); }
+  bool isPostfix() const { return isPostfix(getOpcode()); }
+
+  static bool isIncrementOp(Opcode Op) {
+    return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PostInc;
+  }
+  bool isIncrementOp() const {
+    return isIncrementOp(getOpcode());
+  }
+
+  static bool isDecrementOp(Opcode Op) {
+    return Op == UO_PreDec || Op == UO_PostDec;
+  }
+  bool isDecrementOp() const {
+    return isDecrementOp(getOpcode());
+  }
+
+  static bool isIncrementDecrementOp(Opcode Op) { return Op <= UO_PreDec; }
+  bool isIncrementDecrementOp() const {
+    return isIncrementDecrementOp(getOpcode());
+  }
+
+  static bool isArithmeticOp(Opcode Op) {
+    return Op >= UO_Plus && Op <= UO_LNot;
+  }
+  bool isArithmeticOp() const { return isArithmeticOp(getOpcode()); }
+
+  /// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it
+  /// corresponds to, e.g. "sizeof" or "[pre]++"
+  static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the unary opcode that corresponds to the given
+  /// overloaded operator.
+  static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO, bool Postfix);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to
+  /// the given unary opcode.
+  static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc);
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return isPostfix() ? Val->getLocStart() : Loc;
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return isPostfix() ? Loc : Val->getLocEnd();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryOperatorClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
+};
+
+/// OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form
+/// offsetof(record-type, member-designator). For example, given:
+/// @code
+/// struct S {
+///   float f;
+///   double d;
+/// };
+/// struct T {
+///   int i;
+///   struct S s[10];
+/// };
+/// @endcode
+/// we can represent and evaluate the expression @c offsetof(struct T, s[2].d).
+
+class OffsetOfExpr : public Expr {
+public:
+  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
+  class OffsetOfNode {
+  public:
+    /// \brief The kind of offsetof node we have.
+    enum Kind {
+      /// \brief An index into an array.
+      Array = 0x00,
+      /// \brief A field.
+      Field = 0x01,
+      /// \brief A field in a dependent type, known only by its name.
+      Identifier = 0x02,
+      /// \brief An implicit indirection through a C++ base class, when the
+      /// field found is in a base class.
+      Base = 0x03
+    };
+
+  private:
+    enum { MaskBits = 2, Mask = 0x03 };
+
+    /// \brief The source range that covers this part of the designator.
+    SourceRange Range;
+
+    /// \brief The data describing the designator, which comes in three
+    /// different forms, depending on the lower two bits.
+    ///   - An unsigned index into the array of Expr*'s stored after this node
+    ///     in memory, for [constant-expression] designators.
+    ///   - A FieldDecl*, for references to a known field.
+    ///   - An IdentifierInfo*, for references to a field with a given name
+    ///     when the class type is dependent.
+    ///   - A CXXBaseSpecifier*, for references that look at a field in a
+    ///     base class.
+    uintptr_t Data;
+
+  public:
+    /// \brief Create an offsetof node that refers to an array element.
+    OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation LBracketLoc, unsigned Index,
+                 SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
+      : Range(LBracketLoc, RBracketLoc), Data((Index << 2) | Array) { }
+
+    /// \brief Create an offsetof node that refers to a field.
+    OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
+                 SourceLocation NameLoc)
+      : Range(DotLoc.isValid()? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc),
+        Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Field) | OffsetOfNode::Field) { }
+
+    /// \brief Create an offsetof node that refers to an identifier.
+    OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                 SourceLocation NameLoc)
+      : Range(DotLoc.isValid()? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc),
+        Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Name) | Identifier) { }
+
+    /// \brief Create an offsetof node that refers into a C++ base class.
+    explicit OffsetOfNode(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base)
+      : Range(), Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Base) | OffsetOfNode::Base) {}
+
+    /// \brief Determine what kind of offsetof node this is.
+    Kind getKind() const {
+      return static_cast<Kind>(Data & Mask);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief For an array element node, returns the index into the array
+    /// of expressions.
+    unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const {
+      assert(getKind() == Array);
+      return Data >> 2;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief For a field offsetof node, returns the field.
+    FieldDecl *getField() const {
+      assert(getKind() == Field);
+      return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief For a field or identifier offsetof node, returns the name of
+    /// the field.
+    IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const;
+
+    /// \brief For a base class node, returns the base specifier.
+    CXXBaseSpecifier *getBase() const {
+      assert(getKind() == Base);
+      return reinterpret_cast<CXXBaseSpecifier *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the source range that covers this offsetof node.
+    ///
+    /// For an array element node, the source range contains the locations of
+    /// the square brackets. For a field or identifier node, the source range
+    /// contains the location of the period (if there is one) and the
+    /// identifier.
+    SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+    SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+    SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+  };
+
+private:
+
+  SourceLocation OperatorLoc, RParenLoc;
+  // Base type;
+  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
+  // Number of sub-components (i.e. instances of OffsetOfNode).
+  unsigned NumComps;
+  // Number of sub-expressions (i.e. array subscript expressions).
+  unsigned NumExprs;
+
+  OffsetOfExpr(ASTContext &C, QualType type,
+               SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi,
+               ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps, ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs,
+               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  explicit OffsetOfExpr(unsigned numComps, unsigned numExprs)
+    : Expr(OffsetOfExprClass, EmptyShell()),
+      TSInfo(0), NumComps(numComps), NumExprs(numExprs) {}
+
+public:
+
+  static OffsetOfExpr *Create(ASTContext &C, QualType type,
+                              SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi,
+                              ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps,
+                              ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  static OffsetOfExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C,
+                                   unsigned NumComps, unsigned NumExprs);
+
+  /// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator.
+  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; }
+  void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OperatorLoc = L; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the location of the right parentheses.
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation R) { RParenLoc = R; }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    return TSInfo;
+  }
+  void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tsi) {
+    TSInfo = tsi;
+  }
+
+  const OffsetOfNode &getComponent(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range");
+    return reinterpret_cast<const OffsetOfNode *> (this + 1)[Idx];
+  }
+
+  void setComponent(unsigned Idx, OffsetOfNode ON) {
+    assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range");
+    reinterpret_cast<OffsetOfNode *> (this + 1)[Idx] = ON;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumComponents() const {
+    return NumComps;
+  }
+
+  Expr* getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) {
+    assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range");
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(
+                    reinterpret_cast<OffsetOfNode *>(this+1) + NumComps)[Idx];
+  }
+  const Expr *getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) const {
+    return const_cast<OffsetOfExpr*>(this)->getIndexExpr(Idx);
+  }
+
+  void setIndexExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr* E) {
+    assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range");
+    reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(
+                reinterpret_cast<OffsetOfNode *>(this+1) + NumComps)[Idx] = E;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumExpressions() const {
+    return NumExprs;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return OperatorLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == OffsetOfExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    Stmt **begin =
+      reinterpret_cast<Stmt**>(reinterpret_cast<OffsetOfNode*>(this + 1)
+                               + NumComps);
+    return child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs);
+  }
+};
+
+/// UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated)
+/// expression operand.  Used for sizeof/alignof (C99 6.5.3.4) and
+/// vec_step (OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12).
+class UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr : public Expr {
+  union {
+    TypeSourceInfo *Ty;
+    Stmt *Ex;
+  } Argument;
+  SourceLocation OpLoc, RParenLoc;
+
+public:
+  UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                           QualType resultType, SourceLocation op,
+                           SourceLocation rp) :
+      Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, resultType, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           false, // Never type-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3).
+           // Value-dependent if the argument is type-dependent.
+           TInfo->getType()->isDependentType(),
+           TInfo->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           TInfo->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      OpLoc(op), RParenLoc(rp) {
+    UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = ExprKind;
+    UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true;
+    Argument.Ty = TInfo;
+  }
+
+  UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, Expr *E,
+                           QualType resultType, SourceLocation op,
+                           SourceLocation rp) :
+      Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, resultType, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           false, // Never type-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3).
+           // Value-dependent if the argument is type-dependent.
+           E->isTypeDependent(),
+           E->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           E->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      OpLoc(op), RParenLoc(rp) {
+    UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = ExprKind;
+    UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = false;
+    Argument.Ex = E;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty sizeof/alignof expression.
+  explicit UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait getKind() const {
+    return static_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTrait>(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind);
+  }
+  void setKind(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait K) { UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = K;}
+
+  bool isArgumentType() const { return UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType; }
+  QualType getArgumentType() const {
+    return getArgumentTypeInfo()->getType();
+  }
+  TypeSourceInfo *getArgumentTypeInfo() const {
+    assert(isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentType() when arg is expr");
+    return Argument.Ty;
+  }
+  Expr *getArgumentExpr() {
+    assert(!isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentExpr() when arg is type");
+    return static_cast<Expr*>(Argument.Ex);
+  }
+  const Expr *getArgumentExpr() const {
+    return const_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr*>(this)->getArgumentExpr();
+  }
+
+  void setArgument(Expr *E) {
+    Argument.Ex = E;
+    UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = false;
+  }
+  void setArgument(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
+    Argument.Ty = TInfo;
+    UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true;
+  }
+
+  /// Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever
+  /// is appropriate.
+  QualType getTypeOfArgument() const {
+    return isArgumentType() ? getArgumentType() : getArgumentExpr()->getType();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OpLoc; }
+  void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return OpLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children();
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Postfix Operators.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
+class ArraySubscriptExpr : public Expr {
+  enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR=2 };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];
+  SourceLocation RBracketLoc;
+public:
+  ArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t,
+                     ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                     SourceLocation rbracketloc)
+  : Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, t, VK, OK,
+         lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent(),
+         lhs->isValueDependent() || rhs->isValueDependent(),
+         (lhs->isInstantiationDependent() ||
+          rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
+         (lhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+          rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
+    RBracketLoc(rbracketloc) {
+    SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
+    SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create an empty array subscript expression.
+  explicit ArraySubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
+    : Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, Shell) { }
+
+  /// An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent).
+  /// - getBase() and getIdx() always present the normalized view: A[4].
+  ///    In this case getBase() returns "A" and getIdx() returns "4".
+  /// - getLHS() and getRHS() present the syntactic view. e.g. for
+  ///    4[A] getLHS() returns "4".
+  /// Note: Because vector element access is also written A[4] we must
+  /// predicate the format conversion in getBase and getIdx only on the
+  /// the type of the RHS, as it is possible for the LHS to be a vector of
+  /// integer type
+  Expr *getLHS() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
+  const Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
+  void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; }
+
+  Expr *getRHS() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
+  const Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
+  void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; }
+
+  Expr *getBase() {
+    return cast<Expr>(getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType() ? getLHS():getRHS());
+  }
+
+  const Expr *getBase() const {
+    return cast<Expr>(getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType() ? getLHS():getRHS());
+  }
+
+  Expr *getIdx() {
+    return cast<Expr>(getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType() ? getRHS():getLHS());
+  }
+
+  const Expr *getIdx() const {
+    return cast<Expr>(getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType() ? getRHS():getLHS());
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getLHS()->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RBracketLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return RBracketLoc; }
+  void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBracketLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getBase()->getExprLoc();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ArraySubscriptExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]).
+/// CallExpr itself represents a normal function call, e.g., "f(x, 2)",
+/// while its subclasses may represent alternative syntax that (semantically)
+/// results in a function call. For example, CXXOperatorCallExpr is
+/// a subclass for overloaded operator calls that use operator syntax, e.g.,
+/// "str1 + str2" to resolve to a function call.
+class CallExpr : public Expr {
+  enum { FN=0, PREARGS_START=1 };
+  Stmt **SubExprs;
+  unsigned NumArgs;
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+
+protected:
+  // These versions of the constructor are for derived classes.
+  CallExpr(ASTContext& C, StmtClass SC, Expr *fn, unsigned NumPreArgs,
+           ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK,
+           SourceLocation rparenloc);
+  CallExpr(ASTContext &C, StmtClass SC, unsigned NumPreArgs, EmptyShell Empty);
+
+  Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned i) {
+    assert(i < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!");
+    return SubExprs[PREARGS_START+i];
+  }
+  const Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!");
+    return SubExprs[PREARGS_START+i];
+  }
+  void setPreArg(unsigned i, Stmt *PreArg) {
+    assert(i < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!");
+    SubExprs[PREARGS_START+i] = PreArg;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumPreArgs() const { return CallExprBits.NumPreArgs; }
+
+public:
+  CallExpr(ASTContext& C, Expr *fn, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType t,
+           ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation rparenloc);
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty call expression.
+  CallExpr(ASTContext &C, StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty);
+
+  const Expr *getCallee() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[FN]); }
+  Expr *getCallee() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[FN]); }
+  void setCallee(Expr *F) { SubExprs[FN] = F; }
+
+  Decl *getCalleeDecl();
+  const Decl *getCalleeDecl() const {
+    return const_cast<CallExpr*>(this)->getCalleeDecl();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If the callee is a FunctionDecl, return it. Otherwise return 0.
+  FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee();
+  const FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee() const {
+    return const_cast<CallExpr*>(this)->getDirectCallee();
+  }
+
+  /// getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call.
+  ///
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the call arguments.
+  Expr **getArgs() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs+getNumPreArgs()+PREARGS_START);
+  }
+  const Expr *const *getArgs() const {
+    return const_cast<CallExpr*>(this)->getArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// getArg - Return the specified argument.
+  Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) {
+    assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Arg+getNumPreArgs()+PREARGS_START]);
+  }
+  const Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const {
+    assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Arg+getNumPreArgs()+PREARGS_START]);
+  }
+
+  /// setArg - Set the specified argument.
+  void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr) {
+    assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
+    SubExprs[Arg+getNumPreArgs()+PREARGS_START] = ArgExpr;
+  }
+
+  /// setNumArgs - This changes the number of arguments present in this call.
+  /// Any orphaned expressions are deleted by this, and any new operands are set
+  /// to null.
+  void setNumArgs(ASTContext& C, unsigned NumArgs);
+
+  typedef ExprIterator arg_iterator;
+  typedef ConstExprIterator const_arg_iterator;
+
+  arg_iterator arg_begin() { return SubExprs+PREARGS_START+getNumPreArgs(); }
+  arg_iterator arg_end() {
+    return SubExprs+PREARGS_START+getNumPreArgs()+getNumArgs();
+  }
+  const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const {
+    return SubExprs+PREARGS_START+getNumPreArgs();
+  }
+  const_arg_iterator arg_end() const {
+    return SubExprs+PREARGS_START+getNumPreArgs()+getNumArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// This method provides fast access to all the subexpressions of
+  /// a CallExpr without going through the slower virtual child_iterator
+  /// interface.  This provides efficient reverse iteration of the
+  /// subexpressions.  This is currently used for CFG construction.
+  ArrayRef<Stmt*> getRawSubExprs() {
+    return ArrayRef<Stmt*>(SubExprs,
+                           getNumPreArgs() + PREARGS_START + getNumArgs());
+  }
+
+  /// getNumCommas - Return the number of commas that must have been present in
+  /// this function call.
+  unsigned getNumCommas() const { return NumArgs ? NumArgs - 1 : 0; }
+
+  /// isBuiltinCall - If this is a call to a builtin, return the builtin ID.  If
+  /// not, return 0.
+  unsigned isBuiltinCall() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns \c true if this is a call to a builtin which does not
+  /// evaluate side-effects within its arguments.
+  bool isUnevaluatedBuiltinCall(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// getCallReturnType - Get the return type of the call expr. This is not
+  /// always the type of the expr itself, if the return type is a reference
+  /// type.
+  QualType getCallReturnType() const;
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCallExprConstant &&
+           T->getStmtClass() <= lastCallExprConstant;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0],
+                       &SubExprs[0]+NumArgs+getNumPreArgs()+PREARGS_START);
+  }
+};
+
+/// MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members.  X->F and X.F.
+///
+class MemberExpr : public Expr {
+  /// Extra data stored in some member expressions.
+  struct MemberNameQualifier {
+    /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, including
+    /// source-location information.
+    NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+    /// \brief The DeclAccessPair through which the MemberDecl was found due to
+    /// name qualifiers.
+    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl;
+  };
+
+  /// Base - the expression for the base pointer or structure references.  In
+  /// X.F, this is "X".
+  Stmt *Base;
+
+  /// MemberDecl - This is the decl being referenced by the field/member name.
+  /// In X.F, this is the decl referenced by F.
+  ValueDecl *MemberDecl;
+
+  /// MemberDNLoc - Provides source/type location info for the
+  /// declaration name embedded in MemberDecl.
+  DeclarationNameLoc MemberDNLoc;
+
+  /// MemberLoc - This is the location of the member name.
+  SourceLocation MemberLoc;
+
+  /// IsArrow - True if this is "X->F", false if this is "X.F".
+  bool IsArrow : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this member expression used a nested-name-specifier to
+  /// refer to the member, e.g., "x->Base::f", or found its member via a using
+  /// declaration.  When true, a MemberNameQualifier
+  /// structure is allocated immediately after the MemberExpr.
+  bool HasQualifierOrFoundDecl : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this member expression specified a template keyword
+  /// and/or a template argument list explicitly, e.g., x->f<int>,
+  /// x->template f, x->template f<int>.
+  /// When true, an ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo structure and its
+  /// TemplateArguments (if any) are allocated immediately after
+  /// the MemberExpr or, if the member expression also has a qualifier,
+  /// after the MemberNameQualifier structure.
+  bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this member expression refers to a method that
+  /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1.
+  bool HadMultipleCandidates : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the qualifier that preceded the member name, if any.
+  MemberNameQualifier *getMemberQualifier() {
+    assert(HasQualifierOrFoundDecl);
+    return reinterpret_cast<MemberNameQualifier *> (this + 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the qualifier that preceded the member name, if any.
+  const MemberNameQualifier *getMemberQualifier() const {
+    return const_cast<MemberExpr *>(this)->getMemberQualifier();
+  }
+
+public:
+  MemberExpr(Expr *base, bool isarrow, ValueDecl *memberdecl,
+             const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType ty,
+             ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
+    : Expr(MemberExprClass, ty, VK, OK,
+           base->isTypeDependent(),
+           base->isValueDependent(),
+           base->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           base->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Base(base), MemberDecl(memberdecl), MemberDNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()),
+      MemberLoc(NameInfo.getLoc()), IsArrow(isarrow),
+      HasQualifierOrFoundDecl(false), HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(false),
+      HadMultipleCandidates(false) {
+    assert(memberdecl->getDeclName() == NameInfo.getName());
+  }
+
+  // NOTE: this constructor should be used only when it is known that
+  // the member name can not provide additional syntactic info
+  // (i.e., source locations for C++ operator names or type source info
+  // for constructors, destructors and conversion operators).
+  MemberExpr(Expr *base, bool isarrow, ValueDecl *memberdecl,
+             SourceLocation l, QualType ty,
+             ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
+    : Expr(MemberExprClass, ty, VK, OK,
+           base->isTypeDependent(), base->isValueDependent(),
+           base->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           base->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Base(base), MemberDecl(memberdecl), MemberDNLoc(), MemberLoc(l),
+      IsArrow(isarrow),
+      HasQualifierOrFoundDecl(false), HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(false),
+      HadMultipleCandidates(false) {}
+
+  static MemberExpr *Create(ASTContext &C, Expr *base, bool isarrow,
+                            NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                            SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                            ValueDecl *memberdecl, DeclAccessPair founddecl,
+                            DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo,
+                            const TemplateArgumentListInfo *targs,
+                            QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK);
+
+  void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; }
+  Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers.
+  ///
+  /// The returned declaration will either be a FieldDecl or (in C++)
+  /// a CXXMethodDecl.
+  ValueDecl *getMemberDecl() const { return MemberDecl; }
+  void setMemberDecl(ValueDecl *D) { MemberDecl = D; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the declaration found by lookup.
+  DeclAccessPair getFoundDecl() const {
+    if (!HasQualifierOrFoundDecl)
+      return DeclAccessPair::make(getMemberDecl(),
+                                  getMemberDecl()->getAccess());
+    return getMemberQualifier()->FoundDecl;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this member expression actually had
+  /// a C++ nested-name-specifier prior to the name of the member, e.g.,
+  /// x->Base::foo.
+  bool hasQualifier() const { return getQualifier() != 0; }
+
+  /// \brief If the member name was qualified, retrieves the
+  /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name. Otherwise, returns
+  /// NULL.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    if (!HasQualifierOrFoundDecl)
+      return 0;
+
+    return getMemberQualifier()->QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If the member name was qualified, retrieves the
+  /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name, with source-location
+  /// information.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const {
+    if (!hasQualifier())
+      return NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
+
+    return getMemberQualifier()->QualifierLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the optional template keyword and arguments info.
+  ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo)
+      return 0;
+
+    if (!HasQualifierOrFoundDecl)
+      return reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *>(this + 1);
+
+    return reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *>(
+                                                      getMemberQualifier() + 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the optional template keyword and arguments info.
+  const ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const {
+    return const_cast<MemberExpr*>(this)->getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding
+  /// the member name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->getTemplateKeywordLoc();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the
+  /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->LAngleLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the
+  /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->RAngleLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// Determines whether the member name was preceded by the template keyword.
+  bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether the member name was followed by an
+  /// explicit template argument list.
+  bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); }
+
+  /// \brief Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given
+  /// structure.
+  void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const {
+    if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
+      getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(List);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the explicit template argument list that
+  /// follow the member template name.  This must only be called on an
+  /// expression with explicit template arguments.
+  ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo &getExplicitTemplateArgs() {
+    assert(hasExplicitTemplateArgs());
+    return *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the explicit template argument list that
+  /// followed the member template name.  This must only be called on
+  /// an expression with explicit template arguments.
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo &getExplicitTemplateArgs() const {
+    return const_cast<MemberExpr *>(this)->getExplicitTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the optional explicit template arguments.
+  /// This points to the same data as getExplicitTemplateArgs(), but
+  /// returns null if there are no explicit template arguments.
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs() const {
+    if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) return 0;
+    return &getExplicitTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this
+  /// template-id.
+  const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const {
+    if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
+      return 0;
+
+    return getExplicitTemplateArgs().getTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this
+  /// template-id.
+  unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const {
+    if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
+      return 0;
+
+    return getExplicitTemplateArgs().NumTemplateArgs;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the member declaration name info.
+  DeclarationNameInfo getMemberNameInfo() const {
+    return DeclarationNameInfo(MemberDecl->getDeclName(),
+                               MemberLoc, MemberDNLoc);
+  }
+
+  bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; }
+  void setArrow(bool A) { IsArrow = A; }
+
+  /// getMemberLoc - Return the location of the "member", in X->F, it is the
+  /// location of 'F'.
+  SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberLoc; }
+  void setMemberLoc(SourceLocation L) { MemberLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return MemberLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the base of this explicit is implicit.
+  bool isImplicitAccess() const {
+    return getBase() && getBase()->isImplicitCXXThis();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this member expression refers to a method that
+  /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1.
+  bool hadMultipleCandidates() const {
+    return HadMultipleCandidates;
+  }
+  /// \brief Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to
+  /// a method that was resolved from an overloaded set having size
+  /// greater than 1.
+  void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) {
+    HadMultipleCandidates = V;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == MemberExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); }
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5]
+///
+class CompoundLiteralExpr : public Expr {
+  /// LParenLoc - If non-null, this is the location of the left paren in a
+  /// compound literal like "(int){4}".  This can be null if this is a
+  /// synthesized compound expression.
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc;
+
+  /// The type as written.  This can be an incomplete array type, in
+  /// which case the actual expression type will be different.
+  /// The int part of the pair stores whether this expr is file scope.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfoAndScope;
+  Stmt *Init;
+public:
+  CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation lparenloc, TypeSourceInfo *tinfo,
+                      QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *init, bool fileScope)
+    : Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, T, VK, OK_Ordinary,
+           tinfo->getType()->isDependentType(),
+           init->isValueDependent(),
+           (init->isInstantiationDependent() ||
+            tinfo->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType()),
+           init->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      LParenLoc(lparenloc), TInfoAndScope(tinfo, fileScope), Init(init) {}
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty compound literal.
+  explicit CompoundLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const Expr *getInitializer() const { return cast<Expr>(Init); }
+  Expr *getInitializer() { return cast<Expr>(Init); }
+  void setInitializer(Expr *E) { Init = E; }
+
+  bool isFileScope() const { return TInfoAndScope.getInt(); }
+  void setFileScope(bool FS) { TInfoAndScope.setInt(FS); }
+
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    return TInfoAndScope.getPointer();
+  }
+  void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tinfo) {
+    TInfoAndScope.setPointer(tinfo);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    // FIXME: Init should never be null.
+    if (!Init)
+      return SourceLocation();
+    if (LParenLoc.isInvalid())
+      return Init->getLocStart();
+    return LParenLoc;
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    // FIXME: Init should never be null.
+    if (!Init)
+      return SourceLocation();
+    return Init->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CompoundLiteralExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Init, &Init+1); }
+};
+
+/// CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit
+/// casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit casts that have some
+/// representation in the source code (ExplicitCastExpr's derived
+/// classes).
+class CastExpr : public Expr {
+public:
+  typedef clang::CastKind CastKind;
+
+private:
+  Stmt *Op;
+
+  void CheckCastConsistency() const;
+
+  const CXXBaseSpecifier * const *path_buffer() const {
+    return const_cast<CastExpr*>(this)->path_buffer();
+  }
+  CXXBaseSpecifier **path_buffer();
+
+  void setBasePathSize(unsigned basePathSize) {
+    CastExprBits.BasePathSize = basePathSize;
+    assert(CastExprBits.BasePathSize == basePathSize &&
+           "basePathSize doesn't fit in bits of CastExprBits.BasePathSize!");
+  }
+
+protected:
+  CastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK,
+           const CastKind kind, Expr *op, unsigned BasePathSize) :
+    Expr(SC, ty, VK, OK_Ordinary,
+         // Cast expressions are type-dependent if the type is
+         // dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3).
+         ty->isDependentType(),
+         // Cast expressions are value-dependent if the type is
+         // dependent or if the subexpression is value-dependent.
+         ty->isDependentType() || (op && op->isValueDependent()),
+         (ty->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
+          (op && op->isInstantiationDependent())),
+         (ty->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+          op->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
+    Op(op) {
+    assert(kind != CK_Invalid && "creating cast with invalid cast kind");
+    CastExprBits.Kind = kind;
+    setBasePathSize(BasePathSize);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    CheckCastConsistency();
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty cast.
+  CastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned BasePathSize)
+    : Expr(SC, Empty) {
+    setBasePathSize(BasePathSize);
+  }
+
+public:
+  CastKind getCastKind() const { return (CastKind) CastExprBits.Kind; }
+  void setCastKind(CastKind K) { CastExprBits.Kind = K; }
+  const char *getCastKindName() const;
+
+  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Op); }
+  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Op); }
+  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Op = E; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the cast subexpression as it was written in the source
+  /// code, looking through any implicit casts or other intermediate nodes
+  /// introduced by semantic analysis.
+  Expr *getSubExprAsWritten();
+  const Expr *getSubExprAsWritten() const {
+    return const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->getSubExprAsWritten();
+  }
+
+  typedef CXXBaseSpecifier **path_iterator;
+  typedef const CXXBaseSpecifier * const *path_const_iterator;
+  bool path_empty() const { return CastExprBits.BasePathSize == 0; }
+  unsigned path_size() const { return CastExprBits.BasePathSize; }
+  path_iterator path_begin() { return path_buffer(); }
+  path_iterator path_end() { return path_buffer() + path_size(); }
+  path_const_iterator path_begin() const { return path_buffer(); }
+  path_const_iterator path_end() const { return path_buffer() + path_size(); }
+
+  void setCastPath(const CXXCastPath &Path);
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCastExprConstant &&
+           T->getStmtClass() <= lastCastExprConstant;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Op, &Op+1); }
+};
+
+/// ImplicitCastExpr - Allows us to explicitly represent implicit type
+/// conversions, which have no direct representation in the original
+/// source code. For example: converting T[]->T*, void f()->void
+/// (*f)(), float->double, short->int, etc.
+///
+/// In C, implicit casts always produce rvalues. However, in C++, an
+/// implicit cast whose result is being bound to a reference will be
+/// an lvalue or xvalue. For example:
+///
+/// @code
+/// class Base { };
+/// class Derived : public Base { };
+/// Derived &&ref();
+/// void f(Derived d) {
+///   Base& b = d; // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr
+///                // to an lvalue of type Base
+///   Base&& r = ref(); // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr
+///                     // to an xvalue of type Base
+/// }
+/// @endcode
+class ImplicitCastExpr : public CastExpr {
+private:
+  ImplicitCastExpr(QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op,
+                   unsigned BasePathLength, ExprValueKind VK)
+    : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, BasePathLength) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty implicit cast.
+  explicit ImplicitCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize)
+    : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize) { }
+
+public:
+  enum OnStack_t { OnStack };
+  ImplicitCastExpr(OnStack_t _, QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op,
+                   ExprValueKind VK)
+    : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, 0) {
+  }
+
+  static ImplicitCastExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
+                                  CastKind Kind, Expr *Operand,
+                                  const CXXCastPath *BasePath,
+                                  ExprValueKind Cat);
+
+  static ImplicitCastExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context, unsigned PathSize);
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSubExpr()->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSubExpr()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitCastExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+inline Expr *Expr::IgnoreImpCasts() {
+  Expr *e = this;
+  while (ImplicitCastExpr *ice = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(e))
+    e = ice->getSubExpr();
+  return e;
+}
+
+/// ExplicitCastExpr - An explicit cast written in the source
+/// code.
+///
+/// This class is effectively an abstract class, because it provides
+/// the basic representation of an explicitly-written cast without
+/// specifying which kind of cast (C cast, functional cast, static
+/// cast, etc.) was written; specific derived classes represent the
+/// particular style of cast and its location information.
+///
+/// Unlike implicit casts, explicit cast nodes have two different
+/// types: the type that was written into the source code, and the
+/// actual type of the expression as determined by semantic
+/// analysis. These types may differ slightly. For example, in C++ one
+/// can cast to a reference type, which indicates that the resulting
+/// expression will be an lvalue or xvalue. The reference type, however,
+/// will not be used as the type of the expression.
+class ExplicitCastExpr : public CastExpr {
+  /// TInfo - Source type info for the (written) type
+  /// this expression is casting to.
+  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
+
+protected:
+  ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind VK,
+                   CastKind kind, Expr *op, unsigned PathSize,
+                   TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy)
+    : CastExpr(SC, exprTy, VK, kind, op, PathSize), TInfo(writtenTy) {}
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty explicit cast.
+  ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize)
+    : CastExpr(SC, Shell, PathSize) { }
+
+public:
+  /// getTypeInfoAsWritten - Returns the type source info for the type
+  /// that this expression is casting to.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeInfoAsWritten() const { return TInfo; }
+  void setTypeInfoAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy) { TInfo = writtenTy; }
+
+  /// getTypeAsWritten - Returns the type that this expression is
+  /// casting to, as written in the source code.
+  QualType getTypeAsWritten() const { return TInfo->getType(); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+     return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExplicitCastExprConstant &&
+            T->getStmtClass() <= lastExplicitCastExprConstant;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CStyleCastExpr - An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style
+/// cast in C++ (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax
+/// (Type)expr. For example: @c (int)f.
+class CStyleCastExpr : public ExplicitCastExpr {
+  SourceLocation LPLoc; // the location of the left paren
+  SourceLocation RPLoc; // the location of the right paren
+
+  CStyleCastExpr(QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind, Expr *op,
+                 unsigned PathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy,
+                 SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r)
+    : ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, exprTy, vk, kind, op, PathSize,
+                       writtenTy), LPLoc(l), RPLoc(r) {}
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty C-style explicit cast.
+  explicit CStyleCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize)
+    : ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize) { }
+
+public:
+  static CStyleCastExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
+                                ExprValueKind VK, CastKind K,
+                                Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *BasePath,
+                                TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L,
+                                SourceLocation R);
+
+  static CStyleCastExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context, unsigned PathSize);
+
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LPLoc; }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LPLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RPLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RPLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return LPLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSubExpr()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CStyleCastExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y".
+///
+/// This expression node kind describes a builtin binary operation,
+/// such as "x + y" for integer values "x" and "y". The operands will
+/// already have been converted to appropriate types (e.g., by
+/// performing promotions or conversions).
+///
+/// In C++, where operators may be overloaded, a different kind of
+/// expression node (CXXOperatorCallExpr) is used to express the
+/// invocation of an overloaded operator with operator syntax. Within
+/// a C++ template, whether BinaryOperator or CXXOperatorCallExpr is
+/// used to store an expression "x + y" depends on the subexpressions
+/// for x and y. If neither x or y is type-dependent, and the "+"
+/// operator resolves to a built-in operation, BinaryOperator will be
+/// used to express the computation (x and y may still be
+/// value-dependent). If either x or y is type-dependent, or if the
+/// "+" resolves to an overloaded operator, CXXOperatorCallExpr will
+/// be used to express the computation.
+class BinaryOperator : public Expr {
+public:
+  typedef BinaryOperatorKind Opcode;
+
+private:
+  unsigned Opc : 6;
+
+  // Records the FP_CONTRACT pragma status at the point that this binary
+  // operator was parsed. This bit is only meaningful for operations on
+  // floating point types. For all other types it should default to
+  // false.
+  unsigned FPContractable : 1;
+  SourceLocation OpLoc;
+
+  enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];
+public:
+
+  BinaryOperator(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResTy,
+                 ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                 SourceLocation opLoc, bool fpContractable)
+    : Expr(BinaryOperatorClass, ResTy, VK, OK,
+           lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent(),
+           lhs->isValueDependent() || rhs->isValueDependent(),
+           (lhs->isInstantiationDependent() ||
+            rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
+           (lhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
+      Opc(opc), FPContractable(fpContractable), OpLoc(opLoc) {
+    SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
+    SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
+    assert(!isCompoundAssignmentOp() &&
+           "Use CompoundAssignOperator for compound assignments");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty binary operator.
+  explicit BinaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(BinaryOperatorClass, Empty), Opc(BO_Comma) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OpLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OpLoc; }
+  void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; }
+
+  Opcode getOpcode() const { return static_cast<Opcode>(Opc); }
+  void setOpcode(Opcode O) { Opc = O; }
+
+  Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
+  void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; }
+  Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
+  void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getLHS()->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getRHS()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  /// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it
+  /// corresponds to, e.g. "<<=".
+  static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op);
+
+  StringRef getOpcodeStr() const { return getOpcodeStr(getOpcode()); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the binary opcode that corresponds to the given
+  /// overloaded operator.
+  static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to
+  /// the given binary opcode.
+  static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc);
+
+  /// predicates to categorize the respective opcodes.
+  bool isPtrMemOp() const { return Opc == BO_PtrMemD || Opc == BO_PtrMemI; }
+  bool isMultiplicativeOp() const { return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Rem; }
+  static bool isAdditiveOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Add || Opc==BO_Sub; }
+  bool isAdditiveOp() const { return isAdditiveOp(getOpcode()); }
+  static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Shl || Opc == BO_Shr; }
+  bool isShiftOp() const { return isShiftOp(getOpcode()); }
+
+  static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_And && Opc <= BO_Or; }
+  bool isBitwiseOp() const { return isBitwiseOp(getOpcode()); }
+
+  static bool isRelationalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_LT && Opc<=BO_GE; }
+  bool isRelationalOp() const { return isRelationalOp(getOpcode()); }
+
+  static bool isEqualityOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_EQ || Opc == BO_NE; }
+  bool isEqualityOp() const { return isEqualityOp(getOpcode()); }
+
+  static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_LT && Opc<=BO_NE; }
+  bool isComparisonOp() const { return isComparisonOp(getOpcode()); }
+
+  static Opcode negateComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) {
+    switch (Opc) {
+    default:
+      llvm_unreachable("Not a comparsion operator.");
+    case BO_LT: return BO_GE;
+    case BO_GT: return BO_LE;
+    case BO_LE: return BO_GT;
+    case BO_GE: return BO_LT;
+    case BO_EQ: return BO_NE;
+    case BO_NE: return BO_EQ;
+    }
+  }
+
+  static Opcode reverseComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) {
+    switch (Opc) {
+    default:
+      llvm_unreachable("Not a comparsion operator.");
+    case BO_LT: return BO_GT;
+    case BO_GT: return BO_LT;
+    case BO_LE: return BO_GE;
+    case BO_GE: return BO_LE;
+    case BO_EQ:
+    case BO_NE:
+      return Opc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_LAnd || Opc==BO_LOr; }
+  bool isLogicalOp() const { return isLogicalOp(getOpcode()); }
+
+  static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) {
+    return Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign;
+  }
+  bool isAssignmentOp() const { return isAssignmentOp(getOpcode()); }
+
+  static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) {
+    return Opc > BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign;
+  }
+  bool isCompoundAssignmentOp() const {
+    return isCompoundAssignmentOp(getOpcode());
+  }
+  static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc) {
+    assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc));
+    if (Opc >= BO_AndAssign)
+      return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_AndAssign + BO_And);
+    else
+      return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_MulAssign + BO_Mul);
+  }
+
+  static bool isShiftAssignOp(Opcode Opc) {
+    return Opc == BO_ShlAssign || Opc == BO_ShrAssign;
+  }
+  bool isShiftAssignOp() const {
+    return isShiftAssignOp(getOpcode());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
+    return S->getStmtClass() >= firstBinaryOperatorConstant &&
+           S->getStmtClass() <= lastBinaryOperatorConstant;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
+  }
+
+  // Set the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for
+  // operations on floating point types.
+  void setFPContractable(bool FPC) { FPContractable = FPC; }
+
+  // Get the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for
+  // operations on floating point types.
+  bool isFPContractable() const { return FPContractable; }
+
+protected:
+  BinaryOperator(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResTy,
+                 ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                 SourceLocation opLoc, bool fpContractable, bool dead2)
+    : Expr(CompoundAssignOperatorClass, ResTy, VK, OK,
+           lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent(),
+           lhs->isValueDependent() || rhs->isValueDependent(),
+           (lhs->isInstantiationDependent() ||
+            rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
+           (lhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
+      Opc(opc), FPContractable(fpContractable), OpLoc(opLoc) {
+    SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
+    SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
+  }
+
+  BinaryOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(SC, Empty), Opc(BO_MulAssign) { }
+};
+
+/// CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g. +=), we keep
+/// track of the type the operation is performed in.  Due to the semantics of
+/// these operators, the operands are promoted, the arithmetic performed, an
+/// implicit conversion back to the result type done, then the assignment takes
+/// place.  This captures the intermediate type which the computation is done
+/// in.
+class CompoundAssignOperator : public BinaryOperator {
+  QualType ComputationLHSType;
+  QualType ComputationResultType;
+public:
+  CompoundAssignOperator(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResType,
+                         ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                         QualType CompLHSType, QualType CompResultType,
+                         SourceLocation OpLoc, bool fpContractable)
+    : BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, opc, ResType, VK, OK, OpLoc, fpContractable,
+                     true),
+      ComputationLHSType(CompLHSType),
+      ComputationResultType(CompResultType) {
+    assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp() &&
+           "Only should be used for compound assignments");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty compound assignment operator expression.
+  explicit CompoundAssignOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : BinaryOperator(CompoundAssignOperatorClass, Empty) { }
+
+  // The two computation types are the type the LHS is converted
+  // to for the computation and the type of the result; the two are
+  // distinct in a few cases (specifically, int+=ptr and ptr-=ptr).
+  QualType getComputationLHSType() const { return ComputationLHSType; }
+  void setComputationLHSType(QualType T) { ComputationLHSType = T; }
+
+  QualType getComputationResultType() const { return ComputationResultType; }
+  void setComputationResultType(QualType T) { ComputationResultType = T; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
+    return S->getStmtClass() == CompoundAssignOperatorClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for
+/// ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOperator.
+class AbstractConditionalOperator : public Expr {
+  SourceLocation QuestionLoc, ColonLoc;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+protected:
+  AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, QualType T,
+                              ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                              bool TD, bool VD, bool ID,
+                              bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
+                              SourceLocation qloc,
+                              SourceLocation cloc)
+    : Expr(SC, T, VK, OK, TD, VD, ID, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
+      QuestionLoc(qloc), ColonLoc(cloc) {}
+
+  AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(SC, Empty) { }
+
+public:
+  // getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for
+  //   the ?: operator.
+  Expr *getCond() const;
+
+  // getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
+  //   the expression if the condition evaluates to true.
+  Expr *getTrueExpr() const;
+
+  // getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
+  //   the expression if the condition evaluates to false.  This is
+  //   the same as getRHS.
+  Expr *getFalseExpr() const;
+
+  SourceLocation getQuestionLoc() const { return QuestionLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass ||
+           T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// ConditionalOperator - The ?: ternary operator.  The GNU "missing
+/// middle" extension is a BinaryConditionalOperator.
+class ConditionalOperator : public AbstractConditionalOperator {
+  enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides.
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+public:
+  ConditionalOperator(Expr *cond, SourceLocation QLoc, Expr *lhs,
+                      SourceLocation CLoc, Expr *rhs,
+                      QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
+    : AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK,
+           // FIXME: the type of the conditional operator doesn't
+           // depend on the type of the conditional, but the standard
+           // seems to imply that it could. File a bug!
+           (lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()),
+           (cond->isValueDependent() || lhs->isValueDependent() ||
+            rhs->isValueDependent()),
+           (cond->isInstantiationDependent() ||
+            lhs->isInstantiationDependent() ||
+            rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
+           (cond->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            lhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+                                  QLoc, CLoc) {
+    SubExprs[COND] = cond;
+    SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
+    SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty conditional operator.
+  explicit ConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { }
+
+  // getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for
+  //   the ?: operator.
+  Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); }
+
+  // getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
+  //   the expression if the condition evaluates to true.
+  Expr *getTrueExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
+
+  // getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
+  //   the expression if the condition evaluates to false.  This is
+  //   the same as getRHS.
+  Expr *getFalseExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
+
+  Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
+  Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getCond()->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getRHS()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
+  }
+};
+
+/// BinaryConditionalOperator - The GNU extension to the conditional
+/// operator which allows the middle operand to be omitted.
+///
+/// This is a different expression kind on the assumption that almost
+/// every client ends up needing to know that these are different.
+class BinaryConditionalOperator : public AbstractConditionalOperator {
+  enum { COMMON, COND, LHS, RHS, NUM_SUBEXPRS };
+
+  /// - the common condition/left-hand-side expression, which will be
+  ///   evaluated as the opaque value
+  /// - the condition, expressed in terms of the opaque value
+  /// - the left-hand-side, expressed in terms of the opaque value
+  /// - the right-hand-side
+  Stmt *SubExprs[NUM_SUBEXPRS];
+  OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue;
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+public:
+  BinaryConditionalOperator(Expr *common, OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue,
+                            Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs,
+                            SourceLocation qloc, SourceLocation cloc,
+                            QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
+    : AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK,
+           (common->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()),
+           (common->isValueDependent() || rhs->isValueDependent()),
+           (common->isInstantiationDependent() ||
+            rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
+           (common->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+                                  qloc, cloc),
+      OpaqueValue(opaqueValue) {
+    SubExprs[COMMON] = common;
+    SubExprs[COND] = cond;
+    SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
+    SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
+    assert(OpaqueValue->getSourceExpr() == common && "Wrong opaque value");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty conditional operator.
+  explicit BinaryConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// \brief getCommon - Return the common expression, written to the
+  ///   left of the condition.  The opaque value will be bound to the
+  ///   result of this expression.
+  Expr *getCommon() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COMMON]); }
+
+  /// \brief getOpaqueValue - Return the opaque value placeholder.
+  OpaqueValueExpr *getOpaqueValue() const { return OpaqueValue; }
+
+  /// \brief getCond - Return the condition expression; this is defined
+  ///   in terms of the opaque value.
+  Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); }
+
+  /// \brief getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression which will be
+  ///   evaluated if the condition evaluates to true;  this is defined
+  ///   in terms of the opaque value.
+  Expr *getTrueExpr() const {
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression which will be
+  ///   evaluated if the condnition evaluates to false; this is
+  ///   defined in terms of the opaque value.
+  Expr *getFalseExpr() const {
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getCommon()->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getFalseExpr()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS);
+  }
+};
+
+inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getCond() const {
+  if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this))
+    return co->getCond();
+  return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getCond();
+}
+
+inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getTrueExpr() const {
+  if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this))
+    return co->getTrueExpr();
+  return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getTrueExpr();
+}
+
+inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getFalseExpr() const {
+  if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this))
+    return co->getFalseExpr();
+  return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getFalseExpr();
+}
+
+/// AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
+class AddrLabelExpr : public Expr {
+  SourceLocation AmpAmpLoc, LabelLoc;
+  LabelDecl *Label;
+public:
+  AddrLabelExpr(SourceLocation AALoc, SourceLocation LLoc, LabelDecl *L,
+                QualType t)
+    : Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, t, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false, false,
+           false),
+      AmpAmpLoc(AALoc), LabelLoc(LLoc), Label(L) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty address of a label expression.
+  explicit AddrLabelExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getAmpAmpLoc() const { return AmpAmpLoc; }
+  void setAmpAmpLoc(SourceLocation L) { AmpAmpLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getLabelLoc() const { return LabelLoc; }
+  void setLabelLoc(SourceLocation L) { LabelLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AmpAmpLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return LabelLoc; }
+
+  LabelDecl *getLabel() const { return Label; }
+  void setLabel(LabelDecl *L) { Label = L; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == AddrLabelExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}).
+/// The StmtExpr contains a single CompoundStmt node, which it evaluates and
+/// takes the value of the last subexpression.
+///
+/// A StmtExpr is always an r-value; values "returned" out of a
+/// StmtExpr will be copied.
+class StmtExpr : public Expr {
+  Stmt *SubStmt;
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
+public:
+  // FIXME: Does type-dependence need to be computed differently?
+  // FIXME: Do we need to compute instantiation instantiation-dependence for
+  // statements? (ugh!)
+  StmtExpr(CompoundStmt *substmt, QualType T,
+           SourceLocation lp, SourceLocation rp) :
+    Expr(StmtExprClass, T, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+         T->isDependentType(), false, false, false),
+    SubStmt(substmt), LParenLoc(lp), RParenLoc(rp) { }
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty statement expression.
+  explicit StmtExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(StmtExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() { return cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); }
+  const CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() const { return cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); }
+  void setSubStmt(CompoundStmt *S) { SubStmt = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return LParenLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == StmtExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt+1); }
+};
+
+
+/// ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function
+/// __builtin_shufflevector.
+/// This AST node represents a operator that does a constant
+/// shuffle, similar to LLVM's shufflevector instruction. It takes
+/// two vectors and a variable number of constant indices,
+/// and returns the appropriately shuffled vector.
+class ShuffleVectorExpr : public Expr {
+  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
+
+  // SubExprs - the list of values passed to the __builtin_shufflevector
+  // function. The first two are vectors, and the rest are constant
+  // indices.  The number of values in this list is always
+  // 2+the number of indices in the vector type.
+  Stmt **SubExprs;
+  unsigned NumExprs;
+
+public:
+  ShuffleVectorExpr(ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType Type,
+                    SourceLocation BLoc, SourceLocation RP);
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty vector-shuffle expression.
+  explicit ShuffleVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ShuffleVectorExprClass, Empty), SubExprs(0) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
+  void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ShuffleVectorExprClass;
+  }
+
+  /// getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array.  This includes the
+  /// constant expression, the actual arguments passed in, and the function
+  /// pointers.
+  unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumExprs; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the array of expressions.
+  Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); }
+
+  /// getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index.
+  Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) {
+    assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Index]);
+  }
+  const Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) const {
+    assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Index]);
+  }
+
+  void setExprs(ASTContext &C, Expr ** Exprs, unsigned NumExprs);
+
+  unsigned getShuffleMaskIdx(ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned N) const {
+    assert((N < NumExprs - 2) && "Shuffle idx out of range!");
+    return getExpr(N+2)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx).getZExtValue();
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+NumExprs);
+  }
+};
+
+/// ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr.
+/// This AST node is similar to the conditional operator (?:) in C, with
+/// the following exceptions:
+/// - the test expression must be a integer constant expression.
+/// - the expression returned acts like the chosen subexpression in every
+///   visible way: the type is the same as that of the chosen subexpression,
+///   and all predicates (whether it's an l-value, whether it's an integer
+///   constant expression, etc.) return the same result as for the chosen
+///   sub-expression.
+class ChooseExpr : public Expr {
+  enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides.
+  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
+public:
+  ChooseExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs,
+             QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+             SourceLocation RP, bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent)
+    : Expr(ChooseExprClass, t, VK, OK, TypeDependent, ValueDependent,
+           (cond->isInstantiationDependent() ||
+            lhs->isInstantiationDependent() ||
+            rhs->isInstantiationDependent()),
+           (cond->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            lhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            rhs->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
+      BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RP) {
+      SubExprs[COND] = cond;
+      SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
+      SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
+    }
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty __builtin_choose_expr.
+  explicit ChooseExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ChooseExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// isConditionTrue - Return whether the condition is true (i.e. not
+  /// equal to zero).
+  bool isConditionTrue(const ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  /// getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the
+  /// condition.
+  Expr *getChosenSubExpr(const ASTContext &C) const {
+    return isConditionTrue(C) ? getLHS() : getRHS();
+  }
+
+  Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); }
+  void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = E; }
+  Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
+  void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; }
+  Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
+  void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; }
+
+  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
+  void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ChooseExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
+  }
+};
+
+/// GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name
+/// for a null pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or
+/// long) and is the same size and alignment as a pointer. The __null
+/// extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
+/// NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer
+/// that may not match the size of a pointer).
+class GNUNullExpr : public Expr {
+  /// TokenLoc - The location of the __null keyword.
+  SourceLocation TokenLoc;
+
+public:
+  GNUNullExpr(QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc)
+    : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false, false,
+           false),
+      TokenLoc(Loc) { }
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty GNU __null expression.
+  explicit GNUNullExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// getTokenLocation - The location of the __null token.
+  SourceLocation getTokenLocation() const { return TokenLoc; }
+  void setTokenLocation(SourceLocation L) { TokenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == GNUNullExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// VAArgExpr, used for the builtin function __builtin_va_arg.
+class VAArgExpr : public Expr {
+  Stmt *Val;
+  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
+  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
+public:
+  VAArgExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr* e, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+            SourceLocation RPLoc, QualType t)
+    : Expr(VAArgExprClass, t, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           t->isDependentType(), false,
+           (TInfo->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
+            e->isInstantiationDependent()),
+           (TInfo->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            e->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
+      Val(e), TInfo(TInfo),
+      BuiltinLoc(BLoc),
+      RParenLoc(RPLoc) { }
+
+  /// \brief Create an empty __builtin_va_arg expression.
+  explicit VAArgExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(VAArgExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
+  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
+  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getWrittenTypeInfo() const { return TInfo; }
+  void setWrittenTypeInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { TInfo = TI; }
+
+  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
+  void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == VAArgExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
+};
+
+/// @brief Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
+///
+/// InitListExpr describes an initializer list, which can be used to
+/// initialize objects of different types, including
+/// struct/class/union types, arrays, and vectors. For example:
+///
+/// @code
+/// struct foo x = { 1, { 2, 3 } };
+/// @endcode
+///
+/// Prior to semantic analysis, an initializer list will represent the
+/// initializer list as written by the user, but will have the
+/// placeholder type "void". This initializer list is called the
+/// syntactic form of the initializer, and may contain C99 designated
+/// initializers (represented as DesignatedInitExprs), initializations
+/// of subobject members without explicit braces, and so on. Clients
+/// interested in the original syntax of the initializer list should
+/// use the syntactic form of the initializer list.
+///
+/// After semantic analysis, the initializer list will represent the
+/// semantic form of the initializer, where the initializations of all
+/// subobjects are made explicit with nested InitListExpr nodes and
+/// C99 designators have been eliminated by placing the designated
+/// initializations into the subobject they initialize. Additionally,
+/// any "holes" in the initialization, where no initializer has been
+/// specified for a particular subobject, will be replaced with
+/// implicitly-generated ImplicitValueInitExpr expressions that
+/// value-initialize the subobjects. Note, however, that the
+/// initializer lists may still have fewer initializers than there are
+/// elements to initialize within the object.
+///
+/// After semantic analysis has completed, given an initializer list,
+/// method isSemanticForm() returns true if and only if this is the
+/// semantic form of the initializer list (note: the same AST node
+/// may at the same time be the syntactic form).
+/// Given the semantic form of the initializer list, one can retrieve
+/// the syntactic form of that initializer list (when different)
+/// using method getSyntacticForm(); the method returns null if applied
+/// to a initializer list which is already in syntactic form.
+/// Similarly, given the syntactic form (i.e., an initializer list such
+/// that isSemanticForm() returns false), one can retrieve the semantic
+/// form using method getSemanticForm().
+/// Since many initializer lists have the same syntactic and semantic forms,
+/// getSyntacticForm() may return NULL, indicating that the current
+/// semantic initializer list also serves as its syntactic form.
+class InitListExpr : public Expr {
+  // FIXME: Eliminate this vector in favor of ASTContext allocation
+  typedef ASTVector<Stmt *> InitExprsTy;
+  InitExprsTy InitExprs;
+  SourceLocation LBraceLoc, RBraceLoc;
+
+  /// The alternative form of the initializer list (if it exists).
+  /// The int part of the pair stores whether this initalizer list is
+  /// in semantic form. If not null, the pointer points to:
+  ///   - the syntactic form, if this is in semantic form;
+  ///   - the semantic form, if this is in syntactic form.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<InitListExpr *, 1, bool> AltForm;
+
+  /// \brief Either:
+  ///  If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than
+  ///  there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be used
+  ///  for value initialization of the rest of the elements.
+  /// Or
+  ///  If this initializer list initializes a union, specifies which
+  ///  field within the union will be initialized.
+  llvm::PointerUnion<Expr *, FieldDecl *> ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit;
+
+public:
+  InitListExpr(ASTContext &C, SourceLocation lbraceloc,
+               ArrayRef<Expr*> initExprs, SourceLocation rbraceloc);
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty initializer list.
+  explicit InitListExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(InitListExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  unsigned getNumInits() const { return InitExprs.size(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of initializers.
+  Expr **getInits() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(InitExprs.data()); }
+
+  const Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) const {
+    assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!");
+    return cast_or_null<Expr>(InitExprs[Init]);
+  }
+
+  Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) {
+    assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!");
+    return cast_or_null<Expr>(InitExprs[Init]);
+  }
+
+  void setInit(unsigned Init, Expr *expr) {
+    assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!");
+    InitExprs[Init] = expr;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Reserve space for some number of initializers.
+  void reserveInits(ASTContext &C, unsigned NumInits);
+
+  /// @brief Specify the number of initializers
+  ///
+  /// If there are more than @p NumInits initializers, the remaining
+  /// initializers will be destroyed. If there are fewer than @p
+  /// NumInits initializers, NULL expressions will be added for the
+  /// unknown initializers.
+  void resizeInits(ASTContext &Context, unsigned NumInits);
+
+  /// @brief Updates the initializer at index @p Init with the new
+  /// expression @p expr, and returns the old expression at that
+  /// location.
+  ///
+  /// When @p Init is out of range for this initializer list, the
+  /// initializer list will be extended with NULL expressions to
+  /// accommodate the new entry.
+  Expr *updateInit(ASTContext &C, unsigned Init, Expr *expr);
+
+  /// \brief If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements
+  /// than there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be
+  /// used for value initialization of the rest of the elements.
+  Expr *getArrayFiller() {
+    return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<Expr *>();
+  }
+  const Expr *getArrayFiller() const {
+    return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getArrayFiller();
+  }
+  void setArrayFiller(Expr *filler);
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this is an array initializer and its array "filler"
+  /// has been set.
+  bool hasArrayFiller() const { return getArrayFiller(); }
+
+  /// \brief If this initializes a union, specifies which field in the
+  /// union to initialize.
+  ///
+  /// Typically, this field is the first named field within the
+  /// union. However, a designated initializer can specify the
+  /// initialization of a different field within the union.
+  FieldDecl *getInitializedFieldInUnion() {
+    return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<FieldDecl *>();
+  }
+  const FieldDecl *getInitializedFieldInUnion() const {
+    return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
+  }
+  void setInitializedFieldInUnion(FieldDecl *FD) {
+    ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit = FD;
+  }
+
+  // Explicit InitListExpr's originate from source code (and have valid source
+  // locations). Implicit InitListExpr's are created by the semantic analyzer.
+  bool isExplicit() {
+    return LBraceLoc.isValid() && RBraceLoc.isValid();
+  }
+
+  // Is this an initializer for an array of characters, initialized by a string
+  // literal or an @encode?
+  bool isStringLiteralInit() const;
+
+  SourceLocation getLBraceLoc() const { return LBraceLoc; }
+  void setLBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { LBraceLoc = Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; }
+  void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { RBraceLoc = Loc; }
+
+  bool isSemanticForm() const { return AltForm.getInt(); }
+  InitListExpr *getSemanticForm() const {
+    return isSemanticForm() ? 0 : AltForm.getPointer();
+  }
+  InitListExpr *getSyntacticForm() const {
+    return isSemanticForm() ? AltForm.getPointer() : 0;
+  }
+
+  void setSyntacticForm(InitListExpr *Init) {
+    AltForm.setPointer(Init);
+    AltForm.setInt(true);
+    Init->AltForm.setPointer(this);
+    Init->AltForm.setInt(false);
+  }
+
+  bool hadArrayRangeDesignator() const {
+    return InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator != 0;
+  }
+  void sawArrayRangeDesignator(bool ARD = true) {
+    InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator = ARD;
+  }
+
+  bool initializesStdInitializerList() const {
+    return InitListExprBits.InitializesStdInitializerList != 0;
+  }
+  void setInitializesStdInitializerList(bool ISIL = true) {
+    InitListExprBits.InitializesStdInitializerList = ISIL;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == InitListExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    if (InitExprs.empty()) return child_range();
+    return child_range(&InitExprs[0], &InitExprs[0] + InitExprs.size());
+  }
+
+  typedef InitExprsTy::iterator iterator;
+  typedef InitExprsTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
+  typedef InitExprsTy::reverse_iterator reverse_iterator;
+  typedef InitExprsTy::const_reverse_iterator const_reverse_iterator;
+
+  iterator begin() { return InitExprs.begin(); }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return InitExprs.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return InitExprs.end(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return InitExprs.end(); }
+  reverse_iterator rbegin() { return InitExprs.rbegin(); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return InitExprs.rbegin(); }
+  reverse_iterator rend() { return InitExprs.rend(); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return InitExprs.rend(); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// @brief Represents a C99 designated initializer expression.
+///
+/// A designated initializer expression (C99 6.7.8) contains one or
+/// more designators (which can be field designators, array
+/// designators, or GNU array-range designators) followed by an
+/// expression that initializes the field or element(s) that the
+/// designators refer to. For example, given:
+///
+/// @code
+/// struct point {
+///   double x;
+///   double y;
+/// };
+/// struct point ptarray[10] = { [2].y = 1.0, [2].x = 2.0, [0].x = 1.0 };
+/// @endcode
+///
+/// The InitListExpr contains three DesignatedInitExprs, the first of
+/// which covers @c [2].y=1.0. This DesignatedInitExpr will have two
+/// designators, one array designator for @c [2] followed by one field
+/// designator for @c .y. The initalization expression will be 1.0.
+class DesignatedInitExpr : public Expr {
+public:
+  /// \brief Forward declaration of the Designator class.
+  class Designator;
+
+private:
+  /// The location of the '=' or ':' prior to the actual initializer
+  /// expression.
+  SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc;
+
+  /// Whether this designated initializer used the GNU deprecated
+  /// syntax rather than the C99 '=' syntax.
+  bool GNUSyntax : 1;
+
+  /// The number of designators in this initializer expression.
+  unsigned NumDesignators : 15;
+
+  /// The number of subexpressions of this initializer expression,
+  /// which contains both the initializer and any additional
+  /// expressions used by array and array-range designators.
+  unsigned NumSubExprs : 16;
+
+  /// \brief The designators in this designated initialization
+  /// expression.
+  Designator *Designators;
+
+
+  DesignatedInitExpr(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty, unsigned NumDesignators,
+                     const Designator *Designators,
+                     SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, bool GNUSyntax,
+                     ArrayRef<Expr*> IndexExprs, Expr *Init);
+
+  explicit DesignatedInitExpr(unsigned NumSubExprs)
+    : Expr(DesignatedInitExprClass, EmptyShell()),
+      NumDesignators(0), NumSubExprs(NumSubExprs), Designators(0) { }
+
+public:
+  /// A field designator, e.g., ".x".
+  struct FieldDesignator {
+    /// Refers to the field that is being initialized. The low bit
+    /// of this field determines whether this is actually a pointer
+    /// to an IdentifierInfo (if 1) or a FieldDecl (if 0). When
+    /// initially constructed, a field designator will store an
+    /// IdentifierInfo*. After semantic analysis has resolved that
+    /// name, the field designator will instead store a FieldDecl*.
+    uintptr_t NameOrField;
+
+    /// The location of the '.' in the designated initializer.
+    unsigned DotLoc;
+
+    /// The location of the field name in the designated initializer.
+    unsigned FieldLoc;
+  };
+
+  /// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]".
+  struct ArrayOrRangeDesignator {
+    /// Location of the first index expression within the designated
+    /// initializer expression's list of subexpressions.
+    unsigned Index;
+    /// The location of the '[' starting the array range designator.
+    unsigned LBracketLoc;
+    /// The location of the ellipsis separating the start and end
+    /// indices. Only valid for GNU array-range designators.
+    unsigned EllipsisLoc;
+    /// The location of the ']' terminating the array range designator.
+    unsigned RBracketLoc;
+  };
+
+  /// @brief Represents a single C99 designator.
+  ///
+  /// @todo This class is infuriatingly similar to clang::Designator,
+  /// but minor differences (storing indices vs. storing pointers)
+  /// keep us from reusing it. Try harder, later, to rectify these
+  /// differences.
+  class Designator {
+    /// @brief The kind of designator this describes.
+    enum {
+      FieldDesignator,
+      ArrayDesignator,
+      ArrayRangeDesignator
+    } Kind;
+
+    union {
+      /// A field designator, e.g., ".x".
+      struct FieldDesignator Field;
+      /// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]".
+      struct ArrayOrRangeDesignator ArrayOrRange;
+    };
+    friend class DesignatedInitExpr;
+
+  public:
+    Designator() {}
+
+    /// @brief Initializes a field designator.
+    Designator(const IdentifierInfo *FieldName, SourceLocation DotLoc,
+               SourceLocation FieldLoc)
+      : Kind(FieldDesignator) {
+      Field.NameOrField = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(FieldName) | 0x01;
+      Field.DotLoc = DotLoc.getRawEncoding();
+      Field.FieldLoc = FieldLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    }
+
+    /// @brief Initializes an array designator.
+    Designator(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc,
+               SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
+      : Kind(ArrayDesignator) {
+      ArrayOrRange.Index = Index;
+      ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc = LBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
+      ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
+      ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    }
+
+    /// @brief Initializes a GNU array-range designator.
+    Designator(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc,
+               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
+      : Kind(ArrayRangeDesignator) {
+      ArrayOrRange.Index = Index;
+      ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc = LBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
+      ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc = EllipsisLoc.getRawEncoding();
+      ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    }
+
+    bool isFieldDesignator() const { return Kind == FieldDesignator; }
+    bool isArrayDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayDesignator; }
+    bool isArrayRangeDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator; }
+
+    IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const;
+
+    FieldDecl *getField() const {
+      assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator");
+      if (Field.NameOrField & 0x01)
+        return 0;
+      else
+        return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(Field.NameOrField);
+    }
+
+    void setField(FieldDecl *FD) {
+      assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator");
+      Field.NameOrField = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(FD);
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getDotLoc() const {
+      assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator");
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Field.DotLoc);
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getFieldLoc() const {
+      assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator");
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Field.FieldLoc);
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const {
+      assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) &&
+             "Only valid on an array or array-range designator");
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc);
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const {
+      assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) &&
+             "Only valid on an array or array-range designator");
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc);
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
+      assert(Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator &&
+             "Only valid on an array-range designator");
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc);
+    }
+
+    unsigned getFirstExprIndex() const {
+      assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) &&
+             "Only valid on an array or array-range designator");
+      return ArrayOrRange.Index;
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+      if (Kind == FieldDesignator)
+        return getDotLoc().isInvalid()? getFieldLoc() : getDotLoc();
+      else
+        return getLBracketLoc();
+    }
+    SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+      return Kind == FieldDesignator ? getFieldLoc() : getRBracketLoc();
+    }
+    SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+      return SourceRange(getLocStart(), getLocEnd());
+    }
+  };
+
+  static DesignatedInitExpr *Create(ASTContext &C, Designator *Designators,
+                                    unsigned NumDesignators,
+                                    ArrayRef<Expr*> IndexExprs,
+                                    SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc,
+                                    bool GNUSyntax, Expr *Init);
+
+  static DesignatedInitExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C, unsigned NumIndexExprs);
+
+  /// @brief Returns the number of designators in this initializer.
+  unsigned size() const { return NumDesignators; }
+
+  // Iterator access to the designators.
+  typedef Designator *designators_iterator;
+  designators_iterator designators_begin() { return Designators; }
+  designators_iterator designators_end() {
+    return Designators + NumDesignators;
+  }
+
+  typedef const Designator *const_designators_iterator;
+  const_designators_iterator designators_begin() const { return Designators; }
+  const_designators_iterator designators_end() const {
+    return Designators + NumDesignators;
+  }
+
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<designators_iterator>
+          reverse_designators_iterator;
+  reverse_designators_iterator designators_rbegin() {
+    return reverse_designators_iterator(designators_end());
+  }
+  reverse_designators_iterator designators_rend() {
+    return reverse_designators_iterator(designators_begin());
+  }
+
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<const_designators_iterator>
+          const_reverse_designators_iterator;
+  const_reverse_designators_iterator designators_rbegin() const {
+    return const_reverse_designators_iterator(designators_end());
+  }
+  const_reverse_designators_iterator designators_rend() const {
+    return const_reverse_designators_iterator(designators_begin());
+  }
+
+  Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) { return &designators_begin()[Idx]; }
+
+  void setDesignators(ASTContext &C, const Designator *Desigs,
+                      unsigned NumDesigs);
+
+  Expr *getArrayIndex(const Designator &D) const;
+  Expr *getArrayRangeStart(const Designator &D) const;
+  Expr *getArrayRangeEnd(const Designator &D) const;
+
+  /// @brief Retrieve the location of the '=' that precedes the
+  /// initializer value itself, if present.
+  SourceLocation getEqualOrColonLoc() const { return EqualOrColonLoc; }
+  void setEqualOrColonLoc(SourceLocation L) { EqualOrColonLoc = L; }
+
+  /// @brief Determines whether this designated initializer used the
+  /// deprecated GNU syntax for designated initializers.
+  bool usesGNUSyntax() const { return GNUSyntax; }
+  void setGNUSyntax(bool GNU) { GNUSyntax = GNU; }
+
+  /// @brief Retrieve the initializer value.
+  Expr *getInit() const {
+    return cast<Expr>(*const_cast<DesignatedInitExpr*>(this)->child_begin());
+  }
+
+  void setInit(Expr *init) {
+    *child_begin() = init;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the total number of subexpressions in this
+  /// designated initializer expression, including the actual
+  /// initialized value and any expressions that occur within array
+  /// and array-range designators.
+  unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; }
+
+  Expr *getSubExpr(unsigned Idx) {
+    assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range");
+    char* Ptr = static_cast<char*>(static_cast<void *>(this));
+    Ptr += sizeof(DesignatedInitExpr);
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(reinterpret_cast<void**>(Ptr))[Idx];
+  }
+
+  void setSubExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr *E) {
+    assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range");
+    char* Ptr = static_cast<char*>(static_cast<void *>(this));
+    Ptr += sizeof(DesignatedInitExpr);
+    reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(reinterpret_cast<void**>(Ptr))[Idx] = E;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Replaces the designator at index @p Idx with the series
+  /// of designators in [First, Last).
+  void ExpandDesignator(ASTContext &C, unsigned Idx, const Designator *First,
+                        const Designator *Last);
+
+  SourceRange getDesignatorsSourceRange() const;
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    Stmt **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt**>(this + 1);
+    return child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of
+/// an object of a given type.
+///
+/// Implicit value initializations occur within semantic initializer
+/// list expressions (InitListExpr) as placeholders for subobject
+/// initializations not explicitly specified by the user.
+///
+/// \see InitListExpr
+class ImplicitValueInitExpr : public Expr {
+public:
+  explicit ImplicitValueInitExpr(QualType ty)
+    : Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           false, false, ty->isInstantiationDependentType(), false) { }
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty implicit value initialization.
+  explicit ImplicitValueInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitValueInitExprClass;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+
+class ParenListExpr : public Expr {
+  Stmt **Exprs;
+  unsigned NumExprs;
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
+
+public:
+  ParenListExpr(ASTContext& C, SourceLocation lparenloc, ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs,
+                SourceLocation rparenloc);
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty paren list.
+  explicit ParenListExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ParenListExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  unsigned getNumExprs() const { return NumExprs; }
+
+  const Expr* getExpr(unsigned Init) const {
+    assert(Init < getNumExprs() && "Initializer access out of range!");
+    return cast_or_null<Expr>(Exprs[Init]);
+  }
+
+  Expr* getExpr(unsigned Init) {
+    assert(Init < getNumExprs() && "Initializer access out of range!");
+    return cast_or_null<Expr>(Exprs[Init]);
+  }
+
+  Expr **getExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(Exprs); }
+
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return LParenLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ParenListExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&Exprs[0], &Exprs[0]+NumExprs);
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Represents a C11 generic selection.
+///
+/// A generic selection (C11 6.5.1.1) contains an unevaluated controlling
+/// expression, followed by one or more generic associations.  Each generic
+/// association specifies a type name and an expression, or "default" and an
+/// expression (in which case it is known as a default generic association).
+/// The type and value of the generic selection are identical to those of its
+/// result expression, which is defined as the expression in the generic
+/// association with a type name that is compatible with the type of the
+/// controlling expression, or the expression in the default generic association
+/// if no types are compatible.  For example:
+///
+/// @code
+/// _Generic(X, double: 1, float: 2, default: 3)
+/// @endcode
+///
+/// The above expression evaluates to 1 if 1.0 is substituted for X, 2 if 1.0f
+/// or 3 if "hello".
+///
+/// As an extension, generic selections are allowed in C++, where the following
+/// additional semantics apply:
+///
+/// Any generic selection whose controlling expression is type-dependent or
+/// which names a dependent type in its association list is result-dependent,
+/// which means that the choice of result expression is dependent.
+/// Result-dependent generic associations are both type- and value-dependent.
+class GenericSelectionExpr : public Expr {
+  enum { CONTROLLING, END_EXPR };
+  TypeSourceInfo **AssocTypes;
+  Stmt **SubExprs;
+  unsigned NumAssocs, ResultIndex;
+  SourceLocation GenericLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc;
+
+public:
+  GenericSelectionExpr(ASTContext &Context,
+                       SourceLocation GenericLoc, Expr *ControllingExpr,
+                       ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo*> AssocTypes,
+                       ArrayRef<Expr*> AssocExprs,
+                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                       bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
+                       unsigned ResultIndex);
+
+  /// This constructor is used in the result-dependent case.
+  GenericSelectionExpr(ASTContext &Context,
+                       SourceLocation GenericLoc, Expr *ControllingExpr,
+                       ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo*> AssocTypes,
+                       ArrayRef<Expr*> AssocExprs,
+                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                       bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
+
+  explicit GenericSelectionExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(GenericSelectionExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  unsigned getNumAssocs() const { return NumAssocs; }
+
+  SourceLocation getGenericLoc() const { return GenericLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getDefaultLoc() const { return DefaultLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  const Expr *getAssocExpr(unsigned i) const {
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[END_EXPR+i]);
+  }
+  Expr *getAssocExpr(unsigned i) { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[END_EXPR+i]); }
+
+  const TypeSourceInfo *getAssocTypeSourceInfo(unsigned i) const {
+    return AssocTypes[i];
+  }
+  TypeSourceInfo *getAssocTypeSourceInfo(unsigned i) { return AssocTypes[i]; }
+
+  QualType getAssocType(unsigned i) const {
+    if (const TypeSourceInfo *TS = getAssocTypeSourceInfo(i))
+      return TS->getType();
+    else
+      return QualType();
+  }
+
+  const Expr *getControllingExpr() const {
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[CONTROLLING]);
+  }
+  Expr *getControllingExpr() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[CONTROLLING]); }
+
+  /// Whether this generic selection is result-dependent.
+  bool isResultDependent() const { return ResultIndex == -1U; }
+
+  /// The zero-based index of the result expression's generic association in
+  /// the generic selection's association list.  Defined only if the
+  /// generic selection is not result-dependent.
+  unsigned getResultIndex() const {
+    assert(!isResultDependent() && "Generic selection is result-dependent");
+    return ResultIndex;
+  }
+
+  /// The generic selection's result expression.  Defined only if the
+  /// generic selection is not result-dependent.
+  const Expr *getResultExpr() const { return getAssocExpr(getResultIndex()); }
+  Expr *getResultExpr() { return getAssocExpr(getResultIndex()); }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return GenericLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == GenericSelectionExprClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs+END_EXPR+NumAssocs);
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Clang Extensions
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+
+/// ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a
+/// vector, and may occur on the left hand side or right hand side.  For example
+/// the following is legal:  "V.xy = V.zw" if V is a 4 element extended vector.
+///
+/// Note that the base may have either vector or pointer to vector type, just
+/// like a struct field reference.
+///
+class ExtVectorElementExpr : public Expr {
+  Stmt *Base;
+  IdentifierInfo *Accessor;
+  SourceLocation AccessorLoc;
+public:
+  ExtVectorElementExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *base,
+                       IdentifierInfo &accessor, SourceLocation loc)
+    : Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, ty, VK,
+           (VK == VK_RValue ? OK_Ordinary : OK_VectorComponent),
+           base->isTypeDependent(), base->isValueDependent(),
+           base->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           base->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Base(base), Accessor(&accessor), AccessorLoc(loc) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty vector element expression.
+  explicit ExtVectorElementExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
+  Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
+  void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; }
+
+  IdentifierInfo &getAccessor() const { return *Accessor; }
+  void setAccessor(IdentifierInfo *II) { Accessor = II; }
+
+  SourceLocation getAccessorLoc() const { return AccessorLoc; }
+  void setAccessorLoc(SourceLocation L) { AccessorLoc = L; }
+
+  /// getNumElements - Get the number of components being selected.
+  unsigned getNumElements() const;
+
+  /// containsDuplicateElements - Return true if any element access is
+  /// repeated.
+  bool containsDuplicateElements() const;
+
+  /// getEncodedElementAccess - Encode the elements accessed into an llvm
+  /// aggregate Constant of ConstantInt(s).
+  void getEncodedElementAccess(SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Elts) const;
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getBase()->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return AccessorLoc; }
+
+  /// isArrow - Return true if the base expression is a pointer to vector,
+  /// return false if the base expression is a vector.
+  bool isArrow() const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ExtVectorElementExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); }
+};
+
+
+/// BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions.
+/// ^{ statement-body }   or   ^(int arg1, float arg2){ statement-body }
+class BlockExpr : public Expr {
+protected:
+  BlockDecl *TheBlock;
+public:
+  BlockExpr(BlockDecl *BD, QualType ty)
+    : Expr(BlockExprClass, ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           ty->isDependentType(), ty->isDependentType(),
+           ty->isInstantiationDependentType() || BD->isDependentContext(),
+           false),
+      TheBlock(BD) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty block expression.
+  explicit BlockExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(BlockExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() const { return TheBlock; }
+  BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() { return TheBlock; }
+  void setBlockDecl(BlockDecl *BD) { TheBlock = BD; }
+
+  // Convenience functions for probing the underlying BlockDecl.
+  SourceLocation getCaretLocation() const;
+  const Stmt *getBody() const;
+  Stmt *getBody();
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getCaretLocation(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBody()->getLocEnd(); }
+
+  /// getFunctionType - Return the underlying function type for this block.
+  const FunctionProtoType *getFunctionType() const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == BlockExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// AsTypeExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_astype [OpenCL 6.2.4.2]
+/// This AST node provides support for reinterpreting a type to another
+/// type of the same size.
+class AsTypeExpr : public Expr { // Should this be an ExplicitCastExpr?
+private:
+  Stmt *SrcExpr;
+  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  explicit AsTypeExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, Empty) {}
+
+public:
+  AsTypeExpr(Expr* SrcExpr, QualType DstType,
+             ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc)
+    : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, DstType, VK, OK,
+           DstType->isDependentType(),
+           DstType->isDependentType() || SrcExpr->isValueDependent(),
+           (DstType->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
+            SrcExpr->isInstantiationDependent()),
+           (DstType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            SrcExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
+  SrcExpr(SrcExpr), BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {}
+
+  /// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
+  Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SrcExpr); }
+
+  /// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_astype token.
+  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
+
+  /// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis.
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == AsTypeExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); }
+};
+
+/// PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object
+/// l-value.  A pseudo-object is an abstract object, accesses to which
+/// are translated to calls.  The pseudo-object expression has a
+/// syntactic form, which shows how the expression was actually
+/// written in the source code, and a semantic form, which is a series
+/// of expressions to be executed in order which detail how the
+/// operation is actually evaluated.  Optionally, one of the semantic
+/// forms may also provide a result value for the expression.
+///
+/// If any of the semantic-form expressions is an OpaqueValueExpr,
+/// that OVE is required to have a source expression, and it is bound
+/// to the result of that source expression.  Such OVEs may appear
+/// only in subsequent semantic-form expressions and as
+/// sub-expressions of the syntactic form.
+///
+/// PseudoObjectExpr should be used only when an operation can be
+/// usefully described in terms of fairly simple rewrite rules on
+/// objects and functions that are meant to be used by end-developers.
+/// For example, under the Itanium ABI, dynamic casts are implemented
+/// as a call to a runtime function called __dynamic_cast; using this
+/// class to describe that would be inappropriate because that call is
+/// not really part of the user-visible semantics, and instead the
+/// cast is properly reflected in the AST and IR-generation has been
+/// taught to generate the call as necessary.  In contrast, an
+/// Objective-C property access is semantically defined to be
+/// equivalent to a particular message send, and this is very much
+/// part of the user model.  The name of this class encourages this
+/// modelling design.
+class PseudoObjectExpr : public Expr {
+  // PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs - The number of sub-expressions.
+  // Always at least two, because the first sub-expression is the
+  // syntactic form.
+
+  // PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - The index of the
+  // sub-expression holding the result.  0 means the result is void,
+  // which is unambiguous because it's the index of the syntactic
+  // form.  Note that this is therefore 1 higher than the value passed
+  // in to Create, which is an index within the semantic forms.
+  // Note also that ASTStmtWriter assumes this encoding.
+
+  Expr **getSubExprsBuffer() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(this + 1); }
+  const Expr * const *getSubExprsBuffer() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const Expr * const *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+  PseudoObjectExpr(QualType type, ExprValueKind VK,
+                   Expr *syntactic, ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic,
+                   unsigned resultIndex);
+
+  PseudoObjectExpr(EmptyShell shell, unsigned numSemanticExprs);
+
+  unsigned getNumSubExprs() const {
+    return PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs;
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// NoResult - A value for the result index indicating that there is
+  /// no semantic result.
+  enum { NoResult = ~0U };
+
+  static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, Expr *syntactic,
+                                  ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic,
+                                  unsigned resultIndex);
+
+  static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, EmptyShell shell,
+                                  unsigned numSemanticExprs);
+
+  /// Return the syntactic form of this expression, i.e. the
+  /// expression it actually looks like.  Likely to be expressed in
+  /// terms of OpaqueValueExprs bound in the semantic form.
+  Expr *getSyntacticForm() { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; }
+  const Expr *getSyntacticForm() const { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; }
+
+  /// Return the index of the result-bearing expression into the semantics
+  /// expressions, or PseudoObjectExpr::NoResult if there is none.
+  unsigned getResultExprIndex() const {
+    if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0) return NoResult;
+    return PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - 1;
+  }
+
+  /// Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none.
+  Expr *getResultExpr() {
+    if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0)
+      return 0;
+    return getSubExprsBuffer()[PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex];
+  }
+  const Expr *getResultExpr() const {
+    return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getResultExpr();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumSemanticExprs() const { return getNumSubExprs() - 1; }
+
+  typedef Expr * const *semantics_iterator;
+  typedef const Expr * const *const_semantics_iterator;
+  semantics_iterator semantics_begin() {
+    return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1;
+  }
+  const_semantics_iterator semantics_begin() const {
+    return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1;
+  }
+  semantics_iterator semantics_end() {
+    return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs();
+  }
+  const_semantics_iterator semantics_end() const {
+    return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs();
+  }
+  Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) {
+    assert(index + 1 < getNumSubExprs());
+    return getSubExprsBuffer()[index + 1];
+  }
+  const Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) const {
+    return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getSemanticExpr(index);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSyntacticForm()->getExprLoc();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSyntacticForm()->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSyntacticForm()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    Stmt **cs = reinterpret_cast<Stmt**>(getSubExprsBuffer());
+    return child_range(cs, cs + getNumSubExprs());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == PseudoObjectExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// AtomicExpr - Variadic atomic builtins: __atomic_exchange, __atomic_fetch_*,
+/// __atomic_load, __atomic_store, and __atomic_compare_exchange_*, for the
+/// similarly-named C++11 instructions, and __c11 variants for <stdatomic.h>.
+/// All of these instructions take one primary pointer and at least one memory
+/// order.
+class AtomicExpr : public Expr {
+public:
+  enum AtomicOp {
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
+#define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) AO ## ID,
+#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
+    // Avoid trailing comma
+    BI_First = 0
+  };
+
+private:
+  enum { PTR, ORDER, VAL1, ORDER_FAIL, VAL2, WEAK, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];
+  unsigned NumSubExprs;
+  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
+  AtomicOp Op;
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  AtomicExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType t,
+             AtomicOp op, SourceLocation RP);
+
+  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments the specified atomic builtin
+  /// should have.
+  static unsigned getNumSubExprs(AtomicOp Op);
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty AtomicExpr.
+  explicit AtomicExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AtomicExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  Expr *getPtr() const {
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[PTR]);
+  }
+  Expr *getOrder() const {
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]);
+  }
+  Expr *getVal1() const {
+    if (Op == AO__c11_atomic_init)
+      return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]);
+    assert(NumSubExprs > VAL1);
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL1]);
+  }
+  Expr *getOrderFail() const {
+    assert(NumSubExprs > ORDER_FAIL);
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]);
+  }
+  Expr *getVal2() const {
+    if (Op == AO__atomic_exchange)
+      return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]);
+    assert(NumSubExprs > VAL2);
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL2]);
+  }
+  Expr *getWeak() const {
+    assert(NumSubExprs > WEAK);
+    return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[WEAK]);
+  }
+
+  AtomicOp getOp() const { return Op; }
+  unsigned getNumSubExprs() { return NumSubExprs; }
+
+  Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); }
+
+  bool isVolatile() const {
+    return getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified();
+  }
+
+  bool isCmpXChg() const {
+    return getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong ||
+           getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak ||
+           getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange ||
+           getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == AtomicExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs+NumSubExprs);
+  }
+};
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04f6fb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3740 @@
+//===--- ExprCXX.h - Classes for representing expressions -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Expr interface and subclasses for C++ expressions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPRCXX_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPRCXX_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
+#include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Lambda.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CXXConstructorDecl;
+class CXXDestructorDecl;
+class CXXMethodDecl;
+class CXXTemporary;
+class TemplateArgumentListInfo;
+class UuidAttr;
+
+//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// C++ Expressions.
+//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// \brief A call to an overloaded operator written using operator
+/// syntax.
+///
+/// Represents a call to an overloaded operator written using operator
+/// syntax, e.g., "x + y" or "*p". While semantically equivalent to a
+/// normal call, this AST node provides better information about the
+/// syntactic representation of the call.
+///
+/// In a C++ template, this expression node kind will be used whenever
+/// any of the arguments are type-dependent. In this case, the
+/// function itself will be a (possibly empty) set of functions and
+/// function templates that were found by name lookup at template
+/// definition time.
+class CXXOperatorCallExpr : public CallExpr {
+  /// \brief The overloaded operator.
+  OverloadedOperatorKind Operator;
+  SourceRange Range;
+
+  // Record the FP_CONTRACT state that applies to this operator call. Only
+  // meaningful for floating point types. For other types this value can be
+  // set to false.
+  unsigned FPContractable : 1;
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRangeImpl() const LLVM_READONLY;
+public:
+  CXXOperatorCallExpr(ASTContext& C, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Expr *fn,
+                      ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK,
+                      SourceLocation operatorloc, bool fpContractable)
+    : CallExpr(C, CXXOperatorCallExprClass, fn, 0, args, t, VK,
+               operatorloc),
+      Operator(Op), FPContractable(fpContractable) {
+    Range = getSourceRangeImpl();
+  }
+  explicit CXXOperatorCallExpr(ASTContext& C, EmptyShell Empty) :
+    CallExpr(C, CXXOperatorCallExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+
+  /// getOperator - Returns the kind of overloaded operator that this
+  /// expression refers to.
+  OverloadedOperatorKind getOperator() const { return Operator; }
+
+  /// getOperatorLoc - Returns the location of the operator symbol in
+  /// the expression. When @c getOperator()==OO_Call, this is the
+  /// location of the right parentheses; when @c
+  /// getOperator()==OO_Subscript, this is the location of the right
+  /// bracket.
+  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const { return Range; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXOperatorCallExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Set the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for
+  // operations on floating point types.
+  void setFPContractable(bool FPC) { FPContractable = FPC; }
+
+  // Get the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for
+  // operations on floating point types.
+  bool isFPContractable() const { return FPContractable; }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// CXXMemberCallExpr - Represents a call to a member function that
+/// may be written either with member call syntax (e.g., "obj.func()"
+/// or "objptr->func()") or with normal function-call syntax
+/// ("func()") within a member function that ends up calling a member
+/// function. The callee in either case is a MemberExpr that contains
+/// both the object argument and the member function, while the
+/// arguments are the arguments within the parentheses (not including
+/// the object argument).
+class CXXMemberCallExpr : public CallExpr {
+public:
+  CXXMemberCallExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *fn, ArrayRef<Expr*> args,
+                    QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RP)
+    : CallExpr(C, CXXMemberCallExprClass, fn, 0, args, t, VK, RP) {}
+
+  CXXMemberCallExpr(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty)
+    : CallExpr(C, CXXMemberCallExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// getImplicitObjectArgument - Retrieves the implicit object
+  /// argument for the member call. For example, in "x.f(5)", this
+  /// operation would return "x".
+  Expr *getImplicitObjectArgument() const;
+
+  /// Retrieves the declaration of the called method.
+  CXXMethodDecl *getMethodDecl() const;
+
+  /// getRecordDecl - Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl for the underlying type of
+  /// the implicit object argument. Note that this is may not be the same
+  /// declaration as that of the class context of the CXXMethodDecl which this
+  /// function is calling.
+  /// FIXME: Returns 0 for member pointer call exprs.
+  CXXRecordDecl *getRecordDecl() const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXMemberCallExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CUDAKernelCallExpr - Represents a call to a CUDA kernel function.
+class CUDAKernelCallExpr : public CallExpr {
+private:
+  enum { CONFIG, END_PREARG };
+
+public:
+  CUDAKernelCallExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *fn, CallExpr *Config,
+                     ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK,
+                     SourceLocation RP)
+    : CallExpr(C, CUDAKernelCallExprClass, fn, END_PREARG, args, t, VK, RP) {
+    setConfig(Config);
+  }
+
+  CUDAKernelCallExpr(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty)
+    : CallExpr(C, CUDAKernelCallExprClass, END_PREARG, Empty) { }
+
+  const CallExpr *getConfig() const {
+    return cast_or_null<CallExpr>(getPreArg(CONFIG));
+  }
+  CallExpr *getConfig() { return cast_or_null<CallExpr>(getPreArg(CONFIG)); }
+  void setConfig(CallExpr *E) { setPreArg(CONFIG, E); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CUDAKernelCallExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CXXNamedCastExpr - Abstract class common to all of the C++ "named"
+/// casts, @c static_cast, @c dynamic_cast, @c reinterpret_cast, or @c
+/// const_cast.
+///
+/// This abstract class is inherited by all of the classes
+/// representing "named" casts, e.g., CXXStaticCastExpr,
+/// CXXDynamicCastExpr, CXXReinterpretCastExpr, and CXXConstCastExpr.
+class CXXNamedCastExpr : public ExplicitCastExpr {
+private:
+  SourceLocation Loc; // the location of the casting op
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc; // the location of the right parenthesis
+  SourceRange AngleBrackets; // range for '<' '>'
+
+protected:
+  CXXNamedCastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK,
+                   CastKind kind, Expr *op, unsigned PathSize,
+                   TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l,
+                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                   SourceRange AngleBrackets)
+    : ExplicitCastExpr(SC, ty, VK, kind, op, PathSize, writtenTy), Loc(l),
+      RParenLoc(RParenLoc), AngleBrackets(AngleBrackets) {}
+
+  explicit CXXNamedCastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize)
+    : ExplicitCastExpr(SC, Shell, PathSize) { }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  const char *getCastName() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the cast operator keyword, e.g.,
+  /// "static_cast".
+  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return Loc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the closing parenthesis.
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+  SourceRange getAngleBrackets() const LLVM_READONLY { return AngleBrackets; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    switch (T->getStmtClass()) {
+    case CXXStaticCastExprClass:
+    case CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
+    case CXXReinterpretCastExprClass:
+    case CXXConstCastExprClass:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+/// CXXStaticCastExpr - A C++ @c static_cast expression
+/// (C++ [expr.static.cast]).
+///
+/// This expression node represents a C++ static cast, e.g.,
+/// @c static_cast<int>(1.0).
+class CXXStaticCastExpr : public CXXNamedCastExpr {
+  CXXStaticCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind, Expr *op,
+                    unsigned pathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy,
+                    SourceLocation l, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                    SourceRange AngleBrackets)
+    : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXStaticCastExprClass, ty, vk, kind, op, pathSize,
+                       writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, AngleBrackets) {}
+
+  explicit CXXStaticCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned PathSize)
+    : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXStaticCastExprClass, Empty, PathSize) { }
+
+public:
+  static CXXStaticCastExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
+                                   ExprValueKind VK, CastKind K, Expr *Op,
+                                   const CXXCastPath *Path,
+                                   TypeSourceInfo *Written, SourceLocation L,
+                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                   SourceRange AngleBrackets);
+  static CXXStaticCastExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context,
+                                        unsigned PathSize);
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXStaticCastExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CXXDynamicCastExpr - A C++ @c dynamic_cast expression
+/// (C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]), which may perform a run-time check to
+/// determine how to perform the type cast.
+///
+/// This expression node represents a dynamic cast, e.g.,
+/// @c dynamic_cast<Derived*>(BasePtr).
+class CXXDynamicCastExpr : public CXXNamedCastExpr {
+  CXXDynamicCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind kind,
+                     Expr *op, unsigned pathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy,
+                     SourceLocation l, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                     SourceRange AngleBrackets)
+    : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXDynamicCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, pathSize,
+                       writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, AngleBrackets) {}
+
+  explicit CXXDynamicCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned pathSize)
+    : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXDynamicCastExprClass, Empty, pathSize) { }
+
+public:
+  static CXXDynamicCastExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
+                                    ExprValueKind VK, CastKind Kind, Expr *Op,
+                                    const CXXCastPath *Path,
+                                    TypeSourceInfo *Written, SourceLocation L,
+                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                    SourceRange AngleBrackets);
+
+  static CXXDynamicCastExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context,
+                                         unsigned pathSize);
+
+  bool isAlwaysNull() const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDynamicCastExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CXXReinterpretCastExpr - A C++ @c reinterpret_cast expression (C++
+/// [expr.reinterpret.cast]), which provides a differently-typed view
+/// of a value but performs no actual work at run time.
+///
+/// This expression node represents a reinterpret cast, e.g.,
+/// @c reinterpret_cast<int>(VoidPtr).
+class CXXReinterpretCastExpr : public CXXNamedCastExpr {
+  CXXReinterpretCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind,
+                         Expr *op, unsigned pathSize,
+                         TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l,
+                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                         SourceRange AngleBrackets)
+    : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXReinterpretCastExprClass, ty, vk, kind, op,
+                       pathSize, writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, AngleBrackets) {}
+
+  CXXReinterpretCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned pathSize)
+    : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXReinterpretCastExprClass, Empty, pathSize) { }
+
+public:
+  static CXXReinterpretCastExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
+                                        ExprValueKind VK, CastKind Kind,
+                                        Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *Path,
+                                 TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L,
+                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                        SourceRange AngleBrackets);
+  static CXXReinterpretCastExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context,
+                                             unsigned pathSize);
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXReinterpretCastExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CXXConstCastExpr - A C++ @c const_cast expression (C++ [expr.const.cast]),
+/// which can remove type qualifiers but does not change the underlying value.
+///
+/// This expression node represents a const cast, e.g.,
+/// @c const_cast<char*>(PtrToConstChar).
+class CXXConstCastExpr : public CXXNamedCastExpr {
+  CXXConstCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *op,
+                   TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l,
+                   SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets)
+    : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXConstCastExprClass, ty, VK, CK_NoOp, op,
+                       0, writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, AngleBrackets) {}
+
+  explicit CXXConstCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXConstCastExprClass, Empty, 0) { }
+
+public:
+  static CXXConstCastExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
+                                  ExprValueKind VK, Expr *Op,
+                                  TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                  SourceRange AngleBrackets);
+  static CXXConstCastExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context);
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXConstCastExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// UserDefinedLiteral - A call to a literal operator (C++11 [over.literal])
+/// written as a user-defined literal (C++11 [lit.ext]).
+///
+/// Represents a user-defined literal, e.g. "foo"_bar or 1.23_xyz. While this
+/// is semantically equivalent to a normal call, this AST node provides better
+/// information about the syntactic representation of the literal.
+///
+/// Since literal operators are never found by ADL and can only be declared at
+/// namespace scope, a user-defined literal is never dependent.
+class UserDefinedLiteral : public CallExpr {
+  /// \brief The location of a ud-suffix within the literal.
+  SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc;
+
+public:
+  UserDefinedLiteral(ASTContext &C, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
+                     QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
+                     SourceLocation SuffixLoc)
+    : CallExpr(C, UserDefinedLiteralClass, Fn, 0, Args, T, VK, LitEndLoc),
+      UDSuffixLoc(SuffixLoc) {}
+  explicit UserDefinedLiteral(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty)
+    : CallExpr(C, UserDefinedLiteralClass, Empty) {}
+
+  /// The kind of literal operator which is invoked.
+  enum LiteralOperatorKind {
+    LOK_Raw,      ///< Raw form: operator "" X (const char *)
+    LOK_Template, ///< Raw form: operator "" X<cs...> ()
+    LOK_Integer,  ///< operator "" X (unsigned long long)
+    LOK_Floating, ///< operator "" X (long double)
+    LOK_String,   ///< operator "" X (const CharT *, size_t)
+    LOK_Character ///< operator "" X (CharT)
+  };
+
+  /// getLiteralOperatorKind - Returns the kind of literal operator invocation
+  /// which this expression represents.
+  LiteralOperatorKind getLiteralOperatorKind() const;
+
+  /// getCookedLiteral - If this is not a raw user-defined literal, get the
+  /// underlying cooked literal (representing the literal with the suffix
+  /// removed).
+  Expr *getCookedLiteral();
+  const Expr *getCookedLiteral() const {
+    return const_cast<UserDefinedLiteral*>(this)->getCookedLiteral();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const {
+    if (getLiteralOperatorKind() == LOK_Template)
+      return getRParenLoc();
+    return getArg(0)->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const { return getRParenLoc(); }
+
+
+  /// getUDSuffixLoc - Returns the location of a ud-suffix in the expression.
+  /// For a string literal, there may be multiple identical suffixes. This
+  /// returns the first.
+  SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc() const { return UDSuffixLoc; }
+
+  /// getUDSuffix - Returns the ud-suffix specified for this literal.
+  const IdentifierInfo *getUDSuffix() const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
+    return S->getStmtClass() == UserDefinedLiteralClass;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// CXXBoolLiteralExpr - [C++ 2.13.5] C++ Boolean Literal.
+///
+class CXXBoolLiteralExpr : public Expr {
+  bool Value;
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+public:
+  CXXBoolLiteralExpr(bool val, QualType Ty, SourceLocation l) :
+    Expr(CXXBoolLiteralExprClass, Ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
+         false, false),
+    Value(val), Loc(l) {}
+
+  explicit CXXBoolLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(CXXBoolLiteralExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  bool getValue() const { return Value; }
+  void setValue(bool V) { Value = V; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXBoolLiteralExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr - [C++0x 2.14.7] C++ Pointer Literal
+class CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr : public Expr {
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+public:
+  CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(QualType Ty, SourceLocation l) :
+    Expr(CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass, Ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
+         false, false),
+    Loc(l) {}
+
+  explicit CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// CXXTypeidExpr - A C++ @c typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]), which gets
+/// the type_info that corresponds to the supplied type, or the (possibly
+/// dynamic) type of the supplied expression.
+///
+/// This represents code like @c typeid(int) or @c typeid(*objPtr)
+class CXXTypeidExpr : public Expr {
+private:
+  llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, TypeSourceInfo *> Operand;
+  SourceRange Range;
+
+public:
+  CXXTypeidExpr(QualType Ty, TypeSourceInfo *Operand, SourceRange R)
+    : Expr(CXXTypeidExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           // typeid is never type-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]p4)
+           false,
+           // typeid is value-dependent if the type or expression are dependent
+           Operand->getType()->isDependentType(),
+           Operand->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           Operand->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Operand(Operand), Range(R) { }
+
+  CXXTypeidExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, SourceRange R)
+    : Expr(CXXTypeidExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
+        // typeid is never type-dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]p4)
+           false,
+        // typeid is value-dependent if the type or expression are dependent
+           Operand->isTypeDependent() || Operand->isValueDependent(),
+           Operand->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           Operand->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Operand(Operand), Range(R) { }
+
+  CXXTypeidExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool isExpr)
+    : Expr(CXXTypeidExprClass, Empty) {
+    if (isExpr)
+      Operand = (Expr*)0;
+    else
+      Operand = (TypeSourceInfo*)0;
+  }
+
+  /// Determine whether this typeid has a type operand which is potentially
+  /// evaluated, per C++11 [expr.typeid]p3.
+  bool isPotentiallyEvaluated() const;
+
+  bool isTypeOperand() const { return Operand.is<TypeSourceInfo *>(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the type operand of this typeid() expression after
+  /// various required adjustments (removing reference types, cv-qualifiers).
+  QualType getTypeOperand() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve source information for the type operand.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeOperandSourceInfo() const {
+    assert(isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for typeid(expr)");
+    return Operand.get<TypeSourceInfo *>();
+  }
+
+  void setTypeOperandSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TSI) {
+    assert(isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for typeid(expr)");
+    Operand = TSI;
+  }
+
+  Expr *getExprOperand() const {
+    assert(!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for typeid(type)");
+    return static_cast<Expr*>(Operand.get<Stmt *>());
+  }
+
+  void setExprOperand(Expr *E) {
+    assert(!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for typeid(type)");
+    Operand = E;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+  void setSourceRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXTypeidExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    if (isTypeOperand()) return child_range();
+    Stmt **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt**>(&Operand);
+    return child_range(begin, begin + 1);
+  }
+};
+
+/// CXXUuidofExpr - A microsoft C++ @c __uuidof expression, which gets
+/// the _GUID that corresponds to the supplied type or expression.
+///
+/// This represents code like @c __uuidof(COMTYPE) or @c __uuidof(*comPtr)
+class CXXUuidofExpr : public Expr {
+private:
+  llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, TypeSourceInfo *> Operand;
+  SourceRange Range;
+
+public:
+  CXXUuidofExpr(QualType Ty, TypeSourceInfo *Operand, SourceRange R)
+    : Expr(CXXUuidofExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           false, Operand->getType()->isDependentType(),
+           Operand->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           Operand->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Operand(Operand), Range(R) { }
+
+  CXXUuidofExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, SourceRange R)
+    : Expr(CXXUuidofExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           false, Operand->isTypeDependent(),
+           Operand->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           Operand->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Operand(Operand), Range(R) { }
+
+  CXXUuidofExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool isExpr)
+    : Expr(CXXUuidofExprClass, Empty) {
+    if (isExpr)
+      Operand = (Expr*)0;
+    else
+      Operand = (TypeSourceInfo*)0;
+  }
+
+  bool isTypeOperand() const { return Operand.is<TypeSourceInfo *>(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the type operand of this __uuidof() expression after
+  /// various required adjustments (removing reference types, cv-qualifiers).
+  QualType getTypeOperand() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve source information for the type operand.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeOperandSourceInfo() const {
+    assert(isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for __uuidof(expr)");
+    return Operand.get<TypeSourceInfo *>();
+  }
+
+  void setTypeOperandSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TSI) {
+    assert(isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for __uuidof(expr)");
+    Operand = TSI;
+  }
+
+  Expr *getExprOperand() const {
+    assert(!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for __uuidof(type)");
+    return static_cast<Expr*>(Operand.get<Stmt *>());
+  }
+
+  void setExprOperand(Expr *E) {
+    assert(!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for __uuidof(type)");
+    Operand = E;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+  void setSourceRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXUuidofExprClass;
+  }
+
+  /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if there is none.
+  static UuidAttr *GetUuidAttrOfType(QualType QT);
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    if (isTypeOperand()) return child_range();
+    Stmt **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt**>(&Operand);
+    return child_range(begin, begin + 1);
+  }
+};
+
+/// CXXThisExpr - Represents the "this" expression in C++, which is a
+/// pointer to the object on which the current member function is
+/// executing (C++ [expr.prim]p3). Example:
+///
+/// @code
+/// class Foo {
+/// public:
+///   void bar();
+///   void test() { this->bar(); }
+/// };
+/// @endcode
+class CXXThisExpr : public Expr {
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  bool Implicit : 1;
+
+public:
+  CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation L, QualType Type, bool isImplicit)
+    : Expr(CXXThisExprClass, Type, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           // 'this' is type-dependent if the class type of the enclosing
+           // member function is dependent (C++ [temp.dep.expr]p2)
+           Type->isDependentType(), Type->isDependentType(),
+           Type->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
+      Loc(L), Implicit(isImplicit) { }
+
+  CXXThisExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXThisExprClass, Empty) {}
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  bool isImplicit() const { return Implicit; }
+  void setImplicit(bool I) { Implicit = I; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXThisExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+///  CXXThrowExpr - [C++ 15] C++ Throw Expression.  This handles
+///  'throw' and 'throw' assignment-expression.  When
+///  assignment-expression isn't present, Op will be null.
+///
+class CXXThrowExpr : public Expr {
+  Stmt *Op;
+  SourceLocation ThrowLoc;
+  /// \brief Whether the thrown variable (if any) is in scope.
+  unsigned IsThrownVariableInScope : 1;
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  // Ty is the void type which is used as the result type of the
+  // exepression.  The l is the location of the throw keyword.  expr
+  // can by null, if the optional expression to throw isn't present.
+  CXXThrowExpr(Expr *expr, QualType Ty, SourceLocation l,
+               bool IsThrownVariableInScope) :
+    Expr(CXXThrowExprClass, Ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
+         expr && expr->isInstantiationDependent(),
+         expr && expr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+    Op(expr), ThrowLoc(l), IsThrownVariableInScope(IsThrownVariableInScope) {}
+  CXXThrowExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXThrowExprClass, Empty) {}
+
+  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast_or_null<Expr>(Op); }
+  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(Op); }
+
+  SourceLocation getThrowLoc() const { return ThrowLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether the variable thrown by this expression (if any!)
+  /// is within the innermost try block.
+  ///
+  /// This information is required to determine whether the NRVO can apply to
+  /// this variable.
+  bool isThrownVariableInScope() const { return IsThrownVariableInScope; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return ThrowLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (getSubExpr() == 0)
+      return ThrowLoc;
+    return getSubExpr()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXThrowExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&Op, Op ? &Op+1 : &Op);
+  }
+};
+
+/// CXXDefaultArgExpr - C++ [dcl.fct.default]. This wraps up a
+/// function call argument that was created from the corresponding
+/// parameter's default argument, when the call did not explicitly
+/// supply arguments for all of the parameters.
+class CXXDefaultArgExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The parameter whose default is being used.
+  ///
+  /// When the bit is set, the subexpression is stored after the
+  /// CXXDefaultArgExpr itself. When the bit is clear, the parameter's
+  /// actual default expression is the subexpression.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<ParmVarDecl *, 1, bool> Param;
+
+  /// \brief The location where the default argument expression was used.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  CXXDefaultArgExpr(StmtClass SC, SourceLocation Loc, ParmVarDecl *param)
+    : Expr(SC,
+           param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()
+             ? param->getType().getNonReferenceType()
+             : param->getDefaultArg()->getType(),
+           param->getDefaultArg()->getValueKind(),
+           param->getDefaultArg()->getObjectKind(), false, false, false, false),
+      Param(param, false), Loc(Loc) { }
+
+  CXXDefaultArgExpr(StmtClass SC, SourceLocation Loc, ParmVarDecl *param,
+                    Expr *SubExpr)
+    : Expr(SC, SubExpr->getType(),
+           SubExpr->getValueKind(), SubExpr->getObjectKind(),
+           false, false, false, false),
+      Param(param, true), Loc(Loc) {
+    *reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(this + 1) = SubExpr;
+  }
+
+public:
+  CXXDefaultArgExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXDefaultArgExprClass, Empty) {}
+
+
+  // Param is the parameter whose default argument is used by this
+  // expression.
+  static CXXDefaultArgExpr *Create(ASTContext &C, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                   ParmVarDecl *Param) {
+    return new (C) CXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExprClass, Loc, Param);
+  }
+
+  // Param is the parameter whose default argument is used by this
+  // expression, and SubExpr is the expression that will actually be used.
+  static CXXDefaultArgExpr *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                   SourceLocation Loc,
+                                   ParmVarDecl *Param,
+                                   Expr *SubExpr);
+
+  // Retrieve the parameter that the argument was created from.
+  const ParmVarDecl *getParam() const { return Param.getPointer(); }
+  ParmVarDecl *getParam() { return Param.getPointer(); }
+
+  // Retrieve the actual argument to the function call.
+  const Expr *getExpr() const {
+    if (Param.getInt())
+      return *reinterpret_cast<Expr const * const*> (this + 1);
+    return getParam()->getDefaultArg();
+  }
+  Expr *getExpr() {
+    if (Param.getInt())
+      return *reinterpret_cast<Expr **> (this + 1);
+    return getParam()->getDefaultArg();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location where this default argument was actually
+  /// used.
+  SourceLocation getUsedLocation() const { return Loc; }
+
+  // Default argument expressions have no representation in the
+  // source, so they have an empty source range.
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDefaultArgExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// CXXTemporary - Represents a C++ temporary.
+class CXXTemporary {
+  /// Destructor - The destructor that needs to be called.
+  const CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor;
+
+  CXXTemporary(const CXXDestructorDecl *destructor)
+    : Destructor(destructor) { }
+
+public:
+  static CXXTemporary *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                              const CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
+
+  const CXXDestructorDecl *getDestructor() const { return Destructor; }
+  void setDestructor(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor) {
+    Destructor = Dtor;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents binding an expression to a temporary.
+///
+/// This ensures the destructor is called for the temporary. It should only be
+/// needed for non-POD, non-trivially destructable class types. For example:
+///
+/// \code
+///   struct S {
+///     S() { }  // User defined constructor makes S non-POD.
+///     ~S() { } // User defined destructor makes it non-trivial.
+///   };
+///   void test() {
+///     const S &s_ref = S(); // Requires a CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
+///   }
+/// \endcode
+class CXXBindTemporaryExpr : public Expr {
+  CXXTemporary *Temp;
+
+  Stmt *SubExpr;
+
+  CXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXTemporary *temp, Expr* SubExpr)
+   : Expr(CXXBindTemporaryExprClass, SubExpr->getType(),
+          VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, SubExpr->isTypeDependent(),
+          SubExpr->isValueDependent(),
+          SubExpr->isInstantiationDependent(),
+          SubExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+     Temp(temp), SubExpr(SubExpr) { }
+
+public:
+  CXXBindTemporaryExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(CXXBindTemporaryExprClass, Empty), Temp(0), SubExpr(0) {}
+
+  static CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXTemporary *Temp,
+                                      Expr* SubExpr);
+
+  CXXTemporary *getTemporary() { return Temp; }
+  const CXXTemporary *getTemporary() const { return Temp; }
+  void setTemporary(CXXTemporary *T) { Temp = T; }
+
+  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); }
+  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); }
+  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { SubExpr = E; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SubExpr->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SubExpr->getLocEnd();}
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXBindTemporaryExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a call to a C++ constructor.
+class CXXConstructExpr : public Expr {
+public:
+  enum ConstructionKind {
+    CK_Complete,
+    CK_NonVirtualBase,
+    CK_VirtualBase,
+    CK_Delegating
+  };
+
+private:
+  CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor;
+
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  SourceRange ParenRange;
+  unsigned NumArgs : 16;
+  bool Elidable : 1;
+  bool HadMultipleCandidates : 1;
+  bool ListInitialization : 1;
+  bool ZeroInitialization : 1;
+  unsigned ConstructKind : 2;
+  Stmt **Args;
+
+protected:
+  CXXConstructExpr(ASTContext &C, StmtClass SC, QualType T,
+                   SourceLocation Loc,
+                   CXXConstructorDecl *d, bool elidable,
+                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                   bool HadMultipleCandidates,
+                   bool ListInitialization,
+                   bool ZeroInitialization,
+                   ConstructionKind ConstructKind,
+                   SourceRange ParenRange);
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty C++ construction expression.
+  CXXConstructExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(SC, Empty), Constructor(0), NumArgs(0), Elidable(false),
+      HadMultipleCandidates(false), ListInitialization(false),
+      ZeroInitialization(false), ConstructKind(0), Args(0)
+  { }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Construct an empty C++ construction expression.
+  explicit CXXConstructExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(CXXConstructExprClass, Empty), Constructor(0),
+      NumArgs(0), Elidable(false), HadMultipleCandidates(false),
+      ListInitialization(false), ZeroInitialization(false),
+      ConstructKind(0), Args(0)
+  { }
+
+  static CXXConstructExpr *Create(ASTContext &C, QualType T,
+                                  SourceLocation Loc,
+                                  CXXConstructorDecl *D, bool Elidable,
+                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                  bool HadMultipleCandidates,
+                                  bool ListInitialization,
+                                  bool ZeroInitialization,
+                                  ConstructionKind ConstructKind,
+                                  SourceRange ParenRange);
+
+  CXXConstructorDecl* getConstructor() const { return Constructor; }
+  void setConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *C) { Constructor = C; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation Loc) { this->Loc = Loc; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this construction is elidable.
+  bool isElidable() const { return Elidable; }
+  void setElidable(bool E) { Elidable = E; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether the referred constructor was resolved from
+  /// an overloaded set having size greater than 1.
+  bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { return HadMultipleCandidates; }
+  void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V) { HadMultipleCandidates = V; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this constructor call was written as list-initialization.
+  bool isListInitialization() const { return ListInitialization; }
+  void setListInitialization(bool V) { ListInitialization = V; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this construction first requires
+  /// zero-initialization before the initializer is called.
+  bool requiresZeroInitialization() const { return ZeroInitialization; }
+  void setRequiresZeroInitialization(bool ZeroInit) {
+    ZeroInitialization = ZeroInit;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this constructor is actually constructing
+  /// a base class (rather than a complete object).
+  ConstructionKind getConstructionKind() const {
+    return (ConstructionKind)ConstructKind;
+  }
+  void setConstructionKind(ConstructionKind CK) {
+    ConstructKind = CK;
+  }
+
+  typedef ExprIterator arg_iterator;
+  typedef ConstExprIterator const_arg_iterator;
+
+  arg_iterator arg_begin() { return Args; }
+  arg_iterator arg_end() { return Args + NumArgs; }
+  const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const { return Args; }
+  const_arg_iterator arg_end() const { return Args + NumArgs; }
+
+  Expr **getArgs() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(Args); }
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
+
+  /// getArg - Return the specified argument.
+  Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) {
+    assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return cast<Expr>(Args[Arg]);
+  }
+  const Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const {
+    assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return cast<Expr>(Args[Arg]);
+  }
+
+  /// setArg - Set the specified argument.
+  void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr) {
+    assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
+    Args[Arg] = ArgExpr;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceRange getParenRange() const { return ParenRange; }
+  void setParenRange(SourceRange Range) { ParenRange = Range; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass ||
+      T->getStmtClass() == CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&Args[0], &Args[0]+NumArgs);
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional"
+/// notation (C++ [expr.type.conv]).
+///
+/// Example:
+/// @code
+///   x = int(0.5);
+/// @endcode
+class CXXFunctionalCastExpr : public ExplicitCastExpr {
+  SourceLocation TyBeginLoc;
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+
+  CXXFunctionalCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK,
+                        TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy,
+                        SourceLocation tyBeginLoc, CastKind kind,
+                        Expr *castExpr, unsigned pathSize,
+                        SourceLocation rParenLoc)
+    : ExplicitCastExpr(CXXFunctionalCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind,
+                       castExpr, pathSize, writtenTy),
+      TyBeginLoc(tyBeginLoc), RParenLoc(rParenLoc) {}
+
+  explicit CXXFunctionalCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize)
+    : ExplicitCastExpr(CXXFunctionalCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize) { }
+
+public:
+  static CXXFunctionalCastExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
+                                       ExprValueKind VK,
+                                       TypeSourceInfo *Written,
+                                       SourceLocation TyBeginLoc,
+                                       CastKind Kind, Expr *Op,
+                                       const CXXCastPath *Path,
+                                       SourceLocation RPLoc);
+  static CXXFunctionalCastExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context,
+                                            unsigned PathSize);
+
+  SourceLocation getTypeBeginLoc() const { return TyBeginLoc; }
+  void setTypeBeginLoc(SourceLocation L) { TyBeginLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return TyBeginLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXFunctionalCastExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// @brief Represents a C++ functional cast expression that builds a
+/// temporary object.
+///
+/// This expression type represents a C++ "functional" cast
+/// (C++[expr.type.conv]) with N != 1 arguments that invokes a
+/// constructor to build a temporary object. With N == 1 arguments the
+/// functional cast expression will be represented by CXXFunctionalCastExpr.
+/// Example:
+/// @code
+/// struct X { X(int, float); }
+///
+/// X create_X() {
+///   return X(1, 3.14f); // creates a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr
+/// };
+/// @endcode
+class CXXTemporaryObjectExpr : public CXXConstructExpr {
+  TypeSourceInfo *Type;
+
+public:
+  CXXTemporaryObjectExpr(ASTContext &C, CXXConstructorDecl *Cons,
+                         TypeSourceInfo *Type,
+                         ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                         SourceRange parenRange,
+                         bool HadMultipleCandidates,
+                         bool ListInitialization,
+                         bool ZeroInitialization);
+  explicit CXXTemporaryObjectExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : CXXConstructExpr(CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass, Empty), Type() { }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return Type; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+/// \brief A C++ lambda expression, which produces a function object
+/// (of unspecified type) that can be invoked later.
+///
+/// Example:
+/// \code
+/// void low_pass_filter(std::vector<double> &values, double cutoff) {
+///   values.erase(std::remove_if(values.begin(), values.end(),
+///                               [=](double value) { return value > cutoff; });
+/// }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Lambda expressions can capture local variables, either by copying
+/// the values of those local variables at the time the function
+/// object is constructed (not when it is called!) or by holding a
+/// reference to the local variable. These captures can occur either
+/// implicitly or can be written explicitly between the square
+/// brackets ([...]) that start the lambda expression.
+class LambdaExpr : public Expr {
+  enum {
+    /// \brief Flag used by the Capture class to indicate that the given
+    /// capture was implicit.
+    Capture_Implicit = 0x01,
+
+    /// \brief Flag used by the Capture class to indciate that the
+    /// given capture was by-copy.
+    Capture_ByCopy = 0x02
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The source range that covers the lambda introducer ([...]).
+  SourceRange IntroducerRange;
+
+  /// \brief The number of captures.
+  unsigned NumCaptures : 16;
+  
+  /// \brief The default capture kind, which is a value of type
+  /// LambdaCaptureDefault.
+  unsigned CaptureDefault : 2;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this lambda had an explicit parameter list vs. an
+  /// implicit (and empty) parameter list.
+  unsigned ExplicitParams : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this lambda had the result type explicitly specified.
+  unsigned ExplicitResultType : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether there are any array index variables stored at the end of
+  /// this lambda expression.
+  unsigned HasArrayIndexVars : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief The location of the closing brace ('}') that completes
+  /// the lambda.
+  /// 
+  /// The location of the brace is also available by looking up the
+  /// function call operator in the lambda class. However, it is
+  /// stored here to improve the performance of getSourceRange(), and
+  /// to avoid having to deserialize the function call operator from a
+  /// module file just to determine the source range.
+  SourceLocation ClosingBrace;
+
+  // Note: The capture initializers are stored directly after the lambda
+  // expression, along with the index variables used to initialize by-copy
+  // array captures.
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Describes the capture of either a variable or 'this'.
+  class Capture {
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<VarDecl *, 2> VarAndBits;
+    SourceLocation Loc;
+    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+    
+    friend class ASTStmtReader;
+    friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+    
+  public:
+    /// \brief Create a new capture.
+    ///
+    /// \param Loc The source location associated with this capture.
+    ///
+    /// \param Kind The kind of capture (this, byref, bycopy).
+    ///
+    /// \param Implicit Whether the capture was implicit or explicit.
+    ///
+    /// \param Var The local variable being captured, or null if capturing this.
+    ///
+    /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis (...) for a
+    /// capture that is a pack expansion, or an invalid source
+    /// location to indicate that this is not a pack expansion.
+    Capture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Implicit,
+            LambdaCaptureKind Kind, VarDecl *Var = 0,
+            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
+
+    /// \brief Determine the kind of capture.
+    LambdaCaptureKind getCaptureKind() const;
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether this capture handles the C++ 'this'
+    /// pointer.
+    bool capturesThis() const { return VarAndBits.getPointer() == 0; }
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether this capture handles a variable.
+    bool capturesVariable() const { return VarAndBits.getPointer() != 0; }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the declaration of the local variable being
+    /// captured.
+    ///
+    /// This operation is only valid if this capture does not capture
+    /// 'this'.
+    VarDecl *getCapturedVar() const { 
+      assert(!capturesThis() && "No variable available for 'this' capture");
+      return VarAndBits.getPointer();
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether this was an implicit capture (not
+    /// written between the square brackets introducing the lambda).
+    bool isImplicit() const { return VarAndBits.getInt() & Capture_Implicit; }
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether this was an explicit capture, written
+    /// between the square brackets introducing the lambda.
+    bool isExplicit() const { return !isImplicit(); }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the source location of the capture.
+    ///
+    /// For an explicit capture, this returns the location of the
+    /// explicit capture in the source. For an implicit capture, this
+    /// returns the location at which the variable or 'this' was first
+    /// used.
+    SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether this capture is a pack expansion,
+    /// which captures a function parameter pack.
+    bool isPackExpansion() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the location of the ellipsis for a capture
+    /// that is a pack expansion.
+    SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
+      assert(isPackExpansion() && "No ellipsis location for a non-expansion");
+      return EllipsisLoc;
+    }
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Construct a lambda expression.
+  LambdaExpr(QualType T, SourceRange IntroducerRange,
+             LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
+             ArrayRef<Capture> Captures,
+             bool ExplicitParams,
+             bool ExplicitResultType,
+             ArrayRef<Expr *> CaptureInits,
+             ArrayRef<VarDecl *> ArrayIndexVars,
+             ArrayRef<unsigned> ArrayIndexStarts,
+             SourceLocation ClosingBrace,
+             bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
+
+  /// \brief Construct an empty lambda expression.
+  LambdaExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumCaptures, bool HasArrayIndexVars)
+    : Expr(LambdaExprClass, Empty),
+      NumCaptures(NumCaptures), CaptureDefault(LCD_None), ExplicitParams(false),
+      ExplicitResultType(false), HasArrayIndexVars(true) { 
+    getStoredStmts()[NumCaptures] = 0;
+  }
+  
+  Stmt **getStoredStmts() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(const_cast<LambdaExpr *>(this) + 1);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the mapping from captures to the first array index
+  /// variable.
+  unsigned *getArrayIndexStarts() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<unsigned *>(getStoredStmts() + NumCaptures + 1);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the complete set of array-index variables.
+  VarDecl **getArrayIndexVars() const {
+    unsigned ArrayIndexSize =
+        llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(sizeof(unsigned) * (NumCaptures + 1),
+                                 llvm::alignOf<VarDecl*>());
+    return reinterpret_cast<VarDecl **>(
+        reinterpret_cast<char*>(getArrayIndexStarts()) + ArrayIndexSize);
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Construct a new lambda expression.
+  static LambdaExpr *Create(ASTContext &C, 
+                            CXXRecordDecl *Class,
+                            SourceRange IntroducerRange,
+                            LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
+                            ArrayRef<Capture> Captures,
+                            bool ExplicitParams,
+                            bool ExplicitResultType,
+                            ArrayRef<Expr *> CaptureInits,
+                            ArrayRef<VarDecl *> ArrayIndexVars,
+                            ArrayRef<unsigned> ArrayIndexStarts,
+                            SourceLocation ClosingBrace,
+                            bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
+
+  /// \brief Construct a new lambda expression that will be deserialized from
+  /// an external source.
+  static LambdaExpr *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned NumCaptures,
+                                        unsigned NumArrayIndexVars);
+  
+  /// \brief Determine the default capture kind for this lambda.
+  LambdaCaptureDefault getCaptureDefault() const {
+    return static_cast<LambdaCaptureDefault>(CaptureDefault);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief An iterator that walks over the captures of the lambda,
+  /// both implicit and explicit.
+  typedef const Capture *capture_iterator;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first lambda capture.
+  capture_iterator capture_begin() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the
+  /// sequence of lambda captures.
+  capture_iterator capture_end() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine the number of captures in this lambda.
+  unsigned capture_size() const { return NumCaptures; }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first explicit
+  /// lambda capture.
+  capture_iterator explicit_capture_begin() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the sequence of
+  /// explicit lambda captures.
+  capture_iterator explicit_capture_end() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first implicit
+  /// lambda capture.
+  capture_iterator implicit_capture_begin() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the sequence of
+  /// implicit lambda captures.
+  capture_iterator implicit_capture_end() const;
+
+  /// \brief Iterator that walks over the capture initialization
+  /// arguments.
+  typedef Expr **capture_init_iterator;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the first initialization argument for this
+  /// lambda expression (which initializes the first capture field).
+  capture_init_iterator capture_init_begin() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getStoredStmts());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the iterator pointing one past the last
+  /// initialization argument for this lambda expression.
+  capture_init_iterator capture_init_end() const {
+    return capture_init_begin() + NumCaptures;    
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of index variables used in the capture 
+  /// initializer of an array captured by copy.
+  ///
+  /// \param Iter The iterator that points at the capture initializer for 
+  /// which we are extracting the corresponding index variables.
+  ArrayRef<VarDecl *> getCaptureInitIndexVars(capture_init_iterator Iter) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the source range covering the lambda introducer,
+  /// which contains the explicit capture list surrounded by square
+  /// brackets ([...]).
+  SourceRange getIntroducerRange() const { return IntroducerRange; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the class that corresponds to the lambda, which
+  /// stores the captures in its fields and provides the various
+  /// operations permitted on a lambda (copying, calling).
+  CXXRecordDecl *getLambdaClass() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the function call operator associated with this
+  /// lambda expression. 
+  CXXMethodDecl *getCallOperator() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the body of the lambda.
+  CompoundStmt *getBody() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the lambda is mutable, meaning that any
+  /// captures values can be modified.
+  bool isMutable() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this lambda has an explicit parameter
+  /// list vs. an implicit (empty) parameter list.
+  bool hasExplicitParameters() const { return ExplicitParams; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this lambda had its result type explicitly specified.
+  bool hasExplicitResultType() const { return ExplicitResultType; }
+    
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == LambdaExprClass;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return IntroducerRange.getBegin();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return ClosingBrace; }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(getStoredStmts(), getStoredStmts() + NumCaptures + 1);
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// CXXScalarValueInitExpr - [C++ 5.2.3p2]
+/// Expression "T()" which creates a value-initialized rvalue of type
+/// T, which is a non-class type.
+///
+class CXXScalarValueInitExpr : public Expr {
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+  TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo;
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Create an explicitly-written scalar-value initialization
+  /// expression.
+  CXXScalarValueInitExpr(QualType Type,
+                         TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo,
+                         SourceLocation rParenLoc ) :
+    Expr(CXXScalarValueInitExprClass, Type, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+         false, false, Type->isInstantiationDependentType(), false),
+    RParenLoc(rParenLoc), TypeInfo(TypeInfo) {}
+
+  explicit CXXScalarValueInitExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
+    : Expr(CXXScalarValueInitExprClass, Shell) { }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    return TypeInfo;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXScalarValueInitExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// @brief Represents a new-expression for memory allocation and constructor
+// calls, e.g: "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
+class CXXNewExpr : public Expr {
+  // Contains an optional array size expression, an optional initialization
+  // expression, and any number of optional placement arguments, in that order.
+  Stmt **SubExprs;
+  /// \brief Points to the allocation function used.
+  FunctionDecl *OperatorNew;
+  /// \brief Points to the deallocation function used in case of error. May be
+  /// null.
+  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete;
+
+  /// \brief The allocated type-source information, as written in the source.
+  TypeSourceInfo *AllocatedTypeInfo;
+
+  /// \brief If the allocated type was expressed as a parenthesized type-id,
+  /// the source range covering the parenthesized type-id.
+  SourceRange TypeIdParens;
+
+  /// \brief Range of the entire new expression.
+  SourceRange Range;
+
+  /// \brief Source-range of a paren-delimited initializer.
+  SourceRange DirectInitRange;
+
+  // Was the usage ::new, i.e. is the global new to be used?
+  bool GlobalNew : 1;
+  // Do we allocate an array? If so, the first SubExpr is the size expression.
+  bool Array : 1;
+  // If this is an array allocation, does the usual deallocation
+  // function for the allocated type want to know the allocated size?
+  bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize : 1;
+  // The number of placement new arguments.
+  unsigned NumPlacementArgs : 13;
+  // What kind of initializer do we have? Could be none, parens, or braces.
+  // In storage, we distinguish between "none, and no initializer expr", and
+  // "none, but an implicit initializer expr".
+  unsigned StoredInitializationStyle : 2;
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+public:
+  enum InitializationStyle {
+    NoInit,   ///< New-expression has no initializer as written.
+    CallInit, ///< New-expression has a C++98 paren-delimited initializer.
+    ListInit  ///< New-expression has a C++11 list-initializer.
+  };
+
+  CXXNewExpr(ASTContext &C, bool globalNew, FunctionDecl *operatorNew,
+             FunctionDecl *operatorDelete, bool usualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
+             ArrayRef<Expr*> placementArgs,
+             SourceRange typeIdParens, Expr *arraySize,
+             InitializationStyle initializationStyle, Expr *initializer,
+             QualType ty, TypeSourceInfo *AllocatedTypeInfo,
+             SourceRange Range, SourceRange directInitRange);
+  explicit CXXNewExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
+    : Expr(CXXNewExprClass, Shell), SubExprs(0) { }
+
+  void AllocateArgsArray(ASTContext &C, bool isArray, unsigned numPlaceArgs,
+                         bool hasInitializer);
+
+  QualType getAllocatedType() const {
+    assert(getType()->isPointerType());
+    return getType()->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
+  }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getAllocatedTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    return AllocatedTypeInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief True if the allocation result needs to be null-checked.
+  /// C++0x [expr.new]p13:
+  ///   If the allocation function returns null, initialization shall
+  ///   not be done, the deallocation function shall not be called,
+  ///   and the value of the new-expression shall be null.
+  /// An allocation function is not allowed to return null unless it
+  /// has a non-throwing exception-specification.  The '03 rule is
+  /// identical except that the definition of a non-throwing
+  /// exception specification is just "is it throw()?".
+  bool shouldNullCheckAllocation(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  FunctionDecl *getOperatorNew() const { return OperatorNew; }
+  void setOperatorNew(FunctionDecl *D) { OperatorNew = D; }
+  FunctionDecl *getOperatorDelete() const { return OperatorDelete; }
+  void setOperatorDelete(FunctionDecl *D) { OperatorDelete = D; }
+
+  bool isArray() const { return Array; }
+  Expr *getArraySize() {
+    return Array ? cast<Expr>(SubExprs[0]) : 0;
+  }
+  const Expr *getArraySize() const {
+    return Array ? cast<Expr>(SubExprs[0]) : 0;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumPlacementArgs() const { return NumPlacementArgs; }
+  Expr **getPlacementArgs() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs + Array + hasInitializer());
+  }
+
+  Expr *getPlacementArg(unsigned i) {
+    assert(i < NumPlacementArgs && "Index out of range");
+    return getPlacementArgs()[i];
+  }
+  const Expr *getPlacementArg(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < NumPlacementArgs && "Index out of range");
+    return const_cast<CXXNewExpr*>(this)->getPlacementArg(i);
+  }
+
+  bool isParenTypeId() const { return TypeIdParens.isValid(); }
+  SourceRange getTypeIdParens() const { return TypeIdParens; }
+
+  bool isGlobalNew() const { return GlobalNew; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this new-expression has any initializer at all.
+  bool hasInitializer() const { return StoredInitializationStyle > 0; }
+
+  /// \brief The kind of initializer this new-expression has.
+  InitializationStyle getInitializationStyle() const {
+    if (StoredInitializationStyle == 0)
+      return NoInit;
+    return static_cast<InitializationStyle>(StoredInitializationStyle-1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The initializer of this new-expression.
+  Expr *getInitializer() {
+    return hasInitializer() ? cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Array]) : 0;
+  }
+  const Expr *getInitializer() const {
+    return hasInitializer() ? cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Array]) : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the CXXConstructExpr from this new-expression, or NULL.
+  const CXXConstructExpr* getConstructExpr() const {
+    return dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructExpr>(getInitializer());
+  }
+
+  /// Answers whether the usual array deallocation function for the
+  /// allocated type expects the size of the allocation as a
+  /// parameter.
+  bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize() const {
+    return UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize;
+  }
+
+  typedef ExprIterator arg_iterator;
+  typedef ConstExprIterator const_arg_iterator;
+
+  arg_iterator placement_arg_begin() {
+    return SubExprs + Array + hasInitializer();
+  }
+  arg_iterator placement_arg_end() {
+    return SubExprs + Array + hasInitializer() + getNumPlacementArgs();
+  }
+  const_arg_iterator placement_arg_begin() const {
+    return SubExprs + Array + hasInitializer();
+  }
+  const_arg_iterator placement_arg_end() const {
+    return SubExprs + Array + hasInitializer() + getNumPlacementArgs();
+  }
+
+  typedef Stmt **raw_arg_iterator;
+  raw_arg_iterator raw_arg_begin() { return SubExprs; }
+  raw_arg_iterator raw_arg_end() {
+    return SubExprs + Array + hasInitializer() + getNumPlacementArgs();
+  }
+  const_arg_iterator raw_arg_begin() const { return SubExprs; }
+  const_arg_iterator raw_arg_end() const {
+    return SubExprs + Array + hasInitializer() + getNumPlacementArgs();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getStartLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Range.getEnd(); }
+
+  SourceRange getDirectInitRange() const { return DirectInitRange; }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Range;
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getStartLoc(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXNewExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(raw_arg_begin(), raw_arg_end());
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a \c delete expression for memory deallocation and
+/// destructor calls, e.g. "delete[] pArray".
+class CXXDeleteExpr : public Expr {
+  // Points to the operator delete overload that is used. Could be a member.
+  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete;
+  // The pointer expression to be deleted.
+  Stmt *Argument;
+  // Location of the expression.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  // Is this a forced global delete, i.e. "::delete"?
+  bool GlobalDelete : 1;
+  // Is this the array form of delete, i.e. "delete[]"?
+  bool ArrayForm : 1;
+  // ArrayFormAsWritten can be different from ArrayForm if 'delete' is applied
+  // to pointer-to-array type (ArrayFormAsWritten will be false while ArrayForm
+  // will be true).
+  bool ArrayFormAsWritten : 1;
+  // Does the usual deallocation function for the element type require
+  // a size_t argument?
+  bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize : 1;
+public:
+  CXXDeleteExpr(QualType ty, bool globalDelete, bool arrayForm,
+                bool arrayFormAsWritten, bool usualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
+                FunctionDecl *operatorDelete, Expr *arg, SourceLocation loc)
+    : Expr(CXXDeleteExprClass, ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
+           arg->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           arg->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      OperatorDelete(operatorDelete), Argument(arg), Loc(loc),
+      GlobalDelete(globalDelete),
+      ArrayForm(arrayForm), ArrayFormAsWritten(arrayFormAsWritten),
+      UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize(usualArrayDeleteWantsSize) { }
+  explicit CXXDeleteExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
+    : Expr(CXXDeleteExprClass, Shell), OperatorDelete(0), Argument(0) { }
+
+  bool isGlobalDelete() const { return GlobalDelete; }
+  bool isArrayForm() const { return ArrayForm; }
+  bool isArrayFormAsWritten() const { return ArrayFormAsWritten; }
+
+  /// Answers whether the usual array deallocation function for the
+  /// allocated type expects the size of the allocation as a
+  /// parameter.  This can be true even if the actual deallocation
+  /// function that we're using doesn't want a size.
+  bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize() const {
+    return UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize;
+  }
+
+  FunctionDecl *getOperatorDelete() const { return OperatorDelete; }
+
+  Expr *getArgument() { return cast<Expr>(Argument); }
+  const Expr *getArgument() const { return cast<Expr>(Argument); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type being destroyed.  If the type being
+  /// destroyed is a dependent type which may or may not be a pointer,
+  /// return an invalid type.
+  QualType getDestroyedType() const;
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {return Argument->getLocEnd();}
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDeleteExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Argument, &Argument+1); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+/// \brief Stores the type being destroyed by a pseudo-destructor expression.
+class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage {
+  /// \brief Either the type source information or the name of the type, if
+  /// it couldn't be resolved due to type-dependence.
+  llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, IdentifierInfo *> Type;
+
+  /// \brief The starting source location of the pseudo-destructor type.
+  SourceLocation Location;
+
+public:
+  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage() { }
+
+  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc)
+    : Type(II), Location(Loc) { }
+
+  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(TypeSourceInfo *Info);
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    return Type.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>();
+  }
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
+    return Type.dyn_cast<IdentifierInfo *>();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Location; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++ pseudo-destructor (C++ [expr.pseudo]).
+///
+/// A pseudo-destructor is an expression that looks like a member access to a
+/// destructor of a scalar type, except that scalar types don't have
+/// destructors. For example:
+///
+/// \code
+/// typedef int T;
+/// void f(int *p) {
+///   p->T::~T();
+/// }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Pseudo-destructors typically occur when instantiating templates such as:
+///
+/// \code
+/// template<typename T>
+/// void destroy(T* ptr) {
+///   ptr->T::~T();
+/// }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// for scalar types. A pseudo-destructor expression has no run-time semantics
+/// beyond evaluating the base expression.
+class CXXPseudoDestructorExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The base expression (that is being destroyed).
+  Stmt *Base;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the operator was an arrow ('->'); otherwise, it was a
+  /// period ('.').
+  bool IsArrow : 1;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the '.' or '->' operator.
+  SourceLocation OperatorLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that follows the operator, if present.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The type that precedes the '::' in a qualified pseudo-destructor
+  /// expression.
+  TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the '::' in a qualified pseudo-destructor
+  /// expression.
+  SourceLocation ColonColonLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the '~'.
+  SourceLocation TildeLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The type being destroyed, or its name if we were unable to
+  /// resolve the name.
+  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType;
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(ASTContext &Context,
+                          Expr *Base, bool isArrow, SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
+                          NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                          TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
+                          SourceLocation ColonColonLoc,
+                          SourceLocation TildeLoc,
+                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
+
+  explicit CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
+    : Expr(CXXPseudoDestructorExprClass, Shell),
+      Base(0), IsArrow(false), QualifierLoc(), ScopeType(0) { }
+
+  Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this member expression actually had
+  /// a C++ nested-name-specifier prior to the name of the member, e.g.,
+  /// x->Base::foo.
+  bool hasQualifier() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the type name,
+  /// with source-location information.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief If the member name was qualified, retrieves the
+  /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name. Otherwise, returns
+  /// NULL.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this pseudo-destructor expression was written
+  /// using an '->' (otherwise, it used a '.').
+  bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the '.' or '->' operator.
+  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the scope type in a qualified pseudo-destructor
+  /// expression.
+  ///
+  /// Pseudo-destructor expressions can have extra qualification within them
+  /// that is not part of the nested-name-specifier, e.g., \c p->T::~T().
+  /// Here, if the object type of the expression is (or may be) a scalar type,
+  /// \p T may also be a scalar type and, therefore, cannot be part of a
+  /// nested-name-specifier. It is stored as the "scope type" of the pseudo-
+  /// destructor expression.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getScopeTypeInfo() const { return ScopeType; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the '::' in a qualified pseudo-destructor
+  /// expression.
+  SourceLocation getColonColonLoc() const { return ColonColonLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the '~'.
+  SourceLocation getTildeLoc() const { return TildeLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the source location information for the type
+  /// being destroyed.
+  ///
+  /// This type-source information is available for non-dependent
+  /// pseudo-destructor expressions and some dependent pseudo-destructor
+  /// expressions. Returns NULL if we only have the identifier for a
+  /// dependent pseudo-destructor expression.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getDestroyedTypeInfo() const {
+    return DestroyedType.getTypeSourceInfo();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief In a dependent pseudo-destructor expression for which we do not
+  /// have full type information on the destroyed type, provides the name
+  /// of the destroyed type.
+  IdentifierInfo *getDestroyedTypeIdentifier() const {
+    return DestroyedType.getIdentifier();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type being destroyed.
+  QualType getDestroyedType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the starting location of the type being destroyed.
+  SourceLocation getDestroyedTypeLoc() const {
+    return DestroyedType.getLocation();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the name of destroyed type for a dependent pseudo-destructor
+  /// expression.
+  void setDestroyedType(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    DestroyedType = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(II, Loc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the destroyed type.
+  void setDestroyedType(TypeSourceInfo *Info) {
+    DestroyedType = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(Info);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {return Base->getLocStart();}
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXPseudoDestructorExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a GCC or MS unary type trait, as used in the
+/// implementation of TR1/C++11 type trait templates.
+///
+/// Example:
+/// @code
+///   __is_pod(int) == true
+///   __is_enum(std::string) == false
+/// @endcode
+class UnaryTypeTraitExpr : public Expr {
+  /// UTT - The trait. A UnaryTypeTrait enum in MSVC compat unsigned.
+  unsigned UTT : 31;
+  /// The value of the type trait. Unspecified if dependent.
+  bool Value : 1;
+
+  /// Loc - The location of the type trait keyword.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// RParen - The location of the closing paren.
+  SourceLocation RParen;
+
+  /// The type being queried.
+  TypeSourceInfo *QueriedType;
+
+public:
+  UnaryTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation loc, UnaryTypeTrait utt,
+                     TypeSourceInfo *queried, bool value,
+                     SourceLocation rparen, QualType ty)
+    : Expr(UnaryTypeTraitExprClass, ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           false,  queried->getType()->isDependentType(),
+           queried->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           queried->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      UTT(utt), Value(value), Loc(loc), RParen(rparen), QueriedType(queried) { }
+
+  explicit UnaryTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(UnaryTypeTraitExprClass, Empty), UTT(0), Value(false),
+      QueriedType() { }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParen; }
+
+  UnaryTypeTrait getTrait() const { return static_cast<UnaryTypeTrait>(UTT); }
+
+  QualType getQueriedType() const { return QueriedType->getType(); }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getQueriedTypeSourceInfo() const { return QueriedType; }
+
+  bool getValue() const { return Value; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryTypeTraitExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a GCC or MS binary type trait, as used in the
+/// implementation of TR1/C++11 type trait templates.
+///
+/// Example:
+/// @code
+///   __is_base_of(Base, Derived) == true
+/// @endcode
+class BinaryTypeTraitExpr : public Expr {
+  /// BTT - The trait. A BinaryTypeTrait enum in MSVC compat unsigned.
+  unsigned BTT : 8;
+
+  /// The value of the type trait. Unspecified if dependent.
+  bool Value : 1;
+
+  /// Loc - The location of the type trait keyword.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// RParen - The location of the closing paren.
+  SourceLocation RParen;
+
+  /// The lhs type being queried.
+  TypeSourceInfo *LhsType;
+
+  /// The rhs type being queried.
+  TypeSourceInfo *RhsType;
+
+public:
+  BinaryTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation loc, BinaryTypeTrait btt,
+                     TypeSourceInfo *lhsType, TypeSourceInfo *rhsType,
+                     bool value, SourceLocation rparen, QualType ty)
+    : Expr(BinaryTypeTraitExprClass, ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false,
+           lhsType->getType()->isDependentType() ||
+           rhsType->getType()->isDependentType(),
+           (lhsType->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
+            rhsType->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType()),
+           (lhsType->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            rhsType->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
+      BTT(btt), Value(value), Loc(loc), RParen(rparen),
+      LhsType(lhsType), RhsType(rhsType) { }
+
+
+  explicit BinaryTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(BinaryTypeTraitExprClass, Empty), BTT(0), Value(false),
+      LhsType(), RhsType() { }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParen; }
+
+  BinaryTypeTrait getTrait() const {
+    return static_cast<BinaryTypeTrait>(BTT);
+  }
+
+  QualType getLhsType() const { return LhsType->getType(); }
+  QualType getRhsType() const { return RhsType->getType(); }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getLhsTypeSourceInfo() const { return LhsType; }
+  TypeSourceInfo *getRhsTypeSourceInfo() const { return RhsType; }
+
+  bool getValue() const { assert(!isTypeDependent()); return Value; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == BinaryTypeTraitExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+/// \brief A type trait used in the implementation of various C++11 and
+/// Library TR1 trait templates.
+///
+/// \code
+///   __is_trivially_constructible(vector<int>, int*, int*)
+/// \endcode
+class TypeTraitExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The location of the type trait keyword.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  
+  /// \brief  The location of the closing parenthesis.
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+  
+  // Note: The TypeSourceInfos for the arguments are allocated after the
+  // TypeTraitExpr.
+  
+  TypeTraitExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, TypeTrait Kind,
+                ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
+                SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                bool Value);
+
+  TypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(TypeTraitExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the argument types.
+  TypeSourceInfo **getTypeSourceInfos() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<TypeSourceInfo **>(this+1);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the argument types.
+  TypeSourceInfo * const *getTypeSourceInfos() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<TypeSourceInfo * const*>(this+1);
+  }
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief Create a new type trait expression.
+  static TypeTraitExpr *Create(ASTContext &C, QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, 
+                               TypeTrait Kind,
+                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
+                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                               bool Value);
+
+  static TypeTraitExpr *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned NumArgs);
+  
+  /// \brief Determine which type trait this expression uses.
+  TypeTrait getTrait() const {
+    return static_cast<TypeTrait>(TypeTraitExprBits.Kind);
+  }
+
+  bool getValue() const { 
+    assert(!isValueDependent()); 
+    return TypeTraitExprBits.Value; 
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments to this type trait.
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return TypeTraitExprBits.NumArgs; }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the Ith argument.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getArg(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < getNumArgs() && "Argument out-of-range");
+    return getArgs()[I];
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the argument types.
+  ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> getArgs() const { 
+    return ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *>(getTypeSourceInfos(), getNumArgs());
+  }
+  
+  typedef TypeSourceInfo **arg_iterator;
+  arg_iterator arg_begin() { 
+    return getTypeSourceInfos(); 
+  }
+  arg_iterator arg_end() { 
+    return getTypeSourceInfos() + getNumArgs(); 
+  }
+
+  typedef TypeSourceInfo const * const *arg_const_iterator;
+  arg_const_iterator arg_begin() const { return getTypeSourceInfos(); }
+  arg_const_iterator arg_end() const { 
+    return getTypeSourceInfos() + getNumArgs(); 
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == TypeTraitExprClass;
+  }
+  
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+  
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+
+};
+  
+/// \brief An Embarcadero array type trait, as used in the implementation of
+/// __array_rank and __array_extent.
+///
+/// Example:
+/// @code
+///   __array_rank(int[10][20]) == 2
+///   __array_extent(int, 1)    == 20
+/// @endcode
+class ArrayTypeTraitExpr : public Expr {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// \brief The trait. An ArrayTypeTrait enum in MSVC compat unsigned.
+  unsigned ATT : 2;
+
+  /// \brief The value of the type trait. Unspecified if dependent.
+  uint64_t Value;
+
+  /// \brief The array dimension being queried, or -1 if not used.
+  Expr *Dimension;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the type trait keyword.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the closing paren.
+  SourceLocation RParen;
+
+  /// \brief The type being queried.
+  TypeSourceInfo *QueriedType;
+
+public:
+  ArrayTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation loc, ArrayTypeTrait att,
+                     TypeSourceInfo *queried, uint64_t value,
+                     Expr *dimension, SourceLocation rparen, QualType ty)
+    : Expr(ArrayTypeTraitExprClass, ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           false, queried->getType()->isDependentType(),
+           (queried->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
+            (dimension && dimension->isInstantiationDependent())),
+           queried->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      ATT(att), Value(value), Dimension(dimension),
+      Loc(loc), RParen(rparen), QueriedType(queried) { }
+
+
+  explicit ArrayTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ArrayTypeTraitExprClass, Empty), ATT(0), Value(false),
+      QueriedType() { }
+
+  virtual ~ArrayTypeTraitExpr() { }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParen; }
+
+  ArrayTypeTrait getTrait() const { return static_cast<ArrayTypeTrait>(ATT); }
+
+  QualType getQueriedType() const { return QueriedType->getType(); }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getQueriedTypeSourceInfo() const { return QueriedType; }
+
+  uint64_t getValue() const { assert(!isTypeDependent()); return Value; }
+
+  Expr *getDimensionExpression() const { return Dimension; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ArrayTypeTraitExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+/// \brief An expression trait intrinsic.
+///
+/// Example:
+/// @code
+///   __is_lvalue_expr(std::cout) == true
+///   __is_lvalue_expr(1) == false
+/// @endcode
+class ExpressionTraitExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The trait. A ExpressionTrait enum in MSVC compat unsigned.
+  unsigned ET : 31;
+  /// \brief The value of the type trait. Unspecified if dependent.
+  bool Value : 1;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the type trait keyword.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the closing paren.
+  SourceLocation RParen;
+
+  /// \brief The expression being queried.
+  Expr* QueriedExpression;
+public:
+  ExpressionTraitExpr(SourceLocation loc, ExpressionTrait et,
+                     Expr *queried, bool value,
+                     SourceLocation rparen, QualType resultType)
+    : Expr(ExpressionTraitExprClass, resultType, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           false, // Not type-dependent
+           // Value-dependent if the argument is type-dependent.
+           queried->isTypeDependent(),
+           queried->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           queried->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      ET(et), Value(value), Loc(loc), RParen(rparen),
+      QueriedExpression(queried) { }
+
+  explicit ExpressionTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ExpressionTraitExprClass, Empty), ET(0), Value(false),
+      QueriedExpression() { }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParen; }
+
+  ExpressionTrait getTrait() const { return static_cast<ExpressionTrait>(ET); }
+
+  Expr *getQueriedExpression() const { return QueriedExpression; }
+
+  bool getValue() const { return Value; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ExpressionTraitExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+
+/// \brief A reference to an overloaded function set, either an
+/// \c UnresolvedLookupExpr or an \c UnresolvedMemberExpr.
+class OverloadExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The common name of these declarations.
+  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
+
+  /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, if any.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+  /// The results.  These are undesugared, which is to say, they may
+  /// include UsingShadowDecls.  Access is relative to the naming
+  /// class.
+  // FIXME: Allocate this data after the OverloadExpr subclass.
+  DeclAccessPair *Results;
+  unsigned NumResults;
+
+protected:
+  /// \brief Whether the name includes info for explicit template
+  /// keyword and arguments.
+  bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo;
+
+  /// \brief Return the optional template keyword and arguments info.
+  ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); // defined far below.
+
+  /// \brief Return the optional template keyword and arguments info.
+  const ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const {
+    return const_cast<OverloadExpr*>(this)->getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo();
+  }
+
+  OverloadExpr(StmtClass K, ASTContext &C,
+               NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
+               UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End,
+               bool KnownDependent,
+               bool KnownInstantiationDependent,
+               bool KnownContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
+
+  OverloadExpr(StmtClass K, EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(K, Empty), QualifierLoc(), Results(0), NumResults(0),
+      HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(false) { }
+
+  void initializeResults(ASTContext &C,
+                         UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
+                         UnresolvedSetIterator End);
+
+public:
+  struct FindResult {
+    OverloadExpr *Expression;
+    bool IsAddressOfOperand;
+    bool HasFormOfMemberPointer;
+  };
+
+  /// Finds the overloaded expression in the given expression of
+  /// OverloadTy.
+  ///
+  /// \return the expression (which must be there) and true if it has
+  /// the particular form of a member pointer expression
+  static FindResult find(Expr *E) {
+    assert(E->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Overload));
+
+    FindResult Result;
+
+    E = E->IgnoreParens();
+    if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
+      assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf);
+      E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr();
+      OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E->IgnoreParens());
+
+      Result.HasFormOfMemberPointer = (E == Ovl && Ovl->getQualifier());
+      Result.IsAddressOfOperand = true;
+      Result.Expression = Ovl;
+    } else {
+      Result.HasFormOfMemberPointer = false;
+      Result.IsAddressOfOperand = false;
+      Result.Expression = cast<OverloadExpr>(E);
+    }
+
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the naming class of this lookup, if any.
+  CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const;
+
+  typedef UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator decls_iterator;
+  decls_iterator decls_begin() const { return UnresolvedSetIterator(Results); }
+  decls_iterator decls_end() const {
+    return UnresolvedSetIterator(Results + NumResults);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the number of declarations in the unresolved set.
+  unsigned getNumDecls() const { return NumResults; }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the full name info.
+  const DeclarationNameInfo &getNameInfo() const { return NameInfo; }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the name looked up.
+  DeclarationName getName() const { return NameInfo.getName(); }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the location of the name.
+  SourceLocation getNameLoc() const { return NameInfo.getLoc(); }
+
+  /// \brief Fetches the nested-name qualifier, if one was given.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Fetches the nested-name qualifier with source-location
+  /// information, if one was given.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding
+  /// this name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->getTemplateKeywordLoc();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the
+  /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->LAngleLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the
+  /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->RAngleLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether the name was preceded by the template keyword.
+  bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this expression had explicit template arguments.
+  bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); }
+
+  // Note that, inconsistently with the explicit-template-argument AST
+  // nodes, users are *forbidden* from calling these methods on objects
+  // without explicit template arguments.
+
+  ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo &getExplicitTemplateArgs() {
+    assert(hasExplicitTemplateArgs());
+    return *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo();
+  }
+
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo &getExplicitTemplateArgs() const {
+    return const_cast<OverloadExpr*>(this)->getExplicitTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  TemplateArgumentLoc const *getTemplateArgs() const {
+    return getExplicitTemplateArgs().getTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const {
+    return getExplicitTemplateArgs().NumTemplateArgs;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Copies the template arguments into the given structure.
+  void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const {
+    getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(List);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the optional explicit template arguments.
+  ///
+  /// This points to the same data as getExplicitTemplateArgs(), but
+  /// returns null if there are no explicit template arguments.
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs() const {
+    if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) return 0;
+    return &getExplicitTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedLookupExprClass ||
+           T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedMemberExprClass;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief A reference to a name which we were able to look up during
+/// parsing but could not resolve to a specific declaration.
+///
+/// This arises in several ways:
+///   * we might be waiting for argument-dependent lookup
+///   * the name might resolve to an overloaded function
+/// and eventually:
+///   * the lookup might have included a function template
+/// These never include UnresolvedUsingValueDecls, which are always class
+/// members and therefore appear only in UnresolvedMemberLookupExprs.
+class UnresolvedLookupExpr : public OverloadExpr {
+  /// True if these lookup results should be extended by
+  /// argument-dependent lookup if this is the operand of a function
+  /// call.
+  bool RequiresADL;
+
+  /// True if these lookup results are overloaded.  This is pretty
+  /// trivially rederivable if we urgently need to kill this field.
+  bool Overloaded;
+
+  /// The naming class (C++ [class.access.base]p5) of the lookup, if
+  /// any.  This can generally be recalculated from the context chain,
+  /// but that can be fairly expensive for unqualified lookups.  If we
+  /// want to improve memory use here, this could go in a union
+  /// against the qualified-lookup bits.
+  CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass;
+
+  UnresolvedLookupExpr(ASTContext &C,
+                       CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
+                       NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                       const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                       bool RequiresADL, bool Overloaded,
+                       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
+                       UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End)
+    : OverloadExpr(UnresolvedLookupExprClass, C, QualifierLoc, TemplateKWLoc,
+                   NameInfo, TemplateArgs, Begin, End, false, false, false),
+      RequiresADL(RequiresADL),
+      Overloaded(Overloaded), NamingClass(NamingClass)
+  {}
+
+  UnresolvedLookupExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : OverloadExpr(UnresolvedLookupExprClass, Empty),
+      RequiresADL(false), Overloaded(false), NamingClass(0)
+  {}
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  static UnresolvedLookupExpr *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                      CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
+                                      NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                      bool ADL, bool Overloaded,
+                                      UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
+                                      UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
+    return new(C) UnresolvedLookupExpr(C, NamingClass, QualifierLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation(), NameInfo,
+                                       ADL, Overloaded, 0, Begin, End);
+  }
+
+  static UnresolvedLookupExpr *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                      CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
+                                      NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                      bool ADL,
+                                      const TemplateArgumentListInfo *Args,
+                                      UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
+                                      UnresolvedSetIterator End);
+
+  static UnresolvedLookupExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C,
+                                           bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
+                                           unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
+
+  /// True if this declaration should be extended by
+  /// argument-dependent lookup.
+  bool requiresADL() const { return RequiresADL; }
+
+  /// True if this lookup is overloaded.
+  bool isOverloaded() const { return Overloaded; }
+
+  /// Gets the 'naming class' (in the sense of C++0x
+  /// [class.access.base]p5) of the lookup.  This is the scope
+  /// that was looked in to find these results.
+  CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const { return NamingClass; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc l = getQualifierLoc())
+      return l.getBeginLoc();
+    return getNameInfo().getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
+      return getRAngleLoc();
+    return getNameInfo().getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedLookupExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief A qualified reference to a name whose declaration cannot
+/// yet be resolved.
+///
+/// DependentScopeDeclRefExpr is similar to DeclRefExpr in that
+/// it expresses a reference to a declaration such as
+/// X<T>::value. The difference, however, is that an
+/// DependentScopeDeclRefExpr node is used only within C++ templates when
+/// the qualification (e.g., X<T>::) refers to a dependent type. In
+/// this case, X<T>::value cannot resolve to a declaration because the
+/// declaration will differ from on instantiation of X<T> to the
+/// next. Therefore, DependentScopeDeclRefExpr keeps track of the
+/// qualifier (X<T>::) and the name of the entity being referenced
+/// ("value"). Such expressions will instantiate to a DeclRefExpr once the
+/// declaration can be found.
+class DependentScopeDeclRefExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that qualifies this unresolved
+  /// declaration name.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+  /// The name of the entity we will be referencing.
+  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the name includes info for explicit template
+  /// keyword and arguments.
+  bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo;
+
+  /// \brief Return the optional template keyword and arguments info.
+  ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return 0;
+    return reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo*>(this + 1);
+  }
+  /// \brief Return the optional template keyword and arguments info.
+  const ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const {
+    return const_cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr*>(this)
+      ->getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo();
+  }
+
+  DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(QualType T,
+                            NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                            SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                            const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                            const TemplateArgumentListInfo *Args);
+
+public:
+  static DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                           NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
+
+  static DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C,
+                                                bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
+                                                unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name that this expression refers to.
+  const DeclarationNameInfo &getNameInfo() const { return NameInfo; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name that this expression refers to.
+  DeclarationName getDeclName() const { return NameInfo.getName(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the name within the expression.
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return NameInfo.getLoc(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the
+  /// name, with source location information.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies this
+  /// declaration.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding
+  /// this name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->getTemplateKeywordLoc();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the
+  /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->LAngleLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the
+  /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->RAngleLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// Determines whether the name was preceded by the template keyword.
+  bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
+
+  /// Determines whether this lookup had explicit template arguments.
+  bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); }
+
+  // Note that, inconsistently with the explicit-template-argument AST
+  // nodes, users are *forbidden* from calling these methods on objects
+  // without explicit template arguments.
+
+  ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo &getExplicitTemplateArgs() {
+    assert(hasExplicitTemplateArgs());
+    return *reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo*>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  /// Gets a reference to the explicit template argument list.
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo &getExplicitTemplateArgs() const {
+    assert(hasExplicitTemplateArgs());
+    return *reinterpret_cast<const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo*>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the optional explicit template arguments.
+  /// This points to the same data as getExplicitTemplateArgs(), but
+  /// returns null if there are no explicit template arguments.
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs() const {
+    if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) return 0;
+    return &getExplicitTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given
+  /// structure.
+  void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const {
+    getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(List);
+  }
+
+  TemplateArgumentLoc const *getTemplateArgs() const {
+    return getExplicitTemplateArgs().getTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const {
+    return getExplicitTemplateArgs().NumTemplateArgs;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return QualifierLoc.getBeginLoc();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
+      return getRAngleLoc();
+    return getLocation();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// Represents an expression --- generally a full-expression --- which
+/// introduces cleanups to be run at the end of the sub-expression's
+/// evaluation.  The most common source of expression-introduced
+/// cleanups is temporary objects in C++, but several other kinds of
+/// expressions can create cleanups, including basically every
+/// call in ARC that returns an Objective-C pointer.
+///
+/// This expression also tracks whether the sub-expression contains a
+/// potentially-evaluated block literal.  The lifetime of a block
+/// literal is the extent of the enclosing scope.
+class ExprWithCleanups : public Expr {
+public:
+  /// The type of objects that are kept in the cleanup.
+  /// It's useful to remember the set of blocks;  we could also
+  /// remember the set of temporaries, but there's currently
+  /// no need.
+  typedef BlockDecl *CleanupObject;
+
+private:
+  Stmt *SubExpr;
+
+  ExprWithCleanups(EmptyShell, unsigned NumObjects);
+  ExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr, ArrayRef<CleanupObject> Objects);
+
+  CleanupObject *getObjectsBuffer() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<CleanupObject*>(this + 1);
+  }
+  const CleanupObject *getObjectsBuffer() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const CleanupObject*>(this + 1);
+  }
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  static ExprWithCleanups *Create(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell empty,
+                                  unsigned numObjects);
+
+  static ExprWithCleanups *Create(ASTContext &C, Expr *subexpr,
+                                  ArrayRef<CleanupObject> objects);
+
+  ArrayRef<CleanupObject> getObjects() const {
+    return ArrayRef<CleanupObject>(getObjectsBuffer(), getNumObjects());
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumObjects() const { return ExprWithCleanupsBits.NumObjects; }
+
+  CleanupObject getObject(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < getNumObjects() && "Index out of range");
+    return getObjects()[i];
+  }
+
+  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); }
+  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); }
+
+  /// setSubExpr - As with any mutator of the AST, be very careful
+  /// when modifying an existing AST to preserve its invariants.
+  void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { SubExpr = E; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SubExpr->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SubExpr->getLocEnd();}
+
+  // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ExprWithCleanupsClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Describes an explicit type conversion that uses functional
+/// notion but could not be resolved because one or more arguments are
+/// type-dependent.
+///
+/// The explicit type conversions expressed by
+/// CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr have the form <tt>T(a1, a2, ..., aN)</tt>,
+/// where \c T is some type and \c a1, \c a2, ..., \c aN are values, and
+/// either \c T is a dependent type or one or more of the <tt>a</tt>'s is
+/// type-dependent. For example, this would occur in a template such
+/// as:
+///
+/// \code
+///   template<typename T, typename A1>
+///   inline T make_a(const A1& a1) {
+///     return T(a1);
+///   }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// When the returned expression is instantiated, it may resolve to a
+/// constructor call, conversion function call, or some kind of type
+/// conversion.
+class CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The type being constructed.
+  TypeSourceInfo *Type;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the left parentheses ('(').
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the right parentheses (')').
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The number of arguments used to construct the type.
+  unsigned NumArgs;
+
+  CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
+                             SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                             ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
+                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumArgs)
+    : Expr(CXXUnresolvedConstructExprClass, Empty), Type(), NumArgs(NumArgs) { }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  static CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                            TypeSourceInfo *Type,
+                                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
+                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  static CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C,
+                                                 unsigned NumArgs);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type that is being constructed, as specified
+  /// in the source code.
+  QualType getTypeAsWritten() const { return Type->getType(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type source information for the type being
+  /// constructed.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return Type; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the left parentheses ('(') that
+  /// precedes the argument list.
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the right parentheses (')') that
+  /// follows the argument list.
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of arguments.
+  unsigned arg_size() const { return NumArgs; }
+
+  typedef Expr** arg_iterator;
+  arg_iterator arg_begin() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(this + 1); }
+  arg_iterator arg_end() { return arg_begin() + NumArgs; }
+
+  typedef const Expr* const * const_arg_iterator;
+  const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const Expr* const *>(this + 1);
+  }
+  const_arg_iterator arg_end() const {
+    return arg_begin() + NumArgs;
+  }
+
+  Expr *getArg(unsigned I) {
+    assert(I < NumArgs && "Argument index out-of-range");
+    return *(arg_begin() + I);
+  }
+
+  const Expr *getArg(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < NumArgs && "Argument index out-of-range");
+    return *(arg_begin() + I);
+  }
+
+  void setArg(unsigned I, Expr *E) {
+    assert(I < NumArgs && "Argument index out-of-range");
+    *(arg_begin() + I) = E;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXUnresolvedConstructExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    Stmt **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt**>(this+1);
+    return child_range(begin, begin + NumArgs);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++ member access expression where the actual
+/// member referenced could not be resolved because the base
+/// expression or the member name was dependent.
+///
+/// Like UnresolvedMemberExprs, these can be either implicit or
+/// explicit accesses.  It is only possible to get one of these with
+/// an implicit access if a qualifier is provided.
+class CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The expression for the base pointer or class reference,
+  /// e.g., the \c x in x.f.  Can be null in implicit accesses.
+  Stmt *Base;
+
+  /// \brief The type of the base expression.  Never null, even for
+  /// implicit accesses.
+  QualType BaseType;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this member expression used the '->' operator or
+  /// the '.' operator.
+  bool IsArrow : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this member expression has info for explicit template
+  /// keyword and arguments.
+  bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo : 1;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the '->' or '.' operator.
+  SourceLocation OperatorLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name, if any.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+
+  /// \brief In a qualified member access expression such as t->Base::f, this
+  /// member stores the resolves of name lookup in the context of the member
+  /// access expression, to be used at instantiation time.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: This member, along with the QualifierLoc, could
+  /// be stuck into a structure that is optionally allocated at the end of
+  /// the CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr, to save space in the common case.
+  NamedDecl *FirstQualifierFoundInScope;
+
+  /// \brief The member to which this member expression refers, which
+  /// can be name, overloaded operator, or destructor.
+  /// FIXME: could also be a template-id
+  DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo;
+
+  /// \brief Return the optional template keyword and arguments info.
+  ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return 0;
+    return reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo*>(this + 1);
+  }
+  /// \brief Return the optional template keyword and arguments info.
+  const ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const {
+    return const_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr*>(this)
+      ->getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo();
+  }
+
+  CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(ASTContext &C,
+                          Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow,
+                          SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
+                          NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                          NamedDecl *FirstQualifierFoundInScope,
+                          DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo,
+                          const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
+
+public:
+  CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(ASTContext &C,
+                              Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
+                              bool IsArrow,
+                              SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
+                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                              NamedDecl *FirstQualifierFoundInScope,
+                              DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo);
+
+  static CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *
+  Create(ASTContext &C,
+         Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow,
+         SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
+         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+         NamedDecl *FirstQualifierFoundInScope,
+         DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo,
+         const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
+
+  static CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *
+  CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C, bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
+              unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
+
+  /// \brief True if this is an implicit access, i.e. one in which the
+  /// member being accessed was not written in the source.  The source
+  /// location of the operator is invalid in this case.
+  bool isImplicitAccess() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the base object of this member expressions,
+  /// e.g., the \c x in \c x.m.
+  Expr *getBase() const {
+    assert(!isImplicitAccess());
+    return cast<Expr>(Base);
+  }
+
+  QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this member expression used the '->'
+  /// operator; otherwise, it used the '.' operator.
+  bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the '->' or '.' operator.
+  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the member
+  /// name.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
+    return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the member
+  /// name, with source location information.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the first part of the nested-name-specifier that was
+  /// found in the scope of the member access expression when the member access
+  /// was initially parsed.
+  ///
+  /// This function only returns a useful result when member access expression
+  /// uses a qualified member name, e.g., "x.Base::f". Here, the declaration
+  /// returned by this function describes what was found by unqualified name
+  /// lookup for the identifier "Base" within the scope of the member access
+  /// expression itself. At template instantiation time, this information is
+  /// combined with the results of name lookup into the type of the object
+  /// expression itself (the class type of x).
+  NamedDecl *getFirstQualifierFoundInScope() const {
+    return FirstQualifierFoundInScope;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the member that this expression
+  /// refers to.
+  const DeclarationNameInfo &getMemberNameInfo() const {
+    return MemberNameInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the member that this expression
+  /// refers to.
+  DeclarationName getMember() const { return MemberNameInfo.getName(); }
+
+  // \brief Retrieve the location of the name of the member that this
+  // expression refers to.
+  SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberNameInfo.getLoc(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding the
+  /// member name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->getTemplateKeywordLoc();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the
+  /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->LAngleLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the
+  /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any.
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
+    if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return SourceLocation();
+    return getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->RAngleLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// Determines whether the member name was preceded by the template keyword.
+  bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this member expression actually had a C++
+  /// template argument list explicitly specified, e.g., x.f<int>.
+  bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the explicit template argument list that followed the
+  /// member template name, if any.
+  ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo &getExplicitTemplateArgs() {
+    assert(hasExplicitTemplateArgs());
+    return *reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the explicit template argument list that followed the
+  /// member template name, if any.
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo &getExplicitTemplateArgs() const {
+    return const_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *>(this)
+             ->getExplicitTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the optional explicit template arguments.
+  /// This points to the same data as getExplicitTemplateArgs(), but
+  /// returns null if there are no explicit template arguments.
+  const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs() const {
+    if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) return 0;
+    return &getExplicitTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given
+  /// structure.
+  void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const {
+    getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(List);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Initializes the template arguments using the given structure.
+  void initializeTemplateArgumentsFrom(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) {
+    getExplicitTemplateArgs().initializeFrom(List);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this
+  /// template-id.
+  const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const {
+    return getExplicitTemplateArgs().getTemplateArgs();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this
+  /// template-id.
+  unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const {
+    return getExplicitTemplateArgs().NumTemplateArgs;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (!isImplicitAccess())
+      return Base->getLocStart();
+    if (getQualifier())
+      return getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc();
+    return MemberNameInfo.getBeginLoc();
+
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
+      return getRAngleLoc();
+    return MemberNameInfo.getEndLoc();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    if (isImplicitAccess()) return child_range();
+    return child_range(&Base, &Base + 1);
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++ member access expression for which lookup
+/// produced a set of overloaded functions.
+///
+/// The member access may be explicit or implicit:
+///    struct A {
+///      int a, b;
+///      int explicitAccess() { return this->a + this->A::b; }
+///      int implicitAccess() { return a + A::b; }
+///    };
+///
+/// In the final AST, an explicit access always becomes a MemberExpr.
+/// An implicit access may become either a MemberExpr or a
+/// DeclRefExpr, depending on whether the member is static.
+class UnresolvedMemberExpr : public OverloadExpr {
+  /// \brief Whether this member expression used the '->' operator or
+  /// the '.' operator.
+  bool IsArrow : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the lookup results contain an unresolved using
+  /// declaration.
+  bool HasUnresolvedUsing : 1;
+
+  /// \brief The expression for the base pointer or class reference,
+  /// e.g., the \c x in x.f.  This can be null if this is an 'unbased'
+  /// member expression
+  Stmt *Base;
+
+  /// \brief The type of the base expression;  never null.
+  QualType BaseType;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the '->' or '.' operator.
+  SourceLocation OperatorLoc;
+
+  UnresolvedMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, bool HasUnresolvedUsing,
+                       Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow,
+                       SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
+                       NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                       const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo,
+                       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
+                       UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End);
+
+  UnresolvedMemberExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : OverloadExpr(UnresolvedMemberExprClass, Empty), IsArrow(false),
+      HasUnresolvedUsing(false), Base(0) { }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  static UnresolvedMemberExpr *
+  Create(ASTContext &C, bool HasUnresolvedUsing,
+         Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow,
+         SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
+         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+         const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo,
+         const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
+         UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End);
+
+  static UnresolvedMemberExpr *
+  CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C, bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
+              unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
+
+  /// \brief True if this is an implicit access, i.e. one in which the
+  /// member being accessed was not written in the source.  The source
+  /// location of the operator is invalid in this case.
+  bool isImplicitAccess() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the base object of this member expressions,
+  /// e.g., the \c x in \c x.m.
+  Expr *getBase() {
+    assert(!isImplicitAccess());
+    return cast<Expr>(Base);
+  }
+  const Expr *getBase() const {
+    assert(!isImplicitAccess());
+    return cast<Expr>(Base);
+  }
+
+  QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the lookup results contain an unresolved using
+  /// declaration.
+  bool hasUnresolvedUsing() const { return HasUnresolvedUsing; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this member expression used the '->'
+  /// operator; otherwise, it used the '.' operator.
+  bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the '->' or '.' operator.
+  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the naming class of this lookup.
+  CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the full name info for the member that this expression
+  /// refers to.
+  const DeclarationNameInfo &getMemberNameInfo() const { return getNameInfo(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the member that this expression
+  /// refers to.
+  DeclarationName getMemberName() const { return getName(); }
+
+  // \brief Retrieve the location of the name of the member that this
+  // expression refers to.
+  SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return getNameLoc(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (!isImplicitAccess())
+      return Base->getLocStart();
+    if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc l = getQualifierLoc())
+      return l.getBeginLoc();
+    return getMemberNameInfo().getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
+      return getRAngleLoc();
+    return getMemberNameInfo().getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedMemberExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    if (isImplicitAccess()) return child_range();
+    return child_range(&Base, &Base + 1);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++0x noexcept expression (C++ [expr.unary.noexcept]).
+///
+/// The noexcept expression tests whether a given expression might throw. Its
+/// result is a boolean constant.
+class CXXNoexceptExpr : public Expr {
+  bool Value : 1;
+  Stmt *Operand;
+  SourceRange Range;
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  CXXNoexceptExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, CanThrowResult Val,
+                  SourceLocation Keyword, SourceLocation RParen)
+    : Expr(CXXNoexceptExprClass, Ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           /*TypeDependent*/false,
+           /*ValueDependent*/Val == CT_Dependent,
+           Val == CT_Dependent || Operand->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           Operand->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Value(Val == CT_Cannot), Operand(Operand), Range(Keyword, RParen)
+  { }
+
+  CXXNoexceptExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(CXXNoexceptExprClass, Empty)
+  { }
+
+  Expr *getOperand() const { return static_cast<Expr*>(Operand); }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+
+  bool getValue() const { return Value; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXNoexceptExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Operand, &Operand + 1); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++0x pack expansion that produces a sequence of
+/// expressions.
+///
+/// A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an
+/// expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example:
+///
+/// \code
+/// template<typename F, typename ...Types>
+/// void forward(F f, Types &&...args) {
+///   f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
+/// }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Here, the argument to the function object \c f is a pack expansion whose
+/// pattern is \c static_cast<Types&&>(args). When the \c forward function
+/// template is instantiated, the pack expansion will instantiate to zero or
+/// or more function arguments to the function object \c f.
+class PackExpansionExpr : public Expr {
+  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The number of expansions that will be produced by this pack
+  /// expansion expression, if known.
+  ///
+  /// When zero, the number of expansions is not known. Otherwise, this value
+  /// is the number of expansions + 1.
+  unsigned NumExpansions;
+
+  Stmt *Pattern;
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+
+public:
+  PackExpansionExpr(QualType T, Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
+                    Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
+    : Expr(PackExpansionExprClass, T, Pattern->getValueKind(),
+           Pattern->getObjectKind(), /*TypeDependent=*/true,
+           /*ValueDependent=*/true, /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
+           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
+      EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc),
+      NumExpansions(NumExpansions? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0),
+      Pattern(Pattern) { }
+
+  PackExpansionExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(PackExpansionExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the pattern of the pack expansion.
+  Expr *getPattern() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(Pattern); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the pattern of the pack expansion.
+  const Expr *getPattern() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(Pattern); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the ellipsis that describes this pack
+  /// expansion.
+  SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the number of expansions that will be produced when
+  /// this pack expansion is instantiated, if already known.
+  Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const {
+    if (NumExpansions)
+      return NumExpansions - 1;
+
+    return None;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Pattern->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return EllipsisLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == PackExpansionExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&Pattern, &Pattern + 1);
+  }
+};
+
+inline ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *OverloadExpr::getTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() {
+  if (!HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo) return 0;
+  if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(this))
+    return reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo*>
+      (cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(this) + 1);
+  else
+    return reinterpret_cast<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo*>
+      (cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(this) + 1);
+}
+
+/// \brief Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter
+/// pack.
+///
+/// \code
+/// template<typename ...Types>
+/// struct count {
+///   static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types);
+/// };
+/// \endcode
+class SizeOfPackExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The location of the 'sizeof' keyword.
+  SourceLocation OperatorLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the name of the parameter pack.
+  SourceLocation PackLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the closing parenthesis.
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The length of the parameter pack, if known.
+  ///
+  /// When this expression is value-dependent, the length of the parameter pack
+  /// is unknown. When this expression is not value-dependent, the length is
+  /// known.
+  unsigned Length;
+
+  /// \brief The parameter pack itself.
+  NamedDecl *Pack;
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Creates a value-dependent expression that computes the length of
+  /// the given parameter pack.
+  SizeOfPackExpr(QualType SizeType, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, NamedDecl *Pack,
+                 SourceLocation PackLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc)
+    : Expr(SizeOfPackExprClass, SizeType, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           /*TypeDependent=*/false, /*ValueDependent=*/true,
+           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
+           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
+      OperatorLoc(OperatorLoc), PackLoc(PackLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc),
+      Length(0), Pack(Pack) { }
+
+  /// \brief Creates an expression that computes the length of
+  /// the given parameter pack, which is already known.
+  SizeOfPackExpr(QualType SizeType, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, NamedDecl *Pack,
+                 SourceLocation PackLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                 unsigned Length)
+  : Expr(SizeOfPackExprClass, SizeType, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
+         /*TypeDependent=*/false, /*ValueDependent=*/false,
+         /*InstantiationDependent=*/false,
+         /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
+    OperatorLoc(OperatorLoc), PackLoc(PackLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc),
+    Length(Length), Pack(Pack) { }
+
+  /// \brief Create an empty expression.
+  SizeOfPackExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SizeOfPackExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the location of the 'sizeof' keyword.
+  SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the location of the parameter pack.
+  SourceLocation getPackLoc() const { return PackLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the location of the right parenthesis.
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the parameter pack.
+  NamedDecl *getPack() const { return Pack; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the length of the parameter pack.
+  ///
+  /// This routine may only be invoked when the expression is not
+  /// value-dependent.
+  unsigned getPackLength() const {
+    assert(!isValueDependent() &&
+           "Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression");
+    return Length;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return OperatorLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == SizeOfPackExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a reference to a non-type template parameter
+/// that has been substituted with a template argument.
+class SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The replaced parameter.
+  NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
+
+  /// \brief The replacement expression.
+  Stmt *Replacement;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the non-type template parameter reference.
+  SourceLocation NameLoc;
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  explicit SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+public:
+  SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(QualType type,
+                               ExprValueKind valueKind,
+                               SourceLocation loc,
+                               NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *param,
+                               Expr *replacement)
+    : Expr(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass, type, valueKind, OK_Ordinary,
+           replacement->isTypeDependent(), replacement->isValueDependent(),
+           replacement->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           replacement->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Param(param), Replacement(replacement), NameLoc(loc) {}
+
+  SourceLocation getNameLoc() const { return NameLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return NameLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return NameLoc; }
+
+  Expr *getReplacement() const { return cast<Expr>(Replacement); }
+
+  NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *getParameter() const { return Param; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *s) {
+    return s->getStmtClass() == SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Replacement, &Replacement+1); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a reference to a non-type template parameter pack that
+/// has been substituted with a non-template argument pack.
+///
+/// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
+/// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template
+/// parameter lists, this node is used to represent a non-type template
+/// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack
+/// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself
+/// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into
+/// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding
+/// arguments), this type will be replaced with the appropriate underlying
+/// expression at the current pack substitution index.
+class SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The non-type template parameter pack itself.
+  NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
+
+  /// \brief A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
+  /// parameter pack is instantiated with.
+  const TemplateArgument *Arguments;
+
+  /// \brief The number of template arguments in \c Arguments.
+  unsigned NumArguments;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the non-type template parameter pack reference.
+  SourceLocation NameLoc;
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  explicit SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+public:
+  SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr(QualType T,
+                                   NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
+                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                   const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the non-type template parameter pack being substituted.
+  NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *getParameterPack() const { return Param; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the parameter pack name.
+  SourceLocation getParameterPackLocation() const { return NameLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument pack containing the substituted
+  /// template arguments.
+  TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return NameLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return NameLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a reference to a function parameter pack that has been
+/// substituted but not yet expanded.
+///
+/// When a pack expansion contains multiple parameter packs at different levels,
+/// this node is used to represent a function parameter pack at an outer level
+/// which we have already substituted to refer to expanded parameters, but where
+/// the containing pack expansion cannot yet be expanded.
+///
+/// \code
+/// template<typename...Ts> struct S {
+///   template<typename...Us> auto f(Ts ...ts) -> decltype(g(Us(ts)...));
+/// };
+/// template struct S<int, int>;
+/// \endcode
+class FunctionParmPackExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The function parameter pack which was referenced.
+  ParmVarDecl *ParamPack;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the function parameter pack reference.
+  SourceLocation NameLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The number of expansions of this pack.
+  unsigned NumParameters;
+
+  FunctionParmPackExpr(QualType T, ParmVarDecl *ParamPack,
+                       SourceLocation NameLoc, unsigned NumParams,
+                       Decl * const *Params);
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  static FunctionParmPackExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
+                                      ParmVarDecl *ParamPack,
+                                      SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                      ArrayRef<Decl *> Params);
+  static FunctionParmPackExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context,
+                                           unsigned NumParams);
+
+  /// \brief Get the parameter pack which this expression refers to.
+  ParmVarDecl *getParameterPack() const { return ParamPack; }
+
+  /// \brief Get the location of the parameter pack.
+  SourceLocation getParameterPackLocation() const { return NameLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Iterators over the parameters which the parameter pack expanded
+  /// into.
+  typedef ParmVarDecl * const *iterator;
+  iterator begin() const { return reinterpret_cast<iterator>(this+1); }
+  iterator end() const { return begin() + NumParameters; }
+
+  /// \brief Get the number of parameters in this parameter pack.
+  unsigned getNumExpansions() const { return NumParameters; }
+
+  /// \brief Get an expansion of the parameter pack by index.
+  ParmVarDecl *getExpansion(unsigned I) const { return begin()[I]; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return NameLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return NameLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == FunctionParmPackExprClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a prvalue temporary that written into memory so that
+/// a reference can bind to it.
+///
+/// Prvalue expressions are materialized when they need to have an address
+/// in memory for a reference to bind to. This happens when binding a
+/// reference to the result of a conversion, e.g.,
+///
+/// \code
+/// const int &r = 1.0;
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Here, 1.0 is implicitly converted to an \c int. That resulting \c int is
+/// then materialized via a \c MaterializeTemporaryExpr, and the reference
+/// binds to the temporary. \c MaterializeTemporaryExprs are always glvalues
+/// (either an lvalue or an xvalue, depending on the kind of reference binding
+/// to it), maintaining the invariant that references always bind to glvalues.
+class MaterializeTemporaryExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief The temporary-generating expression whose value will be
+  /// materialized.
+  Stmt *Temporary;
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+
+public:
+  MaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
+                           bool BoundToLvalueReference)
+    : Expr(MaterializeTemporaryExprClass, T,
+           BoundToLvalueReference? VK_LValue : VK_XValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           Temporary->isTypeDependent(), Temporary->isValueDependent(),
+           Temporary->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           Temporary->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Temporary(Temporary) { }
+
+  MaterializeTemporaryExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(MaterializeTemporaryExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the temporary-generating subexpression whose value will
+  /// be materialized into a glvalue.
+  Expr *GetTemporaryExpr() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(Temporary); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this materialized temporary is bound to an
+  /// lvalue reference; otherwise, it's bound to an rvalue reference.
+  bool isBoundToLvalueReference() const {
+    return getValueKind() == VK_LValue;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Temporary->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Temporary->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == MaterializeTemporaryExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Temporary, &Temporary + 1); }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprObjC.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprObjC.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfd4527
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprObjC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1570 @@
+//===--- ExprObjC.h - Classes for representing ObjC expressions -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ExprObjC interface and subclasses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPROBJC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPROBJC_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/SelectorLocationsKind.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class ASTContext;
+
+/// ObjCStringLiteral, used for Objective-C string literals
+/// i.e. @"foo".
+class ObjCStringLiteral : public Expr {
+  Stmt *String;
+  SourceLocation AtLoc;
+public:
+  ObjCStringLiteral(StringLiteral *SL, QualType T, SourceLocation L)
+    : Expr(ObjCStringLiteralClass, T, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
+           false, false),
+      String(SL), AtLoc(L) {}
+  explicit ObjCStringLiteral(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ObjCStringLiteralClass, Empty) {}
+
+  StringLiteral *getString() { return cast<StringLiteral>(String); }
+  const StringLiteral *getString() const { return cast<StringLiteral>(String); }
+  void setString(StringLiteral *S) { String = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getAtLoc() const { return AtLoc; }
+  void setAtLoc(SourceLocation L) { AtLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return String->getLocEnd(); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCStringLiteralClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&String, &String+1); }
+};
+
+/// ObjCBoolLiteralExpr - Objective-C Boolean Literal.
+///
+class ObjCBoolLiteralExpr : public Expr {
+  bool Value;
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+public:
+  ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(bool val, QualType Ty, SourceLocation l) :
+  Expr(ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass, Ty, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
+       false, false), Value(val), Loc(l) {}
+    
+  explicit ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+  : Expr(ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass, Empty) { }
+    
+  bool getValue() const { return Value; }
+  void setValue(bool V) { Value = V; }
+    
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+    
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass;
+  }
+    
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// ObjCBoxedExpr - used for generalized expression boxing.
+/// as in: @(strdup("hello world")) or @(random())
+/// Also used for boxing non-parenthesized numeric literals;
+/// as in: @42 or \@true (c++/objc++) or \@__yes (c/objc).
+class ObjCBoxedExpr : public Expr {
+  Stmt *SubExpr;
+  ObjCMethodDecl *BoxingMethod;
+  SourceRange Range;
+public:
+  ObjCBoxedExpr(Expr *E, QualType T, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
+                     SourceRange R)
+  : Expr(ObjCBoxedExprClass, T, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, 
+         E->isTypeDependent(), E->isValueDependent(), 
+         E->isInstantiationDependent(), E->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), 
+         SubExpr(E), BoxingMethod(method), Range(R) {}
+  explicit ObjCBoxedExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+  : Expr(ObjCBoxedExprClass, Empty) {}
+  
+  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); }
+  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); }
+  
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getBoxingMethod() const {
+    return BoxingMethod; 
+  }
+  
+  SourceLocation getAtLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Range;
+  }
+  
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCBoxedExprClass;
+  }
+  
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr+1); }
+  
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+/// ObjCArrayLiteral - used for objective-c array containers; as in:
+/// @[@"Hello", NSApp, [NSNumber numberWithInt:42]];
+class ObjCArrayLiteral : public Expr {
+  unsigned NumElements;
+  SourceRange Range;
+  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
+  
+  ObjCArrayLiteral(ArrayRef<Expr *> Elements,
+                   QualType T, ObjCMethodDecl * Method,
+                   SourceRange SR);
+  
+  explicit ObjCArrayLiteral(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumElements)
+    : Expr(ObjCArrayLiteralClass, Empty), NumElements(NumElements) {}
+
+public:
+  static ObjCArrayLiteral *Create(ASTContext &C, 
+                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Elements,
+                                  QualType T, ObjCMethodDecl * Method,
+                                  SourceRange SR);
+
+  static ObjCArrayLiteral *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C, unsigned NumElements);
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+      return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCArrayLiteralClass;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve elements of array of literals.
+  Expr **getElements() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(this + 1); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve elements of array of literals.
+  const Expr * const *getElements() const { 
+    return reinterpret_cast<const Expr * const*>(this + 1); 
+  }
+
+  /// getNumElements - Return number of elements of objective-c array literal.
+  unsigned getNumElements() const { return NumElements; }
+    
+    /// getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index.
+  Expr *getElement(unsigned Index) {
+    assert((Index < NumElements) && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return cast<Expr>(getElements()[Index]);
+  }
+  const Expr *getElement(unsigned Index) const {
+    assert((Index < NumElements) && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return cast<Expr>(getElements()[Index]);
+  }
+    
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getArrayWithObjectsMethod() const {
+    return ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 
+  }
+    
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { 
+    return child_range((Stmt **)getElements(), 
+                       (Stmt **)getElements() + NumElements);
+  }
+    
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+/// \brief An element in an Objective-C dictionary literal.
+///
+struct ObjCDictionaryElement {
+  /// \brief The key for the dictionary element.
+  Expr *Key;
+  
+  /// \brief The value of the dictionary element.
+  Expr *Value;
+  
+  /// \brief The location of the ellipsis, if this is a pack expansion.
+  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+  
+  /// \brief The number of elements this pack expansion will expand to, if
+  /// this is a pack expansion and is known.
+  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this dictionary element is a pack expansion.
+  bool isPackExpansion() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); }
+};
+} // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+template <> struct isPodLike<clang::ObjCDictionaryElement> : llvm::true_type {};
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+/// ObjCDictionaryLiteral - AST node to represent objective-c dictionary 
+/// literals; as in:  @{@"name" : NSUserName(), @"date" : [NSDate date] };
+class ObjCDictionaryLiteral : public Expr {
+  /// \brief Key/value pair used to store the key and value of a given element.
+  ///
+  /// Objects of this type are stored directly after the expression.
+  struct KeyValuePair {
+    Expr *Key;
+    Expr *Value;
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Data that describes an element that is a pack expansion, used if any
+  /// of the elements in the dictionary literal are pack expansions.
+  struct ExpansionData {
+    /// \brief The location of the ellipsis, if this element is a pack
+    /// expansion.
+    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+
+    /// \brief If non-zero, the number of elements that this pack
+    /// expansion will expand to (+1).
+    unsigned NumExpansionsPlusOne;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The number of elements in this dictionary literal.
+  unsigned NumElements : 31;
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this dictionary literal has any pack expansions.
+  ///
+  /// If the dictionary literal has pack expansions, then there will
+  /// be an array of pack expansion data following the array of
+  /// key/value pairs, which provide the locations of the ellipses (if
+  /// any) and number of elements in the expansion (if known). If
+  /// there are no pack expansions, we optimize away this storage.
+  unsigned HasPackExpansions : 1;
+  
+  SourceRange Range;
+  ObjCMethodDecl *DictWithObjectsMethod;
+    
+  ObjCDictionaryLiteral(ArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> VK, 
+                        bool HasPackExpansions,
+                        QualType T, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
+                        SourceRange SR);
+
+  explicit ObjCDictionaryLiteral(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumElements,
+                                 bool HasPackExpansions)
+    : Expr(ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass, Empty), NumElements(NumElements),
+      HasPackExpansions(HasPackExpansions) {}
+
+  KeyValuePair *getKeyValues() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<KeyValuePair *>(this + 1);
+  }
+  
+  const KeyValuePair *getKeyValues() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const KeyValuePair *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  ExpansionData *getExpansionData() {
+    if (!HasPackExpansions)
+      return 0;
+    
+    return reinterpret_cast<ExpansionData *>(getKeyValues() + NumElements);
+  }
+
+  const ExpansionData *getExpansionData() const {
+    if (!HasPackExpansions)
+      return 0;
+    
+    return reinterpret_cast<const ExpansionData *>(getKeyValues()+NumElements);
+  }
+
+public:
+  static ObjCDictionaryLiteral *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                       ArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> VK, 
+                                       bool HasPackExpansions,
+                                       QualType T, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
+                                       SourceRange SR);
+  
+  static ObjCDictionaryLiteral *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C, 
+                                            unsigned NumElements,
+                                            bool HasPackExpansions);
+  
+  /// getNumElements - Return number of elements of objective-c dictionary 
+  /// literal.
+  unsigned getNumElements() const { return NumElements; }
+
+  ObjCDictionaryElement getKeyValueElement(unsigned Index) const {
+    assert((Index < NumElements) && "Arg access out of range!");
+    const KeyValuePair &KV = getKeyValues()[Index];
+    ObjCDictionaryElement Result = { KV.Key, KV.Value, SourceLocation(), None };
+    if (HasPackExpansions) {
+      const ExpansionData &Expansion = getExpansionData()[Index];
+      Result.EllipsisLoc = Expansion.EllipsisLoc;
+      if (Expansion.NumExpansionsPlusOne > 0)
+        Result.NumExpansions = Expansion.NumExpansionsPlusOne - 1;
+    }
+    return Result;
+  }
+    
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getDictWithObjectsMethod() const
+    { return DictWithObjectsMethod; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+  
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+      return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass;
+  }
+    
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { 
+    // Note: we're taking advantage of the layout of the KeyValuePair struct
+    // here. If that struct changes, this code will need to change as well.
+    return child_range(reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(this + 1),
+                       reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(this + 1) + NumElements * 2);
+  }
+    
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+
+/// ObjCEncodeExpr, used for \@encode in Objective-C.  \@encode has the same
+/// type and behavior as StringLiteral except that the string initializer is
+/// obtained from ASTContext with the encoding type as an argument.
+class ObjCEncodeExpr : public Expr {
+  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedType;
+  SourceLocation AtLoc, RParenLoc;
+public:
+  ObjCEncodeExpr(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *EncodedType,
+                 SourceLocation at, SourceLocation rp)
+    : Expr(ObjCEncodeExprClass, T, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           EncodedType->getType()->isDependentType(),
+           EncodedType->getType()->isDependentType(),
+           EncodedType->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           EncodedType->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), 
+      EncodedType(EncodedType), AtLoc(at), RParenLoc(rp) {}
+
+  explicit ObjCEncodeExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ObjCEncodeExprClass, Empty){}
+
+
+  SourceLocation getAtLoc() const { return AtLoc; }
+  void setAtLoc(SourceLocation L) { AtLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  QualType getEncodedType() const { return EncodedType->getType(); }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getEncodedTypeSourceInfo() const { return EncodedType; }
+  void setEncodedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *EncType) { 
+    EncodedType = EncType; 
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCEncodeExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// ObjCSelectorExpr used for \@selector in Objective-C.
+class ObjCSelectorExpr : public Expr {
+  Selector SelName;
+  SourceLocation AtLoc, RParenLoc;
+public:
+  ObjCSelectorExpr(QualType T, Selector selInfo,
+                   SourceLocation at, SourceLocation rp)
+    : Expr(ObjCSelectorExprClass, T, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false, 
+           false, false),
+    SelName(selInfo), AtLoc(at), RParenLoc(rp){}
+  explicit ObjCSelectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+   : Expr(ObjCSelectorExprClass, Empty) {}
+
+  Selector getSelector() const { return SelName; }
+  void setSelector(Selector S) { SelName = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getAtLoc() const { return AtLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setAtLoc(SourceLocation L) { AtLoc = L; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  /// getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call.
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return SelName.getNumArgs(); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCSelectorExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// ObjCProtocolExpr used for protocol expression in Objective-C.
+///
+/// This is used as: \@protocol(foo), as in:
+/// \code
+///   [obj conformsToProtocol:@protocol(foo)]
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// The return type is "Protocol*".
+class ObjCProtocolExpr : public Expr {
+  ObjCProtocolDecl *TheProtocol;
+  SourceLocation AtLoc, ProtoLoc, RParenLoc;
+public:
+  ObjCProtocolExpr(QualType T, ObjCProtocolDecl *protocol,
+                 SourceLocation at, SourceLocation protoLoc, SourceLocation rp)
+    : Expr(ObjCProtocolExprClass, T, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, false, false,
+           false, false),
+      TheProtocol(protocol), AtLoc(at), ProtoLoc(protoLoc), RParenLoc(rp) {}
+  explicit ObjCProtocolExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ObjCProtocolExprClass, Empty) {}
+
+  ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol() const { return TheProtocol; }
+  void setProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *P) { TheProtocol = P; }
+
+  SourceLocation getProtocolIdLoc() const { return ProtoLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getAtLoc() const { return AtLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setAtLoc(SourceLocation L) { AtLoc = L; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCProtocolExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// ObjCIvarRefExpr - A reference to an ObjC instance variable.
+class ObjCIvarRefExpr : public Expr {
+  ObjCIvarDecl *D;
+  Stmt *Base;
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  /// OpLoc - This is the location of '.' or '->'
+  SourceLocation OpLoc;
+  
+  bool IsArrow:1;      // True if this is "X->F", false if this is "X.F".
+  bool IsFreeIvar:1;   // True if ivar reference has no base (self assumed).
+
+public:
+  ObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarDecl *d, QualType t,
+                  SourceLocation l, SourceLocation oploc,
+                  Expr *base,
+                  bool arrow = false, bool freeIvar = false) :
+    Expr(ObjCIvarRefExprClass, t, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
+         /*TypeDependent=*/false, base->isValueDependent(), 
+         base->isInstantiationDependent(),
+         base->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), 
+    D(d), Base(base), Loc(l), OpLoc(oploc),
+    IsArrow(arrow), IsFreeIvar(freeIvar) {}
+
+  explicit ObjCIvarRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ObjCIvarRefExprClass, Empty) {}
+
+  ObjCIvarDecl *getDecl() { return D; }
+  const ObjCIvarDecl *getDecl() const { return D; }
+  void setDecl(ObjCIvarDecl *d) { D = d; }
+
+  const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
+  Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
+  void setBase(Expr * base) { Base = base; }
+
+  bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; }
+  bool isFreeIvar() const { return IsFreeIvar; }
+  void setIsArrow(bool A) { IsArrow = A; }
+  void setIsFreeIvar(bool A) { IsFreeIvar = A; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return isFreeIvar() ? Loc : getBase()->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
+  
+  SourceLocation getOpLoc() const { return OpLoc; }
+  void setOpLoc(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCIvarRefExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); }
+};
+
+/// ObjCPropertyRefExpr - A dot-syntax expression to access an ObjC
+/// property.
+class ObjCPropertyRefExpr : public Expr {
+private:
+  /// If the bool is true, this is an implicit property reference; the
+  /// pointer is an (optional) ObjCMethodDecl and Setter may be set.
+  /// if the bool is false, this is an explicit property reference;
+  /// the pointer is an ObjCPropertyDecl and Setter is always null.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<NamedDecl*, 1, bool> PropertyOrGetter;
+
+  /// \brief Indicates whether the property reference will result in a message
+  /// to the getter, the setter, or both.
+  /// This applies to both implicit and explicit property references.
+  enum MethodRefFlags {
+    MethodRef_None = 0,
+    MethodRef_Getter = 0x1,
+    MethodRef_Setter = 0x2
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Contains the Setter method pointer and MethodRefFlags bit flags.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<ObjCMethodDecl *, 2, unsigned> SetterAndMethodRefFlags;
+
+  // FIXME: Maybe we should store the property identifier here,
+  // because it's not rederivable from the other data when there's an
+  // implicit property with no getter (because the 'foo' -> 'setFoo:'
+  // transformation is lossy on the first character).
+
+  SourceLocation IdLoc;
+  
+  /// \brief When the receiver in property access is 'super', this is
+  /// the location of the 'super' keyword.  When it's an interface,
+  /// this is that interface.
+  SourceLocation ReceiverLoc;
+  llvm::PointerUnion3<Stmt*, const Type*, ObjCInterfaceDecl*> Receiver;
+  
+public:
+  ObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, QualType t,
+                      ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                      SourceLocation l, Expr *base)
+    : Expr(ObjCPropertyRefExprClass, t, VK, OK,
+           /*TypeDependent=*/false, base->isValueDependent(),
+           base->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           base->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      PropertyOrGetter(PD, false), SetterAndMethodRefFlags(),
+      IdLoc(l), ReceiverLoc(), Receiver(base) {
+    assert(t->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
+  }
+  
+  ObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, QualType t,
+                      ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                      SourceLocation l, SourceLocation sl, QualType st)
+    : Expr(ObjCPropertyRefExprClass, t, VK, OK,
+           /*TypeDependent=*/false, false, st->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           st->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      PropertyOrGetter(PD, false), SetterAndMethodRefFlags(),
+      IdLoc(l), ReceiverLoc(sl), Receiver(st.getTypePtr()) {
+    assert(t->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
+  }
+
+  ObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, ObjCMethodDecl *Setter,
+                      QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                      SourceLocation IdLoc, Expr *Base)
+    : Expr(ObjCPropertyRefExprClass, T, VK, OK, false,
+           Base->isValueDependent(), Base->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           Base->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      PropertyOrGetter(Getter, true), SetterAndMethodRefFlags(Setter, 0),
+      IdLoc(IdLoc), ReceiverLoc(), Receiver(Base) {
+    assert(T->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
+  }
+
+  ObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, ObjCMethodDecl *Setter,
+                      QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                      SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperTy)
+    : Expr(ObjCPropertyRefExprClass, T, VK, OK, false, false, false, false),
+      PropertyOrGetter(Getter, true), SetterAndMethodRefFlags(Setter, 0),
+      IdLoc(IdLoc), ReceiverLoc(SuperLoc), Receiver(SuperTy.getTypePtr()) {
+    assert(T->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
+  }
+
+  ObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, ObjCMethodDecl *Setter,
+                      QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                      SourceLocation ReceiverLoc, ObjCInterfaceDecl *Receiver)
+    : Expr(ObjCPropertyRefExprClass, T, VK, OK, false, false, false, false),
+      PropertyOrGetter(Getter, true), SetterAndMethodRefFlags(Setter, 0),
+      IdLoc(IdLoc), ReceiverLoc(ReceiverLoc), Receiver(Receiver) {
+    assert(T->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
+  }
+
+  explicit ObjCPropertyRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ObjCPropertyRefExprClass, Empty) {}
+
+  bool isImplicitProperty() const { return PropertyOrGetter.getInt(); }
+  bool isExplicitProperty() const { return !PropertyOrGetter.getInt(); }
+
+  ObjCPropertyDecl *getExplicitProperty() const {
+    assert(!isImplicitProperty());
+    return cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PropertyOrGetter.getPointer());
+  }
+
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getImplicitPropertyGetter() const {
+    assert(isImplicitProperty());
+    return cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(PropertyOrGetter.getPointer());
+  }
+
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getImplicitPropertySetter() const {
+    assert(isImplicitProperty());
+    return SetterAndMethodRefFlags.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  Selector getGetterSelector() const {
+    if (isImplicitProperty())
+      return getImplicitPropertyGetter()->getSelector();
+    return getExplicitProperty()->getGetterName();
+  }
+
+  Selector getSetterSelector() const {
+    if (isImplicitProperty())
+      return getImplicitPropertySetter()->getSelector();
+    return getExplicitProperty()->getSetterName();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief True if the property reference will result in a message to the
+  /// getter.
+  /// This applies to both implicit and explicit property references.
+  bool isMessagingGetter() const {
+    return SetterAndMethodRefFlags.getInt() & MethodRef_Getter;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief True if the property reference will result in a message to the
+  /// setter.
+  /// This applies to both implicit and explicit property references.
+  bool isMessagingSetter() const {
+    return SetterAndMethodRefFlags.getInt() & MethodRef_Setter;
+  }
+
+  void setIsMessagingGetter(bool val = true) {
+    setMethodRefFlag(MethodRef_Getter, val);
+  }
+
+  void setIsMessagingSetter(bool val = true) {
+    setMethodRefFlag(MethodRef_Setter, val);
+  }
+
+  const Expr *getBase() const { 
+    return cast<Expr>(Receiver.get<Stmt*>()); 
+  }
+  Expr *getBase() { 
+    return cast<Expr>(Receiver.get<Stmt*>()); 
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return IdLoc; }
+  
+  SourceLocation getReceiverLocation() const { return ReceiverLoc; }
+  QualType getSuperReceiverType() const { 
+    return QualType(Receiver.get<const Type*>(), 0); 
+  }
+  QualType getGetterResultType() const {
+    QualType ResultType;
+    if (isExplicitProperty()) {
+      const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = getExplicitProperty();
+      if (const ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = PDecl->getGetterMethodDecl())
+        ResultType = Getter->getResultType();
+      else
+        ResultType = PDecl->getType();
+    } else {
+      const ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = getImplicitPropertyGetter();
+      if (Getter)
+        ResultType = Getter->getResultType(); // with reference!
+    }
+    return ResultType;
+  }
+
+  QualType getSetterArgType() const {
+    QualType ArgType;
+    if (isImplicitProperty()) {
+      const ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = getImplicitPropertySetter();
+      ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Setter->param_begin(); 
+      ArgType = (*P)->getType();
+    } else {
+      if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = getExplicitProperty())
+        if (const ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = PDecl->getSetterMethodDecl()) {
+          ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Setter->param_begin(); 
+          ArgType = (*P)->getType();
+        }
+      if (ArgType.isNull())
+        ArgType = getType();
+    }
+    return ArgType;
+  }
+  
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getClassReceiver() const {
+    return Receiver.get<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>();
+  }
+  bool isObjectReceiver() const { return Receiver.is<Stmt*>(); }
+  bool isSuperReceiver() const { return Receiver.is<const Type*>(); }
+  bool isClassReceiver() const { return Receiver.is<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return isObjectReceiver() ? getBase()->getLocStart() :getReceiverLocation();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return IdLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCPropertyRefExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    if (Receiver.is<Stmt*>()) {
+      Stmt **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt**>(&Receiver); // hack!
+      return child_range(begin, begin+1);
+    }
+    return child_range();
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+  void setExplicitProperty(ObjCPropertyDecl *D, unsigned methRefFlags) {
+    PropertyOrGetter.setPointer(D);
+    PropertyOrGetter.setInt(false);
+    SetterAndMethodRefFlags.setPointer(0);
+    SetterAndMethodRefFlags.setInt(methRefFlags);
+  }
+  void setImplicitProperty(ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, ObjCMethodDecl *Setter,
+                           unsigned methRefFlags) {
+    PropertyOrGetter.setPointer(Getter);
+    PropertyOrGetter.setInt(true);
+    SetterAndMethodRefFlags.setPointer(Setter);
+    SetterAndMethodRefFlags.setInt(methRefFlags);
+  }
+  void setBase(Expr *Base) { Receiver = Base; }
+  void setSuperReceiver(QualType T) { Receiver = T.getTypePtr(); }
+  void setClassReceiver(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { Receiver = D; }
+
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { IdLoc = L; }
+  void setReceiverLocation(SourceLocation Loc) { ReceiverLoc = Loc; }
+
+  void setMethodRefFlag(MethodRefFlags flag, bool val) {
+    unsigned f = SetterAndMethodRefFlags.getInt();
+    if (val)
+      f |= flag;
+    else
+      f &= ~flag;
+    SetterAndMethodRefFlags.setInt(f);
+  }
+};
+  
+/// ObjCSubscriptRefExpr - used for array and dictionary subscripting.
+/// array[4] = array[3]; dictionary[key] = dictionary[alt_key];
+///
+class ObjCSubscriptRefExpr : public Expr {
+  // Location of ']' in an indexing expression.
+  SourceLocation RBracket;
+  // array/dictionary base expression.
+  // for arrays, this is a numeric expression. For dictionaries, this is
+  // an objective-c object pointer expression.
+  enum { BASE, KEY, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];
+  
+  ObjCMethodDecl *GetAtIndexMethodDecl;
+  
+  // For immutable objects this is null. When ObjCSubscriptRefExpr is to read
+  // an indexed object this is null too.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *SetAtIndexMethodDecl;
+  
+public:
+  
+  ObjCSubscriptRefExpr(Expr *base, Expr *key, QualType T,
+                       ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
+                       ObjCMethodDecl *getMethod,
+                       ObjCMethodDecl *setMethod, SourceLocation RB)
+    : Expr(ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass, T, VK, OK, 
+           base->isTypeDependent() || key->isTypeDependent(), 
+           base->isValueDependent() || key->isValueDependent(),
+           base->isInstantiationDependent() || key->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           (base->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+            key->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
+      RBracket(RB), 
+  GetAtIndexMethodDecl(getMethod), 
+  SetAtIndexMethodDecl(setMethod) 
+    {SubExprs[BASE] = base; SubExprs[KEY] = key;}
+
+  explicit ObjCSubscriptRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass, Empty) {}
+  
+  static ObjCSubscriptRefExpr *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                      Expr *base,
+                                      Expr *key, QualType T, 
+                                      ObjCMethodDecl *getMethod,
+                                      ObjCMethodDecl *setMethod, 
+                                      SourceLocation RB);
+  
+  SourceLocation getRBracket() const { return RBracket; }
+  void setRBracket(SourceLocation RB) { RBracket = RB; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SubExprs[BASE]->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RBracket; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass;
+  }
+  
+  Expr *getBaseExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); }
+  void setBaseExpr(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[BASE] = S; }
+  
+  Expr *getKeyExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[KEY]); }
+  void setKeyExpr(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[KEY] = S; }
+  
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getAtIndexMethodDecl() const {
+    return GetAtIndexMethodDecl;
+  }
+ 
+  ObjCMethodDecl *setAtIndexMethodDecl() const {
+    return SetAtIndexMethodDecl;
+  }
+  
+  bool isArraySubscriptRefExpr() const {
+    return getKeyExpr()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
+  }
+  
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs+END_EXPR);
+  }
+private:
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+  
+
+/// \brief An expression that sends a message to the given Objective-C
+/// object or class.
+///
+/// The following contains two message send expressions:
+///
+/// \code
+///   [[NSString alloc] initWithString:@"Hello"]
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// The innermost message send invokes the "alloc" class method on the
+/// NSString class, while the outermost message send invokes the
+/// "initWithString" instance method on the object returned from
+/// NSString's "alloc". In all, an Objective-C message send can take
+/// on four different (although related) forms:
+///
+///   1. Send to an object instance.
+///   2. Send to a class.
+///   3. Send to the superclass instance of the current class.
+///   4. Send to the superclass of the current class.
+///
+/// All four kinds of message sends are modeled by the ObjCMessageExpr
+/// class, and can be distinguished via \c getReceiverKind(). Example:
+///
+class ObjCMessageExpr : public Expr {
+  /// \brief Stores either the selector that this message is sending
+  /// to (when \c HasMethod is zero) or an \c ObjCMethodDecl pointer
+  /// referring to the method that we type-checked against.
+  uintptr_t SelectorOrMethod;
+
+  enum { NumArgsBitWidth = 16 };
+
+  /// \brief The number of arguments in the message send, not
+  /// including the receiver.
+  unsigned NumArgs : NumArgsBitWidth;
+  
+  void setNumArgs(unsigned Num) {
+    assert((Num >> NumArgsBitWidth) == 0 && "Num of args is out of range!");
+    NumArgs = Num;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The kind of message send this is, which is one of the
+  /// ReceiverKind values.
+  ///
+  /// We pad this out to a byte to avoid excessive masking and shifting.
+  unsigned Kind : 8;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we have an actual method prototype in \c
+  /// SelectorOrMethod.
+  ///
+  /// When non-zero, we have a method declaration; otherwise, we just
+  /// have a selector.
+  unsigned HasMethod : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this message send is a "delegate init call",
+  /// i.e. a call of an init method on self from within an init method.
+  unsigned IsDelegateInitCall : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this message send was implicitly generated by
+  /// the implementation rather than explicitly written by the user.
+  unsigned IsImplicit : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the locations of the selector identifiers are in a
+  /// "standard" position, a enum SelectorLocationsKind.
+  unsigned SelLocsKind : 2;
+
+  /// \brief When the message expression is a send to 'super', this is
+  /// the location of the 'super' keyword.
+  SourceLocation SuperLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The source locations of the open and close square
+  /// brackets ('[' and ']', respectively).
+  SourceLocation LBracLoc, RBracLoc;
+
+  ObjCMessageExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumArgs)
+    : Expr(ObjCMessageExprClass, Empty), SelectorOrMethod(0), Kind(0), 
+      HasMethod(0), IsDelegateInitCall(0), IsImplicit(0), SelLocsKind(0) {
+    setNumArgs(NumArgs);
+  }
+
+  ObjCMessageExpr(QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
+                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
+                  bool IsInstanceSuper,
+                  QualType SuperType,
+                  Selector Sel, 
+                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
+                  SelectorLocationsKind SelLocsK,
+                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                  bool isImplicit);
+  ObjCMessageExpr(QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
+                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                  TypeSourceInfo *Receiver,
+                  Selector Sel, 
+                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
+                  SelectorLocationsKind SelLocsK,
+                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                  bool isImplicit);
+  ObjCMessageExpr(QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
+                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                  Expr *Receiver,
+                  Selector Sel, 
+                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
+                  SelectorLocationsKind SelLocsK,
+                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                  bool isImplicit);
+
+  void initArgsAndSelLocs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                          ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
+                          SelectorLocationsKind SelLocsK);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the pointer value of the message receiver.
+  void *getReceiverPointer() const {
+    return *const_cast<void **>(
+                             reinterpret_cast<const void * const*>(this + 1));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the pointer value of the message receiver.
+  void setReceiverPointer(void *Value) {
+    *reinterpret_cast<void **>(this + 1) = Value;
+  }
+
+  SelectorLocationsKind getSelLocsKind() const {
+    return (SelectorLocationsKind)SelLocsKind;
+  }
+  bool hasStandardSelLocs() const {
+    return getSelLocsKind() != SelLoc_NonStandard;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get a pointer to the stored selector identifiers locations array.
+  /// No locations will be stored if HasStandardSelLocs is true.
+  SourceLocation *getStoredSelLocs() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<SourceLocation*>(getArgs() + getNumArgs());
+  }
+  const SourceLocation *getStoredSelLocs() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const SourceLocation*>(getArgs() + getNumArgs());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the number of stored selector identifiers locations.
+  /// No locations will be stored if HasStandardSelLocs is true.
+  unsigned getNumStoredSelLocs() const {
+    if (hasStandardSelLocs())
+      return 0;
+    return getNumSelectorLocs();
+  }
+
+  static ObjCMessageExpr *alloc(ASTContext &C,
+                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc,
+                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
+                                Selector Sel,
+                                SelectorLocationsKind &SelLocsK);
+  static ObjCMessageExpr *alloc(ASTContext &C,
+                                unsigned NumArgs,
+                                unsigned NumStoredSelLocs);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief The kind of receiver this message is sending to.
+  enum ReceiverKind {
+    /// \brief The receiver is a class.
+    Class = 0,
+    /// \brief The receiver is an object instance.
+    Instance,
+    /// \brief The receiver is a superclass.
+    SuperClass,
+    /// \brief The receiver is the instance of the superclass object.
+    SuperInstance
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Create a message send to super.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The ASTContext in which this expression will be created.
+  ///
+  /// \param T The result type of this message.
+  ///
+  /// \param VK The value kind of this message.  A message returning
+  /// a l-value or r-value reference will be an l-value or x-value,
+  /// respectively.
+  ///
+  /// \param LBracLoc The location of the open square bracket '['.
+  ///
+  /// \param SuperLoc The location of the "super" keyword.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsInstanceSuper Whether this is an instance "super"
+  /// message (otherwise, it's a class "super" message).
+  ///
+  /// \param Sel The selector used to determine which method gets called.
+  ///
+  /// \param Method The Objective-C method against which this message
+  /// send was type-checked. May be NULL.
+  ///
+  /// \param Args The message send arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \param RBracLoc The location of the closing square bracket ']'.
+  static ObjCMessageExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, 
+                                 ExprValueKind VK,
+                                 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
+                                 bool IsInstanceSuper,
+                                 QualType SuperType,
+                                 Selector Sel, 
+                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
+                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                                 bool isImplicit);
+
+  /// \brief Create a class message send.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The ASTContext in which this expression will be created.
+  ///
+  /// \param T The result type of this message.
+  ///
+  /// \param VK The value kind of this message.  A message returning
+  /// a l-value or r-value reference will be an l-value or x-value,
+  /// respectively.
+  ///
+  /// \param LBracLoc The location of the open square bracket '['.
+  ///
+  /// \param Receiver The type of the receiver, including
+  /// source-location information.
+  ///
+  /// \param Sel The selector used to determine which method gets called.
+  ///
+  /// \param Method The Objective-C method against which this message
+  /// send was type-checked. May be NULL.
+  ///
+  /// \param Args The message send arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \param RBracLoc The location of the closing square bracket ']'.
+  static ObjCMessageExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
+                                 ExprValueKind VK,
+                                 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                                 TypeSourceInfo *Receiver,
+                                 Selector Sel, 
+                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
+                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                                 bool isImplicit);
+
+  /// \brief Create an instance message send.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The ASTContext in which this expression will be created.
+  ///
+  /// \param T The result type of this message.
+  ///
+  /// \param VK The value kind of this message.  A message returning
+  /// a l-value or r-value reference will be an l-value or x-value,
+  /// respectively.
+  ///
+  /// \param LBracLoc The location of the open square bracket '['.
+  ///
+  /// \param Receiver The expression used to produce the object that
+  /// will receive this message.
+  ///
+  /// \param Sel The selector used to determine which method gets called.
+  ///
+  /// \param Method The Objective-C method against which this message
+  /// send was type-checked. May be NULL.
+  ///
+  /// \param Args The message send arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \param RBracLoc The location of the closing square bracket ']'.
+  static ObjCMessageExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
+                                 ExprValueKind VK,
+                                 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                                 Expr *Receiver,
+                                 Selector Sel, 
+                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SeLocs,
+                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                                 bool isImplicit);
+
+  /// \brief Create an empty Objective-C message expression, to be
+  /// filled in by subsequent calls.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The context in which the message send will be created.
+  ///
+  /// \param NumArgs The number of message arguments, not including
+  /// the receiver.
+  static ObjCMessageExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context,
+                                      unsigned NumArgs,
+                                      unsigned NumStoredSelLocs);
+
+  /// \brief Indicates whether the message send was implicitly
+  /// generated by the implementation. If false, it was written explicitly
+  /// in the source code.
+  bool isImplicit() const { return IsImplicit; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the kind of receiver that this message is being
+  /// sent to.
+  ReceiverKind getReceiverKind() const { return (ReceiverKind)Kind; }
+
+  /// \brief Source range of the receiver.
+  SourceRange getReceiverRange() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is an instance message to either a
+  /// computed object or to super.
+  bool isInstanceMessage() const {
+    return getReceiverKind() == Instance || getReceiverKind() == SuperInstance;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is an class message to either a
+  /// specified class or to super.
+  bool isClassMessage() const {
+    return getReceiverKind() == Class || getReceiverKind() == SuperClass;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the object expression (receiver) for an instance message,
+  /// or null for a message that is not an instance message.
+  Expr *getInstanceReceiver() {
+    if (getReceiverKind() == Instance)
+      return static_cast<Expr *>(getReceiverPointer());
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+  const Expr *getInstanceReceiver() const {
+    return const_cast<ObjCMessageExpr*>(this)->getInstanceReceiver();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Turn this message send into an instance message that
+  /// computes the receiver object with the given expression.
+  void setInstanceReceiver(Expr *rec) { 
+    Kind = Instance;
+    setReceiverPointer(rec);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Returns the type of a class message send, or NULL if the
+  /// message is not a class message.
+  QualType getClassReceiver() const { 
+    if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = getClassReceiverTypeInfo())
+      return TSInfo->getType();
+
+    return QualType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns a type-source information of a class message
+  /// send, or NULL if the message is not a class message.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getClassReceiverTypeInfo() const {
+    if (getReceiverKind() == Class)
+      return reinterpret_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>(getReceiverPointer());
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  void setClassReceiver(TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo) {
+    Kind = Class;
+    setReceiverPointer(TSInfo);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the 'super' keyword for a class
+  /// or instance message to 'super', otherwise an invalid source location.
+  SourceLocation getSuperLoc() const { 
+    if (getReceiverKind() == SuperInstance || getReceiverKind() == SuperClass)
+      return SuperLoc;
+
+    return SourceLocation();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the receiver type to which this message is being directed.
+  ///
+  /// This routine cross-cuts all of the different kinds of message
+  /// sends to determine what the underlying (statically known) type
+  /// of the receiver will be; use \c getReceiverKind() to determine
+  /// whether the message is a class or an instance method, whether it
+  /// is a send to super or not, etc.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The type of the receiver.
+  QualType getReceiverType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the Objective-C interface to which this message
+  /// is being directed, if known.
+  ///
+  /// This routine cross-cuts all of the different kinds of message
+  /// sends to determine what the underlying (statically known) type
+  /// of the receiver will be; use \c getReceiverKind() to determine
+  /// whether the message is a class or an instance method, whether it
+  /// is a send to super or not, etc.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The Objective-C interface if known, otherwise NULL.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getReceiverInterface() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type referred to by 'super'. 
+  ///
+  /// The returned type will either be an ObjCInterfaceType (for an
+  /// class message to super) or an ObjCObjectPointerType that refers
+  /// to a class (for an instance message to super);
+  QualType getSuperType() const {
+    if (getReceiverKind() == SuperInstance || getReceiverKind() == SuperClass)
+      return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(getReceiverPointer());
+
+    return QualType();
+  }
+
+  void setSuper(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, bool IsInstanceSuper) {
+    Kind = IsInstanceSuper? SuperInstance : SuperClass;
+    SuperLoc = Loc;
+    setReceiverPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  Selector getSelector() const;
+
+  void setSelector(Selector S) { 
+    HasMethod = false;
+    SelectorOrMethod = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(S.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  const ObjCMethodDecl *getMethodDecl() const { 
+    if (HasMethod)
+      return reinterpret_cast<const ObjCMethodDecl *>(SelectorOrMethod);
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getMethodDecl() { 
+    if (HasMethod)
+      return reinterpret_cast<ObjCMethodDecl *>(SelectorOrMethod);
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  void setMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 
+    HasMethod = true;
+    SelectorOrMethod = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(MD);
+  }
+
+  ObjCMethodFamily getMethodFamily() const {
+    if (HasMethod) return getMethodDecl()->getMethodFamily();
+    return getSelector().getMethodFamily();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the number of actual arguments in this message,
+  /// not counting the receiver.
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the arguments to this message, not including the
+  /// receiver.
+  Expr **getArgs() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(this + 1) + 1;
+  }
+  const Expr * const *getArgs() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const Expr * const *>(this + 1) + 1;
+  }
+
+  /// getArg - Return the specified argument.
+  Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) {
+    assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return cast<Expr>(getArgs()[Arg]);
+  }
+  const Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const {
+    assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return cast<Expr>(getArgs()[Arg]);
+  }
+  /// setArg - Set the specified argument.
+  void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr) {
+    assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
+    getArgs()[Arg] = ArgExpr;
+  }
+
+  /// isDelegateInitCall - Answers whether this message send has been
+  /// tagged as a "delegate init call", i.e. a call to a method in the
+  /// -init family on self from within an -init method implementation.
+  bool isDelegateInitCall() const { return IsDelegateInitCall; }
+  void setDelegateInitCall(bool isDelegate) { IsDelegateInitCall = isDelegate; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLeftLoc() const { return LBracLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRightLoc() const { return RBracLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getSelectorStartLoc() const {
+    if (isImplicit())
+      return getLocStart();
+    return getSelectorLoc(0);
+  }
+  SourceLocation getSelectorLoc(unsigned Index) const {
+    assert(Index < getNumSelectorLocs() && "Index out of range!");
+    if (hasStandardSelLocs())
+      return getStandardSelectorLoc(Index, getSelector(),
+                                   getSelLocsKind() == SelLoc_StandardWithSpace,
+                               llvm::makeArrayRef(const_cast<Expr**>(getArgs()),
+                                                  getNumArgs()),
+                                   RBracLoc);
+    return getStoredSelLocs()[Index];
+  }
+
+  void getSelectorLocs(SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &SelLocs) const;
+
+  unsigned getNumSelectorLocs() const {
+    if (isImplicit())
+      return 0;
+    Selector Sel = getSelector();
+    if (Sel.isUnarySelector())
+      return 1;
+    return Sel.getNumArgs();
+  }
+
+  void setSourceRange(SourceRange R) {
+    LBracLoc = R.getBegin();
+    RBracLoc = R.getEnd();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return LBracLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RBracLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCMessageExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children();
+
+  typedef ExprIterator arg_iterator;
+  typedef ConstExprIterator const_arg_iterator;
+
+  arg_iterator arg_begin() { return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getArgs()); }
+  arg_iterator arg_end()   { 
+    return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getArgs() + NumArgs); 
+  }
+  const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const { 
+    return reinterpret_cast<Stmt const * const*>(getArgs()); 
+  }
+  const_arg_iterator arg_end() const { 
+    return reinterpret_cast<Stmt const * const*>(getArgs() + NumArgs); 
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// ObjCIsaExpr - Represent X->isa and X.isa when X is an ObjC 'id' type.
+/// (similar in spirit to MemberExpr).
+class ObjCIsaExpr : public Expr {
+  /// Base - the expression for the base object pointer.
+  Stmt *Base;
+
+  /// IsaMemberLoc - This is the location of the 'isa'.
+  SourceLocation IsaMemberLoc;
+  
+  /// OpLoc - This is the location of '.' or '->'
+  SourceLocation OpLoc;
+
+  /// IsArrow - True if this is "X->F", false if this is "X.F".
+  bool IsArrow;
+public:
+  ObjCIsaExpr(Expr *base, bool isarrow, SourceLocation l, SourceLocation oploc,
+              QualType ty)
+    : Expr(ObjCIsaExprClass, ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           /*TypeDependent=*/false, base->isValueDependent(),
+           base->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
+      Base(base), IsaMemberLoc(l), OpLoc(oploc), IsArrow(isarrow) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty expression.
+  explicit ObjCIsaExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ObjCIsaExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+  void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; }
+  Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
+
+  bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; }
+  void setArrow(bool A) { IsArrow = A; }
+
+  /// getMemberLoc - Return the location of the "member", in X->F, it is the
+  /// location of 'F'.
+  SourceLocation getIsaMemberLoc() const { return IsaMemberLoc; }
+  void setIsaMemberLoc(SourceLocation L) { IsaMemberLoc = L; }
+  
+  SourceLocation getOpLoc() const { return OpLoc; }
+  void setOpLoc(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getBase()->getLocStart();
+  }
+  
+  SourceLocation getBaseLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getBase()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+  
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return IsaMemberLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return IsaMemberLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCIsaExprClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); }
+};
+
+
+/// ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExpr - Represents the passing of a function
+/// argument by indirect copy-restore in ARC.  This is used to support
+/// passing indirect arguments with the wrong lifetime, e.g. when
+/// passing the address of a __strong local variable to an 'out'
+/// parameter.  This expression kind is only valid in an "argument"
+/// position to some sort of call expression.
+///
+/// The parameter must have type 'pointer to T', and the argument must
+/// have type 'pointer to U', where T and U agree except possibly in
+/// qualification.  If the argument value is null, then a null pointer
+/// is passed;  otherwise it points to an object A, and:
+/// 1. A temporary object B of type T is initialized, either by
+///    zero-initialization (used when initializing an 'out' parameter)
+///    or copy-initialization (used when initializing an 'inout'
+///    parameter).
+/// 2. The address of the temporary is passed to the function.
+/// 3. If the call completes normally, A is move-assigned from B.
+/// 4. Finally, A is destroyed immediately.
+///
+/// Currently 'T' must be a retainable object lifetime and must be
+/// __autoreleasing;  this qualifier is ignored when initializing
+/// the value.
+class ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExpr : public Expr {
+  Stmt *Operand;
+
+  // unsigned ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreBits.ShouldCopy : 1;
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+  void setShouldCopy(bool shouldCopy) {
+    ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprBits.ShouldCopy = shouldCopy;
+  }
+
+  explicit ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Expr(ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprClass, Empty) { }
+
+public:
+  ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExpr(Expr *operand, QualType type, bool shouldCopy)
+    : Expr(ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprClass, type, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
+           operand->isTypeDependent(), operand->isValueDependent(),
+           operand->isInstantiationDependent(),
+           operand->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Operand(operand) {
+    setShouldCopy(shouldCopy);
+  }
+
+  Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Operand); }
+  const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Operand); }
+
+  /// shouldCopy - True if we should do the 'copy' part of the
+  /// copy-restore.  If false, the temporary will be zero-initialized.
+  bool shouldCopy() const { return ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprBits.ShouldCopy; }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Operand, &Operand+1); }  
+
+  // Source locations are determined by the subexpression.
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Operand->getLocStart();
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Operand->getLocEnd();}
+
+  SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSubExpr()->getExprLoc();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *s) {
+    return s->getStmtClass() == ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
+/// Objective-C pointers and C pointers, transferring ownership in the process.
+///
+/// \code
+/// NSString *str = (__bridge_transfer NSString *)CFCreateString();
+/// \endcode
+class ObjCBridgedCastExpr : public ExplicitCastExpr {
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc;
+  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc;
+  unsigned Kind : 2;
+  
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+  
+public:
+  ObjCBridgedCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
+                      CastKind CK, SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
+                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, Expr *Operand)
+    : ExplicitCastExpr(ObjCBridgedCastExprClass, TSInfo->getType(), VK_RValue,
+                       CK, Operand, 0, TSInfo),
+      LParenLoc(LParenLoc), BridgeKeywordLoc(BridgeKeywordLoc), Kind(Kind) { }
+  
+  /// \brief Construct an empty Objective-C bridged cast.
+  explicit ObjCBridgedCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
+    : ExplicitCastExpr(ObjCBridgedCastExprClass, Shell, 0) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine which kind of bridge is being performed via this cast.
+  ObjCBridgeCastKind getBridgeKind() const { 
+    return static_cast<ObjCBridgeCastKind>(Kind); 
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the kind of bridge being performed as a string.
+  StringRef getBridgeKindName() const;
+  
+  /// \brief The location of the bridge keyword.
+  SourceLocation getBridgeKeywordLoc() const { return BridgeKeywordLoc; }
+  
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return LParenLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSubExpr()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+  
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCBridgedCastExprClass;
+  }
+};
+  
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81fcf24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
+//===--- ExternalASTSource.h - Abstract External AST Interface --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ExternalASTSource interface, which enables
+//  construction of AST nodes from some external source.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXTERNAL_AST_SOURCE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXTERNAL_AST_SOURCE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTConsumer;
+class CXXBaseSpecifier;
+class DeclarationName;
+class ExternalSemaSource; // layering violation required for downcasting
+class FieldDecl;
+class Module;
+class NamedDecl;
+class RecordDecl;
+class Selector;
+class Stmt;
+class TagDecl;
+
+/// \brief Enumeration describing the result of loading information from
+/// an external source.
+enum ExternalLoadResult {
+  /// \brief Loading the external information has succeeded.
+  ELR_Success,
+  
+  /// \brief Loading the external information has failed.
+  ELR_Failure,
+  
+  /// \brief The external information has already been loaded, and therefore
+  /// no additional processing is required.
+  ELR_AlreadyLoaded
+};
+  
+/// \brief Abstract interface for external sources of AST nodes.
+///
+/// External AST sources provide AST nodes constructed from some
+/// external source, such as a precompiled header. External AST
+/// sources can resolve types and declarations from abstract IDs into
+/// actual type and declaration nodes, and read parts of declaration
+/// contexts.
+class ExternalASTSource {
+  /// \brief Whether this AST source also provides information for
+  /// semantic analysis.
+  bool SemaSource;
+
+  friend class ExternalSemaSource;
+
+public:
+  ExternalASTSource() : SemaSource(false) { }
+
+  virtual ~ExternalASTSource();
+
+  /// \brief RAII class for safely pairing a StartedDeserializing call
+  /// with FinishedDeserializing.
+  class Deserializing {
+    ExternalASTSource *Source;
+  public:
+    explicit Deserializing(ExternalASTSource *source) : Source(source) {
+      assert(Source);
+      Source->StartedDeserializing();
+    }
+    ~Deserializing() {
+      Source->FinishedDeserializing();
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Resolve a declaration ID into a declaration, potentially
+  /// building a new declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This method only needs to be implemented if the AST source ever
+  /// passes back decl sets as VisibleDeclaration objects.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
+  virtual Decl *GetExternalDecl(uint32_t ID);
+
+  /// \brief Resolve a selector ID into a selector.
+  ///
+  /// This operation only needs to be implemented if the AST source
+  /// returns non-zero for GetNumKnownSelectors().
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
+  virtual Selector GetExternalSelector(uint32_t ID);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of selectors known to the external AST
+  /// source.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
+  virtual uint32_t GetNumExternalSelectors();
+
+  /// \brief Resolve the offset of a statement in the decl stream into
+  /// a statement.
+  ///
+  /// This operation is meant to be used via a LazyOffsetPtr.  It only
+  /// needs to be implemented if the AST source uses methods like
+  /// FunctionDecl::setLazyBody when building decls.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
+  virtual Stmt *GetExternalDeclStmt(uint64_t Offset);
+
+  /// \brief Resolve the offset of a set of C++ base specifiers in the decl
+  /// stream into an array of specifiers.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
+  virtual CXXBaseSpecifier *GetExternalCXXBaseSpecifiers(uint64_t Offset);
+
+  /// \brief Update an out-of-date identifier.
+  virtual void updateOutOfDateIdentifier(IdentifierInfo &II) { }
+
+  /// \brief Find all declarations with the given name in the given context,
+  /// and add them to the context by calling SetExternalVisibleDeclsForName
+  /// or SetNoExternalVisibleDeclsForName.
+  /// \return \c true if any declarations might have been found, \c false if
+  /// we definitely have no declarations with tbis name.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op returning \c false.
+  virtual bool
+  FindExternalVisibleDeclsByName(const DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name);
+
+  /// \brief Ensures that the table of all visible declarations inside this
+  /// context is up to date.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this function is a no-op.
+  virtual void completeVisibleDeclsMap(const DeclContext *DC);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module that corresponds to the given module ID.
+  virtual Module *getModule(unsigned ID) { return 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Finds all declarations lexically contained within the given
+  /// DeclContext, after applying an optional filter predicate.
+  ///
+  /// \param isKindWeWant a predicate function that returns true if the passed
+  /// declaration kind is one we are looking for. If NULL, all declarations
+  /// are returned.
+  ///
+  /// \return an indication of whether the load succeeded or failed.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
+  virtual ExternalLoadResult FindExternalLexicalDecls(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                        bool (*isKindWeWant)(Decl::Kind),
+                                        SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Result);
+
+  /// \brief Finds all declarations lexically contained within the given
+  /// DeclContext.
+  ///
+  /// \return true if an error occurred
+  ExternalLoadResult FindExternalLexicalDecls(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Result) {
+    return FindExternalLexicalDecls(DC, 0, Result);
+  }
+
+  template <typename DeclTy>
+  ExternalLoadResult FindExternalLexicalDeclsBy(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                  SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Result) {
+    return FindExternalLexicalDecls(DC, DeclTy::classofKind, Result);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the decls that are contained in a file in the Offset/Length
+  /// range. \p Length can be 0 to indicate a point at \p Offset instead of
+  /// a range. 
+  virtual void FindFileRegionDecls(FileID File, unsigned Offset,unsigned Length,
+                                   SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls) {}
+
+  /// \brief Gives the external AST source an opportunity to complete
+  /// an incomplete type.
+  virtual void CompleteType(TagDecl *Tag) {}
+
+  /// \brief Gives the external AST source an opportunity to complete an
+  /// incomplete Objective-C class.
+  ///
+  /// This routine will only be invoked if the "externally completed" bit is
+  /// set on the ObjCInterfaceDecl via the function 
+  /// \c ObjCInterfaceDecl::setExternallyCompleted().
+  virtual void CompleteType(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class) { }
+
+  /// \brief Loads comment ranges.
+  virtual void ReadComments() { }
+
+  /// \brief Notify ExternalASTSource that we started deserialization of
+  /// a decl or type so until FinishedDeserializing is called there may be
+  /// decls that are initializing. Must be paired with FinishedDeserializing.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
+  virtual void StartedDeserializing() { }
+
+  /// \brief Notify ExternalASTSource that we finished the deserialization of
+  /// a decl or type. Must be paired with StartedDeserializing.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
+  virtual void FinishedDeserializing() { }
+
+  /// \brief Function that will be invoked when we begin parsing a new
+  /// translation unit involving this external AST source.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
+  virtual void StartTranslationUnit(ASTConsumer *Consumer) { }
+
+  /// \brief Print any statistics that have been gathered regarding
+  /// the external AST source.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
+  virtual void PrintStats();
+  
+  
+  /// \brief Perform layout on the given record.
+  ///
+  /// This routine allows the external AST source to provide an specific 
+  /// layout for a record, overriding the layout that would normally be
+  /// constructed. It is intended for clients who receive specific layout
+  /// details rather than source code (such as LLDB). The client is expected
+  /// to fill in the field offsets, base offsets, virtual base offsets, and
+  /// complete object size.
+  ///
+  /// \param Record The record whose layout is being requested.
+  ///
+  /// \param Size The final size of the record, in bits.
+  ///
+  /// \param Alignment The final alignment of the record, in bits.
+  ///
+  /// \param FieldOffsets The offset of each of the fields within the record,
+  /// expressed in bits. All of the fields must be provided with offsets.
+  ///
+  /// \param BaseOffsets The offset of each of the direct, non-virtual base
+  /// classes. If any bases are not given offsets, the bases will be laid 
+  /// out according to the ABI.
+  ///
+  /// \param VirtualBaseOffsets The offset of each of the virtual base classes
+  /// (either direct or not). If any bases are not given offsets, the bases will be laid 
+  /// out according to the ABI.
+  /// 
+  /// \returns true if the record layout was provided, false otherwise.
+  virtual bool 
+  layoutRecordType(const RecordDecl *Record,
+                   uint64_t &Size, uint64_t &Alignment,
+                   llvm::DenseMap<const FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &FieldOffsets,
+                 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, CharUnits> &BaseOffsets,
+          llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, CharUnits> &VirtualBaseOffsets)
+  { 
+    return false;
+  }
+  
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Queries for performance analysis.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  
+  struct MemoryBufferSizes {
+    size_t malloc_bytes;
+    size_t mmap_bytes;
+    
+    MemoryBufferSizes(size_t malloc_bytes, size_t mmap_bytes)
+    : malloc_bytes(malloc_bytes), mmap_bytes(mmap_bytes) {}
+  };
+  
+  /// Return the amount of memory used by memory buffers, breaking down
+  /// by heap-backed versus mmap'ed memory.
+  MemoryBufferSizes getMemoryBufferSizes() const {
+    MemoryBufferSizes sizes(0, 0);
+    getMemoryBufferSizes(sizes);
+    return sizes;
+  }
+
+  virtual void getMemoryBufferSizes(MemoryBufferSizes &sizes) const;
+
+protected:
+  static DeclContextLookupResult
+  SetExternalVisibleDeclsForName(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                 DeclarationName Name,
+                                 ArrayRef<NamedDecl*> Decls);
+
+  static DeclContextLookupResult
+  SetNoExternalVisibleDeclsForName(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                   DeclarationName Name);
+};
+
+/// \brief A lazy pointer to an AST node (of base type T) that resides
+/// within an external AST source.
+///
+/// The AST node is identified within the external AST source by a
+/// 63-bit offset, and can be retrieved via an operation on the
+/// external AST source itself.
+template<typename T, typename OffsT, T* (ExternalASTSource::*Get)(OffsT Offset)>
+struct LazyOffsetPtr {
+  /// \brief Either a pointer to an AST node or the offset within the
+  /// external AST source where the AST node can be found.
+  ///
+  /// If the low bit is clear, a pointer to the AST node. If the low
+  /// bit is set, the upper 63 bits are the offset.
+  mutable uint64_t Ptr;
+
+public:
+  LazyOffsetPtr() : Ptr(0) { }
+
+  explicit LazyOffsetPtr(T *Ptr) : Ptr(reinterpret_cast<uint64_t>(Ptr)) { }
+  explicit LazyOffsetPtr(uint64_t Offset) : Ptr((Offset << 1) | 0x01) {
+    assert((Offset << 1 >> 1) == Offset && "Offsets must require < 63 bits");
+    if (Offset == 0)
+      Ptr = 0;
+  }
+
+  LazyOffsetPtr &operator=(T *Ptr) {
+    this->Ptr = reinterpret_cast<uint64_t>(Ptr);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  LazyOffsetPtr &operator=(uint64_t Offset) {
+    assert((Offset << 1 >> 1) == Offset && "Offsets must require < 63 bits");
+    if (Offset == 0)
+      Ptr = 0;
+    else
+      Ptr = (Offset << 1) | 0x01;
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this pointer is non-NULL.
+  ///
+  /// This operation does not require the AST node to be deserialized.
+  operator bool() const { return Ptr != 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this pointer is currently stored as an offset.
+  bool isOffset() const { return Ptr & 0x01; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the pointer to the AST node that this lazy pointer
+  ///
+  /// \param Source the external AST source.
+  ///
+  /// \returns a pointer to the AST node.
+  T* get(ExternalASTSource *Source) const {
+    if (isOffset()) {
+      assert(Source &&
+             "Cannot deserialize a lazy pointer without an AST source");
+      Ptr = reinterpret_cast<uint64_t>((Source->*Get)(Ptr >> 1));
+    }
+    return reinterpret_cast<T*>(Ptr);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a lazily-loaded vector of data.
+///
+/// The lazily-loaded vector of data contains data that is partially loaded
+/// from an external source and partially added by local translation. The 
+/// items loaded from the external source are loaded lazily, when needed for
+/// iteration over the complete vector.
+template<typename T, typename Source, 
+         void (Source::*Loader)(SmallVectorImpl<T>&),
+         unsigned LoadedStorage = 2, unsigned LocalStorage = 4>
+class LazyVector {
+  SmallVector<T, LoadedStorage> Loaded;
+  SmallVector<T, LocalStorage> Local;
+
+public:
+  // Iteration over the elements in the vector.
+  class iterator {
+    LazyVector *Self;
+    
+    /// \brief Position within the vector..
+    ///
+    /// In a complete iteration, the Position field walks the range [-M, N),
+    /// where negative values are used to indicate elements
+    /// loaded from the external source while non-negative values are used to
+    /// indicate elements added via \c push_back().
+    /// However, to provide iteration in source order (for, e.g., chained
+    /// precompiled headers), dereferencing the iterator flips the negative
+    /// values (corresponding to loaded entities), so that position -M 
+    /// corresponds to element 0 in the loaded entities vector, position -M+1
+    /// corresponds to element 1 in the loaded entities vector, etc. This
+    /// gives us a reasonably efficient, source-order walk.
+    int Position;
+    
+    friend class LazyVector;
+    
+  public:
+    typedef T                   value_type;
+    typedef value_type&         reference;
+    typedef value_type*         pointer;
+    typedef std::random_access_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+    typedef int                 difference_type;
+    
+    iterator() : Self(0), Position(0) { }
+    
+    iterator(LazyVector *Self, int Position) 
+      : Self(Self), Position(Position) { }
+    
+    reference operator*() const {
+      if (Position < 0)
+        return Self->Loaded.end()[Position];
+      return Self->Local[Position];
+    }
+    
+    pointer operator->() const {
+      if (Position < 0)
+        return &Self->Loaded.end()[Position];
+      
+      return &Self->Local[Position];        
+    }
+    
+    reference operator[](difference_type D) {
+      return *(*this + D);
+    }
+    
+    iterator &operator++() {
+      ++Position;
+      return *this;
+    }
+    
+    iterator operator++(int) {
+      iterator Prev(*this);
+      ++Position;
+      return Prev;
+    }
+    
+    iterator &operator--() {
+      --Position;
+      return *this;
+    }
+    
+    iterator operator--(int) {
+      iterator Prev(*this);
+      --Position;
+      return Prev;
+    }
+    
+    friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+      return X.Position == Y.Position;
+    }
+    
+    friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+      return X.Position != Y.Position;
+    }
+    
+    friend bool operator<(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+      return X.Position < Y.Position;
+    }
+    
+    friend bool operator>(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+      return X.Position > Y.Position;
+    }
+    
+    friend bool operator<=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+      return X.Position < Y.Position;
+    }
+    
+    friend bool operator>=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+      return X.Position > Y.Position;
+    }
+    
+    friend iterator& operator+=(iterator &X, difference_type D) {
+      X.Position += D;
+      return X;
+    }
+    
+    friend iterator& operator-=(iterator &X, difference_type D) {
+      X.Position -= D;
+      return X;
+    }
+    
+    friend iterator operator+(iterator X, difference_type D) {
+      X.Position += D;
+      return X;
+    }
+    
+    friend iterator operator+(difference_type D, iterator X) {
+      X.Position += D;
+      return X;
+    }
+    
+    friend difference_type operator-(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+      return X.Position - Y.Position;
+    }
+    
+    friend iterator operator-(iterator X, difference_type D) {
+      X.Position -= D;
+      return X;
+    }
+  };
+  friend class iterator;
+  
+  iterator begin(Source *source, bool LocalOnly = false) {
+    if (LocalOnly)
+      return iterator(this, 0);
+    
+    if (source)
+      (source->*Loader)(Loaded);
+    return iterator(this, -(int)Loaded.size());
+  }
+  
+  iterator end() {
+    return iterator(this, Local.size());
+  }
+  
+  void push_back(const T& LocalValue) {
+    Local.push_back(LocalValue);
+  }
+  
+  void erase(iterator From, iterator To) {
+    if (From.Position < 0 && To.Position < 0) {
+      Loaded.erase(Loaded.end() + From.Position, Loaded.end() + To.Position);
+      return;
+    }
+    
+    if (From.Position < 0) {
+      Loaded.erase(Loaded.end() + From.Position, Loaded.end());
+      From = begin(0, true);
+    }
+    
+    Local.erase(Local.begin() + From.Position, Local.begin() + To.Position);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief A lazy pointer to a statement.
+typedef LazyOffsetPtr<Stmt, uint64_t, &ExternalASTSource::GetExternalDeclStmt>
+  LazyDeclStmtPtr;
+
+/// \brief A lazy pointer to a declaration.
+typedef LazyOffsetPtr<Decl, uint32_t, &ExternalASTSource::GetExternalDecl>
+  LazyDeclPtr;
+
+/// \brief A lazy pointer to a set of CXXBaseSpecifiers.
+typedef LazyOffsetPtr<CXXBaseSpecifier, uint64_t, 
+                      &ExternalASTSource::GetExternalCXXBaseSpecifiers>
+  LazyCXXBaseSpecifiersPtr;
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXTERNAL_AST_SOURCE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/GlobalDecl.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/GlobalDecl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c43e44c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/GlobalDecl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+//===--- GlobalDecl.h - Global declaration holder ---------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// A GlobalDecl can hold either a regular variable/function or a C++ ctor/dtor
+// together with its type.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_GLOBALDECL_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_GLOBALDECL_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/ABI.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// GlobalDecl - represents a global declaration. This can either be a
+/// CXXConstructorDecl and the constructor type (Base, Complete).
+/// a CXXDestructorDecl and the destructor type (Base, Complete) or
+/// a VarDecl, a FunctionDecl or a BlockDecl.
+class GlobalDecl {
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<const Decl*, 2> Value;
+
+  void Init(const Decl *D) {
+    assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(D) && "Use other ctor with ctor decls!");
+    assert(!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(D) && "Use other ctor with dtor decls!");
+
+    Value.setPointer(D);
+  }
+
+public:
+  GlobalDecl() {}
+
+  GlobalDecl(const VarDecl *D) { Init(D);}
+  GlobalDecl(const FunctionDecl *D) { Init(D); }
+  GlobalDecl(const BlockDecl *D) { Init(D); }
+  GlobalDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *D) { Init(D); }
+
+  GlobalDecl(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, CXXCtorType Type)
+  : Value(D, Type) {}
+  GlobalDecl(const CXXDestructorDecl *D, CXXDtorType Type)
+  : Value(D, Type) {}
+
+  GlobalDecl getCanonicalDecl() const {
+    GlobalDecl CanonGD;
+    CanonGD.Value.setPointer(Value.getPointer()->getCanonicalDecl());
+    CanonGD.Value.setInt(Value.getInt());
+    
+    return CanonGD;
+  }
+
+  const Decl *getDecl() const { return Value.getPointer(); }
+
+  CXXCtorType getCtorType() const {
+    assert(isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(getDecl()) && "Decl is not a ctor!");
+    return static_cast<CXXCtorType>(Value.getInt());
+  }
+
+  CXXDtorType getDtorType() const {
+    assert(isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(getDecl()) && "Decl is not a dtor!");
+    return static_cast<CXXDtorType>(Value.getInt());
+  }
+  
+  friend bool operator==(const GlobalDecl &LHS, const GlobalDecl &RHS) {
+    return LHS.Value == RHS.Value;
+  }
+  
+  void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); }
+
+  static GlobalDecl getFromOpaquePtr(void *P) {
+    GlobalDecl GD;
+    GD.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(P);
+    return GD;
+  }
+  
+  GlobalDecl getWithDecl(const Decl *D) {
+    GlobalDecl Result(*this);
+    Result.Value.setPointer(D);
+    return Result;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template<class> struct DenseMapInfo;
+
+  template<> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::GlobalDecl> {
+    static inline clang::GlobalDecl getEmptyKey() {
+      return clang::GlobalDecl();
+    }
+  
+    static inline clang::GlobalDecl getTombstoneKey() {
+      return clang::GlobalDecl::
+        getFromOpaquePtr(reinterpret_cast<void*>(-1));
+    }
+
+    static unsigned getHashValue(clang::GlobalDecl GD) {
+      return DenseMapInfo<void*>::getHashValue(GD.getAsOpaquePtr());
+    }
+    
+    static bool isEqual(clang::GlobalDecl LHS, 
+                        clang::GlobalDecl RHS) {
+      return LHS == RHS;
+    }
+      
+  };
+  
+  // GlobalDecl isn't *technically* a POD type. However, its copy constructor,
+  // copy assignment operator, and destructor are all trivial.
+  template <>
+  struct isPodLike<clang::GlobalDecl> {
+    static const bool value = true;
+  };
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbaee26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+//===--- LambdaMangleContext.h - Context for mangling lambdas ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the LambdaMangleContext interface, which keeps track of
+//  the Itanium C++ ABI mangling numbers for lambda expressions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LAMBDAMANGLECONTEXT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LAMBDAMANGLECONTEXT_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CXXMethodDecl;
+class FunctionProtoType;
+
+/// \brief Keeps track of the mangled names of lambda expressions within a
+/// particular context.
+class LambdaMangleContext : public RefCountedBase<LambdaMangleContext> {
+  llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionProtoType *, unsigned> ManglingNumbers;
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief Retrieve the mangling number of a new lambda expression with the
+  /// given call operator within this lambda context.
+  unsigned getManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
+};
+  
+} // end namespace clang
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Mangle.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Mangle.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94faa19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Mangle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+//===--- Mangle.h - Mangle C++ Names ----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Defines the C++ name mangling interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_MANGLE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_MANGLE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/ABI.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class BlockDecl;
+  class CXXConstructorDecl;
+  class CXXDestructorDecl;
+  class CXXMethodDecl;
+  class FunctionDecl;
+  class NamedDecl;
+  class ObjCMethodDecl;
+  class VarDecl;
+  struct ThisAdjustment;
+  struct ThunkInfo;
+
+/// MangleBuffer - a convenient class for storing a name which is
+/// either the result of a mangling or is a constant string with
+/// external memory ownership.
+class MangleBuffer {
+public:
+  void setString(StringRef Ref) {
+    String = Ref;
+  }
+
+  SmallVectorImpl<char> &getBuffer() {
+    return Buffer;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getString() const {
+    if (!String.empty()) return String;
+    return Buffer.str();
+  }
+
+  operator StringRef() const {
+    return getString();
+  }
+
+private:
+  StringRef String;
+  SmallString<256> Buffer;
+};
+
+/// MangleContext - Context for tracking state which persists across multiple
+/// calls to the C++ name mangler.
+class MangleContext {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  ASTContext &Context;
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
+
+  llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl*, unsigned> GlobalBlockIds;
+  llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl*, unsigned> LocalBlockIds;
+  
+public:
+  explicit MangleContext(ASTContext &Context,
+                         DiagnosticsEngine &Diags)
+    : Context(Context), Diags(Diags) { }
+
+  virtual ~MangleContext() { }
+
+  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
+
+  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiags() const { return Diags; }
+
+  virtual void startNewFunction() { LocalBlockIds.clear(); }
+  
+  unsigned getBlockId(const BlockDecl *BD, bool Local) {
+    llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, unsigned> &BlockIds
+      = Local? LocalBlockIds : GlobalBlockIds;
+    std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, unsigned>::iterator, bool>
+      Result = BlockIds.insert(std::make_pair(BD, BlockIds.size()));
+    return Result.first->second;
+  }
+  
+  /// @name Mangler Entry Points
+  /// @{
+
+  virtual bool shouldMangleDeclName(const NamedDecl *D) = 0;
+  virtual void mangleName(const NamedDecl *D, raw_ostream &)=0;
+  virtual void mangleThunk(const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
+                          const ThunkInfo &Thunk,
+                          raw_ostream &) = 0;
+  virtual void mangleCXXDtorThunk(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD, CXXDtorType Type,
+                                  const ThisAdjustment &ThisAdjustment,
+                                  raw_ostream &) = 0;
+  virtual void mangleReferenceTemporary(const VarDecl *D,
+                                        raw_ostream &) = 0;
+  virtual void mangleCXXVTable(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                               raw_ostream &) = 0;
+  virtual void mangleCXXVTT(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                            raw_ostream &) = 0;
+  virtual void mangleCXXCtorVTable(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, int64_t Offset,
+                                   const CXXRecordDecl *Type,
+                                   raw_ostream &) = 0;
+  virtual void mangleCXXRTTI(QualType T, raw_ostream &) = 0;
+  virtual void mangleCXXRTTIName(QualType T, raw_ostream &) = 0;
+  virtual void mangleCXXCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, CXXCtorType Type,
+                             raw_ostream &) = 0;
+  virtual void mangleCXXDtor(const CXXDestructorDecl *D, CXXDtorType Type,
+                             raw_ostream &) = 0;
+
+  void mangleGlobalBlock(const BlockDecl *BD,
+                         const NamedDecl *ID,
+                         raw_ostream &Out);
+  void mangleCtorBlock(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD, CXXCtorType CT,
+                       const BlockDecl *BD, raw_ostream &Out);
+  void mangleDtorBlock(const CXXDestructorDecl *CD, CXXDtorType DT,
+                       const BlockDecl *BD, raw_ostream &Out);
+  void mangleBlock(const DeclContext *DC, const BlockDecl *BD,
+                   raw_ostream &Out);
+  // Do the right thing.
+  void mangleBlock(const BlockDecl *BD, raw_ostream &Out,
+                   const NamedDecl *ID=0);
+
+  void mangleObjCMethodName(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
+                            raw_ostream &);
+
+  // This is pretty lame.
+  virtual void mangleItaniumGuardVariable(const VarDecl *D,
+                                          raw_ostream &) {
+    llvm_unreachable("Target does not support mangling guard variables");
+  }
+  /// @}
+};
+
+MangleContext *createItaniumMangleContext(ASTContext &Context,
+                                          DiagnosticsEngine &Diags);
+MangleContext *createMicrosoftMangleContext(ASTContext &Context,
+                                            DiagnosticsEngine &Diags);
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/NSAPI.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/NSAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b21b03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/NSAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+//===--- NSAPI.h - NSFoundation APIs ----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_NSAPI_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_NSAPI_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class QualType;
+  class Expr;
+
+// \brief Provides info and caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation API.
+class NSAPI {
+public:
+  explicit NSAPI(ASTContext &Ctx);
+
+  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Ctx; }
+
+  enum NSClassIdKindKind {
+    ClassId_NSObject,
+    ClassId_NSString,
+    ClassId_NSArray,
+    ClassId_NSMutableArray,
+    ClassId_NSDictionary,
+    ClassId_NSMutableDictionary,
+    ClassId_NSNumber
+  };
+  static const unsigned NumClassIds = 7;
+
+  enum NSStringMethodKind {
+    NSStr_stringWithString,
+    NSStr_stringWithUTF8String,
+    NSStr_stringWithCStringEncoding,
+    NSStr_stringWithCString,
+    NSStr_initWithString
+  };
+  static const unsigned NumNSStringMethods = 5;
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getNSClassId(NSClassIdKindKind K) const;
+
+  /// \brief The Objective-C NSString selectors.
+  Selector getNSStringSelector(NSStringMethodKind MK) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return NSStringMethodKind if \param Sel is such a selector.
+  Optional<NSStringMethodKind> getNSStringMethodKind(Selector Sel) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the expression \param E is a reference of
+  /// "NSUTF8StringEncoding" enum constant.
+  bool isNSUTF8StringEncodingConstant(const Expr *E) const {
+    return isObjCEnumerator(E, "NSUTF8StringEncoding", NSUTF8StringEncodingId);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the expression \param E is a reference of
+  /// "NSASCIIStringEncoding" enum constant.
+  bool isNSASCIIStringEncodingConstant(const Expr *E) const {
+    return isObjCEnumerator(E, "NSASCIIStringEncoding",NSASCIIStringEncodingId);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Enumerates the NSArray methods used to generate literals.
+  enum NSArrayMethodKind {
+    NSArr_array,
+    NSArr_arrayWithArray,
+    NSArr_arrayWithObject,
+    NSArr_arrayWithObjects,
+    NSArr_arrayWithObjectsCount,
+    NSArr_initWithArray,
+    NSArr_initWithObjects,
+    NSArr_objectAtIndex,
+    NSMutableArr_replaceObjectAtIndex
+  };
+  static const unsigned NumNSArrayMethods = 9;
+
+  /// \brief The Objective-C NSArray selectors.
+  Selector getNSArraySelector(NSArrayMethodKind MK) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return NSArrayMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
+  Optional<NSArrayMethodKind> getNSArrayMethodKind(Selector Sel);
+
+  /// \brief Enumerates the NSDictionary methods used to generate literals.
+  enum NSDictionaryMethodKind {
+    NSDict_dictionary,
+    NSDict_dictionaryWithDictionary,
+    NSDict_dictionaryWithObjectForKey,
+    NSDict_dictionaryWithObjectsForKeys,
+    NSDict_dictionaryWithObjectsForKeysCount,
+    NSDict_dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys,
+    NSDict_initWithDictionary,
+    NSDict_initWithObjectsAndKeys,
+    NSDict_initWithObjectsForKeys,
+    NSDict_objectForKey,
+    NSMutableDict_setObjectForKey
+  };
+  static const unsigned NumNSDictionaryMethods = 11;
+
+  /// \brief The Objective-C NSDictionary selectors.
+  Selector getNSDictionarySelector(NSDictionaryMethodKind MK) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return NSDictionaryMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
+  Optional<NSDictionaryMethodKind> getNSDictionaryMethodKind(Selector Sel);
+
+  /// \brief Returns selector for "objectForKeyedSubscript:".
+  Selector getObjectForKeyedSubscriptSelector() const {
+    return getOrInitSelector(StringRef("objectForKeyedSubscript"),
+                             objectForKeyedSubscriptSel);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns selector for "objectAtIndexedSubscript:".
+  Selector getObjectAtIndexedSubscriptSelector() const {
+    return getOrInitSelector(StringRef("objectAtIndexedSubscript"),
+                             objectAtIndexedSubscriptSel);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns selector for "setObject:forKeyedSubscript".
+  Selector getSetObjectForKeyedSubscriptSelector() const {
+    StringRef Ids[] = { "setObject", "forKeyedSubscript" };
+    return getOrInitSelector(Ids, setObjectForKeyedSubscriptSel);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns selector for "setObject:atIndexedSubscript".
+  Selector getSetObjectAtIndexedSubscriptSelector() const {
+    StringRef Ids[] = { "setObject", "atIndexedSubscript" };
+    return getOrInitSelector(Ids, setObjectAtIndexedSubscriptSel);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns selector for "isEqual:".
+  Selector getIsEqualSelector() const {
+    return getOrInitSelector(StringRef("isEqual"), isEqualSel);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Enumerates the NSNumber methods used to generate literals.
+  enum NSNumberLiteralMethodKind {
+    NSNumberWithChar,
+    NSNumberWithUnsignedChar,
+    NSNumberWithShort,
+    NSNumberWithUnsignedShort,
+    NSNumberWithInt,
+    NSNumberWithUnsignedInt,
+    NSNumberWithLong,
+    NSNumberWithUnsignedLong,
+    NSNumberWithLongLong,
+    NSNumberWithUnsignedLongLong,
+    NSNumberWithFloat,
+    NSNumberWithDouble,
+    NSNumberWithBool,
+    NSNumberWithInteger,
+    NSNumberWithUnsignedInteger
+  };
+  static const unsigned NumNSNumberLiteralMethods = 15;
+
+  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber selectors used to create NSNumber literals.
+  /// \param Instance if true it will return the selector for the init* method
+  /// otherwise it will return the selector for the number* method.
+  Selector getNSNumberLiteralSelector(NSNumberLiteralMethodKind MK,
+                                      bool Instance) const;
+
+  bool isNSNumberLiteralSelector(NSNumberLiteralMethodKind MK,
+                                 Selector Sel) const {
+    return Sel == getNSNumberLiteralSelector(MK, false) ||
+           Sel == getNSNumberLiteralSelector(MK, true);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return NSNumberLiteralMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
+  Optional<NSNumberLiteralMethodKind>
+      getNSNumberLiteralMethodKind(Selector Sel) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine the appropriate NSNumber factory method kind for a
+  /// literal of the given type.
+  Optional<NSNumberLiteralMethodKind>
+      getNSNumberFactoryMethodKind(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if \param T is a typedef of "BOOL" in objective-c.
+  bool isObjCBOOLType(QualType T) const;
+  /// \brief Returns true if \param T is a typedef of "NSInteger" in objective-c.
+  bool isObjCNSIntegerType(QualType T) const;
+  /// \brief Returns true if \param T is a typedef of "NSUInteger" in objective-c.
+  bool isObjCNSUIntegerType(QualType T) const;
+
+private:
+  bool isObjCTypedef(QualType T, StringRef name, IdentifierInfo *&II) const;
+  bool isObjCEnumerator(const Expr *E,
+                        StringRef name, IdentifierInfo *&II) const;
+  Selector getOrInitSelector(ArrayRef<StringRef> Ids, Selector &Sel) const;
+
+  ASTContext &Ctx;
+
+  mutable IdentifierInfo *ClassIds[NumClassIds];
+
+  mutable Selector NSStringSelectors[NumNSStringMethods];
+
+  /// \brief The selectors for Objective-C NSArray methods.
+  mutable Selector NSArraySelectors[NumNSArrayMethods];
+
+  /// \brief The selectors for Objective-C NSDictionary methods.
+  mutable Selector NSDictionarySelectors[NumNSDictionaryMethods];
+
+  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber selectors used to create NSNumber literals.
+  mutable Selector NSNumberClassSelectors[NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
+  mutable Selector NSNumberInstanceSelectors[NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
+
+  mutable Selector objectForKeyedSubscriptSel, objectAtIndexedSubscriptSel,
+                   setObjectForKeyedSubscriptSel,setObjectAtIndexedSubscriptSel,
+                   isEqualSel;
+
+  mutable IdentifierInfo *BOOLId, *NSIntegerId, *NSUIntegerId;
+  mutable IdentifierInfo *NSASCIIStringEncodingId, *NSUTF8StringEncodingId;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_NSAPI_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58f3986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h
@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+//===--- NestedNameSpecifier.h - C++ nested name specifiers -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the NestedNameSpecifier class, which represents
+//  a C++ nested-name-specifier.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_NESTEDNAMESPECIFIER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_NESTEDNAMESPECIFIER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTContext;
+class NamespaceAliasDecl;
+class NamespaceDecl;
+class IdentifierInfo;
+struct PrintingPolicy;
+class Type;
+class TypeLoc;
+class LangOptions;
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++ nested name specifier, such as
+/// "\::std::vector<int>::".
+///
+/// C++ nested name specifiers are the prefixes to qualified
+/// namespaces. For example, "foo::" in "foo::x" is a nested name
+/// specifier. Nested name specifiers are made up of a sequence of
+/// specifiers, each of which can be a namespace, type, identifier
+/// (for dependent names), decltype specifier, or the global specifier ('::').
+/// The last two specifiers can only appear at the start of a 
+/// nested-namespace-specifier.
+class NestedNameSpecifier : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+
+  /// \brief Enumeration describing
+  enum StoredSpecifierKind {
+    StoredIdentifier = 0,
+    StoredNamespaceOrAlias = 1,
+    StoredTypeSpec = 2,
+    StoredTypeSpecWithTemplate = 3
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The nested name specifier that precedes this nested name
+  /// specifier.
+  ///
+  /// The pointer is the nested-name-specifier that precedes this
+  /// one. The integer stores one of the first four values of type
+  /// SpecifierKind.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<NestedNameSpecifier *, 2, StoredSpecifierKind> Prefix;
+
+  /// \brief The last component in the nested name specifier, which
+  /// can be an identifier, a declaration, or a type.
+  ///
+  /// When the pointer is NULL, this specifier represents the global
+  /// specifier '::'. Otherwise, the pointer is one of
+  /// IdentifierInfo*, Namespace*, or Type*, depending on the kind of
+  /// specifier as encoded within the prefix.
+  void* Specifier;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief The kind of specifier that completes this nested name
+  /// specifier.
+  enum SpecifierKind {
+    /// \brief An identifier, stored as an IdentifierInfo*.
+    Identifier,
+    /// \brief A namespace, stored as a NamespaceDecl*.
+    Namespace,
+    /// \brief A namespace alias, stored as a NamespaceAliasDecl*.
+    NamespaceAlias,
+    /// \brief A type, stored as a Type*.
+    TypeSpec,
+    /// \brief A type that was preceded by the 'template' keyword,
+    /// stored as a Type*.
+    TypeSpecWithTemplate,
+    /// \brief The global specifier '::'. There is no stored value.
+    Global
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Builds the global specifier.
+  NestedNameSpecifier() : Prefix(0, StoredIdentifier), Specifier(0) { }
+
+  /// \brief Copy constructor used internally to clone nested name
+  /// specifiers.
+  NestedNameSpecifier(const NestedNameSpecifier &Other)
+    : llvm::FoldingSetNode(Other), Prefix(Other.Prefix),
+      Specifier(Other.Specifier) {
+  }
+
+  void operator=(const NestedNameSpecifier &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  /// \brief Either find or insert the given nested name specifier
+  /// mockup in the given context.
+  static NestedNameSpecifier *FindOrInsert(const ASTContext &Context,
+                                           const NestedNameSpecifier &Mockup);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Builds a specifier combining a prefix and an identifier.
+  ///
+  /// The prefix must be dependent, since nested name specifiers
+  /// referencing an identifier are only permitted when the identifier
+  /// cannot be resolved.
+  static NestedNameSpecifier *Create(const ASTContext &Context,
+                                     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix,
+                                     IdentifierInfo *II);
+
+  /// \brief Builds a nested name specifier that names a namespace.
+  static NestedNameSpecifier *Create(const ASTContext &Context,
+                                     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix,
+                                     const NamespaceDecl *NS);
+
+  /// \brief Builds a nested name specifier that names a namespace alias.
+  static NestedNameSpecifier *Create(const ASTContext &Context,
+                                     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix,
+                                     NamespaceAliasDecl *Alias);
+
+  /// \brief Builds a nested name specifier that names a type.
+  static NestedNameSpecifier *Create(const ASTContext &Context,
+                                     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix,
+                                     bool Template, const Type *T);
+
+  /// \brief Builds a specifier that consists of just an identifier.
+  ///
+  /// The nested-name-specifier is assumed to be dependent, but has no
+  /// prefix because the prefix is implied by something outside of the
+  /// nested name specifier, e.g., in "x->Base::f", the "x" has a dependent
+  /// type.
+  static NestedNameSpecifier *Create(const ASTContext &Context,
+                                     IdentifierInfo *II);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the nested name specifier representing the global
+  /// scope.
+  static NestedNameSpecifier *GlobalSpecifier(const ASTContext &Context);
+
+  /// \brief Return the prefix of this nested name specifier.
+  ///
+  /// The prefix contains all of the parts of the nested name
+  /// specifier that preced this current specifier. For example, for a
+  /// nested name specifier that represents "foo::bar::", the current
+  /// specifier will contain "bar::" and the prefix will contain
+  /// "foo::".
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getPrefix() const { return Prefix.getPointer(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine what kind of nested name specifier is stored.
+  SpecifierKind getKind() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the identifier stored in this nested name
+  /// specifier.
+  IdentifierInfo *getAsIdentifier() const {
+    if (Prefix.getInt() == StoredIdentifier)
+      return (IdentifierInfo *)Specifier;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the namespace stored in this nested name
+  /// specifier.
+  NamespaceDecl *getAsNamespace() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the namespace alias stored in this nested name
+  /// specifier.
+  NamespaceAliasDecl *getAsNamespaceAlias() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type stored in this nested name specifier.
+  const Type *getAsType() const {
+    if (Prefix.getInt() == StoredTypeSpec ||
+        Prefix.getInt() == StoredTypeSpecWithTemplate)
+      return (const Type *)Specifier;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this nested name specifier refers to a dependent
+  /// type or not.
+  bool isDependent() const;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this nested name specifier involves a template
+  /// parameter.
+  bool isInstantiationDependent() const;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
+  /// parameter pack (for C++11 variadic templates).
+  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const;
+
+  /// \brief Print this nested name specifier to the given output
+  /// stream.
+  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    ID.AddPointer(Prefix.getOpaqueValue());
+    ID.AddPointer(Specifier);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Dump the nested name specifier to standard output to aid
+  /// in debugging.
+  void dump(const LangOptions &LO);
+};
+
+/// \brief A C++ nested-name-specifier augmented with source location
+/// information.
+class NestedNameSpecifierLoc {
+  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier;
+  void *Data;
+
+  /// \brief Determines the data length for the last component in the
+  /// given nested-name-specifier.
+  static unsigned getLocalDataLength(NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier);
+
+  /// \brief Determines the data length for the entire
+  /// nested-name-specifier.
+  static unsigned getDataLength(NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Construct an empty nested-name-specifier.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc() : Qualifier(0), Data(0) { }
+
+  /// \brief Construct a nested-name-specifier with source location information
+  /// from
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, void *Data)
+    : Qualifier(Qualifier), Data(Data) { }
+
+  /// \brief Evalutes true when this nested-name-specifier location is
+  /// non-empty.
+  operator bool() const { return Qualifier; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier to which this instance
+  /// refers.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getNestedNameSpecifier() const {
+    return Qualifier;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the opaque pointer that refers to source-location data.
+  void *getOpaqueData() const { return Data; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the source range covering the entirety of this
+  /// nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  /// For example, if this instance refers to a nested-name-specifier
+  /// \c \::std::vector<int>::, the returned source range would cover
+  /// from the initial '::' to the last '::'.
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the source range covering just the last part of
+  /// this nested-name-specifier, not including the prefix.
+  ///
+  /// For example, if this instance refers to a nested-name-specifier
+  /// \c \::std::vector<int>::, the returned source range would cover
+  /// from "vector" to the last '::'.
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the beginning of this
+  /// nested-name-specifier.
+  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const {
+    return getSourceRange().getBegin();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the end of this
+  /// nested-name-specifier.
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const {
+    return getSourceRange().getEnd();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the beginning of this
+  /// component of the nested-name-specifier.
+  SourceLocation getLocalBeginLoc() const {
+    return getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the end of this component of the
+  /// nested-name-specifier.
+  SourceLocation getLocalEndLoc() const {
+    return getLocalSourceRange().getEnd();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the prefix of this nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  /// For example, if this instance refers to a nested-name-specifier
+  /// \c \::std::vector<int>::, the prefix is \c \::std::. Note that the
+  /// returned prefix may be empty, if this is the first component of
+  /// the nested-name-specifier.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getPrefix() const {
+    if (!Qualifier)
+      return *this;
+
+    return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Qualifier->getPrefix(), Data);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief For a nested-name-specifier that refers to a type,
+  /// retrieve the type with source-location information.
+  TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines the data length for the entire
+  /// nested-name-specifier.
+  unsigned getDataLength() const { return getDataLength(Qualifier); }
+
+  friend bool operator==(NestedNameSpecifierLoc X,
+                         NestedNameSpecifierLoc Y) {
+    return X.Qualifier == Y.Qualifier && X.Data == Y.Data;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator!=(NestedNameSpecifierLoc X,
+                         NestedNameSpecifierLoc Y) {
+    return !(X == Y);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Class that aids in the construction of nested-name-specifiers along
+/// with source-location information for all of the components of the
+/// nested-name-specifier.
+class NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder {
+  /// \brief The current representation of the nested-name-specifier we're
+  /// building.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *Representation;
+
+  /// \brief Buffer used to store source-location information for the
+  /// nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  /// Note that we explicitly manage the buffer (rather than using a
+  /// SmallVector) because \c Declarator expects it to be possible to memcpy()
+  /// a \c CXXScopeSpec, and CXXScopeSpec uses a NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder.
+  char *Buffer;
+
+  /// \brief The size of the buffer used to store source-location information
+  /// for the nested-name-specifier.
+  unsigned BufferSize;
+
+  /// \brief The capacity of the buffer used to store source-location
+  /// information for the nested-name-specifier.
+  unsigned BufferCapacity;
+
+public:
+  NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder()
+    : Representation(0), Buffer(0), BufferSize(0), BufferCapacity(0) { }
+
+  NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder(const NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder &Other);
+
+  NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder &
+  operator=(const NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder &Other);
+
+  ~NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder() {
+    if (BufferCapacity)
+      free(Buffer);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the representation of the nested-name-specifier.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getRepresentation() const { return Representation; }
+
+  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
+  /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'type::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
+  /// resides.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateKWLoc The location of the 'template' keyword, if present.
+  ///
+  /// \param TL The TypeLoc that describes the type preceding the '::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
+  void Extend(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TypeLoc TL,
+              SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
+  /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'identifier::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
+  /// resides.
+  ///
+  /// \param Identifier The identifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
+  void Extend(ASTContext &Context, IdentifierInfo *Identifier,
+              SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
+  /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'namespace::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
+  /// resides.
+  ///
+  /// \param Namespace The namespace.
+  ///
+  /// \param NamespaceLoc The location of the namespace name.
+  ///
+  /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
+  void Extend(ASTContext &Context, NamespaceDecl *Namespace,
+              SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
+  /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'namespace-alias::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
+  /// resides.
+  ///
+  /// \param Alias The namespace alias.
+  ///
+  /// \param AliasLoc The location of the namespace alias
+  /// name.
+  ///
+  /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
+  void Extend(ASTContext &Context, NamespaceAliasDecl *Alias,
+              SourceLocation AliasLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Turn this (empty) nested-name-specifier into the global
+  /// nested-name-specifier '::'.
+  void MakeGlobal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Make a new nested-name-specifier from incomplete source-location
+  /// information.
+  ///
+  /// This routine should be used very, very rarely, in cases where we
+  /// need to synthesize a nested-name-specifier. Most code should instead use
+  /// \c Adopt() with a proper \c NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
+  void MakeTrivial(ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
+                   SourceRange R);
+
+  /// \brief Adopt an existing nested-name-specifier (with source-range
+  /// information).
+  void Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Other);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the source range covered by this nested-name-specifier.
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Representation, Buffer).getSourceRange();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a nested-name-specifier with location information,
+  /// copied into the given AST context.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The context into which this nested-name-specifier will be
+  /// copied.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getWithLocInContext(ASTContext &Context) const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a nested-name-specifier with location
+  /// information based on the information in this builder.
+  ///
+  /// This loc will contain references to the builder's internal data and may
+  /// be invalidated by any change to the builder.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getTemporary() const {
+    return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Representation, Buffer);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Clear out this builder, and prepare it to build another
+  /// nested-name-specifier with source-location information.
+  void Clear() {
+    Representation = 0;
+    BufferSize = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying buffer.
+  ///
+  /// \returns A pair containing a pointer to the buffer of source-location
+  /// data and the size of the source-location data that resides in that
+  /// buffer.
+  std::pair<char *, unsigned> getBuffer() const {
+    return std::make_pair(Buffer, BufferSize);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Insertion operator for diagnostics.  This allows sending
+/// NestedNameSpecifiers into a diagnostic with <<.
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
+  DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(NNS),
+                  DiagnosticsEngine::ak_nestednamespec);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/OperationKinds.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/OperationKinds.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e41d95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/OperationKinds.h
@@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
+//===- OperationKinds.h - Operation enums -----------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file enumerates the different kinds of operations that can be
+// performed by various expressions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_OPERATION_KINDS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_OPERATION_KINDS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+/// CastKind - The kind of operation required for a conversion.
+enum CastKind {
+  /// CK_Dependent - A conversion which cannot yet be analyzed because
+  /// either the expression or target type is dependent.  These are
+  /// created only for explicit casts; dependent ASTs aren't required
+  /// to even approximately type-check.
+  ///   (T*) malloc(sizeof(T))
+  ///   reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(A<T>::alloc());
+  CK_Dependent,
+
+  /// CK_BitCast - A conversion which causes a bit pattern of one type
+  /// to be reinterpreted as a bit pattern of another type.  Generally
+  /// the operands must have equivalent size and unrelated types.
+  ///
+  /// The pointer conversion char* -> int* is a bitcast.  A conversion
+  /// from any pointer type to a C pointer type is a bitcast unless
+  /// it's actually BaseToDerived or DerivedToBase.  A conversion to a
+  /// block pointer or ObjC pointer type is a bitcast only if the
+  /// operand has the same type kind; otherwise, it's one of the
+  /// specialized casts below.
+  ///
+  /// Vector coercions are bitcasts.
+  CK_BitCast,
+
+  /// CK_LValueBitCast - A conversion which reinterprets the address of
+  /// an l-value as an l-value of a different kind.  Used for
+  /// reinterpret_casts of l-value expressions to reference types.
+  ///    bool b; reinterpret_cast<char&>(b) = 'a';
+  CK_LValueBitCast,
+  
+  /// CK_LValueToRValue - A conversion which causes the extraction of
+  /// an r-value from the operand gl-value.  The result of an r-value
+  /// conversion is always unqualified.
+  CK_LValueToRValue,
+
+  /// CK_NoOp - A conversion which does not affect the type other than
+  /// (possibly) adding qualifiers.
+  ///   int    -> int
+  ///   char** -> const char * const *
+  CK_NoOp,
+
+  /// CK_BaseToDerived - A conversion from a C++ class pointer/reference
+  /// to a derived class pointer/reference.
+  ///   B *b = static_cast<B*>(a);
+  CK_BaseToDerived,
+
+  /// CK_DerivedToBase - A conversion from a C++ class pointer
+  /// to a base class pointer.
+  ///   A *a = new B();
+  CK_DerivedToBase,
+
+  /// CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase - A conversion from a C++ class
+  /// pointer/reference to a base class that can assume that the
+  /// derived pointer is not null.
+  ///   const A &a = B();
+  ///   b->method_from_a();
+  CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
+
+  /// CK_Dynamic - A C++ dynamic_cast.
+  CK_Dynamic,
+
+  /// CK_ToUnion - The GCC cast-to-union extension.
+  ///   int   -> union { int x; float y; }
+  ///   float -> union { int x; float y; }
+  CK_ToUnion,
+
+  /// CK_ArrayToPointerDecay - Array to pointer decay.
+  ///   int[10] -> int*
+  ///   char[5][6] -> char(*)[6]
+  CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
+
+  /// CK_FunctionToPointerDecay - Function to pointer decay.
+  ///   void(int) -> void(*)(int)
+  CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
+
+  /// CK_NullToPointer - Null pointer constant to pointer, ObjC
+  /// pointer, or block pointer.
+  ///   (void*) 0
+  ///   void (^block)() = 0;
+  CK_NullToPointer,
+
+  /// CK_NullToMemberPointer - Null pointer constant to member pointer.
+  ///   int A::*mptr = 0;
+  ///   int (A::*fptr)(int) = nullptr;
+  CK_NullToMemberPointer,
+
+  /// CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer - Member pointer in base class to
+  /// member pointer in derived class.
+  ///   int B::*mptr = &A::member;
+  CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer,
+
+  /// CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer - Member pointer in derived class to
+  /// member pointer in base class.
+  ///   int A::*mptr = static_cast<int A::*>(&B::member);
+  CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer,
+    
+  /// CK_MemberPointerToBoolean - Member pointer to boolean.  A check
+  /// against the null member pointer.
+  CK_MemberPointerToBoolean,
+
+  /// CK_ReinterpretMemberPointer - Reinterpret a member pointer as a
+  /// different kind of member pointer.  C++ forbids this from
+  /// crossing between function and object types, but otherwise does
+  /// not restrict it.  However, the only operation that is permitted
+  /// on a "punned" member pointer is casting it back to the original
+  /// type, which is required to be a lossless operation (although
+  /// many ABIs do not guarantee this on all possible intermediate types).
+  CK_ReinterpretMemberPointer,
+
+  /// CK_UserDefinedConversion - Conversion using a user defined type
+  /// conversion function.
+  ///    struct A { operator int(); }; int i = int(A());
+  CK_UserDefinedConversion,
+
+  /// CK_ConstructorConversion - Conversion by constructor.
+  ///    struct A { A(int); }; A a = A(10);
+  CK_ConstructorConversion,
+    
+  /// CK_IntegralToPointer - Integral to pointer.  A special kind of
+  /// reinterpreting conversion.  Applies to normal, ObjC, and block
+  /// pointers.
+  ///    (char*) 0x1001aab0
+  ///    reinterpret_cast<int*>(0)
+  CK_IntegralToPointer,
+    
+  /// CK_PointerToIntegral - Pointer to integral.  A special kind of
+  /// reinterpreting conversion.  Applies to normal, ObjC, and block
+  /// pointers.
+  ///    (intptr_t) "help!"
+  CK_PointerToIntegral,
+
+  /// CK_PointerToBoolean - Pointer to boolean conversion.  A check
+  /// against null.  Applies to normal, ObjC, and block pointers.
+  CK_PointerToBoolean,
+    
+  /// CK_ToVoid - Cast to void, discarding the computed value.
+  ///    (void) malloc(2048)
+  CK_ToVoid,
+    
+  /// CK_VectorSplat - A conversion from an arithmetic type to a
+  /// vector of that element type.  Fills all elements ("splats") with
+  /// the source value.
+  ///    __attribute__((ext_vector_type(4))) int v = 5;
+  CK_VectorSplat,
+    
+  /// CK_IntegralCast - A cast between integral types (other than to
+  /// boolean).  Variously a bitcast, a truncation, a sign-extension,
+  /// or a zero-extension.
+  ///    long l = 5;
+  ///    (unsigned) i
+  CK_IntegralCast,
+
+  /// CK_IntegralToBoolean - Integral to boolean.  A check against zero.
+  ///    (bool) i
+  CK_IntegralToBoolean,
+
+  /// CK_IntegralToFloating - Integral to floating point.
+  ///    float f = i;
+  CK_IntegralToFloating,
+    
+  /// CK_FloatingToIntegral - Floating point to integral.  Rounds
+  /// towards zero, discarding any fractional component.
+  ///    (int) f
+  CK_FloatingToIntegral,
+
+  /// CK_FloatingToBoolean - Floating point to boolean.
+  ///    (bool) f
+  CK_FloatingToBoolean,
+    
+  /// CK_FloatingCast - Casting between floating types of different size.
+  ///    (double) f
+  ///    (float) ld
+  CK_FloatingCast,
+    
+  /// CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast - Casting a C pointer kind to an
+  /// Objective-C pointer.
+  CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast,
+
+  /// CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast - Casting a block pointer to an
+  /// ObjC pointer.
+  CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast,
+
+  /// CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast - Casting any non-block pointer
+  /// to a block pointer.  Block-to-block casts are bitcasts.
+  CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast,
+
+  /// \brief Converting between two Objective-C object types, which
+  /// can occur when performing reference binding to an Objective-C
+  /// object.
+  CK_ObjCObjectLValueCast,
+
+  /// \brief A conversion of a floating point real to a floating point
+  /// complex of the original type.  Injects the value as the real
+  /// component with a zero imaginary component.
+  ///   float -> _Complex float
+  CK_FloatingRealToComplex,
+
+  /// \brief Converts a floating point complex to floating point real
+  /// of the source's element type.  Just discards the imaginary
+  /// component.
+  ///   _Complex long double -> long double
+  CK_FloatingComplexToReal,
+
+  /// \brief Converts a floating point complex to bool by comparing
+  /// against 0+0i.
+  CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean,
+
+  /// \brief Converts between different floating point complex types.
+  ///   _Complex float -> _Complex double
+  CK_FloatingComplexCast,
+
+  /// \brief Converts from a floating complex to an integral complex.
+  ///   _Complex float -> _Complex int
+  CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex,
+
+  /// \brief Converts from an integral real to an integral complex
+  /// whose element type matches the source.  Injects the value as
+  /// the real component with a zero imaginary component.
+  ///   long -> _Complex long
+  CK_IntegralRealToComplex,
+
+  /// \brief Converts an integral complex to an integral real of the
+  /// source's element type by discarding the imaginary component.
+  ///   _Complex short -> short
+  CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
+
+  /// \brief Converts an integral complex to bool by comparing against
+  /// 0+0i.
+  CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean,
+
+  /// \brief Converts between different integral complex types.
+  ///   _Complex char -> _Complex long long
+  ///   _Complex unsigned int -> _Complex signed int
+  CK_IntegralComplexCast,
+
+  /// \brief Converts from an integral complex to a floating complex.
+  ///   _Complex unsigned -> _Complex float
+  CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex,
+
+  /// \brief [ARC] Produces a retainable object pointer so that it may
+  /// be consumed, e.g. by being passed to a consuming parameter.
+  /// Calls objc_retain.
+  CK_ARCProduceObject,
+
+  /// \brief [ARC] Consumes a retainable object pointer that has just
+  /// been produced, e.g. as the return value of a retaining call.
+  /// Enters a cleanup to call objc_release at some indefinite time.
+  CK_ARCConsumeObject,
+
+  /// \brief [ARC] Reclaim a retainable object pointer object that may
+  /// have been produced and autoreleased as part of a function return
+  /// sequence.
+  CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject,
+
+  /// \brief [ARC] Causes a value of block type to be copied to the
+  /// heap, if it is not already there.  A number of other operations
+  /// in ARC cause blocks to be copied; this is for cases where that
+  /// would not otherwise be guaranteed, such as when casting to a
+  /// non-block pointer type.
+  CK_ARCExtendBlockObject,
+
+  /// \brief Converts from _Atomic(T) to T.
+  CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
+  /// \brief Converts from T to _Atomic(T).
+  CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
+  
+  /// \brief Causes a block literal to by copied to the heap and then 
+  /// autoreleased.
+  ///
+  /// This particular cast kind is used for the conversion from a C++11
+  /// lambda expression to a block pointer.
+  CK_CopyAndAutoreleaseBlockObject,
+
+  // Convert a builtin function to a function pointer; only allowed in the
+  // callee of a call expression.
+  CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr,
+
+  // Convert a zero value for OpenCL event_t initialization.
+  CK_ZeroToOCLEvent
+};
+
+static const CastKind CK_Invalid = static_cast<CastKind>(-1);
+
+enum BinaryOperatorKind {
+  // Operators listed in order of precedence.
+  // Note that additions to this should also update the StmtVisitor class.
+  BO_PtrMemD, BO_PtrMemI,       // [C++ 5.5] Pointer-to-member operators.
+  BO_Mul, BO_Div, BO_Rem,       // [C99 6.5.5] Multiplicative operators.
+  BO_Add, BO_Sub,               // [C99 6.5.6] Additive operators.
+  BO_Shl, BO_Shr,               // [C99 6.5.7] Bitwise shift operators.
+  BO_LT, BO_GT, BO_LE, BO_GE,   // [C99 6.5.8] Relational operators.
+  BO_EQ, BO_NE,                 // [C99 6.5.9] Equality operators.
+  BO_And,                       // [C99 6.5.10] Bitwise AND operator.
+  BO_Xor,                       // [C99 6.5.11] Bitwise XOR operator.
+  BO_Or,                        // [C99 6.5.12] Bitwise OR operator.
+  BO_LAnd,                      // [C99 6.5.13] Logical AND operator.
+  BO_LOr,                       // [C99 6.5.14] Logical OR operator.
+  BO_Assign, BO_MulAssign,      // [C99 6.5.16] Assignment operators.
+  BO_DivAssign, BO_RemAssign,
+  BO_AddAssign, BO_SubAssign,
+  BO_ShlAssign, BO_ShrAssign,
+  BO_AndAssign, BO_XorAssign,
+  BO_OrAssign,
+  BO_Comma                      // [C99 6.5.17] Comma operator.
+};
+
+enum UnaryOperatorKind {
+  // Note that additions to this should also update the StmtVisitor class.
+  UO_PostInc, UO_PostDec, // [C99 6.5.2.4] Postfix increment and decrement
+  UO_PreInc, UO_PreDec,   // [C99 6.5.3.1] Prefix increment and decrement
+  UO_AddrOf, UO_Deref,    // [C99 6.5.3.2] Address and indirection
+  UO_Plus, UO_Minus,      // [C99 6.5.3.3] Unary arithmetic
+  UO_Not, UO_LNot,        // [C99 6.5.3.3] Unary arithmetic
+  UO_Real, UO_Imag,       // "__real expr"/"__imag expr" Extension.
+  UO_Extension            // __extension__ marker.
+};
+
+/// \brief The kind of bridging performed by the Objective-C bridge cast.
+enum ObjCBridgeCastKind {
+  /// \brief Bridging via __bridge, which does nothing but reinterpret
+  /// the bits.
+  OBC_Bridge,
+  /// \brief Bridging via __bridge_transfer, which transfers ownership of an
+  /// Objective-C pointer into ARC.
+  OBC_BridgeTransfer,
+  /// \brief Bridging via __bridge_retain, which makes an ARC object available
+  /// as a +1 C pointer.
+  OBC_BridgeRetained
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ParentMap.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ParentMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62eae02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/ParentMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+//===--- ParentMap.h - Mappings from Stmts to their Parents -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ParentMap class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_PARENTMAP_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_PARENTMAP_H
+
+namespace clang {
+class Stmt;
+class Expr;
+
+class ParentMap {
+  void* Impl;
+public:
+  ParentMap(Stmt* ASTRoot);
+  ~ParentMap();
+
+  /// \brief Adds and/or updates the parent/child-relations of the complete
+  /// stmt tree of S. All children of S including indirect descendants are
+  /// visited and updated or inserted but not the parents of S.
+  void addStmt(Stmt* S);
+
+  Stmt *getParent(Stmt*) const;
+  Stmt *getParentIgnoreParens(Stmt *) const;
+  Stmt *getParentIgnoreParenCasts(Stmt *) const;
+  Stmt *getParentIgnoreParenImpCasts(Stmt *) const;
+  Stmt *getOuterParenParent(Stmt *) const;
+
+  const Stmt *getParent(const Stmt* S) const {
+    return getParent(const_cast<Stmt*>(S));
+  }
+
+  const Stmt *getParentIgnoreParens(const Stmt *S) const {
+    return getParentIgnoreParens(const_cast<Stmt*>(S));
+  }
+
+  const Stmt *getParentIgnoreParenCasts(const Stmt *S) const {
+    return getParentIgnoreParenCasts(const_cast<Stmt*>(S));
+  }
+
+  bool hasParent(Stmt* S) const {
+    return getParent(S) != 0;
+  }
+
+  bool isConsumedExpr(Expr *E) const;
+
+  bool isConsumedExpr(const Expr *E) const {
+    return isConsumedExpr(const_cast<Expr*>(E));
+  }
+};
+
+} // end clang namespace
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3c09e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+//===--- PrettyPrinter.h - Classes for aiding with AST printing -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the PrinterHelper interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_PRETTY_PRINTER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_PRETTY_PRINTER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class LangOptions;
+class SourceManager;
+class Stmt;
+class TagDecl;
+
+class PrinterHelper {
+public:
+  virtual ~PrinterHelper();
+  virtual bool handledStmt(Stmt* E, raw_ostream& OS) = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief Describes how types, statements, expressions, and
+/// declarations should be printed.
+struct PrintingPolicy {
+  /// \brief Create a default printing policy for C.
+  PrintingPolicy(const LangOptions &LO)
+    : LangOpts(LO), Indentation(2), SuppressSpecifiers(false),
+      SuppressTagKeyword(false), SuppressTag(false), SuppressScope(false),
+      SuppressUnwrittenScope(false), SuppressInitializers(false),
+      ConstantArraySizeAsWritten(false), AnonymousTagLocations(true),
+      SuppressStrongLifetime(false), Bool(LO.Bool),
+      TerseOutput(false), PolishForDeclaration(false) { }
+
+  /// \brief What language we're printing.
+  LangOptions LangOpts;
+
+  /// \brief The number of spaces to use to indent each line.
+  unsigned Indentation : 8;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we should suppress printing of the actual specifiers for
+  /// the given type or declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This flag is only used when we are printing declarators beyond
+  /// the first declarator within a declaration group. For example, given:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// const int *x, *y;
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// SuppressSpecifiers will be false when printing the
+  /// declaration for "x", so that we will print "int *x"; it will be
+  /// \c true when we print "y", so that we suppress printing the
+  /// "const int" type specifier and instead only print the "*y".
+  bool SuppressSpecifiers : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether type printing should skip printing the tag keyword.
+  ///
+  /// This is used when printing the inner type of elaborated types,
+  /// (as the tag keyword is part of the elaborated type):
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// struct Geometry::Point;
+  /// \endcode
+  bool SuppressTagKeyword : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether type printing should skip printing the actual tag type.
+  ///
+  /// This is used when the caller needs to print a tag definition in front
+  /// of the type, as in constructs like the following:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// typedef struct { int x, y; } Point;
+  /// \endcode
+  bool SuppressTag : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Suppresses printing of scope specifiers.
+  bool SuppressScope : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Suppress printing parts of scope specifiers that don't need
+  /// to be written, e.g., for inline or anonymous namespaces.
+  bool SuppressUnwrittenScope : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Suppress printing of variable initializers.
+  ///
+  /// This flag is used when printing the loop variable in a for-range
+  /// statement. For example, given:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// for (auto x : coll)
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// SuppressInitializers will be true when printing "auto x", so that the
+  /// internal initializer constructed for x will not be printed.
+  bool SuppressInitializers : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we should print the sizes of constant array expressions
+  /// as written in the sources.
+  ///
+  /// This flag is determines whether arrays types declared as
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// int a[4+10*10];
+  /// char a[] = "A string";
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// will be printed as written or as follows:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// int a[104];
+  /// char a[9] = "A string";
+  /// \endcode
+  bool ConstantArraySizeAsWritten : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief When printing an anonymous tag name, also print the location of
+  /// that entity (e.g., "enum <anonymous at t.h:10:5>"). Otherwise, just 
+  /// prints "<anonymous>" for the name.
+  bool AnonymousTagLocations : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief When true, suppress printing of the __strong lifetime qualifier in
+  /// ARC.
+  unsigned SuppressStrongLifetime : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether we can use 'bool' rather than '_Bool', even if the language
+  /// doesn't actually have 'bool' (because, e.g., it is defined as a macro).
+  unsigned Bool : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Provide a 'terse' output.
+  ///
+  /// For example, in this mode we don't print function bodies, class members,
+  /// declarations inside namespaces etc.  Effectively, this should print
+  /// only the requested declaration.
+  unsigned TerseOutput : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief When true, do certain refinement needed for producing proper
+  /// declaration tag; such as, do not print attributes attached to the declaration.
+  ///
+  unsigned PolishForDeclaration : 1;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/RawCommentList.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/RawCommentList.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a8b218
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/RawCommentList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+//===--- RawCommentList.h - Classes for processing raw comments -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_RAW_COMMENT_LIST_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_RAW_COMMENT_LIST_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTContext;
+class ASTReader;
+class Decl;
+class Preprocessor;
+
+namespace comments {
+  class FullComment;
+} // end namespace comments
+
+class RawComment {
+public:
+  enum CommentKind {
+    RCK_Invalid,      ///< Invalid comment
+    RCK_OrdinaryBCPL, ///< Any normal BCPL comments
+    RCK_OrdinaryC,    ///< Any normal C comment
+    RCK_BCPLSlash,    ///< \code /// stuff \endcode
+    RCK_BCPLExcl,     ///< \code //! stuff \endcode
+    RCK_JavaDoc,      ///< \code /** stuff */ \endcode
+    RCK_Qt,           ///< \code /*! stuff */ \endcode, also used by HeaderDoc
+    RCK_Merged        ///< Two or more documentation comments merged together
+  };
+
+  RawComment() : Kind(RCK_Invalid), IsAlmostTrailingComment(false) { }
+
+  RawComment(const SourceManager &SourceMgr, SourceRange SR,
+             bool Merged = false);
+
+  CommentKind getKind() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return (CommentKind) Kind;
+  }
+
+  bool isInvalid() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Kind == RCK_Invalid;
+  }
+
+  bool isMerged() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Kind == RCK_Merged;
+  }
+
+  /// Is this comment attached to any declaration?
+  bool isAttached() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return IsAttached;
+  }
+
+  void setAttached() {
+    IsAttached = true;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if it is a comment that should be put after a member:
+  /// \code ///< stuff \endcode
+  /// \code //!< stuff \endcode
+  /// \code /**< stuff */ \endcode
+  /// \code /*!< stuff */ \endcode
+  bool isTrailingComment() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    assert(isDocumentation());
+    return IsTrailingComment;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if it is a probable typo:
+  /// \code //< stuff \endcode
+  /// \code /*< stuff */ \endcode
+  bool isAlmostTrailingComment() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return IsAlmostTrailingComment;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if this comment is not a documentation comment.
+  bool isOrdinary() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return (Kind == RCK_OrdinaryBCPL) || (Kind == RCK_OrdinaryC);
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if this comment any kind of a documentation comment.
+  bool isDocumentation() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return !isInvalid() && !isOrdinary();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns raw comment text with comment markers.
+  StringRef getRawText(const SourceManager &SourceMgr) const {
+    if (RawTextValid)
+      return RawText;
+
+    RawText = getRawTextSlow(SourceMgr);
+    RawTextValid = true;
+    return RawText;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Range;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getBeginLine(const SourceManager &SM) const;
+  unsigned getEndLine(const SourceManager &SM) const;
+
+  const char *getBriefText(const ASTContext &Context) const {
+    if (BriefTextValid)
+      return BriefText;
+
+    return extractBriefText(Context);
+  }
+
+  /// Parse the comment, assuming it is attached to decl \c D.
+  comments::FullComment *parse(const ASTContext &Context,
+                               const Preprocessor *PP, const Decl *D) const;
+
+private:
+  SourceRange Range;
+
+  mutable StringRef RawText;
+  mutable const char *BriefText;
+
+  mutable bool RawTextValid : 1;   ///< True if RawText is valid
+  mutable bool BriefTextValid : 1; ///< True if BriefText is valid
+
+  unsigned Kind : 3;
+
+  /// True if comment is attached to a declaration in ASTContext.
+  bool IsAttached : 1;
+
+  bool IsTrailingComment : 1;
+  bool IsAlmostTrailingComment : 1;
+
+  mutable bool BeginLineValid : 1; ///< True if BeginLine is valid
+  mutable bool EndLineValid : 1;   ///< True if EndLine is valid
+  mutable unsigned BeginLine;      ///< Cached line number
+  mutable unsigned EndLine;        ///< Cached line number
+
+  /// \brief Constructor for AST deserialization.
+  RawComment(SourceRange SR, CommentKind K, bool IsTrailingComment,
+             bool IsAlmostTrailingComment) :
+    Range(SR), RawTextValid(false), BriefTextValid(false), Kind(K),
+    IsAttached(false), IsTrailingComment(IsTrailingComment),
+    IsAlmostTrailingComment(IsAlmostTrailingComment),
+    BeginLineValid(false), EndLineValid(false)
+  { }
+
+  StringRef getRawTextSlow(const SourceManager &SourceMgr) const;
+
+  const char *extractBriefText(const ASTContext &Context) const;
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+};
+
+/// \brief Compare comments' source locations.
+template<>
+class BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> {
+  const SourceManager &SM;
+
+public:
+  explicit BeforeThanCompare(const SourceManager &SM) : SM(SM) { }
+
+  bool operator()(const RawComment &LHS, const RawComment &RHS) {
+    return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LHS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
+                                        RHS.getSourceRange().getBegin());
+  }
+
+  bool operator()(const RawComment *LHS, const RawComment *RHS) {
+    return operator()(*LHS, *RHS);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief This class represents all comments included in the translation unit,
+/// sorted in order of appearance in the translation unit.
+class RawCommentList {
+public:
+  RawCommentList(SourceManager &SourceMgr) :
+    SourceMgr(SourceMgr), OnlyWhitespaceSeen(true) { }
+
+  void addComment(const RawComment &RC, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator);
+
+  ArrayRef<RawComment *> getComments() const {
+    return Comments;
+  }
+
+private:
+  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+  std::vector<RawComment *> Comments;
+  SourceLocation PrevCommentEndLoc;
+  bool OnlyWhitespaceSeen;
+
+  void addCommentsToFront(const std::vector<RawComment *> &C) {
+    size_t OldSize = Comments.size();
+    Comments.resize(C.size() + OldSize);
+    std::copy_backward(Comments.begin(), Comments.begin() + OldSize,
+                       Comments.end());
+    std::copy(C.begin(), C.end(), Comments.begin());
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/RecordLayout.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/RecordLayout.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3655646
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/RecordLayout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+//===--- RecordLayout.h - Layout information for a struct/union -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the RecordLayout interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_LAYOUTINFO_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_LAYOUTINFO_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class FieldDecl;
+  class RecordDecl;
+  class CXXRecordDecl;
+
+/// ASTRecordLayout -
+/// This class contains layout information for one RecordDecl,
+/// which is a struct/union/class.  The decl represented must be a definition,
+/// not a forward declaration.
+/// This class is also used to contain layout information for one
+/// ObjCInterfaceDecl. FIXME - Find appropriate name.
+/// These objects are managed by ASTContext.
+class ASTRecordLayout {
+public:
+  struct VBaseInfo {
+    /// The offset to this virtual base in the complete-object layout
+    /// of this class.
+    CharUnits VBaseOffset;
+
+  private:
+    /// Whether this virtual base requires a vtordisp field in the
+    /// Microsoft ABI.  These fields are required for certain operations
+    /// in constructors and destructors.
+    bool HasVtorDisp;
+
+  public:
+    bool hasVtorDisp() const { return HasVtorDisp; }
+
+    VBaseInfo() : HasVtorDisp(false) {}
+
+    VBaseInfo(CharUnits VBaseOffset, bool hasVtorDisp) :
+     VBaseOffset(VBaseOffset), HasVtorDisp(hasVtorDisp) {}
+  };
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, VBaseInfo>
+    VBaseOffsetsMapTy;
+
+private:
+  /// Size - Size of record in characters.
+  CharUnits Size;
+
+  /// DataSize - Size of record in characters without tail padding.
+  CharUnits DataSize;
+
+  // Alignment - Alignment of record in characters.
+  CharUnits Alignment;
+
+  /// FieldOffsets - Array of field offsets in bits.
+  uint64_t *FieldOffsets;
+
+  // FieldCount - Number of fields.
+  unsigned FieldCount;
+
+  /// CXXRecordLayoutInfo - Contains C++ specific layout information.
+  struct CXXRecordLayoutInfo {
+    /// NonVirtualSize - The non-virtual size (in chars) of an object, which is
+    /// the size of the object without virtual bases.
+    CharUnits NonVirtualSize;
+
+    /// NonVirtualAlign - The non-virtual alignment (in chars) of an object,
+    /// which is the alignment of the object without virtual bases.
+    CharUnits NonVirtualAlign;
+
+    /// SizeOfLargestEmptySubobject - The size of the largest empty subobject
+    /// (either a base or a member). Will be zero if the class doesn't contain
+    /// any empty subobjects.
+    CharUnits SizeOfLargestEmptySubobject;
+
+    /// VBPtrOffset - Virtual base table offset (Microsoft-only).
+    CharUnits VBPtrOffset;
+
+    /// HasOwnVFPtr - Does this class provide a virtual function table
+    /// (vtable in Itanium, vftbl in Microsoft) that is independent from
+    /// its base classes?
+    bool HasOwnVFPtr; // TODO: stash this somewhere more efficient
+    
+    /// PrimaryBase - The primary base info for this record.
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<const CXXRecordDecl *, 1, bool> PrimaryBase;
+    
+    /// FIXME: This should really use a SmallPtrMap, once we have one in LLVM :)
+    typedef llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, CharUnits> BaseOffsetsMapTy;
+    
+    /// BaseOffsets - Contains a map from base classes to their offset.
+    BaseOffsetsMapTy BaseOffsets;
+
+    /// VBaseOffsets - Contains a map from vbase classes to their offset.
+    VBaseOffsetsMapTy VBaseOffsets;
+  };
+
+  /// CXXInfo - If the record layout is for a C++ record, this will have
+  /// C++ specific information about the record.
+  CXXRecordLayoutInfo *CXXInfo;
+
+  friend class ASTContext;
+
+  ASTRecordLayout(const ASTContext &Ctx, CharUnits size, CharUnits alignment,
+                  CharUnits datasize, const uint64_t *fieldoffsets,
+                  unsigned fieldcount);
+
+  // Constructor for C++ records.
+  typedef CXXRecordLayoutInfo::BaseOffsetsMapTy BaseOffsetsMapTy;
+  ASTRecordLayout(const ASTContext &Ctx,
+                  CharUnits size, CharUnits alignment,
+                  bool hasOwnVFPtr, CharUnits vbptroffset,
+                  CharUnits datasize,
+                  const uint64_t *fieldoffsets, unsigned fieldcount,
+                  CharUnits nonvirtualsize, CharUnits nonvirtualalign,
+                  CharUnits SizeOfLargestEmptySubobject,
+                  const CXXRecordDecl *PrimaryBase,
+                  bool IsPrimaryBaseVirtual,
+                  const BaseOffsetsMapTy& BaseOffsets,
+                  const VBaseOffsetsMapTy& VBaseOffsets);
+
+  ~ASTRecordLayout() {}
+
+  void Destroy(ASTContext &Ctx);
+  
+  ASTRecordLayout(const ASTRecordLayout &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const ASTRecordLayout &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+public:
+
+  /// getAlignment - Get the record alignment in characters.
+  CharUnits getAlignment() const { return Alignment; }
+
+  /// getSize - Get the record size in characters.
+  CharUnits getSize() const { return Size; }
+
+  /// getFieldCount - Get the number of fields in the layout.
+  unsigned getFieldCount() const { return FieldCount; }
+
+  /// getFieldOffset - Get the offset of the given field index, in
+  /// bits.
+  uint64_t getFieldOffset(unsigned FieldNo) const {
+    assert (FieldNo < FieldCount && "Invalid Field No");
+    return FieldOffsets[FieldNo];
+  }
+
+  /// getDataSize() - Get the record data size, which is the record size
+  /// without tail padding, in characters.
+  CharUnits getDataSize() const {
+    return DataSize;
+  }
+
+  /// getNonVirtualSize - Get the non-virtual size (in chars) of an object,
+  /// which is the size of the object without virtual bases.
+  CharUnits getNonVirtualSize() const {
+    assert(CXXInfo && "Record layout does not have C++ specific info!");
+
+    return CXXInfo->NonVirtualSize;
+  }
+
+  /// getNonVirtualSize - Get the non-virtual alignment (in chars) of an object,
+  /// which is the alignment of the object without virtual bases.
+  CharUnits getNonVirtualAlign() const {
+    assert(CXXInfo && "Record layout does not have C++ specific info!");
+
+    return CXXInfo->NonVirtualAlign;
+  }
+
+  /// getPrimaryBase - Get the primary base for this record.
+  const CXXRecordDecl *getPrimaryBase() const {
+    assert(CXXInfo && "Record layout does not have C++ specific info!");
+
+    return CXXInfo->PrimaryBase.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  /// isPrimaryBaseVirtual - Get whether the primary base for this record
+  /// is virtual or not.
+  bool isPrimaryBaseVirtual() const {
+    assert(CXXInfo && "Record layout does not have C++ specific info!");
+
+    return CXXInfo->PrimaryBase.getInt();
+  }
+
+  /// getBaseClassOffset - Get the offset, in chars, for the given base class.
+  CharUnits getBaseClassOffset(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const {
+    assert(CXXInfo && "Record layout does not have C++ specific info!");
+    assert(CXXInfo->BaseOffsets.count(Base) && "Did not find base!");
+
+    return CXXInfo->BaseOffsets[Base];
+  }
+
+  /// getVBaseClassOffset - Get the offset, in chars, for the given base class.
+  CharUnits getVBaseClassOffset(const CXXRecordDecl *VBase) const {
+    assert(CXXInfo && "Record layout does not have C++ specific info!");
+    assert(CXXInfo->VBaseOffsets.count(VBase) && "Did not find base!");
+
+    return CXXInfo->VBaseOffsets[VBase].VBaseOffset;
+  }
+
+  CharUnits getSizeOfLargestEmptySubobject() const {
+    assert(CXXInfo && "Record layout does not have C++ specific info!");
+    return CXXInfo->SizeOfLargestEmptySubobject;
+  }
+
+  /// hasOwnVFPtr - Does this class provide its own virtual-function
+  /// table pointer, rather than inheriting one from a primary base
+  /// class?  If so, it is at offset zero.
+  ///
+  /// This implies that the ABI has no primary base class, meaning
+  /// that it has no base classes that are suitable under the conditions
+  /// of the ABI.
+  bool hasOwnVFPtr() const {
+    assert(CXXInfo && "Record layout does not have C++ specific info!");
+    return CXXInfo->HasOwnVFPtr;
+  }
+
+  /// getVBPtrOffset - Get the offset for virtual base table pointer.
+  /// This is only meaningful with the Microsoft ABI.
+  CharUnits getVBPtrOffset() const {
+    assert(CXXInfo && "Record layout does not have C++ specific info!");
+    return CXXInfo->VBPtrOffset;
+  }
+
+  const VBaseOffsetsMapTy &getVBaseOffsetsMap() const {
+    assert(CXXInfo && "Record layout does not have C++ specific info!");
+    return CXXInfo->VBaseOffsets;
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0191964
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2271 @@
+//===--- RecursiveASTVisitor.h - Recursive AST Visitor ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the RecursiveASTVisitor interface, which recursively
+//  traverses the entire AST.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_RECURSIVEASTVISITOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_RECURSIVEASTVISITOR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclFriend.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
+
+// The following three macros are used for meta programming.  The code
+// using them is responsible for defining macro OPERATOR().
+
+// All unary operators.
+#define UNARYOP_LIST()                          \
+  OPERATOR(PostInc)   OPERATOR(PostDec)         \
+  OPERATOR(PreInc)    OPERATOR(PreDec)          \
+  OPERATOR(AddrOf)    OPERATOR(Deref)           \
+  OPERATOR(Plus)      OPERATOR(Minus)           \
+  OPERATOR(Not)       OPERATOR(LNot)            \
+  OPERATOR(Real)      OPERATOR(Imag)            \
+  OPERATOR(Extension)
+
+// All binary operators (excluding compound assign operators).
+#define BINOP_LIST() \
+  OPERATOR(PtrMemD)              OPERATOR(PtrMemI)    \
+  OPERATOR(Mul)   OPERATOR(Div)  OPERATOR(Rem)        \
+  OPERATOR(Add)   OPERATOR(Sub)  OPERATOR(Shl)        \
+  OPERATOR(Shr)                                       \
+                                                      \
+  OPERATOR(LT)    OPERATOR(GT)   OPERATOR(LE)         \
+  OPERATOR(GE)    OPERATOR(EQ)   OPERATOR(NE)         \
+  OPERATOR(And)   OPERATOR(Xor)  OPERATOR(Or)         \
+  OPERATOR(LAnd)  OPERATOR(LOr)                       \
+                                                      \
+  OPERATOR(Assign)                                    \
+  OPERATOR(Comma)
+
+// All compound assign operators.
+#define CAO_LIST()                                                      \
+  OPERATOR(Mul) OPERATOR(Div) OPERATOR(Rem) OPERATOR(Add) OPERATOR(Sub) \
+  OPERATOR(Shl) OPERATOR(Shr) OPERATOR(And) OPERATOR(Or)  OPERATOR(Xor)
+
+namespace clang {
+
+// A helper macro to implement short-circuiting when recursing.  It
+// invokes CALL_EXPR, which must be a method call, on the derived
+// object (s.t. a user of RecursiveASTVisitor can override the method
+// in CALL_EXPR).
+#define TRY_TO(CALL_EXPR) \
+  do { if (!getDerived().CALL_EXPR) return false; } while (0)
+
+/// \brief A class that does preorder depth-first traversal on the
+/// entire Clang AST and visits each node.
+///
+/// This class performs three distinct tasks:
+///   1. traverse the AST (i.e. go to each node);
+///   2. at a given node, walk up the class hierarchy, starting from
+///      the node's dynamic type, until the top-most class (e.g. Stmt,
+///      Decl, or Type) is reached.
+///   3. given a (node, class) combination, where 'class' is some base
+///      class of the dynamic type of 'node', call a user-overridable
+///      function to actually visit the node.
+///
+/// These tasks are done by three groups of methods, respectively:
+///   1. TraverseDecl(Decl *x) does task #1.  It is the entry point
+///      for traversing an AST rooted at x.  This method simply
+///      dispatches (i.e. forwards) to TraverseFoo(Foo *x) where Foo
+///      is the dynamic type of *x, which calls WalkUpFromFoo(x) and
+///      then recursively visits the child nodes of x.
+///      TraverseStmt(Stmt *x) and TraverseType(QualType x) work
+///      similarly.
+///   2. WalkUpFromFoo(Foo *x) does task #2.  It does not try to visit
+///      any child node of x.  Instead, it first calls WalkUpFromBar(x)
+///      where Bar is the direct parent class of Foo (unless Foo has
+///      no parent), and then calls VisitFoo(x) (see the next list item).
+///   3. VisitFoo(Foo *x) does task #3.
+///
+/// These three method groups are tiered (Traverse* > WalkUpFrom* >
+/// Visit*).  A method (e.g. Traverse*) may call methods from the same
+/// tier (e.g. other Traverse*) or one tier lower (e.g. WalkUpFrom*).
+/// It may not call methods from a higher tier.
+///
+/// Note that since WalkUpFromFoo() calls WalkUpFromBar() (where Bar
+/// is Foo's super class) before calling VisitFoo(), the result is
+/// that the Visit*() methods for a given node are called in the
+/// top-down order (e.g. for a node of type NamedDecl, the order will
+/// be VisitDecl(), VisitNamedDecl(), and then VisitNamespaceDecl()).
+///
+/// This scheme guarantees that all Visit*() calls for the same AST
+/// node are grouped together.  In other words, Visit*() methods for
+/// different nodes are never interleaved.
+///
+/// Clients of this visitor should subclass the visitor (providing
+/// themselves as the template argument, using the curiously recurring
+/// template pattern) and override any of the Traverse*, WalkUpFrom*,
+/// and Visit* methods for declarations, types, statements,
+/// expressions, or other AST nodes where the visitor should customize
+/// behavior.  Most users only need to override Visit*.  Advanced
+/// users may override Traverse* and WalkUpFrom* to implement custom
+/// traversal strategies.  Returning false from one of these overridden
+/// functions will abort the entire traversal.
+///
+/// By default, this visitor tries to visit every part of the explicit
+/// source code exactly once.  The default policy towards templates
+/// is to descend into the 'pattern' class or function body, not any
+/// explicit or implicit instantiations.  Explicit specializations
+/// are still visited, and the patterns of partial specializations
+/// are visited separately.  This behavior can be changed by
+/// overriding shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() in the derived class
+/// to return true, in which case all known implicit and explicit
+/// instantiations will be visited at the same time as the pattern
+/// from which they were produced.
+template<typename Derived>
+class RecursiveASTVisitor {
+public:
+  /// \brief Return a reference to the derived class.
+  Derived &getDerived() { return *static_cast<Derived*>(this); }
+
+  /// \brief Return whether this visitor should recurse into
+  /// template instantiations.
+  bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { return false; }
+
+  /// \brief Return whether this visitor should recurse into the types of
+  /// TypeLocs.
+  bool shouldWalkTypesOfTypeLocs() const { return true; }
+
+  /// \brief Return whether this visitor should recurse into implicit
+  /// code, e.g., implicit constructors and destructors.
+  bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { return false; }
+
+  /// \brief Return whether \param S should be traversed using data recursion
+  /// to avoid a stack overflow with extreme cases.
+  bool shouldUseDataRecursionFor(Stmt *S) const {
+    return isa<BinaryOperator>(S) || isa<UnaryOperator>(S) ||
+           isa<CaseStmt>(S) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(S);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a statement or expression, by
+  /// dispatching to Traverse*() based on the argument's dynamic type.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true
+  /// otherwise (including when the argument is NULL).
+  bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *S);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a type, by dispatching to
+  /// Traverse*Type() based on the argument's getTypeClass() property.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true
+  /// otherwise (including when the argument is a Null type).
+  bool TraverseType(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a type with location, by dispatching to
+  /// Traverse*TypeLoc() based on the argument type's getTypeClass() property.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true
+  /// otherwise (including when the argument is a Null type location).
+  bool TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a declaration, by dispatching to
+  /// Traverse*Decl() based on the argument's dynamic type.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true
+  /// otherwise (including when the argument is NULL).
+  bool TraverseDecl(Decl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a C++ nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
+  bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a C++ nested-name-specifier with location
+  /// information.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
+  bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a name with its location information.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
+  bool TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a template name and dispatch to the
+  /// appropriate method.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
+  bool TraverseTemplateName(TemplateName Template);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a template argument and dispatch to the
+  /// appropriate method for the argument type.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
+  // FIXME: migrate callers to TemplateArgumentLoc instead.
+  bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a template argument location and dispatch to the
+  /// appropriate method for the argument type.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
+  bool TraverseTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgumentLoc &ArgLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a set of template arguments.
+  /// This can be overridden by a subclass, but it's not expected that
+  /// will be needed -- this visitor always dispatches to another.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
+  // FIXME: take a TemplateArgumentLoc* (or TemplateArgumentListInfo) instead.
+  bool TraverseTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                 unsigned NumArgs);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a constructor initializer.  This
+  /// automatically dispatches to another visitor for the initializer
+  /// expression, but not for the name of the initializer, so may
+  /// be overridden for clients that need access to the name.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
+  bool TraverseConstructorInitializer(CXXCtorInitializer *Init);
+
+  /// \brief Recursively visit a lambda capture.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
+  bool TraverseLambdaCapture(LambdaExpr::Capture C);
+  
+  // ---- Methods on Stmts ----
+
+  // Declare Traverse*() for all concrete Stmt classes.
+#define ABSTRACT_STMT(STMT)
+#define STMT(CLASS, PARENT)                                     \
+  bool Traverse##CLASS(CLASS *S);
+#include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc"
+  // The above header #undefs ABSTRACT_STMT and STMT upon exit.
+
+  // Define WalkUpFrom*() and empty Visit*() for all Stmt classes.
+  bool WalkUpFromStmt(Stmt *S) { return getDerived().VisitStmt(S); }
+  bool VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { return true; }
+#define STMT(CLASS, PARENT)                                     \
+  bool WalkUpFrom##CLASS(CLASS *S) {                            \
+    TRY_TO(WalkUpFrom##PARENT(S));                              \
+    TRY_TO(Visit##CLASS(S));                                    \
+    return true;                                                \
+  }                                                             \
+  bool Visit##CLASS(CLASS *S) { return true; }
+#include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc"
+
+  // Define Traverse*(), WalkUpFrom*(), and Visit*() for unary
+  // operator methods.  Unary operators are not classes in themselves
+  // (they're all opcodes in UnaryOperator) but do have visitors.
+#define OPERATOR(NAME)                                           \
+  bool TraverseUnary##NAME(UnaryOperator *S) {                  \
+    TRY_TO(WalkUpFromUnary##NAME(S));                           \
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getSubExpr()));                      \
+    return true;                                                \
+  }                                                             \
+  bool WalkUpFromUnary##NAME(UnaryOperator *S) {                \
+    TRY_TO(WalkUpFromUnaryOperator(S));                         \
+    TRY_TO(VisitUnary##NAME(S));                                \
+    return true;                                                \
+  }                                                             \
+  bool VisitUnary##NAME(UnaryOperator *S) { return true; }
+
+  UNARYOP_LIST()
+#undef OPERATOR
+
+  // Define Traverse*(), WalkUpFrom*(), and Visit*() for binary
+  // operator methods.  Binary operators are not classes in themselves
+  // (they're all opcodes in BinaryOperator) but do have visitors.
+#define GENERAL_BINOP_FALLBACK(NAME, BINOP_TYPE)                \
+  bool TraverseBin##NAME(BINOP_TYPE *S) {                       \
+    TRY_TO(WalkUpFromBin##NAME(S));                             \
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getLHS()));                          \
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getRHS()));                          \
+    return true;                                                \
+  }                                                             \
+  bool WalkUpFromBin##NAME(BINOP_TYPE *S) {                     \
+    TRY_TO(WalkUpFrom##BINOP_TYPE(S));                          \
+    TRY_TO(VisitBin##NAME(S));                                  \
+    return true;                                                \
+  }                                                             \
+  bool VisitBin##NAME(BINOP_TYPE *S) { return true; }
+
+#define OPERATOR(NAME) GENERAL_BINOP_FALLBACK(NAME, BinaryOperator)
+  BINOP_LIST()
+#undef OPERATOR
+
+  // Define Traverse*(), WalkUpFrom*(), and Visit*() for compound
+  // assignment methods.  Compound assignment operators are not
+  // classes in themselves (they're all opcodes in
+  // CompoundAssignOperator) but do have visitors.
+#define OPERATOR(NAME) \
+  GENERAL_BINOP_FALLBACK(NAME##Assign, CompoundAssignOperator)
+
+  CAO_LIST()
+#undef OPERATOR
+#undef GENERAL_BINOP_FALLBACK
+
+  // ---- Methods on Types ----
+  // FIXME: revamp to take TypeLoc's rather than Types.
+
+  // Declare Traverse*() for all concrete Type classes.
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(CLASS, BASE)
+#define TYPE(CLASS, BASE) \
+  bool Traverse##CLASS##Type(CLASS##Type *T);
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+  // The above header #undefs ABSTRACT_TYPE and TYPE upon exit.
+
+  // Define WalkUpFrom*() and empty Visit*() for all Type classes.
+  bool WalkUpFromType(Type *T) { return getDerived().VisitType(T); }
+  bool VisitType(Type *T) { return true; }
+#define TYPE(CLASS, BASE)                                       \
+  bool WalkUpFrom##CLASS##Type(CLASS##Type *T) {                \
+    TRY_TO(WalkUpFrom##BASE(T));                                \
+    TRY_TO(Visit##CLASS##Type(T));                              \
+    return true;                                                \
+  }                                                             \
+  bool Visit##CLASS##Type(CLASS##Type *T) { return true; }
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+
+  // ---- Methods on TypeLocs ----
+  // FIXME: this currently just calls the matching Type methods
+
+  // Declare Traverse*() for all concrete Type classes.
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPELOC(CLASS, BASE)
+#define TYPELOC(CLASS, BASE) \
+  bool Traverse##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TL);
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def"
+  // The above header #undefs ABSTRACT_TYPELOC and TYPELOC upon exit.
+
+  // Define WalkUpFrom*() and empty Visit*() for all TypeLoc classes.
+  bool WalkUpFromTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL) { return getDerived().VisitTypeLoc(TL); }
+  bool VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL) { return true; }
+
+  // QualifiedTypeLoc and UnqualTypeLoc are not declared in
+  // TypeNodes.def and thus need to be handled specially.
+  bool WalkUpFromQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) {
+    return getDerived().VisitUnqualTypeLoc(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc());
+  }
+  bool VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) { return true; }
+  bool WalkUpFromUnqualTypeLoc(UnqualTypeLoc TL) {
+    return getDerived().VisitUnqualTypeLoc(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc());
+  }
+  bool VisitUnqualTypeLoc(UnqualTypeLoc TL) { return true; }
+
+  // Note that BASE includes trailing 'Type' which CLASS doesn't.
+#define TYPE(CLASS, BASE)                                       \
+  bool WalkUpFrom##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TL) {          \
+    TRY_TO(WalkUpFrom##BASE##Loc(TL));                          \
+    TRY_TO(Visit##CLASS##TypeLoc(TL));                          \
+    return true;                                                \
+  }                                                             \
+  bool Visit##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TL) { return true; }
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+
+  // ---- Methods on Decls ----
+
+  // Declare Traverse*() for all concrete Decl classes.
+#define ABSTRACT_DECL(DECL)
+#define DECL(CLASS, BASE) \
+  bool Traverse##CLASS##Decl(CLASS##Decl *D);
+#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
+  // The above header #undefs ABSTRACT_DECL and DECL upon exit.
+
+  // Define WalkUpFrom*() and empty Visit*() for all Decl classes.
+  bool WalkUpFromDecl(Decl *D) { return getDerived().VisitDecl(D); }
+  bool VisitDecl(Decl *D) { return true; }
+#define DECL(CLASS, BASE)                                       \
+  bool WalkUpFrom##CLASS##Decl(CLASS##Decl *D) {                \
+    TRY_TO(WalkUpFrom##BASE(D));                                \
+    TRY_TO(Visit##CLASS##Decl(D));                              \
+    return true;                                                \
+  }                                                             \
+  bool Visit##CLASS##Decl(CLASS##Decl *D) { return true; }
+#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
+
+private:
+  // These are helper methods used by more than one Traverse* method.
+  bool TraverseTemplateParameterListHelper(TemplateParameterList *TPL);
+  bool TraverseClassInstantiations(ClassTemplateDecl *D);
+  bool TraverseFunctionInstantiations(FunctionTemplateDecl *D) ;
+  bool TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(const TemplateArgumentLoc *TAL,
+                                          unsigned Count);
+  bool TraverseArrayTypeLocHelper(ArrayTypeLoc TL);
+  bool TraverseRecordHelper(RecordDecl *D);
+  bool TraverseCXXRecordHelper(CXXRecordDecl *D);
+  bool TraverseDeclaratorHelper(DeclaratorDecl *D);
+  bool TraverseDeclContextHelper(DeclContext *DC);
+  bool TraverseFunctionHelper(FunctionDecl *D);
+  bool TraverseVarHelper(VarDecl *D);
+
+  struct EnqueueJob {
+    Stmt *S;
+    Stmt::child_iterator StmtIt;
+
+    EnqueueJob(Stmt *S) : S(S), StmtIt() {}
+  };
+  bool dataTraverse(Stmt *S);
+  bool dataTraverseNode(Stmt *S, bool &EnqueueChildren);
+};
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::dataTraverse(Stmt *S) {
+
+  SmallVector<EnqueueJob, 16> Queue;
+  Queue.push_back(S);
+
+  while (!Queue.empty()) {
+    EnqueueJob &job = Queue.back();
+    Stmt *CurrS = job.S;
+    if (!CurrS) {
+      Queue.pop_back();
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if (getDerived().shouldUseDataRecursionFor(CurrS)) {
+      if (job.StmtIt == Stmt::child_iterator()) {
+        bool EnqueueChildren = true;
+        if (!dataTraverseNode(CurrS, EnqueueChildren)) return false;
+        if (!EnqueueChildren) {
+          Queue.pop_back();
+          continue;
+        }
+        job.StmtIt = CurrS->child_begin();
+      } else {
+        ++job.StmtIt;
+      }
+
+      if (job.StmtIt != CurrS->child_end())
+        Queue.push_back(*job.StmtIt);
+      else
+        Queue.pop_back();
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    Queue.pop_back();
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(CurrS));
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::dataTraverseNode(Stmt *S,
+                                                    bool &EnqueueChildren) {
+
+  // Dispatch to the corresponding WalkUpFrom* function only if the derived
+  // class didn't override Traverse* (and thus the traversal is trivial).
+#define DISPATCH_WALK(NAME, CLASS, VAR) \
+  { \
+    bool (Derived::*DerivedFn)(CLASS*) = &Derived::Traverse##NAME; \
+    bool (Derived::*BaseFn)(CLASS*) = &RecursiveASTVisitor::Traverse##NAME; \
+    if (DerivedFn == BaseFn) \
+      return getDerived().WalkUpFrom##NAME(static_cast<CLASS*>(VAR)); \
+  } \
+  EnqueueChildren = false; \
+  return getDerived().Traverse##NAME(static_cast<CLASS*>(VAR));
+
+  if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(S)) {
+    switch (BinOp->getOpcode()) {
+#define OPERATOR(NAME) \
+    case BO_##NAME: DISPATCH_WALK(Bin##NAME, BinaryOperator, S);
+
+    BINOP_LIST()
+#undef OPERATOR
+
+#define OPERATOR(NAME)                                          \
+    case BO_##NAME##Assign:                          \
+    DISPATCH_WALK(Bin##NAME##Assign, CompoundAssignOperator, S);
+
+    CAO_LIST()
+#undef OPERATOR
+    }
+  } else if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(S)) {
+    switch (UnOp->getOpcode()) {
+#define OPERATOR(NAME)                                                  \
+    case UO_##NAME: DISPATCH_WALK(Unary##NAME, UnaryOperator, S);
+
+    UNARYOP_LIST()
+#undef OPERATOR
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Top switch stmt: dispatch to TraverseFooStmt for each concrete FooStmt.
+  switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
+  case Stmt::NoStmtClass: break;
+#define ABSTRACT_STMT(STMT)
+#define STMT(CLASS, PARENT) \
+  case Stmt::CLASS##Class: DISPATCH_WALK(CLASS, CLASS, S);
+#include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc"
+  }
+
+#undef DISPATCH_WALK
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+#define DISPATCH(NAME, CLASS, VAR) \
+  return getDerived().Traverse##NAME(static_cast<CLASS*>(VAR))
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseStmt(Stmt *S) {
+  if (!S)
+    return true;
+
+  if (getDerived().shouldUseDataRecursionFor(S))
+    return dataTraverse(S);
+
+  // If we have a binary expr, dispatch to the subcode of the binop.  A smart
+  // optimizer (e.g. LLVM) will fold this comparison into the switch stmt
+  // below.
+  if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(S)) {
+    switch (BinOp->getOpcode()) {
+#define OPERATOR(NAME) \
+    case BO_##NAME: DISPATCH(Bin##NAME, BinaryOperator, S);
+
+    BINOP_LIST()
+#undef OPERATOR
+#undef BINOP_LIST
+
+#define OPERATOR(NAME)                                          \
+    case BO_##NAME##Assign:                          \
+      DISPATCH(Bin##NAME##Assign, CompoundAssignOperator, S);
+
+    CAO_LIST()
+#undef OPERATOR
+#undef CAO_LIST
+    }
+  } else if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(S)) {
+    switch (UnOp->getOpcode()) {
+#define OPERATOR(NAME)                                                  \
+    case UO_##NAME: DISPATCH(Unary##NAME, UnaryOperator, S);
+
+    UNARYOP_LIST()
+#undef OPERATOR
+#undef UNARYOP_LIST
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Top switch stmt: dispatch to TraverseFooStmt for each concrete FooStmt.
+  switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
+  case Stmt::NoStmtClass: break;
+#define ABSTRACT_STMT(STMT)
+#define STMT(CLASS, PARENT) \
+  case Stmt::CLASS##Class: DISPATCH(CLASS, CLASS, S);
+#include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc"
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseType(QualType T) {
+  if (T.isNull())
+    return true;
+
+  switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(CLASS, BASE)
+#define TYPE(CLASS, BASE) \
+  case Type::CLASS: DISPATCH(CLASS##Type, CLASS##Type, \
+                             const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL) {
+  if (TL.isNull())
+    return true;
+
+  switch (TL.getTypeLocClass()) {
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPELOC(CLASS, BASE)
+#define TYPELOC(CLASS, BASE) \
+  case TypeLoc::CLASS: \
+    return getDerived().Traverse##CLASS##TypeLoc(TL.castAs<CLASS##TypeLoc>());
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def"
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseDecl(Decl *D) {
+  if (!D)
+    return true;
+
+  // As a syntax visitor, by default we want to ignore declarations for
+  // implicit declarations (ones not typed explicitly by the user).
+  if (!getDerived().shouldVisitImplicitCode() && D->isImplicit())
+    return true;
+
+  switch (D->getKind()) {
+#define ABSTRACT_DECL(DECL)
+#define DECL(CLASS, BASE) \
+  case Decl::CLASS: DISPATCH(CLASS##Decl, CLASS##Decl, D);
+#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
+ }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+#undef DISPATCH
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseNestedNameSpecifier(
+                                                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
+  if (!NNS)
+    return true;
+
+  if (NNS->getPrefix())
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()));
+
+  switch (NNS->getKind()) {
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
+    return true;
+
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)));
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(
+                                                  NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS) {
+  if (!NNS)
+    return true;
+
+   if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc Prefix = NNS.getPrefix())
+     TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix));
+
+  switch (NNS.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getKind()) {
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
+    return true;
+
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
+  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(NNS.getTypeLoc()));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(
+                                                 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
+  switch (NameInfo.getName().getNameKind()) {
+  case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
+  case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
+  case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName:
+    if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = NameInfo.getNamedTypeInfo())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()));
+
+    break;
+
+  case DeclarationName::Identifier:
+  case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector:
+  case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector:
+  case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector:
+  case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
+  case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName:
+  case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseTemplateName(TemplateName Template) {
+  if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName())
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifier(DTN->getQualifier()));
+  else if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifier(QTN->getQualifier()));
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseTemplateArgument(
+                                                const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
+  switch (Arg.getKind()) {
+  case TemplateArgument::Null:
+  case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
+  case TemplateArgument::Integral:
+  case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
+    return true;
+
+  case TemplateArgument::Type:
+    return getDerived().TraverseType(Arg.getAsType());
+
+  case TemplateArgument::Template:
+  case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
+    return getDerived().TraverseTemplateName(
+                                          Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern());
+
+  case TemplateArgument::Expression:
+    return getDerived().TraverseStmt(Arg.getAsExpr());
+
+  case TemplateArgument::Pack:
+    return getDerived().TraverseTemplateArguments(Arg.pack_begin(),
+                                                  Arg.pack_size());
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+// FIXME: no template name location?
+// FIXME: no source locations for a template argument pack?
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseTemplateArgumentLoc(
+                                           const TemplateArgumentLoc &ArgLoc) {
+  const TemplateArgument &Arg = ArgLoc.getArgument();
+
+  switch (Arg.getKind()) {
+  case TemplateArgument::Null:
+  case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
+  case TemplateArgument::Integral:
+  case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
+    return true;
+
+  case TemplateArgument::Type: {
+    // FIXME: how can TSI ever be NULL?
+    if (TypeSourceInfo *TSI = ArgLoc.getTypeSourceInfo())
+      return getDerived().TraverseTypeLoc(TSI->getTypeLoc());
+    else
+      return getDerived().TraverseType(Arg.getAsType());
+  }
+
+  case TemplateArgument::Template:
+  case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
+    if (ArgLoc.getTemplateQualifierLoc())
+      TRY_TO(getDerived().TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(
+                                            ArgLoc.getTemplateQualifierLoc()));
+    return getDerived().TraverseTemplateName(
+                                         Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern());
+
+  case TemplateArgument::Expression:
+    return getDerived().TraverseStmt(ArgLoc.getSourceExpression());
+
+  case TemplateArgument::Pack:
+    return getDerived().TraverseTemplateArguments(Arg.pack_begin(),
+                                                  Arg.pack_size());
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseTemplateArguments(
+                                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                                            unsigned NumArgs) {
+  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseConstructorInitializer(
+                                                     CXXCtorInitializer *Init) {
+  if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = Init->getTypeSourceInfo())
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc()));
+
+  if (Init->isWritten() || getDerived().shouldVisitImplicitCode())
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(Init->getInit()));
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseLambdaCapture(LambdaExpr::Capture C){
+  return true;
+}
+
+// ----------------- Type traversal -----------------
+
+// This macro makes available a variable T, the passed-in type.
+#define DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(TYPE, CODE)                     \
+  template<typename Derived>                                           \
+  bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::Traverse##TYPE (TYPE *T) {        \
+    TRY_TO(WalkUpFrom##TYPE (T));                                      \
+    { CODE; }                                                          \
+    return true;                                                       \
+  }
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(BuiltinType, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(ComplexType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getElementType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(PointerType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getPointeeType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(BlockPointerType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getPointeeType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(LValueReferenceType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getPointeeType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(RValueReferenceType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getPointeeType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(MemberPointerType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(QualType(T->getClass(), 0)));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getPointeeType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(ConstantArrayType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getElementType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(IncompleteArrayType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getElementType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(VariableArrayType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getElementType()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(T->getSizeExpr()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(DependentSizedArrayType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getElementType()));
+    if (T->getSizeExpr())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(T->getSizeExpr()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(DependentSizedExtVectorType, {
+    if (T->getSizeExpr())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(T->getSizeExpr()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getElementType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(VectorType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getElementType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(ExtVectorType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getElementType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(FunctionNoProtoType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getResultType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(FunctionProtoType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getResultType()));
+
+    for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator A = T->arg_type_begin(),
+                                           AEnd = T->arg_type_end();
+         A != AEnd; ++A) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseType(*A));
+    }
+
+    for (FunctionProtoType::exception_iterator E = T->exception_begin(),
+                                            EEnd = T->exception_end();
+         E != EEnd; ++E) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseType(*E));
+    }
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(UnresolvedUsingType, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(TypedefType, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(TypeOfExprType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(T->getUnderlyingExpr()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(TypeOfType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getUnderlyingType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(DecltypeType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(T->getUnderlyingExpr()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(UnaryTransformType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getBaseType()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getUnderlyingType()));
+    })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(AutoType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getDeducedType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(RecordType, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(EnumType, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(TemplateTypeParmType, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(SubstTemplateTypeParmType, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(TemplateSpecializationType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateName(T->getTemplateName()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArguments(T->getArgs(), T->getNumArgs()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(InjectedClassNameType, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(AttributedType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getModifiedType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(ParenType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getInnerType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(ElaboratedType, {
+    if (T->getQualifier()) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifier(T->getQualifier()));
+    }
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getNamedType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(DependentNameType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifier(T->getQualifier()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(DependentTemplateSpecializationType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifier(T->getQualifier()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArguments(T->getArgs(), T->getNumArgs()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(PackExpansionType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getPattern()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(ObjCInterfaceType, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(ObjCObjectType, {
+    // We have to watch out here because an ObjCInterfaceType's base
+    // type is itself.
+    if (T->getBaseType().getTypePtr() != T)
+      TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getBaseType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(ObjCObjectPointerType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getPointeeType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE(AtomicType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getValueType()));
+  })
+
+#undef DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPE
+
+// ----------------- TypeLoc traversal -----------------
+
+// This macro makes available a variable TL, the passed-in TypeLoc.
+// If requested, it calls WalkUpFrom* for the Type in the given TypeLoc,
+// in addition to WalkUpFrom* for the TypeLoc itself, such that existing
+// clients that override the WalkUpFrom*Type() and/or Visit*Type() methods
+// continue to work.
+#define DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(TYPE, CODE)                                \
+  template<typename Derived>                                            \
+  bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::Traverse##TYPE##Loc(TYPE##Loc TL) { \
+    if (getDerived().shouldWalkTypesOfTypeLocs())                       \
+      TRY_TO(WalkUpFrom##TYPE(const_cast<TYPE*>(TL.getTypePtr())));     \
+    TRY_TO(WalkUpFrom##TYPE##Loc(TL));                                  \
+    { CODE; }                                                           \
+    return true;                                                        \
+  }
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseQualifiedTypeLoc(
+    QualifiedTypeLoc TL) {
+  // Move this over to the 'main' typeloc tree.  Note that this is a
+  // move -- we pretend that we were really looking at the unqualified
+  // typeloc all along -- rather than a recursion, so we don't follow
+  // the normal CRTP plan of going through
+  // getDerived().TraverseTypeLoc.  If we did, we'd be traversing
+  // twice for the same type (once as a QualifiedTypeLoc version of
+  // the type, once as an UnqualifiedTypeLoc version of the type),
+  // which in effect means we'd call VisitTypeLoc twice with the
+  // 'same' type.  This solves that problem, at the cost of never
+  // seeing the qualified version of the type (unless the client
+  // subclasses TraverseQualifiedTypeLoc themselves).  It's not a
+  // perfect solution.  A perfect solution probably requires making
+  // QualifiedTypeLoc a wrapper around TypeLoc -- like QualType is a
+  // wrapper around Type* -- rather than being its own class in the
+  // type hierarchy.
+  return TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc());
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(BuiltinType, { })
+
+// FIXME: ComplexTypeLoc is unfinished
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(ComplexType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(TL.getTypePtr()->getElementType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(PointerType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getPointeeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(BlockPointerType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getPointeeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(LValueReferenceType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getPointeeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(RValueReferenceType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getPointeeLoc()));
+  })
+
+// FIXME: location of base class?
+// We traverse this in the type case as well, but how is it not reached through
+// the pointee type?
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(MemberPointerType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(QualType(TL.getTypePtr()->getClass(), 0)));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getPointeeLoc()));
+  })
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseArrayTypeLocHelper(ArrayTypeLoc TL) {
+  // This isn't available for ArrayType, but is for the ArrayTypeLoc.
+  TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(TL.getSizeExpr()));
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(ConstantArrayType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getElementLoc()));
+    return TraverseArrayTypeLocHelper(TL);
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(IncompleteArrayType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getElementLoc()));
+    return TraverseArrayTypeLocHelper(TL);
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(VariableArrayType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getElementLoc()));
+    return TraverseArrayTypeLocHelper(TL);
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(DependentSizedArrayType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getElementLoc()));
+    return TraverseArrayTypeLocHelper(TL);
+  })
+
+// FIXME: order? why not size expr first?
+// FIXME: base VectorTypeLoc is unfinished
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(DependentSizedExtVectorType, {
+    if (TL.getTypePtr()->getSizeExpr())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(TL.getTypePtr()->getSizeExpr()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(TL.getTypePtr()->getElementType()));
+  })
+
+// FIXME: VectorTypeLoc is unfinished
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(VectorType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(TL.getTypePtr()->getElementType()));
+  })
+
+// FIXME: size and attributes
+// FIXME: base VectorTypeLoc is unfinished
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(ExtVectorType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(TL.getTypePtr()->getElementType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(FunctionNoProtoType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getResultLoc()));
+  })
+
+// FIXME: location of exception specifications (attributes?)
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(FunctionProtoType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getResultLoc()));
+
+    const FunctionProtoType *T = TL.getTypePtr();
+
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = TL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) {
+      if (TL.getArg(I)) {
+        TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(TL.getArg(I)));
+      } else if (I < T->getNumArgs()) {
+        TRY_TO(TraverseType(T->getArgType(I)));
+      }
+    }
+
+    for (FunctionProtoType::exception_iterator E = T->exception_begin(),
+                                            EEnd = T->exception_end();
+         E != EEnd; ++E) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseType(*E));
+    }
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(UnresolvedUsingType, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(TypedefType, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(TypeOfExprType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(TL.getUnderlyingExpr()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(TypeOfType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getUnderlyingTInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+// FIXME: location of underlying expr
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(DecltypeType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(TL.getTypePtr()->getUnderlyingExpr()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(UnaryTransformType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getUnderlyingTInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(AutoType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(TL.getTypePtr()->getDeducedType()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(RecordType, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(EnumType, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(TemplateTypeParmType, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(SubstTemplateTypeParmType, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType, { })
+
+// FIXME: use the loc for the template name?
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(TemplateSpecializationType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateName(TL.getTypePtr()->getTemplateName()));
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = TL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I)));
+    }
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(InjectedClassNameType, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(ParenType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getInnerLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(AttributedType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getModifiedLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(ElaboratedType, {
+    if (TL.getQualifierLoc()) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()));
+    }
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getNamedTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(DependentNameType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(DependentTemplateSpecializationType, {
+    if (TL.getQualifierLoc()) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()));
+    }
+
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = TL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I)));
+    }
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(PackExpansionType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getPatternLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(ObjCInterfaceType, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(ObjCObjectType, {
+    // We have to watch out here because an ObjCInterfaceType's base
+    // type is itself.
+    if (TL.getTypePtr()->getBaseType().getTypePtr() != TL.getTypePtr())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getBaseLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(ObjCObjectPointerType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getPointeeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC(AtomicType, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL.getValueLoc()));
+  })
+
+#undef DEF_TRAVERSE_TYPELOC
+
+// ----------------- Decl traversal -----------------
+//
+// For a Decl, we automate (in the DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL macro) traversing
+// the children that come from the DeclContext associated with it.
+// Therefore each Traverse* only needs to worry about children other
+// than those.
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseDeclContextHelper(DeclContext *DC) {
+  if (!DC)
+    return true;
+
+  for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Child = DC->decls_begin(),
+           ChildEnd = DC->decls_end();
+       Child != ChildEnd; ++Child) {
+    // BlockDecls are traversed through BlockExprs.
+    if (!isa<BlockDecl>(*Child))
+      TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(*Child));
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+// This macro makes available a variable D, the passed-in decl.
+#define DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(DECL, CODE)                           \
+template<typename Derived>                                      \
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::Traverse##DECL (DECL *D) {   \
+  TRY_TO(WalkUpFrom##DECL (D));                                 \
+  { CODE; }                                                     \
+  TRY_TO(TraverseDeclContextHelper(dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D)));  \
+  return true;                                                  \
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(AccessSpecDecl, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(BlockDecl, {
+    if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = D->getSignatureAsWritten())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getBody()));
+    // This return statement makes sure the traversal of nodes in
+    // decls_begin()/decls_end() (done in the DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL macro)
+    // is skipped - don't remove it.
+    return true;
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(EmptyDecl, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(FileScopeAsmDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getAsmString()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ImportDecl, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(FriendDecl, {
+    // Friend is either decl or a type.
+    if (D->getFriendType())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(D->getFriendType()->getTypeLoc()));
+    else
+      TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(D->getFriendDecl()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(FriendTemplateDecl, {
+    if (D->getFriendType())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(D->getFriendType()->getTypeLoc()));
+    else
+      TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(D->getFriendDecl()));
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = D->getNumTemplateParameters(); I < E; ++I) {
+      TemplateParameterList *TPL = D->getTemplateParameterList(I);
+      for (TemplateParameterList::iterator ITPL = TPL->begin(),
+                                           ETPL = TPL->end();
+           ITPL != ETPL; ++ITPL) {
+        TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(*ITPL));
+      }
+    }
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(D->getSpecialization()));
+
+    if (D->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
+      const TemplateArgumentListInfo& args = D->templateArgs();
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(
+          args.getArgumentArray(), args.size()));
+    }
+ })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(LinkageSpecDecl, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCPropertyImplDecl, {
+    // FIXME: implement this
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(StaticAssertDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getAssertExpr()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getMessage()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(TranslationUnitDecl, {
+    // Code in an unnamed namespace shows up automatically in
+    // decls_begin()/decls_end().  Thus we don't need to recurse on
+    // D->getAnonymousNamespace().
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(NamespaceAliasDecl, {
+    // We shouldn't traverse an aliased namespace, since it will be
+    // defined (and, therefore, traversed) somewhere else.
+    //
+    // This return statement makes sure the traversal of nodes in
+    // decls_begin()/decls_end() (done in the DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL macro)
+    // is skipped - don't remove it.
+    return true;
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(LabelDecl, {
+  // There is no code in a LabelDecl.
+})
+
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(NamespaceDecl, {
+    // Code in an unnamed namespace shows up automatically in
+    // decls_begin()/decls_end().  Thus we don't need to recurse on
+    // D->getAnonymousNamespace().
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl, {
+    // FIXME: implement
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCCategoryDecl, {
+    // FIXME: implement
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCCategoryImplDecl, {
+    // FIXME: implement
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCImplementationDecl, {
+    // FIXME: implement
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCInterfaceDecl, {
+    // FIXME: implement
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCProtocolDecl, {
+    // FIXME: implement
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCMethodDecl, {
+    if (D->getResultTypeSourceInfo()) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(D->getResultTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+    }
+    for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
+           I = D->param_begin(), E = D->param_end(); I != E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(*I));
+    }
+    if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getBody()));
+    }
+    return true;
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCPropertyDecl, {
+    // FIXME: implement
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(UsingDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(UsingDirectiveDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(UsingShadowDecl, { })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(OMPThreadPrivateDecl, {
+    for (OMPThreadPrivateDecl::varlist_iterator I = D->varlist_begin(),
+                                                E = D->varlist_end();
+         I != E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(*I));
+    }
+  })
+
+// A helper method for TemplateDecl's children.
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseTemplateParameterListHelper(
+    TemplateParameterList *TPL) {
+  if (TPL) {
+    for (TemplateParameterList::iterator I = TPL->begin(), E = TPL->end();
+         I != E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(*I));
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+// A helper method for traversing the implicit instantiations of a
+// class template.
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseClassInstantiations(
+    ClassTemplateDecl *D) {
+  ClassTemplateDecl::spec_iterator end = D->spec_end();
+  for (ClassTemplateDecl::spec_iterator it = D->spec_begin(); it != end; ++it) {
+    ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl* SD = *it;
+
+    switch (SD->getSpecializationKind()) {
+    // Visit the implicit instantiations with the requested pattern.
+    case TSK_Undeclared:
+    case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
+      TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(SD));
+      break;
+
+    // We don't need to do anything on an explicit instantiation
+    // or explicit specialization because there will be an explicit
+    // node for it elsewhere.
+    case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
+    case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
+    case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ClassTemplateDecl, {
+    CXXRecordDecl* TempDecl = D->getTemplatedDecl();
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(TempDecl));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateParameterListHelper(D->getTemplateParameters()));
+
+    // By default, we do not traverse the instantiations of
+    // class templates since they do not appear in the user code. The
+    // following code optionally traverses them.
+    //
+    // We only traverse the class instantiations when we see the canonical
+    // declaration of the template, to ensure we only visit them once.
+    if (getDerived().shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() &&
+        D == D->getCanonicalDecl())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseClassInstantiations(D));
+
+    // Note that getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate() is just a link
+    // from a template instantiation back to the template from which
+    // it was instantiated, and thus should not be traversed.
+  })
+
+// A helper method for traversing the instantiations of a
+// function while skipping its specializations.
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseFunctionInstantiations(
+    FunctionTemplateDecl *D) {
+  FunctionTemplateDecl::spec_iterator end = D->spec_end();
+  for (FunctionTemplateDecl::spec_iterator it = D->spec_begin(); it != end;
+       ++it) {
+    FunctionDecl* FD = *it;
+    switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
+    case TSK_Undeclared:
+    case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
+      // We don't know what kind of FunctionDecl this is.
+      TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(FD));
+      break;
+
+    // FIXME: For now traverse explicit instantiations here. Change that
+    // once they are represented as dedicated nodes in the AST.
+    case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
+    case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
+      TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(FD));
+      break;
+
+    case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(FunctionTemplateDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateParameterListHelper(D->getTemplateParameters()));
+
+    // By default, we do not traverse the instantiations of
+    // function templates since they do not appear in the user code. The
+    // following code optionally traverses them.
+    //
+    // We only traverse the function instantiations when we see the canonical
+    // declaration of the template, to ensure we only visit them once.
+    if (getDerived().shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() &&
+        D == D->getCanonicalDecl())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseFunctionInstantiations(D));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(TemplateTemplateParmDecl, {
+    // D is the "T" in something like
+    //   template <template <typename> class T> class container { };
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl()));
+    if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited()) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLoc(D->getDefaultArgument()));
+    }
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateParameterListHelper(D->getTemplateParameters()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(TemplateTypeParmDecl, {
+    // D is the "T" in something like "template<typename T> class vector;"
+    if (D->getTypeForDecl())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseType(QualType(D->getTypeForDecl(), 0)));
+    if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(D->getDefaultArgumentInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(TypedefDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+    // We shouldn't traverse D->getTypeForDecl(); it's a result of
+    // declaring the typedef, not something that was written in the
+    // source.
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(TypeAliasDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+    // We shouldn't traverse D->getTypeForDecl(); it's a result of
+    // declaring the type alias, not something that was written in the
+    // source.
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(TypeAliasTemplateDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateParameterListHelper(D->getTemplateParameters()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl, {
+    // A dependent using declaration which was marked with 'typename'.
+    //   template<class T> class A : public B<T> { using typename B<T>::foo; };
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc()));
+    // We shouldn't traverse D->getTypeForDecl(); it's a result of
+    // declaring the type, not something that was written in the
+    // source.
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(EnumDecl, {
+    if (D->getTypeForDecl())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseType(QualType(D->getTypeForDecl(), 0)));
+
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc()));
+    // The enumerators are already traversed by
+    // decls_begin()/decls_end().
+  })
+
+
+// Helper methods for RecordDecl and its children.
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseRecordHelper(
+    RecordDecl *D) {
+  // We shouldn't traverse D->getTypeForDecl(); it's a result of
+  // declaring the type, not something that was written in the source.
+
+  TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc()));
+  return true;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseCXXRecordHelper(
+    CXXRecordDecl *D) {
+  if (!TraverseRecordHelper(D))
+    return false;
+  if (D->isCompleteDefinition()) {
+    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = D->bases_begin(),
+                                            E = D->bases_end();
+         I != E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(I->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+    }
+    // We don't traverse the friends or the conversions, as they are
+    // already in decls_begin()/decls_end().
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(RecordDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseRecordHelper(D));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(CXXRecordDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseCXXRecordHelper(D));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl, {
+    // For implicit instantiations ("set<int> x;"), we don't want to
+    // recurse at all, since the instatiated class isn't written in
+    // the source code anywhere.  (Note the instatiated *type* --
+    // set<int> -- is written, and will still get a callback of
+    // TemplateSpecializationType).  For explicit instantiations
+    // ("template set<int>;"), we do need a callback, since this
+    // is the only callback that's made for this instantiation.
+    // We use getTypeAsWritten() to distinguish.
+    if (TypeSourceInfo *TSI = D->getTypeAsWritten())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TSI->getTypeLoc()));
+
+    if (!getDerived().shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() &&
+        D->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
+      // Returning from here skips traversing the
+      // declaration context of the ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl
+      // (embedded in the DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL() macro)
+      // which contains the instantiated members of the class.
+      return true;
+  })
+
+template <typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(
+    const TemplateArgumentLoc *TAL, unsigned Count) {
+  for (unsigned I = 0; I < Count; ++I) {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLoc(TAL[I]));
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl, {
+    // The partial specialization.
+    if (TemplateParameterList *TPL = D->getTemplateParameters()) {
+      for (TemplateParameterList::iterator I = TPL->begin(), E = TPL->end();
+           I != E; ++I) {
+        TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(*I));
+      }
+    }
+    // The args that remains unspecialized.
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(
+        D->getTemplateArgsAsWritten(), D->getNumTemplateArgsAsWritten()));
+
+    // Don't need the ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationHelper, even
+    // though that's our parent class -- we already visit all the
+    // template args here.
+    TRY_TO(TraverseCXXRecordHelper(D));
+
+    // Instantiations will have been visited with the primary template.
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(EnumConstantDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getInitExpr()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(UnresolvedUsingValueDecl, {
+    // Like UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl, but without the 'typename':
+    //    template <class T> Class A : public Base<T> { using Base<T>::foo; };
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(IndirectFieldDecl, {})
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseDeclaratorHelper(DeclaratorDecl *D) {
+  TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc()));
+  if (D->getTypeSourceInfo())
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  else
+    TRY_TO(TraverseType(D->getType()));
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(FieldDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclaratorHelper(D));
+    if (D->isBitField())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getBitWidth()));
+    else if (D->hasInClassInitializer())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getInClassInitializer()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclaratorHelper(D));
+    if (D->isBitField())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getBitWidth()));
+    // FIXME: implement the rest.
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ObjCIvarDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclaratorHelper(D));
+    if (D->isBitField())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getBitWidth()));
+    // FIXME: implement the rest.
+  })
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseFunctionHelper(FunctionDecl *D) {
+  TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc()));
+  TRY_TO(TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo()));
+
+  // If we're an explicit template specialization, iterate over the
+  // template args that were explicitly specified.  If we were doing
+  // this in typing order, we'd do it between the return type and
+  // the function args, but both are handled by the FunctionTypeLoc
+  // above, so we have to choose one side.  I've decided to do before.
+  if (const FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *FTSI =
+      D->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
+    if (FTSI->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared &&
+        FTSI->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
+      // A specialization might not have explicit template arguments if it has
+      // a templated return type and concrete arguments.
+      if (const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *TALI =
+          FTSI->TemplateArgumentsAsWritten) {
+        TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(TALI->getTemplateArgs(),
+                                                  TALI->NumTemplateArgs));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Visit the function type itself, which can be either
+  // FunctionNoProtoType or FunctionProtoType, or a typedef.  This
+  // also covers the return type and the function parameters,
+  // including exception specifications.
+  if (TypeSourceInfo *TSI = D->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TSI->getTypeLoc()));
+  }
+
+  if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
+    // Constructor initializers.
+    for (CXXConstructorDecl::init_iterator I = Ctor->init_begin(),
+                                           E = Ctor->init_end();
+         I != E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseConstructorInitializer(*I));
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getBody()));  // Function body.
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(FunctionDecl, {
+    // We skip decls_begin/decls_end, which are already covered by
+    // TraverseFunctionHelper().
+    return TraverseFunctionHelper(D);
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(CXXMethodDecl, {
+    // We skip decls_begin/decls_end, which are already covered by
+    // TraverseFunctionHelper().
+    return TraverseFunctionHelper(D);
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(CXXConstructorDecl, {
+    // We skip decls_begin/decls_end, which are already covered by
+    // TraverseFunctionHelper().
+    return TraverseFunctionHelper(D);
+  })
+
+// CXXConversionDecl is the declaration of a type conversion operator.
+// It's not a cast expression.
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(CXXConversionDecl, {
+    // We skip decls_begin/decls_end, which are already covered by
+    // TraverseFunctionHelper().
+    return TraverseFunctionHelper(D);
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(CXXDestructorDecl, {
+    // We skip decls_begin/decls_end, which are already covered by
+    // TraverseFunctionHelper().
+    return TraverseFunctionHelper(D);
+  })
+
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseVarHelper(VarDecl *D) {
+  TRY_TO(TraverseDeclaratorHelper(D));
+  // Default params are taken care of when we traverse the ParmVarDecl.
+  if (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) &&
+      (!D->isCXXForRangeDecl() || getDerived().shouldVisitImplicitCode()))
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getInit()));
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(VarDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseVarHelper(D));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ImplicitParamDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseVarHelper(D));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl, {
+    // A non-type template parameter, e.g. "S" in template<int S> class Foo ...
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclaratorHelper(D));
+    if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getDefaultArgument()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL(ParmVarDecl, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseVarHelper(D));
+
+    if (D->hasDefaultArg() &&
+        D->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg() &&
+        !D->hasUnparsedDefaultArg())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg()));
+
+    if (D->hasDefaultArg() &&
+        !D->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg() &&
+        !D->hasUnparsedDefaultArg())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(D->getDefaultArg()));
+  })
+
+#undef DEF_TRAVERSE_DECL
+
+// ----------------- Stmt traversal -----------------
+//
+// For stmts, we automate (in the DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT macro) iterating
+// over the children defined in children() (every stmt defines these,
+// though sometimes the range is empty).  Each individual Traverse*
+// method only needs to worry about children other than those.  To see
+// what children() does for a given class, see, e.g.,
+//   http://clang.llvm.org/doxygen/Stmt_8cpp_source.html
+
+// This macro makes available a variable S, the passed-in stmt.
+#define DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(STMT, CODE)                                   \
+template<typename Derived>                                              \
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::Traverse##STMT (STMT *S) {           \
+  TRY_TO(WalkUpFrom##STMT(S));                                          \
+  { CODE; }                                                             \
+  for (Stmt::child_range range = S->children(); range; ++range) {       \
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(*range));                                       \
+  }                                                                     \
+  return true;                                                          \
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(GCCAsmStmt, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getAsmString()));
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = S->getNumInputs(); I < E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getInputConstraintLiteral(I)));
+    }
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = S->getNumOutputs(); I < E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getOutputConstraintLiteral(I)));
+    }
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = S->getNumClobbers(); I < E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getClobberStringLiteral(I)));
+    }
+    // children() iterates over inputExpr and outputExpr.
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(MSAsmStmt, { 
+    // FIXME: MS Asm doesn't currently parse Constraints, Clobbers, etc.  Once
+    // added this needs to be implemented.
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXCatchStmt, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(S->getExceptionDecl()));
+    // children() iterates over the handler block.
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(DeclStmt, {
+    for (DeclStmt::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
+         I != E; ++I) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(*I));
+    }
+    // Suppress the default iteration over children() by
+    // returning.  Here's why: A DeclStmt looks like 'type var [=
+    // initializer]'.  The decls above already traverse over the
+    // initializers, so we don't have to do it again (which
+    // children() would do).
+    return true;
+  })
+
+
+// These non-expr stmts (most of them), do not need any action except
+// iterating over the children.
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(BreakStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXTryStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CaseStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CompoundStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ContinueStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(DefaultStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(DoStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ForStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(GotoStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(IfStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(IndirectGotoStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(LabelStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(AttributedStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(NullStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCAtCatchStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCAtFinallyStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCAtThrowStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCAtTryStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCForCollectionStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXForRangeStmt, {
+  if (!getDerived().shouldVisitImplicitCode()) {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getLoopVarStmt()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getRangeInit()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getBody()));
+    // Visit everything else only if shouldVisitImplicitCode().
+    return true;
+  }
+})
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(MSDependentExistsStmt, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(S->getQualifierLoc()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(S->getNameInfo()));
+})
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ReturnStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(SwitchStmt, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(WhileStmt, { })
+
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(S->getQualifierLoc()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(S->getMemberNameInfo()));
+    if (S->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(
+          S->getTemplateArgs(), S->getNumTemplateArgs()));
+    }
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(DeclRefExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(S->getQualifierLoc()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(S->getNameInfo()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(
+        S->getTemplateArgs(), S->getNumTemplateArgs()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(S->getQualifierLoc()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(S->getNameInfo()));
+    if (S->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(
+          S->getExplicitTemplateArgs().getTemplateArgs(),
+          S->getNumTemplateArgs()));
+    }
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(MemberExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(S->getQualifierLoc()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(S->getMemberNameInfo()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(
+        S->getTemplateArgs(), S->getNumTemplateArgs()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ImplicitCastExpr, {
+    // We don't traverse the cast type, as it's not written in the
+    // source code.
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CStyleCastExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeInfoAsWritten()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXFunctionalCastExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeInfoAsWritten()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXConstCastExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeInfoAsWritten()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXDynamicCastExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeInfoAsWritten()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXReinterpretCastExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeInfoAsWritten()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXStaticCastExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeInfoAsWritten()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+// InitListExpr is a tricky one, because we want to do all our work on
+// the syntactic form of the listexpr, but this method takes the
+// semantic form by default.  We can't use the macro helper because it
+// calls WalkUp*() on the semantic form, before our code can convert
+// to the syntactic form.
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseInitListExpr(InitListExpr *S) {
+  if (InitListExpr *Syn = S->getSyntacticForm())
+    S = Syn;
+  TRY_TO(WalkUpFromInitListExpr(S));
+  // All we need are the default actions.  FIXME: use a helper function.
+  for (Stmt::child_range range = S->children(); range; ++range) {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(*range));
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+// GenericSelectionExpr is a special case because the types and expressions
+// are interleaved.  We also need to watch out for null types (default
+// generic associations).
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::
+TraverseGenericSelectionExpr(GenericSelectionExpr *S) {
+  TRY_TO(WalkUpFromGenericSelectionExpr(S));
+  TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getControllingExpr()));
+  for (unsigned i = 0; i != S->getNumAssocs(); ++i) {
+    if (TypeSourceInfo *TS = S->getAssocTypeSourceInfo(i))
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TS->getTypeLoc()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getAssocExpr(i)));
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+// PseudoObjectExpr is a special case because of the wierdness with
+// syntactic expressions and opaque values.
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::
+TraversePseudoObjectExpr(PseudoObjectExpr *S) {
+  TRY_TO(WalkUpFromPseudoObjectExpr(S));
+  TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getSyntacticForm()));
+  for (PseudoObjectExpr::semantics_iterator
+         i = S->semantics_begin(), e = S->semantics_end(); i != e; ++i) {
+    Expr *sub = *i;
+    if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(sub))
+      sub = OVE->getSourceExpr();
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(sub));
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXScalarValueInitExpr, {
+    // This is called for code like 'return T()' where T is a built-in
+    // (i.e. non-class) type.
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXNewExpr, {
+  // The child-iterator will pick up the other arguments.
+  TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getAllocatedTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(OffsetOfExpr, {
+    // The child-iterator will pick up the expression representing
+    // the field.
+    // FIMXE: for code like offsetof(Foo, a.b.c), should we get
+    // making a MemberExpr callbacks for Foo.a, Foo.a.b, and Foo.a.b.c?
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr, {
+    // The child-iterator will pick up the arg if it's an expression,
+    // but not if it's a type.
+    if (S->isArgumentType())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getArgumentTypeInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXTypeidExpr, {
+    // The child-iterator will pick up the arg if it's an expression,
+    // but not if it's a type.
+    if (S->isTypeOperand())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeOperandSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXUuidofExpr, {
+    // The child-iterator will pick up the arg if it's an expression,
+    // but not if it's a type.
+    if (S->isTypeOperand())
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeOperandSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(UnaryTypeTraitExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(BinaryTypeTraitExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getLhsTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getRhsTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(TypeTraitExpr, {
+  for (unsigned I = 0, N = S->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getArg(I)->getTypeLoc()));
+})
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ArrayTypeTraitExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ExpressionTraitExpr, {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getQueriedExpression()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(VAArgExpr, {
+    // The child-iterator will pick up the expression argument.
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getWrittenTypeInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, {
+    // This is called for code like 'return T()' where T is a class type.
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+// Walk only the visible parts of lambda expressions.  
+template<typename Derived>
+bool RecursiveASTVisitor<Derived>::TraverseLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *S) {
+  for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = S->explicit_capture_begin(),
+                                 CEnd = S->explicit_capture_end();
+       C != CEnd; ++C) {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseLambdaCapture(*C));
+  }
+
+  if (S->hasExplicitParameters() || S->hasExplicitResultType()) {
+    TypeLoc TL = S->getCallOperator()->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
+    if (S->hasExplicitParameters() && S->hasExplicitResultType()) {
+      // Visit the whole type.
+      TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TL));
+    } else if (FunctionProtoTypeLoc Proto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>()) {
+      if (S->hasExplicitParameters()) {
+        // Visit parameters.
+        for (unsigned I = 0, N = Proto.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
+          TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(Proto.getArg(I)));
+        }
+      } else {
+        TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(Proto.getResultLoc()));
+      }        
+    }
+  }
+
+  TRY_TO(TraverseStmt(S->getBody()));
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr, {
+    // This is called for code like 'T()', where T is a template argument.
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+  })
+
+// These expressions all might take explicit template arguments.
+// We traverse those if so.  FIXME: implement these.
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXConstructExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CallExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXMemberCallExpr, { })
+
+// These exprs (most of them), do not need any action except iterating
+// over the children.
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(AddrLabelExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ArraySubscriptExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(BlockExpr, {
+  TRY_TO(TraverseDecl(S->getBlockDecl()));
+  return true; // no child statements to loop through.
+})
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ChooseExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CompoundLiteralExpr, {
+  TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()));
+})
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXBindTemporaryExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXBoolLiteralExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXDefaultArgExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXDeleteExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ExprWithCleanups, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXPseudoDestructorExpr, {
+  TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(S->getQualifierLoc()));
+  if (TypeSourceInfo *ScopeInfo = S->getScopeTypeInfo())
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(ScopeInfo->getTypeLoc()));
+  if (TypeSourceInfo *DestroyedTypeInfo = S->getDestroyedTypeInfo())
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(DestroyedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc()));
+})
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXThisExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXThrowExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(UserDefinedLiteral, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(DesignatedInitExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ExtVectorElementExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(GNUNullExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ImplicitValueInitExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCBoolLiteralExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCEncodeExpr, {
+  if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = S->getEncodedTypeSourceInfo())
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc()));
+})
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCIsaExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCIvarRefExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCMessageExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCPropertyRefExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCSubscriptRefExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCProtocolExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCSelectorExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCBridgedCastExpr, {
+  TRY_TO(TraverseTypeLoc(S->getTypeInfoAsWritten()->getTypeLoc()));
+})
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ParenExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ParenListExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(PredefinedExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ShuffleVectorExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(StmtExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(UnresolvedLookupExpr, {
+  TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(S->getQualifierLoc()));
+  if (S->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(S->getTemplateArgs(),
+                                              S->getNumTemplateArgs()));
+  }
+})
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(UnresolvedMemberExpr, {
+  TRY_TO(TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(S->getQualifierLoc()));
+  if (S->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
+    TRY_TO(TraverseTemplateArgumentLocsHelper(S->getTemplateArgs(),
+                                              S->getNumTemplateArgs()));
+  }
+})
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(SEHTryStmt, {})
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(SEHExceptStmt, {})
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(SEHFinallyStmt,{})
+
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXOperatorCallExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(OpaqueValueExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CUDAKernelCallExpr, { })
+
+// These operators (all of them) do not need any action except
+// iterating over the children.
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(BinaryConditionalOperator, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ConditionalOperator, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(UnaryOperator, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(BinaryOperator, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CompoundAssignOperator, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CXXNoexceptExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(PackExpansionExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(SizeOfPackExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(FunctionParmPackExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(MaterializeTemporaryExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(AtomicExpr, { })
+
+// These literals (all of them) do not need any action.
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(IntegerLiteral, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(CharacterLiteral, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(FloatingLiteral, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ImaginaryLiteral, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(StringLiteral, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCStringLiteral, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCBoxedExpr, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCArrayLiteral, { })
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(ObjCDictionaryLiteral, { })
+  
+// Traverse OpenCL: AsType, Convert.
+DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT(AsTypeExpr, { })
+
+// FIXME: look at the following tricky-seeming exprs to see if we
+// need to recurse on anything.  These are ones that have methods
+// returning decls or qualtypes or nestednamespecifier -- though I'm
+// not sure if they own them -- or just seemed very complicated, or
+// had lots of sub-types to explore.
+//
+// VisitOverloadExpr and its children: recurse on template args? etc?
+
+// FIXME: go through all the stmts and exprs again, and see which of them
+// create new types, and recurse on the types (TypeLocs?) of those.
+// Candidates:
+//
+//    http://clang.llvm.org/doxygen/classclang_1_1CXXTypeidExpr.html
+//    http://clang.llvm.org/doxygen/classclang_1_1UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr.html
+//    http://clang.llvm.org/doxygen/classclang_1_1TypesCompatibleExpr.html
+//    Every class that has getQualifier.
+
+#undef DEF_TRAVERSE_STMT
+
+#undef TRY_TO
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_RECURSIVEASTVISITOR_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Redeclarable.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Redeclarable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3b340a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Redeclarable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+//===-- Redeclarable.h - Base for Decls that can be redeclared -*- C++ -*-====//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Redeclarable interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_REDECLARABLE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_REDECLARABLE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include <iterator>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Provides common interface for the Decls that can be redeclared.
+template<typename decl_type>
+class Redeclarable {
+
+protected:
+  class DeclLink {
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<decl_type *, 1, bool> NextAndIsPrevious;
+  public:
+    DeclLink(decl_type *D, bool isLatest)
+      : NextAndIsPrevious(D, isLatest) { }
+
+    bool NextIsPrevious() const { return !NextAndIsPrevious.getInt(); }
+    bool NextIsLatest() const { return NextAndIsPrevious.getInt(); }
+    decl_type *getNext() const { return NextAndIsPrevious.getPointer(); }
+    void setNext(decl_type *D) { NextAndIsPrevious.setPointer(D); }
+  };
+
+  static DeclLink PreviousDeclLink(decl_type *D) {
+    return DeclLink(D, false);
+  }
+
+  static DeclLink LatestDeclLink(decl_type *D) {
+    return DeclLink(D, true);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Points to the next redeclaration in the chain.
+  ///
+  /// If NextIsPrevious() is true, this is a link to the previous declaration
+  /// of this same Decl. If NextIsLatest() is true, this is the first
+  /// declaration and Link points to the latest declaration. For example:
+  ///
+  ///  #1 int f(int x, int y = 1); // <pointer to #3, true>
+  ///  #2 int f(int x = 0, int y); // <pointer to #1, false>
+  ///  #3 int f(int x, int y) { return x + y; } // <pointer to #2, false>
+  ///
+  /// If there is only one declaration, it is <pointer to self, true>
+  DeclLink RedeclLink;
+
+public:
+  Redeclarable() : RedeclLink(LatestDeclLink(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))) { }
+
+  /// \brief Return the previous declaration of this declaration or NULL if this
+  /// is the first declaration.
+  decl_type *getPreviousDecl() {
+    if (RedeclLink.NextIsPrevious())
+      return RedeclLink.getNext();
+    return 0;
+  }
+  const decl_type *getPreviousDecl() const {
+    return const_cast<decl_type *>(
+                 static_cast<const decl_type*>(this))->getPreviousDecl();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the first declaration of this declaration or itself if this
+  /// is the only declaration.
+  decl_type *getFirstDeclaration() {
+    decl_type *D = static_cast<decl_type*>(this);
+    while (D->getPreviousDecl())
+      D = D->getPreviousDecl();
+    return D;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the first declaration of this declaration or itself if this
+  /// is the only declaration.
+  const decl_type *getFirstDeclaration() const {
+    const decl_type *D = static_cast<const decl_type*>(this);
+    while (D->getPreviousDecl())
+      D = D->getPreviousDecl();
+    return D;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this is the first declaration.
+  bool isFirstDeclaration() const {
+    return RedeclLink.NextIsLatest();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the most recent (re)declaration of this declaration.
+  decl_type *getMostRecentDecl() {
+    return getFirstDeclaration()->RedeclLink.getNext();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the most recent (re)declaration of this declaration.
+  const decl_type *getMostRecentDecl() const {
+    return getFirstDeclaration()->RedeclLink.getNext();
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Set the previous declaration. If PrevDecl is NULL, set this as the
+  /// first and only declaration.
+  void setPreviousDeclaration(decl_type *PrevDecl);
+
+  /// \brief Iterates through all the redeclarations of the same decl.
+  class redecl_iterator {
+    /// Current - The current declaration.
+    decl_type *Current;
+    decl_type *Starter;
+    bool PassedFirst;
+
+  public:
+    typedef decl_type*                value_type;
+    typedef decl_type*                reference;
+    typedef decl_type*                pointer;
+    typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+    typedef std::ptrdiff_t            difference_type;
+
+    redecl_iterator() : Current(0) { }
+    explicit redecl_iterator(decl_type *C)
+      : Current(C), Starter(C), PassedFirst(false) { }
+
+    reference operator*() const { return Current; }
+    pointer operator->() const { return Current; }
+
+    redecl_iterator& operator++() {
+      assert(Current && "Advancing while iterator has reached end");
+      // Sanity check to avoid infinite loop on invalid redecl chain.
+      if (Current->isFirstDeclaration()) {
+        if (PassedFirst) {
+          assert(0 && "Passed first decl twice, invalid redecl chain!");
+          Current = 0;
+          return *this;
+        }
+        PassedFirst = true;
+      }
+
+      // Get either previous decl or latest decl.
+      decl_type *Next = Current->RedeclLink.getNext();
+      Current = (Next != Starter ? Next : 0);
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    redecl_iterator operator++(int) {
+      redecl_iterator tmp(*this);
+      ++(*this);
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator==(redecl_iterator x, redecl_iterator y) {
+      return x.Current == y.Current;
+    }
+    friend bool operator!=(redecl_iterator x, redecl_iterator y) {
+      return x.Current != y.Current;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Returns iterator for all the redeclarations of the same decl.
+  /// It will iterate at least once (when this decl is the only one).
+  redecl_iterator redecls_begin() const {
+    return redecl_iterator(const_cast<decl_type*>(
+                                          static_cast<const decl_type*>(this)));
+  }
+  redecl_iterator redecls_end() const { return redecl_iterator(); }
+
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/SelectorLocationsKind.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/SelectorLocationsKind.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d903f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/SelectorLocationsKind.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+//===--- SelectorLocationsKind.h - Kind of selector locations ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Describes whether the identifier locations for a selector are "standard"
+// or not.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_SELECTORLOCATIONSKIND_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_SELECTORLOCATIONSKIND_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class Selector;
+  class SourceLocation;
+  class Expr;
+  class ParmVarDecl;
+
+/// \brief Whether all locations of the selector identifiers are in a
+/// "standard" position.
+enum SelectorLocationsKind {
+  /// \brief Non-standard.
+  SelLoc_NonStandard = 0,
+
+  /// \brief For nullary selectors, immediately before the end:
+  ///    "[foo release]" / "-(void)release;"
+  /// Or immediately before the arguments:
+  ///    "[foo first:1 second:2]" / "-(id)first:(int)x second:(int)y;
+  SelLoc_StandardNoSpace = 1,
+
+  /// \brief For nullary selectors, immediately before the end:
+  ///    "[foo release]" / "-(void)release;"
+  /// Or with a space between the arguments:
+  ///    "[foo first: 1 second: 2]" / "-(id)first: (int)x second: (int)y;
+  SelLoc_StandardWithSpace = 2
+};
+
+/// \brief Returns true if all \p SelLocs are in a "standard" location.
+SelectorLocationsKind hasStandardSelectorLocs(Selector Sel,
+                                              ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
+                                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                              SourceLocation EndLoc);
+
+/// \brief Get the "standard" location of a selector identifier, e.g:
+/// For nullary selectors, immediately before ']': "[foo release]"
+///
+/// \param WithArgSpace if true the standard location is with a space apart
+/// before arguments: "[foo first: 1 second: 2]"
+/// If false: "[foo first:1 second:2]"
+SourceLocation getStandardSelectorLoc(unsigned Index,
+                                      Selector Sel,
+                                      bool WithArgSpace,
+                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
+
+/// \brief Returns true if all \p SelLocs are in a "standard" location.
+SelectorLocationsKind hasStandardSelectorLocs(Selector Sel,
+                                              ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
+                                              ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Args,
+                                              SourceLocation EndLoc);
+
+/// \brief Get the "standard" location of a selector identifier, e.g:
+/// For nullary selectors, immediately before ']': "[foo release]"
+///
+/// \param WithArgSpace if true the standard location is with a space apart
+/// before arguments: "-(id)first: (int)x second: (int)y;"
+/// If false: "-(id)first:(int)x second:(int)y;"
+SourceLocation getStandardSelectorLoc(unsigned Index,
+                                      Selector Sel,
+                                      bool WithArgSpace,
+                                      ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Args,
+                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Stmt.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Stmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf8fc24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Stmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1887 @@
+//===--- Stmt.h - Classes for representing statements -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Stmt interface and subclasses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMT_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclGroup.h"
+#include "clang/AST/StmtIterator.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class FoldingSetNodeID;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class Attr;
+  class Decl;
+  class Expr;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class LabelDecl;
+  class ParmVarDecl;
+  class PrinterHelper;
+  struct PrintingPolicy;
+  class QualType;
+  class SourceManager;
+  class StringLiteral;
+  class SwitchStmt;
+  class Token;
+  class VarDecl;
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // ExprIterator - Iterators for iterating over Stmt* arrays that contain
+  //  only Expr*.  This is needed because AST nodes use Stmt* arrays to store
+  //  references to children (to be compatible with StmtIterator).
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  class Stmt;
+  class Expr;
+
+  class ExprIterator {
+    Stmt** I;
+  public:
+    ExprIterator(Stmt** i) : I(i) {}
+    ExprIterator() : I(0) {}
+    ExprIterator& operator++() { ++I; return *this; }
+    ExprIterator operator-(size_t i) { return I-i; }
+    ExprIterator operator+(size_t i) { return I+i; }
+    Expr* operator[](size_t idx);
+    // FIXME: Verify that this will correctly return a signed distance.
+    signed operator-(const ExprIterator& R) const { return I - R.I; }
+    Expr* operator*() const;
+    Expr* operator->() const;
+    bool operator==(const ExprIterator& R) const { return I == R.I; }
+    bool operator!=(const ExprIterator& R) const { return I != R.I; }
+    bool operator>(const ExprIterator& R) const { return I > R.I; }
+    bool operator>=(const ExprIterator& R) const { return I >= R.I; }
+  };
+
+  class ConstExprIterator {
+    const Stmt * const *I;
+  public:
+    ConstExprIterator(const Stmt * const *i) : I(i) {}
+    ConstExprIterator() : I(0) {}
+    ConstExprIterator& operator++() { ++I; return *this; }
+    ConstExprIterator operator+(size_t i) const { return I+i; }
+    ConstExprIterator operator-(size_t i) const { return I-i; }
+    const Expr * operator[](size_t idx) const;
+    signed operator-(const ConstExprIterator& R) const { return I - R.I; }
+    const Expr * operator*() const;
+    const Expr * operator->() const;
+    bool operator==(const ConstExprIterator& R) const { return I == R.I; }
+    bool operator!=(const ConstExprIterator& R) const { return I != R.I; }
+    bool operator>(const ConstExprIterator& R) const { return I > R.I; }
+    bool operator>=(const ConstExprIterator& R) const { return I >= R.I; }
+  };
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// AST classes for statements.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// Stmt - This represents one statement.
+///
+class Stmt {
+public:
+  enum StmtClass {
+    NoStmtClass = 0,
+#define STMT(CLASS, PARENT) CLASS##Class,
+#define STMT_RANGE(BASE, FIRST, LAST) \
+        first##BASE##Constant=FIRST##Class, last##BASE##Constant=LAST##Class,
+#define LAST_STMT_RANGE(BASE, FIRST, LAST) \
+        first##BASE##Constant=FIRST##Class, last##BASE##Constant=LAST##Class
+#define ABSTRACT_STMT(STMT)
+#include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc"
+  };
+
+  // Make vanilla 'new' and 'delete' illegal for Stmts.
+protected:
+  void* operator new(size_t bytes) throw() {
+    llvm_unreachable("Stmts cannot be allocated with regular 'new'.");
+  }
+  void operator delete(void* data) throw() {
+    llvm_unreachable("Stmts cannot be released with regular 'delete'.");
+  }
+
+  class StmtBitfields {
+    friend class Stmt;
+
+    /// \brief The statement class.
+    unsigned sClass : 8;
+  };
+  enum { NumStmtBits = 8 };
+
+  class CompoundStmtBitfields {
+    friend class CompoundStmt;
+    unsigned : NumStmtBits;
+
+    unsigned NumStmts : 32 - NumStmtBits;
+  };
+
+  class ExprBitfields {
+    friend class Expr;
+    friend class DeclRefExpr; // computeDependence
+    friend class InitListExpr; // ctor
+    friend class DesignatedInitExpr; // ctor
+    friend class BlockDeclRefExpr; // ctor
+    friend class ASTStmtReader; // deserialization
+    friend class CXXNewExpr; // ctor
+    friend class DependentScopeDeclRefExpr; // ctor
+    friend class CXXConstructExpr; // ctor
+    friend class CallExpr; // ctor
+    friend class OffsetOfExpr; // ctor
+    friend class ObjCMessageExpr; // ctor
+    friend class ObjCArrayLiteral; // ctor
+    friend class ObjCDictionaryLiteral; // ctor
+    friend class ShuffleVectorExpr; // ctor
+    friend class ParenListExpr; // ctor
+    friend class CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr; // ctor
+    friend class CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr; // ctor
+    friend class OverloadExpr; // ctor
+    friend class PseudoObjectExpr; // ctor
+    friend class AtomicExpr; // ctor
+    unsigned : NumStmtBits;
+
+    unsigned ValueKind : 2;
+    unsigned ObjectKind : 2;
+    unsigned TypeDependent : 1;
+    unsigned ValueDependent : 1;
+    unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1;
+    unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1;
+  };
+  enum { NumExprBits = 16 };
+
+  class CharacterLiteralBitfields {
+    friend class CharacterLiteral;
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+
+    unsigned Kind : 2;
+  };
+
+  enum APFloatSemantics {
+    IEEEhalf,
+    IEEEsingle,
+    IEEEdouble,
+    x87DoubleExtended,
+    IEEEquad,
+    PPCDoubleDouble
+  };
+
+  class FloatingLiteralBitfields {
+    friend class FloatingLiteral;
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+
+    unsigned Semantics : 3; // Provides semantics for APFloat construction
+    unsigned IsExact : 1;
+  };
+
+  class UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBitfields {
+    friend class UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr;
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+
+    unsigned Kind : 2;
+    unsigned IsType : 1; // true if operand is a type, false if an expression.
+  };
+
+  class DeclRefExprBitfields {
+    friend class DeclRefExpr;
+    friend class ASTStmtReader; // deserialization
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+
+    unsigned HasQualifier : 1;
+    unsigned HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo : 1;
+    unsigned HasFoundDecl : 1;
+    unsigned HadMultipleCandidates : 1;
+    unsigned RefersToEnclosingLocal : 1;
+  };
+
+  class CastExprBitfields {
+    friend class CastExpr;
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+
+    unsigned Kind : 6;
+    unsigned BasePathSize : 32 - 6 - NumExprBits;
+  };
+
+  class CallExprBitfields {
+    friend class CallExpr;
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+
+    unsigned NumPreArgs : 1;
+  };
+
+  class ExprWithCleanupsBitfields {
+    friend class ExprWithCleanups;
+    friend class ASTStmtReader; // deserialization
+
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+
+    unsigned NumObjects : 32 - NumExprBits;
+  };
+
+  class PseudoObjectExprBitfields {
+    friend class PseudoObjectExpr;
+    friend class ASTStmtReader; // deserialization
+
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+
+    // These don't need to be particularly wide, because they're
+    // strictly limited by the forms of expressions we permit.
+    unsigned NumSubExprs : 8;
+    unsigned ResultIndex : 32 - 8 - NumExprBits;
+  };
+
+  class ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprBitfields {
+    friend class ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExpr;
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+
+    unsigned ShouldCopy : 1;
+  };
+
+  class InitListExprBitfields {
+    friend class InitListExpr;
+
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+
+    /// Whether this initializer list originally had a GNU array-range
+    /// designator in it. This is a temporary marker used by CodeGen.
+    unsigned HadArrayRangeDesignator : 1;
+
+    /// Whether this initializer list initializes a std::initializer_list
+    /// object.
+    unsigned InitializesStdInitializerList : 1;
+  };
+
+  class TypeTraitExprBitfields {
+    friend class TypeTraitExpr;
+    friend class ASTStmtReader;
+    friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+    
+    unsigned : NumExprBits;
+    
+    /// \brief The kind of type trait, which is a value of a TypeTrait enumerator.
+    unsigned Kind : 8;
+    
+    /// \brief If this expression is not value-dependent, this indicates whether
+    /// the trait evaluated true or false.
+    unsigned Value : 1;
+
+    /// \brief The number of arguments to this type trait.
+    unsigned NumArgs : 32 - 8 - 1 - NumExprBits;
+  };
+  
+  union {
+    // FIXME: this is wasteful on 64-bit platforms.
+    void *Aligner;
+
+    StmtBitfields StmtBits;
+    CompoundStmtBitfields CompoundStmtBits;
+    ExprBitfields ExprBits;
+    CharacterLiteralBitfields CharacterLiteralBits;
+    FloatingLiteralBitfields FloatingLiteralBits;
+    UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBitfields UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits;
+    DeclRefExprBitfields DeclRefExprBits;
+    CastExprBitfields CastExprBits;
+    CallExprBitfields CallExprBits;
+    ExprWithCleanupsBitfields ExprWithCleanupsBits;
+    PseudoObjectExprBitfields PseudoObjectExprBits;
+    ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprBitfields ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprBits;
+    InitListExprBitfields InitListExprBits;
+    TypeTraitExprBitfields TypeTraitExprBits;
+  };
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+
+public:
+  // Only allow allocation of Stmts using the allocator in ASTContext
+  // or by doing a placement new.
+  void* operator new(size_t bytes, ASTContext& C,
+                     unsigned alignment = 8) throw();
+
+  void* operator new(size_t bytes, ASTContext* C,
+                     unsigned alignment = 8) throw();
+
+  void* operator new(size_t bytes, void* mem) throw() {
+    return mem;
+  }
+
+  void operator delete(void*, ASTContext&, unsigned) throw() { }
+  void operator delete(void*, ASTContext*, unsigned) throw() { }
+  void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) throw() { }
+  void operator delete(void*, void*) throw() { }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief A placeholder type used to construct an empty shell of a
+  /// type, that will be filled in later (e.g., by some
+  /// de-serialization).
+  struct EmptyShell { };
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Whether statistic collection is enabled.
+  static bool StatisticsEnabled;
+
+protected:
+  /// \brief Construct an empty statement.
+  explicit Stmt(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell) {
+    StmtBits.sClass = SC;
+    if (StatisticsEnabled) Stmt::addStmtClass(SC);
+  }
+
+public:
+  Stmt(StmtClass SC) {
+    StmtBits.sClass = SC;
+    if (StatisticsEnabled) Stmt::addStmtClass(SC);
+  }
+
+  StmtClass getStmtClass() const {
+    return static_cast<StmtClass>(StmtBits.sClass);
+  }
+  const char *getStmtClassName() const;
+
+  /// SourceLocation tokens are not useful in isolation - they are low level
+  /// value objects created/interpreted by SourceManager. We assume AST
+  /// clients will have a pointer to the respective SourceManager.
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  // global temp stats (until we have a per-module visitor)
+  static void addStmtClass(const StmtClass s);
+  static void EnableStatistics();
+  static void PrintStats();
+
+  /// \brief Dumps the specified AST fragment and all subtrees to
+  /// \c llvm::errs().
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dump() const;
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dump(SourceManager &SM) const;
+  void dump(raw_ostream &OS, SourceManager &SM) const;
+
+  /// dumpColor - same as dump(), but forces color highlighting.
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dumpColor() const;
+
+  /// dumpPretty/printPretty - These two methods do a "pretty print" of the AST
+  /// back to its original source language syntax.
+  void dumpPretty(ASTContext &Context) const;
+  void printPretty(raw_ostream &OS, PrinterHelper *Helper,
+                   const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+                   unsigned Indentation = 0) const;
+
+  /// viewAST - Visualize an AST rooted at this Stmt* using GraphViz.  Only
+  ///   works on systems with GraphViz (Mac OS X) or dot+gv installed.
+  void viewAST() const;
+
+  /// Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this
+  /// statement, such as ExprWithCleanups or ImplicitCastExpr nodes.
+  Stmt *IgnoreImplicit();
+
+  const Stmt *stripLabelLikeStatements() const;
+  Stmt *stripLabelLikeStatements() {
+    return const_cast<Stmt*>(
+      const_cast<const Stmt*>(this)->stripLabelLikeStatements());
+  }
+
+  /// hasImplicitControlFlow - Some statements (e.g. short circuited operations)
+  ///  contain implicit control-flow in the order their subexpressions
+  ///  are evaluated.  This predicate returns true if this statement has
+  ///  such implicit control-flow.  Such statements are also specially handled
+  ///  within CFGs.
+  bool hasImplicitControlFlow() const;
+
+  /// Child Iterators: All subclasses must implement 'children'
+  /// to permit easy iteration over the substatements/subexpessions of an
+  /// AST node.  This permits easy iteration over all nodes in the AST.
+  typedef StmtIterator       child_iterator;
+  typedef ConstStmtIterator  const_child_iterator;
+
+  typedef StmtRange          child_range;
+  typedef ConstStmtRange     const_child_range;
+
+  child_range children();
+  const_child_range children() const {
+    return const_cast<Stmt*>(this)->children();
+  }
+
+  child_iterator child_begin() { return children().first; }
+  child_iterator child_end() { return children().second; }
+
+  const_child_iterator child_begin() const { return children().first; }
+  const_child_iterator child_end() const { return children().second; }
+
+  /// \brief Produce a unique representation of the given statement.
+  ///
+  /// \param ID once the profiling operation is complete, will contain
+  /// the unique representation of the given statement.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context the AST context in which the statement resides
+  ///
+  /// \param Canonical whether the profile should be based on the canonical
+  /// representation of this statement (e.g., where non-type template
+  /// parameters are identified by index/level rather than their
+  /// declaration pointers) or the exact representation of the statement as
+  /// written in the source.
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
+               bool Canonical) const;
+};
+
+/// DeclStmt - Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and
+/// expressions. For example, CompoundStmt mixes statements, expressions
+/// and declarations (variables, types). Another example is ForStmt, where
+/// the first statement can be an expression or a declaration.
+///
+class DeclStmt : public Stmt {
+  DeclGroupRef DG;
+  SourceLocation StartLoc, EndLoc;
+
+public:
+  DeclStmt(DeclGroupRef dg, SourceLocation startLoc,
+           SourceLocation endLoc) : Stmt(DeclStmtClass), DG(dg),
+                                    StartLoc(startLoc), EndLoc(endLoc) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty declaration statement.
+  explicit DeclStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(DeclStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// isSingleDecl - This method returns true if this DeclStmt refers
+  /// to a single Decl.
+  bool isSingleDecl() const {
+    return DG.isSingleDecl();
+  }
+
+  const Decl *getSingleDecl() const { return DG.getSingleDecl(); }
+  Decl *getSingleDecl() { return DG.getSingleDecl(); }
+
+  const DeclGroupRef getDeclGroup() const { return DG; }
+  DeclGroupRef getDeclGroup() { return DG; }
+  void setDeclGroup(DeclGroupRef DGR) { DG = DGR; }
+
+  SourceLocation getStartLoc() const { return StartLoc; }
+  void setStartLoc(SourceLocation L) { StartLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return EndLoc; }
+  void setEndLoc(SourceLocation L) { EndLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return StartLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return EndLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == DeclStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators over subexpressions.
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(child_iterator(DG.begin(), DG.end()),
+                       child_iterator(DG.end(), DG.end()));
+  }
+
+  typedef DeclGroupRef::iterator decl_iterator;
+  typedef DeclGroupRef::const_iterator const_decl_iterator;
+
+  decl_iterator decl_begin() { return DG.begin(); }
+  decl_iterator decl_end() { return DG.end(); }
+  const_decl_iterator decl_begin() const { return DG.begin(); }
+  const_decl_iterator decl_end() const { return DG.end(); }
+
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<decl_iterator> reverse_decl_iterator;
+  reverse_decl_iterator decl_rbegin() {
+    return reverse_decl_iterator(decl_end());
+  }
+  reverse_decl_iterator decl_rend() {
+    return reverse_decl_iterator(decl_begin());
+  }
+};
+
+/// NullStmt - This is the null statement ";": C99 6.8.3p3.
+///
+class NullStmt : public Stmt {
+  SourceLocation SemiLoc;
+
+  /// \brief True if the null statement was preceded by an empty macro, e.g:
+  /// @code
+  ///   #define CALL(x)
+  ///   CALL(0);
+  /// @endcode
+  bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro;
+public:
+  NullStmt(SourceLocation L, bool hasLeadingEmptyMacro = false)
+    : Stmt(NullStmtClass), SemiLoc(L),
+      HasLeadingEmptyMacro(hasLeadingEmptyMacro) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty null statement.
+  explicit NullStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(NullStmtClass, Empty),
+      HasLeadingEmptyMacro(false) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getSemiLoc() const { return SemiLoc; }
+  void setSemiLoc(SourceLocation L) { SemiLoc = L; }
+
+  bool hasLeadingEmptyMacro() const { return HasLeadingEmptyMacro; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return SemiLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SemiLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == NullStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+};
+
+/// CompoundStmt - This represents a group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
+///
+class CompoundStmt : public Stmt {
+  Stmt** Body;
+  SourceLocation LBracLoc, RBracLoc;
+public:
+  CompoundStmt(ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Stmt*> Stmts,
+               SourceLocation LB, SourceLocation RB);
+
+  // \brief Build an empty compound statment with a location.
+  explicit CompoundStmt(SourceLocation Loc)
+    : Stmt(CompoundStmtClass), Body(0), LBracLoc(Loc), RBracLoc(Loc) {
+    CompoundStmtBits.NumStmts = 0;
+  }
+
+  // \brief Build an empty compound statement.
+  explicit CompoundStmt(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Stmt(CompoundStmtClass, Empty), Body(0) {
+    CompoundStmtBits.NumStmts = 0;
+  }
+
+  void setStmts(ASTContext &C, Stmt **Stmts, unsigned NumStmts);
+
+  bool body_empty() const { return CompoundStmtBits.NumStmts == 0; }
+  unsigned size() const { return CompoundStmtBits.NumStmts; }
+
+  typedef Stmt** body_iterator;
+  body_iterator body_begin() { return Body; }
+  body_iterator body_end() { return Body + size(); }
+  Stmt *body_back() { return !body_empty() ? Body[size()-1] : 0; }
+
+  void setLastStmt(Stmt *S) {
+    assert(!body_empty() && "setLastStmt");
+    Body[size()-1] = S;
+  }
+
+  typedef Stmt* const * const_body_iterator;
+  const_body_iterator body_begin() const { return Body; }
+  const_body_iterator body_end() const { return Body + size(); }
+  const Stmt *body_back() const { return !body_empty() ? Body[size()-1] : 0; }
+
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<body_iterator> reverse_body_iterator;
+  reverse_body_iterator body_rbegin() {
+    return reverse_body_iterator(body_end());
+  }
+  reverse_body_iterator body_rend() {
+    return reverse_body_iterator(body_begin());
+  }
+
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<const_body_iterator>
+          const_reverse_body_iterator;
+
+  const_reverse_body_iterator body_rbegin() const {
+    return const_reverse_body_iterator(body_end());
+  }
+
+  const_reverse_body_iterator body_rend() const {
+    return const_reverse_body_iterator(body_begin());
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return LBracLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RBracLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLBracLoc() const { return LBracLoc; }
+  void setLBracLoc(SourceLocation L) { LBracLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getRBracLoc() const { return RBracLoc; }
+  void setRBracLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBracLoc = L; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CompoundStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&Body[0], &Body[0]+CompoundStmtBits.NumStmts);
+  }
+
+  const_child_range children() const {
+    return child_range(&Body[0], &Body[0]+CompoundStmtBits.NumStmts);
+  }
+};
+
+// SwitchCase is the base class for CaseStmt and DefaultStmt,
+class SwitchCase : public Stmt {
+protected:
+  // A pointer to the following CaseStmt or DefaultStmt class,
+  // used by SwitchStmt.
+  SwitchCase *NextSwitchCase;
+  SourceLocation KeywordLoc;
+  SourceLocation ColonLoc;
+
+  SwitchCase(StmtClass SC, SourceLocation KWLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc)
+    : Stmt(SC), NextSwitchCase(0), KeywordLoc(KWLoc), ColonLoc(ColonLoc) {}
+
+  SwitchCase(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell)
+    : Stmt(SC), NextSwitchCase(0) {}
+
+public:
+  const SwitchCase *getNextSwitchCase() const { return NextSwitchCase; }
+
+  SwitchCase *getNextSwitchCase() { return NextSwitchCase; }
+
+  void setNextSwitchCase(SwitchCase *SC) { NextSwitchCase = SC; }
+
+  SourceLocation getKeywordLoc() const { return KeywordLoc; }
+  void setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation L) { KeywordLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; }
+  void setColonLoc(SourceLocation L) { ColonLoc = L; }
+
+  Stmt *getSubStmt();
+  const Stmt *getSubStmt() const {
+    return const_cast<SwitchCase*>(this)->getSubStmt();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return KeywordLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CaseStmtClass ||
+           T->getStmtClass() == DefaultStmtClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class CaseStmt : public SwitchCase {
+  enum { LHS, RHS, SUBSTMT, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];  // The expression for the RHS is Non-null for
+                             // GNU "case 1 ... 4" extension
+  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+public:
+  CaseStmt(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, SourceLocation caseLoc,
+           SourceLocation ellipsisLoc, SourceLocation colonLoc)
+    : SwitchCase(CaseStmtClass, caseLoc, colonLoc) {
+    SubExprs[SUBSTMT] = 0;
+    SubExprs[LHS] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(lhs);
+    SubExprs[RHS] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(rhs);
+    EllipsisLoc = ellipsisLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty switch case statement.
+  explicit CaseStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : SwitchCase(CaseStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getCaseLoc() const { return KeywordLoc; }
+  void setCaseLoc(SourceLocation L) { KeywordLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; }
+  void setEllipsisLoc(SourceLocation L) { EllipsisLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; }
+  void setColonLoc(SourceLocation L) { ColonLoc = L; }
+
+  Expr *getLHS() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
+  Expr *getRHS() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
+  Stmt *getSubStmt() { return SubExprs[SUBSTMT]; }
+
+  const Expr *getLHS() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const Expr*>(SubExprs[LHS]);
+  }
+  const Expr *getRHS() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const Expr*>(SubExprs[RHS]);
+  }
+  const Stmt *getSubStmt() const { return SubExprs[SUBSTMT]; }
+
+  void setSubStmt(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[SUBSTMT] = S; }
+  void setLHS(Expr *Val) { SubExprs[LHS] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(Val); }
+  void setRHS(Expr *Val) { SubExprs[RHS] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(Val); }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return KeywordLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    // Handle deeply nested case statements with iteration instead of recursion.
+    const CaseStmt *CS = this;
+    while (const CaseStmt *CS2 = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(CS->getSubStmt()))
+      CS = CS2;
+
+    return CS->getSubStmt()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CaseStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[END_EXPR]);
+  }
+};
+
+class DefaultStmt : public SwitchCase {
+  Stmt* SubStmt;
+public:
+  DefaultStmt(SourceLocation DL, SourceLocation CL, Stmt *substmt) :
+    SwitchCase(DefaultStmtClass, DL, CL), SubStmt(substmt) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty default statement.
+  explicit DefaultStmt(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : SwitchCase(DefaultStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  Stmt *getSubStmt() { return SubStmt; }
+  const Stmt *getSubStmt() const { return SubStmt; }
+  void setSubStmt(Stmt *S) { SubStmt = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getDefaultLoc() const { return KeywordLoc; }
+  void setDefaultLoc(SourceLocation L) { KeywordLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; }
+  void setColonLoc(SourceLocation L) { ColonLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return KeywordLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SubStmt->getLocEnd();}
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == DefaultStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt+1); }
+};
+
+inline SourceLocation SwitchCase::getLocEnd() const {
+  if (const CaseStmt *CS = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(this))
+    return CS->getLocEnd();
+  return cast<DefaultStmt>(this)->getLocEnd();
+}
+
+/// LabelStmt - Represents a label, which has a substatement.  For example:
+///    foo: return;
+///
+class LabelStmt : public Stmt {
+  LabelDecl *TheDecl;
+  Stmt *SubStmt;
+  SourceLocation IdentLoc;
+public:
+  LabelStmt(SourceLocation IL, LabelDecl *D, Stmt *substmt)
+    : Stmt(LabelStmtClass), TheDecl(D), SubStmt(substmt), IdentLoc(IL) {
+  }
+
+  // \brief Build an empty label statement.
+  explicit LabelStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(LabelStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getIdentLoc() const { return IdentLoc; }
+  LabelDecl *getDecl() const { return TheDecl; }
+  void setDecl(LabelDecl *D) { TheDecl = D; }
+  const char *getName() const;
+  Stmt *getSubStmt() { return SubStmt; }
+  const Stmt *getSubStmt() const { return SubStmt; }
+  void setIdentLoc(SourceLocation L) { IdentLoc = L; }
+  void setSubStmt(Stmt *SS) { SubStmt = SS; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return IdentLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SubStmt->getLocEnd();}
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt+1); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == LabelStmtClass;
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Represents an attribute applied to a statement.
+///
+/// Represents an attribute applied to a statement. For example:
+///   [[omp::for(...)]] for (...) { ... }
+///
+class AttributedStmt : public Stmt {
+  Stmt *SubStmt;
+  SourceLocation AttrLoc;
+  unsigned NumAttrs;
+  const Attr *Attrs[1];
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+  AttributedStmt(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, Stmt *SubStmt)
+    : Stmt(AttributedStmtClass), SubStmt(SubStmt), AttrLoc(Loc),
+      NumAttrs(Attrs.size()) {
+    memcpy(this->Attrs, Attrs.data(), Attrs.size() * sizeof(Attr*));
+  }
+
+  explicit AttributedStmt(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumAttrs)
+    : Stmt(AttributedStmtClass, Empty), NumAttrs(NumAttrs) {
+    memset(Attrs, 0, NumAttrs * sizeof(Attr*));
+  }
+
+public:
+  static AttributedStmt *Create(ASTContext &C, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, Stmt *SubStmt);
+  // \brief Build an empty attributed statement.
+  static AttributedStmt *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &C, unsigned NumAttrs);
+
+  SourceLocation getAttrLoc() const { return AttrLoc; }
+  ArrayRef<const Attr*> getAttrs() const {
+    return ArrayRef<const Attr*>(Attrs, NumAttrs);
+  }
+  Stmt *getSubStmt() { return SubStmt; }
+  const Stmt *getSubStmt() const { return SubStmt; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AttrLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SubStmt->getLocEnd();}
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt + 1); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == AttributedStmtClass;
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// IfStmt - This represents an if/then/else.
+///
+class IfStmt : public Stmt {
+  enum { VAR, COND, THEN, ELSE, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];
+
+  SourceLocation IfLoc;
+  SourceLocation ElseLoc;
+
+public:
+  IfStmt(ASTContext &C, SourceLocation IL, VarDecl *var, Expr *cond,
+         Stmt *then, SourceLocation EL = SourceLocation(), Stmt *elsev = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty if/then/else statement
+  explicit IfStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(IfStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the variable declared in this "if" statement, if any.
+  ///
+  /// In the following example, "x" is the condition variable.
+  /// \code
+  /// if (int x = foo()) {
+  ///   printf("x is %d", x);
+  /// }
+  /// \endcode
+  VarDecl *getConditionVariable() const;
+  void setConditionVariable(ASTContext &C, VarDecl *V);
+
+  /// If this IfStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt
+  /// associated with the creation of that condition variable.
+  const DeclStmt *getConditionVariableDeclStmt() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<DeclStmt*>(SubExprs[VAR]);
+  }
+
+  const Expr *getCond() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]);}
+  void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt *>(E); }
+  const Stmt *getThen() const { return SubExprs[THEN]; }
+  void setThen(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[THEN] = S; }
+  const Stmt *getElse() const { return SubExprs[ELSE]; }
+  void setElse(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[ELSE] = S; }
+
+  Expr *getCond() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]); }
+  Stmt *getThen() { return SubExprs[THEN]; }
+  Stmt *getElse() { return SubExprs[ELSE]; }
+
+  SourceLocation getIfLoc() const { return IfLoc; }
+  void setIfLoc(SourceLocation L) { IfLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getElseLoc() const { return ElseLoc; }
+  void setElseLoc(SourceLocation L) { ElseLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return IfLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    if (SubExprs[ELSE])
+      return SubExprs[ELSE]->getLocEnd();
+    else
+      return SubExprs[THEN]->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  // Iterators over subexpressions.  The iterators will include iterating
+  // over the initialization expression referenced by the condition variable.
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == IfStmtClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// SwitchStmt - This represents a 'switch' stmt.
+///
+class SwitchStmt : public Stmt {
+  enum { VAR, COND, BODY, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];
+  // This points to a linked list of case and default statements.
+  SwitchCase *FirstCase;
+  SourceLocation SwitchLoc;
+
+  /// If the SwitchStmt is a switch on an enum value, this records whether
+  /// all the enum values were covered by CaseStmts.  This value is meant to
+  /// be a hint for possible clients.
+  unsigned AllEnumCasesCovered : 1;
+
+public:
+  SwitchStmt(ASTContext &C, VarDecl *Var, Expr *cond);
+
+  /// \brief Build a empty switch statement.
+  explicit SwitchStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(SwitchStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the variable declared in this "switch" statement, if any.
+  ///
+  /// In the following example, "x" is the condition variable.
+  /// \code
+  /// switch (int x = foo()) {
+  ///   case 0: break;
+  ///   // ...
+  /// }
+  /// \endcode
+  VarDecl *getConditionVariable() const;
+  void setConditionVariable(ASTContext &C, VarDecl *V);
+
+  /// If this SwitchStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt
+  /// associated with the creation of that condition variable.
+  const DeclStmt *getConditionVariableDeclStmt() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<DeclStmt*>(SubExprs[VAR]);
+  }
+
+  const Expr *getCond() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]);}
+  const Stmt *getBody() const { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+  const SwitchCase *getSwitchCaseList() const { return FirstCase; }
+
+  Expr *getCond() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]);}
+  void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt *>(E); }
+  Stmt *getBody() { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+  void setBody(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[BODY] = S; }
+  SwitchCase *getSwitchCaseList() { return FirstCase; }
+
+  /// \brief Set the case list for this switch statement.
+  ///
+  /// The caller is responsible for incrementing the retain counts on
+  /// all of the SwitchCase statements in this list.
+  void setSwitchCaseList(SwitchCase *SC) { FirstCase = SC; }
+
+  SourceLocation getSwitchLoc() const { return SwitchLoc; }
+  void setSwitchLoc(SourceLocation L) { SwitchLoc = L; }
+
+  void setBody(Stmt *S, SourceLocation SL) {
+    SubExprs[BODY] = S;
+    SwitchLoc = SL;
+  }
+  void addSwitchCase(SwitchCase *SC) {
+    assert(!SC->getNextSwitchCase()
+           && "case/default already added to a switch");
+    SC->setNextSwitchCase(FirstCase);
+    FirstCase = SC;
+  }
+
+  /// Set a flag in the SwitchStmt indicating that if the 'switch (X)' is a
+  /// switch over an enum value then all cases have been explicitly covered.
+  void setAllEnumCasesCovered() {
+    AllEnumCasesCovered = 1;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if the SwitchStmt is a switch of an enum value and all cases
+  /// have been explicitly covered.
+  bool isAllEnumCasesCovered() const {
+    return (bool) AllEnumCasesCovered;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return SwitchLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SubExprs[BODY]->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == SwitchStmtClass;
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// WhileStmt - This represents a 'while' stmt.
+///
+class WhileStmt : public Stmt {
+  enum { VAR, COND, BODY, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];
+  SourceLocation WhileLoc;
+public:
+  WhileStmt(ASTContext &C, VarDecl *Var, Expr *cond, Stmt *body,
+            SourceLocation WL);
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty while statement.
+  explicit WhileStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(WhileStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the variable declared in this "while" statement, if any.
+  ///
+  /// In the following example, "x" is the condition variable.
+  /// \code
+  /// while (int x = random()) {
+  ///   // ...
+  /// }
+  /// \endcode
+  VarDecl *getConditionVariable() const;
+  void setConditionVariable(ASTContext &C, VarDecl *V);
+
+  /// If this WhileStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt
+  /// associated with the creation of that condition variable.
+  const DeclStmt *getConditionVariableDeclStmt() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<DeclStmt*>(SubExprs[VAR]);
+  }
+
+  Expr *getCond() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]); }
+  const Expr *getCond() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]);}
+  void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(E); }
+  Stmt *getBody() { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+  const Stmt *getBody() const { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+  void setBody(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[BODY] = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getWhileLoc() const { return WhileLoc; }
+  void setWhileLoc(SourceLocation L) { WhileLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return WhileLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SubExprs[BODY]->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == WhileStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
+  }
+};
+
+/// DoStmt - This represents a 'do/while' stmt.
+///
+class DoStmt : public Stmt {
+  enum { BODY, COND, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR];
+  SourceLocation DoLoc;
+  SourceLocation WhileLoc;
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;  // Location of final ')' in do stmt condition.
+
+public:
+  DoStmt(Stmt *body, Expr *cond, SourceLocation DL, SourceLocation WL,
+         SourceLocation RP)
+    : Stmt(DoStmtClass), DoLoc(DL), WhileLoc(WL), RParenLoc(RP) {
+    SubExprs[COND] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(cond);
+    SubExprs[BODY] = body;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty do-while statement.
+  explicit DoStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(DoStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  Expr *getCond() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]); }
+  const Expr *getCond() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]);}
+  void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(E); }
+  Stmt *getBody() { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+  const Stmt *getBody() const { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+  void setBody(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[BODY] = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getDoLoc() const { return DoLoc; }
+  void setDoLoc(SourceLocation L) { DoLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getWhileLoc() const { return WhileLoc; }
+  void setWhileLoc(SourceLocation L) { WhileLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return DoLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == DoStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// ForStmt - This represents a 'for (init;cond;inc)' stmt.  Note that any of
+/// the init/cond/inc parts of the ForStmt will be null if they were not
+/// specified in the source.
+///
+class ForStmt : public Stmt {
+  enum { INIT, CONDVAR, COND, INC, BODY, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // SubExprs[INIT] is an expression or declstmt.
+  SourceLocation ForLoc;
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
+
+public:
+  ForStmt(ASTContext &C, Stmt *Init, Expr *Cond, VarDecl *condVar, Expr *Inc,
+          Stmt *Body, SourceLocation FL, SourceLocation LP, SourceLocation RP);
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty for statement.
+  explicit ForStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(ForStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  Stmt *getInit() { return SubExprs[INIT]; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the variable declared in this "for" statement, if any.
+  ///
+  /// In the following example, "y" is the condition variable.
+  /// \code
+  /// for (int x = random(); int y = mangle(x); ++x) {
+  ///   // ...
+  /// }
+  /// \endcode
+  VarDecl *getConditionVariable() const;
+  void setConditionVariable(ASTContext &C, VarDecl *V);
+
+  /// If this ForStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt
+  /// associated with the creation of that condition variable.
+  const DeclStmt *getConditionVariableDeclStmt() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<DeclStmt*>(SubExprs[CONDVAR]);
+  }
+
+  Expr *getCond() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]); }
+  Expr *getInc()  { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[INC]); }
+  Stmt *getBody() { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+
+  const Stmt *getInit() const { return SubExprs[INIT]; }
+  const Expr *getCond() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]);}
+  const Expr *getInc()  const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[INC]); }
+  const Stmt *getBody() const { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+
+  void setInit(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[INIT] = S; }
+  void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(E); }
+  void setInc(Expr *E) { SubExprs[INC] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(E); }
+  void setBody(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[BODY] = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getForLoc() const { return ForLoc; }
+  void setForLoc(SourceLocation L) { ForLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return ForLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SubExprs[BODY]->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ForStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
+  }
+};
+
+/// GotoStmt - This represents a direct goto.
+///
+class GotoStmt : public Stmt {
+  LabelDecl *Label;
+  SourceLocation GotoLoc;
+  SourceLocation LabelLoc;
+public:
+  GotoStmt(LabelDecl *label, SourceLocation GL, SourceLocation LL)
+    : Stmt(GotoStmtClass), Label(label), GotoLoc(GL), LabelLoc(LL) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty goto statement.
+  explicit GotoStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(GotoStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  LabelDecl *getLabel() const { return Label; }
+  void setLabel(LabelDecl *D) { Label = D; }
+
+  SourceLocation getGotoLoc() const { return GotoLoc; }
+  void setGotoLoc(SourceLocation L) { GotoLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getLabelLoc() const { return LabelLoc; }
+  void setLabelLoc(SourceLocation L) { LabelLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return GotoLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return LabelLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == GotoStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// IndirectGotoStmt - This represents an indirect goto.
+///
+class IndirectGotoStmt : public Stmt {
+  SourceLocation GotoLoc;
+  SourceLocation StarLoc;
+  Stmt *Target;
+public:
+  IndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation gotoLoc, SourceLocation starLoc,
+                   Expr *target)
+    : Stmt(IndirectGotoStmtClass), GotoLoc(gotoLoc), StarLoc(starLoc),
+      Target((Stmt*)target) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty indirect goto statement.
+  explicit IndirectGotoStmt(EmptyShell Empty)
+    : Stmt(IndirectGotoStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  void setGotoLoc(SourceLocation L) { GotoLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getGotoLoc() const { return GotoLoc; }
+  void setStarLoc(SourceLocation L) { StarLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getStarLoc() const { return StarLoc; }
+
+  Expr *getTarget() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(Target); }
+  const Expr *getTarget() const {return reinterpret_cast<const Expr*>(Target);}
+  void setTarget(Expr *E) { Target = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(E); }
+
+  /// getConstantTarget - Returns the fixed target of this indirect
+  /// goto, if one exists.
+  LabelDecl *getConstantTarget();
+  const LabelDecl *getConstantTarget() const {
+    return const_cast<IndirectGotoStmt*>(this)->getConstantTarget();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return GotoLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Target->getLocEnd(); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == IndirectGotoStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Target, &Target+1); }
+};
+
+
+/// ContinueStmt - This represents a continue.
+///
+class ContinueStmt : public Stmt {
+  SourceLocation ContinueLoc;
+public:
+  ContinueStmt(SourceLocation CL) : Stmt(ContinueStmtClass), ContinueLoc(CL) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty continue statement.
+  explicit ContinueStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(ContinueStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getContinueLoc() const { return ContinueLoc; }
+  void setContinueLoc(SourceLocation L) { ContinueLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return ContinueLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return ContinueLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ContinueStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+/// BreakStmt - This represents a break.
+///
+class BreakStmt : public Stmt {
+  SourceLocation BreakLoc;
+public:
+  BreakStmt(SourceLocation BL) : Stmt(BreakStmtClass), BreakLoc(BL) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty break statement.
+  explicit BreakStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(BreakStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getBreakLoc() const { return BreakLoc; }
+  void setBreakLoc(SourceLocation L) { BreakLoc = L; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return BreakLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return BreakLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == BreakStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() { return child_range(); }
+};
+
+
+/// ReturnStmt - This represents a return, optionally of an expression:
+///   return;
+///   return 4;
+///
+/// Note that GCC allows return with no argument in a function declared to
+/// return a value, and it allows returning a value in functions declared to
+/// return void.  We explicitly model this in the AST, which means you can't
+/// depend on the return type of the function and the presence of an argument.
+///
+class ReturnStmt : public Stmt {
+  Stmt *RetExpr;
+  SourceLocation RetLoc;
+  const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate;
+
+public:
+  ReturnStmt(SourceLocation RL)
+    : Stmt(ReturnStmtClass), RetExpr(0), RetLoc(RL), NRVOCandidate(0) { }
+
+  ReturnStmt(SourceLocation RL, Expr *E, const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate)
+    : Stmt(ReturnStmtClass), RetExpr((Stmt*) E), RetLoc(RL),
+      NRVOCandidate(NRVOCandidate) {}
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty return expression.
+  explicit ReturnStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(ReturnStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const Expr *getRetValue() const;
+  Expr *getRetValue();
+  void setRetValue(Expr *E) { RetExpr = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(E); }
+
+  SourceLocation getReturnLoc() const { return RetLoc; }
+  void setReturnLoc(SourceLocation L) { RetLoc = L; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the variable that might be used for the named return
+  /// value optimization.
+  ///
+  /// The optimization itself can only be performed if the variable is
+  /// also marked as an NRVO object.
+  const VarDecl *getNRVOCandidate() const { return NRVOCandidate; }
+  void setNRVOCandidate(const VarDecl *Var) { NRVOCandidate = Var; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return RetLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return RetExpr ? RetExpr->getLocEnd() : RetLoc;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ReturnStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    if (RetExpr) return child_range(&RetExpr, &RetExpr+1);
+    return child_range();
+  }
+};
+
+/// AsmStmt is the base class for GCCAsmStmt and MSAsmStmt.
+///
+class AsmStmt : public Stmt {
+protected:
+  SourceLocation AsmLoc;
+  /// \brief True if the assembly statement does not have any input or output
+  /// operands.
+  bool IsSimple;
+
+  /// \brief If true, treat this inline assembly as having side effects.
+  /// This assembly statement should not be optimized, deleted or moved.
+  bool IsVolatile;
+
+  unsigned NumOutputs;
+  unsigned NumInputs;
+  unsigned NumClobbers;
+
+  IdentifierInfo **Names;
+  Stmt **Exprs;
+
+  AsmStmt(StmtClass SC, SourceLocation asmloc, bool issimple, bool isvolatile,
+          unsigned numoutputs, unsigned numinputs, unsigned numclobbers) :
+    Stmt (SC), AsmLoc(asmloc), IsSimple(issimple), IsVolatile(isvolatile),
+    NumOutputs(numoutputs), NumInputs(numinputs), NumClobbers(numclobbers) { }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Build an empty inline-assembly statement.
+  explicit AsmStmt(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) :
+    Stmt(SC, Empty), Names(0), Exprs(0) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getAsmLoc() const { return AsmLoc; }
+  void setAsmLoc(SourceLocation L) { AsmLoc = L; }
+
+  bool isSimple() const { return IsSimple; }
+  void setSimple(bool V) { IsSimple = V; }
+
+  bool isVolatile() const { return IsVolatile; }
+  void setVolatile(bool V) { IsVolatile = V; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
+
+  //===--- Asm String Analysis ---===//
+
+  /// Assemble final IR asm string.
+  std::string generateAsmString(ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  //===--- Output operands ---===//
+
+  unsigned getNumOutputs() const { return NumOutputs; }
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getOutputIdentifier(unsigned i) const {
+    return Names[i];
+  }
+
+  StringRef getOutputName(unsigned i) const {
+    if (IdentifierInfo *II = getOutputIdentifier(i))
+      return II->getName();
+
+    return StringRef();
+  }
+
+  /// getOutputConstraint - Return the constraint string for the specified
+  /// output operand.  All output constraints are known to be non-empty (either
+  /// '=' or '+').
+  StringRef getOutputConstraint(unsigned i) const;
+
+  /// isOutputPlusConstraint - Return true if the specified output constraint
+  /// is a "+" constraint (which is both an input and an output) or false if it
+  /// is an "=" constraint (just an output).
+  bool isOutputPlusConstraint(unsigned i) const {
+    return getOutputConstraint(i)[0] == '+';
+  }
+
+  const Expr *getOutputExpr(unsigned i) const;
+
+  /// getNumPlusOperands - Return the number of output operands that have a "+"
+  /// constraint.
+  unsigned getNumPlusOperands() const;
+
+  //===--- Input operands ---===//
+
+  unsigned getNumInputs() const { return NumInputs; }
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getInputIdentifier(unsigned i) const {
+    return Names[i + NumOutputs];
+  }
+
+  StringRef getInputName(unsigned i) const {
+    if (IdentifierInfo *II = getInputIdentifier(i))
+      return II->getName();
+
+    return StringRef();
+  }
+
+  /// getInputConstraint - Return the specified input constraint.  Unlike output
+  /// constraints, these can be empty.
+  StringRef getInputConstraint(unsigned i) const;
+  
+  const Expr *getInputExpr(unsigned i) const;
+
+  //===--- Other ---===//
+
+  unsigned getNumClobbers() const { return NumClobbers; }
+  StringRef getClobber(unsigned i) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == GCCAsmStmtClass ||
+      T->getStmtClass() == MSAsmStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Input expr iterators.
+
+  typedef ExprIterator inputs_iterator;
+  typedef ConstExprIterator const_inputs_iterator;
+
+  inputs_iterator begin_inputs() {
+    return &Exprs[0] + NumOutputs;
+  }
+
+  inputs_iterator end_inputs() {
+    return &Exprs[0] + NumOutputs + NumInputs;
+  }
+
+  const_inputs_iterator begin_inputs() const {
+    return &Exprs[0] + NumOutputs;
+  }
+
+  const_inputs_iterator end_inputs() const {
+    return &Exprs[0] + NumOutputs + NumInputs;
+  }
+
+  // Output expr iterators.
+
+  typedef ExprIterator outputs_iterator;
+  typedef ConstExprIterator const_outputs_iterator;
+
+  outputs_iterator begin_outputs() {
+    return &Exprs[0];
+  }
+  outputs_iterator end_outputs() {
+    return &Exprs[0] + NumOutputs;
+  }
+
+  const_outputs_iterator begin_outputs() const {
+    return &Exprs[0];
+  }
+  const_outputs_iterator end_outputs() const {
+    return &Exprs[0] + NumOutputs;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&Exprs[0], &Exprs[0] + NumOutputs + NumInputs);
+  }
+};
+
+/// This represents a GCC inline-assembly statement extension.
+///
+class GCCAsmStmt : public AsmStmt {
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+  StringLiteral *AsmStr;
+
+  // FIXME: If we wanted to, we could allocate all of these in one big array.
+  StringLiteral **Constraints;
+  StringLiteral **Clobbers;
+
+public:
+  GCCAsmStmt(ASTContext &C, SourceLocation asmloc, bool issimple,
+             bool isvolatile, unsigned numoutputs, unsigned numinputs,
+             IdentifierInfo **names, StringLiteral **constraints, Expr **exprs,
+             StringLiteral *asmstr, unsigned numclobbers,
+             StringLiteral **clobbers, SourceLocation rparenloc);
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty inline-assembly statement.
+  explicit GCCAsmStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : AsmStmt(GCCAsmStmtClass, Empty),
+    Constraints(0), Clobbers(0) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
+
+  //===--- Asm String Analysis ---===//
+
+  const StringLiteral *getAsmString() const { return AsmStr; }
+  StringLiteral *getAsmString() { return AsmStr; }
+  void setAsmString(StringLiteral *E) { AsmStr = E; }
+
+  /// AsmStringPiece - this is part of a decomposed asm string specification
+  /// (for use with the AnalyzeAsmString function below).  An asm string is
+  /// considered to be a concatenation of these parts.
+  class AsmStringPiece {
+  public:
+    enum Kind {
+      String,  // String in .ll asm string form, "$" -> "$$" and "%%" -> "%".
+      Operand  // Operand reference, with optional modifier %c4.
+    };
+  private:
+    Kind MyKind;
+    std::string Str;
+    unsigned OperandNo;
+  public:
+    AsmStringPiece(const std::string &S) : MyKind(String), Str(S) {}
+    AsmStringPiece(unsigned OpNo, char Modifier)
+      : MyKind(Operand), Str(), OperandNo(OpNo) {
+      Str += Modifier;
+    }
+
+    bool isString() const { return MyKind == String; }
+    bool isOperand() const { return MyKind == Operand; }
+
+    const std::string &getString() const {
+      assert(isString());
+      return Str;
+    }
+
+    unsigned getOperandNo() const {
+      assert(isOperand());
+      return OperandNo;
+    }
+
+    /// getModifier - Get the modifier for this operand, if present.  This
+    /// returns '\0' if there was no modifier.
+    char getModifier() const {
+      assert(isOperand());
+      return Str[0];
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// AnalyzeAsmString - Analyze the asm string of the current asm, decomposing
+  /// it into pieces.  If the asm string is erroneous, emit errors and return
+  /// true, otherwise return false.  This handles canonicalization and
+  /// translation of strings from GCC syntax to LLVM IR syntax, and handles
+  //// flattening of named references like %[foo] to Operand AsmStringPiece's.
+  unsigned AnalyzeAsmString(SmallVectorImpl<AsmStringPiece> &Pieces,
+                            ASTContext &C, unsigned &DiagOffs) const;
+
+  /// Assemble final IR asm string.
+  std::string generateAsmString(ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  //===--- Output operands ---===//
+
+  StringRef getOutputConstraint(unsigned i) const;
+
+  const StringLiteral *getOutputConstraintLiteral(unsigned i) const {
+    return Constraints[i];
+  }
+  StringLiteral *getOutputConstraintLiteral(unsigned i) {
+    return Constraints[i];
+  }
+
+  Expr *getOutputExpr(unsigned i);
+
+  const Expr *getOutputExpr(unsigned i) const {
+    return const_cast<GCCAsmStmt*>(this)->getOutputExpr(i);
+  }
+
+  //===--- Input operands ---===//
+
+  StringRef getInputConstraint(unsigned i) const;
+
+  const StringLiteral *getInputConstraintLiteral(unsigned i) const {
+    return Constraints[i + NumOutputs];
+  }
+  StringLiteral *getInputConstraintLiteral(unsigned i) {
+    return Constraints[i + NumOutputs];
+  }
+
+  Expr *getInputExpr(unsigned i);
+  void setInputExpr(unsigned i, Expr *E);
+
+  const Expr *getInputExpr(unsigned i) const {
+    return const_cast<GCCAsmStmt*>(this)->getInputExpr(i);
+  }
+
+  void setOutputsAndInputsAndClobbers(ASTContext &C,
+                                      IdentifierInfo **Names,
+                                      StringLiteral **Constraints,
+                                      Stmt **Exprs,
+                                      unsigned NumOutputs,
+                                      unsigned NumInputs,
+                                      StringLiteral **Clobbers,
+                                      unsigned NumClobbers);
+
+  //===--- Other ---===//
+
+  /// getNamedOperand - Given a symbolic operand reference like %[foo],
+  /// translate this into a numeric value needed to reference the same operand.
+  /// This returns -1 if the operand name is invalid.
+  int getNamedOperand(StringRef SymbolicName) const;
+
+  StringRef getClobber(unsigned i) const;
+  StringLiteral *getClobberStringLiteral(unsigned i) { return Clobbers[i]; }
+  const StringLiteral *getClobberStringLiteral(unsigned i) const {
+    return Clobbers[i];
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AsmLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == GCCAsmStmtClass;
+  }
+};
+
+/// This represents a Microsoft inline-assembly statement extension.
+///
+class MSAsmStmt : public AsmStmt {
+  SourceLocation LBraceLoc, EndLoc;
+  std::string AsmStr;
+
+  unsigned NumAsmToks;
+
+  Token *AsmToks;
+  StringRef *Constraints;
+  StringRef *Clobbers;
+
+public:
+  MSAsmStmt(ASTContext &C, SourceLocation asmloc, SourceLocation lbraceloc,
+            bool issimple, bool isvolatile, ArrayRef<Token> asmtoks,
+            unsigned numoutputs, unsigned numinputs,
+            ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo*> names, ArrayRef<StringRef> constraints,
+            ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, StringRef asmstr,
+            ArrayRef<StringRef> clobbers, SourceLocation endloc);
+
+  /// \brief Build an empty MS-style inline-assembly statement.
+  explicit MSAsmStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : AsmStmt(MSAsmStmtClass, Empty),
+    NumAsmToks(0), AsmToks(0), Constraints(0), Clobbers(0) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getLBraceLoc() const { return LBraceLoc; }
+  void setLBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { LBraceLoc = L; }
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return EndLoc; }
+  void setEndLoc(SourceLocation L) { EndLoc = L; }
+
+  bool hasBraces() const { return LBraceLoc.isValid(); }
+
+  unsigned getNumAsmToks() { return NumAsmToks; }
+  Token *getAsmToks() { return AsmToks; }
+
+  //===--- Asm String Analysis ---===//
+
+  const std::string *getAsmString() const { return &AsmStr; }
+  std::string *getAsmString() { return &AsmStr; }
+  void setAsmString(StringRef &E) { AsmStr = E.str(); }
+
+  /// Assemble final IR asm string.
+  std::string generateAsmString(ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  //===--- Output operands ---===//
+
+  StringRef getOutputConstraint(unsigned i) const {
+    return Constraints[i];
+  }
+
+  Expr *getOutputExpr(unsigned i);
+
+  const Expr *getOutputExpr(unsigned i) const {
+    return const_cast<MSAsmStmt*>(this)->getOutputExpr(i);
+  }
+
+  //===--- Input operands ---===//
+
+  StringRef getInputConstraint(unsigned i) const {
+    return Constraints[i + NumOutputs];
+  }
+
+  Expr *getInputExpr(unsigned i);
+  void setInputExpr(unsigned i, Expr *E);
+
+  const Expr *getInputExpr(unsigned i) const {
+    return const_cast<MSAsmStmt*>(this)->getInputExpr(i);
+  }
+
+  //===--- Other ---===//
+
+  StringRef getClobber(unsigned i) const { return Clobbers[i]; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AsmLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return EndLoc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == MSAsmStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&Exprs[0], &Exprs[0]);
+  }
+};
+
+class SEHExceptStmt : public Stmt {
+  SourceLocation  Loc;
+  Stmt           *Children[2];
+
+  enum { FILTER_EXPR, BLOCK };
+
+  SEHExceptStmt(SourceLocation Loc,
+                Expr *FilterExpr,
+                Stmt *Block);
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  explicit SEHExceptStmt(EmptyShell E) : Stmt(SEHExceptStmtClass, E) { }
+
+public:
+  static SEHExceptStmt* Create(ASTContext &C,
+                               SourceLocation ExceptLoc,
+                               Expr *FilterExpr,
+                               Stmt *Block);
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getExceptLoc(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getExceptLoc() const { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getBlock()->getLocEnd(); }
+
+  Expr *getFilterExpr() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(Children[FILTER_EXPR]);
+  }
+
+  CompoundStmt *getBlock() const {
+    return cast<CompoundStmt>(Children[BLOCK]);
+  }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(Children,Children+2);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == SEHExceptStmtClass;
+  }
+
+};
+
+class SEHFinallyStmt : public Stmt {
+  SourceLocation  Loc;
+  Stmt           *Block;
+
+  SEHFinallyStmt(SourceLocation Loc,
+                 Stmt *Block);
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  explicit SEHFinallyStmt(EmptyShell E) : Stmt(SEHFinallyStmtClass, E) { }
+
+public:
+  static SEHFinallyStmt* Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                SourceLocation FinallyLoc,
+                                Stmt *Block);
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getFinallyLoc(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getFinallyLoc() const { return Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Block->getLocEnd(); }
+
+  CompoundStmt *getBlock() const { return cast<CompoundStmt>(Block); }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&Block,&Block+1);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == SEHFinallyStmtClass;
+  }
+
+};
+
+class SEHTryStmt : public Stmt {
+  bool            IsCXXTry;
+  SourceLocation  TryLoc;
+  Stmt           *Children[2];
+
+  enum { TRY = 0, HANDLER = 1 };
+
+  SEHTryStmt(bool isCXXTry, // true if 'try' otherwise '__try'
+             SourceLocation TryLoc,
+             Stmt *TryBlock,
+             Stmt *Handler);
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  explicit SEHTryStmt(EmptyShell E) : Stmt(SEHTryStmtClass, E) { }
+
+public:
+  static SEHTryStmt* Create(ASTContext &C,
+                            bool isCXXTry,
+                            SourceLocation TryLoc,
+                            Stmt *TryBlock,
+                            Stmt *Handler);
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getTryLoc(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getTryLoc() const { return TryLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Children[HANDLER]->getLocEnd(); }
+
+  bool getIsCXXTry() const { return IsCXXTry; }
+
+  CompoundStmt* getTryBlock() const {
+    return cast<CompoundStmt>(Children[TRY]);
+  }
+
+  Stmt *getHandler() const { return Children[HANDLER]; }
+
+  /// Returns 0 if not defined
+  SEHExceptStmt  *getExceptHandler() const;
+  SEHFinallyStmt *getFinallyHandler() const;
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(Children,Children+2);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == SEHTryStmtClass;
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtCXX.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtCXX.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0112bef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtCXX.h
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+//===--- StmtCXX.h - Classes for representing C++ statements ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the C++ statement AST node classes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMTCXX_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMTCXX_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class VarDecl;
+
+/// CXXCatchStmt - This represents a C++ catch block.
+///
+class CXXCatchStmt : public Stmt {
+  SourceLocation CatchLoc;
+  /// The exception-declaration of the type.
+  VarDecl *ExceptionDecl;
+  /// The handler block.
+  Stmt *HandlerBlock;
+
+public:
+  CXXCatchStmt(SourceLocation catchLoc, VarDecl *exDecl, Stmt *handlerBlock)
+  : Stmt(CXXCatchStmtClass), CatchLoc(catchLoc), ExceptionDecl(exDecl),
+    HandlerBlock(handlerBlock) {}
+
+  CXXCatchStmt(EmptyShell Empty)
+  : Stmt(CXXCatchStmtClass), ExceptionDecl(0), HandlerBlock(0) {}
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return CatchLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return HandlerBlock->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getCatchLoc() const { return CatchLoc; }
+  VarDecl *getExceptionDecl() const { return ExceptionDecl; }
+  QualType getCaughtType() const;
+  Stmt *getHandlerBlock() const { return HandlerBlock; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXCatchStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&HandlerBlock, &HandlerBlock+1); }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+/// CXXTryStmt - A C++ try block, including all handlers.
+///
+class CXXTryStmt : public Stmt {
+  SourceLocation TryLoc;
+  unsigned NumHandlers;
+
+  CXXTryStmt(SourceLocation tryLoc, Stmt *tryBlock, ArrayRef<Stmt*> handlers);
+
+  CXXTryStmt(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned numHandlers)
+    : Stmt(CXXTryStmtClass), NumHandlers(numHandlers) { }
+
+  Stmt const * const *getStmts() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Stmt const * const*>(this + 1);
+  }
+  Stmt **getStmts() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+public:
+  static CXXTryStmt *Create(ASTContext &C, SourceLocation tryLoc,
+                            Stmt *tryBlock, ArrayRef<Stmt*> handlers);
+
+  static CXXTryStmt *Create(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty,
+                            unsigned numHandlers);
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getTryLoc(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getTryLoc() const { return TryLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const {
+    return getStmts()[NumHandlers]->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  CompoundStmt *getTryBlock() {
+    return cast<CompoundStmt>(getStmts()[0]);
+  }
+  const CompoundStmt *getTryBlock() const {
+    return cast<CompoundStmt>(getStmts()[0]);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumHandlers() const { return NumHandlers; }
+  CXXCatchStmt *getHandler(unsigned i) {
+    return cast<CXXCatchStmt>(getStmts()[i + 1]);
+  }
+  const CXXCatchStmt *getHandler(unsigned i) const {
+    return cast<CXXCatchStmt>(getStmts()[i + 1]);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXTryStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(getStmts(), getStmts() + getNumHandlers() + 1);
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+};
+
+/// CXXForRangeStmt - This represents C++0x [stmt.ranged]'s ranged for
+/// statement, represented as 'for (range-declarator : range-expression)'.
+///
+/// This is stored in a partially-desugared form to allow full semantic
+/// analysis of the constituent components. The original syntactic components
+/// can be extracted using getLoopVariable and getRangeInit.
+class CXXForRangeStmt : public Stmt {
+  enum { RANGE, BEGINEND, COND, INC, LOOPVAR, BODY, END };
+  // SubExprs[RANGE] is an expression or declstmt.
+  // SubExprs[COND] and SubExprs[INC] are expressions.
+  Stmt *SubExprs[END];
+  SourceLocation ForLoc;
+  SourceLocation ColonLoc;
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+public:
+  CXXForRangeStmt(DeclStmt *Range, DeclStmt *BeginEnd,
+                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, DeclStmt *LoopVar, Stmt *Body,
+                  SourceLocation FL, SourceLocation CL, SourceLocation RPL);
+  CXXForRangeStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(CXXForRangeStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+
+  VarDecl *getLoopVariable();
+  Expr *getRangeInit();
+
+  const VarDecl *getLoopVariable() const;
+  const Expr *getRangeInit() const;
+
+
+  DeclStmt *getRangeStmt() { return cast<DeclStmt>(SubExprs[RANGE]); }
+  DeclStmt *getBeginEndStmt() {
+    return cast_or_null<DeclStmt>(SubExprs[BEGINEND]);
+  }
+  Expr *getCond() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); }
+  Expr *getInc() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[INC]); }
+  DeclStmt *getLoopVarStmt() { return cast<DeclStmt>(SubExprs[LOOPVAR]); }
+  Stmt *getBody() { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+
+  const DeclStmt *getRangeStmt() const {
+    return cast<DeclStmt>(SubExprs[RANGE]);
+  }
+  const DeclStmt *getBeginEndStmt() const {
+    return cast_or_null<DeclStmt>(SubExprs[BEGINEND]);
+  }
+  const Expr *getCond() const {
+    return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]);
+  }
+  const Expr *getInc() const {
+    return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[INC]);
+  }
+  const DeclStmt *getLoopVarStmt() const {
+    return cast<DeclStmt>(SubExprs[LOOPVAR]);
+  }
+  const Stmt *getBody() const { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+
+  void setRangeInit(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RANGE] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(E); }
+  void setRangeStmt(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[RANGE] = S; }
+  void setBeginEndStmt(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[BEGINEND] = S; }
+  void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(E); }
+  void setInc(Expr *E) { SubExprs[INC] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(E); }
+  void setLoopVarStmt(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[LOOPVAR] = S; }
+  void setBody(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[BODY] = S; }
+
+
+  SourceLocation getForLoc() const { return ForLoc; }
+  void setForLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { ForLoc = Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; }
+  void setColonLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { ColonLoc = Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { RParenLoc = Loc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return ForLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SubExprs[BODY]->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == CXXForRangeStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[END]);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Representation of a Microsoft __if_exists or __if_not_exists
+/// statement with a dependent name.
+///
+/// The __if_exists statement can be used to include a sequence of statements
+/// in the program only when a particular dependent name does not exist. For
+/// example:
+///
+/// \code
+/// template<typename T>
+/// void call_foo(T &t) {
+///   __if_exists (T::foo) {
+///     t.foo(); // okay: only called when T::foo exists.
+///   }
+/// }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Similarly, the __if_not_exists statement can be used to include the
+/// statements when a particular name does not exist.
+///
+/// Note that this statement only captures __if_exists and __if_not_exists
+/// statements whose name is dependent. All non-dependent cases are handled
+/// directly in the parser, so that they don't introduce a new scope. Clang
+/// introduces scopes in the dependent case to keep names inside the compound
+/// statement from leaking out into the surround statements, which would
+/// compromise the template instantiation model. This behavior differs from
+/// Visual C++ (which never introduces a scope), but is a fairly reasonable
+/// approximation of the VC++ behavior.
+class MSDependentExistsStmt : public Stmt {
+  SourceLocation KeywordLoc;
+  bool IsIfExists;
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
+  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
+  Stmt *SubStmt;
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+
+public:
+  MSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, bool IsIfExists,
+                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
+                        CompoundStmt *SubStmt)
+  : Stmt(MSDependentExistsStmtClass),
+    KeywordLoc(KeywordLoc), IsIfExists(IsIfExists),
+    QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), NameInfo(NameInfo),
+    SubStmt(reinterpret_cast<Stmt *>(SubStmt)) { }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the __if_exists or __if_not_exists
+  /// keyword.
+  SourceLocation getKeywordLoc() const { return KeywordLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is an __if_exists statement.
+  bool isIfExists() const { return IsIfExists; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is an __if_exists statement.
+  bool isIfNotExists() const { return !IsIfExists; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies this name, if
+  /// any.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the entity we're testing for, along with
+  /// location information
+  DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { return NameInfo; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the compound statement that will be included in the
+  /// program only if the existence of the symbol matches the initial keyword.
+  CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<CompoundStmt *>(SubStmt);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return KeywordLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SubStmt->getLocEnd();}
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt+1);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == MSDependentExistsStmtClass;
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtGraphTraits.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtGraphTraits.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3e9e1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtGraphTraits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+//===--- StmtGraphTraits.h - Graph Traits for the class Stmt ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines a template specialization of llvm::GraphTraits to
+//  treat ASTs (Stmt*) as graphs
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMT_GRAPHTRAITS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMT_GRAPHTRAITS_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+//template <typename T> struct GraphTraits;
+
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits<clang::Stmt*> {
+  typedef clang::Stmt                       NodeType;
+  typedef clang::Stmt::child_iterator       ChildIteratorType;
+  typedef llvm::df_iterator<clang::Stmt*>   nodes_iterator;
+
+  static NodeType* getEntryNode(clang::Stmt* S) { return S; }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType* N) {
+    if (N) return N->child_begin();
+    else return ChildIteratorType();
+  }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType* N) {
+    if (N) return N->child_end();
+    else return ChildIteratorType();
+  }
+
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(clang::Stmt* S) {
+    return df_begin(S);
+  }
+
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_end(clang::Stmt* S) {
+    return df_end(S);
+  }
+};
+
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits<const clang::Stmt*> {
+  typedef const clang::Stmt                       NodeType;
+  typedef clang::Stmt::const_child_iterator       ChildIteratorType;
+  typedef llvm::df_iterator<const clang::Stmt*>   nodes_iterator;
+
+  static NodeType* getEntryNode(const clang::Stmt* S) { return S; }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType* N) {
+    if (N) return N->child_begin();
+    else return ChildIteratorType();
+  }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType* N) {
+    if (N) return N->child_end();
+    else return ChildIteratorType();
+  }
+
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(const clang::Stmt* S) {
+    return df_begin(S);
+  }
+
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_end(const clang::Stmt* S) {
+    return df_end(S);
+  }
+};
+
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtIterator.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtIterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b933ed0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtIterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+//===--- StmtIterator.h - Iterators for Statements --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the StmtIterator and ConstStmtIterator classes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMT_ITR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMT_ITR_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Stmt;
+class Decl;
+class VariableArrayType;
+
+class StmtIteratorBase {
+protected:
+  enum { DeclMode = 0x1, SizeOfTypeVAMode = 0x2, DeclGroupMode = 0x3,
+         Flags = 0x3 };
+  
+  Stmt **stmt;
+  union { Decl *decl; Decl **DGI; };
+  uintptr_t RawVAPtr;
+  Decl **DGE;
+  
+  bool inDecl() const {
+    return (RawVAPtr & Flags) == DeclMode;
+  }
+
+  bool inDeclGroup() const {
+    return (RawVAPtr & Flags) == DeclGroupMode;
+  }
+
+  bool inSizeOfTypeVA() const {
+    return (RawVAPtr & Flags) == SizeOfTypeVAMode;
+  }
+
+  bool inStmt() const {
+    return (RawVAPtr & Flags) == 0;
+  }
+
+  const VariableArrayType *getVAPtr() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const VariableArrayType*>(RawVAPtr & ~Flags);
+  }
+
+  void setVAPtr(const VariableArrayType *P) {
+    assert (inDecl() || inDeclGroup() || inSizeOfTypeVA());
+    RawVAPtr = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(P) | (RawVAPtr & Flags);
+  }
+
+  void NextDecl(bool ImmediateAdvance = true);
+  bool HandleDecl(Decl* D);
+  void NextVA();
+
+  Stmt*& GetDeclExpr() const;
+
+  StmtIteratorBase(Stmt **s) : stmt(s), decl(0), RawVAPtr(0) {}
+  StmtIteratorBase(Decl *d, Stmt **s);
+  StmtIteratorBase(const VariableArrayType *t);
+  StmtIteratorBase(Decl **dgi, Decl **dge);
+  StmtIteratorBase() : stmt(0), decl(0), RawVAPtr(0) {}
+};
+
+
+template <typename DERIVED, typename REFERENCE>
+class StmtIteratorImpl : public StmtIteratorBase,
+                         public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag,
+                                              REFERENCE, ptrdiff_t,
+                                              REFERENCE, REFERENCE> {
+protected:
+  StmtIteratorImpl(const StmtIteratorBase& RHS) : StmtIteratorBase(RHS) {}
+public:
+  StmtIteratorImpl() {}
+  StmtIteratorImpl(Stmt **s) : StmtIteratorBase(s) {}
+  StmtIteratorImpl(Decl **dgi, Decl **dge) : StmtIteratorBase(dgi, dge) {}
+  StmtIteratorImpl(Decl *d, Stmt **s) : StmtIteratorBase(d, s) {}
+  StmtIteratorImpl(const VariableArrayType *t) : StmtIteratorBase(t) {}
+
+  DERIVED& operator++() {
+    if (inStmt())
+      ++stmt;
+    else if (getVAPtr())
+      NextVA();
+    else
+      NextDecl();
+
+    return static_cast<DERIVED&>(*this);
+  }
+
+  DERIVED operator++(int) {
+    DERIVED tmp = static_cast<DERIVED&>(*this);
+    operator++();
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const DERIVED& RHS) const {
+    return stmt == RHS.stmt && decl == RHS.decl && RawVAPtr == RHS.RawVAPtr;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const DERIVED& RHS) const {
+    return stmt != RHS.stmt || decl != RHS.decl || RawVAPtr != RHS.RawVAPtr;
+  }
+
+  REFERENCE operator*() const {
+    return (REFERENCE) (inStmt() ? *stmt : GetDeclExpr());
+  }
+
+  REFERENCE operator->() const { return operator*(); }
+};
+
+struct StmtIterator : public StmtIteratorImpl<StmtIterator,Stmt*&> {
+  explicit StmtIterator() : StmtIteratorImpl<StmtIterator,Stmt*&>() {}
+
+  StmtIterator(Stmt** S) : StmtIteratorImpl<StmtIterator,Stmt*&>(S) {}
+
+  StmtIterator(Decl** dgi, Decl** dge)
+   : StmtIteratorImpl<StmtIterator,Stmt*&>(dgi, dge) {}
+
+  StmtIterator(const VariableArrayType *t)
+    : StmtIteratorImpl<StmtIterator,Stmt*&>(t) {}
+
+  StmtIterator(Decl* D, Stmt **s = 0)
+    : StmtIteratorImpl<StmtIterator,Stmt*&>(D, s) {}
+};
+
+struct ConstStmtIterator : public StmtIteratorImpl<ConstStmtIterator,
+                                                   const Stmt*> {
+  explicit ConstStmtIterator() :
+    StmtIteratorImpl<ConstStmtIterator,const Stmt*>() {}
+
+  ConstStmtIterator(const StmtIterator& RHS) :
+    StmtIteratorImpl<ConstStmtIterator,const Stmt*>(RHS) {}
+};
+
+/// A range of statement iterators.
+///
+/// This class provides some extra functionality beyond std::pair
+/// in order to allow the following idiom:
+///   for (StmtRange range = stmt->children(); range; ++range)
+struct StmtRange : std::pair<StmtIterator,StmtIterator> {
+  StmtRange() {}
+  StmtRange(const StmtIterator &begin, const StmtIterator &end)
+    : std::pair<StmtIterator,StmtIterator>(begin, end) {}
+
+  bool empty() const { return first == second; }
+  operator bool() const { return !empty(); }
+
+  Stmt *operator->() const { return first.operator->(); }
+  Stmt *&operator*() const { return first.operator*(); }
+
+  StmtRange &operator++() {
+    assert(!empty() && "incrementing on empty range");
+    ++first;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  StmtRange operator++(int) {
+    assert(!empty() && "incrementing on empty range");
+    StmtRange copy = *this;
+    ++first;
+    return copy;
+  }
+
+  friend const StmtIterator &begin(const StmtRange &range) {
+    return range.first;
+  }
+  friend const StmtIterator &end(const StmtRange &range) {
+    return range.second;
+  }
+};
+
+/// A range of const statement iterators.
+///
+/// This class provides some extra functionality beyond std::pair
+/// in order to allow the following idiom:
+///   for (ConstStmtRange range = stmt->children(); range; ++range)
+struct ConstStmtRange : std::pair<ConstStmtIterator,ConstStmtIterator> {
+  ConstStmtRange() {}
+  ConstStmtRange(const ConstStmtIterator &begin,
+                 const ConstStmtIterator &end)
+    : std::pair<ConstStmtIterator,ConstStmtIterator>(begin, end) {}
+  ConstStmtRange(const StmtRange &range)
+    : std::pair<ConstStmtIterator,ConstStmtIterator>(range.first, range.second)
+  {}
+  ConstStmtRange(const StmtIterator &begin, const StmtIterator &end)
+    : std::pair<ConstStmtIterator,ConstStmtIterator>(begin, end) {}
+
+  bool empty() const { return first == second; }
+  operator bool() const { return !empty(); }
+
+  const Stmt *operator->() const { return first.operator->(); }
+  const Stmt *operator*() const { return first.operator*(); }
+
+  ConstStmtRange &operator++() {
+    assert(!empty() && "incrementing on empty range");
+    ++first;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  ConstStmtRange operator++(int) {
+    assert(!empty() && "incrementing on empty range");
+    ConstStmtRange copy = *this;
+    ++first;
+    return copy;
+  }
+
+  friend const ConstStmtIterator &begin(const ConstStmtRange &range) {
+    return range.first;
+  }
+  friend const ConstStmtIterator &end(const ConstStmtRange &range) {
+    return range.second;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtObjC.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtObjC.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e97c1a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtObjC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+//===--- StmtObjC.h - Classes for representing ObjC statements --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the Objective-C statement AST node classes.
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMTOBJC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMTOBJC_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Represents Objective-C's collection statement.
+///
+/// This is represented as 'for (element 'in' collection-expression)' stmt.
+class ObjCForCollectionStmt : public Stmt {
+  enum { ELEM, COLLECTION, BODY, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // SubExprs[ELEM] is an expression or declstmt.
+  SourceLocation ForLoc;
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+public:
+  ObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *Elem, Expr *Collect, Stmt *Body,
+                        SourceLocation FCL, SourceLocation RPL);
+  explicit ObjCForCollectionStmt(EmptyShell Empty) :
+    Stmt(ObjCForCollectionStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  Stmt *getElement() { return SubExprs[ELEM]; }
+  Expr *getCollection() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COLLECTION]);
+  }
+  Stmt *getBody() { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+
+  const Stmt *getElement() const { return SubExprs[ELEM]; }
+  const Expr *getCollection() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COLLECTION]);
+  }
+  const Stmt *getBody() const { return SubExprs[BODY]; }
+
+  void setElement(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[ELEM] = S; }
+  void setCollection(Expr *E) {
+    SubExprs[COLLECTION] = reinterpret_cast<Stmt*>(E);
+  }
+  void setBody(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[BODY] = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getForLoc() const { return ForLoc; }
+  void setForLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { ForLoc = Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { RParenLoc = Loc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return ForLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SubExprs[BODY]->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCForCollectionStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[END_EXPR]);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@catch statement.
+class ObjCAtCatchStmt : public Stmt {
+private:
+  VarDecl *ExceptionDecl;
+  Stmt *Body;
+  SourceLocation AtCatchLoc, RParenLoc;
+
+public:
+  ObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation atCatchLoc, SourceLocation rparenloc,
+                  VarDecl *catchVarDecl,
+                  Stmt *atCatchStmt)
+    : Stmt(ObjCAtCatchStmtClass), ExceptionDecl(catchVarDecl), 
+    Body(atCatchStmt), AtCatchLoc(atCatchLoc), RParenLoc(rparenloc) { }
+
+  explicit ObjCAtCatchStmt(EmptyShell Empty) :
+    Stmt(ObjCAtCatchStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const Stmt *getCatchBody() const { return Body; }
+  Stmt *getCatchBody() { return Body; }
+  void setCatchBody(Stmt *S) { Body = S; }
+
+  const VarDecl *getCatchParamDecl() const {
+    return ExceptionDecl;
+  }
+  VarDecl *getCatchParamDecl() {
+    return ExceptionDecl;
+  }
+  void setCatchParamDecl(VarDecl *D) { ExceptionDecl = D; }
+
+  SourceLocation getAtCatchLoc() const { return AtCatchLoc; }
+  void setAtCatchLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { AtCatchLoc = Loc; }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { RParenLoc = Loc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtCatchLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Body->getLocEnd(); }
+
+  bool hasEllipsis() const { return getCatchParamDecl() == 0; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCAtCatchStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Body, &Body + 1); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@finally statement
+class ObjCAtFinallyStmt : public Stmt {
+  Stmt *AtFinallyStmt;
+  SourceLocation AtFinallyLoc;
+public:
+  ObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation atFinallyLoc, Stmt *atFinallyStmt)
+  : Stmt(ObjCAtFinallyStmtClass),
+    AtFinallyStmt(atFinallyStmt), AtFinallyLoc(atFinallyLoc) {}
+
+  explicit ObjCAtFinallyStmt(EmptyShell Empty) :
+    Stmt(ObjCAtFinallyStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const Stmt *getFinallyBody() const { return AtFinallyStmt; }
+  Stmt *getFinallyBody() { return AtFinallyStmt; }
+  void setFinallyBody(Stmt *S) { AtFinallyStmt = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtFinallyLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return AtFinallyStmt->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getAtFinallyLoc() const { return AtFinallyLoc; }
+  void setAtFinallyLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { AtFinallyLoc = Loc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCAtFinallyStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&AtFinallyStmt, &AtFinallyStmt+1);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@try ... \@catch ... \@finally statement.
+class ObjCAtTryStmt : public Stmt {
+private:
+  // The location of the @ in the \@try.
+  SourceLocation AtTryLoc;
+  
+  // The number of catch blocks in this statement.
+  unsigned NumCatchStmts : 16;
+  
+  // Whether this statement has a \@finally statement.
+  bool HasFinally : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the statements that are stored after this \@try statement.
+  ///
+  /// The order of the statements in memory follows the order in the source,
+  /// with the \@try body first, followed by the \@catch statements (if any)
+  /// and, finally, the \@finally (if it exists).
+  Stmt **getStmts() { return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **> (this + 1); }
+  const Stmt* const *getStmts() const { 
+    return reinterpret_cast<const Stmt * const*> (this + 1); 
+  }
+  
+  ObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation atTryLoc, Stmt *atTryStmt,
+                Stmt **CatchStmts, unsigned NumCatchStmts,
+                Stmt *atFinallyStmt);
+  
+  explicit ObjCAtTryStmt(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumCatchStmts,
+                         bool HasFinally)
+    : Stmt(ObjCAtTryStmtClass, Empty), NumCatchStmts(NumCatchStmts),
+      HasFinally(HasFinally) { }
+
+public:
+  static ObjCAtTryStmt *Create(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation atTryLoc, 
+                               Stmt *atTryStmt,
+                               Stmt **CatchStmts, unsigned NumCatchStmts,
+                               Stmt *atFinallyStmt);
+  static ObjCAtTryStmt *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Context, 
+                                    unsigned NumCatchStmts,
+                                    bool HasFinally);
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the @ in the \@try.
+  SourceLocation getAtTryLoc() const { return AtTryLoc; }
+  void setAtTryLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { AtTryLoc = Loc; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the \@try body.
+  const Stmt *getTryBody() const { return getStmts()[0]; }
+  Stmt *getTryBody() { return getStmts()[0]; }
+  void setTryBody(Stmt *S) { getStmts()[0] = S; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of \@catch statements in this try-catch-finally
+  /// block.
+  unsigned getNumCatchStmts() const { return NumCatchStmts; }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve a \@catch statement.
+  const ObjCAtCatchStmt *getCatchStmt(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < NumCatchStmts && "Out-of-bounds @catch index");
+    return cast_or_null<ObjCAtCatchStmt>(getStmts()[I + 1]);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve a \@catch statement.
+  ObjCAtCatchStmt *getCatchStmt(unsigned I) {
+    assert(I < NumCatchStmts && "Out-of-bounds @catch index");
+    return cast_or_null<ObjCAtCatchStmt>(getStmts()[I + 1]);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Set a particular catch statement.
+  void setCatchStmt(unsigned I, ObjCAtCatchStmt *S) {
+    assert(I < NumCatchStmts && "Out-of-bounds @catch index");
+    getStmts()[I + 1] = S;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the \@finally statement, if any.
+  const ObjCAtFinallyStmt *getFinallyStmt() const {
+    if (!HasFinally)
+      return 0;
+    
+    return cast_or_null<ObjCAtFinallyStmt>(getStmts()[1 + NumCatchStmts]);
+  }
+  ObjCAtFinallyStmt *getFinallyStmt() {
+    if (!HasFinally)
+      return 0;
+    
+    return cast_or_null<ObjCAtFinallyStmt>(getStmts()[1 + NumCatchStmts]);
+  }
+  void setFinallyStmt(Stmt *S) { 
+    assert(HasFinally && "@try does not have a @finally slot!");
+    getStmts()[1 + NumCatchStmts] = S; 
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtTryLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCAtTryStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(getStmts(),
+                       getStmts() + 1 + NumCatchStmts + HasFinally);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
+///
+/// Example:
+/// \code
+///   @synchronized (sem) {
+///     do-something;
+///   }
+/// \endcode
+class ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt : public Stmt {
+private:
+  enum { SYNC_EXPR, SYNC_BODY, END_EXPR };
+  Stmt* SubStmts[END_EXPR];
+  SourceLocation AtSynchronizedLoc;
+
+public:
+  ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation atSynchronizedLoc, Stmt *synchExpr,
+                         Stmt *synchBody)
+  : Stmt(ObjCAtSynchronizedStmtClass) {
+    SubStmts[SYNC_EXPR] = synchExpr;
+    SubStmts[SYNC_BODY] = synchBody;
+    AtSynchronizedLoc = atSynchronizedLoc;
+  }
+  explicit ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(EmptyShell Empty) :
+    Stmt(ObjCAtSynchronizedStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  SourceLocation getAtSynchronizedLoc() const { return AtSynchronizedLoc; }
+  void setAtSynchronizedLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { AtSynchronizedLoc = Loc; }
+
+  const CompoundStmt *getSynchBody() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<CompoundStmt*>(SubStmts[SYNC_BODY]);
+  }
+  CompoundStmt *getSynchBody() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<CompoundStmt*>(SubStmts[SYNC_BODY]);
+  }
+  void setSynchBody(Stmt *S) { SubStmts[SYNC_BODY] = S; }
+
+  const Expr *getSynchExpr() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubStmts[SYNC_EXPR]);
+  }
+  Expr *getSynchExpr() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubStmts[SYNC_EXPR]);
+  }
+  void setSynchExpr(Stmt *S) { SubStmts[SYNC_EXPR] = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtSynchronizedLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return getSynchBody()->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCAtSynchronizedStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() {
+    return child_range(&SubStmts[0], &SubStmts[0]+END_EXPR);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@throw statement.
+class ObjCAtThrowStmt : public Stmt {
+  Stmt *Throw;
+  SourceLocation AtThrowLoc;
+public:
+  ObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation atThrowLoc, Stmt *throwExpr)
+  : Stmt(ObjCAtThrowStmtClass), Throw(throwExpr) {
+    AtThrowLoc = atThrowLoc;
+  }
+  explicit ObjCAtThrowStmt(EmptyShell Empty) :
+    Stmt(ObjCAtThrowStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const Expr *getThrowExpr() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(Throw); }
+  Expr *getThrowExpr() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(Throw); }
+  void setThrowExpr(Stmt *S) { Throw = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getThrowLoc() { return AtThrowLoc; }
+  void setThrowLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { AtThrowLoc = Loc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtThrowLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return Throw ? Throw->getLocEnd() : AtThrowLoc;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCAtThrowStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&Throw, &Throw+1); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@autoreleasepool Statement
+class ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt : public Stmt {
+  Stmt *SubStmt;
+  SourceLocation AtLoc;
+public:
+  ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation atLoc, 
+                            Stmt *subStmt)
+  : Stmt(ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmtClass),
+    SubStmt(subStmt), AtLoc(atLoc) {}
+
+  explicit ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(EmptyShell Empty) :
+    Stmt(ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmtClass, Empty) { }
+
+  const Stmt *getSubStmt() const { return SubStmt; }
+  Stmt *getSubStmt() { return SubStmt; }
+  void setSubStmt(Stmt *S) { SubStmt = S; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return AtLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return SubStmt->getLocEnd();}
+
+  SourceLocation getAtLoc() const { return AtLoc; }
+  void setAtLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { AtLoc = Loc; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
+    return T->getStmtClass() == ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmtClass;
+  }
+
+  child_range children() { return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt + 1); }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38c4c02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+//===--- StmtVisitor.h - Visitor for Stmt subclasses ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the StmtVisitor and ConstStmtVisitor interfaces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMTVISITOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMTVISITOR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+template <typename T> struct make_ptr       { typedef       T *type; };
+template <typename T> struct make_const_ptr { typedef const T *type; };
+
+/// StmtVisitorBase - This class implements a simple visitor for Stmt
+/// subclasses. Since Expr derives from Stmt, this also includes support for
+/// visiting Exprs.
+template<template <typename> class Ptr, typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class StmtVisitorBase {
+public:
+
+#define PTR(CLASS) typename Ptr<CLASS>::type
+#define DISPATCH(NAME, CLASS) \
+ return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->Visit ## NAME(static_cast<PTR(CLASS)>(S))
+
+  RetTy Visit(PTR(Stmt) S) {
+
+    // If we have a binary expr, dispatch to the subcode of the binop.  A smart
+    // optimizer (e.g. LLVM) will fold this comparison into the switch stmt
+    // below.
+    if (PTR(BinaryOperator) BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(S)) {
+      switch (BinOp->getOpcode()) {
+      case BO_PtrMemD:   DISPATCH(BinPtrMemD,   BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_PtrMemI:   DISPATCH(BinPtrMemI,   BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_Mul:       DISPATCH(BinMul,       BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_Div:       DISPATCH(BinDiv,       BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_Rem:       DISPATCH(BinRem,       BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_Add:       DISPATCH(BinAdd,       BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_Sub:       DISPATCH(BinSub,       BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_Shl:       DISPATCH(BinShl,       BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_Shr:       DISPATCH(BinShr,       BinaryOperator);
+
+      case BO_LT:        DISPATCH(BinLT,        BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_GT:        DISPATCH(BinGT,        BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_LE:        DISPATCH(BinLE,        BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_GE:        DISPATCH(BinGE,        BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_EQ:        DISPATCH(BinEQ,        BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_NE:        DISPATCH(BinNE,        BinaryOperator);
+
+      case BO_And:       DISPATCH(BinAnd,       BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_Xor:       DISPATCH(BinXor,       BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_Or :       DISPATCH(BinOr,        BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_LAnd:      DISPATCH(BinLAnd,      BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_LOr :      DISPATCH(BinLOr,       BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_Assign:    DISPATCH(BinAssign,    BinaryOperator);
+      case BO_MulAssign: DISPATCH(BinMulAssign, CompoundAssignOperator);
+      case BO_DivAssign: DISPATCH(BinDivAssign, CompoundAssignOperator);
+      case BO_RemAssign: DISPATCH(BinRemAssign, CompoundAssignOperator);
+      case BO_AddAssign: DISPATCH(BinAddAssign, CompoundAssignOperator);
+      case BO_SubAssign: DISPATCH(BinSubAssign, CompoundAssignOperator);
+      case BO_ShlAssign: DISPATCH(BinShlAssign, CompoundAssignOperator);
+      case BO_ShrAssign: DISPATCH(BinShrAssign, CompoundAssignOperator);
+      case BO_AndAssign: DISPATCH(BinAndAssign, CompoundAssignOperator);
+      case BO_OrAssign:  DISPATCH(BinOrAssign,  CompoundAssignOperator);
+      case BO_XorAssign: DISPATCH(BinXorAssign, CompoundAssignOperator);
+      case BO_Comma:     DISPATCH(BinComma,     BinaryOperator);
+      }
+    } else if (PTR(UnaryOperator) UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(S)) {
+      switch (UnOp->getOpcode()) {
+      case UO_PostInc:   DISPATCH(UnaryPostInc,   UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_PostDec:   DISPATCH(UnaryPostDec,   UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_PreInc:    DISPATCH(UnaryPreInc,    UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_PreDec:    DISPATCH(UnaryPreDec,    UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_AddrOf:    DISPATCH(UnaryAddrOf,    UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_Deref:     DISPATCH(UnaryDeref,     UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_Plus:      DISPATCH(UnaryPlus,      UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_Minus:     DISPATCH(UnaryMinus,     UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_Not:       DISPATCH(UnaryNot,       UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_LNot:      DISPATCH(UnaryLNot,      UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_Real:      DISPATCH(UnaryReal,      UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_Imag:      DISPATCH(UnaryImag,      UnaryOperator);
+      case UO_Extension: DISPATCH(UnaryExtension, UnaryOperator);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Top switch stmt: dispatch to VisitFooStmt for each FooStmt.
+    switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
+    default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown stmt kind!");
+#define ABSTRACT_STMT(STMT)
+#define STMT(CLASS, PARENT)                              \
+    case Stmt::CLASS ## Class: DISPATCH(CLASS, CLASS);
+#include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc"
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If the implementation chooses not to implement a certain visit method, fall
+  // back on VisitExpr or whatever else is the superclass.
+#define STMT(CLASS, PARENT)                                   \
+  RetTy Visit ## CLASS(PTR(CLASS) S) { DISPATCH(PARENT, PARENT); }
+#include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc"
+
+  // If the implementation doesn't implement binary operator methods, fall back
+  // on VisitBinaryOperator.
+#define BINOP_FALLBACK(NAME) \
+  RetTy VisitBin ## NAME(PTR(BinaryOperator) S) { \
+    DISPATCH(BinaryOperator, BinaryOperator); \
+  }
+  BINOP_FALLBACK(PtrMemD)                    BINOP_FALLBACK(PtrMemI)
+  BINOP_FALLBACK(Mul)   BINOP_FALLBACK(Div)  BINOP_FALLBACK(Rem)
+  BINOP_FALLBACK(Add)   BINOP_FALLBACK(Sub)  BINOP_FALLBACK(Shl)
+  BINOP_FALLBACK(Shr)
+
+  BINOP_FALLBACK(LT)    BINOP_FALLBACK(GT)   BINOP_FALLBACK(LE)
+  BINOP_FALLBACK(GE)    BINOP_FALLBACK(EQ)   BINOP_FALLBACK(NE)
+  BINOP_FALLBACK(And)   BINOP_FALLBACK(Xor)  BINOP_FALLBACK(Or)
+  BINOP_FALLBACK(LAnd)  BINOP_FALLBACK(LOr)
+
+  BINOP_FALLBACK(Assign)
+  BINOP_FALLBACK(Comma)
+#undef BINOP_FALLBACK
+
+  // If the implementation doesn't implement compound assignment operator
+  // methods, fall back on VisitCompoundAssignOperator.
+#define CAO_FALLBACK(NAME) \
+  RetTy VisitBin ## NAME(PTR(CompoundAssignOperator) S) { \
+    DISPATCH(CompoundAssignOperator, CompoundAssignOperator); \
+  }
+  CAO_FALLBACK(MulAssign) CAO_FALLBACK(DivAssign) CAO_FALLBACK(RemAssign)
+  CAO_FALLBACK(AddAssign) CAO_FALLBACK(SubAssign) CAO_FALLBACK(ShlAssign)
+  CAO_FALLBACK(ShrAssign) CAO_FALLBACK(AndAssign) CAO_FALLBACK(OrAssign)
+  CAO_FALLBACK(XorAssign)
+#undef CAO_FALLBACK
+
+  // If the implementation doesn't implement unary operator methods, fall back
+  // on VisitUnaryOperator.
+#define UNARYOP_FALLBACK(NAME) \
+  RetTy VisitUnary ## NAME(PTR(UnaryOperator) S) { \
+    DISPATCH(UnaryOperator, UnaryOperator);    \
+  }
+  UNARYOP_FALLBACK(PostInc)   UNARYOP_FALLBACK(PostDec)
+  UNARYOP_FALLBACK(PreInc)    UNARYOP_FALLBACK(PreDec)
+  UNARYOP_FALLBACK(AddrOf)    UNARYOP_FALLBACK(Deref)
+
+  UNARYOP_FALLBACK(Plus)      UNARYOP_FALLBACK(Minus)
+  UNARYOP_FALLBACK(Not)       UNARYOP_FALLBACK(LNot)
+  UNARYOP_FALLBACK(Real)      UNARYOP_FALLBACK(Imag)
+  UNARYOP_FALLBACK(Extension)
+#undef UNARYOP_FALLBACK
+
+  // Base case, ignore it. :)
+  RetTy VisitStmt(PTR(Stmt) Node) { return RetTy(); }
+
+#undef PTR
+#undef DISPATCH
+};
+
+/// StmtVisitor - This class implements a simple visitor for Stmt subclasses.
+/// Since Expr derives from Stmt, this also includes support for visiting Exprs.
+///
+/// This class does not preserve constness of Stmt pointers (see also
+/// ConstStmtVisitor).
+template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class StmtVisitor
+ : public StmtVisitorBase<make_ptr, ImplClass, RetTy> {};
+
+/// ConstStmtVisitor - This class implements a simple visitor for Stmt
+/// subclasses. Since Expr derives from Stmt, this also includes support for
+/// visiting Exprs.
+///
+/// This class preserves constness of Stmt pointers (see also StmtVisitor).
+template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class ConstStmtVisitor
+ : public StmtVisitorBase<make_const_ptr, ImplClass, RetTy> {};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TemplateBase.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TemplateBase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70b934f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TemplateBase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,659 @@
+//===-- TemplateBase.h - Core classes for C++ templates ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file provides definitions which are common for all kinds of
+//  template representation.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TEMPLATEBASE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TEMPLATEBASE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class FoldingSetNodeID;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class DiagnosticBuilder;
+class Expr;
+struct PrintingPolicy;
+class TypeSourceInfo;
+class ValueDecl;
+
+/// \brief Represents a template argument within a class template
+/// specialization.
+class TemplateArgument {
+public:
+  /// \brief The kind of template argument we're storing.
+  enum ArgKind {
+    /// \brief Represents an empty template argument, e.g., one that has not
+    /// been deduced.
+    Null = 0,
+    /// The template argument is a type.
+    Type,
+    /// The template argument is a declaration that was provided for a pointer,
+    /// reference, or pointer to member non-type template parameter.
+    Declaration,
+    /// The template argument is a null pointer or null pointer to member that
+    /// was provided for a non-type template parameter.
+    NullPtr,
+    /// The template argument is an integral value stored in an llvm::APSInt
+    /// that was provided for an integral non-type template parameter. 
+    Integral,
+    /// The template argument is a template name that was provided for a 
+    /// template template parameter.
+    Template,
+    /// The template argument is a pack expansion of a template name that was 
+    /// provided for a template template parameter.
+    TemplateExpansion,
+    /// The template argument is a value- or type-dependent expression
+    /// stored in an Expr*.
+    Expression,
+    /// The template argument is actually a parameter pack. Arguments are stored
+    /// in the Args struct.
+    Pack
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// \brief The kind of template argument we're storing.
+  unsigned Kind;
+
+  struct DA {
+    ValueDecl *D;
+    bool ForRefParam;
+  };
+  struct I {
+    // We store a decomposed APSInt with the data allocated by ASTContext if
+    // BitWidth > 64. The memory may be shared between multiple
+    // TemplateArgument instances.
+    union {
+      uint64_t VAL;          ///< Used to store the <= 64 bits integer value.
+      const uint64_t *pVal;  ///< Used to store the >64 bits integer value.
+    };
+    unsigned BitWidth : 31;
+    unsigned IsUnsigned : 1;
+    void *Type;
+  };
+  struct A {
+    const TemplateArgument *Args;
+    unsigned NumArgs;
+  };
+  struct TA {
+    void *Name;
+    unsigned NumExpansions;
+  };
+  union {
+    struct DA DeclArg;
+    struct I Integer;
+    struct A Args;
+    struct TA TemplateArg;
+    uintptr_t TypeOrValue;
+  };
+
+  TemplateArgument(TemplateName, bool) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief Construct an empty, invalid template argument.
+  TemplateArgument() : Kind(Null), TypeOrValue(0) { }
+
+  /// \brief Construct a template type argument.
+  TemplateArgument(QualType T, bool isNullPtr = false)
+    : Kind(isNullPtr ? NullPtr : Type) {
+    TypeOrValue = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct a template argument that refers to a
+  /// declaration, which is either an external declaration or a
+  /// template declaration.
+  TemplateArgument(ValueDecl *D, bool ForRefParam) : Kind(Declaration) {
+    assert(D && "Expected decl");
+    DeclArg.D = D;
+    DeclArg.ForRefParam = ForRefParam;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct an integral constant template argument. The memory to
+  /// store the value is allocated with Ctx.
+  TemplateArgument(ASTContext &Ctx, const llvm::APSInt &Value, QualType Type);
+
+  /// \brief Construct an integral constant template argument with the same
+  /// value as Other but a different type.
+  TemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Other, QualType Type)
+    : Kind(Integral) {
+    Integer = Other.Integer;
+    Integer.Type = Type.getAsOpaquePtr();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct a template argument that is a template.
+  ///
+  /// This form of template argument is generally used for template template
+  /// parameters. However, the template name could be a dependent template
+  /// name that ends up being instantiated to a function template whose address
+  /// is taken.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The template name.
+  TemplateArgument(TemplateName Name) : Kind(Template) 
+  {
+    TemplateArg.Name = Name.getAsVoidPointer();
+    TemplateArg.NumExpansions = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct a template argument that is a template pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// This form of template argument is generally used for template template
+  /// parameters. However, the template name could be a dependent template
+  /// name that ends up being instantiated to a function template whose address
+  /// is taken.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The template name.
+  ///
+  /// \param NumExpansions The number of expansions that will be generated by
+  /// instantiating
+  TemplateArgument(TemplateName Name, Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
+    : Kind(TemplateExpansion) 
+  {
+    TemplateArg.Name = Name.getAsVoidPointer();
+    if (NumExpansions)
+      TemplateArg.NumExpansions = *NumExpansions + 1;
+    else
+      TemplateArg.NumExpansions = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct a template argument that is an expression.
+  ///
+  /// This form of template argument only occurs in template argument
+  /// lists used for dependent types and for expression; it will not
+  /// occur in a non-dependent, canonical template argument list.
+  TemplateArgument(Expr *E) : Kind(Expression) {
+    TypeOrValue = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(E);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Construct a template argument that is a template argument pack.
+  ///
+  /// We assume that storage for the template arguments provided
+  /// outlives the TemplateArgument itself.
+  TemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument *Args, unsigned NumArgs) : Kind(Pack){
+    this->Args.Args = Args;
+    this->Args.NumArgs = NumArgs;
+  }
+
+  static TemplateArgument getEmptyPack() {
+    return TemplateArgument((TemplateArgument*)0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create a new template argument pack by copying the given set of
+  /// template arguments.
+  static TemplateArgument CreatePackCopy(ASTContext &Context,
+                                         const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                         unsigned NumArgs);
+  
+  /// \brief Return the kind of stored template argument.
+  ArgKind getKind() const { return (ArgKind)Kind; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this template argument has no value.
+  bool isNull() const { return Kind == Null; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this template argument is dependent on a template
+  /// parameter such that its result can change from one instantiation to
+  /// another.
+  bool isDependent() const;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this template argument is dependent on a template
+  /// parameter.
+  bool isInstantiationDependent() const;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this template argument contains an unexpanded
+  /// parameter pack.
+  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this template argument is a pack expansion.
+  bool isPackExpansion() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type for a type template argument.
+  QualType getAsType() const {
+    assert(Kind == Type && "Unexpected kind");
+    return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(reinterpret_cast<void*>(TypeOrValue));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the declaration for a declaration non-type
+  /// template argument.
+  ValueDecl *getAsDecl() const {
+    assert(Kind == Declaration && "Unexpected kind");
+    return DeclArg.D;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve whether a declaration is binding to a
+  /// reference parameter in a declaration non-type template argument.
+  bool isDeclForReferenceParam() const {
+    assert(Kind == Declaration && "Unexpected kind");
+    return DeclArg.ForRefParam;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type for null non-type template argument.
+  QualType getNullPtrType() const {
+    assert(Kind == NullPtr && "Unexpected kind");
+    return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(reinterpret_cast<void*>(TypeOrValue));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template name for a template name argument.
+  TemplateName getAsTemplate() const {
+    assert(Kind == Template && "Unexpected kind");
+    return TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(TemplateArg.Name);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument as a template name; if the argument
+  /// is a pack expansion, return the pattern as a template name.
+  TemplateName getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern() const {
+    assert((Kind == Template || Kind == TemplateExpansion) &&
+           "Unexpected kind");
+    
+    return TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(TemplateArg.Name);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of expansions that a template template argument
+  /// expansion will produce, if known.
+  Optional<unsigned> getNumTemplateExpansions() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument as an integral value.
+  // FIXME: Provide a way to read the integral data without copying the value.
+  llvm::APSInt getAsIntegral() const {
+    assert(Kind == Integral && "Unexpected kind");
+    using namespace llvm;
+    if (Integer.BitWidth <= 64)
+      return APSInt(APInt(Integer.BitWidth, Integer.VAL), Integer.IsUnsigned);
+
+    unsigned NumWords = APInt::getNumWords(Integer.BitWidth);
+    return APSInt(APInt(Integer.BitWidth, makeArrayRef(Integer.pVal, NumWords)),
+                  Integer.IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type of the integral value.
+  QualType getIntegralType() const {
+    assert(Kind == Integral && "Unexpected kind");
+    return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Integer.Type);
+  }
+
+  void setIntegralType(QualType T) {
+    assert(Kind == Integral && "Unexpected kind");
+    Integer.Type = T.getAsOpaquePtr();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument as an expression.
+  Expr *getAsExpr() const {
+    assert(Kind == Expression && "Unexpected kind");
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(TypeOrValue);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Iterator that traverses the elements of a template argument pack.
+  typedef const TemplateArgument * pack_iterator;
+
+  /// \brief Iterator referencing the first argument of a template argument
+  /// pack.
+  pack_iterator pack_begin() const {
+    assert(Kind == Pack);
+    return Args.Args;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Iterator referencing one past the last argument of a template
+  /// argument pack.
+  pack_iterator pack_end() const {
+    assert(Kind == Pack);
+    return Args.Args + Args.NumArgs;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The number of template arguments in the given template argument
+  /// pack.
+  unsigned pack_size() const {
+    assert(Kind == Pack);
+    return Args.NumArgs;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the array of arguments in this template argument pack.
+  llvm::ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getPackAsArray() const {
+    assert(Kind == Pack);
+    return llvm::ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>(Args.Args, Args.NumArgs);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether two template arguments are superficially the
+  /// same.
+  bool structurallyEquals(const TemplateArgument &Other) const;
+
+  /// \brief When the template argument is a pack expansion, returns
+  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
+  TemplateArgument getPackExpansionPattern() const;
+
+  /// \brief Print this template argument to the given output stream.
+  void print(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, raw_ostream &Out) const;
+             
+  /// \brief Used to insert TemplateArguments into FoldingSets.
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) const;
+};
+
+/// Location information for a TemplateArgument.
+struct TemplateArgumentLocInfo {
+private:
+
+  struct T {
+    // FIXME: We'd like to just use the qualifier in the TemplateName,
+    // but template arguments get canonicalized too quickly.
+    NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier;
+    void *QualifierLocData;
+    unsigned TemplateNameLoc;
+    unsigned EllipsisLoc;
+  };
+
+  union {
+    struct T Template;
+    Expr *Expression;
+    TypeSourceInfo *Declarator;
+  };
+
+public:
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo();
+  
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) : Declarator(TInfo) {}
+  
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo(Expr *E) : Expression(E) {}
+  
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                          SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
+                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc)
+  {
+    Template.Qualifier = QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+    Template.QualifierLocData = QualifierLoc.getOpaqueData();
+    Template.TemplateNameLoc = TemplateNameLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    Template.EllipsisLoc = EllipsisLoc.getRawEncoding();
+  }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getAsTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    return Declarator;
+  }
+
+  Expr *getAsExpr() const {
+    return Expression;
+  }
+
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getTemplateQualifierLoc() const {
+    return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Template.Qualifier, 
+                                  Template.QualifierLocData);
+  }
+  
+  SourceLocation getTemplateNameLoc() const {
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Template.TemplateNameLoc);
+  }
+  
+  SourceLocation getTemplateEllipsisLoc() const {
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Template.EllipsisLoc);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Location wrapper for a TemplateArgument.  TemplateArgument is to
+/// TemplateArgumentLoc as Type is to TypeLoc.
+class TemplateArgumentLoc {
+  TemplateArgument Argument;
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo LocInfo;
+
+public:
+  TemplateArgumentLoc() {}
+
+  TemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Argument,
+                      TemplateArgumentLocInfo Opaque)
+    : Argument(Argument), LocInfo(Opaque) {
+  }
+
+  TemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Argument, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo)
+    : Argument(Argument), LocInfo(TInfo) {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type);
+  }
+
+  TemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Argument, Expr *E)
+    : Argument(Argument), LocInfo(E) {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression);
+  }
+
+  TemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Argument, 
+                      NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                      SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
+                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation())
+    : Argument(Argument), LocInfo(QualifierLoc, TemplateNameLoc, EllipsisLoc) {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template ||
+           Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief - Fetches the primary location of the argument.
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const {
+    if (Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template ||
+        Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion)
+      return getTemplateNameLoc();
+    
+    return getSourceRange().getBegin();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief - Fetches the full source range of the argument.
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  const TemplateArgument &getArgument() const {
+    return Argument;
+  }
+
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo getLocInfo() const {
+    return LocInfo;
+  }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type);
+    return LocInfo.getAsTypeSourceInfo();
+  }
+
+  Expr *getSourceExpression() const {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression);
+    return LocInfo.getAsExpr();
+  }
+
+  Expr *getSourceDeclExpression() const {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration);
+    return LocInfo.getAsExpr();
+  }
+
+  Expr *getSourceNullPtrExpression() const {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::NullPtr);
+    return LocInfo.getAsExpr();
+  }
+
+  Expr *getSourceIntegralExpression() const {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Integral);
+    return LocInfo.getAsExpr();
+  }
+
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getTemplateQualifierLoc() const {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template ||
+           Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion);
+    return LocInfo.getTemplateQualifierLoc();
+  }
+  
+  SourceLocation getTemplateNameLoc() const {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template ||
+           Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion);
+    return LocInfo.getTemplateNameLoc();
+  }  
+  
+  SourceLocation getTemplateEllipsisLoc() const {
+    assert(Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion);
+    return LocInfo.getTemplateEllipsisLoc();
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief When the template argument is a pack expansion, returns 
+  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
+  ///
+  /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
+  /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
+  TemplateArgumentLoc getPackExpansionPattern(SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
+                                              Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions,
+                                              ASTContext &Context) const;
+};
+
+/// A convenient class for passing around template argument
+/// information.  Designed to be passed by reference.
+class TemplateArgumentListInfo {
+  SmallVector<TemplateArgumentLoc, 8> Arguments;
+  SourceLocation LAngleLoc;
+  SourceLocation RAngleLoc;
+
+  // This can leak if used in an AST node, use ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo
+  // instead.
+  void* operator new(size_t bytes, ASTContext& C);
+
+public:
+  TemplateArgumentListInfo() {}
+
+  TemplateArgumentListInfo(SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                           SourceLocation RAngleLoc)
+    : LAngleLoc(LAngleLoc), RAngleLoc(RAngleLoc) {}
+
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { return LAngleLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { return RAngleLoc; }
+
+  void setLAngleLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { LAngleLoc = Loc; }
+  void setRAngleLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { RAngleLoc = Loc; }
+
+  unsigned size() const { return Arguments.size(); }
+
+  const TemplateArgumentLoc *getArgumentArray() const {
+    return Arguments.data();
+  }
+
+  const TemplateArgumentLoc &operator[](unsigned I) const {
+    return Arguments[I];
+  }
+
+  void addArgument(const TemplateArgumentLoc &Loc) {
+    Arguments.push_back(Loc);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents an explicit template argument list in C++, e.g.,
+/// the "<int>" in "sort<int>".
+/// This is safe to be used inside an AST node, in contrast with
+/// TemplateArgumentListInfo.
+struct ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo {
+  /// \brief The source location of the left angle bracket ('<').
+  SourceLocation LAngleLoc;
+  
+  /// \brief The source location of the right angle bracket ('>').
+  SourceLocation RAngleLoc;
+  
+  union {
+    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
+    /// The actual template arguments (if any) are stored after the
+    /// ExplicitTemplateArgumentList structure.
+    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
+
+    /// Force ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo to the right alignment
+    /// for the following array of TemplateArgumentLocs.
+    void *Aligner;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments
+  TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgumentLoc *> (this + 1);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments
+  const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgumentLoc *> (this + 1);
+  }
+
+  const TemplateArgumentLoc &operator[](unsigned I) const {
+    return getTemplateArgs()[I];
+  }
+
+  static const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                          const TemplateArgumentListInfo &List);
+
+  void initializeFrom(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &List);
+  void initializeFrom(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &List,
+                      bool &Dependent, bool &InstantiationDependent,
+                      bool &ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
+  void copyInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const;
+  static std::size_t sizeFor(unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
+};
+
+/// \brief Extends ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo with the source location
+/// information for the template keyword; this is used as part of the
+/// representation of qualified identifiers, such as S<T>::template apply<T>.
+struct ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo : public ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo {
+  typedef ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo Base;
+
+  // NOTE: the source location of the (optional) template keyword is
+  // stored after all template arguments.
+
+  /// \brief Get the source location of the template keyword.
+  SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<const SourceLocation*>
+      (getTemplateArgs() + NumTemplateArgs);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Sets the source location of the template keyword.
+  void setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc) {
+    *reinterpret_cast<SourceLocation*>
+      (getTemplateArgs() + NumTemplateArgs) = TemplateKWLoc;
+  }
+
+  static const ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo*
+  Create(ASTContext &C, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+         const TemplateArgumentListInfo &List);
+
+  void initializeFrom(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                      const TemplateArgumentListInfo &List);
+  void initializeFrom(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                      const TemplateArgumentListInfo &List,
+                      bool &Dependent, bool &InstantiationDependent,
+                      bool &ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
+  void initializeFrom(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc);
+
+  static std::size_t sizeFor(unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
+};
+
+const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                    const TemplateArgument &Arg);
+
+inline TemplateSpecializationType::iterator
+    TemplateSpecializationType::end() const {
+  return getArgs() + getNumArgs();
+}
+
+inline DependentTemplateSpecializationType::iterator
+    DependentTemplateSpecializationType::end() const {
+  return getArgs() + getNumArgs();
+}
+
+inline const TemplateArgument &
+    TemplateSpecializationType::getArg(unsigned Idx) const {
+  assert(Idx < getNumArgs() && "Template argument out of range");
+  return getArgs()[Idx];
+}
+
+inline const TemplateArgument &
+    DependentTemplateSpecializationType::getArg(unsigned Idx) const {
+  assert(Idx < getNumArgs() && "Template argument out of range");
+  return getArgs()[Idx];
+}
+  
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TemplateName.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TemplateName.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b9d4c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TemplateName.h
@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+//===--- TemplateName.h - C++ Template Name Representation-------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the TemplateName interface and subclasses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TEMPLATENAME_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TEMPLATENAME_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+class ASTContext;
+class DependentTemplateName;
+class DiagnosticBuilder;
+class IdentifierInfo;
+class NestedNameSpecifier;
+class OverloadedTemplateStorage;
+struct PrintingPolicy;
+class QualifiedTemplateName;
+class NamedDecl;
+class SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage;
+class SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage;
+class TemplateArgument;
+class TemplateDecl;
+class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
+  
+/// \brief Implementation class used to describe either a set of overloaded
+/// template names or an already-substituted template template parameter pack.
+class UncommonTemplateNameStorage {
+protected:
+  enum Kind {
+    Overloaded,
+    SubstTemplateTemplateParm,
+    SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack
+  };
+
+  struct BitsTag {
+    /// \brief A Kind.
+    unsigned Kind : 2;
+    
+    /// \brief The number of stored templates or template arguments,
+    /// depending on which subclass we have.
+    unsigned Size : 30;
+  };
+
+  union {
+    struct BitsTag Bits;
+    void *PointerAlignment;
+  };
+  
+  UncommonTemplateNameStorage(Kind kind, unsigned size) {
+    Bits.Kind = kind;
+    Bits.Size = size;
+  }
+  
+public:
+  unsigned size() const { return Bits.Size; }
+  
+  OverloadedTemplateStorage *getAsOverloadedStorage()  {
+    return Bits.Kind == Overloaded
+             ? reinterpret_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage *>(this) 
+             : 0;
+  }
+  
+  SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm() {
+    return Bits.Kind == SubstTemplateTemplateParm
+             ? reinterpret_cast<SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *>(this)
+             : 0;
+  }
+
+  SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack() {
+    return Bits.Kind == SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack
+             ? reinterpret_cast<SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *>(this)
+             : 0;
+  }
+};
+  
+/// \brief A structure for storing the information associated with an
+/// overloaded template name.
+class OverloadedTemplateStorage : public UncommonTemplateNameStorage {
+  friend class ASTContext;
+
+  OverloadedTemplateStorage(unsigned size) 
+    : UncommonTemplateNameStorage(Overloaded, size) { }
+
+  NamedDecl **getStorage() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<NamedDecl **>(this + 1);
+  }
+  NamedDecl * const *getStorage() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<NamedDecl *const *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+public:
+  typedef NamedDecl *const *iterator;
+
+  iterator begin() const { return getStorage(); }
+  iterator end() const { return getStorage() + size(); }
+};
+
+/// \brief A structure for storing an already-substituted template template
+/// parameter pack.
+///
+/// This kind of template names occurs when the parameter pack has been 
+/// provided with a template template argument pack in a context where its
+/// enclosing pack expansion could not be fully expanded.
+class SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage
+  : public UncommonTemplateNameStorage, public llvm::FoldingSetNode
+{
+  TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parameter;
+  const TemplateArgument *Arguments;
+  
+public:
+  SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parameter,
+                                       unsigned Size, 
+                                       const TemplateArgument *Arguments)
+    : UncommonTemplateNameStorage(SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, Size),
+      Parameter(Parameter), Arguments(Arguments) { }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template template parameter pack being substituted.
+  TemplateTemplateParmDecl *getParameterPack() const {
+    return Parameter;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template template argument pack with which this
+  /// parameter was substituted.
+  TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ASTContext &Context);
+  
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      ASTContext &Context,
+                      TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parameter,
+                      const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++ template name within the type system.
+///
+/// A C++ template name refers to a template within the C++ type
+/// system. In most cases, a template name is simply a reference to a
+/// class template, e.g.
+///
+/// \code
+/// template<typename T> class X { };
+///
+/// X<int> xi;
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Here, the 'X' in \c X<int> is a template name that refers to the
+/// declaration of the class template X, above. Template names can
+/// also refer to function templates, C++0x template aliases, etc.
+///
+/// Some template names are dependent. For example, consider:
+///
+/// \code
+/// template<typename MetaFun, typename T1, typename T2> struct apply2 {
+///   typedef typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>::type type;
+/// };
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Here, "apply" is treated as a template name within the typename
+/// specifier in the typedef. "apply" is a nested template, and can
+/// only be understood in the context of
+class TemplateName {
+  typedef llvm::PointerUnion4<TemplateDecl *,
+                              UncommonTemplateNameStorage *,
+                              QualifiedTemplateName *,
+                              DependentTemplateName *> StorageType;
+
+  StorageType Storage;
+
+  explicit TemplateName(void *Ptr) {
+    Storage = StorageType::getFromOpaqueValue(Ptr);
+  }
+
+public:
+  // \brief Kind of name that is actually stored.
+  enum NameKind {
+    /// \brief A single template declaration.
+    Template,
+    /// \brief A set of overloaded template declarations.
+    OverloadedTemplate,
+    /// \brief A qualified template name, where the qualification is kept 
+    /// to describe the source code as written.
+    QualifiedTemplate,
+    /// \brief A dependent template name that has not been resolved to a 
+    /// template (or set of templates).
+    DependentTemplate,
+    /// \brief A template template parameter that has been substituted
+    /// for some other template name.
+    SubstTemplateTemplateParm,
+    /// \brief A template template parameter pack that has been substituted for 
+    /// a template template argument pack, but has not yet been expanded into
+    /// individual arguments.
+    SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack
+  };
+
+  TemplateName() : Storage() { }
+  explicit TemplateName(TemplateDecl *Template) : Storage(Template) { }
+  explicit TemplateName(OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage)
+    : Storage(Storage) { }
+  explicit TemplateName(SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *Storage);
+  explicit TemplateName(SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Storage)
+    : Storage(Storage) { }
+  explicit TemplateName(QualifiedTemplateName *Qual) : Storage(Qual) { }
+  explicit TemplateName(DependentTemplateName *Dep) : Storage(Dep) { }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this template name is NULL.
+  bool isNull() const { return Storage.isNull(); }
+  
+  // \brief Get the kind of name that is actually stored.
+  NameKind getKind() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying template declaration that
+  /// this template name refers to, if known.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The template declaration that this template name refers
+  /// to, if any. If the template name does not refer to a specific
+  /// declaration because it is a dependent name, or if it refers to a
+  /// set of function templates, returns NULL.
+  TemplateDecl *getAsTemplateDecl() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying, overloaded function template
+  // declarations that this template name refers to, if known.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The set of overloaded function templates that this template
+  /// name refers to, if known. If the template name does not refer to a
+  /// specific set of function templates because it is a dependent name or
+  /// refers to a single template, returns NULL.
+  OverloadedTemplateStorage *getAsOverloadedTemplate() const {
+    if (UncommonTemplateNameStorage *Uncommon = 
+                              Storage.dyn_cast<UncommonTemplateNameStorage *>())
+      return Uncommon->getAsOverloadedStorage();
+    
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the substituted template template parameter, if 
+  /// known.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The storage for the substituted template template parameter,
+  /// if known. Otherwise, returns NULL.
+  SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm() const {
+    if (UncommonTemplateNameStorage *uncommon = 
+          Storage.dyn_cast<UncommonTemplateNameStorage *>())
+      return uncommon->getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
+    
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the substituted template template parameter pack, if 
+  /// known.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The storage for the substituted template template parameter pack,
+  /// if known. Otherwise, returns NULL.
+  SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *
+  getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack() const {
+    if (UncommonTemplateNameStorage *Uncommon = 
+        Storage.dyn_cast<UncommonTemplateNameStorage *>())
+      return Uncommon->getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
+    
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying qualified template name
+  /// structure, if any.
+  QualifiedTemplateName *getAsQualifiedTemplateName() const {
+    return Storage.dyn_cast<QualifiedTemplateName *>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying dependent template name
+  /// structure, if any.
+  DependentTemplateName *getAsDependentTemplateName() const {
+    return Storage.dyn_cast<DependentTemplateName *>();
+  }
+
+  TemplateName getUnderlying() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this is a dependent template name.
+  bool isDependent() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this is a template name that somehow
+  /// depends on a template parameter.
+  bool isInstantiationDependent() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this template name contains an
+  /// unexpanded parameter pack (for C++0x variadic templates).
+  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const;
+
+  /// \brief Print the template name.
+  ///
+  /// \param OS the output stream to which the template name will be
+  /// printed.
+  ///
+  /// \param SuppressNNS if true, don't print the
+  /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the template name (if it has
+  /// one).
+  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+             bool SuppressNNS = false) const;
+
+  /// \brief Debugging aid that dumps the template name.
+  void dump(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+
+  /// \brief Debugging aid that dumps the template name to standard
+  /// error.
+  void dump() const;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    ID.AddPointer(Storage.getOpaqueValue());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template name as a void pointer.
+  void *getAsVoidPointer() const { return Storage.getOpaqueValue(); }
+
+  /// \brief Build a template name from a void pointer.
+  static TemplateName getFromVoidPointer(void *Ptr) {
+    return TemplateName(Ptr);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Insertion operator for diagnostics.  This allows sending TemplateName's
+/// into a diagnostic with <<.
+const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                    TemplateName N);
+
+/// \brief A structure for storing the information associated with a
+/// substituted template template parameter.
+class SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage
+  : public UncommonTemplateNameStorage, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  friend class ASTContext;
+
+  TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parameter;
+  TemplateName Replacement;
+
+  SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *parameter,
+                                   TemplateName replacement)
+    : UncommonTemplateNameStorage(SubstTemplateTemplateParm, 0),
+      Parameter(parameter), Replacement(replacement) {}
+
+public:
+  TemplateTemplateParmDecl *getParameter() const { return Parameter; }
+  TemplateName getReplacement() const { return Replacement; }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
+  
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      TemplateTemplateParmDecl *parameter,
+                      TemplateName replacement);
+};
+
+inline TemplateName::TemplateName(SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *Storage)
+  : Storage(Storage) { }
+
+inline TemplateName TemplateName::getUnderlying() const {
+  if (SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
+        = getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm())
+    return subst->getReplacement().getUnderlying();
+  return *this;
+}
+
+/// \brief Represents a template name that was expressed as a
+/// qualified name.
+///
+/// This kind of template name refers to a template name that was
+/// preceded by a nested name specifier, e.g., \c std::vector. Here,
+/// the nested name specifier is "std::" and the template name is the
+/// declaration for "vector". The QualifiedTemplateName class is only
+/// used to provide "sugar" for template names that were expressed
+/// with a qualified name, and has no semantic meaning. In this
+/// manner, it is to TemplateName what ElaboratedType is to Type,
+/// providing extra syntactic sugar for downstream clients.
+class QualifiedTemplateName : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  /// \brief The nested name specifier that qualifies the template name.
+  ///
+  /// The bit is used to indicate whether the "template" keyword was
+  /// present before the template name itself. Note that the
+  /// "template" keyword is always redundant in this case (otherwise,
+  /// the template name would be a dependent name and we would express
+  /// this name with DependentTemplateName).
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<NestedNameSpecifier *, 1> Qualifier;
+
+  /// \brief The template declaration or set of overloaded function templates
+  /// that this qualified name refers to.
+  TemplateDecl *Template;
+
+  friend class ASTContext;
+
+  QualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool TemplateKeyword,
+                        TemplateDecl *Template)
+    : Qualifier(NNS, TemplateKeyword? 1 : 0),
+      Template(Template) { }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Return the nested name specifier that qualifies this name.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return Qualifier.getPointer(); }
+
+  /// \brief Whether the template name was prefixed by the "template"
+  /// keyword.
+  bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return Qualifier.getInt(); }
+
+  /// \brief The template declaration that this qualified name refers
+  /// to.
+  TemplateDecl *getDecl() const { return Template; }
+
+  /// \brief The template declaration to which this qualified name
+  /// refers.
+  TemplateDecl *getTemplateDecl() const { return Template; }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getQualifier(), hasTemplateKeyword(), getTemplateDecl());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                      bool TemplateKeyword, TemplateDecl *Template) {
+    ID.AddPointer(NNS);
+    ID.AddBoolean(TemplateKeyword);
+    ID.AddPointer(Template);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a dependent template name that cannot be
+/// resolved prior to template instantiation.
+///
+/// This kind of template name refers to a dependent template name,
+/// including its nested name specifier (if any). For example,
+/// DependentTemplateName can refer to "MetaFun::template apply",
+/// where "MetaFun::" is the nested name specifier and "apply" is the
+/// template name referenced. The "template" keyword is implied.
+class DependentTemplateName : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  /// \brief The nested name specifier that qualifies the template
+  /// name.
+  ///
+  /// The bit stored in this qualifier describes whether the \c Name field
+  /// is interpreted as an IdentifierInfo pointer (when clear) or as an
+  /// overloaded operator kind (when set).
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<NestedNameSpecifier *, 1, bool> Qualifier;
+
+  /// \brief The dependent template name.
+  union {
+    /// \brief The identifier template name.
+    ///
+    /// Only valid when the bit on \c Qualifier is clear.
+    const IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
+    
+    /// \brief The overloaded operator name.
+    ///
+    /// Only valid when the bit on \c Qualifier is set.
+    OverloadedOperatorKind Operator;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The canonical template name to which this dependent
+  /// template name refers.
+  ///
+  /// The canonical template name for a dependent template name is
+  /// another dependent template name whose nested name specifier is
+  /// canonical.
+  TemplateName CanonicalTemplateName;
+
+  friend class ASTContext;
+
+  DependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
+                        const IdentifierInfo *Identifier)
+    : Qualifier(Qualifier, false), Identifier(Identifier), 
+      CanonicalTemplateName(this) { }
+
+  DependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
+                        const IdentifierInfo *Identifier,
+                        TemplateName Canon)
+    : Qualifier(Qualifier, false), Identifier(Identifier), 
+      CanonicalTemplateName(Canon) { }
+
+  DependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
+                        OverloadedOperatorKind Operator)
+  : Qualifier(Qualifier, true), Operator(Operator), 
+    CanonicalTemplateName(this) { }
+  
+  DependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
+                        OverloadedOperatorKind Operator,
+                        TemplateName Canon)
+  : Qualifier(Qualifier, true), Operator(Operator), 
+    CanonicalTemplateName(Canon) { }
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief Return the nested name specifier that qualifies this name.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return Qualifier.getPointer(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this template name refers to an identifier.
+  bool isIdentifier() const { return !Qualifier.getInt(); }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the identifier to which this template name refers.
+  const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { 
+    assert(isIdentifier() && "Template name isn't an identifier?");
+    return Identifier;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this template name refers to an overloaded
+  /// operator.
+  bool isOverloadedOperator() const { return Qualifier.getInt(); }
+  
+  /// \brief Return the overloaded operator to which this template name refers.
+  OverloadedOperatorKind getOperator() const { 
+    assert(isOverloadedOperator() &&
+           "Template name isn't an overloaded operator?");
+    return Operator; 
+  }
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    if (isIdentifier())
+      Profile(ID, getQualifier(), getIdentifier());
+    else
+      Profile(ID, getQualifier(), getOperator());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                      const IdentifierInfo *Identifier) {
+    ID.AddPointer(NNS);
+    ID.AddBoolean(false);
+    ID.AddPointer(Identifier);
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                      OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
+    ID.AddPointer(NNS);
+    ID.AddBoolean(true);
+    ID.AddInteger(Operator);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang.
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// \brief The clang::TemplateName class is effectively a pointer.
+template<>
+class PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::TemplateName> {
+public:
+  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::TemplateName TN) {
+    return TN.getAsVoidPointer();
+  }
+
+  static inline clang::TemplateName getFromVoidPointer(void *Ptr) {
+    return clang::TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Ptr);
+  }
+
+  // No bits are available!
+  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm.
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23fa3e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5138 @@
+//===--- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Type interface and subclasses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  enum {
+    TypeAlignmentInBits = 4,
+    TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits
+  };
+  class Type;
+  class ExtQuals;
+  class QualType;
+}
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template <typename T>
+  class PointerLikeTypeTraits;
+  template<>
+  class PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> {
+  public:
+    static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; }
+    static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+      return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P);
+    }
+    enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
+  };
+  template<>
+  class PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> {
+  public:
+    static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; }
+    static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+      return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P);
+    }
+    enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
+  };
+
+  template <>
+  struct isPodLike<clang::QualType> { static const bool value = true; };
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class TypedefNameDecl;
+  class TemplateDecl;
+  class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
+  class NonTypeTemplateParmDecl;
+  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
+  class TagDecl;
+  class RecordDecl;
+  class CXXRecordDecl;
+  class EnumDecl;
+  class FieldDecl;
+  class FunctionDecl;
+  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
+  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
+  class ObjCMethodDecl;
+  class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl;
+  class Expr;
+  class Stmt;
+  class SourceLocation;
+  class StmtIteratorBase;
+  class TemplateArgument;
+  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
+  class TemplateArgumentListInfo;
+  class ElaboratedType;
+  class ExtQuals;
+  class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase;
+  struct PrintingPolicy;
+
+  template <typename> class CanQual;
+  typedef CanQual<Type> CanQualType;
+
+  // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes
+#define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type;
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+
+/// Qualifiers - The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
+/// Clang supports five independent qualifiers:
+/// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict
+/// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces
+/// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong)
+class Qualifiers {
+public:
+  enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ.
+    Const    = 0x1,
+    Restrict = 0x2,
+    Volatile = 0x4,
+    CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict
+  };
+
+  enum GC {
+    GCNone = 0,
+    Weak,
+    Strong
+  };
+
+  enum ObjCLifetime {
+    /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
+    OCL_None,
+
+    /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or
+    /// releases.
+    OCL_ExplicitNone,
+
+    /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be
+    /// released and the new value to be retained.  The timing of the
+    /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to
+    /// immediately after the last known point where the value is
+    /// live.
+    OCL_Strong,
+
+    /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
+    OCL_Weak,
+
+    /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension.
+    OCL_Autoreleasing
+  };
+
+  enum {
+    /// The maximum supported address space number.
+    /// 24 bits should be enough for anyone.
+    MaxAddressSpace = 0xffffffu,
+
+    /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
+    FastWidth = 3,
+
+    /// The fast qualifier mask.
+    FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1
+  };
+
+  Qualifiers() : Mask(0) {}
+
+  /// \brief Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from
+  /// the given sets.
+  static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) {
+    // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient.
+    if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) {
+      Qualifiers Q;
+      Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask;
+      L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
+      R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
+      return Q;
+    }
+
+    Qualifiers Q;
+    unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers();
+    Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
+    L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
+    R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
+
+    if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) {
+      Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr());
+      L.removeObjCGCAttr();
+      R.removeObjCGCAttr();
+    }
+
+    if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) {
+      Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime());
+      L.removeObjCLifetime();
+      R.removeObjCLifetime();
+    }
+
+    if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) {
+      Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace());
+      L.removeAddressSpace();
+      R.removeAddressSpace();
+    }
+    return Q;
+  }
+
+  static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) {
+    Qualifiers Qs;
+    Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask);
+    return Qs;
+  }
+
+  static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) {
+    Qualifiers Qs;
+    Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR);
+    return Qs;
+  }
+
+  // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation.
+  static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) {
+    Qualifiers Qs;
+    Qs.Mask = opaque;
+    return Qs;
+  }
+
+  // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation.
+  unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const {
+    return Mask;
+  }
+
+  bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; }
+  void setConst(bool flag) {
+    Mask = (Mask & ~Const) | (flag ? Const : 0);
+  }
+  void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; }
+  void addConst() { Mask |= Const; }
+
+  bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; }
+  void setVolatile(bool flag) {
+    Mask = (Mask & ~Volatile) | (flag ? Volatile : 0);
+  }
+  void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; }
+  void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; }
+
+  bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; }
+  void setRestrict(bool flag) {
+    Mask = (Mask & ~Restrict) | (flag ? Restrict : 0);
+  }
+  void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; }
+  void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; }
+
+  bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); }
+  unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; }
+  void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
+    assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits");
+    Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask;
+  }
+  void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
+    assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits");
+    Mask &= ~mask;
+  }
+  void removeCVRQualifiers() {
+    removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask);
+  }
+  void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
+    assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits");
+    Mask |= mask;
+  }
+
+  bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; }
+  GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); }
+  void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
+    Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift);
+  }
+  void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); }
+  void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
+    assert(type);
+    setObjCGCAttr(type);
+  }
+  Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const {
+    Qualifiers qs = *this;
+    qs.removeObjCGCAttr();
+    return qs;
+  }
+  Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const {
+    Qualifiers qs = *this;
+    qs.removeObjCLifetime();
+    return qs;
+  }
+
+  bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; }
+  ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
+    return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift);
+  }
+  void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
+    Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift);
+  }
+  void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); }
+  void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
+    assert(type);
+    assert(!hasObjCLifetime());
+    Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift);
+  }
+
+  /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
+  bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
+    ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
+    return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone);
+  }
+
+  /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
+  bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
+    ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
+    return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak);
+  }
+
+  bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; }
+  unsigned getAddressSpace() const { return Mask >> AddressSpaceShift; }
+  void setAddressSpace(unsigned space) {
+    assert(space <= MaxAddressSpace);
+    Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask)
+         | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift);
+  }
+  void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(0); }
+  void addAddressSpace(unsigned space) {
+    assert(space);
+    setAddressSpace(space);
+  }
+
+  // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly
+  // on a QualType object.
+  bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); }
+  unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; }
+  void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
+    assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits");
+    Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask;
+  }
+  void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
+    assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits");
+    Mask &= ~mask;
+  }
+  void removeFastQualifiers() {
+    removeFastQualifiers(FastMask);
+  }
+  void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
+    assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits");
+    Mask |= mask;
+  }
+
+  /// hasNonFastQualifiers - Return true if the set contains any
+  /// qualifiers which require an ExtQuals node to be allocated.
+  bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; }
+  Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const {
+    Qualifiers Quals = *this;
+    Quals.setFastQualifiers(0);
+    return Quals;
+  }
+
+  /// hasQualifiers - Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
+  bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; }
+  bool empty() const { return !Mask; }
+
+  /// \brief Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
+  void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
+    // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
+    // bit-or it in.
+    if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
+      Mask |= Q.Mask;
+    else {
+      Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask);
+      if (Q.hasAddressSpace())
+        addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace());
+      if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr())
+        addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr());
+      if (Q.hasObjCLifetime())
+        addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime());
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
+  void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
+    // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
+    // bit-and the inverse in.
+    if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
+      Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
+    else {
+      Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask);
+      if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr())
+        removeObjCGCAttr();
+      if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime())
+        removeObjCLifetime();
+      if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace())
+        removeAddressSpace();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that
+  /// they don't conflict.
+  void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) {
+    assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||
+           !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace());
+    assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||
+           !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr());
+    assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||
+           !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime());
+    Mask |= qs.Mask;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
+  /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other
+  /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers.
+  bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const {
+    return
+      // Address spaces must match exactly.
+      getAddressSpace() == other.getAddressSpace() &&
+      // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't be
+      // changed.
+      (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() ||
+       !hasObjCGCAttr() || !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) &&
+      // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly.
+      getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() &&
+      // CVR qualifiers may subset.
+      (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
+  /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime.
+  ///
+  /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other
+  /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the
+  /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier.
+  bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const {
+    if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime())
+      return true;
+
+    if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak)
+      return false;
+
+    return hasConst();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
+  /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility.
+  bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const;
+
+  bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; }
+  bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; }
+
+  operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); }
+
+  Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) {
+    addQualifiers(R);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  // Union two qualifier sets.  If an enumerated qualifier appears
+  // in both sets, use the one from the right.
+  friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
+    L += R;
+    return L;
+  }
+
+  Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) {
+    removeQualifiers(R);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
+  friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
+    L -= R;
+    return L;
+  }
+
+  std::string getAsString() const;
+  std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
+
+  bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
+  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+             bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    ID.AddInteger(Mask);
+  }
+
+private:
+
+  // bits:     |0 1 2|3 .. 4|5  ..  7|8   ...   31|
+  //           |C R V|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace|
+  uint32_t Mask;
+
+  static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x18;
+  static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 3;
+  static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0xE0;
+  static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 5;
+  static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = ~(CVRMask|GCAttrMask|LifetimeMask);
+  static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 8;
+};
+
+/// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split
+/// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type.
+struct SplitQualType {
+  /// The locally-unqualified type.
+  const Type *Ty;
+
+  /// The local qualifiers.
+  Qualifiers Quals;
+
+  SplitQualType() : Ty(0), Quals() {}
+  SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {}
+
+  SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file
+
+  // Make llvm::tie work.
+  operator std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers>() const {
+    return std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals);
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
+    return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals;
+  }
+  friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
+    return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals;
+  }
+};
+
+/// QualType - For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on
+/// their own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers.  This
+/// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for
+/// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int',
+/// 'const volatile int', etc).
+///
+/// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we
+/// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the
+/// pointer.  To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a
+/// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer.  A third bit
+/// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which
+/// case the pointer points to a special structure.
+class QualType {
+  // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*,const ExtQuals*>,
+                       Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value;
+
+  const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const {
+    return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>();
+  }
+
+  const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const {
+    return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>();
+  }
+
+  const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const {
+    assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer");
+    uintptr_t CommonPtrVal
+      = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue());
+    CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1);
+    return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal);
+  }
+
+  friend class QualifierCollector;
+public:
+  QualType() {}
+
+  QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals)
+    : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
+  QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals)
+    : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
+
+  unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); }
+  void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); }
+
+  /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
+  ///
+  /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be
+  /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull().
+  const Type *getTypePtr() const;
+
+  const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const;
+
+  /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type.
+  const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const;
+
+  /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local
+  /// qualifiers.
+  SplitQualType split() const;
+
+  void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); }
+  static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) {
+    QualType T;
+    T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr));
+    return T;
+  }
+
+  const Type &operator*() const {
+    return *getTypePtr();
+  }
+
+  const Type *operator->() const {
+    return getTypePtr();
+  }
+
+  bool isCanonical() const;
+  bool isCanonicalAsParam() const;
+
+  /// isNull - Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
+  bool isNull() const {
+    return Value.getPointer().isNull();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
+  /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
+  /// added "const" at a different level.
+  bool isLocalConstQualified() const {
+    return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
+  bool isConstQualified() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
+  /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
+  /// added "restrict" at a different level.
+  bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const {
+    return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
+  bool isRestrictQualified() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
+  /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
+  /// added "volatile" at a different level.
+  bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const {
+    return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
+  bool isVolatileQualified() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
+  /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add
+  /// qualifiers at a different level.
+  bool hasLocalQualifiers() const {
+    return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
+  bool hasQualifiers() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
+  /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType
+  /// instance.
+  bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const {
+    return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
+  /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or
+  /// other sugar.
+  Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
+  Qualifiers getQualifiers() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
+  /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers
+  /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar.
+  unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const {
+    return getLocalFastQualifiers();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
+  /// applied to this type.
+  unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const;
+
+  bool isConstant(ASTContext& Ctx) const {
+    return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
+  bool isPODType(ASTContext &Context) const;
+
+  /// isCXX98PODType() - Return true if this is a POD type according to the
+  /// rules of the C++98 standard, regardless of the current compilation's
+  /// language.
+  bool isCXX98PODType(ASTContext &Context) const;
+
+  /// isCXX11PODType() - Return true if this is a POD type according to the
+  /// more relaxed rules of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current
+  /// compilation's language.
+  /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
+  bool isCXX11PODType(ASTContext &Context) const;
+
+  /// isTrivialType - Return true if this is a trivial type
+  /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
+  bool isTrivialType(ASTContext &Context) const;
+
+  /// isTriviallyCopyableType - Return true if this is a trivially
+  /// copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
+  bool isTriviallyCopyableType(ASTContext &Context) const;
+
+  // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be
+  // easily added.
+
+  /// addConst - add the specified type qualifier to this QualType.
+  void addConst() {
+    addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
+  }
+  QualType withConst() const {
+    return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
+  }
+
+  /// addVolatile - add the specified type qualifier to this QualType.
+  void addVolatile() {
+    addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
+  }
+  QualType withVolatile() const {
+    return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
+  }
+  
+  /// Add the restrict qualifier to this QualType.
+  void addRestrict() {
+    addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
+  }
+  QualType withRestrict() const {
+    return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
+  }
+
+  QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const {
+    return withFastQualifiers(CVR);
+  }
+
+  void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) {
+    assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)
+           && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!");
+    Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs);
+  }
+
+  void removeLocalConst();
+  void removeLocalVolatile();
+  void removeLocalRestrict();
+  void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask);
+
+  void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); }
+  void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
+    assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers");
+    Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask);
+  }
+
+  // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any
+  // qualifiers already on this type.
+  QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
+    QualType T = *this;
+    T.addFastQualifiers(TQs);
+    return T;
+  }
+
+  // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing
+  // any existing fast qualifiers.
+  QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
+    return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs);
+  }
+
+  // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place.
+  QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const {
+    QualType T = *this;
+    T.removeLocalFastQualifiers();
+    return T;
+  }
+
+  QualType getCanonicalType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
+  /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied
+  /// through typedefs.
+  QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
+  /// removing as little sugar as possible.
+  ///
+  /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the
+  /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// typedef int Integer;
+  /// typedef const Integer CInteger;
+  /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will
+  /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it.
+  ///
+  /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
+  /// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
+  /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
+  inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const;
+
+  /// getSplitUnqualifiedType - Retrieve the unqualified variant of the
+  /// given type, removing as little sugar as possible.
+  ///
+  /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of
+  /// qualifiers that were built up.
+  ///
+  /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
+  /// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
+  /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
+  inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
+  /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
+  bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
+  /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
+  bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const;
+
+  QualType getNonReferenceType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
+  /// specified result type.
+  ///
+  /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is
+  /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily
+  /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no
+  /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers
+  /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C).
+  QualType getNonLValueExprType(ASTContext &Context) const;
+
+  /// getDesugaredType - Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from
+  /// the type.  This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc.  If the outer level of
+  /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.  This is similar
+  /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs.  For
+  /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is
+  /// concrete.
+  ///
+  /// Qualifiers are left in place.
+  QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
+    return getDesugaredType(*this, Context);
+  }
+
+  SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const {
+    return getSplitDesugaredType(*this);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
+  /// the type.
+  ///
+  /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level
+  /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.
+  QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
+    return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context);
+  }
+
+  /// IgnoreParens - Returns the specified type after dropping any
+  /// outer-level parentheses.
+  QualType IgnoreParens() const {
+    if (isa<ParenType>(*this))
+      return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// operator==/!= - Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are
+  /// identical.
+  friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
+    return LHS.Value == RHS.Value;
+  }
+  friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
+    return LHS.Value != RHS.Value;
+  }
+  std::string getAsString() const {
+    return getAsString(split());
+  }
+  static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split) {
+    return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals);
+  }
+  static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs);
+
+  std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
+
+  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+             const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine()) const {
+    print(split(), OS, Policy, PlaceHolder);
+  }
+  static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS,
+                    const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder) {
+    return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder);
+  }
+  static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
+                    raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy,
+                    const Twine &PlaceHolder);
+
+  void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
+                           const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
+    return getAsStringInternal(split(), Str, Policy);
+  }
+  static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out,
+                                  const PrintingPolicy &policy) {
+    return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy);
+  }
+  static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
+                                  std::string &out,
+                                  const PrintingPolicy &policy);
+
+  class StreamedQualTypeHelper {
+    const QualType &T;
+    const PrintingPolicy &Policy;
+    const Twine &PlaceHolder;
+  public:
+    StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+                           const Twine &PlaceHolder)
+      : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder) { }
+
+    friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
+                                   const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) {
+      SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder);
+      return OS;
+    }
+  };
+
+  StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+                                const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine()) const {
+    return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder);
+  }
+
+  void dump(const char *s) const;
+  void dump() const;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  /// getAddressSpace - Return the address space of this type.
+  inline unsigned getAddressSpace() const;
+
+  /// getObjCGCAttr - Returns gc attribute of this type.
+  inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const;
+
+  /// isObjCGCWeak true when Type is objc's weak.
+  bool isObjCGCWeak() const {
+    return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak;
+  }
+
+  /// isObjCGCStrong true when Type is objc's strong.
+  bool isObjCGCStrong() const {
+    return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong;
+  }
+
+  /// getObjCLifetime - Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
+  Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
+    return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime();
+  }
+
+  bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
+    return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime();
+  }
+
+  bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
+    return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime();
+  }
+
+  enum DestructionKind {
+    DK_none,
+    DK_cxx_destructor,
+    DK_objc_strong_lifetime,
+    DK_objc_weak_lifetime
+  };
+
+  /// isDestructedType - nonzero if objects of this type require
+  /// non-trivial work to clean up after.  Non-zero because it's
+  /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make
+  /// something require destruction.
+  DestructionKind isDestructedType() const {
+    return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden
+  /// from being lvalues in C.
+  ///
+  /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are:
+  ///   - 'void', but not qualified void
+  ///   - function types
+  ///
+  /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1:
+  ///   An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete
+  ///   type other than void.
+  bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const;
+
+private:
+  // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit;
+  // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the
+  // caller.
+  static bool isConstant(QualType T, ASTContext& Ctx);
+  static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context);
+  static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T);
+  static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type);
+  static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type,
+                                                 const ASTContext &C);
+  static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T);
+  static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type);
+};
+
+} // end clang.
+
+namespace llvm {
+/// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType
+/// to a specific Type class.
+template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> {
+  typedef const ::clang::Type *SimpleType;
+  static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) {
+    return Val.getTypePtr();
+  }
+};
+
+// Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer".
+template<>
+class PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> {
+public:
+  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) {
+    return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
+  }
+  static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+    return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P);
+  }
+  // Various qualifiers go in low bits.
+  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
+/// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the
+/// two.
+///
+class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
+  ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon)
+    : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {}
+
+  /// \brief The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
+  /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type).
+  ///
+  /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its
+  /// underlying type pointer.
+  const Type *const BaseType;
+
+  /// \brief The canonical type of this type.  A QualType.
+  QualType CanonicalType;
+
+  friend class QualType;
+  friend class Type;
+  friend class ExtQuals;
+};
+
+/// ExtQuals - We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a
+/// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want
+/// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type.  Therefore we have this
+/// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to
+/// store qualifiers.
+///
+/// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers
+/// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether
+/// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces,
+/// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare.
+class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as
+  // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast.
+  // 1. Qualifiers:
+  //    a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ).
+  //       Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits.
+  //    b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask.
+  // 2. QualType:
+  //    a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline.
+  //    b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of
+  //       this header.
+  // 3. ASTContext:
+  //    a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type.
+
+  /// Quals - the immutable set of qualifiers applied by this
+  /// node;  always contains extended qualifiers.
+  Qualifiers Quals;
+
+  ExtQuals *this_() { return this; }
+
+public:
+  ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
+    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType,
+                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon),
+      Quals(quals)
+  {
+    assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()
+           && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers");
+    assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()
+           && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers");
+  }
+
+  Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; }
+
+  bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); }
+  Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); }
+
+  bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); }
+  Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
+    return Quals.getObjCLifetime();
+  }
+
+  bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); }
+  unsigned getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); }
+
+  const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
+
+public:
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals);
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      const Type *BaseType,
+                      Qualifiers Quals) {
+    assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!");
+    ID.AddPointer(BaseType);
+    Quals.Profile(ID);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief The kind of C++0x ref-qualifier associated with a function type,
+/// which determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an
+/// lvalue, rvalue, or neither.
+enum RefQualifierKind {
+  /// \brief No ref-qualifier was provided.
+  RQ_None = 0,
+  /// \brief An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
+  RQ_LValue,
+  /// \brief An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
+  RQ_RValue
+};
+
+/// Type - This is the base class of the type hierarchy.  A central concept
+/// with types is that each type always has a canonical type.  A canonical type
+/// is the type with any typedef names stripped out of it or the types it
+/// references.  For example, consider:
+///
+///  typedef int  foo;
+///  typedef foo* bar;
+///    'int *'    'foo *'    'bar'
+///
+/// There will be a Type object created for 'int'.  Since int is canonical, its
+/// canonicaltype pointer points to itself.  There is also a Type for 'foo' (a
+/// TypedefType).  Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type.  Next
+/// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is
+/// canonical.  Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical
+/// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type
+/// is also 'int*'.
+///
+/// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing
+/// information about typedefs being used.  Canonical types are useful for type
+/// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning
+/// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type),
+/// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type.
+///
+/// Types, once created, are immutable.
+///
+class Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
+public:
+  enum TypeClass {
+#define TYPE(Class, Base) Class,
+#define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class,
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+    TagFirst = Record, TagLast = Enum
+  };
+
+private:
+  Type(const Type &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const Type &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  /// Bitfields required by the Type class.
+  class TypeBitfields {
+    friend class Type;
+    template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;
+
+    /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to.
+    unsigned TC : 8;
+
+    /// Dependent - Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
+    unsigned Dependent : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even
+    /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter.
+    unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
+    unsigned VariablyModified : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack
+    /// (for C++0x variadic templates).
+    unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1;
+
+    /// \brief True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
+    /// 'Cache') is valid.
+    mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Linkage of this type.
+    mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 2;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
+    mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1;
+
+    /// \brief FromAST - Whether this type comes from an AST file.
+    mutable unsigned FromAST : 1;
+
+    bool isCacheValid() const {
+      return CacheValid;
+    }
+    Linkage getLinkage() const {
+      assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache");
+      return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage);
+    }
+    bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const {
+      assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache");
+      return CachedLocalOrUnnamed;
+    }
+  };
+  enum { NumTypeBits = 19 };
+
+protected:
+  // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields
+  // into Type.
+
+  class ArrayTypeBitfields {
+    friend class ArrayType;
+
+    unsigned : NumTypeBits;
+
+    /// IndexTypeQuals - CVR qualifiers from declarations like
+    /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
+    unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3;
+
+    /// SizeModifier - storage class qualifiers from declarations like
+    /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
+    /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier.
+    unsigned SizeModifier : 3;
+  };
+
+  class BuiltinTypeBitfields {
+    friend class BuiltinType;
+
+    unsigned : NumTypeBits;
+
+    /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is.
+    unsigned Kind : 8;
+  };
+
+  class FunctionTypeBitfields {
+    friend class FunctionType;
+
+    unsigned : NumTypeBits;
+
+    /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like
+    /// regparm and the calling convention.
+    unsigned ExtInfo : 9;
+
+    /// TypeQuals - Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the
+    /// other bitfields.
+    /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because...
+    ///
+    /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the
+    /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type.
+    unsigned TypeQuals : 3;
+  };
+
+  class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields {
+    friend class ObjCObjectType;
+
+    unsigned : NumTypeBits;
+
+    /// NumProtocols - The number of protocols stored directly on this
+    /// object type.
+    unsigned NumProtocols : 32 - NumTypeBits;
+  };
+
+  class ReferenceTypeBitfields {
+    friend class ReferenceType;
+
+    unsigned : NumTypeBits;
+
+    /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil.
+    /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false
+    /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9,
+    /// as follows:
+    ///
+    ///   typedef int &ref;    // lvalue, spelled lvalue
+    ///   typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue
+    ///   ref &a;              // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
+    ///   ref &&a;             // lvalue, inner ref
+    ///   rvref &a;            // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
+    ///   rvref &&a;           // rvalue, inner ref
+    unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1;
+
+    /// True if the inner type is a reference type.  This only happens
+    /// in non-canonical forms.
+    unsigned InnerRef : 1;
+  };
+
+  class TypeWithKeywordBitfields {
+    friend class TypeWithKeyword;
+
+    unsigned : NumTypeBits;
+
+    /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword.  8 bits for efficient access.
+    unsigned Keyword : 8;
+  };
+
+  class VectorTypeBitfields {
+    friend class VectorType;
+
+    unsigned : NumTypeBits;
+
+    /// VecKind - The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some
+    /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon.
+    unsigned VecKind : 3;
+
+    /// NumElements - The number of elements in the vector.
+    unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits;
+  };
+
+  class AttributedTypeBitfields {
+    friend class AttributedType;
+
+    unsigned : NumTypeBits;
+
+    /// AttrKind - an AttributedType::Kind
+    unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits;
+  };
+
+  union {
+    TypeBitfields TypeBits;
+    ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits;
+    AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits;
+    BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits;
+    FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits;
+    ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits;
+    ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits;
+    TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits;
+    VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits;
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
+  void setFromAST(bool V = true) const {
+    TypeBits.FromAST = V;
+  }
+
+  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;
+
+protected:
+  // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list
+  Type *this_() { return this; }
+  Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent,
+       bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
+       bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
+    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this,
+                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) {
+    TypeBits.TC = tc;
+    TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent;
+    TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent;
+    TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified;
+    TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
+    TypeBits.CacheValid = false;
+    TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false;
+    TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage;
+    TypeBits.FromAST = false;
+  }
+  friend class ASTContext;
+
+  void setDependent(bool D = true) {
+    TypeBits.Dependent = D;
+    if (D)
+      TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true;
+  }
+  void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) {
+    TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; }
+  void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM;
+  }
+  void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) {
+    TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP;
+  }
+
+public:
+  TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this type comes from an AST file.
+  bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
+  /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates.
+  ///
+  /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the
+  /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the
+  /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T':
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename ...T>
+  /// struct X {
+  ///   typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack.
+  /// };
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// Note that this routine does not specify which
+  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const {
+    return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
+  }
+
+  /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further
+  /// qualification.
+  bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const {
+    return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0);
+  }
+
+  /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type.
+  /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType()
+  /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&).
+  QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const;
+
+  /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1):
+  /// object types, function types, and incomplete types.
+
+  /// isIncompleteType - Return true if this is an incomplete type.
+  /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to
+  /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this
+  /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required.
+  ///
+  /// \brief Def If non-NULL, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
+  /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C
+  /// class), will be set to the declaration.
+  bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = 0) const;
+
+  /// isIncompleteOrObjectType - Return true if this is an incomplete or object
+  /// type, in other words, not a function type.
+  bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const {
+    return !isFunctionType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type is an object type.
+  bool isObjectType() const {
+    // C++ [basic.types]p8:
+    //   An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a
+    //   function type, not a reference type, and not a void type.
+    return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType();
+  }
+
+  /// isLiteralType - Return true if this is a literal type
+  /// (C++0x [basic.types]p10)
+  bool isLiteralType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Test if this type is a standard-layout type.
+  /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9)
+  bool isStandardLayoutType() const;
+
+  /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates
+  /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
+
+  /// isBuiltinType - returns true if the type is a builtin type.
+  bool isBuiltinType() const;
+
+  /// isSpecificBuiltinType - Test for a particular builtin type.
+  bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const;
+
+  /// isPlaceholderType - Test for a type which does not represent an
+  /// actual type-system type but is instead used as a placeholder for
+  /// various convenient purposes within Clang.  All such types are
+  /// BuiltinTypes.
+  bool isPlaceholderType() const;
+  const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const;
+
+  /// isSpecificPlaceholderType - Test for a specific placeholder type.
+  bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const;
+
+  /// isNonOverloadPlaceholderType - Test for a placeholder type
+  /// other than Overload;  see BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
+  bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const;
+
+  /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
+  /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
+  bool isIntegerType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum)
+  bool isEnumeralType() const;
+  bool isBooleanType() const;
+  bool isCharType() const;
+  bool isWideCharType() const;
+  bool isChar16Type() const;
+  bool isChar32Type() const;
+  bool isAnyCharacterType() const;
+  bool isIntegralType(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
+  bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const;
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration
+  /// type.
+  bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const;
+
+  /// Floating point categories.
+  bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double)
+  /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
+  /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
+  bool isComplexType() const;      // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex)
+  bool isAnyComplexType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int.
+  bool isFloatingType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex)
+  bool isHalfType() const;         // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half)
+  bool isRealType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer)
+  bool isArithmeticType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating)
+  bool isVoidType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p19
+  bool isDerivedType() const;      // C99 6.2.5p20
+  bool isScalarType() const;       // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers)
+  bool isAggregateType() const;
+  bool isFundamentalType() const;
+  bool isCompoundType() const;
+
+  // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified
+  // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
+  bool isFunctionType() const;
+  bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); }
+  bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); }
+  bool isPointerType() const;
+  bool isAnyPointerType() const;   // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer
+  bool isBlockPointerType() const;
+  bool isVoidPointerType() const;
+  bool isReferenceType() const;
+  bool isLValueReferenceType() const;
+  bool isRValueReferenceType() const;
+  bool isFunctionPointerType() const;
+  bool isMemberPointerType() const;
+  bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const;
+  bool isMemberDataPointerType() const;
+  bool isArrayType() const;
+  bool isConstantArrayType() const;
+  bool isIncompleteArrayType() const;
+  bool isVariableArrayType() const;
+  bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const;
+  bool isRecordType() const;
+  bool isClassType() const;
+  bool isStructureType() const;
+  bool isInterfaceType() const;
+  bool isStructureOrClassType() const;
+  bool isUnionType() const;
+  bool isComplexIntegerType() const;            // GCC _Complex integer type.
+  bool isVectorType() const;                    // GCC vector type.
+  bool isExtVectorType() const;                 // Extended vector type.
+  bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const;         // pointer to ObjC object
+  bool isObjCRetainableType() const;            // ObjC object or block pointer
+  bool isObjCLifetimeType() const;              // (array of)* retainable type
+  bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const;      // (pointer to)* lifetime type
+  bool isObjCNSObjectType() const;              // __attribute__((NSObject))
+  // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type
+  // for the common case.
+  bool isObjCObjectType() const;                // NSString or typeof(*(id)0)
+  bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;    // NSString<foo>
+  bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const;           // id<foo>
+  bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const;        // Class<foo>
+  bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const;
+  bool isObjCIdType() const;                    // id
+  bool isObjCClassType() const;                 // Class
+  bool isObjCSelType() const;                 // Class
+  bool isObjCBuiltinType() const;               // 'id' or 'Class'
+  bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const;
+  bool isCARCBridgableType() const;
+  bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const;          // C++ template type parameter
+  bool isNullPtrType() const;                   // C++0x nullptr_t
+  bool isAtomicType() const;                    // C11 _Atomic()
+
+  bool isImage1dT() const;                      // OpenCL image1d_t
+  bool isImage1dArrayT() const;                 // OpenCL image1d_array_t
+  bool isImage1dBufferT() const;                // OpenCL image1d_buffer_t
+  bool isImage2dT() const;                      // OpenCL image2d_t
+  bool isImage2dArrayT() const;                 // OpenCL image2d_array_t
+  bool isImage3dT() const;                      // OpenCL image3d_t
+
+  bool isImageType() const;                     // Any OpenCL image type
+
+  bool isSamplerT() const;                      // OpenCL sampler_t
+  bool isEventT() const;                        // OpenCL event_t
+
+  bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const;            // Any OpenCL specific type
+
+  /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy
+  /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather
+  /// than implicitly __strong.
+  bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const;
+
+  /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent.
+  Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const;
+
+  enum ScalarTypeKind {
+    STK_CPointer,
+    STK_BlockPointer,
+    STK_ObjCObjectPointer,
+    STK_MemberPointer,
+    STK_Bool,
+    STK_Integral,
+    STK_Floating,
+    STK_IntegralComplex,
+    STK_FloatingComplex
+  };
+  /// getScalarTypeKind - Given that this is a scalar type, classify it.
+  ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const;
+
+  /// isDependentType - Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning
+  /// that its definition somehow depends on a template parameter
+  /// (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
+  bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
+  /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the
+  /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that
+  /// template parameter).
+  bool isInstantiationDependentType() const {
+    return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
+  bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
+  /// with a definite size.
+  bool hasSizedVLAType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
+  bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const;
+
+  bool isOverloadableType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
+  bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const;
+
+  bool canDecayToPointerType() const;
+
+  /// hasPointerRepresentation - Whether this type is represented
+  /// natively as a pointer; this includes pointers, references, block
+  /// pointers, and Objective-C interface, qualified id, and qualified
+  /// interface types, as well as nullptr_t.
+  bool hasPointerRepresentation() const;
+
+  /// hasObjCPointerRepresentation - Whether this type can represent
+  /// an objective pointer type for the purpose of GC'ability
+  bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type has an integer representation
+  /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector.
+  bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
+  /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector.
+  bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
+  /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector.
+  bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
+  /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof.
+  bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const;
+
+  // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the
+  // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to
+  // the best type we can.
+  const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const;
+  /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext.
+  const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const;
+  const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type.
+  // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType
+  // for object declared using an interface.
+  const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const;
+  const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const;
+  const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const;
+  const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
+  /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name
+  /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
+  CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const;
+
+  /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the
+  /// CXXRecordDecl that that type refers to.
+  ///
+  /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does
+  /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL.
+  const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
+  /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
+  /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
+  AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const;
+
+  /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.  Look through sugar for
+  /// an instance of \<specific type>.   This scheme will eventually
+  /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above.
+  ///
+  /// There are some specializations of this member template listed
+  /// immediately following this class.
+  template <typename T> const T *getAs() const;
+
+  /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards
+  /// qualifiers from the outermost type.
+  const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;
+
+  /// Member-template castAs<specific type>.  Look through sugar for
+  /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>.
+  ///
+  /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has
+  /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must*
+  /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null.
+  template <typename T> const T *castAs() const;
+
+  /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards
+  /// qualifiers from the outermost type.
+  const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;
+
+  /// getBaseElementTypeUnsafe - Get the base element type of this
+  /// type, potentially discarding type qualifiers.  This method
+  /// should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
+  const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const;
+
+  /// getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual - If this is an array type, return the
+  /// element type of the array, potentially with type qualifiers missing.
+  /// This method should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
+  const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const;
+
+  /// getPointeeType - If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block
+  /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
+  QualType getPointeeType() const;
+
+  /// getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() - Return the specified type with
+  /// any "sugar" removed from the type, removing any typedefs,
+  /// typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers.
+  const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const;
+
+  /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion
+  bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2
+
+  /// isSignedIntegerType - Return true if this is an integer type that is
+  /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..],
+  /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation.
+  bool isSignedIntegerType() const;
+
+  /// isUnsignedIntegerType - Return true if this is an integer type that is
+  /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool],
+  /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation.
+  bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const;
+
+  /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an
+  /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type.
+  bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;
+
+  /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an
+  /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type.
+  bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;
+
+  /// isConstantSizeType - Return true if this is not a variable sized type,
+  /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3.  It is not legal to call this on
+  /// incomplete types.
+  bool isConstantSizeType() const;
+
+  /// isSpecifierType - Returns true if this type can be represented by some
+  /// set of type specifiers.
+  bool isSpecifierType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine the linkage of this type.
+  Linkage getLinkage() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine the visibility of this type.
+  Visibility getVisibility() const {
+    return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
+  bool isVisibilityExplicit() const {
+    return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the linkage and visibility of this type.
+  LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const;
+
+  /// \brief True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency
+  /// checking. Should always return true.
+  bool isLinkageValid() const;
+
+  const char *getTypeClassName() const;
+
+  QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const {
+    return CanonicalType;
+  }
+  CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dump() const;
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
+/// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type.
+template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const;
+
+/// \brief This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
+/// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a
+/// non-sugared type.
+template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const;
+
+// We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to
+// worry about preserving child type decoration.
+#define TYPE(Class, Base)
+#define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \
+template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \
+  return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
+} \
+template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \
+  return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
+}
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+
+
+/// BuiltinType - This class is used for builtin types like 'int'.  Builtin
+/// types are always canonical and have a literal name field.
+class BuiltinType : public Type {
+public:
+  enum Kind {
+#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id,
+#define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id
+#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
+  };
+
+public:
+  BuiltinType(Kind K)
+    : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent),
+           /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent),
+           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
+           /*Unexpanded paramter pack=*/false) {
+    BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K;
+  }
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); }
+  StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
+  const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
+    // The StringRef is null-terminated.
+    StringRef str = getName(Policy);
+    assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0');
+    return str.data();
+  }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  bool isInteger() const {
+    return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128;
+  }
+
+  bool isSignedInteger() const {
+    return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128;
+  }
+
+  bool isUnsignedInteger() const {
+    return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128;
+  }
+
+  bool isFloatingPoint() const {
+    return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= LongDouble;
+  }
+
+  /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
+  static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) {
+    return K >= Overload;
+  }
+
+  /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type
+  /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed
+  /// expression.
+  bool isPlaceholderType() const {
+    return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind());
+  }
+
+  /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than
+  /// Overload.  Most placeholder types require only syntactic
+  /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g.
+  /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and
+  /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis.
+  /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information
+  /// from their context, like whether the context expects a
+  /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need
+  /// special treatment.
+  bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
+    return getKind() > Overload;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; }
+};
+
+/// ComplexType - C99 6.2.5p11 - Complex values.  This supports the C99 complex
+/// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions.
+///
+class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  QualType ElementType;
+  ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) :
+    Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(),
+         Element->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+         Element->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+         Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+    ElementType(Element) {
+  }
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getElementType());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) {
+    ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; }
+};
+
+/// ParenType - Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
+///
+class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  QualType Inner;
+
+  ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) :
+    Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(),
+         InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+         InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+         InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+    Inner(InnerType) {
+  }
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+
+  QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getInnerType());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) {
+    Inner.Profile(ID);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; }
+};
+
+/// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
+///
+class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  QualType PointeeType;
+
+  PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) :
+    Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(),
+         Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+         Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+         Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+    PointeeType(Pointee) {
+  }
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+
+  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
+    ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; }
+};
+
+/// BlockPointerType - pointer to a block type.
+/// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as
+/// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
+///
+class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  QualType PointeeType;  // Block is some kind of pointer type
+  BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) :
+    Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(),
+         Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+         Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+         Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+    PointeeType(Pointee) {
+  }
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+
+  // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
+  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+      Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
+      ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer;
+  }
+};
+
+/// ReferenceType - Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType
+///
+class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  QualType PointeeType;
+
+protected:
+  ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
+                bool SpelledAsLValue) :
+    Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(),
+         Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+         Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+         Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+    PointeeType(Referencee)
+  {
+    ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue;
+    ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType();
+  }
+
+public:
+  bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; }
+  bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; }
+
+  QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; }
+  QualType getPointeeType() const {
+    // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay?
+    const ReferenceType *T = this;
+    while (T->isInnerRef())
+      T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>();
+    return T->PointeeType;
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      QualType Referencee,
+                      bool SpelledAsLValue) {
+    ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr());
+    ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference ||
+           T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
+  }
+};
+
+/// LValueReferenceType - C++ [dcl.ref] - Lvalue reference
+///
+class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
+  LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
+                      bool SpelledAsLValue) :
+    ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, SpelledAsLValue)
+  {}
+  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
+public:
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference;
+  }
+};
+
+/// RValueReferenceType - C++0x [dcl.ref] - Rvalue reference
+///
+class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
+  RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) :
+    ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {
+  }
+  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
+public:
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
+  }
+};
+
+/// The inheritance model to use for this member pointer.
+enum MSInheritanceModel {
+  MSIM_Single,
+  MSIM_Multiple,
+  MSIM_Virtual,
+  MSIM_Unspecified
+};
+
+/// MemberPointerType - C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members
+///
+class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  QualType PointeeType;
+  /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a
+  /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too.
+  const Type *Class;
+
+  MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) :
+    Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr,
+         Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(),
+         (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
+          Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()),
+         Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+         (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
+          Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
+    PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {
+  }
+  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
+
+  /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
+  /// function type rather than a data-member type.
+  bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const {
+    return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
+  /// data type rather than a function type.
+  bool isMemberDataPointer() const {
+    return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the number of pointer and integer slots used to represent this
+  /// member pointer in the MS C++ ABI.
+  std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> getMSMemberPointerSlots() const;
+
+  const Type *getClass() const { return Class; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee,
+                      const Type *Class) {
+    ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
+    ID.AddPointer(Class);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer;
+  }
+};
+
+/// ArrayType - C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
+///
+class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+public:
+  /// ArraySizeModifier - Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4])
+  /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array
+  /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]).
+  /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters.
+  enum ArraySizeModifier {
+    Normal, Static, Star
+  };
+private:
+  /// ElementType - The element type of the array.
+  QualType ElementType;
+
+protected:
+  // C++ [temp.dep.type]p1:
+  //   A type is dependent if it is...
+  //     - an array type constructed from any dependent type or whose
+  //       size is specified by a constant expression that is
+  //       value-dependent,
+  ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can,
+            ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
+            bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
+    : Type(tc, can, et->isDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray,
+           et->isInstantiationDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray,
+           (tc == VariableArray || et->isVariablyModifiedType()),
+           ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
+      ElementType(et) {
+    ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals = tq;
+    ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier = sm;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
+  ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const {
+    return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier);
+  }
+  Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const {
+    return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
+  }
+  unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const {
+    return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray ||
+           T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray ||
+           T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray ||
+           T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
+  }
+};
+
+/// ConstantArrayType - This class represents the canonical version of
+/// C arrays with a specified constant size.  For example, the canonical
+/// type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a ConstantArrayType where the element
+/// type is 'int' and the size is 404.
+class ConstantArrayType : public ArrayType {
+  llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type.
+
+  ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size,
+                    ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
+    : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq,
+                et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Size(size) {}
+protected:
+  ConstantArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can,
+                    const llvm::APInt &size, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
+    : ArrayType(tc, et, can, sm, tq, et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Size(size) {}
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+public:
+  const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; }
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+
+  /// \brief Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
+  // an array with the given element type and number of elements.
+  static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(ASTContext &Context,
+                                       QualType ElementType,
+                                       const llvm::APInt &NumElements);
+
+  /// \brief Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
+  /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array.
+  static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(ASTContext &Context);
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSize(),
+            getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
+                      const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
+                      unsigned TypeQuals) {
+    ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
+    ID.AddInteger(ArraySize.getZExtValue());
+    ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
+    ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
+  }
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray;
+  }
+};
+
+/// IncompleteArrayType - This class represents C arrays with an unspecified
+/// size.  For example 'int A[]' has an IncompleteArrayType where the element
+/// type is 'int' and the size is unspecified.
+class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType {
+
+  IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can,
+                      ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
+    : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq,
+                et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {}
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+public:
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray;
+  }
+
+  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(),
+            getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
+                      ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) {
+    ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
+    ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
+    ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
+  }
+};
+
+/// VariableArrayType - This class represents C arrays with a specified size
+/// which is not an integer-constant-expression.  For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'.
+/// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such.
+///
+/// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and
+/// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean
+/// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type
+/// dynamically:
+///
+/// void foo(int x) {
+///   int Y[x];
+///   ++x;
+///   int Z[x];
+/// }
+///
+class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType {
+  /// SizeExpr - An assignment expression. VLA's are only permitted within
+  /// a function block.
+  Stmt *SizeExpr;
+  /// Brackets - The left and right array brackets.
+  SourceRange Brackets;
+
+  VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e,
+                    ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
+                    SourceRange brackets)
+    : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq,
+                et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {}
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+  Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
+    // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
+    // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
+    return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
+  }
+  SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
+  SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray;
+  }
+
+  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.");
+  }
+};
+
+/// DependentSizedArrayType - This type represents an array type in
+/// C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. For example:
+///
+/// \code
+/// template<typename T, int Size>
+/// class array {
+///   T data[Size];
+/// };
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is
+/// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will
+/// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType.
+class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType {
+  const ASTContext &Context;
+
+  /// \brief An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
+  /// size of the array.
+  ///
+  /// The expression itself might be NULL, in which case the array
+  /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer.
+  Stmt *SizeExpr;
+
+  /// Brackets - The left and right array brackets.
+  SourceRange Brackets;
+
+  DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can,
+                          Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
+                          SourceRange brackets);
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+  Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
+    // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
+    // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
+    return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
+  }
+  SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
+  SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
+  }
+
+  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
+
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(),
+            getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
+                      QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
+                      unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E);
+};
+
+/// DependentSizedExtVectorType - This type represent an extended vector type
+/// where either the type or size is dependent. For example:
+/// @code
+/// template<typename T, int Size>
+/// class vector {
+///   typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type;
+/// }
+/// @endcode
+class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  const ASTContext &Context;
+  Expr *SizeExpr;
+  /// ElementType - The element type of the array.
+  QualType ElementType;
+  SourceLocation loc;
+
+  DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
+                              QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc);
+
+  friend class ASTContext;
+
+public:
+  Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
+  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
+  SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector;
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
+                      QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr);
+};
+
+
+/// VectorType - GCC generic vector type. This type is created using
+/// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in
+/// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration.
+/// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the
+/// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements.
+class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+public:
+  enum VectorKind {
+    GenericVector,  // not a target-specific vector type
+    AltiVecVector,  // is AltiVec vector
+    AltiVecPixel,   // is AltiVec 'vector Pixel'
+    AltiVecBool,    // is AltiVec 'vector bool ...'
+    NeonVector,     // is ARM Neon vector
+    NeonPolyVector  // is ARM Neon polynomial vector
+  };
+protected:
+  /// ElementType - The element type of the vector.
+  QualType ElementType;
+
+  VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType,
+             VectorKind vecKind);
+
+  VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements,
+             QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind);
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+
+  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
+  unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
+    return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(),
+            getTypeClass(), getVectorKind());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
+                      unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass,
+                      VectorKind VecKind) {
+    ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
+    ID.AddInteger(NumElements);
+    ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
+    ID.AddInteger(VecKind);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
+  }
+};
+
+/// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using
+/// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements.
+/// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This
+/// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing
+/// points, colors, and textures (modeled after OpenGL Shading Language).
+class ExtVectorType : public VectorType {
+  ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) :
+    VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {}
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+public:
+  static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) {
+    switch (c) {
+    default: return -1;
+    case 'x': return 0;
+    case 'y': return 1;
+    case 'z': return 2;
+    case 'w': return 3;
+    }
+  }
+  static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) {
+    switch (c) {
+      default: return -1;
+      case '0': return 0;
+      case '1': return 1;
+      case '2': return 2;
+      case '3': return 3;
+      case '4': return 4;
+      case '5': return 5;
+      case '6': return 6;
+      case '7': return 7;
+      case '8': return 8;
+      case '9': return 9;
+      case 'A':
+      case 'a': return 10;
+      case 'B':
+      case 'b': return 11;
+      case 'C':
+      case 'c': return 12;
+      case 'D':
+      case 'd': return 13;
+      case 'E':
+      case 'e': return 14;
+      case 'F':
+      case 'f': return 15;
+    }
+  }
+
+  static int getAccessorIdx(char c) {
+    if (int idx = getPointAccessorIdx(c)+1) return idx-1;
+    return getNumericAccessorIdx(c);
+  }
+
+  bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c) const {
+    if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c)+1)
+      return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements();
+    return false;
+  }
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
+  }
+};
+
+/// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators.  This is the common base
+/// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType.
+///
+class FunctionType : public Type {
+  // The type returned by the function.
+  QualType ResultType;
+
+ public:
+  /// ExtInfo - A class which abstracts out some details necessary for
+  /// making a call.
+  ///
+  /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in
+  /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the
+  /// same bit-pattern.
+  ///
+  // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both,
+  // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is
+  // * Operator==
+  // * getFoo
+  // * withFoo
+  // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo.
+  // * ASTContext::getFooType
+  // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes
+  // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile
+  // * FunctionProtoType::Profile
+  // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto
+  // * AST read and write
+  // * Codegen
+  class ExtInfo {
+    // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 9,
+    // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and
+    // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields.
+
+    //   |  CC  |noreturn|produces|regparm|
+    //   |0 .. 3|   4    |    5   | 6 .. 8|
+    //
+    // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1.
+    enum { CallConvMask = 0xF };
+    enum { NoReturnMask = 0x10 };
+    enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x20 };
+    enum { RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask),
+           RegParmOffset = 6 }; // Assumed to be the last field
+
+    uint16_t Bits;
+
+    ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {}
+
+    friend class FunctionType;
+
+   public:
+    // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you
+    // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example).
+    ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc,
+            bool producesResult) {
+      assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value");
+      Bits = ((unsigned) cc) |
+             (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) |
+             (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) |
+             (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0);
+    }
+
+    // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a
+    // function know to use defaults.
+    ExtInfo() : Bits(0) {}
+
+    bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; }
+    bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; }
+    bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; }
+    unsigned getRegParm() const {
+      unsigned RegParm = Bits >> RegParmOffset;
+      if (RegParm > 0)
+        --RegParm;
+      return RegParm;
+    }
+    CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); }
+
+    bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const {
+      return Bits == Other.Bits;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const {
+      return Bits != Other.Bits;
+    }
+
+    // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use
+    // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects.
+
+    ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const {
+      if (noReturn)
+        return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask);
+      else
+        return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask);
+    }
+
+    ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const {
+      if (producesResult)
+        return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask);
+      else
+        return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask);
+    }
+
+    ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const {
+      assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value");
+      return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) |
+                     ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset));
+    }
+
+    ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const {
+      return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc);
+    }
+
+    void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+      ID.AddInteger(Bits);
+    }
+  };
+
+protected:
+  FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res,
+               unsigned typeQuals, QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
+               bool InstantiationDependent,
+               bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
+               ExtInfo Info)
+    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
+           ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
+      ResultType(res) {
+    FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits;
+    FunctionTypeBits.TypeQuals = typeQuals;
+  }
+  unsigned getTypeQuals() const { return FunctionTypeBits.TypeQuals; }
+
+public:
+
+  QualType getResultType() const { return ResultType; }
+
+  bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); }
+  unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); }
+  /// \brief Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn
+  /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function
+  /// type.
+  bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); }
+  CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); }
+  ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); }
+  bool isConst() const { return getTypeQuals() & Qualifiers::Const; }
+  bool isVolatile() const { return getTypeQuals() & Qualifiers::Volatile; }
+  bool isRestrict() const { return getTypeQuals() & Qualifiers::Restrict; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
+  /// this type.
+  QualType getCallResultType(ASTContext &Context) const {
+    return getResultType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
+  }
+
+  static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC);
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto ||
+           T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
+  }
+};
+
+/// FunctionNoProtoType - Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has
+/// no information available about its arguments.
+class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info)
+    : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, 0, Canonical,
+                   /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false,
+                   Result->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+                   /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {}
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+  // No additional state past what FunctionType provides.
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getResultType(), getExtInfo());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType,
+                      ExtInfo Info) {
+    Info.Profile(ID);
+    ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto;
+  }
+};
+
+/// FunctionProtoType - Represents a prototype with argument type info, e.g.
+/// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'.  'void' is represented as having no
+/// arguments, not as having a single void argument. Such a type can have an
+/// exception specification, but this specification is not part of the canonical
+/// type.
+class FunctionProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+public:
+  /// ExtProtoInfo - Extra information about a function prototype.
+  struct ExtProtoInfo {
+    ExtProtoInfo() :
+      Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false), TypeQuals(0),
+      ExceptionSpecType(EST_None), RefQualifier(RQ_None),
+      NumExceptions(0), Exceptions(0), NoexceptExpr(0),
+      ExceptionSpecDecl(0), ExceptionSpecTemplate(0),
+      ConsumedArguments(0) {}
+
+    FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo;
+    bool Variadic : 1;
+    bool HasTrailingReturn : 1;
+    unsigned char TypeQuals;
+    ExceptionSpecificationType ExceptionSpecType;
+    RefQualifierKind RefQualifier;
+    unsigned NumExceptions;
+    const QualType *Exceptions;
+    Expr *NoexceptExpr;
+    FunctionDecl *ExceptionSpecDecl;
+    FunctionDecl *ExceptionSpecTemplate;
+    const bool *ConsumedArguments;
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Determine whether there are any argument types that
+  /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack.
+  static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray,
+                                                 unsigned numArgs) {
+    for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx)
+      if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
+        return true;
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> args,
+                    QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi);
+
+  /// NumArgs - The number of arguments this function has, not counting '...'.
+  unsigned NumArgs : 15;
+
+  /// NumExceptions - The number of types in the exception spec, if any.
+  unsigned NumExceptions : 9;
+
+  /// ExceptionSpecType - The type of exception specification this function has.
+  unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 3;
+
+  /// HasAnyConsumedArgs - Whether this function has any consumed arguments.
+  unsigned HasAnyConsumedArgs : 1;
+
+  /// Variadic - Whether the function is variadic.
+  unsigned Variadic : 1;
+
+  /// HasTrailingReturn - Whether this function has a trailing return type.
+  unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1;
+
+  /// \brief The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
+  ///
+  /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind.
+  unsigned RefQualifier : 2;
+
+  // ArgInfo - There is an variable size array after the class in memory that
+  // holds the argument types.
+
+  // Exceptions - There is another variable size array after ArgInfo that
+  // holds the exception types.
+
+  // NoexceptExpr - Instead of Exceptions, there may be a single Expr* pointing
+  // to the expression in the noexcept() specifier.
+
+  // ExceptionSpecDecl, ExceptionSpecTemplate - Instead of Exceptions, there may
+  // be a pair of FunctionDecl* pointing to the function which should be used to
+  // instantiate this function type's exception specification, and the function
+  // from which it should be instantiated.
+
+  // ConsumedArgs - A variable size array, following Exceptions
+  // and of length NumArgs, holding flags indicating which arguments
+  // are consumed.  This only appears if HasAnyConsumedArgs is true.
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+  const bool *getConsumedArgsBuffer() const {
+    assert(hasAnyConsumedArgs());
+
+    // Find the end of the exceptions.
+    Expr * const *eh_end = reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(arg_type_end());
+    if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_ComputedNoexcept)
+      eh_end += NumExceptions;
+    else
+      eh_end += 1; // NoexceptExpr
+
+    return reinterpret_cast<const bool*>(eh_end);
+  }
+
+public:
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
+  QualType getArgType(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < NumArgs && "Invalid argument number!");
+    return arg_type_begin()[i];
+  }
+  ArrayRef<QualType> getArgTypes() const {
+    return ArrayRef<QualType>(arg_type_begin(), arg_type_end());
+  }
+
+  ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const {
+    ExtProtoInfo EPI;
+    EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo();
+    EPI.Variadic = isVariadic();
+    EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn();
+    EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
+    EPI.TypeQuals = static_cast<unsigned char>(getTypeQuals());
+    EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier();
+    if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
+      EPI.NumExceptions = NumExceptions;
+      EPI.Exceptions = exception_begin();
+    } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
+      EPI.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr();
+    } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) {
+      EPI.ExceptionSpecDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
+      EPI.ExceptionSpecTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate();
+    } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) {
+      EPI.ExceptionSpecDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
+    }
+    if (hasAnyConsumedArgs())
+      EPI.ConsumedArguments = getConsumedArgsBuffer();
+    return EPI;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
+  ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
+    return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(ExceptionSpecType);
+  }
+  /// \brief Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
+  bool hasExceptionSpec() const {
+    return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None;
+  }
+  /// \brief Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
+  bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const {
+    return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
+  }
+  /// \brief Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
+  bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const {
+    return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
+  }
+  /// \brief Result type of getNoexceptSpec().
+  enum NoexceptResult {
+    NR_NoNoexcept,  ///< There is no noexcept specifier.
+    NR_BadNoexcept, ///< The noexcept specifier has a bad expression.
+    NR_Dependent,   ///< The noexcept specifier is dependent.
+    NR_Throw,       ///< The noexcept specifier evaluates to false.
+    NR_Nothrow      ///< The noexcept specifier evaluates to true.
+  };
+  /// \brief Get the meaning of the noexcept spec on this function, if any.
+  NoexceptResult getNoexceptSpec(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+  unsigned getNumExceptions() const { return NumExceptions; }
+  QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < NumExceptions && "Invalid exception number!");
+    return exception_begin()[i];
+  }
+  Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const {
+    if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_ComputedNoexcept)
+      return 0;
+    // NoexceptExpr sits where the arguments end.
+    return *reinterpret_cast<Expr *const *>(arg_type_end());
+  }
+  /// \brief If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
+  /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because
+  /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception
+  /// specification is represented by this type.
+  FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const {
+    if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated &&
+        getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated)
+      return 0;
+    return reinterpret_cast<FunctionDecl * const *>(arg_type_end())[0];
+  }
+  /// \brief If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
+  /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification
+  /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for
+  /// this type.
+  FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const {
+    if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated)
+      return 0;
+    return reinterpret_cast<FunctionDecl * const *>(arg_type_end())[1];
+  }
+  bool isNothrow(ASTContext &Ctx) const {
+    ExceptionSpecificationType EST = getExceptionSpecType();
+    assert(EST != EST_Unevaluated && EST != EST_Uninstantiated);
+    if (EST == EST_DynamicNone || EST == EST_BasicNoexcept)
+      return true;
+    if (EST != EST_ComputedNoexcept)
+      return false;
+    return getNoexceptSpec(Ctx) == NR_Nothrow;
+  }
+
+  bool isVariadic() const { return Variadic; }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this function prototype contains a
+  /// parameter pack at the end.
+  ///
+  /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be
+  /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic
+  /// function.
+  bool isTemplateVariadic() const;
+
+  bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return HasTrailingReturn; }
+
+  unsigned getTypeQuals() const { return FunctionType::getTypeQuals(); }
+
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
+  RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const {
+    return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(RefQualifier);
+  }
+
+  typedef const QualType *arg_type_iterator;
+  arg_type_iterator arg_type_begin() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const QualType *>(this+1);
+  }
+  arg_type_iterator arg_type_end() const { return arg_type_begin()+NumArgs; }
+
+  typedef const QualType *exception_iterator;
+  exception_iterator exception_begin() const {
+    // exceptions begin where arguments end
+    return arg_type_end();
+  }
+  exception_iterator exception_end() const {
+    if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Dynamic)
+      return exception_begin();
+    return exception_begin() + NumExceptions;
+  }
+
+  bool hasAnyConsumedArgs() const {
+    return HasAnyConsumedArgs;
+  }
+  bool isArgConsumed(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < getNumArgs() && "argument index out of range!");
+    if (hasAnyConsumedArgs())
+      return getConsumedArgsBuffer()[I];
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, 
+                                   const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx);
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result,
+                      arg_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs,
+                      const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context);
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
+/// typename using declaration, e.g.
+///   using typename Base<T>::foo;
+/// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type.
+class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type {
+  UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl;
+
+  UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D)
+    : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false,
+           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
+      Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {}
+  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
+public:
+
+  UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing;
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    return Profile(ID, Decl);
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
+    ID.AddPointer(D);
+  }
+};
+
+
+class TypedefType : public Type {
+  TypedefNameDecl *Decl;
+protected:
+  TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can)
+    : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(),
+           can->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           can->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
+      Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) {
+    assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type");
+  }
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+public:
+
+  TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
+  QualType desugar() const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; }
+};
+
+/// TypeOfExprType (GCC extension).
+class TypeOfExprType : public Type {
+  Expr *TOExpr;
+
+protected:
+  TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType());
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+public:
+  Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; }
+
+  /// \brief Remove a single level of sugar.
+  QualType desugar() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
+  bool isSugared() const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Internal representation of canonical, dependent
+/// typeof(expr) types.
+///
+/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
+/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
+/// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes.
+class DependentTypeOfExprType
+  : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  const ASTContext &Context;
+
+public:
+  DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E)
+    : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) { }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
+                      Expr *E);
+};
+
+/// TypeOfType (GCC extension).
+class TypeOfType : public Type {
+  QualType TOType;
+  TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can)
+    : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(),
+           T->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           T->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+           T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      TOType(T) {
+    assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type");
+  }
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+public:
+  QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; }
+
+  /// \brief Remove a single level of sugar.
+  QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
+  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; }
+};
+
+/// DecltypeType (C++0x)
+class DecltypeType : public Type {
+  Expr *E;
+  QualType UnderlyingType;
+
+protected:
+  DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType());
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+public:
+  Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; }
+  QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
+
+  /// \brief Remove a single level of sugar.
+  QualType desugar() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
+  bool isSugared() const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Internal representation of canonical, dependent
+/// decltype(expr) types.
+///
+/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
+/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
+/// of this class via DecltypeType nodes.
+class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  const ASTContext &Context;
+
+public:
+  DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E);
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
+                      Expr *E);
+};
+
+/// \brief A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another
+class UnaryTransformType : public Type {
+public:
+  enum UTTKind {
+    EnumUnderlyingType
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// The untransformed type.
+  QualType BaseType;
+  /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType.
+  QualType UnderlyingType;
+
+  UTTKind UKind;
+protected:
+  UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind,
+                     QualType CanonicalTy);
+  friend class ASTContext;
+public:
+  bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); }
+  QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; }
+
+  QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
+  QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
+
+  UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform;
+  }
+};
+
+class TagType : public Type {
+  /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any
+  /// TagDecl that declares the entity.
+  TagDecl * decl;
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  
+protected:
+  TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can);
+
+public:
+  TagDecl *getDecl() const;
+
+  /// @brief Determines whether this type is in the process of being
+  /// defined.
+  bool isBeingDefined() const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() >= TagFirst && T->getTypeClass() <= TagLast;
+  }
+};
+
+/// RecordType - This is a helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
+/// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes.
+class RecordType : public TagType {
+protected:
+  explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
+    : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) { }
+  explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D)
+    : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) { }
+  friend class ASTContext;   // ASTContext creates these.
+public:
+
+  RecordDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: This predicate is a helper to QualType/Type. It needs to
+  // recursively check all fields for const-ness. If any field is declared
+  // const, it needs to return false.
+  bool hasConstFields() const { return false; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; }
+};
+
+/// EnumType - This is a helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
+/// to detect TagType objects of enums.
+class EnumType : public TagType {
+  explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D)
+    : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) { }
+  friend class ASTContext;   // ASTContext creates these.
+public:
+
+  EnumDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
+  }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; }
+};
+
+/// AttributedType - An attributed type is a type to which a type
+/// attribute has been applied.  The "modified type" is the
+/// fully-sugared type to which the attributed type was applied;
+/// generally it is not canonically equivalent to the attributed type.
+/// The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type which the
+/// type is canonically equivalent to.
+///
+/// For example, in the following attributed type:
+///     int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16)))
+///   - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t
+///   - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t)
+///   - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int)
+class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+public:
+  // It is really silly to have yet another attribute-kind enum, but
+  // clang::attr::Kind doesn't currently cover the pure type attrs.
+  enum Kind {
+    // Expression operand.
+    attr_address_space,
+    attr_regparm,
+    attr_vector_size,
+    attr_neon_vector_type,
+    attr_neon_polyvector_type,
+
+    FirstExprOperandKind = attr_address_space,
+    LastExprOperandKind = attr_neon_polyvector_type,
+
+    // Enumerated operand (string or keyword).
+    attr_objc_gc,
+    attr_objc_ownership,
+    attr_pcs,
+
+    FirstEnumOperandKind = attr_objc_gc,
+    LastEnumOperandKind = attr_pcs,
+
+    // No operand.
+    attr_noreturn,
+    attr_cdecl,
+    attr_fastcall,
+    attr_stdcall,
+    attr_thiscall,
+    attr_pascal,
+    attr_pnaclcall,
+    attr_inteloclbicc
+  };
+
+private:
+  QualType ModifiedType;
+  QualType EquivalentType;
+
+  friend class ASTContext; // creates these
+
+  AttributedType(QualType canon, Kind attrKind,
+                 QualType modified, QualType equivalent)
+    : Type(Attributed, canon, canon->isDependentType(),
+           canon->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           canon->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+           canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) {
+    AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind;
+  }
+
+public:
+  Kind getAttrKind() const {
+    return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind);
+  }
+
+  QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; }
+  QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType);
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind,
+                      QualType modified, QualType equivalent) {
+    ID.AddInteger(attrKind);
+    ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr());
+    ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed;
+  }
+};
+
+class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  // Helper data collector for canonical types.
+  struct CanonicalTTPTInfo {
+    unsigned Depth : 15;
+    unsigned ParameterPack : 1;
+    unsigned Index : 16;
+  };
+
+  union {
+    // Info for the canonical type.
+    CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo;
+    // Info for the non-canonical type.
+    TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl;
+  };
+
+  /// Build a non-canonical type.
+  TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon)
+    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true,
+           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
+           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
+           Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      TTPDecl(TTPDecl) { }
+
+  /// Build the canonical type.
+  TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP)
+    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0),
+           /*Dependent=*/true,
+           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
+           /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) {
+    CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D;
+    CanTTPTInfo.Index = I;
+    CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP;
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these
+
+  const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const {
+    QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal();
+    return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo;
+  }
+
+public:
+  unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; }
+  unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; }
+  bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; }
+
+  TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? 0 : TTPDecl;
+  }
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const;
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth,
+                      unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack,
+                      TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) {
+    ID.AddInteger(Depth);
+    ID.AddInteger(Index);
+    ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack);
+    ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
+/// type parameter.
+///
+/// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have
+/// been replaced with these.  They are used solely to record that a
+/// type was originally written as a template type parameter;
+/// therefore they are never canonical.
+class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  // The original type parameter.
+  const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;
+
+  SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon)
+    : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(),
+           Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+           Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      Replaced(Param) { }
+
+  friend class ASTContext;
+
+public:
+  /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
+  const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
+    return Replaced;
+  }
+
+  /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template
+  /// parameter.
+  QualType getReplacementType() const {
+    return getCanonicalTypeInternal();
+  }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
+                      QualType Replacement) {
+    ID.AddPointer(Replaced);
+    ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
+/// type parameter pack.
+///
+/// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
+/// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template
+/// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type
+/// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack
+/// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself
+/// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into
+/// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding
+/// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType
+/// at the current pack substitution index.
+class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  /// \brief The original type parameter.
+  const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;
+
+  /// \brief A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
+  /// parameter pack is instantiated with.
+  const TemplateArgument *Arguments;
+
+  /// \brief The number of template arguments in \c Arguments.
+  unsigned NumArguments;
+
+  SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param,
+                                QualType Canon,
+                                const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);
+
+  friend class ASTContext;
+
+public:
+  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); }
+
+  /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
+  const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
+    return Replaced;
+  }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
+                      const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++0x auto type.
+///
+/// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, within
+/// templates and before the initializer is attached, there is no deduced type
+/// and an auto type is type-dependent and canonical.
+class AutoType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  AutoType(QualType DeducedType)
+    : Type(Auto, DeducedType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) : DeducedType,
+           /*Dependent=*/DeducedType.isNull(),
+           /*InstantiationDependent=*/DeducedType.isNull(),
+           /*VariablyModified=*/false, /*ContainsParameterPack=*/false) {
+    assert((DeducedType.isNull() || !DeducedType->isDependentType()) &&
+           "deduced a dependent type for auto");
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these
+
+public:
+  bool isSugared() const { return isDeduced(); }
+  QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }
+
+  QualType getDeducedType() const {
+    return isDeduced() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType();
+  }
+  bool isDeduced() const {
+    return !isDependentType();
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getDeducedType());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      QualType Deduced) {
+    ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == Auto;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a type template specialization; the template
+/// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template
+/// template parameter.  A template which cannot be resolved to one of
+/// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope
+/// specifier, is instead represented as a
+/// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType.
+///
+/// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar",
+/// typically for a @c RecordType.  For example, a class template
+/// specialization type of @c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for
+/// the instantiation @c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>>
+///
+/// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or
+/// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the
+/// type may also be canonical.
+///
+/// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of
+/// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the
+/// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias
+/// template.
+class TemplateSpecializationType
+  : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  /// \brief The name of the template being specialized.  This is
+  /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a
+  /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a
+  /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a
+  /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a
+  /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the
+  /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these).
+  TemplateName Template;
+
+  /// \brief - The number of template arguments named in this class
+  /// template specialization.
+  unsigned NumArgs : 31;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this template specialization type is a substituted
+  /// type alias.
+  bool TypeAlias : 1;
+    
+  TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
+                             const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                             unsigned NumArgs, QualType Canon,
+                             QualType Aliased);
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Determine whether any of the given template arguments are
+  /// dependent.
+  static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                            unsigned NumArgs,
+                                            bool &InstantiationDependent);
+
+  static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args,
+                                            unsigned NumArgs,
+                                            bool &InstantiationDependent);
+
+  static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &,
+                                            bool &InstantiationDependent);
+
+  /// \brief Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
+  /// enclosing the template arguments.
+  static void PrintTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
+                                        const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                        unsigned NumArgs,
+                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
+                                        bool SkipBrackets = false);
+
+  static void PrintTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
+                                        const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args,
+                                        unsigned NumArgs,
+                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
+
+  static void PrintTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
+                                        const TemplateArgumentListInfo &,
+                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
+
+  /// True if this template specialization type matches a current
+  /// instantiation in the context in which it is found.
+  bool isCurrentInstantiation() const {
+    return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
+  /// template that has been substituted.
+  ///
+  /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias
+  /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when
+  /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias
+  /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g.,
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S;
+  /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>;
+  /// template<typename... Ts> struct X {
+  ///   typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias
+  /// };
+  /// \endcode
+  bool isTypeAlias() const { return TypeAlias; }
+    
+  /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias
+  /// template.
+  QualType getAliasedType() const {
+    assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization");
+    return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end());
+  }
+
+  typedef const TemplateArgument * iterator;
+
+  iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
+  iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
+  TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments.
+  const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of template arguments.
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a specific template argument as a type.
+  /// \pre @c isArgType(Arg)
+  const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h
+
+  bool isSugared() const {
+    return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias();
+  }
+  QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
+    Profile(ID, Template, getArgs(), NumArgs, Ctx);
+    if (isTypeAlias())
+      getAliasedType().Profile(ID);
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T,
+                      const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                      unsigned NumArgs,
+                      const ASTContext &Context);
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief The injected class name of a C++ class template or class
+/// template partial specialization.  Used to record that a type was
+/// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the
+/// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType.
+///
+/// Injected class name types are always dependent.  Template
+/// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes.
+///
+/// Injected class name types are always canonical.  This works
+/// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type
+/// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same
+/// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template
+/// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name
+/// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated
+/// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization
+/// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate
+/// according to the rules of the language).
+class InjectedClassNameType : public Type {
+  CXXRecordDecl *Decl;
+
+  /// The template specialization which this type represents.
+  /// For example, in
+  ///   template <class T> class A { ... };
+  /// this is A<T>, whereas in
+  ///   template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... };
+  /// this is A<B<X,Y> >.
+  ///
+  /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type,
+  /// and always dependent.
+  QualType InjectedType;
+
+  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
+  friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not
+                          // currently suitable for AST reading, too much
+                          // interdependencies.
+  InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST)
+    : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true,
+           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
+           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
+           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
+      Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) {
+    assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST));
+    assert(!TST.hasQualifiers());
+    assert(TST->isDependentType());
+  }
+
+public:
+  QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; }
+  const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const {
+    return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr());
+  }
+
+  CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const;
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief The kind of a tag type.
+enum TagTypeKind {
+  /// \brief The "struct" keyword.
+  TTK_Struct,
+  /// \brief The "__interface" keyword.
+  TTK_Interface,
+  /// \brief The "union" keyword.
+  TTK_Union,
+  /// \brief The "class" keyword.
+  TTK_Class,
+  /// \brief The "enum" keyword.
+  TTK_Enum
+};
+
+/// \brief The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
+/// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier.
+enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword {
+  /// \brief The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
+  ETK_Struct,
+  /// \brief The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
+  ETK_Interface,
+  /// \brief The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
+  ETK_Union,
+  /// \brief The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
+  ETK_Class,
+  /// \brief The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
+  ETK_Enum,
+  /// \brief The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
+  /// \c typename T::type.
+  ETK_Typename,
+  /// \brief No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
+  ETK_None
+};
+
+/// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
+/// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class.
+/// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing
+/// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations.
+class TypeWithKeyword : public Type {
+protected:
+  TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc,
+                  QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
+                  bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
+                  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
+  : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
+         ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) {
+    TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword;
+  }
+
+public:
+  ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
+    return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword);
+  }
+
+  /// getKeywordForTypeSpec - Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST)
+  /// into an elaborated type keyword.
+  static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);
+
+  /// getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec - Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST)
+  /// into a tag type kind.  It is an error to provide a type specifier
+  /// which *isn't* a tag kind here.
+  static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);
+
+  /// getKeywordForTagDeclKind - Converts a TagTypeKind into an
+  /// elaborated type keyword.
+  static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag);
+
+  /// getTagTypeKindForKeyword - Converts an elaborated type keyword into
+  // a TagTypeKind. It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword
+  /// which *isn't* a tag kind here.
+  static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);
+
+  static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);
+
+  static const char *getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);
+
+  static const char *getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) {
+    return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind));
+  }
+
+  class CannotCastToThisType {};
+  static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *);
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
+/// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type,
+/// or both.
+///
+/// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the
+/// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers.
+/// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written
+/// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information.
+class ElaboratedType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+
+  /// \brief The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
+
+  /// \brief The type that this qualified name refers to.
+  QualType NamedType;
+
+  ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                 QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType)
+    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType,
+                      NamedType->isDependentType(),
+                      NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+                      NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+                      NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) {
+    assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == 0) &&
+           "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "
+           "and name qualifier both null.");
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these
+
+public:
+  ~ElaboratedType();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the qualification on this type.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
+  QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; }
+
+  /// \brief Remove a single level of sugar.
+  QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
+  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType);
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
+                      NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType) {
+    ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
+    ID.AddPointer(NNS);
+    NamedType.Profile(ID);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
+/// dependent.
+///
+/// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a
+/// dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a (dependent)
+/// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a
+/// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a
+/// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we
+/// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier).
+class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+
+  /// \brief The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
+
+  /// \brief The type that this typename specifier refers to.
+  const IdentifierInfo *Name;
+
+  DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                    const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType)
+    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true,
+                      /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
+                      /*VariablyModified=*/false,
+                      NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {
+    assert(NNS->isDependent() &&
+           "DependentNameType requires a dependent nested-name-specifier");
+  }
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Retrieve the qualification on this type.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an
+  /// identifier.
+  ///
+  /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the
+  /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier,
+  /// e.g., "typename T::type".
+  const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
+    return Name;
+  }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name);
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
+                      NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
+    ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
+    ID.AddPointer(NNS);
+    ID.AddPointer(Name);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName;
+  }
+};
+
+/// DependentTemplateSpecializationType - Represents a template
+/// specialization type whose template cannot be resolved, e.g.
+///   A<T>::template B<T>
+class DependentTemplateSpecializationType :
+  public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+
+  /// \brief The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
+
+  /// \brief The identifier of the template.
+  const IdentifierInfo *Name;
+
+  /// \brief - The number of template arguments named in this class
+  /// template specialization.
+  unsigned NumArgs;
+
+  const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
+  }
+  TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
+  }
+
+  DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
+                                      NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+                                      const IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                                      unsigned NumArgs,
+                                      const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                      QualType Canon);
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these
+
+public:
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
+  const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments.
+  const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
+    return getArgBuffer();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of template arguments.
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
+
+  const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h
+
+  typedef const TemplateArgument * iterator;
+  iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
+  iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
+    Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, NumArgs, getArgs());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      const ASTContext &Context,
+                      ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
+                      NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
+                      const IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                      unsigned NumArgs,
+                      const TemplateArgument *Args);
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a pack expansion of types.
+///
+/// Pack expansions are part of C++0x variadic templates. A pack
+/// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more
+/// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion
+/// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of
+/// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the
+/// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The
+/// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded
+/// parameter packs.
+///
+/// \code
+/// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple;
+///
+/// template<typename ...Types>
+/// struct tuple_of_references {
+///   typedef tuple<Types&...> type;
+/// };
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a
+/// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&.
+class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  /// \brief The pattern of the pack expansion.
+  QualType Pattern;
+
+  /// \brief The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
+  /// generate when substituted (+1), or indicates that
+  ///
+  /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter
+  /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others have
+  /// not.
+  unsigned NumExpansions;
+
+  PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon,
+                    Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
+    : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(),
+           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
+           /*VariableModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
+      Pattern(Pattern),
+      NumExpansions(NumExpansions? *NumExpansions + 1: 0) { }
+
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
+  /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the
+  /// pack expansion itself.
+  QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
+  /// generate, if known.
+  Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const {
+    if (NumExpansions)
+      return NumExpansions - 1;
+
+    return None;
+  }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions());
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern,
+                      Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
+    ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr());
+    ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue());
+    if (NumExpansions)
+      ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion;
+  }
+};
+
+/// ObjCObjectType - Represents a class type in Objective C.
+/// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type and a
+/// list of protocols.
+///
+/// Given the following declarations:
+/// \code
+///   \@class C;
+///   \@protocol P;
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C.  It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType
+/// with base C and no protocols.
+///
+/// 'C<P>' is an ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P].
+///
+/// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCPointerType whose
+/// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType
+/// and no protocols.
+///
+/// 'id<P>' is an ObjCPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjecType
+/// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P].  Eventually
+/// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source.
+class ObjCObjectType : public Type {
+  // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored
+  // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node.
+  //
+  // These protocols are those written directly on the type.  If
+  // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need
+  // to get kindof complicated.
+  //
+  // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically
+  // and uniqued.
+
+  /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either.
+  QualType BaseType;
+
+  ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const {
+    return const_cast<ObjCObjectType*>(this)->getProtocolStorage();
+  }
+
+  ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage();
+
+protected:
+  ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
+                 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols);
+
+  enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface };
+  ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface)
+        : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false),
+      BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) {
+    ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0;
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// getBaseType - Gets the base type of this object type.  This is
+  /// always (possibly sugar for) one of:
+  ///  - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the
+  ///    user, which is a typedef for an ObjCPointerType)
+  ///  - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat)
+  ///  - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType)
+  QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
+
+  bool isObjCId() const {
+    return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId);
+  }
+  bool isObjCClass() const {
+    return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
+  }
+  bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
+  bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
+  bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const {
+    if (!qual_empty()) return false;
+    if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
+      return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId ||
+             T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass;
+    return false;
+  }
+  bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
+  bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
+
+  /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type
+  /// really is an interface.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const;
+
+  typedef ObjCProtocolDecl * const *qual_iterator;
+
+  qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); }
+  qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); }
+
+  bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; }
+
+  /// getNumProtocols - Return the number of qualifying protocols in this
+  /// interface type, or 0 if there are none.
+  unsigned getNumProtocols() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; }
+
+  /// \brief Fetch a protocol by index.
+  ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access");
+    return qual_begin()[I];
+  }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject ||
+           T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
+  }
+};
+
+/// ObjCObjectTypeImpl - A class providing a concrete implementation
+/// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of
+/// ObjCInterfaceType.  Code outside of ASTContext and the core type
+/// system should not reference this type.
+class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  friend class ASTContext;
+
+  // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage()
+  // will need to be modified.
+
+  ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
+                     ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
+                     unsigned NumProtocols)
+    : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, Protocols, NumProtocols) {}
+
+public:
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      QualType Base,
+                      ObjCProtocolDecl *const *protocols,
+                      unsigned NumProtocols);
+};
+
+inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() {
+  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
+            static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this) + 1);
+}
+
+/// ObjCInterfaceType - Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for
+/// object oriented design.  They basically correspond to C++ classes.  There
+/// are two kinds of interface types, normal interfaces like "NSString" and
+/// qualified interfaces, which are qualified with a protocol list like
+/// "NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>".
+///
+/// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered
+/// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType:
+///   - There are no protocol qualifiers.  To reinforce this, code which
+///     tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will
+///     fail to compile.
+///   - It is its own base type.  That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*,
+///     T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0).
+class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType {
+  mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl;
+
+  ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D)
+    : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface),
+      Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {}
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
+
+public:
+  /// getDecl - Get the declaration of this interface.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
+  }
+
+  // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this
+  // class.  People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are
+  // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are
+  // guaranteed to have no protocols.
+  enum {
+    qual_iterator,
+    qual_begin,
+    qual_end,
+    getNumProtocols,
+    getProtocol
+  };
+};
+
+inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const {
+  if (const ObjCInterfaceType *T =
+        getBaseType()->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>())
+    return T->getDecl();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/// ObjCObjectPointerType - Used to represent a pointer to an
+/// Objective C object.  These are constructed from pointer
+/// declarators when the pointee type is an ObjCObjectType (or sugar
+/// for one).  In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' types are typedefs
+/// for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' and 'Class<P>'
+/// are translated into these.
+///
+/// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes;
+/// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation.
+class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  QualType PointeeType;
+
+  ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee)
+    : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, false, false, false, false),
+      PointeeType(Pointee) {}
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+public:
+  /// getPointeeType - Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
+  /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof.
+  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
+
+  /// getObjCObjectType - Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC
+  /// pointer.  This method always returns non-null.
+  ///
+  /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that
+  /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this
+  /// type and the "outermost" object type.  So for:
+  /// \code
+  ///   \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q;
+  ///   typedef A<P> AP;
+  ///   typedef A A1;
+  ///   typedef A1<P> A1P;
+  ///   typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ;
+  /// \endcode
+  /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
+  /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
+  /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
+  /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
+  /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
+  /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
+  /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because
+  ///   adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the
+  ///   old qualifiers (for now).  But if it didn't, getObjectType()
+  ///   would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over
+  ///   qualifiers more complicated).
+  const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const {
+    return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
+  }
+
+  /// getInterfaceType - If this pointer points to an Objective C
+  /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface.  Any protocol
+  /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored.
+  ///
+  /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
+  const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const {
+    return getObjectType()->getBaseType()->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
+  }
+
+  /// getInterfaceDecl - If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface
+  /// type, gets the declaration for that interface.
+  ///
+  /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const {
+    return getObjectType()->getInterface();
+  }
+
+  /// isObjCIdType - True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if
+  /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols.
+  bool isObjCIdType() const {
+    return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId();
+  }
+
+  /// isObjCClassType - True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type,
+  /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols.
+  bool isObjCClassType() const {
+    return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass();
+  }
+
+  /// isObjCQualifiedIdType - True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some
+  /// non-empty set of protocols.
+  bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
+    return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId();
+  }
+
+  /// isObjCQualifiedClassType - True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for
+  /// some non-empty set of protocols.
+  bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
+    return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass();
+  }
+
+  /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type.  Provided
+  /// for convenience.  This will always iterate over the full set of
+  /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly.
+  typedef ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator qual_iterator;
+
+  qual_iterator qual_begin() const {
+    return getObjectType()->qual_begin();
+  }
+  qual_iterator qual_end() const {
+    return getObjectType()->qual_end();
+  }
+  bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); }
+
+  /// getNumProtocols - Return the number of qualifying protocols on
+  /// the object type.
+  unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
+    return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object
+  /// type.
+  ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
+    return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I);
+  }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
+    ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer;
+  }
+};
+
+class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  QualType ValueType;
+
+  AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical)
+    : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(),
+           ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+           ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      ValueType(ValTy) {}
+  friend class ASTContext;  // ASTContext creates these.
+
+  public:
+  /// getValueType - Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
+  /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type.
+  QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; }
+
+  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
+  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    Profile(ID, getValueType());
+  }
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
+    ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic;
+  }
+};
+
+/// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
+class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers {
+public:
+  QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {}
+
+  /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an
+  /// unqualified type.  The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent
+  /// with those already in the type.
+  const Type *strip(QualType type) {
+    addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers());
+    if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
+      return type.getTypePtrUnsafe();
+
+    const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe();
+    addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers());
+    return extQuals->getBaseType();
+  }
+
+  /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
+  QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const;
+
+  /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
+  QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const;
+};
+
+
+// Inline function definitions.
+
+inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const {
+  SplitQualType desugar =
+    Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split();
+  desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals);
+  return desugar;
+}
+
+inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const {
+  return getCommonPtr()->BaseType;
+}
+
+inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const {
+  return (isNull() ? 0 : getCommonPtr()->BaseType);
+}
+
+inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const {
+  if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
+    return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(),
+                         Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers()));
+
+  const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe();
+  Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers();
+  qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
+  return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs);
+}
+
+inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const {
+  Qualifiers Quals;
+  if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
+    Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers();
+  Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
+  return Quals;
+}
+
+inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const {
+  Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers();
+  quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
+  return quals;
+}
+
+inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const {
+  unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers();
+  cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers();
+  return cvr;
+}
+
+inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const {
+  QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType;
+  return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
+}
+
+inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const {
+  return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified();
+}
+
+inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const {
+  if (!isCanonical()) return false;
+  if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false;
+
+  const Type *T = getTypePtr();
+  if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType())
+    return false;
+
+  return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T);
+}
+
+inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const {
+  return isLocalConstQualified() ||
+         getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified();
+}
+
+inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const {
+  return isLocalRestrictQualified() ||
+         getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified();
+}
+
+
+inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const {
+  return isLocalVolatileQualified() ||
+         getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified();
+}
+
+inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const {
+  return hasLocalQualifiers() ||
+         getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers();
+}
+
+inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const {
+  if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
+    return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0);
+
+  return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0);
+}
+
+inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const {
+  if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
+    return split();
+
+  return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this);
+}
+
+inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() {
+  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
+}
+
+inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() {
+  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
+}
+
+inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() {
+  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
+}
+
+inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
+  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits");
+  assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask);
+
+  // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers.
+  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask);
+}
+
+/// getAddressSpace - Return the address space of this type.
+inline unsigned QualType::getAddressSpace() const {
+  return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
+}
+
+/// getObjCGCAttr - Return the gc attribute of this type.
+inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const {
+  return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr();
+}
+
+inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) {
+  if (const PointerType *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) {
+    if (const FunctionType *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>())
+      return FT->getExtInfo();
+  } else if (const FunctionType *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>())
+    return FT->getExtInfo();
+
+  return FunctionType::ExtInfo();
+}
+
+inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) {
+  return getFunctionExtInfo(*t);
+}
+
+/// isMoreQualifiedThan - Determine whether this type is more
+/// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int"
+/// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and
+/// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile
+/// int".
+inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const {
+  Qualifiers myQuals = getQualifiers();
+  Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
+  return (myQuals != otherQuals && myQuals.compatiblyIncludes(otherQuals));
+}
+
+/// isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs - Determine whether this type is at last
+/// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile
+/// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int",
+/// "int", and "const volatile int".
+inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const {
+  return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(other.getQualifiers());
+}
+
+/// getNonReferenceType - If Type is a reference type (e.g., const
+/// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const
+/// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used
+/// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6:
+///
+///   If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2,
+///   8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further
+///   analysis, the expression designates the object or function
+///   denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue.
+inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const {
+  if (const ReferenceType *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>())
+    return RefType->getPointeeType();
+  else
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const {
+  return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) ||
+          getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
+}
+
+/// \brief Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
+///
+/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental].
+inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const {
+  return isVoidType() ||
+         // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an
+         // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition.
+         (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType());
+}
+
+/// \brief Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
+///
+/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound].
+inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const {
+  // C++0x [basic.compound]p1:
+  //   Compound types can be constructed in the following ways:
+  //    -- arrays of objects of a given type [...];
+  return isArrayType() ||
+  //    -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...];
+         isFunctionType() ||
+  //    -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...];
+         isPointerType() ||
+  //    -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...]
+         isReferenceType() ||
+  //    -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...];
+         isRecordType() ||
+  //    -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different
+  //               types at different times;
+         isUnionType() ||
+  //    -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...];
+         isEnumeralType() ||
+  //    -- pointers to non-static class members, [...].
+         isMemberPointerType();
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const {
+  return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isPointerType() const {
+  return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const {
+  return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType();
+}
+inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const {
+  return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const {
+  return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const {
+  return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const {
+  return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const {
+  if (const PointerType *T = getAs<PointerType>())
+    return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const {
+  return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const {
+  if (const MemberPointerType* T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
+    return T->isMemberFunctionPointer();
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const {
+  if (const MemberPointerType* T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
+    return T->isMemberDataPointer();
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+inline bool Type::isArrayType() const {
+  return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const {
+  return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const {
+  return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const {
+  return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const {
+  return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const {
+  return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isRecordType() const {
+  return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const {
+  return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const {
+  return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isVectorType() const {
+  return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const {
+  return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const {
+  return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const {
+  return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const {
+  return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) ||
+    isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const {
+  return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
+  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
+    return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
+  return false;
+}
+inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
+  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
+    return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType();
+  return false;
+}
+inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const {
+  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
+    return OPT->isObjCIdType();
+  return false;
+}
+inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const {
+  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
+    return OPT->isObjCClassType();
+  return false;
+}
+inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const {
+  if (const PointerType *OPT = getAs<PointerType>())
+    return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
+  return false;
+}
+inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const {
+  return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType();
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isImage1dT() const {
+  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLImage1d);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isImage1dArrayT() const {
+  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isImage1dBufferT() const {
+  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isImage2dT() const {
+  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLImage2d);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isImage2dArrayT() const {
+  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isImage3dT() const {
+  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLImage3d);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const {
+  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isEventT() const {
+  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isImageType() const {
+  return isImage3dT() ||
+         isImage2dT() || isImage2dArrayT() ||
+         isImage1dT() || isImage1dArrayT() || isImage1dBufferT();
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const {
+  return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType();
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const {
+  return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
+    if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K)
+      return true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
+    return BT->isPlaceholderType();
+  return false;
+}
+
+inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
+    if (BT->isPlaceholderType())
+      return BT;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const {
+  assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K));
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
+    return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K);
+  return false;
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
+    return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType();
+  return false;
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isVoidType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
+    return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void;
+  return false;
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isHalfType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
+    return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half;
+  // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not.
+  return false;
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
+    return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr;
+  return false;
+}
+
+extern bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *);
+extern bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *);
+
+inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
+    return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
+           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
+  if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
+    // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
+    // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
+    return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) &&
+      !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl());
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isScalarType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
+    return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void &&
+           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr;
+  if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
+    // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined.  Incomplete enums
+    // are not treated as scalar types.
+    return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
+  return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
+         isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
+         isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
+         isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) ||
+         isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
+    return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
+           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
+
+  // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an
+  // enumeration type in the sense required here.
+  if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
+    return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
+
+  return false;  
+}
+
+inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
+    return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool;
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
+/// an overloaded operator.
+inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const {
+  return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType();
+}
+
+/// \brief Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
+inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const {
+  return isFunctionType() || isArrayType();
+}
+
+inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const {
+  return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() ||
+          isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType());
+}
+
+inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const {
+  return isObjCObjectPointerType();
+}
+
+inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const {
+  const Type *type = this;
+  while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
+    type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr();
+  return type;
+}
+
+/// Insertion operator for diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's into a
+/// diagnostic with <<.
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           QualType T) {
+  DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
+                  DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's
+/// into a diagnostic with <<.
+inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                           QualType T) {
+  PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
+                  DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
+  return PD;
+}
+
+// Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does
+// not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type.
+template<typename T,
+         bool isArrayType = (llvm::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value ||
+                             llvm::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value)>
+struct ArrayType_cannot_be_used_with_getAs { };
+
+template<typename T>
+struct ArrayType_cannot_be_used_with_getAs<T, true>;
+
+// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
+template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const {
+  ArrayType_cannot_be_used_with_getAs<T> at;
+  (void)at;
+
+  // If this is directly a T type, return it.
+  if (const T *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
+    return Ty;
+
+  // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
+  if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
+    return 0;
+
+  // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
+  // losing all typedef information.
+  return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
+}
+
+inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
+  // If this is directly an array type, return it.
+  if (const ArrayType *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this))
+    return arr;
+
+  // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
+  if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))
+    return 0;
+
+  // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
+  // losing all typedef information.
+  return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
+}
+
+template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const {
+  ArrayType_cannot_be_used_with_getAs<T> at;
+  (void) at;
+
+  assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType));
+  if (const T *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty;
+  return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
+}
+
+inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
+  assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType));
+  if (const ArrayType *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr;
+  return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
+}
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeLoc.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeLoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11cad9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeLoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1862 @@
+//===--- TypeLoc.h - Type Source Info Wrapper -------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the TypeLoc interface and subclasses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPELOC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPELOC_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class ParmVarDecl;
+  class TypeSourceInfo;
+  class UnqualTypeLoc;
+
+// Predeclare all the type nodes.
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPELOC(Class, Base)
+#define TYPELOC(Class, Base) \
+  class Class##TypeLoc;
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def"
+
+/// \brief Base wrapper for a particular "section" of type source info.
+///
+/// A client should use the TypeLoc subclasses through cast/dyn_cast in order to
+/// get at the actual information.
+class TypeLoc {
+protected:
+  // The correctness of this relies on the property that, for Type *Ty,
+  //   QualType(Ty, 0).getAsOpaquePtr() == (void*) Ty
+  const void *Ty;
+  void *Data;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Convert to the specified TypeLoc type, asserting that this TypeLoc
+  /// is of the desired type.
+  template<typename T>
+  T castAs() const {
+    assert(T::isKind(*this));
+    T t;
+    TypeLoc& tl = t;
+    tl = *this;
+    return t;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Convert to the specified TypeLoc type, returning a null TypeLoc if
+  /// this TypeLoc is not of the desired type.
+  template<typename T>
+  T getAs() const {
+    if (!T::isKind(*this))
+      return T();
+    T t;
+    TypeLoc& tl = t;
+    tl = *this;
+    return t;
+  }
+
+  /// The kinds of TypeLocs.  Equivalent to the Type::TypeClass enum,
+  /// except it also defines a Qualified enum that corresponds to the
+  /// QualifiedLoc class.
+  enum TypeLocClass {
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
+#define TYPE(Class, Base) \
+    Class = Type::Class,
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+    Qualified
+  };
+
+  TypeLoc() : Ty(0), Data(0) { }
+  TypeLoc(QualType ty, void *opaqueData)
+    : Ty(ty.getAsOpaquePtr()), Data(opaqueData) { }
+  TypeLoc(const Type *ty, void *opaqueData)
+    : Ty(ty), Data(opaqueData) { }
+
+  TypeLocClass getTypeLocClass() const {
+    if (getType().hasLocalQualifiers()) return Qualified;
+    return (TypeLocClass) getType()->getTypeClass();
+  }
+
+  bool isNull() const { return !Ty; }
+  operator bool() const { return Ty; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the size of type source info data block for the given type.
+  static unsigned getFullDataSizeForType(QualType Ty);
+
+  /// \brief Get the type for which this source info wrapper provides
+  /// information.
+  QualType getType() const {
+    return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
+  }
+
+  const Type *getTypePtr() const {
+    return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty).getTypePtr();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the pointer where source information is stored.
+  void *getOpaqueData() const {
+    return Data;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the begin source location.
+  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the end source location.
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the full source range.
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return SourceRange(getBeginLoc(), getEndLoc());
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
+
+  /// \brief Get the local source range.
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return getLocalSourceRangeImpl(*this);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the size of the type source info data block.
+  unsigned getFullDataSize() const {
+    return getFullDataSizeForType(getType());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the next TypeLoc pointed by this TypeLoc, e.g for "int*" the
+  /// TypeLoc is a PointerLoc and next TypeLoc is for "int".
+  TypeLoc getNextTypeLoc() const {
+    return getNextTypeLocImpl(*this);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Skips past any qualifiers, if this is qualified.
+  UnqualTypeLoc getUnqualifiedLoc() const; // implemented in this header
+
+  TypeLoc IgnoreParens() const;
+
+  /// \brief Initializes this to state that every location in this
+  /// type is the given location.
+  ///
+  /// This method exists to provide a simple transition for code that
+  /// relies on location-less types.
+  void initialize(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    initializeImpl(Context, *this, Loc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Initializes this by copying its information from another
+  /// TypeLoc of the same type.
+  void initializeFullCopy(TypeLoc Other) const {
+    assert(getType() == Other.getType());
+    size_t Size = getFullDataSize();
+    memcpy(getOpaqueData(), Other.getOpaqueData(), Size);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Initializes this by copying its information from another
+  /// TypeLoc of the same type.  The given size must be the full data
+  /// size.
+  void initializeFullCopy(TypeLoc Other, unsigned Size) const {
+    assert(getType() == Other.getType());
+    assert(getFullDataSize() == Size);
+    memcpy(getOpaqueData(), Other.getOpaqueData(), Size);
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const TypeLoc &LHS, const TypeLoc &RHS) {
+    return LHS.Ty == RHS.Ty && LHS.Data == RHS.Data;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator!=(const TypeLoc &LHS, const TypeLoc &RHS) {
+    return !(LHS == RHS);
+  }
+
+private:
+  static bool isKind(const TypeLoc&) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  static void initializeImpl(ASTContext &Context, TypeLoc TL,
+                             SourceLocation Loc);
+  static TypeLoc getNextTypeLocImpl(TypeLoc TL);
+  static TypeLoc IgnoreParensImpl(TypeLoc TL);
+  static SourceRange getLocalSourceRangeImpl(TypeLoc TL);
+};
+
+/// \brief Return the TypeLoc for a type source info.
+inline TypeLoc TypeSourceInfo::getTypeLoc() const {
+  return TypeLoc(Ty, const_cast<void*>(static_cast<const void*>(this + 1)));
+}
+
+/// \brief Wrapper of type source information for a type with
+/// no direct qualifiers.
+class UnqualTypeLoc : public TypeLoc {
+public:
+  UnqualTypeLoc() {}
+  UnqualTypeLoc(const Type *Ty, void *Data) : TypeLoc(Ty, Data) {}
+
+  const Type *getTypePtr() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const Type*>(Ty);
+  }
+
+  TypeLocClass getTypeLocClass() const {
+    return (TypeLocClass) getTypePtr()->getTypeClass();
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class TypeLoc;
+  static bool isKind(const TypeLoc &TL) {
+    return !TL.getType().hasLocalQualifiers();
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper of type source information for a type with
+/// non-trivial direct qualifiers.
+///
+/// Currently, we intentionally do not provide source location for
+/// type qualifiers.
+class QualifiedTypeLoc : public TypeLoc {
+public:
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange();
+  }
+
+  UnqualTypeLoc getUnqualifiedLoc() const {
+    return UnqualTypeLoc(getTypePtr(), Data);
+  }
+
+  /// Initializes the local data of this type source info block to
+  /// provide no information.
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    // do nothing
+  }
+
+  TypeLoc getNextTypeLoc() const {
+    return getUnqualifiedLoc();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the size of the type source info data block that is
+  /// specific to this type.
+  unsigned getLocalDataSize() const {
+    // In fact, we don't currently preserve any location information
+    // for qualifiers.
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the size of the type source info data block.
+  unsigned getFullDataSize() const {
+    return getLocalDataSize() +
+      getFullDataSizeForType(getType().getLocalUnqualifiedType());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class TypeLoc;
+  static bool isKind(const TypeLoc &TL) {
+    return TL.getType().hasLocalQualifiers();
+  }
+};
+
+inline UnqualTypeLoc TypeLoc::getUnqualifiedLoc() const {
+  if (QualifiedTypeLoc Loc = getAs<QualifiedTypeLoc>())
+    return Loc.getUnqualifiedLoc();
+  return castAs<UnqualTypeLoc>();
+}
+
+/// A metaprogramming base class for TypeLoc classes which correspond
+/// to a particular Type subclass.  It is accepted for a single
+/// TypeLoc class to correspond to multiple Type classes.
+///
+/// \tparam Base a class from which to derive
+/// \tparam Derived the class deriving from this one
+/// \tparam TypeClass the concrete Type subclass associated with this
+///   location type
+/// \tparam LocalData the structure type of local location data for
+///   this type
+///
+/// sizeof(LocalData) needs to be a multiple of sizeof(void*) or
+/// else the world will end.
+///
+/// TypeLocs with non-constant amounts of local data should override
+/// getExtraLocalDataSize(); getExtraLocalData() will then point to
+/// this extra memory.
+///
+/// TypeLocs with an inner type should define
+///   QualType getInnerType() const
+/// and getInnerTypeLoc() will then point to this inner type's
+/// location data.
+///
+/// A word about hierarchies: this template is not designed to be
+/// derived from multiple times in a hierarchy.  It is also not
+/// designed to be used for classes where subtypes might provide
+/// different amounts of source information.  It should be subclassed
+/// only at the deepest portion of the hierarchy where all children
+/// have identical source information; if that's an abstract type,
+/// then further descendents should inherit from
+/// InheritingConcreteTypeLoc instead.
+template <class Base, class Derived, class TypeClass, class LocalData>
+class ConcreteTypeLoc : public Base {
+
+  const Derived *asDerived() const {
+    return static_cast<const Derived*>(this);
+  }
+
+  friend class TypeLoc;
+  static bool isKind(const TypeLoc &TL) {
+    return Derived::classofType(TL.getTypePtr());
+  }
+
+  static bool classofType(const Type *Ty) {
+    return TypeClass::classof(Ty);
+  }
+
+public:
+  unsigned getLocalDataSize() const {
+    return sizeof(LocalData) + asDerived()->getExtraLocalDataSize();
+  }
+  // Give a default implementation that's useful for leaf types.
+  unsigned getFullDataSize() const {
+    return asDerived()->getLocalDataSize() + getInnerTypeSize();
+  }
+
+  TypeLoc getNextTypeLoc() const {
+    return getNextTypeLoc(asDerived()->getInnerType());
+  }
+
+  const TypeClass *getTypePtr() const {
+    return cast<TypeClass>(Base::getTypePtr());
+  }
+
+protected:
+  unsigned getExtraLocalDataSize() const {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  LocalData *getLocalData() const {
+    return static_cast<LocalData*>(Base::Data);
+  }
+
+  /// Gets a pointer past the Info structure; useful for classes with
+  /// local data that can't be captured in the Info (e.g. because it's
+  /// of variable size).
+  void *getExtraLocalData() const {
+    return getLocalData() + 1;
+  }
+
+  void *getNonLocalData() const {
+    return static_cast<char*>(Base::Data) + asDerived()->getLocalDataSize();
+  }
+
+  struct HasNoInnerType {};
+  HasNoInnerType getInnerType() const { return HasNoInnerType(); }
+
+  TypeLoc getInnerTypeLoc() const {
+    return TypeLoc(asDerived()->getInnerType(), getNonLocalData());
+  }
+
+private:
+  unsigned getInnerTypeSize() const {
+    return getInnerTypeSize(asDerived()->getInnerType());
+  }
+
+  unsigned getInnerTypeSize(HasNoInnerType _) const {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getInnerTypeSize(QualType _) const {
+    return getInnerTypeLoc().getFullDataSize();
+  }
+
+  TypeLoc getNextTypeLoc(HasNoInnerType _) const {
+    return TypeLoc();
+  }
+
+  TypeLoc getNextTypeLoc(QualType T) const {
+    return TypeLoc(T, getNonLocalData());
+  }
+};
+
+/// A metaprogramming class designed for concrete subtypes of abstract
+/// types where all subtypes share equivalently-structured source
+/// information.  See the note on ConcreteTypeLoc.
+template <class Base, class Derived, class TypeClass>
+class InheritingConcreteTypeLoc : public Base {
+  friend class TypeLoc;
+  static bool classofType(const Type *Ty) {
+    return TypeClass::classof(Ty);
+  }
+
+  static bool isKind(const TypeLoc &TL) {
+    return Derived::classofType(TL.getTypePtr());
+  }
+  static bool isKind(const UnqualTypeLoc &TL) {
+    return Derived::classofType(TL.getTypePtr());
+  }
+
+public:
+  const TypeClass *getTypePtr() const {
+    return cast<TypeClass>(Base::getTypePtr());
+  }
+};
+
+
+struct TypeSpecLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation NameLoc;
+};
+
+/// \brief A reasonable base class for TypeLocs that correspond to
+/// types that are written as a type-specifier.
+class TypeSpecTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                                               TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                               Type,
+                                               TypeSpecLocInfo> {
+public:
+  enum { LocalDataSize = sizeof(TypeSpecLocInfo) };
+
+  SourceLocation getNameLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->NameLoc;
+  }
+  void setNameLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->NameLoc = Loc;
+  }
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getNameLoc(), getNameLoc());
+  }
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setNameLoc(Loc);
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class TypeLoc;
+  static bool isKind(const TypeLoc &TL);
+};
+
+
+struct BuiltinLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc;
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for builtin types.
+class BuiltinTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                                              BuiltinTypeLoc,
+                                              BuiltinType,
+                                              BuiltinLocInfo> {
+public:
+  enum { LocalDataSize = sizeof(BuiltinLocInfo) };
+
+  SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->BuiltinLoc;
+  }
+  void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    getLocalData()->BuiltinLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getNameLoc() const { return getBuiltinLoc(); }
+
+  WrittenBuiltinSpecs& getWrittenBuiltinSpecs() {
+    return *(static_cast<WrittenBuiltinSpecs*>(getExtraLocalData()));
+  }
+  const WrittenBuiltinSpecs& getWrittenBuiltinSpecs() const {
+    return *(static_cast<WrittenBuiltinSpecs*>(getExtraLocalData()));
+  }
+
+  bool needsExtraLocalData() const {
+    BuiltinType::Kind bk = getTypePtr()->getKind();
+    return (bk >= BuiltinType::UShort && bk <= BuiltinType::UInt128)
+      || (bk >= BuiltinType::Short && bk <= BuiltinType::LongDouble)
+      || bk == BuiltinType::UChar
+      || bk == BuiltinType::SChar;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getExtraLocalDataSize() const {
+    return needsExtraLocalData() ? sizeof(WrittenBuiltinSpecs) : 0;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getBuiltinLoc(), getBuiltinLoc());
+  }
+
+  TypeSpecifierSign getWrittenSignSpec() const {
+    if (needsExtraLocalData())
+      return static_cast<TypeSpecifierSign>(getWrittenBuiltinSpecs().Sign);
+    else
+      return TSS_unspecified;
+  }
+  bool hasWrittenSignSpec() const {
+    return getWrittenSignSpec() != TSS_unspecified;
+  }
+  void setWrittenSignSpec(TypeSpecifierSign written) {
+    if (needsExtraLocalData())
+      getWrittenBuiltinSpecs().Sign = written;
+  }
+
+  TypeSpecifierWidth getWrittenWidthSpec() const {
+    if (needsExtraLocalData())
+      return static_cast<TypeSpecifierWidth>(getWrittenBuiltinSpecs().Width);
+    else
+      return TSW_unspecified;
+  }
+  bool hasWrittenWidthSpec() const {
+    return getWrittenWidthSpec() != TSW_unspecified;
+  }
+  void setWrittenWidthSpec(TypeSpecifierWidth written) {
+    if (needsExtraLocalData())
+      getWrittenBuiltinSpecs().Width = written;
+  }
+
+  TypeSpecifierType getWrittenTypeSpec() const;
+  bool hasWrittenTypeSpec() const {
+    return getWrittenTypeSpec() != TST_unspecified;
+  }
+  void setWrittenTypeSpec(TypeSpecifierType written) {
+    if (needsExtraLocalData())
+      getWrittenBuiltinSpecs().Type = written;
+  }
+
+  bool hasModeAttr() const {
+    if (needsExtraLocalData())
+      return getWrittenBuiltinSpecs().ModeAttr;
+    else
+      return false;
+  }
+  void setModeAttr(bool written) {
+    if (needsExtraLocalData())
+      getWrittenBuiltinSpecs().ModeAttr = written;
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setBuiltinLoc(Loc);
+    if (needsExtraLocalData()) {
+      WrittenBuiltinSpecs &wbs = getWrittenBuiltinSpecs();
+      wbs.Sign = TSS_unspecified;
+      wbs.Width = TSW_unspecified;
+      wbs.Type = TST_unspecified;
+      wbs.ModeAttr = false;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for typedefs.
+class TypedefTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                                        TypedefTypeLoc,
+                                                        TypedefType> {
+public:
+  TypedefNameDecl *getTypedefNameDecl() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getDecl();
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for injected class names of class
+/// templates.
+class InjectedClassNameTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                     InjectedClassNameTypeLoc,
+                                     InjectedClassNameType> {
+public:
+  CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getDecl();
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for unresolved typename using decls.
+class UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                     UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc,
+                                     UnresolvedUsingType> {
+public:
+  UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getDecl();
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for tag types.  Note that this only
+/// records source info for the name itself; a type written 'struct foo'
+/// should be represented as an ElaboratedTypeLoc.  We currently
+/// only do that when C++ is enabled because of the expense of
+/// creating an ElaboratedType node for so many type references in C.
+class TagTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                                    TagTypeLoc,
+                                                    TagType> {
+public:
+  TagDecl *getDecl() const { return getTypePtr()->getDecl(); }
+
+  /// \brief True if the tag was defined in this type specifier.
+  bool isDefinition() const {
+    TagDecl *D = getDecl();
+    return D->isCompleteDefinition() &&
+         (D->getIdentifier() == 0 || D->getLocation() == getNameLoc());
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for record types.
+class RecordTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TagTypeLoc,
+                                                       RecordTypeLoc,
+                                                       RecordType> {
+public:
+  RecordDecl *getDecl() const { return getTypePtr()->getDecl(); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for enum types.
+class EnumTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TagTypeLoc,
+                                                     EnumTypeLoc,
+                                                     EnumType> {
+public:
+  EnumDecl *getDecl() const { return getTypePtr()->getDecl(); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for template type parameters.
+class TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                     TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc,
+                                     TemplateTypeParmType> {
+public:
+  TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { return getTypePtr()->getDecl(); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for substituted template type parameters.
+class SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                     SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc,
+                                     SubstTemplateTypeParmType> {
+};
+
+  /// \brief Wrapper for substituted template type parameters.
+class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                     SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc,
+                                     SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType> {
+};
+
+struct AttributedLocInfo {
+  union {
+    Expr *ExprOperand;
+
+    /// A raw SourceLocation.
+    unsigned EnumOperandLoc;
+  };
+
+  SourceRange OperandParens;
+
+  SourceLocation AttrLoc;
+};
+
+/// \brief Type source information for an attributed type.
+class AttributedTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                                                 AttributedTypeLoc,
+                                                 AttributedType,
+                                                 AttributedLocInfo> {
+public:
+  AttributedType::Kind getAttrKind() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getAttrKind();
+  }
+
+  bool hasAttrExprOperand() const {
+    return (getAttrKind() >= AttributedType::FirstExprOperandKind &&
+            getAttrKind() <= AttributedType::LastExprOperandKind);
+  }
+
+  bool hasAttrEnumOperand() const {
+    return (getAttrKind() >= AttributedType::FirstEnumOperandKind &&
+            getAttrKind() <= AttributedType::LastEnumOperandKind);
+  }
+
+  bool hasAttrOperand() const {
+    return hasAttrExprOperand() || hasAttrEnumOperand();
+  }
+
+  /// The modified type, which is generally canonically different from
+  /// the attribute type.
+  ///    int main(int, char**) __attribute__((noreturn))
+  ///    ~~~     ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+  TypeLoc getModifiedLoc() const {
+    return getInnerTypeLoc();
+  }
+
+  /// The location of the attribute name, i.e.
+  ///    __attribute__((regparm(1000)))
+  ///                   ^~~~~~~
+  SourceLocation getAttrNameLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->AttrLoc;
+  }
+  void setAttrNameLoc(SourceLocation loc) {
+    getLocalData()->AttrLoc = loc;
+  }
+
+  /// The attribute's expression operand, if it has one.
+  ///    void *cur_thread __attribute__((address_space(21)))
+  ///                                                  ^~
+  Expr *getAttrExprOperand() const {
+    assert(hasAttrExprOperand());
+    return getLocalData()->ExprOperand;
+  }
+  void setAttrExprOperand(Expr *e) {
+    assert(hasAttrExprOperand());
+    getLocalData()->ExprOperand = e;
+  }
+
+  /// The location of the attribute's enumerated operand, if it has one.
+  ///    void * __attribute__((objc_gc(weak)))
+  ///                                  ^~~~
+  SourceLocation getAttrEnumOperandLoc() const {
+    assert(hasAttrEnumOperand());
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(getLocalData()->EnumOperandLoc);
+  }
+  void setAttrEnumOperandLoc(SourceLocation loc) {
+    assert(hasAttrEnumOperand());
+    getLocalData()->EnumOperandLoc = loc.getRawEncoding();
+  }
+
+  /// The location of the parentheses around the operand, if there is
+  /// an operand.
+  ///    void * __attribute__((objc_gc(weak)))
+  ///                                 ^    ^
+  SourceRange getAttrOperandParensRange() const {
+    assert(hasAttrOperand());
+    return getLocalData()->OperandParens;
+  }
+  void setAttrOperandParensRange(SourceRange range) {
+    assert(hasAttrOperand());
+    getLocalData()->OperandParens = range;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    // Note that this does *not* include the range of the attribute
+    // enclosure, e.g.:
+    //    __attribute__((foo(bar)))
+    //    ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~        ~~
+    // or
+    //    [[foo(bar)]]
+    //    ^~        ~~
+    // That enclosure doesn't necessarily belong to a single attribute
+    // anyway.
+    SourceRange range(getAttrNameLoc());
+    if (hasAttrOperand())
+      range.setEnd(getAttrOperandParensRange().getEnd());
+    return range;
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation loc) {
+    setAttrNameLoc(loc);
+    if (hasAttrExprOperand()) {
+      setAttrOperandParensRange(SourceRange(loc));
+      setAttrExprOperand(0);
+    } else if (hasAttrEnumOperand()) {
+      setAttrOperandParensRange(SourceRange(loc));
+      setAttrEnumOperandLoc(loc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  QualType getInnerType() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getModifiedType();
+  }
+};
+
+
+struct ObjCProtocolListLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation LAngleLoc;
+  SourceLocation RAngleLoc;
+  bool HasBaseTypeAsWritten;
+};
+
+// A helper class for defining ObjC TypeLocs that can qualified with
+// protocols.
+//
+// TypeClass basically has to be either ObjCInterfaceType or
+// ObjCObjectPointerType.
+class ObjCObjectTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                                                 ObjCObjectTypeLoc,
+                                                 ObjCObjectType,
+                                                 ObjCProtocolListLocInfo> {
+  // SourceLocations are stored after Info, one for each Protocol.
+  SourceLocation *getProtocolLocArray() const {
+    return (SourceLocation*) this->getExtraLocalData();
+  }
+
+public:
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->LAngleLoc;
+  }
+  void setLAngleLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->LAngleLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->RAngleLoc;
+  }
+  void setRAngleLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->RAngleLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
+    return this->getTypePtr()->getNumProtocols();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getProtocolLoc(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < getNumProtocols() && "Index is out of bounds!");
+    return getProtocolLocArray()[i];
+  }
+  void setProtocolLoc(unsigned i, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    assert(i < getNumProtocols() && "Index is out of bounds!");
+    getProtocolLocArray()[i] = Loc;
+  }
+
+  ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < getNumProtocols() && "Index is out of bounds!");
+    return *(this->getTypePtr()->qual_begin() + i);
+  }
+
+  bool hasBaseTypeAsWritten() const {
+    return getLocalData()->HasBaseTypeAsWritten;
+  }
+
+  void setHasBaseTypeAsWritten(bool HasBaseType) {
+    getLocalData()->HasBaseTypeAsWritten = HasBaseType;
+  }
+
+  TypeLoc getBaseLoc() const {
+    return getInnerTypeLoc();
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLAngleLoc(), getRAngleLoc());
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setHasBaseTypeAsWritten(true);
+    setLAngleLoc(Loc);
+    setRAngleLoc(Loc);
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumProtocols(); i != e; ++i)
+      setProtocolLoc(i, Loc);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getExtraLocalDataSize() const {
+    return this->getNumProtocols() * sizeof(SourceLocation);
+  }
+
+  QualType getInnerType() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getBaseType();
+  }
+};
+
+
+struct ObjCInterfaceLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation NameLoc;
+  SourceLocation NameEndLoc;
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for ObjC interfaces.
+class ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<ObjCObjectTypeLoc,
+                                                    ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc,
+                                                    ObjCInterfaceType,
+                                                    ObjCInterfaceLocInfo> {
+public:
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getIFaceDecl() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getDecl();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getNameLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->NameLoc;
+  }
+
+  void setNameLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    getLocalData()->NameLoc = Loc;
+  }
+                                                    
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getNameLoc(), getNameEndLoc());
+  }
+  
+  SourceLocation getNameEndLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->NameEndLoc;
+  }
+
+  void setNameEndLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    getLocalData()->NameEndLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setNameLoc(Loc);
+    setNameEndLoc(Loc);
+  }
+};
+
+struct ParenLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc;
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+};
+
+class ParenTypeLoc
+  : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc, ParenTypeLoc, ParenType,
+                           ParenLocInfo> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->LParenLoc;
+  }
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->RParenLoc;
+  }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->LParenLoc = Loc;
+  }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->RParenLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLParenLoc(), getRParenLoc());
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setLParenLoc(Loc);
+    setRParenLoc(Loc);
+  }
+
+  TypeLoc getInnerLoc() const {
+    return getInnerTypeLoc();
+  }
+
+  QualType getInnerType() const {
+    return this->getTypePtr()->getInnerType();
+  }
+};
+
+inline TypeLoc TypeLoc::IgnoreParens() const {
+  if (ParenTypeLoc::isKind(*this))
+    return IgnoreParensImpl(*this);
+  return *this;
+}
+
+struct PointerLikeLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation StarLoc;
+};
+
+/// A base class for
+template <class Derived, class TypeClass, class LocalData = PointerLikeLocInfo>
+class PointerLikeTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc, Derived,
+                                                  TypeClass, LocalData> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getSigilLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->StarLoc;
+  }
+  void setSigilLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->StarLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  TypeLoc getPointeeLoc() const {
+    return this->getInnerTypeLoc();
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getSigilLoc(), getSigilLoc());
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setSigilLoc(Loc);
+  }
+
+  QualType getInnerType() const {
+    return this->getTypePtr()->getPointeeType();
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for pointers.
+class PointerTypeLoc : public PointerLikeTypeLoc<PointerTypeLoc,
+                                                 PointerType> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getStarLoc() const {
+    return getSigilLoc();
+  }
+  void setStarLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setSigilLoc(Loc);
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for block pointers.
+class BlockPointerTypeLoc : public PointerLikeTypeLoc<BlockPointerTypeLoc,
+                                                      BlockPointerType> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getCaretLoc() const {
+    return getSigilLoc();
+  }
+  void setCaretLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setSigilLoc(Loc);
+  }
+};
+
+struct MemberPointerLocInfo : public PointerLikeLocInfo {
+  TypeSourceInfo *ClassTInfo;
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for member pointers.
+class MemberPointerTypeLoc : public PointerLikeTypeLoc<MemberPointerTypeLoc,
+                                                       MemberPointerType,
+                                                       MemberPointerLocInfo> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getStarLoc() const {
+    return getSigilLoc();
+  }
+  void setStarLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setSigilLoc(Loc);
+  }
+
+  const Type *getClass() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getClass();
+  }
+  TypeSourceInfo *getClassTInfo() const {
+    return getLocalData()->ClassTInfo;
+  }
+  void setClassTInfo(TypeSourceInfo* TI) {
+    getLocalData()->ClassTInfo = TI;
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setSigilLoc(Loc);
+    setClassTInfo(0);
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = getClassTInfo())
+      return SourceRange(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), getStarLoc());
+    else
+      return SourceRange(getStarLoc());
+  }
+};
+
+/// Wraps an ObjCPointerType with source location information.
+class ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc :
+    public PointerLikeTypeLoc<ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc,
+                              ObjCObjectPointerType> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getStarLoc() const {
+    return getSigilLoc();
+  }
+
+  void setStarLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setSigilLoc(Loc);
+  }
+};
+
+
+class ReferenceTypeLoc : public PointerLikeTypeLoc<ReferenceTypeLoc,
+                                                   ReferenceType> {
+public:
+  QualType getInnerType() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getPointeeTypeAsWritten();
+  }
+};
+
+class LValueReferenceTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<ReferenceTypeLoc,
+                                     LValueReferenceTypeLoc,
+                                     LValueReferenceType> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getAmpLoc() const {
+    return getSigilLoc();
+  }
+  void setAmpLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setSigilLoc(Loc);
+  }
+};
+
+class RValueReferenceTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<ReferenceTypeLoc,
+                                     RValueReferenceTypeLoc,
+                                     RValueReferenceType> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getAmpAmpLoc() const {
+    return getSigilLoc();
+  }
+  void setAmpAmpLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setSigilLoc(Loc);
+  }
+};
+
+
+struct FunctionLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation LocalRangeBegin;
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc;
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+  SourceLocation LocalRangeEnd;
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for functions.
+class FunctionTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                                               FunctionTypeLoc,
+                                               FunctionType,
+                                               FunctionLocInfo> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getLocalRangeBegin() const {
+    return getLocalData()->LocalRangeBegin;
+  }
+  void setLocalRangeBegin(SourceLocation L) {
+    getLocalData()->LocalRangeBegin = L;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocalRangeEnd() const {
+    return getLocalData()->LocalRangeEnd;
+  }
+  void setLocalRangeEnd(SourceLocation L) {
+    getLocalData()->LocalRangeEnd = L;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->LParenLoc;
+  }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->LParenLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->RParenLoc;
+  }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->RParenLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getParensRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLParenLoc(), getRParenLoc());
+  }
+
+  ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> getParams() const {
+    return ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>(getParmArray(), getNumArgs());
+  }
+
+  // ParmVarDecls* are stored after Info, one for each argument.
+  ParmVarDecl **getParmArray() const {
+    return (ParmVarDecl**) getExtraLocalData();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const {
+    if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(getTypePtr()))
+      return 0;
+    return cast<FunctionProtoType>(getTypePtr())->getNumArgs();
+  }
+  ParmVarDecl *getArg(unsigned i) const { return getParmArray()[i]; }
+  void setArg(unsigned i, ParmVarDecl *VD) { getParmArray()[i] = VD; }
+
+  TypeLoc getResultLoc() const {
+    return getInnerTypeLoc();
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLocalRangeBegin(), getLocalRangeEnd());
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setLocalRangeBegin(Loc);
+    setLParenLoc(Loc);
+    setRParenLoc(Loc);
+    setLocalRangeEnd(Loc);
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
+      setArg(i, NULL);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the size of the type source info data block that is
+  /// specific to this type.
+  unsigned getExtraLocalDataSize() const {
+    return getNumArgs() * sizeof(ParmVarDecl*);
+  }
+
+  QualType getInnerType() const { return getTypePtr()->getResultType(); }
+};
+
+class FunctionProtoTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<FunctionTypeLoc,
+                                     FunctionProtoTypeLoc,
+                                     FunctionProtoType> {
+};
+
+class FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<FunctionTypeLoc,
+                                     FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc,
+                                     FunctionNoProtoType> {
+};
+
+
+struct ArrayLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation LBracketLoc, RBracketLoc;
+  Expr *Size;
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper for source info for arrays.
+class ArrayTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                                            ArrayTypeLoc,
+                                            ArrayType,
+                                            ArrayLocInfo> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->LBracketLoc;
+  }
+  void setLBracketLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    getLocalData()->LBracketLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->RBracketLoc;
+  }
+  void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    getLocalData()->RBracketLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getBracketsRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLBracketLoc(), getRBracketLoc());
+  }
+
+  Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
+    return getLocalData()->Size;
+  }
+  void setSizeExpr(Expr *Size) {
+    getLocalData()->Size = Size;
+  }
+
+  TypeLoc getElementLoc() const {
+    return getInnerTypeLoc();
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLBracketLoc(), getRBracketLoc());
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setLBracketLoc(Loc);
+    setRBracketLoc(Loc);
+    setSizeExpr(NULL);
+  }
+
+  QualType getInnerType() const { return getTypePtr()->getElementType(); }
+};
+
+class ConstantArrayTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<ArrayTypeLoc,
+                                     ConstantArrayTypeLoc,
+                                     ConstantArrayType> {
+};
+
+class IncompleteArrayTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<ArrayTypeLoc,
+                                     IncompleteArrayTypeLoc,
+                                     IncompleteArrayType> {
+};
+
+class DependentSizedArrayTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<ArrayTypeLoc,
+                                     DependentSizedArrayTypeLoc,
+                                     DependentSizedArrayType> {
+
+};
+
+class VariableArrayTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<ArrayTypeLoc,
+                                     VariableArrayTypeLoc,
+                                     VariableArrayType> {
+};
+
+
+// Location information for a TemplateName.  Rudimentary for now.
+struct TemplateNameLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation NameLoc;
+};
+
+struct TemplateSpecializationLocInfo : TemplateNameLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
+  SourceLocation LAngleLoc;
+  SourceLocation RAngleLoc;
+};
+
+class TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc :
+    public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                           TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc,
+                           TemplateSpecializationType,
+                           TemplateSpecializationLocInfo> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->TemplateKWLoc;
+  }
+  void setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    getLocalData()->TemplateKWLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->LAngleLoc;
+  }
+  void setLAngleLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    getLocalData()->LAngleLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->RAngleLoc;
+  }
+  void setRAngleLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    getLocalData()->RAngleLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getNumArgs();
+  }
+  void setArgLocInfo(unsigned i, TemplateArgumentLocInfo AI) {
+    getArgInfos()[i] = AI;
+  }
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo getArgLocInfo(unsigned i) const {
+    return getArgInfos()[i];
+  }
+
+  TemplateArgumentLoc getArgLoc(unsigned i) const {
+    return TemplateArgumentLoc(getTypePtr()->getArg(i), getArgLocInfo(i));
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getTemplateNameLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->NameLoc;
+  }
+  void setTemplateNameLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    getLocalData()->NameLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief - Copy the location information from the given info.
+  void copy(TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc Loc) {
+    unsigned size = getFullDataSize();
+    assert(size == Loc.getFullDataSize());
+
+    // We're potentially copying Expr references here.  We don't
+    // bother retaining them because TypeSourceInfos live forever, so
+    // as long as the Expr was retained when originally written into
+    // the TypeLoc, we're okay.
+    memcpy(Data, Loc.Data, size);
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    if (getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid())
+      return SourceRange(getTemplateKeywordLoc(), getRAngleLoc());
+    else
+      return SourceRange(getTemplateNameLoc(), getRAngleLoc());
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setTemplateKeywordLoc(Loc);
+    setTemplateNameLoc(Loc);
+    setLAngleLoc(Loc);
+    setRAngleLoc(Loc);
+    initializeArgLocs(Context, getNumArgs(), getTypePtr()->getArgs(),
+                      getArgInfos(), Loc);
+  }
+
+  static void initializeArgLocs(ASTContext &Context, unsigned NumArgs,
+                                const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                TemplateArgumentLocInfo *ArgInfos,
+                                SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  unsigned getExtraLocalDataSize() const {
+    return getNumArgs() * sizeof(TemplateArgumentLocInfo);
+  }
+
+private:
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo *getArgInfos() const {
+    return static_cast<TemplateArgumentLocInfo*>(getExtraLocalData());
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  All of these need proper implementations.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// FIXME: size expression and attribute locations (or keyword if we
+// ever fully support altivec syntax).
+class VectorTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                                       VectorTypeLoc,
+                                                       VectorType> {
+};
+
+// FIXME: size expression and attribute locations.
+class ExtVectorTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<VectorTypeLoc,
+                                                          ExtVectorTypeLoc,
+                                                          ExtVectorType> {
+};
+
+// FIXME: attribute locations.
+// For some reason, this isn't a subtype of VectorType.
+class DependentSizedExtVectorTypeLoc :
+    public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                     DependentSizedExtVectorTypeLoc,
+                                     DependentSizedExtVectorType> {
+};
+
+// FIXME: location of the '_Complex' keyword.
+class ComplexTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                                        ComplexTypeLoc,
+                                                        ComplexType> {
+};
+
+struct TypeofLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation TypeofLoc;
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc;
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+};
+
+struct TypeOfExprTypeLocInfo : public TypeofLocInfo {
+};
+
+struct TypeOfTypeLocInfo : public TypeofLocInfo {
+  TypeSourceInfo* UnderlyingTInfo;
+};
+
+template <class Derived, class TypeClass, class LocalData = TypeofLocInfo>
+class TypeofLikeTypeLoc
+  : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc, Derived, TypeClass, LocalData> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getTypeofLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->TypeofLoc;
+  }
+  void setTypeofLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->TypeofLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->LParenLoc;
+  }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->LParenLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->RParenLoc;
+  }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->RParenLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getParensRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLParenLoc(), getRParenLoc());
+  }
+  void setParensRange(SourceRange range) {
+      setLParenLoc(range.getBegin());
+      setRParenLoc(range.getEnd());
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getTypeofLoc(), getRParenLoc());
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setTypeofLoc(Loc);
+    setLParenLoc(Loc);
+    setRParenLoc(Loc);
+  }
+};
+
+class TypeOfExprTypeLoc : public TypeofLikeTypeLoc<TypeOfExprTypeLoc,
+                                                   TypeOfExprType,
+                                                   TypeOfExprTypeLocInfo> {
+public:
+  Expr* getUnderlyingExpr() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getUnderlyingExpr();
+  }
+  // Reimplemented to account for GNU/C++ extension
+  //     typeof unary-expression
+  // where there are no parentheses.
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const;
+};
+
+class TypeOfTypeLoc
+  : public TypeofLikeTypeLoc<TypeOfTypeLoc, TypeOfType, TypeOfTypeLocInfo> {
+public:
+  QualType getUnderlyingType() const {
+    return this->getTypePtr()->getUnderlyingType();
+  }
+  TypeSourceInfo* getUnderlyingTInfo() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->UnderlyingTInfo;
+  }
+  void setUnderlyingTInfo(TypeSourceInfo* TI) const {
+    this->getLocalData()->UnderlyingTInfo = TI;
+  }
+};
+
+// FIXME: location of the 'decltype' and parens.
+class DecltypeTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                                         DecltypeTypeLoc,
+                                                         DecltypeType> {
+public:
+  Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return getTypePtr()->getUnderlyingExpr(); }
+};
+
+struct UnaryTransformTypeLocInfo {
+  // FIXME: While there's only one unary transform right now, future ones may
+  // need different representations
+  SourceLocation KWLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
+  TypeSourceInfo *UnderlyingTInfo;
+};
+
+class UnaryTransformTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                                                    UnaryTransformTypeLoc,
+                                                    UnaryTransformType,
+                                                    UnaryTransformTypeLocInfo> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getKWLoc() const { return getLocalData()->KWLoc; }
+  void setKWLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { getLocalData()->KWLoc = Loc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return getLocalData()->LParenLoc; }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { getLocalData()->LParenLoc = Loc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return getLocalData()->RParenLoc; }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { getLocalData()->RParenLoc = Loc; }
+
+  TypeSourceInfo* getUnderlyingTInfo() const {
+    return getLocalData()->UnderlyingTInfo;
+  }
+  void setUnderlyingTInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
+    getLocalData()->UnderlyingTInfo = TInfo;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getKWLoc(), getRParenLoc());
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getParensRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLParenLoc(), getRParenLoc());
+  }
+  void setParensRange(SourceRange Range) {
+    setLParenLoc(Range.getBegin());
+    setRParenLoc(Range.getEnd());
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setKWLoc(Loc);
+    setRParenLoc(Loc);
+    setLParenLoc(Loc);
+  }
+};
+
+class AutoTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
+                                                        AutoTypeLoc,
+                                                        AutoType> {
+};
+
+struct ElaboratedLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation ElaboratedKWLoc;
+  /// \brief Data associated with the nested-name-specifier location.
+  void *QualifierData;
+};
+
+class ElaboratedTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                                                 ElaboratedTypeLoc,
+                                                 ElaboratedType,
+                                                 ElaboratedLocInfo> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getElaboratedKeywordLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->ElaboratedKWLoc;
+  }
+  void setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->ElaboratedKWLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const {
+    return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(getTypePtr()->getQualifier(),
+                                  getLocalData()->QualifierData);
+  }
+
+  void setQualifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc) {
+    assert(QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()
+                                            == getTypePtr()->getQualifier() &&
+           "Inconsistent nested-name-specifier pointer");
+    getLocalData()->QualifierData = QualifierLoc.getOpaqueData();
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    if (getElaboratedKeywordLoc().isValid())
+      if (getQualifierLoc())
+        return SourceRange(getElaboratedKeywordLoc(),
+                           getQualifierLoc().getEndLoc());
+      else
+        return SourceRange(getElaboratedKeywordLoc());
+    else
+      return getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange();
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  TypeLoc getNamedTypeLoc() const {
+    return getInnerTypeLoc();
+  }
+
+  QualType getInnerType() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getNamedType();
+  }
+
+  void copy(ElaboratedTypeLoc Loc) {
+    unsigned size = getFullDataSize();
+    assert(size == Loc.getFullDataSize());
+    memcpy(Data, Loc.Data, size);
+  }
+};
+
+// This is exactly the structure of an ElaboratedTypeLoc whose inner
+// type is some sort of TypeDeclTypeLoc.
+struct DependentNameLocInfo : ElaboratedLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation NameLoc;
+};
+
+class DependentNameTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                                                    DependentNameTypeLoc,
+                                                    DependentNameType,
+                                                    DependentNameLocInfo> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getElaboratedKeywordLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->ElaboratedKWLoc;
+  }
+  void setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->ElaboratedKWLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const {
+    return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(getTypePtr()->getQualifier(),
+                                  getLocalData()->QualifierData);
+  }
+
+  void setQualifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc) {
+    assert(QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()
+                                            == getTypePtr()->getQualifier() &&
+           "Inconsistent nested-name-specifier pointer");
+    getLocalData()->QualifierData = QualifierLoc.getOpaqueData();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getNameLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->NameLoc;
+  }
+  void setNameLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->NameLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    if (getElaboratedKeywordLoc().isValid())
+      return SourceRange(getElaboratedKeywordLoc(), getNameLoc());
+    else
+      return SourceRange(getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc(), getNameLoc());
+  }
+
+  void copy(DependentNameTypeLoc Loc) {
+    unsigned size = getFullDataSize();
+    assert(size == Loc.getFullDataSize());
+    memcpy(Data, Loc.Data, size);
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc);
+};
+
+struct DependentTemplateSpecializationLocInfo : DependentNameLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
+  SourceLocation LAngleLoc;
+  SourceLocation RAngleLoc;
+  // followed by a TemplateArgumentLocInfo[]
+};
+
+class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc :
+    public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
+                           DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc,
+                           DependentTemplateSpecializationType,
+                           DependentTemplateSpecializationLocInfo> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getElaboratedKeywordLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->ElaboratedKWLoc;
+  }
+  void setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->ElaboratedKWLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const {
+    if (!getLocalData()->QualifierData)
+      return NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
+
+    return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(getTypePtr()->getQualifier(),
+                                  getLocalData()->QualifierData);
+  }
+
+  void setQualifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc) {
+    if (!QualifierLoc) {
+      // Even if we have a nested-name-specifier in the dependent
+      // template specialization type, we won't record the nested-name-specifier
+      // location information when this type-source location information is
+      // part of a nested-name-specifier.
+      getLocalData()->QualifierData = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    assert(QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()
+                                        == getTypePtr()->getQualifier() &&
+           "Inconsistent nested-name-specifier pointer");
+    getLocalData()->QualifierData = QualifierLoc.getOpaqueData();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
+    return getLocalData()->TemplateKWLoc;
+  }
+  void setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    getLocalData()->TemplateKWLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getTemplateNameLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->NameLoc;
+  }
+  void setTemplateNameLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->NameLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->LAngleLoc;
+  }
+  void setLAngleLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->LAngleLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->RAngleLoc;
+  }
+  void setRAngleLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->RAngleLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const {
+    return getTypePtr()->getNumArgs();
+  }
+
+  void setArgLocInfo(unsigned i, TemplateArgumentLocInfo AI) {
+    getArgInfos()[i] = AI;
+  }
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo getArgLocInfo(unsigned i) const {
+    return getArgInfos()[i];
+  }
+
+  TemplateArgumentLoc getArgLoc(unsigned i) const {
+    return TemplateArgumentLoc(getTypePtr()->getArg(i), getArgLocInfo(i));
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    if (getElaboratedKeywordLoc().isValid())
+      return SourceRange(getElaboratedKeywordLoc(), getRAngleLoc());
+    else if (getQualifierLoc())
+      return SourceRange(getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc(), getRAngleLoc());
+    else if (getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid())
+      return SourceRange(getTemplateKeywordLoc(), getRAngleLoc());
+    else
+      return SourceRange(getTemplateNameLoc(), getRAngleLoc());
+  }
+
+  void copy(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc Loc) {
+    unsigned size = getFullDataSize();
+    assert(size == Loc.getFullDataSize());
+    memcpy(Data, Loc.Data, size);
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  unsigned getExtraLocalDataSize() const {
+    return getNumArgs() * sizeof(TemplateArgumentLocInfo);
+  }
+
+private:
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo *getArgInfos() const {
+    return static_cast<TemplateArgumentLocInfo*>(getExtraLocalData());
+  }
+};
+
+
+struct PackExpansionTypeLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+};
+
+class PackExpansionTypeLoc
+  : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc, PackExpansionTypeLoc,
+                           PackExpansionType, PackExpansionTypeLocInfo> {
+public:
+  SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->EllipsisLoc;
+  }
+
+  void setEllipsisLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->EllipsisLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getEllipsisLoc(), getEllipsisLoc());
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setEllipsisLoc(Loc);
+  }
+
+  TypeLoc getPatternLoc() const {
+    return getInnerTypeLoc();
+  }
+
+  QualType getInnerType() const {
+    return this->getTypePtr()->getPattern();
+  }
+};
+
+struct AtomicTypeLocInfo {
+  SourceLocation KWLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
+};
+
+class AtomicTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc, AtomicTypeLoc,
+                                             AtomicType, AtomicTypeLocInfo> {
+public:
+  TypeLoc getValueLoc() const {
+    return this->getInnerTypeLoc();
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getKWLoc(), getRParenLoc());
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getKWLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->KWLoc;
+  }
+  void setKWLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->KWLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->LParenLoc;
+  }
+  void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->LParenLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const {
+    return this->getLocalData()->RParenLoc;
+  }
+  void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    this->getLocalData()->RParenLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getParensRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLParenLoc(), getRParenLoc());
+  }
+  void setParensRange(SourceRange Range) {
+    setLParenLoc(Range.getBegin());
+    setRParenLoc(Range.getEnd());
+  }
+
+  void initializeLocal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation Loc) {
+    setKWLoc(Loc);
+    setLParenLoc(Loc);
+    setRParenLoc(Loc);
+  }
+
+  QualType getInnerType() const {
+    return this->getTypePtr()->getValueType();
+  }
+};
+
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4590e48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+//===-- TypeLocNodes.def - Metadata about TypeLoc wrappers ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the TypeLoc info database.  Each node is
+//  enumerated by providing its core name (e.g., "Pointer" for "PointerTypeLoc")
+//  and base class (e.g., "DeclaratorLoc").  All nodes except QualifiedTypeLoc
+//  are associated
+//
+//    TYPELOC(Class, Base) - A TypeLoc subclass.  If UNQUAL_TYPELOC is
+//      provided, there will be exactly one of these, Qualified.
+//
+//    UNQUAL_TYPELOC(Class, Base, Type) - An UnqualTypeLoc subclass.
+//
+//    ABSTRACT_TYPELOC(Class) - Refers to TypeSpecLoc and DeclaratorLoc.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef UNQUAL_TYPELOC
+#  define UNQUAL_TYPELOC(Class, Base) TYPELOC(Class, Base)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACT_TYPELOC
+#  define ABSTRACT_TYPELOC(Class, Base) UNQUAL_TYPELOC(Class, Base)
+#endif
+
+TYPELOC(Qualified, TypeLoc)
+#define TYPE(Class, Base) UNQUAL_TYPELOC(Class, Base##Loc)
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) ABSTRACT_TYPELOC(Class, Base##Loc)
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+
+#undef DECLARATOR_TYPELOC
+#undef TYPESPEC_TYPELOC
+#undef ABSTRACT_TYPELOC
+#undef UNQUAL_TYPELOC
+#undef TYPELOC
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeLocVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeLocVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db5775a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeLocVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+//===--- TypeLocVisitor.h - Visitor for TypeLoc subclasses ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the TypeLocVisitor interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPELOCVISITOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPELOCVISITOR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TypeVisitor.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+#define DISPATCH(CLASSNAME) \
+  return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)-> \
+    Visit##CLASSNAME(TyLoc.castAs<CLASSNAME>())
+
+template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class TypeLocVisitor {
+public:
+  RetTy Visit(TypeLoc TyLoc) {
+    switch (TyLoc.getTypeLocClass()) {
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPELOC(CLASS, PARENT)
+#define TYPELOC(CLASS, PARENT) \
+    case TypeLoc::CLASS: DISPATCH(CLASS##TypeLoc);
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def"
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("unexpected type loc class!");
+  }
+
+  RetTy Visit(UnqualTypeLoc TyLoc) {
+    switch (TyLoc.getTypeLocClass()) {
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPELOC(CLASS, PARENT)
+#define TYPELOC(CLASS, PARENT) \
+    case TypeLoc::CLASS: DISPATCH(CLASS##TypeLoc);
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def"
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("unexpected type loc class!");
+  }
+
+#define TYPELOC(CLASS, PARENT)      \
+  RetTy Visit##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TyLoc) { \
+    DISPATCH(PARENT);               \
+  }
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def"
+
+  RetTy VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc TyLoc) { return RetTy(); }
+};
+
+#undef DISPATCH
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPELOCVISITOR_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeNodes.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeNodes.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5c485f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeNodes.def
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+//===-- TypeNodes.def - Metadata about Type AST nodes -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the AST type info database. Each type node is
+//  enumerated by providing its name (e.g., "Builtin" or "Enum") and
+//  base class (e.g., "Type" or "TagType"). Depending on where in the
+//  abstract syntax tree the type will show up, the enumeration uses
+//  one of four different macros:
+//
+//    TYPE(Class, Base) - A type that can show up anywhere in the AST,
+//    and might be dependent, canonical, or non-canonical. All clients
+//    will need to understand these types.
+//
+//    ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) - An abstract class that shows up in
+//    the type hierarchy but has no concrete instances.
+//
+//    NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) - A type that can show up
+//    anywhere in the AST but will never be a part of a canonical
+//    type. Clients that only need to deal with canonical types
+//    (ignoring, e.g., typedefs and other type alises used for
+//    pretty-printing) can ignore these types.
+//
+//    DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) - A type that will only show up
+//    within a C++ template that has not been instantiated, e.g., a
+//    type that is always dependent. Clients that do not need to deal
+//    with uninstantiated C++ templates can ignore these types.
+//
+//    NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) - A type that
+//    is non-canonical unless it is dependent.  Defaults to TYPE because
+//    it is neither reliably dependent nor reliably non-canonical.
+//
+//  There is a sixth macro, independent of the others.  Most clients
+//  will not need to use it.
+//
+//    LEAF_TYPE(Class) - A type that never has inner types.  Clients
+//    which can operate on such types more efficiently may wish to do so.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACT_TYPE
+#  define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) TYPE(Class, Base)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NON_CANONICAL_TYPE
+#  define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) TYPE(Class, Base)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEPENDENT_TYPE
+#  define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) TYPE(Class, Base)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE
+#  define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) TYPE(Class, Base)
+#endif
+
+TYPE(Builtin, Type)
+TYPE(Complex, Type)
+TYPE(Pointer, Type)
+TYPE(BlockPointer, Type)
+ABSTRACT_TYPE(Reference, Type)
+TYPE(LValueReference, ReferenceType)
+TYPE(RValueReference, ReferenceType)
+TYPE(MemberPointer, Type)
+ABSTRACT_TYPE(Array, Type)
+TYPE(ConstantArray, ArrayType)
+TYPE(IncompleteArray, ArrayType)
+TYPE(VariableArray, ArrayType)
+DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentSizedArray, ArrayType)
+DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentSizedExtVector, Type)
+TYPE(Vector, Type)
+TYPE(ExtVector, VectorType)
+ABSTRACT_TYPE(Function, Type)
+TYPE(FunctionProto, FunctionType)
+TYPE(FunctionNoProto, FunctionType)
+DEPENDENT_TYPE(UnresolvedUsing, Type)
+NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Paren, Type)
+NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Typedef, Type)
+NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(TypeOfExpr, Type)
+NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(TypeOf, Type)
+NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Decltype, Type)
+NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(UnaryTransform, Type)
+ABSTRACT_TYPE(Tag, Type)
+TYPE(Record, TagType)
+TYPE(Enum, TagType)
+NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Elaborated, Type)
+NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Attributed, Type)
+DEPENDENT_TYPE(TemplateTypeParm, Type)
+NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Type)
+DEPENDENT_TYPE(SubstTemplateTypeParmPack, Type)
+NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(TemplateSpecialization, Type)
+NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Auto, Type)
+DEPENDENT_TYPE(InjectedClassName, Type)
+DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentName, Type)
+DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentTemplateSpecialization, Type)
+DEPENDENT_TYPE(PackExpansion, Type)
+TYPE(ObjCObject, Type)
+TYPE(ObjCInterface, ObjCObjectType)
+TYPE(ObjCObjectPointer, Type)
+TYPE(Atomic, Type)
+
+#ifdef LAST_TYPE
+LAST_TYPE(Atomic)
+#undef LAST_TYPE
+#endif
+
+// These types are always leaves in the type hierarchy.
+#ifdef LEAF_TYPE
+LEAF_TYPE(Enum)
+LEAF_TYPE(Builtin)
+LEAF_TYPE(Record)
+LEAF_TYPE(InjectedClassName)
+LEAF_TYPE(ObjCInterface)
+LEAF_TYPE(TemplateTypeParm)
+#undef LEAF_TYPE
+#endif
+
+#undef NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE
+#undef DEPENDENT_TYPE
+#undef NON_CANONICAL_TYPE
+#undef ABSTRACT_TYPE
+#undef TYPE
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59b59f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+//===-------------- TypeOrdering.h - Total ordering for types -------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file provides a function objects and specializations that
+//  allow QualType values to be sorted, used in std::maps, std::sets,
+//  llvm::DenseMaps, and llvm::DenseSets.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TYPE_ORDERING_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TYPE_ORDERING_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/CanonicalType.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include <functional>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// QualTypeOrdering - Function object that provides a total ordering
+/// on QualType values.
+struct QualTypeOrdering : std::binary_function<QualType, QualType, bool> {
+  bool operator()(QualType T1, QualType T2) const {
+    return std::less<void*>()(T1.getAsOpaquePtr(), T2.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+};
+
+}
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template<class> struct DenseMapInfo;
+
+  template<> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::QualType> {
+    static inline clang::QualType getEmptyKey() { return clang::QualType(); }
+
+    static inline clang::QualType getTombstoneKey() {
+      using clang::QualType;
+      return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(reinterpret_cast<clang::Type *>(-1));
+    }
+
+    static unsigned getHashValue(clang::QualType Val) {
+      return (unsigned)((uintptr_t)Val.getAsOpaquePtr()) ^
+            ((unsigned)((uintptr_t)Val.getAsOpaquePtr() >> 9));
+    }
+
+    static bool isEqual(clang::QualType LHS, clang::QualType RHS) {
+      return LHS == RHS;
+    }
+  };
+
+  template<> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::CanQualType> {
+    static inline clang::CanQualType getEmptyKey() { 
+      return clang::CanQualType(); 
+    }
+    
+    static inline clang::CanQualType getTombstoneKey() {
+      using clang::CanQualType;
+      return CanQualType::getFromOpaquePtr(reinterpret_cast<clang::Type *>(-1));
+    }
+    
+    static unsigned getHashValue(clang::CanQualType Val) {
+      return (unsigned)((uintptr_t)Val.getAsOpaquePtr()) ^
+      ((unsigned)((uintptr_t)Val.getAsOpaquePtr() >> 9));
+    }
+    
+    static bool isEqual(clang::CanQualType LHS, clang::CanQualType RHS) {
+      return LHS == RHS;
+    }
+  };
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..242aa58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/TypeVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+//===--- TypeVisitor.h - Visitor for Type subclasses ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the TypeVisitor interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPEVISITOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPEVISITOR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+#define DISPATCH(CLASS) \
+  return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)-> \
+           Visit##CLASS(static_cast<const CLASS*>(T))
+
+template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class TypeVisitor {
+public:
+  RetTy Visit(const Type *T) {
+    // Top switch stmt: dispatch to VisitFooType for each FooType.
+    switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(CLASS, PARENT)
+#define TYPE(CLASS, PARENT) case Type::CLASS: DISPATCH(CLASS##Type);
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("Unknown type class!");
+  }
+
+  // If the implementation chooses not to implement a certain visit method, fall
+  // back on superclass.
+#define TYPE(CLASS, PARENT) RetTy Visit##CLASS##Type(const CLASS##Type *T) { \
+  DISPATCH(PARENT);                                                          \
+}
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+
+  // Base case, ignore it. :)
+  RetTy VisitType(const Type*) { return RetTy(); }
+};
+
+#undef DISPATCH
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d26065e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+//===-- UnresolvedSet.h - Unresolved sets of declarations  ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the UnresolvedSet class, which is used to store
+//  collections of declarations in the AST.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_UNRESOLVEDSET_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_UNRESOLVEDSET_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <iterator>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// The iterator over UnresolvedSets.  Serves as both the const and
+/// non-const iterator.
+class UnresolvedSetIterator {
+private:
+  typedef llvm::MutableArrayRef<DeclAccessPair> DeclsTy;
+  typedef DeclsTy::iterator IteratorTy;
+
+  IteratorTy ir;
+
+  friend class UnresolvedSetImpl;
+  friend class ASTUnresolvedSet;
+  friend class OverloadExpr;
+  explicit UnresolvedSetIterator(DeclsTy::iterator ir) : ir(ir) {}
+  explicit UnresolvedSetIterator(DeclsTy::const_iterator ir) :
+    ir(const_cast<DeclsTy::iterator>(ir)) {}
+  
+  IteratorTy getIterator() const { return ir; }
+  
+public:
+  UnresolvedSetIterator() {}
+
+  typedef std::iterator_traits<IteratorTy>::difference_type difference_type;
+  typedef NamedDecl *value_type;
+  typedef NamedDecl **pointer;
+  typedef NamedDecl *reference;
+  typedef std::iterator_traits<IteratorTy>::iterator_category iterator_category;
+
+  NamedDecl *getDecl() const { return ir->getDecl(); }
+  AccessSpecifier getAccess() const { return ir->getAccess(); }
+  void setAccess(AccessSpecifier AS) { ir->setAccess(AS); }
+  DeclAccessPair getPair() const { return *ir; }
+
+  NamedDecl *operator*() const { return getDecl(); }
+  
+  UnresolvedSetIterator &operator++() { ++ir; return *this; }
+  UnresolvedSetIterator operator++(int) { return UnresolvedSetIterator(ir++); }
+  UnresolvedSetIterator &operator--() { --ir; return *this; }
+  UnresolvedSetIterator operator--(int) { return UnresolvedSetIterator(ir--); }
+
+  UnresolvedSetIterator &operator+=(difference_type d) {
+    ir += d; return *this;
+  }
+  UnresolvedSetIterator operator+(difference_type d) const {
+    return UnresolvedSetIterator(ir + d);
+  }
+  UnresolvedSetIterator &operator-=(difference_type d) {
+    ir -= d; return *this;
+  }
+  UnresolvedSetIterator operator-(difference_type d) const {
+    return UnresolvedSetIterator(ir - d);
+  }
+  value_type operator[](difference_type d) const { return *(*this + d); }
+
+  difference_type operator-(const UnresolvedSetIterator &o) const {
+    return ir - o.ir;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const UnresolvedSetIterator &o) const { return ir == o.ir; }
+  bool operator!=(const UnresolvedSetIterator &o) const { return ir != o.ir; }
+  bool operator<(const UnresolvedSetIterator &o) const { return ir < o.ir; }
+  bool operator<=(const UnresolvedSetIterator &o) const { return ir <= o.ir; }
+  bool operator>=(const UnresolvedSetIterator &o) const { return ir >= o.ir; }
+  bool operator>(const UnresolvedSetIterator &o) const { return ir > o.ir; }
+};
+
+/// UnresolvedSet - A set of unresolved declarations.
+class UnresolvedSetImpl {
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair> DeclsTy;
+
+  // Don't allow direct construction, and only permit subclassing by
+  // UnresolvedSet.
+private:
+  template <unsigned N> friend class UnresolvedSet;
+  UnresolvedSetImpl() {}
+  UnresolvedSetImpl(const UnresolvedSetImpl &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+public:
+  // We don't currently support assignment through this iterator, so we might
+  // as well use the same implementation twice.
+  typedef UnresolvedSetIterator iterator;
+  typedef UnresolvedSetIterator const_iterator;
+
+  iterator begin() { return iterator(decls().begin()); }
+  iterator end() { return iterator(decls().end()); }
+
+  const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(decls().begin()); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(decls().end()); }
+
+  void addDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
+    addDecl(D, AS_none);
+  }
+
+  void addDecl(NamedDecl *D, AccessSpecifier AS) {
+    decls().push_back(DeclAccessPair::make(D, AS));
+  }
+
+  /// Replaces the given declaration with the new one, once.
+  ///
+  /// \return true if the set changed
+  bool replace(const NamedDecl* Old, NamedDecl *New) {
+    for (DeclsTy::iterator I = decls().begin(), E = decls().end(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (I->getDecl() == Old)
+        return (I->setDecl(New), true);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// Replaces the declaration at the given iterator with the new one,
+  /// preserving the original access bits.
+  void replace(iterator I, NamedDecl *New) {
+    I.ir->setDecl(New);
+  }
+
+  void replace(iterator I, NamedDecl *New, AccessSpecifier AS) {
+    I.ir->set(New, AS);
+  }
+
+  void erase(unsigned I) {
+    decls()[I] = decls().back();
+    decls().pop_back();
+  }
+
+  void erase(iterator I) {
+    *I.ir = decls().back();
+    decls().pop_back();
+  }
+
+  void setAccess(iterator I, AccessSpecifier AS) {
+    I.ir->setAccess(AS);
+  }
+
+  void clear() { decls().clear(); }
+  void set_size(unsigned N) { decls().set_size(N); }
+
+  bool empty() const { return decls().empty(); }
+  unsigned size() const { return decls().size(); }
+
+  void append(iterator I, iterator E) {
+    decls().append(I.ir, E.ir);
+  }
+
+  DeclAccessPair &operator[](unsigned I) { return decls()[I]; }
+  const DeclAccessPair &operator[](unsigned I) const { return decls()[I]; }
+
+private:
+  // These work because the only permitted subclass is UnresolvedSetImpl
+
+  DeclsTy &decls() {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<DeclsTy*>(this);
+  }
+  const DeclsTy &decls() const {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<const DeclsTy*>(this);
+  }
+};
+
+/// A set of unresolved declarations 
+template <unsigned InlineCapacity> class UnresolvedSet :
+    public UnresolvedSetImpl {
+  SmallVector<DeclAccessPair, InlineCapacity> Decls;
+};
+
+  
+} // namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/VTTBuilder.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/VTTBuilder.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f24bb3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/VTTBuilder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+//===--- VTTBuilder.h - C++ VTT layout builder --------------------*- C++ -*-=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This contains code dealing with generation of the layout of virtual table
+// tables (VTT).
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_VTTBUILDER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_VTTBUILDER_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/BaseSubobject.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
+#include "clang/AST/GlobalDecl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/ABI.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class VTTVTable {
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<const CXXRecordDecl *, 1, bool> BaseAndIsVirtual;
+  CharUnits BaseOffset;
+
+public:
+  VTTVTable() {}
+  VTTVTable(const CXXRecordDecl *Base, CharUnits BaseOffset, bool BaseIsVirtual)
+    : BaseAndIsVirtual(Base, BaseIsVirtual), BaseOffset(BaseOffset) {}
+  VTTVTable(BaseSubobject Base, bool BaseIsVirtual)
+    : BaseAndIsVirtual(Base.getBase(), BaseIsVirtual),
+      BaseOffset(Base.getBaseOffset()) {}
+
+  const CXXRecordDecl *getBase() const {
+    return BaseAndIsVirtual.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  CharUnits getBaseOffset() const {
+    return BaseOffset;
+  }
+
+  bool isVirtual() const {
+    return BaseAndIsVirtual.getInt();
+  }
+
+  BaseSubobject getBaseSubobject() const {
+    return BaseSubobject(getBase(), getBaseOffset());
+  }
+};
+
+struct VTTComponent {
+  uint64_t VTableIndex;
+  BaseSubobject VTableBase;
+
+  VTTComponent() {}
+  VTTComponent(uint64_t VTableIndex, BaseSubobject VTableBase)
+    : VTableIndex(VTableIndex), VTableBase(VTableBase) {}
+};
+
+/// VTT builder - Class for building VTT layout information.
+class VTTBuilder {
+  
+  ASTContext &Ctx;
+
+  /// MostDerivedClass - The most derived class for which we're building this
+  /// vtable.
+  const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClass;
+
+  typedef SmallVector<VTTVTable, 64> VTTVTablesVectorTy;
+  
+  /// VTTVTables - The VTT vtables.
+  VTTVTablesVectorTy VTTVTables;
+  
+  typedef SmallVector<VTTComponent, 64> VTTComponentsVectorTy;
+  
+  /// VTTComponents - The VTT components.
+  VTTComponentsVectorTy VTTComponents;
+  
+  /// MostDerivedClassLayout - the AST record layout of the most derived class.
+  const ASTRecordLayout &MostDerivedClassLayout;
+
+  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl *, 4> VisitedVirtualBasesSetTy;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t> AddressPointsMapTy;
+
+  /// SubVTTIndicies - The sub-VTT indices for the bases of the most derived
+  /// class.
+  llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t> SubVTTIndicies;
+
+  /// SecondaryVirtualPointerIndices - The secondary virtual pointer indices of
+  /// all subobjects of the most derived class.
+  llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t> SecondaryVirtualPointerIndices;
+
+  /// GenerateDefinition - Whether the VTT builder should generate LLVM IR for
+  /// the VTT.
+  bool GenerateDefinition;
+
+  /// AddVTablePointer - Add a vtable pointer to the VTT currently being built.
+  void AddVTablePointer(BaseSubobject Base, uint64_t VTableIndex,
+                        const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass);
+                        
+  /// LayoutSecondaryVTTs - Lay out the secondary VTTs of the given base 
+  /// subobject.
+  void LayoutSecondaryVTTs(BaseSubobject Base);
+  
+  /// LayoutSecondaryVirtualPointers - Lay out the secondary virtual pointers
+  /// for the given base subobject.
+  ///
+  /// \param BaseIsMorallyVirtual whether the base subobject is a virtual base
+  /// or a direct or indirect base of a virtual base.
+  void LayoutSecondaryVirtualPointers(BaseSubobject Base, 
+                                      bool BaseIsMorallyVirtual,
+                                      uint64_t VTableIndex,
+                                      const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass,
+                                      VisitedVirtualBasesSetTy &VBases);
+  
+  /// LayoutSecondaryVirtualPointers - Lay out the secondary virtual pointers
+  /// for the given base subobject.
+  void LayoutSecondaryVirtualPointers(BaseSubobject Base, 
+                                      uint64_t VTableIndex);
+
+  /// LayoutVirtualVTTs - Lay out the VTTs for the virtual base classes of the
+  /// given record decl.
+  void LayoutVirtualVTTs(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                         VisitedVirtualBasesSetTy &VBases);
+  
+  /// LayoutVTT - Will lay out the VTT for the given subobject, including any
+  /// secondary VTTs, secondary virtual pointers and virtual VTTs.
+  void LayoutVTT(BaseSubobject Base, bool BaseIsVirtual);
+  
+public:
+  VTTBuilder(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClass,
+             bool GenerateDefinition);
+
+  // getVTTComponents - Returns a reference to the VTT components.
+  const VTTComponentsVectorTy &getVTTComponents() const {
+    return VTTComponents;
+  }
+  
+  // getVTTVTables - Returns a reference to the VTT vtables.
+  const VTTVTablesVectorTy &getVTTVTables() const {
+    return VTTVTables;
+  }
+  
+  /// getSubVTTIndicies - Returns a reference to the sub-VTT indices.
+  const llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t> &getSubVTTIndicies() const {
+    return SubVTTIndicies;
+  }
+  
+  /// getSecondaryVirtualPointerIndices - Returns a reference to the secondary
+  /// virtual pointer indices.
+  const llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t> &
+  getSecondaryVirtualPointerIndices() const {
+    return SecondaryVirtualPointerIndices;
+  }
+
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcbe875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+//===--- VTableBuilder.h - C++ vtable layout builder --------------*- C++ -*-=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This contains code dealing with generation of the layout of virtual tables.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_VTABLEBUILDER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_VTABLEBUILDER_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/BaseSubobject.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
+#include "clang/AST/GlobalDecl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/ABI.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class CXXRecordDecl;
+
+/// VTableComponent - Represents a single component in a vtable.
+class VTableComponent {
+public:
+  enum Kind {
+    CK_VCallOffset,
+    CK_VBaseOffset,
+    CK_OffsetToTop,
+    CK_RTTI,
+    CK_FunctionPointer,
+
+    /// CK_CompleteDtorPointer - A pointer to the complete destructor.
+    CK_CompleteDtorPointer,
+
+    /// CK_DeletingDtorPointer - A pointer to the deleting destructor.
+    CK_DeletingDtorPointer,
+
+    /// CK_UnusedFunctionPointer - In some cases, a vtable function pointer
+    /// will end up never being called. Such vtable function pointers are
+    /// represented as a CK_UnusedFunctionPointer.
+    CK_UnusedFunctionPointer
+  };
+
+  VTableComponent() { }
+
+  static VTableComponent MakeVCallOffset(CharUnits Offset) {
+    return VTableComponent(CK_VCallOffset, Offset);
+  }
+
+  static VTableComponent MakeVBaseOffset(CharUnits Offset) {
+    return VTableComponent(CK_VBaseOffset, Offset);
+  }
+
+  static VTableComponent MakeOffsetToTop(CharUnits Offset) {
+    return VTableComponent(CK_OffsetToTop, Offset);
+  }
+
+  static VTableComponent MakeRTTI(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
+    return VTableComponent(CK_RTTI, reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(RD));
+  }
+
+  static VTableComponent MakeFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
+    assert(!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) &&
+           "Don't use MakeFunction with destructors!");
+
+    return VTableComponent(CK_FunctionPointer,
+                           reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(MD));
+  }
+
+  static VTableComponent MakeCompleteDtor(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD) {
+    return VTableComponent(CK_CompleteDtorPointer,
+                           reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(DD));
+  }
+
+  static VTableComponent MakeDeletingDtor(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD) {
+    return VTableComponent(CK_DeletingDtorPointer,
+                           reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(DD));
+  }
+
+  static VTableComponent MakeUnusedFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
+    assert(!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) &&
+           "Don't use MakeUnusedFunction with destructors!");
+    return VTableComponent(CK_UnusedFunctionPointer,
+                           reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(MD));
+  }
+
+  static VTableComponent getFromOpaqueInteger(uint64_t I) {
+    return VTableComponent(I);
+  }
+
+  /// getKind - Get the kind of this vtable component.
+  Kind getKind() const {
+    return (Kind)(Value & 0x7);
+  }
+
+  CharUnits getVCallOffset() const {
+    assert(getKind() == CK_VCallOffset && "Invalid component kind!");
+
+    return getOffset();
+  }
+
+  CharUnits getVBaseOffset() const {
+    assert(getKind() == CK_VBaseOffset && "Invalid component kind!");
+
+    return getOffset();
+  }
+
+  CharUnits getOffsetToTop() const {
+    assert(getKind() == CK_OffsetToTop && "Invalid component kind!");
+
+    return getOffset();
+  }
+
+  const CXXRecordDecl *getRTTIDecl() const {
+    assert(getKind() == CK_RTTI && "Invalid component kind!");
+
+    return reinterpret_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(getPointer());
+  }
+
+  const CXXMethodDecl *getFunctionDecl() const {
+    assert(getKind() == CK_FunctionPointer);
+
+    return reinterpret_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(getPointer());
+  }
+
+  const CXXDestructorDecl *getDestructorDecl() const {
+    assert((getKind() == CK_CompleteDtorPointer ||
+            getKind() == CK_DeletingDtorPointer) && "Invalid component kind!");
+
+    return reinterpret_cast<CXXDestructorDecl *>(getPointer());
+  }
+
+  const CXXMethodDecl *getUnusedFunctionDecl() const {
+    assert(getKind() == CK_UnusedFunctionPointer);
+
+    return reinterpret_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(getPointer());
+  }
+
+private:
+  VTableComponent(Kind ComponentKind, CharUnits Offset) {
+    assert((ComponentKind == CK_VCallOffset ||
+            ComponentKind == CK_VBaseOffset ||
+            ComponentKind == CK_OffsetToTop) && "Invalid component kind!");
+    assert(Offset.getQuantity() < (1LL << 56) && "Offset is too big!");
+    assert(Offset.getQuantity() >= -(1LL << 56) && "Offset is too small!");
+
+    Value = (uint64_t(Offset.getQuantity()) << 3) | ComponentKind;
+  }
+
+  VTableComponent(Kind ComponentKind, uintptr_t Ptr) {
+    assert((ComponentKind == CK_RTTI ||
+            ComponentKind == CK_FunctionPointer ||
+            ComponentKind == CK_CompleteDtorPointer ||
+            ComponentKind == CK_DeletingDtorPointer ||
+            ComponentKind == CK_UnusedFunctionPointer) &&
+            "Invalid component kind!");
+
+    assert((Ptr & 7) == 0 && "Pointer not sufficiently aligned!");
+
+    Value = Ptr | ComponentKind;
+  }
+
+  CharUnits getOffset() const {
+    assert((getKind() == CK_VCallOffset || getKind() == CK_VBaseOffset ||
+            getKind() == CK_OffsetToTop) && "Invalid component kind!");
+
+    return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Value >> 3);
+  }
+
+  uintptr_t getPointer() const {
+    assert((getKind() == CK_RTTI ||
+            getKind() == CK_FunctionPointer ||
+            getKind() == CK_CompleteDtorPointer ||
+            getKind() == CK_DeletingDtorPointer ||
+            getKind() == CK_UnusedFunctionPointer) &&
+           "Invalid component kind!");
+
+    return static_cast<uintptr_t>(Value & ~7ULL);
+  }
+
+  explicit VTableComponent(uint64_t Value)
+    : Value(Value) { }
+
+  /// The kind is stored in the lower 3 bits of the value. For offsets, we
+  /// make use of the facts that classes can't be larger than 2^55 bytes,
+  /// so we store the offset in the lower part of the 61 bytes that remain.
+  /// (The reason that we're not simply using a PointerIntPair here is that we
+  /// need the offsets to be 64-bit, even when on a 32-bit machine).
+  int64_t Value;
+};
+
+class VTableLayout {
+public:
+  typedef std::pair<uint64_t, ThunkInfo> VTableThunkTy;
+  typedef SmallVector<ThunkInfo, 1> ThunkInfoVectorTy;
+
+  typedef const VTableComponent *vtable_component_iterator;
+  typedef const VTableThunkTy *vtable_thunk_iterator;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t> AddressPointsMapTy;
+private:
+  uint64_t NumVTableComponents;
+  llvm::OwningArrayPtr<VTableComponent> VTableComponents;
+
+  /// VTableThunks - Contains thunks needed by vtables.
+  uint64_t NumVTableThunks;
+  llvm::OwningArrayPtr<VTableThunkTy> VTableThunks;
+
+  /// Address points - Address points for all vtables.
+  AddressPointsMapTy AddressPoints;
+
+  bool IsMicrosoftABI;
+
+public:
+  VTableLayout(uint64_t NumVTableComponents,
+               const VTableComponent *VTableComponents,
+               uint64_t NumVTableThunks,
+               const VTableThunkTy *VTableThunks,
+               const AddressPointsMapTy &AddressPoints,
+               bool IsMicrosoftABI);
+  ~VTableLayout();
+
+  uint64_t getNumVTableComponents() const {
+    return NumVTableComponents;
+  }
+
+  vtable_component_iterator vtable_component_begin() const {
+   return VTableComponents.get();
+  }
+
+  vtable_component_iterator vtable_component_end() const {
+   return VTableComponents.get()+NumVTableComponents;
+  }
+
+  uint64_t getNumVTableThunks() const {
+    return NumVTableThunks;
+  }
+
+  vtable_thunk_iterator vtable_thunk_begin() const {
+   return VTableThunks.get();
+  }
+
+  vtable_thunk_iterator vtable_thunk_end() const {
+   return VTableThunks.get()+NumVTableThunks;
+  }
+
+  uint64_t getAddressPoint(BaseSubobject Base) const {
+    assert(AddressPoints.count(Base) &&
+           "Did not find address point!");
+
+    uint64_t AddressPoint = AddressPoints.lookup(Base);
+    assert(AddressPoint != 0 || IsMicrosoftABI);
+    (void)IsMicrosoftABI;
+
+    return AddressPoint;
+  }
+
+  const AddressPointsMapTy &getAddressPoints() const {
+    return AddressPoints;
+  }
+};
+
+class VTableContext {
+  ASTContext &Context;
+
+public:
+  typedef SmallVector<std::pair<uint64_t, ThunkInfo>, 1>
+    VTableThunksTy;
+  typedef SmallVector<ThunkInfo, 1> ThunkInfoVectorTy;
+
+private:
+  bool IsMicrosoftABI;
+
+  /// MethodVTableIndices - Contains the index (relative to the vtable address
+  /// point) where the function pointer for a virtual function is stored.
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<GlobalDecl, int64_t> MethodVTableIndicesTy;
+  MethodVTableIndicesTy MethodVTableIndices;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, const VTableLayout *>
+    VTableLayoutMapTy;
+  VTableLayoutMapTy VTableLayouts;
+
+  /// NumVirtualFunctionPointers - Contains the number of virtual function
+  /// pointers in the vtable for a given record decl.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, uint64_t> NumVirtualFunctionPointers;
+
+  typedef std::pair<const CXXRecordDecl *,
+                    const CXXRecordDecl *> ClassPairTy;
+
+  /// VirtualBaseClassOffsetOffsets - Contains the vtable offset (relative to
+  /// the address point) in chars where the offsets for virtual bases of a class
+  /// are stored.
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ClassPairTy, CharUnits>
+    VirtualBaseClassOffsetOffsetsMapTy;
+  VirtualBaseClassOffsetOffsetsMapTy VirtualBaseClassOffsetOffsets;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, ThunkInfoVectorTy> ThunksMapTy;
+
+  /// Thunks - Contains all thunks that a given method decl will need.
+  ThunksMapTy Thunks;
+
+  void ComputeMethodVTableIndices(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
+
+  /// ComputeVTableRelatedInformation - Compute and store all vtable related
+  /// information (vtable layout, vbase offset offsets, thunks etc) for the
+  /// given record decl.
+  void ComputeVTableRelatedInformation(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
+
+  /// ErrorUnsupported - Print out an error that the v-table layout code
+  /// doesn't support the particular C++ feature yet.
+  void ErrorUnsupported(StringRef Feature, SourceLocation Location);
+
+public:
+  VTableContext(ASTContext &Context);
+  ~VTableContext();
+
+  bool isMicrosoftABI() const {
+    // FIXME: Currently, this method is only used in the VTableContext and
+    // VTableBuilder code which is ABI-specific. Probably we can remove it
+    // when we add a layer of abstraction for vtable generation.
+    return IsMicrosoftABI;
+  }
+
+  const VTableLayout &getVTableLayout(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
+    ComputeVTableRelatedInformation(RD);
+    assert(VTableLayouts.count(RD) && "No layout for this record decl!");
+
+    return *VTableLayouts[RD];
+  }
+
+  VTableLayout *
+  createConstructionVTableLayout(const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClass,
+                                 CharUnits MostDerivedClassOffset,
+                                 bool MostDerivedClassIsVirtual,
+                                 const CXXRecordDecl *LayoutClass);
+
+  const ThunkInfoVectorTy *getThunkInfo(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
+    ComputeVTableRelatedInformation(MD->getParent());
+
+    ThunksMapTy::const_iterator I = Thunks.find(MD);
+    if (I == Thunks.end()) {
+      // We did not find a thunk for this method.
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    return &I->second;
+  }
+
+  /// getNumVirtualFunctionPointers - Return the number of virtual function
+  /// pointers in the vtable for a given record decl.
+  uint64_t getNumVirtualFunctionPointers(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
+
+  /// getMethodVTableIndex - Return the index (relative to the vtable address
+  /// point) where the function pointer for the given virtual function is
+  /// stored.
+  uint64_t getMethodVTableIndex(GlobalDecl GD);
+
+  /// getVirtualBaseOffsetOffset - Return the offset in chars (relative to the
+  /// vtable address point) where the offset of the virtual base that contains
+  /// the given base is stored, otherwise, if no virtual base contains the given
+  /// class, return 0.  Base must be a virtual base class or an unambigious
+  /// base.
+  CharUnits getVirtualBaseOffsetOffset(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                                       const CXXRecordDecl *VBase);
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchFinder.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchFinder.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..870a39b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchFinder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+//===--- ASTMatchFinder.h - Structural query framework ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  Provides a way to construct an ASTConsumer that runs given matchers
+//  over the AST and invokes a given callback on every match.
+//
+//  The general idea is to construct a matcher expression that describes a
+//  subtree match on the AST. Next, a callback that is executed every time the
+//  expression matches is registered, and the matcher is run over the AST of
+//  some code. Matched subexpressions can be bound to string IDs and easily
+//  be accessed from the registered callback. The callback can than use the
+//  AST nodes that the subexpressions matched on to output information about
+//  the match or construct changes that can be applied to the code.
+//
+//  Example:
+//  class HandleMatch : public MatchFinder::MatchCallback {
+//  public:
+//    virtual void Run(const MatchFinder::MatchResult &Result) {
+//      const CXXRecordDecl *Class =
+//          Result.Nodes.GetDeclAs<CXXRecordDecl>("id");
+//      ...
+//    }
+//  };
+//
+//  int main(int argc, char **argv) {
+//    ClangTool Tool(argc, argv);
+//    MatchFinder finder;
+//    finder.AddMatcher(Id("id", record(hasName("::a_namespace::AClass"))),
+//                      new HandleMatch);
+//    return Tool.Run(newFrontendActionFactory(&finder));
+//  }
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCH_FINDER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCH_FINDER_H
+
+#include "clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchers.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace ast_matchers {
+
+/// \brief A class to allow finding matches over the Clang AST.
+///
+/// After creation, you can add multiple matchers to the MatchFinder via
+/// calls to addMatcher(...).
+///
+/// Once all matchers are added, newASTConsumer() returns an ASTConsumer
+/// that will trigger the callbacks specified via addMatcher(...) when a match
+/// is found.
+///
+/// The order of matches is guaranteed to be equivalent to doing a pre-order
+/// traversal on the AST, and applying the matchers in the order in which they
+/// were added to the MatchFinder.
+///
+/// See ASTMatchers.h for more information about how to create matchers.
+///
+/// Not intended to be subclassed.
+class MatchFinder {
+public:
+  /// \brief Contains all information for a given match.
+  ///
+  /// Every time a match is found, the MatchFinder will invoke the registered
+  /// MatchCallback with a MatchResult containing information about the match.
+  struct MatchResult {
+    MatchResult(const BoundNodes &Nodes, clang::ASTContext *Context);
+
+    /// \brief Contains the nodes bound on the current match.
+    ///
+    /// This allows user code to easily extract matched AST nodes.
+    const BoundNodes Nodes;
+
+    /// \brief Utilities for interpreting the matched AST structures.
+    /// @{
+    clang::ASTContext * const Context;
+    clang::SourceManager * const SourceManager;
+    /// @}
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Called when the Match registered for it was successfully found
+  /// in the AST.
+  class MatchCallback {
+  public:
+    virtual ~MatchCallback();
+
+    /// \brief Called on every match by the \c MatchFinder.
+    virtual void run(const MatchResult &Result) = 0;
+
+    /// \brief Called at the start of each translation unit.
+    ///
+    /// Optionally override to do per translation unit tasks.
+    virtual void onStartOfTranslationUnit() {}
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Called when parsing is finished. Intended for testing only.
+  class ParsingDoneTestCallback {
+  public:
+    virtual ~ParsingDoneTestCallback();
+    virtual void run() = 0;
+  };
+
+  MatchFinder();
+  ~MatchFinder();
+
+  /// \brief Adds a matcher to execute when running over the AST.
+  ///
+  /// Calls 'Action' with the BoundNodes on every match.
+  /// Adding more than one 'NodeMatch' allows finding different matches in a
+  /// single pass over the AST.
+  ///
+  /// Does not take ownership of 'Action'.
+  /// @{
+  void addMatcher(const DeclarationMatcher &NodeMatch,
+                  MatchCallback *Action);
+  void addMatcher(const TypeMatcher &NodeMatch,
+                  MatchCallback *Action);
+  void addMatcher(const StatementMatcher &NodeMatch,
+                  MatchCallback *Action);
+  void addMatcher(const NestedNameSpecifierMatcher &NodeMatch,
+                  MatchCallback *Action);
+  void addMatcher(const NestedNameSpecifierLocMatcher &NodeMatch,
+                  MatchCallback *Action);
+  void addMatcher(const TypeLocMatcher &NodeMatch,
+                  MatchCallback *Action);
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \brief Creates a clang ASTConsumer that finds all matches.
+  clang::ASTConsumer *newASTConsumer();
+
+  /// \brief Calls the registered callbacks on all matches on the given \p Node.
+  ///
+  /// Note that there can be multiple matches on a single node, for
+  /// example when using decl(forEachDescendant(stmt())).
+  ///
+  /// @{
+  template <typename T> void match(const T &Node, ASTContext &Context) {
+    match(clang::ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node), Context);
+  }
+  void match(const clang::ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node,
+             ASTContext &Context);
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \brief Registers a callback to notify the end of parsing.
+  ///
+  /// The provided closure is called after parsing is done, before the AST is
+  /// traversed. Useful for benchmarking.
+  /// Each call to FindAll(...) will call the closure once.
+  void registerTestCallbackAfterParsing(ParsingDoneTestCallback *ParsingDone);
+
+private:
+  /// \brief For each \c DynTypedMatcher a \c MatchCallback that will be called
+  /// when it matches.
+  std::vector<std::pair<const internal::DynTypedMatcher*, MatchCallback*> >
+    MatcherCallbackPairs;
+
+  /// \brief Called when parsing is done.
+  ParsingDoneTestCallback *ParsingDone;
+};
+
+/// \brief Returns the results of matching \p Matcher on \p Node.
+///
+/// Collects the \c BoundNodes of all callback invocations when matching
+/// \p Matcher on \p Node and returns the collected results.
+///
+/// Multiple results occur when using matchers like \c forEachDescendant,
+/// which generate a result for each sub-match.
+///
+/// \see selectFirst
+/// @{
+template <typename MatcherT, typename NodeT>
+SmallVector<BoundNodes, 1>
+match(MatcherT Matcher, const NodeT &Node, ASTContext &Context);
+
+template <typename MatcherT>
+SmallVector<BoundNodes, 1>
+match(MatcherT Matcher, const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node,
+      ASTContext &Context);
+/// @}
+
+/// \brief Returns the first result of type \c NodeT bound to \p BoundTo.
+///
+/// Returns \c NULL if there is no match, or if the matching node cannot be
+/// casted to \c NodeT.
+///
+/// This is useful in combanation with \c match():
+/// \code
+///   Decl *D = selectFirst<Decl>("id", match(Matcher.bind("id"),
+///                                           Node, Context));
+/// \endcode
+template <typename NodeT>
+NodeT *
+selectFirst(StringRef BoundTo, const SmallVectorImpl<BoundNodes> &Results) {
+  for (SmallVectorImpl<BoundNodes>::const_iterator I = Results.begin(),
+                                                   E = Results.end();
+       I != E; ++I) {
+    if (NodeT *Node = I->getNodeAs<NodeT>(BoundTo))
+      return Node;
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+namespace internal {
+class CollectMatchesCallback : public MatchFinder::MatchCallback {
+public:
+  virtual void run(const MatchFinder::MatchResult &Result) {
+    Nodes.push_back(Result.Nodes);
+  }
+  SmallVector<BoundNodes, 1> Nodes;
+};
+}
+
+template <typename MatcherT>
+SmallVector<BoundNodes, 1>
+match(MatcherT Matcher, const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node,
+      ASTContext &Context) {
+  internal::CollectMatchesCallback Callback;
+  MatchFinder Finder;
+  Finder.addMatcher(Matcher, &Callback);
+  Finder.match(Node, Context);
+  return Callback.Nodes;
+}
+
+template <typename MatcherT, typename NodeT>
+SmallVector<BoundNodes, 1>
+match(MatcherT Matcher, const NodeT &Node, ASTContext &Context) {
+  return match(Matcher, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node), Context);
+}
+
+} // end namespace ast_matchers
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCH_FINDER_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchers.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f10addc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3293 @@
+//===--- ASTMatchers.h - Structural query framework -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file implements matchers to be used together with the MatchFinder to
+//  match AST nodes.
+//
+//  Matchers are created by generator functions, which can be combined in
+//  a functional in-language DSL to express queries over the C++ AST.
+//
+//  For example, to match a class with a certain name, one would call:
+//    recordDecl(hasName("MyClass"))
+//  which returns a matcher that can be used to find all AST nodes that declare
+//  a class named 'MyClass'.
+//
+//  For more complicated match expressions we're often interested in accessing
+//  multiple parts of the matched AST nodes once a match is found. In that case,
+//  use the id(...) matcher around the match expressions that match the nodes
+//  you want to access.
+//
+//  For example, when we're interested in child classes of a certain class, we
+//  would write:
+//    recordDecl(hasName("MyClass"), hasChild(id("child", recordDecl())))
+//  When the match is found via the MatchFinder, a user provided callback will
+//  be called with a BoundNodes instance that contains a mapping from the
+//  strings that we provided for the id(...) calls to the nodes that were
+//  matched.
+//  In the given example, each time our matcher finds a match we get a callback
+//  where "child" is bound to the CXXRecordDecl node of the matching child
+//  class declaration.
+//
+//  See ASTMatchersInternal.h for a more in-depth explanation of the
+//  implementation details of the matcher framework.
+//
+//  See ASTMatchFinder.h for how to use the generated matchers to run over
+//  an AST.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCHERS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCHERS_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
+#include "clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchersInternal.h"
+#include "clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchersMacros.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Regex.h"
+#include <iterator>
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ast_matchers {
+
+/// \brief Maps string IDs to AST nodes matched by parts of a matcher.
+///
+/// The bound nodes are generated by calling \c bind("id") on the node matchers
+/// of the nodes we want to access later.
+///
+/// The instances of BoundNodes are created by \c MatchFinder when the user's
+/// callbacks are executed every time a match is found.
+class BoundNodes {
+public:
+  /// \brief Returns the AST node bound to \c ID.
+  ///
+  /// Returns NULL if there was no node bound to \c ID or if there is a node but
+  /// it cannot be converted to the specified type.
+  template <typename T>
+  const T *getNodeAs(StringRef ID) const {
+    return MyBoundNodes.getNodeAs<T>(ID);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Deprecated. Please use \c getNodeAs instead.
+  /// @{
+  template <typename T>
+  const T *getDeclAs(StringRef ID) const {
+    return getNodeAs<T>(ID);
+  }
+  template <typename T>
+  const T *getStmtAs(StringRef ID) const {
+    return getNodeAs<T>(ID);
+  }
+  /// @}
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Create BoundNodes from a pre-filled map of bindings.
+  BoundNodes(internal::BoundNodesMap &MyBoundNodes)
+      : MyBoundNodes(MyBoundNodes) {}
+
+  internal::BoundNodesMap MyBoundNodes;
+
+  friend class internal::BoundNodesTree;
+};
+
+/// \brief If the provided matcher matches a node, binds the node to \c ID.
+///
+/// FIXME: Do we want to support this now that we have bind()?
+template <typename T>
+internal::Matcher<T> id(const std::string &ID,
+                        const internal::BindableMatcher<T> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.bind(ID);
+}
+
+/// \brief Types of matchers for the top-level classes in the AST class
+/// hierarchy.
+/// @{
+typedef internal::Matcher<Decl> DeclarationMatcher;
+typedef internal::Matcher<Stmt> StatementMatcher;
+typedef internal::Matcher<QualType> TypeMatcher;
+typedef internal::Matcher<TypeLoc> TypeLocMatcher;
+typedef internal::Matcher<NestedNameSpecifier> NestedNameSpecifierMatcher;
+typedef internal::Matcher<NestedNameSpecifierLoc> NestedNameSpecifierLocMatcher;
+/// @}
+
+/// \brief Matches any node.
+///
+/// Useful when another matcher requires a child matcher, but there's no
+/// additional constraint. This will often be used with an explicit conversion
+/// to an \c internal::Matcher<> type such as \c TypeMatcher.
+///
+/// Example: \c DeclarationMatcher(anything()) matches all declarations, e.g.,
+/// \code
+/// "int* p" and "void f()" in
+///   int* p;
+///   void f();
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+inline internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam0<internal::TrueMatcher> anything() {
+  return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam0<internal::TrueMatcher>();
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches declarations.
+///
+/// Examples matches \c X, \c C, and the friend declaration inside \c C;
+/// \code
+///   void X();
+///   class C {
+///     friend X;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher<Decl> decl;
+
+/// \brief Matches a declaration of anything that could have a name.
+///
+/// Example matches \c X, \c S, the anonymous union type, \c i, and \c U;
+/// \code
+///   typedef int X;
+///   struct S {
+///     union {
+///       int i;
+///     } U;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Decl, NamedDecl> namedDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches C++ class declarations.
+///
+/// Example matches \c X, \c Z
+/// \code
+///   class X;
+///   template<class T> class Z {};
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Decl,
+  CXXRecordDecl> recordDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches C++ class template declarations.
+///
+/// Example matches \c Z
+/// \code
+///   template<class T> class Z {};
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Decl,
+  ClassTemplateDecl> classTemplateDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches C++ class template specializations.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   template<typename T> class A {};
+///   template<> class A<double> {};
+///   A<int> a;
+/// \endcode
+/// classTemplateSpecializationDecl()
+///   matches the specializations \c A<int> and \c A<double>
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Decl,
+  ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl> classTemplateSpecializationDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches C++ access specifier declarations.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class C {
+///   public:
+///     int a;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// accessSpecDecl()
+///   matches 'public:'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Decl,
+  AccessSpecDecl> accessSpecDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches public C++ declarations.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class C {
+///   public:    int a;
+///   protected: int b;
+///   private:   int c;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// fieldDecl(isPublic())
+///   matches 'int a;' 
+AST_MATCHER(Decl, isPublic) {
+  return Node.getAccess() == AS_public;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches protected C++ declarations.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class C {
+///   public:    int a;
+///   protected: int b;
+///   private:   int c;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// fieldDecl(isProtected())
+///   matches 'int b;' 
+AST_MATCHER(Decl, isProtected) {
+  return Node.getAccess() == AS_protected;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches private C++ declarations.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class C {
+///   public:    int a;
+///   protected: int b;
+///   private:   int c;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// fieldDecl(isPrivate())
+///   matches 'int c;' 
+AST_MATCHER(Decl, isPrivate) {
+  return Node.getAccess() == AS_private;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches classTemplateSpecializations that have at least one
+/// TemplateArgument matching the given InnerMatcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   template<typename T> class A {};
+///   template<> class A<double> {};
+///   A<int> a;
+/// \endcode
+/// classTemplateSpecializationDecl(hasAnyTemplateArgument(
+///     refersToType(asString("int"))))
+///   matches the specialization \c A<int>
+AST_MATCHER_P(ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl, hasAnyTemplateArgument,
+              internal::Matcher<TemplateArgument>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const TemplateArgumentList &List = Node.getTemplateArgs();
+  for (unsigned i = 0; i < List.size(); ++i) {
+    if (InnerMatcher.matches(List.get(i), Finder, Builder))
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches expressions that match InnerMatcher after any implicit casts
+/// are stripped off.
+///
+/// Parentheses and explicit casts are not discarded.
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int arr[5];
+///   int a = 0;
+///   char b = 0;
+///   const int c = a;
+///   int *d = arr;
+///   long e = (long) 0l;
+/// \endcode
+/// The matchers
+/// \code
+///    varDecl(hasInitializer(ignoringImpCasts(integerLiteral())))
+///    varDecl(hasInitializer(ignoringImpCasts(declRefExpr())))
+/// \endcode
+/// would match the declarations for a, b, c, and d, but not e.
+/// While
+/// \code
+///    varDecl(hasInitializer(integerLiteral()))
+///    varDecl(hasInitializer(declRefExpr()))
+/// \endcode
+/// only match the declarations for b, c, and d.
+AST_MATCHER_P(Expr, ignoringImpCasts,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.IgnoreImpCasts(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches expressions that match InnerMatcher after parentheses and
+/// casts are stripped off.
+///
+/// Implicit and non-C Style casts are also discarded.
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int a = 0;
+///   char b = (0);
+///   void* c = reinterpret_cast<char*>(0);
+///   char d = char(0);
+/// \endcode
+/// The matcher
+///    varDecl(hasInitializer(ignoringParenCasts(integerLiteral())))
+/// would match the declarations for a, b, c, and d.
+/// while
+///    varDecl(hasInitializer(integerLiteral()))
+/// only match the declaration for a.
+AST_MATCHER_P(Expr, ignoringParenCasts, internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.IgnoreParenCasts(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches expressions that match InnerMatcher after implicit casts and
+/// parentheses are stripped off.
+///
+/// Explicit casts are not discarded.
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int arr[5];
+///   int a = 0;
+///   char b = (0);
+///   const int c = a;
+///   int *d = (arr);
+///   long e = ((long) 0l);
+/// \endcode
+/// The matchers
+///    varDecl(hasInitializer(ignoringParenImpCasts(integerLiteral())))
+///    varDecl(hasInitializer(ignoringParenImpCasts(declRefExpr())))
+/// would match the declarations for a, b, c, and d, but not e.
+/// while
+///    varDecl(hasInitializer(integerLiteral()))
+///    varDecl(hasInitializer(declRefExpr()))
+/// would only match the declaration for a.
+AST_MATCHER_P(Expr, ignoringParenImpCasts,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.IgnoreParenImpCasts(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches classTemplateSpecializations where the n'th TemplateArgument
+/// matches the given InnerMatcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   template<typename T, typename U> class A {};
+///   A<bool, int> b;
+///   A<int, bool> c;
+/// \endcode
+/// classTemplateSpecializationDecl(hasTemplateArgument(
+///     1, refersToType(asString("int"))))
+///   matches the specialization \c A<bool, int>
+AST_MATCHER_P2(ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl, hasTemplateArgument,
+               unsigned, N, internal::Matcher<TemplateArgument>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const TemplateArgumentList &List = Node.getTemplateArgs();
+  if (List.size() <= N)
+    return false;
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(List.get(N), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a TemplateArgument that refers to a certain type.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct X {};
+///   template<typename T> struct A {};
+///   A<X> a;
+/// \endcode
+/// classTemplateSpecializationDecl(hasAnyTemplateArgument(
+///     refersToType(class(hasName("X")))))
+///   matches the specialization \c A<X>
+AST_MATCHER_P(TemplateArgument, refersToType,
+              internal::Matcher<QualType>, InnerMatcher) {
+  if (Node.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type)
+    return false;
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(Node.getAsType(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a TemplateArgument that refers to a certain declaration.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   template<typename T> struct A {};
+///   struct B { B* next; };
+///   A<&B::next> a;
+/// \endcode
+/// classTemplateSpecializationDecl(hasAnyTemplateArgument(
+///     refersToDeclaration(fieldDecl(hasName("next"))))
+///   matches the specialization \c A<&B::next> with \c fieldDecl(...) matching
+///     \c B::next
+AST_MATCHER_P(TemplateArgument, refersToDeclaration,
+              internal::Matcher<Decl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  if (Node.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
+    return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.getAsDecl(), Finder, Builder);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches C++ constructor declarations.
+///
+/// Example matches Foo::Foo() and Foo::Foo(int)
+/// \code
+///   class Foo {
+///    public:
+///     Foo();
+///     Foo(int);
+///     int DoSomething();
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Decl,
+  CXXConstructorDecl> constructorDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches explicit C++ destructor declarations.
+///
+/// Example matches Foo::~Foo()
+/// \code
+///   class Foo {
+///    public:
+///     virtual ~Foo();
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Decl,
+  CXXDestructorDecl> destructorDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches enum declarations.
+///
+/// Example matches X
+/// \code
+///   enum X {
+///     A, B, C
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Decl, EnumDecl> enumDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches enum constants.
+///
+/// Example matches A, B, C
+/// \code
+///   enum X {
+///     A, B, C
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Decl,
+  EnumConstantDecl> enumConstantDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches method declarations.
+///
+/// Example matches y
+/// \code
+///   class X { void y() };
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Decl, CXXMethodDecl> methodDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches variable declarations.
+///
+/// Note: this does not match declarations of member variables, which are
+/// "field" declarations in Clang parlance.
+///
+/// Example matches a
+/// \code
+///   int a;
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Decl, VarDecl> varDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches field declarations.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class X { int m; };
+/// \endcode
+/// fieldDecl()
+///   matches 'm'.
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Decl, FieldDecl> fieldDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches function declarations.
+///
+/// Example matches f
+/// \code
+///   void f();
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Decl, FunctionDecl> functionDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches C++ function template declarations.
+///
+/// Example matches f
+/// \code
+///   template<class T> void f(T t) {}
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Decl,
+  FunctionTemplateDecl> functionTemplateDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   { ++a; }
+/// \endcode
+/// stmt()
+///   matches both the compound statement '{ ++a; }' and '++a'.
+const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher<Stmt> stmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches declaration statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int a;
+/// \endcode
+/// declStmt()
+///   matches 'int a'.
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  DeclStmt> declStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches member expressions.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class Y {
+///     void x() { this->x(); x(); Y y; y.x(); a; this->b; Y::b; }
+///     int a; static int b;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// memberExpr()
+///   matches this->x, x, y.x, a, this->b
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, MemberExpr> memberExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches call expressions.
+///
+/// Example matches x.y() and y()
+/// \code
+///   X x;
+///   x.y();
+///   y();
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, CallExpr> callExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches lambda expressions.
+///
+/// Example matches [&](){return 5;}
+/// \code
+///   [&](){return 5;}
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, LambdaExpr> lambdaExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches member call expressions.
+///
+/// Example matches x.y()
+/// \code
+///   X x;
+///   x.y();
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXMemberCallExpr> memberCallExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches init list expressions.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int a[] = { 1, 2 };
+///   struct B { int x, y; };
+///   B b = { 5, 6 };
+/// \endcode
+/// initList()
+///   matches "{ 1, 2 }" and "{ 5, 6 }"
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, InitListExpr> initListExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches using declarations.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   namespace X { int x; }
+///   using X::x;
+/// \endcode
+/// usingDecl()
+///   matches \code using X::x \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Decl, UsingDecl> usingDecl;
+
+/// \brief Matches constructor call expressions (including implicit ones).
+///
+/// Example matches string(ptr, n) and ptr within arguments of f
+///     (matcher = constructExpr())
+/// \code
+///   void f(const string &a, const string &b);
+///   char *ptr;
+///   int n;
+///   f(string(ptr, n), ptr);
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXConstructExpr> constructExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches implicit and explicit this expressions.
+///
+/// Example matches the implicit this expression in "return i".
+///     (matcher = thisExpr())
+/// \code
+/// struct foo {
+///   int i;
+///   int f() { return i; }
+/// };
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, CXXThisExpr> thisExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes where temporaries are created.
+///
+/// Example matches FunctionTakesString(GetStringByValue())
+///     (matcher = bindTemporaryExpr())
+/// \code
+///   FunctionTakesString(GetStringByValue());
+///   FunctionTakesStringByPointer(GetStringPointer());
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXBindTemporaryExpr> bindTemporaryExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes where temporaries are materialized.
+///
+/// Example: Given
+/// \code
+///   struct T {void func()};
+///   T f();
+///   void g(T);
+/// \endcode
+/// materializeTemporaryExpr() matches 'f()' in these statements
+/// \code
+///   T u(f());
+///   g(f());
+/// \endcode
+/// but does not match
+/// \code
+///   f();
+///   f().func();
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  MaterializeTemporaryExpr> materializeTemporaryExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches new expressions.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   new X;
+/// \endcode
+/// newExpr()
+///   matches 'new X'.
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, CXXNewExpr> newExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches delete expressions.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   delete X;
+/// \endcode
+/// deleteExpr()
+///   matches 'delete X'.
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, CXXDeleteExpr> deleteExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches array subscript expressions.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int i = a[1];
+/// \endcode
+/// arraySubscriptExpr()
+///   matches "a[1]"
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  ArraySubscriptExpr> arraySubscriptExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches the value of a default argument at the call site.
+///
+/// Example matches the CXXDefaultArgExpr placeholder inserted for the
+///     default value of the second parameter in the call expression f(42)
+///     (matcher = defaultArgExpr())
+/// \code
+///   void f(int x, int y = 0);
+///   f(42);
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXDefaultArgExpr> defaultArgExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches overloaded operator calls.
+///
+/// Note that if an operator isn't overloaded, it won't match. Instead, use
+/// binaryOperator matcher.
+/// Currently it does not match operators such as new delete.
+/// FIXME: figure out why these do not match?
+///
+/// Example matches both operator<<((o << b), c) and operator<<(o, b)
+///     (matcher = operatorCallExpr())
+/// \code
+///   ostream &operator<< (ostream &out, int i) { };
+///   ostream &o; int b = 1, c = 1;
+///   o << b << c;
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXOperatorCallExpr> operatorCallExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches expressions.
+///
+/// Example matches x()
+/// \code
+///   void f() { x(); }
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, Expr> expr;
+
+/// \brief Matches expressions that refer to declarations.
+///
+/// Example matches x in if (x)
+/// \code
+///   bool x;
+///   if (x) {}
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, DeclRefExpr> declRefExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches if statements.
+///
+/// Example matches 'if (x) {}'
+/// \code
+///   if (x) {}
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, IfStmt> ifStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches for statements.
+///
+/// Example matches 'for (;;) {}'
+/// \code
+///   for (;;) {}
+///   int i[] =  {1, 2, 3}; for (auto a : i);
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, ForStmt> forStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches range-based for statements.
+///
+/// forRangeStmt() matches 'for (auto a : i)'
+/// \code
+///   int i[] =  {1, 2, 3}; for (auto a : i);
+///   for(int j = 0; j < 5; ++j);
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, CXXForRangeStmt> forRangeStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches the increment statement of a for loop.
+///
+/// Example:
+///     forStmt(hasIncrement(unaryOperator(hasOperatorName("++"))))
+/// matches '++x' in
+/// \code
+///     for (x; x < N; ++x) { }
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(ForStmt, hasIncrement, internal::Matcher<Stmt>,
+              InnerMatcher) {
+  const Stmt *const Increment = Node.getInc();
+  return (Increment != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*Increment, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the initialization statement of a for loop.
+///
+/// Example:
+///     forStmt(hasLoopInit(declStmt()))
+/// matches 'int x = 0' in
+/// \code
+///     for (int x = 0; x < N; ++x) { }
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(ForStmt, hasLoopInit, internal::Matcher<Stmt>,
+              InnerMatcher) {
+  const Stmt *const Init = Node.getInit();
+  return (Init != NULL && InnerMatcher.matches(*Init, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches while statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   while (true) {}
+/// \endcode
+/// whileStmt()
+///   matches 'while (true) {}'.
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, WhileStmt> whileStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches do statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   do {} while (true);
+/// \endcode
+/// doStmt()
+///   matches 'do {} while(true)'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, DoStmt> doStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches break statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   while (true) { break; }
+/// \endcode
+/// breakStmt()
+///   matches 'break'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, BreakStmt> breakStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches continue statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   while (true) { continue; }
+/// \endcode
+/// continueStmt()
+///   matches 'continue'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, ContinueStmt> continueStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches return statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   return 1;
+/// \endcode
+/// returnStmt()
+///   matches 'return 1'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, ReturnStmt> returnStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches goto statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   goto FOO;
+///   FOO: bar();
+/// \endcode
+/// gotoStmt()
+///   matches 'goto FOO'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, GotoStmt> gotoStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches label statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   goto FOO;
+///   FOO: bar();
+/// \endcode
+/// labelStmt()
+///   matches 'FOO:'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, LabelStmt> labelStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches switch statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   switch(a) { case 42: break; default: break; }
+/// \endcode
+/// switchStmt()
+///   matches 'switch(a)'.
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, SwitchStmt> switchStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches case and default statements inside switch statements.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   switch(a) { case 42: break; default: break; }
+/// \endcode
+/// switchCase()
+///   matches 'case 42: break;' and 'default: break;'.
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, SwitchCase> switchCase;
+
+/// \brief Matches compound statements.
+///
+/// Example matches '{}' and '{{}}'in 'for (;;) {{}}'
+/// \code
+///   for (;;) {{}}
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, CompoundStmt> compoundStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches catch statements.
+///
+/// \code
+///   try {} catch(int i) {}
+/// \endcode
+/// catchStmt()
+///   matches 'catch(int i)'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, CXXCatchStmt> catchStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches try statements.
+///
+/// \code
+///   try {} catch(int i) {}
+/// \endcode
+/// tryStmt()
+///   matches 'try {}'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, CXXTryStmt> tryStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches throw expressions.
+///
+/// \code
+///   try { throw 5; } catch(int i) {}
+/// \endcode
+/// throwExpr()
+///   matches 'throw 5'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, CXXThrowExpr> throwExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches null statements.
+///
+/// \code
+///   foo();;
+/// \endcode
+/// nullStmt()
+///   matches the second ';'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, NullStmt> nullStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches asm statements.
+///
+/// \code
+///  int i = 100;
+///   __asm("mov al, 2");
+/// \endcode
+/// asmStmt()
+///   matches '__asm("mov al, 2")'
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, AsmStmt> asmStmt;
+
+/// \brief Matches bool literals.
+///
+/// Example matches true
+/// \code
+///   true
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXBoolLiteralExpr> boolLiteral;
+
+/// \brief Matches string literals (also matches wide string literals).
+///
+/// Example matches "abcd", L"abcd"
+/// \code
+///   char *s = "abcd"; wchar_t *ws = L"abcd"
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  StringLiteral> stringLiteral;
+
+/// \brief Matches character literals (also matches wchar_t).
+///
+/// Not matching Hex-encoded chars (e.g. 0x1234, which is a IntegerLiteral),
+/// though.
+///
+/// Example matches 'a', L'a'
+/// \code
+///   char ch = 'a'; wchar_t chw = L'a';
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CharacterLiteral> characterLiteral;
+
+/// \brief Matches integer literals of all sizes / encodings.
+///
+/// Not matching character-encoded integers such as L'a'.
+///
+/// Example matches 1, 1L, 0x1, 1U
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  IntegerLiteral> integerLiteral;
+
+/// \brief Matches user defined literal operator call.
+///
+/// Example match: "foo"_suffix
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  UserDefinedLiteral> userDefinedLiteral;
+
+/// \brief Matches compound (i.e. non-scalar) literals
+///
+/// Example match: {1}, (1, 2)
+/// \code
+///   int array[4] = {1}; vector int myvec = (vector int)(1, 2);
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CompoundLiteralExpr> compoundLiteralExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches nullptr literal.
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr> nullPtrLiteralExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches binary operator expressions.
+///
+/// Example matches a || b
+/// \code
+///   !(a || b)
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  BinaryOperator> binaryOperator;
+
+/// \brief Matches unary operator expressions.
+///
+/// Example matches !a
+/// \code
+///   !a || b
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  UnaryOperator> unaryOperator;
+
+/// \brief Matches conditional operator expressions.
+///
+/// Example matches a ? b : c
+/// \code
+///   (a ? b : c) + 42
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  ConditionalOperator> conditionalOperator;
+
+/// \brief Matches a reinterpret_cast expression.
+///
+/// Either the source expression or the destination type can be matched
+/// using has(), but hasDestinationType() is more specific and can be
+/// more readable.
+///
+/// Example matches reinterpret_cast<char*>(&p) in
+/// \code
+///   void* p = reinterpret_cast<char*>(&p);
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXReinterpretCastExpr> reinterpretCastExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches a C++ static_cast expression.
+///
+/// \see hasDestinationType
+/// \see reinterpretCast
+///
+/// Example:
+///   staticCastExpr()
+/// matches
+///   static_cast<long>(8)
+/// in
+/// \code
+///   long eight(static_cast<long>(8));
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXStaticCastExpr> staticCastExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches a dynamic_cast expression.
+///
+/// Example:
+///   dynamicCastExpr()
+/// matches
+///   dynamic_cast<D*>(&b);
+/// in
+/// \code
+///   struct B { virtual ~B() {} }; struct D : B {};
+///   B b;
+///   D* p = dynamic_cast<D*>(&b);
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXDynamicCastExpr> dynamicCastExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches a const_cast expression.
+///
+/// Example: Matches const_cast<int*>(&r) in
+/// \code
+///   int n = 42;
+///   const int &r(n);
+///   int* p = const_cast<int*>(&r);
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXConstCastExpr> constCastExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches a C-style cast expression.
+///
+/// Example: Matches (int*) 2.2f in
+/// \code
+///   int i = (int) 2.2f;
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CStyleCastExpr> cStyleCastExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches explicit cast expressions.
+///
+/// Matches any cast expression written in user code, whether it be a
+/// C-style cast, a functional-style cast, or a keyword cast.
+///
+/// Does not match implicit conversions.
+///
+/// Note: the name "explicitCast" is chosen to match Clang's terminology, as
+/// Clang uses the term "cast" to apply to implicit conversions as well as to
+/// actual cast expressions.
+///
+/// \see hasDestinationType.
+///
+/// Example: matches all five of the casts in
+/// \code
+///   int((int)(reinterpret_cast<int>(static_cast<int>(const_cast<int>(42)))))
+/// \endcode
+/// but does not match the implicit conversion in
+/// \code
+///   long ell = 42;
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  ExplicitCastExpr> explicitCastExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches the implicit cast nodes of Clang's AST.
+///
+/// This matches many different places, including function call return value
+/// eliding, as well as any type conversions.
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  ImplicitCastExpr> implicitCastExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches any cast nodes of Clang's AST.
+///
+/// Example: castExpr() matches each of the following:
+/// \code
+///   (int) 3;
+///   const_cast<Expr *>(SubExpr);
+///   char c = 0;
+/// \endcode
+/// but does not match
+/// \code
+///   int i = (0);
+///   int k = 0;
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Stmt, CastExpr> castExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches functional cast expressions
+///
+/// Example: Matches Foo(bar);
+/// \code
+///   Foo f = bar;
+///   Foo g = (Foo) bar;
+///   Foo h = Foo(bar);
+/// \endcode
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  CXXFunctionalCastExpr> functionalCastExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches \c QualTypes in the clang AST.
+const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher<QualType> qualType;
+
+/// \brief Matches \c Types in the clang AST.
+const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher<Type> type;
+
+/// \brief Matches \c TypeLocs in the clang AST.
+const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher<TypeLoc> typeLoc;
+
+/// \brief Matches if any of the given matchers matches.
+///
+/// Unlike \c anyOf, \c eachOf will generate a match result for each
+/// matching submatcher.
+///
+/// For example, in:
+/// \code
+///   class A { int a; int b; };
+/// \endcode
+/// The matcher:
+/// \code
+///   recordDecl(eachOf(has(fieldDecl(hasName("a")).bind("v")),
+///                     has(fieldDecl(hasName("b")).bind("v"))))
+/// \endcode
+/// will generate two results binding "v", the first of which binds
+/// the field declaration of \c a, the second the field declaration of
+/// \c b.
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template <typename M1, typename M2>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::EachOfMatcher, M1, M2>
+eachOf(const M1 &P1, const M2 &P2) {
+  return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::EachOfMatcher, M1,
+                                                M2>(P1, P2);
+}
+
+/// \brief Various overloads for the anyOf matcher.
+/// @{
+
+/// \brief Matches if any of the given matchers matches.
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template<typename M1, typename M2>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher, M1, M2>
+anyOf(const M1 &P1, const M2 &P2) {
+  return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher,
+                                                M1, M2 >(P1, P2);
+}
+template<typename M1, typename M2, typename M3>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher, M1,
+    internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher, M2, M3> >
+anyOf(const M1 &P1, const M2 &P2, const M3 &P3) {
+  return anyOf(P1, anyOf(P2, P3));
+}
+template<typename M1, typename M2, typename M3, typename M4>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher, M1,
+    internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher, M2,
+        internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher,
+                                               M3, M4> > >
+anyOf(const M1 &P1, const M2 &P2, const M3 &P3, const M4 &P4) {
+  return anyOf(P1, anyOf(P2, anyOf(P3, P4)));
+}
+template<typename M1, typename M2, typename M3, typename M4, typename M5>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher, M1,
+    internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher, M2,
+        internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher, M3,
+            internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AnyOfMatcher,
+                                                   M4, M5> > > >
+anyOf(const M1 &P1, const M2 &P2, const M3 &P3, const M4 &P4, const M5 &P5) {
+  return anyOf(P1, anyOf(P2, anyOf(P3, anyOf(P4, P5))));
+}
+
+/// @}
+
+/// \brief Various overloads for the allOf matcher.
+/// @{
+
+/// \brief Matches if all given matchers match.
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template <typename M1, typename M2>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AllOfMatcher, M1, M2>
+allOf(const M1 &P1, const M2 &P2) {
+  return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AllOfMatcher, M1, M2>(
+      P1, P2);
+}
+template <typename M1, typename M2, typename M3>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<
+    internal::AllOfMatcher, M1,
+    internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AllOfMatcher, M2, M3> >
+allOf(const M1 &P1, const M2 &P2, const M3 &P3) {
+  return allOf(P1, allOf(P2, P3));
+}
+template <typename M1, typename M2, typename M3, typename M4>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<
+    internal::AllOfMatcher, M1,
+    internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<
+        internal::AllOfMatcher, M2, internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<
+                                        internal::AllOfMatcher, M3, M4> > >
+allOf(const M1 &P1, const M2 &P2, const M3 &P3, const M4 &P4) {
+  return allOf(P1, allOf(P2, P3, P4));
+}
+template <typename M1, typename M2, typename M3, typename M4, typename M5>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<
+    internal::AllOfMatcher, M1,
+    internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<
+        internal::AllOfMatcher, M2,
+        internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<
+            internal::AllOfMatcher, M3,
+            internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<internal::AllOfMatcher, M4,
+                                                   M5> > > >
+allOf(const M1 &P1, const M2 &P2, const M3 &P3, const M4 &P4, const M5 &P5) {
+  return allOf(P1, allOf(P2, P3, P4, P5));
+}
+
+/// @}
+
+/// \brief Matches sizeof (C99), alignof (C++11) and vec_step (OpenCL)
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   Foo x = bar;
+///   int y = sizeof(x) + alignof(x);
+/// \endcode
+/// unaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr()
+///   matches \c sizeof(x) and \c alignof(x)
+const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+  Stmt,
+  UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr> unaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr;
+
+/// \brief Matches unary expressions that have a specific type of argument.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int a, c; float b; int s = sizeof(a) + sizeof(b) + alignof(c);
+/// \endcode
+/// unaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(hasArgumentOfType(asString("int"))
+///   matches \c sizeof(a) and \c alignof(c)
+AST_MATCHER_P(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr, hasArgumentOfType,
+              internal::Matcher<QualType>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const QualType ArgumentType = Node.getTypeOfArgument();
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(ArgumentType, Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches unary expressions of a certain kind.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int x;
+///   int s = sizeof(x) + alignof(x)
+/// \endcode
+/// unaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ofKind(UETT_SizeOf))
+///   matches \c sizeof(x)
+AST_MATCHER_P(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr, ofKind, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait, Kind) {
+  return Node.getKind() == Kind;
+}
+
+/// \brief Same as unaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr, but only matching
+/// alignof.
+inline internal::Matcher<Stmt> alignOfExpr(
+    const internal::Matcher<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return stmt(unaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(allOf(
+      ofKind(UETT_AlignOf), InnerMatcher)));
+}
+
+/// \brief Same as unaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr, but only matching
+/// sizeof.
+inline internal::Matcher<Stmt> sizeOfExpr(
+    const internal::Matcher<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return stmt(unaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
+      allOf(ofKind(UETT_SizeOf), InnerMatcher)));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches NamedDecl nodes that have the specified name.
+///
+/// Supports specifying enclosing namespaces or classes by prefixing the name
+/// with '<enclosing>::'.
+/// Does not match typedefs of an underlying type with the given name.
+///
+/// Example matches X (Name == "X")
+/// \code
+///   class X;
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Example matches X (Name is one of "::a::b::X", "a::b::X", "b::X", "X")
+/// \code
+///   namespace a { namespace b { class X; } }
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(NamedDecl, hasName, std::string, Name) {
+  assert(!Name.empty());
+  const std::string FullNameString = "::" + Node.getQualifiedNameAsString();
+  const StringRef FullName = FullNameString;
+  const StringRef Pattern = Name;
+  if (Pattern.startswith("::")) {
+    return FullName == Pattern;
+  } else {
+    return FullName.endswith(("::" + Pattern).str());
+  }
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches NamedDecl nodes whose fully qualified names contain
+/// a substring matched by the given RegExp.
+///
+/// Supports specifying enclosing namespaces or classes by
+/// prefixing the name with '<enclosing>::'.  Does not match typedefs
+/// of an underlying type with the given name.
+///
+/// Example matches X (regexp == "::X")
+/// \code
+///   class X;
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Example matches X (regexp is one of "::X", "^foo::.*X", among others)
+/// \code
+///   namespace foo { namespace bar { class X; } }
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(NamedDecl, matchesName, std::string, RegExp) {
+  assert(!RegExp.empty());
+  std::string FullNameString = "::" + Node.getQualifiedNameAsString();
+  llvm::Regex RE(RegExp);
+  return RE.match(FullNameString);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches overloaded operator names.
+///
+/// Matches overloaded operator names specified in strings without the
+/// "operator" prefix: e.g. "<<".
+///
+/// Given:
+/// \code
+///   class A { int operator*(); };
+///   const A &operator<<(const A &a, const A &b);
+///   A a;
+///   a << a;   // <-- This matches
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// \c operatorCallExpr(hasOverloadedOperatorName("<<"))) matches the specified
+/// line and \c recordDecl(hasMethod(hasOverloadedOperatorName("*"))) matches
+/// the declaration of \c A.
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<CXXOperatorCallExpr>, Matcher<CXXMethodDecl>
+inline internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<
+    internal::HasOverloadedOperatorNameMatcher, StringRef>
+hasOverloadedOperatorName(const StringRef Name) {
+  return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<
+      internal::HasOverloadedOperatorNameMatcher, StringRef>(Name);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches C++ classes that are directly or indirectly derived from
+/// a class matching \c Base.
+///
+/// Note that a class is not considered to be derived from itself.
+///
+/// Example matches Y, Z, C (Base == hasName("X"))
+/// \code
+///   class X;
+///   class Y : public X {};  // directly derived
+///   class Z : public Y {};  // indirectly derived
+///   typedef X A;
+///   typedef A B;
+///   class C : public B {};  // derived from a typedef of X
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// In the following example, Bar matches isDerivedFrom(hasName("X")):
+/// \code
+///   class Foo;
+///   typedef Foo X;
+///   class Bar : public Foo {};  // derived from a type that X is a typedef of
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(CXXRecordDecl, isDerivedFrom,
+              internal::Matcher<NamedDecl>, Base) {
+  return Finder->classIsDerivedFrom(&Node, Base, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Overloaded method as shortcut for \c isDerivedFrom(hasName(...)).
+inline internal::Matcher<CXXRecordDecl> isDerivedFrom(StringRef BaseName) {
+  assert(!BaseName.empty());
+  return isDerivedFrom(hasName(BaseName));
+}
+
+/// \brief Similar to \c isDerivedFrom(), but also matches classes that directly
+/// match \c Base.
+inline internal::Matcher<CXXRecordDecl> isSameOrDerivedFrom(
+    internal::Matcher<NamedDecl> Base) {
+  return anyOf(Base, isDerivedFrom(Base));
+}
+
+/// \brief Overloaded method as shortcut for
+/// \c isSameOrDerivedFrom(hasName(...)).
+inline internal::Matcher<CXXRecordDecl> isSameOrDerivedFrom(
+    StringRef BaseName) {
+  assert(!BaseName.empty());
+  return isSameOrDerivedFrom(hasName(BaseName));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the first method of a class or struct that satisfies \c
+/// InnerMatcher.
+///
+/// Given:
+/// \code
+///   class A { void func(); };
+///   class B { void member(); };
+/// \code
+///
+/// \c recordDecl(hasMethod(hasName("func"))) matches the declaration of \c A
+/// but not \c B.
+AST_MATCHER_P(CXXRecordDecl, hasMethod, internal::Matcher<CXXMethodDecl>,
+              InnerMatcher) {
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator I = Node.method_begin(),
+                                      E = Node.method_end();
+       I != E; ++I)
+    if (InnerMatcher.matches(**I, Finder, Builder))
+      return true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches AST nodes that have child AST nodes that match the
+/// provided matcher.
+///
+/// Example matches X, Y (matcher = recordDecl(has(recordDecl(hasName("X")))
+/// \code
+///   class X {};  // Matches X, because X::X is a class of name X inside X.
+///   class Y { class X {}; };
+///   class Z { class Y { class X {}; }; };  // Does not match Z.
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// ChildT must be an AST base type.
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template <typename ChildT>
+internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<internal::HasMatcher, ChildT> has(
+    const internal::Matcher<ChildT> &ChildMatcher) {
+  return internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<internal::HasMatcher,
+                                           ChildT>(ChildMatcher);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches AST nodes that have descendant AST nodes that match the
+/// provided matcher.
+///
+/// Example matches X, Y, Z
+///     (matcher = recordDecl(hasDescendant(recordDecl(hasName("X")))))
+/// \code
+///   class X {};  // Matches X, because X::X is a class of name X inside X.
+///   class Y { class X {}; };
+///   class Z { class Y { class X {}; }; };
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// DescendantT must be an AST base type.
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template <typename DescendantT>
+internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<internal::HasDescendantMatcher, DescendantT>
+hasDescendant(const internal::Matcher<DescendantT> &DescendantMatcher) {
+  return internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<
+    internal::HasDescendantMatcher,
+    DescendantT>(DescendantMatcher);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches AST nodes that have child AST nodes that match the
+/// provided matcher.
+///
+/// Example matches X, Y (matcher = recordDecl(forEach(recordDecl(hasName("X")))
+/// \code
+///   class X {};  // Matches X, because X::X is a class of name X inside X.
+///   class Y { class X {}; };
+///   class Z { class Y { class X {}; }; };  // Does not match Z.
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// ChildT must be an AST base type.
+///
+/// As opposed to 'has', 'forEach' will cause a match for each result that
+/// matches instead of only on the first one.
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template <typename ChildT>
+internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<internal::ForEachMatcher, ChildT> forEach(
+    const internal::Matcher<ChildT> &ChildMatcher) {
+  return internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<
+    internal::ForEachMatcher,
+    ChildT>(ChildMatcher);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches AST nodes that have descendant AST nodes that match the
+/// provided matcher.
+///
+/// Example matches X, A, B, C
+///     (matcher = recordDecl(forEachDescendant(recordDecl(hasName("X")))))
+/// \code
+///   class X {};  // Matches X, because X::X is a class of name X inside X.
+///   class A { class X {}; };
+///   class B { class C { class X {}; }; };
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// DescendantT must be an AST base type.
+///
+/// As opposed to 'hasDescendant', 'forEachDescendant' will cause a match for
+/// each result that matches instead of only on the first one.
+///
+/// Note: Recursively combined ForEachDescendant can cause many matches:
+///   recordDecl(forEachDescendant(recordDecl(forEachDescendant(recordDecl()))))
+/// will match 10 times (plus injected class name matches) on:
+/// \code
+///   class A { class B { class C { class D { class E {}; }; }; }; };
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template <typename DescendantT>
+internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<internal::ForEachDescendantMatcher,
+                                  DescendantT>
+forEachDescendant(
+    const internal::Matcher<DescendantT> &DescendantMatcher) {
+  return internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<
+    internal::ForEachDescendantMatcher,
+    DescendantT>(DescendantMatcher);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the node or any descendant matches.
+///
+/// Generates results for each match.
+///
+/// For example, in:
+/// \code
+///   class A { class B {}; class C {}; };
+/// \endcode
+/// The matcher:
+/// \code
+///   recordDecl(hasName("::A"), findAll(recordDecl(isDefinition()).bind("m")))
+/// \endcode
+/// will generate results for \c A, \c B and \c C.
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template <typename T>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<
+    internal::EachOfMatcher, internal::Matcher<T>,
+    internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<internal::ForEachDescendantMatcher, T> >
+findAll(const internal::Matcher<T> &Matcher) {
+  return eachOf(Matcher, forEachDescendant(Matcher));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches AST nodes that have a parent that matches the provided
+/// matcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+/// void f() { for (;;) { int x = 42; if (true) { int x = 43; } } }
+/// \endcode
+/// \c compoundStmt(hasParent(ifStmt())) matches "{ int x = 43; }".
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template <typename ParentT>
+internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<internal::HasParentMatcher, ParentT>
+hasParent(const internal::Matcher<ParentT> &ParentMatcher) {
+  return internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<
+    internal::HasParentMatcher,
+    ParentT>(ParentMatcher);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches AST nodes that have an ancestor that matches the provided
+/// matcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+/// void f() { if (true) { int x = 42; } }
+/// void g() { for (;;) { int x = 43; } }
+/// \endcode
+/// \c expr(integerLiteral(hasAncestor(ifStmt()))) matches \c 42, but not 43.
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template <typename AncestorT>
+internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<internal::HasAncestorMatcher, AncestorT>
+hasAncestor(const internal::Matcher<AncestorT> &AncestorMatcher) {
+  return internal::ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<
+    internal::HasAncestorMatcher,
+    AncestorT>(AncestorMatcher);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the provided matcher does not match.
+///
+/// Example matches Y (matcher = recordDecl(unless(hasName("X"))))
+/// \code
+///   class X {};
+///   class Y {};
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Usable as: Any Matcher
+template <typename M>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<internal::NotMatcher, M>
+unless(const M &InnerMatcher) {
+  return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<
+    internal::NotMatcher, M>(InnerMatcher);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a type if the declaration of the type matches the given
+/// matcher.
+///
+/// In addition to being usable as Matcher<TypedefType>, also usable as
+/// Matcher<T> for any T supporting the getDecl() member function. e.g. various
+/// subtypes of clang::Type.
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<QualType>, Matcher<CallExpr>, Matcher<CXXConstructExpr>,
+///   Matcher<MemberExpr>, Matcher<TypedefType>,
+///   Matcher<TemplateSpecializationType>
+inline internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1< internal::HasDeclarationMatcher,
+                                     internal::Matcher<Decl> >
+    hasDeclaration(const internal::Matcher<Decl> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<
+    internal::HasDeclarationMatcher,
+    internal::Matcher<Decl> >(InnerMatcher);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches on the implicit object argument of a member call expression.
+///
+/// Example matches y.x() (matcher = callExpr(on(hasType(recordDecl(hasName("Y"))))))
+/// \code
+///   class Y { public: void x(); };
+///   void z() { Y y; y.x(); }",
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// FIXME: Overload to allow directly matching types?
+AST_MATCHER_P(CXXMemberCallExpr, on, internal::Matcher<Expr>,
+              InnerMatcher) {
+  const Expr *ExprNode = Node.getImplicitObjectArgument()
+                            ->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
+  return (ExprNode != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*ExprNode, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the call expression's callee expression matches.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class Y { void x() { this->x(); x(); Y y; y.x(); } };
+///   void f() { f(); }
+/// \endcode
+/// callExpr(callee(expr()))
+///   matches this->x(), x(), y.x(), f()
+/// with callee(...)
+///   matching this->x, x, y.x, f respectively
+///
+/// Note: Callee cannot take the more general internal::Matcher<Expr>
+/// because this introduces ambiguous overloads with calls to Callee taking a
+/// internal::Matcher<Decl>, as the matcher hierarchy is purely
+/// implemented in terms of implicit casts.
+AST_MATCHER_P(CallExpr, callee, internal::Matcher<Stmt>,
+              InnerMatcher) {
+  const Expr *ExprNode = Node.getCallee();
+  return (ExprNode != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*ExprNode, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the call expression's callee's declaration matches the
+/// given matcher.
+///
+/// Example matches y.x() (matcher = callExpr(callee(methodDecl(hasName("x")))))
+/// \code
+///   class Y { public: void x(); };
+///   void z() { Y y; y.x();
+/// \endcode
+inline internal::Matcher<CallExpr> callee(
+    const internal::Matcher<Decl> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return callExpr(hasDeclaration(InnerMatcher));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the expression's or declaration's type matches a type
+/// matcher.
+///
+/// Example matches x (matcher = expr(hasType(recordDecl(hasName("X")))))
+///             and z (matcher = varDecl(hasType(recordDecl(hasName("X")))))
+/// \code
+///  class X {};
+///  void y(X &x) { x; X z; }
+/// \endcode
+AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P(hasType, internal::Matcher<QualType>,
+                          InnerMatcher) {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_base_of<Expr, NodeType>::value ||
+                          llvm::is_base_of<ValueDecl, NodeType>::value),
+                         instantiated_with_wrong_types);
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(Node.getType(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Overloaded to match the declaration of the expression's or value
+/// declaration's type.
+///
+/// In case of a value declaration (for example a variable declaration),
+/// this resolves one layer of indirection. For example, in the value
+/// declaration "X x;", recordDecl(hasName("X")) matches the declaration of X,
+/// while varDecl(hasType(recordDecl(hasName("X")))) matches the declaration
+/// of x."
+///
+/// Example matches x (matcher = expr(hasType(recordDecl(hasName("X")))))
+///             and z (matcher = varDecl(hasType(recordDecl(hasName("X")))))
+/// \code
+///  class X {};
+///  void y(X &x) { x; X z; }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<Expr>, Matcher<ValueDecl>
+inline internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<
+  internal::matcher_hasType0Matcher,
+  internal::Matcher<QualType> >
+hasType(const internal::Matcher<Decl> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return hasType(qualType(hasDeclaration(InnerMatcher)));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the matched type is represented by the given string.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class Y { public: void x(); };
+///   void z() { Y* y; y->x(); }
+/// \endcode
+/// callExpr(on(hasType(asString("class Y *"))))
+///   matches y->x()
+AST_MATCHER_P(QualType, asString, std::string, Name) {
+  return Name == Node.getAsString();
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the matched type is a pointer type and the pointee type
+/// matches the specified matcher.
+///
+/// Example matches y->x()
+///     (matcher = callExpr(on(hasType(pointsTo(recordDecl(hasName("Y")))))))
+/// \code
+///   class Y { public: void x(); };
+///   void z() { Y *y; y->x(); }
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(
+    QualType, pointsTo, internal::Matcher<QualType>,
+    InnerMatcher) {
+  return (!Node.isNull() && Node->isPointerType() &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(Node->getPointeeType(), Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Overloaded to match the pointee type's declaration.
+inline internal::Matcher<QualType> pointsTo(
+    const internal::Matcher<Decl> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return pointsTo(qualType(hasDeclaration(InnerMatcher)));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the matched type is a reference type and the referenced
+/// type matches the specified matcher.
+///
+/// Example matches X &x and const X &y
+///     (matcher = varDecl(hasType(references(recordDecl(hasName("X"))))))
+/// \code
+///   class X {
+///     void a(X b) {
+///       X &x = b;
+///       const X &y = b;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(QualType, references, internal::Matcher<QualType>,
+              InnerMatcher) {
+  return (!Node.isNull() && Node->isReferenceType() &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(Node->getPointeeType(), Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches QualTypes whose canonical type matches InnerMatcher.
+///
+/// Given:
+/// \code
+///   typedef int &int_ref;
+///   int a;
+///   int_ref b = a;
+/// \code
+///
+/// \c varDecl(hasType(qualType(referenceType()))))) will not match the
+/// declaration of b but \c
+/// varDecl(hasType(qualType(hasCanonicalType(referenceType())))))) does.
+AST_MATCHER_P(QualType, hasCanonicalType, internal::Matcher<QualType>,
+              InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(Node.getCanonicalType(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Overloaded to match the referenced type's declaration.
+inline internal::Matcher<QualType> references(
+    const internal::Matcher<Decl> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return references(qualType(hasDeclaration(InnerMatcher)));
+}
+
+AST_MATCHER_P(CXXMemberCallExpr, onImplicitObjectArgument,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const Expr *ExprNode = Node.getImplicitObjectArgument();
+  return (ExprNode != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*ExprNode, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the expression's type either matches the specified
+/// matcher, or is a pointer to a type that matches the InnerMatcher.
+inline internal::Matcher<CXXMemberCallExpr> thisPointerType(
+    const internal::Matcher<QualType> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return onImplicitObjectArgument(
+      anyOf(hasType(InnerMatcher), hasType(pointsTo(InnerMatcher))));
+}
+
+/// \brief Overloaded to match the type's declaration.
+inline internal::Matcher<CXXMemberCallExpr> thisPointerType(
+    const internal::Matcher<Decl> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return onImplicitObjectArgument(
+      anyOf(hasType(InnerMatcher), hasType(pointsTo(InnerMatcher))));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a DeclRefExpr that refers to a declaration that matches the
+/// specified matcher.
+///
+/// Example matches x in if(x)
+///     (matcher = declRefExpr(to(varDecl(hasName("x")))))
+/// \code
+///   bool x;
+///   if (x) {}
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(DeclRefExpr, to, internal::Matcher<Decl>,
+              InnerMatcher) {
+  const Decl *DeclNode = Node.getDecl();
+  return (DeclNode != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*DeclNode, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a \c DeclRefExpr that refers to a declaration through a
+/// specific using shadow declaration.
+///
+/// FIXME: This currently only works for functions. Fix.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   namespace a { void f() {} }
+///   using a::f;
+///   void g() {
+///     f();     // Matches this ..
+///     a::f();  // .. but not this.
+///   }
+/// \endcode
+/// declRefExpr(throughUsingDeclaration(anything()))
+///   matches \c f()
+AST_MATCHER_P(DeclRefExpr, throughUsingDecl,
+              internal::Matcher<UsingShadowDecl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const NamedDecl *FoundDecl = Node.getFoundDecl();
+  if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingDecl = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl))
+    return InnerMatcher.matches(*UsingDecl, Finder, Builder);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the Decl of a DeclStmt which has a single declaration.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int a, b;
+///   int c;
+/// \endcode
+/// declStmt(hasSingleDecl(anything()))
+///   matches 'int c;' but not 'int a, b;'.
+AST_MATCHER_P(DeclStmt, hasSingleDecl, internal::Matcher<Decl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  if (Node.isSingleDecl()) {
+    const Decl *FoundDecl = Node.getSingleDecl();
+    return InnerMatcher.matches(*FoundDecl, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a variable declaration that has an initializer expression
+/// that matches the given matcher.
+///
+/// Example matches x (matcher = varDecl(hasInitializer(callExpr())))
+/// \code
+///   bool y() { return true; }
+///   bool x = y();
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(
+    VarDecl, hasInitializer, internal::Matcher<Expr>,
+    InnerMatcher) {
+  const Expr *Initializer = Node.getAnyInitializer();
+  return (Initializer != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*Initializer, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Checks that a call expression or a constructor call expression has
+/// a specific number of arguments (including absent default arguments).
+///
+/// Example matches f(0, 0) (matcher = callExpr(argumentCountIs(2)))
+/// \code
+///   void f(int x, int y);
+///   f(0, 0);
+/// \endcode
+AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P(argumentCountIs, unsigned, N) {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_base_of<CallExpr, NodeType>::value ||
+                          llvm::is_base_of<CXXConstructExpr,
+                                           NodeType>::value),
+                         instantiated_with_wrong_types);
+  return Node.getNumArgs() == N;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the n'th argument of a call expression or a constructor
+/// call expression.
+///
+/// Example matches y in x(y)
+///     (matcher = callExpr(hasArgument(0, declRefExpr())))
+/// \code
+///   void x(int) { int y; x(y); }
+/// \endcode
+AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P2(
+    hasArgument, unsigned, N, internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_base_of<CallExpr, NodeType>::value ||
+                         llvm::is_base_of<CXXConstructExpr,
+                                          NodeType>::value),
+                         instantiated_with_wrong_types);
+  return (N < Node.getNumArgs() &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(
+              *Node.getArg(N)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches declaration statements that contain a specific number of
+/// declarations.
+///
+/// Example: Given
+/// \code
+///   int a, b;
+///   int c;
+///   int d = 2, e;
+/// \endcode
+/// declCountIs(2)
+///   matches 'int a, b;' and 'int d = 2, e;', but not 'int c;'.
+AST_MATCHER_P(DeclStmt, declCountIs, unsigned, N) {
+  return std::distance(Node.decl_begin(), Node.decl_end()) == (ptrdiff_t)N;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the n'th declaration of a declaration statement.
+///
+/// Note that this does not work for global declarations because the AST
+/// breaks up multiple-declaration DeclStmt's into multiple single-declaration
+/// DeclStmt's.
+/// Example: Given non-global declarations
+/// \code
+///   int a, b = 0;
+///   int c;
+///   int d = 2, e;
+/// \endcode
+/// declStmt(containsDeclaration(
+///       0, varDecl(hasInitializer(anything()))))
+///   matches only 'int d = 2, e;', and
+/// declStmt(containsDeclaration(1, varDecl()))
+/// \code
+///   matches 'int a, b = 0' as well as 'int d = 2, e;'
+///   but 'int c;' is not matched.
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P2(DeclStmt, containsDeclaration, unsigned, N,
+               internal::Matcher<Decl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const unsigned NumDecls = std::distance(Node.decl_begin(), Node.decl_end());
+  if (N >= NumDecls)
+    return false;
+  DeclStmt::const_decl_iterator Iterator = Node.decl_begin();
+  std::advance(Iterator, N);
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(**Iterator, Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a constructor initializer.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct Foo {
+///     Foo() : foo_(1) { }
+///     int foo_;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// recordDecl(has(constructorDecl(hasAnyConstructorInitializer(anything()))))
+///   record matches Foo, hasAnyConstructorInitializer matches foo_(1)
+AST_MATCHER_P(CXXConstructorDecl, hasAnyConstructorInitializer,
+              internal::Matcher<CXXCtorInitializer>, InnerMatcher) {
+  for (CXXConstructorDecl::init_const_iterator I = Node.init_begin();
+       I != Node.init_end(); ++I) {
+    if (InnerMatcher.matches(**I, Finder, Builder)) {
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the field declaration of a constructor initializer.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct Foo {
+///     Foo() : foo_(1) { }
+///     int foo_;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// recordDecl(has(constructorDecl(hasAnyConstructorInitializer(
+///     forField(hasName("foo_"))))))
+///   matches Foo
+/// with forField matching foo_
+AST_MATCHER_P(CXXCtorInitializer, forField,
+              internal::Matcher<FieldDecl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const FieldDecl *NodeAsDecl = Node.getMember();
+  return (NodeAsDecl != NULL &&
+      InnerMatcher.matches(*NodeAsDecl, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the initializer expression of a constructor initializer.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct Foo {
+///     Foo() : foo_(1) { }
+///     int foo_;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// recordDecl(has(constructorDecl(hasAnyConstructorInitializer(
+///     withInitializer(integerLiteral(equals(1)))))))
+///   matches Foo
+/// with withInitializer matching (1)
+AST_MATCHER_P(CXXCtorInitializer, withInitializer,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const Expr* NodeAsExpr = Node.getInit();
+  return (NodeAsExpr != NULL &&
+      InnerMatcher.matches(*NodeAsExpr, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a contructor initializer if it is explicitly written in
+/// code (as opposed to implicitly added by the compiler).
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct Foo {
+///     Foo() { }
+///     Foo(int) : foo_("A") { }
+///     string foo_;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// constructorDecl(hasAnyConstructorInitializer(isWritten()))
+///   will match Foo(int), but not Foo()
+AST_MATCHER(CXXCtorInitializer, isWritten) {
+  return Node.isWritten();
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a constructor declaration that has been implicitly added
+/// by the compiler (eg. implicit default/copy constructors).
+AST_MATCHER(CXXConstructorDecl, isImplicit) {
+  return Node.isImplicit();
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches any argument of a call expression or a constructor call
+/// expression.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   void x(int, int, int) { int y; x(1, y, 42); }
+/// \endcode
+/// callExpr(hasAnyArgument(declRefExpr()))
+///   matches x(1, y, 42)
+/// with hasAnyArgument(...)
+///   matching y
+AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P(hasAnyArgument, internal::Matcher<Expr>,
+                          InnerMatcher) {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_base_of<CallExpr, NodeType>::value ||
+                         llvm::is_base_of<CXXConstructExpr,
+                                          NodeType>::value),
+                         instantiated_with_wrong_types);
+  for (unsigned I = 0; I < Node.getNumArgs(); ++I) {
+    if (InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.getArg(I)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
+                             Finder, Builder)) {
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the n'th parameter of a function declaration.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class X { void f(int x) {} };
+/// \endcode
+/// methodDecl(hasParameter(0, hasType(varDecl())))
+///   matches f(int x) {}
+/// with hasParameter(...)
+///   matching int x
+AST_MATCHER_P2(FunctionDecl, hasParameter,
+               unsigned, N, internal::Matcher<ParmVarDecl>,
+               InnerMatcher) {
+  return (N < Node.getNumParams() &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(
+              *Node.getParamDecl(N), Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches any parameter of a function declaration.
+///
+/// Does not match the 'this' parameter of a method.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class X { void f(int x, int y, int z) {} };
+/// \endcode
+/// methodDecl(hasAnyParameter(hasName("y")))
+///   matches f(int x, int y, int z) {}
+/// with hasAnyParameter(...)
+///   matching int y
+AST_MATCHER_P(FunctionDecl, hasAnyParameter,
+              internal::Matcher<ParmVarDecl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  for (unsigned I = 0; I < Node.getNumParams(); ++I) {
+    if (InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.getParamDecl(I), Finder, Builder)) {
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches \c FunctionDecls that have a specific parameter count.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   void f(int i) {}
+///   void g(int i, int j) {}
+/// \endcode
+/// functionDecl(parameterCountIs(2))
+///   matches g(int i, int j) {}
+AST_MATCHER_P(FunctionDecl, parameterCountIs, unsigned, N) {
+  return Node.getNumParams() == N;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the return type of a function declaration.
+///
+/// Given:
+/// \code
+///   class X { int f() { return 1; } };
+/// \endcode
+/// methodDecl(returns(asString("int")))
+///   matches int f() { return 1; }
+AST_MATCHER_P(FunctionDecl, returns,
+              internal::Matcher<QualType>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(Node.getResultType(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches extern "C" function declarations.
+///
+/// Given:
+/// \code
+///   extern "C" void f() {}
+///   extern "C" { void g() {} }
+///   void h() {}
+/// \endcode
+/// functionDecl(isExternC())
+///   matches the declaration of f and g, but not the declaration h
+AST_MATCHER(FunctionDecl, isExternC) {
+  return Node.isExternC();
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the condition expression of an if statement, for loop,
+/// or conditional operator.
+///
+/// Example matches true (matcher = hasCondition(boolLiteral(equals(true))))
+/// \code
+///   if (true) {}
+/// \endcode
+AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P(hasCondition, internal::Matcher<Expr>,
+                          InnerMatcher) {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(
+    (llvm::is_base_of<IfStmt, NodeType>::value) ||
+    (llvm::is_base_of<ForStmt, NodeType>::value) ||
+    (llvm::is_base_of<WhileStmt, NodeType>::value) ||
+    (llvm::is_base_of<DoStmt, NodeType>::value) ||
+    (llvm::is_base_of<ConditionalOperator, NodeType>::value),
+    has_condition_requires_if_statement_conditional_operator_or_loop);
+  const Expr *const Condition = Node.getCond();
+  return (Condition != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*Condition, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the condition variable statement in an if statement.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   if (A* a = GetAPointer()) {}
+/// \endcode
+/// hasConditionVariableStatment(...)
+///   matches 'A* a = GetAPointer()'.
+AST_MATCHER_P(IfStmt, hasConditionVariableStatement,
+              internal::Matcher<DeclStmt>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const DeclStmt* const DeclarationStatement =
+    Node.getConditionVariableDeclStmt();
+  return DeclarationStatement != NULL &&
+         InnerMatcher.matches(*DeclarationStatement, Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the index expression of an array subscript expression.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int i[5];
+///   void f() { i[1] = 42; }
+/// \endcode
+/// arraySubscriptExpression(hasIndex(integerLiteral()))
+///   matches \c i[1] with the \c integerLiteral() matching \c 1
+AST_MATCHER_P(ArraySubscriptExpr, hasIndex,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  if (const Expr* Expression = Node.getIdx())
+    return InnerMatcher.matches(*Expression, Finder, Builder);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the base expression of an array subscript expression.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int i[5];
+///   void f() { i[1] = 42; }
+/// \endcode
+/// arraySubscriptExpression(hasBase(implicitCastExpr(
+///     hasSourceExpression(declRefExpr()))))
+///   matches \c i[1] with the \c declRefExpr() matching \c i
+AST_MATCHER_P(ArraySubscriptExpr, hasBase,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  if (const Expr* Expression = Node.getBase())
+    return InnerMatcher.matches(*Expression, Finder, Builder);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a 'for', 'while', or 'do while' statement that has
+/// a given body.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   for (;;) {}
+/// \endcode
+/// hasBody(compoundStmt())
+///   matches 'for (;;) {}'
+/// with compoundStmt()
+///   matching '{}'
+AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P(hasBody, internal::Matcher<Stmt>,
+                          InnerMatcher) {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(
+      (llvm::is_base_of<DoStmt, NodeType>::value) ||
+      (llvm::is_base_of<ForStmt, NodeType>::value) ||
+      (llvm::is_base_of<WhileStmt, NodeType>::value),
+      has_body_requires_for_while_or_do_statement);
+  const Stmt *const Statement = Node.getBody();
+  return (Statement != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*Statement, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches compound statements where at least one substatement matches
+/// a given matcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   { {}; 1+2; }
+/// \endcode
+/// hasAnySubstatement(compoundStmt())
+///   matches '{ {}; 1+2; }'
+/// with compoundStmt()
+///   matching '{}'
+AST_MATCHER_P(CompoundStmt, hasAnySubstatement,
+              internal::Matcher<Stmt>, InnerMatcher) {
+  for (CompoundStmt::const_body_iterator It = Node.body_begin();
+       It != Node.body_end();
+       ++It) {
+    if (InnerMatcher.matches(**It, Finder, Builder)) return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Checks that a compound statement contains a specific number of
+/// child statements.
+///
+/// Example: Given
+/// \code
+///   { for (;;) {} }
+/// \endcode
+/// compoundStmt(statementCountIs(0)))
+///   matches '{}'
+///   but does not match the outer compound statement.
+AST_MATCHER_P(CompoundStmt, statementCountIs, unsigned, N) {
+  return Node.size() == N;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches literals that are equal to the given value.
+///
+/// Example matches true (matcher = boolLiteral(equals(true)))
+/// \code
+///   true
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<CharacterLiteral>, Matcher<CXXBoolLiteral>,
+///            Matcher<FloatingLiteral>, Matcher<IntegerLiteral>
+template <typename ValueT>
+internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<internal::ValueEqualsMatcher, ValueT>
+equals(const ValueT &Value) {
+  return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<
+    internal::ValueEqualsMatcher,
+    ValueT>(Value);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the operator Name of operator expressions (binary or
+/// unary).
+///
+/// Example matches a || b (matcher = binaryOperator(hasOperatorName("||")))
+/// \code
+///   !(a || b)
+/// \endcode
+AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P(hasOperatorName, std::string, Name) {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(
+    (llvm::is_base_of<BinaryOperator, NodeType>::value) ||
+    (llvm::is_base_of<UnaryOperator, NodeType>::value),
+    has_condition_requires_if_statement_or_conditional_operator);
+  return Name == Node.getOpcodeStr(Node.getOpcode());
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the left hand side of binary operator expressions.
+///
+/// Example matches a (matcher = binaryOperator(hasLHS()))
+/// \code
+///   a || b
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(BinaryOperator, hasLHS,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  Expr *LeftHandSide = Node.getLHS();
+  return (LeftHandSide != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*LeftHandSide, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the right hand side of binary operator expressions.
+///
+/// Example matches b (matcher = binaryOperator(hasRHS()))
+/// \code
+///   a || b
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(BinaryOperator, hasRHS,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  Expr *RightHandSide = Node.getRHS();
+  return (RightHandSide != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*RightHandSide, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if either the left hand side or the right hand side of a
+/// binary operator matches.
+inline internal::Matcher<BinaryOperator> hasEitherOperand(
+    const internal::Matcher<Expr> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return anyOf(hasLHS(InnerMatcher), hasRHS(InnerMatcher));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the operand of a unary operator matches.
+///
+/// Example matches true (matcher = hasUnaryOperand(boolLiteral(equals(true))))
+/// \code
+///   !true
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(UnaryOperator, hasUnaryOperand,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const Expr * const Operand = Node.getSubExpr();
+  return (Operand != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*Operand, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if the cast's source expression matches the given matcher.
+///
+/// Example: matches "a string" (matcher =
+///                                  hasSourceExpression(constructExpr()))
+/// \code
+/// class URL { URL(string); };
+/// URL url = "a string";
+AST_MATCHER_P(CastExpr, hasSourceExpression,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const Expr* const SubExpression = Node.getSubExpr();
+  return (SubExpression != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*SubExpression, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches casts whose destination type matches a given matcher.
+///
+/// (Note: Clang's AST refers to other conversions as "casts" too, and calls
+/// actual casts "explicit" casts.)
+AST_MATCHER_P(ExplicitCastExpr, hasDestinationType,
+              internal::Matcher<QualType>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const QualType NodeType = Node.getTypeAsWritten();
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(NodeType, Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches implicit casts whose destination type matches a given
+/// matcher.
+///
+/// FIXME: Unit test this matcher
+AST_MATCHER_P(ImplicitCastExpr, hasImplicitDestinationType,
+              internal::Matcher<QualType>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(Node.getType(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the true branch expression of a conditional operator.
+///
+/// Example matches a
+/// \code
+///   condition ? a : b
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(ConditionalOperator, hasTrueExpression,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  Expr *Expression = Node.getTrueExpr();
+  return (Expression != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*Expression, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the false branch expression of a conditional operator.
+///
+/// Example matches b
+/// \code
+///   condition ? a : b
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(ConditionalOperator, hasFalseExpression,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  Expr *Expression = Node.getFalseExpr();
+  return (Expression != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*Expression, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches if a declaration has a body attached.
+///
+/// Example matches A, va, fa
+/// \code
+///   class A {};
+///   class B;  // Doesn't match, as it has no body.
+///   int va;
+///   extern int vb;  // Doesn't match, as it doesn't define the variable.
+///   void fa() {}
+///   void fb();  // Doesn't match, as it has no body.
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<TagDecl>, Matcher<VarDecl>, Matcher<FunctionDecl>
+AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER(isDefinition) {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(
+      (llvm::is_base_of<TagDecl, NodeType>::value) ||
+      (llvm::is_base_of<VarDecl, NodeType>::value) ||
+      (llvm::is_base_of<FunctionDecl, NodeType>::value),
+      is_definition_requires_isThisDeclarationADefinition_method);
+  return Node.isThisDeclarationADefinition();
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches the class declaration that the given method declaration
+/// belongs to.
+///
+/// FIXME: Generalize this for other kinds of declarations.
+/// FIXME: What other kind of declarations would we need to generalize
+/// this to?
+///
+/// Example matches A() in the last line
+///     (matcher = constructExpr(hasDeclaration(methodDecl(
+///         ofClass(hasName("A"))))))
+/// \code
+///   class A {
+///    public:
+///     A();
+///   };
+///   A a = A();
+/// \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(CXXMethodDecl, ofClass,
+              internal::Matcher<CXXRecordDecl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Node.getParent();
+  return (Parent != NULL &&
+          InnerMatcher.matches(*Parent, Finder, Builder));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches member expressions that are called with '->' as opposed
+/// to '.'.
+///
+/// Member calls on the implicit this pointer match as called with '->'.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class Y {
+///     void x() { this->x(); x(); Y y; y.x(); a; this->b; Y::b; }
+///     int a;
+///     static int b;
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// memberExpr(isArrow())
+///   matches this->x, x, y.x, a, this->b
+AST_MATCHER(MemberExpr, isArrow) {
+  return Node.isArrow();
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches QualType nodes that are of integer type.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   void a(int);
+///   void b(long);
+///   void c(double);
+/// \endcode
+/// functionDecl(hasAnyParameter(hasType(isInteger())))
+/// matches "a(int)", "b(long)", but not "c(double)".
+AST_MATCHER(QualType, isInteger) {
+    return Node->isIntegerType();
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches QualType nodes that are const-qualified, i.e., that
+/// include "top-level" const.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   void a(int);
+///   void b(int const);
+///   void c(const int);
+///   void d(const int*);
+///   void e(int const) {};
+/// \endcode
+/// functionDecl(hasAnyParameter(hasType(isConstQualified())))
+///   matches "void b(int const)", "void c(const int)" and
+///   "void e(int const) {}". It does not match d as there
+///   is no top-level const on the parameter type "const int *".
+AST_MATCHER(QualType, isConstQualified) {
+  return Node.isConstQualified();
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches QualType nodes that have local CV-qualifiers attached to
+/// the node, not hidden within a typedef.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   typedef const int const_int;
+///   const_int i;
+///   int *const j;
+///   int *volatile k;
+///   int m;
+/// \endcode
+/// \c varDecl(hasType(hasLocalQualifiers())) matches only \c j and \c k.
+/// \c i is const-qualified but the qualifier is not local.
+AST_MATCHER(QualType, hasLocalQualifiers) {
+  return Node.hasLocalQualifiers();
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a member expression where the member is matched by a
+/// given matcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct { int first, second; } first, second;
+///   int i(second.first);
+///   int j(first.second);
+/// \endcode
+/// memberExpr(member(hasName("first")))
+///   matches second.first
+///   but not first.second (because the member name there is "second").
+AST_MATCHER_P(MemberExpr, member,
+              internal::Matcher<ValueDecl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.getMemberDecl(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a member expression where the object expression is
+/// matched by a given matcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct X { int m; };
+///   void f(X x) { x.m; m; }
+/// \endcode
+/// memberExpr(hasObjectExpression(hasType(recordDecl(hasName("X")))))))
+///   matches "x.m" and "m"
+/// with hasObjectExpression(...)
+///   matching "x" and the implicit object expression of "m" which has type X*.
+AST_MATCHER_P(MemberExpr, hasObjectExpression,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.getBase(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches any using shadow declaration.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   namespace X { void b(); }
+///   using X::b;
+/// \endcode
+/// usingDecl(hasAnyUsingShadowDecl(hasName("b"))))
+///   matches \code using X::b \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(UsingDecl, hasAnyUsingShadowDecl,
+              internal::Matcher<UsingShadowDecl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  for (UsingDecl::shadow_iterator II = Node.shadow_begin();
+       II != Node.shadow_end(); ++II) {
+    if (InnerMatcher.matches(**II, Finder, Builder))
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches a using shadow declaration where the target declaration is
+/// matched by the given matcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   namespace X { int a; void b(); }
+///   using X::a;
+///   using X::b;
+/// \endcode
+/// usingDecl(hasAnyUsingShadowDecl(hasTargetDecl(functionDecl())))
+///   matches \code using X::b \endcode
+///   but not \code using X::a \endcode
+AST_MATCHER_P(UsingShadowDecl, hasTargetDecl,
+              internal::Matcher<NamedDecl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.getTargetDecl(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches template instantiations of function, class, or static
+/// member variable template instantiations.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   template <typename T> class X {}; class A {}; X<A> x;
+/// \endcode
+/// or
+/// \code
+///   template <typename T> class X {}; class A {}; template class X<A>;
+/// \endcode
+/// recordDecl(hasName("::X"), isTemplateInstantiation())
+///   matches the template instantiation of X<A>.
+///
+/// But given
+/// \code
+///   template <typename T>  class X {}; class A {};
+///   template <> class X<A> {}; X<A> x;
+/// \endcode
+/// recordDecl(hasName("::X"), isTemplateInstantiation())
+///   does not match, as X<A> is an explicit template specialization.
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<FunctionDecl>, Matcher<VarDecl>, Matcher<CXXRecordDecl>
+AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER(isTemplateInstantiation) {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_base_of<FunctionDecl, NodeType>::value) ||
+                         (llvm::is_base_of<VarDecl, NodeType>::value) ||
+                         (llvm::is_base_of<CXXRecordDecl, NodeType>::value),
+                         requires_getTemplateSpecializationKind_method);
+  return (Node.getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
+          Node.getTemplateSpecializationKind() ==
+          TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches explicit template specializations of function, class, or
+/// static member variable template instantiations.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   template<typename T> void A(T t) { }
+///   template<> void A(int N) { }
+/// \endcode
+/// functionDecl(isExplicitTemplateSpecialization())
+///   matches the specialization A<int>().
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<FunctionDecl>, Matcher<VarDecl>, Matcher<CXXRecordDecl>
+AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER(isExplicitTemplateSpecialization) {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_base_of<FunctionDecl, NodeType>::value) ||
+                         (llvm::is_base_of<VarDecl, NodeType>::value) ||
+                         (llvm::is_base_of<CXXRecordDecl, NodeType>::value),
+                         requires_getTemplateSpecializationKind_method);
+  return (Node.getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches \c TypeLocs for which the given inner
+/// QualType-matcher matches.
+inline internal::BindableMatcher<TypeLoc> loc(
+    const internal::Matcher<QualType> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return internal::BindableMatcher<TypeLoc>(
+      new internal::TypeLocTypeMatcher(InnerMatcher));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches builtin Types.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct A {};
+///   A a;
+///   int b;
+///   float c;
+///   bool d;
+/// \endcode
+/// builtinType()
+///   matches "int b", "float c" and "bool d"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(BuiltinType, builtinType);
+
+/// \brief Matches all kinds of arrays.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int a[] = { 2, 3 };
+///   int b[4];
+///   void f() { int c[a[0]]; }
+/// \endcode
+/// arrayType()
+///   matches "int a[]", "int b[4]" and "int c[a[0]]";
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(ArrayType, arrayType);
+
+/// \brief Matches C99 complex types.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   _Complex float f;
+/// \endcode
+/// complexType()
+///   matches "_Complex float f"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(ComplexType, complexType);
+
+/// \brief Matches arrays and C99 complex types that have a specific element
+/// type.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct A {};
+///   A a[7];
+///   int b[7];
+/// \endcode
+/// arrayType(hasElementType(builtinType()))
+///   matches "int b[7]"
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<ArrayType>, Matcher<ComplexType>
+AST_TYPELOC_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(hasElementType, getElement);
+
+/// \brief Matches C arrays with a specified constant size.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   void() {
+///     int a[2];
+///     int b[] = { 2, 3 };
+///     int c[b[0]];
+///   }
+/// \endcode
+/// constantArrayType()
+///   matches "int a[2]"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(ConstantArrayType, constantArrayType);
+
+/// \brief Matches \c ConstantArrayType nodes that have the specified size.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int a[42];
+///   int b[2 * 21];
+///   int c[41], d[43];
+/// \endcode
+/// constantArrayType(hasSize(42))
+///   matches "int a[42]" and "int b[2 * 21]"
+AST_MATCHER_P(ConstantArrayType, hasSize, unsigned, N) {
+  return Node.getSize() == N;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches C++ arrays whose size is a value-dependent expression.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   template<typename T, int Size>
+///   class array {
+///     T data[Size];
+///   };
+/// \endcode
+/// dependentSizedArrayType
+///   matches "T data[Size]"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(DependentSizedArrayType, dependentSizedArrayType);
+
+/// \brief Matches C arrays with unspecified size.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int a[] = { 2, 3 };
+///   int b[42];
+///   void f(int c[]) { int d[a[0]]; };
+/// \endcode
+/// incompleteArrayType()
+///   matches "int a[]" and "int c[]"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(IncompleteArrayType, incompleteArrayType);
+
+/// \brief Matches C arrays with a specified size that is not an
+/// integer-constant-expression.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   void f() {
+///     int a[] = { 2, 3 }
+///     int b[42];
+///     int c[a[0]];
+/// \endcode
+/// variableArrayType()
+///   matches "int c[a[0]]"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(VariableArrayType, variableArrayType);
+
+/// \brief Matches \c VariableArrayType nodes that have a specific size
+/// expression.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   void f(int b) {
+///     int a[b];
+///   }
+/// \endcode
+/// variableArrayType(hasSizeExpr(ignoringImpCasts(declRefExpr(to(
+///   varDecl(hasName("b")))))))
+///   matches "int a[b]"
+AST_MATCHER_P(VariableArrayType, hasSizeExpr,
+              internal::Matcher<Expr>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.getSizeExpr(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches atomic types.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   _Atomic(int) i;
+/// \endcode
+/// atomicType()
+///   matches "_Atomic(int) i"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(AtomicType, atomicType);
+
+/// \brief Matches atomic types with a specific value type.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   _Atomic(int) i;
+///   _Atomic(float) f;
+/// \endcode
+/// atomicType(hasValueType(isInteger()))
+///  matches "_Atomic(int) i"
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<AtomicType>
+AST_TYPELOC_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(hasValueType, getValue);
+
+/// \brief Matches types nodes representing C++11 auto types.
+///
+/// Given:
+/// \code
+///   auto n = 4;
+///   int v[] = { 2, 3 }
+///   for (auto i : v) { }
+/// \endcode
+/// autoType()
+///   matches "auto n" and "auto i"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(AutoType, autoType);
+
+/// \brief Matches \c AutoType nodes where the deduced type is a specific type.
+///
+/// Note: There is no \c TypeLoc for the deduced type and thus no
+/// \c getDeducedLoc() matcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   auto a = 1;
+///   auto b = 2.0;
+/// \endcode
+/// autoType(hasDeducedType(isInteger()))
+///   matches "auto a"
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<AutoType>
+AST_TYPE_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(hasDeducedType, getDeducedType);
+
+/// \brief Matches \c FunctionType nodes.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int (*f)(int);
+///   void g();
+/// \endcode
+/// functionType()
+///   matches "int (*f)(int)" and the type of "g".
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(FunctionType, functionType);
+
+/// \brief Matches \c ParenType nodes.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int (*ptr_to_array)[4];
+///   int *array_of_ptrs[4];
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// \c varDecl(hasType(pointsTo(parenType()))) matches \c ptr_to_array but not
+/// \c array_of_ptrs.
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(ParenType, parenType);
+
+/// \brief Matches \c ParenType nodes where the inner type is a specific type.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int (*ptr_to_array)[4];
+///   int (*ptr_to_func)(int);
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// \c varDecl(hasType(pointsTo(parenType(innerType(functionType()))))) matches
+/// \c ptr_to_func but not \c ptr_to_array.
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<ParenType>
+AST_TYPE_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(innerType, getInnerType);
+
+/// \brief Matches block pointer types, i.e. types syntactically represented as
+/// "void (^)(int)".
+///
+/// The \c pointee is always required to be a \c FunctionType.
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(BlockPointerType, blockPointerType);
+
+/// \brief Matches member pointer types.
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct A { int i; }
+///   A::* ptr = A::i;
+/// \endcode
+/// memberPointerType()
+///   matches "A::* ptr"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(MemberPointerType, memberPointerType);
+
+/// \brief Matches pointer types.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int *a;
+///   int &b = *a;
+///   int c = 5;
+/// \endcode
+/// pointerType()
+///   matches "int *a"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(PointerType, pointerType);
+
+/// \brief Matches both lvalue and rvalue reference types.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int *a;
+///   int &b = *a;
+///   int &&c = 1;
+///   auto &d = b;
+///   auto &&e = c;
+///   auto &&f = 2;
+///   int g = 5;
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// \c referenceType() matches the types of \c b, \c c, \c d, \c e, and \c f.
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(ReferenceType, referenceType);
+
+/// \brief Matches lvalue reference types.
+///
+/// Given:
+/// \code
+///   int *a;
+///   int &b = *a;
+///   int &&c = 1;
+///   auto &d = b;
+///   auto &&e = c;
+///   auto &&f = 2;
+///   int g = 5;
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// \c lValueReferenceType() matches the types of \c b, \c d, and \c e. \c e is
+/// matched since the type is deduced as int& by reference collapsing rules.
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(LValueReferenceType, lValueReferenceType);
+
+/// \brief Matches rvalue reference types.
+///
+/// Given:
+/// \code
+///   int *a;
+///   int &b = *a;
+///   int &&c = 1;
+///   auto &d = b;
+///   auto &&e = c;
+///   auto &&f = 2;
+///   int g = 5;
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// \c rValueReferenceType() matches the types of \c c and \c f. \c e is not
+/// matched as it is deduced to int& by reference collapsing rules.
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(RValueReferenceType, rValueReferenceType);
+
+/// \brief Narrows PointerType (and similar) matchers to those where the
+/// \c pointee matches a given matcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   int *a;
+///   int const *b;
+///   float const *f;
+/// \endcode
+/// pointerType(pointee(isConstQualified(), isInteger()))
+///   matches "int const *b"
+///
+/// Usable as: Matcher<BlockPointerType>, Matcher<MemberPointerType>,
+///   Matcher<PointerType>, Matcher<ReferenceType>
+AST_TYPELOC_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(pointee, getPointee);
+
+/// \brief Matches typedef types.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   typedef int X;
+/// \endcode
+/// typedefType()
+///   matches "typedef int X"
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(TypedefType, typedefType);
+
+/// \brief Matches template specialization types.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   template <typename T>
+///   class C { };
+///
+///   template class C<int>;  // A
+///   C<char> var;            // B
+/// \code
+///
+/// \c templateSpecializationType() matches the type of the explicit
+/// instantiation in \c A and the type of the variable declaration in \c B.
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(TemplateSpecializationType, templateSpecializationType);
+
+/// \brief Matches record types (e.g. structs, classes).
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   class C {};
+///   struct S {};
+///
+///   C c;
+///   S s;
+/// \code
+///
+/// \c recordType() matches the type of the variable declarations of both \c c
+/// and \c s.
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(RecordType, recordType);
+
+/// \brief Matches types specified with an elaborated type keyword or with a
+/// qualified name.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   namespace N {
+///     namespace M {
+///       class D {};
+///     }
+///   }
+///   class C {};
+///
+///   class C c;
+///   N::M::D d;
+/// \code
+///
+/// \c elaboratedType() matches the type of the variable declarations of both
+/// \c c and \c d.
+AST_TYPE_MATCHER(ElaboratedType, elaboratedType);
+
+/// \brief Matches ElaboratedTypes whose qualifier, a NestedNameSpecifier,
+/// matches \c InnerMatcher if the qualifier exists.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   namespace N {
+///     namespace M {
+///       class D {};
+///     }
+///   }
+///   N::M::D d;
+/// \code
+///
+/// \c elaboratedType(hasQualifier(hasPrefix(specifiesNamespace(hasName("N"))))
+/// matches the type of the variable declaration of \c d.
+AST_MATCHER_P(ElaboratedType, hasQualifier,
+              internal::Matcher<NestedNameSpecifier>, InnerMatcher) {
+  if (const NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = Node.getQualifier())
+    return InnerMatcher.matches(*Qualifier, Finder, Builder);
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches ElaboratedTypes whose named type matches \c InnerMatcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   namespace N {
+///     namespace M {
+///       class D {};
+///     }
+///   }
+///   N::M::D d;
+/// \code
+///
+/// \c elaboratedType(namesType(recordType(
+/// hasDeclaration(namedDecl(hasName("D")))))) matches the type of the variable
+/// declaration of \c d.
+AST_MATCHER_P(ElaboratedType, namesType, internal::Matcher<QualType>,
+              InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(Node.getNamedType(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches declarations whose declaration context, interpreted as a
+/// Decl, matches \c InnerMatcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   namespace N {
+///     namespace M {
+///       class D {};
+///     }
+///   }
+/// \code
+///
+/// \c recordDecl(hasDeclContext(namedDecl(hasName("M")))) matches the
+/// declaration of \c class \c D.
+AST_MATCHER_P(Decl, hasDeclContext, internal::Matcher<Decl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(*Decl::castFromDeclContext(Node.getDeclContext()),
+                              Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches nested name specifiers.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   namespace ns {
+///     struct A { static void f(); };
+///     void A::f() {}
+///     void g() { A::f(); }
+///   }
+///   ns::A a;
+/// \endcode
+/// nestedNameSpecifier()
+///   matches "ns::" and both "A::"
+const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher<NestedNameSpecifier> nestedNameSpecifier;
+
+/// \brief Same as \c nestedNameSpecifier but matches \c NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
+const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher<
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc> nestedNameSpecifierLoc;
+
+/// \brief Matches \c NestedNameSpecifierLocs for which the given inner
+/// NestedNameSpecifier-matcher matches.
+inline internal::BindableMatcher<NestedNameSpecifierLoc> loc(
+    const internal::Matcher<NestedNameSpecifier> &InnerMatcher) {
+  return internal::BindableMatcher<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>(
+      new internal::LocMatcher<NestedNameSpecifierLoc, NestedNameSpecifier>(
+          InnerMatcher));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches nested name specifiers that specify a type matching the
+/// given \c QualType matcher without qualifiers.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct A { struct B { struct C {}; }; };
+///   A::B::C c;
+/// \endcode
+/// nestedNameSpecifier(specifiesType(hasDeclaration(recordDecl(hasName("A")))))
+///   matches "A::"
+AST_MATCHER_P(NestedNameSpecifier, specifiesType,
+              internal::Matcher<QualType>, InnerMatcher) {
+  if (Node.getAsType() == NULL)
+    return false;
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(QualType(Node.getAsType(), 0), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches nested name specifier locs that specify a type matching the
+/// given \c TypeLoc.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct A { struct B { struct C {}; }; };
+///   A::B::C c;
+/// \endcode
+/// nestedNameSpecifierLoc(specifiesTypeLoc(loc(type(
+///   hasDeclaration(recordDecl(hasName("A")))))))
+///   matches "A::"
+AST_MATCHER_P(NestedNameSpecifierLoc, specifiesTypeLoc,
+              internal::Matcher<TypeLoc>, InnerMatcher) {
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(Node.getTypeLoc(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches on the prefix of a \c NestedNameSpecifier.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct A { struct B { struct C {}; }; };
+///   A::B::C c;
+/// \endcode
+/// nestedNameSpecifier(hasPrefix(specifiesType(asString("struct A")))) and
+///   matches "A::"
+AST_MATCHER_P_OVERLOAD(NestedNameSpecifier, hasPrefix,
+                       internal::Matcher<NestedNameSpecifier>, InnerMatcher,
+                       0) {
+  NestedNameSpecifier *NextNode = Node.getPrefix();
+  if (NextNode == NULL)
+    return false;
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(*NextNode, Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches on the prefix of a \c NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   struct A { struct B { struct C {}; }; };
+///   A::B::C c;
+/// \endcode
+/// nestedNameSpecifierLoc(hasPrefix(loc(specifiesType(asString("struct A")))))
+///   matches "A::"
+AST_MATCHER_P_OVERLOAD(NestedNameSpecifierLoc, hasPrefix,
+                       internal::Matcher<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>, InnerMatcher,
+                       1) {
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc NextNode = Node.getPrefix();
+  if (!NextNode)
+    return false;
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(NextNode, Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches nested name specifiers that specify a namespace matching the
+/// given namespace matcher.
+///
+/// Given
+/// \code
+///   namespace ns { struct A {}; }
+///   ns::A a;
+/// \endcode
+/// nestedNameSpecifier(specifiesNamespace(hasName("ns")))
+///   matches "ns::"
+AST_MATCHER_P(NestedNameSpecifier, specifiesNamespace,
+              internal::Matcher<NamespaceDecl>, InnerMatcher) {
+  if (Node.getAsNamespace() == NULL)
+    return false;
+  return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.getAsNamespace(), Finder, Builder);
+}
+
+/// \brief Overloads for the \c equalsNode matcher.
+/// FIXME: Implement for other node types.
+/// @{
+
+/// \brief Matches if a node equals another node.
+///
+/// \c Decl has pointer identity in the AST.
+AST_MATCHER_P_OVERLOAD(Decl, equalsNode, Decl*, Other, 0) {
+  return &Node == Other;
+}
+/// \brief Matches if a node equals another node.
+///
+/// \c Stmt has pointer identity in the AST.
+///
+AST_MATCHER_P_OVERLOAD(Stmt, equalsNode, Stmt*, Other, 1) {
+  return &Node == Other;
+}
+
+/// @}
+
+} // end namespace ast_matchers
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCHERS_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchersInternal.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchersInternal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30691ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchersInternal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1245 @@
+//===--- ASTMatchersInternal.h - Structural query framework -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  Implements the base layer of the matcher framework.
+//
+//  Matchers are methods that return a Matcher<T> which provides a method
+//  Matches(...) which is a predicate on an AST node. The Matches method's
+//  parameters define the context of the match, which allows matchers to recurse
+//  or store the current node as bound to a specific string, so that it can be
+//  retrieved later.
+//
+//  In general, matchers have two parts:
+//  1. A function Matcher<T> MatcherName(<arguments>) which returns a Matcher<T>
+//     based on the arguments and optionally on template type deduction based
+//     on the arguments. Matcher<T>s form an implicit reverse hierarchy
+//     to clang's AST class hierarchy, meaning that you can use a Matcher<Base>
+//     everywhere a Matcher<Derived> is required.
+//  2. An implementation of a class derived from MatcherInterface<T>.
+//
+//  The matcher functions are defined in ASTMatchers.h. To make it possible
+//  to implement both the matcher function and the implementation of the matcher
+//  interface in one place, ASTMatcherMacros.h defines macros that allow
+//  implementing a matcher in a single place.
+//
+//  This file contains the base classes needed to construct the actual matchers.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCHERS_INTERNAL_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCHERS_INTERNAL_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTTypeTraits.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/VariadicFunction.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <map>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ast_matchers {
+
+/// FIXME: Move into the llvm support library.
+template <bool> struct CompileAssert {};
+#define TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(Expr, Msg) \
+  typedef CompileAssert<(bool(Expr))> Msg[bool(Expr) ? 1 : -1]
+
+class BoundNodes;
+
+namespace internal {
+
+class BoundNodesTreeBuilder;
+/// \brief Internal version of BoundNodes. Holds all the bound nodes.
+class BoundNodesMap {
+public:
+  /// \brief Adds \c Node to the map with key \c ID.
+  ///
+  /// The node's base type should be in NodeBaseType or it will be unaccessible.
+  template <typename T>
+  void addNode(StringRef ID, const T* Node) {
+    NodeMap[ID] = ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node);
+  }
+  void addNode(StringRef ID, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode Node) {
+    NodeMap[ID] = Node;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the AST node bound to \c ID.
+  ///
+  /// Returns NULL if there was no node bound to \c ID or if there is a node but
+  /// it cannot be converted to the specified type.
+  template <typename T>
+  const T *getNodeAs(StringRef ID) const {
+    IDToNodeMap::const_iterator It = NodeMap.find(ID);
+    if (It == NodeMap.end()) {
+      return NULL;
+    }
+    return It->second.get<T>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Copies all ID/Node pairs to BoundNodesTreeBuilder \c Builder.
+  void copyTo(BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const;
+
+  /// \brief Copies all ID/Node pairs to BoundNodesMap \c Other.
+  void copyTo(BoundNodesMap *Other) const;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief A map from IDs to the bound nodes.
+  typedef std::map<std::string, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode> IDToNodeMap;
+
+  IDToNodeMap NodeMap;
+};
+
+/// \brief A tree of bound nodes in match results.
+///
+/// If a match can contain multiple matches on the same node with different
+/// matching subexpressions, BoundNodesTree contains a branch for each of
+/// those matching subexpressions.
+///
+/// BoundNodesTree's are created during the matching process; when a match
+/// is found, we iterate over the tree and create a BoundNodes object containing
+/// the union of all bound nodes on the path from the root to a each leaf.
+class BoundNodesTree {
+public:
+  /// \brief A visitor interface to visit all BoundNodes results for a
+  /// BoundNodesTree.
+  class Visitor {
+  public:
+    virtual ~Visitor() {}
+
+    /// \brief Called multiple times during a single call to VisitMatches(...).
+    ///
+    /// 'BoundNodesView' contains the bound nodes for a single match.
+    virtual void visitMatch(const BoundNodes& BoundNodesView) = 0;
+  };
+
+  BoundNodesTree();
+
+  /// \brief Create a BoundNodesTree from pre-filled maps of bindings.
+  BoundNodesTree(const BoundNodesMap& Bindings,
+                 const std::vector<BoundNodesTree> RecursiveBindings);
+
+  /// \brief Adds all bound nodes to \c Builder.
+  void copyTo(BoundNodesTreeBuilder* Builder) const;
+
+  /// \brief Visits all matches that this BoundNodesTree represents.
+  ///
+  /// The ownership of 'ResultVisitor' remains at the caller.
+  void visitMatches(Visitor* ResultVisitor);
+
+private:
+  void visitMatchesRecursively(
+      Visitor* ResultVistior,
+      const BoundNodesMap& AggregatedBindings);
+
+  // FIXME: Find out whether we want to use different data structures here -
+  // first benchmarks indicate that it doesn't matter though.
+
+  BoundNodesMap Bindings;
+
+  std::vector<BoundNodesTree> RecursiveBindings;
+};
+
+/// \brief Creates BoundNodesTree objects.
+///
+/// The tree builder is used during the matching process to insert the bound
+/// nodes from the Id matcher.
+class BoundNodesTreeBuilder {
+public:
+  BoundNodesTreeBuilder();
+
+  /// \brief Add a binding from an id to a node.
+  template <typename T>
+  void setBinding(const std::string &Id, const T *Node) {
+    Bindings.addNode(Id, Node);
+  }
+  void setBinding(const std::string &Id, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode Node) {
+    Bindings.addNode(Id, Node);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Adds a branch in the tree.
+  void addMatch(const BoundNodesTree& Bindings);
+
+  /// \brief Returns a BoundNodes object containing all current bindings.
+  BoundNodesTree build() const;
+
+private:
+  BoundNodesTreeBuilder(const BoundNodesTreeBuilder &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const BoundNodesTreeBuilder &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  BoundNodesMap Bindings;
+
+  std::vector<BoundNodesTree> RecursiveBindings;
+};
+
+class ASTMatchFinder;
+
+/// \brief Generic interface for matchers on an AST node of type T.
+///
+/// Implement this if your matcher may need to inspect the children or
+/// descendants of the node or bind matched nodes to names. If you are
+/// writing a simple matcher that only inspects properties of the
+/// current node and doesn't care about its children or descendants,
+/// implement SingleNodeMatcherInterface instead.
+template <typename T>
+class MatcherInterface : public RefCountedBaseVPTR {
+public:
+  virtual ~MatcherInterface() {}
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if 'Node' can be matched.
+  ///
+  /// May bind 'Node' to an ID via 'Builder', or recurse into
+  /// the AST via 'Finder'.
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief Interface for matchers that only evaluate properties on a single
+/// node.
+template <typename T>
+class SingleNodeMatcherInterface : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+public:
+  /// \brief Returns true if the matcher matches the provided node.
+  ///
+  /// A subclass must implement this instead of Matches().
+  virtual bool matchesNode(const T &Node) const = 0;
+
+private:
+  /// Implements MatcherInterface::Matches.
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder * /* Finder */,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder * /*  Builder */) const {
+    return matchesNode(Node);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Base class for all matchers that works on a \c DynTypedNode.
+///
+/// Matcher implementations will check whether the \c DynTypedNode is
+/// convertible into the respecitve types and then do the actual match
+/// on the actual node, or return false if it is not convertible.
+class DynTypedMatcher {
+public:
+  virtual ~DynTypedMatcher() {}
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the matcher matches the given \c DynNode.
+  virtual bool matches(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode DynNode,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Returns a unique ID for the matcher.
+  virtual uint64_t getID() const = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief Wrapper of a MatcherInterface<T> *that allows copying.
+///
+/// A Matcher<Base> can be used anywhere a Matcher<Derived> is
+/// required. This establishes an is-a relationship which is reverse
+/// to the AST hierarchy. In other words, Matcher<T> is contravariant
+/// with respect to T. The relationship is built via a type conversion
+/// operator rather than a type hierarchy to be able to templatize the
+/// type hierarchy instead of spelling it out.
+template <typename T>
+class Matcher : public DynTypedMatcher {
+public:
+  /// \brief Takes ownership of the provided implementation pointer.
+  explicit Matcher(MatcherInterface<T> *Implementation)
+      : Implementation(Implementation) {}
+
+  /// \brief Implicitly converts \c Other to a Matcher<T>.
+  ///
+  /// Requires \c T to be derived from \c From.
+  template <typename From>
+  Matcher(const Matcher<From> &Other,
+          typename llvm::enable_if_c<
+            llvm::is_base_of<From, T>::value &&
+            !llvm::is_same<From, T>::value >::type* = 0)
+      : Implementation(new ImplicitCastMatcher<From>(Other)) {}
+
+  /// \brief Implicitly converts \c Matcher<Type> to \c Matcher<QualType>.
+  ///
+  /// The resulting matcher is not strict, i.e. ignores qualifiers.
+  template <typename TypeT>
+  Matcher(const Matcher<TypeT> &Other,
+          typename llvm::enable_if_c<
+            llvm::is_same<T, QualType>::value &&
+            llvm::is_same<TypeT, Type>::value >::type* = 0)
+      : Implementation(new TypeToQualType<TypeT>(Other)) {}
+
+  /// \brief Forwards the call to the underlying MatcherInterface<T> pointer.
+  bool matches(const T &Node,
+               ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+               BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return Implementation->matches(Node, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns an ID that uniquely identifies the matcher.
+  uint64_t getID() const {
+    /// FIXME: Document the requirements this imposes on matcher
+    /// implementations (no new() implementation_ during a Matches()).
+    return reinterpret_cast<uint64_t>(Implementation.getPtr());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether the matcher matches on the given \c DynNode.
+  virtual bool matches(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode DynNode,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    const T *Node = DynNode.get<T>();
+    if (!Node) return false;
+    return matches(*Node, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Allows the conversion of a \c Matcher<Type> to a \c
+  /// Matcher<QualType>.
+  ///
+  /// Depending on the constructor argument, the matcher is either strict, i.e.
+  /// does only matches in the absence of qualifiers, or not, i.e. simply
+  /// ignores any qualifiers.
+  template <typename TypeT>
+  class TypeToQualType : public MatcherInterface<QualType> {
+   public:
+    TypeToQualType(const Matcher<TypeT> &InnerMatcher)
+        : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher) {}
+
+    virtual bool matches(const QualType &Node,
+                         ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                         BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+      if (Node.isNull())
+        return false;
+      return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node, Finder, Builder);
+    }
+   private:
+    const Matcher<TypeT> InnerMatcher;
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Allows conversion from Matcher<Base> to Matcher<T> if T
+  /// is derived from Base.
+  template <typename Base>
+  class ImplicitCastMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+  public:
+    explicit ImplicitCastMatcher(const Matcher<Base> &From)
+        : From(From) {}
+
+    virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                         ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                         BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+      return From.matches(Node, Finder, Builder);
+    }
+
+  private:
+    const Matcher<Base> From;
+  };
+
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr< MatcherInterface<T> > Implementation;
+};  // class Matcher
+
+/// \brief A convenient helper for creating a Matcher<T> without specifying
+/// the template type argument.
+template <typename T>
+inline Matcher<T> makeMatcher(MatcherInterface<T> *Implementation) {
+  return Matcher<T>(Implementation);
+}
+
+/// \brief Metafunction to determine if type T has a member called getDecl.
+template <typename T> struct has_getDecl {
+  struct Default { int getDecl; };
+  struct Derived : T, Default { };
+
+  template<typename C, C> struct CheckT;
+
+  // If T::getDecl exists, an ambiguity arises and CheckT will
+  // not be instantiable. This makes f(...) the only available
+  // overload.
+  template<typename C>
+  static char (&f(CheckT<int Default::*, &C::getDecl>*))[1];
+  template<typename C> static char (&f(...))[2];
+
+  static bool const value = sizeof(f<Derived>(0)) == 2;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches overloaded operators with a specific name.
+///
+/// The type argument ArgT is not used by this matcher but is used by
+/// PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1 and should be StringRef.
+template <typename T, typename ArgT>
+class HasOverloadedOperatorNameMatcher : public SingleNodeMatcherInterface<T> {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_same<T, CXXOperatorCallExpr>::value ||
+                          llvm::is_same<T, CXXMethodDecl>::value),
+                         unsupported_class_for_matcher);
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_same<ArgT, StringRef>::value),
+                         argument_type_must_be_StringRef);
+public:
+  explicit HasOverloadedOperatorNameMatcher(const StringRef Name)
+      : SingleNodeMatcherInterface<T>(), Name(Name) {}
+
+  virtual bool matchesNode(const T &Node) const LLVM_OVERRIDE {
+    return matchesSpecialized(Node);
+  }
+
+private:
+
+  /// \brief CXXOperatorCallExpr exist only for calls to overloaded operators
+  /// so this function returns true if the call is to an operator of the given
+  /// name.
+  bool matchesSpecialized(const CXXOperatorCallExpr &Node) const {
+    return getOperatorSpelling(Node.getOperator()) == Name;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true only if CXXMethodDecl represents an overloaded
+  /// operator and has the given operator name.
+  bool matchesSpecialized(const CXXMethodDecl &Node) const {
+    return Node.isOverloadedOperator() &&
+           getOperatorSpelling(Node.getOverloadedOperator()) == Name;
+  }
+
+  std::string Name;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches declarations for QualType and CallExpr.
+///
+/// Type argument DeclMatcherT is required by PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1 but
+/// not actually used.
+template <typename T, typename DeclMatcherT>
+class HasDeclarationMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_same< DeclMatcherT,
+                                         Matcher<Decl> >::value),
+                          instantiated_with_wrong_types);
+public:
+  explicit HasDeclarationMatcher(const Matcher<Decl> &InnerMatcher)
+      : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return matchesSpecialized(Node, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// \brief If getDecl exists as a member of U, returns whether the inner
+  /// matcher matches Node.getDecl().
+  template <typename U>
+  bool matchesSpecialized(
+      const U &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder, BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder,
+      typename llvm::enable_if<has_getDecl<U>, int>::type = 0) const {
+    return matchesDecl(Node.getDecl(), Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Extracts the CXXRecordDecl or EnumDecl of a QualType and returns
+  /// whether the inner matcher matches on it.
+  bool matchesSpecialized(const QualType &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                          BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    /// FIXME: Add other ways to convert...
+    if (Node.isNull())
+      return false;
+    if (const EnumType *AsEnum = dyn_cast<EnumType>(Node.getTypePtr()))
+      return matchesDecl(AsEnum->getDecl(), Finder, Builder);
+    return matchesDecl(Node->getAsCXXRecordDecl(), Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the TemplateDecl from a TemplateSpecializationType
+  /// and returns whether the inner matches on it.
+  bool matchesSpecialized(const TemplateSpecializationType &Node,
+                          ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                          BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return matchesDecl(Node.getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(),
+                       Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Extracts the Decl of the callee of a CallExpr and returns whether
+  /// the inner matcher matches on it.
+  bool matchesSpecialized(const CallExpr &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                          BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return matchesDecl(Node.getCalleeDecl(), Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Extracts the Decl of the constructor call and returns whether the
+  /// inner matcher matches on it.
+  bool matchesSpecialized(const CXXConstructExpr &Node,
+                          ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                          BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return matchesDecl(Node.getConstructor(), Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Extracts the \c ValueDecl a \c MemberExpr refers to and returns
+  /// whether the inner matcher matches on it.
+  bool matchesSpecialized(const MemberExpr &Node,
+                          ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                          BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return matchesDecl(Node.getMemberDecl(), Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether the inner matcher \c Node. Returns false if \c Node
+  /// is \c NULL.
+  bool matchesDecl(const Decl *Node,
+                   ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                   BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return Node != NULL && InnerMatcher.matches(*Node, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+  const Matcher<Decl> InnerMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief IsBaseType<T>::value is true if T is a "base" type in the AST
+/// node class hierarchies.
+template <typename T>
+struct IsBaseType {
+  static const bool value =
+      (llvm::is_same<T, Decl>::value ||
+       llvm::is_same<T, Stmt>::value ||
+       llvm::is_same<T, QualType>::value ||
+       llvm::is_same<T, Type>::value ||
+       llvm::is_same<T, TypeLoc>::value ||
+       llvm::is_same<T, NestedNameSpecifier>::value ||
+       llvm::is_same<T, NestedNameSpecifierLoc>::value ||
+       llvm::is_same<T, CXXCtorInitializer>::value);
+};
+template <typename T>
+const bool IsBaseType<T>::value;
+
+/// \brief Interface that allows matchers to traverse the AST.
+/// FIXME: Find a better name.
+///
+/// This provides three entry methods for each base node type in the AST:
+/// - \c matchesChildOf:
+///   Matches a matcher on every child node of the given node. Returns true
+///   if at least one child node could be matched.
+/// - \c matchesDescendantOf:
+///   Matches a matcher on all descendant nodes of the given node. Returns true
+///   if at least one descendant matched.
+/// - \c matchesAncestorOf:
+///   Matches a matcher on all ancestors of the given node. Returns true if
+///   at least one ancestor matched.
+///
+/// FIXME: Currently we only allow Stmt and Decl nodes to start a traversal.
+/// In the future, we wan to implement this for all nodes for which it makes
+/// sense. In the case of matchesAncestorOf, we'll want to implement it for
+/// all nodes, as all nodes have ancestors.
+class ASTMatchFinder {
+public:
+  /// \brief Defines how we descend a level in the AST when we pass
+  /// through expressions.
+  enum TraversalKind {
+    /// Will traverse any child nodes.
+    TK_AsIs,
+    /// Will not traverse implicit casts and parentheses.
+    TK_IgnoreImplicitCastsAndParentheses
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Defines how bindings are processed on recursive matches.
+  enum BindKind {
+    /// Stop at the first match and only bind the first match.
+    BK_First,
+    /// Create results for all combinations of bindings that match.
+    BK_All
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Defines which ancestors are considered for a match.
+  enum AncestorMatchMode {
+    /// All ancestors.
+    AMM_All,
+    /// Direct parent only.
+    AMM_ParentOnly
+  };
+
+  virtual ~ASTMatchFinder() {}
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the given class is directly or indirectly derived
+  /// from a base type matching \c base.
+  ///
+  /// A class is considered to be also derived from itself.
+  virtual bool classIsDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Declaration,
+                                  const Matcher<NamedDecl> &Base,
+                                  BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) = 0;
+
+  template <typename T>
+  bool matchesChildOf(const T &Node,
+                      const DynTypedMatcher &Matcher,
+                      BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder,
+                      TraversalKind Traverse,
+                      BindKind Bind) {
+    TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(
+        (llvm::is_base_of<Decl, T>::value ||
+         llvm::is_base_of<Stmt, T>::value ||
+         llvm::is_base_of<NestedNameSpecifier, T>::value ||
+         llvm::is_base_of<NestedNameSpecifierLoc, T>::value ||
+         llvm::is_base_of<TypeLoc, T>::value ||
+         llvm::is_base_of<QualType, T>::value),
+        unsupported_type_for_recursive_matching);
+   return matchesChildOf(ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node),
+                          Matcher, Builder, Traverse, Bind);
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  bool matchesDescendantOf(const T &Node,
+                           const DynTypedMatcher &Matcher,
+                           BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder,
+                           BindKind Bind) {
+    TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(
+        (llvm::is_base_of<Decl, T>::value ||
+         llvm::is_base_of<Stmt, T>::value ||
+         llvm::is_base_of<NestedNameSpecifier, T>::value ||
+         llvm::is_base_of<NestedNameSpecifierLoc, T>::value ||
+         llvm::is_base_of<TypeLoc, T>::value ||
+         llvm::is_base_of<QualType, T>::value),
+        unsupported_type_for_recursive_matching);
+    return matchesDescendantOf(ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node),
+                               Matcher, Builder, Bind);
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: Implement support for BindKind.
+  template <typename T>
+  bool matchesAncestorOf(const T &Node,
+                         const DynTypedMatcher &Matcher,
+                         BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder,
+                         AncestorMatchMode MatchMode) {
+    TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_base_of<Decl, T>::value ||
+                            llvm::is_base_of<Stmt, T>::value),
+                           only_Decl_or_Stmt_allowed_for_recursive_matching);
+    return matchesAncestorOf(ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node),
+                             Matcher, Builder, MatchMode);
+  }
+
+  virtual ASTContext &getASTContext() const = 0;
+
+protected:
+  virtual bool matchesChildOf(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node,
+                              const DynTypedMatcher &Matcher,
+                              BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder,
+                              TraversalKind Traverse,
+                              BindKind Bind) = 0;
+
+  virtual bool matchesDescendantOf(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node,
+                                   const DynTypedMatcher &Matcher,
+                                   BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder,
+                                   BindKind Bind) = 0;
+
+  virtual bool matchesAncestorOf(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node,
+                                 const DynTypedMatcher &Matcher,
+                                 BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder,
+                                 AncestorMatchMode MatchMode) = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief Converts a \c Matcher<T> to a matcher of desired type \c To by
+/// "adapting" a \c To into a \c T.
+///
+/// The \c ArgumentAdapterT argument specifies how the adaptation is done.
+///
+/// For example:
+///   \c ArgumentAdaptingMatcher<HasMatcher, T>(InnerMatcher);
+/// Given that \c InnerMatcher is of type \c Matcher<T>, this returns a matcher
+/// that is convertible into any matcher of type \c To by constructing
+/// \c HasMatcher<To, T>(InnerMatcher).
+///
+/// If a matcher does not need knowledge about the inner type, prefer to use
+/// PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1.
+template <template <typename ToArg, typename FromArg> class ArgumentAdapterT,
+          typename T>
+class ArgumentAdaptingMatcher {
+public:
+  explicit ArgumentAdaptingMatcher(const Matcher<T> &InnerMatcher)
+      : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher) {}
+
+  template <typename To>
+  operator Matcher<To>() const {
+    return Matcher<To>(new ArgumentAdapterT<To, T>(InnerMatcher));
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<T> InnerMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief A PolymorphicMatcherWithParamN<MatcherT, P1, ..., PN> object can be
+/// created from N parameters p1, ..., pN (of type P1, ..., PN) and
+/// used as a Matcher<T> where a MatcherT<T, P1, ..., PN>(p1, ..., pN)
+/// can be constructed.
+///
+/// For example:
+/// - PolymorphicMatcherWithParam0<IsDefinitionMatcher>()
+///   creates an object that can be used as a Matcher<T> for any type T
+///   where an IsDefinitionMatcher<T>() can be constructed.
+/// - PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<ValueEqualsMatcher, int>(42)
+///   creates an object that can be used as a Matcher<T> for any type T
+///   where a ValueEqualsMatcher<T, int>(42) can be constructed.
+template <template <typename T> class MatcherT>
+class PolymorphicMatcherWithParam0 {
+public:
+  template <typename T>
+  operator Matcher<T>() const {
+    return Matcher<T>(new MatcherT<T>());
+  }
+};
+
+template <template <typename T, typename P1> class MatcherT,
+          typename P1>
+class PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1 {
+public:
+  explicit PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1(const P1 &Param1)
+      : Param1(Param1) {}
+
+  template <typename T>
+  operator Matcher<T>() const {
+    return Matcher<T>(new MatcherT<T, P1>(Param1));
+  }
+
+private:
+  const P1 Param1;
+};
+
+template <template <typename T, typename P1, typename P2> class MatcherT,
+          typename P1, typename P2>
+class PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2 {
+public:
+  PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2(const P1 &Param1, const P2 &Param2)
+      : Param1(Param1), Param2(Param2) {}
+
+  template <typename T>
+  operator Matcher<T>() const {
+    return Matcher<T>(new MatcherT<T, P1, P2>(Param1, Param2));
+  }
+
+private:
+  const P1 Param1;
+  const P2 Param2;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches any instance of the given NodeType.
+///
+/// This is useful when a matcher syntactically requires a child matcher,
+/// but the context doesn't care. See for example: anything().
+///
+/// FIXME: Alternatively we could also create a IsAMatcher or something
+/// that checks that a dyn_cast is possible. This is purely needed for the
+/// difference between calling for example:
+///   record()
+/// and
+///   record(SomeMatcher)
+/// In the second case we need the correct type we were dyn_cast'ed to in order
+/// to get the right type for the inner matcher. In the first case we don't need
+/// that, but we use the type conversion anyway and insert a TrueMatcher.
+template <typename T>
+class TrueMatcher : public SingleNodeMatcherInterface<T>  {
+public:
+  virtual bool matchesNode(const T &Node) const {
+    return true;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Provides a MatcherInterface<T> for a Matcher<To> that matches if T is
+/// dyn_cast'able into To and the given Matcher<To> matches on the dyn_cast'ed
+/// node.
+template <typename T, typename To>
+class DynCastMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+public:
+  explicit DynCastMatcher(const Matcher<To> &InnerMatcher)
+      : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    const To *InnerMatchValue = dyn_cast<To>(&Node);
+    return InnerMatchValue != NULL &&
+      InnerMatcher.matches(*InnerMatchValue, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<To> InnerMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matcher<T> that wraps an inner Matcher<T> and binds the matched node
+/// to an ID if the inner matcher matches on the node.
+template <typename T>
+class IdMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+public:
+  /// \brief Creates an IdMatcher that binds to 'ID' if 'InnerMatcher' matches
+  /// the node.
+  IdMatcher(StringRef ID, const Matcher<T> &InnerMatcher)
+      : ID(ID), InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    bool Result = InnerMatcher.matches(Node, Finder, Builder);
+    if (Result) {
+      Builder->setBinding(ID, &Node);
+    }
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+private:
+  const std::string ID;
+  const Matcher<T> InnerMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief A Matcher that allows binding the node it matches to an id.
+///
+/// BindableMatcher provides a \a bind() method that allows binding the
+/// matched node to an id if the match was successful.
+template <typename T>
+class BindableMatcher : public Matcher<T> {
+public:
+  BindableMatcher(MatcherInterface<T> *Implementation)
+    : Matcher<T>(Implementation) {}
+
+  /// \brief Returns a matcher that will bind the matched node on a match.
+  ///
+  /// The returned matcher is equivalent to this matcher, but will
+  /// bind the matched node on a match.
+  Matcher<T> bind(StringRef ID) const {
+    return Matcher<T>(new IdMatcher<T>(ID, *this));
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type T that have child nodes of type ChildT for
+/// which a specified child matcher matches.
+///
+/// ChildT must be an AST base type.
+template <typename T, typename ChildT>
+class HasMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(IsBaseType<ChildT>::value,
+                         has_only_accepts_base_type_matcher);
+public:
+  explicit HasMatcher(const Matcher<ChildT> &ChildMatcher)
+      : ChildMatcher(ChildMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return Finder->matchesChildOf(
+        Node, ChildMatcher, Builder,
+        ASTMatchFinder::TK_IgnoreImplicitCastsAndParentheses,
+        ASTMatchFinder::BK_First);
+  }
+
+ private:
+  const Matcher<ChildT> ChildMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type T that have child nodes of type ChildT for
+/// which a specified child matcher matches. ChildT must be an AST base
+/// type.
+/// As opposed to the HasMatcher, the ForEachMatcher will produce a match
+/// for each child that matches.
+template <typename T, typename ChildT>
+class ForEachMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(IsBaseType<ChildT>::value,
+                         for_each_only_accepts_base_type_matcher);
+ public:
+  explicit ForEachMatcher(const Matcher<ChildT> &ChildMatcher)
+      : ChildMatcher(ChildMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T& Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder* Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder* Builder) const {
+    return Finder->matchesChildOf(
+      Node, ChildMatcher, Builder,
+      ASTMatchFinder::TK_IgnoreImplicitCastsAndParentheses,
+      ASTMatchFinder::BK_All);
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<ChildT> ChildMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type T if the given Matcher<T> does not match.
+///
+/// Type argument MatcherT is required by PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1
+/// but not actually used. It will always be instantiated with a type
+/// convertible to Matcher<T>.
+template <typename T, typename MatcherT>
+class NotMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+public:
+  explicit NotMatcher(const Matcher<T> &InnerMatcher)
+      : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return !InnerMatcher.matches(Node, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<T> InnerMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type T for which both provided matchers match.
+///
+/// Type arguments MatcherT1 and MatcherT2 are required by
+/// PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2 but not actually used. They will
+/// always be instantiated with types convertible to Matcher<T>.
+template <typename T, typename MatcherT1, typename MatcherT2>
+class AllOfMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+public:
+  AllOfMatcher(const Matcher<T> &InnerMatcher1, const Matcher<T> &InnerMatcher2)
+      : InnerMatcher1(InnerMatcher1), InnerMatcher2(InnerMatcher2) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return InnerMatcher1.matches(Node, Finder, Builder) &&
+           InnerMatcher2.matches(Node, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<T> InnerMatcher1;
+  const Matcher<T> InnerMatcher2;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type T for which at least one of the two provided
+/// matchers matches.
+///
+/// Type arguments MatcherT1 and MatcherT2 are
+/// required by PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2 but not actually
+/// used. They will always be instantiated with types convertible to
+/// Matcher<T>.
+template <typename T, typename MatcherT1, typename MatcherT2>
+class EachOfMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+public:
+  EachOfMatcher(const Matcher<T> &InnerMatcher1,
+                const Matcher<T> &InnerMatcher2)
+      : InnerMatcher1(InnerMatcher1), InnerMatcher2(InnerMatcher2) {
+  }
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    BoundNodesTreeBuilder Builder1;
+    bool Matched1 = InnerMatcher1.matches(Node, Finder, &Builder1);
+    if (Matched1)
+      Builder->addMatch(Builder1.build());
+
+    BoundNodesTreeBuilder Builder2;
+    bool Matched2 = InnerMatcher2.matches(Node, Finder, &Builder2);
+    if (Matched2)
+      Builder->addMatch(Builder2.build());
+
+    return Matched1 || Matched2;
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<T> InnerMatcher1;
+  const Matcher<T> InnerMatcher2;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type T for which at least one of the two provided
+/// matchers matches.
+///
+/// Type arguments MatcherT1 and MatcherT2 are
+/// required by PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2 but not actually
+/// used. They will always be instantiated with types convertible to
+/// Matcher<T>.
+template <typename T, typename MatcherT1, typename MatcherT2>
+class AnyOfMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+public:
+  AnyOfMatcher(const Matcher<T> &InnerMatcher1, const Matcher<T> &InnerMatcher2)
+      : InnerMatcher1(InnerMatcher1), InnerMatcher2(InnerMatcher2) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return InnerMatcher1.matches(Node, Finder, Builder) ||
+           InnerMatcher2.matches(Node, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<T> InnerMatcher1;
+  const Matcher<T> InnerMatcher2;
+};
+
+/// \brief Creates a Matcher<T> that matches if all inner matchers match.
+template<typename T>
+BindableMatcher<T> makeAllOfComposite(
+    ArrayRef<const Matcher<T> *> InnerMatchers) {
+  if (InnerMatchers.empty())
+    return BindableMatcher<T>(new TrueMatcher<T>);
+  MatcherInterface<T> *InnerMatcher = new TrueMatcher<T>;
+  for (int i = InnerMatchers.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+    InnerMatcher = new AllOfMatcher<T, Matcher<T>, Matcher<T> >(
+      *InnerMatchers[i], makeMatcher(InnerMatcher));
+  }
+  return BindableMatcher<T>(InnerMatcher);
+}
+
+/// \brief Creates a Matcher<T> that matches if
+/// T is dyn_cast'able into InnerT and all inner matchers match.
+///
+/// Returns BindableMatcher, as matchers that use dyn_cast have
+/// the same object both to match on and to run submatchers on,
+/// so there is no ambiguity with what gets bound.
+template<typename T, typename InnerT>
+BindableMatcher<T> makeDynCastAllOfComposite(
+    ArrayRef<const Matcher<InnerT> *> InnerMatchers) {
+  return BindableMatcher<T>(new DynCastMatcher<T, InnerT>(
+    makeAllOfComposite(InnerMatchers)));
+}
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type T that have at least one descendant node of
+/// type DescendantT for which the given inner matcher matches.
+///
+/// DescendantT must be an AST base type.
+template <typename T, typename DescendantT>
+class HasDescendantMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(IsBaseType<DescendantT>::value,
+                         has_descendant_only_accepts_base_type_matcher);
+public:
+  explicit HasDescendantMatcher(const Matcher<DescendantT> &DescendantMatcher)
+      : DescendantMatcher(DescendantMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return Finder->matchesDescendantOf(
+        Node, DescendantMatcher, Builder, ASTMatchFinder::BK_First);
+  }
+
+ private:
+  const Matcher<DescendantT> DescendantMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type \c T that have a parent node of type \c ParentT
+/// for which the given inner matcher matches.
+///
+/// \c ParentT must be an AST base type.
+template <typename T, typename ParentT>
+class HasParentMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(IsBaseType<ParentT>::value,
+                         has_parent_only_accepts_base_type_matcher);
+public:
+  explicit HasParentMatcher(const Matcher<ParentT> &ParentMatcher)
+      : ParentMatcher(ParentMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return Finder->matchesAncestorOf(
+        Node, ParentMatcher, Builder, ASTMatchFinder::AMM_ParentOnly);
+  }
+
+ private:
+  const Matcher<ParentT> ParentMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type \c T that have at least one ancestor node of
+/// type \c AncestorT for which the given inner matcher matches.
+///
+/// \c AncestorT must be an AST base type.
+template <typename T, typename AncestorT>
+class HasAncestorMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(IsBaseType<AncestorT>::value,
+                         has_ancestor_only_accepts_base_type_matcher);
+public:
+  explicit HasAncestorMatcher(const Matcher<AncestorT> &AncestorMatcher)
+      : AncestorMatcher(AncestorMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    return Finder->matchesAncestorOf(
+        Node, AncestorMatcher, Builder, ASTMatchFinder::AMM_All);
+  }
+
+ private:
+  const Matcher<AncestorT> AncestorMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type T that have at least one descendant node of
+/// type DescendantT for which the given inner matcher matches.
+///
+/// DescendantT must be an AST base type.
+/// As opposed to HasDescendantMatcher, ForEachDescendantMatcher will match
+/// for each descendant node that matches instead of only for the first.
+template <typename T, typename DescendantT>
+class ForEachDescendantMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT(IsBaseType<DescendantT>::value,
+                         for_each_descendant_only_accepts_base_type_matcher);
+ public:
+  explicit ForEachDescendantMatcher(
+      const Matcher<DescendantT>& DescendantMatcher)
+      : DescendantMatcher(DescendantMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T& Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder* Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder* Builder) const {
+    return Finder->matchesDescendantOf(Node, DescendantMatcher, Builder,
+                                       ASTMatchFinder::BK_All);
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<DescendantT> DescendantMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches on nodes that have a getValue() method if getValue() equals
+/// the value the ValueEqualsMatcher was constructed with.
+template <typename T, typename ValueT>
+class ValueEqualsMatcher : public SingleNodeMatcherInterface<T> {
+  TOOLING_COMPILE_ASSERT((llvm::is_base_of<CharacterLiteral, T>::value ||
+                         llvm::is_base_of<CXXBoolLiteralExpr,
+                                          T>::value ||
+                         llvm::is_base_of<FloatingLiteral, T>::value ||
+                         llvm::is_base_of<IntegerLiteral, T>::value),
+                         the_node_must_have_a_getValue_method);
+public:
+  explicit ValueEqualsMatcher(const ValueT &ExpectedValue)
+      : ExpectedValue(ExpectedValue) {}
+
+  virtual bool matchesNode(const T &Node) const {
+    return Node.getValue() == ExpectedValue;
+  }
+
+private:
+  const ValueT ExpectedValue;
+};
+
+/// \brief A VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<SourceT, TargetT> object is a
+/// variadic functor that takes a number of Matcher<TargetT> and returns a
+/// Matcher<SourceT> that matches TargetT nodes that are matched by all of the
+/// given matchers, if SourceT can be dynamically casted into TargetT.
+///
+/// For example:
+///   const VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<
+///       Decl, CXXRecordDecl> record;
+/// Creates a functor record(...) that creates a Matcher<Decl> given
+/// a variable number of arguments of type Matcher<CXXRecordDecl>.
+/// The returned matcher matches if the given Decl can by dynamically
+/// casted to CXXRecordDecl and all given matchers match.
+template <typename SourceT, typename TargetT>
+class VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher
+    : public llvm::VariadicFunction<
+        BindableMatcher<SourceT>, Matcher<TargetT>,
+        makeDynCastAllOfComposite<SourceT, TargetT> > {
+public:
+  VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher() {}
+};
+
+/// \brief A \c VariadicAllOfMatcher<T> object is a variadic functor that takes
+/// a number of \c Matcher<T> and returns a \c Matcher<T> that matches \c T
+/// nodes that are matched by all of the given matchers.
+///
+/// For example:
+///   const VariadicAllOfMatcher<NestedNameSpecifier> nestedNameSpecifier;
+/// Creates a functor nestedNameSpecifier(...) that creates a
+/// \c Matcher<NestedNameSpecifier> given a variable number of arguments of type
+/// \c Matcher<NestedNameSpecifier>.
+/// The returned matcher matches if all given matchers match.
+template <typename T>
+class VariadicAllOfMatcher : public llvm::VariadicFunction<
+                               BindableMatcher<T>, Matcher<T>,
+                               makeAllOfComposite<T> > {
+public:
+  VariadicAllOfMatcher() {}
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type \c TLoc for which the inner
+/// \c Matcher<T> matches.
+template <typename TLoc, typename T>
+class LocMatcher : public MatcherInterface<TLoc> {
+public:
+  explicit LocMatcher(const Matcher<T> &InnerMatcher)
+    : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const TLoc &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    if (!Node)
+      return false;
+    return InnerMatcher.matches(*extract(Node), Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+private:
+  const NestedNameSpecifier *extract(const NestedNameSpecifierLoc &Loc) const {
+    return Loc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+  }
+
+  const Matcher<T> InnerMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches \c TypeLocs based on an inner matcher matching a certain
+/// \c QualType.
+///
+/// Used to implement the \c loc() matcher.
+class TypeLocTypeMatcher : public MatcherInterface<TypeLoc> {
+public:
+  explicit TypeLocTypeMatcher(const Matcher<QualType> &InnerMatcher)
+      : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const TypeLoc &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    if (!Node)
+      return false;
+    return InnerMatcher.matches(Node.getType(), Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<QualType> InnerMatcher;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type \c T for which the inner matcher matches on a
+/// another node of type \c T that can be reached using a given traverse
+/// function.
+template <typename T>
+class TypeTraverseMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+public:
+  explicit TypeTraverseMatcher(const Matcher<QualType> &InnerMatcher,
+                               QualType (T::*TraverseFunction)() const)
+      : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher), TraverseFunction(TraverseFunction) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    QualType NextNode = (Node.*TraverseFunction)();
+    if (NextNode.isNull())
+      return false;
+    return InnerMatcher.matches(NextNode, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<QualType> InnerMatcher;
+  QualType (T::*TraverseFunction)() const;
+};
+
+/// \brief Matches nodes of type \c T in a ..Loc hierarchy, for which the inner
+/// matcher matches on a another node of type \c T that can be reached using a
+/// given traverse function.
+template <typename T>
+class TypeLocTraverseMatcher : public MatcherInterface<T> {
+public:
+  explicit TypeLocTraverseMatcher(const Matcher<TypeLoc> &InnerMatcher,
+                                  TypeLoc (T::*TraverseFunction)() const)
+      : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher), TraverseFunction(TraverseFunction) {}
+
+  virtual bool matches(const T &Node,
+                       ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
+                       BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
+    TypeLoc NextNode = (Node.*TraverseFunction)();
+    if (!NextNode)
+      return false;
+    return InnerMatcher.matches(NextNode, Finder, Builder);
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Matcher<TypeLoc> InnerMatcher;
+  TypeLoc (T::*TraverseFunction)() const;
+};
+
+template <typename T, typename InnerT>
+T makeTypeAllOfComposite(ArrayRef<const Matcher<InnerT> *> InnerMatchers) {
+  return T(makeAllOfComposite<InnerT>(InnerMatchers));
+}
+
+} // end namespace internal
+} // end namespace ast_matchers
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCHERS_INTERNAL_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchersMacros.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchersMacros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5ca26b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchersMacros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+//===--- ASTMatchersMacros.h - Structural query framework -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  Defines macros that enable us to define new matchers in a single place.
+//  Since a matcher is a function which returns a Matcher<T> object, where
+//  T is the type of the actual implementation of the matcher, the macros allow
+//  us to write matchers like functions and take care of the definition of the
+//  class boilerplate.
+//
+//  Note that when you define a matcher with an AST_MATCHER* macro, only the
+//  function which creates the matcher goes into the current namespace - the
+//  class that implements the actual matcher, which gets returned by the
+//  generator function, is put into the 'internal' namespace. This allows us
+//  to only have the functions (which is all the user cares about) in the
+//  'ast_matchers' namespace and hide the boilerplate.
+//
+//  To define a matcher in user code, always put it into the clang::ast_matchers
+//  namespace and refer to the internal types via the 'internal::':
+//
+//  namespace clang {
+//  namespace ast_matchers {
+//  AST_MATCHER_P(MemberExpr, Member,
+//                internal::Matcher<ValueDecl>, InnerMatcher) {
+//    return InnerMatcher.matches(*Node.getMemberDecl(), Finder, Builder);
+//  }
+//  } // end namespace ast_matchers
+//  } // end namespace clang
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCHERS_MACROS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCHERS_MACROS_H
+
+/// \brief AST_MATCHER(Type, DefineMatcher) { ... }
+/// defines a zero parameter function named DefineMatcher() that returns a
+/// Matcher<Type> object.
+///
+/// The code between the curly braces has access to the following variables:
+///
+///   Node:                  the AST node being matched; its type is Type.
+///   Finder:                an ASTMatchFinder*.
+///   Builder:               a BoundNodesTreeBuilder*.
+///
+/// The code should return true if 'Node' matches.
+#define AST_MATCHER(Type, DefineMatcher)                                       \
+  AST_MATCHER_OVERLOAD(Type, DefineMatcher, 0)
+
+#define AST_MATCHER_OVERLOAD(Type, DefineMatcher, OverloadId)                  \
+  namespace internal {                                                         \
+  class matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher                           \
+      : public MatcherInterface<Type> {                                        \
+  public:                                                                      \
+    explicit matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher() {}                 \
+    virtual bool matches(const Type &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,             \
+                         BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const;                \
+  };                                                                           \
+  }                                                                            \
+  inline internal::Matcher<Type> DefineMatcher() {                             \
+    return internal::makeMatcher(                                              \
+        new internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher());         \
+  }                                                                            \
+  inline bool internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher::matches( \
+      const Type &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,                                \
+      BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const
+
+/// \brief AST_MATCHER_P(Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param) { ... }
+/// defines a single-parameter function named DefineMatcher() that returns a
+/// Matcher<Type> object.
+///
+/// The code between the curly braces has access to the following variables:
+///
+///   Node:                  the AST node being matched; its type is Type.
+///   Param:                 the parameter passed to the function; its type
+///                          is ParamType.
+///   Finder:                an ASTMatchFinder*.
+///   Builder:               a BoundNodesTreeBuilder*.
+///
+/// The code should return true if 'Node' matches.
+#define AST_MATCHER_P(Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param)                   \
+  AST_MATCHER_P_OVERLOAD(Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param, 0)
+
+#define AST_MATCHER_P_OVERLOAD(Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param,          \
+                               OverloadId)                                     \
+  namespace internal {                                                         \
+  class matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher                           \
+      : public MatcherInterface<Type> {                                        \
+  public:                                                                      \
+    explicit matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher(                     \
+        const ParamType &A##Param)                                             \
+        : Param(A##Param) {                                                    \
+    }                                                                          \
+    virtual bool matches(const Type &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,             \
+                         BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const;                \
+  private:                                                                     \
+    const ParamType Param;                                                     \
+  };                                                                           \
+  }                                                                            \
+  inline internal::Matcher<Type> DefineMatcher(const ParamType &Param) {       \
+    return internal::makeMatcher(                                              \
+        new internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher(Param));    \
+  }                                                                            \
+  inline bool internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher::matches( \
+      const Type &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,                                \
+      BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const
+
+/// \brief AST_MATCHER_P2(
+///     Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType1, Param1, ParamType2, Param2) { ... }
+/// defines a two-parameter function named DefineMatcher() that returns a
+/// Matcher<Type> object.
+///
+/// The code between the curly braces has access to the following variables:
+///
+///   Node:                  the AST node being matched; its type is Type.
+///   Param1, Param2:        the parameters passed to the function; their types
+///                          are ParamType1 and ParamType2.
+///   Finder:                an ASTMatchFinder*.
+///   Builder:               a BoundNodesTreeBuilder*.
+///
+/// The code should return true if 'Node' matches.
+#define AST_MATCHER_P2(Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType1, Param1, ParamType2,    \
+                       Param2)                                                 \
+  AST_MATCHER_P2_OVERLOAD(Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType1, Param1, ParamType2, \
+                          Param2, 0)
+
+#define AST_MATCHER_P2_OVERLOAD(Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType1, Param1,       \
+                                ParamType2, Param2, OverloadId)                \
+  namespace internal {                                                         \
+  class matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher                           \
+      : public MatcherInterface<Type> {                                        \
+  public:                                                                      \
+    matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher(const ParamType1 &A##Param1,  \
+                                                 const ParamType2 &A##Param2)  \
+        : Param1(A##Param1), Param2(A##Param2) {                               \
+    }                                                                          \
+    virtual bool matches(const Type &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,             \
+                         BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const;                \
+  private:                                                                     \
+    const ParamType1 Param1;                                                   \
+    const ParamType2 Param2;                                                   \
+  };                                                                           \
+  }                                                                            \
+  inline internal::Matcher<Type>                                               \
+  DefineMatcher(const ParamType1 &Param1, const ParamType2 &Param2) {          \
+    return internal::makeMatcher(                                              \
+        new internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher(Param1,     \
+                                                                   Param2));   \
+  }                                                                            \
+  inline bool internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher::matches( \
+      const Type &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,                                \
+      BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const
+
+/// \brief AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER(DefineMatcher) { ... }
+/// defines a single-parameter function named DefineMatcher() that is
+/// polymorphic in the return type.
+///
+/// The variables are the same as for AST_MATCHER, but NodeType will be deduced
+/// from the calling context.
+#define AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER(DefineMatcher)                                 \
+  AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_OVERLOAD(DefineMatcher, 0)
+
+#define AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_OVERLOAD(DefineMatcher, OverloadId)            \
+  namespace internal {                                                         \
+  template <typename NodeType>                                                 \
+  class matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher                           \
+      : public MatcherInterface<NodeType> {                                    \
+  public:                                                                      \
+    virtual bool matches(const NodeType &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,         \
+                         BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const;                \
+  };                                                                           \
+  }                                                                            \
+  inline internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam0<                               \
+      internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher> DefineMatcher() {\
+    return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam0<                             \
+        internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher>();             \
+  }                                                                            \
+  template <typename NodeType>                                                 \
+  bool internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher<                 \
+      NodeType>::matches(const NodeType &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,         \
+                         BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const
+
+/// \brief AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P(DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param) { ... }
+/// defines a single-parameter function named DefineMatcher() that is
+/// polymorphic in the return type.
+///
+/// The variables are the same as for
+/// AST_MATCHER_P, with the addition of NodeType, which specifies the node type
+/// of the matcher Matcher<NodeType> returned by the function matcher().
+///
+/// FIXME: Pull out common code with above macro?
+#define AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P(DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param)             \
+  AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P_OVERLOAD(DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param, 0)
+
+#define AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P_OVERLOAD(DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param,    \
+                                           OverloadId)                         \
+  namespace internal {                                                         \
+  template <typename NodeType, typename ParamT>                                \
+  class matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher                           \
+      : public MatcherInterface<NodeType> {                                    \
+  public:                                                                      \
+    explicit matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher(                     \
+        const ParamType &A##Param)                                             \
+        : Param(A##Param) {                                                    \
+    }                                                                          \
+    virtual bool matches(const NodeType &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,         \
+                         BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const;                \
+  private:                                                                     \
+    const ParamType Param;                                                     \
+  };                                                                           \
+  }                                                                            \
+  inline internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<                               \
+      internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher, ParamType>       \
+  DefineMatcher(const ParamType &Param) {                                      \
+    return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1<                             \
+        internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher, ParamType>(    \
+        Param);                                                                \
+  }                                                                            \
+  template <typename NodeType, typename ParamT>                                \
+  bool internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher<                 \
+      NodeType, ParamT>::matches(const NodeType &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder, \
+                                 BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const
+
+/// \brief AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P2(
+///     DefineMatcher, ParamType1, Param1, ParamType2, Param2) { ... }
+/// defines a two-parameter function named matcher() that is polymorphic in
+/// the return type.
+///
+/// The variables are the same as for AST_MATCHER_P2, with the
+/// addition of NodeType, which specifies the node type of the matcher
+/// Matcher<NodeType> returned by the function DefineMatcher().
+#define AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P2(DefineMatcher, ParamType1, Param1,          \
+                                   ParamType2, Param2)                         \
+  AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P2_OVERLOAD(DefineMatcher, ParamType1, Param1,       \
+                                      ParamType2, Param2, 0)
+
+#define AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P2_OVERLOAD(DefineMatcher, ParamType1, Param1, \
+                                            ParamType2, Param2, OverloadId)    \
+  namespace internal {                                                         \
+  template <typename NodeType, typename ParamT1, typename ParamT2>             \
+  class matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher                           \
+      : public MatcherInterface<NodeType> {                                    \
+  public:                                                                      \
+    matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher(const ParamType1 &A##Param1,  \
+                                                 const ParamType2 &A##Param2)  \
+        : Param1(A##Param1), Param2(A##Param2) {                               \
+    }                                                                          \
+    virtual bool matches(const NodeType &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,         \
+                         BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const;                \
+  private:                                                                     \
+    const ParamType1 Param1;                                                   \
+    const ParamType2 Param2;                                                   \
+  };                                                                           \
+  }                                                                            \
+  inline internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<                               \
+      internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher, ParamType1,      \
+      ParamType2>                                                              \
+  DefineMatcher(const ParamType1 &Param1, const ParamType2 &Param2) {          \
+    return internal::PolymorphicMatcherWithParam2<                             \
+        internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher, ParamType1,    \
+        ParamType2>(Param1, Param2);                                           \
+  }                                                                            \
+  template <typename NodeType, typename ParamT1, typename ParamT2>             \
+  bool internal::matcher_##DefineMatcher##OverloadId##Matcher<                 \
+      NodeType, ParamT1, ParamT2>::matches(                                    \
+      const NodeType &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,                            \
+      BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const
+
+/// \brief Creates a variadic matcher for both a specific \c Type as well as
+/// the corresponding \c TypeLoc.
+#define AST_TYPE_MATCHER(NodeType, MatcherName)                                \
+  const internal::VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<Type, NodeType> MatcherName
+// FIXME: add a matcher for TypeLoc derived classes using its custom casting
+// API (no longer dyn_cast) if/when we need such matching
+
+/// \brief AST_TYPE_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(MatcherName, FunctionName) defines
+/// the matcher \c MatcherName that can be used to traverse from one \c Type
+/// to another.
+///
+/// For a specific \c SpecificType, the traversal is done using 
+/// \c SpecificType::FunctionName. The existance of such a function determines
+/// whether a corresponding matcher can be used on \c SpecificType.
+#define AST_TYPE_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(MatcherName, FunctionName)                   \
+  class Polymorphic##MatcherName##TypeMatcher {                                \
+  public:                                                                      \
+    Polymorphic##MatcherName##TypeMatcher(                                     \
+        const internal::Matcher<QualType> &InnerMatcher)                       \
+        : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher) {                                         \
+    }                                                                          \
+    template <typename T> operator internal:: Matcher< T>() {                  \
+      return internal::Matcher<T>(new internal::TypeTraverseMatcher<T>(        \
+                                          InnerMatcher, &T::FunctionName));    \
+    }                                                                          \
+  private:                                                                     \
+    const internal::Matcher<QualType> InnerMatcher;                            \
+  }                                                                            \
+  ;                                                                            \
+  class Variadic##MatcherName##TypeTraverseMatcher                             \
+      : public llvm::VariadicFunction<                                         \
+          Polymorphic##MatcherName##TypeMatcher, internal::Matcher<QualType>,  \
+          internal::makeTypeAllOfComposite<                                    \
+              Polymorphic##MatcherName##TypeMatcher, QualType> > {             \
+  public:                                                                      \
+    Variadic##MatcherName##TypeTraverseMatcher() {                             \
+    }                                                                          \
+  }                                                                            \
+  ;                                                                            \
+  const Variadic##MatcherName##TypeTraverseMatcher MatcherName
+
+/// \brief AST_TYPELOC_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(MatcherName, FunctionName) works
+/// identical to \c AST_TYPE_TRAVERSE_MATCHER but operates on \c TypeLocs.
+#define AST_TYPELOC_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(MatcherName, FunctionName)                \
+  class Polymorphic##MatcherName##TypeLocMatcher {                             \
+  public:                                                                      \
+    Polymorphic##MatcherName##TypeLocMatcher(                                  \
+        const internal::Matcher<TypeLoc> &InnerMatcher)                        \
+        : InnerMatcher(InnerMatcher) {                                         \
+    }                                                                          \
+    template <typename T> operator internal:: Matcher< T>() {                  \
+      return internal::Matcher<T>(                                             \
+          new internal::TypeLocTraverseMatcher<T>(InnerMatcher,                \
+                                                  &T::FunctionName##Loc));     \
+    }                                                                          \
+  private:                                                                     \
+    const internal::Matcher<TypeLoc> InnerMatcher;                             \
+  }                                                                            \
+  ;                                                                            \
+  class Variadic##MatcherName##TypeLocTraverseMatcher                          \
+      : public llvm::VariadicFunction<                                         \
+          Polymorphic##MatcherName##TypeLocMatcher, internal::Matcher<TypeLoc>,\
+          internal::makeTypeAllOfComposite<                                    \
+              Polymorphic##MatcherName##TypeLocMatcher, TypeLoc> > {           \
+  public:                                                                      \
+    Variadic##MatcherName##TypeLocTraverseMatcher() {                          \
+    }                                                                          \
+  }                                                                            \
+  ;                                                                            \
+  const Variadic##MatcherName##TypeLocTraverseMatcher MatcherName##Loc;        \
+  AST_TYPE_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(MatcherName, FunctionName##Type)
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_MATCHERS_AST_MATCHERS_MACROS_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/CFGReachabilityAnalysis.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/CFGReachabilityAnalysis.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a61d9e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/CFGReachabilityAnalysis.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+//==- CFGReachabilityAnalysis.h - Basic reachability analysis ----*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines a flow-sensitive, (mostly) path-insensitive reachability
+// analysis based on Clang's CFGs.  Clients can query if a given basic block
+// is reachable within the CFG.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_ANALYSIS_CFG_REACHABILITY
+#define CLANG_ANALYSIS_CFG_REACHABILITY
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CFG;
+class CFGBlock;
+  
+// A class that performs reachability queries for CFGBlocks. Several internal
+// checks in this checker require reachability information. The requests all
+// tend to have a common destination, so we lazily do a predecessor search
+// from the destination node and cache the results to prevent work
+// duplication.
+class CFGReverseBlockReachabilityAnalysis {
+  typedef llvm::BitVector ReachableSet;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, ReachableSet> ReachableMap;
+  ReachableSet analyzed;
+  ReachableMap reachable;
+public:
+  CFGReverseBlockReachabilityAnalysis(const CFG &cfg);
+
+  /// Returns true if the block 'Dst' can be reached from block 'Src'.
+  bool isReachable(const CFGBlock *Src, const CFGBlock *Dst);
+
+private:
+  void mapReachability(const CFGBlock *Dst);
+};
+  
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/Dominators.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/Dominators.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a806c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/Dominators.h
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+//==- Dominators.h - Implementation of dominators tree for Clang CFG C++ -*-==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the dominators tree functionality for Clang CFGs.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_DOMINATORS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_DOMINATORS_H
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/DominatorInternals.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/Dominators.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CFGBlock;
+typedef llvm::DomTreeNodeBase<CFGBlock> DomTreeNode;
+
+/// \brief Concrete subclass of DominatorTreeBase for Clang
+/// This class implements the dominators tree functionality given a Clang CFG.
+///
+class DominatorTree : public ManagedAnalysis {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  llvm::DominatorTreeBase<CFGBlock>* DT;
+
+  DominatorTree() {
+    DT = new llvm::DominatorTreeBase<CFGBlock>(false);
+  }
+
+  ~DominatorTree() {
+    delete DT;
+  }
+
+  llvm::DominatorTreeBase<CFGBlock>& getBase() { return *DT; }
+
+  /// \brief This method returns the root CFGBlock of the dominators tree.
+  ///
+  inline CFGBlock *getRoot() const {
+    return DT->getRoot();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method returns the root DomTreeNode, which is the wrapper
+  /// for CFGBlock.
+  inline DomTreeNode *getRootNode() const {
+    return DT->getRootNode();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method compares two dominator trees.
+  /// The method returns false if the other dominator tree matches this
+  /// dominator tree, otherwise returns true.
+  ///
+  inline bool compare(DominatorTree &Other) const {
+    DomTreeNode *R = getRootNode();
+    DomTreeNode *OtherR = Other.getRootNode();
+
+    if (!R || !OtherR || R->getBlock() != OtherR->getBlock())
+      return true;
+
+    if (DT->compare(Other.getBase()))
+      return true;
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method builds the dominator tree for a given CFG
+  /// The CFG information is passed via AnalysisDeclContext
+  ///
+  void buildDominatorTree(AnalysisDeclContext &AC) {
+    cfg = AC.getCFG();
+    DT->recalculate(*cfg);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method dumps immediate dominators for each block,
+  /// mainly used for debug purposes.
+  ///
+  void dump() {
+    llvm::errs() << "Immediate dominance tree (Node#,IDom#):\n";
+    for (CFG::const_iterator I = cfg->begin(),
+        E = cfg->end(); I != E; ++I) {
+      if(DT->getNode(*I)->getIDom())
+        llvm::errs() << "(" << (*I)->getBlockID()
+                     << ","
+                     << DT->getNode(*I)->getIDom()->getBlock()->getBlockID()
+                     << ")\n";
+      else llvm::errs() << "(" << (*I)->getBlockID()
+                        << "," << (*I)->getBlockID() << ")\n";
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method tests if one CFGBlock dominates the other.
+  /// The method return true if A dominates B, false otherwise.
+  /// Note a block always dominates itself.
+  ///
+  inline bool dominates(const CFGBlock* A, const CFGBlock* B) const {
+    return DT->dominates(A, B);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method tests if one CFGBlock properly dominates the other.
+  /// The method return true if A properly dominates B, false otherwise.
+  ///
+  bool properlyDominates(const CFGBlock*A, const CFGBlock*B) const {
+    return DT->properlyDominates(A, B);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method finds the nearest common dominator CFG block
+  /// for CFG block A and B. If there is no such block then return NULL.
+  ///
+  inline CFGBlock *findNearestCommonDominator(CFGBlock *A, CFGBlock *B) {
+    return DT->findNearestCommonDominator(A, B);
+  }
+
+  inline const CFGBlock *findNearestCommonDominator(const CFGBlock *A,
+                                                      const CFGBlock *B) {
+    return DT->findNearestCommonDominator(A, B);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method is used to update the dominator
+  /// tree information when a node's immediate dominator changes.
+  ///
+  inline void changeImmediateDominator(CFGBlock *N, CFGBlock *NewIDom) {
+    DT->changeImmediateDominator(N, NewIDom);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method tests if the given CFGBlock can be reachable from root.
+  /// Returns true if reachable, false otherwise.
+  ///
+  bool isReachableFromEntry(const CFGBlock *A) {
+    return DT->isReachableFromEntry(A);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method releases the memory held by the dominator tree.
+  ///
+  virtual void releaseMemory() {
+    DT->releaseMemory();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief This method converts the dominator tree to human readable form.
+  ///
+  virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS, const llvm::Module* M= 0) const {
+    DT->print(OS);
+  }
+
+private:
+  CFG *cfg;
+};
+
+inline void WriteAsOperand(raw_ostream &OS, const CFGBlock *BB,
+                          bool t) {
+  OS << "BB#" << BB->getBlockID();
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+//===-------------------------------------
+/// DominatorTree GraphTraits specialization so the DominatorTree can be
+/// iterable by generic graph iterators.
+///
+namespace llvm {
+template <> struct GraphTraits< ::clang::DomTreeNode* > {
+  typedef ::clang::DomTreeNode NodeType;
+  typedef NodeType::iterator  ChildIteratorType;
+
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode(NodeType *N) {
+    return N;
+  }
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) {
+    return N->begin();
+  }
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType *N) {
+    return N->end();
+  }
+
+  typedef df_iterator< ::clang::DomTreeNode* > nodes_iterator;
+
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(::clang::DomTreeNode *N) {
+    return df_begin(getEntryNode(N));
+  }
+
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_end(::clang::DomTreeNode *N) {
+    return df_end(getEntryNode(N));
+  }
+};
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits< ::clang::DominatorTree* >
+  : public GraphTraits< ::clang::DomTreeNode* > {
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode(::clang::DominatorTree *DT) {
+    return DT->getRootNode();
+  }
+
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(::clang::DominatorTree *N) {
+    return df_begin(getEntryNode(N));
+  }
+
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_end(::clang::DominatorTree *N) {
+    return df_end(getEntryNode(N));
+  }
+};
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05f48c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h
@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+//= FormatString.h - Analysis of printf/fprintf format strings --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines APIs for analyzing the format strings of printf, fscanf,
+// and friends.
+//
+// The structure of format strings for fprintf are described in C99 7.19.6.1.
+//
+// The structure of format strings for fscanf are described in C99 7.19.6.2.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FORMAT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FORMAT_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/CanonicalType.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class TargetInfo;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// Common components of both fprintf and fscanf format strings.
+namespace analyze_format_string {
+
+/// Class representing optional flags with location and representation
+/// information.
+class OptionalFlag {
+public:
+  OptionalFlag(const char *Representation)
+      : representation(Representation), flag(false) {}
+  bool isSet() { return flag; }
+  void set() { flag = true; }
+  void clear() { flag = false; }
+  void setPosition(const char *position) {
+    assert(position);
+    this->position = position;
+  }
+  const char *getPosition() const {
+    assert(position);
+    return position;
+  }
+  const char *toString() const { return representation; }
+
+  // Overloaded operators for bool like qualities
+  operator bool() const { return flag; }
+  OptionalFlag& operator=(const bool &rhs) {
+    flag = rhs;
+    return *this;  // Return a reference to myself.
+  }
+private:
+  const char *representation;
+  const char *position;
+  bool flag;
+};
+
+/// Represents the length modifier in a format string in scanf/printf.
+class LengthModifier {
+public:
+  enum Kind {
+    None,
+    AsChar,       // 'hh'
+    AsShort,      // 'h'
+    AsLong,       // 'l'
+    AsLongLong,   // 'll'
+    AsQuad,       // 'q' (BSD, deprecated, for 64-bit integer types)
+    AsIntMax,     // 'j'
+    AsSizeT,      // 'z'
+    AsPtrDiff,    // 't'
+    AsLongDouble, // 'L'
+    AsAllocate,   // for '%as', GNU extension to C90 scanf
+    AsMAllocate,  // for '%ms', GNU extension to scanf
+    AsWideChar = AsLong // for '%ls', only makes sense for printf
+  };
+
+  LengthModifier()
+    : Position(0), kind(None) {}
+  LengthModifier(const char *pos, Kind k)
+    : Position(pos), kind(k) {}
+
+  const char *getStart() const {
+    return Position;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getLength() const {
+    switch (kind) {
+      default:
+        return 1;
+      case AsLongLong:
+      case AsChar:
+        return 2;
+      case None:
+        return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return kind; }
+  void setKind(Kind k) { kind = k; }
+
+  const char *toString() const;
+
+private:
+  const char *Position;
+  Kind kind;
+};
+
+class ConversionSpecifier {
+public:
+  enum Kind {
+    InvalidSpecifier = 0,
+      // C99 conversion specifiers.
+    cArg,
+    dArg,
+    DArg, // Apple extension
+    iArg,
+    IntArgBeg = dArg, IntArgEnd = iArg,
+
+    oArg,
+    OArg, // Apple extension
+    uArg,
+    UArg, // Apple extension
+    xArg,
+    XArg,
+    UIntArgBeg = oArg, UIntArgEnd = XArg,
+
+    fArg,
+    FArg,
+    eArg,
+    EArg,
+    gArg,
+    GArg,
+    aArg,
+    AArg,
+    DoubleArgBeg = fArg, DoubleArgEnd = AArg,
+
+    sArg,
+    pArg,
+    nArg,
+    PercentArg,
+    CArg,
+    SArg,
+
+    // ** Printf-specific **
+
+    // Objective-C specific specifiers.
+    ObjCObjArg,  // '@'
+    ObjCBeg = ObjCObjArg, ObjCEnd = ObjCObjArg,
+
+    // FreeBSD specific specifiers
+    FreeBSDbArg,
+    FreeBSDDArg,
+    FreeBSDrArg,
+
+    // GlibC specific specifiers.
+    PrintErrno,   // 'm'
+
+    PrintfConvBeg = ObjCObjArg, PrintfConvEnd = PrintErrno,
+
+    // ** Scanf-specific **
+    ScanListArg, // '['
+    ScanfConvBeg = ScanListArg, ScanfConvEnd = ScanListArg
+  };
+
+  ConversionSpecifier(bool isPrintf = true)
+    : IsPrintf(isPrintf), Position(0), EndScanList(0), kind(InvalidSpecifier) {}
+
+  ConversionSpecifier(bool isPrintf, const char *pos, Kind k)
+    : IsPrintf(isPrintf), Position(pos), EndScanList(0), kind(k) {}
+
+  const char *getStart() const {
+    return Position;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getCharacters() const {
+    return StringRef(getStart(), getLength());
+  }
+
+  bool consumesDataArgument() const {
+    switch (kind) {
+      case PrintErrno:
+        assert(IsPrintf);
+        return false;
+      case PercentArg:
+        return false;
+      default:
+        return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return kind; }
+  void setKind(Kind k) { kind = k; }
+  unsigned getLength() const {
+    return EndScanList ? EndScanList - Position : 1;
+  }
+
+  bool isIntArg() const { return kind >= IntArgBeg && kind <= IntArgEnd; }
+  bool isUIntArg() const { return kind >= UIntArgBeg && kind <= UIntArgEnd; }
+  bool isAnyIntArg() const { return kind >= IntArgBeg && kind <= UIntArgEnd; }
+  const char *toString() const;
+
+  bool isPrintfKind() const { return IsPrintf; }
+  
+  Optional<ConversionSpecifier> getStandardSpecifier() const;
+
+protected:
+  bool IsPrintf;
+  const char *Position;
+  const char *EndScanList;
+  Kind kind;
+};
+
+class ArgType {
+public:
+  enum Kind { UnknownTy, InvalidTy, SpecificTy, ObjCPointerTy, CPointerTy,
+              AnyCharTy, CStrTy, WCStrTy, WIntTy };
+private:
+  const Kind K;
+  QualType T;
+  const char *Name;
+  bool Ptr;
+public:
+  ArgType(Kind k = UnknownTy, const char *n = 0) : K(k), Name(n), Ptr(false) {}
+  ArgType(QualType t, const char *n = 0)
+      : K(SpecificTy), T(t), Name(n), Ptr(false) {}
+  ArgType(CanQualType t) : K(SpecificTy), T(t), Name(0), Ptr(false) {}
+
+  static ArgType Invalid() { return ArgType(InvalidTy); }
+  bool isValid() const { return K != InvalidTy; }
+
+  /// Create an ArgType which corresponds to the type pointer to A.
+  static ArgType PtrTo(const ArgType& A) {
+    assert(A.K >= InvalidTy && "ArgType cannot be pointer to invalid/unknown");
+    ArgType Res = A;
+    Res.Ptr = true;
+    return Res;
+  }
+
+  bool matchesType(ASTContext &C, QualType argTy) const;
+
+  QualType getRepresentativeType(ASTContext &C) const;
+
+  std::string getRepresentativeTypeName(ASTContext &C) const;
+};
+
+class OptionalAmount {
+public:
+  enum HowSpecified { NotSpecified, Constant, Arg, Invalid };
+
+  OptionalAmount(HowSpecified howSpecified,
+                 unsigned amount,
+                 const char *amountStart,
+                 unsigned amountLength,
+                 bool usesPositionalArg)
+  : start(amountStart), length(amountLength), hs(howSpecified), amt(amount),
+  UsesPositionalArg(usesPositionalArg), UsesDotPrefix(0) {}
+
+  OptionalAmount(bool valid = true)
+  : start(0),length(0), hs(valid ? NotSpecified : Invalid), amt(0),
+  UsesPositionalArg(0), UsesDotPrefix(0) {}
+
+  bool isInvalid() const {
+    return hs == Invalid;
+  }
+
+  HowSpecified getHowSpecified() const { return hs; }
+  void setHowSpecified(HowSpecified h) { hs = h; }
+
+  bool hasDataArgument() const { return hs == Arg; }
+
+  unsigned getArgIndex() const {
+    assert(hasDataArgument());
+    return amt;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getConstantAmount() const {
+    assert(hs == Constant);
+    return amt;
+  }
+
+  const char *getStart() const {
+      // We include the . character if it is given.
+    return start - UsesDotPrefix;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getConstantLength() const {
+    assert(hs == Constant);
+    return length + UsesDotPrefix;
+  }
+
+  ArgType getArgType(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  void toString(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  bool usesPositionalArg() const { return (bool) UsesPositionalArg; }
+  unsigned getPositionalArgIndex() const {
+    assert(hasDataArgument());
+    return amt + 1;
+  }
+
+  bool usesDotPrefix() const { return UsesDotPrefix; }
+  void setUsesDotPrefix() { UsesDotPrefix = true; }
+
+private:
+  const char *start;
+  unsigned length;
+  HowSpecified hs;
+  unsigned amt;
+  bool UsesPositionalArg : 1;
+  bool UsesDotPrefix;
+};
+
+
+class FormatSpecifier {
+protected:
+  LengthModifier LM;
+  OptionalAmount FieldWidth;
+  ConversionSpecifier CS;
+  /// Positional arguments, an IEEE extension:
+  ///  IEEE Std 1003.1, 2004 Edition
+  ///  http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/printf.html
+  bool UsesPositionalArg;
+  unsigned argIndex;
+public:
+  FormatSpecifier(bool isPrintf)
+    : CS(isPrintf), UsesPositionalArg(false), argIndex(0) {}
+
+  void setLengthModifier(LengthModifier lm) {
+    LM = lm;
+  }
+
+  void setUsesPositionalArg() { UsesPositionalArg = true; }
+
+  void setArgIndex(unsigned i) {
+    argIndex = i;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getArgIndex() const {
+    return argIndex;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getPositionalArgIndex() const {
+    return argIndex + 1;
+  }
+
+  const LengthModifier &getLengthModifier() const {
+    return LM;
+  }
+
+  const OptionalAmount &getFieldWidth() const {
+    return FieldWidth;
+  }
+
+  void setFieldWidth(const OptionalAmount &Amt) {
+    FieldWidth = Amt;
+  }
+
+  bool usesPositionalArg() const { return UsesPositionalArg; }
+
+  bool hasValidLengthModifier(const TargetInfo &Target) const;
+
+  bool hasStandardLengthModifier() const;
+
+  Optional<LengthModifier> getCorrectedLengthModifier() const;
+
+  bool hasStandardConversionSpecifier(const LangOptions &LangOpt) const;
+
+  bool hasStandardLengthConversionCombination() const;
+
+  /// For a TypedefType QT, if it is a named integer type such as size_t,
+  /// assign the appropriate value to LM and return true.
+  static bool namedTypeToLengthModifier(QualType QT, LengthModifier &LM);
+};
+
+} // end analyze_format_string namespace
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// Pieces specific to fprintf format strings.
+
+namespace analyze_printf {
+
+class PrintfConversionSpecifier :
+  public analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier  {
+public:
+  PrintfConversionSpecifier()
+    : ConversionSpecifier(true, 0, InvalidSpecifier) {}
+
+  PrintfConversionSpecifier(const char *pos, Kind k)
+    : ConversionSpecifier(true, pos, k) {}
+
+  bool isObjCArg() const { return kind >= ObjCBeg && kind <= ObjCEnd; }
+  bool isDoubleArg() const { return kind >= DoubleArgBeg &&
+                                    kind <= DoubleArgEnd; }
+  unsigned getLength() const {
+      // Conversion specifiers currently only are represented by
+      // single characters, but we be flexible.
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier *CS) {
+    return CS->isPrintfKind();
+  }
+};
+
+using analyze_format_string::ArgType;
+using analyze_format_string::LengthModifier;
+using analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount;
+using analyze_format_string::OptionalFlag;
+
+class PrintfSpecifier : public analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier {
+  OptionalFlag HasThousandsGrouping; // ''', POSIX extension.
+  OptionalFlag IsLeftJustified; // '-'
+  OptionalFlag HasPlusPrefix; // '+'
+  OptionalFlag HasSpacePrefix; // ' '
+  OptionalFlag HasAlternativeForm; // '#'
+  OptionalFlag HasLeadingZeroes; // '0'
+  OptionalAmount Precision;
+public:
+  PrintfSpecifier() :
+    FormatSpecifier(/* isPrintf = */ true),
+    HasThousandsGrouping("'"), IsLeftJustified("-"), HasPlusPrefix("+"),
+    HasSpacePrefix(" "), HasAlternativeForm("#"), HasLeadingZeroes("0") {}
+
+  static PrintfSpecifier Parse(const char *beg, const char *end);
+
+    // Methods for incrementally constructing the PrintfSpecifier.
+  void setConversionSpecifier(const PrintfConversionSpecifier &cs) {
+    CS = cs;
+  }
+  void setHasThousandsGrouping(const char *position) {
+    HasThousandsGrouping = true;
+    HasThousandsGrouping.setPosition(position);
+  }
+  void setIsLeftJustified(const char *position) {
+    IsLeftJustified = true;
+    IsLeftJustified.setPosition(position);
+  }
+  void setHasPlusPrefix(const char *position) {
+    HasPlusPrefix = true;
+    HasPlusPrefix.setPosition(position);
+  }
+  void setHasSpacePrefix(const char *position) {
+    HasSpacePrefix = true;
+    HasSpacePrefix.setPosition(position);
+  }
+  void setHasAlternativeForm(const char *position) {
+    HasAlternativeForm = true;
+    HasAlternativeForm.setPosition(position);
+  }
+  void setHasLeadingZeros(const char *position) {
+    HasLeadingZeroes = true;
+    HasLeadingZeroes.setPosition(position);
+  }
+  void setUsesPositionalArg() { UsesPositionalArg = true; }
+
+    // Methods for querying the format specifier.
+
+  const PrintfConversionSpecifier &getConversionSpecifier() const {
+    return cast<PrintfConversionSpecifier>(CS);
+  }
+
+  void setPrecision(const OptionalAmount &Amt) {
+    Precision = Amt;
+    Precision.setUsesDotPrefix();
+  }
+
+  const OptionalAmount &getPrecision() const {
+    return Precision;
+  }
+
+  bool consumesDataArgument() const {
+    return getConversionSpecifier().consumesDataArgument();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the builtin type that a data argument
+  /// paired with this format specifier should have.  This method
+  /// will return null if the format specifier does not have
+  /// a matching data argument or the matching argument matches
+  /// more than one type.
+  ArgType getArgType(ASTContext &Ctx, bool IsObjCLiteral) const;
+
+  const OptionalFlag &hasThousandsGrouping() const {
+      return HasThousandsGrouping;
+  }
+  const OptionalFlag &isLeftJustified() const { return IsLeftJustified; }
+  const OptionalFlag &hasPlusPrefix() const { return HasPlusPrefix; }
+  const OptionalFlag &hasAlternativeForm() const { return HasAlternativeForm; }
+  const OptionalFlag &hasLeadingZeros() const { return HasLeadingZeroes; }
+  const OptionalFlag &hasSpacePrefix() const { return HasSpacePrefix; }
+  bool usesPositionalArg() const { return UsesPositionalArg; }
+
+  /// Changes the specifier and length according to a QualType, retaining any
+  /// flags or options. Returns true on success, or false when a conversion
+  /// was not successful.
+  bool fixType(QualType QT, const LangOptions &LangOpt, ASTContext &Ctx,
+               bool IsObjCLiteral);
+
+  void toString(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  // Validation methods - to check if any element results in undefined behavior
+  bool hasValidPlusPrefix() const;
+  bool hasValidAlternativeForm() const;
+  bool hasValidLeadingZeros() const;
+  bool hasValidSpacePrefix() const;
+  bool hasValidLeftJustified() const;
+  bool hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix() const;
+
+  bool hasValidPrecision() const;
+  bool hasValidFieldWidth() const;
+};
+}  // end analyze_printf namespace
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// Pieces specific to fscanf format strings.
+
+namespace analyze_scanf {
+
+class ScanfConversionSpecifier :
+    public analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier  {
+public:
+  ScanfConversionSpecifier()
+    : ConversionSpecifier(false, 0, InvalidSpecifier) {}
+
+  ScanfConversionSpecifier(const char *pos, Kind k)
+    : ConversionSpecifier(false, pos, k) {}
+
+  void setEndScanList(const char *pos) { EndScanList = pos; }
+
+  static bool classof(const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier *CS) {
+    return !CS->isPrintfKind();
+  }
+};
+
+using analyze_format_string::ArgType;
+using analyze_format_string::LengthModifier;
+using analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount;
+using analyze_format_string::OptionalFlag;
+
+class ScanfSpecifier : public analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier {
+  OptionalFlag SuppressAssignment; // '*'
+public:
+  ScanfSpecifier() :
+    FormatSpecifier(/* isPrintf = */ false),
+    SuppressAssignment("*") {}
+
+  void setSuppressAssignment(const char *position) {
+    SuppressAssignment = true;
+    SuppressAssignment.setPosition(position);
+  }
+
+  const OptionalFlag &getSuppressAssignment() const {
+    return SuppressAssignment;
+  }
+
+  void setConversionSpecifier(const ScanfConversionSpecifier &cs) {
+    CS = cs;
+  }
+
+  const ScanfConversionSpecifier &getConversionSpecifier() const {
+    return cast<ScanfConversionSpecifier>(CS);
+  }
+
+  bool consumesDataArgument() const {
+    return CS.consumesDataArgument() && !SuppressAssignment;
+  }
+
+  ArgType getArgType(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
+
+  bool fixType(QualType QT, const LangOptions &LangOpt, ASTContext &Ctx);
+
+  void toString(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static ScanfSpecifier Parse(const char *beg, const char *end);
+};
+
+} // end analyze_scanf namespace
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Parsing and processing of format strings (both fprintf and fscanf).
+
+namespace analyze_format_string {
+
+enum PositionContext { FieldWidthPos = 0, PrecisionPos = 1 };
+
+class FormatStringHandler {
+public:
+  FormatStringHandler() {}
+  virtual ~FormatStringHandler();
+
+  virtual void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {}
+
+  virtual void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) {}
+
+  virtual void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
+                                     PositionContext p) {}
+
+  virtual void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) {}
+
+  virtual void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
+                                         unsigned specifierLen) {}
+
+  // Printf-specific handlers.
+
+  virtual bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
+                                      const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
+                                      const char *startSpecifier,
+                                      unsigned specifierLen) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  virtual bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
+                                     const char *startSpecifier,
+                                     unsigned specifierLen) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+    // Scanf-specific handlers.
+
+  virtual bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
+                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
+                                        const char *startSpecifier,
+                                        unsigned specifierLen) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  virtual bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
+                                    const char *startSpecifier,
+                                    unsigned specifierLen) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  virtual void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) {}
+};
+
+bool ParsePrintfString(FormatStringHandler &H,
+                       const char *beg, const char *end, const LangOptions &LO,
+                       const TargetInfo &Target);
+
+bool ParseScanfString(FormatStringHandler &H,
+                      const char *beg, const char *end, const LangOptions &LO,
+                      const TargetInfo &Target);
+
+} // end analyze_format_string namespace
+} // end clang namespace
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/LiveVariables.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/LiveVariables.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbd2b02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/LiveVariables.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+//===- LiveVariables.h - Live Variable Analysis for Source CFGs -*- C++ --*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements Live Variables analysis for source-level CFGs.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LIVEVARIABLES_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LIVEVARIABLES_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableSet.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CFG;
+class CFGBlock;
+class Stmt;
+class DeclRefExpr;
+class SourceManager;
+  
+class LiveVariables : public ManagedAnalysis {
+public:
+  class LivenessValues {
+  public:
+
+    llvm::ImmutableSet<const Stmt *> liveStmts;
+    llvm::ImmutableSet<const VarDecl *> liveDecls;
+    
+    bool equals(const LivenessValues &V) const;
+
+    LivenessValues()
+      : liveStmts(0), liveDecls(0) {}
+
+    LivenessValues(llvm::ImmutableSet<const Stmt *> LiveStmts,
+                   llvm::ImmutableSet<const VarDecl *> LiveDecls)
+      : liveStmts(LiveStmts), liveDecls(LiveDecls) {}
+
+    ~LivenessValues() {}
+    
+    bool isLive(const Stmt *S) const;
+    bool isLive(const VarDecl *D) const;
+    
+    friend class LiveVariables;    
+  };
+  
+  class Observer {
+    virtual void anchor();
+  public:
+    virtual ~Observer() {}
+    
+    /// A callback invoked right before invoking the
+    ///  liveness transfer function on the given statement.
+    virtual void observeStmt(const Stmt *S,
+                             const CFGBlock *currentBlock,
+                             const LivenessValues& V) {}
+    
+    /// Called when the live variables analysis registers
+    /// that a variable is killed.
+    virtual void observerKill(const DeclRefExpr *DR) {}
+  };    
+
+
+  virtual ~LiveVariables();
+  
+  /// Compute the liveness information for a given CFG.
+  static LiveVariables *computeLiveness(AnalysisDeclContext &analysisContext,
+                                        bool killAtAssign);
+  
+  /// Return true if a variable is live at the end of a
+  /// specified block.
+  bool isLive(const CFGBlock *B, const VarDecl *D);
+  
+  /// Returns true if a variable is live at the beginning of the
+  ///  the statement.  This query only works if liveness information
+  ///  has been recorded at the statement level (see runOnAllBlocks), and
+  ///  only returns liveness information for block-level expressions.
+  bool isLive(const Stmt *S, const VarDecl *D);
+  
+  /// Returns true the block-level expression "value" is live
+  ///  before the given block-level expression (see runOnAllBlocks).
+  bool isLive(const Stmt *Loc, const Stmt *StmtVal);
+    
+  /// Print to stderr the liveness information associated with
+  /// each basic block.
+  void dumpBlockLiveness(const SourceManager& M);
+
+  void runOnAllBlocks(Observer &obs);
+  
+  static LiveVariables *create(AnalysisDeclContext &analysisContext) {
+    return computeLiveness(analysisContext, true);
+  }
+  
+  static const void *getTag();
+  
+private:
+  LiveVariables(void *impl);
+  void *impl;
+};
+  
+class RelaxedLiveVariables : public LiveVariables {
+public:
+  static LiveVariables *create(AnalysisDeclContext &analysisContext) {
+    return computeLiveness(analysisContext, false);
+  }
+  
+  static const void *getTag();
+};
+  
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/PostOrderCFGView.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/PostOrderCFGView.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e3244e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/PostOrderCFGView.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+//===- PostOrderCFGView.h - Post order view of CFG blocks ---------*- C++ --*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements post order view of the blocks in a CFG.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_POSTORDER_CFGVIEW
+#define LLVM_CLANG_POSTORDER_CFGVIEW
+
+#include <vector>
+//#include <algorithm>
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class PostOrderCFGView : public ManagedAnalysis {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  /// \brief Implements a set of CFGBlocks using a BitVector.
+  ///
+  /// This class contains a minimal interface, primarily dictated by the SetType
+  /// template parameter of the llvm::po_iterator template, as used with
+  /// external storage. We also use this set to keep track of which CFGBlocks we
+  /// visit during the analysis.
+  class CFGBlockSet {
+    llvm::BitVector VisitedBlockIDs;
+  public:
+    // po_iterator requires this iterator, but the only interface needed is the
+    // value_type typedef.
+    struct iterator { typedef const CFGBlock *value_type; };
+
+    CFGBlockSet() {}
+    CFGBlockSet(const CFG *G) : VisitedBlockIDs(G->getNumBlockIDs(), false) {}
+
+    /// \brief Set the bit associated with a particular CFGBlock.
+    /// This is the important method for the SetType template parameter.
+    bool insert(const CFGBlock *Block) {
+      // Note that insert() is called by po_iterator, which doesn't check to
+      // make sure that Block is non-null.  Moreover, the CFGBlock iterator will
+      // occasionally hand out null pointers for pruned edges, so we catch those
+      // here.
+      if (Block == 0)
+        return false;  // if an edge is trivially false.
+      if (VisitedBlockIDs.test(Block->getBlockID()))
+        return false;
+      VisitedBlockIDs.set(Block->getBlockID());
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Check if the bit for a CFGBlock has been already set.
+    /// This method is for tracking visited blocks in the main threadsafety
+    /// loop. Block must not be null.
+    bool alreadySet(const CFGBlock *Block) {
+      return VisitedBlockIDs.test(Block->getBlockID());
+    }
+  };
+
+private:
+  typedef llvm::po_iterator<const CFG*, CFGBlockSet, true>  po_iterator;
+  std::vector<const CFGBlock*> Blocks;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const CFGBlock *, unsigned> BlockOrderTy;
+  BlockOrderTy BlockOrder;
+
+public:
+  typedef std::vector<const CFGBlock*>::reverse_iterator iterator;
+
+  PostOrderCFGView(const CFG *cfg);
+
+  iterator begin() { return Blocks.rbegin(); }
+  iterator end()   { return Blocks.rend(); }
+
+  bool empty() { return begin() == end(); }
+
+  struct BlockOrderCompare;
+  friend struct BlockOrderCompare;
+
+  struct BlockOrderCompare {
+    const PostOrderCFGView &POV;
+  public:
+    BlockOrderCompare(const PostOrderCFGView &pov) : POV(pov) {}
+    bool operator()(const CFGBlock *b1, const CFGBlock *b2) const;
+  };
+
+  BlockOrderCompare getComparator() const {
+    return BlockOrderCompare(*this);
+  }
+
+  // Used by AnalyisContext to construct this object.
+  static const void *getTag();
+
+  static PostOrderCFGView *create(AnalysisDeclContext &analysisContext);
+};
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/PseudoConstantAnalysis.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/PseudoConstantAnalysis.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb73850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/PseudoConstantAnalysis.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+//== PseudoConstantAnalysis.h - Find Pseudo-constants in the AST -*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file tracks the usage of variables in a Decl body to see if they are
+// never written to, implying that they constant. This is useful in static
+// analysis to see if a developer might have intended a variable to be const.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_PSEUDOCONSTANTANALYSIS
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_PSEUDOCONSTANTANALYSIS
+
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class PseudoConstantAnalysis {
+public:
+  PseudoConstantAnalysis(const Stmt *DeclBody);
+  ~PseudoConstantAnalysis();
+
+  bool isPseudoConstant(const VarDecl *VD);
+  bool wasReferenced(const VarDecl *VD);
+
+private:
+  void RunAnalysis();
+  inline static const Decl *getDecl(const Expr *E);
+
+  // for storing the result of analyzed ValueDecls
+  void *NonConstantsImpl;
+  void *UsedVarsImpl;
+
+  const Stmt *DeclBody;
+  bool Analyzed;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/ReachableCode.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/ReachableCode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30c5b2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/ReachableCode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+//===- ReachableCode.h -----------------------------------------*- C++ --*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// A flow-sensitive, path-insensitive analysis of unreachable code.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_REACHABLECODE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_REACHABLECODE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Forward declarations.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class BitVector;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class AnalysisDeclContext;
+  class CFGBlock;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// API.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace reachable_code {
+
+class Callback {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  virtual ~Callback() {}
+  virtual void HandleUnreachable(SourceLocation L, SourceRange R1,
+                                 SourceRange R2) = 0;
+};
+
+/// ScanReachableFromBlock - Mark all blocks reachable from Start.
+/// Returns the total number of blocks that were marked reachable.  
+unsigned ScanReachableFromBlock(const CFGBlock *Start,
+                                llvm::BitVector &Reachable);
+
+void FindUnreachableCode(AnalysisDeclContext &AC, Callback &CB);
+
+}} // end namespace clang::reachable_code
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/ThreadSafety.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/ThreadSafety.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a888e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/ThreadSafety.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+//===- ThreadSafety.h ------------------------------------------*- C++ --*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//
+// A intra-procedural analysis for thread safety (e.g. deadlocks and race
+// conditions), based off of an annotation system.
+//
+// See http://clang.llvm.org/docs/LanguageExtensions.html#threadsafety for more
+// information.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_THREADSAFETY_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_THREADSAFETY_H
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace thread_safety {
+
+/// This enum distinguishes between different kinds of operations that may
+/// need to be protected by locks. We use this enum in error handling.
+enum ProtectedOperationKind {
+  POK_VarDereference, ///< Dereferencing a variable (e.g. p in *p = 5;)
+  POK_VarAccess, ///< Reading or writing a variable (e.g. x in x = 5;)
+  POK_FunctionCall ///< Making a function call (e.g. fool())
+};
+
+/// This enum distinguishes between different kinds of lock actions. For
+/// example, it is an error to write a variable protected by shared version of a
+/// mutex.
+enum LockKind {
+  LK_Shared, ///< Shared/reader lock of a mutex.
+  LK_Exclusive ///< Exclusive/writer lock of a mutex.
+};
+
+/// This enum distinguishes between different ways to access (read or write) a
+/// variable.
+enum AccessKind {
+  AK_Read, ///< Reading a variable.
+  AK_Written ///< Writing a variable.
+};
+
+/// This enum distinguishes between different situations where we warn due to
+/// inconsistent locking.
+/// \enum SK_LockedSomeLoopIterations -- a mutex is locked for some but not all
+/// loop iterations.
+/// \enum SK_LockedSomePredecessors -- a mutex is locked in some but not all
+/// predecessors of a CFGBlock.
+/// \enum SK_LockedAtEndOfFunction -- a mutex is still locked at the end of a
+/// function.
+enum LockErrorKind {
+  LEK_LockedSomeLoopIterations,
+  LEK_LockedSomePredecessors,
+  LEK_LockedAtEndOfFunction,
+  LEK_NotLockedAtEndOfFunction
+};
+
+/// Handler class for thread safety warnings.
+class ThreadSafetyHandler {
+public:
+  typedef StringRef Name;
+  ThreadSafetyHandler() : IssueBetaWarnings(false) { }
+  virtual ~ThreadSafetyHandler();
+
+  /// Warn about lock expressions which fail to resolve to lockable objects.
+  /// \param Loc -- the SourceLocation of the unresolved expression.
+  virtual void handleInvalidLockExp(SourceLocation Loc) {}
+
+  /// Warn about unlock function calls that do not have a prior matching lock
+  /// expression.
+  /// \param LockName -- A StringRef name for the lock expression, to be printed
+  /// in the error message.
+  /// \param Loc -- The SourceLocation of the Unlock
+  virtual void handleUnmatchedUnlock(Name LockName, SourceLocation Loc) {}
+
+  /// Warn about lock function calls for locks which are already held.
+  /// \param LockName -- A StringRef name for the lock expression, to be printed
+  /// in the error message.
+  /// \param Loc -- The location of the second lock expression.
+  virtual void handleDoubleLock(Name LockName, SourceLocation Loc) {}
+
+  /// Warn about situations where a mutex is sometimes held and sometimes not.
+  /// The three situations are:
+  /// 1. a mutex is locked on an "if" branch but not the "else" branch,
+  /// 2, or a mutex is only held at the start of some loop iterations,
+  /// 3. or when a mutex is locked but not unlocked inside a function.
+  /// \param LockName -- A StringRef name for the lock expression, to be printed
+  /// in the error message.
+  /// \param LocLocked -- The location of the lock expression where the mutex is
+  ///               locked
+  /// \param LocEndOfScope -- The location of the end of the scope where the
+  ///               mutex is no longer held
+  /// \param LEK -- which of the three above cases we should warn for
+  virtual void handleMutexHeldEndOfScope(Name LockName,
+                                         SourceLocation LocLocked,
+                                         SourceLocation LocEndOfScope,
+                                         LockErrorKind LEK){}
+
+  /// Warn when a mutex is held exclusively and shared at the same point. For
+  /// example, if a mutex is locked exclusively during an if branch and shared
+  /// during the else branch.
+  /// \param LockName -- A StringRef name for the lock expression, to be printed
+  /// in the error message.
+  /// \param Loc1 -- The location of the first lock expression.
+  /// \param Loc2 -- The location of the second lock expression.
+  virtual void handleExclusiveAndShared(Name LockName, SourceLocation Loc1,
+                                        SourceLocation Loc2) {}
+
+  /// Warn when a protected operation occurs while no locks are held.
+  /// \param D -- The decl for the protected variable or function
+  /// \param POK -- The kind of protected operation (e.g. variable access)
+  /// \param AK -- The kind of access (i.e. read or write) that occurred
+  /// \param Loc -- The location of the protected operation.
+  virtual void handleNoMutexHeld(const NamedDecl *D, ProtectedOperationKind POK,
+                                 AccessKind AK, SourceLocation Loc) {}
+
+  /// Warn when a protected operation occurs while the specific mutex protecting
+  /// the operation is not locked.
+  /// \param D -- The decl for the protected variable or function
+  /// \param POK -- The kind of protected operation (e.g. variable access)
+  /// \param LockName -- A StringRef name for the lock expression, to be printed
+  /// in the error message.
+  /// \param LK -- The kind of access (i.e. read or write) that occurred
+  /// \param Loc -- The location of the protected operation.
+  virtual void handleMutexNotHeld(const NamedDecl *D,
+                                  ProtectedOperationKind POK, Name LockName,
+                                  LockKind LK, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                  Name *PossibleMatch=0) {}
+
+  /// Warn when a function is called while an excluded mutex is locked. For
+  /// example, the mutex may be locked inside the function.
+  /// \param FunName -- The name of the function
+  /// \param LockName -- A StringRef name for the lock expression, to be printed
+  /// in the error message.
+  /// \param Loc -- The location of the function call.
+  virtual void handleFunExcludesLock(Name FunName, Name LockName,
+                                     SourceLocation Loc) {}
+
+  bool issueBetaWarnings() { return IssueBetaWarnings; }
+  void setIssueBetaWarnings(bool b) { IssueBetaWarnings = b; }
+
+private:
+  bool IssueBetaWarnings;
+};
+
+/// \brief Check a function's CFG for thread-safety violations.
+///
+/// We traverse the blocks in the CFG, compute the set of mutexes that are held
+/// at the end of each block, and issue warnings for thread safety violations.
+/// Each block in the CFG is traversed exactly once.
+void runThreadSafetyAnalysis(AnalysisDeclContext &AC,
+                             ThreadSafetyHandler &Handler);
+
+/// \brief Helper function that returns a LockKind required for the given level
+/// of access.
+LockKind getLockKindFromAccessKind(AccessKind AK);
+
+}} // end namespace clang::thread_safety
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/UninitializedValues.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/UninitializedValues.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8810c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/UninitializedValues.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+//= UninitializedValues.h - Finding uses of uninitialized values -*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines APIs for invoking and reported uninitialized values
+// warnings.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_UNINIT_VALS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_UNINIT_VALS_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class AnalysisDeclContext;
+class CFG;
+class DeclContext;
+class Expr;
+class VarDecl;
+
+/// A use of a variable, which might be uninitialized.
+class UninitUse {
+public:
+  struct Branch {
+    const Stmt *Terminator;
+    unsigned Output;
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// The expression which uses this variable.
+  const Expr *User;
+
+  /// Does this use always see an uninitialized value?
+  bool AlwaysUninit;
+
+  /// This use is always uninitialized if it occurs after any of these branches
+  /// is taken.
+  SmallVector<Branch, 2> UninitBranches;
+
+public:
+  UninitUse(const Expr *User, bool AlwaysUninit) :
+    User(User), AlwaysUninit(AlwaysUninit) {}
+
+  void addUninitBranch(Branch B) {
+    UninitBranches.push_back(B);
+  }
+
+  /// Get the expression containing the uninitialized use.
+  const Expr *getUser() const { return User; }
+
+  /// The kind of uninitialized use.
+  enum Kind {
+    /// The use might be uninitialized.
+    Maybe,
+    /// The use is uninitialized whenever a certain branch is taken.
+    Sometimes,
+    /// The use is always uninitialized.
+    Always
+  };
+
+  /// Get the kind of uninitialized use.
+  Kind getKind() const {
+    return AlwaysUninit ? Always :
+           !branch_empty() ? Sometimes : Maybe;
+  }
+
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<Branch>::const_iterator branch_iterator;
+  /// Branches which inevitably result in the variable being used uninitialized.
+  branch_iterator branch_begin() const { return UninitBranches.begin(); }
+  branch_iterator branch_end() const { return UninitBranches.end(); }
+  bool branch_empty() const { return UninitBranches.empty(); }
+};
+
+class UninitVariablesHandler {
+public:
+  UninitVariablesHandler() {}
+  virtual ~UninitVariablesHandler();
+
+  /// Called when the uninitialized variable is used at the given expression.
+  virtual void handleUseOfUninitVariable(const VarDecl *vd,
+                                         const UninitUse &use) {}
+
+  /// Called when the uninitialized variable analysis detects the
+  /// idiom 'int x = x'.  All other uses of 'x' within the initializer
+  /// are handled by handleUseOfUninitVariable.
+  virtual void handleSelfInit(const VarDecl *vd) {}
+};
+
+struct UninitVariablesAnalysisStats {
+  unsigned NumVariablesAnalyzed;
+  unsigned NumBlockVisits;
+};
+
+void runUninitializedVariablesAnalysis(const DeclContext &dc, const CFG &cfg,
+                                       AnalysisDeclContext &ac,
+                                       UninitVariablesHandler &handler,
+                                       UninitVariablesAnalysisStats &stats);
+
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46d7d07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+//=== AnalysisContext.h - Analysis context for Path Sens analysis --*- C++ -*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines AnalysisDeclContext, a class that manages the analysis
+// context data for path sensitive analysis.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_ANALYSISCONTEXT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_ANALYSISCONTEXT_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Decl;
+class Stmt;
+class CFGReverseBlockReachabilityAnalysis;
+class CFGStmtMap;
+class LiveVariables;
+class ManagedAnalysis;
+class ParentMap;
+class PseudoConstantAnalysis;
+class ImplicitParamDecl;
+class LocationContextManager;
+class StackFrameContext;
+class BlockInvocationContext;
+class AnalysisDeclContextManager;
+class LocationContext;
+
+namespace idx { class TranslationUnit; }
+
+/// The base class of a hierarchy of objects representing analyses tied
+/// to AnalysisDeclContext.
+class ManagedAnalysis {
+protected:
+  ManagedAnalysis() {}
+public:
+  virtual ~ManagedAnalysis();
+
+  // Subclasses need to implement:
+  //
+  //  static const void *getTag();
+  //
+  // Which returns a fixed pointer address to distinguish classes of
+  // analysis objects.  They also need to implement:
+  //
+  //  static [Derived*] create(AnalysisDeclContext &Ctx);
+  //
+  // which creates the analysis object given an AnalysisDeclContext.
+};
+
+
+/// AnalysisDeclContext contains the context data for the function or method
+/// under analysis.
+class AnalysisDeclContext {
+  /// Backpoint to the AnalysisManager object that created this
+  /// AnalysisDeclContext. This may be null.
+  AnalysisDeclContextManager *Manager;
+
+  const Decl * const D;
+
+  OwningPtr<CFG> cfg, completeCFG;
+  OwningPtr<CFGStmtMap> cfgStmtMap;
+
+  CFG::BuildOptions cfgBuildOptions;
+  CFG::BuildOptions::ForcedBlkExprs *forcedBlkExprs;
+
+  bool builtCFG, builtCompleteCFG;
+  OwningPtr<ParentMap> PM;
+  OwningPtr<PseudoConstantAnalysis> PCA;
+  OwningPtr<CFGReverseBlockReachabilityAnalysis> CFA;
+
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator A;
+
+  llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl*,void*> *ReferencedBlockVars;
+
+  void *ManagedAnalyses;
+
+public:
+  AnalysisDeclContext(AnalysisDeclContextManager *Mgr,
+                  const Decl *D);
+
+  AnalysisDeclContext(AnalysisDeclContextManager *Mgr,
+                  const Decl *D,
+                  const CFG::BuildOptions &BuildOptions);
+
+  ~AnalysisDeclContext();
+
+  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return D->getASTContext(); }
+  const Decl *getDecl() const { return D; }
+
+  /// Return the AnalysisDeclContextManager (if any) that created
+  /// this AnalysisDeclContext.
+  AnalysisDeclContextManager *getManager() const {
+    return Manager;
+  }
+  
+  /// Return the build options used to construct the CFG.
+  CFG::BuildOptions &getCFGBuildOptions() {
+    return cfgBuildOptions;
+  }
+
+  const CFG::BuildOptions &getCFGBuildOptions() const {
+    return cfgBuildOptions;
+  }
+
+  /// getAddEHEdges - Return true iff we are adding exceptional edges from
+  /// callExprs.  If this is false, then try/catch statements and blocks
+  /// reachable from them can appear to be dead in the CFG, analysis passes must
+  /// cope with that.
+  bool getAddEHEdges() const { return cfgBuildOptions.AddEHEdges; }
+  bool getUseUnoptimizedCFG() const {
+      return !cfgBuildOptions.PruneTriviallyFalseEdges;
+  }
+  bool getAddImplicitDtors() const { return cfgBuildOptions.AddImplicitDtors; }
+  bool getAddInitializers() const { return cfgBuildOptions.AddInitializers; }
+
+  void registerForcedBlockExpression(const Stmt *stmt);
+  const CFGBlock *getBlockForRegisteredExpression(const Stmt *stmt);
+
+  /// \brief Get the body of the Declaration.
+  Stmt *getBody() const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the body of the Declaration.
+  /// \param[out] IsAutosynthesized Specifies if the body is auto-generated
+  ///             by the BodyFarm.
+  Stmt *getBody(bool &IsAutosynthesized) const;
+
+  /// \brief Checks if the body of the Decl is generated by the BodyFarm.
+  ///
+  /// Note, the lookup is not free. We are going to call getBody behind
+  /// the scenes.
+  /// \sa getBody
+  bool isBodyAutosynthesized() const;
+
+  CFG *getCFG();
+
+  CFGStmtMap *getCFGStmtMap();
+
+  CFGReverseBlockReachabilityAnalysis *getCFGReachablityAnalysis();
+
+  /// Return a version of the CFG without any edges pruned.
+  CFG *getUnoptimizedCFG();
+
+  void dumpCFG(bool ShowColors);
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if we have built a CFG for this analysis context.
+  /// Note that this doesn't correspond to whether or not a valid CFG exists, it
+  /// corresponds to whether we *attempted* to build one.
+  bool isCFGBuilt() const { return builtCFG; }
+
+  ParentMap &getParentMap();
+  PseudoConstantAnalysis *getPseudoConstantAnalysis();
+
+  typedef const VarDecl * const * referenced_decls_iterator;
+
+  std::pair<referenced_decls_iterator, referenced_decls_iterator>
+    getReferencedBlockVars(const BlockDecl *BD);
+
+  /// Return the ImplicitParamDecl* associated with 'self' if this
+  /// AnalysisDeclContext wraps an ObjCMethodDecl.  Returns NULL otherwise.
+  const ImplicitParamDecl *getSelfDecl() const;
+
+  const StackFrameContext *getStackFrame(LocationContext const *Parent,
+                                         const Stmt *S,
+                                         const CFGBlock *Blk,
+                                         unsigned Idx);
+  
+  const BlockInvocationContext *
+  getBlockInvocationContext(const LocationContext *parent,
+                            const BlockDecl *BD,
+                            const void *ContextData);
+
+  /// Return the specified analysis object, lazily running the analysis if
+  /// necessary.  Return NULL if the analysis could not run.
+  template <typename T>
+  T *getAnalysis() {
+    const void *tag = T::getTag();
+    ManagedAnalysis *&data = getAnalysisImpl(tag);
+    if (!data) {
+      data = T::create(*this);
+    }
+    return static_cast<T*>(data);
+  }
+private:
+  ManagedAnalysis *&getAnalysisImpl(const void* tag);
+
+  LocationContextManager &getLocationContextManager();
+};
+
+class LocationContext : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+public:
+  enum ContextKind { StackFrame, Scope, Block };
+
+private:
+  ContextKind Kind;
+
+  // AnalysisDeclContext can't be const since some methods may modify its
+  // member.
+  AnalysisDeclContext *Ctx;
+
+  const LocationContext *Parent;
+
+protected:
+  LocationContext(ContextKind k, AnalysisDeclContext *ctx,
+                  const LocationContext *parent)
+    : Kind(k), Ctx(ctx), Parent(parent) {}
+
+public:
+  virtual ~LocationContext();
+
+  ContextKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+
+  AnalysisDeclContext *getAnalysisDeclContext() const { return Ctx; }
+
+  const LocationContext *getParent() const { return Parent; }
+
+  bool isParentOf(const LocationContext *LC) const;
+
+  const Decl *getDecl() const { return getAnalysisDeclContext()->getDecl(); }
+
+  CFG *getCFG() const { return getAnalysisDeclContext()->getCFG(); }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  T *getAnalysis() const {
+    return getAnalysisDeclContext()->getAnalysis<T>();
+  }
+
+  ParentMap &getParentMap() const {
+    return getAnalysisDeclContext()->getParentMap();
+  }
+
+  const ImplicitParamDecl *getSelfDecl() const {
+    return Ctx->getSelfDecl();
+  }
+
+  const StackFrameContext *getCurrentStackFrame() const;
+
+  /// Return true if the current LocationContext has no caller context.
+  virtual bool inTopFrame() const;
+
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) = 0;
+
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dumpStack() const;
+
+public:
+  static void ProfileCommon(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                            ContextKind ck,
+                            AnalysisDeclContext *ctx,
+                            const LocationContext *parent,
+                            const void *data);
+};
+
+class StackFrameContext : public LocationContext {
+  // The callsite where this stack frame is established.
+  const Stmt *CallSite;
+
+  // The parent block of the callsite.
+  const CFGBlock *Block;
+
+  // The index of the callsite in the CFGBlock.
+  unsigned Index;
+
+  friend class LocationContextManager;
+  StackFrameContext(AnalysisDeclContext *ctx, const LocationContext *parent,
+                    const Stmt *s, const CFGBlock *blk,
+                    unsigned idx)
+    : LocationContext(StackFrame, ctx, parent), CallSite(s),
+      Block(blk), Index(idx) {}
+
+public:
+  ~StackFrameContext() {}
+
+  const Stmt *getCallSite() const { return CallSite; }
+
+  const CFGBlock *getCallSiteBlock() const { return Block; }
+
+  /// Return true if the current LocationContext has no caller context.
+  virtual bool inTopFrame() const { return getParent() == 0;  }
+
+  unsigned getIndex() const { return Index; }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, AnalysisDeclContext *ctx,
+                      const LocationContext *parent, const Stmt *s,
+                      const CFGBlock *blk, unsigned idx) {
+    ProfileCommon(ID, StackFrame, ctx, parent, s);
+    ID.AddPointer(blk);
+    ID.AddInteger(idx);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const LocationContext *Ctx) {
+    return Ctx->getKind() == StackFrame;
+  }
+};
+
+class ScopeContext : public LocationContext {
+  const Stmt *Enter;
+
+  friend class LocationContextManager;
+  ScopeContext(AnalysisDeclContext *ctx, const LocationContext *parent,
+               const Stmt *s)
+    : LocationContext(Scope, ctx, parent), Enter(s) {}
+
+public:
+  ~ScopeContext() {}
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, AnalysisDeclContext *ctx,
+                      const LocationContext *parent, const Stmt *s) {
+    ProfileCommon(ID, Scope, ctx, parent, s);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const LocationContext *Ctx) {
+    return Ctx->getKind() == Scope;
+  }
+};
+
+class BlockInvocationContext : public LocationContext {
+  const BlockDecl *BD;
+  
+  // FIXME: Come up with a more type-safe way to model context-sensitivity.
+  const void *ContextData;
+
+  friend class LocationContextManager;
+
+  BlockInvocationContext(AnalysisDeclContext *ctx,
+                         const LocationContext *parent,
+                         const BlockDecl *bd, const void *contextData)
+    : LocationContext(Block, ctx, parent), BD(bd), ContextData(contextData) {}
+
+public:
+  ~BlockInvocationContext() {}
+
+  const BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() const { return BD; }
+  
+  const void *getContextData() const { return ContextData; }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, AnalysisDeclContext *ctx,
+                      const LocationContext *parent, const BlockDecl *bd,
+                      const void *contextData) {
+    ProfileCommon(ID, Block, ctx, parent, bd);
+    ID.AddPointer(contextData);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const LocationContext *Ctx) {
+    return Ctx->getKind() == Block;
+  }
+};
+
+class LocationContextManager {
+  llvm::FoldingSet<LocationContext> Contexts;
+public:
+  ~LocationContextManager();
+
+  const StackFrameContext *getStackFrame(AnalysisDeclContext *ctx,
+                                         const LocationContext *parent,
+                                         const Stmt *s,
+                                         const CFGBlock *blk, unsigned idx);
+
+  const ScopeContext *getScope(AnalysisDeclContext *ctx,
+                               const LocationContext *parent,
+                               const Stmt *s);
+  
+  const BlockInvocationContext *
+  getBlockInvocationContext(AnalysisDeclContext *ctx,
+                            const LocationContext *parent,
+                            const BlockDecl *BD,
+                            const void *ContextData);
+
+  /// Discard all previously created LocationContext objects.
+  void clear();
+private:
+  template <typename LOC, typename DATA>
+  const LOC *getLocationContext(AnalysisDeclContext *ctx,
+                                const LocationContext *parent,
+                                const DATA *d);
+};
+
+class AnalysisDeclContextManager {
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AnalysisDeclContext*> ContextMap;
+
+  ContextMap Contexts;
+  LocationContextManager LocContexts;
+  CFG::BuildOptions cfgBuildOptions;
+  
+  /// Flag to indicate whether or not bodies should be synthesized
+  /// for well-known functions.
+  bool SynthesizeBodies;
+
+public:
+  AnalysisDeclContextManager(bool useUnoptimizedCFG = false,
+                             bool addImplicitDtors = false,
+                             bool addInitializers = false,
+                             bool addTemporaryDtors = false,
+                             bool synthesizeBodies = false,
+                             bool addStaticInitBranches = false);
+
+  ~AnalysisDeclContextManager();
+
+  AnalysisDeclContext *getContext(const Decl *D);
+
+  bool getUseUnoptimizedCFG() const {
+    return !cfgBuildOptions.PruneTriviallyFalseEdges;
+  }
+
+  CFG::BuildOptions &getCFGBuildOptions() {
+    return cfgBuildOptions;
+  }
+  
+  /// Return true if faux bodies should be synthesized for well-known
+  /// functions.
+  bool synthesizeBodies() const { return SynthesizeBodies; }
+
+  const StackFrameContext *getStackFrame(AnalysisDeclContext *Ctx,
+                                         LocationContext const *Parent,
+                                         const Stmt *S,
+                                         const CFGBlock *Blk,
+                                         unsigned Idx) {
+    return LocContexts.getStackFrame(Ctx, Parent, S, Blk, Idx);
+  }
+
+  // Get the top level stack frame.
+  const StackFrameContext *getStackFrame(const Decl *D) {
+    return LocContexts.getStackFrame(getContext(D), 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  // Get a stack frame with parent.
+  StackFrameContext const *getStackFrame(const Decl *D,
+                                         LocationContext const *Parent,
+                                         const Stmt *S,
+                                         const CFGBlock *Blk,
+                                         unsigned Idx) {
+    return LocContexts.getStackFrame(getContext(D), Parent, S, Blk, Idx);
+  }
+
+  /// Discard all previously created AnalysisDeclContexts.
+  void clear();
+
+private:
+  friend class AnalysisDeclContext;
+
+  LocationContextManager &getLocationContextManager() {
+    return LocContexts;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end clang namespace
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/AnalysisDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/AnalysisDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4e1f5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/AnalysisDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+//===--- DiagnosticAnalysis.h - Diagnostics for libanalysis -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICANALYSIS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICANALYSIS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace diag {
+    enum {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,FLAGS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,\
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER,CATEGORY) ENUM,
+#define ANALYSISSTART
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticAnalysisKinds.inc"
+#undef DIAG
+      NUM_BUILTIN_ANALYSIS_DIAGNOSTICS
+    };
+  }  // end namespace diag
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/CFG.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/CFG.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee0be73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/CFG.h
@@ -0,0 +1,967 @@
+//===--- CFG.h - Classes for representing and building CFGs------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the CFG and CFGBuilder classes for representing and
+//  building Control-Flow Graphs (CFGs) from ASTs.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_CFG_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_CFG_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/Support/BumpVector.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include <bitset>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <iterator>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class CXXDestructorDecl;
+  class Decl;
+  class Stmt;
+  class Expr;
+  class FieldDecl;
+  class VarDecl;
+  class CXXCtorInitializer;
+  class CXXBaseSpecifier;
+  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
+  class CFG;
+  class PrinterHelper;
+  class LangOptions;
+  class ASTContext;
+
+/// CFGElement - Represents a top-level expression in a basic block.
+class CFGElement {
+public:
+  enum Kind {
+    // main kind
+    Statement,
+    Initializer,
+    // dtor kind
+    AutomaticObjectDtor,
+    BaseDtor,
+    MemberDtor,
+    TemporaryDtor,
+    DTOR_BEGIN = AutomaticObjectDtor,
+    DTOR_END = TemporaryDtor
+  };
+
+protected:
+  // The int bits are used to mark the kind.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<void *, 2> Data1;
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<void *, 2> Data2;
+
+  CFGElement(Kind kind, const void *Ptr1, const void *Ptr2 = 0)
+    : Data1(const_cast<void*>(Ptr1), ((unsigned) kind) & 0x3),
+      Data2(const_cast<void*>(Ptr2), (((unsigned) kind) >> 2) & 0x3) {}
+
+  CFGElement() {}
+public:
+
+  /// \brief Convert to the specified CFGElement type, asserting that this
+  /// CFGElement is of the desired type.
+  template<typename T>
+  T castAs() const {
+    assert(T::isKind(*this));
+    T t;
+    CFGElement& e = t;
+    e = *this;
+    return t;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Convert to the specified CFGElement type, returning None if this
+  /// CFGElement is not of the desired type.
+  template<typename T>
+  Optional<T> getAs() const {
+    if (!T::isKind(*this))
+      return None;
+    T t;
+    CFGElement& e = t;
+    e = *this;
+    return t;
+  }
+
+  Kind getKind() const {
+    unsigned x = Data2.getInt();
+    x <<= 2;
+    x |= Data1.getInt();
+    return (Kind) x;
+  }
+};
+
+class CFGStmt : public CFGElement {
+public:
+  CFGStmt(Stmt *S) : CFGElement(Statement, S) {}
+
+  const Stmt *getStmt() const {
+    return static_cast<const Stmt *>(Data1.getPointer());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class CFGElement;
+  CFGStmt() {}
+  static bool isKind(const CFGElement &E) {
+    return E.getKind() == Statement;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CFGInitializer - Represents C++ base or member initializer from
+/// constructor's initialization list.
+class CFGInitializer : public CFGElement {
+public:
+  CFGInitializer(CXXCtorInitializer *initializer)
+      : CFGElement(Initializer, initializer) {}
+
+  CXXCtorInitializer* getInitializer() const {
+    return static_cast<CXXCtorInitializer*>(Data1.getPointer());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class CFGElement;
+  CFGInitializer() {}
+  static bool isKind(const CFGElement &E) {
+    return E.getKind() == Initializer;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CFGImplicitDtor - Represents C++ object destructor implicitly generated
+/// by compiler on various occasions.
+class CFGImplicitDtor : public CFGElement {
+protected:
+  CFGImplicitDtor() {}
+  CFGImplicitDtor(Kind kind, const void *data1, const void *data2 = 0)
+    : CFGElement(kind, data1, data2) {
+    assert(kind >= DTOR_BEGIN && kind <= DTOR_END);
+  }
+
+public:
+  const CXXDestructorDecl *getDestructorDecl(ASTContext &astContext) const;
+  bool isNoReturn(ASTContext &astContext) const;
+
+private:
+  friend class CFGElement;
+  static bool isKind(const CFGElement &E) {
+    Kind kind = E.getKind();
+    return kind >= DTOR_BEGIN && kind <= DTOR_END;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CFGAutomaticObjDtor - Represents C++ object destructor implicitly generated
+/// for automatic object or temporary bound to const reference at the point
+/// of leaving its local scope.
+class CFGAutomaticObjDtor: public CFGImplicitDtor {
+public:
+  CFGAutomaticObjDtor(const VarDecl *var, const Stmt *stmt)
+      : CFGImplicitDtor(AutomaticObjectDtor, var, stmt) {}
+
+  const VarDecl *getVarDecl() const {
+    return static_cast<VarDecl*>(Data1.getPointer());
+  }
+
+  // Get statement end of which triggered the destructor call.
+  const Stmt *getTriggerStmt() const {
+    return static_cast<Stmt*>(Data2.getPointer());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class CFGElement;
+  CFGAutomaticObjDtor() {}
+  static bool isKind(const CFGElement &elem) {
+    return elem.getKind() == AutomaticObjectDtor;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CFGBaseDtor - Represents C++ object destructor implicitly generated for
+/// base object in destructor.
+class CFGBaseDtor : public CFGImplicitDtor {
+public:
+  CFGBaseDtor(const CXXBaseSpecifier *base)
+      : CFGImplicitDtor(BaseDtor, base) {}
+
+  const CXXBaseSpecifier *getBaseSpecifier() const {
+    return static_cast<const CXXBaseSpecifier*>(Data1.getPointer());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class CFGElement;
+  CFGBaseDtor() {}
+  static bool isKind(const CFGElement &E) {
+    return E.getKind() == BaseDtor;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CFGMemberDtor - Represents C++ object destructor implicitly generated for
+/// member object in destructor.
+class CFGMemberDtor : public CFGImplicitDtor {
+public:
+  CFGMemberDtor(const FieldDecl *field)
+      : CFGImplicitDtor(MemberDtor, field, 0) {}
+
+  const FieldDecl *getFieldDecl() const {
+    return static_cast<const FieldDecl*>(Data1.getPointer());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class CFGElement;
+  CFGMemberDtor() {}
+  static bool isKind(const CFGElement &E) {
+    return E.getKind() == MemberDtor;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CFGTemporaryDtor - Represents C++ object destructor implicitly generated
+/// at the end of full expression for temporary object.
+class CFGTemporaryDtor : public CFGImplicitDtor {
+public:
+  CFGTemporaryDtor(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *expr)
+      : CFGImplicitDtor(TemporaryDtor, expr, 0) {}
+
+  const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *getBindTemporaryExpr() const {
+    return static_cast<const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *>(Data1.getPointer());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class CFGElement;
+  CFGTemporaryDtor() {}
+  static bool isKind(const CFGElement &E) {
+    return E.getKind() == TemporaryDtor;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CFGTerminator - Represents CFGBlock terminator statement.
+///
+/// TemporaryDtorsBranch bit is set to true if the terminator marks a branch
+/// in control flow of destructors of temporaries. In this case terminator
+/// statement is the same statement that branches control flow in evaluation
+/// of matching full expression.
+class CFGTerminator {
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<Stmt *, 1> Data;
+public:
+  CFGTerminator() {}
+  CFGTerminator(Stmt *S, bool TemporaryDtorsBranch = false)
+      : Data(S, TemporaryDtorsBranch) {}
+
+  Stmt *getStmt() { return Data.getPointer(); }
+  const Stmt *getStmt() const { return Data.getPointer(); }
+
+  bool isTemporaryDtorsBranch() const { return Data.getInt(); }
+
+  operator Stmt *() { return getStmt(); }
+  operator const Stmt *() const { return getStmt(); }
+
+  Stmt *operator->() { return getStmt(); }
+  const Stmt *operator->() const { return getStmt(); }
+
+  Stmt &operator*() { return *getStmt(); }
+  const Stmt &operator*() const { return *getStmt(); }
+
+  operator bool() const { return getStmt(); }
+};
+
+/// CFGBlock - Represents a single basic block in a source-level CFG.
+///  It consists of:
+///
+///  (1) A set of statements/expressions (which may contain subexpressions).
+///  (2) A "terminator" statement (not in the set of statements).
+///  (3) A list of successors and predecessors.
+///
+/// Terminator: The terminator represents the type of control-flow that occurs
+/// at the end of the basic block.  The terminator is a Stmt* referring to an
+/// AST node that has control-flow: if-statements, breaks, loops, etc.
+/// If the control-flow is conditional, the condition expression will appear
+/// within the set of statements in the block (usually the last statement).
+///
+/// Predecessors: the order in the set of predecessors is arbitrary.
+///
+/// Successors: the order in the set of successors is NOT arbitrary.  We
+///  currently have the following orderings based on the terminator:
+///
+///     Terminator       Successor Ordering
+///  -----------------------------------------------------
+///       if            Then Block;  Else Block
+///     ? operator      LHS expression;  RHS expression
+///     &&, ||          expression that uses result of && or ||, RHS
+///
+/// But note that any of that may be NULL in case of optimized-out edges.
+///
+class CFGBlock {
+  class ElementList {
+    typedef BumpVector<CFGElement> ImplTy;
+    ImplTy Impl;
+  public:
+    ElementList(BumpVectorContext &C) : Impl(C, 4) {}
+
+    typedef std::reverse_iterator<ImplTy::iterator>       iterator;
+    typedef std::reverse_iterator<ImplTy::const_iterator> const_iterator;
+    typedef ImplTy::iterator                              reverse_iterator;
+    typedef ImplTy::const_iterator                       const_reverse_iterator;
+    typedef ImplTy::const_reference                       const_reference;
+
+    void push_back(CFGElement e, BumpVectorContext &C) { Impl.push_back(e, C); }
+    reverse_iterator insert(reverse_iterator I, size_t Cnt, CFGElement E,
+        BumpVectorContext &C) {
+      return Impl.insert(I, Cnt, E, C);
+    }
+
+    const_reference front() const { return Impl.back(); }
+    const_reference back() const { return Impl.front(); }
+
+    iterator begin() { return Impl.rbegin(); }
+    iterator end() { return Impl.rend(); }
+    const_iterator begin() const { return Impl.rbegin(); }
+    const_iterator end() const { return Impl.rend(); }
+    reverse_iterator rbegin() { return Impl.begin(); }
+    reverse_iterator rend() { return Impl.end(); }
+    const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return Impl.begin(); }
+    const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return Impl.end(); }
+
+   CFGElement operator[](size_t i) const  {
+     assert(i < Impl.size());
+     return Impl[Impl.size() - 1 - i];
+   }
+
+    size_t size() const { return Impl.size(); }
+    bool empty() const { return Impl.empty(); }
+  };
+
+  /// Stmts - The set of statements in the basic block.
+  ElementList Elements;
+
+  /// Label - An (optional) label that prefixes the executable
+  ///  statements in the block.  When this variable is non-NULL, it is
+  ///  either an instance of LabelStmt, SwitchCase or CXXCatchStmt.
+  Stmt *Label;
+
+  /// Terminator - The terminator for a basic block that
+  ///  indicates the type of control-flow that occurs between a block
+  ///  and its successors.
+  CFGTerminator Terminator;
+
+  /// LoopTarget - Some blocks are used to represent the "loop edge" to
+  ///  the start of a loop from within the loop body.  This Stmt* will be
+  ///  refer to the loop statement for such blocks (and be null otherwise).
+  const Stmt *LoopTarget;
+
+  /// BlockID - A numerical ID assigned to a CFGBlock during construction
+  ///   of the CFG.
+  unsigned BlockID;
+
+  /// Predecessors/Successors - Keep track of the predecessor / successor
+  /// CFG blocks.
+  typedef BumpVector<CFGBlock*> AdjacentBlocks;
+  AdjacentBlocks Preds;
+  AdjacentBlocks Succs;
+
+  /// NoReturn - This bit is set when the basic block contains a function call
+  /// or implicit destructor that is attributed as 'noreturn'. In that case,
+  /// control cannot technically ever proceed past this block. All such blocks
+  /// will have a single immediate successor: the exit block. This allows them
+  /// to be easily reached from the exit block and using this bit quickly
+  /// recognized without scanning the contents of the block.
+  ///
+  /// Optimization Note: This bit could be profitably folded with Terminator's
+  /// storage if the memory usage of CFGBlock becomes an issue.
+  unsigned HasNoReturnElement : 1;
+
+  /// Parent - The parent CFG that owns this CFGBlock.
+  CFG *Parent;
+
+public:
+  explicit CFGBlock(unsigned blockid, BumpVectorContext &C, CFG *parent)
+    : Elements(C), Label(NULL), Terminator(NULL), LoopTarget(NULL), 
+      BlockID(blockid), Preds(C, 1), Succs(C, 1), HasNoReturnElement(false),
+      Parent(parent) {}
+  ~CFGBlock() {}
+
+  // Statement iterators
+  typedef ElementList::iterator                      iterator;
+  typedef ElementList::const_iterator                const_iterator;
+  typedef ElementList::reverse_iterator              reverse_iterator;
+  typedef ElementList::const_reverse_iterator        const_reverse_iterator;
+
+  CFGElement                 front()       const { return Elements.front();   }
+  CFGElement                 back()        const { return Elements.back();    }
+
+  iterator                   begin()             { return Elements.begin();   }
+  iterator                   end()               { return Elements.end();     }
+  const_iterator             begin()       const { return Elements.begin();   }
+  const_iterator             end()         const { return Elements.end();     }
+
+  reverse_iterator           rbegin()            { return Elements.rbegin();  }
+  reverse_iterator           rend()              { return Elements.rend();    }
+  const_reverse_iterator     rbegin()      const { return Elements.rbegin();  }
+  const_reverse_iterator     rend()        const { return Elements.rend();    }
+
+  unsigned                   size()        const { return Elements.size();    }
+  bool                       empty()       const { return Elements.empty();   }
+
+  CFGElement operator[](size_t i) const  { return Elements[i]; }
+
+  // CFG iterators
+  typedef AdjacentBlocks::iterator                              pred_iterator;
+  typedef AdjacentBlocks::const_iterator                  const_pred_iterator;
+  typedef AdjacentBlocks::reverse_iterator              pred_reverse_iterator;
+  typedef AdjacentBlocks::const_reverse_iterator  const_pred_reverse_iterator;
+
+  typedef AdjacentBlocks::iterator                              succ_iterator;
+  typedef AdjacentBlocks::const_iterator                  const_succ_iterator;
+  typedef AdjacentBlocks::reverse_iterator              succ_reverse_iterator;
+  typedef AdjacentBlocks::const_reverse_iterator  const_succ_reverse_iterator;
+
+  pred_iterator                pred_begin()        { return Preds.begin();   }
+  pred_iterator                pred_end()          { return Preds.end();     }
+  const_pred_iterator          pred_begin()  const { return Preds.begin();   }
+  const_pred_iterator          pred_end()    const { return Preds.end();     }
+
+  pred_reverse_iterator        pred_rbegin()       { return Preds.rbegin();  }
+  pred_reverse_iterator        pred_rend()         { return Preds.rend();    }
+  const_pred_reverse_iterator  pred_rbegin() const { return Preds.rbegin();  }
+  const_pred_reverse_iterator  pred_rend()   const { return Preds.rend();    }
+
+  succ_iterator                succ_begin()        { return Succs.begin();   }
+  succ_iterator                succ_end()          { return Succs.end();     }
+  const_succ_iterator          succ_begin()  const { return Succs.begin();   }
+  const_succ_iterator          succ_end()    const { return Succs.end();     }
+
+  succ_reverse_iterator        succ_rbegin()       { return Succs.rbegin();  }
+  succ_reverse_iterator        succ_rend()         { return Succs.rend();    }
+  const_succ_reverse_iterator  succ_rbegin() const { return Succs.rbegin();  }
+  const_succ_reverse_iterator  succ_rend()   const { return Succs.rend();    }
+
+  unsigned                     succ_size()   const { return Succs.size();    }
+  bool                         succ_empty()  const { return Succs.empty();   }
+
+  unsigned                     pred_size()   const { return Preds.size();    }
+  bool                         pred_empty()  const { return Preds.empty();   }
+
+
+  class FilterOptions {
+  public:
+    FilterOptions() {
+      IgnoreDefaultsWithCoveredEnums = 0;
+    }
+
+    unsigned IgnoreDefaultsWithCoveredEnums : 1;
+  };
+
+  static bool FilterEdge(const FilterOptions &F, const CFGBlock *Src,
+       const CFGBlock *Dst);
+
+  template <typename IMPL, bool IsPred>
+  class FilteredCFGBlockIterator {
+  private:
+    IMPL I, E;
+    const FilterOptions F;
+    const CFGBlock *From;
+   public:
+    explicit FilteredCFGBlockIterator(const IMPL &i, const IMPL &e,
+              const CFGBlock *from,
+              const FilterOptions &f)
+      : I(i), E(e), F(f), From(from) {}
+
+    bool hasMore() const { return I != E; }
+
+    FilteredCFGBlockIterator &operator++() {
+      do { ++I; } while (hasMore() && Filter(*I));
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    const CFGBlock *operator*() const { return *I; }
+  private:
+    bool Filter(const CFGBlock *To) {
+      return IsPred ? FilterEdge(F, To, From) : FilterEdge(F, From, To);
+    }
+  };
+
+  typedef FilteredCFGBlockIterator<const_pred_iterator, true>
+          filtered_pred_iterator;
+
+  typedef FilteredCFGBlockIterator<const_succ_iterator, false>
+          filtered_succ_iterator;
+
+  filtered_pred_iterator filtered_pred_start_end(const FilterOptions &f) const {
+    return filtered_pred_iterator(pred_begin(), pred_end(), this, f);
+  }
+
+  filtered_succ_iterator filtered_succ_start_end(const FilterOptions &f) const {
+    return filtered_succ_iterator(succ_begin(), succ_end(), this, f);
+  }
+
+  // Manipulation of block contents
+
+  void setTerminator(Stmt *Statement) { Terminator = Statement; }
+  void setLabel(Stmt *Statement) { Label = Statement; }
+  void setLoopTarget(const Stmt *loopTarget) { LoopTarget = loopTarget; }
+  void setHasNoReturnElement() { HasNoReturnElement = true; }
+
+  CFGTerminator getTerminator() { return Terminator; }
+  const CFGTerminator getTerminator() const { return Terminator; }
+
+  Stmt *getTerminatorCondition();
+
+  const Stmt *getTerminatorCondition() const {
+    return const_cast<CFGBlock*>(this)->getTerminatorCondition();
+  }
+
+  const Stmt *getLoopTarget() const { return LoopTarget; }
+
+  Stmt *getLabel() { return Label; }
+  const Stmt *getLabel() const { return Label; }
+
+  bool hasNoReturnElement() const { return HasNoReturnElement; }
+
+  unsigned getBlockID() const { return BlockID; }
+
+  CFG *getParent() const { return Parent; }
+
+  void dump(const CFG *cfg, const LangOptions &LO, bool ShowColors = false) const;
+  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const CFG* cfg, const LangOptions &LO,
+             bool ShowColors) const;
+  void printTerminator(raw_ostream &OS, const LangOptions &LO) const;
+
+  void addSuccessor(CFGBlock *Block, BumpVectorContext &C) {
+    if (Block)
+      Block->Preds.push_back(this, C);
+    Succs.push_back(Block, C);
+  }
+
+  void appendStmt(Stmt *statement, BumpVectorContext &C) {
+    Elements.push_back(CFGStmt(statement), C);
+  }
+
+  void appendInitializer(CXXCtorInitializer *initializer,
+                        BumpVectorContext &C) {
+    Elements.push_back(CFGInitializer(initializer), C);
+  }
+
+  void appendBaseDtor(const CXXBaseSpecifier *BS, BumpVectorContext &C) {
+    Elements.push_back(CFGBaseDtor(BS), C);
+  }
+
+  void appendMemberDtor(FieldDecl *FD, BumpVectorContext &C) {
+    Elements.push_back(CFGMemberDtor(FD), C);
+  }
+
+  void appendTemporaryDtor(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E, BumpVectorContext &C) {
+    Elements.push_back(CFGTemporaryDtor(E), C);
+  }
+
+  void appendAutomaticObjDtor(VarDecl *VD, Stmt *S, BumpVectorContext &C) {
+    Elements.push_back(CFGAutomaticObjDtor(VD, S), C);
+  }
+
+  // Destructors must be inserted in reversed order. So insertion is in two
+  // steps. First we prepare space for some number of elements, then we insert
+  // the elements beginning at the last position in prepared space.
+  iterator beginAutomaticObjDtorsInsert(iterator I, size_t Cnt,
+      BumpVectorContext &C) {
+    return iterator(Elements.insert(I.base(), Cnt, CFGAutomaticObjDtor(0, 0), C));
+  }
+  iterator insertAutomaticObjDtor(iterator I, VarDecl *VD, Stmt *S) {
+    *I = CFGAutomaticObjDtor(VD, S);
+    return ++I;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CFG - Represents a source-level, intra-procedural CFG that represents the
+///  control-flow of a Stmt.  The Stmt can represent an entire function body,
+///  or a single expression.  A CFG will always contain one empty block that
+///  represents the Exit point of the CFG.  A CFG will also contain a designated
+///  Entry block.  The CFG solely represents control-flow; it consists of
+///  CFGBlocks which are simply containers of Stmt*'s in the AST the CFG
+///  was constructed from.
+class CFG {
+public:
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // CFG Construction & Manipulation.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  class BuildOptions {
+    std::bitset<Stmt::lastStmtConstant> alwaysAddMask;
+  public:
+    typedef llvm::DenseMap<const Stmt *, const CFGBlock*> ForcedBlkExprs;
+    ForcedBlkExprs **forcedBlkExprs;
+
+    bool PruneTriviallyFalseEdges;
+    bool AddEHEdges;
+    bool AddInitializers;
+    bool AddImplicitDtors;
+    bool AddTemporaryDtors;
+    bool AddStaticInitBranches;
+
+    bool alwaysAdd(const Stmt *stmt) const {
+      return alwaysAddMask[stmt->getStmtClass()];
+    }
+
+    BuildOptions &setAlwaysAdd(Stmt::StmtClass stmtClass, bool val = true) {
+      alwaysAddMask[stmtClass] = val;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    BuildOptions &setAllAlwaysAdd() {
+      alwaysAddMask.set();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    BuildOptions()
+    : forcedBlkExprs(0), PruneTriviallyFalseEdges(true)
+      ,AddEHEdges(false)
+      ,AddInitializers(false)
+      ,AddImplicitDtors(false)
+      ,AddTemporaryDtors(false)
+      ,AddStaticInitBranches(false) {}
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Provides a custom implementation of the iterator class to have the
+  /// same interface as Function::iterator - iterator returns CFGBlock
+  /// (not a pointer to CFGBlock).
+  class graph_iterator {
+  public:
+    typedef const CFGBlock                  value_type;
+    typedef value_type&                     reference;
+    typedef value_type*                     pointer;
+    typedef BumpVector<CFGBlock*>::iterator ImplTy;
+
+    graph_iterator(const ImplTy &i) : I(i) {}
+
+    bool operator==(const graph_iterator &X) const { return I == X.I; }
+    bool operator!=(const graph_iterator &X) const { return I != X.I; }
+
+    reference operator*()    const { return **I; }
+    pointer operator->()     const { return  *I; }
+    operator CFGBlock* ()          { return  *I; }
+
+    graph_iterator &operator++() { ++I; return *this; }
+    graph_iterator &operator--() { --I; return *this; }
+
+  private:
+    ImplTy I;
+  };
+
+  class const_graph_iterator {
+  public:
+    typedef const CFGBlock                  value_type;
+    typedef value_type&                     reference;
+    typedef value_type*                     pointer;
+    typedef BumpVector<CFGBlock*>::const_iterator ImplTy;
+
+    const_graph_iterator(const ImplTy &i) : I(i) {}
+
+    bool operator==(const const_graph_iterator &X) const { return I == X.I; }
+    bool operator!=(const const_graph_iterator &X) const { return I != X.I; }
+
+    reference operator*() const { return **I; }
+    pointer operator->()  const { return  *I; }
+    operator CFGBlock* () const { return  *I; }
+
+    const_graph_iterator &operator++() { ++I; return *this; }
+    const_graph_iterator &operator--() { --I; return *this; }
+
+  private:
+    ImplTy I;
+  };
+
+  /// buildCFG - Builds a CFG from an AST.  The responsibility to free the
+  ///   constructed CFG belongs to the caller.
+  static CFG* buildCFG(const Decl *D, Stmt *AST, ASTContext *C,
+                       const BuildOptions &BO);
+
+  /// createBlock - Create a new block in the CFG.  The CFG owns the block;
+  ///  the caller should not directly free it.
+  CFGBlock *createBlock();
+
+  /// setEntry - Set the entry block of the CFG.  This is typically used
+  ///  only during CFG construction.  Most CFG clients expect that the
+  ///  entry block has no predecessors and contains no statements.
+  void setEntry(CFGBlock *B) { Entry = B; }
+
+  /// setIndirectGotoBlock - Set the block used for indirect goto jumps.
+  ///  This is typically used only during CFG construction.
+  void setIndirectGotoBlock(CFGBlock *B) { IndirectGotoBlock = B; }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Block Iterators
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  typedef BumpVector<CFGBlock*>                    CFGBlockListTy;
+  typedef CFGBlockListTy::iterator                 iterator;
+  typedef CFGBlockListTy::const_iterator           const_iterator;
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<iterator>          reverse_iterator;
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<const_iterator>    const_reverse_iterator;
+
+  CFGBlock &                front()                { return *Blocks.front(); }
+  CFGBlock &                back()                 { return *Blocks.back(); }
+
+  iterator                  begin()                { return Blocks.begin(); }
+  iterator                  end()                  { return Blocks.end(); }
+  const_iterator            begin()       const    { return Blocks.begin(); }
+  const_iterator            end()         const    { return Blocks.end(); }
+
+  graph_iterator nodes_begin() { return graph_iterator(Blocks.begin()); }
+  graph_iterator nodes_end() { return graph_iterator(Blocks.end()); }
+  const_graph_iterator nodes_begin() const {
+    return const_graph_iterator(Blocks.begin());
+  }
+  const_graph_iterator nodes_end() const {
+    return const_graph_iterator(Blocks.end());
+  }
+
+  reverse_iterator          rbegin()               { return Blocks.rbegin(); }
+  reverse_iterator          rend()                 { return Blocks.rend(); }
+  const_reverse_iterator    rbegin()      const    { return Blocks.rbegin(); }
+  const_reverse_iterator    rend()        const    { return Blocks.rend(); }
+
+  CFGBlock &                getEntry()             { return *Entry; }
+  const CFGBlock &          getEntry()    const    { return *Entry; }
+  CFGBlock &                getExit()              { return *Exit; }
+  const CFGBlock &          getExit()     const    { return *Exit; }
+
+  CFGBlock *       getIndirectGotoBlock() { return IndirectGotoBlock; }
+  const CFGBlock * getIndirectGotoBlock() const { return IndirectGotoBlock; }
+
+  typedef std::vector<const CFGBlock*>::const_iterator try_block_iterator;
+  try_block_iterator try_blocks_begin() const {
+    return TryDispatchBlocks.begin();
+  }
+  try_block_iterator try_blocks_end() const {
+    return TryDispatchBlocks.end();
+  }
+
+  void addTryDispatchBlock(const CFGBlock *block) {
+    TryDispatchBlocks.push_back(block);
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Member templates useful for various batch operations over CFGs.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  template <typename CALLBACK>
+  void VisitBlockStmts(CALLBACK& O) const {
+    for (const_iterator I=begin(), E=end(); I != E; ++I)
+      for (CFGBlock::const_iterator BI=(*I)->begin(), BE=(*I)->end();
+           BI != BE; ++BI) {
+        if (Optional<CFGStmt> stmt = BI->getAs<CFGStmt>())
+          O(const_cast<Stmt*>(stmt->getStmt()));
+      }
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // CFG Introspection.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  struct   BlkExprNumTy {
+    const signed Idx;
+    explicit BlkExprNumTy(signed idx) : Idx(idx) {}
+    explicit BlkExprNumTy() : Idx(-1) {}
+    operator bool() const { return Idx >= 0; }
+    operator unsigned() const { assert(Idx >=0); return (unsigned) Idx; }
+  };
+
+  bool isBlkExpr(const Stmt *S) { return getBlkExprNum(S); }
+  bool isBlkExpr(const Stmt *S) const {
+    return const_cast<CFG*>(this)->isBlkExpr(S);
+  }
+  BlkExprNumTy  getBlkExprNum(const Stmt *S);
+  unsigned      getNumBlkExprs();
+
+  /// getNumBlockIDs - Returns the total number of BlockIDs allocated (which
+  /// start at 0).
+  unsigned getNumBlockIDs() const { return NumBlockIDs; }
+
+  /// size - Return the total number of CFGBlocks within the CFG
+  /// This is simply a renaming of the getNumBlockIDs(). This is necessary 
+  /// because the dominator implementation needs such an interface.
+  unsigned size() const { return NumBlockIDs; }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // CFG Debugging: Pretty-Printing and Visualization.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  void viewCFG(const LangOptions &LO) const;
+  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const LangOptions &LO, bool ShowColors) const;
+  void dump(const LangOptions &LO, bool ShowColors) const;
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Internal: constructors and data.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  CFG() : Entry(NULL), Exit(NULL), IndirectGotoBlock(NULL), NumBlockIDs(0),
+          BlkExprMap(NULL), Blocks(BlkBVC, 10) {}
+
+  ~CFG();
+
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& getAllocator() {
+    return BlkBVC.getAllocator();
+  }
+
+  BumpVectorContext &getBumpVectorContext() {
+    return BlkBVC;
+  }
+
+private:
+  CFGBlock *Entry;
+  CFGBlock *Exit;
+  CFGBlock* IndirectGotoBlock;  // Special block to contain collective dispatch
+                                // for indirect gotos
+  unsigned  NumBlockIDs;
+
+  // BlkExprMap - An opaque pointer to prevent inclusion of DenseMap.h.
+  //  It represents a map from Expr* to integers to record the set of
+  //  block-level expressions and their "statement number" in the CFG.
+  void *    BlkExprMap;
+
+  BumpVectorContext BlkBVC;
+
+  CFGBlockListTy Blocks;
+
+  /// C++ 'try' statements are modeled with an indirect dispatch block.
+  /// This is the collection of such blocks present in the CFG.
+  std::vector<const CFGBlock *> TryDispatchBlocks;
+
+};
+} // end namespace clang
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// GraphTraits specializations for CFG basic block graphs (source-level CFGs)
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Implement simplify_type for CFGTerminator, so that we can dyn_cast from
+/// CFGTerminator to a specific Stmt class.
+template <> struct simplify_type< ::clang::CFGTerminator> {
+  typedef ::clang::Stmt *SimpleType;
+  static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::CFGTerminator Val) {
+    return Val.getStmt();
+  }
+};
+
+// Traits for: CFGBlock
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits< ::clang::CFGBlock *> {
+  typedef ::clang::CFGBlock NodeType;
+  typedef ::clang::CFGBlock::succ_iterator ChildIteratorType;
+
+  static NodeType* getEntryNode(::clang::CFGBlock *BB)
+  { return BB; }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType* N)
+  { return N->succ_begin(); }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType* N)
+  { return N->succ_end(); }
+};
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits< const ::clang::CFGBlock *> {
+  typedef const ::clang::CFGBlock NodeType;
+  typedef ::clang::CFGBlock::const_succ_iterator ChildIteratorType;
+
+  static NodeType* getEntryNode(const clang::CFGBlock *BB)
+  { return BB; }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType* N)
+  { return N->succ_begin(); }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType* N)
+  { return N->succ_end(); }
+};
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits<Inverse< ::clang::CFGBlock*> > {
+  typedef ::clang::CFGBlock NodeType;
+  typedef ::clang::CFGBlock::const_pred_iterator ChildIteratorType;
+
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode(Inverse< ::clang::CFGBlock*> G)
+  { return G.Graph; }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType* N)
+  { return N->pred_begin(); }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType* N)
+  { return N->pred_end(); }
+};
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits<Inverse<const ::clang::CFGBlock*> > {
+  typedef const ::clang::CFGBlock NodeType;
+  typedef ::clang::CFGBlock::const_pred_iterator ChildIteratorType;
+
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode(Inverse<const ::clang::CFGBlock*> G)
+  { return G.Graph; }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType* N)
+  { return N->pred_begin(); }
+
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType* N)
+  { return N->pred_end(); }
+};
+
+// Traits for: CFG
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits< ::clang::CFG* >
+    : public GraphTraits< ::clang::CFGBlock *>  {
+
+  typedef ::clang::CFG::graph_iterator nodes_iterator;
+
+  static NodeType     *getEntryNode(::clang::CFG* F) { return &F->getEntry(); }
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(::clang::CFG* F) { return F->nodes_begin();}
+  static nodes_iterator   nodes_end(::clang::CFG* F) { return F->nodes_end(); }
+  static unsigned              size(::clang::CFG* F) { return F->size(); }
+};
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits<const ::clang::CFG* >
+    : public GraphTraits<const ::clang::CFGBlock *>  {
+
+  typedef ::clang::CFG::const_graph_iterator nodes_iterator;
+
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode( const ::clang::CFG* F) {
+    return &F->getEntry();
+  }
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin( const ::clang::CFG* F) {
+    return F->nodes_begin();
+  }
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_end( const ::clang::CFG* F) {
+    return F->nodes_end();
+  }
+  static unsigned size(const ::clang::CFG* F) {
+    return F->size();
+  }
+};
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits<Inverse< ::clang::CFG*> >
+  : public GraphTraits<Inverse< ::clang::CFGBlock*> > {
+
+  typedef ::clang::CFG::graph_iterator nodes_iterator;
+
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode( ::clang::CFG* F) { return &F->getExit(); }
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin( ::clang::CFG* F) {return F->nodes_begin();}
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_end( ::clang::CFG* F) { return F->nodes_end(); }
+};
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits<Inverse<const ::clang::CFG*> >
+  : public GraphTraits<Inverse<const ::clang::CFGBlock*> > {
+
+  typedef ::clang::CFG::const_graph_iterator nodes_iterator;
+
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode(const ::clang::CFG* F) { return &F->getExit(); }
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(const ::clang::CFG* F) {
+    return F->nodes_begin();
+  }
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_end(const ::clang::CFG* F) {
+    return F->nodes_end();
+  }
+};
+} // end llvm namespace
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/CFGStmtMap.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/CFGStmtMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e8e140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/CFGStmtMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+//===--- CFGStmtMap.h - Map from Stmt* to CFGBlock* -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the CFGStmtMap class, which defines a mapping from
+//  Stmt* to CFGBlock*
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_CFGSTMTMAP_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_CFGSTMTMAP_H
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CFG;
+class CFGBlock;
+class ParentMap;
+class Stmt;
+
+class CFGStmtMap {
+  ParentMap *PM;
+  void *M;
+  
+  CFGStmtMap(ParentMap *pm, void *m) : PM(pm), M(m) {}
+  
+public:
+  ~CFGStmtMap();
+  
+  /// Returns a new CFGMap for the given CFG.  It is the caller's
+  /// responsibility to 'delete' this object when done using it.
+  static CFGStmtMap *Build(CFG* C, ParentMap *PM);
+
+  /// Returns the CFGBlock the specified Stmt* appears in.  For Stmt* that
+  /// are terminators, the CFGBlock is the block they appear as a terminator,
+  /// and not the block they appear as a block-level expression (e.g, '&&').
+  /// CaseStmts and LabelStmts map to the CFGBlock they label.
+  CFGBlock *getBlock(Stmt * S);
+
+  const CFGBlock *getBlock(const Stmt * S) const {
+    return const_cast<CFGStmtMap*>(this)->getBlock(const_cast<Stmt*>(S));
+  }
+};
+
+} // end clang namespace
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/CallGraph.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/CallGraph.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5015eb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/CallGraph.h
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+//== CallGraph.h - AST-based Call graph  ------------------------*- C++ -*--==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file declares the AST-based CallGraph.
+//
+//  A call graph for functions whose definitions/bodies are available in the
+//  current translation unit. The graph has a "virtual" root node that contains
+//  edges to all externally available functions.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_CALLGRAPH
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_CALLGRAPH
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
+#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class CallGraphNode;
+
+/// \brief The AST-based call graph.
+///
+/// The call graph extends itself with the given declarations by implementing
+/// the recursive AST visitor, which constructs the graph by visiting the given
+/// declarations.
+class CallGraph : public RecursiveASTVisitor<CallGraph> {
+  friend class CallGraphNode;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, CallGraphNode *> FunctionMapTy;
+
+  /// FunctionMap owns all CallGraphNodes.
+  FunctionMapTy FunctionMap;
+
+  /// This is a virtual root node that has edges to all the functions.
+  CallGraphNode *Root;
+
+public:
+  CallGraph();
+  ~CallGraph();
+
+  /// \brief Populate the call graph with the functions in the given
+  /// declaration.
+  ///
+  /// Recursively walks the declaration to find all the dependent Decls as well.
+  void addToCallGraph(Decl *D) {
+    TraverseDecl(D);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine if a declaration should be included in the graph.
+  static bool includeInGraph(const Decl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Lookup the node for the given declaration.
+  CallGraphNode *getNode(const Decl *) const;
+
+  /// \brief Lookup the node for the given declaration. If none found, insert
+  /// one into the graph.
+  CallGraphNode *getOrInsertNode(Decl *);
+
+  /// Iterators through all the elements in the graph. Note, this gives
+  /// non-deterministic order.
+  typedef FunctionMapTy::iterator iterator;
+  typedef FunctionMapTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
+  iterator begin() { return FunctionMap.begin(); }
+  iterator end()   { return FunctionMap.end();   }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return FunctionMap.begin(); }
+  const_iterator end()   const { return FunctionMap.end();   }
+
+  /// \brief Get the number of nodes in the graph.
+  unsigned size() const { return FunctionMap.size(); }
+
+  /// \ brief Get the virtual root of the graph, all the functions available
+  /// externally are represented as callees of the node.
+  CallGraphNode *getRoot() const { return Root; }
+
+  /// Iterators through all the nodes of the graph that have no parent. These
+  /// are the unreachable nodes, which are either unused or are due to us
+  /// failing to add a call edge due to the analysis imprecision.
+  typedef llvm::SetVector<CallGraphNode *>::iterator nodes_iterator;
+  typedef llvm::SetVector<CallGraphNode *>::const_iterator const_nodes_iterator;
+
+  void print(raw_ostream &os) const;
+  void dump() const;
+  void viewGraph() const;
+
+  void addNodesForBlocks(DeclContext *D);
+
+  /// Part of recursive declaration visitation. We recursively visit all the
+  /// declarations to collect the root functions.
+  bool VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *FD) {
+    // We skip function template definitions, as their semantics is
+    // only determined when they are instantiated.
+    if (includeInGraph(FD)) {
+      // Add all blocks declared inside this function to the graph.
+      addNodesForBlocks(FD);
+      // If this function has external linkage, anything could call it.
+      // Note, we are not precise here. For example, the function could have
+      // its address taken.
+      addNodeForDecl(FD, FD->isGlobal());
+    }
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// Part of recursive declaration visitation.
+  bool VisitObjCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
+    if (includeInGraph(MD)) {
+      addNodesForBlocks(MD);
+      addNodeForDecl(MD, true);
+    }
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // We are only collecting the declarations, so do not step into the bodies.
+  bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *S) { return true; }
+
+  bool shouldWalkTypesOfTypeLocs() const { return false; }
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Add the given declaration to the call graph.
+  void addNodeForDecl(Decl *D, bool IsGlobal);
+
+  /// \brief Allocate a new node in the graph.
+  CallGraphNode *allocateNewNode(Decl *);
+};
+
+class CallGraphNode {
+public:
+  typedef CallGraphNode* CallRecord;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief The function/method declaration.
+  Decl *FD;
+
+  /// \brief The list of functions called from this node.
+  SmallVector<CallRecord, 5> CalledFunctions;
+
+public:
+  CallGraphNode(Decl *D) : FD(D) {}
+
+  typedef SmallVector<CallRecord, 5>::iterator iterator;
+  typedef SmallVector<CallRecord, 5>::const_iterator const_iterator;
+
+  /// Iterators through all the callees/children of the node.
+  inline iterator begin() { return CalledFunctions.begin(); }
+  inline iterator end()   { return CalledFunctions.end(); }
+  inline const_iterator begin() const { return CalledFunctions.begin(); }
+  inline const_iterator end()   const { return CalledFunctions.end();   }
+
+  inline bool empty() const {return CalledFunctions.empty(); }
+  inline unsigned size() const {return CalledFunctions.size(); }
+
+  void addCallee(CallGraphNode *N, CallGraph *CG) {
+    CalledFunctions.push_back(N);
+  }
+
+  Decl *getDecl() const { return FD; }
+
+  void print(raw_ostream &os) const;
+  void dump() const;
+};
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+// Graph traits for iteration, viewing.
+namespace llvm {
+template <> struct GraphTraits<clang::CallGraphNode*> {
+  typedef clang::CallGraphNode NodeType;
+  typedef clang::CallGraphNode::CallRecord CallRecordTy;
+  typedef std::pointer_to_unary_function<CallRecordTy,
+                                         clang::CallGraphNode*> CGNDerefFun;
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode(clang::CallGraphNode *CGN) { return CGN; }
+  typedef mapped_iterator<NodeType::iterator, CGNDerefFun> ChildIteratorType;
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) {
+    return map_iterator(N->begin(), CGNDerefFun(CGNDeref));
+  }
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end  (NodeType *N) {
+    return map_iterator(N->end(), CGNDerefFun(CGNDeref));
+  }
+  static clang::CallGraphNode *CGNDeref(CallRecordTy P) {
+    return P;
+  }
+};
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits<const clang::CallGraphNode*> {
+  typedef const clang::CallGraphNode NodeType;
+  typedef NodeType::const_iterator ChildIteratorType;
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode(const clang::CallGraphNode *CGN) { return CGN; }
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType *N) { return N->begin();}
+  static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType *N) { return N->end(); }
+};
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits<clang::CallGraph*>
+  : public GraphTraits<clang::CallGraphNode*> {
+
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode(clang::CallGraph *CGN) {
+    return CGN->getRoot();  // Start at the external node!
+  }
+  typedef std::pair<const clang::Decl*, clang::CallGraphNode*> PairTy;
+  typedef std::pointer_to_unary_function<PairTy, clang::CallGraphNode&> DerefFun;
+  // nodes_iterator/begin/end - Allow iteration over all nodes in the graph
+  typedef mapped_iterator<clang::CallGraph::iterator, DerefFun> nodes_iterator;
+
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(clang::CallGraph *CG) {
+    return map_iterator(CG->begin(), DerefFun(CGdereference));
+  }
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_end  (clang::CallGraph *CG) {
+    return map_iterator(CG->end(), DerefFun(CGdereference));
+  }
+  static clang::CallGraphNode &CGdereference(PairTy P) {
+    return *(P.second);
+  }
+
+  static unsigned size(clang::CallGraph *CG) {
+    return CG->size();
+  }
+};
+
+template <> struct GraphTraits<const clang::CallGraph*> :
+  public GraphTraits<const clang::CallGraphNode*> {
+  static NodeType *getEntryNode(const clang::CallGraph *CGN) {
+    return CGN->getRoot();
+  }
+  typedef std::pair<const clang::Decl*, clang::CallGraphNode*> PairTy;
+  typedef std::pointer_to_unary_function<PairTy, clang::CallGraphNode&> DerefFun;
+  // nodes_iterator/begin/end - Allow iteration over all nodes in the graph
+  typedef mapped_iterator<clang::CallGraph::const_iterator,
+                          DerefFun> nodes_iterator;
+
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(const clang::CallGraph *CG) {
+    return map_iterator(CG->begin(), DerefFun(CGdereference));
+  }
+  static nodes_iterator nodes_end(const clang::CallGraph *CG) {
+    return map_iterator(CG->end(), DerefFun(CGdereference));
+  }
+  static clang::CallGraphNode &CGdereference(PairTy P) {
+    return *(P.second);
+  }
+
+  static unsigned size(const clang::CallGraph *CG) {
+    return CG->size();
+  }
+};
+
+} // end llvm namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/CocoaConventions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/CocoaConventions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6a2f13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/CocoaConventions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+//===- CocoaConventions.h - Special handling of Cocoa conventions -*- C++ -*--//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements cocoa naming convention analysis. 
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_DS_COCOA
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_DS_COCOA
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class FunctionDecl;
+class QualType;
+  
+namespace ento {
+namespace cocoa {
+  
+  bool isRefType(QualType RetTy, StringRef Prefix,
+                 StringRef Name = StringRef());
+    
+  bool isCocoaObjectRef(QualType T);
+
+}
+
+namespace coreFoundation {
+  bool isCFObjectRef(QualType T);
+  
+  bool followsCreateRule(const FunctionDecl *FD);
+}
+
+}} // end: "clang:ento"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/ObjCNoReturn.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/ObjCNoReturn.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..930c2bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/ObjCNoReturn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+//= ObjCNoReturn.h - Handling of Cocoa APIs known not to return --*- C++ -*---//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements special handling of recognizing ObjC API hooks that
+// do not return but aren't marked as such in API headers.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_DS_OBJCNORETURN
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_DS_OBJCNORETURN
+
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTContext;
+class ObjCMessageExpr;
+  
+class ObjCNoReturn {
+  /// Cached "raise" selector.
+  Selector RaiseSel;
+
+  /// Cached identifier for "NSException".
+  IdentifierInfo *NSExceptionII;
+
+  enum { NUM_RAISE_SELECTORS = 2 };
+
+  /// Cached set of selectors in NSException that are 'noreturn'.
+  Selector NSExceptionInstanceRaiseSelectors[NUM_RAISE_SELECTORS];
+
+public:
+  ObjCNoReturn(ASTContext &C);
+  
+  /// Return true if the given message expression is known to never
+  /// return.
+  bool isImplicitNoReturn(const ObjCMessageExpr *ME);
+};
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/FlowSensitive/DataflowSolver.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/FlowSensitive/DataflowSolver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f5e7bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/FlowSensitive/DataflowSolver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+//===--- DataflowSolver.h - Skeleton Dataflow Analysis Code -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines skeleton code for implementing dataflow analyses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSES_DATAFLOW_SOLVER
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSES_DATAFLOW_SOLVER
+
+#include "functional" // STL
+#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/FlowSensitive/DataflowValues.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// DataflowWorkListTy - Data structure representing the worklist used for
+///  dataflow algorithms.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class DataflowWorkListTy {
+  llvm::DenseMap<const CFGBlock*, unsigned char> BlockSet;
+  SmallVector<const CFGBlock *, 10> BlockQueue;
+public:
+  /// enqueue - Add a block to the worklist.  Blocks already on the
+  ///  worklist are not added a second time.
+  void enqueue(const CFGBlock *B) {
+    unsigned char &x = BlockSet[B];
+    if (x == 1)
+      return;
+    x = 1;
+    BlockQueue.push_back(B);
+  }
+
+  /// dequeue - Remove a block from the worklist.
+  const CFGBlock *dequeue() {
+    assert(!BlockQueue.empty());
+    const CFGBlock *B = BlockQueue.back();
+    BlockQueue.pop_back();
+    BlockSet[B] = 0;
+    return B;
+  }
+
+  /// isEmpty - Return true if the worklist is empty.
+  bool isEmpty() const { return BlockQueue.empty(); }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// BlockItrTraits - Traits classes that allow transparent iteration
+//  over successors/predecessors of a block depending on the direction
+//  of our dataflow analysis.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace dataflow {
+template<typename Tag> struct ItrTraits {};
+
+template <> struct ItrTraits<forward_analysis_tag> {
+  typedef CFGBlock::const_pred_iterator PrevBItr;
+  typedef CFGBlock::const_succ_iterator NextBItr;
+  typedef CFGBlock::const_iterator      StmtItr;
+
+  static PrevBItr PrevBegin(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->pred_begin(); }
+  static PrevBItr PrevEnd(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->pred_end(); }
+
+  static NextBItr NextBegin(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->succ_begin(); }
+  static NextBItr NextEnd(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->succ_end(); }
+
+  static StmtItr StmtBegin(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->begin(); }
+  static StmtItr StmtEnd(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->end(); }
+
+  static BlockEdge PrevEdge(const CFGBlock *B, const CFGBlock *Prev) {
+    return BlockEdge(Prev, B, 0);
+  }
+
+  static BlockEdge NextEdge(const CFGBlock *B, const CFGBlock *Next) {
+    return BlockEdge(B, Next, 0);
+  }
+};
+
+template <> struct ItrTraits<backward_analysis_tag> {
+  typedef CFGBlock::const_succ_iterator    PrevBItr;
+  typedef CFGBlock::const_pred_iterator    NextBItr;
+  typedef CFGBlock::const_reverse_iterator StmtItr;
+
+  static PrevBItr PrevBegin(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->succ_begin(); }
+  static PrevBItr PrevEnd(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->succ_end(); }
+
+  static NextBItr NextBegin(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->pred_begin(); }
+  static NextBItr NextEnd(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->pred_end(); }
+
+  static StmtItr StmtBegin(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->rbegin(); }
+  static StmtItr StmtEnd(const CFGBlock *B) { return B->rend(); }
+
+  static BlockEdge PrevEdge(const CFGBlock *B, const CFGBlock *Prev) {
+    return BlockEdge(B, Prev, 0);
+  }
+
+  static BlockEdge NextEdge(const CFGBlock *B, const CFGBlock *Next) {
+    return BlockEdge(Next, B, 0);
+  }
+};
+} // end namespace dataflow
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// DataflowSolverTy - Generic dataflow solver.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename _DFValuesTy,      // Usually a subclass of DataflowValues
+          typename _TransferFuncsTy,
+          typename _MergeOperatorTy,
+          typename _Equal = std::equal_to<typename _DFValuesTy::ValTy> >
+class DataflowSolver {
+
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Type declarations.
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+
+public:
+  typedef _DFValuesTy                              DFValuesTy;
+  typedef _TransferFuncsTy                         TransferFuncsTy;
+  typedef _MergeOperatorTy                         MergeOperatorTy;
+
+  typedef typename _DFValuesTy::AnalysisDirTag     AnalysisDirTag;
+  typedef typename _DFValuesTy::ValTy              ValTy;
+  typedef typename _DFValuesTy::EdgeDataMapTy      EdgeDataMapTy;
+  typedef typename _DFValuesTy::BlockDataMapTy     BlockDataMapTy;
+
+  typedef dataflow::ItrTraits<AnalysisDirTag>      ItrTraits;
+  typedef typename ItrTraits::NextBItr             NextBItr;
+  typedef typename ItrTraits::PrevBItr             PrevBItr;
+  typedef typename ItrTraits::StmtItr              StmtItr;
+
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+  // External interface: constructing and running the solver.
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+
+public:
+  DataflowSolver(DFValuesTy& d) : D(d), TF(d.getAnalysisData()) {}
+  ~DataflowSolver() {}
+
+  /// runOnCFG - Computes dataflow values for all blocks in a CFG.
+  void runOnCFG(CFG& cfg, bool recordStmtValues = false) {
+    // Set initial dataflow values and boundary conditions.
+    D.InitializeValues(cfg);
+    // Solve the dataflow equations.  This will populate D.EdgeDataMap
+    // with dataflow values.
+    SolveDataflowEquations(cfg, recordStmtValues);
+  }
+
+  /// runOnBlock - Computes dataflow values for a given block.  This
+  ///  should usually be invoked only after previously computing
+  ///  dataflow values using runOnCFG, as runOnBlock is intended to
+  ///  only be used for querying the dataflow values within a block
+  ///  with and Observer object.
+  void runOnBlock(const CFGBlock *B, bool recordStmtValues) {
+    BlockDataMapTy& M = D.getBlockDataMap();
+    typename BlockDataMapTy::iterator I = M.find(B);
+
+    if (I != M.end()) {
+      TF.getVal().copyValues(I->second);
+      ProcessBlock(B, recordStmtValues, AnalysisDirTag());
+    }
+  }
+
+  void runOnBlock(const CFGBlock &B, bool recordStmtValues) {
+    runOnBlock(&B, recordStmtValues);
+  }
+  void runOnBlock(CFG::iterator &I, bool recordStmtValues) {
+    runOnBlock(*I, recordStmtValues);
+  }
+  void runOnBlock(CFG::const_iterator &I, bool recordStmtValues) {
+    runOnBlock(*I, recordStmtValues);
+  }
+
+  void runOnAllBlocks(const CFG& cfg, bool recordStmtValues = false) {
+    for (CFG::const_iterator I=cfg.begin(), E=cfg.end(); I!=E; ++I)
+      runOnBlock(I, recordStmtValues);
+  }
+
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Internal solver logic.
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+
+private:
+
+  /// SolveDataflowEquations - Perform the actual worklist algorithm
+  ///  to compute dataflow values.
+  void SolveDataflowEquations(CFG& cfg, bool recordStmtValues) {
+    EnqueueBlocksOnWorklist(cfg, AnalysisDirTag());
+
+    while (!WorkList.isEmpty()) {
+      const CFGBlock *B = WorkList.dequeue();
+      ProcessMerge(cfg, B);
+      ProcessBlock(B, recordStmtValues, AnalysisDirTag());
+      UpdateEdges(cfg, B, TF.getVal());
+    }
+  }
+
+  void EnqueueBlocksOnWorklist(CFG &cfg, dataflow::forward_analysis_tag) {
+    // Enqueue all blocks to ensure the dataflow values are computed
+    // for every block.  Not all blocks are guaranteed to reach the exit block.
+    for (CFG::iterator I=cfg.begin(), E=cfg.end(); I!=E; ++I)
+      WorkList.enqueue(&**I);
+  }
+
+  void EnqueueBlocksOnWorklist(CFG &cfg, dataflow::backward_analysis_tag) {
+    // Enqueue all blocks to ensure the dataflow values are computed
+    // for every block.  Not all blocks are guaranteed to reach the exit block.
+    // Enqueue in reverse order since that will more likely match with
+    // the order they should ideally processed by the dataflow algorithm.
+    for (CFG::reverse_iterator I=cfg.rbegin(), E=cfg.rend(); I!=E; ++I)
+      WorkList.enqueue(&**I);
+  }
+
+  void ProcessMerge(CFG& cfg, const CFGBlock *B) {
+    ValTy& V = TF.getVal();
+    TF.SetTopValue(V);
+
+    // Merge dataflow values from all predecessors of this block.
+    MergeOperatorTy Merge;
+
+    EdgeDataMapTy& M = D.getEdgeDataMap();
+    bool firstMerge = true;
+    bool noEdges = true;
+    for (PrevBItr I=ItrTraits::PrevBegin(B),E=ItrTraits::PrevEnd(B); I!=E; ++I){
+
+      CFGBlock *PrevBlk = *I;
+
+      if (!PrevBlk)
+        continue;
+
+      typename EdgeDataMapTy::iterator EI =
+        M.find(ItrTraits::PrevEdge(B, PrevBlk));
+
+      if (EI != M.end()) {
+        noEdges = false;
+        if (firstMerge) {
+          firstMerge = false;
+          V.copyValues(EI->second);
+        }
+        else
+          Merge(V, EI->second);
+      }
+    }
+
+    bool isInitialized = true;
+    typename BlockDataMapTy::iterator BI = D.getBlockDataMap().find(B);
+    if(BI == D.getBlockDataMap().end()) {
+      isInitialized = false;
+      BI = D.getBlockDataMap().insert( std::make_pair(B,ValTy()) ).first;
+    }
+    // If no edges have been found, it means this is the first time the solver 
+    // has been called on block B, we copy the initialization values (if any)
+    // as current value for V (which will be used as edge data)
+    if(noEdges && isInitialized) 
+      Merge(V, BI->second);
+
+    // Set the data for the block.
+    BI->second.copyValues(V);
+  }
+
+  /// ProcessBlock - Process the transfer functions for a given block.
+  void ProcessBlock(const CFGBlock *B, bool recordStmtValues,
+                    dataflow::forward_analysis_tag) {
+
+    TF.setCurrentBlock(B);
+    
+    for (StmtItr I=ItrTraits::StmtBegin(B), E=ItrTraits::StmtEnd(B); I!=E;++I) {
+      CFGElement El = *I;
+      if (const CFGStmt *S = El.getAs<CFGStmt>())
+        ProcessStmt(S->getStmt(), recordStmtValues, AnalysisDirTag());
+    }
+
+    TF.VisitTerminator(const_cast<CFGBlock*>(B));
+  }
+
+  void ProcessBlock(const CFGBlock *B, bool recordStmtValues,
+                    dataflow::backward_analysis_tag) {
+
+    TF.setCurrentBlock(B);
+    
+    TF.VisitTerminator(const_cast<CFGBlock*>(B));
+
+    for (StmtItr I=ItrTraits::StmtBegin(B), E=ItrTraits::StmtEnd(B); I!=E;++I) {
+      CFGElement El = *I;
+      if (const CFGStmt *S = El.getAs<CFGStmt>())
+        ProcessStmt(S->getStmt(), recordStmtValues, AnalysisDirTag());
+    }
+  }
+
+  void ProcessStmt(const Stmt *S, bool record, dataflow::forward_analysis_tag) {
+    if (record) D.getStmtDataMap()[S] = TF.getVal();
+    TF.BlockStmt_Visit(const_cast<Stmt*>(S));
+  }
+
+  void ProcessStmt(const Stmt *S, bool record, dataflow::backward_analysis_tag){
+    TF.BlockStmt_Visit(const_cast<Stmt*>(S));
+    if (record) D.getStmtDataMap()[S] = TF.getVal();
+  }
+
+  /// UpdateEdges - After processing the transfer functions for a
+  ///   block, update the dataflow value associated with the block's
+  ///   outgoing/incoming edges (depending on whether we do a
+  //    forward/backward analysis respectively)
+  void UpdateEdges(CFG& cfg, const CFGBlock *B, ValTy& V) {
+    for (NextBItr I=ItrTraits::NextBegin(B), E=ItrTraits::NextEnd(B); I!=E; ++I)
+      if (CFGBlock *NextBlk = *I)
+        UpdateEdgeValue(ItrTraits::NextEdge(B, NextBlk),V, NextBlk);
+  }
+
+  /// UpdateEdgeValue - Update the value associated with a given edge.
+  void UpdateEdgeValue(BlockEdge E, ValTy& V, const CFGBlock *TargetBlock) {
+    EdgeDataMapTy& M = D.getEdgeDataMap();
+    typename EdgeDataMapTy::iterator I = M.find(E);
+
+    if (I == M.end()) {  // First computed value for this edge?
+      M[E].copyValues(V);
+      WorkList.enqueue(TargetBlock);
+    }
+    else if (!_Equal()(V,I->second)) {
+      I->second.copyValues(V);
+      WorkList.enqueue(TargetBlock);
+    }
+  }
+
+private:
+  DFValuesTy& D;
+  DataflowWorkListTy WorkList;
+  TransferFuncsTy TF;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/FlowSensitive/DataflowValues.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/FlowSensitive/DataflowValues.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f86b2b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/FlowSensitive/DataflowValues.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+//===--- DataflowValues.h - Data structure for dataflow values --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines a skeleton data structure for encapsulating the dataflow
+// values for a CFG.  Typically this is subclassed to provide methods for
+// computing these values from a CFG.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSES_DATAFLOW_VALUES
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSES_DATAFLOW_VALUES
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// Dataflow Directional Tag Classes.  These are used for tag dispatching
+///  within the dataflow solver/transfer functions to determine what direction
+///  a dataflow analysis flows.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace dataflow {
+  struct forward_analysis_tag {};
+  struct backward_analysis_tag {};
+} // end namespace dataflow
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// DataflowValues.  Container class to store dataflow values for a CFG.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename ValueTypes,
+          typename _AnalysisDirTag = dataflow::forward_analysis_tag >
+class DataflowValues {
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Type declarations.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+public:
+  typedef typename ValueTypes::ValTy               ValTy;
+  typedef typename ValueTypes::AnalysisDataTy      AnalysisDataTy;
+  typedef _AnalysisDirTag                          AnalysisDirTag;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ProgramPoint, ValTy>      EdgeDataMapTy;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const CFGBlock*, ValTy>   BlockDataMapTy;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const Stmt*, ValTy>       StmtDataMapTy;
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Predicates.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+public:
+  /// isForwardAnalysis - Returns true if the dataflow values are computed
+  ///  from a forward analysis.
+  bool isForwardAnalysis() { return isForwardAnalysis(AnalysisDirTag()); }
+
+  /// isBackwardAnalysis - Returns true if the dataflow values are computed
+  ///  from a backward analysis.
+  bool isBackwardAnalysis() { return !isForwardAnalysis(); }
+
+private:
+  bool isForwardAnalysis(dataflow::forward_analysis_tag)  { return true; }
+  bool isForwardAnalysis(dataflow::backward_analysis_tag) { return false; }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Initialization and accessors methods.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+public:
+  DataflowValues() : StmtDataMap(NULL) {}
+  ~DataflowValues() { delete StmtDataMap; }
+
+  /// InitializeValues - Invoked by the solver to initialize state needed for
+  ///  dataflow analysis.  This method is usually specialized by subclasses.
+  void InitializeValues(const CFG& cfg) {}
+
+
+  /// getEdgeData - Retrieves the dataflow values associated with a
+  ///  CFG edge.
+  ValTy& getEdgeData(const BlockEdge &E) {
+    typename EdgeDataMapTy::iterator I = EdgeDataMap.find(E);
+    assert (I != EdgeDataMap.end() && "No data associated with Edge.");
+    return I->second;
+  }
+
+  const ValTy& getEdgeData(const BlockEdge &E) const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<DataflowValues*>(this)->getEdgeData(E);
+  }
+
+  /// getBlockData - Retrieves the dataflow values associated with a
+  ///  specified CFGBlock.  If the dataflow analysis is a forward analysis,
+  ///  this data is associated with the END of the block.  If the analysis
+  ///  is a backwards analysis, it is associated with the ENTRY of the block.
+  ValTy& getBlockData(const CFGBlock *B) {
+    typename BlockDataMapTy::iterator I = BlockDataMap.find(B);
+    assert (I != BlockDataMap.end() && "No data associated with block.");
+    return I->second;
+  }
+
+  const ValTy& getBlockData(const CFGBlock *B) const {
+    return const_cast<DataflowValues*>(this)->getBlockData(B);
+  }
+
+  /// getStmtData - Retrieves the dataflow values associated with a
+  ///  specified Stmt.  If the dataflow analysis is a forward analysis,
+  ///  this data corresponds to the point immediately before a Stmt.
+  ///  If the analysis is a backwards analysis, it is associated with
+  ///  the point after a Stmt.  This data is only computed for block-level
+  ///  expressions, and only when requested when the analysis is executed.
+  ValTy& getStmtData(const Stmt *S) {
+    assert (StmtDataMap && "Dataflow values were not computed for statements.");
+    typename StmtDataMapTy::iterator I = StmtDataMap->find(S);
+    assert (I != StmtDataMap->end() && "No data associated with statement.");
+    return I->second;
+  }
+
+  const ValTy& getStmtData(const Stmt *S) const {
+    return const_cast<DataflowValues*>(this)->getStmtData(S);
+  }
+
+  /// getEdgeDataMap - Retrieves the internal map between CFG edges and
+  ///  dataflow values.  Usually used by a dataflow solver to compute
+  ///  values for blocks.
+  EdgeDataMapTy& getEdgeDataMap() { return EdgeDataMap; }
+  const EdgeDataMapTy& getEdgeDataMap() const { return EdgeDataMap; }
+
+  /// getBlockDataMap - Retrieves the internal map between CFGBlocks and
+  /// dataflow values.  If the dataflow analysis operates in the forward
+  /// direction, the values correspond to the dataflow values at the start
+  /// of the block.  Otherwise, for a backward analysis, the values correpsond
+  /// to the dataflow values at the end of the block.
+  BlockDataMapTy& getBlockDataMap() { return BlockDataMap; }
+  const BlockDataMapTy& getBlockDataMap() const { return BlockDataMap; }
+
+  /// getStmtDataMap - Retrieves the internal map between Stmts and
+  /// dataflow values.
+  StmtDataMapTy& getStmtDataMap() {
+    if (!StmtDataMap) StmtDataMap = new StmtDataMapTy();
+    return *StmtDataMap;
+  }
+
+  const StmtDataMapTy& getStmtDataMap() const {
+    return const_cast<DataflowValues*>(this)->getStmtDataMap();
+  }
+
+  /// getAnalysisData - Retrieves the meta data associated with a
+  ///  dataflow analysis for analyzing a particular CFG.
+  ///  This is typically consumed by transfer function code (via the solver).
+  ///  This can also be used by subclasses to interpret the dataflow values.
+  AnalysisDataTy& getAnalysisData() { return AnalysisData; }
+  const AnalysisDataTy& getAnalysisData() const { return AnalysisData; }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Internal data.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+protected:
+  EdgeDataMapTy      EdgeDataMap;
+  BlockDataMapTy     BlockDataMap;
+  StmtDataMapTy*     StmtDataMap;
+  AnalysisDataTy     AnalysisData;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..333329d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,704 @@
+//==- ProgramPoint.h - Program Points for Path-Sensitive Analysis --*- C++ -*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the interface ProgramPoint, which identifies a
+//  distinct location in a function.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_PROGRAM_POINT
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_PROGRAM_POINT
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class AnalysisDeclContext;
+class FunctionDecl;
+class LocationContext;
+class ProgramPointTag;
+  
+class ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  enum Kind { BlockEdgeKind,
+              BlockEntranceKind,
+              BlockExitKind,
+              PreStmtKind,
+              PreStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind,
+              PostStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind,
+              PostStmtKind,
+              PreLoadKind,
+              PostLoadKind,
+              PreStoreKind,
+              PostStoreKind,
+              PostConditionKind,
+              PostLValueKind,
+              MinPostStmtKind = PostStmtKind,
+              MaxPostStmtKind = PostLValueKind,
+              PostInitializerKind,
+              CallEnterKind,
+              CallExitBeginKind,
+              CallExitEndKind,
+              PreImplicitCallKind,
+              PostImplicitCallKind,
+              MinImplicitCallKind = PreImplicitCallKind,
+              MaxImplicitCallKind = PostImplicitCallKind,
+              EpsilonKind};
+
+private:
+  const void *Data1;
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<const void *, 2, unsigned> Data2;
+
+  // The LocationContext could be NULL to allow ProgramPoint to be used in
+  // context insensitive analysis.
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<const LocationContext *, 2, unsigned> L;
+
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<const ProgramPointTag *, 2, unsigned> Tag;
+
+protected:
+  ProgramPoint() {}
+  ProgramPoint(const void *P,
+               Kind k,
+               const LocationContext *l,
+               const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : Data1(P),
+      Data2(0, (((unsigned) k) >> 0) & 0x3),
+      L(l, (((unsigned) k) >> 2) & 0x3),
+      Tag(tag, (((unsigned) k) >> 4) & 0x3) {
+        assert(getKind() == k);
+        assert(getLocationContext() == l);
+        assert(getData1() == P);
+      }
+        
+  ProgramPoint(const void *P1,
+               const void *P2,
+               Kind k,
+               const LocationContext *l,
+               const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : Data1(P1),
+      Data2(P2, (((unsigned) k) >> 0) & 0x3),
+      L(l, (((unsigned) k) >> 2) & 0x3),
+      Tag(tag, (((unsigned) k) >> 4) & 0x3) {}
+
+protected:
+  const void *getData1() const { return Data1; }
+  const void *getData2() const { return Data2.getPointer(); }
+  void setData2(const void *d) { Data2.setPointer(d); }
+
+public:
+  /// Create a new ProgramPoint object that is the same as the original
+  /// except for using the specified tag value.
+  ProgramPoint withTag(const ProgramPointTag *tag) const {
+    return ProgramPoint(getData1(), getData2(), getKind(),
+                        getLocationContext(), tag);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Convert to the specified ProgramPoint type, asserting that this
+  /// ProgramPoint is of the desired type.
+  template<typename T>
+  T castAs() const {
+    assert(T::isKind(*this));
+    T t;
+    ProgramPoint& PP = t;
+    PP = *this;
+    return t;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Convert to the specified ProgramPoint type, returning None if this
+  /// ProgramPoint is not of the desired type.
+  template<typename T>
+  Optional<T> getAs() const {
+    if (!T::isKind(*this))
+      return None;
+    T t;
+    ProgramPoint& PP = t;
+    PP = *this;
+    return t;
+  }
+
+  Kind getKind() const {
+    unsigned x = Tag.getInt();
+    x <<= 2;
+    x |= L.getInt();
+    x <<= 2;
+    x |= Data2.getInt();
+    return (Kind) x;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Is this a program point corresponding to purge/removal of dead
+  /// symbols and bindings.
+  bool isPurgeKind() {
+    Kind K = getKind();
+    return (K == PostStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind ||
+            K == PreStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind);
+  }
+
+  const ProgramPointTag *getTag() const { return Tag.getPointer(); }
+
+  const LocationContext *getLocationContext() const {
+    return L.getPointer();
+  }
+
+  // For use with DenseMap.  This hash is probably slow.
+  unsigned getHashValue() const {
+    llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+    Profile(ID);
+    return ID.ComputeHash();
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const ProgramPoint & RHS) const {
+    return Data1 == RHS.Data1 &&
+           Data2 == RHS.Data2 &&
+           L == RHS.L &&
+           Tag == RHS.Tag;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const ProgramPoint &RHS) const {
+    return Data1 != RHS.Data1 ||
+           Data2 != RHS.Data2 ||
+           L != RHS.L ||
+           Tag != RHS.Tag;
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
+    ID.AddInteger((unsigned) getKind());
+    ID.AddPointer(getData1());
+    ID.AddPointer(getData2());
+    ID.AddPointer(getLocationContext());
+    ID.AddPointer(getTag());
+  }
+
+  static ProgramPoint getProgramPoint(const Stmt *S, ProgramPoint::Kind K,
+                                      const LocationContext *LC,
+                                      const ProgramPointTag *tag);
+};
+
+class BlockEntrance : public ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  BlockEntrance(const CFGBlock *B, const LocationContext *L,
+                const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : ProgramPoint(B, BlockEntranceKind, L, tag) {    
+    assert(B && "BlockEntrance requires non-null block");
+  }
+
+  const CFGBlock *getBlock() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const CFGBlock*>(getData1());
+  }
+
+  Optional<CFGElement> getFirstElement() const {
+    const CFGBlock *B = getBlock();
+    return B->empty() ? Optional<CFGElement>() : B->front();
+  }
+  
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  BlockEntrance() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == BlockEntranceKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class BlockExit : public ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  BlockExit(const CFGBlock *B, const LocationContext *L)
+    : ProgramPoint(B, BlockExitKind, L) {}
+
+  const CFGBlock *getBlock() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const CFGBlock*>(getData1());
+  }
+
+  const Stmt *getTerminator() const {
+    return getBlock()->getTerminator();
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  BlockExit() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == BlockExitKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class StmtPoint : public ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  StmtPoint(const Stmt *S, const void *p2, Kind k, const LocationContext *L,
+            const ProgramPointTag *tag)
+    : ProgramPoint(S, p2, k, L, tag) {
+    assert(S);
+  }
+
+  const Stmt *getStmt() const { return (const Stmt*) getData1(); }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  const T* getStmtAs() const { return dyn_cast<T>(getStmt()); }
+
+protected:
+  StmtPoint() {}
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    unsigned k = Location.getKind();
+    return k >= PreStmtKind && k <= MaxPostStmtKind;
+  }
+};
+
+
+class PreStmt : public StmtPoint {
+public:
+  PreStmt(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L, const ProgramPointTag *tag,
+          const Stmt *SubStmt = 0)
+    : StmtPoint(S, SubStmt, PreStmtKind, L, tag) {}
+
+  const Stmt *getSubStmt() const { return (const Stmt*) getData2(); }
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PreStmt() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == PreStmtKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class PostStmt : public StmtPoint {
+protected:
+  PostStmt() {}
+  PostStmt(const Stmt *S, const void *data, Kind k, const LocationContext *L,
+           const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : StmtPoint(S, data, k, L, tag) {}
+
+public:
+  explicit PostStmt(const Stmt *S, Kind k, 
+                    const LocationContext *L, const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : StmtPoint(S, NULL, k, L, tag) {}
+
+  explicit PostStmt(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L,
+                    const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : StmtPoint(S, NULL, PostStmtKind, L, tag) {}
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    unsigned k = Location.getKind();
+    return k >= MinPostStmtKind && k <= MaxPostStmtKind;
+  }
+};
+
+// PostCondition represents the post program point of a branch condition.
+class PostCondition : public PostStmt {
+public:
+  PostCondition(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L,
+                const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : PostStmt(S, PostConditionKind, L, tag) {}
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PostCondition() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == PostConditionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class LocationCheck : public StmtPoint {
+protected:
+  LocationCheck() {}
+  LocationCheck(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L,
+                ProgramPoint::Kind K, const ProgramPointTag *tag)
+    : StmtPoint(S, NULL, K, L, tag) {}
+    
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &location) {
+    unsigned k = location.getKind();
+    return k == PreLoadKind || k == PreStoreKind;
+  }
+};
+  
+class PreLoad : public LocationCheck {
+public:
+  PreLoad(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L,
+          const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : LocationCheck(S, L, PreLoadKind, tag) {}
+  
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PreLoad() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &location) {
+    return location.getKind() == PreLoadKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class PreStore : public LocationCheck {
+public:
+  PreStore(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L,
+           const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+  : LocationCheck(S, L, PreStoreKind, tag) {}
+  
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PreStore() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &location) {
+    return location.getKind() == PreStoreKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class PostLoad : public PostStmt {
+public:
+  PostLoad(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L,
+           const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : PostStmt(S, PostLoadKind, L, tag) {}
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PostLoad() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == PostLoadKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a program point after a store evaluation.
+class PostStore : public PostStmt {
+public:
+  /// Construct the post store point.
+  /// \param Loc can be used to store the information about the location 
+  /// used in the form it was uttered in the code.
+  PostStore(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L, const void *Loc,
+            const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : PostStmt(S, PostStoreKind, L, tag) {
+    assert(getData2() == 0);
+    setData2(Loc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the information about the location used in the store,
+  /// how it was uttered in the code.
+  const void *getLocationValue() const {
+    return getData2();
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PostStore() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == PostStoreKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class PostLValue : public PostStmt {
+public:
+  PostLValue(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L,
+             const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : PostStmt(S, PostLValueKind, L, tag) {}
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PostLValue() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == PostLValueKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Represents a point after we ran remove dead bindings BEFORE
+/// processing the given statement.
+class PreStmtPurgeDeadSymbols : public StmtPoint {
+public:
+  PreStmtPurgeDeadSymbols(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L,
+                       const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : StmtPoint(S, 0, PreStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind, L, tag) { }
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PreStmtPurgeDeadSymbols() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == PreStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Represents a point after we ran remove dead bindings AFTER
+/// processing the  given statement.
+class PostStmtPurgeDeadSymbols : public StmtPoint {
+public:
+  PostStmtPurgeDeadSymbols(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *L,
+                       const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : StmtPoint(S, 0, PostStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind, L, tag) { }
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PostStmtPurgeDeadSymbols() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == PostStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class BlockEdge : public ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  BlockEdge(const CFGBlock *B1, const CFGBlock *B2, const LocationContext *L)
+    : ProgramPoint(B1, B2, BlockEdgeKind, L) {
+    assert(B1 && "BlockEdge: source block must be non-null");
+    assert(B2 && "BlockEdge: destination block must be non-null");    
+  }
+
+  const CFGBlock *getSrc() const {
+    return static_cast<const CFGBlock*>(getData1());
+  }
+
+  const CFGBlock *getDst() const {
+    return static_cast<const CFGBlock*>(getData2());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  BlockEdge() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == BlockEdgeKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class PostInitializer : public ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  /// \brief Construct a PostInitializer point that represents a location after
+  ///   CXXCtorInitializer expression evaluation.
+  ///
+  /// \param I The initializer.
+  /// \param Loc The location of the field being initialized.
+  PostInitializer(const CXXCtorInitializer *I,
+                  const void *Loc,
+                  const LocationContext *L)
+    : ProgramPoint(I, Loc, PostInitializerKind, L) {}
+
+  const CXXCtorInitializer *getInitializer() const {
+    return static_cast<const CXXCtorInitializer *>(getData1());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the location of the field.
+  const void *getLocationValue() const {
+    return getData2();
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PostInitializer() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == PostInitializerKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Represents an implicit call event.
+///
+/// The nearest statement is provided for diagnostic purposes.
+class ImplicitCallPoint : public ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  ImplicitCallPoint(const Decl *D, SourceLocation Loc, Kind K,
+                    const LocationContext *L, const ProgramPointTag *Tag)
+    : ProgramPoint(Loc.getPtrEncoding(), D, K, L, Tag) {}
+
+  const Decl *getDecl() const { return static_cast<const Decl *>(getData2()); }
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const {
+    return SourceLocation::getFromPtrEncoding(getData1());
+  }
+
+protected:
+  ImplicitCallPoint() {}
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() >= MinImplicitCallKind &&
+           Location.getKind() <= MaxImplicitCallKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Represents a program point just before an implicit call event.
+///
+/// Explicit calls will appear as PreStmt program points.
+class PreImplicitCall : public ImplicitCallPoint {
+public:
+  PreImplicitCall(const Decl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
+                  const LocationContext *L, const ProgramPointTag *Tag = 0)
+    : ImplicitCallPoint(D, Loc, PreImplicitCallKind, L, Tag) {}
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PreImplicitCall() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == PreImplicitCallKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Represents a program point just after an implicit call event.
+///
+/// Explicit calls will appear as PostStmt program points.
+class PostImplicitCall : public ImplicitCallPoint {
+public:
+  PostImplicitCall(const Decl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
+                   const LocationContext *L, const ProgramPointTag *Tag = 0)
+    : ImplicitCallPoint(D, Loc, PostImplicitCallKind, L, Tag) {}
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  PostImplicitCall() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == PostImplicitCallKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Represents a point when we begin processing an inlined call.
+/// CallEnter uses the caller's location context.
+class CallEnter : public ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  CallEnter(const Stmt *stmt, const StackFrameContext *calleeCtx, 
+            const LocationContext *callerCtx)
+    : ProgramPoint(stmt, calleeCtx, CallEnterKind, callerCtx, 0) {}
+
+  const Stmt *getCallExpr() const {
+    return static_cast<const Stmt *>(getData1());
+  }
+
+  const StackFrameContext *getCalleeContext() const {
+    return static_cast<const StackFrameContext *>(getData2());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  CallEnter() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == CallEnterKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Represents a point when we start the call exit sequence (for inlined call).
+///
+/// The call exit is simulated with a sequence of nodes, which occur between
+/// CallExitBegin and CallExitEnd. The following operations occur between the
+/// two program points:
+/// - CallExitBegin
+/// - Bind the return value
+/// - Run Remove dead bindings (to clean up the dead symbols from the callee).
+/// - CallExitEnd
+class CallExitBegin : public ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  // CallExitBegin uses the callee's location context.
+  CallExitBegin(const StackFrameContext *L)
+    : ProgramPoint(0, CallExitBeginKind, L, 0) {}
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  CallExitBegin() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == CallExitBeginKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Represents a point when we finish the call exit sequence (for inlined call).
+/// \sa CallExitBegin
+class CallExitEnd : public ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  // CallExitEnd uses the caller's location context.
+  CallExitEnd(const StackFrameContext *CalleeCtx,
+              const LocationContext *CallerCtx)
+    : ProgramPoint(CalleeCtx, CallExitEndKind, CallerCtx, 0) {}
+
+  const StackFrameContext *getCalleeContext() const {
+    return static_cast<const StackFrameContext *>(getData1());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  CallExitEnd() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == CallExitEndKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// This is a meta program point, which should be skipped by all the diagnostic
+/// reasoning etc.
+class EpsilonPoint : public ProgramPoint {
+public:
+  EpsilonPoint(const LocationContext *L, const void *Data1,
+               const void *Data2 = 0, const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0)
+    : ProgramPoint(Data1, Data2, EpsilonKind, L, tag) {}
+
+  const void *getData() const { return getData1(); }
+
+private:
+  friend class ProgramPoint;
+  EpsilonPoint() {}
+  static bool isKind(const ProgramPoint &Location) {
+    return Location.getKind() == EpsilonKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// ProgramPoints can be "tagged" as representing points specific to a given
+/// analysis entity.  Tags are abstract annotations, with an associated
+/// description and potentially other information.
+class ProgramPointTag {
+public:
+  ProgramPointTag(void *tagKind = 0) : TagKind(tagKind) {}
+  virtual ~ProgramPointTag();
+  virtual StringRef getTagDescription() const = 0;    
+
+protected:
+  /// Used to implement 'isKind' in subclasses.
+  const void *getTagKind() { return TagKind; }
+  
+private:
+  const void *TagKind;
+};
+  
+class SimpleProgramPointTag : public ProgramPointTag {
+  std::string desc;
+public:
+  SimpleProgramPointTag(StringRef description);
+  StringRef getTagDescription() const;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+
+namespace llvm { // Traits specialization for DenseMap
+
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::ProgramPoint> {
+
+static inline clang::ProgramPoint getEmptyKey() {
+  uintptr_t x =
+   reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(DenseMapInfo<void*>::getEmptyKey()) & ~0x7;
+  return clang::BlockEntrance(reinterpret_cast<clang::CFGBlock*>(x), 0);
+}
+
+static inline clang::ProgramPoint getTombstoneKey() {
+  uintptr_t x =
+   reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(DenseMapInfo<void*>::getTombstoneKey()) & ~0x7;
+  return clang::BlockEntrance(reinterpret_cast<clang::CFGBlock*>(x), 0);
+}
+
+static unsigned getHashValue(const clang::ProgramPoint &Loc) {
+  return Loc.getHashValue();
+}
+
+static bool isEqual(const clang::ProgramPoint &L,
+                    const clang::ProgramPoint &R) {
+  return L == R;
+}
+
+};
+  
+template <>
+struct isPodLike<clang::ProgramPoint> { static const bool value = true; };
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Support/BlkExprDeclBitVector.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Support/BlkExprDeclBitVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35cc799
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Support/BlkExprDeclBitVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+// BlkExprDeclBitVector.h - Dataflow types for Bitvector Analysis --*- C++ --*--
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file provides definition of dataflow types used by analyses such
+// as LiveVariables and UninitializedValues.  The underlying dataflow values
+// are implemented as bitvectors, but the definitions in this file include
+// the necessary boilerplate to use with our dataflow framework.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_STMTDECLBVDVAL_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_STMTDECLBVDVAL_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h" // for Decl* -> NamedDecl* conversion
+#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+  class Stmt;
+  class ASTContext;
+
+struct DeclBitVector_Types {
+
+  class Idx {
+    unsigned I;
+  public:
+    explicit Idx(unsigned i) : I(i) {}
+    Idx() : I(~0U) {}
+
+    bool isValid() const {
+      return I != ~0U;
+    }
+    operator unsigned() const {
+      assert (isValid());
+      return I;
+    }
+  };
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // AnalysisDataTy - Whole-function meta data.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  class AnalysisDataTy {
+  public:
+    typedef llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl*, unsigned > DMapTy;
+    typedef DMapTy::const_iterator decl_iterator;
+
+  protected:
+    DMapTy DMap;
+    unsigned NDecls;
+
+  public:
+
+    AnalysisDataTy() : NDecls(0) {}
+    virtual ~AnalysisDataTy() {}
+
+    bool isTracked(const NamedDecl *SD) { return DMap.find(SD) != DMap.end(); }
+
+    Idx getIdx(const NamedDecl *SD) const {
+      DMapTy::const_iterator I = DMap.find(SD);
+      return I == DMap.end() ? Idx() : Idx(I->second);
+    }
+
+    unsigned getNumDecls() const { return NDecls; }
+
+    void Register(const NamedDecl *SD) {
+      if (!isTracked(SD)) DMap[SD] = NDecls++;
+    }
+
+    decl_iterator begin_decl() const { return DMap.begin(); }
+    decl_iterator end_decl() const { return DMap.end(); }
+  };
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // ValTy - Dataflow value.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  class ValTy {
+    llvm::BitVector DeclBV;
+  public:
+
+    void resetDeclValues(AnalysisDataTy& AD) {
+      DeclBV.resize(AD.getNumDecls());
+      DeclBV.reset();
+    }
+
+    void setDeclValues(AnalysisDataTy& AD) {
+      DeclBV.resize(AD.getNumDecls());
+      DeclBV.set();
+    }
+
+    void resetValues(AnalysisDataTy& AD) {
+      resetDeclValues(AD);
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const ValTy& RHS) const {
+      assert (sizesEqual(RHS));
+      return DeclBV == RHS.DeclBV;
+    }
+
+    void copyValues(const ValTy& RHS) { DeclBV = RHS.DeclBV; }
+
+    llvm::BitVector::reference getBit(unsigned i) {
+      return DeclBV[i];
+    }
+
+    bool getBit(unsigned i) const {
+      return DeclBV[i];
+    }
+
+    llvm::BitVector::reference
+    operator()(const NamedDecl *ND, const AnalysisDataTy& AD) {
+      return getBit(AD.getIdx(ND));
+    }
+
+    bool operator()(const NamedDecl *ND, const AnalysisDataTy& AD) const {
+      return getBit(AD.getIdx(ND));
+    }
+
+    llvm::BitVector::reference getDeclBit(unsigned i) { return DeclBV[i]; }
+    const llvm::BitVector::reference getDeclBit(unsigned i) const {
+      return const_cast<llvm::BitVector&>(DeclBV)[i];
+    }
+
+    ValTy& operator|=(const ValTy& RHS) {
+      assert (sizesEqual(RHS));
+      DeclBV |= RHS.DeclBV;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    ValTy& operator&=(const ValTy& RHS) {
+      assert (sizesEqual(RHS));
+      DeclBV &= RHS.DeclBV;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    ValTy& OrDeclBits(const ValTy& RHS) {
+      return operator|=(RHS);
+    }
+
+    ValTy& AndDeclBits(const ValTy& RHS) {
+      return operator&=(RHS);
+    }
+
+    bool sizesEqual(const ValTy& RHS) const {
+      return DeclBV.size() == RHS.DeclBV.size();
+    }
+  };
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Some useful merge operations.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  struct Union { void operator()(ValTy& Dst, ValTy& Src) { Dst |= Src; } };
+  struct Intersect { void operator()(ValTy& Dst, ValTy& Src) { Dst &= Src; } };
+};
+
+
+struct StmtDeclBitVector_Types {
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // AnalysisDataTy - Whole-function meta data.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  class AnalysisDataTy : public DeclBitVector_Types::AnalysisDataTy {
+    ASTContext *ctx;
+    CFG* cfg;
+  public:
+    AnalysisDataTy() : ctx(0), cfg(0) {}
+    virtual ~AnalysisDataTy() {}
+
+    void setContext(ASTContext &c) { ctx = &c; }
+    ASTContext &getContext() {
+      assert(ctx && "ASTContext should not be NULL.");
+      return *ctx;
+    }
+
+    void setCFG(CFG& c) { cfg = &c; }
+    CFG& getCFG() { assert(cfg && "CFG should not be NULL."); return *cfg; }
+
+    bool isTracked(const Stmt *S) { return cfg->isBlkExpr(S); }
+    using DeclBitVector_Types::AnalysisDataTy::isTracked;
+
+    unsigned getIdx(const Stmt *S) const {
+      CFG::BlkExprNumTy I = cfg->getBlkExprNum(S);
+      assert(I && "Stmtession not tracked for bitvector.");
+      return I;
+    }
+    using DeclBitVector_Types::AnalysisDataTy::getIdx;
+
+    unsigned getNumBlkExprs() const { return cfg->getNumBlkExprs(); }
+  };
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // ValTy - Dataflow value.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  class ValTy : public DeclBitVector_Types::ValTy {
+    llvm::BitVector BlkExprBV;
+    typedef DeclBitVector_Types::ValTy ParentTy;
+
+    static inline ParentTy& ParentRef(ValTy& X) {
+      return static_cast<ParentTy&>(X);
+    }
+
+    static inline const ParentTy& ParentRef(const ValTy& X) {
+      return static_cast<const ParentTy&>(X);
+    }
+
+  public:
+
+    void resetBlkExprValues(AnalysisDataTy& AD) {
+      BlkExprBV.resize(AD.getNumBlkExprs());
+      BlkExprBV.reset();
+    }
+
+    void setBlkExprValues(AnalysisDataTy& AD) {
+      BlkExprBV.resize(AD.getNumBlkExprs());
+      BlkExprBV.set();
+    }
+
+    void resetValues(AnalysisDataTy& AD) {
+      resetDeclValues(AD);
+      resetBlkExprValues(AD);
+    }
+
+    void setValues(AnalysisDataTy& AD) {
+      setDeclValues(AD);
+      setBlkExprValues(AD);
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const ValTy& RHS) const {
+      return ParentRef(*this) == ParentRef(RHS)
+          && BlkExprBV == RHS.BlkExprBV;
+    }
+
+    void copyValues(const ValTy& RHS) {
+      ParentRef(*this).copyValues(ParentRef(RHS));
+      BlkExprBV = RHS.BlkExprBV;
+    }
+
+    llvm::BitVector::reference
+    operator()(const Stmt *S, const AnalysisDataTy& AD) {
+      return BlkExprBV[AD.getIdx(S)];
+    }
+    const llvm::BitVector::reference
+    operator()(const Stmt *S, const AnalysisDataTy& AD) const {
+      return const_cast<ValTy&>(*this)(S,AD);
+    }
+
+    using DeclBitVector_Types::ValTy::operator();
+
+
+    llvm::BitVector::reference getStmtBit(unsigned i) { return BlkExprBV[i]; }
+    const llvm::BitVector::reference getStmtBit(unsigned i) const {
+      return const_cast<llvm::BitVector&>(BlkExprBV)[i];
+    }
+
+    ValTy& OrBlkExprBits(const ValTy& RHS) {
+      BlkExprBV |= RHS.BlkExprBV;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    ValTy& AndBlkExprBits(const ValTy& RHS) {
+      BlkExprBV &= RHS.BlkExprBV;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    ValTy& operator|=(const ValTy& RHS) {
+      assert (sizesEqual(RHS));
+      ParentRef(*this) |= ParentRef(RHS);
+      BlkExprBV |= RHS.BlkExprBV;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    ValTy& operator&=(const ValTy& RHS) {
+      assert (sizesEqual(RHS));
+      ParentRef(*this) &= ParentRef(RHS);
+      BlkExprBV &= RHS.BlkExprBV;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    bool sizesEqual(const ValTy& RHS) const {
+      return ParentRef(*this).sizesEqual(ParentRef(RHS))
+          && BlkExprBV.size() == RHS.BlkExprBV.size();
+    }
+  };
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Some useful merge operations.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  struct Union { void operator()(ValTy& Dst, ValTy& Src) { Dst |= Src; } };
+  struct Intersect { void operator()(ValTy& Dst, ValTy& Src) { Dst &= Src; } };
+
+};
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Support/BumpVector.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Support/BumpVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..387e779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Support/BumpVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+//===-- BumpVector.h - Vector-like ADT that uses bump allocation --*- C++ -*-=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file provides BumpVector, a vector-like ADT whose contents are
+//  allocated from a BumpPtrAllocator.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// FIXME: Most of this is copy-and-paste from SmallVector.h.  We can
+// refactor this core logic into something common that is shared between
+// the two.  The main thing that is different is the allocation strategy.
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BUMP_VECTOR
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BUMP_VECTOR
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <memory>
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+class BumpVectorContext {
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::BumpPtrAllocator*, 1> Alloc;
+public:
+  /// Construct a new BumpVectorContext that creates a new BumpPtrAllocator
+  /// and destroys it when the BumpVectorContext object is destroyed.
+  BumpVectorContext() : Alloc(new llvm::BumpPtrAllocator(), 1) {}
+  
+  /// Construct a new BumpVectorContext that reuses an existing
+  /// BumpPtrAllocator.  This BumpPtrAllocator is not destroyed when the
+  /// BumpVectorContext object is destroyed.
+  BumpVectorContext(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &A) : Alloc(&A, 0) {}
+  
+  ~BumpVectorContext() {
+    if (Alloc.getInt())
+      delete Alloc.getPointer();
+  }
+  
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &getAllocator() { return *Alloc.getPointer(); }
+};
+  
+template<typename T>
+class BumpVector {
+  T *Begin, *End, *Capacity;
+public:
+  // Default ctor - Initialize to empty.
+  explicit BumpVector(BumpVectorContext &C, unsigned N)
+  : Begin(NULL), End(NULL), Capacity(NULL) {
+    reserve(C, N);
+  }
+  
+  ~BumpVector() {
+    if (llvm::is_class<T>::value) {
+      // Destroy the constructed elements in the vector.
+      destroy_range(Begin, End);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  typedef size_t size_type;
+  typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
+  typedef T value_type;
+  typedef T* iterator;
+  typedef const T* const_iterator;
+  
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<const_iterator>  const_reverse_iterator;
+  typedef std::reverse_iterator<iterator>  reverse_iterator;
+  
+  typedef T& reference;
+  typedef const T& const_reference;
+  typedef T* pointer;
+  typedef const T* const_pointer;
+  
+  // forward iterator creation methods.
+  iterator begin() { return Begin; }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Begin; }
+  iterator end() { return End; }
+  const_iterator end() const { return End; }
+  
+  // reverse iterator creation methods.
+  reverse_iterator rbegin()            { return reverse_iterator(end()); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const{ return const_reverse_iterator(end()); }
+  reverse_iterator rend()              { return reverse_iterator(begin()); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return const_reverse_iterator(begin());}
+    
+  bool empty() const { return Begin == End; }
+  size_type size() const { return End-Begin; }
+
+  reference operator[](unsigned idx) {
+    assert(Begin + idx < End);
+    return Begin[idx];
+  }
+  const_reference operator[](unsigned idx) const {
+    assert(Begin + idx < End);
+    return Begin[idx];
+  }
+  
+  reference front() {
+    return begin()[0];
+  }
+  const_reference front() const {
+    return begin()[0];
+  }
+  
+  reference back() {
+    return end()[-1];
+  }
+  const_reference back() const {
+    return end()[-1];
+  }
+  
+  void pop_back() {
+    --End;
+    End->~T();
+  }
+  
+  T pop_back_val() {
+    T Result = back();
+    pop_back();
+    return Result;
+  }
+  
+  void clear() {
+    if (llvm::is_class<T>::value) {
+      destroy_range(Begin, End);
+    }
+    End = Begin;
+  }
+  
+  /// data - Return a pointer to the vector's buffer, even if empty().
+  pointer data() {
+    return pointer(Begin);
+  }
+  
+  /// data - Return a pointer to the vector's buffer, even if empty().
+  const_pointer data() const {
+    return const_pointer(Begin);
+  }
+  
+  void push_back(const_reference Elt, BumpVectorContext &C) {
+    if (End < Capacity) {
+    Retry:
+      new (End) T(Elt);
+      ++End;
+      return;
+    }
+    grow(C);
+    goto Retry;    
+  }
+
+  /// insert - Insert some number of copies of element into a position. Return
+  /// iterator to position after last inserted copy.
+  iterator insert(iterator I, size_t Cnt, const_reference E,
+      BumpVectorContext &C) {
+    assert (I >= Begin && I <= End && "Iterator out of bounds.");
+    if (End + Cnt <= Capacity) {
+    Retry:
+      move_range_right(I, End, Cnt);
+      construct_range(I, I + Cnt, E);
+      End += Cnt;
+      return I + Cnt;
+    }
+    ptrdiff_t D = I - Begin;
+    grow(C, size() + Cnt);
+    I = Begin + D;
+    goto Retry;
+  }
+
+  void reserve(BumpVectorContext &C, unsigned N) {
+    if (unsigned(Capacity-Begin) < N)
+      grow(C, N);
+  }
+
+  /// capacity - Return the total number of elements in the currently allocated
+  /// buffer.
+  size_t capacity() const { return Capacity - Begin; }  
+    
+private:
+  /// grow - double the size of the allocated memory, guaranteeing space for at
+  /// least one more element or MinSize if specified.
+  void grow(BumpVectorContext &C, size_type MinSize = 1);
+  
+  void construct_range(T *S, T *E, const T &Elt) {
+    for (; S != E; ++S)
+      new (S) T(Elt);
+  }
+  
+  void destroy_range(T *S, T *E) {
+    while (S != E) {
+      --E;
+      E->~T();
+    }
+  }
+
+  void move_range_right(T *S, T *E, size_t D) {
+    for (T *I = E + D - 1, *IL = S + D - 1; I != IL; --I) {
+      --E;
+      new (I) T(*E);
+      E->~T();
+    }
+  }
+};
+  
+// Define this out-of-line to dissuade the C++ compiler from inlining it.
+template <typename T>
+void BumpVector<T>::grow(BumpVectorContext &C, size_t MinSize) {
+  size_t CurCapacity = Capacity-Begin;
+  size_t CurSize = size();
+  size_t NewCapacity = 2*CurCapacity;
+  if (NewCapacity < MinSize)
+    NewCapacity = MinSize;
+
+  // Allocate the memory from the BumpPtrAllocator.
+  T *NewElts = C.getAllocator().template Allocate<T>(NewCapacity);
+  
+  // Copy the elements over.
+  if (llvm::is_class<T>::value) {
+    std::uninitialized_copy(Begin, End, NewElts);
+    // Destroy the original elements.
+    destroy_range(Begin, End);
+  }
+  else {
+    // Use memcpy for PODs (std::uninitialized_copy optimizes to memmove).
+    memcpy(NewElts, Begin, CurSize * sizeof(T));
+  }
+
+  // For now, leak 'Begin'.  We can add it back to a freelist in
+  // BumpVectorContext.
+  Begin = NewElts;
+  End = NewElts+CurSize;
+  Capacity = Begin+NewCapacity;
+}
+
+} // end: clang namespace
+#endif // end: LLVM_CLANG_BUMP_VECTOR
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGRecStmtDeclVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGRecStmtDeclVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bf3eda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGRecStmtDeclVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+//= CFGRecStmtDeclVisitor - Recursive visitor of CFG stmts/decls -*- C++ --*-=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the template class CFGRecStmtDeclVisitor, which extends
+// CFGRecStmtVisitor by implementing (typed) visitation of decls.
+//
+// FIXME: This may not be fully complete.  We currently explore only subtypes
+//        of ScopedDecl.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_CFG_REC_STMT_DECL_VISITOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_CFG_REC_STMT_DECL_VISITOR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGRecStmtVisitor.h"
+
+#define DISPATCH_CASE(CLASS)                                  \
+case Decl::CLASS:                                             \
+static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->Visit##CLASS##Decl(            \
+                               static_cast<CLASS##Decl*>(D)); \
+break;
+
+#define DEFAULT_DISPATCH(CLASS) void Visit##CLASS##Decl(CLASS##Decl *D) {}
+#define DEFAULT_DISPATCH_VARDECL(CLASS) void Visit##CLASS##Decl(CLASS##Decl *D)\
+  { static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->VisitVarDecl(D); }
+
+
+namespace clang {
+template <typename ImplClass>
+class CFGRecStmtDeclVisitor : public CFGRecStmtVisitor<ImplClass> {
+public:
+
+  void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DR) {
+    static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->VisitDecl(DR->getDecl());
+  }
+
+  void VisitDeclStmt(DeclStmt *DS) {
+    for (DeclStmt::decl_iterator DI = DS->decl_begin(), DE = DS->decl_end();
+        DI != DE; ++DI) {
+      Decl *D = *DI;
+      static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->VisitDecl(D);
+      // Visit the initializer.
+      if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
+        if (Expr *I = VD->getInit())
+          static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->Visit(I);
+    }
+  }
+
+  void VisitDecl(Decl *D) {
+    switch (D->getKind()) {
+        DISPATCH_CASE(Function)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(CXXMethod)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(Var)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(ParmVar)       // FIXME: (same)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(ImplicitParam)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(EnumConstant)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(Typedef)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(TypeAlias)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(Record)    // FIXME: Refine.  VisitStructDecl?
+        DISPATCH_CASE(CXXRecord)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(Enum)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(Field)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(UsingDirective)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(Using)
+        DISPATCH_CASE(NamespaceAlias)
+      default:
+        llvm_unreachable("Subtype of ScopedDecl not handled.");
+    }
+  }
+
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(Var)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(Function)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(CXXMethod)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH_VARDECL(ParmVar)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(ImplicitParam)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(EnumConstant)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(Typedef)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(TypeAlias)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(Record)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(Enum)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(Field)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(ObjCInterface)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(ObjCMethod)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(ObjCProtocol)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(ObjCCategory)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(UsingDirective)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(Using)
+  DEFAULT_DISPATCH(NamespaceAlias)
+
+  void VisitCXXRecordDecl(CXXRecordDecl *D) {
+    static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->VisitRecordDecl(D);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#undef DISPATCH_CASE
+#undef DEFAULT_DISPATCH
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGRecStmtVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGRecStmtVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d1cabf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGRecStmtVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+//==- CFGRecStmtVisitor - Recursive visitor of CFG statements ---*- C++ --*-==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the template class CFGRecStmtVisitor, which extends
+// CFGStmtVisitor by implementing a default recursive visit of all statements.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_CFG_REC_STMT_VISITOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_CFG_REC_STMT_VISITOR_H
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGStmtVisitor.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+template <typename ImplClass>
+class CFGRecStmtVisitor : public CFGStmtVisitor<ImplClass,void> {
+public:
+
+  void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
+    static_cast< ImplClass* >(this)->VisitChildren(S);
+  }
+  
+  void VisitCompoundStmt(CompoundStmt *S) {
+    // Do nothing.  Everything in a CompoundStmt is inlined
+    // into the CFG.
+  }
+  
+  void VisitConditionVariableInit(Stmt *S) {
+    assert(S == this->getCurrentBlkStmt());
+    VarDecl *CondVar = 0;
+    switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
+#define CONDVAR_CASE(CLASS) \
+case Stmt::CLASS ## Class:\
+CondVar = cast<CLASS>(S)->getConditionVariable();\
+break;
+        CONDVAR_CASE(IfStmt)
+        CONDVAR_CASE(ForStmt)
+        CONDVAR_CASE(SwitchStmt)
+        CONDVAR_CASE(WhileStmt)
+#undef CONDVAR_CASE
+      default:
+        llvm_unreachable("Infeasible");
+    }    
+    static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->Visit(CondVar->getInit());
+  }
+
+  // Defining operator() allows the visitor to be used as a C++ style functor.
+  void operator()(Stmt *S) { static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_Visit(S);}
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGStmtVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGStmtVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b354ba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Analysis/Visitors/CFGStmtVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+//===--- CFGStmtVisitor.h - Visitor for Stmts in a CFG ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the CFGStmtVisitor interface, which extends
+//  StmtVisitor.  This interface is useful for visiting statements in a CFG
+//  where some statements have implicit control-flow and thus should
+//  be treated specially.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_CFGSTMTVISITOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_CFGSTMTVISITOR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+#define DISPATCH_CASE(CLASS) \
+case Stmt::CLASS ## Class: return \
+static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_Visit ## CLASS(static_cast<CLASS*>(S));
+
+#define DEFAULT_BLOCKSTMT_VISIT(CLASS) RetTy BlockStmt_Visit ## CLASS(CLASS *S)\
+{ return\
+  static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitImplicitControlFlowExpr(\
+  cast<Expr>(S)); }
+
+template <typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
+class CFGStmtVisitor : public StmtVisitor<ImplClass,RetTy> {
+  Stmt *CurrentBlkStmt;
+
+  struct NullifyStmt {
+    Stmt*& S;
+
+    NullifyStmt(Stmt*& s) : S(s) {}
+    ~NullifyStmt() { S = NULL; }
+  };
+
+public:
+  CFGStmtVisitor() : CurrentBlkStmt(NULL) {}
+
+  Stmt *getCurrentBlkStmt() const { return CurrentBlkStmt; }
+
+  RetTy Visit(Stmt *S) {
+    if (S == CurrentBlkStmt ||
+        !static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->getCFG().isBlkExpr(S))
+      return StmtVisitor<ImplClass,RetTy>::Visit(S);
+    else
+      return RetTy();
+  }
+  
+  /// VisitConditionVariableInit - Handle the initialization of condition
+  ///  variables at branches.  Valid statements include IfStmt, ForStmt,
+  ///  WhileStmt, and SwitchStmt.
+  RetTy VisitConditionVariableInit(Stmt *S) {
+    return RetTy();
+  }
+
+  /// BlockVisit_XXX - Visitor methods for visiting the "root" statements in
+  /// CFGBlocks.  Root statements are the statements that appear explicitly in
+  /// the list of statements in a CFGBlock.  For substatements, or when there
+  /// is no implementation provided for a BlockStmt_XXX method, we default
+  /// to using StmtVisitor's Visit method.
+  RetTy BlockStmt_Visit(Stmt *S) {
+    CurrentBlkStmt = S;
+    NullifyStmt cleanup(CurrentBlkStmt);
+
+    switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
+      case Stmt::IfStmtClass:
+      case Stmt::ForStmtClass:
+      case Stmt::WhileStmtClass:
+      case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass:
+        return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->VisitConditionVariableInit(S);
+
+      DISPATCH_CASE(StmtExpr)
+      DISPATCH_CASE(ConditionalOperator)
+      DISPATCH_CASE(BinaryConditionalOperator)
+      DISPATCH_CASE(ObjCForCollectionStmt)
+      DISPATCH_CASE(CXXForRangeStmt)
+
+      case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
+        BinaryOperator* B = cast<BinaryOperator>(S);
+        if (B->isLogicalOp())
+          return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitLogicalOp(B);
+        else if (B->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
+          return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitComma(B);
+        // Fall through.
+      }
+
+      default:
+        if (isa<Expr>(S))
+          return
+            static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitExpr(cast<Expr>(S));
+        else
+          return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitStmt(S);
+    }
+  }
+
+  DEFAULT_BLOCKSTMT_VISIT(StmtExpr)
+  DEFAULT_BLOCKSTMT_VISIT(ConditionalOperator)
+  DEFAULT_BLOCKSTMT_VISIT(BinaryConditionalOperator)
+
+  RetTy BlockStmt_VisitObjCForCollectionStmt(ObjCForCollectionStmt *S) {
+    return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitStmt(S);
+  }
+
+  RetTy BlockStmt_VisitCXXForRangeStmt(CXXForRangeStmt *S) {
+    return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitStmt(S);
+  }
+
+  RetTy BlockStmt_VisitImplicitControlFlowExpr(Expr *E) {
+    return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitExpr(E);
+  }
+
+  RetTy BlockStmt_VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
+    return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitStmt(E);
+  }
+
+  RetTy BlockStmt_VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
+    return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->Visit(S);
+  }
+
+  RetTy BlockStmt_VisitLogicalOp(BinaryOperator* B) {
+    return
+     static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitImplicitControlFlowExpr(B);
+  }
+
+  RetTy BlockStmt_VisitComma(BinaryOperator* B) {
+    return
+     static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->BlockStmt_VisitImplicitControlFlowExpr(B);
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Utility methods.  Not called by default (but subclasses may use them).
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// VisitChildren: Call "Visit" on each child of S.
+  void VisitChildren(Stmt *S) {
+
+    switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
+      default:
+        break;
+
+      case Stmt::StmtExprClass: {
+        CompoundStmt *CS = cast<StmtExpr>(S)->getSubStmt();
+        if (CS->body_empty()) return;
+        static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->Visit(CS->body_back());
+        return;
+      }
+
+      case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
+        BinaryOperator* B = cast<BinaryOperator>(S);
+        if (B->getOpcode() != BO_Comma) break;
+        static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->Visit(B->getRHS());
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    for (Stmt::child_range I = S->children(); I; ++I)
+      if (*I) static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)->Visit(*I);
+  }
+};
+
+#undef DEFAULT_BLOCKSTMT_VISIT
+#undef DISPATCH_CASE
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ABI.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ABI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fecf613
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ABI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+//===----- ABI.h - ABI related declarations ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Enums/classes describing ABI related information about constructors,
+/// destructors and thunks.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_BASIC_ABI_H
+#define CLANG_BASIC_ABI_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief C++ constructor types.
+enum CXXCtorType {
+    Ctor_Complete,          ///< Complete object ctor
+    Ctor_Base,              ///< Base object ctor
+    Ctor_CompleteAllocating ///< Complete object allocating ctor
+};
+
+/// \brief C++ destructor types.
+enum CXXDtorType {
+    Dtor_Deleting, ///< Deleting dtor
+    Dtor_Complete, ///< Complete object dtor
+    Dtor_Base      ///< Base object dtor
+};
+
+/// \brief A return adjustment.
+struct ReturnAdjustment {
+  /// \brief The non-virtual adjustment from the derived object to its
+  /// nearest virtual base.
+  int64_t NonVirtual;
+  
+  /// \brief The offset (in bytes), relative to the address point 
+  /// of the virtual base class offset.
+  int64_t VBaseOffsetOffset;
+  
+  ReturnAdjustment() : NonVirtual(0), VBaseOffsetOffset(0) { }
+  
+  bool isEmpty() const { return !NonVirtual && !VBaseOffsetOffset; }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const ReturnAdjustment &LHS, 
+                         const ReturnAdjustment &RHS) {
+    return LHS.NonVirtual == RHS.NonVirtual && 
+      LHS.VBaseOffsetOffset == RHS.VBaseOffsetOffset;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator<(const ReturnAdjustment &LHS,
+                        const ReturnAdjustment &RHS) {
+    if (LHS.NonVirtual < RHS.NonVirtual)
+      return true;
+    
+    return LHS.NonVirtual == RHS.NonVirtual && 
+      LHS.VBaseOffsetOffset < RHS.VBaseOffsetOffset;
+  }
+};
+  
+/// \brief A \c this pointer adjustment.
+struct ThisAdjustment {
+  /// \brief The non-virtual adjustment from the derived object to its
+  /// nearest virtual base.
+  int64_t NonVirtual;
+
+  /// \brief The offset (in bytes), relative to the address point,
+  /// of the virtual call offset.
+  int64_t VCallOffsetOffset;
+  
+  ThisAdjustment() : NonVirtual(0), VCallOffsetOffset(0) { }
+
+  bool isEmpty() const { return !NonVirtual && !VCallOffsetOffset; }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const ThisAdjustment &LHS, 
+                         const ThisAdjustment &RHS) {
+    return LHS.NonVirtual == RHS.NonVirtual && 
+      LHS.VCallOffsetOffset == RHS.VCallOffsetOffset;
+  }
+  
+  friend bool operator<(const ThisAdjustment &LHS,
+                        const ThisAdjustment &RHS) {
+    if (LHS.NonVirtual < RHS.NonVirtual)
+      return true;
+    
+    return LHS.NonVirtual == RHS.NonVirtual && 
+      LHS.VCallOffsetOffset < RHS.VCallOffsetOffset;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief The \c this pointer adjustment as well as an optional return
+/// adjustment for a thunk.
+struct ThunkInfo {
+  /// \brief The \c this pointer adjustment.
+  ThisAdjustment This;
+    
+  /// \brief The return adjustment.
+  ReturnAdjustment Return;
+
+  ThunkInfo() { }
+
+  ThunkInfo(const ThisAdjustment &This, const ReturnAdjustment &Return)
+    : This(This), Return(Return) { }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const ThunkInfo &LHS, const ThunkInfo &RHS) {
+    return LHS.This == RHS.This && LHS.Return == RHS.Return;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator<(const ThunkInfo &LHS, const ThunkInfo &RHS) {
+    if (LHS.This < RHS.This)
+      return true;
+      
+    return LHS.This == RHS.This && LHS.Return < RHS.Return;
+  }
+
+  bool isEmpty() const { return This.isEmpty() && Return.isEmpty(); }
+};  
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // CLANG_BASIC_ABI_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b1cea5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+//===--- AddressSpaces.h - Language-specific address spaces -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Provides definitions for the various language-specific address
+/// spaces.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_ADDRESSSPACES_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_ADDRESSSPACES_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace LangAS {
+
+/// \brief Defines the set of possible language-specific address spaces.
+///
+/// This uses a high starting offset so as not to conflict with any address
+/// space used by a target.
+enum ID {
+  Offset = 0xFFFF00,
+
+  opencl_global = Offset,
+  opencl_local,
+  opencl_constant,
+
+  cuda_device,
+  cuda_constant,
+  cuda_shared,
+
+  Last,
+  Count = Last-Offset
+};
+
+/// The type of a lookup table which maps from language-specific address spaces
+/// to target-specific ones.
+typedef unsigned Map[Count];
+
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/AllDiagnostics.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/AllDiagnostics.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7304c8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/AllDiagnostics.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+//===--- AllDiagnostics.h - Aggregate Diagnostic headers --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Includes all the separate Diagnostic headers & some related helpers.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ALL_DIAGNOSTICS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ALL_DIAGNOSTICS_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/DriverDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/LexDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/SemaDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/SerializationDiagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+template <size_t SizeOfStr, typename FieldType>
+class StringSizerHelper {
+  char FIELD_TOO_SMALL[SizeOfStr <= FieldType(~0U) ? 1 : -1];
+public:
+  enum { Size = SizeOfStr };
+};
+} // end namespace clang 
+
+#define STR_SIZE(str, fieldTy) clang::StringSizerHelper<sizeof(str)-1, \
+                                                        fieldTy>::Size 
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Attr.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Attr.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37aa332
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Attr.td
@@ -0,0 +1,981 @@
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Note: This file is a work in progress. Please do not apply non-trivial
+// updates unless you have talked to Sean Hunt <rideau3@gmail.com> prior.
+// Merely adding a new attribute is a trivial update.
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// An attribute's subject is whatever it appertains to. In this file, it is
+// more accurately a list of things that an attribute can appertain to. All
+// Decls and Stmts are possibly AttrSubjects (even though the syntax may not
+// allow attributes on a given Decl or Stmt).
+class AttrSubject;
+
+include "clang/Basic/DeclNodes.td"
+include "clang/Basic/StmtNodes.td"
+
+// A subset-subject is an AttrSubject constrained to operate only on some subset
+// of that subject.
+//
+// The description is used in output messages to specify what the subject
+// represents. FIXME: Deal with translation issues.
+//
+// The code fragment is a boolean expression that will confirm that the subject
+// meets the requirements; the subject will have the name S, and will have the
+// type specified by the base. It should be a simple boolean expression.
+class SubsetSubject<AttrSubject base, string description, code check>
+    : AttrSubject {
+  AttrSubject Base = base;
+  string Description = description;
+  code CheckCode = check;
+}
+
+// This is the type of a variable which C++11 allows alignas(...) to appertain
+// to.
+def NormalVar : SubsetSubject<Var, "non-register, non-parameter variable",
+                              [{S->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Register &&
+                                S->getKind() != Decl::ImplicitParam &&
+                                S->getKind() != Decl::ParmVar &&
+                                S->getKind() != Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm}]>;
+def CXXVirtualMethod : SubsetSubject<CXXRecord, "virtual member function",
+                                     [{S->isVirtual()}]>;
+def NonBitField : SubsetSubject<Field, "non-bit field",
+                                [{!S->isBitField()}]>;
+
+// A single argument to an attribute
+class Argument<string name> {
+  string Name = name;
+}
+
+class BoolArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+class IdentifierArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+class IntArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+class StringArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+class ExprArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+class FunctionArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+class TypeArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+class UnsignedArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+class SourceLocArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+class VariadicUnsignedArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+class VariadicExprArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+
+// A version of the form major.minor[.subminor].
+class VersionArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+
+// This one's a doozy, so it gets its own special type
+// It can be an unsigned integer, or a type. Either can
+// be dependent.
+class AlignedArgument<string name> : Argument<name>;
+
+// An integer argument with a default value
+class DefaultIntArgument<string name, int default> : IntArgument<name> {
+  int Default = default;
+}
+
+// This argument is more complex, it includes the enumerator type name,
+// a list of strings to accept, and a list of enumerators to map them to.
+class EnumArgument<string name, string type, list<string> values,
+                         list<string> enums> : Argument<name> {
+  string Type = type;
+  list<string> Values = values;
+  list<string> Enums = enums;
+}
+
+// This handles one spelling of an attribute.
+class Spelling<string name, string variety> {
+  string Name = name;
+  string Variety = variety;
+}
+
+class GNU<string name> : Spelling<name, "GNU">;
+class Declspec<string name> : Spelling<name, "Declspec">;
+class CXX11<string namespace, string name> : Spelling<name, "CXX11"> {
+  string Namespace = namespace;
+}
+class Keyword<string name> : Spelling<name, "Keyword">;
+
+class Accessor<string name, list<Spelling> spellings> {
+  string Name = name;
+  list<Spelling> Spellings = spellings;
+}
+
+class Attr {
+  // The various ways in which an attribute can be spelled in source
+  list<Spelling> Spellings;
+  // The things to which an attribute can appertain
+  list<AttrSubject> Subjects;
+  // The arguments allowed on an attribute
+  list<Argument> Args = [];
+  // Accessors which should be generated for the attribute.
+  list<Accessor> Accessors = [];
+  // Set to true for attributes with arguments which require delayed parsing.
+  bit LateParsed = 0;
+  // Set to false to prevent an attribute from being propagated from a template
+  // to the instantiation.
+  bit Clone = 1;
+  // Set to true for attributes which must be instantiated within templates
+  bit TemplateDependent = 0;
+  // Set to true for attributes that have a corresponding AST node.
+  bit ASTNode = 1;
+  // Set to true for attributes which have handler in Sema.
+  bit SemaHandler = 1;
+  // Set to true for attributes that are completely ignored.
+  bit Ignored = 0;
+  // Set to true if each of the spellings is a distinct attribute.
+  bit DistinctSpellings = 0;
+  // Any additional text that should be included verbatim in the class.
+  code AdditionalMembers = [{}];
+}
+
+/// An inheritable attribute is inherited by later redeclarations.
+class InheritableAttr : Attr;
+
+/// An inheritable parameter attribute is inherited by later
+/// redeclarations, even when it's written on a parameter.
+class InheritableParamAttr : InheritableAttr;
+
+/// An ignored attribute, which we parse but discard with no checking.
+class IgnoredAttr : Attr {
+  let Ignored = 1;
+  let ASTNode = 0;
+  let SemaHandler = 0;
+}
+
+//
+// Attributes begin here
+//
+
+def AddressSpace : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"address_space">];
+  let Args = [IntArgument<"AddressSpace">];
+  let ASTNode = 0;
+}
+
+def Alias : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"alias">, CXX11<"gnu", "alias">];
+  let Args = [StringArgument<"Aliasee">];
+}
+
+def Aligned : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"aligned">, Declspec<"align">, CXX11<"gnu", "aligned">,
+                   Keyword<"alignas">, Keyword<"_Alignas">];
+  let Subjects = [NonBitField, NormalVar, Tag];
+  let Args = [AlignedArgument<"Alignment">];
+  let Accessors = [Accessor<"isGNU", [GNU<"aligned">, CXX11<"gnu","aligned">]>,
+                   Accessor<"isC11", [Keyword<"_Alignas">]>,
+                   Accessor<"isAlignas", [Keyword<"alignas">,
+                                          Keyword<"_Alignas">]>,
+                   Accessor<"isDeclspec",[Declspec<"align">]>];
+}
+
+def AlignMac68k : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [];
+  let SemaHandler = 0;
+}
+
+def AllocSize : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"alloc_size">, CXX11<"gnu", "alloc_size">];
+  let Args = [VariadicUnsignedArgument<"Args">];
+}
+
+def AlwaysInline : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"always_inline">, CXX11<"gnu", "always_inline">];
+}
+
+def TLSModel : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"tls_model">, CXX11<"gnu", "tls_model">];
+  let Subjects = [Var];
+  let Args = [StringArgument<"Model">];
+}
+
+def AnalyzerNoReturn : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"analyzer_noreturn">];
+}
+
+def Annotate : InheritableParamAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"annotate">];
+  let Args = [StringArgument<"Annotation">];
+}
+
+def AsmLabel : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [];
+  let Args = [StringArgument<"Label">];
+  let SemaHandler = 0;
+}
+
+def Availability : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"availability">];
+  let Args = [IdentifierArgument<"platform">, VersionArgument<"introduced">,
+              VersionArgument<"deprecated">, VersionArgument<"obsoleted">,
+              BoolArgument<"unavailable">, StringArgument<"message">];
+  let AdditionalMembers =
+[{static llvm::StringRef getPrettyPlatformName(llvm::StringRef Platform) {
+    return llvm::StringSwitch<llvm::StringRef>(Platform)
+             .Case("ios", "iOS")
+             .Case("macosx", "OS X")
+             .Default(llvm::StringRef());
+} }];
+}
+
+def Blocks : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"blocks">];
+  let Args = [EnumArgument<"Type", "BlockType", ["byref"], ["ByRef"]>];
+}
+
+def Bounded : IgnoredAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"bounded">];
+}
+
+def CarriesDependency : InheritableParamAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"carries_dependency">, CXX11<"","carries_dependency">,
+                   CXX11<"std","carries_dependency">];
+  let Subjects = [ParmVar, Function];
+}
+
+def CDecl : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"cdecl">, CXX11<"gnu", "cdecl">, Keyword<"__cdecl">,
+                   Keyword<"_cdecl">];
+}
+
+// cf_audited_transfer indicates that the given function has been
+// audited and has been marked with the appropriate cf_consumed and
+// cf_returns_retained attributes.  It is generally applied by
+// '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' rather than explicitly.
+def CFAuditedTransfer : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"cf_audited_transfer">];
+  let Subjects = [Function];
+}
+
+// cf_unknown_transfer is an explicit opt-out of cf_audited_transfer.
+// It indicates that the function has unknown or unautomatable
+// transfer semantics.
+def CFUnknownTransfer : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"cf_unknown_transfer">];
+  let Subjects = [Function];
+}
+
+def CFReturnsRetained : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"cf_returns_retained">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCMethod, Function];
+}
+
+def CFReturnsNotRetained : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"cf_returns_not_retained">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCMethod, Function];
+}
+
+def CFConsumed : InheritableParamAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"cf_consumed">];
+  let Subjects = [ParmVar];
+}
+
+def Cleanup : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"cleanup">, CXX11<"gnu", "cleanup">];
+  let Args = [FunctionArgument<"FunctionDecl">];
+}
+
+def Cold : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"cold">, CXX11<"gnu", "cold">];
+}
+
+def Common : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"common">, CXX11<"gnu", "common">];
+}
+
+def Const : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"const">, GNU<"__const">, CXX11<"gnu", "const">];
+}
+
+def Constructor : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"constructor">, CXX11<"gnu", "constructor">];
+  let Args = [IntArgument<"Priority">];
+}
+
+def CUDAConstant : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"constant">];
+}
+
+def CUDADevice : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"device">];
+}
+
+def CUDAGlobal : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"global">];
+}
+
+def CUDAHost : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"host">];
+}
+
+def CUDALaunchBounds : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"launch_bounds">];
+  let Args = [IntArgument<"MaxThreads">, DefaultIntArgument<"MinBlocks", 0>];
+}
+
+def CUDAShared : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"shared">];
+}
+
+def C11NoReturn : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Keyword<"_Noreturn">];
+  let Subjects = [Function];
+  let SemaHandler = 0;
+}
+
+def CXX11NoReturn : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [CXX11<"","noreturn">, CXX11<"std","noreturn">];
+  let Subjects = [Function];
+}
+
+def OpenCLKernel : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [Keyword<"__kernel">, Keyword<"kernel">];
+}
+
+def OpenCLImageAccess : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"opencl_image_access">];
+  let Args = [IntArgument<"Access">];
+}
+
+def Deprecated : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"deprecated">, CXX11<"gnu", "deprecated">];
+  let Args = [StringArgument<"Message">];
+}
+
+def Destructor : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"destructor">, CXX11<"gnu", "destructor">];
+  let Args = [IntArgument<"Priority">];
+}
+
+def ExtVectorType : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"ext_vector_type">];
+  let Args = [ExprArgument<"NumElements">];
+  let ASTNode = 0;
+}
+
+def FallThrough : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [CXX11<"clang", "fallthrough">];
+  let Subjects = [NullStmt];
+}
+
+def FastCall : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"fastcall">, CXX11<"gnu", "fastcall">,
+                   Keyword<"__fastcall">, Keyword<"_fastcall">];
+}
+
+def Final : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [];
+  let SemaHandler = 0;
+}
+
+def MinSize : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"minsize">];
+  let Subjects = [Function];
+}
+
+def Format : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"format">, CXX11<"gnu", "format">];
+  let Args = [StringArgument<"Type">, IntArgument<"FormatIdx">,
+              IntArgument<"FirstArg">];
+}
+
+def FormatArg : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"format_arg">, CXX11<"gnu", "format_arg">];
+  let Args = [IntArgument<"FormatIdx">];
+}
+
+def GNUInline : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"gnu_inline">, CXX11<"gnu", "gnu_inline">];
+}
+
+def Hot : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"hot">, CXX11<"gnu", "hot">];
+}
+
+def IBAction : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"ibaction">];
+}
+
+def IBOutlet : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"iboutlet">];
+}
+
+def IBOutletCollection : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"iboutletcollection">];
+  let Args = [TypeArgument<"Interface">, SourceLocArgument<"InterfaceLoc">];
+}
+
+def Malloc : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"malloc">, CXX11<"gnu", "malloc">];
+}
+
+def MaxFieldAlignment : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [];
+  let Args = [UnsignedArgument<"Alignment">];
+  let SemaHandler = 0;
+}
+
+def MayAlias : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"may_alias">, CXX11<"gnu", "may_alias">];
+}
+
+def MSP430Interrupt : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [];
+  let Args = [UnsignedArgument<"Number">];
+  let SemaHandler = 0;
+}
+
+def MBlazeInterruptHandler : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [];
+  let SemaHandler = 0;
+}
+
+def MBlazeSaveVolatiles : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [];
+  let SemaHandler = 0;
+}
+
+def Mips16 : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"mips16">, CXX11<"gnu", "mips16">];
+  let Subjects = [Function];
+}
+
+def Mode : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"mode">, CXX11<"gnu", "mode">];
+  let Args = [IdentifierArgument<"Mode">];
+  let ASTNode = 0;
+}
+
+def Naked : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"naked">, CXX11<"gnu", "naked">];
+}
+
+def NeonPolyVectorType : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"neon_polyvector_type">];
+  let Args = [IntArgument<"NumElements">];
+  let ASTNode = 0;
+}
+
+def NeonVectorType : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"neon_vector_type">];
+  let Args = [IntArgument<"NumElements">];
+  let ASTNode = 0;
+}
+
+def ReturnsTwice : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"returns_twice">, CXX11<"gnu", "returns_twice">];
+}
+
+def NoCommon : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"nocommon">, CXX11<"gnu", "nocommon">];
+}
+
+def NoDebug : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"nodebug">];
+}
+
+def NoInline : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"noinline">, CXX11<"gnu", "noinline">];
+}
+
+def NoMips16 : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"nomips16">, CXX11<"gnu", "nomips16">];
+  let Subjects = [Function];
+}
+
+def NonNull : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"nonnull">, CXX11<"gnu", "nonnull">];
+  let Args = [VariadicUnsignedArgument<"Args">];
+  let AdditionalMembers =
+[{bool isNonNull(unsigned idx) const {
+    for (args_iterator i = args_begin(), e = args_end();
+         i != e; ++i)
+      if (*i == idx)
+        return true;
+    return false;
+  } }];
+}
+
+def NoReturn : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"noreturn">, CXX11<"gnu", "noreturn">];
+  // FIXME: Does GCC allow this on the function instead?
+  let Subjects = [Function];
+}
+
+def NoInstrumentFunction : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"no_instrument_function">,
+                   CXX11<"gnu", "no_instrument_function">];
+  let Subjects = [Function];
+}
+
+def NoThrow : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"nothrow">, CXX11<"gnu", "nothrow">];
+}
+
+def NSBridged : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"ns_bridged">];
+  let Subjects = [Record];
+  let Args = [IdentifierArgument<"BridgedType">];
+}
+
+def NSReturnsRetained : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"ns_returns_retained">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCMethod, Function];
+}
+
+def NSReturnsNotRetained : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"ns_returns_not_retained">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCMethod, Function];
+}
+
+def NSReturnsAutoreleased : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"ns_returns_autoreleased">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCMethod, Function];
+}
+
+def NSConsumesSelf : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"ns_consumes_self">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCMethod];
+}
+
+def NSConsumed : InheritableParamAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"ns_consumed">];
+  let Subjects = [ParmVar];
+}
+
+def ObjCException : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"objc_exception">];
+}
+
+def ObjCMethodFamily : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"objc_method_family">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCMethod];
+  let Args = [EnumArgument<"Family", "FamilyKind",
+               ["none", "alloc", "copy", "init", "mutableCopy", "new"],
+               ["OMF_None", "OMF_alloc", "OMF_copy", "OMF_init",
+                "OMF_mutableCopy", "OMF_new"]>];
+}
+
+def ObjCNSObject : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"NSObject">];
+}
+
+def ObjCPreciseLifetime : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"objc_precise_lifetime">];
+  let Subjects = [Var];
+}
+
+def ObjCReturnsInnerPointer : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"objc_returns_inner_pointer">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCMethod];
+}
+
+def ObjCRequiresSuper : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"objc_requires_super">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCMethod];
+}
+
+def ObjCRootClass : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"objc_root_class">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCInterface];
+}
+
+def Overloadable : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"overloadable">];
+}
+
+def Override : InheritableAttr { 
+  let Spellings = [];
+  let SemaHandler = 0;
+}
+
+def Ownership : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"ownership_holds">, GNU<"ownership_returns">,
+                   GNU<"ownership_takes">];
+  let DistinctSpellings = 1;
+  let Args = [EnumArgument<"OwnKind", "OwnershipKind",
+                    ["ownership_holds", "ownership_returns", "ownership_takes"],
+                    ["Holds", "Returns", "Takes"]>,
+              StringArgument<"Module">, VariadicUnsignedArgument<"Args">];
+}
+
+def Packed : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"packed">, CXX11<"gnu", "packed">];
+}
+
+def PnaclCall : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"pnaclcall">];
+}
+
+def IntelOclBicc : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"intel_ocl_bicc">];
+}
+
+def Pcs : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"pcs">, CXX11<"gnu", "pcs">];
+  let Args = [EnumArgument<"PCS", "PCSType",
+                           ["aapcs", "aapcs-vfp"],
+                           ["AAPCS", "AAPCS_VFP"]>];
+}
+
+def Pure : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"pure">, CXX11<"gnu", "pure">];
+}
+
+def Regparm : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"regparm">, CXX11<"gnu", "regparm">];
+  let Args = [UnsignedArgument<"NumParams">];
+}
+
+def ReqdWorkGroupSize : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"reqd_work_group_size">];
+  let Args = [UnsignedArgument<"XDim">, UnsignedArgument<"YDim">,
+              UnsignedArgument<"ZDim">];
+}
+
+def Endian : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"endian">];
+  let Args = [IdentifierArgument<"platform">];
+}
+
+def WorkGroupSizeHint :  InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"work_group_size_hint">];
+  let Args = [UnsignedArgument<"XDim">, 
+              UnsignedArgument<"YDim">,
+              UnsignedArgument<"ZDim">];
+}
+
+def InitPriority : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"init_priority">];
+  let Args = [UnsignedArgument<"Priority">];
+}
+
+def Section : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"section">, CXX11<"gnu", "section">];
+  let Args = [StringArgument<"Name">];
+}
+
+def Sentinel : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"sentinel">, CXX11<"gnu", "sentinel">];
+  let Args = [DefaultIntArgument<"Sentinel", 0>,
+              DefaultIntArgument<"NullPos", 0>];
+}
+
+def StdCall : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"stdcall">, CXX11<"gnu", "stdcall">,
+                   Keyword<"__stdcall">, Keyword<"_stdcall">];
+}
+
+def ThisCall : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"thiscall">, CXX11<"gnu", "thiscall">,
+                   Keyword<"__thiscall">, Keyword<"_thiscall">];
+}
+
+def Pascal : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"pascal">, Keyword<"__pascal">, Keyword<"_pascal">];
+}
+
+def TransparentUnion : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"transparent_union">, CXX11<"gnu", "transparent_union">];
+}
+
+def Unavailable : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"unavailable">];
+  let Args = [StringArgument<"Message">];
+}
+
+def ArcWeakrefUnavailable : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"objc_arc_weak_reference_unavailable">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCInterface];
+}
+
+def ObjCGC : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"objc_gc">];
+  let Args = [IdentifierArgument<"Kind">];
+  let ASTNode = 0;
+}
+
+def ObjCOwnership : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"objc_ownership">];
+  let Args = [IdentifierArgument<"Kind">];
+  let ASTNode = 0;
+}
+
+def ObjCRequiresPropertyDefs : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"objc_requires_property_definitions">];
+  let Subjects = [ObjCInterface];
+}
+
+def Unused : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"unused">, CXX11<"gnu", "unused">];
+}
+
+def Used : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"used">, CXX11<"gnu", "used">];
+}
+
+def Uuid : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"uuid">];
+  let Args = [StringArgument<"Guid">];
+  let Subjects = [CXXRecord];
+}
+
+def VectorSize : Attr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"vector_size">, CXX11<"gnu", "vector_size">];
+  let Args = [ExprArgument<"NumBytes">];
+  let ASTNode = 0;
+}
+
+def VecTypeHint : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"vec_type_hint">];
+  let Args = [TypeArgument<"TypeHint">, SourceLocArgument<"TypeLoc">];
+}
+
+def Visibility : InheritableAttr {
+  let Clone = 0;
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"visibility">, CXX11<"gnu", "visibility">];
+  let Args = [EnumArgument<"Visibility", "VisibilityType",
+                           ["default", "hidden", "internal", "protected"],
+                           ["Default", "Hidden", "Hidden", "Protected"]>];
+}
+
+def TypeVisibility : InheritableAttr {
+  let Clone = 0;
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"type_visibility">, CXX11<"clang", "type_visibility">];
+  let Args = [EnumArgument<"Visibility", "VisibilityType",
+                           ["default", "hidden", "internal", "protected"],
+                           ["Default", "Hidden", "Hidden", "Protected"]>];
+}
+
+def VecReturn : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"vecreturn">];
+  let Subjects = [CXXRecord];
+}
+
+def WarnUnusedResult : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"warn_unused_result">,
+                   CXX11<"clang", "warn_unused_result">,
+                   CXX11<"gnu", "warn_unused_result">];
+}
+
+def Weak : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"weak">, CXX11<"gnu", "weak">];
+}
+
+def WeakImport : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"weak_import">];
+}
+
+def WeakRef : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"weakref">, CXX11<"gnu", "weakref">];
+}
+
+def X86ForceAlignArgPointer : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [];
+}
+
+// Attribute to disable AddressSanitizer (or equivalent) checks.
+def NoSanitizeAddress : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"no_address_safety_analysis">,
+                   GNU<"no_sanitize_address">];
+}
+
+// Attribute to disable ThreadSanitizer checks.
+def NoSanitizeThread : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"no_sanitize_thread">];
+}
+
+// Attribute to disable MemorySanitizer checks.
+def NoSanitizeMemory : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"no_sanitize_memory">];
+}
+
+// C/C++ Thread safety attributes (e.g. for deadlock, data race checking)
+
+def GuardedVar : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"guarded_var">];
+}
+
+def PtGuardedVar : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"pt_guarded_var">];
+}
+
+def Lockable : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"lockable">];
+}
+
+def ScopedLockable : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"scoped_lockable">];
+}
+
+def NoThreadSafetyAnalysis : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"no_thread_safety_analysis">];
+}
+
+def GuardedBy : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"guarded_by">];
+  let Args = [ExprArgument<"Arg">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+def PtGuardedBy : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"pt_guarded_by">];
+  let Args = [ExprArgument<"Arg">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+def AcquiredAfter : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"acquired_after">];
+  let Args = [VariadicExprArgument<"Args">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+def AcquiredBefore : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"acquired_before">];
+  let Args = [VariadicExprArgument<"Args">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+def ExclusiveLockFunction : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"exclusive_lock_function">];
+  let Args = [VariadicExprArgument<"Args">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+def SharedLockFunction : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"shared_lock_function">];
+  let Args = [VariadicExprArgument<"Args">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+// The first argument is an integer or boolean value specifying the return value
+// of a successful lock acquisition.
+def ExclusiveTrylockFunction : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"exclusive_trylock_function">];
+  let Args = [ExprArgument<"SuccessValue">, VariadicExprArgument<"Args">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+// The first argument is an integer or boolean value specifying the return value
+// of a successful lock acquisition.
+def SharedTrylockFunction : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"shared_trylock_function">];
+  let Args = [ExprArgument<"SuccessValue">, VariadicExprArgument<"Args">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+def UnlockFunction : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"unlock_function">];
+  let Args = [VariadicExprArgument<"Args">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+def LockReturned : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"lock_returned">];
+  let Args = [ExprArgument<"Arg">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+def LocksExcluded : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"locks_excluded">];
+  let Args = [VariadicExprArgument<"Args">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+def ExclusiveLocksRequired : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"exclusive_locks_required">];
+  let Args = [VariadicExprArgument<"Args">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+def SharedLocksRequired : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"shared_locks_required">];
+  let Args = [VariadicExprArgument<"Args">];
+  let LateParsed = 1;
+  let TemplateDependent = 1;
+}
+
+// Type safety attributes for `void *' pointers and type tags.
+
+def ArgumentWithTypeTag : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"argument_with_type_tag">,
+                   GNU<"pointer_with_type_tag">];
+  let Args = [IdentifierArgument<"ArgumentKind">,
+              UnsignedArgument<"ArgumentIdx">,
+              UnsignedArgument<"TypeTagIdx">,
+              BoolArgument<"IsPointer">];
+  let Subjects = [Function];
+}
+
+def TypeTagForDatatype : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [GNU<"type_tag_for_datatype">];
+  let Args = [IdentifierArgument<"ArgumentKind">,
+              TypeArgument<"MatchingCType">,
+              BoolArgument<"LayoutCompatible">,
+              BoolArgument<"MustBeNull">];
+  let Subjects = [Var];
+}
+
+// Microsoft-related attributes
+
+def MsStruct : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Declspec<"ms_struct">];
+}
+
+def DLLExport : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Declspec<"dllexport">];
+}
+
+def DLLImport : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Declspec<"dllimport">];
+}
+
+def ForceInline : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Keyword<"__forceinline">];
+}
+
+def Win64 : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Keyword<"__w64">];
+}
+
+def Ptr32 : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Keyword<"__ptr32">];
+}
+
+def Ptr64 : InheritableAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Keyword<"__ptr64">];
+}
+
+class MSInheritanceAttr : InheritableAttr;
+
+def SingleInheritance : MSInheritanceAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Keyword<"__single_inheritance">];
+}
+
+def MultipleInheritance : MSInheritanceAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Keyword<"__multiple_inheritance">];
+}
+
+def VirtualInheritance : MSInheritanceAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Keyword<"__virtual_inheritance">];
+}
+
+// This attribute doesn't have any spellings, but we can apply it implicitly to
+// incomplete types that lack any of the other attributes.
+def UnspecifiedInheritance : MSInheritanceAttr {
+  let Spellings = [];
+}
+
+def Unaligned : IgnoredAttr {
+  let Spellings = [Keyword<"__unaligned">];
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd090ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+//===----- Attr.h - Enum values for C Attribute Kinds ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::attr::Kind enum.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ATTRKINDS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ATTRKINDS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace attr {
+
+// \brief A list of all the recognized kinds of attributes.
+enum Kind {
+#define ATTR(X) X,
+#define LAST_INHERITABLE_ATTR(X) X, LAST_INHERITABLE = X,
+#define LAST_INHERITABLE_PARAM_ATTR(X) X, LAST_INHERITABLE_PARAM = X,
+#define LAST_MS_INHERITABLE_ATTR(X) X, LAST_MS_INHERITABLE = X,
+#include "clang/Basic/AttrList.inc"
+  NUM_ATTRS
+};
+
+} // end namespace attr
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Builtins.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Builtins.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a513ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Builtins.def
@@ -0,0 +1,940 @@
+//===--- Builtins.def - Builtin function info database ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the standard builtin function database.  Users of this file
+// must define the BUILTIN macro to make use of this information.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// FIXME: This should really be a .td file, but that requires modifying tblgen.
+// Perhaps tblgen should have plugins.
+
+// The first value provided to the macro specifies the function name of the
+// builtin, and results in a clang::builtin::BIXX enum value for XX.
+
+// The second value provided to the macro specifies the type of the function
+// (result value, then each argument) as follows:
+//  v -> void
+//  b -> boolean
+//  c -> char
+//  s -> short
+//  i -> int
+//  f -> float
+//  d -> double
+//  z -> size_t
+//  F -> constant CFString
+//  G -> id
+//  H -> SEL
+//  M -> struct objc_super
+//  a -> __builtin_va_list
+//  A -> "reference" to __builtin_va_list
+//  V -> Vector, followed by the number of elements and the base type.
+//  E -> ext_vector, followed by the number of elements and the base type.
+//  X -> _Complex, followed by the base type.
+//  Y -> ptrdiff_t
+//  P -> FILE
+//  J -> jmp_buf
+//  SJ -> sigjmp_buf
+//  K -> ucontext_t
+//  p -> pid_t
+//  . -> "...".  This may only occur at the end of the function list.
+//
+// Types may be prefixed with the following modifiers:
+//  L   -> long (e.g. Li for 'long int')
+//  LL  -> long long
+//  LLL -> __int128_t (e.g. LLLi)
+//  S   -> signed
+//  U   -> unsigned
+//  I   -> Required to constant fold to an integer constant expression.
+//
+// Types may be postfixed with the following modifiers:
+// * -> pointer (optionally followed by an address space number)
+// & -> reference (optionally followed by an address space number)
+// C -> const
+// D -> volatile
+
+// The third value provided to the macro specifies information about attributes
+// of the function.  These must be kept in sync with the predicates in the
+// Builtin::Context class.  Currently we have:
+//  n -> nothrow
+//  r -> noreturn
+//  c -> const
+//  t -> signature is meaningless, use custom typechecking
+//  F -> this is a libc/libm function with a '__builtin_' prefix added.
+//  f -> this is a libc/libm function without the '__builtin_' prefix. It can
+//       be followed by ':headername:' to state which header this function
+//       comes from.
+//  p:N: -> this is a printf-like function whose Nth argument is the format
+//          string.
+//  P:N: -> similar to the p:N: attribute, but the function is like vprintf
+//          in that it accepts its arguments as a va_list rather than
+//          through an ellipsis
+//  s:N: -> this is a scanf-like function whose Nth argument is the format
+//          string.
+//  S:N: -> similar to the s:N: attribute, but the function is like vscanf
+//          in that it accepts its arguments as a va_list rather than
+//          through an ellipsis
+//  e -> const, but only when -fmath-errno=0
+//  j -> returns_twice (like setjmp)
+//  u -> arguments are not evaluated for their side-effects
+//  FIXME: gcc has nonnull
+
+#if defined(BUILTIN) && !defined(LIBBUILTIN)
+#  define LIBBUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER, BUILTIN_LANG) BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
+#endif
+
+// Standard libc/libm functions:
+BUILTIN(__builtin_atan2 , "ddd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_atan2f, "fff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_atan2l, "LdLdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_abs  , "ii"  , "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_copysign, "ddd", "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_copysignf, "fff", "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_copysignl, "LdLdLd", "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fabs , "dd"  , "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fabsf, "ff"  , "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fabsl, "LdLd", "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fmod , "ddd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fmodf, "fff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fmodl, "LdLdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_frexp , "ddi*"  , "Fn")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_frexpf, "ffi*"  , "Fn")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_frexpl, "LdLdi*", "Fn")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_huge_val, "d", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_huge_valf, "f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_huge_vall, "Ld", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_inf  , "d"   , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_inff , "f"   , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_infl , "Ld"  , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_labs , "LiLi"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_llabs, "LLiLLi", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ldexp , "ddi"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ldexpf, "ffi"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ldexpl, "LdLdi", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_modf , "ddd*"  , "Fn")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_modff, "fff*"  , "Fn")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_modfl, "LdLdLd*", "Fn")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nan,  "dcC*" , "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nanf, "fcC*" , "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nanl, "LdcC*", "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nans,  "dcC*" , "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nansf, "fcC*" , "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nansl, "LdcC*", "ncF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_powi , "ddi"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_powif, "ffi"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_powil, "LdLdi", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_pow , "ddd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_powf, "fff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_powl, "LdLdLd", "Fnc")
+
+// Standard unary libc/libm functions with double/float/long double variants:
+BUILTIN(__builtin_acos , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_acosf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_acosl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_acosh , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_acoshf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_acoshl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_asin , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_asinf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_asinl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_asinh , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_asinhf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_asinhl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_atan , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_atanf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_atanl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_atanh , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_atanhf, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_atanhl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cbrt , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cbrtf, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cbrtl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ceil , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ceilf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ceill, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cos , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cosf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cosh , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_coshf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_coshl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cosl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_erf , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_erff, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_erfl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_erfc , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_erfcf, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_erfcl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_exp , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_expf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_expl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_exp2 , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_exp2f, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_exp2l, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_expm1 , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_expm1f, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_expm1l, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fdim, "ddd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fdimf, "fff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fdiml, "LdLdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_floor , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_floorf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_floorl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fma, "dddd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fmaf, "ffff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fmal, "LdLdLdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fmax, "ddd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fmaxf, "fff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fmaxl, "LdLdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fmin, "ddd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fminf, "fff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fminl, "LdLdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_hypot , "ddd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_hypotf, "fff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_hypotl, "LdLdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ilogb , "id", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ilogbf, "if", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ilogbl, "iLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_lgamma , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_lgammaf, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_lgammal, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_llrint, "LLid", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_llrintf, "LLif", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_llrintl, "LLiLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_llround , "LLid", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_llroundf, "LLif", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_llroundl, "LLiLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_log , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_log10 , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_log10f, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_log10l, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_log1p , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_log1pf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_log1pl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_log2, "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_log2f, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_log2l, "LdLd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_logb , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_logbf, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_logbl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_logf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_logl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_lrint , "Lid", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_lrintf, "Lif", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_lrintl, "LiLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_lround , "Lid", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_lroundf, "Lif", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_lroundl, "LiLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nearbyint , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nearbyintf, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nearbyintl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nextafter , "ddd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nextafterf, "fff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nextafterl, "LdLdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nexttoward , "ddd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nexttowardf, "fff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_nexttowardl, "LdLdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_remainder , "ddd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_remainderf, "fff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_remainderl, "LdLdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_remquo , "dddi*", "Fn")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_remquof, "fffi*", "Fn")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_remquol, "LdLdLdi*", "Fn")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_rint , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_rintf, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_rintl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_round, "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_roundf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_roundl, "LdLd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_scalbln , "ddLi", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_scalblnf, "ffLi", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_scalblnl, "LdLdLi", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_scalbn , "ddi", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_scalbnf, "ffi", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_scalbnl, "LdLdi", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_sin , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_sinf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_sinh , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_sinhf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_sinhl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_sinl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_sqrt , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_sqrtf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_sqrtl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_tan , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_tanf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_tanh , "dd"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_tanhf, "ff"  , "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_tanhl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_tanl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_tgamma , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_tgammaf, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_tgammal, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_trunc , "dd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_truncf, "ff", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_truncl, "LdLd", "Fnc")
+
+// C99 complex builtins
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cabs, "dXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cabsf, "fXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cabsl, "LdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cacos, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cacosf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cacosh, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cacoshf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cacoshl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cacosl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_carg, "dXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cargf, "fXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cargl, "LdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_casin, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_casinf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_casinh, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_casinhf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_casinhl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_casinl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_catan, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_catanf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_catanh, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_catanhf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_catanhl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_catanl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ccos, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ccosf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ccosl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ccosh, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ccoshf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ccoshl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cexp, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cexpf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cexpl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cimag, "dXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cimagf, "fXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cimagl, "LdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_conj, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_conjf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_conjl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_clog, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_clogf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_clogl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cproj, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cprojf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cprojl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cpow, "XdXdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cpowf, "XfXfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_cpowl, "XLdXLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_creal, "dXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_crealf, "fXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_creall, "LdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_csin, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_csinf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_csinl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_csinh, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_csinhf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_csinhl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_csqrt, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_csqrtf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_csqrtl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ctan, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ctanf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ctanl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ctanh, "XdXd", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ctanhf, "XfXf", "Fnc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ctanhl, "XLdXLd", "Fnc")
+
+// FP Comparisons.
+BUILTIN(__builtin_isgreater     , "i.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_isgreaterequal, "i.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_isless        , "i.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_islessequal   , "i.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_islessgreater , "i.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_isunordered   , "i.", "nc")
+
+// Unary FP classification
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fpclassify, "iiiii.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_isfinite,   "i.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_isinf,      "i.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_isinf_sign, "i.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_isnan,      "i.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_isnormal,   "i.", "nc")
+
+// FP signbit builtins
+BUILTIN(__builtin_signbit, "id", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_signbitf, "if", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_signbitl, "iLd", "nc")
+
+// Builtins for arithmetic.
+BUILTIN(__builtin_clzs , "iUs"  , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_clz  , "iUi"  , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_clzl , "iULi" , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_clzll, "iULLi", "nc")
+// TODO: int clzimax(uintmax_t)
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ctzs , "iUs"  , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ctz  , "iUi"  , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ctzl , "iULi" , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ctzll, "iULLi", "nc")
+// TODO: int ctzimax(uintmax_t)
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ffs  , "ii"  , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ffsl , "iLi" , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ffsll, "iLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_parity  , "iUi"  , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_parityl , "iULi" , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_parityll, "iULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_popcount  , "iUi"  , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_popcountl , "iULi" , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_popcountll, "iULLi", "nc")
+
+// FIXME: These type signatures are not correct for targets with int != 32-bits
+// or with ULL != 64-bits.
+BUILTIN(__builtin_bswap16, "UsUs", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_bswap32, "UiUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_bswap64, "ULLiULLi", "nc")
+
+// Random GCC builtins
+BUILTIN(__builtin_constant_p, "i.", "nctu")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_classify_type, "i.", "nctu")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, "FC*cC*", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString, "FC*cC*", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_va_start, "vA.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_va_end, "vA", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_va_copy, "vAA", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_stdarg_start, "vA.", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_bcmp, "iv*v*z", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_bcopy, "vv*v*z", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_bzero, "vv*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_fprintf, "iP*cC*.", "Fp:1:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_memchr, "v*vC*iz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_memcmp, "ivC*vC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_memcpy, "v*v*vC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_memmove, "v*v*vC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mempcpy, "v*v*vC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_memset, "v*v*iz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_printf, "icC*.", "Fp:0:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_stpcpy, "c*c*cC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_stpncpy, "c*c*cC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strcasecmp, "icC*cC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strcat, "c*c*cC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strchr, "c*cC*i", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strcmp, "icC*cC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strcpy, "c*c*cC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strcspn, "zcC*cC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strdup, "c*cC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strlen, "zcC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strncasecmp, "icC*cC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strncat, "c*c*cC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strncmp, "icC*cC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strncpy, "c*c*cC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strndup, "c*cC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strpbrk, "c*cC*cC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strrchr, "c*cC*i", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strspn, "zcC*cC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_strstr, "c*cC*cC*", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_return_address, "v*IUi", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_extract_return_addr, "v*v*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_frame_address, "v*IUi", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_flt_rounds, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_setjmp, "iv**", "j")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_longjmp, "vv**i", "r")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_unwind_init, "v", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_eh_return_data_regno, "iIi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_snprintf, "ic*zcC*.", "nFp:2:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_vsprintf, "ic*cC*a", "nFP:1:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_vsnprintf, "ic*zcC*a", "nFP:2:")
+
+// GCC exception builtins
+BUILTIN(__builtin_eh_return, "vzv*", "r") // FIXME: Takes intptr_t, not size_t!
+BUILTIN(__builtin_frob_return_addr, "v*v*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_dwarf_cfa, "v*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_init_dwarf_reg_size_table, "vv*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_dwarf_sp_column, "Ui", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_extend_pointer, "ULLiv*", "n") // _Unwind_Word == uint64_t
+
+// GCC Object size checking builtins
+BUILTIN(__builtin_object_size, "zvC*i", "nu")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___memcpy_chk, "v*v*vC*zz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___memccpy_chk, "v*v*vC*izz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___memmove_chk, "v*v*vC*zz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___mempcpy_chk, "v*v*vC*zz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___memset_chk, "v*v*izz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___stpcpy_chk, "c*c*cC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___strcat_chk, "c*c*cC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___strcpy_chk, "c*c*cC*z", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___strlcat_chk, "zc*cC*zz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___strlcpy_chk, "zc*cC*zz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___strncat_chk, "c*c*cC*zz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___strncpy_chk, "c*c*cC*zz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___stpncpy_chk, "c*c*cC*zz", "nF")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___snprintf_chk, "ic*zizcC*.", "Fp:4:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___sprintf_chk, "ic*izcC*.", "Fp:3:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___vsnprintf_chk, "ic*zizcC*a", "FP:4:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___vsprintf_chk, "ic*izcC*a", "FP:3:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___fprintf_chk, "iP*icC*.", "Fp:2:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___printf_chk, "iicC*.", "Fp:1:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___vfprintf_chk, "iP*icC*a", "FP:2:")
+BUILTIN(__builtin___vprintf_chk, "iicC*a", "FP:1:")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_expect, "LiLiLi"   , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_prefetch, "vvC*.", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_readcyclecounter, "ULLi", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_trap, "v", "nr")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_debugtrap, "v", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_unreachable, "v", "nr")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_shufflevector, "v."   , "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_alloca, "v*z"   , "n")
+
+// "Overloaded" Atomic operator builtins.  These are overloaded to support data
+// types of i8, i16, i32, i64, and i128.  The front-end sees calls to the
+// non-suffixed version of these (which has a bogus type) and transforms them to
+// the right overloaded version in Sema (plus casts).
+
+// FIXME: These assume that char -> i8, short -> i16, int -> i32,
+// long long -> i64.
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_add, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_add_1, "ccD*c.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_add_2, "ssD*s.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_add_4, "iiD*i.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_add_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_add_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "nt")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_sub, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_sub_1, "ccD*c.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_sub_2, "ssD*s.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_sub_4, "iiD*i.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_sub_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_sub_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "nt")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_or, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_or_1, "ccD*c.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_or_2, "ssD*s.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_or_4, "iiD*i.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_or_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "nt")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_or_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "nt")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_and, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_and_1, "ccD*c.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_and_2, "ssD*s.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_and_4, "iiD*i.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_and_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_and_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "tn")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_xor, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_xor_1, "ccD*c.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_xor_2, "ssD*s.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_xor_4, "iiD*i.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_xor_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_xor_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "tn")
+
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_add_and_fetch, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_add_and_fetch_1, "ccD*c.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_add_and_fetch_2, "ssD*s.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_add_and_fetch_4, "iiD*i.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_add_and_fetch_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_add_and_fetch_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "tn")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_sub_and_fetch, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_sub_and_fetch_1, "ccD*c.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_sub_and_fetch_2, "ssD*s.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_sub_and_fetch_4, "iiD*i.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_sub_and_fetch_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_sub_and_fetch_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "tn")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_or_and_fetch, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_or_and_fetch_1, "ccD*c.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_or_and_fetch_2, "ssD*s.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_or_and_fetch_4, "iiD*i.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_or_and_fetch_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_or_and_fetch_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "tn")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_and_and_fetch, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_and_and_fetch_1, "ccD*c.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_and_and_fetch_2, "ssD*s.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_and_and_fetch_4, "iiD*i.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_and_and_fetch_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_and_and_fetch_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "tn")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_xor_and_fetch, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_xor_and_fetch_1, "ccD*c.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_xor_and_fetch_2, "ssD*s.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_xor_and_fetch_4, "iiD*i.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_xor_and_fetch_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_xor_and_fetch_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "tn")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1, "bcD*cc.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2, "bsD*ss.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4, "biD*ii.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8, "bLLiD*LLiLLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16, "bLLLiD*LLLiLLLi.", "tn")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_val_compare_and_swap, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1, "ccD*cc.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2, "ssD*ss.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4, "iiD*ii.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8, "LLiLLiD*LLiLLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLiLLLi.", "tn")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_test_and_set, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_test_and_set_1, "ccD*c.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_test_and_set_2, "ssD*s.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_test_and_set_4, "iiD*i.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_test_and_set_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_test_and_set_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "tn")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_release, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_release_1, "vcD*.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_release_2, "vsD*.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_release_4, "viD*.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_release_8, "vLLiD*.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_lock_release_16, "vLLLiD*.", "tn")
+
+BUILTIN(__sync_swap, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__sync_swap_1, "ccD*c.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_swap_2, "ssD*s.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_swap_4, "iiD*i.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_swap_8, "LLiLLiD*LLi.", "tn")
+BUILTIN(__sync_swap_16, "LLLiLLLiD*LLLi.", "tn")
+
+// Some of our atomics builtins are handled by AtomicExpr rather than
+// as normal builtin CallExprs. This macro is used for such builtins.
+#ifndef ATOMIC_BUILTIN
+#define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
+#endif
+
+// C11 _Atomic operations for <stdatomic.h>.
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_init, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_load, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_store, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_exchange, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_fetch_add, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_fetch_sub, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_fetch_and, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_fetch_or, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_fetch_xor, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_thread_fence, "vi", "n")
+BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_signal_fence, "vi", "n")
+BUILTIN(__c11_atomic_is_lock_free, "iz", "n")
+
+// GNU atomic builtins.
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_load, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_load_n, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_store, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_store_n, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_exchange, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_exchange_n, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_compare_exchange, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_compare_exchange_n, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_fetch_add, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_fetch_sub, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_fetch_and, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_fetch_or, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_fetch_xor, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_fetch_nand, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_add_fetch, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_sub_fetch, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_and_fetch, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_or_fetch, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_xor_fetch, "v.", "t")
+ATOMIC_BUILTIN(__atomic_nand_fetch, "v.", "t")
+BUILTIN(__atomic_test_and_set, "bvD*i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__atomic_clear, "vvD*i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__atomic_thread_fence, "vi", "n")
+BUILTIN(__atomic_signal_fence, "vi", "n")
+BUILTIN(__atomic_always_lock_free, "izvCD*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__atomic_is_lock_free, "izvCD*", "n")
+
+#undef ATOMIC_BUILTIN
+
+// Non-overloaded atomic builtins.
+BUILTIN(__sync_synchronize, "v.", "n")
+// GCC does not support these, they are a Clang extension.
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_min, "iiD*i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_max, "iiD*i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_umin, "UiUiD*Ui", "n")
+BUILTIN(__sync_fetch_and_umax, "UiUiD*Ui", "n")
+
+// Random libc builtins.
+BUILTIN(__builtin_abort, "v", "Fnr")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_index, "c*cC*i", "Fn")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_rindex, "c*cC*i", "Fn")
+
+// Microsoft builtins.
+BUILTIN(__assume, "vb", "n")
+BUILTIN(__noop, "v.", "n")
+BUILTIN(__debugbreak, "v", "n")
+
+
+// C99 library functions
+// C99 stdlib.h
+LIBBUILTIN(abort, "v",            "fr",    "stdlib.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(calloc, "v*zz",        "f",     "stdlib.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(exit, "vi",            "fr",    "stdlib.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(_Exit, "vi",           "fr",    "stdlib.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(malloc, "v*z",         "f",     "stdlib.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(realloc, "v*v*z",      "f",     "stdlib.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+// C99 string.h
+LIBBUILTIN(memcpy, "v*v*vC*z",    "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(memcmp, "ivC*vC*z",    "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(memmove, "v*v*vC*z",   "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strcpy, "c*c*cC*",     "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strncpy, "c*c*cC*z",   "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strcmp, "icC*cC*",     "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strncmp, "icC*cC*z",   "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strcat, "c*c*cC*",     "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strncat, "c*c*cC*z",   "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strxfrm, "zc*cC*z",    "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(memchr, "v*vC*iz",     "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strchr, "c*cC*i",      "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strcspn, "zcC*cC*",    "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strpbrk, "c*cC*cC*",   "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strrchr, "c*cC*i",     "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strspn, "zcC*cC*",     "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strstr, "c*cC*cC*",    "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strtok, "c*c*cC*",     "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(memset, "v*v*iz",      "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strerror, "c*i",       "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strlen, "zcC*",        "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+// C99 stdio.h
+LIBBUILTIN(printf, "icC*.",       "fp:0:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(fprintf, "iP*cC*.",    "fp:1:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(snprintf, "ic*zcC*.",  "fp:2:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(sprintf, "ic*cC*.",    "fp:1:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(vprintf, "icC*a",      "fP:0:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(vfprintf, "i.",        "fP:1:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(vsnprintf, "ic*zcC*a", "fP:2:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(vsprintf, "ic*cC*a",   "fP:1:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(scanf, "icC*R.",       "fs:0:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(fscanf, "iP*RcC*R.",   "fs:1:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(sscanf, "icC*RcC*R.",  "fs:1:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(vscanf, "icC*Ra",      "fS:0:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(vfscanf, "iP*RcC*Ra",  "fS:1:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(vsscanf, "icC*RcC*Ra", "fS:1:", "stdio.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+// C99
+LIBBUILTIN(longjmp, "vJi",        "fr",    "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+// Non-C library functions
+// FIXME: Non-C-standard stuff shouldn't be builtins in non-GNU mode!
+LIBBUILTIN(alloca, "v*z",         "f",     "stdlib.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+// POSIX string.h
+LIBBUILTIN(stpcpy, "c*c*cC*",     "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(stpncpy, "c*c*cC*z",   "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strdup, "c*cC*",       "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strndup, "c*cC*z",     "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+// POSIX strings.h
+LIBBUILTIN(index, "c*cC*i",       "f",     "strings.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(rindex, "c*cC*i",      "f",     "strings.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(bzero, "vv*z",         "f",     "strings.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+// In some systems str[n]casejmp is a macro that expands to _str[n]icmp.
+// We undefine then here to avoid wrong name.
+#undef strcasecmp
+#undef strncasecmp
+LIBBUILTIN(strcasecmp, "icC*cC*", "f",     "strings.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strncasecmp, "icC*cC*z", "f",   "strings.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+// POSIX unistd.h
+LIBBUILTIN(_exit, "vi",           "fr",    "unistd.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(vfork, "p",            "fj",    "unistd.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+// POSIX setjmp.h
+
+// In some systems setjmp is a macro that expands to _setjmp. We undefine
+// it here to avoid having two identical LIBBUILTIN entries.
+#undef setjmp
+LIBBUILTIN(_setjmp, "iJ",         "fj",   "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(__sigsetjmp, "iSJi",   "fj",   "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(setjmp, "iJ",          "fj",   "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(sigsetjmp, "iSJi",     "fj",   "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(setjmp_syscall, "iJ",  "fj",   "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(savectx, "iJ",         "fj",   "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(qsetjmp, "iJ",         "fj",   "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(getcontext, "iK*",     "fj",   "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(_longjmp, "vJi",       "fr",    "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(siglongjmp, "vSJi",    "fr",    "setjmp.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+// non-standard but very common
+LIBBUILTIN(strlcpy, "zc*cC*z",    "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(strlcat, "zc*cC*z",    "f",     "string.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+//   id objc_msgSend(id, SEL, ...)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_msgSend, "GGH.",   "f",     "objc/message.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// long double objc_msgSend_fpret(id self, SEL op, ...) 
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_msgSend_fpret, "LdGH.", "f", "objc/message.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// _Complex long double objc_msgSend_fp2ret(id self, SEL op, ...)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_msgSend_fp2ret, "XLdGH.", "f", "objc/message.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// void objc_msgSend_stret (id, SEL, ...)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_msgSend_stret, "vGH.", "f", "objc/message.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// id objc_msgSendSuper(struct objc_super *super, SEL op, ...)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_msgSendSuper, "GM*H.", "f", "objc/message.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// void objc_msgSendSuper_stret(struct objc_super *super, SEL op, ...)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_msgSendSuper_stret, "vM*H.", "f", "objc/message.h", OBJC_LANG)
+//   id objc_getClass(const char *name)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_getClass, "GcC*",   "f",     "objc/runtime.h", OBJC_LANG)
+//   id objc_getMetaClass(const char *name)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_getMetaClass, "GcC*",   "f", "objc/runtime.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// void objc_enumerationMutation(id)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_enumerationMutation, "vG", "f", "objc/runtime.h", OBJC_LANG)
+
+// id objc_read_weak(id *location)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_read_weak, "GG*", "f", "objc/objc-auto.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// id objc_assign_weak(id value, id *location)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_assign_weak, "GGG*", "f", "objc/objc-auto.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// id objc_assign_ivar(id value, id dest, ptrdiff_t offset)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_assign_ivar, "GGGY", "f", "objc/objc-auto.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// id objc_assign_global(id val, id *dest)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_assign_global, "GGG*", "f", "objc/objc-auto.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// id objc_assign_strongCast(id val, id *dest
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_assign_strongCast, "GGG*", "f", "objc/objc-auto.h", OBJC_LANG)
+
+// id objc_exception_extract(void *localExceptionData)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_exception_extract, "Gv*", "f", "objc/objc-exception.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// void objc_exception_try_enter(void *localExceptionData)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_exception_try_enter, "vv*", "f", "objc/objc-exception.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// void objc_exception_try_exit(void *localExceptionData)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_exception_try_exit, "vv*", "f", "objc/objc-exception.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// int objc_exception_match(Class exceptionClass, id exception)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_exception_match, "iGG", "f", "objc/objc-exception.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// void objc_exception_throw(id exception)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_exception_throw, "vG", "f", "objc/objc-exception.h", OBJC_LANG)
+
+// int objc_sync_enter(id obj)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_sync_enter, "iG", "f", "objc/objc-sync.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// int objc_sync_exit(id obj)
+LIBBUILTIN(objc_sync_exit, "iG", "f", "objc/objc-sync.h", OBJC_LANG)
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_objc_memmove_collectable, "v*v*vC*z", "nF")
+
+// void NSLog(NSString *fmt, ...)
+LIBBUILTIN(NSLog, "vG.", "fp:0:", "Foundation/NSObjCRuntime.h", OBJC_LANG)
+// void NSLogv(NSString *fmt, va_list args)
+LIBBUILTIN(NSLogv, "vGa", "fP:0:", "Foundation/NSObjCRuntime.h", OBJC_LANG)
+
+// Builtin math library functions
+LIBBUILTIN(acos, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(acosl, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(acosf, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(asin, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(asinl, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(asinf, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(atan, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(atanl, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(atanf, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(atan2, "ddd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(atan2l, "LdLdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(atan2f, "fff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(ceil, "dd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(ceill, "LdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(ceilf, "ff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(cimag, "dXd", "fnc", "complex.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(cimagf, "fXf", "fnc", "complex.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(cimagl, "LdXLd", "fnc", "complex.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(creal, "dXd", "fnc", "complex.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(crealf, "fXf", "fnc", "complex.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(creall, "LdXLd", "fnc", "complex.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(copysign, "ddd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(copysignl, "LdLdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(copysignf, "fff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(cos, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(cosl, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(cosf, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(exp, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(expl, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(expf, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(exp2, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(exp2l, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(exp2f, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(fabs, "dd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(fabsl, "LdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(fabsf, "ff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(floor, "dd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(floorl, "LdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(floorf, "ff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(fma, "dddd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(fmal, "LdLdLdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(fmaf, "ffff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(fmax, "ddd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(fmaxl, "LdLdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(fmaxf, "fff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(fmin, "ddd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(fminl, "LdLdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(fminf, "fff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(log, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(logl, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(logf, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(log2, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(log2l, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(log2f, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(nearbyint, "dd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(nearbyintl, "LdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(nearbyintf, "ff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(pow, "ddd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(powl, "LdLdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(powf, "fff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(rint, "dd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(rintl, "LdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(rintf, "ff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(round, "dd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(roundl, "LdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(roundf, "ff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(sin, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(sinl, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(sinf, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(sqrt, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(sqrtl, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(sqrtf, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(tan, "dd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(tanl, "LdLd", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(tanf, "ff", "fe", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+LIBBUILTIN(trunc, "dd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(truncl, "LdLd", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(truncf, "ff", "fc", "math.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+
+// Blocks runtime Builtin math library functions
+LIBBUILTIN(_Block_object_assign, "vv*vC*iC", "f", "Blocks.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+LIBBUILTIN(_Block_object_dispose, "vvC*iC", "f", "Blocks.h", ALL_LANGUAGES)
+// FIXME: Also declare NSConcreteGlobalBlock and NSConcreteStackBlock.
+
+// Annotation function
+BUILTIN(__builtin_annotation, "v.", "tn")
+
+// Multiprecision Arithmetic Builtins.
+BUILTIN(__builtin_addcs, "UsUsCUsCUsCUs*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_addc, "UiUiCUiCUiCUi*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_addcl, "ULiULiCULiCULiCULi*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_addcll, "ULLiULLiCULLiCULLiCULLi*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_subcs, "UsUsCUsCUsCUs*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_subc, "UiUiCUiCUiCUi*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_subcl, "ULiULiCULiCULiCULi*", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_subcll, "ULLiULLiCULLiCULLiCULLi*", "n")
+
+#undef BUILTIN
+#undef LIBBUILTIN
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Builtins.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Builtins.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b88e15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Builtins.h
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+//===--- Builtins.h - Builtin function header -------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines enum values for all the target-independent builtin
+/// functions.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_BUILTINS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_BUILTINS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include <cstring>
+
+// VC++ defines 'alloca' as an object-like macro, which interferes with our
+// builtins.
+#undef alloca
+
+namespace clang {
+  class TargetInfo;
+  class IdentifierTable;
+  class ASTContext;
+  class QualType;
+  class LangOptions;
+  
+  enum LanguageID {
+    C_LANG = 0x1,     // builtin for c only.
+    CXX_LANG = 0x2,   // builtin for cplusplus only.
+    OBJC_LANG = 0x4,  // builtin for objective-c and objective-c++
+    ALL_LANGUAGES = (C_LANG|CXX_LANG|OBJC_LANG) //builtin is for all languages.
+  };
+  
+namespace Builtin {
+enum ID {
+  NotBuiltin  = 0,      // This is not a builtin function.
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) BI##ID,
+#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
+  FirstTSBuiltin
+};
+
+struct Info {
+  const char *Name, *Type, *Attributes, *HeaderName;
+  LanguageID builtin_lang;
+
+  bool operator==(const Info &RHS) const {
+    return !strcmp(Name, RHS.Name) &&
+           !strcmp(Type, RHS.Type) &&
+           !strcmp(Attributes, RHS.Attributes);
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const Info &RHS) const { return !(*this == RHS); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Holds information about both target-independent and
+/// target-specific builtins, allowing easy queries by clients.
+class Context {
+  const Info *TSRecords;
+  unsigned NumTSRecords;
+public:
+  Context();
+
+  /// \brief Perform target-specific initialization
+  void InitializeTarget(const TargetInfo &Target);
+  
+  /// \brief Mark the identifiers for all the builtins with their
+  /// appropriate builtin ID # and mark any non-portable builtin identifiers as
+  /// such.
+  void InitializeBuiltins(IdentifierTable &Table, const LangOptions& LangOpts);
+
+  /// \brief Popular the vector with the names of all of the builtins.
+  void GetBuiltinNames(SmallVectorImpl<const char *> &Names,
+                       bool NoBuiltins);
+
+  /// \brief Return the identifier name for the specified builtin,
+  /// e.g. "__builtin_abs".
+  const char *GetName(unsigned ID) const {
+    return GetRecord(ID).Name;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the type descriptor string for the specified builtin.
+  const char *GetTypeString(unsigned ID) const {
+    return GetRecord(ID).Type;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this function has no side effects and doesn't
+  /// read memory.
+  bool isConst(unsigned ID) const {
+    return strchr(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, 'c') != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if we know this builtin never throws an exception.
+  bool isNoThrow(unsigned ID) const {
+    return strchr(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, 'n') != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if we know this builtin never returns.
+  bool isNoReturn(unsigned ID) const {
+    return strchr(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, 'r') != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if we know this builtin can return twice.
+  bool isReturnsTwice(unsigned ID) const {
+    return strchr(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, 'j') != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this builtin does not perform the side-effects
+  /// of its arguments.
+  bool isUnevaluated(unsigned ID) const {
+    return strchr(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, 'u') != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this is a builtin for a libc/libm function,
+  /// with a "__builtin_" prefix (e.g. __builtin_abs).
+  bool isLibFunction(unsigned ID) const {
+    return strchr(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, 'F') != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this builtin is a predefined libc/libm
+  /// function, such as "malloc", where we know the signature a
+  /// priori.
+  bool isPredefinedLibFunction(unsigned ID) const {
+    return strchr(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, 'f') != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether this builtin has custom typechecking.
+  bool hasCustomTypechecking(unsigned ID) const {
+    return strchr(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, 't') != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Completely forget that the given ID was ever considered a builtin,
+  /// e.g., because the user provided a conflicting signature.
+  void ForgetBuiltin(unsigned ID, IdentifierTable &Table);
+  
+  /// \brief If this is a library function that comes from a specific
+  /// header, retrieve that header name.
+  const char *getHeaderName(unsigned ID) const {
+    return GetRecord(ID).HeaderName;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this builtin is like printf in its
+  /// formatting rules and, if so, set the index to the format string
+  /// argument and whether this function as a va_list argument.
+  bool isPrintfLike(unsigned ID, unsigned &FormatIdx, bool &HasVAListArg);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this builtin is like scanf in its
+  /// formatting rules and, if so, set the index to the format string
+  /// argument and whether this function as a va_list argument.
+  bool isScanfLike(unsigned ID, unsigned &FormatIdx, bool &HasVAListArg);
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this function has no side effects and doesn't
+  /// read memory, except for possibly errno.
+  ///
+  /// Such functions can be const when the MathErrno lang option is disabled.
+  bool isConstWithoutErrno(unsigned ID) const {
+    return strchr(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, 'e') != 0;
+  }
+
+private:
+  const Info &GetRecord(unsigned ID) const;
+};
+
+}
+} // end namespace clang
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsARM.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsARM.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..888e529
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsARM.def
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+//===--- BuiltinsARM.def - ARM Builtin function database ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the ARM-specific builtin function database.  Users of
+// this file must define the BUILTIN macro to make use of this information.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// The format of this database matches clang/Basic/Builtins.def.
+
+// In libgcc
+BUILTIN(__clear_cache, "v.", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_thread_pointer, "v*", "")
+
+// Saturating arithmetic
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_qadd, "iii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_qsub, "iii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_ssat, "iiUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_usat, "UiUiUi", "nc")
+
+// Store and load exclusive doubleword
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_ldrexd, "LLUiv*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_strexd, "iLLUiv*", "")
+
+// VFP
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_get_fpscr, "Ui", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_set_fpscr, "vUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f, "ffi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d, "fdi", "nc")
+
+// Coprocessor
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_mcr, "vUiUiUiUiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_mcr2, "vUiUiUiUiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_mrc, "UiUiUiUiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_mrc2, "UiUiUiUiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_cdp, "vUiUiUiUiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_cdp2, "vUiUiUiUiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_mcrr, "vUiUiUiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_arm_mcrr2, "vUiUiUiUiUi", "")
+
+// NEON
+#define GET_NEON_BUILTINS
+#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
+#undef GET_NEON_BUILTINS
+
+#undef BUILTIN
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsHexagon.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsHexagon.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c071a46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsHexagon.def
@@ -0,0 +1,878 @@
+//===-- BuiltinsHexagon.def - Hexagon Builtin function database --*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the Hexagon-specific builtin function database. Users of
+// this file must define the BUILTIN macro to make use of this information.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// The format of this database matches clang/Basic/Builtins.def.
+
+// The builtins below are not autogenerated from iset.py.
+// Make sure you do not overwrite these.
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_SI_to_SXTHI_asrh, "ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_circ_ldd, "LLi*LLi*LLi*ii", "")
+
+// The builtins above are not autogenerated from iset.py.
+// Make sure you do not overwrite these.
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpeq,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpgt,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpgtu,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpeqp,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpgtp,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpgtup,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_rcmpeqi,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_rcmpneqi,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_rcmpeq,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_rcmpneq,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_bitsset,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_bitsclr,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_nbitsset,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_nbitsclr,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpeqi,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpgti,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpgtui,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpgei,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpgeui,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmplt,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_cmpltu,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_bitsclri,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_nbitsclri,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_cmpneqi,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_cmpltei,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_cmplteui,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_cmpneq,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_cmplte,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_cmplteu,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_and,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_or,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_xor,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_andn,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_not,"bi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_orn,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_and_and,"biii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_and_or,"biii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_or_and,"biii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_or_or,"biii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_and_andn,"biii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_and_orn,"biii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_or_andn,"biii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_or_orn,"biii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_pxfer_map,"bi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_any8,"bi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_all8,"bi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_vitpack,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_mux,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_muxii,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_muxir,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_muxri,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_vmux,"LLiiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_mask,"LLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vcmpbeq,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmpbeqi,"bLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmpbeq_any,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vcmpbgtu,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmpbgtui,"bLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmpbgt,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmpbgti,"bLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmpbeq,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmpbeqi,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmpbgtu,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmpbgtui,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmpbgt,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmpbgti,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vcmpheq,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vcmphgt,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vcmphgtu,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmpheqi,"bLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmphgti,"bLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmphgtui,"bLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmpheq,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmphgt,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmphgtu,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmpheqi,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmphgti,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cmphgtui,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vcmpweq,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vcmpwgt,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vcmpwgtu,"bLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmpweqi,"bLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmpwgti,"bLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vcmpwgtui,"bLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_boundscheck,"biLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_tlbmatch,"bLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_tfrpr,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C2_tfrrp,"bi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_fastcorner9,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_C4_fastcorner9_not,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_hh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_hh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_hl_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_hl_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_lh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_lh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_ll_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_ll_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_hh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_hh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_hl_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_hl_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_lh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_lh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_ll_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_ll_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_sat_hh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_sat_hh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_sat_hl_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_sat_hl_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_sat_lh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_sat_lh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_sat_ll_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_acc_sat_ll_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_sat_hh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_sat_hh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_sat_hl_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_sat_hl_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_sat_lh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_sat_lh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_sat_ll_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_nac_sat_ll_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_hh_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_hh_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_hl_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_hl_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_lh_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_lh_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_ll_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_ll_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_hh_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_hh_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_hl_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_hl_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_lh_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_lh_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_ll_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_ll_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_rnd_hh_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_rnd_hh_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_rnd_hl_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_rnd_hl_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_rnd_lh_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_rnd_lh_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_rnd_ll_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_rnd_ll_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_rnd_hh_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_rnd_hh_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_rnd_hl_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_rnd_hl_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_rnd_lh_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_rnd_lh_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_rnd_ll_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_sat_rnd_ll_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_acc_hh_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_acc_hh_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_acc_hl_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_acc_hl_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_acc_lh_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_acc_lh_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_acc_ll_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_acc_ll_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_nac_hh_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_nac_hh_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_nac_hl_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_nac_hl_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_nac_lh_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_nac_lh_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_nac_ll_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_nac_ll_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_hh_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_hh_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_hl_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_hl_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_lh_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_lh_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_ll_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_ll_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_rnd_hh_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_rnd_hh_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_rnd_hl_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_rnd_hl_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_rnd_lh_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_rnd_lh_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_rnd_ll_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyd_rnd_ll_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_acc_hh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_acc_hh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_acc_hl_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_acc_hl_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_acc_lh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_acc_lh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_acc_ll_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_acc_ll_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_nac_hh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_nac_hh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_nac_hl_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_nac_hl_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_nac_lh_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_nac_lh_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_nac_ll_s0,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_nac_ll_s1,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_hh_s0,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_hh_s1,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_hl_s0,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_hl_s1,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_lh_s0,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_lh_s1,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_ll_s0,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_ll_s1,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_acc_hh_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_acc_hh_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_acc_hl_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_acc_hl_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_acc_lh_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_acc_lh_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_acc_ll_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_acc_ll_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_nac_hh_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_nac_hh_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_nac_hl_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_nac_hl_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_nac_lh_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_nac_lh_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_nac_ll_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_nac_ll_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_hh_s0,"ULLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_hh_s1,"ULLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_hl_s0,"ULLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_hl_s1,"ULLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_lh_s0,"ULLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_lh_s1,"ULLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_ll_s0,"ULLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyud_ll_s1,"ULLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpysmi,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_macsip,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_macsin,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_dpmpyss_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_dpmpyss_acc_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_dpmpyss_nac_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_dpmpyuu_s0,"ULLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_dpmpyuu_acc_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_dpmpyuu_nac_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_up,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_up_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpy_up_s1_sat,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyu_up,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpysu_up,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_dpmpyss_rnd_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_mac_up_s1_sat,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_nac_up_s1_sat,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyi,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mpyui,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_maci,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_acci,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_accii,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_nacci,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_naccii,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_subacc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_mpyrr_addr,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_mpyri_addr_u2,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_mpyri_addr,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_mpyri_addi,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_mpyrr_addi,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmpy2s_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmpy2s_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmac2s_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmac2s_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmpy2su_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmpy2su_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmac2su_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmac2su_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmpy2s_s0pack,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmpy2s_s1pack,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmac2,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmpy2es_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmpy2es_s1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmac2es_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmac2es_s1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vmac2es,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrmac_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrmpy_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vdmpyrs_s0,"iLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vdmpyrs_s1,"iLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M5_vrmpybuu,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M5_vrmacbuu,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M5_vrmpybsu,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M5_vrmacbsu,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M5_vmpybuu,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M5_vmpybsu,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M5_vmacbuu,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M5_vmacbsu,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M5_vdmpybsu,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M5_vdmacbsu,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vdmacs_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vdmacs_s1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vdmpys_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vdmpys_s1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmpyrs_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmpyrs_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmpyrsc_s0,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmpyrsc_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmacs_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmacs_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmacsc_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmacsc_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmpys_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmpys_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmpysc_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmpysc_s1,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cnacs_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cnacs_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cnacsc_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cnacsc_s1,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmpys_s1,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmpys_acc_s1,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmpys_s1rp,"iLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmacls_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmacls_s1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmachs_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmachs_s1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyl_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyl_s1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyh_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyh_s1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmacls_rs0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmacls_rs1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmachs_rs0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmachs_rs1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyl_rs0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyl_rs1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyh_rs0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyh_rs1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_vrmpyeh_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_vrmpyeh_s1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_vrmpyeh_acc_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_vrmpyeh_acc_s1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_vrmpyoh_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_vrmpyoh_s1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_vrmpyoh_acc_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_vrmpyoh_acc_s1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_hmmpyl_rs1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_hmmpyh_rs1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_hmmpyl_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_hmmpyh_s1,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmaculs_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmaculs_s1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmacuhs_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmacuhs_s1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyul_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyul_s1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyuh_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyuh_s1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmaculs_rs0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmaculs_rs1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmacuhs_rs0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmacuhs_rs1,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyul_rs0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyul_rs1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyuh_rs0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_mmpyuh_rs1,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmaci_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmacr_s0,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmaci_s0c,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmacr_s0c,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmaci_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmacr_s0,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmpyi_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmpyr_s0,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmpyi_s0c,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vrcmpyr_s0c,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmpyi_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_cmpyr_s0,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_cmpyi_wh,"iLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_cmpyr_wh,"iLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_cmpyi_whc,"iLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_cmpyr_whc,"iLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vcmpy_s0_sat_i,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vcmpy_s0_sat_r,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vcmpy_s1_sat_i,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vcmpy_s1_sat_r,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vcmac_s0_sat_i,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vcmac_s0_sat_r,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vcrotate,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_vrcrotate_acc,"LLiLLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_vrcrotate,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vcnegh,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vrcnegh,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_pmpyw,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_vpmpyh,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_pmpyw_acc,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_vpmpyh_acc,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_add,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_sub,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addsat,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subsat,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addi,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_l16_ll,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_l16_hl,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_l16_sat_ll,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_l16_sat_hl,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_l16_ll,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_l16_hl,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_l16_sat_ll,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_l16_sat_hl,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_h16_ll,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_h16_lh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_h16_hl,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_h16_hh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_h16_sat_ll,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_h16_sat_lh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_h16_sat_hl,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addh_h16_sat_hh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_h16_ll,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_h16_lh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_h16_hl,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_h16_hh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_h16_sat_ll,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_h16_sat_lh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_h16_sat_hl,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subh_h16_sat_hh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_aslh,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_asrh,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addpsat,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_addsp,"LLiiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_neg,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_negsat,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_abs,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_abssat,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vconj,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_negp,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_absp,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_max,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_maxu,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_min,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_minu,"Uiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_maxp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_maxup,"ULLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_minp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_minup,"ULLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_tfr,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_tfrsi,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_tfrp,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_tfrpi,"LLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_zxtb,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_sxtb,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_zxth,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_sxth,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_combinew,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_combineri,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_combineir,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_combineii,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_combine_hh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_combine_hl,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_combine_lh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_combine_ll,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_tfril,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_tfrih,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_and,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_or,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_xor,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_not,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_xor_xacc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_xor_xacc,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_andn,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_orn,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_andnp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_ornp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_addaddi,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_subaddi,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_and_and,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_and_andn,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_and_or,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_and_xor,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_or_and,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_or_andn,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_or_or,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_or_xor,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_or_andix,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_or_andi,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_or_ori,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_xor_and,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_xor_or,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M4_xor_andn,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_subri,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_andir,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_orir,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_andp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_orp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_xorp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_notp,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_sxtw,"LLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_sat,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_roundsat,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_sath,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_satuh,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_satub,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_satb,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vaddub,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vaddb_map,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vaddubs,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vaddh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vaddhs,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vadduhs,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A5_vaddhubs,"iLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vaddw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vaddws,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_vxaddsubw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_vxsubaddw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_vxaddsubh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_vxsubaddh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_vxaddsubhr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_vxsubaddhr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_svavgh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_svavghs,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_svnavgh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_svaddh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_svaddhs,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_svadduhs,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_svsubh,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_svsubhs,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_svsubuhs,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vraddub,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vraddub_acc,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vraddh,"iLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vradduh,"iLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vsubub,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vsubb_map,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vsububs,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vsubh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vsubhs,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vsubuhs,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vsubw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vsubws,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vabsh,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vabshsat,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vabsw,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vabswsat,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vabsdiffw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_M2_vabsdiffh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vrsadub,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vrsadub_acc,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavgub,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavguh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavgh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vnavgh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavgw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vnavgw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavgwr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vnavgwr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavgwcr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vnavgwcr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavghcr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vnavghcr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavguw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavguwr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavgubr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavguhr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vavghr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vnavghr,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_round_ri,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_round_rr,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_round_ri_sat,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_round_rr_sat,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cround_ri,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_cround_rr,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vrminh,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vrmaxh,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vrminuh,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vrmaxuh,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vrminw,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vrmaxw,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vrminuw,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_vrmaxuw,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vminb,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vmaxb,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vminub,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vmaxub,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vminh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vmaxh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vminuh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vmaxuh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vminw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vmaxw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vminuw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_vmaxuw,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_modwrapu,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfadd,"fff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfsub,"fff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfmpy,"fff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sffma,"ffff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sffma_sc,"ffffi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sffms,"ffff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sffma_lib,"ffff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sffms_lib,"ffff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfcmpeq,"bff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfcmpgt,"bff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfcmpge,"bff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfcmpuo,"bff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfmax,"fff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfmin,"fff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfclass,"bfi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfimm_p,"fi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sfimm_n,"fi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sffixupn,"fff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sffixupd,"fff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_sffixupr,"ff","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfadd,"ddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfsub,"ddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfmpy,"ddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dffma,"dddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dffms,"dddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dffma_lib,"dddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dffms_lib,"dddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dffma_sc,"ddddi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfmax,"ddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfmin,"ddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfcmpeq,"bdd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfcmpgt,"bdd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfcmpge,"bdd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfcmpuo,"bdd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfclass,"bdi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfimm_p,"di","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dfimm_n,"di","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dffixupn,"ddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dffixupd,"ddd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_dffixupr,"dd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_sf2df,"df","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_df2sf,"fd","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_uw2sf,"fi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_uw2df,"di","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_w2sf,"fi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_w2df,"di","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_ud2sf,"fLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_ud2df,"dLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_d2sf,"fLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_d2df,"dLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_sf2uw,"if","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_sf2w,"if","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_sf2ud,"LLif","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_sf2d,"LLif","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_df2uw,"id","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_df2w,"id","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_df2ud,"LLid","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_df2d,"LLid","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_sf2uw_chop,"if","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_sf2w_chop,"if","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_sf2ud_chop,"LLif","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_sf2d_chop,"LLif","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_df2uw_chop,"id","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_df2w_chop,"id","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_df2ud_chop,"LLid","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_F2_conv_df2d_chop,"LLid","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_r,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_r,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_r,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_r,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_p,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_p,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_p,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_p,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_r_acc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_r_acc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_r_acc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_r_acc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_p_acc,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_p_acc,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_p_acc,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_p_acc,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_r_nac,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_r_nac,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_r_nac,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_r_nac,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_p_nac,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_p_nac,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_p_nac,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_p_nac,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_r_and,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_r_and,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_r_and,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_r_and,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_r_or,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_r_or,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_r_or,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_r_or,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_p_and,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_p_and,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_p_and,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_p_and,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_p_or,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_p_or,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_p_or,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_p_or,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_p_xor,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_p_xor,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_p_xor,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_p_xor,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_r_sat,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_r_sat,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_r,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_r,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_r,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_p,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_p,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_p,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_r_acc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_r_acc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_r_acc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_p_acc,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_p_acc,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_p_acc,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_r_nac,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_r_nac,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_r_nac,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_p_nac,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_p_nac,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_p_nac,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_r_xacc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_r_xacc,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_p_xacc,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_p_xacc,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_r_and,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_r_and,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_r_and,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_r_or,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_r_or,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_r_or,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_p_and,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_p_and,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_p_and,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_p_or,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_p_or,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_p_or,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_r_sat,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_r_rnd,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_r_rnd_goodsyntax,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_p_rnd,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_p_rnd_goodsyntax,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_lsli,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_addasl_rrri,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_andi_asl_ri,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_ori_asl_ri,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_addi_asl_ri,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_subi_asl_ri,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_andi_lsr_ri,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_ori_lsr_ri,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_addi_lsr_ri,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_subi_lsr_ri,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_valignib,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_valignrb,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vspliceib,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsplicerb,"LLiLLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsplatrh,"LLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsplatrb,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_insert,"iiiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_tableidxb_goodsyntax,"iiiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_tableidxh_goodsyntax,"iiiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_tableidxw_goodsyntax,"iiiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_tableidxd_goodsyntax,"iiiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_bitspliti,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A4_bitsplit,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_extract,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_extractu,"iiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_insertp,"LLiLLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_extractp,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_extractup,"LLiLLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_insert_rp,"iiiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_extract_rp,"iiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_extractu_rp,"iiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_insertp_rp,"LLiLLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_extractp_rp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_extractup_rp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_tstbit_i,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_ntstbit_i,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_setbit_i,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_togglebit_i,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_clrbit_i,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_tstbit_r,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_ntstbit_r,"bii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_setbit_r,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_togglebit_r,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_clrbit_r,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_vh,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_vh,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_vh,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_vh,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S5_asrhub_rnd_sat_goodsyntax,"iLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S5_asrhub_sat,"iLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S5_vasrhrnd_goodsyntax,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_vh,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_vh,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_vh,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_vw,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_i_svw_trun,"iLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_svw_trun,"iLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_i_vw,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_i_vw,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asr_r_vw,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_asl_r_vw,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsr_r_vw,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lsl_r_vw,"LLiLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vrndpackwh,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vrndpackwhs,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsxtbh,"LLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vzxtbh,"LLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsathub,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_svsathub,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_svsathb,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsathb,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vtrunohb,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vtrunewh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vtrunowh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vtrunehb,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsxthw,"LLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vzxthw,"LLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsatwh,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsatwuh,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_packhl,"LLiii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_A2_swiz,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsathub_nopack,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsathb_nopack,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsatwh_nopack,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_vsatwuh_nopack,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_shuffob,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_shuffeb,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_shuffoh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_shuffeh,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S5_popcountp,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_parity,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_parityp,"iLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_lfsp,"LLiLLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_clbnorm,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_clbaddi,"iii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_clbpnorm,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S4_clbpaddi,"iLLii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_clb,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_cl0,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_cl1,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_clbp,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_cl0p,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_cl1p,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_brev,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_brevp,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_ct0,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_ct1,"ii","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_ct0p,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_ct1p,"iLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_interleave,"LLiLLi","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_HEXAGON_S2_deinterleave,"LLiLLi","")
+
+#undef BUILTIN
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsMips.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsMips.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43fb907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsMips.def
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+//===-- BuiltinsMips.def - Mips Builtin function database --------*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the MIPS-specific builtin function database. Users of
+// this file must define the BUILTIN macro to make use of this information.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// The format of this database matches clang/Basic/Builtins.def.
+
+// MIPS DSP Rev 1
+
+// Add/subtract with optional saturation
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addu_qb, "V4ScV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addu_s_qb, "V4ScV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subu_qb, "V4ScV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subu_s_qb, "V4ScV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addq_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addq_s_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subq_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subq_s_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_madd, "LLiLLiii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_maddu, "LLiLLiUiUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_msub, "LLiLLiii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_msubu, "LLiLLiUiUi", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addq_s_w, "iii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subq_s_w, "iii", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addsc, "iii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addwc, "iii", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_modsub, "iii", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_raddu_w_qb, "iV4Sc", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_absq_s_ph, "V2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_absq_s_w, "ii", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precrq_qb_ph, "V4ScV2sV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precrqu_s_qb_ph, "V4ScV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precrq_ph_w, "V2sii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precrq_rs_ph_w, "V2sii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_preceq_w_phl, "iV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_preceq_w_phr, "iV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precequ_ph_qbl, "V2sV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precequ_ph_qbr, "V2sV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precequ_ph_qbla, "V2sV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precequ_ph_qbra, "V2sV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_preceu_ph_qbl, "V2sV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_preceu_ph_qbr, "V2sV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_preceu_ph_qbla, "V2sV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_preceu_ph_qbra, "V2sV4Sc", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shll_qb, "V4ScV4Sci", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shrl_qb, "V4ScV4Sci", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shll_ph, "V2sV2si", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shll_s_ph, "V2sV2si", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shra_ph, "V2sV2si", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shra_r_ph, "V2sV2si", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shll_s_w, "iii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shra_r_w, "iii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shilo, "LLiLLii", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_muleu_s_ph_qbl, "V2sV4ScV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_muleu_s_ph_qbr, "V2sV4ScV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_mulq_rs_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_muleq_s_w_phl, "iV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_muleq_s_w_phr, "iV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_mulsaq_s_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_maq_s_w_phl, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_maq_s_w_phr, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_maq_sa_w_phl, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_maq_sa_w_phr, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_mult, "LLiii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_multu, "LLiUiUi", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpau_h_qbl, "LLiLLiV4ScV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpau_h_qbr, "LLiLLiV4ScV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpsu_h_qbl, "LLiLLiV4ScV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpsu_h_qbr, "LLiLLiV4ScV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpaq_s_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpsq_s_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpaq_sa_l_w, "LLiLLiii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpsq_sa_l_w, "LLiLLiii", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmpu_eq_qb, "vV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmpu_lt_qb, "vV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmpu_le_qb, "vV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmpgu_eq_qb, "iV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmpgu_lt_qb, "iV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmpgu_le_qb, "iV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmp_eq_ph, "vV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmp_lt_ph, "vV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmp_le_ph, "vV2sV2s", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_extr_s_h, "iLLii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_extr_w, "iLLii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_extr_rs_w, "iLLii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_extr_r_w, "iLLii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_extp, "iLLii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_extpdp, "iLLii", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_wrdsp, "viIi", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_rddsp, "iIi", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_insv, "iii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_bitrev, "ii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_packrl_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_repl_qb, "V4Sci", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_repl_ph, "V2si", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_pick_qb, "V4ScV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_pick_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_mthlip, "LLiLLii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_bposge32, "i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_lbux, "iv*i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_lhx, "iv*i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_lwx, "iv*i", "n")
+
+// MIPS DSP Rev 2
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_absq_s_qb, "V4ScV4Sc", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addqh_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addqh_r_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addqh_w, "iii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addqh_r_w, "iii", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addu_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_addu_s_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_adduh_qb, "V4ScV4ScV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_adduh_r_qb, "V4ScV4ScV4Sc", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_append, "iiiIi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_balign, "iiiIi", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmpgdu_eq_qb, "iV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmpgdu_lt_qb, "iV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_cmpgdu_le_qb, "iV4ScV4Sc", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpa_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dps_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpaqx_s_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpaqx_sa_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpax_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpsx_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpsqx_s_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_dpsqx_sa_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_mul_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_mul_s_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_mulq_rs_w, "iii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_mulq_s_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_mulq_s_w, "iii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_mulsa_w_ph, "LLiLLiV2sV2s", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precr_qb_ph, "V4ScV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w, "V2siiIi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w, "V2siiIi", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_prepend, "iiiIi", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shra_qb, "V4ScV4Sci", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shra_r_qb, "V4ScV4Sci", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_shrl_ph, "V2sV2si", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subqh_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subqh_r_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subqh_w, "iii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subqh_r_w, "iii", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subu_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subu_s_ph, "V2sV2sV2s", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subuh_qb, "V4ScV4ScV4Sc", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_mips_subuh_r_qb, "V4ScV4ScV4Sc", "nc")
+
+#undef BUILTIN
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsNVPTX.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsNVPTX.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c3f06c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsNVPTX.def
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+//===--- BuiltinsPTX.def - PTX Builtin function database ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the PTX-specific builtin function database.  Users of
+// this file must define the BUILTIN macro to make use of this information.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// The format of this database matches clang/Basic/Builtins.def.
+
+// Builtins retained from previous PTX back-end
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_tid_x, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_tid_y, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_tid_z, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_tid_w, "i", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_ntid_x, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_ntid_y, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_ntid_z, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_ntid_w, "i", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_ctaid_x, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_ctaid_y, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_ctaid_z, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_ctaid_w, "i", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_nctaid_x, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_nctaid_y, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_nctaid_z, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_nctaid_w, "i", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_laneid, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_warpid, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_nwarpid, "i", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_smid, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_nsmid, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_gridid, "i", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_lanemask_eq, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_lanemask_le, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_lanemask_lt, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_lanemask_ge, "i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_lanemask_gt, "i", "nc")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_clock, "i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_clock64, "Li", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_pm0, "i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_pm1, "i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_pm2, "i", "n")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_read_pm3, "i", "n")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ptx_bar_sync, "vi", "n")
+
+
+// Builtins exposed as part of NVVM
+BUILTIN(__syncthreads, "v", "n")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_bar0, "v", "n")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_bar0_popc, "ii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_bar0_and, "ii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_bar0_or, "ii", "n")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_membar_cta, "v", "n")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_membar_gl, "v", "n")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_membar_sys, "v", "n")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_popc_i, "ii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_popc_ll, "LiLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_prmt, "UiUiUiUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_min_i, "iii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_min_ui, "UiUiUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_min_ll, "LLiLLiLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_min_ull, "ULLiULLiULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_max_i, "iii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_max_ui, "UiUiUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_max_ll, "LLiLLiLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_max_ull, "ULLiULLiULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mulhi_i, "iii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mulhi_ui, "UiUiUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mulhi_ll, "LLiLLiLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mulhi_ull, "ULLiULLiULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul24_i, "iii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul24_ui, "UiUiUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_brev32, "UiUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_brev64, "ULLiULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sad_i, "iiii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sad_ui, "UiUiUiUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_abs_i, "ii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_abs_ll, "LiLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_floor_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_floor_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_floor_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fabs_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fabs_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fabs_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_approx_ftz_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fmin_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fmin_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fmax_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fmax_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rsqrt_approx_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rsqrt_approx_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fmin_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fmax_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rsqrt_approx_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ceil_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_trunc_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_round_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ex2_approx_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_lg2_approx_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_round_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_round_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ex2_approx_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ex2_approx_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_lg2_approx_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_lg2_approx_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sin_approx_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sin_approx_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_cos_approx_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_cos_approx_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_trunc_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_trunc_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ceil_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ceil_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_saturate_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_saturate_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_saturate_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rn_ftz_f, "ffff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rn_f, "ffff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rz_ftz_f, "ffff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rz_f, "ffff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rm_ftz_f, "ffff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rm_f, "ffff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rp_ftz_f, "ffff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rp_f, "ffff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rn_d, "dddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rz_d, "dddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rm_d, "dddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_fma_rp_d, "dddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_approx_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_approx_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rn_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rn_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rz_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rm_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rm_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rp_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rp_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rn_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rn_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rz_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rm_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rm_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rp_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rp_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rn_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rn_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rz_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rm_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rm_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rp_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rp_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rn_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rz_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rm_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_div_rp_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rn_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rz_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rm_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_rcp_rp_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rn_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rz_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rm_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_rp_d, "dd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_approx_ftz_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_sqrt_approx_f, "ff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rn_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rz_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rm_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rp_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rn_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rz_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rm_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rp_d, "ddd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rm_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rm_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rp_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rp_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rm_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rm_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rp_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rp_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rn_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rn_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rz_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_add_rz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rn_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rn_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rz_ftz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_mul_rz_f, "fff", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2f_rn_ftz, "fd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2f_rn, "fd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2f_rz_ftz, "fd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2f_rz, "fd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2f_rm_ftz, "fd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2f_rm, "fd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2f_rp_ftz, "fd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2f_rp, "fd", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2i_rn, "id", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2i_rz, "id", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2i_rm, "id", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2i_rp, "id", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ui_rn, "Uid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ui_rz, "Uid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ui_rm, "Uid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ui_rp, "Uid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_i2d_rn, "di", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_i2d_rz, "di", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_i2d_rm, "di", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_i2d_rp, "di", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ui2d_rn, "dUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ui2d_rz, "dUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ui2d_rm, "dUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ui2d_rp, "dUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2i_rn_ftz, "if", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2i_rn, "if", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2i_rz_ftz, "if", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2i_rz, "if", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2i_rm_ftz, "if", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2i_rm, "if", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2i_rp_ftz, "if", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2i_rp, "if", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ui_rn_ftz, "Uif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ui_rn, "Uif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ui_rz_ftz, "Uif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ui_rz, "Uif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ui_rm_ftz, "Uif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ui_rm, "Uif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ui_rp_ftz, "Uif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ui_rp, "Uif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_i2f_rn, "fi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_i2f_rz, "fi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_i2f_rm, "fi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_i2f_rp, "fi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ui2f_rn, "fUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ui2f_rz, "fUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ui2f_rm, "fUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ui2f_rp, "fUi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_lohi_i2d, "dii", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2i_lo, "id", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2i_hi, "id", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ll_rn_ftz, "LLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ll_rn, "LLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ll_rz_ftz, "LLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ll_rz, "LLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ll_rm_ftz, "LLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ll_rm, "LLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ll_rp_ftz, "LLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ll_rp, "LLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ull_rn_ftz, "ULLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ull_rn, "ULLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ull_rz_ftz, "ULLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ull_rz, "ULLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ull_rm_ftz, "ULLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ull_rm, "ULLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ull_rp_ftz, "ULLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2ull_rp, "ULLif", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ll_rn, "LLid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ll_rz, "LLid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ll_rm, "LLid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ll_rp, "LLid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ull_rn, "ULLid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ull_rz, "ULLid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ull_rm, "ULLid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_d2ull_rp, "ULLid", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ll2f_rn, "fLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ll2f_rz, "fLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ll2f_rm, "fLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ll2f_rp, "fLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ull2f_rn, "fULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ull2f_rz, "fULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ull2f_rm, "fULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ull2f_rp, "fULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ll2d_rn, "dLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ll2d_rz, "dLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ll2d_rm, "dLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ll2d_rp, "dLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ull2d_rn, "dULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ull2d_rz, "dULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ull2d_rm, "dULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_ull2d_rp, "dULLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2h_rn_ftz, "Usf", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_f2h_rn, "Usf", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_h2f, "fUs", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_bitcast_i2f, "fi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_bitcast_f2i, "if", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_bitcast_ll2d, "dLLi", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__nvvm_bitcast_d2ll, "LLid", "nc")
+
+#undef BUILTIN
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsPPC.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsPPC.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a751e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsPPC.def
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+//===--- BuiltinsPPC.def - PowerPC Builtin function database ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the PowerPC-specific builtin function database.  Users of
+// this file must define the BUILTIN macro to make use of this information.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// FIXME: this needs to be the full list supported by GCC.  Right now, I'm just
+// adding stuff on demand.
+
+// The format of this database matches clang/Basic/Builtins.def.
+
+// This is just a placeholder, the types and attributes are wrong.
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vaddcuw, "V4UiV4UiV4Ui", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vaddsbs, "V16ScV16ScV16Sc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vaddubs, "V16UcV16UcV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vaddshs, "V8SsV8SsV8Ss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vadduhs, "V8UsV8UsV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vaddsws, "V4SiV4SiV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vadduws, "V4UiV4UiV4Ui", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsubsbs, "V16ScV16ScV16Sc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsububs, "V16UcV16UcV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsubshs, "V8SsV8SsV8Ss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsubuhs, "V8UsV8UsV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsubsws, "V4SiV4SiV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsubuws, "V4UiV4UiV4Ui", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vavgsb, "V16ScV16ScV16Sc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vavgub, "V16UcV16UcV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vavgsh, "V8SsV8SsV8Ss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vavguh, "V8UsV8UsV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vavgsw, "V4SiV4SiV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vavguw, "V4UiV4UiV4Ui", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vrfip, "V4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcfsx, "V4fV4ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcfux, "V4fV4ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vctsxs, "V4SiV4fi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vctuxs, "V4UiV4fi", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_dss, "vUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_dssall, "v", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_dst, "vvC*iUi", "") 
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_dstt, "vvC*iUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_dstst, "vvC*iUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_dststt, "vvC*iUi", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vexptefp, "V4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vrfim, "V4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_lvx, "V4iivC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_lvxl, "V4iivC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_lvebx, "V16civC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_lvehx, "V8sivC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_lvewx, "V4iivC*", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vlogefp, "V4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_lvsl, "V16cUcvC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_lvsr, "V16cUcvC*", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmaddfp, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmhaddshs, "V8sV8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmhraddshs, "V8sV8sV8sV8s", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmsumubm, "V4UiV16UcV16UcV4Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmsummbm, "V4SiV16ScV16UcV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmsumuhm, "V4UiV8UsV8UsV4Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmsumshm, "V4SiV8SsV8SsV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmsumuhs, "V4UiV8UsV8UsV4Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmsumshs, "V4SiV8SsV8SsV4Si", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmuleub, "V8UsV16UcV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmulesb, "V8SsV16ScV16Sc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmuleuh, "V4UiV8UsV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmulesh, "V4SiV8SsV8Ss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmuloub, "V8UsV16UcV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmulosb, "V8SsV16ScV16Sc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmulouh, "V4UiV8UsV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmulosh, "V4SiV8SsV8Ss", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vnmsubfp, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vpkpx, "V8sV4UiV4Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vpkuhus, "V16UcV8UsV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vpkshss, "V16ScV8SsV8Ss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vpkuwus, "V8UsV4UiV4Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vpkswss, "V8SsV4SiV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vpkshus, "V16UcV8SsV8Ss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vpkswus, "V8UsV4SiV4Si", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vperm_4si, "V4iV4iV4iV16Uc", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_stvx, "vV4iiv*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_stvxl, "vV4iiv*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_stvebx, "vV16civ*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_stvehx, "vV8siv*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_stvewx, "vV4iiv*", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpbfp, "V4iV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgefp, "V4iV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpequb, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpequh, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpequw, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpeqfp, "V4iV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtsb, "V16cV16ScV16Sc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtub, "V16cV16UcV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtsh, "V8sV8SsV8Ss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtuh, "V8sV8UsV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtsw, "V4iV4SiV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtuw, "V4iV4UiV4Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtfp, "V4iV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmaxsb, "V16ScV16ScV16Sc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmaxub, "V16UcV16UcV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmaxsh, "V8SsV8SsV8Ss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmaxuh, "V8UsV8UsV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmaxsw, "V4SiV4SiV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmaxuw, "V4UiV4UiV4Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vmaxfp, "V4fV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_mfvscr, "V8Us", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vminsb, "V16ScV16ScV16Sc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vminub, "V16UcV16UcV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vminsh, "V8SsV8SsV8Ss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vminuh, "V8UsV8UsV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vminsw, "V4SiV4SiV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vminuw, "V4UiV4UiV4Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vminfp, "V4fV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_mtvscr, "vV4i", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vrefp, "V4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vrlb, "V16cV16cV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vrlh, "V8sV8sV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vrlw, "V4iV4iV4Ui", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsel_4si, "V4iV4iV4iV4Ui", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsl, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vslo, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsrab, "V16cV16cV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsrah, "V8sV8sV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsraw, "V4iV4iV4Ui", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsr, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsro, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vrfin, "V4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vrsqrtefp, "V4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsubcuw, "V4UiV4UiV4Ui", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsum4sbs, "V4SiV16ScV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsum4ubs, "V4UiV16UcV4Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsum4shs, "V4SiV8SsV4Si", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsum2sws, "V4SiV4SiV4Si", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vsumsws, "V4SiV4SiV4Si", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vrfiz, "V4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vupkhsb, "V8sV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vupkhpx, "V4UiV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vupkhsh, "V4iV8s", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vupklsb, "V8sV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vupklpx, "V4UiV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vupklsh, "V4iV8s", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpbfp_p, "iiV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgefp_p, "iiV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpequb_p, "iiV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpequh_p, "iiV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpequw_p, "iiV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpeqfp_p, "iiV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtsb_p, "iiV16ScV16Sc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtub_p, "iiV16UcV16Uc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtsh_p, "iiV8SsV8Ss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtuh_p, "iiV8UsV8Us", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtsw_p, "iiV4SiV4Si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtuw_p, "iiV4UiV4Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_altivec_vcmpgtfp_p, "iiV4fV4f", "")
+
+// FIXME: Obviously incomplete.
+
+#undef BUILTIN
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsX86.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsX86.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d536821
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsX86.def
@@ -0,0 +1,749 @@
+//===--- BuiltinsX86.def - X86 Builtin function database --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the X86-specific builtin function database.  Users of
+// this file must define the BUILTIN macro to make use of this information.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// The format of this database matches clang/Basic/Builtins.def.
+
+// FIXME: In GCC, these builtins are defined depending on whether support for
+// MMX/SSE/etc is turned on. We should do this too.
+
+// FIXME: Ideally we would be able to pull this information from what
+// LLVM already knows about X86 builtins. We need to match the LLVM
+// definition anyway, since code generation will lower to the
+// intrinsic if one exists.
+
+// FIXME: Are these nothrow/const?
+
+// 3DNow!
+//
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_femms, "v", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pavgusb, "V8cV8cV8c", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pf2id, "V2iV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfacc, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfadd, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfcmpeq, "V2iV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfcmpge, "V2iV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfcmpgt, "V2iV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfmax, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfmin, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfmul, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfrcp, "V2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfrcpit1, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfrcpit2, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfrsqrt, "V2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfrsqit1, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfsub, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfsubr, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pi2fd, "V2fV2i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulhrw, "V4sV4sV4s", "nc")
+// 3DNow! Extensions (3dnowa).
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pf2iw, "V2iV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfnacc, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pfpnacc, "V2fV2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pi2fw, "V2fV2i", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pswapdsf, "V2fV2f", "nc")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pswapdsi, "V2iV2i", "nc")
+
+// MMX
+//
+// All MMX instructions will be generated via builtins. Any MMX vector
+// types (<1 x i64>, <2 x i32>, etc.) that aren't used by these builtins will be
+// expanded by the back-end.
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_emms, "v", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddd, "V2iV2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddsb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddsw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddusb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddusw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubd, "V2iV2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubsb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubsw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubusb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubusw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulhw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmullw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaddwd, "V2iV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pand, "V1LLiV1LLiV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pandn, "V1LLiV1LLiV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_por, "V1LLiV1LLiV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pxor, "V1LLiV1LLiV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllw, "V4sV4sV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pslld, "V2iV2iV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllq, "V1LLiV1LLiV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlw, "V4sV4sV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrld, "V2iV2iV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlq, "V1LLiV1LLiV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psraw, "V4sV4sV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrad, "V2iV2iV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllwi, "V4sV4si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pslldi, "V2iV2ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllqi, "V1LLiV1LLii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlwi, "V4sV4si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrldi, "V2iV2ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlqi, "V1LLiV1LLii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrawi, "V4sV4si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psradi, "V2iV2ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packsswb, "V8cV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packssdw, "V4sV2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packuswb, "V8cV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_punpckhbw, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_punpckhwd, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_punpckhdq, "V2iV2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_punpcklbw, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_punpcklwd, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_punpckldq, "V2iV2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpeqb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpeqw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpeqd, "V2iV2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpgtb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpgtw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpgtd, "V2iV2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskmovq, "vV8cV8cc*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntq, "vV1LLi*V1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vec_init_v2si, "V2iii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vec_init_v4hi, "V4sssss", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vec_init_v8qi, "V8ccccccccc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vec_ext_v2si, "iV2ii", "")
+
+// MMX2 (MMX+SSE) intrinsics
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtpi2ps, "V4fV4fV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtps2pi, "V2iV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvttps2pi, "V2iV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pavgb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pavgw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxsw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxub, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminsw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminub, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovmskb, "iV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulhuw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psadbw, "V4sV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pshufw, "V4sV4sIc", "")
+
+// MMX+SSE2
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2pi, "V2iV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtpi2pd, "V2dV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2pi, "V2iV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddq, "V1LLiV1LLiV1LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmuludq, "V1LLiV2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubq, "V1LLiV1LLiV1LLi", "")
+
+// MMX+SSSE3
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pabsb, "V8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pabsd, "V2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pabsw, "V4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_palignr, "V8cV8cV8cIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phaddd, "V2iV2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phaddsw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phaddw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phsubd, "V2iV2iV2i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phsubsw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phsubw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaddubsw, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulhrsw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pshufb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psignw, "V4sV4sV4s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psignb, "V8cV8cV8c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psignd, "V2iV2iV2i", "")
+
+// SSE intrinsics.
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comieq, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comilt, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comile, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comigt, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comige, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comineq, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomieq, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomilt, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomile, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomigt, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomige, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomineq, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comisdeq, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comisdlt, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comisdle, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comisdgt, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comisdge, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_comisdneq, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomisdeq, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomisdlt, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomisdle, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomisdgt, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomisdge, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ucomisdneq, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cmpps, "V4fV4fV4fIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cmpss, "V4fV4fV4fIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_minps, "V4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maxps, "V4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_minss, "V4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maxss, "V4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cmppd, "V2dV2dV2dIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cmpsd, "V2dV2dV2dIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_minpd, "V2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maxpd, "V2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_minsd, "V2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maxsd, "V2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddsb128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddsw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubsb128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubsw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddusb128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddusw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubusb128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubusw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulhw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pavgb128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pavgw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxub128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxsw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminub128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminsw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packsswb128, "V16cV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packssdw128, "V8sV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packuswb128, "V16cV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulhuw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_addsubps, "V4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_addsubpd, "V2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_haddps, "V4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_haddpd, "V2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_hsubps, "V4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_hsubpd, "V2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phaddw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phaddd128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phaddsw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phsubw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phsubd128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phsubsw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaddubsw128, "V8sV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulhrsw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pshufb128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psignb128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psignw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psignd128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pabsb128, "V16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pabsw128, "V8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pabsd128, "V4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ldmxcsr, "vUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_stmxcsr, "Ui", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtss2si, "iV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtss2si64, "LLiV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_storeups, "vf*V4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_storehps, "vV2i*V4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_storelps, "vV2i*V4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movmskps, "iV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntps, "vf*V4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_sfence, "v", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rcpps, "V4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rcpss, "V4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rsqrtps, "V4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rsqrtss, "V4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_sqrtps, "V4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_sqrtss, "V4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskmovdqu, "vV16cV16cc*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_storeupd, "vd*V2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movmskpd, "iV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovmskb128, "iV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movnti, "vi*i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntpd, "vd*V2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntdq, "vV2LLi*V2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psadbw128, "V2LLiV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_sqrtpd, "V2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_sqrtsd, "V2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtdq2pd, "V2dV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtdq2ps, "V4fV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2dq, "V2LLiV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2ps, "V4fV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2dq, "V4iV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtsd2si, "iV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtsd2si64, "LLiV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtps2dq, "V4iV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtps2pd, "V2dV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvttps2dq, "V4iV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_clflush, "vvC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_lfence, "v", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_mfence, "v", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_storedqu, "vc*V16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmuludq128, "V2LLiV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psraw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrad128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrld128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pslldqi128, "V2LLiV2LLiIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrldqi128, "V2LLiV2LLiIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlq128, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pslld128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllq128, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllwi128, "V8sV8si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pslldi128, "V4iV4ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllqi128, "V2LLiV2LLii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlwi128, "V8sV8si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrldi128, "V4iV4ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlqi128, "V2LLiV2LLii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrawi128, "V8sV8si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psradi128, "V4iV4ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaddwd128, "V4iV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_monitor, "vv*UiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_mwait, "vUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_lddqu, "V16ccC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_palignr128, "V16cV16cV16cIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_insertps128, "V4fV4fV4fi", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pblendvb128, "V16cV16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pblendw128, "V8sV8sV8sIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_blendpd, "V2dV2dV2dIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_blendps, "V4fV4fV4fIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_blendvpd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_blendvps, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packusdw128, "V8sV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxsb128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxsd128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxud128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxuw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminsb128, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminsd128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminud128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminuw128, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxbd128, "V4iV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxbq128, "V2LLiV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxbw128, "V8sV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxdq128, "V2LLiV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxwd128, "V4iV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxwq128, "V2LLiV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxbd128, "V4iV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxbq128, "V2LLiV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxbw128, "V8sV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxdq128, "V2LLiV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxwd128, "V4iV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxwq128, "V2LLiV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmuldq128, "V2LLiV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulld128, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_roundps, "V4fV4fi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_roundss, "V4fV4fV4fi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_roundsd, "V2dV2dV2di", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_roundpd, "V2dV2di", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_dpps, "V4fV4fV4fi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_dppd, "V2dV2dV2di", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntdqa, "V2LLiV2LLi*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ptestz128, "iV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ptestc128, "iV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ptestnzc128, "iV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw128, "V16cV16cV16ci", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phminposuw128, "V8sV8s", "")
+
+// SSE 4.2
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrm128, "V16cV16cV16cIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpistri128, "iV16cV16cIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrm128, "V16cV16ciV16ciIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpestri128, "iV16ciV16ciIc","")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpistria128, "iV16cV16cIc","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpistric128, "iV16cV16cIc","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrio128, "iV16cV16cIc","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpistris128, "iV16cV16cIc","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpistriz128, "iV16cV16cIc","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpestria128, "iV16ciV16ciIc","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpestric128, "iV16ciV16ciIc","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrio128, "iV16ciV16ciIc","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpestris128, "iV16ciV16ciIc","")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pcmpestriz128, "iV16ciV16ciIc","")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_crc32qi, "UiUiUc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_crc32hi, "UiUiUs", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_crc32si, "UiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_crc32di, "ULLiULLiULLi", "")
+
+// SSE4a
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_extrqi, "V2LLiV2LLiIcIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_extrq, "V2LLiV2LLiV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_insertqi, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLiIcIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_insertq, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntsd, "vd*V2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntss, "vf*V4f", "")
+
+// AES
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_aesenc128, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_aesenclast128, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_aesdec128, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_aesdeclast128, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_aesimc128, "V2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_aeskeygenassist128, "V2LLiV2LLiIc", "")
+
+// CLMUL
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pclmulqdq128, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLiIc", "")
+
+// AVX
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_addsubpd256, "V4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_addsubps256, "V8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_haddpd256, "V4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_hsubps256, "V8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_hsubpd256, "V4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_haddps256, "V8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maxpd256, "V4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maxps256, "V8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_minpd256, "V4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_minps256, "V8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpermilvarpd, "V2dV2dV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpermilvarps, "V4fV4fV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpermilvarpd256, "V4dV4dV4LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpermilvarps256, "V8fV8fV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_blendpd256, "V4dV4dV4dIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_blendps256, "V8fV8fV8fIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_blendvpd256, "V4dV4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_blendvps256, "V8fV8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_dpps256, "V8fV8fV8fIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cmppd256, "V4dV4dV4dc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cmpps256, "V8fV8fV8fc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vextractf128_pd256, "V2dV4dIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vextractf128_ps256, "V4fV8fIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vextractf128_si256, "V4iV8iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtdq2pd256, "V4dV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtdq2ps256, "V8fV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2ps256, "V4fV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtps2dq256, "V8iV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtps2pd256, "V4dV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2dq256, "V4iV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2dq256, "V4iV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_cvttps2dq256, "V8iV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_pd256, "V4dV4dV4dIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_ps256, "V8fV8fV8fIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_si256, "V8iV8iV8iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vinsertf128_pd256, "V4dV4dV2dIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vinsertf128_ps256, "V8fV8fV4fIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vinsertf128_si256, "V8iV8iV4iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_sqrtpd256, "V4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_sqrtps256, "V8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rsqrtps256, "V8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rcpps256, "V8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_roundpd256, "V4dV4dIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_roundps256, "V8fV8fIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestzpd, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestcpd, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestnzcpd, "iV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestzps, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestcps, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestnzcps, "iV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestzpd256, "iV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestcpd256, "iV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestnzcpd256, "iV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestzps256, "iV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestcps256, "iV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vtestnzcps256, "iV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ptestz256, "iV4LLiV4LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ptestc256, "iV4LLiV4LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_ptestnzc256, "iV4LLiV4LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movmskpd256, "iV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movmskps256, "iV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vzeroall, "v", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vzeroupper, "v", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastss, "V4ffC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastsd256, "V4ddC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastss256, "V8ffC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastf128_pd256, "V4dV2dC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastf128_ps256, "V8fV4fC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_storeupd256, "vd*V4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_storeups256, "vf*V8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_storedqu256, "vc*V32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_lddqu256, "V32ccC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntdq256, "vV4LLi*V4LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntpd256, "vd*V4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntps256, "vf*V8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskloadpd, "V2dV2dC*V2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskloadps, "V4fV4fC*V4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskloadpd256, "V4dV4dC*V4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskloadps256, "V8fV8fC*V8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskstorepd, "vV2d*V2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskstoreps, "vV4f*V4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskstorepd256, "vV4d*V4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskstoreps256, "vV8f*V8fV8f", "")
+
+// AVX2
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw256, "V32cV32cV32ci", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pabsb256, "V32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pabsw256, "V16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pabsd256, "V8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packsswb256, "V32cV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packssdw256, "V16sV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packuswb256, "V32cV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_packusdw256, "V16sV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddsb256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddsw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubsb256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubsw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddusb256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_paddusw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubusb256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psubusw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_palignr256, "V32cV32cV32cIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pavgb256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pavgw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pblendvb256, "V32cV32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pblendw256, "V16sV16sV16sIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phaddw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phaddd256, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phaddsw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phsubw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phsubd256, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_phsubsw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaddubsw256, "V16sV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaddwd256, "V8iV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxub256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxuw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxud256, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxsb256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxsw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmaxsd256, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminub256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminuw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminud256, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminsb256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminsw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pminsd256, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovmskb256, "iV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxbw256, "V16sV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxbd256, "V8iV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxbq256, "V4LLiV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxwd256, "V8iV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxwq256, "V4LLiV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovsxdq256, "V4LLiV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxbw256, "V16sV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxbd256, "V8iV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxbq256, "V4LLiV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxwd256, "V8iV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxwq256, "V4LLiV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmovzxdq256, "V4LLiV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmuldq256, "V4LLiV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulhrsw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulhuw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmulhw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pmuludq256, "V4LLiV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psadbw256, "V4LLiV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pshufb256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psignb256, "V32cV32cV32c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psignw256, "V16sV16sV16s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psignd256, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pslldqi256, "V4LLiV4LLiIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllwi256, "V16sV16si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllw256, "V16sV16sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pslldi256, "V8iV8ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pslld256, "V8iV8iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllqi256, "V4LLiV4LLii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllq256, "V4LLiV4LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrawi256, "V16sV16si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psraw256, "V16sV16sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psradi256, "V8iV8ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrad256, "V8iV8iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrldqi256, "V4LLiV4LLiIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlwi256, "V16sV16si", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlw256, "V16sV16sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrldi256, "V8iV8ii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrld256, "V8iV8iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlqi256, "V4LLiV4LLii", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlq256, "V4LLiV4LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_movntdqa256, "V4LLiV4LLi*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastss_ps, "V4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastss_ps256, "V8fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastsd_pd256, "V4dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastsi256, "V4LLiV2LLiC*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pblendd128, "V4iV4iV4iIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pblendd256, "V8iV8iV8iIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastb256, "V32cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastw256, "V16sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastd256, "V8iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastq256, "V4LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastb128, "V16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastw128, "V8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastd128, "V4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastq128, "V2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_permvarsi256, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_permvarsf256, "V8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_permti256, "V4LLiV4LLiV4LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_extract128i256, "V2LLiV4LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_insert128i256, "V4LLiV4LLiV2LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskloadd256, "V8iV8iC*V8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskloadq256, "V4LLiV4LLiC*V4LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskloadd, "V4iV4iC*V4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskloadq, "V2LLiV2LLiC*V2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskstored256, "vV8i*V8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskstoreq256, "vV4LLi*V4LLiV4LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskstored, "vV4i*V4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_maskstoreq, "vV2LLi*V2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllv8si, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllv4si, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllv4di, "V4LLiV4LLiV4LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psllv2di, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrav8si, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrav4si, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlv8si, "V8iV8iV8i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlv4si, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlv4di, "V4LLiV4LLiV4LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_psrlv2di, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+
+// GATHER
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherd_pd, "V2dV2dV2dC*V4iV2dIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherd_pd256, "V4dV4dV4dC*V4iV4dIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherq_pd, "V2dV2dV2dC*V2LLiV2dIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherq_pd256, "V4dV4dV4dC*V4LLiV4dIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherd_ps, "V4fV4fV4fC*V4iV4fIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherd_ps256, "V8fV8fV8fC*V8iV8fIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherq_ps, "V4fV4fV4fC*V2LLiV4fIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherq_ps256, "V4fV4fV4fC*V4LLiV4fIc", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherd_q, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLiC*V4iV2LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherd_q256, "V4LLiV4LLiV4LLiC*V4iV4LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherq_q, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLiC*V2LLiV2LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherq_q256, "V4LLiV4LLiV4LLiC*V4LLiV4LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherd_d, "V4iV4iV4iC*V4iV4iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherd_d256, "V8iV8iV8iC*V8iV8iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherq_d, "V4iV4iV4iC*V2LLiV4iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_gatherq_d256, "V4iV4iV4iC*V4LLiV4iIc", "")
+
+// F16C
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph, "V8sV4fIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph256, "V8sV8fIi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vcvtph2ps, "V4fV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vcvtph2ps256, "V8fV8s", "")
+
+// RDRAND
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rdrand16_step, "UiUs*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rdrand32_step, "UiUi*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rdrand64_step, "UiULLi*", "")
+
+// RDSEED
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rdseed16_step, "UiUs*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rdseed32_step, "UiUi*", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_rdseed64_step, "UiULLi*", "")
+
+// BMI
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_bextr_u32, "UiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_bextr_u64, "ULLiULLiULLi", "")
+
+// BMI2
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_bzhi_si, "UiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_bzhi_di, "ULLiULLiULLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pdep_si, "UiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pdep_di, "ULLiULLiULLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pext_si, "UiUiUi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_pext_di, "ULLiULLiULLi", "")
+
+// FMA4
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmsubps, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmsubpd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmsubss, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmsubsd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddps, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddpd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddss, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddsd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubss, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubsd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddps, "V4fV4fV4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddpd, "V2dV2dV2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps256, "V8fV8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd256, "V4dV4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmsubps256, "V8fV8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmsubpd256, "V4dV4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddps256, "V8fV8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddpd256, "V4dV4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps256, "V8fV8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd256, "V4dV4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps256, "V8fV8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd256, "V4dV4dV4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddps256, "V8fV8fV8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddpd256, "V4dV4dV4dV4d", "")
+
+// XOP
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmacssww, "V8sV8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmacsww, "V8sV8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmacsswd, "V4iV8sV8sV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmacswd, "V4iV8sV8sV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmacssdd, "V4iV4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmacsdd, "V4iV4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmacssdql, "V2LLiV4iV4iV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmacsdql, "V2LLiV4iV4iV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmacssdqh, "V2LLiV4iV4iV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmacsdqh, "V2LLiV4iV4iV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmadcsswd, "V4iV8sV8sV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpmadcswd, "V4iV8sV8sV4i", "")
+
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphaddbw, "V8sV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphaddbd, "V4iV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphaddbq, "V2LLiV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphaddwd, "V4iV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphaddwq, "V2LLiV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphadddq, "V2LLiV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphaddubw, "V8sV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphaddubd, "V4iV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphaddubq, "V2LLiV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphadduwd, "V4iV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphadduwq, "V2LLiV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphaddudq, "V2LLiV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphsubbw, "V8sV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphsubwd, "V4iV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vphsubdq, "V2LLiV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpcmov, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpcmov_256, "V4LLiV4LLiV4LLiV4LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpperm, "V16cV16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vprotb, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vprotw, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vprotd, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vprotq, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vprotbi, "V16cV16cIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vprotwi, "V8sV8sIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vprotdi, "V4iV4iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vprotqi, "V2LLiV2LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpshlb, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpshlw, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpshld, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpshlq, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpshab, "V16cV16cV16c", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpshaw, "V8sV8sV8s", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpshad, "V4iV4iV4i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpshaq, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLi", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpcomub, "V16cV16cV16cIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpcomuw, "V8sV8sV8sIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpcomud, "V4iV4iV4iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpcomuq, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpcomb, "V16cV16cV16cIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpcomw, "V8sV8sV8sIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpcomd, "V4iV4iV4iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpcomq, "V2LLiV2LLiV2LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd, "V2dV2dV2dV2LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd256, "V4dV4dV4dV4LLiIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps, "V4fV4fV4fV4iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps256, "V8fV8fV8fV8iIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfrczss, "V4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfrczsd, "V2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfrczps, "V4fV4f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfrczpd, "V2dV2d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfrczps256, "V8fV8f", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_vfrczpd256, "V4dV4d", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_xbegin, "i", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_xend, "v", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_xabort, "vIc", "")
+BUILTIN(__builtin_ia32_xtest, "i", "")
+
+#undef BUILTIN
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/CharInfo.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/CharInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0afda4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/CharInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+//===--- clang/Basic/CharInfo.h - Classifying ASCII Characters ------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_BASIC_CHARINFO_H
+#define CLANG_BASIC_CHARINFO_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace charinfo {
+  extern const uint16_t InfoTable[256];
+
+  enum {
+    CHAR_HORZ_WS  = 0x0001,  // '\t', '\f', '\v'.  Note, no '\0'
+    CHAR_VERT_WS  = 0x0002,  // '\r', '\n'
+    CHAR_SPACE    = 0x0004,  // ' '
+    CHAR_DIGIT    = 0x0008,  // 0-9
+    CHAR_XLETTER  = 0x0010,  // a-f,A-F
+    CHAR_UPPER    = 0x0020,  // A-Z
+    CHAR_LOWER    = 0x0040,  // a-z
+    CHAR_UNDER    = 0x0080,  // _
+    CHAR_PERIOD   = 0x0100,  // .
+    CHAR_RAWDEL   = 0x0200,  // {}[]#<>%:;?*+-/^&|~!=,"'
+    CHAR_PUNCT    = 0x0400   // `$@()
+  };
+
+  enum {
+    CHAR_XUPPER = CHAR_XLETTER | CHAR_UPPER,
+    CHAR_XLOWER = CHAR_XLETTER | CHAR_LOWER
+  };
+} // end namespace charinfo
+
+/// Returns true if this is an ASCII character.
+LLVM_READNONE static inline bool isASCII(char c) {
+  return static_cast<unsigned char>(c) <= 127;
+}
+
+/// Returns true if this is a valid first character of a C identifier,
+/// which is [a-zA-Z_].
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isIdentifierHead(unsigned char c,
+                                                  bool AllowDollar = false) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  if (InfoTable[c] & (CHAR_UPPER|CHAR_LOWER|CHAR_UNDER))
+    return true;
+  return AllowDollar && c == '$';
+}
+
+/// Returns true if this is a body character of a C identifier,
+/// which is [a-zA-Z0-9_].
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isIdentifierBody(unsigned char c,
+                                                  bool AllowDollar = false) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  if (InfoTable[c] & (CHAR_UPPER|CHAR_LOWER|CHAR_DIGIT|CHAR_UNDER))
+    return true;
+  return AllowDollar && c == '$';
+}
+
+/// Returns true if this character is horizontal ASCII whitespace:
+/// ' ', '\\t', '\\f', '\\v'.
+///
+/// Note that this returns false for '\\0'.
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isHorizontalWhitespace(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & (CHAR_HORZ_WS|CHAR_SPACE)) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Returns true if this character is vertical ASCII whitespace: '\\n', '\\r'.
+///
+/// Note that this returns false for '\\0'.
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isVerticalWhitespace(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & CHAR_VERT_WS) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this character is horizontal or vertical ASCII whitespace:
+/// ' ', '\\t', '\\f', '\\v', '\\n', '\\r'.
+///
+/// Note that this returns false for '\\0'.
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isWhitespace(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & (CHAR_HORZ_WS|CHAR_VERT_WS|CHAR_SPACE)) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this character is an ASCII digit: [0-9]
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isDigit(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & CHAR_DIGIT) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this character is a lowercase ASCII letter: [a-z]
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isLowercase(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & CHAR_LOWER) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this character is an uppercase ASCII letter: [A-Z]
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isUppercase(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & CHAR_UPPER) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this character is an ASCII letter: [a-zA-Z]
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isLetter(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & (CHAR_UPPER|CHAR_LOWER)) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this character is an ASCII letter or digit: [a-zA-Z0-9]
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isAlphanumeric(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & (CHAR_DIGIT|CHAR_UPPER|CHAR_LOWER)) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this character is an ASCII hex digit: [0-9a-fA-F]
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isHexDigit(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & (CHAR_DIGIT|CHAR_XLETTER)) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this character is an ASCII punctuation character.
+///
+/// Note that '_' is both a punctuation character and an identifier character!
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isPunctuation(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & (CHAR_UNDER|CHAR_PERIOD|CHAR_RAWDEL|CHAR_PUNCT)) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this character is an ASCII printable character; that is, a
+/// character that should take exactly one column to print in a fixed-width
+/// terminal.
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isPrintable(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & (CHAR_UPPER|CHAR_LOWER|CHAR_PERIOD|CHAR_PUNCT|
+                          CHAR_DIGIT|CHAR_UNDER|CHAR_RAWDEL|CHAR_SPACE)) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this is the body character of a C preprocessing number,
+/// which is [a-zA-Z0-9_.].
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isPreprocessingNumberBody(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] &
+          (CHAR_UPPER|CHAR_LOWER|CHAR_DIGIT|CHAR_UNDER|CHAR_PERIOD)) != 0;
+}
+
+/// Return true if this is the body character of a C++ raw string delimiter.
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isRawStringDelimBody(unsigned char c) {
+  using namespace charinfo;
+  return (InfoTable[c] & (CHAR_UPPER|CHAR_LOWER|CHAR_PERIOD|
+                          CHAR_DIGIT|CHAR_UNDER|CHAR_RAWDEL)) != 0;
+}
+
+
+/// Converts the given ASCII character to its lowercase equivalent.
+///
+/// If the character is not an uppercase character, it is returned as is.
+LLVM_READONLY static inline char toLowercase(char c) {
+  if (isUppercase(c))
+    return c + 'a' - 'A';
+  return c;
+}
+
+/// Converts the given ASCII character to its uppercase equivalent.
+///
+/// If the character is not a lowercase character, it is returned as is.
+LLVM_READONLY static inline char toUppercase(char c) {
+  if (isLowercase(c))
+    return c + 'A' - 'a';
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+/// Return true if this is a valid ASCII identifier.
+///
+/// Note that this is a very simple check; it does not accept '$' or UCNs as
+/// valid identifier characters.
+LLVM_READONLY static inline bool isValidIdentifier(StringRef S) {
+  if (S.empty() || !isIdentifierHead(S[0]))
+    return false;
+
+  for (StringRef::iterator I = S.begin(), E = S.end(); I != E; ++I)
+    if (!isIdentifierBody(*I))
+      return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/CommentNodes.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/CommentNodes.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bf32b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/CommentNodes.td
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+class Comment<bit abstract = 0> {
+  bit Abstract = abstract;
+}
+
+class DComment<Comment base, bit abstract = 0> : Comment<abstract> {
+  Comment Base = base;
+}
+
+def InlineContentComment : Comment<1>;
+  def TextComment : DComment<InlineContentComment>;
+  def InlineCommandComment : DComment<InlineContentComment>;
+  def HTMLTagComment : DComment<InlineContentComment, 1>;
+    def HTMLStartTagComment : DComment<HTMLTagComment>;
+    def HTMLEndTagComment : DComment<HTMLTagComment>;
+
+def BlockContentComment : Comment<1>;
+  def ParagraphComment : DComment<BlockContentComment>;
+  def BlockCommandComment : DComment<BlockContentComment>;
+    def ParamCommandComment : DComment<BlockCommandComment>;
+    def TParamCommandComment : DComment<BlockCommandComment>;
+    def VerbatimBlockComment : DComment<BlockCommandComment>;
+    def VerbatimLineComment : DComment<BlockCommandComment>;
+
+def VerbatimBlockLineComment : Comment;
+
+def FullComment : Comment;
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/CommentOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/CommentOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79b9a6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/CommentOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+//===--- CommentOptions.h - Options for parsing comments -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::CommentOptions interface.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_COMMENTOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_COMMENTOPTIONS_H
+
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Options for controlling comment parsing.
+struct CommentOptions {
+  typedef std::vector<std::string> BlockCommandNamesTy;
+
+  /// \brief Command names to treat as block commands in comments.
+  /// Should not include the leading backslash.
+  BlockCommandNamesTy BlockCommandNames;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DeclNodes.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DeclNodes.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45742bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DeclNodes.td
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+class AttrSubject;
+
+class Decl<bit abstract = 0> : AttrSubject {
+  bit Abstract = abstract;
+}
+
+class DDecl<Decl base, bit abstract = 0> : Decl<abstract> {
+  Decl Base = base;
+}
+
+class DeclContext { }
+
+def TranslationUnit : Decl, DeclContext;
+def Named : Decl<1>;
+  def Namespace : DDecl<Named>, DeclContext;
+  def UsingDirective : DDecl<Named>;
+  def NamespaceAlias : DDecl<Named>;
+  def Label : DDecl<Named>;
+  def Type : DDecl<Named, 1>;
+    def TypedefName : DDecl<Type, 1>;
+      def Typedef : DDecl<TypedefName>;
+      def TypeAlias : DDecl<TypedefName>;
+    def UnresolvedUsingTypename : DDecl<Type>;
+    def Tag : DDecl<Type, 1>, DeclContext;
+      def Enum : DDecl<Tag>;
+      def Record : DDecl<Tag>;
+        def CXXRecord : DDecl<Record>;
+          def ClassTemplateSpecialization : DDecl<CXXRecord>;
+            def ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization
+              : DDecl<ClassTemplateSpecialization>;
+    def TemplateTypeParm : DDecl<Type>;
+  def Value : DDecl<Named, 1>;
+    def EnumConstant : DDecl<Value>;
+    def UnresolvedUsingValue : DDecl<Value>;
+    def IndirectField : DDecl<Value>;
+    def Declarator : DDecl<Value, 1>;
+      def Function : DDecl<Declarator>, DeclContext;
+        def CXXMethod : DDecl<Function>;
+          def CXXConstructor : DDecl<CXXMethod>;
+          def CXXDestructor : DDecl<CXXMethod>;
+          def CXXConversion : DDecl<CXXMethod>;
+      def Field : DDecl<Declarator>;
+        def ObjCIvar : DDecl<Field>;
+        def ObjCAtDefsField : DDecl<Field>;
+      def Var : DDecl<Declarator>;
+        def ImplicitParam : DDecl<Var>;
+        def ParmVar : DDecl<Var>;
+      def NonTypeTemplateParm : DDecl<Declarator>;
+  def Template : DDecl<Named, 1>;
+    def RedeclarableTemplate : DDecl<Template, 1>;
+      def FunctionTemplate : DDecl<RedeclarableTemplate>;
+      def ClassTemplate : DDecl<RedeclarableTemplate>;
+      def TypeAliasTemplate : DDecl<RedeclarableTemplate>;
+    def TemplateTemplateParm : DDecl<Template>;
+  def Using : DDecl<Named>;
+  def UsingShadow : DDecl<Named>;
+  def ObjCMethod : DDecl<Named>, DeclContext;
+  def ObjCContainer : DDecl<Named, 1>, DeclContext;
+    def ObjCCategory : DDecl<ObjCContainer>;
+    def ObjCProtocol : DDecl<ObjCContainer>;
+    def ObjCInterface : DDecl<ObjCContainer>;
+    def ObjCImpl : DDecl<ObjCContainer, 1>;
+      def ObjCCategoryImpl : DDecl<ObjCImpl>;
+      def ObjCImplementation : DDecl<ObjCImpl>;
+  def ObjCProperty : DDecl<Named>;
+  def ObjCCompatibleAlias : DDecl<Named>;
+def LinkageSpec : Decl, DeclContext;
+def ObjCPropertyImpl : Decl;
+def FileScopeAsm : Decl;
+def AccessSpec : Decl;
+def Friend : Decl;
+def FriendTemplate : Decl;
+def StaticAssert : Decl;
+def Block : Decl, DeclContext;
+def ClassScopeFunctionSpecialization : Decl;
+def Import : Decl;
+def OMPThreadPrivate : Decl;
+def Empty : Decl;
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0327636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1340 @@
+//===--- Diagnostic.h - C Language Family Diagnostic Handling ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the Diagnostic-related interfaces.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTIC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTIC_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <list>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class DiagnosticConsumer;
+  class DiagnosticBuilder;
+  class DiagnosticOptions;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class DeclContext;
+  class LangOptions;
+  class Preprocessor;
+  class DiagnosticErrorTrap;
+  class StoredDiagnostic;
+
+/// \brief Annotates a diagnostic with some code that should be
+/// inserted, removed, or replaced to fix the problem.
+///
+/// This kind of hint should be used when we are certain that the
+/// introduction, removal, or modification of a particular (small!)
+/// amount of code will correct a compilation error. The compiler
+/// should also provide full recovery from such errors, such that
+/// suppressing the diagnostic output can still result in successful
+/// compilation.
+class FixItHint {
+public:
+  /// \brief Code that should be replaced to correct the error. Empty for an
+  /// insertion hint.
+  CharSourceRange RemoveRange;
+
+  /// \brief Code in the specific range that should be inserted in the insertion
+  /// location.
+  CharSourceRange InsertFromRange;
+
+  /// \brief The actual code to insert at the insertion location, as a
+  /// string.
+  std::string CodeToInsert;
+
+  bool BeforePreviousInsertions;
+
+  /// \brief Empty code modification hint, indicating that no code
+  /// modification is known.
+  FixItHint() : BeforePreviousInsertions(false) { }
+
+  bool isNull() const {
+    return !RemoveRange.isValid();
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create a code modification hint that inserts the given
+  /// code string at a specific location.
+  static FixItHint CreateInsertion(SourceLocation InsertionLoc,
+                                   StringRef Code,
+                                   bool BeforePreviousInsertions = false) {
+    FixItHint Hint;
+    Hint.RemoveRange =
+      CharSourceRange::getCharRange(InsertionLoc, InsertionLoc);
+    Hint.CodeToInsert = Code;
+    Hint.BeforePreviousInsertions = BeforePreviousInsertions;
+    return Hint;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create a code modification hint that inserts the given
+  /// code from \p FromRange at a specific location.
+  static FixItHint CreateInsertionFromRange(SourceLocation InsertionLoc,
+                                            CharSourceRange FromRange,
+                                        bool BeforePreviousInsertions = false) {
+    FixItHint Hint;
+    Hint.RemoveRange =
+      CharSourceRange::getCharRange(InsertionLoc, InsertionLoc);
+    Hint.InsertFromRange = FromRange;
+    Hint.BeforePreviousInsertions = BeforePreviousInsertions;
+    return Hint;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create a code modification hint that removes the given
+  /// source range.
+  static FixItHint CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange RemoveRange) {
+    FixItHint Hint;
+    Hint.RemoveRange = RemoveRange;
+    return Hint;
+  }
+  static FixItHint CreateRemoval(SourceRange RemoveRange) {
+    return CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(RemoveRange));
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create a code modification hint that replaces the given
+  /// source range with the given code string.
+  static FixItHint CreateReplacement(CharSourceRange RemoveRange,
+                                     StringRef Code) {
+    FixItHint Hint;
+    Hint.RemoveRange = RemoveRange;
+    Hint.CodeToInsert = Code;
+    return Hint;
+  }
+  
+  static FixItHint CreateReplacement(SourceRange RemoveRange,
+                                     StringRef Code) {
+    return CreateReplacement(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(RemoveRange), Code);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Concrete class used by the front-end to report problems and issues.
+///
+/// This massages the diagnostics (e.g. handling things like "report warnings
+/// as errors" and passes them off to the DiagnosticConsumer for reporting to
+/// the user. DiagnosticsEngine is tied to one translation unit and one
+/// SourceManager.
+class DiagnosticsEngine : public RefCountedBase<DiagnosticsEngine> {
+public:
+  /// \brief The level of the diagnostic, after it has been through mapping.
+  enum Level {
+    Ignored = DiagnosticIDs::Ignored,
+    Note = DiagnosticIDs::Note,
+    Warning = DiagnosticIDs::Warning,
+    Error = DiagnosticIDs::Error,
+    Fatal = DiagnosticIDs::Fatal
+  };
+
+  /// \brief How do we handle otherwise-unmapped extension?
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by -pedantic and -pedantic-errors.
+  enum ExtensionHandling {
+    Ext_Ignore, Ext_Warn, Ext_Error
+  };
+
+  enum ArgumentKind {
+    ak_std_string,      ///< std::string
+    ak_c_string,        ///< const char *
+    ak_sint,            ///< int
+    ak_uint,            ///< unsigned
+    ak_identifierinfo,  ///< IdentifierInfo
+    ak_qualtype,        ///< QualType
+    ak_declarationname, ///< DeclarationName
+    ak_nameddecl,       ///< NamedDecl *
+    ak_nestednamespec,  ///< NestedNameSpecifier *
+    ak_declcontext,     ///< DeclContext *
+    ak_qualtype_pair    ///< pair<QualType, QualType>
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Represents on argument value, which is a union discriminated
+  /// by ArgumentKind, with a value.
+  typedef std::pair<ArgumentKind, intptr_t> ArgumentValue;
+
+private:
+  unsigned char AllExtensionsSilenced; // Used by __extension__
+  bool IgnoreAllWarnings;        // Ignore all warnings: -w
+  bool WarningsAsErrors;         // Treat warnings like errors.
+  bool EnableAllWarnings;        // Enable all warnings.
+  bool ErrorsAsFatal;            // Treat errors like fatal errors.
+  bool SuppressSystemWarnings;   // Suppress warnings in system headers.
+  bool SuppressAllDiagnostics;   // Suppress all diagnostics.
+  bool ElideType;                // Elide common types of templates.
+  bool PrintTemplateTree;        // Print a tree when comparing templates.
+  bool WarnOnSpellCheck;         // Emit warning when spellcheck is initiated.
+  bool ShowColors;               // Color printing is enabled.
+  OverloadsShown ShowOverloads;  // Which overload candidates to show.
+  unsigned ErrorLimit;           // Cap of # errors emitted, 0 -> no limit.
+  unsigned TemplateBacktraceLimit; // Cap on depth of template backtrace stack,
+                                   // 0 -> no limit.
+  unsigned ConstexprBacktraceLimit; // Cap on depth of constexpr evaluation
+                                    // backtrace stack, 0 -> no limit.
+  ExtensionHandling ExtBehavior; // Map extensions onto warnings or errors?
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticIDs> Diags;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticOptions> DiagOpts;
+  DiagnosticConsumer *Client;
+  bool OwnsDiagClient;
+  SourceManager *SourceMgr;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping information for diagnostics.
+  ///
+  /// Mapping info is packed into four bits per diagnostic.  The low three
+  /// bits are the mapping (an instance of diag::Mapping), or zero if unset.
+  /// The high bit is set when the mapping was established as a user mapping.
+  /// If the high bit is clear, then the low bits are set to the default
+  /// value, and should be mapped with -pedantic, -Werror, etc.
+  ///
+  /// A new DiagState is created and kept around when diagnostic pragmas modify
+  /// the state so that we know what is the diagnostic state at any given
+  /// source location.
+  class DiagState {
+    llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, DiagnosticMappingInfo> DiagMap;
+
+  public:
+    typedef llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, DiagnosticMappingInfo>::iterator
+      iterator;
+    typedef llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, DiagnosticMappingInfo>::const_iterator
+      const_iterator;
+
+    void setMappingInfo(diag::kind Diag, DiagnosticMappingInfo Info) {
+      DiagMap[Diag] = Info;
+    }
+
+    DiagnosticMappingInfo &getOrAddMappingInfo(diag::kind Diag);
+
+    const_iterator begin() const { return DiagMap.begin(); }
+    const_iterator end() const { return DiagMap.end(); }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Keeps and automatically disposes all DiagStates that we create.
+  std::list<DiagState> DiagStates;
+
+  /// \brief Represents a point in source where the diagnostic state was
+  /// modified because of a pragma.
+  ///
+  /// 'Loc' can be null if the point represents the diagnostic state
+  /// modifications done through the command-line.
+  struct DiagStatePoint {
+    DiagState *State;
+    FullSourceLoc Loc;
+    DiagStatePoint(DiagState *State, FullSourceLoc Loc)
+      : State(State), Loc(Loc) { } 
+    
+    bool operator<(const DiagStatePoint &RHS) const {
+      // If Loc is invalid it means it came from <command-line>, in which case
+      // we regard it as coming before any valid source location.
+      if (RHS.Loc.isInvalid())
+        return false;
+      if (Loc.isInvalid())
+        return true;
+      return Loc.isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(RHS.Loc);
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief A sorted vector of all DiagStatePoints representing changes in
+  /// diagnostic state due to diagnostic pragmas.
+  ///
+  /// The vector is always sorted according to the SourceLocation of the
+  /// DiagStatePoint.
+  typedef std::vector<DiagStatePoint> DiagStatePointsTy;
+  mutable DiagStatePointsTy DiagStatePoints;
+
+  /// \brief Keeps the DiagState that was active during each diagnostic 'push'
+  /// so we can get back at it when we 'pop'.
+  std::vector<DiagState *> DiagStateOnPushStack;
+
+  DiagState *GetCurDiagState() const {
+    assert(!DiagStatePoints.empty());
+    return DiagStatePoints.back().State;
+  }
+
+  void PushDiagStatePoint(DiagState *State, SourceLocation L) {
+    FullSourceLoc Loc(L, getSourceManager());
+    // Make sure that DiagStatePoints is always sorted according to Loc.
+    assert(Loc.isValid() && "Adding invalid loc point");
+    assert(!DiagStatePoints.empty() &&
+           (DiagStatePoints.back().Loc.isInvalid() ||
+            DiagStatePoints.back().Loc.isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(Loc)) &&
+           "Previous point loc comes after or is the same as new one");
+    DiagStatePoints.push_back(DiagStatePoint(State, Loc));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Finds the DiagStatePoint that contains the diagnostic state of
+  /// the given source location.
+  DiagStatePointsTy::iterator GetDiagStatePointForLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Sticky flag set to \c true when an error is emitted.
+  bool ErrorOccurred;
+
+  /// \brief Sticky flag set to \c true when an "uncompilable error" occurs.
+  /// I.e. an error that was not upgraded from a warning by -Werror.
+  bool UncompilableErrorOccurred;
+
+  /// \brief Sticky flag set to \c true when a fatal error is emitted.
+  bool FatalErrorOccurred;
+
+  /// \brief Indicates that an unrecoverable error has occurred.
+  bool UnrecoverableErrorOccurred;
+  
+  /// \brief Counts for DiagnosticErrorTrap to check whether an error occurred
+  /// during a parsing section, e.g. during parsing a function.
+  unsigned TrapNumErrorsOccurred;
+  unsigned TrapNumUnrecoverableErrorsOccurred;
+
+  /// \brief The level of the last diagnostic emitted.
+  ///
+  /// This is used to emit continuation diagnostics with the same level as the
+  /// diagnostic that they follow.
+  DiagnosticIDs::Level LastDiagLevel;
+
+  unsigned NumWarnings;         ///< Number of warnings reported
+  unsigned NumErrors;           ///< Number of errors reported
+  unsigned NumErrorsSuppressed; ///< Number of errors suppressed
+
+  /// \brief A function pointer that converts an opaque diagnostic
+  /// argument to a strings.
+  ///
+  /// This takes the modifiers and argument that was present in the diagnostic.
+  ///
+  /// The PrevArgs array (whose length is NumPrevArgs) indicates the previous
+  /// arguments formatted for this diagnostic.  Implementations of this function
+  /// can use this information to avoid redundancy across arguments.
+  ///
+  /// This is a hack to avoid a layering violation between libbasic and libsema.
+  typedef void (*ArgToStringFnTy)(
+      ArgumentKind Kind, intptr_t Val,
+      const char *Modifier, unsigned ModifierLen,
+      const char *Argument, unsigned ArgumentLen,
+      const ArgumentValue *PrevArgs,
+      unsigned NumPrevArgs,
+      SmallVectorImpl<char> &Output,
+      void *Cookie,
+      ArrayRef<intptr_t> QualTypeVals);
+  void *ArgToStringCookie;
+  ArgToStringFnTy ArgToStringFn;
+
+  /// \brief ID of the "delayed" diagnostic, which is a (typically
+  /// fatal) diagnostic that had to be delayed because it was found
+  /// while emitting another diagnostic.
+  unsigned DelayedDiagID;
+
+  /// \brief First string argument for the delayed diagnostic.
+  std::string DelayedDiagArg1;
+
+  /// \brief Second string argument for the delayed diagnostic.
+  std::string DelayedDiagArg2;
+
+public:
+  explicit DiagnosticsEngine(
+                      const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticIDs> &Diags,
+                      DiagnosticOptions *DiagOpts,
+                      DiagnosticConsumer *client = 0,
+                      bool ShouldOwnClient = true);
+  ~DiagnosticsEngine();
+
+  const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticIDs> &getDiagnosticIDs() const {
+    return Diags;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the diagnostic options.
+  DiagnosticOptions &getDiagnosticOptions() const { return *DiagOpts; }
+
+  DiagnosticConsumer *getClient() { return Client; }
+  const DiagnosticConsumer *getClient() const { return Client; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this \c DiagnosticsEngine object own its client.
+  bool ownsClient() const { return OwnsDiagClient; }
+  
+  /// \brief Return the current diagnostic client along with ownership of that
+  /// client.
+  DiagnosticConsumer *takeClient() {
+    OwnsDiagClient = false;
+    return Client;
+  }
+
+  bool hasSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr != 0; }
+  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const {
+    assert(SourceMgr && "SourceManager not set!");
+    return *SourceMgr;
+  }
+  void setSourceManager(SourceManager *SrcMgr) { SourceMgr = SrcMgr; }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //  DiagnosticsEngine characterization methods, used by a client to customize
+  //  how diagnostics are emitted.
+  //
+
+  /// \brief Copies the current DiagMappings and pushes the new copy
+  /// onto the top of the stack.
+  void pushMappings(SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// \brief Pops the current DiagMappings off the top of the stack,
+  /// causing the new top of the stack to be the active mappings.
+  ///
+  /// \returns \c true if the pop happens, \c false if there is only one
+  /// DiagMapping on the stack.
+  bool popMappings(SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// \brief Set the diagnostic client associated with this diagnostic object.
+  ///
+  /// \param ShouldOwnClient true if the diagnostic object should take
+  /// ownership of \c client.
+  void setClient(DiagnosticConsumer *client, bool ShouldOwnClient = true);
+
+  /// \brief Specify a limit for the number of errors we should
+  /// emit before giving up.
+  ///
+  /// Zero disables the limit.
+  void setErrorLimit(unsigned Limit) { ErrorLimit = Limit; }
+  
+  /// \brief Specify the maximum number of template instantiation
+  /// notes to emit along with a given diagnostic.
+  void setTemplateBacktraceLimit(unsigned Limit) {
+    TemplateBacktraceLimit = Limit;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the maximum number of template instantiation
+  /// notes to emit along with a given diagnostic.
+  unsigned getTemplateBacktraceLimit() const {
+    return TemplateBacktraceLimit;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Specify the maximum number of constexpr evaluation
+  /// notes to emit along with a given diagnostic.
+  void setConstexprBacktraceLimit(unsigned Limit) {
+    ConstexprBacktraceLimit = Limit;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the maximum number of constexpr evaluation
+  /// notes to emit along with a given diagnostic.
+  unsigned getConstexprBacktraceLimit() const {
+    return ConstexprBacktraceLimit;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief When set to true, any unmapped warnings are ignored.
+  ///
+  /// If this and WarningsAsErrors are both set, then this one wins.
+  void setIgnoreAllWarnings(bool Val) { IgnoreAllWarnings = Val; }
+  bool getIgnoreAllWarnings() const { return IgnoreAllWarnings; }
+
+  /// \brief When set to true, any unmapped ignored warnings are no longer
+  /// ignored.
+  ///
+  /// If this and IgnoreAllWarnings are both set, then that one wins.
+  void setEnableAllWarnings(bool Val) { EnableAllWarnings = Val; }
+  bool getEnableAllWarnings() const { return EnableAllWarnings; }
+
+  /// \brief When set to true, any warnings reported are issued as errors.
+  void setWarningsAsErrors(bool Val) { WarningsAsErrors = Val; }
+  bool getWarningsAsErrors() const { return WarningsAsErrors; }
+
+  /// \brief When set to true, any error reported is made a fatal error.
+  void setErrorsAsFatal(bool Val) { ErrorsAsFatal = Val; }
+  bool getErrorsAsFatal() const { return ErrorsAsFatal; }
+
+  /// \brief When set to true mask warnings that come from system headers.
+  void setSuppressSystemWarnings(bool Val) { SuppressSystemWarnings = Val; }
+  bool getSuppressSystemWarnings() const { return SuppressSystemWarnings; }
+
+  /// \brief Suppress all diagnostics, to silence the front end when we 
+  /// know that we don't want any more diagnostics to be passed along to the
+  /// client
+  void setSuppressAllDiagnostics(bool Val = true) { 
+    SuppressAllDiagnostics = Val; 
+  }
+  bool getSuppressAllDiagnostics() const { return SuppressAllDiagnostics; }
+
+  /// \brief Set type eliding, to skip outputting same types occurring in
+  /// template types.
+  void setElideType(bool Val = true) { ElideType = Val; }
+  bool getElideType() { return ElideType; }
+ 
+  /// \brief Set tree printing, to outputting the template difference in a
+  /// tree format.
+  void setPrintTemplateTree(bool Val = false) { PrintTemplateTree = Val; }
+  bool getPrintTemplateTree() { return PrintTemplateTree; }
+
+  /// \brief Warn when spellchecking is initated, for testing.
+  void setWarnOnSpellCheck(bool Val = false) { WarnOnSpellCheck = Val; }
+  bool getWarnOnSpellCheck() { return WarnOnSpellCheck; }
+ 
+  /// \brief Set color printing, so the type diffing will inject color markers
+  /// into the output.
+  void setShowColors(bool Val = false) { ShowColors = Val; }
+  bool getShowColors() { return ShowColors; }
+
+  /// \brief Specify which overload candidates to show when overload resolution
+  /// fails.
+  ///
+  /// By default, we show all candidates.
+  void setShowOverloads(OverloadsShown Val) {
+    ShowOverloads = Val;
+  }
+  OverloadsShown getShowOverloads() const { return ShowOverloads; }
+  
+  /// \brief Pretend that the last diagnostic issued was ignored, so any
+  /// subsequent notes will be suppressed.
+  ///
+  /// This can be used by clients who suppress diagnostics themselves.
+  void setLastDiagnosticIgnored() {
+    if (LastDiagLevel == DiagnosticIDs::Fatal)
+      FatalErrorOccurred = true;
+    LastDiagLevel = DiagnosticIDs::Ignored;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Controls whether otherwise-unmapped extension diagnostics are
+  /// mapped onto ignore/warning/error. 
+  ///
+  /// This corresponds to the GCC -pedantic and -pedantic-errors option.
+  void setExtensionHandlingBehavior(ExtensionHandling H) {
+    ExtBehavior = H;
+  }
+  ExtensionHandling getExtensionHandlingBehavior() const { return ExtBehavior; }
+
+  /// \brief Counter bumped when an __extension__  block is/ encountered.
+  ///
+  /// When non-zero, all extension diagnostics are entirely silenced, no
+  /// matter how they are mapped.
+  void IncrementAllExtensionsSilenced() { ++AllExtensionsSilenced; }
+  void DecrementAllExtensionsSilenced() { --AllExtensionsSilenced; }
+  bool hasAllExtensionsSilenced() { return AllExtensionsSilenced != 0; }
+
+  /// \brief This allows the client to specify that certain warnings are
+  /// ignored.
+  ///
+  /// Notes can never be mapped, errors can only be mapped to fatal, and
+  /// WARNINGs and EXTENSIONs can be mapped arbitrarily.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The source location that this change of diagnostic state should
+  /// take affect. It can be null if we are setting the latest state.
+  void setDiagnosticMapping(diag::kind Diag, diag::Mapping Map,
+                            SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// \brief Change an entire diagnostic group (e.g. "unknown-pragmas") to
+  /// have the specified mapping.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true (and ignores the request) if "Group" was unknown, false
+  /// otherwise.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The source location that this change of diagnostic state should
+  /// take affect. It can be null if we are setting the state from command-line.
+  bool setDiagnosticGroupMapping(StringRef Group, diag::Mapping Map,
+                                 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
+
+  /// \brief Set the warning-as-error flag for the given diagnostic.
+  ///
+  /// This function always only operates on the current diagnostic state.
+  void setDiagnosticWarningAsError(diag::kind Diag, bool Enabled);
+
+  /// \brief Set the warning-as-error flag for the given diagnostic group.
+  ///
+  /// This function always only operates on the current diagnostic state.
+  ///
+  /// \returns True if the given group is unknown, false otherwise.
+  bool setDiagnosticGroupWarningAsError(StringRef Group, bool Enabled);
+
+  /// \brief Set the error-as-fatal flag for the given diagnostic.
+  ///
+  /// This function always only operates on the current diagnostic state.
+  void setDiagnosticErrorAsFatal(diag::kind Diag, bool Enabled);
+
+  /// \brief Set the error-as-fatal flag for the given diagnostic group.
+  ///
+  /// This function always only operates on the current diagnostic state.
+  ///
+  /// \returns True if the given group is unknown, false otherwise.
+  bool setDiagnosticGroupErrorAsFatal(StringRef Group, bool Enabled);
+
+  /// \brief Add the specified mapping to all diagnostics.
+  ///
+  /// Mainly to be used by -Wno-everything to disable all warnings but allow
+  /// subsequent -W options to enable specific warnings.
+  void setMappingToAllDiagnostics(diag::Mapping Map,
+                                  SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
+
+  bool hasErrorOccurred() const { return ErrorOccurred; }
+
+  /// \brief Errors that actually prevent compilation, not those that are
+  /// upgraded from a warning by -Werror.
+  bool hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() const {
+    return UncompilableErrorOccurred;
+  }
+  bool hasFatalErrorOccurred() const { return FatalErrorOccurred; }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether any kind of unrecoverable error has occurred.
+  bool hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred() const {
+    return FatalErrorOccurred || UnrecoverableErrorOccurred;
+  }
+  
+  unsigned getNumWarnings() const { return NumWarnings; }
+
+  void setNumWarnings(unsigned NumWarnings) {
+    this->NumWarnings = NumWarnings;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return an ID for a diagnostic with the specified message and level.
+  ///
+  /// If this is the first request for this diagnostic, it is registered and
+  /// created, otherwise the existing ID is returned.
+  unsigned getCustomDiagID(Level L, StringRef Message) {
+    return Diags->getCustomDiagID((DiagnosticIDs::Level)L, Message);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Converts a diagnostic argument (as an intptr_t) into the string
+  /// that represents it.
+  void ConvertArgToString(ArgumentKind Kind, intptr_t Val,
+                          const char *Modifier, unsigned ModLen,
+                          const char *Argument, unsigned ArgLen,
+                          const ArgumentValue *PrevArgs, unsigned NumPrevArgs,
+                          SmallVectorImpl<char> &Output,
+                          ArrayRef<intptr_t> QualTypeVals) const {
+    ArgToStringFn(Kind, Val, Modifier, ModLen, Argument, ArgLen,
+                  PrevArgs, NumPrevArgs, Output, ArgToStringCookie,
+                  QualTypeVals);
+  }
+
+  void SetArgToStringFn(ArgToStringFnTy Fn, void *Cookie) {
+    ArgToStringFn = Fn;
+    ArgToStringCookie = Cookie;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Note that the prior diagnostic was emitted by some other
+  /// \c DiagnosticsEngine, and we may be attaching a note to that diagnostic.
+  void notePriorDiagnosticFrom(const DiagnosticsEngine &Other) {
+    LastDiagLevel = Other.LastDiagLevel;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Reset the state of the diagnostic object to its initial 
+  /// configuration.
+  void Reset();
+  
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // DiagnosticsEngine classification and reporting interfaces.
+  //
+
+  /// \brief Based on the way the client configured the DiagnosticsEngine
+  /// object, classify the specified diagnostic ID into a Level, consumable by
+  /// the DiagnosticConsumer.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The source location we are interested in finding out the
+  /// diagnostic state. Can be null in order to query the latest state.
+  Level getDiagnosticLevel(unsigned DiagID, SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    return (Level)Diags->getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, Loc, *this);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Issue the message to the client.
+  ///
+  /// This actually returns an instance of DiagnosticBuilder which emits the
+  /// diagnostics (through @c ProcessDiag) when it is destroyed.
+  ///
+  /// \param DiagID A member of the @c diag::kind enum.
+  /// \param Loc Represents the source location associated with the diagnostic,
+  /// which can be an invalid location if no position information is available.
+  inline DiagnosticBuilder Report(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
+  inline DiagnosticBuilder Report(unsigned DiagID);
+
+  void Report(const StoredDiagnostic &storedDiag);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whethere there is already a diagnostic in flight.
+  bool isDiagnosticInFlight() const { return CurDiagID != ~0U; }
+
+  /// \brief Set the "delayed" diagnostic that will be emitted once
+  /// the current diagnostic completes.
+  ///
+  ///  If a diagnostic is already in-flight but the front end must
+  ///  report a problem (e.g., with an inconsistent file system
+  ///  state), this routine sets a "delayed" diagnostic that will be
+  ///  emitted after the current diagnostic completes. This should
+  ///  only be used for fatal errors detected at inconvenient
+  ///  times. If emitting a delayed diagnostic causes a second delayed
+  ///  diagnostic to be introduced, that second delayed diagnostic
+  ///  will be ignored.
+  ///
+  /// \param DiagID The ID of the diagnostic being delayed.
+  ///
+  /// \param Arg1 A string argument that will be provided to the
+  /// diagnostic. A copy of this string will be stored in the
+  /// DiagnosticsEngine object itself.
+  ///
+  /// \param Arg2 A string argument that will be provided to the
+  /// diagnostic. A copy of this string will be stored in the
+  /// DiagnosticsEngine object itself.
+  void SetDelayedDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID, StringRef Arg1 = "",
+                            StringRef Arg2 = "");
+  
+  /// \brief Clear out the current diagnostic.
+  void Clear() { CurDiagID = ~0U; }
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Report the delayed diagnostic.
+  void ReportDelayed();
+
+  // This is private state used by DiagnosticBuilder.  We put it here instead of
+  // in DiagnosticBuilder in order to keep DiagnosticBuilder a small lightweight
+  // object.  This implementation choice means that we can only have one
+  // diagnostic "in flight" at a time, but this seems to be a reasonable
+  // tradeoff to keep these objects small.  Assertions verify that only one
+  // diagnostic is in flight at a time.
+  friend class DiagnosticIDs;
+  friend class DiagnosticBuilder;
+  friend class Diagnostic;
+  friend class PartialDiagnostic;
+  friend class DiagnosticErrorTrap;
+  
+  /// \brief The location of the current diagnostic that is in flight.
+  SourceLocation CurDiagLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The ID of the current diagnostic that is in flight.
+  ///
+  /// This is set to ~0U when there is no diagnostic in flight.
+  unsigned CurDiagID;
+
+  enum {
+    /// \brief The maximum number of arguments we can hold.
+    ///
+    /// We currently only support up to 10 arguments (%0-%9).  A single
+    /// diagnostic with more than that almost certainly has to be simplified
+    /// anyway.
+    MaxArguments = 10,
+
+    /// \brief The maximum number of ranges we can hold.
+    MaxRanges = 10,
+
+    /// \brief The maximum number of ranges we can hold.
+    MaxFixItHints = 10
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The number of entries in Arguments.
+  signed char NumDiagArgs;
+  /// \brief The number of ranges in the DiagRanges array.
+  unsigned char NumDiagRanges;
+  /// \brief The number of hints in the DiagFixItHints array.
+  unsigned char NumDiagFixItHints;
+
+  /// \brief Specifies whether an argument is in DiagArgumentsStr or
+  /// in DiagArguments.
+  ///
+  /// This is an array of ArgumentKind::ArgumentKind enum values, one for each
+  /// argument.
+  unsigned char DiagArgumentsKind[MaxArguments];
+
+  /// \brief Holds the values of each string argument for the current
+  /// diagnostic.
+  ///
+  /// This is only used when the corresponding ArgumentKind is ak_std_string.
+  std::string DiagArgumentsStr[MaxArguments];
+
+  /// \brief The values for the various substitution positions.
+  ///
+  /// This is used when the argument is not an std::string.  The specific
+  /// value is mangled into an intptr_t and the interpretation depends on
+  /// exactly what sort of argument kind it is.
+  intptr_t DiagArgumentsVal[MaxArguments];
+
+  /// \brief The list of ranges added to this diagnostic.
+  CharSourceRange DiagRanges[MaxRanges];
+
+  /// \brief If valid, provides a hint with some code to insert, remove,
+  /// or modify at a particular position.
+  FixItHint DiagFixItHints[MaxFixItHints];
+
+  DiagnosticMappingInfo makeMappingInfo(diag::Mapping Map, SourceLocation L) {
+    bool isPragma = L.isValid();
+    DiagnosticMappingInfo MappingInfo = DiagnosticMappingInfo::Make(
+      Map, /*IsUser=*/true, isPragma);
+
+    // If this is a pragma mapping, then set the diagnostic mapping flags so
+    // that we override command line options.
+    if (isPragma) {
+      MappingInfo.setNoWarningAsError(true);
+      MappingInfo.setNoErrorAsFatal(true);
+    }
+
+    return MappingInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Used to report a diagnostic that is finally fully formed.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the diagnostic was emitted, false if it was suppressed.
+  bool ProcessDiag() {
+    return Diags->ProcessDiag(*this);
+  }
+
+  /// @name Diagnostic Emission
+  /// @{
+protected:
+  // Sema requires access to the following functions because the current design
+  // of SFINAE requires it to use its own SemaDiagnosticBuilder, which needs to
+  // access us directly to ensure we minimize the emitted code for the common
+  // Sema::Diag() patterns.
+  friend class Sema;
+
+  /// \brief Emit the current diagnostic and clear the diagnostic state.
+  ///
+  /// \param Force Emit the diagnostic regardless of suppression settings.
+  bool EmitCurrentDiagnostic(bool Force = false);
+
+  unsigned getCurrentDiagID() const { return CurDiagID; }
+
+  SourceLocation getCurrentDiagLoc() const { return CurDiagLoc; }
+
+  /// @}
+
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief RAII class that determines when any errors have occurred
+/// between the time the instance was created and the time it was
+/// queried.
+class DiagnosticErrorTrap {
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diag;
+  unsigned NumErrors;
+  unsigned NumUnrecoverableErrors;
+
+public:
+  explicit DiagnosticErrorTrap(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag)
+    : Diag(Diag) { reset(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether any errors have occurred since this
+  /// object instance was created.
+  bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
+    return Diag.TrapNumErrorsOccurred > NumErrors;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether any unrecoverable errors have occurred since this
+  /// object instance was created.
+  bool hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred() const {
+    return Diag.TrapNumUnrecoverableErrorsOccurred > NumUnrecoverableErrors;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set to initial state of "no errors occurred".
+  void reset() {
+    NumErrors = Diag.TrapNumErrorsOccurred;
+    NumUnrecoverableErrors = Diag.TrapNumUnrecoverableErrorsOccurred;
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// DiagnosticBuilder
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// \brief A little helper class used to produce diagnostics.
+///
+/// This is constructed by the DiagnosticsEngine::Report method, and
+/// allows insertion of extra information (arguments and source ranges) into
+/// the currently "in flight" diagnostic.  When the temporary for the builder
+/// is destroyed, the diagnostic is issued.
+///
+/// Note that many of these will be created as temporary objects (many call
+/// sites), so we want them to be small and we never want their address taken.
+/// This ensures that compilers with somewhat reasonable optimizers will promote
+/// the common fields to registers, eliminating increments of the NumArgs field,
+/// for example.
+class DiagnosticBuilder {
+  mutable DiagnosticsEngine *DiagObj;
+  mutable unsigned NumArgs, NumRanges, NumFixits;
+
+  /// \brief Status variable indicating if this diagnostic is still active.
+  ///
+  // NOTE: This field is redundant with DiagObj (IsActive iff (DiagObj == 0)),
+  // but LLVM is not currently smart enough to eliminate the null check that
+  // Emit() would end up with if we used that as our status variable.
+  mutable bool IsActive;
+
+  /// \brief Flag indicating that this diagnostic is being emitted via a
+  /// call to ForceEmit.
+  mutable bool IsForceEmit;
+
+  void operator=(const DiagnosticBuilder &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  friend class DiagnosticsEngine;
+  
+  DiagnosticBuilder()
+    : DiagObj(0), NumArgs(0), NumRanges(0), NumFixits(0), IsActive(false),
+      IsForceEmit(false) { }
+
+  explicit DiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticsEngine *diagObj)
+    : DiagObj(diagObj), NumArgs(0), NumRanges(0), NumFixits(0), IsActive(true),
+      IsForceEmit(false) {
+    assert(diagObj && "DiagnosticBuilder requires a valid DiagnosticsEngine!");
+  }
+
+  friend class PartialDiagnostic;
+  
+protected:
+  void FlushCounts() {
+    DiagObj->NumDiagArgs = NumArgs;
+    DiagObj->NumDiagRanges = NumRanges;
+    DiagObj->NumDiagFixItHints = NumFixits;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Clear out the current diagnostic.
+  void Clear() const {
+    DiagObj = 0;
+    IsActive = false;
+    IsForceEmit = false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this diagnostic is still active.
+  bool isActive() const { return IsActive; }
+
+  /// \brief Force the diagnostic builder to emit the diagnostic now.
+  ///
+  /// Once this function has been called, the DiagnosticBuilder object
+  /// should not be used again before it is destroyed.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if a diagnostic was emitted, false if the
+  /// diagnostic was suppressed.
+  bool Emit() {
+    // If this diagnostic is inactive, then its soul was stolen by the copy ctor
+    // (or by a subclass, as in SemaDiagnosticBuilder).
+    if (!isActive()) return false;
+
+    // When emitting diagnostics, we set the final argument count into
+    // the DiagnosticsEngine object.
+    FlushCounts();
+
+    // Process the diagnostic.
+    bool Result = DiagObj->EmitCurrentDiagnostic(IsForceEmit);
+
+    // This diagnostic is dead.
+    Clear();
+
+    return Result;
+  }
+  
+public:
+  /// Copy constructor.  When copied, this "takes" the diagnostic info from the
+  /// input and neuters it.
+  DiagnosticBuilder(const DiagnosticBuilder &D) {
+    DiagObj = D.DiagObj;
+    IsActive = D.IsActive;
+    IsForceEmit = D.IsForceEmit;
+    D.Clear();
+    NumArgs = D.NumArgs;
+    NumRanges = D.NumRanges;
+    NumFixits = D.NumFixits;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an empty diagnostic builder.
+  static DiagnosticBuilder getEmpty() {
+    return DiagnosticBuilder();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Emits the diagnostic.
+  ~DiagnosticBuilder() {
+    Emit();
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Forces the diagnostic to be emitted.
+  const DiagnosticBuilder &setForceEmit() const {
+    IsForceEmit = true;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Conversion of DiagnosticBuilder to bool always returns \c true.
+  ///
+  /// This allows is to be used in boolean error contexts (where \c true is
+  /// used to indicate that an error has occurred), like:
+  /// \code
+  /// return Diag(...);
+  /// \endcode
+  operator bool() const { return true; }
+
+  void AddString(StringRef S) const {
+    assert(isActive() && "Clients must not add to cleared diagnostic!");
+    assert(NumArgs < DiagnosticsEngine::MaxArguments &&
+           "Too many arguments to diagnostic!");
+    DiagObj->DiagArgumentsKind[NumArgs] = DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string;
+    DiagObj->DiagArgumentsStr[NumArgs++] = S;
+  }
+
+  void AddTaggedVal(intptr_t V, DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind Kind) const {
+    assert(isActive() && "Clients must not add to cleared diagnostic!");
+    assert(NumArgs < DiagnosticsEngine::MaxArguments &&
+           "Too many arguments to diagnostic!");
+    DiagObj->DiagArgumentsKind[NumArgs] = Kind;
+    DiagObj->DiagArgumentsVal[NumArgs++] = V;
+  }
+
+  void AddSourceRange(const CharSourceRange &R) const {
+    assert(isActive() && "Clients must not add to cleared diagnostic!");
+    assert(NumRanges < DiagnosticsEngine::MaxRanges &&
+           "Too many arguments to diagnostic!");
+    DiagObj->DiagRanges[NumRanges++] = R;
+  }
+
+  void AddFixItHint(const FixItHint &Hint) const {
+    assert(isActive() && "Clients must not add to cleared diagnostic!");
+    assert(NumFixits < DiagnosticsEngine::MaxFixItHints &&
+           "Too many arguments to diagnostic!");
+    DiagObj->DiagFixItHints[NumFixits++] = Hint;
+  }
+
+  bool hasMaxRanges() const {
+    return NumRanges == DiagnosticsEngine::MaxRanges;
+  }
+};
+
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           StringRef S) {
+  DB.AddString(S);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           const char *Str) {
+  DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(Str),
+                  DiagnosticsEngine::ak_c_string);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, int I) {
+  DB.AddTaggedVal(I, DiagnosticsEngine::ak_sint);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,bool I) {
+  DB.AddTaggedVal(I, DiagnosticsEngine::ak_sint);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           unsigned I) {
+  DB.AddTaggedVal(I, DiagnosticsEngine::ak_uint);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           const IdentifierInfo *II) {
+  DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(II),
+                  DiagnosticsEngine::ak_identifierinfo);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+// Adds a DeclContext to the diagnostic. The enable_if template magic is here
+// so that we only match those arguments that are (statically) DeclContexts;
+// other arguments that derive from DeclContext (e.g., RecordDecls) will not
+// match.
+template<typename T>
+inline
+typename llvm::enable_if<llvm::is_same<T, DeclContext>, 
+                         const DiagnosticBuilder &>::type
+operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, T *DC) {
+  DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(DC),
+                  DiagnosticsEngine::ak_declcontext);
+  return DB;
+}
+  
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           const SourceRange &R) {
+  DB.AddSourceRange(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(R));
+  return DB;
+}
+
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           const CharSourceRange &R) {
+  DB.AddSourceRange(R);
+  return DB;
+}
+  
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           const FixItHint &Hint) {
+  if (!Hint.isNull())
+    DB.AddFixItHint(Hint);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+inline DiagnosticBuilder DiagnosticsEngine::Report(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                            unsigned DiagID){
+  assert(CurDiagID == ~0U && "Multiple diagnostics in flight at once!");
+  CurDiagLoc = Loc;
+  CurDiagID = DiagID;
+  return DiagnosticBuilder(this);
+}
+inline DiagnosticBuilder DiagnosticsEngine::Report(unsigned DiagID) {
+  return Report(SourceLocation(), DiagID);
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Diagnostic
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// A little helper class (which is basically a smart pointer that forwards
+/// info from DiagnosticsEngine) that allows clients to enquire about the
+/// currently in-flight diagnostic.
+class Diagnostic {
+  const DiagnosticsEngine *DiagObj;
+  StringRef StoredDiagMessage;
+public:
+  explicit Diagnostic(const DiagnosticsEngine *DO) : DiagObj(DO) {}
+  Diagnostic(const DiagnosticsEngine *DO, StringRef storedDiagMessage)
+    : DiagObj(DO), StoredDiagMessage(storedDiagMessage) {}
+
+  const DiagnosticsEngine *getDiags() const { return DiagObj; }
+  unsigned getID() const { return DiagObj->CurDiagID; }
+  const SourceLocation &getLocation() const { return DiagObj->CurDiagLoc; }
+  bool hasSourceManager() const { return DiagObj->hasSourceManager(); }
+  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return DiagObj->getSourceManager();}
+
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return DiagObj->NumDiagArgs; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the kind of the specified index.
+  ///
+  /// Based on the kind of argument, the accessors below can be used to get
+  /// the value.
+  ///
+  /// \pre Idx < getNumArgs()
+  DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind getArgKind(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(Idx < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out of range!");
+    return (DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind)DiagObj->DiagArgumentsKind[Idx];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the provided argument string specified by \p Idx.
+  /// \pre getArgKind(Idx) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string
+  const std::string &getArgStdStr(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(getArgKind(Idx) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string &&
+           "invalid argument accessor!");
+    return DiagObj->DiagArgumentsStr[Idx];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the specified C string argument.
+  /// \pre getArgKind(Idx) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_c_string
+  const char *getArgCStr(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(getArgKind(Idx) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_c_string &&
+           "invalid argument accessor!");
+    return reinterpret_cast<const char*>(DiagObj->DiagArgumentsVal[Idx]);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the specified signed integer argument.
+  /// \pre getArgKind(Idx) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_sint
+  int getArgSInt(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(getArgKind(Idx) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_sint &&
+           "invalid argument accessor!");
+    return (int)DiagObj->DiagArgumentsVal[Idx];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the specified unsigned integer argument.
+  /// \pre getArgKind(Idx) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_uint
+  unsigned getArgUInt(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(getArgKind(Idx) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_uint &&
+           "invalid argument accessor!");
+    return (unsigned)DiagObj->DiagArgumentsVal[Idx];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the specified IdentifierInfo argument.
+  /// \pre getArgKind(Idx) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_identifierinfo
+  const IdentifierInfo *getArgIdentifier(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(getArgKind(Idx) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_identifierinfo &&
+           "invalid argument accessor!");
+    return reinterpret_cast<IdentifierInfo*>(DiagObj->DiagArgumentsVal[Idx]);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the specified non-string argument in an opaque form.
+  /// \pre getArgKind(Idx) != DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string
+  intptr_t getRawArg(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(getArgKind(Idx) != DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string &&
+           "invalid argument accessor!");
+    return DiagObj->DiagArgumentsVal[Idx];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the number of source ranges associated with this diagnostic.
+  unsigned getNumRanges() const {
+    return DiagObj->NumDiagRanges;
+  }
+
+  /// \pre Idx < getNumRanges()
+  const CharSourceRange &getRange(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(Idx < DiagObj->NumDiagRanges && "Invalid diagnostic range index!");
+    return DiagObj->DiagRanges[Idx];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return an array reference for this diagnostic's ranges.
+  ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> getRanges() const {
+    return llvm::makeArrayRef(DiagObj->DiagRanges, DiagObj->NumDiagRanges);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumFixItHints() const {
+    return DiagObj->NumDiagFixItHints;
+  }
+
+  const FixItHint &getFixItHint(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(Idx < getNumFixItHints() && "Invalid index!");
+    return DiagObj->DiagFixItHints[Idx];
+  }
+
+  const FixItHint *getFixItHints() const {
+    return getNumFixItHints()? DiagObj->DiagFixItHints : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Format this diagnostic into a string, substituting the
+  /// formal arguments into the %0 slots.
+  ///
+  /// The result is appended onto the \p OutStr array.
+  void FormatDiagnostic(SmallVectorImpl<char> &OutStr) const;
+
+  /// \brief Format the given format-string into the output buffer using the
+  /// arguments stored in this diagnostic.
+  void FormatDiagnostic(const char *DiagStr, const char *DiagEnd,
+                        SmallVectorImpl<char> &OutStr) const;
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Represents a diagnostic in a form that can be retained until its 
+ * corresponding source manager is destroyed. 
+ */
+class StoredDiagnostic {
+  unsigned ID;
+  DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level;
+  FullSourceLoc Loc;
+  std::string Message;
+  std::vector<CharSourceRange> Ranges;
+  std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts;
+
+public:
+  StoredDiagnostic();
+  StoredDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level, const Diagnostic &Info);
+  StoredDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level, unsigned ID, 
+                   StringRef Message);
+  StoredDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level, unsigned ID, 
+                   StringRef Message, FullSourceLoc Loc,
+                   ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> Ranges,
+                   ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixits);
+  ~StoredDiagnostic();
+
+  /// \brief Evaluates true when this object stores a diagnostic.
+  operator bool() const { return Message.size() > 0; }
+
+  unsigned getID() const { return ID; }
+  DiagnosticsEngine::Level getLevel() const { return Level; }
+  const FullSourceLoc &getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  StringRef getMessage() const { return Message; }
+
+  void setLocation(FullSourceLoc Loc) { this->Loc = Loc; }
+
+  typedef std::vector<CharSourceRange>::const_iterator range_iterator;
+  range_iterator range_begin() const { return Ranges.begin(); }
+  range_iterator range_end() const { return Ranges.end(); }
+  unsigned range_size() const { return Ranges.size(); }
+  
+  ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> getRanges() const {
+    return llvm::makeArrayRef(Ranges);
+  }
+
+
+  typedef std::vector<FixItHint>::const_iterator fixit_iterator;
+  fixit_iterator fixit_begin() const { return FixIts.begin(); }
+  fixit_iterator fixit_end() const { return FixIts.end(); }
+  unsigned fixit_size() const { return FixIts.size(); }
+  
+  ArrayRef<FixItHint> getFixIts() const {
+    return llvm::makeArrayRef(FixIts);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Abstract interface, implemented by clients of the front-end, which
+/// formats and prints fully processed diagnostics.
+class DiagnosticConsumer {
+protected:
+  unsigned NumWarnings;       ///< Number of warnings reported
+  unsigned NumErrors;         ///< Number of errors reported
+  
+public:
+  DiagnosticConsumer() : NumWarnings(0), NumErrors(0) { }
+
+  unsigned getNumErrors() const { return NumErrors; }
+  unsigned getNumWarnings() const { return NumWarnings; }
+  virtual void clear() { NumWarnings = NumErrors = 0; }
+
+  virtual ~DiagnosticConsumer();
+
+  /// \brief Callback to inform the diagnostic client that processing
+  /// of a source file is beginning.
+  ///
+  /// Note that diagnostics may be emitted outside the processing of a source
+  /// file, for example during the parsing of command line options. However,
+  /// diagnostics with source range information are required to only be emitted
+  /// in between BeginSourceFile() and EndSourceFile().
+  ///
+  /// \param LangOpts The language options for the source file being processed.
+  /// \param PP The preprocessor object being used for the source; this is 
+  /// optional, e.g., it may not be present when processing AST source files.
+  virtual void BeginSourceFile(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                               const Preprocessor *PP = 0) {}
+
+  /// \brief Callback to inform the diagnostic client that processing
+  /// of a source file has ended.
+  ///
+  /// The diagnostic client should assume that any objects made available via
+  /// BeginSourceFile() are inaccessible.
+  virtual void EndSourceFile() {}
+
+  /// \brief Callback to inform the diagnostic client that processing of all
+  /// source files has ended.
+  virtual void finish() {}
+
+  /// \brief Indicates whether the diagnostics handled by this
+  /// DiagnosticConsumer should be included in the number of diagnostics
+  /// reported by DiagnosticsEngine.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation returns true.
+  virtual bool IncludeInDiagnosticCounts() const;
+
+  /// \brief Handle this diagnostic, reporting it to the user or
+  /// capturing it to a log as needed.
+  ///
+  /// The default implementation just keeps track of the total number of
+  /// warnings and errors.
+  virtual void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel,
+                                const Diagnostic &Info);
+  
+  /// \brief Clone the diagnostic consumer, producing an equivalent consumer
+  /// that can be used in a different context.
+  virtual DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief A diagnostic client that ignores all diagnostics.
+class IgnoringDiagConsumer : public DiagnosticConsumer {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel,
+                        const Diagnostic &Info) {
+    // Just ignore it.
+  }
+  DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const {
+    return new IgnoringDiagConsumer();
+  }
+};
+
+// Struct used for sending info about how a type should be printed.
+struct TemplateDiffTypes {
+  intptr_t FromType;
+  intptr_t ToType;
+  unsigned PrintTree : 1;
+  unsigned PrintFromType : 1;
+  unsigned ElideType : 1;
+  unsigned ShowColors : 1;
+  // The printer sets this variable to true if the template diff was used.
+  unsigned TemplateDiffUsed : 1;
+};
+
+/// Special character that the diagnostic printer will use to toggle the bold
+/// attribute.  The character itself will be not be printed.
+const char ToggleHighlight = 127;
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Diagnostic.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Diagnostic.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dfecdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Diagnostic.td
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+//===--- Diagnostic.td - C Language Family Diagnostic Handling ------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the TableGen core definitions for the diagnostics
+//  and diagnostic control.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// Define the diagnostic mappings.
+class DiagMapping;
+def MAP_IGNORE  : DiagMapping;
+def MAP_WARNING : DiagMapping;
+def MAP_ERROR   : DiagMapping;
+def MAP_FATAL   : DiagMapping;
+
+// Define the diagnostic classes.
+class DiagClass;
+def CLASS_NOTE      : DiagClass;
+def CLASS_WARNING   : DiagClass;
+def CLASS_EXTENSION : DiagClass;
+def CLASS_ERROR     : DiagClass;
+
+// Diagnostic Categories.  These can be applied to groups or individual
+// diagnostics to specify a category.
+class DiagCategory<string Name> {
+  string CategoryName = Name;
+}
+
+// Diagnostic Groups.
+class DiagGroup<string Name, list<DiagGroup> subgroups = []> {
+  string GroupName = Name;
+  list<DiagGroup> SubGroups = subgroups;
+  string CategoryName = "";
+}
+class InGroup<DiagGroup G> { DiagGroup Group = G; }
+//class IsGroup<string Name> { DiagGroup Group = DiagGroup<Name>; }
+
+
+// This defines all of the named diagnostic categories.
+include "DiagnosticCategories.td"
+
+// This defines all of the named diagnostic groups.
+include "DiagnosticGroups.td"
+
+
+// All diagnostics emitted by the compiler are an indirect subclass of this.
+class Diagnostic<string text, DiagClass DC, DiagMapping defaultmapping> {
+  /// Component is specified by the file with a big let directive.
+  string      Component = ?;
+  string      Text = text;
+  DiagClass   Class = DC;
+  bit         SFINAE = 1;
+  bit         AccessControl = 0;
+  bit         WarningNoWerror = 0;
+  bit         WarningShowInSystemHeader = 0;
+  DiagMapping DefaultMapping = defaultmapping;
+  DiagGroup   Group;
+  string      CategoryName = "";
+}
+
+class Error<string str>     : Diagnostic<str, CLASS_ERROR, MAP_ERROR>;
+class Warning<string str>   : Diagnostic<str, CLASS_WARNING, MAP_WARNING>;
+class Extension<string str> : Diagnostic<str, CLASS_EXTENSION, MAP_IGNORE>;
+class ExtWarn<string str>   : Diagnostic<str, CLASS_EXTENSION, MAP_WARNING>;
+class Note<string str>      : Diagnostic<str, CLASS_NOTE, MAP_FATAL/*ignored*/>;
+
+
+class DefaultIgnore { DiagMapping DefaultMapping = MAP_IGNORE; }
+class DefaultWarn   { DiagMapping DefaultMapping = MAP_WARNING; }
+class DefaultError  { DiagMapping DefaultMapping = MAP_ERROR; }
+class DefaultFatal  { DiagMapping DefaultMapping = MAP_FATAL; }
+class DefaultWarnNoWerror {
+  bit WarningNoWerror = 1;
+}
+class DefaultWarnShowInSystemHeader {
+  bit WarningShowInSystemHeader = 1;
+}
+
+class NoSFINAE { bit SFINAE = 0; }
+class AccessControl { bit AccessControl = 1; }
+
+// Definitions for Diagnostics.
+include "DiagnosticASTKinds.td"
+include "DiagnosticAnalysisKinds.td"
+include "DiagnosticCommentKinds.td"
+include "DiagnosticCommonKinds.td"
+include "DiagnosticDriverKinds.td"
+include "DiagnosticFrontendKinds.td"
+include "DiagnosticLexKinds.td"
+include "DiagnosticParseKinds.td"
+include "DiagnosticSemaKinds.td"
+include "DiagnosticSerializationKinds.td"
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticASTKinds.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticASTKinds.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9be32af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticASTKinds.td
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticASTKinds.td - libast diagnostics ------------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Component = "AST" in {
+
+// Constant expression diagnostics. These (and their users) belong in Sema.
+def note_expr_divide_by_zero : Note<"division by zero">;
+def note_constexpr_invalid_cast : Note<
+  "%select{reinterpret_cast|dynamic_cast|cast which performs the conversions of"
+  " a reinterpret_cast|cast from %1}0 is not allowed in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_invalid_downcast : Note<
+  "cannot cast object of dynamic type %0 to type %1">;
+def note_constexpr_overflow : Note<
+  "value %0 is outside the range of representable values of type %1">;
+def note_constexpr_negative_shift : Note<"negative shift count %0">;
+def note_constexpr_large_shift : Note<
+  "shift count %0 >= width of type %1 (%2 bit%s2)">;
+def note_constexpr_lshift_of_negative : Note<"left shift of negative value %0">;
+def note_constexpr_lshift_discards : Note<"signed left shift discards bits">;
+def note_constexpr_invalid_function : Note<
+  "%select{non-constexpr|undefined}0 %select{function|constructor}1 %2 cannot "
+  "be used in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_virtual_call : Note<
+  "cannot evaluate virtual function call in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_virtual_base : Note<
+  "cannot construct object of type %0 with virtual base class "
+  "in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_nonliteral : Note<
+  "non-literal type %0 cannot be used in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_non_global : Note<
+  "%select{pointer|reference}0 to %select{|subobject of }1"
+  "%select{temporary|%3}2 is not a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_array_index : Note<"cannot refer to element %0 of "
+  "%select{array of %2 elements|non-array object}1 in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_float_arithmetic : Note<
+  "floating point arithmetic produces %select{an infinity|a NaN}0">;
+def note_constexpr_pointer_subtraction_not_same_array : Note<
+  "subtracted pointers are not elements of the same array">;
+def note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_classes : Note<
+  "comparison of addresses of subobjects of different base classes "
+  "has unspecified value">;
+def note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_field : Note<
+  "comparison of address of base class subobject %0 of class %1 to field %2 "
+  "has unspecified value">;
+def note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_differing_access : Note<
+  "comparison of address of fields %0 and %2 of %4 with differing access "
+  "specifiers (%1 vs %3) has unspecified value">;
+def note_constexpr_compare_virtual_mem_ptr : Note<
+  "comparison of pointer to virtual member function %0 has unspecified value">;
+def note_constexpr_past_end : Note<
+  "dereferenced pointer past the end of %select{|subobject of }0"
+  "%select{temporary|%2}1 is not a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_past_end_subobject : Note<
+  "cannot %select{access base class of|access derived class of|access field of|"
+  "access array element of|ERROR|call member function on|"
+  "access real component of|access imaginary component of}0 "
+  "pointer past the end of object">;
+def note_constexpr_null_subobject : Note<
+  "cannot %select{access base class of|access derived class of|access field of|"
+  "access array element of|perform pointer arithmetic on|"
+  "call member function on|access real component of|"
+  "access imaginary component of}0 null pointer">;
+def note_constexpr_var_init_non_constant : Note<
+  "initializer of %0 is not a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_typeid_polymorphic : Note<
+  "typeid applied to expression of polymorphic type %0 is "
+  "not allowed in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_void_comparison : Note<
+  "comparison between unequal pointers to void has unspecified result">;
+def note_constexpr_temporary_here : Note<"temporary created here">;
+def note_constexpr_conditional_never_const : Note<
+  "both arms of conditional operator are unable to produce a "
+  "constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_depth_limit_exceeded : Note<
+  "constexpr evaluation exceeded maximum depth of %0 calls">;
+def note_constexpr_call_limit_exceeded : Note<
+  "constexpr evaluation hit maximum call limit">;
+def note_constexpr_lifetime_ended : Note<
+  "read of %select{temporary|variable}0 whose lifetime has ended">;
+def note_constexpr_ltor_volatile_type : Note<
+  "read of volatile-qualified type %0 is not allowed in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_ltor_volatile_obj : Note<
+  "read of volatile %select{temporary|object %1|member %1}0 is not allowed in "
+  "a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_ltor_mutable : Note<
+  "read of mutable member %0 is not allowed in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_ltor_non_const_int : Note<
+  "read of non-const variable %0 is not allowed in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_ltor_non_constexpr : Note<
+  "read of non-constexpr variable %0 is not allowed in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_read_past_end : Note<
+  "read of dereferenced one-past-the-end pointer is not allowed in a "
+  "constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_read_inactive_union_member : Note<
+  "read of member %0 of union with %select{active member %2|no active member}1 "
+  "is not allowed in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_read_uninit : Note<
+  "read of uninitialized object is not allowed in a constant expression">;
+def note_constexpr_calls_suppressed : Note<
+  "(skipping %0 call%s0 in backtrace; use -fconstexpr-backtrace-limit=0 to "
+  "see all)">;
+def note_constexpr_call_here : Note<"in call to '%0'">;
+def warn_integer_constant_overflow : Warning<
+  "overflow in expression; result is %0 with type %1">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"integer-overflow">>;
+
+// inline asm related.
+let CategoryName = "Inline Assembly Issue" in {
+  def err_asm_invalid_escape : Error<
+    "invalid %% escape in inline assembly string">;
+  def err_asm_unknown_symbolic_operand_name : Error<
+    "unknown symbolic operand name in inline assembly string">;
+
+  def err_asm_unterminated_symbolic_operand_name : Error<
+    "unterminated symbolic operand name in inline assembly string">;
+  def err_asm_empty_symbolic_operand_name : Error<
+    "empty symbolic operand name in inline assembly string">;
+  def err_asm_invalid_operand_number : Error<
+    "invalid operand number in inline asm string">;
+}
+
+
+// Importing ASTs
+def err_odr_variable_type_inconsistent : Error<
+  "external variable %0 declared with incompatible types in different "
+  "translation units (%1 vs. %2)">;
+def err_odr_variable_multiple_def : Error<
+  "external variable %0 defined in multiple translation units">;
+def note_odr_value_here : Note<"declared here with type %0">;
+def note_odr_defined_here : Note<"also defined here">;
+def err_odr_function_type_inconsistent : Error<
+  "external function %0 declared with incompatible types in different "
+  "translation units (%1 vs. %2)">;
+def warn_odr_tag_type_inconsistent : Warning<
+  "type %0 has incompatible definitions in different translation units">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"odr">>;
+def note_odr_tag_kind_here: Note<
+  "%0 is a %select{struct|interface|union|class|enum}1 here">;
+def note_odr_field : Note<"field %0 has type %1 here">;
+def note_odr_missing_field : Note<"no corresponding field here">;
+def note_odr_bit_field : Note<"bit-field %0 with type %1 and length %2 here">;
+def note_odr_not_bit_field : Note<"field %0 is not a bit-field">;
+def note_odr_base : Note<"class has base type %0">;
+def note_odr_virtual_base : Note<
+  "%select{non-virtual|virtual}0 derivation here">;
+def note_odr_missing_base : Note<"no corresponding base class here">;
+def note_odr_number_of_bases : Note<
+  "class has %0 base %plural{1:class|:classes}0">;
+def note_odr_enumerator : Note<"enumerator %0 with value %1 here">;
+def note_odr_missing_enumerator : Note<"no corresponding enumerator here">;
+
+def err_odr_field_type_inconsistent : Error<
+  "field %0 declared with incompatible types in different "
+  "translation units (%1 vs. %2)">;
+
+// Importing Objective-C ASTs
+def err_odr_ivar_type_inconsistent : Error<
+  "instance variable %0 declared with incompatible types in different "
+  "translation units (%1 vs. %2)">;
+def err_odr_objc_superclass_inconsistent : Error<
+  "class %0 has incompatible superclasses">;
+def note_odr_objc_superclass : Note<"inherits from superclass %0 here">;
+def note_odr_objc_missing_superclass : Note<"no corresponding superclass here">;
+def err_odr_objc_method_result_type_inconsistent : Error<
+  "%select{class|instance}0 method %1 has incompatible result types in "
+  "different translation units (%2 vs. %3)">;
+def err_odr_objc_method_num_params_inconsistent : Error<
+  "%select{class|instance}0 method %1 has a different number of parameters in "
+  "different translation units (%2 vs. %3)">;
+def err_odr_objc_method_param_type_inconsistent : Error<
+  "%select{class|instance}0 method %1 has a parameter with a different types "
+  "in different translation units (%2 vs. %3)">;
+def err_odr_objc_method_variadic_inconsistent : Error<
+  "%select{class|instance}0 method %1 is variadic in one translation unit "
+  "and not variadic in another">;
+def note_odr_objc_method_here : Note<
+  "%select{class|instance}0 method %1 also declared here">;
+def err_odr_objc_property_type_inconsistent : Error<
+  "property %0 declared with incompatible types in different "
+  "translation units (%1 vs. %2)">;
+def err_odr_objc_property_impl_kind_inconsistent : Error<
+  "property %0 is implemented with %select{@synthesize|@dynamic}1 in one "
+  "translation but %select{@dynamic|@synthesize}1 in another translation unit">;
+def note_odr_objc_property_impl_kind : Note<
+  "property %0 is implemented with %select{@synthesize|@dynamic}1 here">;
+def err_odr_objc_synthesize_ivar_inconsistent : Error<
+  "property %0 is synthesized to different ivars in different translation "
+  "units (%1 vs. %2)">;
+def note_odr_objc_synthesize_ivar_here : Note<
+  "property is synthesized to ivar %0 here">;
+
+// Importing C++ ASTs
+def err_odr_different_num_template_parameters : Error<
+  "template parameter lists have a different number of parameters (%0 vs %1)">;
+def note_odr_template_parameter_list : Note<
+  "template parameter list also declared here">;
+def err_odr_different_template_parameter_kind : Error<
+  "template parameter has different kinds in different translation units">;
+def note_odr_template_parameter_here : Note<
+  "template parameter declared here">;
+def err_odr_parameter_pack_non_pack : Error<
+  "parameter kind mismatch; parameter is %select{not a|a}0 parameter pack">;
+def note_odr_parameter_pack_non_pack : Note<
+  "%select{parameter|parameter pack}0 declared here">;
+def err_odr_non_type_parameter_type_inconsistent : Error<
+  "non-type template parameter declared with incompatible types in different "
+  "translation units (%0 vs. %1)">;
+def err_unsupported_ast_node: Error<"cannot import unsupported AST node %0">;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticAnalysisKinds.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticAnalysisKinds.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5461212
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticAnalysisKinds.td
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticAnalysisKinds.td - libanalysis diagnostics --------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Component = "Analysis" in {
+
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCategories.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCategories.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4dd067b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCategories.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+//===- DiagnosticCategories.h - Diagnostic Categories Enumerators-*- C++ -*===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_DIAGNOSTICCATEGORIES_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_DIAGNOSTICCATEGORIES_H
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace diag {
+    enum {
+#define GET_CATEGORY_TABLE
+#define CATEGORY(X, ENUM) ENUM,
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticGroups.inc"
+#undef CATEGORY
+#undef GET_CATEGORY_TABLE
+      DiagCat_NUM_CATEGORIES
+    };
+  }  // end namespace diag
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCategories.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCategories.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a02fbdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCategories.td
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticCategories.td - Diagnostic Category Definitions ---------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class CatInlineAsm : DiagCategory<"Inline Assembly Issue">;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCommentKinds.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCommentKinds.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3880e0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCommentKinds.td
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticCommentKinds.td - diagnostics related to comments -------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Component = "Comment" in {
+let CategoryName = "Documentation Issue" in {
+
+// HTML parsing errors.  These are under -Wdocumentation to make sure the user
+// knows that we didn't parse something as he might expect.
+
+def warn_doc_html_start_tag_expected_quoted_string : Warning<
+  "expected quoted string after equals sign">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_doc_html_start_tag_expected_ident_or_greater : Warning<
+  "HTML start tag prematurely ended, expected attribute name or '>'">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def note_doc_html_tag_started_here : Note<
+  "HTML tag started here">;
+
+// HTML semantic errors
+
+def warn_doc_html_end_forbidden : Warning<
+  "HTML end tag '%0' is forbidden">,
+  InGroup<DocumentationHTML>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_doc_html_end_unbalanced : Warning<
+  "HTML end tag does not match any start tag">,
+  InGroup<DocumentationHTML>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_doc_html_start_end_mismatch : Warning<
+  "HTML start tag '%0' closed by '%1'">,
+  InGroup<DocumentationHTML>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def note_doc_html_end_tag : Note<
+  "end tag">;
+
+// Commands
+
+def warn_doc_block_command_empty_paragraph : Warning<
+  "empty paragraph passed to '%select{\\|@}0%1' command">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_doc_block_command_duplicate : Warning<
+  "duplicated command '%select{\\|@}0%1'">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def note_doc_block_command_previous : Note<
+  "previous command '%select{\\|@}0%1' here">;
+
+def note_doc_block_command_previous_alias : Note<
+  "previous command '%select{\\|@}0%1' (an alias of '\\%2') here">;
+
+// \param command
+
+def warn_doc_param_invalid_direction : Warning<
+  "unrecognized parameter passing direction, "
+  "valid directions are '[in]', '[out]' and '[in,out]'">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_doc_param_spaces_in_direction : Warning<
+  "whitespace is not allowed in parameter passing direction">,
+  InGroup<DocumentationPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_doc_param_not_attached_to_a_function_decl : Warning<
+  "'%select{\\|@}0param' command used in a comment that is not attached to "
+  "a function declaration">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_doc_function_method_decl_mismatch : Warning<
+  "'%select{\\|@}0%select{function|functiongroup|method|methodgroup|callback}1' "
+  "command should be used in a comment attached to "
+  "%select{a function|a function|an Objective-C method|an Objective-C method|"
+  "a pointer to function}2 declaration">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+  
+def warn_doc_api_container_decl_mismatch : Warning<
+  "'%select{\\|@}0%select{class|interface|protocol|struct|union}1' "
+  "command should not be used in a comment attached to a "
+  "non-%select{class|interface|protocol|struct|union}2 declaration">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+  
+def warn_doc_container_decl_mismatch : Warning<
+  "'%select{\\|@}0%select{classdesign|coclass|dependency|helper"
+  "|helperclass|helps|instancesize|ownership|performance|security|superclass}1' "
+  "command should not be used in a comment attached to a non-container declaration">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+  
+def warn_doc_param_duplicate : Warning<
+  "parameter '%0' is already documented">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def note_doc_param_previous : Note<
+  "previous documentation">;
+
+def warn_doc_param_not_found : Warning<
+  "parameter '%0' not found in the function declaration">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def note_doc_param_name_suggestion : Note<
+  "did you mean '%0'?">;
+
+// tparam command
+
+def warn_doc_tparam_not_attached_to_a_template_decl : Warning<
+  "'%select{\\|@}0tparam' command used in a comment that is not attached to "
+  "a template declaration">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_doc_tparam_duplicate : Warning<
+  "template parameter '%0' is already documented">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def note_doc_tparam_previous : Note<
+  "previous documentation">;
+
+def warn_doc_tparam_not_found : Warning<
+  "template parameter '%0' not found in the template declaration">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def note_doc_tparam_name_suggestion : Note<
+  "did you mean '%0'?">;
+
+// \returns command
+
+def warn_doc_returns_not_attached_to_a_function_decl : Warning<
+  "'%select{\\|@}0%1' command used in a comment that is not attached to "
+  "a function or method declaration">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_doc_returns_attached_to_a_void_function : Warning<
+  "'%select{\\|@}0%1' command used in a comment that is attached to a "
+  "%select{function returning void|constructor|destructor|"
+  "method returning void}2">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+// \deprecated command
+
+def warn_doc_deprecated_not_sync : Warning<
+  "declaration is marked with '\\deprecated' command but does not have "
+  "a deprecation attribute">,
+  InGroup<DocumentationDeprecatedSync>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def note_add_deprecation_attr : Note<
+  "add a deprecation attribute to the declaration to silence this warning">;
+
+// verbatim block commands
+
+def warn_verbatim_block_end_without_start : Warning<
+  "'%select{\\|@}0%1' command does not terminate a verbatim text block">,
+  InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+} // end of documentation issue category
+} // end of AST component
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCommonKinds.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCommonKinds.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff6ae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticCommonKinds.td
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticCommonKinds.td - common diagnostics ---------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Common Helpers
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Component = "Common" in {
+
+// Basic.
+
+def fatal_too_many_errors
+  : Error<"too many errors emitted, stopping now">, DefaultFatal; 
+
+def note_declared_at : Note<"declared here">;
+def note_previous_definition : Note<"previous definition is here">;
+def note_previous_declaration : Note<"previous declaration is here">;
+def note_previous_implicit_declaration : Note<
+  "previous implicit declaration is here">;
+def note_previous_use : Note<"previous use is here">;
+def note_duplicate_case_prev : Note<"previous case defined here">;
+def note_forward_declaration : Note<"forward declaration of %0">;
+def note_type_being_defined : Note<
+  "definition of %0 is not complete until the closing '}'">;
+/// note_matching - this is used as a continuation of a previous diagnostic,
+/// e.g. to specify the '(' when we expected a ')'.
+def note_matching : Note<"to match this '%0'">;
+
+def note_using : Note<"using">;
+def note_possibility : Note<"one possibility">;
+def note_also_found : Note<"also found">;
+
+// Parse && Lex
+def err_expected_colon : Error<"expected ':'">;
+def err_expected_colon_after_setter_name : Error<
+  "method name referenced in property setter attribute "
+  "must end with ':'">;
+def err_expected_string_literal : Error<"expected string literal "
+  "%select{in %1|for diagnostic message in static_assert|"
+          "for optional message in 'availability' attribute}0">;
+def err_invalid_string_udl : Error<
+  "string literal with user-defined suffix cannot be used here">;
+def err_invalid_character_udl : Error<
+  "character literal with user-defined suffix cannot be used here">;
+def err_invalid_numeric_udl : Error<
+  "numeric literal with user-defined suffix cannot be used here">;
+
+// Parse && Sema
+def err_param_redefinition : Error<"redefinition of parameter %0">;
+def warn_method_param_redefinition : Warning<"redefinition of method parameter %0">;
+def warn_method_param_declaration : Warning<"redeclaration of method parameter %0">,
+  InGroup<DuplicateArgDecl>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl : Error<
+  "invalid storage class specifier in function declarator">;
+def err_expected_namespace_name : Error<"expected namespace name">;
+def ext_variadic_templates : ExtWarn<
+  "variadic templates are a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_variadic_templates :
+  Warning<"variadic templates are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_default_special_members : Error<
+  "only special member functions may be defaulted">;
+def err_deleted_non_function : Error<
+  "only functions can have deleted definitions">;
+def err_module_not_found : Error<"module '%0' not found">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_module_not_built : Error<"could not build module '%0'">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_module_cycle : Error<"cyclic dependency in module '%0': %1">, 
+  DefaultFatal;
+def note_pragma_entered_here : Note<"#pragma entered here">;  
+def note_decl_hiding_tag_type : Note<
+  "%1 %0 is hidden by a non-type declaration of %0 here">;
+def err_attribute_not_type_attr : Error<
+  "%0 attribute cannot be applied to types">;
+def err_enum_template : Error<"enumeration cannot be a template">;
+
+// Sema && Lex
+def ext_c99_longlong : Extension<
+  "'long long' is an extension when C99 mode is not enabled">,
+  InGroup<LongLong>;
+def ext_cxx11_longlong : Extension<
+  "'long long' is a C++11 extension">,
+  InGroup<CXX11LongLong>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : Warning<
+  "'long long' is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_integer_too_large : Warning<
+  "integer constant is too large for its type">;
+def warn_integer_too_large_for_signed : Warning<
+  "integer constant is so large that it is unsigned">;
+
+// Sema && AST
+def note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr : Note<
+  "subexpression not valid in a constant expression">;
+
+// Targets
+
+def err_target_unknown_triple : Error<
+  "unknown target triple '%0', please use -triple or -arch">;
+def err_target_unknown_cpu : Error<"unknown target CPU '%0'">;
+def err_target_unknown_abi : Error<"unknown target ABI '%0'">;
+def err_target_unknown_cxxabi : Error<"unknown C++ ABI '%0'">;
+def err_target_invalid_feature : Error<"invalid target feature '%0'">;
+
+// Source manager
+def err_cannot_open_file : Error<"cannot open file '%0': %1">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_file_modified : Error<
+  "file '%0' modified since it was first processed">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_unsupported_bom : Error<"%0 byte order mark detected in '%1', but "
+  "encoding is not supported">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_unable_to_rename_temp : Error<
+  "unable to rename temporary '%0' to output file '%1': '%2'">;
+def err_unable_to_make_temp : Error<
+  "unable to make temporary file: %0">;
+  
+// Modules
+def err_module_file_conflict : Error<"module '%0' found in both '%1' and '%2'">;
+
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticDriverKinds.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticDriverKinds.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15b8948
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticDriverKinds.td
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticDriverKinds.td - libdriver diagnostics ------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Component = "Driver" in {
+
+def err_drv_no_such_file : Error<"no such file or directory: '%0'">;
+def err_drv_unsupported_opt : Error<"unsupported option '%0'">;
+def err_drv_unsupported_opt_for_target : Error<
+  "unsupported option '%0' for target '%1'">;
+def err_drv_unsupported_option_argument : Error<
+  "unsupported argument '%1' to option '%0'">;
+def err_drv_unknown_stdin_type : Error<
+  "-E or -x required when input is from standard input">;
+def err_drv_unknown_language : Error<"language not recognized: '%0'">;
+def err_drv_invalid_arch_name : Error<
+  "invalid arch name '%0'">;
+def err_drv_invalid_rtlib_name : Error<
+  "invalid runtime library name in argument '%0'">;
+def err_drv_unsupported_rtlib_for_platform : Error<
+  "unsupported runtime library '%0' for platform '%1'">;
+def err_drv_invalid_stdlib_name : Error<
+  "invalid library name in argument '%0'">;
+def err_drv_invalid_opt_with_multiple_archs : Error<
+  "option '%0' cannot be used with multiple -arch options">;
+def err_drv_invalid_output_with_multiple_archs : Error<
+  "cannot use '%0' output with multiple -arch options">;
+def err_drv_no_input_files : Error<"no input files">;
+def err_drv_use_of_Z_option : Error<
+  "unsupported use of internal gcc -Z option '%0'">;
+def err_drv_output_argument_with_multiple_files : Error<
+  "cannot specify -o when generating multiple output files">;
+def err_no_external_windows_assembler : Error<
+  "there is no external assembler we can use on windows">;
+def err_drv_unable_to_remove_file : Error<
+  "unable to remove file: %0">;
+def err_drv_command_failure : Error<
+  "unable to execute command: %0">;
+def err_drv_invalid_darwin_version : Error<
+  "invalid Darwin version number: %0">;
+def err_drv_missing_argument : Error<
+  "argument to '%0' is missing (expected %1 value%s1)">;
+def err_drv_invalid_Xarch_argument_with_args : Error<
+  "invalid Xarch argument: '%0', options requiring arguments are unsupported">;
+def err_drv_invalid_Xarch_argument_isdriver : Error<
+  "invalid Xarch argument: '%0', cannot change driver behavior inside Xarch argument">;
+def err_drv_argument_only_allowed_with : Error<
+  "invalid argument '%0' only allowed with '%1'">;
+def err_drv_argument_not_allowed_with : Error<
+  "invalid argument '%0' not allowed with '%1'">;
+def err_drv_invalid_version_number : Error<
+  "invalid version number in '%0'">;
+def err_drv_no_linker_llvm_support : Error<
+  "'%0': unable to pass LLVM bit-code files to linker">;
+def err_drv_no_ast_support : Error<
+  "'%0': unable to use AST files with this tool">;
+def err_drv_no_module_support : Error<
+  "'%0': unable to use module files with this tool">;
+def err_drv_clang_unsupported : Error<
+  "the clang compiler does not support '%0'">;
+def err_drv_clang_unsupported_per_platform : Error<
+  "the clang compiler does not support '%0' on this platform">;
+def err_drv_clang_unsupported_opt_cxx_darwin_i386 : Error<
+  "the clang compiler does not support '%0' for C++ on Darwin/i386">;
+def err_drv_command_failed : Error<
+  "%0 command failed with exit code %1 (use -v to see invocation)">;
+def err_drv_command_signalled : Error<
+  "%0 command failed due to signal (use -v to see invocation)">;
+def err_drv_force_crash : Error<
+  "failing because environment variable '%0' is set">;
+def err_drv_invalid_mfloat_abi : Error<
+  "invalid float ABI '%0'">;
+def err_drv_invalid_libcxx_deployment : Error<
+  "invalid deployment target for -stdlib=libc++ (requires %0 or later)">;
+def err_drv_invalid_feature : Error<
+  "invalid feature '%0' for CPU '%1'">;
+
+def err_drv_I_dash_not_supported : Error<
+  "'%0' not supported, please use -iquote instead">;
+def err_drv_unknown_argument : Error<"unknown argument: '%0'">;
+def err_drv_invalid_value : Error<"invalid value '%1' in '%0'">;
+def err_drv_invalid_int_value : Error<"invalid integral value '%1' in '%0'">;
+def err_drv_invalid_remap_file : Error<
+    "invalid option '%0' not of the form <from-file>;<to-file>">;
+def err_drv_invalid_gcc_output_type : Error<
+    "invalid output type '%0' for use with gcc tool">;
+def err_drv_cc_print_options_failure : Error<
+    "unable to open CC_PRINT_OPTIONS file: %0">;
+def err_drv_preamble_format : Error<
+    "incorrect format for -preamble-bytes=N,END">;
+def err_drv_conflicting_deployment_targets : Error<
+  "conflicting deployment targets, both '%0' and '%1' are present in environment">;
+def err_drv_invalid_arch_for_deployment_target : Error<
+  "invalid architecture '%0' for deployment target '%1'">;
+def err_drv_objc_gc_arr : Error<
+  "cannot specify both '-fobjc-arc' and '%0'">;
+def err_arc_unsupported_on_runtime : Error<
+  "-fobjc-arc is not supported on platforms using the legacy runtime">;
+def err_arc_unsupported_on_toolchain : Error< // feel free to generalize this
+  "-fobjc-arc is not supported on versions of OS X prior to 10.6">;
+def err_drv_mg_requires_m_or_mm : Error<
+  "option '-MG' requires '-M' or '-MM'">;
+def err_drv_asan_android_requires_pie : Error<
+  "AddressSanitizer on Android requires '-pie'">;
+def err_drv_unknown_objc_runtime : Error<
+  "unknown or ill-formed Objective-C runtime '%0'">;
+
+def warn_c_kext : Warning<
+  "ignoring -fapple-kext which is valid for C++ and Objective-C++ only">;
+def warn_drv_input_file_unused : Warning<
+  "%0: '%1' input unused%select{ when '%3' is present|}2">,
+  InGroup<UnusedCommandLineArgument>;
+def warn_drv_input_file_unused_by_cpp : Warning<
+  "%0: '%1' input unused in cpp mode">,
+  InGroup<UnusedCommandLineArgument>;
+def warn_drv_preprocessed_input_file_unused : Warning<
+  "%0: previously preprocessed input%select{ unused when '%2' is present|}1">,
+  InGroup<UnusedCommandLineArgument>;
+def warn_drv_unused_argument : Warning<
+  "argument unused during compilation: '%0'">,
+  InGroup<UnusedCommandLineArgument>;
+def warn_drv_empty_joined_argument : Warning<
+  "joined argument expects additional value: '%0'">,
+  InGroup<UnusedCommandLineArgument>;
+def warn_drv_unused_sanitizer : Warning<"'%0' is ignored in absence of '%1'">,
+  InGroup<UnusedSanitizeArgument>;
+def warn_drv_clang_unsupported : Warning<
+  "the clang compiler does not support '%0'">;
+def warn_drv_deprecated_arg : Warning<
+  "argument '%0' is deprecated, use '%1' instead">, InGroup<Deprecated>;
+def warn_drv_assuming_mfloat_abi_is : Warning<
+  "unknown platform, assuming -mfloat-abi=%0">;
+def warn_ignoring_ftabstop_value : Warning<
+  "ignoring invalid -ftabstop value '%0', using default value %1">;
+def warn_drv_treating_input_as_cxx : Warning<
+  "treating '%0' input as '%1' when in C++ mode, this behavior is deprecated">,
+  InGroup<Deprecated>;
+def warn_drv_objc_gc_unsupported : Warning<
+  "Objective-C garbage collection is not supported on this platform, ignoring '%0'">;
+def warn_drv_pch_not_first_include : Warning<
+  "precompiled header '%0' was ignored because '%1' is not first '-include'">;
+def warn_missing_sysroot : Warning<"no such sysroot directory: '%0'">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"missing-sysroot">>;
+
+def note_drv_command_failed_diag_msg : Note<
+  "diagnostic msg: %0">;
+  
+def err_analyzer_config_no_value : Error<
+  "analyzer-config option '%0' has a key but no value">;
+def err_analyzer_config_multiple_values : Error<
+  "analyzer-config option '%0' should contain only one '='">;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticFrontendKinds.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticFrontendKinds.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..111622e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticFrontendKinds.td
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticFrontendKinds.td - frontend diagnostics -----------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Component = "Frontend" in {
+
+def err_fe_error_opening : Error<"error opening '%0': %1">;
+def err_fe_error_reading : Error<"error reading '%0'">;
+def err_fe_error_reading_stdin : Error<"error reading stdin">;
+def err_fe_error_backend : Error<"error in backend: %0">, DefaultFatal;
+
+// Error generated by the backend.
+def err_fe_inline_asm : Error<"%0">, CatInlineAsm;
+def note_fe_inline_asm_here : Note<"instantiated into assembly here">;
+def err_fe_cannot_link_module : Error<"cannot link module '%0': %1">,
+  DefaultFatal;
+
+
+
+def err_fe_invalid_code_complete_file : Error<
+    "cannot locate code-completion file %0">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_fe_stdout_binary : Error<"unable to change standard output to binary">,
+  DefaultFatal;
+def err_fe_dependency_file_requires_MT : Error<
+    "-dependency-file requires at least one -MT or -MQ option">;
+def err_fe_invalid_plugin_name : Error<
+    "unable to find plugin '%0'">;
+def err_fe_expected_compiler_job : Error<
+    "unable to handle compilation, expected exactly one compiler job in '%0'">;
+def err_fe_expected_clang_command : Error<
+    "expected a clang compiler command">;
+def err_fe_remap_missing_to_file : Error<
+    "could not remap file '%0' to the contents of file '%1'">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_fe_remap_missing_from_file : Error<
+    "could not remap from missing file '%0'">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_fe_unable_to_load_pch : Error<
+    "unable to load PCH file">;
+def err_fe_unable_to_load_plugin : Error<
+    "unable to load plugin '%0': '%1'">;
+def err_fe_unable_to_create_target : Error<
+    "unable to create target: '%0'">;
+def err_fe_unable_to_interface_with_target : Error<
+    "unable to interface with target machine">;
+def err_fe_unable_to_open_output : Error<
+    "unable to open output file '%0': '%1'">;
+def err_fe_pth_file_has_no_source_header : Error<
+    "PTH file '%0' does not designate an original source header file for -include-pth">;
+def warn_fe_macro_contains_embedded_newline : Warning<
+    "macro '%0' contains embedded newline; text after the newline is ignored">;
+def warn_fe_cc_print_header_failure : Warning<
+    "unable to open CC_PRINT_HEADERS file: %0 (using stderr)">;
+def warn_fe_cc_log_diagnostics_failure : Warning<
+    "unable to open CC_LOG_DIAGNOSTICS file: %0 (using stderr)">;
+def err_fe_no_pch_in_dir : Error<
+    "no suitable precompiled header file found in directory '%0'">;
+def err_fe_action_not_available : Error<
+    "action %0 not compiled in">;
+
+def warn_fe_serialized_diag_failure : Warning<
+    "unable to open file %0 for serializing diagnostics (%1)">,
+    InGroup<DiagGroup<"serialized-diagnostics">>;
+
+def err_verify_missing_line : Error<
+    "missing or invalid line number following '@' in expected %0">;
+def err_verify_invalid_range : Error<
+    "invalid range following '-' in expected %0">;
+def err_verify_missing_start : Error<
+    "cannot find start ('{{') of expected %0">;
+def err_verify_missing_end : Error<
+    "cannot find end ('}}') of expected %0">;
+def err_verify_invalid_content : Error<
+    "invalid expected %0: %1">;
+def err_verify_inconsistent_diags : Error<
+    "'%0' diagnostics %select{expected|seen}1 but not %select{seen|expected}1: "
+    "%2">;
+def err_verify_invalid_no_diags : Error<
+    "%select{expected|'expected-no-diagnostics'}0 directive cannot follow "
+    "%select{'expected-no-diagnostics' directive|other expected directives}0">;
+def err_verify_no_directives : Error<
+    "no expected directives found: consider use of 'expected-no-diagnostics'">;
+
+def note_fixit_applied : Note<"FIX-IT applied suggested code changes">;
+def note_fixit_in_macro : Note<
+    "FIX-IT unable to apply suggested code changes in a macro">;
+def note_fixit_failed : Note<
+    "FIX-IT unable to apply suggested code changes">;
+def note_fixit_unfixed_error : Note<"FIX-IT detected an error it cannot fix">;
+def warn_fixit_no_changes : Note<
+    "FIX-IT detected errors it could not fix; no output will be generated">;
+
+// PCH reader
+def err_relocatable_without_isysroot : Error<
+    "must specify system root with -isysroot when building a relocatable "
+    "PCH file">;
+
+def warn_unknown_warning_option : Warning<
+    "unknown warning option '%0'">,
+    InGroup<UnknownWarningOption>;
+def warn_unknown_negative_warning_option : Warning<
+    "unknown warning option '%0'">,
+    InGroup<UnknownWarningOption>;
+def warn_unknown_warning_option_suggest : Warning<
+    "unknown warning option '%0'; did you mean '%1'?">,
+    InGroup<UnknownWarningOption>;
+def warn_unknown_negative_warning_option_suggest : Warning<
+    "unknown warning option '%0'; did you mean '%1'?">,
+    InGroup<UnknownWarningOption>;
+def warn_unknown_warning_specifier : Warning<
+    "unknown %0 warning specifier: '%1'">,
+    InGroup<UnknownWarningOption>;
+
+def err_unknown_analyzer_checker : Error<
+    "no analyzer checkers are associated with '%0'">;
+def warn_incompatible_analyzer_plugin_api : Warning<
+    "checker plugin '%0' is not compatible with this version of the analyzer">,
+    InGroup<DiagGroup<"analyzer-incompatible-plugin"> >;
+def note_incompatible_analyzer_plugin_api : Note<
+    "current API version is '%0', but plugin was compiled with version '%1'">;
+    
+def err_module_map_not_found : Error<"module map file '%0' not found">, 
+  DefaultFatal;
+def err_missing_module_name : Error<
+  "no module name provided; specify one with -fmodule-name=">, 
+  DefaultFatal;
+def err_missing_module : Error<
+  "no module named '%0' declared in module map file '%1'">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_no_submodule : Error<"no submodule named %0 in module '%1'">;
+def err_no_submodule_suggest : Error<
+  "no submodule named %0 in module '%1'; did you mean '%2'?">;
+def warn_missing_submodule : Warning<"missing submodule '%0'">,
+  InGroup<IncompleteUmbrella>;
+def err_module_map_temp_file : Error<
+  "unable to write temporary module map file '%0'">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_module_unavailable : Error<"module '%0' requires feature '%1'">;
+def warn_module_config_macro_undef : Warning<
+  "%select{definition|#undef}0 of configuration macro '%1' has no effect on "
+  "the import of '%2'; pass '%select{-D%1=...|-U%1}0' on the command line "
+  "to configure the module">,
+  InGroup<ConfigMacros>;
+def note_module_def_undef_here : Note<
+  "macro was %select{defined|#undef'd}0 here">;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticGroups.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticGroups.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a12a4f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticGroups.td
@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticGroups.td - Diagnostic Group Definitions ----------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def ImplicitFunctionDeclare : DiagGroup<"implicit-function-declaration">;
+def ImplicitInt : DiagGroup<"implicit-int">;
+
+// Aggregation warning settings.
+def Implicit : DiagGroup<"implicit", [
+    ImplicitFunctionDeclare,
+    ImplicitInt
+]>;
+
+// Empty DiagGroups are recognized by clang but ignored.
+def : DiagGroup<"abi">;
+def : DiagGroup<"address">;
+def AddressOfTemporary : DiagGroup<"address-of-temporary">;
+def : DiagGroup<"aggregate-return">;
+def AmbigMemberTemplate : DiagGroup<"ambiguous-member-template">;
+def ArrayBounds : DiagGroup<"array-bounds">;
+def ArrayBoundsPointerArithmetic : DiagGroup<"array-bounds-pointer-arithmetic">;
+def Availability : DiagGroup<"availability">;
+def Section : DiagGroup<"section">;
+def AutoImport : DiagGroup<"auto-import">;
+def ConstantConversion : DiagGroup<"constant-conversion">;
+def LiteralConversion : DiagGroup<"literal-conversion">;
+def StringConversion : DiagGroup<"string-conversion">;
+def SignConversion : DiagGroup<"sign-conversion">;
+def BoolConversion : DiagGroup<"bool-conversion">;
+def IntConversion : DiagGroup<"int-conversion">;
+def EnumConversion : DiagGroup<"enum-conversion">;
+def NonLiteralNullConversion : DiagGroup<"non-literal-null-conversion">;
+def NullConversion : DiagGroup<"null-conversion">;
+def ImplicitConversionFloatingPointToBool :
+  DiagGroup<"implicit-conversion-floating-point-to-bool">;
+def BadArrayNewLength : DiagGroup<"bad-array-new-length">;
+def BuiltinMacroRedefined : DiagGroup<"builtin-macro-redefined">;
+def BuiltinRequiresHeader : DiagGroup<"builtin-requires-header">;
+def C99Compat : DiagGroup<"c99-compat">;
+def CXXCompat: DiagGroup<"c++-compat">;
+def CastAlign : DiagGroup<"cast-align">;
+def : DiagGroup<"cast-qual">;
+def : DiagGroup<"char-align">;
+def Comment : DiagGroup<"comment">;
+def ConfigMacros : DiagGroup<"config-macros">;
+def : DiagGroup<"ctor-dtor-privacy">;
+def GNUDesignator : DiagGroup<"gnu-designator">;
+
+def DeleteNonVirtualDtor : DiagGroup<"delete-non-virtual-dtor">;
+def AbstractFinalClass : DiagGroup<"abstract-final-class">;
+
+def DeprecatedDeclarations : DiagGroup<"deprecated-declarations">;
+def DeprecatedWritableStr : DiagGroup<"deprecated-writable-strings">;
+def Deprecated : DiagGroup<"deprecated", [ DeprecatedDeclarations] >,
+                 DiagCategory<"Deprecations">;
+
+def DeprecatedImplementations :DiagGroup<"deprecated-implementations">;
+
+def : DiagGroup<"disabled-optimization">;
+def : DiagGroup<"discard-qual">;
+def : DiagGroup<"div-by-zero">;
+
+def DocumentationHTML : DiagGroup<"documentation-html">;
+def DocumentationPedantic : DiagGroup<"documentation-pedantic">;
+def DocumentationDeprecatedSync : DiagGroup<"documentation-deprecated-sync">;
+def Documentation : DiagGroup<"documentation",
+                              [DocumentationHTML,
+                               DocumentationDeprecatedSync]>;
+
+def EmptyBody : DiagGroup<"empty-body">;
+def ExtraTokens : DiagGroup<"extra-tokens">;
+def CXX11ExtraSemi : DiagGroup<"c++11-extra-semi">;
+def ExtraSemi : DiagGroup<"extra-semi", [CXX11ExtraSemi]>;
+
+def FormatExtraArgs : DiagGroup<"format-extra-args">;
+def FormatZeroLength : DiagGroup<"format-zero-length">;
+
+def CXX98CompatBindToTemporaryCopy :
+  DiagGroup<"c++98-compat-bind-to-temporary-copy">;
+def CXX98CompatLocalTypeTemplateArgs :
+  DiagGroup<"c++98-compat-local-type-template-args">;
+def CXX98CompatUnnamedTypeTemplateArgs :
+  DiagGroup<"c++98-compat-unnamed-type-template-args">;
+
+def CXX98Compat : DiagGroup<"c++98-compat",
+                            [CXX98CompatBindToTemporaryCopy,
+                             CXX98CompatLocalTypeTemplateArgs,
+                             CXX98CompatUnnamedTypeTemplateArgs]>;
+// Warnings for C++11 features which are Extensions in C++98 mode.
+def CXX98CompatPedantic : DiagGroup<"c++98-compat-pedantic", [CXX98Compat]>;
+
+def CXX11Narrowing : DiagGroup<"c++11-narrowing">;
+
+// Original name of this warning in Clang
+def : DiagGroup<"c++0x-narrowing", [CXX11Narrowing]>;
+
+// Name of this warning in GCC
+def : DiagGroup<"narrowing", [CXX11Narrowing]>;
+
+def CXX11CompatReservedUserDefinedLiteral :
+  DiagGroup<"c++11-compat-reserved-user-defined-literal">;
+def ReservedUserDefinedLiteral :
+  DiagGroup<"reserved-user-defined-literal",
+            [CXX11CompatReservedUserDefinedLiteral]>;
+
+def CXX11Compat : DiagGroup<"c++11-compat",
+                            [CXX11Narrowing,
+                             CXX11CompatReservedUserDefinedLiteral]>;
+def : DiagGroup<"c++0x-compat", [CXX11Compat]>;
+
+def : DiagGroup<"effc++">;
+def DivZero : DiagGroup<"division-by-zero">;
+def ExitTimeDestructors : DiagGroup<"exit-time-destructors">;
+def FlexibleArrayExtensions : DiagGroup<"flexible-array-extensions">;
+def FourByteMultiChar : DiagGroup<"four-char-constants">;
+def GlobalConstructors : DiagGroup<"global-constructors">;
+def BitwiseOpParentheses: DiagGroup<"bitwise-op-parentheses">;
+def LogicalOpParentheses: DiagGroup<"logical-op-parentheses">;
+def ShiftOpParentheses: DiagGroup<"shift-op-parentheses">;
+def DanglingElse: DiagGroup<"dangling-else">;
+def DanglingField : DiagGroup<"dangling-field">;
+def DistributedObjectModifiers : DiagGroup<"distributed-object-modifiers">;
+def IgnoredQualifiers : DiagGroup<"ignored-qualifiers">;
+def : DiagGroup<"import">;
+def IncompatiblePointerTypesDiscardsQualifiers 
+  : DiagGroup<"incompatible-pointer-types-discards-qualifiers">;
+def IncompatiblePointerTypes
+  : DiagGroup<"incompatible-pointer-types",
+    [IncompatiblePointerTypesDiscardsQualifiers]>;
+def IncompleteUmbrella : DiagGroup<"incomplete-umbrella">;
+def InvalidNoreturn : DiagGroup<"invalid-noreturn">;
+def InvalidSourceEncoding : DiagGroup<"invalid-source-encoding">;
+def KNRPromotedParameter : DiagGroup<"knr-promoted-parameter">;
+def : DiagGroup<"init-self">;
+def : DiagGroup<"inline">;
+def : DiagGroup<"invalid-pch">;
+def LiteralRange : DiagGroup<"literal-range">;
+def LocalTypeTemplateArgs : DiagGroup<"local-type-template-args",
+                                      [CXX98CompatLocalTypeTemplateArgs]>;
+def MalformedWarningCheck : DiagGroup<"malformed-warning-check">;
+def Main : DiagGroup<"main">;
+def MainReturnType : DiagGroup<"main-return-type">;
+def MissingBraces : DiagGroup<"missing-braces">;
+def MissingDeclarations: DiagGroup<"missing-declarations">;
+def : DiagGroup<"missing-format-attribute">;
+def : DiagGroup<"missing-include-dirs">;
+def MissingNoreturn : DiagGroup<"missing-noreturn">;
+def MultiChar : DiagGroup<"multichar">;
+def : DiagGroup<"nested-externs">;
+def CXX11LongLong : DiagGroup<"c++11-long-long">;
+def LongLong : DiagGroup<"long-long", [CXX11LongLong]>;
+def MethodSignatures : DiagGroup<"method-signatures">;
+def MismatchedParameterTypes : DiagGroup<"mismatched-parameter-types">;
+def MismatchedReturnTypes : DiagGroup<"mismatched-return-types">;
+def MismatchedTags : DiagGroup<"mismatched-tags">;
+def MissingFieldInitializers : DiagGroup<"missing-field-initializers">;
+def ModuleConflict : DiagGroup<"module-conflict">;
+def NullArithmetic : DiagGroup<"null-arithmetic">;
+def NullCharacter : DiagGroup<"null-character">;
+def NullDereference : DiagGroup<"null-dereference">;
+def InitializerOverrides : DiagGroup<"initializer-overrides">;
+def NonNull : DiagGroup<"nonnull">;
+def NonPODVarargs : DiagGroup<"non-pod-varargs">;
+def : DiagGroup<"nonportable-cfstrings">;
+def NonVirtualDtor : DiagGroup<"non-virtual-dtor">;
+def OveralignedType : DiagGroup<"over-aligned">;
+def : DiagGroup<"old-style-cast">;
+def : DiagGroup<"old-style-definition">;
+def OutOfLineDeclaration : DiagGroup<"out-of-line-declaration">;
+def : DiagGroup<"overflow">;
+def ForwardClassReceiver : DiagGroup<"receiver-forward-class">;
+def MethodAccess : DiagGroup<"objc-method-access">;
+def ObjCReceiver : DiagGroup<"receiver-expr">;
+def OverlengthStrings : DiagGroup<"overlength-strings">;
+def OverloadedVirtual : DiagGroup<"overloaded-virtual">;
+def PrivateExtern : DiagGroup<"private-extern">;
+def SelTypeCast : DiagGroup<"cast-of-sel-type">;
+def BadFunctionCast : DiagGroup<"bad-function-cast">;
+def ObjCPropertyImpl : DiagGroup<"objc-property-implementation">;
+def ObjCPropertyNoAttribute : DiagGroup<"objc-property-no-attribute">;
+def ObjCMissingSuperCalls : DiagGroup<"objc-missing-super-calls">;
+def ObjCRetainBlockProperty : DiagGroup<"objc-noncopy-retain-block-property">;
+def ObjCReadonlyPropertyHasSetter : DiagGroup<"objc-readonly-with-setter-property">;
+def ObjCRootClass : DiagGroup<"objc-root-class">;
+def DeprecatedObjCIsaUsage : DiagGroup<"deprecated-objc-isa-usage">;
+def Packed : DiagGroup<"packed">;
+def Padded : DiagGroup<"padded">;
+def PointerArith : DiagGroup<"pointer-arith">;
+def PoundWarning : DiagGroup<"#warnings">,
+                   DiagCategory<"#warning Directive">;
+def PoundPragmaMessage : DiagGroup<"#pragma-messages">,
+                         DiagCategory<"#pragma message Directive">;
+def : DiagGroup<"pointer-to-int-cast">;
+def : DiagGroup<"redundant-decls">;
+def ReturnStackAddress : DiagGroup<"return-stack-address">;
+def ReturnTypeCLinkage : DiagGroup<"return-type-c-linkage">;
+def ReturnType : DiagGroup<"return-type", [ReturnTypeCLinkage]>;
+def BindToTemporaryCopy : DiagGroup<"bind-to-temporary-copy",
+                                    [CXX98CompatBindToTemporaryCopy]>;
+def SelfAssignmentField : DiagGroup<"self-assign-field">;
+def SelfAssignment : DiagGroup<"self-assign", [SelfAssignmentField]>;
+def SemiBeforeMethodBody : DiagGroup<"semicolon-before-method-body">;
+def Sentinel : DiagGroup<"sentinel">;
+def MissingMethodReturnType : DiagGroup<"missing-method-return-type">;
+def Shadow : DiagGroup<"shadow">;
+def Shorten64To32 : DiagGroup<"shorten-64-to-32">;
+def : DiagGroup<"sign-promo">;
+def SignCompare : DiagGroup<"sign-compare">;
+def : DiagGroup<"stack-protector">;
+def : DiagGroup<"switch-default">;
+def : DiagGroup<"synth">;
+def SizeofArrayArgument : DiagGroup<"sizeof-array-argument">;
+def SizeofArrayDecay : DiagGroup<"sizeof-array-decay">;
+def SizeofPointerMemaccess : DiagGroup<"sizeof-pointer-memaccess">;
+def StaticInInline : DiagGroup<"static-in-inline">;
+def StaticLocalInInline : DiagGroup<"static-local-in-inline">;
+def GNUStaticFloatInit : DiagGroup<"gnu-static-float-init">;
+def StaticFloatInit : DiagGroup<"static-float-init", [GNUStaticFloatInit]>;
+def StringPlusInt : DiagGroup<"string-plus-int">;
+def StrncatSize : DiagGroup<"strncat-size">;
+def TautologicalOutOfRangeCompare : DiagGroup<"tautological-constant-out-of-range-compare">;
+def TautologicalCompare : DiagGroup<"tautological-compare",
+                                    [TautologicalOutOfRangeCompare]>;
+def HeaderHygiene : DiagGroup<"header-hygiene">;
+def DuplicateDeclSpecifier : DiagGroup<"duplicate-decl-specifier">;
+def CompareDistinctPointerType : DiagGroup<"compare-distinct-pointer-types">;
+
+def Unsequenced : DiagGroup<"unsequenced">;
+// GCC name for -Wunsequenced
+def : DiagGroup<"sequence-point", [Unsequenced]>;
+
+// Preprocessor warnings.
+def AmbiguousMacro : DiagGroup<"ambiguous-macro">;
+
+// Just silence warnings about -Wstrict-aliasing for now.
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-aliasing=0">;
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-aliasing=1">;
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-aliasing=2">;
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-aliasing">;
+
+// Just silence warnings about -Wstrict-overflow for now.
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-overflow=0">;
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-overflow=1">;
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-overflow=2">;
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-overflow=3">;
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-overflow=4">;
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-overflow=5">;
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-overflow">;
+
+def InvalidOffsetof : DiagGroup<"invalid-offsetof">;
+def LambdaExtensions : DiagGroup<"lambda-extensions">;
+def : DiagGroup<"strict-prototypes">;
+def StrictSelector : DiagGroup<"strict-selector-match">;
+def MethodDuplicate : DiagGroup<"duplicate-method-match">;
+def CoveredSwitchDefault : DiagGroup<"covered-switch-default">;
+def SwitchEnum     : DiagGroup<"switch-enum">;
+def Switch         : DiagGroup<"switch">;
+def ImplicitFallthroughPerFunction :
+  DiagGroup<"implicit-fallthrough-per-function">;
+def ImplicitFallthrough  : DiagGroup<"implicit-fallthrough",
+                                     [ImplicitFallthroughPerFunction]>;
+def InvalidPPToken : DiagGroup<"invalid-pp-token">;
+def Trigraphs      : DiagGroup<"trigraphs">;
+
+def : DiagGroup<"type-limits">;
+def UndefinedReinterpretCast : DiagGroup<"undefined-reinterpret-cast">;
+def ReinterpretBaseClass : DiagGroup<"reinterpret-base-class">;
+def Unicode  : DiagGroup<"unicode">;
+def UninitializedMaybe : DiagGroup<"conditional-uninitialized">;
+def UninitializedSometimes : DiagGroup<"sometimes-uninitialized">;
+def UninitializedStaticSelfInit : DiagGroup<"static-self-init">;
+def Uninitialized  : DiagGroup<"uninitialized", [UninitializedSometimes,
+                                                 UninitializedStaticSelfInit]>;
+def UnknownPragmas : DiagGroup<"unknown-pragmas">;
+def UnknownWarningOption : DiagGroup<"unknown-warning-option">;
+def NSobjectAttribute : DiagGroup<"NSObject-attribute">;
+def UnknownAttributes : DiagGroup<"attributes">;
+def IgnoredAttributes : DiagGroup<"ignored-attributes">;
+def UnnamedTypeTemplateArgs : DiagGroup<"unnamed-type-template-args",
+                                        [CXX98CompatUnnamedTypeTemplateArgs]>;
+def UnusedArgument : DiagGroup<"unused-argument">;
+def UnusedSanitizeArgument : DiagGroup<"unused-sanitize-argument">;
+def UnusedCommandLineArgument : DiagGroup<"unused-command-line-argument",
+                                          [UnusedSanitizeArgument]>;
+def UnusedComparison : DiagGroup<"unused-comparison">;
+def UnusedExceptionParameter : DiagGroup<"unused-exception-parameter">;
+def UnneededInternalDecl : DiagGroup<"unneeded-internal-declaration">;
+def UnneededMemberFunction : DiagGroup<"unneeded-member-function">;
+def UnusedPrivateField : DiagGroup<"unused-private-field">;
+def UnusedFunction : DiagGroup<"unused-function", [UnneededInternalDecl]>;
+def UnusedMemberFunction : DiagGroup<"unused-member-function",
+                                     [UnneededMemberFunction]>;
+def UnusedLabel : DiagGroup<"unused-label">;
+def UnusedParameter : DiagGroup<"unused-parameter">;
+def UnusedResult : DiagGroup<"unused-result">;
+def UnusedValue : DiagGroup<"unused-value", [UnusedComparison, UnusedResult]>;
+def UnusedVariable : DiagGroup<"unused-variable">;
+def UsedButMarkedUnused : DiagGroup<"used-but-marked-unused">;
+def UserDefinedLiterals : DiagGroup<"user-defined-literals">;
+def ReadOnlySetterAttrs : DiagGroup<"readonly-setter-attrs">;
+def Reorder : DiagGroup<"reorder">;
+def UndeclaredSelector : DiagGroup<"undeclared-selector">;
+def ImplicitAtomic : DiagGroup<"implicit-atomic-properties">;
+def CustomAtomic : DiagGroup<"custom-atomic-properties">;
+def AtomicProperties : DiagGroup<"atomic-properties",
+                                 [ImplicitAtomic, CustomAtomic]>;
+// FIXME: Remove arc-abi once an Xcode is released that doesn't pass this flag.
+def : DiagGroup<"arc-abi">;
+def ARCUnsafeRetainedAssign : DiagGroup<"arc-unsafe-retained-assign">;
+def ARCRetainCycles : DiagGroup<"arc-retain-cycles">;
+def ARCNonPodMemAccess : DiagGroup<"arc-non-pod-memaccess">;
+def AutomaticReferenceCounting : DiagGroup<"arc",
+                                           [ARCUnsafeRetainedAssign,
+                                            ARCRetainCycles,
+                                            ARCNonPodMemAccess]>;
+def ARCRepeatedUseOfWeakMaybe : DiagGroup<"arc-maybe-repeated-use-of-weak">;
+def ARCRepeatedUseOfWeak : DiagGroup<"arc-repeated-use-of-weak",
+                                     [ARCRepeatedUseOfWeakMaybe]>;
+def Selector : DiagGroup<"selector">;
+def Protocol : DiagGroup<"protocol">;
+def SuperSubClassMismatch : DiagGroup<"super-class-method-mismatch">;
+def OverridingMethodMismatch : DiagGroup<"overriding-method-mismatch">;
+def VariadicMacros : DiagGroup<"variadic-macros">;
+def VectorConversion : DiagGroup<"vector-conversion">;      // clang specific
+def VexingParse : DiagGroup<"vexing-parse">;
+def VLA : DiagGroup<"vla">;
+def VLAExtension : DiagGroup<"vla-extension">;
+def VolatileRegisterVar : DiagGroup<"volatile-register-var">;
+def Visibility : DiagGroup<"visibility">;
+def ZeroLengthArray : DiagGroup<"zero-length-array">;
+
+// GCC calls -Wdeprecated-writable-strings -Wwrite-strings.
+def GCCWriteStrings : DiagGroup<"write-strings" , [DeprecatedWritableStr]>;
+
+def CharSubscript : DiagGroup<"char-subscripts">;
+def LargeByValueCopy : DiagGroup<"large-by-value-copy">;
+def DuplicateArgDecl : DiagGroup<"duplicate-method-arg">;
+
+// Aggregation warning settings.
+
+// -Widiomatic-parentheses contains warnings about 'idiomatic'
+// missing parentheses;  it is off by default.  We do not include it
+// in -Wparentheses because most users who use -Wparentheses explicitly
+// do not want these warnings.
+def ParenthesesOnEquality : DiagGroup<"parentheses-equality">;
+def Parentheses : DiagGroup<"parentheses",
+                            [LogicalOpParentheses,
+                             BitwiseOpParentheses,
+                             ShiftOpParentheses,
+                             ParenthesesOnEquality,
+                             DanglingElse]>;
+
+// -Wconversion has its own warnings, but we split a few out for
+// legacy reasons:
+//   - some people want just 64-to-32 warnings
+//   - conversion warnings with constant sources are on by default
+//   - conversion warnings for literals are on by default
+//   - bool-to-pointer conversion warnings are on by default
+//   - __null-to-integer conversion warnings are on by default
+def Conversion : DiagGroup<"conversion",
+                           [BoolConversion,
+                            ConstantConversion,
+                            EnumConversion,
+                            Shorten64To32,
+                            IntConversion,
+                            LiteralConversion,
+                            NonLiteralNullConversion, // (1-1)->pointer (etc)
+                            NullConversion, // NULL->non-pointer
+                            SignConversion,
+                            StringConversion]>,
+                 DiagCategory<"Value Conversion Issue">;
+
+def Unused : DiagGroup<"unused",
+                       [UnusedArgument, UnusedFunction, UnusedLabel,
+                        // UnusedParameter, (matches GCC's behavior)
+                        // UnusedMemberFunction, (clean-up llvm before enabling)
+                        UnusedPrivateField,
+                        UnusedValue, UnusedVariable]>,
+                        DiagCategory<"Unused Entity Issue">;
+
+// Format settings.
+def FormatInvalidSpecifier : DiagGroup<"format-invalid-specifier">;
+def FormatSecurity : DiagGroup<"format-security">;
+def FormatNonStandard : DiagGroup<"format-non-iso">;
+def FormatY2K : DiagGroup<"format-y2k">;
+def Format : DiagGroup<"format",
+                       [FormatExtraArgs, FormatZeroLength, NonNull,
+                        FormatSecurity, FormatY2K, FormatInvalidSpecifier]>,
+             DiagCategory<"Format String Issue">;
+def FormatNonLiteral : DiagGroup<"format-nonliteral", [FormatSecurity]>;
+def Format2 : DiagGroup<"format=2",
+                        [FormatNonLiteral, FormatSecurity, FormatY2K]>;
+
+def TypeSafety : DiagGroup<"type-safety">;
+
+def IntToPointerCast : DiagGroup<"int-to-pointer-cast">;
+
+def Extra : DiagGroup<"extra", [
+    MissingFieldInitializers,
+    IgnoredQualifiers,
+    InitializerOverrides,
+    SemiBeforeMethodBody,
+    MissingMethodReturnType,
+    SignCompare,
+    UnusedParameter
+  ]>;
+
+def Most : DiagGroup<"most", [
+    CharSubscript,
+    Comment,
+    DeleteNonVirtualDtor,
+    Format,
+    Implicit,
+    MismatchedTags,
+    MissingBraces,
+    MultiChar,
+    Reorder,
+    ReturnType,
+    SelfAssignment,
+    SizeofArrayArgument,
+    SizeofArrayDecay,
+    StringPlusInt,
+    Trigraphs,
+    Uninitialized,
+    UnknownPragmas,
+    Unused,
+    VolatileRegisterVar,
+    ObjCMissingSuperCalls,
+    OverloadedVirtual,
+    PrivateExtern,
+    SelTypeCast
+ ]>;
+
+// Thread Safety warnings 
+def ThreadSafetyAttributes : DiagGroup<"thread-safety-attributes">;
+def ThreadSafetyAnalysis   : DiagGroup<"thread-safety-analysis">;
+def ThreadSafetyPrecise    : DiagGroup<"thread-safety-precise">;
+def ThreadSafety : DiagGroup<"thread-safety",
+                             [ThreadSafetyAttributes, 
+                              ThreadSafetyAnalysis,
+                              ThreadSafetyPrecise]>;
+def ThreadSafetyBeta : DiagGroup<"thread-safety-beta">;
+
+// Note that putting warnings in -Wall will not disable them by default. If a
+// warning should be active _only_ when -Wall is passed in, mark it as
+// DefaultIgnore in addition to putting it here.
+def : DiagGroup<"all", [Most, Parentheses, Switch]>;
+
+// Warnings enabled by -pedantic.  This is magically filled in by TableGen.
+def Pedantic : DiagGroup<"pedantic">;
+
+// Aliases.
+def : DiagGroup<"", [Extra]>;                   // -W = -Wextra
+def : DiagGroup<"endif-labels", [ExtraTokens]>; // -Wendif-labels=-Wendif-tokens
+def : DiagGroup<"comments", [Comment]>;         // -Wcomments = -Wcomment
+def : DiagGroup<"conversion-null",
+                [NullConversion]>; // -Wconversion-null = -Wnull-conversion
+def : DiagGroup<"bool-conversions",
+                [BoolConversion]>; // -Wbool-conversions  = -Wbool-conversion
+def : DiagGroup<"int-conversions",
+                [IntConversion]>; // -Wint-conversions = -Wint-conversion
+def : DiagGroup<"vector-conversions",
+                [VectorConversion]>; // -Wvector-conversions = -Wvector-conversion
+
+// A warning group for warnings that we want to have on by default in clang,
+// but which aren't on by default in GCC.
+def NonGCC : DiagGroup<"non-gcc",
+    [SignCompare, Conversion, LiteralRange]>;
+
+// A warning group for warnings about using C++11 features as extensions in
+// earlier C++ versions.
+def CXX11 : DiagGroup<"c++11-extensions", [CXX11ExtraSemi, CXX11LongLong]>;
+
+def : DiagGroup<"c++0x-extensions", [CXX11]>;
+def DelegatingCtorCycles :
+  DiagGroup<"delegating-ctor-cycles">;
+
+// A warning group for warnings about using C11 features as extensions.
+def C11 : DiagGroup<"c11-extensions">;
+
+// A warning group for warnings about using C99 features as extensions.
+def C99 : DiagGroup<"c99-extensions">;
+
+// A warning group for warnings about GCC extensions.
+def GNU : DiagGroup<"gnu", [GNUDesignator, VLAExtension,
+                            ZeroLengthArray, GNUStaticFloatInit]>;
+// A warning group for warnings about code that clang accepts but gcc doesn't.
+def GccCompat : DiagGroup<"gcc-compat">;
+
+// A warning group for warnings about Microsoft extensions.
+def Microsoft : DiagGroup<"microsoft">;
+
+def ObjCNonUnifiedException : DiagGroup<"objc-nonunified-exceptions">;
+
+def ObjCProtocolMethodImpl : DiagGroup<"objc-protocol-method-implementation">;
+
+def ObjCNoPropertyAutoSynthesis : DiagGroup<"objc-property-synthesis">;
+
+// ObjC API warning groups.
+def ObjCRedundantLiteralUse : DiagGroup<"objc-redundant-literal-use">;
+def ObjCRedundantAPIUse : DiagGroup<"objc-redundant-api-use", [
+    ObjCRedundantLiteralUse
+  ]>;
+
+def ObjCCocoaAPI : DiagGroup<"objc-cocoa-api", [
+    ObjCRedundantAPIUse
+  ]>;
+
+def ObjCStringComparison : DiagGroup<"objc-string-compare">;
+def ObjCLiteralComparison : DiagGroup<"objc-literal-compare", [
+    ObjCStringComparison
+  ]>;
+
+// Inline ASM warnings.
+def ASMOperandWidths : DiagGroup<"asm-operand-widths">;
+def ASM : DiagGroup<"asm", [
+    ASMOperandWidths
+  ]>;
+
+// OpenMP warnings.
+def SourceUsesOpenMP : DiagGroup<"source-uses-openmp">;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d35b907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+//===--- DiagnosticIDs.h - Diagnostic IDs Handling --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the Diagnostic IDs-related interfaces.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICIDS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICIDS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class DiagnosticsEngine;
+  class SourceLocation;
+  struct WarningOption;
+
+  // Import the diagnostic enums themselves.
+  namespace diag {
+    // Start position for diagnostics.
+    enum {
+      DIAG_START_DRIVER        =                               300,
+      DIAG_START_FRONTEND      = DIAG_START_DRIVER          +  100,
+      DIAG_START_SERIALIZATION = DIAG_START_FRONTEND        +  100,
+      DIAG_START_LEX           = DIAG_START_SERIALIZATION   +  120,
+      DIAG_START_PARSE         = DIAG_START_LEX             +  300,
+      DIAG_START_AST           = DIAG_START_PARSE           +  400,
+      DIAG_START_COMMENT       = DIAG_START_AST             +  100,
+      DIAG_START_SEMA          = DIAG_START_COMMENT         +  100,
+      DIAG_START_ANALYSIS      = DIAG_START_SEMA            + 3000,
+      DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT         = DIAG_START_ANALYSIS        +  100
+    };
+
+    class CustomDiagInfo;
+
+    /// \brief All of the diagnostics that can be emitted by the frontend.
+    typedef unsigned kind;
+
+    // Get typedefs for common diagnostics.
+    enum {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,FLAGS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,\
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,CATEGORY,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER) ENUM,
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticCommonKinds.inc"
+      NUM_BUILTIN_COMMON_DIAGNOSTICS
+#undef DIAG
+    };
+
+    /// Enum values that allow the client to map NOTEs, WARNINGs, and EXTENSIONs
+    /// to either MAP_IGNORE (nothing), MAP_WARNING (emit a warning), MAP_ERROR
+    /// (emit as an error).  It allows clients to map errors to
+    /// MAP_ERROR/MAP_DEFAULT or MAP_FATAL (stop emitting diagnostics after this
+    /// one).
+    enum Mapping {
+      // NOTE: 0 means "uncomputed".
+      MAP_IGNORE  = 1,     ///< Map this diagnostic to nothing, ignore it.
+      MAP_WARNING = 2,     ///< Map this diagnostic to a warning.
+      MAP_ERROR   = 3,     ///< Map this diagnostic to an error.
+      MAP_FATAL   = 4      ///< Map this diagnostic to a fatal error.
+    };
+  }
+
+class DiagnosticMappingInfo {
+  unsigned Mapping : 3;
+  unsigned IsUser : 1;
+  unsigned IsPragma : 1;
+  unsigned HasShowInSystemHeader : 1;
+  unsigned HasNoWarningAsError : 1;
+  unsigned HasNoErrorAsFatal : 1;
+
+public:
+  static DiagnosticMappingInfo Make(diag::Mapping Mapping, bool IsUser,
+                                    bool IsPragma) {
+    DiagnosticMappingInfo Result;
+    Result.Mapping = Mapping;
+    Result.IsUser = IsUser;
+    Result.IsPragma = IsPragma;
+    Result.HasShowInSystemHeader = 0;
+    Result.HasNoWarningAsError = 0;
+    Result.HasNoErrorAsFatal = 0;
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  diag::Mapping getMapping() const { return diag::Mapping(Mapping); }
+  void setMapping(diag::Mapping Value) { Mapping = Value; }
+
+  bool isUser() const { return IsUser; }
+  bool isPragma() const { return IsPragma; }
+
+  bool hasShowInSystemHeader() const { return HasShowInSystemHeader; }
+  void setShowInSystemHeader(bool Value) { HasShowInSystemHeader = Value; }
+
+  bool hasNoWarningAsError() const { return HasNoWarningAsError; }
+  void setNoWarningAsError(bool Value) { HasNoWarningAsError = Value; }
+
+  bool hasNoErrorAsFatal() const { return HasNoErrorAsFatal; }
+  void setNoErrorAsFatal(bool Value) { HasNoErrorAsFatal = Value; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Used for handling and querying diagnostic IDs. Can be used and shared
+/// by multiple Diagnostics for multiple translation units.
+class DiagnosticIDs : public RefCountedBase<DiagnosticIDs> {
+public:
+  /// Level The level of the diagnostic, after it has been through mapping.
+  enum Level {
+    Ignored, Note, Warning, Error, Fatal
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Information for uniquing and looking up custom diags.
+  diag::CustomDiagInfo *CustomDiagInfo;
+
+public:
+  DiagnosticIDs();
+  ~DiagnosticIDs();
+
+  /// \brief Return an ID for a diagnostic with the specified message and level.
+  ///
+  /// If this is the first request for this diagnostic, it is registered and
+  /// created, otherwise the existing ID is returned.
+  unsigned getCustomDiagID(Level L, StringRef Message);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Diagnostic classification and reporting interfaces.
+  //
+
+  /// \brief Given a diagnostic ID, return a description of the issue.
+  StringRef getDescription(unsigned DiagID) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return true if the unmapped diagnostic levelof the specified
+  /// diagnostic ID is a Warning or Extension.
+  ///
+  /// This only works on builtin diagnostics, not custom ones, and is not
+  /// legal to call on NOTEs.
+  static bool isBuiltinWarningOrExtension(unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// \brief Return true if the specified diagnostic is mapped to errors by
+  /// default.
+  static bool isDefaultMappingAsError(unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given built-in diagnostic ID is a Note.
+  static bool isBuiltinNote(unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given built-in diagnostic ID is for an
+  /// extension of some sort.
+  static bool isBuiltinExtensionDiag(unsigned DiagID) {
+    bool ignored;
+    return isBuiltinExtensionDiag(DiagID, ignored);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given built-in diagnostic ID is for an
+  /// extension of some sort, and whether it is enabled by default.
+  ///
+  /// This also returns EnabledByDefault, which is set to indicate whether the
+  /// diagnostic is ignored by default (in which case -pedantic enables it) or
+  /// treated as a warning/error by default.
+  ///
+  static bool isBuiltinExtensionDiag(unsigned DiagID, bool &EnabledByDefault);
+  
+
+  /// \brief Return the lowest-level warning option that enables the specified
+  /// diagnostic.
+  ///
+  /// If there is no -Wfoo flag that controls the diagnostic, this returns null.
+  static StringRef getWarningOptionForDiag(unsigned DiagID);
+  
+  /// \brief Return the category number that a specified \p DiagID belongs to,
+  /// or 0 if no category.
+  static unsigned getCategoryNumberForDiag(unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// \brief Return the number of diagnostic categories.
+  static unsigned getNumberOfCategories();
+
+  /// \brief Given a category ID, return the name of the category.
+  static StringRef getCategoryNameFromID(unsigned CategoryID);
+  
+  /// \brief Return true if a given diagnostic falls into an ARC diagnostic
+  /// category.
+  static bool isARCDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// \brief Enumeration describing how the emission of a diagnostic should
+  /// be treated when it occurs during C++ template argument deduction.
+  enum SFINAEResponse {
+    /// \brief The diagnostic should not be reported, but it should cause
+    /// template argument deduction to fail.
+    ///
+    /// The vast majority of errors that occur during template argument 
+    /// deduction fall into this category.
+    SFINAE_SubstitutionFailure,
+    
+    /// \brief The diagnostic should be suppressed entirely.
+    ///
+    /// Warnings generally fall into this category.
+    SFINAE_Suppress,
+    
+    /// \brief The diagnostic should be reported.
+    ///
+    /// The diagnostic should be reported. Various fatal errors (e.g., 
+    /// template instantiation depth exceeded) fall into this category.
+    SFINAE_Report,
+    
+    /// \brief The diagnostic is an access-control diagnostic, which will be
+    /// substitution failures in some contexts and reported in others.
+    SFINAE_AccessControl
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Determines whether the given built-in diagnostic ID is
+  /// for an error that is suppressed if it occurs during C++ template
+  /// argument deduction.
+  ///
+  /// When an error is suppressed due to SFINAE, the template argument
+  /// deduction fails but no diagnostic is emitted. Certain classes of
+  /// errors, such as those errors that involve C++ access control,
+  /// are not SFINAE errors.
+  static SFINAEResponse getDiagnosticSFINAEResponse(unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// \brief Get the set of all diagnostic IDs in the group with the given name.
+  ///
+  /// \param Diags [out] - On return, the diagnostics in the group.
+  /// \returns True if the given group is unknown, false otherwise.
+  bool getDiagnosticsInGroup(StringRef Group,
+                             SmallVectorImpl<diag::kind> &Diags) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the set of all diagnostic IDs.
+  void getAllDiagnostics(SmallVectorImpl<diag::kind> &Diags) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the warning option with the closest edit distance to the given
+  /// group name.
+  static StringRef getNearestWarningOption(StringRef Group);
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Get the set of all diagnostic IDs in the given group.
+  ///
+  /// \param Diags [out] - On return, the diagnostics in the group.
+  void getDiagnosticsInGroup(const WarningOption *Group,
+                             SmallVectorImpl<diag::kind> &Diags) const;
+ 
+  /// \brief Based on the way the client configured the DiagnosticsEngine
+  /// object, classify the specified diagnostic ID into a Level, consumable by
+  /// the DiagnosticClient.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The source location we are interested in finding out the
+  /// diagnostic state. Can be null in order to query the latest state.
+  DiagnosticIDs::Level getDiagnosticLevel(unsigned DiagID, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                          const DiagnosticsEngine &Diag) const;
+
+  /// \brief An internal implementation helper used when \p DiagClass is
+  /// already known.
+  DiagnosticIDs::Level getDiagnosticLevel(unsigned DiagID,
+                                          unsigned DiagClass,
+                                          SourceLocation Loc,
+                                          const DiagnosticsEngine &Diag) const;
+
+  /// \brief Used to report a diagnostic that is finally fully formed.
+  ///
+  /// \returns \c true if the diagnostic was emitted, \c false if it was
+  /// suppressed.
+  bool ProcessDiag(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag) const;
+
+  /// \brief Used to emit a diagnostic that is finally fully formed,
+  /// ignoring suppression.
+  void EmitDiag(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag, Level DiagLevel) const;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the diagnostic may leave the AST in a state where some
+  /// invariants can break.
+  bool isUnrecoverable(unsigned DiagID) const;
+
+  friend class DiagnosticsEngine;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticLexKinds.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticLexKinds.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..339788b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticLexKinds.td
@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticLexKinds.td - liblex diagnostics ------------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Lexer Diagnostics
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Component = "Lex", CategoryName = "Lexical or Preprocessor Issue" in {
+
+def null_in_string : Warning<"null character(s) preserved in string literal">,
+  InGroup<NullCharacter>;
+def null_in_char : Warning<"null character(s) preserved in character literal">,
+  InGroup<NullCharacter>;
+def null_in_file : Warning<"null character ignored">, InGroup<NullCharacter>;
+def warn_nested_block_comment : Warning<"'/*' within block comment">,
+  InGroup<Comment>;
+def escaped_newline_block_comment_end : Warning<
+  "escaped newline between */ characters at block comment end">,
+  InGroup<Comment>;
+def backslash_newline_space : Warning<
+  "backslash and newline separated by space">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"backslash-newline-escape">>;
+
+// Digraphs.
+def warn_cxx98_compat_less_colon_colon : Warning<
+  "'<::' is treated as digraph '<:' (aka '[') followed by ':' in C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+// Trigraphs.
+def trigraph_ignored : Warning<"trigraph ignored">, InGroup<Trigraphs>;
+def trigraph_ignored_block_comment : Warning<
+  "ignored trigraph would end block comment">, InGroup<Trigraphs>;
+def trigraph_ends_block_comment : Warning<"trigraph ends block comment">,
+    InGroup<Trigraphs>;
+def trigraph_converted : Warning<"trigraph converted to '%0' character">,
+    InGroup<Trigraphs>;
+
+def ext_multi_line_line_comment : Extension<"multi-line // comment">,
+    InGroup<Comment>;
+def ext_line_comment : Extension<
+  "// comments are not allowed in this language">,
+  InGroup<Comment>;
+def ext_no_newline_eof : Extension<"no newline at end of file">, 
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"newline-eof">>;
+
+def warn_cxx98_compat_no_newline_eof : Warning<
+  "C++98 requires newline at end of file">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def ext_dollar_in_identifier : Extension<"'$' in identifier">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"dollar-in-identifier-extension">>;
+def ext_charize_microsoft : Extension<"charizing operator #@ is a Microsoft extension">,
+  InGroup<Microsoft>;
+
+def ext_token_used : Extension<"extension used">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"language-extension-token">>;
+
+def warn_cxx11_keyword : Warning<"'%0' is a keyword in C++11">,
+  InGroup<CXX11Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def ext_unterminated_string : ExtWarn<"missing terminating '\"' character">,
+  InGroup<InvalidPPToken>;
+def ext_unterminated_char : ExtWarn<"missing terminating ' character">,
+  InGroup<InvalidPPToken>;
+def ext_empty_character : ExtWarn<"empty character constant">,
+  InGroup<InvalidPPToken>;
+def err_unterminated_block_comment : Error<"unterminated /* comment">;
+def err_invalid_character_to_charify : Error<
+  "invalid argument to convert to character">;
+def err_unterminated___pragma : Error<"missing terminating ')' character">;
+
+def err_conflict_marker : Error<"version control conflict marker in file">;
+
+def err_raw_delim_too_long : Error<
+  "raw string delimiter longer than 16 characters"
+  "; use PREFIX( )PREFIX to delimit raw string">;
+def err_invalid_char_raw_delim : Error<
+  "invalid character '%0' character in raw string delimiter"
+  "; use PREFIX( )PREFIX to delimit raw string">;
+def err_unterminated_raw_string : Error<
+  "raw string missing terminating delimiter )%0\"">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_raw_string_literal : Warning<
+  "raw string literals are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def ext_multichar_character_literal : ExtWarn<
+  "multi-character character constant">, InGroup<MultiChar>;
+def ext_four_char_character_literal : Extension<
+  "multi-character character constant">, InGroup<FourByteMultiChar>;
+
+
+// Unicode and UCNs
+def err_invalid_utf8 : Error<
+  "source file is not valid UTF-8">;
+def err_non_ascii : Error<
+  "non-ASCII characters are not allowed outside of literals and identifiers">;
+def ext_unicode_whitespace : ExtWarn<
+  "treating Unicode character as whitespace">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"unicode-whitespace">>;
+
+def err_hex_escape_no_digits : Error<
+  "\\%0 used with no following hex digits">;
+def warn_ucn_escape_no_digits : Warning<
+  "\\%0 used with no following hex digits; "
+  "treating as '\\' followed by identifier">, InGroup<Unicode>;
+def err_ucn_escape_incomplete : Error<
+  "incomplete universal character name">;
+def warn_ucn_escape_incomplete : Warning<
+  "incomplete universal character name; "
+  "treating as '\\' followed by identifier">, InGroup<Unicode>;
+def note_ucn_four_not_eight : Note<"did you mean to use '\\u'?">;
+
+def err_ucn_escape_basic_scs : Error<
+  "character '%0' cannot be specified by a universal character name">;
+def err_ucn_control_character : Error<
+  "universal character name refers to a control character">;
+def err_ucn_escape_invalid : Error<"invalid universal character">;
+def warn_ucn_escape_surrogate : Warning<
+  "universal character name refers to a surrogate character">,
+  InGroup<Unicode>;
+
+def warn_c99_compat_unicode_id : Warning<
+  "%select{using this character in an identifier|starting an identifier with "
+  "this character}0 is incompatible with C99">,
+  InGroup<C99Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_unicode_id : Warning<
+  "using this character in an identifier is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_cxx98_compat_literal_ucn_escape_basic_scs : Warning<
+  "specifying character '%0' with a universal character name "
+  "is incompatible with C++98">, InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_literal_ucn_control_character : Warning<
+  "universal character name referring to a control character "
+  "is incompatible with C++98">, InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_ucn_not_valid_in_c89 : Warning<
+  "universal character names are only valid in C99 or C++; "
+  "treating as '\\' followed by identifier">, InGroup<Unicode>;
+def warn_ucn_not_valid_in_c89_literal : ExtWarn<
+  "universal character names are only valid in C99 or C++">, InGroup<Unicode>;
+
+
+// Literal
+def ext_nonstandard_escape : Extension<
+  "use of non-standard escape character '\\%0'">;
+def ext_unknown_escape : ExtWarn<"unknown escape sequence '\\%0'">;
+def err_invalid_decimal_digit : Error<"invalid digit '%0' in decimal constant">;
+def err_invalid_binary_digit : Error<"invalid digit '%0' in binary constant">;
+def err_invalid_octal_digit : Error<"invalid digit '%0' in octal constant">;
+def err_invalid_suffix_integer_constant : Error<
+  "invalid suffix '%0' on integer constant">;
+def err_invalid_suffix_float_constant : Error<
+  "invalid suffix '%0' on floating constant">;
+def warn_extraneous_char_constant : Warning<
+  "extraneous characters in character constant ignored">;
+def warn_char_constant_too_large : Warning<
+  "character constant too long for its type">;
+def err_multichar_utf_character_literal : Error<
+  "Unicode character literals may not contain multiple characters">;
+def err_exponent_has_no_digits : Error<"exponent has no digits">;
+def ext_imaginary_constant : Extension<
+  "imaginary constants are a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def err_hexconstant_requires_exponent : Error<
+  "hexadecimal floating constants require an exponent">;
+def err_hexconstant_requires_digits : Error<
+  "hexadecimal floating constants require a significand">;
+def ext_hexconstant_invalid : Extension<
+  "hexadecimal floating constants are a C99 feature">, InGroup<C99>;
+def ext_binary_literal : Extension<
+  "binary integer literals are a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def err_pascal_string_too_long : Error<"Pascal string is too long">;
+def warn_octal_escape_too_large : ExtWarn<"octal escape sequence out of range">;
+def warn_hex_escape_too_large : ExtWarn<"hex escape sequence out of range">;
+def ext_string_too_long : Extension<"string literal of length %0 exceeds "
+  "maximum length %1 that %select{C90|ISO C99|C++}2 compilers are required to "
+  "support">, InGroup<OverlengthStrings>;
+def err_character_too_large : Error<
+  "character too large for enclosing character literal type">;
+def warn_c99_compat_unicode_literal : Warning<
+  "unicode literals are incompatible with C99">,
+  InGroup<C99Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_unicode_literal : Warning<
+  "unicode literals are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx11_compat_user_defined_literal : Warning<
+  "identifier after literal will be treated as a user-defined literal suffix "
+  "in C++11">, InGroup<CXX11Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx11_compat_reserved_user_defined_literal : Warning<
+  "identifier after literal will be treated as a reserved user-defined literal "
+  "suffix in C++11">,
+  InGroup<CXX11CompatReservedUserDefinedLiteral>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_reserved_user_defined_literal : ExtWarn<
+  "invalid suffix on literal; C++11 requires a space between literal and "
+  "identifier">, InGroup<ReservedUserDefinedLiteral>, DefaultError;
+def ext_ms_reserved_user_defined_literal : ExtWarn<
+  "invalid suffix on literal; C++11 requires a space between literal and "
+  "identifier">, InGroup<ReservedUserDefinedLiteral>;
+def err_unsupported_string_concat : Error<
+  "unsupported non-standard concatenation of string literals">;
+def err_string_concat_mixed_suffix : Error<
+  "differing user-defined suffixes ('%0' and '%1') in string literal "
+  "concatenation">;
+def err_pp_invalid_udl : Error<
+  "%select{character|integer}0 literal with user-defined suffix "
+  "cannot be used in preprocessor constant expression">;
+def err_bad_string_encoding : Error<
+  "illegal character encoding in string literal">;
+def warn_bad_string_encoding : ExtWarn<
+  "illegal character encoding in string literal">,
+  InGroup<InvalidSourceEncoding>;
+def err_bad_character_encoding : Error<
+  "illegal character encoding in character literal">;
+def warn_bad_character_encoding : ExtWarn<
+  "illegal character encoding in character literal">,
+  InGroup<InvalidSourceEncoding>;
+def err_lexing_string : Error<"failure when lexing a string">;
+
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// PTH Diagnostics
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+def err_invalid_pth_file : Error<
+    "invalid or corrupt PTH file '%0'">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Preprocessor Diagnostics
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let CategoryName = "User Defined Issues" in {
+def pp_hash_warning : Warning<"%0">,
+  InGroup<PoundWarning>, DefaultWarnShowInSystemHeader;
+def err_pp_hash_error : Error<"%0">;
+}
+
+def pp_include_next_in_primary : Warning<
+  "#include_next in primary source file">;
+def pp_include_macros_out_of_predefines : Error<
+  "the #__include_macros directive is only for internal use by -imacros">;
+def pp_include_next_absolute_path : Warning<"#include_next with absolute path">;
+def ext_c99_whitespace_required_after_macro_name : ExtWarn<
+  "ISO C99 requires whitespace after the macro name">, InGroup<C99>;
+def ext_missing_whitespace_after_macro_name : ExtWarn<
+  "whitespace required after macro name">;
+def warn_missing_whitespace_after_macro_name : Warning<
+  "whitespace recommended after macro name">;
+  
+def pp_pragma_once_in_main_file : Warning<"#pragma once in main file">;
+def pp_pragma_sysheader_in_main_file : Warning<
+  "#pragma system_header ignored in main file">;
+def pp_poisoning_existing_macro : Warning<"poisoning existing macro">;
+def pp_out_of_date_dependency : Warning<
+  "current file is older than dependency %0">;
+def ext_pp_undef_builtin_macro : ExtWarn<"undefining builtin macro">,
+  InGroup<BuiltinMacroRedefined>;
+def ext_pp_redef_builtin_macro : ExtWarn<"redefining builtin macro">,
+  InGroup<BuiltinMacroRedefined>;
+def pp_disabled_macro_expansion : Warning<
+  "disabled expansion of recursive macro">, DefaultIgnore,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"disabled-macro-expansion">>;
+def pp_macro_not_used : Warning<"macro is not used">, DefaultIgnore,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"unused-macros">>;
+def warn_pp_undef_identifier : Warning<
+  "%0 is not defined, evaluates to 0">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"undef">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_pp_ambiguous_macro : Warning<
+  "ambiguous expansion of macro %0">, InGroup<AmbiguousMacro>;
+def note_pp_ambiguous_macro_chosen : Note<
+  "expanding this definition of %0">;
+def note_pp_ambiguous_macro_other : Note<
+  "other definition of %0">;
+
+def pp_invalid_string_literal : Warning<
+  "invalid string literal, ignoring final '\\'">;
+def warn_pp_expr_overflow : Warning<
+  "integer overflow in preprocessor expression">;
+def warn_pp_convert_lhs_to_positive : Warning<
+  "left side of operator converted from negative value to unsigned: %0">;
+def warn_pp_convert_rhs_to_positive : Warning<
+  "right side of operator converted from negative value to unsigned: %0">;
+
+def ext_pp_import_directive : Extension<"#import is a language extension">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"import-preprocessor-directive-pedantic">>;
+def err_pp_import_directive_ms : Error<
+  "#import of type library is an unsupported Microsoft feature">;
+
+def ext_pp_ident_directive : Extension<"#ident is a language extension">;
+def ext_pp_include_next_directive : Extension<
+  "#include_next is a language extension">;
+def ext_pp_warning_directive : Extension<"#warning is a language extension">;
+
+def ext_pp_extra_tokens_at_eol : ExtWarn<
+  "extra tokens at end of #%0 directive">, InGroup<ExtraTokens>;
+  
+def ext_pp_comma_expr : Extension<"comma operator in operand of #if">;
+def ext_pp_bad_vaargs_use : Extension<
+  "__VA_ARGS__ can only appear in the expansion of a C99 variadic macro">;
+def ext_pp_macro_redef : ExtWarn<"%0 macro redefined">;
+def ext_variadic_macro : Extension<"variadic macros are a C99 feature">,
+  InGroup<VariadicMacros>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_variadic_macro : Warning<
+  "variadic macros are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_named_variadic_macro : Extension<
+  "named variadic macros are a GNU extension">, InGroup<VariadicMacros>;
+def err_embedded_include : Error<
+  "embedding a #%0 directive within macro arguments is not supported">;
+def ext_embedded_directive : Extension<
+  "embedding a directive within macro arguments has undefined behavior">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"embedded-directive">>;
+def ext_missing_varargs_arg : Extension<
+  "must specify at least one argument for '...' parameter of variadic macro">,
+  InGroup<GNU>;
+def ext_empty_fnmacro_arg : Extension<
+  "empty macro arguments are a C99 feature">, InGroup<C99>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_empty_fnmacro_arg : Warning<
+  "empty macro arguments are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_macro_here : Note<"macro %0 defined here">;
+
+def err_pp_opencl_variadic_macros :
+  Error<"variadic macros not supported in OpenCL">;
+
+def err_pp_invalid_directive : Error<"invalid preprocessing directive">;
+def err_pp_directive_required : Error<
+  "%0 must be used within a preprocessing directive">;
+def err_pp_file_not_found : Error<"'%0' file not found">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_pp_file_not_found_not_fatal : Error<
+  "'%0' file not found with <angled> include; use \"quotes\" instead">;
+def err_pp_error_opening_file : Error<
+  "error opening file '%0': %1">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_pp_empty_filename : Error<"empty filename">;
+def err_pp_include_too_deep : Error<"#include nested too deeply">;
+def err_pp_expects_filename : Error<"expected \"FILENAME\" or <FILENAME>">;
+def err_pp_macro_not_identifier : Error<"macro names must be identifiers">;
+def err_pp_missing_macro_name : Error<"macro name missing">;
+def err_pp_missing_rparen_in_macro_def : Error<
+  "missing ')' in macro parameter list">;
+def err_pp_invalid_tok_in_arg_list : Error<
+  "invalid token in macro parameter list">;
+def err_pp_expected_ident_in_arg_list : Error<
+  "expected identifier in macro parameter list">;
+def err_pp_expected_comma_in_arg_list : Error<
+  "expected comma in macro parameter list">;
+def err_pp_duplicate_name_in_arg_list : Error<
+  "duplicate macro parameter name %0">;
+def err_pp_stringize_not_parameter : Error<
+  "'#' is not followed by a macro parameter">;
+def err_pp_malformed_ident : Error<"invalid #ident directive">;
+def err_pp_unterminated_conditional : Error<
+  "unterminated conditional directive">;
+def pp_err_else_after_else : Error<"#else after #else">;
+def pp_err_elif_after_else : Error<"#elif after #else">;
+def pp_err_else_without_if : Error<"#else without #if">;
+def pp_err_elif_without_if : Error<"#elif without #if">;
+def err_pp_endif_without_if : Error<"#endif without #if">;
+def err_pp_expected_value_in_expr : Error<"expected value in expression">;
+def err_pp_expected_rparen : Error<"expected ')' in preprocessor expression">;
+def err_pp_expected_eol : Error<
+  "expected end of line in preprocessor expression">;
+def err_pp_defined_requires_identifier : Error<
+  "operator 'defined' requires an identifier">;
+def err_pp_missing_lparen : Error<"missing '(' after '%0'">;
+def err_pp_missing_rparen : Error<"missing ')' after '%0'">;
+def err_pp_colon_without_question : Error<"':' without preceding '?'">;
+def err_pp_division_by_zero : Error<
+  "division by zero in preprocessor expression">;
+def err_pp_remainder_by_zero : Error<
+  "remainder by zero in preprocessor expression">;
+def err_pp_expr_bad_token_binop : Error<
+  "token is not a valid binary operator in a preprocessor subexpression">;
+def err_pp_expr_bad_token_start_expr : Error<
+  "invalid token at start of a preprocessor expression">;
+def err_pp_invalid_poison : Error<"can only poison identifier tokens">;
+def err_pp_used_poisoned_id : Error<"attempt to use a poisoned identifier">;
+
+def err_feature_check_malformed : Error<
+  "builtin feature check macro requires a parenthesized identifier">;
+
+def err_warning_check_malformed : Error<
+  "builtin warning check macro requires a parenthesized string">;
+def warn_has_warning_invalid_option :
+   ExtWarn<"__has_warning expected option name (e.g. \"-Wundef\")">,
+   InGroup<MalformedWarningCheck>;
+
+def warn_pragma_include_alias_mismatch_angle :
+   ExtWarn<"angle-bracketed include <%0> cannot be aliased to double-quoted "
+   "include \"%1\"">, InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def warn_pragma_include_alias_mismatch_quote :
+   ExtWarn<"double-quoted include \"%0\" cannot be aliased to angle-bracketed "
+   "include <%1>">, InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def warn_pragma_include_alias_expected :
+   ExtWarn<"pragma include_alias expected '%0'">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def warn_pragma_include_alias_expected_filename :
+   ExtWarn<"pragma include_alias expected include filename">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+
+def err__Pragma_malformed : Error<
+  "_Pragma takes a parenthesized string literal">;
+def err_pragma_comment_malformed : Error<
+  "pragma comment requires parenthesized identifier and optional string">;
+def err_pragma_message_malformed : Error<
+  "pragma message requires parenthesized string">;
+def err_pragma_push_pop_macro_malformed : Error<
+   "pragma %0 requires a parenthesized string">;
+def warn_pragma_pop_macro_no_push : Warning<
+   "pragma pop_macro could not pop '%0', no matching push_macro">;
+def warn_pragma_message : Warning<"%0">,
+   InGroup<PoundPragmaMessage>, DefaultWarnNoWerror;
+def warn_pragma_ignored : Warning<"unknown pragma ignored">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_stdc_pragma_ignored : ExtWarn<"unknown pragma in STDC namespace">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def ext_on_off_switch_syntax :
+   ExtWarn<"expected 'ON' or 'OFF' or 'DEFAULT' in pragma">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def ext_pragma_syntax_eod :
+   ExtWarn<"expected end of directive in pragma">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def warn_stdc_fenv_access_not_supported :
+   Warning<"pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS ON is not supported, ignoring pragma">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def warn_pragma_diagnostic_invalid :
+   ExtWarn<"pragma diagnostic expected 'error', 'warning', 'ignored', 'fatal',"
+            " 'push', or 'pop'">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def warn_pragma_diagnostic_cannot_pop :
+   ExtWarn<"pragma diagnostic pop could not pop, no matching push">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def warn_pragma_diagnostic_invalid_option :
+   ExtWarn<"pragma diagnostic expected option name (e.g. \"-Wundef\")">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def warn_pragma_diagnostic_invalid_token :
+   ExtWarn<"unexpected token in pragma diagnostic">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+def warn_pragma_diagnostic_unknown_warning :
+   ExtWarn<"unknown warning group '%0', ignored">,
+   InGroup<UnknownPragmas>;
+// - #pragma __debug
+def warn_pragma_debug_unexpected_command : Warning<
+  "unexpected debug command '%0'">;
+
+def err_pragma_comment_unknown_kind : Error<"unknown kind of pragma comment">;
+def err_defined_macro_name : Error<"'defined' cannot be used as a macro name">;
+def err_paste_at_start : Error<
+  "'##' cannot appear at start of macro expansion">;
+def err_paste_at_end : Error<"'##' cannot appear at end of macro expansion">;
+def ext_paste_comma : Extension<
+  "token pasting of ',' and __VA_ARGS__ is a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def err_unterm_macro_invoc : Error<
+  "unterminated function-like macro invocation">;
+def err_too_many_args_in_macro_invoc : Error<
+  "too many arguments provided to function-like macro invocation">;
+def err_too_few_args_in_macro_invoc : Error<
+  "too few arguments provided to function-like macro invocation">;
+def err_pp_bad_paste : Error<
+  "pasting formed '%0', an invalid preprocessing token">;
+def err_pp_bad_paste_ms : Warning<
+  "pasting formed '%0', an invalid preprocessing token">, DefaultError,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"invalid-token-paste">>;
+def err_pp_operator_used_as_macro_name : Error<
+  "C++ operator '%0' cannot be used as a macro name">;
+def err_pp_illegal_floating_literal : Error<
+  "floating point literal in preprocessor expression">;
+def err_pp_line_requires_integer : Error<
+  "#line directive requires a positive integer argument">;
+def ext_pp_line_zero : Extension<
+  "#line directive with zero argument is a GNU extension">, 
+  InGroup<GNU>;
+def err_pp_line_invalid_filename : Error<
+  "invalid filename for #line directive">;
+def warn_pp_line_decimal : Warning<
+  "#line directive interprets number as decimal, not octal">;
+def err_pp_line_digit_sequence : Error<
+  "#line directive requires a simple digit sequence">;
+def err_pp_linemarker_requires_integer : Error<
+  "line marker directive requires a positive integer argument">;
+def err_pp_linemarker_invalid_filename : Error<
+  "invalid filename for line marker directive">;
+def err_pp_linemarker_invalid_flag : Error<
+  "invalid flag line marker directive">;
+def err_pp_linemarker_invalid_pop : Error<
+  "invalid line marker flag '2': cannot pop empty include stack">;
+def ext_pp_line_too_big : Extension<
+  "C requires #line number to be less than %0, allowed as extension">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_pp_line_too_big : Warning<
+  "#line number greater than 32767 is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_pp_visibility_non_macro : Error<"no macro named %0">;
+
+def err_pp_arc_cf_code_audited_syntax : Error<"expected 'begin' or 'end'">;
+def err_pp_double_begin_of_arc_cf_code_audited : Error<
+  "already inside '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited'">;
+def err_pp_unmatched_end_of_arc_cf_code_audited : Error<
+  "not currently inside '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited'">;
+def err_pp_include_in_arc_cf_code_audited : Error<
+  "cannot #include files inside '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited'">;
+def err_pp_eof_in_arc_cf_code_audited : Error<
+  "'#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' was not ended within this file">;
+
+// Module map parsing
+def err_mmap_unknown_token : Error<"skipping stray token">;
+def err_mmap_expected_module : Error<"expected module declaration">;
+def err_mmap_expected_module_name : Error<"expected module name">;
+def err_mmap_expected_lbrace : Error<"expected '{' to start module '%0'">;
+def err_mmap_expected_rbrace : Error<"expected '}'">;
+def note_mmap_lbrace_match : Note<"to match this '{'">;
+def err_mmap_expected_rsquare : Error<"expected ']' to close attribute">;
+def note_mmap_lsquare_match : Note<"to match this ']'">;
+def err_mmap_expected_member : Error<
+  "expected umbrella, header, submodule, or module export">;
+def err_mmap_expected_header : Error<"expected a header name after '%0'">;
+def err_mmap_module_redefinition : Error<
+  "redefinition of module '%0'">;
+def note_mmap_prev_definition : Note<"previously defined here">;
+def err_mmap_header_conflict : Error<
+  "header '%0' is already part of module '%1'">;
+def err_mmap_header_not_found : Error<
+  "%select{|umbrella }0header '%1' not found">;
+def err_mmap_umbrella_dir_not_found : Error<
+  "umbrella directory '%0' not found">;
+def err_mmap_umbrella_clash : Error<
+  "umbrella for module '%0' already covers this directory">;
+def err_mmap_export_module_id : Error<
+  "expected an exported module name or '*'">;
+def err_mmap_expected_library_name : Error<
+  "expected %select{library|framework}0 name as a string">;
+def err_mmap_config_macro_submodule : Error<
+  "configuration macros are only allowed on top-level modules">;
+def err_mmap_expected_config_macro : Error<
+  "expected configuration macro name after ','">;
+def err_mmap_expected_conflicts_comma : Error<
+  "expected ',' after conflicting module name">;
+def err_mmap_expected_conflicts_message : Error<
+  "expected a message describing the conflict with '%0'">;
+def err_mmap_missing_module_unqualified : Error<
+  "no module named '%0' visible from '%1'">;
+def err_mmap_missing_module_qualified : Error<
+  "no module named '%0' in '%1'">;
+def err_mmap_top_level_inferred_submodule : Error<
+  "only submodules and framework modules may be inferred with wildcard syntax">;
+def err_mmap_inferred_no_umbrella : Error<
+  "inferred submodules require a module with an umbrella">;
+def err_mmap_inferred_framework_submodule : Error<
+  "inferred submodule cannot be a framework submodule">;
+def err_mmap_explicit_inferred_framework : Error<
+  "inferred framework modules cannot be 'explicit'">;
+def err_mmap_missing_exclude_name : Error<
+  "expected excluded module name">;
+def err_mmap_inferred_redef : Error<
+  "redefinition of inferred submodule">;
+def err_mmap_expected_lbrace_wildcard : Error<
+  "expected '{' to start inferred submodule">;
+def err_mmap_expected_inferred_member : Error<
+  "expected %select{module exclusion with 'exclude'|'export *'}0">;
+def err_mmap_expected_export_wildcard : Error<
+  "only '*' can be exported from an inferred submodule">;
+def err_mmap_explicit_top_level : Error<
+  "'explicit' is not permitted on top-level modules">;
+def err_mmap_nested_submodule_id : Error<
+  "qualified module name can only be used to define modules at the top level">;
+def err_mmap_expected_feature : Error<"expected a feature name">;
+def err_mmap_expected_attribute : Error<"expected an attribute name">;
+def warn_mmap_unknown_attribute : Warning<"unknown attribute '%0'">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+
+def warn_auto_module_import : Warning<
+  "treating #%select{include|import|include_next|__include_macros}0 as an "
+  "import of module '%1'">, InGroup<AutoImport>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_uncovered_module_header : Warning<
+  "umbrella header for module '%0' does not include header '%1'">, 
+  InGroup<IncompleteUmbrella>;
+def err_expected_id_building_module : Error<
+  "expected a module name in '__building_module' expression">;
+  
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e5562c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.def
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+//===--- DiagOptions.def - Diagnostic option database ------------- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the diagnostic options. Users of this file
+// must define the DIAGOPT macro to make use of this information.
+// Optionally, the user may also define ENUM_DIAGOPT (for options
+// that have enumeration type and VALUE_DIAGOPT (for options that
+// describe a value rather than a flag). The SEMANTIC_* variants of these macros
+// indicate options that affect the processing of the program, rather than
+// simply the output.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef DIAGOPT
+#  error Define the DIAGOPT macro to handle language options
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VALUE_DIAGOPT
+#  define VALUE_DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default) \
+DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ENUM_DIAGOPT
+#  define ENUM_DIAGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default) \
+DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SEMANTIC_DIAGOPT
+#  define SEMANTIC_DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default) DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SEMANTIC_VALUE_DIAGOPT
+#  define SEMANTIC_VALUE_DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default) \
+     VALUE_DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SEMANTIC_ENUM_DIAGOPT
+#  define SEMANTIC_ENUM_DIAGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default) \
+     ENUM_DIAGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default)
+#endif
+
+SEMANTIC_DIAGOPT(IgnoreWarnings, 1, 0)   /// -w
+DIAGOPT(NoRewriteMacros, 1, 0)  /// -Wno-rewrite-macros
+DIAGOPT(Pedantic, 1, 0)         /// -pedantic
+DIAGOPT(PedanticErrors, 1, 0)   /// -pedantic-errors
+DIAGOPT(ShowColumn, 1, 1)       /// Show column number on diagnostics.
+DIAGOPT(ShowLocation, 1, 1)     /// Show source location information.
+DIAGOPT(ShowCarets, 1, 1)       /// Show carets in diagnostics.
+DIAGOPT(ShowFixits, 1, 1)       /// Show fixit information.
+DIAGOPT(ShowSourceRanges, 1, 0) /// Show source ranges in numeric form.
+DIAGOPT(ShowParseableFixits, 1, 0) /// Show machine parseable fix-its.
+DIAGOPT(ShowPresumedLoc, 1, 0)  /// Show presumed location for diagnostics.
+DIAGOPT(ShowOptionNames, 1, 0)  /// Show the option name for mappable
+                                /// diagnostics.
+DIAGOPT(ShowNoteIncludeStack, 1, 0) /// Show include stacks for notes.
+VALUE_DIAGOPT(ShowCategories, 2, 0) /// Show categories: 0 -> none, 1 -> Number,
+                                    /// 2 -> Full Name.
+                                 
+ENUM_DIAGOPT(Format, TextDiagnosticFormat, 2, Clang) /// Format for diagnostics: 
+  
+DIAGOPT(ShowColors, 1, 0)       /// Show diagnostics with ANSI color sequences.
+ENUM_DIAGOPT(ShowOverloads, OverloadsShown, 1,
+             Ovl_All)    /// Overload candidates to show.
+DIAGOPT(VerifyDiagnostics, 1, 0) /// Check that diagnostics match the expected
+                                 /// diagnostics, indicated by markers in the
+                                 /// input source file.
+
+DIAGOPT(ElideType, 1, 0)         /// Elide identical types in template diffing
+DIAGOPT(ShowTemplateTree, 1, 0)  /// Print a template tree when diffing
+DIAGOPT(WarnOnSpellCheck, 1, 0)  /// -fwarn-on-spellcheck
+
+VALUE_DIAGOPT(ErrorLimit, 32, 0)           /// Limit # errors emitted.
+/// Limit depth of macro expansion backtrace.
+VALUE_DIAGOPT(MacroBacktraceLimit, 32, DefaultMacroBacktraceLimit)
+/// Limit depth of instantiation backtrace.
+VALUE_DIAGOPT(TemplateBacktraceLimit, 32, DefaultTemplateBacktraceLimit)
+/// Limit depth of constexpr backtrace.
+VALUE_DIAGOPT(ConstexprBacktraceLimit, 32, DefaultConstexprBacktraceLimit)
+
+VALUE_DIAGOPT(TabStop, 32, DefaultTabStop) /// The distance between tab stops.
+/// Column limit for formatting message diagnostics, or 0 if unused.
+VALUE_DIAGOPT(MessageLength, 32, 0)
+
+#undef DIAGOPT
+#undef ENUM_DIAGOPT
+#undef VALUE_DIAGOPT
+#undef SEMANTIC_DIAGOPT
+#undef SEMANTIC_ENUM_DIAGOPT
+#undef SEMANTIC_VALUE_DIAGOPT
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fba384
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+//===--- DiagnosticOptions.h ------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_DIAGNOSTICOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_DIAGNOSTICOPTIONS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Specifies which overload candidates to display when overload
+/// resolution fails.
+enum OverloadsShown {
+  Ovl_All,  ///< Show all overloads.
+  Ovl_Best  ///< Show just the "best" overload candidates.
+};
+
+/// \brief Options for controlling the compiler diagnostics engine.
+class DiagnosticOptions : public RefCountedBase<DiagnosticOptions>{
+public:
+  enum TextDiagnosticFormat { Clang, Msvc, Vi };
+
+  // Default values.
+  enum { DefaultTabStop = 8, MaxTabStop = 100,
+    DefaultMacroBacktraceLimit = 6,
+    DefaultTemplateBacktraceLimit = 10,
+    DefaultConstexprBacktraceLimit = 10 };
+
+  // Define simple diagnostic options (with no accessors).
+#define DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default) unsigned Name : Bits;
+#define ENUM_DIAGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default)
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.def"
+
+protected:
+  // Define diagnostic options of enumeration type. These are private, and will
+  // have accessors (below).
+#define DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default)
+#define ENUM_DIAGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default) unsigned Name : Bits;
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.def"
+
+public:
+  /// \brief The file to log diagnostic output to.
+  std::string DiagnosticLogFile;
+  
+  /// \brief The file to serialize diagnostics to (non-appending).
+  std::string DiagnosticSerializationFile;
+
+  /// The list of -W... options used to alter the diagnostic mappings, with the
+  /// prefixes removed.
+  std::vector<std::string> Warnings;
+
+public:
+  // Define accessors/mutators for diagnostic options of enumeration type.
+#define DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default)
+#define ENUM_DIAGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default) \
+  Type get##Name() const { return static_cast<Type>(Name); } \
+  void set##Name(Type Value) { Name = static_cast<unsigned>(Value); }
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.def"
+
+  DiagnosticOptions() {
+#define DIAGOPT(Name, Bits, Default) Name = Default;
+#define ENUM_DIAGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default) set##Name(Default);
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.def"
+  }
+};
+
+typedef DiagnosticOptions::TextDiagnosticFormat TextDiagnosticFormat;
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticParseKinds.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticParseKinds.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04a433c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticParseKinds.td
@@ -0,0 +1,800 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticParseKinds.td - libparse diagnostics --------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Parser Diagnostics
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Component = "Parse" in {
+
+def w_asm_qualifier_ignored : Warning<"ignored %0 qualifier on asm">,
+                              CatInlineAsm;
+def warn_file_asm_volatile : Warning<
+  "meaningless 'volatile' on asm outside function">, CatInlineAsm;
+
+let CategoryName = "Parse Issue" in {
+
+def ext_empty_translation_unit : Extension<
+  "ISO C requires a translation unit to contain at least one declaration">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"empty-translation-unit">>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_top_level_semi : Warning<
+  "extra ';' outside of a function is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_extra_semi : Extension<
+  "extra ';' %select{"
+  "outside of a function|"
+  "inside a %1|"
+  "inside instance variable list|"
+  "after member function definition}0">,
+  InGroup<ExtraSemi>;
+def ext_extra_semi_cxx11 : Extension<
+  "extra ';' outside of a function is a C++11 extension">,
+  InGroup<CXX11ExtraSemi>;
+def warn_extra_semi_after_mem_fn_def : Warning<
+  "extra ';' after member function definition">,
+  InGroup<ExtraSemi>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def ext_duplicate_declspec : ExtWarn<"duplicate '%0' declaration specifier">,
+  InGroup<DuplicateDeclSpecifier>;
+def warn_duplicate_declspec : Warning<"duplicate '%0' declaration specifier">,
+  InGroup<DuplicateDeclSpecifier>;
+def ext_plain_complex : ExtWarn<
+  "plain '_Complex' requires a type specifier; assuming '_Complex double'">;
+def ext_integer_complex : Extension<
+  "complex integer types are a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def ext_thread_before : Extension<"'__thread' before '%0'">;
+
+def ext_empty_struct_union : Extension<
+  "empty %select{struct|union}0 is a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def warn_empty_struct_union_compat : Warning<"empty %select{struct|union}0 "
+  "has size 0 in C, size 1 in C++">, InGroup<CXXCompat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def error_empty_enum : Error<"use of empty enum">;
+def err_invalid_sign_spec : Error<"'%0' cannot be signed or unsigned">;
+def err_invalid_short_spec : Error<"'short %0' is invalid">;
+def err_invalid_long_spec : Error<"'long %0' is invalid">;
+def err_invalid_longlong_spec : Error<"'long long %0' is invalid">;
+def err_invalid_complex_spec : Error<"'_Complex %0' is invalid">;
+def err_friend_storage_spec : Error<"'%0' is invalid in friend declarations">;
+
+def ext_ident_list_in_param : Extension<
+  "type-less parameter names in function declaration">;
+def ext_c99_variable_decl_in_for_loop : Extension<
+  "variable declaration in for loop is a C99-specific feature">, InGroup<C99>;
+def ext_c99_compound_literal : Extension<
+  "compound literals are a C99-specific feature">, InGroup<C99>;
+def ext_c99_flexible_array_member : Extension<
+  "Flexible array members are a C99-specific feature">, InGroup<C99>;
+def ext_enumerator_list_comma_c : Extension<
+  "commas at the end of enumerator lists are a C99-specific "
+  "feature">, InGroup<C99>;
+def ext_enumerator_list_comma_cxx : Extension<
+  "commas at the end of enumerator lists are a C++11 extension">,
+  InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_enumerator_list_comma : Warning<
+  "commas at the end of enumerator lists are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_enumerator_list_missing_comma : Error<
+  "missing ',' between enumerators">;
+def err_enumerator_unnamed_no_def : Error<
+  "unnamed enumeration must be a definition">;
+def ext_cxx11_enum_fixed_underlying_type : Extension<
+  "enumeration types with a fixed underlying type are a C++11 extension">, 
+  InGroup<CXX11>;
+def ext_c_enum_fixed_underlying_type : Extension<
+  "enumeration types with a fixed underlying type are a Microsoft extension">,
+  InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_enum_fixed_underlying_type : Warning<
+  "enumeration types with a fixed underlying type are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_alignof : Warning<
+  "alignof expressions are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_alignof_expr : ExtWarn<
+  "%0 applied to an expression is a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+
+def warn_microsoft_dependent_exists : Warning<
+  "dependent %select{__if_not_exists|__if_exists}0 declarations are ignored">, 
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"microsoft-exists">>;
+
+def ext_c11_generic_selection : Extension<
+  "generic selections are a C11-specific feature">, InGroup<C11>;
+def err_duplicate_default_assoc : Error<
+  "duplicate default generic association">;
+def note_previous_default_assoc : Note<
+  "previous default generic association is here">;
+
+def ext_c11_alignment : Extension<
+  "%0 is a C11-specific feature">, InGroup<C11>;
+
+def ext_c11_noreturn : Extension<
+  "_Noreturn functions are a C11-specific feature">, InGroup<C11>;
+
+def ext_gnu_indirect_goto : Extension<
+  "use of GNU indirect-goto extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def ext_gnu_address_of_label : Extension<
+  "use of GNU address-of-label extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def ext_gnu_local_label : Extension<
+  "use of GNU locally declared label extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def ext_gnu_statement_expr : Extension<
+  "use of GNU statement expression extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def ext_gnu_conditional_expr : Extension<
+  "use of GNU ?: expression extension, eliding middle term">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def ext_gnu_empty_initializer : Extension<
+  "use of GNU empty initializer extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def ext_gnu_array_range : Extension<"use of GNU array range extension">, 
+  InGroup<GNUDesignator>;
+def ext_gnu_missing_equal_designator : ExtWarn<
+  "use of GNU 'missing =' extension in designator">, 
+  InGroup<GNUDesignator>;
+def err_expected_equal_designator : Error<"expected '=' or another designator">;
+def ext_gnu_old_style_field_designator : ExtWarn<
+  "use of GNU old-style field designator extension">, 
+  InGroup<GNUDesignator>;
+def ext_gnu_case_range : Extension<"use of GNU case range extension">,
+  InGroup<GNU>;
+
+// Generic errors.
+def err_expected_expression : Error<"expected expression">;
+def err_expected_type : Error<"expected a type">;
+def err_expected_external_declaration : Error<"expected external declaration">;
+def err_extraneous_closing_brace : Error<"extraneous closing brace ('}')">;
+def err_expected_ident : Error<"expected identifier">;
+def err_expected_ident_lparen : Error<"expected identifier or '('">;
+def err_expected_ident_lbrace : Error<"expected identifier or '{'">;
+def err_expected_lbrace : Error<"expected '{'">;
+def err_expected_lparen : Error<"expected '('">;
+def err_expected_lparen_or_lbrace : Error<"expected '('or '{'">;
+def err_expected_rparen : Error<"expected ')'">;
+def err_expected_lsquare : Error<"expected '['">;
+def err_expected_rsquare : Error<"expected ']'">;
+def err_expected_rbrace : Error<"expected '}'">;
+def err_expected_greater : Error<"expected '>'">;
+def err_expected_ggg : Error<"expected '>>>'">;
+def err_expected_semi_declaration : Error<
+  "expected ';' at end of declaration">;
+def err_expected_semi_decl_list : Error<
+  "expected ';' at end of declaration list">;
+def ext_expected_semi_decl_list : ExtWarn<
+  "expected ';' at end of declaration list">;
+def err_expected_member_name_or_semi : Error<
+  "expected member name or ';' after declaration specifiers">;
+def err_function_declared_typedef : Error<
+  "function definition declared 'typedef'">;
+def err_iboutletcollection_builtintype : Error<
+  "type argument of iboutletcollection attribute cannot be a builtin type">;
+def err_iboutletcollection_with_protocol : Error<
+  "invalid argument of iboutletcollection attribute">;
+def err_at_defs_cxx : Error<"@defs is not supported in Objective-C++">;
+def err_at_in_class : Error<"unexpected '@' in member specification">;
+
+def err_expected_fn_body : Error<
+  "expected function body after function declarator">;
+def warn_attribute_on_function_definition : Warning<
+  "GCC does not allow %0 attribute in this position on a function definition">, 
+  InGroup<GccCompat>;
+def warn_attribute_no_decl : Warning<
+  "attribute %0 ignored, because it is not attached to a declaration">, 
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def err_expected_method_body : Error<"expected method body">;
+def err_invalid_token_after_toplevel_declarator : Error<
+  "expected ';' after top level declarator">;
+def err_invalid_token_after_declarator_suggest_equal : Error<
+  "invalid '%0' at end of declaration; did you mean '='?">;
+def err_expected_statement : Error<"expected statement">;
+def err_expected_lparen_after : Error<"expected '(' after '%0'">;
+def err_expected_lparen_after_id : Error<"expected '(' after %0">;
+def err_expected_less_after : Error<"expected '<' after '%0'">;
+def err_expected_equal_after : Error<"expected '=' after %0">;
+def err_expected_comma : Error<"expected ','">;
+def err_expected_lbrace_in_compound_literal : Error<
+  "expected '{' in compound literal">;
+def err_expected_while : Error<"expected 'while' in do/while loop">;
+
+def err_expected_semi_after : Error<"expected ';' after %0">;
+def err_expected_semi_after_stmt : Error<"expected ';' after %0 statement">;
+def err_expected_semi_after_expr : Error<"expected ';' after expression">;
+def err_extraneous_token_before_semi : Error<"extraneous '%0' before ';'">;
+
+def err_expected_semi_after_method_proto : Error<
+  "expected ';' after method prototype">;
+def err_expected_semi_after_namespace_name : Error<
+  "expected ';' after namespace name">;
+def err_unexpected_namespace_attributes_alias : Error<
+  "attributes can not be specified on namespace alias">;
+def err_inline_namespace_alias : Error<"namespace alias cannot be inline">;
+def err_namespace_nonnamespace_scope : Error<
+  "namespaces can only be defined in global or namespace scope">;
+def err_nested_namespaces_with_double_colon : Error<
+  "nested namespace definition must define each namespace separately">;
+def err_expected_semi_after_attribute_list : Error<
+  "expected ';' after attribute list">;
+def err_expected_semi_after_static_assert : Error<
+  "expected ';' after static_assert">;
+def err_expected_semi_for : Error<"expected ';' in 'for' statement specifier">;
+def err_expected_colon_after : Error<"expected ':' after %0">;
+def warn_missing_selector_name : Warning<
+  "%0 used as the name of the previous parameter rather than as part "
+  "of the selector">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"missing-selector-name">>;
+def note_missing_selector_name : Note<
+  "introduce a parameter name to make %0 part of the selector">;
+def note_force_empty_selector_name : Note<
+  "or insert whitespace before ':' to use %0 as parameter name "
+  "and have an empty entry in the selector">;
+def err_label_end_of_compound_statement : Error<
+  "label at end of compound statement: expected statement">;
+def err_address_of_label_outside_fn : Error<
+  "use of address-of-label extension outside of a function body">;
+def err_asm_operand_wide_string_literal : Error<
+  "cannot use %select{unicode|wide}0 string literal in 'asm'">;
+def err_expected_selector_for_method : Error<
+  "expected selector for Objective-C method">;
+def err_expected_property_name : Error<"expected property name">;
+
+def err_unexpected_at : Error<"unexpected '@' in program">;
+
+def err_invalid_reference_qualifier_application : Error<
+  "'%0' qualifier may not be applied to a reference">;
+def err_illegal_decl_reference_to_reference : Error<
+  "%0 declared as a reference to a reference">;
+def ext_rvalue_reference : ExtWarn<
+  "rvalue references are a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_rvalue_reference : Warning<
+  "rvalue references are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_ref_qualifier : ExtWarn<
+  "reference qualifiers on functions are a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_ref_qualifier : Warning<
+  "reference qualifiers on functions are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_inline_namespace : ExtWarn<
+  "inline namespaces are a C++11 feature">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_inline_namespace : Warning<
+  "inline namespaces are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_generalized_initializer_lists : ExtWarn<
+  "generalized initializer lists are a C++11 extension">,
+  InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_generalized_initializer_lists : Warning<
+  "generalized initializer lists are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_init_list_bin_op : Error<"initializer list cannot be used on the "
+  "%select{left|right}0 hand side of operator '%1'">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_trailing_return_type : Warning<
+  "trailing return types are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_auto_type_specifier : ExtWarn<
+  "'auto' type specifier is a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_auto_storage_class : Warning<
+  "'auto' storage class specifier is redundant and incompatible with C++11">,
+  InGroup<CXX11Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_auto_storage_class : ExtWarn<
+  "'auto' storage class specifier is not permitted in C++11, and will not "
+  "be supported in future releases">, InGroup<DiagGroup<"auto-storage-class">>;
+def ext_for_range : ExtWarn<
+  "range-based for loop is a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_for_range : Warning<
+  "range-based for loop is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_for_range_expected_decl : Error<
+  "for range declaration must declare a variable">;
+def err_argument_required_after_attribute : Error<
+  "argument required after attribute">;
+def err_missing_param : Error<"expected parameter declarator">;
+def err_missing_comma_before_ellipsis : Error<
+  "C requires a comma prior to the ellipsis in a variadic function type">;
+def err_unexpected_typedef_ident : Error<
+  "unexpected type name %0: expected identifier">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_decltype : Warning<
+  "'decltype' type specifier is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_unexpected_scope_on_base_decltype : Error<
+  "unexpected namespace scope prior to decltype">;
+def err_expected_class_name : Error<"expected class name">;
+def err_expected_class_name_not_template : 
+  Error<"'typename' is redundant; base classes are implicitly types">;
+def err_unspecified_vla_size_with_static : Error<
+  "'static' may not be used with an unspecified variable length array size">;
+
+def err_expected_case_before_expression: Error<
+  "expected 'case' keyword before expression">;
+
+// Declarations.
+def err_typename_requires_specqual : Error<
+  "type name requires a specifier or qualifier">;
+def err_typename_invalid_storageclass : Error<
+  "type name does not allow storage class to be specified">;
+def err_typename_invalid_functionspec : Error<
+  "type name does not allow function specifier to be specified">;
+def err_typename_invalid_constexpr : Error<
+  "type name does not allow constexpr specifier to be specified">;
+def err_typename_identifiers_only : Error<
+  "typename is allowed for identifiers only">;
+
+def err_invalid_decl_spec_combination : Error<
+  "cannot combine with previous '%0' declaration specifier">;
+def err_invalid_vector_decl_spec_combination : Error<
+  "cannot combine with previous '%0' declaration specifier. "
+  "'__vector' must be first">;
+def err_invalid_pixel_decl_spec_combination : Error<
+  "'__pixel' must be preceded by '__vector'.  "
+  "'%0' declaration specifier not allowed here">;
+def err_invalid_vector_decl_spec : Error<
+  "cannot use '%0' with '__vector'">;
+def err_invalid_vector_bool_decl_spec : Error<
+  "cannot use '%0' with '__vector bool'">;
+def warn_vector_long_decl_spec_combination : Warning<
+  "Use of 'long' with '__vector' is deprecated">, InGroup<Deprecated>;
+def err_friend_invalid_in_context : Error<
+  "'friend' used outside of class">;
+def err_unknown_typename : Error<
+  "unknown type name %0">;
+def err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag : Error<
+  "must use '%1' tag to refer to type %0%select{| in this scope}2">;
+def err_templated_using_directive : Error<
+  "cannot template a using directive">;
+def err_templated_using_declaration : Error<
+  "cannot template a using declaration">;
+def err_unexected_colon_in_nested_name_spec : Error<
+  "unexpected ':' in nested name specifier; did you mean '::'?">;
+def err_bool_redeclaration : Error<
+  "redeclaration of C++ built-in type 'bool'">;
+def ext_c11_static_assert : Extension<
+  "_Static_assert is a C11-specific feature">, InGroup<C11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_static_assert : Warning<
+  "static_assert declarations are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_paren_after_colon_colon : Error<
+  "unexpected parenthesis after '::'">;
+
+/// Objective-C parser diagnostics
+def err_expected_minus_or_plus : Error<
+  "method type specifier must start with '-' or '+'">;
+def err_objc_no_attributes_on_category : Error<
+  "attributes may not be specified on a category">;
+def err_objc_missing_end : Error<"missing '@end'">;
+def note_objc_container_start : Note<
+  "%select{class|protocol|category|class extension|implementation"
+  "|category implementation}0 started here">;
+def warn_objc_protocol_qualifier_missing_id : Warning<
+  "protocol has no object type specified; defaults to qualified 'id'">;
+def err_objc_unknown_at : Error<"expected an Objective-C directive after '@'">;
+def err_illegal_super_cast : Error<
+  "cannot cast 'super' (it isn't an expression)">;
+def err_nsnumber_nonliteral_unary : Error<
+  "@%0 must be followed by a number to form an NSNumber object">;
+def warn_cstyle_param : Warning<
+  "use of C-style parameters in Objective-C method declarations"
+  " is deprecated">, InGroup<DeprecatedDeclarations>;
+
+let CategoryName = "ARC Parse Issue" in {
+def err_arc_bridge_retain : Error<
+  "unknown cast annotation __bridge_retain; did you mean __bridge_retained?">;
+// To be default mapped to an error later.
+def warn_arc_bridge_cast_nonarc : Warning<
+  "'%0' casts have no effect when not using ARC">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"arc-bridge-casts-disallowed-in-nonarc">>;
+}
+  
+def err_objc_illegal_visibility_spec : Error<
+  "illegal visibility specification">;
+def err_objc_illegal_interface_qual : Error<"illegal interface qualifier">;
+def err_objc_expected_equal_for_getter : Error<
+  "expected '=' for Objective-C getter">;
+def err_objc_expected_equal_for_setter : Error<
+  "expected '=' for Objective-C setter">;
+def err_objc_expected_selector_for_getter_setter : Error<
+  "expected selector for Objective-C %select{setter|getter}0">;
+def err_objc_property_requires_field_name : Error<
+  "property requires fields to be named">;
+def err_objc_property_bitfield : Error<"property name cannot be a bitfield">;
+def err_objc_expected_property_attr : Error<"unknown property attribute %0">;
+def err_objc_properties_require_objc2 : Error<
+  "properties are an Objective-C 2 feature">;
+def err_objc_unexpected_attr : Error<
+  "prefix attribute must be followed by an interface or protocol">;
+def err_objc_postfix_attribute : Error <
+  "postfix attributes are not allowed on Objective-C directives">;
+def err_objc_postfix_attribute_hint : Error <
+  "postfix attributes are not allowed on Objective-C directives, place"
+  " them in front of '%select{@interface|@protocol}0'">;
+def err_objc_directive_only_in_protocol : Error<
+  "directive may only be specified in protocols only">;
+def err_missing_catch_finally : Error<
+  "@try statement without a @catch and @finally clause">;
+def err_objc_concat_string : Error<"unexpected token after Objective-C string">;
+def err_expected_objc_container : Error<
+  "'@end' must appear in an Objective-C context">;
+def err_objc_unexpected_atend : Error<
+  "'@end' appears where closing brace '}' is expected">;
+def error_property_ivar_decl : Error<
+  "property synthesize requires specification of an ivar">;
+def err_synthesized_property_name : Error<
+  "expected a property name in @synthesize">;
+def warn_semicolon_before_method_body : Warning<
+  "semicolon before method body is ignored">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"semicolon-before-method-body">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_extra_comma_message_arg : Note<
+  "comma separating Objective-C messaging arguments">;
+
+def err_expected_field_designator : Error<
+  "expected a field designator, such as '.field = 4'">;
+
+def err_declaration_does_not_declare_param : Error<
+  "declaration does not declare a parameter">;
+def err_no_matching_param : Error<"parameter named %0 is missing">;
+
+/// C++ parser diagnostics
+def err_invalid_operator_on_type : Error<
+  "cannot use %select{dot|arrow}0 operator on a type">;
+def err_expected_unqualified_id : Error<
+  "expected %select{identifier|unqualified-id}0">;
+def err_func_def_no_params : Error<
+  "function definition does not declare parameters">;
+def err_expected_lparen_after_type : Error<
+  "expected '(' for function-style cast or type construction">;
+def err_expected_init_in_condition : Error<
+  "variable declaration in condition must have an initializer">;
+def err_expected_init_in_condition_lparen : Error<
+  "variable declaration in condition cannot have a parenthesized initializer">;
+def err_extraneous_rparen_in_condition : Error<
+  "extraneous ')' after condition, expected a statement">;
+def warn_dangling_else : Warning<
+  "add explicit braces to avoid dangling else">,
+  InGroup<DanglingElse>;
+def err_expected_member_or_base_name : Error<
+  "expected class member or base class name">;
+def err_expected_lbrace_after_base_specifiers : Error<
+  "expected '{' after base class list">;
+def ext_ellipsis_exception_spec : Extension<
+  "exception specification of '...' is a Microsoft extension">,
+  InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def err_dynamic_and_noexcept_specification : Error<
+  "cannot have both throw() and noexcept() clause on the same function">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_noexcept_decl : Warning<
+  "noexcept specifications are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_expected_catch : Error<"expected catch">;
+def err_expected_lbrace_or_comma : Error<"expected '{' or ','">;
+def err_expected_rbrace_or_comma : Error<"expected '}' or ','">;
+def err_expected_rsquare_or_comma : Error<"expected ']' or ','">;
+def err_using_namespace_in_class : Error<
+  "'using namespace' is not allowed in classes">;
+def err_destructor_tilde_identifier : Error<
+  "expected a class name after '~' to name a destructor">;
+def err_destructor_template_id : Error<
+  "destructor name %0 does not refer to a template">;
+def err_default_arg_unparsed : Error<
+  "unexpected end of default argument expression">;
+def err_bracket_depth_exceeded : Error<
+  "bracket nesting level exceeded maximum of %0">, DefaultFatal;
+def note_bracket_depth : Note<
+  "use -fbracket-depth=N to increase maximum nesting level">;
+def err_misplaced_ellipsis_in_declaration : Error<
+  "'...' must %select{immediately precede declared identifier|"
+  "be innermost component of anonymous pack declaration}0">;
+def ext_abstract_pack_declarator_parens : ExtWarn<
+  "ISO C++11 requires a parenthesized pack declaration to have a name">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"anonymous-pack-parens">>;
+
+// C++ derived classes
+def err_dup_virtual : Error<"duplicate 'virtual' in base specifier">;
+
+// C++ operator overloading
+def err_literal_operator_string_prefix : Error<
+  "string literal after 'operator' cannot have an encoding prefix">;
+def err_literal_operator_string_not_empty : Error<
+  "string literal after 'operator' must be '\"\"'">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_literal_operator : Warning<
+  "literal operators are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+// Classes.
+def err_anon_type_definition : Error<
+  "declaration of anonymous %0 must be a definition">;
+def err_default_delete_in_multiple_declaration : Error<
+  "'= %select{default|delete}0' is a function definition and must occur in a "
+  "standalone declaration">;
+
+def warn_cxx98_compat_noexcept_expr : Warning<
+  "noexcept expressions are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_nullptr : Warning<
+  "'nullptr' is incompatible with C++98">, InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_cxx98_compat_alignas : Warning<"'alignas' is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_attribute : Warning<
+  "attributes are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_cxx11_attribute_forbids_arguments : Error<
+  "attribute '%0' cannot have an argument list">;
+def err_cxx11_attribute_forbids_ellipsis : Error<
+  "attribute '%0' cannot be used as an attribute pack">;
+def err_cxx11_attribute_repeated : Error<
+  "attribute %0 cannot appear multiple times in an attribute specifier">;
+def err_attributes_not_allowed : Error<"an attribute list cannot appear here">;
+def err_l_square_l_square_not_attribute : Error<
+  "C++11 only allows consecutive left square brackets when "
+  "introducing an attribute">;
+def err_ms_declspec_type : Error<
+  "__declspec attributes must be an identifier or string literal">;
+def warn_ms_declspec_unknown : Warning<
+  "unknown __declspec attribute %0 ignored">, InGroup<UnknownAttributes>;
+
+/// C++ Templates
+def err_expected_template : Error<"expected template">;
+def err_unknown_template_name : Error<
+  "unknown template name %0">;
+def err_expected_comma_greater : Error<
+  "expected ',' or '>' in template-parameter-list">;
+def err_class_on_template_template_param : Error<
+  "template template parameter requires 'class' after the parameter list">;
+def err_template_spec_syntax_non_template : Error<
+  "identifier followed by '<' indicates a class template specialization but "
+  "%0 %select{does not refer to a template|refers to a function "
+  "template|<unused>|refers to a template template parameter}1">;
+def err_id_after_template_in_nested_name_spec : Error<
+  "expected template name after 'template' keyword in nested name specifier">;
+def err_two_right_angle_brackets_need_space : Error<
+  "a space is required between consecutive right angle brackets (use '> >')">;
+def err_right_angle_bracket_equal_needs_space : Error<
+  "a space is required between a right angle bracket and an equals sign "
+  "(use '> =')">;
+def warn_cxx0x_right_shift_in_template_arg : Warning<
+  "use of right-shift operator ('>>') in template argument will require "
+  "parentheses in C++11">, InGroup<CXX11Compat>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_two_right_angle_brackets : Warning<
+  "consecutive right angle brackets are incompatible with C++98 (use '> >')">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_multiple_template_declarators : Error<
+    "%select{|a template declaration|an explicit template specialization|"
+    "an explicit template instantiation}0 can "
+    "only %select{|declare|declare|instantiate}0 a single entity">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_with_definition : Error<
+    "explicit template instantiation cannot have a definition; if this "
+    "definition is meant to be an explicit specialization, add '<>' after the "
+    "'template' keyword">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_enum : Error<
+    "enumerations cannot be explicitly instantiated">;
+def err_expected_template_parameter : Error<"expected template parameter">;
+
+def err_missing_dependent_template_keyword : Error<
+  "use 'template' keyword to treat '%0' as a dependent template name">;
+def warn_missing_dependent_template_keyword : ExtWarn<
+  "use 'template' keyword to treat '%0' as a dependent template name">;
+
+def ext_extern_template : Extension<
+  "extern templates are a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_extern_template : Warning<
+  "extern templates are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_static_inline_explicit_inst_ignored : Warning<
+  "ignoring '%select{static|inline}0' keyword on explicit template "
+  "instantiation">;
+  
+// Constructor template diagnostics.
+def err_out_of_line_constructor_template_id : Error<
+  "out-of-line constructor for %0 cannot have template arguments">;
+def err_out_of_line_template_id_names_constructor : Error<
+  "qualified reference to %0 is a constructor name rather than a "
+  "template name wherever a constructor can be declared">;
+def err_out_of_line_type_names_constructor : Error<
+  "qualified reference to %0 is a constructor name rather than a "
+  "type wherever a constructor can be declared">;
+
+def err_expected_qualified_after_typename : Error<
+  "expected a qualified name after 'typename'">;
+def warn_expected_qualified_after_typename : ExtWarn<
+  "expected a qualified name after 'typename'">;
+def err_expected_semi_after_tagdecl : Error<
+  "expected ';' after %0">;
+
+def err_typename_refers_to_non_type_template : Error<
+  "typename specifier refers to a non-template">;
+def err_expected_type_name_after_typename : Error<
+  "expected an identifier or template-id after '::'">;
+def err_explicit_spec_non_template : Error<
+  "explicit %select{specialization|instantiation}0 of non-template "
+  "%select{class|struct|union|interface}1 %2">;
+  
+def err_default_template_template_parameter_not_template : Error<
+  "default template argument for a template template parameter must be a class "
+  "template">;
+  
+def err_ctor_init_missing_comma : Error<
+  "missing ',' between base or member initializers">;
+
+// C++ declarations
+def err_friend_decl_defines_type : Error<
+  "cannot define a type in a friend declaration">;
+def err_missing_whitespace_digraph : Error<
+  "found '<::' after a "
+  "%select{template name|const_cast|dynamic_cast|reinterpret_cast|static_cast}0"
+  " which forms the digraph '<:' (aka '[') and a ':', did you mean '< ::'?">;
+
+def ext_deleted_function : ExtWarn<
+  "deleted function definitions are a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_deleted_function : Warning<
+  "deleted function definitions are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_defaulted_function : ExtWarn<
+  "defaulted function definitions are a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_defaulted_function : Warning<
+  "defaulted function definitions are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+// C++11 in-class member initialization
+def ext_nonstatic_member_init : ExtWarn<
+  "in-class initialization of non-static data member is a C++11 extension">,
+  InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_nonstatic_member_init : Warning<
+  "in-class initialization of non-static data members is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_bitfield_member_init: Error<
+  "bitfield member cannot have an in-class initializer">;
+def err_incomplete_array_member_init: Error<
+  "array bound cannot be deduced from an in-class initializer">;
+
+// C++11 alias-declaration
+def ext_alias_declaration : ExtWarn<
+  "alias declarations are a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_alias_declaration : Warning<
+  "alias declarations are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_alias_declaration_not_identifier : Error<
+  "name defined in alias declaration must be an identifier">;
+def err_alias_declaration_specialization : Error<
+  "%select{partial specialization|explicit specialization|explicit instantiation}0 of alias templates is not permitted">;
+    
+// C++11 override control
+def ext_override_control_keyword : ExtWarn<
+  "'%0' keyword is a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_override_control_keyword : Warning<
+  "'%0' keyword is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_override_control_interface : Error<
+  "'%0' keyword not permitted with interface types">;
+
+def err_access_specifier_interface : Error<
+  "interface types cannot specify '%select{private|protected}0' access">;
+
+def err_duplicate_virt_specifier : Error<
+  "class member already marked '%0'">;
+
+def err_scoped_enum_missing_identifier : Error<
+  "scoped enumeration requires a name">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_scoped_enum : Warning<
+  "scoped enumerations are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_expected_parameter_pack : Error<
+  "expected the name of a parameter pack">;
+def err_paren_sizeof_parameter_pack : Error<
+  "missing parentheses around the size of parameter pack %0">;
+def err_sizeof_parameter_pack : Error<
+  "expected parenthesized parameter pack name in 'sizeof...' expression">;
+
+// C++11 lambda expressions
+def err_expected_comma_or_rsquare : Error<
+  "expected ',' or ']' in lambda capture list">;
+def err_this_captured_by_reference : Error<
+  "'this' cannot be captured by reference">;
+def err_expected_capture : Error<
+  "expected variable name or 'this' in lambda capture list">;
+def err_expected_lambda_body : Error<"expected body of lambda expression">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_lambda : Warning<
+  "lambda expressions are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_lambda_missing_parens : Error<
+  "lambda requires '()' before %select{'mutable'|return type}0">;
+
+// Availability attribute
+def err_expected_version : Error<
+  "expected a version of the form 'major[.minor[.subminor]]'">;
+def err_zero_version : Error<
+  "version number must have non-zero major, minor, or sub-minor version">;
+def err_availability_expected_platform : Error<
+  "expected a platform name, e.g., 'macosx'">;
+def err_availability_expected_change : Error<
+  "expected 'introduced', 'deprecated', or 'obsoleted'">;
+def err_availability_unknown_change : Error<
+  "%0 is not an availability stage; use 'introduced', 'deprecated', or "
+  "'obsoleted'">;
+def err_availability_redundant : Error<
+  "redundant %0 availability change; only the last specified change will "
+  "be used">;
+def warn_availability_and_unavailable : Warning<
+  "'unavailable' availability overrides all other availability information">,
+  InGroup<Availability>;
+
+// Type safety attributes
+def err_type_safety_unknown_flag : Error<
+  "invalid comparison flag %0; use 'layout_compatible' or 'must_be_null'">;
+
+// Language specific pragmas
+// - Generic warnings
+def warn_pragma_expected_lparen : Warning<
+  "missing '(' after '#pragma %0' - ignoring">;
+def warn_pragma_expected_rparen : Warning<
+  "missing ')' after '#pragma %0' - ignoring">;
+def warn_pragma_expected_identifier : Warning<
+  "expected identifier in '#pragma %0' - ignored">;  
+def warn_pragma_ms_struct : Warning<
+  "incorrect use of '#pragma ms_struct on|off' - ignored">;  
+def warn_pragma_extra_tokens_at_eol : Warning<
+  "extra tokens at end of '#pragma %0' - ignored">; 
+// - #pragma options
+def warn_pragma_options_expected_align : Warning<
+  "expected 'align' following '#pragma options' - ignored">;
+def warn_pragma_align_expected_equal : Warning<
+  "expected '=' following '#pragma %select{align|options align}0' - ignored">;
+def warn_pragma_align_invalid_option : Warning<
+  "invalid alignment option in '#pragma %select{align|options align}0' - ignored">;
+// - #pragma pack
+def warn_pragma_pack_invalid_action : Warning<
+  "unknown action for '#pragma pack' - ignored">;
+def warn_pragma_pack_malformed : Warning<
+  "expected integer or identifier in '#pragma pack' - ignored">;
+// - #pragma unused
+def warn_pragma_unused_expected_var : Warning<
+  "expected '#pragma unused' argument to be a variable name">;
+def warn_pragma_unused_expected_punc : Warning<
+  "expected ')' or ',' in '#pragma unused'">;
+// - #pragma fp_contract
+def err_pragma_fp_contract_scope : Error<
+  "'#pragma fp_contract' should only appear at file scope or at the start of a "
+  "compound expression">; 
+
+
+// OpenCL Section 6.8.g
+def err_not_opencl_storage_class_specifier : Error<
+  "OpenCL does not support the '%0' storage class specifier">;
+
+// OpenCL EXTENSION pragma (OpenCL 1.1 [9.1])
+def warn_pragma_expected_colon : Warning<
+  "missing ':' after %0 - ignoring">;
+def warn_pragma_expected_enable_disable : Warning<
+  "expected 'enable' or 'disable' - ignoring">;
+def warn_pragma_unknown_extension : Warning<
+  "unknown OpenCL extension %0 - ignoring">;
+
+def err_seh_expected_handler : Error<
+  "expected '__except' or '__finally' block">;
+
+def err_seh___except_block : Error<
+  "%0 only allowed in __except block">;
+
+def err_seh___except_filter : Error<
+  "%0 only allowed in __except filter expression">;
+
+def err_seh___finally_block : Error<
+  "%0 only allowed in __finally block">;
+
+// OpenMP support.
+def warn_pragma_omp_ignored : Warning <
+  "unexpected '#pragma omp ...' in program">, InGroup<SourceUsesOpenMP>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_omp_extra_tokens_at_eol : Warning <
+  "extra tokens at end of '#pragma omp %0' are ignored">,
+  InGroup<ExtraTokens>;
+def err_omp_unknown_directive : Error <
+  "expected an OpenMP directive">;
+def err_omp_unexpected_directive : Error <
+  "unexpected OpenMP directive '#pragma omp %0'">;
+
+} // end of Parse Issue category.
+
+let CategoryName = "Modules Issue" in {
+def err_module_expected_ident : Error<
+  "expected a module name after module import">;
+def err_module_expected_semi : Error<
+  "expected ';' after module name">;
+}
+
+} // end of Parser diagnostics
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticSemaKinds.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticSemaKinds.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4815cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticSemaKinds.td
@@ -0,0 +1,6271 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticSemaKinds.td - libsema diagnostics ----------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Semantic Analysis
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Component = "Sema" in {
+let CategoryName = "Semantic Issue" in {
+
+// For loop analysis
+def warn_variables_not_in_loop_body : Warning<
+  "variable%select{s| %1|s %1 and %2|s %1, %2, and %3|s %1, %2, %3, and %4}0 "
+  "used in loop condition not modified in loop body">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"loop-analysis">>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_duplicate_enum_values : Warning<
+  "element %0 has been implicitly assigned %1 which another element has "
+  "been assigned">, InGroup<DiagGroup<"duplicate-enum">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_duplicate_element : Note<"element %0 also has value %1">;
+
+// Constant expressions
+def err_expr_not_ice : Error<
+  "expression is not an %select{integer|integral}0 constant expression">;
+def ext_expr_not_ice : Extension<
+  "expression is not an %select{integer|integral}0 constant expression; "
+  "folding it to a constant is a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression : Error<
+  "value of type %0 is not implicitly convertible to %1">;
+def err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_disallowed : Error<
+  "conversion from %0 to %1 is not allowed in a converted constant expression">;
+def err_expr_not_cce : Error<
+  "%select{case value|enumerator value|non-type template argument}0 "
+  "is not a constant expression">;
+def err_cce_narrowing : ExtWarn<
+  "%select{case value|enumerator value|non-type template argument}0 "
+  "%select{cannot be narrowed from type %2 to %3|"
+  "evaluates to %2, which cannot be narrowed to type %3}1">,
+  InGroup<CXX11Narrowing>, DefaultError;
+def err_cce_narrowing_sfinae : Error<
+  "%select{case value|enumerator value|non-type template argument}0 "
+  "%select{cannot be narrowed from type %2 to %3|"
+  "evaluates to %2, which cannot be narrowed to type %3}1">;
+def err_ice_not_integral : Error<
+  "integral constant expression must have integral or unscoped enumeration "
+  "type, not %0">;
+def err_ice_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "integral constant expression has incomplete class type %0">;
+def err_ice_explicit_conversion : Error<
+  "integral constant expression requires explicit conversion from %0 to %1">;
+def note_ice_conversion_here : Note<
+  "conversion to %select{integral|enumeration}0 type %1 declared here">;
+def err_ice_ambiguous_conversion : Error<
+  "ambiguous conversion from type %0 to an integral or unscoped "
+  "enumeration type">;
+
+// Semantic analysis of constant literals.
+def ext_predef_outside_function : Warning<
+  "predefined identifier is only valid inside function">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"predefined-identifier-outside-function">>;
+def warn_float_overflow : Warning<
+  "magnitude of floating-point constant too large for type %0; maximum is %1">,
+   InGroup<LiteralRange>;
+def warn_float_underflow : Warning<
+  "magnitude of floating-point constant too small for type %0; minimum is %1">,
+  InGroup<LiteralRange>;
+def warn_double_const_requires_fp64 : Warning<
+  "double precision constant requires cl_khr_fp64, casting to single precision">;
+
+// C99 variable-length arrays
+def ext_vla : Extension<"variable length arrays are a C99 feature">,
+  InGroup<VLAExtension>;
+def warn_vla_used : Warning<"variable length array used">,
+  InGroup<VLA>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_vla_non_pod : Error<"variable length array of non-POD element type %0">;
+def err_vla_in_sfinae : Error<
+  "variable length array cannot be formed during template argument deduction">;
+def err_array_star_in_function_definition : Error<
+  "variable length array must be bound in function definition">;
+def err_vla_decl_in_file_scope : Error<
+  "variable length array declaration not allowed at file scope">;
+def err_vla_decl_has_static_storage : Error<
+  "variable length array declaration can not have 'static' storage duration">;
+def err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage : Error<
+  "variable length array declaration can not have 'extern' linkage">;
+def ext_vla_folded_to_constant : Extension<
+  "variable length array folded to constant array as an extension">;
+
+// C99 variably modified types
+def err_variably_modified_template_arg : Error<
+  "variably modified type %0 cannot be used as a template argument">;
+def err_variably_modified_nontype_template_param : Error<
+  "non-type template parameter of variably modified type %0">;
+def err_variably_modified_new_type : Error<
+  "'new' cannot allocate object of variably modified type %0">;
+
+// C99 Designated Initializers
+def ext_designated_init : Extension<
+  "designated initializers are a C99 feature">, InGroup<C99>;
+def err_array_designator_negative : Error<
+  "array designator value '%0' is negative">;
+def err_array_designator_empty_range : Error<
+  "array designator range [%0, %1] is empty">;
+def err_array_designator_non_array : Error<
+  "array designator cannot initialize non-array type %0">;
+def err_array_designator_too_large : Error<
+  "array designator index (%0) exceeds array bounds (%1)">;
+def err_field_designator_non_aggr : Error<
+  "field designator cannot initialize a "
+  "%select{non-struct, non-union|non-class}0 type %1">;
+def err_field_designator_unknown : Error<
+  "field designator %0 does not refer to any field in type %1">;
+def err_field_designator_nonfield : Error<
+  "field designator %0 does not refer to a non-static data member">;
+def note_field_designator_found : Note<"field designator refers here">;
+def err_designator_for_scalar_init : Error<
+  "designator in initializer for scalar type %0">;
+def warn_subobject_initializer_overrides : Warning<
+  "subobject initialization overrides initialization of other fields "
+  "within its enclosing subobject">, InGroup<InitializerOverrides>;
+def warn_initializer_overrides : Warning<
+  "initializer overrides prior initialization of this subobject">,
+  InGroup<InitializerOverrides>;
+def note_previous_initializer : Note<
+  "previous initialization %select{|with side effects }0is here"
+  "%select{| (side effects may not occur at run time)}0">;
+def err_designator_into_flexible_array_member : Error<
+  "designator into flexible array member subobject">;
+def note_flexible_array_member : Note<
+  "initialized flexible array member %0 is here">;
+def ext_flexible_array_init : Extension<
+  "flexible array initialization is a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+
+// Declarations.
+def err_bad_variable_name : Error<
+  "%0 cannot be the name of a variable or data member">;
+def err_bad_parameter_name : Error<
+  "'%0' cannot be the name of a parameter">;
+def err_parameter_name_omitted : Error<"parameter name omitted">;
+def warn_unused_parameter : Warning<"unused parameter %0">,
+  InGroup<UnusedParameter>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unused_variable : Warning<"unused variable %0">,
+  InGroup<UnusedVariable>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unused_exception_param : Warning<"unused exception parameter %0">,
+  InGroup<UnusedExceptionParameter>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_decl_in_param_list : Warning<
+  "declaration of %0 will not be visible outside of this function">,
+  InGroup<Visibility>;
+def warn_redefinition_in_param_list : Warning<
+  "redefinition of %0 will not be visible outside of this function">,
+  InGroup<Visibility>;
+def warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl : Warning<
+  "empty parentheses interpreted as a function declaration">,
+  InGroup<VexingParse>;
+def warn_parens_disambiguated_as_function_declaration : Warning<
+  "parentheses were disambiguated as a function declaration">,
+  InGroup<VexingParse>;
+def note_additional_parens_for_variable_declaration : Note<
+  "add a pair of parentheses to declare a variable">;
+def note_empty_parens_function_call : Note<
+  "change this ',' to a ';' to call %0">;
+def note_empty_parens_default_ctor : Note<
+  "remove parentheses to declare a variable">;
+def note_empty_parens_zero_initialize : Note<
+  "replace parentheses with an initializer to declare a variable">;
+def warn_unused_function : Warning<"unused function %0">,
+  InGroup<UnusedFunction>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unused_member_function : Warning<"unused member function %0">,
+  InGroup<UnusedMemberFunction>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_used_but_marked_unused: Warning<"%0 was marked unused but was used">,
+  InGroup<UsedButMarkedUnused>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unneeded_internal_decl : Warning<
+  "%select{function|variable}0 %1 is not needed and will not be emitted">,
+  InGroup<UnneededInternalDecl>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unneeded_static_internal_decl : Warning<
+  "'static' function %0 declared in header file "
+  "should be declared 'static inline'">,
+  InGroup<UnneededInternalDecl>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unneeded_member_function : Warning<
+  "member function %0 is not needed and will not be emitted">,
+  InGroup<UnneededMemberFunction>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unused_private_field: Warning<"private field %0 is not used">,
+  InGroup<UnusedPrivateField>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_parameter_size: Warning<
+  "%0 is a large (%1 bytes) pass-by-value argument; "
+  "pass it by reference instead ?">, InGroup<LargeByValueCopy>;
+def warn_return_value_size: Warning<
+  "return value of %0 is a large (%1 bytes) pass-by-value object; "
+  "pass it by reference instead ?">, InGroup<LargeByValueCopy>;
+def warn_return_value_udt: Warning<
+  "%0 has C-linkage specified, but returns user-defined type %1 which is "
+  "incompatible with C">, InGroup<ReturnTypeCLinkage>;
+def warn_return_value_udt_incomplete: Warning<
+  "%0 has C-linkage specified, but returns incomplete type %1 which could be "
+  "incompatible with C">, InGroup<ReturnTypeCLinkage>;
+def warn_implicit_function_decl : Warning<
+  "implicit declaration of function %0">,
+  InGroup<ImplicitFunctionDeclare>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_implicit_function_decl : ExtWarn<
+  "implicit declaration of function %0 is invalid in C99">,
+  InGroup<ImplicitFunctionDeclare>;
+def note_function_suggestion : Note<"did you mean %0?">;
+
+def err_ellipsis_first_arg : Error<
+  "ISO C requires a named argument before '...'">;
+def err_declarator_need_ident : Error<"declarator requires an identifier">;
+def err_bad_language : Error<"unknown linkage language">;
+def warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration : Warning<
+  "use of out-of-scope declaration of %0">;
+def err_inline_non_function : Error<
+  "'inline' can only appear on functions">;
+def err_noreturn_non_function : Error<
+  "'_Noreturn' can only appear on functions">;
+def warn_qual_return_type : Warning< 
+  "'%0' type qualifier%s1 on return type %plural{1:has|:have}1 no effect">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredQualifiers>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_decl_shadow :
+  Warning<"declaration shadows a %select{"
+          "local variable|"
+          "variable in %2|"
+          "static data member of %2|"
+          "field of %2}1">,
+  InGroup<Shadow>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+// C++ using declarations
+def err_using_requires_qualname : Error<
+  "using declaration requires a qualified name">;
+def err_using_typename_non_type : Error<
+  "'typename' keyword used on a non-type">;
+def err_using_dependent_value_is_type : Error<
+  "dependent using declaration resolved to type without 'typename'">;
+def err_using_decl_nested_name_specifier_is_not_class : Error<
+  "using declaration in class refers into '%0', which is not a class">;
+def err_using_decl_nested_name_specifier_is_current_class : Error<
+  "using declaration refers to its own class">;
+def err_using_decl_nested_name_specifier_is_not_base_class : Error<
+  "using declaration refers into '%0', which is not a base class of %1">;
+def err_using_decl_constructor_not_in_direct_base : Error<
+  "%0 is not a direct base of %1, can not inherit constructors">;
+def err_using_decl_constructor_conflict : Error<
+  "can not inherit constructor, already inherited constructor with "
+  "the same signature">;
+def note_using_decl_constructor_conflict_current_ctor : Note<
+  "conflicting constructor">;
+def note_using_decl_constructor_conflict_previous_ctor : Note<
+  "previous constructor">;
+def note_using_decl_constructor_conflict_previous_using : Note<
+  "previously inherited here">;
+def warn_using_decl_constructor_ellipsis : Warning<
+  "inheriting constructor does not inherit ellipsis">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"inherited-variadic-ctor">>;
+def note_using_decl_constructor_ellipsis : Note<
+  "constructor declared with ellipsis here">;
+def err_using_decl_can_not_refer_to_class_member : Error<
+  "using declaration can not refer to class member">;
+def err_using_decl_can_not_refer_to_namespace : Error<
+  "using declaration can not refer to namespace">;
+def err_using_decl_constructor : Error<
+  "using declaration can not refer to a constructor">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_using_decl_constructor : Warning<
+  "inheriting constructors are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_using_decl_destructor : Error<
+  "using declaration can not refer to a destructor">;
+def err_using_decl_template_id : Error<
+  "using declaration can not refer to a template specialization">;
+def note_using_decl_target : Note<"target of using declaration">;
+def note_using_decl_conflict : Note<"conflicting declaration">;
+def err_using_decl_redeclaration : Error<"redeclaration of using decl">;
+def err_using_decl_conflict : Error<
+  "target of using declaration conflicts with declaration already in scope">;
+def err_using_decl_conflict_reverse : Error<
+  "declaration conflicts with target of using declaration already in scope">;
+def note_using_decl : Note<"%select{|previous }0using declaration">;
+
+def warn_access_decl_deprecated : Warning<
+  "access declarations are deprecated; use using declarations instead">,
+  InGroup<Deprecated>;
+
+def warn_global_constructor : Warning<
+  "declaration requires a global constructor">,
+  InGroup<GlobalConstructors>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_global_destructor : Warning<
+  "declaration requires a global destructor">,
+   InGroup<GlobalConstructors>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_exit_time_destructor : Warning<
+  "declaration requires an exit-time destructor">,
+  InGroup<ExitTimeDestructors>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_invalid_thread : Error<
+  "'__thread' is only allowed on variable declarations">;
+def err_thread_non_global : Error<
+  "'__thread' variables must have global storage">;
+def err_thread_unsupported : Error<
+  "thread-local storage is unsupported for the current target">;
+
+def warn_maybe_falloff_nonvoid_function : Warning<
+  "control may reach end of non-void function">,
+  InGroup<ReturnType>;
+def warn_falloff_nonvoid_function : Warning<
+  "control reaches end of non-void function">,
+  InGroup<ReturnType>;
+def err_maybe_falloff_nonvoid_block : Error<
+  "control may reach end of non-void block">;
+def err_falloff_nonvoid_block : Error<
+  "control reaches end of non-void block">;
+def warn_suggest_noreturn_function : Warning<
+  "%select{function|method}0 %1 could be declared with attribute 'noreturn'">,
+  InGroup<MissingNoreturn>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_suggest_noreturn_block : Warning<
+  "block could be declared with attribute 'noreturn'">,
+  InGroup<MissingNoreturn>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unreachable : Warning<"will never be executed">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"unreachable-code">>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+/// Built-in functions.
+def ext_implicit_lib_function_decl : ExtWarn<
+  "implicitly declaring library function '%0' with type %1">;
+def note_please_include_header : Note<
+  "please include the header <%0> or explicitly provide a "
+  "declaration for '%1'">;
+def note_previous_builtin_declaration : Note<"%0 is a builtin with type %1">;
+def warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio : Warning<
+  "declaration of built-in function '%0' requires inclusion of the header "
+  "<stdio.h>">,
+  InGroup<BuiltinRequiresHeader>;
+def warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp : Warning<
+  "declaration of built-in function '%0' requires inclusion of the header "
+  "<setjmp.h>">,
+  InGroup<BuiltinRequiresHeader>;
+def warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext : Warning<
+  "declaration of built-in function '%0' requires inclusion of the header "
+  "<ucontext.h>">,
+  InGroup<BuiltinRequiresHeader>;
+def warn_redecl_library_builtin : Warning<
+  "incompatible redeclaration of library function %0">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"incompatible-library-redeclaration">>;
+def err_builtin_definition : Error<"definition of builtin function %0">;
+def err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus : Error<
+  "__builtin_types_compatible_p is not valid in C++">;
+def warn_builtin_unknown : Warning<"use of unknown builtin %0">,
+  InGroup<ImplicitFunctionDeclare>, DefaultError;
+def warn_dyn_class_memaccess : Warning<
+  "%select{destination for|source of|first operand of|second operand of}0 this "
+  "%1 call is a pointer to dynamic class %2; vtable pointer will be "
+  "%select{overwritten|copied|moved|compared}3">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"dynamic-class-memaccess">>;
+def note_bad_memaccess_silence : Note<
+  "explicitly cast the pointer to silence this warning">;
+def warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess : Warning<
+  "'%0' call operates on objects of type %1 while the size is based on a " 
+  "different type %2">, 
+  InGroup<SizeofPointerMemaccess>;
+def warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note : Note<
+  "did you mean to %select{dereference the argument to 'sizeof' (and multiply "
+  "it by the number of elements)|remove the addressof in the argument to "
+  "'sizeof' (and multiply it by the number of elements)|provide an explicit "
+  "length}0?">;
+def warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess : Warning<
+  "argument to 'sizeof' in %0 call is the same pointer type %1 as the "
+  "%select{destination|source}2; expected %3 or an explicit length">,
+  InGroup<SizeofPointerMemaccess>;
+def warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size : Warning<
+  "size argument in %0 call appears to be size of the source; expected the size of "
+  "the destination">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"strlcpy-strlcat-size">>;
+def note_strlcpycat_wrong_size : Note<
+  "change size argument to be the size of the destination">;
+  
+def warn_strncat_large_size : Warning<
+  "the value of the size argument in 'strncat' is too large, might lead to a " 
+  "buffer overflow">, InGroup<StrncatSize>;
+def warn_strncat_src_size : Warning<"size argument in 'strncat' call appears " 
+  "to be size of the source">, InGroup<StrncatSize>;
+def warn_strncat_wrong_size : Warning<
+  "the value of the size argument to 'strncat' is wrong">, InGroup<StrncatSize>;
+def note_strncat_wrong_size : Note<
+  "change the argument to be the free space in the destination buffer minus " 
+  "the terminating null byte">;
+
+/// main()
+// static main() is not an error in C, just in C++.
+def warn_static_main : Warning<"'main' should not be declared static">,
+    InGroup<Main>;
+def err_static_main : Error<"'main' is not allowed to be declared static">;
+def err_inline_main : Error<"'main' is not allowed to be declared inline">;
+def ext_noreturn_main : ExtWarn<
+  "'main' is not allowed to be declared _Noreturn">, InGroup<Main>;
+def note_main_remove_noreturn : Note<"remove '_Noreturn'">;
+def err_constexpr_main : Error<
+  "'main' is not allowed to be declared constexpr">;
+def err_main_template_decl : Error<"'main' cannot be a template">;
+def err_main_returns_nonint : Error<"'main' must return 'int'">;
+def ext_main_returns_nonint : ExtWarn<"return type of 'main' is not 'int'">,
+    InGroup<MainReturnType>;
+def note_main_change_return_type : Note<"change return type to 'int'">;
+def err_main_surplus_args : Error<"too many parameters (%0) for 'main': "
+    "must be 0, 2, or 3">;
+def warn_main_one_arg : Warning<"only one parameter on 'main' declaration">,
+    InGroup<Main>;
+def err_main_arg_wrong : Error<"%select{first|second|third|fourth}0 "
+    "parameter of 'main' (%select{argument count|argument array|environment|"
+    "platform-specific data}0) must be of type %1">;
+
+/// parser diagnostics
+def ext_no_declarators : ExtWarn<"declaration does not declare anything">,
+  InGroup<MissingDeclarations>;
+def ext_typedef_without_a_name : ExtWarn<"typedef requires a name">,
+  InGroup<MissingDeclarations>;
+def err_typedef_not_identifier : Error<"typedef name must be an identifier">;
+def err_statically_allocated_object : Error<
+  "interface type cannot be statically allocated">;
+def err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value : Error<
+  "interface type %1 cannot be %select{returned|passed}0 by value"
+  "; did you forget * in %1?">;
+def err_parameters_retval_cannot_have_fp16_type : Error<
+  "%select{parameters|function return value}0 cannot have __fp16 type; did you forget * ?">;
+def err_opencl_half_load_store : Error<
+  "%select{loading directly from|assigning directly to}0 pointer to type %1 is not allowed">;
+def err_opencl_cast_to_half : Error<"casting to type %0 is not allowed">;
+def err_opencl_half_declaration : Error<
+  "declaring variable of type %0 is not allowed">;
+def err_opencl_half_argument : Error<
+  "declaring function argument of type %0 is not allowed; did you forget * ?">;
+def err_opencl_half_return : Error<
+  "declaring function return value of type %0 is not allowed; did you forget * ?">;
+def warn_enum_value_overflow : Warning<"overflow in enumeration value">;
+def warn_pragma_options_align_reset_failed : Warning<
+  "#pragma options align=reset failed: %0">;
+def err_pragma_options_align_mac68k_target_unsupported : Error<
+  "mac68k alignment pragma is not supported on this target">;
+def warn_pragma_pack_invalid_alignment : Warning<
+  "expected #pragma pack parameter to be '1', '2', '4', '8', or '16'">;
+// Follow the MSVC implementation.
+def warn_pragma_pack_show : Warning<"value of #pragma pack(show) == %0">;
+def warn_pragma_pack_pop_identifer_and_alignment : Warning<
+  "specifying both a name and alignment to 'pop' is undefined">;
+def warn_pragma_pack_pop_failed : Warning<"#pragma pack(pop, ...) failed: %0">;
+
+def warn_pragma_unused_undeclared_var : Warning<
+  "undeclared variable %0 used as an argument for '#pragma unused'">;
+def warn_pragma_unused_expected_var_arg : Warning<
+  "only variables can be arguments to '#pragma unused'">;
+def err_pragma_push_visibility_mismatch : Error<
+  "#pragma visibility push with no matching #pragma visibility pop">;
+def note_surrounding_namespace_ends_here : Note<
+  "surrounding namespace with visibility attribute ends here">;
+def err_pragma_pop_visibility_mismatch : Error<
+  "#pragma visibility pop with no matching #pragma visibility push">;
+def note_surrounding_namespace_starts_here : Note<
+  "surrounding namespace with visibility attribute starts here">;
+
+/// Objective-C parser diagnostics
+def err_duplicate_class_def : Error<
+  "duplicate interface definition for class %0">;
+def err_undef_superclass : Error<
+  "cannot find interface declaration for %0, superclass of %1">;
+def err_forward_superclass : Error<
+  "attempting to use the forward class %0 as superclass of %1">;
+def err_no_nsconstant_string_class : Error<
+  "cannot find interface declaration for %0">;
+def err_recursive_superclass : Error<
+  "trying to recursively use %0 as superclass of %1">;
+def warn_previous_alias_decl : Warning<"previously declared alias is ignored">;
+def err_conflicting_aliasing_type : Error<"conflicting types for alias %0">;
+def warn_undef_interface : Warning<"cannot find interface declaration for %0">;
+def warn_duplicate_protocol_def : Warning<"duplicate protocol definition of %0 is ignored">;
+def err_protocol_has_circular_dependency : Error<
+  "protocol has circular dependency">;
+def err_undeclared_protocol : Error<"cannot find protocol declaration for %0">;
+def warn_undef_protocolref : Warning<"cannot find protocol definition for %0">;
+def warn_readonly_property : Warning<
+  "attribute 'readonly' of property %0 restricts attribute "
+  "'readwrite' of property inherited from %1">;
+
+def warn_property_attribute : Warning<
+  "'%1' attribute on property %0 does not match the property inherited from %2">;
+def warn_property_types_are_incompatible : Warning<
+  "property type %0 is incompatible with type %1 inherited from %2">;
+def err_undef_interface : Error<"cannot find interface declaration for %0">;
+def err_category_forward_interface : Error<
+  "cannot define %select{category|class extension}0 for undefined class %1">;
+def err_class_extension_after_impl : Error<
+  "cannot declare class extension for %0 after class implementation">;
+def note_implementation_declared : Note<
+  "class implementation is declared here">;
+def note_while_in_implementation : Note<
+  "detected while default synthesizing properties in class implementation">;
+def note_class_declared : Note<
+  "class is declared here">;
+def note_receiver_is_id : Note<
+  "receiver is treated with 'id' type for purpose of method lookup">;
+def note_suppressed_class_declare : Note<
+  "class with specified objc_requires_property_definitions attribute is declared here">;
+def err_objc_root_class_subclass : Error<
+  "objc_root_class attribute may only be specified on a root class declaration">;
+def warn_objc_root_class_missing : Warning<
+	"class %0 defined without specifying a base class">,
+  InGroup<ObjCRootClass>;
+def note_objc_needs_superclass : Note<
+  "add a super class to fix this problem">;
+def warn_dup_category_def : Warning<
+  "duplicate definition of category %1 on interface %0">;
+def err_conflicting_super_class : Error<"conflicting super class name %0">;
+def err_dup_implementation_class : Error<"reimplementation of class %0">;
+def err_dup_implementation_category : Error<
+  "reimplementation of category %1 for class %0">;
+def err_conflicting_ivar_type : Error<
+  "instance variable %0 has conflicting type%diff{: $ vs $|}1,2">;
+def err_duplicate_ivar_declaration : Error<
+  "instance variable is already declared">;
+def warn_on_superclass_use : Warning<
+  "class implementation may not have super class">;
+def err_conflicting_ivar_bitwidth : Error<
+  "instance variable %0 has conflicting bit-field width">;
+def err_conflicting_ivar_name : Error<
+  "conflicting instance variable names: %0 vs %1">;
+def err_inconsistant_ivar_count : Error<
+  "inconsistent number of instance variables specified">;
+def warn_undef_method_impl : Warning<"method definition for %0 not found">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"incomplete-implementation">>;
+def note_required_for_protocol_at : 
+  Note<"required for direct or indirect protocol %0">;
+
+def warn_conflicting_overriding_ret_types : Warning<
+  "conflicting return type in "
+  "declaration of %0%diff{: $ vs $|}1,2">,
+  InGroup<OverridingMethodMismatch>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_conflicting_ret_types : Warning<
+  "conflicting return type in "
+  "implementation of %0%diff{: $ vs $|}1,2">,
+  InGroup<MismatchedReturnTypes>;
+
+def warn_conflicting_overriding_ret_type_modifiers : Warning<
+  "conflicting distributed object modifiers on return type "
+  "in declaration of %0">,
+  InGroup<OverridingMethodMismatch>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_conflicting_ret_type_modifiers : Warning<
+  "conflicting distributed object modifiers on return type "
+  "in implementation of %0">,
+  InGroup<DistributedObjectModifiers>;
+
+def warn_non_covariant_overriding_ret_types : Warning<
+  "conflicting return type in "
+  "declaration of %0: %1 vs %2">,
+  InGroup<OverridingMethodMismatch>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_non_covariant_ret_types : Warning<
+  "conflicting return type in "
+  "implementation of %0: %1 vs %2">,
+  InGroup<MethodSignatures>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_conflicting_overriding_param_types : Warning<
+  "conflicting parameter types in "
+  "declaration of %0%diff{: $ vs $|}1,2">,
+  InGroup<OverridingMethodMismatch>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_conflicting_param_types : Warning<
+  "conflicting parameter types in "
+  "implementation of %0%diff{: $ vs $|}1,2">,
+  InGroup<MismatchedParameterTypes>;
+
+def warn_conflicting_param_modifiers : Warning<
+  "conflicting distributed object modifiers on parameter type "
+  "in implementation of %0">,
+  InGroup<DistributedObjectModifiers>;
+
+def warn_conflicting_overriding_param_modifiers : Warning<
+  "conflicting distributed object modifiers on parameter type "
+  "in declaration of %0">,
+  InGroup<OverridingMethodMismatch>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_non_contravariant_overriding_param_types : Warning<
+  "conflicting parameter types in "
+  "declaration of %0: %1 vs %2">,
+  InGroup<OverridingMethodMismatch>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_non_contravariant_param_types : Warning<
+  "conflicting parameter types in "
+  "implementation of %0: %1 vs %2">,
+  InGroup<MethodSignatures>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_conflicting_overriding_variadic :Warning<
+  "conflicting variadic declaration of method and its "
+  "implementation">,
+  InGroup<OverridingMethodMismatch>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_conflicting_variadic :Warning<
+  "conflicting variadic declaration of method and its "
+  "implementation">;
+
+def warn_category_method_impl_match:Warning<
+  "category is implementing a method which will also be implemented"
+  " by its primary class">, InGroup<ObjCProtocolMethodImpl>;
+
+def warn_implements_nscopying : Warning<
+"default assign attribute on property %0 which implements "
+"NSCopying protocol is not appropriate with -fobjc-gc[-only]">;
+
+def warn_multiple_method_decl : Warning<"multiple methods named %0 found">;
+def warn_strict_multiple_method_decl : Warning<
+  "multiple methods named %0 found">, InGroup<StrictSelector>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_accessor_property_type_mismatch : Warning<
+  "type of property %0 does not match type of accessor %1">;
+def not_conv_function_declared_at : Note<"type conversion function declared here">;
+def note_method_declared_at : Note<"method %0 declared here">;
+def note_property_attribute : Note<"property %0 is declared "
+  "%select{deprecated|unavailable}1 here">;
+def err_setter_type_void : Error<"type of setter must be void">;
+def err_duplicate_method_decl : Error<"duplicate declaration of method %0">;
+def warn_duplicate_method_decl : 
+  Warning<"multiple declarations of method %0 found and ignored">, 
+  InGroup<MethodDuplicate>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_objc_var_decl_inclass : 
+    Error<"cannot declare variable inside @interface or @protocol">;
+def error_missing_method_context : Error<
+  "missing context for method declaration">;
+def err_objc_property_attr_mutually_exclusive : Error<
+  "property attributes '%0' and '%1' are mutually exclusive">;
+def err_objc_property_requires_object : Error<
+  "property with '%0' attribute must be of object type">;
+def warn_objc_property_no_assignment_attribute : Warning<
+  "no 'assign', 'retain', or 'copy' attribute is specified - "
+  "'assign' is assumed">,
+  InGroup<ObjCPropertyNoAttribute>;
+def warn_objc_isa_use : Warning<
+  "direct access to Objective-C's isa is deprecated in favor of "
+  "object_getClass()">, InGroup<DeprecatedObjCIsaUsage>;
+def warn_objc_isa_assign : Warning<
+  "assignment to Objective-C's isa is deprecated in favor of "
+  "object_setClass()">, InGroup<DeprecatedObjCIsaUsage>;
+def warn_objc_property_default_assign_on_object : Warning<
+  "default property attribute 'assign' not appropriate for non-GC object">,
+  InGroup<ObjCPropertyNoAttribute>;
+def warn_property_attr_mismatch : Warning<
+  "property attribute in class extension does not match the primary class">;
+def warn_objc_property_copy_missing_on_block : Warning<
+    "'copy' attribute must be specified for the block property "
+    "when -fobjc-gc-only is specified">;
+def warn_objc_property_retain_of_block : Warning<
+    "retain'ed block property does not copy the block "
+    "- use copy attribute instead">, InGroup<ObjCRetainBlockProperty>;
+def warn_objc_readonly_property_has_setter : Warning<
+    "setter cannot be specified for a readonly property">,
+    InGroup<ObjCReadonlyPropertyHasSetter>;
+def warn_atomic_property_rule : Warning<
+  "writable atomic property %0 cannot pair a synthesized %select{getter|setter}1 "
+  "with a user defined %select{getter|setter}2">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"atomic-property-with-user-defined-accessor">>;
+def note_atomic_property_fixup_suggest : Note<"setter and getter must both be "
+  "synthesized, or both be user defined,or the property must be nonatomic">;
+def err_atomic_property_nontrivial_assign_op : Error<
+  "atomic property of reference type %0 cannot have non-trivial assignment"
+  " operator">;
+def warn_owning_getter_rule : Warning<
+  "property's synthesized getter follows Cocoa naming"
+  " convention for returning 'owned' objects">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"objc-property-matches-cocoa-ownership-rule">>;
+def warn_auto_synthesizing_protocol_property :Warning<
+  "auto property synthesis will not synthesize property"
+  " declared in a protocol">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"objc-protocol-property-synthesis">>;
+def warn_no_autosynthesis_shared_ivar_property : Warning <
+  "auto property synthesis will not synthesize property "
+  "'%0' because it cannot share an ivar with another synthesized property">,
+  InGroup<ObjCNoPropertyAutoSynthesis>;
+def warn_no_autosynthesis_property : Warning<
+  "auto property synthesis will not synthesize property "
+  "'%0' because it is 'readwrite' but it will be synthesized 'readonly' "
+  "via another property">,
+  InGroup<ObjCNoPropertyAutoSynthesis>;
+def warn_autosynthesis_property_ivar_match :Warning<
+  "autosynthesized property %0 will use %select{|synthesized}1 instance variable "
+  "%2, not existing instance variable %3">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"objc-autosynthesis-property-ivar-name-match">>;
+def warn_missing_explicit_synthesis : Warning <
+  "auto property synthesis is synthesizing property not explicitly synthesized">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"objc-missing-property-synthesis">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_property_getter_owning_mismatch : Warning<
+  "property declared as returning non-retained objects"
+  "; getter returning retained objects">;
+def error_property_setter_ambiguous_use : Error<
+  "synthesized properties '%0' and '%1' both claim setter %2 -"
+  " use of this setter will cause unexpected behavior">;
+def err_ownin_getter_rule : Error<
+  "property's synthesized getter follows Cocoa naming"
+  " convention for returning 'owned' objects">;
+def warn_default_atomic_custom_getter_setter : Warning<
+  "atomic by default property %0 has a user defined %select{getter|setter}1 "
+  "(property should be marked 'atomic' if this is intended)">,
+  InGroup<CustomAtomic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_use_continuation_class : Error<
+  "illegal redeclaration of property in class extension %0"
+  " (attribute must be 'readwrite', while its primary must be 'readonly')">;
+def err_type_mismatch_continuation_class : Error<
+  "type of property %0 in class extension does not match "
+  "property type in primary class">;
+def err_use_continuation_class_redeclaration_readwrite : Error<
+  "illegal redeclaration of 'readwrite' property in class extension %0"
+  " (perhaps you intended this to be a 'readwrite' redeclaration of a "
+  "'readonly' public property?)">;
+def err_continuation_class : Error<"class extension has no primary class">;
+def err_property_type : Error<"property cannot have array or function type %0">;
+def error_missing_property_context : Error<
+  "missing context for property implementation declaration">;
+def error_bad_property_decl : Error<
+  "property implementation must have its declaration in interface %0">;
+def error_category_property : Error<
+  "property declared in category %0 cannot be implemented in "
+  "class implementation">;
+def note_property_declare : Note<
+  "property declared here">;
+def note_property_synthesize : Note<
+  "property synthesized here">;
+def error_synthesize_category_decl : Error<
+  "@synthesize not allowed in a category's implementation">;
+def error_reference_property : Error<
+  "property of reference type is not supported">;
+def error_missing_property_interface : Error<
+  "property implementation in a category with no category declaration">;
+def error_bad_category_property_decl : Error<
+  "property implementation must have its declaration in the category %0">;
+def error_bad_property_context : Error<
+  "property implementation must be in a class or category implementation">;
+def error_missing_property_ivar_decl : Error<
+  "synthesized property %0 must either be named the same as a compatible"
+  " instance variable or must explicitly name an instance variable">;
+def error_synthesize_weak_non_arc_or_gc : Error<
+  "@synthesize of 'weak' property is only allowed in ARC or GC mode">;
+def err_arc_perform_selector_retains : Error<
+  "performSelector names a selector which retains the object">;
+def warn_arc_perform_selector_leaks : Warning<
+  "performSelector may cause a leak because its selector is unknown">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"arc-performSelector-leaks">>;
+def err_gc_weak_property_strong_type : Error<
+  "weak attribute declared on a __strong type property in GC mode">;
+def warn_receiver_is_weak : Warning <
+  "weak %select{receiver|property|implicit property}0 may be "
+  "unpredictably set to nil">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"receiver-is-weak">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_arc_assign_to_strong : Note<
+  "assign the value to a strong variable to keep the object alive during use">;
+def warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak : Warning <
+  "weak %select{variable|property|implicit property|instance variable}0 %1 is "
+  "accessed multiple times in this %select{function|method|block|lambda}2 "
+  "but may be unpredictably set to nil; assign to a strong variable to keep "
+  "the object alive">,
+  InGroup<ARCRepeatedUseOfWeak>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_implicitly_retains_self : Warning <
+  "block implicitly retains 'self'; explicitly mention 'self' to indicate "
+  "this is intended behavior">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"implicit-retain-self">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_arc_possible_repeated_use_of_weak : Warning <
+  "weak %select{variable|property|implicit property|instance variable}0 %1 may "
+  "be accessed multiple times in this %select{function|method|block|lambda}2 "
+  "and may be unpredictably set to nil; assign to a strong variable to keep "
+  "the object alive">,
+  InGroup<ARCRepeatedUseOfWeakMaybe>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_arc_weak_also_accessed_here : Note<
+  "also accessed here">;
+def err_incomplete_synthesized_property : Error<
+  "cannot synthesize property %0 with incomplete type %1">;
+
+def error_property_ivar_type : Error<
+  "type of property %0 (%1) does not match type of instance variable %2 (%3)">;
+def error_property_accessor_type : Error<
+  "type of property %0 (%1) does not match type of accessor %2 (%3)">;
+def error_ivar_in_superclass_use : Error<
+  "property %0 attempting to use instance variable %1 declared in super class %2">;
+def error_weak_property : Error<
+  "existing instance variable %1 for __weak property %0 must be __weak">;
+def error_strong_property : Error<
+  "existing instance variable %1 for strong property %0 may not be __weak">;
+def error_dynamic_property_ivar_decl : Error<
+  "dynamic property can not have instance variable specification">;
+def error_duplicate_ivar_use : Error<
+  "synthesized properties %0 and %1 both claim instance variable %2">;
+def error_property_implemented : Error<"property %0 is already implemented">;
+def warn_objc_property_attr_mutually_exclusive : Warning<
+  "property attributes '%0' and '%1' are mutually exclusive">,
+  InGroup<ReadOnlySetterAttrs>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_objc_missing_super_call : Warning<
+  "method possibly missing a [super %0] call">,
+  InGroup<ObjCMissingSuperCalls>;
+def error_dealloc_bad_result_type : Error<
+  "dealloc return type must be correctly specified as 'void' under ARC, "
+  "instead of %0">;
+def warn_undeclared_selector : Warning<
+  "undeclared selector %0">, InGroup<UndeclaredSelector>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_implicit_atomic_property : Warning<
+  "property is assumed atomic by default">, InGroup<ImplicitAtomic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_auto_readonly_iboutlet_fixup_suggest : Note<
+  "property should be changed to be readwrite">;
+def warn_auto_readonly_iboutlet_property : Warning<
+  "readonly IBOutlet property '%0' when auto-synthesized may "
+  "not work correctly with 'nib' loader">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"readonly-iboutlet-property">>;
+def warn_auto_implicit_atomic_property : Warning<
+  "property is assumed atomic when auto-synthesizing the property">, 
+  InGroup<ImplicitAtomic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unimplemented_selector:  Warning<
+  "unimplemented selector %0">, InGroup<Selector>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unimplemented_protocol_method : Warning<
+  "method %0 in protocol not implemented">, InGroup<Protocol>;
+
+// C++ declarations
+def err_static_assert_expression_is_not_constant : Error<
+  "static_assert expression is not an integral constant expression">;
+def err_static_assert_failed : Error<"static_assert failed %0">;
+
+def warn_inline_namespace_reopened_noninline : Warning<
+  "inline namespace cannot be reopened as a non-inline namespace">;
+def err_inline_namespace_mismatch : Error<
+  "%select{|non-}0inline namespace "
+  "cannot be reopened as %select{non-|}0inline">;
+
+def err_unexpected_friend : Error<
+  "friends can only be classes or functions">;
+def ext_enum_friend : ExtWarn<
+  "enumeration type %0 cannot be a friend">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_enum_friend : Warning<
+  "befriending enumeration type %0 is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_nonclass_type_friend : ExtWarn<
+  "non-class friend type %0 is a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_nonclass_type_friend : Warning<
+  "non-class friend type %0 is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_friend_is_member : Error<
+  "friends cannot be members of the declaring class">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_friend_is_member : Warning<
+  "friend declaration naming a member of the declaring class is incompatible "
+  "with C++98">, InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_unelaborated_friend_type : ExtWarn<
+  "unelaborated friend declaration is a C++11 extension; specify "
+  "'%select{struct|interface|union|class|enum}0' to befriend %1">,
+  InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_unelaborated_friend_type : Warning<
+  "befriending %1 without '%select{struct|interface|union|class|enum}0' "
+  "keyword is incompatible with C++98">, InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_qualified_friend_not_found : Error<
+  "no function named %0 with type %1 was found in the specified scope">;
+def err_introducing_special_friend : Error<
+  "must use a qualified name when declaring a %select{constructor|"
+  "destructor|conversion operator}0 as a friend">;
+def err_tagless_friend_type_template : Error<
+  "friend type templates must use an elaborated type">;
+def err_no_matching_local_friend : Error<
+  "no matching function found in local scope">;
+def err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest : Error<
+  "no matching function %0 found in local scope; did you mean %2?">;
+def err_partial_specialization_friend : Error<
+  "partial specialization cannot be declared as a friend">;
+def err_qualified_friend_def : Error<
+  "friend function definition cannot be qualified with '%0'">;
+def err_friend_def_in_local_class : Error<
+  "friend function cannot be defined in a local class">;
+def err_friend_not_first_in_declaration : Error<
+  "'friend' must appear first in a non-function declaration">;
+def err_using_decl_friend : Error<
+  "cannot befriend target of using declaration">;
+  
+def err_invalid_member_in_interface : Error<
+  "%select{data member |non-public member function |static member function |"
+          "user-declared constructor|user-declared destructor|operator |"
+          "nested class }0%1 is not permitted within an interface type">;
+def err_invalid_base_in_interface : Error<
+  "interface type cannot inherit from "
+  "%select{'struct|non-public 'interface|'class}0 %1'">;
+
+def err_abstract_type_in_decl : Error<
+  "%select{return|parameter|variable|field|instance variable}0 type %1 is an abstract class">;
+def err_allocation_of_abstract_type : Error<
+  "allocating an object of abstract class type %0">;
+def err_throw_abstract_type : Error<
+  "cannot throw an object of abstract type %0">;
+def err_array_of_abstract_type : Error<"array of abstract class type %0">;
+
+def err_multiple_final_overriders : Error<
+  "virtual function %q0 has more than one final overrider in %1">; 
+def note_final_overrider : Note<"final overrider of %q0 in %1">;
+
+def err_type_defined_in_type_specifier : Error<
+  "%0 can not be defined in a type specifier">;
+def err_type_defined_in_result_type : Error<
+  "%0 can not be defined in the result type of a function">;
+def err_type_defined_in_param_type : Error<
+  "%0 can not be defined in a parameter type">;
+def err_type_defined_in_alias_template : Error<
+  "%0 can not be defined in a type alias template">;
+
+def note_pure_virtual_function : Note<
+  "unimplemented pure virtual method %0 in %1">;
+
+def err_deleted_decl_not_first : Error<
+  "deleted definition must be first declaration">;
+
+def err_deleted_override : Error<
+  "deleted function %0 cannot override a non-deleted function">;
+
+def err_non_deleted_override : Error<
+  "non-deleted function %0 cannot override a deleted function">;
+
+def warn_weak_vtable : Warning<
+  "%0 has no out-of-line virtual method definitions; its vtable will be "
+  "emitted in every translation unit">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"weak-vtables">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_weak_template_vtable : Warning<
+  "explicit template instantiation %0 will emit a vtable in every "
+  "translation unit">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"weak-template-vtables">>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def ext_using_undefined_std : ExtWarn<
+  "using directive refers to implicitly-defined namespace 'std'">;
+  
+// C++ exception specifications
+def err_exception_spec_in_typedef : Error<
+  "exception specifications are not allowed in %select{typedefs|type aliases}0">;
+def err_distant_exception_spec : Error<
+  "exception specifications are not allowed beyond a single level "
+  "of indirection">;
+def err_incomplete_in_exception_spec : Error<
+  "%select{|pointer to |reference to }0incomplete type %1 is not allowed "
+  "in exception specification">;
+def err_rref_in_exception_spec : Error<
+  "rvalue reference type %0 is not allowed in exception specification">;
+def err_mismatched_exception_spec : Error<
+  "exception specification in declaration does not match previous declaration">;
+def warn_mismatched_exception_spec : ExtWarn<
+  "exception specification in declaration does not match previous declaration">;
+def err_override_exception_spec : Error<
+  "exception specification of overriding function is more lax than "
+  "base version">;
+def warn_override_exception_spec : ExtWarn<
+  "exception specification of overriding function is more lax than "
+  "base version">, InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def err_incompatible_exception_specs : Error<
+  "target exception specification is not superset of source">;
+def err_deep_exception_specs_differ : Error<
+  "exception specifications of %select{return|argument}0 types differ">;
+def warn_missing_exception_specification : Warning<
+  "%0 is missing exception specification '%1'">;
+def err_noexcept_needs_constant_expression : Error<
+  "argument to noexcept specifier must be a constant expression">;
+
+// C++ access checking
+def err_class_redeclared_with_different_access : Error<
+  "%0 redeclared with '%1' access">;
+def err_access : Error<
+  "%1 is a %select{private|protected}0 member of %3">, AccessControl;
+def ext_ms_using_declaration_inaccessible : ExtWarn<
+  "using declaration referring to inaccessible member '%0' (which refers "
+  "to accessible member '%1') is a Microsoft compatibility extension">,
+    AccessControl, InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def err_access_ctor : Error<
+  "calling a %select{private|protected}0 constructor of class %2">, 
+  AccessControl;
+def ext_rvalue_to_reference_access_ctor : ExtWarn<
+  "C++98 requires an accessible copy constructor for class %2 when binding "
+  "a reference to a temporary; was %select{private|protected}0">,
+  AccessControl, InGroup<BindToTemporaryCopy>;
+def err_access_base_ctor : Error<
+  // The ERRORs represent other special members that aren't constructors, in
+  // hopes that someone will bother noticing and reporting if they appear
+  "%select{base class|inherited virtual base class}0 %1 has %select{private|"
+  "protected}3 %select{default |copy |move |*ERROR* |*ERROR* "
+  "|*ERROR*|}2constructor">, AccessControl;
+def err_access_field_ctor : Error<
+  // The ERRORs represent other special members that aren't constructors, in
+  // hopes that someone will bother noticing and reporting if they appear
+  "field of type %0 has %select{private|protected}2 "
+  "%select{default |copy |move |*ERROR* |*ERROR* |*ERROR* |}1constructor">,
+  AccessControl;
+def err_access_friend_function : Error<
+  "friend function %1 is a %select{private|protected}0 member of %3">,
+  AccessControl;
+
+def err_access_dtor : Error<
+  "calling a %select{private|protected}1 destructor of class %0">, 
+  AccessControl;
+def err_access_dtor_base :
+    Error<"base class %0 has %select{private|protected}1 destructor">,
+    AccessControl;
+def err_access_dtor_vbase :
+    Error<"inherited virtual base class %0 has "
+    "%select{private|protected}1 destructor">,
+    AccessControl;
+def err_access_dtor_temp :
+    Error<"temporary of type %0 has %select{private|protected}1 destructor">,
+    AccessControl;
+def err_access_dtor_exception :
+    Error<"exception object of type %0 has %select{private|protected}1 "
+          "destructor">, AccessControl;
+def err_access_dtor_field :
+    Error<"field of type %1 has %select{private|protected}2 destructor">,
+    AccessControl;
+def err_access_dtor_var :
+    Error<"variable of type %1 has %select{private|protected}2 destructor">,
+    AccessControl;
+def err_access_dtor_ivar :
+    Error<"instance variable of type %0 has %select{private|protected}1 "
+          "destructor">,
+    AccessControl;
+def note_previous_access_declaration : Note<
+  "previously declared '%1' here">;
+def note_access_natural : Note<
+  "%select{|implicitly }1declared %select{private|protected}0 here">;
+def note_access_constrained_by_path : Note<
+  "constrained by %select{|implicitly }1%select{private|protected}0"
+  " inheritance here">;
+def note_access_protected_restricted_noobject : Note<
+  "must name member using the type of the current context %0">;
+def note_access_protected_restricted_ctordtor : Note<
+  "protected %select{constructor|destructor}0 can only be used to "
+  "%select{construct|destroy}0 a base class subobject">;
+def note_access_protected_restricted_object : Note<
+  "can only access this member on an object of type %0">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_sfinae_access_control : Warning<
+  "substitution failure due to access control is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore, NoSFINAE;
+  
+// C++ name lookup
+def err_incomplete_nested_name_spec : Error<
+  "incomplete type %0 named in nested name specifier">;
+def err_dependent_nested_name_spec : Error<
+  "nested name specifier for a declaration cannot depend on a template "
+  "parameter">;
+def err_nested_name_member_ref_lookup_ambiguous : Error<
+  "lookup of %0 in member access expression is ambiguous">;
+def ext_nested_name_member_ref_lookup_ambiguous : ExtWarn<
+  "lookup of %0 in member access expression is ambiguous; using member of %1">,
+  InGroup<AmbigMemberTemplate>;
+def note_ambig_member_ref_object_type : Note<
+  "lookup in the object type %0 refers here">;
+def note_ambig_member_ref_scope : Note<
+  "lookup from the current scope refers here">;
+def err_qualified_member_nonclass : Error<
+  "qualified member access refers to a member in %0">;
+def err_incomplete_member_access : Error<
+  "member access into incomplete type %0">;
+def err_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "incomplete type %0 where a complete type is required">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_enum_nested_name_spec : Warning<
+  "enumeration type in nested name specifier is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+  
+// C++ class members
+def err_storageclass_invalid_for_member : Error<
+  "storage class specified for a member declaration">;
+def err_mutable_function : Error<"'mutable' cannot be applied to functions">;
+def err_mutable_reference : Error<"'mutable' cannot be applied to references">;
+def err_mutable_const : Error<"'mutable' and 'const' cannot be mixed">;
+def err_mutable_nonmember : Error<
+  "'mutable' can only be applied to member variables">;
+def err_virtual_non_function : Error<
+  "'virtual' can only appear on non-static member functions">;
+def err_virtual_out_of_class : Error<
+  "'virtual' can only be specified inside the class definition">;
+def err_virtual_member_function_template : Error<
+  "'virtual' can not be specified on member function templates">;
+def err_static_overrides_virtual : Error<
+  "'static' member function %0 overrides a virtual function in a base class">;
+def err_explicit_non_function : Error<
+  "'explicit' can only appear on non-static member functions">;
+def err_explicit_out_of_class : Error<
+  "'explicit' can only be specified inside the class definition">;
+def err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function : Error<
+  "'explicit' can only be applied to a constructor or conversion function">;
+def err_static_not_bitfield : Error<"static member %0 cannot be a bit-field">;
+def err_static_out_of_line : Error<
+  "'static' can only be specified inside the class definition">;
+def err_typedef_not_bitfield : Error<"typedef member %0 cannot be a bit-field">;
+def err_not_integral_type_bitfield : Error<
+  "bit-field %0 has non-integral type %1">;
+def err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield : Error<
+  "anonymous bit-field has non-integral type %0">;
+def err_member_function_initialization : Error<
+  "initializer on function does not look like a pure-specifier">;
+def err_non_virtual_pure : Error<
+  "%0 is not virtual and cannot be declared pure">;
+def warn_pure_function_definition : ExtWarn<
+  "function definition with pure-specifier is a Microsoft extension">,
+  InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def err_implicit_object_parameter_init : Error<
+  "cannot initialize object parameter of type %0 with an expression "
+  "of type %1">;
+def err_qualified_member_of_unrelated : Error<
+  "%q0 is not a member of class %1">;
+
+def warn_call_to_pure_virtual_member_function_from_ctor_dtor : Warning<
+  "call to pure virtual member function %0; overrides of %0 in subclasses are "
+  "not available in the %select{constructor|destructor}1 of %2">;
+
+def note_field_decl : Note<"member is declared here">;
+def note_ivar_decl : Note<"instance variable is declared here">;
+def note_bitfield_decl : Note<"bit-field is declared here">;
+def note_previous_decl : Note<"%0 declared here">;
+def note_implicit_param_decl : Note<"%0 is an implicit parameter">;
+def note_member_synthesized_at : Note<
+  "implicit default %select{constructor|copy constructor|move constructor|copy "
+  "assignment operator|move assignment operator|destructor}0 for %1 first "
+  "required here">;
+def note_inhctor_synthesized_at : Note<
+  "inheriting constructor for %0 first required here">;
+def err_missing_default_ctor : Error<
+  "%select{|implicit default |inheriting }0constructor for %1 must explicitly "
+  "initialize the %select{base class|member}2 %3 which does not have a default "
+  "constructor">;
+
+def err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member : Error<
+  "%select{anonymous struct|union}0 member %1 has a non-trivial "
+  "%select{constructor|copy constructor|move constructor|copy assignment "
+  "operator|move assignment operator|destructor}2">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : Warning<
+  "%select{anonymous struct|union}0 member %1 with a non-trivial "
+  "%select{constructor|copy constructor|move constructor|copy assignment "
+  "operator|move assignment operator|destructor}2 is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def note_nontrivial_virtual_dtor : Note<
+  "destructor for %0 is not trivial because it is virtual">;
+def note_nontrivial_has_virtual : Note<
+  "because type %0 has a virtual %select{member function|base class}1">;
+def note_nontrivial_no_def_ctor : Note<
+  "because %select{base class of |field of |}0type %1 has no "
+  "default constructor">;
+def note_user_declared_ctor : Note<
+  "implicit default constructor suppressed by user-declared constructor">;
+def note_nontrivial_no_copy : Note<
+  "because no %select{<<ERROR>>|constructor|constructor|assignment operator|"
+  "assignment operator|<<ERROR>>}2 can be used to "
+  "%select{<<ERROR>>|copy|move|copy|move|<<ERROR>>}2 "
+  "%select{base class|field|an object}0 of type %3">;
+def note_nontrivial_user_provided : Note<
+  "because %select{base class of |field of |}0type %1 has a user-provided "
+  "%select{default constructor|copy constructor|move constructor|"
+  "copy assignment operator|move assignment operator|destructor}2">;
+def note_nontrivial_in_class_init : Note<
+  "because field %0 has an initializer">;
+def note_nontrivial_param_type : Note<
+  "because its parameter is %diff{of type $, not $|of the wrong type}2,3">;
+def note_nontrivial_default_arg : Note<"because it has a default argument">;
+def note_nontrivial_variadic : Note<"because it is a variadic function">;
+def note_nontrivial_subobject : Note<
+  "because the function selected to %select{construct|copy|move|copy|move|"
+  "destroy}2 %select{base class|field}0 of type %1 is not trivial">;
+def note_nontrivial_objc_ownership : Note<
+  "because type %0 has a member with %select{no|no|__strong|__weak|"
+  "__autoreleasing}1 ownership">;
+
+def err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct : Error<
+  "static data member %0 not allowed in anonymous struct">;
+def ext_static_data_member_in_union : ExtWarn<
+  "static data member %0 in union is a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union : Warning<
+  "static data member %0 in union is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_union_member_of_reference_type : Error<
+  "union member %0 has reference type %1">;
+def ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified : Extension<
+  "anonymous %select{struct|union}0 cannot be '%1'">;
+def err_different_return_type_for_overriding_virtual_function : Error<
+  "virtual function %0 has a different return type "
+  "%diff{($) than the function it overrides (which has return type $)|"
+  "than the function it overrides}1,2">;
+def note_overridden_virtual_function : Note<
+  "overridden virtual function is here">;
+def err_conflicting_overriding_cc_attributes : Error<
+  "virtual function %0 has different calling convention attributes "
+  "%diff{($) than the function it overrides (which has calling convention $)|"
+  "than the function it overrides}1,2">;
+
+def err_covariant_return_inaccessible_base : Error<
+  "invalid covariant return for virtual function: %1 is a "
+  "%select{private|protected}2 base class of %0">, AccessControl;
+def err_covariant_return_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv : Error<
+  "return type of virtual function %3 is not covariant with the return type of "
+  "the function it overrides (ambiguous conversion from derived class "
+  "%0 to base class %1:%2)">;
+def err_covariant_return_not_derived : Error<
+  "return type of virtual function %0 is not covariant with the return type of "
+  "the function it overrides (%1 is not derived from %2)">;
+def err_covariant_return_incomplete : Error<
+  "return type of virtual function %0 is not covariant with the return type of "
+  "the function it overrides (%1 is incomplete)">;
+def err_covariant_return_type_different_qualifications : Error<
+  "return type of virtual function %0 is not covariant with the return type of "
+  "the function it overrides (%1 has different qualifiers than %2)">;
+def err_covariant_return_type_class_type_more_qualified : Error<
+  "return type of virtual function %0 is not covariant with the return type of "
+  "the function it overrides (class type %1 is more qualified than class "
+  "type %2">;
+  
+// C++ constructors
+def err_constructor_cannot_be : Error<"constructor cannot be declared '%0'">;
+def err_invalid_qualified_constructor : Error<
+  "'%0' qualifier is not allowed on a constructor">;
+def err_ref_qualifier_constructor : Error<
+  "ref-qualifier '%select{&&|&}0' is not allowed on a constructor">;
+
+def err_constructor_return_type : Error<
+  "constructor cannot have a return type">;
+def err_constructor_redeclared : Error<"constructor cannot be redeclared">;
+def err_constructor_byvalue_arg : Error<
+  "copy constructor must pass its first argument by reference">;
+def warn_no_constructor_for_refconst : Warning<
+  "%select{struct|interface|union|class|enum}0 %1 does not declare any "
+  "constructor to initialize its non-modifiable members">;
+def note_refconst_member_not_initialized : Note<
+  "%select{const|reference}0 member %1 will never be initialized">;
+def ext_ms_explicit_constructor_call : ExtWarn<
+  "explicit constructor calls are a Microsoft extension">, InGroup<Microsoft>;
+
+// C++ destructors
+def err_destructor_not_member : Error<
+  "destructor must be a non-static member function">;
+def err_destructor_cannot_be : Error<"destructor cannot be declared '%0'">;
+def err_invalid_qualified_destructor : Error<
+  "'%0' qualifier is not allowed on a destructor">;
+def err_ref_qualifier_destructor : Error<
+  "ref-qualifier '%select{&&|&}0' is not allowed on a destructor">;
+def err_destructor_return_type : Error<"destructor cannot have a return type">;
+def err_destructor_redeclared : Error<"destructor cannot be redeclared">;
+def err_destructor_with_params : Error<"destructor cannot have any parameters">;
+def err_destructor_variadic : Error<"destructor cannot be variadic">;
+def err_destructor_typedef_name : Error<
+  "destructor cannot be declared using a %select{typedef|type alias}1 %0 of the class name">;
+def err_destructor_name : Error<
+  "expected the class name after '~' to name the enclosing class">;
+def err_destructor_class_name : Error<
+  "expected the class name after '~' to name a destructor">;
+def err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type : Error<
+  "identifier %0 in object destruction expression does not name a type">;
+def err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch : Error<
+  "destructor type %0 in object destruction expression does not match the "
+  "type %1 of the object being destroyed">;
+def note_destructor_type_here : Note<
+  "type %0 is declared here">;
+
+def err_destructor_template : Error<
+  "destructor cannot be declared as a template">;
+
+// C++ initialization
+def err_init_conversion_failed : Error<
+  "cannot initialize %select{a variable|a parameter|return object|an "
+  "exception object|a member subobject|an array element|a new value|a value|a "
+  "base class|a constructor delegation|a vector element}0 "
+  "%diff{of type $ with an %select{rvalue|lvalue}2 of type $|"
+  "with an %select{rvalue|lvalue}2 of incompatible type}1,3"
+  "%select{|: different classes%diff{ ($ vs $)|}5,6"
+  "|: different number of parameters (%5 vs %6)"
+  "|: type mismatch at %ordinal5 parameter%diff{ ($ vs $)|}6,7"
+  "|: different return type%diff{ ($ vs $)|}5,6"
+  "|: different qualifiers ("
+  "%select{none|const|restrict|const and restrict|volatile|const and volatile|"
+  "volatile and restrict|const, volatile, and restrict}5 vs "
+  "%select{none|const|restrict|const and restrict|volatile|const and volatile|"
+  "volatile and restrict|const, volatile, and restrict}6)}4">;
+
+def err_lvalue_to_rvalue_ref : Error<"rvalue reference %diff{to type $ cannot "
+  "bind to lvalue of type $|cannot bind to incompatible lvalue}0,1">;
+def err_lvalue_reference_bind_to_initlist : Error<
+  "%select{non-const|volatile}0 lvalue reference to type %1 cannot bind to an "
+  "initializer list temporary">;
+def err_lvalue_reference_bind_to_temporary : Error<
+  "%select{non-const|volatile}0 lvalue reference %diff{to type $ cannot bind "
+  "to a temporary of type $|cannot bind to incompatible temporary}1,2">;
+def err_lvalue_reference_bind_to_unrelated : Error<
+  "%select{non-const|volatile}0 lvalue reference "
+  "%diff{to type $ cannot bind to a value of unrelated type $|"
+  "cannot bind to a value of unrelated type}1,2">;
+def err_reference_bind_drops_quals : Error<
+  "binding of reference %diff{to type $ to a value of type $ drops qualifiers|"
+  "drops qualifiers}0,1">;
+def err_reference_bind_failed : Error<
+  "reference %diff{to type $ could not bind to an %select{rvalue|lvalue}1 of "
+  "type $|could not bind to %select{rvalue|lvalue}1 of incompatible type}0,2">;
+def err_reference_bind_init_list : Error<
+  "reference to type %0 cannot bind to an initializer list">;
+def warn_temporary_array_to_pointer_decay : Warning<
+  "pointer is initialized by a temporary array, which will be destroyed at the "
+  "end of the full-expression">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"address-of-array-temporary">>;
+def err_init_list_bad_dest_type : Error<
+  "%select{|non-aggregate }0type %1 cannot be initialized with an initializer "
+  "list">;
+def err_member_function_call_bad_cvr : Error<"member function %0 not viable: "
+    "'this' argument has type %1, but function is not marked "
+    "%select{const|restrict|const or restrict|volatile|const or volatile|"
+    "volatile or restrict|const, volatile, or restrict}2">;
+
+def err_reference_bind_to_bitfield : Error<
+  "%select{non-const|volatile}0 reference cannot bind to bit-field %1">;
+def err_reference_bind_to_vector_element : Error<
+  "%select{non-const|volatile}0 reference cannot bind to vector element">;
+def err_reference_var_requires_init : Error<
+  "declaration of reference variable %0 requires an initializer">;
+def err_reference_without_init : Error<
+  "reference to type %0 requires an initializer">;
+def note_value_initialization_here : Note<
+  "in value-initialization of type %0 here">;
+def err_reference_has_multiple_inits : Error<
+  "reference cannot be initialized with multiple values">;
+def err_init_non_aggr_init_list : Error<
+  "initialization of non-aggregate type %0 with an initializer list">;
+def err_init_reference_member_uninitialized : Error<
+  "reference member of type %0 uninitialized">;
+def note_uninit_reference_member : Note<
+  "uninitialized reference member is here">;
+def warn_field_is_uninit : Warning<"field %0 is uninitialized when used here">,
+  InGroup<Uninitialized>;
+def warn_reference_field_is_uninit : Warning<
+  "reference %0 is not yet bound to a value when used here">,
+  InGroup<Uninitialized>;
+def warn_static_self_reference_in_init : Warning<
+  "static variable %0 is suspiciously used within its own initialization">,
+  InGroup<UninitializedStaticSelfInit>;
+def warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init : Warning<
+  "variable %0 is uninitialized when used within its own initialization">,
+  InGroup<Uninitialized>;
+def warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init : Warning<
+  "reference %0 is not yet bound to a value when used within its own"
+  " initialization">,
+  InGroup<Uninitialized>;
+def warn_uninit_var : Warning<
+  "variable %0 is uninitialized when %select{used here|captured by block}1">,
+  InGroup<Uninitialized>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_sometimes_uninit_var : Warning<
+  "variable %0 is %select{used|captured}1 uninitialized whenever "
+  "%select{'%3' condition is %select{true|false}4|"
+  "'%3' loop %select{is entered|exits because its condition is false}4|"
+  "'%3' loop %select{condition is true|exits because its condition is false}4|"
+  "switch %3 is taken}2">, InGroup<UninitializedSometimes>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_maybe_uninit_var : Warning<
+  "variable %0 may be uninitialized when "
+  "%select{used here|captured by block}1">,
+  InGroup<UninitializedMaybe>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_uninit_var_def : Note<"variable %0 is declared here">;
+def note_uninit_var_use : Note<
+  "%select{uninitialized use occurs|variable is captured by block}0 here">;
+def warn_uninit_byref_blockvar_captured_by_block : Warning<
+  "block pointer variable %0 is uninitialized when captured by block">,
+  InGroup<Uninitialized>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_block_var_fixit_add_initialization : Note<
+  "maybe you meant to use __block %0">;
+def note_var_fixit_add_initialization : Note<
+  "initialize the variable %0 to silence this warning">;
+def note_uninit_fixit_remove_cond : Note<
+  "remove the %select{'%1' if its condition|condition if it}0 "
+  "is always %select{false|true}2">;
+def err_init_incomplete_type : Error<"initialization of incomplete type %0">;
+
+def warn_unsequenced_mod_mod : Warning<
+  "multiple unsequenced modifications to %0">, InGroup<Unsequenced>;
+def warn_unsequenced_mod_use : Warning<
+  "unsequenced modification and access to %0">, InGroup<Unsequenced>;
+
+def err_temp_copy_no_viable : Error<
+  "no viable constructor %select{copying variable|copying parameter|"
+  "returning object|throwing object|copying member subobject|copying array "
+  "element|allocating object|copying temporary|initializing base subobject|"
+  "initializing vector element|capturing value}0 of type %1">;
+def ext_rvalue_to_reference_temp_copy_no_viable : ExtWarn<
+  "no viable constructor %select{copying variable|copying parameter|"
+  "returning object|throwing object|copying member subobject|copying array "
+  "element|allocating object|copying temporary|initializing base subobject|"
+  "initializing vector element|capturing value}0 of type %1; C++98 requires a copy "
+  "constructor when binding a reference to a temporary">,
+  InGroup<BindToTemporaryCopy>;
+def err_temp_copy_ambiguous : Error<
+  "ambiguous constructor call when %select{copying variable|copying "
+  "parameter|returning object|throwing object|copying member subobject|copying "
+  "array element|allocating object|copying temporary|initializing base subobject|"
+  "initializing vector element|capturing value}0 of type %1">;
+def err_temp_copy_deleted : Error<
+  "%select{copying variable|copying parameter|returning object|throwing "
+  "object|copying member subobject|copying array element|allocating object|"
+  "copying temporary|initializing base subobject|initializing vector element|"
+  "capturing value}0 of type %1 invokes deleted constructor">;
+def err_temp_copy_incomplete : Error<
+  "copying a temporary object of incomplete type %0">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_temp_copy : Warning<
+  "%select{copying variable|copying parameter|returning object|throwing "
+  "object|copying member subobject|copying array element|allocating object|"
+  "copying temporary|initializing base subobject|initializing vector element}1 "
+  "of type %2 when binding a reference to a temporary would %select{invoke "
+  "an inaccessible constructor|find no viable constructor|find ambiguous "
+  "constructors|invoke a deleted constructor}0 in C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatBindToTemporaryCopy>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_selected_explicit_constructor : Error<
+  "chosen constructor is explicit in copy-initialization">;
+def note_constructor_declared_here : Note<
+  "constructor declared here">;
+
+// C++11 decltype
+def err_decltype_in_declarator : Error<
+    "'decltype' cannot be used to name a declaration">;
+    
+// C++11 auto
+def warn_cxx98_compat_auto_type_specifier : Warning<
+  "'auto' type specifier is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer : Error<
+  "variable %0 declared with 'auto' type cannot appear in its own initializer">;
+def err_illegal_decl_array_of_auto : Error<
+  "'%0' declared as array of %1">;
+def err_new_array_of_auto : Error<
+  "cannot allocate array of 'auto'">;
+def err_auto_not_allowed : Error<
+  "'auto' not allowed %select{in function prototype|in non-static struct member"
+  "|in non-static union member|in non-static class member|in interface member"
+  "|in exception declaration|in template parameter|in block literal"
+  "|in template argument|in typedef|in type alias|in function return type"
+  "|here}0">;
+def err_auto_var_requires_init : Error<
+  "declaration of variable %0 with type %1 requires an initializer">;
+def err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg : Error<
+  "new expression for type %0 requires a constructor argument">;
+def err_auto_new_requires_parens : Error<
+  "new expression for type %0 cannot use list-initialization">;
+def err_auto_var_init_no_expression : Error<
+  "initializer for variable %0 with type %1 is empty">;
+def err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions : Error<
+  "initializer for variable %0 with type %1 contains multiple expressions">;
+def err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions : Error<
+  "new expression for type %0 contains multiple constructor arguments">;
+def err_auto_missing_trailing_return : Error<
+  "'auto' return without trailing return type">;
+def err_trailing_return_without_auto : Error<
+  "function with trailing return type must specify return type 'auto', not %0">;
+def err_trailing_return_in_parens : Error<
+  "trailing return type may not be nested within parentheses">;
+def err_auto_var_deduction_failure : Error<
+  "variable %0 with type %1 has incompatible initializer of type %2">;
+def err_auto_var_deduction_failure_from_init_list : Error<
+  "cannot deduce actual type for variable %0 with type %1 from initializer list">;
+def err_auto_new_deduction_failure : Error<
+  "new expression for type %0 has incompatible constructor argument of type %1">;
+def err_auto_different_deductions : Error<
+  "'auto' deduced as %0 in declaration of %1 and deduced as %2 in declaration of %3">;
+def err_implied_std_initializer_list_not_found : Error<
+  "cannot deduce type of initializer list because std::initializer_list was "
+  "not found; include <initializer_list>">;
+def err_malformed_std_initializer_list : Error<
+  "std::initializer_list must be a class template with a single type parameter">;
+def warn_dangling_std_initializer_list : Warning<
+  "array backing the initializer list will be destroyed at the end of "
+  "%select{the full-expression|the constructor}0">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"dangling-initializer-list">>;
+
+// C++11 override control
+def override_keyword_only_allowed_on_virtual_member_functions : Error<
+  "only virtual member functions can be marked '%0'">;
+def err_function_marked_override_not_overriding : Error<
+  "%0 marked 'override' but does not override any member functions">;
+def err_class_marked_final_used_as_base : Error<
+  "base %0 is marked 'final'">;
+def warn_abstract_final_class : Warning<
+  "abstract class is marked 'final'">, InGroup<AbstractFinalClass>;
+
+// C++11 attributes
+def err_repeat_attribute : Error<"'%0' attribute cannot be repeated">;
+
+// C++11 final
+def err_final_function_overridden : Error<
+  "declaration of %0 overrides a 'final' function">;
+
+// C++11 scoped enumerations
+def err_enum_invalid_underlying : Error<
+  "non-integral type %0 is an invalid underlying type">;
+def err_enumerator_too_large : Error<
+  "enumerator value is not representable in the underlying type %0">;
+def ext_enumerator_too_large : ExtWarn<
+  "enumerator value is not representable in the underlying type %0">,
+  InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def err_enumerator_wrapped : Error<
+  "enumerator value %0 is not representable in the underlying type %1">;
+def err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch : Error<
+  "enumeration redeclared with different underlying type %0 (was %1)">;
+def err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch : Error<
+  "enumeration previously declared with %select{non|}0fixed underlying type">;
+def err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch : Error<
+  "enumeration previously declared as %select{un|}0scoped">;
+def err_enum_class_reference : Error<
+  "reference to %select{|scoped }0enumeration must use 'enum' "
+  "not 'enum class'">;
+def err_only_enums_have_underlying_types : Error<
+  "only enumeration types have underlying types">;
+
+// C++11 delegating constructors
+def err_delegating_ctor : Error<
+  "delegating constructors are permitted only in C++11">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_delegating_ctor : Warning<
+  "delegating constructors are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_delegating_initializer_alone : Error<
+  "an initializer for a delegating constructor must appear alone">;
+def warn_delegating_ctor_cycle : Warning<
+  "constructor for %0 creates a delegation cycle">, DefaultError,
+  InGroup<DelegatingCtorCycles>;
+def note_it_delegates_to : Note<"it delegates to">;
+def note_which_delegates_to : Note<"which delegates to">;
+
+// C++11 range-based for loop
+def err_for_range_decl_must_be_var : Error<
+  "for range declaration must declare a variable">;
+def err_for_range_storage_class : Error<
+  "loop variable %0 may not be declared %select{'extern'|'static'|"
+  "'__private_extern__'|'auto'|'register'|'constexpr'}1">;
+def err_type_defined_in_for_range : Error<
+  "types may not be defined in a for range declaration">;
+def err_for_range_deduction_failure : Error<
+  "cannot use type %0 as a range">;
+def err_for_range_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "cannot use incomplete type %0 as a range">;
+def err_for_range_iter_deduction_failure : Error<
+  "cannot use type %0 as an iterator">;
+def err_for_range_member_begin_end_mismatch : Error<
+  "range type %0 has '%select{begin|end}1' member but no '%select{end|begin}1' member">;
+def err_for_range_begin_end_types_differ : Error<
+  "'begin' and 'end' must return the same type (got %0 and %1)">;
+def note_in_for_range: Note<
+  "when looking up '%select{begin|end}0' function for range expression "
+  "of type %1">;
+def err_for_range_invalid: Error<
+  "invalid range expression of type %0; no viable '%select{begin|end}1' "
+  "function available">;
+def err_for_range_dereference : Error<
+  "invalid range expression of type %0; did you mean to dereference it "
+  "with '*'?">;
+def note_for_range_invalid_iterator : Note <
+  "in implicit call to 'operator%select{!=|*|++}0' for iterator of type %1">;
+def note_for_range_begin_end : Note<
+  "selected '%select{begin|end}0' %select{function|template }1%2 with iterator type %3">;
+
+// C++11 constexpr
+def warn_cxx98_compat_constexpr : Warning<
+  "'constexpr' specifier is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_invalid_constexpr : Error<
+  "%select{function parameter|typedef|non-static data member}0 "
+  "cannot be constexpr">;
+def err_invalid_constexpr_member : Error<"non-static data member cannot be "
+  "constexpr%select{; did you intend to make it %select{const|static}0?|}1">;
+def err_constexpr_tag : Error<
+  "%select{class|struct|interface|union|enum}0 cannot be marked constexpr">;
+def err_constexpr_dtor : Error<"destructor cannot be marked constexpr">;
+def err_constexpr_no_declarators : Error<
+  "constexpr can only be used in variable and function declarations">;
+def err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl : Error<
+  "constexpr variable declaration must be a definition">;
+def err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init : Error<
+  "declaration of constexpr static data member %0 requires an initializer">;
+def err_constexpr_var_non_literal : Error<
+  "constexpr variable cannot have non-literal type %0">;
+def err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init : Error<
+  "constexpr variable %0 must be initialized by a constant expression">;
+def err_constexpr_redecl_mismatch : Error<
+  "%select{non-constexpr declaration of %0 follows constexpr declaration"
+  "|constexpr declaration of %0 follows non-constexpr declaration}1">;
+def err_constexpr_virtual : Error<"virtual function cannot be constexpr">;
+def err_constexpr_virtual_base : Error<
+  "constexpr %select{member function|constructor}0 not allowed in "
+  "%select{struct|interface|class}1 with virtual base "
+  "%plural{1:class|:classes}2">;
+def note_non_literal_incomplete : Note<
+  "incomplete type %0 is not a literal type">;
+def note_non_literal_virtual_base : Note<"%select{struct|interface|class}0 "
+  "with virtual base %plural{1:class|:classes}1 is not a literal type">;
+def note_constexpr_virtual_base_here : Note<"virtual base class declared here">;
+def err_constexpr_non_literal_return : Error<
+  "constexpr function's return type %0 is not a literal type">;
+def err_constexpr_non_literal_param : Error<
+  "constexpr %select{function|constructor}1's %ordinal0 parameter type %2 is "
+  "not a literal type">;
+def err_constexpr_body_invalid_stmt : Error<
+  "statement not allowed in constexpr %select{function|constructor}0">;
+def err_constexpr_type_definition : Error<
+  "types cannot be defined in a constexpr %select{function|constructor}0">;
+def err_constexpr_vla : Error<
+  "variably-modified type %0 cannot be used in a constexpr "
+  "%select{function|constructor}1">;
+def err_constexpr_var_declaration : Error<
+  "variables cannot be declared in a constexpr %select{function|constructor}0">;
+def ext_constexpr_function_never_constant_expr : ExtWarn<
+  "constexpr %select{function|constructor}0 never produces a "
+  "constant expression">, InGroup<DiagGroup<"invalid-constexpr">>, DefaultError;
+def err_constexpr_body_no_return : Error<
+  "no return statement in constexpr function">;
+def err_constexpr_body_multiple_return : Error<
+  "multiple return statements in constexpr function">;
+def note_constexpr_body_previous_return : Note<
+  "previous return statement is here">;
+def err_constexpr_function_try_block : Error<
+  "function try block not allowed in constexpr %select{function|constructor}0">;
+def err_constexpr_union_ctor_no_init : Error<
+  "constexpr union constructor does not initialize any member">;
+def err_constexpr_ctor_missing_init : Error<
+  "constexpr constructor must initialize all members">;
+def note_constexpr_ctor_missing_init : Note<
+  "member not initialized by constructor">;
+def err_constexpr_method_non_literal : Error<
+  "non-literal type %0 cannot have constexpr members">;
+def note_non_literal_no_constexpr_ctors : Note<
+  "%0 is not literal because it is not an aggregate and has no constexpr "
+  "constructors other than copy or move constructors">;
+def note_non_literal_base_class : Note<
+  "%0 is not literal because it has base class %1 of non-literal type">;
+def note_non_literal_field : Note<
+  "%0 is not literal because it has data member %1 of "
+  "%select{non-literal|volatile}3 type %2">;
+def note_non_literal_user_provided_dtor : Note<
+  "%0 is not literal because it has a user-provided destructor">;
+def note_non_literal_nontrivial_dtor : Note<
+  "%0 is not literal because it has a non-trivial destructor">;
+def warn_private_extern : Warning<
+  "use of __private_extern__ on a declaration may not produce external symbol "
+  "private to the linkage unit and is deprecated">, InGroup<PrivateExtern>;
+def note_private_extern : Note<
+  "use __attribute__((visibility(\"hidden\"))) attribute instead">;
+
+// C++11 char16_t/char32_t
+def warn_cxx98_compat_unicode_type : Warning<
+  "'%0' type specifier is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+ 
+// Objective-C++
+def err_objc_decls_may_only_appear_in_global_scope : Error<
+  "Objective-C declarations may only appear in global scope">;
+def warn_auto_var_is_id : Warning<
+  "'auto' deduced as 'id' in declaration of %0">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"auto-var-id">>;
+
+// Attributes
+def err_nsobject_attribute : Error<
+  "__attribute ((NSObject)) is for pointer types only">;
+def err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration : Error<
+  "%0 attribute can be applied only to symbol declaration">;
+def err_attributes_are_not_compatible : Error<
+  "%0 and %1 attributes are not compatible">;
+def err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments : Error<
+  "attribute %plural{0:takes no arguments|1:takes one argument|"
+  ":requires exactly %0 arguments}0">;
+def err_attribute_too_many_arguments : Error<
+  "attribute takes no more than %0 argument%s0">;
+def err_suppress_autosynthesis : Error<
+  "objc_requires_property_definitions attribute may only be specified on a class"
+  "to a class declaration">;
+def err_attribute_too_few_arguments : Error<
+  "attribute takes at least %0 argument%s0">;
+def err_attribute_missing_parameter_name : Error<
+  "attribute requires unquoted parameter">;
+def err_attribute_invalid_vector_type : Error<"invalid vector element type %0">;
+def err_attribute_bad_neon_vector_size : Error<
+  "Neon vector size must be 64 or 128 bits">;
+def err_attribute_argument_not_int : Error<
+  "'%0' attribute requires integer constant">;
+def err_aligned_attribute_argument_not_int : Error<
+  "'aligned' attribute requires integer constant">;
+def err_alignas_attribute_wrong_decl_type : Error<
+  "'%select{alignas|_Alignas}0' attribute cannot be applied to a %select{"
+  "function parameter|variable with 'register' storage class|"
+  "'catch' variable|bit-field}1">;
+def err_alignas_missing_on_definition : Error<
+  "'%select{alignas|_Alignas}0' must be specified on definition if it is "
+  "specified on any declaration">;
+def note_alignas_on_declaration : Note<
+  "declared with '%select{alignas|_Alignas}0' attribute here">;
+def err_alignas_mismatch : Error<
+  "redeclaration has different alignment requirement (%1 vs %0)">;
+def err_alignas_underaligned : Error<
+  "requested alignment is less than minimum alignment of %1 for type %0">;
+def err_attribute_first_argument_not_int_or_bool : Error<
+  "%0 attribute first argument must be of int or bool type">;
+def err_attribute_argument_outof_range : Error<
+  "init_priority attribute requires integer constant between "
+  "101 and 65535 inclusive">;
+def err_init_priority_object_attr : Error<
+  "can only use 'init_priority' attribute on file-scope definitions "
+  "of objects of class type">;
+def err_attribute_argument_vec_type_hint : Error<
+  "invalid attribute argument %0 - expecting a vector or vectorizable scalar type">;
+def err_attribute_argument_n_not_int : Error<
+  "'%0' attribute requires parameter %1 to be an integer constant">;
+def err_attribute_argument_n_not_string : Error<
+  "'%0' attribute requires parameter %1 to be a string">;
+def err_attribute_argument_n_not_identifier : Error<
+  "'%0' attribute requires parameter %1 to be an identifier">;
+def err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds : Error<
+  "'%0' attribute parameter %1 is out of bounds">;
+def err_attribute_requires_objc_interface : Error<
+  "attribute may only be applied to an Objective-C interface">;
+def err_attribute_uuid_malformed_guid : Error<
+  "uuid attribute contains a malformed GUID">;
+def warn_nonnull_pointers_only : Warning<
+  "nonnull attribute only applies to pointer arguments">;
+def err_attribute_pointers_only : Error<
+  "'%0' attribute only applies to pointer arguments">;
+def err_attribute_invalid_implicit_this_argument : Error<
+  "'%0' attribute is invalid for the implicit this argument">;
+def err_ownership_type : Error<
+  "%0 attribute only applies to %1 arguments">;
+def err_format_strftime_third_parameter : Error<
+  "strftime format attribute requires 3rd parameter to be 0">;
+def err_format_attribute_requires_variadic : Error<
+  "format attribute requires variadic function">;
+def err_format_attribute_not : Error<"format argument not %0">;
+def err_format_attribute_result_not : Error<"function does not return %0">;
+def err_format_attribute_implicit_this_format_string : Error<
+  "format attribute cannot specify the implicit this argument as the format "
+  "string">;
+def warn_unknown_method_family : Warning<"unrecognized method family">;
+def err_init_method_bad_return_type : Error<
+  "init methods must return an object pointer type, not %0">;
+def err_attribute_invalid_size : Error<
+  "vector size not an integral multiple of component size">;
+def err_attribute_zero_size : Error<"zero vector size">;
+def err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable : Error<
+  "can't convert between vector values of different size (%0 and %1)">;
+def err_typecheck_ext_vector_not_typedef : Error<
+  "ext_vector_type only applies to types, not variables">;
+def err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length : Error<
+  "vector component access exceeds type %0">;
+def err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal : Error<
+  "illegal vector component name '%0'">;
+def err_attribute_address_space_not_int : Error<
+  "address space attribute requires an integer constant">;
+def err_attribute_address_space_negative : Error<
+  "address space is negative">;
+def err_attribute_address_space_too_high : Error<
+  "address space is larger than the maximum supported (%0)">;
+def err_attribute_address_multiple_qualifiers : Error<
+  "multiple address spaces specified for type">;
+def err_attribute_address_function_type : Error<
+  "function type may not be qualified with an address space">;
+def err_as_qualified_auto_decl : Error<
+  "automatic variable qualified with an address space">;
+def err_arg_with_address_space : Error<
+  "parameter may not be qualified with an address space">;
+def err_field_with_address_space : Error<
+  "field may not be qualified with an address space">;
+def err_attr_objc_ownership_redundant : Error<
+  "the type %0 is already explicitly ownership-qualified">;
+def err_attribute_not_string : Error<
+  "argument to %0 attribute was not a string literal">;
+def err_undeclared_nsnumber : Error<
+  "NSNumber must be available to use Objective-C literals">;
+def err_invalid_nsnumber_type : Error<
+  "%0 is not a valid literal type for NSNumber">;
+def err_undeclared_nsstring : Error<
+  "cannot box a string value because NSString has not been declared">;
+def err_objc_illegal_boxed_expression_type : Error<
+  "illegal type %0 used in a boxed expression">;
+def err_objc_incomplete_boxed_expression_type : Error<
+  "incomplete type %0 used in a boxed expression">;
+def err_undeclared_nsarray : Error<
+  "NSArray must be available to use Objective-C array literals">;
+def err_undeclared_nsdictionary : Error<
+  "NSDictionary must be available to use Objective-C dictionary "
+  "literals">;
+def err_undeclared_boxing_method : Error<
+  "declaration of %0 is missing in %1 class">;
+def err_objc_literal_method_sig : Error<
+  "literal construction method %0 has incompatible signature">;
+def note_objc_literal_method_param : Note<
+  "%select{first|second|third}0 parameter has unexpected type %1 "
+  "(should be %2)">;
+def note_objc_literal_method_return : Note<
+  "method returns unexpected type %0 (should be an object type)">;
+def err_invalid_collection_element : Error<
+  "collection element of type %0 is not an Objective-C object">;
+def err_box_literal_collection : Error<
+  "%select{string|character|boolean|numeric}0 literal must be prefixed by '@' "
+  "in a collection">;
+def warn_objc_literal_comparison : Warning<
+  "direct comparison of %select{an array literal|a dictionary literal|"
+  "a numeric literal|a boxed expression|}0 has undefined behavior">,
+  InGroup<ObjCLiteralComparison>;
+def warn_objc_string_literal_comparison : Warning<
+  "direct comparison of a string literal has undefined behavior">, 
+  InGroup<ObjCStringComparison>;
+def note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal : Note<
+  "use 'isEqual:' instead">;
+
+let CategoryName = "Cocoa API Issue" in {
+def warn_objc_redundant_literal_use : Warning<
+  "using %0 with a literal is redundant">, InGroup<ObjCRedundantLiteralUse>;
+}
+
+def err_attr_tlsmodel_arg : Error<"tls_model must be \"global-dynamic\", "
+  "\"local-dynamic\", \"initial-exec\" or \"local-exec\"">;
+
+def err_only_annotate_after_access_spec : Error<
+  "access specifier can only have annotation attributes">;
+
+def err_attribute_section_invalid_for_target : Error<
+  "argument to 'section' attribute is not valid for this target: %0">;
+def err_attribute_section_local_variable : Error<
+  "'section' attribute is not valid on local variables">;
+def warn_mismatched_section : Warning<
+  "section does not match previous declaration">, InGroup<Section>;
+
+def err_attribute_aligned_not_power_of_two : Error<
+  "requested alignment is not a power of 2">;
+def err_attribute_aligned_greater_than_8192 : Error<
+  "requested alignment must be 8192 bytes or smaller">;
+def warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored : Warning<
+  "'%0' redeclared without %1 attribute: previous %1 ignored">;
+def warn_attribute_ignored : Warning<"%0 attribute ignored">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_after_definition_ignored : Warning<
+  "attribute %0 after definition is ignored">,
+   InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_unknown_attribute_ignored : Warning<
+  "unknown attribute %0 ignored">, InGroup<UnknownAttributes>;
+def warn_cxx11_gnu_attribute_on_type : Warning<
+  "attribute %0 ignored, because it cannot be applied to a type">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_unhandled_ms_attribute_ignored : Warning<
+  "__declspec attribute %0 is not supported">, 
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def err_attribute_invalid_on_stmt : Error<
+  "%0 attribute cannot be applied to a statement">;
+def warn_declspec_attribute_ignored : Warning<
+  "attribute %0 is ignored, place it after "
+  "\"%select{class|struct|union|interface|enum}1\" to apply attribute to "
+  "type declaration">, InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_precede_definition : Warning<
+  "attribute declaration must precede definition">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_void_function_method : Warning<
+  "attribute %0 cannot be applied to "
+  "%select{functions|Objective-C method}1 without return value">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_weak_on_field : Warning<
+  "__weak attribute cannot be specified on a field declaration">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local : Warning<
+  "Objective-C GC does not allow weak variables on the stack">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_nsobject_attribute : Warning<
+  "__attribute ((NSObject)) may be put on a typedef only, "
+  "attribute is ignored">, InGroup<NSobjectAttribute>;
+def warn_attribute_weak_on_local : Warning<
+  "__weak attribute cannot be specified on an automatic variable when ARC "
+  "is not enabled">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_weak_identifier_undeclared : Warning<
+  "weak identifier %0 never declared">;
+def err_attribute_weak_static : Error<
+  "weak declaration cannot have internal linkage">;
+def warn_attribute_weak_import_invalid_on_definition : Warning<
+  "'weak_import' attribute cannot be specified on a definition">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def err_attribute_weakref_not_static : Error<
+  "weakref declaration must have internal linkage">;
+def err_attribute_weakref_not_global_context : Error<
+  "weakref declaration of '%0' must be in a global context">;
+def err_attribute_weakref_without_alias : Error<
+  "weakref declaration of '%0' must also have an alias attribute">;
+def err_alias_not_supported_on_darwin : Error <
+  "only weak aliases are supported on darwin">;
+def warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute only applies to %select{functions|unions|"
+  "variables and functions|functions and methods|parameters|"
+  "functions, methods and blocks|functions, methods, and classes|"
+  "functions, methods, and parameters|classes|variables|methods|"
+  "variables, functions and labels|fields and global variables|structs|"
+  "variables, functions and tag types|thread-local variables|"
+  "variables and fields|variables, data members and tag types|"
+  "types and namespaces}1">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def err_attribute_wrong_decl_type : Error<
+  "%0 attribute only applies to %select{functions|unions|"
+  "variables and functions|functions and methods|parameters|"
+  "functions, methods and blocks|functions, methods, and classes|"
+  "functions, methods, and parameters|classes|variables|methods|"
+  "variables, functions and labels|fields and global variables|structs|"
+  "variables, functions and tag types|thread-local variables|"
+  "variables and fields|variables, data members and tag types|"
+  "types and namespaces}1">;
+def warn_function_attribute_wrong_type : Warning<
+  "'%0' only applies to function types; type here is %1">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_pointer_attribute_wrong_type : Warning<
+  "'%0' only applies to pointer types; type here is %1">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_objc_object_attribute_wrong_type : Warning<
+  "'%0' only applies to Objective-C object or block pointer types; type here is %1">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_requires_functions_or_static_globals : Warning<
+  "%0 only applies to variables with static storage duration and functions">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_gnu_inline_attribute_requires_inline : Warning<
+  "'gnu_inline' attribute requires function to be marked 'inline',"
+  " attribute ignored">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def err_attribute_vecreturn_only_vector_member : Error<
+  "the vecreturn attribute can only be used on a class or structure with one member, which must be a vector">;
+def err_attribute_vecreturn_only_pod_record : Error<
+  "the vecreturn attribute can only be used on a POD (plain old data) class or structure (i.e. no virtual functions)">;
+def err_cconv_change : Error<
+  "function declared '%0' here was previously declared "
+  "%select{'%2'|without calling convention}1">;
+def warn_cconv_ignored : Warning<
+  "calling convention %0 ignored for this target">, InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def err_cconv_knr : Error<
+  "function with no prototype cannot use %0 calling convention">;
+def err_cconv_varargs : Error<
+  "variadic function cannot use %0 calling convention">;
+def err_regparm_mismatch : Error<"function declared with regparm(%0) "
+  "attribute was previously declared "
+  "%plural{0:without the regparm|:with the regparm(%1)}1 attribute">;
+def err_returns_retained_mismatch : Error<
+  "function declared with the ns_returns_retained attribute "
+  "was previously declared without the ns_returns_retained attribute">;
+def err_objc_precise_lifetime_bad_type : Error<
+  "objc_precise_lifetime only applies to retainable types; type here is %0">;
+def warn_objc_precise_lifetime_meaningless : Error<
+  "objc_precise_lifetime is not meaningful for "
+  "%select{__unsafe_unretained|__autoreleasing}0 objects">;
+def err_invalid_pcs : Error<"invalid PCS type">;
+def err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_value_decl : Error<
+  "%0 attribute can only be applied to value declarations">;
+def warn_attribute_not_on_decl : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute ignored when parsing type">, InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def err_base_specifier_attribute : Error<
+  "%0 attribute cannot be applied to a base specifier">;
+
+// Availability attribute
+def warn_availability_unknown_platform : Warning<
+  "unknown platform %0 in availability macro">, InGroup<Availability>;
+def warn_availability_version_ordering : Warning<
+  "feature cannot be %select{introduced|deprecated|obsoleted}0 in %1 version "
+  "%2 before it was %select{introduced|deprecated|obsoleted}3 in version %4; "
+  "attribute ignored">, InGroup<Availability>;
+def warn_mismatched_availability: Warning<
+  "availability does not match previous declaration">, InGroup<Availability>;
+def warn_mismatched_availability_override : Warning<
+  "overriding method %select{introduced after|"
+  "deprecated before|obsoleted before}0 overridden method on %1 (%2 vs. %3)">, 
+  InGroup<Availability>;
+def warn_mismatched_availability_override_unavail : Warning<
+  "overriding method cannot be unavailable on %0 when its overridden method is "
+  "available">,
+  InGroup<Availability>;
+def note_overridden_method : Note<
+  "overridden method is here">;
+
+// Thread Safety Attributes
+def warn_thread_attribute_ignored : Warning<
+  "ignoring %0 attribute because its argument is invalid">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAttributes>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_thread_attribute_argument_not_lockable : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute requires arguments whose type is annotated "
+  "with 'lockable' attribute; type here is '%1'">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAttributes>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_thread_attribute_argument_not_class : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute requires arguments that are class type or point to"
+  " class type; type here is '%1'">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAttributes>, DefaultIgnore;  
+def warn_thread_attribute_decl_not_lockable : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute can only be applied in a context annotated "
+  "with 'lockable' attribute">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAttributes>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_thread_attribute_decl_not_pointer : Warning<
+  "'%0' only applies to pointer types; type here is %1">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAttributes>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_thread_attribute_wrong_decl_type : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute only applies to %select{"
+  "fields and global variables|functions and methods|"
+  "classes and structs}1">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAttributes>, DefaultIgnore;  
+def err_attribute_argument_out_of_range : Error<
+  "%0 attribute parameter %1 is out of bounds: "
+  "%plural{0:no parameters to index into|"
+  "1:can only be 1, since there is one parameter|"
+  ":must be between 1 and %2}2">;
+
+// Thread Safety Analysis   
+def warn_unlock_but_no_lock : Warning<
+  "unlocking '%0' that was not locked">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_double_lock : Warning<
+  "locking '%0' that is already locked">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_no_unlock : Warning<
+  "mutex '%0' is still locked at the end of function">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_expecting_locked : Warning<
+  "expecting mutex '%0' to be locked at the end of function">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;  
+// FIXME: improve the error message about locks not in scope
+def warn_lock_some_predecessors : Warning<
+  "mutex '%0' is not locked on every path through here">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_expecting_lock_held_on_loop : Warning<
+  "expecting mutex '%0' to be locked at start of each loop">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_locked_here : Note<"mutex acquired here">;
+def warn_lock_exclusive_and_shared : Warning<
+  "mutex '%0' is locked exclusively and shared in the same scope">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_lock_exclusive_and_shared : Note<
+  "the other lock of mutex '%0' is here">;
+def warn_variable_requires_any_lock : Warning<
+  "%select{reading|writing}1 variable '%0' requires locking "
+  "%select{any mutex|any mutex exclusively}1">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_var_deref_requires_any_lock : Warning<
+  "%select{reading|writing}1 the value pointed to by '%0' requires locking "
+  "%select{any mutex|any mutex exclusively}1">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_fun_excludes_mutex : Warning<
+  "cannot call function '%0' while mutex '%1' is locked">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cannot_resolve_lock : Warning<
+  "cannot resolve lock expression">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+// Imprecise thread safety warnings
+def warn_variable_requires_lock : Warning<
+  "%select{reading|writing}2 variable '%0' requires locking "
+  "%select{'%1'|'%1' exclusively}2">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_var_deref_requires_lock : Warning<
+  "%select{reading|writing}2 the value pointed to by '%0' requires locking "
+  "%select{'%1'|'%1' exclusively}2">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_fun_requires_lock : Warning<
+  "calling function '%0' requires %select{shared|exclusive}2 lock on '%1'">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyAnalysis>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+// Precise thread safety warnings
+def warn_variable_requires_lock_precise : Warning<
+  "%select{reading|writing}2 variable '%0' requires locking "
+  "%select{'%1'|'%1' exclusively}2">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyPrecise>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_var_deref_requires_lock_precise : Warning<
+  "%select{reading|writing}2 the value pointed to by '%0' requires locking "
+  "%select{'%1'|'%1' exclusively}2">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyPrecise>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_fun_requires_lock_precise : Warning<
+  "calling function '%0' requires %select{shared|exclusive}2 lock on '%1'">,
+  InGroup<ThreadSafetyPrecise>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_found_mutex_near_match : Note<"found near match '%0'">;
+
+// Dummy warning that will trigger "beta" warnings from the analysis if enabled. 
+def warn_thread_safety_beta : Warning<
+  "Thread safety beta warning.">, InGroup<ThreadSafetyBeta>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_impcast_vector_scalar : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion turns vector to scalar: %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<Conversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_impcast_complex_scalar : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion discards imaginary component: %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<Conversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_impcast_float_precision : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion loses floating-point precision: %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<Conversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_impcast_float_integer : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion turns floating-point number into integer: %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<Conversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_impcast_integer_sign : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion changes signedness: %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<SignConversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional : Warning<
+  "operand of ? changes signedness: %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<SignConversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_impcast_integer_precision : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion loses integer precision: %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<Conversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_impcast_integer_64_32 : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion loses integer precision: %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<Shorten64To32>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion from %2 to %3 changes value from %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<ConstantConversion>;
+def warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant : Warning<
+  "implicit truncation from %2 to bitfield changes value from %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<ConstantConversion>;
+def warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion from %0 to %1 changes value from %2 to %3">,
+  InGroup<LiteralConversion>;
+def warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion turns string literal into bool: %0 to %1">,
+  InGroup<StringConversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_impcast_different_enum_types : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion from enumeration type %0 to different enumeration type "
+  "%1">, InGroup<EnumConversion>;
+def warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer : Warning<
+    "initialization of pointer of type %0 to null from a constant boolean "
+    "expression">, InGroup<BoolConversion>;
+def warn_non_literal_null_pointer : Warning<
+    "expression which evaluates to zero treated as a null pointer constant of "
+    "type %0">, InGroup<NonLiteralNullConversion>;
+def warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer : Warning<
+    "implicit conversion of NULL constant to %0">,
+    InGroup<NullConversion>;
+def warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool : Warning<
+    "implicit conversion turns floating-point number into bool: %0 to %1">,
+    InGroup<ImplicitConversionFloatingPointToBool>;
+def warn_impcast_function_to_bool : Warning<
+    "address of function %q0 will always evaluate to 'true'">,
+    InGroup<BoolConversion>;
+def note_function_to_bool_silence : Note<
+    "prefix with the address-of operator to silence this warning">;
+def note_function_to_bool_call : Note<
+    "suffix with parentheses to turn this into a function call">;
+
+def warn_cast_align : Warning<
+  "cast from %0 to %1 increases required alignment from %2 to %3">,
+  InGroup<CastAlign>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_int_to_pointer_cast : Warning<
+  "cast to %1 from smaller integer type %0">,
+  InGroup<IntToPointerCast>;
+
+def warn_attribute_ignored_for_field_of_type : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute ignored for field of type %1">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_transparent_union_attribute_field_size_align : Warning<
+  "%select{alignment|size}0 of field %1 (%2 bits) does not match the "
+  "%select{alignment|size}0 of the first field in transparent union; "
+  "transparent_union attribute ignored">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def note_transparent_union_first_field_size_align : Note<
+  "%select{alignment|size}0 of first field is %1 bits">;
+def warn_transparent_union_attribute_not_definition : Warning<
+  "transparent_union attribute can only be applied to a union definition; "
+  "attribute ignored">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_transparent_union_attribute_floating : Warning<
+  "first field of a transparent union cannot have %select{floating point|"
+  "vector}0 type %1; transparent_union attribute ignored">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_transparent_union_attribute_zero_fields : Warning<
+  "transparent union definition must contain at least one field; "
+  "transparent_union attribute ignored">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_type_not_supported : Warning<
+  "'%0' attribute argument not supported: %1">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_unknown_visibility : Warning<"unknown visibility '%0'">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_protected_visibility :
+  Warning<"target does not support 'protected' visibility; using 'default'">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"unsupported-visibility">>;
+def err_mismatched_visibility: Error<"visibility does not match previous declaration">;
+def warn_attribute_unknown_endian : Warning<"unknown endian '%0'">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def note_previous_attribute : Note<"previous attribute is here">;
+def err_unknown_machine_mode : Error<"unknown machine mode %0">;
+def err_unsupported_machine_mode : Error<"unsupported machine mode %0">;
+def err_mode_not_primitive : Error<
+  "mode attribute only supported for integer and floating-point types">;
+def err_mode_wrong_type : Error<
+  "type of machine mode does not match type of base type">;
+def err_attr_wrong_decl : Error<
+  "'%0' attribute invalid on this declaration, requires typedef or value">;
+def warn_attribute_nonnull_no_pointers : Warning<
+  "'nonnull' attribute applied to function with no pointer arguments">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_malloc_pointer_only : Warning<
+  "'malloc' attribute only applies to functions returning a pointer type">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_sentinel_named_arguments : Warning<
+  "'sentinel' attribute requires named arguments">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic : Warning<
+  "'sentinel' attribute only supported for variadic %select{functions|blocks}0">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def err_attribute_sentinel_less_than_zero : Error<
+  "'sentinel' parameter 1 less than zero">;
+def err_attribute_sentinel_not_zero_or_one : Error<
+  "'sentinel' parameter 2 not 0 or 1">;
+def err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_found : Error<
+  "'cleanup' argument %0 not found">;
+def err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_function : Error<
+  "'cleanup' argument %0 is not a function">;
+def err_attribute_cleanup_func_must_take_one_arg : Error<
+  "'cleanup' function %0 must take 1 parameter">;
+def err_attribute_cleanup_func_arg_incompatible_type : Error<
+  "'cleanup' function %0 parameter has "
+  "%diff{type $ which is incompatible with type $|incompatible type}1,2">;
+def err_attribute_regparm_wrong_platform : Error<
+  "'regparm' is not valid on this platform">;
+def err_attribute_regparm_invalid_number : Error<
+  "'regparm' parameter must be between 0 and %0 inclusive">;
+
+
+// Clang-Specific Attributes
+def warn_attribute_iboutlet : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute can only be applied to instance variables or properties">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_attribute_ibaction: Warning<
+  "ibaction attribute can only be applied to Objective-C instance methods">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def err_iboutletcollection_type : Error<
+  "invalid type %0 as argument of iboutletcollection attribute">;
+def warn_iboutlet_object_type : Warning<
+  "%select{instance variable|property}2 with %0 attribute must "
+  "be an object type (invalid %1)">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"invalid-iboutlet">>;
+def err_attribute_overloadable_not_function : Error<
+  "'overloadable' attribute can only be applied to a function">;
+def err_attribute_overloadable_missing : Error<
+  "%select{overloaded function|redeclaration of}0 %1 must have the "
+  "'overloadable' attribute">;
+def note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload : Note<
+  "previous overload of function is here">;
+def err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype : Error<
+  "'overloadable' function %0 must have a prototype">;
+def warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute only applies to %select{functions|methods}1 that "
+  "return %select{an Objective-C object|a pointer|a non-retainable pointer}2">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute only applies to %select{Objective-C object|pointer}1 "
+  "parameters">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+def warn_objc_requires_super_protocol : Warning<
+  "%0 attribute cannot be applied to %select{methods in protocols|dealloc}1">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"requires-super-attribute">>;
+def note_protocol_decl : Note<
+  "protocol is declared here">;
+
+def err_ns_bridged_not_interface : Error<
+  "parameter of 'ns_bridged' attribute does not name an Objective-C class">;
+
+// Function Parameter Semantic Analysis.
+def err_param_with_void_type : Error<"argument may not have 'void' type">;
+def err_void_only_param : Error<
+  "'void' must be the first and only parameter if specified">;
+def err_void_param_qualified : Error<
+  "'void' as parameter must not have type qualifiers">;
+def err_ident_list_in_fn_declaration : Error<
+  "a parameter list without types is only allowed in a function definition">;
+def ext_param_not_declared : Extension<
+  "parameter %0 was not declared, defaulting to type 'int'">;
+def err_param_typedef_of_void : Error<
+  "empty parameter list defined with a %select{typedef|type alias}0 of 'void' not allowed%select{ in C++|}0">;
+def err_param_default_argument : Error<
+  "C does not support default arguments">;
+def err_param_default_argument_redefinition : Error<
+  "redefinition of default argument">;
+def warn_param_default_argument_redefinition : ExtWarn<
+  "redefinition of default argument">;
+def err_param_default_argument_missing : Error<
+  "missing default argument on parameter">;
+def err_param_default_argument_missing_name : Error<
+  "missing default argument on parameter %0">;
+def err_param_default_argument_references_param : Error<
+  "default argument references parameter %0">;
+def err_param_default_argument_references_local : Error<
+  "default argument references local variable %0 of enclosing function">;
+def err_param_default_argument_references_this : Error<
+  "default argument references 'this'">;
+def err_param_default_argument_nonfunc : Error<
+  "default arguments can only be specified for parameters in a function "
+  "declaration">;
+def err_param_default_argument_template_redecl : Error<
+  "default arguments cannot be added to a function template that has already "
+  "been declared">;
+def err_param_default_argument_member_template_redecl : Error<
+  "default arguments cannot be added to an out-of-line definition of a member "
+  "of a %select{class template|class template partial specialization|nested "
+  "class in a template}0">;
+def err_uninitialized_member_for_assign : Error<
+  "cannot define the implicit default assignment operator for %0, because "
+  "non-static %select{reference|const}1 member %2 can't use default "
+  "assignment operator">;
+def err_uninitialized_member_in_ctor : Error<
+  "%select{|implicit default |inheriting }0constructor for %1 must explicitly "
+  "initialize the %select{reference|const}2 member %3">;
+def err_default_arg_makes_ctor_special : Error<
+  "addition of default argument on redeclaration makes this constructor a "
+  "%select{default|copy|move}0 constructor">;
+
+def err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later : Error<
+  "use of default argument to function %0 that is declared later in class %1">;
+def note_default_argument_declared_here : Note<
+  "default argument declared here">;
+
+def ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype : ExtWarn<
+  "%diff{promoted type $ of K&R function parameter is not compatible with the "
+  "parameter type $|promoted type of K&R function parameter is not compatible "
+  "with parameter type}0,1 declared in a previous prototype">,
+  InGroup<KNRPromotedParameter>;
+
+
+// C++ Overloading Semantic Analysis.
+def err_ovl_diff_return_type : Error<
+  "functions that differ only in their return type cannot be overloaded">;
+def err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member : Error<
+  "static and non-static member functions with the same parameter types "
+  "cannot be overloaded">;
+
+def err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call : Error<
+  "no matching function for call to %0">;
+def err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call : Error<
+  "no matching member function for call to %0">;
+def err_ovl_ambiguous_call : Error<
+  "call to %0 is ambiguous">;
+def err_ovl_deleted_call : Error<
+  "call to %select{unavailable|deleted}0 function %1%2">;
+def err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call : Error<
+  "call to member function %0 is ambiguous">;
+def err_ovl_deleted_member_call : Error<
+  "call to %select{unavailable|deleted}0 member function %1%2">;
+def note_ovl_too_many_candidates : Note<
+    "remaining %0 candidate%s0 omitted; "
+    "pass -fshow-overloads=all to show them">;
+def note_ovl_candidate : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "is the implicit default constructor|"
+    "is the implicit copy constructor|"
+    "is the implicit move constructor|"
+    "is the implicit copy assignment operator|"
+    "is the implicit move assignment operator|"
+    "is an inherited constructor}0%1"
+    "%select{| has different class%diff{ (expected $ but has $)|}3,4"
+    "| has different number of parameters (expected %3 but has %4)"
+    "| has type mismatch at %ordinal3 parameter"
+    "%diff{ (expected $ but has $)|}4,5"
+    "| has different return type%diff{ ($ expected but has $)|}3,4"
+    "| has different qualifiers (expected "
+    "%select{none|const|restrict|const and restrict|volatile|const and volatile"
+    "|volatile and restrict|const, volatile, and restrict}3 but found "
+    "%select{none|const|restrict|const and restrict|volatile|const and volatile"
+    "|volatile and restrict|const, volatile, and restrict}4)}2">;
+
+def note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor : Note<"inherited from here">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction : Note<
+    "candidate template ignored: failed template argument deduction">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction : Note<"candidate template ignored: "
+    "couldn't infer template argument %0">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction : Note<
+    "candidate template ignored: deduced conflicting %select{types|values|"
+    "templates}0 for parameter %1%diff{ ($ vs. $)|}2,3">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_named : Note<
+    "candidate template ignored: invalid explicitly-specified argument "
+    "for template parameter %0">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_unnamed : Note<
+    "candidate template ignored: invalid explicitly-specified argument "
+    "for %ordinal0 template parameter">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_instantiation_depth : Note<
+    "candidate template ignored: substitution exceeded maximum template "
+    "instantiation depth">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_underqualified : Note<
+    "candidate template ignored: can't deduce a type for %0 which would "
+    "make %2 equal %1">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_substitution_failure : Note<
+    "candidate template ignored: substitution failure%0%1">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if : Note<
+    "candidate template ignored: disabled by %0%1">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_failed_overload_resolution : Note<
+    "candidate template ignored: couldn't resolve reference to overloaded "
+    "function %0">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch : Note<
+    "candidate template ignored: could not match %diff{$ against $|types}0,1">;
+    
+// Note that we don't treat templates differently for this diagnostic.
+def note_ovl_candidate_arity : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|function|function|constructor|"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0 %select{|template }1"
+    "not viable: requires%select{ at least| at most|}2 %3 argument%s3, but %4 "
+    "%plural{1:was|:were}4 provided">;
+
+def note_ovl_candidate_arity_one : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|function|function|constructor|"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0 %select{|template }1not viable: "
+    "%select{requires at least|allows at most single|requires single}2 "
+    "argument %3, but %plural{0:no|:%4}4 arguments were provided">;
+
+def note_ovl_candidate_deleted : Note<
+    "candidate %select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1 has been "
+    "%select{explicitly made unavailable|explicitly deleted|"
+    "implicitly deleted}2">;
+
+// Giving the index of the bad argument really clutters this message, and
+// it's relatively unimportant because 1) it's generally obvious which
+// argument(s) are of the given object type and 2) the fix is usually
+// to complete the type, which doesn't involve changes to the call line
+// anyway.  If people complain, we can change it.
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1 "
+    "not viable: cannot convert argument of incomplete type "
+    "%diff{$ to $|to parameter type}2,3">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_list_argument : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1 "
+    "not viable: cannot convert initializer list argument to %3">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1"
+    " not viable: no overload of %3 matching %2 for %ordinal4 argument">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1"
+    " not viable: no known conversion "
+    "%diff{from $ to $|from argument type to parameter type}2,3 for "
+    "%select{%ordinal5 argument|object argument}4"
+    "%select{|; dereference the argument with *|"
+    "; take the address of the argument with &|"
+    "; remove *|"
+    "; remove &}6">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_arc_conv : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1"
+    " not viable: cannot implicitly convert argument "
+    "%diff{of type $ to $|type to parameter type}2,3 for "
+    "%select{%ordinal5 argument|object argument}4 under ARC">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_lvalue : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1"
+    " not viable: expects an l-value for "
+    "%select{%ordinal3 argument|object argument}2">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1 not viable: "
+    "%select{%ordinal6|'this'}5 argument (%2) is in "
+    "address space %3, but parameter must be in address space %4">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_gc : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1 not viable: "
+    "%select{%ordinal6|'this'}5 argument (%2) has %select{no|__weak|__strong}3 "
+    "ownership, but parameter has %select{no|__weak|__strong}4 ownership">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_ownership : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1 not viable: "
+    "%select{%ordinal6|'this'}5 argument (%2) has "
+    "%select{no|__unsafe_unretained|__strong|__weak|__autoreleasing}3 ownership,"
+    " but parameter has %select{no|__unsafe_unretained|__strong|__weak|"
+    "__autoreleasing}4 ownership">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{|function|||function|||||"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|}0 not viable: "
+    "'this' argument has type %2, but method is not marked "
+    "%select{const|restrict|const or restrict|volatile|const or volatile|"
+    "volatile or restrict|const, volatile, or restrict}3">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1 not viable: "
+    "%ordinal4 argument (%2) would lose "
+    "%select{const|restrict|const and restrict|volatile|const and volatile|"
+    "volatile and restrict|const, volatile, and restrict}3 qualifier"
+    "%select{||s||s|s|s}3">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_base_to_derived_conv : Note<"candidate "
+    "%select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0%1"
+    " not viable: cannot %select{convert from|convert from|bind}2 "
+    "%select{base class pointer|superclass|base class object of type}2 %3 to "
+    "%select{derived class pointer|subclass|derived class reference}2 %4 for "
+    "%ordinal5 argument">;
+def note_ovl_candidate_bad_target : Note<
+    "candidate %select{function|function|constructor|"
+    "function |function |constructor |"
+    "constructor (the implicit default constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit copy constructor)|"
+    "constructor (the implicit move constructor)|"
+    "function (the implicit copy assignment operator)|"
+    "function (the implicit move assignment operator)|"
+    "constructor (inherited)}0 not viable: call to "
+    "%select{__device__|__global__|__host__|__host__ __device__}1 function from"
+    " %select{__device__|__global__|__host__|__host__ __device__}2 function">;
+
+def note_ambiguous_type_conversion: Note<
+    "because of ambiguity in conversion %diff{of $ to $|between types}0,1">;
+def note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate : Note<
+    "built-in candidate %0">;
+def note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate : Note<
+    "built-in candidate %0">;
+def err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_init : Error<
+  "no matching constructor for initialization of %0">;
+def err_ovl_no_conversion_in_cast : Error<
+  "cannot convert %1 to %2 without a conversion operator">;
+def err_ovl_no_viable_conversion_in_cast : Error<
+  "no matching conversion for %select{|static_cast|reinterpret_cast|"
+  "dynamic_cast|C-style cast|functional-style cast}0 from %1 to %2">;
+def err_ovl_ambiguous_conversion_in_cast : Error<
+  "ambiguous conversion for %select{|static_cast|reinterpret_cast|"
+  "dynamic_cast|C-style cast|functional-style cast}0 from %1 to %2">;
+def err_ovl_deleted_conversion_in_cast : Error<
+  "%select{|static_cast|reinterpret_cast|dynamic_cast|C-style cast|"
+  "functional-style cast}0 from %1 to %2 uses deleted function">;
+def err_ovl_ambiguous_init : Error<"call to constructor of %0 is ambiguous">;
+def err_ref_init_ambiguous : Error<
+  "reference initialization of type %0 with initializer of type %1 is ambiguous">;
+def err_ovl_deleted_init : Error<
+  "call to %select{unavailable|deleted}0 constructor of %1">;
+def err_ovl_deleted_special_init : Error<
+  "call to implicitly-deleted %select{default constructor|copy constructor|"
+  "move constructor|copy assignment operator|move assignment operator|"
+  "destructor|function}0 of %1">;
+def err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary : Error<
+  "use of overloaded operator '%0' is ambiguous (operand type %1)">;
+def err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary : Error<
+  "use of overloaded operator '%0' is ambiguous (with operand types %1 and %2)">;
+def err_ovl_no_viable_oper : Error<"no viable overloaded '%0'">;
+def err_ovl_deleted_oper : Error<
+  "overload resolution selected %select{unavailable|deleted}0 operator '%1'%2">;
+def err_ovl_deleted_special_oper : Error<
+  "object of type %0 cannot be %select{constructed|copied|moved|assigned|"
+  "assigned|destroyed}1 because its %select{default constructor|"
+  "copy constructor|move constructor|copy assignment operator|"
+  "move assignment operator|destructor}1 is implicitly deleted">;
+def err_ovl_no_viable_subscript :
+    Error<"no viable overloaded operator[] for type %0">;
+def err_ovl_no_oper :
+    Error<"type %0 does not provide a %select{subscript|call}1 operator">;
+def err_ovl_unresolvable : Error<
+  "reference to overloaded function could not be resolved; "
+  "did you mean to call it%select{| with no arguments}0?">;
+def err_bound_member_function : Error<
+  "reference to non-static member function must be called"
+  "%select{|; did you mean to call it with no arguments?}0">;
+def note_possible_target_of_call : Note<"possible target for call">;
+
+def err_ovl_no_viable_object_call : Error<
+  "no matching function for call to object of type %0">;
+def err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call : Error<
+  "call to object of type %0 is ambiguous">;
+def err_ovl_deleted_object_call : Error<
+  "call to %select{unavailable|deleted}0 function call operator in type %1%2">;
+def note_ovl_surrogate_cand : Note<"conversion candidate of type %0">;
+def err_member_call_without_object : Error<
+  "call to non-static member function without an object argument">;
+
+// C++ Address of Overloaded Function
+def err_addr_ovl_no_viable : Error<
+  "address of overloaded function %0 does not match required type %1">;
+def err_addr_ovl_ambiguous : Error<
+  "address of overloaded function %0 is ambiguous">;
+def err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref : Error<
+  "address of overloaded function %0 cannot be converted to type %1">;
+def err_addr_ovl_no_qualifier : Error<
+  "can't form member pointer of type %0 without '&' and class name">;
+
+// C++11 Literal Operators
+def err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator : Error<
+  "no matching literal operator for call to %0"
+  "%select{| with argument of type %2| with arguments of types %2 and %3}1"
+  "%select{| or 'const char *', and no matching literal operator template}4">;
+
+// C++ Template Declarations
+def err_template_param_shadow : Error<
+  "declaration of %0 shadows template parameter">;
+def note_template_param_here : Note<"template parameter is declared here">;
+def warn_template_export_unsupported : Warning<
+  "exported templates are unsupported">;
+def err_template_outside_namespace_or_class_scope : Error<
+  "templates can only be declared in namespace or class scope">;
+def err_template_linkage : Error<"templates must have C++ linkage">;
+def err_template_typedef : Error<"a typedef cannot be a template">;
+def err_template_unnamed_class : Error<
+  "cannot declare a class template with no name">;
+def err_template_param_list_different_arity : Error<
+  "%select{too few|too many}0 template parameters in template "
+  "%select{|template parameter }1redeclaration">;
+def note_template_param_list_different_arity : Note<
+  "%select{too few|too many}0 template parameters in template template "
+  "argument">;
+def note_template_prev_declaration : Note<
+  "previous template %select{declaration|template parameter}0 is here">;
+def err_template_param_different_kind : Error<
+  "template parameter has a different kind in template "
+  "%select{|template parameter }0redeclaration">;
+def note_template_param_different_kind : Note<
+  "template parameter has a different kind in template argument">;
+  
+def err_template_nontype_parm_different_type : Error<
+  "template non-type parameter has a different type %0 in template "
+  "%select{|template parameter }1redeclaration">;
+
+def note_template_nontype_parm_different_type : Note<
+  "template non-type parameter has a different type %0 in template argument">;
+def note_template_nontype_parm_prev_declaration : Note<
+  "previous non-type template parameter with type %0 is here">;
+def err_template_nontype_parm_bad_type : Error<
+  "a non-type template parameter cannot have type %0">;
+def err_template_param_default_arg_redefinition : Error<
+  "template parameter redefines default argument">;
+def note_template_param_prev_default_arg : Note<
+  "previous default template argument defined here">;
+def err_template_param_default_arg_missing : Error<
+  "template parameter missing a default argument">;
+def ext_template_parameter_default_in_function_template : ExtWarn<
+  "default template arguments for a function template are a C++11 extension">,
+  InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_template_parameter_default_in_function_template : Warning<
+  "default template arguments for a function template are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_template_parameter_default_template_member : Error<
+  "cannot add a default template argument to the definition of a member of a "
+  "class template">;
+def err_template_parameter_default_friend_template : Error<
+  "default template argument not permitted on a friend template">;
+def err_template_template_parm_no_parms : Error<
+  "template template parameter must have its own template parameters">;
+
+def err_template_variable : Error<"variable %0 declared as a template">;
+def err_template_variable_noparams : Error<
+  "extraneous 'template<>' in declaration of variable %0">;
+def err_template_member : Error<"member %0 declared as a template">;
+def err_template_member_noparams : Error<
+  "extraneous 'template<>' in declaration of member %0">;
+def err_template_tag_noparams : Error<
+  "extraneous 'template<>' in declaration of %0 %1">;
+def err_template_decl_ref : Error<
+  "cannot refer to class template %0 without a template argument list">;
+
+// C++ Template Argument Lists
+def err_template_missing_args : Error<
+  "use of class template %0 requires template arguments">;
+def err_template_arg_list_different_arity : Error<
+  "%select{too few|too many}0 template arguments for "
+  "%select{class template|function template|template template parameter"
+  "|template}1 %2">;
+def note_template_decl_here : Note<"template is declared here">;
+def note_member_of_template_here : Note<"member is declared here">;
+def err_template_arg_must_be_type : Error<
+  "template argument for template type parameter must be a type">;
+def err_template_arg_must_be_type_suggest : Error<
+  "template argument for template type parameter must be a type; did you forget 'typename'?">;
+def err_template_arg_must_be_expr : Error<
+  "template argument for non-type template parameter must be an expression">;
+def err_template_arg_nontype_ambig : Error<
+  "template argument for non-type template parameter is treated as function type %0">;
+def err_template_arg_must_be_template : Error<
+  "template argument for template template parameter must be a class template%select{| or type alias template}0">;
+def ext_template_arg_local_type : ExtWarn<
+  "template argument uses local type %0">, InGroup<LocalTypeTemplateArgs>;
+def ext_template_arg_unnamed_type : ExtWarn<
+  "template argument uses unnamed type">, InGroup<UnnamedTypeTemplateArgs>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_template_arg_local_type : Warning<
+  "local type %0 as template argument is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatLocalTypeTemplateArgs>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_template_arg_unnamed_type : Warning<
+  "unnamed type as template argument is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatUnnamedTypeTemplateArgs>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_template_unnamed_type_here : Note<
+  "unnamed type used in template argument was declared here">;
+def err_template_arg_overload_type : Error<
+  "template argument is the type of an unresolved overloaded function">;
+def err_template_arg_not_class_template : Error<
+  "template argument does not refer to a class template or template "
+  "template parameter">;
+def note_template_arg_refers_here_func : Note<
+  "template argument refers to function template %0, here">;
+def err_template_arg_template_params_mismatch : Error<
+  "template template argument has different template parameters than its "
+  "corresponding template template parameter">;
+def err_template_arg_not_integral_or_enumeral : Error<
+  "non-type template argument of type %0 must have an integral or enumeration"
+  " type">;
+def err_template_arg_not_ice : Error<
+  "non-type template argument of type %0 is not an integral constant "
+  "expression">;
+def err_template_arg_not_address_constant : Error<
+  "non-type template argument of type %0 is not a constant expression">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_template_arg_null : Warning<
+  "use of null pointer as non-type template argument is incompatible with "
+  "C++98">, InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_template_arg_untyped_null_constant : Error<
+  "null non-type template argument must be cast to template parameter type %0">;
+def err_template_arg_wrongtype_null_constant : Error<
+ "null non-type template argument of type %0 does not match template parameter "
+ "of type %1">;
+def err_deduced_non_type_template_arg_type_mismatch : Error<
+  "deduced non-type template argument does not have the same type as the "
+  "its corresponding template parameter%diff{ ($ vs $)|}0,1">;
+def err_template_arg_not_convertible : Error<
+  "non-type template argument of type %0 cannot be converted to a value "
+  "of type %1">;
+def warn_template_arg_negative : Warning<
+  "non-type template argument with value '%0' converted to '%1' for unsigned "
+  "template parameter of type %2">, InGroup<Conversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_template_arg_too_large : Warning<
+  "non-type template argument value '%0' truncated to '%1' for "
+  "template parameter of type %2">, InGroup<Conversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_template_arg_no_ref_bind : Error<
+  "non-type template parameter of reference type "
+  "%diff{$ cannot bind to template argument of type $"
+  "|cannot bind to template of incompatible argument type}0,1">;
+def err_template_arg_ref_bind_ignores_quals : Error<
+  "reference binding of non-type template parameter "
+  "%diff{of type $ to template argument of type $|to template argument}0,1 "
+  "ignores qualifiers">;
+def err_template_arg_not_decl_ref : Error<
+  "non-type template argument does not refer to any declaration">;
+def err_template_arg_not_object_or_func_form : Error<
+  "non-type template argument does not directly refer to an object or "
+  "function">;
+def err_template_arg_not_address_of : Error<
+  "non-type template argument for template parameter of pointer type %0 must "
+  "have its address taken">;
+def err_template_arg_address_of_non_pointer : Error<
+  "address taken in non-type template argument for template parameter of "
+  "reference type %0">;
+def err_template_arg_reference_var : Error<
+  "non-type template argument of reference type %0 is not an object">;
+def err_template_arg_field : Error<
+  "non-type template argument refers to non-static data member %0">;
+def err_template_arg_method : Error<
+  "non-type template argument refers to non-static member function %0">;
+def err_template_arg_object_no_linkage : Error<
+  "non-type template argument refers to %select{function|object}0 %1 that "
+  "does not have linkage">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_template_arg_object_internal : Warning<
+  "non-type template argument referring to %select{function|object}0 %1 with "
+  "internal linkage is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_template_arg_object_internal : ExtWarn<
+  "non-type template argument referring to %select{function|object}0 %1 with "
+  "internal linkage is a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def err_template_arg_thread_local : Error<
+  "non-type template argument refers to thread-local object">;
+def note_template_arg_internal_object : Note<
+  "non-type template argument refers to %select{function|object}0 here">;
+def note_template_arg_refers_here : Note<
+  "non-type template argument refers here">;
+def err_template_arg_not_object_or_func : Error<
+  "non-type template argument does not refer to an object or function">;
+def err_template_arg_not_pointer_to_member_form : Error<
+  "non-type template argument is not a pointer to member constant">;
+def ext_template_arg_extra_parens : ExtWarn<
+  "address non-type template argument cannot be surrounded by parentheses">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_template_arg_extra_parens : Warning<
+  "redundant parentheses surrounding address non-type template argument are "
+  "incompatible with C++98">, InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_pointer_to_member_type : Error<
+  "invalid use of pointer to member type after %select{.*|->*}0">;
+def err_pointer_to_member_call_drops_quals : Error<
+  "call to pointer to member function of type %0 drops '%1' qualifier%s2">;
+def err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify: Error<
+  "pointer-to-member function type %0 can only be called on an "
+  "%select{rvalue|lvalue}1">;
+
+// C++ template specialization
+def err_template_spec_unknown_kind : Error<
+  "can only provide an explicit specialization for a class template, function "
+  "template, or a member function, static data member, "
+  "%select{or member class|member class, or member enumeration}0 of a "
+  "class template">;
+def note_specialized_entity : Note<
+  "explicitly specialized declaration is here">;
+def err_template_spec_decl_function_scope : Error<
+  "explicit specialization of %0 in function scope">;
+def err_template_spec_decl_class_scope : Error<
+  "explicit specialization of %0 in class scope">;
+def err_template_spec_decl_friend : Error<
+  "cannot declare an explicit specialization in a friend">;
+def err_template_spec_decl_out_of_scope_global : Error<
+  "%select{class template|class template partial|function template|member "
+  "function|static data member|member class|member enumeration}0 "
+  "specialization of %1 must originally be declared in the global scope">;
+def err_template_spec_decl_out_of_scope : Error<
+  "%select{class template|class template partial|function template|member "
+  "function|static data member|member class|member enumeration}0 "
+  "specialization of %1 must originally be declared in namespace %2">;
+def ext_template_spec_decl_out_of_scope : ExtWarn<
+  "first declaration of %select{class template|class template partial|"
+  "function template|member function|static data member|member class|"
+  "member enumeration}0 specialization of %1 outside namespace %2 is a "
+  "C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_template_spec_decl_out_of_scope : Warning<
+  "%select{class template|class template partial|function template|member "
+  "function|static data member|member class|member enumeration}0 "
+  "specialization of %1 outside namespace %2 is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_template_spec_redecl_out_of_scope : Error<
+  "%select{class template|class template partial|function template|member "
+  "function|static data member|member class|member enumeration}0 "
+  "specialization of %1 not in a namespace enclosing %2">;
+def err_template_spec_redecl_global_scope : Error<
+  "%select{class template|class template partial|function template|member "
+  "function|static data member|member class|member enumeration}0 "
+  "specialization of %1 must occur at global scope">;
+def err_spec_member_not_instantiated : Error<
+  "specialization of member %q0 does not specialize an instantiated member">;
+def note_specialized_decl : Note<"attempt to specialize declaration here">;
+def err_specialization_after_instantiation : Error<
+  "explicit specialization of %0 after instantiation">;
+def note_instantiation_required_here : Note<
+  "%select{implicit|explicit}0 instantiation first required here">;
+def err_template_spec_friend : Error<
+  "template specialization declaration cannot be a friend">;
+def err_template_spec_default_arg : Error<
+  "default argument not permitted on an explicit "
+  "%select{instantiation|specialization}0 of function %1">;
+def err_not_class_template_specialization : Error<
+  "cannot specialize a %select{dependent template|template template "
+  "parameter}0">;
+def err_function_specialization_in_class : Error<
+  "cannot specialize a function %0 within class scope">;
+def ext_function_specialization_in_class : ExtWarn<
+  "explicit specialization of %0 within class scope is a Microsoft extension">,
+  InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class : ExtWarn<
+  "explicit specialization cannot have a storage class">;
+def err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class : Error<
+  "explicit specialization has extraneous, inconsistent storage class "
+  "'%select{none|extern|static|__private_extern__|auto|register}0'">;
+
+// C++ class template specializations and out-of-line definitions
+def err_template_spec_needs_header : Error<
+  "template specialization requires 'template<>'">;
+def err_template_spec_needs_template_parameters : Error<
+  "template specialization or definition requires a template parameter list "
+  "corresponding to the nested type %0">;
+def err_template_param_list_matches_nontemplate : Error<
+  "template parameter list matching the non-templated nested type %0 should "
+  "be empty ('template<>')">;
+def err_alias_template_extra_headers : Error<
+  "extraneous template parameter list in alias template declaration">;
+def err_template_spec_extra_headers : Error<
+  "extraneous template parameter list in template specialization or "
+  "out-of-line template definition">;
+def warn_template_spec_extra_headers : Warning<
+  "extraneous template parameter list in template specialization">;
+def note_explicit_template_spec_does_not_need_header : Note<
+  "'template<>' header not required for explicitly-specialized class %0 "
+  "declared here">;
+def err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match : Error<
+  "nested name specifier '%0' for declaration does not refer into a class, "
+  "class template or class template partial specialization">;
+def err_specialize_member_of_template : Error<
+  "cannot specialize (with 'template<>') a member of an unspecialized "
+  "template">;
+
+// C++ Class Template Partial Specialization
+def err_default_arg_in_partial_spec : Error<
+    "default template argument in a class template partial specialization">;
+def err_dependent_non_type_arg_in_partial_spec : Error<
+    "non-type template argument depends on a template parameter of the "
+    "partial specialization">;
+def err_dependent_typed_non_type_arg_in_partial_spec : Error<
+    "non-type template argument specializes a template parameter with "
+    "dependent type %0">;
+def err_partial_spec_args_match_primary_template : Error<
+    "class template partial specialization does not specialize any template "
+    "argument; to %select{declare|define}0 the primary template, remove the "
+    "template argument list">; 
+def warn_partial_specs_not_deducible : Warning<
+    "class template partial specialization contains "
+    "%select{a template parameter|template parameters}0 that can not be "
+    "deduced; this partial specialization will never be used">;
+def note_partial_spec_unused_parameter : Note<
+    "non-deducible template parameter %0">;
+def err_partial_spec_ordering_ambiguous : Error<
+    "ambiguous partial specializations of %0">;
+def note_partial_spec_match : Note<"partial specialization matches %0">;
+def err_partial_spec_redeclared : Error<
+  "class template partial specialization %0 cannot be redeclared">;
+def note_prev_partial_spec_here : Note<
+  "previous declaration of class template partial specialization %0 is here">;
+def err_partial_spec_fully_specialized : Error<
+  "partial specialization of %0 does not use any of its template parameters">;
+  
+// C++ Function template specializations
+def err_function_template_spec_no_match : Error<
+    "no function template matches function template specialization %0">;
+def err_function_template_spec_ambiguous : Error<
+    "function template specialization %0 ambiguously refers to more than one "
+    "function template; explicitly specify%select{| additional}1 template "
+    "arguments to identify a particular function template">;
+def note_function_template_spec_matched : Note<
+    "function template matches specialization %0">;
+def err_function_template_partial_spec : Error<
+    "function template partial specialization is not allowed">;
+
+// C++ Template Instantiation
+def err_template_recursion_depth_exceeded : Error<
+  "recursive template instantiation exceeded maximum depth of %0">,
+  DefaultFatal, NoSFINAE;
+def note_template_recursion_depth : Note<
+  "use -ftemplate-depth=N to increase recursive template instantiation depth">;
+
+def err_template_instantiate_within_definition : Error<
+  "%select{implicit|explicit}0 instantiation of template %1 within its"
+  " own definition">;
+def err_template_instantiate_undefined : Error<
+  "%select{implicit|explicit}0 instantiation of undefined template %1">;
+def err_implicit_instantiate_member_undefined : Error<
+  "implicit instantiation of undefined member %0">;
+def note_template_class_instantiation_here : Note<
+  "in instantiation of template class %0 requested here">;
+def note_template_member_class_here : Note<
+  "in instantiation of member class %0 requested here">;
+def note_template_member_function_here : Note<
+  "in instantiation of member function %q0 requested here">;
+def note_function_template_spec_here : Note<
+  "in instantiation of function template specialization %q0 requested here">;
+def note_template_static_data_member_def_here : Note<
+  "in instantiation of static data member %q0 requested here">;
+def note_template_enum_def_here : Note<
+  "in instantiation of enumeration %q0 requested here">;
+def note_template_type_alias_instantiation_here : Note<
+  "in instantiation of template type alias %0 requested here">;
+def note_template_exception_spec_instantiation_here : Note<
+  "in instantiation of exception specification for %0 requested here">;
+  
+def note_default_arg_instantiation_here : Note<
+  "in instantiation of default argument for '%0' required here">;
+def note_default_function_arg_instantiation_here : Note<
+  "in instantiation of default function argument expression "
+  "for '%0' required here">;
+def note_explicit_template_arg_substitution_here : Note<
+  "while substituting explicitly-specified template arguments into function "
+  "template %0 %1">;
+def note_function_template_deduction_instantiation_here : Note<
+  "while substituting deduced template arguments into function template %0 "
+  "%1">;
+def note_partial_spec_deduct_instantiation_here : Note<
+  "during template argument deduction for class template partial "
+  "specialization %0 %1">;
+def note_prior_template_arg_substitution : Note<
+  "while substituting prior template arguments into %select{non-type|template}0"
+  " template parameter%1 %2">;
+def note_template_default_arg_checking : Note<
+  "while checking a default template argument used here">;
+def note_instantiation_contexts_suppressed : Note<
+  "(skipping %0 context%s0 in backtrace; use -ftemplate-backtrace-limit=0 to "
+  "see all)">;
+
+def err_field_instantiates_to_function : Error<
+  "data member instantiated with function type %0">;
+def err_variable_instantiates_to_function : Error<
+  "%select{variable|static data member}0 instantiated with function type %1">;
+def err_nested_name_spec_non_tag : Error<
+  "type %0 cannot be used prior to '::' because it has no members">;
+
+// C++ Explicit Instantiation
+def err_explicit_instantiation_duplicate : Error<
+    "duplicate explicit instantiation of %0">;
+def note_previous_explicit_instantiation : Note<
+    "previous explicit instantiation is here">;
+def ext_explicit_instantiation_after_specialization : Extension<
+    "explicit instantiation of %0 that occurs after an explicit "
+    "specialization will be ignored (C++11 extension)">,
+    InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_explicit_instantiation_after_specialization : Warning<
+    "explicit instantiation of %0 that occurs after an explicit "
+    "specialization is incompatible with C++98">,
+    InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_previous_template_specialization : Note<
+    "previous template specialization is here">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_nontemplate_type : Error<
+    "explicit instantiation of non-templated type %0">;
+def note_nontemplate_decl_here : Note<
+    "non-templated declaration is here">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_in_class : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation of %0 in class scope">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_out_of_scope : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation of %0 not in a namespace enclosing %1">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_must_be_global : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation of %0 must occur at global scope">;
+def warn_explicit_instantiation_out_of_scope_0x : Warning<
+  "explicit instantiation of %0 not in a namespace enclosing %1">, 
+  InGroup<CXX11Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_explicit_instantiation_must_be_global_0x : Warning<
+  "explicit instantiation of %0 must occur at global scope">, 
+  InGroup<CXX11Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+  
+def err_explicit_instantiation_requires_name : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation declaration requires a name">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_of_typedef : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation of typedef %0">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_storage_class : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation cannot have a storage class">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_not_known : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation of %0 does not refer to a function template, member "
+  "function, member class, or static data member">;
+def note_explicit_instantiation_here : Note<
+  "explicit instantiation refers here">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_data_member_not_instantiated : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation refers to static data member %q0 that is not an "
+  "instantiation">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_member_function_not_instantiated : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation refers to member function %q0 that is not an "
+  "instantiation">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_ambiguous : Error<
+  "partial ordering for explicit instantiation of %0 is ambiguous">;
+def note_explicit_instantiation_candidate : Note<
+  "explicit instantiation candidate function template here %0">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_inline : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation cannot be 'inline'">;
+def warn_explicit_instantiation_inline_0x : Warning<
+  "explicit instantiation cannot be 'inline'">, InGroup<CXX11Compat>,
+  DefaultIgnore;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_constexpr : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation cannot be 'constexpr'">;
+def ext_explicit_instantiation_without_qualified_id : Extension<
+  "qualifier in explicit instantiation of %q0 requires a template-id "
+  "(a typedef is not permitted)">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_unqualified_wrong_namespace : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation of %q0 must occur in namespace %1">;
+def warn_explicit_instantiation_unqualified_wrong_namespace_0x : Warning<
+  "explicit instantiation of %q0 must occur in namespace %1">,
+  InGroup<CXX11Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_undefined_member : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation of undefined %select{member class|member function|"
+  "static data member}0 %1 of class template %2">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_undefined_func_template : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation of undefined function template %0">;
+def err_explicit_instantiation_declaration_after_definition : Error<
+  "explicit instantiation declaration (with 'extern') follows explicit "
+  "instantiation definition (without 'extern')">;
+def note_explicit_instantiation_definition_here : Note<
+  "explicit instantiation definition is here">;
+  
+// C++ typename-specifiers
+def err_typename_nested_not_found : Error<"no type named %0 in %1">;
+def err_typename_nested_not_found_enable_if : Error<
+  "no type named 'type' in %0; 'enable_if' cannot be used to disable "
+  "this declaration">;
+def err_typename_nested_not_type : Error<
+    "typename specifier refers to non-type member %0 in %1">;
+def note_typename_refers_here : Note<
+    "referenced member %0 is declared here">;
+def err_typename_missing : Error<
+  "missing 'typename' prior to dependent type name '%0%1'">;
+def warn_typename_missing : ExtWarn<
+  "missing 'typename' prior to dependent type name '%0%1'">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"typename-missing">>;
+def ext_typename_outside_of_template : ExtWarn<
+  "'typename' occurs outside of a template">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_typename_outside_of_template : Warning<
+  "use of 'typename' outside of a template is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_typename_refers_to_using_value_decl : Error<
+  "typename specifier refers to a dependent using declaration for a value "
+  "%0 in %1">;
+def note_using_value_decl_missing_typename : Note<
+  "add 'typename' to treat this using declaration as a type">;
+
+def err_template_kw_refers_to_non_template : Error<
+    "%0 following the 'template' keyword does not refer to a template">;
+def err_template_kw_refers_to_class_template : Error<
+    "'%0%1' instantiated to a class template, not a function template">;
+def note_referenced_class_template : Error<
+    "class template declared here">;
+def err_template_kw_missing : Error<
+  "missing 'template' keyword prior to dependent template name '%0%1'">;
+def ext_template_outside_of_template : ExtWarn<
+  "'template' keyword outside of a template">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_template_outside_of_template : Warning<
+  "use of 'template' keyword outside of a template is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_non_type_template_in_nested_name_specifier : Error<
+  "qualified name refers into a specialization of function template %0">;
+def err_template_id_not_a_type : Error<
+  "template name refers to non-type template %0">;
+def note_template_declared_here : Note<
+  "%select{function template|class template|type alias template|template template parameter}0 "
+  "%1 declared here">;
+def note_parameter_type : Note<
+  "parameter of type %0 is declared here">;
+
+// C++11 Variadic Templates
+def err_template_param_pack_default_arg : Error<
+  "template parameter pack cannot have a default argument">;
+def err_template_param_pack_must_be_last_template_parameter : Error<
+  "template parameter pack must be the last template parameter">;
+
+def err_template_parameter_pack_non_pack : Error<
+  "%select{template type|non-type template|template template}0 parameter"
+  "%select{| pack}1 conflicts with previous %select{template type|"
+  "non-type template|template template}0 parameter%select{ pack|}1">;
+def note_template_parameter_pack_non_pack : Note<
+  "%select{template type|non-type template|template template}0 parameter"
+  "%select{| pack}1 does not match %select{template type|non-type template"
+  "|template template}0 parameter%select{ pack|}1 in template argument">;
+def note_template_parameter_pack_here : Note<
+  "previous %select{template type|non-type template|template template}0 "
+  "parameter%select{| pack}1 declared here">;
+  
+def err_unexpanded_parameter_pack_0 : Error<
+  "%select{expression|base type|declaration type|data member type|bit-field "
+  "size|static assertion|fixed underlying type|enumerator value|"
+  "using declaration|friend declaration|qualifier|initializer|default argument|"
+  "non-type template parameter type|exception type|partial specialization|"
+  "__if_exists name|__if_not_exists name|lambda|block}0 "
+  "contains an unexpanded parameter pack">;
+def err_unexpanded_parameter_pack_1 : Error<
+  "%select{expression|base type|declaration type|data member type|bit-field "
+  "size|static assertion|fixed underlying type|enumerator value|"
+  "using declaration|friend declaration|qualifier|initializer|default argument|"
+  "non-type template parameter type|exception type|partial specialization|"
+  "__if_exists name|__if_not_exists name|lambda|block}0 "
+  "contains unexpanded parameter pack %1">;
+def err_unexpanded_parameter_pack_2 : Error<
+  "%select{expression|base type|declaration type|data member type|bit-field "
+  "size|static assertion|fixed underlying type|enumerator value|"
+  "using declaration|friend declaration|qualifier|initializer|default argument|"
+  "non-type template parameter type|exception type|partial specialization|"
+  "__if_exists name|__if_not_exists name|lambda|block}0 "
+  "contains unexpanded parameter packs %1 and %2">;
+def err_unexpanded_parameter_pack_3_or_more : Error<
+  "%select{expression|base type|declaration type|data member type|bit-field "
+  "size|static assertion|fixed underlying type|enumerator value|"
+  "using declaration|friend declaration|qualifier|initializer|default argument|"
+  "non-type template parameter type|exception type|partial specialization|"
+  "__if_exists name|__if_not_exists name|lambda|block}0 "
+  "contains unexpanded parameter packs %1, %2, ...">;
+
+def err_pack_expansion_without_parameter_packs : Error<
+  "pack expansion does not contain any unexpanded parameter packs">;
+def err_pack_expansion_length_conflict : Error<
+  "pack expansion contains parameter packs %0 and %1 that have different "
+  "lengths (%2 vs. %3)">;
+def err_pack_expansion_length_conflict_multilevel : Error<
+  "pack expansion contains parameter pack %0 that has a different "
+  "length (%1 vs. %2) from outer parameter packs">;
+def err_pack_expansion_member_init : Error<
+  "pack expansion for initialization of member %0">;
+
+def err_function_parameter_pack_without_parameter_packs : Error<
+  "type %0 of function parameter pack does not contain any unexpanded "
+  "parameter packs">;
+def err_ellipsis_in_declarator_not_parameter : Error<
+  "only function and template parameters can be parameter packs">;
+
+def err_sizeof_pack_no_pack_name : Error<
+  "%0 does not refer to the name of a parameter pack">;
+
+def err_unexpected_typedef : Error<
+  "unexpected type name %0: expected expression">;
+def err_unexpected_namespace : Error<
+  "unexpected namespace name %0: expected expression">;
+def err_undeclared_var_use : Error<"use of undeclared identifier %0">;
+def warn_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup : ExtWarn<"use of identifier %0 "
+   "found via unqualified lookup into dependent bases of class templates is a "
+   "Microsoft extension">, InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def note_dependent_var_use : Note<"must qualify identifier to find this "
+    "declaration in dependent base class">;
+def err_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup : Error<"call to function %0 that is neither "
+    "visible in the template definition nor found by argument-dependent lookup">;
+def note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup : Note<"%0 should be declared prior to the "
+    "call site%select{| or in %2| or in an associated namespace of one of its arguments}1">;
+def err_undeclared_use : Error<"use of undeclared %0">;
+def warn_deprecated : Warning<"%0 is deprecated">,
+    InGroup<DeprecatedDeclarations>;
+def warn_deprecated_message : Warning<"%0 is deprecated: %1">,
+    InGroup<DeprecatedDeclarations>;
+def warn_deprecated_fwdclass_message : Warning<
+    "%0 maybe deprecated because receiver type is unknown">,
+    InGroup<DeprecatedDeclarations>;
+def warn_deprecated_def : Warning<
+    "Implementing deprecated %select{method|class|category}0">,
+    InGroup<DeprecatedImplementations>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_unavailable : Error<"%0 is unavailable">;
+def err_unavailable_message : Error<"%0 is unavailable: %1">;
+def warn_unavailable_fwdclass_message : Warning<
+    "%0 maybe unavailable because receiver type is unknown">;
+def note_unavailable_here : Note<
+  "%select{declaration|function}0 has been explicitly marked "
+  "%select{unavailable|deleted|deprecated}1 here">;
+def note_implicitly_deleted : Note<
+  "explicitly defaulted function was implicitly deleted here">;
+def warn_not_enough_argument : Warning<
+  "not enough variable arguments in %0 declaration to fit a sentinel">,
+  InGroup<Sentinel>;
+def warn_missing_sentinel : Warning <
+  "missing sentinel in %select{function call|method dispatch|block call}0">,
+  InGroup<Sentinel>;
+def note_sentinel_here : Note<
+  "%select{function|method|block}0 has been explicitly marked sentinel here">;
+def warn_missing_prototype : Warning<
+  "no previous prototype for function %0">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"missing-prototypes">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_declaration_not_a_prototype : Note<
+  "this declaration is not a prototype; add 'void' to make it a prototype for a zero-parameter function">; 
+def warn_missing_variable_declarations : Warning<
+  "no previous extern declaration for non-static variable %0">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"missing-variable-declarations">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_redefinition : Error<"redefinition of %0">;
+def err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member : Error<
+  "definition of implicitly declared %select{default constructor|copy "
+  "constructor|move constructor|copy assignment operator|move assignment "
+  "operator|destructor}1">;
+def err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member : Error<
+  "definition of explicitly defaulted %select{default constructor|copy "
+  "constructor|move constructor|copy assignment operator|move assignment "
+  "operator|destructor}0">;
+def err_redefinition_extern_inline : Error<
+  "redefinition of a 'extern inline' function %0 is not supported in "
+  "%select{C99 mode|C++}1">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_friend_redefinition : Warning<
+  "friend function %0 would be implicitly redefined in C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def note_deleted_dtor_no_operator_delete : Note<
+  "virtual destructor requires an unambiguous, accessible 'operator delete'">;
+def note_deleted_special_member_class_subobject : Note<
+  "%select{default constructor|copy constructor|move constructor|"
+  "copy assignment operator|move assignment operator|destructor}0 of "
+  "%1 is implicitly deleted because "
+  "%select{base class %3|%select{||||variant }4field %3}2 has "
+  "%select{no|a deleted|multiple|an inaccessible|a non-trivial}4 "
+  "%select{%select{default constructor|copy constructor|move constructor|copy "
+  "assignment operator|move assignment operator|destructor}0|destructor}5"
+  "%select{||s||}4">;
+def note_deleted_default_ctor_uninit_field : Note<
+  "default constructor of %0 is implicitly deleted because field %1 of "
+  "%select{reference|const-qualified}3 type %2 would not be initialized">;
+def note_deleted_default_ctor_all_const : Note<
+  "default constructor of %0 is implicitly deleted because all "
+  "%select{data members|data members of an anonymous union member}1"
+  " are const-qualified">;
+def note_deleted_copy_ctor_rvalue_reference : Note<
+  "copy constructor of %0 is implicitly deleted because field %1 is of "
+  "rvalue reference type %2">;
+def note_deleted_copy_user_declared_move : Note<
+  "copy %select{constructor|assignment operator}0 is implicitly deleted because"
+  " %1 has a user-declared move %select{constructor|assignment operator}2">;
+def note_deleted_assign_field : Note<
+  "%select{copy|move}0 assignment operator of %1 is implicitly deleted "
+  "because field %2 is of %select{reference|const-qualified}4 type %3">;
+
+// These should be errors.
+def warn_undefined_internal : Warning<
+  "%select{function|variable}0 %q1 has internal linkage but is not defined">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"undefined-internal">>;
+def warn_undefined_inline : Warning<"inline function %q0 is not defined">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"undefined-inline">>;
+def note_used_here : Note<"used here">;
+
+def warn_internal_in_extern_inline : ExtWarn<
+  "static %select{function|variable}0 %1 is used in an inline function with "
+  "external linkage">, InGroup<StaticInInline>;
+def ext_internal_in_extern_inline : Extension<
+  "static %select{function|variable}0 %1 is used in an inline function with "
+  "external linkage">, InGroup<StaticInInline>;
+def warn_static_local_in_extern_inline : Warning<
+  "non-constant static local variable in inline function may be different "
+  "in different files">, InGroup<StaticLocalInInline>;
+def note_convert_inline_to_static : Note<
+  "use 'static' to give inline function %0 internal linkage">;
+def note_internal_decl_declared_here : Note<
+  "%0 declared here">;
+
+def warn_redefinition_of_typedef : ExtWarn<
+  "redefinition of typedef %0 is a C11 feature">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"typedef-redefinition"> >;
+def err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef : Error<
+  "redefinition of %select{typedef|type alias}0 for variably-modified type %1">;
+
+def err_inline_declaration_block_scope : Error<
+  "inline declaration of %0 not allowed in block scope">;
+def err_static_non_static : Error<
+  "static declaration of %0 follows non-static declaration">;
+def err_different_language_linkage : Error<
+  "declaration of %0 has a different language linkage">;
+def warn_weak_import : Warning <
+  "an already-declared variable is made a weak_import declaration %0">;
+def warn_static_non_static : ExtWarn<
+  "static declaration of %0 follows non-static declaration">;
+def err_non_static_static : Error<
+  "non-static declaration of %0 follows static declaration">;
+def err_extern_non_extern : Error<
+  "extern declaration of %0 follows non-extern declaration">;
+def err_non_extern_extern : Error<
+  "non-extern declaration of %0 follows extern declaration">;
+def err_non_thread_thread : Error<
+  "non-thread-local declaration of %0 follows thread-local declaration">;
+def err_thread_non_thread : Error<
+  "thread-local declaration of %0 follows non-thread-local declaration">;
+def err_redefinition_different_type : Error<
+  "redefinition of %0 with a different type%diff{: $ vs $|}1,2">;
+def err_redefinition_different_kind : Error<
+  "redefinition of %0 as different kind of symbol">;
+def warn_forward_class_redefinition : Warning<
+  "redefinition of forward class %0 of a typedef name of an object type is ignored">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"objc-forward-class-redefinition">>;
+def err_redefinition_different_typedef : Error<
+  "%select{typedef|type alias|type alias template}0 "
+  "redefinition with different types%diff{ ($ vs $)|}1,2">;
+def err_tag_reference_non_tag : Error<
+  "elaborated type refers to %select{a non-tag type|a typedef|a type alias|a template|a type alias template}0">;
+def err_tag_reference_conflict : Error<
+  "implicit declaration introduced by elaborated type conflicts with "
+  "%select{a declaration|a typedef|a type alias|a template}0 of the same name">;
+def err_dependent_tag_decl : Error<
+  "%select{declaration|definition}0 of "
+  "%select{struct|interface|union|class|enum}1 in a dependent scope">;
+def err_tag_definition_of_typedef : Error<
+  "definition of type %0 conflicts with %select{typedef|type alias}1 of the same name">;
+def err_conflicting_types : Error<"conflicting types for %0">;
+def err_nested_redefinition : Error<"nested redefinition of %0">;
+def err_use_with_wrong_tag : Error<
+  "use of %0 with tag type that does not match previous declaration">;
+def warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch : Warning<
+    "%select{struct|interface|class}0%select{| template}1 %2 was previously "
+    "declared as a %select{struct|interface|class}3%select{| template}1">,
+    InGroup<MismatchedTags>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch : Warning<
+    "%2 defined as %select{a struct|an interface|a class}0%select{| template}1 "
+    "here but previously declared as "
+    "%select{a struct|an interface|a class}3%select{| template}1">,
+     InGroup<MismatchedTags>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_struct_class_suggestion : Note<
+    "did you mean %select{struct|interface|class}0 here?">;
+def ext_forward_ref_enum : Extension<
+  "ISO C forbids forward references to 'enum' types">;
+def err_forward_ref_enum : Error<
+  "ISO C++ forbids forward references to 'enum' types">;
+def ext_ms_forward_ref_enum : Extension<
+  "forward references to 'enum' types are a Microsoft extension">, InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def ext_forward_ref_enum_def : Extension<
+  "redeclaration of already-defined enum %0 is a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+  
+def err_redefinition_of_enumerator : Error<"redefinition of enumerator %0">;
+def err_duplicate_member : Error<"duplicate member %0">;
+def err_misplaced_ivar : Error<
+  "instance variables may not be placed in %select{categories|class extension}0">;
+def warn_ivars_in_interface : Warning<
+  "declaration of instance variables in the interface is deprecated">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"objc-interface-ivars">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def ext_enum_value_not_int : Extension<
+  "ISO C restricts enumerator values to range of 'int' (%0 is too "
+  "%select{small|large}1)">;
+def warn_enum_too_large : Warning<
+  "enumeration values exceed range of largest integer">;
+def warn_enumerator_too_large : Warning<
+  "enumerator value %0 is not representable in the largest integer type">;
+  
+def warn_illegal_constant_array_size : Extension<
+  "size of static array must be an integer constant expression">;
+def err_vm_decl_in_file_scope : Error<
+  "variably modified type declaration not allowed at file scope">;
+def err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage : Error<
+  "variably modified type declaration can not have 'extern' linkage">;
+def err_typecheck_field_variable_size : Error<
+  "fields must have a constant size: 'variable length array in structure' "
+  "extension will never be supported">;
+def err_vm_func_decl : Error<
+  "function declaration cannot have variably modified type">;
+def err_array_too_large : Error<
+  "array is too large (%0 elements)">;
+def warn_array_new_too_large : Warning<"array is too large (%0 elements)">,
+  // FIXME PR11644: ", will throw std::bad_array_new_length at runtime"
+  InGroup<BadArrayNewLength>;
+
+// -Wpadded, -Wpacked
+def warn_padded_struct_field : Warning<
+  "padding %select{struct|interface|class}0 %1 with %2 "
+  "%select{byte|bit}3%select{|s}4 to align %5">,
+  InGroup<Padded>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_padded_struct_anon_field : Warning<
+  "padding %select{struct|interface|class}0 %1 with %2 "
+  "%select{byte|bit}3%select{|s}4 to align anonymous bit-field">,
+  InGroup<Padded>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_padded_struct_size : Warning<
+  "padding size of %0 with %1 %select{byte|bit}2%select{|s}3 "
+  "to alignment boundary">, InGroup<Padded>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unnecessary_packed : Warning<
+  "packed attribute is unnecessary for %0">, InGroup<Packed>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_typecheck_negative_array_size : Error<"array size is negative">;
+def warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size : Warning<"array size is negative">,
+  // FIXME PR11644: ", will throw std::bad_array_new_length at runtime"
+  InGroup<BadArrayNewLength>;
+def warn_typecheck_function_qualifiers : Warning<
+  "qualifier on function type %0 has unspecified behavior">;
+def err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer : Error<
+  "restrict requires a pointer or reference (%0 is invalid)">;
+def err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg : Error<
+  "restrict requires a pointer or reference">;
+def err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_invalid_pointee : Error<
+  "pointer to function type %0 may not be 'restrict' qualified">;
+def ext_typecheck_zero_array_size : Extension<
+  "zero size arrays are an extension">, InGroup<ZeroLengthArray>;
+def err_typecheck_zero_array_size : Error<
+  "zero-length arrays are not permitted in C++">;
+def warn_typecheck_zero_static_array_size : Warning<
+  "'static' has no effect on zero-length arrays">,
+  InGroup<ArrayBounds>;
+def err_array_size_non_int : Error<"size of array has non-integer type %0">;
+def err_init_element_not_constant : Error<
+  "initializer element is not a compile-time constant">;
+def err_local_cant_init : Error<
+  "'__local' variable cannot have an initializer">;
+def err_block_extern_cant_init : Error<
+  "'extern' variable cannot have an initializer">;
+def warn_extern_init : Warning<"'extern' variable has an initializer">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"extern-initializer">>;
+def err_variable_object_no_init : Error<
+  "variable-sized object may not be initialized">;
+def err_excess_initializers : Error<
+  "excess elements in %select{array|vector|scalar|union|struct}0 initializer">;
+def warn_excess_initializers : ExtWarn<
+  "excess elements in %select{array|vector|scalar|union|struct}0 initializer">;
+def err_excess_initializers_in_char_array_initializer : Error<
+  "excess elements in char array initializer">;
+def warn_excess_initializers_in_char_array_initializer : ExtWarn<
+  "excess elements in char array initializer">;
+def err_initializer_string_for_char_array_too_long : Error<
+  "initializer-string for char array is too long">;
+def warn_initializer_string_for_char_array_too_long : ExtWarn<
+  "initializer-string for char array is too long">;
+def warn_missing_field_initializers : Warning<
+  "missing field '%0' initializer">,
+  InGroup<MissingFieldInitializers>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_braces_around_scalar_init : Warning<
+  "braces around scalar initializer">;
+def warn_many_braces_around_scalar_init : ExtWarn<
+  "too many braces around scalar initializer">;
+def ext_complex_component_init : Extension<
+  "complex initialization specifying real and imaginary components "
+  "is an extension">, InGroup<DiagGroup<"complex-component-init">>;
+def err_empty_scalar_initializer : Error<"scalar initializer cannot be empty">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_empty_scalar_initializer : Warning<
+  "scalar initialized from empty initializer list is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_reference_list_init : Warning<
+  "reference initialized from initializer list is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_initializer_list_init : Warning<
+  "initialization of initializer_list object is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_ctor_list_init : Warning<
+  "constructor call from initializer list is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_illegal_initializer : Error<
+  "illegal initializer (only variables can be initialized)">;
+def err_illegal_initializer_type : Error<"illegal initializer type %0">;
+def err_init_list_type_narrowing_sfinae : Error<
+  "type %0 cannot be narrowed to %1 in initializer list">;
+def err_init_list_type_narrowing : ExtWarn<
+  "type %0 cannot be narrowed to %1 in initializer list">, 
+  InGroup<CXX11Narrowing>, DefaultError;
+def err_init_list_variable_narrowing_sfinae : Error<
+  "non-constant-expression cannot be narrowed from type %0 to %1 in "
+  "initializer list">;
+def err_init_list_variable_narrowing : ExtWarn<
+  "non-constant-expression cannot be narrowed from type %0 to %1 in "
+  "initializer list">, InGroup<CXX11Narrowing>, DefaultError;
+def err_init_list_constant_narrowing_sfinae : Error<
+  "constant expression evaluates to %0 which cannot be narrowed to type %1">;
+def err_init_list_constant_narrowing : ExtWarn<
+  "constant expression evaluates to %0 which cannot be narrowed to type %1">,
+  InGroup<CXX11Narrowing>, DefaultError;
+def warn_init_list_type_narrowing : Warning<
+  "type %0 cannot be narrowed to %1 in initializer list in C++11">,
+  InGroup<CXX11Narrowing>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_init_list_variable_narrowing : Warning<
+  "non-constant-expression cannot be narrowed from type %0 to %1 in "
+  "initializer list in C++11">,
+  InGroup<CXX11Narrowing>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_init_list_constant_narrowing : Warning<
+  "constant expression evaluates to %0 which cannot be narrowed to type %1 in "
+  "C++11">,
+  InGroup<CXX11Narrowing>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_init_list_narrowing_override : Note<
+  "override this message by inserting an explicit cast">;
+def err_init_objc_class : Error<
+  "cannot initialize Objective-C class type %0">;
+def err_implicit_empty_initializer : Error<
+  "initializer for aggregate with no elements requires explicit braces">;
+def err_bitfield_has_negative_width : Error<
+  "bit-field %0 has negative width (%1)">;
+def err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width : Error<
+  "anonymous bit-field has negative width (%0)">;
+def err_bitfield_has_zero_width : Error<"named bit-field %0 has zero width">;
+def err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size : Error<
+  "size of bit-field %0 (%1 bits) exceeds size of its type (%2 bits)">;
+def err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size : Error<
+  "size of anonymous bit-field (%0 bits) exceeds size of its type (%1 bits)">;
+def err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers : Error<
+  "number of elements must be either one or match the size of the vector">;
+
+// Used by C++ which allows bit-fields that are wider than the type.
+def warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size: Warning<
+  "size of bit-field %0 (%1 bits) exceeds the size of its type; value will be "
+  "truncated to %2 bits">;
+def warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size : Warning<
+  "size of anonymous bit-field (%0 bits) exceeds size of its type; value will "
+  "be truncated to %1 bits">;
+
+def warn_missing_braces : Warning<
+  "suggest braces around initialization of subobject">,
+  InGroup<MissingBraces>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_missing_braces : Error<
+  "cannot omit braces around initialization of subobject when using direct "
+  "list-initialization">;
+
+def err_redefinition_of_label : Error<"redefinition of label %0">;
+def err_undeclared_label_use : Error<"use of undeclared label %0">;
+def warn_unused_label : Warning<"unused label %0">,
+  InGroup<UnusedLabel>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_goto_into_protected_scope : Error<"goto into protected scope">;
+def warn_goto_into_protected_scope : ExtWarn<"goto into protected scope">,
+  InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_goto_into_protected_scope : Warning<
+  "goto would jump into protected scope in C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_switch_into_protected_scope : Error<
+  "switch case is in protected scope">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_switch_into_protected_scope : Warning<
+  "switch case would be in a protected scope in C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_indirect_goto_without_addrlabel : Error<
+  "indirect goto in function with no address-of-label expressions">;
+def err_indirect_goto_in_protected_scope : Error<
+  "indirect goto might cross protected scopes">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_indirect_goto_in_protected_scope : Warning<
+  "indirect goto might cross protected scopes in C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_indirect_goto_target : Note<"possible target of indirect goto">;
+def note_protected_by_variable_init : Note<
+  "jump bypasses variable initialization">;
+def note_protected_by_variable_nontriv_destructor : Note<
+  "jump bypasses variable with a non-trivial destructor">;
+def note_protected_by_variable_non_pod : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of non-POD variable">;
+def note_protected_by_cleanup : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of variable with __attribute__((cleanup))">;
+def note_protected_by_vla_typedef : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of VLA typedef">;
+def note_protected_by_vla_type_alias : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of VLA type alias">;
+def note_protected_by_vla : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of variable length array">;
+def note_protected_by_objc_try : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of @try block">;
+def note_protected_by_objc_catch : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of @catch block">;
+def note_protected_by_objc_finally : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of @finally block">;
+def note_protected_by_objc_synchronized : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of @synchronized block">;
+def note_protected_by_objc_autoreleasepool : Note<
+  "jump bypasses auto release push of @autoreleasepool block">;
+def note_protected_by_cxx_try : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of try block">;
+def note_protected_by_cxx_catch : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of catch block">;
+def note_protected_by___block : Note<
+  "jump bypasses setup of __block variable">;
+def note_protected_by_objc_ownership : Note<
+  "jump bypasses initialization of retaining variable">;
+def note_enters_block_captures_cxx_obj : Note<
+  "jump enters lifetime of block which captures a destructible C++ object">;
+def note_enters_block_captures_strong : Note<
+  "jump enters lifetime of block which strongly captures a variable">;
+def note_enters_block_captures_weak : Note<
+  "jump enters lifetime of block which weakly captures a variable">;
+
+def note_exits_cleanup : Note<
+  "jump exits scope of variable with __attribute__((cleanup))">;
+def note_exits_dtor : Note<
+  "jump exits scope of variable with non-trivial destructor">;
+def note_exits___block : Note<
+  "jump exits scope of __block variable">;
+def note_exits_objc_try : Note<
+  "jump exits @try block">;
+def note_exits_objc_catch : Note<
+  "jump exits @catch block">;
+def note_exits_objc_finally : Note<
+  "jump exits @finally block">;
+def note_exits_objc_synchronized : Note<
+  "jump exits @synchronized block">;
+def note_exits_cxx_try : Note<
+  "jump exits try block">;
+def note_exits_cxx_catch : Note<
+  "jump exits catch block">;
+def note_exits_objc_autoreleasepool : Note<
+  "jump exits autoreleasepool block">;
+def note_exits_objc_ownership : Note<
+  "jump exits scope of retaining variable">;
+def note_exits_block_captures_cxx_obj : Note<
+  "jump exits lifetime of block which captures a destructible C++ object">;
+def note_exits_block_captures_strong : Note<
+  "jump exits lifetime of block which strongly captures a variable">;
+def note_exits_block_captures_weak : Note<
+  "jump exits lifetime of block which weakly captures a variable">;
+
+def err_func_returning_array_function : Error<
+  "function cannot return %select{array|function}0 type %1">;
+def err_field_declared_as_function : Error<"field %0 declared as a function">;
+def err_field_incomplete : Error<"field has incomplete type %0">;
+def ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct : ExtWarn<
+  "field %0 with variable sized type %1 not at the end of a struct or class is"
+  " a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+
+def err_flexible_array_empty_struct : Error<
+  "flexible array %0 not allowed in otherwise empty struct">;
+def err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type : Error<
+  "flexible array member %0 of non-POD element type %1">;
+def ext_flexible_array_in_struct : Extension<
+  "%0 may not be nested in a struct due to flexible array member">,
+  InGroup<FlexibleArrayExtensions>;
+def ext_flexible_array_in_array : Extension<
+  "%0 may not be used as an array element due to flexible array member">,
+  InGroup<FlexibleArrayExtensions>;
+def err_flexible_array_init : Error<
+  "initialization of flexible array member is not allowed">;
+def ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms : Extension<
+  "flexible array member %0 in otherwise empty "
+  "%select{struct|interface|union|class|enum}1 is a Microsoft extension">,
+  InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def ext_flexible_array_union_ms : Extension<
+  "flexible array member %0 in a union is a Microsoft extension">,
+  InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu : Extension<
+  "flexible array member %0 in otherwise empty "
+  "%select{struct|interface|union|class|enum}1 is a GNU extension">,
+  InGroup<GNU>;
+def ext_flexible_array_union_gnu : Extension<
+  "flexible array member %0 in a union is a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+
+let CategoryName = "ARC Semantic Issue" in {
+
+// ARC-mode diagnostics.
+
+let CategoryName = "ARC Weak References" in {
+
+def err_arc_weak_no_runtime : Error<
+  "the current deployment target does not support automated __weak references">;
+def err_arc_unsupported_weak_class : Error<
+  "class is incompatible with __weak references">;
+def err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign : Error<
+  "assignment of a weak-unavailable object to a __weak object">;
+def err_arc_weak_unavailable_property : Error<
+  "synthesis of a weak-unavailable property is disallowed "
+  "because it requires synthesis of an instance variable of the __weak object">;
+def err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable : Error<
+  "%select{implicit conversion|cast}0 of weak-unavailable object of type %1 to"
+  " a __weak object of type %2">;
+
+} // end "ARC Weak References" category
+
+let CategoryName = "ARC Restrictions" in {
+
+def err_arc_illegal_explicit_message : Error<
+  "ARC forbids explicit message send of %0">;
+def err_arc_unused_init_message : Error<
+  "the result of a delegate init call must be immediately returned "
+  "or assigned to 'self'">;
+def err_arc_mismatched_cast : Error<
+  "%select{implicit conversion|cast}0 of "
+  "%select{%2|a non-Objective-C pointer type %2|a block pointer|"
+  "an Objective-C pointer|an indirect pointer to an Objective-C pointer}1"
+  " to %3 is disallowed with ARC">;
+def err_arc_nolifetime_behavior : Error<
+  "explicit ownership qualifier on cast result has no effect">;
+def err_arc_objc_object_in_tag : Error<
+  "ARC forbids %select{Objective-C objects|blocks}0 in "
+  "%select{struct|interface|union|<<ERROR>>|enum}1">;
+def err_arc_objc_property_default_assign_on_object : Error<
+  "ARC forbids synthesizing a property of an Objective-C object "
+  "with unspecified ownership or storage attribute">;
+def err_arc_illegal_selector : Error<
+  "ARC forbids use of %0 in a @selector">;
+def err_arc_illegal_method_def : Error<
+  "ARC forbids implementation of %0">;
+def warn_arc_strong_pointer_objc_pointer : Warning<
+  "method parameter of type %0 with no explicit ownership">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"explicit-ownership-type">>, DefaultIgnore;
+  
+} // end "ARC Restrictions" category
+  
+def err_arc_lost_method_convention : Error<
+  "method was declared as %select{an 'alloc'|a 'copy'|an 'init'|a 'new'}0 "
+  "method, but its implementation doesn't match because %select{"
+  "its result type is not an object pointer|"
+  "its result type is unrelated to its receiver type}1">;
+def note_arc_lost_method_convention : Note<"declaration in interface">;
+def err_arc_gained_method_convention : Error<
+  "method implementation does not match its declaration">;
+def note_arc_gained_method_convention : Note<
+  "declaration in interface is not in the '%select{alloc|copy|init|new}0' "
+  "family because %select{its result type is not an object pointer|"
+  "its result type is unrelated to its receiver type}1">;
+def err_typecheck_arc_assign_self : Error<
+  "cannot assign to 'self' outside of a method in the init family">;
+def err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method : Error<
+  "cannot assign to 'self' in a class method">;
+def err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration : Error<
+  "fast enumeration variables can't be modified in ARC by default; "
+  "declare the variable __strong to allow this">;
+def warn_arc_retained_assign : Warning<
+  "assigning retained object to %select{weak|unsafe_unretained}0 "
+  "%select{property|variable}1"
+  "; object will be released after assignment">,
+  InGroup<ARCUnsafeRetainedAssign>;
+def warn_arc_retained_property_assign : Warning<
+  "assigning retained object to unsafe property"
+  "; object will be released after assignment">,
+  InGroup<ARCUnsafeRetainedAssign>;
+def warn_arc_literal_assign : Warning<
+  "assigning %select{array literal|dictionary literal|numeric literal|boxed expression|<should not happen>|block literal}0"
+  " to a weak %select{property|variable}1"
+  "; object will be released after assignment">,
+  InGroup<ARCUnsafeRetainedAssign>;
+def err_arc_new_array_without_ownership : Error<
+  "'new' cannot allocate an array of %0 with no explicit ownership">;
+def err_arc_autoreleasing_var : Error<
+  "%select{__block variables|global variables|fields|instance variables}0 cannot have "
+  "__autoreleasing ownership">;
+def err_arc_autoreleasing_capture : Error<
+  "cannot capture __autoreleasing variable in a "
+  "%select{block|lambda by copy}0">;
+def err_arc_thread_ownership : Error<
+  "thread-local variable has non-trivial ownership: type is %0">;
+def err_arc_indirect_no_ownership : Error<
+  "%select{pointer|reference}1 to non-const type %0 with no explicit ownership">;
+def err_arc_array_param_no_ownership : Error<
+  "must explicitly describe intended ownership of an object array parameter">;
+def err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals : Error<
+  "pseudo-destructor destroys object of type %0 with inconsistently-qualified "
+  "type %1">;
+def err_arc_init_method_unrelated_result_type : Error<
+  "init methods must return a type related to the receiver type">;
+def err_arc_nonlocal_writeback : Error<
+  "passing address of %select{non-local|non-scalar}0 object to "
+  "__autoreleasing parameter for write-back">;
+def err_arc_method_not_found : Error<
+  "no known %select{instance|class}1 method for selector %0">;
+def err_arc_receiver_forward_class : Error<
+  "receiver %0 for class message is a forward declaration">;
+def err_arc_may_not_respond : Error<
+  "no visible @interface for %0 declares the selector %1">;
+def err_arc_receiver_forward_instance : Error<
+  "receiver type %0 for instance message is a forward declaration">;
+def warn_receiver_forward_instance : Warning<
+  "receiver type %0 for instance message is a forward declaration">,
+  InGroup<ForwardClassReceiver>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_arc_collection_forward : Error<
+  "collection expression type %0 is a forward declaration">;
+def err_arc_multiple_method_decl : Error< 
+  "multiple methods named %0 found with mismatched result, "
+  "parameter type or attributes">;
+def warn_arc_lifetime_result_type : Warning<
+  "ARC %select{unused|__unsafe_unretained|__strong|__weak|__autoreleasing}0 "
+  "lifetime qualifier on return type is ignored">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredQualifiers>;
+
+let CategoryName = "ARC Retain Cycle" in {
+
+def warn_arc_retain_cycle : Warning<
+  "capturing %0 strongly in this block is likely to lead to a retain cycle">,
+  InGroup<ARCRetainCycles>;
+def note_arc_retain_cycle_owner : Note<
+  "block will be retained by %select{the captured object|an object strongly "
+  "retained by the captured object}0">;
+
+} // end "ARC Retain Cycle" category
+
+def warn_arc_object_memaccess : Warning<
+  "%select{destination for|source of}0 this %1 call is a pointer to "
+  "ownership-qualified type %2">, InGroup<ARCNonPodMemAccess>;
+
+let CategoryName = "ARC and @properties" in {
+
+def err_arc_strong_property_ownership : Error<
+  "existing instance variable %1 for strong property %0 may not be "
+  "%select{|__unsafe_unretained||__weak}2">;
+def err_arc_assign_property_ownership : Error<
+  "existing instance variable %1 for property %0 with %select{unsafe_unretained| assign}2 "
+  "attribute must be __unsafe_unretained">;
+def err_arc_inconsistent_property_ownership : Error<
+  "%select{|unsafe_unretained|strong|weak}1 property %0 may not also be "
+  "declared %select{|__unsafe_unretained|__strong|__weak|__autoreleasing}2">;
+
+} // end "ARC and @properties" category
+
+def err_arc_atomic_ownership : Error<
+  "cannot perform atomic operation on a pointer to type %0: type has "
+  "non-trivial ownership">;
+
+let CategoryName = "ARC Casting Rules" in {
+
+def err_arc_bridge_cast_incompatible : Error<
+  "incompatible types casting %0 to %1 with a %select{__bridge|"
+  "__bridge_transfer|__bridge_retained}2 cast">;
+def err_arc_bridge_cast_wrong_kind : Error<
+  "cast of %select{Objective-C|block|C}0 pointer type %1 to "
+  "%select{Objective-C|block|C}2 pointer type %3 cannot use %select{__bridge|"
+  "__bridge_transfer|__bridge_retained}4">;
+def err_arc_cast_requires_bridge : Error<
+  "%select{cast|implicit conversion}0 of %select{Objective-C|block|C}1 "
+  "pointer type %2 to %select{Objective-C|block|C}3 pointer type %4 "
+  "requires a bridged cast">;
+def note_arc_bridge : Note<
+  "use __bridge to convert directly (no change in ownership)">;
+def note_arc_cstyle_bridge : Note<
+  "use __bridge with C-style cast to convert directly (no change in ownership)">;
+def note_arc_bridge_transfer : Note<
+  "use %select{__bridge_transfer|CFBridgingRelease call}1 to transfer "
+  "ownership of a +1 %0 into ARC">;
+def note_arc_cstyle_bridge_transfer : Note<
+  "use __bridge_transfer with C-style cast to transfer "
+  "ownership of a +1 %0 into ARC">;
+def note_arc_bridge_retained : Note<
+  "use %select{__bridge_retained|CFBridgingRetain call}1 to make an "
+  "ARC object available as a +1 %0">;
+def note_arc_cstyle_bridge_retained : Note<
+  "use __bridge_retained with C-style cast to make an "
+  "ARC object available as a +1 %0">;
+
+} // ARC Casting category
+
+} // ARC category name
+
+def err_flexible_array_init_needs_braces : Error<
+  "flexible array requires brace-enclosed initializer">;
+def err_illegal_decl_array_of_functions : Error<
+  "'%0' declared as array of functions of type %1">;
+def err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "array has incomplete element type %0">;
+def err_illegal_message_expr_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "Objective-C message has incomplete result type %0">;
+def err_illegal_decl_array_of_references : Error<
+  "'%0' declared as array of references of type %1">;
+def err_decl_negative_array_size : Error<
+  "'%0' declared as an array with a negative size">;
+def err_array_static_outside_prototype : Error<
+  "%0 used in array declarator outside of function prototype">;
+def err_array_static_not_outermost : Error<
+  "%0 used in non-outermost array type derivation">;
+def err_array_star_outside_prototype : Error<
+  "star modifier used outside of function prototype">;
+def err_illegal_decl_pointer_to_reference : Error<
+  "'%0' declared as a pointer to a reference of type %1">;
+def err_illegal_decl_mempointer_to_reference : Error<
+  "'%0' declared as a member pointer to a reference of type %1">;
+def err_illegal_decl_mempointer_to_void : Error<
+  "'%0' declared as a member pointer to void">;
+def err_illegal_decl_mempointer_in_nonclass : Error<
+  "'%0' does not point into a class">;
+def err_mempointer_in_nonclass_type : Error<
+  "member pointer refers into non-class type %0">;
+def err_reference_to_void : Error<"cannot form a reference to 'void'">;
+def err_nonfunction_block_type : Error<
+  "block pointer to non-function type is invalid">;
+def err_return_block_has_expr : Error<"void block should not return a value">;
+def err_block_return_missing_expr : Error<
+  "non-void block should return a value">;
+def err_func_def_incomplete_result : Error<
+  "incomplete result type %0 in function definition">;
+def err_atomic_specifier_bad_type : Error<
+  "_Atomic cannot be applied to "
+  "%select{incomplete |array |function |reference |atomic |qualified |}0type "
+  "%1 %select{||||||which is not trivially copyable}0">;
+
+// Expressions.
+def ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type : Extension<
+  "invalid application of '%select{sizeof|alignof|vec_step}0' to a "
+  "function type">, InGroup<PointerArith>;
+def ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type : Extension<
+  "invalid application of '%select{sizeof|alignof|vec_step}0' to a void "
+  "type">, InGroup<PointerArith>;
+def err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "invalid application of '%select{sizeof|alignof|vec_step}0' to an "
+  "incomplete type %1">;
+def err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield : Error<
+  "invalid application of '%select{sizeof|alignof}0' to bit-field">;
+def err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type : Error<
+  "'vec_step' requires built-in scalar or vector type, %0 invalid">;
+def err_offsetof_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "offsetof of incomplete type %0">;
+def err_offsetof_record_type : Error<
+  "offsetof requires struct, union, or class type, %0 invalid">;
+def err_offsetof_array_type : Error<"offsetof requires array type, %0 invalid">;
+def ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator : Extension<
+  "using extended field designator is an extension">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"extended-offsetof">>;
+def warn_offsetof_non_pod_type : ExtWarn<"offset of on non-POD type %0">,
+  InGroup<InvalidOffsetof>;
+def warn_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type : ExtWarn<
+  "offset of on non-standard-layout type %0">, InGroup<InvalidOffsetof>;
+def err_offsetof_bitfield : Error<"cannot compute offset of bit-field %0">;
+
+def warn_floatingpoint_eq : Warning<
+  "comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"float-equal">>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_division_by_zero : Warning<"division by zero is undefined">,
+  InGroup<DivZero>;
+def warn_remainder_by_zero : Warning<"remainder by zero is undefined">,
+  InGroup<DivZero>;
+def warn_shift_negative : Warning<"shift count is negative">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"shift-count-negative">>;
+def warn_shift_gt_typewidth : Warning<"shift count >= width of type">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"shift-count-overflow">>;
+def warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth : Warning<
+  "signed shift result (%0) requires %1 bits to represent, but %2 only has "
+  "%3 bits">, InGroup<DiagGroup<"shift-overflow">>;
+def warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit : Warning<
+  "signed shift result (%0) sets the sign bit of the shift expression's "
+  "type (%1) and becomes negative">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"shift-sign-overflow">>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_precedence_bitwise_rel : Warning<
+  "%0 has lower precedence than %1; %1 will be evaluated first">,
+  InGroup<Parentheses>;
+def note_precedence_bitwise_first : Note<
+  "place parentheses around the %0 expression to evaluate it first">;
+def note_precedence_silence : Note<
+  "place parentheses around the '%0' expression to silence this warning">;
+
+def warn_precedence_conditional : Warning<
+  "operator '?:' has lower precedence than '%0'; '%0' will be evaluated first">,
+  InGroup<Parentheses>;
+def note_precedence_conditional_first : Note<
+  "place parentheses around the '?:' expression to evaluate it first">;
+
+def warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise : Warning<
+  "use of logical '%0' with constant operand">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"constant-logical-operand">>;
+def note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator : Note<
+  "use '%0' for a bitwise operation">;
+def note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant : Note<
+  "remove constant to silence this warning">;
+
+def warn_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or : Warning<
+  "'&' within '|'">, InGroup<BitwiseOpParentheses>;
+
+def warn_logical_and_in_logical_or : Warning<
+  "'&&' within '||'">, InGroup<LogicalOpParentheses>;
+
+def warn_addition_in_bitshift : Warning<
+  "operator '%0' has lower precedence than '%1'; "
+  "'%1' will be evaluated first">, InGroup<ShiftOpParentheses>;
+
+def warn_self_assignment : Warning<
+  "explicitly assigning a variable of type %0 to itself">,
+  InGroup<SelfAssignment>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_string_plus_int : Warning<
+  "adding %0 to a string does not append to the string">,
+  InGroup<StringPlusInt>;
+def note_string_plus_int_silence : Note<
+  "use array indexing to silence this warning">;
+
+def warn_sizeof_array_param : Warning<
+  "sizeof on array function parameter will return size of %0 instead of %1">,
+  InGroup<SizeofArrayArgument>;
+
+def warn_sizeof_array_decay : Warning<
+  "sizeof on pointer operation will return size of %0 instead of %1">,
+  InGroup<SizeofArrayDecay>;
+
+def err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface : Error<
+  "application of '%select{alignof|sizeof}1' to interface %0 is "
+  "not supported on this architecture and platform">;
+def err_atdef_nonfragile_interface : Error<
+  "use of @defs is not supported on this architecture and platform">;
+def err_subscript_nonfragile_interface : Error<
+  "subscript requires size of interface %0, which is not constant for "
+  "this architecture and platform">;
+
+def err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface : Error<
+  "arithmetic on pointer to interface %0, which is not a constant size for "
+  "this architecture and platform">;
+
+
+def ext_subscript_non_lvalue : Extension<
+  "ISO C90 does not allow subscripting non-lvalue array">;
+def err_typecheck_subscript_value : Error<
+  "subscripted value is not an array, pointer, or vector">;
+def err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer : Error<
+  "array subscript is not an integer">;
+def err_subscript_function_type : Error<
+  "subscript of pointer to function type %0">;
+def err_subscript_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "subscript of pointer to incomplete type %0">;
+def err_dereference_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "dereference of pointer to incomplete type %0">;
+def ext_gnu_subscript_void_type : Extension<
+  "subscript of a pointer to void is a GNU extension">, InGroup<PointerArith>;
+def err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union : Error<
+  "member reference base type %0 is not a structure or union">;
+def err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar : Error<
+  "%0 does not have a member named %1">;
+def error_arc_weak_ivar_access : Error<
+  "dereferencing a __weak pointer is not allowed due to possible "
+  "null value caused by race condition, assign it to strong variable first">;
+def err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow : Error<
+  "member reference type %0 is not a pointer">;
+def err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion : Error<
+  "member reference type %0 is %select{a|not a}1 pointer; maybe you meant to use '%select{->|.}1'?">;
+def err_typecheck_member_reference_type : Error<
+  "cannot refer to type member %0 in %1 with '%select{.|->}2'">;
+def err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown : Error<
+  "cannot refer to member %0 in %1 with '%select{.|->}2'">;
+def err_member_reference_needs_call : Error<
+  "base of member reference is a function; perhaps you meant to call "
+  "it%select{| with no arguments}0?">;
+def warn_subscript_is_char : Warning<"array subscript is of type 'char'">,
+  InGroup<CharSubscript>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_typecheck_incomplete_tag : Error<"incomplete definition of type %0">;
+def err_no_member : Error<"no member named %0 in %1">;
+def err_no_member_overloaded_arrow : Error<
+  "no member named %0 in %1; did you mean to use '->' instead of '.'?">;
+
+def err_member_not_yet_instantiated : Error<
+  "no member %0 in %1; it has not yet been instantiated">;
+def note_non_instantiated_member_here : Note<
+  "not-yet-instantiated member is declared here">;
+
+def err_enumerator_does_not_exist : Error<
+  "enumerator %0 does not exist in instantiation of %1">;
+def note_enum_specialized_here : Note<
+  "enum %0 was explicitly specialized here">;
+
+def err_member_redeclared : Error<"class member cannot be redeclared">;
+def err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation : Error<
+  "multiple overloads of %0 instantiate to the same signature %1">;
+def err_member_name_of_class : Error<"member %0 has the same name as its class">;
+def err_member_def_undefined_record : Error<
+  "out-of-line definition of %0 from class %1 without definition">;
+def err_member_def_does_not_match : Error<
+  "out-of-line definition of %0 does not match any declaration in %1">;
+def err_friend_decl_does_not_match : Error<
+  "friend declaration of %0 does not match any declaration in %1">;
+def err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest : Error<
+  "out-of-line definition of %0 does not match any declaration in %1; "
+  "did you mean %2?">;
+def err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type : Error<
+  "out-of-line definition of %q0 differs from the declaration in the return type">;
+def err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line : Error<
+  "non-static data member defined out-of-line">;
+def err_qualified_typedef_declarator : Error<
+  "typedef declarator cannot be qualified">;
+def err_qualified_param_declarator : Error<
+  "parameter declarator cannot be qualified">;
+def ext_out_of_line_declaration : ExtWarn<
+  "out-of-line declaration of a member must be a definition">,
+  InGroup<OutOfLineDeclaration>, DefaultError;
+def warn_member_extra_qualification : Warning<
+  "extra qualification on member %0">, InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def err_member_extra_qualification : Error<
+  "extra qualification on member %0">;
+def err_member_qualification : Error<
+  "non-friend class member %0 cannot have a qualified name">;  
+def note_member_def_close_match : Note<"member declaration nearly matches">;
+def note_member_def_close_const_match : Note<
+  "member declaration does not match because "
+  "it %select{is|is not}0 const qualified">;
+def note_member_def_close_param_match : Note<
+  "type of %ordinal0 parameter of member declaration does not match definition"
+  "%diff{ ($ vs $)|}1,2">;
+def err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size : Error<
+  "instance variables must have a constant size">;
+def err_ivar_reference_type : Error<
+  "instance variables cannot be of reference type">;
+def err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement : Error<
+  "cannot %select{decrement|increment}1 value of type %0">;
+def err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "arithmetic on a pointer to an incomplete type %0">;
+def err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type : Error<
+  "arithmetic on%select{ a|}0 pointer%select{|s}0 to%select{ the|}2 "
+  "function type%select{|s}2 %1%select{| and %3}2">;
+def err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type : Error<
+  "arithmetic on%select{ a|}0 pointer%select{|s}0 to void">;
+def err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "variable has incomplete type %0">;
+def ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type : ExtWarn<
+  "tentative definition of variable with internal linkage has incomplete non-array type %0">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"tentative-definition-incomplete-type">>;
+def err_tentative_def_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "tentative definition has type %0 that is never completed">;
+def err_tentative_def_incomplete_type_arr : Error<
+  "tentative definition has array of type %0 that is never completed">;
+def warn_tentative_incomplete_array : Warning<
+  "tentative array definition assumed to have one element">;
+def err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer : Error<
+  "definition of variable with array type needs an explicit size "
+  "or an initializer">;
+def err_array_init_not_init_list : Error<
+  "array initializer must be an initializer "
+  "list%select{| or string literal}0">;
+def err_array_init_different_type : Error<
+  "cannot initialize array %diff{of type $ with array of type $|"
+  "with different type of array}0,1">;
+def err_array_init_non_constant_array : Error<
+  "cannot initialize array %diff{of type $ with non-constant array of type $|"
+  "with different type of array}0,1">;
+def ext_array_init_copy : Extension<
+  "initialization of an array "
+  "%diff{of type $ from a compound literal of type $|"
+  "from a compound literal}0,1 is a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+// This is intentionally not disabled by -Wno-gnu.
+def ext_array_init_parens : ExtWarn<
+  "parenthesized initialization of a member array is a GNU extension">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"gnu-array-member-paren-init">>, DefaultError;
+def warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion : Warning<
+  "conversion from string literal to %0 is deprecated">, InGroup<DeprecatedWritableStr>;
+def err_realimag_invalid_type : Error<"invalid type %0 to %1 operator">;
+def err_typecheck_sclass_fscope : Error<
+  "illegal storage class on file-scoped variable">;
+def err_unsupported_global_register : Error<
+  "global register variables are not supported">;
+def warn_standalone_specifier : Warning<"'%0' ignored on this declaration">,
+  InGroup<MissingDeclarations>;
+def ext_standalone_specifier : ExtWarn<"'%0' is not permitted on a declaration "
+  "of a type">, InGroup<MissingDeclarations>;
+def err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier : Error<
+  "forward declaration of %select{class|struct|interface|union|enum}0 cannot "
+  "have a nested name specifier">;
+def err_typecheck_sclass_func : Error<"illegal storage class on function">;
+def err_static_block_func : Error<
+  "function declared in block scope cannot have 'static' storage class">;
+def err_typecheck_address_of : Error<"address of %select{bit-field"
+  "|vector element|property expression|register variable}0 requested">;
+def ext_typecheck_addrof_void : Extension<
+  "ISO C forbids taking the address of an expression of type 'void'">;
+def err_unqualified_pointer_member_function : Error<
+  "must explicitly qualify name of member function when taking its address">;
+def err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function : Error<
+  "cannot create a non-constant pointer to member function">;
+def err_parens_pointer_member_function : Error<
+  "cannot parenthesize the name of a method when forming a member pointer">;
+def err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function : Error<
+  "extra '&' taking address of overloaded function">;
+def err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof : Error<
+  "cannot take the address of an rvalue of type %0">;
+def ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary : ExtWarn<
+  "taking the address of a temporary object of type %0">, 
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"address-of-temporary">>, DefaultError;
+def err_typecheck_addrof_temporary : Error<
+  "taking the address of a temporary object of type %0">;
+def err_typecheck_unary_expr : Error<
+  "invalid argument type %0 to unary expression">;
+def err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer : Error<
+  "indirection requires pointer operand (%0 invalid)">;
+def warn_indirection_through_null : Warning<
+  "indirection of non-volatile null pointer will be deleted, not trap">, InGroup<NullDereference>;
+def note_indirection_through_null : Note<
+  "consider using __builtin_trap() or qualifying pointer with 'volatile'">;
+def warn_pointer_indirection_from_incompatible_type : Warning<
+  "dereference of type %1 that was reinterpret_cast from type %0 has undefined "
+  "behavior">,
+  InGroup<UndefinedReinterpretCast>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_objc_object_assignment : Error<
+  "cannot assign to class object (%0 invalid)">;
+def err_typecheck_invalid_operands : Error<
+  "invalid operands to binary expression (%0 and %1)">;
+def err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible : Error<
+  "%diff{$ and $ are not pointers to compatible types|"
+  "pointers to incompatible types}0,1">;
+def ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer : ExtWarn<
+  "ordered comparison between pointer and integer (%0 and %1)">;
+def ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero : Extension<
+  "ordered comparison between pointer and zero (%0 and %1) is an extension">;
+def ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers : ExtWarn<
+  "ordered comparison of function pointers (%0 and %1)">;
+def ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void : Extension<
+  "equality comparison between function pointer and void pointer (%0 and %1)">;
+def err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void : Error<
+  "equality comparison between function pointer and void pointer (%0 and %1)">;
+def ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer : ExtWarn<
+  "comparison between pointer and integer (%0 and %1)">;
+def err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer : Error<
+  "comparison between pointer and integer (%0 and %1)">;
+def ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers : ExtWarn<
+  "comparison of distinct pointer types%diff{ ($ and $)|}0,1">,
+  InGroup<CompareDistinctPointerType>;
+def ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands : ExtWarn<
+  "incompatible operand types (%0 and %1)">;
+def err_cond_voidptr_arc : Error <
+  "operands to conditional of types%diff{ $ and $|}0,1 are incompatible "
+  "in ARC mode">;
+def err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers : Error<
+  "comparison of distinct pointer types%diff{ ($ and $)|}0,1">;
+def ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard : ExtWarn<
+  "comparison of distinct pointer types (%0 and %1) uses non-standard "
+  "composite pointer type %2">, InGroup<CompareDistinctPointerType>;
+def err_typecheck_assign_const : Error<"read-only variable is not assignable">;
+def err_stmtexpr_file_scope : Error<
+  "statement expression not allowed at file scope">;
+def warn_mixed_sign_comparison : Warning<
+  "comparison of integers of different signs: %0 and %1">,
+  InGroup<SignCompare>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison : Warning<
+  "comparison of unsigned%select{| enum}2 expression %0 is always %1">,
+  InGroup<TautologicalCompare>;
+def warn_out_of_range_compare : Warning<
+  "comparison of constant %0 with expression of type %1 is always "
+  "%select{false|true}2">, InGroup<TautologicalOutOfRangeCompare>;
+def warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison : Warning<
+  "comparison of %0 unsigned%select{| enum}2 expression is always %1">,
+  InGroup<TautologicalCompare>;
+def warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types : Warning<
+  "comparison of two values with different enumeration types"
+  "%diff{ ($ and $)|}0,1">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"enum-compare">>;
+def warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation : Warning<
+  "use of NULL in arithmetic operation">,
+  InGroup<NullArithmetic>;
+def warn_null_in_comparison_operation : Warning<
+  "comparison between NULL and non-pointer "
+  "%select{(%1 and NULL)|(NULL and %1)}0">,
+  InGroup<NullArithmetic>;
+
+def err_invalid_this_use : Error<
+  "invalid use of 'this' outside of a non-static member function">;
+def err_this_static_member_func : Error<
+  "'this' cannot be%select{| implicitly}0 used in a static member function "
+  "declaration">;
+def err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method : Error<
+  "invalid use of member %0 in static member function">;
+def err_invalid_qualified_function_type : Error<
+  "%select{static |non-}0member function %select{of type %2 |}1"
+  "cannot have '%3' qualifier">;
+def err_compound_qualified_function_type : Error<
+  "%select{block pointer|pointer|reference}0 to function type %select{%2 |}1"
+  "cannot have '%3' qualifier">;
+
+def err_ref_qualifier_overload : Error<
+  "cannot overload a member function %select{without a ref-qualifier|with "
+  "ref-qualifier '&'|with ref-qualifier '&&'}0 with a member function %select{"
+  "without a ref-qualifier|with ref-qualifier '&'|with ref-qualifier '&&'}1">;
+
+def err_invalid_non_static_member_use : Error<
+  "invalid use of non-static data member %0">;
+def err_nested_non_static_member_use : Error<
+  "%select{call to non-static member function|use of non-static data member}0 "
+  "%2 of %1 from nested type %3">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_non_static_member_use : Warning<
+  "use of non-static data member %0 in an unevaluated context is "
+  "incompatible with C++98">, InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_invalid_incomplete_type_use : Error<
+  "invalid use of incomplete type %0">;
+def err_builtin_func_cast_more_than_one_arg : Error<
+  "function-style cast to a builtin type can only take one argument">;
+def err_value_init_for_array_type : Error<
+  "array types cannot be value-initialized">;
+def warn_format_nonliteral_noargs : Warning<
+  "format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure)">,
+  InGroup<FormatSecurity>;
+def warn_format_nonliteral : Warning<
+  "format string is not a string literal">,
+  InGroup<FormatNonLiteral>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_unexpected_interface : Error<
+  "unexpected interface name %0: expected expression">;
+def err_ref_non_value : Error<"%0 does not refer to a value">;
+def err_ref_vm_type : Error<
+  "cannot refer to declaration with a variably modified type inside block">;
+def err_ref_flexarray_type : Error<
+  "cannot refer to declaration of structure variable with flexible array member "
+  "inside block">;
+def err_ref_array_type : Error<
+  "cannot refer to declaration with an array type inside block">;
+def err_property_not_found : Error<
+  "property %0 not found on object of type %1">;
+def err_invalid_property_name : Error<
+  "%0 is not a valid property name (accessing an object of type %1)">;
+def err_getter_not_found : Error<
+  "no getter method for read from property">;
+def err_objc_subscript_method_not_found : Error<
+  "expected method to %select{read|write}1 %select{dictionary|array}2 element not "
+  "found on object of type %0">;
+def err_objc_subscript_index_type : Error<
+  "method index parameter type %0 is not integral type">;
+def err_objc_subscript_key_type : Error<
+  "method key parameter type %0 is not object type">;
+def err_objc_subscript_dic_object_type : Error<
+  "method object parameter type %0 is not object type">;
+def err_objc_subscript_object_type : Error<
+  "cannot assign to this %select{dictionary|array}1 because assigning method's "
+  "2nd parameter of type %0 is not an Objective-C pointer type">;
+def err_objc_subscript_base_type : Error<
+  "%select{dictionary|array}1 subscript base type %0 is not an Objective-C object">;
+def err_objc_multiple_subscript_type_conversion : Error<
+  "indexing expression is invalid because subscript type %0 has "
+  "multiple type conversion functions">;
+def err_objc_subscript_type_conversion : Error<
+  "indexing expression is invalid because subscript type %0 is not an integral"
+  " or Objective-C pointer type">;
+def err_objc_subscript_pointer : Error<
+  "indexing expression is invalid because subscript type %0 is not an"
+  " Objective-C pointer">;
+def err_objc_indexing_method_result_type : Error<
+  "method for accessing %select{dictionary|array}1 element must have Objective-C"
+  " object return type instead of %0">;
+def err_objc_index_incomplete_class_type : Error<
+  "Objective-C index expression has incomplete class type %0">;
+def err_illegal_container_subscripting_op : Error<
+  "illegal operation on Objective-C container subscripting">;
+def err_property_not_found_forward_class : Error<
+  "property %0 cannot be found in forward class object %1">;
+def err_property_not_as_forward_class : Error<
+  "property %0 refers to an incomplete Objective-C class %1 "
+  "(with no @interface available)">;
+def note_forward_class : Note<
+  "forward declaration of class here">;
+def err_duplicate_property : Error<
+  "property has a previous declaration">;
+def ext_gnu_void_ptr : Extension<
+  "arithmetic on%select{ a|}0 pointer%select{|s}0 to void is a GNU extension">,
+  InGroup<PointerArith>;
+def ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith : Extension<
+  "arithmetic on%select{ a|}0 pointer%select{|s}0 to%select{ the|}2 function "
+  "type%select{|s}2 %1%select{| and %3}2 is a GNU extension">,
+  InGroup<PointerArith>;
+def error_readonly_message_assignment : Error<
+  "assigning to 'readonly' return result of an Objective-C message not allowed">;
+def ext_integer_increment_complex : Extension<
+  "ISO C does not support '++'/'--' on complex integer type %0">;
+def ext_integer_complement_complex : Extension<
+  "ISO C does not support '~' for complex conjugation of %0">;
+def err_nosetter_property_assignment : Error<
+  "%select{assignment to readonly property|"
+  "no setter method %1 for assignment to property}0">;
+def err_nosetter_property_incdec : Error<
+  "%select{%select{increment|decrement}1 of readonly property|"
+  "no setter method %2 for %select{increment|decrement}1 of property}0">;
+def err_nogetter_property_compound_assignment : Error<
+  "a getter method is needed to perform a compound assignment on a property">;
+def err_nogetter_property_incdec : Error<
+  "no getter method %1 for %select{increment|decrement}0 of property">;
+def error_no_subobject_property_setting : Error<
+  "expression is not assignable">;
+def err_qualified_objc_access : Error<
+  "%select{property|instance variable}0 access cannot be qualified with '%1'">;
+  
+def ext_freestanding_complex : Extension<
+  "complex numbers are an extension in a freestanding C99 implementation">;
+
+// FIXME: Remove when we support imaginary.
+def err_imaginary_not_supported : Error<"imaginary types are not supported">;
+
+// Obj-c expressions
+def warn_root_inst_method_not_found : Warning<
+  "instance method %0 is being used on 'Class' which is not in the root class">,
+  InGroup<MethodAccess>;
+def warn_class_method_not_found : Warning<
+  "class method %objcclass0 not found (return type defaults to 'id')">,
+  InGroup<MethodAccess>;
+def warn_instance_method_on_class_found : Warning<
+  "instance method %0 found instead of class method %1">,
+  InGroup<MethodAccess>;
+def warn_inst_method_not_found : Warning<
+  "instance method %objcinstance0 not found (return type defaults to 'id')">,
+  InGroup<MethodAccess>;
+def error_no_super_class_message : Error<
+  "no @interface declaration found in class messaging of %0">;
+def error_root_class_cannot_use_super : Error<
+  "%0 cannot use 'super' because it is a root class">;
+def err_invalid_receiver_to_message_super : Error<
+  "'super' is only valid in a method body">;
+def err_invalid_receiver_class_message : Error<
+  "receiver type %0 is not an Objective-C class">;
+def err_missing_open_square_message_send : Error<
+  "missing '[' at start of message send expression">;
+def warn_bad_receiver_type : Warning<
+  "receiver type %0 is not 'id' or interface pointer, consider "
+  "casting it to 'id'">,InGroup<ObjCReceiver>;
+def err_bad_receiver_type : Error<"bad receiver type %0">;
+def err_unknown_receiver_suggest : Error<
+  "unknown receiver %0; did you mean %1?">;
+def error_objc_throw_expects_object : Error<
+  "@throw requires an Objective-C object type (%0 invalid)">;
+def error_objc_synchronized_expects_object : Error<
+  "@synchronized requires an Objective-C object type (%0 invalid)">;
+def error_rethrow_used_outside_catch : Error<
+  "@throw (rethrow) used outside of a @catch block">;
+def err_attribute_multiple_objc_gc : Error<
+  "multiple garbage collection attributes specified for type">;
+def err_catch_param_not_objc_type : Error<
+  "@catch parameter is not a pointer to an interface type">;
+def err_illegal_qualifiers_on_catch_parm : Error<
+  "illegal qualifiers on @catch parameter">;
+def err_storage_spec_on_catch_parm : Error<
+  "@catch parameter cannot have storage specifier %select{|'typedef'|'extern'|"
+  "'static'|'auto'|'register'|'__private_extern__'|'mutable'}0">;
+def warn_register_objc_catch_parm : Warning<
+  "'register' storage specifier on @catch parameter will be ignored">;
+def err_qualified_objc_catch_parm : Error<
+  "@catch parameter declarator cannot be qualified">;
+def warn_objc_pointer_cxx_catch_fragile : Warning<
+  "can not catch an exception thrown with @throw in C++ in the non-unified "
+  "exception model">, InGroup<ObjCNonUnifiedException>;
+def err_objc_object_catch : Error<
+  "can't catch an Objective-C object by value">;
+def err_incomplete_type_objc_at_encode : Error<
+  "'@encode' of incomplete type %0">;
+
+def warn_setter_getter_impl_required : Warning<
+  "property %0 requires method %1 to be defined - "
+  "use @synthesize, @dynamic or provide a method implementation "
+  "in this class implementation">,
+  InGroup<ObjCPropertyImpl>;
+def warn_setter_getter_impl_required_in_category : Warning<
+  "property %0 requires method %1 to be defined - "
+  "use @dynamic or provide a method implementation in this category">,
+  InGroup<ObjCPropertyImpl>;
+def note_parameter_named_here : Note<
+  "passing argument to parameter %0 here">;
+def note_parameter_here : Note<
+  "passing argument to parameter here">;
+
+// C++ casts
+// These messages adhere to the TryCast pattern: %0 is an int specifying the
+// cast type, %1 is the source type, %2 is the destination type.
+def err_bad_reinterpret_cast_overload : Error<
+  "reinterpret_cast cannot resolve overloaded function %0 to type %1">;
+
+def warn_reinterpret_different_from_static : Warning<
+  "'reinterpret_cast' %select{from|to}3 class %0 %select{to|from}3 its "
+  "%select{virtual base|base at non-zero offset}2 %1 behaves differently from "
+  "'static_cast'">, InGroup<ReinterpretBaseClass>;
+def note_reinterpret_updowncast_use_static: Note<
+  "use 'static_cast' to adjust the pointer correctly while "
+  "%select{upcasting|downcasting}0">;
+
+def err_bad_static_cast_overload : Error<
+  "address of overloaded function %0 cannot be static_cast to type %1">;
+
+def err_bad_cstyle_cast_overload : Error<
+  "address of overloaded function %0 cannot be cast to type %1">;
+
+
+def err_bad_cxx_cast_generic : Error<
+  "%select{const_cast|static_cast|reinterpret_cast|dynamic_cast|C-style cast|"
+  "functional-style cast}0 from %1 to %2 is not allowed">;
+def err_bad_cxx_cast_rvalue : Error<
+  "%select{const_cast|static_cast|reinterpret_cast|dynamic_cast|C-style cast|"
+  "functional-style cast}0 from rvalue to reference type %2">;
+def err_bad_cxx_cast_qualifiers_away : Error<
+  "%select{const_cast|static_cast|reinterpret_cast|dynamic_cast|C-style cast|"
+  "functional-style cast}0 from %1 to %2 casts away qualifiers">;
+def err_bad_const_cast_dest : Error<
+  "%select{const_cast||||C-style cast|functional-style cast}0 to %2, "
+  "which is not a reference, pointer-to-object, or pointer-to-data-member">;
+def ext_cast_fn_obj : Extension<
+  "cast between pointer-to-function and pointer-to-object is an extension">;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_cast_fn_obj : Warning<
+  "cast between pointer-to-function and pointer-to-object is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_bad_reinterpret_cast_small_int : Error<
+  "cast from pointer to smaller type %2 loses information">;
+def err_bad_cxx_cast_vector_to_scalar_different_size : Error<
+  "%select{||reinterpret_cast||C-style cast|}0 from vector %1 " 
+  "to scalar %2 of different size">;
+def err_bad_cxx_cast_scalar_to_vector_different_size : Error<
+  "%select{||reinterpret_cast||C-style cast|}0 from scalar %1 " 
+  "to vector %2 of different size">;
+def err_bad_cxx_cast_vector_to_vector_different_size : Error<
+  "%select{||reinterpret_cast||C-style cast|}0 from vector %1 " 
+  "to vector %2 of different size">;
+def err_bad_lvalue_to_rvalue_cast : Error<
+  "cannot cast from lvalue of type %1 to rvalue reference type %2; types are "
+  "not compatible">;
+def err_bad_static_cast_pointer_nonpointer : Error<
+  "cannot cast from type %1 to pointer type %2">;
+def err_bad_static_cast_member_pointer_nonmp : Error<
+  "cannot cast from type %1 to member pointer type %2">;
+def err_bad_cxx_cast_member_pointer_size : Error<
+  "cannot %select{||reinterpret_cast||C-style cast|}0 from member pointer "
+  "type %1 to member pointer type %2 of different size">;
+def err_bad_reinterpret_cast_reference : Error<
+  "reinterpret_cast of a %0 to %1 needs its address which is not allowed">;
+def warn_undefined_reinterpret_cast : Warning<
+  "reinterpret_cast from %0 to %1 has undefined behavior">,
+  InGroup<UndefinedReinterpretCast>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+// These messages don't adhere to the pattern.
+// FIXME: Display the path somehow better.
+def err_ambiguous_base_to_derived_cast : Error<
+  "ambiguous cast from base %0 to derived %1:%2">;
+def err_static_downcast_via_virtual : Error<
+  "cannot cast %0 to %1 via virtual base %2">;
+def err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base : Error<
+  "cannot cast %select{private|protected}2 base class %1 to %0">;
+def err_upcast_to_inaccessible_base : Error<
+  "cannot cast %0 to its %select{private|protected}2 base class %1">;
+def err_bad_dynamic_cast_not_ref_or_ptr : Error<
+  "%0 is not a reference or pointer">;
+def err_bad_dynamic_cast_not_class : Error<"%0 is not a class">;
+def err_bad_dynamic_cast_incomplete : Error<"%0 is an incomplete type">;
+def err_bad_dynamic_cast_not_ptr : Error<"%0 is not a pointer">;
+def err_bad_dynamic_cast_not_polymorphic : Error<"%0 is not polymorphic">;
+
+// Other C++ expressions
+def err_need_header_before_typeid : Error<
+  "you need to include <typeinfo> before using the 'typeid' operator">;
+def err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof : Error<
+  "you need to include <guiddef.h> before using the '__uuidof' operator">;
+def err_uuidof_without_guid : Error<
+  "cannot call operator __uuidof on a type with no GUID">;
+def err_incomplete_typeid : Error<"'typeid' of incomplete type %0">;
+def err_static_illegal_in_new : Error<
+  "the 'static' modifier for the array size is not legal in new expressions">;
+def err_array_new_needs_size : Error<
+  "array size must be specified in new expressions">;
+def err_bad_new_type : Error<
+  "cannot allocate %select{function|reference}1 type %0 with new">;
+def err_new_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "allocation of incomplete type %0">;
+def err_new_array_nonconst : Error<
+  "only the first dimension of an allocated array may have dynamic size">;
+def err_new_array_init_args : Error<
+  "array 'new' cannot have initialization arguments">;
+def ext_new_paren_array_nonconst : ExtWarn<
+  "when type is in parentheses, array cannot have dynamic size">;
+def err_placement_new_non_placement_delete : Error<
+  "'new' expression with placement arguments refers to non-placement "
+  "'operator delete'">;
+def err_array_size_not_integral : Error<
+  "array size expression must have integral or %select{|unscoped }0"
+  "enumeration type, not %1">;
+def err_array_size_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "array size expression has incomplete class type %0">;
+def err_array_size_explicit_conversion : Error<
+  "array size expression of type %0 requires explicit conversion to type %1">;
+def note_array_size_conversion : Note<
+  "conversion to %select{integral|enumeration}0 type %1 declared here">;
+def err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion : Error<
+  "ambiguous conversion of array size expression of type %0 to an integral or "
+  "enumeration type">;
+def ext_array_size_conversion : Extension<
+  "implicit conversion from array size expression of type %0 to "
+  "%select{integral|enumeration}1 type %2 is a C++11 extension">,
+  InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion : Warning<
+  "implicit conversion from array size expression of type %0 to "
+  "%select{integral|enumeration}1 type %2 is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98CompatPedantic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_address_space_qualified_new : Error<
+  "'new' cannot allocate objects of type %0 in address space '%1'">;
+def err_address_space_qualified_delete : Error<
+  "'delete' cannot delete objects of type %0 in address space '%1'">;
+
+def err_default_init_const : Error<
+  "default initialization of an object of const type %0"
+  "%select{| requires a user-provided default constructor}1">;
+def err_delete_operand : Error<"cannot delete expression of type %0">;
+def ext_delete_void_ptr_operand : ExtWarn<
+  "cannot delete expression with pointer-to-'void' type %0">;
+def err_ambiguous_delete_operand : Error<"ambiguous conversion of delete "
+                                         "expression of type %0 to a pointer">;
+def warn_delete_incomplete : Warning<
+  "deleting pointer to incomplete type %0 may cause undefined behavior">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"delete-incomplete">>;
+def err_delete_incomplete_class_type : Error<
+  "deleting incomplete class type %0; no conversions to pointer type">;
+def warn_delete_array_type : Warning<
+  "'delete' applied to a pointer-to-array type %0 treated as delete[]">;
+def err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found : Error<
+  "no suitable member %0 in %1">;
+def err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found : Error<
+  "multiple suitable %0 functions in %1">;
+def note_member_declared_here : Note<
+  "member %0 declared here">;
+def err_decrement_bool : Error<"cannot decrement expression of type bool">;
+def warn_increment_bool : Warning<
+  "incrementing expression of type bool is deprecated">, InGroup<Deprecated>;
+def err_catch_incomplete_ptr : Error<
+  "cannot catch pointer to incomplete type %0">;
+def err_catch_incomplete_ref : Error<
+  "cannot catch reference to incomplete type %0">;
+def err_catch_incomplete : Error<"cannot catch incomplete type %0">;
+def err_catch_rvalue_ref : Error<"cannot catch exceptions by rvalue reference">;
+def err_qualified_catch_declarator : Error<
+  "exception declarator cannot be qualified">;
+def err_early_catch_all : Error<"catch-all handler must come last">;
+def err_bad_memptr_rhs : Error<
+  "right hand operand to %0 has non pointer-to-member type %1">;
+def err_bad_memptr_lhs : Error<
+  "left hand operand to %0 must be a %select{|pointer to }1class "
+  "compatible with the right hand operand, but is %2">;
+def warn_exception_caught_by_earlier_handler : Warning<
+  "exception of type %0 will be caught by earlier handler">;
+def note_previous_exception_handler : Note<"for type %0">;
+def err_exceptions_disabled : Error<
+  "cannot use '%0' with exceptions disabled">;
+def err_objc_exceptions_disabled : Error<
+  "cannot use '%0' with Objective-C exceptions disabled">;
+def warn_non_virtual_dtor : Warning<
+  "%0 has virtual functions but non-virtual destructor">,
+  InGroup<NonVirtualDtor>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor : Warning<
+  "delete called on %0 that has virtual functions but non-virtual destructor">,
+  InGroup<DeleteNonVirtualDtor>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor : Warning<
+  "delete called on %0 that is abstract but has non-virtual destructor">,
+  InGroup<DeleteNonVirtualDtor>;
+def warn_overloaded_virtual : Warning<
+  "%q0 hides overloaded virtual %select{function|functions}1">,
+  InGroup<OverloadedVirtual>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_hidden_overloaded_virtual_declared_here : Note<
+  "hidden overloaded virtual function %q0 declared here">;
+def warn_using_directive_in_header : Warning<
+  "using namespace directive in global context in header">,
+  InGroup<HeaderHygiene>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_overaligned_type : Warning<
+  "type %0 requires %1 bytes of alignment and the default allocator only "
+  "guarantees %2 bytes">,
+  InGroup<OveralignedType>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_conditional_void_nonvoid : Error<
+  "%select{left|right}1 operand to ? is void, but %select{right|left}1 operand "
+  "is of type %0">;
+def err_conditional_ambiguous : Error<
+  "conditional expression is ambiguous; "
+  "%diff{$ can be converted to $ and vice versa|"
+  "types can be convert to each other}0,1">;
+def err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl : Error<
+  "conditional expression is ambiguous; %diff{$ and $|types}0,1 "
+  "can be converted to several common types">;
+
+def err_throw_incomplete : Error<
+  "cannot throw object of incomplete type %0">;
+def err_throw_incomplete_ptr : Error<
+  "cannot throw pointer to object of incomplete type %0">;
+def err_return_in_constructor_handler : Error<
+  "return in the catch of a function try block of a constructor is illegal">;
+
+let CategoryName = "Lambda Issue" in {
+  def err_capture_more_than_once : Error<
+    "%0 can appear only once in a capture list">;
+  def err_reference_capture_with_reference_default : Error<
+    "'&' cannot precede a capture when the capture default is '&'">;
+  def err_this_capture_with_copy_default : Error<
+    "'this' cannot be explicitly captured when the capture default is '='">;
+  def err_copy_capture_with_copy_default : Error<
+    "'&' must precede a capture when the capture default is '='">;
+  def err_capture_does_not_name_variable : Error<
+    "%0 in capture list does not name a variable">;
+  def err_capture_non_automatic_variable : Error<
+    "%0 cannot be captured because it does not have automatic storage "
+    "duration">;
+  def err_this_capture : Error<
+    "'this' cannot be %select{implicitly |}0captured in this context">;
+  def err_lambda_capture_block : Error<
+    "__block variable %0 cannot be captured in a lambda expression">;
+  def err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var : Error<
+    "unnamed variable cannot be implicitly captured in a lambda expression">;
+  def err_lambda_capture_vm_type : Error<
+    "variable %0 with variably modified type cannot be captured in "
+    "a lambda expression">;
+  def err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type : Error<
+    "variable %0 with flexible array member cannot be captured in "
+    "a lambda expression">;
+  def err_lambda_impcap : Error<
+    "variable %0 cannot be implicitly captured in a lambda with no "
+    "capture-default specified">;
+  def note_lambda_decl : Note<"lambda expression begins here">;
+  def err_lambda_unevaluated_operand : Error<
+    "lambda expression in an unevaluated operand">;
+  def err_lambda_return_init_list : Error<
+    "cannot deduce lambda return type from initializer list">;
+  def err_lambda_capture_default_arg : Error<
+    "lambda expression in default argument cannot capture any entity">;
+  def err_lambda_incomplete_result : Error<
+    "incomplete result type %0 in lambda expression">;
+  def err_lambda_objc_object_result : Error<
+    "non-pointer Objective-C class type %0 in lambda expression result">;
+  def ext_lambda_default_arguments : ExtWarn<
+    "C++11 forbids default arguments for lambda expressions">,
+    InGroup<LambdaExtensions>;
+  def err_noreturn_lambda_has_return_expr : Error<
+    "lambda declared 'noreturn' should not return">;
+  def warn_maybe_falloff_nonvoid_lambda : Warning<
+    "control may reach end of non-void lambda">,
+    InGroup<ReturnType>;
+  def warn_falloff_nonvoid_lambda : Warning<
+    "control reaches end of non-void lambda">,
+    InGroup<ReturnType>;
+  def err_access_lambda_capture : Error<
+    // The ERRORs represent other special members that aren't constructors, in
+    // hopes that someone will bother noticing and reporting if they appear
+    "capture of variable '%0' as type %1 calls %select{private|protected}3 "
+    "%select{default |copy |move |*ERROR* |*ERROR* |*ERROR* |}2constructor">,
+    AccessControl;
+  def note_lambda_to_block_conv : Note<
+    "implicit capture of lambda object due to conversion to block pointer "
+    "here">;
+}
+
+def err_operator_arrow_circular : Error<
+  "circular pointer delegation detected">;
+def err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar : Error<
+  "object expression of non-scalar type %0 cannot be used in a "
+  "pseudo-destructor expression">;
+def ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void : ExtWarn<
+  "pseudo-destructors on type void are a Microsoft extension">,
+  InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch : Error<
+  "the type of object expression "
+  "%diff{($) does not match the type being destroyed ($)|"
+  "does not match the type being destroyed}0,1 "
+  "in pseudo-destructor expression">;
+def err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args : Error<
+  "call to pseudo-destructor cannot have any arguments">;
+def err_dtor_expr_without_call : Error<
+  "%select{destructor reference|pseudo-destructor expression}0 must be "
+  "called immediately with '()'">;
+def err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type : Error<
+  "%0 does not refer to a type name in pseudo-destructor expression; expected "
+  "the name of type %1">;
+def err_invalid_use_of_function_type : Error<
+  "a function type is not allowed here">;
+def err_invalid_use_of_array_type : Error<"an array type is not allowed here">;
+def err_type_defined_in_condition : Error<
+  "types may not be defined in conditions">;
+def err_typecheck_bool_condition : Error<
+  "value of type %0 is not contextually convertible to 'bool'">;
+def err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition : Error<
+  "conversion %diff{from $ to $|between types}0,1 is ambiguous">;
+def err_typecheck_nonviable_condition : Error<
+  "no viable conversion%diff{ from $ to $|}0,1">;
+def err_typecheck_deleted_function : Error<
+  "conversion function %diff{from $ to $|between types}0,1 "
+  "invokes a deleted function">;
+  
+def err_expected_class_or_namespace : Error<"expected a class or namespace">;
+def err_expected_class : Error<"%0 is not a class%select{ or namespace|, "
+  "namespace, or scoped enumeration}1">;
+def err_invalid_declarator_scope : Error<"cannot define or redeclare %0 here "
+  "because namespace %1 does not enclose namespace %2">;
+def err_invalid_declarator_global_scope : Error<
+  "definition or redeclaration of %0 cannot name the global scope">;
+def err_invalid_declarator_in_function : Error<
+  "definition or redeclaration of %0 not allowed inside a function">;
+def err_not_tag_in_scope : Error<
+  "no %select{struct|interface|union|class|enum}0 named %1 in %2">;
+
+def err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti : Error<
+  "cannot use typeid with -fno-rtti">;
+
+def err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type : Error<
+  "cannot form a pointer-to-member to member %0 of reference type %1">;
+def err_incomplete_object_call : Error<
+  "incomplete type in call to object of type %0">;
+
+def warn_condition_is_assignment : Warning<"using the result of an "
+  "assignment as a condition without parentheses">,
+  InGroup<Parentheses>;
+// Completely identical except off by default.
+def warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment : Warning<"using the result "
+  "of an assignment as a condition without parentheses">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"idiomatic-parentheses">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_condition_assign_to_comparison : Note<
+  "use '==' to turn this assignment into an equality comparison">;
+def note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison : Note<
+  "use '!=' to turn this compound assignment into an inequality comparison">;
+def note_condition_assign_silence : Note<
+  "place parentheses around the assignment to silence this warning">;
+
+def warn_equality_with_extra_parens : Warning<"equality comparison with "
+  "extraneous parentheses">, InGroup<ParenthesesOnEquality>;
+def note_equality_comparison_to_assign : Note<
+  "use '=' to turn this equality comparison into an assignment">;
+def note_equality_comparison_silence : Note<
+  "remove extraneous parentheses around the comparison to silence this warning">;
+
+// assignment related diagnostics (also for argument passing, returning, etc).
+// In most of these diagnostics the %2 is a value from the
+// Sema::AssignmentAction enumeration
+def err_typecheck_convert_incompatible : Error<
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from incompatible type $|"
+  "assigning to type from incompatible type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of incompatible type $|"
+  "passing type to parameter of incompatible type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with incompatible result type $|"
+  "returning type from a function with incompatible result type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to incompatible type $|"
+  "converting type to incompatible type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of incompatible type $|"
+  "initializing type with an expression of incompatible type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of incompatible type $|"
+  "sending type to parameter of incompatible type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to incompatible type $|"
+  "casting type to incompatible type}0,1}2"
+  "%select{|; dereference with *|"
+  "; take the address with &|"
+  "; remove *|"
+  "; remove &}3"
+  "%select{|: different classes%diff{ ($ vs $)|}5,6"
+  "|: different number of parameters (%5 vs %6)"
+  "|: type mismatch at %ordinal5 parameter%diff{ ($ vs $)|}6,7"
+  "|: different return type%diff{ ($ vs $)|}5,6"
+  "|: different qualifiers ("
+  "%select{none|const|restrict|const and restrict|volatile|const and volatile|"
+  "volatile and restrict|const, volatile, and restrict}5 vs "
+  "%select{none|const|restrict|const and restrict|volatile|const and volatile|"
+  "volatile and restrict|const, volatile, and restrict}6)}4">;
+def err_typecheck_missing_return_type_incompatible : Error<
+  "%diff{return type $ must match previous return type $|"
+  "return type must match previous return type}0,1 when %select{block "
+  "literal|lambda expression}2 has unspecified explicit return type">;
+
+def warn_incompatible_qualified_id : Warning<
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from incompatible type $|"
+  "assigning to type from incompatible type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of incompatible type $|"
+  "passing type to parameter of incompatible type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with incompatible result type $|"
+  "returning type from a function with incompatible result type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to incompatible type $|"
+  "converting type to incompatible type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of incompatible type $|"
+  "initializing type with an expression of incompatible type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of incompatible type $|"
+  "sending type to parameter of incompatible type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to incompatible type $|"
+  "casting type to incompatible type}0,1}2">;
+def ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int : ExtWarn<
+  "incompatible pointer to integer conversion "
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from $|assigning to different types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2"
+  "%select{|; dereference with *|"
+  "; take the address with &|"
+  "; remove *|"
+  "; remove &}3">,
+  InGroup<IntConversion>;
+def ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer : ExtWarn<
+  "incompatible integer to pointer conversion "
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from $|assigning to different types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2"
+  "%select{|; dereference with *|"
+  "; take the address with &|"
+  "; remove *|"
+  "; remove &}3">,
+  InGroup<IntConversion>;
+def ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func : Extension<
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from $|assigning to different types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2"
+  " converts between void pointer and function pointer">;
+def ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign : ExtWarn<
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from $|assigning to different types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2"
+  " converts between pointers to integer types with different sign">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"pointer-sign">>;
+def ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer : ExtWarn<
+  "incompatible pointer types "
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from $|assigning to different types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2"
+  "%select{|; dereference with *|"
+  "; take the address with &|"
+  "; remove *|"
+  "; remove &}3">,
+  InGroup<IncompatiblePointerTypes>;
+def ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers : ExtWarn<
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from $|assigning to different types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2"
+  " discards qualifiers">,
+  InGroup<IncompatiblePointerTypesDiscardsQualifiers>;
+def ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch : ExtWarn<
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from $|assigning to different types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2"
+  " discards qualifiers in nested pointer types">,
+  InGroup<IncompatiblePointerTypesDiscardsQualifiers>;
+def warn_incompatible_vectors : Warning<
+  "incompatible vector types "
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from $|assigning to different types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2">,
+  InGroup<VectorConversion>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_int_to_block_pointer : Error<
+  "invalid block pointer conversion "
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from $|assigning to different types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2">;
+def err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer : Error<
+  "incompatible block pointer types "
+  "%select{%diff{assigning to $ from $|assigning to different types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2">;
+def err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space : Error<
+  "%select{%diff{assigning $ to $|assigning to different types}1,0"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2"
+  " changes address space of pointer">;
+def err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership : Error<
+  "%select{%diff{assigning $ to $|assigning to different types}1,0"
+  "|%diff{passing $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "passing to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{returning $ from a function with result type $|"
+  "returning from function with different return type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{converting $ to type $|converting between types}0,1"
+  "|%diff{initializing $ with an expression of type $|"
+  "initializing with expression of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{sending $ to parameter of type $|"
+  "sending to parameter of different type}0,1"
+  "|%diff{casting $ to type $|casting between types}0,1}2"
+  " changes retain/release properties of pointer">;
+def err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks : Error<
+  "comparison of distinct block types%diff{ ($ and $)|}0,1">;
+
+def err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue : Error<
+  "array type %0 is not assignable">;
+def err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue : Error<
+  "non-object type %0 is not assignable">;
+def err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue : Error<
+  "expression is not assignable">;
+def err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue : Error<
+  "incomplete type %0 is not assignable">;
+def err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported : Error<
+  "assignment to cast is illegal, lvalue casts are not supported">;
+
+def err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue : Error<
+  "vector is not assignable (contains duplicate components)">;
+def err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue : Error<
+  "variable is not assignable (missing __block type specifier)">;
+def err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue : Error<
+  "cannot assign to a variable captured by copy in a non-mutable lambda">;
+def err_typecheck_call_not_function : Error<
+  "called object type %0 is not a function or function pointer">;
+def err_call_incomplete_return : Error<
+  "calling function with incomplete return type %0">;
+def err_call_function_incomplete_return : Error<
+  "calling %0 with incomplete return type %1">;
+def note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here : Note<
+  "%0 declared here">;
+def err_call_incomplete_argument : Error<
+  "argument type %0 is incomplete">;
+def err_typecheck_call_too_few_args : Error<
+  "too few %select{|||execution configuration }0arguments to "
+  "%select{function|block|method|kernel function}0 call, "
+  "expected %1, have %2">;
+def err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one : Error<
+  "too few %select{|||execution configuration }0arguments to "
+  "%select{function|block|method|kernel function}0 call, "
+  "single argument %1 was not specified">;
+def err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least : Error<
+  "too few %select{|||execution configuration }0arguments to "
+  "%select{function|block|method|kernel function}0 call, "
+  "expected at least %1, have %2">;
+def err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one : Error<
+  "too few %select{|||execution configuration }0arguments to "
+  "%select{function|block|method|kernel function}0 call, "
+  "at least argument %1 must be specified">;
+def err_typecheck_call_too_many_args : Error<
+  "too many %select{|||execution configuration }0arguments to "
+  "%select{function|block|method|kernel function}0 call, "
+  "expected %1, have %2">;
+def err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one : Error<
+  "too many %select{|||execution configuration }0arguments to "
+  "%select{function|block|method|kernel function}0 call, "
+  "expected single argument %1, have %2 arguments">;
+def err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most : Error<
+  "too many %select{|||execution configuration }0arguments to "
+  "%select{function|block|method|kernel function}0 call, "
+  "expected at most %1, have %2">;
+def err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one : Error<
+  "too many %select{|||execution configuration }0arguments to "
+  "%select{function|block|method|kernel function}0 call, "
+  "expected at most single argument %1, have %2 arguments">;
+def note_callee_decl : Note<
+  "%0 declared here">;
+def note_defined_here : Note<"%0 defined here">;
+
+def err_builtin_fn_use : Error<"builtin functions must be directly called">;
+
+def warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments : Warning<
+  "too %select{few|many}0 arguments in call to %1">;
+def err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer : Error<
+  "first argument to atomic builtin must be a pointer (%0 invalid)">;
+def err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr : Error<
+  "first argument to atomic builtin must be a pointer to integer or pointer"
+  " (%0 invalid)">;
+def err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size : Error<
+  "first argument to atomic builtin must be a pointer to 1,2,4,8 or 16 byte "
+  "type (%0 invalid)">;
+def err_atomic_op_needs_atomic : Error<
+  "first argument to atomic operation must be a pointer to _Atomic "
+  "type (%0 invalid)">;
+def err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic : Error<
+  "first argument to atomic operation must be a pointer to non-const _Atomic "
+  "type (%0 invalid)">;
+def err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy : Error<
+  "first argument to atomic operation must be a pointer to a trivially-copyable"
+  " type (%0 invalid)">;
+def err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr : Error<
+  "first argument to atomic operation must be a pointer to %select{|atomic }0"
+  "integer or pointer (%1 invalid)">;
+def err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int : Error<
+  "first argument to bitwise atomic operation must be a pointer to "
+  "%select{|atomic }0integer (%1 invalid)">;
+
+def err_deleted_function_use : Error<"attempt to use a deleted function">;
+
+def err_kern_type_not_void_return : Error<
+  "kernel function type %0 must have void return type">;
+def err_config_scalar_return : Error<
+  "CUDA special function 'cudaConfigureCall' must have scalar return type">;
+def err_kern_call_not_global_function : Error<
+  "kernel call to non-global function %0">;
+def err_global_call_not_config : Error<
+  "call to global function %0 not configured">;
+def err_ref_bad_target : Error<
+  "reference to %select{__device__|__global__|__host__|__host__ __device__}0 "
+  "function %1 in %select{__device__|__global__|__host__|__host__ __device__}2 function">;
+
+def warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string : Warning<
+  "cannot pass %select{non-POD|non-trivial}0 object of type %1 to variadic "
+  "%select{function|block|method|constructor}2; expected type from format "
+  "string was %3">, InGroup<NonPODVarargs>, DefaultError;
+// The arguments to this diagnostic should match the warning above.
+def err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format : Error<
+  "cannot pass object with interface type %1 by value to variadic "
+  "%select{function|block|method|constructor}2; expected type from format "
+  "string was %3">;
+
+def err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg : Error<
+  "cannot pass object with interface type %0 by value through variadic "
+  "%select{function|block|method|constructor}1">;
+def warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg : Warning<
+  "cannot pass object of %select{non-POD|non-trivial}0 type %1 through variadic"
+  " %select{function|block|method|constructor}2; call will abort at runtime">,
+  InGroup<NonPODVarargs>, DefaultError;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg : Warning<
+  "passing object of trivial but non-POD type %0 through variadic"
+  " %select{function|block|method|constructor}1 is incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare : Error<
+  "ordered compare requires two args of floating point type"
+  "%diff{ ($ and $)|}0,1">;
+def err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp : Error<
+  "floating point classification requires argument of floating point type "
+  "(passed in %0)">;
+def err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar : Error<
+  "used type %0 where arithmetic or pointer type is required">;
+def ext_typecheck_cond_one_void : Extension<
+  "C99 forbids conditional expressions with only one void side">;
+def err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar_or_vector : Error<
+  "used type %0 where arithmetic, pointer, or vector type is required">;
+def err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete : Error<
+  "cast to incomplete type %0">;
+def ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar : Extension<
+  "C99 forbids casting nonscalar type %0 to the same type">;
+def ext_typecheck_cast_to_union : Extension<
+  "cast to union type is a GNU extension">,
+  InGroup<GNU>;
+def err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type : Error<
+  "cast to union type from type %0 not present in union">;
+def err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int : Error<
+  "operand of type %0 cannot be cast to a pointer type">;
+def warn_cast_pointer_from_sel : Warning<
+  "cast of type %0 to %1 is deprecated; use sel_getName instead">,
+  InGroup<SelTypeCast>;
+def warn_bad_function_cast : Warning<
+  "cast from function call of type %0 to non-matching type %1">,
+  InGroup<BadFunctionCast>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int : Error<
+  "pointer cannot be cast to type %0">;
+def err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand : Error<
+  "operand of type %0 where arithmetic or pointer type is required">;
+def err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands : Error<
+  "incompatible operand types%diff{ ($ and $)|}0,1">;
+def ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard : ExtWarn<
+  "incompatible operand types%diff{ ($ and $)|}0,1 use non-standard composite "
+  "pointer type %2">;
+def err_cast_selector_expr : Error<
+  "cannot type cast @selector expression">;
+def warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers : ExtWarn<
+  "pointer type mismatch%diff{ ($ and $)|}0,1">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"pointer-type-mismatch">>;
+def warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch : ExtWarn<
+  "pointer/integer type mismatch in conditional expression"
+  "%diff{ ($ and $)|}0,1">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"conditional-type-mismatch">>;
+def err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant : Error<
+  "'__builtin_choose_expr' requires a constant expression">;
+def warn_unused_expr : Warning<"expression result unused">,
+  InGroup<UnusedValue>;
+def warn_unused_voidptr : Warning<
+  "expression result unused; should this cast be to 'void'?">,
+  InGroup<UnusedValue>;
+def warn_unused_property_expr : Warning<
+ "property access result unused - getters should not be used for side effects">,
+  InGroup<UnusedValue>;
+def warn_unused_container_subscript_expr : Warning<
+ "container access result unused - container access should not be used for side effects">,
+  InGroup<UnusedValue>;
+def warn_unused_call : Warning<
+  "ignoring return value of function declared with %0 attribute">,
+  InGroup<UnusedValue>;
+def warn_unused_result : Warning<
+  "ignoring return value of function declared with warn_unused_result "
+  "attribute">, InGroup<DiagGroup<"unused-result">>;
+def warn_unused_volatile : Warning<
+  "expression result unused; assign into a variable to force a volatile load">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"unused-volatile-lvalue">>;
+
+def warn_unused_comparison : Warning<
+  "%select{equality|inequality}0 comparison result unused">,
+  InGroup<UnusedComparison>;
+def note_inequality_comparison_to_or_assign : Note<
+  "use '|=' to turn this inequality comparison into an or-assignment">;
+
+def err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr : Error<
+  "incomplete type %0 used in type trait expression">;
+def err_type_trait_arity : Error<
+  "type trait requires %0%select{| or more}1 argument%select{|s}2; have "
+  "%3 argument%s3">;
+  
+def err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer : Error<
+  "dimension expression does not evaluate to a constant unsigned int">;
+def err_expected_ident_or_lparen : Error<"expected identifier or '('">;
+
+def err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null : Error<
+  "non-pointer operand type %0 incompatible with %select{NULL|nullptr}1">;
+} // End of general sema category.
+
+// inline asm.
+let CategoryName = "Inline Assembly Issue" in {
+  def err_asm_wide_character : Error<"wide string is invalid in 'asm'">;
+  def err_asm_invalid_lvalue_in_output : Error<"invalid lvalue in asm output">;
+  def err_asm_invalid_output_constraint : Error<
+    "invalid output constraint '%0' in asm">;
+  def err_asm_invalid_lvalue_in_input : Error<
+    "invalid lvalue in asm input for constraint '%0'">;
+  def err_asm_invalid_input_constraint : Error<
+    "invalid input constraint '%0' in asm">;
+  def err_asm_invalid_type_in_input : Error<
+    "invalid type %0 in asm input for constraint '%1'">;
+  def err_asm_tying_incompatible_types : Error<
+    "unsupported inline asm: input with type "
+    "%diff{$ matching output with type $|}0,1">;
+  def err_asm_unknown_register_name : Error<"unknown register name '%0' in asm">;
+  def err_asm_empty : Error<"__asm used with no assembly instructions">;
+  def err_asm_invalid_input_size : Error<
+    "invalid input size for constraint '%0'">;
+  def err_invalid_asm_cast_lvalue : Error<
+    "invalid use of a cast in a inline asm context requiring an l-value: "
+    "remove the cast or build with -fheinous-gnu-extensions">;
+  def err_inline_ms_asm_parsing : Error<"%0">;
+  def err_msasm_unsupported_arch : Error<
+    "Unsupported architecture '%0' for MS-style inline assembly">;
+
+  def warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl : Warning<
+    "ignored asm label '%0' on automatic variable">;
+  def warn_invalid_asm_cast_lvalue : Warning<
+    "invalid use of a cast in an inline asm context requiring an l-value: "
+    "accepted due to -fheinous-gnu-extensions, but clang may remove support "
+    "for this in the future">;
+  def warn_asm_mismatched_size_modifier : Warning<
+    "the value is truncated when put into register, "
+    "use a modifier to specify the size">,
+    InGroup<ASMOperandWidths>;
+}
+
+let CategoryName = "Semantic Issue" in {
+
+def err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors : Error<
+  "invalid conversion between vector type%diff{ $ and $|}0,1 of different "
+  "size">;
+def err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer : Error<
+  "invalid conversion between vector type %0 and integer type %1 "
+  "of different size">;
+
+def err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar : Error<
+  "invalid conversion between vector type %0 and scalar type %1">;
+
+// C++ member initializers.
+def err_only_constructors_take_base_inits : Error<
+  "only constructors take base initializers">;
+
+def err_multiple_mem_initialization : Error <
+  "multiple initializations given for non-static member %0">;
+def err_multiple_mem_union_initialization : Error <
+  "initializing multiple members of union">;
+def err_multiple_base_initialization : Error <
+  "multiple initializations given for base %0">;
+
+def err_mem_init_not_member_or_class : Error<
+  "member initializer %0 does not name a non-static data member or base "
+  "class">;
+
+def warn_initializer_out_of_order : Warning<
+  "%select{field|base class}0 %1 will be initialized after "
+  "%select{field|base}2 %3">,
+  InGroup<Reorder>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def err_base_init_does_not_name_class : Error<
+  "constructor initializer %0 does not name a class">;
+def err_base_init_direct_and_virtual : Error<
+  "base class initializer %0 names both a direct base class and an "
+  "inherited virtual base class">;
+def err_not_direct_base_or_virtual : Error<
+  "type %0 is not a direct or virtual base of %1">;
+
+def err_in_class_initializer_non_const : Error<
+  "non-const static data member must be initialized out of line">;
+def err_in_class_initializer_volatile : Error<
+  "static const volatile data member must be initialized out of line">;
+def err_in_class_initializer_bad_type : Error<
+  "static data member of type %0 must be initialized out of line">;
+def ext_in_class_initializer_float_type : ExtWarn<
+  "in-class initializer for static data member of type %0 is a GNU extension">,
+  InGroup<GNUStaticFloatInit>;
+def ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11 : ExtWarn<
+  "in-class initializer for static data member of type %0 requires "
+  "'constexpr' specifier">, InGroup<StaticFloatInit>, DefaultError;
+def note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11 : Note<"add 'constexpr'">;
+def err_in_class_initializer_literal_type : Error<
+  "in-class initializer for static data member of type %0 requires "
+  "'constexpr' specifier">;
+def err_in_class_initializer_non_constant : Error<
+  "in-class initializer for static data member is not a constant expression">;
+def err_in_class_initializer_references_def_ctor : Error<
+  "defaulted default constructor of %0 cannot be used by non-static data "
+  "member initializer which appears before end of class definition">;
+
+def ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant : Extension<
+  "in-class initializer for static data member is not a constant expression; "
+  "folding it to a constant is a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+
+// C++ anonymous unions and GNU anonymous structs/unions
+def ext_anonymous_union : Extension<
+  "anonymous unions are a C11 extension">, InGroup<C11>;
+def ext_gnu_anonymous_struct : Extension<
+  "anonymous structs are a GNU extension">, InGroup<GNU>;
+def ext_c11_anonymous_struct : Extension<
+  "anonymous structs are a C11 extension">, InGroup<C11>;
+def err_anonymous_union_not_static : Error<
+  "anonymous unions at namespace or global scope must be declared 'static'">;
+def err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec : Error<
+  "anonymous union at class scope must not have a storage specifier">;
+def err_anonymous_struct_not_member : Error<
+  "anonymous %select{structs|structs and classes}0 must be "
+  "%select{struct or union|class}0 members">;
+def err_anonymous_union_member_redecl : Error<
+  "member of anonymous union redeclares %0">;
+def err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl : Error<
+  "member of anonymous struct redeclares %0">;
+def err_anonymous_record_with_type : Error<
+  "types cannot be declared in an anonymous %select{struct|union}0">;
+def ext_anonymous_record_with_type : Extension<
+  "types declared in an anonymous %select{struct|union}0 are a Microsoft "
+  "extension">, InGroup<Microsoft>;
+def ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type : Extension<
+  "anonymous types declared in an anonymous %select{struct|union}0 "
+  "are an extension">, InGroup<DiagGroup<"nested-anon-types">>;
+def err_anonymous_record_with_function : Error<
+  "functions cannot be declared in an anonymous %select{struct|union}0">;
+def err_anonymous_record_with_static : Error<
+  "static members cannot be declared in an anonymous %select{struct|union}0">;
+def err_anonymous_record_bad_member : Error<
+  "anonymous %select{struct|union}0 can only contain non-static data members">;
+def err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member : Error<
+  "anonymous %select{struct|union}0 cannot contain a "
+  "%select{private|protected}1 data member">;
+def ext_ms_anonymous_struct : ExtWarn<
+  "anonymous structs are a Microsoft extension">, InGroup<Microsoft>;
+
+// C++ local classes
+def err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function : Error<
+  "reference to local variable %0 declared in enclosing function %1">;
+def err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_block : Error<
+  "reference to local variable %0 declared in enclosing block literal">;
+def err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_lambda : Error<
+  "reference to local variable %0 declared in enclosing lambda expression">;
+def err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_context : Error<
+  "reference to local variable %0 declared in enclosing context">;
+
+def note_local_variable_declared_here : Note<
+  "%0 declared here">;
+def err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class : Error<
+  "static data member %0 not allowed in local class %1">; 
+  
+// C++ derived classes
+def err_base_clause_on_union : Error<"unions cannot have base classes">;
+def err_base_must_be_class : Error<"base specifier must name a class">;
+def err_union_as_base_class : Error<"unions cannot be base classes">;
+def err_circular_inheritance : Error<
+  "circular inheritance between %0 and %1">;
+def err_incomplete_base_class : Error<"base class has incomplete type">;
+def err_duplicate_base_class : Error<
+  "base class %0 specified more than once as a direct base class">;
+// FIXME: better way to display derivation?  Pass entire thing into diagclient?
+def err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv : Error<
+  "ambiguous conversion from derived class %0 to base class %1:%2">;
+def err_ambiguous_memptr_conv : Error<
+  "ambiguous conversion from pointer to member of %select{base|derived}0 "
+  "class %1 to pointer to member of %select{derived|base}0 class %2:%3">;
+
+def err_memptr_conv_via_virtual : Error<
+  "conversion from pointer to member of class %0 to pointer to member "
+  "of class %1 via virtual base %2 is not allowed">;
+
+// C++ member name lookup
+def err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects : Error<
+  "non-static member %0 found in multiple base-class subobjects of type %1:%2">;
+def err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types : Error<
+  "member %0 found in multiple base classes of different types">;
+def note_ambiguous_member_found : Note<"member found by ambiguous name lookup">;
+def err_ambiguous_reference : Error<"reference to %0 is ambiguous">;
+def note_ambiguous_candidate : Note<"candidate found by name lookup is %q0">;
+def err_ambiguous_tag_hiding : Error<"a type named %0 is hidden by a "
+  "declaration in a different namespace">;
+def note_hidden_tag : Note<"type declaration hidden">;
+def note_hiding_object : Note<"declaration hides type">;
+
+// C++ operator overloading
+def err_operator_overload_needs_class_or_enum : Error<
+  "overloaded %0 must have at least one parameter of class "
+  "or enumeration type">;
+
+def err_operator_overload_variadic : Error<"overloaded %0 cannot be variadic">;
+def err_operator_overload_static : Error<
+  "overloaded %0 cannot be a static member function">;
+def err_operator_overload_default_arg : Error<
+  "parameter of overloaded %0 cannot have a default argument">;
+def err_operator_overload_must_be : Error<
+  "overloaded %0 must be a %select{unary|binary|unary or binary}2 operator "
+  "(has %1 parameter%s1)">;
+
+def err_operator_overload_must_be_member : Error<
+  "overloaded %0 must be a non-static member function">;
+def err_operator_overload_post_incdec_must_be_int : Error<
+  "parameter of overloaded post-%select{increment|decrement}1 operator must "
+  "have type 'int' (not %0)">;
+
+// C++ allocation and deallocation functions.
+def err_operator_new_delete_declared_in_namespace : Error<
+  "%0 cannot be declared inside a namespace">;
+def err_operator_new_delete_declared_static : Error<
+  "%0 cannot be declared static in global scope">;
+def err_operator_new_delete_invalid_result_type : Error<
+  "%0 must return type %1">;
+def err_operator_new_delete_dependent_result_type : Error<
+  "%0 cannot have a dependent return type; use %1 instead">;
+def err_operator_new_delete_too_few_parameters : Error<
+  "%0 must have at least one parameter">;
+def err_operator_new_delete_template_too_few_parameters : Error<
+  "%0 template must have at least two parameters">;
+
+def err_operator_new_dependent_param_type : Error<
+  "%0 cannot take a dependent type as first parameter; "
+  "use size_t (%1) instead">;
+def err_operator_new_param_type : Error<
+  "%0 takes type size_t (%1) as first parameter">;
+def err_operator_new_default_arg: Error<
+  "parameter of %0 cannot have a default argument">;
+def err_operator_delete_dependent_param_type : Error<
+  "%0 cannot take a dependent type as first parameter; use %1 instead">;
+def err_operator_delete_param_type : Error<
+  "first parameter of %0 must have type %1">;
+
+// C++ literal operators
+def err_literal_operator_outside_namespace : Error<
+  "literal operator %0 must be in a namespace or global scope">;
+def err_literal_operator_default_argument : Error<
+  "literal operator cannot have a default argument">;
+// FIXME: This diagnostic sucks
+def err_literal_operator_params : Error<
+  "parameter declaration for literal operator %0 is not valid">;
+def err_literal_operator_extern_c : Error<
+  "literal operator must have C++ linkage">;
+def warn_user_literal_reserved : Warning<
+  "user-defined literal suffixes not starting with '_' are reserved; "
+  "no literal will invoke this operator">,
+  InGroup<UserDefinedLiterals>;
+
+// C++ conversion functions
+def err_conv_function_not_member : Error<
+  "conversion function must be a non-static member function">;
+def err_conv_function_return_type : Error<
+  "conversion function cannot have a return type">;
+def err_conv_function_with_params : Error<
+  "conversion function cannot have any parameters">;
+def err_conv_function_variadic : Error<
+  "conversion function cannot be variadic">;
+def err_conv_function_to_array : Error<
+  "conversion function cannot convert to an array type">;
+def err_conv_function_to_function : Error<
+  "conversion function cannot convert to a function type">;
+def err_conv_function_with_complex_decl : Error<
+  "must use a typedef to declare a conversion to %0">;
+def err_conv_function_redeclared : Error<
+  "conversion function cannot be redeclared">;
+def warn_conv_to_self_not_used : Warning<
+  "conversion function converting %0 to itself will never be used">;
+def warn_conv_to_base_not_used : Warning<
+  "conversion function converting %0 to its base class %1 will never be used">;
+def warn_conv_to_void_not_used : Warning<
+  "conversion function converting %0 to %1 will never be used">;
+
+def warn_not_compound_assign : Warning<
+  "use of unary operator that may be intended as compound assignment (%0=)">;
+
+// C++11 explicit conversion operators
+def ext_explicit_conversion_functions : ExtWarn<
+  "explicit conversion functions are a C++11 extension">, InGroup<CXX11>;
+def warn_cxx98_compat_explicit_conversion_functions : Warning<
+  "explicit conversion functions are incompatible with C++98">,
+  InGroup<CXX98Compat>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+// C++11 defaulted functions
+def err_defaulted_special_member_params : Error<
+  "an explicitly-defaulted %select{|copy |move }0constructor cannot "
+  "have default arguments">;
+def err_defaulted_special_member_variadic : Error<
+  "an explicitly-defaulted %select{|copy |move }0constructor cannot "
+  "be variadic">;
+def err_defaulted_special_member_return_type : Error<
+  "explicitly-defaulted %select{copy|move}0 assignment operator must "
+  "return %1">;
+def err_defaulted_special_member_quals : Error<
+  "an explicitly-defaulted %select{copy|move}0 assignment operator may not "
+  "have 'const', 'constexpr' or 'volatile' qualifiers">;
+def err_defaulted_special_member_volatile_param : Error<
+  "the parameter for an explicitly-defaulted %select{<<ERROR>>|"
+  "copy constructor|move constructor|copy assignment operator|"
+  "move assignment operator|<<ERROR>>}0 may not be volatile">;
+def err_defaulted_special_member_move_const_param : Error<
+  "the parameter for an explicitly-defaulted move "
+  "%select{constructor|assignment operator}0 may not be const">;
+def err_defaulted_special_member_copy_const_param : Error<
+  "the parameter for this explicitly-defaulted copy "
+  "%select{constructor|assignment operator}0 is const, but a member or base "
+  "requires it to be non-const">;
+def err_defaulted_copy_assign_not_ref : Error<
+  "the parameter for an explicitly-defaulted copy assignment operator must be an "
+  "lvalue reference type">;
+def err_incorrect_defaulted_exception_spec : Error<
+  "exception specification of explicitly defaulted %select{default constructor|"
+  "copy constructor|move constructor|copy assignment operator|move assignment "
+  "operator|destructor}0 does not match the "
+  "calculated one">;
+def err_incorrect_defaulted_constexpr : Error<
+  "defaulted definition of %select{default constructor|copy constructor|"
+  "move constructor}0 is not constexpr">;
+def err_out_of_line_default_deletes : Error<
+  "defaulting this %select{default constructor|copy constructor|move "
+  "constructor|copy assignment operator|move assignment operator|destructor}0 "
+  "would delete it after its first declaration">;
+def ext_implicit_exception_spec_mismatch : ExtWarn<
+  "function previously declared with an %select{explicit|implicit}0 exception "
+  "specification redeclared with an %select{implicit|explicit}0 exception "
+  "specification">, InGroup<DiagGroup<"implicit-exception-spec-mismatch">>;
+
+def warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds : Warning<
+  "the pointer decremented by %0 refers before the beginning of the array">,
+  InGroup<ArrayBoundsPointerArithmetic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds : Warning<
+  "the pointer incremented by %0 refers past the end of the array (that "
+  "contains %1 element%s2)">,
+  InGroup<ArrayBoundsPointerArithmetic>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_array_index_precedes_bounds : Warning<
+  "array index %0 is before the beginning of the array">,
+  InGroup<ArrayBounds>;
+def warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds : Warning<
+  "array index %0 is past the end of the array (which contains %1 "
+  "element%s2)">, InGroup<ArrayBounds>;
+def note_array_index_out_of_bounds : Note<
+  "array %0 declared here">;
+
+def warn_printf_insufficient_data_args : Warning<
+  "more '%%' conversions than data arguments">, InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_printf_data_arg_not_used : Warning<
+  "data argument not used by format string">, InGroup<FormatExtraArgs>;
+def warn_format_invalid_conversion : Warning<
+  "invalid conversion specifier '%0'">, InGroup<FormatInvalidSpecifier>;
+def warn_printf_incomplete_specifier : Warning<
+  "incomplete format specifier">, InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_missing_format_string : Warning<
+  "format string missing">, InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_scanf_nonzero_width : Warning<
+  "zero field width in scanf format string is unused">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch : Warning<
+  "format specifies type %0 but the argument has type %1">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_format_argument_needs_cast : Warning<
+  "values of type '%0' should not be used as format arguments; add an explicit "
+  "cast to %1 instead">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args : Warning <
+  "data argument position '%0' exceeds the number of data arguments (%1)">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_format_zero_positional_specifier : Warning<
+  "position arguments in format strings start counting at 1 (not 0)">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier : Warning<
+  "invalid position specified for %select{field width|field precision}0">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args : Warning<
+  "cannot mix positional and non-positional arguments in format string">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_static_array_too_small : Warning<
+  "array argument is too small; contains %0 elements, callee requires at least %1">,
+  InGroup<ArrayBounds>;
+def note_callee_static_array : Note<
+  "callee declares array parameter as static here">;
+def warn_empty_format_string : Warning<
+  "format string is empty">, InGroup<FormatZeroLength>;
+def warn_format_string_is_wide_literal : Warning<
+  "format string should not be a wide string">, InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char : Warning<
+  "format string contains '\\0' within the string body">, InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg : Warning<
+  "'%select{*|.*}0' specified field %select{width|precision}0 is missing a matching 'int' argument">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type : Warning<
+  "field %select{width|precision}0 should have type %1, but argument has type %2">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount: Warning<
+  "%select{field width|precision}0 used with '%1' conversion specifier, resulting in undefined behavior">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_printf_nonsensical_flag: Warning<
+  "flag '%0' results in undefined behavior with '%1' conversion specifier">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_format_nonsensical_length: Warning<
+  "length modifier '%0' results in undefined behavior or no effect with '%1' conversion specifier">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg: ExtWarn<
+  "positional arguments are not supported by ISO C">, InGroup<FormatNonStandard>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_format_non_standard: ExtWarn<
+  "'%0' %select{length modifier|conversion specifier}1 is not supported by ISO C">,
+  InGroup<FormatNonStandard>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec: ExtWarn<
+  "using length modifier '%0' with conversion specifier '%1' is not supported by ISO C">,
+  InGroup<FormatNonStandard>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_printf_ignored_flag: Warning<
+  "flag '%0' is ignored when flag '%1' is present">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete : Warning<
+  "no closing ']' for '%%[' in scanf format string">,
+  InGroup<Format>;
+def note_format_string_defined : Note<"format string is defined here">;
+def note_format_fix_specifier : Note<"did you mean to use '%0'?">;
+def note_printf_c_str: Note<"did you mean to call the %0 method?">;
+
+def warn_null_arg : Warning<
+  "null passed to a callee which requires a non-null argument">,
+  InGroup<NonNull>;
+
+// CHECK: returning address/reference of stack memory
+def warn_ret_stack_addr : Warning<
+  "address of stack memory associated with local variable %0 returned">,
+  InGroup<ReturnStackAddress>;
+def warn_ret_stack_ref : Warning<
+  "reference to stack memory associated with local variable %0 returned">,
+  InGroup<ReturnStackAddress>;
+def warn_ret_local_temp_addr : Warning<
+  "returning address of local temporary object">,
+  InGroup<ReturnStackAddress>;
+def warn_ret_local_temp_ref : Warning<
+  "returning reference to local temporary object">,
+  InGroup<ReturnStackAddress>;
+def warn_ret_addr_label : Warning<
+  "returning address of label, which is local">,
+  InGroup<ReturnStackAddress>;
+def err_ret_local_block : Error<
+  "returning block that lives on the local stack">;
+def note_ref_var_local_bind : Note<
+  "binding reference variable %0 here">;
+
+// Check for initializing a member variable with the address or a reference to
+// a constructor parameter.
+def warn_bind_ref_member_to_parameter : Warning<
+  "binding reference member %0 to stack allocated parameter %1">,
+  InGroup<DanglingField>;
+def warn_init_ptr_member_to_parameter_addr : Warning<
+  "initializing pointer member %0 with the stack address of parameter %1">,
+  InGroup<DanglingField>;
+def warn_bind_ref_member_to_temporary : Warning<
+  "binding reference member %0 to a temporary value">,
+  InGroup<DanglingField>;
+def note_ref_or_ptr_member_declared_here : Note<
+  "%select{reference|pointer}0 member declared here">;
+
+// For non-floating point, expressions of the form x == x or x != x
+// should result in a warning, since these always evaluate to a constant.
+// Array comparisons have similar warnings
+def warn_comparison_always : Warning<
+  "%select{self-|array }0comparison always evaluates to %select{false|true|a constant}1">,
+  InGroup<TautologicalCompare>;
+
+def warn_stringcompare : Warning<
+  "result of comparison against %select{a string literal|@encode}0 is "
+  "unspecified (use strncmp instead)">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"string-compare">>;
+
+def warn_identity_field_assign : Warning<
+  "assigning %select{field|instance variable}0 to itself">,
+  InGroup<SelfAssignmentField>;
+
+// Type safety attributes
+def err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice : Error<
+  "'type_tag_for_datatype' attribute requires the initializer to be "
+  "an %select{integer|integral}0 constant expression">;
+def err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large : Error<
+  "'type_tag_for_datatype' attribute requires the initializer to be "
+  "an %select{integer|integral}0 constant expression "
+  "that can be represented by a 64 bit integer">;
+def warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind : Warning<
+  "this type tag was not designed to be used with this function">,
+  InGroup<TypeSafety>;
+def warn_type_safety_type_mismatch : Warning<
+  "argument type %0 doesn't match specified '%1' type tag "
+  "%select{that requires %3|}2">, InGroup<TypeSafety>;
+def warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required : Warning<
+  "specified %0 type tag requires a null pointer">, InGroup<TypeSafety>;
+
+// Generic selections.
+def err_assoc_type_incomplete : Error<
+  "type %0 in generic association incomplete">;
+def err_assoc_type_nonobject : Error<
+  "type %0 in generic association not an object type">;
+def err_assoc_type_variably_modified : Error<
+  "type %0 in generic association is a variably modified type">;
+def err_assoc_compatible_types : Error<
+  "type %0 in generic association compatible with previously specified type %1">;
+def note_compat_assoc : Note<
+  "compatible type %0 specified here">;
+def err_generic_sel_no_match : Error<
+  "controlling expression type %0 not compatible with any generic association type">;
+def err_generic_sel_multi_match : Error<
+  "controlling expression type %0 compatible with %1 generic association types">;
+
+
+// Blocks
+def err_blocks_disable : Error<"blocks support disabled - compile with -fblocks"
+  " or pick a deployment target that supports them">;
+def err_block_returning_array_function : Error<
+  "block cannot return %select{array|function}0 type %1">;
+
+// Builtin annotation
+def err_builtin_annotation_first_arg : Error<
+  "first argument to __builtin_annotation must be an integer">;
+def err_builtin_annotation_second_arg : Error<
+  "second argument to __builtin_annotation must be a non-wide string constant">;
+
+// CFString checking
+def err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant : Error<
+  "CFString literal is not a string constant">;
+def warn_cfstring_truncated : Warning<
+  "input conversion stopped due to an input byte that does not "
+  "belong to the input codeset UTF-8">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"CFString-literal">>;
+
+// Statements.
+def err_continue_not_in_loop : Error<
+  "'continue' statement not in loop statement">;
+def err_break_not_in_loop_or_switch : Error<
+  "'break' statement not in loop or switch statement">;
+def err_default_not_in_switch : Error<
+  "'default' statement not in switch statement">;
+def err_case_not_in_switch : Error<"'case' statement not in switch statement">;
+def warn_bool_switch_condition : Warning<
+  "switch condition has boolean value">;
+def warn_case_value_overflow : Warning<
+  "overflow converting case value to switch condition type (%0 to %1)">,
+  InGroup<Switch>;
+def err_duplicate_case : Error<"duplicate case value '%0'">;
+def err_duplicate_case_differing_expr : Error<
+  "duplicate case value: '%0' and '%1' both equal '%2'">;
+def warn_case_empty_range : Warning<"empty case range specified">;
+def warn_missing_case_for_condition :
+  Warning<"no case matching constant switch condition '%0'">;
+
+def warn_def_missing_case1 : Warning<
+  "enumeration value %0 not explicitly handled in switch">,
+  InGroup<SwitchEnum>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_def_missing_case2 : Warning<
+  "enumeration values %0 and %1 not explicitly handled in switch">,
+  InGroup<SwitchEnum>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_def_missing_case3 : Warning<
+  "enumeration values %0, %1, and %2 not explicitly handled in switch">,
+  InGroup<SwitchEnum>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_def_missing_cases : Warning<
+  "%0 enumeration values not explicitly handled in switch: %1, %2, %3...">,
+  InGroup<SwitchEnum>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+def warn_missing_case1 : Warning<"enumeration value %0 not handled in switch">,
+  InGroup<Switch>;
+def warn_missing_case2 : Warning<
+  "enumeration values %0 and %1 not handled in switch">,
+  InGroup<Switch>;
+def warn_missing_case3 : Warning<
+  "enumeration values %0, %1, and %2 not handled in switch">,
+  InGroup<Switch>;
+def warn_missing_cases : Warning<
+  "%0 enumeration values not handled in switch: %1, %2, %3...">,
+  InGroup<Switch>;
+
+def warn_unannotated_fallthrough : Warning<
+  "unannotated fall-through between switch labels">,
+  InGroup<ImplicitFallthrough>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_unannotated_fallthrough_per_function : Warning<
+  "unannotated fall-through between switch labels in partly-annotated "
+  "function">, InGroup<ImplicitFallthroughPerFunction>, DefaultIgnore;
+def note_insert_fallthrough_fixit : Note<
+  "insert '%0;' to silence this warning">;
+def note_insert_break_fixit : Note<
+  "insert 'break;' to avoid fall-through">;
+def err_fallthrough_attr_wrong_target : Error<
+  "clang::fallthrough attribute is only allowed on empty statements">;
+def note_fallthrough_insert_semi_fixit : Note<"did you forget ';'?">;
+def err_fallthrough_attr_outside_switch : Error<
+  "fallthrough annotation is outside switch statement">;
+def warn_fallthrough_attr_invalid_placement : Warning<
+  "fallthrough annotation does not directly precede switch label">,
+  InGroup<ImplicitFallthrough>;
+def warn_fallthrough_attr_unreachable : Warning<
+  "fallthrough annotation in unreachable code">,
+  InGroup<ImplicitFallthrough>;
+
+def warn_unreachable_default : Warning<
+  "default label in switch which covers all enumeration values">,
+  InGroup<CoveredSwitchDefault>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_not_in_enum : Warning<"case value not in enumerated type %0">,
+  InGroup<Switch>;
+def warn_not_in_enum_assignement : Warning<"integer constant not in range "
+  "of enumerated type %0">, InGroup<DiagGroup<"assign-enum">>, DefaultIgnore;
+def err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar : Error<
+  "statement requires expression of scalar type (%0 invalid)">;
+def err_typecheck_statement_requires_integer : Error<
+  "statement requires expression of integer type (%0 invalid)">;
+def err_multiple_default_labels_defined : Error<
+  "multiple default labels in one switch">;
+def err_switch_multiple_conversions : Error<
+  "multiple conversions from switch condition type %0 to an integral or "
+  "enumeration type">;
+def note_switch_conversion : Note<
+  "conversion to %select{integral|enumeration}0 type %1">;
+def err_switch_explicit_conversion : Error<
+  "switch condition type %0 requires explicit conversion to %1">;
+def err_switch_incomplete_class_type : Error<
+  "switch condition has incomplete class type %0">;
+
+def warn_empty_if_body : Warning<
+  "if statement has empty body">, InGroup<EmptyBody>;
+def warn_empty_for_body : Warning<
+  "for loop has empty body">, InGroup<EmptyBody>;
+def warn_empty_range_based_for_body : Warning<
+  "range-based for loop has empty body">, InGroup<EmptyBody>;
+def warn_empty_while_body : Warning<
+  "while loop has empty body">, InGroup<EmptyBody>;
+def warn_empty_switch_body : Warning<
+  "switch statement has empty body">, InGroup<EmptyBody>;
+def note_empty_body_on_separate_line : Note<
+  "put the semicolon on a separate line to silence this warning">;
+
+def err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function : Error<
+  "'va_start' used in function with fixed args">;
+def warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument : Warning<
+  "second parameter of 'va_start' not last named argument">;
+def err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list : Error<
+  "first argument to 'va_arg' is of type %0 and not 'va_list'">;
+def err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete: Error<
+  "second argument to 'va_arg' is of incomplete type %0">;
+def err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract: Error<
+  "second argument to 'va_arg' is of abstract type %0">;
+def warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod : Warning<
+  "second argument to 'va_arg' is of non-POD type %0">,
+  InGroup<NonPODVarargs>, DefaultError;
+def warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified : Warning<
+  "second argument to 'va_arg' is of ARC ownership-qualified type %0">,
+  InGroup<NonPODVarargs>, DefaultError;
+def warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible : Warning<
+  "second argument to 'va_arg' is of promotable type %0; this va_arg has "
+  "undefined behavior because arguments will be promoted to %1">;
+
+def warn_return_missing_expr : Warning<
+  "non-void %select{function|method}1 %0 should return a value">, DefaultError,
+  InGroup<ReturnType>;
+def ext_return_missing_expr : ExtWarn<
+  "non-void %select{function|method}1 %0 should return a value">, DefaultError,
+  InGroup<ReturnType>;
+def ext_return_has_expr : ExtWarn<
+  "%select{void function|void method|constructor|destructor}1 %0 "
+  "should not return a value">,
+  DefaultError, InGroup<ReturnType>;
+def ext_return_has_void_expr : Extension<
+  "void %select{function|method|block}1 %0 should not return void expression">;
+def err_return_init_list : Error<
+  "%select{void function|void method|constructor|destructor}1 %0 "
+  "must not return a value">;
+def warn_noreturn_function_has_return_expr : Warning<
+  "function %0 declared 'noreturn' should not return">,
+  InGroup<InvalidNoreturn>;
+def warn_falloff_noreturn_function : Warning<
+  "function declared 'noreturn' should not return">,
+  InGroup<InvalidNoreturn>;
+def err_noreturn_block_has_return_expr : Error<
+  "block declared 'noreturn' should not return">;
+def err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl : Error<
+  "function declared '[[noreturn]]' after its first declaration">;
+def note_noreturn_missing_first_decl : Note<
+  "declaration missing '[[noreturn]]' attribute is here">;
+def err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl : Error<
+  "%select{function|parameter}0 declared '[[carries_dependency]]' "
+  "after its first declaration">;
+def note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl : Note<
+  "declaration missing '[[carries_dependency]]' attribute is here">;
+def err_carries_dependency_param_not_function_decl : Error<
+  "'[[carries_dependency]]' attribute only allowed on parameter in a function "
+  "declaration or lambda">;
+def err_block_on_nonlocal : Error<
+  "__block attribute not allowed, only allowed on local variables">;
+def err_block_on_vm : Error<
+  "__block attribute not allowed on declaration with a variably modified type">;
+
+def err_shufflevector_non_vector : Error<
+  "first two arguments to __builtin_shufflevector must be vectors">;
+def err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector : Error<
+  "first two arguments to __builtin_shufflevector must have the same type">;
+def err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument : Error<
+  "index for __builtin_shufflevector must be a constant integer">;
+def err_shufflevector_argument_too_large : Error<
+  "index for __builtin_shufflevector must be less than the total number "
+  "of vector elements">;
+
+def err_vector_incorrect_num_initializers : Error<
+  "%select{too many|too few}0 elements in vector initialization (expected %1 elements, have %2)">;
+def err_altivec_empty_initializer : Error<"expected initializer">;
+
+def err_invalid_neon_type_code : Error<
+  "incompatible constant for this __builtin_neon function">; 
+def err_argument_invalid_range : Error<
+  "argument should be a value from %0 to %1">;
+
+def err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val : Error<
+  "argument to __builtin_longjmp must be a constant 1">;
+
+def err_constant_integer_arg_type : Error<
+  "argument to %0 must be a constant integer">;
+
+def ext_mixed_decls_code : Extension<
+  "ISO C90 forbids mixing declarations and code">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"declaration-after-statement">>;
+  
+def err_non_variable_decl_in_for : Error<
+  "declaration of non-local variable in 'for' loop">;
+def err_toomany_element_decls : Error<
+  "only one element declaration is allowed">;
+def err_selector_element_not_lvalue : Error<
+  "selector element is not a valid lvalue">;
+def err_selector_element_type : Error<
+  "selector element type %0 is not a valid object">;
+def err_collection_expr_type : Error<
+  "the type %0 is not a pointer to a fast-enumerable object">;
+def warn_collection_expr_type : Warning<
+  "collection expression type %0 may not respond to %1">;
+
+def err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors : Error<
+  "invalid conversion between ext-vector type %0 and %1">;
+
+def warn_duplicate_attribute : Warning<
+  "attribute %0 is already applied with different parameters">,
+  InGroup<IgnoredAttributes>;
+
+// Type
+def ext_invalid_sign_spec : Extension<"'%0' cannot be signed or unsigned">;
+def warn_receiver_forward_class : Warning<
+    "receiver %0 is a forward class and corresponding @interface may not exist">,
+    InGroup<ForwardClassReceiver>;
+def note_method_sent_forward_class : Note<"method %0 is used for the forward class">;
+def ext_missing_declspec : ExtWarn<
+  "declaration specifier missing, defaulting to 'int'">;
+def ext_missing_type_specifier : ExtWarn<
+  "type specifier missing, defaults to 'int'">,
+  InGroup<ImplicitInt>;
+def err_decimal_unsupported : Error<
+  "GNU decimal type extension not supported">;
+def err_missing_type_specifier : Error<
+  "C++ requires a type specifier for all declarations">;
+def err_objc_array_of_interfaces : Error<
+  "array of interface %0 is invalid (probably should be an array of pointers)">;
+def ext_c99_array_usage : Extension<
+  "%select{qualifier in |static |}0array size %select{||'[*] '}0is a C99 "
+  "feature">, InGroup<C99>;
+def err_c99_array_usage_cxx : Error<
+  "%select{qualifier in |static |}0array size %select{||'[*] '}0is a C99 "
+  "feature, not permitted in C++">;
+def err_double_requires_fp64 : Error<
+  "use of type 'double' requires cl_khr_fp64 extension to be enabled">;
+def err_int128_unsupported : Error<
+  "__int128 is not supported on this target">;
+def err_nsconsumed_attribute_mismatch : Error<
+  "overriding method has mismatched ns_consumed attribute on its"
+  " parameter">;
+def err_nsreturns_retained_attribute_mismatch : Error<
+  "overriding method has mismatched ns_returns_%select{not_retained|retained}0"
+  " attributes">;
+  
+def note_getter_unavailable : Note<
+  "or because setter is declared here, but no getter method %0 is found">;
+def err_invalid_protocol_qualifiers : Error<
+  "invalid protocol qualifiers on non-ObjC type">;
+def warn_ivar_use_hidden : Warning<
+  "local declaration of %0 hides instance variable">,
+   InGroup<DiagGroup<"shadow-ivar">>;
+def error_ivar_use_in_class_method : Error<
+  "instance variable %0 accessed in class method">;
+def error_implicit_ivar_access : Error<
+  "instance variable %0 cannot be accessed because 'self' has been redeclared">;
+def error_private_ivar_access : Error<"instance variable %0 is private">,
+  AccessControl;
+def error_protected_ivar_access : Error<"instance variable %0 is protected">,
+  AccessControl;
+def warn_maynot_respond : Warning<"%0 may not respond to %1">;
+def warn_attribute_method_def : Warning<
+  "attributes on method implementation and its declaration must match">,
+  InGroup<DiagGroup<"mismatched-method-attributes">>;
+def ext_typecheck_base_super : Warning<
+  "method parameter type "
+  "%diff{$ does not match super class method parameter type $|"
+  "does not match super class method parameter type}0,1">,
+   InGroup<SuperSubClassMismatch>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_missing_method_return_type : Warning<
+  "method has no return type specified; defaults to 'id'">,
+  InGroup<MissingMethodReturnType>, DefaultIgnore;
+def warn_direct_ivar_access : Warning<"instance variable %0 is being "
+  "directly accessed">, InGroup<DiagGroup<"direct-ivar-access">>, DefaultIgnore;
+
+// Spell-checking diagnostics
+def err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest : Error<
+  "unknown %select{type|class}2 name %0; did you mean %1?">;
+def err_unknown_typename_suggest : Error<
+  "unknown type name %0; did you mean %1?">;
+def err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest : Error<
+  "no type named %0 in %1; did you mean %2?">;
+def err_no_member_suggest : Error<"no member named %0 in %1; did you mean %2?">;
+def err_undeclared_use_suggest : Error<
+  "use of undeclared %0; did you mean %1?">;
+def err_undeclared_var_use_suggest : Error<
+  "use of undeclared identifier %0; did you mean %1?">;
+def err_no_template_suggest : Error<"no template named %0; did you mean %1?">;
+def err_no_member_template_suggest : Error<
+  "no template named %0 in %1; did you mean %2?">;
+def err_mem_init_not_member_or_class_suggest : Error<
+  "initializer %0 does not name a non-static data member or base "
+  "class; did you mean the %select{base class|member}1 %2?">;
+def err_field_designator_unknown_suggest : Error<
+  "field designator %0 does not refer to any field in type %1; did you mean "
+  "%2?">;
+def err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest : Error<
+  "%0 does not have a member named %1; did you mean %2?">;
+def err_property_not_found_suggest : Error<
+  "property %0 not found on object of type %1; did you mean %2?">;
+def err_ivar_access_using_property_syntax_suggest : Error<
+  "property %0 not found on object of type %1; did you mean to access instance variable %2?">;
+def err_property_found_suggest : Error<
+  "property %0 found on object of type %1; did you mean to access "
+  "it with the \".\" operator?">;
+def err_undef_interface_suggest : Error<
+  "cannot find interface declaration for %0; did you mean %1?">;
+def warn_undef_interface_suggest : Warning<
+  "cannot find interface declaration for %0; did you mean %1?">;
+def err_undef_superclass_suggest : Error<
+  "cannot find interface declaration for %0, superclass of %1; did you mean "
+  "%2?">;
+def err_undeclared_protocol_suggest : Error<
+  "cannot find protocol declaration for %0; did you mean %1?">;
+def note_base_class_specified_here : Note<
+  "base class %0 specified here">;
+def err_using_directive_suggest : Error<
+  "no namespace named %0; did you mean %1?">;
+def err_using_directive_member_suggest : Error<
+  "no namespace named %0 in %1; did you mean %2?">;
+def note_namespace_defined_here : Note<"namespace %0 defined here">;
+def err_sizeof_pack_no_pack_name_suggest : Error<
+  "%0 does not refer to the name of a parameter pack; did you mean %1?">;
+def note_parameter_pack_here : Note<"parameter pack %0 declared here">;
+
+def err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any : Error<
+  "%0 has unknown type; cast it to its declared type to use it">;
+def err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any : Error<
+  "%0 has unknown return type; cast the call to its declared return type">;
+def err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method : Error<
+  "no known method %select{%objcinstance1|%objcclass1}0; cast the "
+  "message send to the method's return type">;
+def err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl : Error<
+  "%0 has unknown type, which is unsupported for this kind of declaration">;
+def err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr : Error<
+  "unsupported expression with unknown type">;
+def err_unsupported_unknown_any_call : Error<
+  "call to unsupported expression with unknown type">;
+def err_unknown_any_addrof : Error<
+  "the address of a declaration with unknown type "
+  "can only be cast to a pointer type">;
+def err_unknown_any_var_function_type : Error<
+  "variable %0 with unknown type cannot be given a function type">;
+def err_unknown_any_function : Error<
+  "function %0 with unknown type must be given a function type">;
+
+def err_filter_expression_integral : Error<
+  "filter expression type should be an integral value not %0">;
+
+// OpenCL warnings and errors.
+def err_invalid_astype_of_different_size : Error<
+  "invalid reinterpretation: sizes of %0 and %1 must match">;
+def err_static_kernel : Error<
+  "kernel functions cannot be declared static">;
+def err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg : Error<
+  "kernel argument cannot be declared as a pointer to a pointer">;
+def err_static_function_scope : Error<
+  "variables in function scope cannot be declared static">;
+def err_opencl_bitfields : Error<
+  "bitfields are not supported in OpenCL">;
+def err_opencl_vla : Error<
+  "variable length arrays are not supported in OpenCL">;
+def err_event_t_kernel_arg : Error<
+  "the event_t type cannot be used to declare a kernel function argument">;
+def err_event_t_global_var : Error<
+  "the event_t type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable">;
+def err_event_t_struct_field : Error<
+  "the event_t type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field">;
+def err_event_t_addr_space_qual : Error<
+  "the event_t type can only be used with __private address space qualifier">;
+def err_expected_kernel_void_return_type : Error<
+  "kernel must have void return type">;
+def err_sampler_argument_required : Error<
+  "sampler_t variable required - got %0">;
+def err_wrong_sampler_addressspace: Error<
+  "sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address space qualifiers">;
+
+// OpenMP support.
+def err_omp_expected_var_arg_suggest : Error<
+  "%0 is not a global variable, static local variable or static data member%select{|; did you mean %2?}1">;
+def err_omp_global_var_arg : Error<
+  "arguments of '#pragma omp %0' must have %select{global storage|static storage duration}1">;
+def err_omp_ref_type_arg : Error<
+  "arguments of '#pragma omp %0' cannot be of reference type %1">;
+def err_omp_var_scope : Error<
+  "'#pragma omp %0' must appear in the scope of the %1 variable declaration">;
+def err_omp_var_used : Error<
+  "'#pragma omp %0' must precede all references to variable %1">;
+def err_omp_var_thread_local : Error<
+  "variable %0 cannot be threadprivate because it is thread-local">;
+def err_omp_incomplete_type : Error<
+  "a threadprivate variable must not have incomplete type %0">;
+
+} // end of sema category
+
+let CategoryName = "Related Result Type Issue" in {
+// Objective-C related result type compatibility
+def warn_related_result_type_compatibility_class : Warning<
+  "method is expected to return an instance of its class type "
+  "%diff{$, but is declared to return $|"
+  ", but is declared to return different type}0,1">;
+def warn_related_result_type_compatibility_protocol : Warning<
+  "protocol method is expected to return an instance of the implementing "
+  "class, but is declared to return %0">;
+def note_related_result_type_family : Note<
+  "%select{overridden|current}0 method is part of the '%select{|alloc|copy|init|"
+  "mutableCopy|new|autorelease|dealloc|finalize|release|retain|retainCount|"
+  "self}1' method family%select{| and is expected to return an instance of its "
+  "class type}0">;
+def note_related_result_type_overridden : Note<
+  "overridden method returns an instance of its class type">;
+def note_related_result_type_inferred : Note<
+  "%select{class|instance}0 method %1 is assumed to return an instance of "
+  "its receiver type (%2)">;
+def note_related_result_type_explicit : Note<
+  "%select{overridden|current}0 method is explicitly declared 'instancetype'"
+  "%select{| and is expected to return an instance of its class type}0">;
+
+}
+
+let CategoryName = "Modules Issue" in {
+def err_module_private_specialization : Error<
+  "%select{template|partial|member}0 specialization cannot be "
+  "declared __module_private__">;
+def err_module_private_local : Error<
+  "%select{local variable|parameter|typedef}0 %1 cannot be declared "
+  "__module_private__">;
+def err_module_private_local_class : Error<
+  "local %select{struct|interface|union|class|enum}0 cannot be declared "
+  "__module_private__">;
+def err_module_private_definition : Error<
+  "definition of %0 must be imported from module '%1' before it is required">;
+}
+
+let CategoryName = "Documentation Issue" in {
+def warn_not_a_doxygen_trailing_member_comment : Warning<
+  "not a Doxygen trailing comment">, InGroup<Documentation>, DefaultIgnore;
+} // end of documentation issue category
+
+} // end of sema component.
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticSerializationKinds.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticSerializationKinds.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7137404
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/DiagnosticSerializationKinds.td
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+//==--- DiagnosticSerializationKinds.td - serialization diagnostics -------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Component = "Serialization" in {
+
+def err_fe_unable_to_read_pch_file : Error<
+    "unable to read PCH file %0: '%1'">;
+def err_fe_not_a_pch_file : Error<
+    "input is not a PCH file: '%0'">;
+def err_fe_pch_malformed : Error<
+    "malformed or corrupted PCH file: '%0'">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_fe_pch_malformed_block : Error<
+    "malformed block record in PCH file: '%0'">, DefaultFatal;
+def err_fe_pch_file_modified : Error<
+    "file '%0' has been modified since the precompiled header '%1' was built">,
+    DefaultFatal;
+def err_fe_pch_file_overridden : Error<
+    "file '%0' from the precompiled header has been overridden">;
+
+def err_pch_targetopt_mismatch : Error<
+    "PCH file was compiled for the %0 '%1' but the current translation "
+    "unit is being compiled for target '%2'">;
+def err_pch_targetopt_feature_mismatch : Error<
+    "%select{AST file|current translation unit}0 was compiled with the target "
+    "feature'%1' but the %select{current translation unit is|AST file was}0 "
+    "not">;
+def err_pch_langopt_mismatch : Error<"%0 was %select{disabled|enabled}1 in "
+    "PCH file but is currently %select{disabled|enabled}2">;
+def err_pch_langopt_value_mismatch : Error<
+  "%0 differs in PCH file vs. current file">;
+  
+def warn_pch_version_too_old : Error<
+    "PCH file uses an older PCH format that is no longer supported">;
+def warn_pch_version_too_new : Error<
+    "PCH file uses a newer PCH format that cannot be read">;
+def warn_pch_different_branch : Error<
+    "PCH file built from a different branch (%0) than the compiler (%1)">;
+def err_pch_with_compiler_errors : Error<
+    "PCH file contains compiler errors">;
+    
+def warn_module_conflict : Warning<
+    "module '%0' conflicts with already-imported module '%1': %2">, 
+    InGroup<ModuleConflict>;
+
+def err_pch_macro_def_undef : Error<
+    "macro '%0' was %select{defined|undef'd}1 in the precompiled header but "
+    "%select{undef'd|defined}1 on the command line">;
+def err_pch_macro_def_conflict : Error<
+    "definition of macro '%0' differs between the precompiled header ('%1') "
+    "and the command line ('%2')">;
+def err_pch_undef : Error<
+    "%select{command line contains|precompiled header was built with}0 "
+    "'-undef' but %select{precompiled header was not built with it|"
+    "it is not present on the command line}0">;
+
+def err_not_a_pch_file : Error<
+    "'%0' does not appear to be a precompiled header file">, DefaultFatal;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edd89ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+//===--- ExceptionSpecificationType.h ---------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the ExceptionSpecificationType enumeration and various
+/// utility functions.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_EXCEPTIONSPECIFICATIONTYPE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_EXCEPTIONSPECIFICATIONTYPE_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief The various types of exception specifications that exist in C++11.
+enum ExceptionSpecificationType {
+  EST_None,             ///< no exception specification
+  EST_DynamicNone,      ///< throw()
+  EST_Dynamic,          ///< throw(T1, T2)
+  EST_MSAny,            ///< Microsoft throw(...) extension
+  EST_BasicNoexcept,    ///< noexcept
+  EST_ComputedNoexcept, ///< noexcept(expression)
+  EST_Unevaluated,      ///< not evaluated yet, for special member function
+  EST_Uninstantiated    ///< not instantiated yet
+};
+
+inline bool isDynamicExceptionSpec(ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType) {
+  return ESpecType >= EST_DynamicNone && ESpecType <= EST_MSAny;
+}
+
+inline bool isNoexceptExceptionSpec(ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType) {
+  return ESpecType == EST_BasicNoexcept || ESpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept;
+}
+
+inline bool isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType) {
+  return ESpecType == EST_Unevaluated || ESpecType == EST_Uninstantiated;
+}
+
+/// \brief Possible results from evaluation of a noexcept expression.
+enum CanThrowResult {
+  CT_Cannot,
+  CT_Dependent,
+  CT_Can
+};
+
+inline CanThrowResult mergeCanThrow(CanThrowResult CT1, CanThrowResult CT2) {
+  // CanThrowResult constants are ordered so that the maximum is the correct
+  // merge result.
+  return CT1 > CT2 ? CT1 : CT2;
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_EXCEPTIONSPECIFICATIONTYPE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e877715
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+//===- ExpressionTraits.h - C++ Expression Traits Support Enums -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines enumerations for expression traits intrinsics.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_EXPRESSIONTRAITS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_EXPRESSIONTRAITS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+  enum ExpressionTrait {
+    ET_IsLValueExpr,
+    ET_IsRValueExpr
+  };
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/FileManager.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/FileManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d9e53b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/FileManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+//===--- FileManager.h - File System Probing and Caching --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::FileManager interface and associated types.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FILEMANAGER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FILEMANAGER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+// FIXME: Enhance libsystem to support inode and other fields in stat.
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+typedef unsigned short mode_t;
+#endif
+
+struct stat;
+
+namespace llvm {
+class MemoryBuffer;
+namespace sys { class Path; }
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+class FileManager;
+class FileSystemStatCache;
+
+/// \brief Cached information about one directory (either on disk or in
+/// the virtual file system).
+class DirectoryEntry {
+  const char *Name;   // Name of the directory.
+  friend class FileManager;
+public:
+  DirectoryEntry() : Name(0) {}
+  const char *getName() const { return Name; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Cached information about one file (either on disk
+/// or in the virtual file system).
+///
+/// If the 'FD' member is valid, then this FileEntry has an open file
+/// descriptor for the file.
+class FileEntry {
+  const char *Name;           // Name of the file.
+  off_t Size;                 // File size in bytes.
+  time_t ModTime;             // Modification time of file.
+  const DirectoryEntry *Dir;  // Directory file lives in.
+  unsigned UID;               // A unique (small) ID for the file.
+  dev_t Device;               // ID for the device containing the file.
+  ino_t Inode;                // Inode number for the file.
+  mode_t FileMode;            // The file mode as returned by 'stat'.
+
+  /// FD - The file descriptor for the file entry if it is opened and owned
+  /// by the FileEntry.  If not, this is set to -1.
+  mutable int FD;
+  friend class FileManager;
+
+public:
+  FileEntry(dev_t device, ino_t inode, mode_t m)
+    : Name(0), Device(device), Inode(inode), FileMode(m), FD(-1) {}
+  // Add a default constructor for use with llvm::StringMap
+  FileEntry() : Name(0), Device(0), Inode(0), FileMode(0), FD(-1) {}
+
+  FileEntry(const FileEntry &FE) {
+    memcpy(this, &FE, sizeof(FE));
+    assert(FD == -1 && "Cannot copy a file-owning FileEntry");
+  }
+
+  void operator=(const FileEntry &FE) {
+    memcpy(this, &FE, sizeof(FE));
+    assert(FD == -1 && "Cannot assign a file-owning FileEntry");
+  }
+
+  ~FileEntry();
+
+  const char *getName() const { return Name; }
+  off_t getSize() const { return Size; }
+  unsigned getUID() const { return UID; }
+  ino_t getInode() const { return Inode; }
+  dev_t getDevice() const { return Device; }
+  time_t getModificationTime() const { return ModTime; }
+  mode_t getFileMode() const { return FileMode; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the directory the file lives in.
+  const DirectoryEntry *getDir() const { return Dir; }
+
+  bool operator<(const FileEntry &RHS) const {
+    return Device < RHS.Device || (Device == RHS.Device && Inode < RHS.Inode);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Check whether the file is a named pipe (and thus can't be opened by
+  /// the native FileManager methods).
+  bool isNamedPipe() const;
+};
+
+/// \brief Implements support for file system lookup, file system caching,
+/// and directory search management.
+///
+/// This also handles more advanced properties, such as uniquing files based
+/// on "inode", so that a file with two names (e.g. symlinked) will be treated
+/// as a single file.
+///
+class FileManager : public RefCountedBase<FileManager> {
+  FileSystemOptions FileSystemOpts;
+
+  class UniqueDirContainer;
+  class UniqueFileContainer;
+
+  /// \brief Cache for existing real directories.
+  UniqueDirContainer &UniqueRealDirs;
+
+  /// \brief Cache for existing real files.
+  UniqueFileContainer &UniqueRealFiles;
+
+  /// \brief The virtual directories that we have allocated.
+  ///
+  /// For each virtual file (e.g. foo/bar/baz.cpp), we add all of its parent
+  /// directories (foo/ and foo/bar/) here.
+  SmallVector<DirectoryEntry*, 4> VirtualDirectoryEntries;
+  /// \brief The virtual files that we have allocated.
+  SmallVector<FileEntry*, 4> VirtualFileEntries;
+
+  /// \brief A cache that maps paths to directory entries (either real or
+  /// virtual) we have looked up
+  ///
+  /// The actual Entries for real directories/files are
+  /// owned by UniqueRealDirs/UniqueRealFiles above, while the Entries
+  /// for virtual directories/files are owned by
+  /// VirtualDirectoryEntries/VirtualFileEntries above.
+  ///
+  llvm::StringMap<DirectoryEntry*, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> SeenDirEntries;
+
+  /// \brief A cache that maps paths to file entries (either real or
+  /// virtual) we have looked up.
+  ///
+  /// \see SeenDirEntries
+  llvm::StringMap<FileEntry*, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> SeenFileEntries;
+
+  /// \brief The canonical names of directories.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const DirectoryEntry *, llvm::StringRef> CanonicalDirNames;
+
+  /// \brief Storage for canonical names that we have computed.
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator CanonicalNameStorage;
+
+  /// \brief Each FileEntry we create is assigned a unique ID #.
+  ///
+  unsigned NextFileUID;
+
+  // Statistics.
+  unsigned NumDirLookups, NumFileLookups;
+  unsigned NumDirCacheMisses, NumFileCacheMisses;
+
+  // Caching.
+  OwningPtr<FileSystemStatCache> StatCache;
+
+  bool getStatValue(const char *Path, struct stat &StatBuf,
+                    bool isFile, int *FileDescriptor);
+
+  /// Add all ancestors of the given path (pointing to either a file
+  /// or a directory) as virtual directories.
+  void addAncestorsAsVirtualDirs(StringRef Path);
+
+public:
+  FileManager(const FileSystemOptions &FileSystemOpts);
+  ~FileManager();
+
+  /// \brief Installs the provided FileSystemStatCache object within
+  /// the FileManager.
+  ///
+  /// Ownership of this object is transferred to the FileManager.
+  ///
+  /// \param statCache the new stat cache to install. Ownership of this
+  /// object is transferred to the FileManager.
+  ///
+  /// \param AtBeginning whether this new stat cache must be installed at the
+  /// beginning of the chain of stat caches. Otherwise, it will be added to
+  /// the end of the chain.
+  void addStatCache(FileSystemStatCache *statCache, bool AtBeginning = false);
+
+  /// \brief Removes the specified FileSystemStatCache object from the manager.
+  void removeStatCache(FileSystemStatCache *statCache);
+
+  /// \brief Removes all FileSystemStatCache objects from the manager.
+  void clearStatCaches();
+
+  /// \brief Lookup, cache, and verify the specified directory (real or
+  /// virtual).
+  ///
+  /// This returns NULL if the directory doesn't exist.
+  ///
+  /// \param CacheFailure If true and the file does not exist, we'll cache
+  /// the failure to find this file.
+  const DirectoryEntry *getDirectory(StringRef DirName,
+                                     bool CacheFailure = true);
+
+  /// \brief Lookup, cache, and verify the specified file (real or
+  /// virtual).
+  ///
+  /// This returns NULL if the file doesn't exist.
+  ///
+  /// \param OpenFile if true and the file exists, it will be opened.
+  ///
+  /// \param CacheFailure If true and the file does not exist, we'll cache
+  /// the failure to find this file.
+  const FileEntry *getFile(StringRef Filename, bool OpenFile = false,
+                           bool CacheFailure = true);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the current file system options
+  const FileSystemOptions &getFileSystemOptions() { return FileSystemOpts; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a file entry for a "virtual" file that acts as
+  /// if there were a file with the given name on disk.
+  ///
+  /// The file itself is not accessed.
+  const FileEntry *getVirtualFile(StringRef Filename, off_t Size,
+                                  time_t ModificationTime);
+
+  /// \brief Open the specified file as a MemoryBuffer, returning a new
+  /// MemoryBuffer if successful, otherwise returning null.
+  llvm::MemoryBuffer *getBufferForFile(const FileEntry *Entry,
+                                       std::string *ErrorStr = 0,
+                                       bool isVolatile = false);
+  llvm::MemoryBuffer *getBufferForFile(StringRef Filename,
+                                       std::string *ErrorStr = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Get the 'stat' information for the given \p Path.
+  ///
+  /// If the path is relative, it will be resolved against the WorkingDir of the
+  /// FileManager's FileSystemOptions.
+  bool getNoncachedStatValue(StringRef Path, struct stat &StatBuf);
+
+  /// \brief Remove the real file \p Entry from the cache.
+  void invalidateCache(const FileEntry *Entry);
+
+  /// \brief If path is not absolute and FileSystemOptions set the working
+  /// directory, the path is modified to be relative to the given
+  /// working directory.
+  void FixupRelativePath(SmallVectorImpl<char> &path) const;
+
+  /// \brief Produce an array mapping from the unique IDs assigned to each
+  /// file to the corresponding FileEntry pointer.
+  void GetUniqueIDMapping(
+                    SmallVectorImpl<const FileEntry *> &UIDToFiles) const;
+
+  /// \brief Modifies the size and modification time of a previously created
+  /// FileEntry. Use with caution.
+  static void modifyFileEntry(FileEntry *File, off_t Size,
+                              time_t ModificationTime);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the canonical name for a given directory.
+  ///
+  /// This is a very expensive operation, despite its results being cached,
+  /// and should only be used when the physical layout of the file system is
+  /// required, which is (almost) never.
+  StringRef getCanonicalName(const DirectoryEntry *Dir);
+
+  void PrintStats() const;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38f1346
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+//===--- FileSystemOptions.h - File System Options --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::FileSystemOptions interface.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_FILESYSTEMOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_FILESYSTEMOPTIONS_H
+
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Keeps track of options that affect how file operations are performed.
+class FileSystemOptions {
+public:
+  /// \brief If set, paths are resolved as if the working directory was
+  /// set to the value of WorkingDir.
+  std::string WorkingDir;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/FileSystemStatCache.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/FileSystemStatCache.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff70373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/FileSystemStatCache.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+//===--- FileSystemStatCache.h - Caching for 'stat' calls -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the FileSystemStatCache interface.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FILESYSTEMSTATCACHE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FILESYSTEMSTATCACHE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Abstract interface for introducing a FileManager cache for 'stat'
+/// system calls, which is used by precompiled and pretokenized headers to
+/// improve performance.
+class FileSystemStatCache {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  OwningPtr<FileSystemStatCache> NextStatCache;
+  
+public:
+  virtual ~FileSystemStatCache() {}
+  
+  enum LookupResult {
+    CacheExists,   ///< We know the file exists and its cached stat data.
+    CacheMissing   ///< We know that the file doesn't exist.
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Get the 'stat' information for the specified path, using the cache
+  /// to accelerate it if possible.
+  ///
+  /// \returns \c true if the path does not exist or \c false if it exists.
+  ///
+  /// If isFile is true, then this lookup should only return success for files
+  /// (not directories).  If it is false this lookup should only return
+  /// success for directories (not files).  On a successful file lookup, the
+  /// implementation can optionally fill in FileDescriptor with a valid
+  /// descriptor and the client guarantees that it will close it.
+  static bool get(const char *Path, struct stat &StatBuf,
+                  bool isFile, int *FileDescriptor, FileSystemStatCache *Cache);
+  
+  
+  /// \brief Sets the next stat call cache in the chain of stat caches.
+  /// Takes ownership of the given stat cache.
+  void setNextStatCache(FileSystemStatCache *Cache) {
+    NextStatCache.reset(Cache);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the next stat call cache in the chain.
+  FileSystemStatCache *getNextStatCache() { return NextStatCache.get(); }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the next stat call cache in the chain, transferring
+  /// ownership of this cache (and, transitively, all of the remaining caches)
+  /// to the caller.
+  FileSystemStatCache *takeNextStatCache() { return NextStatCache.take(); }
+  
+protected:
+  virtual LookupResult getStat(const char *Path, struct stat &StatBuf,
+                               bool isFile, int *FileDescriptor) = 0;
+
+  LookupResult statChained(const char *Path, struct stat &StatBuf,
+                           bool isFile, int *FileDescriptor) {
+    if (FileSystemStatCache *Next = getNextStatCache())
+      return Next->getStat(Path, StatBuf, isFile, FileDescriptor);
+    
+    // If we hit the end of the list of stat caches to try, just compute and
+    // return it without a cache.
+    return get(Path, StatBuf,
+               isFile, FileDescriptor, 0) ? CacheMissing : CacheExists;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief A stat "cache" that can be used by FileManager to keep
+/// track of the results of stat() calls that occur throughout the
+/// execution of the front end.
+class MemorizeStatCalls : public FileSystemStatCache {
+public:
+  /// \brief The set of stat() calls that have been seen.
+  llvm::StringMap<struct stat, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> StatCalls;
+  
+  typedef llvm::StringMap<struct stat, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator>::const_iterator
+  iterator;
+  
+  iterator begin() const { return StatCalls.begin(); }
+  iterator end() const { return StatCalls.end(); }
+  
+  virtual LookupResult getStat(const char *Path, struct stat &StatBuf,
+                               bool isFile, int *FileDescriptor);
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c04a893
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,832 @@
+//===--- IdentifierTable.h - Hash table for identifier lookup ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::IdentifierInfo, clang::IdentifierTable, and
+/// clang::Selector interfaces.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_IDENTIFIERTABLE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_IDENTIFIERTABLE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <string>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template <typename T> struct DenseMapInfo;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class LangOptions;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class IdentifierTable;
+  class SourceLocation;
+  class MultiKeywordSelector; // private class used by Selector
+  class DeclarationName;      // AST class that stores declaration names
+
+  /// \brief A simple pair of identifier info and location.
+  typedef std::pair<IdentifierInfo*, SourceLocation> IdentifierLocPair;
+
+
+/// One of these records is kept for each identifier that
+/// is lexed.  This contains information about whether the token was \#define'd,
+/// is a language keyword, or if it is a front-end token of some sort (e.g. a
+/// variable or function name).  The preprocessor keeps this information in a
+/// set, and all tok::identifier tokens have a pointer to one of these.
+class IdentifierInfo {
+  unsigned TokenID            : 9; // Front-end token ID or tok::identifier.
+  // Objective-C keyword ('protocol' in '@protocol') or builtin (__builtin_inf).
+  // First NUM_OBJC_KEYWORDS values are for Objective-C, the remaining values
+  // are for builtins.
+  unsigned ObjCOrBuiltinID    :11;
+  bool HasMacro               : 1; // True if there is a #define for this.
+  bool HadMacro               : 1; // True if there was a #define for this.
+  bool IsExtension            : 1; // True if identifier is a lang extension.
+  bool IsCXX11CompatKeyword   : 1; // True if identifier is a keyword in C++11.
+  bool IsPoisoned             : 1; // True if identifier is poisoned.
+  bool IsCPPOperatorKeyword   : 1; // True if ident is a C++ operator keyword.
+  bool NeedsHandleIdentifier  : 1; // See "RecomputeNeedsHandleIdentifier".
+  bool IsFromAST              : 1; // True if identifier was loaded (at least 
+                                   // partially) from an AST file.
+  bool ChangedAfterLoad       : 1; // True if identifier has changed from the
+                                   // definition loaded from an AST file.
+  bool RevertedTokenID        : 1; // True if RevertTokenIDToIdentifier was
+                                   // called.
+  bool OutOfDate              : 1; // True if there may be additional
+                                   // information about this identifier
+                                   // stored externally.
+  bool IsModulesImport        : 1; // True if this is the 'import' contextual
+                                   // keyword.
+  // 32-bit word is filled.
+
+  void *FETokenInfo;               // Managed by the language front-end.
+  llvm::StringMapEntry<IdentifierInfo*> *Entry;
+
+  IdentifierInfo(const IdentifierInfo&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const IdentifierInfo&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  friend class IdentifierTable;
+  
+public:
+  IdentifierInfo();
+
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this is the identifier for the specified string.
+  ///
+  /// This is intended to be used for string literals only: II->isStr("foo").
+  template <std::size_t StrLen>
+  bool isStr(const char (&Str)[StrLen]) const {
+    return getLength() == StrLen-1 && !memcmp(getNameStart(), Str, StrLen-1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the beginning of the actual null-terminated string for this
+  /// identifier.
+  ///
+  const char *getNameStart() const {
+    if (Entry) return Entry->getKeyData();
+    // FIXME: This is gross. It would be best not to embed specific details
+    // of the PTH file format here.
+    // The 'this' pointer really points to a
+    // std::pair<IdentifierInfo, const char*>, where internal pointer
+    // points to the external string data.
+    typedef std::pair<IdentifierInfo, const char*> actualtype;
+    return ((const actualtype*) this)->second;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Efficiently return the length of this identifier info.
+  ///
+  unsigned getLength() const {
+    if (Entry) return Entry->getKeyLength();
+    // FIXME: This is gross. It would be best not to embed specific details
+    // of the PTH file format here.
+    // The 'this' pointer really points to a
+    // std::pair<IdentifierInfo, const char*>, where internal pointer
+    // points to the external string data.
+    typedef std::pair<IdentifierInfo, const char*> actualtype;
+    const char* p = ((const actualtype*) this)->second - 2;
+    return (((unsigned) p[0]) | (((unsigned) p[1]) << 8)) - 1;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the actual identifier string.
+  StringRef getName() const {
+    return StringRef(getNameStart(), getLength());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this identifier is \#defined to some other value.
+  bool hasMacroDefinition() const {
+    return HasMacro;
+  }
+  void setHasMacroDefinition(bool Val) {
+    if (HasMacro == Val) return;
+
+    HasMacro = Val;
+    if (Val) {
+      NeedsHandleIdentifier = 1;
+      HadMacro = true;
+    } else {
+      RecomputeNeedsHandleIdentifier();
+    }
+  }
+  /// \brief Returns true if this identifier was \#defined to some value at any
+  /// moment. In this case there should be an entry for the identifier in the
+  /// macro history table in Preprocessor.
+  bool hadMacroDefinition() const {
+    return HadMacro;
+  }
+
+  /// getTokenID - If this is a source-language token (e.g. 'for'), this API
+  /// can be used to cause the lexer to map identifiers to source-language
+  /// tokens.
+  tok::TokenKind getTokenID() const { return (tok::TokenKind)TokenID; }
+
+  /// \brief True if RevertTokenIDToIdentifier() was called.
+  bool hasRevertedTokenIDToIdentifier() const { return RevertedTokenID; }
+
+  /// \brief Revert TokenID to tok::identifier; used for GNU libstdc++ 4.2
+  /// compatibility.
+  ///
+  /// TokenID is normally read-only but there are 2 instances where we revert it
+  /// to tok::identifier for libstdc++ 4.2. Keep track of when this happens
+  /// using this method so we can inform serialization about it.
+  void RevertTokenIDToIdentifier() {
+    assert(TokenID != tok::identifier && "Already at tok::identifier");
+    TokenID = tok::identifier;
+    RevertedTokenID = true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the preprocessor keyword ID for this identifier.
+  ///
+  /// For example, "define" will return tok::pp_define.
+  tok::PPKeywordKind getPPKeywordID() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the Objective-C keyword ID for the this identifier.
+  ///
+  /// For example, 'class' will return tok::objc_class if ObjC is enabled.
+  tok::ObjCKeywordKind getObjCKeywordID() const {
+    if (ObjCOrBuiltinID < tok::NUM_OBJC_KEYWORDS)
+      return tok::ObjCKeywordKind(ObjCOrBuiltinID);
+    else
+      return tok::objc_not_keyword;
+  }
+  void setObjCKeywordID(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ID) { ObjCOrBuiltinID = ID; }
+
+  /// getBuiltinID - Return a value indicating whether this is a builtin
+  /// function.  0 is not-built-in.  1 is builtin-for-some-nonprimary-target.
+  /// 2+ are specific builtin functions.
+  unsigned getBuiltinID() const {
+    if (ObjCOrBuiltinID >= tok::NUM_OBJC_KEYWORDS)
+      return ObjCOrBuiltinID - tok::NUM_OBJC_KEYWORDS;
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+  void setBuiltinID(unsigned ID) {
+    ObjCOrBuiltinID = ID + tok::NUM_OBJC_KEYWORDS;
+    assert(ObjCOrBuiltinID - unsigned(tok::NUM_OBJC_KEYWORDS) == ID
+           && "ID too large for field!");
+  }
+
+  unsigned getObjCOrBuiltinID() const { return ObjCOrBuiltinID; }
+  void setObjCOrBuiltinID(unsigned ID) { ObjCOrBuiltinID = ID; }
+
+  /// get/setExtension - Initialize information about whether or not this
+  /// language token is an extension.  This controls extension warnings, and is
+  /// only valid if a custom token ID is set.
+  bool isExtensionToken() const { return IsExtension; }
+  void setIsExtensionToken(bool Val) {
+    IsExtension = Val;
+    if (Val)
+      NeedsHandleIdentifier = 1;
+    else
+      RecomputeNeedsHandleIdentifier();
+  }
+
+  /// is/setIsCXX11CompatKeyword - Initialize information about whether or not
+  /// this language token is a keyword in C++11. This controls compatibility
+  /// warnings, and is only true when not parsing C++11. Once a compatibility
+  /// problem has been diagnosed with this keyword, the flag will be cleared.
+  bool isCXX11CompatKeyword() const { return IsCXX11CompatKeyword; }
+  void setIsCXX11CompatKeyword(bool Val) {
+    IsCXX11CompatKeyword = Val;
+    if (Val)
+      NeedsHandleIdentifier = 1;
+    else
+      RecomputeNeedsHandleIdentifier();
+  }
+
+  /// setIsPoisoned - Mark this identifier as poisoned.  After poisoning, the
+  /// Preprocessor will emit an error every time this token is used.
+  void setIsPoisoned(bool Value = true) {
+    IsPoisoned = Value;
+    if (Value)
+      NeedsHandleIdentifier = 1;
+    else
+      RecomputeNeedsHandleIdentifier();
+  }
+
+  /// isPoisoned - Return true if this token has been poisoned.
+  bool isPoisoned() const { return IsPoisoned; }
+
+  /// isCPlusPlusOperatorKeyword/setIsCPlusPlusOperatorKeyword controls whether
+  /// this identifier is a C++ alternate representation of an operator.
+  void setIsCPlusPlusOperatorKeyword(bool Val = true) {
+    IsCPPOperatorKeyword = Val;
+    if (Val)
+      NeedsHandleIdentifier = 1;
+    else
+      RecomputeNeedsHandleIdentifier();
+  }
+  bool isCPlusPlusOperatorKeyword() const { return IsCPPOperatorKeyword; }
+
+  /// getFETokenInfo/setFETokenInfo - The language front-end is allowed to
+  /// associate arbitrary metadata with this token.
+  template<typename T>
+  T *getFETokenInfo() const { return static_cast<T*>(FETokenInfo); }
+  void setFETokenInfo(void *T) { FETokenInfo = T; }
+
+  /// isHandleIdentifierCase - Return true if the Preprocessor::HandleIdentifier
+  /// must be called on a token of this identifier.  If this returns false, we
+  /// know that HandleIdentifier will not affect the token.
+  bool isHandleIdentifierCase() const { return NeedsHandleIdentifier; }
+
+  /// isFromAST - Return true if the identifier in its current state was loaded
+  /// from an AST file.
+  bool isFromAST() const { return IsFromAST; }
+
+  void setIsFromAST() { IsFromAST = true; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this identifier has changed since it was loaded
+  /// from an AST file.
+  bool hasChangedSinceDeserialization() const {
+    return ChangedAfterLoad;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Note that this identifier has changed since it was loaded from
+  /// an AST file.
+  void setChangedSinceDeserialization() {
+    ChangedAfterLoad = true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the information for this identifier is out of
+  /// date with respect to the external source.
+  bool isOutOfDate() const { return OutOfDate; }
+  
+  /// \brief Set whether the information for this identifier is out of
+  /// date with respect to the external source.
+  void setOutOfDate(bool OOD) {
+    OutOfDate = OOD;
+    if (OOD)
+      NeedsHandleIdentifier = true;
+    else
+      RecomputeNeedsHandleIdentifier();
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is the contextual keyword
+  /// 'import'.
+  bool isModulesImport() const { return IsModulesImport; }
+  
+  /// \brief Set whether this identifier is the contextual keyword 
+  /// 'import'.
+  void setModulesImport(bool I) {
+    IsModulesImport = I;
+    if (I)
+      NeedsHandleIdentifier = true;
+    else
+      RecomputeNeedsHandleIdentifier();
+  }
+  
+private:
+  /// RecomputeNeedsHandleIdentifier - The Preprocessor::HandleIdentifier does
+  /// several special (but rare) things to identifiers of various sorts.  For
+  /// example, it changes the "for" keyword token from tok::identifier to
+  /// tok::for.
+  ///
+  /// This method is very tied to the definition of HandleIdentifier.  Any
+  /// change to it should be reflected here.
+  void RecomputeNeedsHandleIdentifier() {
+    NeedsHandleIdentifier =
+      (isPoisoned() | hasMacroDefinition() | isCPlusPlusOperatorKeyword() |
+       isExtensionToken() | isCXX11CompatKeyword() || isOutOfDate() ||
+       isModulesImport());
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief an RAII object for [un]poisoning an identifier
+/// within a certain scope. II is allowed to be null, in
+/// which case, objects of this type have no effect.
+class PoisonIdentifierRAIIObject {
+  IdentifierInfo *const II;
+  const bool OldValue;
+public:
+  PoisonIdentifierRAIIObject(IdentifierInfo *II, bool NewValue)
+    : II(II), OldValue(II ? II->isPoisoned() : false) {
+    if(II)
+      II->setIsPoisoned(NewValue);
+  }
+
+  ~PoisonIdentifierRAIIObject() {
+    if(II)
+      II->setIsPoisoned(OldValue);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief An iterator that walks over all of the known identifiers
+/// in the lookup table.
+///
+/// Since this iterator uses an abstract interface via virtual
+/// functions, it uses an object-oriented interface rather than the
+/// more standard C++ STL iterator interface. In this OO-style
+/// iteration, the single function \c Next() provides dereference,
+/// advance, and end-of-sequence checking in a single
+/// operation. Subclasses of this iterator type will provide the
+/// actual functionality.
+class IdentifierIterator {
+private:
+  IdentifierIterator(const IdentifierIterator &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const IdentifierIterator &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+protected:
+  IdentifierIterator() { }
+  
+public:
+  virtual ~IdentifierIterator();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the next string in the identifier table and
+  /// advances the iterator for the following string.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The next string in the identifier table. If there is
+  /// no such string, returns an empty \c StringRef.
+  virtual StringRef Next() = 0;
+};
+
+/// IdentifierInfoLookup - An abstract class used by IdentifierTable that
+///  provides an interface for performing lookups from strings
+/// (const char *) to IdentiferInfo objects.
+class IdentifierInfoLookup {
+public:
+  virtual ~IdentifierInfoLookup();
+
+  /// get - Return the identifier token info for the specified named identifier.
+  ///  Unlike the version in IdentifierTable, this returns a pointer instead
+  ///  of a reference.  If the pointer is NULL then the IdentifierInfo cannot
+  ///  be found.
+  virtual IdentifierInfo* get(StringRef Name) = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator into the set of all identifiers
+  /// known to this identifier lookup source.
+  ///
+  /// This routine provides access to all of the identifiers known to
+  /// the identifier lookup, allowing access to the contents of the
+  /// identifiers without introducing the overhead of constructing
+  /// IdentifierInfo objects for each.
+  ///
+  /// \returns A new iterator into the set of known identifiers. The
+  /// caller is responsible for deleting this iterator.
+  virtual IdentifierIterator *getIdentifiers() const;
+};
+
+/// \brief An abstract class used to resolve numerical identifier
+/// references (meaningful only to some external source) into
+/// IdentifierInfo pointers.
+class ExternalIdentifierLookup {
+public:
+  virtual ~ExternalIdentifierLookup();
+
+  /// \brief Return the identifier associated with the given ID number.
+  ///
+  /// The ID 0 is associated with the NULL identifier.
+  virtual IdentifierInfo *GetIdentifier(unsigned ID) = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief Implements an efficient mapping from strings to IdentifierInfo nodes.
+///
+/// This has no other purpose, but this is an extremely performance-critical
+/// piece of the code, as each occurrence of every identifier goes through
+/// here when lexed.
+class IdentifierTable {
+  // Shark shows that using MallocAllocator is *much* slower than using this
+  // BumpPtrAllocator!
+  typedef llvm::StringMap<IdentifierInfo*, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> HashTableTy;
+  HashTableTy HashTable;
+
+  IdentifierInfoLookup* ExternalLookup;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Create the identifier table, populating it with info about the
+  /// language keywords for the language specified by \p LangOpts.
+  IdentifierTable(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                  IdentifierInfoLookup* externalLookup = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Set the external identifier lookup mechanism.
+  void setExternalIdentifierLookup(IdentifierInfoLookup *IILookup) {
+    ExternalLookup = IILookup;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the external identifier lookup object, if any.
+  IdentifierInfoLookup *getExternalIdentifierLookup() const {
+    return ExternalLookup;
+  }
+  
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& getAllocator() {
+    return HashTable.getAllocator();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the identifier token info for the specified named
+  /// identifier.
+  IdentifierInfo &get(StringRef Name) {
+    llvm::StringMapEntry<IdentifierInfo*> &Entry =
+      HashTable.GetOrCreateValue(Name);
+
+    IdentifierInfo *II = Entry.getValue();
+    if (II) return *II;
+
+    // No entry; if we have an external lookup, look there first.
+    if (ExternalLookup) {
+      II = ExternalLookup->get(Name);
+      if (II) {
+        // Cache in the StringMap for subsequent lookups.
+        Entry.setValue(II);
+        return *II;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Lookups failed, make a new IdentifierInfo.
+    void *Mem = getAllocator().Allocate<IdentifierInfo>();
+    II = new (Mem) IdentifierInfo();
+    Entry.setValue(II);
+
+    // Make sure getName() knows how to find the IdentifierInfo
+    // contents.
+    II->Entry = &Entry;
+
+    return *II;
+  }
+
+  IdentifierInfo &get(StringRef Name, tok::TokenKind TokenCode) {
+    IdentifierInfo &II = get(Name);
+    II.TokenID = TokenCode;
+    assert(II.TokenID == (unsigned) TokenCode && "TokenCode too large");
+    return II;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Gets an IdentifierInfo for the given name without consulting
+  ///        external sources.
+  ///
+  /// This is a version of get() meant for external sources that want to
+  /// introduce or modify an identifier. If they called get(), they would
+  /// likely end up in a recursion.
+  IdentifierInfo &getOwn(StringRef Name) {
+    llvm::StringMapEntry<IdentifierInfo*> &Entry =
+      HashTable.GetOrCreateValue(Name);
+
+    IdentifierInfo *II = Entry.getValue();
+    if (!II) {
+
+      // Lookups failed, make a new IdentifierInfo.
+      void *Mem = getAllocator().Allocate<IdentifierInfo>();
+      II = new (Mem) IdentifierInfo();
+      Entry.setValue(II);
+
+      // Make sure getName() knows how to find the IdentifierInfo
+      // contents.
+      II->Entry = &Entry;
+      
+      // If this is the 'import' contextual keyword, mark it as such.
+      if (Name.equals("import"))
+        II->setModulesImport(true);
+    }
+
+    return *II;
+  }
+
+  typedef HashTableTy::const_iterator iterator;
+  typedef HashTableTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
+
+  iterator begin() const { return HashTable.begin(); }
+  iterator end() const   { return HashTable.end(); }
+  unsigned size() const { return HashTable.size(); }
+
+  /// \brief Print some statistics to stderr that indicate how well the
+  /// hashing is doing.
+  void PrintStats() const;
+
+  void AddKeywords(const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+};
+
+/// \brief A family of Objective-C methods. 
+///
+/// These families have no inherent meaning in the language, but are
+/// nonetheless central enough in the existing implementations to
+/// merit direct AST support.  While, in theory, arbitrary methods can
+/// be considered to form families, we focus here on the methods
+/// involving allocation and retain-count management, as these are the
+/// most "core" and the most likely to be useful to diverse clients
+/// without extra information.
+///
+/// Both selectors and actual method declarations may be classified
+/// into families.  Method families may impose additional restrictions
+/// beyond their selector name; for example, a method called '_init'
+/// that returns void is not considered to be in the 'init' family
+/// (but would be if it returned 'id').  It is also possible to
+/// explicitly change or remove a method's family.  Therefore the
+/// method's family should be considered the single source of truth.
+enum ObjCMethodFamily {
+  /// \brief No particular method family.
+  OMF_None,
+
+  // Selectors in these families may have arbitrary arity, may be
+  // written with arbitrary leading underscores, and may have
+  // additional CamelCase "words" in their first selector chunk
+  // following the family name.
+  OMF_alloc,
+  OMF_copy,
+  OMF_init,
+  OMF_mutableCopy,
+  OMF_new,
+
+  // These families are singletons consisting only of the nullary
+  // selector with the given name.
+  OMF_autorelease,
+  OMF_dealloc,
+  OMF_finalize,
+  OMF_release,
+  OMF_retain,
+  OMF_retainCount,
+  OMF_self,
+
+  // performSelector families
+  OMF_performSelector
+};
+
+/// Enough bits to store any enumerator in ObjCMethodFamily or
+/// InvalidObjCMethodFamily.
+enum { ObjCMethodFamilyBitWidth = 4 };
+
+/// \brief An invalid value of ObjCMethodFamily.
+enum { InvalidObjCMethodFamily = (1 << ObjCMethodFamilyBitWidth) - 1 };
+
+/// \brief Smart pointer class that efficiently represents Objective-C method
+/// names.
+///
+/// This class will either point to an IdentifierInfo or a
+/// MultiKeywordSelector (which is private). This enables us to optimize
+/// selectors that take no arguments and selectors that take 1 argument, which
+/// accounts for 78% of all selectors in Cocoa.h.
+class Selector {
+  friend class Diagnostic;
+
+  enum IdentifierInfoFlag {
+    // Empty selector = 0.
+    ZeroArg  = 0x1,
+    OneArg   = 0x2,
+    MultiArg = 0x3,
+    ArgFlags = ZeroArg|OneArg
+  };
+  uintptr_t InfoPtr; // a pointer to the MultiKeywordSelector or IdentifierInfo.
+
+  Selector(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned nArgs) {
+    InfoPtr = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(II);
+    assert((InfoPtr & ArgFlags) == 0 &&"Insufficiently aligned IdentifierInfo");
+    assert(nArgs < 2 && "nArgs not equal to 0/1");
+    InfoPtr |= nArgs+1;
+  }
+  Selector(MultiKeywordSelector *SI) {
+    InfoPtr = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(SI);
+    assert((InfoPtr & ArgFlags) == 0 &&"Insufficiently aligned IdentifierInfo");
+    InfoPtr |= MultiArg;
+  }
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getAsIdentifierInfo() const {
+    if (getIdentifierInfoFlag() < MultiArg)
+      return reinterpret_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(InfoPtr & ~ArgFlags);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  MultiKeywordSelector *getMultiKeywordSelector() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<MultiKeywordSelector *>(InfoPtr & ~ArgFlags);
+  }
+  
+  unsigned getIdentifierInfoFlag() const {
+    return InfoPtr & ArgFlags;
+  }
+
+  static ObjCMethodFamily getMethodFamilyImpl(Selector sel);
+
+public:
+  friend class SelectorTable; // only the SelectorTable can create these
+  friend class DeclarationName; // and the AST's DeclarationName.
+
+  /// The default ctor should only be used when creating data structures that
+  ///  will contain selectors.
+  Selector() : InfoPtr(0) {}
+  Selector(uintptr_t V) : InfoPtr(V) {}
+
+  /// operator==/!= - Indicate whether the specified selectors are identical.
+  bool operator==(Selector RHS) const {
+    return InfoPtr == RHS.InfoPtr;
+  }
+  bool operator!=(Selector RHS) const {
+    return InfoPtr != RHS.InfoPtr;
+  }
+  void *getAsOpaquePtr() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<void*>(InfoPtr);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is the empty selector.
+  bool isNull() const { return InfoPtr == 0; }
+
+  // Predicates to identify the selector type.
+  bool isKeywordSelector() const {
+    return getIdentifierInfoFlag() != ZeroArg;
+  }
+  bool isUnarySelector() const {
+    return getIdentifierInfoFlag() == ZeroArg;
+  }
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const;
+  
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the identifier at a given position in the selector.
+  ///
+  /// Note that the identifier pointer returned may be NULL. Clients that only
+  /// care about the text of the identifier string, and not the specific, 
+  /// uniqued identifier pointer, should use \c getNameForSlot(), which returns
+  /// an empty string when the identifier pointer would be NULL.
+  ///
+  /// \param argIndex The index for which we want to retrieve the identifier.
+  /// This index shall be less than \c getNumArgs() unless this is a keyword
+  /// selector, in which case 0 is the only permissible value.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the uniqued identifier for this slot, or NULL if this slot has
+  /// no corresponding identifier.
+  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifierInfoForSlot(unsigned argIndex) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name at a given position in the selector.
+  ///
+  /// \param argIndex The index for which we want to retrieve the name.
+  /// This index shall be less than \c getNumArgs() unless this is a keyword
+  /// selector, in which case 0 is the only permissible value.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the name for this slot, which may be the empty string if no
+  /// name was supplied.
+  StringRef getNameForSlot(unsigned argIndex) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Derive the full selector name (e.g. "foo:bar:") and return
+  /// it as an std::string.
+  // FIXME: Add a print method that uses a raw_ostream.
+  std::string getAsString() const;
+
+  /// \brief Derive the conventional family of this method.
+  ObjCMethodFamily getMethodFamily() const {
+    return getMethodFamilyImpl(*this);
+  }
+
+  static Selector getEmptyMarker() {
+    return Selector(uintptr_t(-1));
+  }
+  static Selector getTombstoneMarker() {
+    return Selector(uintptr_t(-2));
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief This table allows us to fully hide how we implement
+/// multi-keyword caching.
+class SelectorTable {
+  void *Impl;  // Actually a SelectorTableImpl
+  SelectorTable(const SelectorTable &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const SelectorTable &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+public:
+  SelectorTable();
+  ~SelectorTable();
+
+  /// \brief Can create any sort of selector.
+  ///
+  /// \p NumArgs indicates whether this is a no argument selector "foo", a
+  /// single argument selector "foo:" or multi-argument "foo:bar:".
+  Selector getSelector(unsigned NumArgs, IdentifierInfo **IIV);
+
+  Selector getUnarySelector(IdentifierInfo *ID) {
+    return Selector(ID, 1);
+  }
+  Selector getNullarySelector(IdentifierInfo *ID) {
+    return Selector(ID, 0);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the total amount of memory allocated for managing selectors.
+  size_t getTotalMemory() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the setter name for the given identifier.
+  ///
+  /// This is "set" + \p Name where the initial character of \p Name
+  /// has been capitalized.
+  static Selector constructSetterName(IdentifierTable &Idents,
+                                      SelectorTable &SelTable,
+                                      const IdentifierInfo *Name);
+};
+
+/// DeclarationNameExtra - Common base of the MultiKeywordSelector,
+/// CXXSpecialName, and CXXOperatorIdName classes, all of which are
+/// private classes that describe different kinds of names.
+class DeclarationNameExtra {
+public:
+  /// ExtraKind - The kind of "extra" information stored in the
+  /// DeclarationName. See @c ExtraKindOrNumArgs for an explanation of
+  /// how these enumerator values are used.
+  enum ExtraKind {
+    CXXConstructor = 0,
+    CXXDestructor,
+    CXXConversionFunction,
+#define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name,Spelling,Token,Unary,Binary,MemberOnly) \
+    CXXOperator##Name,
+#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"
+    CXXLiteralOperator,
+    CXXUsingDirective,
+    NUM_EXTRA_KINDS
+  };
+
+  /// ExtraKindOrNumArgs - Either the kind of C++ special name or
+  /// operator-id (if the value is one of the CXX* enumerators of
+  /// ExtraKind), in which case the DeclarationNameExtra is also a
+  /// CXXSpecialName, (for CXXConstructor, CXXDestructor, or
+  /// CXXConversionFunction) CXXOperatorIdName, or CXXLiteralOperatorName,
+  /// it may be also name common to C++ using-directives (CXXUsingDirective),
+  /// otherwise it is NUM_EXTRA_KINDS+NumArgs, where NumArgs is the number of
+  /// arguments in the Objective-C selector, in which case the
+  /// DeclarationNameExtra is also a MultiKeywordSelector.
+  unsigned ExtraKindOrNumArgs;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+/// Define DenseMapInfo so that Selectors can be used as keys in DenseMap and
+/// DenseSets.
+template <>
+struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Selector> {
+  static inline clang::Selector getEmptyKey() {
+    return clang::Selector::getEmptyMarker();
+  }
+  static inline clang::Selector getTombstoneKey() {
+    return clang::Selector::getTombstoneMarker();
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(clang::Selector S);
+
+  static bool isEqual(clang::Selector LHS, clang::Selector RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+template <>
+struct isPodLike<clang::Selector> { static const bool value = true; };
+
+template<>
+class PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::Selector> {
+public:
+  static inline const void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::Selector P) {
+    return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
+  }
+  static inline clang::Selector getFromVoidPointer(const void *P) {
+    return clang::Selector(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(P));
+  }
+  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };  
+};
+
+// Provide PointerLikeTypeTraits for IdentifierInfo pointers, which
+// are not guaranteed to be 8-byte aligned.
+template<>
+class PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::IdentifierInfo*> {
+public:
+  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::IdentifierInfo* P) {
+    return P;
+  }
+  static inline clang::IdentifierInfo *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+    return static_cast<clang::IdentifierInfo*>(P);
+  }
+  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 1 };
+};
+
+template<>
+class PointerLikeTypeTraits<const clang::IdentifierInfo*> {
+public:
+  static inline const void *getAsVoidPointer(const clang::IdentifierInfo* P) {
+    return P;
+  }
+  static inline const clang::IdentifierInfo *getFromVoidPointer(const void *P) {
+    return static_cast<const clang::IdentifierInfo*>(P);
+  }
+  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 1 };
+};
+
+}  // end namespace llvm
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/LLVM.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/LLVM.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..306c75e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/LLVM.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+//===--- LLVM.h - Import various common LLVM datatypes ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+/// \file
+/// \brief Forward declares and imports various common LLVM datatypes that
+/// clang wants to use unqualified.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_BASIC_LLVM_H
+#define CLANG_BASIC_LLVM_H
+
+// Do not proliferate #includes here, require clients to #include their
+// dependencies.
+// Casting.h has complex templates that cannot be easily forward declared.
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+// None.h includes an enumerator that is desired & cannot be forward declared
+// without a definition of NoneType.
+#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+  // ADT's.
+  class StringRef;
+  class Twine;
+  template<typename T> class ArrayRef;
+  template<typename T> class OwningPtr;
+  template<unsigned InternalLen> class SmallString;
+  template<typename T, unsigned N> class SmallVector;
+  template<typename T> class SmallVectorImpl;
+  template<typename T> class Optional;
+
+  template<typename T>
+  struct SaveAndRestore;
+
+  // Reference counting.
+  template <typename T> class IntrusiveRefCntPtr;
+  template <typename T> struct IntrusiveRefCntPtrInfo;
+  template <class Derived> class RefCountedBase;
+  class RefCountedBaseVPTR;
+
+  class raw_ostream;
+  // TODO: DenseMap, ...
+}
+
+
+namespace clang {
+  // Casting operators.
+  using llvm::isa;
+  using llvm::cast;
+  using llvm::dyn_cast;
+  using llvm::dyn_cast_or_null;
+  using llvm::cast_or_null;
+  
+  // ADT's.
+  using llvm::None;
+  using llvm::Optional;
+  using llvm::StringRef;
+  using llvm::Twine;
+  using llvm::ArrayRef;
+  using llvm::OwningPtr;
+  using llvm::SmallString;
+  using llvm::SmallVector;
+  using llvm::SmallVectorImpl;
+  using llvm::SaveAndRestore;
+
+  // Reference counting.
+  using llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr;
+  using llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtrInfo;
+  using llvm::RefCountedBase;
+  using llvm::RefCountedBaseVPTR;
+
+  using llvm::raw_ostream;
+} // end namespace clang.
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Lambda.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Lambda.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1ad6ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Lambda.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+//===--- Lambda.h - Types for C++ Lambdas -----------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief  Defines several types used to describe C++ lambda expressions
+/// that are shared between the parser and AST.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_LAMBDA_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_LAMBDA_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief The default, if any, capture method for a lambda expression.
+enum LambdaCaptureDefault {
+  LCD_None,
+  LCD_ByCopy,
+  LCD_ByRef
+};
+
+/// \brief The different capture forms in a lambda introducer: 'this' or a
+/// copied or referenced variable.
+enum LambdaCaptureKind {
+  LCK_This,
+  LCK_ByCopy,
+  LCK_ByRef
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_LAMBDA_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/LangOptions.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/LangOptions.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f77ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/LangOptions.def
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+//===--- LangOptions.def - Language option database --------------- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the language options. Users of this file must
+// define the LANGOPT macro to make use of this information. 
+// Optionally, the user may also define BENIGN_LANGOPT
+// (for options that don't affect the construction of the AST in an
+// incompatible way), ENUM_LANGOPT (for options that have enumeration,
+// rather than unsigned, type), BENIGN_ENUM_LANGOPT (for benign
+// options that have enumeration type), and VALUE_LANGOPT is a language option
+// that describes a value rather than a flag.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LANGOPT
+#  error Define the LANGOPT macro to handle language options
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VALUE_LANGOPT
+#  define VALUE_LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description) \
+     LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BENIGN_LANGOPT
+#  define BENIGN_LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description) \
+     LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ENUM_LANGOPT
+#  define ENUM_LANGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default, Description) \
+     LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BENIGN_ENUM_LANGOPT
+#  define BENIGN_ENUM_LANGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default, Description) \
+     ENUM_LANGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default, Description)
+#endif
+
+LANGOPT(C99               , 1, 0, "C99")
+LANGOPT(C11               , 1, 0, "C11")
+LANGOPT(MicrosoftExt      , 1, 0, "Microsoft extensions")
+LANGOPT(MicrosoftMode     , 1, 0, "Microsoft compatibility mode")
+LANGOPT(AsmBlocks         , 1, 0, "Microsoft inline asm blocks")
+LANGOPT(Borland           , 1, 0, "Borland extensions")
+LANGOPT(CPlusPlus         , 1, 0, "C++")
+LANGOPT(CPlusPlus11       , 1, 0, "C++0x")
+LANGOPT(CPlusPlus1y       , 1, 0, "C++1y")
+LANGOPT(ObjC1             , 1, 0, "Objective-C 1")
+LANGOPT(ObjC2             , 1, 0, "Objective-C 2")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(ObjCDefaultSynthProperties , 1, 0, 
+               "Objective-C auto-synthesized properties")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(EncodeExtendedBlockSig , 1, 0, 
+               "Encoding extended block type signature")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(ObjCInferRelatedResultType , 1, 1, 
+               "Objective-C related result type inference")
+LANGOPT(Trigraphs         , 1, 0,"trigraphs")
+LANGOPT(LineComment       , 1, 0, "'//' comments")
+LANGOPT(Bool              , 1, 0, "bool, true, and false keywords")
+LANGOPT(WChar             , 1, CPlusPlus, "wchar_t keyword")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(DollarIdents   , 1, 1, "'$' in identifiers")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(AsmPreprocessor, 1, 0, "preprocessor in asm mode")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(GNUMode        , 1, 1, "GNU extensions")
+LANGOPT(GNUKeywords       , 1, 1, "GNU keywords")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(ImplicitInt, 1, !C99 && !CPlusPlus, "C89 implicit 'int'")
+LANGOPT(Digraphs          , 1, 0, "digraphs")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(HexFloats  , 1, C99, "C99 hexadecimal float constants")
+LANGOPT(CXXOperatorNames  , 1, 0, "C++ operator name keywords")
+LANGOPT(AppleKext         , 1, 0, "Apple kext support")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(PascalStrings, 1, 0, "Pascal string support")
+LANGOPT(WritableStrings   , 1, 0, "writable string support")
+LANGOPT(ConstStrings      , 1, 0, "const-qualified string support")
+LANGOPT(LaxVectorConversions , 1, 1, "lax vector conversions")
+LANGOPT(AltiVec           , 1, 0, "AltiVec-style vector initializers")
+LANGOPT(Exceptions        , 1, 0, "exception handling")
+LANGOPT(ObjCExceptions    , 1, 0, "Objective-C exceptions")
+LANGOPT(CXXExceptions     , 1, 0, "C++ exceptions")
+LANGOPT(SjLjExceptions    , 1, 0, "setjmp-longjump exception handling")
+LANGOPT(TraditionalCPP    , 1, 0, "traditional CPP emulation")
+LANGOPT(RTTI              , 1, 1, "run-time type information")
+LANGOPT(MSBitfields       , 1, 0, "Microsoft-compatible structure layout")
+LANGOPT(Freestanding, 1, 0, "freestanding implementation")
+LANGOPT(FormatExtensions  , 1, 0, "FreeBSD format extensions")
+LANGOPT(NoBuiltin         , 1, 0, "disable builtin functions")
+
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(ThreadsafeStatics , 1, 1, "thread-safe static initializers")
+LANGOPT(POSIXThreads      , 1, 0, "POSIX thread support")
+LANGOPT(Blocks            , 1, 0, "blocks extension to C")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(EmitAllDecls      , 1, 0, "support for emitting all declarations")
+LANGOPT(MathErrno         , 1, 1, "errno support for math functions")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(HeinousExtensions , 1, 0, "Extensions that we really don't like and may be ripped out at any time")
+LANGOPT(Modules           , 1, 0, "modules extension to C")
+LANGOPT(Optimize          , 1, 0, "__OPTIMIZE__ predefined macro")
+LANGOPT(OptimizeSize      , 1, 0, "__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__ predefined macro")
+LANGOPT(Static            , 1, 0, "__STATIC__ predefined macro (as opposed to __DYNAMIC__)")
+VALUE_LANGOPT(PackStruct  , 32, 0, 
+              "default struct packing maximum alignment")
+VALUE_LANGOPT(PICLevel    , 2, 0, "__PIC__ level")
+VALUE_LANGOPT(PIELevel    , 2, 0, "__PIE__ level")
+LANGOPT(GNUInline         , 1, 0, "GNU inline semantics")
+LANGOPT(NoInlineDefine    , 1, 0, "__NO_INLINE__ predefined macro")
+LANGOPT(Deprecated        , 1, 0, "__DEPRECATED predefined macro")
+LANGOPT(FastMath          , 1, 0, "__FAST_MATH__ predefined macro")
+LANGOPT(FiniteMathOnly    , 1, 0, "__FINITE_MATH_ONLY__ predefined macro")
+
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(ObjCGCBitmapPrint , 1, 0, "printing of GC's bitmap layout for __weak/__strong ivars")
+
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(AccessControl     , 1, 1, "C++ access control")
+LANGOPT(CharIsSigned      , 1, 1, "signed char")
+LANGOPT(ShortWChar        , 1, 0, "unsigned short wchar_t")
+
+LANGOPT(ShortEnums        , 1, 0, "short enum types")
+
+LANGOPT(OpenCL            , 1, 0, "OpenCL")
+LANGOPT(OpenCLVersion     , 32, 0, "OpenCL version")
+LANGOPT(NativeHalfType    , 1, 0, "Native half type support")
+LANGOPT(CUDA              , 1, 0, "CUDA")
+LANGOPT(OpenMP            , 1, 0, "OpenMP support")
+
+LANGOPT(AssumeSaneOperatorNew , 1, 1, "implicit __attribute__((malloc)) for C++'s new operators")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(ElideConstructors , 1, 1, "C++ copy constructor elision")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(DumpRecordLayouts , 1, 0, "dumping the layout of IRgen'd records")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(DumpRecordLayoutsSimple , 1, 0, "dumping the layout of IRgen'd records in a simple form")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(DumpVTableLayouts , 1, 0, "dumping the layouts of emitted vtables")
+LANGOPT(NoConstantCFStrings , 1, 0, "no constant CoreFoundation strings")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(InlineVisibilityHidden , 1, 0, "hidden default visibility for inline C++ methods")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(ParseUnknownAnytype, 1, 0, "__unknown_anytype")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(DebuggerSupport , 1, 0, "debugger support")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(DebuggerCastResultToId, 1, 0, "for 'po' in the debugger, cast the result to id if it is of unknown type")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(DebuggerObjCLiteral , 1, 0, "debugger Objective-C literals and subscripting support")
+
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(SpellChecking , 1, 1, "spell-checking")
+LANGOPT(SinglePrecisionConstants , 1, 0, "treating double-precision floating point constants as single precision constants")
+LANGOPT(FastRelaxedMath , 1, 0, "OpenCL fast relaxed math")
+LANGOPT(DefaultFPContract , 1, 0, "FP_CONTRACT")
+LANGOPT(NoBitFieldTypeAlign , 1, 0, "bit-field type alignment")
+LANGOPT(HexagonQdsp6Compat , 1, 0, "hexagon-qdsp6 backward compatibility")
+LANGOPT(ObjCAutoRefCount , 1, 0, "Objective-C automated reference counting")
+LANGOPT(ObjCARCWeak         , 1, 0, "__weak support in the ARC runtime")
+LANGOPT(FakeAddressSpaceMap , 1, 0, "OpenCL fake address space map")
+
+LANGOPT(MRTD , 1, 0, "-mrtd calling convention")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(DelayedTemplateParsing , 1, 0, "delayed template parsing")
+LANGOPT(BlocksRuntimeOptional , 1, 0, "optional blocks runtime")
+
+ENUM_LANGOPT(GC, GCMode, 2, NonGC, "Objective-C Garbage Collection mode")
+ENUM_LANGOPT(ValueVisibilityMode, Visibility, 3, DefaultVisibility, 
+             "value symbol visibility")
+ENUM_LANGOPT(TypeVisibilityMode, Visibility, 3, DefaultVisibility, 
+             "type symbol visibility")
+ENUM_LANGOPT(StackProtector, StackProtectorMode, 2, SSPOff, 
+             "stack protector mode")
+ENUM_LANGOPT(SignedOverflowBehavior, SignedOverflowBehaviorTy, 2, SOB_Undefined,
+             "signed integer overflow handling")
+
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(InstantiationDepth, 32, 512, 
+               "maximum template instantiation depth")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(ConstexprCallDepth, 32, 512,
+               "maximum constexpr call depth")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(BracketDepth, 32, 256,
+               "maximum bracket nesting depth")
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(NumLargeByValueCopy, 32, 0, 
+        "if non-zero, warn about parameter or return Warn if parameter/return value is larger in bytes than this setting. 0 is no check.")
+VALUE_LANGOPT(MSCVersion, 32, 0, 
+              "version of Microsoft Visual C/C++")
+
+LANGOPT(ApplePragmaPack, 1, 0, "Apple gcc-compatible #pragma pack handling")
+
+BENIGN_LANGOPT(RetainCommentsFromSystemHeaders, 1, 0, "retain documentation comments from system headers in the AST")
+
+#undef LANGOPT
+#undef VALUE_LANGOPT
+#undef BENIGN_LANGOPT
+#undef ENUM_LANGOPT
+#undef BENIGN_ENUM_LANGOPT
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/LangOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/LangOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21ca7eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/LangOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+//===--- LangOptions.h - C Language Family Language Options -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::LangOptions interface.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LANGOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LANGOPTIONS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/CommentOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/ObjCRuntime.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+struct SanitizerOptions {
+#define SANITIZER(NAME, ID) unsigned ID : 1;
+#include "clang/Basic/Sanitizers.def"
+
+  /// \brief Cached set of sanitizer options with all sanitizers disabled.
+  static const SanitizerOptions Disabled;
+};
+
+/// Bitfields of LangOptions, split out from LangOptions in order to ensure that
+/// this large collection of bitfields is a trivial class type.
+class LangOptionsBase {
+public:
+  // Define simple language options (with no accessors).
+#define LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description) unsigned Name : Bits;
+#define ENUM_LANGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default, Description)
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.def"
+
+  SanitizerOptions Sanitize;
+protected:
+  // Define language options of enumeration type. These are private, and will
+  // have accessors (below).
+#define LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description)
+#define ENUM_LANGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default, Description) \
+  unsigned Name : Bits;
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.def"
+};
+
+/// \brief Keeps track of the various options that can be
+/// enabled, which controls the dialect of C or C++ that is accepted.
+class LangOptions : public RefCountedBase<LangOptions>, public LangOptionsBase {
+public:
+  typedef clang::Visibility Visibility;
+  
+  enum GCMode { NonGC, GCOnly, HybridGC };
+  enum StackProtectorMode { SSPOff, SSPOn, SSPReq };
+  
+  enum SignedOverflowBehaviorTy {
+    SOB_Undefined,  // Default C standard behavior.
+    SOB_Defined,    // -fwrapv
+    SOB_Trapping    // -ftrapv
+  };
+
+public:
+  clang::ObjCRuntime ObjCRuntime;
+
+  std::string ObjCConstantStringClass;
+  
+  /// \brief The name of the handler function to be called when -ftrapv is
+  /// specified.
+  ///
+  /// If none is specified, abort (GCC-compatible behaviour).
+  std::string OverflowHandler;
+
+  /// \brief The name of the current module.
+  std::string CurrentModule;
+
+  /// \brief Options for parsing comments.
+  CommentOptions CommentOpts;
+  
+  LangOptions();
+
+  // Define accessors/mutators for language options of enumeration type.
+#define LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description) 
+#define ENUM_LANGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default, Description) \
+  Type get##Name() const { return static_cast<Type>(Name); } \
+  void set##Name(Type Value) { Name = static_cast<unsigned>(Value); }  
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.def"
+  
+  bool isSignedOverflowDefined() const {
+    return getSignedOverflowBehavior() == SOB_Defined;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Reset all of the options that are not considered when building a
+  /// module.
+  void resetNonModularOptions();
+};
+
+/// \brief Floating point control options
+class FPOptions {
+public:
+  unsigned fp_contract : 1;
+
+  FPOptions() : fp_contract(0) {}
+
+  FPOptions(const LangOptions &LangOpts) :
+    fp_contract(LangOpts.DefaultFPContract) {}
+};
+
+/// \brief OpenCL volatile options
+class OpenCLOptions {
+public:
+#define OPENCLEXT(nm)  unsigned nm : 1;
+#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensions.def"
+
+  OpenCLOptions() {
+#define OPENCLEXT(nm)   nm = 0;
+#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensions.def"
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Describes the kind of translation unit being processed.
+enum TranslationUnitKind {
+  /// \brief The translation unit is a complete translation unit.
+  TU_Complete,
+  /// \brief The translation unit is a prefix to a translation unit, and is
+  /// not complete.
+  TU_Prefix,
+  /// \brief The translation unit is a module.
+  TU_Module
+};
+  
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Linkage.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Linkage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01b8db1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Linkage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+//===--- Linkage.h - Linkage enumeration and utilities ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the Linkage enumeration and various utility functions.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_LINKAGE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_LINKAGE_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Describes the different kinds of linkage 
+/// (C++ [basic.link], C99 6.2.2) that an entity may have.
+enum Linkage {
+  /// \brief No linkage, which means that the entity is unique and
+  /// can only be referred to from within its scope.
+  NoLinkage = 0,
+
+  /// \brief Internal linkage, which indicates that the entity can
+  /// be referred to from within the translation unit (but not other
+  /// translation units).
+  InternalLinkage,
+
+  /// \brief External linkage within a unique namespace. 
+  ///
+  /// From the language perspective, these entities have external
+  /// linkage. However, since they reside in an anonymous namespace,
+  /// their names are unique to this translation unit, which is
+  /// equivalent to having internal linkage from the code-generation
+  /// point of view.
+  UniqueExternalLinkage,
+
+  /// \brief External linkage, which indicates that the entity can
+  /// be referred to from other translation units.
+  ExternalLinkage
+};
+
+/// \brief Describes the different kinds of language linkage
+/// (C++ [dcl.link]) that an entity may have.
+enum LanguageLinkage {
+  CLanguageLinkage,
+  CXXLanguageLinkage,
+  NoLanguageLinkage
+};
+
+/// \brief A more specific kind of linkage than enum Linkage.
+///
+/// This is relevant to CodeGen and AST file reading.
+enum GVALinkage {
+  GVA_Internal,
+  GVA_C99Inline,
+  GVA_CXXInline,
+  GVA_StrongExternal,
+  GVA_TemplateInstantiation,
+  GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation
+};
+
+/// \brief Determine whether the given linkage is semantically external.
+inline bool isExternalLinkage(Linkage L) {
+  return L == UniqueExternalLinkage || L == ExternalLinkage;
+}
+
+/// \brief Compute the minimum linkage given two linages.
+inline Linkage minLinkage(Linkage L1, Linkage L2) {
+  return L1 < L2? L1 : L2;
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_LINKAGE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/MacroBuilder.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/MacroBuilder.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a9eaa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/MacroBuilder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+//===--- MacroBuilder.h - CPP Macro building utility ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::MacroBuilder utility class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_MACROBUILDER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_MACROBUILDER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class MacroBuilder {
+  raw_ostream &Out;
+public:
+  MacroBuilder(raw_ostream &Output) : Out(Output) {}
+
+  /// Append a \#define line for macro of the form "\#define Name Value\n".
+  void defineMacro(const Twine &Name, const Twine &Value = "1") {
+    Out << "#define " << Name << ' ' << Value << '\n';
+  }
+
+  /// Append a \#undef line for Name.  Name should be of the form XXX
+  /// and we emit "\#undef XXX".
+  void undefineMacro(const Twine &Name) {
+    Out << "#undef " << Name << '\n';
+  }
+
+  /// Directly append Str and a newline to the underlying buffer.
+  void append(const Twine &Str) {
+    Out << Str << '\n';
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Module.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Module.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2a43f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Module.h
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+//===--- Module.h - Describe a module ---------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::Module class, which describes a module in the
+/// source code.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_MODULE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_MODULE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class raw_ostream;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+class DirectoryEntry;
+class FileEntry;
+class FileManager;
+class LangOptions;
+class TargetInfo;
+  
+/// \brief Describes the name of a module.
+typedef SmallVector<std::pair<std::string, SourceLocation>, 2> ModuleId;
+  
+/// \brief Describes a module or submodule.
+class Module {
+public:
+  /// \brief The name of this module.
+  std::string Name;
+  
+  /// \brief The location of the module definition.
+  SourceLocation DefinitionLoc;
+  
+  /// \brief The parent of this module. This will be NULL for the top-level
+  /// module.
+  Module *Parent;
+  
+  /// \brief The umbrella header or directory.
+  llvm::PointerUnion<const DirectoryEntry *, const FileEntry *> Umbrella;
+  
+private:
+  /// \brief The submodules of this module, indexed by name.
+  std::vector<Module *> SubModules;
+  
+  /// \brief A mapping from the submodule name to the index into the 
+  /// \c SubModules vector at which that submodule resides.
+  llvm::StringMap<unsigned> SubModuleIndex;
+
+  /// \brief The AST file if this is a top-level module which has a
+  /// corresponding serialized AST file, or null otherwise.
+  const FileEntry *ASTFile;
+
+  /// \brief The top-level headers associated with this module.
+  llvm::SmallSetVector<const FileEntry *, 2> TopHeaders;
+
+  /// \brief top-level header filenames that aren't resolved to FileEntries yet.
+  std::vector<std::string> TopHeaderNames;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief The headers that are part of this module.
+  SmallVector<const FileEntry *, 2> Headers;
+
+  /// \brief The headers that are explicitly excluded from this module.
+  SmallVector<const FileEntry *, 2> ExcludedHeaders;
+
+  /// \brief The set of language features required to use this module.
+  ///
+  /// If any of these features is not present, the \c IsAvailable bit
+  /// will be false to indicate that this (sub)module is not
+  /// available.
+  SmallVector<std::string, 2> Requires;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this module is available in the current
+  /// translation unit.
+  unsigned IsAvailable : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this module was loaded from a module file.
+  unsigned IsFromModuleFile : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether this is a framework module.
+  unsigned IsFramework : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether this is an explicit submodule.
+  unsigned IsExplicit : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether this is a "system" module (which assumes that all
+  /// headers in it are system headers).
+  unsigned IsSystem : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether we should infer submodules for this module based on 
+  /// the headers.
+  ///
+  /// Submodules can only be inferred for modules with an umbrella header.
+  unsigned InferSubmodules : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether, when inferring submodules, the inferred submodules
+  /// should be explicit.
+  unsigned InferExplicitSubmodules : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether, when inferring submodules, the inferr submodules should
+  /// export all modules they import (e.g., the equivalent of "export *").
+  unsigned InferExportWildcard : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the set of configuration macros is exhaustive.
+  ///
+  /// When the set of configuration macros is exhaustive, meaning
+  /// that no identifier not in this list should affect how the module is
+  /// built.
+  unsigned ConfigMacrosExhaustive : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Describes the visibility of the various names within a
+  /// particular module.
+  enum NameVisibilityKind {
+    /// \brief All of the names in this module are hidden.
+    ///
+    Hidden,
+    /// \brief Only the macro names in this module are visible.
+    MacrosVisible,
+    /// \brief All of the names in this module are visible.
+    AllVisible
+  };  
+  
+  ///\ brief The visibility of names within this particular module.
+  NameVisibilityKind NameVisibility;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the inferred submodule.
+  SourceLocation InferredSubmoduleLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The set of modules imported by this module, and on which this
+  /// module depends.
+  SmallVector<Module *, 2> Imports;
+  
+  /// \brief Describes an exported module.
+  ///
+  /// The pointer is the module being re-exported, while the bit will be true
+  /// to indicate that this is a wildcard export.
+  typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<Module *, 1, bool> ExportDecl;
+  
+  /// \brief The set of export declarations.
+  SmallVector<ExportDecl, 2> Exports;
+  
+  /// \brief Describes an exported module that has not yet been resolved
+  /// (perhaps because the module it refers to has not yet been loaded).
+  struct UnresolvedExportDecl {
+    /// \brief The location of the 'export' keyword in the module map file.
+    SourceLocation ExportLoc;
+    
+    /// \brief The name of the module.
+    ModuleId Id;
+    
+    /// \brief Whether this export declaration ends in a wildcard, indicating
+    /// that all of its submodules should be exported (rather than the named
+    /// module itself).
+    bool Wildcard;
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief The set of export declarations that have yet to be resolved.
+  SmallVector<UnresolvedExportDecl, 2> UnresolvedExports;
+
+  /// \brief A library or framework to link against when an entity from this
+  /// module is used.
+  struct LinkLibrary {
+    LinkLibrary() : IsFramework(false) { }
+    LinkLibrary(const std::string &Library, bool IsFramework)
+      : Library(Library), IsFramework(IsFramework) { }
+    
+    /// \brief The library to link against.
+    ///
+    /// This will typically be a library or framework name, but can also
+    /// be an absolute path to the library or framework.
+    std::string Library;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this is a framework rather than a library.
+    bool IsFramework;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The set of libraries or frameworks to link against when
+  /// an entity from this module is used.
+  llvm::SmallVector<LinkLibrary, 2> LinkLibraries;
+
+  /// \brief The set of "configuration macros", which are macros that
+  /// (intentionally) change how this module is built.
+  std::vector<std::string> ConfigMacros;
+
+  /// \brief An unresolved conflict with another module.
+  struct UnresolvedConflict {
+    /// \brief The (unresolved) module id.
+    ModuleId Id;
+
+    /// \brief The message provided to the user when there is a conflict.
+    std::string Message;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The list of conflicts for which the module-id has not yet been
+  /// resolved.
+  std::vector<UnresolvedConflict> UnresolvedConflicts;
+
+  /// \brief A conflict between two modules.
+  struct Conflict {
+    /// \brief The module that this module conflicts with.
+    Module *Other;
+
+    /// \brief The message provided to the user when there is a conflict.
+    std::string Message;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The list of conflicts.
+  std::vector<Conflict> Conflicts;
+
+  /// \brief Construct a top-level module.
+  explicit Module(StringRef Name, SourceLocation DefinitionLoc,
+                  bool IsFramework)
+    : Name(Name), DefinitionLoc(DefinitionLoc), Parent(0),Umbrella(),ASTFile(0),
+      IsAvailable(true), IsFromModuleFile(false), IsFramework(IsFramework), 
+      IsExplicit(false), IsSystem(false),
+      InferSubmodules(false), InferExplicitSubmodules(false),
+      InferExportWildcard(false), ConfigMacrosExhaustive(false),
+      NameVisibility(Hidden) { }
+  
+  /// \brief Construct a new module or submodule.
+  Module(StringRef Name, SourceLocation DefinitionLoc, Module *Parent, 
+         bool IsFramework, bool IsExplicit);
+  
+  ~Module();
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this module is available for use within the
+  /// current translation unit.
+  bool isAvailable() const { return IsAvailable; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this module is available for use within the
+  /// current translation unit.
+  ///
+  /// \param LangOpts The language options used for the current
+  /// translation unit.
+  ///
+  /// \param Target The target options used for the current translation unit.
+  ///
+  /// \param Feature If this module is unavailable, this parameter
+  /// will be set to one of the features that is required for use of
+  /// this module (but is not available).
+  bool isAvailable(const LangOptions &LangOpts, 
+                   const TargetInfo &Target,
+                   StringRef &Feature) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this module is a submodule.
+  bool isSubModule() const { return Parent != 0; }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this module is a submodule of the given other
+  /// module.
+  bool isSubModuleOf(Module *Other) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this module is a part of a framework,
+  /// either because it is a framework module or because it is a submodule
+  /// of a framework module.
+  bool isPartOfFramework() const {
+    for (const Module *Mod = this; Mod; Mod = Mod->Parent) 
+      if (Mod->IsFramework)
+        return true;
+    
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this module is a subframework of another
+  /// framework.
+  bool isSubFramework() const {
+    return IsFramework && Parent && Parent->isPartOfFramework();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the full name of this module, including the path from
+  /// its top-level module.
+  std::string getFullModuleName() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the top-level module for this (sub)module, which may
+  /// be this module.
+  Module *getTopLevelModule() {
+    return const_cast<Module *>(
+             const_cast<const Module *>(this)->getTopLevelModule());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the top-level module for this (sub)module, which may
+  /// be this module.
+  const Module *getTopLevelModule() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the top-level module.
+  ///
+  StringRef getTopLevelModuleName() const {
+    return getTopLevelModule()->Name;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The serialized AST file for this module, if one was created.
+  const FileEntry *getASTFile() const {
+    return getTopLevelModule()->ASTFile;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the serialized AST file for the top-level module of this module.
+  void setASTFile(const FileEntry *File) {
+    assert((getASTFile() == 0 || getASTFile() == File) && "file path changed");
+    getTopLevelModule()->ASTFile = File;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the directory for which this module serves as the
+  /// umbrella.
+  const DirectoryEntry *getUmbrellaDir() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the header that serves as the umbrella header for this
+  /// module.
+  const FileEntry *getUmbrellaHeader() const {
+    return Umbrella.dyn_cast<const FileEntry *>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this module has an umbrella directory that is
+  /// not based on an umbrella header.
+  bool hasUmbrellaDir() const {
+    return Umbrella && Umbrella.is<const DirectoryEntry *>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add a top-level header associated with this module.
+  void addTopHeader(const FileEntry *File) {
+    assert(File);
+    TopHeaders.insert(File);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add a top-level header filename associated with this module.
+  void addTopHeaderFilename(StringRef Filename) {
+    TopHeaderNames.push_back(Filename);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The top-level headers associated with this module.
+  ArrayRef<const FileEntry *> getTopHeaders(FileManager &FileMgr);
+
+  /// \brief Add the given feature requirement to the list of features
+  /// required by this module.
+  ///
+  /// \param Feature The feature that is required by this module (and
+  /// its submodules).
+  ///
+  /// \param LangOpts The set of language options that will be used to
+  /// evaluate the availability of this feature.
+  ///
+  /// \param Target The target options that will be used to evaluate the
+  /// availability of this feature.
+  void addRequirement(StringRef Feature, const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                      const TargetInfo &Target);
+
+  /// \brief Find the submodule with the given name.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The submodule if found, or NULL otherwise.
+  Module *findSubmodule(StringRef Name) const;
+
+  typedef std::vector<Module *>::iterator submodule_iterator;
+  typedef std::vector<Module *>::const_iterator submodule_const_iterator;
+  
+  submodule_iterator submodule_begin() { return SubModules.begin(); }
+  submodule_const_iterator submodule_begin() const {return SubModules.begin();}
+  submodule_iterator submodule_end()   { return SubModules.end(); }
+  submodule_const_iterator submodule_end() const { return SubModules.end(); }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the exported modules based on the wildcard restrictions.
+  void getExportedModules(SmallVectorImpl<Module *> &Exported) const;
+
+  static StringRef getModuleInputBufferName() {
+    return "<module-includes>";
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Print the module map for this module to the given stream. 
+  ///
+  void print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Indent = 0) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Dump the contents of this module to the given output stream.
+  void dump() const;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_MODULE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ObjCRuntime.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ObjCRuntime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18ef64a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/ObjCRuntime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+//===--- ObjCRuntime.h - Objective-C Runtime Configuration ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines types useful for describing an Objective-C runtime.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_OBJCRUNTIME_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_OBJCRUNTIME_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/VersionTuple.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief The basic abstraction for the target Objective-C runtime.
+class ObjCRuntime {
+public:
+  /// \brief The basic Objective-C runtimes that we know about.
+  enum Kind {
+    /// 'macosx' is the Apple-provided NeXT-derived runtime on Mac OS
+    /// X platforms that use the non-fragile ABI; the version is a
+    /// release of that OS.
+    MacOSX,
+
+    /// 'macosx-fragile' is the Apple-provided NeXT-derived runtime on
+    /// Mac OS X platforms that use the fragile ABI; the version is a
+    /// release of that OS.
+    FragileMacOSX,
+
+    /// 'ios' is the Apple-provided NeXT-derived runtime on iOS or the iOS
+    /// simulator;  it is always non-fragile.  The version is a release
+    /// version of iOS.
+    iOS,
+
+    /// 'gcc' is the Objective-C runtime shipped with GCC, implementing a
+    /// fragile Objective-C ABI
+    GCC,
+
+    /// 'gnustep' is the modern non-fragile GNUstep runtime.
+    GNUstep,
+
+    /// 'objfw' is the Objective-C runtime included in ObjFW
+    ObjFW
+  };
+
+private:
+  Kind TheKind;
+  VersionTuple Version;
+
+public:
+  /// A bogus initialization of the runtime.
+  ObjCRuntime() : TheKind(MacOSX) {}
+
+  ObjCRuntime(Kind kind, const VersionTuple &version)
+    : TheKind(kind), Version(version) {}
+
+  void set(Kind kind, VersionTuple version) {
+    TheKind = kind;
+    Version = version;
+  }
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return TheKind; }
+  const VersionTuple &getVersion() const { return Version; }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime follow the set of implied behaviors for a
+  /// "non-fragile" ABI?
+  bool isNonFragile() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case FragileMacOSX: return false;
+    case GCC: return false;
+    case MacOSX: return true;
+    case GNUstep: return true;
+    case ObjFW: return false;
+    case iOS: return true;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad kind");
+  }
+
+  /// The inverse of isNonFragile():  does this runtime follow the set of
+  /// implied behaviors for a "fragile" ABI?
+  bool isFragile() const { return !isNonFragile(); }
+
+  /// The default dispatch mechanism to use for the specified architecture
+  bool isLegacyDispatchDefaultForArch(llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch) {
+    // The GNUstep runtime uses a newer dispatch method by default from
+    // version 1.6 onwards
+    if (getKind() == GNUstep && getVersion() >= VersionTuple(1, 6)) {
+      if (Arch == llvm::Triple::arm ||
+          Arch == llvm::Triple::x86 ||
+          Arch == llvm::Triple::x86_64)
+        return false;
+      // Mac runtimes use legacy dispatch everywhere except x86-64
+    } else if (isNeXTFamily() && isNonFragile())
+        return Arch != llvm::Triple::x86_64;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Is this runtime basically of the GNU family of runtimes?
+  bool isGNUFamily() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case FragileMacOSX:
+    case MacOSX:
+    case iOS:
+      return false;
+    case GCC:
+    case GNUstep:
+    case ObjFW:
+      return true;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad kind");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Is this runtime basically of the NeXT family of runtimes?
+  bool isNeXTFamily() const {
+    // For now, this is just the inverse of isGNUFamily(), but that's
+    // not inherently true.
+    return !isGNUFamily();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime allow ARC at all?
+  bool allowsARC() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case FragileMacOSX: return false;
+    case MacOSX: return true;
+    case iOS: return true;
+    case GCC: return false;
+    case GNUstep: return true;
+    case ObjFW: return true;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad kind");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime natively provide the ARC entrypoints? 
+  ///
+  /// ARC cannot be directly supported on a platform that does not provide
+  /// these entrypoints, although it may be supportable via a stub
+  /// library.
+  bool hasNativeARC() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case FragileMacOSX: return false;
+    case MacOSX: return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(10, 7);
+    case iOS: return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(5);
+
+    case GCC: return false;
+    case GNUstep: return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(1, 6);
+    case ObjFW: return true;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad kind");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime supports optimized setter entrypoints?
+  bool hasOptimizedSetter() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+      case MacOSX:
+        return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(10, 8);
+      case iOS:
+        return (getVersion() >= VersionTuple(6));
+      case GNUstep:
+        return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(1, 7);
+    
+      default:
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Does this runtime allow the use of __weak?
+  bool allowsWeak() const {
+    return hasNativeWeak();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime natively provide ARC-compliant 'weak'
+  /// entrypoints?
+  bool hasNativeWeak() const {
+    // Right now, this is always equivalent to whether the runtime
+    // natively supports ARC decision.
+    return hasNativeARC();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime directly support the subscripting methods?
+  ///
+  /// This is really a property of the library, not the runtime.
+  bool hasSubscripting() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case FragileMacOSX: return false;
+    case MacOSX: return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(10, 8);
+    case iOS: return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(6);
+
+    // This is really a lie, because some implementations and versions
+    // of the runtime do not support ARC.  Probably -fgnu-runtime
+    // should imply a "maximal" runtime or something?
+    case GCC: return true;
+    case GNUstep: return true;
+    case ObjFW: return true;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad kind");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime allow sizeof or alignof on object types?
+  bool allowsSizeofAlignof() const {
+    return isFragile();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime allow pointer arithmetic on objects?
+  ///
+  /// This covers +, -, ++, --, and (if isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()
+  /// yields true) [].
+  bool allowsPointerArithmetic() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case FragileMacOSX:
+    case GCC:
+      return true;
+    case MacOSX:
+    case iOS:
+    case GNUstep:
+    case ObjFW:
+      return false;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad kind");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Is subscripting pointer arithmetic?
+  bool isSubscriptPointerArithmetic() const {
+    return allowsPointerArithmetic();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime provide an objc_terminate function?
+  ///
+  /// This is used in handlers for exceptions during the unwind process;
+  /// without it, abort() must be used in pure ObjC files.
+  bool hasTerminate() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case FragileMacOSX: return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(10, 8);
+    case MacOSX: return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(10, 8);
+    case iOS: return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(5);
+    case GCC: return false;
+    case GNUstep: return false;
+    case ObjFW: return false;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad kind");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime support weakly importing classes?
+  bool hasWeakClassImport() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case MacOSX: return true;
+    case iOS: return true;
+    case FragileMacOSX: return false;
+    case GCC: return true;
+    case GNUstep: return true;
+    case ObjFW: return true;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad kind");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this runtime use zero-cost exceptions?
+  bool hasUnwindExceptions() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case MacOSX: return true;
+    case iOS: return true;
+    case FragileMacOSX: return false;
+    case GCC: return true;
+    case GNUstep: return true;
+    case ObjFW: return true;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad kind");
+  }
+
+  bool hasAtomicCopyHelper() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case FragileMacOSX:
+    case MacOSX:
+    case iOS:
+      return true;
+    case GNUstep:
+      return getVersion() >= VersionTuple(1, 7);
+    default: return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Try to parse an Objective-C runtime specification from the given
+  /// string.
+  ///
+  /// \return true on error.
+  bool tryParse(StringRef input);
+
+  std::string getAsString() const;
+
+  friend bool operator==(const ObjCRuntime &left, const ObjCRuntime &right) {
+    return left.getKind() == right.getKind() &&
+           left.getVersion() == right.getVersion();
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator!=(const ObjCRuntime &left, const ObjCRuntime &right) {
+    return !(left == right);
+  }
+};
+
+raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &out, const ObjCRuntime &value);
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OnDiskHashTable.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OnDiskHashTable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06cb143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OnDiskHashTable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+//===--- OnDiskHashTable.h - On-Disk Hash Table Implementation --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines facilities for reading and writing on-disk hash tables.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_ON_DISK_HASH_TABLE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_ON_DISK_HASH_TABLE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Host.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdlib>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace io {
+
+typedef uint32_t Offset;
+
+inline void Emit8(raw_ostream& Out, uint32_t V) {
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V);
+}
+
+inline void Emit16(raw_ostream& Out, uint32_t V) {
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >>  8);
+  assert((V >> 16) == 0);
+}
+
+inline void Emit24(raw_ostream& Out, uint32_t V) {
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >>  8);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >> 16);
+  assert((V >> 24) == 0);
+}
+
+inline void Emit32(raw_ostream& Out, uint32_t V) {
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >>  8);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >> 16);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >> 24);
+}
+
+inline void Emit64(raw_ostream& Out, uint64_t V) {
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >>  8);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >> 16);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >> 24);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >> 32);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >> 40);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >> 48);
+  Out << (unsigned char)(V >> 56);
+}
+
+inline void Pad(raw_ostream& Out, unsigned A) {
+  Offset off = (Offset) Out.tell();
+  for (uint32_t n = llvm::OffsetToAlignment(off, A); n; --n)
+    Emit8(Out, 0);
+}
+
+inline uint16_t ReadUnalignedLE16(const unsigned char *&Data) {
+  uint16_t V = ((uint16_t)Data[0]) |
+               ((uint16_t)Data[1] <<  8);
+  Data += 2;
+  return V;
+}
+
+inline uint32_t ReadUnalignedLE32(const unsigned char *&Data) {
+  uint32_t V = ((uint32_t)Data[0])  |
+               ((uint32_t)Data[1] << 8)  |
+               ((uint32_t)Data[2] << 16) |
+               ((uint32_t)Data[3] << 24);
+  Data += 4;
+  return V;
+}
+
+inline uint64_t ReadUnalignedLE64(const unsigned char *&Data) {
+  uint64_t V = ((uint64_t)Data[0])  |
+    ((uint64_t)Data[1] << 8)  |
+    ((uint64_t)Data[2] << 16) |
+    ((uint64_t)Data[3] << 24) |
+    ((uint64_t)Data[4] << 32) |
+    ((uint64_t)Data[5] << 40) |
+    ((uint64_t)Data[6] << 48) |
+    ((uint64_t)Data[7] << 56);
+  Data += 8;
+  return V;
+}
+
+inline uint32_t ReadLE32(const unsigned char *&Data) {
+  // Hosts that directly support little-endian 32-bit loads can just
+  // use them.  Big-endian hosts need a bswap.
+  uint32_t V = *((const uint32_t*)Data);
+  if (llvm::sys::isBigEndianHost())
+    V = llvm::ByteSwap_32(V);
+  Data += 4;
+  return V;
+}
+
+} // end namespace io
+
+template<typename Info>
+class OnDiskChainedHashTableGenerator {
+  unsigned NumBuckets;
+  unsigned NumEntries;
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BA;
+
+  class Item {
+  public:
+    typename Info::key_type key;
+    typename Info::data_type data;
+    Item *next;
+    const uint32_t hash;
+
+    Item(typename Info::key_type_ref k, typename Info::data_type_ref d,
+         Info &InfoObj)
+    : key(k), data(d), next(0), hash(InfoObj.ComputeHash(k)) {}
+  };
+
+  class Bucket {
+  public:
+    io::Offset off;
+    Item* head;
+    unsigned length;
+
+    Bucket() {}
+  };
+
+  Bucket* Buckets;
+
+private:
+  void insert(Bucket* b, size_t size, Item* E) {
+    unsigned idx = E->hash & (size - 1);
+    Bucket& B = b[idx];
+    E->next = B.head;
+    ++B.length;
+    B.head = E;
+  }
+
+  void resize(size_t newsize) {
+    Bucket* newBuckets = (Bucket*) std::calloc(newsize, sizeof(Bucket));
+    // Populate newBuckets with the old entries.
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumBuckets; ++i)
+      for (Item* E = Buckets[i].head; E ; ) {
+        Item* N = E->next;
+        E->next = 0;
+        insert(newBuckets, newsize, E);
+        E = N;
+      }
+
+    free(Buckets);
+    NumBuckets = newsize;
+    Buckets = newBuckets;
+  }
+
+public:
+
+  void insert(typename Info::key_type_ref key,
+              typename Info::data_type_ref data) {
+    Info InfoObj;
+    insert(key, data, InfoObj);
+  }
+
+  void insert(typename Info::key_type_ref key,
+              typename Info::data_type_ref data, Info &InfoObj) {
+
+    ++NumEntries;
+    if (4*NumEntries >= 3*NumBuckets) resize(NumBuckets*2);
+    insert(Buckets, NumBuckets, new (BA.Allocate<Item>()) Item(key, data,
+                                                               InfoObj));
+  }
+
+  io::Offset Emit(raw_ostream &out) {
+    Info InfoObj;
+    return Emit(out, InfoObj);
+  }
+
+  io::Offset Emit(raw_ostream &out, Info &InfoObj) {
+    using namespace clang::io;
+
+    // Emit the payload of the table.
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumBuckets; ++i) {
+      Bucket& B = Buckets[i];
+      if (!B.head) continue;
+
+      // Store the offset for the data of this bucket.
+      B.off = out.tell();
+      assert(B.off && "Cannot write a bucket at offset 0. Please add padding.");
+
+      // Write out the number of items in the bucket.
+      Emit16(out, B.length);
+      assert(B.length != 0  && "Bucket has a head but zero length?");
+
+      // Write out the entries in the bucket.
+      for (Item *I = B.head; I ; I = I->next) {
+        Emit32(out, I->hash);
+        const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& Len =
+          InfoObj.EmitKeyDataLength(out, I->key, I->data);
+        InfoObj.EmitKey(out, I->key, Len.first);
+        InfoObj.EmitData(out, I->key, I->data, Len.second);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Emit the hashtable itself.
+    Pad(out, 4);
+    io::Offset TableOff = out.tell();
+    Emit32(out, NumBuckets);
+    Emit32(out, NumEntries);
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumBuckets; ++i) Emit32(out, Buckets[i].off);
+
+    return TableOff;
+  }
+
+  OnDiskChainedHashTableGenerator() {
+    NumEntries = 0;
+    NumBuckets = 64;
+    // Note that we do not need to run the constructors of the individual
+    // Bucket objects since 'calloc' returns bytes that are all 0.
+    Buckets = (Bucket*) std::calloc(NumBuckets, sizeof(Bucket));
+  }
+
+  ~OnDiskChainedHashTableGenerator() {
+    std::free(Buckets);
+  }
+};
+
+template<typename Info>
+class OnDiskChainedHashTable {
+  const unsigned NumBuckets;
+  const unsigned NumEntries;
+  const unsigned char* const Buckets;
+  const unsigned char* const Base;
+  Info InfoObj;
+
+public:
+  typedef typename Info::internal_key_type internal_key_type;
+  typedef typename Info::external_key_type external_key_type;
+  typedef typename Info::data_type         data_type;
+
+  OnDiskChainedHashTable(unsigned numBuckets, unsigned numEntries,
+                         const unsigned char* buckets,
+                         const unsigned char* base,
+                         const Info &InfoObj = Info())
+    : NumBuckets(numBuckets), NumEntries(numEntries),
+      Buckets(buckets), Base(base), InfoObj(InfoObj) {
+        assert((reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(buckets) & 0x3) == 0 &&
+               "'buckets' must have a 4-byte alignment");
+      }
+
+  unsigned getNumBuckets() const { return NumBuckets; }
+  unsigned getNumEntries() const { return NumEntries; }
+  const unsigned char* getBase() const { return Base; }
+  const unsigned char* getBuckets() const { return Buckets; }
+
+  bool isEmpty() const { return NumEntries == 0; }
+
+  class iterator {
+    internal_key_type key;
+    const unsigned char* const data;
+    const unsigned len;
+    Info *InfoObj;
+  public:
+    iterator() : data(0), len(0) {}
+    iterator(const internal_key_type k, const unsigned char* d, unsigned l,
+             Info *InfoObj)
+      : key(k), data(d), len(l), InfoObj(InfoObj) {}
+
+    data_type operator*() const { return InfoObj->ReadData(key, data, len); }
+    bool operator==(const iterator& X) const { return X.data == data; }
+    bool operator!=(const iterator& X) const { return X.data != data; }
+  };
+
+  iterator find(const external_key_type& eKey, Info *InfoPtr = 0) {
+    if (!InfoPtr)
+      InfoPtr = &InfoObj;
+
+    using namespace io;
+    const internal_key_type& iKey = InfoObj.GetInternalKey(eKey);
+    unsigned key_hash = InfoObj.ComputeHash(iKey);
+
+    // Each bucket is just a 32-bit offset into the hash table file.
+    unsigned idx = key_hash & (NumBuckets - 1);
+    const unsigned char* Bucket = Buckets + sizeof(uint32_t)*idx;
+
+    unsigned offset = ReadLE32(Bucket);
+    if (offset == 0) return iterator(); // Empty bucket.
+    const unsigned char* Items = Base + offset;
+
+    // 'Items' starts with a 16-bit unsigned integer representing the
+    // number of items in this bucket.
+    unsigned len = ReadUnalignedLE16(Items);
+
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < len; ++i) {
+      // Read the hash.
+      uint32_t item_hash = ReadUnalignedLE32(Items);
+
+      // Determine the length of the key and the data.
+      const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& L = Info::ReadKeyDataLength(Items);
+      unsigned item_len = L.first + L.second;
+
+      // Compare the hashes.  If they are not the same, skip the entry entirely.
+      if (item_hash != key_hash) {
+        Items += item_len;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // Read the key.
+      const internal_key_type& X =
+        InfoPtr->ReadKey((const unsigned char* const) Items, L.first);
+
+      // If the key doesn't match just skip reading the value.
+      if (!InfoPtr->EqualKey(X, iKey)) {
+        Items += item_len;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // The key matches!
+      return iterator(X, Items + L.first, L.second, InfoPtr);
+    }
+
+    return iterator();
+  }
+
+  iterator end() const { return iterator(); }
+
+  /// \brief Iterates over all of the keys in the table.
+  class key_iterator {
+    const unsigned char* Ptr;
+    unsigned NumItemsInBucketLeft;
+    unsigned NumEntriesLeft;
+    Info *InfoObj;
+  public:
+    typedef external_key_type value_type;
+
+    key_iterator(const unsigned char* const Ptr, unsigned NumEntries,
+                  Info *InfoObj)
+      : Ptr(Ptr), NumItemsInBucketLeft(0), NumEntriesLeft(NumEntries),
+        InfoObj(InfoObj) { }
+    key_iterator()
+      : Ptr(0), NumItemsInBucketLeft(0), NumEntriesLeft(0), InfoObj(0) { }
+
+    friend bool operator==(const key_iterator &X, const key_iterator &Y) {
+      return X.NumEntriesLeft == Y.NumEntriesLeft;
+    }
+    friend bool operator!=(const key_iterator& X, const key_iterator &Y) {
+      return X.NumEntriesLeft != Y.NumEntriesLeft;
+    }
+
+    key_iterator& operator++() {  // Preincrement
+      if (!NumItemsInBucketLeft) {
+        // 'Items' starts with a 16-bit unsigned integer representing the
+        // number of items in this bucket.
+        NumItemsInBucketLeft = io::ReadUnalignedLE16(Ptr);
+      }
+      Ptr += 4; // Skip the hash.
+      // Determine the length of the key and the data.
+      const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& L = Info::ReadKeyDataLength(Ptr);
+      Ptr += L.first + L.second;
+      assert(NumItemsInBucketLeft);
+      --NumItemsInBucketLeft;
+      assert(NumEntriesLeft);
+      --NumEntriesLeft;
+      return *this;
+    }
+    key_iterator operator++(int) {  // Postincrement
+      key_iterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
+    }
+
+    value_type operator*() const {
+      const unsigned char* LocalPtr = Ptr;
+      if (!NumItemsInBucketLeft)
+        LocalPtr += 2; // number of items in bucket
+      LocalPtr += 4; // Skip the hash.
+
+      // Determine the length of the key and the data.
+      const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& L
+        = Info::ReadKeyDataLength(LocalPtr);
+
+      // Read the key.
+      const internal_key_type& Key = InfoObj->ReadKey(LocalPtr, L.first);
+      return InfoObj->GetExternalKey(Key);
+    }
+  };
+
+  key_iterator key_begin() {
+    return key_iterator(Base + 4, getNumEntries(), &InfoObj);
+  }
+  key_iterator key_end() { return key_iterator(); }
+
+  /// \brief Iterates over all the entries in the table, returning the data.
+  class data_iterator {
+    const unsigned char* Ptr;
+    unsigned NumItemsInBucketLeft;
+    unsigned NumEntriesLeft;
+    Info *InfoObj;
+  public:
+    typedef data_type value_type;
+
+    data_iterator(const unsigned char* const Ptr, unsigned NumEntries,
+                  Info *InfoObj)
+      : Ptr(Ptr), NumItemsInBucketLeft(0), NumEntriesLeft(NumEntries),
+        InfoObj(InfoObj) { }
+    data_iterator()
+      : Ptr(0), NumItemsInBucketLeft(0), NumEntriesLeft(0), InfoObj(0) { }
+
+    bool operator==(const data_iterator& X) const {
+      return X.NumEntriesLeft == NumEntriesLeft;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const data_iterator& X) const {
+      return X.NumEntriesLeft != NumEntriesLeft;
+    }
+
+    data_iterator& operator++() {  // Preincrement
+      if (!NumItemsInBucketLeft) {
+        // 'Items' starts with a 16-bit unsigned integer representing the
+        // number of items in this bucket.
+        NumItemsInBucketLeft = io::ReadUnalignedLE16(Ptr);
+      }
+      Ptr += 4; // Skip the hash.
+      // Determine the length of the key and the data.
+      const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& L = Info::ReadKeyDataLength(Ptr);
+      Ptr += L.first + L.second;
+      assert(NumItemsInBucketLeft);
+      --NumItemsInBucketLeft;
+      assert(NumEntriesLeft);
+      --NumEntriesLeft;
+      return *this;
+    }
+    data_iterator operator++(int) {  // Postincrement
+      data_iterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
+    }
+
+    value_type operator*() const {
+      const unsigned char* LocalPtr = Ptr;
+      if (!NumItemsInBucketLeft)
+        LocalPtr += 2; // number of items in bucket
+      LocalPtr += 4; // Skip the hash.
+
+      // Determine the length of the key and the data.
+      const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& L =Info::ReadKeyDataLength(LocalPtr);
+
+      // Read the key.
+      const internal_key_type& Key =
+        InfoObj->ReadKey(LocalPtr, L.first);
+      return InfoObj->ReadData(Key, LocalPtr + L.first, L.second);
+    }
+  };
+
+  data_iterator data_begin() {
+    return data_iterator(Base + 4, getNumEntries(), &InfoObj);
+  }
+  data_iterator data_end() { return data_iterator(); }
+
+  Info &getInfoObj() { return InfoObj; }
+
+  static OnDiskChainedHashTable* Create(const unsigned char* buckets,
+                                        const unsigned char* const base,
+                                        const Info &InfoObj = Info()) {
+    using namespace io;
+    assert(buckets > base);
+    assert((reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(buckets) & 0x3) == 0 &&
+           "buckets should be 4-byte aligned.");
+
+    unsigned numBuckets = ReadLE32(buckets);
+    unsigned numEntries = ReadLE32(buckets);
+    return new OnDiskChainedHashTable<Info>(numBuckets, numEntries, buckets,
+                                            base, InfoObj);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenCL.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenCL.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b3f259
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenCL.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+//===--- OpenCL.h - OpenCL enums --------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines some OpenCL-specific enums.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_OPENCL_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_OPENCL_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Names for the OpenCL image access qualifiers (OpenCL 1.1 6.6).
+enum OpenCLImageAccess {
+  CLIA_read_only = 1,
+  CLIA_write_only = 2,
+  CLIA_read_write = 3
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensions.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensions.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..103fa83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensions.def
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+//===--- OpenCLExtensions.def - OpenCL extension list -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the list of supported OpenCL extensions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// OpenCL 1.1.
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_fp64)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_int64_base_atomics)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_int64_extended_atomics)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_fp16)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_gl_sharing)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_gl_event)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_d3d10_sharing)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_global_int32_base_atomics)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_global_int32_extended_atomics)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_local_int32_base_atomics)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_local_int32_extended_atomics)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_byte_addressable_store)
+OPENCLEXT(cl_khr_3d_image_writes)
+
+// Clang Extensions.
+OPENCLEXT(cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers)
+
+#undef OPENCLEXT
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f968977
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.def
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+//===--- OpenMPKinds.def - OpenMP directives and clauses list ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// \file
+/// \brief This file defines the list of supported OpenMP directives and 
+/// clauses.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef OPENMP_DIRECTIVE
+#  define OPENMP_DIRECTIVE(Name)
+#endif
+
+// OpenMP directives.
+OPENMP_DIRECTIVE(threadprivate)
+OPENMP_DIRECTIVE(parallel)
+
+#undef OPENMP_DIRECTIVE
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c90e9a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+//===--- OpenMPKinds.h - OpenMP enums ---------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines some OpenMP-specific enums and functions.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_OPENMPKINDS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_OPENMPKINDS_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief OpenMP directives.
+enum OpenMPDirectiveKind {
+  OMPD_unknown = 0,
+#define OPENMP_DIRECTIVE(Name) \
+  OMPD_##Name,
+#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.def"
+  NUM_OPENMP_DIRECTIVES
+};
+
+OpenMPDirectiveKind getOpenMPDirectiveKind(llvm::StringRef Str);
+const char *getOpenMPDirectiveName(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind);
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d011e9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+//===--- OperatorKinds.def - C++ Overloaded Operator Database ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the OverloadedOperator database, which includes
+// all of the overloadable C++ operators.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+/// @file OperatorKinds.def
+///
+/// In this file, each of the overloadable C++ operators is enumerated
+/// with either the OVERLOADED_OPERATOR or OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI
+/// macro, each of which can be specified by the code including this
+/// file. OVERLOADED_OPERATOR is used for single-token operators
+/// (e.g., "+"), and has six arguments:
+///
+/// Name: The name of the token. OO_Name will be the name of the
+/// corresponding enumerator in OverloadedOperatorKind in
+/// OperatorKinds.h.
+///
+/// Spelling: A string that provides a canonical spelling for the
+/// operator, e.g., "operator+".
+///
+/// Token: The name of the token that specifies the operator, e.g.,
+/// "plus" for operator+ or "greatergreaterequal" for
+/// "operator>>=". With a "kw_" prefix, the token name can be used as
+/// an enumerator into the TokenKind enumeration.
+///
+/// Unary: True if the operator can be declared as a unary operator.
+///
+/// Binary: True if the operator can be declared as a binary
+/// operator. Note that some operators (e.g., "operator+" and
+/// "operator*") can be both unary and binary.
+///
+/// MemberOnly: True if this operator can only be declared as a
+/// non-static member function. False if the operator can be both a
+/// non-member function and a non-static member function.
+///
+/// OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI is used to enumerate the multi-token
+/// overloaded operator names, e.g., "operator delete []". The macro
+/// has all of the parameters of OVERLOADED_OPERATOR except Token,
+/// which is omitted.
+
+#ifndef OVERLOADED_OPERATOR
+#  define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name,Spelling,Token,Unary,Binary,MemberOnly)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI
+#  define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Name,Spelling,Unary,Binary,MemberOnly) \
+    OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name,Spelling,unknown,Unary,Binary,MemberOnly)
+#endif
+
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(New            , "new"                      , true , true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Delete         , "delete"                   , true , true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Array_New      , "new[]"                    , true , true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Array_Delete   , "delete[]"                 , true , true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Plus                 , "+"   , plus               , true , true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Minus                , "-"   , minus              , true , true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Star                 , "*"   , star               , true , true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Slash                , "/"   , slash              , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Percent              , "%"   , percent            , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Caret                , "^"   , caret              , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Amp                  , "&"   , amp                , true , true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Pipe                 , "|"   , pipe               , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Tilde                , "~"   , tilde              , true , false, false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Exclaim              , "!"   , exclaim            , true , false, false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Equal                , "="   , equal              , false, true , true)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Less                 , "<"   , less               , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Greater              , ">"   , greater            , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(PlusEqual            , "+="  , plusequal          , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(MinusEqual           , "-="  , minusequal         , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(StarEqual            , "*="  , starequal          , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(SlashEqual           , "/="  , slashequal         , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(PercentEqual         , "%="  , percentequal       , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(CaretEqual           , "^="  , caretequal         , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(AmpEqual             , "&="  , ampequal           , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(PipeEqual            , "|="  , pipeequal          , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(LessLess             , "<<"  , lessless           , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(GreaterGreater       , ">>"  , greatergreater     , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(LessLessEqual        , "<<=" , lesslessequal      , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(GreaterGreaterEqual  , ">>=" , greatergreaterequal, false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(EqualEqual           , "=="  , equalequal         , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(ExclaimEqual         , "!="  , exclaimequal       , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(LessEqual            , "<="  , lessequal          , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(GreaterEqual         , ">="  , greaterequal       , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(AmpAmp               , "&&"  , ampamp             , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(PipePipe             , "||"  , pipepipe           , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(PlusPlus             , "++"  , plusplus           , true , true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(MinusMinus           , "--"  , minusminus         , true , true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Comma                , ","   , comma              , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(ArrowStar            , "->*" , arrowstar          , false, true , false)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Arrow                , "->"  , arrow              , true , false, true)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Call           , "()"                       , true , true , true)
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Subscript      , "[]"                       , false, true , true)
+// ?: can *not* be overloaded, but we need the overload
+// resolution machinery for it.
+OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Conditional    , "?"                        , false, true , false)
+
+#undef OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI
+#undef OVERLOADED_OPERATOR
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..108014f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+//===--- OperatorKinds.h - C++ Overloaded Operators -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines an enumeration for C++ overloaded operators.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_OPERATOR_KINDS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_OPERATOR_KINDS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Enumeration specifying the different kinds of C++ overloaded
+/// operators.
+enum OverloadedOperatorKind {
+  OO_None,                ///< Not an overloaded operator
+#define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name,Spelling,Token,Unary,Binary,MemberOnly) \
+  OO_##Name,
+#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"
+  NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS
+};
+
+/// \brief Retrieve the spelling of the given overloaded operator, without 
+/// the preceding "operator" keyword.
+const char *getOperatorSpelling(OverloadedOperatorKind Operator);
+  
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OperatorPrecedence.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OperatorPrecedence.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b68d577
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/OperatorPrecedence.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+//===--- OperatorPrecedence.h - Operator precedence levels ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines and computes precedence levels for binary/ternary operators.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_OPERATOR_PRECEDENCE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_OPERATOR_PRECEDENCE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// PrecedenceLevels - These are precedences for the binary/ternary
+/// operators in the C99 grammar.  These have been named to relate
+/// with the C99 grammar productions.  Low precedences numbers bind
+/// more weakly than high numbers.
+namespace prec {
+  enum Level {
+    Unknown         = 0,    // Not binary operator.
+    Comma           = 1,    // ,
+    Assignment      = 2,    // =, *=, /=, %=, +=, -=, <<=, >>=, &=, ^=, |=
+    Conditional     = 3,    // ?
+    LogicalOr       = 4,    // ||
+    LogicalAnd      = 5,    // &&
+    InclusiveOr     = 6,    // |
+    ExclusiveOr     = 7,    // ^
+    And             = 8,    // &
+    Equality        = 9,    // ==, !=
+    Relational      = 10,   //  >=, <=, >, <
+    Shift           = 11,   // <<, >>
+    Additive        = 12,   // -, +
+    Multiplicative  = 13,   // *, /, %
+    PointerToMember = 14    // .*, ->*
+  };
+}
+
+/// \brief Return the precedence of the specified binary operator token.
+prec::Level getBinOpPrecedence(tok::TokenKind Kind, bool GreaterThanIsOperator,
+                               bool CPlusPlus11);
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif  // LLVM_CLANG_OPERATOR_PRECEDENCE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f68160
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+//===--- PartialDiagnostic.h - Diagnostic "closures" ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Implements a partial diagnostic that can be emitted anwyhere
+/// in a DiagnosticBuilder stream.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_PARTIALDIAGNOSTIC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_PARTIALDIAGNOSTIC_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class PartialDiagnostic {
+public:
+  enum {
+      // The MaxArguments and MaxFixItHints member enum values from
+      // DiagnosticsEngine are private but DiagnosticsEngine declares
+      // PartialDiagnostic a friend.  These enum values are redeclared
+      // here so that the nested Storage class below can access them.
+      MaxArguments = DiagnosticsEngine::MaxArguments
+  };
+
+  struct Storage {
+    Storage() : NumDiagArgs(0), NumDiagRanges(0) { }
+
+    enum {
+        /// \brief The maximum number of arguments we can hold. We
+        /// currently only support up to 10 arguments (%0-%9).
+        ///
+        /// A single diagnostic with more than that almost certainly has to
+        /// be simplified anyway.
+        MaxArguments = PartialDiagnostic::MaxArguments
+    };
+
+    /// \brief The number of entries in Arguments.
+    unsigned char NumDiagArgs;
+
+    /// \brief This is the number of ranges in the DiagRanges array.
+    unsigned char NumDiagRanges;
+
+    /// \brief Specifies for each argument whether it is in DiagArgumentsStr
+    /// or in DiagArguments.
+    unsigned char DiagArgumentsKind[MaxArguments];
+
+    /// \brief The values for the various substitution positions.
+    ///
+    /// This is used when the argument is not an std::string. The specific value
+    /// is mangled into an intptr_t and the interpretation depends on exactly
+    /// what sort of argument kind it is.
+    intptr_t DiagArgumentsVal[MaxArguments];
+
+    /// \brief The values for the various substitution positions that have
+    /// string arguments.
+    std::string DiagArgumentsStr[MaxArguments];
+
+    /// \brief The list of ranges added to this diagnostic.
+    ///
+    /// It currently only support 10 ranges, could easily be extended if needed.
+    CharSourceRange DiagRanges[10];
+
+    /// \brief If valid, provides a hint with some code to insert, remove, or
+    /// modify at a particular position.
+    SmallVector<FixItHint, 6>  FixItHints;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief An allocator for Storage objects, which uses a small cache to
+  /// objects, used to reduce malloc()/free() traffic for partial diagnostics.
+  class StorageAllocator {
+    static const unsigned NumCached = 16;
+    Storage Cached[NumCached];
+    Storage *FreeList[NumCached];
+    unsigned NumFreeListEntries;
+
+  public:
+    StorageAllocator();
+    ~StorageAllocator();
+
+    /// \brief Allocate new storage.
+    Storage *Allocate() {
+      if (NumFreeListEntries == 0)
+        return new Storage;
+
+      Storage *Result = FreeList[--NumFreeListEntries];
+      Result->NumDiagArgs = 0;
+      Result->NumDiagRanges = 0;
+      Result->FixItHints.clear();
+      return Result;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Free the given storage object.
+    void Deallocate(Storage *S) {
+      if (S >= Cached && S <= Cached + NumCached) {
+        FreeList[NumFreeListEntries++] = S;
+        return;
+      }
+
+      delete S;
+    }
+  };
+
+private:
+  // NOTE: Sema assumes that PartialDiagnostic is location-invariant
+  // in the sense that its bits can be safely memcpy'ed and destructed
+  // in the new location.
+
+  /// \brief The diagnostic ID.
+  mutable unsigned DiagID;
+
+  /// \brief Storage for args and ranges.
+  mutable Storage *DiagStorage;
+
+  /// \brief Allocator used to allocate storage for this diagnostic.
+  StorageAllocator *Allocator;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve storage for this particular diagnostic.
+  Storage *getStorage() const {
+    if (DiagStorage)
+      return DiagStorage;
+
+    if (Allocator)
+      DiagStorage = Allocator->Allocate();
+    else {
+      assert(Allocator != reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0)));
+      DiagStorage = new Storage;
+    }
+    return DiagStorage;
+  }
+
+  void freeStorage() {
+    if (!DiagStorage)
+      return;
+
+    // The hot path for PartialDiagnostic is when we just used it to wrap an ID
+    // (typically so we have the flexibility of passing a more complex
+    // diagnostic into the callee, but that does not commonly occur).
+    //
+    // Split this out into a slow function for silly compilers (*cough*) which
+    // can't do decent partial inlining.
+    freeStorageSlow();
+  }
+
+  void freeStorageSlow() {
+    if (Allocator)
+      Allocator->Deallocate(DiagStorage);
+    else if (Allocator != reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0)))
+      delete DiagStorage;
+    DiagStorage = 0;
+  }
+
+  void AddSourceRange(const CharSourceRange &R) const {
+    if (!DiagStorage)
+      DiagStorage = getStorage();
+
+    assert(DiagStorage->NumDiagRanges <
+           llvm::array_lengthof(DiagStorage->DiagRanges) &&
+           "Too many arguments to diagnostic!");
+    DiagStorage->DiagRanges[DiagStorage->NumDiagRanges++] = R;
+  }
+
+  void AddFixItHint(const FixItHint &Hint) const {
+    if (Hint.isNull())
+      return;
+
+    if (!DiagStorage)
+      DiagStorage = getStorage();
+
+    DiagStorage->FixItHints.push_back(Hint);
+  }
+
+public:
+  struct NullDiagnostic {};
+  /// \brief Create a null partial diagnostic, which cannot carry a payload,
+  /// and only exists to be swapped with a real partial diagnostic.
+  PartialDiagnostic(NullDiagnostic)
+    : DiagID(0), DiagStorage(0), Allocator(0) { }
+
+  PartialDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID, StorageAllocator &Allocator)
+    : DiagID(DiagID), DiagStorage(0), Allocator(&Allocator) { }
+
+  PartialDiagnostic(const PartialDiagnostic &Other)
+    : DiagID(Other.DiagID), DiagStorage(0), Allocator(Other.Allocator)
+  {
+    if (Other.DiagStorage) {
+      DiagStorage = getStorage();
+      *DiagStorage = *Other.DiagStorage;
+    }
+  }
+
+#if LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+  PartialDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic &&Other)
+    : DiagID(Other.DiagID), DiagStorage(Other.DiagStorage),
+      Allocator(Other.Allocator) {
+    Other.DiagStorage = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  PartialDiagnostic(const PartialDiagnostic &Other, Storage *DiagStorage)
+    : DiagID(Other.DiagID), DiagStorage(DiagStorage),
+      Allocator(reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0)))
+  {
+    if (Other.DiagStorage)
+      *this->DiagStorage = *Other.DiagStorage;
+  }
+
+  PartialDiagnostic(const Diagnostic &Other, StorageAllocator &Allocator)
+    : DiagID(Other.getID()), DiagStorage(0), Allocator(&Allocator)
+  {
+    // Copy arguments.
+    for (unsigned I = 0, N = Other.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
+      if (Other.getArgKind(I) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string)
+        AddString(Other.getArgStdStr(I));
+      else
+        AddTaggedVal(Other.getRawArg(I), Other.getArgKind(I));
+    }
+
+    // Copy source ranges.
+    for (unsigned I = 0, N = Other.getNumRanges(); I != N; ++I)
+      AddSourceRange(Other.getRange(I));
+
+    // Copy fix-its.
+    for (unsigned I = 0, N = Other.getNumFixItHints(); I != N; ++I)
+      AddFixItHint(Other.getFixItHint(I));
+  }
+
+  PartialDiagnostic &operator=(const PartialDiagnostic &Other) {
+    DiagID = Other.DiagID;
+    if (Other.DiagStorage) {
+      if (!DiagStorage)
+        DiagStorage = getStorage();
+
+      *DiagStorage = *Other.DiagStorage;
+    } else {
+      freeStorage();
+    }
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+#if LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+  PartialDiagnostic &operator=(PartialDiagnostic &&Other) {
+    freeStorage();
+
+    DiagID = Other.DiagID;
+    DiagStorage = Other.DiagStorage;
+    Allocator = Other.Allocator;
+
+    Other.DiagStorage = 0;
+    return *this;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  ~PartialDiagnostic() {
+    freeStorage();
+  }
+
+  void swap(PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
+    std::swap(DiagID, PD.DiagID);
+    std::swap(DiagStorage, PD.DiagStorage);
+    std::swap(Allocator, PD.Allocator);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getDiagID() const { return DiagID; }
+
+  void AddTaggedVal(intptr_t V, DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind Kind) const {
+    if (!DiagStorage)
+      DiagStorage = getStorage();
+
+    assert(DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments &&
+           "Too many arguments to diagnostic!");
+    DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs] = Kind;
+    DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsVal[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs++] = V;
+  }
+
+  void AddString(StringRef V) const {
+    if (!DiagStorage)
+      DiagStorage = getStorage();
+
+    assert(DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments &&
+           "Too many arguments to diagnostic!");
+    DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs]
+      = DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string;
+    DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsStr[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs++] = V;
+  }
+
+  void Emit(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB) const {
+    if (!DiagStorage)
+      return;
+
+    // Add all arguments.
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs; i != e; ++i) {
+      if ((DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind)DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[i]
+            == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string)
+        DB.AddString(DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsStr[i]);
+      else
+        DB.AddTaggedVal(DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsVal[i],
+            (DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind)DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[i]);
+    }
+
+    // Add all ranges.
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = DiagStorage->NumDiagRanges; i != e; ++i)
+      DB.AddSourceRange(DiagStorage->DiagRanges[i]);
+
+    // Add all fix-its.
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = DiagStorage->FixItHints.size(); i != e; ++i)
+      DB.AddFixItHint(DiagStorage->FixItHints[i]);
+  }
+
+  void EmitToString(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
+                    SmallVectorImpl<char> &Buf) const {
+    // FIXME: It should be possible to render a diagnostic to a string without
+    //        messing with the state of the diagnostics engine.
+    DiagnosticBuilder DB(Diags.Report(getDiagID()));
+    Emit(DB);
+    DB.FlushCounts();
+    Diagnostic(&Diags).FormatDiagnostic(Buf);
+    DB.Clear();
+    Diags.Clear();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Clear out this partial diagnostic, giving it a new diagnostic ID
+  /// and removing all of its arguments, ranges, and fix-it hints.
+  void Reset(unsigned DiagID = 0) {
+    this->DiagID = DiagID;
+    freeStorage();
+  }
+
+  bool hasStorage() const { return DiagStorage != 0; }
+
+  friend const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                             unsigned I) {
+    PD.AddTaggedVal(I, DiagnosticsEngine::ak_uint);
+    return PD;
+  }
+
+  friend const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                             int I) {
+    PD.AddTaggedVal(I, DiagnosticsEngine::ak_sint);
+    return PD;
+  }
+
+  friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                                    const char *S) {
+    PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(S),
+                    DiagnosticsEngine::ak_c_string);
+    return PD;
+  }
+
+  friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                                    StringRef S) {
+
+    PD.AddString(S);
+    return PD;
+  }
+
+  friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                                    const SourceRange &R) {
+    PD.AddSourceRange(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(R));
+    return PD;
+  }
+
+  friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                                    const CharSourceRange &R) {
+    PD.AddSourceRange(R);
+    return PD;
+  }
+
+  friend const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                             const FixItHint &Hint) {
+    PD.AddFixItHint(Hint);
+    return PD;
+  }
+
+};
+
+inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
+                                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
+  PD.Emit(DB);
+  return DB;
+}
+
+/// \brief A partial diagnostic along with the source location where this
+/// diagnostic occurs.
+typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, PartialDiagnostic> PartialDiagnosticAt;
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PrettyStackTrace.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PrettyStackTrace.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..967d0d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PrettyStackTrace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+//===- clang/Basic/PrettyStackTrace.h - Pretty Crash Handling --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the PrettyStackTraceEntry class, which is used to make
+/// crashes give more contextual information about what the program was doing
+/// when it crashed.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_BASIC_PRETTYSTACKTRACE_H
+#define CLANG_BASIC_PRETTYSTACKTRACE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+  /// If a crash happens while one of these objects are live, the message
+  /// is printed out along with the specified source location.
+  class PrettyStackTraceLoc : public llvm::PrettyStackTraceEntry {
+    SourceManager &SM;
+    SourceLocation Loc;
+    const char *Message;
+  public:
+    PrettyStackTraceLoc(SourceManager &sm, SourceLocation L, const char *Msg)
+      : SM(sm), Loc(L), Message(Msg) {}
+    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Sanitizers.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Sanitizers.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..709ec8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Sanitizers.def
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+//===--- Sanitizers.def - Runtime sanitizer options -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the options for specifying which runtime sanitizers to
+// enable. Users of this file must define the SANITIZER macro to make use of
+// this information. Users of this file can also define the SANITIZER_GROUP
+// macro to get information on options which refer to sets of sanitizers.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef SANITIZER
+#error "Define SANITIZER prior to including this file!"
+#endif
+
+// SANITIZER(NAME, ID)
+
+// The first value is the name of the sanitizer as a string. The sanitizer can
+// be enabled by specifying -fsanitize=NAME.
+
+// The second value is an identifier which can be used to refer to the
+// sanitizer.
+
+
+// SANITIZER_GROUP(NAME, ID, ALIAS)
+
+// The first two values have the same semantics as the corresponding SANITIZER
+// values. The third value is an expression ORing together the IDs of individual
+// sanitizers in this group.
+
+#ifndef SANITIZER_GROUP
+#define SANITIZER_GROUP(NAME, ID, ALIAS)
+#endif
+
+
+// AddressSanitizer
+SANITIZER("address", Address)
+// More features of AddressSanitizer that should be turned on explicitly.
+SANITIZER("init-order", InitOrder)
+SANITIZER("use-after-return", UseAfterReturn)
+SANITIZER("use-after-scope", UseAfterScope)
+
+SANITIZER_GROUP("address-full", AddressFull,
+                Address | InitOrder | UseAfterReturn | UseAfterScope)
+
+// MemorySanitizer
+SANITIZER("memory", Memory)
+
+// ThreadSanitizer
+SANITIZER("thread", Thread)
+
+// UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer
+SANITIZER("alignment", Alignment)
+SANITIZER("bool", Bool)
+SANITIZER("bounds", Bounds)
+SANITIZER("enum", Enum)
+SANITIZER("float-cast-overflow", FloatCastOverflow)
+SANITIZER("float-divide-by-zero", FloatDivideByZero)
+SANITIZER("integer-divide-by-zero", IntegerDivideByZero)
+SANITIZER("null", Null)
+SANITIZER("object-size", ObjectSize)
+SANITIZER("return", Return)
+SANITIZER("shift", Shift)
+SANITIZER("signed-integer-overflow", SignedIntegerOverflow)
+SANITIZER("unreachable", Unreachable)
+SANITIZER("vla-bound", VLABound)
+SANITIZER("vptr", Vptr)
+
+// IntegerSanitizer
+SANITIZER("unsigned-integer-overflow", UnsignedIntegerOverflow)
+
+// -fsanitize=undefined includes all the sanitizers which have low overhead, no
+// ABI or address space layout implications, and only catch undefined behavior.
+SANITIZER_GROUP("undefined", Undefined,
+                Alignment | Bool | Bounds | Enum | FloatCastOverflow |
+                FloatDivideByZero | IntegerDivideByZero | Null | ObjectSize |
+                Return | Shift | SignedIntegerOverflow | Unreachable |
+                VLABound | Vptr)
+
+// -fsanitize=undefined-trap (and its alias -fcatch-undefined-behavior) includes
+// all sanitizers included by -fsanitize=undefined, except those that require
+// runtime support.  This group is generally used in conjunction with the
+// -fsanitize-undefined-trap-on-error flag.
+SANITIZER_GROUP("undefined-trap", UndefinedTrap,
+                Alignment | Bool | Bounds | Enum | FloatCastOverflow |
+                FloatDivideByZero | IntegerDivideByZero | Null | ObjectSize |
+                Return | Shift | SignedIntegerOverflow | Unreachable |
+                VLABound)
+
+SANITIZER_GROUP("integer", Integer,
+                SignedIntegerOverflow | UnsignedIntegerOverflow | Shift |
+                IntegerDivideByZero)
+
+#undef SANITIZER
+#undef SANITIZER_GROUP
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..143beb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+//===--- SourceLocation.h - Compact identifier for Source Files -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::SourceLocation class and associated facilities.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SOURCELOCATION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SOURCELOCATION_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <functional>
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class MemoryBuffer;
+  template <typename T> struct DenseMapInfo;
+  template <typename T> struct isPodLike;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class SourceManager;
+
+/// \brief An opaque identifier used by SourceManager which refers to a
+/// source file (MemoryBuffer) along with its \#include path and \#line data.
+///
+class FileID {
+  /// \brief A mostly-opaque identifier, where 0 is "invalid", >0 is 
+  /// this module, and <-1 is something loaded from another module.
+  int ID;
+public:
+  FileID() : ID(0) {}
+
+  bool isInvalid() const { return ID == 0; }
+
+  bool operator==(const FileID &RHS) const { return ID == RHS.ID; }
+  bool operator<(const FileID &RHS) const { return ID < RHS.ID; }
+  bool operator<=(const FileID &RHS) const { return ID <= RHS.ID; }
+  bool operator!=(const FileID &RHS) const { return !(*this == RHS); }
+  bool operator>(const FileID &RHS) const { return RHS < *this; }
+  bool operator>=(const FileID &RHS) const { return RHS <= *this; }
+
+  static FileID getSentinel() { return get(-1); }
+  unsigned getHashValue() const { return static_cast<unsigned>(ID); }
+
+private:
+  friend class SourceManager;
+  friend class ASTWriter;
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  
+  static FileID get(int V) {
+    FileID F;
+    F.ID = V;
+    return F;
+  }
+  int getOpaqueValue() const { return ID; }
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Encodes a location in the source. The SourceManager can decode this
+/// to get at the full include stack, line and column information.
+///
+/// Technically, a source location is simply an offset into the manager's view
+/// of the input source, which is all input buffers (including macro
+/// expansions) concatenated in an effectively arbitrary order. The manager
+/// actually maintains two blocks of input buffers. One, starting at offset
+/// 0 and growing upwards, contains all buffers from this module. The other,
+/// starting at the highest possible offset and growing downwards, contains
+/// buffers of loaded modules.
+///
+/// In addition, one bit of SourceLocation is used for quick access to the
+/// information whether the location is in a file or a macro expansion.
+///
+/// It is important that this type remains small. It is currently 32 bits wide.
+class SourceLocation {
+  unsigned ID;
+  friend class SourceManager;
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTWriter;
+  enum {
+    MacroIDBit = 1U << 31
+  };
+public:
+
+  SourceLocation() : ID(0) {}
+
+  bool isFileID() const  { return (ID & MacroIDBit) == 0; }
+  bool isMacroID() const { return (ID & MacroIDBit) != 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this is a valid SourceLocation object.
+  ///
+  /// Invalid SourceLocations are often used when events have no corresponding
+  /// location in the source (e.g. a diagnostic is required for a command line
+  /// option).
+  bool isValid() const { return ID != 0; }
+  bool isInvalid() const { return ID == 0; }
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Return the offset into the manager's global input view.
+  unsigned getOffset() const {
+    return ID & ~MacroIDBit;
+  }
+
+  static SourceLocation getFileLoc(unsigned ID) {
+    assert((ID & MacroIDBit) == 0 && "Ran out of source locations!");
+    SourceLocation L;
+    L.ID = ID;
+    return L;
+  }
+
+  static SourceLocation getMacroLoc(unsigned ID) {
+    assert((ID & MacroIDBit) == 0 && "Ran out of source locations!");
+    SourceLocation L;
+    L.ID = MacroIDBit | ID;
+    return L;
+  }
+public:
+
+  /// \brief Return a source location with the specified offset from this
+  /// SourceLocation.
+  SourceLocation getLocWithOffset(int Offset) const {
+    assert(((getOffset()+Offset) & MacroIDBit) == 0 && "offset overflow");
+    SourceLocation L;
+    L.ID = ID+Offset;
+    return L;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief When a SourceLocation itself cannot be used, this returns
+  /// an (opaque) 32-bit integer encoding for it.
+  ///
+  /// This should only be passed to SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding, it
+  /// should not be inspected directly.
+  unsigned getRawEncoding() const { return ID; }
+
+  /// \brief Turn a raw encoding of a SourceLocation object into
+  /// a real SourceLocation.
+  ///
+  /// \see getRawEncoding.
+  static SourceLocation getFromRawEncoding(unsigned Encoding) {
+    SourceLocation X;
+    X.ID = Encoding;
+    return X;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief When a SourceLocation itself cannot be used, this returns
+  /// an (opaque) pointer encoding for it.
+  ///
+  /// This should only be passed to SourceLocation::getFromPtrEncoding, it
+  /// should not be inspected directly.
+  void* getPtrEncoding() const {
+    // Double cast to avoid a warning "cast to pointer from integer of different
+    // size".
+    return (void*)(uintptr_t)getRawEncoding();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Turn a pointer encoding of a SourceLocation object back
+  /// into a real SourceLocation.
+  static SourceLocation getFromPtrEncoding(const void *Encoding) {
+    return getFromRawEncoding((unsigned)(uintptr_t)Encoding);
+  }
+
+  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const SourceManager &SM) const;
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED std::string printToString(const SourceManager &SM) const;
+  void dump(const SourceManager &SM) const;
+};
+
+inline bool operator==(const SourceLocation &LHS, const SourceLocation &RHS) {
+  return LHS.getRawEncoding() == RHS.getRawEncoding();
+}
+
+inline bool operator!=(const SourceLocation &LHS, const SourceLocation &RHS) {
+  return !(LHS == RHS);
+}
+
+inline bool operator<(const SourceLocation &LHS, const SourceLocation &RHS) {
+  return LHS.getRawEncoding() < RHS.getRawEncoding();
+}
+
+/// \brief A trival tuple used to represent a source range.
+class SourceRange {
+  SourceLocation B;
+  SourceLocation E;
+public:
+  SourceRange(): B(SourceLocation()), E(SourceLocation()) {}
+  SourceRange(SourceLocation loc) : B(loc), E(loc) {}
+  SourceRange(SourceLocation begin, SourceLocation end) : B(begin), E(end) {}
+
+  SourceLocation getBegin() const { return B; }
+  SourceLocation getEnd() const { return E; }
+
+  void setBegin(SourceLocation b) { B = b; }
+  void setEnd(SourceLocation e) { E = e; }
+
+  bool isValid() const { return B.isValid() && E.isValid(); }
+  bool isInvalid() const { return !isValid(); }
+
+  bool operator==(const SourceRange &X) const {
+    return B == X.B && E == X.E;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const SourceRange &X) const {
+    return B != X.B || E != X.E;
+  }
+};
+  
+/// \brief Represents a character-granular source range.
+///
+/// The underlying SourceRange can either specify the starting/ending character
+/// of the range, or it can specify the start of the range and the start of the
+/// last token of the range (a "token range").  In the token range case, the
+/// size of the last token must be measured to determine the actual end of the
+/// range.
+class CharSourceRange { 
+  SourceRange Range;
+  bool IsTokenRange;
+public:
+  CharSourceRange() : IsTokenRange(false) {}
+  CharSourceRange(SourceRange R, bool ITR) : Range(R), IsTokenRange(ITR) {}
+
+  static CharSourceRange getTokenRange(SourceRange R) {
+    return CharSourceRange(R, true);
+  }
+
+  static CharSourceRange getCharRange(SourceRange R) {
+    return CharSourceRange(R, false);
+  }
+    
+  static CharSourceRange getTokenRange(SourceLocation B, SourceLocation E) {
+    return getTokenRange(SourceRange(B, E));
+  }
+  static CharSourceRange getCharRange(SourceLocation B, SourceLocation E) {
+    return getCharRange(SourceRange(B, E));
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Return true if the end of this range specifies the start of
+  /// the last token.  Return false if the end of this range specifies the last
+  /// character in the range.
+  bool isTokenRange() const { return IsTokenRange; }
+  bool isCharRange() const { return !IsTokenRange; }
+  
+  SourceLocation getBegin() const { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getEnd() const { return Range.getEnd(); }
+  const SourceRange &getAsRange() const { return Range; }
+ 
+  void setBegin(SourceLocation b) { Range.setBegin(b); }
+  void setEnd(SourceLocation e) { Range.setEnd(e); }
+  
+  bool isValid() const { return Range.isValid(); }
+  bool isInvalid() const { return !isValid(); }
+};
+
+/// \brief A SourceLocation and its associated SourceManager.
+///
+/// This is useful for argument passing to functions that expect both objects.
+class FullSourceLoc : public SourceLocation {
+  const SourceManager *SrcMgr;
+public:
+  /// \brief Creates a FullSourceLoc where isValid() returns \c false.
+  explicit FullSourceLoc() : SrcMgr(0) {}
+
+  explicit FullSourceLoc(SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM)
+    : SourceLocation(Loc), SrcMgr(&SM) {}
+
+  /// \pre This FullSourceLoc has an associated SourceManager.
+  const SourceManager &getManager() const {
+    assert(SrcMgr && "SourceManager is NULL.");
+    return *SrcMgr;
+  }
+
+  FileID getFileID() const;
+
+  FullSourceLoc getExpansionLoc() const;
+  FullSourceLoc getSpellingLoc() const;
+
+  unsigned getExpansionLineNumber(bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+  unsigned getExpansionColumnNumber(bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+  unsigned getSpellingLineNumber(bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+  unsigned getSpellingColumnNumber(bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+  const char *getCharacterData(bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+  const llvm::MemoryBuffer* getBuffer(bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return a StringRef to the source buffer data for the
+  /// specified FileID.
+  StringRef getBufferData(bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief Decompose the specified location into a raw FileID + Offset pair.
+  ///
+  /// The first element is the FileID, the second is the offset from the
+  /// start of the buffer of the location.
+  std::pair<FileID, unsigned> getDecomposedLoc() const;
+
+  bool isInSystemHeader() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines the order of 2 source locations in the translation unit.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this source location comes before 'Loc', false otherwise.
+  bool isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines the order of 2 source locations in the translation unit.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this source location comes before 'Loc', false otherwise.
+  bool isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(FullSourceLoc Loc) const {
+    assert(Loc.isValid());
+    assert(SrcMgr == Loc.SrcMgr && "Loc comes from another SourceManager!");
+    return isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan((SourceLocation)Loc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Comparison function class, useful for sorting FullSourceLocs.
+  struct BeforeThanCompare : public std::binary_function<FullSourceLoc,
+                                                         FullSourceLoc, bool> {
+    bool operator()(const FullSourceLoc& lhs, const FullSourceLoc& rhs) const {
+      return lhs.isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(rhs);
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Prints information about this FullSourceLoc to stderr.
+  ///
+  /// This is useful for debugging.
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dump() const;
+
+  friend inline bool
+  operator==(const FullSourceLoc &LHS, const FullSourceLoc &RHS) {
+    return LHS.getRawEncoding() == RHS.getRawEncoding() &&
+          LHS.SrcMgr == RHS.SrcMgr;
+  }
+
+  friend inline bool
+  operator!=(const FullSourceLoc &LHS, const FullSourceLoc &RHS) {
+    return !(LHS == RHS);
+  }
+
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents an unpacked "presumed" location which can be presented
+/// to the user.
+///
+/// A 'presumed' location can be modified by \#line and GNU line marker
+/// directives and is always the expansion point of a normal location.
+///
+/// You can get a PresumedLoc from a SourceLocation with SourceManager.
+class PresumedLoc {
+  const char *Filename;
+  unsigned Line, Col;
+  SourceLocation IncludeLoc;
+public:
+  PresumedLoc() : Filename(0) {}
+  PresumedLoc(const char *FN, unsigned Ln, unsigned Co, SourceLocation IL)
+    : Filename(FN), Line(Ln), Col(Co), IncludeLoc(IL) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this object is invalid or uninitialized.
+  ///
+  /// This occurs when created with invalid source locations or when walking
+  /// off the top of a \#include stack.
+  bool isInvalid() const { return Filename == 0; }
+  bool isValid() const { return Filename != 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the presumed filename of this location.
+  ///
+  /// This can be affected by \#line etc.
+  const char *getFilename() const { return Filename; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the presumed line number of this location.
+  ///
+  /// This can be affected by \#line etc.
+  unsigned getLine() const { return Line; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the presumed column number of this location.
+  ///
+  /// This cannot be affected by \#line, but is packaged here for convenience.
+  unsigned getColumn() const { return Col; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the presumed include location of this location.
+  ///
+  /// This can be affected by GNU linemarker directives.
+  SourceLocation getIncludeLoc() const { return IncludeLoc; }
+};
+
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+  /// Define DenseMapInfo so that FileID's can be used as keys in DenseMap and
+  /// DenseSets.
+  template <>
+  struct DenseMapInfo<clang::FileID> {
+    static inline clang::FileID getEmptyKey() {
+      return clang::FileID();
+    }
+    static inline clang::FileID getTombstoneKey() {
+      return clang::FileID::getSentinel();
+    }
+
+    static unsigned getHashValue(clang::FileID S) {
+      return S.getHashValue();
+    }
+
+    static bool isEqual(clang::FileID LHS, clang::FileID RHS) {
+      return LHS == RHS;
+    }
+  };
+  
+  template <>
+  struct isPodLike<clang::SourceLocation> { static const bool value = true; };
+  template <>
+  struct isPodLike<clang::FileID> { static const bool value = true; };
+
+  // Teach SmallPtrSet how to handle SourceLocation.
+  template<>
+  class PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::SourceLocation> {
+  public:
+    static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::SourceLocation L) {
+      return L.getPtrEncoding();
+    }
+    static inline clang::SourceLocation getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+      return clang::SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding((unsigned)(uintptr_t)P);
+    }
+    enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
+  };
+
+}  // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/SourceManager.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/SourceManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00c96c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/SourceManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1636 @@
+//===--- SourceManager.h - Track and cache source files ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the SourceManager interface.
+///
+/// There are three different types of locations in a %file: a spelling
+/// location, an expansion location, and a presumed location.
+///
+/// Given an example of:
+/// \code
+/// #define min(x, y) x < y ? x : y
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// and then later on a use of min:
+/// \code
+/// #line 17
+/// return min(a, b);
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// The expansion location is the line in the source code where the macro
+/// was expanded (the return statement), the spelling location is the
+/// location in the source where the macro was originally defined,
+/// and the presumed location is where the line directive states that
+/// the line is 17, or any other line.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SOURCEMANAGER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SOURCEMANAGER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <map>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class SourceManager;
+class FileManager;
+class FileEntry;
+class LineTableInfo;
+class LangOptions;
+class ASTWriter;
+class ASTReader;
+
+/// \brief Public enums and private classes that are part of the
+/// SourceManager implementation.
+///
+namespace SrcMgr {
+  /// \brief Indicates whether a file or directory holds normal user code,
+  /// system code, or system code which is implicitly 'extern "C"' in C++ mode.
+  ///
+  /// Entire directories can be tagged with this (this is maintained by
+  /// DirectoryLookup and friends) as can specific FileInfos when a \#pragma
+  /// system_header is seen or in various other cases.
+  ///
+  enum CharacteristicKind {
+    C_User, C_System, C_ExternCSystem
+  };
+
+  /// \brief One instance of this struct is kept for every file loaded or used.
+  ///
+  /// This object owns the MemoryBuffer object.
+  class ContentCache {
+    enum CCFlags {
+      /// \brief Whether the buffer is invalid.
+      InvalidFlag = 0x01,
+      /// \brief Whether the buffer should not be freed on destruction.
+      DoNotFreeFlag = 0x02
+    };
+
+    /// \brief The actual buffer containing the characters from the input
+    /// file.
+    ///
+    /// This is owned by the ContentCache object.  The bits indicate
+    /// whether the buffer is invalid.
+    mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const llvm::MemoryBuffer *, 2> Buffer;
+
+  public:
+    /// \brief Reference to the file entry representing this ContentCache.
+    ///
+    /// This reference does not own the FileEntry object.
+    ///
+    /// It is possible for this to be NULL if the ContentCache encapsulates
+    /// an imaginary text buffer.
+    const FileEntry *OrigEntry;
+
+    /// \brief References the file which the contents were actually loaded from.
+    ///
+    /// Can be different from 'Entry' if we overridden the contents of one file
+    /// with the contents of another file.
+    const FileEntry *ContentsEntry;
+
+    /// \brief A bump pointer allocated array of offsets for each source line.
+    ///
+    /// This is lazily computed.  This is owned by the SourceManager
+    /// BumpPointerAllocator object.
+    unsigned *SourceLineCache;
+
+    /// \brief The number of lines in this ContentCache.
+    ///
+    /// This is only valid if SourceLineCache is non-null.
+    unsigned NumLines : 31;
+
+    /// \brief Indicates whether the buffer itself was provided to override
+    /// the actual file contents.
+    ///
+    /// When true, the original entry may be a virtual file that does not
+    /// exist.
+    unsigned BufferOverridden : 1;
+
+    /// \brief True if this content cache was initially created for a source
+    /// file considered as a system one.
+    unsigned IsSystemFile : 1;
+    
+    ContentCache(const FileEntry *Ent = 0)
+      : Buffer(0, false), OrigEntry(Ent), ContentsEntry(Ent),
+        SourceLineCache(0), NumLines(0), BufferOverridden(false),
+        IsSystemFile(false) {}
+    
+    ContentCache(const FileEntry *Ent, const FileEntry *contentEnt)
+      : Buffer(0, false), OrigEntry(Ent), ContentsEntry(contentEnt),
+        SourceLineCache(0), NumLines(0), BufferOverridden(false),
+        IsSystemFile(false) {}
+    
+    ~ContentCache();
+    
+    /// The copy ctor does not allow copies where source object has either
+    /// a non-NULL Buffer or SourceLineCache.  Ownership of allocated memory
+    /// is not transferred, so this is a logical error.
+    ContentCache(const ContentCache &RHS)
+      : Buffer(0, false), SourceLineCache(0), BufferOverridden(false),
+        IsSystemFile(false)
+    {
+      OrigEntry = RHS.OrigEntry;
+      ContentsEntry = RHS.ContentsEntry;
+      
+      assert (RHS.Buffer.getPointer() == 0 && RHS.SourceLineCache == 0 &&
+              "Passed ContentCache object cannot own a buffer.");
+      
+      NumLines = RHS.NumLines;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Returns the memory buffer for the associated content.
+    ///
+    /// \param Diag Object through which diagnostics will be emitted if the
+    ///   buffer cannot be retrieved.
+    ///
+    /// \param Loc If specified, is the location that invalid file diagnostics
+    ///   will be emitted at.
+    ///
+    /// \param Invalid If non-NULL, will be set \c true if an error occurred.
+    const llvm::MemoryBuffer *getBuffer(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag,
+                                        const SourceManager &SM,
+                                        SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(),
+                                        bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+    /// \brief Returns the size of the content encapsulated by this
+    /// ContentCache.
+    ///
+    /// This can be the size of the source file or the size of an
+    /// arbitrary scratch buffer.  If the ContentCache encapsulates a source
+    /// file this size is retrieved from the file's FileEntry.
+    unsigned getSize() const;
+
+    /// \brief Returns the number of bytes actually mapped for this
+    /// ContentCache.
+    ///
+    /// This can be 0 if the MemBuffer was not actually expanded.
+    unsigned getSizeBytesMapped() const;
+
+    /// Returns the kind of memory used to back the memory buffer for
+    /// this content cache.  This is used for performance analysis.
+    llvm::MemoryBuffer::BufferKind getMemoryBufferKind() const;
+
+    void setBuffer(const llvm::MemoryBuffer *B) {
+      assert(!Buffer.getPointer() && "MemoryBuffer already set.");
+      Buffer.setPointer(B);
+      Buffer.setInt(false);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Get the underlying buffer, returning NULL if the buffer is not
+    /// yet available.
+    const llvm::MemoryBuffer *getRawBuffer() const {
+      return Buffer.getPointer();
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Replace the existing buffer (which will be deleted)
+    /// with the given buffer.
+    void replaceBuffer(const llvm::MemoryBuffer *B, bool DoNotFree = false);
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether the buffer itself is invalid.
+    bool isBufferInvalid() const {
+      return Buffer.getInt() & InvalidFlag;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether the buffer should be freed.
+    bool shouldFreeBuffer() const {
+      return (Buffer.getInt() & DoNotFreeFlag) == 0;
+    }
+
+  private:
+    // Disable assignments.
+    ContentCache &operator=(const ContentCache& RHS) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Information about a FileID, basically just the logical file
+  /// that it represents and include stack information.
+  ///
+  /// Each FileInfo has include stack information, indicating where it came
+  /// from. This information encodes the \#include chain that a token was
+  /// expanded from. The main include file has an invalid IncludeLoc.
+  ///
+  /// FileInfos contain a "ContentCache *", with the contents of the file.
+  ///
+  class FileInfo {
+    /// \brief The location of the \#include that brought in this file.
+    ///
+    /// This is an invalid SLOC for the main file (top of the \#include chain).
+    unsigned IncludeLoc;  // Really a SourceLocation
+
+    /// \brief Number of FileIDs (files and macros) that were created during
+    /// preprocessing of this \#include, including this SLocEntry.
+    ///
+    /// Zero means the preprocessor didn't provide such info for this SLocEntry.
+    unsigned NumCreatedFIDs;
+
+    /// \brief Contains the ContentCache* and the bits indicating the
+    /// characteristic of the file and whether it has \#line info, all
+    /// bitmangled together.
+    uintptr_t Data;
+
+    friend class clang::SourceManager;
+    friend class clang::ASTWriter;
+    friend class clang::ASTReader;
+  public:
+    /// \brief Return a FileInfo object.
+    static FileInfo get(SourceLocation IL, const ContentCache *Con,
+                        CharacteristicKind FileCharacter) {
+      FileInfo X;
+      X.IncludeLoc = IL.getRawEncoding();
+      X.NumCreatedFIDs = 0;
+      X.Data = (uintptr_t)Con;
+      assert((X.Data & 7) == 0 &&"ContentCache pointer insufficiently aligned");
+      assert((unsigned)FileCharacter < 4 && "invalid file character");
+      X.Data |= (unsigned)FileCharacter;
+      return X;
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getIncludeLoc() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(IncludeLoc);
+    }
+    const ContentCache* getContentCache() const {
+      return reinterpret_cast<const ContentCache*>(Data & ~uintptr_t(7));
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Return whether this is a system header or not.
+    CharacteristicKind getFileCharacteristic() const {
+      return (CharacteristicKind)(Data & 3);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Return true if this FileID has \#line directives in it.
+    bool hasLineDirectives() const { return (Data & 4) != 0; }
+
+    /// \brief Set the flag that indicates that this FileID has
+    /// line table entries associated with it.
+    void setHasLineDirectives() {
+      Data |= 4;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Each ExpansionInfo encodes the expansion location - where
+  /// the token was ultimately expanded, and the SpellingLoc - where the actual
+  /// character data for the token came from.
+  class ExpansionInfo {
+    // Really these are all SourceLocations.
+
+    /// \brief Where the spelling for the token can be found.
+    unsigned SpellingLoc;
+
+    /// In a macro expansion, ExpansionLocStart and ExpansionLocEnd
+    /// indicate the start and end of the expansion. In object-like macros,
+    /// they will be the same. In a function-like macro expansion, the start
+    /// will be the identifier and the end will be the ')'. Finally, in
+    /// macro-argument instantiations, the end will be 'SourceLocation()', an
+    /// invalid location.
+    unsigned ExpansionLocStart, ExpansionLocEnd;
+
+  public:
+    SourceLocation getSpellingLoc() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(SpellingLoc);
+    }
+    SourceLocation getExpansionLocStart() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ExpansionLocStart);
+    }
+    SourceLocation getExpansionLocEnd() const {
+      SourceLocation EndLoc =
+        SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ExpansionLocEnd);
+      return EndLoc.isInvalid() ? getExpansionLocStart() : EndLoc;
+    }
+
+    std::pair<SourceLocation,SourceLocation> getExpansionLocRange() const {
+      return std::make_pair(getExpansionLocStart(), getExpansionLocEnd());
+    }
+
+    bool isMacroArgExpansion() const {
+      // Note that this needs to return false for default constructed objects.
+      return getExpansionLocStart().isValid() &&
+        SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ExpansionLocEnd).isInvalid();
+    }
+
+    bool isMacroBodyExpansion() const {
+      return getExpansionLocStart().isValid() &&
+        SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ExpansionLocEnd).isValid();
+    }
+
+    bool isFunctionMacroExpansion() const {
+      return getExpansionLocStart().isValid() &&
+          getExpansionLocStart() != getExpansionLocEnd();
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Return a ExpansionInfo for an expansion.
+    ///
+    /// Start and End specify the expansion range (where the macro is
+    /// expanded), and SpellingLoc specifies the spelling location (where
+    /// the characters from the token come from). All three can refer to
+    /// normal File SLocs or expansion locations.
+    static ExpansionInfo create(SourceLocation SpellingLoc,
+                                SourceLocation Start, SourceLocation End) {
+      ExpansionInfo X;
+      X.SpellingLoc = SpellingLoc.getRawEncoding();
+      X.ExpansionLocStart = Start.getRawEncoding();
+      X.ExpansionLocEnd = End.getRawEncoding();
+      return X;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Return a special ExpansionInfo for the expansion of
+    /// a macro argument into a function-like macro's body.
+    ///
+    /// ExpansionLoc specifies the expansion location (where the macro is
+    /// expanded). This doesn't need to be a range because a macro is always
+    /// expanded at a macro parameter reference, and macro parameters are
+    /// always exactly one token. SpellingLoc specifies the spelling location
+    /// (where the characters from the token come from). ExpansionLoc and
+    /// SpellingLoc can both refer to normal File SLocs or expansion locations.
+    ///
+    /// Given the code:
+    /// \code
+    ///   #define F(x) f(x)
+    ///   F(42);
+    /// \endcode
+    ///
+    /// When expanding '\c F(42)', the '\c x' would call this with an
+    /// SpellingLoc pointing at '\c 42' and an ExpansionLoc pointing at its
+    /// location in the definition of '\c F'.
+    static ExpansionInfo createForMacroArg(SourceLocation SpellingLoc,
+                                           SourceLocation ExpansionLoc) {
+      // We store an intentionally invalid source location for the end of the
+      // expansion range to mark that this is a macro argument ion rather than
+      // a normal one.
+      return create(SpellingLoc, ExpansionLoc, SourceLocation());
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief This is a discriminated union of FileInfo and ExpansionInfo.
+  ///
+  /// SourceManager keeps an array of these objects, and they are uniquely
+  /// identified by the FileID datatype.
+  class SLocEntry {
+    unsigned Offset;   // low bit is set for expansion info.
+    union {
+      FileInfo File;
+      ExpansionInfo Expansion;
+    };
+  public:
+    unsigned getOffset() const { return Offset >> 1; }
+
+    bool isExpansion() const { return Offset & 1; }
+    bool isFile() const { return !isExpansion(); }
+
+    const FileInfo &getFile() const {
+      assert(isFile() && "Not a file SLocEntry!");
+      return File;
+    }
+
+    const ExpansionInfo &getExpansion() const {
+      assert(isExpansion() && "Not a macro expansion SLocEntry!");
+      return Expansion;
+    }
+
+    static SLocEntry get(unsigned Offset, const FileInfo &FI) {
+      SLocEntry E;
+      E.Offset = Offset << 1;
+      E.File = FI;
+      return E;
+    }
+
+    static SLocEntry get(unsigned Offset, const ExpansionInfo &Expansion) {
+      SLocEntry E;
+      E.Offset = (Offset << 1) | 1;
+      E.Expansion = Expansion;
+      return E;
+    }
+  };
+}  // end SrcMgr namespace.
+
+/// \brief External source of source location entries.
+class ExternalSLocEntrySource {
+public:
+  virtual ~ExternalSLocEntrySource();
+
+  /// \brief Read the source location entry with index ID, which will always be
+  /// less than -1.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred that prevented the source-location
+  /// entry from being loaded.
+  virtual bool ReadSLocEntry(int ID) = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module import location and name for the given ID, if
+  /// in fact it was loaded from a module (rather than, say, a precompiled
+  /// header).
+  virtual std::pair<SourceLocation, StringRef> getModuleImportLoc(int ID) = 0;
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Holds the cache used by isBeforeInTranslationUnit.
+///
+/// The cache structure is complex enough to be worth breaking out of
+/// SourceManager.
+class InBeforeInTUCacheEntry {
+  /// \brief The FileID's of the cached query.
+  ///
+  /// If these match up with a subsequent query, the result can be reused.
+  FileID LQueryFID, RQueryFID;
+
+  /// \brief True if LQueryFID was created before RQueryFID.
+  ///
+  /// This is used to compare macro expansion locations.
+  bool IsLQFIDBeforeRQFID;
+
+  /// \brief The file found in common between the two \#include traces, i.e.,
+  /// the nearest common ancestor of the \#include tree.
+  FileID CommonFID;
+
+  /// \brief The offset of the previous query in CommonFID.
+  ///
+  /// Usually, this represents the location of the \#include for QueryFID, but
+  /// if LQueryFID is a parent of RQueryFID (or vice versa) then these can be a
+  /// random token in the parent.
+  unsigned LCommonOffset, RCommonOffset;
+public:
+  /// \brief Return true if the currently cached values match up with
+  /// the specified LHS/RHS query.
+  ///
+  /// If not, we can't use the cache.
+  bool isCacheValid(FileID LHS, FileID RHS) const {
+    return LQueryFID == LHS && RQueryFID == RHS;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If the cache is valid, compute the result given the
+  /// specified offsets in the LHS/RHS FileID's.
+  bool getCachedResult(unsigned LOffset, unsigned ROffset) const {
+    // If one of the query files is the common file, use the offset.  Otherwise,
+    // use the #include loc in the common file.
+    if (LQueryFID != CommonFID) LOffset = LCommonOffset;
+    if (RQueryFID != CommonFID) ROffset = RCommonOffset;
+
+    // It is common for multiple macro expansions to be "included" from the same
+    // location (expansion location), in which case use the order of the FileIDs
+    // to determine which came first. This will also take care the case where
+    // one of the locations points at the inclusion/expansion point of the other
+    // in which case its FileID will come before the other.
+    if (LOffset == ROffset)
+      return IsLQFIDBeforeRQFID;
+
+    return LOffset < ROffset;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set up a new query.
+  void setQueryFIDs(FileID LHS, FileID RHS, bool isLFIDBeforeRFID) {
+    assert(LHS != RHS);
+    LQueryFID = LHS;
+    RQueryFID = RHS;
+    IsLQFIDBeforeRQFID = isLFIDBeforeRFID;
+  }
+
+  void clear() {
+    LQueryFID = RQueryFID = FileID();
+    IsLQFIDBeforeRQFID = false;
+  }
+
+  void setCommonLoc(FileID commonFID, unsigned lCommonOffset,
+                    unsigned rCommonOffset) {
+    CommonFID = commonFID;
+    LCommonOffset = lCommonOffset;
+    RCommonOffset = rCommonOffset;
+  }
+
+};
+
+/// \brief The stack used when building modules on demand, which is used
+/// to provide a link between the source managers of the different compiler
+/// instances.
+typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<std::string, FullSourceLoc> > ModuleBuildStack;
+
+/// \brief This class handles loading and caching of source files into memory.
+///
+/// This object owns the MemoryBuffer objects for all of the loaded
+/// files and assigns unique FileID's for each unique \#include chain.
+///
+/// The SourceManager can be queried for information about SourceLocation
+/// objects, turning them into either spelling or expansion locations. Spelling
+/// locations represent where the bytes corresponding to a token came from and
+/// expansion locations represent where the location is in the user's view. In
+/// the case of a macro expansion, for example, the spelling location indicates
+/// where the expanded token came from and the expansion location specifies
+/// where it was expanded.
+class SourceManager : public RefCountedBase<SourceManager> {
+  /// \brief DiagnosticsEngine object.
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diag;
+
+  FileManager &FileMgr;
+
+  mutable llvm::BumpPtrAllocator ContentCacheAlloc;
+
+  /// \brief Memoized information about all of the files tracked by this
+  /// SourceManager.
+  ///
+  /// This map allows us to merge ContentCache entries based
+  /// on their FileEntry*.  All ContentCache objects will thus have unique,
+  /// non-null, FileEntry pointers.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry*, SrcMgr::ContentCache*> FileInfos;
+
+  /// \brief True if the ContentCache for files that are overriden by other
+  /// files, should report the original file name. Defaults to true.
+  bool OverridenFilesKeepOriginalName;
+
+  /// \brief True if non-system source files should be treated as volatile
+  /// (likely to change while trying to use them). Defaults to false.
+  bool UserFilesAreVolatile;
+
+  struct OverriddenFilesInfoTy {
+    /// \brief Files that have been overriden with the contents from another
+    /// file.
+    llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry *, const FileEntry *> OverriddenFiles;
+    /// \brief Files that were overridden with a memory buffer.
+    llvm::DenseSet<const FileEntry *> OverriddenFilesWithBuffer;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Lazily create the object keeping overridden files info, since
+  /// it is uncommonly used.
+  OwningPtr<OverriddenFilesInfoTy> OverriddenFilesInfo;
+
+  OverriddenFilesInfoTy &getOverriddenFilesInfo() {
+    if (!OverriddenFilesInfo)
+      OverriddenFilesInfo.reset(new OverriddenFilesInfoTy);
+    return *OverriddenFilesInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Information about various memory buffers that we have read in.
+  ///
+  /// All FileEntry* within the stored ContentCache objects are NULL,
+  /// as they do not refer to a file.
+  std::vector<SrcMgr::ContentCache*> MemBufferInfos;
+
+  /// \brief The table of SLocEntries that are local to this module.
+  ///
+  /// Positive FileIDs are indexes into this table. Entry 0 indicates an invalid
+  /// expansion.
+  SmallVector<SrcMgr::SLocEntry, 0> LocalSLocEntryTable;
+
+  /// \brief The table of SLocEntries that are loaded from other modules.
+  ///
+  /// Negative FileIDs are indexes into this table. To get from ID to an index,
+  /// use (-ID - 2).
+  mutable SmallVector<SrcMgr::SLocEntry, 0> LoadedSLocEntryTable;
+
+  /// \brief The starting offset of the next local SLocEntry.
+  ///
+  /// This is LocalSLocEntryTable.back().Offset + the size of that entry.
+  unsigned NextLocalOffset;
+
+  /// \brief The starting offset of the latest batch of loaded SLocEntries.
+  ///
+  /// This is LoadedSLocEntryTable.back().Offset, except that that entry might
+  /// not have been loaded, so that value would be unknown.
+  unsigned CurrentLoadedOffset;
+
+  /// \brief The highest possible offset is 2^31-1, so CurrentLoadedOffset
+  /// starts at 2^31.
+  static const unsigned MaxLoadedOffset = 1U << 31U;
+
+  /// \brief A bitmap that indicates whether the entries of LoadedSLocEntryTable
+  /// have already been loaded from the external source.
+  ///
+  /// Same indexing as LoadedSLocEntryTable.
+  std::vector<bool> SLocEntryLoaded;
+
+  /// \brief An external source for source location entries.
+  ExternalSLocEntrySource *ExternalSLocEntries;
+
+  /// \brief A one-entry cache to speed up getFileID.
+  ///
+  /// LastFileIDLookup records the last FileID looked up or created, because it
+  /// is very common to look up many tokens from the same file.
+  mutable FileID LastFileIDLookup;
+
+  /// \brief Holds information for \#line directives.
+  ///
+  /// This is referenced by indices from SLocEntryTable.
+  LineTableInfo *LineTable;
+
+  /// \brief These ivars serve as a cache used in the getLineNumber
+  /// method which is used to speedup getLineNumber calls to nearby locations.
+  mutable FileID LastLineNoFileIDQuery;
+  mutable SrcMgr::ContentCache *LastLineNoContentCache;
+  mutable unsigned LastLineNoFilePos;
+  mutable unsigned LastLineNoResult;
+
+  /// \brief The file ID for the main source file of the translation unit.
+  FileID MainFileID;
+
+  /// \brief The file ID for the precompiled preamble there is one.
+  FileID PreambleFileID;
+
+  // Statistics for -print-stats.
+  mutable unsigned NumLinearScans, NumBinaryProbes;
+
+  /// The key value into the IsBeforeInTUCache table.
+  typedef std::pair<FileID, FileID> IsBeforeInTUCacheKey;
+
+  /// The IsBeforeInTranslationUnitCache is a mapping from FileID pairs
+  /// to cache results.
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IsBeforeInTUCacheKey, InBeforeInTUCacheEntry>
+          InBeforeInTUCache;
+
+  /// Cache results for the isBeforeInTranslationUnit method.
+  mutable InBeforeInTUCache IBTUCache;
+  mutable InBeforeInTUCacheEntry IBTUCacheOverflow;
+
+  /// Return the cache entry for comparing the given file IDs
+  /// for isBeforeInTranslationUnit.
+  InBeforeInTUCacheEntry &getInBeforeInTUCache(FileID LFID, FileID RFID) const;
+
+  // Cache for the "fake" buffer used for error-recovery purposes.
+  mutable llvm::MemoryBuffer *FakeBufferForRecovery;
+
+  mutable SrcMgr::ContentCache *FakeContentCacheForRecovery;
+
+  /// \brief Lazily computed map of macro argument chunks to their expanded
+  /// source location.
+  typedef std::map<unsigned, SourceLocation> MacroArgsMap;
+
+  mutable llvm::DenseMap<FileID, MacroArgsMap *> MacroArgsCacheMap;
+
+  /// \brief The stack of modules being built, which is used to detect
+  /// cycles in the module dependency graph as modules are being built, as
+  /// well as to describe why we're rebuilding a particular module.
+  ///
+  /// There is no way to set this value from the command line. If we ever need
+  /// to do so (e.g., if on-demand module construction moves out-of-process),
+  /// we can add a cc1-level option to do so.
+  SmallVector<std::pair<std::string, FullSourceLoc>, 2> StoredModuleBuildStack;
+
+  // SourceManager doesn't support copy construction.
+  explicit SourceManager(const SourceManager&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const SourceManager&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+public:
+  SourceManager(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag, FileManager &FileMgr,
+                bool UserFilesAreVolatile = false);
+  ~SourceManager();
+
+  void clearIDTables();
+
+  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diag; }
+
+  FileManager &getFileManager() const { return FileMgr; }
+
+  /// \brief Set true if the SourceManager should report the original file name
+  /// for contents of files that were overriden by other files.Defaults to true.
+  void setOverridenFilesKeepOriginalName(bool value) {
+    OverridenFilesKeepOriginalName = value;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief True if non-system source files should be treated as volatile
+  /// (likely to change while trying to use them).
+  bool userFilesAreVolatile() const { return UserFilesAreVolatile; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module build stack.
+  ModuleBuildStack getModuleBuildStack() const {
+    return StoredModuleBuildStack;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the module build stack.
+  void setModuleBuildStack(ModuleBuildStack stack) {
+    StoredModuleBuildStack.clear();
+    StoredModuleBuildStack.append(stack.begin(), stack.end());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Push an entry to the module build stack.
+  void pushModuleBuildStack(StringRef moduleName, FullSourceLoc importLoc) {
+    StoredModuleBuildStack.push_back(std::make_pair(moduleName.str(),importLoc));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the FileID for a memory buffer that will represent the
+  /// FileID for the main source.
+  ///
+  /// One example of when this would be used is when the main source is read
+  /// from STDIN.
+  FileID createMainFileIDForMemBuffer(const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer,
+                             SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind Kind = SrcMgr::C_User) {
+    assert(MainFileID.isInvalid() && "MainFileID already set!");
+    MainFileID = createFileIDForMemBuffer(Buffer, Kind);
+    return MainFileID;
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // MainFileID creation and querying methods.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Returns the FileID of the main source file.
+  FileID getMainFileID() const { return MainFileID; }
+
+  /// \brief Create the FileID for the main source file.
+  FileID createMainFileID(const FileEntry *SourceFile, 
+                          SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind Kind = SrcMgr::C_User) {
+    assert(MainFileID.isInvalid() && "MainFileID already set!");
+    MainFileID = createFileID(SourceFile, SourceLocation(), Kind);
+    return MainFileID;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the file ID for the main source file.
+  void setMainFileID(FileID FID) {
+    assert(MainFileID.isInvalid() && "MainFileID already set!");
+    MainFileID = FID;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the file ID for the precompiled preamble.
+  void setPreambleFileID(FileID Preamble) {
+    assert(PreambleFileID.isInvalid() && "PreambleFileID already set!");
+    PreambleFileID = Preamble;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the file ID for the precompiled preamble if there is one.
+  FileID getPreambleFileID() const { return PreambleFileID; }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Methods to create new FileID's and macro expansions.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Create a new FileID that represents the specified file
+  /// being \#included from the specified IncludePosition.
+  ///
+  /// This translates NULL into standard input.
+  FileID createFileID(const FileEntry *SourceFile, SourceLocation IncludePos,
+                      SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileCharacter,
+                      int LoadedID = 0, unsigned LoadedOffset = 0) {
+    const SrcMgr::ContentCache *
+      IR = getOrCreateContentCache(SourceFile,
+                              /*isSystemFile=*/FileCharacter != SrcMgr::C_User);
+    assert(IR && "getOrCreateContentCache() cannot return NULL");
+    return createFileID(IR, IncludePos, FileCharacter, LoadedID, LoadedOffset);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create a new FileID that represents the specified memory buffer.
+  ///
+  /// This does no caching of the buffer and takes ownership of the
+  /// MemoryBuffer, so only pass a MemoryBuffer to this once.
+  FileID createFileIDForMemBuffer(const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer,
+                      SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileCharacter = SrcMgr::C_User,
+                                  int LoadedID = 0, unsigned LoadedOffset = 0,
+                                 SourceLocation IncludeLoc = SourceLocation()) {
+    return createFileID(createMemBufferContentCache(Buffer), IncludeLoc,
+                        FileCharacter, LoadedID, LoadedOffset);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a new SourceLocation that encodes the
+  /// fact that a token from SpellingLoc should actually be referenced from
+  /// ExpansionLoc, and that it represents the expansion of a macro argument
+  /// into the function-like macro body.
+  SourceLocation createMacroArgExpansionLoc(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                            SourceLocation ExpansionLoc,
+                                            unsigned TokLength);
+
+  /// \brief Return a new SourceLocation that encodes the fact
+  /// that a token from SpellingLoc should actually be referenced from
+  /// ExpansionLoc.
+  SourceLocation createExpansionLoc(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                    SourceLocation ExpansionLocStart,
+                                    SourceLocation ExpansionLocEnd,
+                                    unsigned TokLength,
+                                    int LoadedID = 0,
+                                    unsigned LoadedOffset = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the memory buffer associated with the given file.
+  ///
+  /// \param Invalid If non-NULL, will be set \c true if an error
+  /// occurs while retrieving the memory buffer.
+  const llvm::MemoryBuffer *getMemoryBufferForFile(const FileEntry *File,
+                                                   bool *Invalid = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Override the contents of the given source file by providing an
+  /// already-allocated buffer.
+  ///
+  /// \param SourceFile the source file whose contents will be overriden.
+  ///
+  /// \param Buffer the memory buffer whose contents will be used as the
+  /// data in the given source file.
+  ///
+  /// \param DoNotFree If true, then the buffer will not be freed when the
+  /// source manager is destroyed.
+  void overrideFileContents(const FileEntry *SourceFile,
+                            const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer,
+                            bool DoNotFree = false);
+
+  /// \brief Override the given source file with another one.
+  ///
+  /// \param SourceFile the source file which will be overriden.
+  ///
+  /// \param NewFile the file whose contents will be used as the
+  /// data instead of the contents of the given source file.
+  void overrideFileContents(const FileEntry *SourceFile,
+                            const FileEntry *NewFile);
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the file contents have been overridden.
+  bool isFileOverridden(const FileEntry *File) {
+    if (OverriddenFilesInfo) {
+      if (OverriddenFilesInfo->OverriddenFilesWithBuffer.count(File))
+        return true;
+      if (OverriddenFilesInfo->OverriddenFiles.find(File) !=
+          OverriddenFilesInfo->OverriddenFiles.end())
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Disable overridding the contents of a file, previously enabled
+  /// with #overrideFileContents.
+  ///
+  /// This should be called before parsing has begun.
+  void disableFileContentsOverride(const FileEntry *File);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // FileID manipulation methods.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Return the buffer for the specified FileID.
+  ///
+  /// If there is an error opening this buffer the first time, this
+  /// manufactures a temporary buffer and returns a non-empty error string.
+  const llvm::MemoryBuffer *getBuffer(FileID FID, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                      bool *Invalid = 0) const {
+    bool MyInvalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &MyInvalid);
+    if (MyInvalid || !Entry.isFile()) {
+      if (Invalid)
+        *Invalid = true;
+
+      return getFakeBufferForRecovery();
+    }
+
+    return Entry.getFile().getContentCache()->getBuffer(Diag, *this, Loc,
+                                                        Invalid);
+  }
+
+  const llvm::MemoryBuffer *getBuffer(FileID FID, bool *Invalid = 0) const {
+    bool MyInvalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &MyInvalid);
+    if (MyInvalid || !Entry.isFile()) {
+      if (Invalid)
+        *Invalid = true;
+
+      return getFakeBufferForRecovery();
+    }
+
+    return Entry.getFile().getContentCache()->getBuffer(Diag, *this,
+                                                        SourceLocation(),
+                                                        Invalid);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the FileEntry record for the provided FileID.
+  const FileEntry *getFileEntryForID(FileID FID) const {
+    bool MyInvalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &MyInvalid);
+    if (MyInvalid || !Entry.isFile())
+      return 0;
+
+    const SrcMgr::ContentCache *Content = Entry.getFile().getContentCache();
+    if (!Content)
+      return 0;
+    return Content->OrigEntry;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the FileEntry record for the provided SLocEntry.
+  const FileEntry *getFileEntryForSLocEntry(const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &sloc) const
+  {
+    const SrcMgr::ContentCache *Content = sloc.getFile().getContentCache();
+    if (!Content)
+      return 0;
+    return Content->OrigEntry;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a StringRef to the source buffer data for the
+  /// specified FileID.
+  ///
+  /// \param FID The file ID whose contents will be returned.
+  /// \param Invalid If non-NULL, will be set true if an error occurred.
+  StringRef getBufferData(FileID FID, bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the number of FileIDs (files and macros) that were created
+  /// during preprocessing of \p FID, including it.
+  unsigned getNumCreatedFIDsForFileID(FileID FID) const {
+    bool Invalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &Invalid);
+    if (Invalid || !Entry.isFile())
+      return 0;
+
+    return Entry.getFile().NumCreatedFIDs;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the number of FileIDs (files and macros) that were created
+  /// during preprocessing of \p FID, including it.
+  void setNumCreatedFIDsForFileID(FileID FID, unsigned NumFIDs) const {
+    bool Invalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &Invalid);
+    if (Invalid || !Entry.isFile())
+      return;
+
+    assert(Entry.getFile().NumCreatedFIDs == 0 && "Already set!");
+    const_cast<SrcMgr::FileInfo &>(Entry.getFile()).NumCreatedFIDs = NumFIDs;
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // SourceLocation manipulation methods.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Return the FileID for a SourceLocation.
+  ///
+  /// This is a very hot method that is used for all SourceManager queries
+  /// that start with a SourceLocation object.  It is responsible for finding
+  /// the entry in SLocEntryTable which contains the specified location.
+  ///
+  FileID getFileID(SourceLocation SpellingLoc) const {
+    unsigned SLocOffset = SpellingLoc.getOffset();
+
+    // If our one-entry cache covers this offset, just return it.
+    if (isOffsetInFileID(LastFileIDLookup, SLocOffset))
+      return LastFileIDLookup;
+
+    return getFileIDSlow(SLocOffset);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the filename of the file containing a SourceLocation.
+  StringRef getFilename(SourceLocation SpellingLoc) const {
+    if (const FileEntry *F = getFileEntryForID(getFileID(SpellingLoc)))
+      return F->getName();
+    return StringRef();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the source location corresponding to the first byte of
+  /// the specified file.
+  SourceLocation getLocForStartOfFile(FileID FID) const {
+    bool Invalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &Invalid);
+    if (Invalid || !Entry.isFile())
+      return SourceLocation();
+
+    unsigned FileOffset = Entry.getOffset();
+    return SourceLocation::getFileLoc(FileOffset);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Return the source location corresponding to the last byte of the
+  /// specified file.
+  SourceLocation getLocForEndOfFile(FileID FID) const {
+    bool Invalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &Invalid);
+    if (Invalid || !Entry.isFile())
+      return SourceLocation();
+    
+    unsigned FileOffset = Entry.getOffset();
+    return SourceLocation::getFileLoc(FileOffset + getFileIDSize(FID) - 1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the include location if \p FID is a \#include'd file
+  /// otherwise it returns an invalid location.
+  SourceLocation getIncludeLoc(FileID FID) const {
+    bool Invalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &Invalid);
+    if (Invalid || !Entry.isFile())
+      return SourceLocation();
+
+    return Entry.getFile().getIncludeLoc();
+  }
+
+  // \brief Returns the import location if the given source location is
+  // located within a module, or an invalid location if the source location
+  // is within the current translation unit.
+  std::pair<SourceLocation, StringRef>
+  getModuleImportLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    FileID FID = getFileID(Loc);
+
+    // Positive file IDs are in the current translation unit, and -1 is a
+    // placeholder.
+    if (FID.ID >= -1)
+      return std::make_pair(SourceLocation(), "");
+
+    return ExternalSLocEntries->getModuleImportLoc(FID.ID);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Given a SourceLocation object \p Loc, return the expansion
+  /// location referenced by the ID.
+  SourceLocation getExpansionLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    // Handle the non-mapped case inline, defer to out of line code to handle
+    // expansions.
+    if (Loc.isFileID()) return Loc;
+    return getExpansionLocSlowCase(Loc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Given \p Loc, if it is a macro location return the expansion
+  /// location or the spelling location, depending on if it comes from a
+  /// macro argument or not.
+  SourceLocation getFileLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    if (Loc.isFileID()) return Loc;
+    return getFileLocSlowCase(Loc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the start/end of the expansion information for an
+  /// expansion location.
+  ///
+  /// \pre \p Loc is required to be an expansion location.
+  std::pair<SourceLocation,SourceLocation>
+  getImmediateExpansionRange(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Given a SourceLocation object, return the range of
+  /// tokens covered by the expansion the ultimate file.
+  std::pair<SourceLocation,SourceLocation>
+  getExpansionRange(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+
+  /// \brief Given a SourceLocation object, return the spelling
+  /// location referenced by the ID.
+  ///
+  /// This is the place where the characters that make up the lexed token
+  /// can be found.
+  SourceLocation getSpellingLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    // Handle the non-mapped case inline, defer to out of line code to handle
+    // expansions.
+    if (Loc.isFileID()) return Loc;
+    return getSpellingLocSlowCase(Loc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Given a SourceLocation object, return the spelling location
+  /// referenced by the ID.
+  ///
+  /// This is the first level down towards the place where the characters
+  /// that make up the lexed token can be found.  This should not generally
+  /// be used by clients.
+  SourceLocation getImmediateSpellingLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Decompose the specified location into a raw FileID + Offset pair.
+  ///
+  /// The first element is the FileID, the second is the offset from the
+  /// start of the buffer of the location.
+  std::pair<FileID, unsigned> getDecomposedLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    FileID FID = getFileID(Loc);
+    bool Invalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &E = getSLocEntry(FID, &Invalid);
+    if (Invalid)
+      return std::make_pair(FileID(), 0);
+    return std::make_pair(FID, Loc.getOffset()-E.getOffset());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Decompose the specified location into a raw FileID + Offset pair.
+  ///
+  /// If the location is an expansion record, walk through it until we find
+  /// the final location expanded.
+  std::pair<FileID, unsigned>
+  getDecomposedExpansionLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    FileID FID = getFileID(Loc);
+    bool Invalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry *E = &getSLocEntry(FID, &Invalid);
+    if (Invalid)
+      return std::make_pair(FileID(), 0);
+
+    unsigned Offset = Loc.getOffset()-E->getOffset();
+    if (Loc.isFileID())
+      return std::make_pair(FID, Offset);
+
+    return getDecomposedExpansionLocSlowCase(E);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Decompose the specified location into a raw FileID + Offset pair.
+  ///
+  /// If the location is an expansion record, walk through it until we find
+  /// its spelling record.
+  std::pair<FileID, unsigned>
+  getDecomposedSpellingLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    FileID FID = getFileID(Loc);
+    bool Invalid = false;
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry *E = &getSLocEntry(FID, &Invalid);
+    if (Invalid)
+      return std::make_pair(FileID(), 0);
+
+    unsigned Offset = Loc.getOffset()-E->getOffset();
+    if (Loc.isFileID())
+      return std::make_pair(FID, Offset);
+    return getDecomposedSpellingLocSlowCase(E, Offset);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the offset from the start of the file that the
+  /// specified SourceLocation represents.
+  ///
+  /// This is not very meaningful for a macro ID.
+  unsigned getFileOffset(SourceLocation SpellingLoc) const {
+    return getDecomposedLoc(SpellingLoc).second;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Tests whether the given source location represents a macro
+  /// argument's expansion into the function-like macro definition.
+  ///
+  /// Such source locations only appear inside of the expansion
+  /// locations representing where a particular function-like macro was
+  /// expanded.
+  bool isMacroArgExpansion(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Tests whether the given source location represents the expansion of
+  /// a macro body.
+  ///
+  /// This is equivalent to testing whether the location is part of a macro
+  /// expansion but not the expansion of an argument to a function-like macro.
+  bool isMacroBodyExpansion(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if \p Loc is inside the [\p Start, +\p Length)
+  /// chunk of the source location address space.
+  ///
+  /// If it's true and \p RelativeOffset is non-null, it will be set to the
+  /// relative offset of \p Loc inside the chunk.
+  bool isInSLocAddrSpace(SourceLocation Loc,
+                         SourceLocation Start, unsigned Length,
+                         unsigned *RelativeOffset = 0) const {
+    assert(((Start.getOffset() < NextLocalOffset &&
+               Start.getOffset()+Length <= NextLocalOffset) ||
+            (Start.getOffset() >= CurrentLoadedOffset &&
+                Start.getOffset()+Length < MaxLoadedOffset)) &&
+           "Chunk is not valid SLoc address space");
+    unsigned LocOffs = Loc.getOffset();
+    unsigned BeginOffs = Start.getOffset();
+    unsigned EndOffs = BeginOffs + Length;
+    if (LocOffs >= BeginOffs && LocOffs < EndOffs) {
+      if (RelativeOffset)
+        *RelativeOffset = LocOffs - BeginOffs;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if both \p LHS and \p RHS are in the local source
+  /// location address space or the loaded one.
+  ///
+  /// If it's true and \p RelativeOffset is non-null, it will be set to the
+  /// offset of \p RHS relative to \p LHS.
+  bool isInSameSLocAddrSpace(SourceLocation LHS, SourceLocation RHS,
+                             int *RelativeOffset) const {
+    unsigned LHSOffs = LHS.getOffset(), RHSOffs = RHS.getOffset();
+    bool LHSLoaded = LHSOffs >= CurrentLoadedOffset;
+    bool RHSLoaded = RHSOffs >= CurrentLoadedOffset;
+
+    if (LHSLoaded == RHSLoaded) {
+      if (RelativeOffset)
+        *RelativeOffset = RHSOffs - LHSOffs;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Queries about the code at a SourceLocation.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Return a pointer to the start of the specified location
+  /// in the appropriate spelling MemoryBuffer.
+  ///
+  /// \param Invalid If non-NULL, will be set \c true if an error occurs.
+  const char *getCharacterData(SourceLocation SL, bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the column # for the specified file position.
+  ///
+  /// This is significantly cheaper to compute than the line number.  This
+  /// returns zero if the column number isn't known.  This may only be called
+  /// on a file sloc, so you must choose a spelling or expansion location
+  /// before calling this method.
+  unsigned getColumnNumber(FileID FID, unsigned FilePos,
+                           bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+  unsigned getSpellingColumnNumber(SourceLocation Loc, bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+  unsigned getExpansionColumnNumber(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                    bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+  unsigned getPresumedColumnNumber(SourceLocation Loc, bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+
+  /// \brief Given a SourceLocation, return the spelling line number
+  /// for the position indicated.
+  ///
+  /// This requires building and caching a table of line offsets for the
+  /// MemoryBuffer, so this is not cheap: use only when about to emit a
+  /// diagnostic.
+  unsigned getLineNumber(FileID FID, unsigned FilePos, bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+  unsigned getSpellingLineNumber(SourceLocation Loc, bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+  unsigned getExpansionLineNumber(SourceLocation Loc, bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+  unsigned getPresumedLineNumber(SourceLocation Loc, bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the filename or buffer identifier of the buffer the
+  /// location is in.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this name does not respect \#line directives.  Use
+  /// getPresumedLoc for normal clients.
+  const char *getBufferName(SourceLocation Loc, bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the file characteristic of the specified source
+  /// location, indicating whether this is a normal file, a system
+  /// header, or an "implicit extern C" system header.
+  ///
+  /// This state can be modified with flags on GNU linemarker directives like:
+  /// \code
+  ///   # 4 "foo.h" 3
+  /// \endcode
+  /// which changes all source locations in the current file after that to be
+  /// considered to be from a system header.
+  SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind getFileCharacteristic(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the "presumed" location of a SourceLocation specifies.
+  ///
+  /// A "presumed location" can be modified by \#line or GNU line marker
+  /// directives.  This provides a view on the data that a user should see
+  /// in diagnostics, for example.
+  ///
+  /// Note that a presumed location is always given as the expansion point of
+  /// an expansion location, not at the spelling location.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The presumed location of the specified SourceLocation. If the
+  /// presumed location cannot be calculate (e.g., because \p Loc is invalid
+  /// or the file containing \p Loc has changed on disk), returns an invalid
+  /// presumed location.
+  PresumedLoc getPresumedLoc(SourceLocation Loc,
+                             bool UseLineDirectives = true) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if both SourceLocations correspond to the same file.
+  bool isFromSameFile(SourceLocation Loc1, SourceLocation Loc2) const {
+    return getFileID(Loc1) == getFileID(Loc2);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the file of provided SourceLocation is the main
+  /// file.
+  bool isFromMainFile(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    return getFileID(Loc) == getMainFileID();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns if a SourceLocation is in a system header.
+  bool isInSystemHeader(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    return getFileCharacteristic(Loc) != SrcMgr::C_User;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns if a SourceLocation is in an "extern C" system header.
+  bool isInExternCSystemHeader(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    return getFileCharacteristic(Loc) == SrcMgr::C_ExternCSystem;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether \p Loc is expanded from a macro in a system header.
+  bool isInSystemMacro(SourceLocation loc) {
+    return loc.isMacroID() && isInSystemHeader(getSpellingLoc(loc));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The size of the SLocEnty that \p FID represents.
+  unsigned getFileIDSize(FileID FID) const;
+
+  /// \brief Given a specific FileID, returns true if \p Loc is inside that
+  /// FileID chunk and sets relative offset (offset of \p Loc from beginning
+  /// of FileID) to \p relativeOffset.
+  bool isInFileID(SourceLocation Loc, FileID FID,
+                  unsigned *RelativeOffset = 0) const {
+    unsigned Offs = Loc.getOffset();
+    if (isOffsetInFileID(FID, Offs)) {
+      if (RelativeOffset)
+        *RelativeOffset = Offs - getSLocEntry(FID).getOffset();
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Line Table Manipulation Routines
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Return the uniqued ID for the specified filename.
+  ///
+  unsigned getLineTableFilenameID(StringRef Str);
+
+  /// \brief Add a line note to the line table for the FileID and offset
+  /// specified by Loc.
+  ///
+  /// If FilenameID is -1, it is considered to be unspecified.
+  void AddLineNote(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned LineNo, int FilenameID);
+  void AddLineNote(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned LineNo, int FilenameID,
+                   bool IsFileEntry, bool IsFileExit,
+                   bool IsSystemHeader, bool IsExternCHeader);
+
+  /// \brief Determine if the source manager has a line table.
+  bool hasLineTable() const { return LineTable != 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the stored line table.
+  LineTableInfo &getLineTable();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Queries for performance analysis.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Return the total amount of physical memory allocated by the
+  /// ContentCache allocator.
+  size_t getContentCacheSize() const {
+    return ContentCacheAlloc.getTotalMemory();
+  }
+
+  struct MemoryBufferSizes {
+    const size_t malloc_bytes;
+    const size_t mmap_bytes;
+
+    MemoryBufferSizes(size_t malloc_bytes, size_t mmap_bytes)
+      : malloc_bytes(malloc_bytes), mmap_bytes(mmap_bytes) {}
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Return the amount of memory used by memory buffers, breaking down
+  /// by heap-backed versus mmap'ed memory.
+  MemoryBufferSizes getMemoryBufferSizes() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the amount of memory used for various side tables and
+  /// data structures in the SourceManager.
+  size_t getDataStructureSizes() const;
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Other miscellaneous methods.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Get the source location for the given file:line:col triplet.
+  ///
+  /// If the source file is included multiple times, the source location will
+  /// be based upon the first inclusion.
+  SourceLocation translateFileLineCol(const FileEntry *SourceFile,
+                                      unsigned Line, unsigned Col) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the FileID for the given file.
+  ///
+  /// If the source file is included multiple times, the FileID will be the
+  /// first inclusion.
+  FileID translateFile(const FileEntry *SourceFile) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the source location in \p FID for the given line:col.
+  /// Returns null location if \p FID is not a file SLocEntry.
+  SourceLocation translateLineCol(FileID FID,
+                                  unsigned Line, unsigned Col) const;
+
+  /// \brief If \p Loc points inside a function macro argument, the returned
+  /// location will be the macro location in which the argument was expanded.
+  /// If a macro argument is used multiple times, the expanded location will
+  /// be at the first expansion of the argument.
+  /// e.g.
+  ///   MY_MACRO(foo);
+  ///             ^
+  /// Passing a file location pointing at 'foo', will yield a macro location
+  /// where 'foo' was expanded into.
+  SourceLocation getMacroArgExpandedLocation(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines the order of 2 source locations in the translation unit.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if LHS source location comes before RHS, false otherwise.
+  bool isBeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceLocation LHS, SourceLocation RHS) const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines the order of 2 source locations in the "source location
+  /// address space".
+  bool isBeforeInSLocAddrSpace(SourceLocation LHS, SourceLocation RHS) const {
+    return isBeforeInSLocAddrSpace(LHS, RHS.getOffset());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determines the order of a source location and a source location
+  /// offset in the "source location address space".
+  ///
+  /// Note that we always consider source locations loaded from
+  bool isBeforeInSLocAddrSpace(SourceLocation LHS, unsigned RHS) const {
+    unsigned LHSOffset = LHS.getOffset();
+    bool LHSLoaded = LHSOffset >= CurrentLoadedOffset;
+    bool RHSLoaded = RHS >= CurrentLoadedOffset;
+    if (LHSLoaded == RHSLoaded)
+      return LHSOffset < RHS;
+
+    return LHSLoaded;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators over FileInfos.
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry*, SrcMgr::ContentCache*>
+      ::const_iterator fileinfo_iterator;
+  fileinfo_iterator fileinfo_begin() const { return FileInfos.begin(); }
+  fileinfo_iterator fileinfo_end() const { return FileInfos.end(); }
+  bool hasFileInfo(const FileEntry *File) const {
+    return FileInfos.find(File) != FileInfos.end();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Print statistics to stderr.
+  ///
+  void PrintStats() const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the number of local SLocEntries we have.
+  unsigned local_sloc_entry_size() const { return LocalSLocEntryTable.size(); }
+
+  /// \brief Get a local SLocEntry. This is exposed for indexing.
+  const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &getLocalSLocEntry(unsigned Index,
+                                             bool *Invalid = 0) const {
+    assert(Index < LocalSLocEntryTable.size() && "Invalid index");
+    return LocalSLocEntryTable[Index];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the number of loaded SLocEntries we have.
+  unsigned loaded_sloc_entry_size() const { return LoadedSLocEntryTable.size();}
+
+  /// \brief Get a loaded SLocEntry. This is exposed for indexing.
+  const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &getLoadedSLocEntry(unsigned Index,
+                                              bool *Invalid = 0) const {
+    assert(Index < LoadedSLocEntryTable.size() && "Invalid index");
+    if (SLocEntryLoaded[Index])
+      return LoadedSLocEntryTable[Index];
+    return loadSLocEntry(Index, Invalid);
+  }
+
+  const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &getSLocEntry(FileID FID, bool *Invalid = 0) const {
+    if (FID.ID == 0 || FID.ID == -1) {
+      if (Invalid) *Invalid = true;
+      return LocalSLocEntryTable[0];
+    }
+    return getSLocEntryByID(FID.ID);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNextLocalOffset() const { return NextLocalOffset; }
+
+  void setExternalSLocEntrySource(ExternalSLocEntrySource *Source) {
+    assert(LoadedSLocEntryTable.empty() &&
+           "Invalidating existing loaded entries");
+    ExternalSLocEntries = Source;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Allocate a number of loaded SLocEntries, which will be actually
+  /// loaded on demand from the external source.
+  ///
+  /// NumSLocEntries will be allocated, which occupy a total of TotalSize space
+  /// in the global source view. The lowest ID and the base offset of the
+  /// entries will be returned.
+  std::pair<int, unsigned>
+  AllocateLoadedSLocEntries(unsigned NumSLocEntries, unsigned TotalSize);
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if \p Loc came from a PCH/Module.
+  bool isLoadedSourceLocation(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    return Loc.getOffset() >= CurrentLoadedOffset;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if \p Loc did not come from a PCH/Module.
+  bool isLocalSourceLocation(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    return Loc.getOffset() < NextLocalOffset;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if \p FID came from a PCH/Module.
+  bool isLoadedFileID(FileID FID) const {
+    assert(FID.ID != -1 && "Using FileID sentinel value");
+    return FID.ID < 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if \p FID did not come from a PCH/Module.
+  bool isLocalFileID(FileID FID) const {
+    return !isLoadedFileID(FID);
+  }
+
+  /// Gets the location of the immediate macro caller, one level up the stack
+  /// toward the initial macro typed into the source.
+  SourceLocation getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+    if (!Loc.isMacroID()) return Loc;
+
+    // When we have the location of (part of) an expanded parameter, its
+    // spelling location points to the argument as expanded in the macro call,
+    // and therefore is used to locate the macro caller.
+    if (isMacroArgExpansion(Loc))
+      return getImmediateSpellingLoc(Loc);
+
+    // Otherwise, the caller of the macro is located where this macro is
+    // expanded (while the spelling is part of the macro definition).
+    return getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
+  }
+
+private:
+  const llvm::MemoryBuffer *getFakeBufferForRecovery() const;
+  const SrcMgr::ContentCache *getFakeContentCacheForRecovery() const;
+
+  const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &loadSLocEntry(unsigned Index, bool *Invalid) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the entry with the given unwrapped FileID.
+  const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &getSLocEntryByID(int ID) const {
+    assert(ID != -1 && "Using FileID sentinel value");
+    if (ID < 0)
+      return getLoadedSLocEntryByID(ID);
+    return getLocalSLocEntry(static_cast<unsigned>(ID));
+  }
+
+  const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &getLoadedSLocEntryByID(int ID,
+                                                  bool *Invalid = 0) const {
+    return getLoadedSLocEntry(static_cast<unsigned>(-ID - 2), Invalid);
+  }
+
+  /// Implements the common elements of storing an expansion info struct into
+  /// the SLocEntry table and producing a source location that refers to it.
+  SourceLocation createExpansionLocImpl(const SrcMgr::ExpansionInfo &Expansion,
+                                        unsigned TokLength,
+                                        int LoadedID = 0,
+                                        unsigned LoadedOffset = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Return true if the specified FileID contains the
+  /// specified SourceLocation offset.  This is a very hot method.
+  inline bool isOffsetInFileID(FileID FID, unsigned SLocOffset) const {
+    const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID);
+    // If the entry is after the offset, it can't contain it.
+    if (SLocOffset < Entry.getOffset()) return false;
+
+    // If this is the very last entry then it does.
+    if (FID.ID == -2)
+      return true;
+
+    // If it is the last local entry, then it does if the location is local.
+    if (FID.ID+1 == static_cast<int>(LocalSLocEntryTable.size()))
+      return SLocOffset < NextLocalOffset;
+
+    // Otherwise, the entry after it has to not include it. This works for both
+    // local and loaded entries.
+    return SLocOffset < getSLocEntryByID(FID.ID+1).getOffset();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create a new fileID for the specified ContentCache and
+  /// include position.
+  ///
+  /// This works regardless of whether the ContentCache corresponds to a
+  /// file or some other input source.
+  FileID createFileID(const SrcMgr::ContentCache* File,
+                      SourceLocation IncludePos,
+                      SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind DirCharacter,
+                      int LoadedID, unsigned LoadedOffset);
+
+  const SrcMgr::ContentCache *
+    getOrCreateContentCache(const FileEntry *SourceFile,
+                            bool isSystemFile = false);
+
+  /// \brief Create a new ContentCache for the specified  memory buffer.
+  const SrcMgr::ContentCache*
+  createMemBufferContentCache(const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buf);
+
+  FileID getFileIDSlow(unsigned SLocOffset) const;
+  FileID getFileIDLocal(unsigned SLocOffset) const;
+  FileID getFileIDLoaded(unsigned SLocOffset) const;
+
+  SourceLocation getExpansionLocSlowCase(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+  SourceLocation getSpellingLocSlowCase(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+  SourceLocation getFileLocSlowCase(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+  std::pair<FileID, unsigned>
+  getDecomposedExpansionLocSlowCase(const SrcMgr::SLocEntry *E) const;
+  std::pair<FileID, unsigned>
+  getDecomposedSpellingLocSlowCase(const SrcMgr::SLocEntry *E,
+                                   unsigned Offset) const;
+  void computeMacroArgsCache(MacroArgsMap *&MacroArgsCache, FileID FID) const;
+  void associateFileChunkWithMacroArgExp(MacroArgsMap &MacroArgsCache,
+                                         FileID FID,
+                                         SourceLocation SpellLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation ExpansionLoc,
+                                         unsigned ExpansionLength) const;
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTWriter;
+};
+
+/// \brief Comparison function object.
+template<typename T>
+class BeforeThanCompare;
+
+/// \brief Compare two source locations.
+template<>
+class BeforeThanCompare<SourceLocation> {
+  SourceManager &SM;
+
+public:
+  explicit BeforeThanCompare(SourceManager &SM) : SM(SM) { }
+
+  bool operator()(SourceLocation LHS, SourceLocation RHS) const {
+    return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LHS, RHS);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Compare two non-overlapping source ranges.
+template<>
+class BeforeThanCompare<SourceRange> {
+  SourceManager &SM;
+
+public:
+  explicit BeforeThanCompare(SourceManager &SM) : SM(SM) { }
+
+  bool operator()(SourceRange LHS, SourceRange RHS) {
+    return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LHS.getBegin(), RHS.getBegin());
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/SourceManagerInternals.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/SourceManagerInternals.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af95b78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/SourceManagerInternals.h
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+//===--- SourceManagerInternals.h - SourceManager Internals -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines implementation details of the clang::SourceManager class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SOURCEMANAGER_INTERNALS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SOURCEMANAGER_INTERNALS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include <map>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Line Table Implementation
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+struct LineEntry {
+  /// \brief The offset in this file that the line entry occurs at.
+  unsigned FileOffset;
+
+  /// \brief The presumed line number of this line entry: \#line 4.
+  unsigned LineNo;
+
+  /// \brief The ID of the filename identified by this line entry:
+  /// \#line 4 "foo.c".  This is -1 if not specified.
+  int FilenameID;
+
+  /// \brief Set the 0 if no flags, 1 if a system header,
+  SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileKind;
+
+  /// \brief The offset of the virtual include stack location,
+  /// which is manipulated by GNU linemarker directives.
+  ///
+  /// If this is 0 then there is no virtual \#includer.
+  unsigned IncludeOffset;
+
+  static LineEntry get(unsigned Offs, unsigned Line, int Filename,
+                       SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileKind,
+                       unsigned IncludeOffset) {
+    LineEntry E;
+    E.FileOffset = Offs;
+    E.LineNo = Line;
+    E.FilenameID = Filename;
+    E.FileKind = FileKind;
+    E.IncludeOffset = IncludeOffset;
+    return E;
+  }
+};
+
+// needed for FindNearestLineEntry (upper_bound of LineEntry)
+inline bool operator<(const LineEntry &lhs, const LineEntry &rhs) {
+  // FIXME: should check the other field?
+  return lhs.FileOffset < rhs.FileOffset;
+}
+
+inline bool operator<(const LineEntry &E, unsigned Offset) {
+  return E.FileOffset < Offset;
+}
+
+inline bool operator<(unsigned Offset, const LineEntry &E) {
+  return Offset < E.FileOffset;
+}
+
+/// \brief Used to hold and unique data used to represent \#line information.
+class LineTableInfo {
+  /// \brief Map used to assign unique IDs to filenames in \#line directives. 
+  ///
+  /// This allows us to unique the filenames that
+  /// frequently reoccur and reference them with indices.  FilenameIDs holds
+  /// the mapping from string -> ID, and FilenamesByID holds the mapping of ID
+  /// to string.
+  llvm::StringMap<unsigned, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> FilenameIDs;
+  std::vector<llvm::StringMapEntry<unsigned>*> FilenamesByID;
+
+  /// \brief Map from FileIDs to a list of line entries (sorted by the offset
+  /// at which they occur in the file).
+  std::map<FileID, std::vector<LineEntry> > LineEntries;
+public:
+  LineTableInfo() {
+  }
+
+  void clear() {
+    FilenameIDs.clear();
+    FilenamesByID.clear();
+    LineEntries.clear();
+  }
+
+  ~LineTableInfo() {}
+
+  unsigned getLineTableFilenameID(StringRef Str);
+  const char *getFilename(unsigned ID) const {
+    assert(ID < FilenamesByID.size() && "Invalid FilenameID");
+    return FilenamesByID[ID]->getKeyData();
+  }
+  unsigned getNumFilenames() const { return FilenamesByID.size(); }
+
+  void AddLineNote(FileID FID, unsigned Offset,
+                   unsigned LineNo, int FilenameID);
+  void AddLineNote(FileID FID, unsigned Offset,
+                   unsigned LineNo, int FilenameID,
+                   unsigned EntryExit, SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileKind);
+
+
+  /// \brief Find the line entry nearest to FID that is before it.
+  ///
+  /// If there is no line entry before \p Offset in \p FID, returns null.
+  const LineEntry *FindNearestLineEntry(FileID FID, unsigned Offset);
+
+  // Low-level access
+  typedef std::map<FileID, std::vector<LineEntry> >::iterator iterator;
+  iterator begin() { return LineEntries.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return LineEntries.end(); }
+
+  /// \brief Add a new line entry that has already been encoded into
+  /// the internal representation of the line table.
+  void AddEntry(FileID FID, const std::vector<LineEntry> &Entries);
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Specifiers.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Specifiers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8706179
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Specifiers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+//===--- Specifiers.h - Declaration and Type Specifiers ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines various enumerations that describe declaration and
+/// type specifiers.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_SPECIFIERS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_SPECIFIERS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+  /// \brief Specifies the width of a type, e.g., short, long, or long long.
+  enum TypeSpecifierWidth {
+    TSW_unspecified,
+    TSW_short,
+    TSW_long,
+    TSW_longlong
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Specifies the signedness of a type, e.g., signed or unsigned.
+  enum TypeSpecifierSign {
+    TSS_unspecified,
+    TSS_signed,
+    TSS_unsigned
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Specifies the kind of type.
+  enum TypeSpecifierType {
+    TST_unspecified,
+    TST_void,
+    TST_char,
+    TST_wchar,        // C++ wchar_t
+    TST_char16,       // C++0x char16_t
+    TST_char32,       // C++0x char32_t
+    TST_int,
+    TST_int128,
+    TST_half,         // OpenCL half, ARM NEON __fp16
+    TST_float,
+    TST_double,
+    TST_bool,         // _Bool
+    TST_decimal32,    // _Decimal32
+    TST_decimal64,    // _Decimal64
+    TST_decimal128,   // _Decimal128
+    TST_enum,
+    TST_union,
+    TST_struct,
+    TST_class,        // C++ class type
+    TST_interface,    // C++ (Microsoft-specific) __interface type
+    TST_typename,     // Typedef, C++ class-name or enum name, etc.
+    TST_typeofType,
+    TST_typeofExpr,
+    TST_decltype,     // C++0x decltype
+    TST_underlyingType, // __underlying_type for C++0x
+    TST_auto,         // C++0x auto
+    TST_unknown_anytype, // __unknown_anytype extension
+    TST_atomic,       // C11 _Atomic
+    TST_image1d_t,        // OpenCL image1d_t
+    TST_image1d_array_t,  // OpenCL image1d_array_t
+    TST_image1d_buffer_t, // OpenCL image1d_buffer_t
+    TST_image2d_t,        // OpenCL image2d_t
+    TST_image2d_array_t,  // OpenCL image2d_array_t
+    TST_image3d_t,        // OpenCL image3d_t
+    TST_sampler_t,        // OpenCL sampler_t
+    TST_event_t,          // OpenCL event_t
+    TST_error         // erroneous type
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Structure that packs information about the type specifiers that
+  /// were written in a particular type specifier sequence.
+  struct WrittenBuiltinSpecs {
+    /*DeclSpec::TST*/ unsigned Type  : 6;
+    /*DeclSpec::TSS*/ unsigned Sign  : 2;
+    /*DeclSpec::TSW*/ unsigned Width : 2;
+    bool ModeAttr : 1;
+  };  
+
+  /// \brief A C++ access specifier (public, private, protected), plus the
+  /// special value "none" which means different things in different contexts.
+  enum AccessSpecifier {
+    AS_public,
+    AS_protected,
+    AS_private,
+    AS_none
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The categorization of expression values, currently following the
+  /// C++11 scheme.
+  enum ExprValueKind {
+    /// \brief An r-value expression (a pr-value in the C++11 taxonomy)
+    /// produces a temporary value.
+    VK_RValue,
+
+    /// \brief An l-value expression is a reference to an object with
+    /// independent storage.
+    VK_LValue,
+
+    /// \brief An x-value expression is a reference to an object with
+    /// independent storage but which can be "moved", i.e.
+    /// efficiently cannibalized for its resources.
+    VK_XValue
+  };
+
+  /// \brief A further classification of the kind of object referenced by an
+  /// l-value or x-value.
+  enum ExprObjectKind {
+    /// An ordinary object is located at an address in memory.
+    OK_Ordinary,
+
+    /// A bitfield object is a bitfield on a C or C++ record.
+    OK_BitField,
+
+    /// A vector component is an element or range of elements on a vector.
+    OK_VectorComponent,
+
+    /// An Objective-C property is a logical field of an Objective-C
+    /// object which is read and written via Objective-C method calls.
+    OK_ObjCProperty,
+    
+    /// An Objective-C array/dictionary subscripting which reads an
+    /// object or writes at the subscripted array/dictionary element via
+    /// Objective-C method calls.
+    OK_ObjCSubscript
+  };
+
+  // \brief Describes the kind of template specialization that a
+  // particular template specialization declaration represents.
+  enum TemplateSpecializationKind {
+    /// This template specialization was formed from a template-id but
+    /// has not yet been declared, defined, or instantiated.
+    TSK_Undeclared = 0,
+    /// This template specialization was implicitly instantiated from a
+    /// template. (C++ [temp.inst]).
+    TSK_ImplicitInstantiation,
+    /// This template specialization was declared or defined by an
+    /// explicit specialization (C++ [temp.expl.spec]) or partial
+    /// specialization (C++ [temp.class.spec]).
+    TSK_ExplicitSpecialization,
+    /// This template specialization was instantiated from a template
+    /// due to an explicit instantiation declaration request
+    /// (C++0x [temp.explicit]).
+    TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration,
+    /// This template specialization was instantiated from a template
+    /// due to an explicit instantiation definition request
+    /// (C++ [temp.explicit]).
+    TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Storage classes.
+  enum StorageClass {
+    // These are legal on both functions and variables.
+    SC_None,
+    SC_Extern,
+    SC_Static,
+    SC_PrivateExtern,
+
+    // These are only legal on variables.
+    SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal,
+    SC_Auto,
+    SC_Register
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Checks whether the given storage class is legal for functions.
+  inline bool isLegalForFunction(StorageClass SC) {
+    return SC <= SC_PrivateExtern;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Checks whether the given storage class is legal for variables.
+  inline bool isLegalForVariable(StorageClass SC) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief In-class initialization styles for non-static data members.
+  enum InClassInitStyle {
+    ICIS_NoInit,   ///< No in-class initializer.
+    ICIS_CopyInit, ///< Copy initialization.
+    ICIS_ListInit  ///< Direct list-initialization.
+  };
+
+  /// \brief CallingConv - Specifies the calling convention that a function uses.
+  enum CallingConv {
+    CC_Default,
+    CC_C,           // __attribute__((cdecl))
+    CC_X86StdCall,  // __attribute__((stdcall))
+    CC_X86FastCall, // __attribute__((fastcall))
+    CC_X86ThisCall, // __attribute__((thiscall))
+    CC_X86Pascal,   // __attribute__((pascal))
+    CC_AAPCS,       // __attribute__((pcs("aapcs")))
+    CC_AAPCS_VFP,   // __attribute__((pcs("aapcs-vfp")))
+    CC_PnaclCall,   // __attribute__((pnaclcall))
+    CC_IntelOclBicc // __attribute__((intel_ocl_bicc))
+  };
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_SPECIFIERS_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/StmtNodes.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/StmtNodes.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f6a1c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/StmtNodes.td
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+class AttrSubject;
+
+class Stmt<bit abstract = 0> : AttrSubject {
+  bit Abstract = abstract;
+}
+
+class DStmt<Stmt base, bit abstract = 0> : Stmt<abstract> {
+  Stmt Base = base;
+}
+
+// Statements
+def NullStmt : Stmt;
+def CompoundStmt : Stmt;
+def LabelStmt : Stmt;
+def AttributedStmt : Stmt;
+def IfStmt : Stmt;
+def SwitchStmt : Stmt;
+def WhileStmt : Stmt;
+def DoStmt : Stmt;
+def ForStmt : Stmt;
+def GotoStmt : Stmt;
+def IndirectGotoStmt : Stmt;
+def ContinueStmt : Stmt;
+def BreakStmt : Stmt;
+def ReturnStmt : Stmt;
+def DeclStmt  : Stmt;
+def SwitchCase : Stmt<1>;
+def CaseStmt : DStmt<SwitchCase>;
+def DefaultStmt : DStmt<SwitchCase>;
+
+// Asm statements
+def AsmStmt : Stmt<1>;
+def GCCAsmStmt : DStmt<AsmStmt>;
+def MSAsmStmt : DStmt<AsmStmt>;
+
+// Obj-C statements
+def ObjCAtTryStmt : Stmt;
+def ObjCAtCatchStmt : Stmt;
+def ObjCAtFinallyStmt : Stmt;
+def ObjCAtThrowStmt : Stmt;
+def ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt : Stmt;
+def ObjCForCollectionStmt : Stmt;
+def ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt : Stmt;
+
+// C++ statments
+def CXXCatchStmt : Stmt;
+def CXXTryStmt : Stmt;
+def CXXForRangeStmt : Stmt;
+
+// Expressions
+def Expr : Stmt<1>;
+def PredefinedExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def DeclRefExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def IntegerLiteral : DStmt<Expr>;
+def FloatingLiteral : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ImaginaryLiteral : DStmt<Expr>;
+def StringLiteral : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CharacterLiteral : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ParenExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def UnaryOperator : DStmt<Expr>;
+def OffsetOfExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ArraySubscriptExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CallExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def MemberExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CastExpr : DStmt<Expr, 1>;
+def BinaryOperator : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CompoundAssignOperator : DStmt<BinaryOperator>;
+def AbstractConditionalOperator : DStmt<Expr, 1>;
+def ConditionalOperator : DStmt<AbstractConditionalOperator>;
+def BinaryConditionalOperator : DStmt<AbstractConditionalOperator>;
+def ImplicitCastExpr : DStmt<CastExpr>;
+def ExplicitCastExpr : DStmt<CastExpr, 1>;
+def CStyleCastExpr : DStmt<ExplicitCastExpr>;
+def CompoundLiteralExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ExtVectorElementExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def InitListExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def DesignatedInitExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ImplicitValueInitExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ParenListExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def VAArgExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def GenericSelectionExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def PseudoObjectExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+
+// Atomic expressions
+def AtomicExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+
+// GNU Extensions.
+def AddrLabelExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def StmtExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ChooseExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def GNUNullExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+
+// C++ Expressions.
+def CXXOperatorCallExpr : DStmt<CallExpr>;
+def CXXMemberCallExpr : DStmt<CallExpr>;
+def CXXNamedCastExpr : DStmt<ExplicitCastExpr, 1>;
+def CXXStaticCastExpr : DStmt<CXXNamedCastExpr>;
+def CXXDynamicCastExpr : DStmt<CXXNamedCastExpr>;
+def CXXReinterpretCastExpr : DStmt<CXXNamedCastExpr>;
+def CXXConstCastExpr : DStmt<CXXNamedCastExpr>;
+def CXXFunctionalCastExpr : DStmt<ExplicitCastExpr>;
+def CXXTypeidExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def UserDefinedLiteral : DStmt<CallExpr>;
+def CXXBoolLiteralExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXThisExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXThrowExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXDefaultArgExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXScalarValueInitExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXNewExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXDeleteExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXPseudoDestructorExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def TypeTraitExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def UnaryTypeTraitExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def BinaryTypeTraitExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ArrayTypeTraitExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ExpressionTraitExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def DependentScopeDeclRefExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXConstructExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXBindTemporaryExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ExprWithCleanups : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXTemporaryObjectExpr : DStmt<CXXConstructExpr>;
+def CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def OverloadExpr : DStmt<Expr, 1>;
+def UnresolvedLookupExpr : DStmt<OverloadExpr>;
+def UnresolvedMemberExpr : DStmt<OverloadExpr>;
+def CXXNoexceptExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def PackExpansionExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def SizeOfPackExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def FunctionParmPackExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def MaterializeTemporaryExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def LambdaExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+
+// Obj-C Expressions.
+def ObjCStringLiteral : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCBoxedExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCArrayLiteral : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCDictionaryLiteral : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCEncodeExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCMessageExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCSelectorExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCProtocolExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCIvarRefExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCPropertyRefExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCIsaExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCBoolLiteralExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def ObjCSubscriptRefExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+
+// Obj-C ARC Expressions.
+def ObjCBridgedCastExpr : DStmt<ExplicitCastExpr>;
+
+// CUDA Expressions.
+def CUDAKernelCallExpr : DStmt<CallExpr>;
+
+// Clang Extensions.
+def ShuffleVectorExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def BlockExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+def OpaqueValueExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
+
+// Microsoft Extensions.
+def CXXUuidofExpr : DStmt<Expr>; 
+def SEHTryStmt : Stmt;
+def SEHExceptStmt : Stmt;
+def SEHFinallyStmt : Stmt;
+def MSDependentExistsStmt : Stmt;
+
+// OpenCL Extensions.
+def AsTypeExpr : DStmt<Expr>;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d5004c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+//===--- TargetBuiltins.h - Target specific builtin IDs -------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Enumerates target-specific builtins in their own namespaces within
+/// namespace ::clang.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_TARGET_BUILTINS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_TARGET_BUILTINS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
+#undef PPC
+
+namespace clang {
+
+  /// \brief ARM builtins
+  namespace ARM {
+    enum {
+        LastTIBuiltin = clang::Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin-1,
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) BI##ID,
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsARM.def"
+        LastTSBuiltin
+    };
+  }
+
+  /// \brief PPC builtins
+  namespace PPC {
+    enum {
+        LastTIBuiltin = clang::Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin-1,
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) BI##ID,
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsPPC.def"
+        LastTSBuiltin
+    };
+  }
+
+  /// \brief NVPTX builtins
+  namespace NVPTX {
+    enum {
+        LastTIBuiltin = clang::Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin-1,
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) BI##ID,
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsNVPTX.def"
+        LastTSBuiltin
+    };
+  }
+
+
+  /// \brief X86 builtins
+  namespace X86 {
+    enum {
+        LastTIBuiltin = clang::Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin-1,
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) BI##ID,
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsX86.def"
+        LastTSBuiltin
+    };
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Flags to identify the types for overloaded Neon builtins.
+  ///
+  /// These must be kept in sync with the flags in utils/TableGen/NeonEmitter.h.
+  class NeonTypeFlags {
+    enum {
+      EltTypeMask = 0xf,
+      UnsignedFlag = 0x10,
+      QuadFlag = 0x20
+    };
+    uint32_t Flags;
+
+  public:
+    enum EltType {
+      Int8,
+      Int16,
+      Int32,
+      Int64,
+      Poly8,
+      Poly16,
+      Float16,
+      Float32
+    };
+
+    NeonTypeFlags(unsigned F) : Flags(F) {}
+    NeonTypeFlags(EltType ET, bool IsUnsigned, bool IsQuad) : Flags(ET) {
+      if (IsUnsigned)
+        Flags |= UnsignedFlag;
+      if (IsQuad)
+        Flags |= QuadFlag;
+    }
+
+    EltType getEltType() const { return (EltType)(Flags & EltTypeMask); }
+    bool isPoly() const {
+      EltType ET = getEltType();
+      return ET == Poly8 || ET == Poly16;
+    }
+    bool isUnsigned() const { return (Flags & UnsignedFlag) != 0; }
+    bool isQuad() const { return (Flags & QuadFlag) != 0; }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Hexagon builtins
+  namespace Hexagon {
+    enum {
+        LastTIBuiltin = clang::Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin-1,
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) BI##ID,
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsHexagon.def"
+        LastTSBuiltin
+    };
+  }
+
+  /// \brief MIPS builtins
+  namespace Mips {
+    enum {
+        LastTIBuiltin = clang::Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin-1,
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) BI##ID,
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsMips.def"
+        LastTSBuiltin
+    };
+  }
+} // end namespace clang.
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetCXXABI.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetCXXABI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9d28f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetCXXABI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+//===--- TargetCXXABI.h - C++ ABI Target Configuration ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the TargetCXXABI class, which abstracts details of the
+/// C++ ABI that we're targeting.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TARGETCXXABI_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TARGETCXXABI_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief The basic abstraction for the target C++ ABI.
+class TargetCXXABI {
+public:
+  /// \brief The basic C++ ABI kind.
+  enum Kind {
+    /// The generic Itanium ABI is the standard ABI of most open-source
+    /// and Unix-like platforms.  It is the primary ABI targeted by
+    /// many compilers, including Clang and GCC.
+    ///
+    /// It is documented here:
+    ///   http://www.codesourcery.com/public/cxx-abi/
+    GenericItanium,
+
+    /// The generic ARM ABI is a modified version of the Itanium ABI
+    /// proposed by ARM for use on ARM-based platforms.
+    ///
+    /// These changes include:
+    ///   - the representation of member function pointers is adjusted
+    ///     to not conflict with the 'thumb' bit of ARM function pointers;
+    ///   - constructors and destructors return 'this';
+    ///   - guard variables are smaller;
+    ///   - inline functions are never key functions;
+    ///   - array cookies have a slightly different layout;
+    ///   - additional convenience functions are specified;
+    ///   - and more!
+    ///
+    /// It is documented here:
+    ///    http://infocenter.arm.com
+    ///                    /help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0041c/IHI0041C_cppabi.pdf
+    GenericARM,
+
+    /// The iOS ABI is a partial implementation of the ARM ABI.
+    /// Several of the features of the ARM ABI were not fully implemented
+    /// in the compilers that iOS was launched with.
+    ///
+    /// Essentially, the iOS ABI includes the ARM changes to:
+    ///   - member function pointers,
+    ///   - guard variables,
+    ///   - array cookies, and
+    ///   - constructor/destructor signatures.
+    iOS,
+
+    /// The generic AArch64 ABI is also a modified version of the Itanium ABI,
+    /// but it has fewer divergences than the 32-bit ARM ABI.
+    ///
+    /// The relevant changes from the generic ABI in this case are:
+    ///   - representation of member function pointers adjusted as in ARM.
+    ///   - guard variables  are smaller.
+    GenericAArch64,
+
+    /// The Microsoft ABI is the ABI used by Microsoft Visual Studio (and
+    /// compatible compilers).
+    ///
+    /// FIXME: should this be split into Win32 and Win64 variants?
+    ///
+    /// Only scattered and incomplete official documentation exists.
+    Microsoft
+  };
+
+private:
+  // Right now, this class is passed around as a cheap value type.
+  // If you add more members, especially non-POD members, please
+  // audit the users to pass it by reference instead.
+  Kind TheKind;
+
+public:
+  /// A bogus initialization of the platform ABI.
+  TargetCXXABI() : TheKind(GenericItanium) {}
+
+  TargetCXXABI(Kind kind) : TheKind(kind) {}
+
+  void set(Kind kind) {
+    TheKind = kind;
+  }
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return TheKind; }
+
+  /// \brief Does this ABI generally fall into the Itanium family of ABIs?
+  bool isItaniumFamily() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case GenericAArch64:
+    case GenericItanium:
+    case GenericARM:
+    case iOS:
+      return true;
+
+    case Microsoft:
+      return false;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Is this ABI an MSVC-compatible ABI?
+  bool isMicrosoft() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case GenericAArch64:
+    case GenericItanium:
+    case GenericARM:
+    case iOS:
+      return false;
+
+    case Microsoft:
+      return true;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Is the default C++ member function calling convention
+  /// the same as the default calling convention?
+  bool isMemberFunctionCCDefault() const {
+    // Right now, this is always true for Microsoft.
+    return !isMicrosoft();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this ABI have different entrypoints for complete-object
+  /// and base-subobject constructors?
+  bool hasConstructorVariants() const {
+    return isItaniumFamily();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this ABI have different entrypoints for complete-object
+  /// and base-subobject destructors?
+  bool hasDestructorVariants() const {
+    return isItaniumFamily();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Does this ABI allow virtual bases to be primary base classes?
+  bool hasPrimaryVBases() const {
+    return isItaniumFamily();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Can an out-of-line inline function serve as a key function?
+  ///
+  /// This flag is only useful in ABIs where type data (for example,
+  /// v-tables and type_info objects) are emitted only after processing
+  /// the definition of a special "key" virtual function.  (This is safe
+  /// because the ODR requires that every virtual function be defined
+  /// somewhere in a program.)  This usually permits such data to be
+  /// emitted in only a single object file, as opposed to redundantly
+  /// in every object file that requires it.
+  ///
+  /// One simple and common definition of "key function" is the first
+  /// virtual function in the class definition which is not defined there.
+  /// This rule works very well when that function has a non-inline
+  /// definition in some non-header file.  Unfortunately, when that
+  /// function is defined inline, this rule requires the type data
+  /// to be emitted weakly, as if there were no key function.
+  ///
+  /// The ARM ABI observes that the ODR provides an additional guarantee:
+  /// a virtual function is always ODR-used, so if it is defined inline,
+  /// that definition must appear in every translation unit that defines
+  /// the class.  Therefore, there is no reason to allow such functions
+  /// to serve as key functions.
+  ///
+  /// Because this changes the rules for emitting type data,
+  /// it can cause type data to be emitted with both weak and strong
+  /// linkage, which is not allowed on all platforms.  Therefore,
+  /// exploiting this observation requires an ABI break and cannot be
+  /// done on a generic Itanium platform.
+  bool canKeyFunctionBeInline() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    case GenericARM:
+      return false;
+
+    case GenericAArch64:
+    case GenericItanium:
+    case iOS:   // old iOS compilers did not follow this rule
+    case Microsoft:
+      return true;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
+  }
+
+  /// When is record layout allowed to allocate objects in the tail
+  /// padding of a base class?
+  ///
+  /// This decision cannot be changed without breaking platform ABI
+  /// compatibility, and yet it is tied to language guarantees which
+  /// the committee has so far seen fit to strengthen no less than
+  /// three separate times:
+  ///   - originally, there were no restrictions at all;
+  ///   - C++98 declared that objects could not be allocated in the
+  ///     tail padding of a POD type;
+  ///   - C++03 extended the definition of POD to include classes
+  ///     containing member pointers; and
+  ///   - C++11 greatly broadened the definition of POD to include
+  ///     all trivial standard-layout classes.
+  /// Each of these changes technically took several existing
+  /// platforms and made them permanently non-conformant.
+  enum TailPaddingUseRules {
+    /// The tail-padding of a base class is always theoretically
+    /// available, even if it's POD.  This is not strictly conforming
+    /// in any language mode.
+    AlwaysUseTailPadding,
+
+    /// Only allocate objects in the tail padding of a base class if
+    /// the base class is not POD according to the rules of C++ TR1.
+    /// This is non strictly conforming in C++11 mode.
+    UseTailPaddingUnlessPOD03,
+
+    /// Only allocate objects in the tail padding of a base class if
+    /// the base class is not POD according to the rules of C++11.
+    UseTailPaddingUnlessPOD11
+  };
+  TailPaddingUseRules getTailPaddingUseRules() const {
+    switch (getKind()) {
+    // To preserve binary compatibility, the generic Itanium ABI has
+    // permanently locked the definition of POD to the rules of C++ TR1,
+    // and that trickles down to all the derived ABIs.
+    case GenericItanium:
+    case GenericAArch64:
+    case GenericARM:
+    case iOS:
+      return UseTailPaddingUnlessPOD03;
+
+    // MSVC always allocates fields in the tail-padding of a base class
+    // subobject, even if they're POD.
+    case Microsoft:
+      return AlwaysUseTailPadding;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
+  }
+
+  /// Try to parse an ABI name, returning false on error.
+  bool tryParse(llvm::StringRef name);
+
+  friend bool operator==(const TargetCXXABI &left, const TargetCXXABI &right) {
+    return left.getKind() == right.getKind();
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator!=(const TargetCXXABI &left, const TargetCXXABI &right) {
+    return !(left == right);
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c05f062
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,789 @@
+//===--- TargetInfo.h - Expose information about the target -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::TargetInfo interface.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_TARGETINFO_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_TARGETINFO_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetCXXABI.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/VersionTuple.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+struct fltSemantics;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class LangOptions;
+class MacroBuilder;
+class SourceLocation;
+class SourceManager;
+
+namespace Builtin { struct Info; }
+
+/// \brief Exposes information about the current target.
+///
+class TargetInfo : public RefCountedBase<TargetInfo> {
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<TargetOptions> TargetOpts;
+  llvm::Triple Triple;
+protected:
+  // Target values set by the ctor of the actual target implementation.  Default
+  // values are specified by the TargetInfo constructor.
+  bool BigEndian;
+  bool TLSSupported;
+  bool NoAsmVariants;  // True if {|} are normal characters.
+  unsigned char PointerWidth, PointerAlign;
+  unsigned char BoolWidth, BoolAlign;
+  unsigned char IntWidth, IntAlign;
+  unsigned char HalfWidth, HalfAlign;
+  unsigned char FloatWidth, FloatAlign;
+  unsigned char DoubleWidth, DoubleAlign;
+  unsigned char LongDoubleWidth, LongDoubleAlign;
+  unsigned char LargeArrayMinWidth, LargeArrayAlign;
+  unsigned char LongWidth, LongAlign;
+  unsigned char LongLongWidth, LongLongAlign;
+  unsigned char SuitableAlign;
+  unsigned char MaxAtomicPromoteWidth, MaxAtomicInlineWidth;
+  unsigned short MaxVectorAlign;
+  const char *DescriptionString;
+  const char *UserLabelPrefix;
+  const char *MCountName;
+  const llvm::fltSemantics *HalfFormat, *FloatFormat, *DoubleFormat,
+    *LongDoubleFormat;
+  unsigned char RegParmMax, SSERegParmMax;
+  TargetCXXABI TheCXXABI;
+  const LangAS::Map *AddrSpaceMap;
+
+  mutable StringRef PlatformName;
+  mutable VersionTuple PlatformMinVersion;
+
+  unsigned HasAlignMac68kSupport : 1;
+  unsigned RealTypeUsesObjCFPRet : 3;
+  unsigned ComplexLongDoubleUsesFP2Ret : 1;
+
+  // TargetInfo Constructor.  Default initializes all fields.
+  TargetInfo(const std::string &T);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Construct a target for the given options.
+  ///
+  /// \param Opts - The options to use to initialize the target. The target may
+  /// modify the options to canonicalize the target feature information to match
+  /// what the backend expects.
+  static TargetInfo* CreateTargetInfo(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
+                                      TargetOptions *Opts);
+
+  virtual ~TargetInfo();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the target options.
+  TargetOptions &getTargetOpts() const { 
+    assert(TargetOpts && "Missing target options");
+    return *TargetOpts; 
+  }
+
+  void setTargetOpts(TargetOptions *TargetOpts) {
+    this->TargetOpts = TargetOpts;
+  }
+
+  ///===---- Target Data Type Query Methods -------------------------------===//
+  enum IntType {
+    NoInt = 0,
+    SignedShort,
+    UnsignedShort,
+    SignedInt,
+    UnsignedInt,
+    SignedLong,
+    UnsignedLong,
+    SignedLongLong,
+    UnsignedLongLong
+  };
+
+  enum RealType {
+    Float = 0,
+    Double,
+    LongDouble
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The different kinds of __builtin_va_list types defined by
+  /// the target implementation.
+  enum BuiltinVaListKind {
+    /// typedef char* __builtin_va_list;
+    CharPtrBuiltinVaList = 0,
+
+    /// typedef void* __builtin_va_list;
+    VoidPtrBuiltinVaList,
+
+    /// __builtin_va_list as defind by the AArch64 ABI
+    /// http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0055a/IHI0055A_aapcs64.pdf
+    AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList,
+
+    /// __builtin_va_list as defined by the PNaCl ABI:
+    /// http://www.chromium.org/nativeclient/pnacl/bitcode-abi#TOC-Machine-Types
+    PNaClABIBuiltinVaList,
+
+    /// __builtin_va_list as defined by the Power ABI:
+    /// https://www.power.org
+    ///        /resources/downloads/Power-Arch-32-bit-ABI-supp-1.0-Embedded.pdf
+    PowerABIBuiltinVaList,
+
+    /// __builtin_va_list as defined by the x86-64 ABI:
+    /// http://www.x86-64.org/documentation/abi.pdf
+    X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList,
+
+    /// __builtin_va_list as defined by ARM AAPCS ABI
+    /// http://infocenter.arm.com
+    //        /help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0042d/IHI0042D_aapcs.pdf
+    AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList
+  };
+
+protected:
+  IntType SizeType, IntMaxType, UIntMaxType, PtrDiffType, IntPtrType, WCharType,
+          WIntType, Char16Type, Char32Type, Int64Type, SigAtomicType,
+          ProcessIDType;
+
+  /// \brief Whether Objective-C's built-in boolean type should be signed char.
+  ///
+  /// Otherwise, when this flag is not set, the normal built-in boolean type is
+  /// used.
+  unsigned UseSignedCharForObjCBool : 1;
+
+  /// Control whether the alignment of bit-field types is respected when laying
+  /// out structures. If true, then the alignment of the bit-field type will be
+  /// used to (a) impact the alignment of the containing structure, and (b)
+  /// ensure that the individual bit-field will not straddle an alignment
+  /// boundary.
+  unsigned UseBitFieldTypeAlignment : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether zero length bitfields (e.g., int : 0;) force alignment of
+  /// the next bitfield.
+  ///
+  /// If the alignment of the zero length bitfield is greater than the member
+  /// that follows it, `bar', `bar' will be aligned as the type of the
+  /// zero-length bitfield.
+  unsigned UseZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment : 1;
+
+  /// If non-zero, specifies a fixed alignment value for bitfields that follow
+  /// zero length bitfield, regardless of the zero length bitfield type.
+  unsigned ZeroLengthBitfieldBoundary;
+
+public:
+  IntType getSizeType() const { return SizeType; }
+  IntType getIntMaxType() const { return IntMaxType; }
+  IntType getUIntMaxType() const { return UIntMaxType; }
+  IntType getPtrDiffType(unsigned AddrSpace) const {
+    return AddrSpace == 0 ? PtrDiffType : getPtrDiffTypeV(AddrSpace);
+  }
+  IntType getIntPtrType() const { return IntPtrType; }
+  IntType getWCharType() const { return WCharType; }
+  IntType getWIntType() const { return WIntType; }
+  IntType getChar16Type() const { return Char16Type; }
+  IntType getChar32Type() const { return Char32Type; }
+  IntType getInt64Type() const { return Int64Type; }
+  IntType getSigAtomicType() const { return SigAtomicType; }
+  IntType getProcessIDType() const { return ProcessIDType; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the width (in bits) of the specified integer type enum.
+  ///
+  /// For example, SignedInt -> getIntWidth().
+  unsigned getTypeWidth(IntType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the alignment (in bits) of the specified integer type enum.
+  ///
+  /// For example, SignedInt -> getIntAlign().
+  unsigned getTypeAlign(IntType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the type is signed; false otherwise.
+  static bool isTypeSigned(IntType T);
+
+  /// \brief Return the width of pointers on this target, for the
+  /// specified address space.
+  uint64_t getPointerWidth(unsigned AddrSpace) const {
+    return AddrSpace == 0 ? PointerWidth : getPointerWidthV(AddrSpace);
+  }
+  uint64_t getPointerAlign(unsigned AddrSpace) const {
+    return AddrSpace == 0 ? PointerAlign : getPointerAlignV(AddrSpace);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the size of '_Bool' and C++ 'bool' for this target, in bits.
+  unsigned getBoolWidth() const { return BoolWidth; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the alignment of '_Bool' and C++ 'bool' for this target.
+  unsigned getBoolAlign() const { return BoolAlign; }
+
+  unsigned getCharWidth() const { return 8; } // FIXME
+  unsigned getCharAlign() const { return 8; } // FIXME
+
+  /// \brief Return the size of 'signed short' and 'unsigned short' for this
+  /// target, in bits.
+  unsigned getShortWidth() const { return 16; } // FIXME
+
+  /// \brief Return the alignment of 'signed short' and 'unsigned short' for
+  /// this target.
+  unsigned getShortAlign() const { return 16; } // FIXME
+
+  /// getIntWidth/Align - Return the size of 'signed int' and 'unsigned int' for
+  /// this target, in bits.
+  unsigned getIntWidth() const { return IntWidth; }
+  unsigned getIntAlign() const { return IntAlign; }
+
+  /// getLongWidth/Align - Return the size of 'signed long' and 'unsigned long'
+  /// for this target, in bits.
+  unsigned getLongWidth() const { return LongWidth; }
+  unsigned getLongAlign() const { return LongAlign; }
+
+  /// getLongLongWidth/Align - Return the size of 'signed long long' and
+  /// 'unsigned long long' for this target, in bits.
+  unsigned getLongLongWidth() const { return LongLongWidth; }
+  unsigned getLongLongAlign() const { return LongLongAlign; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the __int128 type is supported on this target.
+  bool hasInt128Type() const { return getPointerWidth(0) >= 64; } // FIXME
+
+  /// \brief Return the alignment that is suitable for storing any
+  /// object with a fundamental alignment requirement.
+  unsigned getSuitableAlign() const { return SuitableAlign; }
+
+  /// getWCharWidth/Align - Return the size of 'wchar_t' for this target, in
+  /// bits.
+  unsigned getWCharWidth() const { return getTypeWidth(WCharType); }
+  unsigned getWCharAlign() const { return getTypeAlign(WCharType); }
+
+  /// getChar16Width/Align - Return the size of 'char16_t' for this target, in
+  /// bits.
+  unsigned getChar16Width() const { return getTypeWidth(Char16Type); }
+  unsigned getChar16Align() const { return getTypeAlign(Char16Type); }
+
+  /// getChar32Width/Align - Return the size of 'char32_t' for this target, in
+  /// bits.
+  unsigned getChar32Width() const { return getTypeWidth(Char32Type); }
+  unsigned getChar32Align() const { return getTypeAlign(Char32Type); }
+
+  /// getHalfWidth/Align/Format - Return the size/align/format of 'half'.
+  unsigned getHalfWidth() const { return HalfWidth; }
+  unsigned getHalfAlign() const { return HalfAlign; }
+  const llvm::fltSemantics &getHalfFormat() const { return *HalfFormat; }
+
+  /// getFloatWidth/Align/Format - Return the size/align/format of 'float'.
+  unsigned getFloatWidth() const { return FloatWidth; }
+  unsigned getFloatAlign() const { return FloatAlign; }
+  const llvm::fltSemantics &getFloatFormat() const { return *FloatFormat; }
+
+  /// getDoubleWidth/Align/Format - Return the size/align/format of 'double'.
+  unsigned getDoubleWidth() const { return DoubleWidth; }
+  unsigned getDoubleAlign() const { return DoubleAlign; }
+  const llvm::fltSemantics &getDoubleFormat() const { return *DoubleFormat; }
+
+  /// getLongDoubleWidth/Align/Format - Return the size/align/format of 'long
+  /// double'.
+  unsigned getLongDoubleWidth() const { return LongDoubleWidth; }
+  unsigned getLongDoubleAlign() const { return LongDoubleAlign; }
+  const llvm::fltSemantics &getLongDoubleFormat() const {
+    return *LongDoubleFormat;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the value for the C99 FLT_EVAL_METHOD macro.
+  virtual unsigned getFloatEvalMethod() const { return 0; }
+
+  // getLargeArrayMinWidth/Align - Return the minimum array size that is
+  // 'large' and its alignment.
+  unsigned getLargeArrayMinWidth() const { return LargeArrayMinWidth; }
+  unsigned getLargeArrayAlign() const { return LargeArrayAlign; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the maximum width lock-free atomic operation which will
+  /// ever be supported for the given target
+  unsigned getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() const { return MaxAtomicPromoteWidth; }
+  /// \brief Return the maximum width lock-free atomic operation which can be
+  /// inlined given the supported features of the given target.
+  unsigned getMaxAtomicInlineWidth() const { return MaxAtomicInlineWidth; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the maximum vector alignment supported for the given target.
+  unsigned getMaxVectorAlign() const { return MaxVectorAlign; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the size of intmax_t and uintmax_t for this target, in bits.
+  unsigned getIntMaxTWidth() const {
+    return getTypeWidth(IntMaxType);
+  }
+
+  // Return the size of unwind_word for this target.
+  unsigned getUnwindWordWidth() const { return getPointerWidth(0); }
+
+  /// \brief Return the "preferred" register width on this target.
+  uint64_t getRegisterWidth() const {
+    // Currently we assume the register width on the target matches the pointer
+    // width, we can introduce a new variable for this if/when some target wants
+    // it.
+    return LongWidth; 
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the default value of the __USER_LABEL_PREFIX__ macro,
+  /// which is the prefix given to user symbols by default.
+  ///
+  /// On most platforms this is "_", but it is "" on some, and "." on others.
+  const char *getUserLabelPrefix() const {
+    return UserLabelPrefix;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the name of the mcount instrumentation function.
+  const char *getMCountName() const {
+    return MCountName;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Check if the Objective-C built-in boolean type should be signed
+  /// char.
+  ///
+  /// Otherwise, if this returns false, the normal built-in boolean type
+  /// should also be used for Objective-C.
+  bool useSignedCharForObjCBool() const {
+    return UseSignedCharForObjCBool;
+  }
+  void noSignedCharForObjCBool() {
+    UseSignedCharForObjCBool = false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Check whether the alignment of bit-field types is respected
+  /// when laying out structures.
+  bool useBitFieldTypeAlignment() const {
+    return UseBitFieldTypeAlignment;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Check whether zero length bitfields should force alignment of
+  /// the next member.
+  bool useZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment() const {
+    return UseZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the fixed alignment value in bits for a member that follows
+  /// a zero length bitfield.
+  unsigned getZeroLengthBitfieldBoundary() const {
+    return ZeroLengthBitfieldBoundary;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Check whether this target support '\#pragma options align=mac68k'.
+  bool hasAlignMac68kSupport() const {
+    return HasAlignMac68kSupport;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the user string for the specified integer type enum.
+  ///
+  /// For example, SignedShort -> "short".
+  static const char *getTypeName(IntType T);
+
+  /// \brief Return the constant suffix for the specified integer type enum.
+  ///
+  /// For example, SignedLong -> "L".
+  static const char *getTypeConstantSuffix(IntType T);
+
+  /// \brief Check whether the given real type should use the "fpret" flavor of
+  /// Objective-C message passing on this target.
+  bool useObjCFPRetForRealType(RealType T) const {
+    return RealTypeUsesObjCFPRet & (1 << T);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Check whether _Complex long double should use the "fp2ret" flavor
+  /// of Objective-C message passing on this target.
+  bool useObjCFP2RetForComplexLongDouble() const {
+    return ComplexLongDoubleUsesFP2Ret;
+  }
+
+  ///===---- Other target property query methods --------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Appends the target-specific \#define values for this
+  /// target set to the specified buffer.
+  virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+                                MacroBuilder &Builder) const = 0;
+
+
+  /// Return information about target-specific builtins for
+  /// the current primary target, and info about which builtins are non-portable
+  /// across the current set of primary and secondary targets.
+  virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+                                 unsigned &NumRecords) const = 0;
+
+  /// The __builtin_clz* and __builtin_ctz* built-in
+  /// functions are specified to have undefined results for zero inputs, but
+  /// on targets that support these operations in a way that provides
+  /// well-defined results for zero without loss of performance, it is a good
+  /// idea to avoid optimizing based on that undef behavior.
+  virtual bool isCLZForZeroUndef() const { return true; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the kind of __builtin_va_list type that should be used
+  /// with this target.
+  virtual BuiltinVaListKind getBuiltinVaListKind() const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether the passed in string is a valid clobber in an
+  /// inline asm statement.
+  ///
+  /// This is used by Sema.
+  bool isValidClobber(StringRef Name) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether the passed in string is a valid register name
+  /// according to GCC.
+  ///
+  /// This is used by Sema for inline asm statements.
+  bool isValidGCCRegisterName(StringRef Name) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the "normalized" GCC register name.
+  ///
+  /// For example, on x86 it will return "ax" when "eax" is passed in.
+  StringRef getNormalizedGCCRegisterName(StringRef Name) const;
+
+  struct ConstraintInfo {
+    enum {
+      CI_None = 0x00,
+      CI_AllowsMemory = 0x01,
+      CI_AllowsRegister = 0x02,
+      CI_ReadWrite = 0x04,       // "+r" output constraint (read and write).
+      CI_HasMatchingInput = 0x08 // This output operand has a matching input.
+    };
+    unsigned Flags;
+    int TiedOperand;
+
+    std::string ConstraintStr;  // constraint: "=rm"
+    std::string Name;           // Operand name: [foo] with no []'s.
+  public:
+    ConstraintInfo(StringRef ConstraintStr, StringRef Name)
+      : Flags(0), TiedOperand(-1), ConstraintStr(ConstraintStr.str()),
+      Name(Name.str()) {}
+
+    const std::string &getConstraintStr() const { return ConstraintStr; }
+    const std::string &getName() const { return Name; }
+    bool isReadWrite() const { return (Flags & CI_ReadWrite) != 0; }
+    bool allowsRegister() const { return (Flags & CI_AllowsRegister) != 0; }
+    bool allowsMemory() const { return (Flags & CI_AllowsMemory) != 0; }
+
+    /// \brief Return true if this output operand has a matching
+    /// (tied) input operand.
+    bool hasMatchingInput() const { return (Flags & CI_HasMatchingInput) != 0; }
+
+    /// \brief Return true if this input operand is a matching
+    /// constraint that ties it to an output operand.
+    ///
+    /// If this returns true then getTiedOperand will indicate which output
+    /// operand this is tied to.
+    bool hasTiedOperand() const { return TiedOperand != -1; }
+    unsigned getTiedOperand() const {
+      assert(hasTiedOperand() && "Has no tied operand!");
+      return (unsigned)TiedOperand;
+    }
+
+    void setIsReadWrite() { Flags |= CI_ReadWrite; }
+    void setAllowsMemory() { Flags |= CI_AllowsMemory; }
+    void setAllowsRegister() { Flags |= CI_AllowsRegister; }
+    void setHasMatchingInput() { Flags |= CI_HasMatchingInput; }
+
+    /// \brief Indicate that this is an input operand that is tied to
+    /// the specified output operand. 
+    ///
+    /// Copy over the various constraint information from the output.
+    void setTiedOperand(unsigned N, ConstraintInfo &Output) {
+      Output.setHasMatchingInput();
+      Flags = Output.Flags;
+      TiedOperand = N;
+      // Don't copy Name or constraint string.
+    }
+  };
+
+  // validateOutputConstraint, validateInputConstraint - Checks that
+  // a constraint is valid and provides information about it.
+  // FIXME: These should return a real error instead of just true/false.
+  bool validateOutputConstraint(ConstraintInfo &Info) const;
+  bool validateInputConstraint(ConstraintInfo *OutputConstraints,
+                               unsigned NumOutputs,
+                               ConstraintInfo &info) const;
+  virtual bool validateInputSize(StringRef /*Constraint*/,
+                                 unsigned /*Size*/) const {
+    return true;
+  }
+  virtual bool validateConstraintModifier(StringRef /*Constraint*/,
+                                          const char /*Modifier*/,
+                                          unsigned /*Size*/) const {
+    return true;
+  }
+  bool resolveSymbolicName(const char *&Name,
+                           ConstraintInfo *OutputConstraints,
+                           unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned &Index) const;
+
+  // Constraint parm will be left pointing at the last character of
+  // the constraint.  In practice, it won't be changed unless the
+  // constraint is longer than one character.
+  virtual std::string convertConstraint(const char *&Constraint) const {
+    // 'p' defaults to 'r', but can be overridden by targets.
+    if (*Constraint == 'p')
+      return std::string("r");
+    return std::string(1, *Constraint);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns a string of target-specific clobbers, in LLVM format.
+  virtual const char *getClobbers() const = 0;
+
+
+  /// \brief Returns the target triple of the primary target.
+  const llvm::Triple &getTriple() const {
+    return Triple;
+  }
+
+  const char *getTargetDescription() const {
+    return DescriptionString;
+  }
+
+  struct GCCRegAlias {
+    const char * const Aliases[5];
+    const char * const Register;
+  };
+
+  struct AddlRegName {
+    const char * const Names[5];
+    const unsigned RegNum;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Does this target support "protected" visibility?
+  ///
+  /// Any target which dynamic libraries will naturally support
+  /// something like "default" (meaning that the symbol is visible
+  /// outside this shared object) and "hidden" (meaning that it isn't)
+  /// visibilities, but "protected" is really an ELF-specific concept
+  /// with weird semantics designed around the convenience of dynamic
+  /// linker implementations.  Which is not to suggest that there's
+  /// consistent target-independent semantics for "default" visibility
+  /// either; the entire thing is pretty badly mangled.
+  virtual bool hasProtectedVisibility() const { return true; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the section to use for CFString literals, or 0 if no
+  /// special section is used.
+  virtual const char *getCFStringSection() const {
+    return "__DATA,__cfstring";
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the section to use for NSString literals, or 0 if no
+  /// special section is used.
+  virtual const char *getNSStringSection() const {
+    return "__OBJC,__cstring_object,regular,no_dead_strip";
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the section to use for NSString literals, or 0 if no
+  /// special section is used (NonFragile ABI).
+  virtual const char *getNSStringNonFragileABISection() const {
+    return "__DATA, __objc_stringobj, regular, no_dead_strip";
+  }
+
+  /// \brief An optional hook that targets can implement to perform semantic
+  /// checking on attribute((section("foo"))) specifiers.
+  ///
+  /// In this case, "foo" is passed in to be checked.  If the section
+  /// specifier is invalid, the backend should return a non-empty string
+  /// that indicates the problem.
+  ///
+  /// This hook is a simple quality of implementation feature to catch errors
+  /// and give good diagnostics in cases when the assembler or code generator
+  /// would otherwise reject the section specifier.
+  ///
+  virtual std::string isValidSectionSpecifier(StringRef SR) const {
+    return "";
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set forced language options.
+  ///
+  /// Apply changes to the target information with respect to certain
+  /// language options which change the target configuration.
+  virtual void setForcedLangOptions(LangOptions &Opts);
+
+  /// \brief Get the default set of target features for the CPU;
+  /// this should include all legal feature strings on the target.
+  virtual void getDefaultFeatures(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features) const {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the ABI currently in use.
+  virtual const char *getABI() const {
+    return "";
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the C++ ABI currently in use.
+  TargetCXXABI getCXXABI() const {
+    return TheCXXABI;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Target the specified CPU.
+  ///
+  /// \return  False on error (invalid CPU name).
+  virtual bool setCPU(const std::string &Name) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Use the specified ABI.
+  ///
+  /// \return False on error (invalid ABI name).
+  virtual bool setABI(const std::string &Name) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Use this specified C++ ABI.
+  ///
+  /// \return False on error (invalid C++ ABI name).
+  bool setCXXABI(llvm::StringRef name) {
+    TargetCXXABI ABI;
+    if (!ABI.tryParse(name)) return false;
+    return setCXXABI(ABI);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the C++ ABI to be used by this implementation.
+  ///
+  /// \return False on error (ABI not valid on this target)
+  virtual bool setCXXABI(TargetCXXABI ABI) {
+    TheCXXABI = ABI;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Enable or disable a specific target feature;
+  /// the feature name must be valid.
+  ///
+  /// \return False on error (invalid feature name).
+  virtual bool setFeatureEnabled(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features,
+                                 StringRef Name,
+                                 bool Enabled) const {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Perform initialization based on the user configured
+  /// set of features (e.g., +sse4).
+  ///
+  /// The list is guaranteed to have at most one entry per feature.
+  ///
+  /// The target may modify the features list, to change which options are
+  /// passed onwards to the backend.
+  virtual void HandleTargetFeatures(std::vector<std::string> &Features) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given target has the given feature.
+  virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+    return false;
+  }
+  
+  // \brief Returns maximal number of args passed in registers.
+  unsigned getRegParmMax() const {
+    assert(RegParmMax < 7 && "RegParmMax value is larger than AST can handle");
+    return RegParmMax;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether the target supports thread-local storage.
+  bool isTLSSupported() const {
+    return TLSSupported;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if {|} are normal characters in the asm string.
+  ///
+  /// If this returns false (the default), then {abc|xyz} is syntax
+  /// that says that when compiling for asm variant #0, "abc" should be
+  /// generated, but when compiling for asm variant #1, "xyz" should be
+  /// generated.
+  bool hasNoAsmVariants() const {
+    return NoAsmVariants;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the register number that __builtin_eh_return_regno would
+  /// return with the specified argument.
+  virtual int getEHDataRegisterNumber(unsigned RegNo) const {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the section to use for C++ static initialization functions.
+  virtual const char *getStaticInitSectionSpecifier() const {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  const LangAS::Map &getAddressSpaceMap() const {
+    return *AddrSpaceMap;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the platform as it is used in the
+  /// availability attribute.
+  StringRef getPlatformName() const { return PlatformName; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the minimum desired version of the platform, to
+  /// which the program should be compiled.
+  VersionTuple getPlatformMinVersion() const { return PlatformMinVersion; }
+
+  bool isBigEndian() const { return BigEndian; }
+
+  enum CallingConvMethodType {
+    CCMT_Unknown,
+    CCMT_Member,
+    CCMT_NonMember
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Gets the default calling convention for the given target and
+  /// declaration context.
+  virtual CallingConv getDefaultCallingConv(CallingConvMethodType MT) const {
+    // Not all targets will specify an explicit calling convention that we can
+    // express.  This will always do the right thing, even though it's not
+    // an explicit calling convention.
+    return CC_C;
+  }
+
+  enum CallingConvCheckResult {
+    CCCR_OK,
+    CCCR_Warning
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether a given calling convention is valid for the
+  /// target. A calling convention can either be accepted, produce a warning 
+  /// and be substituted with the default calling convention, or (someday)
+  /// produce an error (such as using thiscall on a non-instance function).
+  virtual CallingConvCheckResult checkCallingConvention(CallingConv CC) const {
+    switch (CC) {
+      default:
+        return CCCR_Warning;
+      case CC_C:
+      case CC_Default:
+        return CCCR_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+protected:
+  virtual uint64_t getPointerWidthV(unsigned AddrSpace) const {
+    return PointerWidth;
+  }
+  virtual uint64_t getPointerAlignV(unsigned AddrSpace) const {
+    return PointerAlign;
+  }
+  virtual enum IntType getPtrDiffTypeV(unsigned AddrSpace) const {
+    return PtrDiffType;
+  }
+  virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+                              unsigned &NumNames) const = 0;
+  virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+                                unsigned &NumAliases) const = 0;
+  virtual void getGCCAddlRegNames(const AddlRegName *&Addl,
+				  unsigned &NumAddl) const {
+    Addl = 0;
+    NumAddl = 0;
+  }
+  virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+                                     TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &info) const= 0;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2183fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TargetOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+//===--- TargetOptions.h ----------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::TargetOptions class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_TARGETOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_TARGETOPTIONS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Options for controlling the target.
+class TargetOptions : public RefCountedBase<TargetOptions> {
+public:
+  /// If given, the name of the target triple to compile for. If not given the
+  /// target will be selected to match the host.
+  std::string Triple;
+
+  /// If given, the name of the target CPU to generate code for.
+  std::string CPU;
+
+  /// If given, the name of the target ABI to use.
+  std::string ABI;
+
+  /// If given, the name of the target C++ ABI to use. If not given, defaults
+  /// to "itanium".
+  std::string CXXABI;
+
+  /// If given, the version string of the linker in use.
+  std::string LinkerVersion;
+
+  /// \brief The list of target specific features to enable or disable, as written on the command line.
+  std::vector<std::string> FeaturesAsWritten;
+
+  /// The list of target specific features to enable or disable -- this should
+  /// be a list of strings starting with by '+' or '-'.
+  std::vector<std::string> Features;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dda011a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+//===--- TemplateKinds.h - Enum values for C++ Template Kinds ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::TemplateNameKind enum.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TEMPLATEKINDS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TEMPLATEKINDS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Specifies the kind of template name that an identifier refers to.
+enum TemplateNameKind {
+  /// The name does not refer to a template.
+  TNK_Non_template = 0,
+  /// The name refers to a function template or a set of overloaded
+  /// functions that includes at least one function template.
+  TNK_Function_template,
+  /// The name refers to a template whose specialization produces a
+  /// type. The template itself could be a class template, template
+  /// template parameter, or C++0x template alias.
+  TNK_Type_template,
+  /// The name refers to a dependent template name. Whether the
+  /// template name is assumed to refer to a type template or a
+  /// function template depends on the context in which the template
+  /// name occurs.
+  TNK_Dependent_template_name
+};
+
+}
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TokenKinds.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TokenKinds.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a254fae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TokenKinds.def
@@ -0,0 +1,667 @@
+//===--- TokenKinds.def - C Family Token Kind Database ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the TokenKind database.  This includes normal tokens like
+// tok::ampamp (corresponding to the && token) as well as keywords for various
+// languages.  Users of this file must optionally #define the TOK, KEYWORD,
+// ALIAS, or PPKEYWORD macros to make use of this file.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef TOK
+#define TOK(X)
+#endif
+#ifndef PUNCTUATOR
+#define PUNCTUATOR(X,Y) TOK(X)
+#endif
+#ifndef KEYWORD
+#define KEYWORD(X,Y) TOK(kw_ ## X)
+#endif
+#ifndef ALIAS
+#define ALIAS(X,Y,Z)
+#endif
+#ifndef PPKEYWORD
+#define PPKEYWORD(X)
+#endif
+#ifndef CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR
+#define CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(X,Y)
+#endif
+#ifndef OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD
+#define OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(X)
+#endif
+#ifndef OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD
+#define OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD(X)
+#endif
+#ifndef TESTING_KEYWORD
+#define TESTING_KEYWORD(X, L) KEYWORD(X, L)
+#endif
+#ifndef ANNOTATION
+#define ANNOTATION(X) TOK(annot_ ## X)
+#endif
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Preprocessor keywords.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// These have meaning after a '#' at the start of a line. These define enums in
+// the tok::pp_* namespace.  Note that IdentifierInfo::getPPKeywordID must be
+// manually updated if something is added here.
+PPKEYWORD(not_keyword)
+
+// C99 6.10.1 - Conditional Inclusion.
+PPKEYWORD(if)
+PPKEYWORD(ifdef)
+PPKEYWORD(ifndef)
+PPKEYWORD(elif)
+PPKEYWORD(else)
+PPKEYWORD(endif)
+PPKEYWORD(defined)
+
+// C99 6.10.2 - Source File Inclusion.
+PPKEYWORD(include)
+PPKEYWORD(__include_macros)
+
+// C99 6.10.3 - Macro Replacement.
+PPKEYWORD(define)
+PPKEYWORD(undef)
+
+// C99 6.10.4 - Line Control.
+PPKEYWORD(line)
+
+// C99 6.10.5 - Error Directive.
+PPKEYWORD(error)
+
+// C99 6.10.6 - Pragma Directive.
+PPKEYWORD(pragma)
+
+// GNU Extensions.
+PPKEYWORD(import)
+PPKEYWORD(include_next)
+PPKEYWORD(warning)
+PPKEYWORD(ident)
+PPKEYWORD(sccs)
+PPKEYWORD(assert)
+PPKEYWORD(unassert)
+
+// Clang extensions
+PPKEYWORD(__public_macro)
+PPKEYWORD(__private_macro)
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Language keywords.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// These define members of the tok::* namespace.
+
+TOK(unknown)             // Not a token.
+TOK(eof)                 // End of file.
+TOK(eod)                 // End of preprocessing directive (end of line inside a
+                         // directive).
+TOK(code_completion)     // Code completion marker
+TOK(cxx_defaultarg_end)  // C++ default argument end marker
+
+// C99 6.4.9: Comments.
+TOK(comment)             // Comment (only in -E -C[C] mode)
+
+// C99 6.4.2: Identifiers.
+TOK(identifier)          // abcde123
+TOK(raw_identifier)      // Used only in raw lexing mode.
+
+// C99 6.4.4.1: Integer Constants
+// C99 6.4.4.2: Floating Constants
+TOK(numeric_constant)    // 0x123
+
+// C99 6.4.4: Character Constants
+TOK(char_constant)       // 'a'
+TOK(wide_char_constant)  // L'b'
+
+// C++11 Character Constants
+TOK(utf16_char_constant) // u'a'
+TOK(utf32_char_constant) // U'a'
+
+// C99 6.4.5: String Literals.
+TOK(string_literal)      // "foo"
+TOK(wide_string_literal) // L"foo"
+TOK(angle_string_literal)// <foo>
+
+// C++11 String Literals.
+TOK(utf8_string_literal) // u8"foo"
+TOK(utf16_string_literal)// u"foo"
+TOK(utf32_string_literal)// U"foo"
+
+// C99 6.4.6: Punctuators.
+PUNCTUATOR(l_square,            "[")
+PUNCTUATOR(r_square,            "]")
+PUNCTUATOR(l_paren,             "(")
+PUNCTUATOR(r_paren,             ")")
+PUNCTUATOR(l_brace,             "{")
+PUNCTUATOR(r_brace,             "}")
+PUNCTUATOR(period,              ".")
+PUNCTUATOR(ellipsis,            "...")
+PUNCTUATOR(amp,                 "&")
+PUNCTUATOR(ampamp,              "&&")
+PUNCTUATOR(ampequal,            "&=")
+PUNCTUATOR(star,                "*")
+PUNCTUATOR(starequal,           "*=")
+PUNCTUATOR(plus,                "+")
+PUNCTUATOR(plusplus,            "++")
+PUNCTUATOR(plusequal,           "+=")
+PUNCTUATOR(minus,               "-")
+PUNCTUATOR(arrow,               "->")
+PUNCTUATOR(minusminus,          "--")
+PUNCTUATOR(minusequal,          "-=")
+PUNCTUATOR(tilde,               "~")
+PUNCTUATOR(exclaim,             "!")
+PUNCTUATOR(exclaimequal,        "!=")
+PUNCTUATOR(slash,               "/")
+PUNCTUATOR(slashequal,          "/=")
+PUNCTUATOR(percent,             "%")
+PUNCTUATOR(percentequal,        "%=")
+PUNCTUATOR(less,                "<")
+PUNCTUATOR(lessless,            "<<")
+PUNCTUATOR(lessequal,           "<=")
+PUNCTUATOR(lesslessequal,       "<<=")
+PUNCTUATOR(greater,             ">")
+PUNCTUATOR(greatergreater,      ">>")
+PUNCTUATOR(greaterequal,        ">=")
+PUNCTUATOR(greatergreaterequal, ">>=")
+PUNCTUATOR(caret,               "^")
+PUNCTUATOR(caretequal,          "^=")
+PUNCTUATOR(pipe,                "|")
+PUNCTUATOR(pipepipe,            "||")
+PUNCTUATOR(pipeequal,           "|=")
+PUNCTUATOR(question,            "?")
+PUNCTUATOR(colon,               ":")
+PUNCTUATOR(semi,                ";")
+PUNCTUATOR(equal,               "=")
+PUNCTUATOR(equalequal,          "==")
+PUNCTUATOR(comma,               ",")
+PUNCTUATOR(hash,                "#")
+PUNCTUATOR(hashhash,            "##")
+PUNCTUATOR(hashat,              "#@")
+
+// C++ Support
+PUNCTUATOR(periodstar,          ".*")
+PUNCTUATOR(arrowstar,           "->*")
+PUNCTUATOR(coloncolon,          "::")
+
+// Objective C support.
+PUNCTUATOR(at,                  "@")
+
+// CUDA support.
+PUNCTUATOR(lesslessless,          "<<<")
+PUNCTUATOR(greatergreatergreater, ">>>")
+
+// C99 6.4.1: Keywords.  These turn into kw_* tokens.
+// Flags allowed:
+//   KEYALL   - This is a keyword in all variants of C and C++, or it
+//              is a keyword in the implementation namespace that should
+//              always be treated as a keyword
+//   KEYC99   - This is a keyword introduced to C in C99
+//   KEYC11   - This is a keyword introduced to C in C11
+//   KEYCXX   - This is a C++ keyword, or a C++-specific keyword in the
+//              implementation namespace
+//   KEYNOCXX - This is a keyword in every non-C++ dialect.
+//   KEYCXX11 - This is a C++ keyword introduced to C++ in C++11
+//   KEYGNU   - This is a keyword if GNU extensions are enabled
+//   KEYMS    - This is a keyword if Microsoft extensions are enabled
+//   KEYNOMS  - This is a keyword that must never be enabled under
+//              Microsoft mode
+//   KEYOPENCL  - This is a keyword in OpenCL
+//   KEYALTIVEC - This is a keyword in AltiVec
+//   KEYBORLAND - This is a keyword if Borland extensions are enabled
+//   BOOLSUPPORT - This is a keyword if 'bool' is a built-in type
+//   WCHARSUPPORT - This is a keyword if 'wchar_t' is a built-in type
+//
+KEYWORD(auto                        , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(break                       , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(case                        , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(char                        , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(const                       , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(continue                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(default                     , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(do                          , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(double                      , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(else                        , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(enum                        , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(extern                      , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(float                       , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(for                         , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(goto                        , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(if                          , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(inline                      , KEYC99|KEYCXX|KEYGNU)
+KEYWORD(int                         , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(long                        , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(register                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(restrict                    , KEYC99)
+KEYWORD(return                      , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(short                       , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(signed                      , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(sizeof                      , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(static                      , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(struct                      , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(switch                      , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(typedef                     , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(union                       , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(unsigned                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(void                        , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(volatile                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(while                       , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(_Alignas                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(_Alignof                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(_Atomic                     , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(_Bool                       , KEYNOCXX)
+KEYWORD(_Complex                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(_Generic                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(_Imaginary                  , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(_Noreturn                   , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(_Static_assert              , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__func__                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__objc_yes                  , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__objc_no                   , KEYALL)
+
+
+// C++ 2.11p1: Keywords.
+KEYWORD(asm                         , KEYCXX|KEYGNU)
+KEYWORD(bool                        , BOOLSUPPORT|KEYALTIVEC)
+KEYWORD(catch                       , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(class                       , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(const_cast                  , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(delete                      , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(dynamic_cast                , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(explicit                    , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(export                      , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(false                       , BOOLSUPPORT|KEYALTIVEC)
+KEYWORD(friend                      , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(mutable                     , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(namespace                   , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(new                         , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(operator                    , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(private                     , KEYCXX|KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(protected                   , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(public                      , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(reinterpret_cast            , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(static_cast                 , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(template                    , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(this                        , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(throw                       , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(true                        , BOOLSUPPORT|KEYALTIVEC)
+KEYWORD(try                         , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(typename                    , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(typeid                      , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(using                       , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(virtual                     , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(wchar_t                     , WCHARSUPPORT)
+
+// C++ 2.5p2: Alternative Representations.
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(and     , ampamp)
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(and_eq  , ampequal)
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(bitand  , amp)
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(bitor   , pipe)
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(compl   , tilde)
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(not     , exclaim)
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(not_eq  , exclaimequal)
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(or      , pipepipe)
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(or_eq   , pipeequal)
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(xor     , caret)
+CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(xor_eq  , caretequal)
+
+// C++11 keywords
+KEYWORD(alignas                     , KEYCXX11)
+KEYWORD(alignof                     , KEYCXX11)
+KEYWORD(char16_t                    , KEYCXX11|KEYNOMS)
+KEYWORD(char32_t                    , KEYCXX11|KEYNOMS)
+KEYWORD(constexpr                   , KEYCXX11)
+KEYWORD(decltype                    , KEYCXX11)
+KEYWORD(noexcept                    , KEYCXX11)
+KEYWORD(nullptr                     , KEYCXX11)
+KEYWORD(static_assert               , KEYCXX11)
+KEYWORD(thread_local                , KEYCXX11)
+
+// GNU Extensions (in impl-reserved namespace)
+KEYWORD(_Decimal32                  , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(_Decimal64                  , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(_Decimal128                 , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__null                      , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__alignof                   , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__attribute                 , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__builtin_choose_expr       , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__builtin_offsetof          , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__builtin_types_compatible_p, KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__builtin_va_arg            , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__extension__               , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__imag                      , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__int128                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__label__                   , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__real                      , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__thread                    , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__FUNCTION__                , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__PRETTY_FUNCTION__         , KEYALL)
+
+// GNU Extensions (outside impl-reserved namespace)
+KEYWORD(typeof                      , KEYGNU)
+
+// MS Extensions
+KEYWORD(L__FUNCTION__               , KEYMS)
+
+// GNU and MS Type Traits
+KEYWORD(__has_nothrow_assign          , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__has_nothrow_move_assign     , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__has_nothrow_copy            , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__has_nothrow_constructor     , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__has_trivial_assign          , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__has_trivial_move_assign     , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__has_trivial_copy            , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__has_trivial_constructor     , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__has_trivial_move_constructor, KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__has_trivial_destructor      , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__has_virtual_destructor      , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_abstract                 , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_base_of                  , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_class                    , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_convertible_to           , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_empty                    , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_enum                     , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_final                    , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_interface_class          , KEYCXX)
+// Tentative name - there's no implementation of std::is_literal_type yet.
+KEYWORD(__is_literal                  , KEYCXX)
+// Name for GCC 4.6 compatibility - people have already written libraries using
+// this name unfortunately.
+KEYWORD(__is_literal_type             , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_pod                      , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_polymorphic              , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_trivial                  , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_union                    , KEYCXX)
+
+// Clang-only C++ Type Traits
+KEYWORD(__is_trivially_constructible, KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_trivially_copyable     , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_trivially_assignable   , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__underlying_type           , KEYCXX)
+
+// Embarcadero Expression Traits
+KEYWORD(__is_lvalue_expr            , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_rvalue_expr            , KEYCXX)
+
+// Embarcadero Unary Type Traits
+KEYWORD(__is_arithmetic             , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_floating_point         , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_integral               , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_complete_type          , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_void                   , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_array                  , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_function               , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_reference              , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_lvalue_reference       , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_rvalue_reference       , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_fundamental            , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_object                 , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_scalar                 , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_compound               , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_pointer                , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_member_object_pointer  , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_member_function_pointer, KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_member_pointer         , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_const                  , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_volatile               , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_standard_layout        , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_signed                 , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_unsigned               , KEYCXX)
+
+// Embarcadero Binary Type Traits
+KEYWORD(__is_same                   , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__is_convertible            , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__array_rank                , KEYCXX)
+KEYWORD(__array_extent              , KEYCXX)
+
+// Apple Extension.
+KEYWORD(__private_extern__          , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__module_private__          , KEYALL)
+
+// Microsoft Extension.
+KEYWORD(__declspec                  , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__cdecl                     , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__stdcall                   , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__fastcall                  , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__thiscall                  , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__forceinline               , KEYALL)
+KEYWORD(__unaligned                 , KEYMS)
+
+// OpenCL-specific keywords
+KEYWORD(__kernel                    , KEYOPENCL)
+ALIAS("kernel", __kernel            , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(vec_step                    , KEYOPENCL|KEYALTIVEC)
+KEYWORD(__private                   , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(__global                    , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(__local                     , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(__constant                  , KEYOPENCL)
+ALIAS("global", __global            , KEYOPENCL)
+ALIAS("local", __local              , KEYOPENCL)
+ALIAS("constant", __constant        , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(__read_only                 , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(__write_only                , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(__read_write                , KEYOPENCL)
+ALIAS("read_only", __read_only      , KEYOPENCL)
+ALIAS("write_only", __write_only    , KEYOPENCL)
+ALIAS("read_write", __read_write    , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(__builtin_astype            , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(image1d_t                   , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(image1d_array_t             , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(image1d_buffer_t            , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(image2d_t                   , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(image2d_array_t             , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(image3d_t                   , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(sampler_t                   , KEYOPENCL)
+KEYWORD(event_t                     , KEYOPENCL)
+
+// Borland Extensions.
+KEYWORD(__pascal                    , KEYALL)
+
+// Altivec Extension.
+KEYWORD(__vector                    , KEYALTIVEC)
+KEYWORD(__pixel                     , KEYALTIVEC)
+
+// ARM NEON extensions.
+ALIAS("__fp16", half                , KEYALL)
+
+// OpenCL Extension.
+KEYWORD(half                        , KEYOPENCL)
+
+// Objective-C ARC keywords.
+KEYWORD(__bridge                     , KEYARC)
+KEYWORD(__bridge_transfer            , KEYARC)
+KEYWORD(__bridge_retained            , KEYARC)
+KEYWORD(__bridge_retain              , KEYARC)
+
+// Alternate spelling for various tokens.  There are GCC extensions in all
+// languages, but should not be disabled in strict conformance mode.
+ALIAS("__alignof__"  , __alignof  , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__asm"        , asm        , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__asm__"      , asm        , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__attribute__", __attribute, KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__complex"    , _Complex   , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__complex__"  , _Complex   , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__const"      , const      , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__const__"    , const      , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__decltype"   , decltype   , KEYCXX)
+ALIAS("__imag__"     , __imag     , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__inline"     , inline     , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__inline__"   , inline     , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__nullptr"    , nullptr    , KEYCXX)
+ALIAS("__real__"     , __real     , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__restrict"   , restrict   , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__restrict__" , restrict   , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__signed"     , signed     , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__signed__"   , signed     , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__typeof"     , typeof     , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__typeof__"   , typeof     , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__volatile"   , volatile   , KEYALL)
+ALIAS("__volatile__" , volatile   , KEYALL)
+
+// Microsoft extensions which should be disabled in strict conformance mode
+KEYWORD(__ptr64                       , KEYMS)
+KEYWORD(__ptr32                       , KEYMS)
+KEYWORD(__w64                         , KEYMS)
+KEYWORD(__uuidof                      , KEYMS | KEYBORLAND)
+KEYWORD(__try                         , KEYMS | KEYBORLAND)
+KEYWORD(__finally                     , KEYMS | KEYBORLAND)
+KEYWORD(__leave                       , KEYMS | KEYBORLAND)
+KEYWORD(__int64                       , KEYMS)
+KEYWORD(__if_exists                   , KEYMS)
+KEYWORD(__if_not_exists               , KEYMS)
+KEYWORD(__single_inheritance          , KEYMS)
+KEYWORD(__multiple_inheritance        , KEYMS)
+KEYWORD(__virtual_inheritance         , KEYMS)
+KEYWORD(__interface                   , KEYMS)
+ALIAS("__int8"           , char       , KEYMS)
+ALIAS("__int16"          , short      , KEYMS)
+ALIAS("__int32"          , int        , KEYMS)
+ALIAS("_asm"             , asm        , KEYMS)
+ALIAS("_alignof"         , __alignof  , KEYMS)
+ALIAS("__builtin_alignof", __alignof  , KEYMS)
+ALIAS("_cdecl"           , __cdecl    , KEYMS | KEYBORLAND)
+ALIAS("_fastcall"        , __fastcall , KEYMS | KEYBORLAND)
+ALIAS("_stdcall"         , __stdcall  , KEYMS | KEYBORLAND)
+ALIAS("_thiscall"        , __thiscall , KEYMS)
+ALIAS("_uuidof"          , __uuidof   , KEYMS | KEYBORLAND)
+ALIAS("_inline"          , inline     , KEYMS)
+ALIAS("_declspec"        , __declspec , KEYMS)
+
+// Borland Extensions which should be disabled in strict conformance mode.
+ALIAS("_pascal"      , __pascal   , KEYBORLAND)
+
+// Clang Extensions.
+ALIAS("__char16_t"   , char16_t   , KEYCXX)
+ALIAS("__char32_t"   , char32_t   , KEYCXX)
+
+// Clang-specific keywords enabled only in testing.
+TESTING_KEYWORD(__unknown_anytype , KEYALL)
+
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Objective-C @-preceded keywords.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// These have meaning after an '@' in Objective-C mode. These define enums in
+// the tok::objc_* namespace.
+
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(not_keyword)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(class)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(compatibility_alias)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(defs)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(encode)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(end)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(implementation)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(interface)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(private)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(protected)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(protocol)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(public)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(selector)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(throw)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(try)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(catch)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(finally)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(synchronized)
+OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(autoreleasepool)
+
+OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD(property)
+OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD(package)
+OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD(required)
+OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD(optional)
+OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD(synthesize)
+OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD(dynamic)
+OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD(import)
+
+// TODO: What to do about context-sensitive keywords like:
+//       bycopy/byref/in/inout/oneway/out?
+
+ANNOTATION(cxxscope)     // annotation for a C++ scope spec, e.g. "::foo::bar::"
+ANNOTATION(typename)     // annotation for a C typedef name, a C++ (possibly
+                         // qualified) typename, e.g. "foo::MyClass", or
+                         // template-id that names a type ("std::vector<int>")
+ANNOTATION(template_id)  // annotation for a C++ template-id that names a
+                         // function template specialization (not a type),
+                         // e.g., "std::swap<int>"
+ANNOTATION(primary_expr) // annotation for a primary expression
+ANNOTATION(decltype)     // annotation for a decltype expression,
+                         // e.g., "decltype(foo.bar())"
+
+// Annotation for #pragma unused(...)
+// For each argument inside the parentheses the pragma handler will produce
+// one 'pragma_unused' annotation token followed by the argument token.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_unused)
+
+// Annotation for #pragma GCC visibility...
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles them.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_vis)
+
+// Annotation for #pragma pack...
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles them.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_pack)
+
+// Annotation for #pragma clang __debug parser_crash...
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles them.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_parser_crash)
+
+// Annotation for #pragma ms_struct...
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles them.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_msstruct)
+
+// Annotation for #pragma align...
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles them.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_align)
+
+// Annotation for #pragma weak id
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles them.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_weak)
+
+// Annotation for #pragma weak id = id
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles them.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_weakalias)
+
+// Annotation for #pragma redefine_extname...
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles them.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_redefine_extname)
+
+// Annotation for #pragma STDC FP_CONTRACT...
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles them.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_fp_contract)
+
+// Annotation for #pragma OPENCL EXTENSION...
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles them.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_opencl_extension)
+
+// Annotations for OpenMP pragma directives - #pragma omp ...
+// The lexer produces these so that they only take effect when the parser
+// handles #pragma omp ... directives.
+ANNOTATION(pragma_openmp)
+ANNOTATION(pragma_openmp_end)
+
+#undef ANNOTATION
+#undef TESTING_KEYWORD
+#undef OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD
+#undef OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD
+#undef CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR
+#undef PPKEYWORD
+#undef ALIAS
+#undef KEYWORD
+#undef PUNCTUATOR
+#undef TOK
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TokenKinds.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TokenKinds.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcbe1da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TokenKinds.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+//===--- TokenKinds.h - Enum values for C Token Kinds -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::TokenKind enum and support functions.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOKENKINDS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOKENKINDS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace tok {
+
+/// \brief Provides a simple uniform namespace for tokens from all C languages.
+enum TokenKind {
+#define TOK(X) X,
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.def"
+  NUM_TOKENS
+};
+
+/// \brief Provides a namespace for preprocessor keywords which start with a
+/// '#' at the beginning of the line.
+enum PPKeywordKind {
+#define PPKEYWORD(X) pp_##X,
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.def"
+  NUM_PP_KEYWORDS
+};
+
+/// \brief Provides a namespace for Objective-C keywords which start with
+/// an '@'.
+enum ObjCKeywordKind {
+#define OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(X) objc_##X,
+#define OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD(X) objc_##X,
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.def"
+  NUM_OBJC_KEYWORDS
+};
+
+/// \brief Defines the possible values of an on-off-switch (C99 6.10.6p2).
+enum OnOffSwitch {
+  OOS_ON, OOS_OFF, OOS_DEFAULT
+};
+
+/// \brief Determines the name of a token as used within the front end.
+///
+/// The name of a token will be an internal name (such as "l_square")
+/// and should not be used as part of diagnostic messages.
+const char *getTokenName(enum TokenKind Kind);
+
+/// \brief Determines the spelling of simple punctuation tokens like
+/// '!' or '%', and returns NULL for literal and annotation tokens.
+///
+/// This routine only retrieves the "simple" spelling of the token,
+/// and will not produce any alternative spellings (e.g., a
+/// digraph). For the actual spelling of a given Token, use
+/// Preprocessor::getSpelling().
+const char *getTokenSimpleSpelling(enum TokenKind Kind);
+
+/// \brief Return true if this is a raw identifier or an identifier kind.
+inline bool isAnyIdentifier(TokenKind K) {
+  return (K == tok::identifier) || (K == tok::raw_identifier);
+}
+
+/// \brief Return true if this is a C or C++ string-literal (or
+/// C++11 user-defined-string-literal) token.
+inline bool isStringLiteral(TokenKind K) {
+  return K == tok::string_literal || K == tok::wide_string_literal ||
+         K == tok::utf8_string_literal || K == tok::utf16_string_literal ||
+         K == tok::utf32_string_literal;
+}
+
+/// \brief Return true if this is a "literal" kind, like a numeric
+/// constant, string, etc.
+inline bool isLiteral(TokenKind K) {
+  return K == tok::numeric_constant || K == tok::char_constant ||
+         K == tok::wide_char_constant || K == tok::utf16_char_constant ||
+         K == tok::utf32_char_constant || isStringLiteral(K) ||
+         K == tok::angle_string_literal;
+}
+
+/// \brief Return true if this is any of tok::annot_* kinds.
+inline bool isAnnotation(TokenKind K) {
+#define ANNOTATION(NAME) \
+  if (K == tok::annot_##NAME) \
+    return true;
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.def"
+  return false;
+}
+
+}  // end namespace tok
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1645796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+//===--- TypeTraits.h - C++ Type Traits Support Enumerations ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines enumerations for the type traits support.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TYPETRAITS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TYPETRAITS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+  /// \brief Names for the unary type traits.
+  enum UnaryTypeTrait {
+    UTT_HasNothrowAssign,
+    UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign,
+    UTT_HasNothrowCopy,
+    UTT_HasNothrowConstructor,
+    UTT_HasTrivialAssign,
+    UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign,
+    UTT_HasTrivialCopy,
+    UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor,
+    UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor,
+    UTT_HasTrivialDestructor,
+    UTT_HasVirtualDestructor,
+    UTT_IsAbstract,
+    UTT_IsArithmetic,
+    UTT_IsArray,
+    UTT_IsClass,
+    UTT_IsCompleteType,
+    UTT_IsCompound,
+    UTT_IsConst,
+    UTT_IsEmpty,
+    UTT_IsEnum,
+    UTT_IsFinal,
+    UTT_IsFloatingPoint,
+    UTT_IsFunction,
+    UTT_IsFundamental,
+    UTT_IsIntegral,
+    UTT_IsInterfaceClass,
+    UTT_IsLiteral,
+    UTT_IsLvalueReference,
+    UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer,
+    UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer,
+    UTT_IsMemberPointer,
+    UTT_IsObject,
+    UTT_IsPOD,
+    UTT_IsPointer,
+    UTT_IsPolymorphic,
+    UTT_IsReference,
+    UTT_IsRvalueReference,
+    UTT_IsScalar,
+    UTT_IsSigned,
+    UTT_IsStandardLayout,
+    UTT_IsTrivial,
+    UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable,
+    UTT_IsUnion,
+    UTT_IsUnsigned,
+    UTT_IsVoid,
+    UTT_IsVolatile
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Names for the binary type traits.
+  enum BinaryTypeTrait {
+    BTT_IsBaseOf,
+    BTT_IsConvertible,
+    BTT_IsConvertibleTo,
+    BTT_IsSame,
+    BTT_TypeCompatible,
+    BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Names for the array type traits.
+  enum ArrayTypeTrait {
+    ATT_ArrayRank,
+    ATT_ArrayExtent
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Names for the "expression or type" traits.
+  enum UnaryExprOrTypeTrait {
+    UETT_SizeOf,
+    UETT_AlignOf,
+    UETT_VecStep
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Names for type traits that operate specifically on types.
+  enum TypeTrait {
+    TT_IsTriviallyConstructible
+  };
+  
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Version.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Version.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7db8a2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+//===- Version.h - Clang Version Number -------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines version macros and version-related utility functions
+/// for Clang.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_VERSION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_VERSION_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Version.inc"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+/// \brief Helper macro for CLANG_VERSION_STRING.
+#define CLANG_MAKE_VERSION_STRING2(X) #X
+
+#ifdef CLANG_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL
+/// \brief Helper macro for CLANG_VERSION_STRING.
+#define CLANG_MAKE_VERSION_STRING(X,Y,Z) CLANG_MAKE_VERSION_STRING2(X.Y.Z)
+
+/// \brief A string that describes the Clang version number, e.g., "1.0".
+#define CLANG_VERSION_STRING \
+  CLANG_MAKE_VERSION_STRING(CLANG_VERSION_MAJOR,CLANG_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                            CLANG_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL)
+#else
+/// \brief Helper macro for CLANG_VERSION_STRING.
+#define CLANG_MAKE_VERSION_STRING(X,Y) CLANG_MAKE_VERSION_STRING2(X.Y)
+
+/// \brief A string that describes the Clang version number, e.g., "1.0".
+#define CLANG_VERSION_STRING \
+  CLANG_MAKE_VERSION_STRING(CLANG_VERSION_MAJOR,CLANG_VERSION_MINOR)
+#endif
+
+namespace clang {
+  /// \brief Retrieves the repository path (e.g., Subversion path) that
+  /// identifies the particular Clang branch, tag, or trunk from which this
+  /// Clang was built.
+  std::string getClangRepositoryPath();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the repository path from which LLVM was built.
+  ///
+  /// This supports LLVM residing in a separate repository from clang.
+  std::string getLLVMRepositoryPath();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the repository revision number (or identifer) from which
+  /// this Clang was built.
+  std::string getClangRevision();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the repository revision number (or identifer) from which
+  /// LLVM was built.
+  ///
+  /// If Clang and LLVM are in the same repository, this returns the same
+  /// string as getClangRevision.
+  std::string getLLVMRevision();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the full repository version that is an amalgamation of
+  /// the information in getClangRepositoryPath() and getClangRevision().
+  std::string getClangFullRepositoryVersion();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves a string representing the complete clang version,
+  /// which includes the clang version number, the repository version,
+  /// and the vendor tag.
+  std::string getClangFullVersion();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves a string representing the complete clang version suitable
+  /// for use in the CPP __VERSION__ macro, which includes the clang version
+  /// number, the repository version, and the vendor tag.
+  std::string getClangFullCPPVersion();
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_VERSION_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/VersionTuple.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/VersionTuple.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff06a5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/VersionTuple.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+//===- VersionTuple.h - Version Number Handling -----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::VersionTuple class, which represents a version in
+/// the form major[.minor[.subminor]].
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_VERSIONTUPLE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_VERSIONTUPLE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Represents a version number in the form major[.minor[.subminor]].
+class VersionTuple {
+  unsigned Major;
+  unsigned Minor : 31;
+  unsigned Subminor : 31;
+  unsigned HasMinor : 1;
+  unsigned HasSubminor : 1;
+
+public:
+  VersionTuple() 
+    : Major(0), Minor(0), Subminor(0), HasMinor(false), HasSubminor(false) { }
+
+  explicit VersionTuple(unsigned Major)
+    : Major(Major), Minor(0), Subminor(0), HasMinor(false), HasSubminor(false)
+  { }
+
+  explicit VersionTuple(unsigned Major, unsigned Minor)
+    : Major(Major), Minor(Minor), Subminor(0), HasMinor(true), 
+      HasSubminor(false)
+  { }
+
+  explicit VersionTuple(unsigned Major, unsigned Minor, unsigned Subminor)
+    : Major(Major), Minor(Minor), Subminor(Subminor), HasMinor(true), 
+      HasSubminor(true)
+  { }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this version information is empty
+  /// (e.g., all version components are zero).
+  bool empty() const { return Major == 0 && Minor == 0 && Subminor == 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the major version number.
+  unsigned getMajor() const { return Major; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the minor version number, if provided.
+  Optional<unsigned> getMinor() const {
+    if (!HasMinor)
+      return None;
+    return Minor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the subminor version number, if provided.
+  Optional<unsigned> getSubminor() const {
+    if (!HasSubminor)
+      return None;
+    return Subminor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine if two version numbers are equivalent. If not
+  /// provided, minor and subminor version numbers are considered to be zero.
+  friend bool operator==(const VersionTuple& X, const VersionTuple &Y) {
+    return X.Major == Y.Major && X.Minor == Y.Minor && X.Subminor == Y.Subminor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine if two version numbers are not equivalent.
+  ///
+  /// If not provided, minor and subminor version numbers are considered to be 
+  /// zero.
+  friend bool operator!=(const VersionTuple &X, const VersionTuple &Y) {
+    return !(X == Y);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether one version number precedes another.
+  ///
+  /// If not provided, minor and subminor version numbers are considered to be
+  /// zero.
+  friend bool operator<(const VersionTuple &X, const VersionTuple &Y) {
+    if (X.Major != Y.Major)
+      return X.Major < Y.Major;
+
+    if (X.Minor != Y.Minor)
+      return X.Minor < Y.Minor;
+
+    return X.Subminor < Y.Subminor;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether one version number follows another.
+  ///
+  /// If not provided, minor and subminor version numbers are considered to be
+  /// zero.
+  friend bool operator>(const VersionTuple &X, const VersionTuple &Y) {
+    return Y < X;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether one version number precedes or is
+  /// equivalent to another. 
+  ///
+  /// If not provided, minor and subminor version numbers are considered to be
+  /// zero.
+  friend bool operator<=(const VersionTuple &X, const VersionTuple &Y) {
+    return !(Y < X);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether one version number follows or is
+  /// equivalent to another.
+  ///
+  /// If not provided, minor and subminor version numbers are considered to be
+  /// zero.
+  friend bool operator>=(const VersionTuple &X, const VersionTuple &Y) {
+    return !(X < Y);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a string representation of the version number.
+  std::string getAsString() const;
+
+  /// \brief Try to parse the given string as a version number.
+  /// \returns \c true if the string does not match the regular expression
+  ///   [0-9]+(\.[0-9]+(\.[0-9]+))
+  bool tryParse(StringRef string);
+};
+
+/// \brief Print a version number.
+raw_ostream& operator<<(raw_ostream &Out, const VersionTuple &V);
+
+} // end namespace clang
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_VERSIONTUPLE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Visibility.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Visibility.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b623b94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/Visibility.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+//===--- Visibility.h - Visibility enumeration and utilities ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::Visibility enumeration and various utility
+/// functions.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_VISIBILITY_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_VISIBILITY_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Describes the different kinds of visibility that a declaration
+/// may have.
+///
+/// Visibility determines how a declaration interacts with the dynamic
+/// linker.  It may also affect whether the symbol can be found by runtime
+/// symbol lookup APIs.
+///
+/// Visibility is not described in any language standard and
+/// (nonetheless) sometimes has odd behavior.  Not all platforms
+/// support all visibility kinds.
+enum Visibility {
+  /// Objects with "hidden" visibility are not seen by the dynamic
+  /// linker.
+  HiddenVisibility,
+
+  /// Objects with "protected" visibility are seen by the dynamic
+  /// linker but always dynamically resolve to an object within this
+  /// shared object.
+  ProtectedVisibility,
+
+  /// Objects with "default" visibility are seen by the dynamic linker
+  /// and act like normal objects.
+  DefaultVisibility
+};
+
+inline Visibility minVisibility(Visibility L, Visibility R) {
+  return L < R ? L : R;
+}
+
+class LinkageInfo {
+  uint8_t linkage_    : 2;
+  uint8_t visibility_ : 2;
+  uint8_t explicit_   : 1;
+
+  void setVisibility(Visibility V, bool E) { visibility_ = V; explicit_ = E; }
+public:
+  LinkageInfo() : linkage_(ExternalLinkage), visibility_(DefaultVisibility),
+                  explicit_(false) {}
+  LinkageInfo(Linkage L, Visibility V, bool E)
+    : linkage_(L), visibility_(V), explicit_(E) {
+    assert(getLinkage() == L && getVisibility() == V &&
+           isVisibilityExplicit() == E && "Enum truncated!");
+  }
+
+  static LinkageInfo external() {
+    return LinkageInfo();
+  }
+  static LinkageInfo internal() {
+    return LinkageInfo(InternalLinkage, DefaultVisibility, false);
+  }
+  static LinkageInfo uniqueExternal() {
+    return LinkageInfo(UniqueExternalLinkage, DefaultVisibility, false);
+  }
+  static LinkageInfo none() {
+    return LinkageInfo(NoLinkage, DefaultVisibility, false);
+  }
+
+  Linkage getLinkage() const { return (Linkage)linkage_; }
+  Visibility getVisibility() const { return (Visibility)visibility_; }
+  bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { return explicit_; }
+
+  void setLinkage(Linkage L) { linkage_ = L; }
+
+  void mergeLinkage(Linkage L) {
+    setLinkage(minLinkage(getLinkage(), L));
+  }
+  void mergeLinkage(LinkageInfo other) {
+    mergeLinkage(other.getLinkage());
+  }
+
+  /// Merge in the visibility 'newVis'.
+  void mergeVisibility(Visibility newVis, bool newExplicit) {
+    Visibility oldVis = getVisibility();
+
+    // Never increase visibility.
+    if (oldVis < newVis)
+      return;
+
+    // If the new visibility is the same as the old and the new
+    // visibility isn't explicit, we have nothing to add.
+    if (oldVis == newVis && !newExplicit)
+      return;
+
+    // Otherwise, we're either decreasing visibility or making our
+    // existing visibility explicit.
+    setVisibility(newVis, newExplicit);
+  }
+  void mergeVisibility(LinkageInfo other) {
+    mergeVisibility(other.getVisibility(), other.isVisibilityExplicit());
+  }
+
+  /// Merge both linkage and visibility.
+  void merge(LinkageInfo other) {
+    mergeLinkage(other);
+    mergeVisibility(other);
+  }
+
+  /// Merge linkage and conditionally merge visibility.
+  void mergeMaybeWithVisibility(LinkageInfo other, bool withVis) {
+    mergeLinkage(other);
+    if (withVis) mergeVisibility(other);
+  }
+};
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_VISIBILITY_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/arm_neon.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/arm_neon.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3373e01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/arm_neon.td
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+//===--- arm_neon.td - ARM NEON compiler interface ------------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the TableGen definitions from which the ARM NEON header
+//  file will be generated.  See ARM document DUI0348B.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class Op;
+
+def OP_NONE  : Op;
+def OP_UNAVAILABLE : Op;
+def OP_ADD   : Op;
+def OP_ADDL  : Op;
+def OP_ADDW  : Op;
+def OP_SUB   : Op;
+def OP_SUBL  : Op;
+def OP_SUBW  : Op;
+def OP_MUL   : Op;
+def OP_MLA   : Op;
+def OP_MLAL  : Op;
+def OP_MLS   : Op;
+def OP_MLSL  : Op;
+def OP_MUL_N : Op;
+def OP_MLA_N : Op;
+def OP_MLS_N : Op;
+def OP_MLAL_N : Op;
+def OP_MLSL_N : Op;
+def OP_MUL_LN: Op;
+def OP_MULL_LN : Op;
+def OP_MLA_LN: Op;
+def OP_MLS_LN: Op;
+def OP_MLAL_LN : Op;
+def OP_MLSL_LN : Op;
+def OP_QDMULL_LN : Op;
+def OP_QDMLAL_LN : Op;
+def OP_QDMLSL_LN : Op;
+def OP_QDMULH_LN : Op;
+def OP_QRDMULH_LN : Op;
+def OP_EQ    : Op;
+def OP_GE    : Op;
+def OP_LE    : Op;
+def OP_GT    : Op;
+def OP_LT    : Op;
+def OP_NEG   : Op;
+def OP_NOT   : Op;
+def OP_AND   : Op;
+def OP_OR    : Op;
+def OP_XOR   : Op;
+def OP_ANDN  : Op;
+def OP_ORN   : Op;
+def OP_CAST  : Op;
+def OP_HI    : Op;
+def OP_LO    : Op;
+def OP_CONC  : Op;
+def OP_DUP   : Op;
+def OP_DUP_LN: Op;
+def OP_SEL   : Op;
+def OP_REV64 : Op;
+def OP_REV32 : Op;
+def OP_REV16 : Op;
+def OP_REINT : Op;
+def OP_ABDL  : Op;
+def OP_ABA   : Op;
+def OP_ABAL  : Op;
+
+class Inst <string n, string p, string t, Op o> {
+  string Name = n;
+  string Prototype = p;
+  string Types = t;
+  Op Operand = o;
+  bit isShift = 0;
+  bit isVCVT_N = 0;
+}
+
+// Used to generate Builtins.def:
+// SInst: Instruction with signed/unsigned suffix (e.g., "s8", "u8", "p8")
+// IInst: Instruction with generic integer suffix (e.g., "i8")
+// WInst: Instruction with only bit size suffix (e.g., "8")
+class SInst<string n, string p, string t> : Inst<n, p, t, OP_NONE> {}
+class IInst<string n, string p, string t> : Inst<n, p, t, OP_NONE> {}
+class WInst<string n, string p, string t> : Inst<n, p, t, OP_NONE> {}
+
+// prototype: return (arg, arg, ...)
+// v: void
+// t: best-fit integer (int/poly args)
+// x: signed integer   (int/float args)
+// u: unsigned integer (int/float args)
+// f: float (int args)
+// d: default
+// g: default, ignore 'Q' size modifier.
+// w: double width elements, same num elts
+// n: double width elements, half num elts
+// h: half width elements, double num elts
+// e: half width elements, double num elts, unsigned
+// i: constant int
+// l: constant uint64
+// s: scalar of element type
+// a: scalar of element type (splat to vector type)
+// k: default elt width, double num elts
+// #: array of default vectors
+// p: pointer type
+// c: const pointer type
+
+// sizes:
+// c: char
+// s: short
+// i: int
+// l: long
+// f: float
+// h: half-float
+
+// size modifiers:
+// U: unsigned
+// Q: 128b
+// P: polynomial
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.1 Addition
+def VADD : Inst<"vadd", "ddd", "csilfUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQfQUcQUsQUiQUl", OP_ADD>;
+def VADDL   : Inst<"vaddl", "wdd", "csiUcUsUi", OP_ADDL>;
+def VADDW   : Inst<"vaddw", "wwd", "csiUcUsUi", OP_ADDW>;
+def VHADD   : SInst<"vhadd", "ddd", "csiUcUsUiQcQsQiQUcQUsQUi">;
+def VRHADD  : SInst<"vrhadd", "ddd", "csiUcUsUiQcQsQiQUcQUsQUi">;
+def VQADD   : SInst<"vqadd", "ddd", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VADDHN  : IInst<"vaddhn", "hkk", "silUsUiUl">;
+def VRADDHN : IInst<"vraddhn", "hkk", "silUsUiUl">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.2 Multiplication
+def VMUL     : Inst<"vmul", "ddd", "csifUcUsUiQcQsQiQfQUcQUsQUi", OP_MUL>;
+def VMULP    : SInst<"vmul", "ddd", "PcQPc">;
+def VMLA     : Inst<"vmla", "dddd", "csifUcUsUiQcQsQiQfQUcQUsQUi", OP_MLA>;
+def VMLAL    : Inst<"vmlal", "wwdd", "csiUcUsUi", OP_MLAL>;
+def VMLS     : Inst<"vmls", "dddd", "csifUcUsUiQcQsQiQfQUcQUsQUi", OP_MLS>;
+def VMLSL    : Inst<"vmlsl", "wwdd", "csiUcUsUi", OP_MLSL>;
+def VQDMULH  : SInst<"vqdmulh", "ddd", "siQsQi">;
+def VQRDMULH : SInst<"vqrdmulh", "ddd", "siQsQi">;
+def VQDMLAL  : SInst<"vqdmlal", "wwdd", "si">;
+def VQDMLSL  : SInst<"vqdmlsl", "wwdd", "si">;
+def VMULL    : SInst<"vmull", "wdd", "csiUcUsUiPc">;
+def VQDMULL  : SInst<"vqdmull", "wdd", "si">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.3 Subtraction
+def VSUB : Inst<"vsub", "ddd", "csilfUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQfQUcQUsQUiQUl", OP_SUB>;
+def VSUBL   : Inst<"vsubl", "wdd", "csiUcUsUi", OP_SUBL>;
+def VSUBW   : Inst<"vsubw", "wwd", "csiUcUsUi", OP_SUBW>;
+def VQSUB   : SInst<"vqsub", "ddd", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VHSUB   : SInst<"vhsub", "ddd", "csiUcUsUiQcQsQiQUcQUsQUi">;
+def VSUBHN  : IInst<"vsubhn", "hkk", "silUsUiUl">;
+def VRSUBHN : IInst<"vrsubhn", "hkk", "silUsUiUl">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.4 Comparison
+def VCEQ  : Inst<"vceq", "udd", "csifUcUsUiPcQcQsQiQfQUcQUsQUiQPc", OP_EQ>;
+def VCGE  : Inst<"vcge", "udd", "csifUcUsUiQcQsQiQfQUcQUsQUi", OP_GE>;
+def VCLE  : Inst<"vcle", "udd", "csifUcUsUiQcQsQiQfQUcQUsQUi", OP_LE>;
+def VCGT  : Inst<"vcgt", "udd", "csifUcUsUiQcQsQiQfQUcQUsQUi", OP_GT>;
+def VCLT  : Inst<"vclt", "udd", "csifUcUsUiQcQsQiQfQUcQUsQUi", OP_LT>;
+def VCAGE : IInst<"vcage", "udd", "fQf">;
+def VCALE : IInst<"vcale", "udd", "fQf">;
+def VCAGT : IInst<"vcagt", "udd", "fQf">;
+def VCALT : IInst<"vcalt", "udd", "fQf">;
+def VTST  : WInst<"vtst", "udd", "csiUcUsUiPcQcQsQiQUcQUsQUiQPc">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.5 Absolute Difference
+def VABD  : SInst<"vabd", "ddd",  "csiUcUsUifQcQsQiQUcQUsQUiQf">;
+def VABDL : Inst<"vabdl", "wdd",  "csiUcUsUi", OP_ABDL>;
+def VABA  : Inst<"vaba", "dddd", "csiUcUsUiQcQsQiQUcQUsQUi", OP_ABA>;
+def VABAL : Inst<"vabal", "wwdd", "csiUcUsUi", OP_ABAL>;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.6 Max/Min
+def VMAX : SInst<"vmax", "ddd", "csiUcUsUifQcQsQiQUcQUsQUiQf">;
+def VMIN : SInst<"vmin", "ddd", "csiUcUsUifQcQsQiQUcQUsQUiQf">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.7 Pairwise Addition
+def VPADD  : IInst<"vpadd", "ddd", "csiUcUsUif">;
+def VPADDL : SInst<"vpaddl", "nd",  "csiUcUsUiQcQsQiQUcQUsQUi">;
+def VPADAL : SInst<"vpadal", "nnd", "csiUcUsUiQcQsQiQUcQUsQUi">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.8-9 Folding Max/Min
+def VPMAX : SInst<"vpmax", "ddd", "csiUcUsUif">;
+def VPMIN : SInst<"vpmin", "ddd", "csiUcUsUif">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.10 Reciprocal/Sqrt
+def VRECPS  : IInst<"vrecps", "ddd", "fQf">;
+def VRSQRTS : IInst<"vrsqrts", "ddd", "fQf">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.11 Shifts by signed variable
+def VSHL   : SInst<"vshl", "ddx", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VQSHL  : SInst<"vqshl", "ddx", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VRSHL  : SInst<"vrshl", "ddx", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VQRSHL : SInst<"vqrshl", "ddx", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.12 Shifts by constant
+let isShift = 1 in {
+def VSHR_N     : SInst<"vshr_n", "ddi", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VSHL_N     : IInst<"vshl_n", "ddi", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VRSHR_N    : SInst<"vrshr_n", "ddi", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VSRA_N     : SInst<"vsra_n", "dddi", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VRSRA_N    : SInst<"vrsra_n", "dddi", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VQSHL_N    : SInst<"vqshl_n", "ddi", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl">;
+def VQSHLU_N   : SInst<"vqshlu_n", "udi", "csilQcQsQiQl">;
+def VSHRN_N    : IInst<"vshrn_n", "hki", "silUsUiUl">;
+def VQSHRUN_N  : SInst<"vqshrun_n", "eki", "sil">;
+def VQRSHRUN_N : SInst<"vqrshrun_n", "eki", "sil">;
+def VQSHRN_N   : SInst<"vqshrn_n", "hki", "silUsUiUl">;
+def VRSHRN_N   : IInst<"vrshrn_n", "hki", "silUsUiUl">;
+def VQRSHRN_N  : SInst<"vqrshrn_n", "hki", "silUsUiUl">;
+def VSHLL_N    : SInst<"vshll_n", "wdi", "csiUcUsUi">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.13 Shifts with insert
+def VSRI_N : WInst<"vsri_n", "dddi",
+                   "csilUcUsUiUlPcPsQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUlQPcQPs">;
+def VSLI_N : WInst<"vsli_n", "dddi",
+                   "csilUcUsUiUlPcPsQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUlQPcQPs">;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.14 Loads and stores of a single vector
+def VLD1      : WInst<"vld1", "dc",
+                      "QUcQUsQUiQUlQcQsQiQlQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VLD1_LANE : WInst<"vld1_lane", "dcdi",
+                      "QUcQUsQUiQUlQcQsQiQlQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VLD1_DUP  : WInst<"vld1_dup", "dc",
+                      "QUcQUsQUiQUlQcQsQiQlQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VST1      : WInst<"vst1", "vpd",
+                      "QUcQUsQUiQUlQcQsQiQlQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VST1_LANE : WInst<"vst1_lane", "vpdi",
+                      "QUcQUsQUiQUlQcQsQiQlQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.15 Loads and stores of an N-element structure
+def VLD2 : WInst<"vld2", "2c", "QUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VLD3 : WInst<"vld3", "3c", "QUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VLD4 : WInst<"vld4", "4c", "QUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VLD2_DUP  : WInst<"vld2_dup", "2c", "UcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VLD3_DUP  : WInst<"vld3_dup", "3c", "UcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VLD4_DUP  : WInst<"vld4_dup", "4c", "UcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VLD2_LANE : WInst<"vld2_lane", "2c2i", "QUsQUiQsQiQhQfQPsUcUsUicsihfPcPs">;
+def VLD3_LANE : WInst<"vld3_lane", "3c3i", "QUsQUiQsQiQhQfQPsUcUsUicsihfPcPs">;
+def VLD4_LANE : WInst<"vld4_lane", "4c4i", "QUsQUiQsQiQhQfQPsUcUsUicsihfPcPs">;
+def VST2 : WInst<"vst2", "vp2", "QUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VST3 : WInst<"vst3", "vp3", "QUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VST4 : WInst<"vst4", "vp4", "QUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQhQfQPcQPsUcUsUiUlcsilhfPcPs">;
+def VST2_LANE : WInst<"vst2_lane", "vp2i", "QUsQUiQsQiQhQfQPsUcUsUicsihfPcPs">;
+def VST3_LANE : WInst<"vst3_lane", "vp3i", "QUsQUiQsQiQhQfQPsUcUsUicsihfPcPs">;
+def VST4_LANE : WInst<"vst4_lane", "vp4i", "QUsQUiQsQiQhQfQPsUcUsUicsihfPcPs">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.16 Extract lanes from a vector
+def VGET_LANE : IInst<"vget_lane", "sdi",
+                      "UcUsUicsiPcPsfQUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQPcQPsQflUlQlQUl">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.17 Set lanes within a vector
+def VSET_LANE : IInst<"vset_lane", "dsdi",
+                      "UcUsUicsiPcPsfQUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQPcQPsQflUlQlQUl">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.18 Initialize a vector from bit pattern
+def VCREATE: Inst<"vcreate", "dl", "csihfUcUsUiUlPcPsl", OP_CAST>;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.19 Set all lanes to same value
+def VDUP_N : Inst<"vdup_n", "ds",
+                  "UcUsUicsiPcPsfQUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQPcQPsQflUlQlQUl", OP_DUP>;
+def VMOV_N : Inst<"vmov_n", "ds",
+                  "UcUsUicsiPcPsfQUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQPcQPsQflUlQlQUl", OP_DUP>;
+def VDUP_LANE : Inst<"vdup_lane", "dgi",
+                     "UcUsUicsiPcPsfQUcQUsQUiQcQsQiQPcQPsQflUlQlQUl",OP_DUP_LN>;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.20 Combining vectors
+def VCOMBINE : Inst<"vcombine", "kdd", "csilhfUcUsUiUlPcPs", OP_CONC>;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.21 Splitting vectors
+def VGET_HIGH : Inst<"vget_high", "dk", "csilhfUcUsUiUlPcPs", OP_HI>;
+def VGET_LOW  : Inst<"vget_low", "dk", "csilhfUcUsUiUlPcPs", OP_LO>;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.22 Converting vectors
+def VCVT_S32     : SInst<"vcvt_s32", "xd",  "fQf">;
+def VCVT_U32     : SInst<"vcvt_u32", "ud",  "fQf">;
+def VCVT_F16     : SInst<"vcvt_f16", "hk",  "f">;
+def VCVT_F32     : SInst<"vcvt_f32", "fd",  "iUiQiQUi">;
+def VCVT_F32_F16 : SInst<"vcvt_f32_f16", "fd",  "h">;
+let isVCVT_N = 1 in {
+def VCVT_N_S32   : SInst<"vcvt_n_s32", "xdi", "fQf">;
+def VCVT_N_U32   : SInst<"vcvt_n_u32", "udi", "fQf">;
+def VCVT_N_F32   : SInst<"vcvt_n_f32", "fdi", "iUiQiQUi">;
+}
+def VMOVN        : IInst<"vmovn", "hk",  "silUsUiUl">;
+def VMOVL        : SInst<"vmovl", "wd",  "csiUcUsUi">;
+def VQMOVN       : SInst<"vqmovn", "hk",  "silUsUiUl">;
+def VQMOVUN      : SInst<"vqmovun", "ek",  "sil">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.23-24 Table lookup, Extended table lookup
+def VTBL1 : WInst<"vtbl1", "ddt",  "UccPc">;
+def VTBL2 : WInst<"vtbl2", "d2t",  "UccPc">;
+def VTBL3 : WInst<"vtbl3", "d3t",  "UccPc">;
+def VTBL4 : WInst<"vtbl4", "d4t",  "UccPc">;
+def VTBX1 : WInst<"vtbx1", "dddt", "UccPc">;
+def VTBX2 : WInst<"vtbx2", "dd2t", "UccPc">;
+def VTBX3 : WInst<"vtbx3", "dd3t", "UccPc">;
+def VTBX4 : WInst<"vtbx4", "dd4t", "UccPc">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.25 Operations with a scalar value
+def VMLA_LANE    : Inst<"vmla_lane", "dddgi", "siUsUifQsQiQUsQUiQf", OP_MLA_LN>;
+def VMLAL_LANE   : Inst<"vmlal_lane", "wwddi", "siUsUi", OP_MLAL_LN>;
+def VQDMLAL_LANE : Inst<"vqdmlal_lane", "wwddi", "si", OP_QDMLAL_LN>; 
+def VMLS_LANE    : Inst<"vmls_lane", "dddgi", "siUsUifQsQiQUsQUiQf", OP_MLS_LN>;
+def VMLSL_LANE   : Inst<"vmlsl_lane", "wwddi", "siUsUi", OP_MLSL_LN>;
+def VQDMLSL_LANE : Inst<"vqdmlsl_lane", "wwddi", "si", OP_QDMLSL_LN>;
+def VMUL_N       : Inst<"vmul_n", "dds", "sifUsUiQsQiQfQUsQUi", OP_MUL_N>;
+def VMUL_LANE    : Inst<"vmul_lane", "ddgi", "sifUsUiQsQiQfQUsQUi", OP_MUL_LN>;
+def VMULL_N      : SInst<"vmull_n", "wda", "siUsUi">;
+def VMULL_LANE   : Inst<"vmull_lane", "wddi", "siUsUi", OP_MULL_LN>;
+def VQDMULL_N    : SInst<"vqdmull_n", "wda", "si">;
+def VQDMULL_LANE : Inst<"vqdmull_lane", "wddi", "si", OP_QDMULL_LN>;
+def VQDMULH_N    : SInst<"vqdmulh_n", "dda", "siQsQi">;
+def VQDMULH_LANE : Inst<"vqdmulh_lane", "ddgi", "siQsQi", OP_QDMULH_LN>;
+def VQRDMULH_N   : SInst<"vqrdmulh_n", "dda", "siQsQi">;
+def VQRDMULH_LANE : Inst<"vqrdmulh_lane", "ddgi", "siQsQi", OP_QRDMULH_LN>;
+def VMLA_N       : Inst<"vmla_n", "ddda", "siUsUifQsQiQUsQUiQf", OP_MLA_N>;
+def VMLAL_N      : Inst<"vmlal_n", "wwda", "siUsUi", OP_MLAL_N>;
+def VQDMLAL_N    : SInst<"vqdmlal_n", "wwda", "si">;
+def VMLS_N       : Inst<"vmls_n", "ddds", "siUsUifQsQiQUsQUiQf", OP_MLS_N>;
+def VMLSL_N      : Inst<"vmlsl_n", "wwda", "siUsUi", OP_MLSL_N>;
+def VQDMLSL_N    : SInst<"vqdmlsl_n", "wwda", "si">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.26 Vector Extract
+def VEXT : WInst<"vext", "dddi",
+                 "cUcPcsUsPsiUilUlfQcQUcQPcQsQUsQPsQiQUiQlQUlQf">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.27 Reverse vector elements
+def VREV64 : Inst<"vrev64", "dd", "csiUcUsUiPcPsfQcQsQiQUcQUsQUiQPcQPsQf",
+                  OP_REV64>;
+def VREV32 : Inst<"vrev32", "dd", "csUcUsPcPsQcQsQUcQUsQPcQPs", OP_REV32>;
+def VREV16 : Inst<"vrev16", "dd", "cUcPcQcQUcQPc", OP_REV16>;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.28 Other single operand arithmetic
+def VABS    : SInst<"vabs", "dd", "csifQcQsQiQf">;
+def VQABS   : SInst<"vqabs", "dd", "csiQcQsQi">;
+def VNEG    : Inst<"vneg", "dd", "csifQcQsQiQf", OP_NEG>;
+def VQNEG   : SInst<"vqneg", "dd", "csiQcQsQi">;
+def VCLS    : SInst<"vcls", "dd", "csiQcQsQi">;
+def VCLZ    : IInst<"vclz", "dd", "csiUcUsUiQcQsQiQUcQUsQUi">;
+def VCNT    : WInst<"vcnt", "dd", "UccPcQUcQcQPc">;
+def VRECPE  : SInst<"vrecpe", "dd", "fUiQfQUi">;
+def VRSQRTE : SInst<"vrsqrte", "dd", "fUiQfQUi">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.29 Logical operations
+def VMVN : Inst<"vmvn", "dd", "csiUcUsUiPcQcQsQiQUcQUsQUiQPc", OP_NOT>;
+def VAND : Inst<"vand", "ddd", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl", OP_AND>;
+def VORR : Inst<"vorr", "ddd", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl", OP_OR>;
+def VEOR : Inst<"veor", "ddd", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl", OP_XOR>;
+def VBIC : Inst<"vbic", "ddd", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl", OP_ANDN>;
+def VORN : Inst<"vorn", "ddd", "csilUcUsUiUlQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUl", OP_ORN>;
+def VBSL : SInst<"vbsl", "dudd",
+                "csilUcUsUiUlfPcPsQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUlQfQPcQPs">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.30 Transposition operations
+def VTRN : WInst<"vtrn", "2dd", "csiUcUsUifPcPsQcQsQiQUcQUsQUiQfQPcQPs">;
+def VZIP : WInst<"vzip", "2dd", "csiUcUsUifPcPsQcQsQiQUcQUsQUiQfQPcQPs">;
+def VUZP : WInst<"vuzp", "2dd", "csiUcUsUifPcPsQcQsQiQUcQUsQUiQfQPcQPs">;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// E.3.31 Vector reinterpret cast operations
+def VREINTERPRET
+  : Inst<"vreinterpret", "dd",
+         "csilUcUsUiUlhfPcPsQcQsQiQlQUcQUsQUiQUlQhQfQPcQPs", OP_REINT>;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Vector fused multiply-add operations
+
+def VFMA : SInst<"vfma", "dddd", "fQf">;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/CodeGen/BackendUtil.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/CodeGen/BackendUtil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..135b6a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/CodeGen/BackendUtil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+//===--- BackendUtil.h - LLVM Backend Utilities -----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_CODEGEN_BACKEND_UTIL_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_CODEGEN_BACKEND_UTIL_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class Module;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class DiagnosticsEngine;
+  class CodeGenOptions;
+  class TargetOptions;
+  class LangOptions;
+  
+  enum BackendAction {
+    Backend_EmitAssembly,  ///< Emit native assembly files
+    Backend_EmitBC,        ///< Emit LLVM bitcode files
+    Backend_EmitLL,        ///< Emit human-readable LLVM assembly
+    Backend_EmitNothing,   ///< Don't emit anything (benchmarking mode)
+    Backend_EmitMCNull,    ///< Run CodeGen, but don't emit anything
+    Backend_EmitObj        ///< Emit native object files
+  };
+  
+  void EmitBackendOutput(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, const CodeGenOptions &CGOpts,
+                         const TargetOptions &TOpts, const LangOptions &LOpts,
+                         llvm::Module *M,
+                         BackendAction Action, raw_ostream *OS);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/CodeGen/CodeGenAction.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/CodeGen/CodeGenAction.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..912ef01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/CodeGen/CodeGenAction.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+//===--- CodeGenAction.h - LLVM Code Generation Frontend Action -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_CODEGEN_CODE_GEN_ACTION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_CODEGEN_CODE_GEN_ACTION_H
+
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class LLVMContext;
+  class Module;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+class BackendConsumer;
+
+class CodeGenAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+private:
+  unsigned Act;
+  OwningPtr<llvm::Module> TheModule;
+  llvm::Module *LinkModule;
+  llvm::LLVMContext *VMContext;
+  bool OwnsVMContext;
+
+protected:
+  /// Create a new code generation action.  If the optional \p _VMContext
+  /// parameter is supplied, the action uses it without taking ownership,
+  /// otherwise it creates a fresh LLVM context and takes ownership.
+  CodeGenAction(unsigned _Act, llvm::LLVMContext *_VMContext = 0);
+
+  virtual bool hasIRSupport() const;
+
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+
+  virtual void ExecuteAction();
+
+  virtual void EndSourceFileAction();
+
+public:
+  ~CodeGenAction();
+
+  /// setLinkModule - Set the link module to be used by this action.  If a link
+  /// module is not provided, and CodeGenOptions::LinkBitcodeFile is non-empty,
+  /// the action will load it from the specified file.
+  void setLinkModule(llvm::Module *Mod) { LinkModule = Mod; }
+
+  /// takeModule - Take the generated LLVM module, for use after the action has
+  /// been run. The result may be null on failure.
+  llvm::Module *takeModule();
+
+  /// Take the LLVM context used by this action.
+  llvm::LLVMContext *takeLLVMContext();
+
+  BackendConsumer *BEConsumer;
+};
+
+class EmitAssemblyAction : public CodeGenAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  EmitAssemblyAction(llvm::LLVMContext *_VMContext = 0);
+};
+
+class EmitBCAction : public CodeGenAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  EmitBCAction(llvm::LLVMContext *_VMContext = 0);
+};
+
+class EmitLLVMAction : public CodeGenAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  EmitLLVMAction(llvm::LLVMContext *_VMContext = 0);
+};
+
+class EmitLLVMOnlyAction : public CodeGenAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  EmitLLVMOnlyAction(llvm::LLVMContext *_VMContext = 0);
+};
+
+class EmitCodeGenOnlyAction : public CodeGenAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  EmitCodeGenOnlyAction(llvm::LLVMContext *_VMContext = 0);
+};
+
+class EmitObjAction : public CodeGenAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  EmitObjAction(llvm::LLVMContext *_VMContext = 0);
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/CodeGen/ModuleBuilder.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/CodeGen/ModuleBuilder.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cda7863
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/CodeGen/ModuleBuilder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+//===--- CodeGen/ModuleBuilder.h - Build LLVM from ASTs ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ModuleBuilder interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_CODEGEN_MODULEBUILDER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_CODEGEN_MODULEBUILDER_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class LLVMContext;
+  class Module;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class DiagnosticsEngine;
+  class LangOptions;
+  class CodeGenOptions;
+  class TargetOptions;
+
+  class CodeGenerator : public ASTConsumer {
+    virtual void anchor();
+  public:
+    virtual llvm::Module* GetModule() = 0;
+    virtual llvm::Module* ReleaseModule() = 0;
+  };
+
+  /// CreateLLVMCodeGen - Create a CodeGenerator instance.
+  /// It is the responsibility of the caller to call delete on
+  /// the allocated CodeGenerator instance.
+  CodeGenerator *CreateLLVMCodeGen(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
+                                   const std::string &ModuleName,
+                                   const CodeGenOptions &CGO,
+                                   const TargetOptions &TO,
+                                   llvm::LLVMContext& C);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Action.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Action.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4057e48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Action.h
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+//===--- Action.h - Abstract compilation steps ------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_ACTION_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_ACTION_H_
+
+#include "clang/Driver/Types.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Util.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class Arg;
+
+/// Action - Represent an abstract compilation step to perform.
+///
+/// An action represents an edge in the compilation graph; typically
+/// it is a job to transform an input using some tool.
+///
+/// The current driver is hard wired to expect actions which produce a
+/// single primary output, at least in terms of controlling the
+/// compilation. Actions can produce auxiliary files, but can only
+/// produce a single output to feed into subsequent actions.
+class Action {
+public:
+  typedef ActionList::size_type size_type;
+  typedef ActionList::iterator iterator;
+  typedef ActionList::const_iterator const_iterator;
+
+  enum ActionClass {
+    InputClass = 0,
+    BindArchClass,
+    PreprocessJobClass,
+    PrecompileJobClass,
+    AnalyzeJobClass,
+    MigrateJobClass,
+    CompileJobClass,
+    AssembleJobClass,
+    LinkJobClass,
+    LipoJobClass,
+    DsymutilJobClass,
+    VerifyJobClass,
+
+    JobClassFirst=PreprocessJobClass,
+    JobClassLast=VerifyJobClass
+  };
+
+  static const char *getClassName(ActionClass AC);
+
+private:
+  ActionClass Kind;
+
+  /// The output type of this action.
+  types::ID Type;
+
+  ActionList Inputs;
+
+  unsigned OwnsInputs : 1;
+
+protected:
+  Action(ActionClass _Kind, types::ID _Type)
+    : Kind(_Kind), Type(_Type), OwnsInputs(true)  {}
+  Action(ActionClass _Kind, Action *Input, types::ID _Type)
+    : Kind(_Kind), Type(_Type), Inputs(&Input, &Input + 1), OwnsInputs(true) {}
+  Action(ActionClass _Kind, const ActionList &_Inputs, types::ID _Type)
+    : Kind(_Kind), Type(_Type), Inputs(_Inputs), OwnsInputs(true) {}
+public:
+  virtual ~Action();
+
+  const char *getClassName() const { return Action::getClassName(getKind()); }
+
+  bool getOwnsInputs() { return OwnsInputs; }
+  void setOwnsInputs(bool Value) { OwnsInputs = Value; }
+
+  ActionClass getKind() const { return Kind; }
+  types::ID getType() const { return Type; }
+
+  ActionList &getInputs() { return Inputs; }
+  const ActionList &getInputs() const { return Inputs; }
+
+  size_type size() const { return Inputs.size(); }
+
+  iterator begin() { return Inputs.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return Inputs.end(); }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Inputs.begin(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return Inputs.end(); }
+};
+
+class InputAction : public Action {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  const Arg &Input;
+public:
+  InputAction(const Arg &_Input, types::ID _Type);
+
+  const Arg &getInputArg() const { return Input; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == InputClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class BindArchAction : public Action {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  /// The architecture to bind, or 0 if the default architecture
+  /// should be bound.
+  const char *ArchName;
+
+public:
+  BindArchAction(Action *Input, const char *_ArchName);
+
+  const char *getArchName() const { return ArchName; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == BindArchClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class JobAction : public Action {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  JobAction(ActionClass Kind, Action *Input, types::ID Type);
+  JobAction(ActionClass Kind, const ActionList &Inputs, types::ID Type);
+
+public:
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return (A->getKind() >= JobClassFirst &&
+            A->getKind() <= JobClassLast);
+  }
+};
+
+class PreprocessJobAction : public JobAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  PreprocessJobAction(Action *Input, types::ID OutputType);
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == PreprocessJobClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class PrecompileJobAction : public JobAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  PrecompileJobAction(Action *Input, types::ID OutputType);
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == PrecompileJobClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class AnalyzeJobAction : public JobAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  AnalyzeJobAction(Action *Input, types::ID OutputType);
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == AnalyzeJobClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class MigrateJobAction : public JobAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  MigrateJobAction(Action *Input, types::ID OutputType);
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == MigrateJobClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class CompileJobAction : public JobAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  CompileJobAction(Action *Input, types::ID OutputType);
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == CompileJobClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class AssembleJobAction : public JobAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  AssembleJobAction(Action *Input, types::ID OutputType);
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == AssembleJobClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class LinkJobAction : public JobAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  LinkJobAction(ActionList &Inputs, types::ID Type);
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == LinkJobClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class LipoJobAction : public JobAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  LipoJobAction(ActionList &Inputs, types::ID Type);
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == LipoJobClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class DsymutilJobAction : public JobAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  DsymutilJobAction(ActionList &Inputs, types::ID Type);
+
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == DsymutilJobClass;
+  }
+};
+
+class VerifyJobAction : public JobAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  VerifyJobAction(ActionList &Inputs, types::ID Type);
+  static bool classof(const Action *A) {
+    return A->getKind() == VerifyJobClass;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Arg.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Arg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..662a2e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Arg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+//===--- Arg.h - Parsed Argument Classes ------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::driver::Arg class for parsed arguments.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_ARG_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_ARG_H_
+
+#include "Util.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Option.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class ArgList;
+
+  /// \brief A concrete instance of a particular driver option.
+  ///
+  /// The Arg class encodes just enough information to be able to
+  /// derive the argument values efficiently. In addition, Arg
+  /// instances have an intrusive double linked list which is used by
+  /// ArgList to provide efficient iteration over all instances of a
+  /// particular option.
+  class Arg {
+    Arg(const Arg &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const Arg &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  private:
+    /// \brief The option this argument is an instance of.
+    const Option Opt;
+
+    /// \brief The argument this argument was derived from (during tool chain
+    /// argument translation), if any.
+    const Arg *BaseArg;
+
+    /// \brief How this instance of the option was spelled.
+    StringRef Spelling;
+
+    /// \brief The index at which this argument appears in the containing
+    /// ArgList.
+    unsigned Index;
+
+    /// \brief Was this argument used to affect compilation?
+    ///
+    /// This is used for generating "argument unused" diagnostics.
+    mutable unsigned Claimed : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Does this argument own its values?
+    mutable unsigned OwnsValues : 1;
+
+    /// \brief The argument values, as C strings.
+    SmallVector<const char *, 2> Values;
+
+  public:
+    Arg(const Option Opt, StringRef Spelling, unsigned Index,
+        const Arg *BaseArg = 0);
+    Arg(const Option Opt, StringRef Spelling, unsigned Index,
+        const char *Value0, const Arg *BaseArg = 0);
+    Arg(const Option Opt, StringRef Spelling, unsigned Index,
+        const char *Value0, const char *Value1, const Arg *BaseArg = 0);
+    ~Arg();
+
+    Option getOption() const { return Opt; }
+    StringRef getSpelling() const { return Spelling; }
+    unsigned getIndex() const { return Index; }
+
+    /// \brief Return the base argument which generated this arg.
+    ///
+    /// This is either the argument itself or the argument it was
+    /// derived from during tool chain specific argument translation.
+    const Arg &getBaseArg() const {
+      return BaseArg ? *BaseArg : *this;
+    }
+    void setBaseArg(const Arg *_BaseArg) {
+      BaseArg = _BaseArg;
+    }
+
+    bool getOwnsValues() const { return OwnsValues; }
+    void setOwnsValues(bool Value) const { OwnsValues = Value; }
+
+    bool isClaimed() const { return getBaseArg().Claimed; }
+
+    /// \brief Set the Arg claimed bit.
+    void claim() const { getBaseArg().Claimed = true; }
+
+    unsigned getNumValues() const { return Values.size(); }
+    const char *getValue(unsigned N = 0) const {
+      return Values[N];
+    }
+
+    SmallVectorImpl<const char*> &getValues() {
+      return Values;
+    }
+
+    bool containsValue(StringRef Value) const {
+      for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumValues(); i != e; ++i)
+        if (Values[i] == Value)
+          return true;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Append the argument onto the given array as strings.
+    void render(const ArgList &Args, ArgStringList &Output) const;
+
+    /// \brief Append the argument, render as an input, onto the given
+    /// array as strings.
+    ///
+    /// The distinction is that some options only render their values
+    /// when rendered as a input (e.g., Xlinker).
+    void renderAsInput(const ArgList &Args, ArgStringList &Output) const;
+
+    void dump() const;
+
+    /// \brief Return a formatted version of the argument and
+    /// its values, for debugging and diagnostics.
+    std::string getAsString(const ArgList &Args) const;
+  };
+
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/ArgList.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/ArgList.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3967dcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/ArgList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+//===--- ArgList.h - Argument List Management ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_ARGLIST_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_ARGLIST_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/OptSpecifier.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Option.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Util.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <list>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class DiagnosticsEngine;
+
+namespace driver {
+  class Arg;
+  class ArgList;
+  class Option;
+
+  /// arg_iterator - Iterates through arguments stored inside an ArgList.
+  class arg_iterator {
+    /// The current argument.
+    SmallVectorImpl<Arg*>::const_iterator Current;
+
+    /// The argument list we are iterating over.
+    const ArgList &Args;
+
+    /// Optional filters on the arguments which will be match. Most clients
+    /// should never want to iterate over arguments without filters, so we won't
+    /// bother to factor this into two separate iterator implementations.
+    //
+    // FIXME: Make efficient; the idea is to provide efficient iteration over
+    // all arguments which match a particular id and then just provide an
+    // iterator combinator which takes multiple iterators which can be
+    // efficiently compared and returns them in order.
+    OptSpecifier Id0, Id1, Id2;
+
+    void SkipToNextArg();
+
+  public:
+    typedef Arg * const *                 value_type;
+    typedef Arg * const &                 reference;
+    typedef Arg * const *                 pointer;
+    typedef std::forward_iterator_tag   iterator_category;
+    typedef std::ptrdiff_t              difference_type;
+
+    arg_iterator(SmallVectorImpl<Arg*>::const_iterator it,
+                 const ArgList &_Args, OptSpecifier _Id0 = 0U,
+                 OptSpecifier _Id1 = 0U, OptSpecifier _Id2 = 0U)
+      : Current(it), Args(_Args), Id0(_Id0), Id1(_Id1), Id2(_Id2) {
+      SkipToNextArg();
+    }
+
+    operator const Arg*() { return *Current; }
+    reference operator*() const { return *Current; }
+    pointer operator->() const { return Current; }
+
+    arg_iterator &operator++() {
+      ++Current;
+      SkipToNextArg();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    arg_iterator operator++(int) {
+      arg_iterator tmp(*this);
+      ++(*this);
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator==(arg_iterator LHS, arg_iterator RHS) {
+      return LHS.Current == RHS.Current;
+    }
+    friend bool operator!=(arg_iterator LHS, arg_iterator RHS) {
+      return !(LHS == RHS);
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// ArgList - Ordered collection of driver arguments.
+  ///
+  /// The ArgList class manages a list of Arg instances as well as
+  /// auxiliary data and convenience methods to allow Tools to quickly
+  /// check for the presence of Arg instances for a particular Option
+  /// and to iterate over groups of arguments.
+  class ArgList {
+  private:
+    ArgList(const ArgList &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const ArgList &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  public:
+    typedef SmallVector<Arg*, 16> arglist_type;
+    typedef arglist_type::iterator iterator;
+    typedef arglist_type::const_iterator const_iterator;
+    typedef arglist_type::reverse_iterator reverse_iterator;
+    typedef arglist_type::const_reverse_iterator const_reverse_iterator;
+
+  private:
+    /// The internal list of arguments.
+    arglist_type Args;
+
+  protected:
+    ArgList();
+
+  public:
+    virtual ~ArgList();
+
+    /// @name Arg Access
+    /// @{
+
+    /// append - Append \p A to the arg list.
+    void append(Arg *A);
+
+    arglist_type &getArgs() { return Args; }
+    const arglist_type &getArgs() const { return Args; }
+
+    unsigned size() const { return Args.size(); }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Arg Iteration
+    /// @{
+
+    iterator begin() { return Args.begin(); }
+    iterator end() { return Args.end(); }
+
+    reverse_iterator rbegin() { return Args.rbegin(); }
+    reverse_iterator rend() { return Args.rend(); }
+
+    const_iterator begin() const { return Args.begin(); }
+    const_iterator end() const { return Args.end(); }
+
+    const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return Args.rbegin(); }
+    const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return Args.rend(); }
+
+    arg_iterator filtered_begin(OptSpecifier Id0 = 0U, OptSpecifier Id1 = 0U,
+                                OptSpecifier Id2 = 0U) const {
+      return arg_iterator(Args.begin(), *this, Id0, Id1, Id2);
+    }
+    arg_iterator filtered_end() const {
+      return arg_iterator(Args.end(), *this);
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Arg Removal
+    /// @{
+
+    /// eraseArg - Remove any option matching \p Id.
+    void eraseArg(OptSpecifier Id);
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Arg Access
+    /// @{
+
+    /// hasArg - Does the arg list contain any option matching \p Id.
+    ///
+    /// \p Claim Whether the argument should be claimed, if it exists.
+    bool hasArgNoClaim(OptSpecifier Id) const {
+      return getLastArgNoClaim(Id) != 0;
+    }
+    bool hasArg(OptSpecifier Id) const {
+      return getLastArg(Id) != 0;
+    }
+    bool hasArg(OptSpecifier Id0, OptSpecifier Id1) const {
+      return getLastArg(Id0, Id1) != 0;
+    }
+    bool hasArg(OptSpecifier Id0, OptSpecifier Id1, OptSpecifier Id2) const {
+      return getLastArg(Id0, Id1, Id2) != 0;
+    }
+
+    /// getLastArg - Return the last argument matching \p Id, or null.
+    ///
+    /// \p Claim Whether the argument should be claimed, if it exists.
+    Arg *getLastArgNoClaim(OptSpecifier Id) const;
+    Arg *getLastArg(OptSpecifier Id) const;
+    Arg *getLastArg(OptSpecifier Id0, OptSpecifier Id1) const;
+    Arg *getLastArg(OptSpecifier Id0, OptSpecifier Id1, OptSpecifier Id2) const;
+    Arg *getLastArg(OptSpecifier Id0, OptSpecifier Id1, OptSpecifier Id2,
+                    OptSpecifier Id3) const;
+    Arg *getLastArg(OptSpecifier Id0, OptSpecifier Id1, OptSpecifier Id2,
+                    OptSpecifier Id3, OptSpecifier Id4) const;
+    Arg *getLastArg(OptSpecifier Id0, OptSpecifier Id1, OptSpecifier Id2,
+                    OptSpecifier Id3, OptSpecifier Id4, OptSpecifier Id5) const;
+    Arg *getLastArg(OptSpecifier Id0, OptSpecifier Id1, OptSpecifier Id2,
+                    OptSpecifier Id3, OptSpecifier Id4, OptSpecifier Id5,
+                    OptSpecifier Id6) const;
+    Arg *getLastArg(OptSpecifier Id0, OptSpecifier Id1, OptSpecifier Id2,
+                    OptSpecifier Id3, OptSpecifier Id4, OptSpecifier Id5,
+                    OptSpecifier Id6, OptSpecifier Id7) const;
+
+    /// getArgString - Return the input argument string at \p Index.
+    virtual const char *getArgString(unsigned Index) const = 0;
+
+    /// getNumInputArgStrings - Return the number of original argument strings,
+    /// which are guaranteed to be the first strings in the argument string
+    /// list.
+    virtual unsigned getNumInputArgStrings() const = 0;
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Argument Lookup Utilities
+    /// @{
+
+    /// getLastArgValue - Return the value of the last argument, or a default.
+    StringRef getLastArgValue(OptSpecifier Id,
+                                    StringRef Default = "") const;
+
+    /// getLastArgValue - Return the value of the last argument as an integer,
+    /// or a default. If Diags is non-null, emits an error if the argument
+    /// is given, but non-integral.
+    int getLastArgIntValue(OptSpecifier Id, int Default,
+                           DiagnosticsEngine *Diags = 0) const;
+
+    /// getLastArgValue - Return the value of the last argument as an integer,
+    /// or a default. Emits an error if the argument is given, but non-integral.
+    int getLastArgIntValue(OptSpecifier Id, int Default,
+                           DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const {
+      return getLastArgIntValue(Id, Default, &Diags);
+    }
+
+    /// getAllArgValues - Get the values of all instances of the given argument
+    /// as strings.
+    std::vector<std::string> getAllArgValues(OptSpecifier Id) const;
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Translation Utilities
+    /// @{
+
+    /// hasFlag - Given an option \p Pos and its negative form \p Neg, return
+    /// true if the option is present, false if the negation is present, and
+    /// \p Default if neither option is given. If both the option and its
+    /// negation are present, the last one wins.
+    bool hasFlag(OptSpecifier Pos, OptSpecifier Neg, bool Default=true) const;
+
+    /// AddLastArg - Render only the last argument match \p Id0, if present.
+    void AddLastArg(ArgStringList &Output, OptSpecifier Id0) const;
+
+    /// AddAllArgs - Render all arguments matching the given ids.
+    void AddAllArgs(ArgStringList &Output, OptSpecifier Id0,
+                    OptSpecifier Id1 = 0U, OptSpecifier Id2 = 0U) const;
+
+    /// AddAllArgValues - Render the argument values of all arguments
+    /// matching the given ids.
+    void AddAllArgValues(ArgStringList &Output, OptSpecifier Id0,
+                         OptSpecifier Id1 = 0U, OptSpecifier Id2 = 0U) const;
+
+    /// AddAllArgsTranslated - Render all the arguments matching the
+    /// given ids, but forced to separate args and using the provided
+    /// name instead of the first option value.
+    ///
+    /// \param Joined - If true, render the argument as joined with
+    /// the option specifier.
+    void AddAllArgsTranslated(ArgStringList &Output, OptSpecifier Id0,
+                              const char *Translation,
+                              bool Joined = false) const;
+
+    /// ClaimAllArgs - Claim all arguments which match the given
+    /// option id.
+    void ClaimAllArgs(OptSpecifier Id0) const;
+
+    /// ClaimAllArgs - Claim all arguments.
+    ///
+    void ClaimAllArgs() const;
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Arg Synthesis
+    /// @{
+
+    /// MakeArgString - Construct a constant string pointer whose
+    /// lifetime will match that of the ArgList.
+    virtual const char *MakeArgString(StringRef Str) const = 0;
+    const char *MakeArgString(const char *Str) const {
+      return MakeArgString(StringRef(Str));
+    }
+    const char *MakeArgString(std::string Str) const {
+      return MakeArgString(StringRef(Str));
+    }
+    const char *MakeArgString(const Twine &Str) const;
+
+    /// \brief Create an arg string for (\p LHS + \p RHS), reusing the
+    /// string at \p Index if possible.
+    const char *GetOrMakeJoinedArgString(unsigned Index, StringRef LHS,
+                                         StringRef RHS) const;
+
+    /// @}
+
+    void dump();
+  };
+
+  class InputArgList : public ArgList  {
+  private:
+    /// List of argument strings used by the contained Args.
+    ///
+    /// This is mutable since we treat the ArgList as being the list
+    /// of Args, and allow routines to add new strings (to have a
+    /// convenient place to store the memory) via MakeIndex.
+    mutable ArgStringList ArgStrings;
+
+    /// Strings for synthesized arguments.
+    ///
+    /// This is mutable since we treat the ArgList as being the list
+    /// of Args, and allow routines to add new strings (to have a
+    /// convenient place to store the memory) via MakeIndex.
+    mutable std::list<std::string> SynthesizedStrings;
+
+    /// The number of original input argument strings.
+    unsigned NumInputArgStrings;
+
+  public:
+    InputArgList(const char* const *ArgBegin, const char* const *ArgEnd);
+    ~InputArgList();
+
+    virtual const char *getArgString(unsigned Index) const {
+      return ArgStrings[Index];
+    }
+
+    virtual unsigned getNumInputArgStrings() const {
+      return NumInputArgStrings;
+    }
+
+    /// @name Arg Synthesis
+    /// @{
+
+  public:
+    /// MakeIndex - Get an index for the given string(s).
+    unsigned MakeIndex(StringRef String0) const;
+    unsigned MakeIndex(StringRef String0, StringRef String1) const;
+
+    virtual const char *MakeArgString(StringRef Str) const;
+
+    /// @}
+  };
+
+  /// DerivedArgList - An ordered collection of driver arguments,
+  /// whose storage may be in another argument list.
+  class DerivedArgList : public ArgList {
+    const InputArgList &BaseArgs;
+
+    /// The list of arguments we synthesized.
+    mutable arglist_type SynthesizedArgs;
+
+  public:
+    /// Construct a new derived arg list from \p BaseArgs.
+    DerivedArgList(const InputArgList &BaseArgs);
+    ~DerivedArgList();
+
+    virtual const char *getArgString(unsigned Index) const {
+      return BaseArgs.getArgString(Index);
+    }
+
+    virtual unsigned getNumInputArgStrings() const {
+      return BaseArgs.getNumInputArgStrings();
+    }
+
+    const InputArgList &getBaseArgs() const {
+      return BaseArgs;
+    }
+
+    /// @name Arg Synthesis
+    /// @{
+
+    /// AddSynthesizedArg - Add a argument to the list of synthesized arguments
+    /// (to be freed).
+    void AddSynthesizedArg(Arg *A) {
+      SynthesizedArgs.push_back(A);
+    }
+
+    virtual const char *MakeArgString(StringRef Str) const;
+
+    /// AddFlagArg - Construct a new FlagArg for the given option \p Id and
+    /// append it to the argument list.
+    void AddFlagArg(const Arg *BaseArg, const Option Opt) {
+      append(MakeFlagArg(BaseArg, Opt));
+    }
+
+    /// AddPositionalArg - Construct a new Positional arg for the given option
+    /// \p Id, with the provided \p Value and append it to the argument
+    /// list.
+    void AddPositionalArg(const Arg *BaseArg, const Option Opt,
+                          StringRef Value) {
+      append(MakePositionalArg(BaseArg, Opt, Value));
+    }
+
+
+    /// AddSeparateArg - Construct a new Positional arg for the given option
+    /// \p Id, with the provided \p Value and append it to the argument
+    /// list.
+    void AddSeparateArg(const Arg *BaseArg, const Option Opt,
+                        StringRef Value) {
+      append(MakeSeparateArg(BaseArg, Opt, Value));
+    }
+
+
+    /// AddJoinedArg - Construct a new Positional arg for the given option
+    /// \p Id, with the provided \p Value and append it to the argument list.
+    void AddJoinedArg(const Arg *BaseArg, const Option Opt,
+                      StringRef Value) {
+      append(MakeJoinedArg(BaseArg, Opt, Value));
+    }
+
+
+    /// MakeFlagArg - Construct a new FlagArg for the given option \p Id.
+    Arg *MakeFlagArg(const Arg *BaseArg, const Option Opt) const;
+
+    /// MakePositionalArg - Construct a new Positional arg for the
+    /// given option \p Id, with the provided \p Value.
+    Arg *MakePositionalArg(const Arg *BaseArg, const Option Opt,
+                           StringRef Value) const;
+
+    /// MakeSeparateArg - Construct a new Positional arg for the
+    /// given option \p Id, with the provided \p Value.
+    Arg *MakeSeparateArg(const Arg *BaseArg, const Option Opt,
+                         StringRef Value) const;
+
+    /// MakeJoinedArg - Construct a new Positional arg for the
+    /// given option \p Id, with the provided \p Value.
+    Arg *MakeJoinedArg(const Arg *BaseArg, const Option Opt,
+                       StringRef Value) const;
+
+    /// @}
+  };
+
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1AsOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1AsOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..420a101
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1AsOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+//===--- CC1AsOptions.h - Clang Assembler Options Table ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_CC1ASOPTIONS_H
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_CC1ASOPTIONS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class OptTable;
+
+namespace cc1asoptions {
+  enum ID {
+    OPT_INVALID = 0, // This is not an option ID.
+#define PREFIX(NAME, VALUE)
+#define OPTION(PREFIX, NAME, ID, KIND, GROUP, ALIAS, FLAGS, PARAM, \
+               HELPTEXT, METAVAR) OPT_##ID,
+#include "clang/Driver/CC1AsOptions.inc"
+    LastOption
+#undef OPTION
+#undef PREFIX
+  };
+}
+
+  OptTable *createCC1AsOptTable();
+}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1AsOptions.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1AsOptions.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2749bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1AsOptions.td
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+//===--- CC1AsOptions.td - Options for clang -cc1as -----------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the options accepted by clang -cc1as.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// Include the common option parsing interfaces.
+include "OptParser.td"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Target Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def triple : Separate<["-"], "triple">,
+  HelpText<"Specify target triple (e.g. x86_64-pc-linux-gnu)">;
+def target_cpu : Separate<["-"], "target-cpu">,
+  HelpText<"Target a specific cpu type">;
+def target_feature : Separate<["-"], "target-feature">,
+  HelpText<"Target specific attributes">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Language Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def I : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "I">, MetaVarName<"<directory>">,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to include search path">;
+def n : Flag<["-"], "n">,
+  HelpText<"Don't automatically start assembly file with a text section">;
+def L : Flag<["-"], "L">,
+  HelpText<"Save temporary labels in the symbol table. "
+           "Note this may change .s semantics, it should almost never be used "
+           "on compiler generated code!">;
+def main_file_name : Separate<["-"], "main-file-name">,
+  HelpText<"Main file name to use for debug info">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Frontend Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def o : Separate<["-"], "o">, MetaVarName<"<path>">,
+  HelpText<"Specify output file">;
+
+def filetype : Separate<["-"], "filetype">,
+    HelpText<"Specify the output file type ('asm', 'null', or 'obj')">;
+
+def help : Flag<["-", "--"], "help">,
+  HelpText<"Print this help text">;
+
+def version : Flag<["-", "--"], "version">,
+  HelpText<"Print the assembler version">;
+def v : Flag<["-"], "v">, Alias<version>;
+
+// Generic forwarding to LLVM options. This should only be used for debugging
+// and experimental features.
+def mllvm : Separate<["-"], "mllvm">,
+  HelpText<"Additional arguments to forward to LLVM's option processing">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Transliterate Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def output_asm_variant : Separate<["-"], "output-asm-variant">,
+    HelpText<"Select the asm variant index to use for output">;
+def show_encoding : Flag<["-"], "show-encoding">,
+    HelpText<"Show instruction encoding information in transliterate mode">;
+def show_inst : Flag<["-"], "show-inst">,
+    HelpText<"Show internal instruction representation in transliterate mode">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Assemble Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def relax_all : Flag<["-"], "relax-all">,
+    HelpText<"Relax all fixups (for performance testing)">;
+
+def no_exec_stack : Flag<["--"], "noexecstack">,
+    HelpText<"Mark the file as not needing an executable stack">;
+
+def fatal_warnings : Flag<["--"], "fatal-warnings">,
+    HelpText<"Consider warnings as errors">;
+
+def g : Flag<["-"], "g">, HelpText<"Generate source level debug information">;
+
+def fdebug_compilation_dir : Separate<["-"], "fdebug-compilation-dir">,
+  HelpText<"The compilation directory to embed in the debug info.">;
+
+def dwarf_debug_flags : Separate<["-"], "dwarf-debug-flags">,
+  HelpText<"The string to embed in the Dwarf debug flags record.">;
+
+def dwarf_debug_producer : Separate<["-"], "dwarf-debug-producer">,
+  HelpText<"The string to embed in the Dwarf debug AT_producer record.">;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1Options.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1Options.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1Options.h
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1Options.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1Options.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4dd345
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/CC1Options.td
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+//===--- CC1Options.td - Options for clang -cc1 ---------------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the options accepted by clang -cc1.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+let Flags = [CC1Option, NoDriverOption] in {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Target Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def cxx_abi : Separate<["-"], "cxx-abi">,
+  HelpText<"Target a particular C++ ABI type">;
+def target_abi : Separate<["-"], "target-abi">,
+  HelpText<"Target a particular ABI type">;
+def target_cpu : Separate<["-"], "target-cpu">,
+  HelpText<"Target a specific cpu type">;
+def target_feature : Separate<["-"], "target-feature">,
+  HelpText<"Target specific attributes">;
+def target_linker_version : Separate<["-"], "target-linker-version">,
+  HelpText<"Target linker version">;
+def triple : Separate<["-"], "triple">,
+  HelpText<"Specify target triple (e.g. i686-apple-darwin9)">;
+def triple_EQ : Joined<["-"], "triple=">, Alias<triple>;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Analyzer Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def analysis_UnoptimizedCFG : Flag<["-"], "unoptimized-cfg">,
+  HelpText<"Generate unoptimized CFGs for all analyses">;
+def analysis_CFGAddImplicitDtors : Flag<["-"], "cfg-add-implicit-dtors">,
+  HelpText<"Add C++ implicit destructors to CFGs for all analyses">;
+
+def analyzer_store : Separate<["-"], "analyzer-store">,
+  HelpText<"Source Code Analysis - Abstract Memory Store Models">;
+def analyzer_store_EQ : Joined<["-"], "analyzer-store=">, Alias<analyzer_store>;
+
+def analyzer_constraints : Separate<["-"], "analyzer-constraints">,
+  HelpText<"Source Code Analysis - Symbolic Constraint Engines">;
+def analyzer_constraints_EQ : Joined<["-"], "analyzer-constraints=">,
+  Alias<analyzer_constraints>;
+
+def analyzer_output : Separate<["-"], "analyzer-output">,
+  HelpText<"Source Code Analysis - Output Options">;
+def analyzer_output_EQ : Joined<["-"], "analyzer-output=">,
+  Alias<analyzer_output>;
+
+def analyzer_purge : Separate<["-"], "analyzer-purge">,
+  HelpText<"Source Code Analysis - Dead Symbol Removal Frequency">;
+def analyzer_purge_EQ : Joined<["-"], "analyzer-purge=">, Alias<analyzer_purge>;
+
+def analyzer_opt_analyze_headers : Flag<["-"], "analyzer-opt-analyze-headers">,
+  HelpText<"Force the static analyzer to analyze functions defined in header files">;
+def analyzer_opt_analyze_nested_blocks : Flag<["-"], "analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks">,
+  HelpText<"Analyze the definitions of blocks in addition to functions">;
+def analyzer_display_progress : Flag<["-"], "analyzer-display-progress">,
+  HelpText<"Emit verbose output about the analyzer's progress">;
+def analyze_function : Separate<["-"], "analyze-function">,
+  HelpText<"Run analysis on specific function">;
+def analyze_function_EQ : Joined<["-"], "analyze-function=">, Alias<analyze_function>;
+def analyzer_eagerly_assume : Flag<["-"], "analyzer-eagerly-assume">,
+  HelpText<"Eagerly assume the truth/falseness of some symbolic constraints">;
+def trim_egraph : Flag<["-"], "trim-egraph">,
+  HelpText<"Only show error-related paths in the analysis graph">;
+def analyzer_viz_egraph_graphviz : Flag<["-"], "analyzer-viz-egraph-graphviz">,
+  HelpText<"Display exploded graph using GraphViz">;
+def analyzer_viz_egraph_ubigraph : Flag<["-"], "analyzer-viz-egraph-ubigraph">,
+  HelpText<"Display exploded graph using Ubigraph">;
+
+def analyzer_inline_max_stack_depth : Separate<["-"], "analyzer-inline-max-stack-depth">,
+  HelpText<"Bound on stack depth while inlining (4 by default)">;
+def analyzer_inline_max_stack_depth_EQ : Joined<["-"], "analyzer-inline-max-stack-depth=">, 
+  Alias<analyzer_inline_max_stack_depth>;
+  
+def analyzer_inlining_mode : Separate<["-"], "analyzer-inlining-mode">,
+  HelpText<"Specify the function selection heuristic used during inlining">;
+def analyzer_inlining_mode_EQ : Joined<["-"], "analyzer-inlining-mode=">, Alias<analyzer_inlining_mode>;
+
+def analyzer_disable_retry_exhausted : Flag<["-"], "analyzer-disable-retry-exhausted">,
+  HelpText<"Do not re-analyze paths leading to exhausted nodes with a different strategy (may decrease code coverage)">;
+  
+def analyzer_max_loop : Separate<["-"], "analyzer-max-loop">,
+  HelpText<"The maximum number of times the analyzer will go through a loop">;
+def analyzer_stats : Flag<["-"], "analyzer-stats">,
+  HelpText<"Print internal analyzer statistics.">;
+
+def analyzer_checker : Separate<["-"], "analyzer-checker">,
+  HelpText<"Choose analyzer checkers to enable">;
+def analyzer_checker_EQ : Joined<["-"], "analyzer-checker=">,
+  Alias<analyzer_checker>;
+
+def analyzer_disable_checker : Separate<["-"], "analyzer-disable-checker">,
+  HelpText<"Choose analyzer checkers to disable">;
+def analyzer_disable_checker_EQ : Joined<["-"], "analyzer-disable-checker=">,
+  Alias<analyzer_disable_checker>;
+
+def analyzer_checker_help : Flag<["-"], "analyzer-checker-help">,
+  HelpText<"Display the list of analyzer checkers that are available">;
+
+def analyzer_config : Separate<["-"], "analyzer-config">,
+  HelpText<"Choose analyzer options to enable">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Migrator Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+def migrator_no_nsalloc_error : Flag<["-"], "no-ns-alloc-error">,
+  HelpText<"Do not error on use of NSAllocateCollectable/NSReallocateCollectable">;
+
+def migrator_no_finalize_removal : Flag<["-"], "no-finalize-removal">,
+  HelpText<"Do not remove finalize method in gc mode">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// CodeGen Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def disable_llvm_optzns : Flag<["-"], "disable-llvm-optzns">,
+  HelpText<"Don't run LLVM optimization passes">;
+def disable_llvm_verifier : Flag<["-"], "disable-llvm-verifier">,
+  HelpText<"Don't run the LLVM IR verifier pass">;
+def disable_red_zone : Flag<["-"], "disable-red-zone">,
+  HelpText<"Do not emit code that uses the red zone.">;
+def fdebug_compilation_dir : Separate<["-"], "fdebug-compilation-dir">,
+  HelpText<"The compilation directory to embed in the debug info.">;
+def dwarf_debug_flags : Separate<["-"], "dwarf-debug-flags">,
+  HelpText<"The string to embed in the Dwarf debug flags record.">;
+def dwarf_column_info : Flag<["-"], "dwarf-column-info">,
+  HelpText<"Turn on column location information.">;
+def split_dwarf : Flag<["-"], "split-dwarf">,
+  HelpText<"Split out the dwarf .dwo sections">;
+def fforbid_guard_variables : Flag<["-"], "fforbid-guard-variables">,
+  HelpText<"Emit an error if a C++ static local initializer would need a guard variable">;
+def no_implicit_float : Flag<["-"], "no-implicit-float">,
+  HelpText<"Don't generate implicit floating point instructions">;
+def fdump_vtable_layouts : Flag<["-"], "fdump-vtable-layouts">,
+  HelpText<"Dump the layouts of all vtables that will be emitted in a translation unit">;
+def femit_coverage_notes : Flag<["-"], "femit-coverage-notes">,
+  HelpText<"Emit a gcov coverage notes file when compiling.">;
+def femit_coverage_data: Flag<["-"], "femit-coverage-data">,
+  HelpText<"Instrument the program to emit gcov coverage data when run.">;
+def coverage_file : Separate<["-"], "coverage-file">,
+  HelpText<"Emit coverage data to this filename. The extension will be replaced.">;
+def coverage_file_EQ : Joined<["-"], "coverage-file=">, Alias<coverage_file>;
+def coverage_cfg_checksum : Flag<["-"], "coverage-cfg-checksum">,
+  HelpText<"Emit CFG checksum for functions in .gcno files.">;
+def coverage_no_function_names_in_data : Flag<["-"], "coverage-no-function-names-in-data">,
+  HelpText<"Emit function names in .gcda files.">;
+def coverage_version_EQ : Joined<["-"], "coverage-version=">,
+  HelpText<"Four-byte version string for gcov files.">;
+def test_coverage : Flag<["-"], "test-coverage">,
+  HelpText<"Do not generate coverage files or remove coverage changes from IR">;
+def fuse_register_sized_bitfield_access: Flag<["-"], "fuse-register-sized-bitfield-access">,
+  HelpText<"Use register sized accesses to bit-fields, when possible.">;
+def relaxed_aliasing : Flag<["-"], "relaxed-aliasing">,
+  HelpText<"Turn off Type Based Alias Analysis">;
+def struct_path_tbaa : Flag<["-"], "struct-path-tbaa">,
+  HelpText<"Turn on struct-path aware Type Based Alias Analysis">;
+def masm_verbose : Flag<["-"], "masm-verbose">,
+  HelpText<"Generate verbose assembly output">;
+def mcode_model : Separate<["-"], "mcode-model">,
+  HelpText<"The code model to use">;
+def mdebug_pass : Separate<["-"], "mdebug-pass">,
+  HelpText<"Enable additional debug output">;
+def mdisable_fp_elim : Flag<["-"], "mdisable-fp-elim">,
+  HelpText<"Disable frame pointer elimination optimization">;
+def mdisable_tail_calls : Flag<["-"], "mdisable-tail-calls">,
+  HelpText<"Disable tail call optimization, keeping the call stack accurate">;
+def menable_no_infinities : Flag<["-"], "menable-no-infs">,
+  HelpText<"Allow optimization to assume there are no infinities.">;
+def menable_no_nans : Flag<["-"], "menable-no-nans">,
+  HelpText<"Allow optimization to assume there are no NaNs.">;
+def menable_unsafe_fp_math : Flag<["-"], "menable-unsafe-fp-math">,
+  HelpText<"Allow unsafe floating-point math optimizations which may decrease "
+           "precision">;
+def mfloat_abi : Separate<["-"], "mfloat-abi">,
+  HelpText<"The float ABI to use">;
+def mlimit_float_precision : Separate<["-"], "mlimit-float-precision">,
+  HelpText<"Limit float precision to the given value">;
+def mno_exec_stack : Flag<["-"], "mnoexecstack">,
+  HelpText<"Mark the file as not needing an executable stack">;
+def split_stacks : Flag<["-"], "split-stacks">,
+  HelpText<"Try to use a split stack if possible.">;
+def mno_zero_initialized_in_bss : Flag<["-"], "mno-zero-initialized-in-bss">,
+  HelpText<"Do not put zero initialized data in the BSS">;
+def backend_option : Separate<["-"], "backend-option">,
+  HelpText<"Additional arguments to forward to LLVM backend (during code gen)">;
+def mregparm : Separate<["-"], "mregparm">,
+  HelpText<"Limit the number of registers available for integer arguments">;
+def msave_temp_labels : Flag<["-"], "msave-temp-labels">,
+  HelpText<"(integrated-as) Save temporary labels">;
+def mrelocation_model : Separate<["-"], "mrelocation-model">,
+  HelpText<"The relocation model to use">;
+def munwind_tables : Flag<["-"], "munwind-tables">,
+  HelpText<"Generate unwinding tables for all functions">;
+def mconstructor_aliases : Flag<["-"], "mconstructor-aliases">,
+  HelpText<"Emit complete constructors and destructors as aliases when possible">;
+def mlink_bitcode_file : Separate<["-"], "mlink-bitcode-file">,
+  HelpText<"Link the given bitcode file before performing optimizations.">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Dependency Output Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def sys_header_deps : Flag<["-"], "sys-header-deps">,
+  HelpText<"Include system headers in dependency output">;
+def header_include_file : Separate<["-"], "header-include-file">,
+  HelpText<"Filename (or -) to write header include output to">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Diagnostic Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def diagnostic_log_file : Separate<["-"], "diagnostic-log-file">,
+  HelpText<"Filename (or -) to log diagnostics to">;
+def diagnostic_serialized_file : Separate<["-"], "serialize-diagnostic-file">,
+  MetaVarName<"<filename>">,
+  HelpText<"File for serializing diagnostics in a binary format">;
+
+def fdiagnostics_format : Separate<["-"], "fdiagnostics-format">,
+  HelpText<"Change diagnostic formatting to match IDE and command line tools">;
+def fdiagnostics_show_category : Separate<["-"], "fdiagnostics-show-category">,
+  HelpText<"Print diagnostic category">;
+def fno_diagnostics_use_presumed_location : Flag<["-"], "fno-diagnostics-use-presumed-location">,
+  HelpText<"Ignore #line directives when displaying diagnostic locations">;
+def ftabstop : Separate<["-"], "ftabstop">, MetaVarName<"<N>">,
+  HelpText<"Set the tab stop distance.">;
+def ferror_limit : Separate<["-"], "ferror-limit">, MetaVarName<"<N>">,
+  HelpText<"Set the maximum number of errors to emit before stopping (0 = no limit).">;
+def fmacro_backtrace_limit : Separate<["-"], "fmacro-backtrace-limit">, MetaVarName<"<N>">,
+  HelpText<"Set the maximum number of entries to print in a macro expansion backtrace (0 = no limit).">;
+def ftemplate_backtrace_limit : Separate<["-"], "ftemplate-backtrace-limit">, MetaVarName<"<N>">,
+  HelpText<"Set the maximum number of entries to print in a template instantiation backtrace (0 = no limit).">;
+def fconstexpr_backtrace_limit : Separate<["-"], "fconstexpr-backtrace-limit">, MetaVarName<"<N>">,
+  HelpText<"Set the maximum number of entries to print in a constexpr evaluation backtrace (0 = no limit).">;
+def fmessage_length : Separate<["-"], "fmessage-length">, MetaVarName<"<N>">,
+  HelpText<"Format message diagnostics so that they fit within N columns or fewer, when possible.">;
+def Wno_rewrite_macros : Flag<["-"], "Wno-rewrite-macros">,
+  HelpText<"Silence ObjC rewriting warnings">;
+
+def fwarn_on_spellcheck : Flag<["-"], "fwarn-on-spellcheck">,
+  HelpText<"Emit warning if spell-check is initiated, for testing">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Frontend Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// This isn't normally used, it is just here so we can parse a
+// CompilerInvocation out of a driver-derived argument vector.
+def cc1 : Flag<["-"], "cc1">;
+
+def ast_merge : Separate<["-"], "ast-merge">,
+  MetaVarName<"<ast file>">,
+  HelpText<"Merge the given AST file into the translation unit being compiled.">;
+def code_completion_at : Separate<["-"], "code-completion-at">,
+  MetaVarName<"<file>:<line>:<column>">,
+  HelpText<"Dump code-completion information at a location">;
+def remap_file : Separate<["-"], "remap-file">,
+  MetaVarName<"<from>;<to>">,
+  HelpText<"Replace the contents of the <from> file with the contents of the <to> file">;
+def code_completion_at_EQ : Joined<["-"], "code-completion-at=">,
+  Alias<code_completion_at>;
+def code_completion_macros : Flag<["-"], "code-completion-macros">,
+  HelpText<"Include macros in code-completion results">;
+def code_completion_patterns : Flag<["-"], "code-completion-patterns">,
+  HelpText<"Include code patterns in code-completion results">;
+def no_code_completion_globals : Flag<["-"], "no-code-completion-globals">,
+  HelpText<"Do not include global declarations in code-completion results.">;
+def code_completion_brief_comments : Flag<["-"], "code-completion-brief-comments">,
+  HelpText<"Include brief documentation comments in code-completion results.">;
+def disable_free : Flag<["-"], "disable-free">,
+  HelpText<"Disable freeing of memory on exit">;
+def load : Separate<["-"], "load">, MetaVarName<"<dsopath>">,
+  HelpText<"Load the named plugin (dynamic shared object)">;
+def plugin : Separate<["-"], "plugin">, MetaVarName<"<name>">,
+  HelpText<"Use the named plugin action instead of the default action (use \"help\" to list available options)">;
+def plugin_arg : JoinedAndSeparate<["-"], "plugin-arg-">,
+    MetaVarName<"<name> <arg>">,
+    HelpText<"Pass <arg> to plugin <name>">;
+def add_plugin : Separate<["-"], "add-plugin">, MetaVarName<"<name>">,
+  HelpText<"Use the named plugin action in addition to the default action">;
+def version : Flag<["-"], "version">,
+  HelpText<"Print the compiler version">;
+def ast_dump_filter : Separate<["-"], "ast-dump-filter">,
+  MetaVarName<"<dump_filter>">,
+  HelpText<"Use with -ast-dump or -ast-print to dump/print only AST declaration"
+           " nodes having a certain substring in a qualified name. Use"
+           " -ast-list to list all filterable declaration node names.">;
+def fno_modules_global_index : Flag<["-"], "fno-modules-global-index">,
+  HelpText<"Do not automatically generate or update the global module index">;
+
+let Group = Action_Group in {
+
+def Eonly : Flag<["-"], "Eonly">,
+  HelpText<"Just run preprocessor, no output (for timings)">;
+def dump_raw_tokens : Flag<["-"], "dump-raw-tokens">,
+  HelpText<"Lex file in raw mode and dump raw tokens">;
+def analyze : Flag<["-"], "analyze">,
+  HelpText<"Run static analysis engine">;
+def dump_tokens : Flag<["-"], "dump-tokens">,
+  HelpText<"Run preprocessor, dump internal rep of tokens">;
+def init_only : Flag<["-"], "init-only">,
+  HelpText<"Only execute frontend initialization">;
+def fixit : Flag<["-"], "fixit">,
+  HelpText<"Apply fix-it advice to the input source">;
+def fixit_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fixit=">,
+  HelpText<"Apply fix-it advice creating a file with the given suffix">;
+def print_preamble : Flag<["-"], "print-preamble">,
+  HelpText<"Print the \"preamble\" of a file, which is a candidate for implicit"
+           " precompiled headers.">;
+def emit_html : Flag<["-"], "emit-html">,
+  HelpText<"Output input source as HTML">;
+def ast_print : Flag<["-"], "ast-print">,
+  HelpText<"Build ASTs and then pretty-print them">;
+def ast_list : Flag<["-"], "ast-list">,
+  HelpText<"Build ASTs and print the list of declaration node qualified names">;
+def ast_dump : Flag<["-"], "ast-dump">,
+  HelpText<"Build ASTs and then debug dump them">;
+def ast_dump_xml : Flag<["-"], "ast-dump-xml">,
+  HelpText<"Build ASTs and then debug dump them in a verbose XML format">;
+def ast_view : Flag<["-"], "ast-view">,
+  HelpText<"Build ASTs and view them with GraphViz">;
+def print_decl_contexts : Flag<["-"], "print-decl-contexts">,
+  HelpText<"Print DeclContexts and their Decls">;
+def emit_module : Flag<["-"], "emit-module">,
+  HelpText<"Generate pre-compiled module file from a module map">;
+def emit_pth : Flag<["-"], "emit-pth">,
+  HelpText<"Generate pre-tokenized header file">;
+def emit_pch : Flag<["-"], "emit-pch">,
+  HelpText<"Generate pre-compiled header file">;
+def emit_llvm_bc : Flag<["-"], "emit-llvm-bc">,
+  HelpText<"Build ASTs then convert to LLVM, emit .bc file">;
+def emit_llvm_only : Flag<["-"], "emit-llvm-only">,
+  HelpText<"Build ASTs and convert to LLVM, discarding output">;
+def emit_codegen_only : Flag<["-"], "emit-codegen-only">,
+  HelpText<"Generate machine code, but discard output">;
+def emit_obj : Flag<["-"], "emit-obj">,
+  HelpText<"Emit native object files">;
+def rewrite_test : Flag<["-"], "rewrite-test">,
+  HelpText<"Rewriter playground">;
+def rewrite_macros : Flag<["-"], "rewrite-macros">,
+  HelpText<"Expand macros without full preprocessing">;
+def migrate : Flag<["-"], "migrate">,
+  HelpText<"Migrate source code">;
+}
+
+def mt_migrate_directory : Separate<["-"], "mt-migrate-directory">,
+  HelpText<"Directory for temporary files produced during ARC or ObjC migration">;
+def arcmt_check : Flag<["-"], "arcmt-check">,
+  HelpText<"Check for ARC migration issues that need manual handling">;
+def arcmt_modify : Flag<["-"], "arcmt-modify">,
+  HelpText<"Apply modifications to files to conform to ARC">;
+def arcmt_migrate : Flag<["-"], "arcmt-migrate">,
+  HelpText<"Apply modifications and produces temporary files that conform to ARC">;
+
+def relocatable_pch : Flag<["-", "--"], "relocatable-pch">,
+  HelpText<"Whether to build a relocatable precompiled header">;
+def print_stats : Flag<["-"], "print-stats">,
+  HelpText<"Print performance metrics and statistics">;
+def fdump_record_layouts : Flag<["-"], "fdump-record-layouts">,
+  HelpText<"Dump record layout information">;
+def fdump_record_layouts_simple : Flag<["-"], "fdump-record-layouts-simple">,
+  HelpText<"Dump record layout information in a simple form used for testing">;
+def fix_what_you_can : Flag<["-"], "fix-what-you-can">,
+  HelpText<"Apply fix-it advice even in the presence of unfixable errors">;
+def fix_only_warnings : Flag<["-"], "fix-only-warnings">,
+  HelpText<"Apply fix-it advice only for warnings, not errors">;
+def fixit_recompile : Flag<["-"], "fixit-recompile">,
+  HelpText<"Apply fix-it changes and recompile">;
+def fixit_to_temp : Flag<["-"], "fixit-to-temporary">,
+  HelpText<"Apply fix-it changes to temporary files">;
+
+def foverride_record_layout_EQ : Joined<["-"], "foverride-record-layout=">,
+  HelpText<"Override record layouts with those in the given file">;
+  
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Language Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def fblocks_runtime_optional : Flag<["-"], "fblocks-runtime-optional">,
+  HelpText<"Weakly link in the blocks runtime">;
+def fsjlj_exceptions : Flag<["-"], "fsjlj-exceptions">,
+  HelpText<"Use SjLj style exceptions">;
+def fhidden_weak_vtables : Flag<["-"], "fhidden-weak-vtables">,
+  HelpText<"Generate weak vtables and RTTI with hidden visibility">;
+def main_file_name : Separate<["-"], "main-file-name">,
+  HelpText<"Main file name to use for debug info">;
+def split_dwarf_file : Separate<["-"], "split-dwarf-file">,
+  HelpText<"File name to use for split dwarf debug info output">;
+def fno_signed_char : Flag<["-"], "fno-signed-char">,
+  HelpText<"Char is unsigned">;
+def fno_wchar : Flag<["-"], "fno-wchar">,
+  HelpText<"Disable C++ builtin type wchar_t">;
+def fconstant_string_class : Separate<["-"], "fconstant-string-class">,
+  MetaVarName<"<class name>">,
+  HelpText<"Specify the class to use for constant Objective-C string objects.">;
+def fobjc_arc_cxxlib_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fobjc-arc-cxxlib=">,
+  HelpText<"Objective-C++ Automatic Reference Counting standard library kind">;
+def fobjc_runtime_has_weak : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-runtime-has-weak">,
+  HelpText<"The target Objective-C runtime supports ARC weak operations">;
+def fobjc_dispatch_method_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fobjc-dispatch-method=">,
+  HelpText<"Objective-C dispatch method to use">;
+def fobjc_default_synthesize_properties : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-default-synthesize-properties">,
+  HelpText<"enable the default synthesis of Objective-C properties">;
+def fencode_extended_block_signature : Flag<["-"], "fencode-extended-block-signature">,
+  HelpText<"enable extended encoding of block type signature">;
+def pic_level : Separate<["-"], "pic-level">,
+  HelpText<"Value for __PIC__">;
+def pie_level : Separate<["-"], "pie-level">,
+  HelpText<"Value for __PIE__">;
+def fno_validate_pch : Flag<["-"], "fno-validate-pch">,
+  HelpText<"Disable validation of precompiled headers">;
+def dump_deserialized_pch_decls : Flag<["-"], "dump-deserialized-decls">,
+  HelpText<"Dump declarations that are deserialized from PCH, for testing">;
+def error_on_deserialized_pch_decl : Separate<["-"], "error-on-deserialized-decl">,
+  HelpText<"Emit error if a specific declaration is deserialized from PCH, for testing">;
+def error_on_deserialized_pch_decl_EQ : Joined<["-"], "error-on-deserialized-decl=">,
+  Alias<error_on_deserialized_pch_decl>;
+def static_define : Flag<["-"], "static-define">,
+  HelpText<"Should __STATIC__ be defined">;
+def stack_protector : Separate<["-"], "stack-protector">,
+  HelpText<"Enable stack protectors">;
+def stack_protector_buffer_size : Separate<["-"], "stack-protector-buffer-size">,
+  HelpText<"Lower bound for a buffer to be considered for stack protection">;
+def fvisibility : Separate<["-"], "fvisibility">,
+  HelpText<"Default type and symbol visibility">;
+def ftype_visibility : Separate<["-"], "ftype-visibility">,
+  HelpText<"Default type visibility">;
+def ftemplate_depth : Separate<["-"], "ftemplate-depth">,
+  HelpText<"Maximum depth of recursive template instantiation">;
+def fconstexpr_depth : Separate<["-"], "fconstexpr-depth">,
+  HelpText<"Maximum depth of recursive constexpr function calls">;
+def fbracket_depth : Separate<["-"], "fbracket-depth">,
+  HelpText<"Maximum nesting level for parentheses, brackets, and braces">;
+def fconst_strings : Flag<["-"], "fconst-strings">,
+  HelpText<"Use a const qualified type for string literals in C and ObjC">;
+def fno_const_strings : Flag<["-"], "fno-const-strings">,
+  HelpText<"Don't use a const qualified type for string literals in C and ObjC">;
+def fno_bitfield_type_align : Flag<["-"], "fno-bitfield-type-align">,
+  HelpText<"Ignore bit-field types when aligning structures">;
+def ffake_address_space_map : Flag<["-"], "ffake-address-space-map">,
+  HelpText<"Use a fake address space map; OpenCL testing purposes only">;
+def funknown_anytype : Flag<["-"], "funknown-anytype">,
+  HelpText<"Enable parser support for the __unknown_anytype type; for testing purposes only">;
+def fdebugger_support : Flag<["-"], "fdebugger-support">,
+  HelpText<"Enable special debugger support behavior">;
+def fdebugger_cast_result_to_id : Flag<["-"], "fdebugger-cast-result-to-id">,
+  HelpText<"Enable casting unknown expression results to id">;
+def fdebugger_objc_literal : Flag<["-"], "fdebugger-objc-literal">,
+  HelpText<"Enable special debugger support for Objective-C subscripting and literals">;
+def fdeprecated_macro : Flag<["-"], "fdeprecated-macro">,
+  HelpText<"Defines the __DEPRECATED macro">;
+def fno_deprecated_macro : Flag<["-"], "fno-deprecated-macro">,
+  HelpText<"Undefines the __DEPRECATED macro">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Header Search Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def nostdsysteminc : Flag<["-"], "nostdsysteminc">,
+  HelpText<"Disable standard system #include directories">;
+def fmodule_name : Joined<["-"], "fmodule-name=">, 
+  MetaVarName<"<name>">,
+  HelpText<"Specify the name of the module to build">;           
+def fdisable_module_hash : Flag<["-"], "fdisable-module-hash">,
+  HelpText<"Disable the module hash">;
+def c_isystem : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "c-isystem">, MetaVarName<"<directory>">,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to the C SYSTEM include search path">;
+def objc_isystem : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "objc-isystem">,
+  MetaVarName<"<directory>">,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to the ObjC SYSTEM include search path">;
+def objcxx_isystem : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "objcxx-isystem">,
+  MetaVarName<"<directory>">,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to the ObjC++ SYSTEM include search path">;
+def internal_isystem : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "internal-isystem">,
+  MetaVarName<"<directory>">,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to the internal system include search path; these "
+           "are assumed to not be user-provided and are used to model system "
+           "and standard headers' paths.">;
+def internal_externc_isystem : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "internal-externc-isystem">,
+  MetaVarName<"<directory>">,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to the internal system include search path with "
+           "implicit extern \"C\" semantics; these are assumed to not be "
+           "user-provided and are used to model system and standard headers' "
+           "paths.">;
+def isystem_prefix : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "isystem-prefix">,
+  MetaVarName<"<prefix>">,
+  HelpText<"Treat all #include paths starting with <prefix> as including a "
+           "system header.">;
+def ino_system_prefix : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "ino-system-prefix">,
+  MetaVarName<"<prefix>">,
+  HelpText<"Treat all #include paths starting with <prefix> as not including a "
+           "system header.">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Preprocessor Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def include_pth : Separate<["-"], "include-pth">, MetaVarName<"<file>">,
+  HelpText<"Include file before parsing">;
+def chain_include : Separate<["-"], "chain-include">, MetaVarName<"<file>">,
+  HelpText<"Include and chain a header file after turning it into PCH">;
+def preamble_bytes_EQ : Joined<["-"], "preamble-bytes=">,
+  HelpText<"Assume that the precompiled header is a precompiled preamble "
+           "covering the first N bytes of the main file">;
+def token_cache : Separate<["-"], "token-cache">, MetaVarName<"<path>">,
+  HelpText<"Use specified token cache file">;
+def detailed_preprocessing_record : Flag<["-"], "detailed-preprocessing-record">,
+  HelpText<"include a detailed record of preprocessing actions">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// OpenCL Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def cl_opt_disable : Flag<["-"], "cl-opt-disable">,
+  HelpText<"OpenCL only. This option disables all optimizations. The default is optimizations are enabled.">;
+def cl_single_precision_constant : Flag<["-"], "cl-single-precision-constant">,
+  HelpText<"OpenCL only. Treat double precision floating-point constant as single precision constant.">;
+def cl_finite_math_only : Flag<["-"], "cl-finite-math-only">,
+  HelpText<"OpenCL only. Allow floating-point optimizations that assume arguments and results are not NaNs or +-Inf.">;
+def cl_unsafe_math_optimizations : Flag<["-"], "cl-unsafe-math-optimizations">,
+  HelpText<"OpenCL only. Allow unsafe floating-point optimizations.  Also implies -cl-no-signed-zeros and -cl-mad-enable">;
+def cl_fast_relaxed_math : Flag<["-"], "cl-fast-relaxed-math">,
+  HelpText<"OpenCL only. Sets -cl-finite-math-only and -cl-unsafe-math-optimizations, and defines __FAST_RELAXED_MATH__">;
+def cl_mad_enable : Flag<["-"], "cl-mad-enable">,
+  HelpText<"OpenCL only. Enable less precise MAD instructions to be generated.">;
+def cl_std_EQ : Joined<["-"], "cl-std=">,
+  HelpText<"OpenCL language standard to compile for">;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// CUDA Options
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+def fcuda_is_device : Flag<["-"], "fcuda-is-device">,
+  HelpText<"Generate code for CUDA device">;
+
+} // let Flags = [CC1Option]
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Compilation.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Compilation.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15c5e40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Compilation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+//===--- Compilation.h - Compilation Task Data Structure --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_COMPILATION_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_COMPILATION_H_
+
+#include "clang/Driver/Job.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Util.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class DerivedArgList;
+  class Driver;
+  class InputArgList;
+  class JobAction;
+  class JobList;
+  class ToolChain;
+
+/// Compilation - A set of tasks to perform for a single driver
+/// invocation.
+class Compilation {
+  /// The driver we were created by.
+  const Driver &TheDriver;
+
+  /// The default tool chain.
+  const ToolChain &DefaultToolChain;
+
+  /// The original (untranslated) input argument list.
+  InputArgList *Args;
+
+  /// The driver translated arguments. Note that toolchains may perform their
+  /// own argument translation.
+  DerivedArgList *TranslatedArgs;
+
+  /// The list of actions.
+  ActionList Actions;
+
+  /// The root list of jobs.
+  JobList Jobs;
+
+  /// Cache of translated arguments for a particular tool chain and bound
+  /// architecture.
+  llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<const ToolChain*, const char*>,
+                 DerivedArgList*> TCArgs;
+
+  /// Temporary files which should be removed on exit.
+  ArgStringList TempFiles;
+
+  /// Result files which should be removed on failure.
+  ArgStringMap ResultFiles;
+
+  /// Result files which are generated correctly on failure, and which should
+  /// only be removed if we crash.
+  ArgStringMap FailureResultFiles;
+
+  /// Redirection for stdout, stderr, etc.
+  const llvm::sys::Path **Redirects;
+
+public:
+  Compilation(const Driver &D, const ToolChain &DefaultToolChain,
+              InputArgList *Args, DerivedArgList *TranslatedArgs);
+  ~Compilation();
+
+  const Driver &getDriver() const { return TheDriver; }
+
+  const ToolChain &getDefaultToolChain() const { return DefaultToolChain; }
+
+  const InputArgList &getInputArgs() const { return *Args; }
+
+  const DerivedArgList &getArgs() const { return *TranslatedArgs; }
+
+  DerivedArgList &getArgs() { return *TranslatedArgs; }
+
+  ActionList &getActions() { return Actions; }
+  const ActionList &getActions() const { return Actions; }
+
+  JobList &getJobs() { return Jobs; }
+  const JobList &getJobs() const { return Jobs; }
+
+  void addCommand(Command *C) { Jobs.addJob(C); }
+
+  const ArgStringList &getTempFiles() const { return TempFiles; }
+
+  const ArgStringMap &getResultFiles() const { return ResultFiles; }
+
+  const ArgStringMap &getFailureResultFiles() const {
+    return FailureResultFiles;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the sysroot path.
+  StringRef getSysRoot() const;
+
+  /// getArgsForToolChain - Return the derived argument list for the
+  /// tool chain \p TC (or the default tool chain, if TC is not specified).
+  ///
+  /// \param BoundArch - The bound architecture name, or 0.
+  const DerivedArgList &getArgsForToolChain(const ToolChain *TC,
+                                            const char *BoundArch);
+
+  /// addTempFile - Add a file to remove on exit, and returns its
+  /// argument.
+  const char *addTempFile(const char *Name) {
+    TempFiles.push_back(Name);
+    return Name;
+  }
+
+  /// addResultFile - Add a file to remove on failure, and returns its
+  /// argument.
+  const char *addResultFile(const char *Name, const JobAction *JA) {
+    ResultFiles[JA] = Name;
+    return Name;
+  }
+
+  /// addFailureResultFile - Add a file to remove if we crash, and returns its
+  /// argument.
+  const char *addFailureResultFile(const char *Name, const JobAction *JA) {
+    FailureResultFiles[JA] = Name;
+    return Name;
+  }
+
+  /// CleanupFile - Delete a given file.
+  ///
+  /// \param IssueErrors - Report failures as errors.
+  /// \return Whether the file was removed successfully.
+  bool CleanupFile(const char *File, bool IssueErrors = false) const;
+
+  /// CleanupFileList - Remove the files in the given list.
+  ///
+  /// \param IssueErrors - Report failures as errors.
+  /// \return Whether all files were removed successfully.
+  bool CleanupFileList(const ArgStringList &Files,
+                       bool IssueErrors = false) const;
+
+  /// CleanupFileMap - Remove the files in the given map.
+  ///
+  /// \param JA - If specified, only delete the files associated with this
+  /// JobAction.  Otherwise, delete all files in the map.
+  /// \param IssueErrors - Report failures as errors.
+  /// \return Whether all files were removed successfully.
+  bool CleanupFileMap(const ArgStringMap &Files,
+                      const JobAction *JA,
+                      bool IssueErrors = false) const;
+
+  /// PrintJob - Print one job in -### format.
+  ///
+  /// \param OS - The stream to print on.
+  /// \param J - The job to print.
+  /// \param Terminator - A string to print at the end of the line.
+  /// \param Quote - Should separate arguments be quoted.
+  void PrintJob(raw_ostream &OS, const Job &J,
+                const char *Terminator, bool Quote) const;
+
+  /// PrintDiagnosticJob - Print one job in -### format, but with the 
+  /// superfluous options removed, which are not necessary for 
+  /// reproducing the crash.
+  ///
+  /// \param OS - The stream to print on.
+  /// \param J - The job to print.
+  void PrintDiagnosticJob(raw_ostream &OS, const Job &J) const;
+
+  /// ExecuteCommand - Execute an actual command.
+  ///
+  /// \param FailingCommand - For non-zero results, this will be set to the
+  /// Command which failed, if any.
+  /// \return The result code of the subprocess.
+  int ExecuteCommand(const Command &C, const Command *&FailingCommand) const;
+
+  /// ExecuteJob - Execute a single job.
+  ///
+  /// \param FailingCommands - For non-zero results, this will be a vector of
+  /// failing commands and their associated result code.
+  void ExecuteJob(const Job &J,
+     SmallVectorImpl< std::pair<int, const Command *> > &FailingCommands) const;
+
+  /// initCompilationForDiagnostics - Remove stale state and suppress output
+  /// so compilation can be reexecuted to generate additional diagnostic
+  /// information (e.g., preprocessed source(s)).
+  void initCompilationForDiagnostics();
+};
+
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Driver.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Driver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1330e95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Driver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+//===--- Driver.h - Clang GCC Compatible Driver -----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_DRIVER_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_DRIVER_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Phases.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Types.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Util.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Path.h" // FIXME: Kill when CompilationInfo
+                              // lands.
+#include <list>
+#include <set>
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class Action;
+  class Arg;
+  class ArgList;
+  class Command;
+  class Compilation;
+  class DerivedArgList;
+  class InputArgList;
+  class InputInfo;
+  class JobAction;
+  class OptTable;
+  class ToolChain;
+
+/// Driver - Encapsulate logic for constructing compilation processes
+/// from a set of gcc-driver-like command line arguments.
+class Driver {
+  OptTable *Opts;
+
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
+
+public:
+  // Diag - Forwarding function for diagnostics.
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(unsigned DiagID) const {
+    return Diags.Report(DiagID);
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: Privatize once interface is stable.
+public:
+  /// The name the driver was invoked as.
+  std::string Name;
+
+  /// The path the driver executable was in, as invoked from the
+  /// command line.
+  std::string Dir;
+
+  /// The original path to the clang executable.
+  std::string ClangExecutable;
+
+  /// The path to the installed clang directory, if any.
+  std::string InstalledDir;
+
+  /// The path to the compiler resource directory.
+  std::string ResourceDir;
+
+  /// A prefix directory used to emulated a limited subset of GCC's '-Bprefix'
+  /// functionality.
+  /// FIXME: This type of customization should be removed in favor of the
+  /// universal driver when it is ready.
+  typedef SmallVector<std::string, 4> prefix_list;
+  prefix_list PrefixDirs;
+
+  /// sysroot, if present
+  std::string SysRoot;
+
+  /// If the standard library is used
+  bool UseStdLib;
+
+  /// Default target triple.
+  std::string DefaultTargetTriple;
+
+  /// Default name for linked images (e.g., "a.out").
+  std::string DefaultImageName;
+
+  /// Driver title to use with help.
+  std::string DriverTitle;
+
+  /// Information about the host which can be overridden by the user.
+  std::string HostBits, HostMachine, HostSystem, HostRelease;
+
+  /// The file to log CC_PRINT_OPTIONS output to, if enabled.
+  const char *CCPrintOptionsFilename;
+
+  /// The file to log CC_PRINT_HEADERS output to, if enabled.
+  const char *CCPrintHeadersFilename;
+
+  /// The file to log CC_LOG_DIAGNOSTICS output to, if enabled.
+  const char *CCLogDiagnosticsFilename;
+
+  /// A list of inputs and their types for the given arguments.
+  typedef SmallVector<std::pair<types::ID, const Arg*>, 16> InputList;
+
+  /// Whether the driver should follow g++ like behavior.
+  unsigned CCCIsCXX : 1;
+
+  /// Whether the driver is just the preprocessor.
+  unsigned CCCIsCPP : 1;
+
+  /// Echo commands while executing (in -v style).
+  unsigned CCCEcho : 1;
+
+  /// Only print tool bindings, don't build any jobs.
+  unsigned CCCPrintBindings : 1;
+
+  /// Set CC_PRINT_OPTIONS mode, which is like -v but logs the commands to
+  /// CCPrintOptionsFilename or to stderr.
+  unsigned CCPrintOptions : 1;
+
+  /// Set CC_PRINT_HEADERS mode, which causes the frontend to log header include
+  /// information to CCPrintHeadersFilename or to stderr.
+  unsigned CCPrintHeaders : 1;
+
+  /// Set CC_LOG_DIAGNOSTICS mode, which causes the frontend to log diagnostics
+  /// to CCLogDiagnosticsFilename or to stderr, in a stable machine readable
+  /// format.
+  unsigned CCLogDiagnostics : 1;
+
+  /// Whether the driver is generating diagnostics for debugging purposes.
+  unsigned CCGenDiagnostics : 1;
+
+private:
+  /// Name to use when invoking gcc/g++.
+  std::string CCCGenericGCCName;
+
+  /// Whether to check that input files exist when constructing compilation
+  /// jobs.
+  unsigned CheckInputsExist : 1;
+
+public:
+  /// Use lazy precompiled headers for PCH support.
+  unsigned CCCUsePCH : 1;
+
+private:
+  /// Certain options suppress the 'no input files' warning.
+  bool SuppressMissingInputWarning : 1;
+
+  std::list<std::string> TempFiles;
+  std::list<std::string> ResultFiles;
+
+  /// \brief Cache of all the ToolChains in use by the driver.
+  ///
+  /// This maps from the string representation of a triple to a ToolChain
+  /// created targeting that triple. The driver owns all the ToolChain objects
+  /// stored in it, and will clean them up when torn down.
+  mutable llvm::StringMap<ToolChain *> ToolChains;
+
+private:
+  /// TranslateInputArgs - Create a new derived argument list from the input
+  /// arguments, after applying the standard argument translations.
+  DerivedArgList *TranslateInputArgs(const InputArgList &Args) const;
+
+  // getFinalPhase - Determine which compilation mode we are in and record 
+  // which option we used to determine the final phase.
+  phases::ID getFinalPhase(const DerivedArgList &DAL, Arg **FinalPhaseArg = 0)
+    const;
+
+public:
+  Driver(StringRef _ClangExecutable,
+         StringRef _DefaultTargetTriple,
+         StringRef _DefaultImageName,
+         DiagnosticsEngine &_Diags);
+  ~Driver();
+
+  /// @name Accessors
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Name to use when invoking gcc/g++.
+  const std::string &getCCCGenericGCCName() const { return CCCGenericGCCName; }
+
+
+  const OptTable &getOpts() const { return *Opts; }
+
+  const DiagnosticsEngine &getDiags() const { return Diags; }
+
+  bool getCheckInputsExist() const { return CheckInputsExist; }
+
+  void setCheckInputsExist(bool Value) { CheckInputsExist = Value; }
+
+  const std::string &getTitle() { return DriverTitle; }
+  void setTitle(std::string Value) { DriverTitle = Value; }
+
+  /// \brief Get the path to the main clang executable.
+  const char *getClangProgramPath() const {
+    return ClangExecutable.c_str();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the path to where the clang executable was installed.
+  const char *getInstalledDir() const {
+    if (!InstalledDir.empty())
+      return InstalledDir.c_str();
+    return Dir.c_str();
+  }
+  void setInstalledDir(StringRef Value) {
+    InstalledDir = Value;
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Primary Functionality
+  /// @{
+
+  /// BuildCompilation - Construct a compilation object for a command
+  /// line argument vector.
+  ///
+  /// \return A compilation, or 0 if none was built for the given
+  /// argument vector. A null return value does not necessarily
+  /// indicate an error condition, the diagnostics should be queried
+  /// to determine if an error occurred.
+  Compilation *BuildCompilation(ArrayRef<const char *> Args);
+
+  /// @name Driver Steps
+  /// @{
+
+  /// ParseArgStrings - Parse the given list of strings into an
+  /// ArgList.
+  InputArgList *ParseArgStrings(ArrayRef<const char *> Args);
+
+  /// BuildInputs - Construct the list of inputs and their types from 
+  /// the given arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \param TC - The default host tool chain.
+  /// \param Args - The input arguments.
+  /// \param Inputs - The list to store the resulting compilation 
+  /// inputs onto.
+  void BuildInputs(const ToolChain &TC, const DerivedArgList &Args,
+                   InputList &Inputs) const;
+
+  /// BuildActions - Construct the list of actions to perform for the
+  /// given arguments, which are only done for a single architecture.
+  ///
+  /// \param TC - The default host tool chain.
+  /// \param Args - The input arguments.
+  /// \param Actions - The list to store the resulting actions onto.
+  void BuildActions(const ToolChain &TC, const DerivedArgList &Args,
+                    const InputList &Inputs, ActionList &Actions) const;
+
+  /// BuildUniversalActions - Construct the list of actions to perform
+  /// for the given arguments, which may require a universal build.
+  ///
+  /// \param TC - The default host tool chain.
+  /// \param Args - The input arguments.
+  /// \param Actions - The list to store the resulting actions onto.
+  void BuildUniversalActions(const ToolChain &TC, const DerivedArgList &Args,
+                             const InputList &BAInputs,
+                             ActionList &Actions) const;
+
+  /// BuildJobs - Bind actions to concrete tools and translate
+  /// arguments to form the list of jobs to run.
+  ///
+  /// \param C - The compilation that is being built.
+  void BuildJobs(Compilation &C) const;
+
+  /// ExecuteCompilation - Execute the compilation according to the command line
+  /// arguments and return an appropriate exit code.
+  ///
+  /// This routine handles additional processing that must be done in addition
+  /// to just running the subprocesses, for example reporting errors, removing
+  /// temporary files, etc.
+  int ExecuteCompilation(const Compilation &C,
+     SmallVectorImpl< std::pair<int, const Command *> > &FailingCommands) const;
+  
+  /// generateCompilationDiagnostics - Generate diagnostics information 
+  /// including preprocessed source file(s).
+  /// 
+  void generateCompilationDiagnostics(Compilation &C,
+                                      const Command *FailingCommand);
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Helper Methods
+  /// @{
+
+  /// PrintActions - Print the list of actions.
+  void PrintActions(const Compilation &C) const;
+
+  /// PrintHelp - Print the help text.
+  ///
+  /// \param ShowHidden - Show hidden options.
+  void PrintHelp(bool ShowHidden) const;
+
+  /// PrintOptions - Print the list of arguments.
+  void PrintOptions(const ArgList &Args) const;
+
+  /// PrintVersion - Print the driver version.
+  void PrintVersion(const Compilation &C, raw_ostream &OS) const;
+
+  /// GetFilePath - Lookup \p Name in the list of file search paths.
+  ///
+  /// \param TC - The tool chain for additional information on
+  /// directories to search.
+  //
+  // FIXME: This should be in CompilationInfo.
+  std::string GetFilePath(const char *Name, const ToolChain &TC) const;
+
+  /// GetProgramPath - Lookup \p Name in the list of program search paths.
+  ///
+  /// \param TC - The provided tool chain for additional information on
+  /// directories to search.
+  //
+  // FIXME: This should be in CompilationInfo.
+  std::string GetProgramPath(const char *Name, const ToolChain &TC) const;
+
+  /// HandleImmediateArgs - Handle any arguments which should be
+  /// treated before building actions or binding tools.
+  ///
+  /// \return Whether any compilation should be built for this
+  /// invocation.
+  bool HandleImmediateArgs(const Compilation &C);
+
+  /// ConstructAction - Construct the appropriate action to do for
+  /// \p Phase on the \p Input, taking in to account arguments
+  /// like -fsyntax-only or --analyze.
+  Action *ConstructPhaseAction(const ArgList &Args, phases::ID Phase,
+                               Action *Input) const;
+
+
+  /// BuildJobsForAction - Construct the jobs to perform for the
+  /// action \p A.
+  void BuildJobsForAction(Compilation &C,
+                          const Action *A,
+                          const ToolChain *TC,
+                          const char *BoundArch,
+                          bool AtTopLevel,
+                          const char *LinkingOutput,
+                          InputInfo &Result) const;
+
+  /// GetNamedOutputPath - Return the name to use for the output of
+  /// the action \p JA. The result is appended to the compilation's
+  /// list of temporary or result files, as appropriate.
+  ///
+  /// \param C - The compilation.
+  /// \param JA - The action of interest.
+  /// \param BaseInput - The original input file that this action was
+  /// triggered by.
+  /// \param AtTopLevel - Whether this is a "top-level" action.
+  const char *GetNamedOutputPath(Compilation &C,
+                                 const JobAction &JA,
+                                 const char *BaseInput,
+                                 bool AtTopLevel) const;
+
+  /// GetTemporaryPath - Return the pathname of a temporary file to use 
+  /// as part of compilation; the file will have the given prefix and suffix.
+  ///
+  /// GCC goes to extra lengths here to be a bit more robust.
+  std::string GetTemporaryPath(StringRef Prefix, const char *Suffix) const;
+
+  /// ShouldUseClangCompiler - Should the clang compiler be used to
+  /// handle this action.
+  bool ShouldUseClangCompiler(const JobAction &JA) const;
+
+  bool IsUsingLTO(const ArgList &Args) const;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Retrieves a ToolChain for a particular target triple.
+  ///
+  /// Will cache ToolChains for the life of the driver object, and create them
+  /// on-demand.
+  const ToolChain &getToolChain(const ArgList &Args,
+                                StringRef DarwinArchName = "") const;
+
+  /// @}
+
+public:
+  /// GetReleaseVersion - Parse (([0-9]+)(.([0-9]+)(.([0-9]+)?))?)? and
+  /// return the grouped values as integers. Numbers which are not
+  /// provided are set to 0.
+  ///
+  /// \return True if the entire string was parsed (9.2), or all
+  /// groups were parsed (10.3.5extrastuff). HadExtra is true if all
+  /// groups were parsed but extra characters remain at the end.
+  static bool GetReleaseVersion(const char *Str, unsigned &Major,
+                                unsigned &Minor, unsigned &Micro,
+                                bool &HadExtra);
+};
+
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/DriverDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/DriverDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea7b52f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/DriverDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+//===--- DiagnosticDriver.h - Diagnostics for libdriver ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_DRIVERDIAGNOSTIC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_DRIVERDIAGNOSTIC_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace diag {
+    enum {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,FLAGS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,\
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER,CATEGORY) ENUM,
+#define DRIVERSTART
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticDriverKinds.inc"
+#undef DIAG
+      NUM_BUILTIN_DRIVER_DIAGNOSTICS
+    };
+  }  // end namespace diag
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Job.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Job.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..045b5d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Job.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+//===--- Job.h - Commands to Execute ----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_JOB_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_JOB_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Util.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+class Command;
+class Tool;
+
+class Job {
+public:
+  enum JobClass {
+    CommandClass,
+    JobListClass
+  };
+
+private:
+  JobClass Kind;
+
+protected:
+  Job(JobClass _Kind) : Kind(_Kind) {}
+public:
+  virtual ~Job();
+
+  JobClass getKind() const { return Kind; }
+
+  /// addCommand - Append a command to the current job, which must be
+  /// either a piped job or a job list.
+  void addCommand(Command *C);
+};
+
+  /// Command - An executable path/name and argument vector to
+  /// execute.
+class Command : public Job {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  /// Source - The action which caused the creation of this job.
+  const Action &Source;
+
+  /// Tool - The tool which caused the creation of this job.
+  const Tool &Creator;
+
+  /// The executable to run.
+  const char *Executable;
+
+  /// The list of program arguments (not including the implicit first
+  /// argument, which will be the executable).
+  ArgStringList Arguments;
+
+public:
+  Command(const Action &_Source, const Tool &_Creator, const char *_Executable,
+          const ArgStringList &_Arguments);
+
+  /// getSource - Return the Action which caused the creation of this job.
+  const Action &getSource() const { return Source; }
+
+  /// getCreator - Return the Tool which caused the creation of this job.
+  const Tool &getCreator() const { return Creator; }
+
+  const char *getExecutable() const { return Executable; }
+
+  const ArgStringList &getArguments() const { return Arguments; }
+
+  static bool classof(const Job *J) {
+    return J->getKind() == CommandClass;
+  }
+};
+
+  /// JobList - A sequence of jobs to perform.
+class JobList : public Job {
+public:
+  typedef SmallVector<Job*, 4> list_type;
+  typedef list_type::size_type size_type;
+  typedef list_type::iterator iterator;
+  typedef list_type::const_iterator const_iterator;
+
+private:
+  list_type Jobs;
+
+public:
+  JobList();
+  virtual ~JobList();
+
+  /// Add a job to the list (taking ownership).
+  void addJob(Job *J) { Jobs.push_back(J); }
+
+  /// Clear the job list.
+  void clear();
+
+  const list_type &getJobs() const { return Jobs; }
+
+  size_type size() const { return Jobs.size(); }
+  iterator begin() { return Jobs.begin(); }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Jobs.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return Jobs.end(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return Jobs.end(); }
+
+  static bool classof(const Job *J) {
+    return J->getKind() == JobListClass;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/OptParser.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/OptParser.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d16a2a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/OptParser.td
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+//===--- OptParser.td - Common Option Parsing Interfaces ------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the common interfaces used by the option parsing TableGen
+//  backend.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// Define the kinds of options.
+
+class OptionKind<string name, int predecence = 0, bit sentinel = 0> {
+  string Name = name;
+  // The kind precedence, kinds with lower precedence are matched first.
+  int Precedence = predecence;
+  // Indicate a sentinel option.
+  bit Sentinel = sentinel;
+}
+
+// An option group.
+def KIND_GROUP : OptionKind<"Group">;
+// The input option kind.
+def KIND_INPUT : OptionKind<"Input", 1, 1>;
+// The unknown option kind.
+def KIND_UNKNOWN : OptionKind<"Unknown", 2, 1>;
+// A flag with no values.
+def KIND_FLAG : OptionKind<"Flag">;
+// An option which prefixes its (single) value.
+def KIND_JOINED : OptionKind<"Joined", 1>;
+// An option which is followed by its value.
+def KIND_SEPARATE : OptionKind<"Separate">;
+// An option followed by its values, which are separated by commas.
+def KIND_COMMAJOINED : OptionKind<"CommaJoined">;
+// An option which is which takes multiple (separate) arguments.
+def KIND_MULTIARG : OptionKind<"MultiArg">;
+// An option which is either joined to its (non-empty) value, or followed by its
+// value.
+def KIND_JOINED_OR_SEPARATE : OptionKind<"JoinedOrSeparate">;
+// An option which is both joined to its (first) value, and followed by its
+// (second) value.
+def KIND_JOINED_AND_SEPARATE : OptionKind<"JoinedAndSeparate">;
+
+// Define the option flags.
+
+class OptionFlag {}
+
+// DriverOption - The option is a "driver" option, and should not be forwarded
+// to gcc.
+def DriverOption : OptionFlag;
+
+// LinkerInput - The option is a linker input.
+def LinkerInput : OptionFlag;
+
+// NoArgumentUnused - Don't report argument unused warnings for this option; this
+// is useful for options like -static or -dynamic which a user may always end up
+// passing, even if the platform defaults to (or only supports) that option.
+def NoArgumentUnused : OptionFlag;
+
+// RenderAsInput - The option should not render the name when rendered as an
+// input (i.e., the option is rendered as values).
+def RenderAsInput : OptionFlag;
+
+// RenderJoined - The option should be rendered joined, even if separate (only
+// sensible on single value separate options).
+def RenderJoined : OptionFlag;
+
+// RenderSeparate - The option should be rendered separately, even if joined
+// (only sensible on joined options).
+def RenderSeparate : OptionFlag;
+
+// Unsupported - The option is unsupported, and the driver will reject command
+// lines that use it.
+def Unsupported : OptionFlag;
+
+// HelpHidden - The option should not be displayed in --help, even if it has
+// help text. Clients *can* use this in conjunction with the OptTable::PrintHelp
+// arguments to implement hidden help groups.
+def HelpHidden : OptionFlag;
+
+// NoForward - The option should not be implicitly forwarded to other tools.
+def NoForward : OptionFlag;
+
+// CC1Option - This option should be accepted by clang -cc1.
+def CC1Option : OptionFlag;
+
+// NoDriverOption - This option should not be accepted by the driver.
+def NoDriverOption : OptionFlag;
+
+// Define the option group class.
+
+class OptionGroup<string name> {
+  string EnumName = ?; // Uses the def name if undefined.
+  string Name = name;
+  string HelpText = ?;
+  OptionGroup Group = ?;
+}
+
+// Define the option class.
+
+class Option<list<string> prefixes, string name, OptionKind kind> {
+  string EnumName = ?; // Uses the def name if undefined.
+  list<string> Prefixes = prefixes;
+  string Name = name;
+  OptionKind Kind = kind;
+  // Used by MultiArg option kind.
+  int NumArgs = 0;
+  string HelpText = ?;
+  string MetaVarName = ?;
+  list<OptionFlag> Flags = [];
+  OptionGroup Group = ?;
+  Option Alias = ?;
+}
+
+// Helpers for defining options.
+
+class Flag<list<string> prefixes, string name>
+  : Option<prefixes, name, KIND_FLAG>;
+class Joined<list<string> prefixes, string name>
+  : Option<prefixes, name, KIND_JOINED>;
+class Separate<list<string> prefixes, string name>
+  : Option<prefixes, name, KIND_SEPARATE>;
+class CommaJoined<list<string> prefixes, string name>
+  : Option<prefixes, name, KIND_COMMAJOINED>;
+class MultiArg<list<string> prefixes, string name, int numargs>
+  : Option<prefixes, name, KIND_MULTIARG> {
+  int NumArgs = numargs;
+}
+class JoinedOrSeparate<list<string> prefixes, string name>
+  : Option<prefixes, name, KIND_JOINED_OR_SEPARATE>;
+class JoinedAndSeparate<list<string> prefixes, string name>
+  : Option<prefixes, name, KIND_JOINED_AND_SEPARATE>;
+
+// Mix-ins for adding optional attributes.
+
+class Alias<Option alias> { Option Alias = alias; }
+class EnumName<string name> { string EnumName = name; }
+class Flags<list<OptionFlag> flags> { list<OptionFlag> Flags = flags; }
+class Group<OptionGroup group> { OptionGroup Group = group; }
+class HelpText<string text> { string HelpText = text; }
+class MetaVarName<string name> { string MetaVarName = name; }
+
+// Predefined options.
+
+// FIXME: Have generator validate that these appear in correct position (and
+// aren't duplicated).
+def INPUT : Option<[], "<input>", KIND_INPUT>, Flags<[DriverOption,CC1Option]>;
+def UNKNOWN : Option<[], "<unknown>", KIND_UNKNOWN>;
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/OptSpecifier.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/OptSpecifier.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e683ef3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/OptSpecifier.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+//===--- OptSpecifier.h - Option Specifiers ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_OPTSPECIFIER_H
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_OPTSPECIFIER_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class Option;
+
+  /// OptSpecifier - Wrapper class for abstracting references to option IDs.
+  class OptSpecifier {
+    unsigned ID;
+
+  private:
+    explicit OptSpecifier(bool) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  public:
+    OptSpecifier() : ID(0) {}
+    /*implicit*/ OptSpecifier(unsigned _ID) : ID(_ID) {}
+    /*implicit*/ OptSpecifier(const Option *Opt);
+
+    bool isValid() const { return ID != 0; }
+
+    unsigned getID() const { return ID; }
+
+    bool operator==(OptSpecifier Opt) const { return ID == Opt.getID(); }
+    bool operator!=(OptSpecifier Opt) const { return !(*this == Opt); }
+  };
+}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/OptTable.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/OptTable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53d83a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/OptTable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+//===--- OptTable.h - Option Table ------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_OPTTABLE_H
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_OPTTABLE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/OptSpecifier.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSet.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class Arg;
+  class ArgList;
+  class InputArgList;
+  class Option;
+
+  /// \brief Provide access to the Option info table.
+  ///
+  /// The OptTable class provides a layer of indirection which allows Option
+  /// instance to be created lazily. In the common case, only a few options will
+  /// be needed at runtime; the OptTable class maintains enough information to
+  /// parse command lines without instantiating Options, while letting other
+  /// parts of the driver still use Option instances where convenient.
+  class OptTable {
+  public:
+    /// \brief Entry for a single option instance in the option data table.
+    struct Info {
+      /// A null terminated array of prefix strings to apply to name while
+      /// matching.
+      const char *const *Prefixes;
+      const char *Name;
+      const char *HelpText;
+      const char *MetaVar;
+      unsigned ID;
+      unsigned char Kind;
+      unsigned char Param;
+      unsigned short Flags;
+      unsigned short GroupID;
+      unsigned short AliasID;
+    };
+
+  private:
+    /// \brief The static option information table.
+    const Info *OptionInfos;
+    unsigned NumOptionInfos;
+
+    unsigned TheInputOptionID;
+    unsigned TheUnknownOptionID;
+
+    /// The index of the first option which can be parsed (i.e., is not a
+    /// special option like 'input' or 'unknown', and is not an option group).
+    unsigned FirstSearchableIndex;
+
+    /// The union of all option prefixes. If an argument does not begin with
+    /// one of these, it is an input.
+    llvm::StringSet<> PrefixesUnion;
+    std::string PrefixChars;
+
+  private:
+    const Info &getInfo(OptSpecifier Opt) const {
+      unsigned id = Opt.getID();
+      assert(id > 0 && id - 1 < getNumOptions() && "Invalid Option ID.");
+      return OptionInfos[id - 1];
+    }
+
+  protected:
+    OptTable(const Info *_OptionInfos, unsigned _NumOptionInfos);
+  public:
+    ~OptTable();
+
+    /// \brief Return the total number of option classes.
+    unsigned getNumOptions() const { return NumOptionInfos; }
+
+    /// \brief Get the given Opt's Option instance, lazily creating it
+    /// if necessary.
+    ///
+    /// \return The option, or null for the INVALID option id.
+    const Option getOption(OptSpecifier Opt) const;
+
+    /// \brief Lookup the name of the given option.
+    const char *getOptionName(OptSpecifier id) const {
+      return getInfo(id).Name;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Get the kind of the given option.
+    unsigned getOptionKind(OptSpecifier id) const {
+      return getInfo(id).Kind;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Get the group id for the given option.
+    unsigned getOptionGroupID(OptSpecifier id) const {
+      return getInfo(id).GroupID;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Get the help text to use to describe this option.
+    const char *getOptionHelpText(OptSpecifier id) const {
+      return getInfo(id).HelpText;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Get the meta-variable name to use when describing
+    /// this options values in the help text.
+    const char *getOptionMetaVar(OptSpecifier id) const {
+      return getInfo(id).MetaVar;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Parse a single argument; returning the new argument and
+    /// updating Index.
+    ///
+    /// \param [in,out] Index - The current parsing position in the argument
+    /// string list; on return this will be the index of the next argument
+    /// string to parse.
+    ///
+    /// \return The parsed argument, or 0 if the argument is missing values
+    /// (in which case Index still points at the conceptual next argument string
+    /// to parse).
+    Arg *ParseOneArg(const ArgList &Args, unsigned &Index) const;
+
+    /// \brief Parse an list of arguments into an InputArgList.
+    ///
+    /// The resulting InputArgList will reference the strings in [\p ArgBegin,
+    /// \p ArgEnd), and their lifetime should extend past that of the returned
+    /// InputArgList.
+    ///
+    /// The only error that can occur in this routine is if an argument is
+    /// missing values; in this case \p MissingArgCount will be non-zero.
+    ///
+    /// \param ArgBegin - The beginning of the argument vector.
+    /// \param ArgEnd - The end of the argument vector.
+    /// \param MissingArgIndex - On error, the index of the option which could
+    /// not be parsed.
+    /// \param MissingArgCount - On error, the number of missing options.
+    /// \return An InputArgList; on error this will contain all the options
+    /// which could be parsed.
+    InputArgList *ParseArgs(const char* const *ArgBegin,
+                            const char* const *ArgEnd,
+                            unsigned &MissingArgIndex,
+                            unsigned &MissingArgCount) const;
+
+    /// \brief Render the help text for an option table.
+    ///
+    /// \param OS - The stream to write the help text to.
+    /// \param Name - The name to use in the usage line.
+    /// \param Title - The title to use in the usage line.
+    /// \param FlagsToInclude - If non-zero, only include options with any
+    ///                         of these flags set.
+    /// \param FlagsToExclude - Exclude options with any of these flags set.
+    void PrintHelp(raw_ostream &OS, const char *Name,
+                   const char *Title, unsigned short FlagsToInclude = 0,
+                   unsigned short FlagsToExclude = 0) const;
+  };
+}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Option.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Option.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..764934f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Option.h
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+//===--- Option.h - Abstract Driver Options ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_OPTION_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_OPTION_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/OptTable.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class Arg;
+  class ArgList;
+
+namespace options {
+  /// Base flags for all options. Custom flags may be added after.
+  enum DriverFlag {
+    HelpHidden       = (1 << 0),
+    RenderAsInput    = (1 << 1),
+    RenderJoined     = (1 << 2),
+    RenderSeparate   = (1 << 3)
+  };
+
+  /// Flags specifically for clang options.
+  enum ClangFlags {
+    DriverOption     = (1 << 4),
+    LinkerInput      = (1 << 5),
+    NoArgumentUnused = (1 << 6),
+    NoForward        = (1 << 7),
+    Unsupported      = (1 << 8),
+    CC1Option        = (1 << 9),
+    NoDriverOption   = (1 << 10)
+  };
+}
+
+  /// Option - Abstract representation for a single form of driver
+  /// argument.
+  ///
+  /// An Option class represents a form of option that the driver
+  /// takes, for example how many arguments the option has and how
+  /// they can be provided. Individual option instances store
+  /// additional information about what group the option is a member
+  /// of (if any), if the option is an alias, and a number of
+  /// flags. At runtime the driver parses the command line into
+  /// concrete Arg instances, each of which corresponds to a
+  /// particular Option instance.
+  class Option {
+  public:
+    enum OptionClass {
+      GroupClass = 0,
+      InputClass,
+      UnknownClass,
+      FlagClass,
+      JoinedClass,
+      SeparateClass,
+      CommaJoinedClass,
+      MultiArgClass,
+      JoinedOrSeparateClass,
+      JoinedAndSeparateClass
+    };
+
+    enum RenderStyleKind {
+      RenderCommaJoinedStyle,
+      RenderJoinedStyle,
+      RenderSeparateStyle,
+      RenderValuesStyle
+    };
+
+  protected:
+    const OptTable::Info *Info;
+    const OptTable *Owner;
+
+  public:
+    Option(const OptTable::Info *Info, const OptTable *Owner);
+    ~Option();
+
+    bool isValid() const {
+      return Info != 0;
+    }
+
+    unsigned getID() const {
+      assert(Info && "Must have a valid info!");
+      return Info->ID;
+    }
+
+    OptionClass getKind() const {
+      assert(Info && "Must have a valid info!");
+      return OptionClass(Info->Kind);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Get the name of this option without any prefix.
+    StringRef getName() const {
+      assert(Info && "Must have a valid info!");
+      return Info->Name;
+    }
+
+    const Option getGroup() const {
+      assert(Info && "Must have a valid info!");
+      assert(Owner && "Must have a valid owner!");
+      return Owner->getOption(Info->GroupID);
+    }
+
+    const Option getAlias() const {
+      assert(Info && "Must have a valid info!");
+      assert(Owner && "Must have a valid owner!");
+      return Owner->getOption(Info->AliasID);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Get the default prefix for this option.
+    StringRef getPrefix() const {
+      const char *Prefix = *Info->Prefixes;
+      return Prefix ? Prefix : StringRef();
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Get the name of this option with the default prefix.
+    std::string getPrefixedName() const {
+      std::string Ret = getPrefix();
+      Ret += getName();
+      return Ret;
+    }
+
+    unsigned getNumArgs() const { return Info->Param; }
+
+    bool hasNoOptAsInput() const { return Info->Flags & options::RenderAsInput;}
+
+    RenderStyleKind getRenderStyle() const {
+      if (Info->Flags & options::RenderJoined)
+        return RenderJoinedStyle;
+      if (Info->Flags & options::RenderSeparate)
+        return RenderSeparateStyle;
+      switch (getKind()) {
+      case GroupClass:
+      case InputClass:
+      case UnknownClass:
+        return RenderValuesStyle;
+      case JoinedClass:
+      case JoinedAndSeparateClass:
+        return RenderJoinedStyle;
+      case CommaJoinedClass:
+        return RenderCommaJoinedStyle;
+      case FlagClass:
+      case SeparateClass:
+      case MultiArgClass:
+      case JoinedOrSeparateClass:
+        return RenderSeparateStyle;
+      }
+      llvm_unreachable("Unexpected kind!");
+    }
+
+    /// Test if this option has the flag \a Val.
+    bool hasFlag(unsigned Val) const {
+      return Info->Flags & Val;
+    }
+
+    /// getUnaliasedOption - Return the final option this option
+    /// aliases (itself, if the option has no alias).
+    const Option getUnaliasedOption() const {
+      const Option Alias = getAlias();
+      if (Alias.isValid()) return Alias.getUnaliasedOption();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    /// getRenderName - Return the name to use when rendering this
+    /// option.
+    StringRef getRenderName() const {
+      return getUnaliasedOption().getName();
+    }
+
+    /// matches - Predicate for whether this option is part of the
+    /// given option (which may be a group).
+    ///
+    /// Note that matches against options which are an alias should never be
+    /// done -- aliases do not participate in matching and so such a query will
+    /// always be false.
+    bool matches(OptSpecifier ID) const;
+
+    /// accept - Potentially accept the current argument, returning a
+    /// new Arg instance, or 0 if the option does not accept this
+    /// argument (or the argument is missing values).
+    ///
+    /// If the option accepts the current argument, accept() sets
+    /// Index to the position where argument parsing should resume
+    /// (even if the argument is missing values).
+    ///
+    /// \parm ArgSize The number of bytes taken up by the matched Option prefix
+    ///               and name. This is used to determine where joined values
+    ///               start.
+    Arg *accept(const ArgList &Args, unsigned &Index, unsigned ArgSize) const;
+
+    void dump() const;
+  };
+
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Options.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Options.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c114e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Options.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+//===--- Options.h - Option info & table ------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_OPTIONS_H
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_OPTIONS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class OptTable;
+
+namespace options {
+  enum ID {
+    OPT_INVALID = 0, // This is not an option ID.
+#define PREFIX(NAME, VALUE)
+#define OPTION(PREFIX, NAME, ID, KIND, GROUP, ALIAS, FLAGS, PARAM, \
+               HELPTEXT, METAVAR) OPT_##ID,
+#include "clang/Driver/Options.inc"
+    LastOption
+#undef OPTION
+#undef PREFIX
+  };
+}
+
+  OptTable *createDriverOptTable();
+}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Options.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Options.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5f35a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Options.td
@@ -0,0 +1,1247 @@
+//===--- Options.td - Options for clang -----------------------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the options accepted by clang.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// Include the common option parsing interfaces.
+include "OptParser.td"
+
+/////////
+// Groups
+
+// Meta-group which defines
+def CompileOnly_Group     : OptionGroup<"<CompileOnly group>">;
+def Action_Group          : OptionGroup<"<action group>">;
+
+def I_Group               : OptionGroup<"<I group>">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def L_Group               : OptionGroup<"<L group>">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def M_Group               : OptionGroup<"<M group>">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def T_Group               : OptionGroup<"<T group>">;
+def O_Group               : OptionGroup<"<O group>">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def W_Group               : OptionGroup<"<W group>">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def X_Group               : OptionGroup<"<X group>">;
+def a_Group               : OptionGroup<"<a group>">;
+def d_Group               : OptionGroup<"<d group>">;
+def f_Group               : OptionGroup<"<f group>">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def f_clang_Group         : OptionGroup<"<f (clang-only) group>">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def g_Group               : OptionGroup<"<g group>">;
+def g_flags_Group         : OptionGroup<"<g flags group>">;
+def i_Group               : OptionGroup<"<i group>">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def clang_i_Group         : OptionGroup<"<clang i group>">, Group<i_Group>;
+def m_Group               : OptionGroup<"<m group>">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def m_x86_Features_Group  : OptionGroup<"<m x86 features group>">, Group<m_Group>;
+def m_hexagon_Features_Group  : OptionGroup<"<m hexagon features group>">, Group<m_Group>;
+def opencl_Group          : OptionGroup<"<opencl group>">;
+def u_Group               : OptionGroup<"<u group>">;
+def mips_CPUs_Group       : OptionGroup<"<MIPS CPU aliases group>">,
+  Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+
+def pedantic_Group        : OptionGroup<"<pedantic group>">,
+  Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def reserved_lib_Group   : OptionGroup<"<reserved libs group>">;
+
+// Temporary groups for clang options which we know we don't support,
+// but don't want to verbosely warn the user about.
+def clang_ignored_f_Group : OptionGroup<"<clang ignored f group>">,
+  Group<f_Group>;
+def clang_ignored_m_Group : OptionGroup<"<clang ignored m group>">,
+  Group<m_Group>;
+
+/////////
+// Options
+
+// The internal option ID must be a valid C++ identifier and results in a
+// clang::driver::options::OPT_XX enum constant for XX.
+//
+// We want to unambiguously be able to refer to options from the driver source
+// code, for this reason the option name is mangled into an ID. This mangling
+// isn't guaranteed to have an inverse, but for practical purposes it does.
+//
+// The mangling scheme is to ignore the leading '-', and perform the following
+// substitutions:
+//   _ => __
+//   - => _
+//   # => _HASH
+//   , => _COMMA
+//   = => _EQ
+//   C++ => CXX
+//   . => _
+
+// Developer Driver Options
+
+def ccc_Group : OptionGroup<"<clang internal options>">;
+def ccc_driver_Group : OptionGroup<"<clang driver internal options>">,
+  Group<ccc_Group>, HelpText<"DRIVER OPTIONS">;
+def ccc_debug_Group : OptionGroup<"<clang debug/development internal options>">,
+  Group<ccc_Group>, HelpText<"DEBUG/DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS">;
+
+class CCCDriverOpt : Group<ccc_driver_Group>, Flags<[DriverOption, HelpHidden]>;
+def ccc_cxx : Flag<["-"], "ccc-cxx">, CCCDriverOpt,
+  HelpText<"Act as a C++ driver">;
+def ccc_echo : Flag<["-"], "ccc-echo">, CCCDriverOpt,
+  HelpText<"Echo commands before running them">;
+def ccc_gcc_name : Separate<["-"], "ccc-gcc-name">, CCCDriverOpt,
+  HelpText<"Name for native GCC compiler">,
+  MetaVarName<"<gcc-path>">;
+def ccc_clang_archs : Separate<["-"], "ccc-clang-archs">, CCCDriverOpt,
+  HelpText<"Comma separate list of architectures to use the clang compiler for">,
+  MetaVarName<"<arch-list>">;
+def ccc_pch_is_pch : Flag<["-"], "ccc-pch-is-pch">, CCCDriverOpt,
+  HelpText<"Use lazy PCH for precompiled headers">;
+def ccc_pch_is_pth : Flag<["-"], "ccc-pch-is-pth">, CCCDriverOpt,
+  HelpText<"Use pretokenized headers for precompiled headers">;
+
+class CCCDebugOpt : Group<ccc_debug_Group>, Flags<[DriverOption, HelpHidden]>;
+def ccc_install_dir : Separate<["-"], "ccc-install-dir">, CCCDebugOpt,
+  HelpText<"Simulate installation in the given directory">;
+def ccc_print_options : Flag<["-"], "ccc-print-options">, CCCDebugOpt,
+  HelpText<"Dump parsed command line arguments">;
+def ccc_print_phases : Flag<["-"], "ccc-print-phases">, CCCDebugOpt,
+  HelpText<"Dump list of actions to perform">;
+def ccc_print_bindings : Flag<["-"], "ccc-print-bindings">, CCCDebugOpt,
+  HelpText<"Show bindings of tools to actions">;
+
+def ccc_arcmt_check : Flag<["-"], "ccc-arcmt-check">, CCCDriverOpt,
+  HelpText<"Check for ARC migration issues that need manual handling">;
+def ccc_arcmt_modify : Flag<["-"], "ccc-arcmt-modify">, CCCDriverOpt,
+  HelpText<"Apply modifications to files to conform to ARC">;
+def ccc_arrmt_check : Flag<["-"], "ccc-arrmt-check">, Alias<ccc_arcmt_check>;
+def ccc_arrmt_modify : Flag<["-"], "ccc-arrmt-modify">, Alias<ccc_arcmt_modify>;
+def ccc_arcmt_migrate : Separate<["-"], "ccc-arcmt-migrate">, CCCDriverOpt,
+  HelpText<"Apply modifications and produces temporary files that conform to ARC">;
+def arcmt_migrate_report_output : Separate<["-"], "arcmt-migrate-report-output">,
+  HelpText<"Output path for the plist report">,  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def arcmt_migrate_emit_arc_errors : Flag<["-"], "arcmt-migrate-emit-errors">,
+  HelpText<"Emit ARC errors even if the migrator can fix them">,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+
+def _migrate : Flag<["--"], "migrate">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Run the migrator">;
+def ccc_objcmt_migrate : Separate<["-"], "ccc-objcmt-migrate">, CCCDriverOpt,
+  HelpText<"Apply modifications and produces temporary files to migrate to "
+   "modern ObjC syntax">;
+def objcmt_migrate_literals : Flag<["-"], "objcmt-migrate-literals">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable migration to modern ObjC literals">;
+def objcmt_migrate_subscripting : Flag<["-"], "objcmt-migrate-subscripting">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable migration to modern ObjC subscripting">;
+
+// Make sure all other -ccc- options are rejected.
+def ccc_ : Joined<["-"], "ccc-">, Group<ccc_Group>, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+
+// Standard Options
+
+def _HASH_HASH_HASH : Flag<["-"], "###">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+    HelpText<"Print the commands to run for this compilation">;
+// The '--' option is here for the sake of compatibility with gcc, but is 
+// being ignored by the driver.
+def _DASH_DASH : Flag<["--"], "">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def A : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "A">;
+def B : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "B">;
+def CC : Flag<["-"], "CC">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def C : Flag<["-"], "C">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def D : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "D">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def E : Flag<["-"], "E">, Flags<[DriverOption,CC1Option]>, Group<Action_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Only run the preprocessor">;
+def F : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "F">, Flags<[RenderJoined,CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Add directory to framework include search path">;
+def G : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "G">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def G_EQ : Joined<["-"], "G=">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def H : Flag<["-"], "H">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Show header includes and nesting depth">;
+def I_ : Flag<["-"], "I-">, Group<I_Group>;
+def I : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "I">, Group<I_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Add directory to include search path">;
+def L : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "L">, Flags<[RenderJoined]>;
+def MD : Flag<["-"], "MD">, Group<M_Group>;
+def MF : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "MF">, Group<M_Group>;
+def MG : Flag<["-"], "MG">, Group<M_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Add missing headers to dependency list">;
+def MMD : Flag<["-"], "MMD">, Group<M_Group>;
+def MM : Flag<["-"], "MM">, Group<M_Group>;
+def MP : Flag<["-"], "MP">, Group<M_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Create phony target for each dependency (other than main file)">;
+def MQ : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "MQ">, Group<M_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Specify target to quote for dependency">;
+def MT : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "MT">, Group<M_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Specify target for dependency">;
+def Mach : Flag<["-"], "Mach">;
+def M : Flag<["-"], "M">, Group<M_Group>;
+def O0 : Joined<["-"], "O0">, Group<O_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def O4 : Joined<["-"], "O4">, Group<O_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def ObjCXX : Flag<["-"], "ObjC++">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Treat source input files as Objective-C++ inputs">;
+def ObjC : Flag<["-"], "ObjC">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Treat source input files as Objective-C inputs">;
+def O : Joined<["-"], "O">, Group<O_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def P : Flag<["-"], "P">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Disable linemarker output in -E mode">;
+def Qn : Flag<["-"], "Qn">;
+def Qunused_arguments : Flag<["-"], "Qunused-arguments">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Don't emit warning for unused driver arguments">;
+def Q : Flag<["-"], "Q">;
+def R : Flag<["-"], "R">;
+def S : Flag<["-"], "S">, Flags<[DriverOption,CC1Option]>, Group<Action_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Only run preprocess and compilation steps">;
+def Tbss : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "Tbss">, Group<T_Group>;
+def Tdata : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "Tdata">, Group<T_Group>;
+def Ttext : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "Ttext">, Group<T_Group>;
+def T : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "T">, Group<T_Group>;
+def U : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "U">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def V : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "V">, Flags<[DriverOption, Unsupported]>;
+def Wa_COMMA : CommaJoined<["-"], "Wa,">,
+  HelpText<"Pass the comma separated arguments in <arg> to the assembler">,
+  MetaVarName<"<arg>">;
+def Wall : Flag<["-"], "Wall">, Group<W_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def Wdeprecated : Flag<["-"], "Wdeprecated">, Group<W_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def Wno_deprecated : Flag<["-"], "Wno-deprecated">, Group<W_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def Wextra : Flag<["-"], "Wextra">, Group<W_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def Wl_COMMA : CommaJoined<["-"], "Wl,">, Flags<[LinkerInput, RenderAsInput]>,
+  HelpText<"Pass the comma separated arguments in <arg> to the linker">,
+  MetaVarName<"<arg>">;
+def Wno_nonportable_cfstrings : Joined<["-"], "Wno-nonportable-cfstrings">, Group<W_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def Wnonportable_cfstrings : Joined<["-"], "Wnonportable-cfstrings">, Group<W_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def Wp_COMMA : CommaJoined<["-"], "Wp,">,
+  HelpText<"Pass the comma separated arguments in <arg> to the preprocessor">,
+  MetaVarName<"<arg>">;
+def Wwrite_strings : Flag<["-"], "Wwrite-strings">, Group<W_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def Wno_write_strings : Flag<["-"], "Wno-write-strings">, Group<W_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def W_Joined : Joined<["-"], "W">, Group<W_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  MetaVarName<"<warning>">, HelpText<"Enable the specified warning">;
+def Xanalyzer : Separate<["-"], "Xanalyzer">,
+  HelpText<"Pass <arg> to the static analyzer">, MetaVarName<"<arg>">;
+def Xarch__ : JoinedAndSeparate<["-"], "Xarch_">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def Xassembler : Separate<["-"], "Xassembler">,
+  HelpText<"Pass <arg> to the assembler">, MetaVarName<"<arg>">;
+def Xclang : Separate<["-"], "Xclang">,
+  HelpText<"Pass <arg> to the clang compiler">, MetaVarName<"<arg>">,
+  Flags<[NoForward]>;
+def Xlinker : Separate<["-"], "Xlinker">, Flags<[LinkerInput, RenderAsInput]>,
+  HelpText<"Pass <arg> to the linker">, MetaVarName<"<arg>">;
+def Xpreprocessor : Separate<["-"], "Xpreprocessor">,
+  HelpText<"Pass <arg> to the preprocessor">, MetaVarName<"<arg>">;
+def X_Flag : Flag<["-"], "X">;
+def X_Joined : Joined<["-"], "X">;
+def Z_Flag : Flag<["-"], "Z">;
+def Z_Joined : Joined<["-"], "Z">;
+def all__load : Flag<["-"], "all_load">;
+def allowable__client : Separate<["-"], "allowable_client">;
+def ansi : Flag<["-", "--"], "ansi">, Group<a_Group>;
+def arch__errors__fatal : Flag<["-"], "arch_errors_fatal">;
+def arch : Separate<["-"], "arch">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def arch__only : Separate<["-"], "arch_only">;
+def a : Joined<["-"], "a">, Group<a_Group>;
+def bind__at__load : Flag<["-"], "bind_at_load">;
+def bundle__loader : Separate<["-"], "bundle_loader">;
+def bundle : Flag<["-"], "bundle">;
+def b : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "b">, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def cl_kernel_arg_info : Flag<["-"], "cl-kernel-arg-info">, Flags<[CC1Option]>, Group<opencl_Group>,
+HelpText<"OpenCL only. This option allows the compiler to store information about the arguments of a kernel(s)"> ;
+def client__name : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "client_name">;
+def combine : Flag<["-", "--"], "combine">, Flags<[DriverOption, Unsupported]>;
+def compatibility__version : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "compatibility_version">;
+def coverage : Flag<["-", "--"], "coverage">;
+def cpp_precomp : Flag<["-"], "cpp-precomp">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def current__version : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "current_version">;
+def cxx_isystem : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "cxx-isystem">, Group<clang_i_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to the C++ SYSTEM include search path">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  MetaVarName<"<directory>">;
+def c : Flag<["-"], "c">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Only run preprocess, compile, and assemble steps">;
+def dA : Flag<["-"], "dA">, Group<d_Group>;
+def dD : Flag<["-"], "dD">, Group<d_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Print macro definitions in -E mode in addition to normal output">;
+def dM : Flag<["-"], "dM">, Group<d_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Print macro definitions in -E mode instead of normal output">;
+def dead__strip : Flag<["-"], "dead_strip">;
+def dependency_file : Separate<["-"], "dependency-file">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Filename (or -) to write dependency output to">;
+def dependency_dot : Separate<["-"], "dependency-dot">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Filename to write DOT-formatted header dependencies to">;
+def dumpmachine : Flag<["-"], "dumpmachine">;
+def dumpspecs : Flag<["-"], "dumpspecs">, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def dumpversion : Flag<["-"], "dumpversion">;
+def dylib__file : Separate<["-"], "dylib_file">;
+def dylinker__install__name : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "dylinker_install_name">;
+def dylinker : Flag<["-"], "dylinker">;
+def dynamiclib : Flag<["-"], "dynamiclib">;
+def dynamic : Flag<["-"], "dynamic">, Flags<[NoArgumentUnused]>;
+def d_Flag : Flag<["-"], "d">, Group<d_Group>;
+def d_Joined : Joined<["-"], "d">, Group<d_Group>;
+def emit_ast : Flag<["-"], "emit-ast">,
+  HelpText<"Emit Clang AST files for source inputs">;
+def emit_llvm : Flag<["-"], "emit-llvm">, Flags<[CC1Option]>, Group<Action_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Use the LLVM representation for assembler and object files">;
+def exported__symbols__list : Separate<["-"], "exported_symbols_list">;
+def e : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "e">;
+def fPIC : Flag<["-"], "fPIC">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_PIC : Flag<["-"], "fno-PIC">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fPIE : Flag<["-"], "fPIE">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_PIE : Flag<["-"], "fno-PIE">, Group<f_Group>;
+def faccess_control : Flag<["-"], "faccess-control">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fallow_unsupported : Flag<["-"], "fallow-unsupported">, Group<f_Group>;
+def faltivec : Flag<["-"], "faltivec">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable AltiVec vector initializer syntax">;
+def fno_altivec : Flag<["-"], "fno-altivec">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fapple_kext : Flag<["-"], "fapple-kext">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Use Apple's kernel extensions ABI">;
+def fapple_pragma_pack : Flag<["-"], "fapple-pragma-pack">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable Apple gcc-compatible #pragma pack handling">;
+def faddress_sanitizer : Flag<["-"], "faddress-sanitizer">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_address_sanitizer : Flag<["-"], "fno-address-sanitizer">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fthread_sanitizer : Flag<["-"], "fthread-sanitizer">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_thread_sanitizer : Flag<["-"], "fno-thread-sanitizer">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fasm : Flag<["-"], "fasm">, Group<f_Group>;
+
+def fasm_blocks : Flag<["-"], "fasm-blocks">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_asm_blocks : Flag<["-"], "fno-asm-blocks">, Group<f_Group>;
+
+def fassume_sane_operator_new : Flag<["-"], "fassume-sane-operator-new">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fastcp : Flag<["-"], "fastcp">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fastf : Flag<["-"], "fastf">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fast : Flag<["-"], "fast">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fasynchronous_unwind_tables : Flag<["-"], "fasynchronous-unwind-tables">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fblocks : Flag<["-"], "fblocks">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable the 'blocks' language feature">;
+def fbootclasspath_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fbootclasspath=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fborland_extensions : Flag<["-"], "fborland-extensions">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Accept non-standard constructs supported by the Borland compiler">;
+def fbounds_checking : Flag<["-"], "fbounds-checking">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Enable run-time bounds checks">;
+def fbounds_checking_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fbounds-checking=">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  Group<f_Group>;
+def fbuiltin_strcat : Flag<["-"], "fbuiltin-strcat">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fbuiltin_strcpy : Flag<["-"], "fbuiltin-strcpy">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fbuiltin : Flag<["-"], "fbuiltin">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fcaret_diagnostics : Flag<["-"], "fcaret-diagnostics">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fcatch_undefined_behavior : Flag<["-"], "fcatch-undefined-behavior">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fclasspath_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fclasspath=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fcolor_diagnostics : Flag<["-"], "fcolor-diagnostics">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Use colors in diagnostics">;
+def fcomment_block_commands : CommaJoined<["-"], "fcomment-block-commands=">, Group<f_clang_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Treat each comma separated argument in <arg> as a documentation comment block command">,
+  MetaVarName<"<arg>">;
+def fcommon : Flag<["-"], "fcommon">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fcompile_resource_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fcompile-resource=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fconstant_cfstrings : Flag<["-"], "fconstant-cfstrings">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fconstant_string_class_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fconstant-string-class=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fconstexpr_depth_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fconstexpr-depth=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fconstexpr_backtrace_limit_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fconstexpr-backtrace-limit=">,
+                                    Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_crash_diagnostics : Flag<["-"], "fno-crash-diagnostics">, Group<f_clang_Group>, Flags<[NoArgumentUnused]>;
+def fcreate_profile : Flag<["-"], "fcreate-profile">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fcxx_exceptions: Flag<["-"], "fcxx-exceptions">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Enable C++ exceptions">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fcxx_modules : Flag <["-"], "fcxx-modules">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[NoForward]>;
+def fdebug_pass_arguments : Flag<["-"], "fdebug-pass-arguments">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fdebug_pass_structure : Flag<["-"], "fdebug-pass-structure">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fdiagnostics_fixit_info : Flag<["-"], "fdiagnostics-fixit-info">, Group<f_clang_Group>;
+def fdiagnostics_parseable_fixits : Flag<["-"], "fdiagnostics-parseable-fixits">, Group<f_clang_Group>,
+    Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Print fix-its in machine parseable form">;
+def fdiagnostics_print_source_range_info : Flag<["-"], "fdiagnostics-print-source-range-info">,
+    Group<f_clang_Group>,  Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Print source range spans in numeric form">;
+def fdiagnostics_show_option : Flag<["-"], "fdiagnostics-show-option">, Group<f_Group>,
+    Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Print option name with mappable diagnostics">;
+def fdiagnostics_show_name : Flag<["-"], "fdiagnostics-show-name">, Group<f_Group>,
+    Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Print diagnostic name">;
+def fdiagnostics_show_note_include_stack : Flag<["-"], "fdiagnostics-show-note-include-stack">,
+    Group<f_Group>,  Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Display include stacks for diagnostic notes">;
+def fdiagnostics_format_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fdiagnostics-format=">, Group<f_clang_Group>;
+def fdiagnostics_show_category_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fdiagnostics-show-category=">, Group<f_clang_Group>;
+def fdiagnostics_show_template_tree : Flag<["-"], "fdiagnostics-show-template-tree">,
+    Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Print a template comparison tree for differing templates">;
+def fdollars_in_identifiers : Flag<["-"], "fdollars-in-identifiers">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Allow '$' in identifiers">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fdwarf2_cfi_asm : Flag<["-"], "fdwarf2-cfi-asm">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_dwarf2_cfi_asm : Flag<["-"], "fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm">, Group<f_Group>,  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fdwarf_directory_asm : Flag<["-"], "fdwarf-directory-asm">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_dwarf_directory_asm : Flag<["-"], "fno-dwarf-directory-asm">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def felide_constructors : Flag<["-"], "felide-constructors">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_elide_type : Flag<["-"], "fno-elide-type">, Group<f_Group>,
+    Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Do not elide types when printing diagnostics">;
+def feliminate_unused_debug_symbols : Flag<["-"], "feliminate-unused-debug-symbols">, Group<f_Group>;
+def femit_all_decls : Flag<["-"], "femit-all-decls">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Emit all declarations, even if unused">;
+def fencoding_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fencoding=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ferror_limit_EQ : Joined<["-"], "ferror-limit=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fexceptions : Flag<["-"], "fexceptions">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable support for exception handling">;
+def fextdirs_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fextdirs=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fextended_identifiers : Flag<["-"], "fextended-identifiers">,
+    Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def fno_extended_identifiers : Flag<["-"], "fno-extended-identifiers">,
+    Group<f_Group>, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def fhosted : Flag<["-"], "fhosted">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ffast_math : Flag<["-"], "ffast-math">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable the *frontend*'s 'fast-math' mode. This has no effect on "
+           "optimizations, but provides a preprocessor macro __FAST_MATH__ the "
+           "same as GCC's -ffast-math flag">;
+def fno_fast_math : Flag<["-"], "fno-fast-math">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fmath_errno : Flag<["-"], "fmath-errno">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Require math functions to indicate errors by setting errno">;
+def fno_math_errno : Flag<["-"], "fno-math-errno">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fbracket_depth_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fbracket-depth=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fsignaling_math : Flag<["-"], "fsignaling-math">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_signaling_math : Flag<["-"], "fno-signaling-math">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fsanitize_EQ : CommaJoined<["-"], "fsanitize=">, Group<f_clang_Group>,
+                   Flags<[CC1Option]>, MetaVarName<"<check>">,
+                   HelpText<"Enable runtime instrumentation for bug detection: "
+                            "address (memory errors) | thread (race detection) | "
+                            "undefined (miscellaneous undefined behavior)">;
+def fno_sanitize_EQ : CommaJoined<["-"], "fno-sanitize=">, Group<f_clang_Group>;
+def fsanitize_address_zero_base_shadow : Flag<["-"], "fsanitize-address-zero-base-shadow">,
+                                         Group<f_clang_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+                                         HelpText<"Make AddressSanitizer map shadow memory"
+                                                  "at zero offset">;
+def fno_sanitize_address_zero_base_shadow : Flag<["-"], "fno-sanitize-address-zero-base-shadow">,
+                                            Group<f_clang_Group>;
+def fsanitize_blacklist : Joined<["-"], "fsanitize-blacklist=">,
+                          Group<f_clang_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+                          HelpText<"Path to blacklist file for sanitizers">;
+def fno_sanitize_blacklist : Flag<["-"], "fno-sanitize-blacklist">,
+                             Group<f_clang_Group>,
+                             HelpText<"Don't use blacklist file for sanitizers">;
+def fsanitize_memory_track_origins : Flag<["-"], "fsanitize-memory-track-origins">,
+                                     Group<f_clang_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+                                     HelpText<"Enable origins tracking in MemorySanitizer">;
+def fno_sanitize_memory_track_origins : Flag<["-"], "fno-sanitize-memory-track-origins">,
+                                        Group<f_clang_Group>;
+def fsanitize_recover : Flag<["-"], "fsanitize-recover">,
+                        Group<f_clang_Group>;
+def fno_sanitize_recover : Flag<["-"], "fno-sanitize-recover">,
+                           Group<f_clang_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+                           HelpText<"Disable sanitizer check recovery">;
+def fsanitize_undefined_trap_on_error : Flag<["-"], "fsanitize-undefined-trap-on-error">,
+                                        Group<f_clang_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_sanitize_undefined_trap_on_error : Flag<["-"], "fno-sanitize-undefined-trap-on-error">,
+                                           Group<f_clang_Group>;
+def funsafe_math_optimizations : Flag<["-"], "funsafe-math-optimizations">,
+  Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_unsafe_math_optimizations : Flag<["-"], "fno-unsafe-math-optimizations">,
+  Group<f_Group>;
+def fassociative_math : Flag<["-"], "fassociative-math">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_associative_math : Flag<["-"], "fno-associative-math">, Group<f_Group>;
+def freciprocal_math : Flag<["-"], "freciprocal-math">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_reciprocal_math : Flag<["-"], "fno-reciprocal-math">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ffinite_math_only : Flag<["-"], "ffinite-math-only">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_finite_math_only : Flag<["-"], "fno-finite-math-only">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fsigned_zeros : Flag<["-"], "fsigned-zeros">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_signed_zeros : Flag<["-"], "fno-signed-zeros">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fhonor_nans : Flag<["-"], "fhonor-nans">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_honor_nans : Flag<["-"], "fno-honor-nans">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fhonor_infinities : Flag<["-"], "fhonor-infinities">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_honor_infinities : Flag<["-"], "fno-honor-infinities">, Group<f_Group>;
+// Sic. This option was misspelled originally.
+def fhonor_infinites : Flag<["-"], "fhonor-infinites">, Alias<fhonor_infinities>;
+def fno_honor_infinites : Flag<["-"], "fno-honor-infinites">, Alias<fno_honor_infinities>;
+def ftrapping_math : Flag<["-"], "ftrapping-math">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_trapping_math : Flag<["-"], "fno-trapping-math">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ffp_contract : Joined<["-"], "ffp-contract=">, Group<f_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Form fused FP ops (e.g. FMAs): fast (everywhere)"
+  " | on (according to FP_CONTRACT pragma, default) | off (never fuse)">;
+
+def ffor_scope : Flag<["-"], "ffor-scope">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_for_scope : Flag<["-"], "fno-for-scope">, Group<f_Group>;
+
+def frewrite_includes : Flag<["-"], "frewrite-includes">, Group<f_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_rewrite_includes : Flag<["-"], "fno-rewrite-includes">, Group<f_Group>;
+
+def ffreestanding : Flag<["-"], "ffreestanding">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Assert that the compilation takes place in a freestanding environment">;
+def fformat_extensions: Flag<["-"], "fformat-extensions">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable FreeBSD kernel specific format string extensions">;
+def fgnu_keywords : Flag<["-"], "fgnu-keywords">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Allow GNU-extension keywords regardless of language standard">;
+def fgnu89_inline : Flag<["-"], "fgnu89-inline">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Use the gnu89 inline semantics">;
+def fno_gnu89_inline : Flag<["-"], "fno-gnu89-inline">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fgnu_runtime : Flag<["-"], "fgnu-runtime">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Generate output compatible with the standard GNU Objective-C runtime">;
+def fheinous_gnu_extensions : Flag<["-"], "fheinous-gnu-extensions">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def filelist : Separate<["-"], "filelist">, Flags<[LinkerInput]>;
+def findirect_virtual_calls : Flag<["-"], "findirect-virtual-calls">, Alias<fapple_kext>;
+def finline_functions : Flag<["-"], "finline-functions">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def finline : Flag<["-"], "finline">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def finstrument_functions : Flag<["-"], "finstrument-functions">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Generate calls to instrument function entry and exit">;
+def fkeep_inline_functions : Flag<["-"], "fkeep-inline-functions">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def flat__namespace : Flag<["-"], "flat_namespace">;
+def flax_vector_conversions : Flag<["-"], "flax-vector-conversions">, Group<f_Group>;
+def flimit_debug_info : Flag<["-"], "flimit-debug-info">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Limit debug information produced to reduce size of debug binary">;
+def flimited_precision_EQ : Joined<["-"], "flimited-precision=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def flto : Flag<["-"], "flto">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_lto : Flag<["-"], "fno-lto">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fmacro_backtrace_limit_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fmacro-backtrace-limit=">,
+                                Group<f_Group>;
+def fmerge_all_constants : Flag<["-"], "fmerge-all-constants">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fmessage_length_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fmessage-length=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fms_extensions : Flag<["-"], "fms-extensions">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Accept some non-standard constructs supported by the Microsoft compiler">;
+def fms_compatibility : Flag<["-"], "fms-compatibility">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable Microsoft compatibility mode">;
+def fmsc_version : Joined<["-"], "fmsc-version=">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Version of the Microsoft C/C++ compiler to report in _MSC_VER (0 = don't define it (default))">;
+def fdelayed_template_parsing : Flag<["-"], "fdelayed-template-parsing">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Parse templated function definitions at the end of the "
+           "translation unit ">,  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fmodules_cache_path : Joined<["-"], "fmodules-cache-path=">, Group<i_Group>,
+  Flags<[NoForward,CC1Option]>, MetaVarName<"<directory>">,
+  HelpText<"Specify the module cache path">;
+def fmodules_prune_interval : Joined<["-"], "fmodules-prune-interval=">, Group<i_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>, MetaVarName<"<seconds>">,
+  HelpText<"Specify the interval (in seconds) between attempts to prune the module cache">;
+def fmodules_prune_after : Joined<["-"], "fmodules-prune-after=">, Group<i_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>, MetaVarName<"<seconds>">,
+  HelpText<"Specify the interval (in seconds) after which a module file will be considered unused">;
+def fmodules : Flag <["-"], "fmodules">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[NoForward,CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable the 'modules' language feature">;
+def fmodules_autolink : Flag <["-"], "fmodules-autolink">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[NoForward,CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable autolinking of the libraries for imported modules">;
+def fno_modules_autolink : Flag <["-"], "fno-modules-autolink">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Disable autolinking of the libraries for imported modules">;
+def fmodules_ignore_macro : Joined<["-"], "fmodules-ignore-macro=">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Ignore the definition of the given macro when building and loading modules">;
+def fretain_comments_from_system_headers : Flag<["-"], "fretain-comments-from-system-headers">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+
+def fmudflapth : Flag<["-"], "fmudflapth">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fmudflap : Flag<["-"], "fmudflap">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fnested_functions : Flag<["-"], "fnested-functions">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fnext_runtime : Flag<["-"], "fnext-runtime">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_access_control : Flag<["-"], "fno-access-control">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Disable C++ access control">;
+def fno_apple_pragma_pack : Flag<["-"], "fno-apple-pragma-pack">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_asm : Flag<["-"], "fno-asm">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_asynchronous_unwind_tables : Flag<["-"], "fno-asynchronous-unwind-tables">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_assume_sane_operator_new : Flag<["-"], "fno-assume-sane-operator-new">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Don't assume that C++'s global operator new can't alias any pointer">,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_blocks : Flag<["-"], "fno-blocks">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_borland_extensions : Flag<["-"], "fno-borland-extensions">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_builtin_strcat : Flag<["-"], "fno-builtin-strcat">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_builtin_strcpy : Flag<["-"], "fno-builtin-strcpy">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_builtin : Flag<["-"], "fno-builtin">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Disable implicit builtin knowledge of functions">;
+def fno_caret_diagnostics : Flag<["-"], "fno-caret-diagnostics">, Group<f_Group>,
+ Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_color_diagnostics : Flag<["-"], "fno-color-diagnostics">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_common : Flag<["-"], "fno-common">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+    HelpText<"Compile common globals like normal definitions">;
+def fno_constant_cfstrings : Flag<["-"], "fno-constant-cfstrings">, Group<f_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Disable creation of CodeFoundation-type constant strings">;
+def fno_cxx_exceptions: Flag<["-"], "fno-cxx-exceptions">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_cxx_modules : Flag <["-"], "fno-cxx-modules">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[NoForward]>;
+def fno_diagnostics_fixit_info : Flag<["-"], "fno-diagnostics-fixit-info">, Group<f_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Do not include fixit information in diagnostics">;
+def fno_diagnostics_show_name : Flag<["-"], "fno-diagnostics-show-name">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_diagnostics_show_option : Flag<["-"], "fno-diagnostics-show-option">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_diagnostics_show_note_include_stack : Flag<["-"], "fno-diagnostics-show-note-include-stack">,
+    Flags<[CC1Option]>, Group<f_Group>, HelpText<"Display include stacks for diagnostic notes">;
+def fno_dollars_in_identifiers : Flag<["-"], "fno-dollars-in-identifiers">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Disallow '$' in identifiers">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_elide_constructors : Flag<["-"], "fno-elide-constructors">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Disable C++ copy constructor elision">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_eliminate_unused_debug_symbols : Flag<["-"], "fno-eliminate-unused-debug-symbols">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_exceptions : Flag<["-"], "fno-exceptions">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_gnu_keywords : Flag<["-"], "fno-gnu-keywords">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_inline_functions : Flag<["-"], "fno-inline-functions">, Group<f_clang_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_inline : Flag<["-"], "fno-inline">, Group<f_clang_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_keep_inline_functions : Flag<["-"], "fno-keep-inline-functions">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def fno_lax_vector_conversions : Flag<["-"], "fno-lax-vector-conversions">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Disallow implicit conversions between vectors with a different number of elements or different element types">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_limit_debug_info : Flag<["-"], "fno-limit-debug-info">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Do not limit debug information produced to reduce size of debug binary">;
+def fno_merge_all_constants : Flag<["-"], "fno-merge-all-constants">, Group<f_Group>,
+    Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Disallow merging of constants">;
+def fno_modules : Flag <["-"], "fno-modules">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[NoForward]>;
+def fno_ms_extensions : Flag<["-"], "fno-ms-extensions">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_ms_compatibility : Flag<["-"], "fno-ms-compatibility">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_delayed_template_parsing : Flag<["-"], "fno-delayed-template-parsing">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_objc_exceptions: Flag<["-"], "fno-objc-exceptions">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_objc_legacy_dispatch : Flag<["-"], "fno-objc-legacy-dispatch">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_omit_frame_pointer : Flag<["-"], "fno-omit-frame-pointer">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_operator_names : Flag<["-"], "fno-operator-names">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Do not treat C++ operator name keywords as synonyms for operators">,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_pascal_strings : Flag<["-"], "fno-pascal-strings">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_rtti : Flag<["-"], "fno-rtti">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Disable generation of rtti information">;
+def fno_short_enums : Flag<["-"], "fno-short-enums">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_show_column : Flag<["-"], "fno-show-column">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Do not include column number on diagnostics">;
+def fno_show_source_location : Flag<["-"], "fno-show-source-location">, Group<f_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Do not include source location information with diagnostics">;
+def fno_spell_checking : Flag<["-"], "fno-spell-checking">, Group<f_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Disable spell-checking">;
+def fno_stack_protector : Flag<["-"], "fno-stack-protector">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_strict_aliasing : Flag<["-"], "fno-strict-aliasing">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fstruct_path_tbaa : Flag<["-"], "fstruct-path-tbaa">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_strict_enums : Flag<["-"], "fno-strict-enums">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_strict_overflow : Flag<["-"], "fno-strict-overflow">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_threadsafe_statics : Flag<["-"], "fno-threadsafe-statics">, Group<f_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Do not emit code to make initialization of local statics thread safe">;
+def fno_use_cxa_atexit : Flag<["-"], "fno-use-cxa-atexit">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Don't use __cxa_atexit for calling destructors">;
+def fno_use_init_array : Flag<["-"], "fno-use-init-array">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Don't use .init_array instead of .ctors">;
+def fno_unit_at_a_time : Flag<["-"], "fno-unit-at-a-time">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_unwind_tables : Flag<["-"], "fno-unwind-tables">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_verbose_asm : Flag<["-"], "fno-verbose-asm">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_working_directory : Flag<["-"], "fno-working-directory">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_wrapv : Flag<["-"], "fno-wrapv">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_zero_initialized_in_bss : Flag<["-"], "fno-zero-initialized-in-bss">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fobjc_arc : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-arc">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Synthesize retain and release calls for Objective-C pointers">;
+def fno_objc_arc : Flag<["-"], "fno-objc-arc">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fobjc_arc_exceptions : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-arc-exceptions">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Use EH-safe code when synthesizing retains and releases in -fobjc-arc">;
+def fno_objc_arc_exceptions : Flag<["-"], "fno-objc-arc-exceptions">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fobjc_atdefs : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-atdefs">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def fobjc_call_cxx_cdtors : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def fobjc_exceptions: Flag<["-"], "fobjc-exceptions">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Enable Objective-C exceptions">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+
+def fobjc_gc_only : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-gc-only">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Use GC exclusively for Objective-C related memory management">;
+def fobjc_gc : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-gc">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable Objective-C garbage collection">;
+def fobjc_legacy_dispatch : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-legacy-dispatch">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fobjc_new_property : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-new-property">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def fobjc_infer_related_result_type : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-infer-related-result-type">, 
+                                      Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_objc_infer_related_result_type : Flag<["-"],
+  "fno-objc-infer-related-result-type">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<
+    "do not infer Objective-C related result type based on method family">,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fobjc_link_runtime: Flag<["-"], "fobjc-link-runtime">, Group<f_Group>;
+
+// Objective-C ABI options.
+def fobjc_runtime_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fobjc-runtime=">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Specify the target Objective-C runtime kind and version">;
+def fobjc_abi_version_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fobjc-abi-version=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fobjc_nonfragile_abi_version_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fobjc-nonfragile-abi-version=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fobjc_nonfragile_abi : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-nonfragile-abi">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_objc_nonfragile_abi : Flag<["-"], "fno-objc-nonfragile-abi">, Group<f_Group>;
+
+def fobjc_sender_dependent_dispatch : Flag<["-"], "fobjc-sender-dependent-dispatch">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fobjc : Flag<["-"], "fobjc">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fomit_frame_pointer : Flag<["-"], "fomit-frame-pointer">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fopenmp : Flag<["-"], "fopenmp">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fno_optimize_sibling_calls : Flag<["-"], "fno-optimize-sibling-calls">, Group<f_Group>;
+def foptimize_sibling_calls : Flag<["-"], "foptimize-sibling-calls">, Group<f_Group>;
+def force__cpusubtype__ALL : Flag<["-"], "force_cpusubtype_ALL">;
+def force__flat__namespace : Flag<["-"], "force_flat_namespace">;
+def force__load : Separate<["-"], "force_load">;
+def foutput_class_dir_EQ : Joined<["-"], "foutput-class-dir=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fpack_struct : Flag<["-"], "fpack-struct">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_pack_struct : Flag<["-"], "fno-pack-struct">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fpack_struct_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fpack-struct=">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Specify the default maximum struct packing alignment">;
+def fpascal_strings : Flag<["-"], "fpascal-strings">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Recognize and construct Pascal-style string literals">;
+def fpch_preprocess : Flag<["-"], "fpch-preprocess">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fpic : Flag<["-"], "fpic">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_pic : Flag<["-"], "fno-pic">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fpie : Flag<["-"], "fpie">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fno_pie : Flag<["-"], "fno-pie">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fprofile_arcs : Flag<["-"], "fprofile-arcs">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fprofile_generate : Flag<["-"], "fprofile-generate">, Group<f_Group>;
+def framework : Separate<["-"], "framework">, Flags<[LinkerInput]>;
+def frandom_seed_EQ : Joined<["-"], "frandom-seed=">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def frtti : Flag<["-"], "frtti">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fsched_interblock : Flag<["-"], "fsched-interblock">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def fshort_enums : Flag<["-"], "fshort-enums">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Allocate to an enum type only as many bytes as it needs for the declared range of possible values">;
+def freorder_blocks : Flag<["-"], "freorder-blocks">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def fshort_wchar : Flag<["-"], "fshort-wchar">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Force wchar_t to be a short unsigned int">;
+def fshow_overloads_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fshow-overloads=">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Which overload candidates to show when overload resolution fails: "
+           "best|all; defaults to all">;
+def fshow_column : Flag<["-"], "fshow-column">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fshow_source_location : Flag<["-"], "fshow-source-location">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fspell_checking : Flag<["-"], "fspell-checking">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fsigned_bitfields : Flag<["-"], "fsigned-bitfields">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fsigned_char : Flag<["-"], "fsigned-char">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fsplit_stack : Flag<["-"], "fsplit-stack">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fstack_protector_all : Flag<["-"], "fstack-protector-all">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fstack_protector : Flag<["-"], "fstack-protector">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fstrict_aliasing : Flag<["-"], "fstrict-aliasing">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fstrict_enums : Flag<["-"], "fstrict-enums">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable optimizations based on the strict definition of an enum's "
+           "value range">;
+def fstrict_overflow : Flag<["-"], "fstrict-overflow">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fsyntax_only : Flag<["-"], "fsyntax-only">, Flags<[DriverOption,CC1Option]>, Group<Action_Group>;
+def ftabstop_EQ : Joined<["-"], "ftabstop=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ftemplate_depth_EQ : Joined<["-"], "ftemplate-depth=">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ftemplate_depth_ : Joined<["-"], "ftemplate-depth-">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ftemplate_backtrace_limit_EQ : Joined<["-"], "ftemplate-backtrace-limit=">,
+                                   Group<f_Group>;
+def ftest_coverage : Flag<["-"], "ftest-coverage">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fvectorize : Flag<["-"], "fvectorize">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Enable the loop vectorization passes">;
+def fno_vectorize : Flag<["-"], "fno-vectorize">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ftree_vectorize : Flag<["-"], "ftree-vectorize">, Alias<fvectorize>;
+def fno_tree_vectorize : Flag<["-"], "fno-tree-vectorize">, Alias<fno_vectorize>;
+def fslp_vectorize : Flag<["-"], "fslp-vectorize">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Enable the superword-level parallelism vectorization passes">;
+def fno_slp_vectorize : Flag<["-"], "fno-slp-vectorize">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ftree_slp_vectorize : Flag<["-"], "ftree-slp-vectorize">, Alias<fslp_vectorize>;
+def fno_tree_slp_vectorize : Flag<["-"], "fno-tree-slp-vectorize">, Alias<fno_slp_vectorize>;
+def Wlarge_by_value_copy_def : Flag<["-"], "Wlarge-by-value-copy">,
+  HelpText<"Warn if a function definition returns or accepts an object larger "
+           "in bytes than a given value">, Flags<[HelpHidden]>;
+def Wlarge_by_value_copy_EQ : Joined<["-"], "Wlarge-by-value-copy=">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+
+// Just silence warnings about -Wlarger-than,  -Wframe-larger-than for now.
+def Wlarger_than : Separate<["-"], "Wlarger-than">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def Wlarger_than_EQ : Joined<["-"], "Wlarger-than=">, Alias<Wlarger_than>;
+def Wlarger_than_ : Joined<["-"], "Wlarger-than-">, Alias<Wlarger_than>;
+def Wframe_larger_than : Separate<["-"], "Wframe-larger-than">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def Wframe_larger_than_EQ : Joined<["-"], "Wframe-larger-than=">, Alias<Wframe_larger_than>;
+
+def fterminated_vtables : Flag<["-"], "fterminated-vtables">, Alias<fapple_kext>;
+def fthreadsafe_statics : Flag<["-"], "fthreadsafe-statics">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ftime_report : Flag<["-"], "ftime-report">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def ftlsmodel_EQ : Joined<["-"], "ftls-model=">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def ftrapv : Flag<["-"], "ftrapv">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Trap on integer overflow">;
+def ftrapv_handler_EQ : Joined<["-"], "ftrapv-handler=">, Group<f_Group>,
+  MetaVarName<"<function name>">,
+  HelpText<"Specify the function to be called on overflow">;
+def ftrapv_handler : Separate<["-"], "ftrapv-handler">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def ftrap_function_EQ : Joined<["-"], "ftrap-function=">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Issue call to specified function rather than a trap instruction">;
+def funit_at_a_time : Flag<["-"], "funit-at-a-time">, Group<f_Group>;
+def funroll_loops : Flag<["-"], "funroll-loops">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Turn on loop unroller">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def funsigned_bitfields : Flag<["-"], "funsigned-bitfields">, Group<f_Group>;
+def funsigned_char : Flag<["-"], "funsigned-char">, Group<f_Group>;
+def funwind_tables : Flag<["-"], "funwind-tables">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fuse_cxa_atexit : Flag<["-"], "fuse-cxa-atexit">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fuse_init_array : Flag<["-"], "fuse-init-array">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Use .init_array instead of .ctors">;
+def fverbose_asm : Flag<["-"], "fverbose-asm">, Group<f_Group>;
+def fvisibility_EQ : Joined<["-"], "fvisibility=">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Set the default symbol visibility for all global declarations">;
+def fvisibility_inlines_hidden : Flag<["-"], "fvisibility-inlines-hidden">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Give inline C++ member functions default visibility by default">,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def fvisibility_ms_compat : Flag<["-"], "fvisibility-ms-compat">, Group<f_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Give global types 'default' visibility and global functions and "
+           "variables 'hidden' visibility by default">;
+def fwrapv : Flag<["-"], "fwrapv">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Treat signed integer overflow as two's complement">;
+def fwritable_strings : Flag<["-"], "fwritable-strings">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Store string literals as writable data">;
+def fzero_initialized_in_bss : Flag<["-"], "fzero-initialized-in-bss">, Group<f_Group>;
+def ffunction_sections: Flag <["-"], "ffunction-sections">, Group<f_Group>,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>, HelpText<"Place each function in its own section (ELF Only)">;
+def fdata_sections : Flag <["-"], "fdata-sections">, Group<f_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Place each data in its own section (ELF Only)">;
+def f : Joined<["-"], "f">, Group<f_Group>;
+def g_Flag : Flag<["-"], "g">, Group<g_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Generate source level debug information">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def gline_tables_only : Flag<["-"], "gline-tables-only">, Group<g_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Emit debug line number tables only">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def g0 : Flag<["-"], "g0">, Group<g_Group>;
+def g1 : Flag<["-"], "g1">, Group<g_Group>;
+def g2 : Flag<["-"], "g2">, Group<g_Group>;
+def g3 : Flag<["-"], "g3">, Group<g_Group>;
+def ggdb : Flag<["-"], "ggdb">, Group<g_Group>;
+def ggdb0 : Flag<["-"], "ggdb0">, Group<g_Group>;
+def ggdb1 : Flag<["-"], "ggdb1">, Group<g_Group>;
+def ggdb2 : Flag<["-"], "ggdb2">, Group<g_Group>;
+def ggdb3 : Flag<["-"], "ggdb3">, Group<g_Group>;
+def gdwarf_2 : Flag<["-"], "gdwarf-2">, Group<g_Group>;
+def gdwarf_3 : Flag<["-"], "gdwarf-3">, Group<g_Group>;
+def gdwarf_4 : Flag<["-"], "gdwarf-4">, Group<g_Group>;
+def gfull : Flag<["-"], "gfull">, Group<g_Group>;
+def gused : Flag<["-"], "gused">, Group<g_Group>;
+def gstabs : Joined<["-"], "gstabs">, Group<g_Group>, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def gcoff : Joined<["-"], "gcoff">, Group<g_Group>, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def gxcoff : Joined<["-"], "gxcoff">, Group<g_Group>, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def gvms : Joined<["-"], "gvms">, Group<g_Group>, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def gtoggle : Flag<["-"], "gtoggle">, Group<g_flags_Group>, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def grecord_gcc_switches : Flag<["-"], "grecord-gcc-switches">, Group<g_flags_Group>;
+def gno_record_gcc_switches : Flag<["-"], "gno-record-gcc-switches">,
+  Group<g_flags_Group>;
+def gstrict_dwarf : Flag<["-"], "gstrict-dwarf">, Group<g_flags_Group>;
+def gno_strict_dwarf : Flag<["-"], "gno-strict-dwarf">, Group<g_flags_Group>;
+def gcolumn_info : Flag<["-"], "gcolumn-info">, Group<g_flags_Group>;
+def gsplit_dwarf : Flag<["-"], "gsplit-dwarf">, Group<g_flags_Group>;
+def headerpad__max__install__names : Joined<["-"], "headerpad_max_install_names">;
+def help : Flag<["-", "--"], "help">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Display available options">;
+def index_header_map : Flag<["-"], "index-header-map">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Make the next included directory (-I or -F) an indexer header map">;
+def idirafter : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "idirafter">, Group<clang_i_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to AFTER include search path">;
+def iframework : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "iframework">, Group<clang_i_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to SYSTEM framework search path">;
+def imacros : JoinedOrSeparate<["-", "--"], "imacros">, Group<clang_i_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Include macros from file before parsing">, MetaVarName<"<file>">;
+def image__base : Separate<["-"], "image_base">;
+def include_ : JoinedOrSeparate<["-", "--"], "include">, Group<clang_i_Group>, EnumName<"include">,
+    MetaVarName<"<file>">, HelpText<"Include file before parsing">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def include_pch : Separate<["-"], "include-pch">, Group<clang_i_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Include precompiled header file">, MetaVarName<"<file>">;
+def init : Separate<["-"], "init">;
+def install__name : Separate<["-"], "install_name">;
+def integrated_as : Flag<["-"], "integrated-as">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def iprefix : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "iprefix">, Group<clang_i_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Set the -iwithprefix/-iwithprefixbefore prefix">, MetaVarName<"<dir>">;
+def iquote : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "iquote">, Group<clang_i_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to QUOTE include search path">, MetaVarName<"<directory>">;
+def isysroot : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "isysroot">, Group<clang_i_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Set the system root directory (usually /)">, MetaVarName<"<dir>">;
+def isystem : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "isystem">, Group<clang_i_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to SYSTEM include search path">, MetaVarName<"<directory>">;
+def iwithprefixbefore : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "iwithprefixbefore">, Group<clang_i_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Set directory to include search path with prefix">, MetaVarName<"<dir>">,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def iwithprefix : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "iwithprefix">, Group<clang_i_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Set directory to SYSTEM include search path with prefix">, MetaVarName<"<dir>">;
+def iwithsysroot : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "iwithsysroot">, Group<clang_i_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Add directory to SYSTEM include search path, "
+           "absolute paths are relative to -isysroot">, MetaVarName<"<directory>">,
+  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def i : Joined<["-"], "i">, Group<i_Group>;
+def keep__private__externs : Flag<["-"], "keep_private_externs">;
+def l : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "l">, Flags<[LinkerInput, RenderJoined]>;
+def lazy__framework : Separate<["-"], "lazy_framework">, Flags<[LinkerInput]>;
+def lazy__library : Separate<["-"], "lazy_library">, Flags<[LinkerInput]>;
+def EL : Flag<["-"], "EL">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def EB : Flag<["-"], "EB">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def m32 : Flag<["-"], "m32">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def mqdsp6_compat : Flag<["-"], "mqdsp6-compat">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[DriverOption,CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable hexagon-qdsp6 backward compatibility">;
+def m3dnowa : Flag<["-"], "m3dnowa">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def m3dnow : Flag<["-"], "m3dnow">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def m64 : Flag<["-"], "m64">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def mabi_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mabi=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def march_EQ : Joined<["-"], "march=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def maltivec : Flag<["-"], "maltivec">, Alias<faltivec>;
+def mno_altivec : Flag<["-"], "mno-altivec">, Alias<fno_altivec>;
+def mfprnd : Flag<["-"], "mfprnd">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_fprnd : Flag<["-"], "mno-fprnd">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mmfcrf : Flag<["-"], "mmfcrf">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_mfcrf : Flag<["-"], "mno-mfcrf">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mpopcntd : Flag<["-"], "mpopcntd">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_popcntd : Flag<["-"], "mno-popcntd">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mqpx : Flag<["-"], "mqpx">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_qpx : Flag<["-"], "mno-qpx">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mcmodel_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mcmodel=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mconstant_cfstrings : Flag<["-"], "mconstant-cfstrings">, Group<clang_ignored_m_Group>;
+def mcpu_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mcpu=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mdynamic_no_pic : Joined<["-"], "mdynamic-no-pic">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mfix_and_continue : Flag<["-"], "mfix-and-continue">, Group<clang_ignored_m_Group>;
+def mfloat_abi_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mfloat-abi=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mfpmath_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mfpmath=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mfpu_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mfpu=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mglobal_merge : Flag<["-"], "mglobal-merge">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mhard_float : Flag<["-"], "mhard-float">, Group<m_Group>;
+def miphoneos_version_min_EQ : Joined<["-"], "miphoneos-version-min=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mios_version_min_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mios-version-min=">, Alias<miphoneos_version_min_EQ>;
+def mios_simulator_version_min_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mios-simulator-version-min=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mkernel : Flag<["-"], "mkernel">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mlinker_version_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mlinker-version=">, Flags<[NoForward]>;
+def mllvm : Separate<["-"], "mllvm">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Additional arguments to forward to LLVM's option processing">;
+def mmacosx_version_min_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mmacosx-version-min=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mms_bitfields : Flag<["-"], "mms-bitfields">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Set the default structure layout to be compatible with the Microsoft compiler standard">;
+def mstackrealign : Flag<["-"], "mstackrealign">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Force realign the stack at entry to every function">;
+def mstack_alignment : Joined<["-"], "mstack-alignment=">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Set the stack alignment">;
+def mstrict_align : Flag<["-"], "mstrict-align">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Force all memory accesses to be aligned (ARM only)">;
+def mmmx : Flag<["-"], "mmmx">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_3dnowa : Flag<["-"], "mno-3dnowa">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_3dnow : Flag<["-"], "mno-3dnow">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_constant_cfstrings : Flag<["-"], "mno-constant-cfstrings">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_global_merge : Flag<["-"], "mno-global-merge">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Disable merging of globals">;
+def mno_mmx : Flag<["-"], "mno-mmx">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_pascal_strings : Flag<["-"], "mno-pascal-strings">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_red_zone : Flag<["-"], "mno-red-zone">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_relax_all : Flag<["-"], "mno-relax-all">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_rtd: Flag<["-"], "mno-rtd">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_soft_float : Flag<["-"], "mno-soft-float">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_stackrealign : Flag<["-"], "mno-stackrealign">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_sse2 : Flag<["-"], "mno-sse2">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_sse3 : Flag<["-"], "mno-sse3">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_sse4a : Flag<["-"], "mno-sse4a">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_sse4 : Flag<["-"], "mno-sse4">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_sse4_1 : Flag<["-"], "mno-sse4.1">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_sse4_2 : Flag<["-"], "mno-sse4.2">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_sse : Flag<["-"], "mno-sse">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_ssse3 : Flag<["-"], "mno-ssse3">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_aes : Flag<["-"], "mno-aes">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_avx : Flag<["-"], "mno-avx">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_avx2 : Flag<["-"], "mno-avx2">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_pclmul : Flag<["-"], "mno-pclmul">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_lzcnt : Flag<["-"], "mno-lzcnt">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_rdrnd : Flag<["-"], "mno-rdrnd">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_bmi : Flag<["-"], "mno-bmi">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_bmi2 : Flag<["-"], "mno-bmi2">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_popcnt : Flag<["-"], "mno-popcnt">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_fma4 : Flag<["-"], "mno-fma4">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_fma : Flag<["-"], "mno-fma">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_xop : Flag<["-"], "mno-xop">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_f16c : Flag<["-"], "mno-f16c">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_rtm : Flag<["-"], "mno-rtm">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_prfchw : Flag<["-"], "mno-prfchw">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mno_rdseed : Flag<["-"], "mno-rdseed">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+
+def mno_thumb : Flag<["-"], "mno-thumb">, Group<m_Group>;
+def marm : Flag<["-"], "marm">, Alias<mno_thumb>;
+
+def mno_warn_nonportable_cfstrings : Flag<["-"], "mno-warn-nonportable-cfstrings">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_omit_leaf_frame_pointer : Flag<["-"], "mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer">, Group<m_Group>;
+def momit_leaf_frame_pointer : Flag<["-"], "momit-leaf-frame-pointer">, Group<m_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Omit frame pointer setup for leaf functions">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def moslib_EQ : Joined<["-"], "moslib=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mpascal_strings : Flag<["-"], "mpascal-strings">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mred_zone : Flag<["-"], "mred-zone">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mregparm_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mregparm=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mrelax_all : Flag<["-"], "mrelax-all">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"(integrated-as) Relax all machine instructions">;
+def mrtd : Flag<["-"], "mrtd">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Make StdCall calling convention the default">;
+def msmall_data_threshold_EQ : Joined <["-"], "msmall-data-threshold=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def msoft_float : Flag<["-"], "msoft-float">, Group<m_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Use software floating point">;
+def mno_implicit_float : Flag<["-"], "mno-implicit-float">, Group<m_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Don't generate implicit floating point instructions">;
+def msse2 : Flag<["-"], "msse2">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def msse3 : Flag<["-"], "msse3">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def msse4a : Flag<["-"], "msse4a">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def msse4 : Flag<["-"], "msse4">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def msse4_1 : Flag<["-"], "msse4.1">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def msse4_2 : Flag<["-"], "msse4.2">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def msse : Flag<["-"], "msse">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mssse3 : Flag<["-"], "mssse3">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def maes : Flag<["-"], "maes">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mavx : Flag<["-"], "mavx">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mavx2 : Flag<["-"], "mavx2">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mpclmul : Flag<["-"], "mpclmul">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mlzcnt : Flag<["-"], "mlzcnt">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mrdrnd : Flag<["-"], "mrdrnd">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mbmi : Flag<["-"], "mbmi">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mbmi2 : Flag<["-"], "mbmi2">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mpopcnt : Flag<["-"], "mpopcnt">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mfma4 : Flag<["-"], "mfma4">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mfma : Flag<["-"], "mfma">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mxop : Flag<["-"], "mxop">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mf16c : Flag<["-"], "mf16c">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mrtm : Flag<["-"], "mrtm">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mprfchw : Flag<["-"], "mprfchw">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mrdseed : Flag<["-"], "mrdseed">, Group<m_x86_Features_Group>;
+def mips16 : Flag<["-"], "mips16">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_mips16 : Flag<["-"], "mno-mips16">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mxgot : Flag<["-"], "mxgot">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_xgot : Flag<["-"], "mno-xgot">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mdsp : Flag<["-"], "mdsp">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_dsp : Flag<["-"], "mno-dsp">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mdspr2 : Flag<["-"], "mdspr2">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mno_dspr2 : Flag<["-"], "mno-dspr2">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mips32 : Flag<["-"], "mips32">, Group<mips_CPUs_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Equivalent to -march=mips32">, Flags<[HelpHidden]>;
+def mips32r2 : Flag<["-"], "mips32r2">, Group<mips_CPUs_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Equivalent to -march=mips32r2">, Flags<[HelpHidden]>;
+def mips64 : Flag<["-"], "mips64">, Group<mips_CPUs_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Equivalent to -march=mips64">, Flags<[HelpHidden]>;
+def mips64r2 : Flag<["-"], "mips64r2">, Group<mips_CPUs_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Equivalent to -march=mips64r2">, Flags<[HelpHidden]>;
+def module_file_info : Flag<["-"], "module-file-info">, Flags<[DriverOption,CC1Option]>, Group<Action_Group>;
+def mthumb : Flag<["-"], "mthumb">, Group<m_Group>;
+def mtune_EQ : Joined<["-"], "mtune=">, Group<m_Group>;
+def multi__module : Flag<["-"], "multi_module">;
+def multiply__defined__unused : Separate<["-"], "multiply_defined_unused">;
+def multiply__defined : Separate<["-"], "multiply_defined">;
+def mwarn_nonportable_cfstrings : Flag<["-"], "mwarn-nonportable-cfstrings">, Group<m_Group>;
+def m_Separate : Separate<["-"], "m">, Group<m_Group>;
+def m_Joined : Joined<["-"], "m">, Group<m_Group>;
+def no_canonical_prefixes : Flag<["-"], "no-canonical-prefixes">, Flags<[HelpHidden]>,
+  HelpText<"Use relative instead of canonical paths">;
+def no_cpp_precomp : Flag<["-"], "no-cpp-precomp">, Group<clang_ignored_f_Group>;
+def no_integrated_as : Flag<["-"], "no-integrated-as">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def no_integrated_cpp : Flag<["-", "--"], "no-integrated-cpp">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def no_pedantic : Flag<["-", "--"], "no-pedantic">, Group<pedantic_Group>;
+def no__dead__strip__inits__and__terms : Flag<["-"], "no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms">;
+def nobuiltininc : Flag<["-"], "nobuiltininc">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Disable builtin #include directories">;
+def nodefaultlibs : Flag<["-"], "nodefaultlibs">;
+def nofixprebinding : Flag<["-"], "nofixprebinding">;
+def nolibc : Flag<["-"], "nolibc">;
+def nomultidefs : Flag<["-"], "nomultidefs">;
+def noprebind : Flag<["-"], "noprebind">;
+def noseglinkedit : Flag<["-"], "noseglinkedit">;
+def nostartfiles : Flag<["-"], "nostartfiles">;
+def nostdinc : Flag<["-"], "nostdinc">;
+def nostdlibinc : Flag<["-"], "nostdlibinc">;
+def nostdincxx : Flag<["-"], "nostdinc++">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Disable standard #include directories for the C++ standard library">;
+def nostdlib : Flag<["-"], "nostdlib">;
+def object : Flag<["-"], "object">;
+def o : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "o">, Flags<[DriverOption, RenderAsInput, CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Write output to <file>">, MetaVarName<"<file>">;
+def pagezero__size : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "pagezero_size">;
+def pass_exit_codes : Flag<["-", "--"], "pass-exit-codes">, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def pedantic_errors : Flag<["-", "--"], "pedantic-errors">, Group<pedantic_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def pedantic : Flag<["-", "--"], "pedantic">, Group<pedantic_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def pg : Flag<["-"], "pg">, HelpText<"Enable mcount instrumentation">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def pipe : Flag<["-", "--"], "pipe">,
+  HelpText<"Use pipes between commands, when possible">;
+def prebind__all__twolevel__modules : Flag<["-"], "prebind_all_twolevel_modules">;
+def prebind : Flag<["-"], "prebind">;
+def preload : Flag<["-"], "preload">;
+def print_file_name_EQ : Joined<["-", "--"], "print-file-name=">,
+  HelpText<"Print the full library path of <file>">, MetaVarName<"<file>">;
+def print_ivar_layout : Flag<["-"], "print-ivar-layout">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable Objective-C Ivar layout bitmap print trace">;
+def print_libgcc_file_name : Flag<["-", "--"], "print-libgcc-file-name">,
+  HelpText<"Print the library path for \"libgcc.a\"">;
+def print_multi_directory : Flag<["-", "--"], "print-multi-directory">;
+def print_multi_lib : Flag<["-", "--"], "print-multi-lib">;
+def print_multi_os_directory : Flag<["-", "--"], "print-multi-os-directory">;
+def print_prog_name_EQ : Joined<["-", "--"], "print-prog-name=">,
+  HelpText<"Print the full program path of <name>">, MetaVarName<"<name>">;
+def print_search_dirs : Flag<["-", "--"], "print-search-dirs">,
+  HelpText<"Print the paths used for finding libraries and programs">;
+def private__bundle : Flag<["-"], "private_bundle">;
+def pthreads : Flag<["-"], "pthreads">;
+def pthread : Flag<["-"], "pthread">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Support POSIX threads in generated code">;
+def p : Flag<["-"], "p">;
+def pie : Flag<["-"], "pie">;
+def read__only__relocs : Separate<["-"], "read_only_relocs">;
+def remap : Flag<["-"], "remap">;
+def rewrite_objc : Flag<["-"], "rewrite-objc">, Flags<[DriverOption,CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Rewrite Objective-C source to C++">, Group<Action_Group>;
+def rewrite_legacy_objc : Flag<["-"], "rewrite-legacy-objc">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Rewrite Legacy Objective-C source to C++">;
+def rdynamic : Flag<["-"], "rdynamic">;
+def resource_dir : Separate<["-"], "resource-dir">,
+  Flags<[DriverOption, CC1Option, HelpHidden]>,
+  HelpText<"The directory which holds the compiler resource files">;
+def resource_dir_EQ : Joined<["-"], "resource-dir=">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  Alias<resource_dir>;
+def rpath : Separate<["-"], "rpath">, Flags<[LinkerInput]>;
+def rtlib_EQ : Joined<["-", "--"], "rtlib=">;
+def r : Flag<["-"], "r">;
+def save_temps : Flag<["-", "--"], "save-temps">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Save intermediate compilation results">;
+def sectalign : MultiArg<["-"], "sectalign", 3>;
+def sectcreate : MultiArg<["-"], "sectcreate", 3>;
+def sectobjectsymbols : MultiArg<["-"], "sectobjectsymbols", 2>;
+def sectorder : MultiArg<["-"], "sectorder", 3>;
+def seg1addr : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "seg1addr">;
+def seg__addr__table__filename : Separate<["-"], "seg_addr_table_filename">;
+def seg__addr__table : Separate<["-"], "seg_addr_table">;
+def segaddr : MultiArg<["-"], "segaddr", 2>;
+def segcreate : MultiArg<["-"], "segcreate", 3>;
+def seglinkedit : Flag<["-"], "seglinkedit">;
+def segprot : MultiArg<["-"], "segprot", 3>;
+def segs__read__only__addr : Separate<["-"], "segs_read_only_addr">;
+def segs__read__write__addr : Separate<["-"], "segs_read_write_addr">;
+def segs__read__ : Joined<["-"], "segs_read_">;
+def shared_libgcc : Flag<["-"], "shared-libgcc">;
+def shared : Flag<["-", "--"], "shared">;
+def single__module : Flag<["-"], "single_module">;
+def specs_EQ : Joined<["-", "--"], "specs=">;
+def specs : Separate<["-", "--"], "specs">, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def static_libgcc : Flag<["-"], "static-libgcc">;
+def static_libstdcxx : Flag<["-"], "static-libstdc++">;
+def static : Flag<["-", "--"], "static">, Flags<[NoArgumentUnused]>;
+def std_default_EQ : Joined<["-"], "std-default=">;
+def std_EQ : Joined<["-", "--"], "std=">, Flags<[CC1Option]>, Group<L_Group>,
+  HelpText<"Language standard to compile for">;
+def stdlib_EQ : Joined<["-", "--"], "stdlib=">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"C++ standard library to use">;
+def sub__library : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "sub_library">;
+def sub__umbrella : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "sub_umbrella">;
+def s : Flag<["-"], "s">;
+def target : Separate<["-"], "target">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Generate code for the given target">;
+def gcc_toolchain : Separate<["-"], "gcc-toolchain">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Use the gcc toolchain at the given directory">;
+def time : Flag<["-"], "time">,
+  HelpText<"Time individual commands">;
+def traditional_cpp : Flag<["-", "--"], "traditional-cpp">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Enable some traditional CPP emulation">;
+def traditional : Flag<["-", "--"], "traditional">;
+def trigraphs : Flag<["-", "--"], "trigraphs">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Process trigraph sequences">;
+def twolevel__namespace__hints : Flag<["-"], "twolevel_namespace_hints">;
+def twolevel__namespace : Flag<["-"], "twolevel_namespace">;
+def t : Flag<["-"], "t">;
+def umbrella : Separate<["-"], "umbrella">;
+def undefined : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "undefined">, Group<u_Group>;
+def undef : Flag<["-"], "undef">, Group<u_Group>, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"undef all system defines">;
+def unexported__symbols__list : Separate<["-"], "unexported_symbols_list">;
+def u : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "u">, Group<u_Group>;
+def use_gold_plugin : Flag<["-"], "use-gold-plugin">;
+def v : Flag<["-"], "v">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Show commands to run and use verbose output">;
+def verify : Flag<["-"], "verify">, Flags<[DriverOption,CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Verify output using a verifier">;
+def weak_l : Joined<["-"], "weak-l">, Flags<[LinkerInput]>;
+def weak__framework : Separate<["-"], "weak_framework">, Flags<[LinkerInput]>;
+def weak__library : Separate<["-"], "weak_library">, Flags<[LinkerInput]>;
+def weak__reference__mismatches : Separate<["-"], "weak_reference_mismatches">;
+def whatsloaded : Flag<["-"], "whatsloaded">;
+def whyload : Flag<["-"], "whyload">;
+def w : Flag<["-"], "w">, HelpText<"Suppress all warnings">, Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def x : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "x">, Flags<[DriverOption,CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Treat subsequent input files as having type <language>">,
+  MetaVarName<"<language>">;
+def y : Joined<["-"], "y">;
+
+def working_directory : JoinedOrSeparate<["-"], "working-directory">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  HelpText<"Resolve file paths relative to the specified directory">;
+def working_directory_EQ : Joined<["-"], "working-directory=">, Flags<[CC1Option]>,
+  Alias<working_directory>;
+
+// Double dash options, which are usually an alias for one of the previous
+// options.
+
+def _CLASSPATH_EQ : Joined<["--"], "CLASSPATH=">, Alias<fclasspath_EQ>;
+def _CLASSPATH : Separate<["--"], "CLASSPATH">, Alias<fclasspath_EQ>;
+def _all_warnings : Flag<["--"], "all-warnings">, Alias<Wall>;
+def _analyze_auto : Flag<["--"], "analyze-auto">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def _analyzer_no_default_checks : Flag<["--"], "analyzer-no-default-checks">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def _analyzer_output : JoinedOrSeparate<["--"], "analyzer-output">, Flags<[DriverOption]>;
+def _analyze : Flag<["--"], "analyze">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Run the static analyzer">;
+def _assemble : Flag<["--"], "assemble">, Alias<S>;
+def _assert_EQ : Joined<["--"], "assert=">, Alias<A>;
+def _assert : Separate<["--"], "assert">, Alias<A>;
+def _bootclasspath_EQ : Joined<["--"], "bootclasspath=">, Alias<fbootclasspath_EQ>;
+def _bootclasspath : Separate<["--"], "bootclasspath">, Alias<fbootclasspath_EQ>;
+def _classpath_EQ : Joined<["--"], "classpath=">, Alias<fclasspath_EQ>;
+def _classpath : Separate<["--"], "classpath">, Alias<fclasspath_EQ>;
+def _comments_in_macros : Flag<["--"], "comments-in-macros">, Alias<CC>;
+def _comments : Flag<["--"], "comments">, Alias<C>;
+def _compile : Flag<["--"], "compile">, Alias<c>;
+def _constant_cfstrings : Flag<["--"], "constant-cfstrings">;
+def _debug_EQ : Joined<["--"], "debug=">, Alias<g_Flag>;
+def _debug : Flag<["--"], "debug">, Alias<g_Flag>;
+def _define_macro_EQ : Joined<["--"], "define-macro=">, Alias<D>;
+def _define_macro : Separate<["--"], "define-macro">, Alias<D>;
+def _dependencies : Flag<["--"], "dependencies">, Alias<M>;
+def _encoding_EQ : Joined<["--"], "encoding=">, Alias<fencoding_EQ>;
+def _encoding : Separate<["--"], "encoding">, Alias<fencoding_EQ>;
+def _entry : Flag<["--"], "entry">, Alias<e>;
+def _extdirs_EQ : Joined<["--"], "extdirs=">, Alias<fextdirs_EQ>;
+def _extdirs : Separate<["--"], "extdirs">, Alias<fextdirs_EQ>;
+def _extra_warnings : Flag<["--"], "extra-warnings">, Alias<W_Joined>;
+def _for_linker_EQ : Joined<["--"], "for-linker=">, Alias<Xlinker>;
+def _for_linker : Separate<["--"], "for-linker">, Alias<Xlinker>;
+def _force_link_EQ : Joined<["--"], "force-link=">, Alias<u>;
+def _force_link : Separate<["--"], "force-link">, Alias<u>;
+def _help_hidden : Flag<["--"], "help-hidden">;
+def _imacros_EQ : Joined<["--"], "imacros=">, Alias<imacros>;
+def _include_barrier : Flag<["--"], "include-barrier">, Alias<I_>;
+def _include_directory_after_EQ : Joined<["--"], "include-directory-after=">, Alias<idirafter>;
+def _include_directory_after : Separate<["--"], "include-directory-after">, Alias<idirafter>;
+def _include_directory_EQ : Joined<["--"], "include-directory=">, Alias<I>;
+def _include_directory : Separate<["--"], "include-directory">, Alias<I>;
+def _include_prefix_EQ : Joined<["--"], "include-prefix=">, Alias<iprefix>;
+def _include_prefix : Separate<["--"], "include-prefix">, Alias<iprefix>;
+def _include_with_prefix_after_EQ : Joined<["--"], "include-with-prefix-after=">, Alias<iwithprefix>;
+def _include_with_prefix_after : Separate<["--"], "include-with-prefix-after">, Alias<iwithprefix>;
+def _include_with_prefix_before_EQ : Joined<["--"], "include-with-prefix-before=">, Alias<iwithprefixbefore>;
+def _include_with_prefix_before : Separate<["--"], "include-with-prefix-before">, Alias<iwithprefixbefore>;
+def _include_with_prefix_EQ : Joined<["--"], "include-with-prefix=">, Alias<iwithprefix>;
+def _include_with_prefix : Separate<["--"], "include-with-prefix">, Alias<iwithprefix>;
+def _include_EQ : Joined<["--"], "include=">, Alias<include_>;
+def _language_EQ : Joined<["--"], "language=">, Alias<x>;
+def _language : Separate<["--"], "language">, Alias<x>;
+def _library_directory_EQ : Joined<["--"], "library-directory=">, Alias<L>;
+def _library_directory : Separate<["--"], "library-directory">, Alias<L>;
+def _machine__EQ : Joined<["--"], "machine-=">, Alias<m_Joined>;
+def _machine_ : Joined<["--"], "machine-">, Alias<m_Joined>;
+def _machine_EQ : Joined<["--"], "machine=">, Alias<m_Joined>;
+def _machine : Separate<["--"], "machine">, Alias<m_Joined>;
+def _no_line_commands : Flag<["--"], "no-line-commands">, Alias<P>;
+def _no_standard_includes : Flag<["--"], "no-standard-includes">, Alias<nostdinc>;
+def _no_standard_libraries : Flag<["--"], "no-standard-libraries">, Alias<nostdlib>;
+def _no_undefined : Flag<["--"], "no-undefined">, Flags<[LinkerInput]>;
+def _no_warnings : Flag<["--"], "no-warnings">, Alias<w>;
+def _optimize_EQ : Joined<["--"], "optimize=">, Alias<O>;
+def _optimize : Flag<["--"], "optimize">, Alias<O>;
+def _output_class_directory_EQ : Joined<["--"], "output-class-directory=">, Alias<foutput_class_dir_EQ>;
+def _output_class_directory : Separate<["--"], "output-class-directory">, Alias<foutput_class_dir_EQ>;
+def _output_EQ : Joined<["--"], "output=">, Alias<o>;
+def _output : Separate<["--"], "output">, Alias<o>;
+def _param : Separate<["--"], "param">, Group<CompileOnly_Group>;
+def _param_EQ : Joined<["--"], "param=">, Alias<_param>;
+def _prefix_EQ : Joined<["--"], "prefix=">, Alias<B>;
+def _prefix : Separate<["--"], "prefix">, Alias<B>;
+def _preprocess : Flag<["--"], "preprocess">, Alias<E>;
+def _print_diagnostic_categories : Flag<["--"], "print-diagnostic-categories">;
+def _print_file_name : Separate<["--"], "print-file-name">, Alias<print_file_name_EQ>;
+def _print_missing_file_dependencies : Flag<["--"], "print-missing-file-dependencies">, Alias<MG>;
+def _print_prog_name : Separate<["--"], "print-prog-name">, Alias<print_prog_name_EQ>;
+def _profile_blocks : Flag<["--"], "profile-blocks">, Alias<a>;
+def _profile : Flag<["--"], "profile">, Alias<p>;
+def _resource_EQ : Joined<["--"], "resource=">, Alias<fcompile_resource_EQ>;
+def _resource : Separate<["--"], "resource">, Alias<fcompile_resource_EQ>;
+def _rtlib : Separate<["--"], "rtlib">, Alias<rtlib_EQ>;
+def _serialize_diags : Separate<["-", "--"], "serialize-diagnostics">, Flags<[DriverOption]>,
+  HelpText<"Serialize compiler diagnostics to a file">;
+// We give --version different semantics from -version.
+def _version : Flag<["--"], "version">,  Flags<[CC1Option]>;
+def _signed_char : Flag<["--"], "signed-char">, Alias<fsigned_char>;
+def _std : Separate<["--"], "std">, Alias<std_EQ>;
+def _stdlib : Separate<["--"], "stdlib">, Alias<stdlib_EQ>;
+def _sysroot_EQ : Joined<["--"], "sysroot=">;
+def _sysroot : Separate<["--"], "sysroot">, Alias<_sysroot_EQ>;
+def _target_help : Flag<["--"], "target-help">;
+def _trace_includes : Flag<["--"], "trace-includes">, Alias<H>;
+def _undefine_macro_EQ : Joined<["--"], "undefine-macro=">, Alias<U>;
+def _undefine_macro : Separate<["--"], "undefine-macro">, Alias<U>;
+def _unsigned_char : Flag<["--"], "unsigned-char">, Alias<funsigned_char>;
+def _user_dependencies : Flag<["--"], "user-dependencies">, Alias<MM>;
+def _verbose : Flag<["--"], "verbose">, Alias<v>;
+def _warn__EQ : Joined<["--"], "warn-=">, Alias<W_Joined>;
+def _warn_ : Joined<["--"], "warn-">, Alias<W_Joined>;
+def _write_dependencies : Flag<["--"], "write-dependencies">, Alias<MD>;
+def _write_user_dependencies : Flag<["--"], "write-user-dependencies">, Alias<MMD>;
+def _ : Joined<["--"], "">, Flags<[Unsupported]>;
+def mieee_rnd_near : Flag<["-"], "mieee-rnd-near">, Group<m_hexagon_Features_Group>;
+
+// Special internal option to handle -Xlinker --no-demangle.
+def Z_Xlinker__no_demangle : Flag<["-"], "Z-Xlinker-no-demangle">,
+    Flags<[Unsupported, NoArgumentUnused]>;
+
+// Special internal option to allow forwarding arbitrary arguments to linker.
+def Zlinker_input : Separate<["-"], "Zlinker-input">,
+    Flags<[Unsupported, NoArgumentUnused]>;
+
+// Reserved library options.
+def Z_reserved_lib_stdcxx : Flag<["-"], "Z-reserved-lib-stdc++">,
+    Flags<[LinkerInput, NoArgumentUnused, Unsupported]>, Group<reserved_lib_Group>;
+def Z_reserved_lib_cckext : Flag<["-"], "Z-reserved-lib-cckext">,
+    Flags<[LinkerInput, NoArgumentUnused, Unsupported]>, Group<reserved_lib_Group>;
+
+include "CC1Options.td"
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Phases.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Phases.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e0f40c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Phases.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+//===--- Phases.h - Transformations on Driver Types -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_PHASES_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_PHASES_H_
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+namespace phases {
+  /// ID - Ordered values for successive stages in the
+  /// compilation process which interact with user options.
+  enum ID {
+    Preprocess,
+    Precompile,
+    Compile,
+    Assemble,
+    Link
+  };
+
+  enum {
+    MaxNumberOfPhases = Link + 1
+  };
+
+  const char *getPhaseName(ID Id);
+
+} // end namespace phases
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Tool.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Tool.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c05d0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Tool.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+//===--- Tool.h - Compilation Tools -----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_TOOL_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_TOOL_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class ArgList;
+  class Compilation;
+  class InputInfo;
+  class Job;
+  class JobAction;
+  class ToolChain;
+
+  typedef SmallVector<InputInfo, 4> InputInfoList;
+
+/// Tool - Information on a specific compilation tool.
+class Tool {
+  /// The tool name (for debugging).
+  const char *Name;
+
+  /// The human readable name for the tool, for use in diagnostics.
+  const char *ShortName;
+
+  /// The tool chain this tool is a part of.
+  const ToolChain &TheToolChain;
+
+public:
+  Tool(const char *Name, const char *ShortName,
+       const ToolChain &TC);
+
+public:
+  virtual ~Tool();
+
+  const char *getName() const { return Name; }
+
+  const char *getShortName() const { return ShortName; }
+
+  const ToolChain &getToolChain() const { return TheToolChain; }
+
+  virtual bool hasIntegratedAssembler() const { return false; }
+  virtual bool hasIntegratedCPP() const = 0;
+  virtual bool isLinkJob() const { return false; }
+  virtual bool isDsymutilJob() const { return false; }
+
+  /// \brief Does this tool have "good" standardized diagnostics, or should the
+  /// driver add an additional "command failed" diagnostic on failures.
+  virtual bool hasGoodDiagnostics() const { return false; }
+
+  /// ConstructJob - Construct jobs to perform the action \p JA,
+  /// writing to \p Output and with \p Inputs.
+  ///
+  /// \param TCArgs - The argument list for this toolchain, with any
+  /// tool chain specific translations applied.
+  /// \param LinkingOutput - If this output will eventually feed the
+  /// linker, then this is the final output name of the linked image.
+  virtual void ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
+                            const InputInfo &Output,
+                            const InputInfoList &Inputs,
+                            const ArgList &TCArgs,
+                            const char *LinkingOutput) const = 0;
+};
+
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/ToolChain.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/ToolChain.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae9e397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/ToolChain.h
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+//===--- ToolChain.h - Collections of tools for one platform ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_TOOLCHAIN_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_TOOLCHAIN_H_
+
+#include "clang/Driver/Action.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Types.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Util.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ObjCRuntime;
+
+namespace driver {
+  class ArgList;
+  class Compilation;
+  class DerivedArgList;
+  class Driver;
+  class InputArgList;
+  class JobAction;
+  class Tool;
+
+/// ToolChain - Access to tools for a single platform.
+class ToolChain {
+public:
+  typedef SmallVector<std::string, 4> path_list;
+
+  enum CXXStdlibType {
+    CST_Libcxx,
+    CST_Libstdcxx
+  };
+
+  enum RuntimeLibType {
+    RLT_CompilerRT,
+    RLT_Libgcc
+  };
+
+private:
+  const Driver &D;
+  const llvm::Triple Triple;
+  const ArgList &Args;
+
+  /// The list of toolchain specific path prefixes to search for
+  /// files.
+  path_list FilePaths;
+
+  /// The list of toolchain specific path prefixes to search for
+  /// programs.
+  path_list ProgramPaths;
+
+  mutable OwningPtr<Tool> Clang;
+  mutable OwningPtr<Tool> Assemble;
+  mutable OwningPtr<Tool> Link;
+  Tool *getClang() const;
+  Tool *getAssemble() const;
+  Tool *getLink() const;
+  Tool *getClangAs() const;
+
+protected:
+  ToolChain(const Driver &D, const llvm::Triple &T, const ArgList &Args);
+
+  virtual Tool *buildAssembler() const;
+  virtual Tool *buildLinker() const;
+  virtual Tool *getTool(Action::ActionClass AC) const;
+
+  /// \name Utilities for implementing subclasses.
+  ///@{
+  static void addSystemInclude(const ArgList &DriverArgs,
+                               ArgStringList &CC1Args,
+                               const Twine &Path);
+  static void addExternCSystemInclude(const ArgList &DriverArgs,
+                                      ArgStringList &CC1Args,
+                                      const Twine &Path);
+  static void addSystemIncludes(const ArgList &DriverArgs,
+                                ArgStringList &CC1Args,
+                                ArrayRef<StringRef> Paths);
+  ///@}
+
+public:
+  virtual ~ToolChain();
+
+  // Accessors
+
+  const Driver &getDriver() const;
+  const llvm::Triple &getTriple() const { return Triple; }
+
+  llvm::Triple::ArchType getArch() const { return Triple.getArch(); }
+  StringRef getArchName() const { return Triple.getArchName(); }
+  StringRef getPlatform() const { return Triple.getVendorName(); }
+  StringRef getOS() const { return Triple.getOSName(); }
+
+  /// \brief Provide the default architecture name (as expected by -arch) for
+  /// this toolchain. Note t
+  std::string getDefaultUniversalArchName() const;
+
+  std::string getTripleString() const {
+    return Triple.getTriple();
+  }
+
+  path_list &getFilePaths() { return FilePaths; }
+  const path_list &getFilePaths() const { return FilePaths; }
+
+  path_list &getProgramPaths() { return ProgramPaths; }
+  const path_list &getProgramPaths() const { return ProgramPaths; }
+
+  // Tool access.
+
+  /// TranslateArgs - Create a new derived argument list for any argument
+  /// translations this ToolChain may wish to perform, or 0 if no tool chain
+  /// specific translations are needed.
+  ///
+  /// \param BoundArch - The bound architecture name, or 0.
+  virtual DerivedArgList *TranslateArgs(const DerivedArgList &Args,
+                                        const char *BoundArch) const {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// Choose a tool to use to handle the action \p JA.
+  Tool *SelectTool(const JobAction &JA) const;
+
+  // Helper methods
+
+  std::string GetFilePath(const char *Name) const;
+  std::string GetProgramPath(const char *Name) const;
+
+  // Platform defaults information
+
+  /// HasNativeLTOLinker - Check whether the linker and related tools have
+  /// native LLVM support.
+  virtual bool HasNativeLLVMSupport() const;
+
+  /// LookupTypeForExtension - Return the default language type to use for the
+  /// given extension.
+  virtual types::ID LookupTypeForExtension(const char *Ext) const;
+
+  /// IsBlocksDefault - Does this tool chain enable -fblocks by default.
+  virtual bool IsBlocksDefault() const { return false; }
+
+  /// IsIntegratedAssemblerDefault - Does this tool chain enable -integrated-as
+  /// by default.
+  virtual bool IsIntegratedAssemblerDefault() const { return false; }
+
+  /// \brief Check if the toolchain should use the integrated assembler.
+  bool useIntegratedAs() const;
+
+  /// IsStrictAliasingDefault - Does this tool chain use -fstrict-aliasing by
+  /// default.
+  virtual bool IsStrictAliasingDefault() const { return true; }
+
+  /// IsMathErrnoDefault - Does this tool chain use -fmath-errno by default.
+  virtual bool IsMathErrnoDefault() const { return true; }
+
+  /// IsObjCDefaultSynthPropertiesDefault - Does this tool chain enable
+  /// -fobjc-default-synthesize-properties by default.
+  virtual bool IsObjCDefaultSynthPropertiesDefault() const { return true; }
+  
+  /// IsEncodeExtendedBlockSignatureDefault - Does this tool chain enable
+  /// -fencode-extended-block-signature by default.
+  virtual bool IsEncodeExtendedBlockSignatureDefault() const { return false; }
+
+  /// IsObjCNonFragileABIDefault - Does this tool chain set
+  /// -fobjc-nonfragile-abi by default.
+  virtual bool IsObjCNonFragileABIDefault() const { return false; }
+
+  /// UseObjCMixedDispatchDefault - When using non-legacy dispatch, should the
+  /// mixed dispatch method be used?
+  virtual bool UseObjCMixedDispatch() const { return false; }
+
+  /// GetDefaultStackProtectorLevel - Get the default stack protector level for
+  /// this tool chain (0=off, 1=on, 2=all).
+  virtual unsigned GetDefaultStackProtectorLevel(bool KernelOrKext) const {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// GetDefaultRuntimeLibType - Get the default runtime library variant to use.
+  virtual RuntimeLibType GetDefaultRuntimeLibType() const {
+    return ToolChain::RLT_Libgcc;
+  }
+
+  /// IsUnwindTablesDefault - Does this tool chain use -funwind-tables
+  /// by default.
+  virtual bool IsUnwindTablesDefault() const;
+
+  /// \brief Test whether this toolchain defaults to PIC.
+  virtual bool isPICDefault() const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Tests whether this toolchain forces its default for PIC or non-PIC.
+  /// If this returns true, any PIC related flags should be ignored and instead
+  /// the result of \c isPICDefault() is used exclusively.
+  virtual bool isPICDefaultForced() const = 0;
+
+  /// SupportsProfiling - Does this tool chain support -pg.
+  virtual bool SupportsProfiling() const { return true; }
+
+  /// Does this tool chain support Objective-C garbage collection.
+  virtual bool SupportsObjCGC() const { return true; }
+
+  /// Complain if this tool chain doesn't support Objective-C ARC.
+  virtual void CheckObjCARC() const {}
+
+  /// UseDwarfDebugFlags - Embed the compile options to clang into the Dwarf
+  /// compile unit information.
+  virtual bool UseDwarfDebugFlags() const { return false; }
+
+  /// UseSjLjExceptions - Does this tool chain use SjLj exceptions.
+  virtual bool UseSjLjExceptions() const { return false; }
+
+  /// ComputeLLVMTriple - Return the LLVM target triple to use, after taking
+  /// command line arguments into account.
+  virtual std::string ComputeLLVMTriple(const ArgList &Args,
+                                 types::ID InputType = types::TY_INVALID) const;
+
+  /// ComputeEffectiveClangTriple - Return the Clang triple to use for this
+  /// target, which may take into account the command line arguments. For
+  /// example, on Darwin the -mmacosx-version-min= command line argument (which
+  /// sets the deployment target) determines the version in the triple passed to
+  /// Clang.
+  virtual std::string ComputeEffectiveClangTriple(const ArgList &Args,
+                                 types::ID InputType = types::TY_INVALID) const;
+
+  /// getDefaultObjCRuntime - Return the default Objective-C runtime
+  /// for this platform.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: this really belongs on some sort of DeploymentTarget abstraction
+  virtual ObjCRuntime getDefaultObjCRuntime(bool isNonFragile) const;
+
+  /// hasBlocksRuntime - Given that the user is compiling with
+  /// -fblocks, does this tool chain guarantee the existence of a
+  /// blocks runtime?
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: this really belongs on some sort of DeploymentTarget abstraction
+  virtual bool hasBlocksRuntime() const { return true; }
+
+  /// \brief Add the clang cc1 arguments for system include paths.
+  ///
+  /// This routine is responsible for adding the necessary cc1 arguments to
+  /// include headers from standard system header directories.
+  virtual void AddClangSystemIncludeArgs(const ArgList &DriverArgs,
+                                         ArgStringList &CC1Args) const;
+
+  /// \brief Add options that need to be passed to cc1 for this target.
+  virtual void addClangTargetOptions(const ArgList &DriverArgs,
+                                     ArgStringList &CC1Args) const;
+
+  // GetRuntimeLibType - Determine the runtime library type to use with the
+  // given compilation arguments.
+  virtual RuntimeLibType GetRuntimeLibType(const ArgList &Args) const;
+
+  // GetCXXStdlibType - Determine the C++ standard library type to use with the
+  // given compilation arguments.
+  virtual CXXStdlibType GetCXXStdlibType(const ArgList &Args) const;
+
+  /// AddClangCXXStdlibIncludeArgs - Add the clang -cc1 level arguments to set
+  /// the include paths to use for the given C++ standard library type.
+  virtual void AddClangCXXStdlibIncludeArgs(const ArgList &DriverArgs,
+                                            ArgStringList &CC1Args) const;
+
+  /// AddCXXStdlibLibArgs - Add the system specific linker arguments to use
+  /// for the given C++ standard library type.
+  virtual void AddCXXStdlibLibArgs(const ArgList &Args,
+                                   ArgStringList &CmdArgs) const;
+
+  /// AddCCKextLibArgs - Add the system specific linker arguments to use
+  /// for kernel extensions (Darwin-specific).
+  virtual void AddCCKextLibArgs(const ArgList &Args,
+                                ArgStringList &CmdArgs) const;
+
+  /// AddFastMathRuntimeIfAvailable - If a runtime library exists that sets
+  /// global flags for unsafe floating point math, add it and return true.
+  ///
+  /// This checks for presence of the -ffast-math or -funsafe-math flags.
+  virtual bool AddFastMathRuntimeIfAvailable(const ArgList &Args,
+                                             ArgStringList &CmdArgs) const;
+};
+
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Types.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Types.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42f0709
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Types.def
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+//===--- Types.def - Driver Type info ---------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the driver type information. Users of this file
+// must define the TYPE macro to make use of this information.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef TYPE
+#error "Define TYPE prior to including this file!"
+#endif
+
+// TYPE(NAME, ID, PP_TYPE, TEMP_SUFFIX, FLAGS)
+
+// The first value is the type name as a string; for types which can
+// be user specified this should be the equivalent -x option.
+
+// The second value is the type id, which will result in a
+// clang::driver::types::TY_XX enum constant.
+
+// The third value is that id of the type for preprocessed inputs of
+// this type, or INVALID if this type is not preprocessed.
+
+// The fourth value is the suffix to use when creating temporary files
+// of this type, or null if unspecified.
+
+// The fifth value is a string containing option flags. Valid values:
+//  a - The type should only be assembled.
+//  p - The type should only be precompiled.
+//  u - The type can be user specified (with -x).
+//  A - The type's temporary suffix should be appended when generating
+//      outputs of this type.
+
+
+// C family source language (with and without preprocessing).
+TYPE("cpp-output",               PP_C,         INVALID,         "i",     "u")
+TYPE("c",                        C,            PP_C,            "c",     "u")
+TYPE("cl",                       CL,           PP_C,            "cl",    "u")
+TYPE("cuda",                     CUDA,         PP_CXX,          "cpp",   "u")
+TYPE("objective-c-cpp-output",   PP_ObjC,      INVALID,         "mi",    "u")
+TYPE("objc-cpp-output",          PP_ObjC_Alias, INVALID,        "mi",    "u")
+TYPE("objective-c",              ObjC,         PP_ObjC,         "m",     "u")
+TYPE("c++-cpp-output",           PP_CXX,       INVALID,         "ii",    "u")
+TYPE("c++",                      CXX,          PP_CXX,          "cpp",   "u")
+TYPE("objective-c++-cpp-output", PP_ObjCXX,    INVALID,         "mii",   "u")
+TYPE("objc++-cpp-output",        PP_ObjCXX_Alias, INVALID,      "mii",   "u")
+TYPE("objective-c++",            ObjCXX,       PP_ObjCXX,       "mm",    "u")
+
+// C family input files to precompile.
+TYPE("c-header-cpp-output",      PP_CHeader,   INVALID,         "i",     "p")
+TYPE("c-header",                 CHeader,      PP_CHeader,      0,       "pu")
+TYPE("cl-header",                CLHeader,     PP_CHeader,      0,       "pu")
+TYPE("objective-c-header-cpp-output", PP_ObjCHeader, INVALID,   "mi",    "p")
+TYPE("objective-c-header",       ObjCHeader,   PP_ObjCHeader,   0,       "pu")
+TYPE("c++-header-cpp-output",    PP_CXXHeader, INVALID,         "ii",    "p")
+TYPE("c++-header",               CXXHeader,    PP_CXXHeader,    0,       "pu")
+TYPE("objective-c++-header-cpp-output", PP_ObjCXXHeader, INVALID, "mii", "p")
+TYPE("objective-c++-header",     ObjCXXHeader, PP_ObjCXXHeader, 0,       "pu")
+
+// Other languages.
+TYPE("ada",                      Ada,          INVALID,         0,       "u")
+TYPE("assembler",                PP_Asm,       INVALID,         "s",     "au")
+TYPE("assembler-with-cpp",       Asm,          PP_Asm,          0,       "au")
+TYPE("f95",                      PP_Fortran,   INVALID,         0,       "u")
+TYPE("f95-cpp-input",            Fortran,      PP_Fortran,      0,       "u")
+TYPE("java",                     Java,         INVALID,         0,       "u")
+
+// LLVM IR/LTO types. We define separate types for IR and LTO because LTO
+// outputs should use the standard suffixes.
+TYPE("ir",                       LLVM_IR,      INVALID,         "ll",    "u")
+TYPE("ir",                       LLVM_BC,      INVALID,         "bc",    "u")
+TYPE("lto-ir",                   LTO_IR,       INVALID,         "s",     "")
+TYPE("lto-bc",                   LTO_BC,       INVALID,         "o",     "")
+
+// Misc.
+TYPE("ast",                      AST,          INVALID,         "ast",   "u")
+TYPE("pcm",                      ModuleFile,   INVALID,         "pcm",   "u")
+TYPE("plist",                    Plist,        INVALID,         "plist", "")
+TYPE("rewritten-objc",           RewrittenObjC,INVALID,         "cpp",   "")
+TYPE("rewritten-legacy-objc",    RewrittenLegacyObjC,INVALID,   "cpp",   "")
+TYPE("remap",                    Remap,        INVALID,         "remap", "")
+TYPE("precompiled-header",       PCH,          INVALID,         "gch",   "A")
+TYPE("object",                   Object,       INVALID,         "o",     "")
+TYPE("treelang",                 Treelang,     INVALID,         0,       "u")
+TYPE("image",                    Image,        INVALID,         "out",   "")
+TYPE("dSYM",                     dSYM,         INVALID,         "dSYM",  "A")
+TYPE("dependencies",             Dependencies, INVALID,         "d",     "")
+TYPE("none",                     Nothing,      INVALID,         0,       "u")
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Types.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Types.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18cd2d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+//===--- Types.h - Input & Temporary Driver Types ---------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_TYPES_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_TYPES_H_
+
+#include "clang/Driver/Phases.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+namespace types {
+  enum ID {
+    TY_INVALID,
+#define TYPE(NAME, ID, PP_TYPE, TEMP_SUFFIX, FLAGS) TY_##ID,
+#include "clang/Driver/Types.def"
+#undef TYPE
+    TY_LAST
+  };
+
+  /// getTypeName - Return the name of the type for \p Id.
+  const char *getTypeName(ID Id);
+
+  /// getPreprocessedType - Get the ID of the type for this input when
+  /// it has been preprocessed, or INVALID if this input is not
+  /// preprocessed.
+  ID getPreprocessedType(ID Id);
+
+  /// getTypeTempSuffix - Return the suffix to use when creating a
+  /// temp file of this type, or null if unspecified.
+  const char *getTypeTempSuffix(ID Id);
+
+  /// onlyAssembleType - Should this type only be assembled.
+  bool onlyAssembleType(ID Id);
+
+  /// onlyPrecompileType - Should this type only be precompiled.
+  bool onlyPrecompileType(ID Id);
+
+  /// canTypeBeUserSpecified - Can this type be specified on the
+  /// command line (by the type name); this is used when forwarding
+  /// commands to gcc.
+  bool canTypeBeUserSpecified(ID Id);
+
+  /// appendSuffixForType - When generating outputs of this type,
+  /// should the suffix be appended (instead of replacing the existing
+  /// suffix).
+  bool appendSuffixForType(ID Id);
+
+  /// canLipoType - Is this type acceptable as the output of a
+  /// universal build (currently, just the Nothing, Image, and Object
+  /// types).
+  bool canLipoType(ID Id);
+
+  /// isAcceptedByClang - Can clang handle this input type.
+  bool isAcceptedByClang(ID Id);
+
+  /// isCXX - Is this a "C++" input (C++ and Obj-C++ sources and headers).
+  bool isCXX(ID Id);
+
+  /// isObjC - Is this an "ObjC" input (Obj-C and Obj-C++ sources and headers).
+  bool isObjC(ID Id);
+
+  /// lookupTypeForExtension - Lookup the type to use for the file
+  /// extension \p Ext.
+  ID lookupTypeForExtension(const char *Ext);
+
+  /// lookupTypeForTypSpecifier - Lookup the type to use for a user
+  /// specified type name.
+  ID lookupTypeForTypeSpecifier(const char *Name);
+
+  /// getCompilationPhases - Get the list of compilation phases ('Phases') to be
+  /// done for type 'Id'.
+  void getCompilationPhases(
+    ID Id,
+    llvm::SmallVector<phases::ID, phases::MaxNumberOfPhases> &Phases);
+
+  /// lookupCXXTypeForCType - Lookup CXX input type that corresponds to given
+  /// C type (used for clang++ emulation of g++ behaviour)
+  ID lookupCXXTypeForCType(ID Id);
+
+} // end namespace types
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Util.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Util.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06b82b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Driver/Util.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+//===--- Util.h - Common Driver Utilities -----------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_DRIVER_UTIL_H_
+#define CLANG_DRIVER_UTIL_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace driver {
+  class Action;
+  class JobAction;
+
+  /// ArgStringList - Type used for constructing argv lists for subprocesses.
+  typedef SmallVector<const char*, 16> ArgStringList;
+
+  /// ArgStringMap - Type used to map a JobAction to its result file.
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const JobAction*, const char*> ArgStringMap;
+
+  /// ActionList - Type used for lists of actions.
+  typedef SmallVector<Action*, 3> ActionList;
+
+} // end namespace driver
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/Commit.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/Commit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48e3d59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/Commit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+//===----- Commit.h - A unit of edits ---------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_EDIT_COMMIT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_EDIT_COMMIT_H
+
+#include "clang/Edit/FileOffset.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class LangOptions;
+  class PPConditionalDirectiveRecord;
+
+namespace edit {
+  class EditedSource;
+
+class Commit {
+public:
+  enum EditKind {
+    Act_Insert,
+    Act_InsertFromRange,
+    Act_Remove
+  };
+
+  struct Edit {
+    EditKind Kind;
+    StringRef Text;
+    SourceLocation OrigLoc;
+    FileOffset Offset;
+    FileOffset InsertFromRangeOffs;
+    unsigned Length;
+    bool BeforePrev;
+
+    SourceLocation getFileLocation(SourceManager &SM) const;
+    CharSourceRange getFileRange(SourceManager &SM) const;
+    CharSourceRange getInsertFromRange(SourceManager &SM) const;
+  };
+
+private:
+  const SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
+  const PPConditionalDirectiveRecord *PPRec;
+  EditedSource *Editor;
+
+  bool IsCommitable;
+  SmallVector<Edit, 8> CachedEdits;
+
+public:
+  explicit Commit(EditedSource &Editor);
+  Commit(const SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+         const PPConditionalDirectiveRecord *PPRec = 0)
+    : SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LangOpts), PPRec(PPRec), Editor(0),
+      IsCommitable(true) { }
+
+  bool isCommitable() const { return IsCommitable; }
+
+  bool insert(SourceLocation loc, StringRef text, bool afterToken = false,
+              bool beforePreviousInsertions = false);
+  bool insertAfterToken(SourceLocation loc, StringRef text,
+                        bool beforePreviousInsertions = false) {
+    return insert(loc, text, /*afterToken=*/true, beforePreviousInsertions);
+  }
+  bool insertBefore(SourceLocation loc, StringRef text) {
+    return insert(loc, text, /*afterToken=*/false,
+                  /*beforePreviousInsertions=*/true);
+  }
+  bool insertFromRange(SourceLocation loc, CharSourceRange range,
+                       bool afterToken = false,
+                       bool beforePreviousInsertions = false);
+  bool insertWrap(StringRef before, CharSourceRange range, StringRef after);
+
+  bool remove(CharSourceRange range);
+
+  bool replace(CharSourceRange range, StringRef text);
+  bool replaceWithInner(CharSourceRange range, CharSourceRange innerRange);
+  bool replaceText(SourceLocation loc, StringRef text,
+                   StringRef replacementText);
+
+  bool insertFromRange(SourceLocation loc, SourceRange TokenRange,
+                       bool afterToken = false,
+                       bool beforePreviousInsertions = false) {
+    return insertFromRange(loc, CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(TokenRange),
+                           afterToken, beforePreviousInsertions);
+  }
+  bool insertWrap(StringRef before, SourceRange TokenRange, StringRef after) {
+    return insertWrap(before, CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(TokenRange), after);
+  }
+  bool remove(SourceRange TokenRange) {
+    return remove(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(TokenRange));
+  }
+  bool replace(SourceRange TokenRange, StringRef text) {
+    return replace(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(TokenRange), text);
+  }
+  bool replaceWithInner(SourceRange TokenRange, SourceRange TokenInnerRange) {
+    return replaceWithInner(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(TokenRange),
+                            CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(TokenInnerRange));
+  }
+
+  typedef SmallVector<Edit, 8>::const_iterator edit_iterator;
+  edit_iterator edit_begin() const { return CachedEdits.begin(); }
+  edit_iterator edit_end() const { return CachedEdits.end(); }
+
+private:
+  void addInsert(SourceLocation OrigLoc,
+                FileOffset Offs, StringRef text, bool beforePreviousInsertions);
+  void addInsertFromRange(SourceLocation OrigLoc, FileOffset Offs,
+                          FileOffset RangeOffs, unsigned RangeLen,
+                          bool beforePreviousInsertions);
+  void addRemove(SourceLocation OrigLoc, FileOffset Offs, unsigned Len);
+
+  bool canInsert(SourceLocation loc, FileOffset &Offset);
+  bool canInsertAfterToken(SourceLocation loc, FileOffset &Offset,
+                           SourceLocation &AfterLoc);
+  bool canInsertInOffset(SourceLocation OrigLoc, FileOffset Offs);
+  bool canRemoveRange(CharSourceRange range, FileOffset &Offs, unsigned &Len);
+  bool canReplaceText(SourceLocation loc, StringRef text,
+                      FileOffset &Offs, unsigned &Len);
+
+  void commitInsert(FileOffset offset, StringRef text,
+                    bool beforePreviousInsertions);
+  void commitRemove(FileOffset offset, unsigned length);
+
+  bool isAtStartOfMacroExpansion(SourceLocation loc,
+                                 SourceLocation *MacroBegin = 0) const;
+  bool isAtEndOfMacroExpansion(SourceLocation loc,
+                               SourceLocation *MacroEnd = 0) const;
+};
+
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/EditedSource.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/EditedSource.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..733ad40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/EditedSource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+//===----- EditedSource.h - Collection of source edits ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_EDIT_EDITEDSOURCE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_EDIT_EDITEDSOURCE_H
+
+#include "clang/Edit/FileOffset.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <map>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class LangOptions;
+  class PPConditionalDirectiveRecord;
+
+namespace edit {
+  class Commit;
+  class EditsReceiver;
+
+class EditedSource {
+  const SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
+  const PPConditionalDirectiveRecord *PPRec;
+
+  struct FileEdit {
+    StringRef Text;
+    unsigned RemoveLen;
+
+    FileEdit() : RemoveLen(0) {}
+  };
+
+  typedef std::map<FileOffset, FileEdit> FileEditsTy;
+  FileEditsTy FileEdits;
+
+  llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, SourceLocation> ExpansionToArgMap;
+
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator StrAlloc;
+
+public:
+  EditedSource(const SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+               const PPConditionalDirectiveRecord *PPRec = 0)
+    : SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LangOpts), PPRec(PPRec),
+      StrAlloc(/*size=*/512) { }
+
+  const SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
+  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
+  const PPConditionalDirectiveRecord *getPPCondDirectiveRecord() const {
+    return PPRec;
+  }
+
+  bool canInsertInOffset(SourceLocation OrigLoc, FileOffset Offs);
+
+  bool commit(const Commit &commit);
+  
+  void applyRewrites(EditsReceiver &receiver);
+  void clearRewrites();
+
+  StringRef copyString(StringRef str) {
+    char *buf = StrAlloc.Allocate<char>(str.size());
+    std::memcpy(buf, str.data(), str.size());
+    return StringRef(buf, str.size());
+  }
+  StringRef copyString(const Twine &twine);
+
+private:
+  bool commitInsert(SourceLocation OrigLoc, FileOffset Offs, StringRef text,
+                    bool beforePreviousInsertions);
+  bool commitInsertFromRange(SourceLocation OrigLoc, FileOffset Offs,
+                             FileOffset InsertFromRangeOffs, unsigned Len,
+                             bool beforePreviousInsertions);
+  void commitRemove(SourceLocation OrigLoc, FileOffset BeginOffs, unsigned Len);
+
+  StringRef getSourceText(FileOffset BeginOffs, FileOffset EndOffs,
+                          bool &Invalid);
+  FileEditsTy::iterator getActionForOffset(FileOffset Offs);
+};
+
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/EditsReceiver.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/EditsReceiver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..600ac28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/EditsReceiver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+//===----- EditedSource.h - Collection of source edits ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_EDIT_EDITSRECEIVER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_EDIT_EDITSRECEIVER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class SourceLocation;
+  class CharSourceRange;
+
+namespace edit {
+
+class EditsReceiver {
+public:
+  virtual ~EditsReceiver() { }
+
+  virtual void insert(SourceLocation loc, StringRef text) = 0;
+  virtual void replace(CharSourceRange range, StringRef text) = 0;
+  /// \brief By default it calls replace with an empty string.
+  virtual void remove(CharSourceRange range);
+};
+
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/FileOffset.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/FileOffset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..675ad18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/FileOffset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+//===----- FileOffset.h - Offset in a file ----------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_EDIT_FILEOFFSET_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_EDIT_FILEOFFSET_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace edit {
+
+class FileOffset {
+  FileID FID;
+  unsigned Offs;
+public:
+  FileOffset() : Offs(0) { }
+  FileOffset(FileID fid, unsigned offs) : FID(fid), Offs(offs) { }
+
+  bool isInvalid() const { return FID.isInvalid(); }
+
+  FileID getFID() const { return FID; }
+  unsigned getOffset() const { return Offs; }
+
+  FileOffset getWithOffset(unsigned offset) const {
+    FileOffset NewOffs = *this;
+    NewOffs.Offs += offset;
+    return NewOffs;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator==(FileOffset LHS, FileOffset RHS) {
+    return LHS.FID == RHS.FID && LHS.Offs == RHS.Offs;
+  }
+  friend bool operator!=(FileOffset LHS, FileOffset RHS) {
+    return !(LHS == RHS);
+  }
+  friend bool operator<(FileOffset LHS, FileOffset RHS) {
+    if (LHS.FID != RHS.FID)
+      return LHS.FID < RHS.FID;
+    return LHS.Offs < RHS.Offs;
+  }
+  friend bool operator>(FileOffset LHS, FileOffset RHS) {
+    if (LHS.FID != RHS.FID)
+      return LHS.FID > RHS.FID;
+    return LHS.Offs > RHS.Offs;
+  }
+  friend bool operator>=(FileOffset LHS, FileOffset RHS) {
+    return LHS > RHS || LHS == RHS;
+  }
+  friend bool operator<=(FileOffset LHS, FileOffset RHS) {
+    return LHS < RHS || LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/Rewriters.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/Rewriters.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..292878e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Edit/Rewriters.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+//===--- Rewriters.h - Rewritings     ---------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_EDIT_REWRITERS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_EDIT_REWRITERS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ObjCMessageExpr;
+  class NSAPI;
+  class ParentMap;
+
+namespace edit {
+  class Commit;
+
+bool rewriteObjCRedundantCallWithLiteral(const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg,
+                                         const NSAPI &NS, Commit &commit);
+
+bool rewriteToObjCLiteralSyntax(const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg,
+                                const NSAPI &NS, Commit &commit,
+                                const ParentMap *PMap);
+
+bool rewriteToObjCSubscriptSyntax(const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg,
+                                  const NSAPI &NS, Commit &commit);
+
+}
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Format/Format.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Format/Format.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6cc114e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Format/Format.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+//===--- Format.h - Format C++ code -----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// Various functions to configurably format source code.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FORMAT_FORMAT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FORMAT_FORMAT_H
+
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h"
+#include "clang/Tooling/Refactoring.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Lexer;
+class SourceManager;
+class DiagnosticConsumer;
+
+namespace format {
+
+/// \brief The \c FormatStyle is used to configure the formatting to follow
+/// specific guidelines.
+struct FormatStyle {
+  /// \brief The column limit.
+  unsigned ColumnLimit;
+
+  /// \brief The penalty for each character outside of the column limit.
+  unsigned PenaltyExcessCharacter;
+
+  /// \brief The maximum number of consecutive empty lines to keep.
+  unsigned MaxEmptyLinesToKeep;
+
+  /// \brief Set whether & and * bind to the type as opposed to the variable.
+  bool PointerBindsToType;
+
+  /// \brief If \c true, analyze the formatted file for the most common binding.
+  bool DerivePointerBinding;
+
+  /// \brief The extra indent or outdent of access modifiers (e.g.: public:).
+  int AccessModifierOffset;
+
+  enum LanguageStandard {
+    LS_Cpp03,
+    LS_Cpp11,
+    LS_Auto
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Format compatible with this standard, e.g. use \c A<A<int> >
+  /// instead of \c A<A<int>> for LS_Cpp03.
+  LanguageStandard Standard;
+
+  /// \brief If \c true, analyze the formatted file for C++03 compatibility.
+  bool DeriveBackwardsCompatibility;
+
+  /// \brief Indent case labels one level from the switch statement.
+  ///
+  /// When false, use the same indentation level as for the switch statement.
+  /// Switch statement body is always indented one level more than case labels.
+  bool IndentCaseLabels;
+
+  /// \brief The number of spaces to before trailing line comments.
+  unsigned SpacesBeforeTrailingComments;
+
+  /// \brief If false, a function call's or function definition's parameters
+  /// will either all be on the same line or will have one line each.
+  bool BinPackParameters;
+
+  /// \brief Allow putting all parameters of a function declaration onto
+  /// the next line even if \c BinPackParameters is \c false.
+  bool AllowAllParametersOfDeclarationOnNextLine;
+
+  /// \brief Penalty for putting the return type of a function onto its own
+  /// line.
+  unsigned PenaltyReturnTypeOnItsOwnLine;
+
+  /// \brief If the constructor initializers don't fit on a line, put each
+  /// initializer on its own line.
+  bool ConstructorInitializerAllOnOneLineOrOnePerLine;
+
+  /// \brief If true, "if (a) return;" can be put on a single line.
+  bool AllowShortIfStatementsOnASingleLine;
+
+  /// \brief Add a space in front of an Objective-C protocol list, i.e. use
+  /// Foo <Protocol> instead of Foo<Protocol>.
+  bool ObjCSpaceBeforeProtocolList;
+};
+
+/// \brief Returns a format style complying with the LLVM coding standards:
+/// http://llvm.org/docs/CodingStandards.html.
+FormatStyle getLLVMStyle();
+
+/// \brief Returns a format style complying with Google's C++ style guide:
+/// http://google-styleguide.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/cppguide.xml.
+FormatStyle getGoogleStyle();
+
+/// \brief Returns a format style complying with Chromium's style guide:
+/// http://www.chromium.org/developers/coding-style.
+FormatStyle getChromiumStyle();
+
+/// \brief Reformats the given \p Ranges in the token stream coming out of
+/// \c Lex.
+///
+/// Each range is extended on either end to its next bigger logic unit, i.e.
+/// everything that might influence its formatting or might be influenced by its
+/// formatting.
+///
+/// \param DiagClient A custom DiagnosticConsumer. Can be 0, in this case
+/// diagnostic is output to llvm::errs().
+///
+/// Returns the \c Replacements necessary to make all \p Ranges comply with
+/// \p Style.
+tooling::Replacements reformat(const FormatStyle &Style, Lexer &Lex,
+                               SourceManager &SourceMgr,
+                               std::vector<CharSourceRange> Ranges,
+                               DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient = 0);
+
+/// \brief Returns the \c LangOpts that the formatter expects you to set.
+LangOptions getFormattingLangOpts();
+
+} // end namespace format
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_FORMAT_FORMAT_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ASTConsumers.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ASTConsumers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3731478
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ASTConsumers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+//===--- ASTConsumers.h - ASTConsumer implementations -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// AST Consumers.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef DRIVER_ASTCONSUMERS_H
+#define DRIVER_ASTCONSUMERS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+  namespace sys { class Path; }
+}
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTConsumer;
+class CodeGenOptions;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class FileManager;
+class LangOptions;
+class Preprocessor;
+class TargetOptions;
+
+// AST pretty-printer: prints out the AST in a format that is close to the
+// original C code.  The output is intended to be in a format such that
+// clang could re-parse the output back into the same AST, but the
+// implementation is still incomplete.
+ASTConsumer *CreateASTPrinter(raw_ostream *OS, StringRef FilterString);
+
+// AST dumper: dumps the raw AST in human-readable form to stderr; this is
+// intended for debugging.
+ASTConsumer *CreateASTDumper(StringRef FilterString);
+
+// AST Decl node lister: prints qualified names of all filterable AST Decl
+// nodes.
+ASTConsumer *CreateASTDeclNodeLister();
+
+// AST XML-dumper: dumps out the AST to stderr in a very detailed XML
+// format; this is intended for particularly intense debugging.
+ASTConsumer *CreateASTDumperXML(raw_ostream &OS);
+
+// Graphical AST viewer: for each function definition, creates a graph of
+// the AST and displays it with the graph viewer "dotty".  Also outputs
+// function declarations to stderr.
+ASTConsumer *CreateASTViewer();
+
+// DeclContext printer: prints out the DeclContext tree in human-readable form
+// to stderr; this is intended for debugging.
+ASTConsumer *CreateDeclContextPrinter();
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ASTUnit.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ASTUnit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02c57d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ASTUnit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,853 @@
+//===--- ASTUnit.h - ASTUnit utility ----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// ASTUnit utility class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_ASTUNIT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_ASTUNIT_H
+
+#include "clang-c/Index.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearchOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/ASTBitCodes.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <map>
+#include <string>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class MemoryBuffer;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+class ASTContext;
+class ASTReader;
+class CodeCompleteConsumer;
+class CompilerInvocation;
+class CompilerInstance;
+class Decl;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class FileEntry;
+class FileManager;
+class HeaderSearch;
+class Preprocessor;
+class SourceManager;
+class TargetInfo;
+class ASTFrontendAction;
+class ASTDeserializationListener;
+
+/// \brief Utility class for loading a ASTContext from an AST file.
+///
+class ASTUnit : public ModuleLoader {
+private:
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LangOptions>         LangOpts;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine>   Diagnostics;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<FileManager>         FileMgr;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<SourceManager>       SourceMgr;
+  OwningPtr<HeaderSearch>                 HeaderInfo;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<TargetInfo>          Target;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<Preprocessor>        PP;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ASTContext>          Ctx;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<TargetOptions>       TargetOpts;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<HeaderSearchOptions> HSOpts;
+  ASTReader *Reader;
+
+  struct ASTWriterData;
+  OwningPtr<ASTWriterData> WriterData;
+
+  FileSystemOptions FileSystemOpts;
+
+  /// \brief The AST consumer that received information about the translation
+  /// unit as it was parsed or loaded.
+  OwningPtr<ASTConsumer> Consumer;
+  
+  /// \brief The semantic analysis object used to type-check the translation
+  /// unit.
+  OwningPtr<Sema> TheSema;
+  
+  /// Optional owned invocation, just used to make the invocation used in
+  /// LoadFromCommandLine available.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<CompilerInvocation> Invocation;
+  
+  // OnlyLocalDecls - when true, walking this AST should only visit declarations
+  // that come from the AST itself, not from included precompiled headers.
+  // FIXME: This is temporary; eventually, CIndex will always do this.
+  bool                              OnlyLocalDecls;
+
+  /// \brief Whether to capture any diagnostics produced.
+  bool CaptureDiagnostics;
+
+  /// \brief Track whether the main file was loaded from an AST or not.
+  bool MainFileIsAST;
+
+  /// \brief What kind of translation unit this AST represents.
+  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we should time each operation.
+  bool WantTiming;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the ASTUnit should delete the remapped buffers.
+  bool OwnsRemappedFileBuffers;
+  
+  /// Track the top-level decls which appeared in an ASTUnit which was loaded
+  /// from a source file.
+  //
+  // FIXME: This is just an optimization hack to avoid deserializing large parts
+  // of a PCH file when using the Index library on an ASTUnit loaded from
+  // source. In the long term we should make the Index library use efficient and
+  // more scalable search mechanisms.
+  std::vector<Decl*> TopLevelDecls;
+
+  /// \brief Sorted (by file offset) vector of pairs of file offset/Decl.
+  typedef SmallVector<std::pair<unsigned, Decl *>, 64> LocDeclsTy;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<FileID, LocDeclsTy *> FileDeclsTy;
+
+  /// \brief Map from FileID to the file-level declarations that it contains.
+  /// The files and decls are only local (and non-preamble) ones.
+  FileDeclsTy FileDecls;
+  
+  /// The name of the original source file used to generate this ASTUnit.
+  std::string OriginalSourceFile;
+
+  /// \brief The set of diagnostics produced when creating the preamble.
+  SmallVector<StoredDiagnostic, 4> PreambleDiagnostics;
+
+  /// \brief The set of diagnostics produced when creating this
+  /// translation unit.
+  SmallVector<StoredDiagnostic, 4> StoredDiagnostics;
+
+  /// \brief The set of diagnostics produced when failing to parse, e.g. due
+  /// to failure to load the PCH.
+  SmallVector<StoredDiagnostic, 4> FailedParseDiagnostics;
+
+  /// \brief The number of stored diagnostics that come from the driver
+  /// itself.
+  ///
+  /// Diagnostics that come from the driver are retained from one parse to
+  /// the next.
+  unsigned NumStoredDiagnosticsFromDriver;
+  
+  /// \brief Counter that determines when we want to try building a
+  /// precompiled preamble.
+  ///
+  /// If zero, we will never build a precompiled preamble. Otherwise,
+  /// it's treated as a counter that decrements each time we reparse
+  /// without the benefit of a precompiled preamble. When it hits 1,
+  /// we'll attempt to rebuild the precompiled header. This way, if
+  /// building the precompiled preamble fails, we won't try again for
+  /// some number of calls.
+  unsigned PreambleRebuildCounter;
+
+public:
+  class PreambleData {
+    const FileEntry *File;
+    std::vector<char> Buffer;
+    mutable unsigned NumLines;
+    
+  public:
+    PreambleData() : File(0), NumLines(0) { }
+    
+    void assign(const FileEntry *F, const char *begin, const char *end) {
+      File = F;
+      Buffer.assign(begin, end);
+      NumLines = 0;
+    }
+
+    void clear() { Buffer.clear(); File = 0; NumLines = 0; }
+
+    size_t size() const { return Buffer.size(); }
+    bool empty() const { return Buffer.empty(); }
+
+    const char *getBufferStart() const { return &Buffer[0]; }
+
+    unsigned getNumLines() const {
+      if (NumLines)
+        return NumLines;
+      countLines();
+      return NumLines;
+    }
+
+    SourceRange getSourceRange(const SourceManager &SM) const {
+      SourceLocation FileLoc = SM.getLocForStartOfFile(SM.getPreambleFileID());
+      return SourceRange(FileLoc, FileLoc.getLocWithOffset(size()-1));
+    }
+
+  private:
+    void countLines() const;
+  };
+
+  const PreambleData &getPreambleData() const {
+    return Preamble;
+  }
+
+private:
+
+  /// \brief The contents of the preamble that has been precompiled to
+  /// \c PreambleFile.
+  PreambleData Preamble;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the preamble ends at the start of a new line.
+  /// 
+  /// Used to inform the lexer as to whether it's starting at the beginning of
+  /// a line after skipping the preamble.
+  bool PreambleEndsAtStartOfLine;
+  
+  /// \brief The size of the source buffer that we've reserved for the main 
+  /// file within the precompiled preamble.
+  unsigned PreambleReservedSize;
+
+  /// \brief Keeps track of the files that were used when computing the 
+  /// preamble, with both their buffer size and their modification time.
+  ///
+  /// If any of the files have changed from one compile to the next,
+  /// the preamble must be thrown away.
+  llvm::StringMap<std::pair<off_t, time_t> > FilesInPreamble;
+
+  /// \brief When non-NULL, this is the buffer used to store the contents of
+  /// the main file when it has been padded for use with the precompiled
+  /// preamble.
+  llvm::MemoryBuffer *SavedMainFileBuffer;
+
+  /// \brief When non-NULL, this is the buffer used to store the
+  /// contents of the preamble when it has been padded to build the
+  /// precompiled preamble.
+  llvm::MemoryBuffer *PreambleBuffer;
+
+  /// \brief The number of warnings that occurred while parsing the preamble.
+  ///
+  /// This value will be used to restore the state of the \c DiagnosticsEngine
+  /// object when re-using the precompiled preamble. Note that only the
+  /// number of warnings matters, since we will not save the preamble
+  /// when any errors are present.
+  unsigned NumWarningsInPreamble;
+
+  /// \brief A list of the serialization ID numbers for each of the top-level
+  /// declarations parsed within the precompiled preamble.
+  std::vector<serialization::DeclID> TopLevelDeclsInPreamble;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether we should be caching code-completion results.
+  bool ShouldCacheCodeCompletionResults : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether to include brief documentation within the set of code
+  /// completions cached.
+  bool IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if non-system source files should be treated as volatile
+  /// (likely to change while trying to use them).
+  bool UserFilesAreVolatile : 1;
+ 
+  /// \brief The language options used when we load an AST file.
+  LangOptions ASTFileLangOpts;
+
+  static void ConfigureDiags(IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> &Diags,
+                             const char **ArgBegin, const char **ArgEnd,
+                             ASTUnit &AST, bool CaptureDiagnostics);
+
+  void TranslateStoredDiagnostics(ASTReader *MMan, StringRef ModName,
+                                  SourceManager &SrcMan,
+                      const SmallVectorImpl<StoredDiagnostic> &Diags,
+                            SmallVectorImpl<StoredDiagnostic> &Out);
+
+  void clearFileLevelDecls();
+
+public:
+  /// \brief A cached code-completion result, which may be introduced in one of
+  /// many different contexts.
+  struct CachedCodeCompletionResult {
+    /// \brief The code-completion string corresponding to this completion
+    /// result.
+    CodeCompletionString *Completion;
+    
+    /// \brief A bitmask that indicates which code-completion contexts should
+    /// contain this completion result.
+    ///
+    /// The bits in the bitmask correspond to the values of
+    /// CodeCompleteContext::Kind. To map from a completion context kind to a
+    /// bit, shift 1 by that number of bits. Many completions can occur in
+    /// several different contexts.
+    uint64_t ShowInContexts;
+    
+    /// \brief The priority given to this code-completion result.
+    unsigned Priority;
+    
+    /// \brief The libclang cursor kind corresponding to this code-completion 
+    /// result.
+    CXCursorKind Kind;
+    
+    /// \brief The availability of this code-completion result.
+    CXAvailabilityKind Availability;
+    
+    /// \brief The simplified type class for a non-macro completion result.
+    SimplifiedTypeClass TypeClass;
+    
+    /// \brief The type of a non-macro completion result, stored as a unique
+    /// integer used by the string map of cached completion types.
+    ///
+    /// This value will be zero if the type is not known, or a unique value
+    /// determined by the formatted type string. Se \c CachedCompletionTypes
+    /// for more information.
+    unsigned Type;
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the mapping from formatted type names to unique type
+  /// identifiers.
+  llvm::StringMap<unsigned> &getCachedCompletionTypes() { 
+    return CachedCompletionTypes; 
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the allocator used to cache global code completions.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator>
+  getCachedCompletionAllocator() {
+    return CachedCompletionAllocator;
+  }
+
+  CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() {
+    if (!CCTUInfo)
+      CCTUInfo.reset(new CodeCompletionTUInfo(
+                                            new GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator));
+    return *CCTUInfo;
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Allocator used to store cached code completions.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator>
+    CachedCompletionAllocator;
+  
+  OwningPtr<CodeCompletionTUInfo> CCTUInfo;
+
+  /// \brief The set of cached code-completion results.
+  std::vector<CachedCodeCompletionResult> CachedCompletionResults;
+  
+  /// \brief A mapping from the formatted type name to a unique number for that
+  /// type, which is used for type equality comparisons.
+  llvm::StringMap<unsigned> CachedCompletionTypes;
+  
+  /// \brief A string hash of the top-level declaration and macro definition 
+  /// names processed the last time that we reparsed the file.
+  ///
+  /// This hash value is used to determine when we need to refresh the 
+  /// global code-completion cache.
+  unsigned CompletionCacheTopLevelHashValue;
+
+  /// \brief A string hash of the top-level declaration and macro definition 
+  /// names processed the last time that we reparsed the precompiled preamble.
+  ///
+  /// This hash value is used to determine when we need to refresh the 
+  /// global code-completion cache after a rebuild of the precompiled preamble.
+  unsigned PreambleTopLevelHashValue;
+
+  /// \brief The current hash value for the top-level declaration and macro
+  /// definition names
+  unsigned CurrentTopLevelHashValue;
+  
+  /// \brief Bit used by CIndex to mark when a translation unit may be in an
+  /// inconsistent state, and is not safe to free.
+  unsigned UnsafeToFree : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Cache any "global" code-completion results, so that we can avoid
+  /// recomputing them with each completion.
+  void CacheCodeCompletionResults();
+  
+  /// \brief Clear out and deallocate 
+  void ClearCachedCompletionResults();
+  
+  ASTUnit(const ASTUnit &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const ASTUnit &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  
+  explicit ASTUnit(bool MainFileIsAST);
+
+  void CleanTemporaryFiles();
+  bool Parse(llvm::MemoryBuffer *OverrideMainBuffer);
+  
+  std::pair<llvm::MemoryBuffer *, std::pair<unsigned, bool> >
+  ComputePreamble(CompilerInvocation &Invocation, 
+                  unsigned MaxLines, bool &CreatedBuffer);
+  
+  llvm::MemoryBuffer *getMainBufferWithPrecompiledPreamble(
+                               const CompilerInvocation &PreambleInvocationIn,
+                                                     bool AllowRebuild = true,
+                                                        unsigned MaxLines = 0);
+  void RealizeTopLevelDeclsFromPreamble();
+
+  /// \brief Transfers ownership of the objects (like SourceManager) from
+  /// \param CI to this ASTUnit.
+  void transferASTDataFromCompilerInstance(CompilerInstance &CI);
+
+  /// \brief Allows us to assert that ASTUnit is not being used concurrently,
+  /// which is not supported.
+  ///
+  /// Clients should create instances of the ConcurrencyCheck class whenever
+  /// using the ASTUnit in a way that isn't intended to be concurrent, which is
+  /// just about any usage.
+  /// Becomes a noop in release mode; only useful for debug mode checking.
+  class ConcurrencyState {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    void *Mutex; // a llvm::sys::MutexImpl in debug;
+#endif
+
+  public:
+    ConcurrencyState();
+    ~ConcurrencyState();
+
+    void start();
+    void finish();
+  };
+  ConcurrencyState ConcurrencyCheckValue;
+
+public:
+  class ConcurrencyCheck {
+    ASTUnit &Self;
+    
+  public:
+    explicit ConcurrencyCheck(ASTUnit &Self)
+      : Self(Self) 
+    { 
+      Self.ConcurrencyCheckValue.start();
+    }
+    ~ConcurrencyCheck() {
+      Self.ConcurrencyCheckValue.finish();
+    }
+  };
+  friend class ConcurrencyCheck;
+  
+  ~ASTUnit();
+
+  bool isMainFileAST() const { return MainFileIsAST; }
+
+  bool isUnsafeToFree() const { return UnsafeToFree; }
+  void setUnsafeToFree(bool Value) { UnsafeToFree = Value; }
+
+  const DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return *Diagnostics; }
+  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics()             { return *Diagnostics; }
+  
+  const SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return *SourceMgr; }
+        SourceManager &getSourceManager()       { return *SourceMgr; }
+
+  const Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return *PP; }
+        Preprocessor &getPreprocessor()       { return *PP; }
+
+  const ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return *Ctx; }
+        ASTContext &getASTContext()       { return *Ctx; }
+
+  void setASTContext(ASTContext *ctx) { Ctx = ctx; }
+  void setPreprocessor(Preprocessor *pp);
+
+  bool hasSema() const { return TheSema; }
+  Sema &getSema() const { 
+    assert(TheSema && "ASTUnit does not have a Sema object!");
+    return *TheSema; 
+  }
+  
+  const FileManager &getFileManager() const { return *FileMgr; }
+        FileManager &getFileManager()       { return *FileMgr; }
+
+  const FileSystemOptions &getFileSystemOpts() const { return FileSystemOpts; }
+
+  StringRef getOriginalSourceFileName() {
+    return OriginalSourceFile;
+  }
+
+  ASTDeserializationListener *getDeserializationListener();
+
+  /// \brief Add a temporary file that the ASTUnit depends on.
+  ///
+  /// This file will be erased when the ASTUnit is destroyed.
+  void addTemporaryFile(const llvm::sys::Path &TempFile);
+                        
+  bool getOnlyLocalDecls() const { return OnlyLocalDecls; }
+
+  bool getOwnsRemappedFileBuffers() const { return OwnsRemappedFileBuffers; }
+  void setOwnsRemappedFileBuffers(bool val) { OwnsRemappedFileBuffers = val; }
+
+  StringRef getMainFileName() const;
+
+  /// \brief If this ASTUnit came from an AST file, returns the filename for it.
+  StringRef getASTFileName() const;
+
+  typedef std::vector<Decl *>::iterator top_level_iterator;
+
+  top_level_iterator top_level_begin() {
+    assert(!isMainFileAST() && "Invalid call for AST based ASTUnit!");
+    if (!TopLevelDeclsInPreamble.empty())
+      RealizeTopLevelDeclsFromPreamble();
+    return TopLevelDecls.begin();
+  }
+
+  top_level_iterator top_level_end() {
+    assert(!isMainFileAST() && "Invalid call for AST based ASTUnit!");
+    if (!TopLevelDeclsInPreamble.empty())
+      RealizeTopLevelDeclsFromPreamble();
+    return TopLevelDecls.end();
+  }
+
+  std::size_t top_level_size() const {
+    assert(!isMainFileAST() && "Invalid call for AST based ASTUnit!");
+    return TopLevelDeclsInPreamble.size() + TopLevelDecls.size();
+  }
+
+  bool top_level_empty() const {
+    assert(!isMainFileAST() && "Invalid call for AST based ASTUnit!");
+    return TopLevelDeclsInPreamble.empty() && TopLevelDecls.empty();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add a new top-level declaration.
+  void addTopLevelDecl(Decl *D) {
+    TopLevelDecls.push_back(D);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add a new local file-level declaration.
+  void addFileLevelDecl(Decl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Get the decls that are contained in a file in the Offset/Length
+  /// range. \p Length can be 0 to indicate a point at \p Offset instead of
+  /// a range. 
+  void findFileRegionDecls(FileID File, unsigned Offset, unsigned Length,
+                           SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new top-level declaration, identified by its ID in
+  /// the precompiled preamble.
+  void addTopLevelDeclFromPreamble(serialization::DeclID D) {
+    TopLevelDeclsInPreamble.push_back(D);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a reference to the current top-level name hash value.
+  ///
+  /// Note: This is used internally by the top-level tracking action
+  unsigned &getCurrentTopLevelHashValue() { return CurrentTopLevelHashValue; }
+
+  /// \brief Get the source location for the given file:line:col triplet.
+  ///
+  /// The difference with SourceManager::getLocation is that this method checks
+  /// whether the requested location points inside the precompiled preamble
+  /// in which case the returned source location will be a "loaded" one.
+  SourceLocation getLocation(const FileEntry *File,
+                             unsigned Line, unsigned Col) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the source location for the given file:offset pair.
+  SourceLocation getLocation(const FileEntry *File, unsigned Offset) const;
+
+  /// \brief If \p Loc is a loaded location from the preamble, returns
+  /// the corresponding local location of the main file, otherwise it returns
+  /// \p Loc.
+  SourceLocation mapLocationFromPreamble(SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// \brief If \p Loc is a local location of the main file but inside the
+  /// preamble chunk, returns the corresponding loaded location from the
+  /// preamble, otherwise it returns \p Loc.
+  SourceLocation mapLocationToPreamble(SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  bool isInPreambleFileID(SourceLocation Loc);
+  bool isInMainFileID(SourceLocation Loc);
+  SourceLocation getStartOfMainFileID();
+  SourceLocation getEndOfPreambleFileID();
+
+  /// \see mapLocationFromPreamble.
+  SourceRange mapRangeFromPreamble(SourceRange R) {
+    return SourceRange(mapLocationFromPreamble(R.getBegin()),
+                       mapLocationFromPreamble(R.getEnd()));
+  }
+
+  /// \see mapLocationToPreamble.
+  SourceRange mapRangeToPreamble(SourceRange R) {
+    return SourceRange(mapLocationToPreamble(R.getBegin()),
+                       mapLocationToPreamble(R.getEnd()));
+  }
+  
+  // Retrieve the diagnostics associated with this AST
+  typedef StoredDiagnostic *stored_diag_iterator;
+  typedef const StoredDiagnostic *stored_diag_const_iterator;
+  stored_diag_const_iterator stored_diag_begin() const { 
+    return StoredDiagnostics.begin(); 
+  }
+  stored_diag_iterator stored_diag_begin() { 
+    return StoredDiagnostics.begin(); 
+  }
+  stored_diag_const_iterator stored_diag_end() const { 
+    return StoredDiagnostics.end(); 
+  }
+  stored_diag_iterator stored_diag_end() { 
+    return StoredDiagnostics.end(); 
+  }
+  unsigned stored_diag_size() const { return StoredDiagnostics.size(); }
+
+  stored_diag_iterator stored_diag_afterDriver_begin() {
+    if (NumStoredDiagnosticsFromDriver > StoredDiagnostics.size())
+      NumStoredDiagnosticsFromDriver = 0;
+    return StoredDiagnostics.begin() + NumStoredDiagnosticsFromDriver; 
+  }
+
+  typedef std::vector<CachedCodeCompletionResult>::iterator
+    cached_completion_iterator;
+  
+  cached_completion_iterator cached_completion_begin() {
+    return CachedCompletionResults.begin();
+  }
+
+  cached_completion_iterator cached_completion_end() {
+    return CachedCompletionResults.end();
+  }
+
+  unsigned cached_completion_size() const { 
+    return CachedCompletionResults.size(); 
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns an iterator range for the local preprocessing entities
+  /// of the local Preprocessor, if this is a parsed source file, or the loaded
+  /// preprocessing entities of the primary module if this is an AST file.
+  std::pair<PreprocessingRecord::iterator, PreprocessingRecord::iterator>
+    getLocalPreprocessingEntities() const;
+
+  /// \brief Type for a function iterating over a number of declarations.
+  /// \returns true to continue iteration and false to abort.
+  typedef bool (*DeclVisitorFn)(void *context, const Decl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Iterate over local declarations (locally parsed if this is a parsed
+  /// source file or the loaded declarations of the primary module if this is an
+  /// AST file).
+  /// \returns true if the iteration was complete or false if it was aborted.
+  bool visitLocalTopLevelDecls(void *context, DeclVisitorFn Fn);
+
+  /// \brief Get the PCH file if one was included.
+  const FileEntry *getPCHFile();
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the ASTUnit was constructed from a serialized
+  /// module file.
+  bool isModuleFile();
+
+  llvm::MemoryBuffer *getBufferForFile(StringRef Filename,
+                                       std::string *ErrorStr = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Determine what kind of translation unit this AST represents.
+  TranslationUnitKind getTranslationUnitKind() const { return TUKind; }
+
+  typedef llvm::PointerUnion<const char *, const llvm::MemoryBuffer *>
+      FilenameOrMemBuf;
+  /// \brief A mapping from a file name to the memory buffer that stores the
+  /// remapped contents of that file.
+  typedef std::pair<std::string, FilenameOrMemBuf> RemappedFile;
+
+  /// \brief Create a ASTUnit. Gets ownership of the passed CompilerInvocation. 
+  static ASTUnit *create(CompilerInvocation *CI,
+                         IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags,
+                         bool CaptureDiagnostics,
+                         bool UserFilesAreVolatile);
+
+  /// \brief Create a ASTUnit from an AST file.
+  ///
+  /// \param Filename - The AST file to load.
+  ///
+  /// \param Diags - The diagnostics engine to use for reporting errors; its
+  /// lifetime is expected to extend past that of the returned ASTUnit.
+  ///
+  /// \returns - The initialized ASTUnit or null if the AST failed to load.
+  static ASTUnit *LoadFromASTFile(const std::string &Filename,
+                              IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags,
+                                  const FileSystemOptions &FileSystemOpts,
+                                  bool OnlyLocalDecls = false,
+                                  RemappedFile *RemappedFiles = 0,
+                                  unsigned NumRemappedFiles = 0,
+                                  bool CaptureDiagnostics = false,
+                                  bool AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors = false,
+                                  bool UserFilesAreVolatile = false);
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Helper function for \c LoadFromCompilerInvocation() and
+  /// \c LoadFromCommandLine(), which loads an AST from a compiler invocation.
+  ///
+  /// \param PrecompilePreamble Whether to precompile the preamble of this
+  /// translation unit, to improve the performance of reparsing.
+  ///
+  /// \returns \c true if a catastrophic failure occurred (which means that the
+  /// \c ASTUnit itself is invalid), or \c false otherwise.
+  bool LoadFromCompilerInvocation(bool PrecompilePreamble);
+  
+public:
+  
+  /// \brief Create an ASTUnit from a source file, via a CompilerInvocation
+  /// object, by invoking the optionally provided ASTFrontendAction. 
+  ///
+  /// \param CI - The compiler invocation to use; it must have exactly one input
+  /// source file. The ASTUnit takes ownership of the CompilerInvocation object.
+  ///
+  /// \param Diags - The diagnostics engine to use for reporting errors; its
+  /// lifetime is expected to extend past that of the returned ASTUnit.
+  ///
+  /// \param Action - The ASTFrontendAction to invoke. Its ownership is not
+  /// transfered.
+  ///
+  /// \param Unit - optionally an already created ASTUnit. Its ownership is not
+  /// transfered.
+  ///
+  /// \param Persistent - if true the returned ASTUnit will be complete.
+  /// false means the caller is only interested in getting info through the
+  /// provided \see Action.
+  ///
+  /// \param ErrAST - If non-null and parsing failed without any AST to return
+  /// (e.g. because the PCH could not be loaded), this accepts the ASTUnit
+  /// mainly to allow the caller to see the diagnostics.
+  /// This will only receive an ASTUnit if a new one was created. If an already
+  /// created ASTUnit was passed in \p Unit then the caller can check that.
+  ///
+  static ASTUnit *LoadFromCompilerInvocationAction(CompilerInvocation *CI,
+                              IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags,
+                                             ASTFrontendAction *Action = 0,
+                                             ASTUnit *Unit = 0,
+                                             bool Persistent = true,
+                                      StringRef ResourceFilesPath = StringRef(),
+                                             bool OnlyLocalDecls = false,
+                                             bool CaptureDiagnostics = false,
+                                             bool PrecompilePreamble = false,
+                                       bool CacheCodeCompletionResults = false,
+                              bool IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = false,
+                                       bool UserFilesAreVolatile = false,
+                                       OwningPtr<ASTUnit> *ErrAST = 0);
+
+  /// LoadFromCompilerInvocation - Create an ASTUnit from a source file, via a
+  /// CompilerInvocation object.
+  ///
+  /// \param CI - The compiler invocation to use; it must have exactly one input
+  /// source file. The ASTUnit takes ownership of the CompilerInvocation object.
+  ///
+  /// \param Diags - The diagnostics engine to use for reporting errors; its
+  /// lifetime is expected to extend past that of the returned ASTUnit.
+  //
+  // FIXME: Move OnlyLocalDecls, UseBumpAllocator to setters on the ASTUnit, we
+  // shouldn't need to specify them at construction time.
+  static ASTUnit *LoadFromCompilerInvocation(CompilerInvocation *CI,
+                              IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags,
+                                             bool OnlyLocalDecls = false,
+                                             bool CaptureDiagnostics = false,
+                                             bool PrecompilePreamble = false,
+                                      TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
+                                       bool CacheCodeCompletionResults = false,
+                            bool IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = false,
+                                             bool UserFilesAreVolatile = false);
+
+  /// LoadFromCommandLine - Create an ASTUnit from a vector of command line
+  /// arguments, which must specify exactly one source file.
+  ///
+  /// \param ArgBegin - The beginning of the argument vector.
+  ///
+  /// \param ArgEnd - The end of the argument vector.
+  ///
+  /// \param Diags - The diagnostics engine to use for reporting errors; its
+  /// lifetime is expected to extend past that of the returned ASTUnit.
+  ///
+  /// \param ResourceFilesPath - The path to the compiler resource files.
+  ///
+  /// \param ErrAST - If non-null and parsing failed without any AST to return
+  /// (e.g. because the PCH could not be loaded), this accepts the ASTUnit
+  /// mainly to allow the caller to see the diagnostics.
+  ///
+  // FIXME: Move OnlyLocalDecls, UseBumpAllocator to setters on the ASTUnit, we
+  // shouldn't need to specify them at construction time.
+  static ASTUnit *LoadFromCommandLine(const char **ArgBegin,
+                                      const char **ArgEnd,
+                              IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags,
+                                      StringRef ResourceFilesPath,
+                                      bool OnlyLocalDecls = false,
+                                      bool CaptureDiagnostics = false,
+                                      RemappedFile *RemappedFiles = 0,
+                                      unsigned NumRemappedFiles = 0,
+                                      bool RemappedFilesKeepOriginalName = true,
+                                      bool PrecompilePreamble = false,
+                                      TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
+                                      bool CacheCodeCompletionResults = false,
+                            bool IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = false,
+                                      bool AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors = false,
+                                      bool SkipFunctionBodies = false,
+                                      bool UserFilesAreVolatile = false,
+                                      bool ForSerialization = false,
+                                      OwningPtr<ASTUnit> *ErrAST = 0);
+  
+  /// \brief Reparse the source files using the same command-line options that
+  /// were originally used to produce this translation unit.
+  ///
+  /// \returns True if a failure occurred that causes the ASTUnit not to
+  /// contain any translation-unit information, false otherwise.  
+  bool Reparse(RemappedFile *RemappedFiles = 0,
+               unsigned NumRemappedFiles = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Perform code completion at the given file, line, and
+  /// column within this translation unit.
+  ///
+  /// \param File The file in which code completion will occur.
+  ///
+  /// \param Line The line at which code completion will occur.
+  ///
+  /// \param Column The column at which code completion will occur.
+  ///
+  /// \param IncludeMacros Whether to include macros in the code-completion 
+  /// results.
+  ///
+  /// \param IncludeCodePatterns Whether to include code patterns (such as a 
+  /// for loop) in the code-completion results.
+  ///
+  /// \param IncludeBriefComments Whether to include brief documentation within
+  /// the set of code completions returned.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: The Diag, LangOpts, SourceMgr, FileMgr, StoredDiagnostics, and
+  /// OwnedBuffers parameters are all disgusting hacks. They will go away.
+  void CodeComplete(StringRef File, unsigned Line, unsigned Column,
+                    RemappedFile *RemappedFiles, unsigned NumRemappedFiles,
+                    bool IncludeMacros, bool IncludeCodePatterns,
+                    bool IncludeBriefComments,
+                    CodeCompleteConsumer &Consumer,
+                    DiagnosticsEngine &Diag, LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                    SourceManager &SourceMgr, FileManager &FileMgr,
+                    SmallVectorImpl<StoredDiagnostic> &StoredDiagnostics,
+              SmallVectorImpl<const llvm::MemoryBuffer *> &OwnedBuffers);
+
+  /// \brief Save this translation unit to a file with the given name.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if there was a file error or false if the save was
+  /// successful.
+  bool Save(StringRef File);
+
+  /// \brief Serialize this translation unit with the given output stream.
+  ///
+  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool serialize(raw_ostream &OS);
+  
+  virtual ModuleLoadResult loadModule(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                                      ModuleIdPath Path,
+                                      Module::NameVisibilityKind Visibility,
+                                      bool IsInclusionDirective) {
+    // ASTUnit doesn't know how to load modules (not that this matters).
+    return ModuleLoadResult();
+  }
+
+  virtual void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod,
+                                 Module::NameVisibilityKind Visibility,
+                                 SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                                 bool Complain) { }
+
+};
+
+} // namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ChainedDiagnosticConsumer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ChainedDiagnosticConsumer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce2b242
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ChainedDiagnosticConsumer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+//===- ChainedDiagnosticConsumer.h - Chain Diagnostic Clients ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_CHAINEDDIAGNOSTICCONSUMER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_CHAINEDDIAGNOSTICCONSUMER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class LangOptions;
+
+/// ChainedDiagnosticConsumer - Chain two diagnostic clients so that diagnostics
+/// go to the first client and then the second. The first diagnostic client
+/// should be the "primary" client, and will be used for computing whether the
+/// diagnostics should be included in counts.
+class ChainedDiagnosticConsumer : public DiagnosticConsumer {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  OwningPtr<DiagnosticConsumer> Primary;
+  OwningPtr<DiagnosticConsumer> Secondary;
+
+public:
+  ChainedDiagnosticConsumer(DiagnosticConsumer *_Primary,
+                          DiagnosticConsumer *_Secondary) {
+    Primary.reset(_Primary);
+    Secondary.reset(_Secondary);
+  }
+
+  virtual void BeginSourceFile(const LangOptions &LO,
+                               const Preprocessor *PP) {
+    Primary->BeginSourceFile(LO, PP);
+    Secondary->BeginSourceFile(LO, PP);
+  }
+
+  virtual void EndSourceFile() {
+    Secondary->EndSourceFile();
+    Primary->EndSourceFile();
+  }
+
+  virtual void finish() {
+    Secondary->finish();
+    Primary->finish();
+  }
+
+  virtual bool IncludeInDiagnosticCounts() const {
+    return Primary->IncludeInDiagnosticCounts();
+  }
+
+  virtual void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel,
+                                const Diagnostic &Info) {
+    // Default implementation (Warnings/errors count).
+    DiagnosticConsumer::HandleDiagnostic(DiagLevel, Info);
+
+    Primary->HandleDiagnostic(DiagLevel, Info);
+    Secondary->HandleDiagnostic(DiagLevel, Info);
+  }
+  
+  DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const {
+    return new ChainedDiagnosticConsumer(Primary->clone(Diags), 
+                                         Secondary->clone(Diags));
+  }
+
+};
+
+} // end namspace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ChainedIncludesSource.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ChainedIncludesSource.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e14580e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/ChainedIncludesSource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+//===- ChainedIncludesSource.h - Chained PCHs in Memory ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ChainedIncludesSource class, which converts headers
+//  to chained PCHs in memory, mainly used for testing.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATION_CHAINEDINCLUDESSOURCE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATION_CHAINEDINCLUDESSOURCE_H
+
+#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class CompilerInstance;
+
+class ChainedIncludesSource : public ExternalSemaSource {
+public:
+  virtual ~ChainedIncludesSource();
+
+  static ChainedIncludesSource *create(CompilerInstance &CI);
+
+private:
+  ExternalSemaSource &getFinalReader() const { return *FinalReader; }
+
+  std::vector<CompilerInstance *> CIs;
+  OwningPtr<ExternalSemaSource> FinalReader;
+
+  
+protected:
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// ExternalASTSource interface.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  virtual Decl *GetExternalDecl(uint32_t ID);
+  virtual Selector GetExternalSelector(uint32_t ID);
+  virtual uint32_t GetNumExternalSelectors();
+  virtual Stmt *GetExternalDeclStmt(uint64_t Offset);
+  virtual CXXBaseSpecifier *GetExternalCXXBaseSpecifiers(uint64_t Offset);
+  virtual bool FindExternalVisibleDeclsByName(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                              DeclarationName Name);
+  virtual ExternalLoadResult FindExternalLexicalDecls(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                        bool (*isKindWeWant)(Decl::Kind),
+                                        SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Result);
+  virtual void CompleteType(TagDecl *Tag);
+  virtual void CompleteType(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class);
+  virtual void StartedDeserializing();
+  virtual void FinishedDeserializing();
+  virtual void StartTranslationUnit(ASTConsumer *Consumer);
+  virtual void PrintStats();
+
+  /// Return the amount of memory used by memory buffers, breaking down
+  /// by heap-backed versus mmap'ed memory.
+  virtual void getMemoryBufferSizes(MemoryBufferSizes &sizes) const;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// ExternalSemaSource interface.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  virtual void InitializeSema(Sema &S);
+  virtual void ForgetSema();
+  virtual void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
+  virtual bool LookupUnqualified(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c0b9fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.def
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+//===--- CodeGenOptions.def - Code generation option database ------ C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the code generation options. Users of this file
+// must define the CODEGENOPT macro to make use of this information.
+// Optionally, the user may also define ENUM_CODEGENOPT (for options
+// that have enumeration type and VALUE_CODEGENOPT is a code
+// generation option that describes a value rather than a flag.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef CODEGENOPT
+#  error Define the CODEGENOPT macro to handle language options
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VALUE_CODEGENOPT
+#  define VALUE_CODEGENOPT(Name, Bits, Default) \
+CODEGENOPT(Name, Bits, Default)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ENUM_CODEGENOPT
+#  define ENUM_CODEGENOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default) \
+CODEGENOPT(Name, Bits, Default)
+#endif
+
+CODEGENOPT(AsmVerbose        , 1, 0) ///< -dA, -fverbose-asm.
+CODEGENOPT(ObjCAutoRefCountExceptions , 1, 0) ///< Whether ARC should be EH-safe.
+CODEGENOPT(CoverageExtraChecksum, 1, 0) ///< Whether we need a second checksum for functions in GCNO files.
+CODEGENOPT(CoverageNoFunctionNamesInData, 1, 0) ///< Do not include function names in GCDA files.
+CODEGENOPT(CUDAIsDevice      , 1, 0) ///< Set when compiling for CUDA device.
+CODEGENOPT(CXAAtExit         , 1, 1) ///< Use __cxa_atexit for calling destructors.
+CODEGENOPT(CXXCtorDtorAliases, 1, 0) ///< Emit complete ctors/dtors as linker
+                                     ///< aliases to base ctors when possible.
+CODEGENOPT(DataSections      , 1, 0) ///< Set when -fdata-sections is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(DisableFPElim     , 1, 0) ///< Set when -fomit-frame-pointer is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(DisableLLVMOpts   , 1, 0) ///< Don't run any optimizations, for use in
+                                     ///< getting .bc files that correspond to the
+                                     ///< internal state before optimizations are
+                                     ///< done.
+CODEGENOPT(DisableGCov       , 1, 0) ///< Don't run the GCov pass, for testing.
+CODEGENOPT(DisableRedZone    , 1, 0) ///< Set when -mno-red-zone is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(DisableTailCalls  , 1, 0) ///< Do not emit tail calls.
+CODEGENOPT(EmitDeclMetadata  , 1, 0) ///< Emit special metadata indicating what
+                                     ///< Decl* various IR entities came from. 
+                                     ///< Only useful when running CodeGen as a
+                                     ///< subroutine.
+CODEGENOPT(EmitGcovArcs      , 1, 0) ///< Emit coverage data files, aka. GCDA.
+CODEGENOPT(EmitGcovNotes     , 1, 0) ///< Emit coverage "notes" files, aka GCNO.
+CODEGENOPT(EmitOpenCLArgMetadata , 1, 0) ///< Emit OpenCL kernel arg metadata.
+/// \brief FP_CONTRACT mode (on/off/fast).
+ENUM_CODEGENOPT(FPContractMode, FPContractModeKind, 2, FPC_On)
+CODEGENOPT(ForbidGuardVariables , 1, 0) ///< Issue errors if C++ guard variables
+                                        ///< are required.
+CODEGENOPT(FunctionSections  , 1, 0) ///< Set when -ffunction-sections is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(HiddenWeakVTables , 1, 0) ///< Emit weak vtables, RTTI, and thunks with
+                                     ///< hidden visibility.
+CODEGENOPT(InstrumentFunctions , 1, 0) ///< Set when -finstrument-functions is
+                                       ///< enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(InstrumentForProfiling , 1, 0) ///< Set when -pg is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(LessPreciseFPMAD  , 1, 0) ///< Enable less precise MAD instructions to
+                                     ///< be generated.
+CODEGENOPT(MergeAllConstants , 1, 1) ///< Merge identical constants.
+CODEGENOPT(NoCommon          , 1, 0) ///< Set when -fno-common or C++ is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(NoDwarf2CFIAsm    , 1, 0) ///< Set when -fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(NoDwarfDirectoryAsm , 1, 0) ///< Set when -fno-dwarf-directory-asm is
+                                       ///< enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(NoExecStack       , 1, 0) ///< Set when -Wa,--noexecstack is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(EnableSegmentedStacks , 1, 0) ///< Set when -fsplit-stack is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(NoGlobalMerge     , 1, 0) ///< Set when -mno-global-merge is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(NoImplicitFloat   , 1, 0) ///< Set when -mno-implicit-float is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(NoInfsFPMath      , 1, 0) ///< Assume FP arguments, results not +-Inf.
+CODEGENOPT(NoInline          , 1, 0) ///< Set when -fno-inline is enabled. 
+                                     ///< Disables use of the inline keyword.
+CODEGENOPT(NoNaNsFPMath      , 1, 0) ///< Assume FP arguments, results not NaN.
+CODEGENOPT(NoZeroInitializedInBSS , 1, 0) ///< -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss.
+/// \brief Method of Objective-C dispatch to use.
+ENUM_CODEGENOPT(ObjCDispatchMethod, ObjCDispatchMethodKind, 2, Legacy) 
+CODEGENOPT(OmitLeafFramePointer , 1, 0) ///< Set when -momit-leaf-frame-pointer is
+                                        ///< enabled.
+VALUE_CODEGENOPT(OptimizationLevel, 3, 0) ///< The -O[0-4] option specified.
+VALUE_CODEGENOPT(OptimizeSize, 2, 0) ///< If -Os (==1) or -Oz (==2) is specified.
+CODEGENOPT(RelaxAll          , 1, 0) ///< Relax all machine code instructions.
+CODEGENOPT(RelaxedAliasing   , 1, 0) ///< Set when -fno-strict-aliasing is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(StructPathTBAA    , 1, 0) ///< Whether or not to use struct-path TBAA.
+CODEGENOPT(SaveTempLabels    , 1, 0) ///< Save temporary labels.
+CODEGENOPT(SanitizeAddressZeroBaseShadow , 1, 0) ///< Map shadow memory at zero
+                                                 ///< offset in AddressSanitizer.
+CODEGENOPT(SanitizeMemoryTrackOrigins, 1, 0) ///< Enable tracking origins in
+                                             ///< MemorySanitizer
+CODEGENOPT(SanitizeUndefinedTrapOnError, 1, 0) ///< Set on
+                                               /// -fsanitize-undefined-trap-on-error
+CODEGENOPT(SimplifyLibCalls  , 1, 1) ///< Set when -fbuiltin is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(SoftFloat         , 1, 0) ///< -soft-float.
+CODEGENOPT(StrictEnums       , 1, 0) ///< Optimize based on strict enum definition.
+CODEGENOPT(TimePasses        , 1, 0) ///< Set when -ftime-report is enabled.
+CODEGENOPT(UnitAtATime       , 1, 1) ///< Unused. For mirroring GCC optimization
+                                     ///< selection.
+CODEGENOPT(UnrollLoops       , 1, 0) ///< Control whether loops are unrolled.
+CODEGENOPT(UnsafeFPMath      , 1, 0) ///< Allow unsafe floating point optzns.
+CODEGENOPT(UnwindTables      , 1, 0) ///< Emit unwind tables.
+
+  /// Attempt to use register sized accesses to bit-fields in structures, when
+  /// possible.
+CODEGENOPT(UseRegisterSizedBitfieldAccess , 1, 0)
+
+CODEGENOPT(VerifyModule      , 1, 1) ///< Control whether the module should be run
+                                     ///< through the LLVM Verifier.
+
+CODEGENOPT(StackRealignment  , 1, 0) ///< Control whether to permit stack
+                                     ///< realignment.
+CODEGENOPT(UseInitArray      , 1, 0) ///< Control whether to use .init_array or
+                                     ///< .ctors.
+VALUE_CODEGENOPT(StackAlignment    , 32, 0) ///< Overrides default stack 
+                                            ///< alignment, if not 0.
+CODEGENOPT(DebugColumnInfo, 1, 0) ///< Whether or not to use column information
+                                  ///< in debug info.
+
+CODEGENOPT(ModulesAutolink, 1, 0) ///< Whether to auto-link imported modules
+
+/// The user specified number of registers to be used for integral arguments,
+/// or 0 if unspecified.
+VALUE_CODEGENOPT(NumRegisterParameters, 32, 0)
+
+/// The lower bound for a buffer to be considered for stack protection.
+VALUE_CODEGENOPT(SSPBufferSize, 32, 0)
+
+/// The kind of generated debug info.
+ENUM_CODEGENOPT(DebugInfo, DebugInfoKind, 2, NoDebugInfo)
+
+/// The kind of inlining to perform.
+ENUM_CODEGENOPT(Inlining, InliningMethod, 2, NoInlining)
+
+/// The default TLS model to use.
+ENUM_CODEGENOPT(DefaultTLSModel, TLSModel, 2, GeneralDynamicTLSModel)
+
+CODEGENOPT(SanitizeRecover, 1, 1) ///< Attempt to recover from sanitizer checks
+                                  ///< by continuing execution when possible
+
+#undef CODEGENOPT
+#undef ENUM_CODEGENOPT
+#undef VALUE_CODEGENOPT
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0bbf30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+//===--- CodeGenOptions.h ---------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the CodeGenOptions interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_CODEGENOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_CODEGENOPTIONS_H
+
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Bitfields of CodeGenOptions, split out from CodeGenOptions to ensure
+/// that this large collection of bitfields is a trivial class type.
+class CodeGenOptionsBase {
+public:
+#define CODEGENOPT(Name, Bits, Default) unsigned Name : Bits;
+#define ENUM_CODEGENOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default)
+#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.def"
+
+protected:
+#define CODEGENOPT(Name, Bits, Default)
+#define ENUM_CODEGENOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default) unsigned Name : Bits;
+#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.def"
+};
+
+/// CodeGenOptions - Track various options which control how the code
+/// is optimized and passed to the backend.
+class CodeGenOptions : public CodeGenOptionsBase {
+public:
+  enum InliningMethod {
+    NoInlining,         // Perform no inlining whatsoever.
+    NormalInlining,     // Use the standard function inlining pass.
+    OnlyAlwaysInlining  // Only run the always inlining pass.
+  };
+
+  enum ObjCDispatchMethodKind {
+    Legacy = 0,
+    NonLegacy = 1,
+    Mixed = 2
+  };
+
+  enum DebugInfoKind {
+    NoDebugInfo,          // Don't generate debug info.
+    DebugLineTablesOnly,  // Emit only debug info necessary for generating
+                          // line number tables (-gline-tables-only).
+    LimitedDebugInfo,     // Limit generated debug info to reduce size
+                          // (-flimit-debug-info).
+    FullDebugInfo         // Generate complete debug info.
+  };
+
+  enum TLSModel {
+    GeneralDynamicTLSModel,
+    LocalDynamicTLSModel,
+    InitialExecTLSModel,
+    LocalExecTLSModel
+  };
+
+  enum FPContractModeKind {
+    FPC_Off,        // Form fused FP ops only where result will not be affected.
+    FPC_On,         // Form fused FP ops according to FP_CONTRACT rules.
+    FPC_Fast        // Aggressively fuse FP ops (E.g. FMA).
+  };
+
+  /// The code model to use (-mcmodel).
+  std::string CodeModel;
+
+  /// The filename with path we use for coverage files. The extension will be
+  /// replaced.
+  std::string CoverageFile;
+
+  /// The version string to put into coverage files.
+  char CoverageVersion[4];
+
+  /// Enable additional debugging information.
+  std::string DebugPass;
+
+  /// The string to embed in debug information as the current working directory.
+  std::string DebugCompilationDir;
+
+  /// The string to embed in the debug information for the compile unit, if
+  /// non-empty.
+  std::string DwarfDebugFlags;
+
+  /// The ABI to use for passing floating point arguments.
+  std::string FloatABI;
+
+  /// The float precision limit to use, if non-empty.
+  std::string LimitFloatPrecision;
+
+  /// The name of the bitcode file to link before optzns.
+  std::string LinkBitcodeFile;
+
+  /// The user provided name for the "main file", if non-empty. This is useful
+  /// in situations where the input file name does not match the original input
+  /// file, for example with -save-temps.
+  std::string MainFileName;
+
+  /// The name for the split debug info file that we'll break out. This is used
+  /// in the backend for setting the name in the skeleton cu.
+  std::string SplitDwarfFile;
+
+  /// The name of the relocation model to use.
+  std::string RelocationModel;
+
+  /// Path to blacklist file for sanitizers.
+  std::string SanitizerBlacklistFile;
+
+  /// If not an empty string, trap intrinsics are lowered to calls to this
+  /// function instead of to trap instructions.
+  std::string TrapFuncName;
+
+  /// A list of command-line options to forward to the LLVM backend.
+  std::vector<std::string> BackendOptions;
+
+public:
+  // Define accessors/mutators for code generation options of enumeration type.
+#define CODEGENOPT(Name, Bits, Default)
+#define ENUM_CODEGENOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default) \
+  Type get##Name() const { return static_cast<Type>(Name); } \
+  void set##Name(Type Value) { Name = static_cast<unsigned>(Value); }
+#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.def"
+
+  CodeGenOptions() {
+#define CODEGENOPT(Name, Bits, Default) Name = Default;
+#define ENUM_CODEGENOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default) \
+  set##Name(Default);
+#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.def"
+
+    RelocationModel = "pic";
+    memcpy(CoverageVersion, "*204", 4);
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CommandLineSourceLoc.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CommandLineSourceLoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c01f91d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CommandLineSourceLoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+
+//===--- CommandLineSourceLoc.h - Parsing for source locations-*- C++ -*---===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Command line parsing for source locations.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_COMMANDLINESOURCELOC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_COMMANDLINESOURCELOC_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief A source location that has been parsed on the command line.
+struct ParsedSourceLocation {
+  std::string FileName;
+  unsigned Line;
+  unsigned Column;
+
+public:
+  /// Construct a parsed source location from a string; the Filename is empty on
+  /// error.
+  static ParsedSourceLocation FromString(StringRef Str) {
+    ParsedSourceLocation PSL;
+    std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> ColSplit = Str.rsplit(':');
+    std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> LineSplit =
+      ColSplit.first.rsplit(':');
+
+    // If both tail splits were valid integers, return success.
+    if (!ColSplit.second.getAsInteger(10, PSL.Column) &&
+        !LineSplit.second.getAsInteger(10, PSL.Line)) {
+      PSL.FileName = LineSplit.first;
+
+      // On the command-line, stdin may be specified via "-". Inside the
+      // compiler, stdin is called "<stdin>".
+      if (PSL.FileName == "-")
+        PSL.FileName = "<stdin>";
+    }
+
+    return PSL;
+  }
+};
+
+}
+
+namespace llvm {
+  namespace cl {
+    /// \brief Command-line option parser that parses source locations.
+    ///
+    /// Source locations are of the form filename:line:column.
+    template<>
+    class parser<clang::ParsedSourceLocation>
+      : public basic_parser<clang::ParsedSourceLocation> {
+    public:
+      inline bool parse(Option &O, StringRef ArgName, StringRef ArgValue,
+                 clang::ParsedSourceLocation &Val);
+    };
+
+    bool
+    parser<clang::ParsedSourceLocation>::
+    parse(Option &O, StringRef ArgName, StringRef ArgValue,
+          clang::ParsedSourceLocation &Val) {
+      using namespace clang;
+
+      Val = ParsedSourceLocation::FromString(ArgValue);
+      if (Val.FileName.empty()) {
+        errs() << "error: "
+               << "source location must be of the form filename:line:column\n";
+        return true;
+      }
+
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d67462
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h
@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
+//===-- CompilerInstance.h - Clang Compiler Instance ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_COMPILERINSTANCE_H_
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_COMPILERINSTANCE_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <list>
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+class raw_fd_ostream;
+class Timer;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+class ASTContext;
+class ASTConsumer;
+class ASTReader;
+class CodeCompleteConsumer;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class DiagnosticConsumer;
+class ExternalASTSource;
+class FileEntry;
+class FileManager;
+class FrontendAction;
+class Module;
+class Preprocessor;
+class Sema;
+class SourceManager;
+class TargetInfo;
+
+/// CompilerInstance - Helper class for managing a single instance of the Clang
+/// compiler.
+///
+/// The CompilerInstance serves two purposes:
+///  (1) It manages the various objects which are necessary to run the compiler,
+///      for example the preprocessor, the target information, and the AST
+///      context.
+///  (2) It provides utility routines for constructing and manipulating the
+///      common Clang objects.
+///
+/// The compiler instance generally owns the instance of all the objects that it
+/// manages. However, clients can still share objects by manually setting the
+/// object and retaking ownership prior to destroying the CompilerInstance.
+///
+/// The compiler instance is intended to simplify clients, but not to lock them
+/// in to the compiler instance for everything. When possible, utility functions
+/// come in two forms; a short form that reuses the CompilerInstance objects,
+/// and a long form that takes explicit instances of any required objects.
+class CompilerInstance : public ModuleLoader {
+  /// The options used in this compiler instance.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<CompilerInvocation> Invocation;
+
+  /// The diagnostics engine instance.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diagnostics;
+
+  /// The target being compiled for.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<TargetInfo> Target;
+
+  /// The file manager.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<FileManager> FileMgr;
+
+  /// The source manager.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<SourceManager> SourceMgr;
+
+  /// The preprocessor.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<Preprocessor> PP;
+
+  /// The AST context.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ASTContext> Context;
+
+  /// The AST consumer.
+  OwningPtr<ASTConsumer> Consumer;
+
+  /// The code completion consumer.
+  OwningPtr<CodeCompleteConsumer> CompletionConsumer;
+
+  /// \brief The semantic analysis object.
+  OwningPtr<Sema> TheSema;
+
+  /// \brief The frontend timer
+  OwningPtr<llvm::Timer> FrontendTimer;
+
+  /// \brief Non-owning reference to the ASTReader, if one exists.
+  ASTReader *ModuleManager;
+
+  /// \brief The set of top-level modules that has already been loaded,
+  /// along with the module map
+  llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *, Module *> KnownModules;
+  
+  /// \brief The location of the module-import keyword for the last module
+  /// import. 
+  SourceLocation LastModuleImportLoc;
+  
+  /// \brief The result of the last module import.
+  ///
+  ModuleLoadResult LastModuleImportResult;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we should (re)build the global module index once we
+  /// have finished with this translation unit.
+  bool BuildGlobalModuleIndex;
+
+  /// \brief One or more modules failed to build.
+  bool ModuleBuildFailed;
+
+  /// \brief Holds information about the output file.
+  ///
+  /// If TempFilename is not empty we must rename it to Filename at the end.
+  /// TempFilename may be empty and Filename non empty if creating the temporary
+  /// failed.
+  struct OutputFile {
+    std::string Filename;
+    std::string TempFilename;
+    raw_ostream *OS;
+
+    OutputFile(const std::string &filename, const std::string &tempFilename,
+               raw_ostream *os)
+      : Filename(filename), TempFilename(tempFilename), OS(os) { }
+  };
+
+  /// The list of active output files.
+  std::list<OutputFile> OutputFiles;
+
+  CompilerInstance(const CompilerInstance &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const CompilerInstance &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+public:
+  CompilerInstance();
+  ~CompilerInstance();
+
+  /// @name High-Level Operations
+  /// {
+
+  /// ExecuteAction - Execute the provided action against the compiler's
+  /// CompilerInvocation object.
+  ///
+  /// This function makes the following assumptions:
+  ///
+  ///  - The invocation options should be initialized. This function does not
+  ///    handle the '-help' or '-version' options, clients should handle those
+  ///    directly.
+  ///
+  ///  - The diagnostics engine should have already been created by the client.
+  ///
+  ///  - No other CompilerInstance state should have been initialized (this is
+  ///    an unchecked error).
+  ///
+  ///  - Clients should have initialized any LLVM target features that may be
+  ///    required.
+  ///
+  ///  - Clients should eventually call llvm_shutdown() upon the completion of
+  ///    this routine to ensure that any managed objects are properly destroyed.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this routine may write output to 'stderr'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Act - The action to execute.
+  /// \return - True on success.
+  //
+  // FIXME: This function should take the stream to write any debugging /
+  // verbose output to as an argument.
+  //
+  // FIXME: Eliminate the llvm_shutdown requirement, that should either be part
+  // of the context or else not CompilerInstance specific.
+  bool ExecuteAction(FrontendAction &Act);
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Compiler Invocation and Options
+  /// {
+
+  bool hasInvocation() const { return Invocation != 0; }
+
+  CompilerInvocation &getInvocation() {
+    assert(Invocation && "Compiler instance has no invocation!");
+    return *Invocation;
+  }
+
+  /// setInvocation - Replace the current invocation.
+  void setInvocation(CompilerInvocation *Value);
+
+  /// \brief Indicates whether we should (re)build the global module index.
+  bool shouldBuildGlobalModuleIndex() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Set the flag indicating whether we should (re)build the global
+  /// module index.
+  void setBuildGlobalModuleIndex(bool Build) {
+    BuildGlobalModuleIndex = Build;
+  }
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Forwarding Methods
+  /// {
+
+  AnalyzerOptionsRef getAnalyzerOpts() {
+    return Invocation->getAnalyzerOpts();
+  }
+
+  CodeGenOptions &getCodeGenOpts() {
+    return Invocation->getCodeGenOpts();
+  }
+  const CodeGenOptions &getCodeGenOpts() const {
+    return Invocation->getCodeGenOpts();
+  }
+
+  DependencyOutputOptions &getDependencyOutputOpts() {
+    return Invocation->getDependencyOutputOpts();
+  }
+  const DependencyOutputOptions &getDependencyOutputOpts() const {
+    return Invocation->getDependencyOutputOpts();
+  }
+
+  DiagnosticOptions &getDiagnosticOpts() {
+    return Invocation->getDiagnosticOpts();
+  }
+  const DiagnosticOptions &getDiagnosticOpts() const {
+    return Invocation->getDiagnosticOpts();
+  }
+
+  const FileSystemOptions &getFileSystemOpts() const {
+    return Invocation->getFileSystemOpts();
+  }
+
+  FrontendOptions &getFrontendOpts() {
+    return Invocation->getFrontendOpts();
+  }
+  const FrontendOptions &getFrontendOpts() const {
+    return Invocation->getFrontendOpts();
+  }
+
+  HeaderSearchOptions &getHeaderSearchOpts() {
+    return Invocation->getHeaderSearchOpts();
+  }
+  const HeaderSearchOptions &getHeaderSearchOpts() const {
+    return Invocation->getHeaderSearchOpts();
+  }
+
+  LangOptions &getLangOpts() {
+    return *Invocation->getLangOpts();
+  }
+  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const {
+    return *Invocation->getLangOpts();
+  }
+
+  PreprocessorOptions &getPreprocessorOpts() {
+    return Invocation->getPreprocessorOpts();
+  }
+  const PreprocessorOptions &getPreprocessorOpts() const {
+    return Invocation->getPreprocessorOpts();
+  }
+
+  PreprocessorOutputOptions &getPreprocessorOutputOpts() {
+    return Invocation->getPreprocessorOutputOpts();
+  }
+  const PreprocessorOutputOptions &getPreprocessorOutputOpts() const {
+    return Invocation->getPreprocessorOutputOpts();
+  }
+
+  TargetOptions &getTargetOpts() {
+    return Invocation->getTargetOpts();
+  }
+  const TargetOptions &getTargetOpts() const {
+    return Invocation->getTargetOpts();
+  }
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Diagnostics Engine
+  /// {
+
+  bool hasDiagnostics() const { return Diagnostics != 0; }
+
+  /// Get the current diagnostics engine.
+  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const {
+    assert(Diagnostics && "Compiler instance has no diagnostics!");
+    return *Diagnostics;
+  }
+
+  /// setDiagnostics - Replace the current diagnostics engine.
+  void setDiagnostics(DiagnosticsEngine *Value);
+
+  DiagnosticConsumer &getDiagnosticClient() const {
+    assert(Diagnostics && Diagnostics->getClient() && 
+           "Compiler instance has no diagnostic client!");
+    return *Diagnostics->getClient();
+  }
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Target Info
+  /// {
+
+  bool hasTarget() const { return Target != 0; }
+
+  TargetInfo &getTarget() const {
+    assert(Target && "Compiler instance has no target!");
+    return *Target;
+  }
+
+  /// Replace the current diagnostics engine.
+  void setTarget(TargetInfo *Value);
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name File Manager
+  /// {
+
+  bool hasFileManager() const { return FileMgr != 0; }
+
+  /// Return the current file manager to the caller.
+  FileManager &getFileManager() const {
+    assert(FileMgr && "Compiler instance has no file manager!");
+    return *FileMgr;
+  }
+  
+  void resetAndLeakFileManager() {
+    FileMgr.resetWithoutRelease();
+  }
+
+  /// setFileManager - Replace the current file manager.
+  void setFileManager(FileManager *Value);
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Source Manager
+  /// {
+
+  bool hasSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr != 0; }
+
+  /// Return the current source manager.
+  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const {
+    assert(SourceMgr && "Compiler instance has no source manager!");
+    return *SourceMgr;
+  }
+  
+  void resetAndLeakSourceManager() {
+    SourceMgr.resetWithoutRelease();
+  }
+
+  /// setSourceManager - Replace the current source manager.
+  void setSourceManager(SourceManager *Value);
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Preprocessor
+  /// {
+
+  bool hasPreprocessor() const { return PP != 0; }
+
+  /// Return the current preprocessor.
+  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const {
+    assert(PP && "Compiler instance has no preprocessor!");
+    return *PP;
+  }
+
+  void resetAndLeakPreprocessor() {
+    PP.resetWithoutRelease();
+  }
+
+  /// Replace the current preprocessor.
+  void setPreprocessor(Preprocessor *Value);
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name ASTContext
+  /// {
+
+  bool hasASTContext() const { return Context != 0; }
+
+  ASTContext &getASTContext() const {
+    assert(Context && "Compiler instance has no AST context!");
+    return *Context;
+  }
+  
+  void resetAndLeakASTContext() {
+    Context.resetWithoutRelease();
+  }
+
+  /// setASTContext - Replace the current AST context.
+  void setASTContext(ASTContext *Value);
+
+  /// \brief Replace the current Sema; the compiler instance takes ownership
+  /// of S.
+  void setSema(Sema *S);
+  
+  /// }
+  /// @name ASTConsumer
+  /// {
+
+  bool hasASTConsumer() const { return Consumer != 0; }
+
+  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const {
+    assert(Consumer && "Compiler instance has no AST consumer!");
+    return *Consumer;
+  }
+
+  /// takeASTConsumer - Remove the current AST consumer and give ownership to
+  /// the caller.
+  ASTConsumer *takeASTConsumer() { return Consumer.take(); }
+
+  /// setASTConsumer - Replace the current AST consumer; the compiler instance
+  /// takes ownership of \p Value.
+  void setASTConsumer(ASTConsumer *Value);
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Semantic analysis
+  /// {
+  bool hasSema() const { return TheSema != 0; }
+  
+  Sema &getSema() const { 
+    assert(TheSema && "Compiler instance has no Sema object!");
+    return *TheSema;
+  }
+  
+  Sema *takeSema() { return TheSema.take(); }
+  
+  /// }
+  /// @name Module Management
+  /// {
+
+  ASTReader *getModuleManager() const { return ModuleManager; }
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Code Completion
+  /// {
+
+  bool hasCodeCompletionConsumer() const { return CompletionConsumer != 0; }
+
+  CodeCompleteConsumer &getCodeCompletionConsumer() const {
+    assert(CompletionConsumer &&
+           "Compiler instance has no code completion consumer!");
+    return *CompletionConsumer;
+  }
+
+  /// takeCodeCompletionConsumer - Remove the current code completion consumer
+  /// and give ownership to the caller.
+  CodeCompleteConsumer *takeCodeCompletionConsumer() {
+    return CompletionConsumer.take();
+  }
+
+  /// setCodeCompletionConsumer - Replace the current code completion consumer;
+  /// the compiler instance takes ownership of \p Value.
+  void setCodeCompletionConsumer(CodeCompleteConsumer *Value);
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Frontend timer
+  /// {
+
+  bool hasFrontendTimer() const { return FrontendTimer != 0; }
+
+  llvm::Timer &getFrontendTimer() const {
+    assert(FrontendTimer && "Compiler instance has no frontend timer!");
+    return *FrontendTimer;
+  }
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Output Files
+  /// {
+
+  /// addOutputFile - Add an output file onto the list of tracked output files.
+  ///
+  /// \param OutFile - The output file info.
+  void addOutputFile(const OutputFile &OutFile);
+
+  /// clearOutputFiles - Clear the output file list, destroying the contained
+  /// output streams.
+  ///
+  /// \param EraseFiles - If true, attempt to erase the files from disk.
+  void clearOutputFiles(bool EraseFiles);
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Construction Utility Methods
+  /// {
+
+  /// Create the diagnostics engine using the invocation's diagnostic options
+  /// and replace any existing one with it.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this routine also replaces the diagnostic client,
+  /// allocating one if one is not provided.
+  ///
+  /// \param Client If non-NULL, a diagnostic client that will be
+  /// attached to (and, then, owned by) the DiagnosticsEngine inside this AST
+  /// unit.
+  ///
+  /// \param ShouldOwnClient If Client is non-NULL, specifies whether 
+  /// the diagnostic object should take ownership of the client.
+  ///
+  /// \param ShouldCloneClient If Client is non-NULL, specifies whether that
+  /// client should be cloned.
+  void createDiagnostics(DiagnosticConsumer *Client = 0,
+                         bool ShouldOwnClient = true,
+                         bool ShouldCloneClient = true);
+
+  /// Create a DiagnosticsEngine object with a the TextDiagnosticPrinter.
+  ///
+  /// If no diagnostic client is provided, this creates a
+  /// DiagnosticConsumer that is owned by the returned diagnostic
+  /// object, if using directly the caller is responsible for
+  /// releasing the returned DiagnosticsEngine's client eventually.
+  ///
+  /// \param Opts - The diagnostic options; note that the created text
+  /// diagnostic object contains a reference to these options.
+  ///
+  /// \param Client If non-NULL, a diagnostic client that will be
+  /// attached to (and, then, owned by) the returned DiagnosticsEngine
+  /// object.
+  ///
+  /// \param CodeGenOpts If non-NULL, the code gen options in use, which may be
+  /// used by some diagnostics printers (for logging purposes only).
+  ///
+  /// \return The new object on success, or null on failure.
+  static IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine>
+  createDiagnostics(DiagnosticOptions *Opts,
+                    DiagnosticConsumer *Client = 0,
+                    bool ShouldOwnClient = true,
+                    bool ShouldCloneClient = true,
+                    const CodeGenOptions *CodeGenOpts = 0);
+
+  /// Create the file manager and replace any existing one with it.
+  void createFileManager();
+
+  /// Create the source manager and replace any existing one with it.
+  void createSourceManager(FileManager &FileMgr);
+
+  /// Create the preprocessor, using the invocation, file, and source managers,
+  /// and replace any existing one with it.
+  void createPreprocessor();
+
+  /// Create the AST context.
+  void createASTContext();
+
+  /// Create an external AST source to read a PCH file and attach it to the AST
+  /// context.
+  void createPCHExternalASTSource(StringRef Path,
+                                  bool DisablePCHValidation,
+                                  bool AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors,
+                                  void *DeserializationListener);
+
+  /// Create an external AST source to read a PCH file.
+  ///
+  /// \return - The new object on success, or null on failure.
+  static ExternalASTSource *
+  createPCHExternalASTSource(StringRef Path, const std::string &Sysroot,
+                             bool DisablePCHValidation,
+                             bool AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors,
+                             Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Context,
+                             void *DeserializationListener, bool Preamble,
+                             bool UseGlobalModuleIndex);
+
+  /// Create a code completion consumer using the invocation; note that this
+  /// will cause the source manager to truncate the input source file at the
+  /// completion point.
+  void createCodeCompletionConsumer();
+
+  /// Create a code completion consumer to print code completion results, at
+  /// \p Filename, \p Line, and \p Column, to the given output stream \p OS.
+  static CodeCompleteConsumer *
+  createCodeCompletionConsumer(Preprocessor &PP, const std::string &Filename,
+                               unsigned Line, unsigned Column,
+                               const CodeCompleteOptions &Opts,
+                               raw_ostream &OS);
+
+  /// \brief Create the Sema object to be used for parsing.
+  void createSema(TranslationUnitKind TUKind,
+                  CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer);
+  
+  /// Create the frontend timer and replace any existing one with it.
+  void createFrontendTimer();
+
+  /// Create the default output file (from the invocation's options) and add it
+  /// to the list of tracked output files.
+  ///
+  /// The files created by this function always use temporary files to write to
+  /// their result (that is, the data is written to a temporary file which will
+  /// atomically replace the target output on success).
+  ///
+  /// \return - Null on error.
+  llvm::raw_fd_ostream *
+  createDefaultOutputFile(bool Binary = true, StringRef BaseInput = "",
+                          StringRef Extension = "");
+
+  /// Create a new output file and add it to the list of tracked output files,
+  /// optionally deriving the output path name.
+  ///
+  /// \return - Null on error.
+  llvm::raw_fd_ostream *
+  createOutputFile(StringRef OutputPath,
+                   bool Binary = true, bool RemoveFileOnSignal = true,
+                   StringRef BaseInput = "",
+                   StringRef Extension = "",
+                   bool UseTemporary = false,
+                   bool CreateMissingDirectories = false);
+
+  /// Create a new output file, optionally deriving the output path name.
+  ///
+  /// If \p OutputPath is empty, then createOutputFile will derive an output
+  /// path location as \p BaseInput, with any suffix removed, and \p Extension
+  /// appended. If \p OutputPath is not stdout and \p UseTemporary
+  /// is true, createOutputFile will create a new temporary file that must be
+  /// renamed to \p OutputPath in the end.
+  ///
+  /// \param OutputPath - If given, the path to the output file.
+  /// \param Error [out] - On failure, the error message.
+  /// \param BaseInput - If \p OutputPath is empty, the input path name to use
+  /// for deriving the output path.
+  /// \param Extension - The extension to use for derived output names.
+  /// \param Binary - The mode to open the file in.
+  /// \param RemoveFileOnSignal - Whether the file should be registered with
+  /// llvm::sys::RemoveFileOnSignal. Note that this is not safe for
+  /// multithreaded use, as the underlying signal mechanism is not reentrant
+  /// \param UseTemporary - Create a new temporary file that must be renamed to
+  /// OutputPath in the end.
+  /// \param CreateMissingDirectories - When \p UseTemporary is true, create
+  /// missing directories in the output path.
+  /// \param ResultPathName [out] - If given, the result path name will be
+  /// stored here on success.
+  /// \param TempPathName [out] - If given, the temporary file path name
+  /// will be stored here on success.
+  static llvm::raw_fd_ostream *
+  createOutputFile(StringRef OutputPath, std::string &Error,
+                   bool Binary = true, bool RemoveFileOnSignal = true,
+                   StringRef BaseInput = "",
+                   StringRef Extension = "",
+                   bool UseTemporary = false,
+                   bool CreateMissingDirectories = false,
+                   std::string *ResultPathName = 0,
+                   std::string *TempPathName = 0);
+
+  /// }
+  /// @name Initialization Utility Methods
+  /// {
+
+  /// InitializeSourceManager - Initialize the source manager to set InputFile
+  /// as the main file.
+  ///
+  /// \return True on success.
+  bool InitializeSourceManager(const FrontendInputFile &Input);
+
+  /// InitializeSourceManager - Initialize the source manager to set InputFile
+  /// as the main file.
+  ///
+  /// \return True on success.
+  static bool InitializeSourceManager(const FrontendInputFile &Input,
+                DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
+                FileManager &FileMgr,
+                SourceManager &SourceMgr,
+                const FrontendOptions &Opts);
+
+  /// }
+  
+  virtual ModuleLoadResult loadModule(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                                      ModuleIdPath Path,
+                                      Module::NameVisibilityKind Visibility,
+                                      bool IsInclusionDirective);
+
+  virtual void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod,
+                                 Module::NameVisibilityKind Visibility,
+                                 SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                                 bool Complain);
+
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fac05c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+//===-- CompilerInvocation.h - Compiler Invocation Helper Data --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_COMPILERINVOCATION_H_
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_COMPILERINVOCATION_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/DependencyOutputOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/LangStandard.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/MigratorOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/PreprocessorOutputOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearchOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PreprocessorOptions.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AnalyzerOptions.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CompilerInvocation;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+
+namespace driver {
+class ArgList;
+}
+
+/// \brief Fill out Opts based on the options given in Args.
+///
+/// Args must have been created from the OptTable returned by
+/// createCC1OptTable().
+///
+/// When errors are encountered, return false and, if Diags is non-null,
+/// report the error(s).
+bool ParseDiagnosticArgs(DiagnosticOptions &Opts, driver::ArgList &Args,
+                         DiagnosticsEngine *Diags = 0);
+  
+class CompilerInvocationBase : public RefCountedBase<CompilerInvocation> {
+protected:
+  /// Options controlling the language variant.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LangOptions> LangOpts;
+
+  /// Options controlling the target.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<TargetOptions> TargetOpts;
+
+  /// Options controlling the diagnostic engine.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticOptions> DiagnosticOpts;
+
+  /// Options controlling the \#include directive.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<HeaderSearchOptions> HeaderSearchOpts;
+
+  /// Options controlling the preprocessor (aside from \#include handling).
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<PreprocessorOptions> PreprocessorOpts;
+
+public:
+  CompilerInvocationBase();
+
+  CompilerInvocationBase(const CompilerInvocationBase &X);
+  
+  LangOptions *getLangOpts() { return LangOpts.getPtr(); }
+  const LangOptions *getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts.getPtr(); }
+
+  TargetOptions &getTargetOpts() { return *TargetOpts.getPtr(); }
+  const TargetOptions &getTargetOpts() const {
+    return *TargetOpts.getPtr();
+  }
+
+  DiagnosticOptions &getDiagnosticOpts() const { return *DiagnosticOpts; }
+
+  HeaderSearchOptions &getHeaderSearchOpts() { return *HeaderSearchOpts; }
+  const HeaderSearchOptions &getHeaderSearchOpts() const {
+    return *HeaderSearchOpts;
+  }
+
+  PreprocessorOptions &getPreprocessorOpts() { return *PreprocessorOpts; }
+  const PreprocessorOptions &getPreprocessorOpts() const {
+    return *PreprocessorOpts;
+  }
+};
+  
+/// \brief Helper class for holding the data necessary to invoke the compiler.
+///
+/// This class is designed to represent an abstract "invocation" of the
+/// compiler, including data such as the include paths, the code generation
+/// options, the warning flags, and so on.
+class CompilerInvocation : public CompilerInvocationBase {
+  /// Options controlling the static analyzer.
+  AnalyzerOptionsRef AnalyzerOpts;
+
+  MigratorOptions MigratorOpts;
+  
+  /// Options controlling IRgen and the backend.
+  CodeGenOptions CodeGenOpts;
+
+  /// Options controlling dependency output.
+  DependencyOutputOptions DependencyOutputOpts;
+
+  /// Options controlling file system operations.
+  FileSystemOptions FileSystemOpts;
+
+  /// Options controlling the frontend itself.
+  FrontendOptions FrontendOpts;
+
+  /// Options controlling preprocessed output.
+  PreprocessorOutputOptions PreprocessorOutputOpts;
+
+public:
+  CompilerInvocation() : AnalyzerOpts(new AnalyzerOptions()) {}
+
+  /// @name Utility Methods
+  /// @{
+
+  /// \brief Create a compiler invocation from a list of input options.
+  /// \returns true on success.
+  ///
+  /// \param [out] Res - The resulting invocation.
+  /// \param ArgBegin - The first element in the argument vector.
+  /// \param ArgEnd - The last element in the argument vector.
+  /// \param Diags - The diagnostic engine to use for errors.
+  static bool CreateFromArgs(CompilerInvocation &Res,
+                             const char* const *ArgBegin,
+                             const char* const *ArgEnd,
+                             DiagnosticsEngine &Diags);
+
+  /// \brief Get the directory where the compiler headers
+  /// reside, relative to the compiler binary (found by the passed in
+  /// arguments).
+  ///
+  /// \param Argv0 - The program path (from argv[0]), for finding the builtin
+  /// compiler path.
+  /// \param MainAddr - The address of main (or some other function in the main
+  /// executable), for finding the builtin compiler path.
+  static std::string GetResourcesPath(const char *Argv0, void *MainAddr);
+
+  /// \brief Set language defaults for the given input language and
+  /// language standard in the given LangOptions object.
+  ///
+  /// \param Opts - The LangOptions object to set up.
+  /// \param IK - The input language.
+  /// \param LangStd - The input language standard.
+  static void setLangDefaults(LangOptions &Opts, InputKind IK,
+                   LangStandard::Kind LangStd = LangStandard::lang_unspecified);
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve a module hash string that is suitable for uniquely 
+  /// identifying the conditions under which the module was built.
+  std::string getModuleHash() const;
+  
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Option Subgroups
+  /// @{
+
+  AnalyzerOptionsRef getAnalyzerOpts() const {
+    return AnalyzerOpts;
+  }
+
+  MigratorOptions &getMigratorOpts() { return MigratorOpts; }
+  const MigratorOptions &getMigratorOpts() const {
+    return MigratorOpts;
+  }
+  
+  CodeGenOptions &getCodeGenOpts() { return CodeGenOpts; }
+  const CodeGenOptions &getCodeGenOpts() const {
+    return CodeGenOpts;
+  }
+
+  DependencyOutputOptions &getDependencyOutputOpts() {
+    return DependencyOutputOpts;
+  }
+  const DependencyOutputOptions &getDependencyOutputOpts() const {
+    return DependencyOutputOpts;
+  }
+
+  FileSystemOptions &getFileSystemOpts() { return FileSystemOpts; }
+  const FileSystemOptions &getFileSystemOpts() const {
+    return FileSystemOpts;
+  }
+
+  FrontendOptions &getFrontendOpts() { return FrontendOpts; }
+  const FrontendOptions &getFrontendOpts() const {
+    return FrontendOpts;
+  }
+
+  PreprocessorOutputOptions &getPreprocessorOutputOpts() {
+    return PreprocessorOutputOpts;
+  }
+  const PreprocessorOutputOptions &getPreprocessorOutputOpts() const {
+    return PreprocessorOutputOpts;
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/DependencyOutputOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/DependencyOutputOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83976c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/DependencyOutputOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+//===--- DependencyOutputOptions.h ------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_DEPENDENCYOUTPUTOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_DEPENDENCYOUTPUTOPTIONS_H
+
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// DependencyOutputOptions - Options for controlling the compiler dependency
+/// file generation.
+class DependencyOutputOptions {
+public:
+  unsigned IncludeSystemHeaders : 1; ///< Include system header dependencies.
+  unsigned ShowHeaderIncludes : 1;   ///< Show header inclusions (-H).
+  unsigned UsePhonyTargets : 1;      ///< Include phony targets for each
+                                     /// dependency, which can avoid some 'make'
+                                     /// problems.
+  unsigned AddMissingHeaderDeps : 1; ///< Add missing headers to dependency list
+  
+  /// The file to write dependency output to.
+  std::string OutputFile;
+
+  /// The file to write header include output to. This is orthogonal to
+  /// ShowHeaderIncludes (-H) and will include headers mentioned in the
+  /// predefines buffer. If the output file is "-", output will be sent to
+  /// stderr.
+  std::string HeaderIncludeOutputFile;
+
+  /// A list of names to use as the targets in the dependency file; this list
+  /// must contain at least one entry.
+  std::vector<std::string> Targets;
+
+  /// \brief The file to write GraphViz-formatted header dependencies to.
+  std::string DOTOutputFile;
+  
+public:
+  DependencyOutputOptions() {
+    IncludeSystemHeaders = 0;
+    ShowHeaderIncludes = 0;
+    UsePhonyTargets = 0;
+    AddMissingHeaderDeps = 0;
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/DiagnosticRenderer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/DiagnosticRenderer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3cd054
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/DiagnosticRenderer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+//===--- DiagnosticRenderer.h - Diagnostic Pretty-Printing ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This is a utility class that provides support for pretty-printing of
+// diagnostics. It is used to implement the different code paths which require
+// such functionality in a consistent way.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_DIAGNOSTIC_RENDERER_H_
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_DIAGNOSTIC_RENDERER_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class DiagnosticOptions;
+class LangOptions;
+class SourceManager;
+
+typedef llvm::PointerUnion<const Diagnostic *,
+                           const StoredDiagnostic *> DiagOrStoredDiag;
+  
+/// \brief Class to encapsulate the logic for formatting a diagnostic message.
+///
+/// Actual "printing" logic is implemented by subclasses.
+///
+/// This class provides an interface for building and emitting
+/// diagnostic, including all of the macro backtraces, caret diagnostics, FixIt
+/// Hints, and code snippets. In the presence of macros this involves
+/// a recursive process, synthesizing notes for each macro expansion.
+///
+/// A brief worklist:
+/// FIXME: Sink the recursive printing of template instantiations into this
+/// class.
+class DiagnosticRenderer {
+protected:
+  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticOptions> DiagOpts;
+  
+  /// \brief The location of the previous diagnostic if known.
+  ///
+  /// This will be invalid in cases where there is no (known) previous
+  /// diagnostic location, or that location itself is invalid or comes from
+  /// a different source manager than SM.
+  SourceLocation LastLoc;
+  
+  /// \brief The location of the last include whose stack was printed if known.
+  ///
+  /// Same restriction as LastLoc essentially, but tracking include stack
+  /// root locations rather than diagnostic locations.
+  SourceLocation LastIncludeLoc;
+  
+  /// \brief The level of the last diagnostic emitted.
+  ///
+  /// The level of the last diagnostic emitted. Used to detect level changes
+  /// which change the amount of information displayed.
+  DiagnosticsEngine::Level LastLevel;
+
+  DiagnosticRenderer(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                     DiagnosticOptions *DiagOpts);
+  
+  virtual ~DiagnosticRenderer();
+  
+  virtual void emitDiagnosticMessage(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                     DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                                     StringRef Message,
+                                     ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> Ranges,
+                                     const SourceManager *SM,
+                                     DiagOrStoredDiag Info) = 0;
+  
+  virtual void emitDiagnosticLoc(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                                 ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> Ranges,
+                                 const SourceManager &SM) = 0;
+  
+  virtual void emitBasicNote(StringRef Message) = 0;
+  
+  virtual void emitCodeContext(SourceLocation Loc,
+                               DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                               SmallVectorImpl<CharSourceRange>& Ranges,
+                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> Hints,
+                               const SourceManager &SM) = 0;
+  
+  virtual void emitIncludeLocation(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                   const SourceManager &SM) = 0;
+  virtual void emitImportLocation(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                  StringRef ModuleName,
+                                  const SourceManager &SM) = 0;
+  virtual void emitBuildingModuleLocation(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                          StringRef ModuleName,
+                                          const SourceManager &SM) = 0;
+
+  virtual void beginDiagnostic(DiagOrStoredDiag D,
+                               DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level) {}
+  virtual void endDiagnostic(DiagOrStoredDiag D,
+                             DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level) {}
+
+  
+private:
+  void emitIncludeStack(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                        DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level, const SourceManager &SM);
+  void emitIncludeStackRecursively(SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM);
+  void emitImportStack(SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM);
+  void emitImportStackRecursively(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef ModuleName,
+                                  const SourceManager &SM);
+  void emitModuleBuildStack(const SourceManager &SM);
+  void emitCaret(SourceLocation Loc, DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                 ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> Ranges, ArrayRef<FixItHint> Hints,
+                 const SourceManager &SM);
+  void emitMacroExpansions(SourceLocation Loc,
+                           DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                           ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> Ranges,
+                           ArrayRef<FixItHint> Hints,
+                           const SourceManager &SM,
+                           unsigned &MacroDepth,
+                           unsigned OnMacroInst = 0);
+public:
+  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
+  ///
+  /// This is the primary entry point for emitting diagnostic messages.
+  /// It handles formatting and rendering the message as well as any ancillary
+  /// information needed based on macros whose expansions impact the
+  /// diagnostic.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The location for this caret.
+  /// \param Level The level of the diagnostic to be emitted.
+  /// \param Message The diagnostic message to emit.
+  /// \param Ranges The underlined ranges for this code snippet.
+  /// \param FixItHints The FixIt hints active for this diagnostic.
+  /// \param SM The SourceManager; will be null if the diagnostic came from the
+  ///        frontend, thus \p Loc will be invalid.
+  void emitDiagnostic(SourceLocation Loc, DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                      StringRef Message, ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> Ranges,
+                      ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixItHints,
+                      const SourceManager *SM,
+                      DiagOrStoredDiag D = (Diagnostic *)0);
+
+  void emitStoredDiagnostic(StoredDiagnostic &Diag);
+};
+  
+/// Subclass of DiagnosticRender that turns all subdiagostics into explicit
+/// notes.  It is up to subclasses to further define the behavior.
+class DiagnosticNoteRenderer : public DiagnosticRenderer {
+public:
+  DiagnosticNoteRenderer(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                         DiagnosticOptions *DiagOpts)
+    : DiagnosticRenderer(LangOpts, DiagOpts) {}
+  
+  virtual ~DiagnosticNoteRenderer();
+  
+  virtual void emitBasicNote(StringRef Message);
+    
+  virtual void emitIncludeLocation(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                   PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                   const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  virtual void emitImportLocation(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                  StringRef ModuleName,
+                                  const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  virtual void emitBuildingModuleLocation(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                          StringRef ModuleName,
+                                          const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  virtual void emitNote(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Message,
+                        const SourceManager *SM) = 0;
+};
+} // end clang namespace
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c67be92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+//===-- FrontendAction.h - Generic Frontend Action Interface ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::FrontendAction interface and various convenience
+/// abstract classes (clang::ASTFrontendAction, clang::PluginASTAction,
+/// clang::PreprocessorFrontendAction, and clang::WrapperFrontendAction)
+/// derived from it.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_FRONTENDACTION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_FRONTENDACTION_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendOptions.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+class ASTConsumer;
+class ASTMergeAction;
+class ASTUnit;
+class CompilerInstance;
+
+/// Abstract base class for actions which can be performed by the frontend.
+class FrontendAction {
+  FrontendInputFile CurrentInput;
+  OwningPtr<ASTUnit> CurrentASTUnit;
+  CompilerInstance *Instance;
+  friend class ASTMergeAction;
+  friend class WrapperFrontendAction;
+
+private:
+  ASTConsumer* CreateWrappedASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                        StringRef InFile);
+
+protected:
+  /// @name Implementation Action Interface
+  /// @{
+
+  /// \brief Create the AST consumer object for this action, if supported.
+  ///
+  /// This routine is called as part of BeginSourceFile(), which will
+  /// fail if the AST consumer cannot be created. This will not be called if the
+  /// action has indicated that it only uses the preprocessor.
+  ///
+  /// \param CI - The current compiler instance, provided as a convenience, see
+  /// getCompilerInstance().
+  ///
+  /// \param InFile - The current input file, provided as a convenience, see
+  /// getCurrentFile().
+  ///
+  /// \return The new AST consumer, or null on failure.
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile) = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Callback before starting processing a single input, giving the
+  /// opportunity to modify the CompilerInvocation or do some other action
+  /// before BeginSourceFileAction is called.
+  ///
+  /// \return True on success; on failure BeginSourceFileAction(),
+  /// ExecuteAction() and EndSourceFileAction() will not be called.
+  virtual bool BeginInvocation(CompilerInstance &CI) { return true; }
+
+  /// \brief Callback at the start of processing a single input.
+  ///
+  /// \return True on success; on failure ExecutionAction() and
+  /// EndSourceFileAction() will not be called.
+  virtual bool BeginSourceFileAction(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                     StringRef Filename) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback to run the program action, using the initialized
+  /// compiler instance.
+  ///
+  /// This is guaranteed to only be called between BeginSourceFileAction()
+  /// and EndSourceFileAction().
+  virtual void ExecuteAction() = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Callback at the end of processing a single input.
+  ///
+  /// This is guaranteed to only be called following a successful call to
+  /// BeginSourceFileAction (and BeginSourceFile).
+  virtual void EndSourceFileAction() {}
+
+  /// @}
+
+public:
+  FrontendAction();
+  virtual ~FrontendAction();
+
+  /// @name Compiler Instance Access
+  /// @{
+
+  CompilerInstance &getCompilerInstance() const {
+    assert(Instance && "Compiler instance not registered!");
+    return *Instance;
+  }
+
+  void setCompilerInstance(CompilerInstance *Value) { Instance = Value; }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Current File Information
+  /// @{
+
+  bool isCurrentFileAST() const {
+    assert(!CurrentInput.isEmpty() && "No current file!");
+    return CurrentASTUnit != 0;
+  }
+
+  const FrontendInputFile &getCurrentInput() const {
+    return CurrentInput;
+  }
+  
+  const StringRef getCurrentFile() const {
+    assert(!CurrentInput.isEmpty() && "No current file!");
+    return CurrentInput.getFile();
+  }
+
+  InputKind getCurrentFileKind() const {
+    assert(!CurrentInput.isEmpty() && "No current file!");
+    return CurrentInput.getKind();
+  }
+
+  ASTUnit &getCurrentASTUnit() const {
+    assert(CurrentASTUnit && "No current AST unit!");
+    return *CurrentASTUnit;
+  }
+
+  ASTUnit *takeCurrentASTUnit() {
+    return CurrentASTUnit.take();
+  }
+
+  void setCurrentInput(const FrontendInputFile &CurrentInput, ASTUnit *AST = 0);
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Supported Modes
+  /// @{
+
+  /// \brief Does this action only use the preprocessor?
+  ///
+  /// If so no AST context will be created and this action will be invalid
+  /// with AST file inputs.
+  virtual bool usesPreprocessorOnly() const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief For AST-based actions, the kind of translation unit we're handling.
+  virtual TranslationUnitKind getTranslationUnitKind() { return TU_Complete; }
+
+  /// \brief Does this action support use with PCH?
+  virtual bool hasPCHSupport() const { return !usesPreprocessorOnly(); }
+
+  /// \brief Does this action support use with AST files?
+  virtual bool hasASTFileSupport() const { return !usesPreprocessorOnly(); }
+
+  /// \brief Does this action support use with IR files?
+  virtual bool hasIRSupport() const { return false; }
+
+  /// \brief Does this action support use with code completion?
+  virtual bool hasCodeCompletionSupport() const { return false; }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Public Action Interface
+  /// @{
+
+  /// \brief Prepare the action for processing the input file \p Input.
+  ///
+  /// This is run after the options and frontend have been initialized,
+  /// but prior to executing any per-file processing.
+  ///
+  /// \param CI - The compiler instance this action is being run from. The
+  /// action may store and use this object up until the matching EndSourceFile
+  /// action.
+  ///
+  /// \param Input - The input filename and kind. Some input kinds are handled
+  /// specially, for example AST inputs, since the AST file itself contains
+  /// several objects which would normally be owned by the
+  /// CompilerInstance. When processing AST input files, these objects should
+  /// generally not be initialized in the CompilerInstance -- they will
+  /// automatically be shared with the AST file in between
+  /// BeginSourceFile() and EndSourceFile().
+  ///
+  /// \return True on success; on failure the compilation of this file should
+  /// be aborted and neither Execute() nor EndSourceFile() should be called.
+  bool BeginSourceFile(CompilerInstance &CI, const FrontendInputFile &Input);
+
+  /// \brief Set the source manager's main input file, and run the action.
+  bool Execute();
+
+  /// \brief Perform any per-file post processing, deallocate per-file
+  /// objects, and run statistics and output file cleanup code.
+  void EndSourceFile();
+
+  /// @}
+};
+
+/// \brief Abstract base class to use for AST consumer-based frontend actions.
+class ASTFrontendAction : public FrontendAction {
+protected:
+  /// \brief Implement the ExecuteAction interface by running Sema on
+  /// the already-initialized AST consumer.
+  ///
+  /// This will also take care of instantiating a code completion consumer if
+  /// the user requested it and the action supports it.
+  virtual void ExecuteAction();
+
+public:
+  virtual bool usesPreprocessorOnly() const { return false; }
+};
+
+class PluginASTAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile) = 0;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Parse the given plugin command line arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \param CI - The compiler instance, for use in reporting diagnostics.
+  /// \return True if the parsing succeeded; otherwise the plugin will be
+  /// destroyed and no action run. The plugin is responsible for using the
+  /// CompilerInstance's Diagnostic object to report errors.
+  virtual bool ParseArgs(const CompilerInstance &CI,
+                         const std::vector<std::string> &arg) = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief Abstract base class to use for preprocessor-based frontend actions.
+class PreprocessorFrontendAction : public FrontendAction {
+protected:
+  /// \brief Provide a default implementation which returns aborts;
+  /// this method should never be called by FrontendAction clients.
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+
+public:
+  virtual bool usesPreprocessorOnly() const { return true; }
+};
+
+/// \brief A frontend action which simply wraps some other runtime-specified
+/// frontend action.
+///
+/// Deriving from this class allows an action to inject custom logic around
+/// some existing action's behavior. It implements every virtual method in
+/// the FrontendAction interface by forwarding to the wrapped action.
+class WrapperFrontendAction : public FrontendAction {
+  OwningPtr<FrontendAction> WrappedAction;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+  virtual bool BeginInvocation(CompilerInstance &CI);
+  virtual bool BeginSourceFileAction(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                     StringRef Filename);
+  virtual void ExecuteAction();
+  virtual void EndSourceFileAction();
+
+public:
+  /// Construct a WrapperFrontendAction from an existing action, taking
+  /// ownership of it.
+  WrapperFrontendAction(FrontendAction *WrappedAction);
+
+  virtual bool usesPreprocessorOnly() const;
+  virtual TranslationUnitKind getTranslationUnitKind();
+  virtual bool hasPCHSupport() const;
+  virtual bool hasASTFileSupport() const;
+  virtual bool hasIRSupport() const;
+  virtual bool hasCodeCompletionSupport() const;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendActions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendActions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1786190
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendActions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+//===-- FrontendActions.h - Useful Frontend Actions -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_FRONTENDACTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_FRONTENDACTIONS_H
+
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Module;
+  
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Custom Consumer Actions
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class InitOnlyAction : public FrontendAction {
+  virtual void ExecuteAction();
+
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+
+public:
+  // Don't claim to only use the preprocessor, we want to follow the AST path,
+  // but do nothing.
+  virtual bool usesPreprocessorOnly() const { return false; }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// AST Consumer Actions
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class ASTPrintAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+};
+
+class ASTDumpAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+};
+
+class ASTDeclListAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+};
+
+class ASTDumpXMLAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+};
+
+class ASTViewAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+};
+
+class DeclContextPrintAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+};
+
+class GeneratePCHAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+
+  virtual TranslationUnitKind getTranslationUnitKind() {
+    return TU_Prefix;
+  }
+
+  virtual bool hasASTFileSupport() const { return false; }
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Compute the AST consumer arguments that will be used to
+  /// create the PCHGenerator instance returned by CreateASTConsumer.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  static bool ComputeASTConsumerArguments(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                          StringRef InFile,
+                                          std::string &Sysroot,
+                                          std::string &OutputFile,
+                                          raw_ostream *&OS);
+};
+
+class GenerateModuleAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+  clang::Module *Module;
+  
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+  
+  virtual TranslationUnitKind getTranslationUnitKind() { 
+    return TU_Module;
+  }
+  
+  virtual bool hasASTFileSupport() const { return false; }
+  
+public:
+  virtual bool BeginSourceFileAction(CompilerInstance &CI, StringRef Filename);
+  
+  /// \brief Compute the AST consumer arguments that will be used to
+  /// create the PCHGenerator instance returned by CreateASTConsumer.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  static bool ComputeASTConsumerArguments(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                          StringRef InFile,
+                                          std::string &Sysroot,
+                                          std::string &OutputFile,
+                                          raw_ostream *&OS);
+};
+
+class SyntaxOnlyAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+
+public:
+  virtual bool hasCodeCompletionSupport() const { return true; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Dump information about the given module file, to be used for
+/// basic debugging and discovery.
+class DumpModuleInfoAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+  virtual void ExecuteAction();
+  
+public:
+  virtual bool hasPCHSupport() const { return false; }
+  virtual bool hasASTFileSupport() const { return true; }
+  virtual bool hasIRSupport() const { return false; }
+  virtual bool hasCodeCompletionSupport() const { return false; }
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Frontend action adaptor that merges ASTs together.
+ *
+ * This action takes an existing AST file and "merges" it into the AST
+ * context, producing a merged context. This action is an action
+ * adaptor, which forwards most of its calls to another action that
+ * will consume the merged context.
+ */
+class ASTMergeAction : public FrontendAction {
+  /// \brief The action that the merge action adapts.
+  FrontendAction *AdaptedAction;
+  
+  /// \brief The set of AST files to merge.
+  std::vector<std::string> ASTFiles;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+
+  virtual bool BeginSourceFileAction(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                     StringRef Filename);
+
+  virtual void ExecuteAction();
+  virtual void EndSourceFileAction();
+
+public:
+  ASTMergeAction(FrontendAction *AdaptedAction, ArrayRef<std::string> ASTFiles);
+  virtual ~ASTMergeAction();
+
+  virtual bool usesPreprocessorOnly() const;
+  virtual TranslationUnitKind getTranslationUnitKind();
+  virtual bool hasPCHSupport() const;
+  virtual bool hasASTFileSupport() const;
+  virtual bool hasCodeCompletionSupport() const;
+};
+
+class PrintPreambleAction : public FrontendAction {
+protected:
+  void ExecuteAction();
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &, StringRef) { 
+    return 0; 
+  }
+  
+  virtual bool usesPreprocessorOnly() const { return true; }
+};
+  
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Preprocessor Actions
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class DumpRawTokensAction : public PreprocessorFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  void ExecuteAction();
+};
+
+class DumpTokensAction : public PreprocessorFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  void ExecuteAction();
+};
+
+class GeneratePTHAction : public PreprocessorFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  void ExecuteAction();
+};
+
+class PreprocessOnlyAction : public PreprocessorFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  void ExecuteAction();
+};
+
+class PrintPreprocessedAction : public PreprocessorFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  void ExecuteAction();
+
+  virtual bool hasPCHSupport() const { return true; }
+};
+  
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b05b74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+//===--- DiagnosticFrontend.h - Diagnostics for frontend --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTENDDIAGNOSTIC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTENDDIAGNOSTIC_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace diag {
+    enum {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,FLAGS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,\
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER,CATEGORY) ENUM,
+#define FRONTENDSTART
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticFrontendKinds.inc"
+#undef DIAG
+      NUM_BUILTIN_FRONTEND_DIAGNOSTICS
+    };
+  }  // end namespace diag
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..234e344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+//===--- FrontendOptions.h --------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_FRONTENDOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_FRONTENDOPTIONS_H
+
+#include "clang/Frontend/CommandLineSourceLoc.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteOptions.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+class MemoryBuffer;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace frontend {
+  enum ActionKind {
+    ASTDeclList,            ///< Parse ASTs and list Decl nodes.
+    ASTDump,                ///< Parse ASTs and dump them.
+    ASTDumpXML,             ///< Parse ASTs and dump them in XML.
+    ASTPrint,               ///< Parse ASTs and print them.
+    ASTView,                ///< Parse ASTs and view them in Graphviz.
+    DumpRawTokens,          ///< Dump out raw tokens.
+    DumpTokens,             ///< Dump out preprocessed tokens.
+    EmitAssembly,           ///< Emit a .s file.
+    EmitBC,                 ///< Emit a .bc file.
+    EmitHTML,               ///< Translate input source into HTML.
+    EmitLLVM,               ///< Emit a .ll file.
+    EmitLLVMOnly,           ///< Generate LLVM IR, but do not emit anything.
+    EmitCodeGenOnly,        ///< Generate machine code, but don't emit anything.
+    EmitObj,                ///< Emit a .o file.
+    FixIt,                  ///< Parse and apply any fixits to the source.
+    GenerateModule,         ///< Generate pre-compiled module.
+    GeneratePCH,            ///< Generate pre-compiled header.
+    GeneratePTH,            ///< Generate pre-tokenized header.
+    InitOnly,               ///< Only execute frontend initialization.
+    ModuleFileInfo,         ///< Dump information about a module file.
+    ParseSyntaxOnly,        ///< Parse and perform semantic analysis.
+    PluginAction,           ///< Run a plugin action, \see ActionName.
+    PrintDeclContext,       ///< Print DeclContext and their Decls.
+    PrintPreamble,          ///< Print the "preamble" of the input file
+    PrintPreprocessedInput, ///< -E mode.
+    RewriteMacros,          ///< Expand macros but not \#includes.
+    RewriteObjC,            ///< ObjC->C Rewriter.
+    RewriteTest,            ///< Rewriter playground
+    RunAnalysis,            ///< Run one or more source code analyses.
+    MigrateSource,          ///< Run migrator.
+    RunPreprocessorOnly     ///< Just lex, no output.
+  };
+}
+
+enum InputKind {
+  IK_None,
+  IK_Asm,
+  IK_C,
+  IK_CXX,
+  IK_ObjC,
+  IK_ObjCXX,
+  IK_PreprocessedC,
+  IK_PreprocessedCXX,
+  IK_PreprocessedObjC,
+  IK_PreprocessedObjCXX,
+  IK_OpenCL,
+  IK_CUDA,
+  IK_AST,
+  IK_LLVM_IR
+};
+
+  
+/// \brief An input file for the front end.
+class FrontendInputFile {
+  /// \brief The file name, or "-" to read from standard input.
+  std::string File;
+
+  llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer;
+
+  /// \brief The kind of input, e.g., C source, AST file, LLVM IR.
+  InputKind Kind;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we're dealing with a 'system' input (vs. a 'user' input).
+  bool IsSystem;
+
+public:
+  FrontendInputFile() : Buffer(0), Kind(IK_None) { }
+  FrontendInputFile(StringRef File, InputKind Kind, bool IsSystem = false)
+    : File(File.str()), Buffer(0), Kind(Kind), IsSystem(IsSystem) { }
+  FrontendInputFile(llvm::MemoryBuffer *buffer, InputKind Kind,
+                    bool IsSystem = false)
+    : Buffer(buffer), Kind(Kind), IsSystem(IsSystem) { }
+
+  InputKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+  bool isSystem() const { return IsSystem; }
+
+  bool isEmpty() const { return File.empty() && Buffer == 0; }
+  bool isFile() const { return !isBuffer(); }
+  bool isBuffer() const { return Buffer != 0; }
+
+  StringRef getFile() const {
+    assert(isFile());
+    return File;
+  }
+  llvm::MemoryBuffer *getBuffer() const {
+    assert(isBuffer());
+    return Buffer;
+  }
+};
+
+/// FrontendOptions - Options for controlling the behavior of the frontend.
+class FrontendOptions {
+public:
+  unsigned DisableFree : 1;                ///< Disable memory freeing on exit.
+  unsigned RelocatablePCH : 1;             ///< When generating PCH files,
+                                           /// instruct the AST writer to create
+                                           /// relocatable PCH files.
+  unsigned ShowHelp : 1;                   ///< Show the -help text.
+  unsigned ShowStats : 1;                  ///< Show frontend performance
+                                           /// metrics and statistics.
+  unsigned ShowTimers : 1;                 ///< Show timers for individual
+                                           /// actions.
+  unsigned ShowVersion : 1;                ///< Show the -version text.
+  unsigned FixWhatYouCan : 1;              ///< Apply fixes even if there are
+                                           /// unfixable errors.
+  unsigned FixOnlyWarnings : 1;            ///< Apply fixes only for warnings.
+  unsigned FixAndRecompile : 1;            ///< Apply fixes and recompile.
+  unsigned FixToTemporaries : 1;           ///< Apply fixes to temporary files.
+  unsigned ARCMTMigrateEmitARCErrors : 1;  /// Emit ARC errors even if the
+                                           /// migrator can fix them
+  unsigned SkipFunctionBodies : 1;         ///< Skip over function bodies to
+                                           /// speed up parsing in cases you do
+                                           /// not need them (e.g. with code
+                                           /// completion).
+  unsigned UseGlobalModuleIndex : 1;       ///< Whether we can use the
+                                           ///< global module index if available.
+  unsigned GenerateGlobalModuleIndex : 1;  ///< Whether we can generate the
+                                           ///< global module index if needed.
+
+  CodeCompleteOptions CodeCompleteOpts;
+
+  enum {
+    ARCMT_None,
+    ARCMT_Check,
+    ARCMT_Modify,
+    ARCMT_Migrate
+  } ARCMTAction;
+
+  enum {
+    ObjCMT_None = 0,
+    /// \brief Enable migration to modern ObjC literals.
+    ObjCMT_Literals = 0x1,
+    /// \brief Enable migration to modern ObjC subscripting.
+    ObjCMT_Subscripting = 0x2
+  };
+  unsigned ObjCMTAction;
+
+  std::string MTMigrateDir;
+  std::string ARCMTMigrateReportOut;
+
+  /// The input files and their types.
+  std::vector<FrontendInputFile> Inputs;
+
+  /// The output file, if any.
+  std::string OutputFile;
+
+  /// If given, the new suffix for fix-it rewritten files.
+  std::string FixItSuffix;
+
+  /// If given, filter dumped AST Decl nodes by this substring.
+  std::string ASTDumpFilter;
+
+  /// If given, enable code completion at the provided location.
+  ParsedSourceLocation CodeCompletionAt;
+
+  /// The frontend action to perform.
+  frontend::ActionKind ProgramAction;
+
+  /// The name of the action to run when using a plugin action.
+  std::string ActionName;
+
+  /// Args to pass to the plugin
+  std::vector<std::string> PluginArgs;
+
+  /// The list of plugin actions to run in addition to the normal action.
+  std::vector<std::string> AddPluginActions;
+
+  /// Args to pass to the additional plugins
+  std::vector<std::vector<std::string> > AddPluginArgs;
+
+  /// The list of plugins to load.
+  std::vector<std::string> Plugins;
+
+  /// \brief The list of AST files to merge.
+  std::vector<std::string> ASTMergeFiles;
+
+  /// \brief A list of arguments to forward to LLVM's option processing; this
+  /// should only be used for debugging and experimental features.
+  std::vector<std::string> LLVMArgs;
+
+  /// \brief File name of the file that will provide record layouts
+  /// (in the format produced by -fdump-record-layouts).
+  std::string OverrideRecordLayoutsFile;
+  
+public:
+  FrontendOptions() :
+    DisableFree(false), RelocatablePCH(false), ShowHelp(false),
+    ShowStats(false), ShowTimers(false), ShowVersion(false),
+    FixWhatYouCan(false), FixOnlyWarnings(false), FixAndRecompile(false),
+    FixToTemporaries(false), ARCMTMigrateEmitARCErrors(false),
+    SkipFunctionBodies(false), UseGlobalModuleIndex(true),
+    GenerateGlobalModuleIndex(true),
+    ARCMTAction(ARCMT_None), ObjCMTAction(ObjCMT_None),
+    ProgramAction(frontend::ParseSyntaxOnly)
+  {}
+
+  /// getInputKindForExtension - Return the appropriate input kind for a file
+  /// extension. For example, "c" would return IK_C.
+  ///
+  /// \return The input kind for the extension, or IK_None if the extension is
+  /// not recognized.
+  static InputKind getInputKindForExtension(StringRef Extension);
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendPluginRegistry.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendPluginRegistry.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec925ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/FrontendPluginRegistry.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+//===-- FrontendAction.h - Pluggable Frontend Action Interface --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_PLUGINFRONTENDACTION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_PLUGINFRONTENDACTION_H
+
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Registry.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// The frontend plugin registry.
+typedef llvm::Registry<PluginASTAction> FrontendPluginRegistry;
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LangStandard.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LangStandard.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1124d53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LangStandard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+//===--- LangStandard.h -----------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_LANGSTANDARD_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_LANGSTANDARD_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace frontend {
+
+enum LangFeatures {
+  LineComment = (1 << 0),
+  C89 = (1 << 1),
+  C99 = (1 << 2),
+  C11 = (1 << 3),
+  CPlusPlus = (1 << 4),
+  CPlusPlus11 = (1 << 5),
+  CPlusPlus1y = (1 << 6),
+  Digraphs = (1 << 7),
+  GNUMode = (1 << 8),
+  HexFloat = (1 << 9),
+  ImplicitInt = (1 << 10)
+};
+
+}
+
+/// LangStandard - Information about the properties of a particular language
+/// standard.
+struct LangStandard {
+  enum Kind {
+#define LANGSTANDARD(id, name, desc, features) \
+    lang_##id,
+#include "clang/Frontend/LangStandards.def"
+    lang_unspecified
+  };
+
+  const char *ShortName;
+  const char *Description;
+  unsigned Flags;
+
+public:
+  /// getName - Get the name of this standard.
+  const char *getName() const { return ShortName; }
+
+  /// getDescription - Get the description of this standard.
+  const char *getDescription() const { return Description; }
+
+  /// Language supports '//' comments.
+  bool hasLineComments() const { return Flags & frontend::LineComment; }
+
+  /// isC89 - Language is a superset of C89.
+  bool isC89() const { return Flags & frontend::C89; }
+
+  /// isC99 - Language is a superset of C99.
+  bool isC99() const { return Flags & frontend::C99; }
+
+  /// isC11 - Language is a superset of C11.
+  bool isC11() const { return Flags & frontend::C11; }
+
+  /// isCPlusPlus - Language is a C++ variant.
+  bool isCPlusPlus() const { return Flags & frontend::CPlusPlus; }
+
+  /// isCPlusPlus11 - Language is a C++0x variant.
+  bool isCPlusPlus11() const { return Flags & frontend::CPlusPlus11; }
+
+  /// isCPlusPlus1y - Language is a C++1y variant.
+  bool isCPlusPlus1y() const { return Flags & frontend::CPlusPlus1y; }
+
+  /// hasDigraphs - Language supports digraphs.
+  bool hasDigraphs() const { return Flags & frontend::Digraphs; }
+
+  /// isGNUMode - Language includes GNU extensions.
+  bool isGNUMode() const { return Flags & frontend::GNUMode; }
+
+  /// hasHexFloats - Language supports hexadecimal float constants.
+  bool hasHexFloats() const { return Flags & frontend::HexFloat; }
+
+  /// hasImplicitInt - Language allows variables to be typed as int implicitly.
+  bool hasImplicitInt() const { return Flags & frontend::ImplicitInt; }
+
+  static const LangStandard &getLangStandardForKind(Kind K);
+  static const LangStandard *getLangStandardForName(StringRef Name);
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LangStandards.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LangStandards.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b2516b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LangStandards.def
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+//===-- LangStandards.def - Language Standard Data --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LANGSTANDARD
+#error "LANGSTANDARD must be defined before including this file"
+#endif
+
+/// LANGSTANDARD(IDENT, NAME, DESC, FEATURES)
+///
+/// \param IDENT - The name of the standard as a C++ identifier.
+/// \param NAME - The name of the standard.
+/// \param DESC - A short description of the standard.
+/// \param FEATURES - The standard features as flags, these are enums from the
+/// clang::frontend namespace, which is assumed to be be available.
+
+// C89-ish modes.
+LANGSTANDARD(c89, "c89",
+             "ISO C 1990",
+             C89 | ImplicitInt)
+LANGSTANDARD(c90, "c90",
+             "ISO C 1990",
+             C89 | ImplicitInt)
+LANGSTANDARD(iso9899_1990, "iso9899:1990",
+             "ISO C 1990",
+             C89 | ImplicitInt)
+
+LANGSTANDARD(c94, "iso9899:199409",
+             "ISO C 1990 with amendment 1",
+             C89 | Digraphs | ImplicitInt)
+
+LANGSTANDARD(gnu89, "gnu89",
+             "ISO C 1990 with GNU extensions",
+             LineComment | C89 | Digraphs | GNUMode | ImplicitInt)
+LANGSTANDARD(gnu90, "gnu90",
+             "ISO C 1990 with GNU extensions",
+             LineComment | C89 | Digraphs | GNUMode | ImplicitInt)
+
+// C99-ish modes
+LANGSTANDARD(c99, "c99",
+             "ISO C 1999",
+             LineComment | C99 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+LANGSTANDARD(c9x, "c9x",
+             "ISO C 1999",
+             LineComment | C99 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+LANGSTANDARD(iso9899_1999,
+             "iso9899:1999", "ISO C 1999",
+             LineComment | C99 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+LANGSTANDARD(iso9899_199x,
+             "iso9899:199x", "ISO C 1999",
+             LineComment | C99 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+
+LANGSTANDARD(gnu99, "gnu99",
+             "ISO C 1999 with GNU extensions",
+             LineComment | C99 | Digraphs | GNUMode | HexFloat)
+LANGSTANDARD(gnu9x, "gnu9x",
+             "ISO C 1999 with GNU extensions",
+             LineComment | C99 | Digraphs | GNUMode | HexFloat)
+
+// C11 modes
+LANGSTANDARD(c11, "c11",
+             "ISO C 2011",
+             LineComment | C99 | C11 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+LANGSTANDARD(c1x, "c1x",
+             "ISO C 2011",
+             LineComment | C99 | C11 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+LANGSTANDARD(iso9899_2011,
+             "iso9899:2011", "ISO C 2011",
+             LineComment | C99 | C11 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+LANGSTANDARD(iso9899_201x,
+             "iso9899:2011", "ISO C 2011",
+             LineComment | C99 | C11 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+
+LANGSTANDARD(gnu11, "gnu11",
+             "ISO C 2011 with GNU extensions",
+             LineComment | C99 | C11 | Digraphs | GNUMode | HexFloat)
+LANGSTANDARD(gnu1x, "gnu1x",
+             "ISO C 2011 with GNU extensions",
+             LineComment | C99 | C11 | Digraphs | GNUMode | HexFloat)
+
+// C++ modes
+LANGSTANDARD(cxx98, "c++98",
+             "ISO C++ 1998 with amendments",
+             LineComment | CPlusPlus | Digraphs)
+LANGSTANDARD(cxx03, "c++03",
+             "ISO C++ 1998 with amendments",
+             LineComment | CPlusPlus | Digraphs)
+LANGSTANDARD(gnucxx98, "gnu++98",
+             "ISO C++ 1998 with amendments and GNU extensions",
+             LineComment | CPlusPlus | Digraphs | GNUMode)
+
+LANGSTANDARD(cxx0x, "c++0x",
+             "ISO C++ 2011 with amendments",
+             LineComment | CPlusPlus | CPlusPlus11 | Digraphs)
+LANGSTANDARD(cxx11, "c++11",
+             "ISO C++ 2011 with amendments",
+             LineComment | CPlusPlus | CPlusPlus11 | Digraphs)
+LANGSTANDARD(gnucxx0x, "gnu++0x",
+             "ISO C++ 2011 with amendments and GNU extensions",
+             LineComment | CPlusPlus | CPlusPlus11 | Digraphs | GNUMode)
+LANGSTANDARD(gnucxx11, "gnu++11",
+             "ISO C++ 2011 with amendments and GNU extensions",
+             LineComment | CPlusPlus | CPlusPlus11 | Digraphs | GNUMode)
+
+LANGSTANDARD(cxx1y, "c++1y",
+             "Working draft for ISO C++ 2014",
+             LineComment | CPlusPlus | CPlusPlus11 | CPlusPlus1y | Digraphs)
+LANGSTANDARD(gnucxx1y, "gnu++1y",
+             "Working draft for ISO C++ 2014 with GNU extensions",
+             LineComment | CPlusPlus | CPlusPlus11 | CPlusPlus1y | Digraphs |
+             GNUMode)
+
+// OpenCL
+LANGSTANDARD(opencl, "cl",
+             "OpenCL 1.0",
+             LineComment | C99 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+LANGSTANDARD(opencl11, "CL1.1",
+             "OpenCL 1.1",
+             LineComment | C99 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+LANGSTANDARD(opencl12, "CL1.2",
+             "OpenCL 1.2",
+             LineComment | C99 | Digraphs | HexFloat)
+
+// CUDA
+LANGSTANDARD(cuda, "cuda",
+             "NVIDIA CUDA(tm)",
+             LineComment | CPlusPlus | Digraphs)
+
+#undef LANGSTANDARD
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LayoutOverrideSource.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LayoutOverrideSource.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec34e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LayoutOverrideSource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+//===--- LayoutOverrideSource.h --Override Record Layouts -----------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_LAYOUTOVERRIDESOURCE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_LAYOUTOVERRIDESOURCE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  /// \brief An external AST source that overrides the layout of
+  /// a specified set of record types.
+  ///
+  /// This class is used only for testing the ability of external AST sources
+  /// to override the layout of record types. Its input is the output format
+  /// of the command-line argument -fdump-record-layouts.
+  class LayoutOverrideSource : public ExternalASTSource {
+    /// \brief The layout of a given record.
+    struct Layout {
+      /// \brief The size of the record.
+      uint64_t Size;
+      
+      /// \brief The alignment of the record.
+      uint64_t Align;
+      
+      /// \brief The offsets of the fields, in source order.
+      SmallVector<uint64_t, 8> FieldOffsets;
+    };
+    
+    /// \brief The set of layouts that will be overridden.
+    llvm::StringMap<Layout> Layouts;
+    
+  public:
+    /// \brief Create a new AST source that overrides the layout of some
+    /// set of record types.
+    ///
+    /// The file is the result of passing -fdump-record-layouts to a file.
+    explicit LayoutOverrideSource(StringRef Filename);
+    
+    /// \brief If this particular record type has an overridden layout,
+    /// return that layout.
+    virtual bool 
+    layoutRecordType(const RecordDecl *Record,
+       uint64_t &Size, uint64_t &Alignment,
+       llvm::DenseMap<const FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &FieldOffsets,
+       llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, CharUnits> &BaseOffsets,
+       llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, CharUnits> &VirtualBaseOffsets);
+    
+    /// \brief Dump the overridden layouts.
+    void dump();
+  };
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LogDiagnosticPrinter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LogDiagnosticPrinter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c700a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/LogDiagnosticPrinter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+//===--- LogDiagnosticPrinter.h - Log Diagnostic Client ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_LOG_DIAGNOSTIC_PRINTER_H_
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_LOG_DIAGNOSTIC_PRINTER_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class DiagnosticOptions;
+class LangOptions;
+
+class LogDiagnosticPrinter : public DiagnosticConsumer {
+  struct DiagEntry {
+    /// The primary message line of the diagnostic.
+    std::string Message;
+  
+    /// The source file name, if available.
+    std::string Filename;
+  
+    /// The source file line number, if available.
+    unsigned Line;
+  
+    /// The source file column number, if available.
+    unsigned Column;
+  
+    /// The ID of the diagnostic.
+    unsigned DiagnosticID;
+  
+    /// The level of the diagnostic.
+    DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagnosticLevel;
+  };
+  
+  raw_ostream &OS;
+  const LangOptions *LangOpts;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticOptions> DiagOpts;
+
+  SourceLocation LastWarningLoc;
+  FullSourceLoc LastLoc;
+  unsigned OwnsOutputStream : 1;
+
+  SmallVector<DiagEntry, 8> Entries;
+
+  std::string MainFilename;
+  std::string DwarfDebugFlags;
+
+public:
+  LogDiagnosticPrinter(raw_ostream &OS, DiagnosticOptions *Diags,
+                       bool OwnsOutputStream = false);
+  virtual ~LogDiagnosticPrinter();
+
+  void setDwarfDebugFlags(StringRef Value) {
+    DwarfDebugFlags = Value;
+  }
+
+  void BeginSourceFile(const LangOptions &LO, const Preprocessor *PP) {
+    LangOpts = &LO;
+  }
+
+  void EndSourceFile();
+
+  virtual void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel,
+                                const Diagnostic &Info);
+  
+  DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/MigratorOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/MigratorOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9554e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/MigratorOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+//===--- MigratorOptions.h - MigratorOptions Options ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This header contains the structures necessary for a front-end to specify
+// various migration analysis.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_MIGRATOROPTIONS
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_MIGRATOROPTIONS
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class MigratorOptions {
+public:
+  unsigned NoNSAllocReallocError : 1;
+  unsigned NoFinalizeRemoval : 1;
+  MigratorOptions() {
+    NoNSAllocReallocError = 0;
+    NoFinalizeRemoval = 0;
+  }
+};
+
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/MultiplexConsumer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/MultiplexConsumer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ea7547
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/MultiplexConsumer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+//===-- MultiplexConsumer.h - AST Consumer for PCH Generation ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file declares the MultiplexConsumer class, which can be used to
+//  multiplex ASTConsumer and SemaConsumer messages to many consumers.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_FRONTEND_MULTIPLEXCONSUMER_H
+#define CLANG_FRONTEND_MULTIPLEXCONSUMER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/SemaConsumer.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class MultiplexASTMutationListener;
+class MultiplexASTDeserializationListener;
+
+// Has a list of ASTConsumers and calls each of them. Owns its children.
+class MultiplexConsumer : public SemaConsumer {
+public:
+  // Takes ownership of the pointers in C.
+  MultiplexConsumer(ArrayRef<ASTConsumer*> C);
+  ~MultiplexConsumer();
+
+  // ASTConsumer
+  virtual void Initialize(ASTContext &Context);
+  virtual void HandleCXXStaticMemberVarInstantiation(VarDecl *VD);
+  virtual bool HandleTopLevelDecl(DeclGroupRef D);
+  virtual void HandleInterestingDecl(DeclGroupRef D);
+  virtual void HandleTranslationUnit(ASTContext &Ctx);
+  virtual void HandleTagDeclDefinition(TagDecl *D);
+  virtual void HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(FunctionDecl *D);
+  virtual void HandleTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(DeclGroupRef D);
+  virtual void CompleteTentativeDefinition(VarDecl *D);
+  virtual void HandleVTable(CXXRecordDecl *RD, bool DefinitionRequired);
+  virtual ASTMutationListener *GetASTMutationListener();
+  virtual ASTDeserializationListener *GetASTDeserializationListener();
+  virtual void PrintStats();
+
+  // SemaConsumer
+  virtual void InitializeSema(Sema &S);
+  virtual void ForgetSema();
+
+private:
+  std::vector<ASTConsumer*> Consumers;  // Owns these.
+  OwningPtr<MultiplexASTMutationListener> MutationListener;
+  OwningPtr<MultiplexASTDeserializationListener> DeserializationListener;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/PreprocessorOutputOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/PreprocessorOutputOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e273dd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/PreprocessorOutputOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+//===--- PreprocessorOutputOptions.h ----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_PREPROCESSOROUTPUTOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_PREPROCESSOROUTPUTOPTIONS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// PreprocessorOutputOptions - Options for controlling the C preprocessor
+/// output (e.g., -E).
+class PreprocessorOutputOptions {
+public:
+  unsigned ShowCPP : 1;            ///< Print normal preprocessed output.
+  unsigned ShowComments : 1;       ///< Show comments.
+  unsigned ShowLineMarkers : 1;    ///< Show \#line markers.
+  unsigned ShowMacroComments : 1;  ///< Show comments, even in macros.
+  unsigned ShowMacros : 1;         ///< Print macro definitions.
+  unsigned RewriteIncludes : 1;    ///< Preprocess include directives only.
+
+public:
+  PreprocessorOutputOptions() {
+    ShowCPP = 0;
+    ShowComments = 0;
+    ShowLineMarkers = 1;
+    ShowMacroComments = 0;
+    ShowMacros = 0;
+    RewriteIncludes = 0;
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/SerializedDiagnosticPrinter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/SerializedDiagnosticPrinter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..117771d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/SerializedDiagnosticPrinter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+//===--- SerializedDiagnosticPrinter.h - Serializer for diagnostics -------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_SERIALIZE_DIAGNOSTIC_PRINTER_H_
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_SERIALIZE_DIAGNOSTIC_PRINTER_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/Bitcode/BitstreamWriter.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+class raw_ostream;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+class DiagnosticConsumer;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class DiagnosticOptions;
+
+namespace serialized_diags {
+  
+enum BlockIDs {
+  /// \brief A top-level block which represents any meta data associated
+  /// with the diagostics, including versioning of the format.
+  BLOCK_META = llvm::bitc::FIRST_APPLICATION_BLOCKID,
+
+  /// \brief The this block acts as a container for all the information
+  /// for a specific diagnostic.
+  BLOCK_DIAG
+};
+
+enum RecordIDs {
+  RECORD_VERSION = 1,
+  RECORD_DIAG,
+  RECORD_SOURCE_RANGE,
+  RECORD_DIAG_FLAG,
+  RECORD_CATEGORY,
+  RECORD_FILENAME,
+  RECORD_FIXIT,
+  RECORD_FIRST = RECORD_VERSION,
+  RECORD_LAST = RECORD_FIXIT
+};
+
+/// \brief Returns a DiagnosticConsumer that serializes diagnostics to
+///  a bitcode file.
+///
+/// The created DiagnosticConsumer is designed for quick and lightweight
+/// transfer of of diagnostics to the enclosing build system (e.g., an IDE).
+/// This allows wrapper tools for Clang to get diagnostics from Clang
+/// (via libclang) without needing to parse Clang's command line output.
+///
+DiagnosticConsumer *create(raw_ostream *OS,
+                           DiagnosticOptions *diags);
+
+} // end serialized_diags namespace
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/TextDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/TextDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..656aa57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/TextDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+//===--- TextDiagnostic.h - Text Diagnostic Pretty-Printing -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This is a utility class that provides support for textual pretty-printing of
+// diagnostics. It is used to implement the different code paths which require
+// such functionality in a consistent way.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_TEXT_DIAGNOSTIC_H_
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_TEXT_DIAGNOSTIC_H_
+
+#include "clang/Frontend/DiagnosticRenderer.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief Class to encapsulate the logic for formatting and printing a textual
+/// diagnostic message.
+///
+/// This class provides an interface for building and emitting a textual
+/// diagnostic, including all of the macro backtraces, caret diagnostics, FixIt
+/// Hints, and code snippets. In the presence of macros this involves
+/// a recursive process, synthesizing notes for each macro expansion.
+///
+/// The purpose of this class is to isolate the implementation of printing
+/// beautiful text diagnostics from any particular interfaces. The Clang
+/// DiagnosticClient is implemented through this class as is diagnostic
+/// printing coming out of libclang.
+class TextDiagnostic : public DiagnosticRenderer {
+  raw_ostream &OS;
+
+public:
+  TextDiagnostic(raw_ostream &OS,
+                 const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                 DiagnosticOptions *DiagOpts);
+
+  virtual ~TextDiagnostic();
+  
+  /// \brief Print the diagonstic level to a raw_ostream.
+  ///
+  /// This is a static helper that handles colorizing the level and formatting
+  /// it into an arbitrary output stream. This is used internally by the
+  /// TextDiagnostic emission code, but it can also be used directly by
+  /// consumers that don't have a source manager or other state that the full
+  /// TextDiagnostic logic requires.
+  static void printDiagnosticLevel(raw_ostream &OS,
+                                   DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                                   bool ShowColors);
+
+  /// \brief Pretty-print a diagnostic message to a raw_ostream.
+  ///
+  /// This is a static helper to handle the line wrapping, colorizing, and
+  /// rendering of a diagnostic message to a particular ostream. It is
+  /// publicly visible so that clients which do not have sufficient state to
+  /// build a complete TextDiagnostic object can still get consistent
+  /// formatting of their diagnostic messages.
+  ///
+  /// \param OS Where the message is printed
+  /// \param Level Used to colorizing the message
+  /// \param Message The text actually printed
+  /// \param CurrentColumn The starting column of the first line, accounting
+  ///                      for any prefix.
+  /// \param Columns The number of columns to use in line-wrapping, 0 disables
+  ///                all line-wrapping.
+  /// \param ShowColors Enable colorizing of the message.
+  static void printDiagnosticMessage(raw_ostream &OS,
+                                     DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                                     StringRef Message,
+                                     unsigned CurrentColumn, unsigned Columns,
+                                     bool ShowColors);
+
+protected:
+  virtual void emitDiagnosticMessage(SourceLocation Loc,PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                     DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                                     StringRef Message,
+                                     ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> Ranges,
+                                     const SourceManager *SM,
+                                     DiagOrStoredDiag D);
+
+  virtual void emitDiagnosticLoc(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                                 ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> Ranges,
+                                 const SourceManager &SM);
+  
+  virtual void emitCodeContext(SourceLocation Loc,
+                               DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                               SmallVectorImpl<CharSourceRange>& Ranges,
+                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> Hints,
+                               const SourceManager &SM) {
+    emitSnippetAndCaret(Loc, Level, Ranges, Hints, SM);
+  }
+  
+  virtual void emitBasicNote(StringRef Message);
+  
+  virtual void emitIncludeLocation(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                   const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  virtual void emitImportLocation(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                  StringRef ModuleName,
+                                  const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  virtual void emitBuildingModuleLocation(SourceLocation Loc, PresumedLoc PLoc,
+                                          StringRef ModuleName,
+                                          const SourceManager &SM);
+
+private:
+  void emitSnippetAndCaret(SourceLocation Loc, DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+                           SmallVectorImpl<CharSourceRange>& Ranges,
+                           ArrayRef<FixItHint> Hints,
+                           const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  void emitSnippet(StringRef SourceLine);
+
+  void emitParseableFixits(ArrayRef<FixItHint> Hints, const SourceManager &SM);
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/TextDiagnosticBuffer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/TextDiagnosticBuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f1c0e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/TextDiagnosticBuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+//===--- TextDiagnosticBuffer.h - Buffer Text Diagnostics -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This is a concrete diagnostic client, which buffers the diagnostic messages.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_TEXT_DIAGNOSTIC_BUFFER_H_
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_TEXT_DIAGNOSTIC_BUFFER_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Preprocessor;
+class SourceManager;
+
+class TextDiagnosticBuffer : public DiagnosticConsumer {
+public:
+  typedef std::vector<std::pair<SourceLocation, std::string> > DiagList;
+  typedef DiagList::iterator iterator;
+  typedef DiagList::const_iterator const_iterator;
+private:
+  DiagList Errors, Warnings, Notes;
+public:
+  const_iterator err_begin() const  { return Errors.begin(); }
+  const_iterator err_end() const    { return Errors.end(); }
+
+  const_iterator warn_begin() const { return Warnings.begin(); }
+  const_iterator warn_end() const   { return Warnings.end(); }
+
+  const_iterator note_begin() const { return Notes.begin(); }
+  const_iterator note_end() const   { return Notes.end(); }
+
+  virtual void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel,
+                                const Diagnostic &Info);
+
+  /// FlushDiagnostics - Flush the buffered diagnostics to an given
+  /// diagnostic engine.
+  void FlushDiagnostics(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const;
+  
+  virtual DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const;
+};
+
+} // end namspace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/TextDiagnosticPrinter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/TextDiagnosticPrinter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..470438e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/TextDiagnosticPrinter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+//===--- TextDiagnosticPrinter.h - Text Diagnostic Client -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This is a concrete diagnostic client, which prints the diagnostics to
+// standard error.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_TEXT_DIAGNOSTIC_PRINTER_H_
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_TEXT_DIAGNOSTIC_PRINTER_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class DiagnosticOptions;
+class LangOptions;
+class TextDiagnostic;
+
+class TextDiagnosticPrinter : public DiagnosticConsumer {
+  raw_ostream &OS;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticOptions> DiagOpts;
+
+  /// \brief Handle to the currently active text diagnostic emitter.
+  OwningPtr<TextDiagnostic> TextDiag;
+
+  /// A string to prefix to error messages.
+  std::string Prefix;
+
+  unsigned OwnsOutputStream : 1;
+
+public:
+  TextDiagnosticPrinter(raw_ostream &os, DiagnosticOptions *diags,
+                        bool OwnsOutputStream = false);
+  virtual ~TextDiagnosticPrinter();
+
+  /// setPrefix - Set the diagnostic printer prefix string, which will be
+  /// printed at the start of any diagnostics. If empty, no prefix string is
+  /// used.
+  void setPrefix(std::string Value) { Prefix = Value; }
+
+  void BeginSourceFile(const LangOptions &LO, const Preprocessor *PP);
+  void EndSourceFile();
+  void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level, const Diagnostic &Info);
+  DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/Utils.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/Utils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8830dce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/Utils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+//===--- Utils.h - Misc utilities for the front-end -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This header contains miscellaneous utilities for various front-end actions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_UTILS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_UTILS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+class raw_fd_ostream;
+class Triple;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+class ASTConsumer;
+class CompilerInstance;
+class CompilerInvocation;
+class Decl;
+class DependencyOutputOptions;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class DiagnosticOptions;
+class FileManager;
+class HeaderSearch;
+class HeaderSearchOptions;
+class IdentifierTable;
+class LangOptions;
+class Preprocessor;
+class PreprocessorOptions;
+class PreprocessorOutputOptions;
+class SourceManager;
+class Stmt;
+class TargetInfo;
+class FrontendOptions;
+
+/// Apply the header search options to get given HeaderSearch object.
+void ApplyHeaderSearchOptions(HeaderSearch &HS,
+                              const HeaderSearchOptions &HSOpts,
+                              const LangOptions &Lang,
+                              const llvm::Triple &triple);
+
+/// InitializePreprocessor - Initialize the preprocessor getting it and the
+/// environment ready to process a single file.
+void InitializePreprocessor(Preprocessor &PP,
+                            const PreprocessorOptions &PPOpts,
+                            const HeaderSearchOptions &HSOpts,
+                            const FrontendOptions &FEOpts);
+
+/// ProcessWarningOptions - Initialize the diagnostic client and process the
+/// warning options specified on the command line.
+void ProcessWarningOptions(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
+                           const DiagnosticOptions &Opts,
+                           bool ReportDiags = true);
+
+/// DoPrintPreprocessedInput - Implement -E mode.
+void DoPrintPreprocessedInput(Preprocessor &PP, raw_ostream* OS,
+                              const PreprocessorOutputOptions &Opts);
+
+/// AttachDependencyFileGen - Create a dependency file generator, and attach
+/// it to the given preprocessor.  This takes ownership of the output stream.
+void AttachDependencyFileGen(Preprocessor &PP,
+                             const DependencyOutputOptions &Opts);
+
+/// AttachDependencyGraphGen - Create a dependency graph generator, and attach
+/// it to the given preprocessor.
+  void AttachDependencyGraphGen(Preprocessor &PP, StringRef OutputFile,
+                                StringRef SysRoot);
+
+/// AttachHeaderIncludeGen - Create a header include list generator, and attach
+/// it to the given preprocessor.
+///
+/// \param ShowAllHeaders - If true, show all header information instead of just
+/// headers following the predefines buffer. This is useful for making sure
+/// includes mentioned on the command line are also reported, but differs from
+/// the default behavior used by -H.
+/// \param OutputPath - If non-empty, a path to write the header include
+/// information to, instead of writing to stderr.
+void AttachHeaderIncludeGen(Preprocessor &PP, bool ShowAllHeaders = false,
+                            StringRef OutputPath = "",
+                            bool ShowDepth = true);
+
+/// CacheTokens - Cache tokens for use with PCH. Note that this requires
+/// a seekable stream.
+void CacheTokens(Preprocessor &PP, llvm::raw_fd_ostream* OS);
+
+/// createInvocationFromCommandLine - Construct a compiler invocation object for
+/// a command line argument vector.
+///
+/// \return A CompilerInvocation, or 0 if none was built for the given
+/// argument vector.
+CompilerInvocation *
+createInvocationFromCommandLine(ArrayRef<const char *> Args,
+                            IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags =
+                                IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine>());
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/VerifyDiagnosticConsumer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/VerifyDiagnosticConsumer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06a3b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Frontend/VerifyDiagnosticConsumer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+//===- VerifyDiagnosticConsumer.h - Verifying Diagnostic Client -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_VERIFYDIAGNOSTICSCLIENT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_VERIFYDIAGNOSTICSCLIENT_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include <climits>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class TextDiagnosticBuffer;
+class FileEntry;
+
+/// VerifyDiagnosticConsumer - Create a diagnostic client which will use
+/// markers in the input source to check that all the emitted diagnostics match
+/// those expected.
+///
+/// USING THE DIAGNOSTIC CHECKER:
+///
+/// Indicating that a line expects an error or a warning is simple. Put a
+/// comment on the line that has the diagnostic, use:
+///
+/// \code
+///   expected-{error,warning,note}
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// to tag if it's an expected error or warning, and place the expected text
+/// between {{ and }} markers. The full text doesn't have to be included, only
+/// enough to ensure that the correct diagnostic was emitted.
+///
+/// Here's an example:
+///
+/// \code
+///   int A = B; // expected-error {{use of undeclared identifier 'B'}}
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// You can place as many diagnostics on one line as you wish. To make the code
+/// more readable, you can use slash-newline to separate out the diagnostics.
+///
+/// Alternatively, it is possible to specify the line on which the diagnostic
+/// should appear by appending "@<line>" to "expected-<type>", for example:
+///
+/// \code
+///   #warning some text
+///   // expected-warning@10 {{some text}}
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// The line number may be absolute (as above), or relative to the current
+/// line by prefixing the number with either '+' or '-'.
+///
+/// The simple syntax above allows each specification to match exactly one
+/// error.  You can use the extended syntax to customize this. The extended
+/// syntax is "expected-<type> <n> {{diag text}}", where \<type> is one of
+/// "error", "warning" or "note", and \<n> is a positive integer. This allows
+/// the diagnostic to appear as many times as specified. Example:
+///
+/// \code
+///   void f(); // expected-note 2 {{previous declaration is here}}
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Where the diagnostic is expected to occur a minimum number of times, this
+/// can be specified by appending a '+' to the number. Example:
+///
+/// \code
+///   void f(); // expected-note 0+ {{previous declaration is here}}
+///   void g(); // expected-note 1+ {{previous declaration is here}}
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// In the first example, the diagnostic becomes optional, i.e. it will be
+/// swallowed if it occurs, but will not generate an error if it does not
+/// occur.  In the second example, the diagnostic must occur at least once.
+/// As a short-hand, "one or more" can be specified simply by '+'. Example:
+///
+/// \code
+///   void g(); // expected-note + {{previous declaration is here}}
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// A range can also be specified by "<n>-<m>".  Example:
+///
+/// \code
+///   void f(); // expected-note 0-1 {{previous declaration is here}}
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// In this example, the diagnostic may appear only once, if at all.
+///
+/// Regex matching mode may be selected by appending '-re' to type, such as:
+///
+/// \code
+///   expected-error-re
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Examples matching error: "variable has incomplete type 'struct s'"
+///
+/// \code
+///   // expected-error {{variable has incomplete type 'struct s'}}
+///   // expected-error {{variable has incomplete type}}
+///
+///   // expected-error-re {{variable has has type 'struct .'}}
+///   // expected-error-re {{variable has has type 'struct .*'}}
+///   // expected-error-re {{variable has has type 'struct (.*)'}}
+///   // expected-error-re {{variable has has type 'struct[[:space:]](.*)'}}
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// VerifyDiagnosticConsumer expects at least one expected-* directive to
+/// be found inside the source code.  If no diagnostics are expected the
+/// following directive can be used to indicate this:
+///
+/// \code
+///   // expected-no-diagnostics
+/// \endcode
+///
+class VerifyDiagnosticConsumer: public DiagnosticConsumer,
+                                public CommentHandler {
+public:
+  /// Directive - Abstract class representing a parsed verify directive.
+  ///
+  class Directive {
+  public:
+    static Directive *create(bool RegexKind, SourceLocation DirectiveLoc,
+                             SourceLocation DiagnosticLoc,
+                             StringRef Text, unsigned Min, unsigned Max);
+  public:
+    /// Constant representing n or more matches.
+    static const unsigned MaxCount = UINT_MAX;
+
+    SourceLocation DirectiveLoc;
+    SourceLocation DiagnosticLoc;
+    const std::string Text;
+    unsigned Min, Max;
+
+    virtual ~Directive() { }
+
+    // Returns true if directive text is valid.
+    // Otherwise returns false and populates E.
+    virtual bool isValid(std::string &Error) = 0;
+
+    // Returns true on match.
+    virtual bool match(StringRef S) = 0;
+
+  protected:
+    Directive(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, SourceLocation DiagnosticLoc,
+              StringRef Text, unsigned Min, unsigned Max)
+      : DirectiveLoc(DirectiveLoc), DiagnosticLoc(DiagnosticLoc),
+        Text(Text), Min(Min), Max(Max) {
+    assert(!DirectiveLoc.isInvalid() && "DirectiveLoc is invalid!");
+    assert(!DiagnosticLoc.isInvalid() && "DiagnosticLoc is invalid!");
+    }
+
+  private:
+    Directive(const Directive &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const Directive &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  };
+
+  typedef std::vector<Directive*> DirectiveList;
+
+  /// ExpectedData - owns directive objects and deletes on destructor.
+  ///
+  struct ExpectedData {
+    DirectiveList Errors;
+    DirectiveList Warnings;
+    DirectiveList Notes;
+
+    ~ExpectedData() {
+      llvm::DeleteContainerPointers(Errors);
+      llvm::DeleteContainerPointers(Warnings);
+      llvm::DeleteContainerPointers(Notes);
+    }
+  };
+
+  enum DirectiveStatus {
+    HasNoDirectives,
+    HasNoDirectivesReported,
+    HasExpectedNoDiagnostics,
+    HasOtherExpectedDirectives
+  };
+
+private:
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
+  DiagnosticConsumer *PrimaryClient;
+  bool OwnsPrimaryClient;
+  OwningPtr<TextDiagnosticBuffer> Buffer;
+  const Preprocessor *CurrentPreprocessor;
+  const LangOptions *LangOpts;
+  SourceManager *SrcManager;
+  unsigned ActiveSourceFiles;
+  DirectiveStatus Status;
+  ExpectedData ED;
+
+  void CheckDiagnostics();
+  void setSourceManager(SourceManager &SM) {
+    assert((!SrcManager || SrcManager == &SM) && "SourceManager changed!");
+    SrcManager = &SM;
+  }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  class UnparsedFileStatus {
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<const FileEntry *, 1, bool> Data;
+
+  public:
+    UnparsedFileStatus(const FileEntry *File, bool FoundDirectives)
+      : Data(File, FoundDirectives) {}
+
+    const FileEntry *getFile() const { return Data.getPointer(); }
+    bool foundDirectives() const { return Data.getInt(); }
+  };
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<FileID, const FileEntry *> ParsedFilesMap;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<FileID, UnparsedFileStatus> UnparsedFilesMap;
+
+  ParsedFilesMap ParsedFiles;
+  UnparsedFilesMap UnparsedFiles;
+#endif
+
+public:
+  /// Create a new verifying diagnostic client, which will issue errors to
+  /// the currently-attached diagnostic client when a diagnostic does not match 
+  /// what is expected (as indicated in the source file).
+  VerifyDiagnosticConsumer(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags);
+  ~VerifyDiagnosticConsumer();
+
+  virtual void BeginSourceFile(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                               const Preprocessor *PP);
+
+  virtual void EndSourceFile();
+
+  enum ParsedStatus {
+    /// File has been processed via HandleComment.
+    IsParsed,
+
+    /// File has diagnostics and may have directives.
+    IsUnparsed,
+
+    /// File has diagnostics but guaranteed no directives.
+    IsUnparsedNoDirectives
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Update lists of parsed and unparsed files.
+  void UpdateParsedFileStatus(SourceManager &SM, FileID FID, ParsedStatus PS);
+
+  virtual bool HandleComment(Preprocessor &PP, SourceRange Comment);
+
+  virtual void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel,
+                                const Diagnostic &Info);
+  
+  virtual DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const;
+};
+
+} // end namspace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/FrontendTool/Utils.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/FrontendTool/Utils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..031ee7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/FrontendTool/Utils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+//===--- Utils.h - Misc utilities for the front-end -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This header contains miscellaneous utilities for various front-end actions
+//  which were split from Frontend to minimise Frontend's dependencies.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTENDTOOL_UTILS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTENDTOOL_UTILS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CompilerInstance;
+
+/// ExecuteCompilerInvocation - Execute the given actions described by the
+/// compiler invocation object in the given compiler instance.
+///
+/// \return - True on success.
+bool ExecuteCompilerInvocation(CompilerInstance *Clang);
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/CodeCompletionHandler.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/CodeCompletionHandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91c3b78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/CodeCompletionHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+//===--- CodeCompletionHandler.h - Preprocessor code completion -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the CodeCompletionHandler interface, which provides
+//  code-completion callbacks for the preprocessor.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_CODECOMPLETIONHANDLER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_CODECOMPLETIONHANDLER_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class IdentifierInfo;
+class MacroInfo;
+  
+/// \brief Callback handler that receives notifications when performing code 
+/// completion within the preprocessor.
+class CodeCompletionHandler {
+public:
+  virtual ~CodeCompletionHandler();
+  
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when performing code completion for a preprocessor
+  /// directive.
+  ///
+  /// This callback will be invoked when the preprocessor processes a '#' at the
+  /// start of a line, followed by the code-completion token.
+  ///
+  /// \param InConditional Whether we're inside a preprocessor conditional
+  /// already.
+  virtual void CodeCompleteDirective(bool InConditional) { }
+  
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when performing code completion within a block of
+  /// code that was excluded due to preprocessor conditionals.
+  virtual void CodeCompleteInConditionalExclusion() { }
+  
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when performing code completion in a context
+  /// where the name of a macro is expected.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsDefinition Whether this is the definition of a macro, e.g.,
+  /// in a \#define.
+  virtual void CodeCompleteMacroName(bool IsDefinition) { }
+  
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when performing code completion in a preprocessor
+  /// expression, such as the condition of an \#if or \#elif directive.
+  virtual void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression() { }
+  
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when performing code completion inside a 
+  /// function-like macro argument.
+  ///
+  /// There will be another callback invocation after the macro arguments are
+  /// parsed, so this callback should generally be used to note that the next
+  /// callback is invoked inside a macro argument.
+  virtual void CodeCompleteMacroArgument(IdentifierInfo *Macro,
+                                         MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
+                                         unsigned ArgumentIndex) { }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when performing code completion in a part of the
+  /// file where we expect natural language, e.g., a comment, string, or 
+  /// \#error directive.
+  virtual void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() { }
+};
+  
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_LEX_CODECOMPLETIONHANDLER_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/DirectoryLookup.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/DirectoryLookup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..261dfab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/DirectoryLookup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+//===--- DirectoryLookup.h - Info for searching for headers -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the DirectoryLookup interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_DIRECTORYLOOKUP_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_DIRECTORYLOOKUP_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class HeaderMap;
+class DirectoryEntry;
+class FileEntry;
+class HeaderSearch;
+class Module;
+  
+/// DirectoryLookup - This class represents one entry in the search list that
+/// specifies the search order for directories in \#include directives.  It
+/// represents either a directory, a framework, or a headermap.
+///
+class DirectoryLookup {
+public:
+  enum LookupType_t {
+    LT_NormalDir,
+    LT_Framework,
+    LT_HeaderMap
+  };
+private:
+  union {  // This union is discriminated by isHeaderMap.
+    /// Dir - This is the actual directory that we're referring to for a normal
+    /// directory or a framework.
+    const DirectoryEntry *Dir;
+
+    /// Map - This is the HeaderMap if this is a headermap lookup.
+    ///
+    const HeaderMap *Map;
+  } u;
+
+  /// DirCharacteristic - The type of directory this is: this is an instance of
+  /// SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind.
+  unsigned DirCharacteristic : 2;
+
+  /// LookupType - This indicates whether this DirectoryLookup object is a
+  /// normal directory, a framework, or a headermap.
+  unsigned LookupType : 2;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether this is a header map used when building a framework.
+  unsigned IsIndexHeaderMap : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we've performed an exhaustive search for module maps
+  /// within the subdirectories of this directory.
+  unsigned SearchedAllModuleMaps : 1;
+  
+public:
+  /// DirectoryLookup ctor - Note that this ctor *does not take ownership* of
+  /// 'dir'.
+  DirectoryLookup(const DirectoryEntry *dir, SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind DT,
+                  bool isFramework)
+    : DirCharacteristic(DT),
+      LookupType(isFramework ? LT_Framework : LT_NormalDir),
+      IsIndexHeaderMap(false), SearchedAllModuleMaps(false) {
+    u.Dir = dir;
+  }
+
+  /// DirectoryLookup ctor - Note that this ctor *does not take ownership* of
+  /// 'map'.
+  DirectoryLookup(const HeaderMap *map, SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind DT,
+                  bool isIndexHeaderMap)
+    : DirCharacteristic(DT), LookupType(LT_HeaderMap),
+      IsIndexHeaderMap(isIndexHeaderMap), SearchedAllModuleMaps(false) {
+    u.Map = map;
+  }
+
+  /// getLookupType - Return the kind of directory lookup that this is: either a
+  /// normal directory, a framework path, or a HeaderMap.
+  LookupType_t getLookupType() const { return (LookupType_t)LookupType; }
+
+  /// getName - Return the directory or filename corresponding to this lookup
+  /// object.
+  const char *getName() const;
+
+  /// getDir - Return the directory that this entry refers to.
+  ///
+  const DirectoryEntry *getDir() const { return isNormalDir() ? u.Dir : 0; }
+
+  /// getFrameworkDir - Return the directory that this framework refers to.
+  ///
+  const DirectoryEntry *getFrameworkDir() const {
+    return isFramework() ? u.Dir : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// getHeaderMap - Return the directory that this entry refers to.
+  ///
+  const HeaderMap *getHeaderMap() const { return isHeaderMap() ? u.Map : 0; }
+
+  /// isNormalDir - Return true if this is a normal directory, not a header map.
+  bool isNormalDir() const { return getLookupType() == LT_NormalDir; }
+
+  /// isFramework - True if this is a framework directory.
+  ///
+  bool isFramework() const { return getLookupType() == LT_Framework; }
+
+  /// isHeaderMap - Return true if this is a header map, not a normal directory.
+  bool isHeaderMap() const { return getLookupType() == LT_HeaderMap; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we have already searched this entire
+  /// directory for module maps.
+  bool haveSearchedAllModuleMaps() const { return SearchedAllModuleMaps; }
+
+  /// \brief Specify whether we have already searched all of the subdirectories
+  /// for module maps.
+  void setSearchedAllModuleMaps(bool SAMM) {
+    SearchedAllModuleMaps = SAMM;
+  }
+
+  /// DirCharacteristic - The type of directory this is, one of the DirType enum
+  /// values.
+  SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind getDirCharacteristic() const {
+    return (SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind)DirCharacteristic;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this header map is building a framework or not.
+  bool isIndexHeaderMap() const { 
+    return isHeaderMap() && IsIndexHeaderMap; 
+  }
+  
+  /// LookupFile - Lookup the specified file in this search path, returning it
+  /// if it exists or returning null if not.
+  ///
+  /// \param Filename The file to look up relative to the search paths.
+  ///
+  /// \param HS The header search instance to search with.
+  ///
+  /// \param SearchPath If not NULL, will be set to the search path relative
+  /// to which the file was found.
+  ///
+  /// \param RelativePath If not NULL, will be set to the path relative to
+  /// SearchPath at which the file was found. This only differs from the
+  /// Filename for framework includes.
+  ///
+  /// \param SuggestedModule If non-null, and the file found is semantically
+  /// part of a known module, this will be set to the module that should
+  /// be imported instead of preprocessing/parsing the file found.
+  ///
+  /// \param [out] InUserSpecifiedSystemFramework If the file is found,
+  /// set to true if the file is located in a framework that has been
+  /// user-specified to be treated as a system framework.
+  const FileEntry *LookupFile(StringRef Filename, HeaderSearch &HS,
+                              SmallVectorImpl<char> *SearchPath,
+                              SmallVectorImpl<char> *RelativePath,
+                              Module **SuggestedModule,
+                              bool &InUserSpecifiedSystemFramework) const;
+
+private:
+  const FileEntry *DoFrameworkLookup(
+      StringRef Filename, HeaderSearch &HS,
+      SmallVectorImpl<char> *SearchPath,
+      SmallVectorImpl<char> *RelativePath,
+      Module **SuggestedModule,
+      bool &InUserSpecifiedSystemHeader) const;
+
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ExternalPreprocessorSource.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ExternalPreprocessorSource.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9a4de4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ExternalPreprocessorSource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+//===- ExternalPreprocessorSource.h - Abstract Macro Interface --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ExternalPreprocessorSource interface, which enables
+//  construction of macro definitions from some external source.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_EXTERNAL_PREPROCESSOR_SOURCE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_EXTERNAL_PREPROCESSOR_SOURCE_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class IdentifierInfo;
+
+/// \brief Abstract interface for external sources of preprocessor 
+/// information.
+///
+/// This abstract class allows an external sources (such as the \c ASTReader) 
+/// to provide additional macro definitions.
+class ExternalPreprocessorSource {
+public:
+  virtual ~ExternalPreprocessorSource();
+  
+  /// \brief Read the set of macros defined by this external macro source.
+  virtual void ReadDefinedMacros() = 0;
+  
+  /// \brief Update an out-of-date identifier.
+  virtual void updateOutOfDateIdentifier(IdentifierInfo &II) = 0;
+};
+  
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_LEX_EXTERNAL_PREPROCESSOR_SOURCE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/HeaderMap.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/HeaderMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8473a6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/HeaderMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+//===--- HeaderMap.h - A file that acts like dir of symlinks ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the HeaderMap interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_HEADERMAP_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_HEADERMAP_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class MemoryBuffer;
+}
+namespace clang {
+  class FileEntry;
+  class FileManager;
+  struct HMapBucket;
+  struct HMapHeader;
+
+/// This class represents an Apple concept known as a 'header map'.  To the
+/// \#include file resolution process, it basically acts like a directory of
+/// symlinks to files.  Its advantages are that it is dense and more efficient
+/// to create and process than a directory of symlinks.
+class HeaderMap {
+  HeaderMap(const HeaderMap &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const HeaderMap &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  const llvm::MemoryBuffer *FileBuffer;
+  bool NeedsBSwap;
+
+  HeaderMap(const llvm::MemoryBuffer *File, bool BSwap)
+    : FileBuffer(File), NeedsBSwap(BSwap) {
+  }
+public:
+  ~HeaderMap();
+
+  /// HeaderMap::Create - This attempts to load the specified file as a header
+  /// map.  If it doesn't look like a HeaderMap, it gives up and returns null.
+  static const HeaderMap *Create(const FileEntry *FE, FileManager &FM);
+
+  /// LookupFile - Check to see if the specified relative filename is located in
+  /// this HeaderMap.  If so, open it and return its FileEntry.
+  /// If RawPath is not NULL and the file is found, RawPath will be set to the
+  /// raw path at which the file was found in the file system. For example,
+  /// for a search path ".." and a filename "../file.h" this would be
+  /// "../../file.h".
+  const FileEntry *LookupFile(StringRef Filename, FileManager &FM) const;
+
+  /// getFileName - Return the filename of the headermap.
+  const char *getFileName() const;
+
+  /// dump - Print the contents of this headermap to stderr.
+  void dump() const;
+
+private:
+  unsigned getEndianAdjustedWord(unsigned X) const;
+  const HMapHeader &getHeader() const;
+  HMapBucket getBucket(unsigned BucketNo) const;
+  const char *getString(unsigned StrTabIdx) const;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang.
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a5a798
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+//===--- HeaderSearch.h - Resolve Header File Locations ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the HeaderSearch interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_HEADERSEARCH_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_HEADERSEARCH_H
+
+#include "clang/Lex/DirectoryLookup.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/ModuleMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSet.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+class DiagnosticsEngine;  
+class ExternalIdentifierLookup;
+class FileEntry;
+class FileManager;
+class HeaderSearchOptions;
+class IdentifierInfo;
+
+/// \brief The preprocessor keeps track of this information for each
+/// file that is \#included.
+struct HeaderFileInfo {
+  /// \brief True if this is a \#import'd or \#pragma once file.
+  unsigned isImport : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this is a \#pragma once file.
+  unsigned isPragmaOnce : 1;
+
+  /// DirInfo - Keep track of whether this is a system header, and if so,
+  /// whether it is C++ clean or not.  This can be set by the include paths or
+  /// by \#pragma gcc system_header.  This is an instance of
+  /// SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind.
+  unsigned DirInfo : 2;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this header file info was supplied by an external source.
+  unsigned External : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this header is part of a module.
+  unsigned isModuleHeader : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether this structure is considered to already have been
+  /// "resolved", meaning that it was loaded from the external source.
+  unsigned Resolved : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether this is a header inside a framework that is currently
+  /// being built. 
+  ///
+  /// When a framework is being built, the headers have not yet been placed
+  /// into the appropriate framework subdirectories, and therefore are
+  /// provided via a header map. This bit indicates when this is one of
+  /// those framework headers.
+  unsigned IndexHeaderMapHeader : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief The number of times the file has been included already.
+  unsigned short NumIncludes;
+
+  /// \brief The ID number of the controlling macro.
+  ///
+  /// This ID number will be non-zero when there is a controlling
+  /// macro whose IdentifierInfo may not yet have been loaded from
+  /// external storage.
+  unsigned ControllingMacroID;
+
+  /// If this file has a \#ifndef XXX (or equivalent) guard that
+  /// protects the entire contents of the file, this is the identifier
+  /// for the macro that controls whether or not it has any effect.
+  ///
+  /// Note: Most clients should use getControllingMacro() to access
+  /// the controlling macro of this header, since
+  /// getControllingMacro() is able to load a controlling macro from
+  /// external storage.
+  const IdentifierInfo *ControllingMacro;
+
+  /// \brief If this header came from a framework include, this is the name
+  /// of the framework.
+  StringRef Framework;
+  
+  HeaderFileInfo()
+    : isImport(false), isPragmaOnce(false), DirInfo(SrcMgr::C_User), 
+      External(false), isModuleHeader(false), Resolved(false),
+      IndexHeaderMapHeader(false),
+      NumIncludes(0), ControllingMacroID(0), ControllingMacro(0)  {}
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the controlling macro for this header file, if
+  /// any.
+  const IdentifierInfo *getControllingMacro(ExternalIdentifierLookup *External);
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a non-default header file info, e.g.,
+  /// it corresponds to an actual header we've included or tried to include.
+  bool isNonDefault() const {
+    return isImport || isPragmaOnce || NumIncludes || ControllingMacro || 
+      ControllingMacroID;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief An external source of header file information, which may supply
+/// information about header files already included.
+class ExternalHeaderFileInfoSource {
+public:
+  virtual ~ExternalHeaderFileInfoSource();
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the header file information for the given file entry.
+  ///
+  /// \returns Header file information for the given file entry, with the
+  /// \c External bit set. If the file entry is not known, return a 
+  /// default-constructed \c HeaderFileInfo.
+  virtual HeaderFileInfo GetHeaderFileInfo(const FileEntry *FE) = 0;
+};
+  
+/// \brief Encapsulates the information needed to find the file referenced
+/// by a \#include or \#include_next, (sub-)framework lookup, etc.
+class HeaderSearch {
+  /// This structure is used to record entries in our framework cache.
+  struct FrameworkCacheEntry {
+    /// The directory entry which should be used for the cached framework.
+    const DirectoryEntry *Directory;
+
+    /// Whether this framework has been "user-specified" to be treated as if it
+    /// were a system framework (even if it was found outside a system framework
+    /// directory).
+    bool IsUserSpecifiedSystemFramework;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Header-search options used to initialize this header search.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<HeaderSearchOptions> HSOpts;
+
+  FileManager &FileMgr;
+  /// \#include search path information.  Requests for \#include "x" search the
+  /// directory of the \#including file first, then each directory in SearchDirs
+  /// consecutively. Requests for <x> search the current dir first, then each
+  /// directory in SearchDirs, starting at AngledDirIdx, consecutively.  If
+  /// NoCurDirSearch is true, then the check for the file in the current
+  /// directory is suppressed.
+  std::vector<DirectoryLookup> SearchDirs;
+  unsigned AngledDirIdx;
+  unsigned SystemDirIdx;
+  bool NoCurDirSearch;
+
+  /// \brief \#include prefixes for which the 'system header' property is
+  /// overridden.
+  ///
+  /// For a \#include "x" or \#include \<x> directive, the last string in this
+  /// list which is a prefix of 'x' determines whether the file is treated as
+  /// a system header.
+  std::vector<std::pair<std::string, bool> > SystemHeaderPrefixes;
+
+  /// \brief The path to the module cache.
+  std::string ModuleCachePath;
+  
+  /// \brief All of the preprocessor-specific data about files that are
+  /// included, indexed by the FileEntry's UID.
+  std::vector<HeaderFileInfo> FileInfo;
+
+  /// \brief Keeps track of each lookup performed by LookupFile.
+  ///
+  /// The first part of the value is the starting index in SearchDirs
+  /// that the cached search was performed from.  If there is a hit and
+  /// this value doesn't match the current query, the cache has to be
+  /// ignored.  The second value is the entry in SearchDirs that satisfied
+  /// the query.
+  llvm::StringMap<std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator>
+    LookupFileCache;
+
+  /// \brief Collection mapping a framework or subframework
+  /// name like "Carbon" to the Carbon.framework directory.
+  llvm::StringMap<FrameworkCacheEntry, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> FrameworkMap;
+
+  /// IncludeAliases - maps include file names (including the quotes or
+  /// angle brackets) to other include file names.  This is used to support the
+  /// include_alias pragma for Microsoft compatibility.
+  typedef llvm::StringMap<std::string, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator>
+    IncludeAliasMap;
+  OwningPtr<IncludeAliasMap> IncludeAliases;
+
+  /// HeaderMaps - This is a mapping from FileEntry -> HeaderMap, uniquing
+  /// headermaps.  This vector owns the headermap.
+  std::vector<std::pair<const FileEntry*, const HeaderMap*> > HeaderMaps;
+
+  /// \brief The mapping between modules and headers.
+  mutable ModuleMap ModMap;
+  
+  /// \brief Describes whether a given directory has a module map in it.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const DirectoryEntry *, bool> DirectoryHasModuleMap;
+  
+  /// \brief Uniqued set of framework names, which is used to track which 
+  /// headers were included as framework headers.
+  llvm::StringSet<llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> FrameworkNames;
+  
+  /// \brief Entity used to resolve the identifier IDs of controlling
+  /// macros into IdentifierInfo pointers, as needed.
+  ExternalIdentifierLookup *ExternalLookup;
+
+  /// \brief Entity used to look up stored header file information.
+  ExternalHeaderFileInfoSource *ExternalSource;
+  
+  // Various statistics we track for performance analysis.
+  unsigned NumIncluded;
+  unsigned NumMultiIncludeFileOptzn;
+  unsigned NumFrameworkLookups, NumSubFrameworkLookups;
+
+  // HeaderSearch doesn't support default or copy construction.
+  HeaderSearch(const HeaderSearch&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const HeaderSearch&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  friend class DirectoryLookup;
+  
+public:
+  HeaderSearch(IntrusiveRefCntPtr<HeaderSearchOptions> HSOpts,
+               FileManager &FM, DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
+               const LangOptions &LangOpts, const TargetInfo *Target);
+  ~HeaderSearch();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the header-search options with which this header search
+  /// was initialized.
+  HeaderSearchOptions &getHeaderSearchOpts() const { return *HSOpts; }
+  
+  FileManager &getFileMgr() const { return FileMgr; }
+
+  /// \brief Interface for setting the file search paths.
+  void SetSearchPaths(const std::vector<DirectoryLookup> &dirs,
+                      unsigned angledDirIdx, unsigned systemDirIdx,
+                      bool noCurDirSearch) {
+    assert(angledDirIdx <= systemDirIdx && systemDirIdx <= dirs.size() &&
+        "Directory indicies are unordered");
+    SearchDirs = dirs;
+    AngledDirIdx = angledDirIdx;
+    SystemDirIdx = systemDirIdx;
+    NoCurDirSearch = noCurDirSearch;
+    //LookupFileCache.clear();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add an additional search path.
+  void AddSearchPath(const DirectoryLookup &dir, bool isAngled) {
+    unsigned idx = isAngled ? SystemDirIdx : AngledDirIdx;
+    SearchDirs.insert(SearchDirs.begin() + idx, dir);
+    if (!isAngled)
+      AngledDirIdx++;
+    SystemDirIdx++;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the list of system header prefixes.
+  void SetSystemHeaderPrefixes(ArrayRef<std::pair<std::string, bool> > P) {
+    SystemHeaderPrefixes.assign(P.begin(), P.end());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Checks whether the map exists or not.
+  bool HasIncludeAliasMap() const {
+    return IncludeAliases;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Map the source include name to the dest include name.
+  ///
+  /// The Source should include the angle brackets or quotes, the dest 
+  /// should not.  This allows for distinction between <> and "" headers.
+  void AddIncludeAlias(StringRef Source, StringRef Dest) {
+    if (!IncludeAliases)
+      IncludeAliases.reset(new IncludeAliasMap);
+    (*IncludeAliases)[Source] = Dest;
+  }
+
+  /// MapHeaderToIncludeAlias - Maps one header file name to a different header
+  /// file name, for use with the include_alias pragma.  Note that the source
+  /// file name should include the angle brackets or quotes.  Returns StringRef
+  /// as null if the header cannot be mapped.
+  StringRef MapHeaderToIncludeAlias(StringRef Source) {
+    assert(IncludeAliases && "Trying to map headers when there's no map");
+
+    // Do any filename replacements before anything else
+    IncludeAliasMap::const_iterator Iter = IncludeAliases->find(Source);
+    if (Iter != IncludeAliases->end())
+      return Iter->second;
+    return StringRef();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the path to the module cache.
+  void setModuleCachePath(StringRef CachePath) {
+    ModuleCachePath = CachePath;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the path to the module cache.
+  StringRef getModuleCachePath() const { return ModuleCachePath; }
+
+  /// \brief Consider modules when including files from this directory.
+  void setDirectoryHasModuleMap(const DirectoryEntry* Dir) {
+    DirectoryHasModuleMap[Dir] = true;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Forget everything we know about headers so far.
+  void ClearFileInfo() {
+    FileInfo.clear();
+  }
+
+  void SetExternalLookup(ExternalIdentifierLookup *EIL) {
+    ExternalLookup = EIL;
+  }
+
+  ExternalIdentifierLookup *getExternalLookup() const {
+    return ExternalLookup;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Set the external source of header information.
+  void SetExternalSource(ExternalHeaderFileInfoSource *ES) {
+    ExternalSource = ES;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Set the target information for the header search, if not
+  /// already known.
+  void setTarget(const TargetInfo &Target);
+  
+  /// \brief Given a "foo" or \<foo> reference, look up the indicated file,
+  /// return null on failure.
+  ///
+  /// \returns If successful, this returns 'UsedDir', the DirectoryLookup member
+  /// the file was found in, or null if not applicable.
+  ///
+  /// \param isAngled indicates whether the file reference is a <> reference.
+  ///
+  /// \param CurDir If non-null, the file was found in the specified directory
+  /// search location.  This is used to implement \#include_next.
+  ///
+  /// \param CurFileEnt If non-null, indicates where the \#including file is, in
+  /// case a relative search is needed.
+  ///
+  /// \param SearchPath If non-null, will be set to the search path relative
+  /// to which the file was found. If the include path is absolute, SearchPath
+  /// will be set to an empty string.
+  ///
+  /// \param RelativePath If non-null, will be set to the path relative to
+  /// SearchPath at which the file was found. This only differs from the
+  /// Filename for framework includes.
+  ///
+  /// \param SuggestedModule If non-null, and the file found is semantically
+  /// part of a known module, this will be set to the module that should
+  /// be imported instead of preprocessing/parsing the file found.
+  const FileEntry *LookupFile(StringRef Filename, bool isAngled,
+                              const DirectoryLookup *FromDir,
+                              const DirectoryLookup *&CurDir,
+                              const FileEntry *CurFileEnt,
+                              SmallVectorImpl<char> *SearchPath,
+                              SmallVectorImpl<char> *RelativePath,
+                              Module **SuggestedModule,
+                              bool SkipCache = false);
+
+  /// \brief Look up a subframework for the specified \#include file.
+  ///
+  /// For example, if \#include'ing <HIToolbox/HIToolbox.h> from
+  /// within ".../Carbon.framework/Headers/Carbon.h", check to see if
+  /// HIToolbox is a subframework within Carbon.framework.  If so, return
+  /// the FileEntry for the designated file, otherwise return null.
+  const FileEntry *LookupSubframeworkHeader(
+      StringRef Filename,
+      const FileEntry *RelativeFileEnt,
+      SmallVectorImpl<char> *SearchPath,
+      SmallVectorImpl<char> *RelativePath,
+      Module **SuggestedModule);
+
+  /// \brief Look up the specified framework name in our framework cache.
+  /// \returns The DirectoryEntry it is in if we know, null otherwise.
+  FrameworkCacheEntry &LookupFrameworkCache(StringRef FWName) {
+    return FrameworkMap.GetOrCreateValue(FWName).getValue();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Mark the specified file as a target of of a \#include,
+  /// \#include_next, or \#import directive.
+  ///
+  /// \return false if \#including the file will have no effect or true
+  /// if we should include it.
+  bool ShouldEnterIncludeFile(const FileEntry *File, bool isImport);
+
+
+  /// \brief Return whether the specified file is a normal header,
+  /// a system header, or a C++ friendly system header.
+  SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind getFileDirFlavor(const FileEntry *File) {
+    return (SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind)getFileInfo(File).DirInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Mark the specified file as a "once only" file, e.g. due to
+  /// \#pragma once.
+  void MarkFileIncludeOnce(const FileEntry *File) {
+    HeaderFileInfo &FI = getFileInfo(File);
+    FI.isImport = true;
+    FI.isPragmaOnce = true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Mark the specified file as a system header, e.g. due to
+  /// \#pragma GCC system_header.
+  void MarkFileSystemHeader(const FileEntry *File) {
+    getFileInfo(File).DirInfo = SrcMgr::C_System;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Mark the specified file as part of a module.
+  void MarkFileModuleHeader(const FileEntry *File);
+
+  /// \brief Increment the count for the number of times the specified
+  /// FileEntry has been entered.
+  void IncrementIncludeCount(const FileEntry *File) {
+    ++getFileInfo(File).NumIncludes;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Mark the specified file as having a controlling macro.
+  ///
+  /// This is used by the multiple-include optimization to eliminate
+  /// no-op \#includes.
+  void SetFileControllingMacro(const FileEntry *File,
+                               const IdentifierInfo *ControllingMacro) {
+    getFileInfo(File).ControllingMacro = ControllingMacro;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this file is intended to be safe from
+  /// multiple inclusions, e.g., it has \#pragma once or a controlling
+  /// macro.
+  ///
+  /// This routine does not consider the effect of \#import
+  bool isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(const FileEntry *File);
+
+  /// CreateHeaderMap - This method returns a HeaderMap for the specified
+  /// FileEntry, uniquing them through the 'HeaderMaps' datastructure.
+  const HeaderMap *CreateHeaderMap(const FileEntry *FE);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the module file that should be used to 
+  /// load the given module.
+  ///
+  /// \param Module The module whose module file name will be returned.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The name of the module file that corresponds to this module,
+  /// or an empty string if this module does not correspond to any module file.
+  std::string getModuleFileName(Module *Module);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the module file that should be used to 
+  /// load a module with the given name.
+  ///
+  /// \param ModuleName The module whose module file name will be returned.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The name of the module file that corresponds to this module,
+  /// or an empty string if this module does not correspond to any module file.
+  std::string getModuleFileName(StringRef ModuleName);
+
+  /// \brief Lookup a module Search for a module with the given name.
+  ///
+  /// \param ModuleName The name of the module we're looking for.
+  ///
+  /// \param AllowSearch Whether we are allowed to search in the various
+  /// search directories to produce a module definition. If not, this lookup
+  /// will only return an already-known module.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The module with the given name.
+  Module *lookupModule(StringRef ModuleName, bool AllowSearch = true);
+  
+  void IncrementFrameworkLookupCount() { ++NumFrameworkLookups; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether there is a module map that may map the header
+  /// with the given file name to a (sub)module.
+  ///
+  /// \param Filename The name of the file.
+  ///
+  /// \param Root The "root" directory, at which we should stop looking for
+  /// module maps.
+  bool hasModuleMap(StringRef Filename, const DirectoryEntry *Root);
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module that corresponds to the given file, if any.
+  ///
+  /// \param File The header that we wish to map to a module.
+  Module *findModuleForHeader(const FileEntry *File) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Read the contents of the given module map file.
+  ///
+  /// \param File The module map file.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool loadModuleMapFile(const FileEntry *File);
+
+  /// \brief Collect the set of all known, top-level modules.
+  ///
+  /// \param Modules Will be filled with the set of known, top-level modules.
+  void collectAllModules(SmallVectorImpl<Module *> &Modules);
+                         
+private:
+  /// \brief Retrieve a module with the given name, which may be part of the
+  /// given framework.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The name of the module to retrieve.
+  ///
+  /// \param Dir The framework directory (e.g., ModuleName.framework).
+  ///
+  /// \param IsSystem Whether the framework directory is part of the system
+  /// frameworks.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The module, if found; otherwise, null.
+  Module *loadFrameworkModule(StringRef Name, 
+                              const DirectoryEntry *Dir,
+                              bool IsSystem);
+
+  /// \brief Load all of the module maps within the immediate subdirectories
+  /// of the given search directory.
+  void loadSubdirectoryModuleMaps(DirectoryLookup &SearchDir);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module map.
+  ModuleMap &getModuleMap() { return ModMap; }
+  
+  unsigned header_file_size() const { return FileInfo.size(); }
+
+  // Used by ASTReader.
+  void setHeaderFileInfoForUID(HeaderFileInfo HFI, unsigned UID);
+
+  /// \brief Return the HeaderFileInfo structure for the specified FileEntry.
+  const HeaderFileInfo &getFileInfo(const FileEntry *FE) const {
+    return const_cast<HeaderSearch*>(this)->getFileInfo(FE);
+  }
+
+  // Used by external tools
+  typedef std::vector<DirectoryLookup>::const_iterator search_dir_iterator;
+  search_dir_iterator search_dir_begin() const { return SearchDirs.begin(); }
+  search_dir_iterator search_dir_end() const { return SearchDirs.end(); }
+  unsigned search_dir_size() const { return SearchDirs.size(); }
+
+  search_dir_iterator quoted_dir_begin() const {
+    return SearchDirs.begin();
+  }
+  search_dir_iterator quoted_dir_end() const {
+    return SearchDirs.begin() + AngledDirIdx;
+  }
+
+  search_dir_iterator angled_dir_begin() const {
+    return SearchDirs.begin() + AngledDirIdx;
+  }
+  search_dir_iterator angled_dir_end() const {
+    return SearchDirs.begin() + SystemDirIdx;
+  }
+
+  search_dir_iterator system_dir_begin() const {
+    return SearchDirs.begin() + SystemDirIdx;
+  }
+  search_dir_iterator system_dir_end() const { return SearchDirs.end(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a uniqued framework name.
+  StringRef getUniqueFrameworkName(StringRef Framework);
+  
+  void PrintStats();
+  
+  size_t getTotalMemory() const;
+
+  static std::string NormalizeDashIncludePath(StringRef File,
+                                              FileManager &FileMgr);
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Describes what happened when we tried to load a module map file.
+  enum LoadModuleMapResult {
+    /// \brief The module map file had already been loaded.
+    LMM_AlreadyLoaded,
+    /// \brief The module map file was loaded by this invocation.
+    LMM_NewlyLoaded,
+    /// \brief There is was directory with the given name.
+    LMM_NoDirectory,
+    /// \brief There was either no module map file or the module map file was
+    /// invalid.
+    LMM_InvalidModuleMap
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Try to load the module map file in the given directory.
+  ///
+  /// \param DirName The name of the directory where we will look for a module
+  /// map file.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The result of attempting to load the module map file from the
+  /// named directory.
+  LoadModuleMapResult loadModuleMapFile(StringRef DirName);
+
+  /// \brief Try to load the module map file in the given directory.
+  ///
+  /// \param Dir The directory where we will look for a module map file.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The result of attempting to load the module map file from the
+  /// named directory.
+  LoadModuleMapResult loadModuleMapFile(const DirectoryEntry *Dir);
+
+  /// \brief Return the HeaderFileInfo structure for the specified FileEntry.
+  HeaderFileInfo &getFileInfo(const FileEntry *FE);
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/HeaderSearchOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/HeaderSearchOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afce5ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/HeaderSearchOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+//===--- HeaderSearchOptions.h ----------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_HEADERSEARCHOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_HEADERSEARCHOPTIONS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace frontend {
+  /// IncludeDirGroup - Identifiers the group a include entry belongs to, which
+  /// represents its relative positive in the search list.  A \#include of a ""
+  /// path starts at the -iquote group, then searches the Angled group, then
+  /// searches the system group, etc.
+  enum IncludeDirGroup {
+    Quoted = 0,     ///< '\#include ""' paths, added by 'gcc -iquote'.
+    Angled,         ///< Paths for '\#include <>' added by '-I'.
+    IndexHeaderMap, ///< Like Angled, but marks header maps used when
+                       ///  building frameworks.
+    System,         ///< Like Angled, but marks system directories.
+    ExternCSystem,  ///< Like System, but headers are implicitly wrapped in
+                    ///  extern "C".
+    CSystem,        ///< Like System, but only used for C.
+    CXXSystem,      ///< Like System, but only used for C++.
+    ObjCSystem,     ///< Like System, but only used for ObjC.
+    ObjCXXSystem,   ///< Like System, but only used for ObjC++.
+    After           ///< Like System, but searched after the system directories.
+  };
+}
+
+/// HeaderSearchOptions - Helper class for storing options related to the
+/// initialization of the HeaderSearch object.
+class HeaderSearchOptions : public RefCountedBase<HeaderSearchOptions> {
+public:
+  struct Entry {
+    std::string Path;
+    frontend::IncludeDirGroup Group;
+    unsigned IsFramework : 1;
+    
+    /// IgnoreSysRoot - This is false if an absolute path should be treated
+    /// relative to the sysroot, or true if it should always be the absolute
+    /// path.
+    unsigned IgnoreSysRoot : 1;
+
+    Entry(StringRef path, frontend::IncludeDirGroup group, bool isFramework,
+          bool ignoreSysRoot)
+      : Path(path), Group(group), IsFramework(isFramework),
+        IgnoreSysRoot(ignoreSysRoot) {}
+  };
+
+  struct SystemHeaderPrefix {
+    /// A prefix to be matched against paths in \#include directives.
+    std::string Prefix;
+
+    /// True if paths beginning with this prefix should be treated as system
+    /// headers.
+    bool IsSystemHeader;
+
+    SystemHeaderPrefix(StringRef Prefix, bool IsSystemHeader)
+      : Prefix(Prefix), IsSystemHeader(IsSystemHeader) {}
+  };
+
+  /// If non-empty, the directory to use as a "virtual system root" for include
+  /// paths.
+  std::string Sysroot;
+
+  /// User specified include entries.
+  std::vector<Entry> UserEntries;
+
+  /// User-specified system header prefixes.
+  std::vector<SystemHeaderPrefix> SystemHeaderPrefixes;
+
+  /// The directory which holds the compiler resource files (builtin includes,
+  /// etc.).
+  std::string ResourceDir;
+
+  /// \brief The directory used for the module cache.
+  std::string ModuleCachePath;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we should disable the use of the hash string within the
+  /// module cache.
+  ///
+  /// Note: Only used for testing!
+  unsigned DisableModuleHash : 1;
+
+  /// \brief The interval (in seconds) between pruning operations.
+  ///
+  /// This operation is expensive, because it requires Clang to walk through
+  /// the directory structure of the module cache, stat()'ing and removing
+  /// files.
+  ///
+  /// The default value is large, e.g., the operation runs once a week.
+  unsigned ModuleCachePruneInterval;
+
+  /// \brief The time (in seconds) after which an unused module file will be
+  /// considered unused and will, therefore, be pruned.
+  ///
+  /// When the module cache is pruned, any module file that has not been
+  /// accessed in this many seconds will be removed. The default value is
+  /// large, e.g., a month, to avoid forcing infrequently-used modules to be
+  /// regenerated often.
+  unsigned ModuleCachePruneAfter;
+
+  /// \brief The set of macro names that should be ignored for the purposes
+  /// of computing the module hash.
+  llvm::SetVector<std::string> ModulesIgnoreMacros;
+
+  /// Include the compiler builtin includes.
+  unsigned UseBuiltinIncludes : 1;
+
+  /// Include the system standard include search directories.
+  unsigned UseStandardSystemIncludes : 1;
+
+  /// Include the system standard C++ library include search directories.
+  unsigned UseStandardCXXIncludes : 1;
+
+  /// Use libc++ instead of the default libstdc++.
+  unsigned UseLibcxx : 1;
+
+  /// Whether header search information should be output as for -v.
+  unsigned Verbose : 1;
+
+public:
+  HeaderSearchOptions(StringRef _Sysroot = "/")
+    : Sysroot(_Sysroot), DisableModuleHash(0),
+      ModuleCachePruneInterval(7*24*60*60),
+      ModuleCachePruneAfter(31*24*60*60),
+      UseBuiltinIncludes(true),
+      UseStandardSystemIncludes(true), UseStandardCXXIncludes(true),
+      UseLibcxx(false), Verbose(false) {}
+
+  /// AddPath - Add the \p Path path to the specified \p Group list.
+  void AddPath(StringRef Path, frontend::IncludeDirGroup Group,
+               bool IsFramework, bool IgnoreSysRoot) {
+    UserEntries.push_back(Entry(Path, Group, IsFramework, IgnoreSysRoot));
+  }
+
+  /// AddSystemHeaderPrefix - Override whether \#include directives naming a
+  /// path starting with \p Prefix should be considered as naming a system
+  /// header.
+  void AddSystemHeaderPrefix(StringRef Prefix, bool IsSystemHeader) {
+    SystemHeaderPrefixes.push_back(SystemHeaderPrefix(Prefix, IsSystemHeader));
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/LexDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/LexDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41b9396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/LexDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+//===--- DiagnosticLex.h - Diagnostics for liblex ---------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICLEX_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICLEX_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace diag {
+    enum {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,FLAGS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,\
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER,CATEGORY) ENUM,
+#define LEXSTART
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticLexKinds.inc"
+#undef DIAG
+      NUM_BUILTIN_LEX_DIAGNOSTICS
+    };
+  }  // end namespace diag
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Lexer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Lexer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb4f57f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Lexer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,615 @@
+//===--- Lexer.h - C Language Family Lexer ----------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Lexer interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEXER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEXER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PreprocessorLexer.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class SourceManager;
+class Preprocessor;
+class DiagnosticBuilder;
+
+/// ConflictMarkerKind - Kinds of conflict marker which the lexer might be
+/// recovering from.
+enum ConflictMarkerKind {
+  /// Not within a conflict marker.
+  CMK_None,
+  /// A normal or diff3 conflict marker, initiated by at least 7 "<"s,
+  /// separated by at least 7 "="s or "|"s, and terminated by at least 7 ">"s.
+  CMK_Normal,
+  /// A Perforce-style conflict marker, initiated by 4 ">"s,
+  /// separated by 4 "="s, and terminated by 4 "<"s.
+  CMK_Perforce
+};
+
+/// Lexer - This provides a simple interface that turns a text buffer into a
+/// stream of tokens.  This provides no support for file reading or buffering,
+/// or buffering/seeking of tokens, only forward lexing is supported.  It relies
+/// on the specified Preprocessor object to handle preprocessor directives, etc.
+class Lexer : public PreprocessorLexer {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Constant configuration values for this lexer.
+  const char *BufferStart;       // Start of the buffer.
+  const char *BufferEnd;         // End of the buffer.
+  SourceLocation FileLoc;        // Location for start of file.
+  LangOptions LangOpts;          // LangOpts enabled by this language (cache).
+  bool Is_PragmaLexer;           // True if lexer for _Pragma handling.
+  
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Context-specific lexing flags set by the preprocessor.
+  //
+
+  /// ExtendedTokenMode - The lexer can optionally keep comments and whitespace
+  /// and return them as tokens.  This is used for -C and -CC modes, and
+  /// whitespace preservation can be useful for some clients that want to lex
+  /// the file in raw mode and get every character from the file.
+  ///
+  /// When this is set to 2 it returns comments and whitespace.  When set to 1
+  /// it returns comments, when it is set to 0 it returns normal tokens only.
+  unsigned char ExtendedTokenMode;
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Context that changes as the file is lexed.
+  // NOTE: any state that mutates when in raw mode must have save/restore code
+  // in Lexer::isNextPPTokenLParen.
+
+  // BufferPtr - Current pointer into the buffer.  This is the next character
+  // to be lexed.
+  const char *BufferPtr;
+
+  // IsAtStartOfLine - True if the next lexed token should get the "start of
+  // line" flag set on it.
+  bool IsAtStartOfLine;
+
+  // CurrentConflictMarkerState - The kind of conflict marker we are handling.
+  ConflictMarkerKind CurrentConflictMarkerState;
+
+  Lexer(const Lexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const Lexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  friend class Preprocessor;
+
+  void InitLexer(const char *BufStart, const char *BufPtr, const char *BufEnd);
+public:
+
+  /// Lexer constructor - Create a new lexer object for the specified buffer
+  /// with the specified preprocessor managing the lexing process.  This lexer
+  /// assumes that the associated file buffer and Preprocessor objects will
+  /// outlive it, so it doesn't take ownership of either of them.
+  Lexer(FileID FID, const llvm::MemoryBuffer *InputBuffer, Preprocessor &PP);
+
+  /// Lexer constructor - Create a new raw lexer object.  This object is only
+  /// suitable for calls to 'LexFromRawLexer'.  This lexer assumes that the
+  /// text range will outlive it, so it doesn't take ownership of it.
+  Lexer(SourceLocation FileLoc, const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+        const char *BufStart, const char *BufPtr, const char *BufEnd);
+
+  /// Lexer constructor - Create a new raw lexer object.  This object is only
+  /// suitable for calls to 'LexFromRawLexer'.  This lexer assumes that the
+  /// text range will outlive it, so it doesn't take ownership of it.
+  Lexer(FileID FID, const llvm::MemoryBuffer *InputBuffer,
+        const SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+
+  /// Create_PragmaLexer: Lexer constructor - Create a new lexer object for
+  /// _Pragma expansion.  This has a variety of magic semantics that this method
+  /// sets up.  It returns a new'd Lexer that must be delete'd when done.
+  static Lexer *Create_PragmaLexer(SourceLocation SpellingLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation ExpansionLocStart,
+                                   SourceLocation ExpansionLocEnd,
+                                   unsigned TokLen, Preprocessor &PP);
+
+
+  /// getLangOpts - Return the language features currently enabled.
+  /// NOTE: this lexer modifies features as a file is parsed!
+  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
+
+  /// getFileLoc - Return the File Location for the file we are lexing out of.
+  /// The physical location encodes the location where the characters come from,
+  /// the virtual location encodes where we should *claim* the characters came
+  /// from.  Currently this is only used by _Pragma handling.
+  SourceLocation getFileLoc() const { return FileLoc; }
+
+  /// Lex - Return the next token in the file.  If this is the end of file, it
+  /// return the tok::eof token.  This implicitly involves the preprocessor.
+  void Lex(Token &Result) {
+    // Start a new token.
+    Result.startToken();
+
+    // NOTE, any changes here should also change code after calls to
+    // Preprocessor::HandleDirective
+    if (IsAtStartOfLine) {
+      Result.setFlag(Token::StartOfLine);
+      IsAtStartOfLine = false;
+    }
+
+    // Get a token.  Note that this may delete the current lexer if the end of
+    // file is reached.
+    LexTokenInternal(Result);
+  }
+
+  /// isPragmaLexer - Returns true if this Lexer is being used to lex a pragma.
+  bool isPragmaLexer() const { return Is_PragmaLexer; }
+
+  /// IndirectLex - An indirect call to 'Lex' that can be invoked via
+  ///  the PreprocessorLexer interface.
+  void IndirectLex(Token &Result) { Lex(Result); }
+
+  /// LexFromRawLexer - Lex a token from a designated raw lexer (one with no
+  /// associated preprocessor object.  Return true if the 'next character to
+  /// read' pointer points at the end of the lexer buffer, false otherwise.
+  bool LexFromRawLexer(Token &Result) {
+    assert(LexingRawMode && "Not already in raw mode!");
+    Lex(Result);
+    // Note that lexing to the end of the buffer doesn't implicitly delete the
+    // lexer when in raw mode.
+    return BufferPtr == BufferEnd;
+  }
+
+  /// isKeepWhitespaceMode - Return true if the lexer should return tokens for
+  /// every character in the file, including whitespace and comments.  This
+  /// should only be used in raw mode, as the preprocessor is not prepared to
+  /// deal with the excess tokens.
+  bool isKeepWhitespaceMode() const {
+    return ExtendedTokenMode > 1;
+  }
+
+  /// SetKeepWhitespaceMode - This method lets clients enable or disable
+  /// whitespace retention mode.
+  void SetKeepWhitespaceMode(bool Val) {
+    assert((!Val || LexingRawMode || LangOpts.TraditionalCPP) &&
+           "Can only retain whitespace in raw mode or -traditional-cpp");
+    ExtendedTokenMode = Val ? 2 : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// inKeepCommentMode - Return true if the lexer should return comments as
+  /// tokens.
+  bool inKeepCommentMode() const {
+    return ExtendedTokenMode > 0;
+  }
+
+  /// SetCommentRetentionMode - Change the comment retention mode of the lexer
+  /// to the specified mode.  This is really only useful when lexing in raw
+  /// mode, because otherwise the lexer needs to manage this.
+  void SetCommentRetentionState(bool Mode) {
+    assert(!isKeepWhitespaceMode() &&
+           "Can't play with comment retention state when retaining whitespace");
+    ExtendedTokenMode = Mode ? 1 : 0;
+  }
+
+  /// Sets the extended token mode back to its initial value, according to the
+  /// language options and preprocessor. This controls whether the lexer
+  /// produces comment and whitespace tokens.
+  ///
+  /// This requires the lexer to have an associated preprocessor. A standalone
+  /// lexer has nothing to reset to.
+  void resetExtendedTokenMode();
+
+  const char *getBufferStart() const { return BufferStart; }
+
+  /// ReadToEndOfLine - Read the rest of the current preprocessor line as an
+  /// uninterpreted string.  This switches the lexer out of directive mode.
+  void ReadToEndOfLine(SmallVectorImpl<char> *Result = 0);
+
+
+  /// Diag - Forwarding function for diagnostics.  This translate a source
+  /// position in the current buffer into a SourceLocation object for rendering.
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(const char *Loc, unsigned DiagID) const;
+
+  /// getSourceLocation - Return a source location identifier for the specified
+  /// offset in the current file.
+  SourceLocation getSourceLocation(const char *Loc, unsigned TokLen = 1) const;
+
+  /// getSourceLocation - Return a source location for the next character in
+  /// the current file.
+  SourceLocation getSourceLocation() { return getSourceLocation(BufferPtr); }
+
+  /// \brief Return the current location in the buffer.
+  const char *getBufferLocation() const { return BufferPtr; }
+  
+  /// Stringify - Convert the specified string into a C string by escaping '\'
+  /// and " characters.  This does not add surrounding ""'s to the string.
+  /// If Charify is true, this escapes the ' character instead of ".
+  static std::string Stringify(const std::string &Str, bool Charify = false);
+
+  /// Stringify - Convert the specified string into a C string by escaping '\'
+  /// and " characters.  This does not add surrounding ""'s to the string.
+  static void Stringify(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str);
+
+  
+  /// getSpelling - This method is used to get the spelling of a token into a
+  /// preallocated buffer, instead of as an std::string.  The caller is required
+  /// to allocate enough space for the token, which is guaranteed to be at least
+  /// Tok.getLength() bytes long.  The length of the actual result is returned.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this method may do two possible things: it may either fill in
+  /// the buffer specified with characters, or it may *change the input pointer*
+  /// to point to a constant buffer with the data already in it (avoiding a
+  /// copy).  The caller is not allowed to modify the returned buffer pointer
+  /// if an internal buffer is returned.
+  static unsigned getSpelling(const Token &Tok, const char *&Buffer, 
+                              const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
+                              const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                              bool *Invalid = 0);
+  
+  /// getSpelling() - Return the 'spelling' of the Tok token.  The spelling of a
+  /// token is the characters used to represent the token in the source file
+  /// after trigraph expansion and escaped-newline folding.  In particular, this
+  /// wants to get the true, uncanonicalized, spelling of things like digraphs
+  /// UCNs, etc.
+  static std::string getSpelling(const Token &Tok,
+                                 const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
+                                 const LangOptions &LangOpts, 
+                                 bool *Invalid = 0);
+
+  /// getSpelling - This method is used to get the spelling of the
+  /// token at the given source location.  If, as is usually true, it
+  /// is not necessary to copy any data, then the returned string may
+  /// not point into the provided buffer.
+  ///
+  /// This method lexes at the expansion depth of the given
+  /// location and does not jump to the expansion or spelling
+  /// location.
+  static StringRef getSpelling(SourceLocation loc,
+                               SmallVectorImpl<char> &buffer,
+                               const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
+                               const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                               bool *invalid = 0);
+  
+  /// MeasureTokenLength - Relex the token at the specified location and return
+  /// its length in bytes in the input file.  If the token needs cleaning (e.g.
+  /// includes a trigraph or an escaped newline) then this count includes bytes
+  /// that are part of that.
+  static unsigned MeasureTokenLength(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                     const SourceManager &SM,
+                                     const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+
+  /// \brief Relex the token at the specified location.
+  /// \returns true if there was a failure, false on success.
+  static bool getRawToken(SourceLocation Loc, Token &Result,
+                          const SourceManager &SM,
+                          const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+
+  /// \brief Given a location any where in a source buffer, find the location
+  /// that corresponds to the beginning of the token in which the original
+  /// source location lands.
+  static SourceLocation GetBeginningOfToken(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                            const SourceManager &SM,
+                                            const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+  
+  /// AdvanceToTokenCharacter - If the current SourceLocation specifies a
+  /// location at the start of a token, return a new location that specifies a
+  /// character within the token.  This handles trigraphs and escaped newlines.
+  static SourceLocation AdvanceToTokenCharacter(SourceLocation TokStart,
+                                                unsigned Character,
+                                                const SourceManager &SM,
+                                                const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+  
+  /// \brief Computes the source location just past the end of the
+  /// token at this source location.
+  ///
+  /// This routine can be used to produce a source location that
+  /// points just past the end of the token referenced by \p Loc, and
+  /// is generally used when a diagnostic needs to point just after a
+  /// token where it expected something different that it received. If
+  /// the returned source location would not be meaningful (e.g., if
+  /// it points into a macro), this routine returns an invalid
+  /// source location.
+  ///
+  /// \param Offset an offset from the end of the token, where the source
+  /// location should refer to. The default offset (0) produces a source
+  /// location pointing just past the end of the token; an offset of 1 produces
+  /// a source location pointing to the last character in the token, etc.
+  static SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset,
+                                            const SourceManager &SM,
+                                            const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the given MacroID location points at the first
+  /// token of the macro expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param MacroBegin If non-null and function returns true, it is set to
+  /// begin location of the macro.
+  static bool isAtStartOfMacroExpansion(SourceLocation loc,
+                                        const SourceManager &SM,
+                                        const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                                        SourceLocation *MacroBegin = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the given MacroID location points at the last
+  /// token of the macro expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param MacroEnd If non-null and function returns true, it is set to
+  /// end location of the macro.
+  static bool isAtEndOfMacroExpansion(SourceLocation loc,
+                                      const SourceManager &SM,
+                                      const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                                      SourceLocation *MacroEnd = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Accepts a range and returns a character range with file locations.
+  ///
+  /// Returns a null range if a part of the range resides inside a macro
+  /// expansion or the range does not reside on the same FileID.
+  ///
+  /// This function is trying to deal with macros and return a range based on
+  /// file locations. The cases where it can successfully handle macros are:
+  ///
+  /// -begin or end range lies at the start or end of a macro expansion, in
+  ///  which case the location will be set to the expansion point, e.g:
+  ///    \#define M 1 2
+  ///    a M
+  /// If you have a range [a, 2] (where 2 came from the macro), the function
+  /// will return a range for "a M"
+  /// if you have range [a, 1], the function will fail because the range
+  /// overlaps with only a part of the macro
+  ///
+  /// -The macro is a function macro and the range can be mapped to the macro
+  ///  arguments, e.g:
+  ///    \#define M 1 2
+  ///    \#define FM(x) x
+  ///    FM(a b M)
+  /// if you have range [b, 2], the function will return the file range "b M"
+  /// inside the macro arguments.
+  /// if you have range [a, 2], the function will return the file range
+  /// "FM(a b M)" since the range includes all of the macro expansion.
+  static CharSourceRange makeFileCharRange(CharSourceRange Range,
+                                           const SourceManager &SM,
+                                           const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+
+  /// \brief Returns a string for the source that the range encompasses.
+  static StringRef getSourceText(CharSourceRange Range,
+                                 const SourceManager &SM,
+                                 const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                                 bool *Invalid = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the immediate macro expansion.
+  ///
+  /// This routine starts from a source location, and finds the name of the macro
+  /// responsible for its immediate expansion. It looks through any intervening
+  /// macro argument expansions to compute this. It returns a StringRef which
+  /// refers to the SourceManager-owned buffer of the source where that macro
+  /// name is spelled. Thus, the result shouldn't out-live that SourceManager.
+  static StringRef getImmediateMacroName(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                         const SourceManager &SM,
+                                         const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+
+  /// \brief Compute the preamble of the given file.
+  ///
+  /// The preamble of a file contains the initial comments, include directives,
+  /// and other preprocessor directives that occur before the code in this
+  /// particular file actually begins. The preamble of the main source file is
+  /// a potential prefix header.
+  ///
+  /// \param Buffer The memory buffer containing the file's contents.
+  ///
+  /// \param MaxLines If non-zero, restrict the length of the preamble
+  /// to fewer than this number of lines.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The offset into the file where the preamble ends and the rest
+  /// of the file begins along with a boolean value indicating whether 
+  /// the preamble ends at the beginning of a new line.
+  static std::pair<unsigned, bool>
+  ComputePreamble(const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer, const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                  unsigned MaxLines = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Checks that the given token is the first token that occurs after
+  /// the given location (this excludes comments and whitespace). Returns the
+  /// location immediately after the specified token. If the token is not found
+  /// or the location is inside a macro, the returned source location will be
+  /// invalid.
+  static SourceLocation findLocationAfterToken(SourceLocation loc,
+                                         tok::TokenKind TKind,
+                                         const SourceManager &SM,
+                                         const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                                         bool SkipTrailingWhitespaceAndNewLine);
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the given character could appear in an identifier.
+  static bool isIdentifierBodyChar(char c, const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+
+  /// getCharAndSizeNoWarn - Like the getCharAndSize method, but does not ever
+  /// emit a warning.
+  static inline char getCharAndSizeNoWarn(const char *Ptr, unsigned &Size,
+                                          const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
+    // If this is not a trigraph and not a UCN or escaped newline, return
+    // quickly.
+    if (isObviouslySimpleCharacter(Ptr[0])) {
+      Size = 1;
+      return *Ptr;
+    }
+
+    Size = 0;
+    return getCharAndSizeSlowNoWarn(Ptr, Size, LangOpts);
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Internal implementation interfaces.
+private:
+
+  /// LexTokenInternal - Internal interface to lex a preprocessing token. Called
+  /// by Lex.
+  ///
+  void LexTokenInternal(Token &Result);
+
+  /// Given that a token begins with the Unicode character \p C, figure out
+  /// what kind of token it is and dispatch to the appropriate lexing helper
+  /// function.
+  void LexUnicode(Token &Result, uint32_t C, const char *CurPtr);
+
+  /// FormTokenWithChars - When we lex a token, we have identified a span
+  /// starting at BufferPtr, going to TokEnd that forms the token.  This method
+  /// takes that range and assigns it to the token as its location and size.  In
+  /// addition, since tokens cannot overlap, this also updates BufferPtr to be
+  /// TokEnd.
+  void FormTokenWithChars(Token &Result, const char *TokEnd,
+                          tok::TokenKind Kind) {
+    unsigned TokLen = TokEnd-BufferPtr;
+    Result.setLength(TokLen);
+    Result.setLocation(getSourceLocation(BufferPtr, TokLen));
+    Result.setKind(Kind);
+    BufferPtr = TokEnd;
+  }
+
+  /// isNextPPTokenLParen - Return 1 if the next unexpanded token will return a
+  /// tok::l_paren token, 0 if it is something else and 2 if there are no more
+  /// tokens in the buffer controlled by this lexer.
+  unsigned isNextPPTokenLParen();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Lexer character reading interfaces.
+
+  // This lexer is built on two interfaces for reading characters, both of which
+  // automatically provide phase 1/2 translation.  getAndAdvanceChar is used
+  // when we know that we will be reading a character from the input buffer and
+  // that this character will be part of the result token. This occurs in (f.e.)
+  // string processing, because we know we need to read until we find the
+  // closing '"' character.
+  //
+  // The second interface is the combination of getCharAndSize with
+  // ConsumeChar.  getCharAndSize reads a phase 1/2 translated character,
+  // returning it and its size.  If the lexer decides that this character is
+  // part of the current token, it calls ConsumeChar on it.  This two stage
+  // approach allows us to emit diagnostics for characters (e.g. warnings about
+  // trigraphs), knowing that they only are emitted if the character is
+  // consumed.
+
+  /// isObviouslySimpleCharacter - Return true if the specified character is
+  /// obviously the same in translation phase 1 and translation phase 3.  This
+  /// can return false for characters that end up being the same, but it will
+  /// never return true for something that needs to be mapped.
+  static bool isObviouslySimpleCharacter(char C) {
+    return C != '?' && C != '\\';
+  }
+
+  /// getAndAdvanceChar - Read a single 'character' from the specified buffer,
+  /// advance over it, and return it.  This is tricky in several cases.  Here we
+  /// just handle the trivial case and fall-back to the non-inlined
+  /// getCharAndSizeSlow method to handle the hard case.
+  inline char getAndAdvanceChar(const char *&Ptr, Token &Tok) {
+    // If this is not a trigraph and not a UCN or escaped newline, return
+    // quickly.
+    if (isObviouslySimpleCharacter(Ptr[0])) return *Ptr++;
+
+    unsigned Size = 0;
+    char C = getCharAndSizeSlow(Ptr, Size, &Tok);
+    Ptr += Size;
+    return C;
+  }
+
+  /// ConsumeChar - When a character (identified by getCharAndSize) is consumed
+  /// and added to a given token, check to see if there are diagnostics that
+  /// need to be emitted or flags that need to be set on the token.  If so, do
+  /// it.
+  const char *ConsumeChar(const char *Ptr, unsigned Size, Token &Tok) {
+    // Normal case, we consumed exactly one token.  Just return it.
+    if (Size == 1)
+      return Ptr+Size;
+
+    // Otherwise, re-lex the character with a current token, allowing
+    // diagnostics to be emitted and flags to be set.
+    Size = 0;
+    getCharAndSizeSlow(Ptr, Size, &Tok);
+    return Ptr+Size;
+  }
+
+  /// getCharAndSize - Peek a single 'character' from the specified buffer,
+  /// get its size, and return it.  This is tricky in several cases.  Here we
+  /// just handle the trivial case and fall-back to the non-inlined
+  /// getCharAndSizeSlow method to handle the hard case.
+  inline char getCharAndSize(const char *Ptr, unsigned &Size) {
+    // If this is not a trigraph and not a UCN or escaped newline, return
+    // quickly.
+    if (isObviouslySimpleCharacter(Ptr[0])) {
+      Size = 1;
+      return *Ptr;
+    }
+
+    Size = 0;
+    return getCharAndSizeSlow(Ptr, Size);
+  }
+
+  /// getCharAndSizeSlow - Handle the slow/uncommon case of the getCharAndSize
+  /// method.
+  char getCharAndSizeSlow(const char *Ptr, unsigned &Size, Token *Tok = 0);
+
+  /// getEscapedNewLineSize - Return the size of the specified escaped newline,
+  /// or 0 if it is not an escaped newline. P[-1] is known to be a "\" on entry
+  /// to this function.
+  static unsigned getEscapedNewLineSize(const char *P);
+
+  /// SkipEscapedNewLines - If P points to an escaped newline (or a series of
+  /// them), skip over them and return the first non-escaped-newline found,
+  /// otherwise return P.
+  static const char *SkipEscapedNewLines(const char *P);
+
+  /// getCharAndSizeSlowNoWarn - Same as getCharAndSizeSlow, but never emits a
+  /// diagnostic.
+  static char getCharAndSizeSlowNoWarn(const char *Ptr, unsigned &Size,
+                                       const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Other lexer functions.
+
+  void SkipBytes(unsigned Bytes, bool StartOfLine);
+
+  const char *LexUDSuffix(Token &Result, const char *CurPtr);
+  
+  // Helper functions to lex the remainder of a token of the specific type.
+  void LexIdentifier         (Token &Result, const char *CurPtr);
+  void LexNumericConstant    (Token &Result, const char *CurPtr);
+  void LexStringLiteral      (Token &Result, const char *CurPtr,
+                              tok::TokenKind Kind);
+  void LexRawStringLiteral   (Token &Result, const char *CurPtr,
+                              tok::TokenKind Kind);
+  void LexAngledStringLiteral(Token &Result, const char *CurPtr);
+  void LexCharConstant       (Token &Result, const char *CurPtr,
+                              tok::TokenKind Kind);
+  bool LexEndOfFile          (Token &Result, const char *CurPtr);
+
+  bool SkipWhitespace        (Token &Result, const char *CurPtr);
+  bool SkipLineComment       (Token &Result, const char *CurPtr);
+  bool SkipBlockComment      (Token &Result, const char *CurPtr);
+  bool SaveLineComment       (Token &Result, const char *CurPtr);
+  
+  bool IsStartOfConflictMarker(const char *CurPtr);
+  bool HandleEndOfConflictMarker(const char *CurPtr);
+
+  bool isCodeCompletionPoint(const char *CurPtr) const;
+  void cutOffLexing() { BufferPtr = BufferEnd; }
+
+  bool isHexaLiteral(const char *Start, const LangOptions &LangOpts);
+
+
+  /// Read a universal character name.
+  ///
+  /// \param CurPtr The position in the source buffer after the initial '\'.
+  ///               If the UCN is syntactically well-formed (but not necessarily
+  ///               valid), this parameter will be updated to point to the
+  ///               character after the UCN.
+  /// \param SlashLoc The position in the source buffer of the '\'.
+  /// \param Tok The token being formed. Pass \c NULL to suppress diagnostics
+  ///            and handle token formation in the caller.
+  ///
+  /// \return The Unicode codepoint specified by the UCN, or 0 if the UCN is
+  ///         invalid.
+  uint32_t tryReadUCN(const char *&CurPtr, const char *SlashLoc, Token *Tok);
+};
+
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1430cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+//===--- LiteralSupport.h ---------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the NumericLiteralParser, CharLiteralParser, and
+// StringLiteralParser interfaces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_LITERALSUPPORT_H
+#define CLANG_LITERALSUPPORT_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class Preprocessor;
+class Token;
+class SourceLocation;
+class TargetInfo;
+class SourceManager;
+class LangOptions;
+
+/// NumericLiteralParser - This performs strict semantic analysis of the content
+/// of a ppnumber, classifying it as either integer, floating, or erroneous,
+/// determines the radix of the value and can convert it to a useful value.
+class NumericLiteralParser {
+  Preprocessor &PP; // needed for diagnostics
+
+  const char *const ThisTokBegin;
+  const char *const ThisTokEnd;
+  const char *DigitsBegin, *SuffixBegin; // markers
+  const char *s; // cursor
+
+  unsigned radix;
+
+  bool saw_exponent, saw_period, saw_ud_suffix;
+
+public:
+  NumericLiteralParser(StringRef TokSpelling,
+                       SourceLocation TokLoc,
+                       Preprocessor &PP);
+  bool hadError;
+  bool isUnsigned;
+  bool isLong;        // This is *not* set for long long.
+  bool isLongLong;
+  bool isFloat;       // 1.0f
+  bool isImaginary;   // 1.0i
+  bool isMicrosoftInteger;  // Microsoft suffix extension i8, i16, i32, or i64.
+
+  bool isIntegerLiteral() const {
+    return !saw_period && !saw_exponent;
+  }
+  bool isFloatingLiteral() const {
+    return saw_period || saw_exponent;
+  }
+
+  bool hasUDSuffix() const {
+    return saw_ud_suffix;
+  }
+  StringRef getUDSuffix() const {
+    assert(saw_ud_suffix);
+    return StringRef(SuffixBegin, ThisTokEnd - SuffixBegin);
+  }
+  unsigned getUDSuffixOffset() const {
+    assert(saw_ud_suffix);
+    return SuffixBegin - ThisTokBegin;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getRadix() const { return radix; }
+
+  /// GetIntegerValue - Convert this numeric literal value to an APInt that
+  /// matches Val's input width.  If there is an overflow (i.e., if the unsigned
+  /// value read is larger than the APInt's bits will hold), set Val to the low
+  /// bits of the result and return true.  Otherwise, return false.
+  bool GetIntegerValue(llvm::APInt &Val);
+
+  /// GetFloatValue - Convert this numeric literal to a floating value, using
+  /// the specified APFloat fltSemantics (specifying float, double, etc).
+  /// The optional bool isExact (passed-by-reference) has its value
+  /// set to true if the returned APFloat can represent the number in the
+  /// literal exactly, and false otherwise.
+  llvm::APFloat::opStatus GetFloatValue(llvm::APFloat &Result);
+
+private:
+
+  void ParseNumberStartingWithZero(SourceLocation TokLoc);
+
+  /// SkipHexDigits - Read and skip over any hex digits, up to End.
+  /// Return a pointer to the first non-hex digit or End.
+  const char *SkipHexDigits(const char *ptr) {
+    while (ptr != ThisTokEnd && isHexDigit(*ptr))
+      ptr++;
+    return ptr;
+  }
+
+  /// SkipOctalDigits - Read and skip over any octal digits, up to End.
+  /// Return a pointer to the first non-hex digit or End.
+  const char *SkipOctalDigits(const char *ptr) {
+    while (ptr != ThisTokEnd && ((*ptr >= '0') && (*ptr <= '7')))
+      ptr++;
+    return ptr;
+  }
+
+  /// SkipDigits - Read and skip over any digits, up to End.
+  /// Return a pointer to the first non-hex digit or End.
+  const char *SkipDigits(const char *ptr) {
+    while (ptr != ThisTokEnd && isDigit(*ptr))
+      ptr++;
+    return ptr;
+  }
+
+  /// SkipBinaryDigits - Read and skip over any binary digits, up to End.
+  /// Return a pointer to the first non-binary digit or End.
+  const char *SkipBinaryDigits(const char *ptr) {
+    while (ptr != ThisTokEnd && (*ptr == '0' || *ptr == '1'))
+      ptr++;
+    return ptr;
+  }
+
+};
+
+/// CharLiteralParser - Perform interpretation and semantic analysis of a
+/// character literal.
+class CharLiteralParser {
+  uint64_t Value;
+  tok::TokenKind Kind;
+  bool IsMultiChar;
+  bool HadError;
+  SmallString<32> UDSuffixBuf;
+  unsigned UDSuffixOffset;
+public:
+  CharLiteralParser(const char *begin, const char *end,
+                    SourceLocation Loc, Preprocessor &PP,
+                    tok::TokenKind kind);
+
+  bool hadError() const { return HadError; }
+  bool isAscii() const { return Kind == tok::char_constant; }
+  bool isWide() const { return Kind == tok::wide_char_constant; }
+  bool isUTF16() const { return Kind == tok::utf16_char_constant; }
+  bool isUTF32() const { return Kind == tok::utf32_char_constant; }
+  bool isMultiChar() const { return IsMultiChar; }
+  uint64_t getValue() const { return Value; }
+  StringRef getUDSuffix() const { return UDSuffixBuf; }
+  unsigned getUDSuffixOffset() const {
+    assert(!UDSuffixBuf.empty() && "no ud-suffix");
+    return UDSuffixOffset;
+  }
+};
+
+/// StringLiteralParser - This decodes string escape characters and performs
+/// wide string analysis and Translation Phase #6 (concatenation of string
+/// literals) (C99 5.1.1.2p1).
+class StringLiteralParser {
+  const SourceManager &SM;
+  const LangOptions &Features;
+  const TargetInfo &Target;
+  DiagnosticsEngine *Diags;
+  
+  unsigned MaxTokenLength;
+  unsigned SizeBound;
+  unsigned CharByteWidth;
+  tok::TokenKind Kind;
+  SmallString<512> ResultBuf;
+  char *ResultPtr; // cursor
+  SmallString<32> UDSuffixBuf;
+  unsigned UDSuffixToken;
+  unsigned UDSuffixOffset;
+public:
+  StringLiteralParser(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
+                      Preprocessor &PP, bool Complain = true);
+  StringLiteralParser(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
+                      const SourceManager &sm, const LangOptions &features,
+                      const TargetInfo &target, DiagnosticsEngine *diags = 0)
+    : SM(sm), Features(features), Target(target), Diags(diags),
+      MaxTokenLength(0), SizeBound(0), CharByteWidth(0), Kind(tok::unknown),
+      ResultPtr(ResultBuf.data()), hadError(false), Pascal(false) {
+    init(StringToks, NumStringToks);
+  }
+    
+
+  bool hadError;
+  bool Pascal;
+
+  StringRef GetString() const {
+    return StringRef(ResultBuf.data(), GetStringLength());
+  }
+  unsigned GetStringLength() const { return ResultPtr-ResultBuf.data(); }
+
+  unsigned GetNumStringChars() const {
+    return GetStringLength() / CharByteWidth;
+  }
+  /// getOffsetOfStringByte - This function returns the offset of the
+  /// specified byte of the string data represented by Token.  This handles
+  /// advancing over escape sequences in the string.
+  ///
+  /// If the Diagnostics pointer is non-null, then this will do semantic
+  /// checking of the string literal and emit errors and warnings.
+  unsigned getOffsetOfStringByte(const Token &TheTok, unsigned ByteNo) const;
+
+  bool isAscii() const { return Kind == tok::string_literal; }
+  bool isWide() const { return Kind == tok::wide_string_literal; }
+  bool isUTF8() const { return Kind == tok::utf8_string_literal; }
+  bool isUTF16() const { return Kind == tok::utf16_string_literal; }
+  bool isUTF32() const { return Kind == tok::utf32_string_literal; }
+  bool isPascal() const { return Pascal; }
+
+  StringRef getUDSuffix() const { return UDSuffixBuf; }
+
+  /// Get the index of a token containing a ud-suffix.
+  unsigned getUDSuffixToken() const {
+    assert(!UDSuffixBuf.empty() && "no ud-suffix");
+    return UDSuffixToken;
+  }
+  /// Get the spelling offset of the first byte of the ud-suffix.
+  unsigned getUDSuffixOffset() const {
+    assert(!UDSuffixBuf.empty() && "no ud-suffix");
+    return UDSuffixOffset;
+  }
+
+private:
+  void init(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks);
+  bool CopyStringFragment(const Token &Tok, const char *TokBegin,
+                          StringRef Fragment);
+  void DiagnoseLexingError(SourceLocation Loc);
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64323b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
+//===--- MacroInfo.h - Information about #defined identifiers ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the clang::MacroInfo and clang::MacroDirective classes.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_MACROINFO_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_MACROINFO_H
+
+#include "clang/Lex/Token.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class Preprocessor;
+
+/// \brief Encapsulates the data about a macro definition (e.g. its tokens).
+///
+/// There's an instance of this class for every #define.
+class MacroInfo {
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // State set when the macro is defined.
+
+  /// \brief The location the macro is defined.
+  SourceLocation Location;
+  /// \brief The location of the last token in the macro.
+  SourceLocation EndLocation;
+
+  /// \brief The list of arguments for a function-like macro.
+  ///
+  /// ArgumentList points to the first of NumArguments pointers.
+  ///
+  /// This can be empty, for, e.g. "#define X()".  In a C99-style variadic macro, this
+  /// includes the \c __VA_ARGS__ identifier on the list.
+  IdentifierInfo **ArgumentList;
+
+  /// \see ArgumentList
+  unsigned NumArguments;
+  
+  /// \brief This is the list of tokens that the macro is defined to.
+  SmallVector<Token, 8> ReplacementTokens;
+
+  /// \brief Length in characters of the macro definition.
+  mutable unsigned DefinitionLength;
+  mutable bool IsDefinitionLengthCached : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this macro is function-like, false if it is object-like.
+  bool IsFunctionLike : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this macro is of the form "#define X(...)" or
+  /// "#define X(Y,Z,...)".
+  ///
+  /// The __VA_ARGS__ token should be replaced with the contents of "..." in an
+  /// invocation.
+  bool IsC99Varargs : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this macro is of the form "#define X(a...)".
+  ///
+  /// The "a" identifier in the replacement list will be replaced with all arguments
+  /// of the macro starting with the specified one.
+  bool IsGNUVarargs : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this macro requires processing before expansion.
+  ///
+  /// This is the case for builtin macros such as __LINE__, so long as they have
+  /// not been redefined, but not for regular predefined macros from the "<built-in>"
+  /// memory buffer (see Preprocessing::getPredefinesFileID).
+  bool IsBuiltinMacro : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this macro contains the sequence ", ## __VA_ARGS__"
+  bool HasCommaPasting : 1;
+  
+private:
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // State that changes as the macro is used.
+
+  /// \brief True if we have started an expansion of this macro already.
+  ///
+  /// This disables recursive expansion, which would be quite bad for things
+  /// like \#define A A.
+  bool IsDisabled : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this macro is either defined in the main file and has
+  /// been used, or if it is not defined in the main file.
+  ///
+  /// This is used to emit -Wunused-macros diagnostics.
+  bool IsUsed : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if this macro can be redefined without emitting a warning.
+  bool IsAllowRedefinitionsWithoutWarning : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Must warn if the macro is unused at the end of translation unit.
+  bool IsWarnIfUnused : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this macro info was loaded from an AST file.
+  unsigned FromASTFile : 1;
+
+  ~MacroInfo() {
+    assert(ArgumentList == 0 && "Didn't call destroy before dtor!");
+  }
+
+public:
+  MacroInfo(SourceLocation DefLoc);
+  
+  /// \brief Free the argument list of the macro.
+  ///
+  /// This restores this MacroInfo to a state where it can be reused for other
+  /// devious purposes.
+  void FreeArgumentList() {
+    ArgumentList = 0;
+    NumArguments = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Destroy this MacroInfo object.
+  void Destroy() {
+    FreeArgumentList();
+    this->~MacroInfo();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the location that the macro was defined at.
+  SourceLocation getDefinitionLoc() const { return Location; }
+
+  /// \brief Set the location of the last token in the macro.
+  void setDefinitionEndLoc(SourceLocation EndLoc) { EndLocation = EndLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the location of the last token in the macro.
+  SourceLocation getDefinitionEndLoc() const { return EndLocation; }
+
+  /// \brief Get length in characters of the macro definition.
+  unsigned getDefinitionLength(SourceManager &SM) const {
+    if (IsDefinitionLengthCached)
+      return DefinitionLength;
+    return getDefinitionLengthSlow(SM);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if the specified macro definition is equal to
+  /// this macro in spelling, arguments, and whitespace.
+  ///
+  /// \param Syntactically if true, the macro definitions can be identical even
+  /// if they use different identifiers for the function macro parameters.
+  /// Otherwise the comparison is lexical and this implements the rules in
+  /// C99 6.10.3.
+  bool isIdenticalTo(const MacroInfo &Other, Preprocessor &PP,
+                     bool Syntactically) const;
+
+  /// \brief Set or clear the isBuiltinMacro flag.
+  void setIsBuiltinMacro(bool Val = true) {
+    IsBuiltinMacro = Val;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the value of the IsUsed flag.
+  void setIsUsed(bool Val) {
+    IsUsed = Val;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the value of the IsAllowRedefinitionsWithoutWarning flag.
+  void setIsAllowRedefinitionsWithoutWarning(bool Val) {
+    IsAllowRedefinitionsWithoutWarning = Val;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the value of the IsWarnIfUnused flag.
+  void setIsWarnIfUnused(bool val) {
+    IsWarnIfUnused = val;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the specified list of identifiers as the argument list for
+  /// this macro.
+  void setArgumentList(IdentifierInfo* const *List, unsigned NumArgs,
+                       llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &PPAllocator) {
+    assert(ArgumentList == 0 && NumArguments == 0 &&
+           "Argument list already set!");
+    if (NumArgs == 0) return;
+
+    NumArguments = NumArgs;
+    ArgumentList = PPAllocator.Allocate<IdentifierInfo*>(NumArgs);
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
+      ArgumentList[i] = List[i];
+  }
+
+  /// Arguments - The list of arguments for a function-like macro.  This can be
+  /// empty, for, e.g. "#define X()".
+  typedef IdentifierInfo* const *arg_iterator;
+  bool arg_empty() const { return NumArguments == 0; }
+  arg_iterator arg_begin() const { return ArgumentList; }
+  arg_iterator arg_end() const { return ArgumentList+NumArguments; }
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArguments; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the argument number of the specified identifier,
+  /// or -1 if the identifier is not a formal argument identifier.
+  int getArgumentNum(IdentifierInfo *Arg) const {
+    for (arg_iterator I = arg_begin(), E = arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (*I == Arg) return I-arg_begin();
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /// Function/Object-likeness.  Keep track of whether this macro has formal
+  /// parameters.
+  void setIsFunctionLike() { IsFunctionLike = true; }
+  bool isFunctionLike() const { return IsFunctionLike; }
+  bool isObjectLike() const { return !IsFunctionLike; }
+
+  /// Varargs querying methods.  This can only be set for function-like macros.
+  void setIsC99Varargs() { IsC99Varargs = true; }
+  void setIsGNUVarargs() { IsGNUVarargs = true; }
+  bool isC99Varargs() const { return IsC99Varargs; }
+  bool isGNUVarargs() const { return IsGNUVarargs; }
+  bool isVariadic() const { return IsC99Varargs | IsGNUVarargs; }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this macro requires processing before expansion.
+  ///
+  /// This is true only for builtin macro, such as \__LINE__, whose values
+  /// are not given by fixed textual expansions.  Regular predefined macros
+  /// from the "<built-in>" buffer are not reported as builtins by this
+  /// function.
+  bool isBuiltinMacro() const { return IsBuiltinMacro; }
+
+  bool hasCommaPasting() const { return HasCommaPasting; }
+  void setHasCommaPasting() { HasCommaPasting = true; }
+
+  /// \brief Return false if this macro is defined in the main file and has
+  /// not yet been used.
+  bool isUsed() const { return IsUsed; }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this macro can be redefined without warning.
+  bool isAllowRedefinitionsWithoutWarning() const {
+    return IsAllowRedefinitionsWithoutWarning;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if we should emit a warning if the macro is unused.
+  bool isWarnIfUnused() const {
+    return IsWarnIfUnused;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the number of tokens that this macro expands to.
+  ///
+  unsigned getNumTokens() const {
+    return ReplacementTokens.size();
+  }
+
+  const Token &getReplacementToken(unsigned Tok) const {
+    assert(Tok < ReplacementTokens.size() && "Invalid token #");
+    return ReplacementTokens[Tok];
+  }
+
+  typedef SmallVector<Token, 8>::const_iterator tokens_iterator;
+  tokens_iterator tokens_begin() const { return ReplacementTokens.begin(); }
+  tokens_iterator tokens_end() const { return ReplacementTokens.end(); }
+  bool tokens_empty() const { return ReplacementTokens.empty(); }
+
+  /// \brief Add the specified token to the replacement text for the macro.
+  void AddTokenToBody(const Token &Tok) {
+    assert(!IsDefinitionLengthCached &&
+          "Changing replacement tokens after definition length got calculated");
+    ReplacementTokens.push_back(Tok);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this macro is enabled.
+  ///
+  /// In other words, that we are not currently in an expansion of this macro.
+  bool isEnabled() const { return !IsDisabled; }
+
+  void EnableMacro() {
+    assert(IsDisabled && "Cannot enable an already-enabled macro!");
+    IsDisabled = false;
+  }
+
+  void DisableMacro() {
+    assert(!IsDisabled && "Cannot disable an already-disabled macro!");
+    IsDisabled = true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this macro info came from an AST file (such as
+  /// a precompiled header or module) rather than having been parsed.
+  bool isFromASTFile() const { return FromASTFile; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the global ID of the module that owns this particular
+  /// macro info.
+  unsigned getOwningModuleID() const {
+    if (isFromASTFile())
+      return *(const unsigned*)(this+1);
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+private:
+  unsigned getDefinitionLengthSlow(SourceManager &SM) const;
+
+  void setOwningModuleID(unsigned ID) {
+    assert(isFromASTFile());
+    *(unsigned*)(this+1) = ID;
+  }
+
+  friend class Preprocessor;
+};
+
+class DefMacroDirective;
+
+/// \brief Encapsulates changes to the "macros namespace" (the location where
+/// the macro name became active, the location where it was undefined, etc.).
+///
+/// MacroDirectives, associated with an identifier, are used to model the macro
+/// history. Usually a macro definition (MacroInfo) is where a macro name
+/// becomes active (MacroDirective) but modules can have their own macro
+/// history, separate from the local (current translation unit) macro history.
+///
+/// For example, if "@import A;" imports macro FOO, there will be a new local
+/// MacroDirective created to indicate that "FOO" became active at the import
+/// location. Module "A" itself will contain another MacroDirective in its macro
+/// history (at the point of the definition of FOO) and both MacroDirectives
+/// will point to the same MacroInfo object.
+///
+class MacroDirective {
+public:
+  enum Kind {
+    MD_Define,
+    MD_Undefine,
+    MD_Visibility
+  };
+
+protected:
+  /// \brief Previous macro directive for the same identifier, or NULL.
+  MacroDirective *Previous;
+
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// \brief MacroDirective kind.
+  unsigned MDKind : 2;
+
+  /// \brief True if the macro directive was loaded from a PCH file.
+  bool IsFromPCH : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the macro directive is currently "hidden".
+  ///
+  /// Note that this is transient state that is never serialized to the AST
+  /// file.
+  bool IsHidden : 1;
+
+  // Used by DefMacroDirective -----------------------------------------------//
+
+  /// \brief True if this macro was imported from a module.
+  bool IsImported : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the definition of this macro is ambiguous, due to
+  /// multiple definitions coming in from multiple modules.
+  bool IsAmbiguous : 1;
+
+  // Used by VisibilityMacroDirective ----------------------------------------//
+
+  /// \brief Whether the macro has public visibility (when described in a
+  /// module).
+  bool IsPublic : 1;
+
+  MacroDirective(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc)
+    : Previous(0), Loc(Loc), MDKind(K), IsFromPCH(false), IsHidden(false),
+      IsImported(false), IsAmbiguous(false),
+      IsPublic(true) {
+  }
+
+public:
+  Kind getKind() const { return Kind(MDKind); }
+
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+
+  /// \brief Set previous definition of the macro with the same name.
+  void setPrevious(MacroDirective *Prev) {
+    Previous = Prev;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get previous definition of the macro with the same name.
+  const MacroDirective *getPrevious() const { return Previous; }
+
+  /// \brief Get previous definition of the macro with the same name.
+  MacroDirective *getPrevious() { return Previous; }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if the macro directive was loaded from a PCH file.
+  bool isFromPCH() const { return IsFromPCH; }
+
+  void setIsFromPCH() { IsFromPCH = true; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this macro directive is hidden.
+  bool isHidden() const { return IsHidden; }
+
+  /// \brief Set whether this macro directive is hidden.
+  void setHidden(bool Val) { IsHidden = Val; }
+
+  class DefInfo {
+    DefMacroDirective *DefDirective;
+    SourceLocation UndefLoc;
+    bool IsPublic;
+
+  public:
+    DefInfo() : DefDirective(0) { }
+
+    DefInfo(DefMacroDirective *DefDirective, SourceLocation UndefLoc,
+            bool isPublic)
+      : DefDirective(DefDirective), UndefLoc(UndefLoc), IsPublic(isPublic) { }
+
+    const DefMacroDirective *getDirective() const { return DefDirective; }
+          DefMacroDirective *getDirective()       { return DefDirective; }
+
+    inline SourceLocation getLocation() const;
+    inline MacroInfo *getMacroInfo();
+    const MacroInfo *getMacroInfo() const {
+      return const_cast<DefInfo*>(this)->getMacroInfo();
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getUndefLocation() const { return UndefLoc; }
+    bool isUndefined() const { return UndefLoc.isValid(); }
+
+    bool isPublic() const { return IsPublic; }
+
+    bool isValid() const { return DefDirective != 0; }
+    bool isInvalid() const { return !isValid(); }
+
+    operator bool() const { return isValid(); }
+
+    inline DefInfo getPreviousDefinition(bool AllowHidden = false);
+    const DefInfo getPreviousDefinition(bool AllowHidden = false) const {
+      return const_cast<DefInfo*>(this)->getPreviousDefinition(AllowHidden);
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Traverses the macro directives history and returns the next
+  /// macro definition directive along with info about its undefined location
+  /// (if there is one) and if it is public or private.
+  DefInfo getDefinition(bool AllowHidden = false);
+  const DefInfo getDefinition(bool AllowHidden = false) const {
+    return const_cast<MacroDirective*>(this)->getDefinition(AllowHidden);
+  }
+
+  bool isDefined(bool AllowHidden = false) const {
+    if (const DefInfo Def = getDefinition(AllowHidden))
+      return !Def.isUndefined();
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  const MacroInfo *getMacroInfo(bool AllowHidden = false) const {
+    return getDefinition(AllowHidden).getMacroInfo();
+  }
+  MacroInfo *getMacroInfo(bool AllowHidden = false) {
+    return getDefinition(AllowHidden).getMacroInfo();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Find macro definition active in the specified source location. If
+  /// this macro was not defined there, return NULL.
+  const DefInfo findDirectiveAtLoc(SourceLocation L, SourceManager &SM) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MacroDirective *) { return true; }
+};
+
+/// \brief A directive for a defined macro or a macro imported from a module.
+class DefMacroDirective : public MacroDirective {
+  MacroInfo *Info;
+
+public:
+  explicit DefMacroDirective(MacroInfo *MI)
+    : MacroDirective(MD_Define, MI->getDefinitionLoc()), Info(MI) {
+    assert(MI && "MacroInfo is null");
+  }
+
+  DefMacroDirective(MacroInfo *MI, SourceLocation Loc, bool isImported)
+    : MacroDirective(MD_Define, Loc), Info(MI) {
+    assert(MI && "MacroInfo is null");
+    IsImported = isImported;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The data for the macro definition.
+  const MacroInfo *getInfo() const { return Info; }
+  MacroInfo *getInfo() { return Info; }
+
+  /// \brief True if this macro was imported from a module.
+  bool isImported() const { return IsImported; }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this macro definition is ambiguous with
+  /// other macro definitions.
+  bool isAmbiguous() const { return IsAmbiguous; }
+
+  /// \brief Set whether this macro definition is ambiguous.
+  void setAmbiguous(bool Val) { IsAmbiguous = Val; }
+
+  static bool classof(const MacroDirective *MD) {
+    return MD->getKind() == MD_Define;
+  }
+  static bool classof(const DefMacroDirective *) { return true; }
+};
+
+/// \brief A directive for an undefined macro.
+class UndefMacroDirective : public MacroDirective  {
+public:
+  explicit UndefMacroDirective(SourceLocation UndefLoc)
+    : MacroDirective(MD_Undefine, UndefLoc) {
+    assert(UndefLoc.isValid() && "Invalid UndefLoc!");
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const MacroDirective *MD) {
+    return MD->getKind() == MD_Undefine;
+  }
+  static bool classof(const UndefMacroDirective *) { return true; }
+};
+
+/// \brief A directive for setting the module visibility of a macro.
+class VisibilityMacroDirective : public MacroDirective  {
+public:
+  explicit VisibilityMacroDirective(SourceLocation Loc, bool Public)
+    : MacroDirective(MD_Visibility, Loc) {
+    IsPublic = Public;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this macro is part of the public API of its
+  /// module.
+  bool isPublic() const { return IsPublic; }
+
+  static bool classof(const MacroDirective *MD) {
+    return MD->getKind() == MD_Visibility;
+  }
+  static bool classof(const VisibilityMacroDirective *) { return true; }
+};
+
+inline SourceLocation MacroDirective::DefInfo::getLocation() const {
+  if (isInvalid())
+    return SourceLocation();
+  return DefDirective->getLocation();
+}
+
+inline MacroInfo *MacroDirective::DefInfo::getMacroInfo() {
+  if (isInvalid())
+    return 0;
+  return DefDirective->getInfo();
+}
+
+inline MacroDirective::DefInfo
+MacroDirective::DefInfo::getPreviousDefinition(bool AllowHidden) {
+  if (isInvalid() || DefDirective->getPrevious() == 0)
+    return DefInfo();
+  return DefDirective->getPrevious()->getDefinition(AllowHidden);
+}
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3acf915
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+//===--- ModuleLoader.h - Module Loader Interface ---------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ModuleLoader interface, which is responsible for 
+//  loading named modules.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_MODULE_LOADER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_MODULE_LOADER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class IdentifierInfo;
+class Module;
+
+/// \brief A sequence of identifier/location pairs used to describe a particular
+/// module or submodule, e.g., std.vector.
+typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> > ModuleIdPath;
+
+/// \brief Describes the result of attempting to load a module.
+class ModuleLoadResult {
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<Module *, 1, bool> Storage;
+
+public:
+  ModuleLoadResult() : Storage() { }
+
+  ModuleLoadResult(Module *module, bool missingExpected)
+    : Storage(module, missingExpected) { }
+
+  operator Module *() const { return Storage.getPointer(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether the module, which failed to load, was
+  /// actually a submodule that we expected to see (based on implying the
+  /// submodule from header structure), but didn't materialize in the actual
+  /// module.
+  bool isMissingExpected() const { return Storage.getInt(); }
+};
+
+/// \brief Abstract interface for a module loader.
+///
+/// This abstract interface describes a module loader, which is responsible
+/// for resolving a module name (e.g., "std") to an actual module file, and
+/// then loading that module.
+class ModuleLoader {
+public:
+  virtual ~ModuleLoader();
+  
+  /// \brief Attempt to load the given module.
+  ///
+  /// This routine attempts to load the module described by the given 
+  /// parameters.
+  ///
+  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
+  ///
+  /// \param Path The identifiers (and their locations) of the module
+  /// "path", e.g., "std.vector" would be split into "std" and "vector".
+  /// 
+  /// \param Visibility The visibility provided for the names in the loaded
+  /// module.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsInclusionDirective Indicates that this module is being loaded
+  /// implicitly, due to the presence of an inclusion directive. Otherwise,
+  /// it is being loaded due to an import declaration.
+  ///
+  /// \returns If successful, returns the loaded module. Otherwise, returns 
+  /// NULL to indicate that the module could not be loaded.
+  virtual ModuleLoadResult loadModule(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                                      ModuleIdPath Path,
+                                      Module::NameVisibilityKind Visibility,
+                                      bool IsInclusionDirective) = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Make the given module visible.
+  virtual void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod,
+                                 Module::NameVisibilityKind Visibility,
+                                 SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                                 bool Complain) = 0;
+};
+  
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ModuleMap.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ModuleMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c9c673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ModuleMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+//===--- ModuleMap.h - Describe the layout of modules -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the ModuleMap interface, which describes the layout of a
+// module as it relates to headers.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_MODULEMAP_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_MODULEMAP_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+class DirectoryEntry;
+class FileEntry;
+class FileManager;
+class DiagnosticConsumer;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class HeaderSearch;
+class ModuleMapParser;
+  
+class ModuleMap {
+  SourceManager *SourceMgr;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags;
+  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
+  const TargetInfo *Target;
+  HeaderSearch &HeaderInfo;
+  
+  /// \brief The directory used for Clang-supplied, builtin include headers,
+  /// such as "stdint.h".
+  const DirectoryEntry *BuiltinIncludeDir;
+  
+  /// \brief Language options used to parse the module map itself.
+  ///
+  /// These are always simple C language options.
+  LangOptions MMapLangOpts;
+
+  /// \brief The top-level modules that are known.
+  llvm::StringMap<Module *> Modules;
+
+  /// \brief A header that is known to reside within a given module,
+  /// whether it was included or excluded.
+  class KnownHeader {
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<Module *, 1, bool> Storage;
+
+  public:
+    KnownHeader() : Storage(0, false) { }
+    KnownHeader(Module *M, bool Excluded) : Storage(M, Excluded) { }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the module the header is stored in.
+    Module *getModule() const { return Storage.getPointer(); }
+
+    /// \brief Whether this header is explicitly excluded from the module.
+    bool isExcluded() const { return Storage.getInt(); }
+
+    /// \brief Whether this header is available in the module.
+    bool isAvailable() const { 
+      return !isExcluded() && getModule()->isAvailable(); 
+    }
+
+    // \brief Whether this known header is valid (i.e., it has an
+    // associated module).
+    operator bool() const { return Storage.getPointer() != 0; }
+  };
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry *, KnownHeader> HeadersMap;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from each header to the module that owns the contents of the
+  /// that header.
+  HeadersMap Headers;
+  
+  /// \brief Mapping from directories with umbrella headers to the module
+  /// that is generated from the umbrella header.
+  ///
+  /// This mapping is used to map headers that haven't explicitly been named
+  /// in the module map over to the module that includes them via its umbrella
+  /// header.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const DirectoryEntry *, Module *> UmbrellaDirs;
+
+  /// \brief A directory for which framework modules can be inferred.
+  struct InferredDirectory {
+    InferredDirectory() : InferModules(), InferSystemModules() { }
+
+    /// \brief Whether to infer modules from this directory.
+    unsigned InferModules : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the modules we infer are [system] modules.
+    unsigned InferSystemModules : 1;
+
+    /// \brief The names of modules that cannot be inferred within this
+    /// directory.
+    SmallVector<std::string, 2> ExcludedModules;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief A mapping from directories to information about inferring
+  /// framework modules from within those directories.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const DirectoryEntry *, InferredDirectory> InferredDirectories;
+
+  /// \brief Describes whether we haved parsed a particular file as a module
+  /// map.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry *, bool> ParsedModuleMap;
+
+  friend class ModuleMapParser;
+  
+  /// \brief Resolve the given export declaration into an actual export
+  /// declaration.
+  ///
+  /// \param Mod The module in which we're resolving the export declaration.
+  ///
+  /// \param Unresolved The export declaration to resolve.
+  ///
+  /// \param Complain Whether this routine should complain about unresolvable
+  /// exports.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The resolved export declaration, which will have a NULL pointer
+  /// if the export could not be resolved.
+  Module::ExportDecl 
+  resolveExport(Module *Mod, const Module::UnresolvedExportDecl &Unresolved,
+                bool Complain) const;
+
+  /// \brief Resolve the given module id to an actual module.
+  ///
+  /// \param Id The module-id to resolve.
+  ///
+  /// \param Mod The module in which we're resolving the module-id.
+  ///
+  /// \param Complain Whether this routine should complain about unresolvable
+  /// module-ids.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The resolved module, or null if the module-id could not be
+  /// resolved.
+  Module *resolveModuleId(const ModuleId &Id, Module *Mod, bool Complain) const;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Construct a new module map.
+  ///
+  /// \param FileMgr The file manager used to find module files and headers.
+  /// This file manager should be shared with the header-search mechanism, since
+  /// they will refer to the same headers.
+  ///
+  /// \param DC A diagnostic consumer that will be cloned for use in generating
+  /// diagnostics.
+  ///
+  /// \param LangOpts Language options for this translation unit.
+  ///
+  /// \param Target The target for this translation unit.
+  ModuleMap(FileManager &FileMgr, const DiagnosticConsumer &DC,
+            const LangOptions &LangOpts, const TargetInfo *Target,
+            HeaderSearch &HeaderInfo);
+
+  /// \brief Destroy the module map.
+  ///
+  ~ModuleMap();
+
+  /// \brief Set the target information.
+  void setTarget(const TargetInfo &Target);
+
+  /// \brief Set the directory that contains Clang-supplied include
+  /// files, such as our stdarg.h or tgmath.h.
+  void setBuiltinIncludeDir(const DirectoryEntry *Dir) {
+    BuiltinIncludeDir = Dir;
+  }
+  const DirectoryEntry *getBuiltinIncludeDir() { return BuiltinIncludeDir; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module that owns the given header file, if any.
+  ///
+  /// \param File The header file that is likely to be included.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The module that owns the given header file, or null to indicate
+  /// that no module owns this header file.
+  Module *findModuleForHeader(const FileEntry *File);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given header is part of a module
+  /// marked 'unavailable'.
+  bool isHeaderInUnavailableModule(const FileEntry *Header) const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a module with the given name.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The name of the module to look up.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The named module, if known; otherwise, returns null.
+  Module *findModule(StringRef Name) const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a module with the given name using lexical name lookup,
+  /// starting at the given context.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The name of the module to look up.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The module context, from which we will perform lexical
+  /// name lookup.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The named module, if known; otherwise, returns null.
+  Module *lookupModuleUnqualified(StringRef Name, Module *Context) const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a module with the given name within the given context,
+  /// using direct (qualified) name lookup.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The name of the module to look up.
+  /// 
+  /// \param Context The module for which we will look for a submodule. If
+  /// null, we will look for a top-level module.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The named submodule, if known; otherwose, returns null.
+  Module *lookupModuleQualified(StringRef Name, Module *Context) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Find a new module or submodule, or create it if it does not already
+  /// exist.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The name of the module to find or create.
+  ///
+  /// \param Parent The module that will act as the parent of this submodule,
+  /// or NULL to indicate that this is a top-level module.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsFramework Whether this is a framework module.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsExplicit Whether this is an explicit submodule.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The found or newly-created module, along with a boolean value
+  /// that will be true if the module is newly-created.
+  std::pair<Module *, bool> findOrCreateModule(StringRef Name, Module *Parent, 
+                                               bool IsFramework,
+                                               bool IsExplicit);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we can infer a framework module a framework
+  /// with the given name in the given
+  ///
+  /// \param ParentDir The directory that is the parent of the framework
+  /// directory.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The name of the module.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsSystem Will be set to 'true' if the inferred module must be a
+  /// system module.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if we are allowed to infer a framework module, and false
+  /// otherwise.
+  bool canInferFrameworkModule(const DirectoryEntry *ParentDir,
+                               StringRef Name, bool &IsSystem) const;
+
+  /// \brief Infer the contents of a framework module map from the given
+  /// framework directory.
+  Module *inferFrameworkModule(StringRef ModuleName, 
+                               const DirectoryEntry *FrameworkDir,
+                               bool IsSystem, Module *Parent);
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module map file containing the definition of the given
+  /// module.
+  ///
+  /// \param Module The module whose module map file will be returned, if known.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The file entry for the module map file containing the given
+  /// module, or NULL if the module definition was inferred.
+  const FileEntry *getContainingModuleMapFile(Module *Module) const;
+
+  /// \brief Resolve all of the unresolved exports in the given module.
+  ///
+  /// \param Mod The module whose exports should be resolved.
+  ///
+  /// \param Complain Whether to emit diagnostics for failures.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if any errors were encountered while resolving exports,
+  /// false otherwise.
+  bool resolveExports(Module *Mod, bool Complain);
+
+  /// \brief Resolve all of the unresolved conflicts in the given module.
+  ///
+  /// \param Mod The module whose conflicts should be resolved.
+  ///
+  /// \param Complain Whether to emit diagnostics for failures.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if any errors were encountered while resolving conflicts,
+  /// false otherwise.
+  bool resolveConflicts(Module *Mod, bool Complain);
+
+  /// \brief Infers the (sub)module based on the given source location and
+  /// source manager.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The location within the source that we are querying, along
+  /// with its source manager.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The module that owns this source location, or null if no
+  /// module owns this source location.
+  Module *inferModuleFromLocation(FullSourceLoc Loc);
+  
+  /// \brief Sets the umbrella header of the given module to the given
+  /// header.
+  void setUmbrellaHeader(Module *Mod, const FileEntry *UmbrellaHeader);
+
+  /// \brief Sets the umbrella directory of the given module to the given
+  /// directory.
+  void setUmbrellaDir(Module *Mod, const DirectoryEntry *UmbrellaDir);
+
+  /// \brief Adds this header to the given module.
+  /// \param Excluded Whether this header is explicitly excluded from the
+  /// module; otherwise, it's included in the module.
+  void addHeader(Module *Mod, const FileEntry *Header, bool Excluded);
+
+  /// \brief Parse the given module map file, and record any modules we 
+  /// encounter.
+  ///
+  /// \param File The file to be parsed.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool parseModuleMapFile(const FileEntry *File);
+    
+  /// \brief Dump the contents of the module map, for debugging purposes.
+  void dump();
+  
+  typedef llvm::StringMap<Module *>::const_iterator module_iterator;
+  module_iterator module_begin() const { return Modules.begin(); }
+  module_iterator module_end()   const { return Modules.end(); }
+};
+  
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/MultipleIncludeOpt.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/MultipleIncludeOpt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2a5a77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/MultipleIncludeOpt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+//===--- MultipleIncludeOpt.h - Header Multiple-Include Optzn ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the MultipleIncludeOpt interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_MULTIPLEINCLUDEOPT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_MULTIPLEINCLUDEOPT_H
+
+namespace clang {
+class IdentifierInfo;
+
+/// \brief Implements the simple state machine that the Lexer class uses to
+/// detect files subject to the 'multiple-include' optimization.
+///
+/// The public methods in this class are triggered by various
+/// events that occur when a file is lexed, and after the entire file is lexed,
+/// information about which macro (if any) controls the header is returned.
+class MultipleIncludeOpt {
+  /// ReadAnyTokens - This is set to false when a file is first opened and true
+  /// any time a token is returned to the client or a (non-multiple-include)
+  /// directive is parsed.  When the final \#endif is parsed this is reset back
+  /// to false, that way any tokens before the first \#ifdef or after the last
+  /// \#endif can be easily detected.
+  bool ReadAnyTokens;
+
+  /// ReadAnyTokens - This is set to false when a file is first opened and true
+  /// any time a token is returned to the client or a (non-multiple-include)
+  /// directive is parsed.  When the final #endif is parsed this is reset back
+  /// to false, that way any tokens before the first #ifdef or after the last
+  /// #endif can be easily detected.
+  bool DidMacroExpansion;
+
+  /// TheMacro - The controlling macro for a file, if valid.
+  ///
+  const IdentifierInfo *TheMacro;
+public:
+  MultipleIncludeOpt() {
+    ReadAnyTokens = false;
+    DidMacroExpansion = false;
+    TheMacro = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// Invalidate - Permanently mark this file as not being suitable for the
+  /// include-file optimization.
+  void Invalidate() {
+    // If we have read tokens but have no controlling macro, the state-machine
+    // below can never "accept".
+    ReadAnyTokens = true;
+    TheMacro = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// getHasReadAnyTokensVal - This is used for the \#ifndef hande-shake at the
+  /// top of the file when reading preprocessor directives.  Otherwise, reading
+  /// the "ifndef x" would count as reading tokens.
+  bool getHasReadAnyTokensVal() const { return ReadAnyTokens; }
+
+  // If a token is read, remember that we have seen a side-effect in this file.
+  void ReadToken() { ReadAnyTokens = true; }
+
+  /// ExpandedMacro - When a macro is expanded with this lexer as the current
+  /// buffer, this method is called to disable the MIOpt if needed.
+  void ExpandedMacro() { DidMacroExpansion = true; }
+
+  /// \brief Called when entering a top-level \#ifndef directive (or the
+  /// "\#if !defined" equivalent) without any preceding tokens.
+  ///
+  /// Note, we don't care about the input value of 'ReadAnyTokens'.  The caller
+  /// ensures that this is only called if there are no tokens read before the
+  /// \#ifndef.  The caller is required to do this, because reading the \#if
+  /// line obviously reads in in tokens.
+  void EnterTopLevelIFNDEF(const IdentifierInfo *M) {
+    // If the macro is already set, this is after the top-level #endif.
+    if (TheMacro)
+      return Invalidate();
+
+    // If we have already expanded a macro by the end of the #ifndef line, then
+    // there is a macro expansion *in* the #ifndef line.  This means that the
+    // condition could evaluate differently when subsequently #included.  Reject
+    // this.
+    if (DidMacroExpansion)
+      return Invalidate();
+
+    // Remember that we're in the #if and that we have the macro.
+    ReadAnyTokens = true;
+    TheMacro = M;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Invoked when a top level conditional (except \#ifndef) is found.
+  void EnterTopLevelConditional() {
+    // If a conditional directive (except #ifndef) is found at the top level,
+    // there is a chunk of the file not guarded by the controlling macro.
+    Invalidate();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Called when the lexer exits the top-level conditional.
+  void ExitTopLevelConditional() {
+    // If we have a macro, that means the top of the file was ok.  Set our state
+    // back to "not having read any tokens" so we can detect anything after the
+    // #endif.
+    if (!TheMacro) return Invalidate();
+
+    // At this point, we haven't "read any tokens" but we do have a controlling
+    // macro.
+    ReadAnyTokens = false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Once the entire file has been lexed, if there is a controlling
+  /// macro, return it.
+  const IdentifierInfo *GetControllingMacroAtEndOfFile() const {
+    // If we haven't read any tokens after the #endif, return the controlling
+    // macro if it's valid (if it isn't, it will be null).
+    if (!ReadAnyTokens)
+      return TheMacro;
+    return 0;
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PPCallbacks.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PPCallbacks.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96359a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PPCallbacks.h
@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+//===--- PPCallbacks.h - Callbacks for Preprocessor actions -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the PPCallbacks interface.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PPCALLBACKS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PPCALLBACKS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/DirectoryLookup.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class SourceLocation;
+  class Token;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class MacroDirective;
+
+/// \brief This interface provides a way to observe the actions of the
+/// preprocessor as it does its thing.
+///
+/// Clients can define their hooks here to implement preprocessor level tools.
+class PPCallbacks {
+public:
+  virtual ~PPCallbacks();
+
+  enum FileChangeReason {
+    EnterFile, ExitFile, SystemHeaderPragma, RenameFile
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked whenever a source file is entered or exited.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc Indicates the new location.
+  /// \param PrevFID the file that was exited if \p Reason is ExitFile.
+  virtual void FileChanged(SourceLocation Loc, FileChangeReason Reason,
+                           SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileType,
+                           FileID PrevFID = FileID()) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked whenever a source file is skipped as the result
+  /// of header guard optimization.
+  ///
+  /// \param ParentFile The file that \#included the skipped file.
+  ///
+  /// \param FilenameTok The token in ParentFile that indicates the
+  /// skipped file.
+  virtual void FileSkipped(const FileEntry &ParentFile,
+                           const Token &FilenameTok,
+                           SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileType) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked whenever an inclusion directive results in a
+  /// file-not-found error.
+  ///
+  /// \param FileName The name of the file being included, as written in the 
+  /// source code.
+  ///
+  /// \param RecoveryPath If this client indicates that it can recover from 
+  /// this missing file, the client should set this as an additional header
+  /// search patch.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true to indicate that the preprocessor should attempt to recover
+  /// by adding \p RecoveryPath as a header search path.
+  virtual bool FileNotFound(StringRef FileName,
+                            SmallVectorImpl<char> &RecoveryPath) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked whenever an inclusion directive of
+  /// any kind (\c \#include, \c \#import, etc.) has been processed, regardless
+  /// of whether the inclusion will actually result in an inclusion.
+  ///
+  /// \param HashLoc The location of the '#' that starts the inclusion 
+  /// directive.
+  ///
+  /// \param IncludeTok The token that indicates the kind of inclusion 
+  /// directive, e.g., 'include' or 'import'.
+  ///
+  /// \param FileName The name of the file being included, as written in the 
+  /// source code.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsAngled Whether the file name was enclosed in angle brackets;
+  /// otherwise, it was enclosed in quotes.
+  ///
+  /// \param FilenameRange The character range of the quotes or angle brackets
+  /// for the written file name.
+  ///
+  /// \param File The actual file that may be included by this inclusion 
+  /// directive.
+  ///
+  /// \param SearchPath Contains the search path which was used to find the file
+  /// in the file system. If the file was found via an absolute include path,
+  /// SearchPath will be empty. For framework includes, the SearchPath and
+  /// RelativePath will be split up. For example, if an include of "Some/Some.h"
+  /// is found via the framework path
+  /// "path/to/Frameworks/Some.framework/Headers/Some.h", SearchPath will be
+  /// "path/to/Frameworks/Some.framework/Headers" and RelativePath will be
+  /// "Some.h".
+  ///
+  /// \param RelativePath The path relative to SearchPath, at which the include
+  /// file was found. This is equal to FileName except for framework includes.
+  ///
+  /// \param Imported The module, whenever an inclusion directive was
+  /// automatically turned into a module import or null otherwise.
+  ///
+  virtual void InclusionDirective(SourceLocation HashLoc,
+                                  const Token &IncludeTok,
+                                  StringRef FileName,
+                                  bool IsAngled,
+                                  CharSourceRange FilenameRange,
+                                  const FileEntry *File,
+                                  StringRef SearchPath,
+                                  StringRef RelativePath,
+                                  const Module *Imported) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked whenever there was an explicit module-import
+  /// syntax.
+  ///
+  /// \param ImportLoc The location of import directive token.
+  ///
+  /// \param Path The identifiers (and their locations) of the module
+  /// "path", e.g., "std.vector" would be split into "std" and "vector".
+  ///
+  /// \param Imported The imported module; can be null if importing failed.
+  ///
+  virtual void moduleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                            ModuleIdPath Path,
+                            const Module *Imported) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when the end of the main file is reached.
+  ///
+  /// No subsequent callbacks will be made.
+  virtual void EndOfMainFile() {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when a \#ident or \#sccs directive is read.
+  /// \param Loc The location of the directive.
+  /// \param str The text of the directive.
+  ///
+  virtual void Ident(SourceLocation Loc, const std::string &str) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when a \#pragma comment directive is read.
+  virtual void PragmaComment(SourceLocation Loc, const IdentifierInfo *Kind,
+                             const std::string &Str) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when a \#pragma message directive is read.
+  /// \param Loc The location of the message directive.
+  /// \param Str The text of the message directive.
+  virtual void PragmaMessage(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Str) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when a \#pragma gcc dianostic push directive
+  /// is read.
+  virtual void PragmaDiagnosticPush(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                    StringRef Namespace) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when a \#pragma gcc dianostic pop directive
+  /// is read.
+  virtual void PragmaDiagnosticPop(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                   StringRef Namespace) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Callback invoked when a \#pragma gcc dianostic directive is read.
+  virtual void PragmaDiagnostic(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Namespace,
+                                diag::Mapping mapping, StringRef Str) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Called by Preprocessor::HandleMacroExpandedIdentifier when a
+  /// macro invocation is found.
+  virtual void MacroExpands(const Token &MacroNameTok, const MacroDirective *MD,
+                            SourceRange Range) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever a macro definition is seen.
+  virtual void MacroDefined(const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                            const MacroDirective *MD) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever a macro \#undef is seen.
+  ///
+  /// MD is released immediately following this callback.
+  virtual void MacroUndefined(const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                              const MacroDirective *MD) {
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever the 'defined' operator is seen.
+  /// \param MD The MacroDirective if the name was a macro, null otherwise.
+  virtual void Defined(const Token &MacroNameTok, const MacroDirective *MD) {
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Hook called when a source range is skipped.
+  /// \param Range The SourceRange that was skipped. The range begins at the
+  /// \#if/\#else directive and ends after the \#endif/\#else directive.
+  virtual void SourceRangeSkipped(SourceRange Range) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#if is seen.
+  /// \param Loc the source location of the directive.
+  /// \param ConditionRange The SourceRange of the expression being tested.
+  ///
+  // FIXME: better to pass in a list (or tree!) of Tokens.
+  virtual void If(SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange ConditionRange) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#elif is seen.
+  /// \param Loc the source location of the directive.
+  /// \param ConditionRange The SourceRange of the expression being tested.
+  /// \param IfLoc the source location of the \#if/\#ifdef/\#ifndef directive.
+  // FIXME: better to pass in a list (or tree!) of Tokens.
+  virtual void Elif(SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange ConditionRange,
+                    SourceLocation IfLoc) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#ifdef is seen.
+  /// \param Loc the source location of the directive.
+  /// \param MacroNameTok Information on the token being tested.
+  /// \param MD The MacroDirective if the name was a macro, null otherwise.
+  virtual void Ifdef(SourceLocation Loc, const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                     const MacroDirective *MD) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#ifndef is seen.
+  /// \param Loc the source location of the directive.
+  /// \param MacroNameTok Information on the token being tested.
+  /// \param MD The MacroDirective if the name was a macro, null otherwise.
+  virtual void Ifndef(SourceLocation Loc, const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                      const MacroDirective *MD) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#else is seen.
+  /// \param Loc the source location of the directive.
+  /// \param IfLoc the source location of the \#if/\#ifdef/\#ifndef directive.
+  virtual void Else(SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation IfLoc) {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#endif is seen.
+  /// \param Loc the source location of the directive.
+  /// \param IfLoc the source location of the \#if/\#ifdef/\#ifndef directive.
+  virtual void Endif(SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation IfLoc) {
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Simple wrapper class for chaining callbacks.
+class PPChainedCallbacks : public PPCallbacks {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  PPCallbacks *First, *Second;
+
+public:
+  PPChainedCallbacks(PPCallbacks *_First, PPCallbacks *_Second)
+    : First(_First), Second(_Second) {}
+  ~PPChainedCallbacks() {
+    delete Second;
+    delete First;
+  }
+
+  virtual void FileChanged(SourceLocation Loc, FileChangeReason Reason,
+                           SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileType,
+                           FileID PrevFID) {
+    First->FileChanged(Loc, Reason, FileType, PrevFID);
+    Second->FileChanged(Loc, Reason, FileType, PrevFID);
+  }
+
+  virtual void FileSkipped(const FileEntry &ParentFile,
+                           const Token &FilenameTok,
+                           SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileType) {
+    First->FileSkipped(ParentFile, FilenameTok, FileType);
+    Second->FileSkipped(ParentFile, FilenameTok, FileType);
+  }
+
+  virtual bool FileNotFound(StringRef FileName,
+                            SmallVectorImpl<char> &RecoveryPath) {
+    return First->FileNotFound(FileName, RecoveryPath) ||
+           Second->FileNotFound(FileName, RecoveryPath);
+  }
+
+  virtual void InclusionDirective(SourceLocation HashLoc,
+                                  const Token &IncludeTok,
+                                  StringRef FileName,
+                                  bool IsAngled,
+                                  CharSourceRange FilenameRange,
+                                  const FileEntry *File,
+                                  StringRef SearchPath,
+                                  StringRef RelativePath,
+                                  const Module *Imported) {
+    First->InclusionDirective(HashLoc, IncludeTok, FileName, IsAngled,
+                              FilenameRange, File, SearchPath, RelativePath,
+                              Imported);
+    Second->InclusionDirective(HashLoc, IncludeTok, FileName, IsAngled,
+                               FilenameRange, File, SearchPath, RelativePath,
+                               Imported);
+  }
+
+  virtual void moduleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                            ModuleIdPath Path,
+                            const Module *Imported) {
+    First->moduleImport(ImportLoc, Path, Imported);
+    Second->moduleImport(ImportLoc, Path, Imported);
+  }
+
+  virtual void EndOfMainFile() {
+    First->EndOfMainFile();
+    Second->EndOfMainFile();
+  }
+
+  virtual void Ident(SourceLocation Loc, const std::string &str) {
+    First->Ident(Loc, str);
+    Second->Ident(Loc, str);
+  }
+
+  virtual void PragmaComment(SourceLocation Loc, const IdentifierInfo *Kind,
+                             const std::string &Str) {
+    First->PragmaComment(Loc, Kind, Str);
+    Second->PragmaComment(Loc, Kind, Str);
+  }
+
+  virtual void PragmaMessage(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Str) {
+    First->PragmaMessage(Loc, Str);
+    Second->PragmaMessage(Loc, Str);
+  }
+
+  virtual void PragmaDiagnosticPush(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                    StringRef Namespace) {
+    First->PragmaDiagnosticPush(Loc, Namespace);
+    Second->PragmaDiagnosticPush(Loc, Namespace);
+  }
+
+  virtual void PragmaDiagnosticPop(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                    StringRef Namespace) {
+    First->PragmaDiagnosticPop(Loc, Namespace);
+    Second->PragmaDiagnosticPop(Loc, Namespace);
+  }
+
+  virtual void PragmaDiagnostic(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Namespace,
+                                diag::Mapping mapping, StringRef Str) {
+    First->PragmaDiagnostic(Loc, Namespace, mapping, Str);
+    Second->PragmaDiagnostic(Loc, Namespace, mapping, Str);
+  }
+
+  virtual void MacroExpands(const Token &MacroNameTok, const MacroDirective *MD,
+                            SourceRange Range) {
+    First->MacroExpands(MacroNameTok, MD, Range);
+    Second->MacroExpands(MacroNameTok, MD, Range);
+  }
+
+  virtual void MacroDefined(const Token &MacroNameTok, const MacroDirective *MD) {
+    First->MacroDefined(MacroNameTok, MD);
+    Second->MacroDefined(MacroNameTok, MD);
+  }
+
+  virtual void MacroUndefined(const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                              const MacroDirective *MD) {
+    First->MacroUndefined(MacroNameTok, MD);
+    Second->MacroUndefined(MacroNameTok, MD);
+  }
+
+  virtual void Defined(const Token &MacroNameTok, const MacroDirective *MD) {
+    First->Defined(MacroNameTok, MD);
+    Second->Defined(MacroNameTok, MD);
+  }
+
+  virtual void SourceRangeSkipped(SourceRange Range) {
+    First->SourceRangeSkipped(Range);
+    Second->SourceRangeSkipped(Range);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#if is seen.
+  virtual void If(SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange ConditionRange) {
+    First->If(Loc, ConditionRange);
+    Second->If(Loc, ConditionRange);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#if is seen.
+  virtual void Elif(SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange ConditionRange,
+                    SourceLocation IfLoc) {
+    First->Elif(Loc, ConditionRange, IfLoc);
+    Second->Elif(Loc, ConditionRange, IfLoc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#ifdef is seen.
+  virtual void Ifdef(SourceLocation Loc, const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                     const MacroDirective *MD) {
+    First->Ifdef(Loc, MacroNameTok, MD);
+    Second->Ifdef(Loc, MacroNameTok, MD);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#ifndef is seen.
+  virtual void Ifndef(SourceLocation Loc, const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                      const MacroDirective *MD) {
+    First->Ifndef(Loc, MacroNameTok, MD);
+    Second->Ifndef(Loc, MacroNameTok, MD);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#else is seen.
+  virtual void Else(SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation IfLoc) {
+    First->Else(Loc, IfLoc);
+    Second->Else(Loc, IfLoc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook called whenever an \#endif is seen.
+  virtual void Endif(SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation IfLoc) {
+    First->Endif(Loc, IfLoc);
+    Second->Endif(Loc, IfLoc);
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PPConditionalDirectiveRecord.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PPConditionalDirectiveRecord.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9a2252
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PPConditionalDirectiveRecord.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+//===--- PPConditionalDirectiveRecord.h - Preprocessing Directives-*- C++ -*-=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the PPConditionalDirectiveRecord class, which maintains
+//  a record of conditional directive regions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PPCONDITIONALDIRECTIVERECORD_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PPCONDITIONALDIRECTIVERECORD_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PPCallbacks.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+/// \brief Records preprocessor conditional directive regions and allows
+/// querying in which region source locations belong to.
+class PPConditionalDirectiveRecord : public PPCallbacks {
+  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+  
+  SmallVector<SourceLocation, 6> CondDirectiveStack;
+
+  class CondDirectiveLoc {
+    SourceLocation Loc;
+    SourceLocation RegionLoc;
+
+  public:
+    CondDirectiveLoc(SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation RegionLoc)
+      : Loc(Loc), RegionLoc(RegionLoc) {}
+
+    SourceLocation getLoc() const { return Loc; }
+    SourceLocation getRegionLoc() const { return RegionLoc; }
+
+    class Comp {
+      SourceManager &SM;
+    public:
+      explicit Comp(SourceManager &SM) : SM(SM) {}
+      bool operator()(const CondDirectiveLoc &LHS,
+                      const CondDirectiveLoc &RHS) {
+        return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LHS.getLoc(), RHS.getLoc());
+      }
+      bool operator()(const CondDirectiveLoc &LHS, SourceLocation RHS) {
+        return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LHS.getLoc(), RHS);
+      }
+      bool operator()(SourceLocation LHS, const CondDirectiveLoc &RHS) {
+        return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LHS, RHS.getLoc());
+      }
+    };
+  };
+
+  typedef std::vector<CondDirectiveLoc> CondDirectiveLocsTy;
+  /// \brief The locations of conditional directives in source order.
+  CondDirectiveLocsTy CondDirectiveLocs;
+
+  void addCondDirectiveLoc(CondDirectiveLoc DirLoc);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Construct a new preprocessing record.
+  explicit PPConditionalDirectiveRecord(SourceManager &SM);
+
+  size_t getTotalMemory() const;
+
+  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the given range intersects with a conditional
+  /// directive. if a \#if/\#endif block is fully contained within the range,
+  /// this function will return false.
+  bool rangeIntersectsConditionalDirective(SourceRange Range) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the given locations are in different regions,
+  /// separated by conditional directive blocks.
+  bool areInDifferentConditionalDirectiveRegion(SourceLocation LHS,
+                                                SourceLocation RHS) const {
+    return findConditionalDirectiveRegionLoc(LHS) !=
+        findConditionalDirectiveRegionLoc(RHS);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation findConditionalDirectiveRegionLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+private:
+  virtual void If(SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange ConditionRange);
+  virtual void Elif(SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange ConditionRange,
+                    SourceLocation IfLoc);
+  virtual void Ifdef(SourceLocation Loc, const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                     const MacroDirective *MD);
+  virtual void Ifndef(SourceLocation Loc, const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                      const MacroDirective *MD);
+  virtual void Else(SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation IfLoc);
+  virtual void Endif(SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation IfLoc);
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PPCONDITIONALDIRECTIVERECORD_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PTHLexer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PTHLexer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9276e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PTHLexer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+//===--- PTHLexer.h - Lexer based on Pre-tokenized input --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the PTHLexer interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_PTHLEXER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_PTHLEXER_H
+
+#include "clang/Lex/PreprocessorLexer.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class PTHManager;
+class PTHSpellingSearch;
+
+class PTHLexer : public PreprocessorLexer {
+  SourceLocation FileStartLoc;
+
+  /// TokBuf - Buffer from PTH file containing raw token data.
+  const unsigned char* TokBuf;
+
+  /// CurPtr - Pointer into current offset of the token buffer where
+  ///  the next token will be read.
+  const unsigned char* CurPtr;
+
+  /// LastHashTokPtr - Pointer into TokBuf of the last processed '#'
+  ///  token that appears at the start of a line.
+  const unsigned char* LastHashTokPtr;
+
+  /// PPCond - Pointer to a side table in the PTH file that provides a
+  ///  a consise summary of the preproccessor conditional block structure.
+  ///  This is used to perform quick skipping of conditional blocks.
+  const unsigned char* PPCond;
+
+  /// CurPPCondPtr - Pointer inside PPCond that refers to the next entry
+  ///  to process when doing quick skipping of preprocessor blocks.
+  const unsigned char* CurPPCondPtr;
+
+  PTHLexer(const PTHLexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const PTHLexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  /// ReadToken - Used by PTHLexer to read tokens TokBuf.
+  void ReadToken(Token& T);
+  
+  bool LexEndOfFile(Token &Result);
+
+  /// PTHMgr - The PTHManager object that created this PTHLexer.
+  PTHManager& PTHMgr;
+
+  Token EofToken;
+
+protected:
+  friend class PTHManager;
+
+  /// Create a PTHLexer for the specified token stream.
+  PTHLexer(Preprocessor& pp, FileID FID, const unsigned char *D,
+           const unsigned char* ppcond, PTHManager &PM);
+public:
+
+  ~PTHLexer() {}
+
+  /// Lex - Return the next token.
+  void Lex(Token &Tok);
+
+  void getEOF(Token &Tok);
+
+  /// DiscardToEndOfLine - Read the rest of the current preprocessor line as an
+  /// uninterpreted string.  This switches the lexer out of directive mode.
+  void DiscardToEndOfLine();
+
+  /// isNextPPTokenLParen - Return 1 if the next unexpanded token will return a
+  /// tok::l_paren token, 0 if it is something else and 2 if there are no more
+  /// tokens controlled by this lexer.
+  unsigned isNextPPTokenLParen() {
+    // isNextPPTokenLParen is not on the hot path, and all we care about is
+    // whether or not we are at a token with kind tok::eof or tok::l_paren.
+    // Just read the first byte from the current token pointer to determine
+    // its kind.
+    tok::TokenKind x = (tok::TokenKind)*CurPtr;
+    return x == tok::eof ? 2 : x == tok::l_paren;
+  }
+
+  /// IndirectLex - An indirect call to 'Lex' that can be invoked via
+  ///  the PreprocessorLexer interface.
+  void IndirectLex(Token &Result) { Lex(Result); }
+
+  /// getSourceLocation - Return a source location for the token in
+  /// the current file.
+  SourceLocation getSourceLocation();
+
+  /// SkipBlock - Used by Preprocessor to skip the current conditional block.
+  bool SkipBlock();
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PTHManager.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PTHManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fad0806
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PTHManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+//===--- PTHManager.h - Manager object for PTH processing -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the PTHManager interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_PTHMANAGER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_PTHMANAGER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PTHLexer.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class MemoryBuffer;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class FileEntry;
+class PTHLexer;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class FileSystemStatCache;
+
+class PTHManager : public IdentifierInfoLookup {
+  friend class PTHLexer;
+
+  /// The memory mapped PTH file.
+  const llvm::MemoryBuffer* Buf;
+
+  /// Alloc - Allocator used for IdentifierInfo objects.
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator Alloc;
+
+  /// IdMap - A lazily generated cache mapping from persistent identifiers to
+  ///  IdentifierInfo*.
+  IdentifierInfo** PerIDCache;
+
+  /// FileLookup - Abstract data structure used for mapping between files
+  ///  and token data in the PTH file.
+  void* FileLookup;
+
+  /// IdDataTable - Array representing the mapping from persistent IDs to the
+  ///  data offset within the PTH file containing the information to
+  ///  reconsitute an IdentifierInfo.
+  const unsigned char* const IdDataTable;
+
+  /// SortedIdTable - Abstract data structure mapping from strings to
+  ///  persistent IDs.  This is used by get().
+  void* StringIdLookup;
+
+  /// NumIds - The number of identifiers in the PTH file.
+  const unsigned NumIds;
+
+  /// PP - The Preprocessor object that will use this PTHManager to create
+  ///  PTHLexer objects.
+  Preprocessor* PP;
+
+  /// SpellingBase - The base offset within the PTH memory buffer that
+  ///  contains the cached spellings for literals.
+  const unsigned char* const SpellingBase;
+
+  /// OriginalSourceFile - A null-terminated C-string that specifies the name
+  ///  if the file (if any) that was to used to generate the PTH cache.
+  const char* OriginalSourceFile;
+
+  /// This constructor is intended to only be called by the static 'Create'
+  /// method.
+  PTHManager(const llvm::MemoryBuffer* buf, void* fileLookup,
+             const unsigned char* idDataTable, IdentifierInfo** perIDCache,
+             void* stringIdLookup, unsigned numIds,
+             const unsigned char* spellingBase, const char *originalSourceFile);
+
+  PTHManager(const PTHManager &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const PTHManager &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  /// getSpellingAtPTHOffset - Used by PTHLexer classes to get the cached
+  ///  spelling for a token.
+  unsigned getSpellingAtPTHOffset(unsigned PTHOffset, const char*& Buffer);
+
+  /// GetIdentifierInfo - Used to reconstruct IdentifierInfo objects from the
+  ///  PTH file.
+  inline IdentifierInfo* GetIdentifierInfo(unsigned PersistentID) {
+    // Check if the IdentifierInfo has already been resolved.
+    if (IdentifierInfo* II = PerIDCache[PersistentID])
+      return II;
+    return LazilyCreateIdentifierInfo(PersistentID);
+  }
+  IdentifierInfo* LazilyCreateIdentifierInfo(unsigned PersistentID);
+
+public:
+  // The current PTH version.
+  enum { Version = 10 };
+
+  ~PTHManager();
+
+  /// getOriginalSourceFile - Return the full path to the original header
+  ///  file name that was used to generate the PTH cache.
+  const char* getOriginalSourceFile() const {
+    return OriginalSourceFile;
+  }
+
+  /// get - Return the identifier token info for the specified named identifier.
+  ///  Unlike the version in IdentifierTable, this returns a pointer instead
+  ///  of a reference.  If the pointer is NULL then the IdentifierInfo cannot
+  ///  be found.
+  IdentifierInfo *get(StringRef Name);
+
+  /// Create - This method creates PTHManager objects.  The 'file' argument
+  ///  is the name of the PTH file.  This method returns NULL upon failure.
+  static PTHManager *Create(const std::string& file, DiagnosticsEngine &Diags);
+
+  void setPreprocessor(Preprocessor *pp) { PP = pp; }
+
+  /// CreateLexer - Return a PTHLexer that "lexes" the cached tokens for the
+  ///  specified file.  This method returns NULL if no cached tokens exist.
+  ///  It is the responsibility of the caller to 'delete' the returned object.
+  PTHLexer *CreateLexer(FileID FID);
+
+  /// createStatCache - Returns a FileSystemStatCache object for use with
+  ///  FileManager objects.  These objects use the PTH data to speed up
+  ///  calls to stat by memoizing their results from when the PTH file
+  ///  was generated.
+  FileSystemStatCache *createStatCache();
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Pragma.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Pragma.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..087448f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Pragma.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+//===--- Pragma.h - Pragma registration and handling ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the PragmaHandler and PragmaTable interfaces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_PRAGMA_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_PRAGMA_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class Preprocessor;
+  class Token;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class PragmaNamespace;
+
+  /**
+   * \brief Describes how the pragma was introduced, e.g., with \#pragma,
+   * _Pragma, or __pragma.
+   */
+  enum PragmaIntroducerKind {
+    /**
+     * \brief The pragma was introduced via \#pragma.
+     */
+    PIK_HashPragma,
+    
+    /**
+     * \brief The pragma was introduced via the C99 _Pragma(string-literal).
+     */
+    PIK__Pragma,
+    
+    /**
+     * \brief The pragma was introduced via the Microsoft 
+     * __pragma(token-string).
+     */
+    PIK___pragma
+  };
+  
+/// PragmaHandler - Instances of this interface defined to handle the various
+/// pragmas that the language front-end uses.  Each handler optionally has a
+/// name (e.g. "pack") and the HandlePragma method is invoked when a pragma with
+/// that identifier is found.  If a handler does not match any of the declared
+/// pragmas the handler with a null identifier is invoked, if it exists.
+///
+/// Note that the PragmaNamespace class can be used to subdivide pragmas, e.g.
+/// we treat "\#pragma STDC" and "\#pragma GCC" as namespaces that contain other
+/// pragmas.
+class PragmaHandler {
+  std::string Name;
+public:
+  explicit PragmaHandler(StringRef name) : Name(name) {}
+  PragmaHandler() {}
+  virtual ~PragmaHandler();
+
+  StringRef getName() const { return Name; }
+  virtual void HandlePragma(Preprocessor &PP, PragmaIntroducerKind Introducer,
+                            Token &FirstToken) = 0;
+
+  /// getIfNamespace - If this is a namespace, return it.  This is equivalent to
+  /// using a dynamic_cast, but doesn't require RTTI.
+  virtual PragmaNamespace *getIfNamespace() { return 0; }
+};
+
+/// EmptyPragmaHandler - A pragma handler which takes no action, which can be
+/// used to ignore particular pragmas.
+class EmptyPragmaHandler : public PragmaHandler {
+public:
+  EmptyPragmaHandler();
+
+  virtual void HandlePragma(Preprocessor &PP, PragmaIntroducerKind Introducer,
+                            Token &FirstToken);
+};
+
+/// PragmaNamespace - This PragmaHandler subdivides the namespace of pragmas,
+/// allowing hierarchical pragmas to be defined.  Common examples of namespaces
+/// are "\#pragma GCC", "\#pragma STDC", and "\#pragma omp", but any namespaces
+/// may be (potentially recursively) defined.
+class PragmaNamespace : public PragmaHandler {
+  /// Handlers - This is a map of the handlers in this namespace with their name
+  /// as key.
+  ///
+  llvm::StringMap<PragmaHandler*> Handlers;
+public:
+  explicit PragmaNamespace(StringRef Name) : PragmaHandler(Name) {}
+  virtual ~PragmaNamespace();
+
+  /// FindHandler - Check to see if there is already a handler for the
+  /// specified name.  If not, return the handler for the null name if it
+  /// exists, otherwise return null.  If IgnoreNull is true (the default) then
+  /// the null handler isn't returned on failure to match.
+  PragmaHandler *FindHandler(StringRef Name,
+                             bool IgnoreNull = true) const;
+
+  /// AddPragma - Add a pragma to this namespace.
+  ///
+  void AddPragma(PragmaHandler *Handler);
+
+  /// RemovePragmaHandler - Remove the given handler from the
+  /// namespace.
+  void RemovePragmaHandler(PragmaHandler *Handler);
+
+  bool IsEmpty() {
+    return Handlers.empty();
+  }
+
+  virtual void HandlePragma(Preprocessor &PP, PragmaIntroducerKind Introducer,
+                            Token &FirstToken);
+
+  virtual PragmaNamespace *getIfNamespace() { return this; }
+};
+
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b13b2be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h
@@ -0,0 +1,608 @@
+//===--- PreprocessingRecord.h - Record of Preprocessing --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the PreprocessingRecord class, which maintains a record
+//  of what occurred during preprocessing.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PREPROCESSINGRECORD_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PREPROCESSINGRECORD_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PPCallbacks.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class MacroInfo;
+  class PreprocessingRecord;
+}
+
+/// \brief Allocates memory within a Clang preprocessing record.
+void* operator new(size_t bytes, clang::PreprocessingRecord& PR,
+                   unsigned alignment = 8) throw();
+
+/// \brief Frees memory allocated in a Clang preprocessing record.
+void operator delete(void* ptr, clang::PreprocessingRecord& PR,
+                     unsigned) throw();
+
+namespace clang {
+  class MacroDefinition;
+  class FileEntry;
+
+  /// \brief Base class that describes a preprocessed entity, which may be a
+  /// preprocessor directive or macro expansion.
+  class PreprocessedEntity {
+  public:
+    /// \brief The kind of preprocessed entity an object describes.
+    enum EntityKind {
+      /// \brief Indicates a problem trying to load the preprocessed entity.
+      InvalidKind,
+
+      /// \brief A macro expansion.
+      MacroExpansionKind,
+      
+      /// \defgroup Preprocessing directives
+      /// @{
+      
+      /// \brief A macro definition.
+      MacroDefinitionKind,
+      
+      /// \brief An inclusion directive, such as \c \#include, \c
+      /// \#import, or \c \#include_next.
+      InclusionDirectiveKind,
+
+      /// @}
+
+      FirstPreprocessingDirective = MacroDefinitionKind,
+      LastPreprocessingDirective = InclusionDirectiveKind
+    };
+
+  private:
+    /// \brief The kind of preprocessed entity that this object describes.
+    EntityKind Kind;
+    
+    /// \brief The source range that covers this preprocessed entity.
+    SourceRange Range;
+    
+  protected:
+    PreprocessedEntity(EntityKind Kind, SourceRange Range)
+      : Kind(Kind), Range(Range) { }
+
+    friend class PreprocessingRecord;
+
+  public:
+    /// \brief Retrieve the kind of preprocessed entity stored in this object.
+    EntityKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the source range that covers this entire preprocessed 
+    /// entity.
+    SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+
+    /// \brief Returns true if there was a problem loading the preprocessed
+    /// entity.
+    bool isInvalid() const { return Kind == InvalidKind; }
+
+    // Only allow allocation of preprocessed entities using the allocator 
+    // in PreprocessingRecord or by doing a placement new.
+    void* operator new(size_t bytes, PreprocessingRecord& PR,
+                       unsigned alignment = 8) throw() {
+      return ::operator new(bytes, PR, alignment);
+    }
+    
+    void* operator new(size_t bytes, void* mem) throw() {
+      return mem;
+    }
+    
+    void operator delete(void* ptr, PreprocessingRecord& PR, 
+                         unsigned alignment) throw() {
+      return ::operator delete(ptr, PR, alignment);
+    }
+    
+    void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) throw() { }
+    void operator delete(void*, void*) throw() { }
+    
+  private:
+    // Make vanilla 'new' and 'delete' illegal for preprocessed entities.
+    void* operator new(size_t bytes) throw();
+    void operator delete(void* data) throw();
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Records the presence of a preprocessor directive.
+  class PreprocessingDirective : public PreprocessedEntity {
+  public:
+    PreprocessingDirective(EntityKind Kind, SourceRange Range) 
+      : PreprocessedEntity(Kind, Range) { }
+    
+    // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+    static bool classof(const PreprocessedEntity *PD) { 
+      return PD->getKind() >= FirstPreprocessingDirective &&
+             PD->getKind() <= LastPreprocessingDirective;
+    }
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Record the location of a macro definition.
+  class MacroDefinition : public PreprocessingDirective {
+    /// \brief The name of the macro being defined.
+    const IdentifierInfo *Name;
+
+  public:
+    explicit MacroDefinition(const IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceRange Range)
+      : PreprocessingDirective(MacroDefinitionKind, Range), Name(Name) { }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the name of the macro being defined.
+    const IdentifierInfo *getName() const { return Name; }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the location of the macro name in the definition.
+    SourceLocation getLocation() const { return getSourceRange().getBegin(); }
+    
+    // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+    static bool classof(const PreprocessedEntity *PE) {
+      return PE->getKind() == MacroDefinitionKind;
+    }
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Records the location of a macro expansion.
+  class MacroExpansion : public PreprocessedEntity {
+    /// \brief The definition of this macro or the name of the macro if it is
+    /// a builtin macro.
+    llvm::PointerUnion<IdentifierInfo *, MacroDefinition *> NameOrDef; 
+
+  public:
+    MacroExpansion(IdentifierInfo *BuiltinName, SourceRange Range)
+      : PreprocessedEntity(MacroExpansionKind, Range),
+        NameOrDef(BuiltinName) { }
+
+    MacroExpansion(MacroDefinition *Definition, SourceRange Range)
+      : PreprocessedEntity(MacroExpansionKind, Range),
+        NameOrDef(Definition) { }
+
+    /// \brief True if it is a builtin macro.
+    bool isBuiltinMacro() const { return NameOrDef.is<IdentifierInfo *>(); }
+    
+    /// \brief The name of the macro being expanded.
+    const IdentifierInfo *getName() const {
+      if (MacroDefinition *Def = getDefinition())
+        return Def->getName();
+      return NameOrDef.get<IdentifierInfo*>();
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief The definition of the macro being expanded. May return null if
+    /// this is a builtin macro.
+    MacroDefinition *getDefinition() const {
+      return NameOrDef.dyn_cast<MacroDefinition *>();
+    }
+
+    // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+    static bool classof(const PreprocessedEntity *PE) {
+      return PE->getKind() == MacroExpansionKind;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Record the location of an inclusion directive, such as an
+  /// \c \#include or \c \#import statement.
+  class InclusionDirective : public PreprocessingDirective {
+  public:
+    /// \brief The kind of inclusion directives known to the
+    /// preprocessor.
+    enum InclusionKind {
+      /// \brief An \c \#include directive.
+      Include,
+      /// \brief An Objective-C \c \#import directive.
+      Import,
+      /// \brief A GNU \c \#include_next directive.
+      IncludeNext,
+      /// \brief A Clang \c \#__include_macros directive.
+      IncludeMacros
+    };
+
+  private:
+    /// \brief The name of the file that was included, as written in
+    /// the source.
+    StringRef FileName;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the file name was in quotation marks; otherwise, it was
+    /// in angle brackets.
+    unsigned InQuotes : 1;
+
+    /// \brief The kind of inclusion directive we have.
+    ///
+    /// This is a value of type InclusionKind.
+    unsigned Kind : 2;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the inclusion directive was automatically turned into
+    /// a module import.
+    unsigned ImportedModule : 1;
+
+    /// \brief The file that was included.
+    const FileEntry *File;
+
+  public:
+    InclusionDirective(PreprocessingRecord &PPRec,
+                       InclusionKind Kind, StringRef FileName, 
+                       bool InQuotes, bool ImportedModule,
+                       const FileEntry *File, SourceRange Range);
+    
+    /// \brief Determine what kind of inclusion directive this is.
+    InclusionKind getKind() const { return static_cast<InclusionKind>(Kind); }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the included file name as it was written in the source.
+    StringRef getFileName() const { return FileName; }
+    
+    /// \brief Determine whether the included file name was written in quotes;
+    /// otherwise, it was written in angle brackets.
+    bool wasInQuotes() const { return InQuotes; }
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether the inclusion directive was automatically
+    /// turned into a module import.
+    bool importedModule() const { return ImportedModule; }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the file entry for the actual file that was included
+    /// by this directive.
+    const FileEntry *getFile() const { return File; }
+        
+    // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
+    static bool classof(const PreprocessedEntity *PE) {
+      return PE->getKind() == InclusionDirectiveKind;
+    }
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief An abstract class that should be subclassed by any external source
+  /// of preprocessing record entries.
+  class ExternalPreprocessingRecordSource {
+  public:
+    virtual ~ExternalPreprocessingRecordSource();
+    
+    /// \brief Read a preallocated preprocessed entity from the external source.
+    ///
+    /// \returns null if an error occurred that prevented the preprocessed
+    /// entity from being loaded.
+    virtual PreprocessedEntity *ReadPreprocessedEntity(unsigned Index) = 0;
+
+    /// \brief Returns a pair of [Begin, End) indices of preallocated
+    /// preprocessed entities that \p Range encompasses.
+    virtual std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>
+        findPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange Range) = 0;
+
+    /// \brief Optionally returns true or false if the preallocated preprocessed
+    /// entity with index \p Index came from file \p FID.
+    virtual Optional<bool> isPreprocessedEntityInFileID(unsigned Index,
+                                                        FileID FID) {
+      return None;
+    }
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief A record of the steps taken while preprocessing a source file,
+  /// including the various preprocessing directives processed, macros 
+  /// expanded, etc.
+  class PreprocessingRecord : public PPCallbacks {
+    SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+    
+    /// \brief Allocator used to store preprocessing objects.
+    llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
+
+    /// \brief The set of preprocessed entities in this record, in order they
+    /// were seen.
+    std::vector<PreprocessedEntity *> PreprocessedEntities;
+    
+    /// \brief The set of preprocessed entities in this record that have been
+    /// loaded from external sources.
+    ///
+    /// The entries in this vector are loaded lazily from the external source,
+    /// and are referenced by the iterator using negative indices.
+    std::vector<PreprocessedEntity *> LoadedPreprocessedEntities;
+
+    /// \brief Global (loaded or local) ID for a preprocessed entity.
+    /// Negative values are used to indicate preprocessed entities
+    /// loaded from the external source while non-negative values are used to
+    /// indicate preprocessed entities introduced by the current preprocessor.
+    /// Value -1 corresponds to element 0 in the loaded entities vector,
+    /// value -2 corresponds to element 1 in the loaded entities vector, etc.
+    /// Value 0 is an invalid value, the index to local entities is 1-based,
+    /// value 1 corresponds to element 0 in the local entities vector,
+    /// value 2 corresponds to element 1 in the local entities vector, etc.
+    class PPEntityID {
+      int ID;
+      explicit PPEntityID(int ID) : ID(ID) {}
+      friend class PreprocessingRecord;
+    public:
+      PPEntityID() : ID(0) {}
+    };
+
+    static PPEntityID getPPEntityID(unsigned Index, bool isLoaded) {
+      return isLoaded ? PPEntityID(-int(Index)-1) : PPEntityID(Index+1);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Mapping from MacroInfo structures to their definitions.
+    llvm::DenseMap<const MacroInfo *, MacroDefinition *> MacroDefinitions;
+
+    /// \brief External source of preprocessed entities.
+    ExternalPreprocessingRecordSource *ExternalSource;
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the preprocessed entity at the given ID.
+    PreprocessedEntity *getPreprocessedEntity(PPEntityID PPID);
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the loaded preprocessed entity at the given index.
+    PreprocessedEntity *getLoadedPreprocessedEntity(unsigned Index);
+    
+    /// \brief Determine the number of preprocessed entities that were
+    /// loaded (or can be loaded) from an external source.
+    unsigned getNumLoadedPreprocessedEntities() const {
+      return LoadedPreprocessedEntities.size();
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Returns a pair of [Begin, End) indices of local preprocessed
+    /// entities that \p Range encompasses.
+    std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>
+      findLocalPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange Range) const;
+    unsigned findBeginLocalPreprocessedEntity(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+    unsigned findEndLocalPreprocessedEntity(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+
+    /// \brief Allocate space for a new set of loaded preprocessed entities.
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index into the set of loaded preprocessed entities, which
+    /// corresponds to the first newly-allocated entity.
+    unsigned allocateLoadedEntities(unsigned NumEntities);
+
+    /// \brief Register a new macro definition.
+    void RegisterMacroDefinition(MacroInfo *Macro, MacroDefinition *Def);
+    
+  public:
+    /// \brief Construct a new preprocessing record.
+    explicit PreprocessingRecord(SourceManager &SM);
+    
+    /// \brief Allocate memory in the preprocessing record.
+    void *Allocate(unsigned Size, unsigned Align = 8) {
+      return BumpAlloc.Allocate(Size, Align);
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Deallocate memory in the preprocessing record.
+    void Deallocate(void *Ptr) { }
+
+    size_t getTotalMemory() const;
+
+    SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
+
+    // Iteration over the preprocessed entities.
+    class iterator {
+      PreprocessingRecord *Self;
+      
+      /// \brief Position within the preprocessed entity sequence.
+      ///
+      /// In a complete iteration, the Position field walks the range [-M, N),
+      /// where negative values are used to indicate preprocessed entities
+      /// loaded from the external source while non-negative values are used to
+      /// indicate preprocessed entities introduced by the current preprocessor.
+      /// However, to provide iteration in source order (for, e.g., chained
+      /// precompiled headers), dereferencing the iterator flips the negative
+      /// values (corresponding to loaded entities), so that position -M 
+      /// corresponds to element 0 in the loaded entities vector, position -M+1
+      /// corresponds to element 1 in the loaded entities vector, etc. This
+      /// gives us a reasonably efficient, source-order walk.
+      int Position;
+      
+    public:
+      typedef PreprocessedEntity *value_type;
+      typedef value_type&         reference;
+      typedef value_type*         pointer;
+      typedef std::random_access_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+      typedef int                 difference_type;
+      
+      iterator() : Self(0), Position(0) { }
+      
+      iterator(PreprocessingRecord *Self, int Position)
+        : Self(Self), Position(Position) { }
+      
+      value_type operator*() const {
+        bool isLoaded = Position < 0;
+        unsigned Index = isLoaded ?
+            Self->LoadedPreprocessedEntities.size() + Position : Position;
+        PPEntityID ID = Self->getPPEntityID(Index, isLoaded);
+        return Self->getPreprocessedEntity(ID);
+      }
+      
+      value_type operator[](difference_type D) {
+        return *(*this + D);
+      }
+      
+      iterator &operator++() {
+        ++Position;
+        return *this;
+      }
+      
+      iterator operator++(int) {
+        iterator Prev(*this);
+        ++Position;
+        return Prev;
+      }
+
+      iterator &operator--() {
+        --Position;
+        return *this;
+      }
+      
+      iterator operator--(int) {
+        iterator Prev(*this);
+        --Position;
+        return Prev;
+      }
+
+      friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+        return X.Position == Y.Position;
+      }
+
+      friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+        return X.Position != Y.Position;
+      }
+      
+      friend bool operator<(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+        return X.Position < Y.Position;
+      }
+
+      friend bool operator>(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+        return X.Position > Y.Position;
+      }
+
+      friend bool operator<=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+        return X.Position < Y.Position;
+      }
+      
+      friend bool operator>=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+        return X.Position > Y.Position;
+      }
+
+      friend iterator& operator+=(iterator &X, difference_type D) {
+        X.Position += D;
+        return X;
+      }
+
+      friend iterator& operator-=(iterator &X, difference_type D) {
+        X.Position -= D;
+        return X;
+      }
+
+      friend iterator operator+(iterator X, difference_type D) {
+        X.Position += D;
+        return X;
+      }
+
+      friend iterator operator+(difference_type D, iterator X) {
+        X.Position += D;
+        return X;
+      }
+
+      friend difference_type operator-(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
+        return X.Position - Y.Position;
+      }
+
+      friend iterator operator-(iterator X, difference_type D) {
+        X.Position -= D;
+        return X;
+      }
+      friend class PreprocessingRecord;
+    };
+    friend class iterator;
+
+    /// \brief Begin iterator for all preprocessed entities.
+    iterator begin() {
+      return iterator(this, -(int)LoadedPreprocessedEntities.size());
+    }
+
+    /// \brief End iterator for all preprocessed entities.
+    iterator end() {
+      return iterator(this, PreprocessedEntities.size());
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Begin iterator for local, non-loaded, preprocessed entities.
+    iterator local_begin() {
+      return iterator(this, 0);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief End iterator for local, non-loaded, preprocessed entities.
+    iterator local_end() {
+      return iterator(this, PreprocessedEntities.size());
+    }
+
+    /// \brief begin/end iterator pair for the given range of loaded
+    /// preprocessed entities.
+    std::pair<iterator, iterator>
+    getIteratorsForLoadedRange(unsigned start, unsigned count) {
+      unsigned end = start + count;
+      assert(end <= LoadedPreprocessedEntities.size());
+      return std::make_pair(
+                   iterator(this, int(start)-LoadedPreprocessedEntities.size()),
+                   iterator(this, int(end)-LoadedPreprocessedEntities.size()));
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Returns a pair of [Begin, End) iterators of preprocessed entities
+    /// that source range \p R encompasses.
+    ///
+    /// \param R the range to look for preprocessed entities.
+    ///
+    std::pair<iterator, iterator> getPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange R);
+
+    /// \brief Returns true if the preprocessed entity that \p PPEI iterator
+    /// points to is coming from the file \p FID.
+    ///
+    /// Can be used to avoid implicit deserializations of preallocated
+    /// preprocessed entities if we only care about entities of a specific file
+    /// and not from files \#included in the range given at
+    /// \see getPreprocessedEntitiesInRange.
+    bool isEntityInFileID(iterator PPEI, FileID FID);
+
+    /// \brief Add a new preprocessed entity to this record.
+    PPEntityID addPreprocessedEntity(PreprocessedEntity *Entity);
+
+    /// \brief Set the external source for preprocessed entities.
+    void SetExternalSource(ExternalPreprocessingRecordSource &Source);
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the external source for preprocessed entities.
+    ExternalPreprocessingRecordSource *getExternalSource() const {
+      return ExternalSource;
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the macro definition that corresponds to the given
+    /// \c MacroInfo.
+    MacroDefinition *findMacroDefinition(const MacroInfo *MI);
+        
+  private:
+    virtual void MacroExpands(const Token &Id, const MacroDirective *MD,
+                              SourceRange Range);
+    virtual void MacroDefined(const Token &Id, const MacroDirective *MD);
+    virtual void MacroUndefined(const Token &Id, const MacroDirective *MD);
+    virtual void InclusionDirective(SourceLocation HashLoc,
+                                    const Token &IncludeTok,
+                                    StringRef FileName,
+                                    bool IsAngled,
+                                    CharSourceRange FilenameRange,
+                                    const FileEntry *File,
+                                    StringRef SearchPath,
+                                    StringRef RelativePath,
+                                    const Module *Imported);
+    virtual void Ifdef(SourceLocation Loc, const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                       const MacroDirective *MD);
+    virtual void Ifndef(SourceLocation Loc, const Token &MacroNameTok,
+                        const MacroDirective *MD);
+    /// \brief Hook called whenever the 'defined' operator is seen.
+    virtual void Defined(const Token &MacroNameTok, const MacroDirective *MD);
+
+    void addMacroExpansion(const Token &Id, const MacroInfo *MI,
+                           SourceRange Range);
+
+    /// \brief Cached result of the last \see getPreprocessedEntitiesInRange
+    /// query.
+    struct {
+      SourceRange Range;
+      std::pair<int, int> Result;
+    } CachedRangeQuery;
+
+    std::pair<int, int> getPreprocessedEntitiesInRangeSlow(SourceRange R);
+
+    friend class ASTReader;
+    friend class ASTWriter;
+  };
+} // end namespace clang
+
+inline void* operator new(size_t bytes, clang::PreprocessingRecord& PR,
+                          unsigned alignment) throw() {
+  return PR.Allocate(bytes, alignment);
+}
+
+inline void operator delete(void* ptr, clang::PreprocessingRecord& PR,
+                            unsigned) throw() {
+  PR.Deallocate(ptr);
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PREPROCESSINGRECORD_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a912ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1476 @@
+//===--- Preprocessor.h - C Language Family Preprocessor --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Preprocessor interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PREPROCESSOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PREPROCESSOR_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PPCallbacks.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PTHLexer.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PTHManager.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/TokenLexer.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template<unsigned InternalLen> class SmallString;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class SourceManager;
+class ExternalPreprocessorSource;
+class FileManager;
+class FileEntry;
+class HeaderSearch;
+class PragmaNamespace;
+class PragmaHandler;
+class CommentHandler;
+class ScratchBuffer;
+class TargetInfo;
+class PPCallbacks;
+class CodeCompletionHandler;
+class DirectoryLookup;
+class PreprocessingRecord;
+class ModuleLoader;
+class PreprocessorOptions;
+
+/// \brief Stores token information for comparing actual tokens with
+/// predefined values.  Only handles simple tokens and identifiers.
+class TokenValue {
+  tok::TokenKind Kind;
+  IdentifierInfo *II;
+
+public:
+  TokenValue(tok::TokenKind Kind) : Kind(Kind), II(0) {
+    assert(Kind != tok::raw_identifier && "Raw identifiers are not supported.");
+    assert(Kind != tok::identifier &&
+           "Identifiers should be created by TokenValue(IdentifierInfo *)");
+    assert(!tok::isLiteral(Kind) && "Literals are not supported.");
+    assert(!tok::isAnnotation(Kind) && "Annotations are not supported.");
+  }
+  TokenValue(IdentifierInfo *II) : Kind(tok::identifier), II(II) {}
+  bool operator==(const Token &Tok) const {
+    return Tok.getKind() == Kind &&
+        (!II || II == Tok.getIdentifierInfo());
+  }
+};
+
+/// Preprocessor - This object engages in a tight little dance with the lexer to
+/// efficiently preprocess tokens.  Lexers know only about tokens within a
+/// single source file, and don't know anything about preprocessor-level issues
+/// like the \#include stack, token expansion, etc.
+///
+class Preprocessor : public RefCountedBase<Preprocessor> {
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<PreprocessorOptions> PPOpts;
+  DiagnosticsEngine        *Diags;
+  LangOptions       &LangOpts;
+  const TargetInfo  *Target;
+  FileManager       &FileMgr;
+  SourceManager     &SourceMgr;
+  ScratchBuffer     *ScratchBuf;
+  HeaderSearch      &HeaderInfo;
+  ModuleLoader      &TheModuleLoader;
+
+  /// \brief External source of macros.
+  ExternalPreprocessorSource *ExternalSource;
+
+
+  /// PTH - An optional PTHManager object used for getting tokens from
+  ///  a token cache rather than lexing the original source file.
+  OwningPtr<PTHManager> PTH;
+
+  /// BP - A BumpPtrAllocator object used to quickly allocate and release
+  ///  objects internal to the Preprocessor.
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BP;
+
+  /// Identifiers for builtin macros and other builtins.
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__LINE__, *Ident__FILE__;   // __LINE__, __FILE__
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__DATE__, *Ident__TIME__;   // __DATE__, __TIME__
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__INCLUDE_LEVEL__;          // __INCLUDE_LEVEL__
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__BASE_FILE__;              // __BASE_FILE__
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__TIMESTAMP__;              // __TIMESTAMP__
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__COUNTER__;                // __COUNTER__
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident_Pragma, *Ident__pragma;    // _Pragma, __pragma
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__VA_ARGS__;                // __VA_ARGS__
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__has_feature;              // __has_feature
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__has_extension;            // __has_extension
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__has_builtin;              // __has_builtin
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__has_attribute;            // __has_attribute
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__has_include;              // __has_include
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__has_include_next;         // __has_include_next
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__has_warning;              // __has_warning
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__building_module;          // __building_module
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__MODULE__;                 // __MODULE__
+
+  SourceLocation DATELoc, TIMELoc;
+  unsigned CounterValue;  // Next __COUNTER__ value.
+
+  enum {
+    /// MaxIncludeStackDepth - Maximum depth of \#includes.
+    MaxAllowedIncludeStackDepth = 200
+  };
+
+  // State that is set before the preprocessor begins.
+  bool KeepComments : 1;
+  bool KeepMacroComments : 1;
+  bool SuppressIncludeNotFoundError : 1;
+
+  // State that changes while the preprocessor runs:
+  bool InMacroArgs : 1;            // True if parsing fn macro invocation args.
+
+  /// Whether the preprocessor owns the header search object.
+  bool OwnsHeaderSearch : 1;
+
+  /// DisableMacroExpansion - True if macro expansion is disabled.
+  bool DisableMacroExpansion : 1;
+
+  /// MacroExpansionInDirectivesOverride - Temporarily disables
+  /// DisableMacroExpansion (i.e. enables expansion) when parsing preprocessor
+  /// directives.
+  bool MacroExpansionInDirectivesOverride : 1;
+
+  class ResetMacroExpansionHelper;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded macros from the external source.
+  mutable bool ReadMacrosFromExternalSource : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if pragmas are enabled.
+  bool PragmasEnabled : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if the current build action is a preprocessing action.
+  bool PreprocessedOutput : 1;
+
+  /// \brief True if we are currently preprocessing a #if or #elif directive
+  bool ParsingIfOrElifDirective;
+
+  /// \brief True if we are pre-expanding macro arguments.
+  bool InMacroArgPreExpansion;
+
+  /// Identifiers - This is mapping/lookup information for all identifiers in
+  /// the program, including program keywords.
+  mutable IdentifierTable Identifiers;
+
+  /// Selectors - This table contains all the selectors in the program. Unlike
+  /// IdentifierTable above, this table *isn't* populated by the preprocessor.
+  /// It is declared/expanded here because it's role/lifetime is
+  /// conceptually similar the IdentifierTable. In addition, the current control
+  /// flow (in clang::ParseAST()), make it convenient to put here.
+  /// FIXME: Make sure the lifetime of Identifiers/Selectors *isn't* tied to
+  /// the lifetime of the preprocessor.
+  SelectorTable Selectors;
+
+  /// BuiltinInfo - Information about builtins.
+  Builtin::Context BuiltinInfo;
+
+  /// PragmaHandlers - This tracks all of the pragmas that the client registered
+  /// with this preprocessor.
+  PragmaNamespace *PragmaHandlers;
+
+  /// \brief Tracks all of the comment handlers that the client registered
+  /// with this preprocessor.
+  std::vector<CommentHandler *> CommentHandlers;
+
+  /// \brief True if we want to ignore EOF token and continue later on (thus 
+  /// avoid tearing the Lexer and etc. down).
+  bool IncrementalProcessing;
+
+  /// \brief The code-completion handler.
+  CodeCompletionHandler *CodeComplete;
+
+  /// \brief The file that we're performing code-completion for, if any.
+  const FileEntry *CodeCompletionFile;
+
+  /// \brief The offset in file for the code-completion point.
+  unsigned CodeCompletionOffset;
+
+  /// \brief The location for the code-completion point. This gets instantiated
+  /// when the CodeCompletionFile gets \#include'ed for preprocessing.
+  SourceLocation CodeCompletionLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The start location for the file of the code-completion point.
+  ///
+  /// This gets instantiated when the CodeCompletionFile gets \#include'ed
+  /// for preprocessing.
+  SourceLocation CodeCompletionFileLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The source location of the 'import' contextual keyword we just 
+  /// lexed, if any.
+  SourceLocation ModuleImportLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The module import path that we're currently processing.
+  SmallVector<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>, 2> ModuleImportPath;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether the module import expectes an identifier next. Otherwise,
+  /// it expects a '.' or ';'.
+  bool ModuleImportExpectsIdentifier;
+  
+  /// \brief The source location of the currently-active
+  /// #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited begin.
+  SourceLocation PragmaARCCFCodeAuditedLoc;
+
+  /// \brief True if we hit the code-completion point.
+  bool CodeCompletionReached;
+
+  /// \brief The number of bytes that we will initially skip when entering the
+  /// main file, which is used when loading a precompiled preamble, along
+  /// with a flag that indicates whether skipping this number of bytes will
+  /// place the lexer at the start of a line.
+  std::pair<unsigned, bool> SkipMainFilePreamble;
+
+  /// CurLexer - This is the current top of the stack that we're lexing from if
+  /// not expanding a macro and we are lexing directly from source code.
+  ///  Only one of CurLexer, CurPTHLexer, or CurTokenLexer will be non-null.
+  OwningPtr<Lexer> CurLexer;
+
+  /// CurPTHLexer - This is the current top of stack that we're lexing from if
+  ///  not expanding from a macro and we are lexing from a PTH cache.
+  ///  Only one of CurLexer, CurPTHLexer, or CurTokenLexer will be non-null.
+  OwningPtr<PTHLexer> CurPTHLexer;
+
+  /// CurPPLexer - This is the current top of the stack what we're lexing from
+  ///  if not expanding a macro.  This is an alias for either CurLexer or
+  ///  CurPTHLexer.
+  PreprocessorLexer *CurPPLexer;
+
+  /// CurLookup - The DirectoryLookup structure used to find the current
+  /// FileEntry, if CurLexer is non-null and if applicable.  This allows us to
+  /// implement \#include_next and find directory-specific properties.
+  const DirectoryLookup *CurDirLookup;
+
+  /// CurTokenLexer - This is the current macro we are expanding, if we are
+  /// expanding a macro.  One of CurLexer and CurTokenLexer must be null.
+  OwningPtr<TokenLexer> CurTokenLexer;
+
+  /// \brief The kind of lexer we're currently working with.
+  enum CurLexerKind {
+    CLK_Lexer,
+    CLK_PTHLexer,
+    CLK_TokenLexer,
+    CLK_CachingLexer,
+    CLK_LexAfterModuleImport
+  } CurLexerKind;
+
+  /// IncludeMacroStack - This keeps track of the stack of files currently
+  /// \#included, and macros currently being expanded from, not counting
+  /// CurLexer/CurTokenLexer.
+  struct IncludeStackInfo {
+    enum CurLexerKind     CurLexerKind;
+    Lexer                 *TheLexer;
+    PTHLexer              *ThePTHLexer;
+    PreprocessorLexer     *ThePPLexer;
+    TokenLexer            *TheTokenLexer;
+    const DirectoryLookup *TheDirLookup;
+
+    IncludeStackInfo(enum CurLexerKind K, Lexer *L, PTHLexer* P,
+                     PreprocessorLexer* PPL,
+                     TokenLexer* TL, const DirectoryLookup *D)
+      : CurLexerKind(K), TheLexer(L), ThePTHLexer(P), ThePPLexer(PPL),
+        TheTokenLexer(TL), TheDirLookup(D) {}
+  };
+  std::vector<IncludeStackInfo> IncludeMacroStack;
+
+  /// Callbacks - These are actions invoked when some preprocessor activity is
+  /// encountered (e.g. a file is \#included, etc).
+  PPCallbacks *Callbacks;
+
+  struct MacroExpandsInfo {
+    Token Tok;
+    MacroDirective *MD;
+    SourceRange Range;
+    MacroExpandsInfo(Token Tok, MacroDirective *MD, SourceRange Range)
+      : Tok(Tok), MD(MD), Range(Range) { }
+  };
+  SmallVector<MacroExpandsInfo, 2> DelayedMacroExpandsCallbacks;
+
+  /// Macros - For each IdentifierInfo that was associated with a macro, we
+  /// keep a mapping to the history of all macro definitions and #undefs in
+  /// the reverse order (the latest one is in the head of the list).
+  llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo*, MacroDirective*> Macros;
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  
+  /// \brief Macros that we want to warn because they are not used at the end
+  /// of the translation unit; we store just their SourceLocations instead
+  /// something like MacroInfo*. The benefit of this is that when we are
+  /// deserializing from PCH, we don't need to deserialize identifier & macros
+  /// just so that we can report that they are unused, we just warn using
+  /// the SourceLocations of this set (that will be filled by the ASTReader).
+  /// We are using SmallPtrSet instead of a vector for faster removal.
+  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<SourceLocation, 32> WarnUnusedMacroLocsTy;
+  WarnUnusedMacroLocsTy WarnUnusedMacroLocs;
+
+  /// MacroArgCache - This is a "freelist" of MacroArg objects that can be
+  /// reused for quick allocation.
+  MacroArgs *MacroArgCache;
+  friend class MacroArgs;
+
+  /// PragmaPushMacroInfo - For each IdentifierInfo used in a #pragma
+  /// push_macro directive, we keep a MacroInfo stack used to restore
+  /// previous macro value.
+  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, std::vector<MacroInfo*> > PragmaPushMacroInfo;
+
+  // Various statistics we track for performance analysis.
+  unsigned NumDirectives, NumIncluded, NumDefined, NumUndefined, NumPragma;
+  unsigned NumIf, NumElse, NumEndif;
+  unsigned NumEnteredSourceFiles, MaxIncludeStackDepth;
+  unsigned NumMacroExpanded, NumFnMacroExpanded, NumBuiltinMacroExpanded;
+  unsigned NumFastMacroExpanded, NumTokenPaste, NumFastTokenPaste;
+  unsigned NumSkipped;
+
+  /// Predefines - This string is the predefined macros that preprocessor
+  /// should use from the command line etc.
+  std::string Predefines;
+
+  /// \brief The file ID for the preprocessor predefines.
+  FileID PredefinesFileID;
+
+  /// TokenLexerCache - Cache macro expanders to reduce malloc traffic.
+  enum { TokenLexerCacheSize = 8 };
+  unsigned NumCachedTokenLexers;
+  TokenLexer *TokenLexerCache[TokenLexerCacheSize];
+
+  /// \brief Keeps macro expanded tokens for TokenLexers.
+  //
+  /// Works like a stack; a TokenLexer adds the macro expanded tokens that is
+  /// going to lex in the cache and when it finishes the tokens are removed
+  /// from the end of the cache.
+  SmallVector<Token, 16> MacroExpandedTokens;
+  std::vector<std::pair<TokenLexer *, size_t> > MacroExpandingLexersStack;
+
+  /// \brief A record of the macro definitions and expansions that
+  /// occurred during preprocessing.
+  ///
+  /// This is an optional side structure that can be enabled with
+  /// \c createPreprocessingRecord() prior to preprocessing.
+  PreprocessingRecord *Record;
+
+private:  // Cached tokens state.
+  typedef SmallVector<Token, 1> CachedTokensTy;
+
+  /// CachedTokens - Cached tokens are stored here when we do backtracking or
+  /// lookahead. They are "lexed" by the CachingLex() method.
+  CachedTokensTy CachedTokens;
+
+  /// CachedLexPos - The position of the cached token that CachingLex() should
+  /// "lex" next. If it points beyond the CachedTokens vector, it means that
+  /// a normal Lex() should be invoked.
+  CachedTokensTy::size_type CachedLexPos;
+
+  /// BacktrackPositions - Stack of backtrack positions, allowing nested
+  /// backtracks. The EnableBacktrackAtThisPos() method pushes a position to
+  /// indicate where CachedLexPos should be set when the BackTrack() method is
+  /// invoked (at which point the last position is popped).
+  std::vector<CachedTokensTy::size_type> BacktrackPositions;
+
+  struct MacroInfoChain {
+    MacroInfo MI;
+    MacroInfoChain *Next;
+    MacroInfoChain *Prev;
+  };
+
+  /// MacroInfos are managed as a chain for easy disposal.  This is the head
+  /// of that list.
+  MacroInfoChain *MIChainHead;
+
+  /// MICache - A "freelist" of MacroInfo objects that can be reused for quick
+  /// allocation.
+  MacroInfoChain *MICache;
+
+public:
+  Preprocessor(IntrusiveRefCntPtr<PreprocessorOptions> PPOpts,
+               DiagnosticsEngine &diags, LangOptions &opts,
+               const TargetInfo *target,
+               SourceManager &SM, HeaderSearch &Headers,
+               ModuleLoader &TheModuleLoader,
+               IdentifierInfoLookup *IILookup = 0,
+               bool OwnsHeaderSearch = false,
+               bool DelayInitialization = false,
+               bool IncrProcessing = false);
+
+  ~Preprocessor();
+
+  /// \brief Initialize the preprocessor, if the constructor did not already
+  /// perform the initialization.
+  ///
+  /// \param Target Information about the target.
+  void Initialize(const TargetInfo &Target);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the preprocessor options used to initialize this
+  /// preprocessor.
+  PreprocessorOptions &getPreprocessorOpts() const { return *PPOpts; }
+  
+  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return *Diags; }
+  void setDiagnostics(DiagnosticsEngine &D) { Diags = &D; }
+
+  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
+  const TargetInfo &getTargetInfo() const { return *Target; }
+  FileManager &getFileManager() const { return FileMgr; }
+  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
+  HeaderSearch &getHeaderSearchInfo() const { return HeaderInfo; }
+
+  IdentifierTable &getIdentifierTable() { return Identifiers; }
+  SelectorTable &getSelectorTable() { return Selectors; }
+  Builtin::Context &getBuiltinInfo() { return BuiltinInfo; }
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &getPreprocessorAllocator() { return BP; }
+
+  void setPTHManager(PTHManager* pm);
+
+  PTHManager *getPTHManager() { return PTH.get(); }
+
+  void setExternalSource(ExternalPreprocessorSource *Source) {
+    ExternalSource = Source;
+  }
+
+  ExternalPreprocessorSource *getExternalSource() const {
+    return ExternalSource;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with this preprocessor.
+  ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const { return TheModuleLoader; }
+
+  /// \brief True if we are currently preprocessing a #if or #elif directive
+  bool isParsingIfOrElifDirective() const { 
+    return ParsingIfOrElifDirective;
+  }
+
+  /// SetCommentRetentionState - Control whether or not the preprocessor retains
+  /// comments in output.
+  void SetCommentRetentionState(bool KeepComments, bool KeepMacroComments) {
+    this->KeepComments = KeepComments | KeepMacroComments;
+    this->KeepMacroComments = KeepMacroComments;
+  }
+
+  bool getCommentRetentionState() const { return KeepComments; }
+
+  void setPragmasEnabled(bool Enabled) { PragmasEnabled = Enabled; }
+  bool getPragmasEnabled() const { return PragmasEnabled; }
+
+  void SetSuppressIncludeNotFoundError(bool Suppress) {
+    SuppressIncludeNotFoundError = Suppress;
+  }
+
+  bool GetSuppressIncludeNotFoundError() {
+    return SuppressIncludeNotFoundError;
+  }
+
+  /// Sets whether the preprocessor is responsible for producing output or if
+  /// it is producing tokens to be consumed by Parse and Sema.
+  void setPreprocessedOutput(bool IsPreprocessedOutput) {
+    PreprocessedOutput = IsPreprocessedOutput;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if the preprocessor is responsible for generating output,
+  /// false if it is producing tokens to be consumed by Parse and Sema.
+  bool isPreprocessedOutput() const { return PreprocessedOutput; }
+
+  /// isCurrentLexer - Return true if we are lexing directly from the specified
+  /// lexer.
+  bool isCurrentLexer(const PreprocessorLexer *L) const {
+    return CurPPLexer == L;
+  }
+
+  /// getCurrentLexer - Return the current lexer being lexed from.  Note
+  /// that this ignores any potentially active macro expansions and _Pragma
+  /// expansions going on at the time.
+  PreprocessorLexer *getCurrentLexer() const { return CurPPLexer; }
+
+  /// getCurrentFileLexer - Return the current file lexer being lexed from.
+  /// Note that this ignores any potentially active macro expansions and _Pragma
+  /// expansions going on at the time.
+  PreprocessorLexer *getCurrentFileLexer() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the file ID for the preprocessor predefines.
+  FileID getPredefinesFileID() const { return PredefinesFileID; }
+
+  /// getPPCallbacks/addPPCallbacks - Accessors for preprocessor callbacks.
+  /// Note that this class takes ownership of any PPCallbacks object given to
+  /// it.
+  PPCallbacks *getPPCallbacks() const { return Callbacks; }
+  void addPPCallbacks(PPCallbacks *C) {
+    if (Callbacks)
+      C = new PPChainedCallbacks(C, Callbacks);
+    Callbacks = C;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Given an identifier, return its latest MacroDirective if it is
+  // \#defined or null if it isn't \#define'd.
+  MacroDirective *getMacroDirective(IdentifierInfo *II) const {
+    if (!II->hasMacroDefinition())
+      return 0;
+
+    MacroDirective *MD = getMacroDirectiveHistory(II);
+    assert(MD->isDefined() && "Macro is undefined!");
+    return MD;
+  }
+
+  const MacroInfo *getMacroInfo(IdentifierInfo *II) const {
+    return const_cast<Preprocessor*>(this)->getMacroInfo(II);
+  }
+
+  MacroInfo *getMacroInfo(IdentifierInfo *II) {
+    if (MacroDirective *MD = getMacroDirective(II))
+      return MD->getMacroInfo();
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Given an identifier, return the (probably #undef'd) MacroInfo
+  /// representing the most recent macro definition. One can iterate over all
+  /// previous macro definitions from it. This method should only be called for
+  /// identifiers that hadMacroDefinition().
+  MacroDirective *getMacroDirectiveHistory(const IdentifierInfo *II) const;
+
+  /// \brief Add a directive to the macro directive history for this identifier.
+  void appendMacroDirective(IdentifierInfo *II, MacroDirective *MD);
+  DefMacroDirective *appendDefMacroDirective(IdentifierInfo *II, MacroInfo *MI,
+                                             SourceLocation Loc,
+                                             bool isImported) {
+    DefMacroDirective *MD = AllocateDefMacroDirective(MI, Loc, isImported);
+    appendMacroDirective(II, MD);
+    return MD;
+  }
+  DefMacroDirective *appendDefMacroDirective(IdentifierInfo *II, MacroInfo *MI){
+    return appendDefMacroDirective(II, MI, MI->getDefinitionLoc(), false);
+  }
+  /// \brief Set a MacroDirective that was loaded from a PCH file.
+  void setLoadedMacroDirective(IdentifierInfo *II, MacroDirective *MD);
+
+  /// macro_iterator/macro_begin/macro_end - This allows you to walk the macro
+  /// history table. Currently defined macros have
+  /// IdentifierInfo::hasMacroDefinition() set and an empty
+  /// MacroInfo::getUndefLoc() at the head of the list.
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *,
+                         MacroDirective*>::const_iterator macro_iterator;
+  macro_iterator macro_begin(bool IncludeExternalMacros = true) const;
+  macro_iterator macro_end(bool IncludeExternalMacros = true) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the name of the macro defined before \p Loc that has
+  /// spelling \p Tokens.  If there are multiple macros with same spelling,
+  /// return the last one defined.
+  StringRef getLastMacroWithSpelling(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                     ArrayRef<TokenValue> Tokens) const;
+
+  const std::string &getPredefines() const { return Predefines; }
+  /// setPredefines - Set the predefines for this Preprocessor.  These
+  /// predefines are automatically injected when parsing the main file.
+  void setPredefines(const char *P) { Predefines = P; }
+  void setPredefines(const std::string &P) { Predefines = P; }
+
+  /// Return information about the specified preprocessor
+  /// identifier token.
+  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifierInfo(StringRef Name) const {
+    return &Identifiers.get(Name);
+  }
+
+  /// AddPragmaHandler - Add the specified pragma handler to the preprocessor.
+  /// If 'Namespace' is non-null, then it is a token required to exist on the
+  /// pragma line before the pragma string starts, e.g. "STDC" or "GCC".
+  void AddPragmaHandler(StringRef Namespace, PragmaHandler *Handler);
+  void AddPragmaHandler(PragmaHandler *Handler) {
+    AddPragmaHandler(StringRef(), Handler);
+  }
+
+  /// RemovePragmaHandler - Remove the specific pragma handler from
+  /// the preprocessor. If \p Namespace is non-null, then it should
+  /// be the namespace that \p Handler was added to. It is an error
+  /// to remove a handler that has not been registered.
+  void RemovePragmaHandler(StringRef Namespace, PragmaHandler *Handler);
+  void RemovePragmaHandler(PragmaHandler *Handler) {
+    RemovePragmaHandler(StringRef(), Handler);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add the specified comment handler to the preprocessor.
+  void addCommentHandler(CommentHandler *Handler);
+
+  /// \brief Remove the specified comment handler.
+  ///
+  /// It is an error to remove a handler that has not been registered.
+  void removeCommentHandler(CommentHandler *Handler);
+
+  /// \brief Set the code completion handler to the given object.
+  void setCodeCompletionHandler(CodeCompletionHandler &Handler) {
+    CodeComplete = &Handler;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the current code-completion handler.
+  CodeCompletionHandler *getCodeCompletionHandler() const {
+    return CodeComplete;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Clear out the code completion handler.
+  void clearCodeCompletionHandler() {
+    CodeComplete = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Hook used by the lexer to invoke the "natural language" code
+  /// completion point.
+  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the preprocessing record, or NULL if there is no
+  /// preprocessing record.
+  PreprocessingRecord *getPreprocessingRecord() const { return Record; }
+
+  /// \brief Create a new preprocessing record, which will keep track of
+  /// all macro expansions, macro definitions, etc.
+  void createPreprocessingRecord();
+
+  /// EnterMainSourceFile - Enter the specified FileID as the main source file,
+  /// which implicitly adds the builtin defines etc.
+  void EnterMainSourceFile();
+
+  /// EndSourceFile - Inform the preprocessor callbacks that processing is
+  /// complete.
+  void EndSourceFile();
+
+  /// EnterSourceFile - Add a source file to the top of the include stack and
+  /// start lexing tokens from it instead of the current buffer.  Emit an error
+  /// and don't enter the file on error.
+  void EnterSourceFile(FileID CurFileID, const DirectoryLookup *Dir,
+                       SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// EnterMacro - Add a Macro to the top of the include stack and start lexing
+  /// tokens from it instead of the current buffer.  Args specifies the
+  /// tokens input to a function-like macro.
+  ///
+  /// ILEnd specifies the location of the ')' for a function-like macro or the
+  /// identifier for an object-like macro.
+  void EnterMacro(Token &Identifier, SourceLocation ILEnd, MacroInfo *Macro,
+                  MacroArgs *Args);
+
+  /// EnterTokenStream - Add a "macro" context to the top of the include stack,
+  /// which will cause the lexer to start returning the specified tokens.
+  ///
+  /// If DisableMacroExpansion is true, tokens lexed from the token stream will
+  /// not be subject to further macro expansion.  Otherwise, these tokens will
+  /// be re-macro-expanded when/if expansion is enabled.
+  ///
+  /// If OwnsTokens is false, this method assumes that the specified stream of
+  /// tokens has a permanent owner somewhere, so they do not need to be copied.
+  /// If it is true, it assumes the array of tokens is allocated with new[] and
+  /// must be freed.
+  ///
+  void EnterTokenStream(const Token *Toks, unsigned NumToks,
+                        bool DisableMacroExpansion, bool OwnsTokens);
+
+  /// RemoveTopOfLexerStack - Pop the current lexer/macro exp off the top of the
+  /// lexer stack.  This should only be used in situations where the current
+  /// state of the top-of-stack lexer is known.
+  void RemoveTopOfLexerStack();
+
+  /// EnableBacktrackAtThisPos - From the point that this method is called, and
+  /// until CommitBacktrackedTokens() or Backtrack() is called, the Preprocessor
+  /// keeps track of the lexed tokens so that a subsequent Backtrack() call will
+  /// make the Preprocessor re-lex the same tokens.
+  ///
+  /// Nested backtracks are allowed, meaning that EnableBacktrackAtThisPos can
+  /// be called multiple times and CommitBacktrackedTokens/Backtrack calls will
+  /// be combined with the EnableBacktrackAtThisPos calls in reverse order.
+  ///
+  /// NOTE: *DO NOT* forget to call either CommitBacktrackedTokens or Backtrack
+  /// at some point after EnableBacktrackAtThisPos. If you don't, caching of
+  /// tokens will continue indefinitely.
+  ///
+  void EnableBacktrackAtThisPos();
+
+  /// CommitBacktrackedTokens - Disable the last EnableBacktrackAtThisPos call.
+  void CommitBacktrackedTokens();
+
+  /// Backtrack - Make Preprocessor re-lex the tokens that were lexed since
+  /// EnableBacktrackAtThisPos() was previously called.
+  void Backtrack();
+
+  /// isBacktrackEnabled - True if EnableBacktrackAtThisPos() was called and
+  /// caching of tokens is on.
+  bool isBacktrackEnabled() const { return !BacktrackPositions.empty(); }
+
+  /// Lex - To lex a token from the preprocessor, just pull a token from the
+  /// current lexer or macro object.
+  void Lex(Token &Result) {
+    switch (CurLexerKind) {
+    case CLK_Lexer: CurLexer->Lex(Result); break;
+    case CLK_PTHLexer: CurPTHLexer->Lex(Result); break;
+    case CLK_TokenLexer: CurTokenLexer->Lex(Result); break;
+    case CLK_CachingLexer: CachingLex(Result); break;
+    case CLK_LexAfterModuleImport: LexAfterModuleImport(Result); break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  void LexAfterModuleImport(Token &Result);
+
+  /// \brief Lex a string literal, which may be the concatenation of multiple
+  /// string literals and may even come from macro expansion.
+  /// \returns true on success, false if a error diagnostic has been generated.
+  bool LexStringLiteral(Token &Result, std::string &String,
+                        const char *DiagnosticTag, bool AllowMacroExpansion) {
+    if (AllowMacroExpansion)
+      Lex(Result);
+    else
+      LexUnexpandedToken(Result);
+    return FinishLexStringLiteral(Result, String, DiagnosticTag,
+                                  AllowMacroExpansion);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Complete the lexing of a string literal where the first token has
+  /// already been lexed (see LexStringLiteral).
+  bool FinishLexStringLiteral(Token &Result, std::string &String,
+                              const char *DiagnosticTag,
+                              bool AllowMacroExpansion);
+
+  /// LexNonComment - Lex a token.  If it's a comment, keep lexing until we get
+  /// something not a comment.  This is useful in -E -C mode where comments
+  /// would foul up preprocessor directive handling.
+  void LexNonComment(Token &Result) {
+    do
+      Lex(Result);
+    while (Result.getKind() == tok::comment);
+  }
+
+  /// LexUnexpandedToken - This is just like Lex, but this disables macro
+  /// expansion of identifier tokens.
+  void LexUnexpandedToken(Token &Result) {
+    // Disable macro expansion.
+    bool OldVal = DisableMacroExpansion;
+    DisableMacroExpansion = true;
+    // Lex the token.
+    Lex(Result);
+
+    // Reenable it.
+    DisableMacroExpansion = OldVal;
+  }
+
+  /// LexUnexpandedNonComment - Like LexNonComment, but this disables macro
+  /// expansion of identifier tokens.
+  void LexUnexpandedNonComment(Token &Result) {
+    do
+      LexUnexpandedToken(Result);
+    while (Result.getKind() == tok::comment);
+  }
+
+  /// Disables macro expansion everywhere except for preprocessor directives.
+  void SetMacroExpansionOnlyInDirectives() {
+    DisableMacroExpansion = true;
+    MacroExpansionInDirectivesOverride = true;
+  }
+
+  /// LookAhead - This peeks ahead N tokens and returns that token without
+  /// consuming any tokens.  LookAhead(0) returns the next token that would be
+  /// returned by Lex(), LookAhead(1) returns the token after it, etc.  This
+  /// returns normal tokens after phase 5.  As such, it is equivalent to using
+  /// 'Lex', not 'LexUnexpandedToken'.
+  const Token &LookAhead(unsigned N) {
+    if (CachedLexPos + N < CachedTokens.size())
+      return CachedTokens[CachedLexPos+N];
+    else
+      return PeekAhead(N+1);
+  }
+
+  /// RevertCachedTokens - When backtracking is enabled and tokens are cached,
+  /// this allows to revert a specific number of tokens.
+  /// Note that the number of tokens being reverted should be up to the last
+  /// backtrack position, not more.
+  void RevertCachedTokens(unsigned N) {
+    assert(isBacktrackEnabled() &&
+           "Should only be called when tokens are cached for backtracking");
+    assert(signed(CachedLexPos) - signed(N) >= signed(BacktrackPositions.back())
+         && "Should revert tokens up to the last backtrack position, not more");
+    assert(signed(CachedLexPos) - signed(N) >= 0 &&
+           "Corrupted backtrack positions ?");
+    CachedLexPos -= N;
+  }
+
+  /// EnterToken - Enters a token in the token stream to be lexed next. If
+  /// BackTrack() is called afterwards, the token will remain at the insertion
+  /// point.
+  void EnterToken(const Token &Tok) {
+    EnterCachingLexMode();
+    CachedTokens.insert(CachedTokens.begin()+CachedLexPos, Tok);
+  }
+
+  /// AnnotateCachedTokens - We notify the Preprocessor that if it is caching
+  /// tokens (because backtrack is enabled) it should replace the most recent
+  /// cached tokens with the given annotation token. This function has no effect
+  /// if backtracking is not enabled.
+  ///
+  /// Note that the use of this function is just for optimization; so that the
+  /// cached tokens doesn't get re-parsed and re-resolved after a backtrack is
+  /// invoked.
+  void AnnotateCachedTokens(const Token &Tok) {
+    assert(Tok.isAnnotation() && "Expected annotation token");
+    if (CachedLexPos != 0 && isBacktrackEnabled())
+      AnnotatePreviousCachedTokens(Tok);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Replace the last token with an annotation token.
+  ///
+  /// Like AnnotateCachedTokens(), this routine replaces an
+  /// already-parsed (and resolved) token with an annotation
+  /// token. However, this routine only replaces the last token with
+  /// the annotation token; it does not affect any other cached
+  /// tokens. This function has no effect if backtracking is not
+  /// enabled.
+  void ReplaceLastTokenWithAnnotation(const Token &Tok) {
+    assert(Tok.isAnnotation() && "Expected annotation token");
+    if (CachedLexPos != 0 && isBacktrackEnabled())
+      CachedTokens[CachedLexPos-1] = Tok;
+  }
+
+  /// TypoCorrectToken - Update the current token to represent the provided
+  /// identifier, in order to cache an action performed by typo correction.
+  void TypoCorrectToken(const Token &Tok) {
+    assert(Tok.getIdentifierInfo() && "Expected identifier token");
+    if (CachedLexPos != 0 && isBacktrackEnabled())
+      CachedTokens[CachedLexPos-1] = Tok;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Recompute the current lexer kind based on the CurLexer/CurPTHLexer/
+  /// CurTokenLexer pointers.
+  void recomputeCurLexerKind();
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if incremental processing is enabled
+  bool isIncrementalProcessingEnabled() const { return IncrementalProcessing; }
+
+  /// \brief Enables the incremental processing
+  void enableIncrementalProcessing(bool value = true) {
+    IncrementalProcessing = value;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Specify the point at which code-completion will be performed.
+  ///
+  /// \param File the file in which code completion should occur. If
+  /// this file is included multiple times, code-completion will
+  /// perform completion the first time it is included. If NULL, this
+  /// function clears out the code-completion point.
+  ///
+  /// \param Line the line at which code completion should occur
+  /// (1-based).
+  ///
+  /// \param Column the column at which code completion should occur
+  /// (1-based).
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool SetCodeCompletionPoint(const FileEntry *File,
+                              unsigned Line, unsigned Column);
+
+  /// \brief Determine if we are performing code completion.
+  bool isCodeCompletionEnabled() const { return CodeCompletionFile != 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the location of the code-completion point.
+  /// Returns an invalid location if code-completion is not enabled or the file
+  /// containing the code-completion point has not been lexed yet.
+  SourceLocation getCodeCompletionLoc() const { return CodeCompletionLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the start location of the file of code-completion point.
+  /// Returns an invalid location if code-completion is not enabled or the file
+  /// containing the code-completion point has not been lexed yet.
+  SourceLocation getCodeCompletionFileLoc() const {
+    return CodeCompletionFileLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if code-completion is enabled and we have hit the
+  /// code-completion point.
+  bool isCodeCompletionReached() const { return CodeCompletionReached; }
+
+  /// \brief Note that we hit the code-completion point.
+  void setCodeCompletionReached() {
+    assert(isCodeCompletionEnabled() && "Code-completion not enabled!");
+    CodeCompletionReached = true;
+    // Silence any diagnostics that occur after we hit the code-completion.
+    getDiagnostics().setSuppressAllDiagnostics(true);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The location of the currently-active \#pragma clang
+  /// arc_cf_code_audited begin.  Returns an invalid location if there
+  /// is no such pragma active.
+  SourceLocation getPragmaARCCFCodeAuditedLoc() const {
+    return PragmaARCCFCodeAuditedLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the location of the currently-active \#pragma clang
+  /// arc_cf_code_audited begin.  An invalid location ends the pragma.
+  void setPragmaARCCFCodeAuditedLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    PragmaARCCFCodeAuditedLoc = Loc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Instruct the preprocessor to skip part of the main source file.
+  ///
+  /// \param Bytes The number of bytes in the preamble to skip.
+  ///
+  /// \param StartOfLine Whether skipping these bytes puts the lexer at the
+  /// start of a line.
+  void setSkipMainFilePreamble(unsigned Bytes, bool StartOfLine) {
+    SkipMainFilePreamble.first = Bytes;
+    SkipMainFilePreamble.second = StartOfLine;
+  }
+
+  /// Diag - Forwarding function for diagnostics.  This emits a diagnostic at
+  /// the specified Token's location, translating the token's start
+  /// position in the current buffer into a SourcePosition object for rendering.
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) const {
+    return Diags->Report(Loc, DiagID);
+  }
+
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(const Token &Tok, unsigned DiagID) const {
+    return Diags->Report(Tok.getLocation(), DiagID);
+  }
+
+  /// getSpelling() - Return the 'spelling' of the token at the given
+  /// location; does not go up to the spelling location or down to the
+  /// expansion location.
+  ///
+  /// \param buffer A buffer which will be used only if the token requires
+  ///   "cleaning", e.g. if it contains trigraphs or escaped newlines
+  /// \param invalid If non-null, will be set \c true if an error occurs.
+  StringRef getSpelling(SourceLocation loc,
+                        SmallVectorImpl<char> &buffer,
+                        bool *invalid = 0) const {
+    return Lexer::getSpelling(loc, buffer, SourceMgr, LangOpts, invalid);
+  }
+
+  /// getSpelling() - Return the 'spelling' of the Tok token.  The spelling of a
+  /// token is the characters used to represent the token in the source file
+  /// after trigraph expansion and escaped-newline folding.  In particular, this
+  /// wants to get the true, uncanonicalized, spelling of things like digraphs
+  /// UCNs, etc.
+  ///
+  /// \param Invalid If non-null, will be set \c true if an error occurs.
+  std::string getSpelling(const Token &Tok, bool *Invalid = 0) const {
+    return Lexer::getSpelling(Tok, SourceMgr, LangOpts, Invalid);
+  }
+
+  /// getSpelling - This method is used to get the spelling of a token into a
+  /// preallocated buffer, instead of as an std::string.  The caller is required
+  /// to allocate enough space for the token, which is guaranteed to be at least
+  /// Tok.getLength() bytes long.  The length of the actual result is returned.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this method may do two possible things: it may either fill in
+  /// the buffer specified with characters, or it may *change the input pointer*
+  /// to point to a constant buffer with the data already in it (avoiding a
+  /// copy).  The caller is not allowed to modify the returned buffer pointer
+  /// if an internal buffer is returned.
+  unsigned getSpelling(const Token &Tok, const char *&Buffer,
+                       bool *Invalid = 0) const {
+    return Lexer::getSpelling(Tok, Buffer, SourceMgr, LangOpts, Invalid);
+  }
+
+  /// getSpelling - This method is used to get the spelling of a token into a
+  /// SmallVector. Note that the returned StringRef may not point to the
+  /// supplied buffer if a copy can be avoided.
+  StringRef getSpelling(const Token &Tok,
+                        SmallVectorImpl<char> &Buffer,
+                        bool *Invalid = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief Relex the token at the specified location.
+  /// \returns true if there was a failure, false on success.
+  bool getRawToken(SourceLocation Loc, Token &Result) {
+    return Lexer::getRawToken(Loc, Result, SourceMgr, LangOpts);
+  }
+
+  /// getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant - Tok is a numeric constant
+  /// with length 1, return the character.
+  char getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(const Token &Tok,
+                                                   bool *Invalid = 0) const {
+    assert(Tok.is(tok::numeric_constant) &&
+           Tok.getLength() == 1 && "Called on unsupported token");
+    assert(!Tok.needsCleaning() && "Token can't need cleaning with length 1");
+
+    // If the token is carrying a literal data pointer, just use it.
+    if (const char *D = Tok.getLiteralData())
+      return *D;
+
+    // Otherwise, fall back on getCharacterData, which is slower, but always
+    // works.
+    return *SourceMgr.getCharacterData(Tok.getLocation(), Invalid);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the immediate macro expansion.
+  ///
+  /// This routine starts from a source location, and finds the name of the macro
+  /// responsible for its immediate expansion. It looks through any intervening
+  /// macro argument expansions to compute this. It returns a StringRef which
+  /// refers to the SourceManager-owned buffer of the source where that macro
+  /// name is spelled. Thus, the result shouldn't out-live the SourceManager.
+  StringRef getImmediateMacroName(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    return Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(Loc, SourceMgr, getLangOpts());
+  }
+
+  /// CreateString - Plop the specified string into a scratch buffer and set the
+  /// specified token's location and length to it.  If specified, the source
+  /// location provides a location of the expansion point of the token.
+  void CreateString(StringRef Str, Token &Tok,
+                    SourceLocation ExpansionLocStart = SourceLocation(),
+                    SourceLocation ExpansionLocEnd = SourceLocation());
+
+  /// \brief Computes the source location just past the end of the
+  /// token at this source location.
+  ///
+  /// This routine can be used to produce a source location that
+  /// points just past the end of the token referenced by \p Loc, and
+  /// is generally used when a diagnostic needs to point just after a
+  /// token where it expected something different that it received. If
+  /// the returned source location would not be meaningful (e.g., if
+  /// it points into a macro), this routine returns an invalid
+  /// source location.
+  ///
+  /// \param Offset an offset from the end of the token, where the source
+  /// location should refer to. The default offset (0) produces a source
+  /// location pointing just past the end of the token; an offset of 1 produces
+  /// a source location pointing to the last character in the token, etc.
+  SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0) {
+    return Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(Loc, Offset, SourceMgr, LangOpts);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the given MacroID location points at the first
+  /// token of the macro expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param MacroBegin If non-null and function returns true, it is set to
+  /// begin location of the macro.
+  bool isAtStartOfMacroExpansion(SourceLocation loc,
+                                 SourceLocation *MacroBegin = 0) const {
+    return Lexer::isAtStartOfMacroExpansion(loc, SourceMgr, LangOpts,
+                                            MacroBegin);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the given MacroID location points at the last
+  /// token of the macro expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param MacroEnd If non-null and function returns true, it is set to
+  /// end location of the macro.
+  bool isAtEndOfMacroExpansion(SourceLocation loc,
+                               SourceLocation *MacroEnd = 0) const {
+    return Lexer::isAtEndOfMacroExpansion(loc, SourceMgr, LangOpts, MacroEnd);
+  }
+
+  /// DumpToken - Print the token to stderr, used for debugging.
+  ///
+  void DumpToken(const Token &Tok, bool DumpFlags = false) const;
+  void DumpLocation(SourceLocation Loc) const;
+  void DumpMacro(const MacroInfo &MI) const;
+
+  /// AdvanceToTokenCharacter - Given a location that specifies the start of a
+  /// token, return a new location that specifies a character within the token.
+  SourceLocation AdvanceToTokenCharacter(SourceLocation TokStart,
+                                         unsigned Char) const {
+    return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokStart, Char, SourceMgr, LangOpts);
+  }
+
+  /// IncrementPasteCounter - Increment the counters for the number of token
+  /// paste operations performed.  If fast was specified, this is a 'fast paste'
+  /// case we handled.
+  ///
+  void IncrementPasteCounter(bool isFast) {
+    if (isFast)
+      ++NumFastTokenPaste;
+    else
+      ++NumTokenPaste;
+  }
+
+  void PrintStats();
+
+  size_t getTotalMemory() const;
+
+  /// HandleMicrosoftCommentPaste - When the macro expander pastes together a
+  /// comment (/##/) in microsoft mode, this method handles updating the current
+  /// state, returning the token on the next source line.
+  void HandleMicrosoftCommentPaste(Token &Tok);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Preprocessor callback methods.  These are invoked by a lexer as various
+  // directives and events are found.
+
+  /// LookUpIdentifierInfo - Given a tok::raw_identifier token, look up the
+  /// identifier information for the token and install it into the token,
+  /// updating the token kind accordingly.
+  IdentifierInfo *LookUpIdentifierInfo(Token &Identifier) const;
+
+private:
+  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,unsigned> PoisonReasons;
+
+public:
+
+  // SetPoisonReason - Call this function to indicate the reason for
+  // poisoning an identifier. If that identifier is accessed while
+  // poisoned, then this reason will be used instead of the default
+  // "poisoned" diagnostic.
+  void SetPoisonReason(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned DiagID);
+
+  // HandlePoisonedIdentifier - Display reason for poisoned
+  // identifier.
+  void HandlePoisonedIdentifier(Token & Tok);
+
+  void MaybeHandlePoisonedIdentifier(Token & Identifier) {
+    if(IdentifierInfo * II = Identifier.getIdentifierInfo()) {
+      if(II->isPoisoned()) {
+        HandlePoisonedIdentifier(Identifier);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// Identifiers used for SEH handling in Borland. These are only
+  /// allowed in particular circumstances
+  // __except block
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__exception_code,
+                 *Ident___exception_code,
+                 *Ident_GetExceptionCode;
+  // __except filter expression
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__exception_info,
+                 *Ident___exception_info,
+                 *Ident_GetExceptionInfo;
+  // __finally
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__abnormal_termination,
+                 *Ident___abnormal_termination,
+                 *Ident_AbnormalTermination;
+public:
+  void PoisonSEHIdentifiers(bool Poison = true); // Borland
+
+  /// HandleIdentifier - This callback is invoked when the lexer reads an
+  /// identifier and has filled in the tokens IdentifierInfo member.  This
+  /// callback potentially macro expands it or turns it into a named token (like
+  /// 'for').
+  void HandleIdentifier(Token &Identifier);
+
+
+  /// HandleEndOfFile - This callback is invoked when the lexer hits the end of
+  /// the current file.  This either returns the EOF token and returns true, or
+  /// pops a level off the include stack and returns false, at which point the
+  /// client should call lex again.
+  bool HandleEndOfFile(Token &Result, bool isEndOfMacro = false);
+
+  /// HandleEndOfTokenLexer - This callback is invoked when the current
+  /// TokenLexer hits the end of its token stream.
+  bool HandleEndOfTokenLexer(Token &Result);
+
+  /// HandleDirective - This callback is invoked when the lexer sees a # token
+  /// at the start of a line.  This consumes the directive, modifies the
+  /// lexer/preprocessor state, and advances the lexer(s) so that the next token
+  /// read is the correct one.
+  void HandleDirective(Token &Result);
+
+  /// CheckEndOfDirective - Ensure that the next token is a tok::eod token.  If
+  /// not, emit a diagnostic and consume up until the eod.  If EnableMacros is
+  /// true, then we consider macros that expand to zero tokens as being ok.
+  void CheckEndOfDirective(const char *Directive, bool EnableMacros = false);
+
+  /// DiscardUntilEndOfDirective - Read and discard all tokens remaining on the
+  /// current line until the tok::eod token is found.
+  void DiscardUntilEndOfDirective();
+
+  /// SawDateOrTime - This returns true if the preprocessor has seen a use of
+  /// __DATE__ or __TIME__ in the file so far.
+  bool SawDateOrTime() const {
+    return DATELoc != SourceLocation() || TIMELoc != SourceLocation();
+  }
+  unsigned getCounterValue() const { return CounterValue; }
+  void setCounterValue(unsigned V) { CounterValue = V; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieves the module that we're currently building, if any.
+  Module *getCurrentModule();
+  
+  /// \brief Allocate a new MacroInfo object with the provided SourceLocation.
+  MacroInfo *AllocateMacroInfo(SourceLocation L);
+
+  /// \brief Allocate a new MacroInfo object loaded from an AST file.
+  MacroInfo *AllocateDeserializedMacroInfo(SourceLocation L,
+                                           unsigned SubModuleID);
+
+  /// \brief Turn the specified lexer token into a fully checked and spelled
+  /// filename, e.g. as an operand of \#include. 
+  ///
+  /// The caller is expected to provide a buffer that is large enough to hold
+  /// the spelling of the filename, but is also expected to handle the case
+  /// when this method decides to use a different buffer.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the input filename was in <>'s or false if it was
+  /// in ""'s.
+  bool GetIncludeFilenameSpelling(SourceLocation Loc,StringRef &Filename);
+
+  /// \brief Given a "foo" or \<foo> reference, look up the indicated file.
+  ///
+  /// Returns null on failure.  \p isAngled indicates whether the file
+  /// reference is for system \#include's or not (i.e. using <> instead of "").
+  const FileEntry *LookupFile(StringRef Filename,
+                              bool isAngled, const DirectoryLookup *FromDir,
+                              const DirectoryLookup *&CurDir,
+                              SmallVectorImpl<char> *SearchPath,
+                              SmallVectorImpl<char> *RelativePath,
+                              Module **SuggestedModule,
+                              bool SkipCache = false);
+
+  /// GetCurLookup - The DirectoryLookup structure used to find the current
+  /// FileEntry, if CurLexer is non-null and if applicable.  This allows us to
+  /// implement \#include_next and find directory-specific properties.
+  const DirectoryLookup *GetCurDirLookup() { return CurDirLookup; }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if we're in the top-level file, not in a \#include.
+  bool isInPrimaryFile() const;
+
+  /// ConcatenateIncludeName - Handle cases where the \#include name is expanded
+  /// from a macro as multiple tokens, which need to be glued together.  This
+  /// occurs for code like:
+  /// \code
+  ///    \#define FOO <x/y.h>
+  ///    \#include FOO
+  /// \endcode
+  /// because in this case, "<x/y.h>" is returned as 7 tokens, not one.
+  ///
+  /// This code concatenates and consumes tokens up to the '>' token.  It
+  /// returns false if the > was found, otherwise it returns true if it finds
+  /// and consumes the EOD marker.
+  bool ConcatenateIncludeName(SmallString<128> &FilenameBuffer,
+                              SourceLocation &End);
+
+  /// LexOnOffSwitch - Lex an on-off-switch (C99 6.10.6p2) and verify that it is
+  /// followed by EOD.  Return true if the token is not a valid on-off-switch.
+  bool LexOnOffSwitch(tok::OnOffSwitch &OOS);
+
+private:
+
+  void PushIncludeMacroStack() {
+    IncludeMacroStack.push_back(IncludeStackInfo(CurLexerKind,
+                                                 CurLexer.take(),
+                                                 CurPTHLexer.take(),
+                                                 CurPPLexer,
+                                                 CurTokenLexer.take(),
+                                                 CurDirLookup));
+    CurPPLexer = 0;
+  }
+
+  void PopIncludeMacroStack() {
+    CurLexer.reset(IncludeMacroStack.back().TheLexer);
+    CurPTHLexer.reset(IncludeMacroStack.back().ThePTHLexer);
+    CurPPLexer = IncludeMacroStack.back().ThePPLexer;
+    CurTokenLexer.reset(IncludeMacroStack.back().TheTokenLexer);
+    CurDirLookup  = IncludeMacroStack.back().TheDirLookup;
+    CurLexerKind = IncludeMacroStack.back().CurLexerKind;
+    IncludeMacroStack.pop_back();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Allocate a new MacroInfo object.
+  MacroInfo *AllocateMacroInfo();
+
+  DefMacroDirective *AllocateDefMacroDirective(MacroInfo *MI,
+                                               SourceLocation Loc,
+                                               bool isImported);
+  UndefMacroDirective *AllocateUndefMacroDirective(SourceLocation UndefLoc);
+  VisibilityMacroDirective *AllocateVisibilityMacroDirective(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                             bool isPublic);
+
+  /// \brief Release the specified MacroInfo for re-use.
+  ///
+  /// This memory will  be reused for allocating new MacroInfo objects.
+  void ReleaseMacroInfo(MacroInfo* MI);
+
+  /// ReadMacroName - Lex and validate a macro name, which occurs after a
+  /// \#define or \#undef.  This emits a diagnostic, sets the token kind to eod,
+  /// and discards the rest of the macro line if the macro name is invalid.
+  void ReadMacroName(Token &MacroNameTok, char isDefineUndef = 0);
+
+  /// ReadMacroDefinitionArgList - The ( starting an argument list of a macro
+  /// definition has just been read.  Lex the rest of the arguments and the
+  /// closing ), updating MI with what we learn and saving in LastTok the
+  /// last token read.
+  /// Return true if an error occurs parsing the arg list.
+  bool ReadMacroDefinitionArgList(MacroInfo *MI, Token& LastTok);
+
+  /// We just read a \#if or related directive and decided that the
+  /// subsequent tokens are in the \#if'd out portion of the
+  /// file.  Lex the rest of the file, until we see an \#endif.  If \p
+  /// FoundNonSkipPortion is true, then we have already emitted code for part of
+  /// this \#if directive, so \#else/\#elif blocks should never be entered. If
+  /// \p FoundElse is false, then \#else directives are ok, if not, then we have
+  /// already seen one so a \#else directive is a duplicate.  When this returns,
+  /// the caller can lex the first valid token.
+  void SkipExcludedConditionalBlock(SourceLocation IfTokenLoc,
+                                    bool FoundNonSkipPortion, bool FoundElse,
+                                    SourceLocation ElseLoc = SourceLocation());
+
+  /// \brief A fast PTH version of SkipExcludedConditionalBlock.
+  void PTHSkipExcludedConditionalBlock();
+
+  /// EvaluateDirectiveExpression - Evaluate an integer constant expression that
+  /// may occur after a #if or #elif directive and return it as a bool.  If the
+  /// expression is equivalent to "!defined(X)" return X in IfNDefMacro.
+  bool EvaluateDirectiveExpression(IdentifierInfo *&IfNDefMacro);
+
+  /// RegisterBuiltinPragmas - Install the standard preprocessor pragmas:
+  /// \#pragma GCC poison/system_header/dependency and \#pragma once.
+  void RegisterBuiltinPragmas();
+
+  /// \brief Register builtin macros such as __LINE__ with the identifier table.
+  void RegisterBuiltinMacros();
+
+  /// HandleMacroExpandedIdentifier - If an identifier token is read that is to
+  /// be expanded as a macro, handle it and return the next token as 'Tok'.  If
+  /// the macro should not be expanded return true, otherwise return false.
+  bool HandleMacroExpandedIdentifier(Token &Tok, MacroDirective *MD);
+
+  /// \brief Cache macro expanded tokens for TokenLexers.
+  //
+  /// Works like a stack; a TokenLexer adds the macro expanded tokens that is
+  /// going to lex in the cache and when it finishes the tokens are removed
+  /// from the end of the cache.
+  Token *cacheMacroExpandedTokens(TokenLexer *tokLexer,
+                                  ArrayRef<Token> tokens);
+  void removeCachedMacroExpandedTokensOfLastLexer();
+  friend void TokenLexer::ExpandFunctionArguments();
+
+  /// isNextPPTokenLParen - Determine whether the next preprocessor token to be
+  /// lexed is a '('.  If so, consume the token and return true, if not, this
+  /// method should have no observable side-effect on the lexed tokens.
+  bool isNextPPTokenLParen();
+
+  /// ReadFunctionLikeMacroArgs - After reading "MACRO(", this method is
+  /// invoked to read all of the formal arguments specified for the macro
+  /// invocation.  This returns null on error.
+  MacroArgs *ReadFunctionLikeMacroArgs(Token &MacroName, MacroInfo *MI,
+                                       SourceLocation &ExpansionEnd);
+
+  /// ExpandBuiltinMacro - If an identifier token is read that is to be expanded
+  /// as a builtin macro, handle it and return the next token as 'Tok'.
+  void ExpandBuiltinMacro(Token &Tok);
+
+  /// Handle_Pragma - Read a _Pragma directive, slice it up, process it, then
+  /// return the first token after the directive.  The _Pragma token has just
+  /// been read into 'Tok'.
+  void Handle_Pragma(Token &Tok);
+
+  /// HandleMicrosoft__pragma - Like Handle_Pragma except the pragma text
+  /// is not enclosed within a string literal.
+  void HandleMicrosoft__pragma(Token &Tok);
+
+  /// EnterSourceFileWithLexer - Add a lexer to the top of the include stack and
+  /// start lexing tokens from it instead of the current buffer.
+  void EnterSourceFileWithLexer(Lexer *TheLexer, const DirectoryLookup *Dir);
+
+  /// EnterSourceFileWithPTH - Add a lexer to the top of the include stack and
+  /// start getting tokens from it using the PTH cache.
+  void EnterSourceFileWithPTH(PTHLexer *PL, const DirectoryLookup *Dir);
+
+  /// \brief Set the file ID for the preprocessor predefines.
+  void setPredefinesFileID(FileID FID) {
+    assert(PredefinesFileID.isInvalid() && "PredefinesFileID already set!");
+    PredefinesFileID = FID;
+  }
+
+  /// IsFileLexer - Returns true if we are lexing from a file and not a
+  ///  pragma or a macro.
+  static bool IsFileLexer(const Lexer* L, const PreprocessorLexer* P) {
+    return L ? !L->isPragmaLexer() : P != 0;
+  }
+
+  static bool IsFileLexer(const IncludeStackInfo& I) {
+    return IsFileLexer(I.TheLexer, I.ThePPLexer);
+  }
+
+  bool IsFileLexer() const {
+    return IsFileLexer(CurLexer.get(), CurPPLexer);
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Caching stuff.
+  void CachingLex(Token &Result);
+  bool InCachingLexMode() const {
+    // If the Lexer pointers are 0 and IncludeMacroStack is empty, it means
+    // that we are past EOF, not that we are in CachingLex mode.
+    return CurPPLexer == 0 && CurTokenLexer == 0 && CurPTHLexer == 0 &&
+           !IncludeMacroStack.empty();
+  }
+  void EnterCachingLexMode();
+  void ExitCachingLexMode() {
+    if (InCachingLexMode())
+      RemoveTopOfLexerStack();
+  }
+  const Token &PeekAhead(unsigned N);
+  void AnnotatePreviousCachedTokens(const Token &Tok);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  /// Handle*Directive - implement the various preprocessor directives.  These
+  /// should side-effect the current preprocessor object so that the next call
+  /// to Lex() will return the appropriate token next.
+  void HandleLineDirective(Token &Tok);
+  void HandleDigitDirective(Token &Tok);
+  void HandleUserDiagnosticDirective(Token &Tok, bool isWarning);
+  void HandleIdentSCCSDirective(Token &Tok);
+  void HandleMacroPublicDirective(Token &Tok);
+  void HandleMacroPrivateDirective(Token &Tok);
+
+  // File inclusion.
+  void HandleIncludeDirective(SourceLocation HashLoc,
+                              Token &Tok,
+                              const DirectoryLookup *LookupFrom = 0,
+                              bool isImport = false);
+  void HandleIncludeNextDirective(SourceLocation HashLoc, Token &Tok);
+  void HandleIncludeMacrosDirective(SourceLocation HashLoc, Token &Tok);
+  void HandleImportDirective(SourceLocation HashLoc, Token &Tok);
+  void HandleMicrosoftImportDirective(Token &Tok);
+
+  // Macro handling.
+  void HandleDefineDirective(Token &Tok);
+  void HandleUndefDirective(Token &Tok);
+
+  // Conditional Inclusion.
+  void HandleIfdefDirective(Token &Tok, bool isIfndef,
+                            bool ReadAnyTokensBeforeDirective);
+  void HandleIfDirective(Token &Tok, bool ReadAnyTokensBeforeDirective);
+  void HandleEndifDirective(Token &Tok);
+  void HandleElseDirective(Token &Tok);
+  void HandleElifDirective(Token &Tok);
+
+  // Pragmas.
+  void HandlePragmaDirective(unsigned Introducer);
+public:
+  void HandlePragmaOnce(Token &OnceTok);
+  void HandlePragmaMark();
+  void HandlePragmaPoison(Token &PoisonTok);
+  void HandlePragmaSystemHeader(Token &SysHeaderTok);
+  void HandlePragmaDependency(Token &DependencyTok);
+  void HandlePragmaComment(Token &CommentTok);
+  void HandlePragmaMessage(Token &MessageTok);
+  void HandlePragmaPushMacro(Token &Tok);
+  void HandlePragmaPopMacro(Token &Tok);
+  void HandlePragmaIncludeAlias(Token &Tok);
+  IdentifierInfo *ParsePragmaPushOrPopMacro(Token &Tok);
+
+  // Return true and store the first token only if any CommentHandler
+  // has inserted some tokens and getCommentRetentionState() is false.
+  bool HandleComment(Token &Token, SourceRange Comment);
+
+  /// \brief A macro is used, update information about macros that need unused
+  /// warnings.
+  void markMacroAsUsed(MacroInfo *MI);
+};
+
+/// \brief Abstract base class that describes a handler that will receive
+/// source ranges for each of the comments encountered in the source file.
+class CommentHandler {
+public:
+  virtual ~CommentHandler();
+
+  // The handler shall return true if it has pushed any tokens
+  // to be read using e.g. EnterToken or EnterTokenStream.
+  virtual bool HandleComment(Preprocessor &PP, SourceRange Comment) = 0;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PreprocessorLexer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PreprocessorLexer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20fb8a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PreprocessorLexer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+//===--- PreprocessorLexer.h - C Language Family Lexer ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Defines the PreprocessorLexer interface.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_PreprocessorLexer_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_PreprocessorLexer_H
+
+#include "clang/Lex/MultipleIncludeOpt.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/Token.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class FileEntry;
+class Preprocessor;
+
+class PreprocessorLexer {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  Preprocessor *PP;              // Preprocessor object controlling lexing.
+
+  /// The SourceManager FileID corresponding to the file being lexed.
+  const FileID FID;
+
+  /// \brief Number of SLocEntries before lexing the file.
+  unsigned InitialNumSLocEntries;
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Context-specific lexing flags set by the preprocessor.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief True when parsing \#XXX; turns '\\n' into a tok::eod token.
+  bool ParsingPreprocessorDirective;
+
+  /// \brief True after \#include; turns \<xx> into a tok::angle_string_literal
+  /// token.
+  bool ParsingFilename;
+
+  /// \brief True if in raw mode.
+  ///
+  /// Raw mode disables interpretation of tokens and is a far faster mode to
+  /// lex in than non-raw-mode.  This flag:
+  ///  1. If EOF of the current lexer is found, the include stack isn't popped.
+  ///  2. Identifier information is not looked up for identifier tokens.  As an
+  ///     effect of this, implicit macro expansion is naturally disabled.
+  ///  3. "#" tokens at the start of a line are treated as normal tokens, not
+  ///     implicitly transformed by the lexer.
+  ///  4. All diagnostic messages are disabled.
+  ///  5. No callbacks are made into the preprocessor.
+  ///
+  /// Note that in raw mode that the PP pointer may be null.
+  bool LexingRawMode;
+
+  /// \brief A state machine that detects the \#ifndef-wrapping a file
+  /// idiom for the multiple-include optimization.
+  MultipleIncludeOpt MIOpt;
+
+  /// \brief Information about the set of \#if/\#ifdef/\#ifndef blocks
+  /// we are currently in.
+  SmallVector<PPConditionalInfo, 4> ConditionalStack;
+
+  PreprocessorLexer(const PreprocessorLexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const PreprocessorLexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  friend class Preprocessor;
+
+  PreprocessorLexer(Preprocessor *pp, FileID fid);
+
+  PreprocessorLexer()
+    : PP(0), InitialNumSLocEntries(0),
+      ParsingPreprocessorDirective(false),
+      ParsingFilename(false),
+      LexingRawMode(false) {}
+
+  virtual ~PreprocessorLexer() {}
+
+  virtual void IndirectLex(Token& Result) = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Return the source location for the next observable location.
+  virtual SourceLocation getSourceLocation() = 0;
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // #if directive handling.
+
+  /// pushConditionalLevel - When we enter a \#if directive, this keeps track of
+  /// what we are currently in for diagnostic emission (e.g. \#if with missing
+  /// \#endif).
+  void pushConditionalLevel(SourceLocation DirectiveStart, bool WasSkipping,
+                            bool FoundNonSkip, bool FoundElse) {
+    PPConditionalInfo CI;
+    CI.IfLoc = DirectiveStart;
+    CI.WasSkipping = WasSkipping;
+    CI.FoundNonSkip = FoundNonSkip;
+    CI.FoundElse = FoundElse;
+    ConditionalStack.push_back(CI);
+  }
+  void pushConditionalLevel(const PPConditionalInfo &CI) {
+    ConditionalStack.push_back(CI);
+  }
+
+  /// popConditionalLevel - Remove an entry off the top of the conditional
+  /// stack, returning information about it.  If the conditional stack is empty,
+  /// this returns true and does not fill in the arguments.
+  bool popConditionalLevel(PPConditionalInfo &CI) {
+    if (ConditionalStack.empty()) return true;
+    CI = ConditionalStack.back();
+    ConditionalStack.pop_back();
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the top of the conditional stack.
+  /// \pre This requires that there be a conditional active.
+  PPConditionalInfo &peekConditionalLevel() {
+    assert(!ConditionalStack.empty() && "No conditionals active!");
+    return ConditionalStack.back();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getConditionalStackDepth() const { return ConditionalStack.size(); }
+
+public:
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Misc. lexing methods.
+
+  /// \brief After the preprocessor has parsed a \#include, lex and
+  /// (potentially) macro expand the filename.
+  ///
+  /// If the sequence parsed is not lexically legal, emit a diagnostic and
+  /// return a result EOD token.
+  void LexIncludeFilename(Token &Result);
+
+  /// \brief Inform the lexer whether or not we are currently lexing a
+  /// preprocessor directive.
+  void setParsingPreprocessorDirective(bool f) {
+    ParsingPreprocessorDirective = f;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this lexer is in raw mode or not.
+  bool isLexingRawMode() const { return LexingRawMode; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the preprocessor object for this lexer.
+  Preprocessor *getPP() const { return PP; }
+
+  FileID getFileID() const {
+    assert(PP &&
+      "PreprocessorLexer::getFileID() should only be used with a Preprocessor");
+    return FID;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Number of SLocEntries before lexing the file.
+  unsigned getInitialNumSLocEntries() const {
+    return InitialNumSLocEntries;
+  }
+
+  /// getFileEntry - Return the FileEntry corresponding to this FileID.  Like
+  /// getFileID(), this only works for lexers with attached preprocessors.
+  const FileEntry *getFileEntry() const;
+
+  /// \brief Iterator that traverses the current stack of preprocessor
+  /// conditional directives (\#if/\#ifdef/\#ifndef).
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<PPConditionalInfo>::const_iterator 
+    conditional_iterator;
+
+  conditional_iterator conditional_begin() const { 
+    return ConditionalStack.begin(); 
+  }
+  conditional_iterator conditional_end() const { 
+    return ConditionalStack.end(); 
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PreprocessorOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PreprocessorOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eba2a13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/PreprocessorOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+//===--- PreprocessorOptions.h ----------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PREPROCESSOROPTIONS_H_
+#define LLVM_CLANG_LEX_PREPROCESSOROPTIONS_H_
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSet.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <set>
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class MemoryBuffer;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Preprocessor;
+class LangOptions;
+
+/// \brief Enumerate the kinds of standard library that 
+enum ObjCXXARCStandardLibraryKind {
+  ARCXX_nolib,
+  /// \brief libc++
+  ARCXX_libcxx,
+  /// \brief libstdc++
+  ARCXX_libstdcxx
+};
+  
+/// PreprocessorOptions - This class is used for passing the various options
+/// used in preprocessor initialization to InitializePreprocessor().
+class PreprocessorOptions : public RefCountedBase<PreprocessorOptions> {
+public:
+  std::vector<std::pair<std::string, bool/*isUndef*/> > Macros;
+  std::vector<std::string> Includes;
+  std::vector<std::string> MacroIncludes;
+
+  /// \brief Initialize the preprocessor with the compiler and target specific
+  /// predefines.
+  unsigned UsePredefines : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we should maintain a detailed record of all macro
+  /// definitions and expansions.
+  unsigned DetailedRecord : 1;
+
+  /// The implicit PCH included at the start of the translation unit, or empty.
+  std::string ImplicitPCHInclude;
+
+  /// \brief Headers that will be converted to chained PCHs in memory.
+  std::vector<std::string> ChainedIncludes;
+
+  /// \brief When true, disables most of the normal validation performed on
+  /// precompiled headers.
+  bool DisablePCHValidation;
+
+  /// \brief When true, a PCH with compiler errors will not be rejected.
+  bool AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors;
+
+  /// \brief Dump declarations that are deserialized from PCH, for testing.
+  bool DumpDeserializedPCHDecls;
+
+  /// \brief This is a set of names for decls that we do not want to be
+  /// deserialized, and we emit an error if they are; for testing purposes.
+  std::set<std::string> DeserializedPCHDeclsToErrorOn;
+
+  /// \brief If non-zero, the implicit PCH include is actually a precompiled
+  /// preamble that covers this number of bytes in the main source file.
+  ///
+  /// The boolean indicates whether the preamble ends at the start of a new
+  /// line.
+  std::pair<unsigned, bool> PrecompiledPreambleBytes;
+  
+  /// The implicit PTH input included at the start of the translation unit, or
+  /// empty.
+  std::string ImplicitPTHInclude;
+
+  /// If given, a PTH cache file to use for speeding up header parsing.
+  std::string TokenCache;
+
+  /// \brief True if the SourceManager should report the original file name for
+  /// contents of files that were remapped to other files. Defaults to true.
+  bool RemappedFilesKeepOriginalName;
+
+  /// \brief The set of file remappings, which take existing files on
+  /// the system (the first part of each pair) and gives them the
+  /// contents of other files on the system (the second part of each
+  /// pair).
+  std::vector<std::pair<std::string, std::string> >  RemappedFiles;
+
+  /// \brief The set of file-to-buffer remappings, which take existing files
+  /// on the system (the first part of each pair) and gives them the contents
+  /// of the specified memory buffer (the second part of each pair).
+  std::vector<std::pair<std::string, const llvm::MemoryBuffer *> > 
+    RemappedFileBuffers;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether the compiler instance should retain (i.e., not free)
+  /// the buffers associated with remapped files.
+  ///
+  /// This flag defaults to false; it can be set true only through direct
+  /// manipulation of the compiler invocation object, in cases where the 
+  /// compiler invocation and its buffers will be reused.
+  bool RetainRemappedFileBuffers;
+  
+  /// \brief The Objective-C++ ARC standard library that we should support,
+  /// by providing appropriate definitions to retrofit the standard library
+  /// with support for lifetime-qualified pointers.
+  ObjCXXARCStandardLibraryKind ObjCXXARCStandardLibrary;
+    
+  /// \brief Records the set of modules
+  class FailedModulesSet : public RefCountedBase<FailedModulesSet> {
+    llvm::StringSet<> Failed;
+
+  public:
+    bool hasAlreadyFailed(StringRef module) {
+      return Failed.count(module) > 0;
+    }
+
+    void addFailed(StringRef module) {
+      Failed.insert(module);
+    }
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief The set of modules that failed to build.
+  ///
+  /// This pointer will be shared among all of the compiler instances created
+  /// to (re)build modules, so that once a module fails to build anywhere,
+  /// other instances will see that the module has failed and won't try to
+  /// build it again.
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<FailedModulesSet> FailedModules;
+
+  typedef std::vector<std::pair<std::string, std::string> >::iterator
+    remapped_file_iterator;
+  typedef std::vector<std::pair<std::string, std::string> >::const_iterator
+    const_remapped_file_iterator;
+  remapped_file_iterator remapped_file_begin() { 
+    return RemappedFiles.begin();
+  }
+  const_remapped_file_iterator remapped_file_begin() const {
+    return RemappedFiles.begin();
+  }
+  remapped_file_iterator remapped_file_end() { 
+    return RemappedFiles.end();
+  }
+  const_remapped_file_iterator remapped_file_end() const { 
+    return RemappedFiles.end();
+  }
+
+  typedef std::vector<std::pair<std::string, const llvm::MemoryBuffer *> >::
+                                  iterator remapped_file_buffer_iterator;
+  typedef std::vector<std::pair<std::string, const llvm::MemoryBuffer *> >::
+                            const_iterator const_remapped_file_buffer_iterator;
+  remapped_file_buffer_iterator remapped_file_buffer_begin() {
+    return RemappedFileBuffers.begin();
+  }
+  const_remapped_file_buffer_iterator remapped_file_buffer_begin() const {
+    return RemappedFileBuffers.begin();
+  }
+  remapped_file_buffer_iterator remapped_file_buffer_end() {
+    return RemappedFileBuffers.end();
+  }
+  const_remapped_file_buffer_iterator remapped_file_buffer_end() const {
+    return RemappedFileBuffers.end();
+  }
+  
+public:
+  PreprocessorOptions() : UsePredefines(true), DetailedRecord(false),
+                          DisablePCHValidation(false),
+                          AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors(false),
+                          DumpDeserializedPCHDecls(false),
+                          PrecompiledPreambleBytes(0, true),
+                          RemappedFilesKeepOriginalName(true),
+                          RetainRemappedFileBuffers(false),
+                          ObjCXXARCStandardLibrary(ARCXX_nolib) { }
+
+  void addMacroDef(StringRef Name) {
+    Macros.push_back(std::make_pair(Name, false));
+  }
+  void addMacroUndef(StringRef Name) {
+    Macros.push_back(std::make_pair(Name, true));
+  }
+  void addRemappedFile(StringRef From, StringRef To) {
+    RemappedFiles.push_back(std::make_pair(From, To));
+  }
+  
+  remapped_file_iterator eraseRemappedFile(remapped_file_iterator Remapped) {
+    return RemappedFiles.erase(Remapped);
+  }
+  
+  void addRemappedFile(StringRef From, const llvm::MemoryBuffer * To) {
+    RemappedFileBuffers.push_back(std::make_pair(From, To));
+  }
+  
+  remapped_file_buffer_iterator
+  eraseRemappedFile(remapped_file_buffer_iterator Remapped) {
+    return RemappedFileBuffers.erase(Remapped);
+  }
+  
+  void clearRemappedFiles() {
+    RemappedFiles.clear();
+    RemappedFileBuffers.clear();
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Reset any options that are not considered when building a
+  /// module.
+  void resetNonModularOptions() {
+    Includes.clear();
+    MacroIncludes.clear();
+    ChainedIncludes.clear();
+    DumpDeserializedPCHDecls = false;
+    ImplicitPCHInclude.clear();
+    ImplicitPTHInclude.clear();
+    TokenCache.clear();
+    RetainRemappedFileBuffers = true;
+    PrecompiledPreambleBytes.first = 0;
+    PrecompiledPreambleBytes.second = 0;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ScratchBuffer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ScratchBuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f03515f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/ScratchBuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+//===--- ScratchBuffer.h - Scratch space for forming tokens -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ScratchBuffer interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SCRATCHBUFFER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SCRATCHBUFFER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class SourceManager;
+
+/// ScratchBuffer - This class exposes a simple interface for the dynamic
+/// construction of tokens.  This is used for builtin macros (e.g. __LINE__) as
+/// well as token pasting, etc.
+class ScratchBuffer {
+  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+  char *CurBuffer;
+  SourceLocation BufferStartLoc;
+  unsigned BytesUsed;
+public:
+  ScratchBuffer(SourceManager &SM);
+
+  /// getToken - Splat the specified text into a temporary MemoryBuffer and
+  /// return a SourceLocation that refers to the token.  This is just like the
+  /// previous method, but returns a location that indicates the physloc of the
+  /// token.
+  SourceLocation getToken(const char *Buf, unsigned Len, const char *&DestPtr);
+
+private:
+  void AllocScratchBuffer(unsigned RequestLen);
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Token.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Token.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcbe9c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/Token.h
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+//===--- Token.h - Token interface ------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Token interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOKEN_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOKEN_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.h"
+#include <cstdlib>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class IdentifierInfo;
+
+/// Token - This structure provides full information about a lexed token.
+/// It is not intended to be space efficient, it is intended to return as much
+/// information as possible about each returned token.  This is expected to be
+/// compressed into a smaller form if memory footprint is important.
+///
+/// The parser can create a special "annotation token" representing a stream of
+/// tokens that were parsed and semantically resolved, e.g.: "foo::MyClass<int>"
+/// can be represented by a single typename annotation token that carries
+/// information about the SourceRange of the tokens and the type object.
+class Token {
+  /// The location of the token.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  // Conceptually these next two fields could be in a union.  However, this
+  // causes gcc 4.2 to pessimize LexTokenInternal, a very performance critical
+  // routine. Keeping as separate members with casts until a more beautiful fix
+  // presents itself.
+
+  /// UintData - This holds either the length of the token text, when
+  /// a normal token, or the end of the SourceRange when an annotation
+  /// token.
+  unsigned UintData;
+
+  /// PtrData - This is a union of four different pointer types, which depends
+  /// on what type of token this is:
+  ///  Identifiers, keywords, etc:
+  ///    This is an IdentifierInfo*, which contains the uniqued identifier
+  ///    spelling.
+  ///  Literals:  isLiteral() returns true.
+  ///    This is a pointer to the start of the token in a text buffer, which
+  ///    may be dirty (have trigraphs / escaped newlines).
+  ///  Annotations (resolved type names, C++ scopes, etc): isAnnotation().
+  ///    This is a pointer to sema-specific data for the annotation token.
+  ///  Other:
+  ///    This is null.
+  void *PtrData;
+
+  /// Kind - The actual flavor of token this is.
+  ///
+  unsigned short Kind;
+
+  /// Flags - Bits we track about this token, members of the TokenFlags enum.
+  unsigned char Flags;
+public:
+
+  // Various flags set per token:
+  enum TokenFlags {
+    StartOfLine   = 0x01,  // At start of line or only after whitespace.
+    LeadingSpace  = 0x02,  // Whitespace exists before this token.
+    DisableExpand = 0x04,  // This identifier may never be macro expanded.
+    NeedsCleaning = 0x08,  // Contained an escaped newline or trigraph.
+    LeadingEmptyMacro = 0x10, // Empty macro exists before this token.
+    HasUDSuffix = 0x20,    // This string or character literal has a ud-suffix.
+    HasUCN = 0x40          // This identifier contains a UCN.
+  };
+
+  tok::TokenKind getKind() const { return (tok::TokenKind)Kind; }
+  void setKind(tok::TokenKind K) { Kind = K; }
+
+  /// is/isNot - Predicates to check if this token is a specific kind, as in
+  /// "if (Tok.is(tok::l_brace)) {...}".
+  bool is(tok::TokenKind K) const { return Kind == (unsigned) K; }
+  bool isNot(tok::TokenKind K) const { return Kind != (unsigned) K; }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this is a raw identifier (when lexing
+  /// in raw mode) or a non-keyword identifier (when lexing in non-raw mode).
+  bool isAnyIdentifier() const {
+    return tok::isAnyIdentifier(getKind());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this is a "literal", like a numeric
+  /// constant, string, etc.
+  bool isLiteral() const {
+    return tok::isLiteral(getKind());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this is any of tok::annot_* kind tokens.
+  bool isAnnotation() const {
+    return tok::isAnnotation(getKind());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a source location identifier for the specified
+  /// offset in the current file.
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+  unsigned getLength() const {
+    assert(!isAnnotation() && "Annotation tokens have no length field");
+    return UintData;
+  }
+
+  void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
+  void setLength(unsigned Len) {
+    assert(!isAnnotation() && "Annotation tokens have no length field");
+    UintData = Len;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getAnnotationEndLoc() const {
+    assert(isAnnotation() && "Used AnnotEndLocID on non-annotation token");
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(UintData);
+  }
+  void setAnnotationEndLoc(SourceLocation L) {
+    assert(isAnnotation() && "Used AnnotEndLocID on non-annotation token");
+    UintData = L.getRawEncoding();
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLastLoc() const {
+    return isAnnotation() ? getAnnotationEndLoc() : getLocation();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief SourceRange of the group of tokens that this annotation token
+  /// represents.
+  SourceRange getAnnotationRange() const {
+    return SourceRange(getLocation(), getAnnotationEndLoc());
+  }
+  void setAnnotationRange(SourceRange R) {
+    setLocation(R.getBegin());
+    setAnnotationEndLoc(R.getEnd());
+  }
+
+  const char *getName() const {
+    return tok::getTokenName( (tok::TokenKind) Kind);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Reset all flags to cleared.
+  void startToken() {
+    Kind = tok::unknown;
+    Flags = 0;
+    PtrData = 0;
+    UintData = 0;
+    Loc = SourceLocation();
+  }
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifierInfo() const {
+    assert(isNot(tok::raw_identifier) &&
+           "getIdentifierInfo() on a tok::raw_identifier token!");
+    assert(!isAnnotation() &&
+           "getIdentifierInfo() on an annotation token!");
+    if (isLiteral()) return 0;
+    return (IdentifierInfo*) PtrData;
+  }
+  void setIdentifierInfo(IdentifierInfo *II) {
+    PtrData = (void*) II;
+  }
+
+  /// getRawIdentifierData - For a raw identifier token (i.e., an identifier
+  /// lexed in raw mode), returns a pointer to the start of it in the text
+  /// buffer if known, null otherwise.
+  const char *getRawIdentifierData() const {
+    assert(is(tok::raw_identifier));
+    return reinterpret_cast<const char*>(PtrData);
+  }
+  void setRawIdentifierData(const char *Ptr) {
+    assert(is(tok::raw_identifier));
+    PtrData = const_cast<char*>(Ptr);
+  }
+
+  /// getLiteralData - For a literal token (numeric constant, string, etc), this
+  /// returns a pointer to the start of it in the text buffer if known, null
+  /// otherwise.
+  const char *getLiteralData() const {
+    assert(isLiteral() && "Cannot get literal data of non-literal");
+    return reinterpret_cast<const char*>(PtrData);
+  }
+  void setLiteralData(const char *Ptr) {
+    assert(isLiteral() && "Cannot set literal data of non-literal");
+    PtrData = const_cast<char*>(Ptr);
+  }
+
+  void *getAnnotationValue() const {
+    assert(isAnnotation() && "Used AnnotVal on non-annotation token");
+    return PtrData;
+  }
+  void setAnnotationValue(void *val) {
+    assert(isAnnotation() && "Used AnnotVal on non-annotation token");
+    PtrData = val;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the specified flag.
+  void setFlag(TokenFlags Flag) {
+    Flags |= Flag;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Unset the specified flag.
+  void clearFlag(TokenFlags Flag) {
+    Flags &= ~Flag;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the internal represtation of the flags.
+  ///
+  /// This is only intended for low-level operations such as writing tokens to
+  /// disk.
+  unsigned getFlags() const {
+    return Flags;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set a flag to either true or false.
+  void setFlagValue(TokenFlags Flag, bool Val) {
+    if (Val)
+      setFlag(Flag);
+    else
+      clearFlag(Flag);
+  }
+
+  /// isAtStartOfLine - Return true if this token is at the start of a line.
+  ///
+  bool isAtStartOfLine() const { return (Flags & StartOfLine) ? true : false; }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this token has whitespace before it.
+  ///
+  bool hasLeadingSpace() const { return (Flags & LeadingSpace) ? true : false; }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this identifier token should never
+  /// be expanded in the future, due to C99 6.10.3.4p2.
+  bool isExpandDisabled() const {
+    return (Flags & DisableExpand) ? true : false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if we have an ObjC keyword identifier.
+  bool isObjCAtKeyword(tok::ObjCKeywordKind objcKey) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the ObjC keyword kind.
+  tok::ObjCKeywordKind getObjCKeywordID() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this token has trigraphs or escaped newlines in it.
+  bool needsCleaning() const { return (Flags & NeedsCleaning) ? true : false; }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this token has an empty macro before it.
+  ///
+  bool hasLeadingEmptyMacro() const {
+    return (Flags & LeadingEmptyMacro) ? true : false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this token is a string or character literal which
+  /// has a ud-suffix.
+  bool hasUDSuffix() const { return (Flags & HasUDSuffix) ? true : false; }
+
+  /// Returns true if this token contains a universal character name.
+  bool hasUCN() const { return (Flags & HasUCN) ? true : false; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Information about the conditional stack (\#if directives)
+/// currently active.
+struct PPConditionalInfo {
+  /// \brief Location where the conditional started.
+  SourceLocation IfLoc;
+
+  /// \brief True if this was contained in a skipping directive, e.g.,
+  /// in a "\#if 0" block.
+  bool WasSkipping;
+
+  /// \brief True if we have emitted tokens already, and now we're in
+  /// an \#else block or something.  Only useful in Skipping blocks.
+  bool FoundNonSkip;
+
+  /// \brief True if we've seen a \#else in this block.  If so,
+  /// \#elif/\#else directives are not allowed.
+  bool FoundElse;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template <>
+  struct isPodLike<clang::Token> { static const bool value = true; };
+}  // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/TokenConcatenation.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/TokenConcatenation.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..551300f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/TokenConcatenation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+//===--- TokenConcatenation.h - Token Concatenation Avoidance ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the TokenConcatenation class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_LEX_TOKEN_CONCATENATION_H
+#define CLANG_LEX_TOKEN_CONCATENATION_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class Preprocessor;
+  class Token;
+
+  /// TokenConcatenation class, which answers the question of
+  ///   "Is it safe to emit two tokens without a whitespace between them, or
+  ///    would that cause implicit concatenation of the tokens?"
+  ///
+  /// For example, it emitting two identifiers "foo" and "bar" next to each
+  /// other would cause the lexer to produce one "foobar" token.  Emitting "1"
+  /// and ")" next to each other is safe.
+  ///
+  class TokenConcatenation {
+    Preprocessor &PP;
+
+    enum AvoidConcatInfo {
+      /// By default, a token never needs to avoid concatenation.  Most tokens
+      /// (e.g. ',', ')', etc) don't cause a problem when concatenated.
+      aci_never_avoid_concat = 0,
+
+      /// aci_custom_firstchar - AvoidConcat contains custom code to handle this
+      /// token's requirements, and it needs to know the first character of the
+      /// token.
+      aci_custom_firstchar = 1,
+
+      /// aci_custom - AvoidConcat contains custom code to handle this token's
+      /// requirements, but it doesn't need to know the first character of the
+      /// token.
+      aci_custom = 2,
+
+      /// aci_avoid_equal - Many tokens cannot be safely followed by an '='
+      /// character.  For example, "<<" turns into "<<=" when followed by an =.
+      aci_avoid_equal = 4
+    };
+
+    /// TokenInfo - This array contains information for each token on what
+    /// action to take when avoiding concatenation of tokens in the AvoidConcat
+    /// method.
+    char TokenInfo[tok::NUM_TOKENS];
+  public:
+    TokenConcatenation(Preprocessor &PP);
+
+    bool AvoidConcat(const Token &PrevPrevTok, 
+                     const Token &PrevTok, 
+                     const Token &Tok) const;
+
+  private:
+    /// IsIdentifierStringPrefix - Return true if the spelling of the token
+    /// is literally 'L', 'u', 'U', or 'u8'.
+    bool IsIdentifierStringPrefix(const Token &Tok) const;
+  };
+  } // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/TokenLexer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/TokenLexer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..090402a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Lex/TokenLexer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+//===--- TokenLexer.h - Lex from a token buffer -----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the TokenLexer interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOKENLEXER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOKENLEXER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class MacroInfo;
+  class Preprocessor;
+  class Token;
+  class MacroArgs;
+
+/// TokenLexer - This implements a lexer that returns tokens from a macro body
+/// or token stream instead of lexing from a character buffer.  This is used for
+/// macro expansion and _Pragma handling, for example.
+///
+class TokenLexer {
+  /// Macro - The macro we are expanding from.  This is null if expanding a
+  /// token stream.
+  ///
+  MacroInfo *Macro;
+
+  /// ActualArgs - The actual arguments specified for a function-like macro, or
+  /// null.  The TokenLexer owns the pointed-to object.
+  MacroArgs *ActualArgs;
+
+  /// PP - The current preprocessor object we are expanding for.
+  ///
+  Preprocessor &PP;
+
+  /// Tokens - This is the pointer to an array of tokens that the macro is
+  /// defined to, with arguments expanded for function-like macros.  If this is
+  /// a token stream, these are the tokens we are returning.  This points into
+  /// the macro definition we are lexing from, a cache buffer that is owned by
+  /// the preprocessor, or some other buffer that we may or may not own
+  /// (depending on OwnsTokens).
+  /// Note that if it points into Preprocessor's cache buffer, the Preprocessor
+  /// may update the pointer as needed.
+  const Token *Tokens;
+  friend class Preprocessor;
+
+  /// NumTokens - This is the length of the Tokens array.
+  ///
+  unsigned NumTokens;
+
+  /// CurToken - This is the next token that Lex will return.
+  ///
+  unsigned CurToken;
+
+  /// ExpandLocStart/End - The source location range where this macro was
+  /// expanded.
+  SourceLocation ExpandLocStart, ExpandLocEnd;
+
+  /// \brief Source location pointing at the source location entry chunk that
+  /// was reserved for the current macro expansion.
+  SourceLocation MacroExpansionStart;
+  
+  /// \brief The offset of the macro expansion in the
+  /// "source location address space".
+  unsigned MacroStartSLocOffset;
+
+  /// \brief Location of the macro definition.
+  SourceLocation MacroDefStart;
+  /// \brief Length of the macro definition.
+  unsigned MacroDefLength;
+
+  /// Lexical information about the expansion point of the macro: the identifier
+  /// that the macro expanded from had these properties.
+  bool AtStartOfLine : 1;
+  bool HasLeadingSpace : 1;
+
+  /// OwnsTokens - This is true if this TokenLexer allocated the Tokens
+  /// array, and thus needs to free it when destroyed.  For simple object-like
+  /// macros (for example) we just point into the token buffer of the macro
+  /// definition, we don't make a copy of it.
+  bool OwnsTokens : 1;
+
+  /// DisableMacroExpansion - This is true when tokens lexed from the TokenLexer
+  /// should not be subject to further macro expansion.
+  bool DisableMacroExpansion : 1;
+
+  TokenLexer(const TokenLexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TokenLexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+public:
+  /// Create a TokenLexer for the specified macro with the specified actual
+  /// arguments.  Note that this ctor takes ownership of the ActualArgs pointer.
+  /// ILEnd specifies the location of the ')' for a function-like macro or the
+  /// identifier for an object-like macro.
+  TokenLexer(Token &Tok, SourceLocation ILEnd, MacroInfo *MI,
+             MacroArgs *ActualArgs, Preprocessor &pp)
+    : Macro(0), ActualArgs(0), PP(pp), OwnsTokens(false) {
+    Init(Tok, ILEnd, MI, ActualArgs);
+  }
+
+  /// Init - Initialize this TokenLexer to expand from the specified macro
+  /// with the specified argument information.  Note that this ctor takes
+  /// ownership of the ActualArgs pointer.  ILEnd specifies the location of the
+  /// ')' for a function-like macro or the identifier for an object-like macro.
+  void Init(Token &Tok, SourceLocation ILEnd, MacroInfo *MI,
+            MacroArgs *ActualArgs);
+
+  /// Create a TokenLexer for the specified token stream.  If 'OwnsTokens' is
+  /// specified, this takes ownership of the tokens and delete[]'s them when
+  /// the token lexer is empty.
+  TokenLexer(const Token *TokArray, unsigned NumToks, bool DisableExpansion,
+             bool ownsTokens, Preprocessor &pp)
+    : Macro(0), ActualArgs(0), PP(pp), OwnsTokens(false) {
+    Init(TokArray, NumToks, DisableExpansion, ownsTokens);
+  }
+
+  /// Init - Initialize this TokenLexer with the specified token stream.
+  /// This does not take ownership of the specified token vector.
+  ///
+  /// DisableExpansion is true when macro expansion of tokens lexed from this
+  /// stream should be disabled.
+  void Init(const Token *TokArray, unsigned NumToks,
+            bool DisableMacroExpansion, bool OwnsTokens);
+
+  ~TokenLexer() { destroy(); }
+
+  /// isNextTokenLParen - If the next token lexed will pop this macro off the
+  /// expansion stack, return 2.  If the next unexpanded token is a '(', return
+  /// 1, otherwise return 0.
+  unsigned isNextTokenLParen() const;
+
+  /// Lex - Lex and return a token from this macro stream.
+  void Lex(Token &Tok);
+
+  /// isParsingPreprocessorDirective - Return true if we are in the middle of a
+  /// preprocessor directive.
+  bool isParsingPreprocessorDirective() const;
+
+private:
+  void destroy();
+
+  /// isAtEnd - Return true if the next lex call will pop this macro off the
+  /// include stack.
+  bool isAtEnd() const {
+    return CurToken == NumTokens;
+  }
+
+  /// PasteTokens - Tok is the LHS of a ## operator, and CurToken is the ##
+  /// operator.  Read the ## and RHS, and paste the LHS/RHS together.  If there
+  /// are is another ## after it, chomp it iteratively.  Return the result as
+  /// Tok.  If this returns true, the caller should immediately return the
+  /// token.
+  bool PasteTokens(Token &Tok);
+
+  /// Expand the arguments of a function-like macro so that we can quickly
+  /// return preexpanded tokens from Tokens.
+  void ExpandFunctionArguments();
+
+  /// HandleMicrosoftCommentPaste - In microsoft compatibility mode, /##/ pastes
+  /// together to form a comment that comments out everything in the current
+  /// macro, other active macros, and anything left on the current physical
+  /// source line of the expanded buffer.  Handle this by returning the
+  /// first token on the next line.
+  void HandleMicrosoftCommentPaste(Token &Tok);
+
+  /// \brief If \p loc is a FileID and points inside the current macro
+  /// definition, returns the appropriate source location pointing at the
+  /// macro expansion source location entry.
+  SourceLocation getExpansionLocForMacroDefLoc(SourceLocation loc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Creates SLocEntries and updates the locations of macro argument
+  /// tokens to their new expanded locations.
+  ///
+  /// \param ArgIdSpellLoc the location of the macro argument id inside the
+  /// macro definition.
+  void updateLocForMacroArgTokens(SourceLocation ArgIdSpellLoc,
+                                  Token *begin_tokens, Token *end_tokens);
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Parse/ParseAST.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Parse/ParseAST.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2405a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Parse/ParseAST.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+//===--- ParseAST.h - Define the ParseAST method ----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the clang::ParseAST method.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_PARSE_PARSEAST_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_PARSE_PARSEAST_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class Preprocessor;
+  class ASTConsumer;
+  class ASTContext;
+  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
+  class Sema;
+
+  /// \brief Parse the entire file specified, notifying the ASTConsumer as
+  /// the file is parsed.
+  ///
+  /// This operation inserts the parsed decls into the translation
+  /// unit held by Ctx.
+  ///
+  /// \param TUKind The kind of translation unit being parsed.
+  ///
+  /// \param CompletionConsumer If given, an object to consume code completion
+  /// results.
+  void ParseAST(Preprocessor &pp, ASTConsumer *C,
+                ASTContext &Ctx, bool PrintStats = false,
+                TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
+                CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0,
+                bool SkipFunctionBodies = false);
+
+  /// \brief Parse the main file known to the preprocessor, producing an 
+  /// abstract syntax tree.
+  void ParseAST(Sema &S, bool PrintStats = false,
+                bool SkipFunctionBodies = false);
+  
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d47292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+//===--- DiagnosticParse.h - Diagnostics for libparse -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICPARSE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICPARSE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace diag {
+    enum {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,FLAGS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,\
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER,CATEGORY) ENUM,
+#define PARSESTART
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticParseKinds.inc"
+#undef DIAG
+      NUM_BUILTIN_PARSE_DIAGNOSTICS
+    };
+  }  // end namespace diag
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Parse/Parser.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Parse/Parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cc60a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Parse/Parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2214 @@
+//===--- Parser.h - C Language Parser ---------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Parser interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_PARSE_PARSER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_PARSE_PARSER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/OperatorPrecedence.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/CodeCompletionHandler.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
+#include <stack>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class PragmaHandler;
+  class Scope;
+  class BalancedDelimiterTracker;
+  class CorrectionCandidateCallback;
+  class DeclGroupRef;
+  class DiagnosticBuilder;
+  class Parser;
+  class ParsingDeclRAIIObject;
+  class ParsingDeclSpec;
+  class ParsingDeclarator;
+  class ParsingFieldDeclarator;
+  class PragmaUnusedHandler;
+  class ColonProtectionRAIIObject;
+  class InMessageExpressionRAIIObject;
+  class PoisonSEHIdentifiersRAIIObject;
+  class VersionTuple;
+
+/// Parser - This implements a parser for the C family of languages.  After
+/// parsing units of the grammar, productions are invoked to handle whatever has
+/// been read.
+///
+class Parser : public CodeCompletionHandler {
+  friend class PragmaUnusedHandler;
+  friend class ColonProtectionRAIIObject;
+  friend class InMessageExpressionRAIIObject;
+  friend class PoisonSEHIdentifiersRAIIObject;
+  friend class ObjCDeclContextSwitch;
+  friend class ParenBraceBracketBalancer;
+  friend class BalancedDelimiterTracker;
+
+  Preprocessor &PP;
+
+  /// Tok - The current token we are peeking ahead.  All parsing methods assume
+  /// that this is valid.
+  Token Tok;
+
+  // PrevTokLocation - The location of the token we previously
+  // consumed. This token is used for diagnostics where we expected to
+  // see a token following another token (e.g., the ';' at the end of
+  // a statement).
+  SourceLocation PrevTokLocation;
+
+  unsigned short ParenCount, BracketCount, BraceCount;
+  
+  /// Actions - These are the callbacks we invoke as we parse various constructs
+  /// in the file.
+  Sema &Actions;
+
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
+
+  /// ScopeCache - Cache scopes to reduce malloc traffic.
+  enum { ScopeCacheSize = 16 };
+  unsigned NumCachedScopes;
+  Scope *ScopeCache[ScopeCacheSize];
+
+  /// Identifiers used for SEH handling in Borland. These are only
+  /// allowed in particular circumstances
+  // __except block
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__exception_code,
+                 *Ident___exception_code,
+                 *Ident_GetExceptionCode;
+  // __except filter expression
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__exception_info,
+                 *Ident___exception_info,
+                 *Ident_GetExceptionInfo;
+  // __finally
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__abnormal_termination,
+                 *Ident___abnormal_termination,
+                 *Ident_AbnormalTermination;
+
+  /// Contextual keywords for Microsoft extensions.
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident__except;
+
+  /// Ident_super - IdentifierInfo for "super", to support fast
+  /// comparison.
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
+  /// Ident_vector and Ident_pixel - cached IdentifierInfo's for
+  /// "vector" and "pixel" fast comparison.  Only present if
+  /// AltiVec enabled.
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident_vector;
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident_pixel;
+
+  /// Objective-C contextual keywords.
+  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_instancetype;
+
+  /// \brief Identifier for "introduced".
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident_introduced;
+
+  /// \brief Identifier for "deprecated".
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident_deprecated;
+
+  /// \brief Identifier for "obsoleted".
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident_obsoleted;
+
+  /// \brief Identifier for "unavailable".
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident_unavailable;
+  
+  /// \brief Identifier for "message".
+  IdentifierInfo *Ident_message;
+
+  /// C++0x contextual keywords.
+  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_final;
+  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_override;
+
+  // C++ type trait keywords that have can be reverted to identifiers and
+  // still used as type traits.
+  llvm::SmallDenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, tok::TokenKind> RevertableTypeTraits;
+
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> AlignHandler;
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> GCCVisibilityHandler;
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> OptionsHandler;
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> PackHandler;
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> MSStructHandler;
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> UnusedHandler;
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> WeakHandler;
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> RedefineExtnameHandler;
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> FPContractHandler;
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> OpenCLExtensionHandler;
+  OwningPtr<CommentHandler> CommentSemaHandler;
+  OwningPtr<PragmaHandler> OpenMPHandler;
+
+  /// Whether the '>' token acts as an operator or not. This will be
+  /// true except when we are parsing an expression within a C++
+  /// template argument list, where the '>' closes the template
+  /// argument list.
+  bool GreaterThanIsOperator;
+
+  /// ColonIsSacred - When this is false, we aggressively try to recover from
+  /// code like "foo : bar" as if it were a typo for "foo :: bar".  This is not
+  /// safe in case statements and a few other things.  This is managed by the
+  /// ColonProtectionRAIIObject RAII object.
+  bool ColonIsSacred;
+
+  /// \brief When true, we are directly inside an Objective-C messsage
+  /// send expression.
+  ///
+  /// This is managed by the \c InMessageExpressionRAIIObject class, and
+  /// should not be set directly.
+  bool InMessageExpression;
+
+  /// The "depth" of the template parameters currently being parsed.
+  unsigned TemplateParameterDepth;
+
+  /// Factory object for creating AttributeList objects.
+  AttributeFactory AttrFactory;
+
+  /// \brief Gathers and cleans up TemplateIdAnnotations when parsing of a
+  /// top-level declaration is finished.
+  SmallVector<TemplateIdAnnotation *, 16> TemplateIds;
+
+  /// \brief Identifiers which have been declared within a tentative parse.
+  SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 8> TentativelyDeclaredIdentifiers;
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getSEHExceptKeyword();
+
+  /// True if we are within an Objective-C container while parsing C-like decls.
+  ///
+  /// This is necessary because Sema thinks we have left the container
+  /// to parse the C-like decls, meaning Actions.getObjCDeclContext() will
+  /// be NULL.
+  bool ParsingInObjCContainer;
+
+  bool SkipFunctionBodies;
+
+public:
+  Parser(Preprocessor &PP, Sema &Actions, bool SkipFunctionBodies);
+  ~Parser();
+
+  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return PP.getLangOpts(); }
+  const TargetInfo &getTargetInfo() const { return PP.getTargetInfo(); }
+  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
+  Sema &getActions() const { return Actions; }
+  AttributeFactory &getAttrFactory() { return AttrFactory; }
+
+  const Token &getCurToken() const { return Tok; }
+  Scope *getCurScope() const { return Actions.getCurScope(); }
+
+  Decl  *getObjCDeclContext() const { return Actions.getObjCDeclContext(); }
+
+  // Type forwarding.  All of these are statically 'void*', but they may all be
+  // different actual classes based on the actions in place.
+  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
+  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
+
+  typedef SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParameterLists;
+
+  typedef clang::ExprResult        ExprResult;
+  typedef clang::StmtResult        StmtResult;
+  typedef clang::BaseResult        BaseResult;
+  typedef clang::MemInitResult     MemInitResult;
+  typedef clang::TypeResult        TypeResult;
+
+  typedef Expr *ExprArg;
+  typedef llvm::MutableArrayRef<Stmt*> MultiStmtArg;
+  typedef Sema::FullExprArg FullExprArg;
+
+  ExprResult ExprError() { return ExprResult(true); }
+  StmtResult StmtError() { return StmtResult(true); }
+
+  ExprResult ExprError(const DiagnosticBuilder &) { return ExprError(); }
+  StmtResult StmtError(const DiagnosticBuilder &) { return StmtError(); }
+
+  ExprResult ExprEmpty() { return ExprResult(false); }
+
+  // Parsing methods.
+
+  /// Initialize - Warm up the parser.
+  ///
+  void Initialize();
+
+  /// ParseTopLevelDecl - Parse one top-level declaration. Returns true if
+  /// the EOF was encountered.
+  bool ParseTopLevelDecl(DeclGroupPtrTy &Result);
+
+  /// ConsumeToken - Consume the current 'peek token' and lex the next one.
+  /// This does not work with all kinds of tokens: strings and specific other
+  /// tokens must be consumed with custom methods below.  This returns the
+  /// location of the consumed token.
+  SourceLocation ConsumeToken(bool ConsumeCodeCompletionTok = false) {
+    assert(!isTokenStringLiteral() && !isTokenParen() && !isTokenBracket() &&
+           !isTokenBrace() &&
+           "Should consume special tokens with Consume*Token");
+
+    if (!ConsumeCodeCompletionTok && Tok.is(tok::code_completion))
+      return handleUnexpectedCodeCompletionToken();
+
+    PrevTokLocation = Tok.getLocation();
+    PP.Lex(Tok);
+    return PrevTokLocation;
+  }
+
+private:
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Low-Level token peeking and consumption methods.
+  //
+
+  /// isTokenParen - Return true if the cur token is '(' or ')'.
+  bool isTokenParen() const {
+    return Tok.getKind() == tok::l_paren || Tok.getKind() == tok::r_paren;
+  }
+  /// isTokenBracket - Return true if the cur token is '[' or ']'.
+  bool isTokenBracket() const {
+    return Tok.getKind() == tok::l_square || Tok.getKind() == tok::r_square;
+  }
+  /// isTokenBrace - Return true if the cur token is '{' or '}'.
+  bool isTokenBrace() const {
+    return Tok.getKind() == tok::l_brace || Tok.getKind() == tok::r_brace;
+  }
+
+  /// isTokenStringLiteral - True if this token is a string-literal.
+  ///
+  bool isTokenStringLiteral() const {
+    return tok::isStringLiteral(Tok.getKind());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the current token is '=' or is a type of '='.
+  /// For typos, give a fixit to '='
+  bool isTokenEqualOrEqualTypo();
+
+  /// ConsumeAnyToken - Dispatch to the right Consume* method based on the
+  /// current token type.  This should only be used in cases where the type of
+  /// the token really isn't known, e.g. in error recovery.
+  SourceLocation ConsumeAnyToken(bool ConsumeCodeCompletionTok = false) {
+    if (isTokenParen())
+      return ConsumeParen();
+    else if (isTokenBracket())
+      return ConsumeBracket();
+    else if (isTokenBrace())
+      return ConsumeBrace();
+    else if (isTokenStringLiteral())
+      return ConsumeStringToken();
+    else
+      return ConsumeToken(ConsumeCodeCompletionTok);
+  }
+
+  /// ConsumeParen - This consume method keeps the paren count up-to-date.
+  ///
+  SourceLocation ConsumeParen() {
+    assert(isTokenParen() && "wrong consume method");
+    if (Tok.getKind() == tok::l_paren)
+      ++ParenCount;
+    else if (ParenCount)
+      --ParenCount;       // Don't let unbalanced )'s drive the count negative.
+    PrevTokLocation = Tok.getLocation();
+    PP.Lex(Tok);
+    return PrevTokLocation;
+  }
+
+  /// ConsumeBracket - This consume method keeps the bracket count up-to-date.
+  ///
+  SourceLocation ConsumeBracket() {
+    assert(isTokenBracket() && "wrong consume method");
+    if (Tok.getKind() == tok::l_square)
+      ++BracketCount;
+    else if (BracketCount)
+      --BracketCount;     // Don't let unbalanced ]'s drive the count negative.
+
+    PrevTokLocation = Tok.getLocation();
+    PP.Lex(Tok);
+    return PrevTokLocation;
+  }
+
+  /// ConsumeBrace - This consume method keeps the brace count up-to-date.
+  ///
+  SourceLocation ConsumeBrace() {
+    assert(isTokenBrace() && "wrong consume method");
+    if (Tok.getKind() == tok::l_brace)
+      ++BraceCount;
+    else if (BraceCount)
+      --BraceCount;     // Don't let unbalanced }'s drive the count negative.
+
+    PrevTokLocation = Tok.getLocation();
+    PP.Lex(Tok);
+    return PrevTokLocation;
+  }
+
+  /// ConsumeStringToken - Consume the current 'peek token', lexing a new one
+  /// and returning the token kind.  This method is specific to strings, as it
+  /// handles string literal concatenation, as per C99 5.1.1.2, translation
+  /// phase #6.
+  SourceLocation ConsumeStringToken() {
+    assert(isTokenStringLiteral() &&
+           "Should only consume string literals with this method");
+    PrevTokLocation = Tok.getLocation();
+    PP.Lex(Tok);
+    return PrevTokLocation;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Consume the current code-completion token.
+  ///
+  /// This routine should be called to consume the code-completion token once
+  /// a code-completion action has already been invoked.
+  SourceLocation ConsumeCodeCompletionToken() {
+    assert(Tok.is(tok::code_completion));
+    PrevTokLocation = Tok.getLocation();
+    PP.Lex(Tok);
+    return PrevTokLocation;
+  }
+
+  ///\ brief When we are consuming a code-completion token without having
+  /// matched specific position in the grammar, provide code-completion results
+  /// based on context.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the source location of the code-completion token.
+  SourceLocation handleUnexpectedCodeCompletionToken();
+
+  /// \brief Abruptly cut off parsing; mainly used when we have reached the
+  /// code-completion point.
+  void cutOffParsing() {
+    PP.setCodeCompletionReached();
+    // Cut off parsing by acting as if we reached the end-of-file.
+    Tok.setKind(tok::eof);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Handle the annotation token produced for #pragma unused(...)
+  void HandlePragmaUnused();
+
+  /// \brief Handle the annotation token produced for
+  /// #pragma GCC visibility...
+  void HandlePragmaVisibility();
+
+  /// \brief Handle the annotation token produced for
+  /// #pragma pack...
+  void HandlePragmaPack();
+
+  /// \brief Handle the annotation token produced for
+  /// #pragma ms_struct...
+  void HandlePragmaMSStruct();
+
+  /// \brief Handle the annotation token produced for
+  /// #pragma align...
+  void HandlePragmaAlign();
+
+  /// \brief Handle the annotation token produced for
+  /// #pragma weak id...
+  void HandlePragmaWeak();
+
+  /// \brief Handle the annotation token produced for
+  /// #pragma weak id = id...
+  void HandlePragmaWeakAlias();
+
+  /// \brief Handle the annotation token produced for
+  /// #pragma redefine_extname...
+  void HandlePragmaRedefineExtname();
+
+  /// \brief Handle the annotation token produced for
+  /// #pragma STDC FP_CONTRACT...
+  void HandlePragmaFPContract();
+
+  /// \brief Handle the annotation token produced for
+  /// #pragma OPENCL EXTENSION...
+  void HandlePragmaOpenCLExtension();
+
+  /// GetLookAheadToken - This peeks ahead N tokens and returns that token
+  /// without consuming any tokens.  LookAhead(0) returns 'Tok', LookAhead(1)
+  /// returns the token after Tok, etc.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this differs from the Preprocessor's LookAhead method, because
+  /// the Parser always has one token lexed that the preprocessor doesn't.
+  ///
+  const Token &GetLookAheadToken(unsigned N) {
+    if (N == 0 || Tok.is(tok::eof)) return Tok;
+    return PP.LookAhead(N-1);
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// NextToken - This peeks ahead one token and returns it without
+  /// consuming it.
+  const Token &NextToken() {
+    return PP.LookAhead(0);
+  }
+
+  /// getTypeAnnotation - Read a parsed type out of an annotation token.
+  static ParsedType getTypeAnnotation(Token &Tok) {
+    return ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(Tok.getAnnotationValue());
+  }
+
+private:
+  static void setTypeAnnotation(Token &Tok, ParsedType T) {
+    Tok.setAnnotationValue(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Read an already-translated primary expression out of an annotation
+  /// token.
+  static ExprResult getExprAnnotation(Token &Tok) {
+    if (Tok.getAnnotationValue())
+      return ExprResult((Expr *)Tok.getAnnotationValue());
+
+    return ExprResult(true);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the primary expression corresponding to the given annotation
+  /// token.
+  static void setExprAnnotation(Token &Tok, ExprResult ER) {
+    if (ER.isInvalid())
+      Tok.setAnnotationValue(0);
+    else
+      Tok.setAnnotationValue(ER.get());
+  }
+
+public:
+  // If NeedType is true, then TryAnnotateTypeOrScopeToken will try harder to
+  // find a type name by attempting typo correction.
+  bool TryAnnotateTypeOrScopeToken(bool EnteringContext = false,
+                                   bool NeedType = false);
+  bool TryAnnotateTypeOrScopeTokenAfterScopeSpec(bool EnteringContext,
+                                                 bool NeedType,
+                                                 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                                 bool IsNewScope);
+  bool TryAnnotateCXXScopeToken(bool EnteringContext = false);
+
+private:
+  enum AnnotatedNameKind {
+    /// Annotation has failed and emitted an error.
+    ANK_Error,
+    /// The identifier is a tentatively-declared name.
+    ANK_TentativeDecl,
+    /// The identifier is a template name. FIXME: Add an annotation for that.
+    ANK_TemplateName,
+    /// The identifier can't be resolved.
+    ANK_Unresolved,
+    /// Annotation was successful.
+    ANK_Success
+  };
+  AnnotatedNameKind TryAnnotateName(bool IsAddressOfOperand,
+                                    CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
+
+  /// Push a tok::annot_cxxscope token onto the token stream.
+  void AnnotateScopeToken(CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool IsNewAnnotation);
+
+  /// TryAltiVecToken - Check for context-sensitive AltiVec identifier tokens,
+  /// replacing them with the non-context-sensitive keywords.  This returns
+  /// true if the token was replaced.
+  bool TryAltiVecToken(DeclSpec &DS, SourceLocation Loc,
+                       const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
+                       bool &isInvalid) {
+    if (!getLangOpts().AltiVec ||
+        (Tok.getIdentifierInfo() != Ident_vector &&
+         Tok.getIdentifierInfo() != Ident_pixel))
+      return false;
+
+    return TryAltiVecTokenOutOfLine(DS, Loc, PrevSpec, DiagID, isInvalid);
+  }
+
+  /// TryAltiVecVectorToken - Check for context-sensitive AltiVec vector
+  /// identifier token, replacing it with the non-context-sensitive __vector.
+  /// This returns true if the token was replaced.
+  bool TryAltiVecVectorToken() {
+    if (!getLangOpts().AltiVec ||
+        Tok.getIdentifierInfo() != Ident_vector) return false;
+    return TryAltiVecVectorTokenOutOfLine();
+  }
+
+  bool TryAltiVecVectorTokenOutOfLine();
+  bool TryAltiVecTokenOutOfLine(DeclSpec &DS, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
+                                bool &isInvalid);
+
+  /// \brief Get the TemplateIdAnnotation from the token.
+  TemplateIdAnnotation *takeTemplateIdAnnotation(const Token &tok);
+
+  /// TentativeParsingAction - An object that is used as a kind of "tentative
+  /// parsing transaction". It gets instantiated to mark the token position and
+  /// after the token consumption is done, Commit() or Revert() is called to
+  /// either "commit the consumed tokens" or revert to the previously marked
+  /// token position. Example:
+  ///
+  ///   TentativeParsingAction TPA(*this);
+  ///   ConsumeToken();
+  ///   ....
+  ///   TPA.Revert();
+  ///
+  class TentativeParsingAction {
+    Parser &P;
+    Token PrevTok;
+    size_t PrevTentativelyDeclaredIdentifierCount;
+    unsigned short PrevParenCount, PrevBracketCount, PrevBraceCount;
+    bool isActive;
+
+  public:
+    explicit TentativeParsingAction(Parser& p) : P(p) {
+      PrevTok = P.Tok;
+      PrevTentativelyDeclaredIdentifierCount =
+          P.TentativelyDeclaredIdentifiers.size();
+      PrevParenCount = P.ParenCount;
+      PrevBracketCount = P.BracketCount;
+      PrevBraceCount = P.BraceCount;
+      P.PP.EnableBacktrackAtThisPos();
+      isActive = true;
+    }
+    void Commit() {
+      assert(isActive && "Parsing action was finished!");
+      P.TentativelyDeclaredIdentifiers.resize(
+          PrevTentativelyDeclaredIdentifierCount);
+      P.PP.CommitBacktrackedTokens();
+      isActive = false;
+    }
+    void Revert() {
+      assert(isActive && "Parsing action was finished!");
+      P.PP.Backtrack();
+      P.Tok = PrevTok;
+      P.TentativelyDeclaredIdentifiers.resize(
+          PrevTentativelyDeclaredIdentifierCount);
+      P.ParenCount = PrevParenCount;
+      P.BracketCount = PrevBracketCount;
+      P.BraceCount = PrevBraceCount;
+      isActive = false;
+    }
+    ~TentativeParsingAction() {
+      assert(!isActive && "Forgot to call Commit or Revert!");
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// ObjCDeclContextSwitch - An object used to switch context from
+  /// an objective-c decl context to its enclosing decl context and
+  /// back.
+  class ObjCDeclContextSwitch {
+    Parser &P;
+    Decl *DC;
+    SaveAndRestore<bool> WithinObjCContainer;
+  public:
+    explicit ObjCDeclContextSwitch(Parser &p)
+      : P(p), DC(p.getObjCDeclContext()),
+        WithinObjCContainer(P.ParsingInObjCContainer, DC != 0) {
+      if (DC)
+        P.Actions.ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(cast<DeclContext>(DC));
+    }
+    ~ObjCDeclContextSwitch() {
+      if (DC)
+        P.Actions.ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(cast<DeclContext>(DC));
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// ExpectAndConsume - The parser expects that 'ExpectedTok' is next in the
+  /// input.  If so, it is consumed and false is returned.
+  ///
+  /// If the input is malformed, this emits the specified diagnostic.  Next, if
+  /// SkipToTok is specified, it calls SkipUntil(SkipToTok).  Finally, true is
+  /// returned.
+  bool ExpectAndConsume(tok::TokenKind ExpectedTok, unsigned Diag,
+                        const char *DiagMsg = "",
+                        tok::TokenKind SkipToTok = tok::unknown);
+
+  /// \brief The parser expects a semicolon and, if present, will consume it.
+  ///
+  /// If the next token is not a semicolon, this emits the specified diagnostic,
+  /// or, if there's just some closing-delimiter noise (e.g., ')' or ']') prior
+  /// to the semicolon, consumes that extra token.
+  bool ExpectAndConsumeSemi(unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// \brief The kind of extra semi diagnostic to emit.
+  enum ExtraSemiKind {
+    OutsideFunction = 0,
+    InsideStruct = 1,
+    InstanceVariableList = 2,
+    AfterMemberFunctionDefinition = 3
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Consume any extra semi-colons until the end of the line.
+  void ConsumeExtraSemi(ExtraSemiKind Kind, unsigned TST = TST_unspecified);
+
+public:
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Scope manipulation
+
+  /// ParseScope - Introduces a new scope for parsing. The kind of
+  /// scope is determined by ScopeFlags. Objects of this type should
+  /// be created on the stack to coincide with the position where the
+  /// parser enters the new scope, and this object's constructor will
+  /// create that new scope. Similarly, once the object is destroyed
+  /// the parser will exit the scope.
+  class ParseScope {
+    Parser *Self;
+    ParseScope(const ParseScope &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const ParseScope &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  public:
+    // ParseScope - Construct a new object to manage a scope in the
+    // parser Self where the new Scope is created with the flags
+    // ScopeFlags, but only when ManageScope is true (the default). If
+    // ManageScope is false, this object does nothing.
+    ParseScope(Parser *Self, unsigned ScopeFlags, bool ManageScope = true)
+      : Self(Self) {
+      if (ManageScope)
+        Self->EnterScope(ScopeFlags);
+      else
+        this->Self = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Exit - Exit the scope associated with this object now, rather
+    // than waiting until the object is destroyed.
+    void Exit() {
+      if (Self) {
+        Self->ExitScope();
+        Self = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    ~ParseScope() {
+      Exit();
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// EnterScope - Start a new scope.
+  void EnterScope(unsigned ScopeFlags);
+
+  /// ExitScope - Pop a scope off the scope stack.
+  void ExitScope();
+
+private:
+  /// \brief RAII object used to modify the scope flags for the current scope.
+  class ParseScopeFlags {
+    Scope *CurScope;
+    unsigned OldFlags;
+    ParseScopeFlags(const ParseScopeFlags &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const ParseScopeFlags &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  public:
+    ParseScopeFlags(Parser *Self, unsigned ScopeFlags, bool ManageFlags = true);
+    ~ParseScopeFlags();
+  };
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Diagnostic Emission and Error recovery.
+
+public:
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(const Token &Tok, unsigned DiagID);
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(unsigned DiagID) {
+    return Diag(Tok, DiagID);
+  }
+
+private:
+  void SuggestParentheses(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DK,
+                          SourceRange ParenRange);
+  void CheckNestedObjCContexts(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+
+public:
+  /// SkipUntil - Read tokens until we get to the specified token, then consume
+  /// it (unless DontConsume is true).  Because we cannot guarantee that the
+  /// token will ever occur, this skips to the next token, or to some likely
+  /// good stopping point.  If StopAtSemi is true, skipping will stop at a ';'
+  /// character.
+  ///
+  /// If SkipUntil finds the specified token, it returns true, otherwise it
+  /// returns false.
+  bool SkipUntil(tok::TokenKind T, bool StopAtSemi = true,
+                 bool DontConsume = false, bool StopAtCodeCompletion = false) {
+    return SkipUntil(llvm::makeArrayRef(T), StopAtSemi, DontConsume,
+                     StopAtCodeCompletion);
+  }
+  bool SkipUntil(tok::TokenKind T1, tok::TokenKind T2, bool StopAtSemi = true,
+                 bool DontConsume = false, bool StopAtCodeCompletion = false) {
+    tok::TokenKind TokArray[] = {T1, T2};
+    return SkipUntil(TokArray, StopAtSemi, DontConsume,StopAtCodeCompletion);
+  }
+  bool SkipUntil(tok::TokenKind T1, tok::TokenKind T2, tok::TokenKind T3,
+                 bool StopAtSemi = true, bool DontConsume = false,
+                 bool StopAtCodeCompletion = false) {
+    tok::TokenKind TokArray[] = {T1, T2, T3};
+    return SkipUntil(TokArray, StopAtSemi, DontConsume,StopAtCodeCompletion);
+  }
+  bool SkipUntil(ArrayRef<tok::TokenKind> Toks, bool StopAtSemi = true,
+                 bool DontConsume = false, bool StopAtCodeCompletion = false);
+
+  /// SkipMalformedDecl - Read tokens until we get to some likely good stopping
+  /// point for skipping past a simple-declaration.
+  void SkipMalformedDecl();
+
+private:
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Lexing and parsing of C++ inline methods.
+
+  struct ParsingClass;
+
+  /// [class.mem]p1: "... the class is regarded as complete within
+  /// - function bodies
+  /// - default arguments
+  /// - exception-specifications (TODO: C++0x)
+  /// - and brace-or-equal-initializers for non-static data members
+  /// (including such things in nested classes)."
+  /// LateParsedDeclarations build the tree of those elements so they can
+  /// be parsed after parsing the top-level class.
+  class LateParsedDeclaration {
+  public:
+    virtual ~LateParsedDeclaration();
+
+    virtual void ParseLexedMethodDeclarations();
+    virtual void ParseLexedMemberInitializers();
+    virtual void ParseLexedMethodDefs();
+    virtual void ParseLexedAttributes();
+  };
+
+  /// Inner node of the LateParsedDeclaration tree that parses
+  /// all its members recursively.
+  class LateParsedClass : public LateParsedDeclaration {
+  public:
+    LateParsedClass(Parser *P, ParsingClass *C);
+    virtual ~LateParsedClass();
+
+    virtual void ParseLexedMethodDeclarations();
+    virtual void ParseLexedMemberInitializers();
+    virtual void ParseLexedMethodDefs();
+    virtual void ParseLexedAttributes();
+
+  private:
+    Parser *Self;
+    ParsingClass *Class;
+  };
+
+  /// Contains the lexed tokens of an attribute with arguments that
+  /// may reference member variables and so need to be parsed at the
+  /// end of the class declaration after parsing all other member
+  /// member declarations.
+  /// FIXME: Perhaps we should change the name of LateParsedDeclaration to
+  /// LateParsedTokens.
+  struct LateParsedAttribute : public LateParsedDeclaration {
+    Parser *Self;
+    CachedTokens Toks;
+    IdentifierInfo &AttrName;
+    SourceLocation AttrNameLoc;
+    SmallVector<Decl*, 2> Decls;
+
+    explicit LateParsedAttribute(Parser *P, IdentifierInfo &Name,
+                                 SourceLocation Loc)
+      : Self(P), AttrName(Name), AttrNameLoc(Loc) {}
+
+    virtual void ParseLexedAttributes();
+
+    void addDecl(Decl *D) { Decls.push_back(D); }
+  };
+
+  // A list of late-parsed attributes.  Used by ParseGNUAttributes.
+  class LateParsedAttrList: public SmallVector<LateParsedAttribute *, 2> {
+  public:
+    LateParsedAttrList(bool PSoon = false) : ParseSoon(PSoon) { }
+
+    bool parseSoon() { return ParseSoon; }
+
+  private:
+    bool ParseSoon;  // Are we planning to parse these shortly after creation?
+  };
+
+  /// Contains the lexed tokens of a member function definition
+  /// which needs to be parsed at the end of the class declaration
+  /// after parsing all other member declarations.
+  struct LexedMethod : public LateParsedDeclaration {
+    Parser *Self;
+    Decl *D;
+    CachedTokens Toks;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this member function had an associated template
+    /// scope. When true, D is a template declaration.
+    /// otherwise, it is a member function declaration.
+    bool TemplateScope;
+
+    explicit LexedMethod(Parser* P, Decl *MD)
+      : Self(P), D(MD), TemplateScope(false) {}
+
+    virtual void ParseLexedMethodDefs();
+  };
+
+  /// LateParsedDefaultArgument - Keeps track of a parameter that may
+  /// have a default argument that cannot be parsed yet because it
+  /// occurs within a member function declaration inside the class
+  /// (C++ [class.mem]p2).
+  struct LateParsedDefaultArgument {
+    explicit LateParsedDefaultArgument(Decl *P,
+                                       CachedTokens *Toks = 0)
+      : Param(P), Toks(Toks) { }
+
+    /// Param - The parameter declaration for this parameter.
+    Decl *Param;
+
+    /// Toks - The sequence of tokens that comprises the default
+    /// argument expression, not including the '=' or the terminating
+    /// ')' or ','. This will be NULL for parameters that have no
+    /// default argument.
+    CachedTokens *Toks;
+  };
+
+  /// LateParsedMethodDeclaration - A method declaration inside a class that
+  /// contains at least one entity whose parsing needs to be delayed
+  /// until the class itself is completely-defined, such as a default
+  /// argument (C++ [class.mem]p2).
+  struct LateParsedMethodDeclaration : public LateParsedDeclaration {
+    explicit LateParsedMethodDeclaration(Parser *P, Decl *M)
+      : Self(P), Method(M), TemplateScope(false), ExceptionSpecTokens(0) { }
+
+    virtual void ParseLexedMethodDeclarations();
+
+    Parser* Self;
+
+    /// Method - The method declaration.
+    Decl *Method;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this member function had an associated template
+    /// scope. When true, D is a template declaration.
+    /// othewise, it is a member function declaration.
+    bool TemplateScope;
+
+    /// DefaultArgs - Contains the parameters of the function and
+    /// their default arguments. At least one of the parameters will
+    /// have a default argument, but all of the parameters of the
+    /// method will be stored so that they can be reintroduced into
+    /// scope at the appropriate times.
+    SmallVector<LateParsedDefaultArgument, 8> DefaultArgs;
+  
+    /// \brief The set of tokens that make up an exception-specification that
+    /// has not yet been parsed.
+    CachedTokens *ExceptionSpecTokens;
+  };
+
+  /// LateParsedMemberInitializer - An initializer for a non-static class data
+  /// member whose parsing must to be delayed until the class is completely
+  /// defined (C++11 [class.mem]p2).
+  struct LateParsedMemberInitializer : public LateParsedDeclaration {
+    LateParsedMemberInitializer(Parser *P, Decl *FD)
+      : Self(P), Field(FD) { }
+
+    virtual void ParseLexedMemberInitializers();
+
+    Parser *Self;
+
+    /// Field - The field declaration.
+    Decl *Field;
+
+    /// CachedTokens - The sequence of tokens that comprises the initializer,
+    /// including any leading '='.
+    CachedTokens Toks;
+  };
+
+  /// LateParsedDeclarationsContainer - During parsing of a top (non-nested)
+  /// C++ class, its method declarations that contain parts that won't be
+  /// parsed until after the definition is completed (C++ [class.mem]p2),
+  /// the method declarations and possibly attached inline definitions
+  /// will be stored here with the tokens that will be parsed to create those 
+  /// entities.
+  typedef SmallVector<LateParsedDeclaration*,2> LateParsedDeclarationsContainer;
+
+  /// \brief Representation of a class that has been parsed, including
+  /// any member function declarations or definitions that need to be
+  /// parsed after the corresponding top-level class is complete.
+  struct ParsingClass {
+    ParsingClass(Decl *TagOrTemplate, bool TopLevelClass, bool IsInterface)
+      : TopLevelClass(TopLevelClass), TemplateScope(false),
+        IsInterface(IsInterface), TagOrTemplate(TagOrTemplate) { }
+
+    /// \brief Whether this is a "top-level" class, meaning that it is
+    /// not nested within another class.
+    bool TopLevelClass : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this class had an associated template
+    /// scope. When true, TagOrTemplate is a template declaration;
+    /// othewise, it is a tag declaration.
+    bool TemplateScope : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this class is an __interface.
+    bool IsInterface : 1;
+
+    /// \brief The class or class template whose definition we are parsing.
+    Decl *TagOrTemplate;
+
+    /// LateParsedDeclarations - Method declarations, inline definitions and
+    /// nested classes that contain pieces whose parsing will be delayed until
+    /// the top-level class is fully defined.
+    LateParsedDeclarationsContainer LateParsedDeclarations;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The stack of classes that is currently being
+  /// parsed. Nested and local classes will be pushed onto this stack
+  /// when they are parsed, and removed afterward.
+  std::stack<ParsingClass *> ClassStack;
+
+  ParsingClass &getCurrentClass() {
+    assert(!ClassStack.empty() && "No lexed method stacks!");
+    return *ClassStack.top();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief RAII object used to manage the parsing of a class definition.
+  class ParsingClassDefinition {
+    Parser &P;
+    bool Popped;
+    Sema::ParsingClassState State;
+
+  public:
+    ParsingClassDefinition(Parser &P, Decl *TagOrTemplate, bool TopLevelClass,
+                           bool IsInterface)
+      : P(P), Popped(false),
+        State(P.PushParsingClass(TagOrTemplate, TopLevelClass, IsInterface)) {
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Pop this class of the stack.
+    void Pop() {
+      assert(!Popped && "Nested class has already been popped");
+      Popped = true;
+      P.PopParsingClass(State);
+    }
+
+    ~ParsingClassDefinition() {
+      if (!Popped)
+        P.PopParsingClass(State);
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Contains information about any template-specific
+  /// information that has been parsed prior to parsing declaration
+  /// specifiers.
+  struct ParsedTemplateInfo {
+    ParsedTemplateInfo()
+      : Kind(NonTemplate), TemplateParams(0), TemplateLoc() { }
+
+    ParsedTemplateInfo(TemplateParameterLists *TemplateParams,
+                       bool isSpecialization,
+                       bool lastParameterListWasEmpty = false)
+      : Kind(isSpecialization? ExplicitSpecialization : Template),
+        TemplateParams(TemplateParams),
+        LastParameterListWasEmpty(lastParameterListWasEmpty) { }
+
+    explicit ParsedTemplateInfo(SourceLocation ExternLoc,
+                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc)
+      : Kind(ExplicitInstantiation), TemplateParams(0),
+        ExternLoc(ExternLoc), TemplateLoc(TemplateLoc),
+        LastParameterListWasEmpty(false){ }
+
+    /// \brief The kind of template we are parsing.
+    enum {
+      /// \brief We are not parsing a template at all.
+      NonTemplate = 0,
+      /// \brief We are parsing a template declaration.
+      Template,
+      /// \brief We are parsing an explicit specialization.
+      ExplicitSpecialization,
+      /// \brief We are parsing an explicit instantiation.
+      ExplicitInstantiation
+    } Kind;
+
+    /// \brief The template parameter lists, for template declarations
+    /// and explicit specializations.
+    TemplateParameterLists *TemplateParams;
+
+    /// \brief The location of the 'extern' keyword, if any, for an explicit
+    /// instantiation
+    SourceLocation ExternLoc;
+
+    /// \brief The location of the 'template' keyword, for an explicit
+    /// instantiation.
+    SourceLocation TemplateLoc;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the last template parameter list was empty.
+    bool LastParameterListWasEmpty;
+
+    SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
+  /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit.
+  struct LateParsedTemplatedFunction {
+    explicit LateParsedTemplatedFunction(Decl *MD)
+      : D(MD) {}
+
+    CachedTokens Toks;
+
+    /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
+    Decl *D;
+  };
+
+  void LexTemplateFunctionForLateParsing(CachedTokens &Toks);
+  void ParseLateTemplatedFuncDef(LateParsedTemplatedFunction &LMT);
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, LateParsedTemplatedFunction*>
+    LateParsedTemplateMapT;
+  LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
+
+  static void LateTemplateParserCallback(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
+  void LateTemplateParser(const FunctionDecl *FD);
+
+  Sema::ParsingClassState
+  PushParsingClass(Decl *TagOrTemplate, bool TopLevelClass, bool IsInterface);
+  void DeallocateParsedClasses(ParsingClass *Class);
+  void PopParsingClass(Sema::ParsingClassState);
+
+  NamedDecl *ParseCXXInlineMethodDef(AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                AttributeList *AccessAttrs,
+                                ParsingDeclarator &D,
+                                const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo,
+                                const VirtSpecifiers& VS,
+                                FunctionDefinitionKind DefinitionKind,
+                                ExprResult& Init);
+  void ParseCXXNonStaticMemberInitializer(Decl *VarD);
+  void ParseLexedAttributes(ParsingClass &Class);
+  void ParseLexedAttributeList(LateParsedAttrList &LAs, Decl *D,
+                               bool EnterScope, bool OnDefinition);
+  void ParseLexedAttribute(LateParsedAttribute &LA,
+                           bool EnterScope, bool OnDefinition);
+  void ParseLexedMethodDeclarations(ParsingClass &Class);
+  void ParseLexedMethodDeclaration(LateParsedMethodDeclaration &LM);
+  void ParseLexedMethodDefs(ParsingClass &Class);
+  void ParseLexedMethodDef(LexedMethod &LM);
+  void ParseLexedMemberInitializers(ParsingClass &Class);
+  void ParseLexedMemberInitializer(LateParsedMemberInitializer &MI);
+  void ParseLexedObjCMethodDefs(LexedMethod &LM, bool parseMethod);
+  bool ConsumeAndStoreFunctionPrologue(CachedTokens &Toks);
+  bool ConsumeAndStoreUntil(tok::TokenKind T1,
+                            CachedTokens &Toks,
+                            bool StopAtSemi = true,
+                            bool ConsumeFinalToken = true) {
+    return ConsumeAndStoreUntil(T1, T1, Toks, StopAtSemi, ConsumeFinalToken);
+  }
+  bool ConsumeAndStoreUntil(tok::TokenKind T1, tok::TokenKind T2,
+                            CachedTokens &Toks,
+                            bool StopAtSemi = true,
+                            bool ConsumeFinalToken = true);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C99 6.9: External Definitions.
+  struct ParsedAttributesWithRange : ParsedAttributes {
+    ParsedAttributesWithRange(AttributeFactory &factory)
+      : ParsedAttributes(factory) {}
+
+    SourceRange Range;
+  };
+
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseExternalDeclaration(ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs,
+                                          ParsingDeclSpec *DS = 0);
+  bool isDeclarationAfterDeclarator();
+  bool isStartOfFunctionDefinition(const ParsingDeclarator &Declarator);
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseDeclarationOrFunctionDefinition(
+                                                  ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs,
+                                                  ParsingDeclSpec *DS = 0,
+                                                  AccessSpecifier AS = AS_none);
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseDeclOrFunctionDefInternal(ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs,
+                                                ParsingDeclSpec &DS,
+                                                AccessSpecifier AS);
+
+  Decl *ParseFunctionDefinition(ParsingDeclarator &D,
+                 const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo = ParsedTemplateInfo(),
+                 LateParsedAttrList *LateParsedAttrs = 0);
+  void ParseKNRParamDeclarations(Declarator &D);
+  // EndLoc, if non-NULL, is filled with the location of the last token of
+  // the simple-asm.
+  ExprResult ParseSimpleAsm(SourceLocation *EndLoc = 0);
+  ExprResult ParseAsmStringLiteral();
+
+  // Objective-C External Declarations
+  void MaybeSkipAttributes(tok::ObjCKeywordKind Kind);
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseObjCAtDirectives();
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseObjCAtClassDeclaration(SourceLocation atLoc);
+  Decl *ParseObjCAtInterfaceDeclaration(SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                                        ParsedAttributes &prefixAttrs);
+  void HelperActionsForIvarDeclarations(Decl *interfaceDecl, SourceLocation atLoc,
+                                        BalancedDelimiterTracker &T,
+                                        SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls,
+                                        bool RBraceMissing);
+  void ParseObjCClassInstanceVariables(Decl *interfaceDecl,
+                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility,
+                                       SourceLocation atLoc);
+  bool ParseObjCProtocolReferences(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &P,
+                                   SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &PLocs,
+                                   bool WarnOnDeclarations,
+                                   SourceLocation &LAngleLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation &EndProtoLoc);
+  bool ParseObjCProtocolQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
+  void ParseObjCInterfaceDeclList(tok::ObjCKeywordKind contextKey,
+                                  Decl *CDecl);
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseObjCAtProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation atLoc,
+                                                ParsedAttributes &prefixAttrs);
+
+  struct ObjCImplParsingDataRAII {
+    Parser &P;
+    Decl *Dcl;
+    bool HasCFunction;
+    typedef SmallVector<LexedMethod*, 8> LateParsedObjCMethodContainer;
+    LateParsedObjCMethodContainer LateParsedObjCMethods;
+
+    ObjCImplParsingDataRAII(Parser &parser, Decl *D)
+      : P(parser), Dcl(D), HasCFunction(false) {
+      P.CurParsedObjCImpl = this;
+      Finished = false;
+    }
+    ~ObjCImplParsingDataRAII();
+
+    void finish(SourceRange AtEnd);
+    bool isFinished() const { return Finished; }
+
+  private:
+    bool Finished;
+  };
+  ObjCImplParsingDataRAII *CurParsedObjCImpl;
+  void StashAwayMethodOrFunctionBodyTokens(Decl *MDecl);
+
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseObjCAtImplementationDeclaration(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseObjCAtEndDeclaration(SourceRange atEnd);
+  Decl *ParseObjCAtAliasDeclaration(SourceLocation atLoc);
+  Decl *ParseObjCPropertySynthesize(SourceLocation atLoc);
+  Decl *ParseObjCPropertyDynamic(SourceLocation atLoc);
+
+  IdentifierInfo *ParseObjCSelectorPiece(SourceLocation &MethodLocation);
+  // Definitions for Objective-c context sensitive keywords recognition.
+  enum ObjCTypeQual {
+    objc_in=0, objc_out, objc_inout, objc_oneway, objc_bycopy, objc_byref,
+    objc_NumQuals
+  };
+  IdentifierInfo *ObjCTypeQuals[objc_NumQuals];
+
+  bool isTokIdentifier_in() const;
+
+  ParsedType ParseObjCTypeName(ObjCDeclSpec &DS, Declarator::TheContext Ctx,
+                               ParsedAttributes *ParamAttrs);
+  void ParseObjCMethodRequirement();
+  Decl *ParseObjCMethodPrototype(
+            tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind = tok::objc_not_keyword,
+            bool MethodDefinition = true);
+  Decl *ParseObjCMethodDecl(SourceLocation mLoc, tok::TokenKind mType,
+            tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind = tok::objc_not_keyword,
+            bool MethodDefinition=true);
+  void ParseObjCPropertyAttribute(ObjCDeclSpec &DS);
+
+  Decl *ParseObjCMethodDefinition();
+
+public:
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C99 6.5: Expressions.
+
+  /// TypeCastState - State whether an expression is or may be a type cast.
+  enum TypeCastState {
+    NotTypeCast = 0,
+    MaybeTypeCast,
+    IsTypeCast
+  };
+
+  ExprResult ParseExpression(TypeCastState isTypeCast = NotTypeCast);
+  ExprResult ParseConstantExpression(TypeCastState isTypeCast = NotTypeCast);
+  // Expr that doesn't include commas.
+  ExprResult ParseAssignmentExpression(TypeCastState isTypeCast = NotTypeCast);
+
+private:
+  ExprResult ParseExpressionWithLeadingAt(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+
+  ExprResult ParseExpressionWithLeadingExtension(SourceLocation ExtLoc);
+
+  ExprResult ParseRHSOfBinaryExpression(ExprResult LHS,
+                                        prec::Level MinPrec);
+  ExprResult ParseCastExpression(bool isUnaryExpression,
+                                 bool isAddressOfOperand,
+                                 bool &NotCastExpr,
+                                 TypeCastState isTypeCast);
+  ExprResult ParseCastExpression(bool isUnaryExpression,
+                                 bool isAddressOfOperand = false,
+                                 TypeCastState isTypeCast = NotTypeCast);
+
+  /// Returns true if the next token cannot start an expression.
+  bool isNotExpressionStart();
+
+  /// Returns true if the next token would start a postfix-expression
+  /// suffix.
+  bool isPostfixExpressionSuffixStart() {
+    tok::TokenKind K = Tok.getKind();
+    return (K == tok::l_square || K == tok::l_paren ||
+            K == tok::period || K == tok::arrow ||
+            K == tok::plusplus || K == tok::minusminus);
+  }
+
+  ExprResult ParsePostfixExpressionSuffix(ExprResult LHS);
+  ExprResult ParseUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpression();
+  ExprResult ParseBuiltinPrimaryExpression();
+
+  ExprResult ParseExprAfterUnaryExprOrTypeTrait(const Token &OpTok,
+                                                     bool &isCastExpr,
+                                                     ParsedType &CastTy,
+                                                     SourceRange &CastRange);
+
+  typedef SmallVector<Expr*, 20> ExprListTy;
+  typedef SmallVector<SourceLocation, 20> CommaLocsTy;
+
+  /// ParseExpressionList - Used for C/C++ (argument-)expression-list.
+  bool ParseExpressionList(SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &Exprs,
+                           SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &CommaLocs,
+                           void (Sema::*Completer)(Scope *S,
+                                                   Expr *Data,
+                                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) = 0,
+                           Expr *Data = 0);
+
+  /// ParenParseOption - Control what ParseParenExpression will parse.
+  enum ParenParseOption {
+    SimpleExpr,      // Only parse '(' expression ')'
+    CompoundStmt,    // Also allow '(' compound-statement ')'
+    CompoundLiteral, // Also allow '(' type-name ')' '{' ... '}'
+    CastExpr         // Also allow '(' type-name ')' <anything>
+  };
+  ExprResult ParseParenExpression(ParenParseOption &ExprType,
+                                        bool stopIfCastExpr,
+                                        bool isTypeCast,
+                                        ParsedType &CastTy,
+                                        SourceLocation &RParenLoc);
+
+  ExprResult ParseCXXAmbiguousParenExpression(ParenParseOption &ExprType,
+                                            ParsedType &CastTy,
+                                            BalancedDelimiterTracker &Tracker);
+  ExprResult ParseCompoundLiteralExpression(ParsedType Ty,
+                                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  ExprResult ParseStringLiteralExpression(bool AllowUserDefinedLiteral = false);
+
+  ExprResult ParseGenericSelectionExpression();
+  
+  ExprResult ParseObjCBoolLiteral();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ Expressions
+  ExprResult ParseCXXIdExpression(bool isAddressOfOperand = false);
+
+  bool areTokensAdjacent(const Token &A, const Token &B);
+
+  void CheckForTemplateAndDigraph(Token &Next, ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
+                                  bool EnteringContext, IdentifierInfo &II,
+                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+
+  bool ParseOptionalCXXScopeSpecifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                      ParsedType ObjectType,
+                                      bool EnteringContext,
+                                      bool *MayBePseudoDestructor = 0,
+                                      bool IsTypename = false,
+                                      IdentifierInfo **LastII = 0);
+
+  void CheckForLParenAfterColonColon();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++0x 5.1.2: Lambda expressions
+
+  // [...] () -> type {...}
+  ExprResult ParseLambdaExpression();
+  ExprResult TryParseLambdaExpression();
+  Optional<unsigned> ParseLambdaIntroducer(LambdaIntroducer &Intro);
+  bool TryParseLambdaIntroducer(LambdaIntroducer &Intro);
+  ExprResult ParseLambdaExpressionAfterIntroducer(
+               LambdaIntroducer &Intro);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 5.2p1: C++ Casts
+  ExprResult ParseCXXCasts();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 5.2p1: C++ Type Identification
+  ExprResult ParseCXXTypeid();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //  C++ : Microsoft __uuidof Expression
+  ExprResult ParseCXXUuidof();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 5.2.4: C++ Pseudo-Destructor Expressions
+  ExprResult ParseCXXPseudoDestructor(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
+                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                            ParsedType ObjectType);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 9.3.2: C++ 'this' pointer
+  ExprResult ParseCXXThis();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 15: C++ Throw Expression
+  ExprResult ParseThrowExpression();
+
+  ExceptionSpecificationType tryParseExceptionSpecification(
+                    SourceRange &SpecificationRange,
+                    SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &DynamicExceptions,
+                    SmallVectorImpl<SourceRange> &DynamicExceptionRanges,
+                    ExprResult &NoexceptExpr);
+
+  // EndLoc is filled with the location of the last token of the specification.
+  ExceptionSpecificationType ParseDynamicExceptionSpecification(
+                                  SourceRange &SpecificationRange,
+                                  SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &Exceptions,
+                                  SmallVectorImpl<SourceRange> &Ranges);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++0x 8: Function declaration trailing-return-type
+  TypeResult ParseTrailingReturnType(SourceRange &Range);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 2.13.5: C++ Boolean Literals
+  ExprResult ParseCXXBoolLiteral();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 5.2.3: Explicit type conversion (functional notation)
+  ExprResult ParseCXXTypeConstructExpression(const DeclSpec &DS);
+
+  /// ParseCXXSimpleTypeSpecifier - [C++ 7.1.5.2] Simple type specifiers.
+  /// This should only be called when the current token is known to be part of
+  /// simple-type-specifier.
+  void ParseCXXSimpleTypeSpecifier(DeclSpec &DS);
+
+  bool ParseCXXTypeSpecifierSeq(DeclSpec &DS);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 5.3.4 and 5.3.5: C++ new and delete
+  bool ParseExpressionListOrTypeId(SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &Exprs,
+                                   Declarator &D);
+  void ParseDirectNewDeclarator(Declarator &D);
+  ExprResult ParseCXXNewExpression(bool UseGlobal, SourceLocation Start);
+  ExprResult ParseCXXDeleteExpression(bool UseGlobal,
+                                            SourceLocation Start);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ if/switch/while condition expression.
+  bool ParseCXXCondition(ExprResult &ExprResult, Decl *&DeclResult,
+                         SourceLocation Loc, bool ConvertToBoolean);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ types
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C99 6.7.8: Initialization.
+
+  /// ParseInitializer
+  ///       initializer: [C99 6.7.8]
+  ///         assignment-expression
+  ///         '{' ...
+  ExprResult ParseInitializer() {
+    if (Tok.isNot(tok::l_brace))
+      return ParseAssignmentExpression();
+    return ParseBraceInitializer();
+  }
+  bool MayBeDesignationStart();
+  ExprResult ParseBraceInitializer();
+  ExprResult ParseInitializerWithPotentialDesignator();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // clang Expressions
+
+  ExprResult ParseBlockLiteralExpression();  // ^{...}
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Objective-C Expressions
+  ExprResult ParseObjCAtExpression(SourceLocation AtLocation);
+  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+  ExprResult ParseObjCCharacterLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+  ExprResult ParseObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+  ExprResult ParseObjCBooleanLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, bool ArgValue);
+  ExprResult ParseObjCArrayLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+  ExprResult ParseObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+  ExprResult ParseObjCBoxedExpr(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+  bool isSimpleObjCMessageExpression();
+  ExprResult ParseObjCMessageExpression();
+  ExprResult ParseObjCMessageExpressionBody(SourceLocation LBracloc,
+                                            SourceLocation SuperLoc,
+                                            ParsedType ReceiverType,
+                                            ExprArg ReceiverExpr);
+  ExprResult ParseAssignmentExprWithObjCMessageExprStart(
+      SourceLocation LBracloc, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
+      ParsedType ReceiverType, ExprArg ReceiverExpr);
+  bool ParseObjCXXMessageReceiver(bool &IsExpr, void *&TypeOrExpr);
+    
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C99 6.8: Statements and Blocks.
+
+  /// A SmallVector of statements, with stack size 32 (as that is the only one
+  /// used.)
+  typedef SmallVector<Stmt*, 32> StmtVector;
+  /// A SmallVector of expressions, with stack size 12 (the maximum used.)
+  typedef SmallVector<Expr*, 12> ExprVector;
+  /// A SmallVector of types.
+  typedef SmallVector<ParsedType, 12> TypeVector;
+
+  StmtResult ParseStatement(SourceLocation *TrailingElseLoc = 0) {
+    StmtVector Stmts;
+    return ParseStatementOrDeclaration(Stmts, true, TrailingElseLoc);
+  }
+  StmtResult ParseStatementOrDeclaration(StmtVector &Stmts,
+                                         bool OnlyStatement,
+                                         SourceLocation *TrailingElseLoc = 0);
+  StmtResult ParseStatementOrDeclarationAfterAttributes(
+                                         StmtVector &Stmts,
+                                         bool OnlyStatement,
+                                         SourceLocation *TrailingElseLoc,
+                                         ParsedAttributesWithRange &Attrs);
+  StmtResult ParseExprStatement();
+  StmtResult ParseLabeledStatement(ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs);
+  StmtResult ParseCaseStatement(bool MissingCase = false,
+                                ExprResult Expr = ExprResult());
+  StmtResult ParseDefaultStatement();
+  StmtResult ParseCompoundStatement(bool isStmtExpr = false);
+  StmtResult ParseCompoundStatement(bool isStmtExpr,
+                                    unsigned ScopeFlags);
+  void ParseCompoundStatementLeadingPragmas();
+  StmtResult ParseCompoundStatementBody(bool isStmtExpr = false);
+  bool ParseParenExprOrCondition(ExprResult &ExprResult,
+                                 Decl *&DeclResult,
+                                 SourceLocation Loc,
+                                 bool ConvertToBoolean);
+  StmtResult ParseIfStatement(SourceLocation *TrailingElseLoc);
+  StmtResult ParseSwitchStatement(SourceLocation *TrailingElseLoc);
+  StmtResult ParseWhileStatement(SourceLocation *TrailingElseLoc);
+  StmtResult ParseDoStatement();
+  StmtResult ParseForStatement(SourceLocation *TrailingElseLoc);
+  StmtResult ParseGotoStatement();
+  StmtResult ParseContinueStatement();
+  StmtResult ParseBreakStatement();
+  StmtResult ParseReturnStatement();
+  StmtResult ParseAsmStatement(bool &msAsm);
+  StmtResult ParseMicrosoftAsmStatement(SourceLocation AsmLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Describes the behavior that should be taken for an __if_exists
+  /// block.
+  enum IfExistsBehavior {
+    /// \brief Parse the block; this code is always used.
+    IEB_Parse,
+    /// \brief Skip the block entirely; this code is never used.
+    IEB_Skip,
+    /// \brief Parse the block as a dependent block, which may be used in
+    /// some template instantiations but not others.
+    IEB_Dependent
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Describes the condition of a Microsoft __if_exists or
+  /// __if_not_exists block.
+  struct IfExistsCondition {
+    /// \brief The location of the initial keyword.
+    SourceLocation KeywordLoc;
+    /// \brief Whether this is an __if_exists block (rather than an
+    /// __if_not_exists block).
+    bool IsIfExists;
+
+    /// \brief Nested-name-specifier preceding the name.
+    CXXScopeSpec SS;
+
+    /// \brief The name we're looking for.
+    UnqualifiedId Name;
+
+    /// \brief The behavior of this __if_exists or __if_not_exists block
+    /// should.
+    IfExistsBehavior Behavior;
+  };
+
+  bool ParseMicrosoftIfExistsCondition(IfExistsCondition& Result);
+  void ParseMicrosoftIfExistsStatement(StmtVector &Stmts);
+  void ParseMicrosoftIfExistsExternalDeclaration();
+  void ParseMicrosoftIfExistsClassDeclaration(DeclSpec::TST TagType,
+                                              AccessSpecifier& CurAS);
+  bool ParseMicrosoftIfExistsBraceInitializer(ExprVector &InitExprs,
+                                              bool &InitExprsOk);
+  bool ParseAsmOperandsOpt(SmallVectorImpl<IdentifierInfo *> &Names,
+                           SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Constraints,
+                           SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Exprs);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 6: Statements and Blocks
+
+  StmtResult ParseCXXTryBlock();
+  StmtResult ParseCXXTryBlockCommon(SourceLocation TryLoc, bool FnTry = false);
+  StmtResult ParseCXXCatchBlock(bool FnCatch = false);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // MS: SEH Statements and Blocks
+
+  StmtResult ParseSEHTryBlock();
+  StmtResult ParseSEHTryBlockCommon(SourceLocation Loc);
+  StmtResult ParseSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc);
+  StmtResult ParseSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Objective-C Statements
+
+  StmtResult ParseObjCAtStatement(SourceLocation atLoc);
+  StmtResult ParseObjCTryStmt(SourceLocation atLoc);
+  StmtResult ParseObjCThrowStmt(SourceLocation atLoc);
+  StmtResult ParseObjCSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation atLoc);
+  StmtResult ParseObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation atLoc);
+
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C99 6.7: Declarations.
+
+  /// A context for parsing declaration specifiers.  TODO: flesh this
+  /// out, there are other significant restrictions on specifiers than
+  /// would be best implemented in the parser.
+  enum DeclSpecContext {
+    DSC_normal, // normal context
+    DSC_class,  // class context, enables 'friend'
+    DSC_type_specifier, // C++ type-specifier-seq or C specifier-qualifier-list
+    DSC_trailing, // C++11 trailing-type-specifier in a trailing return type
+    DSC_top_level // top-level/namespace declaration context
+  };
+
+  /// Information on a C++0x for-range-initializer found while parsing a
+  /// declaration which turns out to be a for-range-declaration.
+  struct ForRangeInit {
+    SourceLocation ColonLoc;
+    ExprResult RangeExpr;
+
+    bool ParsedForRangeDecl() { return !ColonLoc.isInvalid(); }
+  };
+
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseDeclaration(StmtVector &Stmts,
+                                  unsigned Context, SourceLocation &DeclEnd,
+                                  ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs);
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseSimpleDeclaration(StmtVector &Stmts,
+                                        unsigned Context,
+                                        SourceLocation &DeclEnd,
+                                        ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs,
+                                        bool RequireSemi,
+                                        ForRangeInit *FRI = 0);
+  bool MightBeDeclarator(unsigned Context);
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseDeclGroup(ParsingDeclSpec &DS, unsigned Context,
+                                bool AllowFunctionDefinitions,
+                                SourceLocation *DeclEnd = 0,
+                                ForRangeInit *FRI = 0);
+  Decl *ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator(Declarator &D,
+               const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo = ParsedTemplateInfo());
+  bool ParseAsmAttributesAfterDeclarator(Declarator &D);
+  Decl *ParseDeclarationAfterDeclaratorAndAttributes(Declarator &D,
+               const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo = ParsedTemplateInfo());
+  Decl *ParseFunctionStatementBody(Decl *Decl, ParseScope &BodyScope);
+  Decl *ParseFunctionTryBlock(Decl *Decl, ParseScope &BodyScope);
+
+  /// \brief When in code-completion, skip parsing of the function/method body
+  /// unless the body contains the code-completion point.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the function body was skipped.
+  bool trySkippingFunctionBody();
+
+  bool ParseImplicitInt(DeclSpec &DS, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
+                        const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo,
+                        AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpecContext DSC, 
+                        ParsedAttributesWithRange &Attrs);
+  DeclSpecContext getDeclSpecContextFromDeclaratorContext(unsigned Context);
+  void ParseDeclarationSpecifiers(DeclSpec &DS,
+                const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo = ParsedTemplateInfo(),
+                                  AccessSpecifier AS = AS_none,
+                                  DeclSpecContext DSC = DSC_normal,
+                                  LateParsedAttrList *LateAttrs = 0);
+
+  void ParseSpecifierQualifierList(DeclSpec &DS, AccessSpecifier AS = AS_none,
+                                   DeclSpecContext DSC = DSC_normal);
+
+  void ParseObjCTypeQualifierList(ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
+                                  Declarator::TheContext Context);
+
+  void ParseEnumSpecifier(SourceLocation TagLoc, DeclSpec &DS,
+                          const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo,
+                          AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpecContext DSC);
+  void ParseEnumBody(SourceLocation StartLoc, Decl *TagDecl);
+  void ParseStructUnionBody(SourceLocation StartLoc, unsigned TagType,
+                            Decl *TagDecl);
+
+  struct FieldCallback {
+    virtual void invoke(ParsingFieldDeclarator &Field) = 0;
+    virtual ~FieldCallback() {}
+
+  private:
+    virtual void _anchor();
+  };
+  struct ObjCPropertyCallback;
+
+  void ParseStructDeclaration(ParsingDeclSpec &DS, FieldCallback &Callback);
+
+  bool isDeclarationSpecifier(bool DisambiguatingWithExpression = false);
+  bool isTypeSpecifierQualifier();
+  bool isTypeQualifier() const;
+
+  /// isKnownToBeTypeSpecifier - Return true if we know that the specified token
+  /// is definitely a type-specifier.  Return false if it isn't part of a type
+  /// specifier or if we're not sure.
+  bool isKnownToBeTypeSpecifier(const Token &Tok) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return true if we know that we are definitely looking at a
+  /// decl-specifier, and isn't part of an expression such as a function-style
+  /// cast. Return false if it's no a decl-specifier, or we're not sure.
+  bool isKnownToBeDeclarationSpecifier() {
+    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
+      return isCXXDeclarationSpecifier() == TPResult::True();
+    return isDeclarationSpecifier(true);
+  }
+
+  /// isDeclarationStatement - Disambiguates between a declaration or an
+  /// expression statement, when parsing function bodies.
+  /// Returns true for declaration, false for expression.
+  bool isDeclarationStatement() {
+    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
+      return isCXXDeclarationStatement();
+    return isDeclarationSpecifier(true);
+  }
+
+  /// isForInitDeclaration - Disambiguates between a declaration or an
+  /// expression in the context of the C 'clause-1' or the C++
+  // 'for-init-statement' part of a 'for' statement.
+  /// Returns true for declaration, false for expression.
+  bool isForInitDeclaration() {
+    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
+      return isCXXSimpleDeclaration(/*AllowForRangeDecl=*/true);
+    return isDeclarationSpecifier(true);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we are currently at the start of an Objective-C
+  /// class message that appears to be missing the open bracket '['.
+  bool isStartOfObjCClassMessageMissingOpenBracket();
+
+  /// \brief Starting with a scope specifier, identifier, or
+  /// template-id that refers to the current class, determine whether
+  /// this is a constructor declarator.
+  bool isConstructorDeclarator();
+
+  /// \brief Specifies the context in which type-id/expression
+  /// disambiguation will occur.
+  enum TentativeCXXTypeIdContext {
+    TypeIdInParens,
+    TypeIdAsTemplateArgument
+  };
+
+
+  /// isTypeIdInParens - Assumes that a '(' was parsed and now we want to know
+  /// whether the parens contain an expression or a type-id.
+  /// Returns true for a type-id and false for an expression.
+  bool isTypeIdInParens(bool &isAmbiguous) {
+    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
+      return isCXXTypeId(TypeIdInParens, isAmbiguous);
+    isAmbiguous = false;
+    return isTypeSpecifierQualifier();
+  }
+  bool isTypeIdInParens() {
+    bool isAmbiguous;
+    return isTypeIdInParens(isAmbiguous);
+  }
+
+  /// isCXXDeclarationStatement - C++-specialized function that disambiguates
+  /// between a declaration or an expression statement, when parsing function
+  /// bodies. Returns true for declaration, false for expression.
+  bool isCXXDeclarationStatement();
+
+  /// isCXXSimpleDeclaration - C++-specialized function that disambiguates
+  /// between a simple-declaration or an expression-statement.
+  /// If during the disambiguation process a parsing error is encountered,
+  /// the function returns true to let the declaration parsing code handle it.
+  /// Returns false if the statement is disambiguated as expression.
+  bool isCXXSimpleDeclaration(bool AllowForRangeDecl);
+
+  /// isCXXFunctionDeclarator - Disambiguates between a function declarator or
+  /// a constructor-style initializer, when parsing declaration statements.
+  /// Returns true for function declarator and false for constructor-style
+  /// initializer. Sets 'IsAmbiguous' to true to indicate that this declaration 
+  /// might be a constructor-style initializer.
+  /// If during the disambiguation process a parsing error is encountered,
+  /// the function returns true to let the declaration parsing code handle it.
+  bool isCXXFunctionDeclarator(bool *IsAmbiguous = 0);
+
+  /// isCXXConditionDeclaration - Disambiguates between a declaration or an
+  /// expression for a condition of a if/switch/while/for statement.
+  /// If during the disambiguation process a parsing error is encountered,
+  /// the function returns true to let the declaration parsing code handle it.
+  bool isCXXConditionDeclaration();
+
+  bool isCXXTypeId(TentativeCXXTypeIdContext Context, bool &isAmbiguous);
+  bool isCXXTypeId(TentativeCXXTypeIdContext Context) {
+    bool isAmbiguous;
+    return isCXXTypeId(Context, isAmbiguous);
+  }
+
+  /// TPResult - Used as the result value for functions whose purpose is to
+  /// disambiguate C++ constructs by "tentatively parsing" them.
+  /// This is a class instead of a simple enum because the implicit enum-to-bool
+  /// conversions may cause subtle bugs.
+  class TPResult {
+    enum Result {
+      TPR_true,
+      TPR_false,
+      TPR_ambiguous,
+      TPR_error
+    };
+    Result Res;
+    TPResult(Result result) : Res(result) {}
+  public:
+    static TPResult True() { return TPR_true; }
+    static TPResult False() { return TPR_false; }
+    static TPResult Ambiguous() { return TPR_ambiguous; }
+    static TPResult Error() { return TPR_error; }
+
+    bool operator==(const TPResult &RHS) const { return Res == RHS.Res; }
+    bool operator!=(const TPResult &RHS) const { return Res != RHS.Res; }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Based only on the given token kind, determine whether we know that
+  /// we're at the start of an expression or a type-specifier-seq (which may
+  /// be an expression, in C++).
+  ///
+  /// This routine does not attempt to resolve any of the trick cases, e.g.,
+  /// those involving lookup of identifiers.
+  ///
+  /// \returns \c TPR_true if this token starts an expression, \c TPR_false if
+  /// this token starts a type-specifier-seq, or \c TPR_ambiguous if it cannot
+  /// tell.
+  TPResult isExpressionOrTypeSpecifierSimple(tok::TokenKind Kind);
+
+  /// isCXXDeclarationSpecifier - Returns TPResult::True() if it is a
+  /// declaration specifier, TPResult::False() if it is not,
+  /// TPResult::Ambiguous() if it could be either a decl-specifier or a
+  /// function-style cast, and TPResult::Error() if a parsing error was
+  /// encountered. If it could be a braced C++11 function-style cast, returns
+  /// BracedCastResult.
+  /// Doesn't consume tokens.
+  TPResult
+  isCXXDeclarationSpecifier(TPResult BracedCastResult = TPResult::False(),
+                            bool *HasMissingTypename = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether an identifier has been tentatively declared as a
+  /// non-type. Such tentative declarations should not be found to name a type
+  /// during a tentative parse, but also should not be annotated as a non-type.
+  bool isTentativelyDeclared(IdentifierInfo *II);
+
+  // "Tentative parsing" functions, used for disambiguation. If a parsing error
+  // is encountered they will return TPResult::Error().
+  // Returning TPResult::True()/False() indicates that the ambiguity was
+  // resolved and tentative parsing may stop. TPResult::Ambiguous() indicates
+  // that more tentative parsing is necessary for disambiguation.
+  // They all consume tokens, so backtracking should be used after calling them.
+
+  TPResult TryParseDeclarationSpecifier(bool *HasMissingTypename = 0);
+  TPResult TryParseSimpleDeclaration(bool AllowForRangeDecl);
+  TPResult TryParseTypeofSpecifier();
+  TPResult TryParseProtocolQualifiers();
+  TPResult TryParseInitDeclaratorList();
+  TPResult TryParseDeclarator(bool mayBeAbstract, bool mayHaveIdentifier=true);
+  TPResult TryParseParameterDeclarationClause(bool *InvalidAsDeclaration = 0);
+  TPResult TryParseFunctionDeclarator();
+  TPResult TryParseBracketDeclarator();
+
+public:
+  TypeResult ParseTypeName(SourceRange *Range = 0,
+                           Declarator::TheContext Context
+                             = Declarator::TypeNameContext,
+                           AccessSpecifier AS = AS_none,
+                           Decl **OwnedType = 0,
+                           ParsedAttributes *Attrs = 0);
+
+private:
+  void ParseBlockId(SourceLocation CaretLoc);
+
+  // Check for the start of a C++11 attribute-specifier-seq in a context where
+  // an attribute is not allowed.
+  bool CheckProhibitedCXX11Attribute() {
+    assert(Tok.is(tok::l_square));
+    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || NextToken().isNot(tok::l_square))
+      return false;
+    return DiagnoseProhibitedCXX11Attribute();
+  }
+  bool DiagnoseProhibitedCXX11Attribute();
+  void CheckMisplacedCXX11Attribute(ParsedAttributesWithRange &Attrs,
+                                    SourceLocation CorrectLocation) {
+    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
+      return;
+    if ((Tok.isNot(tok::l_square) || NextToken().isNot(tok::l_square)) &&
+        Tok.isNot(tok::kw_alignas))
+      return;
+    DiagnoseMisplacedCXX11Attribute(Attrs, CorrectLocation);
+  }
+  void DiagnoseMisplacedCXX11Attribute(ParsedAttributesWithRange &Attrs,
+                                       SourceLocation CorrectLocation);
+
+  void ProhibitAttributes(ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs) {
+    if (!attrs.Range.isValid()) return;
+    DiagnoseProhibitedAttributes(attrs);
+    attrs.clear();
+  }
+  void DiagnoseProhibitedAttributes(ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs);
+
+  // Forbid C++11 attributes that appear on certain syntactic 
+  // locations which standard permits but we don't supported yet, 
+  // for example, attributes appertain to decl specifiers.
+  void ProhibitCXX11Attributes(ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs);
+
+  void MaybeParseGNUAttributes(Declarator &D,
+                               LateParsedAttrList *LateAttrs = 0) {
+    if (Tok.is(tok::kw___attribute)) {
+      ParsedAttributes attrs(AttrFactory);
+      SourceLocation endLoc;
+      ParseGNUAttributes(attrs, &endLoc, LateAttrs);
+      D.takeAttributes(attrs, endLoc);
+    }
+  }
+  void MaybeParseGNUAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs,
+                               SourceLocation *endLoc = 0,
+                               LateParsedAttrList *LateAttrs = 0) {
+    if (Tok.is(tok::kw___attribute))
+      ParseGNUAttributes(attrs, endLoc, LateAttrs);
+  }
+  void ParseGNUAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs,
+                          SourceLocation *endLoc = 0,
+                          LateParsedAttrList *LateAttrs = 0);
+  void ParseGNUAttributeArgs(IdentifierInfo *AttrName,
+                             SourceLocation AttrNameLoc,
+                             ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
+                             SourceLocation *EndLoc,
+                             IdentifierInfo *ScopeName,
+                             SourceLocation ScopeLoc,
+                             AttributeList::Syntax Syntax);
+
+  void MaybeParseCXX11Attributes(Declarator &D) {
+    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isCXX11AttributeSpecifier()) {
+      ParsedAttributesWithRange attrs(AttrFactory);
+      SourceLocation endLoc;
+      ParseCXX11Attributes(attrs, &endLoc);
+      D.takeAttributes(attrs, endLoc);
+    }
+  }
+  void MaybeParseCXX11Attributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs,
+                                 SourceLocation *endLoc = 0) {
+    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isCXX11AttributeSpecifier()) {
+      ParsedAttributesWithRange attrsWithRange(AttrFactory);
+      ParseCXX11Attributes(attrsWithRange, endLoc);
+      attrs.takeAllFrom(attrsWithRange);
+    }
+  }
+  void MaybeParseCXX11Attributes(ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs,
+                                 SourceLocation *endLoc = 0,
+                                 bool OuterMightBeMessageSend = false) {
+    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
+        isCXX11AttributeSpecifier(false, OuterMightBeMessageSend))
+      ParseCXX11Attributes(attrs, endLoc);
+  }
+
+  void ParseCXX11AttributeSpecifier(ParsedAttributes &attrs,
+                                    SourceLocation *EndLoc = 0);
+  void ParseCXX11Attributes(ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs,
+                            SourceLocation *EndLoc = 0);
+
+  IdentifierInfo *TryParseCXX11AttributeIdentifier(SourceLocation &Loc);
+
+  void MaybeParseMicrosoftAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs,
+                                     SourceLocation *endLoc = 0) {
+    if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && Tok.is(tok::l_square))
+      ParseMicrosoftAttributes(attrs, endLoc);
+  }
+  void ParseMicrosoftAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs,
+                                SourceLocation *endLoc = 0);
+  void ParseMicrosoftDeclSpec(ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
+  bool IsSimpleMicrosoftDeclSpec(IdentifierInfo *Ident);
+  void ParseComplexMicrosoftDeclSpec(IdentifierInfo *Ident, 
+                                     SourceLocation Loc,
+                                     ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
+  void ParseMicrosoftDeclSpecWithSingleArg(IdentifierInfo *AttrName, 
+                                           SourceLocation AttrNameLoc, 
+                                           ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
+  void ParseMicrosoftTypeAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs);
+  void ParseMicrosoftInheritanceClassAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs);
+  void ParseBorlandTypeAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs);
+  void ParseOpenCLAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs);
+  void ParseOpenCLQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
+
+  VersionTuple ParseVersionTuple(SourceRange &Range);
+  void ParseAvailabilityAttribute(IdentifierInfo &Availability,
+                                  SourceLocation AvailabilityLoc,
+                                  ParsedAttributes &attrs,
+                                  SourceLocation *endLoc);
+
+  bool IsThreadSafetyAttribute(StringRef AttrName);
+  void ParseThreadSafetyAttribute(IdentifierInfo &AttrName,
+                                  SourceLocation AttrNameLoc,
+                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
+                                  SourceLocation *EndLoc);
+
+  void ParseTypeTagForDatatypeAttribute(IdentifierInfo &AttrName,
+                                        SourceLocation AttrNameLoc,
+                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
+                                        SourceLocation *EndLoc);
+
+  void ParseTypeofSpecifier(DeclSpec &DS);
+  SourceLocation ParseDecltypeSpecifier(DeclSpec &DS);
+  void AnnotateExistingDecltypeSpecifier(const DeclSpec &DS,
+                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
+  void ParseUnderlyingTypeSpecifier(DeclSpec &DS);
+  void ParseAtomicSpecifier(DeclSpec &DS);
+
+  ExprResult ParseAlignArgument(SourceLocation Start,
+                                SourceLocation &EllipsisLoc);
+  void ParseAlignmentSpecifier(ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
+                               SourceLocation *endLoc = 0);
+
+  VirtSpecifiers::Specifier isCXX11VirtSpecifier(const Token &Tok) const;
+  VirtSpecifiers::Specifier isCXX11VirtSpecifier() const {
+    return isCXX11VirtSpecifier(Tok);
+  }
+  void ParseOptionalCXX11VirtSpecifierSeq(VirtSpecifiers &VS, bool IsInterface);
+
+  bool isCXX11FinalKeyword() const;
+
+  /// DeclaratorScopeObj - RAII object used in Parser::ParseDirectDeclarator to
+  /// enter a new C++ declarator scope and exit it when the function is
+  /// finished.
+  class DeclaratorScopeObj {
+    Parser &P;
+    CXXScopeSpec &SS;
+    bool EnteredScope;
+    bool CreatedScope;
+  public:
+    DeclaratorScopeObj(Parser &p, CXXScopeSpec &ss)
+      : P(p), SS(ss), EnteredScope(false), CreatedScope(false) {}
+
+    void EnterDeclaratorScope() {
+      assert(!EnteredScope && "Already entered the scope!");
+      assert(SS.isSet() && "C++ scope was not set!");
+
+      CreatedScope = true;
+      P.EnterScope(0); // Not a decl scope.
+
+      if (!P.Actions.ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(P.getCurScope(), SS))
+        EnteredScope = true;
+    }
+
+    ~DeclaratorScopeObj() {
+      if (EnteredScope) {
+        assert(SS.isSet() && "C++ scope was cleared ?");
+        P.Actions.ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(P.getCurScope(), SS);
+      }
+      if (CreatedScope)
+        P.ExitScope();
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// ParseDeclarator - Parse and verify a newly-initialized declarator.
+  void ParseDeclarator(Declarator &D);
+  /// A function that parses a variant of direct-declarator.
+  typedef void (Parser::*DirectDeclParseFunction)(Declarator&);
+  void ParseDeclaratorInternal(Declarator &D,
+                               DirectDeclParseFunction DirectDeclParser);
+
+  void ParseTypeQualifierListOpt(DeclSpec &DS, bool GNUAttributesAllowed = true,
+                                 bool CXX11AttributesAllowed = true,
+                                 bool AtomicAllowed = true);
+  void ParseDirectDeclarator(Declarator &D);
+  void ParseParenDeclarator(Declarator &D);
+  void ParseFunctionDeclarator(Declarator &D,
+                               ParsedAttributes &attrs,
+                               BalancedDelimiterTracker &Tracker,
+                               bool IsAmbiguous,
+                               bool RequiresArg = false);
+  bool isFunctionDeclaratorIdentifierList();
+  void ParseFunctionDeclaratorIdentifierList(
+         Declarator &D,
+         SmallVector<DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo, 16> &ParamInfo);
+  void ParseParameterDeclarationClause(
+         Declarator &D,
+         ParsedAttributes &attrs,
+         SmallVector<DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo, 16> &ParamInfo,
+         SourceLocation &EllipsisLoc);
+  void ParseBracketDeclarator(Declarator &D);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 7: Declarations [dcl.dcl]
+
+  /// The kind of attribute specifier we have found.
+  enum CXX11AttributeKind {
+    /// This is not an attribute specifier.
+    CAK_NotAttributeSpecifier,
+    /// This should be treated as an attribute-specifier.
+    CAK_AttributeSpecifier,
+    /// The next tokens are '[[', but this is not an attribute-specifier. This
+    /// is ill-formed by C++11 [dcl.attr.grammar]p6.
+    CAK_InvalidAttributeSpecifier
+  };
+  CXX11AttributeKind
+  isCXX11AttributeSpecifier(bool Disambiguate = false,
+                            bool OuterMightBeMessageSend = false);
+
+  Decl *ParseNamespace(unsigned Context, SourceLocation &DeclEnd,
+                       SourceLocation InlineLoc = SourceLocation());
+  void ParseInnerNamespace(std::vector<SourceLocation>& IdentLoc,
+                           std::vector<IdentifierInfo*>& Ident,
+                           std::vector<SourceLocation>& NamespaceLoc,
+                           unsigned int index, SourceLocation& InlineLoc,
+                           ParsedAttributes& attrs,
+                           BalancedDelimiterTracker &Tracker);
+  Decl *ParseLinkage(ParsingDeclSpec &DS, unsigned Context);
+  Decl *ParseUsingDirectiveOrDeclaration(unsigned Context,
+                                         const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo,
+                                         SourceLocation &DeclEnd,
+                                         ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs,
+                                         Decl **OwnedType = 0);
+  Decl *ParseUsingDirective(unsigned Context,
+                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                            SourceLocation &DeclEnd,
+                            ParsedAttributes &attrs);
+  Decl *ParseUsingDeclaration(unsigned Context,
+                              const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo,
+                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                              SourceLocation &DeclEnd,
+                              AccessSpecifier AS = AS_none,
+                              Decl **OwnedType = 0);
+  Decl *ParseStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation &DeclEnd);
+  Decl *ParseNamespaceAlias(SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
+                            SourceLocation AliasLoc, IdentifierInfo *Alias,
+                            SourceLocation &DeclEnd);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 9: classes [class] and C structs/unions.
+  bool isValidAfterTypeSpecifier(bool CouldBeBitfield);
+  void ParseClassSpecifier(tok::TokenKind TagTokKind, SourceLocation TagLoc,
+                           DeclSpec &DS, const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo,
+                           AccessSpecifier AS, bool EnteringContext,
+                           DeclSpecContext DSC, 
+                           ParsedAttributesWithRange &Attributes);
+  void ParseCXXMemberSpecification(SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation AttrFixitLoc,
+                                   ParsedAttributesWithRange &Attrs,
+                                   unsigned TagType,
+                                   Decl *TagDecl);
+  ExprResult ParseCXXMemberInitializer(Decl *D, bool IsFunction,
+                                       SourceLocation &EqualLoc);
+  void ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS, AttributeList *Attr,
+                const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo = ParsedTemplateInfo(),
+                                 ParsingDeclRAIIObject *DiagsFromTParams = 0);
+  void ParseConstructorInitializer(Decl *ConstructorDecl);
+  MemInitResult ParseMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorDecl);
+  void HandleMemberFunctionDeclDelays(Declarator& DeclaratorInfo,
+                                      Decl *ThisDecl);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 10: Derived classes [class.derived]
+  TypeResult ParseBaseTypeSpecifier(SourceLocation &BaseLoc,
+                                    SourceLocation &EndLocation);
+  void ParseBaseClause(Decl *ClassDecl);
+  BaseResult ParseBaseSpecifier(Decl *ClassDecl);
+  AccessSpecifier getAccessSpecifierIfPresent() const;
+
+  bool ParseUnqualifiedIdTemplateId(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                    IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                    bool EnteringContext,
+                                    ParsedType ObjectType,
+                                    UnqualifiedId &Id,
+                                    bool AssumeTemplateId);
+  bool ParseUnqualifiedIdOperator(CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext,
+                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
+                                  UnqualifiedId &Result);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // OpenMP: Directives and clauses.
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseOpenMPDeclarativeDirective();
+  bool ParseOpenMPSimpleVarList(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
+                                SmallVectorImpl<DeclarationNameInfo> &IdList);
+public:
+  bool ParseUnqualifiedId(CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext,
+                          bool AllowDestructorName,
+                          bool AllowConstructorName,
+                          ParsedType ObjectType,
+                          SourceLocation& TemplateKWLoc,
+                          UnqualifiedId &Result);
+
+private:
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ 14: Templates [temp]
+
+  // C++ 14.1: Template Parameters [temp.param]
+  Decl *ParseDeclarationStartingWithTemplate(unsigned Context,
+                                             SourceLocation &DeclEnd,
+                                             AccessSpecifier AS = AS_none,
+                                             AttributeList *AccessAttrs = 0);
+  Decl *ParseTemplateDeclarationOrSpecialization(unsigned Context,
+                                                 SourceLocation &DeclEnd,
+                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                                 AttributeList *AccessAttrs);
+  Decl *ParseSingleDeclarationAfterTemplate(
+                                       unsigned Context,
+                                       const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo,
+                                       ParsingDeclRAIIObject &DiagsFromParams,
+                                       SourceLocation &DeclEnd,
+                                       AccessSpecifier AS=AS_none,
+                                       AttributeList *AccessAttrs = 0);
+  bool ParseTemplateParameters(unsigned Depth,
+                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &TemplateParams,
+                               SourceLocation &LAngleLoc,
+                               SourceLocation &RAngleLoc);
+  bool ParseTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
+                                  SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &TemplateParams);
+  bool isStartOfTemplateTypeParameter();
+  Decl *ParseTemplateParameter(unsigned Depth, unsigned Position);
+  Decl *ParseTypeParameter(unsigned Depth, unsigned Position);
+  Decl *ParseTemplateTemplateParameter(unsigned Depth, unsigned Position);
+  Decl *ParseNonTypeTemplateParameter(unsigned Depth, unsigned Position);
+  // C++ 14.3: Template arguments [temp.arg]
+  typedef SmallVector<ParsedTemplateArgument, 16> TemplateArgList;
+
+  bool ParseGreaterThanInTemplateList(SourceLocation &RAngleLoc,
+                                      bool ConsumeLastToken);
+  bool ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(TemplateTy Template,
+                                        SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
+                                        const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                        bool ConsumeLastToken,
+                                        SourceLocation &LAngleLoc,
+                                        TemplateArgList &TemplateArgs,
+                                        SourceLocation &RAngleLoc);
+
+  bool AnnotateTemplateIdToken(TemplateTy Template, TemplateNameKind TNK,
+                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                               UnqualifiedId &TemplateName,
+                               bool AllowTypeAnnotation = true);
+  void AnnotateTemplateIdTokenAsType();
+  bool IsTemplateArgumentList(unsigned Skip = 0);
+  bool ParseTemplateArgumentList(TemplateArgList &TemplateArgs);
+  ParsedTemplateArgument ParseTemplateTemplateArgument();
+  ParsedTemplateArgument ParseTemplateArgument();
+  Decl *ParseExplicitInstantiation(unsigned Context,
+                                   SourceLocation ExternLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation &DeclEnd,
+                                   AccessSpecifier AS = AS_none);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Modules
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ParseModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // GNU G++: Type Traits [Type-Traits.html in the GCC manual]
+  ExprResult ParseUnaryTypeTrait();
+  ExprResult ParseBinaryTypeTrait();
+  ExprResult ParseTypeTrait();
+  
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Embarcadero: Arary and Expression Traits
+  ExprResult ParseArrayTypeTrait();
+  ExprResult ParseExpressionTrait();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Preprocessor code-completion pass-through
+  virtual void CodeCompleteDirective(bool InConditional);
+  virtual void CodeCompleteInConditionalExclusion();
+  virtual void CodeCompleteMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
+  virtual void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
+  virtual void CodeCompleteMacroArgument(IdentifierInfo *Macro,
+                                         MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
+                                         unsigned ArgumentIndex);
+  virtual void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/DeltaTree.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/DeltaTree.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6109bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/DeltaTree.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+//===--- DeltaTree.h - B-Tree for Rewrite Delta tracking --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the DeltaTree class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef CLANG_REWRITE_DELTATREE_H
+#define CLANG_REWRITE_DELTATREE_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+  /// DeltaTree - a multiway search tree (BTree) structure with some fancy
+  /// features.  B-Trees are generally more memory and cache efficient than
+  /// binary trees, because they store multiple keys/values in each node.  This
+  /// implements a key/value mapping from index to delta, and allows fast lookup
+  /// on index.  However, an added (important) bonus is that it can also
+  /// efficiently tell us the full accumulated delta for a specific file offset
+  /// as well, without traversing the whole tree.
+  class DeltaTree {
+    void *Root;    // "DeltaTreeNode *"
+    void operator=(const DeltaTree &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  public:
+    DeltaTree();
+
+    // Note: Currently we only support copying when the RHS is empty.
+    DeltaTree(const DeltaTree &RHS);
+    ~DeltaTree();
+
+    /// getDeltaAt - Return the accumulated delta at the specified file offset.
+    /// This includes all insertions or delections that occurred *before* the
+    /// specified file index.
+    int getDeltaAt(unsigned FileIndex) const;
+
+    /// AddDelta - When a change is made that shifts around the text buffer,
+    /// this method is used to record that info.  It inserts a delta of 'Delta'
+    /// into the current DeltaTree at offset FileIndex.
+    void AddDelta(unsigned FileIndex, int Delta);
+  };
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/HTMLRewrite.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/HTMLRewrite.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88caf85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/HTMLRewrite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+//==- HTMLRewrite.h - Translate source code into prettified HTML ---*- C++ -*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines a set of functions used for translating source code
+//  into beautified HTML.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_HTMLREWRITER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_HTMLREWRITER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Rewriter;
+class RewriteBuffer;
+class Preprocessor;
+
+namespace html {
+
+  /// HighlightRange - Highlight a range in the source code with the specified
+  /// start/end tags.  B/E must be in the same file.  This ensures that
+  /// start/end tags are placed at the start/end of each line if the range is
+  /// multiline.
+  void HighlightRange(Rewriter &R, SourceLocation B, SourceLocation E,
+                      const char *StartTag, const char *EndTag);
+
+  /// HighlightRange - Highlight a range in the source code with the specified
+  /// start/end tags.  The Start/end of the range must be in the same file.
+  /// This ensures that start/end tags are placed at the start/end of each line
+  /// if the range is multiline.
+  inline void HighlightRange(Rewriter &R, SourceRange Range,
+                             const char *StartTag, const char *EndTag) {
+    HighlightRange(R, Range.getBegin(), Range.getEnd(), StartTag, EndTag);
+  }
+
+  /// HighlightRange - This is the same as the above method, but takes
+  /// decomposed file locations.
+  void HighlightRange(RewriteBuffer &RB, unsigned B, unsigned E,
+                      const char *BufferStart,
+                      const char *StartTag, const char *EndTag);
+
+  /// EscapeText - HTMLize a specified file so that special characters are
+  /// are translated so that they are not interpreted as HTML tags.
+  void EscapeText(Rewriter& R, FileID FID,
+                  bool EscapeSpaces = false, bool ReplaceTabs = false);
+
+  /// EscapeText - HTMLized the provided string so that special characters
+  ///  in 's' are not interpreted as HTML tags.  Unlike the version of
+  ///  EscapeText that rewrites a file, this version by default replaces tabs
+  ///  with spaces.
+  std::string EscapeText(const std::string& s,
+                         bool EscapeSpaces = false, bool ReplaceTabs = false);
+
+  void AddLineNumbers(Rewriter& R, FileID FID);
+
+  void AddHeaderFooterInternalBuiltinCSS(Rewriter& R, FileID FID,
+                                         const char *title = NULL);
+
+  /// SyntaxHighlight - Relex the specified FileID and annotate the HTML with
+  /// information about keywords, comments, etc.
+  void SyntaxHighlight(Rewriter &R, FileID FID, const Preprocessor &PP);
+
+  /// HighlightMacros - This uses the macro table state from the end of the
+  /// file, to reexpand macros and insert (into the HTML) information about the
+  /// macro expansions.  This won't be perfectly perfect, but it will be
+  /// reasonably close.
+  void HighlightMacros(Rewriter &R, FileID FID, const Preprocessor &PP);
+
+} // end html namespace
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/RewriteRope.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/RewriteRope.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5192ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/RewriteRope.h
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+//===--- RewriteRope.h - Rope specialized for rewriter ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the RewriteRope class, which is a powerful string class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_REWRITEROPE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_REWRITEROPE_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <iterator>
+
+namespace clang {
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // RopeRefCountString Class
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// RopeRefCountString - This struct is allocated with 'new char[]' from the
+  /// heap, and represents a reference counted chunk of string data.  When its
+  /// ref count drops to zero, it is delete[]'d.  This is primarily managed
+  /// through the RopePiece class below.
+  struct RopeRefCountString {
+    unsigned RefCount;
+    char Data[1];  //  Variable sized.
+
+    void addRef() {
+      ++RefCount;
+    }
+
+    void dropRef() {
+      if (--RefCount == 0)
+        delete [] (char*)this;
+    }
+  };
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // RopePiece Class
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// RopePiece - This class represents a view into a RopeRefCountString object.
+  /// This allows references to string data to be efficiently chopped up and
+  /// moved around without having to push around the string data itself.
+  ///
+  /// For example, we could have a 1M RopePiece and want to insert something
+  /// into the middle of it.  To do this, we split it into two RopePiece objects
+  /// that both refer to the same underlying RopeRefCountString (just with
+  /// different offsets) which is a nice constant time operation.
+  struct RopePiece {
+    RopeRefCountString *StrData;
+    unsigned StartOffs;
+    unsigned EndOffs;
+
+    RopePiece() : StrData(0), StartOffs(0), EndOffs(0) {}
+
+    RopePiece(RopeRefCountString *Str, unsigned Start, unsigned End)
+      : StrData(Str), StartOffs(Start), EndOffs(End) {
+      if (StrData)
+        StrData->addRef();
+    }
+    RopePiece(const RopePiece &RP)
+      : StrData(RP.StrData), StartOffs(RP.StartOffs), EndOffs(RP.EndOffs) {
+      if (StrData)
+        StrData->addRef();
+    }
+
+    ~RopePiece() {
+      if (StrData)
+        StrData->dropRef();
+    }
+
+    void operator=(const RopePiece &RHS) {
+      if (StrData != RHS.StrData) {
+        if (StrData)
+          StrData->dropRef();
+        StrData = RHS.StrData;
+        if (StrData)
+          StrData->addRef();
+      }
+      StartOffs = RHS.StartOffs;
+      EndOffs = RHS.EndOffs;
+    }
+
+    const char &operator[](unsigned Offset) const {
+      return StrData->Data[Offset+StartOffs];
+    }
+    char &operator[](unsigned Offset) {
+      return StrData->Data[Offset+StartOffs];
+    }
+
+    unsigned size() const { return EndOffs-StartOffs; }
+  };
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // RopePieceBTreeIterator Class
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// RopePieceBTreeIterator - This class provides read-only forward iteration
+  /// over bytes that are in a RopePieceBTree.  This first iterates over bytes
+  /// in a RopePiece, then iterates over RopePiece's in a RopePieceBTreeLeaf,
+  /// then iterates over RopePieceBTreeLeaf's in a RopePieceBTree.
+  class RopePieceBTreeIterator :
+      public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, const char, ptrdiff_t> {
+    /// CurNode - The current B+Tree node that we are inspecting.
+    const void /*RopePieceBTreeLeaf*/ *CurNode;
+    /// CurPiece - The current RopePiece in the B+Tree node that we're
+    /// inspecting.
+    const RopePiece *CurPiece;
+    /// CurChar - The current byte in the RopePiece we are pointing to.
+    unsigned CurChar;
+  public:
+    // begin iterator.
+    RopePieceBTreeIterator(const void /*RopePieceBTreeNode*/ *N);
+    // end iterator
+    RopePieceBTreeIterator() : CurNode(0), CurPiece(0), CurChar(0) {}
+
+    char operator*() const {
+      return (*CurPiece)[CurChar];
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const RopePieceBTreeIterator &RHS) const {
+      return CurPiece == RHS.CurPiece && CurChar == RHS.CurChar;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const RopePieceBTreeIterator &RHS) const {
+      return !operator==(RHS);
+    }
+
+    RopePieceBTreeIterator& operator++() {   // Preincrement
+      if (CurChar+1 < CurPiece->size())
+        ++CurChar;
+      else
+        MoveToNextPiece();
+      return *this;
+    }
+    inline RopePieceBTreeIterator operator++(int) { // Postincrement
+      RopePieceBTreeIterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
+    }
+  private:
+    void MoveToNextPiece();
+  };
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // RopePieceBTree Class
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  class RopePieceBTree {
+    void /*RopePieceBTreeNode*/ *Root;
+    void operator=(const RopePieceBTree &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  public:
+    RopePieceBTree();
+    RopePieceBTree(const RopePieceBTree &RHS);
+    ~RopePieceBTree();
+
+    typedef RopePieceBTreeIterator iterator;
+    iterator begin() const { return iterator(Root); }
+    iterator end() const { return iterator(); }
+    unsigned size() const;
+    unsigned empty() const { return size() == 0; }
+
+    void clear();
+
+    void insert(unsigned Offset, const RopePiece &R);
+
+    void erase(unsigned Offset, unsigned NumBytes);
+  };
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // RewriteRope Class
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// RewriteRope - A powerful string class.  This class supports extremely
+/// efficient insertions and deletions into the middle of it, even for
+/// ridiculously long strings.
+class RewriteRope {
+  RopePieceBTree Chunks;
+
+  /// We allocate space for string data out of a buffer of size AllocChunkSize.
+  /// This keeps track of how much space is left.
+  RopeRefCountString *AllocBuffer;
+  unsigned AllocOffs;
+  enum { AllocChunkSize = 4080 };
+
+public:
+  RewriteRope() :  AllocBuffer(0), AllocOffs(AllocChunkSize) {}
+  RewriteRope(const RewriteRope &RHS)
+    : Chunks(RHS.Chunks), AllocBuffer(0), AllocOffs(AllocChunkSize) {
+  }
+
+  ~RewriteRope() {
+    // If we had an allocation buffer, drop our reference to it.
+    if (AllocBuffer)
+      AllocBuffer->dropRef();
+  }
+
+  typedef RopePieceBTree::iterator iterator;
+  typedef RopePieceBTree::iterator const_iterator;
+  iterator begin() const { return Chunks.begin(); }
+  iterator end() const  { return Chunks.end(); }
+  unsigned size() const { return Chunks.size(); }
+
+  void clear() {
+    Chunks.clear();
+  }
+
+  void assign(const char *Start, const char *End) {
+    clear();
+    if (Start != End)
+      Chunks.insert(0, MakeRopeString(Start, End));
+  }
+
+  void insert(unsigned Offset, const char *Start, const char *End) {
+    assert(Offset <= size() && "Invalid position to insert!");
+    if (Start == End) return;
+    Chunks.insert(Offset, MakeRopeString(Start, End));
+  }
+
+  void erase(unsigned Offset, unsigned NumBytes) {
+    assert(Offset+NumBytes <= size() && "Invalid region to erase!");
+    if (NumBytes == 0) return;
+    Chunks.erase(Offset, NumBytes);
+  }
+
+private:
+  RopePiece MakeRopeString(const char *Start, const char *End);
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/Rewriter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/Rewriter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb044ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/Rewriter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+//===--- Rewriter.h - Code rewriting interface ------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Rewriter class, which is used for code
+//  transformations.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_REWRITER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_REWRITER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Rewrite/Core/DeltaTree.h"
+#include "clang/Rewrite/Core/RewriteRope.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <cstring>
+#include <map>
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class LangOptions;
+  class Rewriter;
+  class SourceManager;
+  class Stmt;
+
+/// RewriteBuffer - As code is rewritten, SourceBuffer's from the original
+/// input with modifications get a new RewriteBuffer associated with them.  The
+/// RewriteBuffer captures the modified text itself as well as information used
+/// to map between SourceLocation's in the original input and offsets in the
+/// RewriteBuffer.  For example, if text is inserted into the buffer, any
+/// locations after the insertion point have to be mapped.
+class RewriteBuffer {
+  friend class Rewriter;
+  /// Deltas - Keep track of all the deltas in the source code due to insertions
+  /// and deletions.
+  DeltaTree Deltas;
+
+  /// Buffer - This is the actual buffer itself.  Note that using a vector or
+  /// string is a horribly inefficient way to do this, we should use a rope
+  /// instead.
+  typedef RewriteRope BufferTy;
+  BufferTy Buffer;
+public:
+  typedef BufferTy::const_iterator iterator;
+  iterator begin() const { return Buffer.begin(); }
+  iterator end() const { return Buffer.end(); }
+  unsigned size() const { return Buffer.size(); }
+
+  /// \brief Write to \p Stream the result of applying all changes to the
+  /// original buffer.
+  ///
+  /// The original buffer is not actually changed.
+  raw_ostream &write(raw_ostream &Stream) const;
+
+  /// RemoveText - Remove the specified text.
+  void RemoveText(unsigned OrigOffset, unsigned Size,
+                  bool removeLineIfEmpty = false);
+
+  /// InsertText - Insert some text at the specified point, where the offset in
+  /// the buffer is specified relative to the original SourceBuffer.  The
+  /// text is inserted after the specified location.
+  ///
+  void InsertText(unsigned OrigOffset, StringRef Str,
+                  bool InsertAfter = true);
+
+
+  /// InsertTextBefore - Insert some text before the specified point, where the
+  /// offset in the buffer is specified relative to the original
+  /// SourceBuffer. The text is inserted before the specified location.  This is
+  /// method is the same as InsertText with "InsertAfter == false".
+  void InsertTextBefore(unsigned OrigOffset, StringRef Str) {
+    InsertText(OrigOffset, Str, false);
+  }
+
+  /// InsertTextAfter - Insert some text at the specified point, where the
+  /// offset in the buffer is specified relative to the original SourceBuffer.
+  /// The text is inserted after the specified location.
+  void InsertTextAfter(unsigned OrigOffset, StringRef Str) {
+    InsertText(OrigOffset, Str);
+  }
+
+  /// ReplaceText - This method replaces a range of characters in the input
+  /// buffer with a new string.  This is effectively a combined "remove/insert"
+  /// operation.
+  void ReplaceText(unsigned OrigOffset, unsigned OrigLength,
+                   StringRef NewStr);
+
+private:  // Methods only usable by Rewriter.
+
+  /// Initialize - Start this rewrite buffer out with a copy of the unmodified
+  /// input buffer.
+  void Initialize(const char *BufStart, const char *BufEnd) {
+    Buffer.assign(BufStart, BufEnd);
+  }
+
+  /// getMappedOffset - Given an offset into the original SourceBuffer that this
+  /// RewriteBuffer is based on, map it into the offset space of the
+  /// RewriteBuffer.  If AfterInserts is true and if the OrigOffset indicates a
+  /// position where text is inserted, the location returned will be after any
+  /// inserted text at the position.
+  unsigned getMappedOffset(unsigned OrigOffset,
+                           bool AfterInserts = false) const{
+    return Deltas.getDeltaAt(2*OrigOffset+AfterInserts)+OrigOffset;
+  }
+
+  /// AddInsertDelta - When an insertion is made at a position, this
+  /// method is used to record that information.
+  void AddInsertDelta(unsigned OrigOffset, int Change) {
+    return Deltas.AddDelta(2*OrigOffset, Change);
+  }
+
+  /// AddReplaceDelta - When a replacement/deletion is made at a position, this
+  /// method is used to record that information.
+  void AddReplaceDelta(unsigned OrigOffset, int Change) {
+    return Deltas.AddDelta(2*OrigOffset+1, Change);
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// Rewriter - This is the main interface to the rewrite buffers.  Its primary
+/// job is to dispatch high-level requests to the low-level RewriteBuffers that
+/// are involved.
+class Rewriter {
+  SourceManager *SourceMgr;
+  const LangOptions *LangOpts;
+  std::map<FileID, RewriteBuffer> RewriteBuffers;
+public:
+  struct RewriteOptions {
+    /// \brief Given a source range, true to include previous inserts at the
+    /// beginning of the range as part of the range itself (true by default).
+    bool IncludeInsertsAtBeginOfRange;
+    /// \brief Given a source range, true to include previous inserts at the
+    /// end of the range as part of the range itself (true by default).
+    bool IncludeInsertsAtEndOfRange;
+    /// \brief If true and removing some text leaves a blank line
+    /// also remove the empty line (false by default).
+    bool RemoveLineIfEmpty;
+
+    RewriteOptions()
+      : IncludeInsertsAtBeginOfRange(true),
+        IncludeInsertsAtEndOfRange(true),
+        RemoveLineIfEmpty(false) { }
+  };
+
+  typedef std::map<FileID, RewriteBuffer>::iterator buffer_iterator;
+
+  explicit Rewriter(SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &LO)
+    : SourceMgr(&SM), LangOpts(&LO) {}
+  explicit Rewriter() : SourceMgr(0), LangOpts(0) {}
+
+  void setSourceMgr(SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &LO) {
+    SourceMgr = &SM;
+    LangOpts = &LO;
+  }
+  SourceManager &getSourceMgr() const { return *SourceMgr; }
+  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return *LangOpts; }
+
+  /// isRewritable - Return true if this location is a raw file location, which
+  /// is rewritable.  Locations from macros, etc are not rewritable.
+  static bool isRewritable(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    return Loc.isFileID();
+  }
+
+  /// getRangeSize - Return the size in bytes of the specified range if they
+  /// are in the same file.  If not, this returns -1.
+  int getRangeSize(SourceRange Range,
+                   RewriteOptions opts = RewriteOptions()) const;
+  int getRangeSize(const CharSourceRange &Range,
+                   RewriteOptions opts = RewriteOptions()) const;
+
+  /// getRewrittenText - Return the rewritten form of the text in the specified
+  /// range.  If the start or end of the range was unrewritable or if they are
+  /// in different buffers, this returns an empty string.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this method is not particularly efficient.
+  ///
+  std::string getRewrittenText(SourceRange Range) const;
+
+  /// InsertText - Insert the specified string at the specified location in the
+  /// original buffer.  This method returns true (and does nothing) if the input
+  /// location was not rewritable, false otherwise.
+  ///
+  /// \param indentNewLines if true new lines in the string are indented
+  /// using the indentation of the source line in position \p Loc.
+  bool InsertText(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Str,
+                  bool InsertAfter = true, bool indentNewLines = false);
+
+  /// InsertTextAfter - Insert the specified string at the specified location in
+  ///  the original buffer.  This method returns true (and does nothing) if
+  ///  the input location was not rewritable, false otherwise.  Text is
+  ///  inserted after any other text that has been previously inserted
+  ///  at the some point (the default behavior for InsertText).
+  bool InsertTextAfter(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Str) {
+    return InsertText(Loc, Str);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Insert the specified string after the token in the
+  /// specified location.
+  bool InsertTextAfterToken(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Str);
+
+  /// InsertText - Insert the specified string at the specified location in the
+  /// original buffer.  This method returns true (and does nothing) if the input
+  /// location was not rewritable, false otherwise.  Text is
+  /// inserted before any other text that has been previously inserted
+  /// at the some point.
+  bool InsertTextBefore(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Str) {
+    return InsertText(Loc, Str, false);
+  }
+
+  /// RemoveText - Remove the specified text region.
+  bool RemoveText(SourceLocation Start, unsigned Length,
+                  RewriteOptions opts = RewriteOptions());
+
+  /// \brief Remove the specified text region.
+  bool RemoveText(CharSourceRange range,
+                  RewriteOptions opts = RewriteOptions()) {
+    return RemoveText(range.getBegin(), getRangeSize(range, opts), opts);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Remove the specified text region.
+  bool RemoveText(SourceRange range, RewriteOptions opts = RewriteOptions()) {
+    return RemoveText(range.getBegin(), getRangeSize(range, opts), opts);
+  }
+
+  /// ReplaceText - This method replaces a range of characters in the input
+  /// buffer with a new string.  This is effectively a combined "remove/insert"
+  /// operation.
+  bool ReplaceText(SourceLocation Start, unsigned OrigLength,
+                   StringRef NewStr);
+
+  /// ReplaceText - This method replaces a range of characters in the input
+  /// buffer with a new string.  This is effectively a combined "remove/insert"
+  /// operation.
+  bool ReplaceText(SourceRange range, StringRef NewStr) {
+    return ReplaceText(range.getBegin(), getRangeSize(range), NewStr);
+  }
+
+  /// ReplaceText - This method replaces a range of characters in the input
+  /// buffer with a new string.  This is effectively a combined "remove/insert"
+  /// operation.
+  bool ReplaceText(SourceRange range, SourceRange replacementRange);
+
+  /// ReplaceStmt - This replaces a Stmt/Expr with another, using the pretty
+  /// printer to generate the replacement code.  This returns true if the input
+  /// could not be rewritten, or false if successful.
+  bool ReplaceStmt(Stmt *From, Stmt *To);
+
+  /// \brief Increase indentation for the lines between the given source range.
+  /// To determine what the indentation should be, 'parentIndent' is used
+  /// that should be at a source location with an indentation one degree
+  /// lower than the given range.
+  bool IncreaseIndentation(CharSourceRange range, SourceLocation parentIndent);
+  bool IncreaseIndentation(SourceRange range, SourceLocation parentIndent) {
+    return IncreaseIndentation(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(range),
+                               parentIndent);
+  }
+
+  /// ConvertToString converts statement 'From' to a string using the
+  /// pretty printer.
+  std::string ConvertToString(Stmt *From);
+
+  /// getEditBuffer - This is like getRewriteBufferFor, but always returns a
+  /// buffer, and allows you to write on it directly.  This is useful if you
+  /// want efficient low-level access to apis for scribbling on one specific
+  /// FileID's buffer.
+  RewriteBuffer &getEditBuffer(FileID FID);
+
+  /// getRewriteBufferFor - Return the rewrite buffer for the specified FileID.
+  /// If no modification has been made to it, return null.
+  const RewriteBuffer *getRewriteBufferFor(FileID FID) const {
+    std::map<FileID, RewriteBuffer>::const_iterator I =
+      RewriteBuffers.find(FID);
+    return I == RewriteBuffers.end() ? 0 : &I->second;
+  }
+
+  // Iterators over rewrite buffers.
+  buffer_iterator buffer_begin() { return RewriteBuffers.begin(); }
+  buffer_iterator buffer_end() { return RewriteBuffers.end(); }
+
+  /// overwriteChangedFiles - Save all changed files to disk.
+  ///
+  /// Returns whether not all changes were saved successfully.
+  /// Outputs diagnostics via the source manager's diagnostic engine
+  /// in case of an error.
+  bool overwriteChangedFiles();
+
+private:
+  unsigned getLocationOffsetAndFileID(SourceLocation Loc, FileID &FID) const;
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/TokenRewriter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/TokenRewriter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec0bb5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Core/TokenRewriter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+//===--- TokenRewriter.h - Token-based Rewriter -----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the TokenRewriter class, which is used for code
+//  transformations.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOKENREWRITER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOKENREWRITER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/Token.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include <list>
+#include <map>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class LangOptions;
+  class ScratchBuffer;
+
+  class TokenRewriter {
+    /// TokenList - This is the list of raw tokens that make up this file.  Each
+    /// of these tokens has a unique SourceLocation, which is a FileID.
+    std::list<Token> TokenList;
+
+    /// TokenRefTy - This is the type used to refer to a token in the TokenList.
+    typedef std::list<Token>::iterator TokenRefTy;
+
+    /// TokenAtLoc - This map indicates which token exists at a specific
+    /// SourceLocation.  Since each token has a unique SourceLocation, this is a
+    /// one to one map.  The token can return its own location directly, to map
+    /// backwards.
+    std::map<SourceLocation, TokenRefTy> TokenAtLoc;
+
+    /// ScratchBuf - This is the buffer that we create scratch tokens from.
+    ///
+    OwningPtr<ScratchBuffer> ScratchBuf;
+
+    TokenRewriter(const TokenRewriter &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const TokenRewriter &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  public:
+    /// TokenRewriter - This creates a TokenRewriter for the file with the
+    /// specified FileID.
+    TokenRewriter(FileID FID, SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &LO);
+    ~TokenRewriter();
+
+    typedef std::list<Token>::const_iterator token_iterator;
+    token_iterator token_begin() const { return TokenList.begin(); }
+    token_iterator token_end() const { return TokenList.end(); }
+
+
+    token_iterator AddTokenBefore(token_iterator I, const char *Val);
+    token_iterator AddTokenAfter(token_iterator I, const char *Val) {
+      assert(I != token_end() && "Cannot insert after token_end()!");
+      return AddTokenBefore(++I, Val);
+    }
+
+  private:
+    /// RemapIterator - Convert from token_iterator (a const iterator) to
+    /// TokenRefTy (a non-const iterator).
+    TokenRefTy RemapIterator(token_iterator I);
+
+    /// AddToken - Add the specified token into the Rewriter before the other
+    /// position.
+    TokenRefTy AddToken(const Token &T, TokenRefTy Where);
+  };
+
+
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/ASTConsumers.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/ASTConsumers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..584af3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/ASTConsumers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+//===--- ASTConsumers.h - ASTConsumer implementations -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// AST Consumers.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef REWRITE_ASTCONSUMERS_H
+#define REWRITE_ASTCONSUMERS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTConsumer;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class LangOptions;
+class Preprocessor;
+
+// ObjC rewriter: attempts to rewrite ObjC constructs into pure C code.
+// This is considered experimental, and only works with Apple's ObjC runtime.
+ASTConsumer *CreateObjCRewriter(const std::string &InFile,
+                                raw_ostream *OS,
+                                DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
+                                const LangOptions &LOpts,
+                                bool SilenceRewriteMacroWarning);
+ASTConsumer *CreateModernObjCRewriter(const std::string &InFile,
+                                raw_ostream *OS,
+                                DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
+                                const LangOptions &LOpts,
+                                bool SilenceRewriteMacroWarning,
+                                bool LineInfo);
+
+/// CreateHTMLPrinter - Create an AST consumer which rewrites source code to
+/// HTML with syntax highlighting suitable for viewing in a web-browser.
+ASTConsumer *CreateHTMLPrinter(raw_ostream *OS, Preprocessor &PP,
+                               bool SyntaxHighlight = true,
+                               bool HighlightMacros = true);
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/FixItRewriter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/FixItRewriter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04c04a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/FixItRewriter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+//===--- FixItRewriter.h - Fix-It Rewriter Diagnostic Client ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This is a diagnostic client adaptor that performs rewrites as
+// suggested by code modification hints attached to diagnostics. It
+// then forwards any diagnostics to the adapted diagnostic client.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_REWRITE_FIX_IT_REWRITER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_REWRITE_FIX_IT_REWRITER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Edit/EditedSource.h"
+#include "clang/Rewrite/Core/Rewriter.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class SourceManager;
+class FileEntry;
+
+class FixItOptions {
+public:
+  FixItOptions() : FixWhatYouCan(false),
+                   FixOnlyWarnings(false), Silent(false) { }
+
+  virtual ~FixItOptions();
+
+  /// \brief This file is about to be rewritten. Return the name of the file
+  /// that is okay to write to.
+  ///
+  /// \param fd out parameter for file descriptor. After the call it may be set
+  /// to an open file descriptor for the returned filename, or it will be -1
+  /// otherwise.
+  ///
+  virtual std::string RewriteFilename(const std::string &Filename, int &fd) = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Whether to abort fixing a file when not all errors could be fixed.
+  bool FixWhatYouCan;
+
+  /// \brief Whether to only fix warnings and not errors.
+  bool FixOnlyWarnings;
+
+  /// \brief If true, only pass the diagnostic to the actual diagnostic consumer
+  /// if it is an error or a fixit was applied as part of the diagnostic.
+  /// It basically silences warnings without accompanying fixits.
+  bool Silent;
+};
+
+class FixItRewriter : public DiagnosticConsumer {
+  /// \brief The diagnostics machinery.
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
+
+  edit::EditedSource Editor;
+
+  /// \brief The rewriter used to perform the various code
+  /// modifications.
+  Rewriter Rewrite;
+
+  /// \brief The diagnostic client that performs the actual formatting
+  /// of error messages.
+  DiagnosticConsumer *Client;
+  bool OwnsClient;
+
+  /// \brief Turn an input path into an output path. NULL implies overwriting
+  /// the original.
+  FixItOptions *FixItOpts;
+
+  /// \brief The number of rewriter failures.
+  unsigned NumFailures;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the previous diagnostic was not passed to the consumer.
+  bool PrevDiagSilenced;
+
+public:
+  typedef Rewriter::buffer_iterator iterator;
+
+  /// \brief Initialize a new fix-it rewriter.
+  FixItRewriter(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, SourceManager &SourceMgr,
+                const LangOptions &LangOpts, FixItOptions *FixItOpts);
+
+  /// \brief Destroy the fix-it rewriter.
+  ~FixItRewriter();
+
+  /// \brief Check whether there are modifications for a given file.
+  bool IsModified(FileID ID) const {
+    return Rewrite.getRewriteBufferFor(ID) != NULL;
+  }
+
+  // Iteration over files with changes.
+  iterator buffer_begin() { return Rewrite.buffer_begin(); }
+  iterator buffer_end() { return Rewrite.buffer_end(); }
+
+  /// \brief Write a single modified source file.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
+  bool WriteFixedFile(FileID ID, raw_ostream &OS);
+
+  /// \brief Write the modified source files.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
+  bool WriteFixedFiles(
+         std::vector<std::pair<std::string, std::string> > *RewrittenFiles = 0);
+
+  /// IncludeInDiagnosticCounts - This method (whose default implementation
+  /// returns true) indicates whether the diagnostics handled by this
+  /// DiagnosticConsumer should be included in the number of diagnostics
+  /// reported by DiagnosticsEngine.
+  virtual bool IncludeInDiagnosticCounts() const;
+
+  /// HandleDiagnostic - Handle this diagnostic, reporting it to the user or
+  /// capturing it to a log as needed.
+  virtual void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel,
+                                const Diagnostic &Info);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic via the adapted diagnostic client.
+  void Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
+  
+  DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_REWRITE_FIX_IT_REWRITER_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/FrontendActions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/FrontendActions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea876d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/FrontendActions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+//===-- FrontendActions.h - Useful Frontend Actions -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_REWRITE_FRONTENDACTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_REWRITE_FRONTENDACTIONS_H
+
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class FixItRewriter;
+class FixItOptions;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// AST Consumer Actions
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class HTMLPrintAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+};
+
+class FixItAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  OwningPtr<FixItRewriter> Rewriter;
+  OwningPtr<FixItOptions> FixItOpts;
+
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+
+  virtual bool BeginSourceFileAction(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                     StringRef Filename);
+
+  virtual void EndSourceFileAction();
+
+  virtual bool hasASTFileSupport() const { return false; }
+
+public:
+  FixItAction();
+  ~FixItAction();
+};
+
+/// \brief Emits changes to temporary files and uses them for the original
+/// frontend action.
+class FixItRecompile : public WrapperFrontendAction {
+public:
+  FixItRecompile(FrontendAction *WrappedAction)
+    : WrapperFrontendAction(WrappedAction) {}
+
+protected:
+  virtual bool BeginInvocation(CompilerInstance &CI);
+};
+
+class RewriteObjCAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+};
+
+class RewriteMacrosAction : public PreprocessorFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  void ExecuteAction();
+};
+
+class RewriteTestAction : public PreprocessorFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  void ExecuteAction();
+};
+
+class RewriteIncludesAction : public PreprocessorFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  void ExecuteAction();
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/Rewriters.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/Rewriters.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5ade5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Rewrite/Frontend/Rewriters.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+//===--- Rewriters.h - Rewriter implementations     -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This header contains miscellaneous utilities for various front-end actions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_REWRITE_REWRITERS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_REWRITE_REWRITERS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class Preprocessor;
+class PreprocessorOutputOptions;
+
+/// RewriteMacrosInInput - Implement -rewrite-macros mode.
+void RewriteMacrosInInput(Preprocessor &PP, raw_ostream *OS);
+
+/// DoRewriteTest - A simple test for the TokenRewriter class.
+void DoRewriteTest(Preprocessor &PP, raw_ostream *OS);
+
+/// RewriteIncludesInInput - Implement -frewrite-includes mode.
+void RewriteIncludesInInput(Preprocessor &PP, raw_ostream *OS,
+                            const PreprocessorOutputOptions &Opts);
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeac973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+//=- AnalysisBasedWarnings.h - Sema warnings based on libAnalysis -*- C++ -*-=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines AnalysisBasedWarnings, a worker object used by Sema
+// that issues warnings based on dataflow-analysis.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_ANALYSIS_WARNINGS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_ANALYSIS_WARNINGS_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class BlockExpr;
+class Decl;
+class FunctionDecl;
+class ObjCMethodDecl;
+class QualType;
+class Sema;
+namespace sema {
+  class FunctionScopeInfo;
+}
+
+namespace sema {
+
+class AnalysisBasedWarnings {
+public:
+  class Policy {
+    friend class AnalysisBasedWarnings;
+    // The warnings to run.
+    unsigned enableCheckFallThrough : 1;
+    unsigned enableCheckUnreachable : 1;
+    unsigned enableThreadSafetyAnalysis : 1;
+  public:
+    Policy();
+    void disableCheckFallThrough() { enableCheckFallThrough = 0; }
+  };
+
+private:
+  Sema &S;
+  Policy DefaultPolicy;
+
+  enum VisitFlag { NotVisited = 0, Visited = 1, Pending = 2 };
+  llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, VisitFlag> VisitedFD;
+
+  /// \name Statistics
+  /// @{
+
+  /// \brief Number of function CFGs built and analyzed.
+  unsigned NumFunctionsAnalyzed;
+
+  /// \brief Number of functions for which the CFG could not be successfully
+  /// built.
+  unsigned NumFunctionsWithBadCFGs;
+
+  /// \brief Total number of blocks across all CFGs.
+  unsigned NumCFGBlocks;
+
+  /// \brief Largest number of CFG blocks for a single function analyzed.
+  unsigned MaxCFGBlocksPerFunction;
+
+  /// \brief Total number of CFGs with variables analyzed for uninitialized
+  /// uses.
+  unsigned NumUninitAnalysisFunctions;
+
+  /// \brief Total number of variables analyzed for uninitialized uses.
+  unsigned NumUninitAnalysisVariables;
+
+  /// \brief Max number of variables analyzed for uninitialized uses in a single
+  /// function.
+  unsigned MaxUninitAnalysisVariablesPerFunction;
+
+  /// \brief Total number of block visits during uninitialized use analysis.
+  unsigned NumUninitAnalysisBlockVisits;
+
+  /// \brief Max number of block visits during uninitialized use analysis of
+  /// a single function.
+  unsigned MaxUninitAnalysisBlockVisitsPerFunction;
+
+  /// @}
+
+public:
+  AnalysisBasedWarnings(Sema &s);
+
+  void IssueWarnings(Policy P, FunctionScopeInfo *fscope,
+                     const Decl *D, const BlockExpr *blkExpr);
+
+  Policy getDefaultPolicy() { return DefaultPolicy; }
+
+  void PrintStats() const;
+};
+
+}} // end namespace clang::sema
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/AttributeList.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/AttributeList.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f0d218
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/AttributeList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,722 @@
+//===--- AttributeList.h - Parsed attribute sets ----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the AttributeList class, which is used to collect
+// parsed attributes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_ATTRLIST_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_ATTRLIST_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/VersionTuple.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class Expr;
+
+/// \brief Represents information about a change in availability for
+/// an entity, which is part of the encoding of the 'availability'
+/// attribute.
+struct AvailabilityChange {
+  /// \brief The location of the keyword indicating the kind of change.
+  SourceLocation KeywordLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The version number at which the change occurred.
+  VersionTuple Version;
+
+  /// \brief The source range covering the version number.
+  SourceRange VersionRange;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this availability change is valid.
+  bool isValid() const { return !Version.empty(); }
+};
+
+/// AttributeList - Represents a syntactic attribute.
+///
+/// For a GNU attribute, there are four forms of this construct:
+///
+/// 1: __attribute__(( const )). ParmName/Args/NumArgs will all be unused.
+/// 2: __attribute__(( mode(byte) )). ParmName used, Args/NumArgs unused.
+/// 3: __attribute__(( format(printf, 1, 2) )). ParmName/Args/NumArgs all used.
+/// 4: __attribute__(( aligned(16) )). ParmName is unused, Args/Num used.
+///
+class AttributeList { // TODO: This should really be called ParsedAttribute
+public:
+  /// The style used to specify an attribute.
+  enum Syntax {
+    /// __attribute__((...))
+    AS_GNU,
+    /// [[...]]
+    AS_CXX11,
+    /// __declspec(...)
+    AS_Declspec,
+    /// __ptr16, alignas(...), etc.
+    AS_Keyword
+  };
+private:
+  IdentifierInfo *AttrName;
+  IdentifierInfo *ScopeName;
+  IdentifierInfo *ParmName;
+  SourceRange AttrRange;
+  SourceLocation ScopeLoc;
+  SourceLocation ParmLoc;
+  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+
+  /// The number of expression arguments this attribute has.
+  /// The expressions themselves are stored after the object.
+  unsigned NumArgs : 16;
+
+  /// Corresponds to the Syntax enum.
+  unsigned SyntaxUsed : 2;
+
+  /// True if already diagnosed as invalid.
+  mutable unsigned Invalid : 1;
+
+  /// True if this attribute was used as a type attribute.
+  mutable unsigned UsedAsTypeAttr : 1;
+
+  /// True if this has the extra information associated with an
+  /// availability attribute.
+  unsigned IsAvailability : 1;
+
+  /// True if this has extra information associated with a
+  /// type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
+  unsigned IsTypeTagForDatatype : 1;
+
+  unsigned AttrKind : 8;
+
+  /// \brief The location of the 'unavailable' keyword in an
+  /// availability attribute.
+  SourceLocation UnavailableLoc;
+  
+  const Expr *MessageExpr;
+
+  /// The next attribute in the current position.
+  AttributeList *NextInPosition;
+
+  /// The next attribute allocated in the current Pool.
+  AttributeList *NextInPool;
+
+  Expr **getArgsBuffer() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(this+1);
+  }
+  Expr * const *getArgsBuffer() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<Expr* const *>(this+1);
+  }
+
+  enum AvailabilitySlot {
+    IntroducedSlot, DeprecatedSlot, ObsoletedSlot
+  };
+
+  AvailabilityChange &getAvailabilitySlot(AvailabilitySlot index) {
+    return reinterpret_cast<AvailabilityChange*>(this+1)[index];
+  }
+  const AvailabilityChange &getAvailabilitySlot(AvailabilitySlot index) const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const AvailabilityChange*>(this+1)[index];
+  }
+
+public:
+  struct TypeTagForDatatypeData {
+    ParsedType *MatchingCType;
+    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
+    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
+  };
+
+private:
+  TypeTagForDatatypeData &getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot() {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<TypeTagForDatatypeData *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  const TypeTagForDatatypeData &getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot() const {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<const TypeTagForDatatypeData *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  ParsedType &getTypeBuffer() {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<ParsedType *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  const ParsedType &getTypeBuffer() const {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<const ParsedType *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  AttributeList(const AttributeList &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const AttributeList &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator delete(void *) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  ~AttributeList() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  size_t allocated_size() const;
+
+  /// Constructor for attributes with expression arguments.
+  AttributeList(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                IdentifierInfo *parmName, SourceLocation parmLoc,
+                Expr **args, unsigned numArgs,
+                Syntax syntaxUsed, SourceLocation ellipsisLoc)
+    : AttrName(attrName), ScopeName(scopeName), ParmName(parmName),
+      AttrRange(attrRange), ScopeLoc(scopeLoc), ParmLoc(parmLoc),
+      EllipsisLoc(ellipsisLoc), NumArgs(numArgs), SyntaxUsed(syntaxUsed),
+      Invalid(false), UsedAsTypeAttr(false), IsAvailability(false),
+      IsTypeTagForDatatype(false), NextInPosition(0), NextInPool(0) {
+    if (numArgs) memcpy(getArgsBuffer(), args, numArgs * sizeof(Expr*));
+    AttrKind = getKind(getName(), getScopeName(), syntaxUsed);
+  }
+
+  /// Constructor for availability attributes.
+  AttributeList(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                IdentifierInfo *parmName, SourceLocation parmLoc,
+                const AvailabilityChange &introduced,
+                const AvailabilityChange &deprecated,
+                const AvailabilityChange &obsoleted,
+                SourceLocation unavailable, 
+                const Expr *messageExpr,
+                Syntax syntaxUsed)
+    : AttrName(attrName), ScopeName(scopeName), ParmName(parmName),
+      AttrRange(attrRange), ScopeLoc(scopeLoc), ParmLoc(parmLoc), EllipsisLoc(),
+      NumArgs(0), SyntaxUsed(syntaxUsed),
+      Invalid(false), UsedAsTypeAttr(false), IsAvailability(true),
+      IsTypeTagForDatatype(false),
+      UnavailableLoc(unavailable), MessageExpr(messageExpr),
+      NextInPosition(0), NextInPool(0) {
+    new (&getAvailabilitySlot(IntroducedSlot)) AvailabilityChange(introduced);
+    new (&getAvailabilitySlot(DeprecatedSlot)) AvailabilityChange(deprecated);
+    new (&getAvailabilitySlot(ObsoletedSlot)) AvailabilityChange(obsoleted);
+    AttrKind = getKind(getName(), getScopeName(), syntaxUsed);
+  }
+
+  /// Constructor for type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
+  AttributeList(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                IdentifierInfo *argumentKindName,
+                SourceLocation argumentKindLoc,
+                ParsedType matchingCType, bool layoutCompatible,
+                bool mustBeNull, Syntax syntaxUsed)
+    : AttrName(attrName), ScopeName(scopeName), ParmName(argumentKindName),
+      AttrRange(attrRange), ScopeLoc(scopeLoc), ParmLoc(argumentKindLoc),
+      EllipsisLoc(), NumArgs(0), SyntaxUsed(syntaxUsed),
+      Invalid(false), UsedAsTypeAttr(false), IsAvailability(false),
+      IsTypeTagForDatatype(true), NextInPosition(NULL), NextInPool(NULL) {
+    TypeTagForDatatypeData &ExtraData = getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot();
+    new (&ExtraData.MatchingCType) ParsedType(matchingCType);
+    ExtraData.LayoutCompatible = layoutCompatible;
+    ExtraData.MustBeNull = mustBeNull;
+    AttrKind = getKind(getName(), getScopeName(), syntaxUsed);
+  }
+
+  /// Constructor for attributes with a single type argument.
+  AttributeList(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                IdentifierInfo *parmName, SourceLocation parmLoc,
+                ParsedType typeArg, Syntax syntaxUsed)
+      : AttrName(attrName), ScopeName(scopeName), ParmName(parmName),
+        AttrRange(attrRange), ScopeLoc(scopeLoc), ParmLoc(parmLoc),
+        EllipsisLoc(), NumArgs(1), SyntaxUsed(syntaxUsed), Invalid(false),
+        UsedAsTypeAttr(false), IsAvailability(false),
+        IsTypeTagForDatatype(false), NextInPosition(0), NextInPool(0) {
+    new (&getTypeBuffer()) ParsedType(typeArg);
+    AttrKind = getKind(getName(), getScopeName(), syntaxUsed);
+  }
+
+  friend class AttributePool;
+  friend class AttributeFactory;
+
+public:
+  enum Kind {           
+    #define PARSED_ATTR(NAME) AT_##NAME,
+    #include "clang/Sema/AttrParsedAttrList.inc"
+    #undef PARSED_ATTR
+    IgnoredAttribute,
+    UnknownAttribute
+  };
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getName() const { return AttrName; }
+  SourceLocation getLoc() const { return AttrRange.getBegin(); }
+  SourceRange getRange() const { return AttrRange; }
+  
+  bool hasScope() const { return ScopeName; }
+  IdentifierInfo *getScopeName() const { return ScopeName; }
+  SourceLocation getScopeLoc() const { return ScopeLoc; }
+  
+  IdentifierInfo *getParameterName() const { return ParmName; }
+  SourceLocation getParameterLoc() const { return ParmLoc; }
+
+  bool isAlignasAttribute() const {
+    // FIXME: Use a better mechanism to determine this.
+    return getKind() == AT_Aligned && SyntaxUsed == AS_Keyword;
+  }
+
+  bool isDeclspecAttribute() const { return SyntaxUsed == AS_Declspec; }
+  bool isCXX11Attribute() const {
+    return SyntaxUsed == AS_CXX11 || isAlignasAttribute();
+  }
+  bool isKeywordAttribute() const { return SyntaxUsed == AS_Keyword; }
+
+  bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
+  void setInvalid(bool b = true) const { Invalid = b; }
+
+  bool isUsedAsTypeAttr() const { return UsedAsTypeAttr; }
+  void setUsedAsTypeAttr() { UsedAsTypeAttr = true; }
+
+  bool isPackExpansion() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); }
+  SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; }
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return Kind(AttrKind); }
+  static Kind getKind(const IdentifierInfo *Name, const IdentifierInfo *Scope,
+                      Syntax SyntaxUsed);
+
+  AttributeList *getNext() const { return NextInPosition; }
+  void setNext(AttributeList *N) { NextInPosition = N; }
+
+  /// getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this attribute.
+  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
+
+  /// hasParameterOrArguments - Return true if this attribute has a parameter,
+  /// or has a non empty argument expression list.
+  bool hasParameterOrArguments() const { return ParmName || NumArgs; }
+
+  /// getArg - Return the specified argument.
+  Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const {
+    assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!");
+    return getArgsBuffer()[Arg];
+  }
+
+  class arg_iterator {
+    Expr * const *X;
+    unsigned Idx;
+  public:
+    arg_iterator(Expr * const *x, unsigned idx) : X(x), Idx(idx) {}
+
+    arg_iterator& operator++() {
+      ++Idx;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const arg_iterator& I) const {
+      assert (X == I.X &&
+              "compared arg_iterators are for different argument lists");
+      return Idx == I.Idx;
+    }
+
+    bool operator!=(const arg_iterator& I) const {
+      return !operator==(I);
+    }
+
+    Expr* operator*() const {
+      return X[Idx];
+    }
+
+    unsigned getArgNum() const {
+      return Idx+1;
+    }
+  };
+
+  arg_iterator arg_begin() const {
+    return arg_iterator(getArgsBuffer(), 0);
+  }
+
+  arg_iterator arg_end() const {
+    return arg_iterator(getArgsBuffer(), NumArgs);
+  }
+
+  const AvailabilityChange &getAvailabilityIntroduced() const {
+    assert(getKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute");
+    return getAvailabilitySlot(IntroducedSlot);
+  }
+
+  const AvailabilityChange &getAvailabilityDeprecated() const {
+    assert(getKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute");
+    return getAvailabilitySlot(DeprecatedSlot);
+  }
+
+  const AvailabilityChange &getAvailabilityObsoleted() const {
+    assert(getKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute");
+    return getAvailabilitySlot(ObsoletedSlot);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getUnavailableLoc() const {
+    assert(getKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute");
+    return UnavailableLoc;
+  }
+  
+  const Expr * getMessageExpr() const {
+    assert(getKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute");
+    return MessageExpr;
+  }
+
+  const ParsedType &getMatchingCType() const {
+    assert(getKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype &&
+           "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute");
+    return *getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot().MatchingCType;
+  }
+
+  bool getLayoutCompatible() const {
+    assert(getKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype &&
+           "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute");
+    return getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot().LayoutCompatible;
+  }
+
+  bool getMustBeNull() const {
+    assert(getKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype &&
+           "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute");
+    return getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot().MustBeNull;
+  }
+
+  const ParsedType &getTypeArg() const {
+    assert(getKind() == AT_VecTypeHint && "Not a type attribute");
+    return getTypeBuffer();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get an index into the attribute spelling list
+  /// defined in Attr.td. This index is used by an attribute
+  /// to pretty print itself.
+  unsigned getAttributeSpellingListIndex() const;
+};
+
+/// A factory, from which one makes pools, from which one creates
+/// individual attributes which are deallocated with the pool.
+///
+/// Note that it's tolerably cheap to create and destroy one of
+/// these as long as you don't actually allocate anything in it.
+class AttributeFactory {
+public:
+  enum {
+    /// The required allocation size of an availability attribute,
+    /// which we want to ensure is a multiple of sizeof(void*).
+    AvailabilityAllocSize =
+      sizeof(AttributeList)
+      + ((3 * sizeof(AvailabilityChange) + sizeof(void*) - 1)
+         / sizeof(void*) * sizeof(void*)),
+    TypeTagForDatatypeAllocSize =
+      sizeof(AttributeList)
+      + (sizeof(AttributeList::TypeTagForDatatypeData) + sizeof(void *) - 1)
+        / sizeof(void*) * sizeof(void*)
+  };
+
+private:
+  enum {
+    /// The number of free lists we want to be sure to support
+    /// inline.  This is just enough that availability attributes
+    /// don't surpass it.  It's actually very unlikely we'll see an
+    /// attribute that needs more than that; on x86-64 you'd need 10
+    /// expression arguments, and on i386 you'd need 19.
+    InlineFreeListsCapacity =
+      1 + (AvailabilityAllocSize - sizeof(AttributeList)) / sizeof(void*)
+  };
+
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator Alloc;
+
+  /// Free lists.  The index is determined by the following formula:
+  ///   (size - sizeof(AttributeList)) / sizeof(void*)
+  SmallVector<AttributeList*, InlineFreeListsCapacity> FreeLists;
+
+  // The following are the private interface used by AttributePool.
+  friend class AttributePool;
+
+  /// Allocate an attribute of the given size.
+  void *allocate(size_t size);
+
+  /// Reclaim all the attributes in the given pool chain, which is
+  /// non-empty.  Note that the current implementation is safe
+  /// against reclaiming things which were not actually allocated
+  /// with the allocator, although of course it's important to make
+  /// sure that their allocator lives at least as long as this one.
+  void reclaimPool(AttributeList *head);
+
+public:
+  AttributeFactory();
+  ~AttributeFactory();
+};
+
+class AttributePool {
+  AttributeFactory &Factory;
+  AttributeList *Head;
+
+  void *allocate(size_t size) {
+    return Factory.allocate(size);
+  }
+
+  AttributeList *add(AttributeList *attr) {
+    // We don't care about the order of the pool.
+    attr->NextInPool = Head;
+    Head = attr;
+    return attr;
+  }
+
+  void takePool(AttributeList *pool);
+
+public:
+  /// Create a new pool for a factory.
+  AttributePool(AttributeFactory &factory) : Factory(factory), Head(0) {}
+
+  /// Move the given pool's allocations to this pool.
+  AttributePool(AttributePool &pool) : Factory(pool.Factory), Head(pool.Head) {
+    pool.Head = 0;
+  }
+
+  AttributeFactory &getFactory() const { return Factory; }
+
+  void clear() {
+    if (Head) {
+      Factory.reclaimPool(Head);
+      Head = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Take the given pool's allocations and add them to this pool.
+  void takeAllFrom(AttributePool &pool) {
+    if (pool.Head) {
+      takePool(pool.Head);
+      pool.Head = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  ~AttributePool() {
+    if (Head) Factory.reclaimPool(Head);
+  }
+
+  AttributeList *create(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                        IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                        IdentifierInfo *parmName, SourceLocation parmLoc,
+                        Expr **args, unsigned numArgs,
+                        AttributeList::Syntax syntax,
+                        SourceLocation ellipsisLoc = SourceLocation()) {
+    void *memory = allocate(sizeof(AttributeList)
+                            + numArgs * sizeof(Expr*));
+    return add(new (memory) AttributeList(attrName, attrRange,
+                                          scopeName, scopeLoc,
+                                          parmName, parmLoc,
+                                          args, numArgs, syntax,
+                                          ellipsisLoc));
+  }
+
+  AttributeList *create(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                        IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                        IdentifierInfo *parmName, SourceLocation parmLoc,
+                        const AvailabilityChange &introduced,
+                        const AvailabilityChange &deprecated,
+                        const AvailabilityChange &obsoleted,
+                        SourceLocation unavailable,
+                        const Expr *MessageExpr,
+                        AttributeList::Syntax syntax) {
+    void *memory = allocate(AttributeFactory::AvailabilityAllocSize);
+    return add(new (memory) AttributeList(attrName, attrRange,
+                                          scopeName, scopeLoc,
+                                          parmName, parmLoc,
+                                          introduced, deprecated, obsoleted,
+                                          unavailable, MessageExpr, syntax));
+  }
+
+  AttributeList *createIntegerAttribute(ASTContext &C, IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                                        SourceLocation TokLoc, int Arg);
+
+  AttributeList *createTypeTagForDatatype(
+                    IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                    IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                    IdentifierInfo *argumentKindName,
+                    SourceLocation argumentKindLoc,
+                    ParsedType matchingCType, bool layoutCompatible,
+                    bool mustBeNull, AttributeList::Syntax syntax) {
+    void *memory = allocate(AttributeFactory::TypeTagForDatatypeAllocSize);
+    return add(new (memory) AttributeList(attrName, attrRange,
+                                          scopeName, scopeLoc,
+                                          argumentKindName, argumentKindLoc,
+                                          matchingCType, layoutCompatible,
+                                          mustBeNull, syntax));
+  }
+
+  AttributeList *createTypeAttribute(
+                    IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                    IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                    IdentifierInfo *parmName, SourceLocation parmLoc,
+                    ParsedType typeArg, AttributeList::Syntax syntaxUsed) {
+    void *memory = allocate(sizeof(AttributeList) + sizeof(void *));
+    return add(new (memory) AttributeList(attrName, attrRange,
+                                          scopeName, scopeLoc,
+                                          parmName, parmLoc,
+                                          typeArg, syntaxUsed));
+  }
+};
+
+/// addAttributeLists - Add two AttributeLists together
+/// The right-hand list is appended to the left-hand list, if any
+/// A pointer to the joined list is returned.
+/// Note: the lists are not left unmodified.
+inline AttributeList *addAttributeLists(AttributeList *Left,
+                                        AttributeList *Right) {
+  if (!Left)
+    return Right;
+
+  AttributeList *next = Left, *prev;
+  do {
+    prev = next;
+    next = next->getNext();
+  } while (next);
+  prev->setNext(Right);
+  return Left;
+}
+
+/// CXX11AttributeList - A wrapper around a C++11 attribute list.
+/// Stores, in addition to the list proper, whether or not an actual list was
+/// (as opposed to an empty list, which may be ill-formed in some places) and
+/// the source range of the list.
+struct CXX11AttributeList { 
+  AttributeList *AttrList;
+  SourceRange Range;
+  bool HasAttr;
+  CXX11AttributeList (AttributeList *attrList, SourceRange range, bool hasAttr)
+    : AttrList(attrList), Range(range), HasAttr (hasAttr) {
+  }
+  CXX11AttributeList ()
+    : AttrList(0), Range(), HasAttr(false) {
+  }
+};
+
+/// ParsedAttributes - A collection of parsed attributes.  Currently
+/// we don't differentiate between the various attribute syntaxes,
+/// which is basically silly.
+///
+/// Right now this is a very lightweight container, but the expectation
+/// is that this will become significantly more serious.
+class ParsedAttributes {
+public:
+  ParsedAttributes(AttributeFactory &factory)
+    : pool(factory), list(0) {
+  }
+
+  ParsedAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs)
+    : pool(attrs.pool), list(attrs.list) {
+    attrs.list = 0;
+  }
+
+  AttributePool &getPool() const { return pool; }
+
+  bool empty() const { return list == 0; }
+
+  void add(AttributeList *newAttr) {
+    assert(newAttr);
+    assert(newAttr->getNext() == 0);
+    newAttr->setNext(list);
+    list = newAttr;
+  }
+
+  void addAll(AttributeList *newList) {
+    if (!newList) return;
+
+    AttributeList *lastInNewList = newList;
+    while (AttributeList *next = lastInNewList->getNext())
+      lastInNewList = next;
+
+    lastInNewList->setNext(list);
+    list = newList;
+  }
+
+  void set(AttributeList *newList) {
+    list = newList;
+  }
+
+  void takeAllFrom(ParsedAttributes &attrs) {
+    addAll(attrs.list);
+    attrs.list = 0;
+    pool.takeAllFrom(attrs.pool);
+  }
+
+  void clear() { list = 0; pool.clear(); }
+  AttributeList *getList() const { return list; }
+
+  /// Returns a reference to the attribute list.  Try not to introduce
+  /// dependencies on this method, it may not be long-lived.
+  AttributeList *&getListRef() { return list; }
+
+  /// Add attribute with expression arguments.
+  AttributeList *addNew(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                        IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                        IdentifierInfo *parmName, SourceLocation parmLoc,
+                        Expr **args, unsigned numArgs,
+                        AttributeList::Syntax syntax,
+                        SourceLocation ellipsisLoc = SourceLocation()) {
+    AttributeList *attr =
+      pool.create(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, parmName, parmLoc,
+                  args, numArgs, syntax, ellipsisLoc);
+    add(attr);
+    return attr;
+  }
+
+  /// Add availability attribute.
+  AttributeList *addNew(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                        IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                        IdentifierInfo *parmName, SourceLocation parmLoc,
+                        const AvailabilityChange &introduced,
+                        const AvailabilityChange &deprecated,
+                        const AvailabilityChange &obsoleted,
+                        SourceLocation unavailable,
+                        const Expr *MessageExpr,
+                        AttributeList::Syntax syntax) {
+    AttributeList *attr =
+      pool.create(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, parmName, parmLoc,
+                  introduced, deprecated, obsoleted, unavailable,
+                  MessageExpr, syntax);
+    add(attr);
+    return attr;
+  }
+
+  /// Add type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
+  AttributeList *addNewTypeTagForDatatype(
+                        IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                        IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                        IdentifierInfo *argumentKindName,
+                        SourceLocation argumentKindLoc,
+                        ParsedType matchingCType, bool layoutCompatible,
+                        bool mustBeNull, AttributeList::Syntax syntax) {
+    AttributeList *attr =
+      pool.createTypeTagForDatatype(attrName, attrRange,
+                                    scopeName, scopeLoc,
+                                    argumentKindName, argumentKindLoc,
+                                    matchingCType, layoutCompatible,
+                                    mustBeNull, syntax);
+    add(attr);
+    return attr;
+  }
+
+  /// Add an attribute with a single type argument.
+  AttributeList *
+  addNewTypeAttr(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange,
+                 IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc,
+                 IdentifierInfo *parmName, SourceLocation parmLoc,
+                 ParsedType typeArg, AttributeList::Syntax syntaxUsed) {
+    AttributeList *attr =
+        pool.createTypeAttribute(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc,
+                                 parmName, parmLoc, typeArg, syntaxUsed);
+    add(attr);
+    return attr;
+  }
+
+  AttributeList *addNewInteger(ASTContext &C, IdentifierInfo *name,
+                               SourceLocation loc, int arg) {
+    AttributeList *attr =
+      pool.createIntegerAttribute(C, name, loc, arg);
+    add(attr);
+    return attr;
+  }
+
+
+private:
+  mutable AttributePool pool;
+  AttributeList *list;
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6685751
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+//===- CXXFieldCollector.h - Utility class for C++ class semantic analysis ===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file provides CXXFieldCollector that is used during parsing & semantic
+//  analysis of C++ classes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_CXXFIELDCOLLECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_CXXFIELDCOLLECTOR_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class FieldDecl;
+
+/// CXXFieldCollector - Used to keep track of CXXFieldDecls during parsing of
+/// C++ classes.
+class CXXFieldCollector {
+  /// Fields - Contains all FieldDecls collected during parsing of a C++
+  /// class. When a nested class is entered, its fields are appended to the
+  /// fields of its parent class, when it is exited its fields are removed.
+  SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> Fields;
+
+  /// FieldCount - Each entry represents the number of fields collected during
+  /// the parsing of a C++ class. When a nested class is entered, a new field
+  /// count is pushed, when it is exited, the field count is popped.
+  SmallVector<size_t, 4> FieldCount;
+
+  // Example:
+  //
+  // class C {
+  //   int x,y;
+  //   class NC {
+  //     int q;
+  //     // At this point, Fields contains [x,y,q] decls and FieldCount contains
+  //     // [2,1].
+  //   };
+  //   int z;
+  //   // At this point, Fields contains [x,y,z] decls and FieldCount contains
+  //   // [3].
+  // };
+
+public:
+  /// StartClass - Called by Sema::ActOnStartCXXClassDef.
+  void StartClass() { FieldCount.push_back(0); }
+
+  /// Add - Called by Sema::ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator.
+  void Add(FieldDecl *D) {
+    Fields.push_back(D);
+    ++FieldCount.back();
+  }
+
+  /// getCurNumField - The number of fields added to the currently parsed class.
+  size_t getCurNumFields() const {
+    assert(!FieldCount.empty() && "no currently-parsed class");
+    return FieldCount.back();
+  }
+
+  /// getCurFields - Pointer to array of fields added to the currently parsed
+  /// class.
+  FieldDecl **getCurFields() { return &*(Fields.end() - getCurNumFields()); }
+
+  /// FinishClass - Called by Sema::ActOnFinishCXXClassDef.
+  void FinishClass() {
+    Fields.resize(Fields.size() - getCurNumFields());
+    FieldCount.pop_back();
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1ddec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,995 @@
+//===---- CodeCompleteConsumer.h - Code Completion Interface ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the CodeCompleteConsumer class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_CODECOMPLETECONSUMER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_CODECOMPLETECONSUMER_H
+
+#include "clang-c/Index.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CanonicalType.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteOptions.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Decl;
+
+/// \brief Default priority values for code-completion results based
+/// on their kind.
+enum {
+  /// \brief Priority for the next initialization in a constructor initializer
+  /// list.
+  CCP_NextInitializer = 7,
+  /// \brief Priority for an enumeration constant inside a switch whose
+  /// condition is of the enumeration type.
+  CCP_EnumInCase = 7,
+  /// \brief Priority for a send-to-super completion.
+  CCP_SuperCompletion = 20,
+  /// \brief Priority for a declaration that is in the local scope.
+  CCP_LocalDeclaration = 34,
+  /// \brief Priority for a member declaration found from the current
+  /// method or member function.
+  CCP_MemberDeclaration = 35,
+  /// \brief Priority for a language keyword (that isn't any of the other
+  /// categories).
+  CCP_Keyword = 40,
+  /// \brief Priority for a code pattern.
+  CCP_CodePattern = 40,
+  /// \brief Priority for a non-type declaration.
+  CCP_Declaration = 50,
+  /// \brief Priority for a type.
+  CCP_Type = CCP_Declaration,
+  /// \brief Priority for a constant value (e.g., enumerator).
+  CCP_Constant = 65,
+  /// \brief Priority for a preprocessor macro.
+  CCP_Macro = 70,
+  /// \brief Priority for a nested-name-specifier.
+  CCP_NestedNameSpecifier = 75,
+  /// \brief Priority for a result that isn't likely to be what the user wants,
+  /// but is included for completeness.
+  CCP_Unlikely = 80,
+
+  /// \brief Priority for the Objective-C "_cmd" implicit parameter.
+  CCP_ObjC_cmd = CCP_Unlikely
+};
+
+/// \brief Priority value deltas that are added to code-completion results
+/// based on the context of the result.
+enum {
+  /// \brief The result is in a base class.
+  CCD_InBaseClass = 2,
+  /// \brief The result is a C++ non-static member function whose qualifiers
+  /// exactly match the object type on which the member function can be called.
+  CCD_ObjectQualifierMatch = -1,
+  /// \brief The selector of the given message exactly matches the selector
+  /// of the current method, which might imply that some kind of delegation
+  /// is occurring.
+  CCD_SelectorMatch = -3,
+
+  /// \brief Adjustment to the "bool" type in Objective-C, where the typedef
+  /// "BOOL" is preferred.
+  CCD_bool_in_ObjC = 1,
+
+  /// \brief Adjustment for KVC code pattern priorities when it doesn't look
+  /// like the
+  CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection = 15,
+
+  /// \brief An Objective-C method being used as a property.
+  CCD_MethodAsProperty = 2
+};
+
+/// \brief Priority value factors by which we will divide or multiply the
+/// priority of a code-completion result.
+enum {
+  /// \brief Divide by this factor when a code-completion result's type exactly
+  /// matches the type we expect.
+  CCF_ExactTypeMatch = 4,
+  /// \brief Divide by this factor when a code-completion result's type is
+  /// similar to the type we expect (e.g., both arithmetic types, both
+  /// Objective-C object pointer types).
+  CCF_SimilarTypeMatch = 2
+};
+
+/// \brief A simplified classification of types used when determining
+/// "similar" types for code completion.
+enum SimplifiedTypeClass {
+  STC_Arithmetic,
+  STC_Array,
+  STC_Block,
+  STC_Function,
+  STC_ObjectiveC,
+  STC_Other,
+  STC_Pointer,
+  STC_Record,
+  STC_Void
+};
+
+/// \brief Determine the simplified type class of the given canonical type.
+SimplifiedTypeClass getSimplifiedTypeClass(CanQualType T);
+
+/// \brief Determine the type that this declaration will have if it is used
+/// as a type or in an expression.
+QualType getDeclUsageType(ASTContext &C, const NamedDecl *ND);
+
+/// \brief Determine the priority to be given to a macro code completion result
+/// with the given name.
+///
+/// \param MacroName The name of the macro.
+///
+/// \param LangOpts Options describing the current language dialect.
+///
+/// \param PreferredTypeIsPointer Whether the preferred type for the context
+/// of this macro is a pointer type.
+unsigned getMacroUsagePriority(StringRef MacroName,
+                               const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                               bool PreferredTypeIsPointer = false);
+
+/// \brief Determine the libclang cursor kind associated with the given
+/// declaration.
+CXCursorKind getCursorKindForDecl(const Decl *D);
+
+class FunctionDecl;
+class FunctionType;
+class FunctionTemplateDecl;
+class IdentifierInfo;
+class NamedDecl;
+class NestedNameSpecifier;
+class Sema;
+
+/// \brief The context in which code completion occurred, so that the
+/// code-completion consumer can process the results accordingly.
+class CodeCompletionContext {
+public:
+  enum Kind {
+    /// \brief An unspecified code-completion context.
+    CCC_Other,
+    /// \brief An unspecified code-completion context where we should also add
+    /// macro completions.
+    CCC_OtherWithMacros,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred within a "top-level" completion context,
+    /// e.g., at namespace or global scope.
+    CCC_TopLevel,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred within an Objective-C interface,
+    /// protocol, or category interface.
+    CCC_ObjCInterface,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred within an Objective-C implementation
+    /// or category implementation.
+    CCC_ObjCImplementation,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred within the instance variable list of
+    /// an Objective-C interface, implementation, or category implementation.
+    CCC_ObjCIvarList,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred within a class, struct, or union.
+    CCC_ClassStructUnion,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where a statement (or declaration) is
+    /// expected in a function, method, or block.
+    CCC_Statement,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where an expression is expected.
+    CCC_Expression,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where an Objective-C message receiver
+    /// is expected.
+    CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred on the right-hand side of a member
+    /// access expression using the dot operator.
+    ///
+    /// The results of this completion are the members of the type being
+    /// accessed. The type itself is available via
+    /// \c CodeCompletionContext::getType().
+    CCC_DotMemberAccess,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred on the right-hand side of a member
+    /// access expression using the arrow operator.
+    ///
+    /// The results of this completion are the members of the type being
+    /// accessed. The type itself is available via
+    /// \c CodeCompletionContext::getType().
+    CCC_ArrowMemberAccess,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred on the right-hand side of an Objective-C
+    /// property access expression.
+    ///
+    /// The results of this completion are the members of the type being
+    /// accessed. The type itself is available via
+    /// \c CodeCompletionContext::getType().
+    CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred after the "enum" keyword, to indicate
+    /// an enumeration name.
+    CCC_EnumTag,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred after the "union" keyword, to indicate
+    /// a union name.
+    CCC_UnionTag,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred after the "struct" or "class" keyword,
+    /// to indicate a struct or class name.
+    CCC_ClassOrStructTag,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where a protocol name is expected.
+    CCC_ObjCProtocolName,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where a namespace or namespace alias
+    /// is expected.
+    CCC_Namespace,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where a type name is expected.
+    CCC_Type,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where a new name is expected.
+    CCC_Name,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where a new name is expected and a
+    /// qualified name is permissible.
+    CCC_PotentiallyQualifiedName,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where an macro is being defined.
+    CCC_MacroName,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where a macro name is expected
+    /// (without any arguments, in the case of a function-like macro).
+    CCC_MacroNameUse,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred within a preprocessor expression.
+    CCC_PreprocessorExpression,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred where a preprocessor directive is
+    /// expected.
+    CCC_PreprocessorDirective,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurred in a context where natural language is
+    /// expected, e.g., a comment or string literal.
+    ///
+    /// This context usually implies that no completions should be added,
+    /// unless they come from an appropriate natural-language dictionary.
+    CCC_NaturalLanguage,
+    /// \brief Code completion for a selector, as in an \@selector expression.
+    CCC_SelectorName,
+    /// \brief Code completion within a type-qualifier list.
+    CCC_TypeQualifiers,
+    /// \brief Code completion in a parenthesized expression, which means that
+    /// we may also have types here in C and Objective-C (as well as in C++).
+    CCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
+    /// \brief Code completion where an Objective-C instance message is
+    /// expected.
+    CCC_ObjCInstanceMessage,
+    /// \brief Code completion where an Objective-C class message is expected.
+    CCC_ObjCClassMessage,
+    /// \brief Code completion where the name of an Objective-C class is
+    /// expected.
+    CCC_ObjCInterfaceName,
+    /// \brief Code completion where an Objective-C category name is expected.
+    CCC_ObjCCategoryName,
+    /// \brief An unknown context, in which we are recovering from a parsing
+    /// error and don't know which completions we should give.
+    CCC_Recovery
+  };
+
+private:
+  enum Kind Kind;
+
+  /// \brief The type that would prefer to see at this point (e.g., the type
+  /// of an initializer or function parameter).
+  QualType PreferredType;
+
+  /// \brief The type of the base object in a member access expression.
+  QualType BaseType;
+
+  /// \brief The identifiers for Objective-C selector parts.
+  IdentifierInfo **SelIdents;
+
+  /// \brief The number of Objective-C selector parts.
+  unsigned NumSelIdents;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Construct a new code-completion context of the given kind.
+  CodeCompletionContext(enum Kind Kind) : Kind(Kind), SelIdents(NULL),
+                                          NumSelIdents(0) { }
+
+  /// \brief Construct a new code-completion context of the given kind.
+  CodeCompletionContext(enum Kind Kind, QualType T,
+                        IdentifierInfo **SelIdents = NULL,
+                        unsigned NumSelIdents = 0) : Kind(Kind),
+                                                     SelIdents(SelIdents),
+                                                    NumSelIdents(NumSelIdents) {
+    if (Kind == CCC_DotMemberAccess || Kind == CCC_ArrowMemberAccess ||
+        Kind == CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess || Kind == CCC_ObjCClassMessage ||
+        Kind == CCC_ObjCInstanceMessage)
+      BaseType = T;
+    else
+      PreferredType = T;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the kind of code-completion context.
+  enum Kind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type that this expression would prefer to have, e.g.,
+  /// if the expression is a variable initializer or a function argument, the
+  /// type of the corresponding variable or function parameter.
+  QualType getPreferredType() const { return PreferredType; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the type of the base object in a member-access
+  /// expression.
+  QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the Objective-C selector identifiers.
+  IdentifierInfo **getSelIdents() const { return SelIdents; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of Objective-C selector identifiers.
+  unsigned getNumSelIdents() const { return NumSelIdents; }
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether we want C++ constructors as results within this
+  /// context.
+  bool wantConstructorResults() const;
+};
+
+
+/// \brief A "string" used to describe how code completion can
+/// be performed for an entity.
+///
+/// A code completion string typically shows how a particular entity can be
+/// used. For example, the code completion string for a function would show
+/// the syntax to call it, including the parentheses, placeholders for the
+/// arguments, etc.
+class CodeCompletionString {
+public:
+  /// \brief The different kinds of "chunks" that can occur within a code
+  /// completion string.
+  enum ChunkKind {
+    /// \brief The piece of text that the user is expected to type to
+    /// match the code-completion string, typically a keyword or the name of a
+    /// declarator or macro.
+    CK_TypedText,
+    /// \brief A piece of text that should be placed in the buffer, e.g.,
+    /// parentheses or a comma in a function call.
+    CK_Text,
+    /// \brief A code completion string that is entirely optional. For example,
+    /// an optional code completion string that describes the default arguments
+    /// in a function call.
+    CK_Optional,
+    /// \brief A string that acts as a placeholder for, e.g., a function
+    /// call argument.
+    CK_Placeholder,
+    /// \brief A piece of text that describes something about the result but
+    /// should not be inserted into the buffer.
+    CK_Informative,
+    /// \brief A piece of text that describes the type of an entity or, for
+    /// functions and methods, the return type.
+    CK_ResultType,
+    /// \brief A piece of text that describes the parameter that corresponds
+    /// to the code-completion location within a function call, message send,
+    /// macro invocation, etc.
+    CK_CurrentParameter,
+    /// \brief A left parenthesis ('(').
+    CK_LeftParen,
+    /// \brief A right parenthesis (')').
+    CK_RightParen,
+    /// \brief A left bracket ('[').
+    CK_LeftBracket,
+    /// \brief A right bracket (']').
+    CK_RightBracket,
+    /// \brief A left brace ('{').
+    CK_LeftBrace,
+    /// \brief A right brace ('}').
+    CK_RightBrace,
+    /// \brief A left angle bracket ('<').
+    CK_LeftAngle,
+    /// \brief A right angle bracket ('>').
+    CK_RightAngle,
+    /// \brief A comma separator (',').
+    CK_Comma,
+    /// \brief A colon (':').
+    CK_Colon,
+    /// \brief A semicolon (';').
+    CK_SemiColon,
+    /// \brief An '=' sign.
+    CK_Equal,
+    /// \brief Horizontal whitespace (' ').
+    CK_HorizontalSpace,
+    /// \brief Vertical whitespace ('\\n' or '\\r\\n', depending on the
+    /// platform).
+    CK_VerticalSpace
+  };
+
+  /// \brief One piece of the code completion string.
+  struct Chunk {
+    /// \brief The kind of data stored in this piece of the code completion
+    /// string.
+    ChunkKind Kind;
+
+    union {
+      /// \brief The text string associated with a CK_Text, CK_Placeholder,
+      /// CK_Informative, or CK_Comma chunk.
+      /// The string is owned by the chunk and will be deallocated
+      /// (with delete[]) when the chunk is destroyed.
+      const char *Text;
+
+      /// \brief The code completion string associated with a CK_Optional chunk.
+      /// The optional code completion string is owned by the chunk, and will
+      /// be deallocated (with delete) when the chunk is destroyed.
+      CodeCompletionString *Optional;
+    };
+
+    Chunk() : Kind(CK_Text), Text(0) { }
+
+    explicit Chunk(ChunkKind Kind, const char *Text = "");
+
+    /// \brief Create a new text chunk.
+    static Chunk CreateText(const char *Text);
+
+    /// \brief Create a new optional chunk.
+    static Chunk CreateOptional(CodeCompletionString *Optional);
+
+    /// \brief Create a new placeholder chunk.
+    static Chunk CreatePlaceholder(const char *Placeholder);
+
+    /// \brief Create a new informative chunk.
+    static Chunk CreateInformative(const char *Informative);
+
+    /// \brief Create a new result type chunk.
+    static Chunk CreateResultType(const char *ResultType);
+
+    /// \brief Create a new current-parameter chunk.
+    static Chunk CreateCurrentParameter(const char *CurrentParameter);
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// \brief The number of chunks stored in this string.
+  unsigned NumChunks : 16;
+
+  /// \brief The number of annotations for this code-completion result.
+  unsigned NumAnnotations : 16;
+
+  /// \brief The priority of this code-completion string.
+  unsigned Priority : 16;
+
+  /// \brief The availability of this code-completion result.
+  unsigned Availability : 2;
+  
+  /// \brief The name of the parent context.
+  StringRef ParentName;
+
+  /// \brief A brief documentation comment attached to the declaration of
+  /// entity being completed by this result.
+  const char *BriefComment;
+  
+  CodeCompletionString(const CodeCompletionString &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const CodeCompletionString &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  CodeCompletionString(const Chunk *Chunks, unsigned NumChunks,
+                       unsigned Priority, CXAvailabilityKind Availability,
+                       const char **Annotations, unsigned NumAnnotations,
+                       StringRef ParentName,
+                       const char *BriefComment);
+  ~CodeCompletionString() { }
+
+  friend class CodeCompletionBuilder;
+  friend class CodeCompletionResult;
+
+public:
+  typedef const Chunk *iterator;
+  iterator begin() const { return reinterpret_cast<const Chunk *>(this + 1); }
+  iterator end() const { return begin() + NumChunks; }
+  bool empty() const { return NumChunks == 0; }
+  unsigned size() const { return NumChunks; }
+
+  const Chunk &operator[](unsigned I) const {
+    assert(I < size() && "Chunk index out-of-range");
+    return begin()[I];
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the text in the TypedText chunk.
+  const char *getTypedText() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the priority of this code completion result.
+  unsigned getPriority() const { return Priority; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the availability of this code completion result.
+  unsigned getAvailability() const { return Availability; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the number of annotations for this code completion result.
+  unsigned getAnnotationCount() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the annotation string specified by \c AnnotationNr.
+  const char *getAnnotation(unsigned AnnotationNr) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the parent context.
+  StringRef getParentContextName() const {
+    return ParentName;
+  }
+
+  const char *getBriefComment() const {
+    return BriefComment;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve a string representation of the code completion string,
+  /// which is mainly useful for debugging.
+  std::string getAsString() const;
+};
+
+/// \brief An allocator used specifically for the purpose of code completion.
+class CodeCompletionAllocator : public llvm::BumpPtrAllocator {
+public:
+  /// \brief Copy the given string into this allocator.
+  const char *CopyString(StringRef String);
+
+  /// \brief Copy the given string into this allocator.
+  const char *CopyString(Twine String);
+
+  // \brief Copy the given string into this allocator.
+  const char *CopyString(const char *String) {
+    return CopyString(StringRef(String));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Copy the given string into this allocator.
+  const char *CopyString(const std::string &String) {
+    return CopyString(StringRef(String));
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Allocator for a cached set of global code completions.
+class GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator 
+  : public CodeCompletionAllocator,
+    public RefCountedBase<GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator>
+{
+
+};
+
+class CodeCompletionTUInfo {
+  llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, StringRef> ParentNames;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator> AllocatorRef;
+
+public:
+  explicit CodeCompletionTUInfo(
+                    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator> Allocator)
+    : AllocatorRef(Allocator) { }
+
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator> getAllocatorRef() const {
+    return AllocatorRef;
+  }
+  CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const {
+    assert(AllocatorRef);
+    return *AllocatorRef;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getParentName(const DeclContext *DC);
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template <> struct isPodLike<clang::CodeCompletionString::Chunk> {
+    static const bool value = true;
+  };
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief A builder class used to construct new code-completion strings.
+class CodeCompletionBuilder {
+public:
+  typedef CodeCompletionString::Chunk Chunk;
+
+private:
+  CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator;
+  CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo;
+  unsigned Priority;
+  CXAvailabilityKind Availability;
+  StringRef ParentName;
+  const char *BriefComment;
+  
+  /// \brief The chunks stored in this string.
+  SmallVector<Chunk, 4> Chunks;
+
+  SmallVector<const char *, 2> Annotations;
+
+public:
+  CodeCompletionBuilder(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
+                        CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo)
+    : Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo),
+      Priority(0), Availability(CXAvailability_Available),
+      BriefComment(NULL) { }
+
+  CodeCompletionBuilder(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
+                        CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
+                        unsigned Priority, CXAvailabilityKind Availability)
+    : Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo),
+      Priority(Priority), Availability(Availability),
+      BriefComment(NULL) { }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the allocator into which the code completion
+  /// strings should be allocated.
+  CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; }
+
+  CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() const { return CCTUInfo; }
+
+  /// \brief Take the resulting completion string.
+  ///
+  /// This operation can only be performed once.
+  CodeCompletionString *TakeString();
+
+  /// \brief Add a new typed-text chunk.
+  void AddTypedTextChunk(const char *Text);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new text chunk.
+  void AddTextChunk(const char *Text);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new optional chunk.
+  void AddOptionalChunk(CodeCompletionString *Optional);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new placeholder chunk.
+  void AddPlaceholderChunk(const char *Placeholder);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new informative chunk.
+  void AddInformativeChunk(const char *Text);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new result-type chunk.
+  void AddResultTypeChunk(const char *ResultType);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new current-parameter chunk.
+  void AddCurrentParameterChunk(const char *CurrentParameter);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new chunk.
+  void AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::ChunkKind CK, const char *Text = "");
+
+  void AddAnnotation(const char *A) { Annotations.push_back(A); }
+
+  /// \brief Add the parent context information to this code completion.
+  void addParentContext(const DeclContext *DC);
+
+  const char *getBriefComment() const { return BriefComment; }
+  void addBriefComment(StringRef Comment);
+  
+  StringRef getParentName() const { return ParentName; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Captures a result of code completion.
+class CodeCompletionResult {
+public:
+  /// \brief Describes the kind of result generated.
+  enum ResultKind {
+    RK_Declaration = 0, ///< Refers to a declaration
+    RK_Keyword,         ///< Refers to a keyword or symbol.
+    RK_Macro,           ///< Refers to a macro
+    RK_Pattern          ///< Refers to a precomputed pattern.
+  };
+
+  /// \brief When Kind == RK_Declaration or RK_Pattern, the declaration we are
+  /// referring to. In the latter case, the declaration might be NULL.
+  const NamedDecl *Declaration;
+
+  union {
+    /// \brief When Kind == RK_Keyword, the string representing the keyword
+    /// or symbol's spelling.
+    const char *Keyword;
+
+    /// \brief When Kind == RK_Pattern, the code-completion string that
+    /// describes the completion text to insert.
+    CodeCompletionString *Pattern;
+
+    /// \brief When Kind == RK_Macro, the identifier that refers to a macro.
+    const IdentifierInfo *Macro;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The priority of this particular code-completion result.
+  unsigned Priority;
+
+  /// \brief Specifies which parameter (of a function, Objective-C method,
+  /// macro, etc.) we should start with when formatting the result.
+  unsigned StartParameter;
+
+  /// \brief The kind of result stored here.
+  ResultKind Kind;
+
+  /// \brief The cursor kind that describes this result.
+  CXCursorKind CursorKind;
+
+  /// \brief The availability of this result.
+  CXAvailabilityKind Availability;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this result is hidden by another name.
+  bool Hidden : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this result was found via lookup into a base class.
+  bool QualifierIsInformative : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this declaration is the beginning of a
+  /// nested-name-specifier and, therefore, should be followed by '::'.
+  bool StartsNestedNameSpecifier : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether all parameters (of a function, Objective-C
+  /// method, etc.) should be considered "informative".
+  bool AllParametersAreInformative : 1;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we're completing a declaration of the given entity,
+  /// rather than a use of that entity.
+  bool DeclaringEntity : 1;
+
+  /// \brief If the result should have a nested-name-specifier, this is it.
+  /// When \c QualifierIsInformative, the nested-name-specifier is
+  /// informative rather than required.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier;
+
+  /// \brief Build a result that refers to a declaration.
+  CodeCompletionResult(const NamedDecl *Declaration,
+                       unsigned Priority,
+                       NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0,
+                       bool QualifierIsInformative = false,
+                       bool Accessible = true)
+    : Declaration(Declaration), Priority(Priority),
+      StartParameter(0), Kind(RK_Declaration),
+      Availability(CXAvailability_Available), Hidden(false),
+      QualifierIsInformative(QualifierIsInformative),
+      StartsNestedNameSpecifier(false), AllParametersAreInformative(false),
+      DeclaringEntity(false), Qualifier(Qualifier) {
+    computeCursorKindAndAvailability(Accessible);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Build a result that refers to a keyword or symbol.
+  CodeCompletionResult(const char *Keyword, unsigned Priority = CCP_Keyword)
+    : Declaration(0), Keyword(Keyword), Priority(Priority), StartParameter(0),
+      Kind(RK_Keyword), CursorKind(CXCursor_NotImplemented),
+      Availability(CXAvailability_Available), Hidden(false),
+      QualifierIsInformative(0), StartsNestedNameSpecifier(false),
+      AllParametersAreInformative(false), DeclaringEntity(false), Qualifier(0)
+  {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Build a result that refers to a macro.
+  CodeCompletionResult(const IdentifierInfo *Macro,
+                       unsigned Priority = CCP_Macro)
+    : Declaration(0), Macro(Macro), Priority(Priority), StartParameter(0),
+      Kind(RK_Macro), CursorKind(CXCursor_MacroDefinition),
+      Availability(CXAvailability_Available), Hidden(false),
+      QualifierIsInformative(0), StartsNestedNameSpecifier(false),
+      AllParametersAreInformative(false), DeclaringEntity(false), Qualifier(0)
+  {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Build a result that refers to a pattern.
+  CodeCompletionResult(CodeCompletionString *Pattern,
+                       unsigned Priority = CCP_CodePattern,
+                       CXCursorKind CursorKind = CXCursor_NotImplemented,
+                   CXAvailabilityKind Availability = CXAvailability_Available,
+                       const NamedDecl *D = 0)
+    : Declaration(D), Pattern(Pattern), Priority(Priority), StartParameter(0),
+      Kind(RK_Pattern), CursorKind(CursorKind), Availability(Availability),
+      Hidden(false), QualifierIsInformative(0),
+      StartsNestedNameSpecifier(false), AllParametersAreInformative(false),
+      DeclaringEntity(false), Qualifier(0)
+  {
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Build a result that refers to a pattern with an associated
+  /// declaration.
+  CodeCompletionResult(CodeCompletionString *Pattern, NamedDecl *D,
+                       unsigned Priority)
+    : Declaration(D), Pattern(Pattern), Priority(Priority), StartParameter(0),
+      Kind(RK_Pattern), Availability(CXAvailability_Available), Hidden(false),
+      QualifierIsInformative(false), StartsNestedNameSpecifier(false),
+      AllParametersAreInformative(false), DeclaringEntity(false), Qualifier(0) {
+    computeCursorKindAndAvailability();
+  }  
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the declaration stored in this result.
+  const NamedDecl *getDeclaration() const {
+    assert(Kind == RK_Declaration && "Not a declaration result");
+    return Declaration;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the keyword stored in this result.
+  const char *getKeyword() const {
+    assert(Kind == RK_Keyword && "Not a keyword result");
+    return Keyword;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create a new code-completion string that describes how to insert
+  /// this result into a program.
+  ///
+  /// \param S The semantic analysis that created the result.
+  ///
+  /// \param Allocator The allocator that will be used to allocate the
+  /// string itself.
+  CodeCompletionString *CreateCodeCompletionString(Sema &S,
+                                           CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
+                                           CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
+                                           bool IncludeBriefComments);
+  CodeCompletionString *CreateCodeCompletionString(ASTContext &Ctx,
+                                                   Preprocessor &PP,
+                                           CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
+                                           CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
+                                           bool IncludeBriefComments);
+
+private:
+  void computeCursorKindAndAvailability(bool Accessible = true);
+};
+
+bool operator<(const CodeCompletionResult &X, const CodeCompletionResult &Y);
+
+inline bool operator>(const CodeCompletionResult &X,
+                      const CodeCompletionResult &Y) {
+  return Y < X;
+}
+
+inline bool operator<=(const CodeCompletionResult &X,
+                      const CodeCompletionResult &Y) {
+  return !(Y < X);
+}
+
+inline bool operator>=(const CodeCompletionResult &X,
+                       const CodeCompletionResult &Y) {
+  return !(X < Y);
+}
+
+
+raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
+                              const CodeCompletionString &CCS);
+
+/// \brief Abstract interface for a consumer of code-completion
+/// information.
+class CodeCompleteConsumer {
+protected:
+  const CodeCompleteOptions CodeCompleteOpts;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the output format for the code-completion consumer is
+  /// binary.
+  bool OutputIsBinary;
+
+public:
+  class OverloadCandidate {
+  public:
+    /// \brief Describes the type of overload candidate.
+    enum CandidateKind {
+      /// \brief The candidate is a function declaration.
+      CK_Function,
+      /// \brief The candidate is a function template.
+      CK_FunctionTemplate,
+      /// \brief The "candidate" is actually a variable, expression, or block
+      /// for which we only have a function prototype.
+      CK_FunctionType
+    };
+
+  private:
+    /// \brief The kind of overload candidate.
+    CandidateKind Kind;
+
+    union {
+      /// \brief The function overload candidate, available when
+      /// Kind == CK_Function.
+      FunctionDecl *Function;
+
+      /// \brief The function template overload candidate, available when
+      /// Kind == CK_FunctionTemplate.
+      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate;
+
+      /// \brief The function type that describes the entity being called,
+      /// when Kind == CK_FunctionType.
+      const FunctionType *Type;
+    };
+
+  public:
+    OverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function)
+      : Kind(CK_Function), Function(Function) { }
+
+    OverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplateDecl)
+      : Kind(CK_FunctionTemplate), FunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl) { }
+
+    OverloadCandidate(const FunctionType *Type)
+      : Kind(CK_FunctionType), Type(Type) { }
+
+    /// \brief Determine the kind of overload candidate.
+    CandidateKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the function overload candidate or the templated
+    /// function declaration for a function template.
+    FunctionDecl *getFunction() const;
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the function template overload candidate.
+    FunctionTemplateDecl *getFunctionTemplate() const {
+      assert(getKind() == CK_FunctionTemplate && "Not a function template");
+      return FunctionTemplate;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the function type of the entity, regardless of how the
+    /// function is stored.
+    const FunctionType *getFunctionType() const;
+
+    /// \brief Create a new code-completion string that describes the function
+    /// signature of this overload candidate.
+    CodeCompletionString *CreateSignatureString(unsigned CurrentArg,
+                                                Sema &S,
+                                      CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
+                                      CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo) const;
+  };
+
+  CodeCompleteConsumer(const CodeCompleteOptions &CodeCompleteOpts,
+                       bool OutputIsBinary)
+    : CodeCompleteOpts(CodeCompleteOpts), OutputIsBinary(OutputIsBinary)
+  { }
+
+  /// \brief Whether the code-completion consumer wants to see macros.
+  bool includeMacros() const {
+    return CodeCompleteOpts.IncludeMacros;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether the code-completion consumer wants to see code patterns.
+  bool includeCodePatterns() const {
+    return CodeCompleteOpts.IncludeCodePatterns;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether to include global (top-level) declaration results.
+  bool includeGlobals() const {
+    return CodeCompleteOpts.IncludeGlobals;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Whether to include brief documentation comments within the set of
+  /// code completions returned.
+  bool includeBriefComments() const {
+    return CodeCompleteOpts.IncludeBriefComments;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the output of this consumer is binary.
+  bool isOutputBinary() const { return OutputIsBinary; }
+
+  /// \brief Deregisters and destroys this code-completion consumer.
+  virtual ~CodeCompleteConsumer();
+
+  /// \name Code-completion callbacks
+  //@{
+  /// \brief Process the finalized code-completion results.
+  virtual void ProcessCodeCompleteResults(Sema &S,
+                                          CodeCompletionContext Context,
+                                          CodeCompletionResult *Results,
+                                          unsigned NumResults) { }
+
+  /// \param S the semantic-analyzer object for which code-completion is being
+  /// done.
+  ///
+  /// \param CurrentArg the index of the current argument.
+  ///
+  /// \param Candidates an array of overload candidates.
+  ///
+  /// \param NumCandidates the number of overload candidates
+  virtual void ProcessOverloadCandidates(Sema &S, unsigned CurrentArg,
+                                         OverloadCandidate *Candidates,
+                                         unsigned NumCandidates) { }
+  //@}
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the allocator that will be used to allocate
+  /// code completion strings.
+  virtual CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() = 0;
+
+  virtual CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief A simple code-completion consumer that prints the results it
+/// receives in a simple format.
+class PrintingCodeCompleteConsumer : public CodeCompleteConsumer {
+  /// \brief The raw output stream.
+  raw_ostream &OS;
+
+  CodeCompletionTUInfo CCTUInfo;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Create a new printing code-completion consumer that prints its
+  /// results to the given raw output stream.
+  PrintingCodeCompleteConsumer(const CodeCompleteOptions &CodeCompleteOpts,
+                               raw_ostream &OS)
+    : CodeCompleteConsumer(CodeCompleteOpts, false), OS(OS),
+      CCTUInfo(new GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator) {}
+
+  /// \brief Prints the finalized code-completion results.
+  virtual void ProcessCodeCompleteResults(Sema &S,
+                                          CodeCompletionContext Context,
+                                          CodeCompletionResult *Results,
+                                          unsigned NumResults);
+
+  virtual void ProcessOverloadCandidates(Sema &S, unsigned CurrentArg,
+                                         OverloadCandidate *Candidates,
+                                         unsigned NumCandidates);
+
+  virtual CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() {
+    return CCTUInfo.getAllocator();
+  }
+
+  virtual CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() { return CCTUInfo; }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_CODECOMPLETECONSUMER_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/CodeCompleteOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/CodeCompleteOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e43496f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/CodeCompleteOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+//===---- CodeCompleteOptions.h - Code Completion Options -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_CODECOMPLETEOPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_CODECOMPLETEOPTIONS_H
+
+/// Options controlling the behavior of code completion.
+class CodeCompleteOptions {
+public:
+  /// Show macros in code completion results.
+  unsigned IncludeMacros : 1;
+
+  /// Show code patterns in code completion results.
+  unsigned IncludeCodePatterns : 1;
+
+  /// Show top-level decls in code completion results.
+  unsigned IncludeGlobals : 1;
+
+  /// Show brief documentation comments in code completion results.
+  unsigned IncludeBriefComments : 1;
+
+  CodeCompleteOptions() :
+      IncludeMacros(0),
+      IncludeCodePatterns(0),
+      IncludeGlobals(1),
+      IncludeBriefComments(0)
+  { }
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b90784
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2100 @@
+//===--- DeclSpec.h - Parsed declaration specifiers -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief This file defines the classes used to store parsed information about
+/// declaration-specifiers and declarators.
+///
+/// \verbatim
+///   static const int volatile x, *y, *(*(*z)[10])(const void *x);
+///   ------------------------- -  --  ---------------------------
+///     declaration-specifiers  \  |   /
+///                            declarators
+/// \endverbatim
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DECLSPEC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DECLSPEC_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Lambda.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/Token.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/AttributeList.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class TypeLoc;
+  class LangOptions;
+  class DiagnosticsEngine;
+  class IdentifierInfo;
+  class NamespaceAliasDecl;
+  class NamespaceDecl;
+  class NestedNameSpecifier;
+  class NestedNameSpecifierLoc;
+  class ObjCDeclSpec;
+  class Preprocessor;
+  class Sema;
+  class Declarator;
+  struct TemplateIdAnnotation;
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++ nested-name-specifier or a global scope specifier.
+///
+/// These can be in 3 states:
+///   1) Not present, identified by isEmpty()
+///   2) Present, identified by isNotEmpty()
+///      2.a) Valid, idenified by isValid()
+///      2.b) Invalid, identified by isInvalid().
+///
+/// isSet() is deprecated because it mostly corresponded to "valid" but was
+/// often used as if it meant "present".
+///
+/// The actual scope is described by getScopeRep().
+class CXXScopeSpec {
+  SourceRange Range;  
+  NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder Builder;
+
+public:
+  const SourceRange &getRange() const { return Range; }
+  void setRange(const SourceRange &R) { Range = R; }
+  void setBeginLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setBegin(Loc); }
+  void setEndLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setEnd(Loc); }
+  SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Range.getEnd(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the representation of the nested-name-specifier.
+  NestedNameSpecifier *getScopeRep() const { 
+    return Builder.getRepresentation(); 
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
+  /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'type::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
+  /// resides.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateKWLoc The location of the 'template' keyword, if present.
+  ///
+  /// \param TL The TypeLoc that describes the type preceding the '::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
+  void Extend(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TypeLoc TL,
+              SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another 
+  /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'identifier::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
+  /// resides.
+  ///
+  /// \param Identifier The identifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
+  void Extend(ASTContext &Context, IdentifierInfo *Identifier,
+              SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another 
+  /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'namespace::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
+  /// resides.
+  ///
+  /// \param Namespace The namespace.
+  ///
+  /// \param NamespaceLoc The location of the namespace name.
+  ///
+  /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
+  void Extend(ASTContext &Context, NamespaceDecl *Namespace,
+              SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another 
+  /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'namespace-alias::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
+  /// resides.
+  ///
+  /// \param Alias The namespace alias.
+  ///
+  /// \param AliasLoc The location of the namespace alias 
+  /// name.
+  ///
+  /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
+  void Extend(ASTContext &Context, NamespaceAliasDecl *Alias,
+              SourceLocation AliasLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Turn this (empty) nested-name-specifier into the global
+  /// nested-name-specifier '::'.
+  void MakeGlobal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+  
+  /// \brief Make a new nested-name-specifier from incomplete source-location
+  /// information.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: This routine should be used very, very rarely, in cases where we
+  /// need to synthesize a nested-name-specifier. Most code should instead use
+  /// \c Adopt() with a proper \c NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
+  void MakeTrivial(ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 
+                   SourceRange R);
+  
+  /// \brief Adopt an existing nested-name-specifier (with source-range 
+  /// information).
+  void Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Other);
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve a nested-name-specifier with location information, copied
+  /// into the given AST context.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context The context into which this nested-name-specifier will be
+  /// copied.
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc getWithLocInContext(ASTContext &Context) const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the name in the last qualifier
+  /// in this nested name specifier.
+  ///
+  /// For example, the location of \c bar
+  /// in
+  /// \verbatim
+  ///   \::foo::bar<0>::
+  ///           ^~~
+  /// \endverbatim
+  SourceLocation getLastQualifierNameLoc() const;
+
+  /// No scope specifier.
+  bool isEmpty() const { return !Range.isValid(); }
+  /// A scope specifier is present, but may be valid or invalid.
+  bool isNotEmpty() const { return !isEmpty(); }
+
+  /// An error occurred during parsing of the scope specifier.
+  bool isInvalid() const { return isNotEmpty() && getScopeRep() == 0; }
+  /// A scope specifier is present, and it refers to a real scope.
+  bool isValid() const { return isNotEmpty() && getScopeRep() != 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Indicate that this nested-name-specifier is invalid.
+  void SetInvalid(SourceRange R) { 
+    assert(R.isValid() && "Must have a valid source range");
+    if (Range.getBegin().isInvalid())
+      Range.setBegin(R.getBegin());
+    Range.setEnd(R.getEnd());
+    Builder.Clear();
+  }
+  
+  /// Deprecated.  Some call sites intend isNotEmpty() while others intend
+  /// isValid().
+  bool isSet() const { return getScopeRep() != 0; }
+
+  void clear() {
+    Range = SourceRange();
+    Builder.Clear();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the data associated with the source-location information.
+  char *location_data() const { return Builder.getBuffer().first; }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the size of the data associated with source-location 
+  /// information.
+  unsigned location_size() const { return Builder.getBuffer().second; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Captures information about "declaration specifiers".
+///
+/// "Declaration specifiers" encompasses storage-class-specifiers,
+/// type-specifiers, type-qualifiers, and function-specifiers.
+class DeclSpec {
+public:
+  /// \brief storage-class-specifier
+  /// \note The order of these enumerators is important for diagnostics.
+  enum SCS {
+    SCS_unspecified = 0,
+    SCS_typedef,
+    SCS_extern,
+    SCS_static,
+    SCS_auto,
+    SCS_register,
+    SCS_private_extern,
+    SCS_mutable
+  };
+
+  // Import type specifier width enumeration and constants.
+  typedef TypeSpecifierWidth TSW;
+  static const TSW TSW_unspecified = clang::TSW_unspecified;
+  static const TSW TSW_short = clang::TSW_short;
+  static const TSW TSW_long = clang::TSW_long;
+  static const TSW TSW_longlong = clang::TSW_longlong;
+  
+  enum TSC {
+    TSC_unspecified,
+    TSC_imaginary,
+    TSC_complex
+  };
+
+  // Import type specifier sign enumeration and constants.
+  typedef TypeSpecifierSign TSS;
+  static const TSS TSS_unspecified = clang::TSS_unspecified;
+  static const TSS TSS_signed = clang::TSS_signed;
+  static const TSS TSS_unsigned = clang::TSS_unsigned;
+
+  // Import type specifier type enumeration and constants.
+  typedef TypeSpecifierType TST;
+  static const TST TST_unspecified = clang::TST_unspecified;
+  static const TST TST_void = clang::TST_void;
+  static const TST TST_char = clang::TST_char;
+  static const TST TST_wchar = clang::TST_wchar;
+  static const TST TST_char16 = clang::TST_char16;
+  static const TST TST_char32 = clang::TST_char32;
+  static const TST TST_int = clang::TST_int;
+  static const TST TST_int128 = clang::TST_int128;
+  static const TST TST_half = clang::TST_half;
+  static const TST TST_float = clang::TST_float;
+  static const TST TST_double = clang::TST_double;
+  static const TST TST_bool = clang::TST_bool;
+  static const TST TST_decimal32 = clang::TST_decimal32;
+  static const TST TST_decimal64 = clang::TST_decimal64;
+  static const TST TST_decimal128 = clang::TST_decimal128;
+  static const TST TST_enum = clang::TST_enum;
+  static const TST TST_union = clang::TST_union;
+  static const TST TST_struct = clang::TST_struct;
+  static const TST TST_interface = clang::TST_interface;
+  static const TST TST_class = clang::TST_class;
+  static const TST TST_typename = clang::TST_typename;
+  static const TST TST_typeofType = clang::TST_typeofType;
+  static const TST TST_typeofExpr = clang::TST_typeofExpr;
+  static const TST TST_decltype = clang::TST_decltype;
+  static const TST TST_underlyingType = clang::TST_underlyingType;
+  static const TST TST_auto = clang::TST_auto;
+  static const TST TST_unknown_anytype = clang::TST_unknown_anytype;
+  static const TST TST_atomic = clang::TST_atomic;
+  static const TST TST_image1d_t = clang::TST_image1d_t;
+  static const TST TST_image1d_array_t = clang::TST_image1d_array_t;
+  static const TST TST_image1d_buffer_t = clang::TST_image1d_buffer_t;
+  static const TST TST_image2d_t = clang::TST_image2d_t;
+  static const TST TST_image2d_array_t = clang::TST_image2d_array_t;
+  static const TST TST_image3d_t = clang::TST_image3d_t;
+  static const TST TST_sampler_t = clang::TST_sampler_t;
+  static const TST TST_event_t = clang::TST_event_t;
+  static const TST TST_error = clang::TST_error;
+
+  // type-qualifiers
+  enum TQ {   // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with Qualifiers::TQ.
+    TQ_unspecified = 0,
+    TQ_const       = 1,
+    TQ_restrict    = 2,
+    TQ_volatile    = 4,
+    // This has no corresponding Qualifiers::TQ value, because it's not treated
+    // as a qualifier in our type system.
+    TQ_atomic      = 8
+  };
+
+  /// ParsedSpecifiers - Flags to query which specifiers were applied.  This is
+  /// returned by getParsedSpecifiers.
+  enum ParsedSpecifiers {
+    PQ_None                  = 0,
+    PQ_StorageClassSpecifier = 1,
+    PQ_TypeSpecifier         = 2,
+    PQ_TypeQualifier         = 4,
+    PQ_FunctionSpecifier     = 8
+  };
+
+private:
+  // storage-class-specifier
+  /*SCS*/unsigned StorageClassSpec : 3;
+  unsigned SCS_thread_specified : 1;
+  unsigned SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec : 1;
+
+  // type-specifier
+  /*TSW*/unsigned TypeSpecWidth : 2;
+  /*TSC*/unsigned TypeSpecComplex : 2;
+  /*TSS*/unsigned TypeSpecSign : 2;
+  /*TST*/unsigned TypeSpecType : 6;
+  unsigned TypeAltiVecVector : 1;
+  unsigned TypeAltiVecPixel : 1;
+  unsigned TypeAltiVecBool : 1;
+  unsigned TypeSpecOwned : 1;
+
+  // type-qualifiers
+  unsigned TypeQualifiers : 4;  // Bitwise OR of TQ.
+
+  // function-specifier
+  unsigned FS_inline_specified : 1;
+  unsigned FS_virtual_specified : 1;
+  unsigned FS_explicit_specified : 1;
+  unsigned FS_noreturn_specified : 1;
+
+  // friend-specifier
+  unsigned Friend_specified : 1;
+
+  // constexpr-specifier
+  unsigned Constexpr_specified : 1;
+
+  union {
+    UnionParsedType TypeRep;
+    Decl *DeclRep;
+    Expr *ExprRep;
+  };
+
+  // attributes.
+  ParsedAttributes Attrs;
+
+  // Scope specifier for the type spec, if applicable.
+  CXXScopeSpec TypeScope;
+
+  // List of protocol qualifiers for objective-c classes.  Used for
+  // protocol-qualified interfaces "NString<foo>" and protocol-qualified id
+  // "id<foo>".
+  Decl * const *ProtocolQualifiers;
+  unsigned NumProtocolQualifiers;
+  SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc;
+  SourceLocation *ProtocolLocs;
+
+  // SourceLocation info.  These are null if the item wasn't specified or if
+  // the setting was synthesized.
+  SourceRange Range;
+
+  SourceLocation StorageClassSpecLoc, SCS_threadLoc;
+  SourceLocation TSWLoc, TSCLoc, TSSLoc, TSTLoc, AltiVecLoc;
+  /// TSTNameLoc - If TypeSpecType is any of class, enum, struct, union,
+  /// typename, then this is the location of the named type (if present);
+  /// otherwise, it is the same as TSTLoc. Hence, the pair TSTLoc and
+  /// TSTNameLoc provides source range info for tag types.
+  SourceLocation TSTNameLoc;
+  SourceRange TypeofParensRange;
+  SourceLocation TQ_constLoc, TQ_restrictLoc, TQ_volatileLoc, TQ_atomicLoc;
+  SourceLocation FS_inlineLoc, FS_virtualLoc, FS_explicitLoc, FS_noreturnLoc;
+  SourceLocation FriendLoc, ModulePrivateLoc, ConstexprLoc;
+
+  WrittenBuiltinSpecs writtenBS;
+  void SaveWrittenBuiltinSpecs();
+
+  ObjCDeclSpec *ObjCQualifiers;
+
+  static bool isTypeRep(TST T) {
+    return (T == TST_typename || T == TST_typeofType ||
+            T == TST_underlyingType || T == TST_atomic);
+  }
+  static bool isExprRep(TST T) {
+    return (T == TST_typeofExpr || T == TST_decltype);
+  }
+
+  DeclSpec(const DeclSpec &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const DeclSpec &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+public:
+  static bool isDeclRep(TST T) {
+    return (T == TST_enum || T == TST_struct ||
+            T == TST_interface || T == TST_union ||
+            T == TST_class);
+  }
+
+  DeclSpec(AttributeFactory &attrFactory)
+    : StorageClassSpec(SCS_unspecified),
+      SCS_thread_specified(false),
+      SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec(false),
+      TypeSpecWidth(TSW_unspecified),
+      TypeSpecComplex(TSC_unspecified),
+      TypeSpecSign(TSS_unspecified),
+      TypeSpecType(TST_unspecified),
+      TypeAltiVecVector(false),
+      TypeAltiVecPixel(false),
+      TypeAltiVecBool(false),
+      TypeSpecOwned(false),
+      TypeQualifiers(TQ_unspecified),
+      FS_inline_specified(false),
+      FS_virtual_specified(false),
+      FS_explicit_specified(false),
+      FS_noreturn_specified(false),
+      Friend_specified(false),
+      Constexpr_specified(false),
+      Attrs(attrFactory),
+      ProtocolQualifiers(0),
+      NumProtocolQualifiers(0),
+      ProtocolLocs(0),
+      writtenBS(),
+      ObjCQualifiers(0) {
+  }
+  ~DeclSpec() {
+    delete [] ProtocolQualifiers;
+    delete [] ProtocolLocs;
+  }
+  // storage-class-specifier
+  SCS getStorageClassSpec() const { return (SCS)StorageClassSpec; }
+  bool isThreadSpecified() const { return SCS_thread_specified; }
+  bool isExternInLinkageSpec() const { return SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec; }
+  void setExternInLinkageSpec(bool Value) {
+    SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec = Value;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getStorageClassSpecLoc() const { return StorageClassSpecLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getThreadSpecLoc() const { return SCS_threadLoc; }
+
+  void ClearStorageClassSpecs() {
+    StorageClassSpec     = DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified;
+    SCS_thread_specified = false;
+    SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec = false;
+    StorageClassSpecLoc  = SourceLocation();
+    SCS_threadLoc        = SourceLocation();
+  }
+
+  // type-specifier
+  TSW getTypeSpecWidth() const { return (TSW)TypeSpecWidth; }
+  TSC getTypeSpecComplex() const { return (TSC)TypeSpecComplex; }
+  TSS getTypeSpecSign() const { return (TSS)TypeSpecSign; }
+  TST getTypeSpecType() const { return (TST)TypeSpecType; }
+  bool isTypeAltiVecVector() const { return TypeAltiVecVector; }
+  bool isTypeAltiVecPixel() const { return TypeAltiVecPixel; }
+  bool isTypeAltiVecBool() const { return TypeAltiVecBool; }
+  bool isTypeSpecOwned() const { return TypeSpecOwned; }
+  ParsedType getRepAsType() const {
+    assert(isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store a type");
+    return TypeRep;
+  }
+  Decl *getRepAsDecl() const {
+    assert(isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store a decl");
+    return DeclRep;
+  }
+  Expr *getRepAsExpr() const {
+    assert(isExprRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store an expr");
+    return ExprRep;
+  }
+  CXXScopeSpec &getTypeSpecScope() { return TypeScope; }
+  const CXXScopeSpec &getTypeSpecScope() const { return TypeScope; }
+
+  const SourceRange &getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+
+  SourceLocation getTypeSpecWidthLoc() const { return TSWLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getTypeSpecComplexLoc() const { return TSCLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getTypeSpecSignLoc() const { return TSSLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getTypeSpecTypeLoc() const { return TSTLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getAltiVecLoc() const { return AltiVecLoc; }
+
+  SourceLocation getTypeSpecTypeNameLoc() const {
+    assert(isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType) || TypeSpecType == TST_typename);
+    return TSTNameLoc;
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getTypeofParensRange() const { return TypeofParensRange; }
+  void setTypeofParensRange(SourceRange range) { TypeofParensRange = range; }
+
+  /// \brief Turn a type-specifier-type into a string like "_Bool" or "union".
+  static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TST T);
+  static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TQ Q);
+  static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TSS S);
+  static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TSC C);
+  static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TSW W);
+  static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::SCS S);
+
+  // type-qualifiers
+
+  /// getTypeQualifiers - Return a set of TQs.
+  unsigned getTypeQualifiers() const { return TypeQualifiers; }
+  SourceLocation getConstSpecLoc() const { return TQ_constLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getRestrictSpecLoc() const { return TQ_restrictLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getVolatileSpecLoc() const { return TQ_volatileLoc; }
+  SourceLocation getAtomicSpecLoc() const { return TQ_atomicLoc; }
+
+  /// \brief Clear out all of the type qualifiers.
+  void ClearTypeQualifiers() {
+    TypeQualifiers = 0;
+    TQ_constLoc = SourceLocation();
+    TQ_restrictLoc = SourceLocation();
+    TQ_volatileLoc = SourceLocation();
+    TQ_atomicLoc = SourceLocation();
+  }
+
+  // function-specifier
+  bool isInlineSpecified() const { return FS_inline_specified; }
+  SourceLocation getInlineSpecLoc() const { return FS_inlineLoc; }
+
+  bool isVirtualSpecified() const { return FS_virtual_specified; }
+  SourceLocation getVirtualSpecLoc() const { return FS_virtualLoc; }
+
+  bool isExplicitSpecified() const { return FS_explicit_specified; }
+  SourceLocation getExplicitSpecLoc() const { return FS_explicitLoc; }
+
+  bool isNoreturnSpecified() const { return FS_noreturn_specified; }
+  SourceLocation getNoreturnSpecLoc() const { return FS_noreturnLoc; }
+
+  void ClearFunctionSpecs() {
+    FS_inline_specified = false;
+    FS_inlineLoc = SourceLocation();
+    FS_virtual_specified = false;
+    FS_virtualLoc = SourceLocation();
+    FS_explicit_specified = false;
+    FS_explicitLoc = SourceLocation();
+    FS_noreturn_specified = false;
+    FS_noreturnLoc = SourceLocation();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if any type-specifier has been found.
+  bool hasTypeSpecifier() const {
+    return getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_unspecified ||
+           getTypeSpecWidth() != DeclSpec::TSW_unspecified ||
+           getTypeSpecComplex() != DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified ||
+           getTypeSpecSign() != DeclSpec::TSS_unspecified;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a bitmask of which flavors of specifiers this
+  /// DeclSpec includes.
+  unsigned getParsedSpecifiers() const;
+
+  /// isEmpty - Return true if this declaration specifier is completely empty:
+  /// no tokens were parsed in the production of it.
+  bool isEmpty() const {
+    return getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_None;
+  }
+
+  void SetRangeStart(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setBegin(Loc); }
+  void SetRangeEnd(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setEnd(Loc); }
+
+  /// These methods set the specified attribute of the DeclSpec and
+  /// return false if there was no error.  If an error occurs (for
+  /// example, if we tried to set "auto" on a spec with "extern"
+  /// already set), they return true and set PrevSpec and DiagID
+  /// such that
+  ///   Diag(Loc, DiagID) << PrevSpec;
+  /// will yield a useful result.
+  ///
+  /// TODO: use a more general approach that still allows these
+  /// diagnostics to be ignored when desired.
+  bool SetStorageClassSpec(Sema &S, SCS SC, SourceLocation Loc,
+                           const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID);
+  bool SetStorageClassSpecThread(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                                 unsigned &DiagID);
+  bool SetTypeSpecWidth(TSW W, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                        unsigned &DiagID);
+  bool SetTypeSpecComplex(TSC C, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                          unsigned &DiagID);
+  bool SetTypeSpecSign(TSS S, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                       unsigned &DiagID);
+  bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                       unsigned &DiagID);
+  bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                       unsigned &DiagID, ParsedType Rep);
+  bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                       unsigned &DiagID, Decl *Rep, bool Owned);
+  bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation TagKwLoc,
+                       SourceLocation TagNameLoc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                       unsigned &DiagID, ParsedType Rep);
+  bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation TagKwLoc,
+                       SourceLocation TagNameLoc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                       unsigned &DiagID, Decl *Rep, bool Owned);
+
+  bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                       unsigned &DiagID, Expr *Rep);
+  bool SetTypeAltiVecVector(bool isAltiVecVector, SourceLocation Loc,
+                       const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID);
+  bool SetTypeAltiVecPixel(bool isAltiVecPixel, SourceLocation Loc,
+                       const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID);
+  bool SetTypeSpecError();
+  void UpdateDeclRep(Decl *Rep) {
+    assert(isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType));
+    DeclRep = Rep;
+  }
+  void UpdateTypeRep(ParsedType Rep) {
+    assert(isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType));
+    TypeRep = Rep;
+  }
+  void UpdateExprRep(Expr *Rep) {
+    assert(isExprRep((TST) TypeSpecType));
+    ExprRep = Rep;
+  }
+
+  bool SetTypeQual(TQ T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                   unsigned &DiagID, const LangOptions &Lang);
+
+  bool setFunctionSpecInline(SourceLocation Loc);
+  bool setFunctionSpecVirtual(SourceLocation Loc);
+  bool setFunctionSpecExplicit(SourceLocation Loc);
+  bool setFunctionSpecNoreturn(SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  bool SetFriendSpec(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                     unsigned &DiagID);
+  bool setModulePrivateSpec(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                            unsigned &DiagID);
+  bool SetConstexprSpec(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
+                        unsigned &DiagID);
+
+  bool isFriendSpecified() const { return Friend_specified; }
+  SourceLocation getFriendSpecLoc() const { return FriendLoc; }
+
+  bool isModulePrivateSpecified() const { return ModulePrivateLoc.isValid(); }
+  SourceLocation getModulePrivateSpecLoc() const { return ModulePrivateLoc; }
+  
+  bool isConstexprSpecified() const { return Constexpr_specified; }
+  SourceLocation getConstexprSpecLoc() const { return ConstexprLoc; }
+
+  void ClearConstexprSpec() {
+    Constexpr_specified = false;
+    ConstexprLoc = SourceLocation();
+  }
+
+  AttributePool &getAttributePool() const {
+    return Attrs.getPool();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Concatenates two attribute lists.
+  ///
+  /// The GCC attribute syntax allows for the following:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// short __attribute__(( unused, deprecated ))
+  /// int __attribute__(( may_alias, aligned(16) )) var;
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// This declares 4 attributes using 2 lists. The following syntax is
+  /// also allowed and equivalent to the previous declaration.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// short __attribute__((unused)) __attribute__((deprecated))
+  /// int __attribute__((may_alias)) __attribute__((aligned(16))) var;
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  void addAttributes(AttributeList *AL) {
+    Attrs.addAll(AL);
+  }
+  void setAttributes(AttributeList *AL) {
+    Attrs.set(AL);
+  }
+
+  bool hasAttributes() const { return !Attrs.empty(); }
+
+  ParsedAttributes &getAttributes() { return Attrs; }
+  const ParsedAttributes &getAttributes() const { return Attrs; }
+
+  /// \brief Return the current attribute list and remove them from
+  /// the DeclSpec so that it doesn't own them.
+  ParsedAttributes takeAttributes() {
+    // The non-const "copy" constructor clears the operand automatically.
+    return Attrs;
+  }
+
+  void takeAttributesFrom(ParsedAttributes &attrs) {
+    Attrs.takeAllFrom(attrs);
+  }
+
+  typedef Decl * const *ProtocolQualifierListTy;
+  ProtocolQualifierListTy getProtocolQualifiers() const {
+    return ProtocolQualifiers;
+  }
+  SourceLocation *getProtocolLocs() const { return ProtocolLocs; }
+  unsigned getNumProtocolQualifiers() const {
+    return NumProtocolQualifiers;
+  }
+  SourceLocation getProtocolLAngleLoc() const { return ProtocolLAngleLoc; }
+  void setProtocolQualifiers(Decl * const *Protos, unsigned NP,
+                             SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
+                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc);
+
+  /// Finish - This does final analysis of the declspec, issuing diagnostics for
+  /// things like "_Imaginary" (lacking an FP type).  After calling this method,
+  /// DeclSpec is guaranteed self-consistent, even if an error occurred.
+  void Finish(DiagnosticsEngine &D, Preprocessor &PP);
+
+  const WrittenBuiltinSpecs& getWrittenBuiltinSpecs() const {
+    return writtenBS;
+  }
+
+  ObjCDeclSpec *getObjCQualifiers() const { return ObjCQualifiers; }
+  void setObjCQualifiers(ObjCDeclSpec *quals) { ObjCQualifiers = quals; }
+
+  /// \brief Checks if this DeclSpec can stand alone, without a Declarator.
+  ///
+  /// Only tag declspecs can stand alone.
+  bool isMissingDeclaratorOk();
+};
+
+/// \brief Captures information about "declaration specifiers" specific to
+/// Objective-C.
+class ObjCDeclSpec {
+public:
+  /// ObjCDeclQualifier - Qualifier used on types in method
+  /// declarations.  Not all combinations are sensible.  Parameters
+  /// can be one of { in, out, inout } with one of { bycopy, byref }.
+  /// Returns can either be { oneway } or not.
+  ///
+  /// This should be kept in sync with Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier.
+  enum ObjCDeclQualifier {
+    DQ_None = 0x0,
+    DQ_In = 0x1,
+    DQ_Inout = 0x2,
+    DQ_Out = 0x4,
+    DQ_Bycopy = 0x8,
+    DQ_Byref = 0x10,
+    DQ_Oneway = 0x20
+  };
+
+  /// PropertyAttributeKind - list of property attributes.
+  enum ObjCPropertyAttributeKind {
+    DQ_PR_noattr = 0x0,
+    DQ_PR_readonly = 0x01,
+    DQ_PR_getter = 0x02,
+    DQ_PR_assign = 0x04,
+    DQ_PR_readwrite = 0x08,
+    DQ_PR_retain = 0x10,
+    DQ_PR_copy = 0x20,
+    DQ_PR_nonatomic = 0x40,
+    DQ_PR_setter = 0x80,
+    DQ_PR_atomic = 0x100,
+    DQ_PR_weak =   0x200,
+    DQ_PR_strong = 0x400,
+    DQ_PR_unsafe_unretained = 0x800
+  };
+
+
+  ObjCDeclSpec()
+    : objcDeclQualifier(DQ_None), PropertyAttributes(DQ_PR_noattr),
+      GetterName(0), SetterName(0) { }
+  ObjCDeclQualifier getObjCDeclQualifier() const { return objcDeclQualifier; }
+  void setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier DQVal) {
+    objcDeclQualifier = (ObjCDeclQualifier) (objcDeclQualifier | DQVal);
+  }
+
+  ObjCPropertyAttributeKind getPropertyAttributes() const {
+    return ObjCPropertyAttributeKind(PropertyAttributes);
+  }
+  void setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttributeKind PRVal) {
+    PropertyAttributes =
+      (ObjCPropertyAttributeKind)(PropertyAttributes | PRVal);
+  }
+
+  const IdentifierInfo *getGetterName() const { return GetterName; }
+  IdentifierInfo *getGetterName() { return GetterName; }
+  void setGetterName(IdentifierInfo *name) { GetterName = name; }
+
+  const IdentifierInfo *getSetterName() const { return SetterName; }
+  IdentifierInfo *getSetterName() { return SetterName; }
+  void setSetterName(IdentifierInfo *name) { SetterName = name; }
+
+private:
+  // FIXME: These two are unrelated and mutially exclusive. So perhaps
+  // we can put them in a union to reflect their mutual exclusiveness
+  // (space saving is negligible).
+  ObjCDeclQualifier objcDeclQualifier : 6;
+
+  // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using ObjCPropertyAttributeKind
+  unsigned PropertyAttributes : 12;
+  IdentifierInfo *GetterName;    // getter name of NULL if no getter
+  IdentifierInfo *SetterName;    // setter name of NULL if no setter
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++ unqualified-id that has been parsed. 
+class UnqualifiedId {
+private:
+  UnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  const UnqualifiedId &operator=(const UnqualifiedId &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Describes the kind of unqualified-id parsed.
+  enum IdKind {
+    /// \brief An identifier.
+    IK_Identifier,
+    /// \brief An overloaded operator name, e.g., operator+.
+    IK_OperatorFunctionId,
+    /// \brief A conversion function name, e.g., operator int.
+    IK_ConversionFunctionId,
+    /// \brief A user-defined literal name, e.g., operator "" _i.
+    IK_LiteralOperatorId,
+    /// \brief A constructor name.
+    IK_ConstructorName,
+    /// \brief A constructor named via a template-id.
+    IK_ConstructorTemplateId,
+    /// \brief A destructor name.
+    IK_DestructorName,
+    /// \brief A template-id, e.g., f<int>.
+    IK_TemplateId,
+    /// \brief An implicit 'self' parameter
+    IK_ImplicitSelfParam
+  } Kind;
+
+  struct OFI {
+    /// \brief The kind of overloaded operator.
+    OverloadedOperatorKind Operator;
+
+    /// \brief The source locations of the individual tokens that name
+    /// the operator, e.g., the "new", "[", and "]" tokens in 
+    /// operator new []. 
+    ///
+    /// Different operators have different numbers of tokens in their name,
+    /// up to three. Any remaining source locations in this array will be
+    /// set to an invalid value for operators with fewer than three tokens.
+    unsigned SymbolLocations[3];
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Anonymous union that holds extra data associated with the
+  /// parsed unqualified-id.
+  union {
+    /// \brief When Kind == IK_Identifier, the parsed identifier, or when Kind
+    /// == IK_UserLiteralId, the identifier suffix.
+    IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
+    
+    /// \brief When Kind == IK_OperatorFunctionId, the overloaded operator
+    /// that we parsed.
+    struct OFI OperatorFunctionId;
+    
+    /// \brief When Kind == IK_ConversionFunctionId, the type that the 
+    /// conversion function names.
+    UnionParsedType ConversionFunctionId;
+
+    /// \brief When Kind == IK_ConstructorName, the class-name of the type
+    /// whose constructor is being referenced.
+    UnionParsedType ConstructorName;
+    
+    /// \brief When Kind == IK_DestructorName, the type referred to by the
+    /// class-name.
+    UnionParsedType DestructorName;
+    
+    /// \brief When Kind == IK_TemplateId or IK_ConstructorTemplateId,
+    /// the template-id annotation that contains the template name and
+    /// template arguments.
+    TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId;
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief The location of the first token that describes this unqualified-id,
+  /// which will be the location of the identifier, "operator" keyword,
+  /// tilde (for a destructor), or the template name of a template-id.
+  SourceLocation StartLocation;
+  
+  /// \brief The location of the last token that describes this unqualified-id.
+  SourceLocation EndLocation;
+  
+  UnqualifiedId() : Kind(IK_Identifier), Identifier(0) { }
+
+  /// \brief Clear out this unqualified-id, setting it to default (invalid) 
+  /// state.
+  void clear() {
+    Kind = IK_Identifier;
+    Identifier = 0;
+    StartLocation = SourceLocation();
+    EndLocation = SourceLocation();
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this unqualified-id refers to a valid name.
+  bool isValid() const { return StartLocation.isValid(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this unqualified-id refers to an invalid name.
+  bool isInvalid() const { return !isValid(); }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine what kind of name we have.
+  IdKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+  void setKind(IdKind kind) { Kind = kind; } 
+  
+  /// \brief Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as an identifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param Id the parsed identifier.
+  /// \param IdLoc the location of the parsed identifier.
+  void setIdentifier(const IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation IdLoc) {
+    Kind = IK_Identifier;
+    Identifier = const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Id);
+    StartLocation = EndLocation = IdLoc;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as an 
+  /// operator-function-id.
+  ///
+  /// \param OperatorLoc the location of the 'operator' keyword.
+  ///
+  /// \param Op the overloaded operator.
+  ///
+  /// \param SymbolLocations the locations of the individual operator symbols
+  /// in the operator.
+  void setOperatorFunctionId(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 
+                             OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
+                             SourceLocation SymbolLocations[3]);
+  
+  /// \brief Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a 
+  /// conversion-function-id.
+  ///
+  /// \param OperatorLoc the location of the 'operator' keyword.
+  ///
+  /// \param Ty the type to which this conversion function is converting.
+  ///
+  /// \param EndLoc the location of the last token that makes up the type name.
+  void setConversionFunctionId(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 
+                               ParsedType Ty,
+                               SourceLocation EndLoc) {
+    Kind = IK_ConversionFunctionId;
+    StartLocation = OperatorLoc;
+    EndLocation = EndLoc;
+    ConversionFunctionId = Ty;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Specific that this unqualified-id was parsed as a
+  /// literal-operator-id.
+  ///
+  /// \param Id the parsed identifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param OpLoc the location of the 'operator' keyword.
+  ///
+  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
+  void setLiteralOperatorId(const IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                              SourceLocation IdLoc) {
+    Kind = IK_LiteralOperatorId;
+    Identifier = const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Id);
+    StartLocation = OpLoc;
+    EndLocation = IdLoc;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a constructor name.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassType the class type referred to by the constructor name.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassNameLoc the location of the class name.
+  ///
+  /// \param EndLoc the location of the last token that makes up the type name.
+  void setConstructorName(ParsedType ClassType, 
+                          SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
+                          SourceLocation EndLoc) {
+    Kind = IK_ConstructorName;
+    StartLocation = ClassNameLoc;
+    EndLocation = EndLoc;
+    ConstructorName = ClassType;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a
+  /// template-id that names a constructor.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateId the template-id annotation that describes the parsed
+  /// template-id. This UnqualifiedId instance will take ownership of the
+  /// \p TemplateId and will free it on destruction.
+  void setConstructorTemplateId(TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId);
+
+  /// \brief Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a destructor name.
+  ///
+  /// \param TildeLoc the location of the '~' that introduces the destructor
+  /// name.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassType the name of the class referred to by the destructor name.
+  void setDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
+                         ParsedType ClassType,
+                         SourceLocation EndLoc) {
+    Kind = IK_DestructorName;
+    StartLocation = TildeLoc;
+    EndLocation = EndLoc;
+    DestructorName = ClassType;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a template-id.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateId the template-id annotation that describes the parsed
+  /// template-id. This UnqualifiedId instance will take ownership of the
+  /// \p TemplateId and will free it on destruction.
+  void setTemplateId(TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId);
+
+  /// \brief Return the source range that covers this unqualified-id.
+  SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { 
+    return SourceRange(StartLocation, EndLocation); 
+  }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return StartLocation; }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return EndLocation; }
+};
+
+/// \brief A set of tokens that has been cached for later parsing.
+typedef SmallVector<Token, 4> CachedTokens;
+
+/// \brief One instance of this struct is used for each type in a
+/// declarator that is parsed.
+///
+/// This is intended to be a small value object.
+struct DeclaratorChunk {
+  enum {
+    Pointer, Reference, Array, Function, BlockPointer, MemberPointer, Paren
+  } Kind;
+
+  /// Loc - The place where this type was defined.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  /// EndLoc - If valid, the place where this chunck ends.
+  SourceLocation EndLoc;
+
+  struct TypeInfoCommon {
+    AttributeList *AttrList;
+  };
+
+  struct PointerTypeInfo : TypeInfoCommon {
+    /// The type qualifiers: const/volatile/restrict/atomic.
+    unsigned TypeQuals : 4;
+
+    /// The location of the const-qualifier, if any.
+    unsigned ConstQualLoc;
+
+    /// The location of the volatile-qualifier, if any.
+    unsigned VolatileQualLoc;
+
+    /// The location of the restrict-qualifier, if any.
+    unsigned RestrictQualLoc;
+
+    /// The location of the _Atomic-qualifier, if any.
+    unsigned AtomicQualLoc;
+
+    void destroy() {
+    }
+  };
+
+  struct ReferenceTypeInfo : TypeInfoCommon {
+    /// The type qualifier: restrict. [GNU] C++ extension
+    bool HasRestrict : 1;
+    /// True if this is an lvalue reference, false if it's an rvalue reference.
+    bool LValueRef : 1;
+    void destroy() {
+    }
+  };
+
+  struct ArrayTypeInfo : TypeInfoCommon {
+    /// The type qualifiers for the array: const/volatile/restrict/_Atomic.
+    unsigned TypeQuals : 4;
+
+    /// True if this dimension included the 'static' keyword.
+    bool hasStatic : 1;
+
+    /// True if this dimension was [*].  In this case, NumElts is null.
+    bool isStar : 1;
+
+    /// This is the size of the array, or null if [] or [*] was specified.
+    /// Since the parser is multi-purpose, and we don't want to impose a root
+    /// expression class on all clients, NumElts is untyped.
+    Expr *NumElts;
+
+    void destroy() {}
+  };
+
+  /// ParamInfo - An array of paraminfo objects is allocated whenever a function
+  /// declarator is parsed.  There are two interesting styles of arguments here:
+  /// K&R-style identifier lists and parameter type lists.  K&R-style identifier
+  /// lists will have information about the identifier, but no type information.
+  /// Parameter type lists will have type info (if the actions module provides
+  /// it), but may have null identifier info: e.g. for 'void foo(int X, int)'.
+  struct ParamInfo {
+    IdentifierInfo *Ident;
+    SourceLocation IdentLoc;
+    Decl *Param;
+
+    /// DefaultArgTokens - When the parameter's default argument
+    /// cannot be parsed immediately (because it occurs within the
+    /// declaration of a member function), it will be stored here as a
+    /// sequence of tokens to be parsed once the class definition is
+    /// complete. Non-NULL indicates that there is a default argument.
+    CachedTokens *DefaultArgTokens;
+
+    ParamInfo() {}
+    ParamInfo(IdentifierInfo *ident, SourceLocation iloc,
+              Decl *param,
+              CachedTokens *DefArgTokens = 0)
+      : Ident(ident), IdentLoc(iloc), Param(param),
+        DefaultArgTokens(DefArgTokens) {}
+  };
+
+  struct TypeAndRange {
+    ParsedType Ty;
+    SourceRange Range;
+  };
+
+  struct FunctionTypeInfo : TypeInfoCommon {
+    /// hasPrototype - This is true if the function had at least one typed
+    /// argument.  If the function is () or (a,b,c), then it has no prototype,
+    /// and is treated as a K&R-style function.
+    unsigned hasPrototype : 1;
+
+    /// isVariadic - If this function has a prototype, and if that
+    /// proto ends with ',...)', this is true. When true, EllipsisLoc
+    /// contains the location of the ellipsis.
+    unsigned isVariadic : 1;
+
+    /// Can this declaration be a constructor-style initializer?
+    unsigned isAmbiguous : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the ref-qualifier (if any) is an lvalue reference.
+    /// Otherwise, it's an rvalue reference.
+    unsigned RefQualifierIsLValueRef : 1;
+
+    /// The type qualifiers: const/volatile/restrict.
+    /// The qualifier bitmask values are the same as in QualType.
+    unsigned TypeQuals : 3;
+
+    /// ExceptionSpecType - An ExceptionSpecificationType value.
+    unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 3;
+
+    /// DeleteArgInfo - If this is true, we need to delete[] ArgInfo.
+    unsigned DeleteArgInfo : 1;
+
+    /// HasTrailingReturnType - If this is true, a trailing return type was
+    /// specified.
+    unsigned HasTrailingReturnType : 1;
+
+    /// The location of the left parenthesis in the source.
+    unsigned LParenLoc;
+
+    /// When isVariadic is true, the location of the ellipsis in the source.
+    unsigned EllipsisLoc;
+
+    /// The location of the right parenthesis in the source.
+    unsigned RParenLoc;
+
+    /// NumArgs - This is the number of formal arguments provided for the
+    /// declarator.
+    unsigned NumArgs;
+
+    /// NumExceptions - This is the number of types in the dynamic-exception-
+    /// decl, if the function has one.
+    unsigned NumExceptions;
+
+    /// \brief The location of the ref-qualifier, if any.
+    ///
+    /// If this is an invalid location, there is no ref-qualifier.
+    unsigned RefQualifierLoc;
+
+    /// \brief The location of the const-qualifier, if any.
+    ///
+    /// If this is an invalid location, there is no const-qualifier.
+    unsigned ConstQualifierLoc;
+
+    /// \brief The location of the volatile-qualifier, if any.
+    ///
+    /// If this is an invalid location, there is no volatile-qualifier.
+    unsigned VolatileQualifierLoc;
+
+    /// \brief The location of the 'mutable' qualifer in a lambda-declarator, if
+    /// any.
+    unsigned MutableLoc;
+
+    /// \brief The location of the keyword introducing the spec, if any.
+    unsigned ExceptionSpecLoc;
+
+    /// ArgInfo - This is a pointer to a new[]'d array of ParamInfo objects that
+    /// describe the arguments for this function declarator.  This is null if
+    /// there are no arguments specified.
+    ParamInfo *ArgInfo;
+
+    union {
+      /// \brief Pointer to a new[]'d array of TypeAndRange objects that
+      /// contain the types in the function's dynamic exception specification
+      /// and their locations, if there is one.
+      TypeAndRange *Exceptions;
+
+      /// \brief Pointer to the expression in the noexcept-specifier of this
+      /// function, if it has one.
+      Expr *NoexceptExpr;
+    };
+
+    /// \brief If HasTrailingReturnType is true, this is the trailing return
+    /// type specified.
+    UnionParsedType TrailingReturnType;
+
+    /// \brief Reset the argument list to having zero arguments.
+    ///
+    /// This is used in various places for error recovery.
+    void freeArgs() {
+      if (DeleteArgInfo) {
+        delete[] ArgInfo;
+        DeleteArgInfo = false;
+      }
+      NumArgs = 0;
+    }
+
+    void destroy() {
+      if (DeleteArgInfo)
+        delete[] ArgInfo;
+      if (getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic)
+        delete[] Exceptions;
+    }
+
+    /// isKNRPrototype - Return true if this is a K&R style identifier list,
+    /// like "void foo(a,b,c)".  In a function definition, this will be followed
+    /// by the argument type definitions.
+    bool isKNRPrototype() const {
+      return !hasPrototype && NumArgs != 0;
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(LParenLoc);
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(EllipsisLoc);
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(RParenLoc);
+    }
+
+    SourceLocation getExceptionSpecLoc() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ExceptionSpecLoc);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the location of the ref-qualifier, if any.
+    SourceLocation getRefQualifierLoc() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(RefQualifierLoc);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the location of the ref-qualifier, if any.
+    SourceLocation getConstQualifierLoc() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ConstQualifierLoc);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the location of the ref-qualifier, if any.
+    SourceLocation getVolatileQualifierLoc() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(VolatileQualifierLoc);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the location of the 'mutable' qualifier, if any.
+    SourceLocation getMutableLoc() const {
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(MutableLoc);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether this function declaration contains a 
+    /// ref-qualifier.
+    bool hasRefQualifier() const { return getRefQualifierLoc().isValid(); }
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether this lambda-declarator contains a 'mutable'
+    /// qualifier.
+    bool hasMutableQualifier() const { return getMutableLoc().isValid(); }
+
+    /// \brief Get the type of exception specification this function has.
+    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
+      return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(ExceptionSpecType);
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether this function declarator had a
+    /// trailing-return-type.
+    bool hasTrailingReturnType() const { return HasTrailingReturnType; }
+
+    /// \brief Get the trailing-return-type for this function declarator.
+    ParsedType getTrailingReturnType() const { return TrailingReturnType; }
+  };
+
+  struct BlockPointerTypeInfo : TypeInfoCommon {
+    /// For now, sema will catch these as invalid.
+    /// The type qualifiers: const/volatile/restrict/_Atomic.
+    unsigned TypeQuals : 4;
+
+    void destroy() {
+    }
+  };
+
+  struct MemberPointerTypeInfo : TypeInfoCommon {
+    /// The type qualifiers: const/volatile/restrict/_Atomic.
+    unsigned TypeQuals : 4;
+    // CXXScopeSpec has a constructor, so it can't be a direct member.
+    // So we need some pointer-aligned storage and a bit of trickery.
+    union {
+      void *Aligner;
+      char Mem[sizeof(CXXScopeSpec)];
+    } ScopeMem;
+    CXXScopeSpec &Scope() {
+      return *reinterpret_cast<CXXScopeSpec*>(ScopeMem.Mem);
+    }
+    const CXXScopeSpec &Scope() const {
+      return *reinterpret_cast<const CXXScopeSpec*>(ScopeMem.Mem);
+    }
+    void destroy() {
+      Scope().~CXXScopeSpec();
+    }
+  };
+
+  union {
+    TypeInfoCommon        Common;
+    PointerTypeInfo       Ptr;
+    ReferenceTypeInfo     Ref;
+    ArrayTypeInfo         Arr;
+    FunctionTypeInfo      Fun;
+    BlockPointerTypeInfo  Cls;
+    MemberPointerTypeInfo Mem;
+  };
+
+  void destroy() {
+    switch (Kind) {
+    case DeclaratorChunk::Function:      return Fun.destroy();
+    case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:       return Ptr.destroy();
+    case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:  return Cls.destroy();
+    case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:     return Ref.destroy();
+    case DeclaratorChunk::Array:         return Arr.destroy();
+    case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: return Mem.destroy();
+    case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:         return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If there are attributes applied to this declaratorchunk, return
+  /// them.
+  const AttributeList *getAttrs() const {
+    return Common.AttrList;
+  }
+
+  AttributeList *&getAttrListRef() {
+    return Common.AttrList;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a DeclaratorChunk for a pointer.
+  static DeclaratorChunk getPointer(unsigned TypeQuals, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                    SourceLocation ConstQualLoc,
+                                    SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc,
+                                    SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc) {
+    DeclaratorChunk I;
+    I.Kind                = Pointer;
+    I.Loc                 = Loc;
+    I.Ptr.TypeQuals       = TypeQuals;
+    I.Ptr.ConstQualLoc    = ConstQualLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    I.Ptr.VolatileQualLoc = VolatileQualLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    I.Ptr.RestrictQualLoc = RestrictQualLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    I.Ptr.AttrList        = 0;
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a DeclaratorChunk for a reference.
+  static DeclaratorChunk getReference(unsigned TypeQuals, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                      bool lvalue) {
+    DeclaratorChunk I;
+    I.Kind            = Reference;
+    I.Loc             = Loc;
+    I.Ref.HasRestrict = (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) != 0;
+    I.Ref.LValueRef   = lvalue;
+    I.Ref.AttrList    = 0;
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a DeclaratorChunk for an array.
+  static DeclaratorChunk getArray(unsigned TypeQuals,
+                                  bool isStatic, bool isStar, Expr *NumElts,
+                                  SourceLocation LBLoc, SourceLocation RBLoc) {
+    DeclaratorChunk I;
+    I.Kind          = Array;
+    I.Loc           = LBLoc;
+    I.EndLoc        = RBLoc;
+    I.Arr.AttrList  = 0;
+    I.Arr.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
+    I.Arr.hasStatic = isStatic;
+    I.Arr.isStar    = isStar;
+    I.Arr.NumElts   = NumElts;
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  /// DeclaratorChunk::getFunction - Return a DeclaratorChunk for a function.
+  /// "TheDeclarator" is the declarator that this will be added to.
+  static DeclaratorChunk getFunction(bool hasProto,
+                                     bool isAmbiguous,
+                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                     ParamInfo *ArgInfo, unsigned NumArgs,
+                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
+                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                     unsigned TypeQuals,
+                                     bool RefQualifierIsLvalueRef,
+                                     SourceLocation RefQualifierLoc,
+                                     SourceLocation ConstQualifierLoc,
+                                     SourceLocation VolatileQualifierLoc,
+                                     SourceLocation MutableLoc,
+                                     ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType,
+                                     SourceLocation ESpecLoc,
+                                     ParsedType *Exceptions,
+                                     SourceRange *ExceptionRanges,
+                                     unsigned NumExceptions,
+                                     Expr *NoexceptExpr,
+                                     SourceLocation LocalRangeBegin,
+                                     SourceLocation LocalRangeEnd,
+                                     Declarator &TheDeclarator,
+                                     TypeResult TrailingReturnType =
+                                                    TypeResult());
+
+  /// \brief Return a DeclaratorChunk for a block.
+  static DeclaratorChunk getBlockPointer(unsigned TypeQuals,
+                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
+    DeclaratorChunk I;
+    I.Kind          = BlockPointer;
+    I.Loc           = Loc;
+    I.Cls.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
+    I.Cls.AttrList  = 0;
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  static DeclaratorChunk getMemberPointer(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                          unsigned TypeQuals,
+                                          SourceLocation Loc) {
+    DeclaratorChunk I;
+    I.Kind          = MemberPointer;
+    I.Loc           = Loc;
+    I.Mem.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
+    I.Mem.AttrList  = 0;
+    new (I.Mem.ScopeMem.Mem) CXXScopeSpec(SS);
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a DeclaratorChunk for a paren.
+  static DeclaratorChunk getParen(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+    DeclaratorChunk I;
+    I.Kind          = Paren;
+    I.Loc           = LParenLoc;
+    I.EndLoc        = RParenLoc;
+    I.Common.AttrList = 0;
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  bool isParen() const {
+    return Kind == Paren;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Described the kind of function definition (if any) provided for
+/// a function.
+enum FunctionDefinitionKind {
+  FDK_Declaration,
+  FDK_Definition,
+  FDK_Defaulted,
+  FDK_Deleted
+};
+
+/// \brief Information about one declarator, including the parsed type
+/// information and the identifier.
+///
+/// When the declarator is fully formed, this is turned into the appropriate
+/// Decl object.
+///
+/// Declarators come in two types: normal declarators and abstract declarators.
+/// Abstract declarators are used when parsing types, and don't have an
+/// identifier.  Normal declarators do have ID's.
+///
+/// Instances of this class should be a transient object that lives on the
+/// stack, not objects that are allocated in large quantities on the heap.
+class Declarator {
+public:
+  enum TheContext {
+    FileContext,         // File scope declaration.
+    PrototypeContext,    // Within a function prototype.
+    ObjCResultContext,   // An ObjC method result type.
+    ObjCParameterContext,// An ObjC method parameter type.
+    KNRTypeListContext,  // K&R type definition list for formals.
+    TypeNameContext,     // Abstract declarator for types.
+    MemberContext,       // Struct/Union field.
+    BlockContext,        // Declaration within a block in a function.
+    ForContext,          // Declaration within first part of a for loop.
+    ConditionContext,    // Condition declaration in a C++ if/switch/while/for.
+    TemplateParamContext,// Within a template parameter list.
+    CXXNewContext,       // C++ new-expression.
+    CXXCatchContext,     // C++ catch exception-declaration
+    ObjCCatchContext,    // Objective-C catch exception-declaration
+    BlockLiteralContext,  // Block literal declarator.
+    LambdaExprContext,   // Lambda-expression declarator.
+    TrailingReturnContext, // C++11 trailing-type-specifier.
+    TemplateTypeArgContext, // Template type argument.
+    AliasDeclContext,    // C++11 alias-declaration.
+    AliasTemplateContext // C++11 alias-declaration template.
+  };
+
+private:
+  const DeclSpec &DS;
+  CXXScopeSpec SS;
+  UnqualifiedId Name;
+  SourceRange Range;
+
+  /// \brief Where we are parsing this declarator.
+  TheContext Context;
+
+  /// DeclTypeInfo - This holds each type that the declarator includes as it is
+  /// parsed.  This is pushed from the identifier out, which means that element
+  /// #0 will be the most closely bound to the identifier, and
+  /// DeclTypeInfo.back() will be the least closely bound.
+  SmallVector<DeclaratorChunk, 8> DeclTypeInfo;
+
+  /// InvalidType - Set by Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator().
+  bool InvalidType : 1;
+
+  /// GroupingParens - Set by Parser::ParseParenDeclarator().
+  bool GroupingParens : 1;
+
+  /// FunctionDefinition - Is this Declarator for a function or member 
+  /// definition and, if so, what kind?
+  ///
+  /// Actually a FunctionDefinitionKind.
+  unsigned FunctionDefinition : 2;
+
+  /// \brief Is this Declarator a redeclaration?
+  bool Redeclaration : 1;
+
+  /// Attrs - Attributes.
+  ParsedAttributes Attrs;
+
+  /// \brief The asm label, if specified.
+  Expr *AsmLabel;
+
+  /// InlineParams - This is a local array used for the first function decl
+  /// chunk to avoid going to the heap for the common case when we have one
+  /// function chunk in the declarator.
+  DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo InlineParams[16];
+  bool InlineParamsUsed;
+
+  /// \brief true if the declaration is preceded by \c __extension__.
+  bool Extension : 1;
+
+  /// \brief If this is the second or subsequent declarator in this declaration,
+  /// the location of the comma before this declarator.
+  SourceLocation CommaLoc;
+
+  /// \brief If provided, the source location of the ellipsis used to describe
+  /// this declarator as a parameter pack.
+  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+  
+  friend struct DeclaratorChunk;
+
+public:
+  Declarator(const DeclSpec &ds, TheContext C)
+    : DS(ds), Range(ds.getSourceRange()), Context(C),
+      InvalidType(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error),
+      GroupingParens(false), FunctionDefinition(FDK_Declaration), 
+      Redeclaration(false),
+      Attrs(ds.getAttributePool().getFactory()), AsmLabel(0),
+      InlineParamsUsed(false), Extension(false) {
+  }
+
+  ~Declarator() {
+    clear();
+  }
+
+  /// getDeclSpec - Return the declaration-specifier that this declarator was
+  /// declared with.
+  const DeclSpec &getDeclSpec() const { return DS; }
+
+  /// getMutableDeclSpec - Return a non-const version of the DeclSpec.  This
+  /// should be used with extreme care: declspecs can often be shared between
+  /// multiple declarators, so mutating the DeclSpec affects all of the
+  /// Declarators.  This should only be done when the declspec is known to not
+  /// be shared or when in error recovery etc.
+  DeclSpec &getMutableDeclSpec() { return const_cast<DeclSpec &>(DS); }
+
+  AttributePool &getAttributePool() const {
+    return Attrs.getPool();
+  }
+
+  /// getCXXScopeSpec - Return the C++ scope specifier (global scope or
+  /// nested-name-specifier) that is part of the declarator-id.
+  const CXXScopeSpec &getCXXScopeSpec() const { return SS; }
+  CXXScopeSpec &getCXXScopeSpec() { return SS; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name specified by this declarator.
+  UnqualifiedId &getName() { return Name; }
+  
+  TheContext getContext() const { return Context; }
+
+  bool isPrototypeContext() const {
+    return (Context == PrototypeContext ||
+            Context == ObjCParameterContext ||
+            Context == ObjCResultContext);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the source range that spans this declarator.
+  const SourceRange &getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
+  SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
+  SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
+
+  void SetSourceRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; }
+  /// SetRangeBegin - Set the start of the source range to Loc, unless it's
+  /// invalid.
+  void SetRangeBegin(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    if (!Loc.isInvalid())
+      Range.setBegin(Loc);
+  }
+  /// SetRangeEnd - Set the end of the source range to Loc, unless it's invalid.
+  void SetRangeEnd(SourceLocation Loc) {
+    if (!Loc.isInvalid())
+      Range.setEnd(Loc);
+  }
+  /// ExtendWithDeclSpec - Extend the declarator source range to include the
+  /// given declspec, unless its location is invalid. Adopts the range start if
+  /// the current range start is invalid.
+  void ExtendWithDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS) {
+    const SourceRange &SR = DS.getSourceRange();
+    if (Range.getBegin().isInvalid())
+      Range.setBegin(SR.getBegin());
+    if (!SR.getEnd().isInvalid())
+      Range.setEnd(SR.getEnd());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Reset the contents of this Declarator.
+  void clear() {
+    SS.clear();
+    Name.clear();
+    Range = DS.getSourceRange();
+    
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = DeclTypeInfo.size(); i != e; ++i)
+      DeclTypeInfo[i].destroy();
+    DeclTypeInfo.clear();
+    Attrs.clear();
+    AsmLabel = 0;
+    InlineParamsUsed = false;
+    CommaLoc = SourceLocation();
+    EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation();
+  }
+
+  /// mayOmitIdentifier - Return true if the identifier is either optional or
+  /// not allowed.  This is true for typenames, prototypes, and template
+  /// parameter lists.
+  bool mayOmitIdentifier() const {
+    switch (Context) {
+    case FileContext:
+    case KNRTypeListContext:
+    case MemberContext:
+    case BlockContext:
+    case ForContext:
+    case ConditionContext:
+      return false;
+
+    case TypeNameContext:
+    case AliasDeclContext:
+    case AliasTemplateContext:
+    case PrototypeContext:
+    case ObjCParameterContext:
+    case ObjCResultContext:
+    case TemplateParamContext:
+    case CXXNewContext:
+    case CXXCatchContext:
+    case ObjCCatchContext:
+    case BlockLiteralContext:
+    case LambdaExprContext:
+    case TemplateTypeArgContext:
+    case TrailingReturnContext:
+      return true;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!");
+  }
+
+  /// mayHaveIdentifier - Return true if the identifier is either optional or
+  /// required.  This is true for normal declarators and prototypes, but not
+  /// typenames.
+  bool mayHaveIdentifier() const {
+    switch (Context) {
+    case FileContext:
+    case KNRTypeListContext:
+    case MemberContext:
+    case BlockContext:
+    case ForContext:
+    case ConditionContext:
+    case PrototypeContext:
+    case TemplateParamContext:
+    case CXXCatchContext:
+    case ObjCCatchContext:
+      return true;
+
+    case TypeNameContext:
+    case CXXNewContext:
+    case AliasDeclContext:
+    case AliasTemplateContext:
+    case ObjCParameterContext:
+    case ObjCResultContext:
+    case BlockLiteralContext:
+    case LambdaExprContext:
+    case TemplateTypeArgContext:
+    case TrailingReturnContext:
+      return false;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!");
+  }
+
+  /// mayBeFollowedByCXXDirectInit - Return true if the declarator can be
+  /// followed by a C++ direct initializer, e.g. "int x(1);".
+  bool mayBeFollowedByCXXDirectInit() const {
+    if (hasGroupingParens()) return false;
+
+    if (getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
+      return false;
+
+    if (getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern &&
+        Context != FileContext)
+      return false;
+
+    // Special names can't have direct initializers.
+    if (Name.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier)
+      return false;
+
+    switch (Context) {
+    case FileContext:
+    case BlockContext:
+    case ForContext:
+      return true;
+
+    case ConditionContext:
+      // This may not be followed by a direct initializer, but it can't be a
+      // function declaration either, and we'd prefer to perform a tentative
+      // parse in order to produce the right diagnostic.
+      return true;
+
+    case KNRTypeListContext:
+    case MemberContext:
+    case PrototypeContext:
+    case ObjCParameterContext:
+    case ObjCResultContext:
+    case TemplateParamContext:
+    case CXXCatchContext:
+    case ObjCCatchContext:
+    case TypeNameContext:
+    case CXXNewContext:
+    case AliasDeclContext:
+    case AliasTemplateContext:
+    case BlockLiteralContext:
+    case LambdaExprContext:
+    case TemplateTypeArgContext:
+    case TrailingReturnContext:
+      return false;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!");
+  }
+
+  /// isPastIdentifier - Return true if we have parsed beyond the point where
+  /// the
+  bool isPastIdentifier() const { return Name.isValid(); }
+
+  /// hasName - Whether this declarator has a name, which might be an
+  /// identifier (accessible via getIdentifier()) or some kind of
+  /// special C++ name (constructor, destructor, etc.).
+  bool hasName() const { 
+    return Name.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier || Name.Identifier;
+  }
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { 
+    if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier)
+      return Name.Identifier;
+    
+    return 0;
+  }
+  SourceLocation getIdentifierLoc() const { return Name.StartLocation; }
+
+  /// \brief Set the name of this declarator to be the given identifier.
+  void SetIdentifier(IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation IdLoc) {
+    Name.setIdentifier(Id, IdLoc);
+  }
+  
+  /// AddTypeInfo - Add a chunk to this declarator. Also extend the range to
+  /// EndLoc, which should be the last token of the chunk.
+  void AddTypeInfo(const DeclaratorChunk &TI,
+                   ParsedAttributes &attrs,
+                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
+    DeclTypeInfo.push_back(TI);
+    DeclTypeInfo.back().getAttrListRef() = attrs.getList();
+    getAttributePool().takeAllFrom(attrs.getPool());
+
+    if (!EndLoc.isInvalid())
+      SetRangeEnd(EndLoc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add a new innermost chunk to this declarator.
+  void AddInnermostTypeInfo(const DeclaratorChunk &TI) {
+    DeclTypeInfo.insert(DeclTypeInfo.begin(), TI);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the number of types applied to this declarator.
+  unsigned getNumTypeObjects() const { return DeclTypeInfo.size(); }
+
+  /// Return the specified TypeInfo from this declarator.  TypeInfo #0 is
+  /// closest to the identifier.
+  const DeclaratorChunk &getTypeObject(unsigned i) const {
+    assert(i < DeclTypeInfo.size() && "Invalid type chunk");
+    return DeclTypeInfo[i];
+  }
+  DeclaratorChunk &getTypeObject(unsigned i) {
+    assert(i < DeclTypeInfo.size() && "Invalid type chunk");
+    return DeclTypeInfo[i];
+  }
+
+  void DropFirstTypeObject() {
+    assert(!DeclTypeInfo.empty() && "No type chunks to drop.");
+    DeclTypeInfo.front().destroy();
+    DeclTypeInfo.erase(DeclTypeInfo.begin());
+  }
+
+  /// Return the innermost (closest to the declarator) chunk of this
+  /// declarator that is not a parens chunk, or null if there are no
+  /// non-parens chunks.
+  const DeclaratorChunk *getInnermostNonParenChunk() const {
+    for (unsigned i = 0, i_end = DeclTypeInfo.size(); i < i_end; ++i) {
+      if (!DeclTypeInfo[i].isParen())
+        return &DeclTypeInfo[i];
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// Return the outermost (furthest from the declarator) chunk of
+  /// this declarator that is not a parens chunk, or null if there are
+  /// no non-parens chunks.
+  const DeclaratorChunk *getOutermostNonParenChunk() const {
+    for (unsigned i = DeclTypeInfo.size(), i_end = 0; i != i_end; --i) {
+      if (!DeclTypeInfo[i-1].isParen())
+        return &DeclTypeInfo[i-1];
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// isArrayOfUnknownBound - This method returns true if the declarator
+  /// is a declarator for an array of unknown bound (looking through
+  /// parentheses).
+  bool isArrayOfUnknownBound() const {
+    const DeclaratorChunk *chunk = getInnermostNonParenChunk();
+    return (chunk && chunk->Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array &&
+            !chunk->Arr.NumElts);
+  }
+
+  /// isFunctionDeclarator - This method returns true if the declarator
+  /// is a function declarator (looking through parentheses).
+  /// If true is returned, then the reference type parameter idx is
+  /// assigned with the index of the declaration chunk.
+  bool isFunctionDeclarator(unsigned& idx) const {
+    for (unsigned i = 0, i_end = DeclTypeInfo.size(); i < i_end; ++i) {
+      switch (DeclTypeInfo[i].Kind) {
+      case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
+        idx = i;
+        return true;
+      case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
+        continue;
+      case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
+      case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
+      case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
+      case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
+      case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
+        return false;
+      }
+      llvm_unreachable("Invalid type chunk");
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// isFunctionDeclarator - Once this declarator is fully parsed and formed,
+  /// this method returns true if the identifier is a function declarator
+  /// (looking through parentheses).
+  bool isFunctionDeclarator() const {
+    unsigned index;
+    return isFunctionDeclarator(index);
+  }
+
+  /// getFunctionTypeInfo - Retrieves the function type info object
+  /// (looking through parentheses).
+  DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &getFunctionTypeInfo() {
+    assert(isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
+    unsigned index = 0;
+    isFunctionDeclarator(index);
+    return DeclTypeInfo[index].Fun;
+  }
+
+  /// getFunctionTypeInfo - Retrieves the function type info object
+  /// (looking through parentheses).
+  const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &getFunctionTypeInfo() const {
+    return const_cast<Declarator*>(this)->getFunctionTypeInfo();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the declaration that will be produced from 
+  /// this declaration will be a function.
+  /// 
+  /// A declaration can declare a function even if the declarator itself
+  /// isn't a function declarator, if the type specifier refers to a function
+  /// type. This routine checks for both cases.
+  bool isDeclarationOfFunction() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return true if this declaration appears in a context where a
+  /// function declarator would be a function declaration.
+  bool isFunctionDeclarationContext() const {
+    if (getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
+      return false;
+
+    switch (Context) {
+    case FileContext:
+    case MemberContext:
+    case BlockContext:
+      return true;
+
+    case ForContext:
+    case ConditionContext:
+    case KNRTypeListContext:
+    case TypeNameContext:
+    case AliasDeclContext:
+    case AliasTemplateContext:
+    case PrototypeContext:
+    case ObjCParameterContext:
+    case ObjCResultContext:
+    case TemplateParamContext:
+    case CXXNewContext:
+    case CXXCatchContext:
+    case ObjCCatchContext:
+    case BlockLiteralContext:
+    case LambdaExprContext:
+    case TemplateTypeArgContext:
+    case TrailingReturnContext:
+      return false;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!");
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Return true if a function declarator at this position would be a
+  /// function declaration.
+  bool isFunctionDeclaratorAFunctionDeclaration() const {
+    if (!isFunctionDeclarationContext())
+      return false;
+
+    for (unsigned I = 0, N = getNumTypeObjects(); I != N; ++I)
+      if (getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Paren)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// takeAttributes - Takes attributes from the given parsed-attributes
+  /// set and add them to this declarator.
+  ///
+  /// These examples both add 3 attributes to "var":
+  ///  short int var __attribute__((aligned(16),common,deprecated));
+  ///  short int x, __attribute__((aligned(16)) var
+  ///                                 __attribute__((common,deprecated));
+  ///
+  /// Also extends the range of the declarator.
+  void takeAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs, SourceLocation lastLoc) {
+    Attrs.takeAllFrom(attrs);
+
+    if (!lastLoc.isInvalid())
+      SetRangeEnd(lastLoc);
+  }
+
+  const AttributeList *getAttributes() const { return Attrs.getList(); }
+  AttributeList *getAttributes() { return Attrs.getList(); }
+
+  AttributeList *&getAttrListRef() { return Attrs.getListRef(); }
+
+  /// hasAttributes - do we contain any attributes?
+  bool hasAttributes() const {
+    if (getAttributes() || getDeclSpec().hasAttributes()) return true;
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i)
+      if (getTypeObject(i).getAttrs())
+        return true;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return a source range list of C++11 attributes associated
+  /// with the declarator.
+  void getCXX11AttributeRanges(SmallVector<SourceRange, 4> &Ranges) {
+    AttributeList *AttrList = Attrs.getList();
+    while (AttrList) {
+      if (AttrList->isCXX11Attribute())
+        Ranges.push_back(AttrList->getRange());
+      AttrList = AttrList->getNext();
+    }
+  }
+
+  void setAsmLabel(Expr *E) { AsmLabel = E; }
+  Expr *getAsmLabel() const { return AsmLabel; }
+
+  void setExtension(bool Val = true) { Extension = Val; }
+  bool getExtension() const { return Extension; }
+
+  void setInvalidType(bool Val = true) { InvalidType = Val; }
+  bool isInvalidType() const {
+    return InvalidType || DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error;
+  }
+
+  void setGroupingParens(bool flag) { GroupingParens = flag; }
+  bool hasGroupingParens() const { return GroupingParens; }
+
+  bool isFirstDeclarator() const { return !CommaLoc.isValid(); }
+  SourceLocation getCommaLoc() const { return CommaLoc; }
+  void setCommaLoc(SourceLocation CL) { CommaLoc = CL; }
+
+  bool hasEllipsis() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); }
+  SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; }
+  void setEllipsisLoc(SourceLocation EL) { EllipsisLoc = EL; }
+
+  void setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind Val) { 
+    FunctionDefinition = Val; 
+  }
+  
+  bool isFunctionDefinition() const {
+    return getFunctionDefinitionKind() != FDK_Declaration;
+  }
+  
+  FunctionDefinitionKind getFunctionDefinitionKind() const { 
+    return (FunctionDefinitionKind)FunctionDefinition; 
+  }
+
+  void setRedeclaration(bool Val) { Redeclaration = Val; }
+  bool isRedeclaration() const { return Redeclaration; }
+};
+
+/// \brief This little struct is used to capture information about
+/// structure field declarators, which is basically just a bitfield size.
+struct FieldDeclarator {
+  Declarator D;
+  Expr *BitfieldSize;
+  explicit FieldDeclarator(const DeclSpec &DS)
+    : D(DS, Declarator::MemberContext), BitfieldSize(0) { }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++11 virt-specifier-seq.
+class VirtSpecifiers {
+public:
+  enum Specifier {
+    VS_None = 0,
+    VS_Override = 1,
+    VS_Final = 2
+  };
+
+  VirtSpecifiers() : Specifiers(0) { }
+
+  bool SetSpecifier(Specifier VS, SourceLocation Loc,
+                    const char *&PrevSpec);
+
+  bool isOverrideSpecified() const { return Specifiers & VS_Override; }
+  SourceLocation getOverrideLoc() const { return VS_overrideLoc; }
+
+  bool isFinalSpecified() const { return Specifiers & VS_Final; }
+  SourceLocation getFinalLoc() const { return VS_finalLoc; }
+
+  void clear() { Specifiers = 0; }
+
+  static const char *getSpecifierName(Specifier VS);
+
+  SourceLocation getLastLocation() const { return LastLocation; }
+  
+private:
+  unsigned Specifiers;
+
+  SourceLocation VS_overrideLoc, VS_finalLoc;
+  SourceLocation LastLocation;
+};
+
+/// \brief An individual capture in a lambda introducer.
+struct LambdaCapture {
+  LambdaCaptureKind Kind;
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  IdentifierInfo* Id;
+  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+  
+  LambdaCapture(LambdaCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation Loc,
+                IdentifierInfo* Id = 0,
+                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation())
+    : Kind(Kind), Loc(Loc), Id(Id), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc)
+  {}
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a complete lambda introducer.
+struct LambdaIntroducer {
+  SourceRange Range;
+  SourceLocation DefaultLoc;
+  LambdaCaptureDefault Default;
+  SmallVector<LambdaCapture, 4> Captures;
+
+  LambdaIntroducer()
+    : Default(LCD_None) {}
+
+  /// \brief Append a capture in a lambda introducer.
+  void addCapture(LambdaCaptureKind Kind,
+                  SourceLocation Loc,
+                  IdentifierInfo* Id = 0, 
+                  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()) {
+    Captures.push_back(LambdaCapture(Kind, Loc, Id, EllipsisLoc));
+  }
+
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3704e09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+//===--- DelayedDiagnostic.h - Delayed declarator diagnostics ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the DelayedDiagnostic class, which is used to
+// record diagnostics that are being conditionally produced during
+// declarator parsing.  Certain kinds of diagnostics --- notably
+// deprecation and access control --- are suppressed based on
+// semantic properties of the parsed declaration that aren't known
+// until it is fully parsed.
+//
+// This file also defines AccessedEntity.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DELAYED_DIAGNOSTIC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DELAYED_DIAGNOSTIC_H
+
+#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace sema {
+
+/// A declaration being accessed, together with information about how
+/// it was accessed.
+class AccessedEntity {
+public:
+  /// A member declaration found through lookup.  The target is the
+  /// member.
+  enum MemberNonce { Member };
+
+  /// A hierarchy (base-to-derived or derived-to-base) conversion.
+  /// The target is the base class.
+  enum BaseNonce { Base };
+
+  bool isMemberAccess() const { return IsMember; }
+
+  AccessedEntity(PartialDiagnostic::StorageAllocator &Allocator,
+                 MemberNonce _,
+                 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
+                 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                 QualType BaseObjectType)
+    : Access(FoundDecl.getAccess()), IsMember(true),
+      Target(FoundDecl.getDecl()), NamingClass(NamingClass),
+      BaseObjectType(BaseObjectType), Diag(0, Allocator) {
+  }
+
+  AccessedEntity(PartialDiagnostic::StorageAllocator &Allocator,
+                 BaseNonce _,
+                 CXXRecordDecl *BaseClass,
+                 CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass,
+                 AccessSpecifier Access)
+    : Access(Access), IsMember(false),
+      Target(BaseClass),
+      NamingClass(DerivedClass),
+      Diag(0, Allocator) {
+  }
+
+  bool isQuiet() const { return Diag.getDiagID() == 0; }
+
+  AccessSpecifier getAccess() const { return AccessSpecifier(Access); }
+
+  // These apply to member decls...
+  NamedDecl *getTargetDecl() const { return Target; }
+  CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const { return NamingClass; }
+
+  // ...and these apply to hierarchy conversions.
+  CXXRecordDecl *getBaseClass() const {
+    assert(!IsMember); return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Target);
+  }
+  CXXRecordDecl *getDerivedClass() const { return NamingClass; }
+
+  /// Retrieves the base object type, important when accessing
+  /// an instance member.
+  QualType getBaseObjectType() const { return BaseObjectType; }
+
+  /// Sets a diagnostic to be performed.  The diagnostic is given
+  /// four (additional) arguments:
+  ///   %0 - 0 if the entity was private, 1 if protected
+  ///   %1 - the DeclarationName of the entity
+  ///   %2 - the TypeDecl type of the naming class
+  ///   %3 - the TypeDecl type of the declaring class
+  void setDiag(const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) {
+    assert(isQuiet() && "partial diagnostic already defined");
+    Diag = PDiag;
+  }
+  PartialDiagnostic &setDiag(unsigned DiagID) {
+    assert(isQuiet() && "partial diagnostic already defined");
+    assert(DiagID && "creating null diagnostic");
+    Diag.Reset(DiagID);
+    return Diag;
+  }
+  const PartialDiagnostic &getDiag() const {
+    return Diag;
+  }
+
+private:
+  unsigned Access : 2;
+  unsigned IsMember : 1;
+  NamedDecl *Target;
+  CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass;
+  QualType BaseObjectType;
+  PartialDiagnostic Diag;
+};
+
+/// A diagnostic message which has been conditionally emitted pending
+/// the complete parsing of the current declaration.
+class DelayedDiagnostic {
+public:
+  enum DDKind { Deprecation, Access, ForbiddenType };
+
+  unsigned char Kind; // actually a DDKind
+  bool Triggered;
+
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  void Destroy();
+
+  static DelayedDiagnostic makeDeprecation(SourceLocation Loc,
+           const NamedDecl *D,
+           const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
+           const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty,
+           StringRef Msg);
+
+  static DelayedDiagnostic makeAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                      const AccessedEntity &Entity) {
+    DelayedDiagnostic DD;
+    DD.Kind = Access;
+    DD.Triggered = false;
+    DD.Loc = Loc;
+    new (&DD.getAccessData()) AccessedEntity(Entity);
+    return DD;
+  }
+
+  static DelayedDiagnostic makeForbiddenType(SourceLocation loc,
+                                             unsigned diagnostic,
+                                             QualType type,
+                                             unsigned argument) {
+    DelayedDiagnostic DD;
+    DD.Kind = ForbiddenType;
+    DD.Triggered = false;
+    DD.Loc = loc;
+    DD.ForbiddenTypeData.Diagnostic = diagnostic;
+    DD.ForbiddenTypeData.OperandType = type.getAsOpaquePtr();
+    DD.ForbiddenTypeData.Argument = argument;
+    return DD;
+  }
+
+  AccessedEntity &getAccessData() {
+    assert(Kind == Access && "Not an access diagnostic.");
+    return *reinterpret_cast<AccessedEntity*>(AccessData);
+  }
+  const AccessedEntity &getAccessData() const {
+    assert(Kind == Access && "Not an access diagnostic.");
+    return *reinterpret_cast<const AccessedEntity*>(AccessData);
+  }
+
+  const NamedDecl *getDeprecationDecl() const {
+    assert(Kind == Deprecation && "Not a deprecation diagnostic.");
+    return DeprecationData.Decl;
+  }
+
+  StringRef getDeprecationMessage() const {
+    assert(Kind == Deprecation && "Not a deprecation diagnostic.");
+    return StringRef(DeprecationData.Message,
+                           DeprecationData.MessageLen);
+  }
+
+  /// The diagnostic ID to emit.  Used like so:
+  ///   Diag(diag.Loc, diag.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic())
+  ///     << diag.getForbiddenTypeOperand()
+  ///     << diag.getForbiddenTypeArgument();
+  unsigned getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic() const {
+    assert(Kind == ForbiddenType && "not a forbidden-type diagnostic");
+    return ForbiddenTypeData.Diagnostic;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getForbiddenTypeArgument() const {
+    assert(Kind == ForbiddenType && "not a forbidden-type diagnostic");
+    return ForbiddenTypeData.Argument;
+  }
+
+  QualType getForbiddenTypeOperand() const {
+    assert(Kind == ForbiddenType && "not a forbidden-type diagnostic");
+    return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ForbiddenTypeData.OperandType);
+  }
+  
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getUnknownObjCClass() const {
+    return DeprecationData.UnknownObjCClass;
+  }
+
+  const ObjCPropertyDecl *getObjCProperty() const {
+    return DeprecationData.ObjCProperty;
+  }
+  
+private:
+
+  struct DD {
+    const NamedDecl *Decl;
+    const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass;
+    const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty;
+    const char *Message;
+    size_t MessageLen;
+  };
+
+  struct FTD {
+    unsigned Diagnostic;
+    unsigned Argument;
+    void *OperandType;
+  };
+
+  union {
+    /// Deprecation
+    struct DD DeprecationData;
+    struct FTD ForbiddenTypeData;
+
+    /// Access control.
+    char AccessData[sizeof(AccessedEntity)];
+  };
+};
+
+/// DelayedDiagnosticPool - A collection of diagnostics which were
+/// delayed.
+class DelayedDiagnosticPool {
+  const DelayedDiagnosticPool *Parent;
+  SmallVector<DelayedDiagnostic, 4> Diagnostics;
+
+  DelayedDiagnosticPool(const DelayedDiagnosticPool &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const DelayedDiagnosticPool &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+public:
+  DelayedDiagnosticPool(const DelayedDiagnosticPool *parent) : Parent(parent) {}
+  ~DelayedDiagnosticPool() {
+    for (SmallVectorImpl<DelayedDiagnostic>::iterator
+           i = Diagnostics.begin(), e = Diagnostics.end(); i != e; ++i)
+      i->Destroy();
+  }
+
+  const DelayedDiagnosticPool *getParent() const { return Parent; }
+
+  /// Does this pool, or any of its ancestors, contain any diagnostics?
+  bool empty() const {
+    return (Diagnostics.empty() && (Parent == NULL || Parent->empty()));
+  }
+
+  /// Add a diagnostic to this pool.
+  void add(const DelayedDiagnostic &diag) {
+    Diagnostics.push_back(diag);
+  }
+
+  /// Steal the diagnostics from the given pool.
+  void steal(DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
+    if (pool.Diagnostics.empty()) return;
+
+    if (Diagnostics.empty()) {
+      Diagnostics = llvm_move(pool.Diagnostics);
+    } else {
+      Diagnostics.append(pool.pool_begin(), pool.pool_end());
+    }
+    pool.Diagnostics.clear();
+  }
+
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<DelayedDiagnostic>::const_iterator pool_iterator;
+  pool_iterator pool_begin() const { return Diagnostics.begin(); }
+  pool_iterator pool_end() const { return Diagnostics.end(); }
+  bool pool_empty() const { return Diagnostics.empty(); }
+};
+
+}
+
+/// Add a diagnostic to the current delay pool.
+inline void Sema::DelayedDiagnostics::add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag) {
+  assert(shouldDelayDiagnostics() && "trying to delay without pool");
+  CurPool->add(diag);
+}
+
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Designator.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Designator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55603fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Designator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+//===--- Designator.h - Initialization Designator ---------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines interfaces used to represent designators (a la
+// C99 designated initializers) during parsing.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DESIGNATOR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DESIGNATOR_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Expr;
+class IdentifierInfo;
+class Sema;
+
+/// Designator - A designator in a C99 designated initializer.
+///
+/// This class is a discriminated union which holds the various
+/// different sorts of designators possible.  A Designation is an array of
+/// these.  An example of a designator are things like this:
+///     [8] .field [47]        // C99 designation: 3 designators
+///     [8 ... 47]  field:     // GNU extensions: 2 designators
+/// These occur in initializers, e.g.:
+///  int a[10] = {2, 4, [8]=9, 10};
+///
+class Designator {
+public:
+  enum DesignatorKind {
+    FieldDesignator, ArrayDesignator, ArrayRangeDesignator
+  };
+private:
+  DesignatorKind Kind;
+
+  struct FieldDesignatorInfo {
+    const IdentifierInfo *II;
+    unsigned DotLoc;
+    unsigned NameLoc;
+  };
+  struct ArrayDesignatorInfo {
+    Expr *Index;
+    unsigned LBracketLoc;
+    mutable unsigned  RBracketLoc;
+  };
+  struct ArrayRangeDesignatorInfo {
+    Expr *Start, *End;
+    unsigned LBracketLoc, EllipsisLoc;
+    mutable unsigned RBracketLoc;
+  };
+
+  union {
+    FieldDesignatorInfo FieldInfo;
+    ArrayDesignatorInfo ArrayInfo;
+    ArrayRangeDesignatorInfo ArrayRangeInfo;
+  };
+
+public:
+
+  DesignatorKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+  bool isFieldDesignator() const { return Kind == FieldDesignator; }
+  bool isArrayDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayDesignator; }
+  bool isArrayRangeDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator; }
+
+  const IdentifierInfo *getField() const {
+    assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return FieldInfo.II;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getDotLoc() const {
+    assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(FieldInfo.DotLoc);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getFieldLoc() const {
+    assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(FieldInfo.NameLoc);
+  }
+
+  Expr *getArrayIndex() const {
+    assert(isArrayDesignator() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ArrayInfo.Index;
+  }
+
+  Expr *getArrayRangeStart() const {
+    assert(isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ArrayRangeInfo.Start;
+  }
+  Expr *getArrayRangeEnd() const {
+    assert(isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return ArrayRangeInfo.End;
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const {
+    assert((isArrayDesignator() || isArrayRangeDesignator()) &&
+           "Invalid accessor");
+    if (isArrayDesignator())
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayInfo.LBracketLoc);
+    else
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayRangeInfo.LBracketLoc);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const {
+    assert((isArrayDesignator() || isArrayRangeDesignator()) &&
+           "Invalid accessor");
+    if (isArrayDesignator())
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayInfo.RBracketLoc);
+    else
+      return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayRangeInfo.RBracketLoc);
+  }
+
+  SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
+    assert(isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Invalid accessor");
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ArrayRangeInfo.EllipsisLoc);
+  }
+
+  static Designator getField(const IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation DotLoc,
+                             SourceLocation NameLoc) {
+    Designator D;
+    D.Kind = FieldDesignator;
+    D.FieldInfo.II = II;
+    D.FieldInfo.DotLoc = DotLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    D.FieldInfo.NameLoc = NameLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    return D;
+  }
+
+  static Designator getArray(Expr *Index,
+                             SourceLocation LBracketLoc) {
+    Designator D;
+    D.Kind = ArrayDesignator;
+    D.ArrayInfo.Index = Index;
+    D.ArrayInfo.LBracketLoc = LBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    D.ArrayInfo.RBracketLoc = 0;
+    return D;
+  }
+
+  static Designator getArrayRange(Expr *Start,
+                                  Expr *End,
+                                  SourceLocation LBracketLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) {
+    Designator D;
+    D.Kind = ArrayRangeDesignator;
+    D.ArrayRangeInfo.Start = Start;
+    D.ArrayRangeInfo.End = End;
+    D.ArrayRangeInfo.LBracketLoc = LBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    D.ArrayRangeInfo.EllipsisLoc = EllipsisLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    D.ArrayRangeInfo.RBracketLoc = 0;
+    return D;
+  }
+
+  void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation RBracketLoc) const {
+    assert((isArrayDesignator() || isArrayRangeDesignator()) &&
+           "Invalid accessor");
+    if (isArrayDesignator())
+      ArrayInfo.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    else
+      ArrayRangeInfo.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc.getRawEncoding();
+  }
+
+  /// ClearExprs - Null out any expression references, which prevents
+  /// them from being 'delete'd later.
+  void ClearExprs(Sema &Actions) {}
+
+  /// FreeExprs - Release any unclaimed memory for the expressions in
+  /// this designator.
+  void FreeExprs(Sema &Actions) {}
+};
+
+
+/// Designation - Represent a full designation, which is a sequence of
+/// designators.  This class is mostly a helper for InitListDesignations.
+class Designation {
+  /// Designators - The actual designators for this initializer.
+  SmallVector<Designator, 2> Designators;
+
+public:
+  /// AddDesignator - Add a designator to the end of this list.
+  void AddDesignator(Designator D) {
+    Designators.push_back(D);
+  }
+
+  bool empty() const { return Designators.empty(); }
+
+  unsigned getNumDesignators() const { return Designators.size(); }
+  const Designator &getDesignator(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(Idx < Designators.size());
+    return Designators[Idx];
+  }
+
+  /// ClearExprs - Null out any expression references, which prevents them from
+  /// being 'delete'd later.
+  void ClearExprs(Sema &Actions) {}
+
+  /// FreeExprs - Release any unclaimed memory for the expressions in this
+  /// designation.
+  void FreeExprs(Sema &Actions) {}
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbce757
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+//===--- ExternalSemaSource.h - External Sema Interface ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ExternalSemaSource interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_EXTERNAL_SEMA_SOURCE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_EXTERNAL_SEMA_SOURCE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CXXConstructorDecl;
+class CXXRecordDecl;
+class DeclaratorDecl;
+class LookupResult;
+struct ObjCMethodList;
+class Scope;
+class Sema;
+class TypedefNameDecl;
+class ValueDecl;
+class VarDecl;
+  
+/// \brief A simple structure that captures a vtable use for the purposes of
+/// the \c ExternalSemaSource.
+struct ExternalVTableUse {
+  CXXRecordDecl *Record;
+  SourceLocation Location;
+  bool DefinitionRequired;
+};
+  
+/// \brief An abstract interface that should be implemented by
+/// external AST sources that also provide information for semantic
+/// analysis.
+class ExternalSemaSource : public ExternalASTSource {
+public:
+  ExternalSemaSource() {
+    ExternalASTSource::SemaSource = true;
+  }
+
+  ~ExternalSemaSource();
+
+  /// \brief Initialize the semantic source with the Sema instance
+  /// being used to perform semantic analysis on the abstract syntax
+  /// tree.
+  virtual void InitializeSema(Sema &S) {}
+
+  /// \brief Inform the semantic consumer that Sema is no longer available.
+  virtual void ForgetSema() {}
+
+  /// \brief Load the contents of the global method pool for a given
+  /// selector.
+  virtual void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
+
+  /// \brief Load the set of namespaces that are known to the external source,
+  /// which will be used during typo correction.
+  virtual void ReadKnownNamespaces(
+                           SmallVectorImpl<NamespaceDecl *> &Namespaces);
+
+  /// \brief Load the set of used but not defined functions or variables with
+  /// internal linkage, or used but not defined internal functions.
+  virtual void ReadUndefinedButUsed(
+                         llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> &Undefined);
+
+  /// \brief Do last resort, unqualified lookup on a LookupResult that
+  /// Sema cannot find.
+  ///
+  /// \param R a LookupResult that is being recovered.
+  ///
+  /// \param S the Scope of the identifier occurrence.
+  ///
+  /// \return true to tell Sema to recover using the LookupResult.
+  virtual bool LookupUnqualified(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) { return false; }
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of tentative definitions known to the external Sema
+  /// source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own tentative definitions to the
+  /// given vector of tentative definitions. Note that this routine may be
+  /// invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not to
+  /// introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadTentativeDefinitions(
+                                  SmallVectorImpl<VarDecl *> &TentativeDefs) {}
+  
+  /// \brief Read the set of unused file-scope declarations known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own unused, filed-scope to the
+  /// given vector of declarations. Note that this routine may be
+  /// invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not to
+  /// introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<const DeclaratorDecl *> &Decls) {}
+  
+  /// \brief Read the set of delegating constructors known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own delegating constructors to the
+  /// given vector of declarations. Note that this routine may be
+  /// invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not to
+  /// introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadDelegatingConstructors(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<CXXConstructorDecl *> &Decls) {}
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of ext_vector type declarations known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own ext_vector type declarations to
+  /// the given vector of declarations. Note that this routine may be
+  /// invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not to
+  /// introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadExtVectorDecls(SmallVectorImpl<TypedefNameDecl *> &Decls) {}
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of dynamic classes known to the external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own dynamic classes to
+  /// the given vector of declarations. Note that this routine may be
+  /// invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not to
+  /// introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadDynamicClasses(SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Decls) {}
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of locally-scoped external declarations known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own locally-scoped external
+  /// declarations to the given vector of declarations. Note that this routine 
+  /// may be invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not 
+  /// to introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Decls) {}
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of referenced selectors known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own referenced selectors to the 
+  /// given vector of selectors. Note that this routine 
+  /// may be invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not 
+  /// to introduce the same selectors repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadReferencedSelectors(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Selector, SourceLocation> > &Sels) {}
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of weak, undeclared identifiers known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own weak, undeclared identifiers to
+  /// the given vector. Note that this routine may be invoked multiple times; 
+  /// the external source should take care not to introduce the same identifiers
+  /// repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> > &WI) {}
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of used vtables known to the external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own used vtables to the given
+  /// vector. Note that this routine may be invoked multiple times; the external
+  /// source should take care not to introduce the same vtables repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadUsedVTables(SmallVectorImpl<ExternalVTableUse> &VTables) {}
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of pending instantiations known to the external
+  /// Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own pending instantiations to the
+  /// given vector. Note that this routine may be invoked multiple times; the
+  /// external source should take care not to introduce the same instantiations
+  /// repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadPendingInstantiations(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<ValueDecl *, 
+                                           SourceLocation> > &Pending) {}
+
+  // isa/cast/dyn_cast support
+  static bool classof(const ExternalASTSource *Source) {
+    return Source->SemaSource;
+  }
+}; 
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b1b74a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+//===- IdentifierResolver.h - Lexical Scope Name lookup ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the IdentifierResolver class, which is used for lexical
+// scoped lookup, based on declaration names.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_SEMA_IDENTIFIERRESOLVER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_SEMA_IDENTIFIERRESOLVER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTContext;
+class Decl;
+class DeclContext;
+class DeclarationName;
+class ExternalPreprocessorSource;
+class NamedDecl;
+class Preprocessor;
+class Scope;
+  
+/// IdentifierResolver - Keeps track of shadowed decls on enclosing
+/// scopes.  It manages the shadowing chains of declaration names and
+/// implements efficient decl lookup based on a declaration name.
+class IdentifierResolver {
+
+  /// IdDeclInfo - Keeps track of information about decls associated
+  /// to a particular declaration name. IdDeclInfos are lazily
+  /// constructed and assigned to a declaration name the first time a
+  /// decl with that declaration name is shadowed in some scope.
+  class IdDeclInfo {
+  public:
+    typedef SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> DeclsTy;
+
+    inline DeclsTy::iterator decls_begin() { return Decls.begin(); }
+    inline DeclsTy::iterator decls_end() { return Decls.end(); }
+
+    void AddDecl(NamedDecl *D) { Decls.push_back(D); }
+
+    /// RemoveDecl - Remove the decl from the scope chain.
+    /// The decl must already be part of the decl chain.
+    void RemoveDecl(NamedDecl *D);
+
+    /// Replaces the Old declaration with the New declaration. If the
+    /// replacement is successful, returns true. If the old
+    /// declaration was not found, returns false.
+    bool ReplaceDecl(NamedDecl *Old, NamedDecl *New);
+
+    /// \brief Insert the given declaration at the given position in the list.
+    void InsertDecl(DeclsTy::iterator Pos, NamedDecl *D) {
+      Decls.insert(Pos, D);
+    }
+                    
+  private:
+    DeclsTy Decls;
+  };
+
+public:
+
+  /// iterator - Iterate over the decls of a specified declaration name.
+  /// It will walk or not the parent declaration contexts depending on how
+  /// it was instantiated.
+  class iterator {
+  public:
+    typedef NamedDecl *             value_type;
+    typedef NamedDecl *             reference;
+    typedef NamedDecl *             pointer;
+    typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+    typedef std::ptrdiff_t          difference_type;
+
+    /// Ptr - There are 3 forms that 'Ptr' represents:
+    /// 1) A single NamedDecl. (Ptr & 0x1 == 0)
+    /// 2) A IdDeclInfo::DeclsTy::iterator that traverses only the decls of the
+    ///    same declaration context. (Ptr & 0x3 == 0x1)
+    /// 3) A IdDeclInfo::DeclsTy::iterator that traverses the decls of parent
+    ///    declaration contexts too. (Ptr & 0x3 == 0x3)
+    uintptr_t Ptr;
+    typedef IdDeclInfo::DeclsTy::iterator BaseIter;
+
+    /// A single NamedDecl. (Ptr & 0x1 == 0)
+    iterator(NamedDecl *D) {
+      Ptr = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(D);
+      assert((Ptr & 0x1) == 0 && "Invalid Ptr!");
+    }
+    /// A IdDeclInfo::DeclsTy::iterator that walks or not the parent declaration
+    /// contexts depending on 'LookInParentCtx'.
+    iterator(BaseIter I) {
+      Ptr = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(I) | 0x1;
+    }
+
+    bool isIterator() const { return (Ptr & 0x1); }
+
+    BaseIter getIterator() const {
+      assert(isIterator() && "Ptr not an iterator!");
+      return reinterpret_cast<BaseIter>(Ptr & ~0x3);
+    }
+
+    friend class IdentifierResolver;
+
+    void incrementSlowCase();
+  public:
+    iterator() : Ptr(0) {}
+
+    NamedDecl *operator*() const {
+      if (isIterator())
+        return *getIterator();
+      else
+        return reinterpret_cast<NamedDecl*>(Ptr);
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const iterator &RHS) const {
+      return Ptr == RHS.Ptr;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const iterator &RHS) const {
+      return Ptr != RHS.Ptr;
+    }
+
+    // Preincrement.
+    iterator& operator++() {
+      if (!isIterator()) // common case.
+        Ptr = 0;
+      else
+        incrementSlowCase();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    uintptr_t getAsOpaqueValue() const { return Ptr; }
+
+    static iterator getFromOpaqueValue(uintptr_t P) {
+      iterator Result;
+      Result.Ptr = P;
+      return Result;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// begin - Returns an iterator for decls with the name 'Name'.
+  iterator begin(DeclarationName Name);
+
+  /// end - Returns an iterator that has 'finished'.
+  iterator end() {
+    return iterator();
+  }
+
+  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
+  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
+  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
+  ///
+  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
+  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
+  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
+  bool isDeclInScope(Decl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
+                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false) const;
+
+  /// AddDecl - Link the decl to its shadowed decl chain.
+  void AddDecl(NamedDecl *D);
+
+  /// RemoveDecl - Unlink the decl from its shadowed decl chain.
+  /// The decl must already be part of the decl chain.
+  void RemoveDecl(NamedDecl *D);
+
+  /// Replace the decl Old with the new declaration New on its
+  /// identifier chain. Returns true if the old declaration was found
+  /// (and, therefore, replaced).
+  bool ReplaceDecl(NamedDecl *Old, NamedDecl *New);
+
+  /// \brief Insert the given declaration after the given iterator
+  /// position.
+  void InsertDeclAfter(iterator Pos, NamedDecl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Try to add the given declaration to the top level scope, if it
+  /// (or a redeclaration of it) hasn't already been added.
+  ///
+  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to add.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the declaration was added, false otherwise.
+  bool tryAddTopLevelDecl(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
+  
+  explicit IdentifierResolver(Preprocessor &PP);
+  ~IdentifierResolver();
+
+private:
+  const LangOptions &LangOpt;
+  Preprocessor &PP;
+  
+  class IdDeclInfoMap;
+  IdDeclInfoMap *IdDeclInfos;
+
+  void updatingIdentifier(IdentifierInfo &II);
+  void readingIdentifier(IdentifierInfo &II);
+  
+  /// FETokenInfo contains a Decl pointer if lower bit == 0.
+  static inline bool isDeclPtr(void *Ptr) {
+    return (reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Ptr) & 0x1) == 0;
+  }
+
+  /// FETokenInfo contains a IdDeclInfo pointer if lower bit == 1.
+  static inline IdDeclInfo *toIdDeclInfo(void *Ptr) {
+    assert((reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Ptr) & 0x1) == 1
+          && "Ptr not a IdDeclInfo* !");
+    return reinterpret_cast<IdDeclInfo*>(
+                    reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Ptr) & ~0x1
+                                                            );
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8459be1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1026 @@
+//===--- Initialization.h - Semantic Analysis for Initializers --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file provides supporting data types for initialization of objects.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_INITIALIZATION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_INITIALIZATION_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+class CXXBaseSpecifier;
+class DeclaratorDecl;
+class DeclaratorInfo;
+class FieldDecl;
+class FunctionDecl;
+class ParmVarDecl;
+class Sema;
+class TypeLoc;
+class VarDecl;
+  
+/// \brief Describes an entity that is being initialized.
+class InitializedEntity {
+public:
+  /// \brief Specifies the kind of entity being initialized.
+  enum EntityKind {
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is a variable.
+    EK_Variable,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is a function parameter.
+    EK_Parameter,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is the result of a function call.
+    EK_Result,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is an exception object that
+    /// is being thrown.
+    EK_Exception,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is a non-static data member 
+    /// subobject.
+    EK_Member,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is an element of an array.
+    EK_ArrayElement,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is an object (or array of
+    /// objects) allocated via new.
+    EK_New,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is a temporary object.
+    EK_Temporary,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is a base member subobject.
+    EK_Base,
+    /// \brief The initialization is being done by a delegating constructor.
+    EK_Delegating,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is an element of a vector.
+    /// or vector.
+    EK_VectorElement,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is a field of block descriptor for
+    /// the copied-in c++ object.
+    EK_BlockElement,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is the real or imaginary part of a
+    /// complex number.
+    EK_ComplexElement,
+    /// \brief The entity being initialized is the field that captures a 
+    /// variable in a lambda.
+    EK_LambdaCapture
+  };
+  
+private:
+  /// \brief The kind of entity being initialized.
+  EntityKind Kind;
+
+  /// \brief If non-NULL, the parent entity in which this
+  /// initialization occurs.
+  const InitializedEntity *Parent;
+
+  /// \brief The type of the object or reference being initialized.
+  QualType Type;
+
+  struct LN {
+    /// \brief When Kind == EK_Result, EK_Exception, EK_New, the
+    /// location of the 'return', 'throw', or 'new' keyword,
+    /// respectively. When Kind == EK_Temporary, the location where
+    /// the temporary is being created.
+    unsigned Location;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the entity being initialized may end up using the
+    /// named return value optimization (NRVO).
+    bool NRVO;
+  };
+
+  struct C {
+    /// \brief The variable being captured by an EK_LambdaCapture.
+    VarDecl *Var;
+
+    /// \brief The source location at which the capture occurs.
+    unsigned Location;
+  };
+
+  union {
+    /// \brief When Kind == EK_Variable, or EK_Member, the VarDecl or
+    /// FieldDecl, respectively.
+    DeclaratorDecl *VariableOrMember;
+
+    /// \brief When Kind == EK_Parameter, the ParmVarDecl, with the
+    /// low bit indicating whether the parameter is "consumed".
+    uintptr_t Parameter;
+    
+    /// \brief When Kind == EK_Temporary, the type source information for
+    /// the temporary.
+    TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo;
+
+    struct LN LocAndNRVO;
+    
+    /// \brief When Kind == EK_Base, the base specifier that provides the 
+    /// base class. The lower bit specifies whether the base is an inherited
+    /// virtual base.
+    uintptr_t Base;
+
+    /// \brief When Kind == EK_ArrayElement, EK_VectorElement, or
+    /// EK_ComplexElement, the index of the array or vector element being
+    /// initialized. 
+    unsigned Index;
+
+    struct C Capture;
+  };
+
+  InitializedEntity() { }
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a variable.
+  InitializedEntity(VarDecl *Var)
+    : Kind(EK_Variable), Parent(0), Type(Var->getType()),
+      VariableOrMember(Var) { }
+  
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for the result of a
+  /// function, throwing an object, performing an explicit cast, or
+  /// initializing a parameter for which there is no declaration.
+  InitializedEntity(EntityKind Kind, SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type,
+                    bool NRVO = false)
+    : Kind(Kind), Parent(0), Type(Type)
+  {
+    LocAndNRVO.Location = Loc.getRawEncoding();
+    LocAndNRVO.NRVO = NRVO;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a member subobject.
+  InitializedEntity(FieldDecl *Member, const InitializedEntity *Parent) 
+    : Kind(EK_Member), Parent(Parent), Type(Member->getType()),
+      VariableOrMember(Member) { }
+  
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for an array element.
+  InitializedEntity(ASTContext &Context, unsigned Index, 
+                    const InitializedEntity &Parent);
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a lambda capture.
+  InitializedEntity(VarDecl *Var, FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation Loc)
+    : Kind(EK_LambdaCapture), Parent(0), Type(Field->getType()) 
+  {
+    Capture.Var = Var;
+    Capture.Location = Loc.getRawEncoding();
+  }
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a variable.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeVariable(VarDecl *Var) {
+    return InitializedEntity(Var);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a parameter.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeParameter(ASTContext &Context,
+                                               ParmVarDecl *Parm) {
+    return InitializeParameter(Context, Parm, Parm->getType());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a parameter, but use
+  /// another type.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeParameter(ASTContext &Context,
+                                               ParmVarDecl *Parm,
+                                               QualType Type) {
+    bool Consumed = (Context.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
+                     Parm->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>());
+
+    InitializedEntity Entity;
+    Entity.Kind = EK_Parameter;
+    Entity.Type =
+      Context.getVariableArrayDecayedType(Type.getUnqualifiedType());
+    Entity.Parent = 0;
+    Entity.Parameter
+      = (static_cast<uintptr_t>(Consumed) | reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Parm));
+    return Entity;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a parameter that is
+  /// only known by its type.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeParameter(ASTContext &Context,
+                                               QualType Type,
+                                               bool Consumed) {
+    InitializedEntity Entity;
+    Entity.Kind = EK_Parameter;
+    Entity.Type = Context.getVariableArrayDecayedType(Type);
+    Entity.Parent = 0;
+    Entity.Parameter = (Consumed);
+    return Entity;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for the result of a function.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeResult(SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
+                                            QualType Type, bool NRVO) {
+    return InitializedEntity(EK_Result, ReturnLoc, Type, NRVO);
+  }
+
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeBlock(SourceLocation BlockVarLoc,
+                                           QualType Type, bool NRVO) {
+    return InitializedEntity(EK_BlockElement, BlockVarLoc, Type, NRVO);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for an exception object.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeException(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
+                                               QualType Type, bool NRVO) {
+    return InitializedEntity(EK_Exception, ThrowLoc, Type, NRVO);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for an object allocated via new.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeNew(SourceLocation NewLoc, QualType Type) {
+    return InitializedEntity(EK_New, NewLoc, Type);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a temporary.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeTemporary(QualType Type) {
+    InitializedEntity Result(EK_Temporary, SourceLocation(), Type);
+    Result.TypeInfo = 0;
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a temporary.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeTemporary(TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo) {
+    InitializedEntity Result(EK_Temporary, SourceLocation(), 
+                             TypeInfo->getType());
+    Result.TypeInfo = TypeInfo;
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a base class subobject.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeBase(ASTContext &Context,
+                                          CXXBaseSpecifier *Base,
+                                          bool IsInheritedVirtualBase);
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a delegated constructor.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeDelegation(QualType Type) {
+    return InitializedEntity(EK_Delegating, SourceLocation(), Type);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a member subobject.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeMember(FieldDecl *Member,
+                                          const InitializedEntity *Parent = 0) {
+    return InitializedEntity(Member, Parent);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a member subobject.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeMember(IndirectFieldDecl *Member,
+                                      const InitializedEntity *Parent = 0) {
+    return InitializedEntity(Member->getAnonField(), Parent);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for an array element.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeElement(ASTContext &Context, 
+                                             unsigned Index, 
+                                             const InitializedEntity &Parent) {
+    return InitializedEntity(Context, Index, Parent);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a lambda capture.
+  static InitializedEntity InitializeLambdaCapture(VarDecl *Var,
+                                                   FieldDecl *Field,
+                                                   SourceLocation Loc) {
+    return InitializedEntity(Var, Field, Loc);
+  }
+                                                   
+  /// \brief Determine the kind of initialization.
+  EntityKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the parent of the entity being initialized, when
+  /// the initialization itself is occurring within the context of a
+  /// larger initialization.
+  const InitializedEntity *getParent() const { return Parent; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve type being initialized.
+  QualType getType() const { return Type; }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve complete type-source information for the object being 
+  /// constructed, if known.
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
+    if (Kind == EK_Temporary)
+      return TypeInfo;
+    
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the entity being initialized.
+  DeclarationName getName() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the variable, parameter, or field being
+  /// initialized.
+  DeclaratorDecl *getDecl() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this initialization allows the named return 
+  /// value optimization, which also applies to thrown objects.
+  bool allowsNRVO() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this initialization consumes the
+  /// parameter.
+  bool isParameterConsumed() const {
+    assert(getKind() == EK_Parameter && "Not a parameter");
+    return (Parameter & 1);
+  }
+                                  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the base specifier.
+  CXXBaseSpecifier *getBaseSpecifier() const {
+    assert(getKind() == EK_Base && "Not a base specifier");
+    return reinterpret_cast<CXXBaseSpecifier *>(Base & ~0x1);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return whether the base is an inherited virtual base.
+  bool isInheritedVirtualBase() const {
+    assert(getKind() == EK_Base && "Not a base specifier");
+    return Base & 0x1;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the location of the 'return' keyword when initializing
+  /// the result of a function call.
+  SourceLocation getReturnLoc() const {
+    assert(getKind() == EK_Result && "No 'return' location!");
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(LocAndNRVO.Location);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine the location of the 'throw' keyword when initializing
+  /// an exception object.
+  SourceLocation getThrowLoc() const {
+    assert(getKind() == EK_Exception && "No 'throw' location!");
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(LocAndNRVO.Location);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If this is already the initializer for an array or vector
+  /// element, sets the element index.
+  void setElementIndex(unsigned Index) {
+    assert(getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind() == EK_VectorElement ||
+           getKind() == EK_ComplexElement);
+    this->Index = Index;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the variable for a captured variable in a lambda.
+  VarDecl *getCapturedVar() const {
+    assert(getKind() == EK_LambdaCapture && "Not a lambda capture!");
+    return Capture.Var;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine the location of the capture when initializing
+  /// field from a captured variable in a lambda.
+  SourceLocation getCaptureLoc() const {
+    assert(getKind() == EK_LambdaCapture && "Not a lambda capture!");
+    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Capture.Location);
+  }
+};
+  
+/// \brief Describes the kind of initialization being performed, along with 
+/// location information for tokens related to the initialization (equal sign,
+/// parentheses).
+class InitializationKind {
+public:
+  /// \brief The kind of initialization being performed.
+  enum InitKind {
+    IK_Direct,       ///< Direct initialization
+    IK_DirectList,   ///< Direct list-initialization
+    IK_Copy,         ///< Copy initialization
+    IK_Default,      ///< Default initialization
+    IK_Value         ///< Value initialization
+  };
+  
+private:
+  /// \brief The context of the initialization.
+  enum InitContext {
+    IC_Normal,         ///< Normal context
+    IC_ExplicitConvs,  ///< Normal context, but allows explicit conversion funcs
+    IC_Implicit,       ///< Implicit context (value initialization)
+    IC_StaticCast,     ///< Static cast context
+    IC_CStyleCast,     ///< C-style cast context
+    IC_FunctionalCast  ///< Functional cast context
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief The kind of initialization being performed.
+  InitKind Kind : 8;
+
+  /// \brief The context of the initialization.
+  InitContext Context : 8;
+  
+  /// \brief The source locations involved in the initialization.
+  SourceLocation Locations[3];
+  
+  InitializationKind(InitKind Kind, InitContext Context, SourceLocation Loc1, 
+                     SourceLocation Loc2, SourceLocation Loc3)
+    : Kind(Kind), Context(Context)
+  {
+    Locations[0] = Loc1;
+    Locations[1] = Loc2;
+    Locations[2] = Loc3;
+  }
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief Create a direct initialization.
+  static InitializationKind CreateDirect(SourceLocation InitLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+    return InitializationKind(IK_Direct, IC_Normal,
+                              InitLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
+  }
+
+  static InitializationKind CreateDirectList(SourceLocation InitLoc) {
+    return InitializationKind(IK_DirectList, IC_Normal,
+                              InitLoc, InitLoc, InitLoc);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create a direct initialization due to a cast that isn't a C-style 
+  /// or functional cast.
+  static InitializationKind CreateCast(SourceRange TypeRange) {
+    return InitializationKind(IK_Direct, IC_StaticCast, TypeRange.getBegin(),
+                              TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange.getEnd());
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create a direct initialization for a C-style cast.
+  static InitializationKind CreateCStyleCast(SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                             SourceRange TypeRange,
+                                             bool InitList) {
+    // C++ cast syntax doesn't permit init lists, but C compound literals are
+    // exactly that.
+    return InitializationKind(InitList ? IK_DirectList : IK_Direct,
+                              IC_CStyleCast, StartLoc, TypeRange.getBegin(),
+                              TypeRange.getEnd());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create a direct initialization for a functional cast.
+  static InitializationKind CreateFunctionalCast(SourceRange TypeRange,
+                                                 bool InitList) {
+    return InitializationKind(InitList ? IK_DirectList : IK_Direct,
+                              IC_FunctionalCast, TypeRange.getBegin(),
+                              TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange.getEnd());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Create a copy initialization.
+  static InitializationKind CreateCopy(SourceLocation InitLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
+                                       bool AllowExplicitConvs = false) {
+    return InitializationKind(IK_Copy, 
+                              AllowExplicitConvs? IC_ExplicitConvs : IC_Normal,
+                              InitLoc, EqualLoc, EqualLoc);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create a default initialization.
+  static InitializationKind CreateDefault(SourceLocation InitLoc) {
+    return InitializationKind(IK_Default, IC_Normal, InitLoc, InitLoc, InitLoc);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Create a value initialization.
+  static InitializationKind CreateValue(SourceLocation InitLoc,
+                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                        bool isImplicit = false) {
+    return InitializationKind(IK_Value, isImplicit ? IC_Implicit : IC_Normal,
+                              InitLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine the initialization kind.
+  InitKind getKind() const {
+    return Kind;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this initialization is an explicit cast.
+  bool isExplicitCast() const {
+    return Context >= IC_StaticCast;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this initialization is a C-style cast.
+  bool isCStyleOrFunctionalCast() const { 
+    return Context >= IC_CStyleCast; 
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a C-style cast.
+  bool isCStyleCast() const {
+    return Context == IC_CStyleCast;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this is a functional-style cast.
+  bool isFunctionalCast() const {
+    return Context == IC_FunctionalCast;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this initialization is an implicit
+  /// value-initialization, e.g., as occurs during aggregate
+  /// initialization.
+  bool isImplicitValueInit() const { return Context == IC_Implicit; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location at which initialization is occurring.
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Locations[0]; }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the source range that covers the initialization.
+  SourceRange getRange() const { 
+    return SourceRange(Locations[0], Locations[2]);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the equal sign for copy initialization
+  /// (if present).
+  SourceLocation getEqualLoc() const {
+    assert(Kind == IK_Copy && "Only copy initialization has an '='");
+    return Locations[1];
+  }
+
+  bool isCopyInit() const { return Kind == IK_Copy; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve whether this initialization allows the use of explicit
+  ///        constructors.
+  bool AllowExplicit() const { return !isCopyInit(); }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve whether this initialization allows the use of explicit
+  /// conversion functions.
+  bool allowExplicitConversionFunctions() const {
+    return !isCopyInit() || Context == IC_ExplicitConvs;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the source range containing the locations of the open
+  /// and closing parentheses for value and direct initializations.
+  SourceRange getParenRange() const {
+    assert((Kind == IK_Direct || Kind == IK_Value) &&
+           "Only direct- and value-initialization have parentheses");
+    return SourceRange(Locations[1], Locations[2]);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Describes the sequence of initializations required to initialize
+/// a given object or reference with a set of arguments.
+class InitializationSequence {
+public:
+  /// \brief Describes the kind of initialization sequence computed.
+  enum SequenceKind {
+    /// \brief A failed initialization sequence. The failure kind tells what
+    /// happened.
+    FailedSequence = 0,
+
+    /// \brief A dependent initialization, which could not be
+    /// type-checked due to the presence of dependent types or
+    /// dependently-typed expressions.
+    DependentSequence,
+
+    /// \brief A normal sequence.
+    NormalSequence
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Describes the kind of a particular step in an initialization
+  /// sequence.
+  enum StepKind {
+    /// \brief Resolve the address of an overloaded function to a specific
+    /// function declaration.
+    SK_ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction,
+    /// \brief Perform a derived-to-base cast, producing an rvalue.
+    SK_CastDerivedToBaseRValue,
+    /// \brief Perform a derived-to-base cast, producing an xvalue.
+    SK_CastDerivedToBaseXValue,
+    /// \brief Perform a derived-to-base cast, producing an lvalue.
+    SK_CastDerivedToBaseLValue,
+    /// \brief Reference binding to an lvalue.
+    SK_BindReference,
+    /// \brief Reference binding to a temporary.
+    SK_BindReferenceToTemporary,
+    /// \brief An optional copy of a temporary object to another
+    /// temporary object, which is permitted (but not required) by
+    /// C++98/03 but not C++0x.
+    SK_ExtraneousCopyToTemporary,
+    /// \brief Perform a user-defined conversion, either via a conversion
+    /// function or via a constructor.
+    SK_UserConversion,
+    /// \brief Perform a qualification conversion, producing an rvalue.
+    SK_QualificationConversionRValue,
+    /// \brief Perform a qualification conversion, producing an xvalue.
+    SK_QualificationConversionXValue,
+    /// \brief Perform a qualification conversion, producing an lvalue.
+    SK_QualificationConversionLValue,
+    /// \brief Perform an implicit conversion sequence.
+    SK_ConversionSequence,
+    /// \brief Perform list-initialization without a constructor
+    SK_ListInitialization,
+    /// \brief Perform list-initialization with a constructor.
+    SK_ListConstructorCall,
+    /// \brief Unwrap the single-element initializer list for a reference.
+    SK_UnwrapInitList,
+    /// \brief Rewrap the single-element initializer list for a reference.
+    SK_RewrapInitList,
+    /// \brief Perform initialization via a constructor.
+    SK_ConstructorInitialization,
+    /// \brief Zero-initialize the object
+    SK_ZeroInitialization,
+    /// \brief C assignment
+    SK_CAssignment,
+    /// \brief Initialization by string
+    SK_StringInit,
+    /// \brief An initialization that "converts" an Objective-C object
+    /// (not a point to an object) to another Objective-C object type.
+    SK_ObjCObjectConversion,
+    /// \brief Array initialization (from an array rvalue).
+    /// This is a GNU C extension.
+    SK_ArrayInit,
+    /// \brief Array initialization from a parenthesized initializer list.
+    /// This is a GNU C++ extension.
+    SK_ParenthesizedArrayInit,
+    /// \brief Pass an object by indirect copy-and-restore.
+    SK_PassByIndirectCopyRestore,
+    /// \brief Pass an object by indirect restore.
+    SK_PassByIndirectRestore,
+    /// \brief Produce an Objective-C object pointer.
+    SK_ProduceObjCObject,
+    /// \brief Construct a std::initializer_list from an initializer list.
+    SK_StdInitializerList,
+    /// \brief Initialize an OpenCL sampler from an integer.
+    SK_OCLSamplerInit,
+    /// \brief Passing zero to a function where OpenCL event_t is expected.
+    SK_OCLZeroEvent
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief A single step in the initialization sequence.
+  class Step {
+  public:
+    /// \brief The kind of conversion or initialization step we are taking.
+    StepKind Kind;
+    
+    // \brief The type that results from this initialization.
+    QualType Type;
+
+    struct F {
+      bool HadMultipleCandidates;
+      FunctionDecl *Function;
+      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl;
+    };
+
+    union {
+      /// \brief When Kind == SK_ResolvedOverloadedFunction or Kind ==
+      /// SK_UserConversion, the function that the expression should be 
+      /// resolved to or the conversion function to call, respectively.
+      /// When Kind == SK_ConstructorInitialization or SK_ListConstruction,
+      /// the constructor to be called.
+      ///
+      /// Always a FunctionDecl, plus a Boolean flag telling if it was
+      /// selected from an overloaded set having size greater than 1.
+      /// For conversion decls, the naming class is the source type.
+      /// For construct decls, the naming class is the target type.
+      struct F Function;
+
+      /// \brief When Kind = SK_ConversionSequence, the implicit conversion
+      /// sequence.
+      ImplicitConversionSequence *ICS;
+
+      /// \brief When Kind = SK_RewrapInitList, the syntactic form of the
+      /// wrapping list.
+      InitListExpr *WrappingSyntacticList;
+    };
+
+    void Destroy();
+  };
+  
+private:
+  /// \brief The kind of initialization sequence computed.
+  enum SequenceKind SequenceKind;
+  
+  /// \brief Steps taken by this initialization.
+  SmallVector<Step, 4> Steps;
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief Describes why initialization failed.
+  enum FailureKind {
+    /// \brief Too many initializers provided for a reference.
+    FK_TooManyInitsForReference,
+    /// \brief Array must be initialized with an initializer list.
+    FK_ArrayNeedsInitList,
+    /// \brief Array must be initialized with an initializer list or a 
+    /// string literal.
+    FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrStringLiteral,
+    /// \brief Array type mismatch.
+    FK_ArrayTypeMismatch,
+    /// \brief Non-constant array initializer
+    FK_NonConstantArrayInit,
+    /// \brief Cannot resolve the address of an overloaded function.
+    FK_AddressOfOverloadFailed,
+    /// \brief Overloading due to reference initialization failed.
+    FK_ReferenceInitOverloadFailed,
+    /// \brief Non-const lvalue reference binding to a temporary.
+    FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToTemporary,
+    /// \brief Non-const lvalue reference binding to an lvalue of unrelated
+    /// type.
+    FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToUnrelated,
+    /// \brief Rvalue reference binding to an lvalue.
+    FK_RValueReferenceBindingToLValue,
+    /// \brief Reference binding drops qualifiers.
+    FK_ReferenceInitDropsQualifiers,
+    /// \brief Reference binding failed.
+    FK_ReferenceInitFailed,
+    /// \brief Implicit conversion failed.
+    FK_ConversionFailed,
+    /// \brief Implicit conversion failed.
+    FK_ConversionFromPropertyFailed,
+    /// \brief Too many initializers for scalar
+    FK_TooManyInitsForScalar,
+    /// \brief Reference initialization from an initializer list
+    FK_ReferenceBindingToInitList,
+    /// \brief Initialization of some unused destination type with an
+    /// initializer list.
+    FK_InitListBadDestinationType,
+    /// \brief Overloading for a user-defined conversion failed.
+    FK_UserConversionOverloadFailed,
+    /// \brief Overloading for initialization by constructor failed.
+    FK_ConstructorOverloadFailed,
+    /// \brief Overloading for list-initialization by constructor failed.
+    FK_ListConstructorOverloadFailed,
+    /// \brief Default-initialization of a 'const' object.
+    FK_DefaultInitOfConst,
+    /// \brief Initialization of an incomplete type.
+    FK_Incomplete,
+    /// \brief Variable-length array must not have an initializer.
+    FK_VariableLengthArrayHasInitializer,
+    /// \brief List initialization failed at some point.
+    FK_ListInitializationFailed,
+    /// \brief Initializer has a placeholder type which cannot be
+    /// resolved by initialization.
+    FK_PlaceholderType,
+    /// \brief Failed to initialize a std::initializer_list because copy
+    /// construction of some element failed.
+    FK_InitListElementCopyFailure,
+    /// \brief List-copy-initialization chose an explicit constructor.
+    FK_ExplicitConstructor
+  };
+  
+private:
+  /// \brief The reason why initialization failed.
+  FailureKind Failure;
+
+  /// \brief The failed result of overload resolution.
+  OverloadingResult FailedOverloadResult;
+  
+  /// \brief The candidate set created when initialization failed.
+  OverloadCandidateSet FailedCandidateSet;
+
+  /// \brief The incomplete type that caused a failure.
+  QualType FailedIncompleteType;
+  
+  /// \brief Prints a follow-up note that highlights the location of
+  /// the initialized entity, if it's remote.
+  void PrintInitLocationNote(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Try to perform initialization of the given entity, creating a 
+  /// record of the steps required to perform the initialization.
+  ///
+  /// The generated initialization sequence will either contain enough
+  /// information to diagnose 
+  ///
+  /// \param S the semantic analysis object.
+  ///
+  /// \param Entity the entity being initialized.
+  ///
+  /// \param Kind the kind of initialization being performed.
+  ///
+  /// \param Args the argument(s) provided for initialization.
+  ///
+  /// \param NumArgs the number of arguments provided for initialization.
+  InitializationSequence(Sema &S, 
+                         const InitializedEntity &Entity,
+                         const InitializationKind &Kind,
+                         Expr **Args,
+                         unsigned NumArgs);
+  
+  ~InitializationSequence();
+  
+  /// \brief Perform the actual initialization of the given entity based on
+  /// the computed initialization sequence.
+  ///
+  /// \param S the semantic analysis object.
+  ///
+  /// \param Entity the entity being initialized.
+  ///
+  /// \param Kind the kind of initialization being performed.
+  ///
+  /// \param Args the argument(s) provided for initialization, ownership of
+  /// which is transferred into the routine.
+  ///
+  /// \param ResultType if non-NULL, will be set to the type of the
+  /// initialized object, which is the type of the declaration in most
+  /// cases. However, when the initialized object is a variable of
+  /// incomplete array type and the initializer is an initializer
+  /// list, this type will be set to the completed array type.
+  ///
+  /// \returns an expression that performs the actual object initialization, if
+  /// the initialization is well-formed. Otherwise, emits diagnostics
+  /// and returns an invalid expression.
+  ExprResult Perform(Sema &S,
+                     const InitializedEntity &Entity,
+                     const InitializationKind &Kind,
+                     MultiExprArg Args,
+                     QualType *ResultType = 0);
+  
+  /// \brief Diagnose an potentially-invalid initialization sequence.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the initialization sequence was ill-formed, 
+  /// false otherwise.
+  bool Diagnose(Sema &S, 
+                const InitializedEntity &Entity,
+                const InitializationKind &Kind,
+                Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
+  
+  /// \brief Determine the kind of initialization sequence computed.
+  enum SequenceKind getKind() const { return SequenceKind; }
+  
+  /// \brief Set the kind of sequence computed.
+  void setSequenceKind(enum SequenceKind SK) { SequenceKind = SK; }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether the initialization sequence is valid.
+  operator bool() const { return !Failed(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the initialization sequence is invalid.
+  bool Failed() const { return SequenceKind == FailedSequence; }
+  
+  typedef SmallVector<Step, 4>::const_iterator step_iterator;
+  step_iterator step_begin() const { return Steps.begin(); }
+  step_iterator step_end()   const { return Steps.end(); }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this initialization is a direct reference 
+  /// binding (C++ [dcl.init.ref]).
+  bool isDirectReferenceBinding() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this initialization failed due to an ambiguity.
+  bool isAmbiguous() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this initialization is direct call to a 
+  /// constructor.
+  bool isConstructorInitialization() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether the last step in this initialization sequence is a
+  /// narrowing conversion, defined by C++0x [dcl.init.list]p7.
+  ///
+  /// If this function returns true, *isInitializerConstant will be set to
+  /// describe whether *Initializer was a constant expression.  If
+  /// *isInitializerConstant is set to true, *ConstantValue will be set to the
+  /// evaluated value of *Initializer.
+  bool endsWithNarrowing(ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *Initializer,
+                         bool *isInitializerConstant,
+                         APValue *ConstantValue) const;
+
+  /// \brief Add a new step in the initialization that resolves the address
+  /// of an overloaded function to a specific function declaration.
+  ///
+  /// \param Function the function to which the overloaded function reference
+  /// resolves.
+  void AddAddressOverloadResolutionStep(FunctionDecl *Function,
+                                        DeclAccessPair Found,
+                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new step in the initialization that performs a derived-to-
+  /// base cast.
+  ///
+  /// \param BaseType the base type to which we will be casting.
+  ///
+  /// \param Category Indicates whether the result will be treated as an
+  /// rvalue, an xvalue, or an lvalue.
+  void AddDerivedToBaseCastStep(QualType BaseType,
+                                ExprValueKind Category);
+     
+  /// \brief Add a new step binding a reference to an object.
+  ///
+  /// \param BindingTemporary True if we are binding a reference to a temporary
+  /// object (thereby extending its lifetime); false if we are binding to an
+  /// lvalue or an lvalue treated as an rvalue.
+  void AddReferenceBindingStep(QualType T, bool BindingTemporary);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new step that makes an extraneous copy of the input
+  /// to a temporary of the same class type.
+  ///
+  /// This extraneous copy only occurs during reference binding in
+  /// C++98/03, where we are permitted (but not required) to introduce
+  /// an extra copy. At a bare minimum, we must check that we could
+  /// call the copy constructor, and produce a diagnostic if the copy
+  /// constructor is inaccessible or no copy constructor matches.
+  //
+  /// \param T The type of the temporary being created.
+  void AddExtraneousCopyToTemporary(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new step invoking a conversion function, which is either
+  /// a constructor or a conversion function.
+  void AddUserConversionStep(FunctionDecl *Function,
+                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                             QualType T,
+                             bool HadMultipleCandidates);
+
+  /// \brief Add a new step that performs a qualification conversion to the
+  /// given type.
+  void AddQualificationConversionStep(QualType Ty,
+                                     ExprValueKind Category);
+  
+  /// \brief Add a new step that applies an implicit conversion sequence.
+  void AddConversionSequenceStep(const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
+                                 QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add a list-initialization step.
+  void AddListInitializationStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add a constructor-initialization step.
+  ///
+  /// \param FromInitList The constructor call is syntactically an initializer
+  /// list.
+  /// \param AsInitList The constructor is called as an init list constructor.
+  void AddConstructorInitializationStep(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
+                                        AccessSpecifier Access,
+                                        QualType T,
+                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
+                                        bool FromInitList, bool AsInitList);
+
+  /// \brief Add a zero-initialization step.
+  void AddZeroInitializationStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add a C assignment step.
+  //
+  // FIXME: It isn't clear whether this should ever be needed;
+  // ideally, we would handle everything needed in C in the common
+  // path. However, that isn't the case yet.
+  void AddCAssignmentStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add a string init step.
+  void AddStringInitStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add an Objective-C object conversion step, which is
+  /// always a no-op.
+  void AddObjCObjectConversionStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add an array initialization step.
+  void AddArrayInitStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add a parenthesized array initialization step.
+  void AddParenthesizedArrayInitStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add a step to pass an object by indirect copy-restore.
+  void AddPassByIndirectCopyRestoreStep(QualType T, bool shouldCopy);
+
+  /// \brief Add a step to "produce" an Objective-C object (by
+  /// retaining it).
+  void AddProduceObjCObjectStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add a step to construct a std::initializer_list object from an
+  /// initializer list.
+  void AddStdInitializerListConstructionStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add a step to initialize an OpenCL sampler from an integer
+  /// constant.
+  void AddOCLSamplerInitStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add a step to initialize an OpenCL event_t from a NULL
+  /// constant.
+  void AddOCLZeroEventStep(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Add steps to unwrap a initializer list for a reference around a
+  /// single element and rewrap it at the end.
+  void RewrapReferenceInitList(QualType T, InitListExpr *Syntactic);
+
+  /// \brief Note that this initialization sequence failed.
+  void SetFailed(FailureKind Failure) {
+    SequenceKind = FailedSequence;
+    this->Failure = Failure;
+    assert((Failure != FK_Incomplete || !FailedIncompleteType.isNull()) &&
+           "Incomplete type failure requires a type!");
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Note that this initialization sequence failed due to failed
+  /// overload resolution.
+  void SetOverloadFailure(FailureKind Failure, OverloadingResult Result);
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve a reference to the candidate set when overload
+  /// resolution fails.
+  OverloadCandidateSet &getFailedCandidateSet() {
+    return FailedCandidateSet;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the overloading result, for when the initialization
+  /// sequence failed due to a bad overload.
+  OverloadingResult getFailedOverloadResult() const {
+    return FailedOverloadResult;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Note that this initialization sequence failed due to an
+  /// incomplete type.
+  void setIncompleteTypeFailure(QualType IncompleteType) {
+    FailedIncompleteType = IncompleteType;
+    SetFailed(FK_Incomplete);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine why initialization failed.
+  FailureKind getFailureKind() const {
+    assert(Failed() && "Not an initialization failure!");
+    return Failure;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Dump a representation of this initialization sequence to 
+  /// the given stream, for debugging purposes.
+  void dump(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Dump a representation of this initialization sequence to 
+  /// standard error, for debugging purposes.
+  void dump() const;
+};
+  
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_INITIALIZATION_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63dfa72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+//===--- LocInfoType.h - Parsed Type with Location Information---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the LocInfoType class, which holds a type and its
+// source-location information.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_LOCINFOTYPE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_LOCINFOTYPE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class TypeSourceInfo;
+
+/// \brief Holds a QualType and a TypeSourceInfo* that came out of a declarator
+/// parsing.
+///
+/// LocInfoType is a "transient" type, only needed for passing to/from Parser
+/// and Sema, when we want to preserve type source info for a parsed type.
+/// It will not participate in the type system semantics in any way.
+class LocInfoType : public Type {
+  enum {
+    // The last number that can fit in Type's TC.
+    // Avoids conflict with an existing Type class.
+    LocInfo = Type::TypeLast + 1
+  };
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *DeclInfo;
+
+  LocInfoType(QualType ty, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo)
+    : Type((TypeClass)LocInfo, ty, ty->isDependentType(),
+           ty->isInstantiationDependentType(),
+           ty->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+           ty->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+      DeclInfo(TInfo) {
+    assert(getTypeClass() == (TypeClass)LocInfo && "LocInfo didn't fit in TC?");
+  }
+  friend class Sema;
+
+public:
+  QualType getType() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }
+  TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return DeclInfo; }
+
+  void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
+                           const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
+    return T->getTypeClass() == (TypeClass)LocInfo;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_LOCINFOTYPE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Lookup.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Lookup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e7e3a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Lookup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,728 @@
+//===--- Lookup.h - Classes for name lookup ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the LookupResult class, which is integral to
+// Sema's name-lookup subsystem.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_LOOKUP_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_LOOKUP_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// @brief Represents the results of name lookup.
+///
+/// An instance of the LookupResult class captures the results of a
+/// single name lookup, which can return no result (nothing found),
+/// a single declaration, a set of overloaded functions, or an
+/// ambiguity. Use the getKind() method to determine which of these
+/// results occurred for a given lookup.
+class LookupResult {
+public:
+  enum LookupResultKind {
+    /// @brief No entity found met the criteria.
+    NotFound = 0,
+
+    /// @brief No entity found met the criteria within the current 
+    /// instantiation,, but there were dependent base classes of the 
+    /// current instantiation that could not be searched.
+    NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation,
+    
+    /// @brief Name lookup found a single declaration that met the
+    /// criteria.  getFoundDecl() will return this declaration.
+    Found,
+
+    /// @brief Name lookup found a set of overloaded functions that
+    /// met the criteria.
+    FoundOverloaded,
+
+    /// @brief Name lookup found an unresolvable value declaration
+    /// and cannot yet complete.  This only happens in C++ dependent
+    /// contexts with dependent using declarations.
+    FoundUnresolvedValue,
+
+    /// @brief Name lookup results in an ambiguity; use
+    /// getAmbiguityKind to figure out what kind of ambiguity
+    /// we have.
+    Ambiguous
+  };
+
+  enum AmbiguityKind {
+    /// Name lookup results in an ambiguity because multiple
+    /// entities that meet the lookup criteria were found in
+    /// subobjects of different types. For example:
+    /// @code
+    /// struct A { void f(int); }
+    /// struct B { void f(double); }
+    /// struct C : A, B { };
+    /// void test(C c) {
+    ///   c.f(0); // error: A::f and B::f come from subobjects of different
+    ///           // types. overload resolution is not performed.
+    /// }
+    /// @endcode
+    AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes,
+
+    /// Name lookup results in an ambiguity because multiple
+    /// nonstatic entities that meet the lookup criteria were found
+    /// in different subobjects of the same type. For example:
+    /// @code
+    /// struct A { int x; };
+    /// struct B : A { };
+    /// struct C : A { };
+    /// struct D : B, C { };
+    /// int test(D d) {
+    ///   return d.x; // error: 'x' is found in two A subobjects (of B and C)
+    /// }
+    /// @endcode
+    AmbiguousBaseSubobjects,
+
+    /// Name lookup results in an ambiguity because multiple definitions
+    /// of entity that meet the lookup criteria were found in different
+    /// declaration contexts.
+    /// @code
+    /// namespace A {
+    ///   int i;
+    ///   namespace B { int i; }
+    ///   int test() {
+    ///     using namespace B;
+    ///     return i; // error 'i' is found in namespace A and A::B
+    ///    }
+    /// }
+    /// @endcode
+    AmbiguousReference,
+
+    /// Name lookup results in an ambiguity because an entity with a
+    /// tag name was hidden by an entity with an ordinary name from
+    /// a different context.
+    /// @code
+    /// namespace A { struct Foo {}; }
+    /// namespace B { void Foo(); }
+    /// namespace C {
+    ///   using namespace A;
+    ///   using namespace B;
+    /// }
+    /// void test() {
+    ///   C::Foo(); // error: tag 'A::Foo' is hidden by an object in a
+    ///             // different namespace
+    /// }
+    /// @endcode
+    AmbiguousTagHiding
+  };
+
+  /// A little identifier for flagging temporary lookup results.
+  enum TemporaryToken {
+    Temporary
+  };
+
+  typedef UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator iterator;
+
+  LookupResult(Sema &SemaRef, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+               Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
+               Sema::RedeclarationKind Redecl = Sema::NotForRedeclaration)
+    : ResultKind(NotFound),
+      Paths(0),
+      NamingClass(0),
+      SemaRef(SemaRef),
+      NameInfo(NameInfo),
+      LookupKind(LookupKind),
+      IDNS(0),
+      Redecl(Redecl != Sema::NotForRedeclaration),
+      HideTags(true),
+      Diagnose(Redecl == Sema::NotForRedeclaration),
+      AllowHidden(Redecl == Sema::ForRedeclaration)
+  {
+    configure();
+  }
+
+  // TODO: consider whether this constructor should be restricted to take
+  // as input a const IndentifierInfo* (instead of Name),
+  // forcing other cases towards the constructor taking a DNInfo.
+  LookupResult(Sema &SemaRef, DeclarationName Name,
+               SourceLocation NameLoc, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
+               Sema::RedeclarationKind Redecl = Sema::NotForRedeclaration)
+    : ResultKind(NotFound),
+      Paths(0),
+      NamingClass(0),
+      SemaRef(SemaRef),
+      NameInfo(Name, NameLoc),
+      LookupKind(LookupKind),
+      IDNS(0),
+      Redecl(Redecl != Sema::NotForRedeclaration),
+      HideTags(true),
+      Diagnose(Redecl == Sema::NotForRedeclaration),
+      AllowHidden(Redecl == Sema::ForRedeclaration)
+  {
+    configure();
+  }
+
+  /// Creates a temporary lookup result, initializing its core data
+  /// using the information from another result.  Diagnostics are always
+  /// disabled.
+  LookupResult(TemporaryToken _, const LookupResult &Other)
+    : ResultKind(NotFound),
+      Paths(0),
+      NamingClass(0),
+      SemaRef(Other.SemaRef),
+      NameInfo(Other.NameInfo),
+      LookupKind(Other.LookupKind),
+      IDNS(Other.IDNS),
+      Redecl(Other.Redecl),
+      HideTags(Other.HideTags),
+      Diagnose(false),
+      AllowHidden(Other.AllowHidden)
+  {}
+
+  ~LookupResult() {
+    if (Diagnose) diagnose();
+    if (Paths) deletePaths(Paths);
+  }
+
+  /// Gets the name info to look up.
+  const DeclarationNameInfo &getLookupNameInfo() const {
+    return NameInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Sets the name info to look up.
+  void setLookupNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo) {
+    this->NameInfo = NameInfo;
+  }
+
+  /// Gets the name to look up.
+  DeclarationName getLookupName() const {
+    return NameInfo.getName();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Sets the name to look up.
+  void setLookupName(DeclarationName Name) {
+    NameInfo.setName(Name);
+  }
+
+  /// Gets the kind of lookup to perform.
+  Sema::LookupNameKind getLookupKind() const {
+    return LookupKind;
+  }
+
+  /// True if this lookup is just looking for an existing declaration.
+  bool isForRedeclaration() const {
+    return Redecl;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Specify whether hidden declarations are visible, e.g.,
+  /// for recovery reasons.
+  void setAllowHidden(bool AH) {
+    AllowHidden = AH;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this lookup is permitted to see hidden
+  /// declarations, such as those in modules that have not yet been imported.
+  bool isHiddenDeclarationVisible() const {
+    return AllowHidden || LookupKind == Sema::LookupTagName;
+  }
+  
+  /// Sets whether tag declarations should be hidden by non-tag
+  /// declarations during resolution.  The default is true.
+  void setHideTags(bool Hide) {
+    HideTags = Hide;
+  }
+
+  bool isAmbiguous() const {
+    return getResultKind() == Ambiguous;
+  }
+
+  /// Determines if this names a single result which is not an
+  /// unresolved value using decl.  If so, it is safe to call
+  /// getFoundDecl().
+  bool isSingleResult() const {
+    return getResultKind() == Found;
+  }
+
+  /// Determines if the results are overloaded.
+  bool isOverloadedResult() const {
+    return getResultKind() == FoundOverloaded;
+  }
+
+  bool isUnresolvableResult() const {
+    return getResultKind() == FoundUnresolvedValue;
+  }
+
+  LookupResultKind getResultKind() const {
+    sanity();
+    return ResultKind;
+  }
+
+  AmbiguityKind getAmbiguityKind() const {
+    assert(isAmbiguous());
+    return Ambiguity;
+  }
+
+  const UnresolvedSetImpl &asUnresolvedSet() const {
+    return Decls;
+  }
+
+  iterator begin() const { return iterator(Decls.begin()); }
+  iterator end() const { return iterator(Decls.end()); }
+
+  /// \brief Return true if no decls were found
+  bool empty() const { return Decls.empty(); }
+
+  /// \brief Return the base paths structure that's associated with
+  /// these results, or null if none is.
+  CXXBasePaths *getBasePaths() const {
+    return Paths;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is visible to the
+  /// program.
+  static bool isVisible(NamedDecl *D) {
+    // If this declaration is not hidden, it's visible.
+    if (!D->isHidden())
+      return true;
+    
+    // FIXME: We should be allowed to refer to a module-private name from 
+    // within the same module, e.g., during template instantiation.
+    // This requires us know which module a particular declaration came from.
+    return false;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the accepted (re)declaration of the given declaration,
+  /// if there is one.
+  NamedDecl *getAcceptableDecl(NamedDecl *D) const {
+    if (!D->isInIdentifierNamespace(IDNS))
+      return 0;
+    
+    if (isHiddenDeclarationVisible() || isVisible(D))
+      return D;
+    
+    return getAcceptableDeclSlow(D);
+  }
+  
+private:
+  NamedDecl *getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const;
+public:
+  
+  /// \brief Returns the identifier namespace mask for this lookup.
+  unsigned getIdentifierNamespace() const {
+    return IDNS;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether these results arose from performing a
+  /// lookup into a class.
+  bool isClassLookup() const {
+    return NamingClass != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the 'naming class' for this lookup, i.e. the
+  /// class which was looked into to find these results.
+  ///
+  /// C++0x [class.access.base]p5:
+  ///   The access to a member is affected by the class in which the
+  ///   member is named. This naming class is the class in which the
+  ///   member name was looked up and found. [Note: this class can be
+  ///   explicit, e.g., when a qualified-id is used, or implicit,
+  ///   e.g., when a class member access operator (5.2.5) is used
+  ///   (including cases where an implicit "this->" is added). If both
+  ///   a class member access operator and a qualified-id are used to
+  ///   name the member (as in p->T::m), the class naming the member
+  ///   is the class named by the nested-name-specifier of the
+  ///   qualified-id (that is, T). -- end note ]
+  ///
+  /// This is set by the lookup routines when they find results in a class.
+  CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const {
+    return NamingClass;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Sets the 'naming class' for this lookup.
+  void setNamingClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
+    NamingClass = Record;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the base object type associated with this lookup;
+  /// important for [class.protected].  Most lookups do not have an
+  /// associated base object.
+  QualType getBaseObjectType() const {
+    return BaseObjectType;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Sets the base object type for this lookup.
+  void setBaseObjectType(QualType T) {
+    BaseObjectType = T;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add a declaration to these results with its natural access.
+  /// Does not test the acceptance criteria.
+  void addDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
+    addDecl(D, D->getAccess());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add a declaration to these results with the given access.
+  /// Does not test the acceptance criteria.
+  void addDecl(NamedDecl *D, AccessSpecifier AS) {
+    Decls.addDecl(D, AS);
+    ResultKind = Found;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add all the declarations from another set of lookup
+  /// results.
+  void addAllDecls(const LookupResult &Other) {
+    Decls.append(Other.Decls.begin(), Other.Decls.end());
+    ResultKind = Found;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether no result was found because we could not
+  /// search into dependent base classes of the current instantiation.
+  bool wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() const {
+    return ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Note that while no result was found in the current instantiation,
+  /// there were dependent base classes that could not be searched.
+  void setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() {
+    assert(ResultKind == NotFound && Decls.empty());
+    ResultKind = NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Resolves the result kind of the lookup, possibly hiding
+  /// decls.
+  ///
+  /// This should be called in any environment where lookup might
+  /// generate multiple lookup results.
+  void resolveKind();
+
+  /// \brief Re-resolves the result kind of the lookup after a set of
+  /// removals has been performed.
+  void resolveKindAfterFilter() {
+    if (Decls.empty()) {
+      if (ResultKind != NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
+        ResultKind = NotFound;
+
+      if (Paths) {
+        deletePaths(Paths);
+        Paths = 0;
+      }
+    } else {
+      AmbiguityKind SavedAK = Ambiguity;
+      ResultKind = Found;
+      resolveKind();
+
+      // If we didn't make the lookup unambiguous, restore the old
+      // ambiguity kind.
+      if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) {
+        Ambiguity = SavedAK;
+      } else if (Paths) {
+        deletePaths(Paths);
+        Paths = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  template <class DeclClass>
+  DeclClass *getAsSingle() const {
+    if (getResultKind() != Found) return 0;
+    return dyn_cast<DeclClass>(getFoundDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Fetch the unique decl found by this lookup.  Asserts
+  /// that one was found.
+  ///
+  /// This is intended for users who have examined the result kind
+  /// and are certain that there is only one result.
+  NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() const {
+    assert(getResultKind() == Found
+           && "getFoundDecl called on non-unique result");
+    return (*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
+  }
+
+  /// Fetches a representative decl.  Useful for lazy diagnostics.
+  NamedDecl *getRepresentativeDecl() const {
+    assert(!Decls.empty() && "cannot get representative of empty set");
+    return *begin();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Asks if the result is a single tag decl.
+  bool isSingleTagDecl() const {
+    return getResultKind() == Found && isa<TagDecl>(getFoundDecl());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Make these results show that the name was found in
+  /// base classes of different types.
+  ///
+  /// The given paths object is copied and invalidated.
+  void setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P);
+
+  /// \brief Make these results show that the name was found in
+  /// distinct base classes of the same type.
+  ///
+  /// The given paths object is copied and invalidated.
+  void setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P);
+
+  /// \brief Make these results show that the name was found in
+  /// different contexts and a tag decl was hidden by an ordinary
+  /// decl in a different context.
+  void setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding() {
+    setAmbiguous(AmbiguousTagHiding);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Clears out any current state.
+  void clear() {
+    ResultKind = NotFound;
+    Decls.clear();
+    if (Paths) deletePaths(Paths);
+    Paths = NULL;
+    NamingClass = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Clears out any current state and re-initializes for a
+  /// different kind of lookup.
+  void clear(Sema::LookupNameKind Kind) {
+    clear();
+    LookupKind = Kind;
+    configure();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Change this lookup's redeclaration kind.
+  void setRedeclarationKind(Sema::RedeclarationKind RK) {
+    Redecl = RK;
+    AllowHidden = (RK == Sema::ForRedeclaration);
+    configure();
+  }
+
+  void print(raw_ostream &);
+
+  /// Suppress the diagnostics that would normally fire because of this
+  /// lookup.  This happens during (e.g.) redeclaration lookups.
+  void suppressDiagnostics() {
+    Diagnose = false;
+  }
+
+  /// Determines whether this lookup is suppressing diagnostics.
+  bool isSuppressingDiagnostics() const {
+    return !Diagnose;
+  }
+
+  /// Sets a 'context' source range.
+  void setContextRange(SourceRange SR) {
+    NameContextRange = SR;
+  }
+
+  /// Gets the source range of the context of this name; for C++
+  /// qualified lookups, this is the source range of the scope
+  /// specifier.
+  SourceRange getContextRange() const {
+    return NameContextRange;
+  }
+
+  /// Gets the location of the identifier.  This isn't always defined:
+  /// sometimes we're doing lookups on synthesized names.
+  SourceLocation getNameLoc() const {
+    return NameInfo.getLoc();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the Sema object that this lookup result is searching
+  /// with.
+  Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; }
+
+  /// A class for iterating through a result set and possibly
+  /// filtering out results.  The results returned are possibly
+  /// sugared.
+  class Filter {
+    LookupResult &Results;
+    LookupResult::iterator I;
+    bool Changed;
+    bool CalledDone;
+    
+    friend class LookupResult;
+    Filter(LookupResult &Results)
+      : Results(Results), I(Results.begin()), Changed(false), CalledDone(false)
+    {}
+
+  public:
+    ~Filter() {
+      assert(CalledDone &&
+             "LookupResult::Filter destroyed without done() call");
+    }
+
+    bool hasNext() const {
+      return I != Results.end();
+    }
+
+    NamedDecl *next() {
+      assert(I != Results.end() && "next() called on empty filter");
+      return *I++;
+    }
+
+    /// Restart the iteration.
+    void restart() {
+      I = Results.begin();
+    }
+
+    /// Erase the last element returned from this iterator.
+    void erase() {
+      Results.Decls.erase(--I);
+      Changed = true;
+    }
+
+    /// Replaces the current entry with the given one, preserving the
+    /// access bits.
+    void replace(NamedDecl *D) {
+      Results.Decls.replace(I-1, D);
+      Changed = true;
+    }
+
+    /// Replaces the current entry with the given one.
+    void replace(NamedDecl *D, AccessSpecifier AS) {
+      Results.Decls.replace(I-1, D, AS);
+      Changed = true;
+    }
+
+    void done() {
+      assert(!CalledDone && "done() called twice");
+      CalledDone = true;
+
+      if (Changed)
+        Results.resolveKindAfterFilter();
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// Create a filter for this result set.
+  Filter makeFilter() {
+    return Filter(*this);
+  }
+
+private:
+  void diagnose() {
+    if (isAmbiguous())
+      SemaRef.DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(*this);
+    else if (isClassLookup() && SemaRef.getLangOpts().AccessControl)
+      SemaRef.CheckLookupAccess(*this);
+  }
+
+  void setAmbiguous(AmbiguityKind AK) {
+    ResultKind = Ambiguous;
+    Ambiguity = AK;
+  }
+
+  void addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P);
+  void configure();
+
+  // Sanity checks.
+  void sanityImpl() const;
+
+  void sanity() const {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    sanityImpl();
+#endif
+  }
+
+  bool sanityCheckUnresolved() const {
+    for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
+        return true;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  static void deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *);
+
+  // Results.
+  LookupResultKind ResultKind;
+  AmbiguityKind Ambiguity; // ill-defined unless ambiguous
+  UnresolvedSet<8> Decls;
+  CXXBasePaths *Paths;
+  CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass;
+  QualType BaseObjectType;
+
+  // Parameters.
+  Sema &SemaRef;
+  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
+  SourceRange NameContextRange;
+  Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind;
+  unsigned IDNS; // set by configure()
+
+  bool Redecl;
+
+  /// \brief True if tag declarations should be hidden if non-tags
+  ///   are present
+  bool HideTags;
+
+  bool Diagnose;
+
+  /// \brief True if we should allow hidden declarations to be 'visible'.
+  bool AllowHidden;
+};
+
+  /// \brief Consumes visible declarations found when searching for
+  /// all visible names within a given scope or context.
+  ///
+  /// This abstract class is meant to be subclassed by clients of \c
+  /// Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(), each of which should override the \c
+  /// FoundDecl() function to process declarations as they are found.
+  class VisibleDeclConsumer {
+  public:
+    /// \brief Destroys the visible declaration consumer.
+    virtual ~VisibleDeclConsumer();
+
+    /// \brief Invoked each time \p Sema::LookupVisibleDecls() finds a
+    /// declaration visible from the current scope or context.
+    ///
+    /// \param ND the declaration found.
+    ///
+    /// \param Hiding a declaration that hides the declaration \p ND,
+    /// or NULL if no such declaration exists.
+    ///
+    /// \param Ctx the original context from which the lookup started.
+    ///
+    /// \param InBaseClass whether this declaration was found in base
+    /// class of the context we searched.
+    virtual void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
+                           bool InBaseClass) = 0;
+  };
+
+/// \brief A class for storing results from argument-dependent lookup.
+class ADLResult {
+private:
+  /// A map from canonical decls to the 'most recent' decl.
+  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> Decls;
+
+public:
+  /// Adds a new ADL candidate to this map.
+  void insert(NamedDecl *D);
+
+  /// Removes any data associated with a given decl.
+  void erase(NamedDecl *D) {
+    Decls.erase(cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl()));
+  }
+
+  class iterator {
+    typedef llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*,NamedDecl*>::iterator inner_iterator;
+    inner_iterator iter;
+
+    friend class ADLResult;
+    iterator(const inner_iterator &iter) : iter(iter) {}
+  public:
+    iterator() {}
+
+    iterator &operator++() { ++iter; return *this; }
+    iterator operator++(int) { return iterator(iter++); }
+
+    NamedDecl *operator*() const { return iter->second; }
+
+    bool operator==(const iterator &other) const { return iter == other.iter; }
+    bool operator!=(const iterator &other) const { return iter != other.iter; }
+  };
+
+  iterator begin() { return iterator(Decls.begin()); }
+  iterator end() { return iterator(Decls.end()); }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/MultiplexExternalSemaSource.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/MultiplexExternalSemaSource.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff87d05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/MultiplexExternalSemaSource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+//===--- MultiplexExternalSemaSource.h - External Sema Interface-*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines ExternalSemaSource interface, dispatching to all clients
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_MULTIPLEX_EXTERNAL_SEMA_SOURCE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_MULTIPLEX_EXTERNAL_SEMA_SOURCE_H
+
+#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+  class CXXConstructorDecl;
+  class CXXRecordDecl;
+  class DeclaratorDecl;
+  struct ExternalVTableUse;
+  class LookupResult;
+  class NamespaceDecl;
+  class Scope;
+  class Sema;
+  class TypedefNameDecl;
+  class ValueDecl;
+  class VarDecl;
+
+
+/// \brief An abstract interface that should be implemented by
+/// external AST sources that also provide information for semantic
+/// analysis.
+class MultiplexExternalSemaSource : public ExternalSemaSource {
+
+private:
+  SmallVector<ExternalSemaSource *, 2> Sources; // doesn't own them.
+
+public:
+  
+  ///\brief Constructs a new multiplexing external sema source and appends the
+  /// given element to it.
+  ///
+  ///\param[in] s1 - A non-null (old) ExternalSemaSource.
+  ///\param[in] s2 - A non-null (new) ExternalSemaSource.
+  ///
+  MultiplexExternalSemaSource(ExternalSemaSource& s1, ExternalSemaSource& s2);
+
+  ~MultiplexExternalSemaSource();
+
+  ///\brief Appends new source to the source list.
+  ///
+  ///\param[in] source - An ExternalSemaSource.
+  ///
+  void addSource(ExternalSemaSource &source);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // ExternalASTSource.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Resolve a declaration ID into a declaration, potentially
+  /// building a new declaration.
+  virtual Decl *GetExternalDecl(uint32_t ID);
+
+  /// \brief Resolve a selector ID into a selector.
+  virtual Selector GetExternalSelector(uint32_t ID);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of selectors known to the external AST
+  /// source.
+  virtual uint32_t GetNumExternalSelectors();
+
+  /// \brief Resolve the offset of a statement in the decl stream into
+  /// a statement.
+  virtual Stmt *GetExternalDeclStmt(uint64_t Offset);
+
+  /// \brief Resolve the offset of a set of C++ base specifiers in the decl
+  /// stream into an array of specifiers.
+  virtual CXXBaseSpecifier *GetExternalCXXBaseSpecifiers(uint64_t Offset);
+
+  /// \brief Find all declarations with the given name in the
+  /// given context.
+  virtual bool
+  FindExternalVisibleDeclsByName(const DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name);
+
+  /// \brief Ensures that the table of all visible declarations inside this
+  /// context is up to date.
+  virtual void completeVisibleDeclsMap(const DeclContext *DC);
+
+  /// \brief Finds all declarations lexically contained within the given
+  /// DeclContext, after applying an optional filter predicate.
+  ///
+  /// \param isKindWeWant a predicate function that returns true if the passed
+  /// declaration kind is one we are looking for. If NULL, all declarations
+  /// are returned.
+  ///
+  /// \return an indication of whether the load succeeded or failed.
+  virtual ExternalLoadResult FindExternalLexicalDecls(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                        bool (*isKindWeWant)(Decl::Kind),
+                                        SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Result);
+
+  /// \brief Finds all declarations lexically contained within the given
+  /// DeclContext.
+  ///
+  /// \return true if an error occurred
+  ExternalLoadResult FindExternalLexicalDecls(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Result) {
+    return FindExternalLexicalDecls(DC, 0, Result);
+  }
+
+  template <typename DeclTy>
+  ExternalLoadResult FindExternalLexicalDeclsBy(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                  SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Result) {
+    return FindExternalLexicalDecls(DC, DeclTy::classofKind, Result);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the decls that are contained in a file in the Offset/Length
+  /// range. \p Length can be 0 to indicate a point at \p Offset instead of
+  /// a range. 
+  virtual void FindFileRegionDecls(FileID File, unsigned Offset,unsigned Length,
+                                   SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
+
+  /// \brief Gives the external AST source an opportunity to complete
+  /// an incomplete type.
+  virtual void CompleteType(TagDecl *Tag);
+
+  /// \brief Gives the external AST source an opportunity to complete an
+  /// incomplete Objective-C class.
+  ///
+  /// This routine will only be invoked if the "externally completed" bit is
+  /// set on the ObjCInterfaceDecl via the function 
+  /// \c ObjCInterfaceDecl::setExternallyCompleted().
+  virtual void CompleteType(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class);
+
+  /// \brief Loads comment ranges.
+  virtual void ReadComments();
+
+  /// \brief Notify ExternalASTSource that we started deserialization of
+  /// a decl or type so until FinishedDeserializing is called there may be
+  /// decls that are initializing. Must be paired with FinishedDeserializing.
+  virtual void StartedDeserializing();
+
+  /// \brief Notify ExternalASTSource that we finished the deserialization of
+  /// a decl or type. Must be paired with StartedDeserializing.
+  virtual void FinishedDeserializing();
+
+  /// \brief Function that will be invoked when we begin parsing a new
+  /// translation unit involving this external AST source.
+  virtual void StartTranslationUnit(ASTConsumer *Consumer);
+
+  /// \brief Print any statistics that have been gathered regarding
+  /// the external AST source.
+  virtual void PrintStats();
+  
+  
+  /// \brief Perform layout on the given record.
+  ///
+  /// This routine allows the external AST source to provide an specific 
+  /// layout for a record, overriding the layout that would normally be
+  /// constructed. It is intended for clients who receive specific layout
+  /// details rather than source code (such as LLDB). The client is expected
+  /// to fill in the field offsets, base offsets, virtual base offsets, and
+  /// complete object size.
+  ///
+  /// \param Record The record whose layout is being requested.
+  ///
+  /// \param Size The final size of the record, in bits.
+  ///
+  /// \param Alignment The final alignment of the record, in bits.
+  ///
+  /// \param FieldOffsets The offset of each of the fields within the record,
+  /// expressed in bits. All of the fields must be provided with offsets.
+  ///
+  /// \param BaseOffsets The offset of each of the direct, non-virtual base
+  /// classes. If any bases are not given offsets, the bases will be laid 
+  /// out according to the ABI.
+  ///
+  /// \param VirtualBaseOffsets The offset of each of the virtual base classes
+  /// (either direct or not). If any bases are not given offsets, the bases will 
+  /// be laid out according to the ABI.
+  /// 
+  /// \returns true if the record layout was provided, false otherwise.
+  virtual bool 
+  layoutRecordType(const RecordDecl *Record,
+                   uint64_t &Size, uint64_t &Alignment,
+                   llvm::DenseMap<const FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &FieldOffsets,
+                 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, CharUnits> &BaseOffsets,
+          llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, CharUnits> &VirtualBaseOffsets);
+
+  /// Return the amount of memory used by memory buffers, breaking down
+  /// by heap-backed versus mmap'ed memory.
+  virtual void getMemoryBufferSizes(MemoryBufferSizes &sizes) const;
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // ExternalSemaSource.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Initialize the semantic source with the Sema instance
+  /// being used to perform semantic analysis on the abstract syntax
+  /// tree.
+  virtual void InitializeSema(Sema &S);
+
+  /// \brief Inform the semantic consumer that Sema is no longer available.
+  virtual void ForgetSema();
+
+  /// \brief Load the contents of the global method pool for a given
+  /// selector.
+  virtual void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
+
+  /// \brief Load the set of namespaces that are known to the external source,
+  /// which will be used during typo correction.
+  virtual void ReadKnownNamespaces(SmallVectorImpl<NamespaceDecl*> &Namespaces);
+
+  /// \brief Load the set of used but not defined functions or variables with
+  /// internal linkage, or used but not defined inline functions.
+  virtual void ReadUndefinedButUsed(
+                         llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> &Undefined);
+  
+  /// \brief Do last resort, unqualified lookup on a LookupResult that
+  /// Sema cannot find.
+  ///
+  /// \param R a LookupResult that is being recovered.
+  ///
+  /// \param S the Scope of the identifier occurrence.
+  ///
+  /// \return true to tell Sema to recover using the LookupResult.
+  virtual bool LookupUnqualified(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of tentative definitions known to the external Sema
+  /// source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own tentative definitions to the
+  /// given vector of tentative definitions. Note that this routine may be
+  /// invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not to
+  /// introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadTentativeDefinitions(SmallVectorImpl<VarDecl*> &Defs);
+  
+  /// \brief Read the set of unused file-scope declarations known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own unused, filed-scope to the
+  /// given vector of declarations. Note that this routine may be
+  /// invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not to
+  /// introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls(
+                                 SmallVectorImpl<const DeclaratorDecl*> &Decls);
+  
+  /// \brief Read the set of delegating constructors known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own delegating constructors to the
+  /// given vector of declarations. Note that this routine may be
+  /// invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not to
+  /// introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadDelegatingConstructors(
+                                   SmallVectorImpl<CXXConstructorDecl*> &Decls);
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of ext_vector type declarations known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own ext_vector type declarations to
+  /// the given vector of declarations. Note that this routine may be
+  /// invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not to
+  /// introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadExtVectorDecls(SmallVectorImpl<TypedefNameDecl*> &Decls);
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of dynamic classes known to the external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own dynamic classes to
+  /// the given vector of declarations. Note that this routine may be
+  /// invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not to
+  /// introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadDynamicClasses(SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl*> &Decls);
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of locally-scoped extern "C" declarations known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own locally-scoped external
+  /// declarations to the given vector of declarations. Note that this routine
+  /// may be invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not
+  /// to introduce the same declarations repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*>&Decls);
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of referenced selectors known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own referenced selectors to the 
+  /// given vector of selectors. Note that this routine 
+  /// may be invoked multiple times; the external source should take care not 
+  /// to introduce the same selectors repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadReferencedSelectors(SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Selector, 
+                                                       SourceLocation> > &Sels);
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of weak, undeclared identifiers known to the
+  /// external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own weak, undeclared identifiers to
+  /// the given vector. Note that this routine may be invoked multiple times; 
+  /// the external source should take care not to introduce the same identifiers
+  /// repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(
+                    SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<IdentifierInfo*, WeakInfo> > &WI);
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of used vtables known to the external Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own used vtables to the given
+  /// vector. Note that this routine may be invoked multiple times; the external
+  /// source should take care not to introduce the same vtables repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadUsedVTables(SmallVectorImpl<ExternalVTableUse> &VTables);
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of pending instantiations known to the external
+  /// Sema source.
+  ///
+  /// The external source should append its own pending instantiations to the
+  /// given vector. Note that this routine may be invoked multiple times; the
+  /// external source should take care not to introduce the same instantiations
+  /// repeatedly.
+  virtual void ReadPendingInstantiations(
+              SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<ValueDecl*, SourceLocation> >& Pending);
+
+  // isa/cast/dyn_cast support
+  static bool classof(const MultiplexExternalSemaSource*) { return true; }
+  //static bool classof(const ExternalSemaSource*) { return true; }
+}; 
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_MULTIPLEX_EXTERNAL_SEMA_SOURCE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..225c137
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+//===--- ObjCMethodList.h - A singly linked list of methods -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines ObjCMethodList, a singly-linked list of methods.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_OBJC_METHOD_LIST_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_OBJC_METHOD_LIST_H
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ObjCMethodDecl;
+
+/// ObjCMethodList - a linked list of methods with different signatures.
+struct ObjCMethodList {
+  ObjCMethodDecl *Method;
+  ObjCMethodList *Next;
+
+  ObjCMethodList() {
+    Method = 0;
+    Next = 0;
+  }
+  ObjCMethodList(ObjCMethodDecl *M, ObjCMethodList *C) {
+    Method = M;
+    Next = C;
+  }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Overload.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Overload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c685843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Overload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,829 @@
+//===--- Overload.h - C++ Overloading ---------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the data structures and types used in C++
+// overload resolution.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_OVERLOAD_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_OVERLOAD_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class CXXConstructorDecl;
+  class CXXConversionDecl;
+  class FunctionDecl;
+  class Sema;
+
+  /// OverloadingResult - Capture the result of performing overload
+  /// resolution.
+  enum OverloadingResult {
+    OR_Success,             ///< Overload resolution succeeded.
+    OR_No_Viable_Function,  ///< No viable function found.
+    OR_Ambiguous,           ///< Ambiguous candidates found.
+    OR_Deleted              ///< Succeeded, but refers to a deleted function.
+  };
+  
+  enum OverloadCandidateDisplayKind {
+    /// Requests that all candidates be shown.  Viable candidates will
+    /// be printed first.
+    OCD_AllCandidates,
+
+    /// Requests that only viable candidates be shown.
+    OCD_ViableCandidates
+  };
+
+  /// ImplicitConversionKind - The kind of implicit conversion used to
+  /// convert an argument to a parameter's type. The enumerator values
+  /// match with Table 9 of (C++ 13.3.3.1.1) and are listed such that
+  /// better conversion kinds have smaller values.
+  enum ImplicitConversionKind {
+    ICK_Identity = 0,          ///< Identity conversion (no conversion)
+    ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue,      ///< Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1)
+    ICK_Array_To_Pointer,      ///< Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
+    ICK_Function_To_Pointer,   ///< Function-to-pointer (C++ 4.3)
+    ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment,   ///< Removal of noreturn from a type (Clang)
+    ICK_Qualification,         ///< Qualification conversions (C++ 4.4)
+    ICK_Integral_Promotion,    ///< Integral promotions (C++ 4.5)
+    ICK_Floating_Promotion,    ///< Floating point promotions (C++ 4.6)
+    ICK_Complex_Promotion,     ///< Complex promotions (Clang extension)
+    ICK_Integral_Conversion,   ///< Integral conversions (C++ 4.7)
+    ICK_Floating_Conversion,   ///< Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8)
+    ICK_Complex_Conversion,    ///< Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
+    ICK_Floating_Integral,     ///< Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9)
+    ICK_Pointer_Conversion,    ///< Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10)
+    ICK_Pointer_Member,        ///< Pointer-to-member conversions (C++ 4.11)
+    ICK_Boolean_Conversion,    ///< Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12)
+    ICK_Compatible_Conversion, ///< Conversions between compatible types in C99
+    ICK_Derived_To_Base,       ///< Derived-to-base (C++ [over.best.ics])
+    ICK_Vector_Conversion,     ///< Vector conversions
+    ICK_Vector_Splat,          ///< A vector splat from an arithmetic type
+    ICK_Complex_Real,          ///< Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
+    ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion,    ///< Block Pointer conversions 
+    ICK_TransparentUnionConversion, ///< Transparent Union Conversions
+    ICK_Writeback_Conversion,  ///< Objective-C ARC writeback conversion
+    ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion, ///< Zero constant to event (OpenCL1.2 6.12.10)
+    ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds   ///< The number of conversion kinds
+  };
+
+  /// ImplicitConversionCategory - The category of an implicit
+  /// conversion kind. The enumerator values match with Table 9 of
+  /// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1) and are listed such that better conversion
+  /// categories have smaller values.
+  enum ImplicitConversionCategory {
+    ICC_Identity = 0,              ///< Identity
+    ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,     ///< Lvalue transformation
+    ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,  ///< Qualification adjustment
+    ICC_Promotion,                 ///< Promotion
+    ICC_Conversion                 ///< Conversion
+  };
+
+  ImplicitConversionCategory
+  GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind);
+
+  /// ImplicitConversionRank - The rank of an implicit conversion
+  /// kind. The enumerator values match with Table 9 of (C++
+  /// 13.3.3.1.1) and are listed such that better conversion ranks
+  /// have smaller values.
+  enum ImplicitConversionRank {
+    ICR_Exact_Match = 0,         ///< Exact Match
+    ICR_Promotion,               ///< Promotion
+    ICR_Conversion,              ///< Conversion
+    ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion, ///< Complex <-> Real conversion
+    ICR_Writeback_Conversion     ///< ObjC ARC writeback conversion
+  };
+
+  ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind);
+
+  /// NarrowingKind - The kind of narrowing conversion being performed by a
+  /// standard conversion sequence according to C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7.
+  enum NarrowingKind {
+    /// Not a narrowing conversion.
+    NK_Not_Narrowing,
+
+    /// A narrowing conversion by virtue of the source and destination types.
+    NK_Type_Narrowing,
+
+    /// A narrowing conversion, because a constant expression got narrowed.
+    NK_Constant_Narrowing,
+
+    /// A narrowing conversion, because a non-constant-expression variable might
+    /// have got narrowed.
+    NK_Variable_Narrowing
+  };
+
+  /// StandardConversionSequence - represents a standard conversion
+  /// sequence (C++ 13.3.3.1.1). A standard conversion sequence
+  /// contains between zero and three conversions. If a particular
+  /// conversion is not needed, it will be set to the identity conversion
+  /// (ICK_Identity). Note that the three conversions are
+  /// specified as separate members (rather than in an array) so that
+  /// we can keep the size of a standard conversion sequence to a
+  /// single word.
+  class StandardConversionSequence {
+  public:
+    /// First -- The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue
+    /// conversion, array-to-pointer conversion, or
+    /// function-to-pointer conversion.
+    ImplicitConversionKind First : 8;
+
+    /// Second - The second conversion can be an integral promotion,
+    /// floating point promotion, integral conversion, floating point
+    /// conversion, floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
+    /// pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion.
+    ImplicitConversionKind Second : 8;
+
+    /// Third - The third conversion can be a qualification conversion.
+    ImplicitConversionKind Third : 8;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this is the deprecated conversion of a
+    /// string literal to a pointer to non-const character data
+    /// (C++ 4.2p2).
+    unsigned DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the qualification conversion involves a change in the
+    /// Objective-C lifetime (for automatic reference counting).
+    unsigned QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime : 1;
+    
+    /// IncompatibleObjC - Whether this is an Objective-C conversion
+    /// that we should warn about (if we actually use it).
+    unsigned IncompatibleObjC : 1;
+
+    /// ReferenceBinding - True when this is a reference binding
+    /// (C++ [over.ics.ref]).
+    unsigned ReferenceBinding : 1;
+
+    /// DirectBinding - True when this is a reference binding that is a
+    /// direct binding (C++ [dcl.init.ref]).
+    unsigned DirectBinding : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this is an lvalue reference binding (otherwise, it's
+    /// an rvalue reference binding).
+    unsigned IsLvalueReference : 1;
+    
+    /// \brief Whether we're binding to a function lvalue.
+    unsigned BindsToFunctionLvalue : 1;
+    
+    /// \brief Whether we're binding to an rvalue.
+    unsigned BindsToRvalue : 1;
+    
+    /// \brief Whether this binds an implicit object argument to a 
+    /// non-static member function without a ref-qualifier.
+    unsigned BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier : 1;
+    
+    /// \brief Whether this binds a reference to an object with a different
+    /// Objective-C lifetime qualifier.
+    unsigned ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding : 1;
+    
+    /// FromType - The type that this conversion is converting
+    /// from. This is an opaque pointer that can be translated into a
+    /// QualType.
+    void *FromTypePtr;
+
+    /// ToType - The types that this conversion is converting to in
+    /// each step. This is an opaque pointer that can be translated
+    /// into a QualType.
+    void *ToTypePtrs[3];
+
+    /// CopyConstructor - The copy constructor that is used to perform
+    /// this conversion, when the conversion is actually just the
+    /// initialization of an object via copy constructor. Such
+    /// conversions are either identity conversions or derived-to-base
+    /// conversions.
+    CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor;
+
+    void setFromType(QualType T) { FromTypePtr = T.getAsOpaquePtr(); }
+    void setToType(unsigned Idx, QualType T) { 
+      assert(Idx < 3 && "To type index is out of range");
+      ToTypePtrs[Idx] = T.getAsOpaquePtr(); 
+    }
+    void setAllToTypes(QualType T) {
+      ToTypePtrs[0] = T.getAsOpaquePtr(); 
+      ToTypePtrs[1] = ToTypePtrs[0];
+      ToTypePtrs[2] = ToTypePtrs[0];
+    }
+
+    QualType getFromType() const {
+      return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
+    }
+    QualType getToType(unsigned Idx) const {
+      assert(Idx < 3 && "To type index is out of range");
+      return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtrs[Idx]);
+    }
+
+    void setAsIdentityConversion();
+    
+    bool isIdentityConversion() const {
+      return Second == ICK_Identity && Third == ICK_Identity;
+    }
+    
+    ImplicitConversionRank getRank() const;
+    NarrowingKind getNarrowingKind(ASTContext &Context, const Expr *Converted,
+                                   APValue &ConstantValue,
+                                   QualType &ConstantType) const;
+    bool isPointerConversionToBool() const;
+    bool isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const;
+    void DebugPrint() const;
+  };
+
+  /// UserDefinedConversionSequence - Represents a user-defined
+  /// conversion sequence (C++ 13.3.3.1.2).
+  struct UserDefinedConversionSequence {
+    /// \brief Represents the standard conversion that occurs before
+    /// the actual user-defined conversion.
+    ///
+    /// C++11 13.3.3.1.2p1:
+    ///   If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor
+    ///   (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion sequence converts
+    ///   the source type to the type required by the argument of the
+    ///   constructor. If the user-defined conversion is specified by
+    ///   a conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
+    ///   conversion sequence converts the source type to the implicit
+    ///   object parameter of the conversion function.
+    StandardConversionSequence Before;
+
+    /// EllipsisConversion - When this is true, it means user-defined
+    /// conversion sequence starts with a ... (elipsis) conversion, instead of 
+    /// a standard conversion. In this case, 'Before' field must be ignored.
+    // FIXME. I much rather put this as the first field. But there seems to be
+    // a gcc code gen. bug which causes a crash in a test. Putting it here seems
+    // to work around the crash.
+    bool EllipsisConversion : 1;
+
+    /// HadMultipleCandidates - When this is true, it means that the
+    /// conversion function was resolved from an overloaded set having
+    /// size greater than 1.
+    bool HadMultipleCandidates : 1;
+
+    /// After - Represents the standard conversion that occurs after
+    /// the actual user-defined conversion.
+    StandardConversionSequence After;
+
+    /// ConversionFunction - The function that will perform the
+    /// user-defined conversion. Null if the conversion is an
+    /// aggregate initialization from an initializer list.
+    FunctionDecl* ConversionFunction;
+
+    /// \brief The declaration that we found via name lookup, which might be
+    /// the same as \c ConversionFunction or it might be a using declaration
+    /// that refers to \c ConversionFunction.
+    DeclAccessPair FoundConversionFunction;
+
+    void DebugPrint() const;
+  };
+
+  /// Represents an ambiguous user-defined conversion sequence.
+  struct AmbiguousConversionSequence {
+    typedef SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 4> ConversionSet;
+
+    void *FromTypePtr;
+    void *ToTypePtr;
+    char Buffer[sizeof(ConversionSet)];
+
+    QualType getFromType() const {
+      return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
+    }
+    QualType getToType() const {
+      return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
+    }
+    void setFromType(QualType T) { FromTypePtr = T.getAsOpaquePtr(); }
+    void setToType(QualType T) { ToTypePtr = T.getAsOpaquePtr(); }
+
+    ConversionSet &conversions() {
+      return *reinterpret_cast<ConversionSet*>(Buffer);
+    }
+
+    const ConversionSet &conversions() const {
+      return *reinterpret_cast<const ConversionSet*>(Buffer);
+    }
+
+    void addConversion(FunctionDecl *D) {
+      conversions().push_back(D);
+    }
+
+    typedef ConversionSet::iterator iterator;
+    iterator begin() { return conversions().begin(); }
+    iterator end() { return conversions().end(); }
+
+    typedef ConversionSet::const_iterator const_iterator;
+    const_iterator begin() const { return conversions().begin(); }
+    const_iterator end() const { return conversions().end(); }
+
+    void construct();
+    void destruct();
+    void copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &);
+  };
+
+  /// BadConversionSequence - Records information about an invalid
+  /// conversion sequence.
+  struct BadConversionSequence {
+    enum FailureKind {
+      no_conversion,
+      unrelated_class,
+      suppressed_user,
+      bad_qualifiers,
+      lvalue_ref_to_rvalue,
+      rvalue_ref_to_lvalue
+    };
+
+    // This can be null, e.g. for implicit object arguments.
+    Expr *FromExpr;
+
+    FailureKind Kind;
+
+  private:
+    // The type we're converting from (an opaque QualType).
+    void *FromTy;
+
+    // The type we're converting to (an opaque QualType).
+    void *ToTy;
+
+  public:
+    void init(FailureKind K, Expr *From, QualType To) {
+      init(K, From->getType(), To);
+      FromExpr = From;
+    }
+    void init(FailureKind K, QualType From, QualType To) {
+      Kind = K;
+      FromExpr = 0;
+      setFromType(From);
+      setToType(To);
+    }
+
+    QualType getFromType() const { return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTy); }
+    QualType getToType() const { return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTy); }
+
+    void setFromExpr(Expr *E) {
+      FromExpr = E;
+      setFromType(E->getType());
+    }
+    void setFromType(QualType T) { FromTy = T.getAsOpaquePtr(); }
+    void setToType(QualType T) { ToTy = T.getAsOpaquePtr(); }
+  };
+
+  /// ImplicitConversionSequence - Represents an implicit conversion
+  /// sequence, which may be a standard conversion sequence
+  /// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1), user-defined conversion sequence (C++ 13.3.3.1.2),
+  /// or an ellipsis conversion sequence (C++ 13.3.3.1.3).
+  class ImplicitConversionSequence {
+  public:
+    /// Kind - The kind of implicit conversion sequence. BadConversion
+    /// specifies that there is no conversion from the source type to
+    /// the target type.  AmbiguousConversion represents the unique
+    /// ambiguous conversion (C++0x [over.best.ics]p10).
+    enum Kind {
+      StandardConversion = 0,
+      UserDefinedConversion,
+      AmbiguousConversion,
+      EllipsisConversion,
+      BadConversion
+    };
+
+  private:
+    enum {
+      Uninitialized = BadConversion + 1
+    };
+
+    /// ConversionKind - The kind of implicit conversion sequence.
+    unsigned ConversionKind : 30;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the argument is an initializer list.
+    bool ListInitializationSequence : 1;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the target is really a std::initializer_list, and the
+    /// sequence only represents the worst element conversion.
+    bool StdInitializerListElement : 1;
+
+    void setKind(Kind K) {
+      destruct();
+      ConversionKind = K;
+    }
+
+    void destruct() {
+      if (ConversionKind == AmbiguousConversion) Ambiguous.destruct();
+    }
+
+  public:
+    union {
+      /// When ConversionKind == StandardConversion, provides the
+      /// details of the standard conversion sequence.
+      StandardConversionSequence Standard;
+
+      /// When ConversionKind == UserDefinedConversion, provides the
+      /// details of the user-defined conversion sequence.
+      UserDefinedConversionSequence UserDefined;
+
+      /// When ConversionKind == AmbiguousConversion, provides the
+      /// details of the ambiguous conversion.
+      AmbiguousConversionSequence Ambiguous;
+
+      /// When ConversionKind == BadConversion, provides the details
+      /// of the bad conversion.
+      BadConversionSequence Bad;
+    };
+
+    ImplicitConversionSequence() 
+      : ConversionKind(Uninitialized), ListInitializationSequence(false),
+        StdInitializerListElement(false)
+    {}
+    ~ImplicitConversionSequence() {
+      destruct();
+    }
+    ImplicitConversionSequence(const ImplicitConversionSequence &Other)
+      : ConversionKind(Other.ConversionKind), 
+        ListInitializationSequence(Other.ListInitializationSequence),
+        StdInitializerListElement(Other.StdInitializerListElement)
+    {
+      switch (ConversionKind) {
+      case Uninitialized: break;
+      case StandardConversion: Standard = Other.Standard; break;
+      case UserDefinedConversion: UserDefined = Other.UserDefined; break;
+      case AmbiguousConversion: Ambiguous.copyFrom(Other.Ambiguous); break;
+      case EllipsisConversion: break;
+      case BadConversion: Bad = Other.Bad; break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    ImplicitConversionSequence &
+        operator=(const ImplicitConversionSequence &Other) {
+      destruct();
+      new (this) ImplicitConversionSequence(Other);
+      return *this;
+    }
+    
+    Kind getKind() const {
+      assert(isInitialized() && "querying uninitialized conversion");
+      return Kind(ConversionKind);
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Return a ranking of the implicit conversion sequence
+    /// kind, where smaller ranks represent better conversion
+    /// sequences.
+    ///
+    /// In particular, this routine gives user-defined conversion
+    /// sequences and ambiguous conversion sequences the same rank,
+    /// per C++ [over.best.ics]p10.
+    unsigned getKindRank() const {
+      switch (getKind()) {
+      case StandardConversion: 
+        return 0;
+
+      case UserDefinedConversion:
+      case AmbiguousConversion: 
+        return 1;
+
+      case EllipsisConversion:
+        return 2;
+
+      case BadConversion:
+        return 3;
+      }
+
+      llvm_unreachable("Invalid ImplicitConversionSequence::Kind!");
+    }
+
+    bool isBad() const { return getKind() == BadConversion; }
+    bool isStandard() const { return getKind() == StandardConversion; }
+    bool isEllipsis() const { return getKind() == EllipsisConversion; }
+    bool isAmbiguous() const { return getKind() == AmbiguousConversion; }
+    bool isUserDefined() const { return getKind() == UserDefinedConversion; }
+    bool isFailure() const { return isBad() || isAmbiguous(); }
+
+    /// Determines whether this conversion sequence has been
+    /// initialized.  Most operations should never need to query
+    /// uninitialized conversions and should assert as above.
+    bool isInitialized() const { return ConversionKind != Uninitialized; }
+
+    /// Sets this sequence as a bad conversion for an explicit argument.
+    void setBad(BadConversionSequence::FailureKind Failure,
+                Expr *FromExpr, QualType ToType) {
+      setKind(BadConversion);
+      Bad.init(Failure, FromExpr, ToType);
+    }
+
+    /// Sets this sequence as a bad conversion for an implicit argument.
+    void setBad(BadConversionSequence::FailureKind Failure,
+                QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
+      setKind(BadConversion);
+      Bad.init(Failure, FromType, ToType);
+    }
+
+    void setStandard() { setKind(StandardConversion); }
+    void setEllipsis() { setKind(EllipsisConversion); }
+    void setUserDefined() { setKind(UserDefinedConversion); }
+    void setAmbiguous() {
+      if (ConversionKind == AmbiguousConversion) return;
+      ConversionKind = AmbiguousConversion;
+      Ambiguous.construct();
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Whether this sequence was created by the rules of
+    /// list-initialization sequences.
+    bool isListInitializationSequence() const {
+      return ListInitializationSequence;
+    }
+
+    void setListInitializationSequence() {
+      ListInitializationSequence = true;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Whether the target is really a std::initializer_list, and the
+    /// sequence only represents the worst element conversion.
+    bool isStdInitializerListElement() const {
+      return StdInitializerListElement;
+    }
+
+    void setStdInitializerListElement(bool V = true) {
+      StdInitializerListElement = V;
+    }
+
+    // The result of a comparison between implicit conversion
+    // sequences. Use Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences to
+    // actually perform the comparison.
+    enum CompareKind {
+      Better = -1,
+      Indistinguishable = 0,
+      Worse = 1
+    };
+
+    void DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(Sema &S,
+                                     SourceLocation CaretLoc,
+                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) const;
+
+    void DebugPrint() const;
+  };
+
+  enum OverloadFailureKind {
+    ovl_fail_too_many_arguments,
+    ovl_fail_too_few_arguments,
+    ovl_fail_bad_conversion,
+    ovl_fail_bad_deduction,
+
+    /// This conversion candidate was not considered because it
+    /// duplicates the work of a trivial or derived-to-base
+    /// conversion.
+    ovl_fail_trivial_conversion,
+
+    /// This conversion candidate is not viable because its result
+    /// type is not implicitly convertible to the desired type.
+    ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion,
+    
+    /// This conversion function template specialization candidate is not 
+    /// viable because the final conversion was not an exact match.
+    ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact,
+
+    /// (CUDA) This candidate was not viable because the callee
+    /// was not accessible from the caller's target (i.e. host->device,
+    /// global->host, device->host).
+    ovl_fail_bad_target
+  };
+
+  /// OverloadCandidate - A single candidate in an overload set (C++ 13.3).
+  struct OverloadCandidate {
+    /// Function - The actual function that this candidate
+    /// represents. When NULL, this is a built-in candidate
+    /// (C++ [over.oper]) or a surrogate for a conversion to a
+    /// function pointer or reference (C++ [over.call.object]).
+    FunctionDecl *Function;
+
+    /// FoundDecl - The original declaration that was looked up /
+    /// invented / otherwise found, together with its access.
+    /// Might be a UsingShadowDecl or a FunctionTemplateDecl.
+    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl;
+
+    // BuiltinTypes - Provides the return and parameter types of a
+    // built-in overload candidate. Only valid when Function is NULL.
+    struct {
+      QualType ResultTy;
+      QualType ParamTypes[3];
+    } BuiltinTypes;
+
+    /// Surrogate - The conversion function for which this candidate
+    /// is a surrogate, but only if IsSurrogate is true.
+    CXXConversionDecl *Surrogate;
+
+    /// Conversions - The conversion sequences used to convert the
+    /// function arguments to the function parameters, the pointer points to a
+    /// fixed size array with NumConversions elements. The memory is owned by
+    /// the OverloadCandidateSet.
+    ImplicitConversionSequence *Conversions;
+
+    /// The FixIt hints which can be used to fix the Bad candidate.
+    ConversionFixItGenerator Fix;
+
+    /// NumConversions - The number of elements in the Conversions array.
+    unsigned NumConversions;
+
+    /// Viable - True to indicate that this overload candidate is viable.
+    bool Viable;
+
+    /// IsSurrogate - True to indicate that this candidate is a
+    /// surrogate for a conversion to a function pointer or reference
+    /// (C++ [over.call.object]).
+    bool IsSurrogate;
+
+    /// IgnoreObjectArgument - True to indicate that the first
+    /// argument's conversion, which for this function represents the
+    /// implicit object argument, should be ignored. This will be true
+    /// when the candidate is a static member function (where the
+    /// implicit object argument is just a placeholder) or a
+    /// non-static member function when the call doesn't have an
+    /// object argument.
+    bool IgnoreObjectArgument;
+
+    /// FailureKind - The reason why this candidate is not viable.
+    /// Actually an OverloadFailureKind.
+    unsigned char FailureKind;
+
+    /// \brief The number of call arguments that were explicitly provided,
+    /// to be used while performing partial ordering of function templates.
+    unsigned ExplicitCallArguments;
+    
+    /// A structure used to record information about a failed
+    /// template argument deduction.
+    struct DeductionFailureInfo {
+      /// A Sema::TemplateDeductionResult.
+      unsigned Result : 8;
+
+      /// \brief Indicates whether a diagnostic is stored in Diagnostic.
+      unsigned HasDiagnostic : 1;
+
+      /// \brief Opaque pointer containing additional data about
+      /// this deduction failure.
+      void *Data;
+
+      /// \brief A diagnostic indicating why deduction failed.
+      union {
+        void *Align;
+        char Diagnostic[sizeof(PartialDiagnosticAt)];
+      };
+
+      /// \brief Retrieve the diagnostic which caused this deduction failure,
+      /// if any.
+      PartialDiagnosticAt *getSFINAEDiagnostic();
+      
+      /// \brief Retrieve the template parameter this deduction failure
+      /// refers to, if any.
+      TemplateParameter getTemplateParameter();
+      
+      /// \brief Retrieve the template argument list associated with this
+      /// deduction failure, if any.
+      TemplateArgumentList *getTemplateArgumentList();
+      
+      /// \brief Return the first template argument this deduction failure
+      /// refers to, if any.
+      const TemplateArgument *getFirstArg();
+
+      /// \brief Return the second template argument this deduction failure
+      /// refers to, if any.
+      const TemplateArgument *getSecondArg();
+
+      /// \brief Return the expression this deduction failure refers to,
+      /// if any.
+      Expr *getExpr();
+      
+      /// \brief Free any memory associated with this deduction failure.
+      void Destroy();
+    };
+
+    union {
+      DeductionFailureInfo DeductionFailure;
+      
+      /// FinalConversion - For a conversion function (where Function is
+      /// a CXXConversionDecl), the standard conversion that occurs
+      /// after the call to the overload candidate to convert the result
+      /// of calling the conversion function to the required type.
+      StandardConversionSequence FinalConversion;
+    };
+
+    /// hasAmbiguousConversion - Returns whether this overload
+    /// candidate requires an ambiguous conversion or not.
+    bool hasAmbiguousConversion() const {
+      for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumConversions; i != e; ++i) {
+        if (!Conversions[i].isInitialized()) return false;
+        if (Conversions[i].isAmbiguous()) return true;
+      }
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    bool TryToFixBadConversion(unsigned Idx, Sema &S) {
+      bool CanFix = Fix.tryToFixConversion(
+                      Conversions[Idx].Bad.FromExpr,
+                      Conversions[Idx].Bad.getFromType(),
+                      Conversions[Idx].Bad.getToType(), S);
+
+      // If at least one conversion fails, the candidate cannot be fixed.
+      if (!CanFix)
+        Fix.clear();
+
+      return CanFix;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// OverloadCandidateSet - A set of overload candidates, used in C++
+  /// overload resolution (C++ 13.3).
+  class OverloadCandidateSet {
+    SmallVector<OverloadCandidate, 16> Candidates;
+    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Decl *, 16> Functions;
+
+    // Allocator for OverloadCandidate::Conversions. We store the first few
+    // elements inline to avoid allocation for small sets.
+    llvm::BumpPtrAllocator ConversionSequenceAllocator;
+
+    SourceLocation Loc;
+
+    unsigned NumInlineSequences;
+    char InlineSpace[16 * sizeof(ImplicitConversionSequence)];
+
+    OverloadCandidateSet(const OverloadCandidateSet &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const OverloadCandidateSet &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+    void destroyCandidates();
+
+  public:
+    OverloadCandidateSet(SourceLocation Loc) : Loc(Loc), NumInlineSequences(0){}
+    ~OverloadCandidateSet() { destroyCandidates(); }
+
+    SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+
+    /// \brief Determine when this overload candidate will be new to the
+    /// overload set.
+    bool isNewCandidate(Decl *F) { 
+      return Functions.insert(F->getCanonicalDecl()); 
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Clear out all of the candidates.
+    void clear();
+
+    typedef SmallVector<OverloadCandidate, 16>::iterator iterator;
+    iterator begin() { return Candidates.begin(); }
+    iterator end() { return Candidates.end(); }
+
+    size_t size() const { return Candidates.size(); }
+    bool empty() const { return Candidates.empty(); }
+
+    /// \brief Add a new candidate with NumConversions conversion sequence slots
+    /// to the overload set.
+    OverloadCandidate &addCandidate(unsigned NumConversions = 0) {
+      Candidates.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
+      OverloadCandidate &C = Candidates.back();
+
+      // Assign space from the inline array if there are enough free slots
+      // available.
+      if (NumConversions + NumInlineSequences <= 16) {
+        ImplicitConversionSequence *I =
+          (ImplicitConversionSequence*)InlineSpace;
+        C.Conversions = &I[NumInlineSequences];
+        NumInlineSequences += NumConversions;
+      } else {
+        // Otherwise get memory from the allocator.
+        C.Conversions = ConversionSequenceAllocator
+                          .Allocate<ImplicitConversionSequence>(NumConversions);
+      }
+
+      // Construct the new objects.
+      for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumConversions; ++i)
+        new (&C.Conversions[i]) ImplicitConversionSequence();
+
+      C.NumConversions = NumConversions;
+      return C;
+    }
+
+    /// Find the best viable function on this overload set, if it exists.
+    OverloadingResult BestViableFunction(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                         OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best,
+                                         bool UserDefinedConversion = false);
+
+    void NoteCandidates(Sema &S,
+                        OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
+                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                        StringRef Opc = "",
+                        SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
+  };
+
+  bool isBetterOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
+                                 const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
+                                 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2,
+                                 SourceLocation Loc,
+                                 bool UserDefinedConversion = false);
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_OVERLOAD_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Ownership.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Ownership.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e064b91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Ownership.h
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+//===--- Ownership.h - Parser ownership helpers -----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file contains classes for managing ownership of Stmt and Expr nodes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_OWNERSHIP_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_OWNERSHIP_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// OpaquePtr
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace clang {
+  class CXXCtorInitializer;
+  class CXXBaseSpecifier;
+  class Decl;
+  class Expr;
+  class ParsedTemplateArgument;
+  class QualType;
+  class Stmt;
+  class TemplateName;
+  class TemplateParameterList;
+
+  /// OpaquePtr - This is a very simple POD type that wraps a pointer that the
+  /// Parser doesn't know about but that Sema or another client does.  The UID
+  /// template argument is used to make sure that "Decl" pointers are not
+  /// compatible with "Type" pointers for example.
+  template <class PtrTy>
+  class OpaquePtr {
+    void *Ptr;
+    explicit OpaquePtr(void *Ptr) : Ptr(Ptr) {}
+
+    typedef llvm::PointerLikeTypeTraits<PtrTy> Traits;
+
+  public:
+    OpaquePtr() : Ptr(0) {}
+
+    static OpaquePtr make(PtrTy P) { OpaquePtr OP; OP.set(P); return OP; }
+
+    template <typename T> T* getAs() const {
+      return get();
+    }
+
+    template <typename T> T getAsVal() const {
+      return get();
+    }
+
+    PtrTy get() const {
+      return Traits::getFromVoidPointer(Ptr);
+    }
+
+    void set(PtrTy P) {
+      Ptr = Traits::getAsVoidPointer(P);
+    }
+
+    operator bool() const { return Ptr != 0; }
+
+    void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Ptr; }
+    static OpaquePtr getFromOpaquePtr(void *P) { return OpaquePtr(P); }
+  };
+
+  /// UnionOpaquePtr - A version of OpaquePtr suitable for membership
+  /// in a union.
+  template <class T> struct UnionOpaquePtr {
+    void *Ptr;
+
+    static UnionOpaquePtr make(OpaquePtr<T> P) {
+      UnionOpaquePtr OP = { P.getAsOpaquePtr() };
+      return OP;
+    }
+
+    OpaquePtr<T> get() const { return OpaquePtr<T>::getFromOpaquePtr(Ptr); }
+    operator OpaquePtr<T>() const { return get(); }
+
+    UnionOpaquePtr &operator=(OpaquePtr<T> P) {
+      Ptr = P.getAsOpaquePtr();
+      return *this;
+    }
+  };
+}
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template <class T>
+  class PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::OpaquePtr<T> > {
+  public:
+    static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::OpaquePtr<T> P) {
+      // FIXME: Doesn't work? return P.getAs< void >();
+      return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
+    }
+    static inline clang::OpaquePtr<T> getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+      return clang::OpaquePtr<T>::getFromOpaquePtr(P);
+    }
+    enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
+  };
+
+  template <class T>
+  struct isPodLike<clang::OpaquePtr<T> > { static const bool value = true; };
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  // Basic
+  class DiagnosticBuilder;
+
+  // Determines whether the low bit of the result pointer for the
+  // given UID is always zero. If so, ActionResult will use that bit
+  // for it's "invalid" flag.
+  template<class Ptr>
+  struct IsResultPtrLowBitFree {
+    static const bool value = false;
+  };
+
+  /// ActionResult - This structure is used while parsing/acting on
+  /// expressions, stmts, etc.  It encapsulates both the object returned by
+  /// the action, plus a sense of whether or not it is valid.
+  /// When CompressInvalid is true, the "invalid" flag will be
+  /// stored in the low bit of the Val pointer.
+  template<class PtrTy,
+           bool CompressInvalid = IsResultPtrLowBitFree<PtrTy>::value>
+  class ActionResult {
+    PtrTy Val;
+    bool Invalid;
+
+  public:
+    ActionResult(bool Invalid = false)
+      : Val(PtrTy()), Invalid(Invalid) {}
+    ActionResult(PtrTy val) : Val(val), Invalid(false) {}
+    ActionResult(const DiagnosticBuilder &) : Val(PtrTy()), Invalid(true) {}
+
+    // These two overloads prevent void* -> bool conversions.
+    ActionResult(const void *);
+    ActionResult(volatile void *);
+
+    bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
+    bool isUsable() const { return !Invalid && Val; }
+
+    PtrTy get() const { return Val; }
+    // FIXME: Replace with get.
+    PtrTy release() const { return Val; }
+    PtrTy take() const { return Val; }
+    template <typename T> T *takeAs() { return static_cast<T*>(get()); }
+
+    void set(PtrTy V) { Val = V; }
+
+    const ActionResult &operator=(PtrTy RHS) {
+      Val = RHS;
+      Invalid = false;
+      return *this;
+    }
+  };
+
+  // This ActionResult partial specialization places the "invalid"
+  // flag into the low bit of the pointer.
+  template<typename PtrTy>
+  class ActionResult<PtrTy, true> {
+    // A pointer whose low bit is 1 if this result is invalid, 0
+    // otherwise.
+    uintptr_t PtrWithInvalid;
+    typedef llvm::PointerLikeTypeTraits<PtrTy> PtrTraits;
+  public:
+    ActionResult(bool Invalid = false)
+      : PtrWithInvalid(static_cast<uintptr_t>(Invalid)) { }
+
+    ActionResult(PtrTy V) {
+      void *VP = PtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(V);
+      PtrWithInvalid = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(VP);
+      assert((PtrWithInvalid & 0x01) == 0 && "Badly aligned pointer");
+    }
+    ActionResult(const DiagnosticBuilder &) : PtrWithInvalid(0x01) { }
+
+    // These two overloads prevent void* -> bool conversions.
+    ActionResult(const void *);
+    ActionResult(volatile void *);
+
+    bool isInvalid() const { return PtrWithInvalid & 0x01; }
+    bool isUsable() const { return PtrWithInvalid > 0x01; }
+
+    PtrTy get() const {
+      void *VP = reinterpret_cast<void *>(PtrWithInvalid & ~0x01);
+      return PtrTraits::getFromVoidPointer(VP);
+    }
+    // FIXME: Replace with get.
+    PtrTy take() const { return get(); }
+    PtrTy release() const { return get(); }
+    template <typename T> T *takeAs() { return static_cast<T*>(get()); }
+
+    void set(PtrTy V) {
+      void *VP = PtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(V);
+      PtrWithInvalid = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(VP);
+      assert((PtrWithInvalid & 0x01) == 0 && "Badly aligned pointer");
+    }
+
+    const ActionResult &operator=(PtrTy RHS) {
+      void *VP = PtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(RHS);
+      PtrWithInvalid = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(VP);
+      assert((PtrWithInvalid & 0x01) == 0 && "Badly aligned pointer");
+      return *this;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// An opaque type for threading parsed type information through the
+  /// parser.
+  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> ParsedType;
+  typedef UnionOpaquePtr<QualType> UnionParsedType;
+
+  // We can re-use the low bit of expression, statement, base, and
+  // member-initializer pointers for the "invalid" flag of
+  // ActionResult.
+  template<> struct IsResultPtrLowBitFree<Expr*> {
+    static const bool value = true;
+  };
+  template<> struct IsResultPtrLowBitFree<Stmt*> {
+    static const bool value = true;
+  };
+  template<> struct IsResultPtrLowBitFree<CXXBaseSpecifier*> {
+    static const bool value = true;
+  };
+  template<> struct IsResultPtrLowBitFree<CXXCtorInitializer*> {
+    static const bool value = true;
+  };
+
+  typedef ActionResult<Expr*> ExprResult;
+  typedef ActionResult<Stmt*> StmtResult;
+  typedef ActionResult<ParsedType> TypeResult;
+  typedef ActionResult<CXXBaseSpecifier*> BaseResult;
+  typedef ActionResult<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInitResult;
+
+  typedef ActionResult<Decl*> DeclResult;
+  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> ParsedTemplateTy;
+
+  typedef llvm::MutableArrayRef<Expr*> MultiExprArg;
+  typedef llvm::MutableArrayRef<Stmt*> MultiStmtArg;
+  typedef llvm::MutableArrayRef<ParsedTemplateArgument> ASTTemplateArgsPtr;
+  typedef llvm::MutableArrayRef<ParsedType> MultiTypeArg;
+  typedef llvm::MutableArrayRef<TemplateParameterList*> MultiTemplateParamsArg;
+
+  inline ExprResult ExprError() { return ExprResult(true); }
+  inline StmtResult StmtError() { return StmtResult(true); }
+
+  inline ExprResult ExprError(const DiagnosticBuilder&) { return ExprError(); }
+  inline StmtResult StmtError(const DiagnosticBuilder&) { return StmtError(); }
+
+  inline ExprResult ExprEmpty() { return ExprResult(false); }
+  inline StmtResult StmtEmpty() { return StmtResult(false); }
+
+  inline Expr *AssertSuccess(ExprResult R) {
+    assert(!R.isInvalid() && "operation was asserted to never fail!");
+    return R.get();
+  }
+
+  inline Stmt *AssertSuccess(StmtResult R) {
+    assert(!R.isInvalid() && "operation was asserted to never fail!");
+    return R.get();
+  }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94db454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+//===--- ParsedTemplate.h - Template Parsing Data Types -------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file provides data structures that store the parsed representation of
+//  templates.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_PARSEDTEMPLATE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_PARSEDTEMPLATE_H
+
+#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace clang {  
+  /// \brief Represents the parsed form of a C++ template argument.
+  class ParsedTemplateArgument {
+  public:
+    /// \brief Describes the kind of template argument that was parsed.
+    enum KindType {
+      /// \brief A template type parameter, stored as a type.
+      Type,
+      /// \brief A non-type template parameter, stored as an expression.
+      NonType,
+      /// \brief A template template argument, stored as a template name.
+      Template
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Build an empty template argument. 
+    ///
+    /// This template argument is invalid.
+    ParsedTemplateArgument() : Kind(Type), Arg(0) { }
+    
+    /// \brief Create a template type argument or non-type template argument.
+    ///
+    /// \param Arg the template type argument or non-type template argument.
+    /// \param Loc the location of the type.
+    ParsedTemplateArgument(KindType Kind, void *Arg, SourceLocation Loc)
+      : Kind(Kind), Arg(Arg), Loc(Loc) { }
+    
+    /// \brief Create a template template argument.
+    ///
+    /// \param SS the C++ scope specifier that precedes the template name, if
+    /// any.
+    ///
+    /// \param Template the template to which this template template 
+    /// argument refers.
+    ///
+    /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the template name.
+    ParsedTemplateArgument(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                           ParsedTemplateTy Template, 
+                           SourceLocation TemplateLoc) 
+      : Kind(ParsedTemplateArgument::Template),
+        Arg(Template.getAsOpaquePtr()), 
+        SS(SS), Loc(TemplateLoc), EllipsisLoc() { }
+    
+    /// \brief Determine whether the given template argument is invalid.
+    bool isInvalid() const { return Arg == 0; }
+    
+    /// \brief Determine what kind of template argument we have.
+    KindType getKind() const { return Kind; }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the template type argument's type.
+    ParsedType getAsType() const {
+      assert(Kind == Type && "Not a template type argument");
+      return ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(Arg);
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the non-type template argument's expression.
+    Expr *getAsExpr() const {
+      assert(Kind == NonType && "Not a non-type template argument");
+      return static_cast<Expr*>(Arg);
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the template template argument's template name.
+    ParsedTemplateTy getAsTemplate() const {
+      assert(Kind == Template && "Not a template template argument");
+      return ParsedTemplateTy::getFromOpaquePtr(Arg);
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the location of the template argument.
+    SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that precedes the template
+    /// name in a template template argument.
+    const CXXScopeSpec &getScopeSpec() const {
+      assert(Kind == Template && 
+             "Only template template arguments can have a scope specifier");
+      return SS;
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the location of the ellipsis that makes a template
+    /// template argument into a pack expansion.
+    SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
+      assert(Kind == Template && 
+             "Only template template arguments can have an ellipsis");
+      return EllipsisLoc;
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve a pack expansion of the given template template
+    /// argument.
+    ///
+    /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
+    ParsedTemplateArgument getTemplatePackExpansion(
+                                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) const;
+    
+  private:
+    KindType Kind;
+    
+    /// \brief The actual template argument representation, which may be
+    /// an \c ActionBase::TypeTy* (for a type), an Expr* (for an
+    /// expression), or an ActionBase::TemplateTy (for a template).
+    void *Arg;
+
+    /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that can accompany a template template
+    /// argument.
+    CXXScopeSpec SS;
+
+    /// \brief the location of the template argument.
+    SourceLocation Loc;
+
+    /// \brief The ellipsis location that can accompany a template template
+    /// argument (turning it into a template template argument expansion).
+    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Information about a template-id annotation
+  /// token.
+  ///
+  /// A template-id annotation token contains the template declaration, 
+  /// template arguments, whether those template arguments were types, 
+  /// expressions, or template names, and the source locations for important 
+  /// tokens. All of the information about template arguments is allocated 
+  /// directly after this structure.
+  struct TemplateIdAnnotation {
+    /// \brief The nested-name-specifier that precedes the template name.
+    CXXScopeSpec SS;
+
+    /// TemplateKWLoc - The location of the template keyword within the
+    /// source.
+    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
+
+    /// TemplateNameLoc - The location of the template name within the
+    /// source.
+    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc;
+    
+    /// FIXME: Temporarily stores the name of a specialization
+    IdentifierInfo *Name;
+    
+    /// FIXME: Temporarily stores the overloaded operator kind.
+    OverloadedOperatorKind Operator;
+    
+    /// The declaration of the template corresponding to the
+    /// template-name.
+    ParsedTemplateTy Template;
+    
+    /// The kind of template that Template refers to.
+    TemplateNameKind Kind;
+    
+    /// The location of the '<' before the template argument
+    /// list.
+    SourceLocation LAngleLoc;
+    
+    /// The location of the '>' after the template argument
+    /// list.
+    SourceLocation RAngleLoc;
+    
+    /// NumArgs - The number of template arguments.
+    unsigned NumArgs;
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieves a pointer to the template arguments
+    ParsedTemplateArgument *getTemplateArgs() { 
+      return reinterpret_cast<ParsedTemplateArgument *>(this + 1); 
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Creates a new TemplateIdAnnotation with NumArgs arguments and
+    /// appends it to List.
+    static TemplateIdAnnotation *
+    Allocate(unsigned NumArgs, SmallVectorImpl<TemplateIdAnnotation*> &List) {
+      TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId
+        = (TemplateIdAnnotation *)std::malloc(sizeof(TemplateIdAnnotation) +
+                                      sizeof(ParsedTemplateArgument) * NumArgs);
+      TemplateId->NumArgs = NumArgs;
+      
+      // Default-construct nested-name-specifier.
+      new (&TemplateId->SS) CXXScopeSpec();
+      
+      // Default-construct parsed template arguments.
+      ParsedTemplateArgument *TemplateArgs = TemplateId->getTemplateArgs();
+      for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
+        new (TemplateArgs + I) ParsedTemplateArgument();
+      
+      List.push_back(TemplateId);
+      return TemplateId;
+    }
+    
+    void Destroy() { 
+      SS.~CXXScopeSpec();
+      free(this); 
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// Retrieves the range of the given template parameter lists.
+  SourceRange getTemplateParamsRange(TemplateParameterList const *const *Params,
+                                     unsigned NumParams);  
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/PrettyDeclStackTrace.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/PrettyDeclStackTrace.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa55705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/PrettyDeclStackTrace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+//===- PrettyDeclStackTrace.h - Stack trace for decl processing -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines an llvm::PrettyStackTraceEntry object for showing
+// that a particular declaration was being processed when a crash
+// occurred.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_PRETTY_DECL_STACK_TRACE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_PRETTY_DECL_STACK_TRACE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Decl;
+class Sema;
+class SourceManager;
+
+/// PrettyDeclStackTraceEntry - If a crash occurs in the parser while
+/// parsing something related to a declaration, include that
+/// declaration in the stack trace.
+class PrettyDeclStackTraceEntry : public llvm::PrettyStackTraceEntry {
+  Sema &S;
+  Decl *TheDecl;
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  const char *Message;
+
+public:
+  PrettyDeclStackTraceEntry(Sema &S, Decl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
+                            const char *Msg)
+    : S(S), TheDecl(D), Loc(Loc), Message(Msg) {}
+
+  virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Scope.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Scope.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d016b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Scope.h
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+//===--- Scope.h - Scope interface ------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Scope interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SCOPE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SCOPE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Decl;
+class UsingDirectiveDecl;
+
+/// Scope - A scope is a transient data structure that is used while parsing the
+/// program.  It assists with resolving identifiers to the appropriate
+/// declaration.
+///
+class Scope {
+public:
+  /// ScopeFlags - These are bitfields that are or'd together when creating a
+  /// scope, which defines the sorts of things the scope contains.
+  enum ScopeFlags {
+    /// \brief This indicates that the scope corresponds to a function, which
+    /// means that labels are set here.
+    FnScope       = 0x01,
+
+    /// \brief This is a while, do, switch, for, etc that can have break
+    /// statements embedded into it.
+    BreakScope    = 0x02,
+
+    /// \brief This is a while, do, for, which can have continue statements
+    /// embedded into it.
+    ContinueScope = 0x04,
+
+    /// \brief This is a scope that can contain a declaration.  Some scopes
+    /// just contain loop constructs but don't contain decls.
+    DeclScope = 0x08,
+
+    /// \brief The controlling scope in a if/switch/while/for statement.
+    ControlScope = 0x10,
+
+    /// \brief The scope of a struct/union/class definition.
+    ClassScope = 0x20,
+
+    /// \brief This is a scope that corresponds to a block/closure object.
+    /// Blocks serve as top-level scopes for some objects like labels, they
+    /// also prevent things like break and continue.  BlockScopes always have
+    /// the FnScope and DeclScope flags set as well.
+    BlockScope = 0x40,
+
+    /// \brief This is a scope that corresponds to the
+    /// template parameters of a C++ template. Template parameter
+    /// scope starts at the 'template' keyword and ends when the
+    /// template declaration ends.
+    TemplateParamScope = 0x80,
+
+    /// \brief This is a scope that corresponds to the
+    /// parameters within a function prototype.
+    FunctionPrototypeScope = 0x100,
+
+    /// \brief This is a scope that corresponds to the parameters within
+    /// a function prototype for a function declaration (as opposed to any
+    /// other kind of function declarator). Always has FunctionPrototypeScope
+    /// set as well.
+    FunctionDeclarationScope = 0x200,
+
+    /// \brief This is a scope that corresponds to the Objective-C
+    /// \@catch statement.
+    AtCatchScope = 0x400,
+    
+    /// \brief This scope corresponds to an Objective-C method body.
+    /// It always has FnScope and DeclScope set as well.
+    ObjCMethodScope = 0x800,
+
+    /// \brief This is a scope that corresponds to a switch statement.
+    SwitchScope = 0x1000,
+
+    /// \brief This is the scope of a C++ try statement.
+    TryScope = 0x2000,
+
+    /// \brief This is the scope for a function-level C++ try or catch scope.
+    FnTryCatchScope = 0x4000
+  };
+private:
+  /// The parent scope for this scope.  This is null for the translation-unit
+  /// scope.
+  Scope *AnyParent;
+
+  /// Depth - This is the depth of this scope.  The translation-unit scope has
+  /// depth 0.
+  unsigned short Depth;
+
+  /// Flags - This contains a set of ScopeFlags, which indicates how the scope
+  /// interrelates with other control flow statements.
+  unsigned short Flags;
+
+  /// PrototypeDepth - This is the number of function prototype scopes
+  /// enclosing this scope, including this scope.
+  unsigned short PrototypeDepth;
+
+  /// PrototypeIndex - This is the number of parameters currently
+  /// declared in this scope.
+  unsigned short PrototypeIndex;
+
+  /// FnParent - If this scope has a parent scope that is a function body, this
+  /// pointer is non-null and points to it.  This is used for label processing.
+  Scope *FnParent;
+
+  /// BreakParent/ContinueParent - This is a direct link to the innermost
+  /// BreakScope/ContinueScope which contains the contents of this scope
+  /// for control flow purposes (and might be this scope itself), or null
+  /// if there is no such scope.
+  Scope *BreakParent, *ContinueParent;
+
+  /// BlockParent - This is a direct link to the immediately containing
+  /// BlockScope if this scope is not one, or null if there is none.
+  Scope *BlockParent;
+
+  /// TemplateParamParent - This is a direct link to the
+  /// immediately containing template parameter scope. In the
+  /// case of nested templates, template parameter scopes can have
+  /// other template parameter scopes as parents.
+  Scope *TemplateParamParent;
+
+  /// DeclsInScope - This keeps track of all declarations in this scope.  When
+  /// the declaration is added to the scope, it is set as the current
+  /// declaration for the identifier in the IdentifierTable.  When the scope is
+  /// popped, these declarations are removed from the IdentifierTable's notion
+  /// of current declaration.  It is up to the current Action implementation to
+  /// implement these semantics.
+  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Decl *, 32> DeclSetTy;
+  DeclSetTy DeclsInScope;
+
+  /// Entity - The entity with which this scope is associated. For
+  /// example, the entity of a class scope is the class itself, the
+  /// entity of a function scope is a function, etc. This field is
+  /// maintained by the Action implementation.
+  void *Entity;
+
+  typedef SmallVector<UsingDirectiveDecl *, 2> UsingDirectivesTy;
+  UsingDirectivesTy UsingDirectives;
+
+  /// \brief Used to determine if errors occurred in this scope.
+  DiagnosticErrorTrap ErrorTrap;
+  
+public:
+  Scope(Scope *Parent, unsigned ScopeFlags, DiagnosticsEngine &Diag)
+    : ErrorTrap(Diag) {
+    Init(Parent, ScopeFlags);
+  }
+
+  /// getFlags - Return the flags for this scope.
+  ///
+  unsigned getFlags() const { return Flags; }
+  void setFlags(unsigned F) { Flags = F; }
+
+  /// isBlockScope - Return true if this scope correspond to a closure.
+  bool isBlockScope() const { return Flags & BlockScope; }
+
+  /// getParent - Return the scope that this is nested in.
+  ///
+  const Scope *getParent() const { return AnyParent; }
+  Scope *getParent() { return AnyParent; }
+
+  /// getFnParent - Return the closest scope that is a function body.
+  ///
+  const Scope *getFnParent() const { return FnParent; }
+  Scope *getFnParent() { return FnParent; }
+
+  /// getContinueParent - Return the closest scope that a continue statement
+  /// would be affected by.
+  Scope *getContinueParent() {
+    return ContinueParent;
+  }
+
+  const Scope *getContinueParent() const {
+    return const_cast<Scope*>(this)->getContinueParent();
+  }
+
+  /// getBreakParent - Return the closest scope that a break statement
+  /// would be affected by.
+  Scope *getBreakParent() {
+    return BreakParent;
+  }
+  const Scope *getBreakParent() const {
+    return const_cast<Scope*>(this)->getBreakParent();
+  }
+
+  Scope *getBlockParent() { return BlockParent; }
+  const Scope *getBlockParent() const { return BlockParent; }
+
+  Scope *getTemplateParamParent() { return TemplateParamParent; }
+  const Scope *getTemplateParamParent() const { return TemplateParamParent; }
+
+  /// Returns the number of function prototype scopes in this scope
+  /// chain.
+  unsigned getFunctionPrototypeDepth() const {
+    return PrototypeDepth;
+  }
+
+  /// Return the number of parameters declared in this function
+  /// prototype, increasing it by one for the next call.
+  unsigned getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex() {
+    assert(isFunctionPrototypeScope());
+    return PrototypeIndex++;
+  }
+
+  typedef DeclSetTy::iterator decl_iterator;
+  decl_iterator decl_begin() const { return DeclsInScope.begin(); }
+  decl_iterator decl_end()   const { return DeclsInScope.end(); }
+  bool decl_empty()          const { return DeclsInScope.empty(); }
+
+  void AddDecl(Decl *D) {
+    DeclsInScope.insert(D);
+  }
+
+  void RemoveDecl(Decl *D) {
+    DeclsInScope.erase(D);
+  }
+
+  /// isDeclScope - Return true if this is the scope that the specified decl is
+  /// declared in.
+  bool isDeclScope(Decl *D) {
+    return DeclsInScope.count(D) != 0;
+  }
+
+  void* getEntity() const { return Entity; }
+  void setEntity(void *E) { Entity = E; }
+
+  bool hasErrorOccurred() const { return ErrorTrap.hasErrorOccurred(); }
+
+  bool hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred() const {
+    return ErrorTrap.hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred();
+  }
+
+  /// isClassScope - Return true if this scope is a class/struct/union scope.
+  bool isClassScope() const {
+    return (getFlags() & Scope::ClassScope);
+  }
+
+  /// isInCXXInlineMethodScope - Return true if this scope is a C++ inline
+  /// method scope or is inside one.
+  bool isInCXXInlineMethodScope() const {
+    if (const Scope *FnS = getFnParent()) {
+      assert(FnS->getParent() && "TUScope not created?");
+      return FnS->getParent()->isClassScope();
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+  
+  /// isInObjcMethodScope - Return true if this scope is, or is contained in, an
+  /// Objective-C method body.  Note that this method is not constant time.
+  bool isInObjcMethodScope() const {
+    for (const Scope *S = this; S; S = S->getParent()) {
+      // If this scope is an objc method scope, then we succeed.
+      if (S->getFlags() & ObjCMethodScope)
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// isTemplateParamScope - Return true if this scope is a C++
+  /// template parameter scope.
+  bool isTemplateParamScope() const {
+    return getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope;
+  }
+
+  /// isFunctionPrototypeScope - Return true if this scope is a
+  /// function prototype scope.
+  bool isFunctionPrototypeScope() const {
+    return getFlags() & Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope;
+  }
+
+  /// isAtCatchScope - Return true if this scope is \@catch.
+  bool isAtCatchScope() const {
+    return getFlags() & Scope::AtCatchScope;
+  }
+
+  /// isSwitchScope - Return true if this scope is a switch scope.
+  bool isSwitchScope() const {
+    for (const Scope *S = this; S; S = S->getParent()) {
+      if (S->getFlags() & Scope::SwitchScope)
+        return true;
+      else if (S->getFlags() & (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope |
+                                Scope::BlockScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope |
+                                Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope |
+                                Scope::AtCatchScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope))
+        return false;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether this scope is a C++ 'try' block.
+  bool isTryScope() const { return getFlags() & Scope::TryScope; }
+
+  /// containedInPrototypeScope - Return true if this or a parent scope
+  /// is a FunctionPrototypeScope.
+  bool containedInPrototypeScope() const;
+
+  typedef UsingDirectivesTy::iterator udir_iterator;
+  typedef UsingDirectivesTy::const_iterator const_udir_iterator;
+
+  void PushUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir) {
+    UsingDirectives.push_back(UDir);
+  }
+
+  udir_iterator using_directives_begin() {
+    return UsingDirectives.begin();
+  }
+
+  udir_iterator using_directives_end() {
+    return UsingDirectives.end();
+  }
+
+  const_udir_iterator using_directives_begin() const {
+    return UsingDirectives.begin();
+  }
+
+  const_udir_iterator using_directives_end() const {
+    return UsingDirectives.end();
+  }
+
+  /// Init - This is used by the parser to implement scope caching.
+  ///
+  void Init(Scope *parent, unsigned flags);
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2295bf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
+//===--- ScopeInfo.h - Information about a semantic context -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines FunctionScopeInfo and its subclasses, which contain
+// information about a single function, block, lambda, or method body.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SCOPE_INFO_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SCOPE_INFO_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Decl;
+class BlockDecl;
+class CXXMethodDecl;
+class ObjCPropertyDecl;
+class IdentifierInfo;
+class LabelDecl;
+class ReturnStmt;
+class Scope;
+class SwitchStmt;
+class VarDecl;
+class DeclRefExpr;
+class ObjCIvarRefExpr;
+class ObjCPropertyRefExpr;
+class ObjCMessageExpr;
+
+namespace sema {
+
+/// \brief Contains information about the compound statement currently being
+/// parsed.
+class CompoundScopeInfo {
+public:
+  CompoundScopeInfo()
+    : HasEmptyLoopBodies(false) { }
+
+  /// \brief Whether this compound stamement contains `for' or `while' loops
+  /// with empty bodies.
+  bool HasEmptyLoopBodies;
+
+  void setHasEmptyLoopBodies() {
+    HasEmptyLoopBodies = true;
+  }
+};
+
+class PossiblyUnreachableDiag {
+public:
+  PartialDiagnostic PD;
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+  const Stmt *stmt;
+  
+  PossiblyUnreachableDiag(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, SourceLocation Loc,
+                          const Stmt *stmt)
+    : PD(PD), Loc(Loc), stmt(stmt) {}
+};
+    
+/// \brief Retains information about a function, method, or block that is
+/// currently being parsed.
+class FunctionScopeInfo {
+protected:
+  enum ScopeKind {
+    SK_Function,
+    SK_Block,
+    SK_Lambda
+  };
+  
+public:
+  /// \brief What kind of scope we are describing.
+  ///
+  ScopeKind Kind;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this function contains a VLA, \@try, try, C++
+  /// initializer, or anything else that can't be jumped past.
+  bool HasBranchProtectedScope;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this function contains any switches or direct gotos.
+  bool HasBranchIntoScope;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this function contains any indirect gotos.
+  bool HasIndirectGoto;
+
+  /// \brief Whether a statement was dropped because it was invalid.
+  bool HasDroppedStmt;
+
+  /// A flag that is set when parsing a method that must call super's
+  /// implementation, such as \c -dealloc, \c -finalize, or any method marked
+  /// with \c __attribute__((objc_requires_super)).
+  bool ObjCShouldCallSuper;
+
+  /// \brief Used to determine if errors occurred in this function or block.
+  DiagnosticErrorTrap ErrorTrap;
+
+  /// SwitchStack - This is the current set of active switch statements in the
+  /// block.
+  SmallVector<SwitchStmt*, 8> SwitchStack;
+
+  /// \brief The list of return statements that occur within the function or
+  /// block, if there is any chance of applying the named return value
+  /// optimization, or if we need to infer a return type.
+  SmallVector<ReturnStmt*, 4> Returns;
+
+  /// \brief The stack of currently active compound stamement scopes in the
+  /// function.
+  SmallVector<CompoundScopeInfo, 4> CompoundScopes;
+
+  /// \brief A list of PartialDiagnostics created but delayed within the
+  /// current function scope.  These diagnostics are vetted for reachability
+  /// prior to being emitted.
+  SmallVector<PossiblyUnreachableDiag, 4> PossiblyUnreachableDiags;
+
+public:
+  /// Represents a simple identification of a weak object.
+  ///
+  /// Part of the implementation of -Wrepeated-use-of-weak.
+  ///
+  /// This is used to determine if two weak accesses refer to the same object.
+  /// Here are some examples of how various accesses are "profiled":
+  ///
+  /// Access Expression |     "Base" Decl     |          "Property" Decl
+  /// :---------------: | :-----------------: | :------------------------------:
+  /// self.property     | self (VarDecl)      | property (ObjCPropertyDecl)
+  /// self.implicitProp | self (VarDecl)      | -implicitProp (ObjCMethodDecl)
+  /// self->ivar.prop   | ivar (ObjCIvarDecl) | prop (ObjCPropertyDecl)
+  /// cxxObj.obj.prop   | obj (FieldDecl)     | prop (ObjCPropertyDecl)
+  /// [self foo].prop   | 0 (unknown)         | prop (ObjCPropertyDecl)
+  /// self.prop1.prop2  | prop1 (ObjCPropertyDecl)    | prop2 (ObjCPropertyDecl)
+  /// MyClass.prop      | MyClass (ObjCInterfaceDecl) | -prop (ObjCMethodDecl)
+  /// weakVar           | 0 (known)           | weakVar (VarDecl)
+  /// self->weakIvar    | self (VarDecl)      | weakIvar (ObjCIvarDecl)
+  ///
+  /// Objects are identified with only two Decls to make it reasonably fast to
+  /// compare them.
+  class WeakObjectProfileTy {
+    /// The base object decl, as described in the class documentation.
+    ///
+    /// The extra flag is "true" if the Base and Property are enough to uniquely
+    /// identify the object in memory.
+    ///
+    /// \sa isExactProfile()
+    typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<const NamedDecl *, 1, bool> BaseInfoTy;
+    BaseInfoTy Base;
+
+    /// The "property" decl, as described in the class documentation.
+    ///
+    /// Note that this may not actually be an ObjCPropertyDecl, e.g. in the
+    /// case of "implicit" properties (regular methods accessed via dot syntax).
+    const NamedDecl *Property;
+
+    /// Used to find the proper base profile for a given base expression.
+    static BaseInfoTy getBaseInfo(const Expr *BaseE);
+
+    // For use in DenseMap.
+    friend class DenseMapInfo;
+    inline WeakObjectProfileTy();
+    static inline WeakObjectProfileTy getSentinel();
+
+  public:
+    WeakObjectProfileTy(const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *RE);
+    WeakObjectProfileTy(const Expr *Base, const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property);
+    WeakObjectProfileTy(const DeclRefExpr *RE);
+    WeakObjectProfileTy(const ObjCIvarRefExpr *RE);
+
+    const NamedDecl *getBase() const { return Base.getPointer(); }
+    const NamedDecl *getProperty() const { return Property; }
+
+    /// Returns true if the object base specifies a known object in memory,
+    /// rather than, say, an instance variable or property of another object.
+    ///
+    /// Note that this ignores the effects of aliasing; that is, \c foo.bar is
+    /// considered an exact profile if \c foo is a local variable, even if
+    /// another variable \c foo2 refers to the same object as \c foo.
+    ///
+    /// For increased precision, accesses with base variables that are
+    /// properties or ivars of 'self' (e.g. self.prop1.prop2) are considered to
+    /// be exact, though this is not true for arbitrary variables
+    /// (foo.prop1.prop2).
+    bool isExactProfile() const {
+      return Base.getInt();
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const WeakObjectProfileTy &Other) const {
+      return Base == Other.Base && Property == Other.Property;
+    }
+
+    // For use in DenseMap.
+    // We can't specialize the usual llvm::DenseMapInfo at the end of the file
+    // because by that point the DenseMap in FunctionScopeInfo has already been
+    // instantiated.
+    class DenseMapInfo {
+    public:
+      static inline WeakObjectProfileTy getEmptyKey() {
+        return WeakObjectProfileTy();
+      }
+      static inline WeakObjectProfileTy getTombstoneKey() {
+        return WeakObjectProfileTy::getSentinel();
+      }
+
+      static unsigned getHashValue(const WeakObjectProfileTy &Val) {
+        typedef std::pair<BaseInfoTy, const NamedDecl *> Pair;
+        return llvm::DenseMapInfo<Pair>::getHashValue(Pair(Val.Base,
+                                                           Val.Property));
+      }
+
+      static bool isEqual(const WeakObjectProfileTy &LHS,
+                          const WeakObjectProfileTy &RHS) {
+        return LHS == RHS;
+      }
+    };
+  };
+
+  /// Represents a single use of a weak object.
+  ///
+  /// Stores both the expression and whether the access is potentially unsafe
+  /// (i.e. it could potentially be warned about).
+  ///
+  /// Part of the implementation of -Wrepeated-use-of-weak.
+  class WeakUseTy {
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<const Expr *, 1, bool> Rep;
+  public:
+    WeakUseTy(const Expr *Use, bool IsRead) : Rep(Use, IsRead) {}
+
+    const Expr *getUseExpr() const { return Rep.getPointer(); }
+    bool isUnsafe() const { return Rep.getInt(); }
+    void markSafe() { Rep.setInt(false); }
+
+    bool operator==(const WeakUseTy &Other) const {
+      return Rep == Other.Rep;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// Used to collect uses of a particular weak object in a function body.
+  ///
+  /// Part of the implementation of -Wrepeated-use-of-weak.
+  typedef SmallVector<WeakUseTy, 4> WeakUseVector;
+
+  /// Used to collect all uses of weak objects in a function body.
+  ///
+  /// Part of the implementation of -Wrepeated-use-of-weak.
+  typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<WeakObjectProfileTy, WeakUseVector, 8,
+                              WeakObjectProfileTy::DenseMapInfo>
+          WeakObjectUseMap;
+
+private:
+  /// Used to collect all uses of weak objects in this function body.
+  ///
+  /// Part of the implementation of -Wrepeated-use-of-weak.
+  WeakObjectUseMap WeakObjectUses;
+
+public:
+  /// Record that a weak object was accessed.
+  ///
+  /// Part of the implementation of -Wrepeated-use-of-weak.
+  template <typename ExprT>
+  inline void recordUseOfWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead = true);
+
+  void recordUseOfWeak(const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg,
+                       const ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop);
+
+  /// Record that a given expression is a "safe" access of a weak object (e.g.
+  /// assigning it to a strong variable.)
+  ///
+  /// Part of the implementation of -Wrepeated-use-of-weak.
+  void markSafeWeakUse(const Expr *E);
+
+  const WeakObjectUseMap &getWeakObjectUses() const {
+    return WeakObjectUses;
+  }
+
+  void setHasBranchIntoScope() {
+    HasBranchIntoScope = true;
+  }
+
+  void setHasBranchProtectedScope() {
+    HasBranchProtectedScope = true;
+  }
+
+  void setHasIndirectGoto() {
+    HasIndirectGoto = true;
+  }
+
+  void setHasDroppedStmt() {
+    HasDroppedStmt = true;
+  }
+
+  bool NeedsScopeChecking() const {
+    return !HasDroppedStmt &&
+        (HasIndirectGoto ||
+          (HasBranchProtectedScope && HasBranchIntoScope));
+  }
+  
+  FunctionScopeInfo(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag)
+    : Kind(SK_Function),
+      HasBranchProtectedScope(false),
+      HasBranchIntoScope(false),
+      HasIndirectGoto(false),
+      HasDroppedStmt(false),
+      ObjCShouldCallSuper(false),
+      ErrorTrap(Diag) { }
+
+  virtual ~FunctionScopeInfo();
+
+  /// \brief Clear out the information in this function scope, making it
+  /// suitable for reuse.
+  void Clear();
+};
+
+class CapturingScopeInfo : public FunctionScopeInfo {
+public:
+  enum ImplicitCaptureStyle {
+    ImpCap_None, ImpCap_LambdaByval, ImpCap_LambdaByref, ImpCap_Block
+  };
+
+  ImplicitCaptureStyle ImpCaptureStyle;
+
+  class Capture {
+    // There are two categories of capture: capturing 'this', and capturing
+    // local variables.  There are three ways to capture a local variable:
+    // capture by copy in the C++11 sense, capture by reference
+    // in the C++11 sense, and __block capture.  Lambdas explicitly specify
+    // capture by copy or capture by reference.  For blocks, __block capture
+    // applies to variables with that annotation, variables of reference type
+    // are captured by reference, and other variables are captured by copy.
+    enum CaptureKind {
+      Cap_This, Cap_ByCopy, Cap_ByRef, Cap_Block
+    };
+
+    // The variable being captured (if we are not capturing 'this'),
+    // and misc bits descibing the capture.
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<VarDecl*, 2, CaptureKind> VarAndKind;
+
+    // Expression to initialize a field of the given type, and whether this
+    // is a nested capture; the expression is only required if we are
+    // capturing ByVal and the variable's type has a non-trivial
+    // copy constructor.
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> CopyExprAndNested;
+
+    /// \brief The source location at which the first capture occurred..
+    SourceLocation Loc;
+    
+    /// \brief The location of the ellipsis that expands a parameter pack.
+    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+    
+    /// \brief The type as it was captured, which is in effect the type of the
+    /// non-static data member that would hold the capture.
+    QualType CaptureType;
+    
+  public:
+    Capture(VarDecl *Var, bool block, bool byRef, bool isNested, 
+            SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 
+            QualType CaptureType, Expr *Cpy)
+      : VarAndKind(Var, block ? Cap_Block : byRef ? Cap_ByRef : Cap_ByCopy),
+        CopyExprAndNested(Cpy, isNested), Loc(Loc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc),
+        CaptureType(CaptureType){}
+
+    enum IsThisCapture { ThisCapture };
+    Capture(IsThisCapture, bool isNested, SourceLocation Loc, 
+            QualType CaptureType, Expr *Cpy)
+      : VarAndKind(0, Cap_This), CopyExprAndNested(Cpy, isNested), Loc(Loc),
+        EllipsisLoc(), CaptureType(CaptureType) { }
+
+    bool isThisCapture() const { return VarAndKind.getInt() == Cap_This; }
+    bool isVariableCapture() const { return !isThisCapture(); }
+    bool isCopyCapture() const { return VarAndKind.getInt() == Cap_ByCopy; }
+    bool isReferenceCapture() const { return VarAndKind.getInt() == Cap_ByRef; }
+    bool isBlockCapture() const { return VarAndKind.getInt() == Cap_Block; }
+    bool isNested() { return CopyExprAndNested.getInt(); }
+
+    VarDecl *getVariable() const {
+      return VarAndKind.getPointer();
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the location at which this variable was captured.
+    SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the source location of the ellipsis, whose presence
+    /// indicates that the capture is a pack expansion.
+    SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the capture type for this capture, which is effectively
+    /// the type of the non-static data member in the lambda/block structure
+    /// that would store this capture.
+    QualType getCaptureType() const { return CaptureType; }
+    
+    Expr *getCopyExpr() const {
+      return CopyExprAndNested.getPointer();
+    }
+  };
+
+  CapturingScopeInfo(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag, ImplicitCaptureStyle Style)
+    : FunctionScopeInfo(Diag), ImpCaptureStyle(Style), CXXThisCaptureIndex(0),
+      HasImplicitReturnType(false)
+     {}
+
+  /// CaptureMap - A map of captured variables to (index+1) into Captures.
+  llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl*, unsigned> CaptureMap;
+
+  /// CXXThisCaptureIndex - The (index+1) of the capture of 'this';
+  /// zero if 'this' is not captured.
+  unsigned CXXThisCaptureIndex;
+
+  /// Captures - The captures.
+  SmallVector<Capture, 4> Captures;
+
+  /// \brief - Whether the target type of return statements in this context
+  /// is deduced (e.g. a lambda or block with omitted return type).
+  bool HasImplicitReturnType;
+
+  /// ReturnType - The target type of return statements in this context,
+  /// or null if unknown.
+  QualType ReturnType;
+
+  void addCapture(VarDecl *Var, bool isBlock, bool isByref, bool isNested,
+                  SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 
+                  QualType CaptureType, Expr *Cpy) {
+    Captures.push_back(Capture(Var, isBlock, isByref, isNested, Loc, 
+                               EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, Cpy));
+    CaptureMap[Var] = Captures.size();
+  }
+
+  void addThisCapture(bool isNested, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CaptureType,
+                      Expr *Cpy);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the C++ 'this' is captured.
+  bool isCXXThisCaptured() const { return CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0; }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the capture of C++ 'this', if it has been captured.
+  Capture &getCXXThisCapture() {
+    assert(isCXXThisCaptured() && "this has not been captured");
+    return Captures[CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1];
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given variable has been captured.
+  bool isCaptured(VarDecl *Var) const {
+    return CaptureMap.count(Var);
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the capture of the given variable, if it has been
+  /// captured already.
+  Capture &getCapture(VarDecl *Var) {
+    assert(isCaptured(Var) && "Variable has not been captured");
+    return Captures[CaptureMap[Var] - 1];
+  }
+
+  const Capture &getCapture(VarDecl *Var) const {
+    llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl*, unsigned>::const_iterator Known
+      = CaptureMap.find(Var);
+    assert(Known != CaptureMap.end() && "Variable has not been captured");
+    return Captures[Known->second - 1];
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const FunctionScopeInfo *FSI) { 
+    return FSI->Kind == SK_Block || FSI->Kind == SK_Lambda; 
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Retains information about a block that is currently being parsed.
+class BlockScopeInfo : public CapturingScopeInfo {
+public:
+  BlockDecl *TheDecl;
+  
+  /// TheScope - This is the scope for the block itself, which contains
+  /// arguments etc.
+  Scope *TheScope;
+
+  /// BlockType - The function type of the block, if one was given.
+  /// Its return type may be BuiltinType::Dependent.
+  QualType FunctionType;
+
+  BlockScopeInfo(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag, Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block)
+    : CapturingScopeInfo(Diag, ImpCap_Block), TheDecl(Block),
+      TheScope(BlockScope)
+  {
+    Kind = SK_Block;
+  }
+
+  virtual ~BlockScopeInfo();
+
+  static bool classof(const FunctionScopeInfo *FSI) { 
+    return FSI->Kind == SK_Block; 
+  }
+};
+
+class LambdaScopeInfo : public CapturingScopeInfo {
+public:
+  /// \brief The class that describes the lambda.
+  CXXRecordDecl *Lambda;
+
+  /// \brief The class that describes the lambda.
+  CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator;
+
+  /// \brief Source range covering the lambda introducer [...].
+  SourceRange IntroducerRange;
+
+  /// \brief The number of captures in the \c Captures list that are 
+  /// explicit captures.
+  unsigned NumExplicitCaptures;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this is a mutable lambda.
+  bool Mutable;
+  
+  /// \brief Whether the (empty) parameter list is explicit.
+  bool ExplicitParams;
+
+  /// \brief Whether any of the capture expressions requires cleanups.
+  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the lambda contains an unexpanded parameter pack.
+  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
+
+  /// \brief Variables used to index into by-copy array captures.
+  SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> ArrayIndexVars;
+
+  /// \brief Offsets into the ArrayIndexVars array at which each capture starts
+  /// its list of array index variables.
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 4> ArrayIndexStarts;
+  
+  LambdaScopeInfo(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag, CXXRecordDecl *Lambda,
+                  CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator)
+    : CapturingScopeInfo(Diag, ImpCap_None), Lambda(Lambda),
+      CallOperator(CallOperator), NumExplicitCaptures(0), Mutable(false),
+      ExprNeedsCleanups(false), ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(false)
+  {
+    Kind = SK_Lambda;
+  }
+
+  virtual ~LambdaScopeInfo();
+
+  /// \brief Note when 
+  void finishedExplicitCaptures() {
+    NumExplicitCaptures = Captures.size();
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const FunctionScopeInfo *FSI) {
+    return FSI->Kind == SK_Lambda; 
+  }
+};
+
+
+FunctionScopeInfo::WeakObjectProfileTy::WeakObjectProfileTy()
+  : Base(0, false), Property(0) {}
+
+FunctionScopeInfo::WeakObjectProfileTy
+FunctionScopeInfo::WeakObjectProfileTy::getSentinel() {
+  FunctionScopeInfo::WeakObjectProfileTy Result;
+  Result.Base.setInt(true);
+  return Result;
+}
+
+template <typename ExprT>
+void FunctionScopeInfo::recordUseOfWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead) {
+  assert(E);
+  WeakUseVector &Uses = WeakObjectUses[WeakObjectProfileTy(E)];
+  Uses.push_back(WeakUseTy(E, IsRead));
+}
+
+inline void
+CapturingScopeInfo::addThisCapture(bool isNested, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                   QualType CaptureType, Expr *Cpy) {
+  Captures.push_back(Capture(Capture::ThisCapture, isNested, Loc, CaptureType,
+                             Cpy));
+  CXXThisCaptureIndex = Captures.size();
+
+  if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(this))
+    LSI->ArrayIndexStarts.push_back(LSI->ArrayIndexVars.size());
+}
+
+} // end namespace sema
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b93e51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7538 @@
+//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
+// builds ASTs.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
+#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
+#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
+#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <deque>
+#include <string>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class APSInt;
+  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
+  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
+  class SmallBitVector;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ADLResult;
+  class ASTConsumer;
+  class ASTContext;
+  class ASTMutationListener;
+  class ASTReader;
+  class ASTWriter;
+  class ArrayType;
+  class AttributeList;
+  class BlockDecl;
+  class CXXBasePath;
+  class CXXBasePaths;
+  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
+  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
+  class CXXConstructorDecl;
+  class CXXConversionDecl;
+  class CXXDestructorDecl;
+  class CXXFieldCollector;
+  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
+  class CXXMethodDecl;
+  class CXXScopeSpec;
+  class CXXTemporary;
+  class CXXTryStmt;
+  class CallExpr;
+  class ClassTemplateDecl;
+  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
+  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
+  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
+  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
+  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
+  class CodeCompletionResult;
+  class Decl;
+  class DeclAccessPair;
+  class DeclContext;
+  class DeclRefExpr;
+  class DeclaratorDecl;
+  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
+  class DependentDiagnostic;
+  class DesignatedInitExpr;
+  class Designation;
+  class EnumConstantDecl;
+  class Expr;
+  class ExtVectorType;
+  class ExternalSemaSource;
+  class FormatAttr;
+  class FriendDecl;
+  class FunctionDecl;
+  class FunctionProtoType;
+  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
+  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
+  class InitListExpr;
+  class InitializationKind;
+  class InitializationSequence;
+  class InitializedEntity;
+  class IntegerLiteral;
+  class LabelStmt;
+  class LambdaExpr;
+  class LangOptions;
+  class LocalInstantiationScope;
+  class LookupResult;
+  class MacroInfo;
+  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
+  class NamedDecl;
+  class NonNullAttr;
+  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
+  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
+  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
+  class ObjCContainerDecl;
+  class ObjCImplDecl;
+  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
+  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
+  class ObjCIvarDecl;
+  template <class T> class ObjCList;
+  class ObjCMessageExpr;
+  class ObjCMethodDecl;
+  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
+  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
+  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
+  class OverloadCandidateSet;
+  class OverloadExpr;
+  class ParenListExpr;
+  class ParmVarDecl;
+  class Preprocessor;
+  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
+  class PseudoObjectExpr;
+  class QualType;
+  class StandardConversionSequence;
+  class Stmt;
+  class StringLiteral;
+  class SwitchStmt;
+  class TargetAttributesSema;
+  class TemplateArgument;
+  class TemplateArgumentList;
+  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
+  class TemplateDecl;
+  class TemplateParameterList;
+  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
+  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
+  class Token;
+  class TypeAliasDecl;
+  class TypedefDecl;
+  class TypedefNameDecl;
+  class TypeLoc;
+  class UnqualifiedId;
+  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
+  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
+  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
+  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
+  class UsingDecl;
+  class UsingShadowDecl;
+  class ValueDecl;
+  class VarDecl;
+  class VisibilityAttr;
+  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
+  class IndirectFieldDecl;
+
+namespace sema {
+  class AccessedEntity;
+  class BlockScopeInfo;
+  class CapturingScopeInfo;
+  class CompoundScopeInfo;
+  class DelayedDiagnostic;
+  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
+  class FunctionScopeInfo;
+  class LambdaScopeInfo;
+  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
+  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
+}
+
+// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
+// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
+typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
+                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
+
+/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
+class Sema {
+  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
+
+  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
+  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
+
+  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
+  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
+
+  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
+
+public:
+  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
+  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
+  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
+
+  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
+  FPOptions FPFeatures;
+
+  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
+  Preprocessor &PP;
+  ASTContext &Context;
+  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
+  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+
+  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
+  bool CollectStats;
+
+  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
+  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
+
+  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
+  DeclContext *CurContext;
+
+  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
+  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
+  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
+
+  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
+  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
+  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
+
+  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
+  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
+  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
+
+  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
+
+  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
+  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
+
+  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
+  ///
+  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
+  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
+  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
+
+  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
+  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
+  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
+
+  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
+  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
+  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
+  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
+
+  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
+
+  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
+  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
+  ///
+  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
+  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
+  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
+  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
+
+  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
+                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
+    ExtVectorDeclsType;
+
+  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
+  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
+  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
+  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
+
+  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
+  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
+
+  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
+
+  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
+  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
+
+  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
+
+  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
+  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
+  /// same list more than once.
+  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
+
+  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
+  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
+  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
+
+  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
+  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
+  ///
+  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
+  /// scopes, e.g.,
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// extern "C" void f() {
+  ///   void foo(int, int);
+  /// }
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
+  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
+  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
+  ///
+  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
+  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
+  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
+  ///     for compatibility.
+  ///
+  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
+  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
+  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
+  ///     not visible.
+  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
+
+  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
+  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
+  findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
+
+  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
+                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
+    TentativeDefinitionsType;
+
+  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
+  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
+
+  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
+                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
+    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
+
+  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
+  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
+  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
+
+  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
+                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
+    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
+
+  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
+  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
+  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
+
+  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
+  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
+  /// exception spec.
+  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
+
+  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
+  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
+  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
+  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
+                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
+      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
+
+  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
+  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
+  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
+  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
+  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
+  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
+  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
+  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
+    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
+
+  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
+  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
+  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
+  void *OpaqueParser;
+
+  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
+    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
+    OpaqueParser = P;
+  }
+
+  class DelayedDiagnostics;
+
+  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
+    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
+    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
+  };
+  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
+  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
+
+  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
+  /// during parsing and other processing.
+  class DelayedDiagnostics {
+    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
+    /// diagnostics should go.
+    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
+
+  public:
+    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
+
+    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
+    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
+
+    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
+    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
+
+    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
+    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
+      return CurPool;
+    }
+
+    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
+    /// collected in this pool.
+    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
+      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
+      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
+      CurPool = &pool;
+      return state;
+    }
+
+    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
+    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
+    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
+    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
+      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
+    }
+
+    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
+    /// not delayed.
+    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
+      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
+      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
+      CurPool = 0;
+      return state;
+    }
+
+    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
+    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
+      assert(CurPool == NULL);
+      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
+    }
+  } DelayedDiagnostics;
+
+  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
+  class ContextRAII {
+  private:
+    Sema &S;
+    DeclContext *SavedContext;
+    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
+    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
+
+  public:
+    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
+      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
+        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
+        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
+    {
+      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
+      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
+    }
+
+    void pop() {
+      if (!SavedContext) return;
+      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
+      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
+      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
+      SavedContext = 0;
+    }
+
+    ~ContextRAII() {
+      pop();
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
+  /// a function body.
+  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
+    Sema &S;
+    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
+    
+  public:
+    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
+      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 
+    {
+      S.PushFunctionScope();
+      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
+    }
+    
+    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
+      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
+      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
+  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
+  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
+  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
+
+  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
+  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
+  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
+  /// in the currently selected standard.
+  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
+
+
+  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
+  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
+
+  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
+  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
+  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
+  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
+  /// It would be best to refactor this.
+  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
+
+  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
+
+  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
+  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
+  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
+  Scope *TUScope;
+
+  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
+  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
+
+  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
+  /// standard library.
+  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
+
+  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
+  /// \<initializer_list>.
+  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
+
+  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
+  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
+
+  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
+  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
+
+  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
+  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
+
+  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
+
+  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
+  QualType NSNumberPointer;
+
+  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
+
+  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
+
+  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
+  QualType NSStringPointer;
+
+  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
+
+  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
+
+  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
+
+  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
+
+  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
+
+  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
+  QualType QIDNSCopying;
+
+  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
+  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
+  
+  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
+  /// have been declared.
+  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
+
+  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
+  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
+  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
+    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
+    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
+    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
+    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
+    /// run time.
+    Unevaluated,
+
+    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
+    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
+    /// cases in a switch statment).
+    ConstantEvaluated,
+
+    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
+    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
+    /// expression at run time.
+    PotentiallyEvaluated,
+
+    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
+    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
+    /// in fact the current expression is used.
+    ///
+    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
+    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
+    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
+    /// until the default argument is used.
+    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
+  /// expression evaluation contexts.
+  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
+    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
+    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
+
+    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
+    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
+
+    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
+    bool IsDecltype;
+
+    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
+    /// this expression evaluation context.
+    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
+
+    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
+
+    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
+    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
+    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
+
+    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
+    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
+    /// default function argument.
+    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
+
+    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
+    /// within this context.
+    ///
+    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
+    /// do not have lambda expressions.
+    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
+
+    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
+    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
+    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
+
+    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
+    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
+    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
+
+    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
+                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
+                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
+                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
+                                      bool IsDecltype)
+      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
+        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
+        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
+    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
+      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
+      if (!LambdaMangle)
+        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
+      return *LambdaMangle;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
+  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
+
+  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
+  /// function.
+  ///
+  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
+  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
+  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
+  public:
+    enum Kind {
+      NoMemberOrDeleted,
+      Ambiguous,
+      Success
+    };
+
+  private:
+    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
+
+  public:
+    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
+      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
+    {}
+
+    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
+    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
+
+    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
+    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
+  /// for C++ records.
+  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
+
+  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
+  ///
+  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
+  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
+  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
+  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
+  /// checks.
+  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
+
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
+
+  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
+  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
+    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
+
+  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
+  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
+  ///
+  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
+  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
+  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
+  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
+  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
+
+  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
+  // argument locations.
+  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
+
+  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
+  /// definition in this translation unit.
+  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
+
+  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
+  void getUndefinedButUsed(
+    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
+
+  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
+
+  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
+  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
+  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
+  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
+  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
+
+  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
+  /// of -Wselector.
+  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
+
+  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
+  enum CXXSpecialMember {
+    CXXDefaultConstructor,
+    CXXCopyConstructor,
+    CXXMoveConstructor,
+    CXXCopyAssignment,
+    CXXMoveAssignment,
+    CXXDestructor,
+    CXXInvalid
+  };
+
+  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
+
+  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
+  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
+  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
+  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
+
+  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
+
+  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
+  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
+
+  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
+  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
+  /// should not be used elsewhere.
+  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
+  /// statements.
+  class FPContractStateRAII {
+  public:
+    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
+      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
+    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
+      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
+    }
+  private:
+    Sema& S;
+    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
+  };
+
+public:
+  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
+       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
+       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
+  ~Sema();
+
+  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
+  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
+  void Initialize();
+
+  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
+  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
+  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
+
+  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
+  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
+  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
+  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
+  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
+  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
+  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
+  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
+
+  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
+  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
+  ///
+  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
+  ///
+  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
+
+  void PrintStats() const;
+
+  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
+  /// template instantiation stacks.
+  ///
+  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
+  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
+  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
+  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
+  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
+  /// well.
+  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
+    Sema &SemaRef;
+    unsigned DiagID;
+
+  public:
+    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
+      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
+
+    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
+      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
+      if (!isActive()) return;
+
+      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
+      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
+      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
+      //
+      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
+      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
+      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
+      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
+      // eliminate that code.
+      FlushCounts();
+      Clear();
+
+      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
+      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
+  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
+    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
+    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
+  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
+
+  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
+  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
+
+  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
+
+  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
+  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
+  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
+
+  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
+  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
+  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
+
+  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
+
+  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
+
+  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
+
+  void PushFunctionScope();
+  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
+  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
+  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
+                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
+
+  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
+    return FunctionScopes.back();
+  }
+
+  void PushCompoundScope();
+  void PopCompoundScope();
+
+  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
+
+  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
+  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
+  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
+
+  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
+  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
+
+  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
+  //
+
+  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
+                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
+  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
+                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
+  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
+                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
+  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
+                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
+  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
+                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
+                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
+  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
+                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Build a function type.
+  ///
+  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
+  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
+  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
+  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
+  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
+  ///
+  /// \param T The return type of the function.
+  ///
+  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
+  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
+  /// function parameters.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
+  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
+  /// type that will have function type.
+  ///
+  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
+  /// type, if known.
+  ///
+  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
+  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
+  ///
+  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
+  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
+  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
+  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
+                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
+                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
+                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
+
+  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
+                                  SourceLocation Loc,
+                                  DeclarationName Entity);
+  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
+                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
+  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
+  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
+  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
+  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
+                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
+
+  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
+  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
+  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
+  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
+  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
+  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
+  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
+  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
+  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
+  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
+  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
+      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
+      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
+  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
+      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
+      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
+      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
+      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
+      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
+      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
+      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
+  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
+      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
+      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
+      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
+  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
+      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
+      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
+
+  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
+
+  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
+  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
+  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
+  struct TypeDiagnoser {
+    bool Suppressed;
+
+    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
+
+    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
+    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
+  };
+
+  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
+  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
+  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
+  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
+  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
+  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
+  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
+    return II;
+  }
+  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
+  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
+  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
+  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
+  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
+  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
+
+  template<typename T1>
+  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
+    unsigned DiagID;
+    const T1 &Arg1;
+
+  public:
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
+      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
+    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
+      if (Suppressed) return;
+      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
+    }
+
+    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
+  };
+
+  template<typename T1, typename T2>
+  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
+    unsigned DiagID;
+    const T1 &Arg1;
+    const T2 &Arg2;
+
+  public:
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
+                                  const T2 &Arg2)
+      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
+        Arg2(Arg2) { }
+
+    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
+      if (Suppressed) return;
+      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
+    }
+
+    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
+  };
+
+  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
+    unsigned DiagID;
+    const T1 &Arg1;
+    const T2 &Arg2;
+    const T3 &Arg3;
+
+  public:
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
+                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
+    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
+      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
+
+    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
+      if (Suppressed) return;
+      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
+        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
+    }
+
+    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
+  };
+
+  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
+  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                           unsigned DiagID);
+
+  template<typename T1>
+  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
+    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  template<typename T1, typename T2>
+  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
+    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
+                           const T3 &Arg3) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
+                                                        Arg3);
+    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
+  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
+
+  template<typename T1>
+  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
+    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  template<typename T1, typename T2>
+  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
+                               const T2 &Arg2) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
+    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
+                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
+                                                        Arg3);
+    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
+  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
+
+  template<typename T1>
+  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
+    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  template<typename T1, typename T2>
+  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
+    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
+                          const T3 &Arg3) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
+                                                        Arg3);
+    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
+                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
+
+  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
+  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
+  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
+                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
+                                   SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
+  //
+
+  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
+  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
+  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
+  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
+  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
+  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
+  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
+  /// such as:
+  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
+  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
+
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
+
+  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
+
+  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
+
+  ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
+                         bool isClassName = false,
+                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
+                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
+                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
+                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
+                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
+  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
+  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
+  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
+                               SourceLocation IILoc,
+                               Scope *S,
+                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
+                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
+
+  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
+  /// by \c ClassifyName().
+  enum NameClassificationKind {
+    NC_Unknown,
+    NC_Error,
+    NC_Keyword,
+    NC_Type,
+    NC_Expression,
+    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
+    NC_TypeTemplate,
+    NC_FunctionTemplate
+  };
+
+  class NameClassification {
+    NameClassificationKind Kind;
+    ExprResult Expr;
+    TemplateName Template;
+    ParsedType Type;
+    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
+
+    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
+
+  public:
+    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
+
+    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
+
+    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
+      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
+
+    static NameClassification Error() {
+      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
+    }
+
+    static NameClassification Unknown() {
+      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
+    }
+
+    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
+      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
+    }
+
+    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
+      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
+      Result.Template = Name;
+      return Result;
+    }
+
+    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
+      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
+      Result.Template = Name;
+      return Result;
+    }
+
+    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+
+    ParsedType getType() const {
+      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
+      return Type;
+    }
+
+    ExprResult getExpression() const {
+      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
+      return Expr;
+    }
+
+    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
+      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
+      return Template;
+    }
+
+    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
+      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
+      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
+  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
+  ///
+  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
+  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
+  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
+  ///
+  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
+  ///
+  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
+  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
+  ///
+  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
+  /// disambiguate the name.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
+  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
+  ///        expression.
+  ///
+  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
+  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
+                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
+                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                  const Token &NextToken,
+                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
+                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
+
+  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
+
+  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
+                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
+  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
+                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
+                                        Scope *S);
+  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
+  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
+                                    DeclarationName Name,
+                                    SourceLocation Loc);
+  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
+  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
+  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
+  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
+  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
+  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
+                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                    LookupResult &Previous);
+  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
+                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
+  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
+                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                     LookupResult &Previous,
+                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
+  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
+  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
+  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
+  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
+  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
+  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
+  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
+                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                     LookupResult &Previous,
+                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
+                                     bool &AddToScope);
+  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
+
+  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
+  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
+
+  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
+  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
+                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
+                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
+  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
+  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
+  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
+                                          SourceLocation Loc,
+                                          QualType T);
+  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
+                              StorageClass SC);
+  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
+                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
+                                 Expr *defarg);
+  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
+                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
+  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
+  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
+                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
+
+  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
+                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
+  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
+  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
+  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
+  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
+  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
+  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
+  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
+                                         Decl **Group,
+                                         unsigned NumDecls);
+  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
+                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
+
+  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
+  /// documentation comments.
+  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
+  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
+
+  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
+                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
+  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
+  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
+  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
+  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
+  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
+    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
+  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
+  /// code for that function.
+  ///
+  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
+  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
+  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
+  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
+
+  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
+  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
+  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
+  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
+
+  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
+  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
+  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
+
+  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
+  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
+  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
+                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
+
+  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
+  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
+  /// specified threshold.
+  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
+                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
+                                              QualType ReturnTy,
+                                              NamedDecl *D);
+
+  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
+  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
+                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
+                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
+  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
+                              AttributeList *AttrList,
+                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
+
+  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
+  ///
+  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
+  ///
+  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
+  ///
+  /// \param Path The module access path.
+  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                               ModuleIdPath Path);
+
+  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
+  /// source location.
+  ///
+  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
+  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
+  /// the user has forgotten to import.
+  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
+  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
+    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
+  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
+                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
+
+  /// Scope actions.
+  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
+  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
+
+  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                   DeclSpec &DS);
+  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                   DeclSpec &DS,
+                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
+                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
+
+  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
+                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                    RecordDecl *Record);
+
+  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
+                                       RecordDecl *Record);
+
+  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
+                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
+                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
+                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
+
+  enum TagUseKind {
+    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
+    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
+    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
+    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
+  };
+
+  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
+                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
+                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
+                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
+                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
+                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
+                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
+
+  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
+                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
+                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                AttributeList *Attr,
+                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
+
+  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
+                               unsigned TagSpec,
+                               TagUseKind TUK,
+                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
+                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
+
+  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
+                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
+                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
+  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
+                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
+
+  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
+                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
+                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
+                         AccessSpecifier AS);
+
+  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
+                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
+                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
+                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
+                            SourceLocation TSSL,
+                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
+                            Declarator *D = 0);
+
+  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
+  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
+  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
+                              bool Diagnose = false);
+  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
+                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
+  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
+                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
+                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
+
+  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
+  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
+                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
+                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
+                   AttributeList *AttrList);
+
+  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
+  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
+  /// struct, or union).
+  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
+
+  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
+
+  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
+  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
+  /// member declarations.
+  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
+                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
+
+  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
+  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
+  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
+                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
+
+  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
+
+  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
+  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
+  ///
+  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
+  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
+  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
+
+  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
+  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
+  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
+
+  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
+                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
+                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                      Expr *val);
+  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
+  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
+                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
+
+  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
+                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                          AttributeList *Attrs,
+                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
+  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
+                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
+                     Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
+                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
+
+  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
+
+  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
+  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
+  void PopDeclContext();
+
+  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
+  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
+  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
+  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
+
+  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
+  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
+  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
+
+  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
+
+  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
+  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
+  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
+  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
+
+  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
+  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
+  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
+
+  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
+  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
+  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
+  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
+
+  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
+  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
+
+  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
+  /// top level scope.
+  ///
+  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
+  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
+
+  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
+  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
+  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
+  ///
+  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
+  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
+  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
+  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
+                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
+
+  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
+  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
+  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
+
+  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
+  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
+                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
+  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
+
+  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
+  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
+                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
+                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
+                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
+                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
+                                          bool IsUnavailable,
+                                          StringRef Message,
+                                          bool Override,
+                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
+  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
+                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
+                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
+  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
+                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
+                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
+  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
+                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
+  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
+                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
+  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
+                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg,
+                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
+  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
+                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
+
+  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
+  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
+  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
+    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
+    AMK_None,
+    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
+    /// an exact match.
+    AMK_Redeclaration,
+    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
+    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
+    AMK_Override
+  };
+
+  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
+                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
+  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
+  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
+  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
+                                    Scope *S);
+  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
+  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls,
+                    bool OldDeclsWereHidden);
+  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden);
+  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
+  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
+
+  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
+  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
+  enum AssignmentAction {
+    AA_Assigning,
+    AA_Passing,
+    AA_Returning,
+    AA_Converting,
+    AA_Initializing,
+    AA_Sending,
+    AA_Casting
+  };
+
+  /// C++ Overloading.
+  enum OverloadKind {
+    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
+    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
+    Ovl_Overload,
+
+    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
+    /// an existing declaration.
+    Ovl_Match,
+
+    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
+    /// non-function.
+    Ovl_NonFunction
+  };
+  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
+                             FunctionDecl *New,
+                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
+                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
+                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
+  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
+
+  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
+  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
+  /// an available function, false otherwise.
+  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
+
+  ImplicitConversionSequence
+  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
+                        bool AllowExplicit,
+                        bool InOverloadResolution,
+                        bool CStyle,
+                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
+
+  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
+  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
+  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
+  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
+                           bool InOverloadResolution,
+                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
+  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
+                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
+  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
+                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
+  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
+                                QualType& ConvertedType);
+  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
+                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
+                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
+  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
+                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
+
+  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
+  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+                              CastKind &Kind,
+                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
+                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
+  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
+                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
+                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
+  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+                                    CastKind &Kind,
+                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
+                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
+  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
+                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
+  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
+                            QualType &ResultTy);
+  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
+
+
+  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
+                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
+                                             QualType ResultType,
+                                             Expr *Value,
+                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
+
+  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
+                                    ExprResult Init);
+  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
+                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
+                                       ExprResult Init,
+                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
+                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
+  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
+                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
+                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
+                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
+
+  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
+  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
+
+  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
+  enum CCEKind {
+    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
+    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
+    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
+  };
+  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
+                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
+
+  /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while
+  /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type.
+  class ICEConvertDiagnoser {
+  public:
+    bool Suppress;
+    bool SuppressConversion;
+
+    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false,
+                        bool SuppressConversion = false)
+      : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { }
+
+    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
+    /// integral or enumeration type.
+    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                             QualType T) = 0;
+
+    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
+    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                 QualType T) = 0;
+
+    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
+    /// is explicit.
+    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                   QualType T,
+                                                   QualType ConvTy) = 0;
+
+    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
+    virtual DiagnosticBuilder
+    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
+
+    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
+    /// functions.
+    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                QualType T) = 0;
+
+    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
+    virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
+                                            QualType ConvTy) = 0;
+
+    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
+    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
+    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                 QualType T,
+                                                 QualType ConvTy) = 0;
+
+    virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {}
+  };
+
+  ExprResult
+  ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
+                                     ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
+                                     bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
+
+  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
+    OS_Array,
+    OS_Dictionary,
+    OS_Error
+  };
+  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
+
+  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
+  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
+  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
+    LK_Array,
+    LK_Dictionary,
+    LK_Numeric,
+    LK_Boxed,
+    LK_String,
+    LK_Block,
+    LK_None
+  };
+  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
+
+  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
+                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
+                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
+                                           NamedDecl *Member);
+
+  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
+  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
+  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
+  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
+
+  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
+                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
+                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
+                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
+                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
+  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
+                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
+                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
+                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
+  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                          QualType ObjectType,
+                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
+                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
+                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
+  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
+                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
+                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
+                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
+                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
+  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
+                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
+                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                                  QualType ObjectType,
+                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
+                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
+                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
+  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
+                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
+  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
+                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
+                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
+  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
+                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
+  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
+                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
+                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
+                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
+  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
+                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
+                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
+  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
+                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
+                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
+                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
+  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
+                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
+  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
+                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
+                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
+
+  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
+  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
+
+  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
+  // identified by the expression Expr
+  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
+
+  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
+  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
+  // R (A) --> R(A)
+  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
+  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
+  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
+  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
+
+  FunctionDecl *
+  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
+                                     QualType TargetType,
+                                     bool Complain,
+                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
+                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
+
+  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
+                                                   bool Complain = false,
+                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
+
+  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
+                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
+                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
+                      bool Complain = false,
+                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
+                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
+                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
+
+
+  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
+                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
+  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
+                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
+
+  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
+                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
+                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
+
+  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
+  // range-based for loop.
+  enum ForRangeStatus {
+    FRS_Success,
+    FRS_NoViableFunction,
+    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
+  };
+
+  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
+  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
+  enum BeginEndFunction {
+    BEF_begin,
+    BEF_end
+  };
+
+  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
+                                           VarDecl *Decl,
+                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
+                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
+                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
+                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
+
+  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
+                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
+                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
+                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
+
+  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
+                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                              SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
+                              ExprResult *Result);
+
+  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                     unsigned Opc,
+                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
+                                     Expr *input);
+
+  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                   unsigned Opc,
+                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
+                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
+
+  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
+                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
+                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
+
+  ExprResult
+  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
+                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
+                            unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+  ExprResult
+  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
+                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
+
+  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
+  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
+  /// that best represents the call.
+  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
+                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
+
+  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
+  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
+                                bool CheckParameterNames);
+  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
+  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
+  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
+
+  /// \name Name lookup
+  ///
+  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
+  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
+  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
+  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
+  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
+  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
+  ///
+  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
+  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
+  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
+  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
+  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
+  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
+  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
+  ///
+  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
+  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
+  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
+  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
+  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
+  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
+  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
+  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
+  //@{
+
+  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
+  enum LookupNameKind {
+    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
+    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
+    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
+    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
+    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
+    /// structs, and unions.
+    LookupTagName,
+    /// Label name lookup.
+    LookupLabel,
+    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
+    /// class/struct/union members.
+    LookupMemberName,
+    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
+    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
+    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
+    LookupOperatorName,
+    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
+    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
+    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
+    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
+    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
+    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
+    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
+    LookupNamespaceName,
+    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
+    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
+    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
+    LookupUsingDeclName,
+    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
+    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
+    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
+    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
+    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
+    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
+    LookupObjCProtocolName,
+    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
+    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
+    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
+    LookupAnyName
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
+  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
+  enum RedeclarationKind {
+    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
+    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
+    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
+    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
+    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
+    ForRedeclaration
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
+  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
+    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
+    LOLR_Error,
+    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
+    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
+    LOLR_Cooked,
+    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
+    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
+    LOLR_Raw,
+    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
+    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
+    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
+    LOLR_Template
+  };
+
+  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
+                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
+                                                   bool ConstArg,
+                                                   bool VolatileArg,
+                                                   bool RValueThis,
+                                                   bool ConstThis,
+                                                   bool VolatileThis);
+
+private:
+  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
+
+  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
+  //
+  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
+  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
+  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
+  /// source.
+  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
+  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
+  ///
+  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
+  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
+  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
+                              SourceLocation Loc,
+                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
+                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
+                                = NotForRedeclaration);
+  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
+                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
+  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
+                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
+  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
+                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
+                        bool EnteringContext = false);
+  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
+                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
+
+  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
+                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
+                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
+
+  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
+                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
+
+  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
+  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
+  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
+                                               unsigned Quals);
+  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
+                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
+  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
+                                              unsigned Quals);
+  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
+                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
+  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
+
+  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
+                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
+                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
+  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
+
+  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
+                               SourceLocation Loc,
+                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                               ADLResult &Functions);
+
+  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
+                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
+                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
+  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
+                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
+                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
+
+  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
+                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
+                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
+                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
+                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
+                             bool EnteringContext = false,
+                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
+
+  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
+                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
+                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
+
+  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
+                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
+                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
+
+  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
+  //@}
+
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
+                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
+  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
+                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
+                                 SourceLocation Loc);
+  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
+                                      Scope *S);
+  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
+
+  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
+
+  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
+  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
+  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
+                             bool NonInheritable = true,
+                             bool Inheritable = true);
+  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
+                                bool NonInheritable = true,
+                                bool Inheritable = true,
+                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
+  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
+                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
+
+  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
+
+  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
+  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 
+                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
+  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
+  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
+  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
+                                   SourceRange Range);
+
+  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
+                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
+  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
+                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
+
+  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
+                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
+
+  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
+  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
+  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
+                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
+
+  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
+                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
+
+  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
+
+  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
+  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
+  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
+                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
+                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
+                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
+                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
+                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
+
+  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
+  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
+  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
+                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
+                                SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
+  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
+  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
+                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
+                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
+
+  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
+  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
+  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
+                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
+                                       const SelectorSet &InsMap);
+
+  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
+  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
+  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
+                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
+  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
+
+  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
+  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
+  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
+            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
+            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
+  
+  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
+  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
+  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
+  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
+                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
+  
+  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
+  /// class extensions.
+  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
+                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
+                      Selector GetterSel,
+                      Selector SetterSel,
+                      const bool isAssign,
+                      const bool isReadWrite,
+                      const unsigned Attributes,
+                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
+                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
+                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
+                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
+
+  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
+  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
+  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
+                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
+                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
+                                       Selector GetterSel,
+                                       Selector SetterSel,
+                                       const bool isAssign,
+                                       const bool isReadWrite,
+                                       const unsigned Attributes,
+                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
+                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
+                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
+                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
+
+  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
+  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
+  /// setter or getter.
+  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
+                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
+
+  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
+
+  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
+
+  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
+    MMS_loose,
+    MMS_strict
+  };
+
+  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
+  /// true, or false, accordingly.
+  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
+                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
+
+  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
+  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
+  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
+                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
+                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
+                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
+                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
+                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
+                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
+                                  bool ImmediateClass,
+                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
+
+  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
+  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
+  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
+  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
+
+  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
+  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
+
+private:
+  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
+  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
+  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
+
+  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
+  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
+                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
+                                           bool warn, bool instance);
+
+public:
+  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
+  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
+  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
+  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
+  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
+    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
+  }
+
+  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
+  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
+    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
+  }
+
+  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
+  /// pool.
+  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
+
+  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
+  /// there are multiple signatures.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
+                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
+                                                   bool warn=true) {
+    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
+                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
+  }
+
+  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
+  /// there are multiple signatures.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
+                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
+                                                  bool warn=true) {
+    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
+                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
+  }
+
+  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
+  /// implementation.
+  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
+
+  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
+  /// initialization.
+  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
+                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
+public:
+  class FullExprArg {
+  public:
+    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
+
+    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
+    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
+    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
+    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
+
+    ExprResult release() {
+      return E;
+    }
+
+    Expr *get() const { return E; }
+
+    Expr *operator->() {
+      return E;
+    }
+
+  private:
+    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
+    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
+    friend class Sema;
+
+    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
+
+    Expr *E;
+  };
+
+  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
+    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
+  }
+  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
+    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
+  }
+  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
+    ExprResult FE =
+      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
+                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
+    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
+  }
+
+  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
+  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
+
+  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
+                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
+
+  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
+  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
+  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
+                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
+                                       bool isStmtExpr);
+
+  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
+  class CompoundScopeRAII {
+  public:
+    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
+      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
+    }
+
+    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
+      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
+    }
+
+  private:
+    Sema &S;
+  };
+
+  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
+                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
+  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
+  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
+  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
+                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
+                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
+  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
+                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
+                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
+  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
+                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
+                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
+                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
+                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
+                         Stmt *ThenVal,
+                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
+  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
+                                            Expr *Cond,
+                                            Decl *CondVar);
+  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
+                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
+  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
+                            FullExprArg Cond,
+                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
+  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
+                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
+                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
+                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
+                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
+                          Decl *SecondVar,
+                          FullExprArg Third,
+                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                          Stmt *Body);
+  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
+                                           Expr *collection);
+  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
+                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
+                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
+
+  enum BuildForRangeKind {
+    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
+    BFRK_Build,
+    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
+    /// attempt any typo-correction.
+    BFRK_Rebuild,
+    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
+    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
+    BFRK_Check
+  };
+
+  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
+                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
+  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
+                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
+                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
+                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
+  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
+                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
+                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
+  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
+                                   Expr *DestExp);
+  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
+  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
+
+  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
+                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
+  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
+                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
+                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
+                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
+                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
+                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                       unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 
+                                       unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl);
+  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
+                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
+  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
+                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc);
+
+  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
+                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
+                                  bool Invalid = false);
+
+  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
+                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
+                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
+
+  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
+  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
+                                  Scope *CurScope);
+  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
+                                            Expr *operand);
+  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
+                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
+
+  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
+
+  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
+                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
+  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
+                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
+                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
+                              Stmt *TryBlock,
+                              Stmt *Handler);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
+                                 Stmt *Block);
+
+  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                  Stmt *Block);
+
+  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
+
+  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
+
+  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
+  /// of it.
+  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
+
+  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
+  /// whose result is unused, warn.
+  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
+  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
+
+  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
+  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
+  ///
+  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
+  ///     if (condition);
+  ///       do_stuff();
+  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
+                             const Stmt *Body,
+                             unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
+  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
+  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
+                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
+
+  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
+    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
+  }
+  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
+
+  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
+  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
+    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
+  }
+  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
+    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
+  }
+
+  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
+
+  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
+                              SourceLocation Loc,
+                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
+                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
+
+  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
+
+  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
+                                     StringRef message);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
+
+  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
+  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
+                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
+  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
+  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
+  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
+                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
+                                        SourceLocation Loc);
+  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
+                             Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
+
+  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
+                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
+                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
+  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
+  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
+                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
+                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
+  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
+
+  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
+
+  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
+  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
+
+  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
+  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
+  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
+  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
+  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
+  // named expressions.
+  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
+  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
+  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
+  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
+  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
+
+  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
+  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
+
+  enum TryCaptureKind {
+    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
+  ///
+  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
+  ///
+  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
+  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
+  ///
+  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
+  /// an explicit lambda capture.
+  ///
+  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
+  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
+  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
+  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
+  ///
+  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
+  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
+  /// variable can be captured.
+  ///
+  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
+  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
+  /// captured.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
+  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
+  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
+                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
+                          QualType &CaptureType,
+                          QualType &DeclRefType);
+
+  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
+  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
+                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
+                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
+
+  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
+  /// variable will have in the given scope.
+  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
+  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
+                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
+
+  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
+  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
+  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
+  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                            bool ForceComplain = false,
+                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
+  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
+                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
+
+  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
+  /// evaluation context.
+  ///
+  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
+  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
+  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
+  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
+  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
+                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
+
+  // Primary Expressions.
+  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
+
+  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
+                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
+                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
+
+  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
+                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
+                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
+
+  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
+                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
+                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
+                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>());
+
+  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
+                                IdentifierInfo *II,
+                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
+                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
+
+  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
+                              ExprValueKind VK,
+                              SourceLocation Loc,
+                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
+  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
+                              ExprValueKind VK,
+                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
+                              NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
+  ExprResult
+  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
+                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
+                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
+                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
+  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                             LookupResult &R,
+                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
+  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                     LookupResult &R,
+                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
+                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
+  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                  const LookupResult &R,
+                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
+
+  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
+  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
+
+  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                      LookupResult &R,
+                                      bool NeedsADL);
+  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                      NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
+
+  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
+                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
+                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
+                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
+                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
+  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
+  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
+  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
+  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
+  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
+                                SourceLocation R,
+                                MultiExprArg Val);
+
+  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
+  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
+  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
+                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
+                                       MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
+                                       MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
+  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
+                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
+                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
+                                        TypeSourceInfo **Types,
+                                        Expr **Exprs,
+                                        unsigned NumAssocs);
+
+  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
+  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
+                                  Expr *InputExpr);
+  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
+  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
+
+  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
+                                            SourceRange R);
+  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
+  ExprResult
+    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
+                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
+                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
+
+  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
+  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
+
+  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
+  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
+                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
+  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
+                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
+                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
+                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
+  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
+                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
+
+  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
+                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
+                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
+                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
+
+  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
+  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
+  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
+  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
+  // defines a custom operator->).
+  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
+    Scope *S;
+    UnqualifiedId &Id;
+    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
+    bool HasTrailingLParen;
+  };
+
+  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
+                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
+                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
+                                      LookupResult &R,
+                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
+                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
+                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
+
+  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
+  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
+                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
+                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
+
+  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
+                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                     const LookupResult &R);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
+                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
+                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
+                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
+                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
+                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
+                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
+
+  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
+  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
+                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
+                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
+                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                               bool ExecConfig = false);
+  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
+                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
+                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
+
+  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
+  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
+  /// locations.
+  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
+  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
+                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                   Expr *Config = 0,
+                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
+                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
+                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
+                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
+  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
+                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                 Expr *Op);
+  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
+
+  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
+  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
+                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
+
+  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                  ParsedType Ty,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                  Expr *InitExpr);
+
+  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
+                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
+                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
+                                        SourceLocation Loc,
+                                        bool GNUSyntax,
+                                        ExprResult Init);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
+                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
+  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
+  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
+                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
+
+  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
+  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
+  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
+                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
+                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
+
+  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
+  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
+                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
+
+  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
+  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
+                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
+  void ActOnStmtExprError();
+
+  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
+  struct OffsetOfComponent {
+    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
+    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
+    union {
+      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
+      Expr *E;
+    } U;
+  };
+
+  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
+  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
+                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
+                                  unsigned NumComponents,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
+                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
+                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
+                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
+                                  unsigned NumComponents,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
+  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
+                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
+                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
+
+  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
+  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
+                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
+  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
+                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
+
+  // __null
+  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
+
+  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
+
+  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
+  enum IfExistsResult {
+    /// \brief The symbol exists.
+    IER_Exists,
+
+    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
+    IER_DoesNotExist,
+
+    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
+    /// from one instantiation to the next.
+    IER_Dependent,
+
+    /// \brief An error occurred.
+    IER_Error
+  };
+
+  IfExistsResult
+  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
+
+  IfExistsResult
+  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
+                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
+
+  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
+                                        bool IsIfExists,
+                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
+                                        Stmt *Nested);
+  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
+                                        bool IsIfExists,
+                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
+                                        Stmt *Nested);
+
+  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
+
+  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
+  /// started.
+  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
+
+  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
+  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
+  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
+                           Scope *CurScope);
+
+  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
+  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
+  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
+
+  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
+  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
+  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
+                                Scope *CurScope);
+
+  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
+
+  /// __builtin_astype(...)
+  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
+                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
+                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
+
+  // Act on C++ namespaces
+  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
+                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
+                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
+                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
+                               SourceLocation LBrace,
+                               AttributeList *AttrList);
+  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
+
+  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
+  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
+
+  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
+
+  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
+  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
+  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
+
+  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
+  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
+  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
+  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
+  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
+
+  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
+                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
+                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
+                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
+                            AttributeList *AttrList);
+
+  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
+
+  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
+                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
+                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
+                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
+                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
+                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
+
+  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
+  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
+                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
+  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
+                                        NamedDecl *Target);
+
+  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                                   bool isTypeName,
+                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
+  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
+
+  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
+                                   bool IsInstantiation,
+                                   bool IsTypeName,
+                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
+
+  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
+
+  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
+                              AccessSpecifier AS,
+                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
+                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
+                              AttributeList *AttrList,
+                              bool IsTypeName,
+                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
+  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
+                              AccessSpecifier AS,
+                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
+                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
+                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
+                              AttributeList *AttrList,
+                              TypeResult Type);
+
+  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
+  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
+  ///
+  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
+  ExprResult
+  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
+                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
+                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
+                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
+                        SourceRange ParenRange);
+
+  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
+  // the constructor can be elidable?
+  ExprResult
+  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
+                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
+                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
+                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
+                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
+
+  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
+  /// the default expr if needed.
+  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
+                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
+                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
+
+  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
+  /// constructed variable.
+  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
+
+  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
+  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
+  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
+    // Pointer to allow copying
+    Sema *Self;
+    // We order exception specifications thus:
+    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
+    // throw() comes next.
+    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
+    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
+    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
+    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
+    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
+    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
+
+    void ClearExceptions() {
+      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
+      Exceptions.clear();
+    }
+
+  public:
+    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
+      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
+      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
+        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
+    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
+      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
+             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
+      return ComputedEST;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
+    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
+
+    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
+    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
+
+    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
+    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method);
+
+    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
+    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
+
+    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
+    /// computed exception specification.
+    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
+      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
+      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
+        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
+        EPI.Exceptions = data();
+      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
+        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
+        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
+        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
+        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
+        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
+                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
+      }
+    }
+    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
+      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
+      getEPI(EPI);
+      return EPI;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
+  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
+  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+
+  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
+  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
+  /// will be const.
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
+  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+
+  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
+  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
+  /// parameter will be const.
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
+  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+
+  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
+  /// constructor of a class will have.
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
+  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+
+  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
+  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
+  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+
+  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
+  /// destructor of a class will have.
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
+  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+
+  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
+  /// constructor of a class will have.
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
+  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+
+  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
+  /// special member function.
+  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+
+  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
+  /// extended prototype information with the results.
+  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
+                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
+                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
+                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
+                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
+                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
+
+  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
+  /// definition when it is defaulted.
+  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
+                                 bool Diagnose = false);
+
+  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
+  /// default constructor will be added.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
+  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
+                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
+
+  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
+  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
+  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
+                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
+
+  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
+  /// destructor will be added.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
+  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
+
+  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
+  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
+  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
+                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
+
+  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
+  ///
+  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
+  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
+  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
+                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
+
+  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
+  /// constructors will be added.
+  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
+
+  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
+  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
+                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
+
+  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
+  /// copy constructor will be added.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
+  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
+
+  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
+  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
+  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
+                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
+
+  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
+  /// move constructor will be added.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
+  /// declared.
+  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
+
+  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
+  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
+  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
+                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
+
+  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
+  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
+  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
+
+  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
+  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
+                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
+
+  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
+  /// move assignment operator will be added.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
+  /// wasn't declared.
+  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
+
+  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
+  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
+                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
+
+  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
+  /// class.
+  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
+  /// special member function.
+  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
+
+  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
+  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
+  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
+
+  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
+  /// member function.
+  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
+
+  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
+  /// static member function.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
+  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
+
+  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
+  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
+  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
+  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
+
+  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
+                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
+                               SourceLocation Loc,
+                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
+                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
+                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
+
+  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
+
+  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
+                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                               ParsedType ObjectType,
+                               bool EnteringContext);
+
+  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
+
+  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
+  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
+                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
+  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
+                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
+                               Declarator &D,
+                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
+                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                               Expr *E,
+                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
+                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
+                               Expr *E,
+                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
+                               SourceRange Parens);
+
+  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
+                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
+                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
+                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
+                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
+                            Expr *Operand,
+                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
+  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
+                            void *TyOrExpr,
+                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
+                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
+                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
+                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
+                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
+                            Expr *Operand,
+                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
+  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
+                            void *TyOrExpr,
+                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+
+  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
+  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
+
+  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
+  QualType getCurrentThisType();
+
+  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
+  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
+  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
+  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
+
+  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
+  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
+  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
+    Sema &S;
+    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
+    bool Enabled;
+
+  public:
+    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
+    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
+    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
+    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
+    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
+                     bool Enabled = true);
+
+    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
+  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
+  ///
+  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
+  /// capture list.
+  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
+  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
+  /// being defined.
+  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
+  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
+
+
+  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
+  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
+  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
+  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
+  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
+                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
+  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
+                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
+  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
+  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
+  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
+  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
+                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
+                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
+                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
+                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
+  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
+                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
+                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
+                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
+                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
+                         Expr *Initializer);
+  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
+                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
+                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
+                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
+                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
+                         QualType AllocType,
+                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
+                         Expr *ArraySize,
+                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
+                         Expr *Initializer,
+                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
+
+  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
+                          SourceRange R);
+  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
+                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
+                               Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
+                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
+                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
+  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
+                              DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
+                              unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
+                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
+                              bool Diagnose = true);
+  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
+  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
+                                       QualType Argument,
+                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
+
+  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
+                                bool Diagnose = true);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
+  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
+                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
+                            Expr *Operand);
+
+  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
+  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
+                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
+                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
+                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
+  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
+                                  SourceLocation RParen);
+
+  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
+  /// pseudo-functions.
+  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
+                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                                 ParsedType Ty,
+                                 SourceLocation RParen);
+
+  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
+                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
+                                 SourceLocation RParen);
+
+  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
+  /// pseudo-functions.
+  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
+                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
+                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
+                                  SourceLocation RParen);
+
+  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
+                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
+                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
+                                  SourceLocation RParen);
+
+  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
+  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
+                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
+                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
+  /// pseudo-functions.
+  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
+                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
+                                 Expr *DimExpr,
+                                 SourceLocation RParen);
+
+  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
+                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
+                                 Expr *DimExpr,
+                                 SourceLocation RParen);
+
+  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
+  /// pseudo-functions.
+  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
+                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                                  Expr *Queried,
+                                  SourceLocation RParen);
+
+  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
+                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                                  Expr *Queried,
+                                  SourceLocation RParen);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
+                                          Expr *Base,
+                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
+                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
+                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
+
+  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
+
+  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
+                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
+                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
+                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
+                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
+                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
+                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
+                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
+                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
+                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
+                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
+                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
+                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
+                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
+                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
+
+  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
+  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
+  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
+  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
+  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
+  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
+    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
+                                          : SourceLocation());
+  }
+  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
+                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
+                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
+  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
+
+  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
+  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
+
+  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
+  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
+  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
+  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+
+  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
+  ///
+  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
+  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
+                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+
+  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
+  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
+
+  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
+                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
+
+  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
+                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
+                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
+                                   QualType ObjectType,
+                                   bool EnteringContext,
+                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
+                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
+
+  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
+  ///
+  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
+  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
+  ///
+  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
+  /// this nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
+  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
+  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
+  /// including this new type).
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
+                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
+                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
+                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
+                                   bool EnteringContext,
+                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
+
+  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
+                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
+
+  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
+                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
+                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
+                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
+                                 bool EnteringContext);
+
+  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
+  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
+  ///
+  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
+  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
+  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
+  /// including this new type).
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
+  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
+  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
+  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
+  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
+  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
+  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
+  ///
+  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
+  /// nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
+                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
+                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
+                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
+                                   bool EnteringContext);
+
+  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
+  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
+  /// nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
+  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
+  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+
+  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
+  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
+  ///
+  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
+  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
+  ///
+  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
+  ///
+  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
+  /// of the annotation pointer.
+  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
+                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
+                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+
+  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
+  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
+  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
+  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
+  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
+  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
+  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
+  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
+  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
+  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
+  /// defining scope.
+  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
+  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
+  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
+  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
+  /// class X.
+  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
+
+  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
+  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
+  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
+
+  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
+  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
+                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
+                                         bool KnownDependent);
+
+  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
+  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
+                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
+                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
+                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
+                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
+
+  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
+  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
+                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
+                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
+                                          bool ExplicitParams,
+                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
+                                          bool Mutable);
+
+  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
+  /// given lambda.
+  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
+
+  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
+  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
+
+  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
+  /// statements present in the body.
+  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
+
+  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
+  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
+  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
+  /// lambda.
+  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
+                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
+
+  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
+  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
+  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
+                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
+
+  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
+  /// was successfully completed.
+  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
+                             Scope *CurScope,
+                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
+
+  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
+  /// function pointer.
+  ///
+  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
+  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
+  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
+  /// block pointer conversion.
+  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
+         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
+
+  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
+  /// block pointer.
+  ///
+  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
+  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
+  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
+  /// block pointer conversion.
+  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
+                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
+
+  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
+                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
+                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
+                                           Expr *Src);
+
+  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
+  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
+                                    Expr **Strings,
+                                    unsigned NumStrings);
+
+  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
+
+  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
+  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
+  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
+  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
+  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
+                                  bool Value);
+  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
+
+  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
+  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
+  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
+  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
+  /// "char *" or "const char *".
+  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
+
+  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
+                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
+                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
+                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
+
+  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
+                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
+                                        unsigned NumElements);
+
+  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
+                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
+                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
+
+  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                       ParsedType Ty,
+                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
+  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
+                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
+  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
+                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
+                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ Declarations
+  //
+  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
+                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
+                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
+                                       StringRef Lang,
+                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
+  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
+                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
+                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
+
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ Classes
+  //
+  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
+                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
+
+  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
+                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
+                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
+                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
+
+  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                 Declarator &D,
+                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
+                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
+                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
+  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
+                                        Expr *Init);
+
+  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
+                                    Scope *S,
+                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
+                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
+                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
+                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
+
+  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
+                                    Scope *S,
+                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
+                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
+                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
+                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                                    Expr *InitList,
+                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
+
+  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
+                                    Scope *S,
+                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
+                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
+                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
+                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
+                                    Expr *Init,
+                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
+
+  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
+                                       Expr *Init,
+                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
+
+  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
+                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
+                                     Expr *Init,
+                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
+                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
+
+  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                           Expr *Init,
+                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
+
+  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
+                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
+
+  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
+                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers =
+                               ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>());
+
+  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
+
+
+  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
+  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
+  /// referenced.
+  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
+
+  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
+  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
+  /// first use occurred.
+  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
+
+  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
+  /// materialized.
+  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
+
+  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
+  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
+  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
+  /// by code generation).
+  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
+
+  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
+  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
+
+  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
+                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
+    DynamicClassesType;
+
+  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
+  /// unit.
+  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
+
+  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
+  /// given location.
+  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
+                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
+
+  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
+  /// in the given class as needed.
+  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
+
+  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
+  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
+  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
+
+  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
+  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
+  /// vtables.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
+  bool DefineUsedVTables();
+
+  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
+
+  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
+                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
+                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
+                            bool AnyErrors);
+
+  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
+  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
+                                         Decl *TagDecl,
+                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
+                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
+                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
+  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
+
+  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
+  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
+  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
+  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
+  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
+  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
+  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
+  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
+  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
+  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
+
+  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
+                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
+                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
+                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
+                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
+                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
+                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                     bool Failed);
+
+  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
+                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
+                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
+  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
+                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
+  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
+                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
+
+  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
+                                      StorageClass& SC);
+  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
+  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
+                                     StorageClass& SC);
+  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
+  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
+                                 StorageClass& SC);
+  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
+
+  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
+  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
+                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
+  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ Derived Classes
+  //
+
+  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
+  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
+                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
+                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
+                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
+
+  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
+                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
+                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
+                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
+                                ParsedType basetype,
+                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
+                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
+
+  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
+                            unsigned NumBases);
+  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
+                           unsigned NumBases);
+
+  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
+  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
+
+  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
+  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
+
+  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
+
+  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
+                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
+                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
+                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
+  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
+                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
+                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
+                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
+                                    DeclarationName Name,
+                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
+
+  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
+
+  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
+                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
+
+  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
+  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
+  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
+                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
+
+  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
+  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
+  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
+                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
+
+  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
+
+  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
+  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
+
+  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
+  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
+  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
+  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
+                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
+
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ Access Control
+  //
+
+  enum AccessResult {
+    AR_accessible,
+    AR_inaccessible,
+    AR_dependent,
+    AR_delayed
+  };
+
+  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
+                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
+                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
+
+  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
+                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
+  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
+                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
+  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
+                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
+                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
+                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+                                     bool Diagnose = true);
+  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
+                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
+                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
+                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
+  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
+                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
+                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
+                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
+  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
+                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
+                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
+  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
+  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
+                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
+                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
+  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
+                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
+  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
+                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
+                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
+                                    unsigned DiagID,
+                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
+                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
+  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
+  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
+  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
+                                            AccessSpecifier access,
+                                            QualType objectType);
+
+  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
+                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
+                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+
+  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
+
+  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
+  /// failures rather than hard errors.
+  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
+
+  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
+    AbstractNone = -1,
+    AbstractReturnType,
+    AbstractParamType,
+    AbstractVariableType,
+    AbstractFieldType,
+    AbstractIvarType,
+    AbstractArrayType
+  };
+
+  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
+  template<typename T1>
+  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                              unsigned DiagID,
+                              const T1 &Arg1) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
+    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  template<typename T1, typename T2>
+  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                              unsigned DiagID,
+                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
+    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
+                              unsigned DiagID,
+                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
+    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
+    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
+  }
+
+  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
+
+  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
+                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
+  //
+
+  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
+
+  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
+  //
+  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
+                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
+  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
+                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
+
+  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
+                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
+
+  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
+                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
+                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
+                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
+                                  bool EnteringContext,
+                                  TemplateTy &Template,
+                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
+
+  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
+                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
+                                   Scope *S,
+                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
+                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
+                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
+
+  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
+  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
+
+  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
+                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
+                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
+                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
+                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
+                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
+                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
+                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
+
+  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
+  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
+                                      unsigned Depth,
+                                      unsigned Position,
+                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
+                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
+  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
+                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
+                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
+                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
+                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
+                                       unsigned Depth,
+                                       unsigned Position,
+                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
+                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
+
+  TemplateParameterList *
+  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
+                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
+                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
+                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
+
+  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
+  /// list.
+  enum TemplateParamListContext {
+    TPC_ClassTemplate,
+    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
+    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
+    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
+    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
+    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
+  };
+
+  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
+                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
+                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
+  TemplateParameterList *
+  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
+                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
+                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
+                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
+                                          bool IsFriend,
+                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
+                                          bool &Invalid);
+
+  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
+                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                AttributeList *Attr,
+                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
+                                AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
+                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
+                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
+
+  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
+                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
+
+  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
+
+  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
+                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
+
+  TypeResult
+  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
+                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
+                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
+
+  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
+  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
+  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
+                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
+                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
+                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
+                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
+                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
+
+
+  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                 LookupResult &R,
+                                 bool RequiresADL,
+                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
+
+  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
+
+  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
+                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
+                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
+                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
+                                              bool EnteringContext,
+                                              TemplateTy &Template);
+
+  DeclResult
+  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
+                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
+                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                   TemplateTy Template,
+                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
+                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
+                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
+                                   AttributeList *Attr,
+                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
+
+  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
+                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
+                                Declarator &D);
+
+  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
+                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
+                                        Declarator &D);
+
+  bool
+  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
+                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
+                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
+                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
+                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
+                                         bool &SuppressNew);
+
+  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
+                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
+
+  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
+                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                                           LookupResult &Previous);
+  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
+
+  DeclResult
+  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
+                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
+                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                             unsigned TagSpec,
+                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                             TemplateTy Template,
+                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
+                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
+                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
+                             AttributeList *Attr);
+
+  DeclResult
+  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
+                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
+                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                             unsigned TagSpec,
+                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
+                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                             AttributeList *Attr);
+
+  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
+                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
+                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                                        Declarator &D);
+
+  TemplateArgumentLoc
+  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
+                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
+                                          Decl *Param,
+                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
+
+  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
+  /// argument is being checked.
+  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
+    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
+    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
+    CTAK_Specified,
+
+    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
+    /// deduction.
+    CTAK_Deduced,
+
+    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
+    /// via template argument deduction.
+    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
+  };
+
+  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
+                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
+                             NamedDecl *Template,
+                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
+                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
+                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
+                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
+
+  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
+  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
+  ///
+  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
+  /// provided.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
+  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
+  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
+  /// arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
+  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
+  /// set of template arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
+  /// arguments.
+  ///
+  ///
+  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
+  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
+  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
+  ///
+  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
+                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
+                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
+                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
+                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
+
+  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
+                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
+                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
+
+  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
+                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
+  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
+                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
+                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
+                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
+  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
+                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
+                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
+
+  ExprResult
+  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
+                                          QualType ParamType,
+                                          SourceLocation Loc);
+  ExprResult
+  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
+                                              SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
+  /// for equality.
+  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
+    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
+    /// that might be redeclarations.
+    ///
+    /// \code
+    /// template<typename T> struct X;
+    /// template<typename T> struct X;
+    /// \endcode
+    TPL_TemplateMatch,
+
+    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
+    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
+    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
+    ///
+    /// \code
+    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
+    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
+    /// \endcode
+    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
+
+    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
+    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
+    /// template parameter.
+    ///
+    /// \code
+    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
+    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
+    /// X<integer_c> xic;
+    /// \endcode
+    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
+  };
+
+  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
+                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
+                                      bool Complain,
+                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
+                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
+                                        = SourceLocation());
+
+  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
+
+  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
+  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
+  ///
+  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
+  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
+  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
+  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
+  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
+  TypeResult
+  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
+                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
+                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
+  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
+  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
+  ///
+  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
+  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
+  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
+  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
+  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
+  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
+  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
+  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
+  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
+  TypeResult
+  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
+                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
+                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
+                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
+                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
+                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
+                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
+
+  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
+                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
+                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
+                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
+                             SourceLocation IILoc);
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
+                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                    DeclarationName Name);
+  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
+
+  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
+  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
+                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
+
+  std::string
+  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
+
+  std::string
+  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
+                                  unsigned NumArgs);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
+  /// being diagnosed.
+  ///
+  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
+  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
+  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
+    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
+    UPPC_Expression = 0,
+
+    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
+    UPPC_BaseType,
+
+    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
+    UPPC_DeclarationType,
+
+    /// \brief The type of a data member.
+    UPPC_DataMemberType,
+
+    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
+    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
+
+    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
+    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
+
+    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
+    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
+
+    /// \brief The enumerator value.
+    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
+
+    /// \brief A using declaration.
+    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
+
+    /// \brief A friend declaration.
+    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
+
+    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
+    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
+
+    /// \brief An initializer.
+    UPPC_Initializer,
+
+    /// \brief A default argument.
+    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
+
+    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
+    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
+
+    /// \brief The type of an exception.
+    UPPC_ExceptionType,
+
+    /// \brief Partial specialization.
+    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
+
+    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
+    UPPC_IfExists,
+
+    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
+    UPPC_IfNotExists,
+
+    /// \brief Lambda expression.
+    UPPC_Lambda,
+
+    /// \brief Block expression,
+    UPPC_Block
+};
+
+  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
+  ///
+  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
+  /// parameter packs.
+  ///
+  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
+                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
+
+  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
+  /// diagnose the error.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
+  ///
+  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
+  /// packs.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
+                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
+
+  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
+  /// pack, diagnose the error.
+  ///
+  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
+  /// parameter packs.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
+                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
+
+  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
+  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
+  ///
+  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
+  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
+
+  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
+  /// diagnose the error.
+  ///
+  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
+  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
+
+  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
+  /// diagnose the error.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
+  ///
+  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
+  /// parameter packs.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                       TemplateName Template,
+                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
+
+  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
+  /// pack, diagnose the error.
+  ///
+  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
+  /// parameter packs.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
+                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
+
+  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
+  /// template argument.
+  ///
+  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
+  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
+  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
+                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
+
+  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
+  /// template argument.
+  ///
+  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
+  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
+  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
+                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
+
+  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
+  /// type.
+  ///
+  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
+  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
+  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
+                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
+
+  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
+  /// type.
+  ///
+  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
+  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
+  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
+                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
+
+  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
+  /// nested-name-specifier.
+  ///
+  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
+  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
+  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
+
+  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
+  /// name.
+  ///
+  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
+  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
+  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
+
+  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
+  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
+  /// may already be invalid.
+  ///
+  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
+  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
+                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
+  /// creates a pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
+  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
+  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
+  /// expansion.
+  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
+                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
+                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
+
+  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
+  /// expansion.
+  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
+                              SourceRange PatternRange,
+                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
+                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
+
+  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
+  /// creates a pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
+  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
+  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
+  /// creates a pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
+  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
+  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
+                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
+  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
+  /// transforming the pattern.
+  ///
+  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
+  /// pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
+  /// the pack expansion.
+  ///
+  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
+  /// pattern.
+  ///
+  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
+  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
+  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
+  ///
+  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
+  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
+  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
+  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
+  ///
+  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
+  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
+  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
+  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
+  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
+  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
+  /// set this value in other cases.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
+  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
+  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
+  /// must be set.
+  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
+                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
+                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
+                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
+                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
+                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
+
+  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
+  /// type.
+  ///
+  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
+  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
+  ///
+  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
+  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
+      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
+  /// parameter packs.
+  ///
+  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
+  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  ///   void f(T...);
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
+  /// a variadic function.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
+  /// false otherwise.
+  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
+  ///
+  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
+  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
+  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
+  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
+  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
+  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
+  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
+  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
+    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
+    TDK_Success = 0,
+    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
+    TDK_Invalid,
+    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
+    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
+    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
+    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
+    /// for every template parameter.
+    TDK_Incomplete,
+    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
+    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
+    TDK_Inconsistent,
+    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
+    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
+    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
+    /// but were given a non-const "X".
+    TDK_Underqualified,
+    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
+    /// resulted in an error.
+    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
+    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
+    /// corresponding component of the argument.
+    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
+    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
+    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
+    TDK_TooManyArguments,
+    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
+    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
+    TDK_TooFewArguments,
+    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
+    /// template arguments for the given template.
+    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
+    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
+    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
+    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
+    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
+    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
+  };
+
+  TemplateDeductionResult
+  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
+                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
+
+  TemplateDeductionResult
+  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
+                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
+                                      QualType *FunctionType,
+                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
+
+  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
+  // deduction for a call.
+  struct OriginalCallArg {
+    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
+                    unsigned ArgIdx,
+                    QualType OriginalArgType)
+      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
+        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
+
+    QualType OriginalParamType;
+    unsigned ArgIdx;
+    QualType OriginalArgType;
+  };
+
+  TemplateDeductionResult
+  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
+                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
+                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
+                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
+           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
+
+  TemplateDeductionResult
+  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
+                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
+                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
+
+  TemplateDeductionResult
+  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
+                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
+                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
+
+  TemplateDeductionResult
+  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                          QualType ToType,
+                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
+                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
+
+  TemplateDeductionResult
+  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
+                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
+
+  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
+  enum DeduceAutoResult {
+    DAR_Succeeded,
+    DAR_Failed,
+    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
+  };
+
+  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
+                                  TypeSourceInfo *&Result);
+  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
+
+  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
+                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
+                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
+                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
+                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
+  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
+                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
+                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
+                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
+                                           SourceLocation Loc,
+                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
+                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
+                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
+                                        bool Complain = true,
+                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
+
+  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
+  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
+                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
+                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
+                                  SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
+                                  unsigned Depth,
+                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
+  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
+                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
+    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
+  }
+  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
+                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // C++ Template Instantiation
+  //
+
+  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
+                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
+                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
+                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
+
+  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
+  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
+    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
+    enum InstantiationKind {
+      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
+      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
+      TemplateInstantiation,
+
+      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
+      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
+      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
+      /// arguments as specified.
+      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
+      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
+
+      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
+      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
+      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
+      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
+
+      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
+      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
+      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
+
+      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
+      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
+      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
+      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
+      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
+      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
+
+      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
+      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
+      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
+      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
+
+      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
+      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
+      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
+
+      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
+      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
+      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
+    } Kind;
+
+    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
+    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
+
+    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
+    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
+    /// arguments.
+    NamedDecl *Template;
+
+    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
+    Decl *Entity;
+
+    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
+    /// are not part of the entity.
+    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
+
+    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
+    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
+
+    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
+    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
+    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
+
+    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
+    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
+    /// template instantiation.
+    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
+
+    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
+      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
+        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
+
+    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
+    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
+    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
+
+    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
+                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
+      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
+        return false;
+
+      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
+        return false;
+
+      switch (X.Kind) {
+      case TemplateInstantiation:
+      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
+        return true;
+
+      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
+      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
+        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
+          return false;
+
+        // Fall through
+
+      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
+      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
+      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
+      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
+        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
+
+      }
+
+      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
+                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
+      return !(X == Y);
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
+  ///
+  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
+  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
+  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
+  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
+  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
+    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
+  /// template instantiation.
+  ///
+  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
+  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
+  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
+
+  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
+  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
+  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
+  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
+
+  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
+  /// error or warning was produced.
+  ///
+  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
+  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
+  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
+  /// to implement it anywhere else.
+  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
+
+  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
+  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
+  ///
+  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
+  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
+  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
+  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
+
+  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
+  /// within a \c Sema object.
+  ///
+  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
+  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
+    Sema &Self;
+    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
+
+  public:
+    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
+      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
+      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
+    }
+
+    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
+      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
+    }
+  };
+
+  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
+
+  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
+  ///
+  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
+  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
+  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
+
+  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
+  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
+  /// deduction.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
+  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
+    SuppressedDiagnostics;
+
+  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
+  /// instantiation.
+  ///
+  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
+  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
+  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
+  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
+  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
+  ///
+  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
+  /// the stack.
+  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
+    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
+    /// function template, or a member thereof.
+    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                          Decl *Entity,
+                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
+
+    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
+    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
+    /// of a function template.
+    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
+                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
+
+    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
+    /// template-id.
+    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                          TemplateDecl *Template,
+                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
+                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
+
+    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
+    /// template-id.
+    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
+                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
+                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
+                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
+                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
+
+    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
+    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
+    /// specialization.
+    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
+                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
+                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
+                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
+
+    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
+                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
+                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
+
+    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
+    /// non-type or template template parameter.
+    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                          NamedDecl *Template,
+                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
+                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
+                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
+
+    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                          NamedDecl *Template,
+                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
+                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
+                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
+
+    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
+    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
+    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                          TemplateDecl *Template,
+                          NamedDecl *Param,
+                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
+                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
+
+
+    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
+    void Clear();
+
+    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
+
+    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
+    /// recursive template instantiations.
+    operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
+
+  private:
+    Sema &SemaRef;
+    bool Invalid;
+    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
+    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
+
+    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+    InstantiatingTemplate&
+    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  };
+
+  void PrintInstantiationStack();
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
+  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
+  /// errors.
+  ///
+  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
+  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
+  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
+  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
+  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
+
+  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
+  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
+  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
+    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
+           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
+    return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
+  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
+  /// deduction.`
+  class SFINAETrap {
+    Sema &SemaRef;
+    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
+    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
+    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
+
+  public:
+    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
+      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
+        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
+                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
+        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
+    {
+      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
+        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
+      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
+    }
+
+    ~SFINAETrap() {
+      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
+      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
+        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
+      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
+    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
+      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
+  /// variables.
+  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
+
+  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
+  unsigned TyposCorrected;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
+    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
+
+  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
+  /// name lookup.
+  ///
+  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
+  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
+  /// string represents a keyword.
+  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
+
+  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
+  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
+
+  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
+  ///
+  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
+  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
+  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
+  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
+  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
+  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
+  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
+
+  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
+  /// but have not yet been performed.
+  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
+
+  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
+  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
+  ///
+  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
+  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
+  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
+  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
+  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
+
+  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
+                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
+
+  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
+                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
+                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
+
+  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
+                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                                        SourceLocation Loc,
+                                        DeclarationName Entity,
+                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
+                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
+  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
+                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                                int indexAdjustment,
+                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
+                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
+  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
+                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
+                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
+                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
+  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
+                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+
+  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
+  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
+  ///
+  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
+  ///
+  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
+  ///
+  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
+  /// default arguments will be dropped.
+  ///
+  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
+  ///
+  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
+                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
+
+  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
+                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+
+  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
+                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+
+  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
+                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                       bool CXXDirectInit);
+
+  bool
+  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
+                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
+                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+
+  bool
+  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
+                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
+                   bool Complain = true);
+
+  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
+                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
+
+  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
+    const Attr *TmplAttr;
+    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
+    Decl *NewDecl;
+
+    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
+                              Decl *D)
+      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
+    { }
+  };
+  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
+
+  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
+                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
+                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
+
+  bool
+  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
+                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
+                           bool Complain = true);
+
+  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
+                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
+                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
+
+  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
+                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
+                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
+
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
+  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
+                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+
+  DeclarationNameInfo
+  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+  TemplateName
+  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
+                    SourceLocation Loc,
+                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
+             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+
+  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                                FunctionDecl *Function);
+  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
+                                     bool Recursive = false,
+                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
+  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
+                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
+                                     VarDecl *Var,
+                                     bool Recursive = false,
+                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
+
+  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
+                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
+                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+
+  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
+                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
+                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
+
+  // Objective-C declarations.
+  enum ObjCContainerKind {
+    OCK_None = -1,
+    OCK_Interface = 0,
+    OCK_Protocol,
+    OCK_Category,
+    OCK_ClassExtension,
+    OCK_Implementation,
+    OCK_CategoryImplementation
+  };
+  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
+
+  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
+                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
+                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
+                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
+                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
+                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
+                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
+                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
+                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
+                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
+
+  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
+                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
+                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
+                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
+
+  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
+    IdentifierInfo *PName,
+    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
+    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
+
+  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
+                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
+                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
+                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
+                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
+                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
+                    AttributeList *AttrList);
+
+  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
+                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
+                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
+                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
+                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
+                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
+                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
+                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
+                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
+
+  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
+                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
+                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
+                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
+                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
+
+  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
+                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
+                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
+                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
+                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
+
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
+                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
+
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
+                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
+                                     unsigned NumElts);
+
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
+                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
+                                        unsigned NumElts,
+                                        AttributeList *attrList);
+
+  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
+                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
+                               unsigned NumProtocols,
+                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
+
+  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
+  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
+  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
+  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
+                                   SourceLocation Loc,
+                                   unsigned &Attributes,
+                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
+
+  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
+  /// setters and getters as needed.
+  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
+  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
+  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
+  ///        in class extension.
+  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
+  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
+                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
+                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
+                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
+
+
+  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
+                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
+                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
+
+  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
+                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
+
+  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
+                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
+
+  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
+                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
+                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
+                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
+
+  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
+                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
+                      bool *OverridingProperty,
+                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
+                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
+
+  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
+                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
+                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
+                              bool ImplKind,
+                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
+                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
+                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
+
+  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
+    OSMK_None,
+    OSMK_Alloc,
+    OSMK_New,
+    OSMK_Copy,
+    OSMK_RetainingInit,
+    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
+  };
+
+  struct ObjCArgInfo {
+    IdentifierInfo *Name;
+    SourceLocation NameLoc;
+    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
+    // in this case.
+    ParsedType Type;
+    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
+
+    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
+    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
+  };
+
+  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
+    Scope *S,
+    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
+    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
+    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
+    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
+    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
+    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
+    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
+    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
+    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
+    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
+    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
+
+  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
+                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
+                                              bool IsInstance);
+  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
+                                           bool IsInstance);
+
+  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
+  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
+
+  ExprResult
+  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
+                            Expr *BaseExpr,
+                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                            DeclarationName MemberName,
+                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
+                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
+                            bool Super);
+
+  ExprResult
+  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
+                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
+                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
+                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
+
+  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
+  /// send that starts with an identifier.
+  enum ObjCMessageKind {
+    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
+    ObjCSuperMessage,
+    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
+    ObjCInstanceMessage,
+    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
+    /// name.
+    ObjCClassMessage
+  };
+
+  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
+                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
+                                     bool IsSuper,
+                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
+                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
+                               Selector Sel,
+                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
+                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                               MultiExprArg Args);
+
+  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
+                               QualType ReceiverType,
+                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
+                               Selector Sel,
+                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
+                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                               MultiExprArg Args,
+                               bool isImplicit = false);
+
+  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
+                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
+                                       SourceLocation Loc,
+                                       Selector Sel,
+                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                       MultiExprArg Args);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
+                               ParsedType Receiver,
+                               Selector Sel,
+                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
+                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                               MultiExprArg Args);
+
+  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
+                                  QualType ReceiverType,
+                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
+                                  Selector Sel,
+                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
+                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                                  MultiExprArg Args,
+                                  bool isImplicit = false);
+
+  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
+                                          QualType ReceiverType,
+                                          SourceLocation Loc,
+                                          Selector Sel,
+                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                          MultiExprArg Args);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
+                                  Expr *Receiver,
+                                  Selector Sel,
+                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
+                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
+                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
+                                  MultiExprArg Args);
+
+  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
+                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
+                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
+                                  Expr *SubExpr);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
+                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
+                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
+                                  ParsedType Type,
+                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                                  Expr *SubExpr);
+  
+  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
+
+  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
+  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
+  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
+                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
+
+  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
+  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
+    RTC_Compatible,
+    RTC_Incompatible,
+    RTC_Unknown
+  };
+
+  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
+                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
+                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
+
+  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
+    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
+    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
+    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
+    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
+    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
+    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
+  };
+
+  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
+  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
+                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
+
+  enum PragmaPackKind {
+    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
+    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
+    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
+    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
+  };
+
+  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
+    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
+    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
+  };
+
+  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
+  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
+                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
+                       Expr *Alignment,
+                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
+                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
+  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
+
+  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
+  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
+                         Scope *curScope,
+                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
+
+  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
+  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
+                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
+
+  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
+                                 SourceLocation Loc);
+  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
+
+  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
+  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
+                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
+                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
+
+  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
+  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
+  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
+                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
+                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
+                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
+
+  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
+  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
+                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
+                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
+                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
+                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
+
+  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
+  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
+  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
+
+  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
+  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
+  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
+
+  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
+  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
+
+  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
+  void FreePackedContext();
+
+  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
+  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
+  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
+                                   SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
+  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
+  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
+
+  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
+  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
+  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
+
+  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
+  void FreeVisContext();
+
+  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
+  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
+  /// the appropriate attribute.
+  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
+
+  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
+  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
+                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
+  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
+                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
+
+  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
+
+  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
+  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
+                        SourceLocation Loc,
+                        Scope *CurScope,
+                        ArrayRef<DeclarationNameInfo> IdList);
+  /// \brief Build a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and check its correctness.
+  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
+                        SourceLocation Loc,
+                        ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VarList);
+
+  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
+  enum CheckedConversionKind {
+    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
+    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
+    /// \brief A C-style cast.
+    CCK_CStyleCast,
+    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
+    CCK_FunctionalCast,
+    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
+    CCK_OtherCast
+  };
+
+  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
+  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
+  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
+  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
+                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
+                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
+                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
+                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
+
+  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
+  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
+  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
+
+  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
+  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
+  /// required.
+  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
+
+  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
+  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
+  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
+
+  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
+  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
+  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
+
+  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
+  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
+  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
+  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
+
+  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
+  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
+  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
+  // type.
+  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
+
+  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
+  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
+  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
+  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
+
+  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
+  enum VariadicCallType {
+    VariadicFunction,
+    VariadicBlock,
+    VariadicMethod,
+    VariadicConstructor,
+    VariadicDoesNotApply
+  };
+
+  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
+                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
+                                       Expr *Fn);
+
+  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
+  // vararg function.
+  enum VarArgKind {
+    VAK_Valid,
+    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
+    VAK_Invalid
+  };
+
+  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
+  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
+
+  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
+  /// form of call prototypes.
+  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
+                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
+                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
+                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
+                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
+                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
+                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
+                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
+
+  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
+  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
+  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
+                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
+
+  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
+  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
+  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
+
+  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
+  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
+  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
+  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
+  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
+  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
+                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
+
+  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
+  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
+  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
+  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
+  /// source and destination type.
+  enum AssignConvertType {
+    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
+    Compatible,
+
+    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
+    /// accept as an extension.
+    PointerToInt,
+
+    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
+    /// accept as an extension.
+    IntToPointer,
+
+    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
+    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
+    FunctionVoidPointer,
+
+    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
+    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
+    IncompatiblePointer,
+
+    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
+    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
+    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
+    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
+    IncompatiblePointerSign,
+
+    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
+    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
+    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
+
+    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
+    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
+    /// like address spaces.
+    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
+
+    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
+    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
+    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
+    /// extension.
+    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
+
+    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
+    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
+    IncompatibleVectors,
+
+    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
+    /// pointer. We disallow this.
+    IntToBlockPointer,
+
+    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
+    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
+    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
+
+    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
+    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
+    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
+    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
+
+    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
+    /// object with __weak qualifier.
+    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
+
+    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
+    /// represent it in the AST.
+    Incompatible
+  };
+
+  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
+  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
+  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
+  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
+                                SourceLocation Loc,
+                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
+                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
+                                bool *Complained = 0);
+
+  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
+  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
+  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
+                              Expr *SrcExpr);
+
+  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
+  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
+  /// C99 6.5.16.
+  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                               QualType LHSType,
+                                               QualType RHSType);
+
+  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
+  /// RHS to the LHS type.
+  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
+                                               ExprResult &RHS,
+                                               CastKind &Kind);
+
+  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
+  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
+  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
+  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
+                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
+                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
+
+  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
+  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
+  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
+                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
+
+  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
+
+  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
+
+  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+                                       AssignmentAction Action,
+                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
+  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+                                       AssignmentAction Action,
+                                       bool AllowExplicit,
+                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
+  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
+                                       AssignmentAction Action,
+                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
+                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
+  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
+                                       AssignmentAction Action,
+                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
+
+  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
+  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
+
+  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
+  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
+                           ExprResult &RHS);
+  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
+    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
+    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
+  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
+    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
+    bool IsDivide);
+  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
+    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
+    bool IsCompAssign = false);
+  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
+    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
+    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
+  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
+    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
+    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
+  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
+    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
+    bool IsCompAssign = false);
+  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
+    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
+                                bool isRelational);
+  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
+    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
+    bool IsCompAssign = false);
+  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
+    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
+  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
+  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
+  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
+  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
+    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
+
+  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
+  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
+                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
+  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
+  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
+
+  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
+    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
+    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
+  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
+    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
+    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
+  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
+                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
+  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
+                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
+    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
+    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
+                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
+    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
+    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
+    return Composite;
+  }
+
+  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
+                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
+
+  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
+                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
+
+  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
+  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
+                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
+  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
+  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
+                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
+  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
+                                      SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
+  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
+
+  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
+
+  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
+  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
+  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
+  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
+    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
+    /// reference binding is not possible.
+    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
+    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
+    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
+    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
+    Ref_Related,
+    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
+    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
+    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
+    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
+    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
+    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
+    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
+    Ref_Compatible
+  };
+
+  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
+                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
+                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
+                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
+                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
+
+  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
+                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
+                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
+
+  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
+  /// given type.
+  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
+
+  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
+  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
+  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
+                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
+
+  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
+  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
+  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
+  // returns true if the cast is invalid
+  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
+                       CastKind &Kind);
+
+  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
+  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
+  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
+  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
+  // returns the cast expr
+  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
+                                CastKind &Kind);
+
+  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+                                        Expr *CastExpr,
+                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
+
+  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
+
+  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
+  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
+  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
+                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
+                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
+
+  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
+  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
+
+  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
+                                             QualType ExprType);
+
+  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
+  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
+  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
+  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
+  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
+
+  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
+  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
+  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
+
+  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
+  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
+  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
+
+  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
+  /// \param Method - May be null.
+  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
+  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
+  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
+                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
+                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
+                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
+                                 bool isSuperMessage,
+                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
+                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
+
+  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
+  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
+  /// and the form of the message send.
+  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
+                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
+
+  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
+  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
+  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
+
+  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
+  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
+  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
+  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
+
+  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
+  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
+  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
+  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
+  ///
+  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
+  /// 'if' keyword.
+  /// \return true iff there were any errors
+  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
+                                   Expr *SubExpr);
+
+  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
+  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
+  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
+
+  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
+  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
+  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
+
+  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
+  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
+
+  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
+  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
+  /// the specified diagnostic.
+  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
+                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
+                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
+  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
+  /// in the global scope.
+  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
+  /// expression violations.
+  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
+  public:
+    bool Suppress;
+
+    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
+
+    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
+    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
+    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
+  };
+
+  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
+  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
+  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
+  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
+                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
+                                             bool AllowFold = true);
+  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
+                                             unsigned DiagID,
+                                             bool AllowFold = true);
+  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
+
+  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
+  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
+  /// Returns false on success.
+  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
+  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
+                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
+                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
+
+  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
+    CFT_Device,
+    CFT_Global,
+    CFT_Host,
+    CFT_HostDevice
+  };
+
+  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
+
+  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
+                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
+
+  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
+    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
+                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
+  }
+
+  /// \name Code completion
+  //@{
+  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
+  enum ParserCompletionContext {
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
+    PCC_Namespace,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
+    PCC_Class,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
+    /// or category.
+    PCC_ObjCInterface,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
+    /// category implementation
+    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
+    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
+    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
+    /// headers.
+    PCC_Template,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
+    /// headers within a class.
+    PCC_MemberTemplate,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
+    PCC_Expression,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
+    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
+    PCC_Statement,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
+    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
+    PCC_ForInit,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
+    /// while, switch, or for statement.
+    PCC_Condition,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
+    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
+    /// in the grammar.
+    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
+    PCC_Type,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
+    /// might also be a type cast.
+    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
+    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
+    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
+    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
+  };
+
+  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
+  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
+                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
+  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
+                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
+                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
+
+  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
+  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
+                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
+  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
+                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                       bool IsArrow);
+  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
+  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
+  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
+  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
+  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
+  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
+
+  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                               bool EnteringContext);
+  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
+                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
+                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
+  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
+                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
+
+  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
+                                   bool IsParameter);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
+                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
+                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
+                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
+                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
+                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
+                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
+                                    bool IsSuper = false);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
+                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
+                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
+                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
+                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
+                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
+                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
+                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
+                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
+                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
+                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
+                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
+                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
+                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
+                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
+                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
+                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
+                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
+  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
+                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
+                                          bool AtParameterName,
+                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
+                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
+                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
+  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
+  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
+  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
+  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
+  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
+                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
+                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
+                                             unsigned Argument);
+  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
+  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
+                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
+                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
+  //@}
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
+
+public:
+  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
+                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
+
+private:
+  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
+                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
+                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
+  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
+  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
+  // FunctionDeclaration.
+  struct FormatStringInfo {
+    unsigned FormatIdx;
+    unsigned FirstDataArg;
+    bool HasVAListArg;
+  };
+
+  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
+                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
+  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
+                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
+  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
+                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
+  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
+                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
+  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
+                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
+                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
+                            SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
+                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
+                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
+                 VariadicCallType CallType);
+
+
+  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
+
+  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
+  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
+  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
+
+  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
+  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
+  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
+
+public:
+  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
+  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
+
+private:
+  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
+  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
+  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
+  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
+  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
+                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
+  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
+                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
+
+  enum FormatStringType {
+    FST_Scanf,
+    FST_Printf,
+    FST_NSString,
+    FST_Strftime,
+    FST_Strfmon,
+    FST_Kprintf,
+    FST_Unknown
+  };
+  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
+
+  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
+    SLCT_NotALiteral,
+    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
+    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
+  };
+
+  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
+                                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
+                                               bool HasVAListArg,
+                                               unsigned format_idx,
+                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
+                                               FormatStringType Type,
+                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
+                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
+
+  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
+                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
+                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
+                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
+                         VariadicCallType CallType);
+
+  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
+                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
+                            bool IsCXXMember,
+                            VariadicCallType CallType,
+                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
+  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
+                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
+                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
+                            VariadicCallType CallType,
+                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
+
+  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
+                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
+                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
+
+  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
+                               unsigned BId,
+                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
+
+  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
+                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
+
+  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
+                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
+
+  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
+                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
+  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
+  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
+  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
+  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
+
+  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
+  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
+  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
+                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
+
+  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
+                                   Expr *Init);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
+  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
+                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
+                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
+
+  struct TypeTagData {
+    TypeTagData() {}
+
+    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
+        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
+        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
+    {}
+
+    QualType Type;
+
+    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
+    /// layout-compatibility.
+    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
+    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
+  };
+
+  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
+  /// identifies the magic value.
+  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
+  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
+      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
+
+  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
+  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
+  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
+                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
+
+  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
+  ///
+  /// The parser maintains this state here.
+  Scope *CurScope;
+
+  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
+
+protected:
+  friend class Parser;
+  friend class InitializationSequence;
+  friend class ASTReader;
+  friend class ASTWriter;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
+  ///
+  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
+  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
+  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
+  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
+  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
+  /// template substitution or instantiation.
+  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
+
+  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
+
+  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
+    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
+  }
+
+  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
+  
+  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
+    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
+    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
+    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
+      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
+    return DC;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
+class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
+  Sema &Actions;
+
+public:
+  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
+                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
+                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
+                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
+    : Actions(Actions) {
+    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
+                                            IsDecltype);
+  }
+  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
+                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
+                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
+                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
+    : Actions(Actions) {
+    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 
+                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
+                                            IsDecltype);
+  }
+
+  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
+    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
+  }
+};
+
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaConsumer.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaConsumer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..676646a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaConsumer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+//===--- SemaConsumer.h - Abstract interface for AST semantics --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the SemaConsumer class, a subclass of
+//  ASTConsumer that is used by AST clients that also require
+//  additional semantic analysis.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMACONSUMER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMACONSUMER_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  class Sema;
+
+  /// \brief An abstract interface that should be implemented by
+  /// clients that read ASTs and then require further semantic
+  /// analysis of the entities in those ASTs.
+  class SemaConsumer : public ASTConsumer {
+    virtual void anchor();
+  public:
+    SemaConsumer() {
+      ASTConsumer::SemaConsumer = true;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Initialize the semantic consumer with the Sema instance
+    /// being used to perform semantic analysis on the abstract syntax
+    /// tree.
+    virtual void InitializeSema(Sema &S) {}
+
+    /// \brief Inform the semantic consumer that Sema is no longer available.
+    virtual void ForgetSema() {}
+
+    // isa/cast/dyn_cast support
+    static bool classof(const ASTConsumer *Consumer) {
+      return Consumer->SemaConsumer;
+    }
+  };
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9605bf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+//===--- DiagnosticSema.h - Diagnostics for libsema -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICSEMA_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_DIAGNOSTICSEMA_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace diag {
+    enum {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,FLAGS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,\
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER,CATEGORY) ENUM,
+#define SEMASTART
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticSemaKinds.inc"
+#undef DIAG
+      NUM_BUILTIN_SEMA_DIAGNOSTICS
+    };
+  }  // end namespace diag
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fffca67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+//===--- SemaFixItUtils.h - Sema FixIts -----------------------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines helper classes for generation of Sema FixItHints.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_FIXITUTILS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_FIXITUTILS_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+enum OverloadFixItKind {
+  OFIK_Undefined = 0,
+  OFIK_Dereference,
+  OFIK_TakeAddress,
+  OFIK_RemoveDereference,
+  OFIK_RemoveTakeAddress
+};
+
+class Sema;
+
+/// The class facilities generation and storage of conversion FixIts. Hints for
+/// new conversions are added using TryToFixConversion method. The default type
+/// conversion checker can be reset.
+struct ConversionFixItGenerator {
+  /// Performs a simple check to see if From type can be converted to To type.
+  static bool compareTypesSimple(CanQualType From,
+                                 CanQualType To,
+                                 Sema &S,
+                                 SourceLocation Loc,
+                                 ExprValueKind FromVK);
+
+  /// The list of Hints generated so far.
+  std::vector<FixItHint> Hints;
+
+  /// The number of Conversions fixed. This can be different from the size
+  /// of the Hints vector since we allow multiple FixIts per conversion.
+  unsigned NumConversionsFixed;
+
+  /// The type of fix applied. If multiple conversions are fixed, corresponds
+  /// to the kid of the very first conversion.
+  OverloadFixItKind Kind;
+
+  typedef bool (*TypeComparisonFuncTy) (const CanQualType FromTy,
+                                        const CanQualType ToTy,
+                                        Sema &S,
+                                        SourceLocation Loc,
+                                        ExprValueKind FromVK);
+  /// The type comparison function used to decide if expression FromExpr of
+  /// type FromTy can be converted to ToTy. For example, one could check if
+  /// an implicit conversion exists. Returns true if comparison exists.
+  TypeComparisonFuncTy CompareTypes;
+
+  ConversionFixItGenerator(TypeComparisonFuncTy Foo): NumConversionsFixed(0),
+                                                      Kind(OFIK_Undefined),
+                                                      CompareTypes(Foo) {}
+
+  ConversionFixItGenerator(): NumConversionsFixed(0),
+                              Kind(OFIK_Undefined),
+                              CompareTypes(compareTypesSimple) {}
+
+  /// Resets the default conversion checker method.
+  void setConversionChecker(TypeComparisonFuncTy Foo) {
+    CompareTypes = Foo;
+  }
+
+  /// If possible, generates and stores a fix for the given conversion.
+  bool tryToFixConversion(const Expr *FromExpr,
+                          const QualType FromQTy, const QualType ToQTy,
+                          Sema &S);
+
+  void clear() {
+    Hints.clear();
+    NumConversionsFixed = 0;
+  }
+
+  bool isNull() {
+    return (NumConversionsFixed == 0);
+  }
+};
+
+} // endof namespace clang
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_FIXITUTILS_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbf4272
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+//===--- SemaInternal.h - Internal Sema Interfaces --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file provides common API and #includes for the internal
+// implementation of Sema.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_INTERNAL_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_INTERNAL_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/SemaDiagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+inline PartialDiagnostic Sema::PDiag(unsigned DiagID) {
+  return PartialDiagnostic(DiagID, Context.getDiagAllocator());
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Template.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Template.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..492e580
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Template.h
@@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
+//===------- SemaTemplate.h - C++ Templates ---------------------*- C++ -*-===/
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/
+//
+//  This file provides types used in the semantic analysis of C++ templates.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_TEMPLATE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_TEMPLATE_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclVisitor.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace clang {
+  /// \brief Data structure that captures multiple levels of template argument
+  /// lists for use in template instantiation.
+  ///
+  /// Multiple levels of template arguments occur when instantiating the 
+  /// definitions of member templates. For example:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// template<typename T>
+  /// struct X {
+  ///   template<T Value>
+  ///   struct Y {
+  ///     void f();
+  ///   };
+  /// };
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// When instantiating X<int>::Y<17>::f, the multi-level template argument
+  /// list will contain a template argument list (int) at depth 0 and a
+  /// template argument list (17) at depth 1.
+  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList {
+  public:
+    typedef std::pair<const TemplateArgument *, unsigned> ArgList;
+    
+  private:
+    /// \brief The template argument lists, stored from the innermost template
+    /// argument list (first) to the outermost template argument list (last).
+    SmallVector<ArgList, 4> TemplateArgumentLists;
+    
+  public:
+    /// \brief Construct an empty set of template argument lists.
+    MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList() { }
+    
+    /// \brief Construct a single-level template argument list.
+    explicit 
+    MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs) {
+      addOuterTemplateArguments(&TemplateArgs);
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Determine the number of levels in this template argument
+    /// list.
+    unsigned getNumLevels() const { return TemplateArgumentLists.size(); }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the template argument at a given depth and index.
+    const TemplateArgument &operator()(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index) const {
+      assert(Depth < TemplateArgumentLists.size());
+      assert(Index < TemplateArgumentLists[getNumLevels() - Depth - 1].second);
+      return TemplateArgumentLists[getNumLevels() - Depth - 1].first[Index];
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Determine whether there is a non-NULL template argument at the
+    /// given depth and index.
+    ///
+    /// There must exist a template argument list at the given depth.
+    bool hasTemplateArgument(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index) const {
+      assert(Depth < TemplateArgumentLists.size());
+      
+      if (Index >= TemplateArgumentLists[getNumLevels() - Depth - 1].second)
+        return false;
+      
+      return !(*this)(Depth, Index).isNull();
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Clear out a specific template argument.
+    void setArgument(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
+                     TemplateArgument Arg) {
+      assert(Depth < TemplateArgumentLists.size());
+      assert(Index < TemplateArgumentLists[getNumLevels() - Depth - 1].second);
+      const_cast<TemplateArgument&>(
+                TemplateArgumentLists[getNumLevels() - Depth - 1].first[Index])
+        = Arg;
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Add a new outermost level to the multi-level template argument 
+    /// list.
+    void addOuterTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs) {
+      TemplateArgumentLists.push_back(ArgList(TemplateArgs->data(),
+                                              TemplateArgs->size()));
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Add a new outmost level to the multi-level template argument
+    /// list.
+    void addOuterTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgument *Args, 
+                                   unsigned NumArgs) {
+      TemplateArgumentLists.push_back(ArgList(Args, NumArgs));
+    }
+    
+    /// \brief Retrieve the innermost template argument list.
+    const ArgList &getInnermost() const { 
+      return TemplateArgumentLists.front(); 
+    }
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief The context in which partial ordering of function templates occurs.
+  enum TPOC {
+    /// \brief Partial ordering of function templates for a function call.
+    TPOC_Call,
+    /// \brief Partial ordering of function templates for a call to a 
+    /// conversion function.
+    TPOC_Conversion,
+    /// \brief Partial ordering of function templates in other contexts, e.g.,
+    /// taking the address of a function template or matching a function 
+    /// template specialization to a function template.
+    TPOC_Other
+  };
+
+  // This is lame but unavoidable in a world without forward
+  // declarations of enums.  The alternatives are to either pollute
+  // Sema.h (by including this file) or sacrifice type safety (by
+  // making Sema.h declare things as enums).
+  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext {
+    TPOC Value;
+  public:
+    TemplatePartialOrderingContext(TPOC Value) : Value(Value) {}
+    operator TPOC() const { return Value; }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Captures a template argument whose value has been deduced
+  /// via c++ template argument deduction.
+  class DeducedTemplateArgument : public TemplateArgument {
+    /// \brief For a non-type template argument, whether the value was
+    /// deduced from an array bound.
+    bool DeducedFromArrayBound;
+
+  public:
+    DeducedTemplateArgument()
+      : TemplateArgument(), DeducedFromArrayBound(false) { }
+
+    DeducedTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
+                            bool DeducedFromArrayBound = false)
+      : TemplateArgument(Arg), DeducedFromArrayBound(DeducedFromArrayBound) { }
+
+    /// \brief Construct an integral non-type template argument that
+    /// has been deduced, possibly from an array bound.
+    DeducedTemplateArgument(ASTContext &Ctx,
+                            const llvm::APSInt &Value,
+                            QualType ValueType,
+                            bool DeducedFromArrayBound)
+      : TemplateArgument(Ctx, Value, ValueType),
+        DeducedFromArrayBound(DeducedFromArrayBound) { }
+
+    /// \brief For a non-type template argument, determine whether the
+    /// template argument was deduced from an array bound.
+    bool wasDeducedFromArrayBound() const { return DeducedFromArrayBound; }
+
+    /// \brief Specify whether the given non-type template argument
+    /// was deduced from an array bound.
+    void setDeducedFromArrayBound(bool Deduced) {
+      DeducedFromArrayBound = Deduced;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief A stack-allocated class that identifies which local
+  /// variable declaration instantiations are present in this scope.
+  ///
+  /// A new instance of this class type will be created whenever we
+  /// instantiate a new function declaration, which will have its own
+  /// set of parameter declarations.
+  class LocalInstantiationScope {
+  public:
+    /// \brief A set of declarations.
+    typedef SmallVector<Decl *, 4> DeclArgumentPack;
+    
+  private:
+    /// \brief Reference to the semantic analysis that is performing
+    /// this template instantiation.
+    Sema &SemaRef;
+
+    typedef llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, 
+                           llvm::PointerUnion<Decl *, DeclArgumentPack *> >
+      LocalDeclsMap;
+    
+    /// \brief A mapping from local declarations that occur
+    /// within a template to their instantiations.
+    ///
+    /// This mapping is used during instantiation to keep track of,
+    /// e.g., function parameter and variable declarations. For example,
+    /// given:
+    ///
+    /// \code
+    ///   template<typename T> T add(T x, T y) { return x + y; }
+    /// \endcode
+    ///
+    /// when we instantiate add<int>, we will introduce a mapping from
+    /// the ParmVarDecl for 'x' that occurs in the template to the
+    /// instantiated ParmVarDecl for 'x'.
+    ///
+    /// For a parameter pack, the local instantiation scope may contain a
+    /// set of instantiated parameters. This is stored as a DeclArgumentPack
+    /// pointer.
+    LocalDeclsMap LocalDecls;
+
+    /// \brief The set of argument packs we've allocated.
+    SmallVector<DeclArgumentPack *, 1> ArgumentPacks;
+    
+    /// \brief The outer scope, which contains local variable
+    /// definitions from some other instantiation (that may not be
+    /// relevant to this particular scope).
+    LocalInstantiationScope *Outer;
+
+    /// \brief Whether we have already exited this scope.
+    bool Exited;
+
+    /// \brief Whether to combine this scope with the outer scope, such that
+    /// lookup will search our outer scope.
+    bool CombineWithOuterScope;
+    
+    /// \brief If non-NULL, the template parameter pack that has been
+    /// partially substituted per C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
+    NamedDecl *PartiallySubstitutedPack;
+    
+    /// \brief If \c PartiallySubstitutedPack is non-null, the set of
+    /// explicitly-specified template arguments in that pack.
+    const TemplateArgument *ArgsInPartiallySubstitutedPack;    
+    
+    /// \brief If \c PartiallySubstitutedPack, the number of 
+    /// explicitly-specified template arguments in 
+    /// ArgsInPartiallySubstitutedPack.
+    unsigned NumArgsInPartiallySubstitutedPack;
+
+    // This class is non-copyable
+    LocalInstantiationScope(
+      const LocalInstantiationScope &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const LocalInstantiationScope &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  public:
+    LocalInstantiationScope(Sema &SemaRef, bool CombineWithOuterScope = false)
+      : SemaRef(SemaRef), Outer(SemaRef.CurrentInstantiationScope),
+        Exited(false), CombineWithOuterScope(CombineWithOuterScope),
+        PartiallySubstitutedPack(0)
+    {
+      SemaRef.CurrentInstantiationScope = this;
+    }
+
+    ~LocalInstantiationScope() {
+      Exit();
+    }
+    
+    const Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; }
+
+    /// \brief Exit this local instantiation scope early.
+    void Exit() {
+      if (Exited)
+        return;
+      
+      for (unsigned I = 0, N = ArgumentPacks.size(); I != N; ++I)
+        delete ArgumentPacks[I];
+        
+      SemaRef.CurrentInstantiationScope = Outer;
+      Exited = true;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Clone this scope, and all outer scopes, down to the given
+    /// outermost scope.
+    LocalInstantiationScope *cloneScopes(LocalInstantiationScope *Outermost) {
+      if (this == Outermost) return this;
+      LocalInstantiationScope *newScope =
+        new LocalInstantiationScope(SemaRef, CombineWithOuterScope);
+
+      newScope->Outer = 0;
+      if (Outer)
+        newScope->Outer = Outer->cloneScopes(Outermost);
+
+      newScope->PartiallySubstitutedPack = PartiallySubstitutedPack;
+      newScope->ArgsInPartiallySubstitutedPack = ArgsInPartiallySubstitutedPack;
+      newScope->NumArgsInPartiallySubstitutedPack =
+        NumArgsInPartiallySubstitutedPack;
+
+      for (LocalDeclsMap::iterator I = LocalDecls.begin(), E = LocalDecls.end();
+           I != E; ++I) {
+        const Decl *D = I->first;
+        llvm::PointerUnion<Decl *, DeclArgumentPack *> &Stored =
+          newScope->LocalDecls[D];
+        if (I->second.is<Decl *>()) {
+          Stored = I->second.get<Decl *>();
+        } else {
+          DeclArgumentPack *OldPack = I->second.get<DeclArgumentPack *>();
+          DeclArgumentPack *NewPack = new DeclArgumentPack(*OldPack);
+          Stored = NewPack;
+          newScope->ArgumentPacks.push_back(NewPack);
+        }
+      }
+      return newScope;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief deletes the given scope, and all otuer scopes, down to the
+    /// given outermost scope.
+    static void deleteScopes(LocalInstantiationScope *Scope,
+                             LocalInstantiationScope *Outermost) {
+      while (Scope && Scope != Outermost) {
+        LocalInstantiationScope *Out = Scope->Outer;
+        delete Scope;
+        Scope = Out;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Find the instantiation of the declaration D within the current
+    /// instantiation scope.
+    ///
+    /// \param D The declaration whose instantiation we are searching for.
+    ///
+    /// \returns A pointer to the declaration or argument pack of declarations
+    /// to which the declaration \c D is instantiataed, if found. Otherwise,
+    /// returns NULL.
+    llvm::PointerUnion<Decl *, DeclArgumentPack *> *
+    findInstantiationOf(const Decl *D);
+
+    void InstantiatedLocal(const Decl *D, Decl *Inst);
+    void InstantiatedLocalPackArg(const Decl *D, Decl *Inst);
+    void MakeInstantiatedLocalArgPack(const Decl *D);
+    
+    /// \brief Note that the given parameter pack has been partially substituted
+    /// via explicit specification of template arguments 
+    /// (C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9).
+    ///
+    /// \param Pack The parameter pack, which will always be a template
+    /// parameter pack.
+    ///
+    /// \param ExplicitArgs The explicitly-specified template arguments provided
+    /// for this parameter pack.
+    ///
+    /// \param NumExplicitArgs The number of explicitly-specified template
+    /// arguments provided for this parameter pack.
+    void SetPartiallySubstitutedPack(NamedDecl *Pack, 
+                                     const TemplateArgument *ExplicitArgs,
+                                     unsigned NumExplicitArgs);
+
+    /// \brief Reset the partially-substituted pack when it is no longer of
+    /// interest.
+    void ResetPartiallySubstitutedPack() {
+      assert(PartiallySubstitutedPack && "No partially-substituted pack");
+      PartiallySubstitutedPack = 0;
+      ArgsInPartiallySubstitutedPack = 0;
+      NumArgsInPartiallySubstitutedPack = 0;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Retrieve the partially-substitued template parameter pack.
+    ///
+    /// If there is no partially-substituted parameter pack, returns NULL.
+    NamedDecl *getPartiallySubstitutedPack(
+                                      const TemplateArgument **ExplicitArgs = 0,
+                                           unsigned *NumExplicitArgs = 0) const;
+  };
+
+  class TemplateDeclInstantiator
+    : public DeclVisitor<TemplateDeclInstantiator, Decl *> 
+  {
+    Sema &SemaRef;
+    Sema::ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII SubstIndex;
+    DeclContext *Owner;
+    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs;
+    Sema::LateInstantiatedAttrVec* LateAttrs;
+    LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope;
+
+    /// \brief A list of out-of-line class template partial
+    /// specializations that will need to be instantiated after the
+    /// enclosing class's instantiation is complete.
+    SmallVector<std::pair<ClassTemplateDecl *,
+                                ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>, 4>
+      OutOfLinePartialSpecs;
+
+  public:
+    TemplateDeclInstantiator(Sema &SemaRef, DeclContext *Owner,
+                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs)
+      : SemaRef(SemaRef),
+        SubstIndex(SemaRef, SemaRef.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex),
+        Owner(Owner), TemplateArgs(TemplateArgs), LateAttrs(0), StartingScope(0)
+    { }
+
+    // FIXME: Once we get closer to completion, replace these manually-written
+    // declarations with automatically-generated ones from
+    // clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc.
+    Decl *VisitTranslationUnitDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitLabelDecl(LabelDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitNamespaceDecl(NamespaceDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitNamespaceAliasDecl(NamespaceAliasDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitTypedefDecl(TypedefDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitTypeAliasDecl(TypeAliasDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitTypeAliasTemplateDecl(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitVarDecl(VarDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitAccessSpecDecl(AccessSpecDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitIndirectFieldDecl(IndirectFieldDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitStaticAssertDecl(StaticAssertDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitEnumDecl(EnumDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitEnumConstantDecl(EnumConstantDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitFriendDecl(FriendDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *D,
+                            TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0);
+    Decl *VisitCXXRecordDecl(CXXRecordDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitCXXMethodDecl(CXXMethodDecl *D,
+                             TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0,
+                             bool IsClassScopeSpecialization = false);
+    Decl *VisitCXXConstructorDecl(CXXConstructorDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitCXXDestructorDecl(CXXDestructorDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitCXXConversionDecl(CXXConversionDecl *D);
+    ParmVarDecl *VisitParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitClassTemplateDecl(ClassTemplateDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl(
+                                    ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitFunctionTemplateDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitTemplateTypeParmDecl(TemplateTypeParmDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitNonTypeTemplateParmDecl(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitUsingDirectiveDecl(UsingDirectiveDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitUsingDecl(UsingDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitUnresolvedUsingValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitUnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl(UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl(
+                                      ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *D);
+    Decl *VisitOMPThreadPrivateDecl(OMPThreadPrivateDecl *D);
+
+    // Base case. FIXME: Remove once we can instantiate everything.
+    Decl *VisitDecl(Decl *D) {
+      unsigned DiagID = SemaRef.getDiagnostics().getCustomDiagID(
+                                                   DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
+                                                   "cannot instantiate %0 yet");
+      SemaRef.Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID)
+        << D->getDeclKindName();
+      
+      return 0;
+    }
+    
+    // Enable late instantiation of attributes.  Late instantiated attributes
+    // will be stored in LA.
+    void enableLateAttributeInstantiation(Sema::LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LA) {
+      LateAttrs = LA;
+      StartingScope = SemaRef.CurrentInstantiationScope;
+    }
+
+    // Disable late instantiation of attributes.
+    void disableLateAttributeInstantiation() {
+      LateAttrs = 0;
+      StartingScope = 0;
+    }
+
+    LocalInstantiationScope *getStartingScope() const { return StartingScope; }
+
+    typedef 
+      SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<ClassTemplateDecl *,
+                                     ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> >
+        ::iterator
+      delayed_partial_spec_iterator;
+
+    /// \brief Return an iterator to the beginning of the set of
+    /// "delayed" partial specializations, which must be passed to
+    /// InstantiateClassTemplatePartialSpecialization once the class
+    /// definition has been completed.
+    delayed_partial_spec_iterator delayed_partial_spec_begin() {
+      return OutOfLinePartialSpecs.begin();
+    }
+
+    /// \brief Return an iterator to the end of the set of
+    /// "delayed" partial specializations, which must be passed to
+    /// InstantiateClassTemplatePartialSpecialization once the class
+    /// definition has been completed.
+    delayed_partial_spec_iterator delayed_partial_spec_end() {
+      return OutOfLinePartialSpecs.end();
+    }
+
+    // Helper functions for instantiating methods.
+    TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionType(FunctionDecl *D,
+                             SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> &Params);
+    bool InitFunctionInstantiation(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Tmpl);
+    bool InitMethodInstantiation(CXXMethodDecl *New, CXXMethodDecl *Tmpl);
+
+    TemplateParameterList *
+      SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *List);
+
+    bool SubstQualifier(const DeclaratorDecl *OldDecl,
+                        DeclaratorDecl *NewDecl);
+    bool SubstQualifier(const TagDecl *OldDecl,
+                        TagDecl *NewDecl);
+      
+    Decl *InstantiateTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *D, bool IsTypeAlias);
+    ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
+    InstantiateClassTemplatePartialSpecialization(
+                                              ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate,
+                           ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec);
+    void InstantiateEnumDefinition(EnumDecl *Enum, EnumDecl *Pattern);
+  };  
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_TEMPLATE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3abb8f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+//===- TemplateDeduction.h - C++ template argument deduction ----*- C++ -*-===/
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/
+//
+//  This file provides types used with Sema's template argument deduction
+// routines.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_TEMPLATE_DEDUCTION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_TEMPLATE_DEDUCTION_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class TemplateArgumentList;
+
+namespace sema {
+
+/// \brief Provides information about an attempted template argument
+/// deduction, whose success or failure was described by a
+/// TemplateDeductionResult value.
+class TemplateDeductionInfo {
+  /// \brief The deduced template argument list.
+  ///
+  TemplateArgumentList *Deduced;
+
+  /// \brief The source location at which template argument
+  /// deduction is occurring.
+  SourceLocation Loc;
+
+  /// \brief Have we suppressed an error during deduction?
+  bool HasSFINAEDiagnostic;
+
+  /// \brief Warnings (and follow-on notes) that were suppressed due to
+  /// SFINAE while performing template argument deduction.
+  SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 4> SuppressedDiagnostics;
+
+  TemplateDeductionInfo(const TemplateDeductionInfo &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TemplateDeductionInfo &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+public:
+  TemplateDeductionInfo(SourceLocation Loc)
+    : Deduced(0), Loc(Loc), HasSFINAEDiagnostic(false), Expression(0) { }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the location at which template argument is
+  /// occurring.
+  SourceLocation getLocation() const {
+    return Loc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Take ownership of the deduced template argument list.
+  TemplateArgumentList *take() {
+    TemplateArgumentList *Result = Deduced;
+    Deduced = 0;
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Take ownership of the SFINAE diagnostic.
+  void takeSFINAEDiagnostic(PartialDiagnosticAt &PD) {
+    assert(HasSFINAEDiagnostic);
+    PD.first = SuppressedDiagnostics.front().first;
+    PD.second.swap(SuppressedDiagnostics.front().second);
+    SuppressedDiagnostics.clear();
+    HasSFINAEDiagnostic = false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Provide a new template argument list that contains the
+  /// results of template argument deduction.
+  void reset(TemplateArgumentList *NewDeduced) {
+    Deduced = NewDeduced;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Is a SFINAE diagnostic available?
+  bool hasSFINAEDiagnostic() const {
+    return HasSFINAEDiagnostic;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the diagnostic which caused the SFINAE failure.
+  void addSFINAEDiagnostic(SourceLocation Loc, PartialDiagnostic PD) {
+    // Only collect the first diagnostic.
+    if (HasSFINAEDiagnostic)
+      return;
+    SuppressedDiagnostics.clear();
+    SuppressedDiagnostics.push_back(
+        std::make_pair(Loc, PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic()));
+    SuppressedDiagnostics.back().second.swap(PD);
+    HasSFINAEDiagnostic = true;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add a new diagnostic to the set of diagnostics
+  void addSuppressedDiagnostic(SourceLocation Loc,
+                               PartialDiagnostic PD) {
+    if (HasSFINAEDiagnostic)
+      return;
+    SuppressedDiagnostics.push_back(
+        std::make_pair(Loc, PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic()));
+    SuppressedDiagnostics.back().second.swap(PD);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Iterator over the set of suppressed diagnostics.
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt>::const_iterator
+    diag_iterator;
+
+  /// \brief Returns an iterator at the beginning of the sequence of suppressed
+  /// diagnostics.
+  diag_iterator diag_begin() const { return SuppressedDiagnostics.begin(); }
+
+  /// \brief Returns an iterator at the end of the sequence of suppressed
+  /// diagnostics.
+  diag_iterator diag_end() const { return SuppressedDiagnostics.end(); }
+
+  /// \brief The template parameter to which a template argument
+  /// deduction failure refers.
+  ///
+  /// Depending on the result of template argument deduction, this
+  /// template parameter may have different meanings:
+  ///
+  ///   TDK_Incomplete: this is the first template parameter whose
+  ///   corresponding template argument was not deduced.
+  ///
+  ///   TDK_Inconsistent: this is the template parameter for which
+  ///   two different template argument values were deduced.
+  TemplateParameter Param;
+
+  /// \brief The first template argument to which the template
+  /// argument deduction failure refers.
+  ///
+  /// Depending on the result of the template argument deduction,
+  /// this template argument may have different meanings:
+  ///
+  ///   TDK_Inconsistent: this argument is the first value deduced
+  ///   for the corresponding template parameter.
+  ///
+  ///   TDK_SubstitutionFailure: this argument is the template
+  ///   argument we were instantiating when we encountered an error.
+  ///
+  ///   TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: this is the component of the 'parameter'
+  ///   of the deduction, directly provided in the source code.
+  TemplateArgument FirstArg;
+
+  /// \brief The second template argument to which the template
+  /// argument deduction failure refers.
+  ///
+  ///   TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: this is the mismatching component of the
+  ///   'argument' of the deduction, from which we are deducing arguments.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: Finish documenting this.
+  TemplateArgument SecondArg;
+
+  /// \brief The expression which caused a deduction failure.
+  ///
+  ///   TDK_FailedOverloadResolution: this argument is the reference to
+  //    an overloaded function which could not be resolved to a specific
+  //    function.
+  Expr *Expression;
+};
+
+}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdd71c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+//===--- TypoCorrection.h - Class for typo correction results ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the TypoCorrection class, which stores the results of
+// Sema's typo correction (Sema::CorrectTypo).
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_TYPOCORRECTION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_TYPOCORRECTION_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// @brief Simple class containing the result of Sema::CorrectTypo
+class TypoCorrection {
+public:
+  // "Distance" for unusable corrections
+  static const unsigned InvalidDistance = ~0U;
+  // The largest distance still considered valid (larger edit distances are
+  // mapped to InvalidDistance by getEditDistance).
+  static const unsigned MaximumDistance = 10000U;
+
+  // Relative weightings of the "edit distance" components. The higher the
+  // weight, the more of a penalty to fitness the component will give (higher
+  // weights mean greater contribution to the total edit distance, with the
+  // best correction candidates having the lowest edit distance).
+  static const unsigned CharDistanceWeight = 100U;
+  static const unsigned QualifierDistanceWeight = 110U;
+  static const unsigned CallbackDistanceWeight = 150U;
+
+  TypoCorrection(const DeclarationName &Name, NamedDecl *NameDecl,
+                 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS=0, unsigned CharDistance=0,
+                 unsigned QualifierDistance=0)
+      : CorrectionName(Name), CorrectionNameSpec(NNS),
+      CharDistance(CharDistance), QualifierDistance(QualifierDistance),
+      CallbackDistance(0) {
+    if (NameDecl)
+      CorrectionDecls.push_back(NameDecl);
+  }
+
+  TypoCorrection(NamedDecl *Name, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS=0,
+                 unsigned CharDistance=0)
+      : CorrectionName(Name->getDeclName()), CorrectionNameSpec(NNS),
+      CharDistance(CharDistance), QualifierDistance(0), CallbackDistance(0) {
+    if (Name)
+      CorrectionDecls.push_back(Name);
+  }
+
+  TypoCorrection(DeclarationName Name, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS=0,
+                 unsigned CharDistance=0)
+      : CorrectionName(Name), CorrectionNameSpec(NNS),
+      CharDistance(CharDistance), QualifierDistance(0), CallbackDistance(0) {}
+
+  TypoCorrection()
+      : CorrectionNameSpec(0), CharDistance(0), QualifierDistance(0),
+      CallbackDistance(0) {}
+
+  /// \brief Gets the DeclarationName of the typo correction
+  DeclarationName getCorrection() const { return CorrectionName; }
+  IdentifierInfo* getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() const {
+    return CorrectionName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the NestedNameSpecifier needed to use the typo correction
+  NestedNameSpecifier* getCorrectionSpecifier() const {
+    return CorrectionNameSpec;
+  }
+  void setCorrectionSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier* NNS) {
+    CorrectionNameSpec = NNS;
+  }
+
+  void setQualifierDistance(unsigned ED) {
+    QualifierDistance = ED;
+  }
+
+  void setCallbackDistance(unsigned ED) {
+    CallbackDistance = ED;
+  }
+
+  // Convert the given weighted edit distance to a roughly equivalent number of
+  // single-character edits (typically for comparison to the length of the
+  // string being edited).
+  static unsigned NormalizeEditDistance(unsigned ED) {
+    if (ED > MaximumDistance)
+      return InvalidDistance;
+    return (ED + CharDistanceWeight / 2) / CharDistanceWeight;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the "edit distance" of the typo correction from the typo.
+  /// If Normalized is true, scale the distance down by the CharDistanceWeight
+  /// to return the edit distance in terms of single-character edits.
+  unsigned getEditDistance(bool Normalized = true) const {
+    if (CharDistance > MaximumDistance || QualifierDistance > MaximumDistance ||
+        CallbackDistance > MaximumDistance)
+      return InvalidDistance;
+    unsigned ED =
+        CharDistance * CharDistanceWeight +
+        QualifierDistance * QualifierDistanceWeight +
+        CallbackDistance * CallbackDistanceWeight;
+    if (ED > MaximumDistance)
+      return InvalidDistance;
+    // Half the CharDistanceWeight is added to ED to simulate rounding since
+    // integer division truncates the value (i.e. round-to-nearest-int instead
+    // of round-to-zero).
+    return Normalized ? NormalizeEditDistance(ED) : ED;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Gets the pointer to the declaration of the typo correction
+  NamedDecl* getCorrectionDecl() const {
+    return hasCorrectionDecl() ? *(CorrectionDecls.begin()) : 0;
+  }
+  template <class DeclClass>
+  DeclClass *getCorrectionDeclAs() const {
+    return dyn_cast_or_null<DeclClass>(getCorrectionDecl());
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Clears the list of NamedDecls before adding the new one.
+  void setCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
+    CorrectionDecls.clear();
+    addCorrectionDecl(CDecl);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add the given NamedDecl to the list of NamedDecls that are the
+  /// declarations associated with the DeclarationName of this TypoCorrection
+  void addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl);
+
+  std::string getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const;
+  std::string getQuoted(const LangOptions &LO) const {
+    return "'" + getAsString(LO) + "'";
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this TypoCorrection has a non-empty DeclarationName
+  operator bool() const { return bool(CorrectionName); }
+
+  /// \brief Mark this TypoCorrection as being a keyword.
+  /// Since addCorrectionDeclsand setCorrectionDecl don't allow NULL to be
+  /// added to the list of the correction's NamedDecl pointers, NULL is added
+  /// as the only element in the list to mark this TypoCorrection as a keyword.
+  void makeKeyword() {
+    CorrectionDecls.clear();
+    CorrectionDecls.push_back(0);
+  }
+
+  // Check if this TypoCorrection is a keyword by checking if the first
+  // item in CorrectionDecls is NULL.
+  bool isKeyword() const {
+    return !CorrectionDecls.empty() &&
+        CorrectionDecls.front() == 0;
+  }
+
+  // Check if this TypoCorrection is the given keyword.
+  template<std::size_t StrLen>
+  bool isKeyword(const char (&Str)[StrLen]) const {
+    return isKeyword() && getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr(Str);
+  }
+
+  // Returns true if the correction either is a keyword or has a known decl.
+  bool isResolved() const { return !CorrectionDecls.empty(); }
+
+  bool isOverloaded() const {
+    return CorrectionDecls.size() > 1;
+  }
+
+  void setCorrectionRange(CXXScopeSpec* SS,
+                          const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName) {
+    CorrectionRange.setBegin(CorrectionNameSpec && SS ? SS->getBeginLoc()
+                                                      : TypoName.getLoc());
+    CorrectionRange.setEnd(TypoName.getLoc());
+  }
+
+  SourceRange getCorrectionRange() const {
+    return CorrectionRange;
+  }
+
+  typedef SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 1>::iterator decl_iterator;
+  decl_iterator begin() {
+    return isKeyword() ? CorrectionDecls.end() : CorrectionDecls.begin();
+  }
+  decl_iterator end() { return CorrectionDecls.end(); }
+  typedef SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 1>::const_iterator const_decl_iterator;
+  const_decl_iterator begin() const {
+    return isKeyword() ? CorrectionDecls.end() : CorrectionDecls.begin();
+  }
+  const_decl_iterator end() const { return CorrectionDecls.end(); }
+
+private:
+  bool hasCorrectionDecl() const {
+    return (!isKeyword() && !CorrectionDecls.empty());
+  }
+
+  // Results.
+  DeclarationName CorrectionName;
+  NestedNameSpecifier *CorrectionNameSpec;
+  SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 1> CorrectionDecls;
+  unsigned CharDistance;
+  unsigned QualifierDistance;
+  unsigned CallbackDistance;
+  SourceRange CorrectionRange;
+};
+
+/// @brief Base class for callback objects used by Sema::CorrectTypo to check
+/// the validity of a potential typo correction.
+class CorrectionCandidateCallback {
+ public:
+  static const unsigned InvalidDistance = TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
+
+  CorrectionCandidateCallback()
+      : WantTypeSpecifiers(true), WantExpressionKeywords(true),
+        WantCXXNamedCasts(true), WantRemainingKeywords(true),
+        WantObjCSuper(false),
+        IsObjCIvarLookup(false) {}
+
+  virtual ~CorrectionCandidateCallback() {}
+
+  /// \brief Simple predicate used by the default RankCandidate to
+  /// determine whether to return an edit distance of 0 or InvalidDistance.
+  /// This can be overrided by validators that only need to determine if a
+  /// candidate is viable, without ranking potentially viable candidates.
+  /// Only ValidateCandidate or RankCandidate need to be overriden by a
+  /// callback wishing to check the viability of correction candidates.
+  /// The default predicate always returns true if the candidate is not a type
+  /// name or keyword, true for types if WantTypeSpecifiers is true, and true
+  /// for keywords if WantTypeSpecifiers, WantExpressionKeywords,
+  /// WantCXXNamedCasts, WantRemainingKeywords, or WantObjCSuper is true.
+  virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate);
+
+  /// \brief Method used by Sema::CorrectTypo to assign an "edit distance" rank
+  /// to a candidate (where a lower value represents a better candidate), or
+  /// returning InvalidDistance if the candidate is not at all viable. For
+  /// validation callbacks that only need to determine if a candidate is viable,
+  /// the default RankCandidate returns either 0 or InvalidDistance depending
+  /// whether ValidateCandidate returns true or false.
+  virtual unsigned RankCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
+    return ValidateCandidate(candidate) ? 0 : InvalidDistance;
+  }
+
+  // Flags for context-dependent keywords.
+  // TODO: Expand these to apply to non-keywords or possibly remove them.
+  bool WantTypeSpecifiers;
+  bool WantExpressionKeywords;
+  bool WantCXXNamedCasts;
+  bool WantRemainingKeywords;
+  bool WantObjCSuper;
+  // Temporary hack for the one case where a CorrectTypoContext enum is used
+  // when looking up results.
+  bool IsObjCIvarLookup;
+};
+
+/// @brief Simple template class for restricting typo correction candidates
+/// to ones having a single Decl* of the given type.
+template <class C>
+class DeclFilterCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
+ public:
+  virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
+    return candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<C>();
+  }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Weak.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Weak.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d1b64b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Weak.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+//===-- UnresolvedSet.h - Unresolved sets of declarations  ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the WeakInfo class, which is used to store
+//  information about the target of a #pragma weak directive.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_WEAK_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_WEAK_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class IdentifierInfo;
+
+/// \brief Captures information about a \#pragma weak directive.
+class WeakInfo {
+  IdentifierInfo *alias;  // alias (optional)
+  SourceLocation loc;     // for diagnostics
+  bool used;              // identifier later declared?
+public:
+  WeakInfo()
+    : alias(0), loc(SourceLocation()), used(false) {}
+  WeakInfo(IdentifierInfo *Alias, SourceLocation Loc)
+    : alias(Alias), loc(Loc), used(false) {}
+  inline IdentifierInfo * getAlias() const { return alias; }
+  inline SourceLocation getLocation() const { return loc; }
+  void setUsed(bool Used=true) { used = Used; }
+  inline bool getUsed() { return used; }
+  bool operator==(WeakInfo RHS) const {
+    return alias == RHS.getAlias() && loc == RHS.getLocation();
+  }
+  bool operator!=(WeakInfo RHS) const { return !(*this == RHS); }
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_WEAK_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTBitCodes.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTBitCodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b685ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTBitCodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1395 @@
+//===- ASTBitCodes.h - Enum values for the PCH bitcode format ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This header defines Bitcode enum values for Clang serialized AST files.
+//
+// The enum values defined in this file should be considered permanent.  If
+// new features are added, they should have values added at the end of the
+// respective lists.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_PCHBITCODES_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_PCHBITCODES_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/Bitcode/BitCodes.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace serialization {
+    /// \brief AST file major version number supported by this version of
+    /// Clang.
+    ///
+    /// Whenever the AST file format changes in a way that makes it
+    /// incompatible with previous versions (such that a reader
+    /// designed for the previous version could not support reading
+    /// the new version), this number should be increased.
+    ///
+    /// Version 4 of AST files also requires that the version control branch and
+    /// revision match exactly, since there is no backward compatibility of
+    /// AST files at this time.
+    const unsigned VERSION_MAJOR = 5;
+
+    /// \brief AST file minor version number supported by this version of
+    /// Clang.
+    ///
+    /// Whenever the AST format changes in a way that is still
+    /// compatible with previous versions (such that a reader designed
+    /// for the previous version could still support reading the new
+    /// version by ignoring new kinds of subblocks), this number
+    /// should be increased.
+    const unsigned VERSION_MINOR = 0;
+
+    /// \brief An ID number that refers to an identifier in an AST file.
+    /// 
+    /// The ID numbers of identifiers are consecutive (in order of discovery)
+    /// and start at 1. 0 is reserved for NULL.
+    typedef uint32_t IdentifierID;
+    
+    /// \brief An ID number that refers to a declaration in an AST file.
+    ///
+    /// The ID numbers of declarations are consecutive (in order of
+    /// discovery), with values below NUM_PREDEF_DECL_IDS being reserved. 
+    /// At the start of a chain of precompiled headers, declaration ID 1 is 
+    /// used for the translation unit declaration.
+    typedef uint32_t DeclID;
+
+    /// \brief a Decl::Kind/DeclID pair.
+    typedef std::pair<uint32_t, DeclID> KindDeclIDPair;
+
+    // FIXME: Turn these into classes so we can have some type safety when
+    // we go from local ID to global and vice-versa.
+    typedef DeclID LocalDeclID;
+    typedef DeclID GlobalDeclID;
+
+    /// \brief An ID number that refers to a type in an AST file.
+    ///
+    /// The ID of a type is partitioned into two parts: the lower
+    /// three bits are used to store the const/volatile/restrict
+    /// qualifiers (as with QualType) and the upper bits provide a
+    /// type index. The type index values are partitioned into two
+    /// sets. The values below NUM_PREDEF_TYPE_IDs are predefined type
+    /// IDs (based on the PREDEF_TYPE_*_ID constants), with 0 as a
+    /// placeholder for "no type". Values from NUM_PREDEF_TYPE_IDs are
+    /// other types that have serialized representations.
+    typedef uint32_t TypeID;
+
+    /// \brief A type index; the type ID with the qualifier bits removed.
+    class TypeIdx {
+      uint32_t Idx;
+    public:
+      TypeIdx() : Idx(0) { }
+      explicit TypeIdx(uint32_t index) : Idx(index) { }
+
+      uint32_t getIndex() const { return Idx; }
+      TypeID asTypeID(unsigned FastQuals) const {
+        if (Idx == uint32_t(-1))
+          return TypeID(-1);
+        
+        return (Idx << Qualifiers::FastWidth) | FastQuals;
+      }
+      static TypeIdx fromTypeID(TypeID ID) {
+        if (ID == TypeID(-1))
+          return TypeIdx(-1);
+        
+        return TypeIdx(ID >> Qualifiers::FastWidth);
+      }
+    };
+
+    /// A structure for putting "fast"-unqualified QualTypes into a
+    /// DenseMap.  This uses the standard pointer hash function.
+    struct UnsafeQualTypeDenseMapInfo {
+      static inline bool isEqual(QualType A, QualType B) { return A == B; }
+      static inline QualType getEmptyKey() {
+        return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr((void*) 1);
+      }
+      static inline QualType getTombstoneKey() {
+        return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr((void*) 2);
+      }
+      static inline unsigned getHashValue(QualType T) {
+        assert(!T.getLocalFastQualifiers() && 
+               "hash invalid for types with fast quals");
+        uintptr_t v = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
+        return (unsigned(v) >> 4) ^ (unsigned(v) >> 9);
+      }
+    };
+
+    /// \brief An ID number that refers to an identifier in an AST file.
+    typedef uint32_t IdentID;
+
+    /// \brief The number of predefined identifier IDs.
+    const unsigned int NUM_PREDEF_IDENT_IDS = 1;
+
+    /// \brief An ID number that refers to a macro in an AST file.
+    typedef uint32_t MacroID;
+
+    /// \brief A global ID number that refers to a macro in an AST file.
+    typedef uint32_t GlobalMacroID;
+
+    /// \brief A local to a module ID number that refers to a macro in an
+    /// AST file.
+    typedef uint32_t LocalMacroID;
+
+    /// \brief The number of predefined macro IDs.
+    const unsigned int NUM_PREDEF_MACRO_IDS = 1;
+
+    /// \brief An ID number that refers to an ObjC selector in an AST file.
+    typedef uint32_t SelectorID;
+
+    /// \brief The number of predefined selector IDs.
+    const unsigned int NUM_PREDEF_SELECTOR_IDS = 1;
+    
+    /// \brief An ID number that refers to a set of CXXBaseSpecifiers in an 
+    /// AST file.
+    typedef uint32_t CXXBaseSpecifiersID;
+    
+    /// \brief An ID number that refers to an entity in the detailed
+    /// preprocessing record.
+    typedef uint32_t PreprocessedEntityID;
+
+    /// \brief An ID number that refers to a submodule in a module file.
+    typedef uint32_t SubmoduleID;
+    
+    /// \brief The number of predefined submodule IDs.
+    const unsigned int NUM_PREDEF_SUBMODULE_IDS = 1;
+
+    /// \brief Source range/offset of a preprocessed entity.
+    struct PPEntityOffset {
+      /// \brief Raw source location of beginning of range.
+      unsigned Begin;
+      /// \brief Raw source location of end of range.
+      unsigned End;
+      /// \brief Offset in the AST file.
+      uint32_t BitOffset;
+
+      PPEntityOffset(SourceRange R, uint32_t BitOffset)
+        : Begin(R.getBegin().getRawEncoding()),
+          End(R.getEnd().getRawEncoding()),
+          BitOffset(BitOffset) { }
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Source range/offset of a preprocessed entity.
+    struct DeclOffset {
+      /// \brief Raw source location.
+      unsigned Loc;
+      /// \brief Offset in the AST file.
+      uint32_t BitOffset;
+
+      DeclOffset() : Loc(0), BitOffset(0) { }
+      DeclOffset(SourceLocation Loc, uint32_t BitOffset)
+        : Loc(Loc.getRawEncoding()),
+          BitOffset(BitOffset) { }
+      void setLocation(SourceLocation L) {
+        Loc = L.getRawEncoding();
+      }
+    };
+
+    /// \brief The number of predefined preprocessed entity IDs.
+    const unsigned int NUM_PREDEF_PP_ENTITY_IDS = 1;
+
+    /// \brief Describes the various kinds of blocks that occur within
+    /// an AST file.
+    enum BlockIDs {
+      /// \brief The AST block, which acts as a container around the
+      /// full AST block.
+      AST_BLOCK_ID = llvm::bitc::FIRST_APPLICATION_BLOCKID,
+
+      /// \brief The block containing information about the source
+      /// manager.
+      SOURCE_MANAGER_BLOCK_ID,
+
+      /// \brief The block containing information about the
+      /// preprocessor.
+      PREPROCESSOR_BLOCK_ID,
+
+      /// \brief The block containing the definitions of all of the
+      /// types and decls used within the AST file.
+      DECLTYPES_BLOCK_ID,
+
+      /// \brief The block containing DECL_UPDATES records.
+      DECL_UPDATES_BLOCK_ID,
+      
+      /// \brief The block containing the detailed preprocessing record.
+      PREPROCESSOR_DETAIL_BLOCK_ID,
+      
+      /// \brief The block containing the submodule structure.
+      SUBMODULE_BLOCK_ID,
+
+      /// \brief The block containing comments.
+      COMMENTS_BLOCK_ID,
+
+      /// \brief The control block, which contains all of the
+      /// information that needs to be validated prior to committing
+      /// to loading the AST file.
+      CONTROL_BLOCK_ID,
+
+      /// \brief The block of input files, which were used as inputs
+      /// to create this AST file.
+      ///
+      /// This block is part of the control block.
+      INPUT_FILES_BLOCK_ID
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Record types that occur within the control block.
+    enum ControlRecordTypes {
+      /// \brief AST file metadata, including the AST file version number
+      /// and information about the compiler used to build this AST file.
+      METADATA = 1,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the list of other AST files imported by
+      /// this AST file.
+      IMPORTS = 2,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the language options table.
+      ///
+      /// The record with this code contains the contents of the
+      /// LangOptions structure. We serialize the entire contents of
+      /// the structure, and let the reader decide which options are
+      /// actually important to check.
+      LANGUAGE_OPTIONS = 3,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the target options table.
+      TARGET_OPTIONS = 4,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the original file that was used to
+      /// generate the AST file, including both its file ID and its
+      /// name.
+      ORIGINAL_FILE = 5,
+      
+      /// \brief The directory that the PCH was originally created in.
+      ORIGINAL_PCH_DIR = 6,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for file ID of the file or buffer that was used to
+      /// generate the AST file.
+      ORIGINAL_FILE_ID = 7,
+
+      /// \brief Offsets into the input-files block where input files
+      /// reside.
+      INPUT_FILE_OFFSETS = 8,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the diagnostic options table.
+      DIAGNOSTIC_OPTIONS = 9,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the filesystem options table.
+      FILE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS = 10,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the headers search options table.
+      HEADER_SEARCH_OPTIONS = 11,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the preprocessor options table.
+      PREPROCESSOR_OPTIONS = 12
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Record types that occur within the input-files block
+    /// inside the control block.
+    enum InputFileRecordTypes {
+      /// \brief An input file.
+      INPUT_FILE = 1
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Record types that occur within the AST block itself.
+    enum ASTRecordTypes {
+      /// \brief Record code for the offsets of each type.
+      ///
+      /// The TYPE_OFFSET constant describes the record that occurs
+      /// within the AST block. The record itself is an array of offsets that
+      /// point into the declarations and types block (identified by 
+      /// DECLTYPES_BLOCK_ID). The index into the array is based on the ID
+      /// of a type. For a given type ID @c T, the lower three bits of
+      /// @c T are its qualifiers (const, volatile, restrict), as in
+      /// the QualType class. The upper bits, after being shifted and
+      /// subtracting NUM_PREDEF_TYPE_IDS, are used to index into the
+      /// TYPE_OFFSET block to determine the offset of that type's
+      /// corresponding record within the DECLTYPES_BLOCK_ID block.
+      TYPE_OFFSET = 1,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the offsets of each decl.
+      ///
+      /// The DECL_OFFSET constant describes the record that occurs
+      /// within the block identified by DECL_OFFSETS_BLOCK_ID within
+      /// the AST block. The record itself is an array of offsets that
+      /// point into the declarations and types block (identified by
+      /// DECLTYPES_BLOCK_ID). The declaration ID is an index into this
+      /// record, after subtracting one to account for the use of
+      /// declaration ID 0 for a NULL declaration pointer. Index 0 is
+      /// reserved for the translation unit declaration.
+      DECL_OFFSET = 2,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the table of offsets of each
+      /// identifier ID.
+      ///
+      /// The offset table contains offsets into the blob stored in
+      /// the IDENTIFIER_TABLE record. Each offset points to the
+      /// NULL-terminated string that corresponds to that identifier.
+      IDENTIFIER_OFFSET = 3,
+
+      /// \brief This is so that older clang versions, before the introduction
+      /// of the control block, can read and reject the newer PCH format.
+      /// *DON"T CHANGE THIS NUMBER*.
+      METADATA_OLD_FORMAT = 4,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the identifier table.
+      ///
+      /// The identifier table is a simple blob that contains
+      /// NULL-terminated strings for all of the identifiers
+      /// referenced by the AST file. The IDENTIFIER_OFFSET table
+      /// contains the mapping from identifier IDs to the characters
+      /// in this blob. Note that the starting offsets of all of the
+      /// identifiers are odd, so that, when the identifier offset
+      /// table is loaded in, we can use the low bit to distinguish
+      /// between offsets (for unresolved identifier IDs) and
+      /// IdentifierInfo pointers (for already-resolved identifier
+      /// IDs).
+      IDENTIFIER_TABLE = 5,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the array of external definitions.
+      ///
+      /// The AST file contains a list of all of the unnamed external
+      /// definitions present within the parsed headers, stored as an
+      /// array of declaration IDs. These external definitions will be
+      /// reported to the AST consumer after the AST file has been
+      /// read, since their presence can affect the semantics of the
+      /// program (e.g., for code generation).
+      EXTERNAL_DEFINITIONS = 6,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the set of non-builtin, special
+      /// types.
+      ///
+      /// This record contains the type IDs for the various type nodes
+      /// that are constructed during semantic analysis (e.g.,
+      /// __builtin_va_list). The SPECIAL_TYPE_* constants provide
+      /// offsets into this record.
+      SPECIAL_TYPES = 7,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the extra statistics we gather while
+      /// generating an AST file.
+      STATISTICS = 8,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the array of tentative definitions.
+      TENTATIVE_DEFINITIONS = 9,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the array of locally-scoped extern "C"
+      /// declarations.
+      LOCALLY_SCOPED_EXTERN_C_DECLS = 10,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the table of offsets into the
+      /// Objective-C method pool.
+      SELECTOR_OFFSETS = 11,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the Objective-C method pool,
+      METHOD_POOL = 12,
+
+      /// \brief The value of the next __COUNTER__ to dispense.
+      /// [PP_COUNTER_VALUE, Val]
+      PP_COUNTER_VALUE = 13,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the table of offsets into the block
+      /// of source-location information.
+      SOURCE_LOCATION_OFFSETS = 14,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the set of source location entries
+      /// that need to be preloaded by the AST reader.
+      ///
+      /// This set contains the source location entry for the
+      /// predefines buffer and for any file entries that need to be
+      /// preloaded.
+      SOURCE_LOCATION_PRELOADS = 15,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the set of ext_vector type names.
+      EXT_VECTOR_DECLS = 16,
+      
+      /// \brief Record code for the array of unused file scoped decls.
+      UNUSED_FILESCOPED_DECLS = 17,
+      
+      /// \brief Record code for the table of offsets to entries in the
+      /// preprocessing record.
+      PPD_ENTITIES_OFFSETS = 18,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the array of VTable uses.
+      VTABLE_USES = 19,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the array of dynamic classes.
+      DYNAMIC_CLASSES = 20,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for referenced selector pool.
+      REFERENCED_SELECTOR_POOL = 21,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for an update to the TU's lexically contained
+      /// declarations.
+      TU_UPDATE_LEXICAL = 22,
+      
+      /// \brief Record code for the array describing the locations (in the
+      /// LOCAL_REDECLARATIONS record) of the redeclaration chains, indexed by
+      /// the first known ID.
+      LOCAL_REDECLARATIONS_MAP = 23,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for declarations that Sema keeps references of.
+      SEMA_DECL_REFS = 24,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for weak undeclared identifiers.
+      WEAK_UNDECLARED_IDENTIFIERS = 25,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for pending implicit instantiations.
+      PENDING_IMPLICIT_INSTANTIATIONS = 26,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for a decl replacement block.
+      ///
+      /// If a declaration is modified after having been deserialized, and then
+      /// written to a dependent AST file, its ID and offset must be added to
+      /// the replacement block.
+      DECL_REPLACEMENTS = 27,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for an update to a decl context's lookup table.
+      ///
+      /// In practice, this should only be used for the TU and namespaces.
+      UPDATE_VISIBLE = 28,
+
+      /// \brief Record for offsets of DECL_UPDATES records for declarations
+      /// that were modified after being deserialized and need updates.
+      DECL_UPDATE_OFFSETS = 29,
+
+      /// \brief Record of updates for a declaration that was modified after
+      /// being deserialized.
+      DECL_UPDATES = 30,
+      
+      /// \brief Record code for the table of offsets to CXXBaseSpecifier
+      /// sets.
+      CXX_BASE_SPECIFIER_OFFSETS = 31,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for \#pragma diagnostic mappings.
+      DIAG_PRAGMA_MAPPINGS = 32,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for special CUDA declarations.
+      CUDA_SPECIAL_DECL_REFS = 33,
+      
+      /// \brief Record code for header search information.
+      HEADER_SEARCH_TABLE = 34,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for floating point \#pragma options.
+      FP_PRAGMA_OPTIONS = 35,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for enabled OpenCL extensions.
+      OPENCL_EXTENSIONS = 36,
+
+      /// \brief The list of delegating constructor declarations.
+      DELEGATING_CTORS = 37,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the set of known namespaces, which are used
+      /// for typo correction.
+      KNOWN_NAMESPACES = 38,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the remapping information used to relate
+      /// loaded modules to the various offsets and IDs(e.g., source location 
+      /// offests, declaration and type IDs) that are used in that module to
+      /// refer to other modules.
+      MODULE_OFFSET_MAP = 39,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the source manager line table information,
+      /// which stores information about \#line directives.
+      SOURCE_MANAGER_LINE_TABLE = 40,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for map of Objective-C class definition IDs to the 
+      /// ObjC categories in a module that are attached to that class.
+      OBJC_CATEGORIES_MAP = 41,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for a file sorted array of DeclIDs in a module.
+      FILE_SORTED_DECLS = 42,
+      
+      /// \brief Record code for an array of all of the (sub)modules that were
+      /// imported by the AST file.
+      IMPORTED_MODULES = 43,
+      
+      /// \brief Record code for the set of merged declarations in an AST file.
+      MERGED_DECLARATIONS = 44,
+      
+      /// \brief Record code for the array of redeclaration chains.
+      ///
+      /// This array can only be interpreted properly using the local 
+      /// redeclarations map.
+      LOCAL_REDECLARATIONS = 45,
+      
+      /// \brief Record code for the array of Objective-C categories (including
+      /// extensions).
+      ///
+      /// This array can only be interpreted properly using the Objective-C
+      /// categories map.
+      OBJC_CATEGORIES = 46,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for the table of offsets of each macro ID.
+      ///
+      /// The offset table contains offsets into the blob stored in
+      /// the preprocessor block. Each offset points to the corresponding
+      /// macro definition.
+      MACRO_OFFSET = 47,
+
+      /// \brief Mapping table from the identifier ID to the offset of the
+      /// macro directive history for the identifier.
+      MACRO_TABLE = 48,
+
+      /// \brief Record code for undefined but used functions and variables that
+      /// need a definition in this TU.
+      UNDEFINED_BUT_USED = 49
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Record types used within a source manager block.
+    enum SourceManagerRecordTypes {
+      /// \brief Describes a source location entry (SLocEntry) for a
+      /// file.
+      SM_SLOC_FILE_ENTRY = 1,
+      /// \brief Describes a source location entry (SLocEntry) for a
+      /// buffer.
+      SM_SLOC_BUFFER_ENTRY = 2,
+      /// \brief Describes a blob that contains the data for a buffer
+      /// entry. This kind of record always directly follows a
+      /// SM_SLOC_BUFFER_ENTRY record or a SM_SLOC_FILE_ENTRY with an
+      /// overridden buffer.
+      SM_SLOC_BUFFER_BLOB = 3,
+      /// \brief Describes a source location entry (SLocEntry) for a
+      /// macro expansion.
+      SM_SLOC_EXPANSION_ENTRY = 4
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Record types used within a preprocessor block.
+    enum PreprocessorRecordTypes {
+      // The macros in the PP section are a PP_MACRO_* instance followed by a
+      // list of PP_TOKEN instances for each token in the definition.
+
+      /// \brief An object-like macro definition.
+      /// [PP_MACRO_OBJECT_LIKE, IdentInfoID, SLoc, IsUsed]
+      PP_MACRO_OBJECT_LIKE = 1,
+
+      /// \brief A function-like macro definition.
+      /// [PP_MACRO_FUNCTION_LIKE, \<ObjectLikeStuff>, IsC99Varargs,
+      /// IsGNUVarars, NumArgs, ArgIdentInfoID* ]
+      PP_MACRO_FUNCTION_LIKE = 2,
+
+      /// \brief Describes one token.
+      /// [PP_TOKEN, SLoc, Length, IdentInfoID, Kind, Flags]
+      PP_TOKEN = 3,
+
+      /// \brief The macro directives history for a particular identifier.
+      PP_MACRO_DIRECTIVE_HISTORY = 4
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Record types used within a preprocessor detail block.
+    enum PreprocessorDetailRecordTypes {
+      /// \brief Describes a macro expansion within the preprocessing record.
+      PPD_MACRO_EXPANSION = 0,
+      
+      /// \brief Describes a macro definition within the preprocessing record.
+      PPD_MACRO_DEFINITION = 1,
+      
+      /// \brief Describes an inclusion directive within the preprocessing
+      /// record.
+      PPD_INCLUSION_DIRECTIVE = 2
+    };
+    
+    /// \brief Record types used within a submodule description block.
+    enum SubmoduleRecordTypes {
+      /// \brief Metadata for submodules as a whole.
+      SUBMODULE_METADATA = 0,
+      /// \brief Defines the major attributes of a submodule, including its
+      /// name and parent.
+      SUBMODULE_DEFINITION = 1,
+      /// \brief Specifies the umbrella header used to create this module,
+      /// if any.
+      SUBMODULE_UMBRELLA_HEADER = 2,
+      /// \brief Specifies a header that falls into this (sub)module.
+      SUBMODULE_HEADER = 3,
+      /// \brief Specifies a top-level header that falls into this (sub)module.
+      SUBMODULE_TOPHEADER = 4,
+      /// \brief Specifies an umbrella directory.
+      SUBMODULE_UMBRELLA_DIR = 5,
+      /// \brief Specifies the submodules that are imported by this 
+      /// submodule.
+      SUBMODULE_IMPORTS = 6,
+      /// \brief Specifies the submodules that are re-exported from this 
+      /// submodule.
+      SUBMODULE_EXPORTS = 7,
+      /// \brief Specifies a required feature.
+      SUBMODULE_REQUIRES = 8,
+      /// \brief Specifies a header that has been explicitly excluded
+      /// from this submodule.
+      SUBMODULE_EXCLUDED_HEADER = 9,
+      /// \brief Specifies a library or framework to link against.
+      SUBMODULE_LINK_LIBRARY = 10,
+      /// \brief Specifies a configuration macro for this module.
+      SUBMODULE_CONFIG_MACRO = 11,
+      /// \brief Specifies a conflict with another module.
+      SUBMODULE_CONFLICT = 12
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Record types used within a comments block.
+    enum CommentRecordTypes {
+      COMMENTS_RAW_COMMENT = 0
+    };
+
+    /// \defgroup ASTAST AST file AST constants
+    ///
+    /// The constants in this group describe various components of the
+    /// abstract syntax tree within an AST file.
+    ///
+    /// @{
+
+    /// \brief Predefined type IDs.
+    ///
+    /// These type IDs correspond to predefined types in the AST
+    /// context, such as built-in types (int) and special place-holder
+    /// types (the \<overload> and \<dependent> type markers). Such
+    /// types are never actually serialized, since they will be built
+    /// by the AST context when it is created.
+    enum PredefinedTypeIDs {
+      /// \brief The NULL type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_NULL_ID       = 0,
+      /// \brief The void type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_VOID_ID       = 1,
+      /// \brief The 'bool' or '_Bool' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_BOOL_ID       = 2,
+      /// \brief The 'char' type, when it is unsigned.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_CHAR_U_ID     = 3,
+      /// \brief The 'unsigned char' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_UCHAR_ID      = 4,
+      /// \brief The 'unsigned short' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_USHORT_ID     = 5,
+      /// \brief The 'unsigned int' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_UINT_ID       = 6,
+      /// \brief The 'unsigned long' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_ULONG_ID      = 7,
+      /// \brief The 'unsigned long long' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_ULONGLONG_ID  = 8,
+      /// \brief The 'char' type, when it is signed.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_CHAR_S_ID     = 9,
+      /// \brief The 'signed char' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_SCHAR_ID      = 10,
+      /// \brief The C++ 'wchar_t' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_WCHAR_ID      = 11,
+      /// \brief The (signed) 'short' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_SHORT_ID      = 12,
+      /// \brief The (signed) 'int' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_INT_ID        = 13,
+      /// \brief The (signed) 'long' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_LONG_ID       = 14,
+      /// \brief The (signed) 'long long' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_LONGLONG_ID   = 15,
+      /// \brief The 'float' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_FLOAT_ID      = 16,
+      /// \brief The 'double' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_DOUBLE_ID     = 17,
+      /// \brief The 'long double' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE_ID = 18,
+      /// \brief The placeholder type for overloaded function sets.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_OVERLOAD_ID   = 19,
+      /// \brief The placeholder type for dependent types.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_DEPENDENT_ID  = 20,
+      /// \brief The '__uint128_t' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_UINT128_ID    = 21,
+      /// \brief The '__int128_t' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_INT128_ID     = 22,
+      /// \brief The type of 'nullptr'.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_NULLPTR_ID    = 23,
+      /// \brief The C++ 'char16_t' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_CHAR16_ID     = 24,
+      /// \brief The C++ 'char32_t' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_CHAR32_ID     = 25,
+      /// \brief The ObjC 'id' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_OBJC_ID       = 26,
+      /// \brief The ObjC 'Class' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_OBJC_CLASS    = 27,
+      /// \brief The ObjC 'SEL' type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_OBJC_SEL      = 28,
+      /// \brief The 'unknown any' placeholder type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_UNKNOWN_ANY   = 29,
+      /// \brief The placeholder type for bound member functions.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_BOUND_MEMBER  = 30,
+      /// \brief The "auto" deduction type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_AUTO_DEDUCT   = 31,
+      /// \brief The "auto &&" deduction type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_AUTO_RREF_DEDUCT = 32,
+      /// \brief The OpenCL 'half' / ARM NEON __fp16 type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_HALF_ID       = 33,
+      /// \brief ARC's unbridged-cast placeholder type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_ARC_UNBRIDGED_CAST = 34,
+      /// \brief The pseudo-object placeholder type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_PSEUDO_OBJECT = 35,
+      /// \brief The __va_list_tag placeholder type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_VA_LIST_TAG = 36,
+      /// \brief The placeholder type for builtin functions.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_BUILTIN_FN = 37,
+      /// \brief OpenCL 1d image type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_IMAGE1D_ID    = 38,
+      /// \brief OpenCL 1d image array type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_IMAGE1D_ARR_ID = 39,
+      /// \brief OpenCL 1d image buffer type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_IMAGE1D_BUFF_ID = 40,
+      /// \brief OpenCL 2d image type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_IMAGE2D_ID    = 41,
+      /// \brief OpenCL 2d image array type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_IMAGE2D_ARR_ID = 42,
+      /// \brief OpenCL 3d image type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_IMAGE3D_ID    = 43,
+      /// \brief OpenCL event type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_EVENT_ID      = 44,
+      /// \brief OpenCL sampler type.
+      PREDEF_TYPE_SAMPLER_ID    = 45
+    };
+
+    /// \brief The number of predefined type IDs that are reserved for
+    /// the PREDEF_TYPE_* constants.
+    ///
+    /// Type IDs for non-predefined types will start at
+    /// NUM_PREDEF_TYPE_IDs.
+    const unsigned NUM_PREDEF_TYPE_IDS = 100;
+
+    /// \brief The number of allowed abbreviations in bits
+    const unsigned NUM_ALLOWED_ABBREVS_SIZE = 4;
+
+    /// \brief Record codes for each kind of type.
+    ///
+    /// These constants describe the type records that can occur within a
+    /// block identified by DECLTYPES_BLOCK_ID in the AST file. Each
+    /// constant describes a record for a specific type class in the
+    /// AST.
+    enum TypeCode {
+      /// \brief An ExtQualType record.
+      TYPE_EXT_QUAL                 = 1,
+      /// \brief A ComplexType record.
+      TYPE_COMPLEX                  = 3,
+      /// \brief A PointerType record.
+      TYPE_POINTER                  = 4,
+      /// \brief A BlockPointerType record.
+      TYPE_BLOCK_POINTER            = 5,
+      /// \brief An LValueReferenceType record.
+      TYPE_LVALUE_REFERENCE         = 6,
+      /// \brief An RValueReferenceType record.
+      TYPE_RVALUE_REFERENCE         = 7,
+      /// \brief A MemberPointerType record.
+      TYPE_MEMBER_POINTER           = 8,
+      /// \brief A ConstantArrayType record.
+      TYPE_CONSTANT_ARRAY           = 9,
+      /// \brief An IncompleteArrayType record.
+      TYPE_INCOMPLETE_ARRAY         = 10,
+      /// \brief A VariableArrayType record.
+      TYPE_VARIABLE_ARRAY           = 11,
+      /// \brief A VectorType record.
+      TYPE_VECTOR                   = 12,
+      /// \brief An ExtVectorType record.
+      TYPE_EXT_VECTOR               = 13,
+      /// \brief A FunctionNoProtoType record.
+      TYPE_FUNCTION_NO_PROTO        = 14,
+      /// \brief A FunctionProtoType record.
+      TYPE_FUNCTION_PROTO           = 15,
+      /// \brief A TypedefType record.
+      TYPE_TYPEDEF                  = 16,
+      /// \brief A TypeOfExprType record.
+      TYPE_TYPEOF_EXPR              = 17,
+      /// \brief A TypeOfType record.
+      TYPE_TYPEOF                   = 18,
+      /// \brief A RecordType record.
+      TYPE_RECORD                   = 19,
+      /// \brief An EnumType record.
+      TYPE_ENUM                     = 20,
+      /// \brief An ObjCInterfaceType record.
+      TYPE_OBJC_INTERFACE           = 21,
+      /// \brief An ObjCObjectPointerType record.
+      TYPE_OBJC_OBJECT_POINTER      = 22,
+      /// \brief a DecltypeType record.
+      TYPE_DECLTYPE                 = 23,
+      /// \brief An ElaboratedType record.
+      TYPE_ELABORATED               = 24,
+      /// \brief A SubstTemplateTypeParmType record.
+      TYPE_SUBST_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM = 25,
+      /// \brief An UnresolvedUsingType record.
+      TYPE_UNRESOLVED_USING         = 26,
+      /// \brief An InjectedClassNameType record.
+      TYPE_INJECTED_CLASS_NAME      = 27,
+      /// \brief An ObjCObjectType record.
+      TYPE_OBJC_OBJECT              = 28,
+      /// \brief An TemplateTypeParmType record.
+      TYPE_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM       = 29,
+      /// \brief An TemplateSpecializationType record.
+      TYPE_TEMPLATE_SPECIALIZATION  = 30,
+      /// \brief A DependentNameType record.
+      TYPE_DEPENDENT_NAME           = 31,
+      /// \brief A DependentTemplateSpecializationType record.
+      TYPE_DEPENDENT_TEMPLATE_SPECIALIZATION = 32,
+      /// \brief A DependentSizedArrayType record.
+      TYPE_DEPENDENT_SIZED_ARRAY    = 33,
+      /// \brief A ParenType record.
+      TYPE_PAREN                    = 34,
+      /// \brief A PackExpansionType record.
+      TYPE_PACK_EXPANSION           = 35,
+      /// \brief An AttributedType record.
+      TYPE_ATTRIBUTED               = 36,
+      /// \brief A SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType record.
+      TYPE_SUBST_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM_PACK = 37,
+      /// \brief A AutoType record.
+      TYPE_AUTO                  = 38,
+      /// \brief A UnaryTransformType record.
+      TYPE_UNARY_TRANSFORM       = 39,
+      /// \brief An AtomicType record.
+      TYPE_ATOMIC                = 40
+    };
+
+    /// \brief The type IDs for special types constructed by semantic
+    /// analysis.
+    ///
+    /// The constants in this enumeration are indices into the
+    /// SPECIAL_TYPES record.
+    enum SpecialTypeIDs {
+      /// \brief CFConstantString type
+      SPECIAL_TYPE_CF_CONSTANT_STRING          = 0,
+      /// \brief C FILE typedef type
+      SPECIAL_TYPE_FILE                        = 1,
+      /// \brief C jmp_buf typedef type
+      SPECIAL_TYPE_JMP_BUF                     = 2,
+      /// \brief C sigjmp_buf typedef type
+      SPECIAL_TYPE_SIGJMP_BUF                  = 3,
+      /// \brief Objective-C "id" redefinition type
+      SPECIAL_TYPE_OBJC_ID_REDEFINITION        = 4,
+      /// \brief Objective-C "Class" redefinition type
+      SPECIAL_TYPE_OBJC_CLASS_REDEFINITION     = 5,
+      /// \brief Objective-C "SEL" redefinition type
+      SPECIAL_TYPE_OBJC_SEL_REDEFINITION       = 6,
+      /// \brief C ucontext_t typedef type
+      SPECIAL_TYPE_UCONTEXT_T                  = 7
+    };
+    
+    /// \brief The number of special type IDs.
+    const unsigned NumSpecialTypeIDs = 8;
+
+    /// \brief Predefined declaration IDs.
+    ///
+    /// These declaration IDs correspond to predefined declarations in the AST
+    /// context, such as the NULL declaration ID. Such declarations are never
+    /// actually serialized, since they will be built by the AST context when 
+    /// it is created.
+    enum PredefinedDeclIDs {
+      /// \brief The NULL declaration.
+      PREDEF_DECL_NULL_ID       = 0,
+      
+      /// \brief The translation unit.
+      PREDEF_DECL_TRANSLATION_UNIT_ID = 1,
+      
+      /// \brief The Objective-C 'id' type.
+      PREDEF_DECL_OBJC_ID_ID = 2,
+      
+      /// \brief The Objective-C 'SEL' type.
+      PREDEF_DECL_OBJC_SEL_ID = 3,
+      
+      /// \brief The Objective-C 'Class' type.
+      PREDEF_DECL_OBJC_CLASS_ID = 4,
+            
+      /// \brief The Objective-C 'Protocol' type.
+      PREDEF_DECL_OBJC_PROTOCOL_ID = 5,
+      
+      /// \brief The signed 128-bit integer type.
+      PREDEF_DECL_INT_128_ID = 6,
+
+      /// \brief The unsigned 128-bit integer type.
+      PREDEF_DECL_UNSIGNED_INT_128_ID = 7,
+      
+      /// \brief The internal 'instancetype' typedef.
+      PREDEF_DECL_OBJC_INSTANCETYPE_ID = 8,
+
+      /// \brief The internal '__builtin_va_list' typedef.
+      PREDEF_DECL_BUILTIN_VA_LIST_ID = 9
+    };
+
+    /// \brief The number of declaration IDs that are predefined.
+    ///
+    /// For more information about predefined declarations, see the
+    /// \c PredefinedDeclIDs type and the PREDEF_DECL_*_ID constants.
+    const unsigned int NUM_PREDEF_DECL_IDS = 10;
+    
+    /// \brief Record codes for each kind of declaration.
+    ///
+    /// These constants describe the declaration records that can occur within
+    /// a declarations block (identified by DECLS_BLOCK_ID). Each
+    /// constant describes a record for a specific declaration class
+    /// in the AST.
+    enum DeclCode {
+      /// \brief A TypedefDecl record.
+      DECL_TYPEDEF = 51,
+      /// \brief A TypeAliasDecl record.
+      DECL_TYPEALIAS,
+      /// \brief An EnumDecl record.
+      DECL_ENUM,
+      /// \brief A RecordDecl record.
+      DECL_RECORD,
+      /// \brief An EnumConstantDecl record.
+      DECL_ENUM_CONSTANT,
+      /// \brief A FunctionDecl record.
+      DECL_FUNCTION,
+      /// \brief A ObjCMethodDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_METHOD,
+      /// \brief A ObjCInterfaceDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_INTERFACE,
+      /// \brief A ObjCProtocolDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_PROTOCOL,
+      /// \brief A ObjCIvarDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_IVAR,
+      /// \brief A ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_AT_DEFS_FIELD,
+      /// \brief A ObjCCategoryDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_CATEGORY,
+      /// \brief A ObjCCategoryImplDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_CATEGORY_IMPL,
+      /// \brief A ObjCImplementationDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_IMPLEMENTATION,
+      /// \brief A ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_COMPATIBLE_ALIAS,
+      /// \brief A ObjCPropertyDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_PROPERTY,
+      /// \brief A ObjCPropertyImplDecl record.
+      DECL_OBJC_PROPERTY_IMPL,
+      /// \brief A FieldDecl record.
+      DECL_FIELD,
+      /// \brief A VarDecl record.
+      DECL_VAR,
+      /// \brief An ImplicitParamDecl record.
+      DECL_IMPLICIT_PARAM,
+      /// \brief A ParmVarDecl record.
+      DECL_PARM_VAR,
+      /// \brief A FileScopeAsmDecl record.
+      DECL_FILE_SCOPE_ASM,
+      /// \brief A BlockDecl record.
+      DECL_BLOCK,
+      /// \brief A record that stores the set of declarations that are
+      /// lexically stored within a given DeclContext.
+      ///
+      /// The record itself is a blob that is an array of declaration IDs,
+      /// in the order in which those declarations were added to the
+      /// declaration context. This data is used when iterating over
+      /// the contents of a DeclContext, e.g., via
+      /// DeclContext::decls_begin() and DeclContext::decls_end().
+      DECL_CONTEXT_LEXICAL,
+      /// \brief A record that stores the set of declarations that are
+      /// visible from a given DeclContext.
+      ///
+      /// The record itself stores a set of mappings, each of which
+      /// associates a declaration name with one or more declaration
+      /// IDs. This data is used when performing qualified name lookup
+      /// into a DeclContext via DeclContext::lookup.
+      DECL_CONTEXT_VISIBLE,
+      /// \brief A LabelDecl record.
+      DECL_LABEL,
+      /// \brief A NamespaceDecl record.
+      DECL_NAMESPACE,
+      /// \brief A NamespaceAliasDecl record.
+      DECL_NAMESPACE_ALIAS,
+      /// \brief A UsingDecl record.
+      DECL_USING,
+      /// \brief A UsingShadowDecl record.
+      DECL_USING_SHADOW,
+      /// \brief A UsingDirecitveDecl record.
+      DECL_USING_DIRECTIVE,
+      /// \brief An UnresolvedUsingValueDecl record.
+      DECL_UNRESOLVED_USING_VALUE,
+      /// \brief An UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl record.
+      DECL_UNRESOLVED_USING_TYPENAME,
+      /// \brief A LinkageSpecDecl record.
+      DECL_LINKAGE_SPEC,
+      /// \brief A CXXRecordDecl record.
+      DECL_CXX_RECORD,
+      /// \brief A CXXMethodDecl record.
+      DECL_CXX_METHOD,
+      /// \brief A CXXConstructorDecl record.
+      DECL_CXX_CONSTRUCTOR,
+      /// \brief A CXXDestructorDecl record.
+      DECL_CXX_DESTRUCTOR,
+      /// \brief A CXXConversionDecl record.
+      DECL_CXX_CONVERSION,
+      /// \brief An AccessSpecDecl record.
+      DECL_ACCESS_SPEC,
+
+      /// \brief A FriendDecl record.
+      DECL_FRIEND,
+      /// \brief A FriendTemplateDecl record.
+      DECL_FRIEND_TEMPLATE,
+      /// \brief A ClassTemplateDecl record.
+      DECL_CLASS_TEMPLATE,
+      /// \brief A ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl record.
+      DECL_CLASS_TEMPLATE_SPECIALIZATION,
+      /// \brief A ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl record.
+      DECL_CLASS_TEMPLATE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION,
+      /// \brief A FunctionTemplateDecl record.
+      DECL_FUNCTION_TEMPLATE,
+      /// \brief A TemplateTypeParmDecl record.
+      DECL_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM,
+      /// \brief A NonTypeTemplateParmDecl record.
+      DECL_NON_TYPE_TEMPLATE_PARM,
+      /// \brief A TemplateTemplateParmDecl record.
+      DECL_TEMPLATE_TEMPLATE_PARM,
+      /// \brief A TypeAliasTemplateDecl record.
+      DECL_TYPE_ALIAS_TEMPLATE,
+      /// \brief A StaticAssertDecl record.
+      DECL_STATIC_ASSERT,
+      /// \brief A record containing CXXBaseSpecifiers.
+      DECL_CXX_BASE_SPECIFIERS,
+      /// \brief A IndirectFieldDecl record.
+      DECL_INDIRECTFIELD,
+      /// \brief A NonTypeTemplateParmDecl record that stores an expanded
+      /// non-type template parameter pack.
+      DECL_EXPANDED_NON_TYPE_TEMPLATE_PARM_PACK,
+      /// \brief A TemplateTemplateParmDecl record that stores an expanded
+      /// template template parameter pack.
+      DECL_EXPANDED_TEMPLATE_TEMPLATE_PARM_PACK,
+      /// \brief A ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl record a class scope
+      /// function specialization. (Microsoft extension).
+      DECL_CLASS_SCOPE_FUNCTION_SPECIALIZATION,
+      /// \brief An ImportDecl recording a module import.
+      DECL_IMPORT,
+      /// \brief A OMPThreadPrivateDecl record.
+      DECL_OMP_THREADPRIVATE,
+      /// \brief An EmptyDecl record.
+      DECL_EMPTY
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Record codes for each kind of statement or expression.
+    ///
+    /// These constants describe the records that describe statements
+    /// or expressions. These records  occur within type and declarations
+    /// block, so they begin with record values of 100.  Each constant 
+    /// describes a record for a specific statement or expression class in the
+    /// AST.
+    enum StmtCode {
+      /// \brief A marker record that indicates that we are at the end
+      /// of an expression.
+      STMT_STOP = 100,
+      /// \brief A NULL expression.
+      STMT_NULL_PTR,
+      /// \brief A reference to a previously [de]serialized Stmt record.
+      STMT_REF_PTR,
+      /// \brief A NullStmt record.
+      STMT_NULL,
+      /// \brief A CompoundStmt record.
+      STMT_COMPOUND,
+      /// \brief A CaseStmt record.
+      STMT_CASE,
+      /// \brief A DefaultStmt record.
+      STMT_DEFAULT,
+      /// \brief A LabelStmt record.
+      STMT_LABEL,
+      /// \brief An AttributedStmt record.
+      STMT_ATTRIBUTED,
+      /// \brief An IfStmt record.
+      STMT_IF,
+      /// \brief A SwitchStmt record.
+      STMT_SWITCH,
+      /// \brief A WhileStmt record.
+      STMT_WHILE,
+      /// \brief A DoStmt record.
+      STMT_DO,
+      /// \brief A ForStmt record.
+      STMT_FOR,
+      /// \brief A GotoStmt record.
+      STMT_GOTO,
+      /// \brief An IndirectGotoStmt record.
+      STMT_INDIRECT_GOTO,
+      /// \brief A ContinueStmt record.
+      STMT_CONTINUE,
+      /// \brief A BreakStmt record.
+      STMT_BREAK,
+      /// \brief A ReturnStmt record.
+      STMT_RETURN,
+      /// \brief A DeclStmt record.
+      STMT_DECL,
+      /// \brief A GCC-style AsmStmt record.
+      STMT_GCCASM,
+      /// \brief A MS-style AsmStmt record.
+      STMT_MSASM,
+      /// \brief A PredefinedExpr record.
+      EXPR_PREDEFINED,
+      /// \brief A DeclRefExpr record.
+      EXPR_DECL_REF,
+      /// \brief An IntegerLiteral record.
+      EXPR_INTEGER_LITERAL,
+      /// \brief A FloatingLiteral record.
+      EXPR_FLOATING_LITERAL,
+      /// \brief An ImaginaryLiteral record.
+      EXPR_IMAGINARY_LITERAL,
+      /// \brief A StringLiteral record.
+      EXPR_STRING_LITERAL,
+      /// \brief A CharacterLiteral record.
+      EXPR_CHARACTER_LITERAL,
+      /// \brief A ParenExpr record.
+      EXPR_PAREN,
+      /// \brief A ParenListExpr record.
+      EXPR_PAREN_LIST,
+      /// \brief A UnaryOperator record.
+      EXPR_UNARY_OPERATOR,
+      /// \brief An OffsetOfExpr record.
+      EXPR_OFFSETOF,
+      /// \brief A SizefAlignOfExpr record.
+      EXPR_SIZEOF_ALIGN_OF,
+      /// \brief An ArraySubscriptExpr record.
+      EXPR_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT,
+      /// \brief A CallExpr record.
+      EXPR_CALL,
+      /// \brief A MemberExpr record.
+      EXPR_MEMBER,
+      /// \brief A BinaryOperator record.
+      EXPR_BINARY_OPERATOR,
+      /// \brief A CompoundAssignOperator record.
+      EXPR_COMPOUND_ASSIGN_OPERATOR,
+      /// \brief A ConditionOperator record.
+      EXPR_CONDITIONAL_OPERATOR,
+      /// \brief An ImplicitCastExpr record.
+      EXPR_IMPLICIT_CAST,
+      /// \brief A CStyleCastExpr record.
+      EXPR_CSTYLE_CAST,
+      /// \brief A CompoundLiteralExpr record.
+      EXPR_COMPOUND_LITERAL,
+      /// \brief An ExtVectorElementExpr record.
+      EXPR_EXT_VECTOR_ELEMENT,
+      /// \brief An InitListExpr record.
+      EXPR_INIT_LIST,
+      /// \brief A DesignatedInitExpr record.
+      EXPR_DESIGNATED_INIT,
+      /// \brief An ImplicitValueInitExpr record.
+      EXPR_IMPLICIT_VALUE_INIT,
+      /// \brief A VAArgExpr record.
+      EXPR_VA_ARG,
+      /// \brief An AddrLabelExpr record.
+      EXPR_ADDR_LABEL,
+      /// \brief A StmtExpr record.
+      EXPR_STMT,
+      /// \brief A ChooseExpr record.
+      EXPR_CHOOSE,
+      /// \brief A GNUNullExpr record.
+      EXPR_GNU_NULL,
+      /// \brief A ShuffleVectorExpr record.
+      EXPR_SHUFFLE_VECTOR,
+      /// \brief BlockExpr
+      EXPR_BLOCK,
+      /// \brief A GenericSelectionExpr record.
+      EXPR_GENERIC_SELECTION,
+      /// \brief A PseudoObjectExpr record.
+      EXPR_PSEUDO_OBJECT,
+      /// \brief An AtomicExpr record.
+      EXPR_ATOMIC,
+
+      // Objective-C
+
+      /// \brief An ObjCStringLiteral record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_STRING_LITERAL,
+
+      EXPR_OBJC_BOXED_EXPRESSION,
+      EXPR_OBJC_ARRAY_LITERAL,
+      EXPR_OBJC_DICTIONARY_LITERAL,
+
+    
+      /// \brief An ObjCEncodeExpr record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_ENCODE,
+      /// \brief An ObjCSelectorExpr record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_SELECTOR_EXPR,
+      /// \brief An ObjCProtocolExpr record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_PROTOCOL_EXPR,
+      /// \brief An ObjCIvarRefExpr record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_IVAR_REF_EXPR,
+      /// \brief An ObjCPropertyRefExpr record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_PROPERTY_REF_EXPR,
+      /// \brief An ObjCSubscriptRefExpr record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_SUBSCRIPT_REF_EXPR,
+      /// \brief UNUSED
+      EXPR_OBJC_KVC_REF_EXPR,
+      /// \brief An ObjCMessageExpr record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_MESSAGE_EXPR,
+      /// \brief An ObjCIsa Expr record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_ISA,
+      /// \brief An ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExpr record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_INDIRECT_COPY_RESTORE,
+
+      /// \brief An ObjCForCollectionStmt record.
+      STMT_OBJC_FOR_COLLECTION,
+      /// \brief An ObjCAtCatchStmt record.
+      STMT_OBJC_CATCH,
+      /// \brief An ObjCAtFinallyStmt record.
+      STMT_OBJC_FINALLY,
+      /// \brief An ObjCAtTryStmt record.
+      STMT_OBJC_AT_TRY,
+      /// \brief An ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt record.
+      STMT_OBJC_AT_SYNCHRONIZED,
+      /// \brief An ObjCAtThrowStmt record.
+      STMT_OBJC_AT_THROW,
+      /// \brief An ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt record.
+      STMT_OBJC_AUTORELEASE_POOL,
+      /// \brief A ObjCBoolLiteralExpr record.
+      EXPR_OBJC_BOOL_LITERAL,
+
+      // C++
+      
+      /// \brief A CXXCatchStmt record.
+      STMT_CXX_CATCH,
+      /// \brief A CXXTryStmt record.
+      STMT_CXX_TRY,
+      /// \brief A CXXForRangeStmt record.
+      STMT_CXX_FOR_RANGE,
+
+      /// \brief A CXXOperatorCallExpr record.
+      EXPR_CXX_OPERATOR_CALL,
+      /// \brief A CXXMemberCallExpr record.
+      EXPR_CXX_MEMBER_CALL,
+      /// \brief A CXXConstructExpr record.
+      EXPR_CXX_CONSTRUCT,
+      /// \brief A CXXTemporaryObjectExpr record.
+      EXPR_CXX_TEMPORARY_OBJECT,
+      /// \brief A CXXStaticCastExpr record.
+      EXPR_CXX_STATIC_CAST,
+      /// \brief A CXXDynamicCastExpr record.
+      EXPR_CXX_DYNAMIC_CAST,
+      /// \brief A CXXReinterpretCastExpr record.
+      EXPR_CXX_REINTERPRET_CAST,
+      /// \brief A CXXConstCastExpr record.
+      EXPR_CXX_CONST_CAST,
+      /// \brief A CXXFunctionalCastExpr record.
+      EXPR_CXX_FUNCTIONAL_CAST,
+      /// \brief A UserDefinedLiteral record.
+      EXPR_USER_DEFINED_LITERAL,
+      /// \brief A CXXBoolLiteralExpr record.
+      EXPR_CXX_BOOL_LITERAL,
+      EXPR_CXX_NULL_PTR_LITERAL,  // CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_TYPEID_EXPR,       // CXXTypeidExpr (of expr).
+      EXPR_CXX_TYPEID_TYPE,       // CXXTypeidExpr (of type).
+      EXPR_CXX_THIS,              // CXXThisExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_THROW,             // CXXThrowExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_DEFAULT_ARG,       // CXXDefaultArgExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_BIND_TEMPORARY,    // CXXBindTemporaryExpr
+
+      EXPR_CXX_SCALAR_VALUE_INIT, // CXXScalarValueInitExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_NEW,               // CXXNewExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_DELETE,            // CXXDeleteExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_PSEUDO_DESTRUCTOR, // CXXPseudoDestructorExpr
+      
+      EXPR_EXPR_WITH_CLEANUPS,    // ExprWithCleanups
+      
+      EXPR_CXX_DEPENDENT_SCOPE_MEMBER,   // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_DEPENDENT_SCOPE_DECL_REF, // DependentScopeDeclRefExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_UNRESOLVED_CONSTRUCT,     // CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_UNRESOLVED_MEMBER,        // UnresolvedMemberExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_UNRESOLVED_LOOKUP,        // UnresolvedLookupExpr
+
+      EXPR_CXX_UNARY_TYPE_TRAIT,  // UnaryTypeTraitExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_EXPRESSION_TRAIT,  // ExpressionTraitExpr
+      EXPR_CXX_NOEXCEPT,          // CXXNoexceptExpr
+
+      EXPR_OPAQUE_VALUE,          // OpaqueValueExpr
+      EXPR_BINARY_CONDITIONAL_OPERATOR,  // BinaryConditionalOperator
+      EXPR_BINARY_TYPE_TRAIT,     // BinaryTypeTraitExpr
+      EXPR_TYPE_TRAIT,            // TypeTraitExpr
+      EXPR_ARRAY_TYPE_TRAIT,      // ArrayTypeTraitIntExpr
+      
+      EXPR_PACK_EXPANSION,        // PackExpansionExpr
+      EXPR_SIZEOF_PACK,           // SizeOfPackExpr
+      EXPR_SUBST_NON_TYPE_TEMPLATE_PARM, // SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr
+      EXPR_SUBST_NON_TYPE_TEMPLATE_PARM_PACK,// SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr
+      EXPR_FUNCTION_PARM_PACK,    // FunctionParmPackExpr
+      EXPR_MATERIALIZE_TEMPORARY, // MaterializeTemporaryExpr
+      
+      // CUDA
+      EXPR_CUDA_KERNEL_CALL,       // CUDAKernelCallExpr      
+
+      // OpenCL
+      EXPR_ASTYPE,                 // AsTypeExpr
+
+      // Microsoft
+      EXPR_CXX_UUIDOF_EXPR,       // CXXUuidofExpr (of expr).
+      EXPR_CXX_UUIDOF_TYPE,       // CXXUuidofExpr (of type).
+      STMT_SEH_EXCEPT,            // SEHExceptStmt
+      STMT_SEH_FINALLY,           // SEHFinallyStmt
+      STMT_SEH_TRY,               // SEHTryStmt
+      
+      // ARC
+      EXPR_OBJC_BRIDGED_CAST,     // ObjCBridgedCastExpr
+      
+      STMT_MS_DEPENDENT_EXISTS,   // MSDependentExistsStmt
+      EXPR_LAMBDA                 // LambdaExpr
+    };
+
+    /// \brief The kinds of designators that can occur in a
+    /// DesignatedInitExpr.
+    enum DesignatorTypes {
+      /// \brief Field designator where only the field name is known.
+      DESIG_FIELD_NAME  = 0,
+      /// \brief Field designator where the field has been resolved to
+      /// a declaration.
+      DESIG_FIELD_DECL  = 1,
+      /// \brief Array designator.
+      DESIG_ARRAY       = 2,
+      /// \brief GNU array range designator.
+      DESIG_ARRAY_RANGE = 3
+    };
+
+    /// \brief The different kinds of data that can occur in a
+    /// CtorInitializer.
+    enum CtorInitializerType {
+      CTOR_INITIALIZER_BASE,
+      CTOR_INITIALIZER_DELEGATING,
+      CTOR_INITIALIZER_MEMBER,
+      CTOR_INITIALIZER_INDIRECT_MEMBER
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Describes the redeclarations of a declaration.
+    struct LocalRedeclarationsInfo {
+      DeclID FirstID;      // The ID of the first declaration
+      unsigned Offset;     // Offset into the array of redeclaration chains.
+      
+      friend bool operator<(const LocalRedeclarationsInfo &X,
+                            const LocalRedeclarationsInfo &Y) {
+        return X.FirstID < Y.FirstID;
+      }
+      
+      friend bool operator>(const LocalRedeclarationsInfo &X,
+                            const LocalRedeclarationsInfo &Y) {
+        return X.FirstID > Y.FirstID;
+      }
+      
+      friend bool operator<=(const LocalRedeclarationsInfo &X,
+                             const LocalRedeclarationsInfo &Y) {
+        return X.FirstID <= Y.FirstID;
+      }
+      
+      friend bool operator>=(const LocalRedeclarationsInfo &X,
+                             const LocalRedeclarationsInfo &Y) {
+        return X.FirstID >= Y.FirstID;
+      }
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Describes the categories of an Objective-C class.
+    struct ObjCCategoriesInfo {
+      DeclID DefinitionID; // The ID of the definition
+      unsigned Offset;     // Offset into the array of category lists.
+      
+      friend bool operator<(const ObjCCategoriesInfo &X,
+                            const ObjCCategoriesInfo &Y) {
+        return X.DefinitionID < Y.DefinitionID;
+      }
+      
+      friend bool operator>(const ObjCCategoriesInfo &X,
+                            const ObjCCategoriesInfo &Y) {
+        return X.DefinitionID > Y.DefinitionID;
+      }
+      
+      friend bool operator<=(const ObjCCategoriesInfo &X,
+                             const ObjCCategoriesInfo &Y) {
+        return X.DefinitionID <= Y.DefinitionID;
+      }
+      
+      friend bool operator>=(const ObjCCategoriesInfo &X,
+                             const ObjCCategoriesInfo &Y) {
+        return X.DefinitionID >= Y.DefinitionID;
+      }
+    };
+
+    /// @}
+  }
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTDeserializationListener.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTDeserializationListener.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0218129
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTDeserializationListener.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+//===- ASTDeserializationListener.h - Decl/Type PCH Read Events -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ASTDeserializationListener class, which is notified
+//  by the ASTReader whenever a type or declaration is deserialized.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_AST_DESERIALIZATION_LISTENER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_AST_DESERIALIZATION_LISTENER_H
+
+#include "clang/Serialization/ASTBitCodes.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Decl;
+class ASTReader;
+class QualType;
+class MacroDefinition;
+class MacroInfo;
+class Module;
+  
+class ASTDeserializationListener {
+protected:
+  virtual ~ASTDeserializationListener();
+
+public:
+
+  /// \brief The ASTReader was initialized.
+  virtual void ReaderInitialized(ASTReader *Reader) { }
+
+  /// \brief An identifier was deserialized from the AST file.
+  virtual void IdentifierRead(serialization::IdentID ID,
+                              IdentifierInfo *II) { }
+  /// \brief A macro was read from the AST file.
+  virtual void MacroRead(serialization::MacroID ID, MacroInfo *MI) { }
+  /// \brief A type was deserialized from the AST file. The ID here has the
+  ///        qualifier bits already removed, and T is guaranteed to be locally
+  ///        unqualified.
+  virtual void TypeRead(serialization::TypeIdx Idx, QualType T) { }
+  /// \brief A decl was deserialized from the AST file.
+  virtual void DeclRead(serialization::DeclID ID, const Decl *D) { }
+  /// \brief A selector was read from the AST file.
+  virtual void SelectorRead(serialization::SelectorID iD, Selector Sel) { }
+  /// \brief A macro definition was read from the AST file.
+  virtual void MacroDefinitionRead(serialization::PreprocessedEntityID, 
+                                   MacroDefinition *MD) { }
+  /// \brief A module definition was read from the AST file.
+  virtual void ModuleRead(serialization::SubmoduleID ID, Module *Mod) { }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTReader.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTReader.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9255336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTReader.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1897 @@
+//===--- ASTReader.h - AST File Reader --------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ASTReader class, which reads AST files.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_AST_READER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_AST_READER_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Version.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/ExternalPreprocessorSource.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/ASTBitCodes.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/ContinuousRangeMap.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/Module.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/ModuleManager.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Bitcode/BitstreamReader.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include <deque>
+#include <map>
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class MemoryBuffer;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class AddrLabelExpr;
+class ASTConsumer;
+class ASTContext;
+class ASTIdentifierIterator;
+class ASTUnit; // FIXME: Layering violation and egregious hack.
+class Attr;
+class Decl;
+class DeclContext;
+class DiagnosticOptions;
+class NestedNameSpecifier;
+class CXXBaseSpecifier;
+class CXXConstructorDecl;
+class CXXCtorInitializer;
+class GlobalModuleIndex;
+class GotoStmt;
+class MacroDefinition;
+class MacroDirective;
+class NamedDecl;
+class OpaqueValueExpr;
+class Preprocessor;
+class PreprocessorOptions;
+class Sema;
+class SwitchCase;
+class ASTDeserializationListener;
+class ASTWriter;
+class ASTReader;
+class ASTDeclReader;
+class ASTStmtReader;
+class TypeLocReader;
+struct HeaderFileInfo;
+class VersionTuple;
+class TargetOptions;
+class ASTUnresolvedSet;
+
+/// \brief Abstract interface for callback invocations by the ASTReader.
+///
+/// While reading an AST file, the ASTReader will call the methods of the
+/// listener to pass on specific information. Some of the listener methods can
+/// return true to indicate to the ASTReader that the information (and
+/// consequently the AST file) is invalid.
+class ASTReaderListener {
+public:
+  virtual ~ASTReaderListener();
+
+  /// \brief Receives the full Clang version information.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true to indicate that the version is invalid. Subclasses should
+  /// generally defer to this implementation.
+  virtual bool ReadFullVersionInformation(StringRef FullVersion) {
+    return FullVersion != getClangFullRepositoryVersion();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Receives the language options.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true to indicate the options are invalid or false otherwise.
+  virtual bool ReadLanguageOptions(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                                   bool Complain) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Receives the target options.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true to indicate the target options are invalid, or false
+  /// otherwise.
+  virtual bool ReadTargetOptions(const TargetOptions &TargetOpts,
+                                 bool Complain) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Receives the diagnostic options.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true to indicate the diagnostic options are invalid, or false
+  /// otherwise.
+  virtual bool ReadDiagnosticOptions(const DiagnosticOptions &DiagOpts,
+                                     bool Complain) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Receives the file system options.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true to indicate the file system options are invalid, or false
+  /// otherwise.
+  virtual bool ReadFileSystemOptions(const FileSystemOptions &FSOpts,
+                                     bool Complain) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Receives the header search options.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true to indicate the header search options are invalid, or false
+  /// otherwise.
+  virtual bool ReadHeaderSearchOptions(const HeaderSearchOptions &HSOpts,
+                                       bool Complain) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Receives the preprocessor options.
+  ///
+  /// \param SuggestedPredefines Can be filled in with the set of predefines
+  /// that are suggested by the preprocessor options. Typically only used when
+  /// loading a precompiled header.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true to indicate the preprocessor options are invalid, or false
+  /// otherwise.
+  virtual bool ReadPreprocessorOptions(const PreprocessorOptions &PPOpts,
+                                       bool Complain,
+                                       std::string &SuggestedPredefines) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Receives a HeaderFileInfo entry.
+  virtual void ReadHeaderFileInfo(const HeaderFileInfo &HFI, unsigned ID) {}
+
+  /// \brief Receives __COUNTER__ value.
+  virtual void ReadCounter(const serialization::ModuleFile &M,
+                           unsigned Value) {}
+};
+
+/// \brief ASTReaderListener implementation to validate the information of
+/// the PCH file against an initialized Preprocessor.
+class PCHValidator : public ASTReaderListener {
+  Preprocessor &PP;
+  ASTReader &Reader;
+
+  unsigned NumHeaderInfos;
+
+public:
+  PCHValidator(Preprocessor &PP, ASTReader &Reader)
+    : PP(PP), Reader(Reader), NumHeaderInfos(0) {}
+
+  virtual bool ReadLanguageOptions(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                                   bool Complain);
+  virtual bool ReadTargetOptions(const TargetOptions &TargetOpts,
+                                 bool Complain);
+  virtual bool ReadPreprocessorOptions(const PreprocessorOptions &PPOpts,
+                                       bool Complain,
+                                       std::string &SuggestedPredefines);
+  virtual void ReadHeaderFileInfo(const HeaderFileInfo &HFI, unsigned ID);
+  virtual void ReadCounter(const serialization::ModuleFile &M, unsigned Value);
+
+private:
+  void Error(const char *Msg);
+};
+
+namespace serialization {
+
+class ReadMethodPoolVisitor;
+
+namespace reader {
+  class ASTIdentifierLookupTrait;
+  /// \brief The on-disk hash table used for the DeclContext's Name lookup table.
+  typedef OnDiskChainedHashTable<ASTDeclContextNameLookupTrait>
+    ASTDeclContextNameLookupTable;
+}
+
+} // end namespace serialization
+
+/// \brief Reads an AST files chain containing the contents of a translation
+/// unit.
+///
+/// The ASTReader class reads bitstreams (produced by the ASTWriter
+/// class) containing the serialized representation of a given
+/// abstract syntax tree and its supporting data structures. An
+/// instance of the ASTReader can be attached to an ASTContext object,
+/// which will provide access to the contents of the AST files.
+///
+/// The AST reader provides lazy de-serialization of declarations, as
+/// required when traversing the AST. Only those AST nodes that are
+/// actually required will be de-serialized.
+class ASTReader
+  : public ExternalPreprocessorSource,
+    public ExternalPreprocessingRecordSource,
+    public ExternalHeaderFileInfoSource,
+    public ExternalSemaSource,
+    public IdentifierInfoLookup,
+    public ExternalIdentifierLookup,
+    public ExternalSLocEntrySource
+{
+public:
+  typedef SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> RecordData;
+
+  /// \brief The result of reading the control block of an AST file, which
+  /// can fail for various reasons.
+  enum ASTReadResult {
+    /// \brief The control block was read successfully. Aside from failures,
+    /// the AST file is safe to read into the current context.
+    Success,
+    /// \brief The AST file itself appears corrupted.
+    Failure,
+    /// \brief The AST file was missing.
+    Missing,
+    /// \brief The AST file is out-of-date relative to its input files,
+    /// and needs to be regenerated.
+    OutOfDate,
+    /// \brief The AST file was written by a different version of Clang.
+    VersionMismatch,
+    /// \brief The AST file was writtten with a different language/target
+    /// configuration.
+    ConfigurationMismatch,
+    /// \brief The AST file has errors.
+    HadErrors
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief Types of AST files.
+  friend class PCHValidator;
+  friend class ASTDeclReader;
+  friend class ASTStmtReader;
+  friend class ASTIdentifierIterator;
+  friend class serialization::reader::ASTIdentifierLookupTrait;
+  friend class TypeLocReader;
+  friend class ASTWriter;
+  friend class ASTUnit; // ASTUnit needs to remap source locations.
+  friend class serialization::ReadMethodPoolVisitor;
+
+  typedef serialization::ModuleFile ModuleFile;
+  typedef serialization::ModuleKind ModuleKind;
+  typedef serialization::ModuleManager ModuleManager;
+
+  typedef ModuleManager::ModuleIterator ModuleIterator;
+  typedef ModuleManager::ModuleConstIterator ModuleConstIterator;
+  typedef ModuleManager::ModuleReverseIterator ModuleReverseIterator;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief The receiver of some callbacks invoked by ASTReader.
+  OwningPtr<ASTReaderListener> Listener;
+
+  /// \brief The receiver of deserialization events.
+  ASTDeserializationListener *DeserializationListener;
+
+  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
+  FileManager &FileMgr;
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
+
+  /// \brief The semantic analysis object that will be processing the
+  /// AST files and the translation unit that uses it.
+  Sema *SemaObj;
+
+  /// \brief The preprocessor that will be loading the source file.
+  Preprocessor &PP;
+
+  /// \brief The AST context into which we'll read the AST files.
+  ASTContext &Context;
+
+  /// \brief The AST consumer.
+  ASTConsumer *Consumer;
+
+  /// \brief The module manager which manages modules and their dependencies
+  ModuleManager ModuleMgr;
+
+  /// \brief The global module index, if loaded.
+  llvm::OwningPtr<GlobalModuleIndex> GlobalIndex;
+
+  /// \brief A map of global bit offsets to the module that stores entities
+  /// at those bit offsets.
+  ContinuousRangeMap<uint64_t, ModuleFile*, 4> GlobalBitOffsetsMap;
+
+  /// \brief A map of negated SLocEntryIDs to the modules containing them.
+  ContinuousRangeMap<unsigned, ModuleFile*, 64> GlobalSLocEntryMap;
+
+  typedef ContinuousRangeMap<unsigned, ModuleFile*, 64> GlobalSLocOffsetMapType;
+
+  /// \brief A map of reversed (SourceManager::MaxLoadedOffset - SLocOffset)
+  /// SourceLocation offsets to the modules containing them.
+  GlobalSLocOffsetMapType GlobalSLocOffsetMap;
+
+  /// \brief Types that have already been loaded from the chain.
+  ///
+  /// When the pointer at index I is non-NULL, the type with
+  /// ID = (I + 1) << FastQual::Width has already been loaded
+  std::vector<QualType> TypesLoaded;
+
+  typedef ContinuousRangeMap<serialization::TypeID, ModuleFile *, 4>
+    GlobalTypeMapType;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from global type IDs to the module in which the
+  /// type resides along with the offset that should be added to the
+  /// global type ID to produce a local ID.
+  GlobalTypeMapType GlobalTypeMap;
+
+  /// \brief Declarations that have already been loaded from the chain.
+  ///
+  /// When the pointer at index I is non-NULL, the declaration with ID
+  /// = I + 1 has already been loaded.
+  std::vector<Decl *> DeclsLoaded;
+
+  typedef ContinuousRangeMap<serialization::DeclID, ModuleFile *, 4>
+    GlobalDeclMapType;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from global declaration IDs to the module in which the
+  /// declaration resides.
+  GlobalDeclMapType GlobalDeclMap;
+
+  typedef std::pair<ModuleFile *, uint64_t> FileOffset;
+  typedef SmallVector<FileOffset, 2> FileOffsetsTy;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<serialization::DeclID, FileOffsetsTy>
+      DeclUpdateOffsetsMap;
+
+  /// \brief Declarations that have modifications residing in a later file
+  /// in the chain.
+  DeclUpdateOffsetsMap DeclUpdateOffsets;
+
+  struct ReplacedDeclInfo {
+    ModuleFile *Mod;
+    uint64_t Offset;
+    unsigned RawLoc;
+
+    ReplacedDeclInfo() : Mod(0), Offset(0), RawLoc(0) {}
+    ReplacedDeclInfo(ModuleFile *Mod, uint64_t Offset, unsigned RawLoc)
+      : Mod(Mod), Offset(Offset), RawLoc(RawLoc) {}
+  };
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<serialization::DeclID, ReplacedDeclInfo>
+      DeclReplacementMap;
+  /// \brief Declarations that have been replaced in a later file in the chain.
+  DeclReplacementMap ReplacedDecls;
+
+  struct FileDeclsInfo {
+    ModuleFile *Mod;
+    ArrayRef<serialization::LocalDeclID> Decls;
+
+    FileDeclsInfo() : Mod(0) {}
+    FileDeclsInfo(ModuleFile *Mod, ArrayRef<serialization::LocalDeclID> Decls)
+      : Mod(Mod), Decls(Decls) {}
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Map from a FileID to the file-level declarations that it contains.
+  llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileDeclsInfo> FileDeclIDs;
+
+  // Updates for visible decls can occur for other contexts than just the
+  // TU, and when we read those update records, the actual context will not
+  // be available yet (unless it's the TU), so have this pending map using the
+  // ID as a key. It will be realized when the context is actually loaded.
+  typedef
+    SmallVector<std::pair<serialization::reader::ASTDeclContextNameLookupTable *,
+                          ModuleFile*>, 1> DeclContextVisibleUpdates;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<serialization::DeclID, DeclContextVisibleUpdates>
+      DeclContextVisibleUpdatesPending;
+
+  /// \brief Updates to the visible declarations of declaration contexts that
+  /// haven't been loaded yet.
+  DeclContextVisibleUpdatesPending PendingVisibleUpdates;
+  
+  /// \brief The set of C++ or Objective-C classes that have forward 
+  /// declarations that have not yet been linked to their definitions.
+  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Decl *, 4> PendingDefinitions;
+
+  typedef llvm::MapVector<Decl *, uint64_t,
+                          llvm::SmallDenseMap<Decl *, unsigned, 4>,
+                          SmallVector<std::pair<Decl *, uint64_t>, 4> >
+    PendingBodiesMap;
+
+  /// \brief Functions or methods that have bodies that will be attached.
+  PendingBodiesMap PendingBodies;
+
+  /// \brief Read the records that describe the contents of declcontexts.
+  bool ReadDeclContextStorage(ModuleFile &M,
+                              llvm::BitstreamCursor &Cursor,
+                              const std::pair<uint64_t, uint64_t> &Offsets,
+                              serialization::DeclContextInfo &Info);
+
+  /// \brief A vector containing identifiers that have already been
+  /// loaded.
+  ///
+  /// If the pointer at index I is non-NULL, then it refers to the
+  /// IdentifierInfo for the identifier with ID=I+1 that has already
+  /// been loaded.
+  std::vector<IdentifierInfo *> IdentifiersLoaded;
+
+  typedef ContinuousRangeMap<serialization::IdentID, ModuleFile *, 4>
+    GlobalIdentifierMapType;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from global identifier IDs to the module in which the
+  /// identifier resides along with the offset that should be added to the
+  /// global identifier ID to produce a local ID.
+  GlobalIdentifierMapType GlobalIdentifierMap;
+
+  /// \brief A vector containing macros that have already been
+  /// loaded.
+  ///
+  /// If the pointer at index I is non-NULL, then it refers to the
+  /// MacroInfo for the identifier with ID=I+1 that has already
+  /// been loaded.
+  std::vector<MacroInfo *> MacrosLoaded;
+
+  typedef ContinuousRangeMap<serialization::MacroID, ModuleFile *, 4>
+    GlobalMacroMapType;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from global macro IDs to the module in which the
+  /// macro resides along with the offset that should be added to the
+  /// global macro ID to produce a local ID.
+  GlobalMacroMapType GlobalMacroMap;
+
+  /// \brief A vector containing submodules that have already been loaded.
+  ///
+  /// This vector is indexed by the Submodule ID (-1). NULL submodule entries
+  /// indicate that the particular submodule ID has not yet been loaded.
+  SmallVector<Module *, 2> SubmodulesLoaded;
+  
+  typedef ContinuousRangeMap<serialization::SubmoduleID, ModuleFile *, 4>
+    GlobalSubmoduleMapType;
+  
+  /// \brief Mapping from global submodule IDs to the module file in which the
+  /// submodule resides along with the offset that should be added to the
+  /// global submodule ID to produce a local ID.
+  GlobalSubmoduleMapType GlobalSubmoduleMap;
+
+  /// \brief An entity that has been hidden.
+  class HiddenName {
+  public:
+    enum NameKind {
+      Declaration,
+      MacroVisibility
+    } Kind;
+
+  private:
+    union {
+      Decl *D;
+      MacroDirective *MD;
+    };
+
+    IdentifierInfo *Id;
+
+  public:
+    HiddenName(Decl *D) : Kind(Declaration), D(D), Id() { }
+
+    HiddenName(IdentifierInfo *II, MacroDirective *MD)
+      : Kind(MacroVisibility), MD(MD), Id(II) { }
+
+    NameKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+
+    Decl *getDecl() const {
+      assert(getKind() == Declaration && "Hidden name is not a declaration");
+      return D;
+    }
+
+    std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, MacroDirective *> getMacro() const {
+      assert(getKind() == MacroVisibility && "Hidden name is not a macro!");
+      return std::make_pair(Id, MD);
+    }
+};
+
+  /// \brief A set of hidden declarations.
+  typedef SmallVector<HiddenName, 2> HiddenNames;
+  
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Module *, HiddenNames> HiddenNamesMapType;
+
+  /// \brief A mapping from each of the hidden submodules to the deserialized
+  /// declarations in that submodule that could be made visible.
+  HiddenNamesMapType HiddenNamesMap;
+  
+  
+  /// \brief A module import, export, or conflict that hasn't yet been resolved.
+  struct UnresolvedModuleRef {
+    /// \brief The file in which this module resides.
+    ModuleFile *File;
+    
+    /// \brief The module that is importing or exporting.
+    Module *Mod;
+
+    /// \brief The kind of module reference.
+    enum { Import, Export, Conflict } Kind;
+
+    /// \brief The local ID of the module that is being exported.
+    unsigned ID;
+
+    /// \brief Whether this is a wildcard export.
+    unsigned IsWildcard : 1;
+
+    /// \brief String data.
+    StringRef String;
+  };
+  
+  /// \brief The set of module imports and exports that still need to be 
+  /// resolved.
+  SmallVector<UnresolvedModuleRef, 2> UnresolvedModuleRefs;
+  
+  /// \brief A vector containing selectors that have already been loaded.
+  ///
+  /// This vector is indexed by the Selector ID (-1). NULL selector
+  /// entries indicate that the particular selector ID has not yet
+  /// been loaded.
+  SmallVector<Selector, 16> SelectorsLoaded;
+
+  typedef ContinuousRangeMap<serialization::SelectorID, ModuleFile *, 4>
+    GlobalSelectorMapType;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from global selector IDs to the module in which the
+
+  /// global selector ID to produce a local ID.
+  GlobalSelectorMapType GlobalSelectorMap;
+
+  /// \brief The generation number of the last time we loaded data from the
+  /// global method pool for this selector.
+  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, unsigned> SelectorGeneration;
+
+  struct PendingMacroInfo {
+    ModuleFile *M;
+
+    struct ModuleMacroDataTy {
+      serialization::GlobalMacroID GMacID;
+      unsigned ImportLoc;
+    };
+    struct PCHMacroDataTy {
+      uint64_t MacroDirectivesOffset;
+    };
+
+    union {
+      ModuleMacroDataTy ModuleMacroData;
+      PCHMacroDataTy PCHMacroData;
+    };
+
+    PendingMacroInfo(ModuleFile *M,
+                     serialization::GlobalMacroID GMacID,
+                     SourceLocation ImportLoc) : M(M) {
+      ModuleMacroData.GMacID = GMacID;
+      ModuleMacroData.ImportLoc = ImportLoc.getRawEncoding();
+    }
+
+    PendingMacroInfo(ModuleFile *M, uint64_t MacroDirectivesOffset) : M(M) {
+      PCHMacroData.MacroDirectivesOffset = MacroDirectivesOffset;
+    }
+  };
+
+  typedef llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, SmallVector<PendingMacroInfo, 2> >
+    PendingMacroIDsMap;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from identifiers that have a macro history to the global
+  /// IDs have not yet been deserialized to the global IDs of those macros.
+  PendingMacroIDsMap PendingMacroIDs;
+
+  typedef ContinuousRangeMap<unsigned, ModuleFile *, 4>
+    GlobalPreprocessedEntityMapType;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from global preprocessing entity IDs to the module in
+  /// which the preprocessed entity resides along with the offset that should be
+  /// added to the global preprocessing entitiy ID to produce a local ID.
+  GlobalPreprocessedEntityMapType GlobalPreprocessedEntityMap;
+
+  /// \name CodeGen-relevant special data
+  /// \brief Fields containing data that is relevant to CodeGen.
+  //@{
+
+  /// \brief The IDs of all declarations that fulfill the criteria of
+  /// "interesting" decls.
+  ///
+  /// This contains the data loaded from all EXTERNAL_DEFINITIONS blocks in the
+  /// chain. The referenced declarations are deserialized and passed to the
+  /// consumer eagerly.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 16> ExternalDefinitions;
+
+  /// \brief The IDs of all tentative definitions stored in the chain.
+  ///
+  /// Sema keeps track of all tentative definitions in a TU because it has to
+  /// complete them and pass them on to CodeGen. Thus, tentative definitions in
+  /// the PCH chain must be eagerly deserialized.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 16> TentativeDefinitions;
+
+  /// \brief The IDs of all CXXRecordDecls stored in the chain whose VTables are
+  /// used.
+  ///
+  /// CodeGen has to emit VTables for these records, so they have to be eagerly
+  /// deserialized.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> VTableUses;
+
+  /// \brief A snapshot of the pending instantiations in the chain.
+  ///
+  /// This record tracks the instantiations that Sema has to perform at the
+  /// end of the TU. It consists of a pair of values for every pending
+  /// instantiation where the first value is the ID of the decl and the second
+  /// is the instantiation location.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> PendingInstantiations;
+
+  //@}
+
+  /// \name DiagnosticsEngine-relevant special data
+  /// \brief Fields containing data that is used for generating diagnostics
+  //@{
+
+  /// \brief A snapshot of Sema's unused file-scoped variable tracking, for
+  /// generating warnings.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 16> UnusedFileScopedDecls;
+
+  /// \brief A list of all the delegating constructors we've seen, to diagnose
+  /// cycles.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 4> DelegatingCtorDecls;
+
+  /// \brief Method selectors used in a @selector expression. Used for
+  /// implementation of -Wselector.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> ReferencedSelectorsData;
+
+  /// \brief A snapshot of Sema's weak undeclared identifier tracking, for
+  /// generating warnings.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
+
+  /// \brief The IDs of type aliases for ext_vectors that exist in the chain.
+  ///
+  /// Used by Sema for finding sugared names for ext_vectors in diagnostics.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 4> ExtVectorDecls;
+
+  //@}
+
+  /// \name Sema-relevant special data
+  /// \brief Fields containing data that is used for semantic analysis
+  //@{
+
+  /// \brief The IDs of all locally scoped extern "C" decls in the chain.
+  ///
+  /// Sema tracks these to validate that the types are consistent across all
+  /// local extern "C" declarations.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 16> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
+
+  /// \brief The IDs of all dynamic class declarations in the chain.
+  ///
+  /// Sema tracks these because it checks for the key functions being defined
+  /// at the end of the TU, in which case it directs CodeGen to emit the VTable.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 16> DynamicClasses;
+
+  /// \brief The IDs of the declarations Sema stores directly.
+  ///
+  /// Sema tracks a few important decls, such as namespace std, directly.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 4> SemaDeclRefs;
+
+  /// \brief The IDs of the types ASTContext stores directly.
+  ///
+  /// The AST context tracks a few important types, such as va_list, directly.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 16> SpecialTypes;
+
+  /// \brief The IDs of CUDA-specific declarations ASTContext stores directly.
+  ///
+  /// The AST context tracks a few important decls, currently cudaConfigureCall,
+  /// directly.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 2> CUDASpecialDeclRefs;
+
+  /// \brief The floating point pragma option settings.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 1> FPPragmaOptions;
+
+  /// \brief The OpenCL extension settings.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 1> OpenCLExtensions;
+
+  /// \brief A list of the namespaces we've seen.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 4> KnownNamespaces;
+
+  /// \brief A list of undefined decls with internal linkage followed by the
+  /// SourceLocation of a matching ODR-use.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 8> UndefinedButUsed;
+
+  /// \brief A list of modules that were imported by precompiled headers or
+  /// any other non-module AST file.
+  SmallVector<serialization::SubmoduleID, 2> ImportedModules;
+  //@}
+
+  /// \brief The directory that the PCH we are reading is stored in.
+  std::string CurrentDir;
+
+  /// \brief The system include root to be used when loading the
+  /// precompiled header.
+  std::string isysroot;
+
+  /// \brief Whether to disable the normal validation performed on precompiled
+  /// headers when they are loaded.
+  bool DisableValidation;
+
+  /// \brief Whether to accept an AST file with compiler errors.
+  bool AllowASTWithCompilerErrors;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we are allowed to use the global module index.
+  bool UseGlobalIndex;
+
+  /// \brief Whether we have tried loading the global module index yet.
+  bool TriedLoadingGlobalIndex;
+
+  /// \brief The current "generation" of the module file import stack, which 
+  /// indicates how many separate module file load operations have occurred.
+  unsigned CurrentGeneration;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, SwitchCase *> SwitchCaseMapTy;
+  /// \brief Mapping from switch-case IDs in the chain to switch-case statements
+  ///
+  /// Statements usually don't have IDs, but switch cases need them, so that the
+  /// switch statement can refer to them.
+  SwitchCaseMapTy SwitchCaseStmts;
+
+  SwitchCaseMapTy *CurrSwitchCaseStmts;
+
+  /// \brief The number of source location entries de-serialized from
+  /// the PCH file.
+  unsigned NumSLocEntriesRead;
+
+  /// \brief The number of source location entries in the chain.
+  unsigned TotalNumSLocEntries;
+
+  /// \brief The number of statements (and expressions) de-serialized
+  /// from the chain.
+  unsigned NumStatementsRead;
+
+  /// \brief The total number of statements (and expressions) stored
+  /// in the chain.
+  unsigned TotalNumStatements;
+
+  /// \brief The number of macros de-serialized from the chain.
+  unsigned NumMacrosRead;
+
+  /// \brief The total number of macros stored in the chain.
+  unsigned TotalNumMacros;
+
+  /// \brief The number of lookups into identifier tables.
+  unsigned NumIdentifierLookups;
+
+  /// \brief The number of lookups into identifier tables that succeed.
+  unsigned NumIdentifierLookupHits;
+
+  /// \brief The number of selectors that have been read.
+  unsigned NumSelectorsRead;
+
+  /// \brief The number of method pool entries that have been read.
+  unsigned NumMethodPoolEntriesRead;
+
+  /// \brief The number of times we have looked up a selector in the method
+  /// pool.
+  unsigned NumMethodPoolLookups;
+
+  /// \brief The number of times we have looked up a selector in the method
+  /// pool and found something.
+  unsigned NumMethodPoolHits;
+
+  /// \brief The number of times we have looked up a selector in the method
+  /// pool within a specific module.
+  unsigned NumMethodPoolTableLookups;
+
+  /// \brief The number of times we have looked up a selector in the method
+  /// pool within a specific module and found something.
+  unsigned NumMethodPoolTableHits;
+
+  /// \brief The total number of method pool entries in the selector table.
+  unsigned TotalNumMethodPoolEntries;
+
+  /// Number of lexical decl contexts read/total.
+  unsigned NumLexicalDeclContextsRead, TotalLexicalDeclContexts;
+
+  /// Number of visible decl contexts read/total.
+  unsigned NumVisibleDeclContextsRead, TotalVisibleDeclContexts;
+
+  /// Total size of modules, in bits, currently loaded
+  uint64_t TotalModulesSizeInBits;
+
+  /// \brief Number of Decl/types that are currently deserializing.
+  unsigned NumCurrentElementsDeserializing;
+
+  /// \brief Set true while we are in the process of passing deserialized
+  /// "interesting" decls to consumer inside FinishedDeserializing().
+  /// This is used as a guard to avoid recursively repeating the process of
+  /// passing decls to consumer.
+  bool PassingDeclsToConsumer;
+
+  /// Number of CXX base specifiers currently loaded
+  unsigned NumCXXBaseSpecifiersLoaded;
+
+  /// \brief The set of identifiers that were read while the AST reader was
+  /// (recursively) loading declarations.
+  ///
+  /// The declarations on the identifier chain for these identifiers will be
+  /// loaded once the recursive loading has completed.
+  llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, SmallVector<uint32_t, 4> >
+    PendingIdentifierInfos;
+
+  /// \brief The generation number of each identifier, which keeps track of
+  /// the last time we loaded information about this identifier.
+  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, unsigned> IdentifierGeneration;
+  
+  /// \brief Contains declarations and definitions that will be
+  /// "interesting" to the ASTConsumer, when we get that AST consumer.
+  ///
+  /// "Interesting" declarations are those that have data that may
+  /// need to be emitted, such as inline function definitions or
+  /// Objective-C protocols.
+  std::deque<Decl *> InterestingDecls;
+
+  /// \brief The set of redeclarable declarations that have been deserialized
+  /// since the last time the declaration chains were linked.
+  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Decl *, 16> RedeclsDeserialized;
+  
+  /// \brief The list of redeclaration chains that still need to be 
+  /// reconstructed.
+  ///
+  /// Each element is the global declaration ID of the first declaration in
+  /// the chain. Elements in this vector should be unique; use 
+  /// PendingDeclChainsKnown to ensure uniqueness.
+  SmallVector<serialization::DeclID, 16> PendingDeclChains;
+
+  /// \brief Keeps track of the elements added to PendingDeclChains.
+  llvm::SmallSet<serialization::DeclID, 16> PendingDeclChainsKnown;
+
+  /// \brief The Decl IDs for the Sema/Lexical DeclContext of a Decl that has
+  /// been loaded but its DeclContext was not set yet.
+  struct PendingDeclContextInfo {
+    Decl *D;
+    serialization::GlobalDeclID SemaDC;
+    serialization::GlobalDeclID LexicalDC;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The set of Decls that have been loaded but their DeclContexts are
+  /// not set yet.
+  ///
+  /// The DeclContexts for these Decls will be set once recursive loading has
+  /// been completed.
+  std::deque<PendingDeclContextInfo> PendingDeclContextInfos;
+
+  /// \brief The set of Objective-C categories that have been deserialized
+  /// since the last time the declaration chains were linked.
+  llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCCategoryDecl *, 16> CategoriesDeserialized;
+
+  /// \brief The set of Objective-C class definitions that have already been
+  /// loaded, for which we will need to check for categories whenever a new
+  /// module is loaded.
+  SmallVector<ObjCInterfaceDecl *, 16> ObjCClassesLoaded;
+  
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<serialization::DeclID, 2> >
+    MergedDeclsMap;
+    
+  /// \brief A mapping from canonical declarations to the set of additional
+  /// (global, previously-canonical) declaration IDs that have been merged with
+  /// that canonical declaration.
+  MergedDeclsMap MergedDecls;
+  
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<serialization::GlobalDeclID, 
+                         SmallVector<serialization::DeclID, 2> >
+    StoredMergedDeclsMap;
+  
+  /// \brief A mapping from canonical declaration IDs to the set of additional
+  /// declaration IDs that have been merged with that canonical declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This is the deserialized representation of the entries in MergedDecls.
+  /// When we query entries in MergedDecls, they will be augmented with entries
+  /// from StoredMergedDecls.
+  StoredMergedDeclsMap StoredMergedDecls;
+  
+  /// \brief Combine the stored merged declarations for the given canonical
+  /// declaration into the set of merged declarations.
+  ///
+  /// \returns An iterator into MergedDecls that corresponds to the position of
+  /// the given canonical declaration.
+  MergedDeclsMap::iterator
+  combineStoredMergedDecls(Decl *Canon, serialization::GlobalDeclID CanonID);
+  
+  /// \brief Ready to load the previous declaration of the given Decl.
+  void loadAndAttachPreviousDecl(Decl *D, serialization::DeclID ID);
+
+  /// \brief When reading a Stmt tree, Stmt operands are placed in this stack.
+  SmallVector<Stmt *, 16> StmtStack;
+
+  /// \brief What kind of records we are reading.
+  enum ReadingKind {
+    Read_Decl, Read_Type, Read_Stmt
+  };
+
+  /// \brief What kind of records we are reading.
+  ReadingKind ReadingKind;
+
+  /// \brief RAII object to change the reading kind.
+  class ReadingKindTracker {
+    ASTReader &Reader;
+    enum ReadingKind PrevKind;
+
+    ReadingKindTracker(const ReadingKindTracker &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const ReadingKindTracker &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  public:
+    ReadingKindTracker(enum ReadingKind newKind, ASTReader &reader)
+      : Reader(reader), PrevKind(Reader.ReadingKind) {
+      Reader.ReadingKind = newKind;
+    }
+
+    ~ReadingKindTracker() { Reader.ReadingKind = PrevKind; }
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Suggested contents of the predefines buffer, after this
+  /// PCH file has been processed.
+  ///
+  /// In most cases, this string will be empty, because the predefines
+  /// buffer computed to build the PCH file will be identical to the
+  /// predefines buffer computed from the command line. However, when
+  /// there are differences that the PCH reader can work around, this
+  /// predefines buffer may contain additional definitions.
+  std::string SuggestedPredefines;
+
+  /// \brief Reads a statement from the specified cursor.
+  Stmt *ReadStmtFromStream(ModuleFile &F);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the file entry and 'overridden' bit for an input
+  /// file in the given module file.
+  serialization::InputFile getInputFile(ModuleFile &F, unsigned ID,
+                                        bool Complain = true);
+
+  /// \brief Get a FileEntry out of stored-in-PCH filename, making sure we take
+  /// into account all the necessary relocations.
+  const FileEntry *getFileEntry(StringRef filename);
+
+  void MaybeAddSystemRootToFilename(ModuleFile &M, std::string &Filename);
+
+  struct ImportedModule {
+    ModuleFile *Mod;
+    ModuleFile *ImportedBy;
+    SourceLocation ImportLoc;
+
+    ImportedModule(ModuleFile *Mod,
+                   ModuleFile *ImportedBy,
+                   SourceLocation ImportLoc)
+      : Mod(Mod), ImportedBy(ImportedBy), ImportLoc(ImportLoc) { }
+  };
+
+  ASTReadResult ReadASTCore(StringRef FileName, ModuleKind Type,
+                            SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleFile *ImportedBy,
+                            SmallVectorImpl<ImportedModule> &Loaded,
+                            off_t ExpectedSize, time_t ExpectedModTime,
+                            unsigned ClientLoadCapabilities);
+  ASTReadResult ReadControlBlock(ModuleFile &F,
+                                 SmallVectorImpl<ImportedModule> &Loaded,
+                                 unsigned ClientLoadCapabilities);
+  bool ReadASTBlock(ModuleFile &F);
+  bool ParseLineTable(ModuleFile &F, SmallVectorImpl<uint64_t> &Record);
+  bool ReadSourceManagerBlock(ModuleFile &F);
+  llvm::BitstreamCursor &SLocCursorForID(int ID);
+  SourceLocation getImportLocation(ModuleFile *F);
+  bool ReadSubmoduleBlock(ModuleFile &F);
+  static bool ParseLanguageOptions(const RecordData &Record, bool Complain,
+                                   ASTReaderListener &Listener);
+  static bool ParseTargetOptions(const RecordData &Record, bool Complain,
+                                 ASTReaderListener &Listener);
+  static bool ParseDiagnosticOptions(const RecordData &Record, bool Complain,
+                                     ASTReaderListener &Listener);
+  static bool ParseFileSystemOptions(const RecordData &Record, bool Complain,
+                                     ASTReaderListener &Listener);
+  static bool ParseHeaderSearchOptions(const RecordData &Record, bool Complain,
+                                       ASTReaderListener &Listener);
+  static bool ParsePreprocessorOptions(const RecordData &Record, bool Complain,
+                                       ASTReaderListener &Listener,
+                                       std::string &SuggestedPredefines);
+
+  struct RecordLocation {
+    RecordLocation(ModuleFile *M, uint64_t O)
+      : F(M), Offset(O) {}
+    ModuleFile *F;
+    uint64_t Offset;
+  };
+
+  QualType readTypeRecord(unsigned Index);
+  RecordLocation TypeCursorForIndex(unsigned Index);
+  void LoadedDecl(unsigned Index, Decl *D);
+  Decl *ReadDeclRecord(serialization::DeclID ID);
+  RecordLocation DeclCursorForID(serialization::DeclID ID,
+                                 unsigned &RawLocation);
+  void loadDeclUpdateRecords(serialization::DeclID ID, Decl *D);
+  void loadPendingDeclChain(serialization::GlobalDeclID ID);
+  void loadObjCCategories(serialization::GlobalDeclID ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
+                          unsigned PreviousGeneration = 0);
+
+  RecordLocation getLocalBitOffset(uint64_t GlobalOffset);
+  uint64_t getGlobalBitOffset(ModuleFile &M, uint32_t LocalOffset);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the first preprocessed entity ID that ends after BLoc.
+  serialization::PreprocessedEntityID
+    findBeginPreprocessedEntity(SourceLocation BLoc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the first preprocessed entity ID that begins after ELoc.
+  serialization::PreprocessedEntityID
+    findEndPreprocessedEntity(SourceLocation ELoc) const;
+
+  /// \brief Find the next module that contains entities and return the ID
+  /// of the first entry.
+  ///
+  /// \param SLocMapI points at a chunk of a module that contains no
+  /// preprocessed entities or the entities it contains are not the
+  /// ones we are looking for.
+  serialization::PreprocessedEntityID
+    findNextPreprocessedEntity(
+                        GlobalSLocOffsetMapType::const_iterator SLocMapI) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns (ModuleFile, Local index) pair for \p GlobalIndex of a
+  /// preprocessed entity.
+  std::pair<ModuleFile *, unsigned>
+    getModulePreprocessedEntity(unsigned GlobalIndex);
+
+  /// \brief Returns (begin, end) pair for the preprocessed entities of a
+  /// particular module.
+  std::pair<PreprocessingRecord::iterator, PreprocessingRecord::iterator>
+    getModulePreprocessedEntities(ModuleFile &Mod) const;
+
+  class ModuleDeclIterator {
+    ASTReader *Reader;
+    ModuleFile *Mod;
+    const serialization::LocalDeclID *Pos;
+
+  public:
+    typedef const Decl *value_type;
+    typedef value_type&         reference;
+    typedef value_type*         pointer;
+
+    ModuleDeclIterator() : Reader(0), Mod(0), Pos(0) { }
+
+    ModuleDeclIterator(ASTReader *Reader, ModuleFile *Mod,
+                       const serialization::LocalDeclID *Pos)
+      : Reader(Reader), Mod(Mod), Pos(Pos) { }
+
+    value_type operator*() const {
+      return Reader->GetDecl(Reader->getGlobalDeclID(*Mod, *Pos));
+    }
+
+    ModuleDeclIterator &operator++() {
+      ++Pos;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    ModuleDeclIterator operator++(int) {
+      ModuleDeclIterator Prev(*this);
+      ++Pos;
+      return Prev;
+    }
+
+    ModuleDeclIterator &operator--() {
+      --Pos;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    ModuleDeclIterator operator--(int) {
+      ModuleDeclIterator Prev(*this);
+      --Pos;
+      return Prev;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator==(const ModuleDeclIterator &LHS,
+                           const ModuleDeclIterator &RHS) {
+      assert(LHS.Reader == RHS.Reader && LHS.Mod == RHS.Mod);
+      return LHS.Pos == RHS.Pos;
+    }
+
+    friend bool operator!=(const ModuleDeclIterator &LHS,
+                           const ModuleDeclIterator &RHS) {
+      assert(LHS.Reader == RHS.Reader && LHS.Mod == RHS.Mod);
+      return LHS.Pos != RHS.Pos;
+    }
+  };
+
+  std::pair<ModuleDeclIterator, ModuleDeclIterator>
+    getModuleFileLevelDecls(ModuleFile &Mod);
+
+  void PassInterestingDeclsToConsumer();
+  void PassInterestingDeclToConsumer(Decl *D);
+
+  void finishPendingActions();
+
+  void addPendingDeclContextInfo(Decl *D,
+                                 serialization::GlobalDeclID SemaDC,
+                                 serialization::GlobalDeclID LexicalDC) {
+    assert(D);
+    PendingDeclContextInfo Info = { D, SemaDC, LexicalDC };
+    PendingDeclContextInfos.push_back(Info);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Produce an error diagnostic and return true.
+  ///
+  /// This routine should only be used for fatal errors that have to
+  /// do with non-routine failures (e.g., corrupted AST file).
+  void Error(StringRef Msg);
+  void Error(unsigned DiagID, StringRef Arg1 = StringRef(),
+             StringRef Arg2 = StringRef());
+
+  ASTReader(const ASTReader &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const ASTReader &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+public:
+  /// \brief Load the AST file and validate its contents against the given
+  /// Preprocessor.
+  ///
+  /// \param PP the preprocessor associated with the context in which this
+  /// precompiled header will be loaded.
+  ///
+  /// \param Context the AST context that this precompiled header will be
+  /// loaded into.
+  ///
+  /// \param isysroot If non-NULL, the system include path specified by the
+  /// user. This is only used with relocatable PCH files. If non-NULL,
+  /// a relocatable PCH file will use the default path "/".
+  ///
+  /// \param DisableValidation If true, the AST reader will suppress most
+  /// of its regular consistency checking, allowing the use of precompiled
+  /// headers that cannot be determined to be compatible.
+  ///
+  /// \param AllowASTWithCompilerErrors If true, the AST reader will accept an
+  /// AST file the was created out of an AST with compiler errors,
+  /// otherwise it will reject it.
+  ///
+  /// \param UseGlobalIndex If true, the AST reader will try to load and use
+  /// the global module index.
+  ASTReader(Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Context, StringRef isysroot = "",
+            bool DisableValidation = false,
+            bool AllowASTWithCompilerErrors = false,
+            bool UseGlobalIndex = true);
+
+  ~ASTReader();
+
+  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
+  FileManager &getFileManager() const { return FileMgr; }
+
+  /// \brief Flags that indicate what kind of AST loading failures the client
+  /// of the AST reader can directly handle.
+  ///
+  /// When a client states that it can handle a particular kind of failure,
+  /// the AST reader will not emit errors when producing that kind of failure.
+  enum LoadFailureCapabilities {
+    /// \brief The client can't handle any AST loading failures.
+    ARR_None = 0,
+    /// \brief The client can handle an AST file that cannot load because it
+    /// is missing.
+    ARR_Missing = 0x1,
+    /// \brief The client can handle an AST file that cannot load because it
+    /// is out-of-date relative to its input files.
+    ARR_OutOfDate = 0x2,
+    /// \brief The client can handle an AST file that cannot load because it
+    /// was built with a different version of Clang.
+    ARR_VersionMismatch = 0x4,
+    /// \brief The client can handle an AST file that cannot load because it's
+    /// compiled configuration doesn't match that of the context it was
+    /// loaded into.
+    ARR_ConfigurationMismatch = 0x8
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Load the AST file designated by the given file name.
+  ///
+  /// \param FileName The name of the AST file to load.
+  ///
+  /// \param Type The kind of AST being loaded, e.g., PCH, module, main file,
+  /// or preamble.
+  ///
+  /// \param ImportLoc the location where the module file will be considered as
+  /// imported from. For non-module AST types it should be invalid.
+  ///
+  /// \param ClientLoadCapabilities The set of client load-failure
+  /// capabilities, represented as a bitset of the enumerators of
+  /// LoadFailureCapabilities.
+  ASTReadResult ReadAST(const std::string &FileName, ModuleKind Type,
+                        SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                        unsigned ClientLoadCapabilities);
+
+  /// \brief Make the entities in the given module and any of its (non-explicit)
+  /// submodules visible to name lookup.
+  ///
+  /// \param Mod The module whose names should be made visible.
+  ///
+  /// \param NameVisibility The level of visibility to give the names in the
+  /// module.  Visibility can only be increased over time.
+  ///
+  /// \param ImportLoc The location at which the import occurs.
+  ///
+  /// \param Complain Whether to complain about conflicting module imports.
+  void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod, 
+                         Module::NameVisibilityKind NameVisibility,
+                         SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                         bool Complain);
+  
+  /// \brief Make the names within this set of hidden names visible.
+  void makeNamesVisible(const HiddenNames &Names, Module *Owner);
+  
+  /// \brief Set the AST callbacks listener.
+  void setListener(ASTReaderListener *listener) {
+    Listener.reset(listener);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Set the AST deserialization listener.
+  void setDeserializationListener(ASTDeserializationListener *Listener);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this AST reader has a global index.
+  bool hasGlobalIndex() const { return GlobalIndex; }
+
+  /// \brief Attempts to load the global index.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if loading the global index has failed for any reason.
+  bool loadGlobalIndex();
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether we tried to load the global index, but failed,
+  /// e.g., because it is out-of-date or does not exist.
+  bool isGlobalIndexUnavailable() const;
+  
+  /// \brief Initializes the ASTContext
+  void InitializeContext();
+
+  /// \brief Add in-memory (virtual file) buffer.
+  void addInMemoryBuffer(StringRef &FileName, llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer) {
+    ModuleMgr.addInMemoryBuffer(FileName, Buffer);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Finalizes the AST reader's state before writing an AST file to
+  /// disk.
+  ///
+  /// This operation may undo temporary state in the AST that should not be
+  /// emitted.
+  void finalizeForWriting();
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module manager.
+  ModuleManager &getModuleManager() { return ModuleMgr; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the preprocessor.
+  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the original source file name for the primary
+  /// module file.
+  StringRef getOriginalSourceFile() {
+    return ModuleMgr.getPrimaryModule().OriginalSourceFileName; 
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the original source file name directly from
+  /// the AST file, without actually loading the AST file.
+  static std::string getOriginalSourceFile(const std::string &ASTFileName,
+                                           FileManager &FileMgr,
+                                           DiagnosticsEngine &Diags);
+
+  /// \brief Read the control block for the named AST file.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
+  static bool readASTFileControlBlock(StringRef Filename,
+                                      FileManager &FileMgr,
+                                      ASTReaderListener &Listener);
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether the given AST file is acceptable to load into a
+  /// translation unit with the given language and target options.
+  static bool isAcceptableASTFile(StringRef Filename,
+                                  FileManager &FileMgr,
+                                  const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                                  const TargetOptions &TargetOpts,
+                                  const PreprocessorOptions &PPOpts);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the suggested contents of the predefines buffer,
+  /// which contains a (typically-empty) subset of the predefines
+  /// build prior to including the precompiled header.
+  const std::string &getSuggestedPredefines() { return SuggestedPredefines; }
+
+  /// \brief Read a preallocated preprocessed entity from the external source.
+  ///
+  /// \returns null if an error occurred that prevented the preprocessed
+  /// entity from being loaded.
+  virtual PreprocessedEntity *ReadPreprocessedEntity(unsigned Index);
+
+  /// \brief Returns a pair of [Begin, End) indices of preallocated
+  /// preprocessed entities that \p Range encompasses.
+  virtual std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>
+      findPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange Range);
+
+  /// \brief Optionally returns true or false if the preallocated preprocessed
+  /// entity with index \p Index came from file \p FID.
+  virtual Optional<bool> isPreprocessedEntityInFileID(unsigned Index,
+                                                      FileID FID);
+
+  /// \brief Read the header file information for the given file entry.
+  virtual HeaderFileInfo GetHeaderFileInfo(const FileEntry *FE);
+
+  void ReadPragmaDiagnosticMappings(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of source locations found in the chain.
+  unsigned getTotalNumSLocs() const {
+    return TotalNumSLocEntries;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of identifiers found in the chain.
+  unsigned getTotalNumIdentifiers() const {
+    return static_cast<unsigned>(IdentifiersLoaded.size());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of macros found in the chain.
+  unsigned getTotalNumMacros() const {
+    return static_cast<unsigned>(MacrosLoaded.size());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of types found in the chain.
+  unsigned getTotalNumTypes() const {
+    return static_cast<unsigned>(TypesLoaded.size());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of declarations found in the chain.
+  unsigned getTotalNumDecls() const {
+    return static_cast<unsigned>(DeclsLoaded.size());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of submodules known.
+  unsigned getTotalNumSubmodules() const {
+    return static_cast<unsigned>(SubmodulesLoaded.size());
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Returns the number of selectors found in the chain.
+  unsigned getTotalNumSelectors() const {
+    return static_cast<unsigned>(SelectorsLoaded.size());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of preprocessed entities known to the AST
+  /// reader.
+  unsigned getTotalNumPreprocessedEntities() const {
+    unsigned Result = 0;
+    for (ModuleConstIterator I = ModuleMgr.begin(),
+        E = ModuleMgr.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+      Result += (*I)->NumPreprocessedEntities;
+    }
+
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of C++ base specifiers found in the chain.
+  unsigned getTotalNumCXXBaseSpecifiers() const {
+    return NumCXXBaseSpecifiersLoaded;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Reads a TemplateArgumentLocInfo appropriate for the
+  /// given TemplateArgument kind.
+  TemplateArgumentLocInfo
+  GetTemplateArgumentLocInfo(ModuleFile &F, TemplateArgument::ArgKind Kind,
+                             const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Reads a TemplateArgumentLoc.
+  TemplateArgumentLoc
+  ReadTemplateArgumentLoc(ModuleFile &F,
+                          const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Reads a declarator info from the given record.
+  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfo(ModuleFile &F,
+                                    const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Resolve a type ID into a type, potentially building a new
+  /// type.
+  QualType GetType(serialization::TypeID ID);
+
+  /// \brief Resolve a local type ID within a given AST file into a type.
+  QualType getLocalType(ModuleFile &F, unsigned LocalID);
+
+  /// \brief Map a local type ID within a given AST file into a global type ID.
+  serialization::TypeID getGlobalTypeID(ModuleFile &F, unsigned LocalID) const;
+
+  /// \brief Read a type from the current position in the given record, which
+  /// was read from the given AST file.
+  QualType readType(ModuleFile &F, const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx) {
+    if (Idx >= Record.size())
+      return QualType();
+
+    return getLocalType(F, Record[Idx++]);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Map from a local declaration ID within a given module to a
+  /// global declaration ID.
+  serialization::DeclID getGlobalDeclID(ModuleFile &F,
+                                      serialization::LocalDeclID LocalID) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if global DeclID \p ID originated from module \p M.
+  bool isDeclIDFromModule(serialization::GlobalDeclID ID, ModuleFile &M) const;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module file that owns the given declaration, or NULL
+  /// if the declaration is not from a module file.
+  ModuleFile *getOwningModuleFile(const Decl *D);
+  
+  /// \brief Returns the source location for the decl \p ID.
+  SourceLocation getSourceLocationForDeclID(serialization::GlobalDeclID ID);
+
+  /// \brief Resolve a declaration ID into a declaration, potentially
+  /// building a new declaration.
+  Decl *GetDecl(serialization::DeclID ID);
+  virtual Decl *GetExternalDecl(uint32_t ID);
+
+  /// \brief Reads a declaration with the given local ID in the given module.
+  Decl *GetLocalDecl(ModuleFile &F, uint32_t LocalID) {
+    return GetDecl(getGlobalDeclID(F, LocalID));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Reads a declaration with the given local ID in the given module.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The requested declaration, casted to the given return type.
+  template<typename T>
+  T *GetLocalDeclAs(ModuleFile &F, uint32_t LocalID) {
+    return cast_or_null<T>(GetLocalDecl(F, LocalID));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Map a global declaration ID into the declaration ID used to 
+  /// refer to this declaration within the given module fule.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the global ID of the given declaration as known in the given
+  /// module file.
+  serialization::DeclID 
+  mapGlobalIDToModuleFileGlobalID(ModuleFile &M,
+                                  serialization::DeclID GlobalID);
+  
+  /// \brief Reads a declaration ID from the given position in a record in the
+  /// given module.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The declaration ID read from the record, adjusted to a global ID.
+  serialization::DeclID ReadDeclID(ModuleFile &F, const RecordData &Record,
+                                   unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Reads a declaration from the given position in a record in the
+  /// given module.
+  Decl *ReadDecl(ModuleFile &F, const RecordData &R, unsigned &I) {
+    return GetDecl(ReadDeclID(F, R, I));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Reads a declaration from the given position in a record in the
+  /// given module.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The declaration read from this location, casted to the given
+  /// result type.
+  template<typename T>
+  T *ReadDeclAs(ModuleFile &F, const RecordData &R, unsigned &I) {
+    return cast_or_null<T>(GetDecl(ReadDeclID(F, R, I)));
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Read a CXXBaseSpecifiers ID form the given record and
+  /// return its global bit offset.
+  uint64_t readCXXBaseSpecifiers(ModuleFile &M, const RecordData &Record,
+                                 unsigned &Idx);
+
+  virtual CXXBaseSpecifier *GetExternalCXXBaseSpecifiers(uint64_t Offset);
+
+  /// \brief Resolve the offset of a statement into a statement.
+  ///
+  /// This operation will read a new statement from the external
+  /// source each time it is called, and is meant to be used via a
+  /// LazyOffsetPtr (which is used by Decls for the body of functions, etc).
+  virtual Stmt *GetExternalDeclStmt(uint64_t Offset);
+
+  /// ReadBlockAbbrevs - Enter a subblock of the specified BlockID with the
+  /// specified cursor.  Read the abbreviations that are at the top of the block
+  /// and then leave the cursor pointing into the block.
+  bool ReadBlockAbbrevs(llvm::BitstreamCursor &Cursor, unsigned BlockID);
+
+  /// \brief Finds all the visible declarations with a given name.
+  /// The current implementation of this method just loads the entire
+  /// lookup table as unmaterialized references.
+  virtual bool
+  FindExternalVisibleDeclsByName(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                 DeclarationName Name);
+
+  /// \brief Read all of the declarations lexically stored in a
+  /// declaration context.
+  ///
+  /// \param DC The declaration context whose declarations will be
+  /// read.
+  ///
+  /// \param Decls Vector that will contain the declarations loaded
+  /// from the external source. The caller is responsible for merging
+  /// these declarations with any declarations already stored in the
+  /// declaration context.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if there was an error while reading the
+  /// declarations for this declaration context.
+  virtual ExternalLoadResult FindExternalLexicalDecls(const DeclContext *DC,
+                                        bool (*isKindWeWant)(Decl::Kind),
+                                        SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Decls);
+
+  /// \brief Get the decls that are contained in a file in the Offset/Length
+  /// range. \p Length can be 0 to indicate a point at \p Offset instead of
+  /// a range.
+  virtual void FindFileRegionDecls(FileID File, unsigned Offset,unsigned Length,
+                                   SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
+
+  /// \brief Notify ASTReader that we started deserialization of
+  /// a decl or type so until FinishedDeserializing is called there may be
+  /// decls that are initializing. Must be paired with FinishedDeserializing.
+  virtual void StartedDeserializing() { ++NumCurrentElementsDeserializing; }
+
+  /// \brief Notify ASTReader that we finished the deserialization of
+  /// a decl or type. Must be paired with StartedDeserializing.
+  virtual void FinishedDeserializing();
+
+  /// \brief Function that will be invoked when we begin parsing a new
+  /// translation unit involving this external AST source.
+  ///
+  /// This function will provide all of the external definitions to
+  /// the ASTConsumer.
+  virtual void StartTranslationUnit(ASTConsumer *Consumer);
+
+  /// \brief Print some statistics about AST usage.
+  virtual void PrintStats();
+
+  /// \brief Dump information about the AST reader to standard error.
+  void dump();
+
+  /// Return the amount of memory used by memory buffers, breaking down
+  /// by heap-backed versus mmap'ed memory.
+  virtual void getMemoryBufferSizes(MemoryBufferSizes &sizes) const;
+
+  /// \brief Initialize the semantic source with the Sema instance
+  /// being used to perform semantic analysis on the abstract syntax
+  /// tree.
+  virtual void InitializeSema(Sema &S);
+
+  /// \brief Inform the semantic consumer that Sema is no longer available.
+  virtual void ForgetSema() { SemaObj = 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the IdentifierInfo for the named identifier.
+  ///
+  /// This routine builds a new IdentifierInfo for the given identifier. If any
+  /// declarations with this name are visible from translation unit scope, their
+  /// declarations will be deserialized and introduced into the declaration
+  /// chain of the identifier.
+  virtual IdentifierInfo *get(const char *NameStart, const char *NameEnd);
+  IdentifierInfo *get(StringRef Name) {
+    return get(Name.begin(), Name.end());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator into the set of all identifiers
+  /// in all loaded AST files.
+  virtual IdentifierIterator *getIdentifiers() const;
+
+  /// \brief Load the contents of the global method pool for a given
+  /// selector.
+  virtual void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
+
+  /// \brief Load the set of namespaces that are known to the external source,
+  /// which will be used during typo correction.
+  virtual void ReadKnownNamespaces(
+                           SmallVectorImpl<NamespaceDecl *> &Namespaces);
+
+  virtual void ReadUndefinedButUsed(
+                        llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> &Undefined);
+
+  virtual void ReadTentativeDefinitions(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<VarDecl *> &TentativeDefs);
+
+  virtual void ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<const DeclaratorDecl *> &Decls);
+
+  virtual void ReadDelegatingConstructors(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<CXXConstructorDecl *> &Decls);
+
+  virtual void ReadExtVectorDecls(SmallVectorImpl<TypedefNameDecl *> &Decls);
+
+  virtual void ReadDynamicClasses(SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Decls);
+
+  virtual void ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Decls);
+
+  virtual void ReadReferencedSelectors(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Selector, SourceLocation> > &Sels);
+
+  virtual void ReadWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> > &WI);
+
+  virtual void ReadUsedVTables(SmallVectorImpl<ExternalVTableUse> &VTables);
+
+  virtual void ReadPendingInstantiations(
+                 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<ValueDecl *,
+                                           SourceLocation> > &Pending);
+
+  /// \brief Load a selector from disk, registering its ID if it exists.
+  void LoadSelector(Selector Sel);
+
+  void SetIdentifierInfo(unsigned ID, IdentifierInfo *II);
+  void SetGloballyVisibleDecls(IdentifierInfo *II,
+                               const SmallVectorImpl<uint32_t> &DeclIDs,
+                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> *Decls = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Report a diagnostic.
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(unsigned DiagID);
+
+  /// \brief Report a diagnostic.
+  DiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
+
+  IdentifierInfo *DecodeIdentifierInfo(serialization::IdentifierID ID);
+
+  IdentifierInfo *GetIdentifierInfo(ModuleFile &M, const RecordData &Record,
+                                    unsigned &Idx) {
+    return DecodeIdentifierInfo(getGlobalIdentifierID(M, Record[Idx++]));
+  }
+
+  virtual IdentifierInfo *GetIdentifier(serialization::IdentifierID ID) {
+    // Note that we are loading an identifier.
+    Deserializing AnIdentifier(this);
+
+    return DecodeIdentifierInfo(ID);
+  }
+
+  IdentifierInfo *getLocalIdentifier(ModuleFile &M, unsigned LocalID);
+
+  serialization::IdentifierID getGlobalIdentifierID(ModuleFile &M,
+                                                    unsigned LocalID);
+
+  void resolvePendingMacro(IdentifierInfo *II, const PendingMacroInfo &PMInfo);
+
+  void installPCHMacroDirectives(IdentifierInfo *II,
+                                 ModuleFile &M, uint64_t Offset);
+
+  void installImportedMacro(IdentifierInfo *II, MacroDirective *MD,
+                            Module *Owner);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the macro with the given ID.
+  MacroInfo *getMacro(serialization::MacroID ID);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the global macro ID corresponding to the given local
+  /// ID within the given module file.
+  serialization::MacroID getGlobalMacroID(ModuleFile &M, unsigned LocalID);
+
+  /// \brief Read the source location entry with index ID.
+  virtual bool ReadSLocEntry(int ID);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module import location and module name for the
+  /// given source manager entry ID.
+  virtual std::pair<SourceLocation, StringRef> getModuleImportLoc(int ID);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the global submodule ID given a module and its local ID
+  /// number.
+  serialization::SubmoduleID 
+  getGlobalSubmoduleID(ModuleFile &M, unsigned LocalID);
+  
+  /// \brief Retrieve the submodule that corresponds to a global submodule ID.
+  ///
+  Module *getSubmodule(serialization::SubmoduleID GlobalID);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the module that corresponds to the given module ID.
+  ///
+  /// Note: overrides method in ExternalASTSource
+  virtual Module *getModule(unsigned ID);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a selector from the given module with its local ID
+  /// number.
+  Selector getLocalSelector(ModuleFile &M, unsigned LocalID);
+
+  Selector DecodeSelector(serialization::SelectorID Idx);
+
+  virtual Selector GetExternalSelector(serialization::SelectorID ID);
+  uint32_t GetNumExternalSelectors();
+
+  Selector ReadSelector(ModuleFile &M, const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx) {
+    return getLocalSelector(M, Record[Idx++]);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the global selector ID that corresponds to this
+  /// the local selector ID in a given module.
+  serialization::SelectorID getGlobalSelectorID(ModuleFile &F,
+                                                unsigned LocalID) const;
+
+  /// \brief Read a declaration name.
+  DeclarationName ReadDeclarationName(ModuleFile &F,
+                                      const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+  void ReadDeclarationNameLoc(ModuleFile &F,
+                              DeclarationNameLoc &DNLoc, DeclarationName Name,
+                              const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+  void ReadDeclarationNameInfo(ModuleFile &F, DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                               const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  void ReadQualifierInfo(ModuleFile &F, QualifierInfo &Info,
+                         const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  NestedNameSpecifier *ReadNestedNameSpecifier(ModuleFile &F,
+                                               const RecordData &Record,
+                                               unsigned &Idx);
+
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc ReadNestedNameSpecifierLoc(ModuleFile &F,
+                                                    const RecordData &Record,
+                                                    unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a template name.
+  TemplateName ReadTemplateName(ModuleFile &F, const RecordData &Record,
+                                unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a template argument.
+  TemplateArgument ReadTemplateArgument(ModuleFile &F,
+                                        const RecordData &Record,unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a template parameter list.
+  TemplateParameterList *ReadTemplateParameterList(ModuleFile &F,
+                                                   const RecordData &Record,
+                                                   unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a template argument array.
+  void
+  ReadTemplateArgumentList(SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 8> &TemplArgs,
+                           ModuleFile &F, const RecordData &Record,
+                           unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a UnresolvedSet structure.
+  void ReadUnresolvedSet(ModuleFile &F, ASTUnresolvedSet &Set,
+                         const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a C++ base specifier.
+  CXXBaseSpecifier ReadCXXBaseSpecifier(ModuleFile &F,
+                                        const RecordData &Record,unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a CXXCtorInitializer array.
+  std::pair<CXXCtorInitializer **, unsigned>
+  ReadCXXCtorInitializers(ModuleFile &F, const RecordData &Record,
+                          unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a source location from raw form.
+  SourceLocation ReadSourceLocation(ModuleFile &ModuleFile, unsigned Raw) const {
+    SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Raw);
+    assert(ModuleFile.SLocRemap.find(Loc.getOffset()) != ModuleFile.SLocRemap.end() &&
+           "Cannot find offset to remap.");
+    int Remap = ModuleFile.SLocRemap.find(Loc.getOffset())->second;
+    return Loc.getLocWithOffset(Remap);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Read a source location.
+  SourceLocation ReadSourceLocation(ModuleFile &ModuleFile,
+                                    const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx) {
+    return ReadSourceLocation(ModuleFile, Record[Idx++]);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Read a source range.
+  SourceRange ReadSourceRange(ModuleFile &F,
+                              const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read an integral value
+  llvm::APInt ReadAPInt(const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a signed integral value
+  llvm::APSInt ReadAPSInt(const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a floating-point value
+  llvm::APFloat ReadAPFloat(const RecordData &Record,
+                            const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  // \brief Read a string
+  static std::string ReadString(const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Read a version tuple.
+  static VersionTuple ReadVersionTuple(const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  CXXTemporary *ReadCXXTemporary(ModuleFile &F, const RecordData &Record,
+                                 unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Reads attributes from the current stream position.
+  void ReadAttributes(ModuleFile &F, AttrVec &Attrs,
+                      const RecordData &Record, unsigned &Idx);
+
+  /// \brief Reads a statement.
+  Stmt *ReadStmt(ModuleFile &F);
+
+  /// \brief Reads an expression.
+  Expr *ReadExpr(ModuleFile &F);
+
+  /// \brief Reads a sub-statement operand during statement reading.
+  Stmt *ReadSubStmt() {
+    assert(ReadingKind == Read_Stmt &&
+           "Should be called only during statement reading!");
+    // Subexpressions are stored from last to first, so the next Stmt we need
+    // is at the back of the stack.
+    assert(!StmtStack.empty() && "Read too many sub statements!");
+    return StmtStack.pop_back_val();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Reads a sub-expression operand during statement reading.
+  Expr *ReadSubExpr();
+
+  /// \brief Reads the macro record located at the given offset.
+  MacroInfo *ReadMacroRecord(ModuleFile &F, uint64_t Offset);
+
+  /// \brief Determine the global preprocessed entity ID that corresponds to
+  /// the given local ID within the given module.
+  serialization::PreprocessedEntityID
+  getGlobalPreprocessedEntityID(ModuleFile &M, unsigned LocalID) const;
+
+  /// \brief Add a macro to resolve imported from a module.
+  ///
+  /// \param II The name of the macro.
+  /// \param M The module file.
+  /// \param GMacID The global macro ID that is associated with this identifier.
+  /// \param ImportLoc The location where the module is imported.
+  void addPendingMacroFromModule(IdentifierInfo *II,
+                                 ModuleFile *M,
+                                 serialization::GlobalMacroID GMacID,
+                                 SourceLocation ImportLoc);
+
+  /// \brief Add a macro to deserialize its macro directive history from a PCH.
+  ///
+  /// \param II The name of the macro.
+  /// \param M The module file.
+  /// \param MacroDirectivesOffset Offset of the serialized macro directive
+  /// history.
+  void addPendingMacroFromPCH(IdentifierInfo *II,
+                              ModuleFile *M, uint64_t MacroDirectivesOffset);
+
+  /// \brief Read the set of macros defined by this external macro source.
+  virtual void ReadDefinedMacros();
+
+  /// \brief Update an out-of-date identifier.
+  virtual void updateOutOfDateIdentifier(IdentifierInfo &II);
+
+  /// \brief Note that this identifier is up-to-date.
+  void markIdentifierUpToDate(IdentifierInfo *II);
+
+  /// \brief Load all external visible decls in the given DeclContext.
+  void completeVisibleDeclsMap(const DeclContext *DC);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the AST context that this AST reader supplements.
+  ASTContext &getContext() { return Context; }
+
+  // \brief Contains declarations that were loaded before we have
+  // access to a Sema object.
+  SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 16> PreloadedDecls;
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the semantic analysis object used to analyze the
+  /// translation unit in which the precompiled header is being
+  /// imported.
+  Sema *getSema() { return SemaObj; }
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the identifier table associated with the
+  /// preprocessor.
+  IdentifierTable &getIdentifierTable();
+
+  /// \brief Record that the given ID maps to the given switch-case
+  /// statement.
+  void RecordSwitchCaseID(SwitchCase *SC, unsigned ID);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the switch-case statement with the given ID.
+  SwitchCase *getSwitchCaseWithID(unsigned ID);
+
+  void ClearSwitchCaseIDs();
+
+  /// \brief Cursors for comments blocks.
+  SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::BitstreamCursor,
+                        serialization::ModuleFile *>, 8> CommentsCursors;
+
+  /// \brief Loads comments ranges.
+  void ReadComments();
+};
+
+/// \brief Helper class that saves the current stream position and
+/// then restores it when destroyed.
+struct SavedStreamPosition {
+  explicit SavedStreamPosition(llvm::BitstreamCursor &Cursor)
+    : Cursor(Cursor), Offset(Cursor.GetCurrentBitNo()) { }
+
+  ~SavedStreamPosition() {
+    Cursor.JumpToBit(Offset);
+  }
+
+private:
+  llvm::BitstreamCursor &Cursor;
+  uint64_t Offset;
+};
+
+inline void PCHValidator::Error(const char *Msg) {
+  Reader.Error(Msg);
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTWriter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTWriter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2938dc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ASTWriter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,763 @@
+//===--- ASTWriter.h - AST File Writer --------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ASTWriter class, which writes an AST file
+//  containing a serialized representation of a translation unit.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_AST_WRITER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_FRONTEND_AST_WRITER_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/SemaConsumer.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/ASTBitCodes.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/ASTDeserializationListener.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Bitcode/BitstreamWriter.h"
+#include <map>
+#include <queue>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class APFloat;
+  class APInt;
+  class BitstreamWriter;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTContext;
+class NestedNameSpecifier;
+class CXXBaseSpecifier;
+class CXXCtorInitializer;
+class FileEntry;
+class FPOptions;
+class HeaderSearch;
+class HeaderSearchOptions;
+class IdentifierResolver;
+class MacroDefinition;
+class MacroDirective;
+class MacroInfo;
+class OpaqueValueExpr;
+class OpenCLOptions;
+class ASTReader;
+class Module;
+class PreprocessedEntity;
+class PreprocessingRecord;
+class Preprocessor;
+class Sema;
+class SourceManager;
+class SwitchCase;
+class TargetInfo;
+class VersionTuple;
+class ASTUnresolvedSet;
+
+namespace SrcMgr { class SLocEntry; }
+
+/// \brief Writes an AST file containing the contents of a translation unit.
+///
+/// The ASTWriter class produces a bitstream containing the serialized
+/// representation of a given abstract syntax tree and its supporting
+/// data structures. This bitstream can be de-serialized via an
+/// instance of the ASTReader class.
+class ASTWriter : public ASTDeserializationListener,
+                  public ASTMutationListener {
+public:
+  typedef SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> RecordData;
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<uint64_t> RecordDataImpl;
+
+  friend class ASTDeclWriter;
+  friend class ASTStmtWriter;
+private:
+  /// \brief Map that provides the ID numbers of each type within the
+  /// output stream, plus those deserialized from a chained PCH.
+  ///
+  /// The ID numbers of types are consecutive (in order of discovery)
+  /// and start at 1. 0 is reserved for NULL. When types are actually
+  /// stored in the stream, the ID number is shifted by 2 bits to
+  /// allow for the const/volatile qualifiers.
+  ///
+  /// Keys in the map never have const/volatile qualifiers.
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<QualType, serialization::TypeIdx,
+                         serialization::UnsafeQualTypeDenseMapInfo>
+    TypeIdxMap;
+
+  /// \brief The bitstream writer used to emit this precompiled header.
+  llvm::BitstreamWriter &Stream;
+
+  /// \brief The ASTContext we're writing.
+  ASTContext *Context;
+
+  /// \brief The preprocessor we're writing.
+  Preprocessor *PP;
+
+  /// \brief The reader of existing AST files, if we're chaining.
+  ASTReader *Chain;
+
+  /// \brief The module we're currently writing, if any.
+  Module *WritingModule;
+                    
+  /// \brief Indicates when the AST writing is actively performing
+  /// serialization, rather than just queueing updates.
+  bool WritingAST;
+
+  /// \brief Indicates that we are done serializing the collection of decls
+  /// and types to emit.
+  bool DoneWritingDeclsAndTypes;
+
+  /// \brief Indicates that the AST contained compiler errors.
+  bool ASTHasCompilerErrors;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from input file entries to the index into the
+  /// offset table where information about that input file is stored.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry *, uint32_t> InputFileIDs;
+
+  /// \brief Stores a declaration or a type to be written to the AST file.
+  class DeclOrType {
+  public:
+    DeclOrType(Decl *D) : Stored(D), IsType(false) { }
+    DeclOrType(QualType T) : Stored(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), IsType(true) { }
+
+    bool isType() const { return IsType; }
+    bool isDecl() const { return !IsType; }
+
+    QualType getType() const {
+      assert(isType() && "Not a type!");
+      return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Stored);
+    }
+
+    Decl *getDecl() const {
+      assert(isDecl() && "Not a decl!");
+      return static_cast<Decl *>(Stored);
+    }
+
+  private:
+    void *Stored;
+    bool IsType;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The declarations and types to emit.
+  std::queue<DeclOrType> DeclTypesToEmit;
+
+  /// \brief The first ID number we can use for our own declarations.
+  serialization::DeclID FirstDeclID;
+
+  /// \brief The decl ID that will be assigned to the next new decl.
+  serialization::DeclID NextDeclID;
+
+  /// \brief Map that provides the ID numbers of each declaration within
+  /// the output stream, as well as those deserialized from a chained PCH.
+  ///
+  /// The ID numbers of declarations are consecutive (in order of
+  /// discovery) and start at 2. 1 is reserved for the translation
+  /// unit, while 0 is reserved for NULL.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, serialization::DeclID> DeclIDs;
+
+  /// \brief Offset of each declaration in the bitstream, indexed by
+  /// the declaration's ID.
+  std::vector<serialization::DeclOffset> DeclOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief Sorted (by file offset) vector of pairs of file offset/DeclID.
+  typedef SmallVector<std::pair<unsigned, serialization::DeclID>, 64>
+    LocDeclIDsTy;
+  struct DeclIDInFileInfo {
+    LocDeclIDsTy DeclIDs;
+    /// \brief Set when the DeclIDs vectors from all files are joined, this
+    /// indicates the index that this particular vector has in the global one.
+    unsigned FirstDeclIndex;
+  };
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<FileID, DeclIDInFileInfo *> FileDeclIDsTy;
+
+  /// \brief Map from file SLocEntries to info about the file-level declarations
+  /// that it contains.
+  FileDeclIDsTy FileDeclIDs;
+
+  void associateDeclWithFile(const Decl *D, serialization::DeclID);
+
+  /// \brief The first ID number we can use for our own types.
+  serialization::TypeID FirstTypeID;
+
+  /// \brief The type ID that will be assigned to the next new type.
+  serialization::TypeID NextTypeID;
+
+  /// \brief Map that provides the ID numbers of each type within the
+  /// output stream, plus those deserialized from a chained PCH.
+  ///
+  /// The ID numbers of types are consecutive (in order of discovery)
+  /// and start at 1. 0 is reserved for NULL. When types are actually
+  /// stored in the stream, the ID number is shifted by 2 bits to
+  /// allow for the const/volatile qualifiers.
+  ///
+  /// Keys in the map never have const/volatile qualifiers.
+  TypeIdxMap TypeIdxs;
+
+  /// \brief Offset of each type in the bitstream, indexed by
+  /// the type's ID.
+  std::vector<uint32_t> TypeOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief The first ID number we can use for our own identifiers.
+  serialization::IdentID FirstIdentID;
+
+  /// \brief The identifier ID that will be assigned to the next new identifier.
+  serialization::IdentID NextIdentID;
+
+  /// \brief Map that provides the ID numbers of each identifier in
+  /// the output stream.
+  ///
+  /// The ID numbers for identifiers are consecutive (in order of
+  /// discovery), starting at 1. An ID of zero refers to a NULL
+  /// IdentifierInfo.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *, serialization::IdentID> IdentifierIDs;
+
+  /// \brief The first ID number we can use for our own macros.
+  serialization::MacroID FirstMacroID;
+
+  /// \brief The identifier ID that will be assigned to the next new identifier.
+  serialization::MacroID NextMacroID;
+
+  /// \brief Map that provides the ID numbers of each macro.
+  llvm::DenseMap<MacroInfo *, serialization::MacroID> MacroIDs;
+
+  struct MacroInfoToEmitData {
+    const IdentifierInfo *Name;
+    MacroInfo *MI;
+    serialization::MacroID ID;
+  };
+  /// \brief The macro infos to emit.
+  std::vector<MacroInfoToEmitData> MacroInfosToEmit;
+
+  llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> IdentMacroDirectivesOffsetMap;
+
+  /// @name FlushStmt Caches
+  /// @{
+
+  /// \brief Set of parent Stmts for the currently serializing sub stmt.
+  llvm::DenseSet<Stmt *> ParentStmts;
+
+  /// \brief Offsets of sub stmts already serialized. The offset points
+  /// just after the stmt record.
+  llvm::DenseMap<Stmt *, uint64_t> SubStmtEntries;
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \brief Offsets of each of the identifier IDs into the identifier
+  /// table.
+  std::vector<uint32_t> IdentifierOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief The first ID number we can use for our own submodules.
+  serialization::SubmoduleID FirstSubmoduleID;
+  
+  /// \brief The submodule ID that will be assigned to the next new submodule.
+  serialization::SubmoduleID NextSubmoduleID;
+
+  /// \brief The first ID number we can use for our own selectors.
+  serialization::SelectorID FirstSelectorID;
+
+  /// \brief The selector ID that will be assigned to the next new selector.
+  serialization::SelectorID NextSelectorID;
+
+  /// \brief Map that provides the ID numbers of each Selector.
+  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, serialization::SelectorID> SelectorIDs;
+
+  /// \brief Offset of each selector within the method pool/selector
+  /// table, indexed by the Selector ID (-1).
+  std::vector<uint32_t> SelectorOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from macro definitions (as they occur in the preprocessing
+  /// record) to the macro IDs.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const MacroDefinition *, serialization::PreprocessedEntityID>
+      MacroDefinitions;
+
+  typedef SmallVector<uint64_t, 2> UpdateRecord;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, UpdateRecord> DeclUpdateMap;
+  /// \brief Mapping from declarations that came from a chained PCH to the
+  /// record containing modifications to them.
+  DeclUpdateMap DeclUpdates;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, Decl *> FirstLatestDeclMap;
+  /// \brief Map of first declarations from a chained PCH that point to the
+  /// most recent declarations in another PCH.
+  FirstLatestDeclMap FirstLatestDecls;
+
+  /// \brief Declarations encountered that might be external
+  /// definitions.
+  ///
+  /// We keep track of external definitions (as well as tentative
+  /// definitions) as we are emitting declarations to the AST
+  /// file. The AST file contains a separate record for these external
+  /// definitions, which are provided to the AST consumer by the AST
+  /// reader. This is behavior is required to properly cope with,
+  /// e.g., tentative variable definitions that occur within
+  /// headers. The declarations themselves are stored as declaration
+  /// IDs, since they will be written out to an EXTERNAL_DEFINITIONS
+  /// record.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 16> ExternalDefinitions;
+
+  /// \brief DeclContexts that have received extensions since their serialized
+  /// form.
+  ///
+  /// For namespaces, when we're chaining and encountering a namespace, we check
+  /// if its primary namespace comes from the chain. If it does, we add the
+  /// primary to this set, so that we can write out lexical content updates for
+  /// it.
+  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const DeclContext *, 16> UpdatedDeclContexts;
+
+  /// \brief Keeps track of visible decls that were added in DeclContexts
+  /// coming from another AST file.
+  SmallVector<const Decl *, 16> UpdatingVisibleDecls;
+
+  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 16> DeclsToRewriteTy;
+  /// \brief Decls that will be replaced in the current dependent AST file.
+  DeclsToRewriteTy DeclsToRewrite;
+
+  /// \brief The set of Objective-C class that have categories we
+  /// should serialize.
+  llvm::SetVector<ObjCInterfaceDecl *> ObjCClassesWithCategories;
+                    
+  struct ReplacedDeclInfo {
+    serialization::DeclID ID;
+    uint64_t Offset;
+    unsigned Loc;
+
+    ReplacedDeclInfo() : ID(0), Offset(0), Loc(0) {}
+    ReplacedDeclInfo(serialization::DeclID ID, uint64_t Offset,
+                     SourceLocation Loc)
+      : ID(ID), Offset(Offset), Loc(Loc.getRawEncoding()) {}
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Decls that have been replaced in the current dependent AST file.
+  ///
+  /// When a decl changes fundamentally after being deserialized (this shouldn't
+  /// happen, but the ObjC AST nodes are designed this way), it will be
+  /// serialized again. In this case, it is registered here, so that the reader
+  /// knows to read the updated version.
+  SmallVector<ReplacedDeclInfo, 16> ReplacedDecls;
+                 
+  /// \brief The set of declarations that may have redeclaration chains that
+  /// need to be serialized.
+  llvm::SetVector<Decl *, SmallVector<Decl *, 4>,
+                  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Decl *, 4> > Redeclarations;
+                                      
+  /// \brief Statements that we've encountered while serializing a
+  /// declaration or type.
+  SmallVector<Stmt *, 16> StmtsToEmit;
+
+  /// \brief Statements collection to use for ASTWriter::AddStmt().
+  /// It will point to StmtsToEmit unless it is overriden.
+  SmallVector<Stmt *, 16> *CollectedStmts;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from SwitchCase statements to IDs.
+  llvm::DenseMap<SwitchCase *, unsigned> SwitchCaseIDs;
+
+  /// \brief The number of statements written to the AST file.
+  unsigned NumStatements;
+
+  /// \brief The number of macros written to the AST file.
+  unsigned NumMacros;
+
+  /// \brief The number of lexical declcontexts written to the AST
+  /// file.
+  unsigned NumLexicalDeclContexts;
+
+  /// \brief The number of visible declcontexts written to the AST
+  /// file.
+  unsigned NumVisibleDeclContexts;
+
+  /// \brief The offset of each CXXBaseSpecifier set within the AST.
+  SmallVector<uint32_t, 4> CXXBaseSpecifiersOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief The first ID number we can use for our own base specifiers.
+  serialization::CXXBaseSpecifiersID FirstCXXBaseSpecifiersID;
+
+  /// \brief The base specifiers ID that will be assigned to the next new
+  /// set of C++ base specifiers.
+  serialization::CXXBaseSpecifiersID NextCXXBaseSpecifiersID;
+
+  /// \brief A set of C++ base specifiers that is queued to be written into the
+  /// AST file.
+  struct QueuedCXXBaseSpecifiers {
+    QueuedCXXBaseSpecifiers() : ID(), Bases(), BasesEnd() { }
+
+    QueuedCXXBaseSpecifiers(serialization::CXXBaseSpecifiersID ID,
+                            CXXBaseSpecifier const *Bases,
+                            CXXBaseSpecifier const *BasesEnd)
+      : ID(ID), Bases(Bases), BasesEnd(BasesEnd) { }
+
+    serialization::CXXBaseSpecifiersID ID;
+    CXXBaseSpecifier const * Bases;
+    CXXBaseSpecifier const * BasesEnd;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Queue of C++ base specifiers to be written to the AST file,
+  /// in the order they should be written.
+  SmallVector<QueuedCXXBaseSpecifiers, 2> CXXBaseSpecifiersToWrite;
+
+  /// \brief A mapping from each known submodule to its ID number, which will
+  /// be a positive integer.
+  llvm::DenseMap<Module *, unsigned> SubmoduleIDs;
+                    
+  /// \brief Retrieve or create a submodule ID for this module.
+  unsigned getSubmoduleID(Module *Mod);
+                    
+  /// \brief Write the given subexpression to the bitstream.
+  void WriteSubStmt(Stmt *S,
+                    llvm::DenseMap<Stmt *, uint64_t> &SubStmtEntries,
+                    llvm::DenseSet<Stmt *> &ParentStmts);
+
+  void WriteBlockInfoBlock();
+  void WriteControlBlock(Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Context,
+                         StringRef isysroot, const std::string &OutputFile);
+  void WriteInputFiles(SourceManager &SourceMgr,
+                       HeaderSearchOptions &HSOpts,
+                       StringRef isysroot);
+  void WriteSourceManagerBlock(SourceManager &SourceMgr,
+                               const Preprocessor &PP,
+                               StringRef isysroot);
+  void WritePreprocessor(const Preprocessor &PP, bool IsModule);
+  void WriteHeaderSearch(const HeaderSearch &HS, StringRef isysroot);
+  void WritePreprocessorDetail(PreprocessingRecord &PPRec);
+  void WriteSubmodules(Module *WritingModule);
+                                        
+  void WritePragmaDiagnosticMappings(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diag,
+                                     bool isModule);
+  void WriteCXXBaseSpecifiersOffsets();
+  void WriteType(QualType T);
+  uint64_t WriteDeclContextLexicalBlock(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC);
+  uint64_t WriteDeclContextVisibleBlock(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC);
+  void WriteTypeDeclOffsets();
+  void WriteFileDeclIDsMap();
+  void WriteComments();
+  void WriteSelectors(Sema &SemaRef);
+  void WriteReferencedSelectorsPool(Sema &SemaRef);
+  void WriteIdentifierTable(Preprocessor &PP, IdentifierResolver &IdResolver,
+                            bool IsModule);
+  void WriteAttributes(ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+  void ResolveDeclUpdatesBlocks();
+  void WriteDeclUpdatesBlocks();
+  void WriteDeclReplacementsBlock();
+  void WriteDeclContextVisibleUpdate(const DeclContext *DC);
+  void WriteFPPragmaOptions(const FPOptions &Opts);
+  void WriteOpenCLExtensions(Sema &SemaRef);
+  void WriteObjCCategories();
+  void WriteRedeclarations();
+  void WriteMergedDecls();
+                        
+  unsigned DeclParmVarAbbrev;
+  unsigned DeclContextLexicalAbbrev;
+  unsigned DeclContextVisibleLookupAbbrev;
+  unsigned UpdateVisibleAbbrev;
+  unsigned DeclRefExprAbbrev;
+  unsigned CharacterLiteralAbbrev;
+  unsigned DeclRecordAbbrev;
+  unsigned IntegerLiteralAbbrev;
+  unsigned DeclTypedefAbbrev;
+  unsigned DeclVarAbbrev;
+  unsigned DeclFieldAbbrev;
+  unsigned DeclEnumAbbrev;
+  unsigned DeclObjCIvarAbbrev;
+
+  void WriteDeclsBlockAbbrevs();
+  void WriteDecl(ASTContext &Context, Decl *D);
+
+  void WriteASTCore(Sema &SemaRef,
+                    StringRef isysroot, const std::string &OutputFile,
+                    Module *WritingModule);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Create a new precompiled header writer that outputs to
+  /// the given bitstream.
+  ASTWriter(llvm::BitstreamWriter &Stream);
+  ~ASTWriter();
+
+  /// \brief Write a precompiled header for the given semantic analysis.
+  ///
+  /// \param SemaRef a reference to the semantic analysis object that processed
+  /// the AST to be written into the precompiled header.
+  ///
+  /// \param WritingModule The module that we are writing. If null, we are
+  /// writing a precompiled header.
+  ///
+  /// \param isysroot if non-empty, write a relocatable file whose headers
+  /// are relative to the given system root.
+  void WriteAST(Sema &SemaRef,
+                const std::string &OutputFile,
+                Module *WritingModule, StringRef isysroot,
+                bool hasErrors = false);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a source location.
+  void AddSourceLocation(SourceLocation Loc, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a source range.
+  void AddSourceRange(SourceRange Range, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit an integral value.
+  void AddAPInt(const llvm::APInt &Value, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a signed integral value.
+  void AddAPSInt(const llvm::APSInt &Value, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a floating-point value.
+  void AddAPFloat(const llvm::APFloat &Value, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a reference to an identifier.
+  void AddIdentifierRef(const IdentifierInfo *II, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a Selector (which is a smart pointer reference).
+  void AddSelectorRef(Selector, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a CXXTemporary.
+  void AddCXXTemporary(const CXXTemporary *Temp, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a set of C++ base specifiers to the record.
+  void AddCXXBaseSpecifiersRef(CXXBaseSpecifier const *Bases,
+                               CXXBaseSpecifier const *BasesEnd,
+                               RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Get the unique number used to refer to the given selector.
+  serialization::SelectorID getSelectorRef(Selector Sel);
+
+  /// \brief Get the unique number used to refer to the given identifier.
+  serialization::IdentID getIdentifierRef(const IdentifierInfo *II);
+
+  /// \brief Get the unique number used to refer to the given macro.
+  serialization::MacroID getMacroRef(MacroInfo *MI, const IdentifierInfo *Name);
+
+  /// \brief Determine the ID of an already-emitted macro.
+  serialization::MacroID getMacroID(MacroInfo *MI);
+
+  uint64_t getMacroDirectivesOffset(const IdentifierInfo *Name);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a reference to a type.
+  void AddTypeRef(QualType T, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Force a type to be emitted and get its ID.
+  serialization::TypeID GetOrCreateTypeID(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Determine the type ID of an already-emitted type.
+  serialization::TypeID getTypeID(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Force a type to be emitted and get its index.
+  serialization::TypeIdx GetOrCreateTypeIdx( QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Determine the type index of an already-emitted type.
+  serialization::TypeIdx getTypeIdx(QualType T) const;
+
+  /// \brief Emits a reference to a declarator info.
+  void AddTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emits a type with source-location information.
+  void AddTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emits a template argument location info.
+  void AddTemplateArgumentLocInfo(TemplateArgument::ArgKind Kind,
+                                  const TemplateArgumentLocInfo &Arg,
+                                  RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emits a template argument location.
+  void AddTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
+                              RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a reference to a declaration.
+  void AddDeclRef(const Decl *D, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+
+  /// \brief Force a declaration to be emitted and get its ID.
+  serialization::DeclID GetDeclRef(const Decl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Determine the declaration ID of an already-emitted
+  /// declaration.
+  serialization::DeclID getDeclID(const Decl *D);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a declaration name.
+  void AddDeclarationName(DeclarationName Name, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+  void AddDeclarationNameLoc(const DeclarationNameLoc &DNLoc,
+                             DeclarationName Name, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+  void AddDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+                              RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  void AddQualifierInfo(const QualifierInfo &Info, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a nested name specifier.
+  void AddNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a nested name specifier with source-location information.
+  void AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
+                                 RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a template name.
+  void AddTemplateName(TemplateName Name, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a template argument.
+  void AddTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a template parameter list.
+  void AddTemplateParameterList(const TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
+                                RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a template argument list.
+  void AddTemplateArgumentList(const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs,
+                                RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a UnresolvedSet structure.
+  void AddUnresolvedSet(const ASTUnresolvedSet &Set, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a C++ base specifier.
+  void AddCXXBaseSpecifier(const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base,
+                           RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Emit a CXXCtorInitializer array.
+  void AddCXXCtorInitializers(
+                             const CXXCtorInitializer * const *CtorInitializers,
+                             unsigned NumCtorInitializers,
+                             RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  void AddCXXDefinitionData(const CXXRecordDecl *D, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Add a string to the given record.
+  void AddString(StringRef Str, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Add a version tuple to the given record
+  void AddVersionTuple(const VersionTuple &Version, RecordDataImpl &Record);
+
+  /// \brief Mark a declaration context as needing an update.
+  void AddUpdatedDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
+    UpdatedDeclContexts.insert(DC);
+  }
+
+  void RewriteDecl(const Decl *D) {
+    DeclsToRewrite.insert(D);
+  }
+
+  bool isRewritten(const Decl *D) const {
+    return DeclsToRewrite.count(D);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Infer the submodule ID that contains an entity at the given
+  /// source location.
+  serialization::SubmoduleID inferSubmoduleIDFromLocation(SourceLocation Loc);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve a submodule ID for this module.
+  /// Returns 0 If no ID has been associated with the module.
+  unsigned getExistingSubmoduleID(Module *Mod) const;
+
+  /// \brief Note that the identifier II occurs at the given offset
+  /// within the identifier table.
+  void SetIdentifierOffset(const IdentifierInfo *II, uint32_t Offset);
+
+  /// \brief Note that the selector Sel occurs at the given offset
+  /// within the method pool/selector table.
+  void SetSelectorOffset(Selector Sel, uint32_t Offset);
+
+  /// \brief Add the given statement or expression to the queue of
+  /// statements to emit.
+  ///
+  /// This routine should be used when emitting types and declarations
+  /// that have expressions as part of their formulation. Once the
+  /// type or declaration has been written, call FlushStmts() to write
+  /// the corresponding statements just after the type or
+  /// declaration.
+  void AddStmt(Stmt *S) {
+      CollectedStmts->push_back(S);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Flush all of the statements and expressions that have
+  /// been added to the queue via AddStmt().
+  void FlushStmts();
+
+  /// \brief Flush all of the C++ base specifier sets that have been added
+  /// via \c AddCXXBaseSpecifiersRef().
+  void FlushCXXBaseSpecifiers();
+
+  /// \brief Record an ID for the given switch-case statement.
+  unsigned RecordSwitchCaseID(SwitchCase *S);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the ID for the given switch-case statement.
+  unsigned getSwitchCaseID(SwitchCase *S);
+
+  void ClearSwitchCaseIDs();
+
+  unsigned getDeclParmVarAbbrev() const { return DeclParmVarAbbrev; }
+  unsigned getDeclRefExprAbbrev() const { return DeclRefExprAbbrev; }
+  unsigned getCharacterLiteralAbbrev() const { return CharacterLiteralAbbrev; }
+  unsigned getDeclRecordAbbrev() const { return DeclRecordAbbrev; }
+  unsigned getIntegerLiteralAbbrev() const { return IntegerLiteralAbbrev; }
+  unsigned getDeclTypedefAbbrev() const { return DeclTypedefAbbrev; }
+  unsigned getDeclVarAbbrev() const { return DeclVarAbbrev; }
+  unsigned getDeclFieldAbbrev() const { return DeclFieldAbbrev; }
+  unsigned getDeclEnumAbbrev() const { return DeclEnumAbbrev; }
+  unsigned getDeclObjCIvarAbbrev() const { return DeclObjCIvarAbbrev; }
+
+  bool hasChain() const { return Chain; }
+
+  // ASTDeserializationListener implementation
+  void ReaderInitialized(ASTReader *Reader);
+  void IdentifierRead(serialization::IdentID ID, IdentifierInfo *II);
+  void MacroRead(serialization::MacroID ID, MacroInfo *MI);
+  void TypeRead(serialization::TypeIdx Idx, QualType T);
+  void SelectorRead(serialization::SelectorID ID, Selector Sel);
+  void MacroDefinitionRead(serialization::PreprocessedEntityID ID,
+                           MacroDefinition *MD);
+  void ModuleRead(serialization::SubmoduleID ID, Module *Mod);
+
+  // ASTMutationListener implementation.
+  virtual void CompletedTagDefinition(const TagDecl *D);
+  virtual void AddedVisibleDecl(const DeclContext *DC, const Decl *D);
+  virtual void AddedCXXImplicitMember(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, const Decl *D);
+  virtual void AddedCXXTemplateSpecialization(const ClassTemplateDecl *TD,
+                                    const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D);
+  virtual void AddedCXXTemplateSpecialization(const FunctionTemplateDecl *TD,
+                                              const FunctionDecl *D);
+  virtual void CompletedImplicitDefinition(const FunctionDecl *D);
+  virtual void StaticDataMemberInstantiated(const VarDecl *D);
+  virtual void AddedObjCCategoryToInterface(const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
+                                            const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
+  virtual void AddedObjCPropertyInClassExtension(const ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop,
+                                            const ObjCPropertyDecl *OrigProp,
+                                            const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClassExt);
+};
+
+/// \brief AST and semantic-analysis consumer that generates a
+/// precompiled header from the parsed source code.
+class PCHGenerator : public SemaConsumer {
+  const Preprocessor &PP;
+  std::string OutputFile;
+  clang::Module *Module;
+  std::string isysroot;
+  raw_ostream *Out;
+  Sema *SemaPtr;
+  SmallVector<char, 128> Buffer;
+  llvm::BitstreamWriter Stream;
+  ASTWriter Writer;
+
+protected:
+  ASTWriter &getWriter() { return Writer; }
+  const ASTWriter &getWriter() const { return Writer; }
+
+public:
+  PCHGenerator(const Preprocessor &PP, StringRef OutputFile,
+               clang::Module *Module,
+               StringRef isysroot, raw_ostream *Out);
+  ~PCHGenerator();
+  virtual void InitializeSema(Sema &S) { SemaPtr = &S; }
+  virtual void HandleTranslationUnit(ASTContext &Ctx);
+  virtual ASTMutationListener *GetASTMutationListener();
+  virtual ASTDeserializationListener *GetASTDeserializationListener();
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ContinuousRangeMap.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ContinuousRangeMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8ef8a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ContinuousRangeMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+//===--- ContinuousRangeMap.h - Map with int range as key -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ContinuousRangeMap class, which is a highly
+//  specialized container used by serialization.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATION_CONTINUOUS_RANGE_MAP_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATION_CONTINUOUS_RANGE_MAP_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+/// \brief A map from continuous integer ranges to some value, with a very
+/// specialized interface.
+///
+/// CRM maps from integer ranges to values. The ranges are continuous, i.e.
+/// where one ends, the next one begins. So if the map contains the stops I0-3,
+/// the first range is from I0 to I1, the second from I1 to I2, the third from
+/// I2 to I3 and the last from I3 to infinity.
+///
+/// Ranges must be inserted in order. Inserting a new stop I4 into the map will
+/// shrink the fourth range to I3 to I4 and add the new range I4 to inf.
+template <typename Int, typename V, unsigned InitialCapacity>
+class ContinuousRangeMap {
+public:
+  typedef std::pair<Int, V> value_type;
+  typedef value_type &reference;
+  typedef const value_type &const_reference;
+  typedef value_type *pointer;
+  typedef const value_type *const_pointer;
+
+private:
+  typedef SmallVector<value_type, InitialCapacity> Representation;
+  Representation Rep;
+
+  struct Compare {
+    bool operator ()(const_reference L, Int R) const {
+      return L.first < R;
+    }
+    bool operator ()(Int L, const_reference R) const {
+      return L < R.first;
+    }
+    bool operator ()(Int L, Int R) const { 
+      return L < R;
+    }
+    bool operator ()(const_reference L, const_reference R) const {
+      return L.first < R.first;
+    }
+  };
+
+public:
+  void insert(const value_type &Val) {
+    if (!Rep.empty() && Rep.back() == Val)
+      return;
+
+    assert((Rep.empty() || Rep.back().first < Val.first) &&
+           "Must insert keys in order.");
+    Rep.push_back(Val);
+  }
+  
+  void insertOrReplace(const value_type &Val) {
+    iterator I = std::lower_bound(Rep.begin(), Rep.end(), Val, Compare());
+    if (I != Rep.end() && I->first == Val.first) {
+      I->second = Val.second;
+      return;
+    }
+    
+    Rep.insert(I, Val);
+  }
+
+  typedef typename Representation::iterator iterator;
+  typedef typename Representation::const_iterator const_iterator;
+
+  iterator begin() { return Rep.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return Rep.end(); }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Rep.begin(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return Rep.end(); }
+
+  iterator find(Int K) {
+    iterator I = std::upper_bound(Rep.begin(), Rep.end(), K, Compare());
+    // I points to the first entry with a key > K, which is the range that
+    // follows the one containing K.
+    if (I == Rep.begin())
+      return Rep.end();
+    --I;
+    return I;
+  }
+  const_iterator find(Int K) const {
+    return const_cast<ContinuousRangeMap*>(this)->find(K);
+  }
+
+  reference back() { return Rep.back(); }
+  const_reference back() const { return Rep.back(); }
+  
+  /// \brief An object that helps properly build a continuous range map
+  /// from a set of values.
+  class Builder {
+    ContinuousRangeMap &Self;
+    
+    Builder(const Builder&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    Builder &operator=(const Builder&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    
+  public:
+    explicit Builder(ContinuousRangeMap &Self) : Self(Self) { }
+    
+    ~Builder() {
+      std::sort(Self.Rep.begin(), Self.Rep.end(), Compare());
+    }
+    
+    void insert(const value_type &Val) {
+      Self.Rep.push_back(Val);
+    }
+  };
+  friend class Builder;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/GlobalModuleIndex.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/GlobalModuleIndex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eaf26d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/GlobalModuleIndex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+//===--- GlobalModuleIndex.h - Global Module Index --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the GlobalModuleIndex class, which manages a global index
+// containing all of the identifiers known to the various modules within a given
+// subdirectory of the module cache. It is used to improve the performance of
+// queries such as "do any modules know about this identifier?"
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATION_GLOBAL_MODULE_INDEX_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATION_GLOBAL_MODULE_INDEX_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+class BitstreamCursor;
+class MemoryBuffer;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class DirectoryEntry;
+class FileEntry;
+class FileManager;
+
+namespace serialization {
+  class ModuleFile;
+}
+
+using llvm::SmallVector;
+using llvm::SmallVectorImpl;
+using llvm::StringRef;
+using serialization::ModuleFile;
+
+/// \brief A global index for a set of module files, providing information about
+/// the identifiers within those module files.
+///
+/// The global index is an aid for name lookup into modules, offering a central
+/// place where one can look for identifiers determine which
+/// module files contain any information about that identifier. This
+/// allows the client to restrict the search to only those module files known
+/// to have a information about that identifier, improving performance. Moreover,
+/// the global module index may know about module files that have not been
+/// imported, and can be queried to determine which modules the current
+/// translation could or should load to fix a problem.
+class GlobalModuleIndex {
+  /// \brief Buffer containing the index file, which is lazily accessed so long
+  /// as the global module index is live.
+  llvm::OwningPtr<llvm::MemoryBuffer> Buffer;
+
+  /// \brief The hash table.
+  ///
+  /// This pointer actually points to a IdentifierIndexTable object,
+  /// but that type is only accessible within the implementation of
+  /// GlobalModuleIndex.
+  void *IdentifierIndex;
+
+  /// \brief Information about a given module file.
+  struct ModuleInfo {
+    ModuleInfo() : File(), Size(), ModTime() { }
+
+    /// \brief The module file, once it has been resolved.
+    ModuleFile *File;
+
+    /// \brief The module file name.
+    std::string FileName;
+
+    /// \brief Size of the module file at the time the global index was built.
+    off_t Size;
+
+    /// \brief Modification time of the module file at the time the global
+    /// index was built.
+    time_t ModTime;
+
+    /// \brief The module IDs on which this module directly depends.
+    /// FIXME: We don't really need a vector here.
+    llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Dependencies;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief A mapping from module IDs to information about each module.
+  ///
+  /// This vector may have gaps, if module files have been removed or have
+  /// been updated since the index was built. A gap is indicated by an empty
+  /// file name.
+  llvm::SmallVector<ModuleInfo, 16> Modules;
+
+  /// \brief Lazily-populated mapping from module files to their
+  /// corresponding index into the \c Modules vector.
+  llvm::DenseMap<ModuleFile *, unsigned> ModulesByFile;
+
+  /// \brief The set of modules that have not yet been resolved.
+  ///
+  /// The string is just the name of the module itself, which maps to the
+  /// module ID.
+  llvm::StringMap<unsigned> UnresolvedModules;
+
+  /// \brief The number of identifier lookups we performed.
+  unsigned NumIdentifierLookups;
+
+  /// \brief The number of identifier lookup hits, where we recognize the
+  /// identifier.
+  unsigned NumIdentifierLookupHits;
+  
+  /// \brief Internal constructor. Use \c readIndex() to read an index.
+  explicit GlobalModuleIndex(llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer,
+                             llvm::BitstreamCursor Cursor);
+
+  GlobalModuleIndex(const GlobalModuleIndex &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  GlobalModuleIndex &operator=(const GlobalModuleIndex &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+public:
+  ~GlobalModuleIndex();
+
+  /// \brief An error code returned when trying to read an index.
+  enum ErrorCode {
+    /// \brief No error occurred.
+    EC_None,
+    /// \brief No index was found.
+    EC_NotFound,
+    /// \brief Some other process is currently building the index; it is not
+    /// available yet.
+    EC_Building,
+    /// \brief There was an unspecified I/O error reading or writing the index.
+    EC_IOError
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Read a global index file for the given directory.
+  ///
+  /// \param Path The path to the specific module cache where the module files
+  /// for the intended configuration reside.
+  ///
+  /// \returns A pair containing the global module index (if it exists) and
+  /// the error code.
+  static std::pair<GlobalModuleIndex *, ErrorCode>
+  readIndex(StringRef Path);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of modules that have up-to-date indexes.
+  ///
+  /// \param ModuleFiles Will be populated with the set of module files that
+  /// have been indexed.
+  void getKnownModules(SmallVectorImpl<ModuleFile *> &ModuleFiles);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the set of module files on which the given module file
+  /// directly depends.
+  void getModuleDependencies(ModuleFile *File,
+                             SmallVectorImpl<ModuleFile *> &Dependencies);
+
+  /// \brief A set of module files in which we found a result.
+  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<ModuleFile *, 4> HitSet;
+  
+  /// \brief Look for all of the module files with information about the given
+  /// identifier, e.g., a global function, variable, or type with that name.
+  ///
+  /// \param Name The identifier to look for.
+  ///
+  /// \param Hits Will be populated with the set of module files that have
+  /// information about this name.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the identifier is known to the index, false otherwise.
+  bool lookupIdentifier(StringRef Name, HitSet &Hits);
+
+  /// \brief Note that the given module file has been loaded.
+  ///
+  /// \returns false if the global module index has information about this
+  /// module file, and true otherwise.
+  bool loadedModuleFile(ModuleFile *File);
+
+  /// \brief Print statistics to standard error.
+  void printStats();
+
+  /// \brief Write a global index into the given
+  ///
+  /// \param FileMgr The file manager to use to load module files.
+  ///
+  /// \param Path The path to the directory containing module files, into
+  /// which the global index will be written.
+  static ErrorCode writeIndex(FileManager &FileMgr, StringRef Path);
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/Module.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/Module.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89c604f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/Module.h
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+//===--- Module.h - Module description --------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the Module class, which describes a module that has
+//  been loaded from an AST file.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATION_MODULE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATION_MODULE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/ASTBitCodes.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/ContinuousRangeMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Bitcode/BitstreamReader.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class FileEntry;
+class DeclContext;
+class Module;
+template<typename Info> class OnDiskChainedHashTable;
+
+namespace serialization {
+
+namespace reader {
+  class ASTDeclContextNameLookupTrait;
+}
+
+/// \brief Specifies the kind of module that has been loaded.
+enum ModuleKind {
+  MK_Module,   ///< File is a module proper.
+  MK_PCH,      ///< File is a PCH file treated as such.
+  MK_Preamble, ///< File is a PCH file treated as the preamble.
+  MK_MainFile  ///< File is a PCH file treated as the actual main file.
+};
+
+/// \brief Information about the contents of a DeclContext.
+struct DeclContextInfo {
+  DeclContextInfo()
+    : NameLookupTableData(), LexicalDecls(), NumLexicalDecls() {}
+
+  OnDiskChainedHashTable<reader::ASTDeclContextNameLookupTrait>
+    *NameLookupTableData; // an ASTDeclContextNameLookupTable.
+  const KindDeclIDPair *LexicalDecls;
+  unsigned NumLexicalDecls;
+};
+
+/// \brief The input file that has been loaded from this AST file, along with
+/// bools indicating whether this was an overridden buffer or if it was
+/// out-of-date.
+class InputFile {
+  enum {
+    Overridden = 1,
+    OutOfDate = 2
+  };
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<const FileEntry *, 2, unsigned> Val;
+
+public:
+  InputFile() {}
+  InputFile(const FileEntry *File,
+            bool isOverridden = false, bool isOutOfDate = false) {
+    assert(!(isOverridden && isOutOfDate) &&
+           "an overridden cannot be out-of-date");
+    unsigned intVal = 0;
+    if (isOverridden)
+      intVal = Overridden;
+    else if (isOutOfDate)
+      intVal = OutOfDate;
+    Val.setPointerAndInt(File, intVal);
+  }
+
+  const FileEntry *getFile() const { return Val.getPointer(); }
+  bool isOverridden() const { return Val.getInt() == Overridden; }
+  bool isOutOfDate() const { return Val.getInt() == OutOfDate; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Information about a module that has been loaded by the ASTReader.
+///
+/// Each instance of the Module class corresponds to a single AST file, which
+/// may be a precompiled header, precompiled preamble, a module, or an AST file
+/// of some sort loaded as the main file, all of which are specific formulations
+/// of the general notion of a "module". A module may depend on any number of
+/// other modules.
+class ModuleFile {
+public:
+  ModuleFile(ModuleKind Kind, unsigned Generation);
+  ~ModuleFile();
+
+  // === General information ===
+
+  /// \brief The index of this module in the list of modules.
+  unsigned Index;
+
+  /// \brief The type of this module.
+  ModuleKind Kind;
+
+  /// \brief The file name of the module file.
+  std::string FileName;
+
+  /// \brief The original source file name that was used to build the
+  /// primary AST file, which may have been modified for
+  /// relocatable-pch support.
+  std::string OriginalSourceFileName;
+
+  /// \brief The actual original source file name that was used to
+  /// build this AST file.
+  std::string ActualOriginalSourceFileName;
+
+  /// \brief The file ID for the original source file that was used to
+  /// build this AST file.
+  FileID OriginalSourceFileID;
+
+  /// \brief The directory that the PCH was originally created in. Used to
+  /// allow resolving headers even after headers+PCH was moved to a new path.
+  std::string OriginalDir;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this precompiled header is a relocatable PCH file.
+  bool RelocatablePCH;
+
+  /// \brief The file entry for the module file.
+  const FileEntry *File;
+
+  /// \brief Whether this module has been directly imported by the
+  /// user.
+  bool DirectlyImported;
+
+  /// \brief The generation of which this module file is a part.
+  unsigned Generation;
+  
+  /// \brief The memory buffer that stores the data associated with
+  /// this AST file.
+  OwningPtr<llvm::MemoryBuffer> Buffer;
+
+  /// \brief The size of this file, in bits.
+  uint64_t SizeInBits;
+
+  /// \brief The global bit offset (or base) of this module
+  uint64_t GlobalBitOffset;
+
+  /// \brief The bitstream reader from which we'll read the AST file.
+  llvm::BitstreamReader StreamFile;
+
+  /// \brief The main bitstream cursor for the main block.
+  llvm::BitstreamCursor Stream;
+
+  /// \brief The source location where the module was explicitly or implicitly
+  /// imported in the local translation unit.
+  ///
+  /// If module A depends on and imports module B, both modules will have the
+  /// same DirectImportLoc, but different ImportLoc (B's ImportLoc will be a
+  /// source location inside module A).
+  SourceLocation DirectImportLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The source location where this module was first imported.
+  SourceLocation ImportLoc;
+
+  /// \brief The first source location in this module.
+  SourceLocation FirstLoc;
+
+  // === Input Files ===
+  /// \brief The cursor to the start of the input-files block.
+  llvm::BitstreamCursor InputFilesCursor;
+
+  /// \brief Offsets for all of the input file entries in the AST file.
+  const uint32_t *InputFileOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief The input files that have been loaded from this AST file.
+  std::vector<InputFile> InputFilesLoaded;
+
+  // === Source Locations ===
+
+  /// \brief Cursor used to read source location entries.
+  llvm::BitstreamCursor SLocEntryCursor;
+
+  /// \brief The number of source location entries in this AST file.
+  unsigned LocalNumSLocEntries;
+
+  /// \brief The base ID in the source manager's view of this module.
+  int SLocEntryBaseID;
+
+  /// \brief The base offset in the source manager's view of this module.
+  unsigned SLocEntryBaseOffset;
+
+  /// \brief Offsets for all of the source location entries in the
+  /// AST file.
+  const uint32_t *SLocEntryOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief SLocEntries that we're going to preload.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 4> PreloadSLocEntries;
+
+  /// \brief Remapping table for source locations in this module.
+  ContinuousRangeMap<uint32_t, int, 2> SLocRemap;
+
+  // === Identifiers ===
+
+  /// \brief The number of identifiers in this AST file.
+  unsigned LocalNumIdentifiers;
+
+  /// \brief Offsets into the identifier table data.
+  ///
+  /// This array is indexed by the identifier ID (-1), and provides
+  /// the offset into IdentifierTableData where the string data is
+  /// stored.
+  const uint32_t *IdentifierOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief Base identifier ID for identifiers local to this module.
+  serialization::IdentID BaseIdentifierID;
+
+  /// \brief Remapping table for identifier IDs in this module.
+  ContinuousRangeMap<uint32_t, int, 2> IdentifierRemap;
+
+  /// \brief Actual data for the on-disk hash table of identifiers.
+  ///
+  /// This pointer points into a memory buffer, where the on-disk hash
+  /// table for identifiers actually lives.
+  const char *IdentifierTableData;
+
+  /// \brief A pointer to an on-disk hash table of opaque type
+  /// IdentifierHashTable.
+  void *IdentifierLookupTable;
+
+  // === Macros ===
+
+  /// \brief The cursor to the start of the preprocessor block, which stores
+  /// all of the macro definitions.
+  llvm::BitstreamCursor MacroCursor;
+
+  /// \brief The number of macros in this AST file.
+  unsigned LocalNumMacros;
+
+  /// \brief Offsets of macros in the preprocessor block.
+  ///
+  /// This array is indexed by the macro ID (-1), and provides
+  /// the offset into the preprocessor block where macro definitions are
+  /// stored.
+  const uint32_t *MacroOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief Base macro ID for macros local to this module.
+  serialization::MacroID BaseMacroID;
+
+  /// \brief Remapping table for macro IDs in this module.
+  ContinuousRangeMap<uint32_t, int, 2> MacroRemap;
+
+  /// \brief The offset of the start of the set of defined macros.
+  uint64_t MacroStartOffset;
+
+  // === Detailed PreprocessingRecord ===
+
+  /// \brief The cursor to the start of the (optional) detailed preprocessing
+  /// record block.
+  llvm::BitstreamCursor PreprocessorDetailCursor;
+
+  /// \brief The offset of the start of the preprocessor detail cursor.
+  uint64_t PreprocessorDetailStartOffset;
+
+  /// \brief Base preprocessed entity ID for preprocessed entities local to
+  /// this module.
+  serialization::PreprocessedEntityID BasePreprocessedEntityID;
+
+  /// \brief Remapping table for preprocessed entity IDs in this module.
+  ContinuousRangeMap<uint32_t, int, 2> PreprocessedEntityRemap;
+
+  const PPEntityOffset *PreprocessedEntityOffsets;
+  unsigned NumPreprocessedEntities;
+
+  // === Header search information ===
+
+  /// \brief The number of local HeaderFileInfo structures.
+  unsigned LocalNumHeaderFileInfos;
+
+  /// \brief Actual data for the on-disk hash table of header file
+  /// information.
+  ///
+  /// This pointer points into a memory buffer, where the on-disk hash
+  /// table for header file information actually lives.
+  const char *HeaderFileInfoTableData;
+
+  /// \brief The on-disk hash table that contains information about each of
+  /// the header files.
+  void *HeaderFileInfoTable;
+
+  // === Submodule information ===  
+  /// \brief The number of submodules in this module.
+  unsigned LocalNumSubmodules;
+  
+  /// \brief Base submodule ID for submodules local to this module.
+  serialization::SubmoduleID BaseSubmoduleID;
+  
+  /// \brief Remapping table for submodule IDs in this module.
+  ContinuousRangeMap<uint32_t, int, 2> SubmoduleRemap;
+  
+  // === Selectors ===
+
+  /// \brief The number of selectors new to this file.
+  ///
+  /// This is the number of entries in SelectorOffsets.
+  unsigned LocalNumSelectors;
+
+  /// \brief Offsets into the selector lookup table's data array
+  /// where each selector resides.
+  const uint32_t *SelectorOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief Base selector ID for selectors local to this module.
+  serialization::SelectorID BaseSelectorID;
+
+  /// \brief Remapping table for selector IDs in this module.
+  ContinuousRangeMap<uint32_t, int, 2> SelectorRemap;
+
+  /// \brief A pointer to the character data that comprises the selector table
+  ///
+  /// The SelectorOffsets table refers into this memory.
+  const unsigned char *SelectorLookupTableData;
+
+  /// \brief A pointer to an on-disk hash table of opaque type
+  /// ASTSelectorLookupTable.
+  ///
+  /// This hash table provides the IDs of all selectors, and the associated
+  /// instance and factory methods.
+  void *SelectorLookupTable;
+
+  // === Declarations ===
+
+  /// DeclsCursor - This is a cursor to the start of the DECLS_BLOCK block. It
+  /// has read all the abbreviations at the start of the block and is ready to
+  /// jump around with these in context.
+  llvm::BitstreamCursor DeclsCursor;
+
+  /// \brief The number of declarations in this AST file.
+  unsigned LocalNumDecls;
+
+  /// \brief Offset of each declaration within the bitstream, indexed
+  /// by the declaration ID (-1).
+  const DeclOffset *DeclOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief Base declaration ID for declarations local to this module.
+  serialization::DeclID BaseDeclID;
+
+  /// \brief Remapping table for declaration IDs in this module.
+  ContinuousRangeMap<uint32_t, int, 2> DeclRemap;
+
+  /// \brief Mapping from the module files that this module file depends on
+  /// to the base declaration ID for that module as it is understood within this
+  /// module.
+  ///
+  /// This is effectively a reverse global-to-local mapping for declaration
+  /// IDs, so that we can interpret a true global ID (for this translation unit)
+  /// as a local ID (for this module file).
+  llvm::DenseMap<ModuleFile *, serialization::DeclID> GlobalToLocalDeclIDs;
+
+  /// \brief The number of C++ base specifier sets in this AST file.
+  unsigned LocalNumCXXBaseSpecifiers;
+
+  /// \brief Offset of each C++ base specifier set within the bitstream,
+  /// indexed by the C++ base specifier set ID (-1).
+  const uint32_t *CXXBaseSpecifiersOffsets;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, DeclContextInfo>
+  DeclContextInfosMap;
+
+  /// \brief Information about the lexical and visible declarations
+  /// for each DeclContext.
+  DeclContextInfosMap DeclContextInfos;
+
+  /// \brief Array of file-level DeclIDs sorted by file.
+  const serialization::DeclID *FileSortedDecls;
+  unsigned NumFileSortedDecls;
+
+  /// \brief Array of redeclaration chain location information within this 
+  /// module file, sorted by the first declaration ID.
+  const serialization::LocalRedeclarationsInfo *RedeclarationsMap;
+
+  /// \brief The number of redeclaration info entries in RedeclarationsMap.
+  unsigned LocalNumRedeclarationsInMap;
+  
+  /// \brief The redeclaration chains for declarations local to this
+  /// module file.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 1> RedeclarationChains;
+  
+  /// \brief Array of category list location information within this 
+  /// module file, sorted by the definition ID.
+  const serialization::ObjCCategoriesInfo *ObjCCategoriesMap;
+  
+  /// \brief The number of redeclaration info entries in ObjCCategoriesMap.
+  unsigned LocalNumObjCCategoriesInMap;
+  
+  /// \brief The Objective-C category lists for categories known to this
+  /// module.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 1> ObjCCategories;
+
+  // === Types ===
+
+  /// \brief The number of types in this AST file.
+  unsigned LocalNumTypes;
+
+  /// \brief Offset of each type within the bitstream, indexed by the
+  /// type ID, or the representation of a Type*.
+  const uint32_t *TypeOffsets;
+
+  /// \brief Base type ID for types local to this module as represented in
+  /// the global type ID space.
+  serialization::TypeID BaseTypeIndex;
+
+  /// \brief Remapping table for type IDs in this module.
+  ContinuousRangeMap<uint32_t, int, 2> TypeRemap;
+
+  // === Miscellaneous ===
+
+  /// \brief Diagnostic IDs and their mappings that the user changed.
+  SmallVector<uint64_t, 8> PragmaDiagMappings;
+
+  /// \brief List of modules which depend on this module
+  llvm::SetVector<ModuleFile *> ImportedBy;
+
+  /// \brief List of modules which this module depends on
+  llvm::SetVector<ModuleFile *> Imports;
+
+  /// \brief Determine whether this module was directly imported at
+  /// any point during translation.
+  bool isDirectlyImported() const { return DirectlyImported; }
+
+  /// \brief Dump debugging output for this module.
+  void dump();
+};
+
+} // end namespace serialization
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ModuleManager.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ModuleManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2c4063
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/ModuleManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+//===--- ModuleManager.cpp - Module Manager ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the ModuleManager class, which manages a set of loaded
+//  modules for the ASTReader.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATION_MODULE_MANAGER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATION_MODULE_MANAGER_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
+#include "clang/Serialization/Module.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+
+namespace clang { 
+
+class GlobalModuleIndex;
+class ModuleMap;
+
+namespace serialization {
+
+/// \brief Manages the set of modules loaded by an AST reader.
+class ModuleManager {
+  /// \brief The chain of AST files. The first entry is the one named by the
+  /// user, the last one is the one that doesn't depend on anything further.
+  SmallVector<ModuleFile *, 2> Chain;
+  
+  /// \brief All loaded modules, indexed by name.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry *, ModuleFile *> Modules;
+  
+  /// \brief FileManager that handles translating between filenames and
+  /// FileEntry *.
+  FileManager &FileMgr;
+  
+  /// \brief A lookup of in-memory (virtual file) buffers
+  llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry *, llvm::MemoryBuffer *> InMemoryBuffers;
+
+  /// \brief The visitation order.
+  SmallVector<ModuleFile *, 4> VisitOrder;
+      
+  /// \brief The list of module files that both we and the global module index
+  /// know about.
+  ///
+  /// Either the global index or the module manager may have modules that the
+  /// other does not know about, because the global index can be out-of-date
+  /// (in which case the module manager could have modules it does not) and
+  /// this particular translation unit might not have loaded all of the modules
+  /// known to the global index.
+  SmallVector<ModuleFile *, 4> ModulesInCommonWithGlobalIndex;
+
+  /// \brief The global module index, if one is attached.
+  ///
+  /// The global module index will actually be owned by the ASTReader; this is
+  /// just an non-owning pointer.
+  GlobalModuleIndex *GlobalIndex;
+
+  /// \brief State used by the "visit" operation to avoid malloc traffic in
+  /// calls to visit().
+  struct VisitState {
+    explicit VisitState(unsigned N)
+      : VisitNumber(N, 0), NextVisitNumber(1), NextState(0)
+    {
+      Stack.reserve(N);
+    }
+
+    ~VisitState() {
+      delete NextState;
+    }
+
+    /// \brief The stack used when marking the imports of a particular module
+    /// as not-to-be-visited.
+    SmallVector<ModuleFile *, 4> Stack;
+
+    /// \brief The visit number of each module file, which indicates when
+    /// this module file was last visited.
+    SmallVector<unsigned, 4> VisitNumber;
+
+    /// \brief The next visit number to use to mark visited module files.
+    unsigned NextVisitNumber;
+
+    /// \brief The next visit state.
+    VisitState *NextState;
+  };
+
+  /// \brief The first visit() state in the chain.
+  VisitState *FirstVisitState;
+
+  VisitState *allocateVisitState();
+  void returnVisitState(VisitState *State);
+
+public:
+  typedef SmallVector<ModuleFile*, 2>::iterator ModuleIterator;
+  typedef SmallVector<ModuleFile*, 2>::const_iterator ModuleConstIterator;
+  typedef SmallVector<ModuleFile*, 2>::reverse_iterator ModuleReverseIterator;
+  typedef std::pair<uint32_t, StringRef> ModuleOffset;
+  
+  explicit ModuleManager(FileManager &FileMgr);
+  ~ModuleManager();
+  
+  /// \brief Forward iterator to traverse all loaded modules.  This is reverse
+  /// source-order.
+  ModuleIterator begin() { return Chain.begin(); }
+  /// \brief Forward iterator end-point to traverse all loaded modules
+  ModuleIterator end() { return Chain.end(); }
+  
+  /// \brief Const forward iterator to traverse all loaded modules.  This is 
+  /// in reverse source-order.
+  ModuleConstIterator begin() const { return Chain.begin(); }
+  /// \brief Const forward iterator end-point to traverse all loaded modules
+  ModuleConstIterator end() const { return Chain.end(); }
+  
+  /// \brief Reverse iterator to traverse all loaded modules.  This is in 
+  /// source order.
+  ModuleReverseIterator rbegin() { return Chain.rbegin(); }
+  /// \brief Reverse iterator end-point to traverse all loaded modules.
+  ModuleReverseIterator rend() { return Chain.rend(); }
+  
+  /// \brief Returns the primary module associated with the manager, that is,
+  /// the first module loaded
+  ModuleFile &getPrimaryModule() { return *Chain[0]; }
+  
+  /// \brief Returns the primary module associated with the manager, that is,
+  /// the first module loaded.
+  ModuleFile &getPrimaryModule() const { return *Chain[0]; }
+  
+  /// \brief Returns the module associated with the given index
+  ModuleFile &operator[](unsigned Index) const { return *Chain[Index]; }
+  
+  /// \brief Returns the module associated with the given name
+  ModuleFile *lookup(StringRef Name);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the module associated with the given module file.
+  ModuleFile *lookup(const FileEntry *File);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the in-memory (virtual file) buffer with the given name
+  llvm::MemoryBuffer *lookupBuffer(StringRef Name);
+  
+  /// \brief Number of modules loaded
+  unsigned size() const { return Chain.size(); }
+
+  /// \brief The result of attempting to add a new module.
+  enum AddModuleResult {
+    /// \brief The module file had already been loaded.
+    AlreadyLoaded,
+    /// \brief The module file was just loaded in response to this call.
+    NewlyLoaded,
+    /// \brief The module file is missing.
+    Missing,
+    /// \brief The module file is out-of-date.
+    OutOfDate
+  };
+
+  /// \brief Attempts to create a new module and add it to the list of known
+  /// modules.
+  ///
+  /// \param FileName The file name of the module to be loaded.
+  ///
+  /// \param Type The kind of module being loaded.
+  ///
+  /// \param ImportLoc The location at which the module is imported.
+  ///
+  /// \param ImportedBy The module that is importing this module, or NULL if
+  /// this module is imported directly by the user.
+  ///
+  /// \param Generation The generation in which this module was loaded.
+  ///
+  /// \param ExpectedSize The expected size of the module file, used for
+  /// validation. This will be zero if unknown.
+  ///
+  /// \param ExpectedModTime The expected modification time of the module
+  /// file, used for validation. This will be zero if unknown.
+  ///
+  /// \param Module A pointer to the module file if the module was successfully
+  /// loaded.
+  ///
+  /// \param ErrorStr Will be set to a non-empty string if any errors occurred
+  /// while trying to load the module.
+  ///
+  /// \return A pointer to the module that corresponds to this file name,
+  /// and a value indicating whether the module was loaded.
+  AddModuleResult addModule(StringRef FileName, ModuleKind Type,
+                            SourceLocation ImportLoc,
+                            ModuleFile *ImportedBy, unsigned Generation,
+                            off_t ExpectedSize, time_t ExpectedModTime,
+                            ModuleFile *&Module,
+                            std::string &ErrorStr);
+
+  /// \brief Remove the given set of modules.
+  void removeModules(ModuleIterator first, ModuleIterator last,
+                     ModuleMap *modMap);
+
+  /// \brief Add an in-memory buffer the list of known buffers
+  void addInMemoryBuffer(StringRef FileName, llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer);
+
+  /// \brief Set the global module index.
+  void setGlobalIndex(GlobalModuleIndex *Index);
+
+  /// \brief Notification from the AST reader that the given module file
+  /// has been "accepted", and will not (can not) be unloaded.
+  void moduleFileAccepted(ModuleFile *MF);
+
+  /// \brief Visit each of the modules.
+  ///
+  /// This routine visits each of the modules, starting with the
+  /// "root" modules that no other loaded modules depend on, and
+  /// proceeding to the leaf modules, visiting each module only once
+  /// during the traversal.
+  ///
+  /// This traversal is intended to support various "lookup"
+  /// operations that can find data in any of the loaded modules.
+  ///
+  /// \param Visitor A visitor function that will be invoked with each
+  /// module and the given user data pointer. The return value must be
+  /// convertible to bool; when false, the visitation continues to
+  /// modules that the current module depends on. When true, the
+  /// visitation skips any modules that the current module depends on.
+  ///
+  /// \param UserData User data associated with the visitor object, which
+  /// will be passed along to the visitor.
+  ///
+  /// \param ModuleFilesHit If non-NULL, contains the set of module files
+  /// that we know we need to visit because the global module index told us to.
+  /// Any module that is known to both the global module index and the module
+  /// manager that is *not* in this set can be skipped.
+  void visit(bool (*Visitor)(ModuleFile &M, void *UserData), void *UserData,
+             llvm::SmallPtrSet<ModuleFile *, 4> *ModuleFilesHit = 0);
+  
+  /// \brief Visit each of the modules with a depth-first traversal.
+  ///
+  /// This routine visits each of the modules known to the module
+  /// manager using a depth-first search, starting with the first
+  /// loaded module. The traversal invokes the callback both before
+  /// traversing the children (preorder traversal) and after
+  /// traversing the children (postorder traversal).
+  ///
+  /// \param Visitor A visitor function that will be invoked with each
+  /// module and given a \c Preorder flag that indicates whether we're
+  /// visiting the module before or after visiting its children.  The
+  /// visitor may return true at any time to abort the depth-first
+  /// visitation.
+  ///
+  /// \param UserData User data ssociated with the visitor object,
+  /// which will be passed along to the user.
+  void visitDepthFirst(bool (*Visitor)(ModuleFile &M, bool Preorder, 
+                                       void *UserData), 
+                       void *UserData);
+
+  /// \brief Attempt to resolve the given module file name to a file entry.
+  ///
+  /// \param FileName The name of the module file.
+  ///
+  /// \param ExpectedSize The size that the module file is expected to have.
+  /// If the actual size differs, the resolver should return \c true.
+  ///
+  /// \param ExpectedModTime The modification time that the module file is
+  /// expected to have. If the actual modification time differs, the resolver
+  /// should return \c true.
+  ///
+  /// \param File Will be set to the file if there is one, or null
+  /// otherwise.
+  ///
+  /// \returns True if a file exists but does not meet the size/
+  /// modification time criteria, false if the file is either available and
+  /// suitable, or is missing.
+  bool lookupModuleFile(StringRef FileName,
+                        off_t ExpectedSize,
+                        time_t ExpectedModTime,
+                        const FileEntry *&File);
+
+  /// \brief View the graphviz representation of the module graph.
+  void viewGraph();
+};
+
+} } // end namespace clang::serialization
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/SerializationDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/SerializationDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e63f814
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Serialization/SerializationDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+//===--- SerializationDiagnostic.h - Serialization Diagnostics -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATIONDIAGNOSTIC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SERIALIZATIONDIAGNOSTIC_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+  namespace diag {
+    enum {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,FLAGS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,\
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER,CATEGORY) ENUM,
+#define SERIALIZATIONSTART
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticSerializationKinds.inc"
+#undef DIAG
+      NUM_BUILTIN_SERIALIZATION_DIAGNOSTICS
+    };
+  }  // end namespace diag
+}  // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CheckerBase.td b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CheckerBase.td
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11f1e5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CheckerBase.td
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+//===--- CheckerBase.td - Checker TableGen classes ------------------------===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the TableGen core definitions for checkers
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class CheckerGroup<string name> {
+  string GroupName = name;
+}
+class InGroup<CheckerGroup G> { CheckerGroup Group = G; }
+
+class Package<string name> {
+  string       PackageName = name;
+  bit          Hidden = 0;
+  Package ParentPackage;
+  CheckerGroup Group;
+}
+class InPackage<Package P> { Package ParentPackage = P; }
+
+// All checkers are an indirect subclass of this.
+class Checker<string name = ""> {
+  string      CheckerName = name;
+  string      DescFile;
+  string      HelpText;
+  bit         Hidden = 0;
+  Package ParentPackage;
+  CheckerGroup Group;
+}
+
+class DescFile<string filename> { string DescFile = filename; }
+class HelpText<string text> { string HelpText = text; }
+class Hidden { bit Hidden = 1; }
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/ClangCheckers.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/ClangCheckers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf0a30a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/ClangCheckers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+//===--- ClangCheckers.h - Provides builtin checkers ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_STATICANALYZER_CHECKERS_CLANGCHECKERS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_STATICANALYZER_CHECKERS_CLANGCHECKERS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+class CheckerRegistry;
+
+void registerBuiltinCheckers(CheckerRegistry &registry);
+
+} // end namespace ento
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CommonBugCategories.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CommonBugCategories.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d4251b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CommonBugCategories.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+//=--- CommonBugCategories.h - Provides common issue categories -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_STATIC_ANALYZER_CHECKER_CATEGORIES_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_STATIC_ANALYZER_CHECKER_CATEGORIES_H
+
+// Common strings used for the "category" of many static analyzer issues.
+namespace clang {
+  namespace ento {
+    namespace categories {
+      extern const char *CoreFoundationObjectiveC;
+      extern const char *MemoryCoreFoundationObjectiveC;
+      extern const char *UnixAPI;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/LocalCheckers.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/LocalCheckers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eee38e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/LocalCheckers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+//==- LocalCheckers.h - Intra-Procedural+Flow-Sensitive Checkers -*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the interface to call a set of intra-procedural (local)
+//  checkers that use flow/path-sensitive analyses to find bugs.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_LOCALCHECKERS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_LOCALCHECKERS_H
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+class ExprEngine;
+
+void RegisterCallInliner(ExprEngine &Eng);
+
+} // end namespace ento
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Analyses.def b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Analyses.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc79450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Analyses.def
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+//===-- Analyses.def - Metadata about Static Analyses -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the set of static analyses used by AnalysisConsumer.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef ANALYSIS_STORE
+#define ANALYSIS_STORE(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC, CREATFN)
+#endif
+
+ANALYSIS_STORE(RegionStore, "region", "Use region-based analyzer store", CreateRegionStoreManager)
+
+#ifndef ANALYSIS_CONSTRAINTS
+#define ANALYSIS_CONSTRAINTS(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC, CREATFN)
+#endif
+
+ANALYSIS_CONSTRAINTS(RangeConstraints, "range", "Use constraint tracking of concrete value ranges", CreateRangeConstraintManager)
+
+#ifndef ANALYSIS_DIAGNOSTICS
+#define ANALYSIS_DIAGNOSTICS(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC, CREATEFN, AUTOCREATE)
+#endif
+
+ANALYSIS_DIAGNOSTICS(HTML,  "html",  "Output analysis results using HTML",   createHTMLDiagnosticConsumer, false)
+ANALYSIS_DIAGNOSTICS(PLIST, "plist", "Output analysis results using Plists", createPlistDiagnosticConsumer, true)
+ANALYSIS_DIAGNOSTICS(PLIST_MULTI_FILE, "plist-multi-file", "Output analysis results using Plists (allowing for mult-file bugs)", createPlistMultiFileDiagnosticConsumer, true)
+ANALYSIS_DIAGNOSTICS(PLIST_HTML, "plist-html", "Output analysis results using HTML wrapped with Plists", createPlistHTMLDiagnosticConsumer, true)
+ANALYSIS_DIAGNOSTICS(TEXT, "text", "Text output of analysis results", createTextPathDiagnosticConsumer, true)
+
+#ifndef ANALYSIS_PURGE
+#define ANALYSIS_PURGE(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC)
+#endif
+
+ANALYSIS_PURGE(PurgeStmt,  "statement", "Purge symbols, bindings, and constraints before every statement")
+ANALYSIS_PURGE(PurgeBlock, "block", "Purge symbols, bindings, and constraints before every basic block")
+ANALYSIS_PURGE(PurgeNone,  "none", "Do not purge symbols, bindings, or constraints")
+
+#ifndef ANALYSIS_INLINING_MODE
+#define ANALYSIS_INLINING_MODE(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC)
+#endif
+
+ANALYSIS_INLINING_MODE(All,  "all", "Analyze all functions as top level")
+ANALYSIS_INLINING_MODE(NoRedundancy, "noredundancy", "Do not analyze a function which has been previously inlined")
+
+#undef ANALYSIS_STORE
+#undef ANALYSIS_CONSTRAINTS
+#undef ANALYSIS_DIAGNOSTICS
+#undef ANALYSIS_PURGE
+#undef ANALYSIS_INLINING_MODE
+#undef ANALYSIS_IPA
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AnalyzerOptions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AnalyzerOptions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dbdbbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AnalyzerOptions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+//===--- AnalyzerOptions.h - Analysis Engine Options ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This header defines various options for the static analyzer that are set
+// by the frontend and are consulted throughout the analyzer.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYZEROPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYZEROPTIONS_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+class ASTConsumer;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class Preprocessor;
+class LangOptions;
+
+/// Analysis - Set of available source code analyses.
+enum Analyses {
+#define ANALYSIS(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC, SCOPE) NAME,
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Analyses.def"
+NumAnalyses
+};
+
+/// AnalysisStores - Set of available analysis store models.
+enum AnalysisStores {
+#define ANALYSIS_STORE(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC, CREATFN) NAME##Model,
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Analyses.def"
+NumStores
+};
+
+/// AnalysisConstraints - Set of available constraint models.
+enum AnalysisConstraints {
+#define ANALYSIS_CONSTRAINTS(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC, CREATFN) NAME##Model,
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Analyses.def"
+NumConstraints
+};
+
+/// AnalysisDiagClients - Set of available diagnostic clients for rendering
+///  analysis results.
+enum AnalysisDiagClients {
+#define ANALYSIS_DIAGNOSTICS(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC, CREATFN, AUTOCREAT) PD_##NAME,
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Analyses.def"
+NUM_ANALYSIS_DIAG_CLIENTS
+};
+
+/// AnalysisPurgeModes - Set of available strategies for dead symbol removal.
+enum AnalysisPurgeMode {
+#define ANALYSIS_PURGE(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC) NAME,
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Analyses.def"
+NumPurgeModes
+};
+
+/// AnalysisInlineFunctionSelection - Set of inlining function selection heuristics.
+enum AnalysisInliningMode {
+#define ANALYSIS_INLINING_MODE(NAME, CMDFLAG, DESC) NAME,
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Analyses.def"
+NumInliningModes
+};
+
+/// \brief Describes the different kinds of C++ member functions which can be
+/// considered for inlining by the analyzer.
+///
+/// These options are cumulative; enabling one kind of member function will
+/// enable all kinds with lower enum values.
+enum CXXInlineableMemberKind {
+  // Uninitialized = 0,
+
+  /// A dummy mode in which no C++ inlining is enabled.
+  CIMK_None = 1,
+
+  /// Refers to regular member function and operator calls.
+  CIMK_MemberFunctions,
+
+  /// Refers to constructors (implicit or explicit).
+  ///
+  /// Note that a constructor will not be inlined if the corresponding
+  /// destructor is non-trivial.
+  CIMK_Constructors,
+
+  /// Refers to destructors (implicit or explicit).
+  CIMK_Destructors
+};
+
+/// \brief Describes the different modes of inter-procedural analysis.
+enum IPAKind {
+  IPAK_NotSet = 0,
+
+  /// Perform only intra-procedural analysis.
+  IPAK_None = 1,
+
+  /// Inline C functions and blocks when their definitions are available.
+  IPAK_BasicInlining = 2,
+
+  /// Inline callees(C, C++, ObjC) when their definitions are available.
+  IPAK_Inlining = 3,
+
+  /// Enable inlining of dynamically dispatched methods.
+  IPAK_DynamicDispatch = 4,
+
+  /// Enable inlining of dynamically dispatched methods, bifurcate paths when
+  /// exact type info is unavailable.
+  IPAK_DynamicDispatchBifurcate = 5
+};
+
+class AnalyzerOptions : public RefCountedBase<AnalyzerOptions> {
+public:
+  typedef llvm::StringMap<std::string> ConfigTable;
+
+  /// \brief Pair of checker name and enable/disable.
+  std::vector<std::pair<std::string, bool> > CheckersControlList;
+  
+  /// \brief A key-value table of use-specified configuration values.
+  ConfigTable Config;
+  AnalysisStores AnalysisStoreOpt;
+  AnalysisConstraints AnalysisConstraintsOpt;
+  AnalysisDiagClients AnalysisDiagOpt;
+  AnalysisPurgeMode AnalysisPurgeOpt;
+  
+  std::string AnalyzeSpecificFunction;
+  
+  /// \brief The maximum number of times the analyzer visits a block.
+  unsigned maxBlockVisitOnPath;
+  
+  
+  unsigned ShowCheckerHelp : 1;
+  unsigned AnalyzeAll : 1;
+  unsigned AnalyzerDisplayProgress : 1;
+  unsigned AnalyzeNestedBlocks : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief The flag regulates if we should eagerly assume evaluations of
+  /// conditionals, thus, bifurcating the path.
+  ///
+  /// This flag indicates how the engine should handle expressions such as: 'x =
+  /// (y != 0)'.  When this flag is true then the subexpression 'y != 0' will be
+  /// eagerly assumed to be true or false, thus evaluating it to the integers 0
+  /// or 1 respectively.  The upside is that this can increase analysis
+  /// precision until we have a better way to lazily evaluate such logic.  The
+  /// downside is that it eagerly bifurcates paths.
+  unsigned eagerlyAssumeBinOpBifurcation : 1;
+  
+  unsigned TrimGraph : 1;
+  unsigned visualizeExplodedGraphWithGraphViz : 1;
+  unsigned visualizeExplodedGraphWithUbiGraph : 1;
+  unsigned UnoptimizedCFG : 1;
+  unsigned PrintStats : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief Do not re-analyze paths leading to exhausted nodes with a different
+  /// strategy. We get better code coverage when retry is enabled.
+  unsigned NoRetryExhausted : 1;
+  
+  /// \brief The inlining stack depth limit.
+  unsigned InlineMaxStackDepth;
+  
+  /// \brief The mode of function selection used during inlining.
+  AnalysisInliningMode InliningMode;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Describes the kinds for high-level analyzer mode.
+  enum UserModeKind {
+    UMK_NotSet = 0,
+    /// Perform shallow but fast analyzes.
+    UMK_Shallow = 1,
+    /// Perform deep analyzes.
+    UMK_Deep = 2
+  };
+
+  /// Controls the high-level analyzer mode, which influences the default 
+  /// settings for some of the lower-level config options (such as IPAMode).
+  /// \sa getUserMode
+  UserModeKind UserMode;
+
+  /// Controls the mode of inter-procedural analysis.
+  IPAKind IPAMode;
+
+  /// Controls which C++ member functions will be considered for inlining.
+  CXXInlineableMemberKind CXXMemberInliningMode;
+  
+  /// \sa includeTemporaryDtorsInCFG
+  Optional<bool> IncludeTemporaryDtorsInCFG;
+  
+  /// \sa mayInlineCXXStandardLibrary
+  Optional<bool> InlineCXXStandardLibrary;
+  
+  /// \sa mayInlineTemplateFunctions
+  Optional<bool> InlineTemplateFunctions;
+
+  /// \sa mayInlineCXXContainerCtorsAndDtors
+  Optional<bool> InlineCXXContainerCtorsAndDtors;
+
+  /// \sa mayInlineObjCMethod
+  Optional<bool> ObjCInliningMode;
+
+  // Cache of the "ipa-always-inline-size" setting.
+  // \sa getAlwaysInlineSize
+  Optional<unsigned> AlwaysInlineSize;
+
+  /// \sa shouldSuppressNullReturnPaths
+  Optional<bool> SuppressNullReturnPaths;
+
+  // \sa getMaxInlinableSize
+  Optional<unsigned> MaxInlinableSize;
+
+  /// \sa shouldAvoidSuppressingNullArgumentPaths
+  Optional<bool> AvoidSuppressingNullArgumentPaths;
+
+  /// \sa shouldSuppressInlinedDefensiveChecks
+  Optional<bool> SuppressInlinedDefensiveChecks;
+
+  /// \sa shouldSuppressFromCXXStandardLibrary
+  Optional<bool> SuppressFromCXXStandardLibrary;
+
+  /// \sa getGraphTrimInterval
+  Optional<unsigned> GraphTrimInterval;
+
+  /// \sa getMaxTimesInlineLarge
+  Optional<unsigned> MaxTimesInlineLarge;
+
+  /// \sa getMaxNodesPerTopLevelFunction
+  Optional<unsigned> MaxNodesPerTopLevelFunction;
+
+  /// Interprets an option's string value as a boolean.
+  ///
+  /// Accepts the strings "true" and "false".
+  /// If an option value is not provided, returns the given \p DefaultVal.
+  bool getBooleanOption(StringRef Name, bool DefaultVal);
+
+  /// Variant that accepts a Optional value to cache the result.
+  bool getBooleanOption(Optional<bool> &V, StringRef Name, bool DefaultVal);
+
+  /// Interprets an option's string value as an integer value.
+  int getOptionAsInteger(StringRef Name, int DefaultVal);
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Retrieves and sets the UserMode. This is a high-level option,
+  /// which is used to set other low-level options. It is not accessible
+  /// outside of AnalyzerOptions.
+  UserModeKind getUserMode();
+
+  /// \brief Returns the inter-procedural analysis mode.
+  IPAKind getIPAMode();
+
+  /// Returns the option controlling which C++ member functions will be
+  /// considered for inlining.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'c++-inlining' config option.
+  ///
+  /// \sa CXXMemberInliningMode
+  bool mayInlineCXXMemberFunction(CXXInlineableMemberKind K);
+
+  /// Returns true if ObjectiveC inlining is enabled, false otherwise.
+  bool mayInlineObjCMethod();
+
+  /// Returns whether or not the destructors for C++ temporary objects should
+  /// be included in the CFG.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'cfg-temporary-dtors' config option, which
+  /// accepts the values "true" and "false".
+  bool includeTemporaryDtorsInCFG();
+
+  /// Returns whether or not C++ standard library functions may be considered
+  /// for inlining.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'c++-stdlib-inlining' config option, which
+  /// accepts the values "true" and "false".
+  bool mayInlineCXXStandardLibrary();
+
+  /// Returns whether or not templated functions may be considered for inlining.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'c++-template-inlining' config option, which
+  /// accepts the values "true" and "false".
+  bool mayInlineTemplateFunctions();
+
+  /// Returns whether or not constructors and destructors of C++ container
+  /// objects may be considered for inlining.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'c++-container-inlining' config option, which
+  /// accepts the values "true" and "false".
+  bool mayInlineCXXContainerCtorsAndDtors();
+
+  /// Returns whether or not paths that go through null returns should be
+  /// suppressed.
+  ///
+  /// This is a heuristic for avoiding bug reports with paths that go through
+  /// inlined functions that are more defensive than their callers.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'suppress-null-return-paths' config option,
+  /// which accepts the values "true" and "false".
+  bool shouldSuppressNullReturnPaths();
+
+  /// Returns whether a bug report should \em not be suppressed if its path
+  /// includes a call with a null argument, even if that call has a null return.
+  ///
+  /// This option has no effect when #shouldSuppressNullReturnPaths() is false.
+  ///
+  /// This is a counter-heuristic to avoid false negatives.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'avoid-suppressing-null-argument-paths' config
+  /// option, which accepts the values "true" and "false".
+  bool shouldAvoidSuppressingNullArgumentPaths();
+
+  /// Returns whether or not diagnostics containing inlined defensive NULL
+  /// checks should be suppressed.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'suppress-inlined-defensive-checks' config
+  /// option, which accepts the values "true" and "false".
+  bool shouldSuppressInlinedDefensiveChecks();
+
+  /// Returns whether or not diagnostics reported within the C++ standard
+  /// library should be suppressed.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'suppress-c++-stdlib' config option,
+  /// which accepts the values "true" and "false".
+  bool shouldSuppressFromCXXStandardLibrary();
+
+  /// Returns whether irrelevant parts of a bug report path should be pruned
+  /// out of the final output.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'prune-paths' config option, which accepts the
+  /// values "true" and "false".
+  bool shouldPrunePaths();
+
+  /// Returns true if 'static' initializers should be in conditional logic
+  /// in the CFG.
+  bool shouldConditionalizeStaticInitializers();
+
+  // Returns the size of the functions (in basic blocks), which should be
+  // considered to be small enough to always inline.
+  //
+  // This is controlled by "ipa-always-inline-size" analyzer-config option.
+  unsigned getAlwaysInlineSize();
+
+  // Returns the bound on the number of basic blocks in an inlined function
+  // (50 by default).
+  //
+  // This is controlled by "-analyzer-config max-inlinable-size" option.
+  unsigned getMaxInlinableSize();
+
+  /// Returns true if the analyzer engine should synthesize fake bodies
+  /// for well-known functions.
+  bool shouldSynthesizeBodies();
+
+  /// Returns how often nodes in the ExplodedGraph should be recycled to save
+  /// memory.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'graph-trim-interval' config option. To disable
+  /// node reclamation, set the option to "0".
+  unsigned getGraphTrimInterval();
+
+  /// Returns the maximum times a large function could be inlined.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'max-times-inline-large' config option.
+  unsigned getMaxTimesInlineLarge();
+
+  /// Returns the maximum number of nodes the analyzer can generate while
+  /// exploring a top level function (for each exploded graph).
+  /// 150000 is default; 0 means no limit.
+  ///
+  /// This is controlled by the 'max-nodes' config option.
+  unsigned getMaxNodesPerTopLevelFunction();
+
+public:
+  AnalyzerOptions() :
+    AnalysisStoreOpt(RegionStoreModel),
+    AnalysisConstraintsOpt(RangeConstraintsModel),
+    AnalysisDiagOpt(PD_HTML),
+    AnalysisPurgeOpt(PurgeStmt),
+    ShowCheckerHelp(0),
+    AnalyzeAll(0),
+    AnalyzerDisplayProgress(0),
+    AnalyzeNestedBlocks(0),
+    eagerlyAssumeBinOpBifurcation(0),
+    TrimGraph(0),
+    visualizeExplodedGraphWithGraphViz(0),
+    visualizeExplodedGraphWithUbiGraph(0),
+    UnoptimizedCFG(0),
+    PrintStats(0),
+    NoRetryExhausted(0),
+    // Cap the stack depth at 4 calls (5 stack frames, base + 4 calls).
+    InlineMaxStackDepth(5),
+    InliningMode(NoRedundancy),
+    UserMode(UMK_NotSet),
+    IPAMode(IPAK_NotSet),
+    CXXMemberInliningMode() {}
+
+};
+  
+typedef IntrusiveRefCntPtr<AnalyzerOptions> AnalyzerOptionsRef;
+  
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugReporter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugReporter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a87e47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugReporter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
+//===---  BugReporter.h - Generate PathDiagnostics --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines BugReporter, a utility class for generating
+//  PathDiagnostics for analyses based on ProgramState.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_BUGREPORTER
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_BUGREPORTER
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugReporterVisitor.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ASTContext;
+class DiagnosticsEngine;
+class Stmt;
+class ParentMap;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class PathDiagnostic;
+class ExplodedNode;
+class ExplodedGraph;
+class BugReport;
+class BugReporter;
+class BugReporterContext;
+class ExprEngine;
+class BugType;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Interface for individual bug reports.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// This class provides an interface through which checkers can create
+/// individual bug reports.
+class BugReport : public llvm::ilist_node<BugReport> {
+public:  
+  class NodeResolver {
+    virtual void anchor();
+  public:
+    virtual ~NodeResolver() {}
+    virtual const ExplodedNode*
+            getOriginalNode(const ExplodedNode *N) = 0;
+  };
+
+  typedef const SourceRange *ranges_iterator;
+  typedef SmallVector<BugReporterVisitor *, 8> VisitorList;
+  typedef VisitorList::iterator visitor_iterator;
+  typedef SmallVector<StringRef, 2> ExtraTextList;
+
+protected:
+  friend class BugReporter;
+  friend class BugReportEquivClass;
+
+  BugType& BT;
+  const Decl *DeclWithIssue;
+  std::string ShortDescription;
+  std::string Description;
+  PathDiagnosticLocation Location;
+  PathDiagnosticLocation UniqueingLocation;
+  const Decl *UniqueingDecl;
+  
+  const ExplodedNode *ErrorNode;
+  SmallVector<SourceRange, 4> Ranges;
+  ExtraTextList ExtraText;
+  
+  typedef llvm::DenseSet<SymbolRef> Symbols;
+  typedef llvm::DenseSet<const MemRegion *> Regions;
+
+  /// A (stack of) a set of symbols that are registered with this
+  /// report as being "interesting", and thus used to help decide which
+  /// diagnostics to include when constructing the final path diagnostic.
+  /// The stack is largely used by BugReporter when generating PathDiagnostics
+  /// for multiple PathDiagnosticConsumers.
+  SmallVector<Symbols *, 2> interestingSymbols;
+
+  /// A (stack of) set of regions that are registered with this report as being
+  /// "interesting", and thus used to help decide which diagnostics
+  /// to include when constructing the final path diagnostic.
+  /// The stack is largely used by BugReporter when generating PathDiagnostics
+  /// for multiple PathDiagnosticConsumers.
+  SmallVector<Regions *, 2> interestingRegions;
+
+  /// A set of location contexts that correspoind to call sites which should be
+  /// considered "interesting".
+  llvm::SmallSet<const LocationContext *, 2> InterestingLocationContexts;
+
+  /// A set of custom visitors which generate "event" diagnostics at
+  /// interesting points in the path.
+  VisitorList Callbacks;
+
+  /// Used for ensuring the visitors are only added once.
+  llvm::FoldingSet<BugReporterVisitor> CallbacksSet;
+
+  /// Used for clients to tell if the report's configuration has changed
+  /// since the last time they checked.
+  unsigned ConfigurationChangeToken;
+  
+  /// When set, this flag disables all callstack pruning from a diagnostic
+  /// path.  This is useful for some reports that want maximum fidelty
+  /// when reporting an issue.
+  bool DoNotPrunePath;
+
+  /// Used to track unique reasons why a bug report might be invalid.
+  ///
+  /// \sa markInvalid
+  /// \sa removeInvalidation
+  typedef std::pair<const void *, const void *> InvalidationRecord;
+
+  /// If non-empty, this bug report is likely a false positive and should not be
+  /// shown to the user.
+  ///
+  /// \sa markInvalid
+  /// \sa removeInvalidation
+  llvm::SmallSet<InvalidationRecord, 4> Invalidations;
+
+private:
+  // Used internally by BugReporter.
+  Symbols &getInterestingSymbols();
+  Regions &getInterestingRegions();
+
+  void lazyInitializeInterestingSets();
+  void pushInterestingSymbolsAndRegions();
+  void popInterestingSymbolsAndRegions();
+
+public:
+  BugReport(BugType& bt, StringRef desc, const ExplodedNode *errornode)
+    : BT(bt), DeclWithIssue(0), Description(desc), ErrorNode(errornode),
+      ConfigurationChangeToken(0), DoNotPrunePath(false) {}
+
+  BugReport(BugType& bt, StringRef shortDesc, StringRef desc,
+            const ExplodedNode *errornode)
+    : BT(bt), DeclWithIssue(0), ShortDescription(shortDesc), Description(desc),
+      ErrorNode(errornode), ConfigurationChangeToken(0),
+      DoNotPrunePath(false) {}
+
+  BugReport(BugType& bt, StringRef desc, PathDiagnosticLocation l)
+    : BT(bt), DeclWithIssue(0), Description(desc), Location(l), ErrorNode(0),
+      ConfigurationChangeToken(0),
+      DoNotPrunePath(false) {}
+
+  /// \brief Create a BugReport with a custom uniqueing location.
+  ///
+  /// The reports that have the same report location, description, bug type, and
+  /// ranges are uniqued - only one of the equivalent reports will be presented
+  /// to the user. This method allows to rest the location which should be used
+  /// for uniquing reports. For example, memory leaks checker, could set this to
+  /// the allocation site, rather then the location where the bug is reported.
+  BugReport(BugType& bt, StringRef desc, const ExplodedNode *errornode,
+            PathDiagnosticLocation LocationToUnique, const Decl *DeclToUnique)
+    : BT(bt), DeclWithIssue(0), Description(desc),
+      UniqueingLocation(LocationToUnique),
+      UniqueingDecl(DeclToUnique),
+      ErrorNode(errornode), ConfigurationChangeToken(0),
+      DoNotPrunePath(false) {}
+
+  virtual ~BugReport();
+
+  const BugType& getBugType() const { return BT; }
+  BugType& getBugType() { return BT; }
+
+  const ExplodedNode *getErrorNode() const { return ErrorNode; }
+
+  const StringRef getDescription() const { return Description; }
+
+  const StringRef getShortDescription(bool UseFallback = true) const {
+    if (ShortDescription.empty() && UseFallback)
+      return Description;
+    return ShortDescription;
+  }
+
+  /// Indicates whether or not any path pruning should take place
+  /// when generating a PathDiagnostic from this BugReport.
+  bool shouldPrunePath() const { return !DoNotPrunePath; }
+
+  /// Disable all path pruning when generating a PathDiagnostic.
+  void disablePathPruning() { DoNotPrunePath = true; }
+  
+  void markInteresting(SymbolRef sym);
+  void markInteresting(const MemRegion *R);
+  void markInteresting(SVal V);
+  void markInteresting(const LocationContext *LC);
+  
+  bool isInteresting(SymbolRef sym);
+  bool isInteresting(const MemRegion *R);
+  bool isInteresting(SVal V);
+  bool isInteresting(const LocationContext *LC);
+
+  unsigned getConfigurationChangeToken() const {
+    return ConfigurationChangeToken;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns whether or not this report should be considered valid.
+  ///
+  /// Invalid reports are those that have been classified as likely false
+  /// positives after the fact.
+  bool isValid() const {
+    return Invalidations.empty();
+  }
+
+  /// Marks the current report as invalid, meaning that it is probably a false
+  /// positive and should not be reported to the user.
+  ///
+  /// The \p Tag and \p Data arguments are intended to be opaque identifiers for
+  /// this particular invalidation, where \p Tag represents the visitor
+  /// responsible for invalidation, and \p Data represents the reason this
+  /// visitor decided to invalidate the bug report.
+  ///
+  /// \sa removeInvalidation
+  void markInvalid(const void *Tag, const void *Data) {
+    Invalidations.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, Data));
+  }
+
+  /// Reverses the effects of a previous invalidation.
+  ///
+  /// \sa markInvalid
+  void removeInvalidation(const void *Tag, const void *Data) {
+    Invalidations.erase(std::make_pair(Tag, Data));
+  }
+  
+  /// Return the canonical declaration, be it a method or class, where
+  /// this issue semantically occurred.
+  const Decl *getDeclWithIssue() const;
+  
+  /// Specifically set the Decl where an issue occurred.  This isn't necessary
+  /// for BugReports that cover a path as it will be automatically inferred.
+  void setDeclWithIssue(const Decl *declWithIssue) {
+    DeclWithIssue = declWithIssue;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief This allows for addition of meta data to the diagnostic.
+  ///
+  /// Currently, only the HTMLDiagnosticClient knows how to display it. 
+  void addExtraText(StringRef S) {
+    ExtraText.push_back(S);
+  }
+
+  virtual const ExtraTextList &getExtraText() {
+    return ExtraText;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Return the "definitive" location of the reported bug.
+  ///
+  ///  While a bug can span an entire path, usually there is a specific
+  ///  location that can be used to identify where the key issue occurred.
+  ///  This location is used by clients rendering diagnostics.
+  virtual PathDiagnosticLocation getLocation(const SourceManager &SM) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the location on which the report should be uniqued.
+  PathDiagnosticLocation getUniqueingLocation() const {
+    return UniqueingLocation;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Get the declaration containing the uniqueing location.
+  const Decl *getUniqueingDecl() const {
+    return UniqueingDecl;
+  }
+
+  const Stmt *getStmt() const;
+
+  /// \brief Add a range to a bug report.
+  ///
+  /// Ranges are used to highlight regions of interest in the source code.
+  /// They should be at the same source code line as the BugReport location.
+  /// By default, the source range of the statement corresponding to the error
+  /// node will be used; add a single invalid range to specify absence of
+  /// ranges.
+  void addRange(SourceRange R) {
+    assert((R.isValid() || Ranges.empty()) && "Invalid range can only be used "
+                           "to specify that the report does not have a range.");
+    Ranges.push_back(R);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the SourceRanges associated with the report.
+  virtual std::pair<ranges_iterator, ranges_iterator> getRanges();
+
+  /// \brief Add custom or predefined bug report visitors to this report.
+  ///
+  /// The visitors should be used when the default trace is not sufficient.
+  /// For example, they allow constructing a more elaborate trace.
+  /// \sa registerConditionVisitor(), registerTrackNullOrUndefValue(),
+  /// registerFindLastStore(), registerNilReceiverVisitor(), and
+  /// registerVarDeclsLastStore().
+  void addVisitor(BugReporterVisitor *visitor);
+
+	/// Iterators through the custom diagnostic visitors.
+  visitor_iterator visitor_begin() { return Callbacks.begin(); }
+  visitor_iterator visitor_end() { return Callbacks.end(); }
+
+  /// Profile to identify equivalent bug reports for error report coalescing.
+  /// Reports are uniqued to ensure that we do not emit multiple diagnostics
+  /// for each bug.
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& hash) const;
+};
+
+} // end ento namespace
+} // end clang namespace
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template<> struct ilist_traits<clang::ento::BugReport>
+    : public ilist_default_traits<clang::ento::BugReport> {
+    clang::ento::BugReport *createSentinel() const {
+      return static_cast<clang::ento::BugReport *>(&Sentinel);
+    }
+    void destroySentinel(clang::ento::BugReport *) const {}
+
+    clang::ento::BugReport *provideInitialHead() const {
+      return createSentinel();
+    }
+    clang::ento::BugReport *ensureHead(clang::ento::BugReport *) const {
+      return createSentinel();
+    }
+  private:
+    mutable ilist_half_node<clang::ento::BugReport> Sentinel;
+  };
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// BugTypes (collections of related reports).
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class BugReportEquivClass : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  /// List of *owned* BugReport objects.
+  llvm::ilist<BugReport> Reports;
+
+  friend class BugReporter;
+  void AddReport(BugReport* R) { Reports.push_back(R); }
+public:
+  BugReportEquivClass(BugReport* R) { Reports.push_back(R); }
+  ~BugReportEquivClass();
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
+    assert(!Reports.empty());
+    Reports.front().Profile(ID);
+  }
+
+  typedef llvm::ilist<BugReport>::iterator iterator;
+  typedef llvm::ilist<BugReport>::const_iterator const_iterator;
+
+  iterator begin() { return Reports.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return Reports.end(); }
+
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Reports.begin(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return Reports.end(); }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// BugReporter and friends.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class BugReporterData {
+public:
+  virtual ~BugReporterData();
+  virtual DiagnosticsEngine& getDiagnostic() = 0;
+  virtual ArrayRef<PathDiagnosticConsumer*> getPathDiagnosticConsumers() = 0;
+  virtual ASTContext &getASTContext() = 0;
+  virtual SourceManager& getSourceManager() = 0;
+};
+
+/// BugReporter is a utility class for generating PathDiagnostics for analysis.
+/// It collects the BugReports and BugTypes and knows how to generate
+/// and flush the corresponding diagnostics.
+class BugReporter {
+public:
+  enum Kind { BaseBRKind, GRBugReporterKind };
+
+private:
+  typedef llvm::ImmutableSet<BugType*> BugTypesTy;
+  BugTypesTy::Factory F;
+  BugTypesTy BugTypes;
+
+  const Kind kind;
+  BugReporterData& D;
+
+  /// Generate and flush the diagnostics for the given bug report.
+  void FlushReport(BugReportEquivClass& EQ);
+
+  /// Generate and flush the diagnostics for the given bug report
+  /// and PathDiagnosticConsumer.
+  void FlushReport(BugReport *exampleReport,
+                   PathDiagnosticConsumer &PD,
+                   ArrayRef<BugReport*> BugReports);
+
+  /// The set of bug reports tracked by the BugReporter.
+  llvm::FoldingSet<BugReportEquivClass> EQClasses;
+  /// A vector of BugReports for tracking the allocated pointers and cleanup.
+  std::vector<BugReportEquivClass *> EQClassesVector;
+
+  /// A map from PathDiagnosticPiece to the LocationContext of the inlined
+  /// function call it represents.
+  llvm::DenseMap<const PathDiagnosticCallPiece*,
+                 const LocationContext*> LocationContextMap;
+
+protected:
+  BugReporter(BugReporterData& d, Kind k) : BugTypes(F.getEmptySet()), kind(k),
+                                            D(d) {}
+
+public:
+  BugReporter(BugReporterData& d) : BugTypes(F.getEmptySet()), kind(BaseBRKind),
+                                    D(d) {}
+  virtual ~BugReporter();
+
+  /// \brief Generate and flush diagnostics for all bug reports.
+  void FlushReports();
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return kind; }
+
+  DiagnosticsEngine& getDiagnostic() {
+    return D.getDiagnostic();
+  }
+
+  ArrayRef<PathDiagnosticConsumer*> getPathDiagnosticConsumers() {
+    return D.getPathDiagnosticConsumers();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Iterator over the set of BugTypes tracked by the BugReporter.
+  typedef BugTypesTy::iterator iterator;
+  iterator begin() { return BugTypes.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return BugTypes.end(); }
+
+  /// \brief Iterator over the set of BugReports tracked by the BugReporter.
+  typedef llvm::FoldingSet<BugReportEquivClass>::iterator EQClasses_iterator;
+  EQClasses_iterator EQClasses_begin() { return EQClasses.begin(); }
+  EQClasses_iterator EQClasses_end() { return EQClasses.end(); }
+
+  ASTContext &getContext() { return D.getASTContext(); }
+
+  SourceManager& getSourceManager() { return D.getSourceManager(); }
+
+  virtual bool generatePathDiagnostic(PathDiagnostic& pathDiagnostic,
+                                      PathDiagnosticConsumer &PC,
+                                      ArrayRef<BugReport *> &bugReports) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  bool RemoveUnneededCalls(PathPieces &pieces, BugReport *R);
+
+  void Register(BugType *BT);
+
+  /// \brief Add the given report to the set of reports tracked by BugReporter.
+  ///
+  /// The reports are usually generated by the checkers. Further, they are
+  /// folded based on the profile value, which is done to coalesce similar
+  /// reports.
+  void emitReport(BugReport *R);
+
+  void EmitBasicReport(const Decl *DeclWithIssue,
+                       StringRef BugName, StringRef BugCategory,
+                       StringRef BugStr, PathDiagnosticLocation Loc,
+                       SourceRange* RangeBeg, unsigned NumRanges);
+
+  void EmitBasicReport(const Decl *DeclWithIssue,
+                       StringRef BugName, StringRef BugCategory,
+                       StringRef BugStr, PathDiagnosticLocation Loc) {
+    EmitBasicReport(DeclWithIssue, BugName, BugCategory, BugStr, Loc, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  void EmitBasicReport(const Decl *DeclWithIssue,
+                       StringRef BugName, StringRef Category,
+                       StringRef BugStr, PathDiagnosticLocation Loc,
+                       SourceRange R) {
+    EmitBasicReport(DeclWithIssue, BugName, Category, BugStr, Loc, &R, 1);
+  }
+
+  void addCallPieceLocationContextPair(const PathDiagnosticCallPiece *C,
+                                       const LocationContext *LC) {
+    LocationContextMap[C] = LC;
+  }
+private:
+  llvm::StringMap<BugType *> StrBugTypes;
+
+  /// \brief Returns a BugType that is associated with the given name and
+  /// category.
+  BugType *getBugTypeForName(StringRef name, StringRef category);
+};
+
+// FIXME: Get rid of GRBugReporter.  It's the wrong abstraction.
+class GRBugReporter : public BugReporter {
+  ExprEngine& Eng;
+public:
+  GRBugReporter(BugReporterData& d, ExprEngine& eng)
+    : BugReporter(d, GRBugReporterKind), Eng(eng) {}
+
+  virtual ~GRBugReporter();
+
+  /// getEngine - Return the analysis engine used to analyze a given
+  ///  function or method.
+  ExprEngine &getEngine() { return Eng; }
+
+  /// getGraph - Get the exploded graph created by the analysis engine
+  ///  for the analyzed method or function.
+  ExplodedGraph &getGraph();
+
+  /// getStateManager - Return the state manager used by the analysis
+  ///  engine.
+  ProgramStateManager &getStateManager();
+
+  /// Generates a path corresponding to one of the given bug reports.
+  ///
+  /// Which report is used for path generation is not specified. The
+  /// bug reporter will try to pick the shortest path, but this is not
+  /// guaranteed.
+  ///
+  /// \return True if the report was valid and a path was generated,
+  ///         false if the reports should be considered invalid.
+  virtual bool generatePathDiagnostic(PathDiagnostic &PD,
+                                      PathDiagnosticConsumer &PC,
+                                      ArrayRef<BugReport*> &bugReports);
+
+  /// classof - Used by isa<>, cast<>, and dyn_cast<>.
+  static bool classof(const BugReporter* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == GRBugReporterKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class BugReporterContext {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  GRBugReporter &BR;
+public:
+  BugReporterContext(GRBugReporter& br) : BR(br) {}
+
+  virtual ~BugReporterContext() {}
+
+  GRBugReporter& getBugReporter() { return BR; }
+
+  ExplodedGraph &getGraph() { return BR.getGraph(); }
+
+  ProgramStateManager& getStateManager() {
+    return BR.getStateManager();
+  }
+
+  SValBuilder& getSValBuilder() {
+    return getStateManager().getSValBuilder();
+  }
+
+  ASTContext &getASTContext() {
+    return BR.getContext();
+  }
+
+  SourceManager& getSourceManager() {
+    return BR.getSourceManager();
+  }
+
+  virtual BugReport::NodeResolver& getNodeResolver() = 0;
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugReporterVisitor.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugReporterVisitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e5f207
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugReporterVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+//===---  BugReporterVisitor.h - Generate PathDiagnostics -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file declares BugReporterVisitors, which are used to generate enhanced
+//  diagnostic traces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_BUGREPORTERVISITOR
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_BUGREPORTERVISITOR
+
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class BugReport;
+class BugReporterContext;
+class ExplodedNode;
+class MemRegion;
+class PathDiagnosticPiece;
+
+/// \brief BugReporterVisitors are used to add custom diagnostics along a path.
+///
+/// Custom visitors should subclass the BugReporterVisitorImpl class for a
+/// default implementation of the clone() method.
+/// (Warning: if you have a deep subclass of BugReporterVisitorImpl, the
+/// default implementation of clone() will NOT do the right thing, and you
+/// will have to provide your own implementation.)
+class BugReporterVisitor : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+public:
+  virtual ~BugReporterVisitor();
+
+  /// \brief Returns a copy of this BugReporter.
+  ///
+  /// Custom BugReporterVisitors should not override this method directly.
+  /// Instead, they should inherit from BugReporterVisitorImpl and provide
+  /// a protected or public copy constructor.
+  ///
+  /// (Warning: if you have a deep subclass of BugReporterVisitorImpl, the
+  /// default implementation of clone() will NOT do the right thing, and you
+  /// will have to provide your own implementation.)
+  virtual BugReporterVisitor *clone() const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Return a diagnostic piece which should be associated with the
+  /// given node.
+  ///
+  /// The last parameter can be used to register a new visitor with the given
+  /// BugReport while processing a node.
+  virtual PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *Succ,
+                                         const ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                         BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                         BugReport &BR) = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Provide custom definition for the final diagnostic piece on the
+  /// path - the piece, which is displayed before the path is expanded.
+  ///
+  /// If returns NULL the default implementation will be used.
+  /// Also note that at most one visitor of a BugReport should generate a
+  /// non-NULL end of path diagnostic piece.
+  virtual PathDiagnosticPiece *getEndPath(BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                          const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                          BugReport &BR);
+
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Generates the default final diagnostic piece.
+  static PathDiagnosticPiece *getDefaultEndPath(BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                                const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                                BugReport &BR);
+
+};
+
+/// This class provides a convenience implementation for clone() using the
+/// Curiously-Recurring Template Pattern. If you are implementing a custom
+/// BugReporterVisitor, subclass BugReporterVisitorImpl and provide a public
+/// or protected copy constructor.
+///
+/// (Warning: if you have a deep subclass of BugReporterVisitorImpl, the
+/// default implementation of clone() will NOT do the right thing, and you
+/// will have to provide your own implementation.)
+template <class DERIVED>
+class BugReporterVisitorImpl : public BugReporterVisitor {
+  virtual BugReporterVisitor *clone() const {
+    return new DERIVED(*static_cast<const DERIVED *>(this));
+  }
+};
+
+class FindLastStoreBRVisitor
+  : public BugReporterVisitorImpl<FindLastStoreBRVisitor>
+{
+  const MemRegion *R;
+  SVal V;
+  bool Satisfied;
+
+  /// If the visitor is tracking the value directly responsible for the
+  /// bug, we are going to employ false positive suppression.
+  bool EnableNullFPSuppression;
+
+public:
+  /// Creates a visitor for every VarDecl inside a Stmt and registers it with
+  /// the BugReport.
+  static void registerStatementVarDecls(BugReport &BR, const Stmt *S,
+                                        bool EnableNullFPSuppression);
+
+  FindLastStoreBRVisitor(KnownSVal V, const MemRegion *R,
+                         bool InEnableNullFPSuppression)
+  : R(R),
+    V(V),
+    Satisfied(false),
+    EnableNullFPSuppression(InEnableNullFPSuppression) {}
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                 const ExplodedNode *PrevN,
+                                 BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                 BugReport &BR);
+};
+
+class TrackConstraintBRVisitor
+  : public BugReporterVisitorImpl<TrackConstraintBRVisitor>
+{
+  DefinedSVal Constraint;
+  bool Assumption;
+  bool IsSatisfied;
+  bool IsZeroCheck;
+
+public:
+  TrackConstraintBRVisitor(DefinedSVal constraint, bool assumption)
+  : Constraint(constraint), Assumption(assumption), IsSatisfied(false),
+    IsZeroCheck(!Assumption && Constraint.getAs<Loc>()) {}
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+  /// Return the tag associated with this visitor.  This tag will be used
+  /// to make all PathDiagnosticPieces created by this visitor.
+  static const char *getTag();
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                 const ExplodedNode *PrevN,
+                                 BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                 BugReport &BR);
+
+private:
+  /// Checks if the constraint is valid in the current state.
+  bool isUnderconstrained(const ExplodedNode *N) const;
+
+};
+
+/// \class NilReceiverBRVisitor
+/// \brief Prints path notes when a message is sent to a nil receiver.
+class NilReceiverBRVisitor
+  : public BugReporterVisitorImpl<NilReceiverBRVisitor> {
+public:
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    static int x = 0;
+    ID.AddPointer(&x);
+  }
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                 const ExplodedNode *PrevN,
+                                 BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                 BugReport &BR);
+
+  /// If the statement is a message send expression with nil receiver, returns
+  /// the receiver expression. Returns NULL otherwise.
+  static const Expr *getNilReceiver(const Stmt *S, const ExplodedNode *N);
+};
+
+/// Visitor that tries to report interesting diagnostics from conditions.
+class ConditionBRVisitor : public BugReporterVisitorImpl<ConditionBRVisitor> {
+public:
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    static int x = 0;
+    ID.AddPointer(&x);
+  }
+
+  /// Return the tag associated with this visitor.  This tag will be used
+  /// to make all PathDiagnosticPieces created by this visitor.
+  static const char *getTag();
+  
+  virtual PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                         const ExplodedNode *Prev,
+                                         BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                         BugReport &BR);
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitNodeImpl(const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                     const ExplodedNode *Prev,
+                                     BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                     BugReport &BR);
+  
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitTerminator(const Stmt *Term,
+                                       const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                       const CFGBlock *srcBlk,
+                                       const CFGBlock *dstBlk,
+                                       BugReport &R,
+                                       BugReporterContext &BRC);
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitTrueTest(const Expr *Cond,
+                                     bool tookTrue,
+                                     BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                     BugReport &R,
+                                     const ExplodedNode *N);
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitTrueTest(const Expr *Cond,
+                                     const DeclRefExpr *DR,
+                                     const bool tookTrue,
+                                     BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                     BugReport &R,
+                                     const ExplodedNode *N);
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitTrueTest(const Expr *Cond,
+                                     const BinaryOperator *BExpr,
+                                     const bool tookTrue,
+                                     BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                     BugReport &R,
+                                     const ExplodedNode *N);
+  
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitConditionVariable(StringRef LhsString,
+                                              const Expr *CondVarExpr,
+                                              const bool tookTrue,
+                                              BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                              BugReport &R,
+                                              const ExplodedNode *N);
+
+  bool patternMatch(const Expr *Ex,
+                    raw_ostream &Out,
+                    BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                    BugReport &R,
+                    const ExplodedNode *N,
+                    Optional<bool> &prunable);
+};
+
+/// \brief Suppress reports that might lead to known false positives.
+///
+/// Currently this suppresses reports based on locations of bugs.
+class LikelyFalsePositiveSuppressionBRVisitor
+  : public BugReporterVisitorImpl<LikelyFalsePositiveSuppressionBRVisitor> {
+public:
+  static void *getTag() {
+    static int Tag = 0;
+    return static_cast<void *>(&Tag);
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    ID.AddPointer(getTag());
+  }
+
+  virtual PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                         const ExplodedNode *Prev,
+                                         BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                         BugReport &BR) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  virtual PathDiagnosticPiece *getEndPath(BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                          const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                          BugReport &BR);
+};
+
+/// \brief When a region containing undefined value or '0' value is passed 
+/// as an argument in a call, marks the call as interesting.
+///
+/// As a result, BugReporter will not prune the path through the function even
+/// if the region's contents are not modified/accessed by the call.
+class UndefOrNullArgVisitor
+  : public BugReporterVisitorImpl<UndefOrNullArgVisitor> {
+
+  /// The interesting memory region this visitor is tracking.
+  const MemRegion *R;
+
+public:
+  UndefOrNullArgVisitor(const MemRegion *InR) : R(InR) {}
+
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    static int Tag = 0;
+    ID.AddPointer(&Tag);
+    ID.AddPointer(R);
+  }
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                 const ExplodedNode *PrevN,
+                                 BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                 BugReport &BR);
+};
+
+class SuppressInlineDefensiveChecksVisitor
+: public BugReporterVisitorImpl<SuppressInlineDefensiveChecksVisitor>
+{
+  /// The symbolic value for which we are tracking constraints.
+  /// This value is constrained to null in the end of path.
+  DefinedSVal V;
+
+  /// Track if we found the node where the constraint was first added.
+  bool IsSatisfied;
+
+  /// Since the visitors can be registered on nodes previous to the last
+  /// node in the BugReport, but the path traversal always starts with the last
+  /// node, the visitor invariant (that we start with a node in which V is null)
+  /// might not hold when node visitation starts. We are going to start tracking
+  /// from the last node in which the value is null.
+  bool IsTrackingTurnedOn;
+
+public:
+  SuppressInlineDefensiveChecksVisitor(DefinedSVal Val, const ExplodedNode *N);
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+  /// Return the tag associated with this visitor.  This tag will be used
+  /// to make all PathDiagnosticPieces created by this visitor.
+  static const char *getTag();
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece *VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *Succ,
+                                 const ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                 BugReporterContext &BRC,
+                                 BugReport &BR);
+};
+
+namespace bugreporter {
+
+/// Attempts to add visitors to trace a null or undefined value back to its
+/// point of origin, whether it is a symbol constrained to null or an explicit
+/// assignment.
+///
+/// \param N A node "downstream" from the evaluation of the statement.
+/// \param S The statement whose value is null or undefined.
+/// \param R The bug report to which visitors should be attached.
+/// \param IsArg Whether the statement is an argument to an inlined function.
+///              If this is the case, \p N \em must be the CallEnter node for
+///              the function.
+/// \param EnableNullFPSuppression Whether we should employ false positive
+///         suppression (inlined defensive checks, returned null).
+///
+/// \return Whether or not the function was able to add visitors for this
+///         statement. Note that returning \c true does not actually imply
+///         that any visitors were added.
+bool trackNullOrUndefValue(const ExplodedNode *N, const Stmt *S, BugReport &R,
+                           bool IsArg = false,
+                           bool EnableNullFPSuppression = true);
+
+const Expr *getDerefExpr(const Stmt *S);
+const Stmt *GetDenomExpr(const ExplodedNode *N);
+const Stmt *GetRetValExpr(const ExplodedNode *N);
+bool isDeclRefExprToReference(const Expr *E);
+
+
+} // end namespace clang
+} // end namespace ento
+} // end namespace bugreporter
+
+
+#endif //LLVM_CLANG_GR__BUGREPORTERVISITOR
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugType.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugType.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..644aa31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugType.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+//===---  BugType.h - Bug Information Desciption ----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines BugType, a class representing a bug type.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_BUGTYPE
+#define LLVM_CLANG_ANALYSIS_BUGTYPE
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class BugReporter;
+class ExplodedNode;
+class ExprEngine;
+
+class BugType {
+private:
+  const std::string Name;
+  const std::string Category;
+  bool SuppressonSink;
+public:
+  BugType(StringRef name, StringRef cat)
+    : Name(name), Category(cat), SuppressonSink(false) {}
+  virtual ~BugType();
+
+  // FIXME: Should these be made strings as well?
+  StringRef getName() const { return Name; }
+  StringRef getCategory() const { return Category; }
+  
+  /// isSuppressOnSink - Returns true if bug reports associated with this bug
+  ///  type should be suppressed if the end node of the report is post-dominated
+  ///  by a sink node.
+  bool isSuppressOnSink() const { return SuppressonSink; }
+  void setSuppressOnSink(bool x) { SuppressonSink = x; }
+
+  virtual void FlushReports(BugReporter& BR);
+};
+
+class BuiltinBug : public BugType {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  const std::string desc;
+public:
+  BuiltinBug(const char *name, const char *description)
+    : BugType(name, "Logic error"), desc(description) {}
+  
+  BuiltinBug(const char *name)
+    : BugType(name, "Logic error"), desc(name) {}
+  
+  StringRef getDescription() const { return desc; }
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f0a1b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,780 @@
+//===--- PathDiagnostic.h - Path-Specific Diagnostic Handling ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the PathDiagnostic-related interfaces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_PATH_DIAGNOSTIC_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_PATH_DIAGNOSTIC_H
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include <deque>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class AnalysisDeclContext;
+class BinaryOperator;
+class CompoundStmt;
+class Decl;
+class LocationContext;
+class MemberExpr;
+class ParentMap;
+class ProgramPoint;
+class SourceManager;
+class Stmt;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class ExplodedNode;
+class SymExpr;
+typedef const SymExpr* SymbolRef;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// High-level interface for handlers of path-sensitive diagnostics.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class PathDiagnostic;
+
+class PathDiagnosticConsumer {
+public:
+  class PDFileEntry : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  public:
+    PDFileEntry(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &NodeID) : NodeID(NodeID) {}
+
+    typedef std::vector<std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> > ConsumerFiles;
+    
+    /// \brief A vector of <consumer,file> pairs.
+    ConsumerFiles files;
+    
+    /// \brief A precomputed hash tag used for uniquing PDFileEntry objects.
+    const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NodeID;
+
+    /// \brief Used for profiling in the FoldingSet.
+    void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { ID = NodeID; }
+  };
+  
+  struct FilesMade : public llvm::FoldingSet<PDFileEntry> {
+    llvm::BumpPtrAllocator Alloc;
+    
+    void addDiagnostic(const PathDiagnostic &PD,
+                       StringRef ConsumerName,
+                       StringRef fileName);
+    
+    PDFileEntry::ConsumerFiles *getFiles(const PathDiagnostic &PD);
+  };
+
+private:
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  PathDiagnosticConsumer() : flushed(false) {}
+  virtual ~PathDiagnosticConsumer();
+
+  void FlushDiagnostics(FilesMade *FilesMade);
+
+  virtual void FlushDiagnosticsImpl(std::vector<const PathDiagnostic *> &Diags,
+                                    FilesMade *filesMade) = 0;
+
+  virtual StringRef getName() const = 0;
+  
+  void HandlePathDiagnostic(PathDiagnostic *D);
+
+  enum PathGenerationScheme { None, Minimal, Extensive };
+  virtual PathGenerationScheme getGenerationScheme() const { return Minimal; }
+  virtual bool supportsLogicalOpControlFlow() const { return false; }
+  virtual bool supportsAllBlockEdges() const { return false; }
+  
+  /// Return true if the PathDiagnosticConsumer supports individual
+  /// PathDiagnostics that span multiple files.
+  virtual bool supportsCrossFileDiagnostics() const { return false; }
+
+protected:
+  bool flushed;
+  llvm::FoldingSet<PathDiagnostic> Diags;
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Path-sensitive diagnostics.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class PathDiagnosticRange : public SourceRange {
+public:
+  bool isPoint;
+
+  PathDiagnosticRange(const SourceRange &R, bool isP = false)
+    : SourceRange(R), isPoint(isP) {}
+
+  PathDiagnosticRange() : isPoint(false) {}
+};
+
+typedef llvm::PointerUnion<const LocationContext*, AnalysisDeclContext*>
+                                                   LocationOrAnalysisDeclContext;
+
+class PathDiagnosticLocation {
+private:
+  enum Kind { RangeK, SingleLocK, StmtK, DeclK } K;
+  const Stmt *S;
+  const Decl *D;
+  const SourceManager *SM;
+  FullSourceLoc Loc;
+  PathDiagnosticRange Range;
+
+  PathDiagnosticLocation(SourceLocation L, const SourceManager &sm,
+                         Kind kind)
+    : K(kind), S(0), D(0), SM(&sm),
+      Loc(genLocation(L)), Range(genRange()) {
+  }
+
+  FullSourceLoc
+    genLocation(SourceLocation L = SourceLocation(),
+                LocationOrAnalysisDeclContext LAC = (AnalysisDeclContext*)0) const;
+
+  PathDiagnosticRange
+    genRange(LocationOrAnalysisDeclContext LAC = (AnalysisDeclContext*)0) const;
+
+public:
+  /// Create an invalid location.
+  PathDiagnosticLocation()
+    : K(SingleLocK), S(0), D(0), SM(0) {}
+
+  /// Create a location corresponding to the given statement.
+  PathDiagnosticLocation(const Stmt *s,
+                         const SourceManager &sm,
+                         LocationOrAnalysisDeclContext lac)
+    : K(s->getLocStart().isValid() ? StmtK : SingleLocK),
+      S(K == StmtK ? s : 0),
+      D(0), SM(&sm),
+      Loc(genLocation(SourceLocation(), lac)),
+      Range(genRange(lac)) {
+    assert(K == SingleLocK || S);
+    assert(K == SingleLocK || Loc.isValid());
+    assert(K == SingleLocK || Range.isValid());
+  }
+
+  /// Create a location corresponding to the given declaration.
+  PathDiagnosticLocation(const Decl *d, const SourceManager &sm)
+    : K(DeclK), S(0), D(d), SM(&sm),
+      Loc(genLocation()), Range(genRange()) {
+    assert(D);
+    assert(Loc.isValid());
+    assert(Range.isValid());
+  }
+
+  /// Create a location at an explicit offset in the source.
+  ///
+  /// This should only be used if there are no more appropriate constructors.
+  PathDiagnosticLocation(SourceLocation loc, const SourceManager &sm)
+    : K(SingleLocK), S(0), D(0), SM(&sm), Loc(loc, sm), Range(genRange()) {
+    assert(Loc.isValid());
+    assert(Range.isValid());
+  }
+
+  /// Create a location corresponding to the given declaration.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation create(const Decl *D,
+                                       const SourceManager &SM) {
+    return PathDiagnosticLocation(D, SM);
+  }
+
+  /// Create a location for the beginning of the declaration.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createBegin(const Decl *D,
+                                            const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  /// Create a location for the beginning of the statement.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createBegin(const Stmt *S,
+                                            const SourceManager &SM,
+                                            const LocationOrAnalysisDeclContext LAC);
+
+  /// Create a location for the end of the statement.
+  ///
+  /// If the statement is a CompoundStatement, the location will point to the
+  /// closing brace instead of following it.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createEnd(const Stmt *S,
+                                          const SourceManager &SM,
+                                       const LocationOrAnalysisDeclContext LAC);
+
+  /// Create the location for the operator of the binary expression.
+  /// Assumes the statement has a valid location.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createOperatorLoc(const BinaryOperator *BO,
+                                                  const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  /// For member expressions, return the location of the '.' or '->'.
+  /// Assumes the statement has a valid location.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createMemberLoc(const MemberExpr *ME,
+                                                const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  /// Create a location for the beginning of the compound statement.
+  /// Assumes the statement has a valid location.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createBeginBrace(const CompoundStmt *CS,
+                                                 const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  /// Create a location for the end of the compound statement.
+  /// Assumes the statement has a valid location.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createEndBrace(const CompoundStmt *CS,
+                                               const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  /// Create a location for the beginning of the enclosing declaration body.
+  /// Defaults to the beginning of the first statement in the declaration body.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createDeclBegin(const LocationContext *LC,
+                                                const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  /// Constructs a location for the end of the enclosing declaration body.
+  /// Defaults to the end of brace.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createDeclEnd(const LocationContext *LC,
+                                                   const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  /// Create a location corresponding to the given valid ExplodedNode.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation create(const ProgramPoint& P,
+                                       const SourceManager &SMng);
+
+  /// Create a location corresponding to the next valid ExplodedNode as end
+  /// of path location.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createEndOfPath(const ExplodedNode* N,
+                                                const SourceManager &SM);
+
+  /// Convert the given location into a single kind location.
+  static PathDiagnosticLocation createSingleLocation(
+                                             const PathDiagnosticLocation &PDL);
+
+  bool operator==(const PathDiagnosticLocation &X) const {
+    return K == X.K && Loc == X.Loc && Range == X.Range;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const PathDiagnosticLocation &X) const {
+    return !(*this == X);
+  }
+
+  bool isValid() const {
+    return SM != 0;
+  }
+
+  FullSourceLoc asLocation() const {
+    return Loc;
+  }
+
+  PathDiagnosticRange asRange() const {
+    return Range;
+  }
+
+  const Stmt *asStmt() const { assert(isValid()); return S; }
+  const Decl *asDecl() const { assert(isValid()); return D; }
+
+  bool hasRange() const { return K == StmtK || K == RangeK || K == DeclK; }
+
+  void invalidate() {
+    *this = PathDiagnosticLocation();
+  }
+
+  void flatten();
+
+  const SourceManager& getManager() const { assert(isValid()); return *SM; }
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+};
+
+class PathDiagnosticLocationPair {
+private:
+  PathDiagnosticLocation Start, End;
+public:
+  PathDiagnosticLocationPair(const PathDiagnosticLocation &start,
+                             const PathDiagnosticLocation &end)
+    : Start(start), End(end) {}
+
+  const PathDiagnosticLocation &getStart() const { return Start; }
+  const PathDiagnosticLocation &getEnd() const { return End; }
+
+  void flatten() {
+    Start.flatten();
+    End.flatten();
+  }
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    Start.Profile(ID);
+    End.Profile(ID);
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Path "pieces" for path-sensitive diagnostics.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class PathDiagnosticPiece : public RefCountedBaseVPTR {
+public:
+  enum Kind { ControlFlow, Event, Macro, Call };
+  enum DisplayHint { Above, Below };
+
+private:
+  const std::string str;
+  const Kind kind;
+  const DisplayHint Hint;
+  
+  /// A constant string that can be used to tag the PathDiagnosticPiece,
+  /// typically with the identification of the creator.  The actual pointer
+  /// value is meant to be an identifier; the string itself is useful for
+  /// debugging.
+  StringRef Tag;
+
+  std::vector<SourceRange> ranges;
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  PathDiagnosticPiece(const PathDiagnosticPiece &P) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const PathDiagnosticPiece &P) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+protected:
+  PathDiagnosticPiece(StringRef s, Kind k, DisplayHint hint = Below);
+
+  PathDiagnosticPiece(Kind k, DisplayHint hint = Below);
+
+public:
+  virtual ~PathDiagnosticPiece();
+
+  StringRef getString() const { return str; }
+
+  /// Tag this PathDiagnosticPiece with the given C-string.
+  void setTag(const char *tag) { Tag = tag; }
+  
+  /// Return the opaque tag (if any) on the PathDiagnosticPiece.
+  const void *getTag() const { return Tag.data(); }
+  
+  /// Return the string representation of the tag.  This is useful
+  /// for debugging.
+  StringRef getTagStr() const { return Tag; }
+  
+  /// getDisplayHint - Return a hint indicating where the diagnostic should
+  ///  be displayed by the PathDiagnosticConsumer.
+  DisplayHint getDisplayHint() const { return Hint; }
+
+  virtual PathDiagnosticLocation getLocation() const = 0;
+  virtual void flattenLocations() = 0;
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return kind; }
+
+  void addRange(SourceRange R) {
+    if (!R.isValid())
+      return;
+    ranges.push_back(R);
+  }
+
+  void addRange(SourceLocation B, SourceLocation E) {
+    if (!B.isValid() || !E.isValid())
+      return;
+    ranges.push_back(SourceRange(B,E));
+  }
+
+  /// Return the SourceRanges associated with this PathDiagnosticPiece.
+  ArrayRef<SourceRange> getRanges() const { return ranges; }
+
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+};
+  
+  
+class PathPieces : public std::deque<IntrusiveRefCntPtr<PathDiagnosticPiece> > {
+  void flattenTo(PathPieces &Primary, PathPieces &Current,
+                 bool ShouldFlattenMacros) const;
+public:
+  ~PathPieces();
+
+  PathPieces flatten(bool ShouldFlattenMacros) const {
+    PathPieces Result;
+    flattenTo(Result, Result, ShouldFlattenMacros);
+    return Result;
+  }
+};
+
+class PathDiagnosticSpotPiece : public PathDiagnosticPiece {
+private:
+  PathDiagnosticLocation Pos;
+public:
+  PathDiagnosticSpotPiece(const PathDiagnosticLocation &pos,
+                          StringRef s,
+                          PathDiagnosticPiece::Kind k,
+                          bool addPosRange = true)
+  : PathDiagnosticPiece(s, k), Pos(pos) {
+    assert(Pos.isValid() && Pos.asLocation().isValid() &&
+           "PathDiagnosticSpotPiece's must have a valid location.");
+    if (addPosRange && Pos.hasRange()) addRange(Pos.asRange());
+  }
+
+  PathDiagnosticLocation getLocation() const { return Pos; }
+  virtual void flattenLocations() { Pos.flatten(); }
+  
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const PathDiagnosticPiece *P) {
+    return P->getKind() == Event || P->getKind() == Macro;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Interface for classes constructing Stack hints.
+///
+/// If a PathDiagnosticEvent occurs in a different frame than the final 
+/// diagnostic the hints can be used to summarize the effect of the call.
+class StackHintGenerator {
+public:
+  virtual ~StackHintGenerator() = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Construct the Diagnostic message for the given ExplodedNode.
+  virtual std::string getMessage(const ExplodedNode *N) = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief Constructs a Stack hint for the given symbol.
+///
+/// The class knows how to construct the stack hint message based on
+/// traversing the CallExpr associated with the call and checking if the given
+/// symbol is returned or is one of the arguments.
+/// The hint can be customized by redefining 'getMessageForX()' methods.
+class StackHintGeneratorForSymbol : public StackHintGenerator {
+private:
+  SymbolRef Sym;
+  std::string Msg;
+
+public:
+  StackHintGeneratorForSymbol(SymbolRef S, StringRef M) : Sym(S), Msg(M) {}
+  virtual ~StackHintGeneratorForSymbol() {}
+
+  /// \brief Search the call expression for the symbol Sym and dispatch the
+  /// 'getMessageForX()' methods to construct a specific message.
+  virtual std::string getMessage(const ExplodedNode *N);
+
+  /// Produces the message of the following form:
+  ///   'Msg via Nth parameter'
+  virtual std::string getMessageForArg(const Expr *ArgE, unsigned ArgIndex);
+  virtual std::string getMessageForReturn(const CallExpr *CallExpr) {
+    return Msg;
+  }
+  virtual std::string getMessageForSymbolNotFound() {
+    return Msg;
+  }
+};
+
+class PathDiagnosticEventPiece : public PathDiagnosticSpotPiece {
+  Optional<bool> IsPrunable;
+
+  /// If the event occurs in a different frame than the final diagnostic,
+  /// supply a message that will be used to construct an extra hint on the
+  /// returns from all the calls on the stack from this event to the final
+  /// diagnostic.
+  OwningPtr<StackHintGenerator> CallStackHint;
+
+public:
+  PathDiagnosticEventPiece(const PathDiagnosticLocation &pos,
+                           StringRef s, bool addPosRange = true,
+                           StackHintGenerator *stackHint = 0)
+    : PathDiagnosticSpotPiece(pos, s, Event, addPosRange),
+      CallStackHint(stackHint) {}
+
+  ~PathDiagnosticEventPiece();
+
+  /// Mark the diagnostic piece as being potentially prunable.  This
+  /// flag may have been previously set, at which point it will not
+  /// be reset unless one specifies to do so.
+  void setPrunable(bool isPrunable, bool override = false) {
+    if (IsPrunable.hasValue() && !override)
+     return;
+    IsPrunable = isPrunable;
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if the diagnostic piece is prunable.
+  bool isPrunable() const {
+    return IsPrunable.hasValue() ? IsPrunable.getValue() : false;
+  }
+  
+  bool hasCallStackHint() {
+    return (CallStackHint != 0);
+  }
+
+  /// Produce the hint for the given node. The node contains 
+  /// information about the call for which the diagnostic can be generated.
+  std::string getCallStackMessage(const ExplodedNode *N) {
+    if (CallStackHint)
+      return CallStackHint->getMessage(N);
+    return "";  
+  }
+
+  static inline bool classof(const PathDiagnosticPiece *P) {
+    return P->getKind() == Event;
+  }
+};
+
+class PathDiagnosticCallPiece : public PathDiagnosticPiece {
+  PathDiagnosticCallPiece(const Decl *callerD,
+                          const PathDiagnosticLocation &callReturnPos)
+    : PathDiagnosticPiece(Call), Caller(callerD), Callee(0),
+      NoExit(false), callReturn(callReturnPos) {}
+
+  PathDiagnosticCallPiece(PathPieces &oldPath, const Decl *caller)
+    : PathDiagnosticPiece(Call), Caller(caller), Callee(0),
+      NoExit(true), path(oldPath) {}
+  
+  const Decl *Caller;
+  const Decl *Callee;
+
+  // Flag signifying that this diagnostic has only call enter and no matching
+  // call exit.
+  bool NoExit;
+
+  // The custom string, which should appear after the call Return Diagnostic.
+  // TODO: Should we allow multiple diagnostics?
+  std::string CallStackMessage;
+
+public:
+  PathDiagnosticLocation callEnter;
+  PathDiagnosticLocation callEnterWithin;
+  PathDiagnosticLocation callReturn;  
+  PathPieces path;
+  
+  virtual ~PathDiagnosticCallPiece();
+  
+  const Decl *getCaller() const { return Caller; }
+  
+  const Decl *getCallee() const { return Callee; }
+  void setCallee(const CallEnter &CE, const SourceManager &SM);
+  
+  bool hasCallStackMessage() { return !CallStackMessage.empty(); }
+  void setCallStackMessage(StringRef st) {
+    CallStackMessage = st;
+  }
+
+  virtual PathDiagnosticLocation getLocation() const {
+    return callEnter;
+  }
+  
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<PathDiagnosticEventPiece> getCallEnterEvent() const;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<PathDiagnosticEventPiece>
+    getCallEnterWithinCallerEvent() const;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<PathDiagnosticEventPiece> getCallExitEvent() const;
+
+  virtual void flattenLocations() {
+    callEnter.flatten();
+    callReturn.flatten();
+    for (PathPieces::iterator I = path.begin(), 
+         E = path.end(); I != E; ++I) (*I)->flattenLocations();
+  }
+  
+  static PathDiagnosticCallPiece *construct(const ExplodedNode *N,
+                                            const CallExitEnd &CE,
+                                            const SourceManager &SM);
+  
+  static PathDiagnosticCallPiece *construct(PathPieces &pieces,
+                                            const Decl *caller);
+  
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+  static inline bool classof(const PathDiagnosticPiece *P) {
+    return P->getKind() == Call;
+  }
+};
+
+class PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece : public PathDiagnosticPiece {
+  std::vector<PathDiagnosticLocationPair> LPairs;
+public:
+  PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(const PathDiagnosticLocation &startPos,
+                                 const PathDiagnosticLocation &endPos,
+                                 StringRef s)
+    : PathDiagnosticPiece(s, ControlFlow) {
+      LPairs.push_back(PathDiagnosticLocationPair(startPos, endPos));
+    }
+
+  PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(const PathDiagnosticLocation &startPos,
+                                 const PathDiagnosticLocation &endPos)
+    : PathDiagnosticPiece(ControlFlow) {
+      LPairs.push_back(PathDiagnosticLocationPair(startPos, endPos));
+    }
+
+  ~PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece();
+
+  PathDiagnosticLocation getStartLocation() const {
+    assert(!LPairs.empty() &&
+           "PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece needs at least one location.");
+    return LPairs[0].getStart();
+  }
+
+  PathDiagnosticLocation getEndLocation() const {
+    assert(!LPairs.empty() &&
+           "PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece needs at least one location.");
+    return LPairs[0].getEnd();
+  }
+
+  void push_back(const PathDiagnosticLocationPair &X) { LPairs.push_back(X); }
+
+  virtual PathDiagnosticLocation getLocation() const {
+    return getStartLocation();
+  }
+
+  typedef std::vector<PathDiagnosticLocationPair>::iterator iterator;
+  iterator begin() { return LPairs.begin(); }
+  iterator end()   { return LPairs.end(); }
+
+  virtual void flattenLocations() {
+    for (iterator I=begin(), E=end(); I!=E; ++I) I->flatten();
+  }
+
+  typedef std::vector<PathDiagnosticLocationPair>::const_iterator
+          const_iterator;
+  const_iterator begin() const { return LPairs.begin(); }
+  const_iterator end() const   { return LPairs.end(); }
+
+  static inline bool classof(const PathDiagnosticPiece *P) {
+    return P->getKind() == ControlFlow;
+  }
+  
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+};
+
+class PathDiagnosticMacroPiece : public PathDiagnosticSpotPiece {
+public:
+  PathDiagnosticMacroPiece(const PathDiagnosticLocation &pos)
+    : PathDiagnosticSpotPiece(pos, "", Macro) {}
+
+  ~PathDiagnosticMacroPiece();
+
+  PathPieces subPieces;
+  
+  bool containsEvent() const;
+
+  virtual void flattenLocations() {
+    PathDiagnosticSpotPiece::flattenLocations();
+    for (PathPieces::iterator I = subPieces.begin(), 
+         E = subPieces.end(); I != E; ++I) (*I)->flattenLocations();
+  }
+
+  static inline bool classof(const PathDiagnosticPiece *P) {
+    return P->getKind() == Macro;
+  }
+  
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+};
+
+/// PathDiagnostic - PathDiagnostic objects represent a single path-sensitive
+///  diagnostic.  It represents an ordered-collection of PathDiagnosticPieces,
+///  each which represent the pieces of the path.
+class PathDiagnostic : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  const Decl *DeclWithIssue;
+  std::string BugType;
+  std::string VerboseDesc;
+  std::string ShortDesc;
+  std::string Category;
+  std::deque<std::string> OtherDesc;
+  PathDiagnosticLocation Loc;
+  PathPieces pathImpl;
+  SmallVector<PathPieces *, 3> pathStack;
+  
+  /// \brief Important bug uniqueing location.
+  /// The location info is useful to differentiate between bugs.
+  PathDiagnosticLocation UniqueingLoc;
+  const Decl *UniqueingDecl;
+
+  PathDiagnostic() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+public:
+  PathDiagnostic(const Decl *DeclWithIssue, StringRef bugtype,
+                 StringRef verboseDesc, StringRef shortDesc,
+                 StringRef category, PathDiagnosticLocation LocationToUnique,
+                 const Decl *DeclToUnique);
+
+  ~PathDiagnostic();
+  
+  const PathPieces &path;
+
+  /// Return the path currently used by builders for constructing the 
+  /// PathDiagnostic.
+  PathPieces &getActivePath() {
+    if (pathStack.empty())
+      return pathImpl;
+    return *pathStack.back();
+  }
+  
+  /// Return a mutable version of 'path'.
+  PathPieces &getMutablePieces() {
+    return pathImpl;
+  }
+    
+  /// Return the unrolled size of the path.
+  unsigned full_size();
+
+  void pushActivePath(PathPieces *p) { pathStack.push_back(p); }
+  void popActivePath() { if (!pathStack.empty()) pathStack.pop_back(); }
+
+  bool isWithinCall() const { return !pathStack.empty(); }
+
+  void setEndOfPath(PathDiagnosticPiece *EndPiece) {
+    assert(!Loc.isValid() && "End location already set!");
+    Loc = EndPiece->getLocation();
+    assert(Loc.isValid() && "Invalid location for end-of-path piece");
+    getActivePath().push_back(EndPiece);
+  }
+
+  void resetPath() {
+    pathStack.clear();
+    pathImpl.clear();
+    Loc = PathDiagnosticLocation();
+  }
+  
+  StringRef getVerboseDescription() const { return VerboseDesc; }
+  StringRef getShortDescription() const {
+    return ShortDesc.empty() ? VerboseDesc : ShortDesc;
+  }
+  StringRef getBugType() const { return BugType; }
+  StringRef getCategory() const { return Category; }
+
+  /// Return the semantic context where an issue occurred.  If the
+  /// issue occurs along a path, this represents the "central" area
+  /// where the bug manifests.
+  const Decl *getDeclWithIssue() const { return DeclWithIssue; }
+
+  typedef std::deque<std::string>::const_iterator meta_iterator;
+  meta_iterator meta_begin() const { return OtherDesc.begin(); }
+  meta_iterator meta_end() const { return OtherDesc.end(); }
+  void addMeta(StringRef s) { OtherDesc.push_back(s); }
+
+  PathDiagnosticLocation getLocation() const {
+    assert(Loc.isValid() && "No end-of-path location set yet!");
+    return Loc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the location on which the report should be uniqued.
+  PathDiagnosticLocation getUniqueingLoc() const {
+    return UniqueingLoc;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the declaration containing the uniqueing location.
+  const Decl *getUniqueingDecl() const {
+    return UniqueingDecl;
+  }
+
+  void flattenLocations() {
+    Loc.flatten();
+    for (PathPieces::iterator I = pathImpl.begin(), E = pathImpl.end(); 
+         I != E; ++I) (*I)->flattenLocations();
+  }
+
+  /// Profiles the diagnostic, independent of the path it references.
+  ///
+  /// This can be used to merge diagnostics that refer to the same issue
+  /// along different paths.
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+  /// Profiles the diagnostic, including its path.
+  ///
+  /// Two diagnostics with the same issue along different paths will generate
+  /// different profiles.
+  void FullProfile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+};  
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} //end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Checker.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Checker.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dbaab0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Checker.h
@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
+//== Checker.h - Registration mechanism for checkers -------------*- C++ -*--=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines Checker, used to create and register checkers.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SA_CORE_CHECKER
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SA_CORE_CHECKER
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerManager.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+  class BugReporter;
+
+namespace check {
+
+struct _VoidCheck {
+  static void _register(void *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) { }
+};
+
+template <typename DECL>
+class ASTDecl {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkDecl(void *checker, const Decl *D, AnalysisManager& mgr,
+                         BugReporter &BR) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkASTDecl(cast<DECL>(D), mgr, BR);
+  }
+
+  static bool _handlesDecl(const Decl *D) {
+    return isa<DECL>(D);
+  }
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForDecl(CheckerManager::CheckDeclFunc(checker,
+                                                       _checkDecl<CHECKER>),
+                         _handlesDecl);
+  }
+};
+
+class ASTCodeBody {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkBody(void *checker, const Decl *D, AnalysisManager& mgr,
+                         BugReporter &BR) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkASTCodeBody(D, mgr, BR);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForBody(CheckerManager::CheckDeclFunc(checker,
+                                                       _checkBody<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class EndOfTranslationUnit {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkEndOfTranslationUnit(void *checker,
+                                         const TranslationUnitDecl *TU, 
+                                         AnalysisManager& mgr,
+                                         BugReporter &BR) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkEndOfTranslationUnit(TU, mgr, BR);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr){
+    mgr._registerForEndOfTranslationUnit(
+                              CheckerManager::CheckEndOfTranslationUnit(checker,
+                                          _checkEndOfTranslationUnit<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename STMT>
+class PreStmt {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkStmt(void *checker, const Stmt *S, CheckerContext &C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkPreStmt(cast<STMT>(S), C);
+  }
+
+  static bool _handlesStmt(const Stmt *S) {
+    return isa<STMT>(S);
+  }
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForPreStmt(CheckerManager::CheckStmtFunc(checker,
+                                                          _checkStmt<CHECKER>),
+                            _handlesStmt);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename STMT>
+class PostStmt {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkStmt(void *checker, const Stmt *S, CheckerContext &C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkPostStmt(cast<STMT>(S), C);
+  }
+
+  static bool _handlesStmt(const Stmt *S) {
+    return isa<STMT>(S);
+  }
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForPostStmt(CheckerManager::CheckStmtFunc(checker,
+                                                           _checkStmt<CHECKER>),
+                             _handlesStmt);
+  }
+};
+
+class PreObjCMessage {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkObjCMessage(void *checker, const ObjCMethodCall &msg,
+                                CheckerContext &C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkPreObjCMessage(msg, C);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForPreObjCMessage(
+     CheckerManager::CheckObjCMessageFunc(checker, _checkObjCMessage<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class PostObjCMessage {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkObjCMessage(void *checker, const ObjCMethodCall &msg,
+                                CheckerContext &C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkPostObjCMessage(msg, C);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForPostObjCMessage(
+     CheckerManager::CheckObjCMessageFunc(checker, _checkObjCMessage<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class PreCall {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkCall(void *checker, const CallEvent &msg,
+                         CheckerContext &C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkPreCall(msg, C);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForPreCall(
+     CheckerManager::CheckCallFunc(checker, _checkCall<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class PostCall {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkCall(void *checker, const CallEvent &msg,
+                         CheckerContext &C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkPostCall(msg, C);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForPostCall(
+     CheckerManager::CheckCallFunc(checker, _checkCall<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class Location {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkLocation(void *checker,
+                             const SVal &location, bool isLoad, const Stmt *S,
+                             CheckerContext &C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkLocation(location, isLoad, S, C);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForLocation(
+           CheckerManager::CheckLocationFunc(checker, _checkLocation<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class Bind {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkBind(void *checker,
+                         const SVal &location, const SVal &val, const Stmt *S,
+                         CheckerContext &C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkBind(location, val, S, C);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForBind(
+           CheckerManager::CheckBindFunc(checker, _checkBind<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class EndAnalysis {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkEndAnalysis(void *checker, ExplodedGraph &G,
+                                BugReporter &BR, ExprEngine &Eng) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkEndAnalysis(G, BR, Eng);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForEndAnalysis(
+     CheckerManager::CheckEndAnalysisFunc(checker, _checkEndAnalysis<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class EndFunction {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkEndFunction(void *checker,
+                                CheckerContext &C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkEndFunction(C);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForEndFunction(
+     CheckerManager::CheckEndFunctionFunc(checker, _checkEndFunction<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class BranchCondition {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkBranchCondition(void *checker, const Stmt *Condition,
+                                    CheckerContext & C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkBranchCondition(Condition, C);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForBranchCondition(
+      CheckerManager::CheckBranchConditionFunc(checker,
+                                               _checkBranchCondition<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class LiveSymbols {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkLiveSymbols(void *checker, ProgramStateRef state,
+                                SymbolReaper &SR) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkLiveSymbols(state, SR);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForLiveSymbols(
+     CheckerManager::CheckLiveSymbolsFunc(checker, _checkLiveSymbols<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class DeadSymbols {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkDeadSymbols(void *checker,
+                                SymbolReaper &SR, CheckerContext &C) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkDeadSymbols(SR, C);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForDeadSymbols(
+     CheckerManager::CheckDeadSymbolsFunc(checker, _checkDeadSymbols<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class RegionChanges {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static ProgramStateRef 
+  _checkRegionChanges(void *checker,
+                      ProgramStateRef state,
+                      const InvalidatedSymbols *invalidated,
+                      ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> Explicits,
+                      ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> Regions,
+                      const CallEvent *Call) {
+    return ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkRegionChanges(state, invalidated,
+                                                      Explicits, Regions, Call);
+  }
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static bool _wantsRegionChangeUpdate(void *checker,
+                                       ProgramStateRef state) {
+    return ((const CHECKER *)checker)->wantsRegionChangeUpdate(state);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForRegionChanges(
+          CheckerManager::CheckRegionChangesFunc(checker,
+                                                 _checkRegionChanges<CHECKER>),
+          CheckerManager::WantsRegionChangeUpdateFunc(checker,
+                                            _wantsRegionChangeUpdate<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class PointerEscape {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static ProgramStateRef
+  _checkPointerEscape(void *checker,
+                     ProgramStateRef State,
+                     const InvalidatedSymbols &Escaped,
+                     const CallEvent *Call,
+                     PointerEscapeKind Kind,
+                    bool IsConst) {
+    if (!IsConst)
+      return ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkPointerEscape(State,
+                                                            Escaped,
+                                                            Call,
+                                                            Kind);
+    return State;
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForPointerEscape(
+          CheckerManager::CheckPointerEscapeFunc(checker,
+                                                _checkPointerEscape<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class ConstPointerEscape {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static ProgramStateRef
+  _checkConstPointerEscape(void *checker,
+                      ProgramStateRef State,
+                      const InvalidatedSymbols &Escaped,
+                      const CallEvent *Call,
+                      PointerEscapeKind Kind,
+                      bool IsConst) {
+    if (IsConst)
+      return ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkConstPointerEscape(State,
+                                                                 Escaped,
+                                                                 Call,
+                                                                 Kind);
+    return State;
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForPointerEscape(
+      CheckerManager::CheckPointerEscapeFunc(checker,
+                                            _checkConstPointerEscape<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+  
+template <typename EVENT>
+class Event {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _checkEvent(void *checker, const void *event) {
+    ((const CHECKER *)checker)->checkEvent(*(const EVENT *)event);
+  }
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerListenerForEvent<EVENT>(
+                 CheckerManager::CheckEventFunc(checker, _checkEvent<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+} // end check namespace
+
+namespace eval {
+
+class Assume {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static ProgramStateRef _evalAssume(void *checker,
+                                         ProgramStateRef state,
+                                         const SVal &cond,
+                                         bool assumption) {
+    return ((const CHECKER *)checker)->evalAssume(state, cond, assumption);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForEvalAssume(
+                 CheckerManager::EvalAssumeFunc(checker, _evalAssume<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+class Call {
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static bool _evalCall(void *checker, const CallExpr *CE, CheckerContext &C) {
+    return ((const CHECKER *)checker)->evalCall(CE, C);
+  }
+
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerForEvalCall(
+                     CheckerManager::EvalCallFunc(checker, _evalCall<CHECKER>));
+  }
+};
+
+} // end eval namespace
+
+class CheckerBase : public ProgramPointTag {
+public:
+  StringRef getTagDescription() const;
+
+  /// See CheckerManager::runCheckersForPrintState.
+  virtual void printState(raw_ostream &Out, ProgramStateRef State,
+                          const char *NL, const char *Sep) const { }
+};
+  
+template <typename CHECK1, typename CHECK2=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK3=check::_VoidCheck, typename CHECK4=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK5=check::_VoidCheck, typename CHECK6=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK7=check::_VoidCheck, typename CHECK8=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK9=check::_VoidCheck, typename CHECK10=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK11=check::_VoidCheck,typename CHECK12=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK13=check::_VoidCheck,typename CHECK14=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK15=check::_VoidCheck,typename CHECK16=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK17=check::_VoidCheck,typename CHECK18=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK19=check::_VoidCheck,typename CHECK20=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK21=check::_VoidCheck,typename CHECK22=check::_VoidCheck,
+          typename CHECK23=check::_VoidCheck,typename CHECK24=check::_VoidCheck>
+class Checker;
+
+template <>
+class Checker<check::_VoidCheck>
+  : public CheckerBase 
+{
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  static void _register(void *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) { }
+};
+
+template <typename CHECK1, typename CHECK2, typename CHECK3, typename CHECK4,
+          typename CHECK5, typename CHECK6, typename CHECK7, typename CHECK8,
+          typename CHECK9, typename CHECK10,typename CHECK11,typename CHECK12,
+          typename CHECK13,typename CHECK14,typename CHECK15,typename CHECK16,
+          typename CHECK17,typename CHECK18,typename CHECK19,typename CHECK20,
+          typename CHECK21,typename CHECK22,typename CHECK23,typename CHECK24>
+class Checker
+    : public CHECK1,
+      public Checker<CHECK2, CHECK3, CHECK4, CHECK5, CHECK6, CHECK7,
+                     CHECK8, CHECK9, CHECK10,CHECK11,CHECK12,CHECK13,
+                     CHECK14,CHECK15,CHECK16,CHECK17,CHECK18,CHECK19,
+                     CHECK20,CHECK21,CHECK22,CHECK23,CHECK24> {
+public:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    CHECK1::_register(checker, mgr);
+    Checker<CHECK2, CHECK3, CHECK4, CHECK5, CHECK6, CHECK7,
+            CHECK8, CHECK9, CHECK10,CHECK11,CHECK12,CHECK13,
+            CHECK14,CHECK15,CHECK16,CHECK17,CHECK18,CHECK19,
+            CHECK20,CHECK21,CHECK22,CHECK23,CHECK24>::_register(checker, mgr);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename EVENT>
+class EventDispatcher {
+  CheckerManager *Mgr;
+public:
+  EventDispatcher() : Mgr(0) { }
+
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void _register(CHECKER *checker, CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr._registerDispatcherForEvent<EVENT>();
+    static_cast<EventDispatcher<EVENT> *>(checker)->Mgr = &mgr;
+  }
+
+  void dispatchEvent(const EVENT &event) const {
+    Mgr->_dispatchEvent(event);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief We dereferenced a location that may be null.
+struct ImplicitNullDerefEvent {
+  SVal Location;
+  bool IsLoad;
+  ExplodedNode *SinkNode;
+  BugReporter *BR;
+};
+
+/// \brief A helper class which wraps a boolean value set to false by default.
+struct DefaultBool {
+  bool val;
+  DefaultBool() : val(false) {}
+  operator bool() const { return val; }
+  DefaultBool &operator=(bool b) { val = b; return *this; }
+};
+
+} // end ento namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerManager.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f99fc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
+//===--- CheckerManager.h - Static Analyzer Checker Manager -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Defines the Static Analyzer Checker Manager.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SA_CORE_CHECKERMANAGER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SA_CORE_CHECKERMANAGER_H
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/Store.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class Decl;
+  class Stmt;
+  class CallExpr;
+
+namespace ento {
+  class CheckerBase;
+  class ExprEngine;
+  class AnalysisManager;
+  class BugReporter;
+  class CheckerContext;
+  class SimpleCall;
+  class ObjCMethodCall;
+  class SVal;
+  class ExplodedNode;
+  class ExplodedNodeSet;
+  class ExplodedGraph;
+  class ProgramState;
+  class NodeBuilder;
+  struct NodeBuilderContext;
+  class MemRegion;
+  class SymbolReaper;
+
+template <typename T> class CheckerFn;
+
+template <typename RET, typename P1, typename P2, typename P3, typename P4,
+          typename P5>
+class CheckerFn<RET(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)> {
+  typedef RET (*Func)(void *, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5);
+  Func Fn;
+public:
+  CheckerBase *Checker;
+  CheckerFn(CheckerBase *checker, Func fn) : Fn(fn), Checker(checker) { }
+  RET operator()(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5) const {
+    return Fn(Checker, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename RET, typename P1, typename P2, typename P3, typename P4>
+class CheckerFn<RET(P1, P2, P3, P4)> {
+  typedef RET (*Func)(void *, P1, P2, P3, P4);
+  Func Fn;
+public:
+  CheckerBase *Checker;
+  CheckerFn(CheckerBase *checker, Func fn) : Fn(fn), Checker(checker) { }
+  RET operator()(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4) const { 
+    return Fn(Checker, p1, p2, p3, p4);
+  } 
+};
+
+template <typename RET, typename P1, typename P2, typename P3>
+class CheckerFn<RET(P1, P2, P3)> {
+  typedef RET (*Func)(void *, P1, P2, P3);
+  Func Fn;
+public:
+  CheckerBase *Checker;
+  CheckerFn(CheckerBase *checker, Func fn) : Fn(fn), Checker(checker) { }
+  RET operator()(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) const { return Fn(Checker, p1, p2, p3); } 
+};
+
+template <typename RET, typename P1, typename P2>
+class CheckerFn<RET(P1, P2)> {
+  typedef RET (*Func)(void *, P1, P2);
+  Func Fn;
+public:
+  CheckerBase *Checker;
+  CheckerFn(CheckerBase *checker, Func fn) : Fn(fn), Checker(checker) { }
+  RET operator()(P1 p1, P2 p2) const { return Fn(Checker, p1, p2); } 
+};
+
+template <typename RET, typename P1>
+class CheckerFn<RET(P1)> {
+  typedef RET (*Func)(void *, P1);
+  Func Fn;
+public:
+  CheckerBase *Checker;
+  CheckerFn(CheckerBase *checker, Func fn) : Fn(fn), Checker(checker) { }
+  RET operator()(P1 p1) const { return Fn(Checker, p1); } 
+};
+
+template <typename RET>
+class CheckerFn<RET()> {
+  typedef RET (*Func)(void *);
+  Func Fn;
+public:
+  CheckerBase *Checker;
+  CheckerFn(CheckerBase *checker, Func fn) : Fn(fn), Checker(checker) { }
+  RET operator()() const { return Fn(Checker); } 
+};
+
+/// \brief Describes the different reasons a pointer escapes
+/// during analysis.
+enum PointerEscapeKind {
+  /// A pointer escapes due to binding its value to a location
+  /// that the analyzer cannot track.
+  PSK_EscapeOnBind,
+
+  /// The pointer has been passed to a function call directly.
+  PSK_DirectEscapeOnCall,
+
+  /// The pointer has been passed to a function indirectly.
+  /// For example, the pointer is accessible through an
+  /// argument to a function.
+  PSK_IndirectEscapeOnCall,
+
+  /// The reason for pointer escape is unknown. For example, 
+  /// a region containing this pointer is invalidated.
+  PSK_EscapeOther
+};
+
+class CheckerManager {
+  const LangOptions LangOpts;
+
+public:
+  CheckerManager(const LangOptions &langOpts) : LangOpts(langOpts) { }
+  ~CheckerManager();
+
+  bool hasPathSensitiveCheckers() const;
+
+  void finishedCheckerRegistration();
+
+  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
+
+  typedef CheckerBase *CheckerRef;
+  typedef const void *CheckerTag;
+  typedef CheckerFn<void ()> CheckerDtor;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// registerChecker
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Used to register checkers.
+  ///
+  /// \returns a pointer to the checker object.
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  CHECKER *registerChecker() {
+    CheckerTag tag = getTag<CHECKER>();
+    CheckerRef &ref = CheckerTags[tag];
+    if (ref)
+      return static_cast<CHECKER *>(ref); // already registered.
+
+    CHECKER *checker = new CHECKER();
+    CheckerDtors.push_back(CheckerDtor(checker, destruct<CHECKER>));
+    CHECKER::_register(checker, *this);
+    ref = checker;
+    return checker;
+  }
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Functions for running checkers for AST traversing..
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers handling Decls.
+  void runCheckersOnASTDecl(const Decl *D, AnalysisManager& mgr,
+                            BugReporter &BR);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers handling Decls containing a Stmt body.
+  void runCheckersOnASTBody(const Decl *D, AnalysisManager& mgr,
+                            BugReporter &BR);
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Functions for running checkers for path-sensitive checking.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for pre-visiting Stmts.
+  ///
+  /// The notification is performed for every explored CFGElement, which does
+  /// not include the control flow statements such as IfStmt.
+  ///
+  /// \sa runCheckersForBranchCondition, runCheckersForPostStmt
+  void runCheckersForPreStmt(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                             const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                             const Stmt *S,
+                             ExprEngine &Eng) {
+    runCheckersForStmt(/*isPreVisit=*/true, Dst, Src, S, Eng);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for post-visiting Stmts.
+  ///
+  /// The notification is performed for every explored CFGElement, which does
+  /// not include the control flow statements such as IfStmt.
+  ///
+  /// \sa runCheckersForBranchCondition, runCheckersForPreStmt
+  void runCheckersForPostStmt(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                              const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                              const Stmt *S,
+                              ExprEngine &Eng,
+                              bool wasInlined = false) {
+    runCheckersForStmt(/*isPreVisit=*/false, Dst, Src, S, Eng, wasInlined);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for visiting Stmts.
+  void runCheckersForStmt(bool isPreVisit,
+                          ExplodedNodeSet &Dst, const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                          const Stmt *S, ExprEngine &Eng,
+                          bool wasInlined = false);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for pre-visiting obj-c messages.
+  void runCheckersForPreObjCMessage(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                                    const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                                    const ObjCMethodCall &msg,
+                                    ExprEngine &Eng) {
+    runCheckersForObjCMessage(/*isPreVisit=*/true, Dst, Src, msg, Eng);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for post-visiting obj-c messages.
+  void runCheckersForPostObjCMessage(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                                     const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                                     const ObjCMethodCall &msg,
+                                     ExprEngine &Eng,
+                                     bool wasInlined = false) {
+    runCheckersForObjCMessage(/*isPreVisit=*/false, Dst, Src, msg, Eng,
+                              wasInlined);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for visiting obj-c messages.
+  void runCheckersForObjCMessage(bool isPreVisit,
+                                 ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                                 const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                                 const ObjCMethodCall &msg, ExprEngine &Eng,
+                                 bool wasInlined = false);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for pre-visiting obj-c messages.
+  void runCheckersForPreCall(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst, const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                             const CallEvent &Call, ExprEngine &Eng) {
+    runCheckersForCallEvent(/*isPreVisit=*/true, Dst, Src, Call, Eng);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for post-visiting obj-c messages.
+  void runCheckersForPostCall(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst, const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                              const CallEvent &Call, ExprEngine &Eng,
+                              bool wasInlined = false) {
+    runCheckersForCallEvent(/*isPreVisit=*/false, Dst, Src, Call, Eng,
+                            wasInlined);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for visiting obj-c messages.
+  void runCheckersForCallEvent(bool isPreVisit, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                               const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                               const CallEvent &Call, ExprEngine &Eng,
+                               bool wasInlined = false);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for load/store of a location.
+  void runCheckersForLocation(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                              const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                              SVal location,
+                              bool isLoad,
+                              const Stmt *NodeEx,
+                              const Stmt *BoundEx,
+                              ExprEngine &Eng);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for binding of a value to a location.
+  void runCheckersForBind(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                          const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                          SVal location, SVal val,
+                          const Stmt *S, ExprEngine &Eng,
+                          const ProgramPoint &PP);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for end of analysis.
+  void runCheckersForEndAnalysis(ExplodedGraph &G, BugReporter &BR,
+                                 ExprEngine &Eng);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers on end of function.
+  void runCheckersForEndFunction(NodeBuilderContext &BC,
+                                 ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                                 ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                 ExprEngine &Eng);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for branch condition.
+  void runCheckersForBranchCondition(const Stmt *condition,
+                                     ExplodedNodeSet &Dst, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                     ExprEngine &Eng);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for live symbols.
+  ///
+  /// Allows modifying SymbolReaper object. For example, checkers can explicitly
+  /// register symbols of interest as live. These symbols will not be marked
+  /// dead and removed.
+  void runCheckersForLiveSymbols(ProgramStateRef state,
+                                 SymbolReaper &SymReaper);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for dead symbols.
+  ///
+  /// Notifies checkers when symbols become dead. For example, this allows
+  /// checkers to aggressively clean up/reduce the checker state and produce
+  /// precise diagnostics.
+  void runCheckersForDeadSymbols(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                                 const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                                 SymbolReaper &SymReaper, const Stmt *S,
+                                 ExprEngine &Eng,
+                                 ProgramPoint::Kind K);
+
+  /// \brief True if at least one checker wants to check region changes.
+  bool wantsRegionChangeUpdate(ProgramStateRef state);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for region changes.
+  ///
+  /// This corresponds to the check::RegionChanges callback.
+  /// \param state The current program state.
+  /// \param invalidated A set of all symbols potentially touched by the change.
+  /// \param ExplicitRegions The regions explicitly requested for invalidation.
+  ///   For example, in the case of a function call, these would be arguments.
+  /// \param Regions The transitive closure of accessible regions,
+  ///   i.e. all regions that may have been touched by this change.
+  /// \param Call The call expression wrapper if the regions are invalidated
+  ///   by a call.
+  ProgramStateRef
+  runCheckersForRegionChanges(ProgramStateRef state,
+                              const InvalidatedSymbols *invalidated,
+                              ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> ExplicitRegions,
+                              ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> Regions,
+                              const CallEvent *Call);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers when pointers escape.
+  ///
+  /// This notifies the checkers about pointer escape, which occurs whenever
+  /// the analyzer cannot track the symbol any more. For example, as a
+  /// result of assigning a pointer into a global or when it's passed to a 
+  /// function call the analyzer cannot model.
+  /// 
+  /// \param State The state at the point of escape.
+  /// \param Escaped The list of escaped symbols.
+  /// \param Call The corresponding CallEvent, if the symbols escape as 
+  ///        parameters to the given call.
+  /// \param IsConst Specifies if the pointer is const.
+  /// \returns Checkers can modify the state by returning a new one.
+  ProgramStateRef 
+  runCheckersForPointerEscape(ProgramStateRef State,
+                              const InvalidatedSymbols &Escaped,
+                              const CallEvent *Call,
+                              PointerEscapeKind Kind,
+                              bool IsConst = false);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for handling assumptions on symbolic values.
+  ProgramStateRef runCheckersForEvalAssume(ProgramStateRef state,
+                                           SVal Cond, bool Assumption);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for evaluating a call.
+  ///
+  /// Warning: Currently, the CallEvent MUST come from a CallExpr!
+  void runCheckersForEvalCall(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                              const ExplodedNodeSet &Src,
+                              const CallEvent &CE, ExprEngine &Eng);
+  
+  /// \brief Run checkers for the entire Translation Unit.
+  void runCheckersOnEndOfTranslationUnit(const TranslationUnitDecl *TU,
+                                         AnalysisManager &mgr,
+                                         BugReporter &BR);
+
+  /// \brief Run checkers for debug-printing a ProgramState.
+  ///
+  /// Unlike most other callbacks, any checker can simply implement the virtual
+  /// method CheckerBase::printState if it has custom data to print.
+  /// \param Out The output stream
+  /// \param State The state being printed
+  /// \param NL The preferred representation of a newline.
+  /// \param Sep The preferred separator between different kinds of data.
+  void runCheckersForPrintState(raw_ostream &Out, ProgramStateRef State,
+                                const char *NL, const char *Sep);
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Internal registration functions for AST traversing.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  // Functions used by the registration mechanism, checkers should not touch
+  // these directly.
+
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (const Decl *, AnalysisManager&, BugReporter &)>
+      CheckDeclFunc;
+
+  typedef bool (*HandlesDeclFunc)(const Decl *D);
+  void _registerForDecl(CheckDeclFunc checkfn, HandlesDeclFunc isForDeclFn);
+
+  void _registerForBody(CheckDeclFunc checkfn);
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Internal registration functions for path-sensitive checking.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (const Stmt *, CheckerContext &)> CheckStmtFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (const ObjCMethodCall &, CheckerContext &)>
+      CheckObjCMessageFunc;
+
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (const CallEvent &, CheckerContext &)>
+      CheckCallFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (const SVal &location, bool isLoad,
+                          const Stmt *S,
+                          CheckerContext &)>
+      CheckLocationFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (const SVal &location, const SVal &val, 
+                          const Stmt *S, CheckerContext &)> 
+      CheckBindFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (ExplodedGraph &, BugReporter &, ExprEngine &)>
+      CheckEndAnalysisFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (CheckerContext &)>
+      CheckEndFunctionFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (const Stmt *, CheckerContext &)>
+      CheckBranchConditionFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (SymbolReaper &, CheckerContext &)>
+      CheckDeadSymbolsFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (ProgramStateRef,SymbolReaper &)> CheckLiveSymbolsFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<ProgramStateRef (ProgramStateRef,
+                                const InvalidatedSymbols *symbols,
+                                ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> ExplicitRegions,
+                                ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> Regions,
+                                const CallEvent *Call)>
+      CheckRegionChangesFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<bool (ProgramStateRef)> WantsRegionChangeUpdateFunc;
+
+  typedef CheckerFn<ProgramStateRef (ProgramStateRef,
+                                     const InvalidatedSymbols &Escaped,
+                                     const CallEvent *Call,
+                                     PointerEscapeKind Kind,
+                                     bool IsConst)>
+      CheckPointerEscapeFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<ProgramStateRef (ProgramStateRef,
+                                          const SVal &cond, bool assumption)>
+      EvalAssumeFunc;
+  
+  typedef CheckerFn<bool (const CallExpr *, CheckerContext &)>
+      EvalCallFunc;
+
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (const TranslationUnitDecl *,
+                          AnalysisManager&, BugReporter &)>
+      CheckEndOfTranslationUnit;
+
+  typedef bool (*HandlesStmtFunc)(const Stmt *D);
+  void _registerForPreStmt(CheckStmtFunc checkfn,
+                           HandlesStmtFunc isForStmtFn);
+  void _registerForPostStmt(CheckStmtFunc checkfn,
+                            HandlesStmtFunc isForStmtFn);
+
+  void _registerForPreObjCMessage(CheckObjCMessageFunc checkfn);
+  void _registerForPostObjCMessage(CheckObjCMessageFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForPreCall(CheckCallFunc checkfn);
+  void _registerForPostCall(CheckCallFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForLocation(CheckLocationFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForBind(CheckBindFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForEndAnalysis(CheckEndAnalysisFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForEndFunction(CheckEndFunctionFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForBranchCondition(CheckBranchConditionFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForLiveSymbols(CheckLiveSymbolsFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForDeadSymbols(CheckDeadSymbolsFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForRegionChanges(CheckRegionChangesFunc checkfn,
+                                 WantsRegionChangeUpdateFunc wantUpdateFn);
+
+  void _registerForPointerEscape(CheckPointerEscapeFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForConstPointerEscape(CheckPointerEscapeFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForEvalAssume(EvalAssumeFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForEvalCall(EvalCallFunc checkfn);
+
+  void _registerForEndOfTranslationUnit(CheckEndOfTranslationUnit checkfn);
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Internal registration functions for events.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  typedef void *EventTag;
+  typedef CheckerFn<void (const void *event)> CheckEventFunc;
+
+  template <typename EVENT>
+  void _registerListenerForEvent(CheckEventFunc checkfn) {
+    EventInfo &info = Events[getTag<EVENT>()];
+    info.Checkers.push_back(checkfn);    
+  }
+
+  template <typename EVENT>
+  void _registerDispatcherForEvent() {
+    EventInfo &info = Events[getTag<EVENT>()];
+    info.HasDispatcher = true;
+  }
+
+  template <typename EVENT>
+  void _dispatchEvent(const EVENT &event) const {
+    EventsTy::const_iterator I = Events.find(getTag<EVENT>());
+    if (I == Events.end())
+      return;
+    const EventInfo &info = I->second;
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = info.Checkers.size(); i != e; ++i)
+      info.Checkers[i](&event);
+  }
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Implementation details.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+private:
+  template <typename CHECKER>
+  static void destruct(void *obj) { delete static_cast<CHECKER *>(obj); }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  static void *getTag() { static int tag; return &tag; }
+
+  llvm::DenseMap<CheckerTag, CheckerRef> CheckerTags;
+
+  std::vector<CheckerDtor> CheckerDtors;
+
+  struct DeclCheckerInfo {
+    CheckDeclFunc CheckFn;
+    HandlesDeclFunc IsForDeclFn;
+  };
+  std::vector<DeclCheckerInfo> DeclCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckDeclFunc> BodyCheckers;
+
+  typedef SmallVector<CheckDeclFunc, 4> CachedDeclCheckers;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, CachedDeclCheckers> CachedDeclCheckersMapTy;
+  CachedDeclCheckersMapTy CachedDeclCheckersMap;
+
+  struct StmtCheckerInfo {
+    CheckStmtFunc CheckFn;
+    HandlesStmtFunc IsForStmtFn;
+    bool IsPreVisit;
+  };
+  std::vector<StmtCheckerInfo> StmtCheckers;
+
+  struct CachedStmtCheckersKey {
+    unsigned StmtKind;
+    bool IsPreVisit;
+
+    CachedStmtCheckersKey() : StmtKind(0), IsPreVisit(0) { }
+    CachedStmtCheckersKey(unsigned stmtKind, bool isPreVisit)
+      : StmtKind(stmtKind), IsPreVisit(isPreVisit) { }
+
+    static CachedStmtCheckersKey getSentinel() {
+      return CachedStmtCheckersKey(~0U, 0);
+    }
+    unsigned getHashValue() const {
+      llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+      ID.AddInteger(StmtKind);
+      ID.AddBoolean(IsPreVisit);
+      return ID.ComputeHash();
+    }
+    bool operator==(const CachedStmtCheckersKey &RHS) const {
+      return StmtKind == RHS.StmtKind && IsPreVisit == RHS.IsPreVisit;
+    }
+  };
+  friend struct llvm::DenseMapInfo<CachedStmtCheckersKey>;
+
+  typedef SmallVector<CheckStmtFunc, 4> CachedStmtCheckers;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<CachedStmtCheckersKey, CachedStmtCheckers>
+      CachedStmtCheckersMapTy;
+  CachedStmtCheckersMapTy CachedStmtCheckersMap;
+
+  CachedStmtCheckers *getCachedStmtCheckersFor(const Stmt *S, bool isPreVisit);
+
+  std::vector<CheckObjCMessageFunc> PreObjCMessageCheckers;
+  std::vector<CheckObjCMessageFunc> PostObjCMessageCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckCallFunc> PreCallCheckers;
+  std::vector<CheckCallFunc> PostCallCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckLocationFunc> LocationCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckBindFunc> BindCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckEndAnalysisFunc> EndAnalysisCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckEndFunctionFunc> EndFunctionCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckBranchConditionFunc> BranchConditionCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckLiveSymbolsFunc> LiveSymbolsCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckDeadSymbolsFunc> DeadSymbolsCheckers;
+
+  struct RegionChangesCheckerInfo {
+    CheckRegionChangesFunc CheckFn;
+    WantsRegionChangeUpdateFunc WantUpdateFn;
+  };
+  std::vector<RegionChangesCheckerInfo> RegionChangesCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckPointerEscapeFunc> PointerEscapeCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<EvalAssumeFunc> EvalAssumeCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<EvalCallFunc> EvalCallCheckers;
+
+  std::vector<CheckEndOfTranslationUnit> EndOfTranslationUnitCheckers;
+
+  struct EventInfo {
+    SmallVector<CheckEventFunc, 4> Checkers;
+    bool HasDispatcher;
+    EventInfo() : HasDispatcher(false) { }
+  };
+  
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<EventTag, EventInfo> EventsTy;
+  EventsTy Events;
+};
+
+} // end ento namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+namespace llvm {
+  /// Define DenseMapInfo so that CachedStmtCheckersKey can be used as key
+  /// in DenseMap and DenseSets.
+  template <>
+  struct DenseMapInfo<clang::ento::CheckerManager::CachedStmtCheckersKey> {
+    static inline clang::ento::CheckerManager::CachedStmtCheckersKey
+        getEmptyKey() {
+      return clang::ento::CheckerManager::CachedStmtCheckersKey();
+    }
+    static inline clang::ento::CheckerManager::CachedStmtCheckersKey
+        getTombstoneKey() {
+      return clang::ento::CheckerManager::CachedStmtCheckersKey::getSentinel();
+    }
+
+    static unsigned
+        getHashValue(clang::ento::CheckerManager::CachedStmtCheckersKey S) {
+      return S.getHashValue();
+    }
+
+    static bool isEqual(clang::ento::CheckerManager::CachedStmtCheckersKey LHS,
+                       clang::ento::CheckerManager::CachedStmtCheckersKey RHS) {
+      return LHS == RHS;
+    }
+  };
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerOptInfo.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerOptInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e981871
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerOptInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+//===--- CheckerOptInfo.h - Specifies which checkers to use -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_STATICANALYZER_CORE_CHECKEROPTINFO_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_STATICANALYZER_CORE_CHECKEROPTINFO_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+/// Represents a request to include or exclude a checker or package from a
+/// specific analysis run.
+///
+/// \sa CheckerRegistry::initializeManager
+class CheckerOptInfo {
+  StringRef Name;
+  bool Enable;
+  bool Claimed;
+
+public:
+  CheckerOptInfo(StringRef name, bool enable)
+    : Name(name), Enable(enable), Claimed(false) { }
+  
+  StringRef getName() const { return Name; }
+  bool isEnabled() const { return Enable; }
+  bool isDisabled() const { return !isEnabled(); }
+
+  bool isClaimed() const { return Claimed; }
+  bool isUnclaimed() const { return !isClaimed(); }
+  void claim() { Claimed = true; }
+};
+
+} // end namespace ento
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerRegistry.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerRegistry.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4557aa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerRegistry.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+//===--- CheckerRegistry.h - Maintains all available checkers ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_STATICANALYZER_CORE_CHECKERREGISTRY_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_STATICANALYZER_CORE_CHECKERREGISTRY_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerManager.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+// FIXME: move this information to an HTML file in docs/.
+// At the very least, a checker plugin is a dynamic library that exports
+// clang_analyzerAPIVersionString. This should be defined as follows:
+//
+//   extern "C"
+//   const char clang_analyzerAPIVersionString[] =
+//     CLANG_ANALYZER_API_VERSION_STRING;
+//
+// This is used to check whether the current version of the analyzer is known to
+// be incompatible with a plugin. Plugins with incompatible version strings,
+// or without a version string at all, will not be loaded.
+//
+// To add a custom checker to the analyzer, the plugin must also define the
+// function clang_registerCheckers. For example:
+//
+//    extern "C"
+//    void clang_registerCheckers (CheckerRegistry &registry) {
+//      registry.addChecker<MainCallChecker>("example.MainCallChecker",
+//        "Disallows calls to functions called main");
+//    }
+//
+// The first method argument is the full name of the checker, including its
+// enclosing package. By convention, the registered name of a checker is the
+// name of the associated class (the template argument).
+// The second method argument is a short human-readable description of the
+// checker.
+//
+// The clang_registerCheckers function may add any number of checkers to the
+// registry. If any checkers require additional initialization, use the three-
+// argument form of CheckerRegistry::addChecker.
+// 
+// To load a checker plugin, specify the full path to the dynamic library as
+// the argument to the -load option in the cc1 frontend. You can then enable
+// your custom checker using the -analyzer-checker:
+//
+//   clang -cc1 -load </path/to/plugin.dylib> -analyze
+//     -analyzer-checker=<example.MainCallChecker>
+//
+// For a complete working example, see examples/analyzer-plugin.
+
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+#ifndef CLANG_ANALYZER_API_VERSION_STRING
+// FIXME: The Clang version string is not particularly granular;
+// the analyzer infrastructure can change a lot between releases.
+// Unfortunately, this string has to be statically embedded in each plugin,
+// so we can't just use the functions defined in Version.h.
+#include "clang/Basic/Version.h"
+#define CLANG_ANALYZER_API_VERSION_STRING CLANG_VERSION_STRING
+#endif
+
+class CheckerOptInfo;
+
+/// Manages a set of available checkers for running a static analysis.
+/// The checkers are organized into packages by full name, where including
+/// a package will recursively include all subpackages and checkers within it.
+/// For example, the checker "core.builtin.NoReturnFunctionChecker" will be
+/// included if initializeManager() is called with an option of "core",
+/// "core.builtin", or the full name "core.builtin.NoReturnFunctionChecker".
+class CheckerRegistry {
+public:
+  /// Initialization functions perform any necessary setup for a checker.
+  /// They should include a call to CheckerManager::registerChecker.
+  typedef void (*InitializationFunction)(CheckerManager &);
+  struct CheckerInfo {
+    InitializationFunction Initialize;
+    StringRef FullName;
+    StringRef Desc;
+
+    CheckerInfo(InitializationFunction fn, StringRef name, StringRef desc)
+    : Initialize(fn), FullName(name), Desc(desc) {}
+  };
+
+  typedef std::vector<CheckerInfo> CheckerInfoList;
+
+private:
+  template <typename T>
+  static void initializeManager(CheckerManager &mgr) {
+    mgr.registerChecker<T>();
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// Adds a checker to the registry. Use this non-templated overload when your
+  /// checker requires custom initialization.
+  void addChecker(InitializationFunction fn, StringRef fullName,
+                  StringRef desc);
+
+  /// Adds a checker to the registry. Use this templated overload when your
+  /// checker does not require any custom initialization.
+  template <class T>
+  void addChecker(StringRef fullName, StringRef desc) {
+    // Avoid MSVC's Compiler Error C2276:
+    // http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/850cstw1(v=VS.80).aspx
+    addChecker(&CheckerRegistry::initializeManager<T>, fullName, desc);
+  }
+
+  /// Initializes a CheckerManager by calling the initialization functions for
+  /// all checkers specified by the given CheckerOptInfo list. The order of this
+  /// list is significant; later options can be used to reverse earlier ones.
+  /// This can be used to exclude certain checkers in an included package.
+  void initializeManager(CheckerManager &mgr,
+                         SmallVectorImpl<CheckerOptInfo> &opts) const;
+
+  /// Prints the name and description of all checkers in this registry.
+  /// This output is not intended to be machine-parseable.
+  void printHelp(raw_ostream &out, size_t maxNameChars = 30) const ;
+
+private:
+  mutable CheckerInfoList Checkers;
+  mutable llvm::StringMap<size_t> Packages;
+};
+
+} // end namespace ento
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathDiagnosticConsumers.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathDiagnosticConsumers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b856de7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathDiagnosticConsumers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+//===--- PathDiagnosticClients.h - Path Diagnostic Clients ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the interface to create different path diagostic clients.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_PATH_DIAGNOSTIC_CLIENTS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_PATH_DIAGNOSTIC_CLIENTS_H
+
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class AnalyzerOptions;
+class Preprocessor;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class PathDiagnosticConsumer;
+typedef std::vector<PathDiagnosticConsumer*> PathDiagnosticConsumers;
+
+#define CREATE_CONSUMER(NAME)\
+void create ## NAME ## DiagnosticConsumer(AnalyzerOptions &AnalyzerOpts,\
+                                          PathDiagnosticConsumers &C,\
+                                          const std::string& prefix,\
+                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
+
+CREATE_CONSUMER(HTML)
+CREATE_CONSUMER(Plist)
+CREATE_CONSUMER(PlistMultiFile)
+CREATE_CONSUMER(TextPath)
+
+#undef CREATE_CONSUMER
+
+} // end 'ento' namespace
+} // end 'clang' namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/APSIntType.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/APSIntType.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9502900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/APSIntType.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+//== APSIntType.h - Simple record of the type of APSInts --------*- C++ -*--==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SA_CORE_APSINTTYPE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SA_CORE_APSINTTYPE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+/// \brief A record of the "type" of an APSInt, used for conversions.
+class APSIntType {
+  uint32_t BitWidth;
+  bool IsUnsigned;
+
+public:
+  APSIntType(uint32_t Width, bool Unsigned)
+    : BitWidth(Width), IsUnsigned(Unsigned) {}
+
+  /* implicit */ APSIntType(const llvm::APSInt &Value)
+    : BitWidth(Value.getBitWidth()), IsUnsigned(Value.isUnsigned()) {}
+
+  uint32_t getBitWidth() const { return BitWidth; }
+  bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; }
+
+  /// \brief Convert a given APSInt, in place, to match this type.
+  ///
+  /// This behaves like a C cast: converting 255u8 (0xFF) to s16 gives
+  /// 255 (0x00FF), and converting -1s8 (0xFF) to u16 gives 65535 (0xFFFF).
+  void apply(llvm::APSInt &Value) const {
+    // Note the order here. We extend first to preserve the sign, if this value
+    // is signed, /then/ match the signedness of the result type.
+    Value = Value.extOrTrunc(BitWidth);
+    Value.setIsUnsigned(IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  /// Convert and return a new APSInt with the given value, but this
+  /// type's bit width and signedness.
+  ///
+  /// \see apply
+  llvm::APSInt convert(const llvm::APSInt &Value) const LLVM_READONLY {
+    llvm::APSInt Result(Value, Value.isUnsigned());
+    apply(Result);
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns an all-zero value for this type.
+  llvm::APSInt getZeroValue() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return llvm::APSInt(BitWidth, IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the minimum value for this type.
+  llvm::APSInt getMinValue() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return llvm::APSInt::getMinValue(BitWidth, IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the maximum value for this type.
+  llvm::APSInt getMaxValue() const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return llvm::APSInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth, IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  llvm::APSInt getValue(uint64_t RawValue) const LLVM_READONLY {
+    return (llvm::APSInt(BitWidth, IsUnsigned) = RawValue);
+  }
+
+  /// Used to classify whether a value is representable using this type.
+  ///
+  /// \see testInRange
+  enum RangeTestResultKind {
+    RTR_Below = -1, ///< Value is less than the minimum representable value.
+    RTR_Within = 0, ///< Value is representable using this type.
+    RTR_Above = 1   ///< Value is greater than the maximum representable value.
+  };
+
+  /// Tests whether a given value is losslessly representable using this type.
+  ///
+  /// \param Val The value to test.
+  /// \param AllowMixedSign Whether or not to allow signedness conversions.
+  ///                       This determines whether -1s8 is considered in range
+  ///                       for 'unsigned char' (u8).
+  RangeTestResultKind testInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Val,
+                                  bool AllowMixedSign) const LLVM_READONLY;
+  
+  bool operator==(const APSIntType &Other) const {
+    return BitWidth == Other.BitWidth && IsUnsigned == Other.IsUnsigned;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Provide an ordering for finding a common conversion type.
+  ///
+  /// Unsigned integers are considered to be better conversion types than
+  /// signed integers of the same width.
+  bool operator<(const APSIntType &Other) const {
+    if (BitWidth < Other.BitWidth)
+      return true;
+    if (BitWidth > Other.BitWidth)
+      return false;
+    if (!IsUnsigned && Other.IsUnsigned)
+      return true;
+    return false;
+  }
+};
+    
+} // end ento namespace
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/AnalysisManager.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/AnalysisManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..458c896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/AnalysisManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+//== AnalysisManager.h - Path sensitive analysis data manager ------*- C++ -*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the AnalysisManager class that manages the data and policy
+// for path sensitive analysis.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_ANALYSISMANAGER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_ANALYSISMANAGER_H
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AnalyzerOptions.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugReporter.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathDiagnosticConsumers.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace ento {
+  class CheckerManager;
+
+class AnalysisManager : public BugReporterData {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  AnalysisDeclContextManager AnaCtxMgr;
+
+  ASTContext &Ctx;
+  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
+  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
+  PathDiagnosticConsumers PathConsumers;
+
+  // Configurable components creators.
+  StoreManagerCreator CreateStoreMgr;
+  ConstraintManagerCreator CreateConstraintMgr;
+
+  CheckerManager *CheckerMgr;
+
+public:
+  AnalyzerOptions &options;
+  
+  AnalysisManager(ASTContext &ctx,DiagnosticsEngine &diags,
+                  const LangOptions &lang,
+                  const PathDiagnosticConsumers &Consumers,
+                  StoreManagerCreator storemgr,
+                  ConstraintManagerCreator constraintmgr, 
+                  CheckerManager *checkerMgr,
+                  AnalyzerOptions &Options);
+
+  ~AnalysisManager();
+  
+  void ClearContexts() {
+    AnaCtxMgr.clear();
+  }
+  
+  AnalysisDeclContextManager& getAnalysisDeclContextManager() {
+    return AnaCtxMgr;
+  }
+
+  StoreManagerCreator getStoreManagerCreator() {
+    return CreateStoreMgr;
+  }
+
+  ConstraintManagerCreator getConstraintManagerCreator() {
+    return CreateConstraintMgr;
+  }
+
+  CheckerManager *getCheckerManager() const { return CheckerMgr; }
+
+  virtual ASTContext &getASTContext() {
+    return Ctx;
+  }
+
+  virtual SourceManager &getSourceManager() {
+    return getASTContext().getSourceManager();
+  }
+
+  virtual DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostic() {
+    return Diags;
+  }
+
+  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const {
+    return LangOpts;
+  }
+
+  ArrayRef<PathDiagnosticConsumer*> getPathDiagnosticConsumers()  {
+    return PathConsumers;
+  }
+
+  void FlushDiagnostics();
+
+  bool shouldVisualize() const {
+    return options.visualizeExplodedGraphWithGraphViz ||
+           options.visualizeExplodedGraphWithUbiGraph;
+  }
+
+  bool shouldInlineCall() const {
+    return options.getIPAMode() != IPAK_None;
+  }
+
+  CFG *getCFG(Decl const *D) {
+    return AnaCtxMgr.getContext(D)->getCFG();
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  T *getAnalysis(Decl const *D) {
+    return AnaCtxMgr.getContext(D)->getAnalysis<T>();
+  }
+
+  ParentMap &getParentMap(Decl const *D) {
+    return AnaCtxMgr.getContext(D)->getParentMap();
+  }
+
+  AnalysisDeclContext *getAnalysisDeclContext(const Decl *D) {
+    return AnaCtxMgr.getContext(D);
+  }
+};
+
+} // enAnaCtxMgrspace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/BasicValueFactory.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/BasicValueFactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1135b51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/BasicValueFactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+//=== BasicValueFactory.h - Basic values for Path Sens analysis --*- C++ -*---//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines BasicValueFactory, a class that manages the lifetime
+//  of APSInt objects and symbolic constraints used by ExprEngine
+//  and related classes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_BASICVALUEFACTORY_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_BASICVALUEFACTORY_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/APSIntType.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/StoreRef.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+class CompoundValData : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  QualType T;
+  llvm::ImmutableList<SVal> L;
+
+public:
+  CompoundValData(QualType t, llvm::ImmutableList<SVal> l)
+    : T(t), L(l) {}
+
+  typedef llvm::ImmutableList<SVal>::iterator iterator;
+  iterator begin() const { return L.begin(); }
+  iterator end() const { return L.end(); }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, QualType T,
+                      llvm::ImmutableList<SVal> L);
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) { Profile(ID, T, L); }
+};
+
+class LazyCompoundValData : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  StoreRef store;
+  const TypedValueRegion *region;
+public:
+  LazyCompoundValData(const StoreRef &st, const TypedValueRegion *r)
+    : store(st), region(r) {}
+
+  const void *getStore() const { return store.getStore(); }
+  const TypedValueRegion *getRegion() const { return region; }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
+                      const StoreRef &store,
+                      const TypedValueRegion *region);
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) { Profile(ID, store, region); }
+};
+
+class BasicValueFactory {
+  typedef llvm::FoldingSet<llvm::FoldingSetNodeWrapper<llvm::APSInt> >
+          APSIntSetTy;
+
+  ASTContext &Ctx;
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& BPAlloc;
+
+  APSIntSetTy   APSIntSet;
+  void *        PersistentSVals;
+  void *        PersistentSValPairs;
+
+  llvm::ImmutableList<SVal>::Factory SValListFactory;
+  llvm::FoldingSet<CompoundValData>  CompoundValDataSet;
+  llvm::FoldingSet<LazyCompoundValData> LazyCompoundValDataSet;
+
+  // This is private because external clients should use the factory
+  // method that takes a QualType.
+  const llvm::APSInt& getValue(uint64_t X, unsigned BitWidth, bool isUnsigned);
+
+public:
+  BasicValueFactory(ASTContext &ctx, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& Alloc)
+  : Ctx(ctx), BPAlloc(Alloc), PersistentSVals(0), PersistentSValPairs(0),
+    SValListFactory(Alloc) {}
+
+  ~BasicValueFactory();
+
+  ASTContext &getContext() const { return Ctx; }
+
+  const llvm::APSInt& getValue(const llvm::APSInt& X);
+  const llvm::APSInt& getValue(const llvm::APInt& X, bool isUnsigned);
+  const llvm::APSInt& getValue(uint64_t X, QualType T);
+
+  /// Returns the type of the APSInt used to store values of the given QualType.
+  APSIntType getAPSIntType(QualType T) const {
+    assert(T->isIntegerType() || Loc::isLocType(T));
+    return APSIntType(Ctx.getTypeSize(T),
+                      !T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
+  }
+
+  /// Convert - Create a new persistent APSInt with the same value as 'From'
+  ///  but with the bitwidth and signedness of 'To'.
+  const llvm::APSInt &Convert(const llvm::APSInt& To,
+                              const llvm::APSInt& From) {
+    APSIntType TargetType(To);
+    if (TargetType == APSIntType(From))
+      return From;
+
+    return getValue(TargetType.convert(From));
+  }
+  
+  const llvm::APSInt &Convert(QualType T, const llvm::APSInt &From) {
+    APSIntType TargetType = getAPSIntType(T);
+    if (TargetType == APSIntType(From))
+      return From;
+    
+    return getValue(TargetType.convert(From));
+  }
+
+  const llvm::APSInt& getIntValue(uint64_t X, bool isUnsigned) {
+    QualType T = isUnsigned ? Ctx.UnsignedIntTy : Ctx.IntTy;
+    return getValue(X, T);
+  }
+
+  inline const llvm::APSInt& getMaxValue(const llvm::APSInt &v) {
+    return getValue(APSIntType(v).getMaxValue());
+  }
+
+  inline const llvm::APSInt& getMinValue(const llvm::APSInt &v) {
+    return getValue(APSIntType(v).getMinValue());
+  }
+
+  inline const llvm::APSInt& getMaxValue(QualType T) {
+    return getValue(getAPSIntType(T).getMaxValue());
+  }
+
+  inline const llvm::APSInt& getMinValue(QualType T) {
+    return getValue(getAPSIntType(T).getMinValue());
+  }
+
+  inline const llvm::APSInt& Add1(const llvm::APSInt& V) {
+    llvm::APSInt X = V;
+    ++X;
+    return getValue(X);
+  }
+
+  inline const llvm::APSInt& Sub1(const llvm::APSInt& V) {
+    llvm::APSInt X = V;
+    --X;
+    return getValue(X);
+  }
+
+  inline const llvm::APSInt& getZeroWithPtrWidth(bool isUnsigned = true) {
+    return getValue(0, Ctx.getTypeSize(Ctx.VoidPtrTy), isUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  inline const llvm::APSInt &getIntWithPtrWidth(uint64_t X, bool isUnsigned) {
+    return getValue(X, Ctx.getTypeSize(Ctx.VoidPtrTy), isUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  inline const llvm::APSInt& getTruthValue(bool b, QualType T) {
+    return getValue(b ? 1 : 0, Ctx.getTypeSize(T), false);
+  }
+
+  inline const llvm::APSInt& getTruthValue(bool b) {
+    return getTruthValue(b, Ctx.getLogicalOperationType());
+  }
+
+  const CompoundValData *getCompoundValData(QualType T,
+                                            llvm::ImmutableList<SVal> Vals);
+
+  const LazyCompoundValData *getLazyCompoundValData(const StoreRef &store,
+                                            const TypedValueRegion *region);
+
+  llvm::ImmutableList<SVal> getEmptySValList() {
+    return SValListFactory.getEmptyList();
+  }
+
+  llvm::ImmutableList<SVal> consVals(SVal X, llvm::ImmutableList<SVal> L) {
+    return SValListFactory.add(X, L);
+  }
+
+  const llvm::APSInt* evalAPSInt(BinaryOperator::Opcode Op,
+                                     const llvm::APSInt& V1,
+                                     const llvm::APSInt& V2);
+
+  const std::pair<SVal, uintptr_t>&
+  getPersistentSValWithData(const SVal& V, uintptr_t Data);
+
+  const std::pair<SVal, SVal>&
+  getPersistentSValPair(const SVal& V1, const SVal& V2);
+
+  const SVal* getPersistentSVal(SVal X);
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/BlockCounter.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/BlockCounter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2483a79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/BlockCounter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+//==- BlockCounter.h - ADT for counting block visits ---------------*- C++ -*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines BlockCounter, an abstract data type used to count
+//  the number of times a given block has been visited along a path
+//  analyzed by CoreEngine.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_BLOCKCOUNTER
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_BLOCKCOUNTER
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class BumpPtrAllocator;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class StackFrameContext;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+/// \class BlockCounter
+/// \brief An abstract data type used to count the number of times a given
+/// block has been visited along a path analyzed by CoreEngine.
+class BlockCounter {
+  void *Data;
+
+  BlockCounter(void *D) : Data(D) {}
+
+public:
+  BlockCounter() : Data(0) {}
+
+  unsigned getNumVisited(const StackFrameContext *CallSite, 
+                         unsigned BlockID) const;
+
+  class Factory {
+    void *F;
+  public:
+    Factory(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& Alloc);
+    ~Factory();
+
+    BlockCounter GetEmptyCounter();
+    BlockCounter IncrementCount(BlockCounter BC, 
+                                  const StackFrameContext *CallSite,
+                                  unsigned BlockID);
+  };
+
+  friend class Factory;
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CallEvent.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CallEvent.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f990b8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CallEvent.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1051 @@
+//===- CallEvent.h - Wrapper for all function and method calls ----*- C++ -*--//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+/// \file This file defines CallEvent and its subclasses, which represent path-
+/// sensitive instances of different kinds of function and method calls
+/// (C, C++, and Objective-C).
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_STATICANALYZER_PATHSENSITIVE_CALL
+#define LLVM_CLANG_STATICANALYZER_PATHSENSITIVE_CALL
+
+#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+class ProgramPoint;
+class ProgramPointTag;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+enum CallEventKind {
+  CE_Function,
+  CE_Block,
+  CE_BEG_SIMPLE_CALLS = CE_Function,
+  CE_END_SIMPLE_CALLS = CE_Block,
+  CE_CXXMember,
+  CE_CXXMemberOperator,
+  CE_CXXDestructor,
+  CE_BEG_CXX_INSTANCE_CALLS = CE_CXXMember,
+  CE_END_CXX_INSTANCE_CALLS = CE_CXXDestructor,
+  CE_CXXConstructor,
+  CE_CXXAllocator,
+  CE_BEG_FUNCTION_CALLS = CE_Function,
+  CE_END_FUNCTION_CALLS = CE_CXXAllocator,
+  CE_ObjCMessage
+};
+
+class CallEvent;
+class CallEventManager;
+
+template<typename T = CallEvent>
+class CallEventRef : public IntrusiveRefCntPtr<const T> {
+public:
+  CallEventRef(const T *Call) : IntrusiveRefCntPtr<const T>(Call) {}
+  CallEventRef(const CallEventRef &Orig) : IntrusiveRefCntPtr<const T>(Orig) {}
+
+  CallEventRef<T> cloneWithState(ProgramStateRef State) const {
+    return this->getPtr()->template cloneWithState<T>(State);
+  }
+
+  // Allow implicit conversions to a superclass type, since CallEventRef
+  // behaves like a pointer-to-const.
+  template <typename SuperT>
+  operator CallEventRef<SuperT> () const {
+    return this->getPtr();
+  }
+};
+
+/// \class RuntimeDefinition 
+/// \brief Defines the runtime definition of the called function.
+/// 
+/// Encapsulates the information we have about which Decl will be used 
+/// when the call is executed on the given path. When dealing with dynamic
+/// dispatch, the information is based on DynamicTypeInfo and might not be 
+/// precise.
+class RuntimeDefinition {
+  /// The Declaration of the function which could be called at runtime.
+  /// NULL if not available.
+  const Decl *D;
+
+  /// The region representing an object (ObjC/C++) on which the method is
+  /// called. With dynamic dispatch, the method definition depends on the
+  /// runtime type of this object. NULL when the DynamicTypeInfo is
+  /// precise.
+  const MemRegion *R;
+
+public:
+  RuntimeDefinition(): D(0), R(0) {}
+  RuntimeDefinition(const Decl *InD): D(InD), R(0) {}
+  RuntimeDefinition(const Decl *InD, const MemRegion *InR): D(InD), R(InR) {}
+  const Decl *getDecl() { return D; }
+    
+  /// \brief Check if the definition we have is precise. 
+  /// If not, it is possible that the call dispatches to another definition at 
+  /// execution time.
+  bool mayHaveOtherDefinitions() { return R != 0; }
+  
+  /// When other definitions are possible, returns the region whose runtime type 
+  /// determines the method definition.
+  const MemRegion *getDispatchRegion() { return R; }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents an abstract call to a function or method along a
+/// particular path.
+///
+/// CallEvents are created through the factory methods of CallEventManager.
+///
+/// CallEvents should always be cheap to create and destroy. In order for
+/// CallEventManager to be able to re-use CallEvent-sized memory blocks,
+/// subclasses of CallEvent may not add any data members to the base class.
+/// Use the "Data" and "Location" fields instead.
+class CallEvent {
+public:
+  typedef CallEventKind Kind;
+
+private:
+  ProgramStateRef State;
+  const LocationContext *LCtx;
+  llvm::PointerUnion<const Expr *, const Decl *> Origin;
+
+  void operator=(const CallEvent &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+protected:
+  // This is user data for subclasses.
+  const void *Data;
+
+  // This is user data for subclasses.
+  // This should come right before RefCount, so that the two fields can be
+  // packed together on LP64 platforms.
+  SourceLocation Location;
+
+private:
+  mutable unsigned RefCount;
+
+  template <typename T> friend struct llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtrInfo;
+  void Retain() const { ++RefCount; }
+  void Release() const;
+
+protected:
+  friend class CallEventManager;
+
+  CallEvent(const Expr *E, ProgramStateRef state, const LocationContext *lctx)
+    : State(state), LCtx(lctx), Origin(E), RefCount(0) {}
+
+  CallEvent(const Decl *D, ProgramStateRef state, const LocationContext *lctx)
+    : State(state), LCtx(lctx), Origin(D), RefCount(0) {}
+
+  // DO NOT MAKE PUBLIC
+  CallEvent(const CallEvent &Original)
+    : State(Original.State), LCtx(Original.LCtx), Origin(Original.Origin),
+      Data(Original.Data), Location(Original.Location), RefCount(0) {}
+
+  /// Copies this CallEvent, with vtable intact, into a new block of memory.
+  virtual void cloneTo(void *Dest) const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Get the value of arbitrary expressions at this point in the path.
+  SVal getSVal(const Stmt *S) const {
+    return getState()->getSVal(S, getLocationContext());
+  }
+
+
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<SVal> ValueList;
+
+  /// \brief Used to specify non-argument regions that will be invalidated as a
+  /// result of this call.
+  virtual void getExtraInvalidatedValues(ValueList &Values) const {}
+
+public:
+  virtual ~CallEvent() {}
+
+  /// \brief Returns the kind of call this is.
+  virtual Kind getKind() const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the declaration of the function or method that will be
+  /// called. May be null.
+  virtual const Decl *getDecl() const {
+    return Origin.dyn_cast<const Decl *>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The state in which the call is being evaluated.
+  const ProgramStateRef &getState() const {
+    return State;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief The context in which the call is being evaluated.
+  const LocationContext *getLocationContext() const {
+    return LCtx;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the definition of the function or method that will be
+  /// called.
+  virtual RuntimeDefinition getRuntimeDefinition() const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the expression whose value will be the result of this call.
+  /// May be null.
+  const Expr *getOriginExpr() const {
+    return Origin.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of arguments (explicit and implicit).
+  ///
+  /// Note that this may be greater than the number of parameters in the
+  /// callee's declaration, and that it may include arguments not written in
+  /// the source.
+  virtual unsigned getNumArgs() const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the callee is known to be from a system header.
+  bool isInSystemHeader() const {
+    const Decl *D = getDecl();
+    if (!D)
+      return false;
+
+    SourceLocation Loc = D->getLocation();
+    if (Loc.isValid()) {
+      const SourceManager &SM =
+        getState()->getStateManager().getContext().getSourceManager();
+      return SM.isInSystemHeader(D->getLocation());
+    }
+
+    // Special case for implicitly-declared global operator new/delete.
+    // These should be considered system functions.
+    if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
+      return FD->isOverloadedOperator() && FD->isImplicit() && FD->isGlobal();
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this is a call to a variadic function or method.
+  virtual bool isVariadic() const {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns a source range for the entire call, suitable for
+  /// outputting in diagnostics.
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getSourceRange();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the value of a given argument at the time of the call.
+  virtual SVal getArgSVal(unsigned Index) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the expression associated with a given argument.
+  /// May be null if this expression does not appear in the source.
+  virtual const Expr *getArgExpr(unsigned Index) const { return 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the source range for errors associated with this argument.
+  ///
+  /// May be invalid if the argument is not written in the source.
+  virtual SourceRange getArgSourceRange(unsigned Index) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the result type, adjusted for references.
+  QualType getResultType() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the return value of the call.
+  ///
+  /// This should only be called if the CallEvent was created using a state in
+  /// which the return value has already been bound to the origin expression.
+  SVal getReturnValue() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if any of the arguments appear to represent callbacks.
+  bool hasNonZeroCallbackArg() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if any of the arguments are known to escape to long-
+  /// term storage, even if this method will not modify them.
+  // NOTE: The exact semantics of this are still being defined!
+  // We don't really want a list of hardcoded exceptions in the long run,
+  // but we don't want duplicated lists of known APIs in the short term either.
+  virtual bool argumentsMayEscape() const {
+    return hasNonZeroCallbackArg();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the callee is an externally-visible function in the
+  /// top-level namespace, such as \c malloc.
+  ///
+  /// You can use this call to determine that a particular function really is
+  /// a library function and not, say, a C++ member function with the same name.
+  ///
+  /// If a name is provided, the function must additionally match the given
+  /// name.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this deliberately excludes C++ library functions in the \c std
+  /// namespace, but will include C library functions accessed through the
+  /// \c std namespace. This also does not check if the function is declared
+  /// as 'extern "C"', or if it uses C++ name mangling.
+  // FIXME: Add a helper for checking namespaces.
+  // FIXME: Move this down to AnyFunctionCall once checkers have more
+  // precise callbacks.
+  bool isGlobalCFunction(StringRef SpecificName = StringRef()) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the name of the callee, if its name is a simple identifier.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this will fail for Objective-C methods, blocks, and C++
+  /// overloaded operators. The former is named by a Selector rather than a
+  /// simple identifier, and the latter two do not have names.
+  // FIXME: Move this down to AnyFunctionCall once checkers have more
+  // precise callbacks.
+  const IdentifierInfo *getCalleeIdentifier() const {
+    const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(getDecl());
+    if (!ND)
+      return 0;
+    return ND->getIdentifier();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns an appropriate ProgramPoint for this call.
+  ProgramPoint getProgramPoint(bool IsPreVisit = false,
+                               const ProgramPointTag *Tag = 0) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns a new state with all argument regions invalidated.
+  ///
+  /// This accepts an alternate state in case some processing has already
+  /// occurred.
+  ProgramStateRef invalidateRegions(unsigned BlockCount,
+                                    ProgramStateRef Orig = 0) const;
+
+  typedef std::pair<Loc, SVal> FrameBindingTy;
+  typedef SmallVectorImpl<FrameBindingTy> BindingsTy;
+
+  /// Populates the given SmallVector with the bindings in the callee's stack
+  /// frame at the start of this call.
+  virtual void getInitialStackFrameContents(const StackFrameContext *CalleeCtx,
+                                            BindingsTy &Bindings) const = 0;
+
+  /// Returns a copy of this CallEvent, but using the given state.
+  template <typename T>
+  CallEventRef<T> cloneWithState(ProgramStateRef NewState) const;
+
+  /// Returns a copy of this CallEvent, but using the given state.
+  CallEventRef<> cloneWithState(ProgramStateRef NewState) const {
+    return cloneWithState<CallEvent>(NewState);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this is a statement is a function or method call
+  /// of some kind.
+  static bool isCallStmt(const Stmt *S);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the result type of a function or method declaration.
+  ///
+  /// This will return a null QualType if the result type cannot be determined.
+  static QualType getDeclaredResultType(const Decl *D);
+
+  // Iterator access to formal parameters and their types.
+private:
+  typedef std::const_mem_fun_t<QualType, ParmVarDecl> get_type_fun;
+  
+public:
+  typedef const ParmVarDecl * const *param_iterator;
+
+  /// Returns an iterator over the call's formal parameters.
+  ///
+  /// If UseDefinitionParams is set, this will return the parameter decls
+  /// used in the callee's definition (suitable for inlining). Most of the
+  /// time it is better to use the decl found by name lookup, which likely
+  /// carries more annotations.
+  ///
+  /// Remember that the number of formal parameters may not match the number
+  /// of arguments for all calls. However, the first parameter will always
+  /// correspond with the argument value returned by \c getArgSVal(0).
+  ///
+  /// If the call has no accessible declaration (or definition, if
+  /// \p UseDefinitionParams is set), \c param_begin() will be equal to
+  /// \c param_end().
+  virtual param_iterator param_begin() const =0;
+  /// \sa param_begin()
+  virtual param_iterator param_end() const = 0;
+
+  typedef llvm::mapped_iterator<param_iterator, get_type_fun>
+    param_type_iterator;
+
+  /// Returns an iterator over the types of the call's formal parameters.
+  ///
+  /// This uses the callee decl found by default name lookup rather than the
+  /// definition because it represents a public interface, and probably has
+  /// more annotations.
+  param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const {
+    return llvm::map_iterator(param_begin(),
+                              get_type_fun(&ParmVarDecl::getType));
+  }
+  /// \sa param_type_begin()
+  param_type_iterator param_type_end() const {
+    return llvm::map_iterator(param_end(), get_type_fun(&ParmVarDecl::getType));
+  }
+
+  // For debugging purposes only
+  void dump(raw_ostream &Out) const;
+  LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_USED void dump() const;
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Represents a call to any sort of function that might have a
+/// FunctionDecl.
+class AnyFunctionCall : public CallEvent {
+protected:
+  AnyFunctionCall(const Expr *E, ProgramStateRef St,
+                  const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : CallEvent(E, St, LCtx) {}
+  AnyFunctionCall(const Decl *D, ProgramStateRef St,
+                  const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : CallEvent(D, St, LCtx) {}
+  AnyFunctionCall(const AnyFunctionCall &Other) : CallEvent(Other) {}
+
+public:
+  // This function is overridden by subclasses, but they must return
+  // a FunctionDecl.
+  virtual const FunctionDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return cast<FunctionDecl>(CallEvent::getDecl());
+  }
+
+  virtual RuntimeDefinition getRuntimeDefinition() const {
+    const FunctionDecl *FD = getDecl();
+    // Note that the AnalysisDeclContext will have the FunctionDecl with
+    // the definition (if one exists).
+    if (FD) {
+      AnalysisDeclContext *AD =
+        getLocationContext()->getAnalysisDeclContext()->
+        getManager()->getContext(FD);
+      if (AD->getBody())
+        return RuntimeDefinition(AD->getDecl());
+    }
+
+    return RuntimeDefinition();
+  }
+
+  virtual bool isVariadic() const {
+    return getDecl()->isVariadic();
+  }
+
+  virtual bool argumentsMayEscape() const;
+
+  virtual void getInitialStackFrameContents(const StackFrameContext *CalleeCtx,
+                                            BindingsTy &Bindings) const;
+
+  virtual param_iterator param_begin() const;
+  virtual param_iterator param_end() const;
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CA) {
+    return CA->getKind() >= CE_BEG_FUNCTION_CALLS &&
+           CA->getKind() <= CE_END_FUNCTION_CALLS;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a call to a non-C++ function, written as a CallExpr.
+class SimpleCall : public AnyFunctionCall {
+protected:
+  SimpleCall(const CallExpr *CE, ProgramStateRef St,
+             const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : AnyFunctionCall(CE, St, LCtx) {}
+  SimpleCall(const SimpleCall &Other) : AnyFunctionCall(Other) {}
+
+public:
+  virtual const CallExpr *getOriginExpr() const {
+    return cast<CallExpr>(AnyFunctionCall::getOriginExpr());
+  }
+
+  virtual const FunctionDecl *getDecl() const;
+
+  virtual unsigned getNumArgs() const { return getOriginExpr()->getNumArgs(); }
+
+  virtual const Expr *getArgExpr(unsigned Index) const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getArg(Index);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CA) {
+    return CA->getKind() >= CE_BEG_SIMPLE_CALLS &&
+           CA->getKind() <= CE_END_SIMPLE_CALLS;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C function or static C++ member function call.
+///
+/// Example: \c fun()
+class FunctionCall : public SimpleCall {
+  friend class CallEventManager;
+
+protected:
+  FunctionCall(const CallExpr *CE, ProgramStateRef St,
+               const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : SimpleCall(CE, St, LCtx) {}
+
+  FunctionCall(const FunctionCall &Other) : SimpleCall(Other) {}
+  virtual void cloneTo(void *Dest) const { new (Dest) FunctionCall(*this); }
+
+public:
+  virtual Kind getKind() const { return CE_Function; }
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CA) {
+    return CA->getKind() == CE_Function;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a call to a block.
+///
+/// Example: <tt>^{ /* ... */ }()</tt>
+class BlockCall : public SimpleCall {
+  friend class CallEventManager;
+
+protected:
+  BlockCall(const CallExpr *CE, ProgramStateRef St,
+            const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : SimpleCall(CE, St, LCtx) {}
+
+  BlockCall(const BlockCall &Other) : SimpleCall(Other) {}
+  virtual void cloneTo(void *Dest) const { new (Dest) BlockCall(*this); }
+
+  virtual void getExtraInvalidatedValues(ValueList &Values) const;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Returns the region associated with this instance of the block.
+  ///
+  /// This may be NULL if the block's origin is unknown.
+  const BlockDataRegion *getBlockRegion() const;
+
+  /// \brief Gets the declaration of the block.
+  ///
+  /// This is not an override of getDecl() because AnyFunctionCall has already
+  /// assumed that it's a FunctionDecl.
+  const BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() const {
+    const BlockDataRegion *BR = getBlockRegion();
+    if (!BR)
+      return 0;
+    return BR->getDecl();
+  }
+
+  virtual RuntimeDefinition getRuntimeDefinition() const {
+    return RuntimeDefinition(getBlockDecl());
+  }
+
+  virtual bool isVariadic() const {
+    return getBlockDecl()->isVariadic();
+  }
+
+  virtual void getInitialStackFrameContents(const StackFrameContext *CalleeCtx,
+                                            BindingsTy &Bindings) const;
+
+  virtual param_iterator param_begin() const;
+  virtual param_iterator param_end() const;
+
+  virtual Kind getKind() const { return CE_Block; }
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CA) {
+    return CA->getKind() == CE_Block;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a non-static C++ member function call, no matter how
+/// it is written.
+class CXXInstanceCall : public AnyFunctionCall {
+protected:
+  virtual void getExtraInvalidatedValues(ValueList &Values) const;
+
+  CXXInstanceCall(const CallExpr *CE, ProgramStateRef St,
+                  const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : AnyFunctionCall(CE, St, LCtx) {}
+  CXXInstanceCall(const FunctionDecl *D, ProgramStateRef St,
+                  const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : AnyFunctionCall(D, St, LCtx) {}
+
+
+  CXXInstanceCall(const CXXInstanceCall &Other) : AnyFunctionCall(Other) {}
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Returns the expression representing the implicit 'this' object.
+  virtual const Expr *getCXXThisExpr() const { return 0; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the value of the implicit 'this' object.
+  virtual SVal getCXXThisVal() const;
+
+  virtual const FunctionDecl *getDecl() const;
+
+  virtual RuntimeDefinition getRuntimeDefinition() const;
+
+  virtual void getInitialStackFrameContents(const StackFrameContext *CalleeCtx,
+                                            BindingsTy &Bindings) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CA) {
+    return CA->getKind() >= CE_BEG_CXX_INSTANCE_CALLS &&
+           CA->getKind() <= CE_END_CXX_INSTANCE_CALLS;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a non-static C++ member function call.
+///
+/// Example: \c obj.fun()
+class CXXMemberCall : public CXXInstanceCall {
+  friend class CallEventManager;
+
+protected:
+  CXXMemberCall(const CXXMemberCallExpr *CE, ProgramStateRef St,
+                const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : CXXInstanceCall(CE, St, LCtx) {}
+
+  CXXMemberCall(const CXXMemberCall &Other) : CXXInstanceCall(Other) {}
+  virtual void cloneTo(void *Dest) const { new (Dest) CXXMemberCall(*this); }
+
+public:
+  virtual const CXXMemberCallExpr *getOriginExpr() const {
+    return cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(CXXInstanceCall::getOriginExpr());
+  }
+
+  virtual unsigned getNumArgs() const {
+    if (const CallExpr *CE = getOriginExpr())
+      return CE->getNumArgs();
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  virtual const Expr *getArgExpr(unsigned Index) const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getArg(Index);
+  }
+
+  virtual const Expr *getCXXThisExpr() const;
+  
+  virtual RuntimeDefinition getRuntimeDefinition() const;
+
+  virtual Kind getKind() const { return CE_CXXMember; }
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CA) {
+    return CA->getKind() == CE_CXXMember;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a C++ overloaded operator call where the operator is
+/// implemented as a non-static member function.
+///
+/// Example: <tt>iter + 1</tt>
+class CXXMemberOperatorCall : public CXXInstanceCall {
+  friend class CallEventManager;
+
+protected:
+  CXXMemberOperatorCall(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *CE, ProgramStateRef St,
+                        const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : CXXInstanceCall(CE, St, LCtx) {}
+
+  CXXMemberOperatorCall(const CXXMemberOperatorCall &Other)
+    : CXXInstanceCall(Other) {}
+  virtual void cloneTo(void *Dest) const {
+    new (Dest) CXXMemberOperatorCall(*this);
+  }
+
+public:
+  virtual const CXXOperatorCallExpr *getOriginExpr() const {
+    return cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(CXXInstanceCall::getOriginExpr());
+  }
+
+  virtual unsigned getNumArgs() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getNumArgs() - 1;
+  }
+  virtual const Expr *getArgExpr(unsigned Index) const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getArg(Index + 1);
+  }
+
+  virtual const Expr *getCXXThisExpr() const;
+
+  virtual Kind getKind() const { return CE_CXXMemberOperator; }
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CA) {
+    return CA->getKind() == CE_CXXMemberOperator;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents an implicit call to a C++ destructor.
+///
+/// This can occur at the end of a scope (for automatic objects), at the end
+/// of a full-expression (for temporaries), or as part of a delete.
+class CXXDestructorCall : public CXXInstanceCall {
+  friend class CallEventManager;
+
+protected:
+  typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<const MemRegion *, 1, bool> DtorDataTy;
+
+  /// Creates an implicit destructor.
+  ///
+  /// \param DD The destructor that will be called.
+  /// \param Trigger The statement whose completion causes this destructor call.
+  /// \param Target The object region to be destructed.
+  /// \param St The path-sensitive state at this point in the program.
+  /// \param LCtx The location context at this point in the program.
+  CXXDestructorCall(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD, const Stmt *Trigger,
+                    const MemRegion *Target, bool IsBaseDestructor,
+                    ProgramStateRef St, const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : CXXInstanceCall(DD, St, LCtx) {
+    Data = DtorDataTy(Target, IsBaseDestructor).getOpaqueValue();
+    Location = Trigger->getLocEnd();
+  }
+
+  CXXDestructorCall(const CXXDestructorCall &Other) : CXXInstanceCall(Other) {}
+  virtual void cloneTo(void *Dest) const { new (Dest) CXXDestructorCall(*this); }
+
+public:
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const { return Location; }
+  virtual unsigned getNumArgs() const { return 0; }
+
+  virtual RuntimeDefinition getRuntimeDefinition() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the value of the implicit 'this' object.
+  virtual SVal getCXXThisVal() const;
+
+  /// Returns true if this is a call to a base class destructor.
+  bool isBaseDestructor() const {
+    return DtorDataTy::getFromOpaqueValue(Data).getInt();
+  }
+
+  virtual Kind getKind() const { return CE_CXXDestructor; }
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CA) {
+    return CA->getKind() == CE_CXXDestructor;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a call to a C++ constructor.
+///
+/// Example: \c T(1)
+class CXXConstructorCall : public AnyFunctionCall {
+  friend class CallEventManager;
+
+protected:
+  /// Creates a constructor call.
+  ///
+  /// \param CE The constructor expression as written in the source.
+  /// \param Target The region where the object should be constructed. If NULL,
+  ///               a new symbolic region will be used.
+  /// \param St The path-sensitive state at this point in the program.
+  /// \param LCtx The location context at this point in the program.
+  CXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructExpr *CE, const MemRegion *Target,
+                     ProgramStateRef St, const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : AnyFunctionCall(CE, St, LCtx) {
+    Data = Target;
+  }
+
+  CXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorCall &Other) : AnyFunctionCall(Other){}
+  virtual void cloneTo(void *Dest) const { new (Dest) CXXConstructorCall(*this); }
+
+  virtual void getExtraInvalidatedValues(ValueList &Values) const;
+
+public:
+  virtual const CXXConstructExpr *getOriginExpr() const {
+    return cast<CXXConstructExpr>(AnyFunctionCall::getOriginExpr());
+  }
+
+  virtual const CXXConstructorDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getConstructor();
+  }
+
+  virtual unsigned getNumArgs() const { return getOriginExpr()->getNumArgs(); }
+
+  virtual const Expr *getArgExpr(unsigned Index) const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getArg(Index);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the value of the implicit 'this' object.
+  SVal getCXXThisVal() const;
+
+  virtual void getInitialStackFrameContents(const StackFrameContext *CalleeCtx,
+                                            BindingsTy &Bindings) const;
+
+  virtual Kind getKind() const { return CE_CXXConstructor; }
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CA) {
+    return CA->getKind() == CE_CXXConstructor;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents the memory allocation call in a C++ new-expression.
+///
+/// This is a call to "operator new".
+class CXXAllocatorCall : public AnyFunctionCall {
+  friend class CallEventManager;
+
+protected:
+  CXXAllocatorCall(const CXXNewExpr *E, ProgramStateRef St,
+                   const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : AnyFunctionCall(E, St, LCtx) {}
+
+  CXXAllocatorCall(const CXXAllocatorCall &Other) : AnyFunctionCall(Other) {}
+  virtual void cloneTo(void *Dest) const { new (Dest) CXXAllocatorCall(*this); }
+
+public:
+  virtual const CXXNewExpr *getOriginExpr() const {
+    return cast<CXXNewExpr>(AnyFunctionCall::getOriginExpr());
+  }
+
+  virtual const FunctionDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getOperatorNew();
+  }
+
+  virtual unsigned getNumArgs() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getNumPlacementArgs() + 1;
+  }
+
+  virtual const Expr *getArgExpr(unsigned Index) const {
+    // The first argument of an allocator call is the size of the allocation.
+    if (Index == 0)
+      return 0;
+    return getOriginExpr()->getPlacementArg(Index - 1);
+  }
+
+  virtual Kind getKind() const { return CE_CXXAllocator; }
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CE) {
+    return CE->getKind() == CE_CXXAllocator;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents the ways an Objective-C message send can occur.
+//
+// Note to maintainers: OCM_Message should always be last, since it does not
+// need to fit in the Data field's low bits.
+enum ObjCMessageKind {
+  OCM_PropertyAccess,
+  OCM_Subscript,
+  OCM_Message
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents any expression that calls an Objective-C method.
+///
+/// This includes all of the kinds listed in ObjCMessageKind.
+class ObjCMethodCall : public CallEvent {
+  friend class CallEventManager;
+
+  const PseudoObjectExpr *getContainingPseudoObjectExpr() const;
+
+protected:
+  ObjCMethodCall(const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg, ProgramStateRef St,
+                 const LocationContext *LCtx)
+    : CallEvent(Msg, St, LCtx) {
+    Data = 0;
+  }
+
+  ObjCMethodCall(const ObjCMethodCall &Other) : CallEvent(Other) {}
+  virtual void cloneTo(void *Dest) const { new (Dest) ObjCMethodCall(*this); }
+
+  virtual void getExtraInvalidatedValues(ValueList &Values) const;
+
+  /// Check if the selector may have multiple definitions (may have overrides).
+  virtual bool canBeOverridenInSubclass(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
+                                        Selector Sel) const;
+
+public:
+  virtual const ObjCMessageExpr *getOriginExpr() const {
+    return cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(CallEvent::getOriginExpr());
+  }
+  virtual const ObjCMethodDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getMethodDecl();
+  }
+  virtual unsigned getNumArgs() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getNumArgs();
+  }
+  virtual const Expr *getArgExpr(unsigned Index) const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getArg(Index);
+  }
+  virtual bool isVariadic() const {
+    return getDecl()->isVariadic();
+  }
+
+  bool isInstanceMessage() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->isInstanceMessage();
+  }
+  ObjCMethodFamily getMethodFamily() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getMethodFamily();
+  }
+  Selector getSelector() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getSelector();
+  }
+
+  virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the value of the receiver at the time of this call.
+  SVal getReceiverSVal() const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the value of 'self' if available.
+  SVal getSelfSVal() const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the interface for the receiver.
+  ///
+  /// This works whether this is an instance message or a class message.
+  /// However, it currently just uses the static type of the receiver.
+  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getReceiverInterface() const {
+    return getOriginExpr()->getReceiverInterface();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Checks if the receiver refers to 'self' or 'super'.
+  bool isReceiverSelfOrSuper() const;
+
+  /// Returns how the message was written in the source (property access,
+  /// subscript, or explicit message send).
+  ObjCMessageKind getMessageKind() const;
+
+  /// Returns true if this property access or subscript is a setter (has the
+  /// form of an assignment).
+  bool isSetter() const {
+    switch (getMessageKind()) {
+    case OCM_Message:
+      llvm_unreachable("This is not a pseudo-object access!");
+    case OCM_PropertyAccess:
+      return getNumArgs() > 0;
+    case OCM_Subscript:
+      return getNumArgs() > 1;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("Unknown message kind");
+  }
+
+  virtual RuntimeDefinition getRuntimeDefinition() const;
+
+  virtual void getInitialStackFrameContents(const StackFrameContext *CalleeCtx,
+                                            BindingsTy &Bindings) const;
+
+  virtual param_iterator param_begin() const;
+  virtual param_iterator param_end() const;
+
+  virtual Kind getKind() const { return CE_ObjCMessage; }
+
+  static bool classof(const CallEvent *CA) {
+    return CA->getKind() == CE_ObjCMessage;
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Manages the lifetime of CallEvent objects.
+///
+/// CallEventManager provides a way to create arbitrary CallEvents "on the
+/// stack" as if they were value objects by keeping a cache of CallEvent-sized
+/// memory blocks. The CallEvents created by CallEventManager are only valid
+/// for the lifetime of the OwnedCallEvent that holds them; right now these
+/// objects cannot be copied and ownership cannot be transferred.
+class CallEventManager {
+  friend class CallEvent;
+
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Alloc;
+  SmallVector<void *, 8> Cache;
+
+  void reclaim(const void *Memory) {
+    Cache.push_back(const_cast<void *>(Memory));
+  }
+
+  /// Returns memory that can be initialized as a CallEvent.
+  void *allocate() {
+    if (Cache.empty())
+      return Alloc.Allocate<FunctionCall>();
+    else
+      return Cache.pop_back_val();
+  }
+
+  template <typename T, typename Arg>
+  T *create(Arg A, ProgramStateRef St, const LocationContext *LCtx) {
+    return new (allocate()) T(A, St, LCtx);
+  }
+
+  template <typename T, typename Arg1, typename Arg2>
+  T *create(Arg1 A1, Arg2 A2, ProgramStateRef St, const LocationContext *LCtx) {
+    return new (allocate()) T(A1, A2, St, LCtx);
+  }
+
+  template <typename T, typename Arg1, typename Arg2, typename Arg3>
+  T *create(Arg1 A1, Arg2 A2, Arg3 A3, ProgramStateRef St,
+            const LocationContext *LCtx) {
+    return new (allocate()) T(A1, A2, A3, St, LCtx);
+  }
+
+  template <typename T, typename Arg1, typename Arg2, typename Arg3,
+            typename Arg4>
+  T *create(Arg1 A1, Arg2 A2, Arg3 A3, Arg4 A4, ProgramStateRef St,
+            const LocationContext *LCtx) {
+    return new (allocate()) T(A1, A2, A3, A4, St, LCtx);
+  }
+
+public:
+  CallEventManager(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &alloc) : Alloc(alloc) {}
+
+
+  CallEventRef<>
+  getCaller(const StackFrameContext *CalleeCtx, ProgramStateRef State);
+
+
+  CallEventRef<>
+  getSimpleCall(const CallExpr *E, ProgramStateRef State,
+                const LocationContext *LCtx);
+
+  CallEventRef<ObjCMethodCall>
+  getObjCMethodCall(const ObjCMessageExpr *E, ProgramStateRef State,
+                    const LocationContext *LCtx) {
+    return create<ObjCMethodCall>(E, State, LCtx);
+  }
+
+  CallEventRef<CXXConstructorCall>
+  getCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructExpr *E, const MemRegion *Target,
+                        ProgramStateRef State, const LocationContext *LCtx) {
+    return create<CXXConstructorCall>(E, Target, State, LCtx);
+  }
+
+  CallEventRef<CXXDestructorCall>
+  getCXXDestructorCall(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD, const Stmt *Trigger,
+                       const MemRegion *Target, bool IsBase,
+                       ProgramStateRef State, const LocationContext *LCtx) {
+    return create<CXXDestructorCall>(DD, Trigger, Target, IsBase, State, LCtx);
+  }
+
+  CallEventRef<CXXAllocatorCall>
+  getCXXAllocatorCall(const CXXNewExpr *E, ProgramStateRef State,
+                      const LocationContext *LCtx) {
+    return create<CXXAllocatorCall>(E, State, LCtx);
+  }
+};
+
+
+template <typename T>
+CallEventRef<T> CallEvent::cloneWithState(ProgramStateRef NewState) const {
+  assert(isa<T>(*this) && "Cloning to unrelated type");
+  assert(sizeof(T) == sizeof(CallEvent) && "Subclasses may not add fields");
+
+  if (NewState == State)
+    return cast<T>(this);
+
+  CallEventManager &Mgr = State->getStateManager().getCallEventManager();
+  T *Copy = static_cast<T *>(Mgr.allocate());
+  cloneTo(Copy);
+  assert(Copy->getKind() == this->getKind() && "Bad copy");
+
+  Copy->State = NewState;
+  return Copy;
+}
+
+inline void CallEvent::Release() const {
+  assert(RefCount > 0 && "Reference count is already zero.");
+  --RefCount;
+
+  if (RefCount > 0)
+    return;
+
+  CallEventManager &Mgr = State->getStateManager().getCallEventManager();
+  Mgr.reclaim(this);
+
+  this->~CallEvent();
+}
+
+} // end namespace ento
+} // end namespace clang
+
+namespace llvm {
+  // Support isa<>, cast<>, and dyn_cast<> for CallEventRef.
+  template<class T> struct simplify_type< clang::ento::CallEventRef<T> > {
+    typedef const T *SimpleType;
+
+    static SimpleType
+    getSimplifiedValue(clang::ento::CallEventRef<T> Val) {
+      return Val.getPtr();
+    }
+  };
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CheckerContext.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CheckerContext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cda1366
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CheckerContext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+//== CheckerContext.h - Context info for path-sensitive checkers--*- C++ -*--=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines CheckerContext that provides contextual info for
+// path-sensitive checkers.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SA_CORE_PATHSENSITIVE_CHECKERCONTEXT
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SA_CORE_PATHSENSITIVE_CHECKERCONTEXT
+
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ExprEngine.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramStateTrait.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+  /// Declares an immutable map of type \p NameTy, suitable for placement into
+  /// the ProgramState. This is implementing using llvm::ImmutableMap.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// State = State->set<Name>(K, V);
+  /// const Value *V = State->get<Name>(K); // Returns NULL if not in the map.
+  /// State = State->remove<Name>(K);
+  /// NameTy Map = State->get<Name>();
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// The macro should not be used inside namespaces, or for traits that must
+  /// be accessible from more than one translation unit.
+  #define REGISTER_MAP_WITH_PROGRAMSTATE(Name, Key, Value) \
+    REGISTER_TRAIT_WITH_PROGRAMSTATE(Name, \
+                                     CLANG_ENTO_PROGRAMSTATE_MAP(Key, Value))
+
+  /// Declares an immutable set of type \p NameTy, suitable for placement into
+  /// the ProgramState. This is implementing using llvm::ImmutableSet.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// State = State->add<Name>(E);
+  /// State = State->remove<Name>(E);
+  /// bool Present = State->contains<Name>(E);
+  /// NameTy Set = State->get<Name>();
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// The macro should not be used inside namespaces, or for traits that must
+  /// be accessible from more than one translation unit.
+  #define REGISTER_SET_WITH_PROGRAMSTATE(Name, Elem) \
+    REGISTER_TRAIT_WITH_PROGRAMSTATE(Name, llvm::ImmutableSet<Elem>)
+  
+  /// Declares an immutable list of type \p NameTy, suitable for placement into
+  /// the ProgramState. This is implementing using llvm::ImmutableList.
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  /// State = State->add<Name>(E); // Adds to the /end/ of the list.
+  /// bool Present = State->contains<Name>(E);
+  /// NameTy List = State->get<Name>();
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// The macro should not be used inside namespaces, or for traits that must
+  /// be accessible from more than one translation unit.
+  #define REGISTER_LIST_WITH_PROGRAMSTATE(Name, Elem) \
+    REGISTER_TRAIT_WITH_PROGRAMSTATE(Name, llvm::ImmutableList<Elem>)
+
+
+class CheckerContext {
+  ExprEngine &Eng;
+  /// The current exploded(symbolic execution) graph node.
+  ExplodedNode *Pred;
+  /// The flag is true if the (state of the execution) has been modified
+  /// by the checker using this context. For example, a new transition has been
+  /// added or a bug report issued.
+  bool Changed;
+  /// The tagged location, which is used to generate all new nodes.
+  const ProgramPoint Location;
+  NodeBuilder &NB;
+
+public:
+  /// If we are post visiting a call, this flag will be set if the
+  /// call was inlined.  In all other cases it will be false.
+  const bool wasInlined;
+  
+  CheckerContext(NodeBuilder &builder,
+                 ExprEngine &eng,
+                 ExplodedNode *pred,
+                 const ProgramPoint &loc,
+                 bool wasInlined = false)
+    : Eng(eng),
+      Pred(pred),
+      Changed(false),
+      Location(loc),
+      NB(builder),
+      wasInlined(wasInlined) {
+    assert(Pred->getState() &&
+           "We should not call the checkers on an empty state.");
+  }
+
+  AnalysisManager &getAnalysisManager() {
+    return Eng.getAnalysisManager();
+  }
+
+  ConstraintManager &getConstraintManager() {
+    return Eng.getConstraintManager();
+  }
+
+  StoreManager &getStoreManager() {
+    return Eng.getStoreManager();
+  }
+
+  const AnalyzerOptions::ConfigTable &getConfig() const {
+    return Eng.getAnalysisManager().options.Config;
+  }
+  
+  /// \brief Returns the previous node in the exploded graph, which includes
+  /// the state of the program before the checker ran. Note, checkers should
+  /// not retain the node in their state since the nodes might get invalidated.
+  ExplodedNode *getPredecessor() { return Pred; }
+  const ProgramStateRef &getState() const { return Pred->getState(); }
+
+  /// \brief Check if the checker changed the state of the execution; ex: added
+  /// a new transition or a bug report.
+  bool isDifferent() { return Changed; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of times the current block has been visited
+  /// along the analyzed path.
+  unsigned blockCount() const {
+    return NB.getContext().blockCount();
+  }
+
+  ASTContext &getASTContext() {
+    return Eng.getContext();
+  }
+
+  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const {
+    return Eng.getContext().getLangOpts();
+  }
+
+  const LocationContext *getLocationContext() const {
+    return Pred->getLocationContext();
+  }
+
+  const StackFrameContext *getStackFrame() const {
+    return Pred->getStackFrame();
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if the current LocationContext has no caller context.
+  bool inTopFrame() const { return getLocationContext()->inTopFrame();  }
+
+  BugReporter &getBugReporter() {
+    return Eng.getBugReporter();
+  }
+  
+  SourceManager &getSourceManager() {
+    return getBugReporter().getSourceManager();
+  }
+
+  SValBuilder &getSValBuilder() {
+    return Eng.getSValBuilder();
+  }
+
+  SymbolManager &getSymbolManager() {
+    return getSValBuilder().getSymbolManager();
+  }
+
+  bool isObjCGCEnabled() const {
+    return Eng.isObjCGCEnabled();
+  }
+
+  ProgramStateManager &getStateManager() {
+    return Eng.getStateManager();
+  }
+
+  AnalysisDeclContext *getCurrentAnalysisDeclContext() const {
+    return Pred->getLocationContext()->getAnalysisDeclContext();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If the given node corresponds to a PostStore program point, retrieve
+  /// the location region as it was uttered in the code.
+  ///
+  /// This utility can be useful for generating extensive diagnostics, for
+  /// example, for finding variables that the given symbol was assigned to.
+  static const MemRegion *getLocationRegionIfPostStore(const ExplodedNode *N) {
+    ProgramPoint L = N->getLocation();
+    if (Optional<PostStore> PSL = L.getAs<PostStore>())
+      return reinterpret_cast<const MemRegion*>(PSL->getLocationValue());
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the value of arbitrary expressions at this point in the path.
+  SVal getSVal(const Stmt *S) const {
+    return getState()->getSVal(S, getLocationContext());
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Generates a new transition in the program state graph
+  /// (ExplodedGraph). Uses the default CheckerContext predecessor node.
+  ///
+  /// @param State The state of the generated node. If not specified, the state
+  ///        will not be changed, but the new node will have the checker's tag.
+  /// @param Tag The tag is used to uniquely identify the creation site. If no
+  ///        tag is specified, a default tag, unique to the given checker,
+  ///        will be used. Tags are used to prevent states generated at
+  ///        different sites from caching out.
+  ExplodedNode *addTransition(ProgramStateRef State = 0,
+                              const ProgramPointTag *Tag = 0) {
+    return addTransitionImpl(State ? State : getState(), false, 0, Tag);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Generates a new transition with the given predecessor.
+  /// Allows checkers to generate a chain of nodes.
+  ///
+  /// @param State The state of the generated node.
+  /// @param Pred The transition will be generated from the specified Pred node
+  ///             to the newly generated node.
+  /// @param Tag The tag to uniquely identify the creation site.
+  ExplodedNode *addTransition(ProgramStateRef State,
+                              ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                              const ProgramPointTag *Tag = 0) {
+    return addTransitionImpl(State, false, Pred, Tag);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Generate a sink node. Generating a sink stops exploration of the
+  /// given path.
+  ExplodedNode *generateSink(ProgramStateRef State = 0,
+                             ExplodedNode *Pred = 0,
+                             const ProgramPointTag *Tag = 0) {
+    return addTransitionImpl(State ? State : getState(), true, Pred, Tag);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Emit the diagnostics report.
+  void emitReport(BugReport *R) {
+    Changed = true;
+    Eng.getBugReporter().emitReport(R);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the declaration of the called function (path-sensitive).
+  const FunctionDecl *getCalleeDecl(const CallExpr *CE) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the name of the called function (path-sensitive).
+  StringRef getCalleeName(const FunctionDecl *FunDecl) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get the identifier of the called function (path-sensitive).
+  const IdentifierInfo *getCalleeIdentifier(const CallExpr *CE) const {
+    const FunctionDecl *FunDecl = getCalleeDecl(CE);
+    if (FunDecl)
+      return FunDecl->getIdentifier();
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the name of the called function (path-sensitive).
+  StringRef getCalleeName(const CallExpr *CE) const {
+    const FunctionDecl *FunDecl = getCalleeDecl(CE);
+    return getCalleeName(FunDecl);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if the callee is an externally-visible function in the
+  /// top-level namespace, such as \c malloc.
+  ///
+  /// If a name is provided, the function must additionally match the given
+  /// name.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this deliberately excludes C++ library functions in the \c std
+  /// namespace, but will include C library functions accessed through the
+  /// \c std namespace. This also does not check if the function is declared
+  /// as 'extern "C"', or if it uses C++ name mangling.
+  static bool isCLibraryFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
+                                 StringRef Name = StringRef());
+
+  /// \brief Depending on wither the location corresponds to a macro, return 
+  /// either the macro name or the token spelling.
+  ///
+  /// This could be useful when checkers' logic depends on whether a function
+  /// is called with a given macro argument. For example:
+  ///   s = socket(AF_INET,..)
+  /// If AF_INET is a macro, the result should be treated as a source of taint.
+  ///
+  /// \sa clang::Lexer::getSpelling(), clang::Lexer::getImmediateMacroName().
+  StringRef getMacroNameOrSpelling(SourceLocation &Loc);
+
+private:
+  ExplodedNode *addTransitionImpl(ProgramStateRef State,
+                                 bool MarkAsSink,
+                                 ExplodedNode *P = 0,
+                                 const ProgramPointTag *Tag = 0) {
+    if (!State || (State == Pred->getState() && !Tag && !MarkAsSink))
+      return Pred;
+
+    Changed = true;
+    const ProgramPoint &LocalLoc = (Tag ? Location.withTag(Tag) : Location);
+    if (!P)
+      P = Pred;
+
+    ExplodedNode *node;
+    if (MarkAsSink)
+      node = NB.generateSink(LocalLoc, State, P);
+    else
+      node = NB.generateNode(LocalLoc, State, P);
+    return node;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CheckerHelpers.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CheckerHelpers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12547e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CheckerHelpers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+//== CheckerHelpers.h - Helper functions for checkers ------------*- C++ -*--=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines CheckerVisitor.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_PATHSENSITIVE_CHECKERHELPERS
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_PATHSENSITIVE_CHECKERHELPERS
+
+#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace ento {
+
+bool containsMacro(const Stmt *S);
+bool containsEnum(const Stmt *S);
+bool containsStaticLocal(const Stmt *S);
+bool containsBuiltinOffsetOf(const Stmt *S);
+template <class T> bool containsStmt(const Stmt *S) {
+  if (isa<T>(S))
+      return true;
+
+  for (Stmt::const_child_range I = S->children(); I; ++I)
+    if (const Stmt *child = *I)
+      if (containsStmt<T>(child))
+        return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ConstraintManager.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ConstraintManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e76ea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ConstraintManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+//== ConstraintManager.h - Constraints on symbolic values.-------*- C++ -*--==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defined the interface to manage constraints on symbolic values.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_CONSTRAINT_MANAGER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_CONSTRAINT_MANAGER_H
+
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SymbolManager.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+class APSInt;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+class SubEngine;
+
+class ConditionTruthVal {
+  Optional<bool> Val;
+public:
+  /// Construct a ConditionTruthVal indicating the constraint is constrained
+  /// to either true or false, depending on the boolean value provided.
+  ConditionTruthVal(bool constraint) : Val(constraint) {}
+
+  /// Construct a ConstraintVal indicating the constraint is underconstrained.
+  ConditionTruthVal() {}
+  
+  /// Return true if the constraint is perfectly constrained to 'true'.
+  bool isConstrainedTrue() const {
+    return Val.hasValue() && Val.getValue();
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if the constraint is perfectly constrained to 'false'.
+  bool isConstrainedFalse() const {
+    return Val.hasValue() && !Val.getValue();
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if the constrained is perfectly constrained.
+  bool isConstrained() const {
+    return Val.hasValue();
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if the constrained is underconstrained and we do not know
+  /// if the constraint is true of value.
+  bool isUnderconstrained() const {
+    return !Val.hasValue();
+  }
+};
+  
+class ConstraintManager {
+public:
+  ConstraintManager() : NotifyAssumeClients(true) {}
+  
+  virtual ~ConstraintManager();
+  virtual ProgramStateRef assume(ProgramStateRef state,
+                                 DefinedSVal Cond,
+                                 bool Assumption) = 0;
+
+  typedef std::pair<ProgramStateRef, ProgramStateRef> ProgramStatePair;
+
+  /// Returns a pair of states (StTrue, StFalse) where the given condition is
+  /// assumed to be true or false, respectively.
+  ProgramStatePair assumeDual(ProgramStateRef State, DefinedSVal Cond) {
+    ProgramStateRef StTrue = assume(State, Cond, true);
+
+    // If StTrue is infeasible, asserting the falseness of Cond is unnecessary
+    // because the existing constraints already establish this.
+    if (!StTrue) {
+#ifndef __OPTIMIZE__
+      // This check is expensive and should be disabled even in Release+Asserts
+      // builds.
+      // FIXME: __OPTIMIZE__ is a GNU extension that Clang implements but MSVC
+      // does not. Is there a good equivalent there?
+      assert(assume(State, Cond, false) && "System is over constrained.");
+#endif
+      return ProgramStatePair((ProgramStateRef)NULL, State);
+    }
+
+    ProgramStateRef StFalse = assume(State, Cond, false);
+    if (!StFalse) {
+      // We are careful to return the original state, /not/ StTrue,
+      // because we want to avoid having callers generate a new node
+      // in the ExplodedGraph.
+      return ProgramStatePair(State, (ProgramStateRef)NULL);
+    }
+
+    return ProgramStatePair(StTrue, StFalse);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief If a symbol is perfectly constrained to a constant, attempt
+  /// to return the concrete value.
+  ///
+  /// Note that a ConstraintManager is not obligated to return a concretized
+  /// value for a symbol, even if it is perfectly constrained.
+  virtual const llvm::APSInt* getSymVal(ProgramStateRef state,
+                                        SymbolRef sym) const {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  virtual ProgramStateRef removeDeadBindings(ProgramStateRef state,
+                                                 SymbolReaper& SymReaper) = 0;
+
+  virtual void print(ProgramStateRef state,
+                     raw_ostream &Out,
+                     const char* nl,
+                     const char *sep) = 0;
+
+  virtual void EndPath(ProgramStateRef state) {}
+  
+  /// Convenience method to query the state to see if a symbol is null or
+  /// not null, or if neither assumption can be made.
+  ConditionTruthVal isNull(ProgramStateRef State, SymbolRef Sym) {
+    SaveAndRestore<bool> DisableNotify(NotifyAssumeClients, false);
+
+    return checkNull(State, Sym);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  /// A flag to indicate that clients should be notified of assumptions.
+  /// By default this is the case, but sometimes this needs to be restricted
+  /// to avoid infinite recursions within the ConstraintManager.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this flag allows the ConstraintManager to be re-entrant,
+  /// but not thread-safe.
+  bool NotifyAssumeClients;
+
+  /// canReasonAbout - Not all ConstraintManagers can accurately reason about
+  ///  all SVal values.  This method returns true if the ConstraintManager can
+  ///  reasonably handle a given SVal value.  This is typically queried by
+  ///  ExprEngine to determine if the value should be replaced with a
+  ///  conjured symbolic value in order to recover some precision.
+  virtual bool canReasonAbout(SVal X) const = 0;
+
+  /// Returns whether or not a symbol is known to be null ("true"), known to be
+  /// non-null ("false"), or may be either ("underconstrained"). 
+  virtual ConditionTruthVal checkNull(ProgramStateRef State, SymbolRef Sym);
+};
+
+ConstraintManager* CreateRangeConstraintManager(ProgramStateManager& statemgr,
+                                                SubEngine *subengine);
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CoreEngine.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CoreEngine.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2e211e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CoreEngine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+//==- CoreEngine.h - Path-Sensitive Dataflow Engine ----------------*- C++ -*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines a generic engine for intraprocedural, path-sensitive,
+//  dataflow analysis via graph reachability.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_COREENGINE
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_COREENGINE
+
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/BlockCounter.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ExplodedGraph.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/FunctionSummary.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/WorkList.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class ProgramPointTag;
+  
+namespace ento {
+
+class NodeBuilder;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// CoreEngine - Implements the core logic of the graph-reachability
+///   analysis. It traverses the CFG and generates the ExplodedGraph.
+///   Program "states" are treated as opaque void pointers.
+///   The template class CoreEngine (which subclasses CoreEngine)
+///   provides the matching component to the engine that knows the actual types
+///   for states.  Note that this engine only dispatches to transfer functions
+///   at the statement and block-level.  The analyses themselves must implement
+///   any transfer function logic and the sub-expression level (if any).
+class CoreEngine {
+  friend struct NodeBuilderContext;
+  friend class NodeBuilder;
+  friend class ExprEngine;
+  friend class CommonNodeBuilder;
+  friend class IndirectGotoNodeBuilder;
+  friend class SwitchNodeBuilder;
+  friend class EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder;
+public:
+  typedef std::vector<std::pair<BlockEdge, const ExplodedNode*> >
+            BlocksExhausted;
+  
+  typedef std::vector<std::pair<const CFGBlock*, const ExplodedNode*> >
+            BlocksAborted;
+
+private:
+
+  SubEngine& SubEng;
+
+  /// G - The simulation graph.  Each node is a (location,state) pair.
+  OwningPtr<ExplodedGraph> G;
+
+  /// WList - A set of queued nodes that need to be processed by the
+  ///  worklist algorithm.  It is up to the implementation of WList to decide
+  ///  the order that nodes are processed.
+  OwningPtr<WorkList> WList;
+
+  /// BCounterFactory - A factory object for created BlockCounter objects.
+  ///   These are used to record for key nodes in the ExplodedGraph the
+  ///   number of times different CFGBlocks have been visited along a path.
+  BlockCounter::Factory BCounterFactory;
+
+  /// The locations where we stopped doing work because we visited a location
+  ///  too many times.
+  BlocksExhausted blocksExhausted;
+  
+  /// The locations where we stopped because the engine aborted analysis,
+  /// usually because it could not reason about something.
+  BlocksAborted blocksAborted;
+
+  /// The information about functions shared by the whole translation unit.
+  /// (This data is owned by AnalysisConsumer.)
+  FunctionSummariesTy *FunctionSummaries;
+
+  void generateNode(const ProgramPoint &Loc,
+                    ProgramStateRef State,
+                    ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  void HandleBlockEdge(const BlockEdge &E, ExplodedNode *Pred);
+  void HandleBlockEntrance(const BlockEntrance &E, ExplodedNode *Pred);
+  void HandleBlockExit(const CFGBlock *B, ExplodedNode *Pred);
+  void HandlePostStmt(const CFGBlock *B, unsigned StmtIdx, ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  void HandleBranch(const Stmt *Cond, const Stmt *Term, const CFGBlock *B,
+                    ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  /// Handle conditional logic for running static initializers.
+  void HandleStaticInit(const DeclStmt *DS, const CFGBlock *B,
+                        ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+private:
+  CoreEngine(const CoreEngine &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const CoreEngine &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  ExplodedNode *generateCallExitBeginNode(ExplodedNode *N);
+
+public:
+  /// Construct a CoreEngine object to analyze the provided CFG.
+  CoreEngine(SubEngine& subengine,
+             FunctionSummariesTy *FS)
+    : SubEng(subengine), G(new ExplodedGraph()),
+      WList(WorkList::makeDFS()),
+      BCounterFactory(G->getAllocator()),
+      FunctionSummaries(FS){}
+
+  /// getGraph - Returns the exploded graph.
+  ExplodedGraph& getGraph() { return *G.get(); }
+
+  /// takeGraph - Returns the exploded graph.  Ownership of the graph is
+  ///  transferred to the caller.
+  ExplodedGraph* takeGraph() { return G.take(); }
+
+  /// ExecuteWorkList - Run the worklist algorithm for a maximum number of
+  ///  steps.  Returns true if there is still simulation state on the worklist.
+  bool ExecuteWorkList(const LocationContext *L, unsigned Steps,
+                       ProgramStateRef InitState);
+  /// Returns true if there is still simulation state on the worklist.
+  bool ExecuteWorkListWithInitialState(const LocationContext *L,
+                                       unsigned Steps,
+                                       ProgramStateRef InitState, 
+                                       ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// Dispatch the work list item based on the given location information.
+  /// Use Pred parameter as the predecessor state.
+  void dispatchWorkItem(ExplodedNode* Pred, ProgramPoint Loc,
+                        const WorkListUnit& WU);
+
+  // Functions for external checking of whether we have unfinished work
+  bool wasBlockAborted() const { return !blocksAborted.empty(); }
+  bool wasBlocksExhausted() const { return !blocksExhausted.empty(); }
+  bool hasWorkRemaining() const { return wasBlocksExhausted() || 
+                                         WList->hasWork() || 
+                                         wasBlockAborted(); }
+
+  /// Inform the CoreEngine that a basic block was aborted because
+  /// it could not be completely analyzed.
+  void addAbortedBlock(const ExplodedNode *node, const CFGBlock *block) {
+    blocksAborted.push_back(std::make_pair(block, node));
+  }
+  
+  WorkList *getWorkList() const { return WList.get(); }
+
+  BlocksExhausted::const_iterator blocks_exhausted_begin() const {
+    return blocksExhausted.begin();
+  }
+  BlocksExhausted::const_iterator blocks_exhausted_end() const {
+    return blocksExhausted.end();
+  }
+  BlocksAborted::const_iterator blocks_aborted_begin() const {
+    return blocksAborted.begin();
+  }
+  BlocksAborted::const_iterator blocks_aborted_end() const {
+    return blocksAborted.end();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Enqueue the given set of nodes onto the work list.
+  void enqueue(ExplodedNodeSet &Set);
+
+  /// \brief Enqueue nodes that were created as a result of processing
+  /// a statement onto the work list.
+  void enqueue(ExplodedNodeSet &Set, const CFGBlock *Block, unsigned Idx);
+
+  /// \brief enqueue the nodes corresponding to the end of function onto the
+  /// end of path / work list.
+  void enqueueEndOfFunction(ExplodedNodeSet &Set);
+
+  /// \brief Enqueue a single node created as a result of statement processing.
+  void enqueueStmtNode(ExplodedNode *N, const CFGBlock *Block, unsigned Idx);
+};
+
+// TODO: Turn into a calss.
+struct NodeBuilderContext {
+  const CoreEngine &Eng;
+  const CFGBlock *Block;
+  const LocationContext *LC;
+  NodeBuilderContext(const CoreEngine &E, const CFGBlock *B, ExplodedNode *N)
+    : Eng(E), Block(B), LC(N->getLocationContext()) { assert(B); }
+
+  /// \brief Return the CFGBlock associated with this builder.
+  const CFGBlock *getBlock() const { return Block; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the number of times the current basic block has been
+  /// visited on the exploded graph path.
+  unsigned blockCount() const {
+    return Eng.WList->getBlockCounter().getNumVisited(
+                    LC->getCurrentStackFrame(),
+                    Block->getBlockID());
+  }
+};
+
+/// \class NodeBuilder
+/// \brief This is the simplest builder which generates nodes in the
+/// ExplodedGraph.
+///
+/// The main benefit of the builder is that it automatically tracks the
+/// frontier nodes (or destination set). This is the set of nodes which should
+/// be propagated to the next step / builder. They are the nodes which have been
+/// added to the builder (either as the input node set or as the newly
+/// constructed nodes) but did not have any outgoing transitions added.
+class NodeBuilder {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  const NodeBuilderContext &C;
+
+  /// Specifies if the builder results have been finalized. For example, if it
+  /// is set to false, autotransitions are yet to be generated.
+  bool Finalized;
+  bool HasGeneratedNodes;
+  /// \brief The frontier set - a set of nodes which need to be propagated after
+  /// the builder dies.
+  ExplodedNodeSet &Frontier;
+
+  /// Checkes if the results are ready.
+  virtual bool checkResults() {
+    if (!Finalized)
+      return false;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  bool hasNoSinksInFrontier() {
+    for (iterator I = Frontier.begin(), E = Frontier.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+      if ((*I)->isSink())
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// Allow subclasses to finalize results before result_begin() is executed.
+  virtual void finalizeResults() {}
+  
+  ExplodedNode *generateNodeImpl(const ProgramPoint &PP,
+                                 ProgramStateRef State,
+                                 ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                 bool MarkAsSink = false);
+
+public:
+  NodeBuilder(ExplodedNode *SrcNode, ExplodedNodeSet &DstSet,
+              const NodeBuilderContext &Ctx, bool F = true)
+    : C(Ctx), Finalized(F), HasGeneratedNodes(false), Frontier(DstSet) {
+    Frontier.Add(SrcNode);
+  }
+
+  NodeBuilder(const ExplodedNodeSet &SrcSet, ExplodedNodeSet &DstSet,
+              const NodeBuilderContext &Ctx, bool F = true)
+    : C(Ctx), Finalized(F), HasGeneratedNodes(false), Frontier(DstSet) {
+    Frontier.insert(SrcSet);
+    assert(hasNoSinksInFrontier());
+  }
+
+  virtual ~NodeBuilder() {}
+
+  /// \brief Generates a node in the ExplodedGraph.
+  ExplodedNode *generateNode(const ProgramPoint &PP,
+                             ProgramStateRef State,
+                             ExplodedNode *Pred) {
+    return generateNodeImpl(PP, State, Pred, false);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Generates a sink in the ExplodedGraph.
+  ///
+  /// When a node is marked as sink, the exploration from the node is stopped -
+  /// the node becomes the last node on the path and certain kinds of bugs are
+  /// suppressed.
+  ExplodedNode *generateSink(const ProgramPoint &PP,
+                             ProgramStateRef State,
+                             ExplodedNode *Pred) {
+    return generateNodeImpl(PP, State, Pred, true);
+  }
+
+  const ExplodedNodeSet &getResults() {
+    finalizeResults();
+    assert(checkResults());
+    return Frontier;
+  }
+
+  typedef ExplodedNodeSet::iterator iterator;
+  /// \brief Iterators through the results frontier.
+  inline iterator begin() {
+    finalizeResults();
+    assert(checkResults());
+    return Frontier.begin();
+  }
+  inline iterator end() {
+    finalizeResults();
+    return Frontier.end();
+  }
+
+  const NodeBuilderContext &getContext() { return C; }
+  bool hasGeneratedNodes() { return HasGeneratedNodes; }
+
+  void takeNodes(const ExplodedNodeSet &S) {
+    for (ExplodedNodeSet::iterator I = S.begin(), E = S.end(); I != E; ++I )
+      Frontier.erase(*I);
+  }
+  void takeNodes(ExplodedNode *N) { Frontier.erase(N); }
+  void addNodes(const ExplodedNodeSet &S) { Frontier.insert(S); }
+  void addNodes(ExplodedNode *N) { Frontier.Add(N); }
+};
+
+/// \class NodeBuilderWithSinks
+/// \brief This node builder keeps track of the generated sink nodes.
+class NodeBuilderWithSinks: public NodeBuilder {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  SmallVector<ExplodedNode*, 2> sinksGenerated;
+  ProgramPoint &Location;
+
+public:
+  NodeBuilderWithSinks(ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &DstSet,
+                       const NodeBuilderContext &Ctx, ProgramPoint &L)
+    : NodeBuilder(Pred, DstSet, Ctx), Location(L) {}
+
+  ExplodedNode *generateNode(ProgramStateRef State,
+                             ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                             const ProgramPointTag *Tag = 0) {
+    const ProgramPoint &LocalLoc = (Tag ? Location.withTag(Tag) : Location);
+    return NodeBuilder::generateNode(LocalLoc, State, Pred);
+  }
+
+  ExplodedNode *generateSink(ProgramStateRef State, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                             const ProgramPointTag *Tag = 0) {
+    const ProgramPoint &LocalLoc = (Tag ? Location.withTag(Tag) : Location);
+    ExplodedNode *N = NodeBuilder::generateSink(LocalLoc, State, Pred);
+    if (N && N->isSink())
+      sinksGenerated.push_back(N);
+    return N;
+  }
+
+  const SmallVectorImpl<ExplodedNode*> &getSinks() const {
+    return sinksGenerated;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \class StmtNodeBuilder
+/// \brief This builder class is useful for generating nodes that resulted from
+/// visiting a statement. The main difference from its parent NodeBuilder is
+/// that it creates a statement specific ProgramPoint.
+class StmtNodeBuilder: public NodeBuilder {
+  NodeBuilder *EnclosingBldr;
+public:
+
+  /// \brief Constructs a StmtNodeBuilder. If the builder is going to process
+  /// nodes currently owned by another builder(with larger scope), use
+  /// Enclosing builder to transfer ownership.
+  StmtNodeBuilder(ExplodedNode *SrcNode, ExplodedNodeSet &DstSet,
+                      const NodeBuilderContext &Ctx, NodeBuilder *Enclosing = 0)
+    : NodeBuilder(SrcNode, DstSet, Ctx), EnclosingBldr(Enclosing) {
+    if (EnclosingBldr)
+      EnclosingBldr->takeNodes(SrcNode);
+  }
+
+  StmtNodeBuilder(ExplodedNodeSet &SrcSet, ExplodedNodeSet &DstSet,
+                      const NodeBuilderContext &Ctx, NodeBuilder *Enclosing = 0)
+    : NodeBuilder(SrcSet, DstSet, Ctx), EnclosingBldr(Enclosing) {
+    if (EnclosingBldr)
+      for (ExplodedNodeSet::iterator I = SrcSet.begin(),
+                                     E = SrcSet.end(); I != E; ++I )
+        EnclosingBldr->takeNodes(*I);
+  }
+
+  virtual ~StmtNodeBuilder();
+
+  using NodeBuilder::generateNode;
+  using NodeBuilder::generateSink;
+
+  ExplodedNode *generateNode(const Stmt *S,
+                             ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                             ProgramStateRef St,
+                             const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0,
+                             ProgramPoint::Kind K = ProgramPoint::PostStmtKind){
+    const ProgramPoint &L = ProgramPoint::getProgramPoint(S, K,
+                                  Pred->getLocationContext(), tag);
+    return NodeBuilder::generateNode(L, St, Pred);
+  }
+
+  ExplodedNode *generateSink(const Stmt *S,
+                             ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                             ProgramStateRef St,
+                             const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0,
+                             ProgramPoint::Kind K = ProgramPoint::PostStmtKind){
+    const ProgramPoint &L = ProgramPoint::getProgramPoint(S, K,
+                                  Pred->getLocationContext(), tag);
+    return NodeBuilder::generateSink(L, St, Pred);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief BranchNodeBuilder is responsible for constructing the nodes
+/// corresponding to the two branches of the if statement - true and false.
+class BranchNodeBuilder: public NodeBuilder {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  const CFGBlock *DstT;
+  const CFGBlock *DstF;
+
+  bool InFeasibleTrue;
+  bool InFeasibleFalse;
+
+public:
+  BranchNodeBuilder(ExplodedNode *SrcNode, ExplodedNodeSet &DstSet,
+                    const NodeBuilderContext &C,
+                    const CFGBlock *dstT, const CFGBlock *dstF)
+  : NodeBuilder(SrcNode, DstSet, C), DstT(dstT), DstF(dstF),
+    InFeasibleTrue(!DstT), InFeasibleFalse(!DstF) {
+    // The branch node builder does not generate autotransitions.
+    // If there are no successors it means that both branches are infeasible.
+    takeNodes(SrcNode);
+  }
+
+  BranchNodeBuilder(const ExplodedNodeSet &SrcSet, ExplodedNodeSet &DstSet,
+                    const NodeBuilderContext &C,
+                    const CFGBlock *dstT, const CFGBlock *dstF)
+  : NodeBuilder(SrcSet, DstSet, C), DstT(dstT), DstF(dstF),
+    InFeasibleTrue(!DstT), InFeasibleFalse(!DstF) {
+    takeNodes(SrcSet);
+  }
+
+  ExplodedNode *generateNode(ProgramStateRef State, bool branch,
+                             ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  const CFGBlock *getTargetBlock(bool branch) const {
+    return branch ? DstT : DstF;
+  }
+
+  void markInfeasible(bool branch) {
+    if (branch)
+      InFeasibleTrue = true;
+    else
+      InFeasibleFalse = true;
+  }
+
+  bool isFeasible(bool branch) {
+    return branch ? !InFeasibleTrue : !InFeasibleFalse;
+  }
+};
+
+class IndirectGotoNodeBuilder {
+  CoreEngine& Eng;
+  const CFGBlock *Src;
+  const CFGBlock &DispatchBlock;
+  const Expr *E;
+  ExplodedNode *Pred;
+
+public:
+  IndirectGotoNodeBuilder(ExplodedNode *pred, const CFGBlock *src, 
+                    const Expr *e, const CFGBlock *dispatch, CoreEngine* eng)
+    : Eng(*eng), Src(src), DispatchBlock(*dispatch), E(e), Pred(pred) {}
+
+  class iterator {
+    CFGBlock::const_succ_iterator I;
+
+    friend class IndirectGotoNodeBuilder;
+    iterator(CFGBlock::const_succ_iterator i) : I(i) {}
+  public:
+
+    iterator &operator++() { ++I; return *this; }
+    bool operator!=(const iterator &X) const { return I != X.I; }
+
+    const LabelDecl *getLabel() const {
+      return cast<LabelStmt>((*I)->getLabel())->getDecl();
+    }
+
+    const CFGBlock *getBlock() const {
+      return *I;
+    }
+  };
+
+  iterator begin() { return iterator(DispatchBlock.succ_begin()); }
+  iterator end() { return iterator(DispatchBlock.succ_end()); }
+
+  ExplodedNode *generateNode(const iterator &I,
+                             ProgramStateRef State,
+                             bool isSink = false);
+
+  const Expr *getTarget() const { return E; }
+
+  ProgramStateRef getState() const { return Pred->State; }
+  
+  const LocationContext *getLocationContext() const {
+    return Pred->getLocationContext();
+  }
+};
+
+class SwitchNodeBuilder {
+  CoreEngine& Eng;
+  const CFGBlock *Src;
+  const Expr *Condition;
+  ExplodedNode *Pred;
+
+public:
+  SwitchNodeBuilder(ExplodedNode *pred, const CFGBlock *src,
+                    const Expr *condition, CoreEngine* eng)
+  : Eng(*eng), Src(src), Condition(condition), Pred(pred) {}
+
+  class iterator {
+    CFGBlock::const_succ_reverse_iterator I;
+
+    friend class SwitchNodeBuilder;
+    iterator(CFGBlock::const_succ_reverse_iterator i) : I(i) {}
+
+  public:
+    iterator &operator++() { ++I; return *this; }
+    bool operator!=(const iterator &X) const { return I != X.I; }
+    bool operator==(const iterator &X) const { return I == X.I; }
+
+    const CaseStmt *getCase() const {
+      return cast<CaseStmt>((*I)->getLabel());
+    }
+
+    const CFGBlock *getBlock() const {
+      return *I;
+    }
+  };
+
+  iterator begin() { return iterator(Src->succ_rbegin()+1); }
+  iterator end() { return iterator(Src->succ_rend()); }
+
+  const SwitchStmt *getSwitch() const {
+    return cast<SwitchStmt>(Src->getTerminator());
+  }
+
+  ExplodedNode *generateCaseStmtNode(const iterator &I,
+                                     ProgramStateRef State);
+
+  ExplodedNode *generateDefaultCaseNode(ProgramStateRef State,
+                                        bool isSink = false);
+
+  const Expr *getCondition() const { return Condition; }
+
+  ProgramStateRef getState() const { return Pred->State; }
+  
+  const LocationContext *getLocationContext() const {
+    return Pred->getLocationContext();
+  }
+};
+
+} // end ento namespace
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/DynamicTypeInfo.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/DynamicTypeInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ac97db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/DynamicTypeInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+//== DynamicTypeInfo.h - Runtime type information ----------------*- C++ -*--=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SA_CORE_DYNAMICTYPEINFO_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SA_CORE_DYNAMICTYPEINFO_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+/// \brief Stores the currently inferred strictest bound on the runtime type
+/// of a region in a given state along the analysis path.
+class DynamicTypeInfo {
+private:
+  QualType T;
+  bool CanBeASubClass;
+
+public:
+
+  DynamicTypeInfo() : T(QualType()) {}
+  DynamicTypeInfo(QualType WithType, bool CanBeSub = true)
+    : T(WithType), CanBeASubClass(CanBeSub) {}
+
+  /// \brief Return false if no dynamic type info is available.
+  bool isValid() const { return !T.isNull(); }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the currently inferred upper bound on the runtime type.
+  QualType getType() const { return T; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns false if the type information is precise (the type T is
+  /// the only type in the lattice), true otherwise.
+  bool canBeASubClass() const { return CanBeASubClass; }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    ID.Add(T);
+    ID.AddInteger((unsigned)CanBeASubClass);
+  }
+  bool operator==(const DynamicTypeInfo &X) const {
+    return T == X.T && CanBeASubClass == X.CanBeASubClass;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end ento
+} // end clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/Environment.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/Environment.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3a582d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/Environment.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+//== Environment.h - Map from Stmt* to Locations/Values ---------*- C++ -*--==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defined the Environment and EnvironmentManager classes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_ENVIRONMENT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_ENVIRONMENT_H
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableMap.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class LiveVariables;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class EnvironmentManager;
+class SValBuilder;
+
+/// An entry in the environment consists of a Stmt and an LocationContext.
+/// This allows the environment to manage context-sensitive bindings,
+/// which is essentially for modeling recursive function analysis, among
+/// other things.
+class EnvironmentEntry : public std::pair<const Stmt*,
+                                          const StackFrameContext *> {
+public:
+  EnvironmentEntry(const Stmt *s, const LocationContext *L);
+
+  const Stmt *getStmt() const { return first; }
+  const LocationContext *getLocationContext() const { return second; }
+  
+  /// Profile an EnvironmentEntry for inclusion in a FoldingSet.
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      const EnvironmentEntry &E) {
+    ID.AddPointer(E.getStmt());
+    ID.AddPointer(E.getLocationContext());
+  }
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+    Profile(ID, *this);
+  }
+};
+
+/// An immutable map from EnvironemntEntries to SVals.
+class Environment {
+private:
+  friend class EnvironmentManager;
+
+  // Type definitions.
+  typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<EnvironmentEntry, SVal> BindingsTy;
+
+  // Data.
+  BindingsTy ExprBindings;
+
+  Environment(BindingsTy eb)
+    : ExprBindings(eb) {}
+
+  SVal lookupExpr(const EnvironmentEntry &E) const;
+
+public:
+  typedef BindingsTy::iterator iterator;
+  iterator begin() const { return ExprBindings.begin(); }
+  iterator end() const { return ExprBindings.end(); }
+
+  /// Fetches the current binding of the expression in the
+  /// Environment.
+  SVal getSVal(const EnvironmentEntry &E, SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const;
+
+  /// Profile - Profile the contents of an Environment object for use
+  ///  in a FoldingSet.
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const Environment* env) {
+    env->ExprBindings.Profile(ID);
+  }
+
+  /// Profile - Used to profile the contents of this object for inclusion
+  ///  in a FoldingSet.
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
+    Profile(ID, this);
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const Environment& RHS) const {
+    return ExprBindings == RHS.ExprBindings;
+  }
+  
+  void print(raw_ostream &Out, const char *NL, const char *Sep) const;
+  
+private:
+  void printAux(raw_ostream &Out, bool printLocations,
+                const char *NL, const char *Sep) const;
+};
+
+class EnvironmentManager {
+private:
+  typedef Environment::BindingsTy::Factory FactoryTy;
+  FactoryTy F;
+
+public:
+  EnvironmentManager(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& Allocator) : F(Allocator) {}
+  ~EnvironmentManager() {}
+
+  Environment getInitialEnvironment() {
+    return Environment(F.getEmptyMap());
+  }
+
+  /// Bind a symbolic value to the given environment entry.
+  Environment bindExpr(Environment Env, const EnvironmentEntry &E, SVal V,
+                       bool Invalidate);
+
+  Environment removeDeadBindings(Environment Env,
+                                 SymbolReaper &SymReaper,
+                                 ProgramStateRef state);
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ExplodedGraph.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ExplodedGraph.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5211916
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ExplodedGraph.h
@@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
+//=-- ExplodedGraph.h - Local, Path-Sens. "Exploded Graph" -*- C++ -*-------==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines the template classes ExplodedNode and ExplodedGraph,
+//  which represent a path-sensitive, intra-procedural "exploded graph."
+//  See "Precise interprocedural dataflow analysis via graph reachability"
+//  by Reps, Horwitz, and Sagiv
+//  (http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=199462) for the definition of an
+//  exploded graph.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_EXPLODEDGRAPH
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_EXPLODEDGRAPH
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/Support/BumpVector.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CFG;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class ExplodedGraph;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// ExplodedGraph "implementation" classes.  These classes are not typed to
+// contain a specific kind of state.  Typed-specialized versions are defined
+// on top of these classes.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// ExplodedNode is not constified all over the engine because we need to add
+// successors to it at any time after creating it.
+
+class ExplodedNode : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  friend class ExplodedGraph;
+  friend class CoreEngine;
+  friend class NodeBuilder;
+  friend class BranchNodeBuilder;
+  friend class IndirectGotoNodeBuilder;
+  friend class SwitchNodeBuilder;
+  friend class EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder;
+
+  /// Efficiently stores a list of ExplodedNodes, or an optional flag.
+  ///
+  /// NodeGroup provides opaque storage for a list of ExplodedNodes, optimizing
+  /// for the case when there is only one node in the group. This is a fairly
+  /// common case in an ExplodedGraph, where most nodes have only one
+  /// predecessor and many have only one successor. It can also be used to
+  /// store a flag rather than a node list, which ExplodedNode uses to mark
+  /// whether a node is a sink. If the flag is set, the group is implicitly
+  /// empty and no nodes may be added.
+  class NodeGroup {
+    // Conceptually a discriminated union. If the low bit is set, the node is
+    // a sink. If the low bit is not set, the pointer refers to the storage
+    // for the nodes in the group.
+    // This is not a PointerIntPair in order to keep the storage type opaque.
+    uintptr_t P;
+    
+  public:
+    NodeGroup(bool Flag = false) : P(Flag) {
+      assert(getFlag() == Flag);
+    }
+
+    ExplodedNode * const *begin() const;
+
+    ExplodedNode * const *end() const;
+
+    unsigned size() const;
+
+    bool empty() const { return P == 0 || getFlag() != 0; }
+
+    /// Adds a node to the list.
+    ///
+    /// The group must not have been created with its flag set.
+    void addNode(ExplodedNode *N, ExplodedGraph &G);
+
+    /// Replaces the single node in this group with a new node.
+    ///
+    /// Note that this should only be used when you know the group was not
+    /// created with its flag set, and that the group is empty or contains
+    /// only a single node.
+    void replaceNode(ExplodedNode *node);
+
+    /// Returns whether this group was created with its flag set.
+    bool getFlag() const {
+      return (P & 1);
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// Location - The program location (within a function body) associated
+  ///  with this node.
+  const ProgramPoint Location;
+
+  /// State - The state associated with this node.
+  ProgramStateRef State;
+
+  /// Preds - The predecessors of this node.
+  NodeGroup Preds;
+
+  /// Succs - The successors of this node.
+  NodeGroup Succs;
+
+public:
+
+  explicit ExplodedNode(const ProgramPoint &loc, ProgramStateRef state,
+                        bool IsSink)
+    : Location(loc), State(state), Succs(IsSink) {
+    assert(isSink() == IsSink);
+  }
+  
+  ~ExplodedNode() {}
+
+  /// getLocation - Returns the edge associated with the given node.
+  ProgramPoint getLocation() const { return Location; }
+
+  const LocationContext *getLocationContext() const {
+    return getLocation().getLocationContext();
+  }
+
+  const StackFrameContext *getStackFrame() const {
+    return getLocationContext()->getCurrentStackFrame();
+  }
+
+  const Decl &getCodeDecl() const { return *getLocationContext()->getDecl(); }
+
+  CFG &getCFG() const { return *getLocationContext()->getCFG(); }
+
+  ParentMap &getParentMap() const {return getLocationContext()->getParentMap();}
+
+  template <typename T>
+  T &getAnalysis() const {
+    return *getLocationContext()->getAnalysis<T>();
+  }
+
+  const ProgramStateRef &getState() const { return State; }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  Optional<T> getLocationAs() const LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION {
+    return Location.getAs<T>();
+  }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                      const ProgramPoint &Loc,
+                      const ProgramStateRef &state,
+                      bool IsSink) {
+    ID.Add(Loc);
+    ID.AddPointer(state.getPtr());
+    ID.AddBoolean(IsSink);
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
+    // We avoid copy constructors by not using accessors.
+    Profile(ID, Location, State, isSink());
+  }
+
+  /// addPredeccessor - Adds a predecessor to the current node, and
+  ///  in tandem add this node as a successor of the other node.
+  void addPredecessor(ExplodedNode *V, ExplodedGraph &G);
+
+  unsigned succ_size() const { return Succs.size(); }
+  unsigned pred_size() const { return Preds.size(); }
+  bool succ_empty() const { return Succs.empty(); }
+  bool pred_empty() const { return Preds.empty(); }
+
+  bool isSink() const { return Succs.getFlag(); }
+
+   bool hasSinglePred() const {
+    return (pred_size() == 1);
+  }
+
+  ExplodedNode *getFirstPred() {
+    return pred_empty() ? NULL : *(pred_begin());
+  }
+
+  const ExplodedNode *getFirstPred() const {
+    return const_cast<ExplodedNode*>(this)->getFirstPred();
+  }
+
+  // Iterators over successor and predecessor vertices.
+  typedef ExplodedNode*       const *       succ_iterator;
+  typedef const ExplodedNode* const * const_succ_iterator;
+  typedef ExplodedNode*       const *       pred_iterator;
+  typedef const ExplodedNode* const * const_pred_iterator;
+
+  pred_iterator pred_begin() { return Preds.begin(); }
+  pred_iterator pred_end() { return Preds.end(); }
+
+  const_pred_iterator pred_begin() const {
+    return const_cast<ExplodedNode*>(this)->pred_begin();
+  }
+  const_pred_iterator pred_end() const {
+    return const_cast<ExplodedNode*>(this)->pred_end();
+  }
+
+  succ_iterator succ_begin() { return Succs.begin(); }
+  succ_iterator succ_end() { return Succs.end(); }
+
+  const_succ_iterator succ_begin() const {
+    return const_cast<ExplodedNode*>(this)->succ_begin();
+  }
+  const_succ_iterator succ_end() const {
+    return const_cast<ExplodedNode*>(this)->succ_end();
+  }
+
+  // For debugging.
+
+public:
+
+  class Auditor {
+  public:
+    virtual ~Auditor();
+    virtual void AddEdge(ExplodedNode *Src, ExplodedNode *Dst) = 0;
+  };
+
+  static void SetAuditor(Auditor* A);
+  
+private:
+  void replaceSuccessor(ExplodedNode *node) { Succs.replaceNode(node); }
+  void replacePredecessor(ExplodedNode *node) { Preds.replaceNode(node); }
+};
+
+typedef llvm::DenseMap<const ExplodedNode *, const ExplodedNode *>
+        InterExplodedGraphMap;
+
+class ExplodedGraph {
+protected:
+  friend class CoreEngine;
+
+  // Type definitions.
+  typedef std::vector<ExplodedNode *> NodeVector;
+
+  /// The roots of the simulation graph. Usually there will be only
+  /// one, but clients are free to establish multiple subgraphs within a single
+  /// SimulGraph. Moreover, these subgraphs can often merge when paths from
+  /// different roots reach the same state at the same program location.
+  NodeVector Roots;
+
+  /// The nodes in the simulation graph which have been
+  /// specially marked as the endpoint of an abstract simulation path.
+  NodeVector EndNodes;
+
+  /// Nodes - The nodes in the graph.
+  llvm::FoldingSet<ExplodedNode> Nodes;
+
+  /// BVC - Allocator and context for allocating nodes and their predecessor
+  /// and successor groups.
+  BumpVectorContext BVC;
+
+  /// NumNodes - The number of nodes in the graph.
+  unsigned NumNodes;
+  
+  /// A list of recently allocated nodes that can potentially be recycled.
+  NodeVector ChangedNodes;
+  
+  /// A list of nodes that can be reused.
+  NodeVector FreeNodes;
+  
+  /// Determines how often nodes are reclaimed.
+  ///
+  /// If this is 0, nodes will never be reclaimed.
+  unsigned ReclaimNodeInterval;
+  
+  /// Counter to determine when to reclaim nodes.
+  unsigned ReclaimCounter;
+
+public:
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve the node associated with a (Location,State) pair,
+  ///  where the 'Location' is a ProgramPoint in the CFG.  If no node for
+  ///  this pair exists, it is created. IsNew is set to true if
+  ///  the node was freshly created.
+  ExplodedNode *getNode(const ProgramPoint &L, ProgramStateRef State,
+                        bool IsSink = false,
+                        bool* IsNew = 0);
+
+  ExplodedGraph* MakeEmptyGraph() const {
+    return new ExplodedGraph();
+  }
+
+  /// addRoot - Add an untyped node to the set of roots.
+  ExplodedNode *addRoot(ExplodedNode *V) {
+    Roots.push_back(V);
+    return V;
+  }
+
+  /// addEndOfPath - Add an untyped node to the set of EOP nodes.
+  ExplodedNode *addEndOfPath(ExplodedNode *V) {
+    EndNodes.push_back(V);
+    return V;
+  }
+
+  ExplodedGraph();
+
+  ~ExplodedGraph();
+  
+  unsigned num_roots() const { return Roots.size(); }
+  unsigned num_eops() const { return EndNodes.size(); }
+
+  bool empty() const { return NumNodes == 0; }
+  unsigned size() const { return NumNodes; }
+
+  // Iterators.
+  typedef ExplodedNode                        NodeTy;
+  typedef llvm::FoldingSet<ExplodedNode>      AllNodesTy;
+  typedef NodeVector::iterator                roots_iterator;
+  typedef NodeVector::const_iterator          const_roots_iterator;
+  typedef NodeVector::iterator                eop_iterator;
+  typedef NodeVector::const_iterator          const_eop_iterator;
+  typedef AllNodesTy::iterator                node_iterator;
+  typedef AllNodesTy::const_iterator          const_node_iterator;
+
+  node_iterator nodes_begin() { return Nodes.begin(); }
+
+  node_iterator nodes_end() { return Nodes.end(); }
+
+  const_node_iterator nodes_begin() const { return Nodes.begin(); }
+
+  const_node_iterator nodes_end() const { return Nodes.end(); }
+
+  roots_iterator roots_begin() { return Roots.begin(); }
+
+  roots_iterator roots_end() { return Roots.end(); }
+
+  const_roots_iterator roots_begin() const { return Roots.begin(); }
+
+  const_roots_iterator roots_end() const { return Roots.end(); }
+
+  eop_iterator eop_begin() { return EndNodes.begin(); }
+
+  eop_iterator eop_end() { return EndNodes.end(); }
+
+  const_eop_iterator eop_begin() const { return EndNodes.begin(); }
+
+  const_eop_iterator eop_end() const { return EndNodes.end(); }
+
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator & getAllocator() { return BVC.getAllocator(); }
+  BumpVectorContext &getNodeAllocator() { return BVC; }
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const ExplodedNode*, ExplodedNode*> NodeMap;
+
+  /// Creates a trimmed version of the graph that only contains paths leading
+  /// to the given nodes.
+  ///
+  /// \param Nodes The nodes which must appear in the final graph. Presumably
+  ///              these are end-of-path nodes (i.e. they have no successors).
+  /// \param[out] ForwardMap A optional map from nodes in this graph to nodes in
+  ///                        the returned graph.
+  /// \param[out] InverseMap An optional map from nodes in the returned graph to
+  ///                        nodes in this graph.
+  /// \returns The trimmed graph
+  ExplodedGraph *trim(ArrayRef<const NodeTy *> Nodes,
+                      InterExplodedGraphMap *ForwardMap = 0,
+                      InterExplodedGraphMap *InverseMap = 0) const;
+
+  /// Enable tracking of recently allocated nodes for potential reclamation
+  /// when calling reclaimRecentlyAllocatedNodes().
+  void enableNodeReclamation(unsigned Interval) {
+    ReclaimCounter = ReclaimNodeInterval = Interval;
+  }
+
+  /// Reclaim "uninteresting" nodes created since the last time this method
+  /// was called.
+  void reclaimRecentlyAllocatedNodes();
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if nodes for the given expression kind are always
+  ///        kept around.
+  static bool isInterestingLValueExpr(const Expr *Ex);
+
+private:
+  bool shouldCollect(const ExplodedNode *node);
+  void collectNode(ExplodedNode *node);
+};
+
+class ExplodedNodeSet {
+  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<ExplodedNode*,5> ImplTy;
+  ImplTy Impl;
+
+public:
+  ExplodedNodeSet(ExplodedNode *N) {
+    assert (N && !static_cast<ExplodedNode*>(N)->isSink());
+    Impl.insert(N);
+  }
+
+  ExplodedNodeSet() {}
+
+  inline void Add(ExplodedNode *N) {
+    if (N && !static_cast<ExplodedNode*>(N)->isSink()) Impl.insert(N);
+  }
+
+  typedef ImplTy::iterator       iterator;
+  typedef ImplTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
+
+  unsigned size() const { return Impl.size();  }
+  bool empty()    const { return Impl.empty(); }
+  bool erase(ExplodedNode *N) { return Impl.erase(N); }
+
+  void clear() { Impl.clear(); }
+  void insert(const ExplodedNodeSet &S) {
+    assert(&S != this);
+    if (empty())
+      Impl = S.Impl;
+    else
+      Impl.insert(S.begin(), S.end());
+  }
+
+  inline iterator begin() { return Impl.begin(); }
+  inline iterator end()   { return Impl.end();   }
+
+  inline const_iterator begin() const { return Impl.begin(); }
+  inline const_iterator end()   const { return Impl.end();   }
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+// GraphTraits
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template<> struct GraphTraits<clang::ento::ExplodedNode*> {
+    typedef clang::ento::ExplodedNode NodeType;
+    typedef NodeType::succ_iterator  ChildIteratorType;
+    typedef llvm::df_iterator<NodeType*>      nodes_iterator;
+
+    static inline NodeType* getEntryNode(NodeType* N) {
+      return N;
+    }
+
+    static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType* N) {
+      return N->succ_begin();
+    }
+
+    static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType* N) {
+      return N->succ_end();
+    }
+
+    static inline nodes_iterator nodes_begin(NodeType* N) {
+      return df_begin(N);
+    }
+
+    static inline nodes_iterator nodes_end(NodeType* N) {
+      return df_end(N);
+    }
+  };
+
+  template<> struct GraphTraits<const clang::ento::ExplodedNode*> {
+    typedef const clang::ento::ExplodedNode NodeType;
+    typedef NodeType::const_succ_iterator   ChildIteratorType;
+    typedef llvm::df_iterator<NodeType*>       nodes_iterator;
+
+    static inline NodeType* getEntryNode(NodeType* N) {
+      return N;
+    }
+
+    static inline ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeType* N) {
+      return N->succ_begin();
+    }
+
+    static inline ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeType* N) {
+      return N->succ_end();
+    }
+
+    static inline nodes_iterator nodes_begin(NodeType* N) {
+      return df_begin(N);
+    }
+
+    static inline nodes_iterator nodes_end(NodeType* N) {
+      return df_end(N);
+    }
+  };
+
+} // end llvm namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ExprEngine.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ExprEngine.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33e4431
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ExprEngine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+//===-- ExprEngine.h - Path-Sensitive Expression-Level Dataflow ---*- C++ -*-=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines a meta-engine for path-sensitive dataflow analysis that
+//  is built on CoreEngine, but provides the boilerplate to execute transfer
+//  functions and build the ExplodedGraph at the expression level.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_EXPRENGINE
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_EXPRENGINE
+
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/ObjCNoReturn.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/BugReporter.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/AnalysisManager.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/CoreEngine.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramStateTrait.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SubEngine.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class AnalysisDeclContextManager;
+class CXXCatchStmt;
+class CXXConstructExpr;
+class CXXDeleteExpr;
+class CXXNewExpr;
+class CXXTemporaryObjectExpr;
+class CXXThisExpr;
+class MaterializeTemporaryExpr;
+class ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt;
+class ObjCForCollectionStmt;
+  
+namespace ento {
+
+class AnalysisManager;
+class CallEvent;
+class SimpleCall;
+class CXXConstructorCall;
+
+class ExprEngine : public SubEngine {
+public:
+  /// The modes of inlining, which override the default analysis-wide settings.
+  enum InliningModes {
+    /// Follow the default settings for inlining callees.
+    Inline_Regular = 0,
+    /// Do minimal inlining of callees.
+    Inline_Minimal = 0x1
+  };
+
+private:
+  AnalysisManager &AMgr;
+  
+  AnalysisDeclContextManager &AnalysisDeclContexts;
+
+  CoreEngine Engine;
+
+  /// G - the simulation graph.
+  ExplodedGraph& G;
+
+  /// StateMgr - Object that manages the data for all created states.
+  ProgramStateManager StateMgr;
+
+  /// SymMgr - Object that manages the symbol information.
+  SymbolManager& SymMgr;
+
+  /// svalBuilder - SValBuilder object that creates SVals from expressions.
+  SValBuilder &svalBuilder;
+
+  unsigned int currStmtIdx;
+  const NodeBuilderContext *currBldrCtx;
+  
+  /// Helper object to determine if an Objective-C message expression
+  /// implicitly never returns.
+  ObjCNoReturn ObjCNoRet;
+  
+  /// Whether or not GC is enabled in this analysis.
+  bool ObjCGCEnabled;
+
+  /// The BugReporter associated with this engine.  It is important that
+  ///  this object be placed at the very end of member variables so that its
+  ///  destructor is called before the rest of the ExprEngine is destroyed.
+  GRBugReporter BR;
+
+  /// The functions which have been analyzed through inlining. This is owned by
+  /// AnalysisConsumer. It can be null.
+  SetOfConstDecls *VisitedCallees;
+
+  /// The flag, which specifies the mode of inlining for the engine.
+  InliningModes HowToInline;
+
+public:
+  ExprEngine(AnalysisManager &mgr, bool gcEnabled,
+             SetOfConstDecls *VisitedCalleesIn,
+             FunctionSummariesTy *FS,
+             InliningModes HowToInlineIn);
+
+  ~ExprEngine();
+
+  /// Returns true if there is still simulation state on the worklist.
+  bool ExecuteWorkList(const LocationContext *L, unsigned Steps = 150000) {
+    return Engine.ExecuteWorkList(L, Steps, 0);
+  }
+
+  /// Execute the work list with an initial state. Nodes that reaches the exit
+  /// of the function are added into the Dst set, which represent the exit
+  /// state of the function call. Returns true if there is still simulation
+  /// state on the worklist.
+  bool ExecuteWorkListWithInitialState(const LocationContext *L, unsigned Steps,
+                                       ProgramStateRef InitState, 
+                                       ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
+    return Engine.ExecuteWorkListWithInitialState(L, Steps, InitState, Dst);
+  }
+
+  /// getContext - Return the ASTContext associated with this analysis.
+  ASTContext &getContext() const { return AMgr.getASTContext(); }
+
+  virtual AnalysisManager &getAnalysisManager() { return AMgr; }
+
+  CheckerManager &getCheckerManager() const {
+    return *AMgr.getCheckerManager();
+  }
+
+  SValBuilder &getSValBuilder() { return svalBuilder; }
+
+  BugReporter& getBugReporter() { return BR; }
+
+  const NodeBuilderContext &getBuilderContext() {
+    assert(currBldrCtx);
+    return *currBldrCtx;
+  }
+
+  bool isObjCGCEnabled() { return ObjCGCEnabled; }
+
+  const Stmt *getStmt() const;
+
+  void GenerateAutoTransition(ExplodedNode *N);
+  void enqueueEndOfPath(ExplodedNodeSet &S);
+  void GenerateCallExitNode(ExplodedNode *N);
+
+  /// Visualize the ExplodedGraph created by executing the simulation.
+  void ViewGraph(bool trim = false);
+
+  /// Visualize a trimmed ExplodedGraph that only contains paths to the given
+  /// nodes.
+  void ViewGraph(ArrayRef<const ExplodedNode*> Nodes);
+
+  /// getInitialState - Return the initial state used for the root vertex
+  ///  in the ExplodedGraph.
+  ProgramStateRef getInitialState(const LocationContext *InitLoc);
+
+  ExplodedGraph& getGraph() { return G; }
+  const ExplodedGraph& getGraph() const { return G; }
+
+  /// \brief Run the analyzer's garbage collection - remove dead symbols and
+  /// bindings from the state.
+  ///
+  /// Checkers can participate in this process with two callbacks:
+  /// \c checkLiveSymbols and \c checkDeadSymbols. See the CheckerDocumentation
+  /// class for more information.
+  ///
+  /// \param Node The predecessor node, from which the processing should start.
+  /// \param Out The returned set of output nodes.
+  /// \param ReferenceStmt The statement which is about to be processed.
+  ///        Everything needed for this statement should be considered live.
+  ///        A null statement means that everything in child LocationContexts
+  ///        is dead.
+  /// \param LC The location context of the \p ReferenceStmt. A null location
+  ///        context means that we have reached the end of analysis and that
+  ///        all statements and local variables should be considered dead.
+  /// \param DiagnosticStmt Used as a location for any warnings that should
+  ///        occur while removing the dead (e.g. leaks). By default, the
+  ///        \p ReferenceStmt is used.
+  /// \param K Denotes whether this is a pre- or post-statement purge. This
+  ///        must only be ProgramPoint::PostStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind if an
+  ///        entire location context is being cleared, in which case the
+  ///        \p ReferenceStmt must either be a ReturnStmt or \c NULL. Otherwise,
+  ///        it must be ProgramPoint::PreStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind (the default)
+  ///        and \p ReferenceStmt must be valid (non-null).
+  void removeDead(ExplodedNode *Node, ExplodedNodeSet &Out,
+            const Stmt *ReferenceStmt, const LocationContext *LC,
+            const Stmt *DiagnosticStmt = 0,
+            ProgramPoint::Kind K = ProgramPoint::PreStmtPurgeDeadSymbolsKind);
+
+  /// processCFGElement - Called by CoreEngine. Used to generate new successor
+  ///  nodes by processing the 'effects' of a CFG element.
+  void processCFGElement(const CFGElement E, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                         unsigned StmtIdx, NodeBuilderContext *Ctx);
+
+  void ProcessStmt(const CFGStmt S, ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  void ProcessInitializer(const CFGInitializer I, ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  void ProcessImplicitDtor(const CFGImplicitDtor D, ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  void ProcessAutomaticObjDtor(const CFGAutomaticObjDtor D, 
+                               ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+  void ProcessBaseDtor(const CFGBaseDtor D,
+                       ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+  void ProcessMemberDtor(const CFGMemberDtor D,
+                         ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+  void ProcessTemporaryDtor(const CFGTemporaryDtor D, 
+                            ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine when processing the entrance of a CFGBlock.
+  virtual void processCFGBlockEntrance(const BlockEdge &L,
+                                       NodeBuilderWithSinks &nodeBuilder,
+                                       ExplodedNode *Pred);
+  
+  /// ProcessBranch - Called by CoreEngine.  Used to generate successor
+  ///  nodes by processing the 'effects' of a branch condition.
+  void processBranch(const Stmt *Condition, const Stmt *Term, 
+                     NodeBuilderContext& BuilderCtx,
+                     ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                     ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                     const CFGBlock *DstT,
+                     const CFGBlock *DstF);
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine.  Used to processing branching behavior
+  /// at static initalizers.
+  void processStaticInitializer(const DeclStmt *DS,
+                                NodeBuilderContext& BuilderCtx,
+                                ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                                const CFGBlock *DstT,
+                                const CFGBlock *DstF);
+
+  /// processIndirectGoto - Called by CoreEngine.  Used to generate successor
+  ///  nodes by processing the 'effects' of a computed goto jump.
+  void processIndirectGoto(IndirectGotoNodeBuilder& builder);
+
+  /// ProcessSwitch - Called by CoreEngine.  Used to generate successor
+  ///  nodes by processing the 'effects' of a switch statement.
+  void processSwitch(SwitchNodeBuilder& builder);
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine.  Used to generate end-of-path
+  /// nodes when the control reaches the end of a function.
+  void processEndOfFunction(NodeBuilderContext& BC,
+                            ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  /// Remove dead bindings/symbols before exiting a function.
+  void removeDeadOnEndOfFunction(NodeBuilderContext& BC,
+                                 ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                 ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// Generate the entry node of the callee.
+  void processCallEnter(CallEnter CE, ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  /// Generate the sequence of nodes that simulate the call exit and the post
+  /// visit for CallExpr.
+  void processCallExit(ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine when the analysis worklist has terminated.
+  void processEndWorklist(bool hasWorkRemaining);
+
+  /// evalAssume - Callback function invoked by the ConstraintManager when
+  ///  making assumptions about state values.
+  ProgramStateRef processAssume(ProgramStateRef state, SVal cond,bool assumption);
+
+  /// wantsRegionChangeUpdate - Called by ProgramStateManager to determine if a
+  ///  region change should trigger a processRegionChanges update.
+  bool wantsRegionChangeUpdate(ProgramStateRef state);
+
+  /// processRegionChanges - Called by ProgramStateManager whenever a change is made
+  ///  to the store. Used to update checkers that track region values.
+  ProgramStateRef 
+  processRegionChanges(ProgramStateRef state,
+                       const InvalidatedSymbols *invalidated,
+                       ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> ExplicitRegions,
+                       ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> Regions,
+                       const CallEvent *Call);
+
+  /// printState - Called by ProgramStateManager to print checker-specific data.
+  void printState(raw_ostream &Out, ProgramStateRef State,
+                  const char *NL, const char *Sep);
+
+  virtual ProgramStateManager& getStateManager() { return StateMgr; }
+
+  StoreManager& getStoreManager() { return StateMgr.getStoreManager(); }
+
+  ConstraintManager& getConstraintManager() {
+    return StateMgr.getConstraintManager();
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: Remove when we migrate over to just using SValBuilder.
+  BasicValueFactory& getBasicVals() {
+    return StateMgr.getBasicVals();
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: Remove when we migrate over to just using ValueManager.
+  SymbolManager& getSymbolManager() { return SymMgr; }
+  const SymbolManager& getSymbolManager() const { return SymMgr; }
+
+  // Functions for external checking of whether we have unfinished work
+  bool wasBlocksExhausted() const { return Engine.wasBlocksExhausted(); }
+  bool hasEmptyWorkList() const { return !Engine.getWorkList()->hasWork(); }
+  bool hasWorkRemaining() const { return Engine.hasWorkRemaining(); }
+
+  const CoreEngine &getCoreEngine() const { return Engine; }
+
+public:
+  /// Visit - Transfer function logic for all statements.  Dispatches to
+  ///  other functions that handle specific kinds of statements.
+  void Visit(const Stmt *S, ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitArraySubscriptExpr - Transfer function for array accesses.
+  void VisitLvalArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *Ex,
+                                   ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                   ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitGCCAsmStmt - Transfer function logic for inline asm.
+  void VisitGCCAsmStmt(const GCCAsmStmt *A, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                       ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitMSAsmStmt - Transfer function logic for MS inline asm.
+  void VisitMSAsmStmt(const MSAsmStmt *A, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                      ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitBlockExpr - Transfer function logic for BlockExprs.
+  void VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *BE, ExplodedNode *Pred, 
+                      ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitBinaryOperator - Transfer function logic for binary operators.
+  void VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator* B, ExplodedNode *Pred, 
+                           ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+
+  /// VisitCall - Transfer function for function calls.
+  void VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *CE, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                     ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitCast - Transfer function logic for all casts (implicit and explicit).
+  void VisitCast(const CastExpr *CastE, const Expr *Ex, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitCompoundLiteralExpr - Transfer function logic for compound literals.
+  void VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *CL, 
+                                ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// Transfer function logic for DeclRefExprs and BlockDeclRefExprs.
+  void VisitCommonDeclRefExpr(const Expr *DR, const NamedDecl *D,
+                              ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+  
+  /// VisitDeclStmt - Transfer function logic for DeclStmts.
+  void VisitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *DS, ExplodedNode *Pred, 
+                     ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitGuardedExpr - Transfer function logic for ?, __builtin_choose
+  void VisitGuardedExpr(const Expr *Ex, const Expr *L, const Expr *R, 
+                        ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+  
+  void VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                         ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitLogicalExpr - Transfer function logic for '&&', '||'
+  void VisitLogicalExpr(const BinaryOperator* B, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                        ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitMemberExpr - Transfer function for member expressions.
+  void VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *M, ExplodedNode *Pred, 
+                           ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// Transfer function logic for ObjCAtSynchronizedStmts.
+  void VisitObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(const ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt *S,
+                                   ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// Transfer function logic for computing the lvalue of an Objective-C ivar.
+  void VisitLvalObjCIvarRefExpr(const ObjCIvarRefExpr *DR, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitObjCForCollectionStmt - Transfer function logic for
+  ///  ObjCForCollectionStmt.
+  void VisitObjCForCollectionStmt(const ObjCForCollectionStmt *S, 
+                                  ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  void VisitObjCMessage(const ObjCMessageExpr *ME, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                        ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitReturnStmt - Transfer function logic for return statements.
+  void VisitReturnStmt(const ReturnStmt *R, ExplodedNode *Pred, 
+                       ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+  
+  /// VisitOffsetOfExpr - Transfer function for offsetof.
+  void VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *Ex, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                         ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Transfer function for sizeof.
+  void VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *Ex,
+                              ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// VisitUnaryOperator - Transfer function logic for unary operators.
+  void VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator* B, ExplodedNode *Pred, 
+                          ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// Handle ++ and -- (both pre- and post-increment).
+  void VisitIncrementDecrementOperator(const UnaryOperator* U,
+                                       ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                       ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+  
+  void VisitCXXCatchStmt(const CXXCatchStmt *CS, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                         ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  void VisitCXXThisExpr(const CXXThisExpr *TE, ExplodedNode *Pred, 
+                        ExplodedNodeSet & Dst);
+
+  void VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                             ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  void VisitCXXDestructor(QualType ObjectType, const MemRegion *Dest,
+                          const Stmt *S, bool IsBaseDtor,
+                          ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  void VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *CNE, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                       ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *CDE, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                          ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+
+  /// Create a C++ temporary object for an rvalue.
+  void CreateCXXTemporaryObject(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *ME,
+                                ExplodedNode *Pred, 
+                                ExplodedNodeSet &Dst);
+  
+  /// evalEagerlyAssumeBinOpBifurcation - Given the nodes in 'Src', eagerly assume symbolic
+  ///  expressions of the form 'x != 0' and generate new nodes (stored in Dst)
+  ///  with those assumptions.
+  void evalEagerlyAssumeBinOpBifurcation(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst, ExplodedNodeSet &Src, 
+                         const Expr *Ex);
+  
+  std::pair<const ProgramPointTag *, const ProgramPointTag*>
+    geteagerlyAssumeBinOpBifurcationTags();
+
+  SVal evalMinus(SVal X) {
+    return X.isValid() ? svalBuilder.evalMinus(X.castAs<NonLoc>()) : X;
+  }
+
+  SVal evalComplement(SVal X) {
+    return X.isValid() ? svalBuilder.evalComplement(X.castAs<NonLoc>()) : X;
+  }
+
+public:
+
+  SVal evalBinOp(ProgramStateRef state, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                 NonLoc L, NonLoc R, QualType T) {
+    return svalBuilder.evalBinOpNN(state, op, L, R, T);
+  }
+
+  SVal evalBinOp(ProgramStateRef state, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                 NonLoc L, SVal R, QualType T) {
+    return R.isValid() ? svalBuilder.evalBinOpNN(state, op, L,
+                                                 R.castAs<NonLoc>(), T) : R;
+  }
+
+  SVal evalBinOp(ProgramStateRef ST, BinaryOperator::Opcode Op,
+                 SVal LHS, SVal RHS, QualType T) {
+    return svalBuilder.evalBinOp(ST, Op, LHS, RHS, T);
+  }
+  
+protected:
+  /// evalBind - Handle the semantics of binding a value to a specific location.
+  ///  This method is used by evalStore, VisitDeclStmt, and others.
+  void evalBind(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst, const Stmt *StoreE, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                SVal location, SVal Val, bool atDeclInit = false,
+                const ProgramPoint *PP = 0);
+
+  /// Call PointerEscape callback when a value escapes as a result of bind.
+  ProgramStateRef processPointerEscapedOnBind(ProgramStateRef State,
+                                              SVal Loc, SVal Val);
+  /// Call PointerEscape callback when a value escapes as a result of
+  /// region invalidation.
+  /// \param[in] IsConst Specifies that the pointer is const.
+  ProgramStateRef notifyCheckersOfPointerEscape(
+                            ProgramStateRef State,
+                            const InvalidatedSymbols *Invalidated,
+                            ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> ExplicitRegions,
+                            ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> Regions,
+                            const CallEvent *Call,
+                            bool IsConst);
+
+public:
+  // FIXME: 'tag' should be removed, and a LocationContext should be used
+  // instead.
+  // FIXME: Comment on the meaning of the arguments, when 'St' may not
+  // be the same as Pred->state, and when 'location' may not be the
+  // same as state->getLValue(Ex).
+  /// Simulate a read of the result of Ex.
+  void evalLoad(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                const Expr *NodeEx,  /* Eventually will be a CFGStmt */
+                const Expr *BoundExpr,
+                ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                ProgramStateRef St,
+                SVal location,
+                const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0,
+                QualType LoadTy = QualType());
+
+  // FIXME: 'tag' should be removed, and a LocationContext should be used
+  // instead.
+  void evalStore(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst, const Expr *AssignE, const Expr *StoreE,
+                 ExplodedNode *Pred, ProgramStateRef St, SVal TargetLV, SVal Val,
+                 const ProgramPointTag *tag = 0);
+
+  /// \brief Create a new state in which the call return value is binded to the
+  /// call origin expression.
+  ProgramStateRef bindReturnValue(const CallEvent &Call,
+                                  const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                                  ProgramStateRef State);
+
+  /// Evaluate a call, running pre- and post-call checks and allowing checkers
+  /// to be responsible for handling the evaluation of the call itself.
+  void evalCall(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                const CallEvent &Call);
+
+  /// \brief Default implementation of call evaluation.
+  void defaultEvalCall(NodeBuilder &B, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                       const CallEvent &Call);
+private:
+  void evalLoadCommon(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                      const Expr *NodeEx,  /* Eventually will be a CFGStmt */
+                      const Expr *BoundEx,
+                      ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                      ProgramStateRef St,
+                      SVal location,
+                      const ProgramPointTag *tag,
+                      QualType LoadTy);
+
+  // FIXME: 'tag' should be removed, and a LocationContext should be used
+  // instead.
+  void evalLocation(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                    const Stmt *NodeEx, /* This will eventually be a CFGStmt */
+                    const Stmt *BoundEx,
+                    ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                    ProgramStateRef St, SVal location,
+                    const ProgramPointTag *tag, bool isLoad);
+
+  /// Count the stack depth and determine if the call is recursive.
+  void examineStackFrames(const Decl *D, const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                          bool &IsRecursive, unsigned &StackDepth);
+
+  /// Checks our policies and decides weither the given call should be inlined.
+  bool shouldInlineCall(const CallEvent &Call, const Decl *D,
+                        const ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  bool inlineCall(const CallEvent &Call, const Decl *D, NodeBuilder &Bldr,
+                  ExplodedNode *Pred, ProgramStateRef State);
+
+  /// \brief Conservatively evaluate call by invalidating regions and binding
+  /// a conjured return value.
+  void conservativeEvalCall(const CallEvent &Call, NodeBuilder &Bldr,
+                            ExplodedNode *Pred, ProgramStateRef State);
+
+  /// \brief Either inline or process the call conservatively (or both), based
+  /// on DynamicDispatchBifurcation data.
+  void BifurcateCall(const MemRegion *BifurReg,
+                     const CallEvent &Call, const Decl *D, NodeBuilder &Bldr,
+                     ExplodedNode *Pred);
+
+  bool replayWithoutInlining(ExplodedNode *P, const LocationContext *CalleeLC);
+
+  /// Models a trivial copy or move constructor or trivial assignment operator
+  /// call with a simple bind.
+  void performTrivialCopy(NodeBuilder &Bldr, ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                          const CallEvent &Call);
+
+  /// If the value of the given expression is a NonLoc, copy it into a new
+  /// temporary object region, and replace the value of the expression with
+  /// that.
+  ///
+  /// If \p ResultE is provided, the new region will be bound to this expression
+  /// instead of \p E.
+  ProgramStateRef createTemporaryRegionIfNeeded(ProgramStateRef State,
+                                                const LocationContext *LC,
+                                                const Expr *E,
+                                                const Expr *ResultE = 0);
+};
+
+/// Traits for storing the call processing policy inside GDM.
+/// The GDM stores the corresponding CallExpr pointer.
+// FIXME: This does not use the nice trait macros because it must be accessible
+// from multiple translation units.
+struct ReplayWithoutInlining{};
+template <>
+struct ProgramStateTrait<ReplayWithoutInlining> :
+  public ProgramStatePartialTrait<const void*> {
+  static void *GDMIndex() { static int index = 0; return &index; }
+};
+
+} // end ento namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/FunctionSummary.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/FunctionSummary.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..169af93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/FunctionSummary.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+//== FunctionSummary.h - Stores summaries of functions. ------------*- C++ -*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines a summary of a function gathered/used by static analysis.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_FUNCTIONSUMMARY_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_FUNCTIONSUMMARY_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
+#include <deque>
+
+namespace clang {
+class Decl;
+
+namespace ento {
+typedef std::deque<Decl*> SetOfDecls;
+typedef llvm::DenseSet<const Decl*> SetOfConstDecls;
+
+class FunctionSummariesTy {
+  class FunctionSummary {
+  public:
+    /// Marks the IDs of the basic blocks visited during the analyzes.
+    llvm::SmallBitVector VisitedBasicBlocks;
+
+    /// Total number of blocks in the function.
+    unsigned TotalBasicBlocks : 30;
+
+    /// True if this function has been checked against the rules for which
+    /// functions may be inlined.
+    unsigned InlineChecked : 1;
+
+    /// True if this function may be inlined.
+    unsigned MayInline : 1;
+
+    /// The number of times the function has been inlined.
+    unsigned TimesInlined : 32;
+
+    FunctionSummary() :
+      TotalBasicBlocks(0),
+      InlineChecked(0),
+      TimesInlined(0) {}
+  };
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, FunctionSummary> MapTy;
+  MapTy Map;
+
+public:
+  MapTy::iterator findOrInsertSummary(const Decl *D) {
+    MapTy::iterator I = Map.find(D);
+    if (I != Map.end())
+      return I;
+
+    typedef std::pair<const Decl *, FunctionSummary> KVPair;
+    I = Map.insert(KVPair(D, FunctionSummary())).first;
+    assert(I != Map.end());
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  void markMayInline(const Decl *D) {
+    MapTy::iterator I = findOrInsertSummary(D);
+    I->second.InlineChecked = 1;
+    I->second.MayInline = 1;
+  }
+
+  void markShouldNotInline(const Decl *D) {
+    MapTy::iterator I = findOrInsertSummary(D);
+    I->second.InlineChecked = 1;
+    I->second.MayInline = 0;
+  }
+
+  void markReachedMaxBlockCount(const Decl *D) {
+    markShouldNotInline(D);
+  }
+
+  Optional<bool> mayInline(const Decl *D) {
+    MapTy::const_iterator I = Map.find(D);
+    if (I != Map.end() && I->second.InlineChecked)
+      return I->second.MayInline;
+    return None;
+  }
+
+  void markVisitedBasicBlock(unsigned ID, const Decl* D, unsigned TotalIDs) {
+    MapTy::iterator I = findOrInsertSummary(D);
+    llvm::SmallBitVector &Blocks = I->second.VisitedBasicBlocks;
+    assert(ID < TotalIDs);
+    if (TotalIDs > Blocks.size()) {
+      Blocks.resize(TotalIDs);
+      I->second.TotalBasicBlocks = TotalIDs;
+    }
+    Blocks.set(ID);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumVisitedBasicBlocks(const Decl* D) {
+    MapTy::const_iterator I = Map.find(D);
+    if (I != Map.end())
+      return I->second.VisitedBasicBlocks.count();
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumTimesInlined(const Decl* D) {
+    MapTy::const_iterator I = Map.find(D);
+    if (I != Map.end())
+      return I->second.TimesInlined;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  void bumpNumTimesInlined(const Decl* D) {
+    MapTy::iterator I = findOrInsertSummary(D);
+    I->second.TimesInlined++;
+  }
+
+  /// Get the percentage of the reachable blocks.
+  unsigned getPercentBlocksReachable(const Decl *D) {
+    MapTy::const_iterator I = Map.find(D);
+      if (I != Map.end())
+        return ((I->second.VisitedBasicBlocks.count() * 100) /
+                 I->second.TotalBasicBlocks);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getTotalNumBasicBlocks();
+  unsigned getTotalNumVisitedBasicBlocks();
+
+};
+
+}} // end clang ento namespaces
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/MemRegion.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/MemRegion.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af2f365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/MemRegion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1302 @@
+//== MemRegion.h - Abstract memory regions for static analysis --*- C++ -*--==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines MemRegion and its subclasses.  MemRegion defines a
+//  partially-typed abstraction of memory useful for path-sensitive dataflow
+//  analyses.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_MEMREGION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_MEMREGION_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace llvm {
+class BumpPtrAllocator;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class LocationContext;
+class StackFrameContext;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class MemRegionManager;
+class MemSpaceRegion;
+class SValBuilder;
+class VarRegion;
+class CodeTextRegion;
+
+/// Represent a region's offset within the top level base region.
+class RegionOffset {
+  /// The base region.
+  const MemRegion *R;
+
+  /// The bit offset within the base region. It shouldn't be negative.
+  int64_t Offset;
+
+public:
+  // We're using a const instead of an enumeration due to the size required;
+  // Visual Studio will only create enumerations of size int, not long long.
+  static const int64_t Symbolic = INT64_MAX;
+
+  RegionOffset() : R(0) {}
+  RegionOffset(const MemRegion *r, int64_t off) : R(r), Offset(off) {}
+
+  const MemRegion *getRegion() const { return R; }
+
+  bool hasSymbolicOffset() const { return Offset == Symbolic; }
+
+  int64_t getOffset() const {
+    assert(!hasSymbolicOffset());
+    return Offset;
+  }
+
+  bool isValid() const { return R; }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Base region classes.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// MemRegion - The root abstract class for all memory regions.
+class MemRegion : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+public:
+  enum Kind {
+    // Memory spaces.
+    GenericMemSpaceRegionKind,
+    StackLocalsSpaceRegionKind,
+    StackArgumentsSpaceRegionKind,
+    HeapSpaceRegionKind,
+    UnknownSpaceRegionKind,
+    StaticGlobalSpaceRegionKind,
+    GlobalInternalSpaceRegionKind,
+    GlobalSystemSpaceRegionKind,
+    GlobalImmutableSpaceRegionKind,
+    BEG_NON_STATIC_GLOBAL_MEMSPACES = GlobalInternalSpaceRegionKind,
+    END_NON_STATIC_GLOBAL_MEMSPACES = GlobalImmutableSpaceRegionKind,
+    BEG_GLOBAL_MEMSPACES = StaticGlobalSpaceRegionKind,
+    END_GLOBAL_MEMSPACES = GlobalImmutableSpaceRegionKind,
+    BEG_MEMSPACES = GenericMemSpaceRegionKind,
+    END_MEMSPACES = GlobalImmutableSpaceRegionKind,
+    // Untyped regions.
+    SymbolicRegionKind,
+    AllocaRegionKind,
+    // Typed regions.
+    BEG_TYPED_REGIONS,
+    FunctionTextRegionKind = BEG_TYPED_REGIONS,
+    BlockTextRegionKind,
+    BlockDataRegionKind,
+    BEG_TYPED_VALUE_REGIONS,
+    CompoundLiteralRegionKind = BEG_TYPED_VALUE_REGIONS,
+    CXXThisRegionKind,
+    StringRegionKind,
+    ObjCStringRegionKind,
+    ElementRegionKind,
+    // Decl Regions.
+    BEG_DECL_REGIONS,
+    VarRegionKind = BEG_DECL_REGIONS,
+    FieldRegionKind,
+    ObjCIvarRegionKind,
+    END_DECL_REGIONS = ObjCIvarRegionKind,
+    CXXTempObjectRegionKind,
+    CXXBaseObjectRegionKind,
+    END_TYPED_VALUE_REGIONS = CXXBaseObjectRegionKind,
+    END_TYPED_REGIONS = CXXBaseObjectRegionKind
+  };
+    
+private:
+  const Kind kind;
+
+protected:
+  MemRegion(Kind k) : kind(k) {}
+  virtual ~MemRegion();
+
+public:
+  ASTContext &getContext() const;
+
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const = 0;
+
+  virtual MemRegionManager* getMemRegionManager() const = 0;
+
+  const MemSpaceRegion *getMemorySpace() const;
+
+  const MemRegion *getBaseRegion() const;
+
+  /// Check if the region is a subregion of the given region.
+  virtual bool isSubRegionOf(const MemRegion *R) const;
+
+  const MemRegion *StripCasts(bool StripBaseCasts = true) const;
+
+  bool hasGlobalsOrParametersStorage() const;
+
+  bool hasStackStorage() const;
+  
+  bool hasStackNonParametersStorage() const;
+  
+  bool hasStackParametersStorage() const;
+
+  /// Compute the offset within the top level memory object.
+  RegionOffset getAsOffset() const;
+
+  /// \brief Get a string representation of a region for debug use.
+  std::string getString() const;
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  void dump() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns true if this region can be printed in a user-friendly way.
+  virtual bool canPrintPretty() const;
+
+  /// \brief Print the region for use in diagnostics.
+  virtual void printPretty(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return kind; }
+
+  template<typename RegionTy> const RegionTy* getAs() const;
+
+  virtual bool isBoundable() const { return false; }
+};
+
+/// MemSpaceRegion - A memory region that represents a "memory space";
+///  for example, the set of global variables, the stack frame, etc.
+class MemSpaceRegion : public MemRegion {
+protected:
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  
+  MemRegionManager *Mgr;
+
+  MemSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr, Kind k = GenericMemSpaceRegionKind)
+    : MemRegion(k), Mgr(mgr) {
+    assert(classof(this));
+  }
+
+  MemRegionManager* getMemRegionManager() const { return Mgr; }
+
+public:
+  bool isBoundable() const { return false; }
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    Kind k = R->getKind();
+    return k >= BEG_MEMSPACES && k <= END_MEMSPACES;
+  }
+};
+  
+class GlobalsSpaceRegion : public MemSpaceRegion {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  GlobalsSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr, Kind k)
+    : MemSpaceRegion(mgr, k) {}
+public:
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    Kind k = R->getKind();
+    return k >= BEG_GLOBAL_MEMSPACES && k <= END_GLOBAL_MEMSPACES;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief The region of the static variables within the current CodeTextRegion
+/// scope.
+///
+/// Currently, only the static locals are placed there, so we know that these
+/// variables do not get invalidated by calls to other functions.
+class StaticGlobalSpaceRegion : public GlobalsSpaceRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  const CodeTextRegion *CR;
+  
+  StaticGlobalSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr, const CodeTextRegion *cr)
+    : GlobalsSpaceRegion(mgr, StaticGlobalSpaceRegionKind), CR(cr) {}
+
+public:
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+  
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  const CodeTextRegion *getCodeRegion() const { return CR; }
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    return R->getKind() == StaticGlobalSpaceRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief The region for all the non-static global variables.
+///
+/// This class is further split into subclasses for efficient implementation of
+/// invalidating a set of related global values as is done in
+/// RegionStoreManager::invalidateRegions (instead of finding all the dependent
+/// globals, we invalidate the whole parent region).
+class NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion : public GlobalsSpaceRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  
+protected:
+  NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr, Kind k)
+    : GlobalsSpaceRegion(mgr, k) {}
+  
+public:
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    Kind k = R->getKind();
+    return k >= BEG_NON_STATIC_GLOBAL_MEMSPACES &&
+           k <= END_NON_STATIC_GLOBAL_MEMSPACES;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief The region containing globals which are defined in system/external
+/// headers and are considered modifiable by system calls (ex: errno).
+class GlobalSystemSpaceRegion : public NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  GlobalSystemSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr)
+    : NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion(mgr, GlobalSystemSpaceRegionKind) {}
+
+public:
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    return R->getKind() == GlobalSystemSpaceRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief The region containing globals which are considered not to be modified
+/// or point to data which could be modified as a result of a function call
+/// (system or internal). Ex: Const global scalars would be modeled as part of
+/// this region. This region also includes most system globals since they have
+/// low chance of being modified.
+class GlobalImmutableSpaceRegion : public NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  GlobalImmutableSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr)
+    : NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion(mgr, GlobalImmutableSpaceRegionKind) {}
+
+public:
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    return R->getKind() == GlobalImmutableSpaceRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief The region containing globals which can be modified by calls to
+/// "internally" defined functions - (for now just) functions other then system
+/// calls.
+class GlobalInternalSpaceRegion : public NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  GlobalInternalSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr)
+    : NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion(mgr, GlobalInternalSpaceRegionKind) {}
+
+public:
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    return R->getKind() == GlobalInternalSpaceRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class HeapSpaceRegion : public MemSpaceRegion {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  
+  HeapSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr)
+    : MemSpaceRegion(mgr, HeapSpaceRegionKind) {}
+public:
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    return R->getKind() == HeapSpaceRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+  
+class UnknownSpaceRegion : public MemSpaceRegion {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  UnknownSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr)
+    : MemSpaceRegion(mgr, UnknownSpaceRegionKind) {}
+public:
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    return R->getKind() == UnknownSpaceRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+  
+class StackSpaceRegion : public MemSpaceRegion {
+private:
+  const StackFrameContext *SFC;
+
+protected:
+  StackSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr, Kind k, const StackFrameContext *sfc)
+    : MemSpaceRegion(mgr, k), SFC(sfc) {
+    assert(classof(this));
+  }
+
+public:  
+  const StackFrameContext *getStackFrame() const { return SFC; }
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    Kind k = R->getKind();
+    return k >= StackLocalsSpaceRegionKind &&
+           k <= StackArgumentsSpaceRegionKind;
+  }  
+};
+  
+class StackLocalsSpaceRegion : public StackSpaceRegion {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  StackLocalsSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr, const StackFrameContext *sfc)
+    : StackSpaceRegion(mgr, StackLocalsSpaceRegionKind, sfc) {}
+public:
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    return R->getKind() == StackLocalsSpaceRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class StackArgumentsSpaceRegion : public StackSpaceRegion {
+private:
+  virtual void anchor();
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  StackArgumentsSpaceRegion(MemRegionManager *mgr, const StackFrameContext *sfc)
+    : StackSpaceRegion(mgr, StackArgumentsSpaceRegionKind, sfc) {}
+public:
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *R) {
+    return R->getKind() == StackArgumentsSpaceRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// SubRegion - A region that subsets another larger region.  Most regions
+///  are subclasses of SubRegion.
+class SubRegion : public MemRegion {
+private:
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  const MemRegion* superRegion;
+  SubRegion(const MemRegion* sReg, Kind k) : MemRegion(k), superRegion(sReg) {}
+public:
+  const MemRegion* getSuperRegion() const {
+    return superRegion;
+  }
+
+  /// getExtent - Returns the size of the region in bytes.
+  virtual DefinedOrUnknownSVal getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const {
+    return UnknownVal();
+  }
+
+  MemRegionManager* getMemRegionManager() const;
+
+  virtual bool isSubRegionOf(const MemRegion* R) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() > END_MEMSPACES;
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// MemRegion subclasses.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// AllocaRegion - A region that represents an untyped blob of bytes created
+///  by a call to 'alloca'.
+class AllocaRegion : public SubRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+protected:
+  unsigned Cnt; // Block counter.  Used to distinguish different pieces of
+                // memory allocated by alloca at the same call site.
+  const Expr *Ex;
+
+  AllocaRegion(const Expr *ex, unsigned cnt, const MemRegion *superRegion)
+    : SubRegion(superRegion, AllocaRegionKind), Cnt(cnt), Ex(ex) {}
+
+public:
+
+  const Expr *getExpr() const { return Ex; }
+
+  bool isBoundable() const { return true; }
+
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const;
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const Expr *Ex,
+                            unsigned Cnt, const MemRegion *superRegion);
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == AllocaRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// TypedRegion - An abstract class representing regions that are typed.
+class TypedRegion : public SubRegion {
+public:
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  TypedRegion(const MemRegion* sReg, Kind k) : SubRegion(sReg, k) {}
+
+public:
+  virtual QualType getLocationType() const = 0;
+
+  QualType getDesugaredLocationType(ASTContext &Context) const {
+    return getLocationType().getDesugaredType(Context);
+  }
+
+  bool isBoundable() const { return true; }
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    unsigned k = R->getKind();
+    return k >= BEG_TYPED_REGIONS && k <= END_TYPED_REGIONS;
+  }
+};
+
+/// TypedValueRegion - An abstract class representing regions having a typed value.
+class TypedValueRegion : public TypedRegion {
+public:
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  TypedValueRegion(const MemRegion* sReg, Kind k) : TypedRegion(sReg, k) {}
+
+public:
+  virtual QualType getValueType() const = 0;
+
+  virtual QualType getLocationType() const {
+    // FIXME: We can possibly optimize this later to cache this value.
+    QualType T = getValueType();
+    ASTContext &ctx = getContext();
+    if (T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
+      return ctx.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
+    return ctx.getPointerType(getValueType());
+  }
+
+  QualType getDesugaredValueType(ASTContext &Context) const {
+    QualType T = getValueType();
+    return T.getTypePtrOrNull() ? T.getDesugaredType(Context) : T;
+  }
+
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    unsigned k = R->getKind();
+    return k >= BEG_TYPED_VALUE_REGIONS && k <= END_TYPED_VALUE_REGIONS;
+  }
+};
+
+
+class CodeTextRegion : public TypedRegion {
+public:
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  CodeTextRegion(const MemRegion *sreg, Kind k) : TypedRegion(sreg, k) {}
+public:
+  bool isBoundable() const { return false; }
+    
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    Kind k = R->getKind();
+    return k >= FunctionTextRegionKind && k <= BlockTextRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// FunctionTextRegion - A region that represents code texts of function.
+class FunctionTextRegion : public CodeTextRegion {
+  const NamedDecl *FD;
+public:
+  FunctionTextRegion(const NamedDecl *fd, const MemRegion* sreg)
+    : CodeTextRegion(sreg, FunctionTextRegionKind), FD(fd) {
+    assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(fd) || isa<FunctionDecl>(fd));
+  }
+  
+  QualType getLocationType() const {
+    const ASTContext &Ctx = getContext();
+    if (const FunctionDecl *D = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FD)) {
+      return Ctx.getPointerType(D->getType());
+    }
+
+    assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FD));
+    assert(false && "Getting the type of ObjCMethod is not supported yet");
+
+    // TODO: We might want to return a different type here (ex: id (*ty)(...))
+    //       depending on how it is used.
+    return QualType();
+  }
+
+  const NamedDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return FD;
+  }
+    
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const;
+  
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const NamedDecl *FD,
+                            const MemRegion*);
+  
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == FunctionTextRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+  
+  
+/// BlockTextRegion - A region that represents code texts of blocks (closures).
+///  Blocks are represented with two kinds of regions.  BlockTextRegions
+///  represent the "code", while BlockDataRegions represent instances of blocks,
+///  which correspond to "code+data".  The distinction is important, because
+///  like a closure a block captures the values of externally referenced
+///  variables.
+class BlockTextRegion : public CodeTextRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  const BlockDecl *BD;
+  AnalysisDeclContext *AC;
+  CanQualType locTy;
+
+  BlockTextRegion(const BlockDecl *bd, CanQualType lTy,
+                  AnalysisDeclContext *ac, const MemRegion* sreg)
+    : CodeTextRegion(sreg, BlockTextRegionKind), BD(bd), AC(ac), locTy(lTy) {}
+
+public:
+  QualType getLocationType() const {
+    return locTy;
+  }
+  
+  const BlockDecl *getDecl() const {
+    return BD;
+  }
+
+  AnalysisDeclContext *getAnalysisDeclContext() const { return AC; }
+    
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const;
+  
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const BlockDecl *BD,
+                            CanQualType, const AnalysisDeclContext*,
+                            const MemRegion*);
+  
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == BlockTextRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+  
+/// BlockDataRegion - A region that represents a block instance.
+///  Blocks are represented with two kinds of regions.  BlockTextRegions
+///  represent the "code", while BlockDataRegions represent instances of blocks,
+///  which correspond to "code+data".  The distinction is important, because
+///  like a closure a block captures the values of externally referenced
+///  variables.
+class BlockDataRegion : public TypedRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  const BlockTextRegion *BC;
+  const LocationContext *LC; // Can be null */
+  void *ReferencedVars;
+  void *OriginalVars;
+
+  BlockDataRegion(const BlockTextRegion *bc, const LocationContext *lc,
+                  const MemRegion *sreg)
+  : TypedRegion(sreg, BlockDataRegionKind), BC(bc), LC(lc),
+    ReferencedVars(0), OriginalVars(0) {}
+
+public:
+  const BlockTextRegion *getCodeRegion() const { return BC; }
+  
+  const BlockDecl *getDecl() const { return BC->getDecl(); }
+
+  QualType getLocationType() const { return BC->getLocationType(); }
+  
+  class referenced_vars_iterator {
+    const MemRegion * const *R;
+    const MemRegion * const *OriginalR;
+  public:
+    explicit referenced_vars_iterator(const MemRegion * const *r,
+                                      const MemRegion * const *originalR)
+      : R(r), OriginalR(originalR) {}
+
+    const VarRegion *getCapturedRegion() const {
+      return cast<VarRegion>(*R);
+    }
+    const VarRegion *getOriginalRegion() const {
+      return cast<VarRegion>(*OriginalR);
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const referenced_vars_iterator &I) const {
+      assert((R == 0) == (I.R == 0));
+      return I.R == R;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const referenced_vars_iterator &I) const {
+      assert((R == 0) == (I.R == 0));
+      return I.R != R;
+    }
+    referenced_vars_iterator &operator++() {
+      ++R;
+      ++OriginalR;
+      return *this;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// Return the original region for a captured region, if
+  /// one exists.
+  const VarRegion *getOriginalRegion(const VarRegion *VR) const;
+      
+  referenced_vars_iterator referenced_vars_begin() const;
+  referenced_vars_iterator referenced_vars_end() const;  
+    
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+    
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const;
+    
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID&, const BlockTextRegion *,
+                            const LocationContext *, const MemRegion *);
+    
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == BlockDataRegionKind;
+  }
+private:
+  void LazyInitializeReferencedVars();
+  std::pair<const VarRegion *, const VarRegion *>
+  getCaptureRegions(const VarDecl *VD);
+};
+
+/// SymbolicRegion - A special, "non-concrete" region. Unlike other region
+///  clases, SymbolicRegion represents a region that serves as an alias for
+///  either a real region, a NULL pointer, etc.  It essentially is used to
+///  map the concept of symbolic values into the domain of regions.  Symbolic
+///  regions do not need to be typed.
+class SymbolicRegion : public SubRegion {
+protected:
+  const SymbolRef sym;
+
+public:
+  SymbolicRegion(const SymbolRef s, const MemRegion* sreg)
+    : SubRegion(sreg, SymbolicRegionKind), sym(s) {}
+
+  SymbolRef getSymbol() const {
+    return sym;
+  }
+
+  bool isBoundable() const { return true; }
+
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const;
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
+                            SymbolRef sym,
+                            const MemRegion* superRegion);
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == SymbolicRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// StringRegion - Region associated with a StringLiteral.
+class StringRegion : public TypedValueRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  const StringLiteral* Str;
+protected:
+
+  StringRegion(const StringLiteral* str, const MemRegion* sreg)
+    : TypedValueRegion(sreg, StringRegionKind), Str(str) {}
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
+                            const StringLiteral* Str,
+                            const MemRegion* superRegion);
+
+public:
+
+  const StringLiteral* getStringLiteral() const { return Str; }
+
+  QualType getValueType() const {
+    return Str->getType();
+  }
+
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const;
+
+  bool isBoundable() const { return false; }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
+    ProfileRegion(ID, Str, superRegion);
+  }
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == StringRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+  
+/// The region associated with an ObjCStringLiteral.
+class ObjCStringRegion : public TypedValueRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  const ObjCStringLiteral* Str;
+protected:
+  
+  ObjCStringRegion(const ObjCStringLiteral* str, const MemRegion* sreg)
+  : TypedValueRegion(sreg, ObjCStringRegionKind), Str(str) {}
+  
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
+                            const ObjCStringLiteral* Str,
+                            const MemRegion* superRegion);
+  
+public:
+  
+  const ObjCStringLiteral* getObjCStringLiteral() const { return Str; }
+  
+  QualType getValueType() const {
+    return Str->getType();
+  }
+  
+  bool isBoundable() const { return false; }
+  
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
+    ProfileRegion(ID, Str, superRegion);
+  }
+  
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+  
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == ObjCStringRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// CompoundLiteralRegion - A memory region representing a compound literal.
+///   Compound literals are essentially temporaries that are stack allocated
+///   or in the global constant pool.
+class CompoundLiteralRegion : public TypedValueRegion {
+private:
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  const CompoundLiteralExpr *CL;
+
+  CompoundLiteralRegion(const CompoundLiteralExpr *cl, const MemRegion* sReg)
+    : TypedValueRegion(sReg, CompoundLiteralRegionKind), CL(cl) {}
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
+                            const CompoundLiteralExpr *CL,
+                            const MemRegion* superRegion);
+public:
+  QualType getValueType() const {
+    return CL->getType();
+  }
+
+  bool isBoundable() const { return !CL->isFileScope(); }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const;
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  const CompoundLiteralExpr *getLiteralExpr() const { return CL; }
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == CompoundLiteralRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class DeclRegion : public TypedValueRegion {
+protected:
+  const Decl *D;
+
+  DeclRegion(const Decl *d, const MemRegion* sReg, Kind k)
+    : TypedValueRegion(sReg, k), D(d) {}
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const Decl *D,
+                      const MemRegion* superRegion, Kind k);
+
+public:
+  const Decl *getDecl() const { return D; }
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    unsigned k = R->getKind();
+    return k >= BEG_DECL_REGIONS && k <= END_DECL_REGIONS;
+  }
+};
+
+class VarRegion : public DeclRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  // Constructors and private methods.
+  VarRegion(const VarDecl *vd, const MemRegion* sReg)
+    : DeclRegion(vd, sReg, VarRegionKind) {}
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const VarDecl *VD,
+                            const MemRegion *superRegion) {
+    DeclRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, VD, superRegion, VarRegionKind);
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const;
+
+public:
+  const VarDecl *getDecl() const { return cast<VarDecl>(D); }
+
+  const StackFrameContext *getStackFrame() const;
+  
+  QualType getValueType() const {
+    // FIXME: We can cache this if needed.
+    return getDecl()->getType();
+  }
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == VarRegionKind;
+  }
+
+  bool canPrintPretty() const;
+  void printPretty(raw_ostream &os) const;
+};
+  
+/// CXXThisRegion - Represents the region for the implicit 'this' parameter
+///  in a call to a C++ method.  This region doesn't represent the object
+///  referred to by 'this', but rather 'this' itself.
+class CXXThisRegion : public TypedValueRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+  CXXThisRegion(const PointerType *thisPointerTy,
+                const MemRegion *sReg)
+    : TypedValueRegion(sReg, CXXThisRegionKind), ThisPointerTy(thisPointerTy) {}
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                            const PointerType *PT,
+                            const MemRegion *sReg);
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+public:  
+  QualType getValueType() const {
+    return QualType(ThisPointerTy, 0);
+  }
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+  
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == CXXThisRegionKind;
+  }
+
+private:
+  const PointerType *ThisPointerTy;
+};
+
+class FieldRegion : public DeclRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  FieldRegion(const FieldDecl *fd, const MemRegion* sReg)
+    : DeclRegion(fd, sReg, FieldRegionKind) {}
+
+public:
+  const FieldDecl *getDecl() const { return cast<FieldDecl>(D); }
+
+  QualType getValueType() const {
+    // FIXME: We can cache this if needed.
+    return getDecl()->getType();
+  }
+
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const;
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const FieldDecl *FD,
+                            const MemRegion* superRegion) {
+    DeclRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, FD, superRegion, FieldRegionKind);
+  }
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == FieldRegionKind;
+  }
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  bool canPrintPretty() const;
+  void printPretty(raw_ostream &os) const;
+};
+
+class ObjCIvarRegion : public DeclRegion {
+
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  ObjCIvarRegion(const ObjCIvarDecl *ivd, const MemRegion* sReg);
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const ObjCIvarDecl *ivd,
+                            const MemRegion* superRegion);
+
+public:
+  const ObjCIvarDecl *getDecl() const;
+  QualType getValueType() const;
+
+  bool canPrintPretty() const;
+  void printPretty(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == ObjCIvarRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Auxiliary data classes for use with MemRegions.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class ElementRegion;
+
+class RegionRawOffset {
+private:
+  friend class ElementRegion;
+
+  const MemRegion *Region;
+  CharUnits Offset;
+
+  RegionRawOffset(const MemRegion* reg, CharUnits offset = CharUnits::Zero())
+    : Region(reg), Offset(offset) {}
+
+public:
+  // FIXME: Eventually support symbolic offsets.
+  CharUnits getOffset() const { return Offset; }
+  const MemRegion *getRegion() const { return Region; }
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+  void dump() const;
+};
+
+/// \brief ElementRegin is used to represent both array elements and casts.
+class ElementRegion : public TypedValueRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  QualType ElementType;
+  NonLoc Index;
+
+  ElementRegion(QualType elementType, NonLoc Idx, const MemRegion* sReg)
+    : TypedValueRegion(sReg, ElementRegionKind),
+      ElementType(elementType), Index(Idx) {
+    assert((!Idx.getAs<nonloc::ConcreteInt>() ||
+            Idx.castAs<nonloc::ConcreteInt>().getValue().isSigned()) &&
+           "The index must be signed");
+  }
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, QualType elementType,
+                            SVal Idx, const MemRegion* superRegion);
+
+public:
+
+  NonLoc getIndex() const { return Index; }
+
+  QualType getValueType() const {
+    return ElementType;
+  }
+
+  QualType getElementType() const {
+    return ElementType;
+  }
+  /// Compute the offset within the array. The array might also be a subobject.
+  RegionRawOffset getAsArrayOffset() const;
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == ElementRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+// C++ temporary object associated with an expression.
+class CXXTempObjectRegion : public TypedValueRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  Expr const *Ex;
+
+  CXXTempObjectRegion(Expr const *E, MemRegion const *sReg) 
+    : TypedValueRegion(sReg, CXXTempObjectRegionKind), Ex(E) {}
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                            Expr const *E, const MemRegion *sReg);
+  
+public:
+  const Expr *getExpr() const { return Ex; }
+
+  QualType getValueType() const {
+    return Ex->getType();
+  }
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion* R) {
+    return R->getKind() == CXXTempObjectRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+// CXXBaseObjectRegion represents a base object within a C++ object. It is 
+// identified by the base class declaration and the region of its parent object.
+class CXXBaseObjectRegion : public TypedValueRegion {
+  friend class MemRegionManager;
+
+  llvm::PointerIntPair<const CXXRecordDecl *, 1, bool> Data;
+
+  CXXBaseObjectRegion(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, bool IsVirtual,
+                      const MemRegion *SReg)
+    : TypedValueRegion(SReg, CXXBaseObjectRegionKind), Data(RD, IsVirtual) {}
+
+  static void ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+                            bool IsVirtual, const MemRegion *SReg);
+
+public:
+  const CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const { return Data.getPointer(); }
+  bool isVirtual() const { return Data.getInt(); }
+
+  QualType getValueType() const;
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
+
+  static bool classof(const MemRegion *region) {
+    return region->getKind() == CXXBaseObjectRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+template<typename RegionTy>
+const RegionTy* MemRegion::getAs() const {
+  if (const RegionTy* RT = dyn_cast<RegionTy>(this))
+    return RT;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// MemRegionManager - Factory object for creating regions.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class MemRegionManager {
+  ASTContext &C;
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& A;
+  llvm::FoldingSet<MemRegion> Regions;
+
+  GlobalInternalSpaceRegion *InternalGlobals;
+  GlobalSystemSpaceRegion *SystemGlobals;
+  GlobalImmutableSpaceRegion *ImmutableGlobals;
+
+  
+  llvm::DenseMap<const StackFrameContext *, StackLocalsSpaceRegion *> 
+    StackLocalsSpaceRegions;
+  llvm::DenseMap<const StackFrameContext *, StackArgumentsSpaceRegion *>
+    StackArgumentsSpaceRegions;
+  llvm::DenseMap<const CodeTextRegion *, StaticGlobalSpaceRegion *>
+    StaticsGlobalSpaceRegions;
+
+  HeapSpaceRegion *heap;
+  UnknownSpaceRegion *unknown;
+  MemSpaceRegion *code;
+
+public:
+  MemRegionManager(ASTContext &c, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& a)
+    : C(c), A(a), InternalGlobals(0), SystemGlobals(0), ImmutableGlobals(0),
+      heap(0), unknown(0), code(0) {}
+
+  ~MemRegionManager();
+
+  ASTContext &getContext() { return C; }
+  
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &getAllocator() { return A; }
+
+  /// getStackLocalsRegion - Retrieve the memory region associated with the
+  ///  specified stack frame.
+  const StackLocalsSpaceRegion *
+  getStackLocalsRegion(const StackFrameContext *STC);
+
+  /// getStackArgumentsRegion - Retrieve the memory region associated with
+  ///  function/method arguments of the specified stack frame.
+  const StackArgumentsSpaceRegion *
+  getStackArgumentsRegion(const StackFrameContext *STC);
+
+  /// getGlobalsRegion - Retrieve the memory region associated with
+  ///  global variables.
+  const GlobalsSpaceRegion *getGlobalsRegion(
+      MemRegion::Kind K = MemRegion::GlobalInternalSpaceRegionKind,
+      const CodeTextRegion *R = 0);
+
+  /// getHeapRegion - Retrieve the memory region associated with the
+  ///  generic "heap".
+  const HeapSpaceRegion *getHeapRegion();
+
+  /// getUnknownRegion - Retrieve the memory region associated with unknown
+  /// memory space.
+  const MemSpaceRegion *getUnknownRegion();
+
+  const MemSpaceRegion *getCodeRegion();
+
+  /// getAllocaRegion - Retrieve a region associated with a call to alloca().
+  const AllocaRegion *getAllocaRegion(const Expr *Ex, unsigned Cnt,
+                                      const LocationContext *LC);
+
+  /// getCompoundLiteralRegion - Retrieve the region associated with a
+  ///  given CompoundLiteral.
+  const CompoundLiteralRegion*
+  getCompoundLiteralRegion(const CompoundLiteralExpr *CL,
+                           const LocationContext *LC);
+  
+  /// getCXXThisRegion - Retrieve the [artificial] region associated with the
+  ///  parameter 'this'.
+  const CXXThisRegion *getCXXThisRegion(QualType thisPointerTy,
+                                        const LocationContext *LC);
+
+  /// \brief Retrieve or create a "symbolic" memory region.
+  const SymbolicRegion* getSymbolicRegion(SymbolRef Sym);
+
+  /// \brief Return a unique symbolic region belonging to heap memory space.
+  const SymbolicRegion *getSymbolicHeapRegion(SymbolRef sym);
+
+  const StringRegion *getStringRegion(const StringLiteral* Str);
+
+  const ObjCStringRegion *getObjCStringRegion(const ObjCStringLiteral *Str);
+
+  /// getVarRegion - Retrieve or create the memory region associated with
+  ///  a specified VarDecl and LocationContext.
+  const VarRegion* getVarRegion(const VarDecl *D, const LocationContext *LC);
+
+  /// getVarRegion - Retrieve or create the memory region associated with
+  ///  a specified VarDecl and super region.
+  const VarRegion* getVarRegion(const VarDecl *D, const MemRegion *superR);
+  
+  /// getElementRegion - Retrieve the memory region associated with the
+  ///  associated element type, index, and super region.
+  const ElementRegion *getElementRegion(QualType elementType, NonLoc Idx,
+                                        const MemRegion *superRegion,
+                                        ASTContext &Ctx);
+
+  const ElementRegion *getElementRegionWithSuper(const ElementRegion *ER,
+                                                 const MemRegion *superRegion) {
+    return getElementRegion(ER->getElementType(), ER->getIndex(),
+                            superRegion, ER->getContext());
+  }
+
+  /// getFieldRegion - Retrieve or create the memory region associated with
+  ///  a specified FieldDecl.  'superRegion' corresponds to the containing
+  ///  memory region (which typically represents the memory representing
+  ///  a structure or class).
+  const FieldRegion *getFieldRegion(const FieldDecl *fd,
+                                    const MemRegion* superRegion);
+
+  const FieldRegion *getFieldRegionWithSuper(const FieldRegion *FR,
+                                             const MemRegion *superRegion) {
+    return getFieldRegion(FR->getDecl(), superRegion);
+  }
+
+  /// getObjCIvarRegion - Retrieve or create the memory region associated with
+  ///   a specified Objective-c instance variable.  'superRegion' corresponds
+  ///   to the containing region (which typically represents the Objective-C
+  ///   object).
+  const ObjCIvarRegion *getObjCIvarRegion(const ObjCIvarDecl *ivd,
+                                          const MemRegion* superRegion);
+
+  const CXXTempObjectRegion *getCXXTempObjectRegion(Expr const *Ex,
+                                                    LocationContext const *LC);
+
+  /// Create a CXXBaseObjectRegion with the given base class for region
+  /// \p Super.
+  ///
+  /// The type of \p Super is assumed be a class deriving from \p BaseClass.
+  const CXXBaseObjectRegion *
+  getCXXBaseObjectRegion(const CXXRecordDecl *BaseClass, const MemRegion *Super,
+                         bool IsVirtual);
+
+  /// Create a CXXBaseObjectRegion with the same CXXRecordDecl but a different
+  /// super region.
+  const CXXBaseObjectRegion *
+  getCXXBaseObjectRegionWithSuper(const CXXBaseObjectRegion *baseReg, 
+                                  const MemRegion *superRegion) {
+    return getCXXBaseObjectRegion(baseReg->getDecl(), superRegion,
+                                  baseReg->isVirtual());
+  }
+
+  const FunctionTextRegion *getFunctionTextRegion(const NamedDecl *FD);
+  const BlockTextRegion *getBlockTextRegion(const BlockDecl *BD,
+                                            CanQualType locTy,
+                                            AnalysisDeclContext *AC);
+  
+  /// getBlockDataRegion - Get the memory region associated with an instance
+  ///  of a block.  Unlike many other MemRegions, the LocationContext*
+  ///  argument is allowed to be NULL for cases where we have no known
+  ///  context.
+  const BlockDataRegion *getBlockDataRegion(const BlockTextRegion *bc,
+                                            const LocationContext *lc = NULL);
+
+private:
+  template <typename RegionTy, typename A1>
+  RegionTy* getRegion(const A1 a1);
+
+  template <typename RegionTy, typename A1>
+  RegionTy* getSubRegion(const A1 a1, const MemRegion* superRegion);
+
+  template <typename RegionTy, typename A1, typename A2>
+  RegionTy* getRegion(const A1 a1, const A2 a2);
+
+  template <typename RegionTy, typename A1, typename A2>
+  RegionTy* getSubRegion(const A1 a1, const A2 a2,
+                         const MemRegion* superRegion);
+
+  template <typename RegionTy, typename A1, typename A2, typename A3>
+  RegionTy* getSubRegion(const A1 a1, const A2 a2, const A3 a3,
+                         const MemRegion* superRegion);
+  
+  template <typename REG>
+  const REG* LazyAllocate(REG*& region);
+  
+  template <typename REG, typename ARG>
+  const REG* LazyAllocate(REG*& region, ARG a);
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Out-of-line member definitions.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+inline ASTContext &MemRegion::getContext() const {
+  return getMemRegionManager()->getContext();
+}
+  
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Pretty-printing regions.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace llvm {
+static inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &os,
+                                      const clang::ento::MemRegion* R) {
+  R->dumpToStream(os);
+  return os;
+}
+} // end llvm namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ea7211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState.h
@@ -0,0 +1,828 @@
+//== ProgramState.h - Path-sensitive "State" for tracking values -*- C++ -*--=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the state of the program along the analysisa path.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_VALUESTATE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_VALUESTATE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ConstraintManager.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/DynamicTypeInfo.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/Environment.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState_Fwd.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SValBuilder.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/Store.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/TaintTag.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+class APSInt;
+class BumpPtrAllocator;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+class ASTContext;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class CallEvent;
+class CallEventManager;
+
+typedef ConstraintManager* (*ConstraintManagerCreator)(ProgramStateManager&,
+                                                       SubEngine*);
+typedef StoreManager* (*StoreManagerCreator)(ProgramStateManager&);
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// ProgramStateTrait - Traits used by the Generic Data Map of a ProgramState.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename T> struct ProgramStatePartialTrait;
+
+template <typename T> struct ProgramStateTrait {
+  typedef typename T::data_type data_type;
+  static inline void *MakeVoidPtr(data_type D) { return (void*) D; }
+  static inline data_type MakeData(void *const* P) {
+    return P ? (data_type) *P : (data_type) 0;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \class ProgramState
+/// ProgramState - This class encapsulates:
+///
+///    1. A mapping from expressions to values (Environment)
+///    2. A mapping from locations to values (Store)
+///    3. Constraints on symbolic values (GenericDataMap)
+///
+///  Together these represent the "abstract state" of a program.
+///
+///  ProgramState is intended to be used as a functional object; that is,
+///  once it is created and made "persistent" in a FoldingSet, its
+///  values will never change.
+class ProgramState : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+public:
+  typedef llvm::ImmutableSet<llvm::APSInt*>                IntSetTy;
+  typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<void*, void*>                 GenericDataMap;
+
+private:
+  void operator=(const ProgramState& R) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+  friend class ProgramStateManager;
+  friend class ExplodedGraph;
+  friend class ExplodedNode;
+
+  ProgramStateManager *stateMgr;
+  Environment Env;           // Maps a Stmt to its current SVal.
+  Store store;               // Maps a location to its current value.
+  GenericDataMap   GDM;      // Custom data stored by a client of this class.
+  unsigned refCount;
+
+  /// makeWithStore - Return a ProgramState with the same values as the current
+  ///  state with the exception of using the specified Store.
+  ProgramStateRef makeWithStore(const StoreRef &store) const;
+
+  void setStore(const StoreRef &storeRef);
+
+public:
+  /// This ctor is used when creating the first ProgramState object.
+  ProgramState(ProgramStateManager *mgr, const Environment& env,
+          StoreRef st, GenericDataMap gdm);
+    
+  /// Copy ctor - We must explicitly define this or else the "Next" ptr
+  ///  in FoldingSetNode will also get copied.
+  ProgramState(const ProgramState &RHS);
+  
+  ~ProgramState();
+
+  /// Return the ProgramStateManager associated with this state.
+  ProgramStateManager &getStateManager() const {
+    return *stateMgr;
+  }
+  
+  /// Return the ConstraintManager.
+  ConstraintManager &getConstraintManager() const;
+
+  /// getEnvironment - Return the environment associated with this state.
+  ///  The environment is the mapping from expressions to values.
+  const Environment& getEnvironment() const { return Env; }
+
+  /// Return the store associated with this state.  The store
+  ///  is a mapping from locations to values.
+  Store getStore() const { return store; }
+
+  
+  /// getGDM - Return the generic data map associated with this state.
+  GenericDataMap getGDM() const { return GDM; }
+
+  void setGDM(GenericDataMap gdm) { GDM = gdm; }
+
+  /// Profile - Profile the contents of a ProgramState object for use in a
+  ///  FoldingSet.  Two ProgramState objects are considered equal if they
+  ///  have the same Environment, Store, and GenericDataMap.
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const ProgramState *V) {
+    V->Env.Profile(ID);
+    ID.AddPointer(V->store);
+    V->GDM.Profile(ID);
+  }
+
+  /// Profile - Used to profile the contents of this object for inclusion
+  ///  in a FoldingSet.
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
+    Profile(ID, this);
+  }
+
+  BasicValueFactory &getBasicVals() const;
+  SymbolManager &getSymbolManager() const;
+
+  //==---------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+  // Constraints on values.
+  //==---------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+  //
+  // Each ProgramState records constraints on symbolic values.  These constraints
+  // are managed using the ConstraintManager associated with a ProgramStateManager.
+  // As constraints gradually accrue on symbolic values, added constraints
+  // may conflict and indicate that a state is infeasible (as no real values
+  // could satisfy all the constraints).  This is the principal mechanism
+  // for modeling path-sensitivity in ExprEngine/ProgramState.
+  //
+  // Various "assume" methods form the interface for adding constraints to
+  // symbolic values.  A call to 'assume' indicates an assumption being placed
+  // on one or symbolic values.  'assume' methods take the following inputs:
+  //
+  //  (1) A ProgramState object representing the current state.
+  //
+  //  (2) The assumed constraint (which is specific to a given "assume" method).
+  //
+  //  (3) A binary value "Assumption" that indicates whether the constraint is
+  //      assumed to be true or false.
+  //
+  // The output of "assume*" is a new ProgramState object with the added constraints.
+  // If no new state is feasible, NULL is returned.
+  //
+
+  /// Assumes that the value of \p cond is zero (if \p assumption is "false")
+  /// or non-zero (if \p assumption is "true").
+  ///
+  /// This returns a new state with the added constraint on \p cond.
+  /// If no new state is feasible, NULL is returned.
+  ProgramStateRef assume(DefinedOrUnknownSVal cond, bool assumption) const;
+
+  /// Assumes both "true" and "false" for \p cond, and returns both
+  /// corresponding states (respectively).
+  ///
+  /// This is more efficient than calling assume() twice. Note that one (but not
+  /// both) of the returned states may be NULL.
+  std::pair<ProgramStateRef, ProgramStateRef>
+  assume(DefinedOrUnknownSVal cond) const;
+
+  ProgramStateRef assumeInBound(DefinedOrUnknownSVal idx,
+                               DefinedOrUnknownSVal upperBound,
+                               bool assumption,
+                               QualType IndexType = QualType()) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Check if the given SVal is constrained to zero or is a zero
+  ///        constant.
+  ConditionTruthVal isNull(SVal V) const;
+  
+  /// Utility method for getting regions.
+  const VarRegion* getRegion(const VarDecl *D, const LocationContext *LC) const;
+
+  //==---------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+  // Binding and retrieving values to/from the environment and symbolic store.
+  //==---------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+
+  /// \brief Create a new state with the specified CompoundLiteral binding.
+  /// \param CL the compound literal expression (the binding key)
+  /// \param LC the LocationContext of the binding
+  /// \param V the value to bind.
+  ProgramStateRef bindCompoundLiteral(const CompoundLiteralExpr *CL,
+                                      const LocationContext *LC,
+                                      SVal V) const;
+
+  /// Create a new state by binding the value 'V' to the statement 'S' in the
+  /// state's environment.
+  ProgramStateRef BindExpr(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                               SVal V, bool Invalidate = true) const;
+
+  ProgramStateRef bindLoc(Loc location,
+                          SVal V,
+                          bool notifyChanges = true) const;
+
+  ProgramStateRef bindLoc(SVal location, SVal V) const;
+
+  ProgramStateRef bindDefault(SVal loc, SVal V) const;
+
+  ProgramStateRef killBinding(Loc LV) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the state with bindings for the given regions
+  ///  cleared from the store.
+  ///
+  /// Optionally invalidates global regions as well.
+  ///
+  /// \param Regions the set of regions to be invalidated.
+  /// \param E the expression that caused the invalidation.
+  /// \param BlockCount The number of times the current basic block has been
+  //         visited.
+  /// \param CausesPointerEscape the flag is set to true when
+  ///        the invalidation entails escape of a symbol (representing a
+  ///        pointer). For example, due to it being passed as an argument in a
+  ///        call.
+  /// \param IS the set of invalidated symbols.
+  /// \param Call if non-null, the invalidated regions represent parameters to
+  ///        the call and should be considered directly invalidated.
+  /// \param ConstRegions the set of regions whose contents are accessible,
+  ///        even though the regions themselves should not be invalidated.
+  ProgramStateRef
+  invalidateRegions(ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> Regions, const Expr *E,
+                    unsigned BlockCount, const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                    bool CausesPointerEscape, InvalidatedSymbols *IS = 0,
+                    const CallEvent *Call = 0,
+                    ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> ConstRegions =
+                      ArrayRef<const MemRegion *>()) const;
+
+  ProgramStateRef
+  invalidateRegions(ArrayRef<SVal> Regions, const Expr *E,
+                    unsigned BlockCount, const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                    bool CausesPointerEscape, InvalidatedSymbols *IS = 0,
+                    const CallEvent *Call = 0,
+                    ArrayRef<SVal> ConstRegions = ArrayRef<SVal>()) const;
+
+  /// enterStackFrame - Returns the state for entry to the given stack frame,
+  ///  preserving the current state.
+  ProgramStateRef enterStackFrame(const CallEvent &Call,
+                                  const StackFrameContext *CalleeCtx) const;
+
+  /// Get the lvalue for a variable reference.
+  Loc getLValue(const VarDecl *D, const LocationContext *LC) const;
+
+  Loc getLValue(const CompoundLiteralExpr *literal, 
+                const LocationContext *LC) const;
+
+  /// Get the lvalue for an ivar reference.
+  SVal getLValue(const ObjCIvarDecl *decl, SVal base) const;
+
+  /// Get the lvalue for a field reference.
+  SVal getLValue(const FieldDecl *decl, SVal Base) const;
+
+  /// Get the lvalue for an indirect field reference.
+  SVal getLValue(const IndirectFieldDecl *decl, SVal Base) const;
+
+  /// Get the lvalue for an array index.
+  SVal getLValue(QualType ElementType, SVal Idx, SVal Base) const;
+
+  /// Returns the SVal bound to the statement 'S' in the state's environment.
+  SVal getSVal(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *LCtx) const;
+  
+  SVal getSValAsScalarOrLoc(const Stmt *Ex, const LocationContext *LCtx) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the value bound to the specified location.
+  /// Returns UnknownVal() if none found.
+  SVal getSVal(Loc LV, QualType T = QualType()) const;
+
+  /// Returns the "raw" SVal bound to LV before any value simplfication.
+  SVal getRawSVal(Loc LV, QualType T= QualType()) const;
+
+  /// \brief Return the value bound to the specified location.
+  /// Returns UnknownVal() if none found.
+  SVal getSVal(const MemRegion* R) const;
+
+  SVal getSValAsScalarOrLoc(const MemRegion *R) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Visits the symbols reachable from the given SVal using the provided
+  /// SymbolVisitor.
+  ///
+  /// This is a convenience API. Consider using ScanReachableSymbols class
+  /// directly when making multiple scans on the same state with the same
+  /// visitor to avoid repeated initialization cost.
+  /// \sa ScanReachableSymbols
+  bool scanReachableSymbols(SVal val, SymbolVisitor& visitor) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Visits the symbols reachable from the SVals in the given range
+  /// using the provided SymbolVisitor.
+  bool scanReachableSymbols(const SVal *I, const SVal *E,
+                            SymbolVisitor &visitor) const;
+  
+  /// \brief Visits the symbols reachable from the regions in the given
+  /// MemRegions range using the provided SymbolVisitor.
+  bool scanReachableSymbols(const MemRegion * const *I, 
+                            const MemRegion * const *E,
+                            SymbolVisitor &visitor) const;
+
+  template <typename CB> CB scanReachableSymbols(SVal val) const;
+  template <typename CB> CB scanReachableSymbols(const SVal *beg,
+                                                 const SVal *end) const;
+  
+  template <typename CB> CB
+  scanReachableSymbols(const MemRegion * const *beg,
+                       const MemRegion * const *end) const;
+
+  /// Create a new state in which the statement is marked as tainted.
+  ProgramStateRef addTaint(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                               TaintTagType Kind = TaintTagGeneric) const;
+
+  /// Create a new state in which the symbol is marked as tainted.
+  ProgramStateRef addTaint(SymbolRef S,
+                               TaintTagType Kind = TaintTagGeneric) const;
+
+  /// Create a new state in which the region symbol is marked as tainted.
+  ProgramStateRef addTaint(const MemRegion *R,
+                               TaintTagType Kind = TaintTagGeneric) const;
+
+  /// Check if the statement is tainted in the current state.
+  bool isTainted(const Stmt *S, const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                 TaintTagType Kind = TaintTagGeneric) const;
+  bool isTainted(SVal V, TaintTagType Kind = TaintTagGeneric) const;
+  bool isTainted(SymbolRef Sym, TaintTagType Kind = TaintTagGeneric) const;
+  bool isTainted(const MemRegion *Reg, TaintTagType Kind=TaintTagGeneric) const;
+
+  /// \brief Get dynamic type information for a region.
+  DynamicTypeInfo getDynamicTypeInfo(const MemRegion *Reg) const;
+
+  /// \brief Set dynamic type information of the region; return the new state.
+  ProgramStateRef setDynamicTypeInfo(const MemRegion *Reg,
+                                     DynamicTypeInfo NewTy) const;
+
+  /// \brief Set dynamic type information of the region; return the new state.
+  ProgramStateRef setDynamicTypeInfo(const MemRegion *Reg,
+                                     QualType NewTy,
+                                     bool CanBeSubClassed = true) const {
+    return setDynamicTypeInfo(Reg, DynamicTypeInfo(NewTy, CanBeSubClassed));
+  }
+
+  //==---------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+  // Accessing the Generic Data Map (GDM).
+  //==---------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+
+  void *const* FindGDM(void *K) const;
+
+  template<typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef add(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K) const;
+
+  template <typename T>
+  typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::data_type
+  get() const {
+    return ProgramStateTrait<T>::MakeData(FindGDM(ProgramStateTrait<T>::GDMIndex()));
+  }
+
+  template<typename T>
+  typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::lookup_type
+  get(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type key) const {
+    void *const* d = FindGDM(ProgramStateTrait<T>::GDMIndex());
+    return ProgramStateTrait<T>::Lookup(ProgramStateTrait<T>::MakeData(d), key);
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::context_type get_context() const;
+
+
+  template<typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef remove(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K) const;
+
+  template<typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef remove(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K,
+                        typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::context_type C) const;
+  template <typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef remove() const;
+
+  template<typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef set(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::data_type D) const;
+
+  template<typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef set(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K,
+                     typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::value_type E) const;
+
+  template<typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef set(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K,
+                     typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::value_type E,
+                     typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::context_type C) const;
+
+  template<typename T>
+  bool contains(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type key) const {
+    void *const* d = FindGDM(ProgramStateTrait<T>::GDMIndex());
+    return ProgramStateTrait<T>::Contains(ProgramStateTrait<T>::MakeData(d), key);
+  }
+
+  // Pretty-printing.
+  void print(raw_ostream &Out, const char *nl = "\n",
+             const char *sep = "") const;
+  void printDOT(raw_ostream &Out) const;
+  void printTaint(raw_ostream &Out, const char *nl = "\n",
+                  const char *sep = "") const;
+
+  void dump() const;
+  void dumpTaint() const;
+
+private:
+  friend void ProgramStateRetain(const ProgramState *state);
+  friend void ProgramStateRelease(const ProgramState *state);
+
+  /// \sa invalidateValues()
+  /// \sa invalidateRegions()
+  ProgramStateRef
+  invalidateRegionsImpl(ArrayRef<SVal> Values,
+                        const Expr *E, unsigned BlockCount,
+                        const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                        bool ResultsInSymbolEscape,
+                        InvalidatedSymbols &IS,
+                        const CallEvent *Call,
+                        ArrayRef<SVal> ConstValues) const;
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// ProgramStateManager - Factory object for ProgramStates.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class ProgramStateManager {
+  friend class ProgramState;
+  friend void ProgramStateRelease(const ProgramState *state);
+private:
+  /// Eng - The SubEngine that owns this state manager.
+  SubEngine *Eng; /* Can be null. */
+
+  EnvironmentManager                   EnvMgr;
+  OwningPtr<StoreManager>              StoreMgr;
+  OwningPtr<ConstraintManager>         ConstraintMgr;
+
+  ProgramState::GenericDataMap::Factory     GDMFactory;
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<void*,std::pair<void*,void (*)(void*)> > GDMContextsTy;
+  GDMContextsTy GDMContexts;
+
+  /// StateSet - FoldingSet containing all the states created for analyzing
+  ///  a particular function.  This is used to unique states.
+  llvm::FoldingSet<ProgramState> StateSet;
+
+  /// Object that manages the data for all created SVals.
+  OwningPtr<SValBuilder> svalBuilder;
+
+  /// Manages memory for created CallEvents.
+  OwningPtr<CallEventManager> CallEventMgr;
+
+  /// A BumpPtrAllocator to allocate states.
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Alloc;
+  
+  /// A vector of ProgramStates that we can reuse.
+  std::vector<ProgramState *> freeStates;
+
+public:
+  ProgramStateManager(ASTContext &Ctx,
+                 StoreManagerCreator CreateStoreManager,
+                 ConstraintManagerCreator CreateConstraintManager,
+                 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& alloc,
+                 SubEngine *subeng);
+
+  ~ProgramStateManager();
+
+  ProgramStateRef getInitialState(const LocationContext *InitLoc);
+
+  ASTContext &getContext() { return svalBuilder->getContext(); }
+  const ASTContext &getContext() const { return svalBuilder->getContext(); }
+
+  BasicValueFactory &getBasicVals() {
+    return svalBuilder->getBasicValueFactory();
+  }
+
+  SValBuilder &getSValBuilder() {
+    return *svalBuilder;
+  }
+
+  SymbolManager &getSymbolManager() {
+    return svalBuilder->getSymbolManager();
+  }
+  const SymbolManager &getSymbolManager() const {
+    return svalBuilder->getSymbolManager();
+  }
+
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& getAllocator() { return Alloc; }
+
+  MemRegionManager& getRegionManager() {
+    return svalBuilder->getRegionManager();
+  }
+  const MemRegionManager& getRegionManager() const {
+    return svalBuilder->getRegionManager();
+  }
+
+  CallEventManager &getCallEventManager() { return *CallEventMgr; }
+
+  StoreManager& getStoreManager() { return *StoreMgr; }
+  ConstraintManager& getConstraintManager() { return *ConstraintMgr; }
+  SubEngine* getOwningEngine() { return Eng; }
+
+  ProgramStateRef removeDeadBindings(ProgramStateRef St,
+                                    const StackFrameContext *LCtx,
+                                    SymbolReaper& SymReaper);
+
+public:
+
+  SVal ArrayToPointer(Loc Array) {
+    return StoreMgr->ArrayToPointer(Array);
+  }
+
+  // Methods that manipulate the GDM.
+  ProgramStateRef addGDM(ProgramStateRef St, void *Key, void *Data);
+  ProgramStateRef removeGDM(ProgramStateRef state, void *Key);
+
+  // Methods that query & manipulate the Store.
+
+  void iterBindings(ProgramStateRef state, StoreManager::BindingsHandler& F) {
+    StoreMgr->iterBindings(state->getStore(), F);
+  }
+
+  ProgramStateRef getPersistentState(ProgramState &Impl);
+  ProgramStateRef getPersistentStateWithGDM(ProgramStateRef FromState,
+                                           ProgramStateRef GDMState);
+
+  bool haveEqualEnvironments(ProgramStateRef S1, ProgramStateRef S2) {
+    return S1->Env == S2->Env;
+  }
+
+  bool haveEqualStores(ProgramStateRef S1, ProgramStateRef S2) {
+    return S1->store == S2->store;
+  }
+
+  //==---------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+  // Generic Data Map methods.
+  //==---------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+  //
+  // ProgramStateManager and ProgramState support a "generic data map" that allows
+  // different clients of ProgramState objects to embed arbitrary data within a
+  // ProgramState object.  The generic data map is essentially an immutable map
+  // from a "tag" (that acts as the "key" for a client) and opaque values.
+  // Tags/keys and values are simply void* values.  The typical way that clients
+  // generate unique tags are by taking the address of a static variable.
+  // Clients are responsible for ensuring that data values referred to by a
+  // the data pointer are immutable (and thus are essentially purely functional
+  // data).
+  //
+  // The templated methods below use the ProgramStateTrait<T> class
+  // to resolve keys into the GDM and to return data values to clients.
+  //
+
+  // Trait based GDM dispatch.
+  template <typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef set(ProgramStateRef st, typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::data_type D) {
+    return addGDM(st, ProgramStateTrait<T>::GDMIndex(),
+                  ProgramStateTrait<T>::MakeVoidPtr(D));
+  }
+
+  template<typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef set(ProgramStateRef st,
+                     typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K,
+                     typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::value_type V,
+                     typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::context_type C) {
+
+    return addGDM(st, ProgramStateTrait<T>::GDMIndex(),
+     ProgramStateTrait<T>::MakeVoidPtr(ProgramStateTrait<T>::Set(st->get<T>(), K, V, C)));
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef add(ProgramStateRef st,
+                     typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K,
+                     typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::context_type C) {
+    return addGDM(st, ProgramStateTrait<T>::GDMIndex(),
+        ProgramStateTrait<T>::MakeVoidPtr(ProgramStateTrait<T>::Add(st->get<T>(), K, C)));
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef remove(ProgramStateRef st,
+                        typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K,
+                        typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::context_type C) {
+
+    return addGDM(st, ProgramStateTrait<T>::GDMIndex(),
+     ProgramStateTrait<T>::MakeVoidPtr(ProgramStateTrait<T>::Remove(st->get<T>(), K, C)));
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  ProgramStateRef remove(ProgramStateRef st) {
+    return removeGDM(st, ProgramStateTrait<T>::GDMIndex());
+  }
+
+  void *FindGDMContext(void *index,
+                       void *(*CreateContext)(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator&),
+                       void  (*DeleteContext)(void*));
+
+  template <typename T>
+  typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::context_type get_context() {
+    void *p = FindGDMContext(ProgramStateTrait<T>::GDMIndex(),
+                             ProgramStateTrait<T>::CreateContext,
+                             ProgramStateTrait<T>::DeleteContext);
+
+    return ProgramStateTrait<T>::MakeContext(p);
+  }
+
+  void EndPath(ProgramStateRef St) {
+    ConstraintMgr->EndPath(St);
+  }
+};
+
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Out-of-line method definitions for ProgramState.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+inline ConstraintManager &ProgramState::getConstraintManager() const {
+  return stateMgr->getConstraintManager();
+}
+  
+inline const VarRegion* ProgramState::getRegion(const VarDecl *D,
+                                                const LocationContext *LC) const 
+{
+  return getStateManager().getRegionManager().getVarRegion(D, LC);
+}
+
+inline ProgramStateRef ProgramState::assume(DefinedOrUnknownSVal Cond,
+                                      bool Assumption) const {
+  if (Cond.isUnknown())
+    return this;
+
+  return getStateManager().ConstraintMgr
+      ->assume(this, Cond.castAs<DefinedSVal>(), Assumption);
+}
+  
+inline std::pair<ProgramStateRef , ProgramStateRef >
+ProgramState::assume(DefinedOrUnknownSVal Cond) const {
+  if (Cond.isUnknown())
+    return std::make_pair(this, this);
+
+  return getStateManager().ConstraintMgr
+      ->assumeDual(this, Cond.castAs<DefinedSVal>());
+}
+
+inline ProgramStateRef ProgramState::bindLoc(SVal LV, SVal V) const {
+  if (Optional<Loc> L = LV.getAs<Loc>())
+    return bindLoc(*L, V);
+  return this;
+}
+
+inline Loc ProgramState::getLValue(const VarDecl *VD,
+                               const LocationContext *LC) const {
+  return getStateManager().StoreMgr->getLValueVar(VD, LC);
+}
+
+inline Loc ProgramState::getLValue(const CompoundLiteralExpr *literal,
+                               const LocationContext *LC) const {
+  return getStateManager().StoreMgr->getLValueCompoundLiteral(literal, LC);
+}
+
+inline SVal ProgramState::getLValue(const ObjCIvarDecl *D, SVal Base) const {
+  return getStateManager().StoreMgr->getLValueIvar(D, Base);
+}
+
+inline SVal ProgramState::getLValue(const FieldDecl *D, SVal Base) const {
+  return getStateManager().StoreMgr->getLValueField(D, Base);
+}
+
+inline SVal ProgramState::getLValue(const IndirectFieldDecl *D,
+                                    SVal Base) const {
+  StoreManager &SM = *getStateManager().StoreMgr;
+  for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator I = D->chain_begin(),
+                                         E = D->chain_end();
+       I != E; ++I) {
+    Base = SM.getLValueField(cast<FieldDecl>(*I), Base);
+  }
+
+  return Base;
+}
+
+inline SVal ProgramState::getLValue(QualType ElementType, SVal Idx, SVal Base) const{
+  if (Optional<NonLoc> N = Idx.getAs<NonLoc>())
+    return getStateManager().StoreMgr->getLValueElement(ElementType, *N, Base);
+  return UnknownVal();
+}
+
+inline SVal ProgramState::getSVal(const Stmt *Ex,
+                                  const LocationContext *LCtx) const{
+  return Env.getSVal(EnvironmentEntry(Ex, LCtx),
+                     *getStateManager().svalBuilder);
+}
+
+inline SVal
+ProgramState::getSValAsScalarOrLoc(const Stmt *S,
+                                   const LocationContext *LCtx) const {
+  if (const Expr *Ex = dyn_cast<Expr>(S)) {
+    QualType T = Ex->getType();
+    if (Ex->isGLValue() || Loc::isLocType(T) || T->isIntegerType())
+      return getSVal(S, LCtx);
+  }
+
+  return UnknownVal();
+}
+
+inline SVal ProgramState::getRawSVal(Loc LV, QualType T) const {
+  return getStateManager().StoreMgr->getBinding(getStore(), LV, T);
+}
+
+inline SVal ProgramState::getSVal(const MemRegion* R) const {
+  return getStateManager().StoreMgr->getBinding(getStore(),
+                                                loc::MemRegionVal(R));
+}
+
+inline BasicValueFactory &ProgramState::getBasicVals() const {
+  return getStateManager().getBasicVals();
+}
+
+inline SymbolManager &ProgramState::getSymbolManager() const {
+  return getStateManager().getSymbolManager();
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+ProgramStateRef ProgramState::add(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K) const {
+  return getStateManager().add<T>(this, K, get_context<T>());
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::context_type ProgramState::get_context() const {
+  return getStateManager().get_context<T>();
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+ProgramStateRef ProgramState::remove(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K) const {
+  return getStateManager().remove<T>(this, K, get_context<T>());
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+ProgramStateRef ProgramState::remove(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K,
+                               typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::context_type C) const {
+  return getStateManager().remove<T>(this, K, C);
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+ProgramStateRef ProgramState::remove() const {
+  return getStateManager().remove<T>(this);
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+ProgramStateRef ProgramState::set(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::data_type D) const {
+  return getStateManager().set<T>(this, D);
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+ProgramStateRef ProgramState::set(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K,
+                            typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::value_type E) const {
+  return getStateManager().set<T>(this, K, E, get_context<T>());
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+ProgramStateRef ProgramState::set(typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::key_type K,
+                            typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::value_type E,
+                            typename ProgramStateTrait<T>::context_type C) const {
+  return getStateManager().set<T>(this, K, E, C);
+}
+
+template <typename CB>
+CB ProgramState::scanReachableSymbols(SVal val) const {
+  CB cb(this);
+  scanReachableSymbols(val, cb);
+  return cb;
+}
+  
+template <typename CB>
+CB ProgramState::scanReachableSymbols(const SVal *beg, const SVal *end) const {
+  CB cb(this);
+  scanReachableSymbols(beg, end, cb);
+  return cb;
+}
+
+template <typename CB>
+CB ProgramState::scanReachableSymbols(const MemRegion * const *beg,
+                                 const MemRegion * const *end) const {
+  CB cb(this);
+  scanReachableSymbols(beg, end, cb);
+  return cb;
+}
+
+/// \class ScanReachableSymbols
+/// A Utility class that allows to visit the reachable symbols using a custom
+/// SymbolVisitor.
+class ScanReachableSymbols {
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const void*, unsigned> VisitedItems;
+
+  VisitedItems visited;
+  ProgramStateRef state;
+  SymbolVisitor &visitor;
+public:
+
+  ScanReachableSymbols(ProgramStateRef st, SymbolVisitor& v)
+    : state(st), visitor(v) {}
+
+  bool scan(nonloc::CompoundVal val);
+  bool scan(SVal val);
+  bool scan(const MemRegion *R);
+  bool scan(const SymExpr *sym);
+};
+
+} // end ento namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramStateTrait.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramStateTrait.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb52ae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramStateTrait.h
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+//ProgramStateTrait.h - Partial implementations of ProgramStateTrait -*- C++ -*-
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines partial implementations of template specializations of
+//  the class ProgramStateTrait<>.  ProgramStateTrait<> is used by ProgramState 
+//  to implement set/get methods for manipulating a ProgramState's
+//  generic data map.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_PROGRAMSTATETRAIT_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_PROGRAMSTATETRAIT_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+  class BumpPtrAllocator;
+  template <typename K, typename D, typename I> class ImmutableMap;
+  template <typename K, typename I> class ImmutableSet;
+  template <typename T> class ImmutableList;
+  template <typename T> class ImmutableListImpl;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace ento {
+  template <typename T> struct ProgramStatePartialTrait;
+
+  /// Declares a program state trait for type \p Type called \p Name, and
+  /// introduce a typedef named \c NameTy.
+  /// The macro should not be used inside namespaces, or for traits that must
+  /// be accessible from more than one translation unit.
+  #define REGISTER_TRAIT_WITH_PROGRAMSTATE(Name, Type) \
+    namespace { \
+      class Name {}; \
+      typedef Type Name ## Ty; \
+    } \
+    namespace clang { \
+    namespace ento { \
+      template <> \
+      struct ProgramStateTrait<Name> \
+        : public ProgramStatePartialTrait<Name ## Ty> { \
+        static void *GDMIndex() { static int Index; return &Index; } \
+      }; \
+    } \
+    }
+
+
+  // Partial-specialization for ImmutableMap.
+
+  template <typename Key, typename Data, typename Info>
+  struct ProgramStatePartialTrait< llvm::ImmutableMap<Key,Data,Info> > {
+    typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<Key,Data,Info> data_type;
+    typedef typename data_type::Factory&      context_type;
+    typedef Key                               key_type;
+    typedef Data                              value_type;
+    typedef const value_type*                 lookup_type;
+
+    static inline data_type MakeData(void *const* p) {
+      return p ? data_type((typename data_type::TreeTy*) *p) : data_type(0);
+    }
+    static inline void *MakeVoidPtr(data_type B) {
+      return B.getRoot();
+    }
+    static lookup_type Lookup(data_type B, key_type K) {
+      return B.lookup(K);
+    }
+    static data_type Set(data_type B, key_type K, value_type E,context_type F){
+      return F.add(B, K, E);
+    }
+
+    static data_type Remove(data_type B, key_type K, context_type F) {
+      return F.remove(B, K);
+    }
+
+    static inline context_type MakeContext(void *p) {
+      return *((typename data_type::Factory*) p);
+    }
+
+    static void *CreateContext(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& Alloc) {
+      return new typename data_type::Factory(Alloc);
+    }
+
+    static void DeleteContext(void *Ctx) {
+      delete (typename data_type::Factory*) Ctx;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// Helper for registering a map trait.
+  ///
+  /// If the map type were written directly in the invocation of
+  /// REGISTER_TRAIT_WITH_PROGRAMSTATE, the comma in the template arguments
+  /// would be treated as a macro argument separator, which is wrong.
+  /// This allows the user to specify a map type in a way that the preprocessor
+  /// can deal with.
+  #define CLANG_ENTO_PROGRAMSTATE_MAP(Key, Value) llvm::ImmutableMap<Key, Value>
+
+
+  // Partial-specialization for ImmutableSet.
+
+  template <typename Key, typename Info>
+  struct ProgramStatePartialTrait< llvm::ImmutableSet<Key,Info> > {
+    typedef llvm::ImmutableSet<Key,Info>      data_type;
+    typedef typename data_type::Factory&      context_type;
+    typedef Key                               key_type;
+
+    static inline data_type MakeData(void *const* p) {
+      return p ? data_type((typename data_type::TreeTy*) *p) : data_type(0);
+    }
+
+    static inline void *MakeVoidPtr(data_type B) {
+      return B.getRoot();
+    }
+
+    static data_type Add(data_type B, key_type K, context_type F) {
+      return F.add(B, K);
+    }
+
+    static data_type Remove(data_type B, key_type K, context_type F) {
+      return F.remove(B, K);
+    }
+
+    static bool Contains(data_type B, key_type K) {
+      return B.contains(K);
+    }
+
+    static inline context_type MakeContext(void *p) {
+      return *((typename data_type::Factory*) p);
+    }
+
+    static void *CreateContext(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& Alloc) {
+      return new typename data_type::Factory(Alloc);
+    }
+
+    static void DeleteContext(void *Ctx) {
+      delete (typename data_type::Factory*) Ctx;
+    }
+  };
+
+
+  // Partial-specialization for ImmutableList.
+
+  template <typename T>
+  struct ProgramStatePartialTrait< llvm::ImmutableList<T> > {
+    typedef llvm::ImmutableList<T>            data_type;
+    typedef T                                 key_type;
+    typedef typename data_type::Factory&      context_type;
+
+    static data_type Add(data_type L, key_type K, context_type F) {
+      return F.add(K, L);
+    }
+
+    static bool Contains(data_type L, key_type K) {
+      return L.contains(K);
+    }
+
+    static inline data_type MakeData(void *const* p) {
+      return p ? data_type((const llvm::ImmutableListImpl<T>*) *p)
+               : data_type(0);
+    }
+
+    static inline void *MakeVoidPtr(data_type D) {
+      return const_cast<llvm::ImmutableListImpl<T> *>(D.getInternalPointer());
+    }
+
+    static inline context_type MakeContext(void *p) {
+      return *((typename data_type::Factory*) p);
+    }
+
+    static void *CreateContext(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& Alloc) {
+      return new typename data_type::Factory(Alloc);
+    }
+
+    static void DeleteContext(void *Ctx) {
+      delete (typename data_type::Factory*) Ctx;
+    }
+  };
+
+  
+  // Partial specialization for bool.
+  template <> struct ProgramStatePartialTrait<bool> {
+    typedef bool data_type;
+
+    static inline data_type MakeData(void *const* p) {
+      return p ? (data_type) (uintptr_t) *p
+               : data_type();
+    }
+    static inline void *MakeVoidPtr(data_type d) {
+      return (void*) (uintptr_t) d;
+    }
+  };
+  
+  // Partial specialization for unsigned.
+  template <> struct ProgramStatePartialTrait<unsigned> {
+    typedef unsigned data_type;
+
+    static inline data_type MakeData(void *const* p) {
+      return p ? (data_type) (uintptr_t) *p
+               : data_type();
+    }
+    static inline void *MakeVoidPtr(data_type d) {
+      return (void*) (uintptr_t) d;
+    }
+  };
+
+  // Partial specialization for void*.
+  template <> struct ProgramStatePartialTrait<void*> {
+    typedef void *data_type;
+
+    static inline data_type MakeData(void *const* p) {
+      return p ? *p
+               : data_type();
+    }
+    static inline void *MakeVoidPtr(data_type d) {
+      return d;
+    }
+  };
+
+  // Partial specialization for const void *.
+  template <> struct ProgramStatePartialTrait<const void *> {
+    typedef const void *data_type;
+
+    static inline data_type MakeData(void * const *p) {
+      return p ? *p : data_type();
+    }
+
+    static inline void *MakeVoidPtr(data_type d) {
+      return const_cast<void *>(d);
+    }
+  };
+
+} // end ento namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState_Fwd.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState_Fwd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..371f3c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState_Fwd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+//== ProgramState_Fwd.h - Incomplete declarations of ProgramState -*- C++ -*--=/
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_PROGRAMSTATE_FWD_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_PROGRAMSTATE_FWD_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+  class ProgramState;
+  class ProgramStateManager;
+  void ProgramStateRetain(const ProgramState *state);
+  void ProgramStateRelease(const ProgramState *state);
+}
+}
+
+namespace llvm {
+  template <> struct IntrusiveRefCntPtrInfo<const clang::ento::ProgramState> {
+    static void retain(const clang::ento::ProgramState *state) {
+      clang::ento::ProgramStateRetain(state);
+    }
+    static void release(const clang::ento::ProgramState *state) {
+      clang::ento::ProgramStateRelease(state);
+    }
+  };
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+  typedef IntrusiveRefCntPtr<const ProgramState> ProgramStateRef;
+}
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SValBuilder.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SValBuilder.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7e49a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SValBuilder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+// SValBuilder.h - Construction of SVals from evaluating expressions -*- C++ -*-
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines SValBuilder, a class that defines the interface for
+//  "symbolical evaluators" which construct an SVal from an expression.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_SVALBUILDER
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_SVALBUILDER
+
+#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/BasicValueFactory.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/MemRegion.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CXXBoolLiteralExpr;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class SValBuilder {
+  virtual void anchor();
+protected:
+  ASTContext &Context;
+  
+  /// Manager of APSInt values.
+  BasicValueFactory BasicVals;
+
+  /// Manages the creation of symbols.
+  SymbolManager SymMgr;
+
+  /// Manages the creation of memory regions.
+  MemRegionManager MemMgr;
+
+  ProgramStateManager &StateMgr;
+
+  /// The scalar type to use for array indices.
+  const QualType ArrayIndexTy;
+  
+  /// The width of the scalar type used for array indices.
+  const unsigned ArrayIndexWidth;
+
+  virtual SVal evalCastFromNonLoc(NonLoc val, QualType castTy) = 0;
+  virtual SVal evalCastFromLoc(Loc val, QualType castTy) = 0;
+
+public:
+  // FIXME: Make these protected again once RegionStoreManager correctly
+  // handles loads from different bound value types.
+  virtual SVal dispatchCast(SVal val, QualType castTy) = 0;
+
+public:
+  SValBuilder(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &alloc, ASTContext &context,
+              ProgramStateManager &stateMgr)
+    : Context(context), BasicVals(context, alloc),
+      SymMgr(context, BasicVals, alloc),
+      MemMgr(context, alloc),
+      StateMgr(stateMgr),
+      ArrayIndexTy(context.IntTy),
+      ArrayIndexWidth(context.getTypeSize(ArrayIndexTy)) {}
+
+  virtual ~SValBuilder() {}
+
+  bool haveSameType(const SymExpr *Sym1, const SymExpr *Sym2) {
+    return haveSameType(Sym1->getType(), Sym2->getType());
+  }
+
+  bool haveSameType(QualType Ty1, QualType Ty2) {
+    // FIXME: Remove the second disjunct when we support symbolic
+    // truncation/extension.
+    return (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty1) == Context.getCanonicalType(Ty2) ||
+            (Ty1->isIntegerType() && Ty2->isIntegerType()));
+  }
+
+  SVal evalCast(SVal val, QualType castTy, QualType originalType);
+  
+  virtual SVal evalMinus(NonLoc val) = 0;
+
+  virtual SVal evalComplement(NonLoc val) = 0;
+
+  /// Create a new value which represents a binary expression with two non
+  /// location operands.
+  virtual SVal evalBinOpNN(ProgramStateRef state, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                           NonLoc lhs, NonLoc rhs, QualType resultTy) = 0;
+
+  /// Create a new value which represents a binary expression with two memory
+  /// location operands.
+  virtual SVal evalBinOpLL(ProgramStateRef state, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                           Loc lhs, Loc rhs, QualType resultTy) = 0;
+
+  /// Create a new value which represents a binary expression with a memory
+  /// location and non location operands. For example, this would be used to
+  /// evaluate a pointer arithmetic operation.
+  virtual SVal evalBinOpLN(ProgramStateRef state, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                           Loc lhs, NonLoc rhs, QualType resultTy) = 0;
+
+  /// Evaluates a given SVal. If the SVal has only one possible (integer) value,
+  /// that value is returned. Otherwise, returns NULL.
+  virtual const llvm::APSInt *getKnownValue(ProgramStateRef state, SVal val) = 0;
+  
+  /// Constructs a symbolic expression for two non-location values.
+  SVal makeSymExprValNN(ProgramStateRef state, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                      NonLoc lhs, NonLoc rhs, QualType resultTy);
+
+  SVal evalBinOp(ProgramStateRef state, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                 SVal lhs, SVal rhs, QualType type);
+  
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal evalEQ(ProgramStateRef state, DefinedOrUnknownSVal lhs,
+                              DefinedOrUnknownSVal rhs);
+
+  ASTContext &getContext() { return Context; }
+  const ASTContext &getContext() const { return Context; }
+
+  ProgramStateManager &getStateManager() { return StateMgr; }
+  
+  QualType getConditionType() const {
+    return Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
+  }
+  
+  QualType getArrayIndexType() const {
+    return ArrayIndexTy;
+  }
+
+  BasicValueFactory &getBasicValueFactory() { return BasicVals; }
+  const BasicValueFactory &getBasicValueFactory() const { return BasicVals; }
+
+  SymbolManager &getSymbolManager() { return SymMgr; }
+  const SymbolManager &getSymbolManager() const { return SymMgr; }
+
+  MemRegionManager &getRegionManager() { return MemMgr; }
+  const MemRegionManager &getRegionManager() const { return MemMgr; }
+
+  // Forwarding methods to SymbolManager.
+
+  const SymbolConjured* conjureSymbol(const Stmt *stmt,
+                                      const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                                      QualType type,
+                                      unsigned visitCount,
+                                      const void *symbolTag = 0) {
+    return SymMgr.conjureSymbol(stmt, LCtx, type, visitCount, symbolTag);
+  }
+
+  const SymbolConjured* conjureSymbol(const Expr *expr,
+                                      const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                                      unsigned visitCount,
+                                      const void *symbolTag = 0) {
+    return SymMgr.conjureSymbol(expr, LCtx, visitCount, symbolTag);
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an SVal representing '0' for the specified type.
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal makeZeroVal(QualType type);
+
+  /// Make a unique symbol for value of region.
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal getRegionValueSymbolVal(const TypedValueRegion *region);
+
+  /// \brief Create a new symbol with a unique 'name'.
+  ///
+  /// We resort to conjured symbols when we cannot construct a derived symbol.
+  /// The advantage of symbols derived/built from other symbols is that we
+  /// preserve the relation between related(or even equivalent) expressions, so
+  /// conjured symbols should be used sparingly.
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal conjureSymbolVal(const void *symbolTag,
+                                        const Expr *expr,
+                                        const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                                        unsigned count);
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal conjureSymbolVal(const void *symbolTag,
+                                        const Expr *expr,
+                                        const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                                        QualType type,
+                                        unsigned count);
+  
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal conjureSymbolVal(const Stmt *stmt,
+                                        const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                                        QualType type,
+                                        unsigned visitCount);
+  /// \brief Conjure a symbol representing heap allocated memory region.
+  ///
+  /// Note, the expression should represent a location.
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal getConjuredHeapSymbolVal(const Expr *E,
+                                                const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                                                unsigned Count);
+
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal getDerivedRegionValueSymbolVal(
+      SymbolRef parentSymbol, const TypedValueRegion *region);
+
+  DefinedSVal getMetadataSymbolVal(
+      const void *symbolTag, const MemRegion *region,
+      const Expr *expr, QualType type, unsigned count);
+
+  DefinedSVal getFunctionPointer(const FunctionDecl *func);
+  
+  DefinedSVal getBlockPointer(const BlockDecl *block, CanQualType locTy,
+                              const LocationContext *locContext);
+
+  NonLoc makeCompoundVal(QualType type, llvm::ImmutableList<SVal> vals) {
+    return nonloc::CompoundVal(BasicVals.getCompoundValData(type, vals));
+  }
+
+  NonLoc makeLazyCompoundVal(const StoreRef &store, 
+                             const TypedValueRegion *region) {
+    return nonloc::LazyCompoundVal(
+        BasicVals.getLazyCompoundValData(store, region));
+  }
+
+  NonLoc makeZeroArrayIndex() {
+    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getValue(0, ArrayIndexTy));
+  }
+
+  NonLoc makeArrayIndex(uint64_t idx) {
+    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getValue(idx, ArrayIndexTy));
+  }
+
+  SVal convertToArrayIndex(SVal val);
+
+  nonloc::ConcreteInt makeIntVal(const IntegerLiteral* integer) {
+    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(
+        BasicVals.getValue(integer->getValue(),
+                     integer->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()));
+  }
+
+  nonloc::ConcreteInt makeBoolVal(const ObjCBoolLiteralExpr *boolean) {
+    return makeTruthVal(boolean->getValue(), boolean->getType());
+  }
+
+  nonloc::ConcreteInt makeBoolVal(const CXXBoolLiteralExpr *boolean);
+
+  nonloc::ConcreteInt makeIntVal(const llvm::APSInt& integer) {
+    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getValue(integer));
+  }
+
+  loc::ConcreteInt makeIntLocVal(const llvm::APSInt &integer) {
+    return loc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getValue(integer));
+  }
+
+  NonLoc makeIntVal(const llvm::APInt& integer, bool isUnsigned) {
+    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getValue(integer, isUnsigned));
+  }
+
+  DefinedSVal makeIntVal(uint64_t integer, QualType type) {
+    if (Loc::isLocType(type))
+      return loc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getValue(integer, type));
+
+    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getValue(integer, type));
+  }
+
+  NonLoc makeIntVal(uint64_t integer, bool isUnsigned) {
+    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getIntValue(integer, isUnsigned));
+  }
+
+  NonLoc makeIntValWithPtrWidth(uint64_t integer, bool isUnsigned) {
+    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(
+        BasicVals.getIntWithPtrWidth(integer, isUnsigned));
+  }
+
+  NonLoc makeLocAsInteger(Loc loc, unsigned bits) {
+    return nonloc::LocAsInteger(BasicVals.getPersistentSValWithData(loc, bits));
+  }
+
+  NonLoc makeNonLoc(const SymExpr *lhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                    const llvm::APSInt& rhs, QualType type);
+
+  NonLoc makeNonLoc(const llvm::APSInt& rhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                    const SymExpr *lhs, QualType type);
+
+  NonLoc makeNonLoc(const SymExpr *lhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                    const SymExpr *rhs, QualType type);
+
+  /// \brief Create a NonLoc value for cast.
+  NonLoc makeNonLoc(const SymExpr *operand, QualType fromTy, QualType toTy);
+
+  nonloc::ConcreteInt makeTruthVal(bool b, QualType type) {
+    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getTruthValue(b, type));
+  }
+
+  nonloc::ConcreteInt makeTruthVal(bool b) {
+    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getTruthValue(b));
+  }
+
+  Loc makeNull() {
+    return loc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getZeroWithPtrWidth());
+  }
+
+  Loc makeLoc(SymbolRef sym) {
+    return loc::MemRegionVal(MemMgr.getSymbolicRegion(sym));
+  }
+
+  Loc makeLoc(const MemRegion* region) {
+    return loc::MemRegionVal(region);
+  }
+
+  Loc makeLoc(const AddrLabelExpr *expr) {
+    return loc::GotoLabel(expr->getLabel());
+  }
+
+  Loc makeLoc(const llvm::APSInt& integer) {
+    return loc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getValue(integer));
+  }
+
+  /// Return a memory region for the 'this' object reference.
+  loc::MemRegionVal getCXXThis(const CXXMethodDecl *D,
+                               const StackFrameContext *SFC);
+
+  /// Return a memory region for the 'this' object reference.
+  loc::MemRegionVal getCXXThis(const CXXRecordDecl *D,
+                               const StackFrameContext *SFC);
+};
+
+SValBuilder* createSimpleSValBuilder(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &alloc,
+                                     ASTContext &context,
+                                     ProgramStateManager &stateMgr);
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c5519e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+//== SVals.h - Abstract Values for Static Analysis ---------*- C++ -*--==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines SVal, Loc, and NonLoc, classes that represent
+//  abstract r-values for use with path-sensitive value tracking.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_RVALUE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_RVALUE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState_Fwd.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SymbolManager.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableList.h"
+
+//==------------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+//  Base SVal types.
+//==------------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class CompoundValData;
+class LazyCompoundValData;
+class ProgramState;
+class BasicValueFactory;
+class MemRegion;
+class TypedValueRegion;
+class MemRegionManager;
+class ProgramStateManager;
+class SValBuilder;
+
+/// SVal - This represents a symbolic expression, which can be either
+///  an L-value or an R-value.
+///
+class SVal {
+public:
+  enum BaseKind {
+    // The enumerators must be representable using 2 bits.
+    UndefinedKind = 0,  // for subclass UndefinedVal (an uninitialized value)
+    UnknownKind = 1,    // for subclass UnknownVal (a void value)
+    LocKind = 2,        // for subclass Loc (an L-value)
+    NonLocKind = 3      // for subclass NonLoc (an R-value that's not
+                        //   an L-value)
+  };
+  enum { BaseBits = 2, BaseMask = 0x3 };
+
+protected:
+  const void *Data;
+
+  /// The lowest 2 bits are a BaseKind (0 -- 3).
+  ///  The higher bits are an unsigned "kind" value.
+  unsigned Kind;
+
+  explicit SVal(const void *d, bool isLoc, unsigned ValKind)
+  : Data(d), Kind((isLoc ? LocKind : NonLocKind) | (ValKind << BaseBits)) {}
+
+  explicit SVal(BaseKind k, const void *D = NULL)
+    : Data(D), Kind(k) {}
+
+public:
+  explicit SVal() : Data(0), Kind(0) {}
+
+  /// \brief Convert to the specified SVal type, asserting that this SVal is of
+  /// the desired type.
+  template<typename T>
+  T castAs() const {
+    assert(T::isKind(*this));
+    T t;
+    SVal& sv = t;
+    sv = *this;
+    return t;
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Convert to the specified SVal type, returning None if this SVal is
+  /// not of the desired type.
+  template<typename T>
+  Optional<T> getAs() const {
+    if (!T::isKind(*this))
+      return None;
+    T t;
+    SVal& sv = t;
+    sv = *this;
+    return t;
+  }
+
+  /// BufferTy - A temporary buffer to hold a set of SVals.
+  typedef SmallVector<SVal,5> BufferTy;
+
+  inline unsigned getRawKind() const { return Kind; }
+  inline BaseKind getBaseKind() const { return (BaseKind) (Kind & BaseMask); }
+  inline unsigned getSubKind() const { return (Kind & ~BaseMask) >> BaseBits; }
+
+  // This method is required for using SVal in a FoldingSetNode.  It
+  // extracts a unique signature for this SVal object.
+  inline void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
+    ID.AddInteger((unsigned) getRawKind());
+    ID.AddPointer(Data);
+  }
+
+  inline bool operator==(const SVal& R) const {
+    return getRawKind() == R.getRawKind() && Data == R.Data;
+  }
+
+  inline bool operator!=(const SVal& R) const {
+    return !(*this == R);
+  }
+
+  inline bool isUnknown() const {
+    return getRawKind() == UnknownKind;
+  }
+
+  inline bool isUndef() const {
+    return getRawKind() == UndefinedKind;
+  }
+
+  inline bool isUnknownOrUndef() const {
+    return getRawKind() <= UnknownKind;
+  }
+
+  inline bool isValid() const {
+    return getRawKind() > UnknownKind;
+  }
+
+  bool isConstant() const;
+
+  bool isConstant(int I) const;
+
+  bool isZeroConstant() const;
+
+  /// hasConjuredSymbol - If this SVal wraps a conjured symbol, return true;
+  bool hasConjuredSymbol() const;
+
+  /// getAsFunctionDecl - If this SVal is a MemRegionVal and wraps a
+  /// CodeTextRegion wrapping a FunctionDecl, return that FunctionDecl.
+  /// Otherwise return 0.
+  const FunctionDecl *getAsFunctionDecl() const;
+
+  /// If this SVal is a location (subclasses Loc) and
+  /// wraps a symbol, return that SymbolRef.  Otherwise return 0.
+  SymbolRef getAsLocSymbol() const;
+
+  /// Get the symbol in the SVal or its base region.
+  SymbolRef getLocSymbolInBase() const;
+
+  /// If this SVal wraps a symbol return that SymbolRef.
+  /// Otherwise, return 0.
+  SymbolRef getAsSymbol() const;
+
+  /// getAsSymbolicExpression - If this Sval wraps a symbolic expression then
+  ///  return that expression.  Otherwise return NULL.
+  const SymExpr *getAsSymbolicExpression() const;
+
+  const SymExpr* getAsSymExpr() const;
+
+  const MemRegion *getAsRegion() const;
+
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+  void dump() const;
+
+  SymExpr::symbol_iterator symbol_begin() const {
+    const SymExpr *SE = getAsSymbolicExpression();
+    if (SE)
+      return SE->symbol_begin();
+    else
+      return SymExpr::symbol_iterator();
+  }
+
+  SymExpr::symbol_iterator symbol_end() const { 
+    return SymExpr::symbol_end();
+  }
+};
+
+
+class UndefinedVal : public SVal {
+public:
+  UndefinedVal() : SVal(UndefinedKind) {}
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == UndefinedKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class DefinedOrUnknownSVal : public SVal {
+private:
+  // We want calling these methods to be a compiler error since they are
+  // tautologically false.
+  bool isUndef() const LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  bool isValid() const LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  
+protected:
+  DefinedOrUnknownSVal() {}
+  explicit DefinedOrUnknownSVal(const void *d, bool isLoc, unsigned ValKind)
+    : SVal(d, isLoc, ValKind) {}
+  
+  explicit DefinedOrUnknownSVal(BaseKind k, void *D = NULL)
+    : SVal(k, D) {}
+  
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return !V.isUndef();
+  }
+};
+  
+class UnknownVal : public DefinedOrUnknownSVal {
+public:
+  explicit UnknownVal() : DefinedOrUnknownSVal(UnknownKind) {}
+  
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  static bool isKind(const SVal &V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == UnknownKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class DefinedSVal : public DefinedOrUnknownSVal {
+private:
+  // We want calling these methods to be a compiler error since they are
+  // tautologically true/false.
+  bool isUnknown() const LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  bool isUnknownOrUndef() const LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  bool isValid() const LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+protected:
+  DefinedSVal() {}
+  explicit DefinedSVal(const void *d, bool isLoc, unsigned ValKind)
+    : DefinedOrUnknownSVal(d, isLoc, ValKind) {}
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return !V.isUnknownOrUndef();
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// \brief Represents an SVal that is guaranteed to not be UnknownVal.
+class KnownSVal : public SVal {
+  KnownSVal() {}
+  friend class SVal;
+  static bool isKind(const SVal &V) {
+    return !V.isUnknown();
+  }
+public:
+  KnownSVal(const DefinedSVal &V) : SVal(V) {}
+  KnownSVal(const UndefinedVal &V) : SVal(V) {}
+};
+
+class NonLoc : public DefinedSVal {
+protected:
+  NonLoc() {}
+  explicit NonLoc(unsigned SubKind, const void *d)
+    : DefinedSVal(d, false, SubKind) {}
+
+public:
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &Out) const;
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == NonLocKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class Loc : public DefinedSVal {
+protected:
+  Loc() {}
+  explicit Loc(unsigned SubKind, const void *D)
+  : DefinedSVal(const_cast<void*>(D), true, SubKind) {}
+
+public:
+  void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &Out) const;
+
+  static inline bool isLocType(QualType T) {
+    return T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType() || 
+           T->isReferenceType();
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == LocKind;
+  }
+};
+
+//==------------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+//  Subclasses of NonLoc.
+//==------------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+
+namespace nonloc {
+
+enum Kind { ConcreteIntKind, SymbolValKind,
+            LocAsIntegerKind, CompoundValKind, LazyCompoundValKind };
+
+/// \brief Represents symbolic expression.
+class SymbolVal : public NonLoc {
+public:
+  SymbolVal(SymbolRef sym) : NonLoc(SymbolValKind, sym) {}
+
+  SymbolRef getSymbol() const {
+    return (const SymExpr*) Data;
+  }
+
+  bool isExpression() const {
+    return !isa<SymbolData>(getSymbol());
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  SymbolVal() {}
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == NonLocKind &&
+           V.getSubKind() == SymbolValKind;
+  }
+
+  static bool isKind(const NonLoc& V) {
+    return V.getSubKind() == SymbolValKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Value representing integer constant.
+class ConcreteInt : public NonLoc {
+public:
+  explicit ConcreteInt(const llvm::APSInt& V) : NonLoc(ConcreteIntKind, &V) {}
+
+  const llvm::APSInt& getValue() const {
+    return *static_cast<const llvm::APSInt*>(Data);
+  }
+
+  // Transfer functions for binary/unary operations on ConcreteInts.
+  SVal evalBinOp(SValBuilder &svalBuilder, BinaryOperator::Opcode Op,
+                 const ConcreteInt& R) const;
+
+  ConcreteInt evalComplement(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const;
+
+  ConcreteInt evalMinus(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const;
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  ConcreteInt() {}
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == NonLocKind &&
+           V.getSubKind() == ConcreteIntKind;
+  }
+
+  static bool isKind(const NonLoc& V) {
+    return V.getSubKind() == ConcreteIntKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class LocAsInteger : public NonLoc {
+  friend class ento::SValBuilder;
+
+  explicit LocAsInteger(const std::pair<SVal, uintptr_t> &data)
+      : NonLoc(LocAsIntegerKind, &data) {
+    assert (data.first.getAs<Loc>());
+  }
+
+public:
+
+  Loc getLoc() const {
+    const std::pair<SVal, uintptr_t> *D =
+      static_cast<const std::pair<SVal, uintptr_t> *>(Data);
+    return D->first.castAs<Loc>();
+  }
+
+  Loc getPersistentLoc() const {
+    const std::pair<SVal, uintptr_t> *D =
+      static_cast<const std::pair<SVal, uintptr_t> *>(Data);
+    const SVal& V = D->first;
+    return V.castAs<Loc>();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumBits() const {
+    const std::pair<SVal, uintptr_t> *D =
+      static_cast<const std::pair<SVal, uintptr_t> *>(Data);
+    return D->second;
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  LocAsInteger() {}
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == NonLocKind &&
+           V.getSubKind() == LocAsIntegerKind;
+  }
+
+  static bool isKind(const NonLoc& V) {
+    return V.getSubKind() == LocAsIntegerKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class CompoundVal : public NonLoc {
+  friend class ento::SValBuilder;
+
+  explicit CompoundVal(const CompoundValData* D) : NonLoc(CompoundValKind, D) {}
+
+public:
+  const CompoundValData* getValue() const {
+    return static_cast<const CompoundValData*>(Data);
+  }
+
+  typedef llvm::ImmutableList<SVal>::iterator iterator;
+  iterator begin() const;
+  iterator end() const;
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  CompoundVal() {}
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == NonLocKind && V.getSubKind() == CompoundValKind;
+  }
+
+  static bool isKind(const NonLoc& V) {
+    return V.getSubKind() == CompoundValKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class LazyCompoundVal : public NonLoc {
+  friend class ento::SValBuilder;
+
+  explicit LazyCompoundVal(const LazyCompoundValData *D)
+    : NonLoc(LazyCompoundValKind, D) {}
+public:
+  const LazyCompoundValData *getCVData() const {
+    return static_cast<const LazyCompoundValData*>(Data);
+  }
+  const void *getStore() const;
+  const TypedValueRegion *getRegion() const;
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  LazyCompoundVal() {}
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == NonLocKind &&
+           V.getSubKind() == LazyCompoundValKind;
+  }
+  static bool isKind(const NonLoc& V) {
+    return V.getSubKind() == LazyCompoundValKind;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace ento::nonloc
+
+//==------------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+//  Subclasses of Loc.
+//==------------------------------------------------------------------------==//
+
+namespace loc {
+
+enum Kind { GotoLabelKind, MemRegionKind, ConcreteIntKind };
+
+class GotoLabel : public Loc {
+public:
+  explicit GotoLabel(LabelDecl *Label) : Loc(GotoLabelKind, Label) {}
+
+  const LabelDecl *getLabel() const {
+    return static_cast<const LabelDecl*>(Data);
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  GotoLabel() {}
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == LocKind && V.getSubKind() == GotoLabelKind;
+  }
+
+  static bool isKind(const Loc& V) {
+    return V.getSubKind() == GotoLabelKind;
+  }
+};
+
+
+class MemRegionVal : public Loc {
+public:
+  explicit MemRegionVal(const MemRegion* r) : Loc(MemRegionKind, r) {}
+
+  /// \brief Get the underlining region.
+  const MemRegion* getRegion() const {
+    return static_cast<const MemRegion*>(Data);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Get the underlining region and strip casts.
+  const MemRegion* stripCasts(bool StripBaseCasts = true) const;
+
+  template <typename REGION>
+  const REGION* getRegionAs() const {
+    return dyn_cast<REGION>(getRegion());
+  }
+
+  inline bool operator==(const MemRegionVal& R) const {
+    return getRegion() == R.getRegion();
+  }
+
+  inline bool operator!=(const MemRegionVal& R) const {
+    return getRegion() != R.getRegion();
+  }
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  MemRegionVal() {}
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == LocKind &&
+           V.getSubKind() == MemRegionKind;
+  }
+
+  static bool isKind(const Loc& V) {
+    return V.getSubKind() == MemRegionKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class ConcreteInt : public Loc {
+public:
+  explicit ConcreteInt(const llvm::APSInt& V) : Loc(ConcreteIntKind, &V) {}
+
+  const llvm::APSInt& getValue() const {
+    return *static_cast<const llvm::APSInt*>(Data);
+  }
+
+  // Transfer functions for binary/unary operations on ConcreteInts.
+  SVal evalBinOp(BasicValueFactory& BasicVals, BinaryOperator::Opcode Op,
+                 const ConcreteInt& R) const;
+
+private:
+  friend class SVal;
+  ConcreteInt() {}
+  static bool isKind(const SVal& V) {
+    return V.getBaseKind() == LocKind &&
+           V.getSubKind() == ConcreteIntKind;
+  }
+
+  static bool isKind(const Loc& V) {
+    return V.getSubKind() == ConcreteIntKind;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end ento::loc namespace
+
+} // end ento namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+namespace llvm {
+static inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &os,
+                                            clang::ento::SVal V) {
+  V.dumpToStream(os);
+  return os;
+}
+
+template <typename T> struct isPodLike;
+template <> struct isPodLike<clang::ento::SVal> {
+  static const bool value = true;
+};
+
+} // end llvm namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/Store.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/Store.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbfd579
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/Store.h
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+//== Store.h - Interface for maps from Locations to Values ------*- C++ -*--==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defined the types Store and StoreManager.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_STORE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_STORE_H
+
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/MemRegion.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SValBuilder.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/StoreRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Stmt;
+class Expr;
+class ObjCIvarDecl;
+class CXXBasePath;
+class StackFrameContext;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class CallEvent;
+class ProgramState;
+class ProgramStateManager;
+class ScanReachableSymbols;
+
+typedef llvm::DenseSet<SymbolRef> InvalidatedSymbols;
+
+class StoreManager {
+protected:
+  SValBuilder &svalBuilder;
+  ProgramStateManager &StateMgr;
+
+  /// MRMgr - Manages region objects associated with this StoreManager.
+  MemRegionManager &MRMgr;
+  ASTContext &Ctx;
+
+  StoreManager(ProgramStateManager &stateMgr);
+
+public:
+  virtual ~StoreManager() {}
+
+  /// Return the value bound to specified location in a given state.
+  /// \param[in] store The analysis state.
+  /// \param[in] loc The symbolic memory location.
+  /// \param[in] T An optional type that provides a hint indicating the
+  ///   expected type of the returned value.  This is used if the value is
+  ///   lazily computed.
+  /// \return The value bound to the location \c loc.
+  virtual SVal getBinding(Store store, Loc loc, QualType T = QualType()) = 0;
+
+  /// Return a state with the specified value bound to the given location.
+  /// \param[in] store The analysis state.
+  /// \param[in] loc The symbolic memory location.
+  /// \param[in] val The value to bind to location \c loc.
+  /// \return A pointer to a ProgramState object that contains the same
+  ///   bindings as \c state with the addition of having the value specified
+  ///   by \c val bound to the location given for \c loc.
+  virtual StoreRef Bind(Store store, Loc loc, SVal val) = 0;
+
+  virtual StoreRef BindDefault(Store store, const MemRegion *R, SVal V);
+
+  /// \brief Create a new store with the specified binding removed.
+  /// \param ST the original store, that is the basis for the new store.
+  /// \param L the location whose binding should be removed.
+  virtual StoreRef killBinding(Store ST, Loc L) = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Create a new store that binds a value to a compound literal.
+  ///
+  /// \param ST The original store whose bindings are the basis for the new
+  ///        store.
+  ///
+  /// \param CL The compound literal to bind (the binding key).
+  ///
+  /// \param LC The LocationContext for the binding.
+  ///
+  /// \param V The value to bind to the compound literal.
+  virtual StoreRef bindCompoundLiteral(Store ST,
+                                       const CompoundLiteralExpr *CL,
+                                       const LocationContext *LC,
+                                       SVal V) = 0;
+
+  /// getInitialStore - Returns the initial "empty" store representing the
+  ///  value bindings upon entry to an analyzed function.
+  virtual StoreRef getInitialStore(const LocationContext *InitLoc) = 0;
+
+  /// getRegionManager - Returns the internal RegionManager object that is
+  ///  used to query and manipulate MemRegion objects.
+  MemRegionManager& getRegionManager() { return MRMgr; }
+
+  virtual Loc getLValueVar(const VarDecl *VD, const LocationContext *LC) {
+    return svalBuilder.makeLoc(MRMgr.getVarRegion(VD, LC));
+  }
+
+  Loc getLValueCompoundLiteral(const CompoundLiteralExpr *CL,
+                               const LocationContext *LC) {
+    return loc::MemRegionVal(MRMgr.getCompoundLiteralRegion(CL, LC));
+  }
+
+  virtual SVal getLValueIvar(const ObjCIvarDecl *decl, SVal base);
+
+  virtual SVal getLValueField(const FieldDecl *D, SVal Base) {
+    return getLValueFieldOrIvar(D, Base);
+  }
+
+  virtual SVal getLValueElement(QualType elementType, NonLoc offset, SVal Base);
+
+  // FIXME: This should soon be eliminated altogether; clients should deal with
+  // region extents directly.
+  virtual DefinedOrUnknownSVal getSizeInElements(ProgramStateRef state, 
+                                                 const MemRegion *region,
+                                                 QualType EleTy) {
+    return UnknownVal();
+  }
+
+  /// ArrayToPointer - Used by ExprEngine::VistCast to handle implicit
+  ///  conversions between arrays and pointers.
+  virtual SVal ArrayToPointer(Loc Array) = 0;
+
+  /// Evaluates a chain of derived-to-base casts through the path specified in
+  /// \p Cast.
+  SVal evalDerivedToBase(SVal Derived, const CastExpr *Cast);
+
+  /// Evaluates a chain of derived-to-base casts through the specified path.
+  SVal evalDerivedToBase(SVal Derived, const CXXBasePath &CastPath);
+
+  /// Evaluates a derived-to-base cast through a single level of derivation.
+  SVal evalDerivedToBase(SVal Derived, QualType DerivedPtrType,
+                         bool IsVirtual);
+
+  /// \brief Evaluates C++ dynamic_cast cast.
+  /// The callback may result in the following 3 scenarios:
+  ///  - Successful cast (ex: derived is subclass of base).
+  ///  - Failed cast (ex: derived is definitely not a subclass of base).
+  ///  - We don't know (base is a symbolic region and we don't have 
+  ///    enough info to determine if the cast will succeed at run time).
+  /// The function returns an SVal representing the derived class; it's
+  /// valid only if Failed flag is set to false.
+  SVal evalDynamicCast(SVal Base, QualType DerivedPtrType, bool &Failed);
+
+  const ElementRegion *GetElementZeroRegion(const MemRegion *R, QualType T);
+
+  /// castRegion - Used by ExprEngine::VisitCast to handle casts from
+  ///  a MemRegion* to a specific location type.  'R' is the region being
+  ///  casted and 'CastToTy' the result type of the cast.
+  const MemRegion *castRegion(const MemRegion *region, QualType CastToTy);
+
+  virtual StoreRef removeDeadBindings(Store store, const StackFrameContext *LCtx,
+                                      SymbolReaper& SymReaper) = 0;
+
+  virtual bool includedInBindings(Store store,
+                                  const MemRegion *region) const = 0;
+  
+  /// If the StoreManager supports it, increment the reference count of
+  /// the specified Store object.
+  virtual void incrementReferenceCount(Store store) {}
+
+  /// If the StoreManager supports it, decrement the reference count of
+  /// the specified Store object.  If the reference count hits 0, the memory
+  /// associated with the object is recycled.
+  virtual void decrementReferenceCount(Store store) {}
+
+  typedef SmallVector<const MemRegion *, 8> InvalidatedRegions;
+
+  /// invalidateRegions - Clears out the specified regions from the store,
+  ///  marking their values as unknown. Depending on the store, this may also
+  ///  invalidate additional regions that may have changed based on accessing
+  ///  the given regions. Optionally, invalidates non-static globals as well.
+  /// \param[in] store The initial store
+  /// \param[in] Values The values to invalidate.
+  /// \param[in] ConstValues The values to invalidate; these are known to be
+  ///   const, so only regions accesible from them should be invalidated.
+  /// \param[in] E The current statement being evaluated. Used to conjure
+  ///   symbols to mark the values of invalidated regions.
+  /// \param[in] Count The current block count. Used to conjure
+  ///   symbols to mark the values of invalidated regions.
+  /// \param[in] Call The call expression which will be used to determine which
+  ///   globals should get invalidated.
+  /// \param[in,out] IS A set to fill with any symbols that are no longer
+  ///   accessible. Pass \c NULL if this information will not be used.
+  /// \param[in,out] ConstIS A set to fill with any symbols corresponding to
+  ///   the ConstValues.
+  /// \param[in,out] InvalidatedTopLevel A vector to fill with regions
+  ////  explicitely being invalidated. Pass \c NULL if this
+  ///   information will not be used.
+  /// \param[in,out] InvalidatedTopLevelConst A vector to fill with const 
+  ////  regions explicitely being invalidated. Pass \c NULL if this
+  ///   information will not be used.
+  /// \param[in,out] Invalidated A vector to fill with any regions being
+  ///   invalidated. This should include any regions explicitly invalidated
+  ///   even if they do not currently have bindings. Pass \c NULL if this
+  ///   information will not be used.
+  virtual StoreRef invalidateRegions(Store store,
+                                  ArrayRef<SVal> Values,
+                                  ArrayRef<SVal> ConstValues,
+                                  const Expr *E, unsigned Count,
+                                  const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                                  const CallEvent *Call,
+                                  InvalidatedSymbols &IS,
+                                  InvalidatedSymbols &ConstIS,
+                                  InvalidatedRegions *InvalidatedTopLevel,
+                                  InvalidatedRegions *InvalidatedTopLevelConst,
+                                  InvalidatedRegions *Invalidated) = 0;
+
+  /// enterStackFrame - Let the StoreManager to do something when execution
+  /// engine is about to execute into a callee.
+  StoreRef enterStackFrame(Store store,
+                           const CallEvent &Call,
+                           const StackFrameContext *CalleeCtx);
+
+  /// Finds the transitive closure of symbols within the given region.
+  ///
+  /// Returns false if the visitor aborted the scan.
+  virtual bool scanReachableSymbols(Store S, const MemRegion *R,
+                                    ScanReachableSymbols &Visitor) = 0;
+
+  virtual void print(Store store, raw_ostream &Out,
+                     const char* nl, const char *sep) = 0;
+
+  class BindingsHandler {
+  public:
+    virtual ~BindingsHandler();
+    virtual bool HandleBinding(StoreManager& SMgr, Store store,
+                               const MemRegion *region, SVal val) = 0;
+  };
+
+  class FindUniqueBinding :
+  public BindingsHandler {
+    SymbolRef Sym;
+    const MemRegion* Binding;
+    bool First;
+
+  public:
+    FindUniqueBinding(SymbolRef sym) : Sym(sym), Binding(0), First(true) {}
+
+    bool HandleBinding(StoreManager& SMgr, Store store, const MemRegion* R,
+                       SVal val);
+    operator bool() { return First && Binding; }
+    const MemRegion *getRegion() { return Binding; }
+  };
+
+  /// iterBindings - Iterate over the bindings in the Store.
+  virtual void iterBindings(Store store, BindingsHandler& f) = 0;
+
+protected:
+  const MemRegion *MakeElementRegion(const MemRegion *baseRegion,
+                                     QualType pointeeTy, uint64_t index = 0);
+
+  /// CastRetrievedVal - Used by subclasses of StoreManager to implement
+  ///  implicit casts that arise from loads from regions that are reinterpreted
+  ///  as another region.
+  SVal CastRetrievedVal(SVal val, const TypedValueRegion *region, 
+                        QualType castTy, bool performTestOnly = true);
+
+private:
+  SVal getLValueFieldOrIvar(const Decl *decl, SVal base);
+};
+
+
+inline StoreRef::StoreRef(Store store, StoreManager & smgr)
+  : store(store), mgr(smgr) {
+  if (store)
+    mgr.incrementReferenceCount(store);
+}
+
+inline StoreRef::StoreRef(const StoreRef &sr) 
+  : store(sr.store), mgr(sr.mgr)
+{ 
+  if (store)
+    mgr.incrementReferenceCount(store);
+}
+  
+inline StoreRef::~StoreRef() {
+  if (store)
+    mgr.decrementReferenceCount(store);
+}
+  
+inline StoreRef &StoreRef::operator=(StoreRef const &newStore) {
+  assert(&newStore.mgr == &mgr);
+  if (store != newStore.store) {
+    mgr.incrementReferenceCount(newStore.store);
+    mgr.decrementReferenceCount(store);
+    store = newStore.getStore();
+  }
+  return *this;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Do we need to pass ProgramStateManager anymore?
+StoreManager *CreateRegionStoreManager(ProgramStateManager& StMgr);
+StoreManager *CreateFieldsOnlyRegionStoreManager(ProgramStateManager& StMgr);
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/StoreRef.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/StoreRef.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5ba003
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/StoreRef.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+//== StoreRef.h - Smart pointer for store objects ---------------*- C++ -*--==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defined the type StoreRef.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_STOREREF_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_STOREREF_H
+
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+  
+/// Store - This opaque type encapsulates an immutable mapping from
+///  locations to values.  At a high-level, it represents the symbolic
+///  memory model.  Different subclasses of StoreManager may choose
+///  different types to represent the locations and values.
+typedef const void *Store;
+  
+class StoreManager;
+  
+class StoreRef {
+  Store store;
+  StoreManager &mgr;
+public:
+  StoreRef(Store, StoreManager &);
+  StoreRef(const StoreRef &);
+  StoreRef &operator=(StoreRef const &);
+  
+  bool operator==(const StoreRef &x) const {
+    assert(&mgr == &x.mgr);
+    return x.store == store;
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const StoreRef &x) const { return !operator==(x); }
+  
+  ~StoreRef();
+  
+  Store getStore() const { return store; }
+  const StoreManager &getStoreManager() const { return mgr; }
+};
+
+}}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SubEngine.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SubEngine.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d410063
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SubEngine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+//== SubEngine.h - Interface of the subengine of CoreEngine --------*- C++ -*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the interface of a subengine of the CoreEngine.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_SUBENGINE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_SUBENGINE_H
+
+#include "clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SVals.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/Store.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class CFGBlock;
+class CFGElement;
+class LocationContext;
+class Stmt;
+
+namespace ento {
+  
+struct NodeBuilderContext;
+class AnalysisManager;
+class ExplodedNodeSet;
+class ExplodedNode;
+class ProgramState;
+class ProgramStateManager;
+class BlockCounter;
+class BranchNodeBuilder;
+class IndirectGotoNodeBuilder;
+class SwitchNodeBuilder;
+class EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder;
+class NodeBuilderWithSinks;
+class MemRegion;
+
+class SubEngine {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  virtual ~SubEngine() {}
+
+  virtual ProgramStateRef getInitialState(const LocationContext *InitLoc) = 0;
+
+  virtual AnalysisManager &getAnalysisManager() = 0;
+
+  virtual ProgramStateManager &getStateManager() = 0;
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine. Used to generate new successor
+  /// nodes by processing the 'effects' of a block-level statement.
+  virtual void processCFGElement(const CFGElement E, ExplodedNode* Pred,
+                                 unsigned StmtIdx, NodeBuilderContext *Ctx)=0;
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine when it starts processing a CFGBlock.  The
+  /// SubEngine is expected to populate dstNodes with new nodes representing
+  /// updated analysis state, or generate no nodes at all if it doesn't.
+  virtual void processCFGBlockEntrance(const BlockEdge &L,
+                                       NodeBuilderWithSinks &nodeBuilder,
+                                       ExplodedNode *Pred) = 0;
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine.  Used to generate successor
+  ///  nodes by processing the 'effects' of a branch condition.
+  virtual void processBranch(const Stmt *Condition, const Stmt *Term,
+                             NodeBuilderContext& BuilderCtx,
+                             ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                             ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                             const CFGBlock *DstT,
+                             const CFGBlock *DstF) = 0;
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine.  Used to processing branching behavior
+  /// at static initalizers.
+  virtual void processStaticInitializer(const DeclStmt *DS,
+                                        NodeBuilderContext& BuilderCtx,
+                                        ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                        ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
+                                        const CFGBlock *DstT,
+                                        const CFGBlock *DstF) = 0;
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine.  Used to generate successor
+  /// nodes by processing the 'effects' of a computed goto jump.
+  virtual void processIndirectGoto(IndirectGotoNodeBuilder& builder) = 0;
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine.  Used to generate successor
+  /// nodes by processing the 'effects' of a switch statement.
+  virtual void processSwitch(SwitchNodeBuilder& builder) = 0;
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine.  Used to generate end-of-path
+  /// nodes when the control reaches the end of a function.
+  virtual void processEndOfFunction(NodeBuilderContext& BC,
+                                    ExplodedNode *Pred) = 0;
+
+  // Generate the entry node of the callee.
+  virtual void processCallEnter(CallEnter CE, ExplodedNode *Pred) = 0;
+
+  // Generate the first post callsite node.
+  virtual void processCallExit(ExplodedNode *Pred) = 0;
+
+  /// Called by ConstraintManager. Used to call checker-specific
+  /// logic for handling assumptions on symbolic values.
+  virtual ProgramStateRef processAssume(ProgramStateRef state,
+                                       SVal cond, bool assumption) = 0;
+
+  /// wantsRegionChangeUpdate - Called by ProgramStateManager to determine if a
+  ///  region change should trigger a processRegionChanges update.
+  virtual bool wantsRegionChangeUpdate(ProgramStateRef state) = 0;
+
+  /// processRegionChanges - Called by ProgramStateManager whenever a change is
+  /// made to the store. Used to update checkers that track region values.
+  virtual ProgramStateRef 
+  processRegionChanges(ProgramStateRef state,
+                       const InvalidatedSymbols *invalidated,
+                       ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> ExplicitRegions,
+                       ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> Regions,
+                       const CallEvent *Call) = 0;
+
+
+  inline ProgramStateRef 
+  processRegionChange(ProgramStateRef state,
+                      const MemRegion* MR) {
+    return processRegionChanges(state, 0, MR, MR, 0);
+  }
+
+  virtual ProgramStateRef
+  processPointerEscapedOnBind(ProgramStateRef State, SVal Loc, SVal Val) = 0;
+
+  virtual ProgramStateRef
+  notifyCheckersOfPointerEscape(ProgramStateRef State,
+                           const InvalidatedSymbols *Invalidated,
+                           ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> ExplicitRegions,
+                           ArrayRef<const MemRegion *> Regions,
+                           const CallEvent *Call,
+                           bool IsConst = false) = 0;
+
+  /// printState - Called by ProgramStateManager to print checker-specific data.
+  virtual void printState(raw_ostream &Out, ProgramStateRef State,
+                          const char *NL, const char *Sep) = 0;
+
+  /// Called by CoreEngine when the analysis worklist is either empty or the
+  //  maximum number of analysis steps have been reached.
+  virtual void processEndWorklist(bool hasWorkRemaining) = 0;
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SummaryManager.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SummaryManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed87851
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SummaryManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+//== SummaryManager.h - Generic handling of function summaries --*- C++ -*--==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines SummaryManager and related classes, which provides
+//  a generic mechanism for managing function summaries.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_SUMMARY
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_SUMMARY
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace ento {
+
+namespace summMgr {
+
+  
+/* Key kinds:
+ 
+ - C functions
+ - C++ functions (name + parameter types)
+ - ObjC methods:
+   - Class, selector (class method)
+   - Class, selector (instance method)
+   - Category, selector (instance method)
+   - Protocol, selector (instance method)
+ - C++ methods
+  - Class, function name + parameter types + const
+ */
+  
+class SummaryKey {
+  
+};
+
+} // end namespace clang::summMgr
+  
+class SummaryManagerImpl {
+  
+};
+
+  
+template <typename T>
+class SummaryManager : SummaryManagerImpl {
+  
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SymbolManager.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SymbolManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56afca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/SymbolManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+//== SymbolManager.h - Management of Symbolic Values ------------*- C++ -*--==//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines SymbolManager, a class that manages symbolic values
+//  created for use by ExprEngine and related classes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_SYMMGR_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_SYMMGR_H
+
+#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
+#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/StoreRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+class BumpPtrAllocator;
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+  class ASTContext;
+  class StackFrameContext;
+
+namespace ento {
+  class BasicValueFactory;
+  class MemRegion;
+  class SubRegion;
+  class TypedValueRegion;
+  class VarRegion;
+
+/// \brief Symbolic value. These values used to capture symbolic execution of
+/// the program.
+class SymExpr : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  enum Kind { RegionValueKind, ConjuredKind, DerivedKind, ExtentKind,
+              MetadataKind,
+              BEGIN_SYMBOLS = RegionValueKind,
+              END_SYMBOLS = MetadataKind,
+              SymIntKind, IntSymKind, SymSymKind, CastSymbolKind };
+private:
+  Kind K;
+
+protected:
+  SymExpr(Kind k) : K(k) {}
+
+public:
+  virtual ~SymExpr() {}
+
+  Kind getKind() const { return K; }
+
+  virtual void dump() const;
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const {}
+
+  virtual QualType getType() const = 0;
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile) = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Iterator over symbols that the current symbol depends on.
+  ///
+  /// For SymbolData, it's the symbol itself; for expressions, it's the
+  /// expression symbol and all the operands in it. Note, SymbolDerived is
+  /// treated as SymbolData - the iterator will NOT visit the parent region.
+  class symbol_iterator {
+    SmallVector<const SymExpr*, 5> itr;
+    void expand();
+  public:
+    symbol_iterator() {}
+    symbol_iterator(const SymExpr *SE);
+
+    symbol_iterator &operator++();
+    const SymExpr* operator*();
+
+    bool operator==(const symbol_iterator &X) const;
+    bool operator!=(const symbol_iterator &X) const;
+  };
+
+  symbol_iterator symbol_begin() const {
+    return symbol_iterator(this);
+  }
+  static symbol_iterator symbol_end() { return symbol_iterator(); }
+
+  unsigned computeComplexity() const;
+};
+
+typedef const SymExpr* SymbolRef;
+typedef SmallVector<SymbolRef, 2> SymbolRefSmallVectorTy;
+
+typedef unsigned SymbolID;
+/// \brief A symbol representing data which can be stored in a memory location
+/// (region).
+class SymbolData : public SymExpr {
+  virtual void anchor();
+  const SymbolID Sym;
+
+protected:
+  SymbolData(Kind k, SymbolID sym) : SymExpr(k), Sym(sym) {}
+
+public:
+  virtual ~SymbolData() {}
+
+  SymbolID getSymbolID() const { return Sym; }
+
+  // Implement isa<T> support.
+  static inline bool classof(const SymExpr *SE) {
+    Kind k = SE->getKind();
+    return k >= BEGIN_SYMBOLS && k <= END_SYMBOLS;
+  }
+};
+
+///\brief A symbol representing the value stored at a MemRegion.
+class SymbolRegionValue : public SymbolData {
+  const TypedValueRegion *R;
+
+public:
+  SymbolRegionValue(SymbolID sym, const TypedValueRegion *r)
+    : SymbolData(RegionValueKind, sym), R(r) {}
+
+  const TypedValueRegion* getRegion() const { return R; }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile, const TypedValueRegion* R) {
+    profile.AddInteger((unsigned) RegionValueKind);
+    profile.AddPointer(R);
+  }
+
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile) {
+    Profile(profile, R);
+  }
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  QualType getType() const;
+
+  // Implement isa<T> support.
+  static inline bool classof(const SymExpr *SE) {
+    return SE->getKind() == RegionValueKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// A symbol representing the result of an expression in the case when we do
+/// not know anything about what the expression is.
+class SymbolConjured : public SymbolData {
+  const Stmt *S;
+  QualType T;
+  unsigned Count;
+  const LocationContext *LCtx;
+  const void *SymbolTag;
+
+public:
+  SymbolConjured(SymbolID sym, const Stmt *s, const LocationContext *lctx,
+		 QualType t, unsigned count,
+                 const void *symbolTag)
+    : SymbolData(ConjuredKind, sym), S(s), T(t), Count(count),
+      LCtx(lctx),
+      SymbolTag(symbolTag) {}
+
+  const Stmt *getStmt() const { return S; }
+  unsigned getCount() const { return Count; }
+  const void *getTag() const { return SymbolTag; }
+
+  QualType getType() const;
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile, const Stmt *S,
+                      QualType T, unsigned Count, const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                      const void *SymbolTag) {
+    profile.AddInteger((unsigned) ConjuredKind);
+    profile.AddPointer(S);
+    profile.AddPointer(LCtx);
+    profile.Add(T);
+    profile.AddInteger(Count);
+    profile.AddPointer(SymbolTag);
+  }
+
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile) {
+    Profile(profile, S, T, Count, LCtx, SymbolTag);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa<T> support.
+  static inline bool classof(const SymExpr *SE) {
+    return SE->getKind() == ConjuredKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// A symbol representing the value of a MemRegion whose parent region has
+/// symbolic value.
+class SymbolDerived : public SymbolData {
+  SymbolRef parentSymbol;
+  const TypedValueRegion *R;
+
+public:
+  SymbolDerived(SymbolID sym, SymbolRef parent, const TypedValueRegion *r)
+    : SymbolData(DerivedKind, sym), parentSymbol(parent), R(r) {}
+
+  SymbolRef getParentSymbol() const { return parentSymbol; }
+  const TypedValueRegion *getRegion() const { return R; }
+
+  QualType getType() const;
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile, SymbolRef parent,
+                      const TypedValueRegion *r) {
+    profile.AddInteger((unsigned) DerivedKind);
+    profile.AddPointer(r);
+    profile.AddPointer(parent);
+  }
+
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile) {
+    Profile(profile, parentSymbol, R);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa<T> support.
+  static inline bool classof(const SymExpr *SE) {
+    return SE->getKind() == DerivedKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// SymbolExtent - Represents the extent (size in bytes) of a bounded region.
+///  Clients should not ask the SymbolManager for a region's extent. Always use
+///  SubRegion::getExtent instead -- the value returned may not be a symbol.
+class SymbolExtent : public SymbolData {
+  const SubRegion *R;
+  
+public:
+  SymbolExtent(SymbolID sym, const SubRegion *r)
+  : SymbolData(ExtentKind, sym), R(r) {}
+
+  const SubRegion *getRegion() const { return R; }
+
+  QualType getType() const;
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile, const SubRegion *R) {
+    profile.AddInteger((unsigned) ExtentKind);
+    profile.AddPointer(R);
+  }
+
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile) {
+    Profile(profile, R);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa<T> support.
+  static inline bool classof(const SymExpr *SE) {
+    return SE->getKind() == ExtentKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// SymbolMetadata - Represents path-dependent metadata about a specific region.
+///  Metadata symbols remain live as long as they are marked as in use before
+///  dead-symbol sweeping AND their associated regions are still alive.
+///  Intended for use by checkers.
+class SymbolMetadata : public SymbolData {
+  const MemRegion* R;
+  const Stmt *S;
+  QualType T;
+  unsigned Count;
+  const void *Tag;
+public:
+  SymbolMetadata(SymbolID sym, const MemRegion* r, const Stmt *s, QualType t,
+                 unsigned count, const void *tag)
+  : SymbolData(MetadataKind, sym), R(r), S(s), T(t), Count(count), Tag(tag) {}
+
+  const MemRegion *getRegion() const { return R; }
+  const Stmt *getStmt() const { return S; }
+  unsigned getCount() const { return Count; }
+  const void *getTag() const { return Tag; }
+
+  QualType getType() const;
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile, const MemRegion *R,
+                      const Stmt *S, QualType T, unsigned Count,
+                      const void *Tag) {
+    profile.AddInteger((unsigned) MetadataKind);
+    profile.AddPointer(R);
+    profile.AddPointer(S);
+    profile.Add(T);
+    profile.AddInteger(Count);
+    profile.AddPointer(Tag);
+  }
+
+  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& profile) {
+    Profile(profile, R, S, T, Count, Tag);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa<T> support.
+  static inline bool classof(const SymExpr *SE) {
+    return SE->getKind() == MetadataKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Represents a cast expression.
+class SymbolCast : public SymExpr {
+  const SymExpr *Operand;
+  /// Type of the operand.
+  QualType FromTy;
+  /// The type of the result.
+  QualType ToTy;
+
+public:
+  SymbolCast(const SymExpr *In, QualType From, QualType To) :
+    SymExpr(CastSymbolKind), Operand(In), FromTy(From), ToTy(To) { }
+
+  QualType getType() const { return ToTy; }
+
+  const SymExpr *getOperand() const { return Operand; }
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
+                      const SymExpr *In, QualType From, QualType To) {
+    ID.AddInteger((unsigned) CastSymbolKind);
+    ID.AddPointer(In);
+    ID.Add(From);
+    ID.Add(To);
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) {
+    Profile(ID, Operand, FromTy, ToTy);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa<T> support.
+  static inline bool classof(const SymExpr *SE) {
+    return SE->getKind() == CastSymbolKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// SymIntExpr - Represents symbolic expression like 'x' + 3.
+class SymIntExpr : public SymExpr {
+  const SymExpr *LHS;
+  BinaryOperator::Opcode Op;
+  const llvm::APSInt& RHS;
+  QualType T;
+
+public:
+  SymIntExpr(const SymExpr *lhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+             const llvm::APSInt& rhs, QualType t)
+    : SymExpr(SymIntKind), LHS(lhs), Op(op), RHS(rhs), T(t) {}
+
+  // FIXME: We probably need to make this out-of-line to avoid redundant
+  // generation of virtual functions.
+  QualType getType() const { return T; }
+
+  BinaryOperator::Opcode getOpcode() const { return Op; }
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  const SymExpr *getLHS() const { return LHS; }
+  const llvm::APSInt &getRHS() const { return RHS; }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const SymExpr *lhs,
+                      BinaryOperator::Opcode op, const llvm::APSInt& rhs,
+                      QualType t) {
+    ID.AddInteger((unsigned) SymIntKind);
+    ID.AddPointer(lhs);
+    ID.AddInteger(op);
+    ID.AddPointer(&rhs);
+    ID.Add(t);
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) {
+    Profile(ID, LHS, Op, RHS, T);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa<T> support.
+  static inline bool classof(const SymExpr *SE) {
+    return SE->getKind() == SymIntKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// IntSymExpr - Represents symbolic expression like 3 - 'x'.
+class IntSymExpr : public SymExpr {
+  const llvm::APSInt& LHS;
+  BinaryOperator::Opcode Op;
+  const SymExpr *RHS;
+  QualType T;
+
+public:
+  IntSymExpr(const llvm::APSInt& lhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+             const SymExpr *rhs, QualType t)
+    : SymExpr(IntSymKind), LHS(lhs), Op(op), RHS(rhs), T(t) {}
+
+  QualType getType() const { return T; }
+
+  BinaryOperator::Opcode getOpcode() const { return Op; }
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  const SymExpr *getRHS() const { return RHS; }
+  const llvm::APSInt &getLHS() const { return LHS; }
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const llvm::APSInt& lhs,
+                      BinaryOperator::Opcode op, const SymExpr *rhs,
+                      QualType t) {
+    ID.AddInteger((unsigned) IntSymKind);
+    ID.AddPointer(&lhs);
+    ID.AddInteger(op);
+    ID.AddPointer(rhs);
+    ID.Add(t);
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) {
+    Profile(ID, LHS, Op, RHS, T);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa<T> support.
+  static inline bool classof(const SymExpr *SE) {
+    return SE->getKind() == IntSymKind;
+  }
+};
+
+/// SymSymExpr - Represents symbolic expression like 'x' + 'y'.
+class SymSymExpr : public SymExpr {
+  const SymExpr *LHS;
+  BinaryOperator::Opcode Op;
+  const SymExpr *RHS;
+  QualType T;
+
+public:
+  SymSymExpr(const SymExpr *lhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op, const SymExpr *rhs,
+             QualType t)
+    : SymExpr(SymSymKind), LHS(lhs), Op(op), RHS(rhs), T(t) {}
+
+  BinaryOperator::Opcode getOpcode() const { return Op; }
+  const SymExpr *getLHS() const { return LHS; }
+  const SymExpr *getRHS() const { return RHS; }
+
+  // FIXME: We probably need to make this out-of-line to avoid redundant
+  // generation of virtual functions.
+  QualType getType() const { return T; }
+
+  virtual void dumpToStream(raw_ostream &os) const;
+
+  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const SymExpr *lhs,
+                    BinaryOperator::Opcode op, const SymExpr *rhs, QualType t) {
+    ID.AddInteger((unsigned) SymSymKind);
+    ID.AddPointer(lhs);
+    ID.AddInteger(op);
+    ID.AddPointer(rhs);
+    ID.Add(t);
+  }
+
+  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) {
+    Profile(ID, LHS, Op, RHS, T);
+  }
+
+  // Implement isa<T> support.
+  static inline bool classof(const SymExpr *SE) {
+    return SE->getKind() == SymSymKind;
+  }
+};
+
+class SymbolManager {
+  typedef llvm::FoldingSet<SymExpr> DataSetTy;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<SymbolRef, SymbolRefSmallVectorTy*> SymbolDependTy;
+
+  DataSetTy DataSet;
+  /// Stores the extra dependencies between symbols: the data should be kept
+  /// alive as long as the key is live.
+  SymbolDependTy SymbolDependencies;
+  unsigned SymbolCounter;
+  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& BPAlloc;
+  BasicValueFactory &BV;
+  ASTContext &Ctx;
+
+public:
+  SymbolManager(ASTContext &ctx, BasicValueFactory &bv,
+                llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& bpalloc)
+    : SymbolDependencies(16), SymbolCounter(0),
+      BPAlloc(bpalloc), BV(bv), Ctx(ctx) {}
+
+  ~SymbolManager();
+
+  static bool canSymbolicate(QualType T);
+
+  /// \brief Make a unique symbol for MemRegion R according to its kind.
+  const SymbolRegionValue* getRegionValueSymbol(const TypedValueRegion* R);
+
+  const SymbolConjured* conjureSymbol(const Stmt *E,
+                                      const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                                      QualType T,
+                                      unsigned VisitCount,
+                                      const void *SymbolTag = 0);
+
+  const SymbolConjured* conjureSymbol(const Expr *E,
+                                      const LocationContext *LCtx,
+                                      unsigned VisitCount,
+                                      const void *SymbolTag = 0) {
+    return conjureSymbol(E, LCtx, E->getType(), VisitCount, SymbolTag);
+  }
+
+  const SymbolDerived *getDerivedSymbol(SymbolRef parentSymbol,
+                                        const TypedValueRegion *R);
+
+  const SymbolExtent *getExtentSymbol(const SubRegion *R);
+
+  /// \brief Creates a metadata symbol associated with a specific region.
+  ///
+  /// VisitCount can be used to differentiate regions corresponding to
+  /// different loop iterations, thus, making the symbol path-dependent.
+  const SymbolMetadata* getMetadataSymbol(const MemRegion* R, const Stmt *S,
+                                          QualType T, unsigned VisitCount,
+                                          const void *SymbolTag = 0);
+
+  const SymbolCast* getCastSymbol(const SymExpr *Operand,
+                                  QualType From, QualType To);
+
+  const SymIntExpr *getSymIntExpr(const SymExpr *lhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                                  const llvm::APSInt& rhs, QualType t);
+
+  const SymIntExpr *getSymIntExpr(const SymExpr &lhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                                  const llvm::APSInt& rhs, QualType t) {
+    return getSymIntExpr(&lhs, op, rhs, t);
+  }
+
+  const IntSymExpr *getIntSymExpr(const llvm::APSInt& lhs,
+                                  BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                                  const SymExpr *rhs, QualType t);
+
+  const SymSymExpr *getSymSymExpr(const SymExpr *lhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
+                                  const SymExpr *rhs, QualType t);
+
+  QualType getType(const SymExpr *SE) const {
+    return SE->getType();
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Add artificial symbol dependency.
+  ///
+  /// The dependent symbol should stay alive as long as the primary is alive.
+  void addSymbolDependency(const SymbolRef Primary, const SymbolRef Dependent);
+
+  const SymbolRefSmallVectorTy *getDependentSymbols(const SymbolRef Primary);
+
+  ASTContext &getContext() { return Ctx; }
+  BasicValueFactory &getBasicVals() { return BV; }
+};
+
+/// \brief A class responsible for cleaning up unused symbols.
+class SymbolReaper {
+  enum SymbolStatus {
+    NotProcessed,
+    HaveMarkedDependents
+  };
+
+  typedef llvm::DenseSet<SymbolRef> SymbolSetTy;
+  typedef llvm::DenseMap<SymbolRef, SymbolStatus> SymbolMapTy;
+  typedef llvm::DenseSet<const MemRegion *> RegionSetTy;
+
+  SymbolMapTy TheLiving;
+  SymbolSetTy MetadataInUse;
+  SymbolSetTy TheDead;
+
+  RegionSetTy RegionRoots;
+  
+  const StackFrameContext *LCtx;
+  const Stmt *Loc;
+  SymbolManager& SymMgr;
+  StoreRef reapedStore;
+  llvm::DenseMap<const MemRegion *, unsigned> includedRegionCache;
+
+public:
+  /// \brief Construct a reaper object, which removes everything which is not
+  /// live before we execute statement s in the given location context.
+  ///
+  /// If the statement is NULL, everything is this and parent contexts is
+  /// considered live.
+  /// If the stack frame context is NULL, everything on stack is considered
+  /// dead.
+  SymbolReaper(const StackFrameContext *Ctx, const Stmt *s, SymbolManager& symmgr,
+               StoreManager &storeMgr)
+   : LCtx(Ctx), Loc(s), SymMgr(symmgr),
+     reapedStore(0, storeMgr) {}
+
+  ~SymbolReaper() {}
+
+  const LocationContext *getLocationContext() const { return LCtx; }
+
+  bool isLive(SymbolRef sym);
+  bool isLiveRegion(const MemRegion *region);
+  bool isLive(const Stmt *ExprVal, const LocationContext *LCtx) const;
+  bool isLive(const VarRegion *VR, bool includeStoreBindings = false) const;
+
+  /// \brief Unconditionally marks a symbol as live.
+  ///
+  /// This should never be
+  /// used by checkers, only by the state infrastructure such as the store and
+  /// environment. Checkers should instead use metadata symbols and markInUse.
+  void markLive(SymbolRef sym);
+
+  /// \brief Marks a symbol as important to a checker.
+  ///
+  /// For metadata symbols,
+  /// this will keep the symbol alive as long as its associated region is also
+  /// live. For other symbols, this has no effect; checkers are not permitted
+  /// to influence the life of other symbols. This should be used before any
+  /// symbol marking has occurred, i.e. in the MarkLiveSymbols callback.
+  void markInUse(SymbolRef sym);
+
+  /// \brief If a symbol is known to be live, marks the symbol as live.
+  ///
+  ///  Otherwise, if the symbol cannot be proven live, it is marked as dead.
+  ///  Returns true if the symbol is dead, false if live.
+  bool maybeDead(SymbolRef sym);
+
+  typedef SymbolSetTy::const_iterator dead_iterator;
+  dead_iterator dead_begin() const { return TheDead.begin(); }
+  dead_iterator dead_end() const { return TheDead.end(); }
+
+  bool hasDeadSymbols() const {
+    return !TheDead.empty();
+  }
+  
+  typedef RegionSetTy::const_iterator region_iterator;
+  region_iterator region_begin() const { return RegionRoots.begin(); }
+  region_iterator region_end() const { return RegionRoots.end(); }
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether or not a symbol has been confirmed dead.
+  ///
+  /// This should only be called once all marking of dead symbols has completed.
+  /// (For checkers, this means only in the evalDeadSymbols callback.)
+  bool isDead(SymbolRef sym) const {
+    return TheDead.count(sym);
+  }
+  
+  void markLive(const MemRegion *region);
+  
+  /// \brief Set to the value of the symbolic store after
+  /// StoreManager::removeDeadBindings has been called.
+  void setReapedStore(StoreRef st) { reapedStore = st; }
+
+private:
+  /// Mark the symbols dependent on the input symbol as live.
+  void markDependentsLive(SymbolRef sym);
+};
+
+class SymbolVisitor {
+public:
+  /// \brief A visitor method invoked by ProgramStateManager::scanReachableSymbols.
+  ///
+  /// The method returns \c true if symbols should continue be scanned and \c
+  /// false otherwise.
+  virtual bool VisitSymbol(SymbolRef sym) = 0;
+  virtual bool VisitMemRegion(const MemRegion *region) { return true; }
+  virtual ~SymbolVisitor();
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+namespace llvm {
+static inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &os,
+                                      const clang::ento::SymExpr *SE) {
+  SE->dumpToStream(os);
+  return os;
+}
+} // end llvm namespace
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/TaintManager.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/TaintManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c58d4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/TaintManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+//== TaintManager.h - Managing taint --------------------------- -*- C++ -*--=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file provides APIs for adding, removing, querying symbol taint.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TAINTMANAGER_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TAINTMANAGER_H
+
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramState.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ProgramStateTrait.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/TaintTag.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableMap.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+/// The GDM component containing the tainted root symbols. We lazily infer the
+/// taint of the dependent symbols. Currently, this is a map from a symbol to
+/// tag kind. TODO: Should support multiple tag kinds.
+// FIXME: This does not use the nice trait macros because it must be accessible
+// from multiple translation units.
+struct TaintMap {};
+typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<SymbolRef, TaintTagType> TaintMapImpl;
+template<> struct ProgramStateTrait<TaintMap>
+    :  public ProgramStatePartialTrait<TaintMapImpl> {
+  static void *GDMIndex() { static int index = 0; return &index; }
+};
+
+class TaintManager {
+
+  TaintManager() {}
+};
+
+}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/TaintTag.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/TaintTag.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ddc8b9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/TaintTag.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+//== TaintTag.h - Path-sensitive "State" for tracking values -*- C++ -*--=//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Defines a set of taint tags. Several tags are used to differentiate kinds
+// of taint.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TAINTTAG_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TAINTTAG_H
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace ento {
+
+/// The type of taint, which helps to differentiate between different types of
+/// taint.
+typedef unsigned TaintTagType;
+static const TaintTagType TaintTagGeneric = 0;
+
+}}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/WorkList.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/WorkList.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d12a151
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/WorkList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+//==- WorkList.h - Worklist class used by CoreEngine ---------------*- C++ -*-//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file defines WorkList, a pure virtual class that represents an opaque
+//  worklist used by CoreEngine to explore the reachability state space.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_WORKLIST
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_WORKLIST
+
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/BlockCounter.h"
+#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathSensitive/ExplodedGraph.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace clang {
+  
+class CFGBlock;
+
+namespace ento {
+
+class WorkListUnit {
+  ExplodedNode *node;
+  BlockCounter counter;
+  const CFGBlock *block;
+  unsigned blockIdx; // This is the index of the next statement.
+
+public:
+  WorkListUnit(ExplodedNode *N, BlockCounter C,
+               const CFGBlock *B, unsigned idx)
+  : node(N),
+    counter(C),
+    block(B),
+    blockIdx(idx) {}
+
+  explicit WorkListUnit(ExplodedNode *N, BlockCounter C)
+  : node(N),
+    counter(C),
+    block(NULL),
+    blockIdx(0) {}
+
+  /// Returns the node associated with the worklist unit.
+  ExplodedNode *getNode() const { return node; }
+  
+  /// Returns the block counter map associated with the worklist unit.
+  BlockCounter getBlockCounter() const { return counter; }
+
+  /// Returns the CFGblock associated with the worklist unit.
+  const CFGBlock *getBlock() const { return block; }
+  
+  /// Return the index within the CFGBlock for the worklist unit.
+  unsigned getIndex() const { return blockIdx; }
+};
+
+class WorkList {
+  BlockCounter CurrentCounter;
+public:
+  virtual ~WorkList();
+  virtual bool hasWork() const = 0;
+
+  virtual void enqueue(const WorkListUnit& U) = 0;
+
+  void enqueue(ExplodedNode *N, const CFGBlock *B, unsigned idx) {
+    enqueue(WorkListUnit(N, CurrentCounter, B, idx));
+  }
+
+  void enqueue(ExplodedNode *N) {
+    assert(N->getLocation().getKind() != ProgramPoint::PostStmtKind);
+    enqueue(WorkListUnit(N, CurrentCounter));
+  }
+
+  virtual WorkListUnit dequeue() = 0;
+
+  void setBlockCounter(BlockCounter C) { CurrentCounter = C; }
+  BlockCounter getBlockCounter() const { return CurrentCounter; }
+
+  class Visitor {
+  public:
+    Visitor() {}
+    virtual ~Visitor();
+    virtual bool visit(const WorkListUnit &U) = 0;
+  };
+  virtual bool visitItemsInWorkList(Visitor &V) = 0;
+  
+  static WorkList *makeDFS();
+  static WorkList *makeBFS();
+  static WorkList *makeBFSBlockDFSContents();
+};
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end clang namespace
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend/CheckerRegistration.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend/CheckerRegistration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..492edd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend/CheckerRegistration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+//===-- CheckerRegistration.h - Checker Registration Function ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SA_FRONTEND_CHECKERREGISTRATION_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_SA_FRONTEND_CHECKERREGISTRATION_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+  class AnalyzerOptions;
+  class LangOptions;
+  class DiagnosticsEngine;
+
+namespace ento {
+  class CheckerManager;
+
+CheckerManager *createCheckerManager(const AnalyzerOptions &opts,
+                                     const LangOptions &langOpts,
+                                     ArrayRef<std::string> plugins,
+                                     DiagnosticsEngine &diags);
+
+} // end ento namespace
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend/FrontendActions.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend/FrontendActions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..838ac92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend/FrontendActions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+//===-- FrontendActions.h - Useful Frontend Actions -------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_FRONTENDACTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_FRONTENDACTIONS_H
+
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace ento {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// AST Consumer Actions
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class AnalysisAction : public ASTFrontendAction {
+protected:
+  virtual ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI,
+                                         StringRef InFile);
+};
+
+void printCheckerHelp(raw_ostream &OS, ArrayRef<std::string> plugins);
+
+} // end GR namespace
+
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/ArgumentsAdjusters.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/ArgumentsAdjusters.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..492ddd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/ArgumentsAdjusters.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+//===--- ArgumentsAdjusters.h - Command line arguments adjuster -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file declares base abstract class ArgumentsAdjuster and its descendants.
+// These classes are intended to modify command line arguments obtained from
+// a compilation database before they are used to run a frontend action.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_ARGUMENTSADJUSTERS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_ARGUMENTSADJUSTERS_H
+
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace tooling {
+
+/// \brief A sequence of command line arguments.
+typedef std::vector<std::string> CommandLineArguments;
+
+/// \brief Abstract interface for a command line adjusters.
+///
+/// This abstract interface describes a command line argument adjuster,
+/// which is responsible for command line arguments modification before
+/// the arguments are used to run a frontend action.
+class ArgumentsAdjuster {
+  virtual void anchor();
+public:
+  /// \brief Returns adjusted command line arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \param Args Input sequence of command line arguments.
+  ///
+  /// \returns Modified sequence of command line arguments.
+  virtual CommandLineArguments Adjust(const CommandLineArguments &Args) = 0;
+  virtual ~ArgumentsAdjuster() {
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Syntax check only command line adjuster.
+///
+/// This class implements ArgumentsAdjuster interface and converts input
+/// command line arguments to the "syntax check only" variant.
+class ClangSyntaxOnlyAdjuster : public ArgumentsAdjuster {
+  virtual CommandLineArguments Adjust(const CommandLineArguments &Args);
+};
+
+} // end namespace tooling
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_ARGUMENTSADJUSTERS_H
+
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/CommonOptionsParser.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/CommonOptionsParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6775934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/CommonOptionsParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+//===- CommonOptionsParser.h - common options for clang tools -*- C++ -*-=====//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file implements the CommonOptionsParser class used to parse common
+//  command-line options for clang tools, so that they can be run as separate
+//  command-line applications with a consistent common interface for handling
+//  compilation database and input files.
+//
+//  It provides a common subset of command-line options, common algorithm
+//  for locating a compilation database and source files, and help messages
+//  for the basic command-line interface.
+//
+//  It creates a CompilationDatabase and reads common command-line options.
+//
+//  This class uses the Clang Tooling infrastructure, see
+//    http://clang.llvm.org/docs/HowToSetupToolingForLLVM.html
+//  for details on setting it up with LLVM source tree.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_TOOLS_CLANG_INCLUDE_CLANG_TOOLING_COMMONOPTIONSPARSER_H
+#define LLVM_TOOLS_CLANG_INCLUDE_CLANG_TOOLING_COMMONOPTIONSPARSER_H
+
+#include "clang/Tooling/CompilationDatabase.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace tooling {
+/// \brief A parser for options common to all command-line Clang tools.
+///
+/// Parses a common subset of command-line arguments, locates and loads a
+/// compilation commands database and runs a tool with user-specified action. It
+/// also contains a help message for the common command-line options.
+///
+/// An example of usage:
+/// \code
+/// #include "clang/Frontend/FrontendActions.h"
+/// #include "clang/Tooling/CommonOptionsParser.h"
+/// #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
+///
+/// using namespace clang::tooling;
+/// using namespace llvm;
+///
+/// static cl::extrahelp CommonHelp(CommonOptionsParser::HelpMessage);
+/// static cl::extrahelp MoreHelp("\nMore help text...");
+/// static cl:opt<bool> YourOwnOption(...);
+/// ...
+///
+/// int main(int argc, const char **argv) {
+///   CommonOptionsParser OptionsParser(argc, argv);
+///   ClangTool Tool(OptionsParser.getCompilations(),
+///                  OptionsParser.getSourcePathListi());
+///   return Tool.run(newFrontendActionFactory<clang::SyntaxOnlyAction>());
+/// }
+/// \endcode
+class CommonOptionsParser {
+public:
+  /// \brief Parses command-line, initializes a compilation database.
+  /// This constructor can change argc and argv contents, e.g. consume
+  /// command-line options used for creating FixedCompilationDatabase.
+  /// This constructor exits program in case of error.
+  CommonOptionsParser(int &argc, const char **argv);
+
+  /// Returns a reference to the loaded compilations database.
+  CompilationDatabase &getCompilations() {
+    return *Compilations;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns a list of source file paths to process.
+  std::vector<std::string> getSourcePathList() {
+    return SourcePathList;
+  }
+
+  static const char *const HelpMessage;
+
+private:
+  OwningPtr<CompilationDatabase> Compilations;
+  std::vector<std::string> SourcePathList;
+};
+
+}  // namespace tooling
+}  // namespace clang
+
+#endif  // LLVM_TOOLS_CLANG_INCLUDE_CLANG_TOOLING_COMMONOPTIONSPARSER_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/CompilationDatabase.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/CompilationDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a8054f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/CompilationDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+//===--- CompilationDatabase.h - --------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file provides an interface and multiple implementations for
+//  CompilationDatabases.
+//
+//  While C++ refactoring and analysis tools are not compilers, and thus
+//  don't run as part of the build system, they need the exact information
+//  of a build in order to be able to correctly understand the C++ code of
+//  the project. This information is provided via the CompilationDatabase
+//  interface.
+//
+//  To create a CompilationDatabase from a build directory one can call
+//  CompilationDatabase::loadFromDirectory(), which deduces the correct
+//  compilation database from the root of the build tree.
+//
+//  See the concrete subclasses of CompilationDatabase for currently supported
+//  formats.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_COMPILATION_DATABASE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_COMPILATION_DATABASE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace tooling {
+
+/// \brief Specifies the working directory and command of a compilation.
+struct CompileCommand {
+  CompileCommand() {}
+  CompileCommand(Twine Directory, ArrayRef<std::string> CommandLine)
+    : Directory(Directory.str()), CommandLine(CommandLine) {}
+
+  /// \brief The working directory the command was executed from.
+  std::string Directory;
+
+  /// \brief The command line that was executed.
+  std::vector<std::string> CommandLine;
+};
+
+/// \brief Interface for compilation databases.
+///
+/// A compilation database allows the user to retrieve all compile command lines
+/// that a specified file is compiled with in a project.
+/// The retrieved compile command lines can be used to run clang tools over
+/// a subset of the files in a project.
+class CompilationDatabase {
+public:
+  virtual ~CompilationDatabase();
+
+  /// \brief Loads a compilation database from a build directory.
+  ///
+  /// Looks at the specified 'BuildDirectory' and creates a compilation database
+  /// that allows to query compile commands for source files in the
+  /// corresponding source tree.
+  ///
+  /// Returns NULL and sets ErrorMessage if we were not able to build up a
+  /// compilation database for the build directory.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: Currently only supports JSON compilation databases, which
+  /// are named 'compile_commands.json' in the given directory. Extend this
+  /// for other build types (like ninja build files).
+  static CompilationDatabase *loadFromDirectory(StringRef BuildDirectory,
+                                                std::string &ErrorMessage);
+
+  /// \brief Tries to detect a compilation database location and load it.
+  ///
+  /// Looks for a compilation database in all parent paths of file 'SourceFile'
+  /// by calling loadFromDirectory.
+  static CompilationDatabase *autoDetectFromSource(StringRef SourceFile,
+                                                   std::string &ErrorMessage);
+
+  /// \brief Tries to detect a compilation database location and load it.
+  ///
+  /// Looks for a compilation database in directory 'SourceDir' and all
+  /// its parent paths by calling loadFromDirectory.
+  static CompilationDatabase *autoDetectFromDirectory(StringRef SourceDir,
+                                                      std::string &ErrorMessage);
+
+  /// \brief Returns all compile commands in which the specified file was
+  /// compiled.
+  ///
+  /// This includes compile comamnds that span multiple source files.
+  /// For example, consider a project with the following compilations:
+  /// $ clang++ -o test a.cc b.cc t.cc
+  /// $ clang++ -o production a.cc b.cc -DPRODUCTION
+  /// A compilation database representing the project would return both command
+  /// lines for a.cc and b.cc and only the first command line for t.cc.
+  virtual std::vector<CompileCommand> getCompileCommands(
+    StringRef FilePath) const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the list of all files available in the compilation database.
+  virtual std::vector<std::string> getAllFiles() const = 0;
+
+  /// \brief Returns all compile commands for all the files in the compilation
+  /// database.
+  virtual std::vector<CompileCommand> getAllCompileCommands() const = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief Interface for compilation database plugins.
+///
+/// A compilation database plugin allows the user to register custom compilation
+/// databases that are picked up as compilation database if the corresponding
+/// library is linked in. To register a plugin, declare a static variable like:
+///
+/// \code
+/// static CompilationDatabasePluginRegistry::Add<MyDatabasePlugin>
+/// X("my-compilation-database", "Reads my own compilation database");
+/// \endcode
+class CompilationDatabasePlugin {
+public:
+  virtual ~CompilationDatabasePlugin();
+
+  /// \brief Loads a compilation database from a build directory.
+  ///
+  /// \see CompilationDatabase::loadFromDirectory().
+  virtual CompilationDatabase *loadFromDirectory(StringRef Directory,
+                                                 std::string &ErrorMessage) = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief A compilation database that returns a single compile command line.
+///
+/// Useful when we want a tool to behave more like a compiler invocation.
+class FixedCompilationDatabase : public CompilationDatabase {
+public:
+  /// \brief Creates a FixedCompilationDatabase from the arguments after "--".
+  ///
+  /// Parses the given command line for "--". If "--" is found, the rest of
+  /// the arguments will make up the command line in the returned
+  /// FixedCompilationDatabase.
+  /// The arguments after "--" must not include positional parameters or the
+  /// argv[0] of the tool. Those will be added by the FixedCompilationDatabase
+  /// when a CompileCommand is requested. The argv[0] of the returned command
+  /// line will be "clang-tool".
+  ///
+  /// Returns NULL in case "--" is not found.
+  ///
+  /// The argument list is meant to be compatible with normal llvm command line
+  /// parsing in main methods.
+  /// int main(int argc, char **argv) {
+  ///   OwningPtr<FixedCompilationDatabase> Compilations(
+  ///     FixedCompilationDatabase::loadFromCommandLine(argc, argv));
+  ///   cl::ParseCommandLineOptions(argc, argv);
+  ///   ...
+  /// }
+  ///
+  /// \param Argc The number of command line arguments - will be changed to
+  /// the number of arguments before "--", if "--" was found in the argument
+  /// list.
+  /// \param Argv Points to the command line arguments.
+  /// \param Directory The base directory used in the FixedCompilationDatabase.
+  static FixedCompilationDatabase *loadFromCommandLine(int &Argc,
+                                                       const char **Argv,
+                                                       Twine Directory = ".");
+
+  /// \brief Constructs a compilation data base from a specified directory
+  /// and command line.
+  FixedCompilationDatabase(Twine Directory, ArrayRef<std::string> CommandLine);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the given compile command.
+  ///
+  /// Will always return a vector with one entry that contains the directory
+  /// and command line specified at construction with "clang-tool" as argv[0]
+  /// and 'FilePath' as positional argument.
+  virtual std::vector<CompileCommand> getCompileCommands(
+    StringRef FilePath) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the list of all files available in the compilation database.
+  ///
+  /// Note: This is always an empty list for the fixed compilation database.
+  virtual std::vector<std::string> getAllFiles() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns all compile commands for all the files in the compilation
+  /// database.
+  ///
+  /// Note: This is always an empty list for the fixed compilation database.
+  virtual std::vector<CompileCommand> getAllCompileCommands() const;
+
+private:
+  /// This is built up to contain a single entry vector to be returned from
+  /// getCompileCommands after adding the positional argument.
+  std::vector<CompileCommand> CompileCommands;
+};
+
+} // end namespace tooling
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_COMPILATION_DATABASE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/CompilationDatabasePluginRegistry.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/CompilationDatabasePluginRegistry.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84fcd24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/CompilationDatabasePluginRegistry.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+//===--- CompilationDatabasePluginRegistry.h - ------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_COMPILATION_DATABASE_PLUGIN_REGISTRY_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_COMPILATION_DATABASE_PLUGIN_REGISTRY_H
+
+#include "clang/Tooling/CompilationDatabase.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Registry.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace tooling {
+
+class CompilationDatabasePlugin;
+
+typedef llvm::Registry<CompilationDatabasePlugin>
+    CompilationDatabasePluginRegistry;
+
+} // end namespace tooling
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_COMPILATION_DATABASE_PLUGIN_REGISTRY_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/FileMatchTrie.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/FileMatchTrie.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e531854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/FileMatchTrie.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+//===--- FileMatchTrie.h - --------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file implements a match trie to find the matching file in a compilation
+//  database based on a given path in the presence of symlinks.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_FILE_MATCH_TRIE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_FILE_MATCH_TRIE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace tooling {
+
+struct PathComparator {
+  virtual ~PathComparator() {}
+  virtual bool equivalent(StringRef FileA, StringRef FileB) const = 0;
+};
+class FileMatchTrieNode;
+
+/// \brief A trie to efficiently match against the entries of the compilation
+/// database in order of matching suffix length.
+///
+/// When a clang tool is supposed to operate on a specific file, we have to
+/// find the corresponding file in the compilation database. Although entries
+/// in the compilation database are keyed by filename, a simple string match
+/// is insufficient because of symlinks. Commonly, a project hierarchy looks
+/// like this:
+///   /<project-root>/src/<path>/<somefile>.cc      (used as input for the tool)
+///   /<project-root>/build/<symlink-to-src>/<path>/<somefile>.cc (stored in DB)
+///
+/// Furthermore, there might be symlinks inside the source folder or inside the
+/// database, so that the same source file is translated with different build
+/// options.
+///
+/// For a given input file, the \c FileMatchTrie finds its entries in order
+/// of matching suffix length. For each suffix length, there might be one or
+/// more entries in the database. For each of those entries, it calls
+/// \c llvm::sys::fs::equivalent() (injected as \c PathComparator). There might
+/// be zero or more entries with the same matching suffix length that are
+/// equivalent to the input file. Three cases are distinguished:
+/// 0  equivalent files: Continue with the next suffix length.
+/// 1  equivalent file:  Best match found, return it.
+/// >1 equivalent files: Match is ambiguous, return error.
+class FileMatchTrie {
+public:
+  FileMatchTrie();
+
+  /// \brief Construct a new \c FileMatchTrie with the given \c PathComparator.
+  ///
+  /// The \c FileMatchTrie takes ownership of 'Comparator'. Used for testing.
+  FileMatchTrie(PathComparator* Comparator);
+
+  ~FileMatchTrie();
+
+  /// \brief Insert a new absolute path. Relative paths are ignored.
+  void insert(StringRef NewPath);
+
+  /// \brief Finds the corresponding file in this trie.
+  ///
+  /// Returns file name stored in this trie that is equivalent to 'FileName'
+  /// according to 'Comparator', if it can be uniquely identified. If there
+  /// are no matches an empty \c StringRef is returned. If there are ambigious
+  /// matches, an empty \c StringRef is returned and a corresponding message
+  /// written to 'Error'.
+  StringRef findEquivalent(StringRef FileName,
+                           raw_ostream &Error) const;
+private:
+  FileMatchTrieNode *Root;
+  OwningPtr<PathComparator> Comparator;
+};
+
+
+} // end namespace tooling
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_FILE_MATCH_TRIE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/JSONCompilationDatabase.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/JSONCompilationDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3f149b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/JSONCompilationDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+//===--- JSONCompilationDatabase.h - ----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  The JSONCompilationDatabase finds compilation databases supplied as a file
+//  'compile_commands.json'.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_JSON_COMPILATION_DATABASE_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_JSON_COMPILATION_DATABASE_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Tooling/CompilationDatabase.h"
+#include "clang/Tooling/FileMatchTrie.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace tooling {
+
+/// \brief A JSON based compilation database.
+///
+/// JSON compilation database files must contain a list of JSON objects which
+/// provide the command lines in the attributes 'directory', 'command' and
+/// 'file':
+/// [
+///   { "directory": "<working directory of the compile>",
+///     "command": "<compile command line>",
+///     "file": "<path to source file>"
+///   },
+///   ...
+/// ]
+/// Each object entry defines one compile action. The specified file is
+/// considered to be the main source file for the translation unit.
+///
+/// JSON compilation databases can for example be generated in CMake projects
+/// by setting the flag -DCMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS.
+class JSONCompilationDatabase : public CompilationDatabase {
+public:
+  /// \brief Loads a JSON compilation database from the specified file.
+  ///
+  /// Returns NULL and sets ErrorMessage if the database could not be
+  /// loaded from the given file.
+  static JSONCompilationDatabase *loadFromFile(StringRef FilePath,
+                                               std::string &ErrorMessage);
+
+  /// \brief Loads a JSON compilation database from a data buffer.
+  ///
+  /// Returns NULL and sets ErrorMessage if the database could not be loaded.
+  static JSONCompilationDatabase *loadFromBuffer(StringRef DatabaseString,
+                                                 std::string &ErrorMessage);
+
+  /// \brief Returns all compile comamnds in which the specified file was
+  /// compiled.
+  ///
+  /// FIXME: Currently FilePath must be an absolute path inside the
+  /// source directory which does not have symlinks resolved.
+  virtual std::vector<CompileCommand> getCompileCommands(
+    StringRef FilePath) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns the list of all files available in the compilation database.
+  ///
+  /// These are the 'file' entries of the JSON objects.
+  virtual std::vector<std::string> getAllFiles() const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns all compile commands for all the files in the compilation
+  /// database.
+  virtual std::vector<CompileCommand> getAllCompileCommands() const;
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Constructs a JSON compilation database on a memory buffer.
+  JSONCompilationDatabase(llvm::MemoryBuffer *Database)
+    : Database(Database), YAMLStream(Database->getBuffer(), SM) {}
+
+  /// \brief Parses the database file and creates the index.
+  ///
+  /// Returns whether parsing succeeded. Sets ErrorMessage if parsing
+  /// failed.
+  bool parse(std::string &ErrorMessage);
+
+  // Tuple (directory, commandline) where 'commandline' pointing to the
+  // corresponding nodes in the YAML stream.
+  typedef std::pair<llvm::yaml::ScalarNode*,
+                    llvm::yaml::ScalarNode*> CompileCommandRef;
+
+  /// \brief Converts the given array of CompileCommandRefs to CompileCommands.
+  void getCommands(ArrayRef<CompileCommandRef> CommandsRef,
+                   std::vector<CompileCommand> &Commands) const;
+
+  // Maps file paths to the compile command lines for that file.
+  llvm::StringMap< std::vector<CompileCommandRef> > IndexByFile;
+
+  FileMatchTrie MatchTrie;
+
+  OwningPtr<llvm::MemoryBuffer> Database;
+  llvm::SourceMgr SM;
+  llvm::yaml::Stream YAMLStream;
+};
+
+} // end namespace tooling
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_JSON_COMPILATION_DATABASE_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/Refactoring.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/Refactoring.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..079ce74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/Refactoring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+//===--- Refactoring.h - Framework for clang refactoring tools --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  Interfaces supporting refactorings that span multiple translation units.
+//  While single translation unit refactorings are supported via the Rewriter,
+//  when refactoring multiple translation units changes must be stored in a
+//  SourceManager independent form, duplicate changes need to be removed, and
+//  all changes must be applied at once at the end of the refactoring so that
+//  the code is always parseable.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_REFACTORING_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_REFACTORING_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Tooling/Tooling.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <set>
+#include <string>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+class Rewriter;
+class SourceLocation;
+
+namespace tooling {
+
+/// \brief A text replacement.
+///
+/// Represents a SourceManager independent replacement of a range of text in a
+/// specific file.
+class Replacement {
+public:
+  /// \brief Creates an invalid (not applicable) replacement.
+  Replacement();
+
+  /// \brief Creates a replacement of the range [Offset, Offset+Length) in
+  /// FilePath with ReplacementText.
+  ///
+  /// \param FilePath A source file accessible via a SourceManager.
+  /// \param Offset The byte offset of the start of the range in the file.
+  /// \param Length The length of the range in bytes.
+  Replacement(StringRef FilePath, unsigned Offset,
+              unsigned Length, StringRef ReplacementText);
+
+  /// \brief Creates a Replacement of the range [Start, Start+Length) with
+  /// ReplacementText.
+  Replacement(SourceManager &Sources, SourceLocation Start, unsigned Length,
+              StringRef ReplacementText);
+
+  /// \brief Creates a Replacement of the given range with ReplacementText.
+  Replacement(SourceManager &Sources, const CharSourceRange &Range,
+              StringRef ReplacementText);
+
+  /// \brief Creates a Replacement of the node with ReplacementText.
+  template <typename Node>
+  Replacement(SourceManager &Sources, const Node &NodeToReplace,
+              StringRef ReplacementText);
+
+  /// \brief Returns whether this replacement can be applied to a file.
+  ///
+  /// Only replacements that are in a valid file can be applied.
+  bool isApplicable() const;
+
+  /// \brief Accessors.
+  /// @{
+  StringRef getFilePath() const { return FilePath; }
+  unsigned getOffset() const { return Offset; }
+  unsigned getLength() const { return Length; }
+  StringRef getReplacementText() const { return ReplacementText; }
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \brief Applies the replacement on the Rewriter.
+  bool apply(Rewriter &Rewrite) const;
+
+  /// \brief Returns a human readable string representation.
+  std::string toString() const;
+
+  /// \brief Comparator to be able to use Replacement in std::set for uniquing.
+  class Less {
+  public:
+    bool operator()(const Replacement &R1, const Replacement &R2) const;
+  };
+
+ private:
+  void setFromSourceLocation(SourceManager &Sources, SourceLocation Start,
+                             unsigned Length, StringRef ReplacementText);
+  void setFromSourceRange(SourceManager &Sources, const CharSourceRange &Range,
+                          StringRef ReplacementText);
+
+  std::string FilePath;
+  unsigned Offset;
+  unsigned Length;
+  std::string ReplacementText;
+};
+
+/// \brief A set of Replacements.
+/// FIXME: Change to a vector and deduplicate in the RefactoringTool.
+typedef std::set<Replacement, Replacement::Less> Replacements;
+
+/// \brief Apply all replacements in \p Replaces to the Rewriter \p Rewrite.
+///
+/// Replacement applications happen independently of the success of
+/// other applications.
+///
+/// \returns true if all replacements apply. false otherwise.
+bool applyAllReplacements(Replacements &Replaces, Rewriter &Rewrite);
+
+/// \brief A tool to run refactorings.
+///
+/// This is a refactoring specific version of \see ClangTool. FrontendActions
+/// passed to run() and runAndSave() should add replacements to
+/// getReplacements().
+class RefactoringTool : public ClangTool {
+public:
+  /// \see ClangTool::ClangTool.
+  RefactoringTool(const CompilationDatabase &Compilations,
+                  ArrayRef<std::string> SourcePaths);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the set of replacements to which replacements should
+  /// be added during the run of the tool.
+  Replacements &getReplacements();
+
+  /// \brief Call run(), apply all generated replacements, and immediately save
+  /// the results to disk.
+  ///
+  /// \returns 0 upon success. Non-zero upon failure.
+  int runAndSave(FrontendActionFactory *ActionFactory);
+
+  /// \brief Apply all stored replacements to the given Rewriter.
+  ///
+  /// Replacement applications happen independently of the success of other
+  /// applications.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if all replacements apply. false otherwise.
+  bool applyAllReplacements(Rewriter &Rewrite);
+
+private:
+  /// \brief Write all refactored files to disk.
+  int saveRewrittenFiles(Rewriter &Rewrite);
+
+private:
+  Replacements Replace;
+};
+
+template <typename Node>
+Replacement::Replacement(SourceManager &Sources, const Node &NodeToReplace,
+                         StringRef ReplacementText) {
+  const CharSourceRange Range =
+      CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(NodeToReplace->getSourceRange());
+  setFromSourceRange(Sources, Range, ReplacementText);
+}
+
+} // end namespace tooling
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // end namespace LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_REFACTORING_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/RefactoringCallbacks.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/RefactoringCallbacks.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c500f35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/RefactoringCallbacks.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+//===--- RefactoringCallbacks.h - Structural query framework ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  Provides callbacks to make common kinds of refactorings easy.
+//
+//  The general idea is to construct a matcher expression that describes a
+//  subtree match on the AST and then replace the corresponding source code
+//  either by some specific text or some other AST node.
+//
+//  Example:
+//  int main(int argc, char **argv) {
+//    ClangTool Tool(argc, argv);
+//    MatchFinder Finder;
+//    ReplaceStmtWithText Callback("integer", "42");
+//    Finder.AddMatcher(id("integer", expression(integerLiteral())), Callback);
+//    return Tool.run(newFrontendActionFactory(&Finder));
+//  }
+//
+//  This will replace all integer literals with "42".
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_REFACTORING_CALLBACKS_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_REFACTORING_CALLBACKS_H
+
+#include "clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchFinder.h"
+#include "clang/Tooling/Refactoring.h"
+
+namespace clang {
+namespace tooling {
+
+/// \brief Base class for RefactoringCallbacks.
+///
+/// Collects \c tooling::Replacements while running.
+class RefactoringCallback : public ast_matchers::MatchFinder::MatchCallback {
+public:
+  RefactoringCallback();
+  Replacements &getReplacements();
+
+protected:
+  Replacements Replace;
+};
+
+/// \brief Replace the text of the statement bound to \c FromId with the text in
+/// \c ToText.
+class ReplaceStmtWithText : public RefactoringCallback {
+public:
+  ReplaceStmtWithText(StringRef FromId, StringRef ToText);
+  virtual void run(const ast_matchers::MatchFinder::MatchResult &Result);
+
+private:
+  std::string FromId;
+  std::string ToText;
+};
+
+/// \brief Replace the text of the statement bound to \c FromId with the text of
+/// the statement bound to \c ToId.
+class ReplaceStmtWithStmt : public RefactoringCallback {
+public:
+  ReplaceStmtWithStmt(StringRef FromId, StringRef ToId);
+  virtual void run(const ast_matchers::MatchFinder::MatchResult &Result);
+
+private:
+  std::string FromId;
+  std::string ToId;
+};
+
+/// \brief Replace an if-statement bound to \c Id with the outdented text of its
+/// body, choosing the consequent or the alternative based on whether
+/// \c PickTrueBranch is true.
+class ReplaceIfStmtWithItsBody : public RefactoringCallback {
+public:
+  ReplaceIfStmtWithItsBody(StringRef Id, bool PickTrueBranch);
+  virtual void run(const ast_matchers::MatchFinder::MatchResult &Result);
+
+private:
+  std::string Id;
+  const bool PickTrueBranch;
+};
+
+} // end namespace tooling
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_REFACTORING_CALLBACKS_H
diff --git a/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/Tooling.h b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/Tooling.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27e5a0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm/tools/clang/include/clang/Tooling/Tooling.h
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+//===--- Tooling.h - Framework for standalone Clang tools -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+//  This file implements functions to run clang tools standalone instead
+//  of running them as a plugin.
+//
+//  A ClangTool is initialized with a CompilationDatabase and a set of files
+//  to run over. The tool will then run a user-specified FrontendAction over
+//  all TUs in which the given files are compiled.
+//
+//  It is also possible to run a FrontendAction over a snippet of code by
+//  calling runToolOnCode, which is useful for unit testing.
+//
+//  Applications that need more fine grained control over how to run
+//  multiple FrontendActions over code can use ToolInvocation.
+//
+//  Example tools:
+//  - running clang -fsyntax-only over source code from an editor to get
+//    fast syntax checks
+//  - running match/replace tools over C++ code
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_TOOLING_H
+#define LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_TOOLING_H
+
+#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "clang/Driver/Util.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h"
+#include "clang/Tooling/ArgumentsAdjusters.h"
+#include "clang/Tooling/CompilationDatabase.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+namespace driver {
+class Compilation;
+} // end namespace driver
+
+class CompilerInvocation;
+class SourceManager;
+class FrontendAction;
+
+namespace tooling {
+
+/// \brief Interface to generate clang::FrontendActions.
+class FrontendActionFactory {
+public:
+  virtual ~FrontendActionFactory();
+
+  /// \brief Returns a new clang::FrontendAction.
+  ///
+  /// The caller takes ownership of the returned action.
+  virtual clang::FrontendAction *create() = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief Returns a new FrontendActionFactory for a given type.
+///
+/// T must extend clang::FrontendAction.
+///
+/// Example:
+/// FrontendActionFactory *Factory =
+///   newFrontendActionFactory<clang::SyntaxOnlyAction>();
+template <typename T>
+FrontendActionFactory *newFrontendActionFactory();
+
+/// \brief Called at the end of each source file when used with
+/// \c newFrontendActionFactory.
+class EndOfSourceFileCallback {
+public:
+  virtual ~EndOfSourceFileCallback() {}
+  virtual void run() = 0;
+};
+
+/// \brief Returns a new FrontendActionFactory for any type that provides an
+/// implementation of newASTConsumer().
+///
+/// FactoryT must implement: ASTConsumer *newASTConsumer().
+///
+/// Example:
+/// struct ProvidesASTConsumers {
+///   clang::ASTConsumer *newASTConsumer();
+/// } Factory;
+/// FrontendActionFactory *FactoryAdapter =
+///   newFrontendActionFactory(&Factory);
+template <typename FactoryT>
+inline FrontendActionFactory *newFrontendActionFactory(
+    FactoryT *ConsumerFactory, EndOfSourceFileCallback *EndCallback = NULL);
+
+/// \brief Runs (and deletes) the tool on 'Code' with the -fsyntax-only flag.
+///
+/// \param ToolAction The action to run over the code.
+/// \param Code C++ code.
+/// \param FileName The file name which 'Code' will be mapped as.
+///
+/// \return - True if 'ToolAction' was successfully executed.
+bool runToolOnCode(clang::FrontendAction *ToolAction, const Twine &Code,
+                   const Twine &FileName = "input.cc");
+
+/// \brief Runs (and deletes) the tool on 'Code' with the -fsyntax-only flag and
+///        with additional other flags.
+///
+/// \param ToolAction The action to run over the code.
+/// \param Code C++ code.
+/// \param Args Additional flags to pass on.
+/// \param FileName The file name which 'Code' will be mapped as.
+///
+/// \return - True if 'ToolAction' was successfully executed.
+bool runToolOnCodeWithArgs(clang::FrontendAction *ToolAction, const Twine &Code,
+                           const std::vector<std::string> &Args,
+                           const Twine &FileName = "input.cc");
+
+/// \brief Utility to run a FrontendAction in a single clang invocation.
+class ToolInvocation {
+ public:
+  /// \brief Create a tool invocation.
+  ///
+  /// \param CommandLine The command line arguments to clang. Note that clang
+  /// uses its binary name (CommandLine[0]) to locate its builtin headers.
+  /// Callers have to ensure that they are installed in a compatible location
+  /// (see clang driver implementation) or mapped in via mapVirtualFile.
+  /// \param ToolAction The action to be executed. Class takes ownership.
+  /// \param Files The FileManager used for the execution. Class does not take
+  /// ownership.
+  ToolInvocation(ArrayRef<std::string> CommandLine, FrontendAction *ToolAction,
+                 FileManager *Files);
+
+  /// \brief Map a virtual file to be used while running the tool.
+  ///
+  /// \param FilePath The path at which the content will be mapped.
+  /// \param Content A null terminated buffer of the file's content.
+  void mapVirtualFile(StringRef FilePath, StringRef Content);
+
+  /// \brief Run the clang invocation.
+  ///
+  /// \returns True if there were no errors during execution.
+  bool run();
+
+ private:
+  void addFileMappingsTo(SourceManager &SourceManager);
+
+  bool runInvocation(const char *BinaryName,
+                     clang::driver::Compilation *Compilation,
+                     clang::CompilerInvocation *Invocation);
+
+  std::vector<std::string> CommandLine;
+  OwningPtr<FrontendAction> ToolAction;
+  FileManager *Files;
+  // Maps <file name> -> <file content>.
+  llvm::StringMap<StringRef> MappedFileContents;
+};
+
+/// \brief Utility to run a FrontendAction over a set of files.
+///
+/// This class is written to be usable for command line utilities.
+/// By default the class uses ClangSyntaxOnlyAdjuster to modify
+/// command line arguments before the arguments are used to run
+/// a frontend action. One could install another command line
+/// arguments adjuster by call setArgumentsAdjuster() method.
+class ClangTool {
+ public:
+  /// \brief Constructs a clang tool to run over a list of files.
+  ///
+  /// \param Compilations The CompilationDatabase which contains the compile
+  ///        command lines for the given source paths.
+  /// \param SourcePaths The source files to run over. If a source files is
+  ///        not found in Compilations, it is skipped.
+  ClangTool(const CompilationDatabase &Compilations,
+            ArrayRef<std::string> SourcePaths);
+
+  virtual ~ClangTool() {}
+
+  /// \brief Map a virtual file to be used while running the tool.
+  ///
+  /// \param FilePath The path at which the content will be mapped.
+  /// \param Content A null terminated buffer of the file's content.
+  void mapVirtualFile(StringRef FilePath, StringRef Content);
+
+  /// \brief Install command line arguments adjuster.
+  ///
+  /// \param Adjuster Command line arguments adjuster.
+  void setArgumentsAdjuster(ArgumentsAdjuster *Adjuster);
+
+  /// Runs a frontend action over all files specified in the command line.
+  ///
+  /// \param ActionFactory Factory generating the frontend actions. The function
+  /// takes ownership of this parameter. A new action is generated for every
+  /// processed translation unit.
+  virtual int run(FrontendActionFactory *ActionFactory);
+
+  /// \brief Returns the file manager used in the tool.
+  ///
+  /// The file manager is shared between all translation units.
+  FileManager &getFiles() { return Files; }
+
+ private:
+  // We store compile commands as pair (file name, compile command).
+  std::vector< std::pair<std::string, CompileCommand> > CompileCommands;
+
+  FileManager Files;
+  // Contains a list of pairs (<file name>, <file content>).
+  std::vector< std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> > MappedFileContents;
+
+  OwningPtr<ArgumentsAdjuster> ArgsAdjuster;
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+FrontendActionFactory *newFrontendActionFactory() {
+  class SimpleFrontendActionFactory : public FrontendActionFactory {
+  public:
+    virtual clang::FrontendAction *create() { return new T; }
+  };
+
+  return new SimpleFrontendActionFactory;
+}
+
+template <typename FactoryT>
+inline FrontendActionFactory *newFrontendActionFactory(
+    FactoryT *ConsumerFactory, EndOfSourceFileCallback *EndCallback) {
+  class FrontendActionFactoryAdapter : public FrontendActionFactory {
+  public:
+    explicit FrontendActionFactoryAdapter(FactoryT *ConsumerFactory,
+                                          EndOfSourceFileCallback *EndCallback)
+      : ConsumerFactory(ConsumerFactory), EndCallback(EndCallback) {}
+
+    virtual clang::FrontendAction *create() {
+      return new ConsumerFactoryAdaptor(ConsumerFactory, EndCallback);
+    }
+
+  private:
+    class ConsumerFactoryAdaptor : public clang::ASTFrontendAction {
+    public:
+      ConsumerFactoryAdaptor(FactoryT *ConsumerFactory,
+                             EndOfSourceFileCallback *EndCallback)
+        : ConsumerFactory(ConsumerFactory), EndCallback(EndCallback) {}
+
+      clang::ASTConsumer *CreateASTConsumer(clang::CompilerInstance &,
+                                            StringRef) {
+        return ConsumerFactory->newASTConsumer();
+      }
+
+    protected:
+      virtual void EndSourceFileAction() {
+        if (EndCallback != NULL)
+          EndCallback->run();
+        clang::ASTFrontendAction::EndSourceFileAction();
+      }
+
+    private:
+      FactoryT *ConsumerFactory;
+      EndOfSourceFileCallback *EndCallback;
+    };
+    FactoryT *ConsumerFactory;
+    EndOfSourceFileCallback *EndCallback;
+  };
+
+  return new FrontendActionFactoryAdapter(ConsumerFactory, EndCallback);
+}
+
+/// \brief Returns the absolute path of \c File, by prepending it with
+/// the current directory if \c File is not absolute.
+///
+/// Otherwise returns \c File.
+/// If 'File' starts with "./", the returned path will not contain the "./".
+/// Otherwise, the returned path will contain the literal path-concatenation of
+/// the current directory and \c File.
+///
+/// The difference to llvm::sys::fs::make_absolute is that we prefer
+/// ::getenv("PWD") if available.
+/// FIXME: Make this functionality available from llvm::sys::fs and delete
+///        this function.
+///
+/// \param File Either an absolute or relative path.
+std::string getAbsolutePath(StringRef File);
+
+} // end namespace tooling
+} // end namespace clang
+
+#endif // LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_TOOLING_H